i THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, ^ Princeton, N. J. PURANE AUR NAYE AHDNAME KF PAIC KITABON KI' FIHRIST. PURANE AHDNAME KI' KITABES- BAB. Paidaish 50 Khuraj 40 Ahbar 27 Ginti Sfi Istisna o4 Yushua 24: Qazioa 21 Rut 4 I Saiiinel 31 II Sanitiel 24 I S;ilattn 22 II Salatfn , 25 I Tawarikh 20 II Tawarikh 36 Azra 10 Nahaiiiiyah 13 Astar 10 Aiyiib 4i Zalxir 150 Amsal .^ 31 BAB. Waiz 12 Gazal 111 Gaaalat 8 Yasaiyaii 66 Yaramiyah 5'2 Naiiha 5 Ilizqiel 48 Daniel 12 riusia 14 Yoel.' 3 Amus 9 ALadiy^h 1 Yonah 4 Mikah 7 Nahum 3 Uabaqquq 3 Safaniyah 3 Hajji 2 Zakariyah 14 MalaakJ 4 NAYE AHDNAME KV KITABEN. BAB. Matt kf likhl ha! khushkhabari ... 28 Mark ki likhi hiii khushkliabari ... 16 Loka ki likhi hoi khushkhabari ... 24 Yiihanna ki likhi hui khushkhabari 21 Rasuloo ke Aanial ki kitab 28 Paul k§ Ri'iiniou ko khatt IG Pijttl ki Karintioo ko pahla khatt 16 Pai'il ka Karintioo ko du.sra khatt 13 Panl ka Gahitioo ko khatt 6 Paul ka Afsioo ko khatt 6 Paul k^ Filipion ko khatt 4 Paul ka Kalasioo ko khatt 4 Paul ka Thissalunikiou ko pahla khatt , 5 Paiil ka Thissalunikiou ko ddsra khatt 3 Paol k4 Timodeus ko pahla khatt 6 Paul ka Timodeus ko dusra khatt 4 Paul ka Titus ko khatt 3 Piiul ka Pllem^n ko khatt I Paul ka Ibranioo ko khatt I.3 Yaaqub ki khatt 5 Patthras ka pahla khatt 5 Pattliras ka dnsra khatt 3 Ydhannt ka pahla khatt 5 Yuhanna ka dusra khatt 1 Yiihanna ka tisra khatt 8 Yahiidah ka khatt i Yuhanua kemusluihadat ki kitab... 22 MU'SA' KF PAIILP KITA'B. JO PAIDA'ISH Kr KAHLATF HAL , PAHLA BA B. K|Kbtida mey Khudi ne Ssman aur zamin ko paida klya. 2 Aur zamfn wirdn aur K^K sunsSn thi, aur fahrao ke upar andhera thS, aur Khuda ki ruh panlpar jumbish karti thf. 3 Aur Khuda ne kahS, ki ujala ho. Aur ujala hogaya. 4 AurKhudd ne ujdle ko dekha ki achchhS hai. Aur Khuda ne uj^le ko andhere se juda kiy^. 5 Aur Khuda ne ujale ko din kaha, aur andhere ko rat kaha. So sham aur sulih pahld din hiia. 6 Aur Khuda ne kaha, ki panlon ke bich meo faza howe, aur pdnion ko panioQ Se juda kare. 7 Tab Khuda ne faza ko banaya, aur faza ke niche ke pani ko fazS ke upar ke pini se judl kiya. Aur aisahi hogaya. 8 Aur KhudS ne faza ko fismau kaha. So sham aur subh dusra diu hua. 9. Aur Khuda ne kaha, ki asman ke niche ke pdni ek jagah jama howen, ki ]k:hushkl nazar awe. Aur aisahi hogayS. 10 Aur Khuda ne khushki ko zamIn kahfi, aur jama hue panion ko samundar kaha. Aur Khuda ne dekhl ki achchhi hai. 1 1 Aiu: Khuda ne kaha, ki zamln ghas aur sagpat jo bij rakhte, aur mewadar darakh- too ko jo apni apn! jins ke muwafiq phalte, jo zamln par ap meo bij rakhte haia, ugawe. Aur aisahi hogaya. 12 Tab zamin ne ghas aur sigpit ko, jo apnt apni jins ke muwafiq bij rakhte, aur darakhtonko, jo phal late hain, jin ke bij unki jins ke muwafiq un meo hain, ug^yS. Aur Khuda ne dekha ki achchhi hai. 13 So sh^m aur subh tisra din hua. ' " 14 Aur Khuda ne kaha, ki Ssmin ki faza meji naiyir hog, ki din aur rSt meo faraqkareo, aur wenishanon aurzam^noe aur dinon aurbarsoeke b£is hon; 15 Aur we £sman kl fazl men howen, ki zamin par roshni baJj^h'shee. Aur aisahi hogayi. 16 So Khuda ne do bare naijar banaye, ek naiyir i azam jodin par hukumat kare, aur ek naiyir i asgar jo rat par hukumat kare, aur sitSro4i ko bhi banlyi. 17 Aur Khuda ne unko asman ki faza meg rakha, ki zamin par roshni bakhshen. IS Aur ki din rdt par hukumat karen, aur ujale ko andhere se juda karcs- Aur Khud& ne dekha ki achchha hai. 19 So sham aur subh chau*'^^ din hua. 20 Aur Khuda ne kaha ki pdni rengnewaJc Jandar se bhar jae, aur parinde zamin par iisman ki faza men urec- 27 Aur Khuda ne bare bare daryai jandar, aur bar qism ke rengnewdle jand.lioo ko, jin se pani bharahai, unkf jins ke muwafiq, aur bar qism ke par^no^o ko unki jins ke muwiSfiq paidS kiyS. Aur Khud5 ne dekhi ki A 2 PAEDAISH [2 BA^. acbchhi hai. 22 Aur Khud4 ne unko barkat deke kahS, ki phalo aur baj-ho, aur tamundar ke pinion ko bharo, aur parinde zamin par bahut bon. 23 So shSm aur Bubh pSnchwSo din hu£. 24 Aur Khudi ne kah3, ki zamfn se j5nddr apnl apni jins ke muw£fiq aur chdrpie, aur ktre makore, aur janglf janwar apn! apnf jins ke muwafiq paida howeo- Auraied hf hogaya. 25 Aur Khudlne janglf janwar, aur chSrpSe, aur zamfn ke kfre makcroQ ko, unkf jins ke muwafiq, band}'!. Aur Khudd ne dekha ki achchhlhai. 26 Tab IChudd, ne kaha, ki Ham A'dam ko apnf surat aur apni manind ban^weu, ki we sa- mundar ki machhlfon par, aur asman ke parindoo par, aur chSrpSeoij par, aur tamSm zamfn par, aur sab kfre makcrou par, jo zamfn par rengte hain, sardarf kareij. 27 Aur lihuda ne A'dam ko apnf surat par paida kiya ; KhudS kf sfirat par usko paidl kiyS ; nar aur ndrf unko paida kiyS. 28 Aur Khudi ne unko barkat df, aur Khudi ne unheo kahd, ki phalo, aur berho, aur zamin ko mamur karo, aur usko mahkura karo, aur samundar kf machhlfon, aur SsmSn ke parindon par, aur sab charindou par, jo zamfn par chalte haic, sardarf karo. 29 Aur Khuda ne kaha, ki dekho, maiu harek bfjdar sigpat ko jo tamlm rue zamfn par hai, aur bar ek darakht ko jismeo bfjddr phal hai, tumheo khane ke wlste deta huo. 30 Aur zamm ke sab charindoo ko, aur fismSn ke sab parindoo ko, aur sab ko jo zamfn par rengte haio, jin men zindagf kd dam hai, sab tarahkfsabzf unkekhlneke liye deta huLi. Aur aisShi hogayS. 31 Aur ^hud£ ne sab par jo usne banaya thS, nazar ki; aur dekha ki bahut achcbha haL So sham aur subh chha^hwatt din hui. du'sra' ba'b. 1 Aur 5sm5n aur zamfn aur unkf sSri abddf taiyir hui. 2 Aur KhudS ne sltwco din apne k!m ko, jo kartS tha, pfira karke satweo din apne sSre kam se, jo kartd thS, firdm kiya. 3 Aur Khuda ne sStweo din ko mullrak kiyd, aur use muqaddas th£h- rdyS, is liye ki usne usi din apne sab kSm se, jo usne kiyi axur banayi tha, arina pSyS. 4 Yih asman aur zamfn ka ahwal hai, jab we paidS hue, jis din Khuda'wand Khu- da ne zamin aur Ssmdn ko baniyS. 5 Aur maidan kf sab nablt hanoz zamin par na thf, aur maidSn kf sab ghas hanoz na ugf thf ; ki Khuda'wam> Khudi ne zamfn par panf na barsaya tha, aur A''dam na tha ki zan.fn kf khetf kare. 6 Aur zamfn se bu- ^h^r uthta tha, aur tamam rue zamfn ko serib karta tha. 7 Aur KhudaVa>-d Khuda ne zamfn ki m:'ttf se A'dam ko banaya aur uske nath- noB men zindagi ka dam phunka : so A'dam jf.ijan hiii. 8 Aur KhudaVand Khu- di ne Adan meo purab kf taraf ek bSg lagaya, aur Adam ko, jise usne banay! thS, wahSu rakha. 9 Aur Khuda'wand Khud! ne bar darakht ko, jo dekhne meo khush- numS. aur khane meu khub tha, aur bag ke Ifchoiibfch men hayat kd darakht aur nek o bad ki pahchan ka daiaVht zair.fn se ugdyS. 10 Aur Adan se ek nadf big ke serab karne ko nikli, aur wahao se taqsim hoke chdr dhara huiij. 1 1 Pahlf ki ndm Faisun, jo Hawilah ki sari zamfn ko gherti hai ; -wahan sona hota hai; 12 Aur us zamfn ka sona achchha hai ; aur wahan motf aur billaur bhi hai. 13 Aur dusrf dhl- rd kd nam Jaihian hai, jo Kush ki sarf zamfn ko gherti hai. 14 Aur tlsrf dhara kd ndm Dijlah hai, jo A'shur ke purab jdti hai. Aur chauthi dhara ka nam Furdt hai. 3 BAB.] PAIDA'ISH 3 15 Aur KhudaVand Khudi ne Adam ko leke big i Adan meo rakhS, ki uskf Mgblnt aur nigihbint kare. 16 Aur Khuda'wand Khudl ne Adam ko hukm dekar kahl, ki TQ bag ke bar darakht kd phal kh^nS; 17 Lekin nek o bad ki pahchSn ke darakht se na khlnl ; kyfinki jis din tu usse khdegd, tu maregd. 18 Aur Khuda'- WAKD Khuda ne kaha, ki achchhS nahfy ki Adam akela rahe ; maio uske liye ek yir us kl manind baniungd. 19 Aur Khuda'wand Khudd neharjangli janwaraurdsmSn ke parindou ko zamin se banakar A'dam ke pas pahunchSyd; taki dekhe ki wuh unk£ kyd ndm rakhe: so jo Adam ne bar ek janwar ko kahd, wuhl us ka nam thahrd. 20 Aur AcTam ne sab chdrpdeou, aur dsmdn ke parihdoij, aur bar janglf janwar kd nim rakha ; par A'dam ko uskf manind ydr na mild. 21 Aur Khuda'waxd Khudd ne A'daii par bhdrf nfnd bhejf ki wuh so gaya, aur usne uskf paslfon men se ek pasll nikdJiTaur uske badle gosht bhar diya. 22 Aur KhcdaVand Khudd ne us pasli se, jo usne Adam se nikdli thi, ek aurat bandke A'dam ke pds Idya. 23 Aur A'dam ne kahd, ki Ab yih merl haddi meo se haddi, aur mere gosht men se gosht hai ! is sabab 86 wuh ndri kahldegf ; kyunki wuh nar se nikdli gaf. 24 Iswdste mard apne md bdp ko chhoregd, aur apnt joru se mild rahegd, aur we ek tan honge. 25 Aur we donoQ A'dam aur uski joru nange the, aur sharmdte na the. • ti'sra' ba'b. 1 Aur sdmp maiddn ke sab jdnwaron se, jinheo KhHUDA'wAND Khudd ne bandyS thi, hoshj^dr thd. Aur us ne aurat se kahd, Kyd yih sach hai, ki Khudd ne kahd, ki bdg ke bar darakht se na khand ? 2 Aurat ne sdmp se kahd, ki bdg ke darakhtou ka phal ham to khdte haiu : 3 Magar us darakht ke phal ko, jo bdg ke bfchoo bfch hai, !l^hudd ne kahd hai, ki tum us se na khdnd aur na chhund,' aisd na ho ki mar jdo. 4 Tab sdmp ne aurat se kahd, ki tum na maroge. 5 Balki Khudd jdnta hai ki jia din us se khdoge, tumhar! ankhen khul jdeijgt, aur tum Khudd kf manind nek o bad ke jdnnewdle hooge. 6 Aur aurat ne joo dekhd ki wuh darakht khdne meo achchhd aur dekhne men khushnumd aur aql bakhshne men khub hai : to us ke phal meo ee liya aur khdyd, aur apne khasam ko bhi diya, aur usne khdj^d. 7 Tab donou kl dnkheo khul galu, aur unheo mdlum hiid, ki ham nange halo ; aur unhoo ne anjfr ke patton ko sike apne liye lungl banafij. 8 Aur unhon ne Khu- DA'wand Khudd kl dwaz, jo thandhe waqt bdg meuphirtd th^, sunl, aur A'dam aur uskl joru ne dp ko Khuda''wand Khudd ke sdmhne se bdg ke darakhton men chhi- pdyd. 9 Tab Khuda'wand Khudd ne A'dam ko pukard aur us se kahd, ki tu ka- hdjj hai? 10 Wuhkbold, ki main ne bdg men terl dwaz sunl, aur dard ; kj'unki maio nangd hue, aur dp ko chhipdyd. 11 Aur us ne kahd, tujhe kisne jatdyd ki tii nangd hai ? Kyd tu us darakht se khdyd jiske waste main ne tujh ko hukm kiyd thd, ki us se na khand ? 12 A'dam ne kahd, ki is aurat ne jise tune merl sdthl kar dl, us ne mujhe us darakht se diyd aur main ne khdyd. 13 Tub Khuda'wakb Khudd ne aurat se kahd, kf tu ne yih kyd kiyd ? Aurat boll, ki simp ne mujh ko bahkdyd, to main ne khdyd. 14 Aur Khcda'wand Khudd ne samp se kaha, iswaste ki tu ne yih kiyd hai, tu sab cbdrpdeoo aur maidan ke sab jdnwaron se malaun hai ; tii apne pet ke bal chaleg.1, aur umr bhar mitti khaega. 15 Aur maio tere aur aurat ke, aur teri nasi aur aurat kl nasi ke darmiyan dushmanl diJluQgd : wuh tere sir ko kuchlegi, A 2 4 PAIDAISH [4 BA-B. aur tu uskf erl ko kitegi. 16 Us ne aurat se kaha, ki maio tere haml meo dard ko bahut barhaung€, aur dard se tu larke janegi, aur apnekhasam kl taraf tera shauq hogi, wuh tujh par hukumat karega. 17 Aur usne iVdam se kaha, iswaste ki tu ne apnf joru ki bat sunlaur us darakht se khaya, jiske waste main ne tujhe hukm kiya ki us se mat kha : zamin tere sabab se lanati hui ; sakht mihnat ke satb tu apnl umr bhar us se khaega. 18 Aur wuh tere liye kante aur untkatare ugawegl, aur tu khet ka sSgplt khaega ; 19 Tu apne muijh ke paslne kl roti khaega, jab ki zamin men phir na j£we, ki tii us se nikala gaya hai, ki tu khak hai, aur phir khak men jaega. 20 Aur A'dam ne apni joru ka nam Hawah rakhd, is liye ki wuh sab ziudon ki m5 hai. 21 Aur Khtjda'wand Khuda ne A'dam aur uski joru ke waste chamre ki pos- hSk banake unko pahinai. 22 Aur KhudaVand Khudd ne kaha, dekho ki A'dam nek o bad ki pahchln mej) ham meo se ek ki manind ho gaya; aur ab aisa na ho ki apna hath barhake aur hayat ke darakht se bhi kuchh leke khawe aiu- hamesha jita rahe : 23 Isliye Khudawand Khudl ne usko bag i Adan se bahar kar diya, ki zamin ki, jis men se wuh liya gayS tha, kheti kare. 24 Chunanchi us ne A'dam ko nikal diya, aur bag i Adan kipurab taraf Karifbion ko chamakti aur ghumti talwar ke satli muqarrar kiyd ki dara^it i hay- dt ki rah ki nigdhbani karen. chautha' ba b. 1 Aur A'dam apni jorii Hawab se hambistar hua, aur w uh hamilah hiii, aur Qiin ko jani, aur boli, ki main ne Khuda'wand se ek mard paya* 2 Phir uske bhii Habilkojani. 3 Aur Habil bher bakri ka charwaha, aur Qain kisan tha. Chand-roz ke bad yun hua ki Qain apne khet ke hasil men se Khuda'wakd ke waste hadiyah Idyl. 4 Aur Habil bhi apni bher bakrion men se kai ekpahlauti aur moti laya. Aur Khuda'wand ne Habil ko aur uske hadiyah ko qabul kiya ; 5 Par Qain ko aur us ke hadiyah ko qabul na kiya. Isliye Qain nihayat gussa aur turshru hua. 6 AurKnu- da'wand ne Qain se kaha, Tujhe kyuo gussa aya, aur apna muuh kyun bigara ? 7 Agar tu achchha karta hai, kya tu mabul na hota ; aur agar tu achchha na kare, to gunah darwdze par ghdt men hai, aur tera irada rakhta hai, par tu us par galib a. 8 Aur Qain apne bhai Habil se bola ; aur jab we donon khet men the, to yuo hua ki Qain apne bhai Habil par utha, aur use mar dala. 9 Tab Khuda'wani) ne Qain se kaha, ki tera bhai Habil kahan hai ? Wuh bola, maio nahiojanta: kya main apne bhai ka nigahban hiiu? 10 Phir us ne kaha, ki tu ne kya kiya ? Tere bhai ka khun zamin se mujh se faryad karta hai. 11 Aurabtii zamin se lanati hai, jisne apna munh pasara ki tere hdth se tere bhai ka lahu lewe. 12 Ki jab tii zamin men kheti karega wuh phir tujhe apna hasil na degi, aur zamin par tu pareshan aur awara hoga. 13 Tab Qain ne Khuda'wand se kaha, ki meri saza bardasht se bahar hai ! 14 Dekh, aj tii mujhe watan se nikal deta hai, aur maio tere huzur se gaib hunga, aur zamin par pareshan aur awara hanga, aur aisi hoga ki jo koi mujhe pilwega mar dalega. 15 Tab KhudaVand ne use kaha, nahie, balki jo koi Qain ko mdrdalega, sat guni saza pawega. Aur KhudaVand ne Qain ko ek nishan diyd ki jo koi use pawe mar na dale. 16 So Qain KnuDAVAND^ke hu- zur se nikal gayd, aur Adan ki purab taraf Nud ki sarzamin meg j^ rahi. , BAB.] '■^l''*''" . . V i.-=f<,r hui aur wuh hdmilah hui, aur Hanuk ko " Aur Q.!.. l^XrZ:j7it:^1^^^^ n.. apne be,e .e „.. Ue »- ''"'• ^"TM t 2 Han se I«d paid. hM, aur I«d se MaMySel paid. haa,aurMahu,aelseMatusael,aurl ^^^ ^.^^^ ^^ „i„ ZiUall. "* '^■' '"• ,, tZ Z m^ se bM Tfibflqain paida hM, jo tdmbe aur lohe ke sab kibSpthS. 22 Aur ZiUah Be M ^ i„m^Mnth!. 23 Aur rk"li:S:^. - KiQ.i„k.*,uu.bad..,i,.J.eg..La.a^ log Khuda'wand kl nam lene lage. pa'nchwa'n ba'b. • VibA-da.k.a.ai;ud..ab.. ....^ dS kl Burat par use banaya. 2 Nar aur nan !■ ^^^^ ^^ .ur unk. o.,n Ada. 'f ':^';^;2'>: ^^ -Jp^; ^^raur us „e usk. ni. h« ki usko ek bet. -;■ !°;-^^7/* ;,,„ , , ,,, .araso-t. rahi. aur us se Set rakhS. 4 Aur Set k P-^^^^; ^j^, „^ ,au sau tls baras kl huI, tab bete aur betian paidi hum. 5 Aur Adam "t Aur 'stek sau p«neh baras ki tU ki us se Anus paid4 h«. 7 Aur An,^ W Ji^I ke bad St a* sau sit baras jit. rahi, aur us se bete aur bet,a. parda h«« 8 Aur Set M siri umr nau sau ^-h ba a^kl h , ^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^._ 9 Aur Anus nauwe baras ka tha fa usUln J" ^ ^^,-„ aidS hfilo. diish ke bid Anfis .* sau P^^^^J^ ^^^aLl Ir gayi^ 11 Aur Anus kl sari umrnausaupanchbaraskn, AurMahalalel ,2 Aur Qlnin sattar baraska hudki us se Mahalalel V^^^^^^^^^^^^,,^ ^^^ ki paidaish ke Md Qinau .th sau chflis baras '^^J^^^^^Z -" «* "^^'^S^y^' ,.1. V4l,rt^ tins se Hanuk paida hud. 19 Aur Ha- M „ 27tr Vlr^d ki s.ri u.r uau sau ^^-*;-.« "^^^bu" ^rMa- . i^-:r:i:=r==s:r;b:,Lusse 6 PAIDATSH [6 BJ^ bete aur betllo paidi huln. 23 Aur Hanuk kl s£rl umr tin sau painsath baras ki hui. Aur Hanuk Khudi ke sith sSth chalta thi, aur glib ho gayS ; isliye ki KhudS ne use le liya. 25 Aur Matusilah ek sau satdsi baras ka hul, ki us se Lamak paid! hui. 26 Aur Lamak ki paidaish ke bid Matusilah sat sau byasi baras jtta rahd, aur us se bete aur betllDpaida huiu. Aur Mati'isilah ki slri umr nau sau unhattar baras kl hiil, tab wuh mar gaya. 28 Aur Lamak ek sau bylsi baras ka hiia, ki us se beta paida hiil. 29 Aur us ne uski nlm Ntiha rakha, aur kahl, ki yih hamare ha thou kl mihnat aur mushaqqat se jo zamin ke sabab se hain, jis par Khuda ne lanat ki hai, hameij drlm degl. 30 Aur Niiha ki paidaish ke bad Lamak panch sau pachanauwe baras jita raha, aur us se bete aur betiao paida huin. 31 Aur Lamak ki sSri umr sat sau sathattar baras kl bui, tab wuh mar gaya. 32 Aur Niiha pinch sau baras ka hua, ki us se Sim, Him aur Yifi^ paida hue. chhathwa'n ba'b. 1 Jab ld*mi zamin par bahut hone lage, aur un se betiin paidi huio : 2 To Khudi ke betoa ne admioQ ki betion ko dekha ki we Jchubsurat haio, aur un sabhoo nieo se, jise jo pasand aiij, shidi ki. 3 Tab Khuda'wand ne kaha ki meri ruh insin meo uski gumrahi se hamesha asar na karegi, wuh to bashar hai, aur uske din ek sau bis baras aur honge. 4 Un dinon men zamin par pahlawin the, aur bad uske bhi ki Khudi ke bete idmion ki betion ke pis gae, to us se larke paidi hue : ye we zabardast the, jo qadim se nimwar hain. 5 Aur KhudaVand ne dekha ki zamin par admioQ ki badi bahut barh gai, aur un ke dil ke tasauwar aur khiyal roz baroz sirf badhi bote haiu. 6 Tab Khuda Van© zamin par insin ke paidi karne se pachhtayi aur dilgir hui. 7 Aur Khuda'wand ne kahi, ki main insin ko jise main ne paida kiyi, insin se leke haiwan tak, aur kife makore, aur ismin ke parindon tak zamin par se mita dalungi; kyiinki unke banine ee pachhtati huij. 8 Aur Niiha par Khuda-'wand ne raihrbani se nazar ki. 9 Ye Niiha ki tawalludnima yih hai. Niiha apne waqt men sidiq aur kimilthi.; Nuha Khudi ke sith chalti thi. 10 Aur us se tin bete, Sim Ham, aur Yifit paidi hue. 11 Aur Khudi ki nazar men zamin bigar gal thi, aur zamfn zuhn se bhari thi. 12 Aur Khuda ne zamin par nazar ki, aur dekha ki wuh bigar gai hai ; kyunkiharek bashar ne apni tariq ko zamin par bigira thi. 13 Aur Khudi ne Niiha se kahi, ki sab bashar kl ajal merfe samhne i pahunchi; isliye ki unke sabab zamin zulm se bhar gai, aur dekh main unko zamin ke sith halak kariingi. 14 Tu apne waste shamshid ki lakri ki ek kishtibani ; us kishti mej) kothriin taiyir kar, aur uske bihar aurbhitarrillagi. 15 Aur usko aisi bani ki uski lambii tin sau hath, aur uski chaurii pachis hath, aur uski unchii tis hith ho. 16 Aur us kishti meo roshandin bani, aur upar se hith bhar par tamim kar, aur kishti ki ek taraf darwaza bani, aur niche ki tabqa aur dusra aur tisri bhi bani. 17 Aur dekh, main zamin par tiifan ka pini bhejti huo, ki harek jism ko, jis meo zindagi ki dam hai, ismin ke niche se miti dalun; aur sab jo zamin par jhaio mar jaenge. 18 Par maio tujh se ahd karti huji, aur tii apne bete, aur apni 7 BAB.] PAIDAISH 7 oru, aur apne betoo kf joriioo samet kishti meo jl. 19 Aur sab jAnddroo meo se bar jins ke do do, nar aur mSda, apne sith kishti meo le, ki we bach raheo. 20 Aur parindoD meo se bar ek jins ke, aur charindon meo se bar ek jins ke, aur zamin ke sSre rengnewAlon men se bar ek jins ke, do do un sab men se, tere pas apnf apnl jdn ba- chine iweo- 21 Aur tii apne pas bar tarab kf kburdk, jo khane men iti hai, lekar apne pis jama kar, aur wuh teri aur unki khurik bogl. 22 Aur jaisa I^hudi ne farmS- y& waisihi Nuba baja liyi. sa'twa'n ba'b. 1 Aur KhcdaVand ne Niiba se kahi, ki Tu apne sab kbindin samet kistlmeoi? kyiinki main ne apne buziir men tujhf ko is zamine men sadiq dekha. 2 Sab pdk jindaroQ meu se sit sat, nar aur unkl mada, aur un men se jo pak nabin bai, do do nar aur unkl mdda apne pis le. 3 Aur asman ke parindoo meo se bhf jo pak bain, sit sit nar aur mida, tiki tamam zamin par unki nasi baqirahe. 4 Kyiinki sit din ke bid maio zamin par chalis din rit pini barsiangi, aur sab maujniit ko, jise main ne baniyi zamin par se miti diliinga. 5 Aur Niiha ne sab wubi kiya, jo Khuba'wand ne use farmayi tha. 6 Aur Nuha cbha sau baras ka tha jab tuftn ki pini zamin par ayi. 7 Tab Nilha aur uske bete, aur uski joru, aur uske beton ki jorulo uske sath tufin ke pini ke Babab kisti men gae. 8 Aur pak chirpieon meij se, aur un chirpieon men se, jo pik nahiu, aur parindon meij se, aur zamin ke barek rengnewilon meo se, 9 Do do nar 0 mida Nuba ke sith kishti men, jaisa ki Khudi ne Nuba ko farmiyi, dikhil hue. 10 Aur sit din ke bid risl hua ki tufin ki pini zamin par iya. 11 Jab Nuha kl umr cbha sau baras ki hui, dtisre mahine ki satrabwin tirikh ko usi din bare sara- undar ke sab sote phut nikle, aur ismin ki khirkiiu khul gain. 12 Aur chilis din rit zamin par pini ki jbari laji rahi. 13 Usi din Nuba aur Sim aur Ham aur Yifit Nuha ke bete, aur Nuha ki joru, aur uske beton ki tin joruan, 14 We, aur bar tarah ke jinwar, aur bar tarah ke chirpae, aur bar tarah ke rengnewile jo zamin par rengte bain, aur bar tarah ke parinde kishti men dikhil hue. 15 Aur sabhoQ meu sejin meu zindagi ki dam bai jore jcre Nuha ke pis kishti men ae. 16 Jo ie sab nar o mida the, jaisi ki Khuda ne use farmiyi tbi. Aur Khudi ne uske pichhe band kiya. 17 Aur chilis din tufan zamin par rahi aur pini barhi, aur kishti Ico upar uthS diyi : so kishti zamin par se uth gai. 1 8 Aur pini zamin par barhi aur bahut ziyida huS, aur kishti pini ke upar bahti rahi. 19 Aur pini zamin par nihiyat barh gayi, aur sab unche pahir, jo ismin ke niche bain, cbhip gae. 20 Pandrab hath pini pa- haros se barhi, aur we diib gae. 21 Aur sab jindir jo zamin par cbalte bain, pa- rinde aur charinde, aur jangli jinwar, aur kire makcre jo zamin par rengte bain, aur sab insin mar gae ; 22 Sab jinke nathnon meo zindagi ki dam tbi, we jo khushki par the, mar gae. 23 Aur sab maujudit, jo zamin par thi, mit gae, insin se leke haiwin tak, aur kire makoroo, aur ismin ke parindoo tak, we sab zamin se mit gae ; faqat Nuba aur jo uske sdth kishti par the, bach rahe. Aur pini derb sau din tak zamin par baht^ rahi. PAIDAISH [8 BAB. a'thwa'n ba'b. 1 Phir Khuda ne Ndha, aur sab janwaroD aur sab ch^rpSeon ko, jo uske kishti men the, yad kiyd ; aur Khuda ne zamfn par ek hawa chalii, aur pini phir gayfi. 2 Aur samundar ke sote aur asman ki khirkiae band hiiln, aur asman se meoh tbam gayi. 3 Aur pani zamin par se rafta ghatt^ jata tha, aur derh sau din ke bid kam hiia. 4 Aur sitwen mahlne kl satrahwio tarikh ko Ararat ke paharon par kishti tik gai. 5 Aur pani dasweij mahine tak ghattS jatd tha ; aur dasweo mahine ki pahli tarikh ko paharoQ ki chotian nazar aiij. 6 Aur chalis din ke bad yuii hiia ki Niiha ne kishti ki khirki, jo usne banai thi, khol di. 7 Aur us ne ek kauwe ko uri diya ; so wuh nikla aur jab tak ki zamin par se pint sukh na gaya, aya jaya karta tha. 8 Phir usne ek kabiitri apne pas se ura di, ki dekhe kya zamin par pani ghata yd nahin. 9 Par kabutri ne panja tekne ki jagah na pai, aur uske pas kishti men phir di : kyunki tamdm rue zamin par pdnl tha: tab usne hath barhake use le liya, aur apne pas kishti men rakhd. 10 Phir usne aur sat roz sabr kiya, tab us kabutri ko phir kishti se ura diya. 11 Aur wuh kabutri sham ke waqt uske pas phir di, aiu- dekho,'zaitrin ki ek tazi pattl uske munh men thi; tab Nuha ne mdliim kiya ki ab pani zamin par kam hua. 12 Aur wuh aur bhi sat din thahard, bdd uske phir us kabutri ko ufd diyd ; wuh kabhi uske pas phir nadi. 13 Aur chha sau ek baras ke pahle mahine ki pahli tdrikh ko yiio hud ki zamin par kd pdni sukh gayd ; aur Nuha ne kishti ki chhat kholi, aur dekhd ki zamin siikh- ne lagi. 14 Aur dusre mahine ki sattdiswin tdrikh zamin siikh gai thi. 15 Tab Khudd ne Nuha se kahd, ki tu apni jorii, 16 ^^iJ* apne bete, aur betoo ki joruan sdth leke kishti se nikal d. 17 Aur sare haiwdndt jo tere sdth halo, kya parinde, kyd charinde, kya kire makore jo zamin par rengte haiij, apne sdth le nikal, ki we zamin par phailen aur phalen aur zamin par barhen. 18 Tab Nuha apni joni, aur apne beton, aur apne beton ki joruoo ko lekar kishti se nikla. 19 Sab jdnwar, sab kire makore, aur sab parinde, sab jo zamin par rengte hain, apni apni jins ke sath kishti se nikal gaye. 20 Tab Niiha ne Khuba'wand ke liye ek mazbah bandyd, aur sdre pdk charin- doB aur pdk parindon meo se lekar us mazbah par charhdwd charhdyd. 21 Aur Khuda-'wand ne khushbu sunghi, aur Khuba'wand ne apne dil men kahd ki insdn ke liye main zamin ko phir kabhi lanat na kariingd ; kyunki insdn ke dil kd khiydl larakpan se burd hai, aur jaisd ki main ne kiyd phir sdre jdndaron ko na mdrungd. 22 Balki jab tak zamin hai, bond aur laund, sardi aur garmi, rabi aur kharif, din aur rdt mauquf na honge. nawa's ba'b. 1 Aur Khudd ne Nuha aur uske beton ko barkat di, aur unhen kahd, ki phalo aur barho, aur zamin ko dbad karo. 2 Aur zamin ke sab charinde, aur dsmSn ke sab parinde, aur zamin par sab chalnewdle, aur daryd ki sab machhliao, tum se darte aur kdmpte rahenge ; we tumhdre bas meo kiye gaye. 3 Sab jite chalte jdnwar tumhdre khdne ke wdste haip ; maio ne un sab ko sagpdt ki mdnind tumheo diya. 10 B^JVB.] PAIDAISn. 9 4 Magar turn gosht ko lahii ke sath, ki us kl jdn hai, mat kMna. 5 Maio sirf turn- hire hijSn ke %:hun ka badla liingi, har ek jinwar se uska badli lungi, aur ddmf kt jin ki badla idmi ke hath se, ki uski bhlf hai, liinga. 6 Jo koi idmi ki lahu ba- hawe, idmihC se uski lahu bahaya jaega ; kyunki Khuda ne insin ko apul surat par ban^ja hai. 7 Aur turn phalo aur baf ho, aur zamlu par phailo, aur us par ziyi- daho. 8 Aur Khuda ne Nuha ko aur uske betou ko kahi. 9 Dekho, main turn se aur tumhare bad tumhai'i nasi se ; 10 Aur sab jandaron se jo tumhare sath haiu, kyi parind kyi charind, aur zamin ke sab janwaroLi se, sabhoB se, jo kishti se utre, zamfn ke har tarah ke jinwaroQ se, ahd karta h«iu. 11 Turn se ahd karti hfie, ki kol jin- dir piui ke tiifan se phir halik na hoga, aur tiifan phir na awegi, ki zamfn ko tabih kare. 12 Aur Khudi ne kahi, ki yih us ahd ki nishan hai, jo maig apne aur turn- hire bfch meo, aur sab jandiroo ke blch meo jo tumhare sith haio, pusht dar pusht hamesha ke liye karta huo : 13 Maio apni kamin ko badli meo rakhti hiin ; wuh .mere aur zamfn ke darmiyia ahd ki nishin hogl. 14 Aur aisi hogi ki jab mais zasnln ke upar bidal Mdy, to merf kamin badal meo dikhlii degi ; 15 Aur maiu apne ahd ko, jo mere aur tumhire aur har tarah ke jindiroo ke darmiyin hai, yid karungi, aur tufan ki pint phir na hoga, ki sab jindiroo ko tabih kare. 16 Aur kaman badal meu hogi, aur maio use dekhkar us hamesha ke ahd ko, jo Khuda ke aur zamfn kf sab tarah ke jindiroo ke darmiyin hai, yid karungi. 17 Pas Khudi ne Nuha se kahi, ki yih us ahd ki nishin hai, jo main apne aur zamfn ke sab jin- diroo ke darmiyin, jo zamfn par haio, qiim karti hug. 18 Nuha ke bete jo kishtf se utre, Sim, Him, aur Yafit the. Aur Ham Kanin ki bip thi. 19 Nuha ke yehf tfn bete the, aur un hf se tamim zamfn ibid huf. 20 Aur Nuha khetfbirf karne lagi, aur us ne ek angur ki b% lagiyi. 21 Aur wain pfkar nashe meo iyi aur dere ke andar ip ko nangi kiyi. 22 Aur Kanin ke bap Him ne apne bip ko nangi dekhi, aur apne do bhiioo ko, jo bihar the, khabar di. - 23 Tab Sim aur Yifit ne ek kapri liyi aur apne donoo kindhoo par dhari ; aur pichhle pioD jike apne bip kf barahnagf ko chhipiya, par unkf pfth uskf taraf thf, ki unhou ne apne bip kf barahnagf ko na dekhi. 24 Jab Niiha wain ke nashe se hosh meo iyi, to jo uske chhote bete ne uske sith kiyi thi, miliim kiyi. 25 Tab wuh boli, ki Kanin malaiin ho, wuh apne bhifoo ke gulamoo ki gulim hogi I 26 Phir boli, Khtjda'wasjd Sim ki Khudi mubirak, aur Kanan uska gulim hogi ! 27 Khudi Yifit ko phailiwe, wuh Sim k'e deroo meo rahe, aur Kanin uski gulim ho. 28 Aur tufan ke bid Nuha s^rhe tfn sau baras jfti rahi. 29 Aur Niiha kf sir^ umr sij he nau sau baras kf thf, tab wuh mar gayi. Daswa's Ba'b- ^ 1 Nuha ke bete, Sim, Him, aur Yafit ki yih nasab nima hai. Aur tufin ke bid unko bete paidi hue. 2 Yafit ke bete ye hai© Gomer, avu- Mijuj, aur Yunin, aur Tiibil, aur Masik aur Tfras. 3 Aur Gomer ke bete Askaniz, aur Rffat, aur Tugar mah. 4 Aur Yunin ke bete Alfsa, aur Tarsfs, Kittf aur Diidinf. 5 In se jazfi-OQ ki qaumeu apne mulkoo meo apnf zabinoo aur khandinoo ke muwifiq apnl gurohoy B 10 PAIDA'lSIl [11 BA'B. meu p1»ail gaf halu, 6 Aur Ildni ke bete Kiish, aur Misr, aur Fut, aur Kanin. 7 Aur Kiish ke bete Sibi, aur Hawilah, aur Sabtah, aur ILimah, aur Sabtika Aur R£mah ke bete Saba aur Dad^n. 8 Aur Kush se Namriid paidi huS ; wuh zamiii par jabbir hone lagii. 9 Khuda'wand ke slmhne wuh saiyidi jabber thS, isw4ste masl huiki KHUDA'wANDke samhneNamrud saiyidijabbdr. 10 Auruskibadshlhat ki bunyad Bdbil, aur Arak, aur Akkad, aur Kalnah Sinar kf zamin meo thi. 1 1 Aur us mulk se Ashur nikla, aur Ninawah aur Rahablt i I'z aur Kalah ko ; 12 Aur Nfna- wah aur Kalah ke darmiyan Rasan ko, jo bara shahr hai, banaya. 13 Aur Misr se Ludf, aur Anamf, aur Lih4bf, aur Naftuhf, 14 Aur Fatrusi, aur Kasluhl, jin se Fi- listf nikle, aur Kafturl paida hiie. 15 Aur Kanan se Saida jo uska pahlauti th£, aur Hitt, aur Yabiisf, 16 Aur Amurf, aur Jirjdsl, aur Hawi, aur Arqf, aur Siai 1 7 Aur Arwadi, aur Simari, 1 8 Aur Hamatf paida hue \ bad uske Kan/inion ke gharane phaile. 1 9 Aur Kananioo ki haddeu Saidi se Jirar, aur Azah, aur Sadum, aur Amurah aur Adamah, aur Zablan, aur Lasa tak hdfn. 20 Pas Hlra ke bete ap- ne khdndinoo aur apni zabanon ke muwlfiq apne mulkoo aur apni gurohoo meo ye haio- 21 Aur Sim ko bhi bete paidi hue, jo sdre bani I'br ka bap aur Yafit ka bari bhil thd. 22 Sim ke bete I'lim, aur Ashiir, aur Arfaksad, aur Lud aur Aram the. 23 Aur Aram ke bete U'z aur Hdl aur Jatar aur Mas the. 24 Aur Arfaksad se Silah paidi hiia, aur Silah se I'br. 25 Aur I'ljr ko do bete paidd hud ; ek ka ndm Falaj, kyiinki uske dinon zamin kl taflij hiii; aur uske bhdi ka ndm Jaqtan thd. 26 Aur Jaqtda se Almuddd aur Salaf aur Ilisdr i maut aur Urakh, 27 Aur Ha- diirim aur Uzal aur Diqlah aur Aiiil aur Abimael, 28 Aur Sabd, aur Ofir aur Ha- wilah, 29 Aur U'bab paidd hiie ; ye sab ban! Jaqtan the. 30 Aur unke makdn mdsa se ZafSr aur purab ke pahdr tak the. 31 Pas Sim ke bete apne apne ^handa- noa aur apni zabdnoQ ke muwdfiq apne mulkoa aur apni gurohou men ye haio- 32 So Nuha ke ghardnoo ki qardbat unke mulkoo aur qaumoo meo yuu hai ; aur tu&n ke bid qaumeo unhl se zamin par phail gaio. GTA''BAUWA'lf BA'b. 1 Aur tamdm zamin par ekhi zaban aur ekhi boli thi. 2 Aur jab we piirab se ra- wane hiie, to aisa hiid ki unhoo ne Sindr mulk mea ek maiddn pdyd, aur wahdg rah- ne lage. 3 Aur dpas meo kaha, A'o, int bandweo aur dg mea pakdweo. So unko pa- thar ki jagah int aur gach ki jagah humar thd. 4 Aur unhoo ne kahd, ki A'o, ek shahr bandweo, aur ek burj, jiski choti dsman tak pahunche, aur yahdn apnd nam kareo ; aisd na ho ki tamdm rue zamin par pareshan hojaweij. 5 Aur Khuda'wand us shahr aur burj ko, jise bani A'dam bandte the, deklme utrd. 6 Aur KuudaVand ne kahd Dekho log ekhi aur un sab ki ekhi boli hai, ab we yih karne lage, so we jis kdm kd irdda rakhenge, us se na ruk sakenge. 7 A'o, ham utreo, aur unki boli meo balbalat dd- leo, ki we ekdusri ki bdtna samjheo- 8 Tab Khodawand ne unko wahdo se tamdm rue zamin par pardganda kiyd ; so we us shahr ke bandne se bdz rahe. 9 Isliye uska nam Bdbilhua,kyunki Khuda'wand ne wahdo sari zamin ki zabanoy meo balbalat dall. 10 Yih Sim kd nasab udma hai. Sim ek sau baras kd huo, ki usse tiifan ke do baras bdd Arfaksad paidd huL 11 Aur Arfaksad ki paiddish ke bdd Sim pdnch sau liBA'B.] PAIDA'ISH 11 baras jftS, aur usse bctc aur betiilu pald^ huiQ. 12 Jab Arfaksad paintls baras kS hiU, usse Silah paidd hud. 13 Aur Silah kl paid^ish ke bfid Arfaksad ch.1r sau tin baras jit5 rah5, aur usse bete aur betlao paidi hui'jj. 14 Silah jab tis baras ki huii to usse I'br paidd hua. 15 Aur I'br kl paidiish kc bSd chSr sau tin baras jlt£ raha, aur usse bete aur betlau paidS hulu- 17 Jab I'br chauntls baras ki thi, usse Falaj paidd hui. Aur Falaj kl paiddish ke bid Tbr chSr sau tls baras jltd rah£, aur usse bete aur bctlio paidd huio. 1 8 Falaj tls baras kd thd, ki usse Riyu paidd hiid. 19 Aur Riyu ki palddish ke bdd Falaj do sau nau baras jitd raha, aur usse bete aur betlin paidd h6fo- 20 Riyu se tis baras ki umrmeo Sarnj paidd hud. 21 Atir Saruj ki paidaish ke bdd Rau do sau sdt baras jltd rahd, aur usse bete aur betido paidd huln. 22 Aur jab Saruj tls baras kd thd, usse Nahur paidd hud. 23 Aur Na- hiir kl paidaish ke bad Saruj do sau baras jltd rahd, aur usse bete aur betldg paidd hiilo. 24 Nahur se untis baras kl umr meg Tdrah paidd hud. 25 Aur Tdrah kd paiddish ke bdd Nahur ek sau unis baras jitd rahd, aur usse bete aur betldu paidd htilo- 26 Aur jab Tdrah sattar baras kd thd, usse Abirdm, aur Nahur aur Hdran paidd hiie. 27 Aur yih Tarah kd nasab ndma hai. Tdrah se Abirdm, aur Nahur aur Ildran paidd hue, aur Ilaran se Lut paidd hud. 28 Aur Ilaran apne bdp Tdrah ke dge apnljanambhum, ydue Kasdion ke U'r mea, mar gayd. 29 Aur Abirdm aur Nahur ne jorddD klo, Abirdm ki joru kd ndm Sari, aur Nahur kl jor6 kd ndm Milkah thd, jo lid- ran kl betl thi ; wuhi Milkah aur Iskdh kd bdp thd. 30 Aur Sari bdnjh thl, us ko kol farzand na thd. 31 Aur Tdrah ne apne bete Abirdm aur apne pote Liit, ydne apne bete Ildran ke bete ko, aur apnl bahu Sari apne bete Abirdm ki joru ko lekar, unke KasdioQ ke U'r se rawdna hud, ki Kandn ke mulk meo jdwe ; aur we Ilardn tak de aur wahdQ rahe. 32 Aur Tdrah ki umr do sau pdnch baras ki hui, tab Tdrah Ha- rdn men mar gayd. ba'rahwa's ba'b. 1 Aur Khuda Vand ne Abirdm ko kahd, ki tu apne muft: aur apne watan aur apne bdp ke ghar se us mulk meo, jo maio tujhe dikhdiingd, nikal chal. 2 Aur maio tujhe ek baj-l qaum bandiingd, aur tujh ko mubdrak aur tera ndm bard karungd, aur tu ek barkat hogd. 3 Aur unko jo tujhe barkat dete haio, barkat dungd, aur unko jo tujh par Idnat karte haio, Idnati karungd ; aur dunyd ke sab ghardne tujh se barkat pdwenge. 4 So Abirdm Khuda^vani) ke muwdfiq rawdna hua, aur Lut bhi uske sdth chald. Aur Abiram jab Haran se rawdna hud, pachhatta baras kd thd. 5 Aur Abirdm apnl joru Sari, aur apne-bhatije Lut, aur sab mdl ko, jo unhou ne hdsil kiyd tha, ajir un admloc ko, jo unhoo ne Hardn meo pdyd thd, leke Kandn ke mulk men jane ke liye nikld : so we mulki Kanan meo ae. 6 Aur Abiram us mulk meo Sikm ki basti aur Murah ke baliit tak guzrd. 7 Us waqt mulk meo Kandni the. Tab Khuda'wand ne Abiram ko dekhldi deke kahd, ki yihi mulk maio teri nasi ko dunga. Aur usne wahdn Khuda'wand kejo us par zdhir hud, ek qurbdngdh bandyd. 8 Aur wahdo se rawdna hoke usne Baitel ke purab ke pahSfOQ kc pas apnd derd khari kiya, Baitel uske pachchhim aur A'i uske purab thd, B 2 12 PAID*1SH [13 BArB. aur wahio «s ne K^utl^ ^e Hye ek qurb^ngilh banij^, aur KhudaVand kl nStn lene lagl. 9 Aur Abirim rafta rafta dakhin k! taraf gayS. 10 Aur us malk men kal pari, aur Abiram Misr men gayi ki wahao thahre ; kyunki mulk meo bara kal th^. 11 Aur jab Misr ke nazdik pahunch.4, to usne apni jorii Sarf ko kaha, ki dekh, maiu j^nta hiin. ki tu khubsurat aurat hai. 12 Auryun hoga, ki Misri tujhe dekhke kahenge, ki yih uski jorii hai : so mujh ko mar dalenge, aur tujhe jfta rakhenge. 13 Tu kahiyo, ki maiji uskl bahin hue, tiki tere sabab se merl khair ho, aur merf jan tere wastle se salamat rahe. 14 So jab Abiram Misr men pahunchS, Misriou ne us aurat ko dekha ki wuh niha- yat l^hubsurat hai. 1.5 Aur Firaun ke amfron ne bhi use dckha, aur Firaun ke huzitr meo uskl tarif kt, aur us aurat ko Firaun ke ghar men le gae. 16 Aur usne uske sabab Abirdm par ihsln kiy^, ki usko bher bakri, aur gae bail, aur gadhe, aur gu- Ifim, aur laundf, aur gadhiiia aur unt mile. 17 Par Firaun aur uske khSndan par Abiram kt joru Sari ke sabab KhudaVand ll bari mar pari. 18 Tab Firaun ne Abiram ko bullkar use kahl, ki tu ne mujh se yih kya kiya ? Kyiio na jatdya ki yih meri joru hai ? 19 Tu ne kyun kahi, ki wuh merl bahin hai, ki maiij ne use apnl joru banane ko liy^? Dekh, jdh terl joru hazir hai, us ko le aur chald jd. 20 Aur Firaun ne us ke haqq meu logoij ko hukm kiy&, tab un- hoQ ne use aur uski jorii ko aur jo kuchh uska thi, rawina kiyi. tEAAHWA'N BA'b. 1 Aur Abiram Misr se apnf jorii, aur apne sab mil, aur Lut ko bhi sd!th leke dakhin ki taraf chala. 2 Aur Abirlra chlrple, aur sone rupae se bari mlldiir thS. 3 Aur wuh safar karti hu5, dakhin se Baitel mes us maqim tak pahunchS, jahao ^g^ uski (JerS thi, Baitel aur Ai ke bich meo, 4 Ydne us jagah, jahan us ne shurii meo qurbingih banayl. Aur wahan Abirim ne KhudA'wand k& ndm liyi. 5 Aur Liit ke bhi, jo Abiram ki ham safar tha, bher, bakrf, gae, bail^aur dere the. 6 Aur us mulk meo unki gunjaish na ho sakti thi, ki ekatthe raheii : kyunki unhe pis itni mil thi, ki we baham nahin rah sakte the. 7 Aur Abiram ke charwahoo aur Liit ke charwihoo men jhagri hui. Aur Kanani aur Farizzi mulk men the. 8 Tab Abirim ne Lut se kahi, ki mere aur tere darmiyan, aur mere aur tere char- wihoo ke darmiyan jhagri na howe, ki ham bhai haio. 9 Kyi tamim mulk tere simhne nahlo ? Tu mujh se alag ho ! Agar tu biyin taraf jiwe, to main dahni taraf jiungi : aur agar tu dahni jawe, to maig biyin jiunga. 10 Tab Lut ne inkh uthihe Yardan ki siri tarii dekhi ki wuh, us se age hi Khu- DaVahd ne Sadum aur Amurah ko tabih kiyi Sugr tak Khuda'wand ke big aur Misr ke iiiulk ki manind Jjihub serib thi. So Lut ne Yardan ki sari tarii apne liya, pasand ki, aur Lut purab ki taraf chala, aur we ipas se judi ho gaye. Aur Abirim Kaninke mulk meo rahi, aur Liit ne tarii he shahroo meo Sad imki taraf apni deri khaii kiya. 13 Aur Sadum ke log KhudaVand ki nazar meo nihiyat badkir avu gunihgir the. 14 Aur Lut ke juda hone ke bid KhtjdaVand ne~ Abintm se kahi, ki apni inkh utha, aur us jagah se jahio tu hai, uttar aur dakhin aur purab aur pachchhira dekh. 15 Ki yih tamim mulk jo tu ab dekhti hai, maio tujh ko aur teri nasi ko hamesha U BA'B.] PAIDAISH 13 ke liye dungi. 16 Aur tcrf nasi ko maio zamln ke zarroo ki mdnind banilungi, ki agar koi idmf zamfn ke zarroo ko gin sake, to terf nasi bhi gin! jde. 1 7 Uth, aur is mulk ke tnl aur arz par phir, ki maiu usetujh ko dungd. 18 Aur Abirdm. ne apne deri uthdy<4, aur Mamrf ke balfltoo meo jo Hibron meu hain, jii rah^; aur wah^o Khuda'wand ke liye ek qurbSngih bandya. chaudahwa'n ba'b^ 1 Aur Stndr ke Badshah Amrafil, aur Illasar ke B^dshah Arj'nk, aur El£m ke BdLdshiih Kidarlaumr, aur Jawioij ke BadsMh Tidil ke waqt men. 2 Ais£ hiia ki unhoo ne Sadum ke BddsMh Blra, aur Amilrah ke Badshdh Birsha, aur Adma ke bidshdh Sinniab, aur Zabfdn ke Badshah Shimebar, aur Bala yine Sugr ke Bddshdh se lardf kf. 3 Ye sab Sadim ki tarSi meo, jo Yarana ul milh hai, ekatthe hue. 4 Bdrah baras tak we Kidarldumr ke tdbidlr the, par terahwen baras sarkash hiie. 5 Aur chaudahwen baras Kidarldumr aur we Bddshdh jo uske sdth the, de, aur Rifdioo ko Istdrat-qarnain men, aur Zuzlon ko Ham meo, aur Aimloo ko Sawlqar- yatain meu, aur Hiirioo ko un ki Koh i Shair men El-Fdrdn tak, jo baydbdn ke kindre par hai, mdrd. 7 Aur we phirke Ain i Misfat, yane Qddis, meii ae, aur Amaliqioo ke tamdm maiddn, aur Amuriou ko, jo Hasuntamar ke rahnewdle the, mdrd. 8 Tab Sadum ke Bddshah, aur Amurah ke Bidshdh, aur Adamah ke Bddshdh, aur Zabidn ke Bddshdh, aur Bala ydne Sugr ke Bddshdh nikle. 9 Aur Kidarld- umr Eldm ke Bddshdh, aur JawfoD ke Bddshdh Tiddl, aur Sindr ke Bddshdh Amrd- fil, aur Illdsar ke Bddshdh Aryuk se, char Bddshdh pdnch se larne ko Sadim ki tardi men muqdbil hue. 10 Aur Sadim k! tardi men, naft ke bahut garhe the. Aur Sa- dum aur Amurah ke Bddshdh bhdge aur wahdy gire, aur jo bache pahdr par bhdg gaye. 11 Tab we Sadum aur Amurah ke sab mdlaur unki sari khurak leke chale gae. 12 Aur Abirdm ke bhatije Lut ko, jo Sadum meo rahtd tha, aur uske mdl ko ieke chale gae. 13 Tab ek ne jo bach gayd thd jdke Abirdm Ibrdni ko khabar di, jo Mamri Amuri ke balutoo men rahd ; wuhi Ishkdl aur Anir kd bhdi thd, jo Abirdm kd ham qasam thd. 14 Jab Abirdm ne sund ki uskd bhdl giriftdr hud, to usneapne sikhe hiie, tin sau athdrah khdnazadoo ko leke Ddn tak unkd tadqub kiyd. 15 Aur rdt ko nsne apne guldmou ko gol gol kar ke unheo mdrd, aur Khubah tak, jo Damishq ki uttar tarafhai, unkd pichhd kiyd. 16 Aur wuh sab mdl, aur apne bhdi Liit ko us ke mdl samet, aur auratoo ko aur logOQ ko bhi pher Idya. 17 Aur jab wuh Kidarldumr aur uske sdth wale Badshdhou ko mdrkar phird, to Sadum ke Bddshdh us ke milne ke liye Sawi ki tarai ydne Umbul malik takdyd. 18 Aur Malkisldiq Sdlim ki Bddshdh, jo Khudd kd KAhin thd, roti aur wain nikdl Idyd. 19 Aur us neus ko barkat dtke kahd, ki Khudd Tdld kf taraf se, jo dsmdn aur zamin kd malik hai, Ablrim mubdrak ho ! 20 Aurmubdrak Khudd Tdld, jis ne tere dushmanon ko tere hdth meo hawdle kiyd ! Aur Abirdm ne sabkd daswdu hissa usko dijd. 21 Tab Sadum ke Badshdh ne Abirdm se kahd, ki Admi mujh ko dc, aur mdl dp le. 22 Par Abirdm ne Sadiim ke Bddshdh se kahd, ki malo ne KhudaVand, Khudd Tdla dsmdn aur zamin ke malik ki qasam khdi, ki main ek dhdge se leke juti 14 PAIDA'ISH [15 BA'B. ke tasme tak tere sire m^l se kuchh na lunga, tSki tu na kahe, ki maio nc Ablr^m ko daulatmand kiyS ; 24 Magar wuh jo jaw5noo ne khiyS, aur un idmfoo kl hissa jo mere sSth gave, ySnc Aair aur Ishkil aur Mamrf k4, we apni apnS hissa leweo- PANDEAHWA'g BA'B. 1 Un bStoD ke hid KhudaVand k£ kaUm ruyi meo Abir^m par utrS," ki Ai Abiram, tii mat dar, main terf sipar aur teri bahut bari ajr hiin. 2 Abirdm ne ka- h4, ki Ai KhudaVand Khud^ tii mujhko ky^ deg^ ? matn tobeauldd jatS huo, aur mere ghar ka mukht£r Damishqi HiSzr hai. 3 Phir Abiram ne kalia, ki dekh tu ne mujhe farzand na diya, aur dekh mera khdnazid merS wSris hogS. 4 Tab KhudaVand kA kalSm uspar utrS, ki yih tera waris nahig ; balki jo tere sulb se pai- d£ hogi, wuhi ter£ waris hogS. 5 Aur wuli usko bihar legayS aur kah£, ki Ab as- min kl taraf nig^h kar aur sitaron ko gin, agar gin sake; aur use kaha, ki Terf auldd aisehi hogl. 6 Aur wuh KhudaVand par frnan My£, aur yih uske liye saddqat mahsub hiii. 7 Tab usne use kaha, ki maiij Khuda''wand hun, jo tujhe Kasdloo ke mulk se nikil lay£, ki tujh ko yih mulk mfrds meij dun. 8 Aur usne kahd, ki Ai Khuda'wani) Khud£, maio kyunkar jdnun ki uski w£ris hnngS ? 9 Usne use kahS, ki Tin l^aras kl ek bachhiyi, aur tin baras kf bakri aur tin baras kS mendhd, aur ek qumri aur ek kabutar ka bachcha mere waste 15. 10 Aur wuh uske w^ste yih sab I4yi, aur unke bfch se do tukre kfe, aur har ek tukra uske dusre tukre ke muqSbil rakhd, magar parindog ke tukre na kiye. 1 1 Tab shikar! parinde un UshoQ par utre, par Abiram unheQ hankdya kiyi. 12 Jab aft^b gariib hone lagd, to Abirdm par barf nlnd galib hui, aur dekh, ek barf haulnS^k tSrIkf us par if. 13 Aur us ne Abirim se kahd, ki Yaqin jAn ki teri auMd ek mulkmeo jo usk£ nahia, pardesi hog!, aur wahao ke logoo ke gul£m banenge, aur we char sau baras tak unheg dukh denge. 14 Lekin us qaum kd bh! jiske wegulam honge, insaf karungi aur we bSd uske bar! daulat leke niklenge. 15 Aur tu sahfh sal^mat apne bip dddoomeu ji mi- legi, aur khub s6. buddha hoke giri jaeg^. 16 Aur dekh chauthf pusht meg we yahag phir dwenge, kyunki Amiirfog ke gunih ab tak pure na hue. 17 Jab suraj dubS, aur andheri ho gayS, to ek tanur jis se dhuwlg uthti thd, aur ek jalti mashil un tukrog ke bfch meg se hokar guzar gaf. 18 Usf din KhudaVand ne Abirlm se ahd karke kaha, ki maig Misr kf nadf se leke Furdt kf barf nadf tak : 19 Qainf, aur Qinzf, aur Qadmunf, aur Hittf, aur Farizzf, aur Rifai, aur Amurf, aur Kandnf, aur Jirjasf, aur Yabusf M mulk bhf teri aulid ko duns^. soi.auwa'? ba'b. 1 Aur Sari, Abiram kf joru, kof larka na jani ; aur uskf ek Misri laundi thi, jisk5 ndm Hijirah. 2 Aur Sari ne Abiram se kaha, ki dekh, Khuda'wand ne mujhe janne se baz rakl)d : tu merf laundi ke pis ja, shiyad usse mera ghar abid howe. Aur Abirim ne uskf bit sunf. 3 So Abirim k! joru Sarf ne bid uske ki Abirim Kanan kf zamin meg das baras ralia, apnf MisrI laundf leke apne shauhar Abiram ko diyi, kl uskf jorii ho. 4 Aur wuh Hijirah ke pis gayi, aur wuh hamila hdf; aur 17 BAB.] PAIDMSH 15 jab us ne mdlum kiyi ki maio iiSmila hui, to apnl bibl ko haqfr jSni. 5 Tab Sari nc Abinlm se kah£, ki merl musibat tujhpar ! Maiu ne apnf laundi tujhe di ; aur ab jo us ne dpko lidmila dekh5, to niaio uski nazarou meu haqlr ho gaf : merl aur ter^ inaaf Khuda'wand kare ! 6 Abirdm Sari se kahd, ki Teri laundi tere bas meg hai : jo d^nist meo achchhd ho, so uske sSth kar. Tab Sari ne us par sakhtl ki, aur wuh us se bhag gai. 7 Aur Kuuda'wand ke Firishte ne use maidln meo pani ke ek chashme ke pda pdyd, ydne us chashme ke pas jo Sur ki rlh par hai. 8 Aur us ne kah£, ki Ai Sari ki laundi Ilajirah, tii kahdij se atl, aur kidhar jati hai ? Wuh boli, ki maio apni bibi Sari se bhdgi hiio. 9 KhudaVand ke Firishte ne use kahd, ki tu apni bibi pis phir ja, aur uski tabi rah. 10 Khuda'wand ke Firishte ne use kaha, ki maio teri aulid ko bahut baihdiingii, ki wuh kasrat se gini na jae. 1 1 Aur Kuuda'wani) ke Firishte ne use kahd, ki tu haniila hai, aur ek betd janegi, uska nam Ismael rakhnd ; ki Khuda'wand ne terd dukh sun liya. 12 Wuh wahshi ddmi hoga, uskd hath sab se aur sab ke hath us se barkhilaf honge, aur wuh apne sab bhaioo ke sdmhne budbdsh karegd. 13 Aur us ne Khuda^vand kd ndm, jo us se hamkalam hiid, Anta Ildh Ul Rdirakhd ; ki wuh boli, kyd maio yahdo dekhne ke bad dekhtf huo ? 14 Is sabab se us kiie kd ndm Ber ul Hai ul Rai rakhd ; wuh Qddis aur Barid ke darmiydn hai. 15 Aur Hajirah Abirdm se ck bttd jani, aur Abirdm ne us bete ka namjo Hdji- rah jani Ismdel rakhd. 16 Aur jab Abirdm ko Hdjirah se Ismdel paidd hud, tab Abirdm chhiyisi baras kd thd. satrahwa^^ ba'b. 1 Jab Abirdm nindnawi baras kd hud, tab Khuda'wand Abirdm ko nazar dyd, aur uske kahd : ki maio Qddir Khudd huo, tii mere huzur meo chal, aur kdmil ho. 2 Aur maio apne aur tere darmiydn ahd kartd huo, maio tujhe nihdyat barhdiingd. S Tab Abirdm muoh ke balgird, aur Khudd usse hamkaldm hokar bold. 4 Ki dekh, maio tujh se yih ahd kartd huo, ki tu bahut qaumoo kd bdp hoga. 5 Aur teri nam phir Abirdm narahegd, balki tcrd ndm Abiraham hud; kyiinki maio ne tujhe bahut qaumoo ka bap thahrdyd. 6 Aur main tujhe bahut baromand kartd huo, aur qaumeo tujh se paidd hongi, aur bddshdh tujh se niklenge. 7 Aur maio apne aur tere darmiydn, aur tere bad teri nasi ke darmiydn unke pusht dar pusht ke liye apnd ahd jo hamesha kd dhd ho, kartd hun ; ki maio terd aur tere bad teri nasi kd Khudd hiingd. 8 Aur maio tujh ko aur tere bad teri nasi ko Kandn ka tamam mulk, jismeo tu pardesl hai, detd hue ; ki hamesha ke liye milk ho, aur maio unkd Khudd hungd. 9 Phir Khudd ne Abirahdm se kahd, ki tii aur tere bad teri nasi pusht dar pusht mere ahd konigah rakheo. 10 Aur merd ahd jo mere aur tumhare darmiydn, aur tere bad teri nasi ke darmiydn, jise turn ydd rakho, yih hai, ki turn meo se harek mard kd khatnd kiya jawe. 1 1 Aur apne badan ki k hulri kd khatnd karo, aur yih us ahd kd nishan hoga, jo mere aur tere darmiydn hai. 12 Tumhdrl pusht dar pusht har larke ka jab wuh dth roz kd hai, khatnd kiyd jdegd, kyd ghar kd paidd, kyd pardesl sekharida ho, jo teri naslkd nahifl. 13 Tere khdnazdd aur tere zarkharldkd khatna kiyd jawe, aur merd ahd tumhdre jismoo mcQ ahd i abadi hogd. 14 Aur wuh 16 PAIDAISH [18 BAB. jisk.£ khatn^ nahfo hui, wuhf shaikhs apne logOQ meo^se kat j^e, ki us ne meri abd tor5. 15 Aur Khuda ne AbirahSm se kaha, ki ta apni joru Sari ko Sari mat kah, balki uskd n£m Sarah hai, 16 Maiij use barkat dungS, aur us se bhi tujhe ek beti bakhshunga ; maio use barkat diingl, kl wuh qaumon kf mi hogi, aur mulkoo ke B^dshih usse paida honge. 17 Tab AbirahSin muijh ke bal giri, aur haoske dil meo kahi, ki kyd sau baras ke mard ko beta paida hoga, aur kya Sarah jo nauwe baras kl hai, janegi ? 18 Aur Abiraham ne Khuda se kahS, ki kash ki Ismiel tere jita rahe ! 19 Tab Khuda ne kahd, ki Beshakk terl jorii Sarah tere liye ek beta janegf, tu us ki nam Izhlq rakhnS, aur main us se aur baduske uski aulad se apna ahd, jo hamesha ka ahd hai, kariingd. 20 Aur Ismael ke haqq men maio ne teri 8unf : dekh maio use barkat dunga, aur use baromand karunga, aur use bahut bar- hadngd ; aur us se barah sardar paid! honge, aur maio usse bari qaum banaiinga. 21 Lekin main Izhaq se, jisko Sarah dusre sal isi waqt janegi, apni ahd karungi. 22 Aur jab Khudi Abiraham se b^teo kar chuk£, to uske pas se upar gayi. 23 Tab Abiraham ne apne bete Ismiel, aur apne sab khanazadoo, aur apne sab zarkharidoo ko, yine Abiraham ke ghar ke logoo meo jitne mard the, sab ko liyS, aur usi roz unki khatni kiya, jistarih Khudi ne usko farmayi tha. 24 Jis waqt Abirahim ki khatna hua, wuh nininawi baras ki thi ; aur jab uski bete Ismael ki l^hatna hui, wuh terah baras ka thi. 26 So usi roz Abirahim aur udce bete Is- miel ki khatna hui. Aur uske ghar ke mard kya ghar Jj:e paidi, kyi pardesiou se i^haride, sabki uske sith ^hatna hui. ai!ha'bahwa''i} ba'b. 1 Phir Khuda'wand Mamri ke balutoo meo use nazar iyi, aur wuh din garmi ke waqt apne khaime de darwize par baithti tha. 2 Aur usne jo apni inkheo uthiio' to kyi dekhi ? ki tin mard uske pis khare haio. Wuh unheo dekhkar khaime ke darwize se unke milne ko daufi, aur zamin tak unke ige jhuki, aur boli, ki. 3 Ai Khudiwand, agar mujh par teri mihrbini hai, to apne bande ke pis se chale na jiiye. 4 Ki thorisa pini Mud, aur apni piow dhokar us dara^ht ke niche dram kljiye. 6 Maio thori roti lata huo, tazadam hoke jiiyo ; kyunki isliye apne bande ke yahio ae ho. Tab unhoo ne kahi, Yuohickar, jaisa tu ne kahi. 6 Aur Abira- him ^haime meo Sarah ke pis dauri gayi aur kahi, ki Tin paimina iti leke jald gundhke phulke paki. 7 Aur Abirahim galle ki taraf dauri, aiu: ek moti tiza bachhri likar ek jawin ko diyi, aur usne jald use taiyar kiya. 8 Phir us ne ghi aur dudh aur us bachhre ko, jo us ne pakwiyi, thi, leke unke samhne rakhi, aur ap unke pas dara^ht ke niche khari raha, aur unhoo ne khaya. 9 Tab unhoo ne use kaha, ki Teri joru Sarah kahio hai ? Wuh boli, dekho ^haime meo hai. 10 Aur us ne kahi, maio muaiyan waqt par tere pas phir iungi, aur dekh teri joru Sarah ko beta hogi. Uske pichhe khaime ke darwize meo Sarah uski sunti thi. 11 Aur Abirahim aur Sarah buddihe aur bahut din ke the, aur Sarah se auratoQ ki mamuli adat mauquf ho gai thi. 12 Tab Sarah ne apne dil meo haoskar kahi, ki bid uske ki maio zaif ho gai, aur meri khiwind bhi buddhi hu i, kyi mujh ko khuahi hogi ? 13 Phir KhudaVand ne Abirahim se kaha, ki 18 BAB.] PAIDAISH. 17 Sarah kyun hanskar boli, ki kya maio jo aisi burhiya ho gai huD, sach mach janungi ? 14 Kya Khuda'wand ke nazdik kol bat mushkil hai ? Main muaiyan waqt tujhpas phir aunga, aur Sarah ko beta hoga. 15 Tab Sarah ne dar ke mare inkSr karke kaha, ki main nahin hansl. Usne kaha, nahin tu albatta hansi. 16 Tab vve mard wahan se uthke Sadum kl taraf mutawajjih hue, aur Abiraham rukhsat karne ko un ke sath chala. 17 Aur Khuda'wand ne kaha, ki J'ih jo main karta hiin, kya Abiraham se chhipaun? 18 Abiraham to ek barl aur buzurg qaum hoga, aur zamin ki sab quamen us se barkat pawengl. 19 Kyunki main usko jan- t£ hun, ki wuh apne beton aur apne bad apne gharane ko hukm karega, aur we Khuda'wand ki rdh ki nigahbani karke adlo inslf karenge, tJiki Khuda'wand Abi- raham ke waste, jo kuchh ki us ne uske haqq men kaha hai, pura kare. 20 Phir Khuda'wand ne kaha, isliye ki Sadum aur Amurah ka bara shor hila, aur unke gunah barh gae. 21 Main utarke dekhunga, ki unhon ne us shor ke mutlbiq jo mujh tak pahuncha bilkull kiya hai, yd nahin ; main daryaft kariinga. 22 Tab we mard wahan se rawana hoke Sadum ki taraf chale ; par Abirablm hanoz Khuda'-? wand ke huzur men khara raha. 23 Tab Abiraham nazdik jake bola, KyS tu nek ko bad ke siih halak karega ? 24 Shayad pachas sadiq is shahr men hon : kya tu use halak karega, aur un pa-^ chSs sddiqon ke khltir jo us ke darmiyan hain, is maqam ko na chhoregd ? 25 Aisa karna tujh se baid hai, ki nek ko bad ke sith mar dale, aiir nek bad bara^ bar ho jawen ; yih tujh se bald hai ! Kya tamam dunya ka insaf karnewlla insif na karegd ? 26 Tab Khuda'wand ne kaha, ki Agar main Sadum ke shahr men pa- chls sadiq paun, unke waste tamam mulk ko chhoriinga. 27 Abiraham ne ja- wab diya aur kaha, ki dekh maio ne Khuda'wand se bolne men jurat ki, agajrchi main khak aur rakh hiin. 28 Shayad pachas sSdiqon se panch kam hon ; kyaun panch ke waste tu tamam shahr ko nest karega ? Usne kaha. Agar maio wahSa paintalis paun, to nest na karunga. 29 Phir usne use kaha, ki Shayad wahan cha- lis pae jaeij. Tab usne kaha, ki main un chalis ke waste bhi na karunga. 30 Usne kaha, ki Khuda'wand kha^ na hon, to main phir kahiin. Shayad wahSn tis pae jaen. Wuh bola, ki Agar main wahan tis paun, to main yih na karunga. 31 Usne kaha, dekh maio ne Khuda wand se bat karne men jurat ki. Shayad* wahan bis pae jleo. Wuh bola, main bis ke waste bhi use nest nakarungl. 32 Tab usne kaha, Khuda'wand khafa na hon, to maio ab ke bar phir kahun. Shayad wa- han das pae jaen. Wuh bola, main das ke waste bhi use nest na karunga. 33 Jab Khuda'wand Abiraham se b5ten kar chuka, to chala gaya; aur Abu'aham apne ma? kSn ko phira. uni'swa'n ba'b. 1 Aur we do firishte sham ko Sadum men ae ; aur Liit Sadum kephatak pas baithta tha. Aur Lut unhen dekhkar unke istiqbal ke liye uthd. 2 Aur apni sir zapiin tak jhukaya, aur kaha, ki Ai mere Khudawand bande ke ghar chaliye, aui? rat bhar rahiye, aur apne paon dhoiye, aur fajr ko uthkar sidhdriye. Unhoo ne kahd, Nahin, ham rat bhar bahar hi rahenge. 3 Par jab wuh un se bahut bajidd C 1» PAIDAISH. [19 BA'B. hua, to we us taraf chale, aur us ke ghar gae ; aur usne unki mihnian! ki, aur fatiri roti pakaf, aur unhon ne khai. 4 Aur us se pahle ki we lete, shahr ke mardou, yane Sadum ke mardon, ne jawan 96 leke budidhe tak aur sab logoo ne bar taraf se us ghar ko gher liyd. 5 Aur unhon ne Lut ko pukarke kaha, ki We mard jo aj ki rat tare yahan aye, kahaQ hain ? Unhen ham^re pas bahar U, ki ham un se suhbat karen. 6 Tab Lut dar- waze se un pas bahar gayi, aur kiwar apne pfchhe band kiya. 7 Aur kaha, ki ai bhaio, aisa bura kam na karo. 8 Dekho merl do betian hain, jo mard se waqif nahin ; unko tumhare pas nikal laun : jo tumhari nazar men pasand ho, un se karo ; magar un mardon se kuchh kam na rakho ; kyilnki we isi waste meri chhat ke saye meg ae. 9 Unhon ne kaha, ki hat ja ! Phir kaha, ki yih ek shakhs guzran karne 5ya, aur hakimi kiya chahta hai ? Ab ham tere sath unse ziyada badsaluki karenge. Tab we us mard, yane Lut par hamla karke 5e, aur kiwar torne ko lapake. 10 Tab un mardon ne apne hath barha ke Lut ko apne pas ghar men khainch liya, aur dar- waza band kar diya. 11 Aur un mardon ko jo ghar ke darwaze par the, kya chhotc kya bare, andha kar diya; so we darwaza dhundhte dliiindhte thak gae. . 12 Tab un mardon ne Liit se kaha, Kya yahan tcra aur kol hai, dam£d ya bete yi, betian, aur jo kol tera is shahr men hai, tii use lekar is maqam se nikal ja. 13 Kyunki ham is maqam ko garat karte haiu, is liye ki unka shor Khuda'wand ke huzur men bahut barha, aur KiitjdaVand ne uske garat karne ko hamcn bheja. 14 Tab Lut bahar jake apne damadon se, jinhen uski betian biyahi thin, bola, aur uuse kaha, ki Utho aur is maqam se niklo ; kyunki Khuda'wand is shahr ko garat karega. Lekin wuh apne damadon ki nazar meg muzhik sa ma- lum hiia. 15 Jab subh hiii firishton ne Lut se kaha, jaldi kar, uth, apni joru aur apne do betias jo yahan maujud hain le, aisi na ho ki tii bhf is shahr ki badf meo giriftar ho. 16 Aur jab wuh deri karta tha, un mardon ne uski aur uski joru kd aur uski donon bet ion ka hath pakra, kyunki KhudaVaxd ki mihrbani un par hui, aur we unhen nikSlkar shahr ke bahar le gae. 17 Aur jab unko bahar nikala, to kah'i, ki Apni jan lekar bhag, apne pichhe mat dekh, aur maidan men kahin na thahar, pahar parbhig ^, na ho ki halak ho jawe. 18 Aur Lut ne unse kaha, ki Ai Khudiwand aisa na ho. 19 Ki dekh tii ne apne bande par rahm ki nazar ki, aur tii nemujh par aisa bara fazl kiya, ki meri jan bachai : main ab pahlr par nahiu ja sakta ; na ho ki mujh par aisi koi musibat pare, ki main mar jaun. 20 Dekh, yih shahr qarib hai, main usmen bhag jauo, aur wuh sagir hai: marzi ho to wahan bhag jaiin; kya wuh saglr nahio? So meri jan bachegi. 21 Us ne use kaha, ki dekh, main ne is bat men bhi teri arz qabul ki, ki is shahr ko jiske waste tii ne kaha, garat na karunga. 22 Jald udhar bhag, ki jab tak tii wahan na pahunche, maio kuchh kar nahin sakta huo. Iswaste us shahr ka nam Sogr rakhl gaya. 23 Aur jiswaqt Lut Sogr men dakhil hiia suraj ki roshni zamin par phaUi 24 Tab Khuda'wand ne Sadum aur Amiirah par ghandhak aur ag Khuda'wand ki taraf se asman se barsai. 25 Aur usne un shahroo ko, aur sari tarai, siu* shahron ke sab rahnewalon ko, zamio ki nabat tak nest kiya. 26 Aur uski joru ne pichhe phir ke dekha, aur wuh namak ka khambhl ban gai. 27 Aur Abiraham fajr ko sawere uth ke us jagah gaya, jahae wuh Khuda'wand 20 BA'B.] PAIDA'ISH. 19 ke huzur khara tha ; 28 Aur Sadum aur Amurah aur tamam tara! kl taraf mutwajjih hoke dekha ki zamin se dhuwan, bhatthe ka sa dhuwan uth raha hai. 29 Aur jab Khudl ne taraf ki shahron ko nest kiy^, to Khuda ne Abiraham ko yad kiyd, aur un shahron ko, jahan Lot rahta tha, garat karte hue Lut ko us bala se bachaya. 30 Aur Lut Sogr se apni donon betfon samet nikal kar pahar par ja raha, is liye ki Sogr men rahne se use dahshat huf; aur wuh aur uski donon betiau ek gar men rahne lagl. 31 Tab bar! ne chhoti se kaha, ki hamdrd bap buddha hai, aur zamin parkoi mard nahin, jo dunya ke dastur ke muwafiq ham se suhbat kare: 32 Ao ham apne bap ko wain pilawen, aur us se hambistar howen, ki apne bSp se nasi bSqi rakhen. 33 So usf rat apne bap ko wain pilai ; aur barf gaf, aur apne bap se ham- bistar hiii ; par usne lette aur uthte waqt use na pahchana. 34 Aur dusre roz bari ne chhoti se kaha, ki Dekh kal rat ko main apne bap se hambistar hui ; ao, aj rSt bhi usko wain pilawen, aur tu bht jake us se hambistar ho, ki ham apne bap se nasi baqi rakhen. 3.5 So us rat ko bhi unhon ne apne bap ko wain pilai, aur chhoti uth ke us se hambistar hui ; aur us ne lette aur uthte waqt use na pahchand. 36 So Lut ki donon betian apne blp se hamila hiiin. 37 Aur bari ek beta jani, auruska nam Moab rakhl ; wuh Moabion ka, jo abtak hain, bap hua. 38 Aur chhoti bhi ek beta jani, aur uska nam Bin Ammi rakha ; wuh Bani Ammun ka, jo ab tak haic, bap hua. bi'swa'n ba'b, ] Aur Abiraham wahan se dakhin ki zamiu ki taraf chala, aur Qadis aur Siir ke bichmen thahra,aur Jirar men ja raha. 2 Aur AbirahSm ne apni joru Sarah ke haqq men kaha, ki wuh meri bahin hai. Tab Jirar ke Badshah Abimalik ne log bhej kar Sarah ko mangwaya. 3 Lekin rat ko Khuda Abimalik ke khwab men ay5 aur use kaha, ki Dekh, tu us aurat ke sabab, jo tu ne liya, marega ; kyunki wuh kha- samwali hai. 4 Par Abimalik uske pis nahin gaya tha. So us ne kaha, ki Ai Khu- dawand, kya tu ek sadiq qaum ko bhi maregi? 5 Kya usne mujhe nahio haha, ki wuh merl bahin hai ? Aur wuh bhi boli, ki Wuh meri bhai hai ? Main ne to apne dil ki ristl aur hdth ki pakizagi se yih kiya. 6 Aur Khuda ne use khwlb meu ka- hl, ki main bhi yih janta hun, ki tii ne apne dil ki rasti se yih kiy£, aur main ne bhi tujhe roka, ki tu mera gunah na kare, is liye tujhe usko chhune na diya. 7 Ab tu us mard ki joru pher de, kyunki wuh nabi hai, aur wuh tere liye dua mangega, aur tu jita rahega; par agar use pher na dega, tu yih jan rakh ki tu, aur sab jo tere hain, zarur mar j£enge 8 Tab Abimalik ne fajr ko sawere uthkar apne sab naukaron ko bulaya, aur unko ye sab baten sunain ; tab we log bahut dar gaye. 9 Aur Abimalik ne Abiraham ko bulake kaha, ki Yih kya hai, jo tune mujhe kiya ? Main ne tera kya gunah kiya, ki tu mujh par aur meri badshahat par yih bara gunah laya ? Tu ije mujh se aisa kam kiya jo karna mund sib nahin. 10 Abimalik yih bhi Abiraham se kah^, ki Tu ne kya dekha, ki aisa k^m kiya. 1 1 Abiraham boll, ki maio ne kaha, ki hargiz Khuda ka khauf yahan nahin hai, aur we merf joru ke waste mujh ko mar dllenge. 12 Aur wuh to sach meri bahin hai, mere bap ki beti, par meri mau kl beti nahiu : so meri joru hui. 13 Aur jab ki Khuda ne mere bap ke ghar se mujhe ^wai^ C 2 so PAIDAISH. [21 BA'B. kiyd, to maio ne use kaha, ki mujh par yih teri mihrbdnl hogi, ki jahan kahio ham jiwen, mere haqq kahiyo, ki Wuh mera bhal hai. 14 Tab Abiuialik ne bher bakrl aur gae bail aur gulam aur laundioi) ko lekaf, Abiraham ko diya, atir uskijord Sarah ko bhi usko pher diya. 15 Phir Abiraalik ne kaha, ki Dekh, mera mulk tere samhne hai, jahan dil lage, wahan raha kar. 1 9 Aur Sarah se kahd, ki Dekh, main ne tere bhal ko hazar riipiya dij^a : wuh tere waste aur sab ke waste jo tere sath haiji, aur sab gairon ke wiste burqa howe : so uskl malamat hui. 17 Aur Abirahdm ne Khuda se dna mlngi, aur Khuda ne Abimalik aur uski joru aur laundion ko change kiy^, ki we janne lagfn. 18 Ki KhudaVand ne Abimalik ke khandan ki sab kokh ko Abiraham ki joru Sarah ke mulmala ke sabab band kar diy£ th5. ikki'swa'n ba'b. 1 Aur Khud^ nejaisi farmaya tha, Sarah par nazar ki, aur KhudaVanb ne jaisi kaha tha, Sarah ke haqq men kiya. 2 Aur Sarah hamila hui, aur Abiraham se burhdpe men usi muqarrar waqt par jo Khuda ne use kaha tha, ek beta jant. 3 Aur Abiraham ne apne bete ka nam jo usse paid! hiia, jo Sarah usse jani, Izhak rakha. 4 Aur Abiraham ne jaisa ki Khuda ne use hukm diya tha, athwen din apne bete Izhak ka khatni kiyi. 5 Aur jab uska beta Izhak paida hua, to Abiraham sau baras ka tha. 6 Aur Sarah ne kaha, ki Khuda ne mujhe hansaya, aur sab sun- new^le merl tazhik karenge. 7 Phir wuh boll, koi Abiraham se kah sakta tha, ki Sarah laikon ko diidh pilawegi ? ki main uske burhape men beta jani ! 8 Aur wuh larka bara hua, aur uska dudh chhuraya gaya, aur Izhak ke dudh chhurane ke din Abiraham ne bai i ziyafat ki. 9 Aur Sarah ne dekha, ki Hajirah Misri k£ beta^ jo wuh Abiraham se jani, mazhakah karta hai. 10 Tab usne Abiraham se kaha, ki is laimdi aur uske bete ko nikal de ; kyunki yih lauudi bachcha mere bete Izhak ke sath wiris na hoga. 1 1 Par uske bete ke khatir yih bat Abiraham ki nazar men nihayat buri malum hiif. 12 Khuda ne Abiraham se kaha, ki wuh bat is larke aur teri laundi ki babat teri nazar men buri na malum ho ; sab kuchh jo Sarah ne tujhe kaha, man : kyunki teri nasi Izhak se kahlaegi 13 Aur us lauudi ke bete se bhi main ek qaum paida karunga; k3'unki wuh teri nasi hai. 14 Tab Abiraham ne subh ko uthkar roti, aur pani ki ek mashk li, aur Hijirah ke kandhe par dhar di, aur usko larke samet ruJjLhsat kiya ; wuh rawana hiii, aur Bersaba ke bayaban men bhatakti phirti thi. 15 Aur jab mashk ka pani ho chuka, tab usne us larke ko ek jhari ke niche dal diya ; 16 Aur ap uske samhne ek tir ke tappe par dur ja baithi ; kyunki usne kaha, main lafke ka marna na dekhun. So wuh samhne baithi, aur chilla chUlake roi. 17 Tab Khuda ne us larke ki awaz sunt, aur Khuda ke Firishte ne asman se Hajifah ko pukar ke kaha, ki Ai Hajirah, tujh ko kya hua ? mat dar : ki us larke kl &wlz ne jahan wuh pari hai, Khuda ne suni. 18 Uth aur larke ko uthake apne hath se sambhil, ki maio usko ek baii qaum banaiinga. 19 Phir Khuda ne uski 4ukheo kholin, aur usne pani ka ek kua dekha, aur jakar us mashk ko pani se bhar liya, aur larke ko pilaya. 20 Aur Khuda us larke ke sath tha, aur wuh bafha aur 22 BA'B.] PAIDMSH. 21 bayabaa ka rahnewala aur tirandaz hua. 21 Aur wuh Far^n ke bay^ban men raha, aur uskl ma ne mulk i Misr se ek aurat usse biyihne ko II. 22 Phir us waqt yun hCia, ki Abimalik aur uske lashkar ka sardar Fikol ne Abiraham se kaha, ki bar kam meo jo tii kart4 hai, Khuda tere sath hai. 23 Ab mujh se Khuda ki qasam khi, ki tii na mujh se na meri al aulad se daga kare, balki us mihrbani ke muw^fiq jo main ne tujh par ki hai, tu mujh par aur is mulk par jis men tu pardesi hua mihrbani kare. 24 Abiraham bola, main qasam khaunga. 25 Tab Abirahdm ne pani ke ek kue ke waste jise Abimalik ke naukai'on ne zabar- dastlse chhin liya tha, Abimalik ko malamat kl. 26 Abimalik ne kaha,ki main nahig jdta hun ki kisne yih kam kiya, aur tu ne bhi mujhe khabar na di, aur main ne aj ke siwa suna bhi nahln. 27 Aur Abiraham ne bher bakri, aur gae bail leke Abimalik ko die, aur donon ne apas men ahd kiya. 28 Aur Abiraham ne bher ke sat bachchon ko jo madah the, lekarjuda rakha. 29 Aur Abimalik ne Abiraham se kaha, ki ye bhe- ronke sat m^dah bachche jo tu ne alag kar rakhe, kis waste haio ? 30 Usne kaha, is wlste ki ye sat madah bacliche tii mere hath se le, taki we mere gawah honge, ki main ne yih kua. Ijhoda. 31 Is liye us maqim k^ nam Bersaba rakha, ki un donoo qasam khal. 32 Aur jab un donon ne Bersaba men ahd kiya, to Abimalik aur uske lashkar ka sardar Fikol uthe aur Filistlon ke mulk ko phire. 33 Tab usne Ber- sabl men daralfht lagae, aurwahaij Khuda'wand ka, jo Khuda i alam hai, nam liya, 34 Aur Abiraham bahut din Filistlou ke mulk meo raha. ba'i'swa'u BA'Bi i Un baton ke bad yiin hiia, ki Khuda ne Abiraham ko azmaya, aus use kah^, ki Ai Abiraham ! Wuh bola, main hazir hun. 2 Tab usne kaha, ki tu apne iklaute bete kojise tii piyar karta hai, Izhak ko le, aur amtn i Muriyah men ja, aur use wahan paharon men se ek pahar par, jo main tujhe batS.ungi, charhawe ke liye charha kar. 3 Tab Abiraham nur ke tarke utha, aur apne gadhe par charjama kasa, aur apne sath do jawan, aur apne bete Izhak ko liya, aur charhawe ki lakfiafl chlrin, aur uthkar us jagah jo Khuda use farmaya tha, chala. 4 Tisre din, jab Abiraham ne apni ankh uthake us jagah ko dur se dekha, 5 Tab Abiraham nc apne jawanon se kaha, tum yahan gadhe pas raho, main us larke ke sath wahaii tak jata hun, aur sijda karke phir tumhare pas ata hiin. 6 Aur Abiraham ne charhawe ki lakriin leke apne bete Izhak par rakhin, aur ag, aur chhurl apne hath men If, aur donon sath sath chale. 7 Tab Izhak ne apne bap Abiraham se kaha, ki Ai mere bap ! Usne jawab diya, ki Ai bete, kya ? 8 Usne kaha, ki bhala, ag, aur lakrian to hain ; par charhawe ke liye bher kahan ? Abiraham ne kaha, ki Ai bete, Khuda charhawe ke liye bher dikhlawega ; so we donon sath sath chale* 9 Aur us maqam par jo Khuda ne use farmaya tha, pahunchc. Tab Abiraham ne wahan ek qurbangah banai, aur lakrian chuni, aur apne bete Izh^k ko bandhe lakrl ke vipar qurbangdh par dhar diyi. 10 Aur Abiraham ne apna hath barhake chhuri li, ki apne bete ko sabh kare. 1 1 Wahin KhubaVand ke Firishte ne use asman se pukara, ki Abiraham ! Wuh bola, main hazir hun. 12 Tab Firishte ne kaha, ki tu apnd hath larke par mat barhi, aur use kuchh mat kar, ki ab main ne jana, tii l^hud^ se (Jarta hai : ki tune apne iklaute ko bhi mujh se dareg na kiya. 13 Tab 22 PAID^'ISH. [23 BA'B. Abiraham ne apni aakhen uthafn, aur apne pichhe ek mendha dekha, ki uski singh jh.lri men atki hai ; Abirahlm ne jakar us mendhe ko liya, aur usko apne bete ke badle men charhdwe ke liye charhaya. 14 Aur Abiraliam ne us maqam ka nam Khuda'waxd Raai rakhi, chunlnchi j-ih aj tak kaha jata hai, ki I^huda'wand ke pahar par dekha jaega. 13 Phir KhudaVand ke Firishte ne dobarah asman par se Abu-aham ko pukira, aur kaha, 15 Khuda'wand boli hai, main^ne isliye ki tu ne aisa klm kij'a, aur be- ta, iklauta hi beta, dareg na rakha, 17 Qasam kliai, ki main tujhe barakat par barakat dunga, aur dsmin ke sitlroij, aur darya ke kinare ki manind terf nasi ko nihayat barhaunga, aur teri nasi apne dushmanon ke darwazon ki wSris hogf. 18 Aur teri nasi se zamin ki sari umraaten barakat pawengi ; kyunki tu ne meri bat mini. 19 Bid uske Abiraham apne naukar pas phir gaya ; we uthe aur ek s.tth Bersaba ko gae, aur Abiraham Bersabi meo raha. 20 Bid in baton ke yan hua, ki Abiraham ko khabar pahunchi, ki dekh Milkah bhi teri bhai Nahur se bete jani : 21 U'z uska pahlauthi, aur uska bhaf Buz, aur Qamiicl, Aram ka bap, 22 Aur Kasid, aur Ilazu aur Fildas aur Jidlaf aur Baituel. 23 Aur Baituel se Ribqah paida hiii. Milkah Abiraham kc bhSi Nahur se ye ath jani. 24 Aur uski haram se jiska nam Raumah tha, usse Tabikh aur Jahim aur Tul^has aur Makah paitLi hue. tei'swa'n ba'd. 1 Aur Sarah ki umr ek sau satais baras ki hui, yih Sarah ki umr thi. 2 Aur Sarah Qiryatarba, yane llibron men jo Kanan meij hai, mar gai ; tab Abirahim Sarah par rone pitne iya. 3 Phir Abiraham apne murde ke pis se uthd, aur Bani Hitt se hamkalara hoke kaha, 4 Ki main pardesi aur turn mco rahnewdK hun : tum apne darmiyan ck qabargih meri milkiyat kar do, ki main apne samhne se apna murda uthike giriin. 5 Bani Ilitt ne Abiraham ke jawab meo kalii, ki 6 Ai Khudawand hamirl sun, ki tu hamare darmiyan Amir ul Bah hai, hamiri qabar- gihon men se sab se achchhi qabarglh men apne murde kogir ; ham men koi nahio, jo tujh se apni qabargSh roke, ki tu apni murda na gare. 7 Tab Abirahim khar^ hi'vi, aur us mulk ke logon Bani Hitt ke age jhuka ; 8 Aur unne yuo guftgii ki, ki ab jo tumhiri marzl hui, ki apne murde ko samhne se nthaoe garug, to mer! suno, Suhr ke bete Ifrun se meri sifarish karo, 9 Ki wuh Makfilah ki. gar, jo uski aur uske khet ke kinare par hai, uski pi'iri qimat lekc mujhe de, ki tumhare bich ck qabargah ki, meri milkiyat ho. 10 Aur Ifrun Bani Hitt meo baitha tM. Tab Ifrun Hitti ne Bani Hitt ke sab logon ke rubaru jo shahr ke darwize se dakhil bote the, Abiraham ke jawab meo kahi : 11 Nahin, niere Khudawand, tu mcri sun: main yih khet tujhe deta hun, aur wuh gar bhi jo usmcn hai, apne logon ke ige tujhe deta hun : tu apne murde ko gar- 12 Tab Abiraham us mulk ke logoo ke samhne jhuka. 13 Phir us mulk ke logon ke samhne Ifrun se kaha, Agar tii deti hai, to meri sun : main tujhe us khet ke iwaz rupae dungi, tu mujh se le, to main apne murde ko wahan garu'J. 14 Ifrun ne Abiraham ko jawab diya, aur kaha? mere Khudawand meri sun le ; 15 Yih zamin char sau siql ki hai ; yih tere aur mere darmiyin kya hai? apna murda gar. 19 Abiraham ne Ifriin ki suni. Aur 24 BAB.] PAIDA'ISH. 23 Abiraham ne us chandi ko Ifriin ke liye tol divd, jo usne Bani Hitt ke samhne kaha. tha, yane char sau siql chandi, jiskl saudagaron men chalan thi. 17 So Ifrun ka wuh khet jo Makfilah men Mamri ke samhne tha, aur wuh khet aur wuh gar, jo us men tha, aur sare daraltht jo us khet men aur uski charon taraf ki sarhadd men the, 18 Bani Hitt ke aur un sab ke rubaru jo shahr ke darwaze se dakhil bote the, Abiraham ki milkiyat ho gae. 19 Bad uskc Abiraham ne apni joru Sarah ko Makfilah ke khet ke gdr men jo Mamri ke samhne hai, gara, Kanau ki zamin men Hibron wuhi hai. 20 ChunSnchi wuh khet aur wuh gar jo usmeo tha, Bani Hitt ne qabarg^h ke liye Abiraham ki milkiyat thahrd diyc. chaubi'swa's ba'b. 1 Aur Abiraham buddha aur bahut dinon kd tha, aur Khuda'wand ne sab baton men Abiraham ko barkat bakhshi thi. 2 Aur Abiraham ne apne ghar ke qadim naukar ko, jo uski sab chizoo ka mukhtar thd, kaha. Main teri minnat karti hue, apna hath meri rdn tale rakh : 3 Main tujh se Khuda'wakd ki, jo asmSn aur zamin ka Khudt hai, qasam lunga, ki tu Kananion ki betion meo se jin men main rahta bun, mere bete ko na biylh dena ; i Balki tu mere watan aur mere khand^n men jaiyo, aur wahdn se mere bete Izhdq ke liye, joru l^iyo. 5 Us naukar ne use kaha, ki Sh^yad wuh aurat is mulk men mere sith dne par rdzi na ho : to maio tere bete ko us zamiu men jahdn se tu aya, phir lejaiin ? 6 Abiraham ne use kaha, Khabardar, tii mere bete ko wahan hargiz na lejana ! 7 KhudaVand, asmdn ka Khuda, jo mujhe mere bap ke ghar, aur janambhum se nikal layd, aur jisne qasam khakar mujh se kahd, ki maio teri nasi ko yih zamfn diingn, wuhi tore 5ge apna firishta bhejega, ki tu wahin se mere bote ke liye joru Liwc. 8 Aur agar wuh aurat tere slthane par razi na ho, to tu meri is qasam se chhut jacgl ; par mere bete ko hargiz wah^n mat lejana. 9 Us naukar ne apna hath apne sahib Abiraham ki ran tale rakha, aur uske samhne is bat par qasam khal. 10 Tab us naukar ne apne khiwind ke untoij men se, das unt, aur apne kh.'iwind ki sab tarah ki chlzeij liij, aur uthkar rawSna hua, aur Aram-naharain men Nahiir ke shahr tak gaya. 11 Aur sham ko jiswaqt auraten pani bharne jati bain, usne us shahr ke bihar kuc ke nazdik unton ko baithaya, 12 Aur kah i, Ai KhudaVakd, mere khawind AbiraMm ke Khuda, main teri minnat kartd bun, tu aj mera matlab pura kar, aur mere khawind Abiraham par mihrban ho ! 13 Dekh, main is kue par khara bun, aur shahr ke logon ki betian pani bharne dti hain . 14 Aisa kar, ki wuh chhokri jise main kahuij, ki Apni thiliya utar, taki main piun ; aur wuh kahe, ki pi aur maio tere unton ko bhi pilaungi, wuh avu-at ho, jise tu ne apne bande Izhak ke liye thahraya hai ; aur usi se main jSnunga, ki tu ne mere sahib par mihrbini ki. 15 Aur aisa hua, ki wuh ye bateo tamam nakar chuka, ki dekho, Ribqah jo Abira- ham ke bhai Nahur ki joru Milkah ke bete Baituel se paida hui thi, apnd ghara apne kandhe par dharke nikli. 16 Aur wuh chhokri nihayat khubsurat aur kuari, am- mard se waqif na thi. Wuh us baoli men utri, aur apna ghard bharke upar ai. 17 Wuh naukar uski muUqat ko daura, aur bola, Main teri minnat karta hun, ki mujhe apne ghare se thora si pani pila. 18 W^uh boli, ki Pijiye, Sahib ; aur us ne ghara hath par utarke use pilaya. 19 Jab use pila chuki, to boll, ki main tere un- 24 PAIDA'ISH. [24 BAB. ton ke liye bhi pani bharne jaiingf, jab tak we pi chukcu ; 20 Aur usnc ■svuhio apne ghare ka panI hauz meo dal diya, aur phir baoli meo panl bharne dauri gai, aur uske sab unton ke liye bhara. 21 Wuh mard us se hairan hokar chup rahl, ta dek- he ki Khuda'wand ne uska safar mubarak kiya hai, ki nahin. 22 Aur yuo hiia, ki jab lint pi chuke, to us shakhs ne adhe misqal sone ki ek nath aur das misqdl sone-ke do kare hathon ke liye lagae, 23 Aur kaha, ki tu kis ki beti hai, mujhe bata ? KyS. tere bap ke gbar hamdre utarne kl jagah hai ? 24 Us ne use kaha, ki main Baituel ki betl hiin, jise Milkah Nahur se janf: 25 Yih bhi use kahd, ki Hamare pas ghls bhiisa bahut hai, aur utarne ki jagah bhi hai. 26 Tab us mard ne apni sir jhukaya aur Khuda'wand ko sijda kiya, aur kaha : 27 Khuda'wand, mere khawind Abiraham ka Khuda, mubarak hai, jis ne mere khawind ko apni rah- mat aur apni rasti se khali na chhora, ki Khuda'wand ne mere khawind ke bhdion ke gharki taraf mujhe rah dikhai. 28 Tab us larki ne daurke apni make ghar meo yih ahwal kaha. 29 Aur Ribqah kd ek bhdi tha, jiskd nam Laban; wxih ki'ie par us mard pas daufa gayS. 30 Jab us ne wuh nath aur kare apni bahin ke hathon men dekhe, aur apni bahin Ribqah se ye bateo sunin, jo kahti thi, ki Us mard ne ynn kaha. 31 Wuh us mard pas dya, aur kya dekhta hai, ki wuh unton ke nazdik kue par khara hai, aur kaha, ki Ai Khuda'wand ke mubarak, tu andara ! Kisliye bahar khara hai? Main ne ghar aur unton ke liye makan taiyar kiya. 32 Aur wuh mard ghar menayd, aur us ne uske untoo kokhola, aur unton ke liye ghas bhiisa, aur us ke aur sathwalonke wdste paon dhone ko pani dija., aur un ke age khdna rakha. 33 Par wuh bola, ki main jab tak apna matlab na kahun, na khaunga. 34 Wuh bola, Kah. Tab usne ka- ha, ki main Abiraham ka naukar hun : 35 Aur Khuda'wand ne mere khawind ko barkat di, aur, wuh bara idmi hui, aur usne use bher bakriyan, aur gae bail, aur sona rupa, aur laundi gulam, aur tint gadhe bakhshe. 36 Aur mere^khawind ki jorii Sa- rah budhape men uske liye beta jani, aur us ne apnd sab kuchh use diya. 37 Aur mere khawind ne yih kahke mujh se qasam li, ki Tu Kauanionki betion se jin ki za- min meo main rahta hun, kisu se mere bete ki shadi mat kar dijiye ; 38 Balki tu njere bap ke ghar aur mere khandan men ja, aur mere bete ke biyah ke waste ekauratla. 39 Tab main ne apne khawind se kaha, Shayad wuh aurat mere sath na awe ? 30 Usne mujhe kaha, ki Khuda'wand jis ke huzur men main chalta hun, apna firishta tere sath bhejega, aur wuh tujhe rah meo matlab ko pahunchawega : tu mere kumbe aur mere bap ke ghar men se mere bete ke liye jorii la. 41 Aur jab tu mere khan- dan men jde, tab tii meri qasam se chhutega ; aur agar we tujhe na den, taubhi tu meri qasam se chhuta. 42 Main aj us kue par aya, aur kaha, ki Khuda'wand, mere khawind Abirahdm ke Khuda ! Agar tii mere safar ko jo main karta hun, mubdrakkare : 48 To dekh ki main pani ke kue par khara hun, aur aisa ho ki jab koi kuari pani bharne nikle, aur main use kahiin, ki apne ghare se thord pani pine ko mujhe de, aur wuh mujhe kahe, ki 44 Tii bhi pi, aur main tere untoo ke liye bhi bhaningi, to wuh wuhi aurat hai, jise Khuda'wand ne mere khawind ke bete ke liye muqarrar kiyd. 45 Aur main apne dil men yih bat kahta hi tha, kidekho Ribqah apna ghara apne kandhe par liye bahar nikli, aur kiie par gai, aur pani bhara; tab maio ne use kaha, mujhe pani pila. 46 Us ne phurti se apna ghard apne kdndhe se utari aur boli, ki Pi le, aur main tere untoo ko bhi pani pilaungi ; chunanchi 25 BAB.] PAIDAISH. 25 mail] ne piya ; aur usne mere unton ko bhi pilaya. 47 Phir main nc use puchh^ aur kah£, ki tu kiski beti hai ? Wuli boli, Baituel kf beti hun, jise Milkah Nahur se jani. Aur main ne nath uski nak men, aur kare uske hathon men pahinae. 48 Aur main ne apna sir jhukake Khuda'wand ko sijda kiya, aur Khuda'wand apne khawind Abiraham ke Khuda ko mubdrak kaha, jisne mujhe sidhi rdh batSf, ki apne khawind ke bh^i ki beti uske bete ke waste lun. 49 So ab agar turn mihrb^ni, aur rasti se mei-e khawind ke sath suWk kiya chahte ho, to mujh se kaho ; aur agar nahfn, to bhi mujh se kaho, taki main dahne ya bayan hath phirun. 50 Tab Laban aur Baituel ne jawab diya, aur kaha, ki yih bat Khuda'wand ki tarafsehai, ham tujhe kuchh bura ya bhala nahin kah sakte. 51 Dekh, Ribqah tere age hai, use le, aur ja, aur jaisa Khuda Vand ne kaha hai, use apne khawind ke bete ko hijah kar ke. 52 Aur yun hiia, ki Abiraham ke naukar ne unki batea sunkar zamin par jhuk ke Khuda'wand ko sijda kiya. 53 Aur naukar ne chandl sone ke asbab, aur poshak nikali, aur Ribqah ko di, aur usne uske bhai, aur uski ma ko bhi qimati chizen din. 54 Aur usne, aur un logon ne jo uske sath the, khaya piya, aur rat wahin rahe. Aur subh ko uthkar usne kaha, ki mujhe mere khawind pas rukhsat karo. 55 Uske bhai, aur uski ma ne kaha, ki chhokri ko roz das ek hamare pas rahne de, bad uske wuh jaegi. 56 Usne unhen kaha, ki mujhe mat roko, ki Khuda'wand ne mera safar mubarak kiya ; mujhe rukhsat karo, tiki main apne khawind p£s jaun. 57 We bole, Ham us chhokri ko bulate haio, aur uSi se daryaft karte hain. 58 Tab unhon ne Ribqah ko bulaya, aur use kaka, ki tu is mard ke sath jaegi ? Wuh boH, ki jauogi. 59 Tab unhon ne apni bahin Ribqah, aur uski dada, aur Abiraham ke naukar aur uske logOQ ko rawana kiya. 60 Aur unhon ne Ribqah ko dua di, aur use kaha, ki ai bahin, tu lakhoo ki ma ho, aur teri nasi unke darwazon ke jo uska kina rakhte hain, mllik ho ! 61 Aur Ribqah, aur uski chhokrian uthkar unton par chaihiij, aur us mard ke pichhe ho lio : so wuh mard Ribqah ko lekar rawana hiia. 62 Aur Izhdk B er ul Hai ul Rli ki rah a nikla, ki wuh dakhin ke mulk men rahta tha. 63 Aur Izhak sham ke waqt Khuda ki yad karne ko maidan men gaya ; aur usne apni Snkhen uthaiij, aur dekha, ki unt chale ate hain. 64 Aur Ribqah ne apni aijkh uthai, aur Izhak ko dekhkar lint se utri. G5 Ki us ne naukar se puchha tha, ki yih shakhs jo khet se hamari mulaqlt ko chala ata hai, kaun hai? Naukar ne kaha thS, ki yih mera khawind hai. Tab usne niqab dala, aur apne tain chhipaya. 66 Aur naukar ne sab bdten jo usne ki thin, Izhak se kahio. 67 Us waqt Izhak use apn! ma Sarah ke khaime men laya, aur Ribqah ko biyah liya, wuh uski joru hui, aur usne use piylr kiya. Aur Izhak ne apni ma ke marne ke bad usse tasalli pai. pachi'swa'n ba'b. 1 Aur Abiraham ne aur joru ki, jiski nam Qatiirah tha. 2 Aur us se Ziraran aur Yaqsan aur Midan aur Midyan aur Isbaq aur Siikh paida hue. 3 Aur Yaqsan se Saba aur Dadan paida hiie ; aur Dadan ke bete Asiiri aur Latusi aur Laumi the. 4 Aur Midyan ke bete Aifah aur Afar aur Hanuk aur Abida aur Ildila the. Ye sab Qatiirah ke bete the. 5 Aur Abiraham ne apna sab kuchh Izhak ko diya ; 9 Lekiu .apni haramon ke beton ko Abiraham ne iniim deke apne jitc ji unko apne bete D 26 PAIDAISH. [25 BAB. Izhak pas se piirab ke mulk meo bhej diya. 7 Aur Abiraham kihayat ke din,jinmeij wuh jlta raha, ek sau pachhattar baras the. 8 Tab Abiraham jan bahaqq huS, aur achchhi umr darazi men buddha aur asuda hoke mara, aur apne logon men ja mila. 9 Aur uske bete Izhak aur Ismael ne Makfilah ke magarah men, Hitti Suhr ke bete Ifriin ke khet meo jo Mami-e ke age hai, use gara, yane us khet men, 10 Jo Abiraham ne Hitt ke beton se mol liya tha ; wahan Abu-aham aur uski jorii Sarah gare gae. 11 Aur Abiraham ke marne ke bad yun hiia, ki Khuda ne uske bete Izhak ko barakat bakhshi ; aur Izlidk Ber ul Hai ul Rai ke pas ja raha. 12 Aur Abiraham ke bete Ismael ka, jise Sarah ki laundi Misri Hajirah Abiraham ke liye jan! thf, yih nasab nama hai. 13 Aur ye Ismael ke beton ke nim aur gharane hain : Ismael ka pahlauta Nabit, aur Kidar, am- Adabiel, aur Mibsam. 14 Aur Misma, aur Dvimah, aur Mansha, 1-5 Aur Hadar, aur Itur, aur Nal'is, aur Qidmah. 16 Ye Ismael ke bete hain, aur unke nam unki bastion aur qilaon men ye hain, aur ye apni ummatou ke barah rais hain. 17 Aur Ismael ki hay£t ke baras ek sau saintis the, ki wuh jan bahaqq taslim hiia, aur margaya, avir apne logon meo jl mila. 18 Aur we Ilawilah se Sur tak, jo Misr ki taraf Asvir ki rah meo hai, blste the ; we apne sab bhaion se purab taraf (^cri kartc the. 19 Aur Abiraham ke bete Izhak ka nasabnama yih hai. Abiraham se Izhdk paida hua. 20 Izhak ne chalis baras ki umr men Ribqah se biyah kiya. Wuh^ Baitiiel Arami ki, jo Aram Paddan k^ bashinda tha, bctlaur Llban AramT ki bahin thi. 21 Aur Izhak ne aj>ni jorii ke liye KhudaVand se dua mangi; kyunki wuh binjh thi : aur Kuuda'wais'd ne uski dua qabiil ki, aur uskI jorii Ribqah hamilah hill. 22 Aur uske pet meij do larke ^pus meo muzahim hue. Tab usne kaha, Agar yuQ, to aisi kyun hiin ? Aur wuh KhudaVand se piichhne ga!. 23 Khuda'wanp ne use kaha, ki Tere pet men do qaumcn hain, aur tere rahim se do ummaten niklengi, aur ek ummat diisri ummat se zorawar hogi, aur bara chhote ki khidmat karega. 24 Aur jab uske janne ke din pure hue, to kya dekhte hain ? ki uske pet meo taudm hain. 25 Aur pahla lalrang, goya bilkull pashon ka libas ho nikla, aur unhou ne uski nam Esau rakha. 26 Uske bad uska bhai nikla, aur uska hath Esau ke aqab se laga hua tha : aur uska nam Yaqub rakha gaya. Jab wuh unhen jani, to Izhak sath baras kd tha. 27 Aur w^e larke baihe, aur Esau shikar meo mahir jangal kd rahnewala tha, aur Yaqub nekmard khaimon kd rahnewala tha. 28 Aur Izhak Esau ko piySr kartathi, kyunki wuh uske shikar ka gosht khata tha ; aur Ribqah Yaqub ko chahti thi. 26 Aur Yaqub ne lapsi pakai, aur Esau jangal se aya aur wuh manda ho gaya thi. 30 Aur Esau ne Yaqiib se kaha, ki is idam o adim men se kuchh mujhe khane ko de, kjoinki maio manda ho gaya hua. Is liye uska nam Adum hua. 31 Tab Yaqiib ne kaha, ki Pahle apne pahlaute hone ka haqq mere hath bech ! 32 Esau ne kaha, ki Dekh, maio to marne jata hijn:so pahlauta bona mere kis kam awega ? 33 Tab Yaqub ne kaha, ki Pahle mujh pas qasam kha. Usne us p£s qasam khai, aur apne pahlaute hone ka haqq Yaqiib ke hath becha. 34 Tab Yaq-lb ne Esau ko rot! aur masiir ki dal ka pakwan diya. Usne kliaja aur piya, aur uthkar chaM gaya. So Esau ne apne pahlaute hone ka haqq oacWz jana. 26 BA'B.] PAIDAISH. 27 CHnABl''sWA'N BA'b. 1 Aur us zamin men pahle kal ke siwa, jo Abiraham ke waqt men para tha, phir kal para : tab Izhik Abimalik pas jo Filistioij ka badshah tha, Jirar tak gaya. 2 Aur Khuda'wand ne us par zahir hoke kaha, Misr ko mat utar a, balki jahdo main tujhe kahun, us zamin men raha kar. 3 Tu is zamin men budobash kar, ki midxf tere sath hiinga, aur main tujhe barakat bakhshunga : ki main tujhe aur teri nasi ko ye sab mulk dungS, aur main us qasam ko, jo main ne tcre bap Abiraham se kl hai, wafa kariinga. 4 Aur main teri aulad ko asman ke sitaroij ki manind wafir kariinga, aur ye sab mulk teri nasi ko dunga, aur zamin kl sab qaumeu terf nasi se barakat pawengi ; 5 Isliye ki Abiraham ne meri awaz ko suna, aur mere hukmon aur mere farmanon aur mere haqqon aur mere sharaon ko mana. 9 So Izhak Jirar men rahti. 7 Aur wahan ke bashindon ne us se uski joru ki babat meij puchha ; wuh bola, ki Wuh meri bahin hai : kynnki wuh use apni jorii kahne se dara ; td na howe ki wahao ke log Ribqah ke liye use qatl karen, kyunki wuh khubsurat thi. Aur yiin hua, ki jab wuh wahao muddat tak raha, to FiUstion kc badshah Abimalik ne jharokhe se nazar ki aur dekha, aur kya dekhta hai ? ki Izhak apni jorii Ribqah se mizhak hai. 6 Tab Abimalik ue Izhak ko bulakar kaha, ki Dckh, wuh yaqinan teri joru hai : phir tu ne kyunkar kaha, ki Wuh meri bahin hai ? Izhak ne kaha, Isliye ki main ne kaha, Aisd na ho ki maiij uske liye mara jaun. 10 Abimalik bola, yih ky4 hai, jo tu ne ham se kiya ? Nazdik tha, ki logon men se koi teri joru ke salh hambistar hota, aur tii ham par asam lata. 1 1 Tab Abimalik ne apne sab logoo ko yih hukm kiya, ki jo koi is mard ko ya uski jorii ko chhuega, so mSr dala jaega. 12 Aur Izhak us zamin men kheti kl, aur usl sa^ sau guna basil kiya, aur KhudaVand ne use barakat bakhshi. 13 Aur wuh mard barh gaya, aur uskf baphti hoti chali jati thi, yahan tak ki bahut bara ^dmi hogaya. 14 Wuh bher bakri, aur gae bail, aur bahutse ehakaron ka malik hua, aur sare Filistion ko uspar rashk aya. 15 Aur Filistion ne sare kiie jo uske bap ke naukaroo ne uske bap Abiraham ke waqt men khode the, band kar diye, aur unhen mitti se bhar diya. 16 Aur Abimalik ne Izhak se kaha, ki Ilamare pas se ji, ki tu ham se ziyada zorawar hogaya. 17 Tab Izhak wahau se gaya, aur apna khaima Jirar ki wadi meQ khara kiya aur wahan raha. 18 Aur Izhak un pani ke kuon ko, jo unhon ne us kc bap Abiraham ke waqt men khode the, phir khoda; kyunki Filistion ne Abiraham ke marne ke bad unheij band kar diya tha, aur usne unke wuhi nam rahe jo us ke bap ne rakhe the. 19 Aur Izhak ke naukaron ne wadi men khoda, aur wahaij, ek kiia, jis men panl ka sota tha, paya. 20 Aur Jirar ke gararion ne Izhak ke gararion se yih kahke qaziya kiya, ki Yih pani hamara hai. Aur usne us kue ha nam Isq rakha, isliye ki unhon ne uske sath jhagra kiya tha. 21 Aur unhon ne dusra kua khoda, aur uske liye bhi jhagra, aur us ne uska nam Shitnah rakha. 22 Tab wuh wahan se age chala, aur dusra kiia khoda jis ke liye unhon ne jhagra na kiya, aur usne uska nam Raha- bat rakha aur kaha, ki Ab Khuda'wand ue hamare liye marhab kiya hai, aur ham is zamin men phailenge. 23 Aur wuh wahan se Bersaba ko gaya. 24 Aur Khudawand usi rat us par -zahir hua aur kaha, ki main tere bip Abiraham ka D 2 23 PAIDAISH. [27 BA'B. Khuda hun ; mat dar, ki main tere sath hun, aur tujhe barakat diinga, aur apne bande Abiraham ke liye teri nasi barhaunga. Aur usne wahan mazbah banana, aur KhudaVand ka nam liya, aur wahan apna khaima khara kij-^, aur Izhak ka naukaron ne wahan ek kila khoda. 26 Aur Jirar se Abimalik aur uskl dost Akhazat aur uski sipdhsalar Fikol uske pas gae. 27 Tab Izhak ne unhon kaha, Turn kis wdste mere pas ae ho, jab ki mujh se kfna rakhte ho, aur mujh ko apne pas se nikal diva ? 28 We bole, Ham ne dekha, ki Khuda'wakd tere sath hai : so ham ne kaha, ki Ham aur tu apus men hamqasam ho jawen, aur tere sath ahd karen, 29 Taki jaisa ham ne tujhe nahin ehhua, aur tujhe neki siwa ke kuchh nahin kiya, aur tujhko salamat bheja, tii bhi hamen na satawe. Tu ab KucdaVa>i> ka mubarak banda hai. 30 Tab usne "imki mihmauf kl, aur unhon ne khaya aur p^a. 31 Aur we subh sawere uthe, aur apus men hamqasam hue : aur Izhak ne unhen rukhsat kiya, aur we us ke pas se salamat chale gae. 32 Aur usi din yuu hud, ki Izhak ke naukar le, aur kue ki babat jo unhon ne khoda thS, ussc zikr kiya aur kalia, ki Ham ne pani pdya. 33 So usne uska nam Sabd rakha, ishye wuh shahr aj tak Bersaba kahLitd hai. 34 Aur Esau jab chalis baras ka hul, tab us ne Beri Hitti ki beti Yihudiyat aur Alun Hitti ki bcti Bashdmah se biyah kiya. 35 Aur we Izhak aur Ribqah ke liye jan ki talkhi huio- satta'i'swa'?} ba'b. 1 Aur yUQ hua, ki jab Izhak buddhi hi'ia, aur uski dnkhen dhundhld gaio, aisiki wuh dekh na saktd thd, to usne apne bare bete Esau ko bulaya aur kaha, ki Ai mere bete ! Wuh bold, maj^ hazir huo- 2 Tab usne kaha, ki dekh, main buddlia hiia, aur main apne marnc ka. din nahin jantd. 3 So ab apne hathyar, apna tarkash aur apnl kamdn le, aur jangal ko ja, aur mere liye shilcar kar, aur jaisa main chdhta huD> mere liye khana taiydr kar, 4 Aur mere age la, ki main khaun, tdki main ji se apne marne ke dge tujhe barakat bakhshun. 5 Aur jab Izhak apne bete Esau se baten kartd tha, tab Ribqah ne suna ; aur jab Esau jangal ko gaya thd ki shikar mare aiu- le dwe, 6 Tab Ribqah ne apne bete Yaqiib se kaha, ki dekh, main ne dp suna ki tere bdp ne tere bhai Esau ko kaha, 7 Ki mere liye shikar la, aur mere waste khush khmak taiydr kar, taki main khaiin, aur apne marne se peshtar Khuda'wand ke age tujhe barakat bakhsh'in. 8 So ab, ai mere bete, mere bat sun, aur mere hukm ke muwdfiq kar. 9 Ab galle men jdke wahan se bakri ke do bachche mere pas La, aur maiii tere bap ke liye unka gosht jaisa ki chahtd hai, pakwdungi. 10 Aur tu use apne bapke age Miyo, taki wuh khawe, aur apne marne se peshtar tujhe barakat bakhshe. 11 Tab Yaqub ne apni ma Ribqah ae kaha, Dekh, mere bhai Esau ke badan par bal hain, aur mera badan saf hai : 12 Shayad mera bap mujhe chhiiwe, aur main us pas dagdbaz thahrun, aur barakat nahin, baUd Idnat apne upar Iduij. 13 Uski mi ne use kaha, ki teri lanat mujh par howe, ai mere bete! tu sirf meri bat man, jd aur mere liye unhen la. 14 Tab wuh gaya aur unhen apni ma pas laya. Au uski ma ne jaisa uski bap chdhta thd, khana pakwaya. 15 Aur Ribqah ne apne bare bete Esau ka achchhd libds jo ghar meu us pas thd, liya aiu- apne chhote bete Yaqub ko palmayd, 16 Aur bakri bachchoo ki khdl uske "27 BA'R] PAIDAISH. 29 hdthon aur uskf gardan par, jahan bdl na the lapeti, 17 Aur apna banaya liiia maze ka khana aur roti apne bete Yaqub ke hath dl. 18 Tab usne apne bap pas ake kaha, ki Ai mere bap! Wuh bola, dekh, maio yahau huij. 19 Tu kaun hai mere bete? Yaqub apne bap se bola, ki main Esau hun tera pahlautha, main ne tere kahne ke muwafiq kiya. Uth baithije aur mere shiklr men se kuchh khai^e, taki tii ji se mujhe barakat bakhshe. 20 Tab Izhak ne apne bete se kaha, ki yih kyiinkar hai, ki tu ne aisa jald paya hai, ai mere bete ? Wuh boM, isliye ki KiiudaVand tera IChuda, mere age laya. 21 Tab Izhak ne Yaqub ko kaha, Ai mere bete, nazdik a, ki main tujhe chhuiin ki tu mera wuhl beta Esau hai, ki nahiij. 22 Yaqub apne bap Izhak ke pas gaya, aur usne use chhiike kaha, ki awaz to Yaqiib kl hai, par hath Esau ke hain. 23 Aur usne use na pahehana, isliye ki uske hathon par uske bhai Esau ke h^thon ki tarah bal the ; so usne use barakat di, 24 Aur puchha, ki Tu mera wuhi beta Esau hai ? Wuh bola, ki maio wuhi huij. 25 Tab usne kaha, ki Tu mere pas la, ki main apne bete ke shikar se kuchh khSun, taki ji se tujhe barakat diin. So wuh us pas laya, aur usne khaya . aur wuh uske Hye wain laya. aur usne piya. 26 Phir uske bap Izhak ne use kaha, ki Bete, ab nazdik a, aur mujhe chtim. 27 Wuh nazdik gaya aur use chiima. Tab usne uske libas ki has pai, aur use barakat di, aur kaha, ki Dekh, mere bete kl rih us khet kf rih ki manind hai, jis men Kuuda'wand ne barakat bakhshi hai* 28 Khuda asmfe kl os aur zamin kl chiknai, aur anaj aur wain ki ziyadati tujhe bakhshe. 29 Qaumen terl khidmat kareij, gurohen tcre age jhuken. Tii apne bhalon ka Khuda wand ho, aur terl ma ke bete tere age kham howeij- Jo tujh par lanat kare, malaun howe; aur jo tere liye barakat cliabe, mubarak howe. 30 Avir yun hiia, ki jon Izhak Yaqub ko barakat de chuka, aur Yaqub apne bap Izhak ke huziir se bahar chala, wunhin uska bhai Esau shikar se phira. 31 Usne bhl laziz khana pakaya aur apne bap pas laya, aur 6pne bap se kaha, ki mere b^p uthiye, aur apne bete ka sMkar khaiye, taki ap ji se mujhe barakat dewen. 32 Uske bap Izhak ne us se puchha, ki Tu kaun hai ? Wuh boll, main Esau tera pahlautha beta hun. 33 Tab Izhak bahut hairan hua, aur bola, Wuh kaun tha, jo shikar karke mere pas laya, aur main ne sab men se tere ane ke age khaya aur use barakat di ; han, wuh mubarak hoga. 3-1 Esau apne bap ki baten sunte hue shiddat se chila chila aur phhut phut kar roya, aur apne bap se kaha, Mujhe, ai mere bap, barakat dijiye. 35 Wuh bola, ki tera bhai daga se aya, aur teri barakat legaya. 36 Tab usne kaha, kya uska nam Yaqub thlk nahln ? ki usne ab dobar mera taqqub kiya hai ! usne mere pahlauthe hone ka haqq Icliya, aur dekho, ab usne mcri barakat leli. Phir usne kaha, kj-a tu ne mere liye kol barakat nahiu baz rakhi ? 37 Izhak ne Esau ko jawab diya, aur kaha, ki dekh, main ne use tera Khudawand kiya, aur uske sab bhaion ko uski chakari men diya, aur anaj aur wain use bakhsha : ab, ai mere bete, tere liye main kya kariin ? 38 Tab Esau ne apne bap se kaha, kya ap pas ekhi barakat hai, ai mere bap ? mujhe bhi barakat dijiye, ai mere bap! Aur Esau chilake roya. 39 Tab uske bap Izhak ne jawab dij'a, aur use kaha, ki dekh zamin ki chiknai se, aur upar se asmdn ki os se ter^ maskan hoga ; 40 Aur tu apni talwar se zindagani basar karega, aur apne bhai kl khidmat karega ; aur yuu hoga, ki jab tu taraddud karega, to uska jiia apni gardan par se tor kar phenk dega. 30 PAIDAISH. [28 BA'B. 41 Aur Esau ne us barakat ke sabab se, jo Yaqiib ke bap ne use bakhshi, us ka kina rakha, aur apne dil men kaha, ki mere bap ke gam ke din nazdik haiij, ki main apne bhai Yaqub ko mar daluuga. 42 Aur Ribqah ko uske bare bete Esau k! j^e baten kahi gain. Tab usne apne chhote bete Yaqiib ko bula bheja, aur kaha, ki Dekh,'tera bhai Esau teri babat apni tasalli karta hai, ki tujhe mar dale. 43 So is liye, ai mere bete, tu meri bat man, uth aur Haran men mere bhai Laban ke p£s bhag ja, 44 Aur thore din uskc s5.th rah, jab tak tere bhai ki jhunjhlahat jati rahe, 45 Aur tere bhdi ka gus^ tujh se phire, aur jo tu ne usse kiya hai, so bhul jawe : tab main tujhe wahan se bula bhejiingi. Maio kyiiu ekhl din tum donon ko khoun ? 46 Aur Ribqah ne Izhak se kaha, Main Hitt ki betion ke sabab apni zindagl se- tang hun ; so agar Yaqiib Hitt ki betion men se, jaisi is mulk ki larkian hain, kisK ko shadi karc, to meri zindagi ka kya lutf hai ? atbaVswa's ba'b. I Tab Izhak ne Yaqiib ko bulaya, aur use barakat di, aur use farmaya, ki tiJ Kanani betfoe men se shadi mat kijiyo. 2 Uth aur Paddan Aram ko apne nan£ Bai- tuel ke ghar ja, aur wahan sc apne mamil Laban ki betion men se shadi kar le. 3 Aur Khuda qadir tujhe barakat bakhshc, aur tujhe baromand kare, aur tei'i barhtf kare, kl tujh se qaumon ki jamaat bane, 4 Aur wuh Abiraham ki barakat tujhe aur tere sath teri nasi ko dewe, taki tu apnf musafirat ki zamin, jo Khuda ne- Abiraham ko di, miras men la we. 5 So Izhak ne Yaqiib ko rukhsat kiya, aur wuh Paddan Aram men Laban ke pas gaya, jo Arami Baituel ka beta aur Yaqub aur Esau ki ma Ribqah ka bhai tha. 6 Pas jab Esau ne dekha, ki Izhak ne Yaqub ko bara- kat di, aur use Paddan Ai-am men bheja, taki wahan apni shidi kare, aur usne use barakat deke farmaya, ki tu Kanan ki larkion iflen se shadi mat kijijo. 7 Aur ki Yaqub ne apne ma bap ki farmanbardari karke Paddan Aram ko chala gayl. 8- Aur Esau ne yih bhi dekha, ki Kanan ki larkian mere bap Izhak kinazar men man- ziir nahin : 9 Tab Esau Ismael ke pas gay^, aur Muhallat ko jo Ismael, bin Abira- ham ki beti aur Nabit ki bahin thi, shadi karke apne joriion men shamil kiya. 10 So Yaqub Bersaba se nikalke Haran ki taraf gaya, airr ek jagah men utra, aur rat bhar raha, kyunki siiraj dub gaya tha. 1 1 Aur usne ek patthar ko us jagah uthakar apna takiya kiya, aur wah-an so gaya, 12 Aur khwab dekha, ki ek sirhf zamin par dhari hai, aur uska sira asman ko pahuncha hai, aur kya dekhta hai ? ki Khuda ke Firishte uspar se charhte utarte hain. 13 Am- dekho Khuda'wand us- ke iipar khara hai, aur bola, ki main Khuda'wand tere bap Abiraham ka Khuda, Izhak ka Khuda hiin : main yih zamin jispar tu leta hai, tujhe aur teri nasi ko dun- ga. 14 Aur teri nasi zamin ki dhul ki maniud kasrat se shumar men na awegi, aur til pachchhim, purab, uttar, dakhin ko phut niklega, aur zamin ke tamam gharane tujh se aur teri nasi se barakat p^wenge. 1.5 Aur dckh, main tere sath hiin, aur t£ra har jagah jahau kahin tu jawe, nigahban bun, aur tujh ko is mulk meo phir liunga, ki main tujh ko, ^ab tab main tujh se apua sab kaha hua piira na karnn, na chhorunga. 16 Tab Yaqiib nind sc chaunka aur kaha, ki Sach, Khuda'wand is jagah liai, aur main ua janta tha. 17 Aur wuh dar gay^, aur bola, ki yih kya hi 29 BAB.] PAIDA'ISH. Gl darana maqam hai ! so kuchh aur nahin, magar Bait ul llah aur asmun ka astana hai! 18 Aur Yaqiib subh sawere utha, aur us patthar ko jise usne apne apna takiyi kiya tha, leke sutun khara kiya, aur uske sir par tel dhala. 19 Aur us maqam ka nam Baitel rakha, par us se pahle us basti ka nam Luz tha. 29 Aur Yaqnb ne nazr kiya, aur kaha, ki agar Khuda mere sath rahe, aur us rah men jo main jata hnn, mera nigahban ho, aur mujhe khane ko roti, aur pahinne ko kapra deta rahe, 21 Aur main apne bap ke ghar salamat phirnn, aur KHUDA'-nANo mera Khuda howe : 22 To yih patthar jo main ne sutua khara kiya, Khuda ka ghar hoga, aur sab men se jo tu mujhe dega, daswan hissa tujhe dunga. unti'swa'n ba'b. 1 Aur Yaqub qadam uthakc purab ke logon ke mulk men pahuncha. 2 Aur usne nazar ki, aur maiddn men ek kiia dekha, aur lo, ki kue ke nazdik bheron ke tin galle baithe hue the, kyunki we usl kne se gallon ko pani pilate the, aur kue ke munh par bara patthar dhara tha. 3 Aur jab galle wahau jama hue, tab we us patthar ko kiie ke munh par se dhulkate the, aur bheron ko pani pilake patthar ko uski jagah par phir rakh dete the. 4 Tab Yaqub ne unse kaha, ki bhaio, tum kahan ke ho ? We bole, ki ham Haran ke hain. 5 Phir us ne puchha, ki tum Nahur ke bete Laban ko jSnte ho ? We bole, jSnte hain. 6 Usne puchhS, ki wuh bhala changa hai ? We bole, bhala changa hai, aur dckh uskf beti Rahel bheron ko leati hai. 7 Aur wuh bolS, Dekho, din hanoz bahut hai, aur_bheron ke .baham karne ka waqt nahin : tum bheron ko pila ke charal par lejao. 8 We bole ham yun nahin kar sakte, jab tak sare galle jama na howen, tab we patthar ko kue ke mush par se dhulkate hain, am- ham bheron ko panf pilate hain. 9 Tab wuh tmse yih kah raha tha, Rahel apne bap ki bheron ke sath ai, ki wuh unkl nigahban thi. 10 Aur yon hua, ki Yaqiib apne mamu Laban ki beti Rahel ko, aur apne mamu Laban kl bheron ko dekh ke nazdik gaya, am- patthar ko kue ke munh par se dhulkaya, aur apne mamii Laban ki bheron ko pan! pilaya. 11 Aur Yaqub ne Rahel ko chuma, aur chiUa ke roya. 12' Aur Yaqub ne Rahel se kaha, ki main tere bap ka bhanja, Ribqah ka beta hun. Wuh daufi, aur apne bap ko ittila di. 13 Aur yun hua, ki Laban apne bhanje ki khabar sunke usse milne ko daura, aur usko gale lagaya, aur chuma, aur apne ghar men laya : aur usne Laban ko yih sara ahwal bayan kiya. 14 Laban ne usse kaha, ki sach, tu meri haddi aur mera gosht hai. Aur wuh ek mahlna bhar uske yahau raha. 15 Tab Laban ne Yaqub se kalia, Kya isliye ki tii mera bhal hai, muft men meri khidmat kareg5 ? So mujh se kah, ki teri kya mashkurl hogl. 16 Aur Laban ki do betlan thin, barika nam Lia, aur chhoti ka nam Rahel tha. 17 Lia kilnkhen chondhli thin, par Rahel khushrii aur khubsurat thi. 18 Aur Yaqub Rahel par ashiq tha : so usne kaha, ki Teri chhoti beti Rahel ke lij^e, main sat baras teri khid- mat karunga. 19 Laban bola, ki use tujh ko dena us se bihtar hai, ki dusre mard ko di jawe ; so tii mere sath raha kar. 20 Chunanchi Yaqub sat baras tak Rahel ke* liye kliidmat karta raha, aur we uski nazar meij us ishq kg sabab jo usko usse tha, thore din malum hue. 21 Aur Yaqiib no Laban se kaha, Meri joru mujh ko dijiye, ki mere din pure •32 PAIDAISH. [30 BAB. hue, taki maiij us pas jaiiu- 22 Tab Laban ne us jagah ke sdre logon ko jama kar ke ziyafat ki. 23 Aur sham ko yun hua, ki wuh apni beti Lia ko us pas laya, aur wuh us pas gaya. 24 Aur Laban ne apnl laundi Zilfah apni beti Lia ke sath di, taki uski laundi howe. 25 Aur jab subh hui, tokya dekhta hai ? ki Lia hai. Tab usne Laban ko kaha, ki j-ih kya hai, jo tii ne mujh se kiya ? kya main ne Rahel ke liye teri khidmat nahiij ki? phir tu ne kis liye mujhse daga khela ? 26 Laban ne kaha, hamare mulk men yih dastur nahin, ki chhoti ko bari se pahle biyah dewen. 27 Uske sath ek hafta pura kar, aur teri aur bhi sat baras ki khidmat ke liye ham ise bhi tujh ko denge. 28 Yaqub ne aisa hi kiya, aut uska hafta pm-a kiya ; tab usne apni beti Rahel ko bhi use biyah diya. 29 Aur Laban ne apni laundi Billiah apni beti Rahel ko di, ki uski laundi howe. 30 Tab Yaqub Rahel ke pas gaya, aur Rahel ko Lia se ziyada chahta tha, aur sat baras aur uske sath khidmat ki. 31 Aur jab Kuuda'wand ne dekha, ki Lii se nafrat ki gai, usne uska rahim khoH, aur Rahel baujh rahi. 82 Aur Lia pet se hui, aur beta jani, aur usne uska nam Rabin rakhi ; kyiinki usne kaha, ki. Khuda'wand ne meri dukh liya, ki ab mera shauhar mujhe piyar karega. 33 Aur wuh phir pet se hili aur phir beta jani, aur boli, ki Khuda'wand ne samaat ki, ki mujh se nafrat ki gai, aur usne mujhe ise bhi bakhsha. So usne uska nam Simon rakha. 34 Aurphir use haml raha aur beta janf, aur boli, ki is bar mera shauhar mujh se mutalawl hoga, kyunki main uske liye tin beta jani : is liye uska nam Lewi rakha gaya. 35 Aur wuh phir hamUah hui, aur beta jani, aur boli, ki ab main Khuda'wand ki mustaudi hungi : is liye uska nam Yihiidah rakha. Tab wuh janne se rah gai. ti'swa'n da'b. 1 Aur jab Rahel ne dekh^, ki Yaqub ki auldd mujhse nahin hoti, to R^hel ko apni bahin par rashk aya, aur Yaqiib ko kaha, ki mujhe bhi bachche dc, nahiij to main mar jaungi. 2 Tab Yaqub Rahel se gussc hua, aur bold, kya main Khudi ke has men nahin, jo tujh ko pet ke phal se baz rakhta hai? 3 Wuh boli, ki dekh, raeri laundi Bilhah hizir hai: uske pas ja, aur wuh meri god men janegi, taki mera ghar bhi usse abad ho. 4 Aur usne apni laundi Bilhah ko diya, ki uski joru banc, aur Yaqiib us pas gaya. 5 Aur BUhah pet se hiii aur Yaqub se beta jani. 6 Tab Rahel boli, ki Khuda mera daiyan hiia, aur meri awaz bhi suni, aur mujh ko ek bet£ bakhsha. Is liye usne uska n£m Dan rakha. 7 Aur Rahel ki bandi Bilhah phir haml sc hui, aur Yaqub se dusra beta jani. 8 Tab Rahel boli, main apni bahin ke sath Khudd ke infitalon se munfatail hui, aur gdlib -ri. So usne uska nam Naftali rakhd. 9. Jab Lid ne dekha, ki janne se rah gai, to usne apni bandi Zilfah ko leke Yaqub ko diya, ki uski joru bane. 10 Aur Lid ki bandi Zilfah bhi Yaqiib se ek beta jani. 11 Tab Lid boli, ki jadd se ! So usne us ka ndm Jadd rakhd. 12 Phir Liaki bandi Zilfah Yaqiib ke liye dusra beta jani. 13 Tab Lid boll, ki Mere yasr ke Uye ! ki auraten mujhe maisiir kahengi. Aur usne uska nam Yasar rakhd. # 14 Aur Rabin gehun ke kdtne ke mausim men ghar se nikla, aur khet men dadidn pdin, aur unheg,apni md Lid ke pas laya. Tab Rahel ne Lid se kaha, ki apne bete ki diidiou se mujhe kuchh dijiye. 15 Usne kahd, kya yih chhoti bat hai, ki tu ne mere shauhar ko leliyd, aur mere bete ki diidioo ko bhi liya chahtl 30 BAB.] PAIDMSH. 33 hai ? Rahel boll, ki Wuh aj rat tere bete ki dudioij ke badle meo tare sith sowega. 16 Aur jab Yaqnb sham ko khet se aya, Lil age se uske milne ko gaf aur boll, ki Til mere pas a, ki main ne apae bete ki dudian deke tujhe kiiaya kiya hai. 8o wuh us rat uske sath soya. 17 Aur Khuda ne Lfa ki suni, aur wuh pet se hui, aur Yaqub ke liye panchw^n betajani. 18 Tab Li2 boli, ki Khuda ne meri mashkuri mujhe di, kyiinki maiij ne apne shauhar ko apni bandi ko di hai. Aur usne uska nam Ishakar rakha. 19 Aur Lia phir pet se hui, aur Yaqub ke liye chhatwan beta jani. 20 Tab Lia boli, ki Khuda ne achchha zubd mujhe bakhshl : ab mera shauhar mere sdth fahega, ki main uske liye chha beta jani. So usne uska nim Zabulfin rakha. 21 Aur akhir ko wuh beti jaui, aur uska nam Dinah rakhl. 22 Aiir Khuda no Rahel ko yad kiya, aur uski sunke uske rahim ko khol5. 23 Wuh pet se hui, aur beta jani, aur boli, ki Khuda ne nmjh se hurfat ke ditr kiyl. 24 Aur usne uski ndin Yiisixf rakhS, aur kuha, ki Kuuda'wakd mujh ko t'k aur beta bakhshe. 25 Aur jab Rahel se Ydsaf paida hua, to yun hua, ki Yaqiib ne Laban se kaha, Mujhe rukhsat kar, ki main apne maqam, aur apne mulk ko jauij. 36 Meri joruio, am- mere larke jinke liye maio ne teri khidmat ki hai, mere hawale kar, aur mujhe jine de ; kyunki til ap janta hai, ki main ne teri kaisi khidmat ki. 27 Laban ne use kaha, Kish ki main teri nazar meo man'zilr hota, ki main malum karta hun, ki, Khuda'vvand tere liye mujh ko barakat bakhshta hai. 28 Aur phir kahi, ki Ab tu apni mazduri mujh se muqarrar kar le, main tujhe diya kardnga. 29 Usne use kahl, ki tu ap janta hai, ki main ne kyunkar teri khidmat ki hai, aur tei-a mal mere sdth kaisa hua hai. 30 Kyunki mere ane se age tera thor^sa tha, aur bahut ziylda ho gaya hai, aur Khuda'vvand ne, jab se main aya, tujhe barakat bakhshi ; ab main apne ghar ka bandobast kab kariinga? 31 Wuh bol5. Main tujhe kyd duo? Yaqilb bola, tu mujhe kuchh mat de ; agar tu mere liye itua kare, to maio tere gaUe ko phir charaiinga, aur khabardari karunga. 32 Maio aj tere sare galle ke bich se guzrunga, aur bheron men se sari chitkabrion aur ablaqon bhilrioo ko, aur bakrion se dagion, aur ablaqoo ko judd karunga, aur yih mora ajiira hoga. 33 Aur kal meri sadlqat Mera jaw£b dcgi, jab ki meri mashkuri tere samhne awe : to jo bakrioo meo ablaq, aur dagi, aur bherou meo bhuri na ho, wuh mere pSs chori ki hogi. 34 Laban bola, Maio razi huo, ki jaisa tiine kaha, waisdhi howe. 35 Usne us din chitli aur dagi bakre, aur sab ablaq aur dagi bakrian, ySne harek jis meo kuchh safedi thi, aur bheroo men se bhuri juda kin, aur unhen apne beton ke hawale kiya. 36 Aur usne apne, aur Yaqilb ke darmiydn tin din ke safar ka bich thaharaya. Aur Yaqub Laban ke baqi galloQ ko charaya kiya. 37 Tab Yaqub ne hare lubne aur lauz aur armon ki chharian leke unko gande- dar kiya, aisa ki chhaiion ki safedi zahir hni. 38 Aur wuh un chharioo ko jin par gande banae the, hauzon aur naliou men jahao galle pani pine de, galloQ ke age rakha karta tha. Aur jab pan! pine ae, to We garmae. 39 Chunlnchi galle chharioo ke age garmae, aur we gandedar aur dagi aur ablaq bachche janio- 40 Aur Yaqub ne bhefon ke chitle bachchoij ko alag kiyd, aur Ldban ke galle men bheroo ke munh ablaqon aur bhiiroo ki tarafpherd, ki usne apne galloo ko juda kiyd, aur Laban ke galle meo nahio mildy^. 41 Aur yuo hua, ki jab mote janwa E 34 PAlDAlSil. [31 BAB mastl par ae, to Yaqub ne chhariou ko ndlion men unke slmhne rakha, taki we un chharioQ ke age masti par dweo ; 42 Par jab duble janwar ae, usne unlien wahan na rakha : so duble Laban ke, aur mote Yaqub ke the. 43 ChunSnchi wuh mard barhtS chali gayl, aur bahutse gallon, aur bandloD, aur bandon, aur untoD, aur gadhon kS malik hua. ikti'swa'n ba'b. i Aur usne Laban ke beton ko ye baten karte suna, ki Yaqiil) ne hamare bap ka sab kuchh leliya, aur hamare bap ke mSl se usne yih sab hashmat paida ki. 2 Aur Yaqiib ne Liban ka munh dekha, ki wuh kal aur parson kl tarah uski taraf nahfn. 3 Aur Khuda'wand ne Yaqub ko kahd, ki tii apne bapdadon ke watan, aur apni janambhum ko phir ja, ki main tera hamrah hiinga. 4 Tab Yaqub ne Rahel, aur Lla ko maidan men jahan uska galla thS, bula bheja, 5 Aur un se kaha, ki Main dekhta hun, ki tumhare bap ka munh kal, aur parson kf tarah meri taraf nahin raha, par mere bap ka Khuda mere sath hui hai. 6 Turn to janti ho, ki main ne apne sare maqdur se tumhare bap ki khidmat kf hai. 7 Lekin tumhare b^p ne mujhe fareb diya, aur das bar merl mazdui i badal ki ; par Khuda ne na chhora, ki mujhe dukh dewe. 8 Agar wuh bola, ki dagi teri mazdiiri men haio, to sare charpae dagi jane, aur agar bola, ki chitle tprf ujrat meij hain, to tamani charpae chitle jane. 9 So KhudS ne tumhare bap ka mal leke mujh ko diya hai. 10 Aur yuu hua, kijab jSnwar masti men ae, to main nelihw^b men apni Sukh bthake dekha, ki mendhe jo bhefon par charhe the, ablaq, aur dagdar, aur chit- kabre the. 11 Aur Khuda ke firishte ne khwab men mujhe farmaya, ki Ai Yaqub ! Main bola, ki main hazir hun. 12 Tab usne kaha, ki Ab tu apnf ankh utha, aur dekh, ki sare mendhe jo bheioo par cha^-he haig, ablaq, aur dagdar, aur chitkabre hain ; kyunfci jo kuchh Laban ne tujhse kiya. main nc dekha. 13 Baitel ka Khuda jahan tune sutiin par tel dala, aur jahao tune nmjhse nazr ka ahd kiya, main hiin. Ab uth, is zamin se nikal chal, aur apni janambhum ko phir ja. 14 Tab R^hel, aur Lii ne jawdb meo use kaha, ki kya hanoz hamare b^p ke ghar men kuchh hamara bakhra ya miras hai? 15 Kya ham uske age begane nahin thahre ? ki usne to hamen bech dala, 'aur hamara mol bh! kha baitha;. 16 Aur Khuda ne jo daulat, ki hamare bap se li, so hamari aur hamare farzandon ki hai : pas ab jo kuchh ki Khudi ne tujhe farmaya, wuhi kar. 17 Tab Yaqub ne utlike apne beton, aur apni jortion ko nnton par baithaya, 18 Aur apne sab mal, aur asbab, jo usne kamaya tha, yane apna khass mal, jo usne Paddan Aram meij kamaya tha, le nikla, ki Kanan kl sarzamin men apne bap Izhak ke pasjawe. 19 Aur Liban apne bheron ki pasham katarne ko gaya tha. Aur Rahel apne bJip ke Tirafon ko chura legai. 20 Aur Yaqub ne Laban ko dil fareb kiyft, ki apne bhagne ki khabar usse na kahi. 21 So wuh apnd sab kuchh leke bhagS, aur uth- kar Furdt par utar gaya, aur apna rukh Jiliad ke pahar ko rakha. 22 Aur tlsre din LSban ko khabar hui, ki Yaqiib bhaga. 23 Tab wuh apne bhSiog ko lekfe sath din kf rah tak uska taaqub kartl raha, aur Jiliad ke pahar par Usse mil gaya, 24 Phir Khud5 Arami Laban ke khwab men rat ko aya, aur use kah^, ki IChabardar, tu Yaqub ko bhala bura mat kahijo. 25 Tab Laban ne Yaqiib 31 BAB.] PAIDAISH. ^5 ko jd liya. Aur Yaqub ne apna khaima pah^r par khara kiyd tM, aur Laban ne apne bhalon ke sath Jiliad ke pahap par dera kija. 26 Tab Laban ne Yaqub se kaha, ki tu ne kya kiya, ki mujhe dilfareb karke merl betioii ko jaisi talwar ki asiron ko lechala ? 27 Tu kis waste chhipke bhaga, aur mujhe thaga, aur mujhse nahfn kaha, taki main tujhe khushf se, aur surod, aur daf, aur kinnarat ke sath rawana karta, 28 Aur mujhe apne beton aur apnl betion ko chumne na diya ? Pas tu ne behiida kam kiya hai. 29 Yih to mere hdth ke zor men hai, ki iter! uqubat karuD ; lekin tere bap ke Khuda ne.kal rat mujhe yun kaha, ki Khabardar, ti* Yaqiib ko bhala bura mat kah. 30 Aur ab tujhe to jana hai, kyunki tti apne bap ke ghar ki bahut mushtaq hai; lekin kis waste tu mere ilahon ko chura laya hai? 31 Yaqdb ne jawab diy^, aur Laban ko kaha, ki main darl, aur main ne kahd, ki shayad tu apnl betlan jabr karke mujh se chhin lega. 32 Lekin jis kisl ke pSs td apne ilihon ko pawe, use jiti mat chhoriyo. Hamare bhatoy ke 5.ge talash kijiye, ki tera mere sath kya hai, aur apna lelijiye. Par Yaqub na jdnti tha, ki Rahel unheo chura lai. 33 Chunanchi LSban Yaqub ke khaime aur Li£ ke khaime aur donon sahelio© ke ^haimoQ meo gay£, par unhen na paya ; tab wuh Lla ke khaime se nikalkar Rahel ke khaime men dalfhil hiia. 34 Par Rahel Tirafon ke lekar lint ke asbib men rakhkar un par baithi thi. Aur Laban sare Ifhaime men tatola par kuchh na paya. 35 T?ib wuh apne bap se kahne lagf, ki mere Khuda wand is se nakhush mat hojiyo, ki main tere age uth na sakti huij ; kyunki maio auraton ki adat men hun. 36 So us ne dhundha, par Tirafoo ko na paya. Tab Yaqub gusse hua, aur Laban se takrSr karne laga, aur Yaqiib Laban ko kahnc laga, ki mera kya gunah aur kya qusijr hai, ki tu mera mutaaqib hua, aur merd sara asbab tatola ? 37 Tii ne apne ghar ke sab asbab se kya paya ? Mere bhaioo, aur apne bjiiaioji ke fige rakhiye, ki we ham donon ke darmiyan insaf kareQ. 38 Mail) pijre \)is baras tere sath rahi. ; teri bherion, aur bakrion ka gabh na giraj au*- niaio tere gaUe ke mend- hon ko nahin kha baitha. 39 Wuh jo phara gayi, main tere pas na laya, uska nuqsan main ne saha ; wuh jo din ko yi rat ko chorf gaya, so tune mere hath se mangi ; 40 Din ko garmf aur rit ko sardi mujh ko khS gat, aur merl ankhon se meri nind jati raht. 41 Main ne bis baras tere ghar men teri khidmat ki, chaudah baras teri donoe betion ke liye, aur chha baras tere galle ke liye ; aur tu ne das bar meri mazduri badal dali. 42 Agar mere bap ka Khuda, Abirahtm ka mabud, 3.ur Izhak ka masjud, meri taraf na hota, to td ab mujhe khS!i hath nikal detd. Khuda ne meri musibat, aur mere hathon ki mihnat ko dekh liya, aur kal r£t insaf kiya. 43 Tab Laban ne jawab diya, aur Yaqub se kaha, ki betian to meri hf bet!an hain, aur larke to mere hi larke haiij, aur gaUe mere galle haio, aur sab jo tij dekhta ai, mera hai : so main aj ke din apni hi betion se ya unke larkoo se jo we jani haio, kya karuij ? 44 Pas ab a, ki main aur td baham ek ahd bSndheQ, aur wuhi mere aur tere darmiyan muahada rahe. 45 Tab Yaqub ne ek patthar leke sutun khaj£ kiya. 46 Aur Yaqdb apne bhaiou se kaha, ki Patthar jama karo, Unhon ne patthar jama karke ek gol banaya, aijr wahaij us gol par khay$. 47 Aur Laban ne usk^ nana S^haddti rakH, par Yaqdb m usko Jiliid kahl. 48 Aur Lihdn boM, ki yih gol aj ke din mere aur tere darmiyan mu^hid ho, 49 Is waste us ka nam JiMd hua, aur Misfa isliye J? 2 36 PAIDAISH. [32 BAB. lj:i usne kahl, kl jab ham apus se juda howeu, to Khuda mere tere darmiydn safi rahe, ki tii meri betioo ko dukh na dewe, aur unke siwd aur joruao na kare. 50 Kof admi haraare slth nahio hai ; dekh, Khudd mere aur tere blch men mulhid hai. 51 Laban ne Yaqiib se kaha, ki Is gol ko dekh, aur is sutun ko dekh, jo maio ne apne aur tere bich men khara kiya : 52 Yih gol muihid ho, aur yih khambha muahid ho, ki main is gol se udhar tcri taraf tere satane ko na guzrun, aur tu bhi is gol aur is khambhe se idhar meri taraf mere satane ko na guzre. 53 Abiraham ka Khuda, aur Nahur ka Khuda, aur unke bap dadon kd Khudd hamdre blch men insaf kare. Aur Yaqub ne apne bap Izhak ke Muhib ki qasam khai. 54 Tab Yaqub ne us pahar par zabh ki, aur apne bhaion ko khdnd khdne ko buldyd ; aur unhon ne rotl khai aur sari rat pahar par rahe. 55 Aur subh sawere Laban uthi, aur apne beton aur apni betion ki machchhiio llo aur unheg barakat di. Aur Ldban rawana hiil, aur apne maqam ko phird. batti'swa's ba'b. 1 Aur Yaqub apni rah chald gaya, aur Khuda ke firishte use d mUe. 2 Aur Yaqub ne unhen dekhe kahd, ki yih Khuda kd mahna, (yane lashkar hai,) aur us jagah ka ndm Mahnain rakhd. 3 Aur Yaqiib ne apne age qdsidon ko Sheir ki zamin, Adiim ke mulk men apne bhdi Esau ke pds bheja, aur unhen hukm deke kaha, 4 ki Turn mere Khudawand Esau ko yiio kahiyo, ki Ap ka gulam Yaqub yun kahta hai, ki Main Laban ke yahdn thahra, aur ab tak wahirj rahd. 6 Adr main bail, aur gadhe, aur bher bakri, aur naukar, aur sahelian rakhta hun, aur main apne Khudawand ko kahid bhcjtd hijij, ki main uski nazar men lutf ki maurid hoilo- 6 Chundnchi qdsidon ne Yaqiib ke pds phir dke kaha, ki Ham tere bhai Esau ke pas gaye, aur wuh aur uske sdth chdr sau ddmi tere istiqbdl ko dte haio- 7 Tab Yaqub bahut tarsdn aur hairdn hiid, aur usqe apne sdth ke logon aur gallon aur bailoo aur linton ke do gol kiye, 8 Aur kalid, ki Agar Esau ek gol par awe aur use mdre, to dusra gol jo bach rahd hai, bhdgegd. 9 Aur Yaqub ne kahd, ki Ai mere bdp Abirahdm ke Khuda, aur mere bap Izhak ke Khuda, ai Kuuda'wand, tu ne mujhe farmdya, ki apne watan aur apnf janambhum men phirjd, aur maio tera bhala karunga! 10 Main to un sab marhamaton aur un sab wafdddrion men se, jo tii ne apne bande ke sdth kin, kisi ke laiq nahin ; ki maiij apni Idthi se is Yardan ke pdr gayd, aur ab do gol band hun. 11 Main teri minnat kartd hun, mujhe mere bhdi ke hath se, ydne Esau ke hath se bachd le, ki main us se dartd hun, na howe ki wuh dke mujhe aur larkon ko un kl mdon samet halak kare. 12 Tu ne to kahd, ki Main tujhe se achchhd suluk karungd, aur teri nasi ko daryd ke ret ki mdnind, jo kasrat se hargiz gind nahin jdtd, ban^iingd. 13 Aur wuh us rdt wuhin rahd, aur jo uske hdth lagd, apne bhdi Esau ke hadiye ko liyd : 14 Do sau bakridu, aur bis bakre, do sau bheren, aur bismendhe, 15 Aur lis diidhwdli lintian bachchon samet, chalis gden, aur das bail, bis gadhian, aur das gadhe. 16 Aur us ne unhen apne naukaron ke hdth men bar gol ko juda judd, sompd, aur apne naukaron ko kahd, kl mere dge p'lr utro, aur gol se judd rakho. 17 Aur pahle ko usne yih kaha, ki jab merd bhdi Esau tujh se rnile aur puchhe, ki ns BA'B.] PAIDA'ISH. '"7 Tu kis kg hai, aur kahao jati hai, aur ye jo tere age hain, kis ke hain ? 18 To kahiyo, ki Tere chakar Yaqiib ke haio ; ylh apnc KhudS wand Esau ke Hye hadiya bheja hai ; aur dekh, wuh dpbhi hamare pichhe hai. 19 Aur usne dusre aur tisre ko aur un sab ko jo gol ke pichhe jiite the, yih kahke hukra kiya, ki jab turn Esau ko pao, to isi taur se kahiyo, am alawayih kahiya ki dekh, tera chakar Yaqub ha- mare pichhe ata hai : 20 Ki us ne kaha, ki main us hadiye par jo mujh se age j^ta hai us se sulh kariinga, tab us ka munh dekhunga, shayad ki wuh mera hadiya qa- bul kare. 21 Chunanchi wuh hadiya us ke age par gaya ; par wuh ap us rat urdi'i men raha. 22 Aur wuh usi rit utha, aur apni do joruou, aur do sahelian, aur gyarah betou ko leke Yaqiib ke ghat se par utra, 23 Aur unko leke nahr par karwaya, aur apnl sab kuchh p^r bheja. 24 Aur Yaqiib akela rahgaya, aur wahan pau phatne tak ek ehakhs us se kushtl laia kiya. 2.5 Aur jab usne dekha, ki wuh uspar galib na hua, to us ki ran ki kaff par mara, aur Yaqiib ki ran ki kaff us ke sath kushti karne men charh gai. 26 Tab wuh bola, ki mujhe jane de, ki pau phatti hai, Wuh bola, ki main tujhe jdne na dunga, raagar jab ki tii mujhe barakat dewe. 27 Tab us ne us se puchha, ki tera kyU nam hai ? Wuh boM, ki Yaqub. 28 Usne kaha, ki Tera nam age ko Yaqiib nahio, balki Ishrael hoga, ki tii ne Khuda ke sath aur ^dmion ke sath shira kiya aur galib hua. 29 Tab Yaqub ne pilchhd aur kaha, ki main teri minnat karta hiio, ki apni nam bataiye. Wuh bold, ki Tu mera nam kyun puchhta hai? Aur us ne use wahan barakat di. 30 Aur Yaqub ne us jagah ka nam Faniel rakha, aur kaha, ki Main ne Khuda ko ni ba ru dekha, aur mcri jan bach rahi hai. 31 Aur jab wuh Panuel se guzarta tha, to aftab us par sharq hua, aur wuh apni ran se langrata tha. 32 Is sabab se bani Israel us nas ko jo ran men bhitarwar hain, dj tak nahin khate, kyiioki us ne Yaqnbki ran ki nas ko jo bhitarwar se charh gai thi, chhua tha. ^^ tainti'swa^'n ba'b. 1 Aur Yaqub ne apni ankhen uthake nazar ki, aur kya dekhtd hai? ki Esau aur uske siih char sau admi ate hain. 2 Tab usne Lia ko aur Rahel ko aur do sahelion ko unkelarke bant diye, aur sahelion ko aur unke lark on ko sab se dge rakha, aur Lia aur viske larkon ko pichhe, aur Rahel aur Yiisaf ko sab ke pichhe. 3 Aur wuh ap unke age chala, aur apne bhai pas pahunchte pahunchte sat bdr zamin par jhuka. 4 Aur Esau uske mile ko daura, aur use gale lagaya, aiu* uska gardan se lipta, aur use chuma, aur we dono roe. 5 Phir usne ankhen uthain, aur auraton aur larkon ko dekha, aur kaha, ki Ye tere sath kaun hain ? Wuh bola, larke jo Khuda ne apni inaj-at se tere-naukar ko diye. 6 Tab sahelian aur unke larke nazdik ae aur adab baja lae. 7 Phir Lia apne larkon ke sath nazdik ai, aur jhuki ; akhir ko Yusaf aur Rihel pas ie, aur adab baja lae. 8 Aur usne kaha, ki Us bare gol se jo mujhe mila, tera kya irada hai ? Wuh bola, ki Apne Khuda- wand ki nazar se sharaf pand. 9 Tab Esau boM, Mujh pas bahut hai, bhai mere, JO tera hai, apne hi liye rakhiye. 10 Yaqub ne kaha, so nahio; agar maic terf nazar men manziir hue, to mem hadiyah mere hath se qabiil kijiye; kyunki main ne fo terS muoh dekhl, jaisa ki Khudd ka munh dekhte haio ; aur ti^ mujh se raz| 38 PAIDAISH, [34 BA-B, hiia. 11 Merl barakat ko jo ap ke huzur lai gai hai, qabul kfjiye, ki KhudA ne mujh par shafaqat ki hai, aur mere pis sab kuchh hai. Gharaz usne use yahao tak tang kiya, ki use leliyS. 12 Aur usne kaha, ki Ao, kuch karen aur chalen, aur main tere age ige chalnnga. 13 Usne use kaha, ki Mera Khudawand janta hai, ki larke nazuk haio, aur bher bakrian aur gae diidh pilanewalian mere pas hain, aur agar we din bhar hanke jaeij, to sare galle mar jacnge. 14 So mere Khuda- wand apne naukar se peshtar rawana ho jiiye, aur main £hista jaisa jaisl ki mawashi age chalegi, aur larke sah sakenge chalnnga, yahan tak, ki Sheir meu apne Khudawand pas a pahunchiin. 15 Tab Esau nekaha, ki marzl ho, to maio kai ek un logoi) men se je ab mere sath hain, tere sath ko chhor jaiio- Wuh bola, kya zarur hai ? kash ki main sirf apne Khudawand ki nazar men manzur hoti. 16 Tab Esau usi din apnl rah leke Sheir ko phir gaya. 17 Aur Yaqub safar karke Sukkat ko aj^a aur apne liye ek ghar banaya, aur apne jnawashf kcliye, sukkat yane patchhappar banae ; is sabab se us jagah ka nam Sukkat hua. 18 Aur Yaqiib Paddan Aram se bahar hoke salamat se mulk i JCanan ke shahr i Sikm ke nazdik aya, aur shahr se bahar apnd khaima khara kiyl, 19 Aur jis par uska ahl phaila tha, usne us khet ko, Sikm ke bap Hamiir |ce larkoij se sau qaslton par mol liya. 20 Aur unse wahai) ek mazbah baniya aur uska nim El-Elohe-Ishrael ka rakha. chadti'swa's ba'b. 1 Aur Dinah, Lii ki beti jise wuh Yaqub ke liye jani thi, us mulk k! larkion ke 4ekhne ko bahar gai. 2 Tab us mulk ke amir Hawi Hamur ke bete Sikm ne use dekhS, aur use legaya, aur nske sath hambistar hua, aur use behurmat kiya. 3 Aur luska ji Yaqiib ki beti Dinah se laga, aur usne us laiki ko piyar kiyi, aur us ke man |ti kahi. 4 Aur Sikm ne apne bap Hamiir se kaha, ki Is larki se mera biylh kar de. i5 Yaqub ne suna ki usne uski beti ko behurmat kiya, lekin uske bete uski mawashi Jte sath maidan men the, so Yaqiib unke ane tak chup raha. 6 Tab Sikm ka b^p Hamur Yaqiib pas gaya, ki us se bat chit kare. 7 Aur sunte hi Yaqub ke bete maidan se ae, aur we mard ranjide aur gazabnak hue, kyunki usne Israel ko ruswd kiya, ki Yaqiib ki beti ke slth namunasib waza se mil baitha. 8 Tab Hamiir ne unke sath yiin guftgii ki, ki Mere bete Sikm ka dil tumhari beti se atka : use uske sath biyah dijiye. 9 Hamare sath samdhiyana karo, apni betian ham ko do, aur hamari betiao ap lo, 10 Aur hamare sath raho ; yih zamin to tumhare age hai, us men raho, aur saudagari karo, aur us men mil kiyat rakho. 1 1 Aur Sikm ne us larki ke bap aur bhaion se kah£, Kash ki main tumhari nazar raeo maqbiil beta ! 12 Aur jo kuchh turn mujh se kahoge, main diinga ; jitna mahr aur dihish mujh se chdho, main tumhare kahne ke muwafiq diinga : lekin larki ko mujhe biyah dildiyo. 13 Tab Yaqiib ke beton ne Sikm aur uske bap Hamiir ko is sabab se, ki usne unki bahin Dinah ko behurmat kiya, 14 Makkari se jawab diya, aur kah^, ki Ham yih nahio kar sakte. ki ek namakhtun mard ko apni bahin dewen, kis is men ham par bara barf hai. 15 Par agar turn aise ho jao jaise ham hain, to ham tum se razi Jionge ; tumhare bar mard ka khatna kiya jawc : 16 Tab ham apni betian tumheo denge, aur tumhdri betiao lenge, aur tum meij rahenge, aur ham sab elf qauin hg 35 B^B.] MIDAISH. 39 jaenge. 17 Lekin agar turn haiMrl na sunoge ki khatna karo, to ham apni lat^kf le lenge aur chale jdenge. 18 Unkf baten Sikm aur uske bap Hamur ko pasand hiiio. 19 Aur us jawan ne is bat ke karne men deri na kl, kyunki wuh Yaqub ki beti se bahut k^ush tha, aur wuh apne bSp ke sare gharane se ziyada izzatdar tha. 20 Phir Hamur aur uska beta Sikm, apne shahr ke phatak par gae, aur apne shahr ke logon se yuij guftgu karne lage. 21 Ki ye log to hamare sath sulh karne hain, pas we is zamin men rahenaur saudagarl karen, ki is zamln ki wusat unke liye bas hai : so ham unki betioii ko lenge, aur apni betian un ko denge. 22 Magar is taraf par we hamare sath rahne par, aur ek log hone par razz honge, ki ham men har mard ki khatna jaisd un men kiyd gaya hai kiya jlwe. 23 Un ke gaUe aur mil aur un ki sari bahimat, kyl sab hamariudawand ke gulam honge. rO Usne kaha, ki tumharl baton ke muw ifiq hoga : jis pas ki wuh nikle meia gulam hoga, aur turn begunah thaharoge. 1 1 Tab filfaur har mard ne apna gon ramfn par utara, aur har ek ne apna gon khoLi. 12 Aur wuh dbundhne laga. Aur bare se shurii kaiks chh( tJ par akhir kiya ; aur piyali Binyarain ke gon men paya. 13 Tab'unhoa ne apne kapre phare, aur har mard ne apna gadha lad4, aur sh_hr ko phira. 14 Aur Yihudah aur uske bhai Yusaf ke ghar ae ; ki wuh hanoz wuhin tha; aur we uski aire zamin par gire. 15 Tab Yusaf ne unhen kaha. Turn neyih kaisa kam kiyi ? Kya turn na jaate the, ki mujh si shakhs to khiib malum kar sakti hai ? 16 Yihudih boli, ki Ham apne khudlwand se kya kahen ? Aur kyi bolen ? Aur kvunkar apne tatn plk thahraweo ? Ki Khuda ne tere chakaron kt badkari zahir kf. Dekh ki ham, aur wuh bh!, jis pas se piyili nikla, apne khudawand ke gulim haio- 17 Wuh bola, Hargiz na ho, ki main aisa karun ; yih shakhs jis pas se piyili nikla, wuhi meri gulam hoga ; aur turn apne bap pas salamat jio. 18 Tab Yih'idah uske nazdik ikar boli, Ai mere khudawand, apne chakar ko parwingi dtjiye, ki apne khudiwand ke kin metj ck bat kahc, aur apne chakar par apne gazab ki ag ko mat bharakne dijiye; kjunki tu Firaun ki minind hai. 19 Mere khudawand ne apne chakaron st yun kahke sawil kiyi, ki Tumhiribip y4 bhil hai ? 20 Aur ham ne apne khud Iwand se kaha, ki hamiri ek burha bap hai? aur uske burhipeki ek chhori larki hai ; aur us ki bhii margaya, aur wuh apni mi ki ek hi rahi, aur us ki bap us par ashiq hai. 21 Tab tii ne apne chikaroo ko kahi ki use mujh pas lao, ki us par nazar karun. 22 Ham ne apne khu- diwand se kaha, ki wuh jawin apne bip ko chhor nahin sakta, ki agar wuh chhore to wuh mar jaegi. 23 Phir tu ne apne chakaron ko kaha, jab tak tumhlri chhoti bhai tumhire sith na iwe, turn meri muijh phir na dekhoge. 2-4 Aur yi'io hua ki jab ham tere chakar apue hap pis gae, to ham ne apne khudiwand ki biten us se kahin. 25 Hamiri bip bola, phir jio aur hamare li^'e thori gallamol lo. 26 Ham bole, ki ham nahin ji sakte ; agar hamiri chhoti bhii hamare sith howe to ham jienge ; kyunki us shakhs ki muijh na dckhije picnge, magar jab ki hamii-i chhoti bhii hamare sith ho. 27 Aur tere chakar, mere bip ne ham ko kaha Tum jinte ho, ki meri joru mujh se do bete jani , ek mujh se judi hua, 28 Aur main ne kahi, yaqinan wuh phipi gayi : aur main ne use ab tak nahio dekhi. 29 Ab, agar turn is ko bhi mujh se judi karte ho, aur us par kuchh ifat pare, to tum mere buriiape ke bilon ko gam ke sith, qabr meo utiroge. 30 Pas jo maio tere chakar, apne bip pis jiuu, aur wuh jawin hamire sathnaho; is sabab [45 BAB. PAIDA'ISH. 53 se ki us kl zindagf us jawin ki zindagi se wabasta hai, to a^hir ko yihl hogS, ki wuh yih dekhkar ki jawan nahio hai, mar jaega ; 31 Aur tere chdkar, tere naukar apne bap ke burhSpe ke baloo ko gam ke sith (jabr men utdrenge. 32 Kyuyki tere chakar ne apne blp ke pas, is jawin ka zamin hoke kaha, ki agar main use tujh pas na pahunchaun, to main apne bap ka abad tak gunahgar huu. 33 Is liye, ab mujhe ijazat dijiye, ki tera chakar jawan ke badle apne khudawandki guldmt men rahe, aur jawan ko uske bhaloo ke sith jane de. 34 Kyunki main apne bap pis kyunkar jauij, agar jawdn mere sath na howe ? Aii:a na howe, ki musibat, jo mere bap par paj-e, maiu use dekhuu. painta'li'swa'n ba'b. 1 Tab Yiisaf apne tain un sab ke age jo us pas khare the, zabt na kar sak5 ; aur chilaya, ki liar ek ko mujh pas se bahar karo. Chunanchi jab Yusaf ne apne tafo apne bhaion par zihir kiya, to us waqt koi uske sath na thl. 2 Aur wuh chilake roya : aur Misrfon, aur Firaun ke gharane ne suna. 3 Aur Yusaf ne apne bhaica ko kaha, Yusaf maiu huD ! aya mera bap abhi tak jtta hai ? Tab uske bhai use jawab na de sake : kyunki we uske huzur ghabra gae. 4 Aur Yusaf ne apne bhaioo se kahd, Mere nazdik iiye. Tab we nazdik ae. Aur wuh bola,Main tumhara bhai Yi'isaf hun, jisko turn ne Misr meo becha. 5 So, isliye, ki turn ne mujhe yahan becha, g.imgin na ho , aur apne dilon meo diqq mat ho : kyunki Khuda ne turn se age, janen bachane ke liye, mujh ko bheji. 6 Is Hye, ki do haras se zamin par kil hai ; aur abhi aur panch baras tak na zamin khodegl, na kheti kati jaegi. 7 Aur Khuda ne mujh ko tumhare age bheja, taki tumhara asar zaml.i par baqi rakhe, aur tumheij najat i kulli deke zindagi bakhshe. 8 So ab, na turn ne, balki Khuda ne mujhe yahao bheja ; aur us ne mujhe Firaun ke Idp ki jagah, aur us ke sire ghar ka khuda wand, aur Misr ki sari sarzamin ka hakim banaya. 9 Turn jaldi karo, aur mere bap pas jao, aur use kaho, Tera beta Yiisaf yuu kahta hai, ki Khuda ne mujh ko sare Misr ka khuda wand kiya : mujh pas chale S, der mat kar, tii Goshan ki zamin men rahega, aur tu, aur tere larkoij ke larke, aur teri bher, bakri, aur gSe bail, us samet jo kuchh tera hai, mere pas honge ; 1 1 Aur wahao main teri parwarish kaviinga : kyunki abhi kal ke pinch baras haio, mabada ki tii aur tera gharana, aur sab jo tere haiij, muflis ho jaen. 11 Aur dekho, tumhlri Sokhen, aur mere bhai Binyamin ki ankhen dekhti hain, ki main hi hiin, jo tumhure sath munh se bolta hun. 13 Aur tum mere bap se, meri sari shaukat ka, jo Misr mey hai, aur us sab ka jo tum ne dekha hai, zikr kijiyo : aur tum shitabi karo, aur mere bap ko yihao le ao. 14 Aur wuh apne bhii Binyamin ke gale lagke royl ; aur Binyamin bhi uske gale lagke roya. 15 Aur usne apne sab bhaioo ko chuma aur un se milke roya ; aur bad iske uske bhai us se baten karne lage. 16 Aur yihl zikr Firaun ke gharane meo suna gayd, ki Yusaf ke bhii ae : aur us se Firaun aur uske chakar bahut khiish hiie. 17 Aur Firaua ne Yusaf ko kaha, ki Apne bhaioo ko kah, Tum apne janwar lado, aur jao, aur Kanan ki sar zamin meu j£ pahuncho: 18 Aur apne bap, aur apne gharine ko lo, aur mujh pas do: aur maio tum ko Misr kl sar zamin ki achchhl chizeo duoga, aur tum is zamin ke tahdif khdoge. 19 Ab tujhe hukm mila, ld,tu unko kahe, Tum yih karo, ki apne lafke 54 PAIDAISH. [46 BA'B. aur apnl joruoo ke liye Misr ki zamin se garian lo, aur apne blp ko lao aiir So. 20 Aur apne asbab ka kucbh afsos na karo; kyunki Misr kl sSri zamtn kl khubf tumbare liye hai. 21 Aur Israel ke farzandon ne yiinbuj kiya ; aur Yiisaf ne Firaiin ke kahe ke muwafiq unko gariao din, aur rSh ka kharch diya. 22 Aur us ne un sab men bar ek ko jora diyS; lekin us ne Binyamin ko tin sau rupae, aur pSnch jore kapre die. 23 Aur apne bap ke liye yih kucbh bbeja ; das gadbe Misr ki acbcbhi cbizon se lade biie, aur das gadhian galle, aur roti, aur khiirisb se ladi bviin, apne bap ke safar ke liye. 24 Chunancbi us ne apne bbalon ko rawana kiya, aur we chal nikle. Tab us ne unben kaha, Dekho, kabfn turn rab men jhagra na karo. 25 Aur we Misr se rawana Iwie, aur Kanan ki zamin men apne bap Yaqub ke pas pabuncbe ; aur us se kaha, 26 Yiisaf ab tak jita hai, aur wuh Misr ki sari zamin ka hakim hai. Aur Yaqiib ka dil sansana gaya, kyiinki us ne unka yaqin na kiya. 27 Aur unhon ne us se sari baten, jo Yusaf ne unben kahi thin, kahin : aur jab us ne garian, jo Yusaf ne us ke bula bbejne ke liye bheji thin, dekhln, to unke bap Yaqub ki zindagi do barah hiii. 28 Aur Israel bola, Yih has hai, ki mera beta Yusaf abtak jita hai. Main jaunga, aur peshtar is se ki maio marun, use dekhungi. chhita'li'swa'n ba'b. 1 Aur IsrCel ne, un sab samet, jo uske the, safar kiya, aur Bersaba par dkar apne bap Izbak ke Khuda ke liye zabb ki. 2 Aur Khuda ne rat ko khwab men Israel se baten kin, aur kaha, Ai Yaqub ! Wuh bola, Main hazir bun. 3 Us- ne kaha. Main Kbudl tere bap ka Khuda bun ; Misr men jate hiie mat dar ; kyun- ki main tujhe wahau bar! gurob banaunga ; main tere sath Misr ko jaunga ; aur tujbe pbir le aunga ; 4 Aur Yusaf apna hath teri ankbon par rakhega. 5 Tab Yaqub BersabS se utha ; aur Israel ke bete apne bap Yaqub ko, aur apne larkon, aur apni joruon ko gajion par, jo Firaiin ne uske lejane ko bheji thin, le chale. 6 Aur unhon ne apne chaupae, aur apna asbab, jo Kanan ki sar zamin men paya tha, le liya ; aur Yaqub apne sab nasi samet Misr mes aya. 7 Wuh apne beton, aur beton ke beton, apni betion, aur apne betlon ki betioQ ko, aur apne sab nasi ko, apne sath Misr men laj^a. 8 Aur ye bani Israel ke nam haiij, jo Misr men ae ; Yaqub aur uske bete : Yaqub ka pablauthd Rubin. 9 Bani Rubin: Hanuk aur Phalu aur Hasron aur Karmi. 10 Aur bani Simon : Yamuel aur Yamin aur Ahad aur Yakin aur Zuhar aur Kanani aurat ka beta Saul. 1 1 Aur bani Lewi : Garshiin aur Qabat aur Mirari. 12 Aur bani Yihudah : I'r aur Onan aur Selah aur Pharas aur Shariq. Un men se I'r aur Onan Kanan ki zamin men mar gae. Aur Pharas ke bete ye haio . Hasron aur Hamul. 13 Aur bani Ishakar: Tola aur Fuah aur Yiib aur Sim- ron. 14 Aur bani Zabulun : Sarad avir Alun aur Yablel. 15 Ye bani Lia hain, jo Paddan Aram men Yaqiib se Dinah samet jo uski beti thi paida hue. So sSre shakhs uske beton aur betion ke tentis baiij. 16 Bani Jadd : Safyan aur Haji aur Suni aur Isban aur I'ri aur Arodi aur Areli. 17 Aur bani Yasar : Yumnat aur Iswi aur Bariat aur Sarih unki bahin. Aur bani Bariat : Hibr aur 47 Bi¥B.] PAIDAISH. 55 Malkiel. 18 Ye bani Zilfah haiij, jise Laban ne apni betl Lfa ko diya : so ye solah shalchs hain, jinhen wuh Yaqub ke liye jani. 19 Aur Yaqub kl joru Rahel ke bete Yiisaf aur Binyamfn hain. 20 Aur Yusaf se zamlii i Misr men ManassI aur Ifrain paida hue, ye On ke kahin Potifara kl betl Asnath ke pet se paida hue. 21 Anr bani Binyamin : Belah aur Bakr aur Ashbel aur Jira Naaman, Akhl aur Ros, Mupim aur Arad. 22 Ye ban! Rahel hahi, so sab chaudah nafs hain, jo usse Yaqub ke liye paida hue. Aur ban! D^n : Hashim. 24 Aur bani Naftali : Yah- siel aur Juni aur Yisr aur Salim. 25 Ye bani Bilhah hain, jise Laban ne apni beti Rahel ko diya, so ye sab sat shakhs hain, jinhen wuh Yaqub ke liye jani. 26 We sab ke sab, jo Yaqub ke sath Misr men ^e, aur uski sulb se paidd hue, unke siwa jo Yaqub ke betoij ki jorueu thin, chhiyasath the; 27 Aur Yusaf ke do bete the, jo zamin i Misr men paida hue : so we sab jo Yaqub ke gharane ke the, aur Misr men ae, sattar shakhs the. 28 Aiir us ne Yihudah ko Yusaf pas apne se peshtar bheja, takiGoshan tak uski rahbari kare; aur we Goshan ki zamin men ae. 29 Aur Yiisaf ne apni garl taiyar kf, aur apne bap Israel ki mulaqSt ke liye Goshan ko chala, aur apne tain us par hazir kiya, aur uske gale lapta, aur der tak roya. 30 Tab Israel ne Yusaf se kaha, ab mujhe mama khushhai, ki main ne tera munh dekba, ki tu abhi jita hai. 31 Aur Yusaf ne apne bhaion, aur apne bap ke gharSne ko kaha, Main khabar dene ko Firaiin ke pis jata hun, aur use kahta hun, ki mere bhai, aur mere bap ka gharana, jo Kanan ki sar zamtn men tha, mujh pas £ya ; 32 Aur we log chaupan hain, kyiinki chaupae charana qadim se unka pesha hai ; aur we apne bher bakri, aur gae bail, aur sab kuchh, jo unka hai, lie ae hain. 33 Am- yun hoga, ki Firaun turn ko bulawegi aur kahega, ki tumhare shugal kya hai ? 34 To tum kahiyo, Tere gulam jawani se leke abtak chaupani karte rahe hain, kya ham aur kya hamara aba. Taki tum Goshan ki zamin men raho, is liye ki MisrioD ko, har ek chaupan se nafrat hai. sainta'li'swa''n ba'b. 1 Tab Yusaf ne akar Firaun se kaha, ki Mera bap, aur mere bhai, aur unki bhef bakri, aur gae bail, aur sab jo unke hain, Kanan ki sar zamin se nikal ae : aur dekh, ki we Goshan ki zamin men hain. 2 Aur us ne panch shakhs apne bhaion men se lie, aur unhen Firaun ke samhne hazir kiya. 3 Aur Firaun ne us ke bhaion se kaha, Tumhare shugl kyiinkar hai ? Unhon ne Firaun ko kaha, ki Tere gulam ; kya ham, kya hamSre bap dade chaupan hain. 4 Phir unhon ne Firaun se kaha, ki Ham is sar zamin meo rahne ko ae hain ; is liye ki tere gulamon ke gallon ke liye chara- gah nahin ; kyunki Kanan ki zamin meo sakht kal para hai : ab is liye apne chdkaron ko Goshan ki zamin men rahne dijiye. 5 Tab Firaun ne Yusaf se kaha, ki Tera bap aur tere bhai tujhe pis ae haia : 6 Misr ki zamin tere age hai ; apne bap aur apne bhaion ko, is sar zamin ke ek maqam men, jo sab se bihtar hai, rakh ; Goshan ki zamin men unheu rahne de : aur agar tu janta hai ki baze unke darmiyan chdlak hain, to unko meri mawashi par mukhtar kar. 7 Tab Yusaf apne bap Yaqub ko andar Mya, aur use Firaun ke samhne hazir kiyi ; aur Yaqub ne Firaun ke haqq meo dui il^hair ki. 8 Aur Firaun ne Yaqub se CO PAroA'ISH. [47 BA'Ii pGchhl, ki Terl umr kaf baras ki hai ? 9 Yaqab ne Firafin se kaha, ki Merl musa- firat ke dinon ke baras eksau tis haio : aur men zindagi ke baras thore, aur bure hu3, aur we mere bap dadoo ki zindagi ke barasoD kl muddat ko, jab we musifirat karte the, na pahunche. 1 3 Phir Yaqub Firaun ke live dua i khair karke, Firaiin ke huzur se bahar gayi. 11 Aur Yiisaf ne apne bap, aur bhaioQ ko zamfn Misr ke ek bihtar zilla men, jor Rimsis hai, jaisa Firaiin ne farmdj'a tha, baithaya aur malik kiya. 12 Aur Yusaf ne apne bap, aur apne bhaioo, aur apne bap ke sab gharane ki, unke larke baloo ke muwafiq parwarish ki. 13 Aur wahao zamin par roti na thf, isliye ki kal aisS sakht tha, ki Misr kf sar zamfa, aur Kanin ki zamin, kal ke sabab se pazhmurdah ho gai thi. 14 Yusaf ne BarT naqdi, jo Misr aur Kanin ki sar zamin meo maujiid thi, us gille ke badlei men, jo logon ne mol liya, jama ki : aur Yiisaf ne us naqdi ko Firaun ke ghar mejj laya. 15 Aur jab Misr aur Kanan ki sar zamin men naqdi nayab hiii, to sari MisrioQ ne akar Yusaf se kaha, ki Ham ko roti de : ki tere bote hue, ham kyun mareu ? kyiinki naqdi nayab hai. 16 Yusaf ne kaha, ki Apne chaupie do, agar naqdi nlyib hai; ki main tumhare chaupaion ke badle tumhen diinga. 17 We apne chaupae Yusaf kane lae : aur Yusaf ne ghoron, aur bher bakri, aur gie bail ke gallon, aur gadhon ke badle, unko rotiio diij : aur usne unke chaupaioo kc badle meo unbeu us sal pala. 18 Jab wuh sal guzar gayi, we dusre sal us pas ae, aur use kaha, ki Ham apn3 khudawand se nahin chhipate ki hamare naqd kharch ho chuka ; hamare Ithuiawand ne hamare chaupaioo ks galle bhi lia ; so hamare khudiwand kl nigah men, hamare badanoo aur zaminon ke siwa kuchh bdqi nahlg ! 1 9 Pas ham apnl zamin samet teri ankhoo ke samhne kyun halak howeo, ? ham ko aur hamarl ramin ko roti par mol le, aur ham apni zamin samet Firaun ki galami meo rahenge : aur dani de, taki ham jien, aur na mareo, ki zamin wiran na ho jawe. 20 Aur Yusaf ne Misr ki sari zamin Firaun ke liye molli; kyunki Misrioij meo 66, bar shakhs ne apni zamin bechi, ki kal ne unko nipat tang kiya tha. 21 So wuh zamin Firaun ki hui. Aur usne logon ko shahron men Misr ke atraf ki ek hadd se dusri hadd tak basaya. 22 Usne sirf kahinoo ki zamin mol na li ; kyunki we kahia Firaun ki dl hai jagir rakhte the, aur apni jagir, jo Firaun ne unheo di thi, kh^te the ; isliye unhon ne apni zaminotj ko na bechi. 23 Tab Yusaf ne logog se kaha, ki Dekho, main ne aj ke din turn ko, aur tumhari zamia ko Firaua ke liye mol liya : to yih tukhm tumhare liye hai, khet meu bo. 24 Aur jab yih ziyada ho, to yun hoga, ki turn pinchwin bissa Firaun ko doge, aur char hisse khet meo bij bone ko, aur tumhari, aurunki, jo tumhtre gharane ke bain, anr tumhare bachon ki khurak ke liye honge. 25 We bole, ki tiine hamare janen bachaio ; ham apne khudawand ki nazar meo maurid i rahm howeo, aur ham Firaun ke gulam honge. 26 Aur Yusaf ne siri Misr ki zamin ke liye yih ain, jo aj ke din tak hai, muqarrar kiya, ki Firaiin pinchwao hissa le ; magar faqat kahinoo ki zamin Firaun ki na hui. 27 Aurlsrael Misr ki zamin meo Goshan ke mulk meo sukiinat ki : aur we wahSo amUk rakhte the, aur we bafhe, aur bahut ziyada hue. 18 Aur Yaqiib Misr kl zamin meo satrah baras jita : so Yaqiib ki sari umr ek sau saintalis baras kl hui. 48 BAB.] PAIDMSH. 57 29 Aur Isrdel ke marne ka waqt nazdik pahuncha : tab usne apne bete Ydsaf ko bulakar kaha, Abjo maio teri nazar men maurid i lutf hun, apni hSth merl ran tale rakh dijiye, aur mihrbani aur sadaqat se mere sith suluk kijiye ; mujh ko Misr men mat gariyo ; 30 Ki main apne bap dadon ke pas s.ounga, aur til mujhe Misr se bahar lejaiyo, aur unke goristan men gafiyo. Wiih bola, ki jaisa ti'i ne kahS, maio ka- runga. 31 Aur us ne kaha, ki mere age qasam kha. Us ne us ke £ge qasam khii; tab Israel apne bistar ke sirhane par khudaparasti men jhuk gayS- ATHtA'n'SWA'S BA'b. 1 Aur bad in chizon ke yun hua, ki kisi ne Yusuf se kaha, Dekh tera bap bfmSr hai ; so us ne apne do beton Manassf aur Ifraim ko sath liya. 2 Aur Yaqub ko kha- bar di gai, ki Dekh, tera beta Yusaf tujh kane aya hai. Aur Israel palang par sam- bhal baithi. 3 Aur Yaqub ne Yiisaf se kaha, ki Khuda Tala Lauz ke bfch, Kanln ki zamla men mujhe dekhai diva, aur mujhe barakat di. 4 Aur mujhe kaha, ki Dekh, maio tujhe baromand aur firawan karunga, aur tujh se bahutsi gurohen paida karunga - aur tere bad yih zamin teri nasi ki milk i abadi karunga. 5 Aur ab tere do bete Ifraim aur Manassi jo tujh se Misr ki zamin men, peshtar is se ki main Misr men tujh pas aya, paida hue, mere haiu ; we Rubin aur Simon ki tarah mere honge. 6 Aur teri aulad, jo inke bad paida ho, teri hongi ; aur we apni miras men, apne bhaion ke hamnam honge. 7 Aur main jo hun, so jab Paddan se ata tha, Rahel rah men, jab Ifrat thori diir rah gayi tha, mere pas Kanan ki zamin meo mar gaf. Aur main ne use wahiu Ifrat ki rah men gara ; Baitlaham wuhi haL 8 Phir Israel ne Yiisaf ke beton ko dekhkar kaha. Ye kaun haio ? 9 Yusaf ne apne bap se kaha. Ye mere bete haiu, jo Khuda ne mujhe yahan die. Wuh bola, Unheu mujh pas la, main unhen barakat bakhshtinga. 10 Lekin Israel ki dnkheo burhape se dhundli hiii thin, ki wuh dekh na saka. Aur wuh unhen uske nazdik laya ; aur us ne unhen chuma, aur unhen gale lagaya. 1 1 Aur Israel ne Yusaf se kaha, Mujhe to tere hi munh dekhne ki as na thi : aur dekh, Khuda ne teri nasi bhi mujhe dekhdi . 12 Aur Yiisaf ne unhen apni god meg se nikala, aur apne tain zamin par jhukaya. 13 Yiisaf ne un donoo ko pakra, Ifraim ko apne dahine hath se, Israel ke bayan hath ke muqabil, aur Manassi ko apne ba^^an hath se Israel ke dahine hath ke samhne, aur uske nazdik layd. 14 Israel ne apna dahina hath lamba kiya, aur Ifraim ke sir par, jo chhota tha, rakha, aur bayao hath Manassi ke sir par, jan bujh kar apne hathon ko yiin rakha ; kyunki Manassf pahlautha tha. 15 Aur us ne Yusaf ke liye barakat chahi, aur kaha, Khuda jiske samhne mere bap Abiraham aur Izhak chale, aur Khuda jis ne sari umr aj ke din tak meri pasbani ki : 16 Aur wuh firishta, jisne mujhe sari badioo se bachaya, in jawanon ko barakat dewe ; aur jo mera nam hai, aur mere bap dadon Abiraham aur Izhak ka nam hai, so unka rakhe, aur zamin par un se rel pel guroh paida kare. 17 Aur Yiisaf yih dekhkar, ki us ke bap ne apna dahina hath Ifraim ke sir par rakha, nakhush hua : aur us ne apne bap ka hath tham liya, taki use Ifraim ke sir par se uthake Manassi ke sir par rakh dewe. 18 Aur Yiisaf ne apne bip se kaha, H 6« PAIDA'ISn. [49 BA'B. ki Ai mere bip, yuo baji nahfo ; kyunki yih pahlauthi hal ; apni dahini hSth us ke sir par rakh. 19 Uske bSp ne na m^nl, aur kaha, Main jant^ huo, ai bete, raaio jSnti huD : is se bhi log honge, aur yih bhi buzurg hog^ : par us k5 chhota bhai us kl nisb£t bara hogii, aur us ki nasi se bahut gurohen hongf. 20 Aur us ne un ko U8 din barakat bakhshi, ki Banl Israel tera nam leke apas men dude khair karenge, ki Khuda'wand tujh ko Ifralm aur Manassi sa kare. So uS ne Ifralm ko ManassI par fazilat dl. 21 Aur Israel ne Yusaf ko kaha, Dekli, main marta huu : lekin Khuda/wand tumhare sath hoga, aur turn ko tumhare bap dadon kl zamfn men phir lejiegi. 22 Aur main tujhe, tere bhaion ki nisbat, ek hissa jo maio ne Amurioo ke hath se, apni talwar aur kaman se niklla, ziyada deta hun. uncha'swa'ij ba'b. 1 Aur Yaqub ne apne betoo ko bulaya, aur kaha, Apne ko jama karo, taki main uski, jo pichhle dinon men turn par litega, tumheo khabar dun. 2 Ai Yaqub ke beto baham io, aur suno, apne bap Israel ki suno. 3 Rubin, mera pahlautha tu hai, meri shahzori, aur meri qiiwat ka auwal, aur qadr men bara, aur izzat men pahla hai : 4 Lekin t(i panion ka sa josh khSke bara na thahrega; kyunki tii apne bap ke bistai par charha, tab usmey tii ne khalal kiya, wuh mere bichaune par charh gaya. 5 Simon, aur Lewi, to sage bhi) haio, aur unki makkariau zulm ke hathydr. 6 Meri jan unki majlis men dakhU na ho, aur mera dil unke majma meij shamil na ho. Ki we apne gazab men mard ko mar dalte the, aur apni masti men sanr Jlo ukharte the. 7 Lanat unke gazab par, ki tund tha, aur unke qahr par, ki sakht thS. Maiu unheo Yaqub men chhitraunga, aur unheu Israel men bithraiinga. 8 Yihudah, tere bhai, tere mustaudi honge, tera hath tere bairioD ki gardan meo hogi, tere bap ki auMd tereh huzur jhukengi. 9 Yihudah jawan sher hai : mere bete, tii shikar par se uth chaltd hai ; wuh singh aur sher ki manind jhukta aur baithtd hai : kaun usko chherega ? 10 Na sibt Yihudah se, na asa uske paoij meo se jata rahegS, jab tak Shila na awe, aur qaumcu uski farmanbardar howengi. 11 Wuh apn^ gadhi angur ke darakht se, aur apni gadhi ka bachcha kishinish ke darakht se bandhega ; wuh apna libas wain men, aur apni poshak ab i angiir men dhowega ; 12 Uski Inkhen wain se lal hongi, aur uske dant dudh se safed howenge. 13 Maskan Zabulun ka samundar kS kinara, aur jahazon ka bandar hoga ; aur uski sarhadd Saidi tak pahunchegi. 14 Ishakar mazbiit gadha hai, jo bhersalon menletega; 15 Aur jab dekhta hai, ki iramgdh khub aur zamin dilpasand hai, to apna kandha bojh uthane ko jhukega, aur khirajguza^r banega. 16 Dan, Israel ke sibtoe ka sa ek apne logon ka. daiyan hoga. 17 Dan rah ka samp hai, aur rahguzar ka siff jo ghore ki nalion ko aisa dansega, ki uska sawar pichhari gir parega. 18 Ai Khuda'wand, main teri najat ka muntazir hun! 19 Jadd, mujadd us par jidd karenge, par wuh unke aqab par jidd karega. 20 Yasar se uski chikni roti awegi, wuh bddshahl khushkhuraken dega. 21 Naftdli ^zld gaz^l hai, jo lutf ke kaUm kahega. 50 BA'B.] PAIDAISH. 59 22 Yiisaf phaldar paudha hai, wuh sote par lag^ hua phalddr paudh^ hai,jiski Bhdkheo diwar par charh jati hain. 23 Tlrandaz usko cherte, aur marte aur satate the ; 2-1 Lekin uskt kaman baqarar hai, aur uske hath ke bazu chalak rahte haiij- 25 Yaqiib ke Kirdig^r ke hath meo se, wahan se, Israel ke chaup^n aur chatan se, tere bap ke Khuda se jis ne terf madad ki aur us Qadir se jis ne tujhko mutaban-ak kiyi, tere liye xlpar se asman ki barakaten aur niche se gahrao kl barakateij aur chhation aur rahimon ki barakateo howeo ! 26 Jo barakat tera bap tere liye chahta hai, so purine paharon ki barakat se, aur qadim kohoo kl khushnumai se barh jati hai. Wuh Yiisaf ke sir par aur us ke bhaioo ke Nazir ki chandi par awe. 27 Binyamin phurnewala bheiiya hai ; subh ko shikar khaega, aur sham ko ganimat b^ntegS. 28 Ye sab Israel ke barah sibt haio, aur yih hai jo unke bap ne unhen kaha, aur bar ek ke haqq meij judi judi barakat chahi. 29 Phir us ne unhen hukm kiya aur kaha, ki Main apne logon men shamil hone par hun, mujhe apne bapoij ke pas us magarah men, jo Hitti Ifrun ke khet men hai, gariyo, 30 Yane us magarah men jo Makfilah ke khet men, Mamre ke piirab taraf KanSn ki zamin men hai, jo Abiraham ne khet samet Ifrun Hitti se goristan ki milk hone ko mol liya tha. 31 Wahan unhon ne Abiraham ko aur uskijorii Sarah ko gara ; wahan unhoo na Izhak aur uski jorti Ribqah ko gara, aur wahan maio ne Lia ko gara, 32 Yane us khet par aur us magarah men jo bani Hitt se kharida gaya hai. 33 Aur jab Yaqub apne betou ko hukm de chuka, to usne apne paou ko phir bichhaune par uthi rakh£, aur jan bahaqq hua, aur apne logoo meo ja mila. PACHA SWA'S BA'b. 1 Tab Yusaf apne bap ke munh par gir para, aur us par roya, aur us ko chum^. 2 Aur Yusaf ne apne tabib chakaroQ ko hukm kiya, ki us ke bdp meo khushbo bharen. 3 So tabiboo ne Israel meu khushbo bhari : aur us par chalis din guzre ; kyiinki jin par khushbo mala jita hai, itne din guzarte hain. Aur Misri us ke liye sattar din tak roya kie. 4 Aur jab us par rone ke din guzar gae, to Yusaf ne Firaun ke gharane se kaha, ki agar main ne tumhari nazron men izzat pai ho, to Firaun ke kanon men kah do, 5 Ki mere bap ne yih mujh se qasam leke kaha hai, ki dekh, main marta hun : t"i mujh ko meri gor meo, jo main ne KanankI zamin men apne liye khodi hai, gariyo. So is liye mujhe rukhsat de, ki jauo aur apne bap ko garuij, aur main phir aunga. 6 Firaun ne kaha, ki ja, aur apne bap ko, jaise usne tujh se qasam li hai, giriyo. 7 So Yusaf apne bap ko garne gaya : aur Firaun ke sare chakar, aur us ke ghar ke shaikh, aur Misr kizamin ke sare shaikh, 8 Aur Yiisaf ka sSra ghar, aur uske bhai, aur uske bap ka ghar, sab uske sath gae; aur vmhoo ne sirf apne larke, aur gae bail, aur bher bakri Goshan ki zamin men chhor die. 9 Aur gaiian aur sawSr uske sath gae; aur baia amboh tha. 10 Aur we Atad meo, us khalihan par, jo Yardan ke par hai, ie, aur wahao bahut bare dardSlud nale kie. Aur us ne apne bdp ke liye sat din tak gam kiya. 11 Aur jab us zamin ke bashindon, yane Kananloo ne Atad meo, khalihan par, yih gam karte dekhi, to bole, Mierioo ke H 2 60 KHURU'J. [1 BAB. liyc yih bara dardnak gam hai. So wuh jagah Abfl Misr kahlai hai ; aur wuh Yardan ke par hai. 12 Aur us ke beton np, jaisa us ne unheo hukm kiyi thd, us ke 8^th kiy^. 13 Us ke bete use Kanan ki zamin men le gae, aur use Makfilah ke khet ke magSrah men jise goristan kl milklyat ke liye, Ifriinl Hitti se Mamre ke muq&bil mol UyS tha, garS. 14 Aur Yusaf khud aur us ke bhai, aur we sab jo us ke sath us ke bap ko garne gae the, us ke bap ko garke Misr ko phire. 15 Aur jab Yusaf ke bh^ion ne dekh^, ki hamara bap mar gaya, to unhoQ ne kahu, ki Yusaf shayad ham se dushmani karega, aur sari badi k5, jo ham ne use ki hai, muqarrar intiqam lega. 16 Tab unhoo ne Yiisaf ko yun kahla bheja, ki tere bap ne, apne mame se 5ge, hukm kiya hai, ki turn Ynsaf se kahiyo, 17 Apne bhaion ke gundh, aur unki khataen,, ab bakhsh dfjiye ; kyxinki unhoo ne tujh se badi kf : so apne bap ke Khuda ke bandon ke gunah bakhsh dijiye. 18 Aur Yusaf, jab unhon ne use yih kaha, to roya. 19 Aur us ke bhai bhi gae, aur uske samhnc gir pare, aur unhoo ne kaha, dekh, ham tere ch^kar bain. 20 Yusaf ne unheo kaha, mat daro, kya main Khuda ke ikhtiyar men nahfn ? 21 Turn jo ho, tum ne mujh 66 badi karne ka irada kiya ; lekin Khuda ne us se bhalai kar diya, ki bahut se logon ki jan bach jawe. 22 Chunanchi aj waqa hua. Isliye turn mat daro, main tamheo, aur tumhire larkon ko parwarish kariinga. Aur usne un ki kkatir jama ki. 23 Aur Yusaf, aur uske bap ke gharane ne Misr men sukunat ki : aur Yiisaf ek sau das baras jiya. 24 Aur Yusaf ne Ifraim ke larke, jo tisri pusht the, dekhe : aur Mauassi ke bete Makir ke bete bhi Yusaf ki god meu janae gae. 25 Aur Yusaf ne apne bhaioo se kaha, main marta hiin : aur Khud^ tum ko yad karega, aur tum ko is zamin se bShar, ua zamfn meo, jis ki babat usne Abirah^m, aur Izh^k, aur Yaqub se qasam ki hai, lejSega. 26 Aur Yusaf ne bani Israel se yih qasam leke kah^, Khudi tum ko y^d karcg^, aur tum meri haddiou ko yah^o se Icjaiyo. 27 Yusaf ek sau das baras ka burhi hoke mar gaya : aur unhoo ne us meo khush- bo bharf, aur use Misr meo eanduq meo rakha. KHURU'J Kr KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Ab Israel ke betoo ke nim, jo har ek apne kumbe ko leke Yaqub ke sith Misr men ^ya, ye hain: 2 Rubin, Simon, Lewi, Y>hud4h, 3 Ishakar, Zabiiliin, Binya- min, 4 Dan, Naftali, Jadd, Yasar. 5 Aur sari janeu jo Yaqub ki pusht se paida hd ke liye qurbani karen 9 Miisa ne Firaun ko kaha, ki Tn mere upar fakhr kar : tere, aur tere naukaroo, aur teri raiyat ke liye kab dua mangiin, ki menduk tujh se, aur tere gharoo se dafa howeo, aur daryahi men raheo ? 10 Wuh bola, ki Kal. Tab usne kaha, ki Aisahi boga, tii jane to, ki Khuda'wand hamare Khuda ka sharik koi nahin. 11 Aur menduk tujhe, aur tere gharon ko, aiar naukaron, aur teri raiyat ko chhor denge ; daryahi men raha karenge. 12 Phir Miisa aur Hariin Firaun pas se nikal gaye : aur Miisa ne Khcda'wand ke age, ba sabab mendukon ke, jo usne Firaun ke liye bheje the, dua mangl. 13 Aur KiruDA-'wAND ne Miisa ki dua ke muwafiq kiya ; aur menduk gharon, aur ganwou, aur kheton meo se mar gaye. 14 Aur unhon ne jahao tahan jama karke tude laga di, ki zamin bisahindi hogai. 15 Par jab Firaun ne dekhi, ki muhlat mili, to us ne apna dil sakht kiya, aur vmka, jaisa Khuda'wand ne kah£ tha, shinawa na hiia. 16 Tab Khuda'wand ne Miisa se kaha, Ilan'm se kah, ki Apnl asa barha, aur is zamin ki gard ko mar, taki wuhtamam mulk i ^lisr men jiiijien ban jae. 17 Unhon ne aisahi kiya : aur Ila- riin'ne apna hath asa ke sath barhaya, aur uskhak ki gard ko mara, aur wuh jiinen banke admi aur haiwanko lipat gain ; aur sab gard zamin ki, tamam mulk i Misr mee, juneu ban gaio- 18 Aur jadugaroe ne bhi chaha, ki apne jadu on se juneg [9 BAB. KHURU'J. 69 nikSlen, par nikal na sake : aur admi, aur haiwanon ko jiinen lipat rahin thin. 19 Tab sahiron ne Firaun se kaha, ki yih Khuda ki qudrat hai : aur Firaun ka dil sakht hogaya, aur wuh, jaisa Khuda'wand ne kaha tha, unka shinawa na hiia. 20 Tab Khuda'wand ne Musa se kaha, ki subh sawere uth, aur Firaun ke age khara ho ; dekh ki wuh daryapar£ega ; tn usekah, ki KhudaVand yun kahti hai, ki Mere logon ko jane de, ki we meri ibadat karen. 21 Nahin, to agar tii unhen jane na dega, to dekh, main tujh par, aur tere naukaron, aur terf raij-at par, aur tere gharon men golke gol machhar bhejanga : ki ]\Iisrion ke ghar, aur tamam zamm ja- han jahan we haiij, un golon ke se bhar jaegi. 22 Aur main us din Goshanki zamfn ko, ki us men meri qaum muqim hai, juda karunga, ki gol machharon ke wahan na jaenge ; taki tii jane, ki zamin men Khuda'w and main hun. 23 Aur main tcri raiyat, aur apne logon men, judai karunga : aur yih muajiza kalhogi. 24 Chunanchi Khuda Vand ne yunhi kija ; aur Firaun ke ghar, aur us ke naukaron ke gharon, aur sare mulk i Misr men machharon ke gol ae, ki zamtn machharon ke gol se kharab hogai. 25 Tab Firaun ne Musa aur Harun ko bulaya, aur kaha, ki Turn jao, aur apne Khuda ke liye is zamin men qnrbani karo. 26 Miisa ne kaha, Yiin karna laiq nahin ; ki ham KhudaVand apne Khuda ke liye is zamin qurbani, ki jis se MisrI nafrat rakhte hain, karen : is waste, ki ham Misrioo ke age qurbani, ki jis se we bezar hain, agar karen, to kya we hamen sangsar na karenge ? 27 Pas liam tin din ki rah bayaban men jaenge, aur apne Khuda ke liye, jaisa wuh ham ko farmaega, qurbani karenge. 28 Firaun bola, ki Main tumhen jane dunga, taki turn Khuda'- WAND apne Khuda ke liye, bayaban men qurbani karo ; lekin tum bahut dur mat jao : mere liye shafaat karo. 29 Musa bolS, Dekh, main tere pas se bahar jata hun, aur main Khuda'wand ke age shafaat karunga, ki machharon ke gol, Firailn, aur uske naukaron, aur uski raiyat par se kal jate raheij : lekin aisa na ho, ki Fira- un phir dagabazi se, logon ko Khuda'wakd ke liye qurbani karne ko jane na de. 30. Tab Musa Firaun pas se bahar gaya, aur Khuda'wand se shafaat ki. 31. Khu- daVand ne Musa ki arz ke muwafiq kiya ; aur usne machharon ke golon ko, Fira- un, aur uske naukaron, aur uski raiyat par se dur kiya, ki ek bhi na rah5. 32 Fira- un ne is bar bhi apna dil sakht kiya ; un logOQ ko hargiz jane ki rukhsat na di. IX. BAB. 1 Tab Khuda'wand ne Musa ku kaha, Firaun kane ja, aur use kah, ki Khuda'- wand Ibranion ka Khuda yiin kahta hai, ki Mere logon ko jane de, taki we meri ibadat karen. 2 Kyiinki agar jane na dega, aur ab ke bhi unhen rokega : 3 To dekh, ki KhudaVand kahath teri mawashi par jo dasht men hai, ghoron, gadhon, unton, bailon, aur bheron par bahut bari afat hogl. 4 Aur Khuda'wand Israel, aur Misrion ki mawashi ko, apas se juda karega : aur un men se jo bani Israel ki hai, koi na maregi. 5. Aur Khuda'wand ne ek waqt muqarrar kiya, aur kaha, ki kal Khuda'wand waisahi zamin par karega. 6 Aur Khuda'wanb ne dusre din ai- sahi kiya, aur Misrion ki sab mawashi mar gai : lekin bani Israel kl mawashi se, ek bhi na mara. 7 Chunanchi Firaun ne bheja, to ky£ dekhta hai, ki Israelioukima- 70 KHURU'J. [9 BA'B. wash! ka koi bin na mara tha. To bhi Firaiin ka dil saJcht hiii, aur us ne logon ko jane na diya. 8 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur liarun se kaha, ki Donon hath bharke bhatti ki rakh se lo, aur Mi'isa use Firaiin ke samhne asmin ki taraf urawe. 9 Aur wuh Misr kl sari zamin meo gubar hojaegi, aur taniam mulk i Misr men admi, aur charpaeon ke badan par, phore aur phaphole howenge. 10 Chunanchi unhon ne bhatti ki rakh li, aur Firann ke age khare hue ; aur Musa ne use asman ki taraf phenk diyii ; aur wuhin adini aur bahaim ke badan par, phore aur phaphole paida hogaye. 11 Aur jadugar phoron kc sabab se, Musa ke dge khare na rah sake ; ki jadiigaron aur sare Misrion par phore the. 12 Aur Khuda'wand ne Firaiin ke dil ko sakht kar diya, aur wuh un ka, jaisa ki KuudaVand ne Mi'isa se kahi tha, shinawa na hua. 13 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa se kaha, ki subh sawere uth, aur Firaun ke age khara ho, aur use kah, ki Khuda'wand Ibranioij ka Khuda yiin kahti hai, ki mere logon ko jane dc, taki we meri ibadat karen. 14 Isliyc ki main ab ke, apni sari balaen, tere dil, aur tere naukaroij, aur teri raiyat par nSzil karunga ; taki tii jane, ki tamam ru i zamin men meri manind koi nahin. 15 Aur ab main apna hath barhaiinga, aur tujlie aur teri raiyat ko waba se mirungi ; aur tu zamin se mun- qatia hoga. 16 Aur maio ne tujhe filhaqiqat is lij-e barpa kiya hai, ki apni qiivvat tujh par dikhaun ; aur apna nam sare jahan men niazkiir karun. 17 Abtab tii mere logon par takabbur kartajata hai, ki unhcnjane nahin deta. 18 Dekh, kal maijj isi waqt aise bare bare ole, jo Misr men, us ki ibtida i bun^-ad se ab tak na pare the, barsaiinga. 19 Pasnaukaron koabhi bhej, aur apnimawashi, aurjo kuchh ki tera mal maidan men hai, jama kar ; ki bar ek iusan aur haiwan par, jo maidan men hoga, aur ghar men laya na jaega, ole parenge, aur we halak honge. 20 Firaun ke naukaron meo bar ek ne, jo Khuda'wand ke kalam se darta tha, apile naukaron aur apni mawashi ko gharon men bhagay^. 21 Aur jis ne Khuda'wand ki bat bawar na ki, apne naukaron, aur apni mawashi ko maidan men rahne diya. 22 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko kaha, ki apna hath asman ki taraf barha, taki sare mulk i Misr men, insan aur haiwan aur nabat par, jo Misr ki zamin men hai, ole paren. 23 Aur Musa ne apna asa asman ki taraf uthaya : aur Khuda'wand he garajna aur ole bheje, aur ag zamiii par chalti thi ; aur Khuda ne Misr kl zamin par ole barsie. 24 Aur Khuda'wand ne Misr ki zamin par yuo ole barsae, ki 5g un par liptl hi'ii thi, is shiddat se, ki aisl tamam mulk i Misr men, jab se ki wuh abad hiia, na hud tha. 25 Aur olon ne sare mulk i Misr men un ko jo maidan men the, kya insan aur kya haiwan, sab ko mara ; aur olon se maidan ki ghas sab mari gai, aur maidan ke sdre darakht tut gae. 26 Magar faqat Goshan ki zamin men, jahan bani Israel the, ole na pare. 27 Tab Firaun ne Musa aur Hirun ko bulwaya, aur unhcn kahi, ki Main ne is dafa gunah kiya : Khuda'wand adil hai ; main aur meri qaum gunahgar hai. '28 Khuda'wand se shafaat karo, (ki has,) age ko garajna aur ole kuchh ua rahe ; aur main tumhen jane dtinga, aur isse age yahau nahin rahne ke. 29 Tab Miisa ne use kaha, ki main shahr se bdhar nikalte hiie Khuda'wand ke age hath uthSungd ; aur garajna raauqtif hojdega, aur ole bhi mauquf hoenge ; taki tu jane, ki zamin Khuda'wand wahi ki hai. 30 Par tii aur tere naukar maiijjanta hutj, ki 10 BiYB.] KHURU'J. 71 ab bhi Khuda'wand Khuda se na darenge. 31 So oloij se aisi aur jau raar^ pare : kyunki jau ke khoshe a chuke the, aur alsi barh chuki thi. 32 Par gehuij aur jalban mare na pare : kjainki we barhe na the. 33 Aur Musd ne Firaiin pas se shahr ke bahar jake, KhudaVand ke age hath lambe kfe : so garajna aur ole mauquf hogae, aur menh, jo zamin par tha, tham gaya. 34 Jab Firann ne dekha, ki menh. aur ole, aur gaiajna mauquf hua, to phir sarkashi kl ; aur usne, aur uske naukaron ne, dil apna sakht kiya. 35 Aur Firaun ka dil patthar hogaya ; usne hargiz bani Israel ko, jaisa ki KhudaVand ne Miisa ki zubani kaha tha, jane kl rukhsat na di. X. BA'B. 1 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa se kaha, ki Firaiin pas ja : ki main ne uske dil ko, aur uske naukaron ke diloij ko sakht kar diya hai, taki maiu apni yih qudraten un meft namudar karun : 2 Aur taki tii apne bete, aur apne poton ko, meri qudra- ten, aur meri ajaib, jo main ne un men namud kie, sunawe : taki turn jano, ki KhudaVand main hi hun. 3 Chunanchi Miisa aur Ilariin ne Firaun pas ake use kaha, ki KhudaVand Ibranion ka Khuda yun kahta hai, ki Tu kab takdjizikarne se *nere samhne baz rahega ? mere logon ko jane dc, ki we meri ibadat karen. 4 Nahijj, to agar tu mere logon ko jane na dega, to dekh, kal main tere sarc mulk meo tiddi bhejunga. 5 Aur un se zamin ki satah chhip jaegi, ki koi ek zamin ko dekhne na pacga ; aur wuh us baqiat ko, jo olon ki afat se tere liye bach rahi hai, kha jaegi, aur har ek darakht tere ko, jo maidan men hai, chat kar legi : 6 Aur wuhi is tarah se, ki tere aba ne, aur tere ajdad ne, jis roz se ki we dunya men de aj tak nahin dekha, tere ghar aur tere naukaron ke ghar, aur sare MisrioQ ke ghar, bhar degl. Tab wuh phira, aur Firaun pds se nikal gaya. 7 Tab Firaun ke naukaron ne use kaha, ki kab tak ham is mard ke phande men rahen ? un logon ko jane de, taki we apne KhudaVand Khuda ki ibadat karen : abtak tujhe khabar nahiij, ki Misr ujar gaya ? 8 Tab Musa aur Hari'in Firaun pas phir bulae gae : aur usne unhen kaha, ki Jao, Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki ibadat karo : par we kaunse log haiij, jo jaeuge ? 9 Miisa bola, ki ham apne jawa- non, aur apne bilrhon, aur apne beton, aur apni bet ion, aur apne gallon, aur apne bailon samei jawcnge ; ki ham ko zarilr hai, ki apne Khuda ki Id karen. 10 Tab usne unheo kaha, ki KhudaVand yunhin tumhare sath rahe, jo main tumhen aur tumhare bachchoa ko jane dfJn : tu dekho, ki badi tumhare age hai. 11 Aisa na hoga : ab jo turn mard ho, so jao, aur KhudaVand ki ibadat karo ; ki tumhari tamanna yihi thi. Pas we Firaun ke Sge se dhakke khake gae. 12 Tab KhudaVand ne Musa se kaha, ki apna hath tiddi ke liye Misr ki zamin par barha, taki wuh mulk i par £we, harek sabze ko, jo is mulk men olon se bach raha hai, kha le. 13 Pas Miisa ne mulk i Misr par apna asa uthaya, aur Khuda'- wand ke hukm se, us sare din aur sari rat purwa andhi chale ; jab subh hiii, to purwa andhi tiddi lai. 14 Aur tiddi tamam Misr par ai, aur Misr ke taraam nawahi par baithi ; aur aisi bcshumar thi, ki un se peshtar aisi tiddi na ai thi, na unke bad phir awegi. 15 Ki rii i zamin unse chhip gaya, aisi andhera hoaya ; aur unhou ne us zamin ke harek sabze, aur darakhton ke mewocko, jo olou se bach gae 72 KIIURU'J. [11 BAB. the, chat liya : aiir tamam mulk i Misr men kisi darakht par, aur maidan ki ghas men sabzf na chhutt. 16 Tab Firaun ne Mnsa aur Harun ko jald bulaya, aur kahA, ki Maio Khuda'- WAND tumhare Khuda ka, aur tumhara gunahgar hnn. 17 So ab main tumhari minnat karta hun ; faqat is martaba mera gunah bakhsho, aur apne Khuda'wand Khuda se shafaat karo, ki faqat isi maut ko mujh se diir kare. 18 Chun^nchi Firaun ' pas se nikal gaya, aur Khuda'wand se shafaat kf. 19 Aur Khuda ne pachhwa andhi bhejl, jo tiddi ko legal; aur darya i qulzum men dal diya ; aur tamdm mulk i Misr men tiddl ka ek par, nam ko na raha. 20 Par Khuda'wand ne Firaun ke dil ko sakht kar diya, ki us ne bani Israel ko jane kt rukhsat na di. 21 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa se kaha, ki Apna hath asman ki taraf lamba kar, taki mulk i Misr men tarikiho ; aisi tariki jo tatolejawe. 22 Chunanchi Miisa ne apna hathisman kf taraf uthaya ; aur tin din tak sare mulk i Misr men ajab andhera raha. 23 Unhon ne apas men kisi ne Icisi ko na dekhi, aur na kol tin din tak apni jagahse hila: par sare bani Israel ke makanon men ujala tha. 24 Tab Firaun ne Musa ko bulaya, aur kaha, ki Tum jao, Khuda'wakd ki ibadat karo ; faqat tumharo galle, anr tumhare bail yahin rahen : tumhare bachche bhi tumhare sathj a wen. 25 Musa ne kaha, ki Tujhe zarur hai, ki ham ko qurb- anian, aur sokhtanl qurbani dewe, taki ham Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke age dar- pesh karen. 26 Hamari mawashi bhi hamare sath jaegi ; aur ek khur bhi na chhora jaega ; kyunki hameo zarur hai, ki un men se KhudaVand apne Khud^kl ibadat ke liye lewen ; aur jab tak wahan na jaen, ham nahfn jlnte, kikaunsi chizon se KhudaVand ki ibadat karen. 27 Lekin KhudaVand ne Firaun ke dil ko sakht kar diya : usne un ka jana na chaha. 28 Aur Firaun ne use kaha, ki Mere samhne se ja ; ip se hoshyar rah, phir mere sarahne mat aiyo ; kyunki jis din tii s^mhne aeg^, mar jaega. 29 Musa ne kaha, ki Tii ne achchha kaha; main phir tera munh na dekhunga. XI. BAB. 1 Aur KhudaVand ne Musa se kaha, ki Maiij Fii-aun aur Misrion par ek bala aur laungi ; bad us ke wuh tumhen yahan se jane dega : aur jab wuh tumhen j5iie dega, to yaqinan tum sab ko dhakke deke nikal dega. 2 So ab turn logon se chup- clwp kaho, ki Har ek mard apne parosi, aur har ek aurat apni parosin se, rupe ke bartan, aur sone ke bartan ariyat lewe. 3 Aur KhudaVand ne un logon ko Misrion ki nazar men izzat bakhshi. Aur yih Musa bhi zamin i Misr meu, Firaun ke khadimon aur logon ki nigah men, buzurg tha. ' 4 Aur lAIusa ne kaha, ki KhudaVand y.in kahta hai, ki main adhi rat ko nikal ke Misr ke bichoo bich jaunga : 5 Aur zamin i Misr men sare pahilauthe, Firaun ke pahilauthe se, jo takht par baitha hai, leke, us saheli ke pahilauthe tak, jo chakki ki ot meo hai, aur sare charpaeoc ke pahilauthe marjaenge. 6 Aur sari Misr ki zamin meij aisA bara matam hoga, kijaisl kabhi na hui tha, na kabhi phir hoga. 7 Lekin sari bani Israel par ek kutta bhi apni jfbh na hilaega, na to insan par, aur na haiwan par : taki turn jano, ki KhudaVand kyunkar Misrioo aur Israelioo men larq karta hai. 8 Aur yih tere sab naukar mujh p^s ruju karenge, aur apne taio, 12 BAB.] KIIURU'J. 78 yih kahte hue, mere age kham karenge, ki tu nikal ja, aur sab log, jo tere pairau hain, jawen : aur bad uske, main nikal jaunga. Phir wuh Firaun p:is se, shiddat se,jhunjhlata hiii nikal gaya. 9 Aur Khuda'wand ne Musa se kaha, ki Firaun tumhara shinawa na hoga ; taki meri qudraten zamin i Misr men firawan hon. 10 Aur Musa aur Hariin ne ye sab ajaib Firaun ko dikhae : aur Khuda'wand ne Firaun ke dil ko sakht kar diya, ki usne apne mulk se bani Israel ko jane na diya. XII. BAB. I Phir KhudaVand ne zamfn i Misr men Miisa aur Harun ko kaha, 2 Ki Yih mahfna tumhara pahla mahina hoga, aur yih tumhare sSl ka pahla mahlna hoga. 3 Israelfon ki sari guroh se kaho^ki Is mahine ke daswen din, har ek mardon men se, apne bap ke gharlne ke waste, ek barra, ghar pichhe ek barra, apne liye lewe : 4 Aur agar wuh gharani barre ka maqdur na rakhta ho, to wuh aur uska ham- saya, jo us ke ghar se lagi hua ho, nafari ke shumar ke nmwafiq lewe ; aur turn harekadmf par, uske khane ke muwafiq, hisab men barre ke muaiyan karo. 5 Tumhara barra beaib chahiye, nar aur ek sala ho : turn bheroij se ya bakrion se lijiyo : 6 Aur tum use is mahine kf chaudahwin tak rakh chhoriyo : aur Israelion ke firqe kl sari jamaat, darmiyan zawal aur gurub ke, use zabh kare. 7 Aur we lahu ko lewen, aur un gharon men, jahan we use khaenge, uske darwaze ki dahni aur bain, aur upar ki chaukhat par chhapa maren. 8 Aur we usi rat ko wuh gosht bhun£ hua, bekhamiri roti ke sith, kafwi tarkari samet khawen. 9 Use kachcha, aur pani men ubalke, hargiz na khawen ; balki us ko sari paiiw samet, aur uske jo pet men hai, 5g par bhun ke khawen. 10 Aur tum subh tak us meo se koi chiz baqi mat chhofiyo ; aur agar kuchh us men se subh tak baqi rah jae, ^g se jala dijiyo. II Aur tum use yun khaiyo ; kamren bandhke, apni jutian paijw m [12 BA'B. kf chaudahwln t£rikh se sMm ko, ikkiswin tarlkh tak, turn fatiri roti khliyo. 19 Sat din tak tumhare gharon men khamfr paya na jawe : kyunki jo koi khamir khiega, Israel ki jamaat se munqatia hoga, khwah wuh musifir ho, khwah uski paidaish wahtij hui ho. 20 Turn khamiri koi chlz mat khaiyo : turn apni sab bastion men fatfri roti khaiyo. 21 lab Musa ne Israel ke sare buzurg logon ko bullya, aur unhen kaha, ki Apne apne ghar pichhe, ek ek barra nikalke lao, aur yih fasah ka barra zabh karo. 22 Aur turn zufe ki ek gaddi lo, aur use us lahu men, jo basan men hai, gota deke sardil aur donon bSzu darwaze ke, usse chhapo ; aur turn se koi subh tak, apne ghar ke darwaze se, bihar na jawe. 23 Isliye ki Khuda guzar karega, taki Misrion ko mare ; aur jab wuh upar ki chaukhat par, aur donoo taraf, lahu ko dekhegi, to KhudaVand dar par se guzrega, aur halak karnewale ko na chhoiega, ki tumhare gharon meo Ike tumhen mare. 24 Aur turn apni, aur apne beton ki Sdat ke liyo, is klm ki hamesha muhafizat kijiyo. 25 Aur yun hogi, ki jab turn us zamin men, jo Khuda'wand tumhen apne wiide ke muwafiq dcgi, dakhil hoge, to tum is ibadat ki muhafizat karoge. 2G Aur yCiij hoga, ki jab tumhari aulad turn 86 kahe, ki Tum is ibadat se kyi qasd karte ho ? 27 To tum kahoge, ki Yih fasah ki qurbani KhudaVand ke liye hai, jo Misr men bani Israel ke gharon par se guzr.i, jis waqt usne Misrioij ko mara, aur hamire gharon ko bachaya. Tab logon ne sir jhukae, aur sijde kie. 28 Aur bani Israel chale gae, aur unhoQ ne jaisi ki Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur Harun ko farraayd th^, kiyd ; unhon ne waisaht kiy£. 29 Aur yiinhua, ki Khtjda'wand ne adhi rit ko Misrki zamin men sare pahilau- the, Firaun ke pahilauthe se leke, jo apne tix\fht par baitha tha, us qaidi ke pahi- lauthe tak, jo qaidkhine meo thi, chdrpSeon ke pahilauthon samet, halak kie. 30 Aur Firaun rat ko uthd, wuh, aur uske sab naukar, aur sire Misri uthe ; aur Misr men bara nauha tha ; kyiinki koi ghar na rahi, jis men ek na mara. 31 Tab usne Musi aur Harun ko rithi ko bulayi, aur kaha, ki Utho, aur mere logon men se nikal jao ; tum, aur bani Israel jao ; aur jaisa tum ne kaha hai, Khuda'wand ki ibadat karo. 32 Apne galle aur bail bhi lo, jaisa turn ne kaha hai, aur rawana ho ; aur mere liye bhi barakat chaho. 33 Aur Misri un logon par jabr karte the, tiki unheij mulk i Misr se jald khirij karen ; kyunki we samjhe, ki Ham sab marjaenge. 34 Aur un logoo ne ata giindhi hiia, peshtar usse ki wuh khamir ho, dte ki lagnon samet, kapron men biindhke, apne kandhon par uthl liy£. 85 Aur bani Israel ne Mxisi ke kahne ke muwafiq kiyi ; aur unhon ne Misrion se rupe ke bartan, aur sone ke bartan, aur kapre ariyat lie : 36 Aur Khuda'wand ne un logon ko Misrion ki nigah men aisi izzat bakhshi, ki unhon ne unhen ariyat di. Aur unhon ne MisrioQ ko lut liya. 37 Aur bani Israel ne Ramses se Sukkot tak piyade safar kiyi ; unke mard, siwa larkon ke, chhah lakh ke qarib the. 38 Aur ek dvisri bari guroh miljulkar unke sath gal ; aur galle, aur bail, aur bahut barf mawa:;hi gal. 39 Aur unhon ne us gundhe hue ate ki, jo we Misr se le nikle the, fatiri rotiau pakain, kyunki wuh khamir na hui tha ; is liye ki wuh Misr se jabran nikale gaj'e the, aur wahan thahar na sake, aur na kuchh khina apne liye taiyar karne pae. 40 Aur bani Israel ki, jo Misr ke bashinde the, bud o bash char sau tis baras tak thi. 41 Aur char sau tis baras kt ii^hir yun hua, ki thik usi din, Kuuda'- BAB 13.] KHURU'J. 75 WAND kf sari faujen zamin i Misr se nikal gaiQ. 42 Yih KhudaVand ki wuh r£t hai, jo ch^hiye khub ySd rakht jawe, ki wuh unhen Misr kl zamfn se bahar layS : KhudaVand kl yih wuhi rat hai, jise chahiye ki sare bani Israel, apne qarnoo mei), yad rakhen. 43 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa ailr Hariin no kaha, ki Fasah ki rasra yih hai, ki koi musafir use na khlwe : 44 Lekin harek shakhs ka gulam, jo zarkhrid hai, jab uska khatni kiya jawe, to wuh use khawe. 45 Musafir, aur mazdur use na khawe. 46 Yih ckhi ghar men khaj^a jawe ; uska gosht kuchh ghar se bahar nalejaya jawe ; aur na uski haddi tori jawe. 47 Balii Israel ki sab janiaat us par anial kare. 48 Aur agar koi musafir tumhare sath muqfm ho, aur KiiuDA'wANDki fasah kiya chahe, to uska sab mard khatna karwaeij, tab wuh nazdik awe, aur fasah kare ; aur wuh goya tumhdrf zamin men mutawallid hua hai : kyunki namakhtiin insan use na khaega. 49 Muta- wallid aur musafir ki, jo tumhare bich men hai, ek shariat hogi. 50 Sare bani Israel ne,jaisaki KhudaVand ne Miisaaur Ilarun ko farmaya, waisahi kiya. 51 Aur yun hiia, ki thik usi din, KhudaVand ne bani Israel ko, unke lashkarou ke sith, zamin i Misr se bahar niklla. XIII. BAB. 1 Aur KhudaVand ne Musa se farmaya, ki 2 Sab pahlauthe mere liye tnuqaddas kar ; jo koi ki bani Israel men kholnewala rahim ka hai, kyd insan aur kya haiwan, mera hai. 3 Aur Musa ne logon se kaha, ki Tum yih din, jis men tum Misr se bahar ae aur qaidkhane se nikle, yad rakhiyo ; ki KhudaVand tum ko bazabardasti wah^n se nikal laya: khamiri roti khai na jawe. 4 Tum'Abib ke mahine men, aj ke din, bahar nikle. 5 Aur yih hoga, ki jab KhudaVand tujhe Kananion, aur Hitlion, aur Amiirioij, aur Hawion, aur Yabusfon ki zamin men lawe, jise us ne tumhare dba se qasamiya kahk hai, ki tumhen dewega, jahan diidh aur shahd bahta hai, to tii is mahine men yih ibadat yid rakhiyo. 6 Sat din tak tu fatiri roti khaiyo, aur satwen din KhudaVand ke liye id hogi. 7 Fatiri rcti sat din khai jawe; aur khamiri roti tere pas nazar na awe, aur na khamir tere sare mulk men tere rubarii dikhai dewe. 8 Aur tu usi roz apne bete ko mutallia kijiyo, ki Jab ham Misr se bahar nikle, tab KhudaVand ne ham se jo kuchh kiya, is s^ibab se yili hai. 9 Aur yih ek nishani tujh pas tere hath men, aur tere donon didon ke sanihne ck y:ir]gar hogi, taki KhudaVand ki shara tere muijh men ho : kyiinki Khul:aVa?.d ne tujhe bazabardasti Misr se nikala. 10 Tu yih hukm i&i waqt i muaiyan men, sal ba s^l, yad rakhiyo. 1.1 Aur yun hoga, ki jab If hudaVand tujhe Kananion ki zamin men, jaise us ne tujh se aur tere aba se qasm khai hai, lawe, aur use tujhe dewe, 12 Tu sab ko jo ki rahim ka kholnewala hai, KhudaVand ke hye juda kijiyo, sare nar teri mawashi men, jo kholnewale rahim ke hain, KhudaVand ke honge. 13 Aur gadhe ke pahle bachche ke badle barre ko fadia dijiyo; aur agar tu us ka fadia na dewe, to usi ko mardaliyo : aur apne farzandon men admi ke sare pahilauthon ka fadia dijiyo. 14 Aur yuc hogd, jab tera beta ayanda ko tujh se piichhe, ki yih kya hai? J 2 76 KHURU'J. [14 BA'B. to td use kahiyo, ki KhudaVand ham ko bazabardastf Misr aur qaidkhane se bahar laya. 15 Aur jab Firaun ne apnd dil sakht kij^a, ki hamen jane na de, to yun hiia, ki Khuda'wakd ne Misr men sab pahlauthe, insan ke pahlauthon se leke, mawashi ke pahlauthon tak mar dale : is waste main un sab naron ko, jo rahim ke kholnewale hain, KhudaVaki) ke liye zabh karta hun ; lekin apne farzandon ke sab pahlauthon ka fadia deta hun. 16 Aur yih tere hath men ek alamat, aur teri ankhon ke bich ek yadgar hoga : kyunki Khuda'wakd zabardasti se Misr se bahar nikal laya. 17 Aur jab Firaun ne nn logon ko jane diya, to yiin hui, ki Khuda ne unhen jdh rahbari na kl, ki we Filistiou kl rah se jawen, agarchi wuh nazdik kirSh thi ; kynuki Khuda ne kahi, mubada ki we log bahasb i ittifiq laraf dekhke pasheman howen, aur Misr ko phir jawen : 18 Balki Khuda ne un logon ko darya i qulzum ke dasht k! taraf phera : aur bani Israel saflf bandhe hue zamin i Misr se nikle chale gae. 19 Aur Musa ne Yusaf ki haddfan sath lelin : kyiinki usne bani Israel ko qasam i muglaza deke kaha tha, ki Khuda yaqinan tumhari khabargn-i karega ; tuniyahan se meri haddiin apne sath lejaiyo. 20 Phir we Sukkot se rawana hue, aur bayaban ke kinare Etara men utar pare. 21 Aur Khuda'wand din ko, badli ke satiin men, taki unhen rah batawe, aur rat ko, ag ke satiin men hoke, taki unhen roshni bakhshe, unke age chala jata tha, taki din rat chale jlen. 22 Badli ka satun din ko, aur ag ka satun rat ko, un logon ke age se hargiz gaib na hota tha. XIV. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wakd ne Musi se farmaya, 2 Ki Bani Israel se kah, ki phires, aur Fikhairot ke age Migdol aur darya ke darmiyan, muqira hon, Bal-Tifon ke muqabil : ki darya ke kinire ki muqim ho. 3 Firaun bani Israel ke haqq men kahega, ki We us zamin men phanse hain, aur bayaban ne unhen band kiya hai. 4 Aur main Firaun ke dil ko sakht karunga, ki wuh un ka taaqub karega ; aur main Firaun, aur uski sari sipah par galib hunga; taki Misri janen, ki Khuda'- wakd main hiin. Aur unhon ne aisahi kiya. 5 Aur jab shah i Misr ko ittila di gai, ki we log bhag gae, to Firaun aur us ke khuddam ka dil un ki taraf se phir gaya, aiH we bole, ki Ham ne yih kya kiya, ki bani Israel ko, apni khidmatgari se, bahar jane diya? 6 Tab us ne apni gariao jotin, aur apne log sdth lie : 7 Aur us ne chhah sau suthri gariau Misr ki sab gaiian sath lie ; aur un sab par risaladar bithae. 8 Aur Khuda'wakd ne shah i Misr Firaun ke dil ko sakht kar diya, aur wuh bani Isriel ke pichhe charh daura : par bani Israel baladasti se nikle. 9 Aur Misri un ka taaqub kie chale gae, aur Firaun ke sare ghoron, aur us ki gariin, aur us ke sawarcn, aur us ke lashkar ne, un ko ^haima kbara karte hue darya par, Fikhairot ke age, Bal-Tifon ke muqabil, jahi liya. 10 Aur jab Firaun nazdf k hiia, aur bani Israel ne ankhen upar kin, aur Misrion ko apne pichhe ate hue dekha, aur we shiddat se dare : tab unhon ne Khuda'- wakd se faryld ki. 1 1 Aur JNIiisa ne kaha, ki kya Misr men qabroij ki jagah na thi, ki tn ham ko marne ke bye wahan se dasht men laya ? tu ne ham se yih kya mua- mala kiya, ki ham ko Misr se nikal Laya ? 12 Yih wuhi bat nahiu, jo ham ne Misr 14 BAB.] KHURU'J. 77 men tujh se kahl thi, ki Ham se hath utha, taki ham Misrion ki khidmat karen ? Ki hamare liye Misrion kl khidmat karna, bayaban men marne se, bihtar tha. 13 Tab Milsa ne logon ko kaha, khauf na karo, khare raho, aur Khuda'wand kl najat dekho, jo aj ke din wuh tumhen dewega : kyunki un Misrion ko, jinhen turn dj dekhte ho, turn unhen phir ta abad na dekhoge. 14 Khuba'wand tumhare liye jang karega, aur tum chupchap rahoge. 15 Tab Khtjda'wand ne Miisa se kaha, ki Tu kyuu mere age nala karta hai ? Banl Israel se kah, ki we age chalen. 16 Tu apna asa utha, aur darya par apna hath barha, aur use do hisse kar : bam Israel, darya ke bichon bich men se, snkhi zamin par hoke guzarjaenge. 17 Aur dekh, ki main Misrion ke dilon ko sakht kar dunga, aur we un ka pichha karenge : aur main Firaun, aur uski sipah, aur uski garioij, aur uske sawaron par, apnl jalal zahir karunga. 18 Aur ye Misri, jab main Firaun, aur uski garion, aur uske sawaron par apna jalal zahir karunga, to janenge, ki main Khuda'wand huij. 19 Aur Khuda ka Firishta, jo Israeli lashkar ke age chala jata tha, phira, aur unki pusht par a raha, aur badli ka wuh sattin unke samhne se gaya, aur un ki pusht par j1 thahra : 20 Aur Misrion ke lashkar, aur Israeli lashkar ke bich men dya ; aur wuh ek andheri badli ho gai, par rat roshan hiii : so tamam rat ek lash- kar dusre ke nazdik na aya. 21 Phir Musa ne darya par hath barhaya ; aur Khtjda'wand ne ba sabab shiddat ki sharqi andhi ke, tamdm rat men darya ko chalayS, aur darya ko sukha diya, aur pani ko do hisse kij^a. 22 Aur bani Israel darya ke bich men se sukhi zamin par hoke guzar gae : aur pani ki, unke dahine aur bain, diwar thi. 23 Aur Misrion ne pichha kiya, aur unka pichha kie hue we, aur Firaun ke sab ghore, aur uski garian, aur uske sawar darya ke bichon bich tak So. 24 Aur yiiQ hua, ki Khuda'wand ne pichhle pahare us ag aur badli ke satiin men se Misrion ki sipah par nazar ki, aur Misrion ki sip;ih ko ghabraya. 25 Aur unki garioo ke pahion ko nikal dala, ki mushkil se chalti thin : chunauchi jMisriou ne kaha, ki Ao, Israeliou ke munh par se bhag jawen ; kyunki Khuda'wand unke liye Misrion se jang karta hai. 26 Aur KhudaVand ne Musa se kaha, ki apna hath darya par barha, taki pani Misrion, aur unki garion, aur unke sawaron par phir awe. 27 Aur JMiisa ne apna hath darya par barhaya, aur darya subh bote apni quwat i asli par laut i ; aur Misri usi ki taraf bhage ; aur Kiiuda'waxd ne Misrion ko darya men jhar diya. 28 Aur pani phira, aur garion, aur sawaron, aur Firaun ke sab lashkar ko, jo un ke pichhe darj^a ke bich ae the, chhipa liya : aur ek bhi un men se baqi na chhuta. 29 Par bani Israel khushk zamfn par darya ke bich men chale gae : aur pani ki, unke chap o rast, diwar thi. 30 So IvhudaVand ne us din Israelion ko JNIisrion ke hath se yi'in bachiya : aur Israelion ne Misrion ki lashen darya ke kinare par de- khin. 31 Aur Israelion ne bari qudrat, jo Khuda'wand ne Misrion par zahir ki, dekhi : aur log KhudaVand se dare : tab Khuda'wand par, aur uske bande Musa par, Iman lae. 78 KHURU^r. [15 BA'B. XV. BAB. 1 Tab Musa aur bani Israel ne Khuda wand ki hamd o sana Is tarah g^f, auf bola, ki main Khuda'wand ki hamd o sani gaiinga, ki us ne bare jalal se apne talu zahir kiya : us ne ghore ko, uske sawar samet, daryamen garq kiya. 2 Yih meri quwat, aur meri fakhr hai, aur wuh meri najat hai : wuh mera Khuda hai, main apna usko malja karunga ; mere aba ka Khuda hai, main usko buzurgi se yad karnnga. 3 Khuda'wand sahib i jang hai : KhubaVand us ka nam hai. 4 Firaun kl gartan, aur us ka lashkar us ne darya men dll diya ; uske nami risaldar darya i qulzum men dubae gaye. 5 Gahrapon ne unhen andar le liya ; we pathar ki ma- nind tab ko chale gae. 6 Ai Khuda'wand, tera dahina hath zor men mashhi'ir hua i aur, Khuda'wnad, tere dahine hath ne bairion ko reza reza kiya. 7 Tii rte apne bare jal^l se apne samhna karnewaloD ko dha diya : tu ne apne gazab ko bheja, jlsne unko narai ki manind jalaya. 8 Aur teri nak ke dam se, pani ek jagah simat gaya, aur tuda ttJda maujen khari ho gain, axir darya ke bich men gahrape jam gae. 9 Dashman bola, Main pichha karunga, main ja lunga, main liit ka mal bantiinga; un se main ji apna thandha karunga, main apni talwar khiijchunga,mera hath unko halak karega. 10 Tii ne ^pni hawa se phunk mari, darya ne unhen chhipa liya : we sise ki tarah zor ke pani men tale baith gae. 11 Mabudon men, Khtjda'wand^ tujhsa kaun hai? paki men kaun hai tera sa jalal wala, daranewala sahib baraion ka, ajaibat ka bananewala ? 12 Tu ne apna dahina hath barhaya, zamin unhexj nigal gai. 13 Tu ne apni rahmat se un logon ki, jinhen tu ne khalas kiya, rahnu- mai ki : txi ne apne zor se unhen apne muqaddas makan tak la pahunchaya, 14 Un logon ne suna, aur kampe : aur FUistion ko khauf ne pakra. 15 Is waqt Adum ke amir hairan hue ; Moab ke zor rakhnewalon ko kap kapi ne pakra, Kanan ke sab rahnewale pig "!al gae. IG Unhen khauf aur hiras huS ; tere zor ke hath se, pathar ki tarah be his o harkat ban gae ; yahan tak ki jab tak tere log gu-' zar na jawen, aur, Khuda'wand, jab tak tere we log, jinhen tu ne kharid kiya, guzar na jawen. 17 Tu unhen laega, aur unhen apni miras ke koh par, darakht ki tarah lagawega, us jagah par, jo, Khuda'wand, tii ne apne rahne ke liye banai hai, aur ja i quds men, jo, Khuda'wand, tere hathon ne barpa ki hai. 18 Khuda'- WANB abad ul abad saltanat karega. 19 Is liye ki Firaun ka ghora, garion, aur us ke sawaron samet, darya ke bich men gaj-a, aur Khuda'wand ne darya ke pani ko un phir phera ; lekin bani Israel, darya ke bichon bich se, siikhi zamin par hoke chale jate the. 20 Tab Harun ki bahin Maryam nabiya nedaf hlth men liya ; aur sab auiaten^ dafon ke, sath. thirakti huin uske pichhe chalin. 21 Aur Maryam ne unke gane ka jawab diya, ki Khuda'wand ki hamd aur sana gao, ki us ne bare jalal se apne tain zahir kiya ; us ne ghore ko, us ke sawar samet, darya men garq kiya. 22 Aur Musa ne bani Israel ke sath, darya i qulzum se kuch kiya, aur we dasht i Si'ir men gae, aur we tin din tak dasht men chale gae, aur pani na paya. 23 Aur jab we Marah men ae, to Marah ka pani pi na sake, kyunki wuh murr tha, is liye uska nam Marah hua. 24 Tab logon ne yih kahke Miisa se shikayi.t ki, ki ham kya piwen ? 25 Us ne Khuda'wand se faryadki: Khuda'wand ne use ek dartlfht dikha,} i, jise us ne, jab pan! meo dala, to pani mith^ ho gaya ; wahan 16 BAB.] KHURU'J. 79 us ne un ke liye ek ain aur sharlat banaf, aur wahan us ne unhen dzmaj'd : 26 Aur kaha, ki Agar tu dil lagake Khuda^wand apne Khuda ki awaz sune, aur jo kuchh us ki nazar men achchha hai kare, aur us ke hukmon ko sune, aur us ke ainon ko yld rakhe, to main un bimarion ko, jo main ne Misrioij ko din, tujhe koi na dunga : ki main wuh Khuda'wand huij, jo tujhe shifa bakhshta. hai. 27 Phir we Elim ko, jahan pani ke barah chashme aur sattar darakht khurme ke the, ae : aur unhon ne pani par khaima khara kiya. XVI. BAB. 1 Phir we Elim se rawana hue aur bani Israel ki sari jama at zamtn i Misr se kharij hokar, dusre mahine ke pandarahwen din, dasht i Sin men, jo Elim aur Si- na ke darmiyan hai, pahunchi. 2 Aur sari jamaat bani Israel ki, us dasht men, Musa aur Harun par jhunjlai, 3 Aur boli, ki Kash ham Khuda'wand ke hath se zamin i Misr men, jis waqt ki ham gosht ki h ke siwa, ilahon ke liye zabh kare, wuh haram kiya jaegit. 23 BAB.] KHURU^J. 87 21 Tu mnsafir ko hargiz na sat^, us se batlsuliiki nakar: is live ki turn bhi zamfn i Misr men musafir the 22 Turn kisl bewa ya yatim larke ko dukh mat do. 23 Agar tu un ko kisi taur se sataega, aur we mujh se faryld karen, to main un kl faryad suniinga ; 24 Aur mera qahr mushtaal hogd ; main tujhe talwar se mardalunga, aur tcri joruen randen, aur tere bache j-atim hojaenge. 25 Agar tu mere logon men se jis kisi ko, jo tere age muhtaj hai, kuchh qarz dewe, to us par bahut taqasa mat kar, aur us se sud mat le. 26 Agar tu apne hamsae ke kapre girau lewe, to chahij'e ki tu suraj dubte hue use pahuncha dewe. 27 Kyunki yih us ka faqat libas hai, yih us ke chamre ke liye poshish hai, jis mea wub so rahta hai; aur yun hoga, ki jab mere age faryad karega, main us kisun- unga ; kyunki main mihrban hun. 28 Tu ilah ko tan mat dijij'o, aur apni qaum ke sharif logon ko lanat mat kijiyo. 29 Tu apne khalyan ke faiz, aur apne kolhii ke ab i angur se mujhe guzra- niyo ; us men der mat kijiyo : tu apne beton sepahilautha mujhe dijiyo. 30 Aisaht tu apne bailon se, aur gospandon se kijiyo : sat din tak wuh ma ke sath rahe ; Sthwfn din tu use mujhe dijiyo. 31 Turn mere piik log ho: darindon ka phara hua gosht, jo maidan men para ho, mat khaiyo ; turn use kutton ko dijiyo. XXIII. BAB. 1 Tu jhuthi khabar mat dijiyo ; tu zuim ki gawdhi men shariron ka sathi mat ho. 2 Tu gurohki pairawi badi karne men na kijiyo; aur tu kisi jhagre men aksar ki taraf mail hoke nahaqq mat kiiiyo : 3 Aur na muflis ke jhagre men taraf- dari kijij-o. 4 Agar tu apne dushman ke bail ya gadhe berah jate dekhe, to use us kane pahunchaiyo. 5 Agar tu us ke gadhe ko, jo tera rakhta hai, dekhe, ki bojh ke niche baith gaya, to khabardar, tu use chhorke chala na ja, balki us ki kumak kar. 6 Tu apne faqir ke inslf se us ke jhagre men mat guzariyo. 7 Jhuthi bat se dur rahiyo ; aur begunahou, aur sachon ko qatl mat kijiyo : kjunki main shariron ko besaza na chhoriinga. 8 Tii saugat na lena ; kyunki saugat danishraandon ko andha karti hai, aur sadiqon ke muamala men mukhil hoti hai. 9 Aur musafir ke bhi tasdia mat dijiyo ; kyiinki turn musafir ke jante ho, is liye ki turn khud bhi zamin i Misr men musafir the. 1.0 Aur chha baras zamin men kheti kar, aur us se jo paida ho, jama kar : 11 Par satwin baras use azad kar, aur chhor de ; taki teri ummat ke masakiu use khawen, aur jo un se bache, maidan ke charpae charen. Aur tu apne angur aur zaitun ke bag ka muamala bhi aisahi kijiyo. 12 Chha din tak apna kar o bar karna, aur satwin din asaish kijiyo : taki tere bail, aur tere gadhe bhi aram pa wen, aur teri laundion ke bete, aur musafir tazadam hojaen. 13 Aur sab men, jo main ne tu- jhe farmaya hai, hoshylr rah : dusre ilahon ka nam tak na le, aur tere munh se na suna jae. 14 Tu sal bhar men tin martabe mere liye id kar. 15 Fatiri roti kiidyadrakh: tu sat din tak, jaisa main ne tujhe hukmkiya hai, fatiri roti kha, Abib ke mahine men muqarrari waqt par ; kyunki tii usi men Misr se bahar aja : aur koi mere age khali hath na awe : 16 Aur dirau kl fd tere mihnat ke pahle samarou ki, jo tu ne 88 KIIURU'J. [24 EAR. apne khet men boe : aur jama karne ki id aklnr sal, jab tu khet se apnl mihnat ke samare jama kar chuka. 17 Tere sab mard tin bar bar sal Khuda'wand Khuda kc sambne hazir howen. 18 Tii zabiha ka labii, jo mere li^-e hai, khamir ke suth mat guzran ; aur mcri Td ki charbi subh tak baqi na rahne pawe. 19 Tn apni zamin ke, pahle pbalon se pable ko Khuda'waj^d apne Khuda ke ghar men laiyo. Tii halwan us ki ma ke dudh men mat pakaiyo. 20 Dekh, main ek firisbta tere age bhcjta bun, ki rah men tera nigahban ho, aur tiijhe us jagab, jo main ne taiyar ki hai, Ic awe. 21 Us ke age hoshyar rah, aur us ka kaha man ; us ki mukbalifat mat kar ; kyunki wuh teri khata na bakhsbega : ki mera nam us men hai. 22 Par agar tii sachmach us ka kaha mane, aur sab jo main kahta hun kare; to main tere dushmanon kd dushman, aur tere bairion ka bairi houng.i. 2-3 Ki mera firisbta tore age chalega, aur tujhe Amurion, aur Ilittion, aur Farizzion, aur Kananion, aur Ilawion, aur Yabusion ke bich men laega : aur main un ko halak karunga. 24 Tii un ke ilahon ko sijda mat kar, na un ki ibadat, na unke se kam kar : balki tii unheo saf dhade, aur un ke buton ko tor dil. 2.5 Aur tum Khuda Vand apne Khuda ki bandagi karo, aur wuh tumhari roti pani men barkat bakhsbega ; aur maio tumbare bich se azar ko utha lunga. 2G Teri zamin par na is qat i hamal hoga, na banjh pan rahega : main teri umr piiri karunga. 27 Main apne dar ko tere age bhejiinga ; main un logon ko, jin par tii awega, halik karunga ; aur maiij aisl karunga, ki tere dushman tere age se pith phcr den- ge. 28 Main tere age zambiiron ko bhejiinga, jo Ilawi, aur Kanani, aur Ilitti ko tere sambne se bhagawengi. 29 ]Main un ko ekbi &al men tere age se dafa na kar- lingi, ta na ho ki zamin wiran ho, aur maidan ke darinde tere muqabll firawan hoj;icn 30 Main un ko thore thore karkc tere age se dafa karunga, yahin tak ki tii ziyada ho, aur zamin ka waris ho. 31 Main darja i qulzum se lekc Filistion ke samundar tak, aur bay.aban se leke nahr i Furat tak, teri hadden bandhiiga : kyunki zamin ke basnewalon ko tere hawale kariinga ; aur tii unhen apne age se dafa karega. 32 Tii un se, aur un ke ilahon se ahd mat blndhiyo. 33 We teri zamin par na rabenge, ta na howe ki we tujhe mera gunahgar karen : kyunki agar tQ un ke ilahon ki ibadat kare, to yih tere liyc phanda hoga. XXIV. BAC. 1 Aur us nc Musi se kaha, ki KhudaVand pis charh a, tu, aur Ilanin, aur Na- (\ab, aur Abihu, aurBani Israel ke buzurgouse sattar sbakhs : tum diir se bandagi karo. '2 Aur Miisa, akela KhudaVand ke nazdik awe ; par we nazdik na awcn : aur log us ke sath na charhen. 3 Aur Miisa ne ake KnuDA'wAND ki sari baten aur adalaten logon, se bayankin : aur sare logon ne muttafiq hoke jawab diya, aur kah i, ki Sari biten jo Kuuda wam) ne farmli bain, ham karenge. 4 Aur Musa ne Khuda'wand ki sari baten likhiij, aur subhko sawere utha, aur pahar ke tale ck qurbangah, aur bani Israel ke barali sibtoti ke adad ke muwafiq, barah satiin bina kie. 5 Aur us ne bani Israel ke jawinon ko bheja ; ki charhtwe charhiwco, aur salami ke zabaih bailon se Khl- 25 BAB.] KHURU'J. 89 DA'wAND ke liye zabh kareo. 6 Aur MusS ne adha khi'm leke bisnoo mea rakhS, aur idha qurbangah par chhiraka. 7 Phir us Qe ahdnama llya, aur logon ko parh sunaya : wc bole, ki Sab kuchh, jo Khuda'wattd ne farmaya hai, ham karenge, aur mutia rahengc. 8 Musa ne us lahii ko leke logon par chhiraka, aur kaha, ki Yih lahu us ahd ka hai, ki Khuda'wand ne un baton kt babat, turahare sath kiyi hai- 9 Tab Musa, aur Harun, aur Nadab, aur Abihu, aur sattar buzurg Israeli iipar gae : 10 Aur unhon ne Israelion ke Khuda ko dekhi : aur us ke pion ke tale jaise nilam ke pathar ki gachkarf, aur us ki shaffafl jirm i asman ke manind thf. 11 Aur bani Israel ke asilon par us ne apna hlth na rakha : unhoo ne Khu- d£ ko bhi dekhA, aur khaya aur piya. 12 Aur Khuda'wand ne Musi ko kaha, ki Pahdr par mujh pas i, aur wahin rah ; aur main tujhe pathar kf lauhen, aur shariat, aur ahkam, jo main ne likhe hain. dun- ga ; taki tu unhen sikhlawe. 1 3 Aur Musa, aur us ki khadim Yosua uthe : aur Musa Khuda ke pahar ke upar gaya. 14 Aur us ne buzurgoij se kaha, ki Turn hamare liye yahan, jabtak ki ham tum pas phir awen, thaharo : aur, dekho, ki Harun aur Hiir tumhare pas hain : agar kisf ko kuchh kam howe, to wuh unke pas jawe. 15 Tab Musa pahar ke I'lpar gayi, aur ek badll ne pahar ko dhamp liyi. 16 Aur Khuda'wand ka jalil koh i Sina par thahari, aur badli use chha din tak dhampe rahi : aur satwin din usne badli meo se Musa ko talab kiya. 17 Aur Khuda'wand ka jalal bani Israel ki nazar men, koh ki choti par atish i sozao ki sf, namiid rakhnewala thi. 18 Aur Musa badli ke darmiyan chala gaya, aur pahaf par chajh gaya : aur Musa pahar par chills din rat raha. XXV. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisi ko farmiyi : 2 Bani Israel ko kah, ki we mere liye tuhfa laweo : so jo koi ki apni khushi se, jis qadr mujhe dewe, to us se mere liye tuhfa tum le lijiyo. 3 Aur tuhfa jo tum uu se loge, so ye hain : sona, aur rupi, aur pital, 4 Aur ismini, aur argwani, aur qiimizi rang, aur mahin snt, aur bakri ki pashm, 5 Aur mendhon ki surkh rangi hi'ii khalen, aur tukhs kikhalen, aur sant ki lakri, 6 Aur chirag ke liye tel, aur malne ke tel ke liye masalih, aur khushbu bakhiir ki, 7 Aur nagine sulaimini afitd ke liye, aur nagine jo chapris men jare jienge. 8 Aur mere liye maqdis baniweu, ki main un ke darmiyan rahun. 9 Mas- kan, aur us ke sab lauazim ke namiine, jaise maiy tumheg dikhiiin, waisehi tum sab banaiyo. 10 Aur ye sant ki lakri ka ek sanduq banawen, jis ki lambai arhai hath, aur chaurii derh hith, aur unchai derh hith howe. 11 Aur tii us ke andar aur bihar sona khalis marhiyo, aur us ke upar aspis sone ke kanara banaiyo. 12 Aur tu us ke liye sone ke char halqe dhalke us ke chiron konon par, do halqe ek taraf, do halqe dusri taraf lagaiyo. 13 Aur tu sant ki lakri ki choben baniiyo, aur un par sona marhiyo. 14 Aur tii us sanduq ke atrif meo ye choben un halqon men dal dijiyo, tiki un se wuh sanduq uthaya jiwe. 15 Choben sanduq ke halqon men dali jieg: we us se juda na hon. 16 Tu us ahdnime ko, jo maio tujhe diingi, us sanduq men rakhiyo. 17 Aur tu kafare ka sarposh yiilis sone se banaiyo, jis ki tul arhai hath, aur arz L 96 KHURU'J. [26 BA'B. derh hath ho. 18 Aur td sone ke garhkar do karubi, us kafare ki donon men, banSiyo. 19 Ek karubf ek taraf meo, aur diisrd kanibf dusri taraf men : aur un karubioo ko us kafara ke donon konon men lagaiyo. 20 Aur we karubi par phai- lae hue hoij, aise ki kafara un ke paron tale dhamp jae ; aur un ke munh amne s^mhne kafare ki taraf howen. 21 Aur tu us kafare ko us sanduq ke upar rakhiye ; aur wuh ahdnama, jo main tujhe dung^, us sandiiq meo rakhiyo. 22 Wahau main tujh se mulaqat karungi, aur maio kafAre ke upar se donon karubion ke darmiySn 8e, jo ahdname ke sanduq ke upar honge, un sab chfzon ki babat, jo main bant Israel ke Hye tujhe hukm kartinga, tujh se mukhatib hounga. 23 Aur tu do hath Iambi, aur ek hath chaurf, aur derh hith uochi sant kl lakri se ek mez bhi banaiyo. 24 Aur us ko kundan se marhij'o, aur tu us ke aspas sone ka kanara banaiyo. 25 Aur tn us par char ungul sone ke tekan lagaiyo, aur us tekan ke aspas sone ka kanira banaiyo. 26 Aur us ke liye char halqe sone ke banaiyo, aur we halqe us ke un charon konoo men, jo muqabil us ke charoo paioo ke hain, lagaiyo. 27 We halqe age tekan ke hon, taki choboo ke waste, us mez ke uthaue ke liye makan hoij- 28 Aur tu chobeo sant kf lakri se bana, aur tu un ko sone se marh, taki tii un se mez ko uthSwe. 29 Aur tu us ke bartan, aur chamche, aur sarposh, aur bare bare piyale khalis kundan se bana, taki un se ta-' pawan karen. 30 Aur tu us mez par nazar ki rotiau rubarii mere hamesha rakhiyo. 31 Aur tn ek shamad^n khalis sone kS garhkar, aur pSya us ka, aur shakhen us ki, aur piyale us ke, sath seb aur sausan ke, ki yih sab khud usi shamadan se howen, bana. 32 Aur chahiye ki chha shakheo us kl nikli hui donon taraf se, tin ek janib se, tin dusri janib se hon, 33 Aur chahiye ki tin piyale bSdami siirat, ek 8hd]<:h men, sath apne sebon aur sausanoo ke hoo ; aur isi tarah se tin piyale bldami siirat dusri shikh meo, sath apne sebon aur sausanon ke hon : aur isi tarah se chhaon shakhon meo, jo nikli hui, shamadan se hain. 34 Aur khud shamadan meo chahiye, ki char piyale badami surat, sath apne sebon aur sausanon ke hon. 35 Aur ek ek scb us ki do do shikhon ke tale ho; we chhaon shakhen, jo shama- dan se nikli hain, un ke tale aisehl hoo. 36 Un ke seb, aur us ki shakhen yih sab khud usi se hon ; aur sab yih garhe hue khalis sone se hon. 37 Aur tii us ke liye sat chirag banaiyo, aur un ko us par rakhiyo, taki us ke upar roshan hon. 38 Aur tu gulgir, aur laganeo us ki, khalis sone se bana. 39 Aur chahiye ki shamadan aur sab zunif us ke, ekqintar khalis sone ke hon. 40 Hoshyar hokar tu is taur se, ki maio ne tujh ko pahar men dikhaya, ban^. XXVI. 1 Aurtu das parde maskan ke liye barik kate hue kattan se banS, Ssm^ni rang, qirmizi rang, surkh rang ke hoo : aur tii un meo siirateo kariibion ki biitedar bana. 2 Aur lambai bar parda ki athais hith, aur chaurai char hath ki ho : anddza bar parde ka ek hi ho. 3 Aur panch parde baz un ke mile hue baz se hoo ; aur panch dusre bhI usi tarah mile hiie hon. 4 Aur tii hishiye meo ek bare parde ke us taraf men jo milnewall hai, halqe Ssmani rang ke bana ; aur aisehi tii hashiye meo d'lsre bare parde ke, jo bahar hai, milnewSli taraf meo bana. 5 Tii pachas halqe ek bare parde meo, aur pachas halqe diisre baye parde ki, us taraf meo jo milnewall 26 BAB.] KHURU^J. 91 hai, banS ; aur sab halqe dpas meo muqSbil hoij, har ek muqibil diisre ka ho. 6 Aur tii pachas ghundi sone ke ban^, aur ek bare parde ko sath diisre ke un ghundfon se, taki ek maskan ho jae, mila. 7 Aur tu parde bakri ke balon se, t^ki maskan ka shamiydna ho, band : tu un pardon ko gyarah parde band. 8 Lambaf har parde kl tfs hath, aur chaurai chSr hath ho : ekhi andaza gySrah pardon kd ho. 9 Aur tu panch parde ek jagah, aur chha parde ek jagah apas men mila, aur chhatwen parde ko munh kf taraf maskan ke duharawe. 10 Aur tii pachas halqe hashiye men ek bare parde ke, jo bahar hai, us kl milnewalf taraf men, aur pachas halqe hashiye men dusre bare parde ke, us ki milnewali taraf men, bana. 11 Aur pachas ghundian pital se bana, aur ye ghundlau un halqon men laga, aur sab mila, ki ek ^haima howe. 12 Aur khaime ke pardon ka bacha hua, yane adha parda jo bach rahd hai, khaime kl pichhll taraf latka rahe. 13 Aur wuh jo lambai ki taraf se sab pardon kf bach raha hai, donoa taraf maskan ke ek hath fdhar, aur ek hath lidhar latke, taki us ko chhipa le. 14 Aur tu us khaime ke liye bakrou ki surljh rangi hui khalon se ek balaposh, aur tukhson ki khalon se ek balaposh sab ke upar band. 15 Aur takhte maskan ke liye sant ki lakri se, ki khafe kie jaeu, bana. 16 Lambai har takhte ki das hath chaurai us ki derh hath howe. 17 Aur chahiye ki harek takhte ke liye do do chuleu hoo, harek chiil barabar dusre ke : aur tii yehi sab maskan ke takhtOQ meo kar. 18 Aur tu maskan ke liye takhte bana, bis takhte dakhinijanib meo. 19 Aur tu chalis pae rupe ke, niche bison takhtou ke, do do paion niche har takhte ke, us ki donou chiilon ke liye, bana. 20 Aur tu maskan ki, us diisri taraf jo uttar ki hai, bis takhte : 21 Aur un ke liye chilis pae riipe ke, har takhte ke tale do do pie, bana. 22 Aur tu pachchhim ki taraf chha takhte band. 23 Aur do takhte maskan ke goshon ke liye douon diwaron men bana. 24 Aur chahiye ki milnewale tale se, aur isi tarah ilpar se ek halqe meo hon : aur aisahi diisre goshe ke do takhton ke liye chahiye. 25 Pas ath takhte, aur solah pae rupe ke honge ; aur do do pae tale har takhte ke hon. 26 Aur tii panch bende sant ki lakri se maskan ki ek janib ke takhton kc liye band, 27 Aur panch bende maskan ki diisri janib ke takhtoo ke liye, aur panch bende maskan ki pachchhim ki janib ke takhtoo ke liye. 28 Aur bichwala benda, jo takhton ke bich men hai, ek hadd se diisri hadd tak pahunche. 29 Aur tii takhtoo ko sone se maih, aur bendon ke liye halqe sone ke bana ; aur tii beudoo ko bhi sone se marh. 30 Aur tii maskan ko, jaisa ki main ne tujh ko pahar men dikhayi hai, waisahl khara kar. 31 Aur tii parda asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mahin kate hiie kattan ka : kanibioo ki siirat samet chikandozi se bana : 32 Aur tii us parde ko sant ki lakri ke chlr sutiin sone se marhe hiioo par khara kar : aur kaijte un ke sone ke, aur pae un ke riipe ke hoQ. 33 Aur parde ko ghundion se latka de, aur sandiiq ahdnSma ka wahan parde ke bhftar dakhil kar: aur yih parda darmiyau quds, aur quddus ul aqdas ke fasil hoga. 34 Aur tii kafare ka sarposh ahdnama ke sandiiq par quddus ul aqdas meo rakh. 35 Aur chauki bahar parde ke, aur shamadan rubani chauki ke, janiib ki jinib maskan ke rakh : aur chauki ko shimal ki janib kar de. 36 Aur tii ek parda maskan ke darwaze ke liye israani rang, aur argwani rang, aut qirmizi rang, aur barik kate hue kattan L2 92 KHURU'J. [27 BAB. ki, bfited^r bena. 37 Aur pSnch sutun us parde ke liye sant kf lakrl se sone se marhkar ban^, aur ghundf un ke eone ke hou : aur tu panch p^e pital ke dhilkar un ke liye ban&. XXVII. BAB. 1 Aur tu sant kf lakri se ek qurbangah bana, lambaf us kf panch hdth, aur chaurii us ki panch hath : chaukhunti, aur bulandf us ki tin hath ho. 2 Aur tu sing us ke charon konon ke li^^e bana : aur we sing usf se hoii ; aur tu un ko pital se mafh. 3 Aur tu us kf rakh ke liye degen, aur phaufiaD, aur piyale, aur sikheij, aur angethlin bana : aur tu sab asbab us ka pftal se bana. 4 Aur us ke liye ek Stishdan jalfdar pital se bani ; aur tii us jal meu, char halqe pftal ke, us ke chlroB konoij men bana. 5 Aur us ko bhitar qurbangah ke kinaron se niche, ki us ki adhi diir tak pahunche, latka. 6 Aur qurbangah ke liye chobeu sant ki lakri se bani, aur un ko pftal se marh. 7 Aur tu unko halqon men dakhil kar, aur qur- bangah kf donon j^nib men hon, jis waqt wuh uthaf jawe. 8 Aur tu us to takhtoo se khokhla banaiyo : jaise ki tujh ko maio ne pahar meu dikhaya, isitarah banaiyo. 9 Aur tii ek sahn maskan ke liye bana : aur dakhini janib us ke parde barik kate hue kattan se hon, tul un ka sau hath ek janib men ho. 10 Aur sutun us ke bis, aur pae un ke bis pital se hon , aur ghundi sutunoo kf, aur un ki alganiiu rupe se bana. 11 Aur aisehf tu uttar ki j^nib ke liye parde ban^, tul un ka sau hath, aur sutun us ke bfs, aur pae un ke bfs pftal se : aur ghundi sutiinou kf, aur un ki alganian riipe se hoQ. 12 Aur arz men sahn ke pachchhim kf taraf parde hon, ki tul un ki pachas hath, aur sutun un ke das, aur pae un ke das hon. 13 Aur arz meo sahn ke piirab ki janib pachas hath. 14 Aur tiil pardon ka ek taraf ke liye pandrah hath ; aur sutun un ke tin, pie un ke tin ho. 15 Aur tul dusri taraf ke pardoij ka pandrah hath ; aur sutun un ke tin, aur pae un ke tin hon. 16 Aur sahn ke darwaze ke liye ek parda, ki tiil us ka bis hath ho, asmani rang, aur argwanf rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur niihin kate hue kattan ki butedar bana ; aur sutiin us ke char hoij, aur pae un ke char. 17 Aur sahn ke aspas ke sab sutiin alganion se mile raheo : aur ghundi un ki rupe ki, aur pae un ke pital ke hon. 18 Tiil sahn ka sau hath, arz us ki pachas hath, bulandi us ki panch hath, aur mihin kate hue kattan se us ke parde hog, aur sutun ke pae pital se hon. 19 Aur sab bartan maskan ke, jo harek kam meu rahte hain, aur sab mekhen us ki, aur mekhen sahn ki, pital se hoc. 20 Aur tu bani Israel ko hukyi kar, ki tere pas kate hue zaitiin ka khalis tel Mweo., taki chirag hamesha roshan rahe. 21 Aur quds meo bahar us parde ke, jo ahdnama ke sandCiq par hai, Harun aur bete us ke sham se subh tak rubaru KhudaVanu ke us chirag ko rakhen. Yih dastiir ul amal bani Israel meu un ki pusht dar pusht hamesha jari rahe. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur tfi bani Israel meo se Hariiu ko, jo bhai tera hai, apne pis buli, aur us ke bete us ke sath howeu? taki mere liye Hariin aur Nadab aur Abihu aur Iliazar 28 BAB.] KHURU'J. 93 aur Itamar bete us ke kShin hoQ. 2 Aur tfi muqaddas libls Hiri^n ke liye, jo bhai tera hai, wiste izzat aur hurmat ke bana. 3 Aur tu sab un roshan zaniiroo ko, jinhen main ne riih ul hikmat se bhara hai, kah, ki libSs Hariinke liye banaweo, taki wuh muqaddas bane, aur mera kahin ho. 4 Aur wuh libas jo banawenge, so chapras, aur efod, aur jubba, aur karta munaqqash, aur kulah, aur patka hai : aur lib^s i quds ka tere bhai Harun, aur us ke beton ke liye banaweu, taki mere liye kahin hon. 5 Aur wuh sona, aur asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mihin kattan lewen. 6 Pas efod sone, aur asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mihln kate hue kattan ka, ustadkari se banawen. 7 Aur do kitf chahiye ki us ki donon tarafon se lage hue hon, taki miljawe. 8 Aur patka jo efod par hai, so aisahi sone se, aur asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mihln kate hue kattan se bana hua ho. 9 Aur tu do sulaimani pathar le, aur un par bant Israel ke nam kanda kar : 10 Chha un men se ek pa- thar par, aur chha baqi dusre pathar par muwafiq un kl paidaish kl tartib ke. 11 Jauhar ke hakkak ki tarah donon patharon par ban! Israel ke nam, ungiithi ke taur par, kanda kar, aur un ko sone ke khanon men jar. 12 Aur donoo patharou ko afiid ke donon kitf par rakh, aur ye do pathar bani Israel ki yad ke liye hain : aur Harun un ke n£m riibarii Khuda'wand ke, apne donon kandhon par, yad ke liye uthawe. 13 Aur tu khane sone sebana; 14 Aur tu donon zanjiren khalis sone sc, gundhi hul rassi ke taur se, un ke kinaron ke liye bana ; aur donon gundhi hui zanjiroo ko un khanoo se latka. 15 Aur adl ki chapras ustadkari se, efod ke taur par, sone, aur asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mihln kate hue kattan se bana. 16 Aur chahiye ki yih chaukhunta aur dohara ho; tul us ka ek balisht, aur arz us ka ek balisht. 17 Aur tu us men ch^r satareo jauahir kl jar : pahli satar men yaqut i suikh, aur pokhraj, aur zumurrud ho. 18 Dusri satar men gauhar i shab-chirag, aur nilam, aur almas. 19 TIsri satar men jaza, aur yashm, aur firoza. 20 Chauthi satar men azrak, aur sangi sulaimani, aur zabarjad : aur ye sone ke khanon men jare hon. 21 Aur pathar baqadr shumari asma banI Israel ke, misl un ke namon ke, barah hon, anguthi ke naqsh ki tarah ; harek ka nam, jo barah sibt haiii, ek ek pathar par kanda ho. 22 Aur tu chapras ke liye do zanjiren konewalf, gundhi hui rassI ki tafah, khalis sone ki bana. 23 Aur tu chapras ke liye do halqe sone ke bana, aur un ko us ke donon konon men laga. 24 Aur do zanjiren gundhi hui sone ki un donon halqon men, jo chapras ke donon konoo men hain, laga. 25 Aur donon dusre sire gundhi hiii zanjlron ke, un do patharon ke khanon se laga ; phir un ko efod ke donon kitfon par age se latka. 26 Aur sone ke aur do halqe bana, aur tu un ko chapias ki donon tarafon men, us hashiye men, jo afnd ki bhitar ki taraf se milnewala hai, laga. 27 Aur tu sone ke do halqe bana, aurtu un kokitfoo men efod ke niche ki taraf, muqabil men us ki tarkib ke, iipar efod ke patke ke, laga. 28 Aur we chapras ko us ke halqon men, aur efod ke halqe meu rishta isnianl rang ka dalkar bandh den, taki upar afiid ke patke ke hojawe, aur chapras efod ke upar se na hate. 29 Aur Harun bani Israel ke nam adl ki chapras meo apne sine par, quds men dakhil hone ke waqt, Khuda'wand ke riibaru, yad ke liye hamesha uthae rahe. 30 Aur tn adl ki chapras men U'rin o Turamin rakh ; aur 94 KHURU'J. [29 BA-R. ye Hdrun ke dil par, cl^khil honeke waqt Khuda'wand ke rubaru, hon: so Hartin banl Israel ka adl apne dil par rdbaru Khuda'wand ke hamesha uthie rahe. 31 Aur tii efod ka jubba bana, aur sab wuh asmani rang se ho. 32 Aur gireb^a us ki us ke darmiyan men, zirah ke girebln ki tarah se ho : aur hashiye men ua ke got ho, aur usl taur se bini jawe, taki na phate. 33 Aur tu anar us ke daman ke gber men asmani rang, aur argwanl rang, aur qirraizf rang se bana ; aur tu gher men sone ke ghante un ke bich men bana : 34 Pas ek ghantd sone ka ek anar ke sath, aur dusra ghanta sone ka diisre anar ke sath, jubbe ke daman men us ke gher men hoga. 35 Aur us ko Harun ibadat ke waqt pahine : to dwaz us ki, dakhil hone ke waqt, quds men rubaru Khuda'wand ke, aur nikalne ke waqt, suni jaegi, taki halak na hojawe. 36 Aur tu ek pathar khalis sone ka bana, aur us par, auguthi ke naqsh ke taur se, kanda kar, ki QUDS KHUDA KO. 37 Aur tu us ko asmani rang ke rishta se bandh, ki wuh amame par us ki age ki taraf se ho. 38 Aur yih Harun kf peshani par ho, aur Hariin taqdisat ke gunahon ko, jinhenbani Israel apne sare pikhadiyou ke niyaz karne men araal men lawenge, uthawe ; aur yih us ki peshani par hamesha ho, taki razamandi un se rubaru Khuda'wand ke hasil ho. 39 Aur tu kurte ko mihin kattan se munaqqash bana, aur amame ko mihin kat- tan se, aur kamarband ko naqqashon ki tarah se bana. 40 Aur Harun ke beton ke liye kurte bana, aur un ke liye kamarband, aur taj waste izzat aur hurmat ke bana. 41 Aur tu yih sab Harun ko, jo tera bhai hai, aur us ke beton ko us ke sath pahina ; aur tu un par tel chapar, aur un ko muaiyan kar, aur un sab ko pak kar, taki we sab mere liye kahin hon. 42 Aur tu un ke liye paejame kattan se bana, taki we un ki barahnagi ko chhippawen ; aur ye kolon se ranon tak hon. 43 Aur yih Hariin, aur us ke beton par, un ke dakhil hone ke waqt jamaat ke Vhaime men, aur un ke ane ke waqt nazdlk qurbangah ke hon, taki we quds men ibadat karen, aur gunahgar na thahare, aur halak na howen. Yih dastnr ul amal us ke liye, aur bad us ke us ki nasi ke liye, abad tak howe. XXIX. BAB. 1 Aur wuh jo tu un ke liye karega, taki we pak hon, aur mere kahin hon, so yih hai, ki tu ek bachhra aur do mendhe sahih salim le, 2 Aur roti fatir, aur kulche fatir ate tel ke male hue ke, aur fatiri chapatian tel se chupri huin ; aur tu gehiin ke maide se un sab ko paka. 3 Aur tu un ko ek tokri men rakh, aurun ko us meg bachhre aur donon mendhon samet age la. 4 Phir Harun aur us ke beton ko jamaa.t ke khaime ke darwaze par la, aur un ko pan! se nahla. 5 Aur tu libas le, aur Harun ko kurta pinha, aur jubba efod ka, aur efod, aur chapras, aur us ko efod ke patke se baudh. 6 Aur tu amame ko us ke sir par rakh, aur quds ka kulah amame par laga. 7 Aur tu chuparne ka tel le, aur sir par us ke bita, aur us ko chupar. 8 Phir betoo ko us ke age la, aur kurte un ko pinha. 9 Aur kamarband un par lapet, Harun par aur us ke beton par, aur tu un ko topian pinha, tiki kahin bona un ka haqq hamesha ke liye ho ; aur Harun aur us ke betoo ko muqaddas kar. 29 BAB.] KHURU'J. 95 10 Phir t'l bachhre ko jamiat ke khaime ke 5ge Id ; aur H;iran aur bete us ke apnehath uske sir par rakhey. 11 Aur us ko rubaru Khcda'wand ke, darwaze par jamaat ke khaime ke, zabh kar. 12 Aur khun men se us ke kuchh le, aur apnl ungll se qurbangah ke slngoo par laga, aur baqi khun qurbangah kl jar par bita. 13 Aur til us ki sab wuh charbi jo us ke pet ko chhipanewali hai, sath zawaid kaleje ke, aur donon gurdon ko, aur wuh charbf jo un donon par hai, le, aur us ko qurbangah par sungha. 14 Aur gosht bachhre ka, aur khal us kf, aur gobar us ka, bahar khaimagah ke, ag se jala, is liye ki yih khatij-at hai. 15 Phir tii ek mendhe ko age la, aur Hariin aur bete us ke hath apne us ke sir par rakhen. 16 Aur tu us ko zabh kar, aur tu us ke lahu se leke qurbangah aur us ke girdagird chhirak. 17 Aur tii mendhe ke azu azn ko juda kar, aur ojh aur pae us ke dho aur us ke aziion, aur sir ke sath un ko jama kar. 18 Aur tii us sab mendhe ko qurbangah par sungha : yih Khdda'wand ke liyc charhawa hai ; aur horn kf khushbu Khtjaa'wand ke liye hai. 1 9 Phir tii diisra mendha age la, aur Harun aur us ke bete apne hath us ke sir par rakhen. 20 Aur tii us ko zabh kar, aur tii us ke lahii se le, aur Harun aur U3 ke beton ke dahine kan ki lahar par, aur dahine hath ke angiithe par, aur dahine paoo ke angiithe par laga ; aur tu lahii ko qurbangah aur us ke girdagird par chhirak. 21 Aur tii us lahii se jo qurbangah par hai, aur chhuparne ke tel se le, aur tu ua ko Ilariin, aur us ke kaprou par, aur uske beton, aur uske kapron par, us ke s5.th chhirak ; taki wuh aur kapre us ke, aur us ke bete aur kapron us ke beton ke, us ke sath pak hon. 22 Aur tii mendhe kf charbf, aur dura, aur wuh charbf jo chhipS- newalf us ke ojh kf hai, aur zawaid kaleje ke, aur do gurde, aur wuh charbf jo in donon par hai, aur dahinf ran le ; isliye ki yih mendha kahin ke muqaddas karne kd hai : 23 Aur ek girda roti, aur ek kulcha tel ke sath, aur chapatlan us tokrf se fatir kf jo riibard KhudaVand ke hai, le. 24 Aur tn yih sab Hariin kf, aur us ke beton kf hathelfon par rakh, aur tii un ko KhudaVand ke rubaru hilane kf qur- banf ke liye hila. 25 Aur tii un ko un ke hath se le, aur qurbangah par charhawe ke iipar sungha, ki KhudaVand ke ^ge khushbu, aur Khuda'wanb ke liye hom howe, 2G Aur tu sfna muqaddas karne ke mendh ki., jo Hariin ke liye hai, le, aur tii us ko rubaru KhudaVand ke hilane kf qurbanf ke liye hila, aur yih hissa tere liye ho. 27 Aur tii sfna hilSne ka jo hilaya gaya hai, aur rdn uthdnekfjo uthaf gai hai, kahin ke muqaddas karne ke mendhe se, jo Harun aur us ke beton ke Uye hai, muqaddas kar. 28 Yih Harun aur us ke beton ke liye sab banf Israel meo se akhir zamane tak rasm hogi, is liye ki yih uthaf hiii qurbanfan hain : aur cha- hiye ki hamesha banf Israel se un kf salamf ke zabihon men se uthaf huf qurbanf ho aur yih uthaf h'if qurbanf ho, aur yih uthaf huf qurbanf Khuda'wand ke liye hai. 29 Aur wuh libas quds ka jo Hariin ke liye hai, us ke baton ke waste pichhe us ke ho, ki tel chupare jlwen us men, aur muqaddas kfe jawen us se. 30 Sat din, kahin jo pichhe us ke us ke betoo men se hoga us ko pahine, jab wuh jamaat ke khaime meu ibadat karne ko quds meo dakhil ho. 31 Aur tu kahin ke muqaddas karne ka mendha le, aur tii gosht us ka muqaddas makan men paka. 32 Aur Hariin aur bete us ke mendhe ka gosht, aur wuh roti jo tokrf meo hai, darwaze par jamSat ke khaime ke khlwen. 33 Aur un ko jin kf jihat se kafara hSsil hiia hai khaweo, taki muaiyan aur muqaddas hou. 34 Aur kof ajnabf un se kuchh na 96 KHURU'J. [30 BAB. kh^we, is liye ki wuh muqaddas hai : aur agar kuchh bSq! rah jae muqaddas karae ke gosht aur roti se subh tak, to us ko jo bach raha hai tu jala de : chahiye ki na khaya jawe, is liye ki wuh muqaddas hai. 35 Aur tu Hariin aur us ke beton ke liye, jis tarah ki hukm kiya hai, maiij ne tujh ko, sab chfzon ka bana, aur sat din tii un ko muqaddas kar. 36 Aur tu bachhre ko khatij^at ke liye har roz kafare ke waste zabh kar; aur tu qurbangahko, jab us ke liye kafara dewe, pak kar, aur tu us par tel chuparke muqaddas ho. 37 Tu qurbaugah ke pak karne ke liye sat din kafara de ; to qurbangah nihayat pak hojaegi ; aur jo shakhs us ko chuwega, so pak hoj^ega. 38 Aur til us qurbangah par har roz hamesha ek baras ke do bara charhaiyo. 39 Ek bara subh ko charhaiyo, aur dusra bara zawal aurgurnb ke darmiyan men. 40 Aur ek ushr maide ka jis par ek pao bin khalis tel dhala hua ho; aur ek paohin tapawan ke liye ek bara ke sSth charhaiyo. 41 Aur tii zawal aur guru b ke dar- miyan dusre bara ko charhaiyo, aur subh ka sa hadiya aur tapawan us ke sith char- haiyo, ki khushbui kd bora Khuda'wand ke liye howe. 42 Hamesha ka charhawa tumhari pusht dar pusht jamaat kekhaime ke darwaze par, Khuda'wand agechar- haya karo ; wahan main tum se mulaqat kariinga, ki turn se baten kariin. 43 Aur main wahan bani Israel se mulaqat kaninga, aur wuh maqammere jalal se muqaddas hoga. 44 Ki main jamaat ke khaime ko aur qurbangah ko muqaddas kariinga ; aur main Harun ko aur us ke beton ko muqaddas kariinga, ki we mere kahin hon. 45 Aur main bani Israel ke darmiyin sakfnat karunga, aur main un ki Khuda hunga, 46 Aur we janenge ki main Khuda'wand un ka Khuda hun, jo unheij Misr ke mulk eenikal laya, taki maio Khuda'wand un ka Khuda un meo sakinat kariin. XXX. BAB. I Aur tu ek qurbangah bakhur kl bana, aur tu usko sant kl lakd se bana. 2 Tul uska ek hath, aur arz uska ek hath, chaukhunta ho, aur bulandi uski do hath ; aur sfng uske usi se hon. 3 Aur tu usko khalis sone se marh, uskf chatt ko, aur uski diwaros ko jo uske girdagird haiu, aur uske singoij ko, aur tu ek kanara gir- digird sone se uske liye bana. 4 Aur tu halqe sone ke niche kinara ke, us kone par, jo milnewala uskt donoo tarafon se hai bana, taki we choben ke liye makan hon, ki unse uthaf jawe. 5 Aur tu choben sant ki lakri se bana, aur tu unko sone se marh. 6 Aur tu usko samhne parde ke, jo nazdik ahdname ke sandiiq ke hai, samhne kafare ke jo sirposh adh- pame ke sandiiq par hai, main wahan tujh se mulaqat karunga. 7 Aur Harun us par bakhur ke liye masalah khushbii ke jalawe : har subh ko jis waqt ki gul lewe chiragoij ka, usko jalawe- 8 Aur aisehi jab Harun chiragon ko zawal aur gurub ke darmiyan charhawe, use jalawe ; yih bakhur Khuda'wand ke rubarii tumhare qar- non men hamesha hoga. 9 Aur tum us par bakhur i rauzauwir na sunghaiyo, aur charhawa aur hadiya us par na charhaiyo, aur tapawan us par na tapaiyo. 10 Aur Hariin ek bar baras men us ke singon par kafara ki khatiyat ke lahii se kafara dewe ; baras men ek bar tumhare qarnou mea us par kafara dij'a jawe : yih Khu- da'wand ke li^-e qnds ul aqdas hai. II Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisaseyih kahtehiic kalamkiya: 12 Jab tii shumar 30 BAB.] KHURU'J. S7 ban! Israel ko, to un ki shumar karne men har mard apni jan ka Khuda'wand kc liye fidiya de, taki un ke hisib karne men un par waba na utre. 13 Aurjokoi shumar meo shamil hai, to wuh adhi misqal, maqdis ki misqal se de : misqal bis jira hai : pas adhi misqll KhtjdaVand ke Hye dewe. 14 Jo koi shumSr men shamil hai, bis baras k£ ho ya ziyada, to wuh Khuda'wand ke liye niyaz karne. 15 Khuda'- WAND ke li^'^e dene men adhi misqal se amir ziyada aur faqir kam na kare, taki fidi- ya tumhSri janon ka ho. 16 Aur tu fidiya ka rupa bani Israel se le, aur tu us ko jamaat ke khaime ke kam men kharch kar ; aur yih bani Israel ke liye Khuda'wand ke rubaru yadgar, aur fidija un ki janon ka hoga. 17 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa se yih kahte hue kalam kiya: 18 Ek hauz pital se, aur kursi us ki pital se, wazu karne ke liye bana : aur us ko jamlat ke khaime aur qurbangahke darmiyan men rakh, aur usmen pani dal. 19 Harunaurbeteuske hath aur paon apne us se dhowen. 20 Apne jane ke waqt jamaat ke khaime men pani se dhowe, taki halak na hon ; aur apne jane ke waqt qurbangah ko, taki kbid- matkaren, aur Khuda'wand ke liye homki khiishbuisunghdwen. 21 Aur hathou ka dhona aur paon ka dhona, yih rasm us ke liye, aur us ki nasi ke liye, un ke qar- non men hamesha ke waste hai, taki na maren. 22 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisa se hamkalam hoke farmaya: 23 Ki tu apne liye achchhikhushbui ka auwal masllih le, ySne khalis murr se pan sau misqal, aur us ka ^dha yane arhai sau misqal darchini, aur khushbii agar se arhai sau misqal le. 24 Aur taj se pan sau misqal, maqdis ke misqal se, aur zaitiin ke tel se ek bin. 25 Aur tu un ko tel muqaddas malne ka achchhi tarah milake gandhi ke taur se bana : pas yih tel muqaddas malne ka hoga. 26 Aur tu us se jamlat ka khaime, aur sanduq ahd- name ka chupar, 27 Aur mez aur sab bartan us ke, aur chiragdan aur sab zunif us ke, aur qurbangah bakhur ki, 28 Aur qurbangah charhawe ki aur sab bartan us ke, aur hauz aur kursi us ki, 29 Aur tu un ko muqaddas kar, taki we aqdas hojaen, aurjokoi use chiiweu pik ho jaega. 30 Aur tu Harun aur us ke betou ko chupar, aur muqaddas kar, taki we kaliin hon mere liye. 31 Aur tu bani Israel ko amr kar, aur un ko kah, Yih tel muqaddas malne ka hai ; yih mere liye tumhare qarnon men ho. 32 Aur kisi admi ke badan par na bitaya jawe, aur turn aisa aur usi ke taur par na banaiyo ; is liye ki yih muqaddas hai, pas chahiye ki yih nazdik tumhare muqaddas ho. 33 Jo insan ki bana we aisa, ya lagawe kisi ajnabi par, to wuh apni qaum se kat jae. 34 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisa se kaha, Tu apne liye khushbiiian yane bol, aur mastake aur laun aur lubdn khalis se lijiyo ; aur chahiye kiye sab barabar hon. 35 Aur til un ko bakhur khushbii gandhi ke taur se pak muqaddas bana. 36 Aur un meo se kuchh kiit, taki barik ho, aur un men se kuchh samhne sanduq ahdname ke jamaat ke khaime men, jahSn main tujh se mulaqat karta hiin, rakh , pas yih tum- hare liye aqdas hoga. 37 Aur bakhur jo banawega tu us ko, to usi ke taur par apne liye na bana wen, is liye ki yih nazdik tumhare, Khuda'wand ke liye muqaddas hoga. 38 Jo insan ki banawega aisa, taki bakhur kare us se, to wuh apni qaum se kat jaega. M 9S KHURU'J. [31 BAB. XXXI. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mus^ se hamkaMm hoke kaha : 2 Dekh ki maio ne Bazaliel bin U'ri bin Htir Yihuddh ke firqe men se nam leke buUyd : 3 Aur maio ne us ko rub I^hud4 se bhar diyS, taki hikmat, aur fahmid, aur ilm, aur bar tarah kl sanat men, 4 Aur ustddi kamoo ke ijad karne men, aur sone aur riipe aur pltal ki kiri- gari men, 5 Aur jaw^bir ke kanda karne aur jarne men, aur lakri ke tarashne men, aur sab bunaroo men qibil howe. 6 Aur dekh, maio ne Aholiab ko jo Abi- samak ka beta, aur Dan ke firqe meo se bai, us ka sathi kar diy£ : aur maio ne sab rosban-zamfron ke dil men hikmat rakbi, ki sab kucbh jo maio ne tujbe farmaya bai banawen ; 7 Yane jamaat ka khaima, aur sanduq abdname ka, aur kafara jo us par bai, aur sab zuruf khaime ke, 8 Aur mez aur bartan us ke, aur chiragdan l^balis sone se, aur sab zuruf us ke, aur qurbangab bakbur kf, 9 Aur qurbangah chafhawe ki aur sab zuruf us ke, aur hauz aur kursi us ki, 10 Aur libas ibadat ki» aur muqaddas libds Hanin klhin ke liye, aur libis us ke betoo ka kabin hone ke liye, 11 Aur malne k£ tel, aur yiusbbu masalib bakhiir ke muqaddas ke liye ; jaisa ki maio ne tujh ko bukm kiya, waisebf we sab kucbh banawenge. 12 Phir KhudaVand ne MiisS se bamkaldm hoke kaha : 13 Tu bani Israel ko amr kar, aur un ko kab, ki Turn mere sabt ko mano ; is liye ki yih mere aur tumbare darmiyan tumhare qarnoo meo nishani bai, taki tum j4no ki maio KhudaVand tumh^r^ pik karnewala buQ. 14 Pas tum sabt ko m£no, is liye ki wuh tumbare liye muqaddas bai. Jo jol us ko pak na jane, wuh mardala jawe : jo us men kucbh kim kare, wuh apni qaum se kat j^e. 15 Cbha din kim karni. ; lekin s4twan din sabt bai, balki Khuda'wand ka muqaddas isbat bai : pas jo koi roz i sabt ko kim kare, wuh mSrdalii jae. 16 Pas bani Israel sabt ko manen, aur use apni pusht dar pusbt ahd i abadi jdnke us meo subat kareo. 17 Darmiydn mere aur bani Israel ke yih alamat i abadi bai : is liye ki chha din meo Khuda'wand ne ^sman aur zamin ko paida kiyS, aur sltwio din subat kiyi aur farag hai. 18 Aur Khuda'wand ne jab Miis^ se koh i Sina par apna kalam tamlm kar chuk^, ahdnSme ki do lauheo dioj aur we sangiu laubeo Khudi ki qudrat se likhi hui thio. XXXII. BAB. 1 Aur jab logoo ne dekhl, ki Musa pahar se utarne meo derl karta bai, to we H^run ke pas jama hue, aur use kaha, ki Uth, hamare liye ek ilah ban£, ki hamare ige chale ; kyunki yih mard Miisa, jo hamen Misr ke mulk se nikal laya, bam na- hio jante ki kyl biil. 2 Ilarun ne unhen kaha, ki zewar sone ke, jo tumbari joruoo aur tumbare beton aur tumbari betioo ke kanon men haio, tor torke mujh pSs lao. 3 Chunanchi sab log sone ke zewar, jo un ke kanoo men the, tor torke Hirun ke pas lae. 4 Aur us ne un ke hathon se liya aur ek naqsha khincha. aur ek bacbhra dbalkar banaya ; aur unhoo ne kaha, ki Ai Israel, yih tera ilah bai, jo tumheo Misr ke mulk se nikal laya! 5 Aur jab Hariin ne yih dekha, to uske age ek qurb^ngih banaf, aur Hariia ne pukar ke kaha, ki Kal Khuda'wand e liye Id 32 BAB.] KHURU'J. 99 hai. 6 Aur we subh ko uthe aur charhawe charh^e, aur salamlao guzranin, aur log kMne pine ko baithe aur khelne ko uthe. 7 Tab Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko kaha, ki utar ja ; kyunki tere logjinheo tu Misr ke mult se charhd laya, kharab ho gae hain : 8 We us rih se, jo main ne unhen farmif, jald phir gae haiu ; unhon ne apne liye dhala hui, bachhri banaya, aur use pujS, aur uske liye zabh karke kaha, ki Ai Israel, yih tera ilah hai, jo tumheo Misr ke mulk se charha laya. 9 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa se kaha, ki main is qaum ko dekhta hiio, ki ek sakht gardan qaum hai. 10 Ab tii mujh ko chhor, ki mera gazab un par bharke, aur main unhen bhasam karun, aur main tujh se ek bari qaum banannga. 11 Tab Musa ne KhudaVand apne Khuda ke age minnat karke kahS,ki Ai Khuda'wand, kyunapnS gazab apne logon par, jinhen tu shahzoiiaur zabardastf ke sath Misr ke mulk men se nikal Mya, bharakne dega ? 12 Kydn MisrT kahenge, ki Wuh unko yahan se bandl ke liye nikal le gaya, taki unko paharon men mar dale, aur unko zamfn par se halak kare ? Apne gazab ke bharkane se baz rah, aur apne logon ko badf pahunchane se phir ja. 13 Tu Abirahara aur Izhak aur Yaqub apne bandoQ ko yad kar, jin se tii ne apne hi qasam khake kaha, ki Main tumhari naslko asman ke taron ki manind barhSdnga, aur yih sara mulk jis ke haqq men main ne kaha, so main tumhari nasi ko bakhshiinga, ki abad tak us kJ malik ho." 14 Tab KhudaVand us bad! se jo kaha tha, ki apne logon se kare, pachht£ya. 15 Aur Musa phirkar pahar se utar gaya, aur ahdname ke donon takhte us ke hath men the, we takhte likhe hue the, donon taraf idhar aur udhar likhe hiie the. 16 Aur we takhte Khuda ke kam the, aur jo likha hua so Khuda ka likha hua aur un par kanda kiya hua tha. 17 Aur jab Yosua ne logon ke khelne ki awaz suni, to Musa se kaha, ki Lash- kargah men larai ki awaz hai. 18 Miisa boU, Yih to fath ke shor ki awaz nahin, na shikast ke shor ki awaz hai ; balki gane ki awaz main sunta huu. 19 Aur yun hua, ki jab wuh lashkar ke pas aya aur bachhra aur rag nach dekha, tab Mnsa ka gazab bharka, aur usne takhte apne h^thon se phenk die, aur pahar ke niche tor dale. 20 Aur us ne us bachhre ko, jise unhoQ ne banaya tha, liya, aur usko ag se jalaya, aur piskar khak sa banaya, aur uski p^ni par chhitrakar bani Israel ko pilaja. 21 Aur Mus^ ne Hariin ko kah^, ki In logon ne tujh se kya kiya, ki tu un par aisa bara gunah laya? 22 Harunne kaha, ki mere Khuda wand ka gazab na bharke. Tu is qaum ko janta hai, ki badi men hai. 23 So unhon ne mujhe kaha, ki Hamare liye ek ilah ba- na, jo hamare age chale ; ki yih mard MusS jo hamen Misr ke mulk se charha laya ham nahin jante ki kya hiia. 24 Tab main ne unhon kaha, ki jis kisi ke pas sona ho, wuh tof liwe ; unhon ue mujh diya, aur main ne use ag men dala; so yih bachh- ra nikla. 25 Aur jab Musa ne logon ko dekha, ki farig hai ki Harun ne unheo un ke mukhalifon se shikast hone ko farag kiya tha, tab Musa lashkargah ke darwaz par khara hua aur kaha, Jo Khuda'wand ka hai, so mere pas awe ! 26 Tab sab ban! Lewi us pas jama hue. 27 Aur us ne unhen kaha, ki Khuda'wand Israel ke Khuda ne farmSya hai, ki Turn men se har mard apui talwar bandhe, aur ek darwaze se diisre darwaze tak guzarte phiro, aur har mard tuni men se apne bhai ko aur apne dost ko aur apne qarfb ko qatl kare. 28 Aur bani Lewi ne Miisa ke kahe ke muwafiq kiya, chunanchi us din logon men se qarib tin hazar mard marc pare. 29 Ani: M2 100 KHURU'J. [33 BA'IJ. Musa ne kaha, ki Aj Kbuda'wand ke lije apne hath bharo, balki har mard apne bete aur apne bhal se aur aj apne upar barakat \io. 30 Aur cliisre din subi ko ytin hua, ki Miisi ne logon se kahi, ki turn ne bar^ gunih kiya, aur ab niaiij K.iiuda'wand ke pis upar jata hi'io kya jane, maio tumhare gunah ka kafara kariiij. 31 Chunanchi Miisa Khdda'wand ke pas phir gaya, aur kahi, ki Hai, in logon nebari gunah kiya, ki apne liye soneka ilah banaya. 3.' Aur ab, kash ki tii unka gunlh muaf karta ! wagar nahin to main terl minnatkarta huD, ki mujhe apne us daftar se, jo t(\ ne likhahai, metde. 33 Khuba'wand ne Musa se kahi, ki jis ne mera gunah kiya hai, main usi ko apne daftar se met dunga. 34 Aur ab rawana hol^e logon ko jahan maiij ne tujhe kahS, hai, leja. Dekh mera firishta tere age chalegi ; lekin maiij apne mutalabah ke din men un se unki khata ka rau- talabah karunga. 35 Aur Khuda'wand ne bachhre banane ke sabab jise Hariin ne banaya tha, logon par mari bhejT. XXXIII. BAB. I Aur Khuda'wand ne Musa ko farmaya, ki Yahaij se ja, tu aur log jinhen tsl Misr ke mulk se charha laya, us mulk koja, jis ke haqqmeu main ne Abirahara aur Izhak aur Yaqub se qasam khakekaha, ki main use teri nasi ko dunga. 3 Aur maiij tere age ek firishte ko bliejiinga, aur rnaio Kananiou aur Amurion aur Hittlon aur Farizztoo aur Hawion aur Yabiisiou ko nikal diingi : us mulk tak jis men dudh aur shahd bahta hai : ki maio tnmhare darmiyan na charh jaunga, isliye ki turn sakht gardan log ho, taki main tumhen rah men na bhasam kar diliin. 4 Aar jab qaum ne yih nikhush bat suni, to usko gam hua, aur kisi ne apne taio arista na kiya. 5 Phir Khuda'w and ne Miisa ko farmaya, ki Bani Israel ko kah, Turn sakht gardan log ho : agar main ek lamha tumhare darmiyan charh jata, to to tumhen halak karta, Pas ab tum apna singar utaro, aur main dekhunga, ki kya turn se karou. 6 Chunanchi bani Israel Horib ke pahar se leke apna singar utara. 7 Aur Miisi ne khaima ko liya aur apne liye lashkargah se bahar, aur lashkargah se diir kham kiya, aur uska nam jamaat ka khaima rakha. Aur yuij hua ki jo koi Khuda'wand ko dhundhta tha, so lashkargah ke bahar us khaime ko jata tha. 8 Aur yun hud ki jab Musa kliaime ki taraf nikla, to sab log uthe, aurun meo se har mard apne khaime ke darwaze par khara hua, aur Musa ke pichhe dekhta raha, jab tak ki wuh khaime ke pis aya. 9 Aur jab Miisa khaime ko pahuncha, to aisa hila ki sutun sa badal utra, aur khuhne ke darwaze par thahara, aur Mnsa ke sath Khuda'wand bola. 10 Aur sab log sutun sa badal khaime ke darwaze par thaharte dekhte the, aur sab ke sab kharc bote the, aur har ek apne khaime ke darwaze par sijda karta tha. 11 Aur KhudaVakd Musa se rubaru hamkalam hua, jis tarahkoi apne dost se kalam karta hai. Aur wah lashkargah ko phira, par us us ka khadim naujawan Yosua bin Nun khaime men se na nikla. 12 Aur Musa ne Khui>aVand ko kaha, Dekh tii mujhko farmatahai, ki is qaum ko Icja, aur mujhe nahiij batata hai, ki us ko mere sath bhejega ; harchand ki tii ne kaha, ki maifl tujh ko banani jaut-i hiiu, aur tii meri nazar meo manziir hai. 13 Pas 34 BAB.] KUUnU'J. 101 agar maiu teri nazar meu manziir hiiij, to mujh ko apni rah batla, tiki mujh ko yaqfn ho, ki maiu teri nazar meij maqbiil hiiij, aur dekh ki yih qaum teri guroh hai. ]4 Tab us ne kaha ki mera chihra sath jaega, aur main tujho aram dunga. 15 Musa ne kaha, i^gar tera chihra s:Uh na jie, to hameu yahaij se mat le jaiye. 16 Aur kis *arah malum hoga, ki maiu aur teri guroh teri nazar meo maqbiil hun ? kya is se nahin ki tii hamare sath jata hai, aur main aur qaum teri sab qaumon se, jo zamln par hain, mumtiz bote hain ? 17 Khuda'wand ne INIusa se kaha, Yih sawal bhi jo tu ne kiya hai, maiij pura karunga, is liye ko tu meri nazar men maqbnl hai, aur main tujh ko banam pahchanta hiin. 18 Tab Musa ne kaha, ki main teri minnatkarta hiio, ki mujhe apna jalaldikha. 19 Us ne kaha, ki main apni sari khubi ko tere age chalaungi, aur main Khuua'- WAM>ke nam ki munadi tere age karunga, aur main us par jis par mihrban hiiij, mihrban hounga, aur main jis par rahi'm hun, us par rahm karunga. 20 Aur bola. Til mei-a chihra nahin dekh saktS, is liye ki koi insan nahin, ki mujhe dekhe aur jita rahe. 21 Aur Khuda'wakd ne kaha, Dekh yih jagah mere pis hai, aur tu us chotan par khara rah. 22 Aur yiin hogi, ki jab mere jalil ki guzar hoga, to main tujh ko us chotin ke surakh men rakhilngi, aur jab tak na guzrun, tujhe apni hatheli se dhampunga. 23 Aur phir apni hatheli uthaliinga, aur tu mera pichha dekhegi^ lekin meri chihra hargiz dikhai na degi. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Phir KntiDAVAND ne Musi se kaha, ki apne liye pahli lauhon ke mutabiq do lauhen pathar ki tarish, aur maio un lauhoo par we biteu, jo pahli lauhon par thiu, jinhen tu ne tor dala, hkhungi. 2 Aur subh ko taiyir ho ja, aur sawere koh i Sina par charha, aur mere age wahin paha'r ki choti par khari ho. 3 Aur tere sath koi admi na charhe, aur sab pahir men koi nazar na iwe, bher bakri aur gae bail pahar ke samhne charne na pa wen. 4 Tab us ne pahli lauhon ke mutibiq do lauhen pathar ki tanishlu, aur Musa subh ko sawere, jaisi ki Khuda'wAoSD ne use farmaja thi, we donon lauhen apne hith men liye hue koh i Sina par charha. 5 Tab KnuDA'wANDbadli men hokeutri, aur uske sith wahin khari raha, aur Khuda'wand ke nam ki munidikarnelagi. 6 Aur Khuda'wand us ke ige se guzri aur pukiri : Khuda'wand, Kuuda'wakd Khu- da rahman aur hannin, zu ultnl aur Rabb ul fazl o wafa, 7 Ilazar pushton ke liye fazl rakhnewali, gunlh aur taqsir aur khati ki bakhshnewali ; lekin wuh bar hil muif nakaregi, balki bipon ke gunih un ke farzandoij se aur farzandou ke farzan- don se tisri aur chauthi pusht tak mutilaba karega. 8 Tab Musi ne shitibi se za- min parsir jhukike sijda kiya, 9 Aur boli, ki Ai Khudiwand, agar main teri nazar men maqbulhiin, to ai Khudiwand main teri minnat kartihuij, ki hamare bich men hoke chal, kyunki yih sakhtgardan ummat hai, aur hamire gunih aur jurm muif kar, aur hameu apni miras thahari. 10 Tab wuh boli, Dekh main ahd bindhta hiiij, ki main teri sab qaum ke age aise b;,re kim kariingi, jaisc sari zamin par aur kisi mulk men waqa na hiie, aur sab log, jin meo tu hai, Kh^'u -^-'wand ke kiui dekhenge, kyunki jo maiu tere sath karungi, so da rani hegi. il Aj ke din jo hukm maiu tujhe kaiti huu, use tu yid 102 KHURU'J. [34 BA^. rakhiyo, ki raaiu Amurioo aur Kananion aur Hittioo aur Farizzion aur Hawion aur Yabusioe ko tere ^ge se hankta hue- 12 Hoshiyar rah, ta na howe ki tu us zamin ke bashindoij ke sith jis men tu jata hai, muahada kare, mabada tere dar- miySn phandi ho; 13 Balki turn un ki qurb^ngahon ko dha do, aur un ke buton ko toj-o, aur un ki Yasiratoij ko kat ddlo ; 14 Kyunki turn kisi dtisre Khuda ki parastish na karo, ki KhudaVand jis ka nam Gayiir hai, wuh Khuda i gayiir hai ; 15 Aisa na howe ki tu us zamin ke bashindoij se kuchh ahd bandhe, aur ki we, jab apne Uahou ki pairawi meo zina karte, aur apne ilahon ke liye zabh karte haio, tujh ko bulaweo, aur tu un ke zabih se khawe, 16 Aur tii un ki betian apne betOD ke liye lawe, aur un ki betian apne ilahoo ki pairawi men zinakar thahareo, aur tere beton ko bhi apne ilahon ki pairawi men zinakar thaharawea. 17 Tu apne liye dhale hue iUhou ko mat banaiyo. 18 Tu id fatir ki muhafazat kijiyo ; tu sat din tak fatiri rotiin, jais£ main ne tujhe hukm kiy^ hai, Abib ke mahine ke waqt i muaiyan meo khaiyo, is liye ki tu Abib ke mahine men Misr se bahar aya. 19 Sab jo rahim ke khohiewale haiu, aur teri mawashi men, jo pet ka kholnewala ho, bashartiki nar ho, kya bail aurkya bher, mera hai. 20 Lekin gadhe ke pahle bachche ka fidiya bara dijiyo, aur agar til fidiya na de, to us ki gardan tor daliyo. Tu apne betoo ke sab pahlauthon ka fidiya dijiyo, aur koi mere samhne khali hath na dekha jawe. 21 Chha din tak tu kam kijiyo, lekin satwen din aram kijij'o, agarchi hai jotne ka ya khoti katne ka waqt ho, ardm kijiyo. 22 Aur tu haftoo ki id, jab gehun ke laune ke pahle phal, aur akhir sSl men jama karne ki id kijiyo. 23 Tumhare sab narina farzand sal meu tin martaba Khuda'wand Khuda ke 5ge, jo Israel ka Khuda hai, hazir howeo- 24 Kyunki main qaumon ko tere age bahar nikalunga, aur teri sarhaddoo ko wasi karunga, aur jab ki tu sal men tin martaba Khuda Vand apne Khuda ke age jake hazir hoga, to koi shakhs teri zamin ka lalach na karega. 25 Khamir rahte hue mere zabili ki lahii halal na karna, aur id i fasah ke zabih se kuchh subh talak baqi na rakhna. 26 Tu apnl zamin ke pahle phalon ka pahla KhudaVand, apne Khudi ke ghar laiyo. Halwan us ki ma ke diidh meo mat pakana. 27 Aur KhudaVand ne Miisa se kaha, ki Tu ye baten Hkh, kyunki in batoo ke muwafiq maio tujh se, aur Israel se, ahd bandhti huo- 28 Aur wuh wahao chalis din rat Khuda'wand ke pas tha ; wuh na roti khata, na pani pita tha ; aur wuh ahd ki batoo we das hukm, lauhon par likhta tha. 29 Aur jab Mtisa ahd ki donoo lauheo apne hath meo liye hue koh i Sina se utra, to yuu hua ki wuh koh se utarte na janta tha, ki us ke chihre ka chamra us ke sath hamkalam hone se chamakta hai. 30 Aur jab Hariin aur bani Israel ne Musa ko dekha, to kyd dekhte haio, ki us ke chihre^ ki chamra chamakta hai, aur we us ke pis ane meo darte the. 31 Tab Musi ne unheo bulaya, aur Harun aur qaum ke sare sardar us ke pas phire, aur Musa un se batoo karne laga. 32 Aur akhir ko sab bani Israel nazdik ie, aur us ne un sab b^ton, jo Khuda'wand ne use koh i Sina par kahio thio, unheo hukm kiya. 33 Aur jab Musa un se bateu kar chuka, to us ne apne chihre par niqih dili. 34 Par jab Musi IChuda'wand ke ige jati thi, ki us se kalam kare, to jab tak bihar na ita niqib ko utir deti thi. 35 BAB.] KHURU'J. lOaf aur jo hukm hotl thl, wuh Mhar ike bani Israel ko kahta thl. 35 Aur bani Israel ne Musi ki. munh dekha, ki us ke chihre ki chamra chamakta, tba, aur jab tak ki Miisa ^huda'wand se batec karne na gayd, tab tak wuh apne munh par niqab daltl thi. XXXV. BiVB. 1 Aur Miisi ne bani Israel ki sari jamiat ko jama karke kaha : We baten jln par amal karne ka Khuda'wand ne turn ko hukm kiya hai, so ye haiij. 2 Chha din tak koi bar kiyajawe, aur satwau din tumhare liye roz i muqaddas Khuda'- WAND ki rlhat ka sabt hoga : jo koi us men kam karega, mar dala jaega. 3 Turn sabt ke din apni sab bastion men ag mat jalaiyo. 4 Aur Mi'isa ne bani Israel ki sari jamaat ko kaha, wuh hukm, jo Khuda'wand ne farmaya, yih hai : 5 Ki turn apne darmiyln se Khuba'wand ke liye tuhfa Ho ; jo koi apne dil ki j^hushi se chahe, so KhudaVand ke liye tuhfa lawe, sona aur rupl aur pital , 6 Aur asmani rang aur argwani rang aur qirmizi rang aur mihin kattan aur bakrioo ki pasham aur mendhon ki surkh rangi hui khalen, 7 Aur tukhas ki khaleo, aur sant ki lakri ; 8 Aur jalane ka tel, aur khushbu masalah malne ke tel liye aur bakhur ke liye lihushbii masalah ; 9 Aur sulaimlnf pathar efod aur chapras par jarne ke pathar. 10 Aur turn men se jo bara hikmatwala hai, awe, aur jo Khuda'wand ne farmaya hai sab baniwe : 1 1 Maskan aur ^haima us kl, aur balaposh us ka, aur aijkre us ke, aur takhte us ke, aur bende us ke, aur sutiin us ke, aur pae us ke ; 12 Sanduq aur chobeo us ki, aur sarposh us ka, aur parda us kl ; 13 Mez aur choben us ki, aur sab bartan us ke, aur nazar ki rotian ; 14 ChLragdan roshni ke liye, aur zuruf us ke, aur chirag us ke, aur jalane ka tel ; 15 Aur qurbangah bakhur ki, aur choben us ki, aur malne ka tel aur bals:hur k;hushbii raasalih ka, aur parda maskan ke darwaze ka ; 16 Aur mazbah charhawe ka, aur atashdan pital ka us kc liye, aur choben us ki, aur sab zuruf us ke ; aur hauz aur kursi us ki ; 17 Aur parde sahn ke, aur sutiin us ke, aur pae un ke, aur parda sahn ke darwaze ka; 18 AurmeJjLhen maskan ki aur sahn ki, aur tanaben un donon kI5 19 Aur thidmat ka libas maqdis meo ibadat ke liye, aur muqaddas libas Hariin kihin ke liye, aur libas us ke beton ka kahin hone ke liye. 20 Tab bani Israel ki sari jamaat Musa ke age se chali gai. 21 Aur we ek ek jin ke dil ne unhen targib di, aur harek apne dil ki Ijihushi se, jis ne jo chaha, jamaat ke ^haime ke kSm ke waste, aur us ki sab ibadat aur muqaddas libas ke jiye Khuda'wand kl tuhfa laya. 22 Aur we mard aur zan jitne ki l^hush dil the, ae, aur gundian aur mundre aur khatim aur angiithian aur sab zewar sone ke lae, aur har ek jo tuhfa sone ka Khuda'wand ke liye laya chahta tha. 23 Aur jis shakhs ke pas asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aus qirmizi rang, aur mihin kattan, aur bakrian ki pashm, aur mendhoo ki surkh rangi khalen, aur tukhas ki khaleo thio, so unhen laya ; 24 Aur jo koi rupe ka ya pital ka hadiya guzrana chahta tha, so apna hadiya Khuda'wand ke liye laya ; aur jis kisi ke pas sant ki lakri thf, so use ibadat ke sab kamoo ke liye laya. 25 Aur sari auraton ne, jo roshan-zamir thin, apne hathoo se klta, aur apnl klta hul Ismani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mihin kattan laiu. 2G Aur sab auratou ne, jin l|^e diloQ ne un ko 104 KHURU'J. [86 BAB. hikmat ki targib di, bakrion kf pasham kati. 27 Aur we, jo rais the, sulaimanl pathar, aur jarne ke pathar efod aur chapras ke liye, 28 Aur khushbu masalih aur roshni ka tel, aur masahat ka tel, aur khushbuian bakhiir ke liye lae. 29 Aur sab, kya mard kya aurat jin ka man chaha, ki us kam ke liye jis ka banana Khuda'wand ne Musi ke wasile farmaya tha, la wen, we sab ke sab yane sare bani Israel dil ki taiyari se Khuda'wand ke liye hadiya lae. 30 Aur Musa ne ban! Israel se kaha : Dekho ki Khuda'wand ne Bazaliel bin Uri bin Hur ko, jo Yihudah ke fariq men hai, bauam bulaya hai. 31 Aur usne use danish aur fahm aur firasat aur sab nau ki sanaton men apnl ruh se mamur kiya, 32 Aur sone aur rupe aur pital ke nadir kam banane men, aur jarne ke liye pathar ke tarashne men, 33 Aur lakri ke tarashne men, garaz har ek nadir kam ke banane men mahir kiya ; 34 Aur us ne us ke dil men aur Ahisamak ke bete Aholiab ke dil men Dan ke fariq se hai, hunar sikhlana dal dija, aur un ke dilon men hikmat is taur se puri ki, ki sab kam karigar ka aur musauwir ka aur naqqash k^, aur julahe ka, jo asmini rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur mihin kattan ka kam karta hai, bacsiweij ; aisa ki we har tarah ka kam banate aur us ka ijad o hisab karte haiQ. XXXVI. BAB. 1 Pas Bazaliel aur Aholiab aur sab mard i roshanzamir, jinhen Khuda'wakd ne hikmat aur binli bakhshi, ki kam karne jante hain, we maqdis ki ibadat ke sab kam Khuda'wand ke sare hukm ke muwafiq banawenge. 2 Tab Musa Bazaliel, aur Aholiab, aur sab roshanzamir niardon ko, jin ke dil men Khuda'wand ne hik- mat rakhi, aur sabhoo ko, jin ke dilon ne unhen targib di, ki kam ke nazdik awen, bulaya, ki use banawen. 3 Tab we Miisa ke age se sab tahaif le lete the, jo bani Israel maqdis ki ibadat ke kam ke bandne ko lae the ; aur we ab talak har subh ke waqt apni khushi se hadiya us ke pas laya karte the. 4 Tab sab aqlmand karigar, jo maqdis ke sab kam banate the, ek ek apne apne kam se jo karta tha, ae, 5 Aur unhon ne Musa se kaha, kilog us kam ke kharch ke liye jise Khuda'wand ne banane ka hukm kiya, baqadr ihtiyaj se ziyada late hain. 6 Tab Milsa ne hukm diya, ki lashkargah men munadi ki jawe, ki namard na aurat ab se maqdis ke tuhfoo ke wiste kuchh aur kam kare : so qaum lane se baz rahi. 7 Aur jo asbab un ke pas tha, so sab kam banane ke liye bahut aur ziyida tha. 8 Chunanchi sab sahib i hikmat un men se, jo kam karnewale the maskan ko banate the, yane mihin kate hue kattan, aur asmani rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang ke das parde, aur un par karubian munaqqash ustadkari se banate the. 9 Tul kar parde ka athiis hath char hath ke arz men, sab parde ekhi andaze par the. 10 Aur panch parde ek ko dusre ke sath milaya, aur diisre pinch parde ek ko dusre ke sith miliya. II Aur halqe asmani rang se ek bare parde ke hashiye par milane ki taraf men banae, aur aise hi hashiye men dusre bare parde ke, jo bahar tha, miline ki taraf men banae. 12 Pachas halqe hashiye meij ek parde ke aur pachas halqe hashiye men diisre parde ke, milane ki taraf men banae, tik^ halqe ek dusre ke muq'ibil hon. 13 Aur pachas aokre sone ke banae, aur in ijjkroij se ek parde ko diisre ke sith miliya. tab nh ek maskan bani. m BAB.] KHURU'J. 105 14 Aur bakri ke balon se gySrah parde maskan ke khaime ke liye banae. 15 Tul har ek parde ka tis hith, char hath ke arz men, sab parde ekhf andaze par the. 16 Aur panch un men sc ek jagah, aur chha ek jagah milae. 17 Aur pachas halqe, un chha parde mile huon ke hashi^^e men jo bahar hain miMne ki jagah par, aur pachas halcje un pinch parde mile hnon ke hashiye men diisri milane kf jagah par banae. 18 Aur pachas ankre pital ke khaime ke milane ke liye, taki ek ho jae, ban£e. 19 Aur ek balaposh khaime ke liye surkh rangi hiii mendhon ki khalon k5, aur diisra balaposh tukhas ki khalon ka lipar se banana. 20 Aur takhte maskan ke sant ki lakri se khaie karne ke liye banae. 21 Tul har takhte ka das hath, arz bar takhte ka derh hath. 22 Aur do do chulen har takhte ke liye, aisi ki ek dusri ke muqabil ho, banaiij. 23 Aur jab takhte maskan ke liye banae, tab bis un men se dakhani janib men lagde. 24 Aur chalis pie rupe ke niche unke har takhte ki chuloo ke liye banae. 25 Aur dusri janib maskan ki uttar ki taraf bis takhte banae, 26 Aur pSe unke riipe se bar takhte ke lij^e do do. 27 Aur pachhimki janib maskan ke chha talfhte banae. 28 Aur do takhte maskan ke donon konon ke lij'e uski donon janibon men banae. 29 Aui> takhte milnewale niche se, aur usl tarah milnewale lipar se ek halqe mee the, ekhi sa donon ko donon goshon men banaya. 30 Chunanchi ath takhte, aur solah pie riipe ke the, har ek takhte ke liye do do pie. 31 Aur bende sant ki lakri se banae, panch bende maskan ki ek janib ke takhton ke liye, 32 Aur pinch dusri jinib takhton ke liye, aur pinch bende maskan ki pachhim ki jinib ke takhton ke liye banie. 33 Aur ek benda banikar usko bichoo bich men warpir is taraf se us taraf tak (Jili. 31 Aur takhton ko sone se marha, aur halqe imke sone se bendon ki jagah ke liye banae, aur bendon ko sone marha. 35 Aur ismini rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang aur mihin kate hue kattan ki munaqqash parda ustidkiri se baniyi, aur us par suraten kardbion ki banain. 36 Aur uske liye chir sutun sant ki lakri se banae, aur unko sone se marhi, aur unke ankre sone se banae, aur char pie chindi se dhalkar banie. 37 Aur parda khaime ke darwaze ki ismini rang, aur argwani rang aur qir- mizi rang, aur mihin kate hue kattin ka naqqashi se bauayi, 38 Aur sutiin uske pinch aur aukfe unke banie, aur sutiinonke jiron ko aur unki alganioii ko sone se juafhi, aur unke liye pinch pie pital se banie. XXXVII. BAB. I Aur Bazaliel ne sant ki lakri se sanduq baniyi, arhii hith tul aur cjerh hith arz, aur derh hith bulandi uski thi. 2 Aur usko khilis sone se bhitar aur bihar se marha, aur uske gird bagird sone ki kanira baniyi. 3 Aur chir halqe sone ke uske charoo konon ke liye do halqe uski ek taraf, aur do halqe uski diisri taraf dhile. 4 Aur chobeu sant ki lakri se banain, aur unko sone se ma.rha : 5 Aur chobeu halqoij men donoo taraf sanduq ke, tiki un se uthiya jiwe, daiiu. 6 Aur kafire ki sarposh khilis sone se baniyi, tul uski arhal hath aur arz us- ki deih hith. 7 Aur do kariibi sone se garhkar banie, aur unko do taraf kafirg ke sarposh ke rakhi j 8 Ek lj:arubi upar ki ek janib men, aur dusra kariibi upar lOG KHURU'J. [38 BA-n. ki dusri janib meu, kafare ki se dono karubl uskl donon tarafon men banie. 9 Aur ydn hua, ki donou karribi kholnewale the apne bazu upar se, aur saya dalnewale the kafare ke *arposh par apne paron se, munh har ek ka muqabil dusre ke, aur munh donon kd muqabil sarposh ke tha. 10 Aur mez sant ki lakri se banai, tiil uska do hath, aur arz usk^ ek hSth, aur bulandl uskl derh hath. 1 1 Aur usko khalis sone se marha, aur uske girdagird sone k^ kanaia banaya. 12 Aur us par char angul uncha ek tekanaspas banaya, aur us tekan par girdagird sone kd kanara banaya. 13 Aur usne uske liye sone ke char halqe dhale, aur unheo uske charon paon ke charoij konon meo lagaya. 14 Ye halqe tekan ke niche the, ki us men chobeu dalkar mez utha le jaweo. 15 Aur choben sant ki lakri se banain, aur unko sone se marha, taki un se mez uthSi j^we. 16 Aur sab zuruf jo mez par hain, bartan uske, aiu- chamche, aurrikabian, aurbafe piyale jo tap^ne ke liye hain, khalis sone se ban^e. 17 Aur shamadan khalis sone se garhkar banaya, aur jar uskf, aur shikheo uskf, aur piyale uske, aur seb uske, aur sosanen uskl khud usi se thio- 1^ Aur chha shakheo nikli hiii thio uski donoo tarafou se, tin unmeg se ek janib se ; aur tin dusri janib se. 19 Aur tin tin piyale badami siirat harek shakh men the, aur seb aur sosan, aur aise hi chhaoo shakhoii men jo nikli hui shamadan se thin. 20 Aur khud shamadin men char piyale badami surat the, aur seb unke, aur sosanen unki. 21 Aur ek ek seb tha niche har do do shakhon ke, un chha shakhon se jo niklin hiiln us se thin. 22 Aur seb uske aur sha^hen uski khud usi se thin, aur ye sab ikatthe garhe hue khalis sone se the. 23 Aur uske liye sit chirig banae, aur gulgir uske, aur laganen uski khalis sone se. 24 Aur usko aur uske sab zuruf ek qintar sone se banSya. 25 Aur qurblngah'baVhijr ki sant kilakfi se banai, tiiluska ekhath, aur arz uska ek hath chaukhiinta banaya, aur bulaudi uski do hath ; aur sing uske usi se the. 26 Aur chhat uski, aur diwlreu uski, aur sing uske-khalis sone se maj-he, aur uske liye sone ke girdagird kanara banaya. 27 Aur uske li^'c us ki donon taraf uske kandre ke niche sone ke halqe banae, ki un men choben dalkar use utha le jawen. 28 Aur choben sant ki lakri se baniin, aur unko sone sc marha. 29 Aur masahat J^a pak tel, aur khushbuiou ke tdhir bakhur attar ke hunar se taydr kiya. XXXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur qurbangah chai'hawe ke liye sant ki lakfi se banai, pinch hath tiil uska, aur panch hath arz uska, chaukhiinti, aur tin hath bulandj uski banii. 2 Aur sing uske charoQ konon par banae, aur ye sing usi men se the, aur unko pital se mafha. 3 Aur sab zuriif qurblngSh ke degen, aur phaorion, aur piyale, aur sikhen aur angethian sab zuruf uske pital se banae. 4 Aur ek jali jal ki shakl par pital se cjurbSngah ke liye banai, jo kanaroo se niche adhi dur tak pahunchti thi. 5 Aur phar halqe chiron konon men pital ki jiili ke dhalkar banae, taki jagah chobon ki ho. 6 Aur choben sant ki lakri se ban j in, aur unko pital se marha. 7 Aur choben qurbangah ki donon tarafon ke halqon men dalin, taki wuh un se uthai jSwe, aur ysko takhtOQ se khokhla banaya. ^8 BAB.] KHURU'J. lof 8 Aur hauz pftal se, aur uski kursi pital se, un ibadatf auratog ke ainoo se jo jaraaat ke khaime ke ^stane par ibadat kartl thin, banaf. 9 Aur sahn ban^ya, aur uske liye dakhani jdnib men pardebarik kate hue kattan se banae, tul uska sau hath ; 10 Aur sutun unke bfs, aur pae unke bis pftal se, aur inkre sutunou ke aur alagnian un ki rupe se ; 1. 1 Aur uttar ki janib men : tiil unk£ sau hath aur sutun unke bis, aur pae unke bis pltal se, aur ankre sutiinon ke aur alagnian unkf rupe se ; 12 Aur pachhim ki janib ke parde : tiil unka pachas hath, aur sutitn unke das, aur pae unke das aur ankre unke aur alagniln vinki rupe se; 13 Aur piirab ki janib men parde : 14 Tul unka pachas hath ; pandrah hath parde ek taraf, unke sutun tin, aur unke pae tin ; 15 Aur diisrf taraf sahn ke darffraze ke idharudhar pandrah hath parde ; sutdn unke tin aur pae unke tin ; 16 Sahn ke girdagird ke sab parde barik kate hue kattan se the ; 17 Aur sab pae sutiinon ke pital se aur ankre sutdnon ke aur alagnian unkf rupe se, aur sire unke mafhe hue riipe se, aur sab sahn ke suttln rupe kf alagnion se mile hue the. 18 Aur parda sahn ke darwaze ka asmanirang aur argwanf rang aur qirmizi rang aur barik kate hue kattan se naqqashf se banaya, darazi uski bis hath, aur bulandi uski panch hath, muwafiq andaze sahn ke pardon ke thi; 19 Aur sutun uske char, aur pae unke chir pital se, aur ankre unke rupe se, aur sire unke marhe hiierupese, aur alagnian unkf rupe se. 20 Aur sab mekhen maskan ki, aur sahn ki girdagird pital se thin. 21 Aur hisab maskan yane ahdn^me ke maskan ka jo Musa ke hukm se muw£fiq Lewion kf khidmat se, Itamar ke hath se jo Harun kahin ka beta tha, kiya gayS, so yih hai. 22 Par Bazaliel bin U'ri bin Hur Yihiidah ke firqe men se sab kam ka, jo Khuda'wand ne Musa ko farmay^ tha, bananewala tha, 23 Aur uske sath Aholiab bin Ahisaraak Dan ke firqe se lobar, aur karfgar aur julaha, ^smanf rang aur argwSnf rang aur qirmizi rang aur barik kattan se th5. ' 24 Sab sone jo maqdis ki imarat ke kam men lage, wuh sona jo bakhsha gaya tha, so Untisqintar sat sautis misqal maqdis ke misqal se thsi. 25 Aur jamaat ke mahsubon ka riipa ek sau qintar ek hazar sat sau pachhhattar misqal, maqdis ke misqal, se tha. 26 Aur hissahar mard ka ^dhi misqal, maqdis kf misqal, se tha, har ek ka jo hisab men dakhil hua, bis baras se aur upar, ki bilkull chha lakh tin bazar sarhe panch sau mard the. 27 Aur sau qintar rupe se maqdis ke pae, aur parde ke pae dhale gae, sau pae sau qintar se ek ek paya ek ek qintar se. 28 Aur un ek bazar sat sau pachhhat- tar misqal rupe se ankre sutiinon ke banae, aur sire unke marhe, aur alagnfon se unhen milaya. 29 Aur pital jo khushi se bakhsha gaya tha, so sattar qintar do bazar char sau misqal tha ; 30 Aur us se pae jamaat ke ^haime ke darwaze ke, aur qur- bSngah pital ki, aur jalf uski, aur sab zuriif uske, aur pae "sahn ke, jo girdagird the, banae, 31 Aur pae sutiinon ke girdagird sahn ke, aur pae unke sahn ke darwaze ke, aur sab meljiheo maskan ki, aur mekhen sahn ki, jo girdagird thig^ XXXIX. BAB. 1 Aur Ubas i khidmat maqdis ki ibadat ke liye asmani rang aur argwanf rang aur qirmizi rang se banae, aur muqaddas kapre Harun ke liye, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko amr kiya thl, banae. 2 Aur efod sone aur Asmani rang, aur argwanl tang, aur qirmizi rang, aur barik kate hue kattan se banaya. 3 Aur pattar sone N 2 lG8 KHURU'J. [3f> BA'B, ke garhe, aur un se tar khinche, taki un ko asmlnl rang aur argwani rang aur qirmizi rang aur barik kattan ke sith ustldkarf se milaweu. 4 Aur do kitf efod ke liye uski donoD tarafon men mile hue banie. 5 Aur patka uska, jo us par tha, sone aur asmani rang aur argwani rang aur qirmiz- rang aur barik kate hiie kat- tan se, jaisa ki KhudaVand ne Miisa ko amr kiya tha, banaya. 6 Aur do sulaimani patthar banae, aur unko sone ke khinon men rakh£, aur un par anguthi ki tarah bani Israel ke nam kanda kiye. 7 Aur unko efod ke kitfoij par rakha, aur we do patthar bani Israel ki yad karne ke liye the, jaisa ki Khuba'- WAND ne Musa ko amr kiya thd. 8 Amr chapras ustadkari se efod ke taur par, sone aur asmani rang aur arg- wani rang aur qirmizi rang aur barik kate hfie kattan se baniya ; 9 Aur us ko chaukhunta banaya, tul uska ek bilisht, aur arz uska ek balisht. 10 Aur us men char eataren jawahir ki jarin, pahlf satar men yaqut i surkh aur pokhrij, aur zumurrud ; 11 Dnsri satar men gauhar i shab chirag, aur nilam, aur almas; 12 TisrI satar menjaza aurj'ashm, aurfiroza; 13 Chauthi satar men azraqaur sang i sulaimani aur zabarjad, aur ye sone ke klianoQ men jare hue the. 14 Aur ye patthar kanda kiye hue anguthi ke taur par, muwafiq bani Israel ke namon ke barah the, aur barah firqon men se ek ek ka nam ek ek patthar par khoda hiia tha. 15 Aur chapras ke konon men khalis sone kiguthihiii zanjireiibanain; 16 Aur dokhanejawahirke liye sone se, aur do halqe sone se banae, aur ye do halqe chapras ki donoQ tarafon men lagae, 17 Aur donon zanjlreo gundhi hiil sone se donoo halqon men jo chapras ki donon tarafon men hain, latkaiu ; 18 Aur donon gundhi hui zanjiron ke diisre sire donoij jawahir ke khanon men lagae, aur we efod ke donon kitfon parage se latkain. 19 Aur dusre aur do halqe sone se banae, aur unko chapras ki donon tarafon men us hashiye men jo efodk ki bhitar ki taraf se milnewala hai, lagaya ; 20 Dusre aur do halqe sone ke banae, aur unko kiftoij men efod ke niche ki taraf muqabil men uski tarkib ke upar efod ke patke ke lagaj-a ; 21 Aur chapras uske halqon men aur efod ke halqon men rishta asmani rang ka dalkar latkaj^a, taki efod ke patke ke upar ho jawe, aur chapras efod par se na hate, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Mnsa ko amr kiya tha. 22 Aur efod ke liye qamis bina, aur wuh sab asmani rang se tha. 23 Aur gire- ban us ka us ke darmiyan men zirah ke gireban ki tarah tha, aur hashiye men us ke got thi, taki wuh ne phate. 24 Aur us ke daman ke gher men anar asmini rang, aur argwani rang, aur qirmizi rang, aur barik kate hue kattan se banae. 25 Aur ghante khalis sone se banae, aur un ko darmiyan anaron ke qamis ke daman ke gher men lagaya ; 26 Ek ek ghanta sath ek ek anar ke, qamis ke daman ke gher men kbidmat karne ke liye, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Miisd ko amr kiya th£. 27 Aur kurte barik kattan ke Harun aur us ke beton ke liye bine ; 28 Aur ama- me barik kattan se, aur kulah zinat ke barik kattan se, aur paejame barik kate hue kattan se banSe, 29 Aur kamarband barik kate hue kattan se, aur asmani rang aur argwani rang aur qirmizi rang se munaqqash, jaise Khuda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha, banaya. 30 Aur pattar khalis sone se ki quds ka nishan ho, banay^, aur us par anguthi ke taur par kanda kiya, ki QUDS KHUDAWAND KO. 31 Aur us men ek rishta as- mani rang ka bandha, ta ki iipar amame ke ho, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Mus^ ko amr kiya thi.. 40 BAB.] KHURU'J. 109 32 Chunanchi sab kam maskan k£ ki wuh jamaat ka khaima hai, pura hiii, aur ban! Israel ne sabjaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Musako amr kiyi tha, banaya. 33 Aur maskan Musa ke pas Me, Ijhaime aur sab zuruf us ke, aur ankre uske,aur takhte us- ke, aur bende uske, aur sutun uske, aur pae uske, 34 Aur balaposh mendhon ki surkh rang! huf khalon se, aur balaposh tukhas kl khalon se, aur parda aqdas ka ; 35 Ahd- nameka sanduq aur choben uski, aur sarposh uska ; 36 Aur mez aur sab bartan uske, aur roti nazar ki ; 37 Aur pak shamadan, aur cliirag us ke us par chune hue, aur sab zuruf uske, aur jalane ka tel ; 38 Aur qurbangah sone ki, aur malne ka tel, aur bakhur khushbu inasalah ka, aur parda khaime ke darwaze ka; 3!) Aur qurban- gah pital kf, aur jali uski pftal ki, aur choben uski, aur sab zuruf us ke ; aur hauz aur kursi us ki ; 40 Aur parde sahn ke, aur sutun un ke, aur pae un ke, aur parda us ke darwaze ka, aur rassian uski ; aur mekhcn us ki, aur sab zuruf i maskan aur jamaat ke khaime ki khidmat ke liye ; 41 Aur libas i khidmat maqdis ki ibadat ke liye, aur muqaddas kapre Harun kahin ke liye, aur us ke beton ke liye kahin hone ke waste. 42 Jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Mvisa ko amr kiya tha, waisehi bani Israel ne sab kam banayS. 43 Aur Musa ne sab kam par nazar ki aur dekha, ki un se tayar hiia, jaisa Khuda'wand ne farmaya tha, waisa hi banaya, aur Musa ne unhen barakat di. XL. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko kaha, 2 Pahlf tarikh pahle mahine ki, maskan jo jamaat ka khaima hai, khara kar. 3 Aur us men sandriq ahdname ki rakh, aur sanduq par parda dal. 4 Aur mez us ke bhitar le ja, aur us k£ asbab us par chun de ; aur shamadan us men leja, aur us ke chirag us par charha ; 5 Aur sone ki qurb£ngah bakhur ke liye ahdname ke sanduq ke samhne rakh, aur parda maskan ke darwaze par dal ; 6 Aur qurbangah charhawe ki maskan yane jamaat ke Ifhaime ke darwaze ke age rakh. 7 Aur hauz jamaat ke khaime aur qurbangah ke bich men rakh, aur us men pani di.\. 8 Aur sahn ko girdagird kharl kar, aur parda us ke darwaze par dal. 9 Aur masahat ke tel se le, aur us se maskan ko aur sab chizon ko, jo us men hain, masah kar; aur us ko muqaddas kar, aur sab zuruf us ke muqaddas kar, ki muqaddas hon. 10 Aur qurbangah charhawe ki bhi, aur sab zuruf uske chupar, aur us ko muqaddas kar, ki aqdas ho. 11 Aur hauz aur kursI us ki bhi chupar, aur un ko muqaddas kar. 12 Aur Hariin aur us ke betoji ko jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze ke nazdik li, aur unko us pani se gusal dila. 13 Aur Hartin ko muqaddas libas pahna, aur us ko chupar, aur muqaddas kar, taki kahin ho mere liye. 14 Aur us ke beton ko nazdik la, aur un ko kurte pahna, 15 Aur unko chupar, jaise unke bap ko chupara hai, ta ki kahin ton mere liye, aur yih masahat un ke kahin hone ke waste hai, un ke liye aur un ke qarnon ke liye hamesha tak. 16 Aur Musa sab jo Khuda'wand ne us ko amr kiya th4 amal men laya. 17 Aur pahle din men pahle mahine dusri sal ke maskan khara ho gay a. 18 So Miisa ne maskan ko khara kiya, aur pae us ke rakhe, aur un par takhte us ke lagae, aur un men bende lagae, aur sutiin us ke khare kiye. 19 Aur khaima maskan par khola, ur us par upar se balaposh dala, jaisa KhudaVand ne Musit ko amr kiya tha. 110 AHB^R. [1 BA'fi. 20 Aur ahdname kf lauhen sandaq men rakhin, aur us men chobeo lagafn, aur us par upar se kafara ka sarposh rakha. 21 Phir us sanduq ko maskan ke bhitar iay£, aur us ke age parda dala, aur sanduq ahdname k£ chhipaya, jaisa Khuda'- •WAND ne Miisa ko amr kiya tha. 22 Aur mez jamaat ke khaime men uttar kl taraf maskan ke, bahar parde se rahhf ; 23 Aur us par KhudaVand ke riibaru jaisd ki KhudaVand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha, rotf chunl. 24 Aur shamaddn jamaat ke khaime men samhne mez ke dakhin ki janib maskan se rakha, 25 Aur chirag riibarii Khuda'wand ke charhae, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha. 26 Aur qurbangih sone kf jamaat ke khaime men ^ge parde ke rakhi ; 27 Aur us par bakhur ki khushbui ko, jaisi ki Khuda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha, sunghSya. 28 Aur parda maskan ke darwaze par dala. 29 Aur qurbangah charhawe ki darwaze par maskan ke jamaat ke khaime ke rakhi, aur us par char- hawa aur hadiya, jaisa ki I^huda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha, charhaya. 30 Aur hauz jamaat ke khaime aur qurbangah ke darmiyan rakha, aur us men plnf gusal ke liye dala. 31 Aur us se Miisa aur Harun aur us ke beton ne hath aur paott apne dhoe. 32 Jab we jamaat ke khaime men ae, aur nazdik qurbangah ke hi5e, tab apne tain, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya th^, dhoya. 33 Phir sahn gird^gird maskan aur qurbangah ke kharl kiya,[aur parda sahn ke darwaze par dala, aur Mdsa ne ynn sab kam pilra kiya. 34 Tab badal ne jamaat ke khaime ko chhipaya, aur Khuda'wand ke jalal ne maskan ko bhar^. 35 Aur Miisa jamaat ke khaime meij dakhil na ho saka, is liye ki badal us par thahara, aur Khuda'wand ke jalal ne maskan ko bhara. 36 Jab badal maskan par se upar uth jata tha, tab bani Israel apne sab safaron meo kuch karte the.' 37 Par jab wuh badal upar na uth jata tha, to us ke upar uth jane tak kilch nahin karte the. 38 Kyiinki bldal Khuda'wand ka maskan par din ko thaharta tha, aur ag us men rat ko roshan hoti thi, Israel ke sSre gharane ki nazaf men un ke sab safaron men. AHBAR Kr KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wand ne Mnsa ko bulaya, aur jamaat ke khaime men se lis se hamkalam hoke farmaya: 2 Ki bani Israel se khitab kar aur un ko kah, Agar kof tum men se Khuda'wand ke liye qurban laya chahe, to tum apna qurbin mawashi se, yane gae bail aur bher bakri se lao. 3 Agar charh£wa us ka qurban gae bail se ho, to beaib nar la we : jamaat ke khai- me ke darwaze par apne maqbul hone ke liye Khuda'wand ke ^ge la we. 4 Aur wuh charhawe ke sir par apna hath rakhe, ki us ke liye qabul kiyi jawe, aur us ke liye kafira howe. 5 Aur wuh us bachhre ko Khuda'wand ke huzdr zabh kare, aur kahin jo bani Harun hain lahu ko le len, aur mazbah par har taraf jo jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par hai chhiraken. 6 Tab wuh us charhawe ki khal khinche, aur us ke uzii uzu kojudi kare. 7 Phir bani Hardn men se jo kahin haio mazbah par Sg rakhen, aur us par lakrian tartib se chunen. 8 Aur bani Harun jo kahin hain us 2 BAB.] AIIBAR. Ill ke uznon ko aur sir aur charbi ko, un lakrion par jo mazbah ki dg par haia, tartib se rakh den. 9 Aur wuh us ke ojh, aur paion ko pan! se dhowe, aur kahin sab ko mazbah par sunghawe, kicharhawe yanekhushbu ka hom Khuda'wand keliyehai. 10 Aur agar charhawe ke liye us ka qurban bher ya bakri ke galle se ho, to beaib nar la we. 11 Aur wuh use mazbah kl uttar taraf Khuda'wand keage zabh kare : aur kahin jo banl Harun hain us ke lahu ko mazbah par gird chhiraken. 1 2 Phir wuh us ke uzii uzu aur sir aur charbi jada juda kate, aur kahin un ko tartib se un lakrion par jo mazbah kl ag par hain cliune. 13 Aur wuh ojh aur paion ko pani se dhowe, aur kahin sab ko leke mazbah par sunghawe, ki charhlwa yane khushbti ka honi Khuda'wand ke liye hai. 14 Aur agar us ka qurban I^uuda'wand ke liye cliarhawa parindon se ho, to wuh qumrion ya kabntar ke bachon men se apna qurban lawe. 15 Kahin us ko mazbah par lake us ka sir maror dale, aur use mazbah par sunghawe ; aur us ke lahu ko mazbah kl diwar par nichore. 16 Aur us kl jhojh ke paron samet nikalke mazbah kf purab taraf rakh ki jagah men phenkde. 17 Aur wuh use us ke donoij bazuoo se chire, par juda na kar dale : tab kahin mazbah ki lakrion par jo ag par hain use Bjjnghawe, ki chafhawa yane Ijhushbii ka hom, Khuba'wand ke liye hai. II. BAB. I Aur agar koi hadiya ka qurban Khuda'wanti ke liye laya chahta hai, to us ka qurban maida ho, aur wuh us men tel dalke us ke upar luban rakhe. 2 Aur wuh use bani Harun ke pas jo kahin hain, lawe aur kahin maide tel ke mile hue se ek mutthi sab luban samet uthawe, aur izkir mazbah par sunghawe, ki yih khushbiif ka hom KhudaVand ke liye hai. 3 Aur jo hadiya men se baqi rahe, so Harun aur us ke bejou ka hoga, ki wuh KhudaVand ke homon k^ aqdas hai. 4 Aur agar tu hadiya ka qurban tam'ir ke pake hue mil se laya chahta hai, to fatiri maide ya fatiri cliapatiao tel chupfi hiii hon. 5 Aur agar tera qurban tawah ka hadiya ho, to fatiri maida tel ka mila hua ho. 6 Us ko tukre tukre tofiyo, aur us par tei daliyo, ki hadiya hai. 7 Aur agar tera qurban karahi ka hadiya ho, to maida tej mila hua pakaya jawe. 8 Tu us hadiya ko jo un se banaya gaya hai, Khuda'wanb ke liye la, aur kahin ke age dhar de, wuh use mazbah kc nazdik kare. 9 Tab kahin us hadiya ki uthake mazbah par sunghawe, ki khushbu ka hom KhudaVand ke liye hai. 10 Aur jo kuchh ki hadiya men se bach rahe, so Harun aur bani Harun ka hoga, ki wuh K^hudaVand ke homoo ka aqdar hai. I I Sab hadiya jo turn KhudaVand ke liye lao, wuh hargiz khamir se na banay* jawe : ki na khamir se na shahd se Khuda'wand ke liye hom sunghao. 12 Pahle phaloQ ke qurban jo hain, turn unhen Khuda'wand ke liye lao, lekin we khushbni ke liye mazbah par charhae na jawen. 13 Aur tu apne hadiya ke harek qurban ko namak se namkin kijiyo, aur tu apne hadiya men se apne KHCi>.i'wAND ke ahd ka namak mauquf mat kijiyo, balki apne sab qurbanon meo namak nazdik laiyo. 14 Aur agar tu pahle phalon se KhudaVand keliye hadiya laya ch^hti hai, to apne pahle phalon ki balon, aur bagiche men se chhile hue danon ko jo Ig se bhune hain, laiyo, ki tere pahle phalon ka hadiya hon. 15 Aur us par tel daliyo, 112 AHBAR. [3 BAB, aur luban us par rakhiyo, ki hadiya hai. 16 Aur kahin izklr chhile bhune dinon met} se aur tel men se sab luban ke sath sunghawe, ki horn Khuda'wand ke liye hai. III. BAB. 1 Aur jo us ka qurb^n sallmi ka zabih ho, to agar gae bail men se lawe, nar ya mada, to beaib KhudaVand ke age lawe. 2 Aur wuh apna hath apne qurban ke sir par rakhe, aur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par use zabh kare ; aur baiii Harun jo kahin hain us ke lahu ko mazbah par gird clihirken. 3 Aur wuh salami ke zabihe se Khuda'wand ke liye horn lawe, yane us charbi ko jo ojh kf chhipanewali hai, aur sab charbi ojh kf, 4 Aur donon gurdoij ko us charbi samet jo un par donon pahluon men hai, aur zawaid kaleje ke gurdon samet juda kare. 5 Aur bant Harun unhen mazbah par charhawe ke upar ag ki lakrion par sunghawen, ki khushbvi ka horn Khuda'wand ke liye hai. 6 Aur agar us ka qurban salami ka zabih Khuda'wand ke liye bhcr bakri se ho, nar ya mada, to beaib lawe. 7 Aur agar wuh apne qurban ke liye bara lawe, to use Khuda'wand ke age lawe, 8 Aur apna hath apne qurban ke sir par rakhe, aur use jamaat ke khaime ke age zabh kare, aur bani Harun us ke lahu ko mazbah par gird chhirken. 9 Aur wuh salami ke zabihe se Khuda'wand ke liye hom kare, yane us ki charbi, aur sab dum riih se juda karke, aur charbi jo ojh ki chhipanewali hai, aur sab charbi ojh ki, 10 Aur donon gurde us charbi samet jo un par donon pahluoo meo hai, aur kaleje ke zawaid gurdon samet juda kare. 1 1 Kahin us ko mazbah par sunghawe, ki lahm hom kS Khuda'wand ke liye hai. 12 Aur agar us ka qurban bakri ho, to use Khuda'wand ke age lawe. 13 Wuh apna hath us ke sir par rakhe, aur use jamaat ke khaime ke samhne zabh kare, au . ban! Harun us ke khiin ko mazbah par gird chhirken. 14 Tab wuh us men se apna. qurban, Khuda'wand ke liye hom lawe, charbi jo ojh ki chhipanewali hai, 3,ur sab charbi ojh ki aur donon gurde us charbi samet jo un par donon pahliioQ jnec hai, 15 Aur zawaid kaleje ke gurdon samet juda kare. 16 Aur kahin use mazbah par sunghawe, ki lahm homne ko, aur sab charbi khushbu sunghane ko JKhuda'wand ke liye hai. 17 Yih tumhari sari bastion meo tumhare qarnon men hameshe ke liye rasm hai, ki tum na charbi khao aur na lahu. IV. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wand ne Musa se khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki banI Israel ko kah ki, Agar kol insin bhul chuk se Khuda'wand ke hukmon ke baraks aisa koi kam kare, jis ka karna rawa nahiu, aur un men se kisi ke barkhilaf amal kare, 3 Wagar kahin i mamsuh logon par asam lakar khata kare, to wuh apni khata ke waste, jo us ne ki hai ek, beaib bachhra ki khatiyat ho, Khuda'wand ke liye lawe. 4 So wuh us bachhre ko jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par Khuda'wand age lawe, aur bachh- ye ke sir par apna hath rakhe, aur bachhre ko Khuda'wand ke dge zabh kare. 5 Aur wuh kahia i mamsuh us bachhre ke lahu se kuchh lewe, aur jamaat ke khaime men lawe. 6 Aur kahin apni ungli lahii men duboke Khuda'wand kp huzur Quds ul aqdas ke parde ke samhne sat martaba us lahu se chhirke. 7 Aur 4 BjVB.] ahbar. ns kahin Iihun se khushbu baldinr ke mazbah ke singOQ par, jo jamaat kc khaime men hai, KhuuaVand ke age lagawe ; aur us bachhre ke baqf lahu ko charhawe ke mazbab ki jar par, jo darwaze par jamaat ke khaime ke hai, bitawe. 8 Aur sab charbi khatiyat ke bachhre se judi kare, charbi jo ojh ki chhipanewali hai, aur sab charbi ojh ki, 9 Aur donou gurde us charbi samet jo un par donon pahh'ion meu hai, aur zawaid kaleje ke gurdou samet juda kare, 10 Jis tarah se salami ke zabih ke bachhre se juda ki jati hai, aur kahin unko charhawe ke mazbah par sunghawe. 1 1 Aur us bachhre ki khil aur us ka sab gosht kalle piou samet, aur us ka ojh aur us ka gobar, 12 Sab kuchh us bachhre ki khaimagSh ke bahar pak jagah men jahln r£kh ke dher bote haio, lejawe, aur sab kuchh lakfiou par ag se jalawe ; rakh dahie ki jagah par jalSya jSwe. 13 Agar bani Israel ki sari jamaat chuke, aur jih bat jamSat ki anhkhon se chhipi ho, aur we Khuda'wand ke hukmou men se aisa kuchh kareij, jo narawa hai, aur KhudaVand ke asami ho jaweo : 14 To jab wuh Ijihata, jo unhoo ne kl hai, us par zahir howe, tab wuh jamaat ek bachhra khati^^atke liye lewe, aur jamaat ke khaime ke samhne lawe. 15 Aur jamaat ke buzurg apne hlth Khuda'wand ke ^ge us bachhre ke sir par rakhen, aur bachhra KhuuaVand ke Sge zabh kiya jawe. 16 Aur kahin i mamsuh us bachhre ke lahii men se kuchh jamaat ke khaime men lawe, 17 Aur apni ungli lahii meij dubike KhudaVand ke age parde ke samhne sat martaba chhirke. 18 Aur khun se mazbahke singon par, jo Khuda'- WAND ke age jamaat ke khaime men hai, lagawe, aur baqi sab lahu charhawe ke mazbah ki jar par, jo jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par hai, bitawe. 19 Aur uski sari charbi nikalke mazbah par sunghawe. 20 Aur jo khatiyat ke bachhre se kiya tha, waisehi us bachhre se kare ; aur kahin un ke liye kafara de -ye, taki we bakhshe jiweij. 21 Aur wuh us bachhre ko khaimagah se bahar lejake, jis tarah pahle bachhre ko jalaya tha, jalawe, ki jamaat ki khatiyat hai. 22 Aur jo koi sardar bhiil chuk se Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke sab hukmon meu se koi aisa kam, jis ka karna rawa nahin, kare, aur asami howe; 23 To jab wuh khata jo us ne ki, us ko malum howe, tab wuh ek bakrf kl bachcha beaib nar apne qurban ke liye lawe. 24 Aur apna hlth us bachche ke sir par rakhe, aur use us jagah, jahaij charhawa Khuda'wand ke age zabh kiya jata hai, zabh kare ; yih khatiyat hai. 25 Aur kahin khatiyat ke lahii men se apni ungli par leke charhawe ke mazbah ke singon par lagawe, aur us ka baqi lahu charhawe ke mazbah ki jar par bitawe. 26 Aur us ki sab charbi saHmi ke zabih ki charbi ke taur se mazbah par sunghawe, aur kahin us ki khata kl kafara dewe, ki wuh bakhsha jawe. 27 Aur agar koi awam ulnas men se sahwan Khuda'wand ke hukmoij men se koJ aisa kam, jis ka karna rawa nahin, kare aur aslml howe ; 28 To jab wuh Jkhati jo us ne ki, us par zahir howe, tab wuh apna qurban ek beaib bakri apni khata ke liye jo us ne ki lawe. 29 Aur wuh apna hath khatiyat ke sir par rakhe, aiur khatiyat charhawe ki jagah men zabh kare. 30 Aur kahin kuchh us ke lahu men se apni ungli par leke charhawe ke mazbah ke singon par lagawe, aur us ka baqi lahu mazbah ki jar par bitawe. 31 Aur us ki sab charbi jis tarah saMml ke zabih ki charbi judd ki jati hai juda kare, aur kahin use mazbah par Khuda'wand ke liye khushbu hone ko sunghawe, aur us ke liye kafara dewe, ki wuh bakhshS jawe. O 114 AHBAR. [5 BAB. 32 Aur agar wuh j^hatiyat ke liye bara qurbSn kare, to beaib mida liwe. 33 Aar apni hath ^hatiyat ke sir par rakhe, aur use jahlD charhiw^ zabh kiyi jatS hai khatiyat ke liye zabh kare. 34 Aur kihin khatiyat ke lahu se kuchh apnt unglf par leke charhawe ke mazbah ke singoo par lagawe, aur us ka bSqi lahd mazbah kJ jar par bit£we. 35 Aur us ki sab charbi jis tarah salami ke zabih ke bare ki charbl judi kf jatf hai, juda kare, aur kahin us ko mazbah par Khuda'wand ke horn ke liye sunghawe ; aur kihin uske liye us ki khatl ka, jo us ne ki thi, kafara dewe, ta wuh bakhshS jSwe. V. BAB. I Agar koi aisi khatd kare, ki jo gawah ho, aur wuh qasam dene ki awaz sune, ki Tu ne dekhS hai ya nahio, tu janta hai yS nahio, aur wuh na bata de, to is ka gunah us par hoga. 2 Aur jo shakhs koi napak chiz, jaise kis! napak mare hue darinde ko, ya nipak mare hue charpie ko, yd napak mare hue kfre makore ko chhd le, aur na jine, taubhl nSpak aur asami ho we ; 3 Yi. agar wuh insan ki sab najSsatoo meu sekisi najasat ko, jis se wuh ap najis hota hai, chhiie ho, aur us se nawaqif ho, phir use jan pare, ki maia asami hun ; 4 Yi. agar koi beti ammul qasam khSke munh se kahe, ki badiyS neki ya fulina kdm karunga, koi chiz kyiin naho, jise wuh beta ammul qasam khake kahe, aur wuh use na janta ho, phir malum kare, aur un men se kisi chiz se asami howe ; 5 Aur jab wuh un men se kisi se asami hua : to lazim hai, ki wuh iqrSr kare, ki Main ne fulani khata ki hai. 6 Tab wuh apna asam Khuda'wand ke liye apni khata ke waste, jo us ne ki hai, mada bhep bakri se khatiyat ke liye la we, aur kahin uski khata ka kafSra dewe. 7 Aur agar use bh^r bakri lane ki. raaqdur naho, to wuh apne asam ke I'ye jis se asami hua, do qumriag yi kabiitar ke do bachche Khoda'wand ke li3'e lawe, ek khatiyat ke liye aur dusrS charhiwe ke liye. 8 Phir wuh unhen kahin pas lawe, aur pahle use jo khatiyat ke lij'e hai, guzrane, aur us ka sir gardan ke pis se maro, dale, par judi na kare. 9 Aur ^latiyat ke lahu se mazbah kf diwar par chhirke aur baqi lahn mazbah ki jar par nichore, ki khatiyat hai. 10 Aur dusri ko dastiir ke muwafiq charhawil kare, aur kahin us khatd ki, jo us ne ki hai, kafara dewe, to wuh bakhsha jawe. I I Aur agar use do qumriin ya kabutar ke do bachche lane ka maqdiir na ho, to apni khata ke waste ser bhar mahin ite ka daswao hissa khatiyat ke liye qurban kare; us par tel na dale, na bulan rakhe, ki khatiyat hai. 12 lab wuh kahin pis lawe, aur kahin us men se izkir ke liye apni mutthi bharke use mazbah par Khuda'wand ke hom ke liye sunghawe, ki khatiyat hai. 13 Aur kahin us khata ki babat, jo us ne un khation meo se ki kafara dewe, ta wuh bakhsha jawe : aur baqi hadiya ki tarah kahin ka hoga. 14 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musi ko khitab karke farmaya, 15 Ki Agar koi shakhs bhiil chuk se Khuda'wand ke raaqdis ki haqq adi na kare, aur khatakar bane : to apni asam Khuda'wand ke liye galle men se ek mendhi beaib lawe, aur tu rtipe ke misqalon ke hisib se maqdis ke misqal ke muwufiq us ki qimat thahariiyo, ki asam hai. 16 Pas jo kuchh us ne nahaqq karke maqdis se biz rakhi, us ka badli dewe, 6 BAB.] AHBAR. 115 aur us par khums barhawe ; aur k^hin ko dewe, aur k^hin us asam ke mendlie se us ka kafira dewe, to wuh bakhsha jawe. 17 Aur agar ko! khata kare, aur Khuda'wand sab hukmoo meo se, jo karna rawa nahln, kare, aur us se agah nahowe, taubhi aslm! aur apne gunah ka zerbar thahare : 1 8 To ek beaib mcndha galle men ka tere mol thaharane ke muwafiq asdm ke liye kahin pas Mwe, aur kahin uskf chak kS, jo chaktii tM, aur na j^nta tha, kafara dewe, ta wuh bakhsha jawe. 19 Yih asam hai uska, jo Khuda'wand hi ka asami hua hai. VI. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mnsd ko khitab karke farmaya, ki 2 Agar koi khata kare, aur Khuda'wand ka yih gunah kare, ki apne yar ki amanat meo jo us pas rakhl gai thi, yi. sharakat meo lj;hiyanat kare, ya us se kof chfz le, ya apne yir par zuhn kare, 3 Yi. kol chfz jo khol gai thi, pawe, aur us men khiyanat kare, aur chhiithi qasam khSwe, us sart baton kf jo admi karke gunahgar hoti hai : 4 Pas agar wuh is tarah khatakar aur asami hua ; to chahiye ki yih shakhs wuh chiz jo usne chhin If, ya wuh jo usse zulm karke le If, ya wuh jo us pis amanat thf, ya wuh chiz jo khoi gai thi, aur us ne pai, phir de. 5 Garz sab kuchh jis ki babat us ne chhd- thi qasam ki, is qadr bhar de, aur panchwao hissa \is par barhawe, aur apne asam guzranne ke din men us shakhs, jiska wuh mal hai, phir dewe. 6 Aur apna asam Khuda'wand ke liye galle men ka ek beaib mendha tere mol kalme muwafiq kahin pas la we. 7 Aur kahin us ke liye Khuda'wand ke age kafare dewe, aur wuh sari baton se jo karke asami hua bakhsha jawe. 8 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmdyl, 9 Ki H£run aur us ke beton ko hukm kar, ki ain charhawe ka yih hai ; ki wuh charhawa atashdan par mazbah ke upar tamam rah subh tak rahe, aur 4g mazbah ki us se sulge. 10 Aur kahin pairahan birik kattan se pahine, aur kattan ke paejame se apna badan dham- pe aur charhawa jo mazbah par jalkar rakh hua hai, uski rakh uthawe, aur us ko nazdik mazbah ke dale. 11 Phir wuh apne kapre utare, aur dusre kapre pahine, aur us rakh ko khaimagah se bahar ek pak jagah par lejawe. 12 Aur mazbah ki ag mazbah par jalti rahe, aur kabhi nabujhne pawe, aur kahin us par lakrian har sab ko jalaya kare, aur us par charhawa chuna kare, aur us par salamion ki charbi jalaya kare. 13 Pas zarur hai, ki ag mazbah par sada jalti rahe, aur kabhi na bujhe. 14 Aur hadiya ka hukm yih hai, ki use Hariin ke bete mazbah ke nazdik Khuda'wand ke rubaru guzranen. 15 Aur hadiya men se ek mutthi bhar maida aur kuchh tel meo se aur sab luban, jo us hadiya par hai, uthd lewe, aur mazbah par izkar ki khushbu Khuda'wand ke liye sunghlwe. 16 Aur baqi ko Harun aur bete us ke khaweu ; wuh fatiri khai jawe, aur muqaddas maqam men jamaat ke khaime ke sahn men use khaweu. 17 Chahiye ki wuh khamiri pakai na jawe ; maio ne apne homon meo se use un ko hissa diyl, aur yih khatiyat aur asam ki tarah nihlyat muqaddas hai. 18 Hariin ki aulad meo se sab mard use khiwen ; turahari pusht dar pusht Khuda'wand ke homoo ka istimrari haqq yih hai : ki jo koi use chhuwe, so muqaddas ho. 19 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musi ko ^hitab karke farmayd, 20 Ki Harun ka, aur us 02 116 AIIBAR. [7 B/Vn. ke beton ka qurbaii, jo we apni mas;ihat ke din meu Khuda'wand ke liye guzraneu so yih hai, ki daswaij hissa Efah ka maida ddha us ka subh ko, aur adhl us ka sham ko hameshe kd hadiya Ltya kareo. 21 Aur yih tel men tawah par pakaiyo, aur khilb chuparke laiyo, aur hadi3'a ka pakwan tukra tukra karke guzranij'o, ki Khuda'wand ke liye khushbu ho. 22 Aur jo kahin us ke beton men se us ki jagali mamsnh ho, wuh use lawe, yih Khuda'wand k£ haqq i istimrari hai ; wuh bilkuU sxinghaya jawe. 23 Kahin ka harek hadiya bilkuU homa jawe, aur kabhi khaya Da jawe. 24 Aur Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko khitib karke farmiya, 25 Ki Ilarun aur us ke beton ko kaha, ki Khati^'at ka dastiir yih hai, ki jis jagah charhawa zabh kiya jata hai, wuhin khatij^at bhi Khuda'wand ke ige zabh ki jawe, aur yih nihayat muqad- das hai. 26 Wuh kahin jo us ka mukhti hai, use khawe ; aur wuh pak jagah men jamaat ke khaime ke sahn men khai jawe. 27 Jo koi us ke gosht ko chhuwc, muqaddas ho, aur agar kisi ke kapron par us ke lahii ki jo chhirka jata hai, chhinta pare, to wuh use pak jagah par dhowe. 28 Aur mitti ki bartan jis men wuh pakaya jawe, tora jawe ; aur agar wuh pital ke bartan men pakSya jiwe, to wuh manja jawe, aur pani men gota diya jawe. 29 Aur sab mard i kahin use khawen ; yih nihayat muqaddas hai. 30 Aur jo khatiyat jis ka kuchh bhi lahi'i jamaat ke khaime men dakhil kiya gaya, taki us se kafare diya jawe, wuh na khai jawe, balki ag se jalai jawe. VII. BAB. I Aur asam ki rasm yih hai; wuh nihayat muqaddas hai. 2 Us ko jis jagah charhawa zabh kiya jata hai, zabh karen, aur us ke lahii ko mazbah ke gird par chhirken. 3 Aur us ki sab charbi nazdik lawe, us ki dum, aur wuh charbi jo ojh ki chhipanewali hai, 4 Aur donon gurde us charbi samet, jo un par donou pahluon men hai, aur zawlid kaleje ke gurdon samet us se juda kare. 5 Aur kahin unko mazbah par sunghawe, ki Khuda'wand ke liye hom howe : yih asam hai. 6 Aur kahinon men se bar ek mard use khawe, aur pak maqam men khaya jawe, is liye ki wuh nihayat muqaddas hai. 7 Jaise ^hatiyat, waisehi asam hai, aur un ke liye ekhi hukm hai ; aur yih usi kahin kS, jo us se kafura deta hai, hoga. 8 Aur jo kahin kisi shakhs ka charhawa guzranta hai, to khai us ki, jise us ne guzrana, usi kahin ki hoga. 9 Aur bar ek hadiya kitaniir men pakaya j5. we, yahandi men, ya tawe par, to wuh us kihin ka, jo use guzrata hai, hogi. 10 Aur bar ek hadiya ki tel mila hiia ho, yakhushk, wuh sab bani Hanln ke liye hoga, bar ek barabar diisre ke hoga. II Aur salami ke zabih ki, jo Khuda'wand ke waste guzrana jata hai, yih rasm, hai : 12 Ki wuh agar shukrane ke liye guzrane, to wuh shukr ke zabih ke sathfatiri raugaui kulche aur fatiri chapatian tel se chiipri bain, aur tel men pake hue maide ke kulchon ke sath guzrane. 13 Aur apni salami ke zabih ke sath, jo shukrane ke. liye bain, kharairi kulche bhi laws. 14 Aur wuh us sare qurban men se ek kulcha leke Khuda'wand ke rubarti charhawe ; aur yih us kahin ka, jo salami ke zabih ka kbiin chhirakta hai hoga. 15 Aur uski salSmi aur shukrguzari ke zabih ka gosht ttsi din, ki qurban hota ha', khaya jawe, aur kuchh us men se fajr tak chhora na jawe. 8 BAB.] AIIBAR. 117 16 Wagar us ki zabih nazr ka qurban, yd khushi ka qurban ho, to usi din kl apna zabih qurban karta hai khaya jawe, aur jo usse bach rahe, to us men se diisre din bhi khaya jawe, 17 Aur jo usi zabih ke gosht se tisre din bach rahe, to wuh dg se jala diya jawe. 13 Par agar shukrane ke zabih ke gosht se kuchh tisre din khaya jawe, to us ka muqarrib namaqbiil hai, aur wuh us ke liye mahsiib na hoga, balki wuh makruh hoga; aur jo use khawe, us ka gunah usi par hoga. 19 Aur wuh gosht jo kisi napak chiz se chhiia jawe, wuh khaya na jawe, balki ag se jala diya jawe. 20 Aur gosht jo hai so har ek jo plk hai, so us men se khawe. Leliin jo shakhs Khuda'waisd kf salami ke zabih kd gosht khawe, jis waqt us par kuchh najasat hai, wuh shakhs apni qaum se kat jawe. 21 Aur wuh shakhs jo kisi najasat ko chhuwe,ya insan ki najasat ko ya najis haiwan ko, ya kisi najis makruh ko chhuwe, aur Khuda'wand kl salami ke zabih ke gosht men se khawe, wuhi shakhs bhi apni qaum se kat jawe. 22 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko khitab karke farmaya, 23 Ki Ban! Israel ko hukm kar, ki bail aur bher aur bakri kl ko! charbl na khaijo. 24 Us haiwan ki charbl jo khud ba khud mar gaya ho, ya jisko darindon ne phara ho, to use aur kamou men la sakte ho, par us ko hargiz na khaiyo ; 25 Ki jo insan aise charpae ki charbi, jis se KhudaVand keliye horn guzrante hain, khawe, wuh insan khanewala apni qaum meo se kat jaegS. 26 Aur turn kisi parinde aur charinde ka kuchh lahii apne sab makanon men na khaiyo. 27 Aur jo insan khun khaega, wuh apni qaum men se kat jaega. 28 PhuKnuDA'wAND ne Musi ko khitab karke fcU'raaya, 29 KiBani Israel ko hukm kar, jo kol apni salami ka zabih KhudaVand ke liye guzranta hai, wuh ap apna qurban KhudaVand ke liye apni salami ke zabih meo se lawe. 30 Wuh apne ki hathon men KhudaVand ka hom lawe, yane charbi sinasametlawe, kisinahhilani ki qurbani ke liye hilaya jawe. 31 Kahin charbi ko mazbah par sunghawe, par sina Hariin aur us ke bcton ke liye hog5. 32 Aur turn salami ke zabih men se dahna shana uthane ki qurbani karke kahin ko dijiyo. 33 Hariln ke beton men se wuh, jo salami ke zabih ka lahii aur charbi guzranta hai, dahna shana apna hissalewe. 34 Ki hilane ka sina aur uthane ka shana bani Israel ki salamion ke zabihon men se main ne liya, aur Harun kahin aur us ke beton ko diyi ; aur yih rasm bani Israel ke liye hameshe ko hai. 35 Yih KhudaVand ke homon men se Harun ka hissa, aur us ke beton ka^hissa, joun ke liye us din muqarrar hua, jab we Khuda'wand ke kahin hone ko nazdik lae gae, 36 Use bani Israel KhudaVand ke amr se jis din meu ki we mamsuh hue unhen deweij, aur yih un ke qarnon ke liye hameshe ko rasm hai. 37 Nin charhawe ka aur hadiya ka aur khatiyat ka aur asam ka aur masahat ka aur salami ke zabih ka yihi hai, 38 Jo koh i Sina par KhudaVand ne Miisa ko amr kiya tha, jis din ki bani Israel ko farmaya, ki dasht i Sina meo KhudaVand ke liye apne qurbanon ko guzraneo. VIII BAB. 1 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa ko Ij^hitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki Harun aur us ke satb us ke beton ko aur kapre aur malne ka tel aur khatiyat ka bachhra aur do mendhe aur ek tokri fatiri rotiaole, 3 Aur sab jamSatko jamaatke khaimeke darwaze par jama kar. 4 Chunanchi Mus;i nc jaisa ki I^hudaVand ne use farmaya tha kiya, 118 AHBAR. [8 BAB aur sSrI jamaat darwaze par jam4at ke khaime ke jama hui. 5 Tab Mdsa ne jamaat se kaha, Yih wuh kam hai, jo Khuda'wand ne farmaya hai,kibaja lao. 6 Phir Musa llarun aur us ke beton ko ^ge laya, aur un ko pani se nahlaya, 7 Aur us ko kurta pahinaya aur us par patkl lapeta, aur uskopairahan pahnayaaurusparefodpinhaya aur us ko efod ke bandoB se bandha. 8 Aur us par chapras lagaf, aur us par nnria o tumnifn jare. 9 Aur amama us ke sir par rakhi, aur us par peshani ki taraf sone ka patthar qudsketaj ke liye lagfiya, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Musa ko farmaya thi. 10 Aur Musa ne malne ka tel liya,aur maskanko sab us samet jousmea th^chuprd, aur us ko muqaddas kiya. 1 1 Aur us men se kuchh leke mazbah par sat bar chhirka' aur mazbah aur us ke sare basan aur hauz aur us ki kurst ko chupra, ta ki un ko muqaddas kare. 12 Aur malne ke tel men se Hardn ke sir par bitaya, aur us ko chupra, ta ki use muqaddas kare. 13 Aur Mdsa Hardn ke beton ko age laya, aur un ko kurte pinhae, aur un par patke bandhe, aur un ko topian pinhain, jaisa ki KhudaVand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha. 14 Phir khatiyat ka bachhra age laya, aur Hardn aur us ke beton ne apne hath khatiyat ke bachhre ke sir par rakhe. 15 Phir us ko Musa ne zabh kiya, aur us ke ^hnn ko liya, aur us ko mazbah ke gird us ke singon par apnl ungll se lagaya,aur mazbah ko pak kiya, aur baqt khdn us ki jar par dala, aur us ko muqaddas kiya, ta ki us par kafare diya jawe. 16 Aur Mdsa ne sab wuh charbi, joojhki chhipanewali hai, aur zawaid kaleje ke, aur donon gurde, aur charbi un ki li, aur an ko mazbah par sunghaya. 17 Aur bachhre ko us ki khal,aurgosht,aurgobarsametbaharlash- kargah ke ag se jalaya, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha. 18 Phir charhawe ka mendha age laya, aur Hardn aur us ke betOQ ne apne hath us mendhe ke sir par rakhe. 19 Phir Musa ne us ko zabh kiyi, aur mazbah ke gird par. lahd chhirka. 20 Phir Mdsa ne mendhe ke juz juz judakiye,aursiri aur ajzaaur charbi ko sunghaya. 21 Aur ojh aur pae us ke pani se dhoe, aur Musa ne sab ka sab mendhi mazbah par sunghaya, ki khushbdi ka charhawa Khuda^wand ki hom ho, jaise ki Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko amr kiya tha. 22 Phir ddsra yane kahin ke muqarrar karne ka mendha age laya, aur Hardn aur us ke beton ne apne hath us mendhe ke sir par rakhe. 23 Aur Mdsa ne us ko zabh kiya, aur us ke khun se kuchh liya, aur us ko Hardn ke dahne kan aur dahne hath ke anguthe, aur dahne paon ke anguthe par lagaya. 24 Phir Harun ke beton ko Sge Uya, aur kuchh khun se us ke dahne kanon par aur dahne hathon ke anguthoo par aur dahne paoij ke anguthoo par Mdsa ne lagaya, aur baqf khdn Mdsa ne mazbah ke gird par chhirka. 25 Aur charbi aur dumaur sab wuh charbi jo ojh par hai, aur zawaid kaleje ke, aur donoo gurde aur charbi un ki, aur dahna shanaliya ; 26 Aurusfatirki tokri se, jo KhudaVand ke rdbard thi, ek kulcha fatiri, aur ek kulcha raugani, aur ek chapati nikali, aur un ko charbiou aur dahne shane par rakha, 27 Aur us sab ko Hardn aur us ke betou ke hathon par rakha, aur unko rdbard Khuda'w and ke hilane ki qurbani ke liye hilaya. 28 Phir Mus^ ne un ke hath se liya, aur un ko mazbah par charhawe ke upar sunghaya, ki us ke muqarrar hone ka khushbudar qurb^n aur Khuda'wand k^ hom ho. 29 Phir Musa ne sinah liya, aur us ko hilane ki qurbani ke liye Khuda'wand ke rdbard hilaya, muqarrar karne ke mendhe se Mdsa ke liye yih hissa tha, jaise ki Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko amr kiya tha. 30 Phir Musi ne chuparne ke tel aur us lahu se, jo mazbah par tha, liya, aur Hardn aur ) BAB.] AHBAR. 119 us ke kaproo par aur U9 ke betoQ aur us ke kaproo par us ke sith chhirkS, aur Hirun aur us ke kaprou ko aur us ke beton aur us ke kaproo ko muqaddas kiya. 31 Aur Mds^ ne IMrun aur uske betoo ko kahS, ki Yih gosht jamaat ke khaime ke darwSze pas pakio, aur usko usf jagah us roti ke sSth jo muqarrar karne ki tokrf meo hai, khdo, jaise maiu ne yih kahte hue amr kiyi hai, ki Harun aur uske bete use khawen. 32 Aur biqi jo gosht aur roti se rahe, usko ag se jalao. 33 Aur turn jamaat ke khaime ke darwSze se sat din tak na hato, jab tak muqarrar karne ke din pare na howen, ki sat din men turn apni khidmat ke liye muqarrar ho jaoge. 34 Isf din jaise ki Khoda'wand ne tumhare kafare dene ke liye farmaya tha, kiya gaya hai. 35 Aur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze pas din rat sat din tak baitho ,aur ahk^m Khuda'wand ke yad rakho, taki tum halak na ho, ki aisi hf main ne tum ko amr kiya hai. 36 Aur Harun aur uske bete sab ahkam Khuda'wand ke, jo usne Miisa ke waste se farmae the, baja lie. IX. BAB. 1 Aur jab Sthwan din hui, tab Musa ne Ilariin aur uske beton ko, aur bani Israel ke buzurgon ko bulaya, aur Harun ko kaha, ki, 2 T\\ ek bachhra khatiyat ke liye jo beaib hoy, le aur unko KhudaVand riibaru guzrln. 3 Aur bani Israel ko yih kahte hue hukm kar, ki ek buzgale bakriou se khatiyat ke liye aur ek bachhra aur ck barah jo donon ek sala aur beaib hon charhawe ke liye, aur ek bail aur ek mendh^ salami ke liye lao, taki riibarii Khuda'wand ke zabh kiye jawen. 4 Aur hadiya tel milake ; is liye ki aj ke din Khuda'wand tumheu zahir hogS. 5 Ch'unanchi we usko ki Musa ne amr kiya tha jamaat ke khaime ke samhne lae, aur sarf jamaat age ike rubarii Khuda'wand ke khari hui. 6 Musi ne kaha, Yih wuh kim hai, ki Khuda'wand ne tum ko amr kiya hai : tum usko baja lao, ki Khuda'wand ka jalal tumheo zahir hoga. 7 Aur Musi ne Harun ko kaha, ki Mazbah ke nazdik ja, aur apnl k:hatiyat aur apna charhawa guzran, aur apne liye aur apnl qaum ke liye kafara de, aur jamaat ka qurban guzran, aur unke liye kafara de, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne hukm kiyi hai. 8 Tab Harun mazbah par gaya, aur bachhra apni khatiyat ke liye zabh kiya. 9 Aur Harun ke bete lahii us pas lae, aur usne apni ungli us meo dubal, aur use mazbah ke singou par lagaya, aur baqi khiln mazbah ki jar par bitaya. 10 Aur charbl aur gurde, aur zawaid kaleje ke khatiyat se lake mazbah par sunghae, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne Musa ko amr kiya tha. 11 Aur gosht aur khal ko bahar khaimagah ke ig se jalaya. 12 Phir charhawa zabh kiya, aur Harun ke betou ne lahu use diya, tab usne mazbah ke gird par chhirka. 13 Phir aza charhawe ke sir samet unko die, aur u^ne mazbah par sunghae. 14 Aur ojh aur pae dhoe, aur unko charhSwe ke upar mazbah par sunghaya. 15 Phir jamaat ki qurban age laya, aur bakri ka bachcha un kf khatiyat ke liye liya, aur usko zabh kij^a, aur usko pahle muwafiq khatiyat ke liye charhaya. 16 Tab charhawa age laya, aur us ko mamul ki muwati.q guzrana. 17 Phir hadiya age layi, aur us se ek muuhl li, aur usko mazbah par siwi fajr ke charliiwe ke sung- haya. 18 Aur us ne bail aur mendhl, ki jamiat ki salami ki zabih hai, zabh kiya, aur Hiriin ke bete khun uske pis le gae, aur us ne usko mazbah ke gird par chhir- 120 AHBAR. [10 BAB. kS. 19 Aur bail ne charbf.iij aur niendhe se dum, aur gurdoij par kf charbi aur zawaid kaleje ke, 20 So charblau sinon par rakhiu, aur charbiaij mazbah par sunghaio. 21 Aur sina aur dahni shana, jaise Khuda'wand ne Milsa ko amr kiya tha, H^riin ne rubaru Khuda'wand ke hilane ki qurbant ke liyehilaya. 22 Aur HSriln ne jamaat kf taraf hath apne uthae, aur un ke liye duS barakat ki mangi, anr khatiyat aur charhawa aur salami guzran ke niche utra. 23 Phir Musi aur Harun jamSat ke khaime men dakhil hue, aur bahar nikle, aur jamaat ke liye dua barakat ki mangl : tab sari jamaat par Khuda'wand ka jalXl zahir hua. 24 Aur Khun a'w AND ke huziir se ag nikli, aur mazbah par charhawa aur charbiao kha gai, aur sari jamaat ne dekha, aur chillal, aur munh ke bal girl X. BAB. 1 Phir Nadab aur Abihu donoij bete Harun ke, harek ne un se apna udsaz liya, aur us meu ig bharke us par bakhur dila, aur ek ajnabi ag, jiska Khuda'wand ne unko amr na kiyi tha, rubarii Khuda'wand ke guzranl. 2 Tab Khuda'wand ke huznr se nikli aur un donoij ko khS. gai, aur we Khuda'wand ke samhne mar gae. 3 Tab Musa ne Harun se kaha, Yih wuh hai, jo Khuda'wand ne farm.aya tha, ki main apne muqarribon ke darmiyan apni taqdfs karunga, aur main sari jamaat ke gge apna jalal zahir karanga. Aur Harun chup raha. 4 PhirMiisa ne Harun ke chacha Uzziel ke donon betou Misael aur Ilsafan ko talab kiya aur kaha, Nazdik ao, aur apne bhaion ko maqdiske simbne se khaimagah ke bahar utha le jao. 5 So weae, aur unko apne kapron men uthake, jaisa Musa ne amr kiya tha, khaimagah se bihar le gae. 6 Phir Musa ne Hariin aur uske betou Iliazar aur Aitamr ko kaha, ki Apne sir nange mat karo, aur apne kapre ne pharo, taki halak na ho, aur sari jamaat par Khuda'wand ka gazab nazil na ho ; par sare gharane Israel ke, jo tumhare bhai haiu, us jal jane par, jo Khuda'wand ne jalaya hai, roweij. 7 Aur turn jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze se bdhar na jao, taki tum halak na ho; kyiinki Khuda'wand tel mamsuh hone ke liye tum par hai. So unhou ne Musi ke kahne par amal kiya, 8 Phir Khuda'wand ne khitab karke Hariin ko farmaya, 9 Kijab tum jamaat ke khaime meo dakhil ho, to tum wain aur koi chiz jo matwala karnewalf ho, na pijiyo, na tu aur na tere bete, taki tum halak na ho ; aur yih tumhare liye tumhare qarnon men hameshe tak rasm hai, 10 Taki tum halal aur haram aur pak aur napakmen tamiz karo, 11 Aur taki tum sare ahkam, jinka Khuda'waad ne Miisi ke waste se tumko amr kiya hai, banl Israel ko sikhlao. 12 Phir Musa ne Harun aur uske betou Iliazar aur Aitamar ko, jo baqi the, far- maya, ki Hadiya, jo Khuda'wand ke homoD se bach raha, lo, aur usko mazbah ke pas fatiri khao; is liye ki yih nihayat muqaddas hai. 13 Aur tum use muqaddas maqim meo khio ; kyunki Khuda'wand ke homoo men se tera aur tere beton ka yih hissa hai; kyunki yun mujh ko hukm hua hai. 14 Aur hilane ke sine aur uthane ke shane ko kisi pik jagah meo kha, tu aur tere bete aur teri betian tere sith ; is liye ki yih tera aur tere betoo aur teri betioo hai, ki tum bani Israel ki salimi ke zabl- hoQ meo se yih dlye gae. 15 Aur uthine ki shina aur hilane ki sina jo sokhtani U BAB.] AHBAR. 121 charbion ke sSth laj^a jat^ hai, taki KhudaVand ke rijbaru hiline kt qurbanf ke liye hilaya iawe, tere aur tere betou ka haqq abad tak hoga, jaise ki Khuda'wand He farmayl hai. 16 Phir Mdsa ne khatiyat ke mendhe ko bahut talash kiyS, to kya dekhta hai, ki wuh jalaya gaya. 17 Tab wuh Hardn ke betoo Iliazar aur Aitamar par jo bach rahe the, gusse hna, aur bola, ki Turn ne khatiyat muqaddas maqam men na kha If ? ki yih nihayat muqaddas hai, aur Khuda'wand ne tumko yih di hai, taki turn jamlat ka gunah utha lo, aur unke liye rubarii KhudaVand ke kafara do. 18 Dekho ki uska lahu maqdis men dakhil na kiya gaya ; lazim tha ki turn use maq- dis men, jaisi main ne tumko amr kiya tha, kha jate. 19 Tab Harun ne Miisa se kaha, Dekho ki ajhi unhon ue apni khatiyat aur apna charhawa. KhudaVanb ke age guzrana hai, aur mujh par aise hadise hue hain ; pas agar maia yih khatiyat aj hi kha leta, to kya Khuda'wand ke huzur maqbul hota. 20 Musa ne yih sunke pasand kiya. XI. BAB. 1 Phir Khtjda'wand ne Musa aur Hariin ko khitab karke farmayd, ki, 2 Turn bani Israel se kaho, Sab charpaeon meij se jo zarain par hain, aur tumhen unka khana rawa hai, so ye haio- 3 Sab charpae khurwale, jin ka khur chira htia ho, aur wuh jugali karte hoc, turn unhen khao. 4 Magar charpae ki ya jugali karte hain, ya khur unke chire hiie bote hain, unko na khao; jaise uut, wuh to jugali kar- ta hai, par khur uska hiia nahfn hota, so wuh napak hai tumhSre liye. 5 Aur wabr ki wuh jugali karta hai, aur khur uska chira hua nahin, to wuh bhi nip^k hai tumhare liye. 6 Aur khargosh ki wuh to jugali karta hai, par uska khur chira hua nahto hai, wuh bhi tumhare liye napdk hai. 7 Aur suar ki khur uska chira hua hota hai, par wuh jugali nahin karta, wuh bhi napak hai tumhare liye. 8 Turn un ke gosht men se kuchh na khaiyo, aur un ki lashon ko na chhtiiyo, ki ye napak hain tumhare liye^ 9 .A.ur sab un men se jo pani men hain, jinka khana tumhen rawa hai, se ye hain ; sab we janwar jin ke par hon aur chhilke, daryaou men hon ya nalion mee, turn unhen khao. 10 Lekin we sab janwar jin ke no par hon aur na chhilke, daryaon men hon ya nalion men, we sab jo pani men rengte hain, aur we sab haiwan jo pani men rahte haio, we qabih haiij tumhire liye. 1 1 Aur qabih honge tumhare liye; turn unke gosht men se na khao, aur unke mare hiie se ghin karo. 12 Sab jin ke na par hon aur na chhilke pani men, we qabih hain tumhare liye. 13 Aur parindon se jin se tum ghin karo, aur jin ko na khao, is liye ki we qabih hain, so ye haio : 14 Nasr aur uqab aur giddh, aur chil aur shahin aur sab qism uskf, 15 Aur sab kauwe aur aqsam uske, 16 Aur shutur murg aur uUii aur kokil aur baz aur sab aqsam uske, 17 Aur bum aur hargila aur rakham, 18 Aur rajhans, aur hawasil aur chuhmar, 19 Aur laqlaq, aur bagla, aur sab aqsam uske, aur hud- hud, aur chamgadar. 20 Aur sab parinde jo charpaon par chalte hain, we qabih hain tumhare liye. 21 Magar tum sab rengte parindon men se jo charpaoo se chalte haio aur unki pichhli tangen agle paou se lapti hiii haiu, ki we un se kiidkar zamin par chalte haiij, turn un merj se khaiyo. 22 We jinheu turn kha sakte ho, yfe P 122 AHBAR. [11 BAB. haio ; jaise tiddi aur aqsam uske, aur daba aur aqsam uske, aur harjal aur aqs^m uske, aur tidde aur aqsSm uske. 23 Par sab baqf rengncw-1,le parindoij men se jin ke charplou haio, we qabihhain tumhare liye. 24 Aur un se turn nap^k hoge ; aur jo kol unke mare hue ko chhuwega, to wuh sham tak napak rahega. 25 Aur jo kisf mare hue ko un meo se uthawe, to wuh kapre apne dhowe, aur sham tak nl- pak rahegl. 26 Aur sab charpae jin ke khur hoij par chire hue na hon, aur na jugali karte hon, we napak haio tumhare liye ; jo koi unke mare hue ko chhuwega, to wuh na- pak hoga. 27 Aur sab unglion par chalnewale chirp^on par chalnewale janwaron se napak hain tumhare liye ; jo kof unke mare hue ko chhuwega, to wuh sham tak napak rahega. 28 Aur jo koi unke mare hue ko uthawe, to wuh kapre apne dhowe aur wuh shSm tak napak rahega ; aur ye sab nlpak hain tumhare liye. 29 Aur rengnewalou men se zamin par jo napak hain tumhare liye ; chhuchhun- dar hai, aur chnha, aur goh, aur aqsam uske, 30 Aur waral, aur harzun, aur chhipkalf aur azaat aur girgit. 31 Sab rengnewalon raeu se ye napak hain tumhare liye ; jo koi unke mare hue ko chhiiwega, to wuh sham tak napak rahega. 32 Aur jis chiz par un men se koi markar gir pare, to wuh chiz napak hogi, khwah bartan lakri ki, khwah kapra, khwah chamra, khwah tat, aur kisi qism ka bartan jo kam men aya ho, to ye sab napak honge, pani se dhoe jawen, par sham tak napak rahenge, tab pak honge. 33 Aur sab mitti ke bartan jin ke bich men un men se kuchh par jawe, we bartan tore jawen; aur jo kuchh un men hai, so napak hoga. 34 Sab wuh khana ki khaya jata hai, jin par un se pani pare, napak hoga, aur sab we chizen jo un men pi jawen, napak hongiu. 35 Aur un ke mare huon se jis chiz par kuchh gire, khwah tannr ho, khwah chulha, wuh nap^k hogi, usko tor dalo, isliye ki wuh napak hai ; we n^pak hain, aur nap^k honge tumhare liye. 36 Magar chashma aur kua aur talab to pak rahega ; lekin jo koi un ke mare hiion ko chiiwega, napak hoga. 37 Aur mare huon se jo kuchh kisi boneke bij par ki boe jate hain, gire, wuh pSk rahega. 38 Magar us bij par jo p^ni para hua ho ; aur uske mare hue se kuchh us par gire, to wuh napak hoga tumhare liye. 39 Aur jab un haiwanon men se jinkl khana tum ko halil hai, mare, to uska chhunewala sham tak napak hoga. 40 Aur jo koi un ke mare huoo ko khawe, to wuh apne kapre dhowe aur wuh shim tak napak rahega ; aur jo koi un ke mare hue ko uthawe, wuh apne kapre dhowe aur sham tak napak rahega. 41 Aur sab rengnewali jo zamin par rengte hain, tum unhen na khaiyo, is liye ki qabih hain. 42 Aur jo apne sine par chale, aur we sab jo charpaon par chalte hain, aur bahut paonwale sab rengnewalon se jo zamin par rengte hain, tum unheo na khao, is liye ki qabih hain. 43 Aur tum kisi rengnewale se, jo zamin par rengta hai, apne taio qabih na karo, aur apne tain napak na karo, yahan tak ki tum napik hojao. 44 Isliye ki main Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda hain, chahiye ki tum apne tain muqaddas karo, taki muqaddas hoo, is liye ki main quddus hun ; so apne tain kisi rengnewali se zamin par rengta hai, napak na karo. 45 Ki main Khuda'- WAND hun, Misr ki zamin se tumhara charhanewala, taki main tumhara. Khuda houo : par turn muqaddas hoo, is liye ki main quddus hun. 46 Charinde aur parinde aur sab jlneu zindah jo pani men rengti haio, aur sab jSneo jo zamin par rengti hain, so un ka yih hu^m hai; 47 T^ki tum napak aur 12 BAB.] AUBAR. 123 pak meo, aur un jaiiwaron meu jo khae jate haio, aur un men jo nahiu kh^e jite hail), tanifz karo. XII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa se hamkalam hoke farmaya, ki, 2 Bani Israel ko kah, Jo aurat ki hamilah ho, aur lapka jane, to wuh sat din, jaise haiz ke dinon meo wuh rahti hai, napak hogf. 3 Aur athweij din larke k& khatna kiya jawe. 4 Aur wuh nafas ke lahii ke sabab tentis din thaharf rahe, aur kisi muqaddas chiz ko na chhuwe; aur jab tak us ke pak hone ke din na avven, maqdis men dakhil na howe. 5 Aur agar wuh larkf jane, to do hafte jaise us ki haiz ka hukm hai, napak rahegf, aur chhiyasath roz nafas ke Ifhun ke liye thahari rahegi. 6 Aur jab us ke pak hone ke din bete ke liye hon, ya beti ke aweii, tab wuh bara eks&la charhawe ke liye aur bachcha kabutar ka, ya qumri khatiyat ke liye jamaat ke Ithaime ke darwaze par kahin pas la we. 7 Wuh use Khuda'wand ke samhne guzrine, aur us ke liye kafara de, aur us ko us ke khnn bahne se pak kare. Yih beta ya beti janne ka hukm hai. 8 Aur agar us ko bara lane ko maqdiirnaho, to wuh do qurarfan ya kabutar ke do bachche, ek charhawe ke liye aur diisi'a Ijhatiyat ke liye Jawe; aur kahin us ke liye kafara dcwe, tab wuh p^k ho jSwegi. XIII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur Hirun ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Agar kisi ke badan meo waram y^ papri y^ safed chateo hon, aur us ke badan ke chamre men bars ki si bala ho, to use Harun kahin p£s ya us ke baton men se, jo kahia hain, ek ke pas la wen. 3 Wuh kahin us ke badan ke chamre ki bala par nazar kare, agar bala ki jagah ke bal safed ho gae howen, aur wuh bala dekhne men chamre se gahri ho : to wuh korh ka maroz hai ; so kahin use dekhke us ko nipak thaharawe. 4 Agar we us ke badan ke post par safed aur chamakte hue hoo, aur dekhne men chamre se guzre na hoo, aur us par ke bal safed na ho gae hon : to kahin us balawale ko sat din tak nazarband kare. 5 Aur satwen roz use dekhe, agar wuh bala us ke dekhne men wuhiu ki nahfn qSim ho, aur chamre par phailf na ho : to wuh kahin use aur sar din tak nazarband kare. 6 Phir satwen din use dusri bar dekhe, agar wuh bala kuchh maili hui ho, aur chamre par phaili na ho : to kahin use pak thaharawe, ki wuh chhip hai ; so wuh apne kapre dhowe, aur pik howe. 7 Par agar wuh chhip kahin ke dekhne aur pak karne ke bid chamre par bahut phail jawe, to wuh shakhs kahin ko phir dikhaya jawe. 8 Aur kahin dekhe ki wuh chhip chamre par barh gai, to wuh use napak thaharawe, ki yih bars hai. 9 Aur agar kisi shaikhs ko bars ka maraz ho, to use k^hin pas liwen. 10 Kahin use dekhe, agar wuh bala uthi hui chamre par safed ho, aur us ne baloo ko safed kar diya ho, aiur us dag ki jagah ka gosht kuchh nanga ho : 11 To yih us ke badan ke chamre mcQ kuhan bars hai, tab kahin use napak thaharawe, aur use nazarband kare, ki wuh napak hai. 12 Aur agar bars jild par phail jawe, aur us ke us chamre ko sir se p^og tak chhipawe, jo kahin ki ankhoe ke samhne hai ; P2 124 AHBiYR. [13 BAR. 13 Tab kahin ganr karc, agar us ka sara badan bars se cl)hip gaya hai: to wuh us mariz ko pak thahar^we, kyunki wuh sab safed ho gaya hai, aur wuh pak hai. 14 Par jis din nang^ gosht us men zahir ho, to wuh napAk hoga. 15 Aur kahin nange gosht ko dekhe, aur use ndpak thahariwc, ki nanga gosht napak hai, aur yih bars hai. 16 Aur agar nanga gosht bhi phir kar safed ho jawe, to wuh kahin ke huzur awe. 17 Kahin use dekhe, ki wuh mariz sab safed ho gaya hai: to kahin nse pak thaharawe ; ki wuh pak hai. 18 Aur jis ke badan ke chamre par phariya ho, aur changi ho jae, 19 Aur phuriya ke makan par chhip ka sa nishan, j^a safed dag- ya safed khubsurkhi liye ho : to kahin ko dikhaya jawe. 20 Kahin kf nazar men agar wuh jild se tale guzar gaya ho ; aur us par ke bal bhi safed ho gae hoij : to kahin use napak kahe ; ki yih bars ki bimari hai, jo phuriya se paida hdi. 21 Par agar kahin use dekhe ki us par safed b^l nahin, aur wuh chamre se age nahfo guzra, aur kuchh maila sa hai : to kahin use sat din nazarband kare. 22 Pas agar wuh chamre par phail gaya ho : to kahin use napak kahe ; ki yih korh ki bala hai. 23 Agar safed dag apnt j'agah par ho, aur phaila na ho : to wuh phuriya ka dag hai ; kahin use pak kahe . 24 Aur jo gosht ki jis ke chamre men ag kf sozish ho, aur us sozish meo nanga gosht safed dag chamakta ki khubsurkhi liye ya faqat safed ho : 25 To kahin us par nazar kare ; agar dag par ke bal safed ho gae hon, aur wuh dekhne men jild se guzra hua malum ho : to wuh bars hai, jo jalne se namiid hui; so kahin use napak kahe, ki yih bars bimari hai. 26 Lekin agar kahin dekhe ki us safed dig par safed bal nahin, aur jild se nahfn guzra, balki kuchh maila si ho : to use sSt din tak nazarband kare. 27 Aur satwen roz kahin use dekhe, agar wuh jild par bahut phail gaya ho : to use napak kahe, ki wuh bars ka maraz hai. 28 Aur agar wuh safed dag apni jagah par ho, aur jild par phaila na ho, balki maila sa ho, to wuh jalne kS nishan hai ; kahin use p^k kahe, ki wuh faqat jalne ka dag hai. 29 Agar kisi mard ya aurat ke sir ya dirhi men dag ho, 30 Kahin us dag ko dekhe ; agar wuh dekhne men chamre se guzra hua malum ho, aur us par zard riingte hon, to kahin use napak kahe ; ki yih bafa hai, sir ya darhi ki bars hai. 31 Aur agar kahin us bala ki bala ko dekhe, ki chamre se dekhne men nahin guzri, par us par siyah bal nahin, to kahin us bafawale ko sat din tak nazarband kare. 32 Aur satwen din dekhe, agar bafa phaili na ho, aur us par zard bSl na hon, aur bala dekhne men chamre se guzri hui malum na ho : 33 To us ke bal munde jawen lekin bafa par ke mundae na jawen : aur kahin us bafawale ko aur sat din nazar- band kare. 34 Phir satwen roz kahin use dekhe, agar wuh bala jild par phaili na ho, aur na jild se dekhne meo guzri ho : to kahin use pak kahe; wuh apne kapre dhowe aur pak howe. 35 Aur agar us ke pak thaharane ke bad wuh bafa jild par bahut phail jawe, 36 To kahin use dekhe, ki agar bafa jild par phaili hai : to kahin zard bal ko na dhundhe, wuh napak hai. 37 Par agar us ke dekhne meo wuh bafa thahar rahi ho, aur us par siyah bal nikle hon, to wuh bafa changi hui, wuh pak hai, kahin use pak thaharawe. 38 Aur agar kisI mard ya aurat ke badan par chhip ya safed dag ho, 39 Kahin dekhe, agar wuh dag safed siyahl mail ho, to chhip hai, ki chamre men phaili hai, wuh pak hai. 40 Aur jis shakhs ke sir kc bal gir gae hon, wuh ganja hai, wuh pSk hai. 41 Aur jis shakhs ke sir ke bal munh ke hone se gir gae howeu, wuh chandla hai, wuh pak hai. 42 Agar us ganje sir ya 14 BAB.] AIIBAR. 125 cliandle par safed surkh dag ho, to yih bars hai, jo us kc ganjc sir aur chandle sir par phaili hiif hai. 43 So kahin use dekhe, agar us niarz ka dag us ke ganje sir aur chandle sir par surkh safed ho, jaisa ki badan ke chamre men bars dikhaf detihai: 44 To wuh adml korhl hai, nap-ik hai, kahin use bilkuU napak thaha- rawe, us ka bars us ke sir par hai. 45 Aur wuh abras jis ke badan men bala hai, us ke kapre phare jaweij, aur sir nanga kiya jawe ; tab wuh apna nmnh chhi- plwc, aur chilla chillake kahe, Napak! Napak! 46 Jitne dinoo tak ki yih bf- mari us ko rahe, wuh ganda rahega, wuh napdk hai, wuh akela raha kare, us ka makan khaimagah ke bahar rahe. 47 Aur wuh pairahan jis meo bars ka sa dag ho, khwah lin ka ho, khwab kattan ka, 48 Aur us pairahan ke tane men ho, ya bane men kattan ka ho ya iin k^, aur khwah chamre par ho, khwah kisf chiz par jo chamre kl ho ; 49 Agar wuh dag sabz ya surkh ho, kapre men ho ya chamre men, tane men, ya bane men,yii kisi chamre ke bartan men ho, yih dag bars ka hai, kahin ko dikhayajawe. 50 Kahin use dekhke sat din tak rahne de. 51 Aur satwen din us dag ko dekhe, ahuda'wand ke huzar hamesha tartib se rakha kare. 5 Aur td Q 2 140 A HEAR. [-5 BAB. maida leke birah girde paka : harek girda'efah ke do ushr ki, ho. 6 Aur tu unheo Khuda'wand ke age pak dastarkhan par do qitareo karke, har qitar meo chha tartib se rakhiyo. 7 Aur ta harek qitar par p^k zaban rakhiyo, taki wuh rot! ka izkar aur KhudaVand ke liye horn howe. 8 Wuh daimi ahd ke taur par banf Israel se leke har sabt ko Khuda'wakd ke age bill naga chuna kare. 9 Aur j'e roUan Hari'in kf, aur us ke beton ki hain; we unheo muqaddas maqam meo khawen, ki yih us ke li^^e Khuda'wand ke homoD men se nihayat muqaddas, aur un ka haqq i abadi hai. 10 Tab ek shakhs, jis kf ma Israeli aur bip Misri thi, nikalke Israeliou meo gaya : aur us Israeli aurat ke bete ne, aur Israeli ek shakhs ne khaimagah men baham jhagra kiya. 11 Aur Israeli aurat ke bete ne Khuda'wand ke nam ko lanat ki, aur gali di : aur us ki ma ka nam Salumiyat tha, jo DibrI ki beti Dan ke farfq se thi. 12 Tab we use Masa pas lie; aur wuh qaid kiya gaya, taki un se zahir kare, ki Khuda'wand unheo kya hukm karta hai. 13 Tab KhudaVani> ne Musa ko khitlb karke farmaya, 14 Ki Use jis ne lanat ki hai, khaimagih ke bahar nikal leja, aur sab us ke sunnewale apne hath us ke sir par rakhec, aur sari jamaat use sangsar kare. 15 Aur tit ban! Israel se kah de, ki Jo koi apne Khuda par lanat karega, apni khata ko uthawega. 16 Aur wuh jo Khuda'wand ke nam ko bad kahega, jan se mara jaega ; sari jamaat use sangsar karegi : khwah wuh musafir ho, Ichwah mutwattin, jab us ne kufr baka, to wuh jan se mara jaega. 17 Aur wuh jo insan ko mardalega, so mardala jaega. 18 Aur jo koi haiwan ko mardale, to us ka iwaz, we haiwan ke iwaz haiwan deo. 19 Aur kof apne hamsae ka nuqsan kare, jaisa karega, waisahi paegi ; 20 Torne ke badle torna, ankh ke badle ankh, dant ke badle dint : jaisa koi kisi ka nuqsan kare, us se waislhi kiya jawe. 21 Aur wuh jo haiwan ko mardale, us ka tawan dewe ; wuh jo insan ko mardale, jan se mara jawe. 22 Tumhari ekhi taur ki shariat ho, jo ajnabi ke haqq meu hai, wuhi tumhare watani ke haqq men ho : ki main Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda hdn. 23 Tab Musa ne bani Israel ko hukm ki^^a, ki Is lanatkarnewale ko khaimagah ke bihar nikal lejiwen, aur us par patthrao kare d : so bani Israel ne jaisi Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko farmaya tha, kiya. XXV. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne koh i Sina par Musa ko khitab karke farmSy^, 2 Ki Bani Israel ko farma, aur un se kah, ki Jab tum us zamin men, jo main tumhen deta huo, dakhil ho, to wuh zamin Khuda'wand ke liye sabt koarHmkare. 3 Td chha baras apne khet men bij bo, aur tii chha baras apne anguroe ko arasta kar, aur us ka basil jama kar. 4 Lekin satwau sal zamin ke liye sabt rahat ka liowe Khuda'wand ke liye sabt howe ; tn na khet meo bij boiyo, aur na apne anguroo ko arasta kijiyo. 5 Jo kuchh ki tere khet men ap se ap uge, td use mat katiyo, aur tere anguron men jise td ne arasta na kiya tha, jo angar lageo, tu unheo mat toriyo : kydnki yih zamfn ke liye rahat ka sal hai. 6 So zamin ka sabt tumhare liye, aur tumhare naukar aur tumhari laundi aur tumhare mazdur aur tumhare ajnabion ke liye, jin ki budobash tum men hai, 7 Aur tumhare wahashi aur ahli chaupaioQ ke liye, jo us zamin par haic, us ki sab hasil un ke khane ke liye hoga. 25 BAB.] AHBAR. 141 8 Aur til sat baras rahat ke sat martaba apne liye gin; aur un sat rShat ke >arasoij ke din tere liye unchSs baras honge. 9 Tab tu satweo mahine kf daswiQ ariljih niihmani ka narsinga phunkwa ; tii kafare ke roz apne sire mulk meo larsmga plmnkwa. 10 So turn pachasweij baras ko nuiqaddas karo, aur zamin aeu us ke sare bashindou meo ^z.idi ki nianadf karo : yih tumhare liye yiibal hai ; ur turn nieu se bar wahid apne apne amlaq par jawe, aur harek apne apne kli.indan leo jawe. 11 Pachaswio baras tunihire liye yubal ka hai; turn kuchh mat oiyo, aur na use jo us men azkliud uge katiyo, na apne angur jise tu ne arasta na iya tha jama kfjiyo. 12 Kyiinki yih yubal hai ; yih tumhare liye muqaddas hai; hetou meu jo basil ho, turn use khao. 13 Us yubal ke sal tum meo se harek pne amliq par phir jawe. 14 Aur agar tu apne hamsae ke hath beche, ya apne amsae se niul le, to turn ek dusre par zulm na kijiyo. 15 Yubal ke bid barasoo i shumir ke muwafiq tu apne hamsae se mol lena, aur galla ke barasou ke minar ke mutabiq tere hath beche. 16 Barason ki kasrat ke muwifiq tii us ka ol barhaiyo, aur barasoo ki kami ke muwafiq tu us ki qiinat ghataiyo : ki barasoQ s shumir ke muwafiq wuh tere hith galla bechta hai. 17 Aur turn ek diisre ir zulm na karo, balki tii apne Khuda se dariyo : ki main Khuda'wand tumhara huda hi'in. 18 So tum meri shariat par amal kijiyo, aur mere hukmou ki muhafazat karna, ir un par amal karna ; ki tum zamin par salim rahoge. 19 Aur zamin turn ko )ne phal degi, aur tum bhar pet khioge, aur us par salimat rahi karoge. 20 Aur rar turn kaho, ki ham satweu baras kya khawenge ? ki ham bote nahin, na galla ma karte bain. 21 So main chhathe sal apni barkat ko turn par nazil kariinga, jr zamin tum ko tin sal ka galla degi. 22 Tum athwen baras boo, aur naweo iras tak purana galla khao ; jabtak us ka naya galla awe, purana khao. [ Zamin hamesha ke liye bechi na jawe : ki zamin meri hai ; aur tum mere usafir aur mihmin ho. 24 Tum apne sare'amlaq men zamin ki fidiya dijiyo. • Agar tera bhai miskin muhtaj ho, aur kuchh apne amlaq se beche, aur kol us ! nazdik ke rishtedaron meo se awe, ki use chhura le, to wuh us ko jise us ke laf ne becha hai, chhura le. 26 Agar fidiya denewala aisa koi na rakhti ho, aur ka hath pahunche, Id ap use chhutawe ; 27 To chahiye ki wuh apni bechi hui ilk ki barason ko gin jawe, aur us qadr jo baqi barason ki hissa hai, use us ko jis : hath bechi hai pher de ; tab wuh apni milk par jdwe. 28 Aur agar wuh phir ne par qidir na ho, to wuh us ki bechi hui milk yubal ke sal tak kharidar pas he : aur yiibal ke sal chhut j iegi ; tab wuh apne amlik par pliir jawe. 29 Aur agar koi ghar ko jo aise shahr men hai, jis ke gird shahr panah ho, che, to wuh us ka ibtidi i bechne se use ek baras ke andar fidiya de sakta hai : ih sal ke andar us ka fidiya dcwe. 30 Aur agar sal bhar ki muddat meij us ka iya na diya jawe, to wuh ghar jo shahr panah ke andar hai, kharidar pas ua ke rnou men hamesha tak us ka hua : wuh yubal ke sal uicq chhit na jaega. Lekin aise ghar jo g'Oij men haiij, jin ke aspas diwir nahin, we zamin ke khetou ininind mahsub howen ; fidiya die jaenge, aur yiibal men chhut jaenge. 32 Lekin : shahr jo Lewiou ke haio, un ke mamliik ghar jo un shahrou men hiioi Lewi ka hamesha tak fidiya de sakte hain. 33 Aur agai koi diisra Lewi us kv fidiya, we, to wuh ghar ya shahr us ke p^s rahega, phir yubal ke s41 chhut j^egl: 142 AHBAR. [25 BAB. kyunki bani Israel ke darmiyan aise ghar, jo Lewfon ke mamluk shahron men haiu' uii ki milk muuriisi haiu. 34 Aur wuli kliet bhi jo un ke shahroo ke atraf meo haiU) beche na jawen ; ki yih un ki milk i abadi hai. 35 Aur agar tumhari bhai tumhire bich meij muhtaj aur tihidast hojawe, to turn us ki dastgfri karo, khwah wuh ajnabi ho, khwah mihman, taki wuh tere sith • zindagani basar kare. 3G Tu us se sud aur nafa mat le, aur apne Khuda se dar, tiki tera bhai tere sith zindagani basar kare. 37 Tii use sudi rupi qarz mat de, na use nafa ke liye khana khili. 38 Main KhuraVand tumhira Khuda hiio, jo turn ko zamin i M'sr se nikil laya, taki tuuihen Kanan ki zamin duij, aur tumhara Khuda hiiij. 30 Aiir agar tera bhii jotujh pas hai muflis ho jae, aur tere hath bik jie, to tii us se gulim ki minind khidmat na karwi : 40 Balki wuh mazdiir aur mihman kl manind tere sith rahe, aur yubal ke sal tak teri khidmat kare. 41 Aur bid us ke wuh apne larkon samet tujh se juda ho jaegi, aur apne gharine aur apne bap ke imlik ko phir jaegi. 42 Isli^-e ki we to mere bande hain, jinheii main zamin i Misr se bihar leaya : we gulimen ki tarah beche na jaweij. 43 Tu un par durushti se hukm mat kar, aur apne Khudi se dar. 44 Turahare gulam, aur tumhari laundiiu, jinhen tum mol lo, chahiye ki un qaumoo men ki hon, jo tumhiri nawih men rahti hain ; tum un meo se gulim laundiio leni. 45 Aur un musifirou ke larkoii meo se bhi, jo turn men budobish karte hain, aur un ke gharane men so, jo tumhiri zamin men paidi hue haio, mol lijiyo ; ki we tumhare mamluk hoenge. 46 Aur tum unheu apne bid apne larkon ke liye miris meu dakhil kar do; we abad tak tumhire barde hain: lekin turn apne bhaiou par, jo bani Israel haiu, ek ek se sakhti karke khidmat mat lo. 47 Aur agar koi mihman ya ajnabi, jo tere sith hai, us ki hith pahunchti ho, aur teri bhii jo us ke sith hai muhtaj ho jie, aur us ajnabi yi mihmin ke hath, jo tere sith hai, 3^i us ke hath jis ki asl ajnabi ke khindan men se ho, kisi ke hith apne tain bech dile : 48 Us ka bik jine ke bad fidiya diya ji sal\ti hai ; harek us ke bhaioij meu se chahe, to us ka fidiya de : 49 Khwih us ka chacha, khwih us ke chacha ki beta, ya Jo kof us ke gharane men us kiqarib ho, us ki fidiya de sakti hai; aur agar us ki hath pahunche, to wuh ap apna fidij'a dewe. 50 Aur wuh apne malik ke sith, bai ke sil se leke yubal ke sal tak, hisib kare ; aur us ke bik jane ki qimat barason ke shumir ke muwafiq howe, wuh mazdiir ke ayam ke manind us kc sith rahegi. 51 Agar bahut se baras biqi howen, to wuh apne fidiye ko us qimat se jis par wuh bechi gaya, un barason ke muwafiq pher de. 52 Aur agar yubal ke sil tak thofe baras hon, to wuh hisib kare, aur apne fidiye ki qimat un barason ke muwafiq use pher de. 53 Aur wuh us mazdur kl tarah, jis ka saliana muqarrar ho, us ke sith sil basil rahe : aur wuh tere huzur sakhti karke us se kam na le. 54 Aur agar wuh un barasoo men fidiya na de, to yubal ke sal meo wuh apne larkon samet azad ho jaegi. 65 Kyunki bani Israel mere bande hain ; we mere bande jinheo main zamin i Misr se nikal liya : maia ^ucda'wa>d tumhara Khuda hug. BAB.] AIIBAR. 143 XXVI. BAB. I Turn apne live but na banaiyo, aur na muratcu tardshf hufo, aur na mabiid are karo, aur na apne live patthar kf taswfr apnf zanifn par qiim karo, ki us ke ; sijda karo : is liye ki niaiu Khl'1);V'waxd tunihtira Khud;i liuo. 2 Turn mere )too kf muhafazat karo, aur mere maqdis se daro : maio KhudaVand Iiul'. 3 Agar turn meri sharfatoo par chaloge, aur mere huknioij ko hifz karoge, ajir par amal karoge ; 4 To maiij tumhare liye waqt par meoh barsannga, aur mfn apnf barkat turn ko dcgi, aur maidan ke darakht apne phal denge : 5 Yah;iQ t ki dain ke waqt ko angiir torne ka waqt, aur angiir torne ke waqt ko bone ka qt pahunchega ; aur tum pet bharke kli£n.i khaoge, aur turn dram se apne shahr 'D baithoge. 6 Aur maiu zamfn ko amin baiihshungri, aur tuni sooge, aur tum kisf ka dar na hoga : aur maio sab darindon ko us zamfn par se dafa karunga, r tumharl zamin par hargiz talwar na chalegi. 7 Aur tum apne dushmanoo ki ;hha karoge, aur we tumhare 5ge talwar se gir jaenge. 8 Aur tumhare panch 1 k>1 pichha karenge, aur tumhare sau das hazark^ pfchha karenge : aur tumhare A talwar se tumhare age gir jaenge. 9 Main turfihurt tarafiltifit karnnga, aur mhen baromand karnnga, aur main tumhen kasrat bakhshunga, aur apne ahd tum se pura karungi. 10 Aur purana zakhira khaoge, aur agla zakhira kharch hone paega, ki naya maujiid hoga. ] I Aur maiu apni maskan tum men qaim thunga : aur main turn se nafrat na karunga. 12 Aur main tufnhare darmiyan u karunga, aur tumhara Khudi houngl, aur tum meri qaum hoge. 13 Maio huda'wand tumhara Khuda hun, jo tum ko zamIn i Mi.sr se nikal layS, ki tum I ke gulrim na ho : aur main ne tumhari gardanon ke juoc ko toj-a, aur tumheg iha chalaya. 14 Par agar tum mere shinawl na ho, aur un sab hukmoij par amal na karo : Aur meri sunatou ko haqfr jano, ya tumhare dil meri adalatou ko na pasand reo, aisa ki tum mere hukmou par amal na karo, aur mujh se ahd shikani karo : 1 To mail) bhf tum se waisahi karunga, aur khauf, aur sill, aur tap i sauzan men, se tumhari ankhen phuteij, aur dil dukheij tumhen mubtall karunga : aur tum ine bfj befaida booge, is liye ki tumhire dushman use khaengc. 17 Aur turn r apna qahr nazil karunga, aur tum apne dushmanoo ke samhne kushta hoge : ; jo tumhara kina rakhte haiij, tum par musallat bonge; aur tum bagair us ke tumheo koi ragede bhagte jaoge. 18 Aur agar tum baujud un sab hadisoo , meri farminbardiri na karoge, to main tunihire gumihon ke bais tum par apnl za ko sit m.artaba ziyada karungi. 19 Aur tumhen jo apne zor ka ghamandhai, mail) use torungi ; aur tumhara asman loha si, aur tumhari zamin pital si kar inga. 20 Aur tumhari quwat muft zaijatgi, aur tumhari zamin apni hiisil na khshegi, aur na zamin ke darakht apne phal denge. 21 Aur agar tum us par bh! eri mukhalifat karoge, aur mera kahi na manogc ; to maio tumhare gunahoQ ke uwafiq tumhari uqiibaton ko sat maitaba ziyada karunga. 22 Aur main jangal ke irinde tum men bhtjiinga, aur we tumheu lawalad karenge, aur tumhare charpaioo ) kat dalenge, aur tumheu kam kar denge ; aur tumhare raste siine pars rahenge. J Aur agar tum baujud un balaoo ke islih pazir na hoge, aur meri mukhalifat ir chaloge ; 24 To maio bhi tumhiri mukhalifat par chalang&, aur maiu bhi tum- 144 AHBAR. 26 BAB.] hare gunahou ke liye tumhen sSt bSr mSrdnga. 25 Aur turn par intlqSm kl talwar, jo alicl ki intiqim lenewali hai, utardnga : tab tuna apne shahrou men jama hoge, aur main turn meo waba bhejunga, aur tum dushmanoQ ke hath men sompe jaoge. 26 Aur jab maiu tumhiri roti ka takya bigir dalunga, to das randiau tumharf rotiao ek taniir men lagawengf, aur tumhari rotian wazn karke tumhen dengi ; aur tum khaoge, par ser na hoge. 27 Aur agar turn us par bhf mer! na sunoge, aur mere barkhilaf chaloge ; 28 To main tumhare sath mukhilifat ke gazab par chalniiga, aur main bhi tumhjre gunahoij ke bais tum ko sat bar saza dunga. 29 Aur tum apne betou ka, aur apni bttion ka gosht khioge. 30 Aur main tumhari unchi jagahon ko dha ddnga, aur tumhare mabiidon ko kharab kaninga, aur tumhari lasheij tumhare buton kf lashon par phenkunga, aur Ichud main tum se nafrat kariinga. 31 Aur tumliare shahron ko wiran kaninga, aur tumhare maqdisoo ko ujTr dunga, aur main tum se ij:hushnudi ki bii qabiil na liarunga. 32 Aur main tumhari zamiu ko ujar Jnga ; aur tumhare ada jo wahan rahte haiu us se washat karenge. 33 Aur maio tumhen gairqaumou men paraganda karungi, aur tum par pichhe se talwar chalunga; ki tumhari zamin ujar hogi, aur tumhare shahr wirin. 34 Zamin apne sare wiran rahne ki muddat men, jab tum dushmanou ke shahron men hoge, sabtoij ki rahat pawegi ; tab zamin aram karegi, aur apne sabton ko maqbiil karwaegi. 35 Aur zamin apni sari wirani ki muddat men, jis men jab tum us par biidobash karte the, tumhare sabtou men aram na kiya tha, chain karegi. 36 Aur main un ke dilon men, jo tum meu se apne dushmanoij ki zamin men bachrahenge, khauf daliingi; aur pat liharakne ki sada un ka pichhl karegi; aur we aise bhagenge, jaise talwar se bhagte bain, aur we bagair us ke ki kol un ka pichha kare gir parenge. 37 Aur we bidun us ke ki koi un ka pichha kare, un ki manind jo talwar se bhagte hain, ek par ek gir parenge; aur tum apne dushmanon ke samhne thahar na sakoge. 38 Aur tum gairqaumou ke darmiyan halak hoge, aur tumhare dushmanoij ki zamin tumhen khawegi. 39 Aur we jo tum meo se baqi lionge apni badliariou se, tumhare dushmanon ke mulkou men ghulenge ; aur apne bapdadon ke gunahou ke sabab bhi ghulenge. 40 Aur jab we apni badkirion aur apne bapdadon ki badkariou ka, apne gunahon ke muwafiq jo unhou ne mere barkhilaf kie, iqrar karenge, ki we mere kahne par na cliale ; 41 Aur main bhi un ki mukhaiifhda, aur un ko dushmanou ki zamin meo lay.i, yahin tak ki un ke dil jo nimakhtiiu haiu pasheinin lioweu, aur ap ko apni badkariou ki saza ke laiq samjhen; 42 Tab main apni ahd Yaqiib ke sath yad kariinga, aur bhi apni ahd Izhik ke sath, aur bhi apni ahd Abiraham ke sith yad karunga ; aur us sarzainin ko yad karungi. 43 Wuhi zamin un se chhurai jawegT, aur apni wirani ke dinon men, jo un se hai, apne sabtou ko pawegi ; we chihiye ki ap ko apni badkari ki saza ke laiq jaueu ; isi liye ki unhou ne mere hukmon ko zalil jani, aur isi liye ki un ki diiou ne men shari- atou se nafrat khai. 44 Lekm blujiid u.s sab ke, jab ki we apne dushmanon ki zamin par honge, maio unheu zalil na karunga, aur na main un se nafrat kariinga, ki unheo bilkuU fana kardiin, aur un se ahdshikani karun : ki main I^huda'wand ua ka Ivhuda huu. 45 Main ua ki khatir unke ajdad ke ahd ko, jinheu maio gair- 27 BA'B]. AHBiVR. H5 qaumou ke ^ge zamfn i Misr se nikiil lap, taki maiu un ka Khuda houij, yad kariinga : main Khuda'wand hiiu- 46 Ye we qawanin, aur ahkam, aur rusilm hain, jo KhudaVand ne koh i Sfni par ap meu aur bani Israel mejj Miisa ki wasatat se muqarrar farmae. XXVII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wasd ne Miisa ko khitab karke farmSya, 2 Kl Bani Israel ko farma, aur unben kah, ki Agar koi insdn apne ko Khuda'wand ka nazfr kare, to tere qimat thaharane ke muwafiq us kf jan ka mol Khuda'wand ke liye howe. 8 So agar wuh mard hai, to bis baras ke se sath baras ke tak, pachas misqal rupa, us misqal ke muwafiq jo maqdis men murauwaj hai, muqarrar kar. 4 Aur agar wuh aurat ho, to tlsmisqil muqarrar kar. 5 Aur agar us k! umr bis baras se kam ho, to panch baras ke se bis baras ke tak, bis misqil muqarrar kar agar mard ho, aur agar aurat ho, to das misqal. 6 Aur us ki umr panch baras se kam ho, to ek mahine ke se pnnch baras ke tak, panch misqal rupa muqarrar kar agar mard ho, aur agar aurat ho, to tin misqal. 7 Aur agar wuh pure sath baras ka ho, va sath se npar ho, to pandrah misqal muqarrar kar agar mard ho, aur agar aurat ho, to dao misqal. 8 Par agar wuh terf qimat ke ada karne par qadir na howe, to kahin ke huziir hazir kiya jawe, aur kahin us ki qimat thaharawe ; kahin us shakhs kf qfniat jis ne nazr ki hai, us ke hath pahunchne ke muwafiq thaharawe. 9 Aur agar wuh janwar ho, jise log Khuda'wand kJ qurbani guzrante halo, to sab wuh jo un men se Khuda'wand ke liye guzranf, muqaddas hogi. 10 Lazim hai ki wuh use na badle, achhe ke badle bura aur bure ke badle achha na dewe : aur agar wuh bahinie ke badle dusra bahima de, to wuh nazr ka aur us ke badle ka donon muqaddas honge. 11 Aur agar wuh napak chaupaya ho, ki us ko Khuda'wand ki qurbSni nahfu guzrante, to chahiye ki wuh kahin ke huzur khara kiya jawe. 12 Aur kahin us kf khubf aur badi dekhke qimat thaharawe : tere yane kahin ke qimat thaharane ke muwafiq, qimat lazim hogi. 13 Aur agar wuh chahe ki us ka fidiya de, to us qimat ka panchwan hissa us par afzud kiya jawe. 14 Aur agar koi apne ghar ko Khuda'wand ke liye muqaddas kare, to kahin us ki khubi aur badi dekhke us ki qfmat thaharawe : so wuh kahin ke ankne ke muwafiq thaharega. 15 Aur agar wuh jis ne ghar muqaddas kiya chahe, ki ghar ki fidiya de, to teri qimat ka panchwan hissa us par barhake de, aur ghar us ka hogi. 16 Agar kof apne amlak se qita zamin ka Khuda'wand ke liye muqaddas kare, to chahiye ki tera qimat karna us ke bij ke muwafiq ho : aur har gumr jau ke ba- dle pachas misqil chandi ho. 17 Agar koi yiibal ke sal ki ibtida men apni khet muqaddas kare, to us ki qimat jo tu anke wuhi ihahare. l.S Par agar wuh yubal ke bad zamin muqaddas kare, to kahin un barasou ke muwafiq jo ynbal ki sal tak baqf hain rupioij ka his ib kare, aur teri qimat se utni kam kiya jawe. 19 Aur agar wuh jis ne zamin muqaddas ki chahe, ki us ka fidiya dewe, to wuh teri qimat ka panchwan hissa qimat par afzud kare, tab wuh us ki hojaegi. 20 Aur agar wuh us zamin ka fidiya na de, yi agar wuh use dusre shakhs ke hilh beche, to wuh phir kabhl fidiya di na jaegi. 21 Balki wuh zamin jab yabal ki sal meu azad hoti hai, us R 146 GINTF. [1 BAB. zamln ke nmwdfiq jo KhudaVand ke liye haram hai, muqaddas hogi; aur wuh mamluk kdhin ki hogi. '22 Aur agar kof wuh zamfn jo us ne mol li hai, aur us ki maurijsf nahfo, Khuda'- WAND ke liye muqaddas kare ; 23 To kahin un barasou ke muw.lfiq, jo yubal ke sal tak baqi haio, tere ankne ke mutabiq hisib kare : phir wuh teri ankt qimat ko usi din Khuda'wani> ke liye muqaddas kare. 24 Aur zamiu yiibal ke sal meu us ki hogf, jis se us ko mol liya. 25 Aur chahiye ki tcri sab qimat ka harek niisqi] us misqal ke muwafiq ho, jo maqdis men murauwaj hai, yane ek misqal bisjfra ka ho. 2G Aiir chaupifoij men se wuh jo pahile paida hua hai, aur khas Khdda'wand ki hai, -use koi muqaddas nahiu kar sakta hai: khwah wuh gie bail se ho, khwah bher bakri se, wuh to Khuda'wand ka hai. 27 Aur agar wuh jo pahile paid;i hi'ia nipak bahima ho, to wuh malik tere ankne ke muw.lfiq us ki qfmat dewe, aur pinchwao hissa us par ziyada kare : aur agar wuh fidiya na diya jawe, to wuh teri anki qimat par becha jawe. 28 Lekin har ek chiz jise koi apni chizon men se Khuda'wand ke Ii_ve haram kare, insin ho, ya haiwan, yd kuchh us ki zamin mamluk men se, hargiz bechi na jawe, aur na us ka fidiya diya jawe : kyunki wuh chiz jo KhudaVanb ki haram ki gai, Khuda'waxb ke liye nihayat muqaddas hai. 29 Wuh sab haram jo ^dmion meo se haram kiya jawe, to us ki fidi^-a diya na jawe, balki qatl kiya jawe. 30 Aur jo kuchh zamin se hasil ho, us ka daswan hissa, khwah wuh ziraat ho, khwah darakht kamewa, Khuda'wand ka hai: wuh Khuda'm'and ke li^e muqaddas hai. 31 Aur agar malik chahe, ki apne dasweo hisseka fidiya de, to us ka panchwau hissa us par barhlwe. 32 Gae bail, aur bhep bakri ke sab daswen hisse, jo char- wahe kl latlii ke niche guzarte hain, Khuda'wand ke liye muqaddas haiij. 33 Wuh us ka andesha na kare, ki v.uh achha hai, ya bura hai, aur na use badle : aur agar koi use badle, to wuh asl aur badal donon muqaddas hojaenge ; us ka fidiya na diya jawe. 34 We ahkam, jo Khuda'wand ne bant Israel ke live koh i Sina par ]Miisa ko kie, ye haio. GINTr KI' KITAB. I. BAB. -<• 1 Jab Mlsr ki zamin se bani Israel nikle, tab dusre barasdusre mahfne kf pahli tSrikh dasht i Sina ke bich jamaat ke khaime men Kuuda'waxd ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya. 2 Ki Tii bani Israel ki sab jamaat ki harek firqe ke mardou ka un ke aba i khandanou ke muwafiq nam banam hisab kar; 3 Bis bara.swale se upar tak jo bani Israel mcQ se larai ke liye nikalte hain, tii aur Hariin unheij un ke lashkaron meu gia. 4 Aur harek firqe men se ek ek shakhs, jo apne apne abai khandan ka sardur hai, tumhare sath ho. 5 Aur un ke nim jo tere sath muqarrar hon, ye hain : firqe Rubin meu se Ilisiir bin Shadiiir. 6 Firqe Simon meu sc Salumiel bin Siirishaddi. 7 Firqe Yihudah mcD se Nahsi'in bin Amminadab. 8 Firqe Ishakar se Nataniel bin Sugr. 9 Firqe 1 BAB.] GINTK 147 5abnlun nieo se IHab bin Hailun. 10 Ban! Yiisaf ke firqe Ifralm se Ilisama bin ^mmihiid, aur firqe Manassi se Gamaliel bin Fidasar. 11 Firqe Binyamfn se Vbid;in bin Gideonf. 12 Firqe Dan se Ahiazr bin Ainmishaddf. 13 Firqe Yasar e Pagiel bin Akran. 11 Fii-qc Jadd se Iliasaf bin Duyel. lo Firqe Naft;ili se ^hira bin En^in. 16 Apne apne Sb4i khandin ke sarddr jainaat ke chune »ne ye the, bani Israel nieu hazarou ke rafs ye the. 17 So Musa aur Ilaruti nc un hakhsoij ko jo nam banam bayan kie gae sath liya, aur unhon ne dusre nialu'ne ki lahli tarikh sari jam;iat ko jama kiya. 18 So unhon ne apne apne ^bai khandan Le namotj kc shuinir ke muwaliq juda juda bis baras wale se leke upar tak apni lasabnama diya. 19 Miisa ne jaisa tnuDA'svAND ne usehukiu furmiya thi, un ko lasht i Sina men gina. 20 So bani Riibin wuh jo Israel ka pahlautha beta tha, apne qabail aur apne abaf chandan ke niuwafiq aur namoa ke shumar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bfs )aras wale se upar tak sab jo jang ke liye nikalte the, 21 Jo Rubin ke firqe meu e gine gae, chhiyalis haz:ir panch sau the. 22 Aur bani Simon apne qabail aur apne abai khandan ke muwafiq aur nSmoij :e shumar ke mutabiq, sab mardek ek karke bis baras wale se lipar tak jo sab jang ;e li^-e nikalte the, 23 Jo Simon ke firqe men se gine gae, unsath hazar tin sau he. 24 Bani Jadd apne qabail aur apne abai khandan ke muwafiq aur namon ke humar ke mutabiq, sab mard ek ek karke bis baras wale se upar tak jo jang ke liye ikalte the, 2j Jo Jadd ke firqe men se gine gae, paintalis hazar chha sai pachas he. 26 Aur ban! Yihiidah apne qabail aur apne abai khandan ke muwafi ] aur nimou :e shumar ke mutabiq, sab mard ek ek karke bis baras wale se upar tak sab jo jang Le liye nikalte the, 27 Jo Yihudah ke firqe meu se gine gae, chauhattar hazar hha sai the. 28 Aur bani Ishakar apne qabail aur apne abai khandan ke muwafiq aur namoij Le shumar ke mutabiq sab mard el^ek karke bis baras wale se upar tak sab jo jang e liye nikalte the, 29 Jo Ishakar ke finje meo se gine gae, chauwan hazar char sau he. 30 Aur bani Zabuliln apne qabdil aur apne abai khandan ke muwafiq aur namou e shumar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bis baras wale se upar tak sab jo jang e liye nikalte the, 31 Jo Zabuliin ke firqe met] se gine gae, satawan hazar char ai the. 32 Bani Yusaf ke firqe Ifraim apne qabail aur apne Sbai khandan ke muwafiq ur namon ke shumar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bis baras wile se upar ak sab jo jang ke liye nikalte the, 33 Jo i'usaf ke firqe Ifriiiu men se gine gae, halis hazar panch sau the. 34 Aur bani Manassi apne qabail aur apne abai kluindan ke muwafiq aur £mon ke shumar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bis baras wale se lipar tak sab ) jang ke liye nikalte the, 35 Jo Manassi ke firqe meu se gine gae, batis hazar 0 sau the. , 36 Aur bani Binyamfn apne qabail aur apne akif khandan ke muwafiq aur amou ke shumar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bis baraswale se^dpar tak sab, R 2 148 GINTI,. [2 BAB. jo jang ke liye nikalte the, 37 Jo Binyaniln ke firqe nieo se ginc gae, paintfs hazar char sau the. 38 Aur bani D£n apno apne qab^il aur apne 5bai khandan ke muwdfiq aur namoD ke shuniar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bfsbaras wrile se upar tak, jo jang ke liye nikalte the, 39 Jo Dan ke fiiqemen se gine gae, basaih hazar sav sau the. 40 Aur bani Yasar apne qabiil aur apne abai kliandan ke muwafiq aur namon ke shumar ke mutabi(j sab mard ek ek karke bis baras w;ile se iipar tak, sab jo jang ke liye nikalte the, 41 Jo Yasar ke firqe men se gine gae, iktalis hazar pinch sau the. 42 Bani Naftili apne qabail aur apne abai khindan ke muwafiq aur namon ke shumar ke mutabiq sab mard ek ek karke bis baraswale se upar tak sab, jo jang ke liye nikalte the, 43 Jo Naftali ke firqe men se gine gae, tirpan hazar char sau the. 44 We gine hue jo Musa aur Ilarun ne gine ye hain; aur bani Israel ke sardar jo harek apne apne abai khandan men rais tha, ye barah the. 45 So we sab jo bani Israel men se apne abai khandanon men bis baras ke se leke upar tak gine gae, 46 Sab jo jang ke liye nikalte the, chha lakh tin hazar panch sau pachas the. 47 Lekin we jo Lewi the, apne abai firqe ke mutabiq un ke sath gine nahio gae. 48 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya, 49 Ki Tu faqt un ko jo Lewi ke firqe men haiij, shumar na kijiyo, aur unhen bani Israel ke shumar men dakhil na karna ; 50 Balki tu Lewioij ko ahdname ke maskan aur un ke zuruf aur us ke sare lawazim par muqarrar kijiyo; we us maskan aur us ke zuriif ko uthayi kareij, aur us ke khadim howeij, aur maskan ke as pas khaimon meo raheij. 51 Aur jab maskan ke kuch ka waqt ho, to use Lewi utarcij, aur jab maskan ke rakhne ka waqt ho, to Lewi use khara kareo, aur ajnabioij men se jo koi us ke nazdik awe, to us ki gardan mari javve. 52 Aur bani Israel meij se harek apne apne khaiinagah men apne apne jhandon tale apne apne lashkaroo men khaima karen. 53 Lekir Lewi ahdname ke maskan ke gird khaima karen, tiki bani Israel ki jamaat par gazab nazil na ho, aur Lewi ahdname ke maskan ki muhafazat karen. 54 So bani Israel ne un sab hukmon par, jo Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur Harun ko kiye the, amal kiya. II. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa aur Harun ko khitib karke farmaya, ki 2 Ban! Israel men se harek sardar apna alam aur apne abai khandan ke alamdar ko leke j amaat ke khaime ke muqabil aur us ke girda'gird Ijhaima khara kare. 3 Aur bani Yihudah ki khaimagih ki alamdir simt i mashriq ko jidhar se afca') tula karta hai, apna lashkar leke khaima khara kare, aur Amminadab ka beta Nahsua bani Yihudah ka sardar ho. 4 Aur us kri lashkar aur sab jo us ke sith gine gae, chauhattar hazar chha sau the. 5 Aur un ke pas Ishakar ka firqa khaima khara kare, aur Sugr ka beti Nataniel bani Ishakar ka sardar ho. 6 Aur us ka lashkar aur sab jo us ke sath gine gae, chauwan hazar char sau the. 7 Phir Zabulun ki. firqa aur Hailun ka beta Iliab bani Zabulun ka sardar ho. 8 Aur us ka lashkar 2 BAB.] GINTF. U9 aur sab jo us ke sdth gine gae, sattSwan haz^r chlr sau the. 9 So we sab jo Yihiidah ki kbaimagah meo gine gae, un kJ faujoQ meo ek lakh chhiyisi hazdr chdr sai the : pahle un ka kuch howe. 10 Aur Rubin ki khainiagah ki abimdar apna laslikar Icke jauub kf jinib kbain)a khsiri kare, aur Sliaddiur ki beta Ilis-ur baui Iliibin ka sardar ho. 1 1 Aur us k;i hishkar aur sab jo us ke sith gine gne, chhiyab's hazrir pa neb sau the. 12 Aur us ke pas banf Siuion ka firqa khaima khara kare, aur Siirishaddi ka beta SaUimiel banf Simon ka sardar ho. 13 Aur us ka hishkar aur sab jo us ke sath gine gae, unsath bazar tfn sau the. 1-4 Phir Jadd ka firqa aur Duyel ka beta Ihasaf bani Jadd ka sardar ho. 15 Aur us ka hislikar aur sab jo us ke sath gine gae, paintab's bazar chha sau pachas the. 16 So we sab jo Rubin ki khaiinagah meg gine gae, un ki faujoo men ek lakh ikawan hazar char sau pachas the : dusre kiich un ka howe. 17 Aur jamaat ke khaime ko leke Lewiou ka lashkar sab lashkar ke darmij'an kiich kare ; jis tarah we khaima khara kareij, waisehi har shakhs apnt apni tartfb se alampij ke sath kiich kare. 18 Ifraim ki kbaimagah ka alamdar apna lashkar leke magrib kf jrinib men ho, aur Ammibud ka beta Ilisama bani Ifraim ka sardar ho. 19 Aur us ka lashkar aur sab jo us ke sith gine gae, chilis bazar pinch sau the. 20 Aur us ke pis Manassi ki firqa aur Fidasiir ki beta Gamaliel baui Manassi ki sardar ho. 21 Aur us ka lashkar aur sab jo us ke sith gine gae, battis hazir do sau the. 22 Phir Ijinyamin ka firqa'aur Gideoni ki beta Abidin bani Binyamin ki sardar ho. 23 Aur us ka lashkar aur sab jo us ke sath gine gae, paintis hazir char sau the, 24 So •we sab jo Ifriim ki khaimagah men gine gae, un ki faujoij ek lakh ith hazir ek sau the. Aur we tisri bar kuch karen. 25 Aur Din ki kbaimagah ki alamdir apna lashkar leke shimil ki jinib ho, aur Amniishaddi ki beta Ahiazr bani Dan ki sardar ho. 26 Aur us ka lashkar aur sab jo us ke sath gine gae, basath bazar sit sau the. 27 Aur us ke pis Yasar ka firqa aur Akrin ka beta Pagiel bani Yasar ki sardar ho. 28 Aur us ka lashkar aur sab jo us ke sith gine gae, iktilis hazir pinch sau the. 29 Aur Naftali ki firqa aur Enin ka beta Ahira bani Naftili ka sardar ho. 30 Aur us ki lashkar aur sab jo us ke sith gine gae, tirpan bazar chir sau the. 31 So we sab jo Din ki kbaimagah men gine gae, ek likh sattiwan hazir chha sau the : we apne alamoo ko leke akliir ko kuch kiyi karen. 32 Bani Israel ki shumir un ke abai khindanon ke muwafiq yih hai ; we sab jo khaiinagih men un ke laskaron men gine gae, chha lakh tin bazar piu sau pachas the. 33 Lekin Lewi, jaisi Khuda'wanu ne Miisi ko bukm kiyi thi, bani Israel men gine na gae. 34 Aur bani Israel ne un sab hukmoij par, jo Khuda'wand ne Musi ko farmae, amal kiyi : we apne lashkar leke yiiij hi khaimoij men rahe ; aur harek ne un men se apne apne qabiil aur apne apne abai Ijliaadan ke log leke kuch kiyi. a^ III. BAB. 1 Jis roz Khuda'wand ne koh i Sina par Musi se biten kfo, Hirun aur Musi ke qabail ke log itne the. 2 Aur Hirun ke betou ke nam ye haiu; Nadab jo 150 GINTl'. [3 n^VB. pahlautha th^, aur Abihu, aur Iliazr, aur Etamar. 3 Ye nim haiD un banf Haran ke, jo kahinat ke liye mamsuh hue, aur jinheo us ne kahinat kf khidmat ke liye muqaddas kiya. 4 Aur Nadab aur Abihu, jab unhoo ne dasht Sfna men Khuda'- WAND ke age ajnab! ag guzranf, tab Kuuda'wanu ke huzur mar gae, aur we beaulad the ; aur Iliazr aur Etamar apne bap Hariin ke huziir kahanat ki khidmat rakhte the. 5 Pliir Kuuda'wand ne Mnsa ko khitab karke farmnj'a, 6 Ki Lewikefirqeko pas bula, aur un ko Ilin'in kabin ke age hazir kiir, taki we us ki khidmat kareo. 7 Aur Hirun aur sab jamiat ke kamoo kf, jamaat ke khairae ke huzur, muhifazat karen, taki sab maskan kf ibadat pi'irf kareii. 8 Aur we jamaat ke kliaime ke sab zuruf, aur banf Israel ke sab kamoij ki muhafazat karen, taki maskan kf ibadat piiri karen. 9 Aur tii Lewfon ke tain Hariin aur banf Hardn ko sonip de ; bani Israel men se ve sab ke sab us ko sompe gae haiu. 10 Aur Ilariin aur banf Ilariia ko kahannt kf khidmat par muqarrar kar ; aur agar ajnabi log nazdik awen, to mar dale jawcn. 11 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya: 12 Ki Dekh maio ne banf Israel men se un sab pahlauthon ke badle, jo banf Israel men paida hotehain, Lewiou kole lij'a : so Lewi mere liye honge. 13 Is liye sare Lewf mere hain; ki jis din main ne zamfn i Misr men sare pahlauthe mare, to main ne banf Israel ke sab pahlauthe, kya insan ke, kyahaiwanke, apne liye muqaddas kie ; we mere honge : main Khuda'wand hinj. 14- Phir li.UHDAVAND ne dasht i Sfna men Mnsa ko khitab karke farmaya, 15 Ki Banf Lewf ko un ke abli kliandCn aur un ke qabail men shumar kar : ek mahfne ke bachche se leke upar tak shumar kar. 16 Chunanchi Musa ne jaisa Khdda'- WAND ne use farmayatha, unhen gina. 17 So Lewi ke beton ke nam ye haio ; Jirsan, aur Qihat, aur Mirarf. 18 Jirsan ke beton ke nam un ke qabail men ye hain ; Libnl aur Samaf. 19 Aur Qihat ke bete apne qabail men Amiram, aur Izhar, aur Habian, aur Uzziel hain. 20 Aur banf Mirarf apne qabail men Muhli aur Musi hain : so banf Lewi ke qabail, un ko abaf khandanon ke mnwafiq, ye hain. 21 Aur Jirsan ke qabfle: Libni ka qabila aur Samaf ka qabila : ye JirsanfoD ke qabail haiu. 22 Chunanchi sare mardon ke adadke muwafiq, jo un se gine gae, ek mahfne se leke upar tak s.at bazar pan sau the. 23 Jirsan ke qabail maskan ke pichhware ma^rib kf samt ko apni khaimagah karen. 24 Aur Liel ka beta Ilisafan Jirsaufon ke abaf khandan ka sardar ho. 25 Aur jamaat ke khaime se bani Jirsan maskan, aur khaime, aur us ke parde, aur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze ke parde kf muhafazat karen, 26 Aur sahn ke pardon, aur us ke darwaze ke parde kf, jo maskan aur mazbah ke gird hain, aur us kf tanabou, aur us kf sab khidmatOD kf. 27 Aur Qihat ke qabail ye hain, Amiramfon kS qabfla, aur Izharion ka qabila, aur Habranion ka qabfla, aur Uzzielfon ka qabfla; ye sab QihatfoQ ke qabail hain. 2ii»Un ke sare mard apne adad ke muwafiq ek mahfne ke se leke upar tak sab ath bazar chha sau the ; maqdis kf nigahbanf un ka zimma tha. 29 Banf Qihat mas- kan ki jantib kfjanlb khaima khara karen. 30 Aur Uzziel ka beti Ilisafan bani Qihat ke sare gharanon ka sardar ho. 31 Aur sanduq, aur mez, aur shamadan, aur mazbah, aur maqdis ke zurdf jo khidmat meg the, aur parde, aur un kl sab tarah I BAB.] GINTK 151 it khidmat iin Vi. zi'mma ho. 32 Aur H^riin kdhin ki beta Iliazr Lewfoo ke sar- iaion k.i sardar, aur maqdis ke nigahbinon ka nigahban ho. 33 Mirdrf ke qabile ye haiu, Mnlilfou ka qabfla, aur Mu8foD ki. qabfla : ye Mir- Jrloij ke qabile haio. 34 Un ke sire mard jo gine gae, apnf adad ke muwifiq, ek nahfne ke se lake upar tak, sab chha hazar do sau the. 3J Aur Abihail ka beti Ziiriel MirSrfoo ke qabjil ka sardar ho : aur ye maskan ke shimal kf janib khaima thar.i karcn. 36 Aur maskan ke takhton, aur us ke bendon, aur us ke sutunon, aur is ke pdfon, aur us ke sab zurufon, aur us ki sab khidmatotj ki muliafazat bani Mirari ki zimma hai. 37 Aur sahn ke sutunon ki, jo girdagird us ke haio, aur un ie piioD, aur un kf mekhon, aur un kl tanabon kf. 38 Aur khaimakarnewale maskan ke sSmhne mashrfq kf janib, jidhar se fiftab ;ulu karta hai, janiaat ke khaime ke age Musa, aur Harun, aur us ke bete hoij, jo naskan aur banf Israel ki khidmat ki muhifazat karte liaiij ; aur jo ajnabf us se lazdfk howe, mardala jawe. 39 So sab Lewi jo gine gae, jinheij Musa aur Ilariin le Khuda'wand ke hukm ke rautabiq un ke qabail mcD shumar kiya, sab mard ?k mahine ke se leke lipar tak bais hazar the. 40 Pkir Kuuda'wand ne Musa ko hukm kiya, ki BanI Israel ke sare pahlauthe )eton ko, ek mahine ke se leke upar tak gin, aur un ke namou kf shumar kar. \i Aur mere liye jo KhudaVand hun Lewion ko, banf Israel ke sab pahlauthe )eton ke badle, aur Lewion ke chaupafon ko, banf Israel ke sab chaupaion ke )adle, jo pahile paida hue hoij, le. 42 Chunanchi Musa ne, jaisa Khuda'wand le use farraaya, banf Israel ke sare pahlauthon ko gina. 43 So sire pahlauthe nard un ke namou ki shumar ke rauwafiq, ek mahfne ke se leke upar tak jo gine jae, bafs hazar do sau tehattar the. 44 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitib karke farmaya, 45 Ki Banf Israel Le sire pahlauthon ke badle Lewion ko, aur un ke chaupaion ke badle Lewion ke ihaupaioij ko le ; aur Lewi jitne haiij, mere honge : main Khuda'wand huo. 16 Aur til do sau tehattar banf Israel ke pahlauthon ki fidiya, jo Lewion se afxiid laio, maqdis ke misqal ke mutabiq, 47 Adinf pfchhe panch misqil le : (har nisqal bfs gira ka :) 48 Aur tu yih rupa, jo un kf ziyadati ka fidiya hai, Harun lur us ke betoij ko de. 49 So Musi ne un ke fidiye ka rupa un ke hath se liya, o ziyada the, un se jin ka fidiya Lewion se diya gaya. 50 Bani Israel ke pahlau- ;he baton ke hith se ek hazar tin sau painsath misqil, maqdis ke misqal se, rupa iya. 51 Aur Musa ne wuh rupa, un sab ke fidiye meo KhudaVand ke hukm .e mutabiq Ilirdn aur us ke bctoo ko diya. IV. BAB. I Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur Harun ko khitab karke farmay^, 2 Sab )aui Qihat koi Lewi se un ke qabail, aur un ke abaf Ifhandan ke muwafiq shumar :ar. 3 Tis baraswale se leke us tak jo pachas ka hai, aur khadimoo meu dat:hil lua ho, taki wuh jamaat ke khaime men Ifhidmat kare. 4 Jamaat ke khaime neij, aur un chfzoij meo jo nihdyat muqaddas haio, banf Qihat ki khidmat yih ho. ) Ki jab khaime ka kiich ho, to Harun aur us ke bete Sweo, aur us parde ko jo iisil hai uturen, aur us se ahdnaiua ke saudiiq ko chhipdweo- 6 Aur us par tukhs 1^ TxiNTr. 4 iim.1 kl khiloo ki blUposh daleo, aur us ke upar asmani rang ka kapra bichhiweu, aur us meo choben dilcD. 7 Aur tawajjuh ki mez par asmani rang ka kapra bichhake bartan, aur chamche, aur thalfau, aur bare bare piyale tapiwan ke liye us par rakhen; aur rot i hamesha ki us par howe. 8 Aur un par qirmizi rang ka kapra bichhawen, aur use tukhs ki khalon ke sarposh se dhimpeu, aur us men chobeo dilen. 9 Phir asm.ini rang ka kapra leke sbamadan auj us ke chiragon, aur us ke gulgiroD, aur us ki laganon, aur us ke sab tel ke zuriif par, jo un se khidmat k! jail hai, dbanipeu. 10 Aur us ko aur us ke sab zuriif ko tukhs ki khalon ke gilaf meu rakhen, aur us ko chobou par rakhen. 11 Aur sone ki mazbah par asmani rang ka kapra bichhawen, aur use tukhs ki khalon ke gilaf se dhampen, aur us meo choben dalen. 12 Aur sare bartanon ko, jo maqdis ki khidmat meo ate bain leke asmani rang ke kapre men lapeten, aur unheu tukhs ki khalon ke gilaf se dbampen, aur chobou par rakheo- 13 Aur mazbah men se rakh nikal phenkeij, aur kapra argwani rang ka us par bichhaweo- 1 I Aur sire bartan jo us ki khidmat ke liye darkar hain, jaise angethiau, aur sikhen, aur phauriiu, aur piyale, garaz mazbah ke sire bartan us par rakhen ; aur us par tukhs ki khalon ka gilaf bichhawen, aur us meu choben dilen. 15 Aur jab Hiriin aur ban! Hiriin maqdis ko, aur us ke sab asbab ko dhimp chuken, tab khaimagah ke kiich ke waqt banl Qihit us ke uthane ke liye aweij; lekin we muqaddas chizon ko na chhueij, taki mar na jawen. Jamaat ke khaime men ye chizeij bani Qihat ke uthane ki haio. 16 Aur chiragon ke tel, aur khushbii masilih ke bakhiir, aur daiini hadiya ki, aur malne ke tel, aur tamam maskan ki, aur us sab ki jo us nieij hai, aur us ke zunif ki niu-ahbani Ilari'ai kahin ke bete Iliazr ka uhda hai. 17 Phir Khuda'vvand ne Musa aur Haruii ko khitab karkefarmiya, 18 Ki Tum Lewion men se bani Qihrit ke firqe ko kit na diliyo; 19 Balki un se aisa karo, ki we jaweij, aur quds ul aqdas ke nazdik ane se mar na jaweo : Hirun aur us ke bete dikhil howeo, un meij se harek ko us ki khidmat par, aur us ke uthane par muqarrar kareo. 20 Lekin jab ki muqaddas chizeij dhimpi jawen, to we unheu dekhne ko na aweo, tiki mar na jaweo- 21 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko khitab karke farmaya, 22 Ki Bani Jlrsln ko bhi un ke abai khindanon aur un ke qabiiil ke muwafiq gin : 23 Tis baras ke se leke pachas baras tak un sab ko jo Ithidimon men dikhil hain, taki jamaat ke khaime ki khidmat kareij, shumar kar. 24 Bani Jirsan ke gharanon ka mansab ^hidmat karne, aur bojh uthane men yih hai. 25 Ki we maskan ke parde, aur us ka sarposh jamaat ka khaima, aur tukhs ki khalon ka balaposh jo us par hai, aur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze ka parda uthawen. 26 Aur sahn ke parde, aur sahn ke darwaze ka parda, jo maskan aur mazbah ke gird hai, aur un ki tanaben, aur sare, zuruf jo un ki khidmat ke waste hain, aur sab kam jo un ke waste darkar haio, kareu. 27 Bani Jirsan kisari khidniaten bojh uthane men aur sab kam karne meo Hiriiu aur bani Harun ke hukra ke mutabiq howeu: aur tum an men se harek ka bojh muqarrar kar dijiyo. 28 Bani Jirsan ke qabailki khidmat jamaat ke khaime meo yih hai: aur we kahin Hariin ke bete Etamar ke mahkiim rahen. 29 Bani Mirari ko un ke abai khandinoo aur qabail ke mutabiq gin : 30 Tis baraswale se leke pachas baraswale tak un sab ko jo khadimoo meij dikhil haiu, tiki jamiat ke khaime ki khidmat kareij, shuinir kar. 31 Aur us khidmat ke a BAB.j GINTr. 153 rauwafiq, jo jamaat ke khaime meu un ke liye hai, un ke bojh ye muqarrar hain ; maskan ke takhte, aur us ke bende, aur us ke sutun, aur us ke p4e. 32 Aur saha ke eutan jo gird^gird haiu, aur un ke pae, aur un ki mekhen, aur un kf tanabeu, aur un ke sab zurdf, aur un ke sab zururiyat sainet : aur un ko nlm banam gin ke un ke bojhou ke muqarrar zurdf un ko dijiyo. 33 So bani Mirari ke qab^il ki l^hidmat, jo jamaat ke khaime meo muqarrar thi, yih hai ; aur we kahin Hlrdn ke bete Etamar ke mahkilm raheu. 34 Chunanchi Mdsa aur Hardn aur jamlat ke raTsoo ne bani Qihat ke qabail ko, un ke ab^f khandanou ke mutabiq, gina. 35 Tis baraswale se leke pachas baraswale tak un sab ko, jo khadimoa men dak:hil hue, taki jamaat ke khaime k! khidmat kareo, ek ek karke shumar kiyS. 36 So we jo apne qabail ke muwafiq gine gae, do hazar sat sau pachas the. 37 We sab ye hain, jo banf Qihit ke gharanou meo se jamaat ke Vbaime kl khidmat ke liye shumar kie gae, jinheu Mdsa aur Hardn ne Khuda'wand ke hukm ke mutlbiq, jo Mdsa ke waste se farmSya tha, shumir kiy^. 38 Aur bani JirsSn, jo apne abai khSndinoo aur qabail ke mutSbiq gine gae, 39 Tis baraswale se leke pachas baraswale tak, sab jo khadimou men dakhil hue, tiki jamSat ke khaime ki khidmat kareo ; 40 We sab jo abai khandanoo aur qabail ke mutabiq gine gae, do hazir chha sau tis hde. 41 We sab ye hain, jo bani Jirsan ke gharanou meu se jamaat ke khaime ki khidmat ke liye gine gae, jinheo Mdsa aur Hardn ne Khuda'wand ke hukm se shumar kiyi. 42 Aur bani Mirari ke qabile, jo apne abai kh^ndSnou aur apne qabail ke mutabiq gine gae, 43 Tis baraswale se leke pachas baraswale tak, sab jo khadi- moo men dakhil hue, taki jamaat ke ^haime ki Ichidmat kareu : 44 We sab jo un ke qabail ke muwafiq gine gae, tin hazar do sau the. 45 We sab ye haiij, jo bani Mirari ke qabail men se gine gae, jinheo Mdsa aur Hirdn ne Khuda'wand ke hukm ke mutabiq, jo Mdsa ke waste se farmay^ tha, shumar kiya. 46 So sare bani Lewi, jinheo Mdsa aur Hardn aur Israel sardaroo ne un ke qabail aur abai khandanoo ke mutabiq, 47 Tis baraswale se leke pachas baras- wale tak gina, sab jo khadimon meo dakhil hde, taki jamaat ke kbaime ki khidmat kareo, aur bojh uthaweo ; 48 We sab jo gine gae, ath hazSr panch sau assi the. 49 Khuda'wand ke hukm ke mutabiq, Mdsi ne unheo jo Ijhidmatguzar aur barbardar the, ek ek karke shuuiar kiya : we Khuda'wand ke hukm ke mutabiq, jo Mdsa ko hua, isi tarah gine gae. V. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko khitib karke farmaya, 2 Ki Bani Israel ko hukm kar, ke harek mabrus, aur harek jitiyanwala, aur jo maiyit ke sabab napak hai, un ko khaimagdh se bahar kar deo : 3 Kya mard, aur kyi aurat, turn unheo khaimagah se bahar kar do, taki we apni khaimagahou ko, jin ke darmiyan main rahta hdo, napak na kareo- 4 Chunanchi bani Israel ne ais^hi kiya, aur aisoo ko khaimagah se bahar kar diya : jaisa Khuda'wand ne Musa ko hukm kiya, waisahi bani Israel ne kiyi. 5 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko khitab karke farmaya, 6 Ki Bani Israel ko farma aur kah, ki Agar koi mard ya aurat Kuuda'- T 154 GINTK [5 BAB. WAND 8e bewafiil karke aisS koi gunlh kare, jo idmi karte haio, aur asSmI ho jawe ; 7 To chlhiye ki apne gunih ka jo kiyi hai iqrar kare, aur apnS asam pher de, aur us ki pinchwin hissa us par ziyada kare, aur us ko jis kh wuh asdmi hiia hai, hawala kar de. 8 Lekin agar us shakhs ka koi waris na howe, jo us asSm ka huqqdar hai ; to wuh phera hiia asam KhudaVand pahunchaya j^we ; yih kahin ka hogd, aisa kafire ke mendheke, ki us se us ka kafara diya jata hai. 9 Aur banf Israel ki sari muqaddas chizou ki sab uthai hui qurbaniao jo guzrante haio, klhin ki hongi. 10 Aur harek shakhs ki muqaddas chizeij us ki hongi ; aur jo chiz kahin ko degS, us ki hogi. 11 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mi'isi ko khitab karke farmSyS, 12 Ki Banl Isrdel ko farma aur kah, ki Agar kisi kf joni gumrah ho jawe, aur us se bewafai kare ; 1 3 Aur koi us aurat ke sath hambistar howe, aur yih us ko shauhar se poshida ho, aur parde meu ho, aur wuh uapak hojawe, aur us par gawah na howcn, aur fial karte hiie pakri na jawe; 14 Aur us ke shauhar ke dil men gairat ka khiyal awe, aur wuh apni jon'i se gairat khawe, aur wuh aurat napak ho, ya us ke shauhar ke dil meo gairat ka khiyal awe, aur wuh apni joru se gairat khawe, aur wuh aurat ni- pak na ho: 15 To chihiye ki wuh shakhs apni jorii ko kahin pas lawe, aur us aurat ki babat ek Efah jau ke ate ka daswaij hissa qurbani lawe ; aur wuh us par tel aur luban na dale ; kyiinki wuh gairat kd hadiya, yane yaddihi ka hadiya hai, ki gunah ko yad meo lawe. 16 Tab kahin us aurat ko nazdik lawe, aur Khuda'- wand ke huzi'ir use khara kare. 17 Aur kahin mitti ke ek basan meo muqaddas pani lewe, aur maskan ke sahn ka gubar leke us pani men milawe. 18 Phir ka- hin us aurat ko Khuda'wand ke huzur khara kare, aur us ki. sir nanga kare, aur yaddihi ka hadiya us ke hathon par rakhe, ki yih gairat ka hadiya hai: aur ka- hin us karwe pani ko, jo lanat ka bais hai, apne hath men lewe. 19 Aur us aurat ko qiisani deke kahe, ki Agar koi mard tera hambistar nahin hua, aur agar td apne shauhar ko chhorke diisre ke sath napak nahin hui, to tii is karwe pani ki tasir se, jo linat k'l bais hai, bachi rah. 20 Aur agar tu apne shauhar ke siwa dusre par mail hui hai, aur napak hui, aur tere shauhar ko siwa koi diisra tujh se hambistar hua hai: 21 To tujh par lanat hogi; aur kahin use lanat ki qasam dewe, aur use kahe, ki Khuda'wand tujhe teri qaum meo zarab ul masal lanat aur qasam ka kare, ki Khuda'wand teri ran ko sarawe, aur tere pet ko sujhawe; 22 Aur yih pini jo lanat ka sabab hai, teriantrioij men jake teri pet phulawe, aur teri ran sarawe : aur aurat aniin amin kahe. 23 Phir kahin un lanatou ko ek kitab meij likhe, aur kar- we pani se use mitawe: 24 Aur kShin yih kapwa p:ini, jo lanat ka sabab hai, us aurat ko pila.??e : tab yih pani jo linat ka sabab hai, karwa karne ke liye us aurat ke jism men dikhil hoga. 25 Phir kahin us aurat ke hath se gairat ka hadiya leke Khuda'wand ke huztir us ko hilawe, aur use mazbah ke nazdik lawe: 26 Aur ua hadiya se izkir ke liye ek mutthi leke Icahin mazbah par sunghawe ; bad us ke wuh pant us aurat ko pilawe. 27 Aur jab wuh use yih pani pilawega, tab aisa hog^ ki agar wuh gunahgar hogi, aur us ne apne shauhar ke barkhilaf ki sabab hai, us ke jism meij dakhil hoke karwa hojaega, aur us ka pet phulega, aur us ki ranen saj- jSengi, aur wuh aurat apni qaum meu malaiinhogi. 28 Par agar wuh napak na ho, balki pak ho, to wuh piksaf bani rahegi, aur bache janegi. 29 Us aurat ki bibat JO apae shauhar ko chhcrke dusre se bura kam kare, aur nipak ho jae, gairat ke 6 BAB. J GlNXr. 15S liye yih sharfat hai ; 30 Aur jab niard ko gairat k^ khiyil awe, aur wuh apnl joru se gairat khawe, to use Kiiud.-v'waisd ke .Ige khara kare, aur kahin us par ye sab ahkam jari kare. 31 To mard gunah se pak hoga, aur wuh auratapne gunah ko ap uthawegu VI. BiVB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne MiisS ko khitab karke farmSya, 2 Ki Banl Israel ko farmS, aur un ko kah, Jab kol mard ya aurat aisi kliass nazr kare, ki ip ko Khuda'wand ke liye nazTr banawe ; 3 To chahiye ki wain se aur nashe kf chizon se parhez kare, aur anguri sharab ka aur kisi muskar ka sirka na piwe, aur angur khawe na siikha, 4 Aur apne nazfr hone ke sab dinon men koi chiz, jo angurou se paida hoti hai, tukhm se leke us ke chhilke tak na khawe. 5 Aur apne nazfr hone ke sab dinoo men sir par ustura na phere; jab tak ki we aiyam, jin meu U3 ne ap ko Khuda'wand ke liye nazfr kiya hai, guzar na jaeo : wuh muqaddas hai ; apne sir ke bllon ko barhne de. G Khuda'wand ke liye apne sare nazfr hone ke dinou meo murde kf lash par na jawe. 7 Wuh apne bap, aur apnf ml, aur apne bhaf, aur apnf bahin ke liye, jab we mar jawen, apne taio napak na kare; kyunki us ke Khuda kf nazr us ke sir par hai. 8 Wuh apne nazfr hone ke sab dinon meg KhudaVanu ke liye muqaddas hai. 9 Aur agar kof insin us ke pas n^ga- hanf mar jawe, aur us ke sir kf nazr ko napak kare ; to wuh apne pak hone ke din apna sir mundawe; satwen din sir mundawe. 10 Aur athweo roz doqumrfaij, ya kabiitar ke do bachche, jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par kahin pas lawe. 1 1 Aur kahin ek ko khatiyat ke liye, aur diisre ko charhawe ke liye guzranc ; aur us se us Jjhata ka, ki murde ke sabab se huf, kafara dewe; aur apne sir ko ustdin muqaddas kare. 12 Phir apne nazfr hone ke dinon ko Khuda'wand ke liye muqaddas kare, aur ek eksala nar barra asam ke liye lawe : aur us ke paliile aiyam namanzur haiij; kyunki us kf nazr napak hogaf. 13 Aur nazfr ke liye yih sharfat hai: ki jab us kf nazr kc aiyam pnrehoo, to wuh jum^fat ke Ichaime ke darwaze par hazir kiya jawe. 14 Aur wuh Khuda'wand ke liye apna qurban guzrane: charhawe ki babat ek beaib eksala nar barra, aur khatij'at kf babat ck beaib ekslla mada barrn, aur salami ke liye ek beaib menilha. 15 Aur fatirf rotfon aur mahin maide ke chupaj-i hai kulchou, aur fatiri chuparf huf rotfoo ki ek tokri ko, aur un ke hadiye, aurunke tapawan. 16 Aur kahin unheij Khuda'- wand ke huzur lake us ki khatiyat, aur us ke charhawe ko guzran de. 17 Aur salami ki qurbani kf babat, aur salamf ke liye fatirf rotioQ ki tokrf samet, us mendhe ko, KhudaVand ke huzur zabh kare, aur us ke hadiye aur tap.awan guzrane. 18 Phir wuh nazir jamaat ke khaime ke darwa'ze par apne sir kf nazr ko mundawe : aur un balou ko jo us ke sir ki nazr hai leke us a'g men, jo salamf kf qurbani ke tale hai, dal de. 19 Phir kahin us mendhe ka paka hua shana, aur tokrf meij se ek fatirf roti, aur fatirf kulcha leke us nazfr ke hathoQ par, jab wuh apnf nazr ko mundi chuke, rakhe. 20 Phir kahin un ko hilane ki qurbani ke taur par KhudaVand ke huzur hilawe: yih hilane ke .5fne aur uthane ke shane samet kahin ke liye muqaddas hai : bad us ke nazfr wain pine ka mulchtar hai. 21 Us nazfr kf, jo nazr ke liye Khuda'wand ke ^ge apni qurbani guzrane, yih shariat hai, siwa us ke jo u* T 2 156 GINTF. • [7 BAB. k& dastras ho ; aur chahiye ki yih us ki nazr ke muwSfiq ho, aur us ko sharfat k nazr ke muwSfiq guzr^ne. 22 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miis^ ko khit^b karke farmSyS, 23 Ki HSnin aur bani Harun ko farmS, aur unheo kah, ki Tumhen chShiye ki banl Israel ke haqq meo yno cluS karo, aur unhen kaho: 24 Khuda'wand tujhe barkat bakhshe, aur teri nigahban rahe; 25 Khuda'wand apne chihre kd jalwa tujhe dikhle, aur tujh par rahtn kare ; 26 Khuda'wand tujh par mutwajjih howe, aur tujhe salamatl bakhshe. 27 We mera nSm leke bani IsrSel ke liye dua kareo, aur maio unheo berkat bakh- shanga. VII. BATB. 1 Aur aisi hfi^, ki jis din Musi maskan ke khari karne se farig hua, aur us ko aur us ke sab zuruf ko tel malkar muqaddas kiyS, aiir aisahl mazbah ko us ke sab zuruf samet tel malkar muqaddas kiya; 2 To Israeli rals, jo apne abai khSnd^noo meo sardar aur firqoo meu rais the, aur un men jo gine gae buzurg the, nazdik ie. 3 Aur wechha garfao poshishon samet, aur barah badhiyi bail apni qurb^nl Khuda'- WAND ke huzcir lae; do do rafsoo ki taraf se ek ek gart, aur harek ki taraf se ek ek bail: chunSnchi we unheo maskan ke samhne le ae. 4 Tab Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khit^b karke farmiyS, 5 Ki Tu yih un se le, taki we jamaat ke khaime ki khidmat meo ^wen, aur bani Lewi men har shakhs ko us ki khidmat ke muwafiq bant de. 6 So Mus£ ne garfao aur bail leke bani Lewi ko die. 7 Do gariao aur char bail us ne bani Israel ko un ki khidmat ke muwafiq die. 8 Aur char gariio aur ath bail bani MirSri ko, jo Harun kShin ke bete Etamar ke farmanbardar the, un ki khidmat ke muwafiq die. 9 Lekin us ne bani QihSt ko kuchh na diyS ; is liye ki maqdis ki khidmat, jo un ke liye muqarrar hof yih thl, ki we apne klndhoo par uth£ke le chaleo. 10 Aur rais jis din ki mazbah mamsuh hn£, us ki taqdis ke liye wehi apnf qurbani^Q mazbah ke samhne lae. II Tab Khuda'wand ne Musi ko farmayl, ki Ek ek din ek ek rafs mazbah ki taqdis ke liye apni apni qurblni guzrSne. 12 So pahile din Yihuddhke firqe men se Amrainadab ke bete Nahsnn ne apnf qurbani guzr^ni. 13 Aur us ki qurbinf yih thi : Ek sau tis misqal rupe ki qib, aur sattar misqal rupe ki, ek tasht, maqdis ke misqSl se ; we donoo tel ke male hue maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 14 Das misqal sone ka ek chamcha bakhiir se bharS htia : 15 Ek jawan bachhra, ek mendha, ek nar barra ek sala, charhlwe ke liye : 16 Ek buzgala khatiyat ke liye : 17 Aur saldmf ke liye do bail, panch mendhe, pSnch bakre, p^nch barre ek slla. Amminadab ke bete Nahsun ki qurbSn yih thi. 18 Ddsre din Sagir ke bete Nataniel ne, jo Ishakir ke firqe ki sardir thi, apni qurbini guzrani. 19 Aur us ki qurbini yih thi: Ek sau tis misqil rupe ki qib, aur sattar misqil rupe ki ek tasht, maqdis ke misqal se ; we donou tel ke male hiie maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hde the : 20 Das misqal sone ki ek chamcha bakhnr se bhari hui : 21 Ek jawan bachhra, ek mendha, ek barra ek sila, charhiwe ke liye : 22 Ek buzgila khatiyat ke liye : 23 Aur salimi ke liye do 7 BAB.] GINTr. 157 bail, pSnch mendhe, p^nch bakre, pSnch barre ek.s5la. Sdgir ke bete Nataniel ki qurbSnf yih thf. 24 Aur tfsre din Hil£n ke bete Iliab ne, jo Zabulun ke firqe k5 sardfir tha, apni qurblni guzr&nl. 25 Aur us kl qurbdnf yih thi : Ek sau tfs misqil rape k! qib, aur sattar misqSl riipe k^ ek tasht, maqdis ke misqil se ; we donou tel ke male hue maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 26 Das misqil sone kS ek chamcha bakhnr se bhar£ huS : 27 Ek jaw^n bachhra, ek mendhd, ek barra ek- sila, charhSwe ke liye : 28 Ek buzg^la khatiyat ke liye : 29 Aur salamf ke liye do bail, pinch mendhe, pinch bakre, pinch barre ekslla Hilln ke bete Iliab ki qurblni yih thf. 30 Chauthe din Saidindr ke bete Ilisur ne, jo Rfibin ke firqe ka sardlr thl, apnt qurblni guzrlni. 31 Aur us ki qurblnf yih thi : Ek sau tfs misqil riipe k! qlb, aur sattar misqil rupe ka ek tasht, maqdis ke misqil se ; we donoo tel ke male hne maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 32 Das misqal sone ka ek chamcha bakhnr se bharl hdl : 33 Ek bachhrl, ek mendhl, ek barra ekslla, charhlwe ke liye : 34 Ek buzglla khatiyat ke liye : 35 Aur sallmi ke liye do bail, pinch mendhe, pinch bakre, pinch barre ekslla. Saidinur ke bete Ilisur kf qurbani yih thf, 36 Aur plnchweo din Si'irishadfd ke bete Sallmiel ne, jo Simon ke firqe ka sardlr thi, qurblni guzrlnf. 37 Aur us ki qurbani yih thi : Ek sau tfs misqil rape ki qab, aur sattar misqil rape kl ek tasht, maqdis ke misqil se ; we donoo tel ke male hde maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 38 Das misqil sone kl ek chamcha bakhur se bharl hnl : 39 Ek jawln bachhrl, ek mendhl, ek barra ekslla char- hlwe ke liye : 40 Ek buzglla khatiyat ke liye : 41 Aur sallmi ke liye do bail, pinch mendhe, panch bakre, pinch barre ekslla. Sdrishadid ke bete Sallmiel ki qurbani yih thf. 42 Aur chhathwen din Duyel ke bete Iliasaf ne, jo Jadd ke firqe kl sardlr thi, apnf qurblni guzrlni. 43 Aur us ki qurblni yih thi : Ek sau tis misqil rdpe ki qlb, aur sattar misqal rdpe kl ek tasht, maqdis ke misqil se ; we donog tel ke male hde maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hde the : 44 Das misqil sone kl ek chamcha bakhur se bharl hdl: 45 Ek jawln bachhrl, ek mendhl, ek barra ekslla charhlwe ke liye : 46 Ek buzglla khatiyat ke liye : 47 Aur sallmi ke liye do bail, pinch mendhe, pinch bakre, pinch barre ekslla. Duyel ke bete Iliasaf ki qurblni yih thf. 48 Aur sltwen din Ammihdd ke bete Ilisama ne, jo Krlimke firqe kl sardlr tha, apni qurblni guzrlnf. 49 Aur us kf qurblni yih thf : Ek sau tfs misqal rapekf qlb, aur sattar misqil rdpe kl ek tasht, maqdis ke misqal se ; we donoo tel ke male hue maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 50 Das misqil sone kl ek chamcha bakhdr se bharl hda: 51 Ek jawln bachhrl, ek mendhl, ek barra ekslla charhlwe keliye : 52 Ek buzglla khatiyat ke liye : 53 Aur salam#ke liye do bail, pinch mendhe, pinch bakre, panch barre ekslla. Ammihdd ke bete Ilisama ki qurblni yih thf. 54 Aur Ithwen roz Fidlsdr ke bete Gamaliel ne, jo Manassf ke firqe kl sardlr thi, apne qurblni guzrlnf. 55 Aur us kf qurblnf yih thf : Ek sau tis misqil rdpe ki qlb, aur sattar misqal rdpe kl ek tasht, maqdis ke misqil se ; we donoo tel ke male hue maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the: 5G Das misqal sone kl ek cham- 138 GINTl'. [7 BAIJ. cha bakhiir se bhara hiia : 57 Ek jawan bachhra, ek meudha, ek barra eksala char- hiwe kc liye: 58 Ek buzgala khatiyat ke liye: 59 Aur salami ke liye do bail, pinch mendhe, p^nch bakre, pancb barre eks^Ia. Fidasur ke bete Gamaliel ki qur- baui yih thf. 60 Aur naweu din Gideoni ke bete Abidan ne, jo Binyamfn ke firqe ka sardar tha, apni qurbani guzrani. 61 Aur us ki qurbani yih thi: Ek sau tis misq^l rupe kf qab, aur sattar niisqal riipe ka ek tasht, maqdis ke misqal se ; we donoQ tel ke male hiie maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 62 Das misqal sone ka ek cham- cha bakhur se bhara haa : 63 Ek jawan bachhra, ek mendhd, ek barra eksila char- hawe ke liye: 64 Ek buzgala khatiyat ke liye: 65 Aur salami ke liye do bail, panch mendhe, panch bakre, pauch barre eksala. Gideonf ke bete Abidan ki qurbin yih thi. 66 Aur dasweo din Ammishadid ke bete Ahiazar ne, jo Dan ke firqe k^ sar- dar tha, apni qurbani guzrani. 67 Aur us ki qurbani yih thf : Ek sau tis misqal rape ki qab, aur sattar misqal rupe kS ek tasht, maqdis ke misqal se ; we donoo tel ke male hiie maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the : 68 Das misqal sone ka ek chamcha bakhiir se bhara hiia : 69 Ek jawan bachhra, ek mendha, ek barra eksala charhawe ke liye : 70 Ek buzgala khatiyat ke liye: 71 Aur salami ke liye do bail, panch mendhe, panch bakre, panch barre eksala. Ammishadid ke bete Ahi- azar ki qurbani yih thi. 72 Aur gyarahweo din Akran ke bete Pagiel ne, jo Yasar ke firqe ka sardar tha, apni qurbani guzrdni. 73 Aur us ki qurbani yih thi : Ek sau tis misqal riipe ki qab, aur sattar misqal rupe ka ek tasht, maqdis ke' misqal se ; we donoc tel ke male hue maide se hadiya ke liye bhare hue the: 74 Das misqal sone ka ek chamcha bakhur se bhara hua : 75 Ek jawan bachhra, ek mendha, ek barra eksala charhiwe ke liye : 76 Ek buzgila khatiyat ke liye : 77 Aur salami ke liye do bail, panch mendhe, panch bakre, panch barre eksila. Akran ke bete Pagiel ki qurbani yih tlii. 78 Aut barahwen din Enan ke bete Ahira ne, jo bani Naftali ke firqe ka sardar tha, apni qurbani 'guzrani. 79 Aur us ki qurbani yih thi: Ek sau tis misqal rupe ki qab, aur sattar misqal rupe ka ek tasht, maqdis ke misqal se ; we donoij hadiya ke liye tel ke male hue maide se bhare hue the : 80 Das misqal sone ka ek chamcha bakhur se bhara hua: 81 Ek jawan bachhra, ek mendha, ek barra eksala charhawe ke liye : 82 Ek buzgila khatiyat ke liye : 83 Aur salami ke liye do bail, panch mendhe, pinch bakre, panch barre eksala. Enan ke bete Ahira ki qurbani yih thi. 84 Mazbah ki qurbaniio us ki taqdis ke liye, jis din us par tel mail gaya, jo Israeli raison ne charhaiu, ye thin : Ri'ipe ki barah qabec, Rupe ke barah tasht, sone ke barah chamche : 85 Riipe ke harek- qab wazn meu ek sau tis misqil, harek tasht sattar misqal : rupe ke •ib bartan maqdis ke misqal se do hazar char sau misqil the. 86 Sone ke barah chamche, bjkhiir se labrez bar chamcha das misqal wazu meu maqdis se : sona sare chamchon ka ek sau bis misqal tha. 87 Chaphawe ke liye barah bachhre, barah mendhe, eksala barah barre, un ke hadiya samet : aur khatiyat ke liye barah buzgale. 88 Aur salimi ke liye sab, bachhre chaubis, i ByVB.] GINTI'. 159 lendlhe sath, buzglle sath eksala barre sith. Jia din mazbah par tel mall gaya, 'e sab mazbah kt taqdisen thfo. 89 Ami- jab Musi jamSat ke ^haime meo ddlf;hil hu.1, taki us se hamkalam ho; o us ne kafare ke sarposh par se, jo ahdnama ke sandiiq par th;i, donop kariibioo 16 darmiyln se ek Iwaz sunt, jo us kc sath khitib karti thi. VIII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'tvand ne Musa ko Ichitab karke farmayi, 2 Ilarun ko farmS, f»ur use kah, Jab tu chiragoo ko roshan kare, to chahiye ki sStoti chiragon ki oshni shamadan ke simhne ko ho. 3 Chunanchi liarun ne aisalif kiya : us ne ;hirag roshan karke yiin rakhe, ki ujala shamSdSn ke samhne ko hi'in, jaisa ki inuDA'wAND ne Miisa ko farmaya tha. 4 Aur shamadan ki anawat yuu thi, ki vuh sab khwah p5ya us ka, Ichwah sosun us ke qarha huS sone se thi, us namune le muwafiq, jo Khuda'wand ne Mi'isa ko dikhaya tha, us ne wiisehi shamldan ko )anSya. 5 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmayl, 6 Ki Lewion ko bant [srSel meu se alag kar, aur unheo pak kar, ki we pak hojaweij. 7 Aur tu un ko un pak kar: ki khatiyat ka pani leke un par chhirak, aur un ke sab badan par isturA phirwa, aur un ke kapre dhulwa, taki pak hojawen. 8 Tab we ek bachhri is ke hadiya samet, jo maida tel mala hiia hai, lewen ; aur tu khatiyat ke liye ek aur jachhra le. 9 Tab tu Lewioo ko jamaat ke khaime ke nazdik le S, aur bani Israel li sari jamaat ko jama kar. 10 Aur Lewion ko Khuda'wand ke age la, aur banI [srael apne hath Lewion par rakhen. 11 Aur Hariin Lewion ko, bani Israel meo ;e hilane ki qurbani ke taur par, Khuda'wand ke nibani guzrane, taki we Khuda'- VAND ki khidmatguzari kareij. 12 Tab Lewi apne hath bachhron ke siroQ par akhen ; aur til ek ko khatiyat, aur ddsre ko charhawe ki babat Khuda'wand ke liye :|urbani kar, taki Lewion ke waste kaftra diya jawe. 13 Phir tu Lewion ko Hariin iur bani Harun ke age khara kar, aur un ko hilane ki qurbani ke taur par Khuda'- wand ke liye guzran. 14 Aur tu Lewion ko bani Israel men se judl kar, ki Lewi nere hoo. 15 Bad us keLewl jamaat ke khaime men khidmat ke liye dak:hil howeo; ;o unheo pak kar, aur tu unheu hilane ki qurbani ke taur par guzran. IG Is liye li we sab ke sab bani Israel men se mujhe sompe gae; is liye ki main ne bani Israel :e sab pahlauthon ke badle, jo pet ke kholnewale haiu, xmhen apne waste liya. 17 Jyunki ban! Israel ke sai-e pahlauthe, kya insan kya haiwan, mere haiij: maio ne is din zamin i Misr men harek pahlauthe ko halak kiya, un ko apne liye muqaddas :iya. 18 Aur bani Israel ke sare pahlauthon ke badle main ne Lewion ko le liya lai. 19 Aur main ne bani Israel men se sab Lewi Harun aur bani Ilarun ko supurd de, taki jamaat ke khaime men bani Israel ki jagah khidmatguzari kareo, aur bani Israel ke liye kafara deweo ; taki bani Israel par, jab ki we maqdiske nazdikaweo ,vaba na awe. 20 Chunanchi Musa aur Hariin aur bani Israel ke sare majma ne Lewioo se lisahikiya : sab jo kuchh Khuda'wand ne Lewiouki babat Musa ko hukm farmiya ;ha, bani Israel ne un se wuhi kiya. 21 Tab Lewioo ne apne taio pak kiya, aur anheu ne apne kapre dhoe, aur Hanin ne unheu hilane kl qurbani ke taur par 160 GINTI'. 9 UAli.l Kiiuda'wand ke rubarn guzraiia; aur HSrnn ne un ki taraf se kafiira diya, tiki unhcD pAk kare. 22 Bad us ke Lewi apne khidiuat karne ko Harna aur bani llanm ke saiiihue jamfiat ke khaime meo da^hil hde ; jais^ KhudaVand ne Lewioo kf bdbat Masa ko farmiya thi, unhoQ ne wais^hi un se kiyS. 23 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko khitib karke farmiya : 24 Lewioo ki yih mami'il rahe ; ki we pachfs baraswile se upar tak jatuaat ke khaiine meo dakhil hou, taki khidmatguziri kareo: 25 Aur jab pachis baras ke hog, to khidmatguzarl se nikleu, aur phir kabhu khidmat na kareo; 26 Parjamiat ke khaime meo apne bhiioo ke sath nigahbini ka kam kiya karen, aur khidmat hargi^ na kareo. To Lewioo se uu ki nigahbini ki babat yiiuhi kijiyo. IX. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne dasht i Sfna men, Misr ki zarain se bani Israel ke nikalne ki diisri sil ke pahile mahine meu Musa koTarmaya : 2 Hukm kar, tiki bani Israel us ke muaiyan waqt men id i fasah kareo. 3 Is mahine ki chaudahwio tarik:h, zawal aur gurub ke darraiyin, us ke muqarrari waqt men use karo : us ki rasmoo aur sab hukmoo ke muwifiq use karo. 4 So Miisa ne bani Isriel ko hukm kiya, ki Fasah karo. 5 Aur unhoo ne pahile mahine ki chaudahwio tarikh, zawal aur gurub ke darmiyin, dasht i Siui meo id i fasah ki : aur bani Isriel ne un sab par, jo Khuda'- wand ne Musi ko farmiyi thi, amal kiya. 6 Wahio baze log murde ke sabab se napak hde the; we us roz fasah na kar sake : so we usi din Musi aur Hirdn ke huzur ie; 7 Aur unhou ne us se kaha, ki Ham murde ke sabab se nipik haio : aur kis liye ham bani Israel ke darmiyin Khuda'wand ki qurbini us ke muaiyan waqt par guzranne se biz rakhe jaweu ? 8 Musi ne unheo kahi. Rah jio, rnaio sun lun, ki Khuda'wand tumhire haqq meo kyi hukm karti hai. 9 Tab^KHUDA'wAND ne Musi ko khitib karke farmiyi, 10 Ki Bani Isriel ko farmi aur unheo kah, ki Agar koi turn men se, yi tumhiri nasi meo se murde ke sabab napak ho, yi kahio ddr safar meu howe ; 11 To chahiye ki dusre mahine ki chaudahwio tarikh zawil aur gurub ke darmiyin fasah kare, aur fatiri rotiiu karwi tarkariou ke sith khiwe. 12 We us meo se kuchh subh tak baqi na chhoreo, aur us ki haddi ko na toreo : we fasah ki siri rasmoo ke mu- wifiq use kareo. 13 Lekin wuh insin jo pik hai, aur safar meu nahio, agar fasah karne se baz rahe, to wuh insin apni qaum meu se kat jiegi : kyunki wuh mu- qarrari waqt par Khuda'wand ki qurbini na layi ; wuh apni gunah uthiwega. 14 Aur agar koi pardesi turn meu budobash kare, aur Khuda'wand ke liye fasah kare; to wuh fasah ki rasmoo, aur us ke hukmou ke muwifiq use kare : tumhire liye, kya pardesi aur kya mutwattin, ekhi rasm hogi. 15, Aur jis din maskan khara kiya gayi,, to badli ne ahdnima ke khaime ke mas- kan ko chhipiyi : lekin sham se leke sahar tak maskan par ig si hoti thi. 16 So hamesha aisi hdi kiya ; ki din ko use badli chhipati thi, aur rit ko ig si roshan rahti thi. 17 Aur jab badli maskan ko chhorke buland hot! thi, to bani Isriel kuch karta the ; aur jahao badli ike thaharti thi, wahao bani Isriel khaime khajre karte the. 18 Bani Israel Khuda'wand ke hukm se kuch karte the, aur Khuda'- wand ke hukm se maqim karte the : aur jab tak ki badli maskan par rahti thi, we 0 BAB.] GINTr. 161 hainioo men rahte the. 19 Aurjabbadlt maskan par bahut dinou tak thahari ihf, to bani Israel ne Khuda'wand ki Imkni in.in.i, aur kiich na kiya. 20 Aur isehl jab badli thore dinou tak maskan par rahf ; wc Khuda'wand ke hukm se pnc khaimoij meo rahe, aur Khuda'wand kc hukm se unhou noknch kiysS. 21 Aur lb sliam se subh tak badli thahari rahf, aur subli bote hdo buland luii, to wuijhtu nhou ne kiich kiya : jab badli buland hotf, khw.ih din hota khwah rat, we kueh arte the. 22 Aur jab badlf maskan par thahar rahti, l.dnvah do din, khwSh ek lahina, khwah ek baras, banf Israel apne khaiinou men muqfin rahte, aur kijch na arte: par jab wuh buland hotf, tab we krich karte. 23 Khuda'wand kc hukmse e khaime khare karte, aur Khuda'wand hf ke hukm se we kuch karte: unhoo e Khuda'wand ke hukm kf, jo ]\Iusa ki mirifat hda, muhafazat kf. X. BAB. I Phir Khuda'wand ne Musi ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki Apne liye do arsinge rupe se garhke bana : we teri jamSat ki manadi aur lashkaroo ke kuch ke ye honge. 3 So jab do narsinge phunke jawen, chahiye ki sari qaum jamaat ke haimc ke darwaze par tere pas jama howe. 4 Aur agar ekhi philnka jawe, to we ifs jo hazarou Israelfon ke sardar hain, tere pas jama howeij. 5 Aur jab turn iihoti awaz se phuuko, to un khaimon ka, jo mashriq kf samt khare haio, kuch ho e. 6 Jab turn do bara chhoti barf awaz se phiinko, to jannbf khaimou ka kuch uwe : so we un ke kuch ke liye har phiinkqe meu chhoti barf awaz se phrinkeii. 7 ekin jab ki jamaat ka jama karna manzur ho, to barabar awaz se phiinko, aur ihoti brri awaz se mat phiinko. 8 Aur Hardn kiihin ke bete narsinge phiinka ireij ; aur yih tumhare qarnon men abad tak rasm ke taur par jari rahe. 9 Aur :b turn apne mulk meu dushmanoij se, jo turn se muqabila karne par hon, larne ko iklo, to tum narsinge chhoti bari awaz se phiinko* Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda mi ko yad karega, aur tum apne dushmanon se najat paoge. 10 Aur tum apni hushi kc din, aur apni idoij ke din, aur apne mahinon ke gurrou ko apne char- iwoij aur apni salami ke zablhon par narsinge phunko,taki tumhare Khuda'wand e huziir tumhari yadgari ho: main Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda luiij. II Phir yuij hiia ki diisre baras ke dusre mahfne ki biswfn tcirikli, wuh badli idiiama ke maskan se buland huf. 12 To bani Israel dasht i Sina se apne apne ifarou men chale, aur badli dasht i Fdran meo ja thahari. 13 So Khuda'wand 3 farman ke mutabiq, jo Miisa kl marifat tha, pahla kiich hija. 14 Pahile bani Yihiidah ke jhande un ke lashkaron ke muwufiq raw.ina hue. n ka sardar Amminadab ka beta Nahsiin tha. 15 Aur firqe bani Ishakar ke shkar ka sardar Sagir ka beta Nataniel tha. IG Aur firqe Zabulun ka sardar ^ilan ka beta lliab tha. 17 Phir maskan utara gaya ; tab bani Jirs.in aur bani lirari ne maskan ko uthake kuch kiya. 18 Phir Riibin ke jhande ua ke lashkaron i muwiifiq chale; Saidinur ka beta Ilisiir un ka sardar tha. 19 Aur firqe bani. imon kc lashkarou ke sardar Siirishadid ke beti Salamiel tha. 20 Aur firqe bani idd ke lashkar ka sardar Duycl ku beta Iliasaf tha. 21 Phir Qihatiou nc matjdis jhdkc kuch kiya; aur^un ke pahunchnc tak maskan khar.i kiya jata tha. I Pliir bani ItViiim kc jhande un ke lashkaron kc muwafiq chale ; un ka sardar U 162 GINTI'. [11 BAB. Arnmihuii ka beta Ilisama tha. 23 Aur firqe Manassi ke lashkar ki. sardar Fidisur ka beta Gamaliel tlia. 24 Aur firqe bani Binyamiu ke lashkar ka sardar Gideoiii ka beta Abidau tha. 25 Sab Ithaimagahoo ke pichhe bani Din kejhandou ka, un ke lashkaroo ke muwafiq, kuch hiia ; un ka sardar Amiuishadid ka beta Ahiazar tha. 26 Aur firqe bani Yasar ke lashkar ka sardar Akran ka beta Pagiel tha. 27 Aur firqe bani Naftali ke lashkar ka sardar Enan ki beta Ahira tha. 28 So bani Israel ke kuch un ke laslikarou ke muwafiq ye the; uuhou ue aischi kuch kfe. 29 Tab Musi ne Midydni Liel ke bete Ilub^b ko, jo Musa k£ .sasurii tha, kah^, Ham us maqam ko ki Kuuda'wand ne farniaya hai, ki Maio wuh tumhcu bakhshunga, jite haiij : so ta hamare sath 5, ham tujh se neki karenge; is liye ki Khuda'wand ne bani Israel se neki ka wada kiya hai. .30 Us ne use jawab diya, ki Maiij nahin jata, balki maiu apue watan ko aur apne rishtadaioij nieu jiiuga. 31 Tab us ne kaha, ki Ham ko nachhor; kyiinki tii pahchanta hai, ki hamiri utarna dasht meij kaunsi jagah munas'b hai; so tii hamari ankhoo ki jagali ho^a. 32 Aur yiiu hoga, agar tii hamare sath chalega, to jo neki Khuka'wand ham s^ karegS, wuhi ham tujh se karenge. 33 Phir unhoij ne K.huda'vvand ke pahar se tin din ki rah safar kiya : aur Khoda'wa>!d ke ahd ka sandiiq tin din ki rah un se age gaya ; taki un ke liye aramgih dhtindhe. 34 Aur Khcda'wa:ni> ki badli, jab we din ko khaimagah se chalte the, un ke iJpar hoti thi. 35 Aur saudi'iq ke kiich ke waqt yih rasm thi, ki Miisa kahta tha, Uth, ai K.uuda'wa:nu, tere dushman pareshan hou ; aur we jo tujh se kina rakhte haiij, tere age se bhageu. 36 Aur us ke maqam ke waqt yih kahti tha, Ai Kuuda'wand, haz.lrou hazar Israeliou meu phir a. XI. BAB. 1 Aur jab qaum bari shikayat Ivhuua wand ke nazdik karne lagf, to Khuda'- wand ne suni aur us ka gussa bharka : aur Ivhuda'wand ki ag un men jali, aur ek taraf khaimagah ki kha gai. 2 Tab log Miisa ke pas chillae, aur Miisa ue Khuda'wand se dua mangi ; to ag bujh gai. 3 Aur is liye ki Khuda wand ki ag un men bharki, us ne us jagah ka nam Taberah rakhi. 4 Aur bazou ne ajnabi qauinoa se, jo un men mile hue the, hirs se khwahish kl : aur bani Israel bhi phire, aur roe, aur bole, Hameij kuun hai, jo gosht khane ko dega ? 5 Ham ko wuh machhli yid ati hai, jo ham muft muft Misr men khate the; aur wuh khire, aur wuh kharbiize, aur wuh gaudana, aur wuh piyiz, aur wuh lahsun : 6 Par ab to hamari jan khushk hochali; yahau to hamari ankhoij ke samhne kuchh bhi nahlij, magar manna. 7 Aur manna sukhe dhaniye ke mauiud tha, aur us ka rang moti ke dane ka sa tha. 8 Log idhar lidhar jake use jama karte the, aur chakki men piste the, ya ukhli meu kutte the, aur lao-auoa meu gundhte the, aur rotiio pakate the, us ka maza tel ka sa tha, J) Aur rat ko,jab ^haimou par os parti the, to manna bhi us ke sath barsata tha. 10 Tab Miisa ne suua, ki qaum ke harek gharaoe ki hjirek shaljhs apne ^haime n BAB.] GtNTt'. 163 Tab Khuda'wand badii men hoke utra, aur us se bol.l, aur us riih men se jo us men thf kuchh leke un sattar buzurg shakhson ko di : chunanchi jab ■nil ne un meu qarar pakra, to we nabuwat karne lage, aur bad us ke phir na ki. >r. Aur un men se do shakhs kbainiagah hi men rahe the, jin men se ek ka nim [Idad tha, aur dilsre kii Mawaddat : chunanchi rnh ne un meo qar^r pakfi ; (ye ihi unhin men se the, jo likhegae, par us khaime ko na gae:) aur we khaima- gahi meo nabuwat karte the. 27 Tab ek jawan ne daurke Musi ko khabar df, ki Ild^d aur Mawaddat khaimagab men nabuwat karte bain. 28 So Miisa ke khadini Niin ke bete Yasua ne, jo us ke barguzidon mec se tha, Miisa se kahS, Ai mere makhdi'im, Miisi, unhep mana kar. 29 Musa ne use kah&, Kyi tujhe mere liye rashk atahai? Ai kash ki Khudawaxd ke sire bande nabi bote, aur U 2 104 GINTK [12 Jim. KmiDA'wANn apnl ri'ih un R(\b men dalta. 30 So MiisS aur banl Isrdel ke buxurg khaimag^h men jama hue. 31 Tab KauDA'wAND kf taraf sc ek hawi uthf, aur darya se sulwe ura llf, aur use khaimag^ih aur khaimagah ke ginlagird par tdhar ndharekdin ki rah tak phail- aya, aisa ki wuh zamin par do gaz buland hud. 32 Tab log us s&re din, aur us sari rat, aur us ke dusre din bhi khare rahe, aur sulwe jama kiya kiye ; aur jis ne kam se kam jama kiye, das gumr the ; aur unhoo ne apue liye khaimagah ke aspas un- heij phaila diya. 33 Aur hanoz un ke danton tale gosht tha, pahlc us se ki we use chaben KuudaVand ka gussa un logon par bharka, aur Khuda'wand ne un logon ko nihayat sakht mar se mara. 34 Aur us ne us maqam ka nam Qabarat ul tahawi rakha ; kyi'mki unhon ne un logon ko, jinhon ne hirs ki thf, wahln garl. 35 Phir un lofon ne Qabarat ul tahawi se liisarat ko kuch kiya ; so we Hisarat men the. XII. BAB. 1 Aur Miryam aur Hariin ne Musa ka shikwa, us Ilabshi aurat ki bdbat ki us ne thi, kiya : kynnki us ne ek Habshi aurat li thi. 2 Aur bole, Kya Khuda'wand ue khali Miisa hi se bateo ki haiu ? kya us ne ham se bhi baten nahin kio? Chun- 4nchi Khuda'vvand ne yih suna. 3 Aur Miisa sare logon se, jo rii i zamin par the, ziyada burdbar tha. 4 So KhudaVand ne nagahani Musa aur Ilardn aur Miryam ko farmaya, ki Tum tinonjamlat ke khaime men ao. So we tinon Se. 5 Tab KhudaVanp badli ke sutun men hoke utra, aur khaime ke darwaze par khara raha, aur Harun aur Miryam ko bulaya : we donoo ae. 6 Tab us ne farmaya, ki Mere baten suno : agar tum meo se koi nabi hoti, to maio jo KhudaVand hun apni tain mushahade meo use maliim karwata, aur us se Ichwab men bateo karta. 7 Par mera banda Musi aisa nahiu, wuh mere sare ghar meo amanatdar hai. 8 Main us se amhne sSmhne aur mushahade men baten karta hun, na khiyal ki si baten ; ki wuh meri shablh ko dekhe : pas tum mere bande Miisa ka shikwa karfe line kyuonadare? 9 Aur Khuda'wand ke gusse ki 4g un par bharki; aur wuh chala gaya. 10 Tab wuh badli khaime pas se jati rahi; aur nagah Miryam bars se barf ki manind safed hogai : aur Ilardn ne jo Miryam ki taraf dekha, to wuh mabrus thi. 11 Tab Harun ne Musa ko kaha, Ai mere makhdum, maiu teri minnat karta huo, is gunah ko ham par mat rakh, ki nadani se ham ne kiya, aur khata ki. 12 Wuh us murde ki mlnind na ho, jo apni ma ke pet se nikle, aur us kd adha badan gal gaya ho. 13 Tab Musi ne Khuda'wand ke age chillake kaha, Ai Khuda'wand, main teri minnat karta hiio, ab use changa kar. 14 Khuda'wand ne Mri si ko farmaya, ki Agar bap ne us ke munh par thuka hota, to kya wuh sat din tak bhi sharminda na rahti? Sat din tak khaimagah ke bahar goshagir rahe, bad us ke phir awe. 16 Chunanchi Miryam khaimagah ke bahar sat din tak goshagir rahi; aur logon ne jab tak ki Miryam naphiri, kiich na kiya. IG Bad us ke logoo ne liisarat sc kiich kiya, aur Farin^ke dasht meo dere kiye. 3 BAB.] GINTI'. ir>/5 XITI. BMT). 1 Phir Kiiuda'wand ne Mus^ ko khit^b knrke farmay.1, 2 Tii logoo ko bhej* aki Kanan kf zamtn kl, jo main bant Isrriol ko deta hijij, jAsiisI kareu : ek ek mard 13 ke ^bai firqe men se, jo us meo sardar hai, bhej de. 3 Chunanchi Miisa ne Cuhda'wand ke irshad ke muwafiq dasht i Faran se un ko bheja : we lo^ ban! [srael ke sardar the. 4 Jin ke nim ye haio: Riibin ke firqe men se Zakiir ka beta >amua. 5 Aur Simon ke firqe meo se, Hiiri ka beta Safat. G Aur Yihudah ke irqe meo se, Yafunni ka beta Kalib. 7 Aur Ishakar ke firqe meo se, Ynsaf ka betS. jal. 8 Aur Ifraim ke firqe meo se, Nilr ka beta HiisTa. 9 Aur Binyamin ke firqe neo se Rafii ka beta Falti. 10 Aur Zabulun ke firqe men se, Sddika beta Jaddiel. ). Aur Yusaf ke qabile men Manassf ke firqe se, Siisf ka beta Jaddf. 12 Aur Dan ke firqe men se, Gamali kS beta Ammiel. 13 Aur Yasar ke firqe meo se, ^likael ka beta Satiir. 14 Aur Naft5.li ke firqe meu se, Wafst ka beta Nakbf. 15 ^ur Jadd ke firqe mfo se, M;iki ka betri Jael. 16 So un ke nam, jinhcn Musa le zamfn i Kanan ki jasusf ke liye bheja, ye hain. Aur Musi ne Nun ke bete ICisfa ka nam Yasiia rakha. 17 Aur Mdsi ne unhen bheja, ki zamfn i Kanan kf isiisi karen, aur unhen kahi, ki Turn us rah jandb kf janib charh jao, aur tahar ke upar chalc jao. 18 Aur us zamfn ko dekho, ki kaisf hai ; we log jo wahan :e basnewile hain kaisehaio, zorawar hain ya kamzor, thore hain ya bahiit ; 19 Aur ?uh zamfn jis men we rahte hain kaisf hai, achhi hai ki buri ; aur we shahr jin meo ?e baste hain kaise hain, khaimon men hain ya qilaoo men ; 20 Aur zamin kaisf lai, musmir hai ya kallar, us men darakht hain ya nahin: tum dilawari karo, aur is zamin ka kuchh mewa le ao. Aur yih waqt angur ke pahle phalon ka tha. 21 So vc log charhe, aur zamtn kf jasusf dasht i Sin se Rahab tak, jo Hamlt ke raste nen hai, kf. 22 Aur we janub ko charlie, aur Ilibron tak ae, jahan Anaq ke bete \himan, aur Sisi, aur Talmi the. Aur Hibron Zoan se jo Misr men hai sat )aras age basa tha. 23 So we wadi i Iskal men ae ; wahau se unhoo ne ek dalt mgur ki khoshe samet katf, aur use ek chob par rakhkar do admfon ne uthaya ; aur uichh anar aur anjir bhl lij'e 24 Us maqam ka nam us khoshe ke liye, ki jise banf [srael wahan se kat lie the, wadf i Iskal rakha. 25 So we chaHs din ke bad us iamJn ki jasusi karke phire. 20 Aur phi'rke Miisa aur Harun aur banf Israel kf sarf jamaat ke pis dasht i Faran ke Qadis men ae ; aur unhen aur sarf jamaat ko ike khabar df, aur us sarzamfn ka rnewa unhen dikhiya. 27 Aur us se bayan karke kahi, ki Ham us /lamtn tak, jahao tu ne hameo bheja thi, pahunche ; us meo sach mach dudh aur >hahd bahta hai, aur yih wahan ka mewa hai. 28 Lekin we log jo wahao baste lain zorawar hain, aur un ke shahr nihayat sakht bare qilaon men haiu ; aur ham banf Anaq ko bhf wahao dekha. 29 Aur us zamfn ne janub ki samt Amiiiqf baste hain; aur liittf aur Yabdsi aur Amuri pahiroo par rahte haio; aur sahil i laryi aur nawahi i Yardan par Kaninf rahte hain. .30 Tab Kalib ne Musi ke huziir logoo ko chup karwayi, aur kahi, ki Albatti ham log charhenge, aur mulk le lenge ; kyunki hameo bila shubha us ke liye zor hai. 31 Tab un logon ne, jo us ke sath gae the, kahi, ki Hameo zor nahfo, ki un par charhco ; kyunki we ham 3e ziyida zorawar hain. 32 Phir unhoo no bani Israel ko us zamfn kf, jise we 166 GINTr. [14 BA». dekhne gae the, ek bnri khabar df, aur bole, ki yih zamin, jis kf jasust men ham gae the, ek zamln hai, jo apne basnew£loo ko ningalti hai ; aur sab log jinheo ham ne wahao dekha, bare qadd:iwar haiij. 33 Aur ham ne wahan jabb^bara, jo banl Anaq haio, dekh^, aur ham apni nazaron meu un ke samhne aise the, jaise tidde, aur aisehl ham un kl nazarog meo the. > XIV. BAB. 1 Tab sari jamaat chillake roT, aur log us rat bhar roya kiye. 2 Phir sare banl Israel ne Miisa aur Harun par hangima barpa kiya, aur unheo kaha, Ai kash ki ham Misr men mar jate ! aur kash ki ham ust bay^ban men fana bote ! 3 Khuda'- WAND kis liye ham ko is zamfn men lava, ki talwar se gir jaen? hamarf joruan aur bache pakre jaweij ? Kya hamare liye achha na tha, ki Misr ko phir jaweD ? 4 Tab unhen ne ek dilsre se kaha, ki Ao, ek ko apna sardar banaen, aur Misr ko phir chalen. 5 Tab Musa aur Harun bani Israel ki sari guroh ke majma ke samhne aundhe gire. 6 Aur Niin ke bete Yasua aur Yafunnl ke bete Kalib ne, jo us zamin ki jastisi karnewalon men se the, apne kapre phare. 7 Aur unhon ne banf Israel ki sari jamaat ko kaha, Yih zamfn jis par hamara guzlr us kf jasusi ke liye hua, nihayat bahut khdb zamin hai. 8 Agar Khuda ham se razi hai, to ham ko us zamin par lejaega, aur yih zamin jis par shir o shahd bah raha hai, ham ko inayat karega. 9 Magar tum Khuda'wand se gardan kashi na karo, aur na tum us zamin ke logon se daro ; we to hamare ek luqma hain : un ki himayat un se ja chuki hai, aur Khuda'wanc hamare sath hai: un ka khauf na karo. 10 Tab sari jamaat ne chaha, ki un par pattharao kare. Us waqt jamaat ke khaime men sare bani Israel ke samhne KhudaVand ka jalal numayan hua. 11 Aur Khuda'wand ne Musa ko farmaya, ki Ye kab tak meri ihanat karenge? aur ta bakai meri sari qudraton ki, jo main ne unhea dikhaiij, yaqin na karenge ? 12 Main unhen waba se mardnga, aur unheo dafa kaninga, aur tujhe aur qaum, jo un se bari aur zi3'ada zorawar hai, banaiingi. 13 Miisa ne Khuda'wand ko kaha, ki Misr ke log ise sunenge, (ki tu apni qiiwat se is qaum ko un ke darmiyan se chaihi laya,) 14 We us zamin ke basnewalou ko kahenge : unhen ne to sunahai, ki tu Khuda'- wand us qaum kc bich hai ; ki tu ne, ai Khuda'watjd, apne tain nibani dikhlay^ hai, aur teri badli un par rahti hai ; aur tu din ko badli ke sutun men aur rat ko ag ke sutiin men un kc age age chalta hai. 15 Pas agar tu us qaum ko, jaise ek ddmi ko mardalega, to we qaumeu jinhon ne tera awazo suna hai kahengi, 16 Ki Jo KauDAVANuis qaum ko us zamin men, jis kl babat us ne qasam karke kaha tha, ki Main yih tumheo dunga, leja na saka, to us ne un ko bayab.ln meo halak kiya. 17 So maio teri minnat karta hiin, ai KhudaVand, apni qudrat ko zahir karde, jaisa tu ne farmaya hai, 18 Ki KhudaVand bara sabin aur bara rahim hai, gumihoo aur khataoij ka bakhshnewali, le.kin wuh bar hai begunah na thahraega ; balki bapdadoQ ke gunahon ko un ke larkon se, jo un ki tisri chauthi pusht haiu, mutalaba karta hai. 19 Ab tu apni rahmat ki firawani se is ummat ka gunah bakhsh de, jaisa tn Misr se leke yahan tak unhen bakhshta raha hai. 20 Khuda'- wand ne farmaya, ki Main ne tere kahe se bakhsha : 21 Par mujhe apni hayat ki qasam aur sari zamin to Khuda'wand ke jalal se mimurhai. 22 Ki we sab U BAB.] GINTr. 167 log, jinhon ne meii shaukat aur meri qudrateu, jo maiu ne Misr meij aur us bayabin niea zahir kfij, dekhfij, ab tak mujhe das martabe azniate, aur meri bat na mante haio; 23 We us zamin ko, jis ki babat maiu ne un ke bapdadoij se qasam ki thi, na dekhenge, aur koi un men se jinhoo ne meri ihinat ki, use na dckhega : 24: Lekin mera banda Kalib jo hai, azbaski aur hi n'lh us ke sath thi, aur us ne meri pairawi pari ki hai, maiu us ko us zainin meu, jahan wuh gaya tha, le jaiinga ; aur we jo us ki nasi se honge, us ke waris banenge. (25 Ab Amaliqi aur Kamini nasheb i zamin meu rahte haiu :) So kal phiro, aur bayaban meij bahr i qulzuiu par ja paro. 26 Phir KhudaVand ne Musa aur HSrun ko khitab karke farmayi, 27 Main kab tak is khabis guroh ke muqabil, jo meri shikayat karti hai, sjrbr karoij? Ban! Israel jo mere barkhilaf shikayateij Icarte haiij, main ne un ki shikayaten suniij. 28 Ua se kah, Khuda'waxd kahta h:ii, M'ajhe apui hayat ki qasam, jaisi turn ne mu- jhe sunake kaha hai, main turn se waisahi karung.1. 29 Tumhari lasheij, aur un sab kf, jo tuni men shuniar kiye gae, bis baraswale se leke iiparwale tak, jinhon ne meri shikayaten kin, is bayaban men girengi. 30 Turn beshakk us zamin tak na pahunchoge, jis ki babat main ne qasam khai, tunihen wahau basaiinga, siwa Yafunnf ke bete Kalib aur Nun ke bete Yasua ke. 31 Aur tumharelarkon ko, jin ke haqq men turn kahte ho, ki we lut jaenge, maiu un kodakhil kariinga ; us zamin ko, jise turn ne zalil jana, we pahchanenge. 32 Par tumhari lasheij is dasht hi men girengi. 33 Aur tumhare larke is dasht meij chalis baras tak bhatakte phirenge, aur tumhari bargashtagi ke uthanewale honge, jab tak ki tumhari lasheij is dasht men nest nabiid hou. 3-i Uu dinou ke shuniar ke muvvafiq, jin men turn us zamin ki jasijsi karte the, jo chalis din hain, din pichhe ek sal hoga ; so tuni chalis baras tak apne gunahko uthaerahoge; tab turn meriahd shikani ko jan lege. 35 Main jo Khuua'- WAKu hun, kahta hun, Li Main is sari khabis guroh se, jo meri mukhalifat par is dasht meo jama haiij, aisahi kaninga: we barbad ho jaenge, aur yahiu halak honge. 36 Aur we log, jinhen Miisa ne zamin ki jasusi karne ko bheja tha, jinhon ne mura- jaat karke us zamin ko baduam kiya, aur sari jamaat ko bedil kar diya tha ; 37 So we hi log, jo us zamin ki buri jkhabar lae the, Khuda'wand ke huzur waba se mar- gae. 38 Par Is' tin ka beta Yasiia aur Yufuuni ka beta Kalib un men se, jo zamin ki jasusi karue gae the, jite rahe. 39 So Miisa ne ye sab baten sab bani Israel se kahiij : aur we nihayat gamfin hue. 40 Aur subh ko tarke uthe, aur yih kahte hue pahar par chaph gae, ki Lo ham yahaij haiu, aur us zaniiu par, jis ke dene ka KHunA'wAxi> ne wada kiya hai, charh jaenge : kyuuki ham ne gunah kiya hai. 41 Tub Musa bula, Turn ab kyiiu Khuda'wand ke hukm ki mukhilifat karte ho? yih to mufid na hogi. 42 U'par mat jao, ki Khuda'wand tumhare darmiyan uahiij, t:iki tuiu apne dushmanon se hazimat na pao. 43 Is liye ki Amaliqi aur Kanani wahau tumhare siiuihue haiu, aur turn talwar se mare jaoge : kyunki KhudaVand ki pairawi se turn bar- gashta hue ho, so Khuda'wand tumhare sath na hoga. 44 Lekin we sarkashi se pahar par charhte chale gae: par Kuuda'wand ke ahdka saudiiq aur Musa khainia- gah se bahar na gae. 45 Aur Amaliqi aur Kauaui, jo us pahar par rahte the utre aur uuhea mara, aur we Ilurmah tak uuheu marte chale ae. 168 GINTr. .'il BAH.] XV. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Banf Israel ko farma aur kah, Jab turn apne maskan kf zamln par jo main tuinheu diinga, pahuncho, 3 Aur Khuda'wand ke liye hom yaae charhawa ya khass nazr ka zabiha, ya Jchushi kci qurban, ya tumhari muaiyan auqat ke zabiha guzrano, taki Khuda'wand ke liye khushnudi ki bii, gae bail ya bher bakri se howe ; 4 To chahiye ki wuh jo apnf qurbani Khuda'wand ke liye guzranta hai, ek ushr maidc ki, bin ke chauthe hisse tel ke se iiiila hda hadiya lawe. 5 Aur tapawan ke liye wain chautha hissa hin ka charhawe, ya zabihe ke sath ek ek barra ke waste guzrauiyo. 6 Aur hadiya ke mendhe ke waste Efah ke do dasweu hisse maida tihaj bin tel se mila hiia guzrano. 7 Aur tapawan ke liye tihai hin wain Khuda'wani: kl Jihushnudi ki bi'i ke li^^e guzraniyo. 8 Aur jo tu gie bail se charhawe ya zabiha khass nazr ka, ya salami Khuda'wand ke liye guzrane ; 9 To chahiye tin daswen hisse Efah ke maida adhe hin tel se mila hua guzraniyo. 10 Aur tapawan ke waste adhi hin wain hom karke Kuub a'w and ki khushnudi ki bii ke liye guzraniyo. II Ek ek bachhre aur mendhe aur barra aur bakri ke bacha ke sath yun hi kiya jawe. 12 Muwafiq apni qurbanion ki shuinar ke harek ke sath jo shumar ki gain aisahl kijiyo. 13 Sab mutwattin, jo KhudaVand ke liye khushbiii ka hom guzrane, to usi taur par araal karen. 14 Aur wuh pardesi ho, aur turn men budobash karta ho, aur wuh jo tunihlre darmiyan paida hiia, aur Khuda'wam) ke liye khushbiii ka hom guzrane, to jis tarah tum karte ho, wuh bhi kare. 15 Chahiye ki tumhari jamaat ke liye, aur us pardesi ke liye, jis ki budobash tum men ho, tumhare qar- non men abad tak ekhi rasra howe: Khuda'wand ke age jaise tum ho, waisehi pardesi bhi howe. 16 Tumhare aur pardesion ke liye jo tum men rahte haiu ekhi shariat aur ekhi hukm howe. 17 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya, 18 Ki Bani Israel ko farmaya aur unheu kah. Jab tum us zamin tak pahunchoge, jahaij main tumheu le jata hiin ; 19 To aisa hoga, ki jab tum us zamin par ki roti khao, to Khuua'- WAND ke liye uthaue ki qurbini uthao. 20 Turn apne pahle gundhe hue ate se> ek girda uthane ki qurbani ke liye uthao ; khirman ki qurbani ke taur par use' uthao. 21 Tum apne pahle ki gundhe hue ate se, apne qarnon men, Khud'a- WAND ke liye uthane ki qurbani dijiyo. 22 Aur agar tum khata karo, aur un sab hukmon par, jo Khuda'wanb ne Miisa ko farmae, amal na karo, 23 Sab we hukm, jo Is^huda'wand ne Musa ki marifat us din se ki hukm dena shura kiya tumhare sab qarnou ke waste, farmae ; 24 To yiiu chahiye ki ag.ar jamaat se sahwan khata hogai, aur us ki ankhon se chhipi ho, to sari jamaat ek bachhra char- hawe ke liye zabh kare, ki Khuda'wand ke liye khushnudi ki buho, aur us ke sath hadiya o tapawan mamiil ke muwafiq charhawe, aur khatiyat ke liye bakri ka ek bacha guzrane. 25 Aur kahin bani Israel ki sari jamaat ke liye kafara dewe, ki un ka guu-ih bakhsha jawe ; kyiinki wuh bhiilchuk se hua : so we apne qurban lawe, ki Kuuda'wanu ke liye hom howe, aur we apni khatiyat apni bhulchuk ke waste Khuda'wanu ke huzur guzrauen : 20 To bani Israel ki sari jamaat, aur pardesi jo. un mcu rahtc haiu bakhshe jaenge, is liye ki yih jamaat ki bhulchuk se hua. 27 Aur agar ekhi shakhs bhulchuk se khata kare, to wuh khatiyat ke liye 16 BAB.] GINTr. 1C9 bakri eksala lavre. 28 Aur kShin us sha^hs kl taraf se, jia ne bhiilchdk se Ijhata kf, us kf khaU ke liye Kuuda'wand ke huzdr kafira dewe, taki U8 k£ kafara ho; aur wuh baJfhsha jawe. 29 Turn bhulchiik ki ^hati kf bibat us ke liye, jo banf Israel meo paidi hai. ho, aur pardesi ke liye jo un meo rahti ho, ekhi eharlat rakho. 30 Lekia wuh shakhs jo baladastf se gunah kare, khwih wuh mutwattin ho khwah pardesf, wuh K.iiuda'wand ki ihauat kartl hai ; wuh apni guroh meo se kat jae. 31 Kyiinkius ne Khuda'wand ke hukin kf ihinat kf, aur us ke hukm ko b^til kiya ; wuh insan kat jie : us ki gunih usf par ho. 32 Aur jab banl Israel bayibdn meo the, unhoo ne ek shakhs ko dekh£, ki wuh eabt ke din lakj-fao jama karta thi. 33 Tab we us ko jo lakff^o jama kar raha thi, pakarke Mds£ aur Hirun aur sari jamiat ke pas lie. 34 Unhoo ne use qaid meo dall, kydnki un ko bay&n nahfu kiya gay^ tha, ki us se kya kiyi jiwe. 35 Tab Khuda'wand ne Mds^ ko family ^, ki Yih shakhs mardala jawe : sarf jamiat khaimagah ke bahar us par patharao kare. 36 Chunauchi sari jamaat use JfLhaimaglh ke bahar legal, aur use sangsSr kiya, ki wuh margaya, jaisi Khuda'- wand ne Mnsa ko farmaya tha. 37 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko ]j.hitlb karke farm^a, S8 Banf Israel ko farmi aur unhea kah, We tamam qarnoo meo apne pairShanoo ke kiniroo ko jhalar lagdweD, aur asmani rang ki dora us par lagaweo ; 39 Yih jhalar tumhare liye zShir hogi, taki turn jab use dekho, to I^huda'wand ke sire hukmoo ko yid karo, aur un par amal karo, aur apne diloo aur ankhoo ki pairawl meo, jin ke liye zina karte ho, jisusf na karo : 40 Taki turn mere sab hukmoo ko yad karo, aur un ko amal meo lio, aur apne l^hudi ke liye muqaddas ho. 41 Maio I^huda'wand tumhara Khuda huu, jo turn ko zamin i Misr se bahar laya, ki tumhara Khuda bouo : maio Khuda'wand tumhira Khuda hdu. XVI. BAB. 1 Aur Qurah bin Izhar bin Qihit bin Lewi; aur Datan o Abiram, banf Iliab ; aur Un bin Falat, bani Rubin, sarkash line, aur Musi ke muqabile meo uthe : 2 Aur banf Israel men se arhai sau shalihs, jo sarguroh aur nimi aur jamaat ke mushahir the, sath leke Musa ke age khare hue : 3 Aur we Miisa aur Hardn ki mukhilafat par jama hde, aur unheo kahi, Lo ab bas karo, is liye ki siri jamaat meo harek shakhs muqaddas hai, aur Khuda'wand uu ke darmiyin hai : tuni kynn ap ko Khuda'wand kf jamaat se bapa jante ho ? 4 Musa yih sunke aundha gira : 5 Phir us ne Qurah aur us ki sari guroh ko kaha, Kal Khuda'wand dikh- Idegi, kaun us ka hai, aur kaun muqaddas hai ; aur wuh usi ko apne pas bulaega ; aur wuh usi ko, jise us ne barguzidii kiya hai, apne nazdik karegi. 6 So tum yuo karo : Ai Qurah, tu aur teri siri guroh apna apni udsoz leo; 7 Aur un meo ag bharo, aur Khuda'wand ke ige kal un meo bakhurjalao : aur yun hogi ki wuh shakhs jo Khuda'wand ka barguztda hai, wuhi muqaddas hogi: lo tumhio ab bas karo, ai bani Lewi. 8 Phir Mtlsi ne Qurah ko kaha, Ai bani Lewi, sun rakho ; 9 Tum kya ise kam jinte ho, ki Israel ke Khudi ne tum ko banf Israel kf jamaat meo se apni muqarrab banike is liye mumtaz kiyi, ki Khuda'wand ke Ikibaimc ki fehidmat karo, aur jamaat ke huzur us ki khidmat ke liye khare raho? 10 Aur us V 170 . GINTr. [16 BAR nc tujh ko tere bhifoo saniet, jo bani Lewi haio, apna muqarrab kiyi : ab turn kahlnat ki bhi tania karte ho? 11 So ti'i aur sab terl guroh Khuda'wand ki mu- khilafat par ikatthi hi'ii hai: aur Hiriin ka«n hai, jo tuin us ka shikwa karte ho ? 1*2 Phir Mt'is^ ne Ditan aur AbirSm Iliab ke betoij ko bulwiya ; we bole, Ham nahfu 4te: 13 Yih kyl kam thi, ki tii ham ko us zamin se, jis men dadh aur shahd. bahta hai, charhi Uy^., ki hameu bayiban meu halik kare, diisre ab tii ip ko ham- are upar ba zor rais banata hai? 14 Na to hamen aisi zamln mea laya, jahan diidh aur shahd bahe, na tu ne khet aur angur kebag hametj mtras kardiye : kya tii ham logoo kt inkheo nikal dSleg^? Ham to nahlo aneke. 15 Tab Musakigussa bharka, aur Khuda'wawd se yuu bola, Un ke hadiya kl taraf tawajjuh mat kar-, main ne un se ek gadha bhl nahin liya, na un meo se kisii ko dukh diya. 16 Phir Musa ne Qurah ko kah^, ki Td apnl sSri guroh samet, aur Hariin bhi Khuda'waxd ke huzur kal ke din hazir ho : 17 Aur harek shakhs apna apna lidsoz lewe, aur us meu bakhur dale, aur tum meo se harek apna apna iidsoz Khuda'wand ke huzur la we, sab arhai sau iidsoz howeu ; aur tu aur Hariin bhi apni ddsoz lawe. 18 So harek ne apna apna ndsoz liya, aur us meo ^g bhari, aur bakhiir dala, aur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par, Mdsa aur Hariin samet, i khare hue. 19 Aur Qurah ne sarf guroh ko un ki mukhalifat par jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par jama kiya : tab Khuda'wand ka jalal sari guroh ke samhne zahir hua. 20 Aur Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur Hariin ko khitab karke farmaya, 21 Tum ^p ko us guroh men se juda karo, taki maia unhea ek pal mea halak karuu. 22 Tab we aundhe gire aur bole, Ai Ilah, s£re jismoa ki janoo ke Khuda, gunah ek kare, aur tu sari guroh par gusse howe? 23 Tab Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitlb kar- ke farmaya, 24 Ki Tii jamaat ko kah, ki Tum Qurah aur Datan aur Abiram ke khaimoo ke girdagird se ddr ho. 25 So Miisa utha, aur Dltan aur Abiram ke yah^o gayi aur bani Israel ke buzurg us ke pichhe holiye. 26 Aur us ne jamaat ko farmaya, ki Un khabisou ke j^haimoo se nikal jao, aur un ki kisi chiz ko hath na laga, ta na howe ki tum bhi un ke sab gun^hoo meo halak ho jlo. 27 So we Qurah aur Datan aur Abiram ke khaimou ke girdagird se nth gae ; aur* Datan, aur Abirim, aur un ki jorriaa. aur un ke bete, aur larke nikalke apne khaimou ke darwaze par khare hiie 28 Tab Musa ne kahi, Turn isse janiyo, ki Khuda'wand ne mujhe bheja hai, ki yih sab kim kanio ; aur maia ne kuchh apni khwahish se nahia kiye. 29 Agai ye admi us maut se mare, jis maut se sab marte hain, ya un par koi hadisa aisa howe, jo sab par hota hai, to main Khuda'wand ka bheja hiia nahfa : 30 Pai agar Khuda'wand koi nai b^t paida kare, aur zamin apnl munh phailawe, aur ur ko us sab samet jo un ka hai ningal jawe, aur we jite jl pital meo jaeu ; to tun: jdniyo, ki un logoo ne Khuda'wand ki ihanat ki hai. 31 Aur yun haa, ki jonhin Miisa ye sab batea kah chuka, to zamin jo un kt niche thi, phati : 32 Aur zamia ne apna munh khola, aur unhen, aur un k( gharoa, aur un sab SdmioQ ko jo Qurah ke the, aur un ke sab mil ko, ningal gaf 33 So we aur sab jo un ke the jite ji patal mea gae, aur zamin ne unheu chhipa hyl aur jamaat ke darraiyan se fana ho gae. 34 Aur sare bani Isrdel, jo un ke aspas the, uu ka chillana sunke bhlge ; ki unhon ne kaha, Na ho ki zamfn ham ko bhS ir BAB.] GTNTr. in ningal '}i\ve. 55 Phlr KHun.vV.v:fT> ke huzi'ir se ck ilg nlkli, aur un nrhui saa ko, jinhou ne baljhur guznlnii tha, kha gai. .16 Aur KhudaVand ne Musi ko ^Witih karke farmaya, 37 Ki Ilarun kiihin ke bete Iliazar ko fiirmi, ki Udsozoo ko jale huoo ineo se uthri, aur ag wahfu bikher de; kyunki we to muqaddas haiij. 38 Un ke aur udsozoo se un atunahgarou ke, jo apne marne ke 5p sabab the, b^rik blrik patar banS, ki mazbah par dhanpe raheo ; is liye ki unhoD ne unheo Khcda'wasd ke huzur rakhl, we muqaddas halo : anr we bani Israel ke liye ek nish;in honge. 39 Tab Iliazar kahin ne wuh pital ke udsoz, jinhen unhou ne jo jal gae guzr^n.i tha, liye, aur mazbah par dhampne ko un ke patar banw^e. 40 Taki bani Israel ke liye yadgarf ho, ki kof pardesf, jo Harnn kf nasi se nahio, Khuda'wand ke huzar bakhur jalane ko nazdik na Swe, taki us ka wuh hal, jo Qurah aur us ki guroh ka hdi, na howe ; jaisa Khuda'wand ne us ke haqq meu Musi ki mirifat kaha tha. 41 Phir subh hiie bani Israel kl sari jamaat meo Musa aur Ilariin ki shikayat kf, aur bole, ki Turn ne Khuda'wand ke logOQ ko halak kiya. 42 Aur yiin hni, ki jab wuh jamaat Mrisa aur Hariin ki mukhalifat par jama huf,to unhoo ne jon hfn jamaat ke khaime par nigah kf ; wahiij badlf ne use chhipS liya, aur Khuda'wand ki jalal zahir hua. 43 Tab Miisi aur Haran jamSat ke khaime par ae. 44 Aur Khuda'wand ne Mu«i anr Ilir-in ko khitab karke farma^'a, 45 Ki Turn Sp ko us jamdat meu se juda karo, taki maio unhen ek lahze men nabiid kar dalun. Tab we aundhe gir pare .46 Aur ]Musa ne Uariin ko kaha, U'dsoz le, aur us meu maz- bah par ki ag rakh, aur us men bakhur dal, aur jald jamiat men dakhil hoke un ke liye kafara de : kynnki Khuda'wand ke huzur se gazab nikla; aur waba shuni hdi. 47 Tab Hanin ne, jaisa Musi ne kaha, udsoz liya, aur jamaat meu lapak ke dakhil hda; aur kyi dekhta hai, ki waba un meo dikhil hui: so us ne bakhur jalake un logon keliye kafara diya. 48 Wuh un murdoo aur zindoo ke bfch men khari hda, tab wabi mauquf hdi. 49 We sab jo wabi se mare, siwi un ke jo Qurah ki babat halak hue, chaudah hazir sat sau the. 50 Phir Hardn jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par Mdsa pas phir aya; aur wabi mauqdf hogai. XVII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mdsi ko khitib karke farmaya, 2 Ki Banf Israel ko kah, aur un meo se un ke abai khandin ke muwafiq bar gharane pichhe un ke sab sardaroQ se ek ek lathi le, aur ye sab biirah lithiao hongi : aur harek ki nam us ki lathf par likh. 5 Aur Lewi ki lithi par Hardn ka nam likh; is Hj'e ki harek sardar ke wiste un ke abai khandanon men ek ek lathi hogi. 4 Aur unheo jamaat ke khaime men ahdnama ke sanddq meu samhne rakh de, jahao maio tujh se muliqat karta hdu. 5 Aur ydo hogi, ki us shakhs ki lathi se, jo meri barguzida hai, phdl niklenge ; aur main bani Israel ke shikwe apne dpar se, jo teri mukhilifat se karte haiu, ddr karungi. 6 Chunanchi Mdsi ne bani Israel ko kahl, aur harek ne un ke sardaron meu se apne apne ibii khandan ke muwafiq lathi df, sardar pichhe ek ek lathi us ko df, so barah lathiau hufo ; aur Hardn ki lithi unhio men thi. 7 Aur Mdsi ne un lathioQ ko ahdnama ke khaime meo Khuda'wand ke huzur rakha. 8 Aur aisi hdi, ki Mdsi subh ko ahdnima ke khaime meo, jo V 2 721 GINTI'. [18 BAB. dSVhil hni, to ky^ dekhta hai, ki Ildran ki Mthl men, jo Lewi ke gharine kt thf, konpaleo phutto, aur phal phule, aur bSdim lage. 9 Tab Mi'isS sab Kthfoo ko Khuda'wand ke huzur se sab bani Israel ke samhne nikil layi : unhoo ne dekhi, aur harek ne apnl lathi phir If. 10 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mnsi ko farmiiyS, ki H^run ki lathi alidnaiua ke ^haime men la rakh, ki sarkashon ke liye ek nishdn rahe; aur un ki shikayat- mujh se dafa ho, taki we halak na howep. 11 Aur Musi ne aisahf kiyS ; jaisS Khuda'wand ne use farm^yS, waisahi us ne klya. 12 Tab banl Israel ne Musa ko kaha, Dekh, ham mare, ham haWk hue, ham sab ke sab fan£ hue. 1.3 Jo koi Khuda'wand ke maskan pas iwegS, maregi : ky.i ham sab fana aur hal^k howenge ? XVIII. BAB 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Hiirun ko farmaya, ki Maqdis k^ grnaih tujh par, a«r tere betOD, aur tere ^b^i ]j.hSnd^n par tujh samet hogi : aur teri kahanat ka gun^h tujh par, aur tere betoD par hogd. 2 Aur tu apne bhilon bani Lewi ko bht, jo tere bap ke firqe meo haiij, apne s^th la, t^ki tere sSth mileo, aur teri khidmat kareu : par to apne betoo samet ahdname ke k^aime ke samhne khidmatguzari kar. 3 Aur teri aur s^re khairae ki muhafazat kareo : faqat we maqdis ke basanou aur mazbah ke razdik na jaweo, to na howe ki we bhi aur turn bhi hal^k ho jSo. 4 So we tere sith mileo, aur jamaat ke khaime ki us ki s^ri khidmat samet muhafazat kareo : aur koi pardesi tumhSre nazdik na &ne pdwe. 5 Aur turn maqdis aur mazbah ki muhafazat karo, taki &ge ko phir bani Israel par qahr na howe. 6 Aur dekho ki maio ne tumhSre bhiiOQ bani Lewi ko bani Israel meo se leke Khuda'wand ke liye hadiya tumheo supurd kiy5, taki jamaat ke khaime ki khidmat kareij. 7 So tu apne betoo samet sab mazbah ke kamoo meo apni kahanat ki muhafazat kar, aur turn parde ke andar ki khidmat karo: maio ne kahanat ki ^hidmat turn ko hadij'a diyi hai; aur jo pardesi nazdik dwe, qatl kiyd jawe. 8 Phir Khuda'wand ne Harun ko khitab kiya, Dekh maio ne bani Isrdel ki sab u^hdi hui qurbdnioo ki muhdfazat tujhe di; main ne unheo teri mamsuh hone ke sabab se tujhe aur tere betoo ko abadf rasm ke wdste diyd. 9 In chfzoo meo se, jodg se mahfuz haiu, ye tere liye hongi : un ki sab qurbanidn, kya hadiya kyd Ifhatiyat kyd asdm, jo mujh pds Idweo, tere aur tere betoo ke liye nihdyat muqaddas hongf. 10 Tu un ko us jagah par, jo bahut rauqaddas hai, khaiyo ; har koi mardoo se use khdwe: yih tere liye muqaddas hai. 11 Aur yih bhi tere liye hai} bani Israel ke hadiye ki uthai hui qurbani un ki sab hilaf hiii qurbdnioo samet tujhe, aur tere betoo, aur teri betioo ko tujh samet rasm i abadi ke liye dio: jo koi tere ghar meo pdk ho, so use khdwe. 12 Sab achchhe se achchha tel, aur achchhi se achchhi sharab aur gehuo un ke pahle phal ke, jinheo we Khuda'wand ko dete haio, maio ne tujh ko diye. 13 Aur un ki zamin ke sare pahle phal, jinheo we Khuda'wand ke huznr la wen, tere honge: tere ghar meo jo koi pak ho use khdwe. 14 Bani Isriel ki harek haram ki chfz teri hai. 15 Harek jo pahla pet ka kholne- wdla hai janddroo se,jise we I^huda'wand ki qurbani la wee, khwah insan ho khwah haiwdn, terd hogd : lekin tii admfoo ke pahlauthou aur un ka, jo napak charpaioQ se pahle paida howeo> fidiya dijiyo. 16 Aur tii ek mahinewdle insdn ka apne an- & BAB.] GINTr. 178 ane kc muwSfiq, pSnch Tnisq.ll rup5 bfs daniq ke misqSl se, jo maqdis meo murauwaj ai, fidiya dfjiyo. 17 Lckin g^e bher bakrl ke bache, jo pahlauthc haio, tii un ki iiya na dfjiyo, we muqaddas haio: ta un k& lahu mazbah par chhifakiyo, aur un [ charbi sunghfi, ki Kuuda'wand ke liyc khushbu! kfi horn ho. 18 Aur un ka osht tore live hogi, jaise hilai hui qurbSni ka sTna, aur dahn^ sh;ina tere lij^e hai. ■) Sab uthrii hui qurbiinfSn muqaddas chfzoo tneo sc, jinhco bani Israel Khuda'- ANP kc liye uth&weo, tujh ko aur tere betoo aur betioo ko tujh samet rasm i aba- i ke liye diy5: yih I>[huda'wand ke huzur tere aur teri nasi ke liye tujh samet imak ki ahd hamesha kc liye hai. 20 Phir KhudaVand nc Hariin ko farmayS, Tii un ki zamfn meo se miras na na, aur tere li3'e un ke darmiySn hissa na hoga : kyunki bani Israel meg terS issa, aur teri miris main hnn. 21 Dekh maio ne s.1re dasweo hisse, jo bani Israel kalen, bani Lewi ko miras diye ; yih us khidmat ki babat, jo we jamlat keljihaime eo karte haiij, un ka haqq i khidmat hai. 22 Aur age ko bani Israel jamaat ke laime ke nazdik hargiz na Jiwen, na ho ki we gunahgar hoo, aur mar jaweij. 23 dki bani Lewi jamaat ke khaime ki khidmat kareo; we unkegunahon keuthane- ile honge. Tumhare qarnoo men yih rasm i abadi hogi, aur tum bani Israel ; darmiyan miras na paoge. 24 Is liye ki we dasweo hisse, jise bani Israel uthal if qurbani Khoda'WANd ko laweo, maiu ne bani Lewi ki miras meu diye: ist iste maiQ ne un ke haqq men kaha, ki we bani Israel ke darmiyan miras na iwenge. 25 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko khitab karke farmaya, 26 Ki Lewion ko rih, ki Jab tum bani Israel se we dasweo hisse, jo maio ne tumhari miras kar diye liOi lo, to turn har dasweo hisse ka daswao hissa uthane ki qurbani ki babat, huda'wand ko qurban karo. 27 Aur yih tumhari uth^i hai, qurbanfao mahsub 3wengi, jaise bani Israel gehiin khirman se aur sharab kolhii se laweo. 28 Tum li isi tarah uthai hui qurbani Khuda'wand ke liye apne sab daswoo hissoo se, aheo tum bani Israel se leoge, uthaiyo; aur tum us meo se uthii hui qurbanf nuDA'wAND ki Hariin kahin ko dijiyo. 29 Tum apne sare hadiyoo men se sab thai hiii qurbanian Khuda'wand ke liye uthaiyo, un meo se jo sab men achchha D, un ka muqaddas karnew^la, uth^yA jawe. 30 Aur un se kaho, ki Jab tum un eo se achchhe ko uthio, to wuh tumhare liye, ai Lewioo, jaisa galla khirman ka, ir usara kolhii ka mahsub hoga. 31 Aur tum aur tumhara khandan use, jis jagah lahe, wahrio khawe: kyunki yih us khidmat ki babat, jo tum jamaat ke khaime eo karte ho, tumhara mihnatana hai. 32 Aur jab turn us men se achchhe se ihchhi uthSoge, tab tum gnnahg-ir na thaharoge; aur bani Israel ki muqaddas lizoo ko nipak na karoge, aur halak na hoge. XIX. BAB. 1 Phir KnuDA'wAHD ne Miisa aur lUriin ko khitab karke farmiyS, 2 Yih shari- ka hukm hai, jo Khuda'wand ne yih kahte hiie farmaya, ki Bani Isra'el ko kah, ek lal gac, jo bedag aur beaib ho, aur jis par kabhi jiia na rakha gaya ho, tuj hprCg weo. 3 Tum use Iliazar kShin ko do, ki use khaimagah se bahar lej^we, aur wnh I ke huzur zabh ki jawe. 4 Aur Iliazar kahin apni unglf par us ka lahii leke jamaat 174 GiNTr. [20 HA] ke Ijhaime ke darwaze ki janib sat martabe chhirake. 5 Phir us ke samhne -vrv gie jalai j:iwe; us ka chamra, us ka gosht, us ka khun us ke gobar samet sa jalay^jawe. 6 Phir k£hin wahao shamshiil ki lakfi aur qirmiz leke us jaltl hi gde par diil de. 7 Tab kahin apne kapre dhowe, aur p£ni men gusl kare; b^ us ke khaimagah nieo d^khil ho, aur yih k^hin sham tak nipik rahega. 8 Ai wuh jo use jalati hai, apne kapre pani se dhowe, aur apni badan p^ni se dhow aur sham tak napak rahegS. 9 Aur kof pik shakhs us gie kl rakh ko jama kar aur khaimagah ke bahar sSf jagah phenk de; aur use banl Israel kf jamaat ke li)' taki chhirakne ke panl men milaf jsiwe, rahne dewe: kyiinki yih khati}'at hai. 1 Aur wuh jo us gae ki r^kh ko sametta hai, apne kapre dhowe, aur sham tak n^ pak rahega: aur yih bani Israel ke, aur un pardesioo ke liye, jo un meu biidobas karte haiij, ek rasm i abadi rahe. 1 1 Jo koi mare hue ko sab 4dmfon se chhnega, sat din tak naplk rahega. 1 Wuh apne tain tisre din use pSk kare, aur s^tweo din tahir hogi ; par agar wu npne tain tisre din pak na kareg^, to satweu din tahir na hoga. 13 Jis kisi r mare hue ko sab mare hue admion se chhna, aur ap ko pak na kiyi, to us r Khuda'waxd ke maskan ko napSk kiya ; wuh shakhs bani Israel meu se kat jaeg; kyiinki chhirakne ka pani us par chhiraka nahiu gaya, wuh ndpik hai ; us ki napal abtak us par hai. 14 Agar koi khaime men mare, to us ke wSste yih hukm ha ki jo koi khaime men awe, aur we sab jo khaime men haioi sat din tak n^pak rahet ge. 15 Aur harek khuld bartan, jis par sarposh dhampa hna na howe, napik ha 16 Aur jo koi jangal meu talwdr se mare hiie ko chhuwe, ya murde ke badan k ya ^dmi ki haddi ko, ya gor ko, sat din tak napak rahega. 17 So we napak adt ke liye us jali hui gae ki rakh, jo gunah se pak karti hai, len, aur ek basan men i par bahte hue pani se dale ; 18 Aur ek pak admi znfa lewe, aur use pani mi duboke khaime par aur sare basanoo par, aur un admion par jo wahan hain, aur i par jis ne haddi ko ya talwar se mare hne ko, ya murde ko, ya qabr ko chhi'ia he chhirake; 19 Aur pak hi admi tisre din aur satwen din napak par chhirake; ai phir satwen din apne taio pak kare, aur apne kaj re dhoe, aur pani se nahawe, te shiva. ko pak hoga. 20 Lekin wuh shakhs jo nap^k ho, aur us ne ap ko pak i kiya, wuhi shakhs jamaat men se knt jaegS ; kynnki us ne Kht:ba'wakd ke maqd ko napak kiya; is lij'e ki chhirakne ki panf us par chhiraka na gaya, wuh napa hai. 21 Aur yih un ke liye rasm i abadi hogi, ki jo koi chhirakne ka pani chhiral apne kapre dhowe, aur jo koi chhirakne ke pani ko hath lagawe, sh^m tak napa rahega. 22 Aur wuh chiz jise napak idmi chhue napak hai; aur jo koi us chiz k chhnega, sham tak napak rahega. XX. BAB. 1 Bad us ke bani Israel ki sari jamaat pahle maliine men dasht i Sin ko ai, ai: Qadis men utri; Maryam wahan mari aur g'ri. 2 Wahao jamaat ke live pani r tha ; so we jama hoke Mu.a aur Hanin ke barkhilaf hue. 3 Aur un logog r Musa se jhagra kiya, aur kaha, Ai kash ki jab haraare bhai Khi'daVaxd ke ag margae, hara bhi mar jate. 4 Turn Khuda'wand ki jnmaat ko is dasht meu kyt lie, ki ham aur hamare janwar j'ahau marte haiij ? 5 Aur turn hamen Misr i ' BAB.] GINTr. 175 bure maqiim meo Une ko kyilu charhi lie? is jagah to khetfao aur anjfr aur igur aur an£r nahiu haiu; yahdn to pfne kopSnl bhl oahfu. GTabMdsi aurllarun mlat ke samhne se jamSat ke kbairae ke darwize par gae, aur munh ke bal gire : b Khuda'wand ka jalal un par zahir hria. 7 Aur Khuda'wand ne Musi,kokhitab uke farni.iyS, 8 Ki Wuh lathf le, aur tii aur H5run teri bhdi turn donon janiSat > ikattha karo, aur us bare patthar ko, jo un kf dnkhoo ke samhne hai, kaho, wuh )na pinf dega ; td un ke liye bare patthar se plnl nikal, aur us jamSat ko aur un J chlrpifoQ ko pfne ko de. 9 Chun^nchi MusS ne KiiudaVand ke ^ge se, jaisa se hukm hua tha, us lathi ko liya. 10 Aur Musa aur Hardn ne jainaat ko us bare itthar ke sarahne ikattha kiya, aur us ne unheu kahS, ki Suno, ai bagio, kya ham imhare liye bare patthar se pini nikdleo ? 11 Tab Musa ne apni hath uthiyg, ir us bare patthar ko do b4r apnf lathi se mara; to bahut pani nikla, aur jamaat 3 aur un ke charpaion ne piya. 12 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa aur Ilarnn ko ihi, Is liye ki turn mujh par iatiqad na Ide, ki bSnf Isriel ke huzur meri taqdis irte, so turn us jamaat ko us zamfn men, jo maiu ne unheij di hai, na laoge. 13 Yih agre ka pani hai; kyunki bani Israel ne Khuda'wand se jhagra kiya, aur us ne \ ke darmiyan apne tain niuqaddas kiya. I4 Tab Musa ne Qadis se Adum ke badshah ko elchi ke hath yiia kahla bheja, Tere bhaf Israel ne kaha hai, ki un sab taklifou ko, jo safar mea hameo darpesh iiu, tu janta hai; 15 Aur hamare bapdade Misr meu dakhil hue, aur ham Misr en bahut muddat rahe ; aur Misrfou ne ham ko aur hamire bapdadoij ko dukh lya : 16 To jab ham Khuda'wand ke Ige chilMe, tab us ne hamdrl awiz sunf ; ) us ne ek firishte ko bhejS, aur ham ko Misr meo se nikil layd ; aur dekh, ham ^adis ke shahr meu haiu, jo terf sarhadd se mila hiia hai. 17 So ham ko apne lulk meU hoke guzar jane dijiye: ki ham kheton aur zfngur ke bagon meo dakhil a honge, aur na knoo ka pdni piwenge : ham shahrah se hoke nikle chale jawenge, am dahine aur bayen hath namurenge, jab tak ki terf sarhaddoo se bihar na nikal iweo. 18 Lekin Adum ne us se kaha, Tu meri taraf guzar na kar, nahiu to main ilw£r leke tere barkhilaf nikltinga. 19 Phir bani Israel ne use kaha, ki Ham rah 3 hoke chale jienge, aur agar ham, ya hamare jSnwar tera pani plwe, to ham us ki imat tujhe denge : faqat apne paou se guzar jaenge. '20 Us ne kaha, Tu hargiz ine na pawega. Tab Adiim us ke barkhilaf bare zor se bahut log leke nikla. 21 So idiim ne Israel ko rah na df, ki us ki sarhadd meo se hoke jawee : tab bani Israel IS ki samt se mure. 22 Aur banf Israel ki sarf jamaat Qadis se rawana hoke koh i Hdr par ^{. 23 ^ur KntDAwAND ne koh i Hur par, jo Adiim ki sarhadd se mila hni. tha, Musa ur Iliirun ko kaha, 2 ( Ilarun apne logon se mile : kydnki wuh us zamfn men, o maio ne bani Israel ko df hai, dikhil na hog£, is liye ki tum jhagre ke pinfou par nere hukm kf mukhalifat karke bagf hue. 25 Harun aur us ke bete Iliazar ko le, ur un ko koh i Hur par la ; 26 Harun ke kapre utir aur us ke kapre us ke bete liazar ko pinha : ki Hirdn apne logon men ji milcg^,aur yah^O mar jaegi. 27 Chu- anchi jaisa Khuda'wand ne hukm kiya tha, Musa ne waisahf kiya : aur we jamaat ;e huzdr koh i Hur par chrrhe. 28 Aur Mdsi na Hardn ke kapre utare, aur us .e bc^e Iliazar ko pinhie ; aur Hardn ne pah^r par rihlat kf ; aur Mds^ aur Iliazar 176 GINTI'. 21 13AH. pahar par se utar Ae. 29 Jab sSri jarafiut ue dekhS, ki HSriin ne wafat pai, to aar ghardnc Israel ke Ilarun par tie din tak roe. XXI. BAB. 1 Aur jab Arad KaninI badshah ne, jis ka pae takht janiib kl jauib thd, kibar Israel jlsiisi ki rah se ae, to bani Israel se lajra, aur kitne ek un nieo se pakar le gaya. 2 Tab Israel ne Khuda'wand kf nazr manf, aur bola, ki Agar td sachmac un logoo ko mere hath men giriftir kar de, to maiu un ki bastion ko haram ka diinga. 3 Chunanchi Khuda'wand ne bani Israel ki awaz suni, aur Kananiou k giriftar kar diya ; aur unhon ne unheji aur un ki bastiou ko haram kar diyd : aur u ne us maqam ka nam Hurmah rakhi. 4 Phir unhon ne koh i Hiir se darj-a i qulzum kf samt kdch kiya, taki Adum 1 sarzamin ghiim jaweu: lekin we log asnae rah meu nihayat diltang hue, 5 Au Khuda aur Musa se badguman hoke yiin bole, Turn kydo ham ko Misr se charh lae, ki ham bayaban meo marcij ? yahag to na roti hai, na pani ; ham ko to ishalii roti se karahiyat ati hai. 6 Tab Khuda'wand ne un logou meo jalanewale sam bheje, unhoo ne unheo kata ; aur bahut se bani Israel mar mite. 7 Tab we lo Musa kane ae, aur bole. Ham ne gunah kiya, ki ham ne Khuda'wand ki aur te: badgoi ki: so tu Khuda'wand se dua mang, ki wuh ham mea se unsamponkodaf kare. Chuninchi Miisa ne logoo ke liye duS mangi. 8 Tab Khuda'wand n Musa ko farm^ya, Ek sSmp bani aur ek neze par latka : so jo dasa hua us par m zar karega, to wuh bachega. 9 Chunlnchi Miisi ne pital ka ek samp banake nez par rakhS. ; aur aisahi hua ki samp ne jo kisi ko katS, to jab us ne us pital ke sam par nigah ki, to wuh ji'ta raha. 10 Tab bani Israel ne wahao se knch kiya, au Aubat meu khaime khare kiye. 11 Phir AubSt se kuch kiy5, aur Ghai ul Abarii par, dasht meo jo Moab ke muqabil hai, mashriq ki samt, khaime istad kiye. 12 Wahda se kuch karke wadi i Zared meo khaime khare kiye. 13 Jab waha se chale, to Araiin ke par ake khaime khare kiye, wuh Amurioo ki sarhadd se ali bayaban meo bahti hai: kyunki Arnun Moab ki sarhadd hai, Moab aur Amiiric ke darmij'an. 14 Is sabab Khuda'wand kejangnlme meo lik ha ha : Wahib and! meu aur Arnun ke naharou par, 15 Aur naharou ki us wadi par, jo Ar ki bastio ki taraf jake Moabioo ki sarhaddion se milti hai. 16 Aur wahao se Biar par j pare : wuh ek kua hai, jis ki babat Khuda'wand ne Musa ko kaha, ki Logoo k faraham kar, ki main uuheu pani dunga. 17 Us waqt Israel ne yih r^g gaya, I kne, tii ubal a; logo, tum us ki tarif apas men glo. 18 Raisou ne yih kua khc da, qaum ke amiroo ne use banaya, asa se aur apni lathioa se. Tab us dasht s Mattanah ko gae ; 19 Aur Mattanah se Nahaliel ko, aur Nahaliel se B^mat kc 20 Aur Bamat se us wddi meo, jo Moab ke niulk meo hai, Pisgah ki choti tal bayaban ki sath par musharraf hai. 21 Wahao bani Israel ne Sihon ko, jo Amurioo ka badshah thS, elchi ki marifi 'ih paigam kahla bheja, 22 Ham ko apni sarzamin se guzar jiue de : ham khetc aur angur ke bagoo meo da^hil na honge ; ham kiie ki pani na piwenge, ball shahrah so sidhe chale jaenge, yahao tak ki teri sarhadd se bahar ho jaeo. 23 Pc Sihon ae uuheo apui sarhadd se guzar na karye diya, aur apue lashkar ko farahar 22 BAB.] GINTP. 1^^ karke Israel se muq^bila karne ko bayab^n meo nikia; aur U8 ne Yahsa meo pahunchke Israel se jang kf. '24 Aur Israel ne unheo talwar ki dhar se mSr lijrS, iur un kl zamfn par, Arnan se leke Yabuq tak aur banf Amman tak, qabza kiyl: tyiinki ban! Ammun k! sarhadd mazbut thf. 25 Garaz bani Isrdel ne ye sab shahr e live, aur Amiirfoo ke sab shahroo meu, Hesbon meo aur us ke sab gaoo meo 3anf Israel base. 26 Hesbon Amiirlou ke bidshah Sihon ka shalir thA, jo Moab ce agle bidshah se lara, aur us ki sir! mamlukat Arniui tak, us ke hath se le 1!. 27 Is! liye yih zarab ul masal hai, ki Hesbon meo Ao, Sihon ka shahr bane, aur :am!r ho. 28 Ki ^g Hesbon se nikli, aur shuala Sihon ke shahr se, jo Moab ke ¥r ko kha gaya, aur Arnun ke paharon ke sardaroo ko : 29 Ai Moab, tujh par v£waila hai! ai Kamiis ki qaum, tu halak hdi! us ne apne bete bhagie, aur apni )etiaD Amiiriou ke badshah Sihon ki asir kar d!o. 30 Unka nnr jata raha Hesboa ;e Dibon tak ; aur ham ne Nofah tak, han MedibS tak unheo bechirag- kar diyS. >l Aur IsraelioD ne Amurion ke mamlukat meo sukdnat kf. 32 Phir Musa ne jasds Yasir ko bheje, unhoo ne us ke gaoo le lie, aur Amnrioo :o jo wahan the,nikal diya. 33 Tab we phire, aur Basan ki taraf charhe, aur Basau :e badshah U'z ne apne sab log leke jang ke liye Azrat meo un ka samhna kiya. 14 Tab Khuda'waxd ne Musi ko farmaya. Us se mat dar : ki main ne unheij, un :e log aur mamlukat samet, tere hath men diya ; so tu us se wuhi kar, jo tu ne ^mdrioo ke badshah Sihon, Hesbon ke rahnewale se kiya. 35 Chunanchi unhoo le us ko, aur us ke bet on aur sare logon ko yahau tak mara, ki kol bhagnewali >aqi aa chhofa, aur us ki sarzamln ko le liyl. XXII. BAB. 1 Phir bani Israel ne kuch kiya, aur Moab ke maidanoo ko nahr i Yardan par ririho ke muqabil khaimagah kiya. 2 Aur jab Safur ke bete Balaq ne wuh sab, 0 bani Israel ne Amurion se kiya, dekha ; 3 To Moab un logon se nipat dara, ki ire bahut the ; aur Moab bani Israel ke sabab se pareshan hda. 4 Tab Moab ne didyan ke buzurgou se kaha, ki Ab ye log un sab ko jo hamare aspas haiu ydo hat jawenge, jis tarah se bail maidan ki ghas ko chat kar leta hai. Us waqt Safdr a beta Balaq Moabiou ki badshah tha. 5 So us ne qasid Beor ke bete Balaam las Fatur ko, jo bani Ammnn ki sarzamin men lab i darya tha, bheje, taki use yih ahke bull lawen, ki Dekh log Misr se bahar ae hain: dekh, un se zamfn chhip gai ai, aur mere muqabil thahare hain. 6 So ab tashrif laiye, aur raeri khatir se un 3gon ke ha Tab ua ne alaq se kaha, ki Tti yahau apne charhawe pas thahara rah, jab tak maiu wahao W 2 180 GINTI'. [24 BAB KhudS se mil ^ou- Ifi ChunSnchi Khuda'wand BaWdm komil5, aur us ke mun? meo bat dHh, aur farmiya, Balaq pils phir j£, aur yriu kah. 17 Aur jab wuh uf pas pahuncha, to kya dekhti hai, ki wuh apne charhiwe ke pis Moab ke rafsoi samet khara hai. Tab Malaq ne us se piichha, Khuda'wand ne kya farmaya ? 18 Tab us ne apnf masal kahni shurn ki, aur bold, Uth ai Balaq, aur sun, ai Safoi ke bete, merl taraf kan dhar : 19 Ilah ins^n nahio, jo jhuth bole, na admlzid hai ki pashem^u howe : kya wuh kahe aur na kare, aur farmawe aur use pura na kare ! 20 Dekh raaio ne hukm piya, ki barkat dun ; us ne barkat di hai; main badal kai nahfo sakti. 21 Wuh Yaqnb meg bad! nahfo pata, na Israel mey fasad dekht? hai : KhudaVand us ka Ilah us ke sath hai, aur badshah ki dhiim un ke darmiyar hai. 22 Khuda unheo Misr se nikal liyii : un ka gainde ka sa zor hai. 23 Ko afsun Yaqub par nahio chalta, koi badfali Israel ke barkhilaf nahiu : us waqt Yaqijl ke aur Israel ke haqq men yih kaha jaegi, ki Khuda ne kya kiya ! 24 Dekh ye loj bag ke taur se khare honge, aur ip ko babar ki tarah uthawenge: na sowega, jal tak shikar na kha le, aur jab tak zakhmi ka lahu na pf le. 25 Tab Balaq ne Balaam ko kaha, Unheo td hargiz bad dua na kar, aur unheo Vi hargiz barkat na de. 2( Balaam ne jawab diya, aur Balaq ko kaha, Kya main ne tujhe nahin kaha, ki Sal jo kuchh ki Khuda'wajnd kahega, maio wuhi kariinga ? 27 Tab Balaq ne BaMan ko kaha, Aiye main ap ko aur jagah le jaun ; wahan shayad Allah ko pasand ae, k tti mere liye un par bad dua kare. 28 Tab Balaq Balaam ko Peor ki choti par jo bayAban ki satah par musharraf hai, layi. 29 Wahao Balaam ne Balaq se kahi ki Mere liye yahio sat mazbah bana, aur is jagah mere waste sat bachhre aur sS( mendhe muhaiyi kar. 30 Chuninchi Balaq ne, jaisa Balaam ne farmlya tha, kiy^ ftUT harek mazbah par ek bachhra ek mendha guzrana. XXIV. BAB. 1 Jab Balaam ne dekha, ki Israel ko barkat dena KhudaVand ko tliush dyi, tc wuh ab ke jaisa age tafadl karoe jata tha, na gaya, aur bayaban ki taraf tawajjuh kf. 2 Aur Balaam ne apni ankh uthai, aur bani Israel ko dekha, ki apne sibtoQ ki tartib par thahare hain ; tab rnh Allah us par nizil hui. 3 Aur wuh apni masal le chala, aur bola, Beor ki beta Balaam kahta hai, aur wuh shakhs jis kf ankhen khul gain hain, 4 Wuh jis ne Khuda ka sakhun suna hai, aur qadir kakhiyil dekh^ hai gash kha gaya hai, par us ki ankhen khuli hain, kaht^ hai. 5 Kyi. hi khub hain tere khaime, ai Yaqnb, aur tere maskan, ai Israel ! 6 Ye phaile hue haio, wadioo ki taraf se, aur lab i darya ke bagou ke taur par, aur jaise lid ke darakht, jo Khuda'wand ne lagae hon, aur jaise sarau ke darakht, jo pani ke kinare hon. 7 Aur wuh apne mothe se pani bahawega, aur U9 ka tu^hm bahut se panion men hoga; us ka badshah Agag se faiq hoga, aur us ki badsbahi buland hoi^i. 8 Khuda us ko Misr se bahar nikal laya, ; us men gainde kiquwat hai : wuh apne dushmanou ki qaumoo ko khawega, aur un ki haddiau chaknachur karega, aur apne tiron se unhen chhedega. 9 Wuh jhukta hai aur lotta hai, jaise sher aur babar: us ko kaun utha sakta hai? Mubarak hai wuh jo tujhe mubarak kahe, aur malaun hai wuh jo tujh par lanat kare. 10 Tab Balaq ka gussa Balaam par bhafka, aur us ne apni taliau marig: aur Balaq ne Balaam kokaha :-Maio ne tujhe 25 B^.] GINTI'. 15! talab kiya, ki tu mere dushmanoo par bad du^ kare, aur dckh tii ne tfnon bSr un- leo khiib barkat hi bakhshf. 11 dial abapnemakan ko bh^g: maiune kaha thS, «.i bari i^zat se tere martaba bafhi^uo, par dekh Khuda'wand ne tujhe izzat se baz •akha. 12 Balaam ne Balaq ko jaw^b diya, Kyno tere qSsidoo ko, jinheo tn ne ■nere pas bheja tha, maio ne na kaha tha, 13 Ki Agar Balaq apnl gharrapesone le bharke mujhe dewe, merf majal nahfo, ki Khuda'wand ke farmin ke siwi, apne lil se kuchh bhala yi. burd karuD, balki jo kuchh Khuda'wand kahega, main wuhf :ahiinga ? 14 Ab tti dekh, main apne logoo men jata huij ; so tn a ki maio tujhe Lhabar dunga, ki j^e log tere logon se pichhle dinoij men kyi karenge. 15 Phir us ne apni masal kahn! shurii kf, aur bola, Beor ka beta BaUam kahtS lai, aur wuh shakhsjis kt ^nkheu khul gafo haip ; 16 Wuh jis ne Khuda ka lalim suna, aur us kf danish ko, jo bahut buland hai, jana, jis ne Qadir ka khiyil [ekha, jo gash meo hai, par us kf aukhen khulf haio, kahta hai: 17 Main use lekhunga, par abhf nahfo ; maio us par nazar karunga, par na nazdik se: Yaqub se k sitlra niklega, aur Israel se ek sdhib i iqtidar uthega, aur Moab ki nawahf ko lar lega, aur sare banf Sat ko haUk karega. 18 Adum mamhik hoga, aur Sheir apne ushmanou ki miras hoga, aur Israel bahaduri karega. 19 Yaqub kl nasi seniklegi uh, jo riyasat karegi, aur jo shahr mey baqi rah jaega, haUk karega. 20 Phir us ne Amaliq ko dekhd, aur apnl masal le chala aur bold, Amaliq ummatoo leo pahla thd, par us ka anjam nesti nabudf hogf. 21 Phir us ne Q.enf par nigih kf, aur apni masal kahnl shurii kf, aur bold, Wuh »aqam jo tera maskan haimustahkam hai, til pahar par apna ashiana band: 22 jekin Qeni barbdd honge, yahau tak ki Ashnr tujhe pakar le jaega. 23 Phir wuh apnl masal le chala, aur bold, Afsos ! kaun zinda rahegd, jab vhuda hi yun karega? 24 Aur Kittfon kl taraf se jahazdwenge, aur Ashiir auf br ko dukh pahunchawenge, aur we bhi nest nabiid honge. 25 Tab Balaam utha awana hud, aur apne maqaiii ko phir gayd; aur Balaq bhi apnl rah gaya. XXV. BAB. 1 So Israeli Sittfm men muqim hue, aur logon meo Moabioij kl betfon se haram- Larf shuru ki. 2 Unhou ne apne mabiidoo ki qurbaniou par un logon ki dawat .1: so logon ne khdya, aur un ke butou ko sijda kiya. 3 Aur Israeli Bal-Peor e mile: tab Khuda'wand kd qahr banf Israel par bharkd. 4 Aur Khuda'wand ne klusa ko farmaya, Qaum ke sare sardaron ko pakar, aur un ko Khuda'wand keliye ftib ke muqabil suli par khlnch, taki Khuca wand ke gazab kd bhaiaknd Isrdel >ar se tal j;iwe. 5 So Musa ne banl Israel ke hlkimon ko kaha, ki Turn meo se arek apne logon ko, jo Bil-Peor se mil gae haio, qatl kare. 6 So wahla ek srieli dya, aur apne bh-iiou ke pas ek Midydnl randl Musa aur banf Isrdel kf sari anidat ke riibarii laya, aur wuh jamiat khaime ke darwaze par rotf thf. 7 Aur ib ki Finihas bin Iliazar bin Hdnin kdhin ne yih dekhd, wuh jamdat meo se uthd, ur barchhi hath meo H ; 8 Aur us mard ke pfchhe khaime meo ghusd, aur un lonoD ke Israeli mard aur ran(Ji ke pet ko chhedd. Tab banf Isrdel meo se waba ati rahi. 9 We jo us waba men mare, chaubls hazdr the. 10 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisd ko ^hitdb karkefarmdyd: 11 Ki Finihas ne, jo 182 GINTl'. [26 BAB. Harun k^hin ke bete Iliazr ki beti hai, mere qahr ko banf Israel par se pherS, ki un ke bfch use mere liye gairat if, isl liye main ne bani IsrSel ko apni gairat se nabud na kiya. 12 So tn kah, Dekh maio ne use apni sulh ka ahd bandha: 13 So wuh us ke liye hoga, aur us ke bad us ki nasi ke liye kahSnat ka ahd abadi hogi ; kyunki wuh apne Khuda ke liye gairatmand hai, aur us ne bani Israel ke liye ka- fira diya. 14 Us sha^hs i Israeli ka nam, jo us Midyani rantji ke sath mira gaya Zimrf thi, Salii ki beta, jo bani Simon ke firqe ka sarguroh tha. 15 Aur us Midy- dni randi ki nam, jo mari gai, Kazbi tha, Sur ki beti, jo qaum ka sardar aur bani Midyan men ali khandan tha. 16 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musi ko khitib karke farmiya, 17 Ki Midyanioo ko tang karo, anr unheij maro. 18 Kyunki we apne makrrn se tujh ke tang karte hain ; chunanchi Peor aur kazbi kf bat men, jo Midyan ke sardar ki beti aur un ki bahin thi, jo us wabi ke din jo Peor ke sabab se hiii, mari gai, unhoo ne tujh ko tang kiyi. XXVI. BAB. I Aur aisi hui ki bid us wabi ke Khuda'wand ne Mnsa ko aur Hirun kihin ke bete Iliazar ko kahi, 2 Ki Bani Israel ke ibai khandanoo ke logon ko bis baras- wale se leke uparwale tak, sab jo larai ko nikalte hain, gin jao. 3 Chuninchi Musi aur Iliazar kihin ne Moab ke maidanon meo lab i Yardan Yiriho ke muqabil un se kahi, 4 Bis bara.swile se leke uparwile tak gino, jaise Khuda'wand ne Musi aur bani Israel ko, jo Misr ki zamfn se nikle the, irshad kiyi thi. 5 Rubin Isriel ki pahilauthi beti us ke baton men Hanuk, jis se Hanukioo ki qabila hai, aur Phalii jis se Phalwion ki qabila hai; 6 Aur Hasriin jis se Hasrnnioo ki qabila hai, aur Karmi jis se Karmion ka qabila hai. 7 So Rubin ke qabiil ye haiu: un ke sab jo gine gae, tentalis hazir sit sau tis the. 8 Aur Phalii ki beti Iliab thi. 9 Aur Iliab ke bete Namuel aur Datan aur Abirim : ye we Datan aur Abirim haiu, jo jamiat ke chune hue, jo Qurah ki jamiat men shimil hoke Khuda'wand se jhagarne men Musi aur Harun se jhagre: 10 Aur zamin ne apna rnunh khula, aur unheu Qurah samet ningal liyi, jis waqtki jamiat mari, jab ki us 5g ne arhii sau idmiou ko khi liyi : so we ek ibrat hue. 11 Lekin Qurah ke bete na mare. 12 Aur bani Simon apne qabiil ke muwifiq ye the: Namuel jis se Namuelion ki qabila, aur Yamin jis se Yaminiou ka qabila, aur Yaqin jis se Yaqinioo ki qabila, 13 Aur Zahirjis se Zihirion ki qabila, aur Siul jis se Sidliou ka qabila. 14 Aur ye Simonion ko qabiil haio; un men biis hazar do sau the. 15 Aur bani Jadd apne qabiil ke muwifiq ye the : Sifon jis se SifonioB ki qabila, aur Hiji jis se Hijion ka qabila, aur Suni jis se Sunioo ki qabila, 16 Aur Uzni jis se Uznion ka qabila, aur Iri jis se Irloo ki qabila. 17 Aur Arudjis se Ariidioo ki qabila, aur Arieli jis se Arielicu ki qabila. 18 Bani Jadd ke qabiil meo se, jo gine gae, chilis hazir pinch sau the. 19 Yihudah ke bete GeraurOnin; we donoo Kanin men margayi. 20 Aur bani Yihudah apne qabiil ke muwifiq ye haio: Selah jis se Selanioo ki qabila, aur Phiras jis se Pharasioo ka qabila, aur Shiriq jis se Shariqiou ki qabila: 21 Ban! S BAB.] GINTr. 183 'hlras ye hain : Hasrun jis sc Hasniniou ka qabfla, aur Hamnl jis se Ilamalfoo ki abila. 22 Ye bani Yihudah ke qabail haiu : we jo un meo se gine gac, chhahattar azar pinch sau the. 23 Aur baiij Ishakar apne qabiil ke muwtifiq ye haio : Tola jis se Tolafou ki abfla, aur Fi'ihat jis se Fuufou ka qabfla, 24 Yasub jis se Yasiibioo ku qabila, limron jis se Simroniou ka qabJla. 25 Ye Ishakar ke qabail haio : we jo un meo e giue gae, chaunsath hazar tfu sau the. 26 Aur bani Zabuliiu apne qabail ke muwafiq ye haiu: Sard jis se Sardfoo ka [abila, Elon jis sc Eloniou la'wand ne Musi ko thitSb karke farmiyji, 53 Yih zamin un ke namoo ke shumar ke muwafiq un ko mirls ke taur par bant dijawe. 54 Tii bahutoa ko bahut si miras dijiyo, aur thoroo ko thori aiiras : har firqe ko U3 U 184 GINTr. 27 BAli.] mfr^s us ke adad ke muwSfiq df jawe. 55 Lekin zamfn qurae se taqsim ki jawe ; weapneabai firqou ke niinou ke muwafiq mlras lewe. 56 Bahut hou ya thore, qurae se un ki mlras taqsim ki jawe. 57 Aur we jo bani Lewi meo gine gae, apne ib^i qab^il ke hisab se ye haio: JirsSn jis se Jirsanfou ki. qabila, Qihat jis se Qihattou ka qabila, Mirari jis se Mir- drioD ka qabila. 58 Bani Lewfon ke qabail ye hain : Libni ka qabila, Hibron ka qabila, Mahli ka qabila, Musi ka qabila, Qurah ka qabila. Aur Qihat se Amirara paida hua. 59 Aur Aniiram ki jorii ka niiii Yukabid tha, Lewi ki beti, jise us ki ni£ Lewi se Misr men jani : so Ainiram se Hariln aur Musa aur un ki bahin Maryam ko jani. 60 Aur Hanm ke bete ye the, Nadab aur Abihn aur Iliazar aur Etamar. 61 So Nadab aur Abihu us waqt ki unhoo ne ek ajnabi ag KhudaVand ke huziir guz- rani margae. 62 Aur we jo un meu gine gae ek mahinewale se leke uparwale tak teis hazar raard the; ye bani Israel meo gine nahio gae: kyunki un ko bani Israel ke sath miras nahin di gai. 63 Ye we bani Israel hain, jinhen Musa aur Iliazar kihinne Moab ke maidinoij men lab i Yardan Yirlho ke muqabil shumar kiya. 64 Aur Miisa aur Ilarun kahin ke gine men se, jis waqt bani Israel ko dasht i Sina men gina tha, ek shakhs bhi un men na tha. 65 Kynnki Khuda'wanb ne un ke haqq men farmaya tha, ki We yaqinan bayaban men mar jaenge. Chunanchi un meo se siwa Yafuuni ke bete Kalib aur Nun ke bete Yasiia ke ek bhi na bacha. XXVII. BAB. 1 Tab Manassi ke qabile se Silafhad bin Hifr bin Jiliahd bin Makir bin Manassi bin Yiisaf ki betien, jin ke nam ye hain: Mahlah, aur Nauah, aur Hajlah. aur Milkah, aur Tirzah nazdik ain. 2 Aur Musa aur Iliazar kahin, anr sab jamaat. aur amiron ke slmhne, jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze ke nazdik khari huij, aui bolie, 3 Ki Hamara bap dasht m.en margaya ; wuh un ke majma meo, jo Khuda'- WAND ke barkhilaf hoke faraham hue the, yane Qurah ke majma men shamil na tha ; balki apne gunah ke sabab margaya ; us ke koi beta na tha. 4 So hamare bap ka n£m us ke qabile se kydnkar nikala jata hai ? kya is liye ki us ka koi beta na tha? Ham ko hamare bap ke bhaion ke shamil hal hissa do. 5 Mtisa un ka niutalaba Khuda'wand ko huziir legaya. 6 Khuda'wanb ne Miis^ ko khitab kar- ke farmaya, 7 Ki Silafhad ki betian sach kahti hain ; tu unhen un ke bap ke bhdioo meo shamil karke miras de, aur aisa kar ki un ke bap ki miras un meo jari rahe. 8 Aur bani Israel ko kah, Agar koi mard mar j^e, aur us ke koi beta na ho, to us ki miras us ki beti ke liye jari rahe- 9 Agar us ki beti bhi na ho, to us ke bhaion ko us ki miris dijiyo. 10 Agar us ke bhai bhi na ho, to tum us ki mir^s us ke bap ke bhaioo ko do. 11 Agar us ke bap ke bhai bhi na ho, to tum U3 ki mir^s us ke qabile meo se us ko, jis ki qarabat us se ziyada nazdik ho, do, wuh us ka waris hoga : aur yih hukm bani Israel ke liye, jaisa Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko farmaya, rasm i abadi hogl. 12 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko lihitab karke farmayS, Ab td Abarimke pah^r ir charh, aur us zamin ko jo maio ne bani Israel ko iuayat farmai hai, dekh. Aur jab tti use dekh legs, to tu bhi apne logoo men mil jaega, jis tarah tera bhai •28 DAB.] GINTI'. 185 Hlriiii mil gaya. 14 Kyanki jab jam^at nc nuijh se khusumat kf, to turn ne dasht i Sin mei) mere hukm kf mukh^lifat kf, aur us jNIarfbah kepSnf par un ki finkhou kesamhne dasht i Sin men merl tiqdis na kf: yih wuhf Marfbah kipSnihai, Qadis ke nazdik Sfn ke dasht men- 15 Tab Mtisa ne KhudaVand ke huzfir khitabkarke kah^, 16 Ki, Ai Kiiuda'- WAND, sab jismoQ kf jSnou ke Khuda, kisf ko jamaat ka sardir bana, 17 Jo un ke age age bahar jae, aur un ke age 5ge andar awe, aur bihar andar ane jane meo un ka rahbar ho; taki Khuda'wand kf jamaat un gospandoo kf manind na ho, jin ka kof charwaha nahfo. 18 Tab Khuda'wand nc Musi ko kaha, ki Nun ke bete Yasua ko apna khalifo kar; wuh ek shakhs hai, jis meij ruh hai : us par apna hath rakh. 19 Use Iliazar kahin, aiir sarf jamlat ke age khari kar, aur useun ke huziir wasiyat kar. 20 A.ur apnf izzat meo se kuchh us par dal de, taki banf Israel ki sari jamaat us kf farminbardarf kare. 21 Wuh Iliazar kahin ke age kharaho, aur Iliazar us ke liye U'run ka hukm Khuda'wand ke huziir piichhe: wuh aur sare banf Israel sari jamaat samet us ke kahne se bihar nikle, aur us ke kahne se Iwe. 22 So Mdsi ne jaisa Khuda'wand ne use farmiya tha, kiyi, aur us ne Yastia ko Leke Iliazar kahin aur sari jamaat ke samhne khari kiya. 23 Aur us ne apne hath us par rakhe, aur use jaisa Khuda'wand ne us ko farmaya tha, wasiyat kf. XXVIII. BAB. 1" Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisi ko khitab karke farmiya, 2 Ki Bani Israel ko bukm kar, aur unhen kah, ki Mera qurbin, yane merf khushbii ke homon ke laham ki muhafizat karo, tiki turn use mere liye us ke waqt muaiyan meu qurbani guzrano. 3 Tii unhen kah, ki Hom, jo turn Khuda'wand ke liye guzrano, so yih hai; ek- sala beaib do barre, roz roz yih charhawa hamesha ke liye. 4 Ek barra subh ko, aur ek barra zawal aur ghurab ke darmiyin ; 5 Aur Efah ki ek daswio hissa maida chauthai hfn kate hde tel se mali hdi, hadiya ke liye. 6 Yih wuh hamesha ka charhawa hai, jo koh i Sini parguzrini gayi, ki khushbuiki hom Khuda'wand ke liye ho. 7 Aur us ka tapawan chauthii hfn wain ek ek barre ke liye : us wain ko Khuda'wand ke liye maqdis men tapiiyo. 8 Aur jab tu dusri barra zawal aur ghurub ke darmiyan guzrane, to fajr ke hadiya aur us ke tapiwan ke taur par Khuda'wand ke hom ki khushnudi ki bd ke liye use guzrin. 9 Aur sabt ke roz eksali beaib do barre, aur hadiya do dasweij hisse maida tel se mala hda us ke tapawan samet. 10 Yih sabt ba sabt ki charhiwi hai, jo> hamesha ke charhawe aur us ke tapawan ke siwi har sabt ko charhiyi jawe. 1 1 Aur wuh charhaya, jo tum har ek mahfne ke gurre ko Khuda'wand ke ige guzi-anoge, yih hai, do bachhre ek mendhi sit eksala beaib barre: 12 Aur ek bachhre pfchhe tin daswen hisse maida tel se mali hda hadiya ke liye ; aur ek mendhe pfchhe do dasweo hisse maidi tel se mala hni hadiya ke liye. 13 Ek barre pichhe aur ek daswao hissa maida tel se mala hda hadiya ke liye, ki charhawa ho, yine khushbdi ka hom Khuda'wand ke liye. 14 Aur.un ki tapiwan ck bachhre pfchhe adhi hfn, aur mendhe pfchhe tihii bin, aur barre pichhe chauthii bin : har baras ke har luahfac ke charhiwi yih hai. 15 Aur us daimi charhiwe X i»6 Gmrr. [29 bab. ke siwi ek buzgdla KiitTDA'^ifAND ki Ichatiyat ke liye apiie taj>^wan samet guzrani jiwe. 16 Pahle raahtne ki chaudahwio tSrikh KhupaVasd k! Id i fasah hai. 17 Aur tts mahlne ke pandrahwio din fasah kl mibmani ho: sat din tak chahrye ki turn fatiri rot! khio. 18 Pahla roz muqaddas manidi ki hai : turn us din koi chakarf ka kiin na karni. 19 Aur turn chariiawc ke lK>in KhodaVand ke liye guzraniyo f do bachhre, ek mendha, sat eksila beaib barre. 20 Aur us ke s-ith hadiya tfn dasweo hisse roaida tel se inali haa bar bachhre pfchhe, aur do dasweo hisse har niendhe pichhe guzraniyo. 21 Aur s^ton barroa men se har barre pichhe ek dasw^n hissi : 22 Aur khatiyat ki babat ek buzgala, taki us se tiiinhare liye kafara diya jawe. 23 Tun> subh ke charhawe ke siwS, jo sada charhayd jita hai, ve qurbdnian guzrana karo. 24 Turn sat din tak, har ruz bora ka lahatn khana khushmidi ki bu Khora'wand ke liye isi tarah guzraiiyo: u^ charhawe aur tapawan ke siwi, jo daiiQi hai, guzrana jiwe. 25 Sitwau din tumhari muqaddas manadi ka hai ; turn koi chakari ka kam mat karna. 26 Aur pahle hasilou ke dia, jis waqt turn nayi hadiya apne haftoo meo KhudaVand ke liye guzrlrro, to us din tumhire liye rauiaddas manadi liogi; aur koi chakari ki kirn na kijiyo : 27 Bulki tiim charhawe ki bibat Khcda'wand kf l^hushnudi ki bu ke liye, da bachhre, ek mendha, sat eksala barre gazraniyoi; 28 Aur un ka hadiya tin dasweo hisse maidi tel se mali hua har bachhre pichhe, aur do dasweo hisse har mendhe pichhe, ,29 Aur ek daswau hissa saton barroa nieo se har barre pichhe ; 30 Aur ek bakri ki bachchi, taki tumhare liye kafira, diya jawe. 31 Siwa daimi charhawe, aur us ke hadiya ke yih guzraniyo : tumhari je sab qurbani^u apne tapawanoo samet puri howeu. XXIX. BiVB. 1 Aur satweo mahJne ke pahle roz turahiri muqaddas manadi hogf, aur chakarf ki koi kim na kariyo : yih tumhare narsinge phnnkne ka din hai. 2 Aur tuiu Khuda'wand ki khushn'idi ki bo ke liye ek bachhra, ek mendha. aur sit eksale beaib barre charhawi guzrani^a: 3 Aur un ka hadiyi tin dasweu hisse maida tel se mala hda har bachhre pichhe, aur do dasweo hisse har niendhe pichhe, 4 Aur sat barrou men se har barre pichhe ek daswao hissa; 5 Aur bakri ka ek bachcha khatiyat ke liye, taki tumhare liye kafara diya jawe : 6 Turn yih sab- har mahlne ke chayhawe, aur us ke hadiya ke siwa, aur roz roz ke charhawe ke, aur us ke hadiya ke, aur un ke tapiwanon ke siwa, un ke dastur ke muwafiq khushbiii ka hom Khcda'wand ke liye guzraniyo. 7 Aur us satwen mahfne ki daswiu tirikh muqaddas manadi hogf, aur turn apne taio dukh do, aur kuchh kam kiya na karo. 8 Aur charhawe ki bibat ek bachhri, ek mendha, sat eksala beaib barre KhudaVand ki khushnddi ki bu ke liye guzrano. 9 Aur tin dasweo hisse maidi tel se mali hda har bachhre pichhe, aur do dasweo hisse hadiya har mendhe pichhe, 10 Aur sat barroo meo se harek barre pichhe ek daswio hissa ; 1 1 Aur Ijhatiyat ke liye bakri ki ek bachcha us khatiyat ke siwa, jo kafare ke liye hai, aur daimi charhawe, aur us ke hadiye, aur un ke> tapawanoB ke siwi. TS BAB.j r.INTI'. 1«T 12 Aiir sitweo mahine ki panJrahwio tirikh tumhari maqaddas manidi hogl ; Ws din turn chikari ka kof kam na karo, aur sit din tak Khuda'wand ke live fd karo, 13 Phir turn chafhawS, yane khushbui ka hom, Khcda'wakd ke live guzraniyo; terah bachhra, do menriihe, aur chaudah eksala beaib barre : 14 Aur «n ke hadiye tfn dasweo hisse maida tel se maU hu^. terah bachhroo men se har bachhre pfchhe, aur do dasweo hisse do nicndhoo meo se har mendhe pfchhe, 16 Aur chaudah barroo mcu se har barre ptchhe ek daswdo hissa; 16 Aur bakri ki rk hachcha khatiyat ke live, siwa daini! charhavc, aur us ke hadiye, aur us ke tapawanoo ke. 17 Aur diisre din barah bachhre, do mendhe, chaudah eksila beaib barre guz- riniyo: IS Aur un ke hadiye aur un ke taplwan bachhroo aur mendhoo aur barroo kf bibat, mamnl ke muw-ifiq, un ke adad ke mutabiq howco ; 19 Aur bakri ki ek bachcha khatiyat ke liye slwa daimf charhawe, aer us ke hadiye, aur un ke tapavranou ke. ■20 Aur tfsre d:R gyarah bachhre, do mendhe, aur chaudah cks-ila beaib barre: 21 Aur un ke hadiye, aar un ke tapawan, bachhrou aur metidhoo aur barroc ki bibat mamnl ke muwafiq un ke adad ke mutabiq howen ; 22 Aur bakri k^ ek bachcha khatiyat kf live siwa daimf charhawe, aur us ke hadiye aur uske tapawan ke. 23 Aur chauthe din das bachhre, do mendhe, chaudah eksala beaib barre : 24 Aur un ke hadiye aur «b ke tapawao bachhroo aur mendhoo aur barroo ki b£bat niamul ke muwafiq, aur en ke adad ke mutabiq howen; 25 Aur bakri ka ek bachcha khatiyat ke liye, siwi dairai chafhawe, aur us ke kadiye aur us ke tap!- wan ke. 26 Aur p^Dchweo din nau bachhre, do mendhe, chaudah eksila beaib barre : 27 Aur un ke hadiye aur un ke tapawan bachhron aur mendhou aur barron kf babat, mamul ke muwafiq, aur un ke adad ke mutibiq howen; 28 Aur bakri ka ek bachcha Jcbatij'at ke liye siwS daimi chafhawe, aur us ke hadiye aur us ke tapi- wan ke. 29 Aur chhathe din £th bachhre, do mendhe, chaudah eksala beaib barre : 30 Aur «n ke hadiye, aur unke tapawan, bachhroo aur mendhon aur barroo ki bibat rai- Tunl kc muwafiq, aur un ke adad ke mutibiq howen; 31 Aur bakri ki ek bachcha khatiyat ke liye siwa daimi charhawe, aur us ke hadiye, aur us ke tapawan ke. 32 Aur sitweu din sit bachhre, do mendhe, chaudah eksila beaib bare: 33 Aur «n ke hadiye^ aur un ke tapawan bachhron aur mendhou aur barroo ki babat, m£- mul ke muwafiq, aiirwn ke adad ke mutabiq howeo; 34 Aur bakri ki ek bachcha khatiyat ke liye, siwi diimf charhawe, aur us ke hadiye, aur us ke tapawan ke. 3.5 Aut athweo din tumhari muqaddas manidi hogi ; turn us din chikari ka kof kam na kijiyo : 36 Phir turn ek bachh^a, ek mendha, sit eksala beaib barre charh iwi karo, ki khushbui ka hom Khcda'waxd ke live ho : 37 Aur un ke hadiye aur un ke tapawan bachhroo aur mendhoQ aur barron ki bibat, mimnl ke muwafiq, aur un ke adad ke mutabiq howeo; 38 Aur bakri ka ek bachcha khatiyat ke lij'e, siwi daimi charhawe, aur us ke hadiye, aur us ke tapawan ke. 39 So ye wuh hai, jise turn Khcda'wasd ke lij-e apni idoo ke aiyim meo gusrinoge, siwi tumhari kbiss nazrocaur khushi ke qurbinon, aur chafhioo, «ur X 2 188 GINTI'. [SI BAB. hadiyoo, aur tapiwanou, aur saUmiou kc. 40 Pliir MdsS ne bani IsrSel se wuh Bab, jo KuudaVand ne use farm£y£ tha, kahi. .XXX. BAB. 1 Aur Musa ne bani Israel ki bibat bahi Israel ke firqoo ke sardSron se kaha, Khuda'wand ne yun farm^ya hai, 2 Agar kof mard Khuda'wand kl nazr mane ; ya qasam karke kisl ahd meo apne taio bandhe, to wuh ahdshikani na kare, balki sab jo kuchh jo uh ne apne munh se kahi hai, piir^ kare. 3 Aur agar koi aurat Khcda'wand ki nazr mine, aur apni larkil ke dinou meo ; apne bip ke ghar bote hue apne tain ahd men bandhe ; 4 Aur us kS bap us ki nazr aur u.s ke ahd bSndhne ko, jis men us ne apne tai]j bandha, sun ke chup ho rahe : to sab we nazren aur sab wuh ahd, jis men us ne apne tain bandha, sabit hongl 5 Lekin agar us ki bap sunte hue use rukhsat na de, to us ki koi nazr aur koi ahd, jo us ne apne taiu usmeD bandha, sahih nahin ; aur Khuda'wand us aurat ko bakhsh dega, kydnki us ke bap ne use ijazat na di. 6 Aur agar jis waqt us ne nazr mani, aur apne munh se apne tain kisf ahd men bandha, aur wuh shauharwali thi; 7 To agar us ka shauhar yih sun ke us din chupka ho raha : to us ki nazreo sibit huiu, aur us ke ahd jin se us ne ip ko bandha sahih hue. 8 Lekin agar us ka shauhar usi din jis din us ne suna mujauwiz na hua ; to us ne us ki nazr ko jo •us ne mSni, aur us ke ahd ko jo us ne apne munh se apne tain us men bandha tor diy^ ; to Khuda'wand us aurat ko bakhsh dega. 9 Aur bewa aur mutlaqa apni harek nazr ko, jis se unhon ne Sp ko bandha, ada karen. 10 Aur agar wuh apne shauhar ke ghar hoti hui kuchh nazr mane, aur qasam karke kisi ahd se apne taiQ bindhe; 11 To agar us ka shauhar use sun ke chup ho rahe, aur us ka muzahim na ho, to us ki nazreo qaim huiu, aur us ka harek ahd jis se us ne apne tain bandha, sahth hda. 12 Par agar us ki shauhar jis din sune usi din use tor dale, to jo kuchh nazrou aur ahdon ki babat jis se us ne apne tain bandha us ke munh se nikla, to wuh sahih nahiM us ke shauhar ne unheu tor dila ; Khuda'wand us ko bakhsh dega. 18 Sab nazreo aur qasameo, jis meo us ne apne tain dukh dene ke liye bandhl, us k^ shauhar chahe, to us ko sabit rakhe, aur chahe to unhen tor dale. 14 Par agar us ka shauhar sun ke roz roz chup rahe, to us ne us ki sab nazroo aur ahdon ko jo us par haio qaim kiya ; kyiinki us ne apne chup rahne se unheo sun ke sabit kiya. 15 Aur agar us ne sun liya, aur bad us ke use us ne tori, to wuh us ki gunih uthiwega. 16 Mard aur us ki joru ke darmiyan, aur bap bet! ke darmiyan, jab beti larkii ke aiyim meo bap ke ghar howe, ye ahkam hain jo Khdda'wand ne Mnsi ko farmae. XXXI. BAB. 1 Phir Khtjda'wakd ne Mdsi ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki Ahl i Midyin se bani Isriel ka intiqam le : aur td bad us ke apne logon se mil jaegi. 3 Tab Musi ne logon ko farmayi, ki Baze turn meo se qattalke liyemuhaij^a ho, aur Mi- Hiyanioo ki samhni kare, tiki Khuda'wand ke liye Midyanion se intiqam le. 4 Bani Israel ke har firqe se ek ek hazar jang karne ko bhejo. 5 So hazarou bani n BAB.1 GINTI'. IBt) [srael men se har firqc plchhe ek hazdr supurd kiye gae ; 5'e sab, jo lar^l ke liye misallah hue, Mrah hazlr hiie. 6 Miisa ne un ko Iliazar klhin ke bete FinihSs ke >ath karke lar^i par blieja, aur raaqdis ke zuruf aur phunkne ke narsinge us ke hdth Tieo the. 7 Unhou ne Midy.lnioo se laral ki, jaisi Khuda'wand ne Miisi ko arinaya thS, aur sare mardou ko qatl kiy^. 8 Aur unhou neunmaqtulou ke siwS, Ewf aur Raqm aur Sur aur Hi'ir aur Raba ko, jo Midyin ke pinch bddshSh the, Sn se mara : aur Bcor ke bete Balaam ko bhi talwSr se qatl kiyS. 9 Aur bani Israel ne Midy^n ke ranJfou aur bachchoo ko asfr kiya ; aur un ki mawdshl aur sharpie aur mSl o asbab sab kuchh lut liya. 10 Aur un ki sari bastion aur gharon lur niahalloo ko phiink diyS. 11 Aur unhoo ne sdri ganfmat aur s5re asJr insSn lur haiwan lie. 12 Aur Miisi aur Iliazar kahin, aur bani Israel ki sari jamdat pas Lhaimagah men Moab ke maidanon men, lab i Yardan jo Yiriho ke muqabil hai, [aidi aur ganimat aur Idt lac. 13 Tab Miisa aur Iliazar kahin, aur jamaat kesare ardar un ke istiqbal ke liye, khaimagah se bahar gae. 14 Aur Mnsa lashkar ke aisoo par, aur un par jo hazaron ke sardar the, aur un par jo saikron ke rais the, 0 jang karke phire, ghussa hua, 15 Aur un ko kaha, ki Turn ne sab randiou ko [ta rakha? 16 Dekho, ye Balaam ke kahne se Peor ki babat Khuda'wand ke ge Israel ke gunahgar hone ka bais huin ; chunSnchi Khuda'wand ki jamaat meo Faba ai. 17 So un bachchon ko, jitne larke haiu, sab ko qatlkaro, aur harek randi :ojomardke sath sona janti hai jan se maro. 18 Lekin we laikian jo mard ke ath sona nahin janti haie, un ko apne liye rahne do. 19 Aur turn sat din tak ihaimagah se bahar raho : jis kisi ne admi komara ho, aur jis kisi ne maiyat ko ;hhua ho, wuh ap ko aur apne qaidion ko tisre din aur satweij din pak kare. 20 Funi apne sab kapre, aur sab chamre ke bartan, aur sab bakri ke balon ki bini hiii ;hIzeo, aur kath ke bartan pak karo. 21 Tab Iliazar kahin ne un logoQ ko, jo jang »ar gae the, kahi, Us shariat ka, jo Khuda'wand ne Musa ko at^ kf, yih hukni lai; 22 Sona, rupa, pital, loha, rang^, sisa, 23 Aur sab chizen, jo ag meu dill ati haiu, turn unheu ag men dalo ; phir unheo judai ke pani se pak karo ; aur sab ve chizeo jo ag meo nahio dali jati, turn unhen pani men dalo. 24 Aur turn latweo din apne kapre dho, taki tum pak ho ; bad us ke khaimagah men dakhil ho. 25 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya, 26 Ki Tu aur Iliazar :ahin, aur jamaat ke sardar railke sare insanon aur haiwanou ka, jo ganimat nen ae haiij, shumar karo : 27 Aur ganimat ke barabar do hisse karke ck un ko o jake larc, aur ek sari jamaat ko de : 28 Aur un jangi mardon ke hisse se, jo latl ko gae the, Khuda'wand ke liye har panch sau, jandar pichhe ek jandar le, ihwah insan hon, khwih gae bail, khwah gadhe hou, khwah bher bakri : 29 Aur iliazar kahin ko de, tiki Khuda'wand ke liye charhti ho. 30 Aur bani Israel kc lisse meu se, jo unhou ne paya, kya insin kya gae bail kya gadhe kya bhcr bakrf, )achaspachls pichhe ek ek le, aur Lewiou ko de, ki we Khuda'wand ke maskan ki nuhartzat karte haio, 3 1 Chunanchi Musa aur Iliazar kahin ne, jaisa Khuda'wand je Miisa ko kaha, kiya. 32 Ganimat ka baqiya, jo jangi logon pas maujiid tha, 'ih thi, chlia lakh pachhattar hazar bher bakrian, 33 Aur bahattar hazar gao )ail, 3i Aur eksath hazar gadhe, 35 Aur we hirkian, jo mard ke satli sotii lahio janti thiu, sab un ki. shumar tis hazar tha. 36 So adhd, jo jangi jawanoo La hissa thahara, yih tha, tin lakh saintis hazar panch sau bhcrbakriao : 37 Aur 190 GINTI'. [32 BAB. Khuda'wawd ka hissa liti men se chha sau pachhattar bhej-CD huto. 58 Aur gie bailoD se jo chhatts hazar thlo, so Khuda'wand ka hissa un meo se bahattar gae bail. 39 Aur gadhoo meu se, jo tis haz£r panch sau the, Khuda'wand ka hisaa un meo se eksath gadhe. 40 Aur adniion meo se, jo solah haz^r the, Khuda'- wand ki hissa battfs idmf hfie. 41 Chunanchi Mnsi ne Khuda'wand ke hukm ke muwafiq, us hisse ko jo Khuda'wand ke liye charhtl thi Iliazar kahin ko diya. 42 Aur ban! Israel ka hissa, jo Miisa ne jangt logos se liya, so wuh adhi jo jamaat ke hisse men pari yih tha, 43 Tfn lakh saintfs hazar panch sau bher bakil. 44 Aur chhatis haz^r gae bail, 43 Aur tis hazSr pinch sau gadhe, 46 Aur solah hazlrldml; 47 So Mnsa ne ban! Israel ke hisse men se bar pachas jindir pichhe insan aur haiwan se ek ek liyS, aur use Lewion kd jo Khuda'wand ke maskan kf nigahbani karte the diya, jaisa Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko farmiyS tha. 48 Tab lashkar ke sardar, jo hazaron aur saikron ke rdis the, Musi ke p5s de : 49 Aur unhoo ne Musa ko kaha, ki Tere khadimon ne sab jangi logon ko jo hamlre hukm men hain ginS, so un men ek jawan bh! kam na hua. 50 So ham harek chiz meu se jo harek ne pit Khuda'wand ke liye qurbin l4e haio, sone ke kharwe aur kangan aur angdthlan aur mundre aur sab zuriif sone ke, tiki hamirf « jinotj ke liye Khuda'wand kehuzur kafira diya jawe. 51 Chuninchi Musi aur Iliazar kihin ne un se sab chizen sone se bani hniu Ifn. 52 Aursira sona jo hazlrou aur saikroo ke sardaron ne Khuda'wand ke liye guzrani, solah hazar sat sau pachas misqal thi. 53 Aur sab jangon meo se harek ne us chfz ko, jo ganfmat lae the, liyi. 54 So Musi aur Iliazar kahin ne us sone ko, jounhon ne haziroD aur saikroe ke sardaron se liya, jamiat ke khaime meu lie, tiki bant Isriel ki yidgirl Khuda'wand ke huzur ho. XXXII. BAB. 1 Aur bani Rubin aur bani Jadd kf mawashi nihiyat bahut thf : so jab unhon ne dekhi, ki Yasir aur Jiliahd mawashi ki gauu hai ; 2 To unhoo ne ike Musi aur Iliazar kihin aur jamiat ke amirojj se kaha, 3 Ki Atarit, aur DIbon, aur Yasir, aur Nimrah, aur Hesbon, aur Iliali, aur Shibam, aur Nabo, aur Beon ki mam- lukat, 4 Jis par Khuda'wand ne Israel ki jamaat ko fath di, mawashi ke gauu ki zamin hai, aur tere khadimoQ ki mawashi bahut hai : 5 Pas agar tujh ko ham par karam ki nazar hai, to is zamin ko apne khadimon ki mirSs kar de, aur ham ko Yardan par jine na de. 6 Musi ne bani Riibin aur bani Jadd se kahi, Tumhare bhai to larne jaweu, aur turn yahin baithe raho ? 7 Turn kis liye bani Isriel ke diloo ko par ki zamin par jine se, jo Khuda'wand ne unheu ati farmai hai, darite ho? 8 Jab maio ne tumhire bipdidon ko Qadis Barnia se bheji, ki zamin ki jasusi karec, unhon ne bhi aisihi kiyi. 9 Ki jab we widi i Iskil tak pahunche, aur us zamin ko dekhi, to unhoo ne bani Israel ko dilshikasta kar diya, tiki we us zamin ko jo Khuda'wand ne un ko iniyat ki, na jaweo. 10 Aur usi dam Khuda'wand ki gussa bhafki, aur us ne qasam karke farmiyi, 11 Un logon men se, jo Misr se nikle, koi bis baraswile se leke uparwale tak us zamin ko, jis ki bibat maio ne Abirahim, aur Izhak aur Yaqub se qasam ki hai, hargiz na dekhegi ; kynnki unhou ne merf purl farminbardari na kf ; 12 Magar Yafunni ke 32 BAB.] CINTr. 101 bete Kilib, aur Niin ke bete Yasda ne Kuuda'wand ki farmdnbard^lri pari ki. 13 Tab Khuka'wand ki qahr Israel par bharka, aur us ne unheo maidin meo chalU baras tak iwira rakhi, jab tak k! wuh sari jamSat, jo Khuda'wand ke rdbar6 gunahgar hiii thf, nabnd hiif. 14 Aur dekho, turn gunahgir logou ki afziini ke liye apne bapdadoo ke qaiin maqim hue ho, taki Khuda'wand ke qahr ko Israelioij par afzud karo. 15 Kyunki jo turn us ki pairawl se phiroge, to wuh uu ko phir bayaban nasib karega ; aur un sab logoa ki halakat ka sabab turn hooge. 16 Tab we us ke nazdik ae aur bole, ki Ham apni mawashi ke liye yahao bhersale, aur apne larkou ke waste shahr banawenge ; 17 Par ham chhare musallah chalaki 86 bani Israel ke age age jawenge, yahao tak ki unhen un ke maqam tak pahun- cbaweo: aur hamare balbachhe shahrou men jo mahfuz haie zamin ke bashindoo ke huziir rahcQ. 18 Aur ham apne gharoo ko phir na phircnge, jabtak ki bani Israel meo sc harek apni miras na le le : 19 lii ham uu meo shamil ho ke Yardan ke us p5r mirds na lenge ; is liye ki Yardan ke us par pnrab ki taraf ham ne mir£g pdi. 20 Miisa ne unheo farmaya. Agar turn yih kam karo, aur Khuda'wand ke huznr chhare musallah larne jao, 21 Aur musallah hoke Khuda'wand ke huzur Yardan ke us par jao, yahaij tak ki turn meo se harek apne dushmanou ko apne samhne se dafa karo, 22 Aur wuh zamin Khuda'wand ke age magliib ho ; to bad us kejab murajaat karoge, Khuda'wand aur Israel ke agebegunah thaharoge . tab Khuda'wand ke huzar us zamin ke malik hoge. 23 Par agar turn yuu na karoge, to khabardar raho, ki turn Khuda'wand ke gunahgar hue : aur yaqin jSno, ki tumhira gun&htumheopakrega. 24 So turn apne larkooke liye shahr bina karo, aur apne bhej* bakriotj ke liye bheysile, aur apne qaul ko pdra karo. 25 Tab bani Jadd aur bani Riibin ne Mds& ko kaha, ki Tere khadim jaisa un ke makhdum k& hukm hai, waisahi karenge. 26 Hamare bachche, hamari joriiin, hamare galle, hamari sab mawashi Jiliahd ke shahron meu rahenge ; 27 Aur ham apne makhdiim ke kahne ke muwafiq chhare musaUah hoke Khuda'wand ke age larne jate haio. 28 Tab Mdsa ne un ki babat Iliazar kahin, aur Nun ke bete Yasda, aur bani Israel ke firqoo ke bapdadou ke raJsou ko kaha, 29 Aur farmaya, ki Agar bani Jadd aur bani Rubin Khuda'wand ke age tumhare s£th Yardan ke par chhare musallah hoke jawen, aur lareu, aur zamin tumhire qabze men ^we; to turn Jiliahd ki sarzamin un ki mfras kar do : 30 Par agar we chhare hathyar bandhke tumhare sfith p£r na jawen, to we shamil rahke Kanan ki sarzamin meo miras p^weo- 31 Tab bani Jadd aur bani Riibin jawab meo bole, ki Jaisa Khuda'wand ne tere khadimou ko hukm kiya hai, ham waisahi karenge. 32 Ham chhare hathyar bandhke Khuda'wand ke huzur us par zamin i Kanin ko jaenge, t^ki Yardan ke idhar ki zamin hamari miras howe. 33 Tab Mdsa ne Amnrioo ke badshah Sihon ka mulk, aur Basan ke badshdh U'z ki. mulk un gaoo samet jo us nawdhi mcu the, ban! Jadd aur bani Rubin aur Manassi bin Yusaf ke adhe firqe ko bakhsha. 34 Tab bani Jadd ne Dibon, aur Abarat, aur Aroir, 35 Aur Atarit Shofan, aur Yasir, aur Yagbeha, 36 Aur Bait-nimrah, aur Bait-haran ko muhkam shahr ; aur bhersale ban5e. 37 Aur bani Rubin ne Hesbon, aur Ilialf, aur Qiryatain, 38 Aur Nebo, aur Bilmeon ke shahr, un ke nim badalke basic, aur Shibmih bini kiyi : aur un shahroQ ke jo unhoo ne banae aur hi nam rakhe . 39 Tab bani Makir bin i Manassi Jiliahd ko gae, aur use le liya, aur Amuriofl ko 192 GINTr. [33 BAl jo wahiD baste the qatl kiyi. 40 Aur Musi ne Jiliahd Makfr bin Manassi I bali^hshi : us ne wahau sukiinat kf. 41 Aur Manassi ki beti Yair nikla, aur i ne us nawaW ki bastioo ko le liya, aur un ka nam Yair-basti rakha. 42 A\ Nobah gay5, aur Qinat aur us ke dibit ko le liyi, aur un ka nam apne nam pi Nobah rakha. XXXIII. BAB. 1 BanI Israel kl manzileo, jo Misr ki zamln se Mdsa aur Harvin ke taba hoke fai fauj nikle ye haie- 2 Aur Mdsa ne Khuda'wand ke hukm ke mutabiq kuch I kuch uD ki manziloo ko qalam band kiya: so un ke har kuch ki sab manzilou k bayan yih hai: 3 Ki bani Israel pahle mahine ki pandrahwio tarikh id i fasah li dusre din Ramses se qiiwat ke sath kuch karke rawanahde, aur sab Misri dek rahe. 4 Aur Misri log apne pahlauthon ko, jinhen Khuda'wand ne un ke darmiya qatl kiya tha, gar rahe the : Khuda'wand ne un ke ilahou se bhi intiqamliya. 5 £ bani Israel ne Ramses se kdch karke Sukkot men dere kie. 6 Aur Sukkot se kdc karke Etam men, jo bayaban kl intiha men hai, a pare. 7 Phir Etam se kuc karke Fikhairot ko, jo Bal-tifon ke muqabil hai, phire: aur Migdol ke samhr dere kie. 8 Phir Fikhairot se kdch kiya, aur darya ke bich se guzarke bayaba men ie, aur dasht i Etam meo tin kdch karke ie, aur Marah meo dere ki 9 Aur Marah se kdch karke Ellm mea ie, jahan pani ke barah chashme a.\ Battar darakht khurme ke the; aur yahio dere kie. 10 Aur Elim se kdch karl darya i Qulzum par dere kie. 11 Aur darya i Qulzum se kuch karke dasht i S ko khaimagali kiyi. 12 Aur dasht i Sin se kdch karke Dafqah men a utr 13 Aur Dafqah se kdch karke Aids meo maqam kiya. 14 Aur Aids se chall Rafidim men a pare, wahao qaum ke pine ke liye pini na tha. 15 Aur Rafidi se chalke dasht i Sina men ae. 16 Aur dasht i Sina se chalke Qabrat ul Taha> men khaime nasab kie. 17 Aur Qabrat ul Tahawi se kdch kare Hisarat men nazi kiyi. 18 Aur Hisarat se kdch karke Ratamat men a rahe. 19 Aur Ratamat 1 uthe hde Rimmon-pharas men ie. 20 Aur Rimmon-pharas se jo chale i Libnah men ae. 21 Aur Libnah ke chale hde Rissah men ae. 22 Aur Rissa se chalke Qahilah men ie. 23 Aur Qahilah se uthke koh i Safar men utr 24 Aur koh i Safar se kdch karke Haradah men pahunche. 25 Aur Harada se safar karke Makhilat meo khaima kiya. 26 Aur Makhilat se uthke Tahat nu i rahe. 27 Aur Tahat se jo chale to Tarah men utre. 28 Aur Tarah se kdc kiya to Mitqah men dere kie. 29 Aur mitqah se Hashmdnah men a pahunch 30 Aur Hahmdnah se Masirat meo i utre. 31 Aur Masirat se Bani Yaqan me ae, 32 Aur Bani Yaqin se chalke Horuljidjad ko khaimagah kiya. 33 Ai Iloruljidjad se rawana hoke Itabat meo a rahe. 34 Aur Itabat se Abrdnah nit ie. 35 Aur Abrdnah se chalke Isyin-gabr mea pahunche : 36 Aur Isyan-gal se dasht i Sin men, jo Qadis hai, a pare. 37 Aur Qadis se chalke koh i Hdr me; jo zamin i Adum kl sarhadd hai, ie. 38 Yahin Hardn kahin ne KhudaVan ke irshad se koh i Hdr par gaya, aur us ne bani Israel ki Misri hijrat ke chaliswe baras ke panchweo mahinc ki pahill tarikh wafat pai. 39 Aur Hardn ek sau t baras ki tha, jo us ne koh i Hdr meo wafat pii. 40 Aur Arid Kanin k 14 BiVB.] GtNtt'. Id* lidshih Darura ke rahnewlle ne, jo Kanlan ki janub ki samt ko rahti thfi, sun* ;i bani Israel & pahunche. 41 Aur koh i Hur se kuch karke Zalmunah men fie. 2 Aur Zalmunah se kuch karke Fun^n me o fie. 43 Aur Fnnan se kuch karke ^ubit meu fie. 44 Aur AubSt se kuch karke Aiul abarim men, jo zamfn i Moab ;( sarhadd hai, fie. 45 Aur Aiyim se kuch karke Diban-jad ko khaimagah kiyS. 6 Aur Dfban-jad se kiichh karke Alman-diblatain mco fie. 47 Aur Diblataia e kuch karke Abarfm ke kohistfin men, jo Nebo ke muqabil hai, fie. 48 Aur ^b:irfm ke kohistan se kiich karke Moab ke maidSnou meu lab i Yardan, jo f irfho ke muqabil hai, fi pare. 49 Aur lab i Yardan Bait ul wastmat se kiich :are Abilkul sant^n ki taraf mail hoke Moab ke maidanoo men khaime nasab kle- 50 Aur Khuda'wand ne Moab ke maidanou men lab i Yardan Yirlho ke muqabil klusa ko khitib karke farmaya, 51 Ki Banf Israel ko hukra kar, aur kah, Jab turn fardan se par hoke zamfn i Kanfin meu dakhil ho; 52 To turn un sab ko jo us ;an)fn ke bashinde haio apne sfimhne se bhagao, un kf murateo fand kar do, aur un ;e dhale hue butoo ko nabiid karo, aur un ke sab nnche makanoD ko dha do. 53 i\jT un ko jo us zamin ke basnewale haiu kharij kar do, aurwahaoap baso : kyiinki naio ne wuh sarzamin tumheo di hai, ki us ke malik bano. 54 Aur turn quraa »henkke us zamfn ko apas men apne qabail ke muwafiq bant lo ; bahutoo ko bari lissa do, aur thoroD ko chhota : harek ka hissa wuhf zamfn ho, jis ka quraa us ke lim par pare ; apne fibai firqoo ke muwafiq turn miras lo. 55 Par agar turn U3 ;amin ke bashindon ko apne fige se dafa na karoge, to yno hogfi, ki we jinheo turn )iql rahne doge, tumhari finkhou meo khar honge, aur kfintOQ ke mfinind tumhfire )ahluon men chubhenge, aur us zamfn par jahao turn basoge, tumko diqq karenge. )6 Aur akhir ko yih hogfi, ki maiu jo kuchh din se kiya chahtfi huo, so turn se Karunga. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Mfisa ko khitab karke farmfiyfi, 2 Ki Banf Israel ko jukm kar, aur farma, ki Jab turn sarzamfn i Kanan meo dakhil ho, ki tu us zamfn if sarhaddeo, jo qurae ke muwafiq tumhari mfras hogi, ye haiu; 3 Dasht i Sin se A.diim ki intiha tak tumhari janubf janib hogi, aur tumhari janiibf sarhadd darya i 3hor ki intiha se mashriq ki janib hogi. 4 Aur tumhari janubf sarhadd Mualat ul iqrabin kf rah tak gheregf, aur Sin tak pahunchegi; aur Qadis-barnia ki janiib ki lur janib niklegf, aur nazil hoke Azmun tak pahunchegi. 5 Aur yih sarhadd Azmun se Misr ki nahr tak gheregf, aur magrib ki jdnib niklegi. 6 Aur tumhari jarabi sarhadd darya Azara hogfi : yihi tumhari garabi janib ka intiha, hogi. 7 A.ur tumhari shimali janib darya i Azam se koh i Hur tak muqarrar hogi- 8 Aur koh i Hiir se Hamat ke sire tak turn apni hadd muqarrar kijiyo; us ka kanara Sidad 36 milega. 9 Aur wuh hadd Zifariin ki janib niklegi, us ki intiha Hisar-ainin hogi : yihi tumhari shimali janib hai. 10 Aur tum apne liye sharqi janib Hisar- aiuan se leke Sifam tak muaiyan kijiyo. 1 1 Aur yih jinib Sifam se leke Riblah tak Ain kf mashriq taraf utregi, aur wahfio jake darya i Kinfirat ki mashriq ki ja- nib milegi. 12 Wahao se Yardan tak utregi, aur darya. i Shor tak niklegf : yihi tumhare liye zamfn ki haddud sfire atrfif meo hongi. 13 Phir Musi ue bani Isrfiel Y 194 GINTI'. [35 BAB ko kaha, Yib wuh zamfn hai, jisc turn quraa dilke tnfras tneo loge, jis ki baba< KhuuaVand ne fannay^, kl To slrhe nau firqou ko bdnt de. 14 Kyunki ban Riibin ke fariq ne apnc dbai khindan ko muwafiq, aur bani Jadd ne apiie ftbi Vhandan ke mutabiq miras paJ, aur bani Manassi ke idhe fariq ne bhf apnl mirai pai. 15 Ki un arhaf firqou ne Yardan ke usi par Yiriho ke rauqabil sharql sami ku apnl nilras pa!. 16 Phir Khuda'wanu ne Musa ko khitab karke farmayS, 17 Ki We log jo yil zamin turn ko bant denge, un ke nam ye haiu : Iliazar kahin, aur Niin ka beU Yasfia. 18 Aur turn apne liye bar firqe k4 ek sardar lo, taki us zamin ko qisniai kar de. 19 Aur un sardaroo ke nSm ye haio, YafunnI ka bet! Kalib, Yihiidah k( firqe se. 20 Aur Ammihud ka beti Simuel, bani Simon ke firqe se. 21 Aui Kasalun ka beta Ilidid, Binyamin ke firqe se. 22 Aur Ajli ki. beta Baqi, bani Dar ke firqe se. 23 Aur Afiid ka beti Hanniel, bani Ynsaf jo bani Manassi ke firqe s< haio. 24 Aur Siftan k& beta Qamiiel, Ifraim ke firqe se. 25 Aur Tarnih ka beta Ilisafan bani Zabulun ke firqe se. 26 Aur Uzzan ka beta Faltiel, Ishakar ke Siqt se. 27 Aur Salami ka beta Ahihnd, bani Yasar ke firqe se. 28 Aur Ammihi'ic ki beta Fidaiel, bani Naftali ke firqe se. 29 Ye we log haic, jinhea KhudaVani ne farmSya, ki Zamin i Kanan bani Israel meu miras ketaur par taqsim kar de. XXXV. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Moab ke maidanoo meu lab i Yardan Yiriho ke niuqibil Mnsa ko Ij-hitib karke farmay huu, jo bani Israel ke darmiyan rahta huQ. XXXVI. BAB. 1 Phir bani Giliahd ke qabile ke abwf sardar, jo bani Ydsaf ke qabail meo *"e Makir bin Manassi ka beta hai, ae aur Miisa aur bani Israel ke abwi sardaroy ke iiuzur bole, 2 Ki Khuda'wanu ne hamare makhdiini ko farmdiya, ki zamin qurae ae banf Israel ko mfras di jawe : aur hamare makhdura ne Khuda'wand ke huknx se farmayi, ki hamare bhai Silfiahad kf mfras us ke betioo ko df j.awe. 3 Pas agar we banf Israel ke aur firqoij ke betoo meo se kisf ke sath byahi j:iwen, to un ki mfras hamiri abaf mfras se nikal jaegi, aur us firqe ki mTras meu jahau we byahf gafa milegi : so haraiire qurae ki miras kani ho jaegi. 4 Aur jab banf Israel Y 2 I9« ISTISNA [1 BAB. ke yubul ki sil fieg^, to un ki mfr^s us firqe ki mfris raeo jah^D we by&hf gafo, milegf : aur un ki mfrls kam^rl Sbil mfrAs se nikal jlwegf. 5 Tab Musi ne Khuda'wand ke hukm se banl Israel ko farmayS, ki Bant Yusaf ke farlqw^le achchl kahte haio. 6 So Khuda'wand Silfiahad ki bettou ke haqq men y>'iO farmati hai, ki we jis se chiheij us se byah karen, magar wuh shakhs un ke ibii fariq men ki ho; 7 Taki bani Israel ke ek firqe ki miras d'lsre firqe meo na jiwe ; aur banf Isrlel meo se bar shakhs apne hi Sbal firqe ki miras se mil4 rahegi. 8 Aur harek aurat jis ki mirSs bani Israel ke ek firqe meo hai, apne bap hi ke firqe men se ek ke sath byih kare, taki bani Israel meu harek shakhs apne bSp ki mfrls par qaim rahe. 9 Aur ek firqe ki miras ddsre firqe meo mil na jawe ; balki ban! Israel ke firqon meo harek shakhs apni miras se mila rahe. 10 Chun- inchi Silfiahad ki betion ne, jaisa Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko farmaya,waisa hi kiya: 11 Is liye ki Mahlah aur Tirzah aur Hajlah aur Milkah aur Nauah, Silfiahad k^ betiao apne chachere bhaioo ke sath, 12 Ytisuf ke bete Manassi ke firqe meo byShi gah) ; aur un ki miras un ke bap ke firqe ke gharane meo sibit rahi. 13 Ye we ahkam aur shariateu haiu, jo Khuda'wand ne Mtisa ki marifat Moab ke maidinoB meo lab i Yardan Yirjho ke muqabil bani Israel ke liye muqarrar farmiio. ISTISNA KI' KITAB. I. BAB. I Ye we biteo haio jo Mi'isS ne Yardan ke pir, bayab^n ke maidln meo, Saf ke muqdbil, ParSn aur Tofal Laban, aur Hasirat, aur Dizahab ke darmiyan, banf Israel ko kahio- 2 Aur Horib se Qadis barnia tak jabal i Sheir ki rah se gyarah din ki rah hai. 3 Aur aisa hua ki chalisweo sal gyarahweo mahlne ki pahill tirikh wuh sab bSteo, jo Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko farmai thio, ki bani Israel ko kahi j^eo, Musi ne un ko kahio. 4 Bad us ke ki us ne Amurlon ke badshah Sihon ko jo Heabon meo rahta tha, aur Basan ke badshah Og ko jo Isarat aur Azrilt meo rahta tha, qatl kiya. 5 Tab Yardan ke par Moab ke maidan meo Musi ne dil lagake shariat ko bayan karna shuru kiya : 6 Ki Khuda'wand hamare Khuda ne Horib meo ham se khitab karke farmlyl, ki turn is pahir par bahut rahe. 7 Ab phiro, aur safar karo, aur Amiirioo ke pahar, aur un ke sab bashindou meu, maidanon meo, pahafOD meo, nasheb meoi janub ko, aur darya ke banadir ko, Kananioo ki sar- zamin, aur Libanon meo bari nahr tak, jo nahr Furat hai, jao. 8 Dekho maio ne yih zamin tumheo anayat ki, dakhil ho, aur us zamin par jis ki babat Khuda'wand ne tumhlre bapdadoo Abiraham, aur Izhak, aur Yaqub se qasam ki, ki turn ko aur tumhare bad tumhari nasi ko ddnga, miras meo lo. 9 Aur us hi waqt maio ne tum ko kaha, ki maio akell tumhlra bojh uthl nahio saktl. 10 Khuda'wand tumhare Khuda ne tumheo firawan kiya, aur dekho tum Sj ke din aise firawln ho, jaise Ismiu ke sitire. 1 1 Khuda'wand tumhlre BAB.] 1ST I SNA. 197 ipdadoD kl Khudfi turn ko is se bhi ziySda haz^r chand firSwSni bakhshe ; aur isa us ne turn se kahi hai, turn k^ barakat bakhshe. 12 Maio akeli tumhiri iklJf aur bojh aur jhagfoo ki mutahammil kyunkar ho sakiio ? 13 So turn Snishmand log, aur ahl i khirad jo raashhur howeo, un ko apne firqoo kemuwifiq lo, ki maio unheu tumhare sardar karnngi. 14 Aur turn ne mujhe jawab diyi la aur kaha tha, ki jo kuchh td ne karne ke liye hukm kiy5, wuh bihtar hai. 5 So main ne turahire firqou ke rafsoo meo se danishwar jo mashhur the lie, ur unheu tumhare rais, haziroo ke sardar, aur saikaroo ke sardSr, aur pachis achas ke sardar, aur das das ke sardar, tumhare firqoo ke muw^fiq kiya. 16 Aur shi waqt maiu ne tumhare sardaroQ se kaha, ki tumhare bhaionmeo jo khasumat o, to use suno ; aur donoo shakhsoo meu khwah we donoo bhai hou, ya ek mus|fir ) us ke sath rahta ho, insaf se faisala karo. 17 Turn hargia adilat meo kisi kf irafdarina karo; turn chhote kf aisJ suno, jaise barekf sunteho; tumkisl ke chihre ; na daro;kynnki adalat jo hai, Khuda'wano kihai : aur jo muimala tui^are ^ge lushkil ho, mere pas l^o, main use daryaft kariinga. 18 Aur maio ne us hi waqt ib kam jo tumhare karne ke the tumheu bata die. 19 Aur ham ne Horib se ktjch kiy4; to jaisi Khuda'wand hamire Khudi ne ameo farraiya tha un khaufnak bafe bayabanon meu gae, jinheo turn ne imiirioo ke pahar ko jate hiie dekha ; aur phir Qidisbarnia meo ae. 20 Tab laio ne tumheo kaha, ki tum Amurloo ke koh tak pahunche ho, jo Khuda'wand amira Khuda hameo ati karta hai. 21 Dekho KhudaVand tumhare Khuda ne ih zamin tumheo anayat ki hai; chafho, aur us ke waris ho, jaisa Khuda'wand umhare bapdadoo ke Khuda ne farmaya hai ; tum mat daro, aur dil shikasta na o. 22 Tab tum sab raujh pas ^e, aur bole, ki ham apne jane se age log bhejenge; re jike us zamin ki hamare liye jisiisi kareu, aur ham ko khabar deij, ki ham kia ah se wahao jaen, aur kaun se shahron men dikhil howeu. 23 So mujh ko wuh it khush ai, aur maio ne tum meo se firqe piche ek ek admi karke barah admi e. 24 We rawana hue aur koh par gae, aur wadi Iskal meo ae, aur us ki jasiisi A. 25 Aur unhon ne us zamin ka mewa apne hathon se tora, aur ham pas utar ie, aur khabar le ie, aur bole, ki Yih jo Khuda'wand hamara Khuda hamko detii lai, achhi zamin hai. 26 Tau bhi tum ne chaj-hne se inkar kiya aur Khuda Vand apne Khuda ke lukm se sarkashi ki. 27 Aur tum ne apne khaimon men shikiyat ki, aur kaha ki \zbaski Khuda'wand hamara klna rakhta tha, ham ko Misr ki zamin se nikal layS, aki hameu Amiirioo ke hath meo giriftar karwa de, aur we hameo halak kareo- 28 3am kahao charheo ? hamare bhaioo ne to yun kahke hameo bedilkar diya, ki we og to ham se bare aur lambe hain; aur unke shahr bare haio, jin ki diwareu asman ,ak haio; aur ham ne bani AnSq ko wahau dekha. 29 Tab maio ne tumhen kaha, 3irasan na ho, aur un ke hargiz mat (Jaro. 30 Khuda'wand tumh^ra Khuda jo umhare age age chalta hai, jaise tumhare liye Misr meo tumhiri ankhooke simhne wuh sab kuch kiya, waisehi tumhare taraf se wuh jang karega. 31 Aur tum ne layaban meo dekha, ki sari rah jahaojah^O tum chale ae, Khuda'wand tumhare S.hudi ne jaise mard apne larke ko uthata hai, tum ko sare raste meo jis meo tum chale ie, uthaya, yahao tak ki tum is jagah 5 pahunche. 32 Tab bhi tum Kuuda'- WASH apne Khuda par iman na lae : 33 So rah meo turn se age gaya ki tumhare 198 ISTISNA. [2 BAB. liye jagah thahrawe, jah^o turn apne Vhaima istada karo, rat ko Sg meo, aur din ko badli meij, taki tumhen wuh r^h batiwe, jis meo turn chalo. 34 Tab Khuda.'wand ne tumhari biiteo sunio, aur jfusse hua, aur qasam khake ynn bola; 35 Ki yaqfnan yih sharir qaum ke logoo meo se ek bhi us achhi zamfn ko, jis ke dene k£ wada maio ne un ke bap dadon se qasam khake kiya hai, na dekhega. 36 Magar Yafunna ki beti Kalib, use dekhega ; aur main yih zamfn jis par us ki guzar hua, use aur us ki nasi ko dennga, is liye ki us ne Khuda'wand kl puri tabfyat kf. 37 Aur tumhare bais se KhudaVand mujh par bhi gussa haa, aur bola', Tfi bhf us mea dakhil na howega. 38 Lekin Nun kS beta Yasua, jo ter! khidmat men khara hai, us men dakhil hogi. Tu us ki himmat bandhwa; kyonki wuh bani Israel ko unki miras men le jaega. 39 Aur tumhare bachche, jinheo tum ne kaha ki shikar hojaenge, aur tumhare lajrke jinheu is din nek o bad ka intiyaz nahio hai, wuhan dakhil honge ; aur maiii wuh unhen deunga, aur we us ke waris h^ge. 40 Par tum jo ho so murajaat karo, aur daryi i Qulzum kf rah se baj^iban men kuch karo. 4 1 Tab tum ne mujhe jawab diya, aur kaha. Ham ne Khuda'wand ka gunah kiyi hai, so ham charh jaenge, aur jaisa Khuda'wand hamare Khudi ne wuh sab ham ko farmaya hai, ham jang karenge. Phir tum sab ke sab hathyar bindhke muhaiyi hai, ki pahir par charh jao. 42 Tab Khuda'wand ne mujhe kaha, To unheukah ki U'par mat charho, aur najang karo, ki main tumhare darmiyan nahfo hiin ; na ho ki tum apne dushmanoe ke ige mare paro. 43 So main ne tumhen wuh kahdiya, aur tum shanawa na howe, balki Khuda'wand ke hukm se sarkashi kf, aur magral se pahar par charh gae. 44 Tab Amnrfon ne jo us koh par rahte the tumhira simhna kiya, aur shahd ki makhfon kf manind tumhen rageda, aur Sheir meo Hurmah tak tumhcQ miri. 45 Tab tum phire aur Khuda'wand ke age roe, par Khuda'wand ne tumhirf na sunf, na tumhari taraf kan rakha. 46 Tab tum ek muddat tak Q^dis barnfa meg pare rahe. II. BAB. 1 Tab jaisa Khuda'wand ne mujhe farmiyi tha, ham phire, aur daryal Qulzum kf rah bayabin meo ae, aur ek muddat tak koh i Sheir ke gird phira kie. 3 Phir Khuda'wand ne mujhe khitab karke farmaya : Tum is koh ke gird bahut phire, ab shimil ki taraf jao. 4 Aur tu un logoo se kah, ki Tum apne bhaion bani Esau ke nawihi se ab guzarte ho, we Sheir meo rahte hain ; aur we tum se khaif honge, so tum apne tain nigah rakho. 5 Aur unhen mat chhero ; kydnki maio unki zamin se ek qadam bhar bhi tum ko nahin dene ka, iswaste ki maio ne koh i Sheir Esau ki miras men diya hai. 6 Tum qimat deke khurish un se mol lijo, tak^tum khao ; aur qimat deke pani nikallo, taki tum pio. T Ki Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tere hath ke sab kimou meo tujhe barakat di hai ; wuh aise bare bayabin meo tere raftar ko janti hai : is chilis baras ki muddat meo Khuda'wand tera Khuda tere sith tha, tujhe kisi chiz ki kamf na thi. 8 So ham apne bhifon bani Esau ki zamin se jo Sheir men rahte hain, bayabin kl rah se Elat ke maidin, aur Asion i jabr ki rah sc hoke guzar gae, to ham phire \ 2 IJAB.] ISTISNA. 199 aur Moab ke dasht kl r4h men &e. 9 Tab Kiiuda'wand ne mujhe irshSd farm^ya, ki Moabiou ko dukh na de, aur un se muqabila na kar : ki un ki zaniin ka waris tiijhe na kaniuga ; kynnki iwaiu ne banS Lut ko Ar niiras mco diya hai. 10 Wuhao age Aimt rnhte the, wuh ek bapi, aurbahut, aur unchi qaddwalf qaum, Anaqiog ki iiiinind thi. 11 Aur we bhi ban! Anaq ke maniiid jabibara meo gine j.ite the; lekin MoabI un ko Aimi kahte the. 12 Par age Sheir meu Hiiri rahte the, aur bani Esau ne unheo nikal diy4, aur unheu apne age nabiid kiya, aur un kc qliiu uiuq'm hiie ; jaisi baui Israel ne apni mfras kf zamin men jo Khuda'wand ne utiheu df thf, kiy^. I'i Ab utho, aur wadf Zarad ke par ho; chunanchi ham widi Zarad se udhar guzre. 14 Aur jab se ham ne Qidisbarnia ko chhora, aur wldf Zarad tak 5e, athtis baras hue, is muddat men jangi logoij ki siri jamaat khaimagah men niarkhap gaf, jaisa Khcda'wand ne qasam karke unheu kaha tha. 15 Aur Khuda'wand ka hith un ke barkhilif tha, tiki unheij ghabrawe, yahaij tak ki unhen khaimagah men se fani kardile. 16 So aisa hu^ ki jab sare mard I jangi margae, aur ummat men se fana hogae; 17 Tab KhudaVand ne mujhe khitab karke farmaya, Td aj Ar men hoke, jo Moab kf sarhadd hai, guzarta hai. 10 Aur jab turn banf Anirann ke amne saniue fi pahunche, to unheu dukh na de, na un ka muqabila kar; kytinki main bani Amman ki sarzamin meu tujhe miras nahfu dene ka, ki use main ne bani Liit ki miras meo diy^ hai. 20 Wuh bhi jabibara ki zamfn gini jiti thi; ^ge wuh^u jababara rahte the, aur Ammdni unheo Zamzumi kahte the. 21 Wuh ek bafi, aur bahut, aur unchi qaddwali qaum Anaqion ki mdnind thi; Khuda'wand ne unheu unko 5ge halik kiya ; so unhon ne unheo nikal diya, aur unki jagah baithe. 22 Jaisa us ne bani Esau se kiya jo Sheir raeu rahte the, ki us ne llurion ko unke Sge se hahk kiya, so unhou ne unheu nikal diya, aur unki jagah aj tak baithe haio. 23 Aur Awiou ko bhi jo apni bastion men Azzah tak rahte the, aur Kaftdriou ko jo Kaftur se nikalte the un ko halik kiya, so unhou ne unhen nikal diya, aur unki jagah baithe. 24 So turn utho, kuch karo, aur nahr i Arnun ke par jao, dekho main ne Hesbon ke badshah Amuri Sihon ko us ki sarzamin samet tumhare hath men diya hai : so miras lene iago, aur jang ke maidan men un ka muqabila karo. 25 Aj ke din se main tumhare khauf aur khatar un qaumon ke dil meu dalunga, jo sare asman ke niche hain ; we tumhare khabar sunengi, aur kampengi, aur tumhare age laraz jiengi. 26 Tab main ne dasht Qadimat se Hesbon ke badshah Sihon pas elchion ko bheja, aur sulh ka kalam kahla bheja : 27 Maiu tere sarzamin se guzarjaunga, main rah rah chala jaunga, aur dahne ya bayau hath na murunga. 28 Riipe ke iwaz khina mujhe do, to main use khiuij, aur riipe ke iwaz pani bhi mujhe do, to maio use pinu, main khali apne paou se chala jiiinga. 29 Jis tarah bani Esau ne jo Sheir men rahte hain, aur Moabion ne jo Ar men baste haiu, mujh se sulak kij'd ; jab tak ki ham Yardan ke par ub zamin men dakhil howen, jo Khuda'wand hamira Khuda ham ko deti hai. 30 Lekin Hesbon ke badshah Sihon ne ham ko apne pas se guzarne na diya; kyiinki Khuda'wand tera Khuda ne us ki riih ko salfht, aur us ke dil ko bhiri kar diya, taki use tere hath men dewe, jaisa aj hai. 31 Pliir Khuda'waad ne mujhe farmayi, Dckh, main ue Sihon ko us ki sarzamin 200 ISTISNA. [3 BAB. samet tujhe deni shurrt kiyS ; ta mfrSs lenS shurti kar, tdkl u^ ki zamtn le lewe- 32 Tab Sihon apni s5ri qaum leke Yahas men hamare muqdbala ke liye nikla, tSki ham se lare. 33 So Khuda'wand hamire Khudi ne use hamire hSth meu eomp diy5, aur ham ne use aur us ki aulad ko, aur us kl sab qaum ko halik kiya. 34 Aur ham ne us ki waqt us ke s^re shahroo par qabza kiya, aur mardoo, aur auratOD, aur bachoo ko, har ek shahr meo haram kiya, aur kisi ko baq! na chhora. 35 Aur ham ne siwa charpSioo ke jinheo ham ne pakra, aur m^l ke, jo ham ne shahroo meo se lata, kisi ko baqi na rakha. 36 Aroer se leke jo nahr Afnun ke kinare par hai, aur us shahr se leke jo nahr par hai Gili^d tak aisa koi shahr na tha, jise le lena ham par dushwar ho; Khuda'wand hamSre Khuda ne sab hamare qabze men somp diya. 37 Magar bani Ainmun kf sarzamin jis ke nazdik ham na gae, aur wadi Yabuq ki nawahi, aur kohistan ki bastiao, aur baze baze muqam, jahag Khuda'wand hamire Khuda ne hameo jane na diyS. III. BAB. 1 Tab ham phire, aur Basan ki simt ko charh gae, aur Basan k^ b^dshah O" Azriat meu apni sari qaum leke hamare muqabile ke liye nikla, taki ham se lare. '2 Aur Khuda'wand ne us waqt mujhe farmaya. Us se mat dar, ki main ne us ko aur us ki sari qaum ko, us ki sarzamin samet tere qabze meo somp diya ; tii us se wuhi kar, jo tii ne Amnrion ke badshah Sihon se jo Hesbon meo rahta thi kiy5. 3 Chunanchi Khuda'wand hamare Khuda ne Basan ke badshah Og ko bhf us ki sari qaum samet hamare qabu meo kar diya ; aur ham ne unhen yahao tak mara, ki un men se koi baqi na raha. 4 Aur ham ne usi dam us ke sab shahr le lie, wuhao ek shahr bhi na raha, jo ham ne un se le na liya ; sath shahr Argob ki Sara mulk, Og ki mamlukat Basan meo le If. 5 Yih sab shahr finchi diwarog, aur darwiize, aur qufloo se mazbiit the, aur nihayat bahut shahr bhi jo behisar the, le lie. 6 Aur ham ne unko unke mardoo, anr auraton, aur larkoo ko, harek shahr raeo, Hesbon ke badshah Sihon ki tarah haram kiya. 7 Lekin sari mawashi, aur shahroo ka mil aur asbab ham ne lut liyS. 8 Aur ham ne us waqt Amiirioo ke donoD badshihoo se Yardan ke par ki sarzamin, wadi Arnun se koh i Harmun tak: 9 Jise Saidani Sirioo, aur Amiiri Sanir kahte haio, le li. 10 Maidan ke sare shahr, aur sara Giliahd, aur sara Basan Salkah tak, aur Azriat tak, garaz Basan ke badshah Og ki sari mamlukat le li. 11 Kyunki jababara ki nasi meo se faqat Basan ki badshah Og baqi raha tha : aur dekho us ka chhapar khat lobe ka tha ; kyS wuh ban! Ammiia ki Kabbah meo nahio hai? admi ke hath se nau hath ka lamba char hath ka chahla. 12 Aur yih sab zamin ham ne usi waqt qabze meo ki, aur Aroer jo Arnnn ke wadi par hai, aur adha koh Giliad aur us ki nawahi ke shahr, maio ne yih sab Rub- inioD, aur Jaddioo ko bakhshe. 13 Aur Giliad ka baqiya, sare Basan samet, jo Og ki mamlukat thi, maio ne idhe bani Manassi ko diya; Argob ka sara mulk, sare Basan samet jababara ki zamin kahlati hai. 14 Manassi ke bete Yair ne Argob ki sari mamlukat Gasurioii aur Makanioo ki nawahi tak le li, aur us ne us ka yine Basan ki nam Yair ki bastian rakha, jo us ka nam tha, wuhi nam aj tak hai. 15 Aur Makir ko Giliad main ne diyi. 16 Aur Giliahd se wadi Arnun tak, aur darmiyiake * BAB.] ISTISN^. 201 vridi Yabuq ki widf tak, jo bunJ Amman kf sarzamfii liai, main nc Rubinlou ko, aur Jaddfoo ko dl. 17 Aur maid.1n bhf diyi, aur Yardan bhf us kf nawdhl samct Kinnirat se leke malddn ke darya, y^ne darya i shor tak jo Pisgah ke utar kf past zamfn hai, aur mashriq kf samet. 18 Aur maio ne usf waqt turn ko hukm kiya aur kaha, ki KhudaVand tumbare Kbuda ne il zamfn ka turn ko wSris kiya; turn apne bhafou banf Israel ke age hoke hathyar b^ndh ke sab jitne lafne ke qibil ho par utro. 19 Magar tumharf joriiiu, aur tumhire bache, aur tumhirf mawlshf, tumhire shahroo men, jo maip ne tumheo diye haia, raheo ki maiu janti hdo ;' tumharf mawishi fir^wan hai. 20 Jab tak ki Khuda'wand tumbare bh^iou ko chain baVhshe, jaisa tumheu bakhsha, tiki we bhf us zamfn ke jo Khuda'wand tumh£r£ Khud< Yardan ke p5r unhen deti hai, wiris howeo; tab turn apne sirf zamfn i maurusl meo, jo main ne tumheg di hai, phir ^oge. 21 Aur usf waqt main ne Yasua ko farmaya, Td ne dn°khos se dekha, sab kuchh k. Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne un do badshlhop se kiyi; KhudaVand un sab mamlukatou se jahau jahdn td j.'ega, aisShf karega. 22 Turn unse mat darfyo kyunki Khuda'wand tumhara Khud£ tumharf taraf se ap iarega. 23 Tab maio Khuda wand ke huzdr girgiriya, aur bola: 24 Ai milik Khuda'- wand, tu ne apnf buzurgl, aur apnf shuhrwarf apne bande ko dikhlanl shuru kf zamfn par kauu sa KhudS hai, jo tere se kam kare, aur tera si zor rakhe? 25 MaiJ ter, minnat karta hdn, mujhe parwanagi ho ki par jauo, aur wuh achhf sarzamfn jo Vardan ke par hai dekhuu, wuh nafis pahar, wuh Lubnan! 26 Lekin Khuda turn- hire sabab se mujh par gusse hdi, aur us ne merinasunf; aur mujhe Khuda'wani> ne kaha, lias, bas, is muqadame meo mujh se kuchh mat kah. 27 Koh i Pis-ah ki chotfparcharh,aurmagrib,aurjannb, aur shimal, aur mashriq kf taraf ankheo uthi, aur apnf ankhoo se dckh le, kydnki td is Yardan ke par na jiega. 28 Par Yasua ko hukm kar, aur use dilerf bakhsh, aur use quwat de, ki wuh un logon ke 4ge ige par j^eg<, aur wuhf un ko us zamfn ka jo td dekhta hai wiris karega. 29 Chunanchi ham wadf meo Bait ul Peor ke muqabii thahare rahe. IV. BAB. 1 SoabaibaniIsra.l,wesharfateD,aurhukm, jomaiotumhensikhlitlhdo suti o, aur un par amal kar, taki tum zindagf p.io, aur us zamfn meo, jo Khuda'wand tumhare bap didoo ka Khud.i tum ko deti hai, dakhil hoke us ke waris ho. 2 Turn .s b.t meo JO maio tumheo kahta huy ,.a kuchh ziyada kfjio, na kam; tiki tun. f TT Tr T • '"'' '' '"'""^ '° j° ™^'« "^ ^-" takpahunchae hifz karo. 3 Jo kuchh k. Khuda'wand ne Balpeor se kiya, sab tum ne apne ankhoo se dekha ha, b aur sab mardoo ko jo Bilpeor ke pairau the, Khuda'wand tumhire Khudi ne tum meo se nabud kiy.. 4 Par tum jo Khuda'wand apne I^'huda se chTpte hue ho, so tum meo se harek aj tak jrta maujud hai. 5 Dekho main ne hukm aur har.ateo J.s tarah Khuda'wand mere Khud. ne mujhe farmaya, tumko sikhllfo, ak, turn u.sarzamin meo jane jiskewirishoge.un par amal knro. 6 So unko h.f. karo aur un par amal karo, kyunki qaumoo ke age tumharf yihf dinishwari aur kh,rad.nandf ha. : ki we in sharfatoo ko suneo, aur boleo, ki Yaqtnan yih buzurl war qaum, n.hayat shudrwar aur dina hai. 7 Kydnki aisf b«rf qaum kaun hai, jf« Z 202 ISTISNA. [4 BAB. seKhudiaiai nazdik ho, jaisa Khuda'wand hamiri Kbudd sabchlzou nieu jo ham us se raangte haio, hara se nazdik hai. 8 Aur kaun aisa buzurgwar qaum hai, jis kk hukm aur sharlateu aisS. pak hou, jaisi yih sirt sharfat hai, jo maiu aj tumheo detA huo? 9 So apni khabard4rf karo, aur apne dilon se chilrik raho, na ho ki turn un chizoo ko jinheo tumharl ankhou fie dekha bhul jao, aur na ho ki yih bates zindagi bhar kabhl tuinhare dilon se jati raheu: balki turn ye bateo apne beton, aur potoo ko sikhlio. 10 Khususan jis din ti Khuda'wand apne Khudi ki huzar Horib met) khari hiia, aur KhudaVand ne mujhe farmay£i, ki Qaum ko mere huzar jama kar; maiu unhen apna kalam sunaunga, taki we jab tak ki zamin par jite rahen, mujh se dara kareo: aur tiki we apne larkon ko sikhlaen 11 Chunanchi turn nazdik 5e, aur pahar ke niche khare rahe ; aur us pakar se leke asman ke bichoo bfch tak ek ag si andheri, aar badli, aur tiragi samet lag rahi thi. 12 Aur Khuda'- wand nc us ag men se tumhlre sath khitab kiya, tum ne baton ki awaz suni; lekin shakl na dekhi, khali awaz hi suni thi. 13 Aur us ne apna ahd tuinhare age bayan kiya, jis ki babat us ne tumheu kaha ki is se tajawuz nakijio ; yane wuhDas Hukm, jinhen us ne patthar kl do takhtioij par likha. 14 Aur Khuda'wand ne us waqt mujhe farmaya, ki Hukm aur shariateo tum ko sikhlaiin, taki tum us zamin meo Jake jis ke tum waris hoge, un par amal karo. 15 Pas tum ap se bahut khabardar raho ; kyunki jis din Khuda'wand ne Horib ke darmiyin ag men se tumhare sath baten ki, tuiu ne koi shakl nahiu dekhi : 16 Na ho ki tum kharab ho jao, aur apne liye khodi hul miirateo, kisi mard, ya aurat kl shakl banao : 17 Kisi haiwan ki shakl jo zamin par hai, ya kisi pardar janwar .kf shakl jo hawi men urta hai : 18 Ya kisi chiz ke shakl jo zamin par rengti chaltl hai ; ya kisi machhli ki shakl jo zamin ke niche pani men hai : 19 Na ho ki tum asman ki taraf ankhen upar karo, aur Aftab, aur Mahtab ho, aur asman ke beshumar Sitarou ko dekh ke maftdn ho jao, aur unheo sijda karo, aur un kf bandasl karne lago, jinheu Khuda'wand tumhar« Khuda ne qaumon ke liye jo sab asman ke niche haiij, paida kiya hai. 20 Lekin Khuda'wand ne tumheu liya, aur wuh tum ko lohe ke tannr se, yane Misr se uikSl laya, taki tum us ke miras ke log ho, jaisa ki tum aj ke din ho. 21 Khuda'wand tumhare sabab se mujh par gusse tha, aur qasam karke bola, ki Til Yardan par na jaega, aur us achhi sar zamin meo jis ka wiris Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko karta hai, dakhil na howega. 22 So maiij isi zamin par marunga; main Yardan ke par na utriingi ; lekin tum par utroge, aur us achhi zamfn ke wiris hoge. 23 Apni khabardiri karo, na ho ki tum Khuda'wand apne Khuda ka ahd jo us ne tum se kiya bhul jao, aur apne liye tarashi hiii but, ya kisi chiz ki taswir banao, jis ke banane se Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne tujhe mana kiya- hai : 24 Ki Khuda'wand tera Khuda ek kha janewlli ag hai; wuh g-ayiir Khuda hai. 25 Jab tumhare larke, aur larkon ke larke honge, aur tum muddat tak zamin par zindagi basar karoge, aur fasad karnewale hojaoge; aur tarashe hue but, aur murateij banaoge, aur Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke huzur shararat karoge, ki use ^usse mei) Ho: 26 To maiu aj ke din tumhare barkhih'if asman aur zamin ko gawah lata hug, ki tum us zamin par se jahau tum Yardan par jite ho ki waris bano, bilkuU jald fana hojaoge; tum wuhau apne din piire karne n;* paoge, ki tum 4 BJ^illj ISTISNA. 203 nest o nibud k.(c jaoge. 27 Aur Kiiuda'wand tuin ko qaumou nieo paraganda kareg4, auiu qaumoo kc darmiyan jahiu tumheu Khuda'wand hank lejaegi, thofe se rail jaoge. 28 Wuhao turn un mibudoo ki bandagi karoge. jo ^diniou ke hithou se bane haiu, lahu ke aur patthar ke, jo na dekhfo, na suneij, na khieo, na sunghoa. 29 Par wuhiij bhf jab tu Khuda'wand apne Khudi ka talih hogl, aur apne pure dil se, aur apne sari jan se use dhundhega, to tii use paega. 30 Jis waqt tii tangf meo hoiji, aur ye sab hadise ^khirf diiioo men tujh par parange, tab bhi agar tii Khuda'wand apne Khudi ki taraf phirega, aur us ke hukm ko manega : 31 Kyuuki Khudi i rahim Khuda'wand tera Khuda hai : wuh tujhe chhor na degi, na tujhe barbad karega ; aur us ahd ko ji.s ki bibat us ne tere bapdadou se qasam kh.11 hai, na bhiilega. 32 Ki agle dinoa ka, jo turn se age guzar gae, us din se jo insan ko Khuda'wand ne zamin par paida kiya, aur asmau ke idhar se leke udhar tak ka ahwal pi'ichho, ki aisi amr i aziiu kabhi waqi hua, yX suui gaya ki nahiij ? 33 Kabhi logou ne Khuda ki awaz suni thi ki ag raeu se bole, jaisa tii ne suna, aur zinda raha ? 3-i Ya kabhi Khuda ne qasd kiya tha, ki jake qauinon men tajraba karke, nishin aur qudrateij dikhlike jaug karke zorawar hath aur quwatwar bizd se aur bari dhak se apne live ek guroh intikhab kare, jis tarah Khuda'wand tumhare Khudi ne tuinhara ankhon ke samhne Misr mea tumhare liye kiya ? 35 Yih. sab tujhe dikhaya, ta ki tu jane ki Khuda'wand Khuda hai, aur us ke siwa koi nahio hai. 3G Us ne apniawaz asman par se tujhe sunai, tiki tujhe tarbiyat kare, aur zamin par usne tujhe apui bari ag dikhlai, aur tii ne us ka kalam ag meu se suna. 37 Aur azbaski wuh tere bapdadoo ko pyar karta tha, us ne un ke bad un kt nasi ko intikhab kiya, aur apne /or numayan se tujh ko Misr se apne age dharke nikal laya. 38 Taki tere age se un qauiuon ko jo tujh se zorawar, aur quwatwar haiu, dafa kare, aur tujh ko dakhil kare, aur unki sarzamin ka waris tujhe kare, jaisi is waqt hua. 30 Pas aj ke din jan, aur apne dil meu gaur kar, ki Khuda'wand Khuda hai, dsman men jo upar hai, aur zamhi men jo niche hai ; aur us ke siwa koi nalu'u. 40 So turn us ki shariatou, aur us ke hukmon ko jo aj main tujhe farmata huQ hifx kar, taki tere, aur bad tere teri aulad ke liye bihtar ho, aur teri muddat ua zamin par jo Khuda'wand teri Khuda tujhe deta hai tawil ho. 41 Phir Miisa ne mashriq ki simt ko Yardan ke par tin bastian alag kio : 42 Taki wuh khiini jo bhiile se kisi ko qatl kare, aur Sge se us meu dushmani na* ho, bh'dg ke wuhau ja rahe ; aur jab un shahron men se ek men bhag ke dakhil ho, to ji'ta bach rahe. 43 Ek to Basar dasht meo, banf Riibha kl zamin ke maidan meo, aur Ramat Giliad men, jo bani Jadd ka hai ; aur Jaulan Basan men, jo bani Manassi ki hai. 44 Yih wuh sharlat hai, jo Musi ne bani Israel ke huziir muqarrer ki. 4.5 Ye haiu we shahadateo, we huquq, we ahkam, jinhcu Miisi ne bani Israel ko liye, jab we Misr se nikle, bayan kiya: 46 Yardan ke par wadi men Baitpeor ke mu(iabil Amdrfoij ke badshah Sihon ke mulk meo jo Hesbon men rahta tha, jise Miisa aur bani Israel ne Misr se nikalkar qatl kiya: 47 Aur we us kf, aur ]?asan ke badshah Og kf mamlukat ke waris hue ; ye Auiiirioi} ke do badshah the, jo Yardan ke par mashriq kf simt ko rahte the : 48 Aroer se leke, jo Arnun ke wadi ke kinare pap Z 2 204 ISTISNA. [5 BAB Jiai, koli Sioi) tiik jo Hermou hai ; 49 Aur sara dasht Yardan ke pir mashriq k! samt, dasht ke darya tak, jo Pisgah ke utSr ki past zamiahai. V. BAB. I Pliir Musd ne sire bani Israel ko bulaya, aur unheo kaha, Ai Isrielfo, ye huqiiq, aur ahkam sun rakho, jinheo maio Sj tumhSre kanoo tak pahunchata hiiu, taki turn unheij sikho, aur hifz karo, aur un par amal karo. 2 Khuda'wand hamare Khuda lie Horib meu ham se ek ahd kiya. 3 Kuuoa'wand ne ahd hamare bap dadon se nahio kiya, balki khud ham se, yane ham sab se, jo aj ke din jite haiij. 4 Khuda'- WAND ne tumhare sath riibarii koh par shuale meu se kalam kiyi. 5 Us waqt maio ne tumhare aur KhudaVand ke darmiyin khare hoke Khuda'wand ka ka- lam turn ko samjhaj^a; kyunki turn shuale se dare, aur pahar par na charhe. 6 Tab us ne farmaya. Id Maiu Khuda'wand tera Khuda hiin, jo tujh ko Misr kf EamTn se, aur k:hadimoQ ke ghar se bihar Uya. 7 Aur tere liye aur koi mabiid siwa mere na hoga. 8 Tii apne liye tarashi hof miirat, aur kisi chfz ki surat jo upar asman par, ya nfche zamin par, yd zamin ke niche panf men hai, mat bana. 9 Tu unhen sijda na kar, na unki bandagi kar; kyunki maiu Khuda'wand tera Khuda gayiir Khuda hiiij, jo bapdadou ki badkari ka badla, ki mera kfna rakhnewale hain, un ki aulid se tisre aur chautht pusht tak leta hiin; 10 Aurhazaron pushtoo par jo mere dost haio, aur mere hukmoo ko yad rakhte haip, rahm karta hiin. I I Tu Khtjda'wand apne Khuda ka nam be ja mat le ; kyunki Khuda'wand us ko, jo us ka nam beja Icta hai, begunah na thahraega. 12 Sabt ke din ko yad kar, taki tii use muqaddas jane jaisi Khuda'vvand tere Khuda ne tujhe farmaya hai: 13 Chha din tak tn mihnat kar, aur apne sab kam kiya kar; 14 Par satwdu roz Khdda'wand tere Khuda ke sabt ka hai, tii us diij koi kam na kar, na tn, na tera beta, na teri beti, na terd. gulam, na tera bail, na tera gadha, na teri laundi, na sab teri mawlshf, aur na musafir jo tere ghar men ho; taki tera gulam, aur teri laundi teri tarah se arara le. 15 Yad kar bhf, ki til Misr ki zamin mee gulam tha, aur Khdda'wand tera Khuda apne zorawar hathe, aur bala dasti se tujh ko wuhan se.nikal laya ; is lij^e Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tujh ko farmaya, ki tu sabt ke din kf muhafizat kar. 16 Apne bap, aur apni ma ko izzat de, jaisa Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne irshad kiyd hai, taki teri umr dariizho; aur taki us zamin meojise Khuda'wand tere Khuda tujhe ata karta hai, tera bhali ho, 17 Til khun mat kar. 18 Tu zina na kar. 19 Tu chori na kar. 20 Tii apne hamsde par jhiithi gawahi na de. 21 Tti apne hamsae ki jorii ko mat chah ; tii apne hamsae ke ghar kf, aur us kl zamin ki, us ke gulam ki, us ki laundi kf, us ke bail kf, us ke gadhe kf, aur hamsae ke kisi mil kf tama na kar. 22 Khuda'wand ne pahar par badli, aur garhi andheri kf ag meo se tumharf sari •iimiut ko buland awaz se ye bateu kahiu, aur is se ziyada kuchh na farmaya. Aur 6 BAB.] ISTISNA. 205 D3 ne un ko patthar kl do lauhou par likh^, aur unheo mere hawile kiy^. 23 Aur jab turn ne andhere meu we yih 8ada suuf, to azbaske pahar ag se jal raha thS, turn vane tunihare firqon ke sarguroh, aur buzurg mere nazdik Se. 24 Aur turn ne kaha, ki Dekh Khuda'wand hamSre Khuda ne apnf shaukat, aur apni azmat ham ko dikhlaf, aur bam ne ag raeo fc us ki ^w4z sunf : bam ne"!5j ke din dekha ki Khuda'wand idmi se batco kare, aur admf jfta bache. 25 So ab ham kis liye halak howeo, ki yih aisi bari ag ham ko kha jaegf ; agar ham Khuda'wand apne Khuda kt awiCz ab ke phir sunenge, to ham mar hi jaenge. 2G Kyiinki kaunsa bashar hai, jis ne hamare maniudag ke bich se jite Khuda ki dwaz sunf, aur jita raha? 27 Td ap hi nazdik ja, aur sab jo kuchh Khuda'wand hamara Khuda farmSwe, sun, aur jo kuchh Khuda'wand hamara Khuda tujh ko kahe, tii ham se kah ; ham use suncnge, aur us par amal karenge. 28 Aur Khuda'wand ne tumhari batcn jo turn ne mujh se kahiij, sunfu, tab Khuda'waxd ne mujhe farmaya, Main ne un logon ki batetj, jo unhon ne tujh se kahin, sunio ; jo kuchh unhon ne kaha, achha kaha. 29 Ai kash ke un ke aise dil hog, ki we mujh se dareij, aur hamesha mere sab hukmon kl muhafazat karen, taki un ke liye, aur un ki aulid ke liye abad tak bihtar howe ! 30 Ja, unhcij kah, ki apne khaimoD ko phir jao. 31 Par tu yahao mujh pas hazir rah, aur maiu sdri ahkam, aur huquq, aur shariat tujh se bayan karunga; tu unhen sikhlt, taki we us zamln meo jis ka waris maiu ne unhen kiya hai, un par amal karen. 32 Pas turn ^habardar hoke jaise Khuda'wand tumhare Khuda ne farmaya, amal karo, aur dahne ya bayaij hath ko na muro. 33 Turn bilkuU usl rah par, jo Khuda'wand tumhare Khuda ne tumheo farniaio, chale chalo, taki turn zinda raho aur tumhara bhala ho, aur us zamin par jis ke turn waris hoge tumhari umreo daraz hou- VI. FAB, 1 Ye wuh shariat aur huqi'iq aur ahlcim haiu, jo Khuda'wand tumhire Khudi ne tumhare sikhlane ko mujhe farmaf, taki turn us sarzamin men, jis ke waris hone jate ho, un par amal karo. 2 Ki tii Khuda'wand apne Khuda se darke us ke sab huqiiq, aur us ke sab hukmon ko, jo maiu tujhe farmata huij, hifz kare; na faqt tii, balki tii, aur tera beta, aur tera pota, ta dam i marg, tiki terf umr tawil ho. 3 Pas ai Israel, sun le, aur us ke karne par dhyan rakh, taki tera bhala ho, aur turn nihayat farawan ho jao, us zamin meo jis men shir aur shahd bahta hai, jais^ Khuda'wand tumhare bapdidou ke Khuda ne turn se kaha hai. 4 Sun le, ai Israil, Khuda'wand hamara Khuda, akela Khuda'wand hai. 5 Tii apne sare dil, aur apne sare ji, aur apne sare zor se Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko dost rakh. 6 Aur ye biteii jo aj ke din main tujhe farmata hiio, tere dil meo raheu. 7 Aur tu ye bateu taqaiyud se apne larkoij ko sikhla, aur tii apne ghar meo baithe, aur rah chalte, aur sote, aur jagte unheu wird kar. 8 Aur tu un ke nishiini ke liye apne hath par bandh, ki yih teri dnkhoij se ojhal na hoy. 9 Aur unhen apne ghar ki chaukhatoo, aur darwazoij par likh : 10 To yuohog^ ki jab Khcda'wand terd Khuda tujh ko us zamin meu le jaega, jis ki babat us ne tere bapdidoD Abiraham, aur Izhak aur Yaqiib se qasam kf hai ki bari, aur khassi bastiao, jo tii ne nahiu banaio ; 11 Aur sab achhi chizou se bhare hoe ghar, 206 ISTISNi*^. [7 BA15. jinheu tu ne nahf u bliara ; aur khodi khudae hue, jo tu nahio khode ;~aur angur ke b:ig-, aur zaitun ke darakht, jo tu ne nahin lagae, tujh ko dega, aur tu khSega, aur ser hogi: 12 To khabardar rah, na ho ki tu Khuda'wand ko jo tujhe Misr ki sarzamin se jo gulimoo kaghar tha, nikallaya, faramosh kare. 13 Ki Khuda'wand apne Khuda se dafa kar, aur us bandagi kiya kar, aur us ke nam ki qasam kh^ya kar. 14 Turn aur mabudoij kf, qaumoQ ke mabudoo meo se jo tumhare aspas hain, pairawi na kar ; 15 Kyunki Khiidi'w and tera Khuda jo tumhare darmiyan hai gayiir Khuda hai, na ho ki KhudaVand terc Khuda ke qahr kt tujh par bharke, aur tumhen rue zamfn se fana kar de. 16 Turn Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko mat azmao, jaisa turn ne use Massa meu azmayi. 17 Turn bari koshish se Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke hukmon ke, aur us ki shahadaton ko, aur huqiiq ko, jo us ne tumheij farmae, yad rakh. 18 Aur tum wuhi karo, jo KhudaVand kl nazar meu rast hai aur durust ; taki tumhara bhala ho, aur taki tum dakhil hoke us suthri zamin ke, jis ki babat KhudaVand ne tumhare bapdadon se qasam kf, waris ho : 19 Tiki tumhare sare dushman tumhare age se dafa howeu, jaisa Khuda'wand ne farmaya. 20 Aur jab ayinda zamane men tera beta tujh se pilchhe. Ye kaisi shahadateo, aur .huquq, aur ahkam hain jo KhudaVand hamare Khuda ne tum ko farmae hain? 21 Tu apne bete se kahiyo, Ham Misr men Firaiin ke gulam the, tab Khuda'wand apne zorawar hath se ham ko Misr se nikal laya ; 22 Aur Khuda'- WAND ne nishan aur bare zararwale muajize Firaiin, aur us ke sare gharane men, hamarl nazarou ke samhne dikhae : 23 Wuh hamen wuhan se nikal laya, taki ham ko us sarzamin metj dnkhil kare, aur wuh zamin jis ki babat us ne hamare bapdidco se qasam ki, ham ko de. 24 So Khuda'wand ne ham ko farmaya ki ham in sab huquq par amal kareu ; aur Khuda'wand apne Khuda se apne bhale ko hamesha daren, taki wuh hamari jan ka nigahban rahe, jaisa aj ke din hai. 25 Aur hamarf rastbazf yih hogi, ki ham un sab hukmou ko Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke huzur, us ke irshad ke muwafiq muhafazat kareo. VII, HAB. 1 Jab ki Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko us sarzamin men, ki tu jis ka waris hone jata hai, dakhil kare, aur tere age se un bahut si qaumou ko dafa kare, yane Hittion, aur Jarashion, aur Amuriou aur Kananfon, aur Farizzion, aur Ilawioa, aur Yabusion ko, jo sat qaumen ki bari aur qawi turn se hain : 2 Aur jab ki IChuda'wand tera Khuda unheo tere hath meu giriftar karwae, to tu unhen m£riyo, aur haram kijiyo, na tu un se koi ahd kariyo, aur na un par rahm kariyo. 3 Na unse byah karna, na unke beton ko apnl betiau dena, na apne betou ke liye unki betian lena. 4 Kyunki we tere bete ko meri pairawi karne na denge, yahan tak ki wuh aur mabudon ki ibidat kare; aur Khuda'wand ka gussa tujh par bharkega, aur wuh tujhe ekaek halak kar dega. 5 So tum un se yih suluk karo, tum unke mazbihou ko dha do ; un ke buton ko toro, unki Yasiraton ko kat dalo, aur unke tarashi hui murateu ko Sg meo jala do. 6 Kynnki tu to Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke liye pak qaum hai; Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tujhe barguzida kiya, ki td sab gurohou mea se jo zamin par haiu us kf Ijhass guroh ho. 7 Khuda'wand ne turn 7 BAB.] rSTISNA. 207 se mahabbat kf, anr barguzfda kiya, na is liye ki turn aur gurohoo se ginti meo afziin the, kyiiiiki turn to sab gurohou se kain tar the. 8 Balki is liye ki Khuca'- WAND ne tuiu se mahabbat kf, aur us ne us qasam k.i jo tumhare bSpdidou se kf, pis kiya, Khuda'wand tuin ko apne hdth kf qiiwat se iiikal Myi, aur guUmoD ke ghar se. ]\Iisr ke b.idsh.ih Firaiin ke hath se, tumheij chhiiriya. 9 Pas tu jan rakh ki Kuuda'wand tori Khuda unhf Khuda hai; wiih wafidcir Khuda hai ; jo ahd ki pas karta hai, aur hazar pusht tak un par jo us ke dost haiij, aur us ke hukmoo ko niante haio, rahm karta hai: 10 Aur unko jo us ke dushman haiu, unhen ki nazar nieu badla dekar unheu fana kartl hai : wuh use jo us ka kina rakhta hai luuhlat na dega, wuh use us ke dekhte hi saza degi 11 So td un hukmou aur huqdq aur sharlaton kf jo maio 5j ke din tujhe batati hun muhafazat kar, taki un par amal kare. 12 So agar turn un hukmoo ko sunoge, aur yad rakhoge, aur un par amal karoge, to Khuda'wand tera Khudi us ahd aur rahmat ko, jis kf babat us ne tere bapdadou se qasam kf hai, y^d rakhega : 13 Aur tujhe pyar karenge aur barakat bakhshegn, aur ziyada karega, wuh tere rahim ke phal, aur teri zamin ke phal men, tera galle, aur tere wain, aur tere tel, aur teri gaion, aur terf bheron ke galle meo us zamin par jis kf babat us ne tere bap didoo se qasam karke kaha, ki turn ko di'ingf, barakat bakhshega. 14 Tujhe sari qaumoQ se ziyada barakat di jaegf, aur tum meo, aur tumhari mawashf men se kisf nar ya made men baujhpan na hoga. 15 Aur Khuda'wand harek qism kf birairi tujh se dfir rakhega, anr Misr ke sab bure rogon men se jinhen tu jinta hai koi rog tujh par na lawega, balki un par dalega, jo teri kfna rakhte baio. 16 Aur tii un sab gurohon ko jo Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke karm se tere hath meu giriftar honge, nigal jaega; un par tujhe karmkf nazar na hogf; tu unke mSbu- dou kf baudagf na kar ; ki wuh tere li^'e phand.'i hai. 1 7 Shayad tn apne dil meu kahe, ye guroheij mujh se ziyada haio, main unhen kyiinkar nikal sakungl? 18 So tu un se mat dar, balki jo kuchh Khuda'wand tere Khudi Firaun aur Misrion se kiya, achhf tarah yad karna. 19 Wuh barf barf azmiishen jinheij teri ankhon ne dekhi, we ajaib, aur garaib, wuh zorawar hath, wuh bill dostf, ki jin se Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tujhe nikal liya; aur Khuda'wand tera Khuda un sab gurohou se, jin se tii darta hai, aisahi karega. 20 Aur Khuda'wand tera Khuda un par zambnroo ko musallit karega, taki unheo jo baqf aur pinhare haiu, tere huziir se halak kare. 21 Tu unse dahshat mat khani, kyunki Khuda'wand tera Khuda jo turn men hai, zorawar aur darlna Khuda hai. 22 Aur Khuda'wand tera ls.hudi. un gurohon ko tere age se thori, thorf karke dafa karegi; tii unheu jald halik karna sakegf, ta na howe ki jangli darinde tujh par ziyadatf kareu. 23 Aur Khuda'wand tera Khuda unko tere hath men mubtala karegi, aur unheu buri tarah se halik karegi, yahau tak ki we nabdd ho jaenge. 24 Aur wuh unke b.idshahon ko tumhire hathoo se pakarwaega, aur td unke namou ko asmin ke tale se milawega, aur koi mard tera samhnd na kar sakega, yahao tak ki tu un sab ko halak karegi. 25 Tu un ke mabudou ki tarashi huf mdratou ko ag se jalafyo; td un ke riipe sone ka lilach tia kfjiyo, aur use apne liye mat Ifjiyo ; ta na ho ki td unke phande meo phans jae; kyunki yih Khud'awand tere Khuda ke age makrnh hai. 2G Aur td kof makrdh apne ghar meo mat la, na ho ki us kf tarah liaram ho jae; tu usse gliiu khini, aur us se bilkull nafrat rakliui, kyunki wuh liaram hai. 208 ISTISNA [8 li^Ji- VIII. BMB. 1 Sare hukmon par, jo &j ke din main tumheo farm^ta hap, dhy^n rakhke amaj karni, taki turn jio aur bahut ho, aur dakhil ho, aur us zainin ke jis ke blbat KhudaVand ne turahare bipdadon se qasam kf hai waris ho. 2 Aur us siri rah ko ydd rakhfyo, wuhi rah jahlo Khuda'avand tera Khuda bayaban meu in chilfs baras tujh ko liye phira, taki tujhe ajiz kare, aur tujhe Izmawe, aur tere dil ki bat daryaft kare, ki tii us ke ahk^m manega ki nahfn. 3 Aur us ne tujhe ajiz kiya, aur tujhe bhukha rakhi, aur wuh manna jise tu na janta tha, aur na tere bapdlde jante the, tujhe khilaya, taki tujhe sikhliwe ki admt faqat roti hi khdne se jfti nahfo rahta ; balki harek bat se jo KhodaVand ke munh se nikalti hai, jita rahta hai. -1 Chill's baras tak na tere kappe tere gale men purane hue, na tere paoo siije. 5 Td apne dil men soch, ki jis tarah se adnii apne lute ko tarbiyat karti hai, KhudaVand tera Khuda tujh ko tarbiyat karta hai. 6 Pas tii Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke hukmou ko yad rakh, taki us kl rahon par chale, aur us se darta rahe. 7 Kyunki KhudaVand terS Khuda tujhe ek nafis zamin men dakhil karta hai, ki us kf wadioo aur paharon meo panl ke nile, aur chashme, aur nahreo nikalti haiu. 8 Wuh zamin jo gehiiu, aur jau, aur angiiron, aur anjir, aur anar, aur zaitun aur shahd se mal aiml hai. 9 Wuh zamin jahao tere khane ko rod kl kami nahin, jahio tu kisi chiz ka muhtaj na hogi ; wuh zamin jahao patthar loha hai, aur jis ke pahdroD se tu pital khod lega. 10 Jab tu khawe aur ser howe, tab tu KhudaVand apne Khuda ko ki jis ne tujh ko wuh nafis zamin di, mubarak kah. 11 Khabardir, kahln tn KhudaVand apne Khudi ko bhiil na lae, ki us ke hukmon, aur huquq, aur shariaton par, jo dj maiu tujhe farmita hua, amal na kare. 12 Aisi na ho ki jab tu khawe, aur tera pet bhare, aur suttne ghar baniwe, aur un meu rahe : 13 Aur tere gie, bail, bhej- bakri far.iwan hon ; aur tera rupa, aur sona afziid ho, aur jab tera mal bahut ho : 14 Tab tera dil phiil uthe, aur tii KhudaVand apne Khuda ko faramosh kare, jo tujhe zamin i Misr se, jo gulamon ka ghar tha, nikal laya : 15 Jo tera us bare darane dasht men rahbar hua, jahan jalinewile samp, aur bichhu the, aur khushk zamin jahau pini na tha ; jis ne tere liye chaqmaq ke patthar se pani nikili : 16 Jis ne bayaban men wuh manna ki jise tere blpdade na jante the, tujhe khilaya tiki tujhe ajiz kare, aur teri azmiish kare, ki akhir men tera bhala ho : 17 Na ho ki tu apne dil meti kahe, ki Main ne apne zor, aur apne hath ki quwit se yih mal paida kiya. 18 Ki KhudaVand apne Khuda ko yad kar, kyiinki wuhi hai jis ne tujhe qiiwat di, ki tu mil paidi kare, tiki wuh apne wide ko jo us ne qasam khake tere bipdadon se kiya wafi kare, jaisa aj ke din hiii. 19 Aur yiiu hogi ki agar tu kabhi KhudaVand apne Khuda ko bhulegi, aur gair mlbudoo kf pairawe aur unkf bandagi, aur parastish karegi, to main aj ke din tumhare barkhilif gawihf deta huij, kitum nest nibud hojioge : 20 Un gurohou kf minind jinheu KhudaVand tumhare simhne fani karta hai; turn bhifani hoge, is sabab se ki turn apne Khuda ke hukm ke tabi na rahe. \ 9 BAB .] ISTISNA. 209 IX. BAB. 1 Sun le, ai Israel, tujhe ab se din Yardan pir jatiii hai, taki tii un qaumoo ka jo tujh se baff aur zorawar haio, aur un shahroo k& jo bare aur asin£n tak qaddw&le haig, waris howe. 2 Wahau ke log bare aur qaddSwar haiijjo banf Aniq haiu, jinheo tu janti hai aur suni hai ki kahte haig, Kaun hai jo bani An^q ke simhne thahar sake ! 3 Pas tn ^j ke din saniajh le, ki Khuda'wand tera Khuda wuh hai jo tere fige age pSr jita hai ; bhasam karnewale ^g kf maniad wuh un ko fani karegi ; wuh unheo tere age past karega, ti'i unko ^hirij karegi, aur filfaur halak karega,, jaisi KhodaVand ne tujhe kahi hai. 4 Aur jab KhddaVand tera Khuda unko tere age se dafa kar de, tu apne dil meo mat kahiyo ki, Khuda'wand ne meri sadaqat ke sabab se mujhe is zamin ka waris kar diya : balki Khuda'wand is sabab ki j'e qaumeu sharfr haio, un ko tere £ge se nikiilta hai. 5 Tii apnl sadSqat se, aur apne dil ki pikf se us zamlu ke waris hone nahfn jata, balki Khuda'wand tera Khuda un jauiaatou ki shararat ke biis un ko tere ige se kharij karta hai, taki wuh us bat ko jo us ne qasain karke tere bapdadou Abiraham, aur Izhak, aur Yaqiib se kaha, pura kare. 6 Pas tu samajh le, ki Khuda'wand terl Khuda teri sadaqat ke sabab se tujh ko is nafis sarzaniin ki waris nahla karti; kyunki turn tOgardan kash log ho. 7 Pas yidkar, aur bhfil na ja, ki tu ne Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko bayabdn meo kyfin- kar gusse dilaya; jis din ki tum Misr se bahar nikle, jab tak ki us makan raeu Se, turn Khuda'wand se b^gi the. 8 Aur tum Horib men bhi Khuwa'duda ko gusse mei) lae, chunlnchi Khuda'wand gusse se tum ko fanS kiyS chdhtl tha. 9 Jis waqt raaiu do patthar ki takhtiau lens ko pahar par charha, wuhi us ahd kl takhtiao jo Khuda'wand ne tum se kiyS, aur maio challs din rit tak usf pahar par raha, na maio ne roti khaf, na pani piya. 10 Tab Khud v'wand ne patthar kf do lauheo mujh ko sompfo, jin par Khudi ne apni ungli se likha tha, un sab batoy ke muwifiq jo Khuda'wand ne pahar par i.g mey se tumhare jama hone ke din tum se kahi thiu. 11 Aur aisa hiia ki chilis din rit ke bad Khuda'wand ne patthar ki wuh donoo lauheo, yine ahd ki lauheo mujh ko dio. 12 Aur Khuda'wand ne mujhe farmayi, Uth chal, aur yahio se niche ji, kyunki teri qaum jise tu Misr se nikal laya Ijharab hogai, jhat pat us rah se jo maio ne unheo batai bahar gae; un- hoo ne apne liye ek mnrat dhilke banai. 13 Aur Khuda'wand ne mujhe farmayS, Maiu ne is qaum ko dekha, aur dekh yih gardan kash qaum hai. 14 Chhop mujhe tiki maio unheo halak karun, aur un ka nira ^smin ke niche se mita dildg, aur maio aur ek qaum jo is se bahut aur qa vatwar ho tujh se banaiinga. 15 Chunanchi main ne munh phlra aur pahar par se tale utra, aur pahar ag se jal raha thS: aur ahd ki we donoo lauheo mere donoo hathoo meo thio. 16 Tab maio ne nigah ki, aur dekho tum ne Khuda'wand apne Khuda kagunihkiy£th£, aur apne liye dhala hua bachhra bauaya, tum bahut jald us rah se jo Khuda'wand ne tumheo batai, b&har gae the. 17 Tab maio ne wuh donoo lauheo pakarke apne donoo hlthoQ se phenk dio, aur tumhiri ankhoo ke samhne tor dilio. 18 Aur maio ige ki tarah se chalis din rat tak Khuda'wand ke age gira pari raha; maio ne na ro^i khSf, na pini piya, un sab gunahoo ke sabab se ki tum ne kiye, jab ki tum ne Khuda'wand ke age aisi burai ki, ki use gusse meo lae 19 Kyunki maio Khuda'wand ki ^hufagi A a 210 ISTISNA. [10 BAB, aur tez gusse se darS, ki wuh turn par bahut gusse th5, aur tumheo n^bad kiyi ch4ht& thd. Lekin Khuda'wand ne us waqt bhi merl suni. 20 Aur KhudaVand k^ gussa Hirun par bht bharkS, aur use halik karne par thl, maiu ne us waqt Hirun ke liye bh< dufi mingl. 21 Aur maio ne tumhire gunih ko, yine us bachhre ko jo turn ne banayd thS, liy5, aur fig meo jalayi ; phir use kiitl, aur mahin pisfi, aisfi ki wuh gubSr si hogayi, aur maiu ne us rikh ko chashme men, jo pahip se nikU thi, dil diyl. 22 Aur Tabaira aur Massfi aur Qabrat ul Tahiwl meo bhf turn ne Khuda'- wANi) ko gussa diliya. 23 Aur usf tarah us waqt jab Khuda'wand ne turn ko Qfidish barnla se bihar bhejfi, aur farmaya, Charh jio, aur us zamfn ke jo maio ne turn ko di hai, wfiris bano; us waqt turn Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke hukm ke barkhilaf hue, aur turn us par Iman na lae, aur us kl awfiz ke shanawa na hue. 24 Jis din se maio ne tumheu jana, turn Khuda'wand ke sath barkhilfif rahe. 25 So main ne Khuda'wand ke age chilis din rfit girl pari raha, kyanki Khuda'- wand ne farmlyl thl, ki maio in ko halak karungl. 26 So main ne Khuda'wand kt minnat kf, aur kahl, Ai Mllik Khuda'wand mere, apnf qaum ko, aur apnl mfrls ko jinheu tn ne apni buzurgwarf se najlt bakhshi, jinheo td apnl bllldasti se Misr se nikll llyl, fan! na kar. 27 Apne khldimoo Abiraham, aur Izhak aut Yaqiib ko yld farml : is qaum kf qasawat, aur sharlrat, aur gunlhoo par nazar na kar? 28 Na howe ki wuh sarzamfn jahlu se tn ham ko nikll 11 j'l kahe, is liye ki Khuda'- wand qldir na thl ki un ko us sarzamfn meo jis kf blbat us ne un se wlda kiya, dlkhil kare, aur is liye ki wuh un kl kfne rakhtl thl, wuh unheo nikal le gayl, tiki unheo dasht meo halak kare. 29 Bahar hll we terf qaum haio, aur teri rnSrl* hain, jinheo to apne bare zor se, aur lambe hlth se nikal layl hai= X. BAB. 1 Us waqt Khuda'wand ne mujhe farmlyl ki apne liye patthar kf do takhtflD pahlfoQ ke mlnind tarash ke banl, aur pahar par mujh pis charh, aur ek chobi sanddq banl. 2 Maio un takhtfoo par wuhf bateo likhiingi, jo pahiH takhtfou par •inheo tii ne tor dill likhf thio, bad us ke tii un ko sandnq meo rakhiyo. 3 Tab raaio ne sant kf lakrf kl sanduq banlya, aur patthar kf do takhtflo pahlfoo ke mlnind tarlshfo, aur un donoo takhtloo ko apne hlth meo liye hue pahlr par eharhl. 4 Ua ne un takhtfoo par pahile likhne ke muwlfiq, we hf das ahkam jo Khuda'wand ne pahar par shuale ke bich se majma ke din tumheo farmle the, likhe; aur Khuda'wand ne mujhe we dfo. 5 Phir maio phira, aur pahar par se utrl, aur un takhtfoo ko us sanduq meo, jo maio ne banlya thl, rakhl; chunlnchi we Khuda'- wand ke irshld ke mutlbiq hanoz us men haiu. 6 Tab banf Isrlel ne Biarlt bani Yaaqln se Massir ko kach kiyl, wahlo Hlrun kl intiqll hul, aur wahiQ madfdn hiii, aur ua kl beta liazar kahanat ke mansab par us kl qlim maqlm hdl. 7 Wahlo se unhoo ne Judjud ko knob kiyl, aur Judjnd se Yutbl ko, jo ek serab sarzamfn hai. 8 Us waqt Khuda'wand ne banf Lewf ko is liye judl kiyl, ki Khuda'wand ke ahd ke sanduq ko uthawe, aur Khuda'wand ke huznr khare hoke khidmat guzlrf kareo, aur us kl nlm leke dul deweu ; chunanchi Ij ke din tak yiiohf hai. 9 la 11 BAB.] ISTISNA. ^^ liye LewJ ka hissa aur rafris us ke bhafoo ke sath nahfo, ki Khuda'wand us ki miris hai, jaisa Kuuda'wand tere Khuda ne use kaha. 10 Aur maiu aib'u\ zamine ke m&nind chalis r^t din pahdr par phir khari rahi, aur us dafa bhf Khuda'wand merd shanawi h6S, aur Khuda'wand ne na ch^ha ki tujhe halak kare. 11 Phir Khuda'wand ne mujhe irshid kiy^, ki uth, aur qaum ka peshrau hoke kucb kar, aur unheo le ja, taki we us sarzaniin par qibiz boo, jis ki bibat maio ne un ke bapdadoo se qasam karke kahi thi, ki un ko bakhshunga. 12 Ab ai Israel, Khuda'wand ter£ Khudi tujh se kya chahta hai? faqat yihl ki Hi Khuda'wand apne Khuda se tarsan rahe, aur us ki sab rahoo par chale, aur usse inahabbat rakhe, aur apne dil aur ji ki sari chah se Khuda'wand apne Khudi kf bandag! kare. 13 Aur us ke ahkara aur huquq ko, jo maio aj ke din tujhe farmiti hi'iD, hifz kare, tiki teri bhala ho. 14 Dekh ki fismSn, aur ism^noo ke isnian, aur zamin us sab samet jo us raeo hai, Khuda'wand tere Khudi ka hai. 15 Lekin Khuda'wand ko khush Sya, ki tumhare bapdadoo se raahabbat rakhe, is liye un ke bad un kf aulad ko, yine turn ko siri gurohoo se ziyada barguzlda kiya, jaisa ki aj hai. 16 Pas apne diloo ka khatna karo, aur age ko gardan kashi na karo. 17 Ki Khuda'wand tumhir^ Khuda wuhf ilahou ki. Ilah aur malikoo k& Malik hai ; wuh buzurgwar, aur jabbar, aur qahhar Khudi hai, jo shakhsiyat par nazar nahfu karta, aur rishwat nahio leta. 18 Wuh yatimou, aur bewaoo ki dad deta hai, aur pardesi se aisi mahabbat rakhti hai, ki use khane aur pahinne ko deta hai. 19 So turn bhi pardesi ko pyar karo, ki turn bhi zamfn i Misr mea pardesi the. 20 To Khuda'wand apne Khuda se darta rah, usi ki bandagi kar, aur usf se lipti rah, usi ke nim ki qasam kha. 21 Tera mahmud wuhi hai, wuhi teri Khuda hai, jis ne tere liye alse aise bare aur haulnak kam kiye, jinheu td ne apni inkhoo se dekhi. 22 Tumhare bap dade jab Misr meo utre, to sattar adml the, aur ab Khuda'wand tere I^huda ne asman ke sitarog ke ra£nind tujhe firawin kiya. XI. BAB. 1 So tu Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko dost rakh, aur us ke raamoo, aur huqdq, aur shariatoD, aur ahkamoo ki haraesha muhafizat kar. 2 Aur turn &j ke din jin lo, ki maio tumhari aulad se khit&b nahio karta, jiuhoo ne na jini hai, aur na dekhf ha', Khuda'wand tere Khuda ki sarzanish, aur us ki buzurgi aur us ka zorawar h&th, aur us ki Iambi banheo. 3 Aur us ke muajize, aur us ka wuh k^m ki us ne Misr ke darmiyan Firaun aur us ki sari zamin ke sath kiye : 4 Aur wuh k£m jo Misr ke lashkar ke sath, aur us ke ghci:oo, aur us ki garioQ ke sath kiye, ki us nc un ke samhne daryai Qulzum ka pani bahaya, jis waqt unhoo ne tumhare ta^qub kiyi, so Khuda'wand ne unheo halak kiya, ki aj ke din tak nibdd hain. 5 Aur wuh jo us ne bayiban meo jis waqt tak turn yahao pahunche, tumhare sith kiya : 6 Aur wuh jo us ne Datan aur Abirira ke sith kiya, jo Rdbin ke bete Iliab ke bete the, jis waqt zamin ne apni munh khula, aur un donoo ko aur un ke gharoo, aur un ke ^haimoo ko, aur un sab jinsoo ko, jo bani Israel meo se un ke siththfo, nigal gat. 7 Balki tumhio ne Khuda'wand ke sire we bare kam jo us ne kiye apni ankhoo se dekhe. 8 So td un sire hukmoo kf, jo aj maio tujhe farmiti hun, muhi- tizat kar, tiki tum qi'iwat pao, aur jake us zamin ke jis ke milik hone ke liye par A 2 •812 ISTISNA [11 BAB. jHe ho, waritt ho : 9 Aur taki turn. us zamfn par bahut muddat raho, jis ki babat Khuda'wand ne tumhire bapdidoo se qasamkarke kabd, ki Maiu un ko, aur uii kf nasi ko di'inga, wuh zamfn jis meo shir aur &hahd bahta hai. 10 Ki wuh zamtn jis kd td waris hone jata hai Misr kf sf nahfo, jahao se turn nikal de, jahao td tulf.hm pashf karta tha, aur use apne pao^ se, tarkSrf ke b£g ki tarah, serab karta tha : 1 1 Lekin wuh zamfn jis ke waris hone ko tum plr jate ho, paharoo aur nasheb ki zamfn hai, jo £sman ke meuh se serab hotf hai. 12 Yih wuh zamfn hai jis kf Khuda wand teri Khuda khabargfri karta hai, aur hamesha auwalsal se aljhir sal tak Khuda'wand tere Khudi ki ankheu us par lagf hain. I3 Aur ydo hogi ki agar tum khdb mere hnkmon ke jo i] maiu tumhep farmata huu shanawa hoke Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko dost rakho, ki apne sare dil, aur apne sSre ji se us ki bandagi karo : 14 To raaio tum ko tumharl zamfn ka baran auwal sal aur akhir sal ain waqt par ata karnng^, taki tum galla, aur wain, aur raugan jama karo. 15 Aur maio tere bayibanoo meo tare charpafoo ko ghas dunga, aur td khiega, aur ser hogS. 16 Tum khabardar raho, aisl na ho ki tumhire dil fareb kha jawey, aur tum bargashta ho, aur gair mabddoo ki bandagf karo, aur unheo sijdakaro; 17 Aur Khuda'wand ka gussa tum par mushtaal ho, aur wuh asman ko band kare, kimeoh na barse, aur zamfn apna hasil na de; aur tum us sarzamin se jo KHUDA'tumwAND ko deta hai, jaldi ho j io. 18 So tum meri in baton ko apne dilou, aur apne janoo meo rakh chhofo, aur nishdn ke liye unhen likh ke apne hathoo par bandho, aur we tumhari donou £nkhoo ke darmiyan peshini par patke ki tarah raheu. 19 Aur tum unheu apne larkoo ko parhao, ki tum apne ghar meo bai^he hue, aur apni rah chalte hue, aur Bote waqt, aur uthte waqt un ki guftgd karo. 20 Aur td unhea apne ghar kf chaukhatoD par, aur apne darwazon p: r likh : 21 Taki teri aur terf aulad kf umr jab tak asman zamfn par hai, us sarzamin meu howe, jis ki babat Khuda'wand ne tere bdpdadoQ se qasam karke kaha, ki Maio tumhen dednga. 22 Kydnki agar tum un sab hukmon kf, jo maio tumheo farmata huu, muhdfizat karo, aur un par khnb amal karo, ki Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko dost rakho, aur us ki sari rahon par chalo, aur us se lipate raho ; 23 To Khuda'wand in sab gurohoo ko tumhare age se dafa karcga ; aur tum in gurohoo ke jo tum se buzurg tar, aur qawf tar haio waris hoge. 24 Jis jis jagah tumhSre panoo ka talwd parega, wuh wuh jagah tumhari ho jaegi, dasht se aur Lubnan se, aur nahr se jo nahr i Furat hai leke darya i garbi tak tumhari siraana hoga. 25 Yah^o kisf ki majal na hogi, ki tumhare simhne khaj-a ho sake, ki Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda tumhara rab aur khauf us sari sarzamin par jahan tum phiroge, dileg.i, jaisa us ne tum se kaha hai. 26 Dekho, maiu ij ke din tumhire dge barkat, aur lanat rakh deta huq . 27 Barkat jab ki tum I^huda'wand apne Khuda ke hukmoo ko jo aj maio tumheo farmita hun mino : 28 Aur lanat jab ki Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki farmanbar- dari na karo, aur us rah se jo aj maio tumheo farmata hnu bargashta hoke gair mdbddoQ ki pairawi karo, jinheo turn ne nahfo jana. 29 Aur yuo hoga ki jab Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko us sarzamfn meo jahdo td jata hai ki us ka waris hone, da^hil karega, to td barkat koh i Garizfm par se, aur lanat koh i Ibal par se sunawega. 30 Dekh we pahir Yardan par 12 BAB.] ISTISNA. ^\t waqa haio, us taraf ko jidhar fiftab guriib hota hai Kan^nioo ki sarzamfn mcu jo bayaban mcu Jaljal ke muq^bil, Murah ke balatou ke qarfb rahtc haio. 31 Kyunki turn Yardan pdr jSte ho, tiki us sarzamin ke jo Khcda'wand tunih^ri Khuda tumheo dcta hai, wiris ho; so turn us ke waris hoge, aur wuhao sukiinat karogc. 32 So turn in sab huqriq, aur hukmoo ki muhaSzat karo, jinheu maio 5j tumh&re simbne rakht^ hao, aur un par amal karo. XII. BAB, 1 Ye we huqiiq, aur ahkam jin ki tumheo lazim hai, ki us sarzamfn men jo Khuoa.'wand tumhare bfipdadoo ke Khudi ne tumhSri miras meu df hai, muhsifizat karo, ki jab tak tum zarafn par jite raho, un par amal karo. 2 Tum un maqamoo kojahao we qauraeo jinheo turn nikal doge, apne mabadoo ki baudagi karti haio unche paharoo par, aur tfloo par, aur bar ek bar darakht tale nest nabiifi kar dfjiyo. 3 Un ke mazbahoo ko dha dfjiyo, aur un ke sutnnoQ ko toriyo, aur un ki YasiratOQ mee ^g lagiiyo, aur un ke mabndoo ki khodi hui mdratoo ko chikna chiir kijiyo, aur un ke namog ko us maqam se miti dijiyo. 4 Tum aisd kuchh Khudawand apne Khuda ke liye mat kijiyo. 5 Baiki wuh maqam jise Khuda'wand tumhSra Khuda tumhire sab firqoe ke darmiyan pasand karega, ki wuhao apni nam rakhe, aur us meo rahe, tum use dhundho, aur usi jagah ao. 6 Aur wuhlutum apne charhawoo aur apne zabihoo aur apni dahyakfoo, aur hith se uthdi hdi qurbaniog, aur apne nazaroo, aur apni khushi ki qurbanioo, aur apne bher bakrf, aur gae bail ke pahlautou ko guzrano, 7 Wuhio tum Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke ige khao; aur turn apne sare gharane samet, apne un sab kamoo meo jin meo Khuda'wand tumhare Khudi ne tum ko barkat di hai, khushi karo. 8 Tum aise kam jaise ham yahao karte haio, wuhao mat kijiyo, ki harek kf nazar meo jo kuchh bhala maldm ho, so kare. 9 Kyfinki tum us £ram aur miras tak jo Khuda'wand tumhari Khuda tumheo deta hai, hanoz nahio pahunche. 10 Lckia jab tum Yardan par jioge, aur us sarzamin meo jise Khuda'wand tumhSra Khudi tumhari miras kar deta hai, bndobash karoge; aur wuh tum ko tumhare sab dush- manoQ ke hath se jo charoQ taraf haio, mukhla.si bakhshegS, aisS ki tum bekhauf biidba.sh karo : 1 1 To wuhao ek maqam hoga jise Khuda'wand tumhara Khudi is liye pasand karega, ki us ka nam wuhao rahe; so tum ye sab kuchh jo maio tum- heo farmata hiio, wuhao lejao ; yane apni charhawe aur apne zabiheo, aur apnf dahyakiao, aur apne hath ke uthae hue hadiye, aur sab apni khiss nazareo jo Khuda'wand ke liye nazr di jati haio, wuhao guzraniyo: 12 Aur tum apne betoo, aur apni betioo, aur apne gulamoo, aur apni laundioo, aur us Lewi samet jo tum- hare darwazoQ meo ho, is liye ki us k4 bakhra aur miras tumhare sith nahio, Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke age khush rahiyo. 13 HoshySr rah, aur apne charhawe harek jagah jah^O itifaq ho, mat guzrin; 14 Magar us hi jagah jise Khuda'wand tumhare firqoo meo se ek meg pasand farmlwe- ga, tn apne charhiwe wuh^o guzraniyo, aur sab kuchh jo maio tujhe hukm karta huo, wuhio k'jiyo. 15 Tis par bh! jo kuchh tera ji chdhc aabh kar, aur Khuda'wand apne Khuda kt ai4 ISTISNA. [12 BAB. barkat ke muwifiq jo us ne turn ko d1 hai, apne 8ab darwazou meo goshtkhiya kar, khwah pak ho khwah ndpik, harkof use khae, jaise hiran aur birah singha, jaiz hai ki wuh khayajiwe. 16 Magar tii lahd mat khi ; balki tii use pan! kJ tarah zamtn par phenk diya kar. 17 Lekin ta apne gallon aur wain, aur tel kf dahyakiao, aur apne g^e bail, aur bher bakri ke pahlauthe, aur apnf nazreu jo tu guzr^ne, aur apni khushf ke hadiye aur we qurbanlau jinheu ta apne hath se uthay^, apne darwizoo meo mat khaiyo : 18 Balki tujh par, aur tere beti beti, aur tere gulam aur laundi par, aur Lewi par jo tere darwazou meo hai, wajib hai ki un chlzoQ ko Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke fige us jagah, jise Khuda'wand ter£ Khuda pasandfarmSwe, kh£o; aur tu Khuda'- wand apne Khuda ke age apne sab kamoo meo khush rahiyo. 19 Khabardar rah, jab tak ki tii jfta rahe, Lewi se gafil na hojiyo. 20 Jab Khuda'wand tera Khuda teri sarhaddoo meo wusat bakhshe, jaisa us ne tujh se kaha, aur tu kahe ki maio gosht khaiinga, ki mera jf gosht khane ke musht^q hai, to td gosht, aur harek chfz jise tera ji chahe khaiyo. 21 Aur agar wuh makan jise Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne is liye pasand kiya, ki apni nira wuhao rakhe, tere makan se bahut diir ho, to td apne gae bail, aur bher bakrf meo se jo Khuda'wand ne tujhe ati kiye haiy zabh kijiyo, jaisa maio ne tujhe farm^ya, aur td apne darwazoQ meo jo kuchh tera ji chihe tan^wul kijiyo. 22 Lekin jis tarah ki hiran aur barahsinghe ko khite haijj, td use khiiyo, pak aur napak us ke khane meo barabar haio. 23 Lekin zinhar lahd mat khaiyo, kydnki lahd jo hai so Jan hai, aur tujhe mun^sib nahfo ki gosht ke sath j^n khawe. 24 Td use mat khaiyo, balki use pani ki tarah zamiu par phenk dena. 25 Td use mat khiiyo, tiki tera aur tere bad teri aulad k^ bhala ho, jab ki td wuh jo nek hai Khuda'wanp ke s^mhne kare. 26 Lekin td muqaddas chfzoo ko, aur apnf nazroo ko us makan meo jise Khuda'wand pasand farmaegi, lejiiyo. 27 Aur td apne charhawe, aur gosht aur lahd Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke mazbah par chafhiiyo, aur tere zabihoo ka lahd Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke mazbah par bitaya jaega ; aur gosht td khiiyo. 28 Dhyan rakho, aur un sab batoo ko jo maio turn se kahta hdo, suno, tiki tumhara aur tumhare bad tumhiri aulid ki abad tak bhali ho, jab ki turn wuh jo nek aur rast hai, Khuda'wand apne Khudi ke samhne karo. 29 Jab Khuda'wand teri Khuda un gurohoo ko tere ige wuhSu jahio td jata hai ki waris bane, kit dale, aur td unheo nikil de, aur unkf sarzamin men bddo bash kare; 30 Totd apne se hoshyar rahiyo, naho ki tere samhne un ke nibud hone ke bid td unki pairawf karke phande meo phanse ; aur na ho ki td un ke mibddoo ke hai kf taftish kare, aur ydo kahe ki ye jamiateo apne mibddou kf bandagi kydnkar karti thio ? maio bhi us hi tarah kardngi. 31 Td Khuda'wand apne Khuda se aisa mat kijiyo ; kydnki unhou ne harek karih kam jis se Khuda'- wand adiwat rakhta hai, apne mabddou ke liye kiya, yahao tak ki apne be'too, aur bet.ou ko apne mabddoo ke liye ig meo dalke jali diya. 32 Turn harek bit par jo maiu tumheukuhti hdo dhyau rakhke a.nal kijiyo, aur tu us meo kuchh kami beshf na kami. IS BAB.] ISTISNA. 915 XIII. BAB. 1 Aur turn meo kof nabf yi khwib dekhne vrili zShir ho, aur tumheo kof nish^n yS muajiza dikhliwe ; 2 Aur wuh nish/in yi. muajiza jo us lie tuniheu dikhiyi sachS nikle, aur wuh tumhcu kahe, Ac, ham aur mabadou kf pairawf kareo, jinheu turn nc nahio j^na, aur un ki bandagl kareo: 3 Tu hargiz us nabf aur Ij^hwab- dekhnewale kf bit par kin mat dhariyo, ki KhudaVand tumhiri Khudi tumheo izm&ti. hai, ta daryaft kare ki turn Khuda'wand apne Khudi ko apne sire dil aur apnl sarf jan se dost rakhte ho ki nahiu- 4 Chihiye ki tum Khuda'wand apne Khudi ki pairawi kare, aur us se daro, aur us ke hukmou ko hifz karo, aur us kf bat mino, turn us hf ki bandagf karo, aur us hf se lipate, raho. 5 Aur wuh nabi, aur wuh IjLhwibdekhncwala qatl kiya jacgS, kyunki us ne tumheo kaha ki Khuda'wand apne Khuda se jo tumheo Misr se bahir nikal laya, jis ne tumheo qaid khane se chhupayi bargashta hojao, tiki tumheo us rah meu se jo Khuda'wand tumhire Khuda ne tumheo hidayat ki hai kharij kare^ so tujhe lazim hai ki tu badi ko apne darmiy&n se nikal de. G Agar teri haqfqi bhal, aur teri dost jo tujhe terf jan ke barabar aziz ho tujhe parde meo wargalane aur kahe ki Ao, aur mibudon kf bandagl kareo : 7 Jisse tu aur tere bip dade waqif nahfu, un logoo ke mibi'idoo meo se jo tumhare gird & gird tumhare nazdfk yi dur zamfn ke is sire se us sire tak rahte haio: 8 To tu us «e muwafiq na honi, aur na us ki qabal karni, to us par rahm kf nigih na rakhni, tu us kf riiyat na kariyo, tii use poshfda mat kfjiyo : 9 Balki tu us ko qatl kfjiyo, us ke qatl par pahile teri hath pare, aur bad us ke sab qaura ke hath. 10 Aur t6 use sangsir karni, taki wuh marjae^ kyunki us ne chaha ki tujhe Khuda'wand tere Khuda se bargashta kare ; wuh Khuda jo tujhe zamfn i Misr se, qaid khane se nikil layi. 11 To sire banf Israel us ko sun ke darenge, aur tumhare darniiyan jihir waisf shararat na karenge. 12 Agar tn un shahroo mey jo Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne tujhe sukfinat ke live bakhshe haio, sune, 13 Ki bize log, yane shaitan ke murid tumhare darmiyin se nikal gae, aur apne shahr ke logoo ko yuu kahke gumrih kiyi, ki Ao, chaleo, aur dusre mibndoQ kf jinheu nahio pahchante, bandagi kareo; 14 To tu jastjd kijiyo, aur ^hub tahqfq karni, aur dekh agar yih bat sach ho, aur yaqfn ko pahunche ki aisi nafratf kim tum meo kiya gaya ; 15 To tu us shahr ke bishindoo ko sab samet jo us shahr meo hai, aur wuhio ke mawashi ko talwir ke dhar se qatl karke nest o nabad kfjiyo. 16 Unki Idt ko wuhao ke kuche meo farahara kijiyo, aur us shahr ko, aur wuhio ke Idt ko, charhawe ke taur Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke liye jali dijiyo, aur wuh hamesha ko ek till hoga, phir basayi na jaega. 17 Aur un haram chizon meo se kuchh tere hath se laga lipata na rahe, taki Khuda'wand apne qahr i tund se baz rahe, aur tujh par karm kare, aur tujh par rahm farmawe, aur tumheo ziyida kare, jaisi ki us ne tumhire bapdadoo so qasam kf hai: 18 Is waqt kf ta Khuda'wand apne lihudi kf iwiz sune, ki tu us ke hukmoo par jo ij niaio tujhe farmata hno, amal kare, ki tu us ko jo Khuda'wand tere Khudi ke naz4ik bhala hai, baji Uwe. 21G ISTISNA. [14 BAB. XIV. dab: I Turn Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke betoo ki jagah ho, turn kisi kl maut se apne badan ko na kaliyo, na apne sir ko chandla kljiyo. 2 Ki tu Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke liye muqaddas qaum hai, aur Khuea'wand ne tujh ko sab qaumoo ineu se jo zamfn par haio, ikhtiy^r kiyS ; tiki tii us ke liye l^hiss qaum ho. 8 Tu kisi ghinauni chfz ko mat khaiyo. 4 We charpae jo halal haiu aur turn unheu kha sakte ho, ye haio, Gae gall, bher bakri ; 5 Aur hiran aur hirani, aur giomesh, aur buzdashti, aur rim, aur gaodashti, aur arna. 6 Aur harek charpiya jis ke khur chire hue hoa, aur us ke khur meu shigaf ho, aur jugalikarti ho, to tum use khaoge. 7 Lekin un meu se ki jugill karte haiu, yi un ke khur chire hiie haiu, jaise nnth, aur khargosh, aur yarbua; tum uaheo mat khaiyo, is liye ki ye jug4ll karte haio, lekin un ke khur chire hiie nahfg. 8 So yih tumhare liye napak haio, aur jaise siiar, ki us ke khtir chire hue haio, par jugali nahio karta, ye tumhare liye ndpak haio ; turn un ki gosht na khaiyo, na un kl lishoo ko hath lag^iyo. 9 i^bi jinwaroo meo jin ke par hou aur chhilke, tum unheo khaoge : 10 Aur jis ke par aur chhilke na hoo, tum use mat khai^'O, wuh tumhare liye nSpak haiu. II llarek parinda jo pak hai, tum use khaoge. 12 Lekin we jo haram haio ye haio, nasr, aur uqab, aur anqi ; 13 Aur gudaf, aur chil, aur gidh : 14 Aur jo un ki jinsse haio, aur harek jins ka kawi : 15 Aur naim, aur ham aur saf : 16 Aur baz ki harek qism : 17 Aur ulM, aur bisha, aur shihin : 18 Aur qiq, aur rakham, zamah, muqaq, aur shaqiq, aur jo un ke jins se ho, hudhud, aur khushaf : 19 Aur harek haiwan jo reng ke chale aur ure, tumhare liye napik hai; tum use mat khiiyo. 20 Sab we parinde jo pik haio, tum unheo khaoge. 21 Jo haiwan marjae, tum use mat khaiyo, tum use kisi garlb ko jo tere darwazoo ke andar howe, dijiyo, yi kisi npari idmi ke hith bech daliyo ; kyunki tii' Khuda'wand apne Khuda ka banda muqaddas hai. Tu haiwan us ki ma ke dudh meo mat pakaiyo. 22 Td apne galle meo se jo sal basal tere khetoo meo hisil hota hai, daswao hissa juda kijiyo. 23 Aur to Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke huzur us jagah jise us ne apne nam ke liye pasand farmayS, ki us ka nim wuhSo, apne galle ki dahyaki, apne wain, apnl tel, aur apne gae bail, aur bher bakri ke pahle bache khaiyo, taki hamesha Khuda'wand apne Khudi se darna sikhe. 24 Aur agar rasta tere liye dariz ho, aisi ki td use na le ji sake, ki wuh makan jise Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne pasand farmayi ki apna nim wuhao rakhe, bahu* diir ho; to jab Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko barkat bakhshe : 25 Tab td un sab ko bechke naqdi kar aur us naqdi koapne hath meo leke us maqim ko jise Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne pasand kiya hai, ja: 26 Aur us naqdi se jis chiz ko tera ji chiihe, mol le, gae bail, aur bher bakri, aur wain, aur sukr, yi. aur kuchh jis par teri ji rigib ho, aur wuhio Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke ige taniwul kar, aur apne sare gharane samet l^hushi kar. 27 Aur Lewi se jo tere darwizoo meo hai gaflat na kijiyo; kydoki us ke liye hissa aur miris tere sath nahio hai. 28 Tin sal ke bad td apne galle ki dahyaki alag kijiyo, aur apne makanoo meo rahne dijiyo : 29 Aur Lewi azbaski us ki shirkat aur miras tere sath nahio, aur luusiiir, aur yatim, aur bewa jotere makinoo meg haiu, aweo, aur khaweu, aur ser 15 BAB.] iSTlSNA. 217 howeo, Uki Kuuda'wand tcri K.hud& tere Iiith ke bab kimou meo jo td karta hai, tiijhe barkut ba]{Lbsbc. XV. BAB. 1 Ear sSt sSl ke b5d tu rukhsat dijl kur, 2 Aur rukhsat ki taur ylh hal, ki agar kis! kd us ke hamslc par kucbh Sti ho, to wuli use muaf karc, aur apue bamsae se, y£ bhdi se mut^laba na kare ; is liye ki yih Kuuda'wand ki rukhsat ka. din kahlatl bai. 3 Musatir se td mutdlaba kar sakta hai; par agar kucbh tera tere bbaf par bai, to td use muSf kar. 4 Lekin turn meo koi kaugSl na rahegd, jis waqt ki Kuuda'wand us zamfn par jise Khdda'wand tcra Khuda teri minis aur milk kar d(>ta hai, tujho bahut si larkat dcgS. 5 Agar tu khali Kuuda'wand apue Khuda ka shanawS bogi, aur dhyln rakhke in sab hukmoo par jo aj maiu tujhe auir karti hi'iD, anal karega: 6 To Kuuda'wand teri KhudJL jaisa us no tujhc kah£ bai tujhe barkat bakhsbega, aur td bahut si qaumou so girau legS, aur td ghau ua rakhegS, aur td bahut bi gurohou par musallit hoga, aur we tujh par musallit na hongin- 7 Agar tumharc blch tumhSri bhalou mcu se teri sarhadd mca tori us sarzauiiu par jisc Kulda'wand tera Khudi tujhe deti hai koi muflis howc, td us se sakbt dill matkijiyo, aur apue muflis bhaiki taraf se apna hath mat kht-nchiyo; 8 Balki td us par apna hath kushida rakbiyo, aur baqadr us ki ihtiyij ke us se gIrau lijiyo. 0 Kbabarddr ki tere dil men yih bure andesha na guzre, ki sitway sal rukhsat ki sdl nazdik hai, aur teri dukh tero muflis bhai so phir jae, aur td uso kucbh na dfcwe, aur wuh tujh par Kulda'wand sc faryad kare, aur tera gunah sSbit ho. lu Tujii par wajib hai ki td use dewe; aur jab td us^dewe, to chahiye ki tera dil maldl na lio, kydnki is hi sabab sc Kuuda'wand tera Khuda tere s^re kimon meu jiumeo td hath dale, tujh ko barkat bakhbhega. H Ki masakin zamin par se kabbi jute na rabeugc ; is liye maio tujhc bukm karta hdij, ki td apnc bhii kc waste jo tere sam- hne bui, aur apne midkin ke liye jo teri zamin par hai, apna hlth kushada rakbiyo. 12 Agar tera IbrSni bh^i, mard ho ya aurat, tere hStb becha jie, aur chha baras tak teri k^idmat kare, to tu satwtabal us ko izid kar dijiyo. 13 Aur jab td use apne pas se rukhsat kare, to use khali hath mat rukhsat kar : 14 Balki td apuf bher bakri, aur khatte, aur kolhd meo se, us barkat men se jo KhudaVand tero Khuda ue tujhe bakhshi hai, dil kholke de. 15 Aur ySd rakh ki td zamiu i Misr mea gulam tha, aur Kuuda'wand tere Ivhuda uc tujhc khalas kiya ; is liye maiQ tujhe Sj yih bukm karta hdo. 16 Aur azbaski tere sath rahnd us ke hatj[q men bihtar hai, so wuh agar tujhe yuo kahe, ki maio tere pas se na jaunga, ki maig tujhe aur tere ghar ko dost rakhti bua: 17 To td ek sua le, aur apue davwize par us ke kau ebbed, ki wuh hauicsha ko tera gulam hoga : am* apni laundi se bhi td ais^hi kijiyo. 1» Aur jab td UbC &zad karke chbore, to chahiye ki yih tujh par dushwSr na guzre; kyduki us ne do mazduron ke barabar chha baras tak teri khidmat ki: so Kuuda'wand tera Khuda bar ek kim meo tujhc barkat deg^. 19 Tere gae bail, aur bhcr bakri ke nar pahlauthc jitne palda lion, unhcu Khuda'wand apue libuda ke liye muqaddas kijiyo : td un se jo tere badoQ meu Bb 218 ISTISNA. [16 BAB pahile paidi hfie hoo, kuchh kirn na kfjiyo; na un ke jo terl bher bakriog meo pahile paida hoo, b^l katriyo. 20 Td Khuda'wand apne Khud^ ke ige us jagah par, jo Khuda'wand pasand karegS, apne khSnd^n samet bar sil khdiyo. 21 Par agar us men koi iib howe, langra ho, yi andhS ho, yi. aur koi burd iib ho, tq Khuda'wand apne Khud^ ke liye zabh mat ktjo 22 Jaise hiran, aur birahsinghd; turn use apne darwSzoo meo khdoge, pakho y& napak, donoo baribar haio. 23 Magar ta us kS lahd na khan5, balki tii us ko pSni ki tarah zamtn par dSl dfjo. XVI. BAB 1 Abib ke mahine kf muhSfazat ktjiyo, aur Khuda'wand apne Khud4 k! Fasah kfjo, kyilnki Khuda'wand teri KhudS AbIb ke mahine mes rat ke waqt tujh ko Misr se nikil layA. 2 Us jagah par jise Khuda'wand pasand karegS, ki wuhaa apnS nSm rakhe, Khuda'wand apne Khudi ke liye tu apni gae bail, aur bhcr bakri meo se Fasah zabh kijo. 3 Tii us ke sath khamfri roti mat khanS ; tn sat din tak us ke sith fatfri roti, jo dukh ki rotI hai, khaiyo; kyunki tu zamfn i Misr se daura daur nikla ; tiki tu in dinoo ko jin men til Misr se nikla, apnf zindagi bhar yad rakhe. 4 Aur chahiye ki tere sari sarhadd men sit din tak khamiri roti dikhai na de, aur na us gosht meo se jise td ne pahile din sham ko zabh kiya rat ko subh tak bSqf rahe. 5 Td apne kisi makinoQ men jo Khuda'wand teri Khuda tujhe deta hai,Tasah zabh nahin kar sakta : 6 Balki us hi jagah jise Khuda'wand tera Khuda pasand karega, ki apni nam wuhao rakhe, sham ko, iftab gurdb bote, us hi waqt jis waqt td Misr se nikla, Fasah zabh kijiyo. 7 Aur td use us jagah jo Khuda'wand tera Khudi pasand kard^i, use pakiiyo aur khaiyo, aur subh ko phirke apne khaimoo ko rawana hojiyo. 8 Chha din tak fatfri roti khani, aur satweo din Khuda'wand tere Khudi ki tatll hai, kuchh kir o bar na kfjiyo. 9 Td apne liye sit hafte gin, aur galle ko daranti lagane kl ibtida se sat hafte gina shurd kar. 10 Aur Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke liye apne hith kl khushi ke us khirij se ki tdt baqadr Khuda'wand apne Khuda kl barkat bakhshne ke degi, Haftonkl I'd kar : 11 Aur td Khuda'wand apne Khudi ke simhne khushi kar, apne beti betf, aur apne gulam, aur apnl laundi, aur Lewi samet, jo tere makinoo men hai, aur garib, aur yatlm, aur bewa samet, jo turn meo hai, us jagah jise Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne pasand kiya hai, ki apni nim wuhio rakhe. 12 Aur yid rakh ki tu Misr" meg gulam thi ; so hoshyir hoke in huquq ki muhifazat kar. 13 Jab tu apne Ifhirman, aur kolhu meg se jama kar chuke, td sit din tak li^haimoo ki I'd kljo : 14 Aur td apni beti betl, aur apne gulim, aur apnl laundi, aur, Lewi, aur musifir, aur yatfm, aur bewa samet, jo tere makinou men haio Vhushi kijiyo. 15 Sat din tak Khuda'wand apne Khudi ke liye us hi jagah jo Khuda'wand tere Khudi ke pasand hai, I'd kijiyo : is liye ki Khuda'wand tera Khudi terl sari manfaatoij men aur terl sari dastkirioo meu tujhe barkat bakhshegi, so tu mahaz khush hoga. 16 Harek sil chahiye ki tere yahia ki harek mard tin martabe, yine Id i Fatlr ko, aur haftoo ki id ko, aur ^haimoa ki id ko Khuda'wand tere Khudi ke simhne 17 BAD.] ISTISNA. 219 us jagah jise wuh pasand farmfiwegS, hfizir ho : aur we Khuda'WANd ke Sge yiili hath na dikh^f deu : 17 Balki harek mard apne maqdar ke, aur Khuda'wand tere Khud^ kf barkat ke muwSfiq, jo us ne tujhe di hai, kuchh lawe. 18 Td fipne s^re mak^noo meo jo Khuda'wand tera KhudS tujh ko dega, apne sire firqoo meo Qazf aur HSkim muqarrar kfjiyo ; we adalat se logoo kS insaf kareo. 19 Tii insaf meg dagabazi mat kfjiyo : tii tarafd^rl na kijiyo; na rishwat Ifjiyo, ki rishwat danishmand ko andha kardeti hai ; aur sadfq ki batoo ko munqalib kart£ hai. 20 Tu us ki jo sara sar sach hai, pairawf kijiyo, tiki tu jie aur us zamfn ki jo Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko deta hai, wiris howe. 21 Tii Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki qurbingah ke nazdik apne liye Yasirat na lagiiyo. 22 Na apne liye kisi tarah ki murat nasb kijiyo, ki is se ^huda'wand tera Khudi nafrat rakhta hai. XVII. BAB. 1 Td Khuda'wand apne Khudi ke liye bail, yi. bher bakri jis meo koi aib yl burdi ho, zabh mat kfjiyo ; kyuuki Khuda'wand tere Khudi ko is se nafrat hai. 2 Agar tumhSre darmiyin teri sarhaddon meu jo Khuda'wand teri KhudS tujh ko detS hai, kahio kof mard yi aurat ho, jis ne Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke huznr badklri ki ho, ki us ke ahd ko tora ho : 3 Aur jake aur mdbudon ki bandagf ki ho, aur unhcQ sijda kiya ho, jaise aftab, ya mahtib, yi £smani koi sitara jin ki parastish ka hukm main ne tujhe nahfn kiya : 4 Aur yih tujhe kahi jiwe, aur tii sun pa we, aur tahqiqatkare, aur yih sach nikle, aur yih bit yaqin ko pahunche, ki banf Israel meu aisa ghinauna kim hua ; 5 To tu us mard, ya us aurat ko jis ne tere sarhaddoQ men yih burl kam kij'a, apne darwSzoo par nikiliyo^ aur un par yahao tak patthrao kijiyo, ki we mar jawen. 6 Wuh do yS, tin admioo ki gawahi se qatl kiyi jie, lekin ek ki gawihi se qatl mat kijiyo. 7 Pahle gawahou ke hath uske qatl par utheo, aur unke bad baqi sab logoo ke, turn apne bich se sharir ko ydu nest o nibud kijiyo. 8 Jis waqt ki tn kisi qaziye ke faisale se ajiz ho, khunf ke qasas karne ki, aur muddai ke diwe ki, aur mirne ki sazi ki, ya aur munizare ki baton ka, tumhire makinou ke darmiyin, to td uth aur us muqim meo jo Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne pasand farmiyi hai, charh ji. 9 Aur kahinou ke, yane Lewioe ke, aur us qizi ke pas jo un dinou meo ho, hazir ho, aur un se pdchh, ki we tujhe insaf ki bat batiwenge: 10 Aur tu us bat ke mutabiq jo we tujh ko us makan jise Khudi ne pasand kiyi hai, fatwe deu, amal kfjiyo ; khabardar un sab ko jo we tujhe sikhieo* amal meo liiyo: 11 Aur us bat ke muwafiq jo we tujhe sikhaeo, aur us hukra ke mutibiq jo we tujhe kahen kfjiyo ; aur us bat se jo we tujhe fatwe dee, dahne, j-i biyau mat muriyo. 12 Aur jo kof shakhs gustakhi kare ki us kahin ki bat jo Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke ige khidmat ke liye kharahai, yi us qizf ki sukhan na sune, to wuh shakhs mir dila jawe ; td bani Israel men se sharir ko ydo nest nibdd kfjiyo. 13 Tiki sire log suneo, aur dareo, aur birdigar gustikhi na kareo. 14 Jab td us zamfn meu jo Khuda'wand teri Khudi tujhe deti hai dakhil ho^ aur us par qabiz ho, aur us meo bdd bish kare, aur kahe ki un sab qaumoo ke inuwifiq jo mere gird a gird haio, maio bhi apne liye ek bidshih baniungi ; Bb 2 38.0 ISTISNA. [18 BAB. 15 To til us ko apn;l bSdshiih ktjij'o, jise I^huda'wanp \fvi Khndfi pasand farrafiwe ; tu apne bhfiioo mro se ek ko apnS hadshlb kljiyo, aur kisi ajnabi ko jo tcr^ bhSt nahfo apnS biidDhlli na kar sakega. 1 G Par use iSzim hai, ki apne liye gbore jama na kare, aur na logoa ko Misr meo pbir Kwo, tiki us kc liye bahut se ghore jama kareo ; is li3'C ki KhutjaVand ne tuniheo farmSy^ hai, ki turn us rih pbir kabhi na j^iyo. 17 Aur na bahut st joritSu karc, t^ aisi na ho ki us k^ dil phir jae; aur na wuh apne liye bahut ropl aur soul jama karc. 18 Aiir ynn hoga, ki jab wuh apnt talj^ht i siiltanat par julus kare, to apne wSste Taurct ka ek nuskha jo Lewi kihi- noQ ke huzdr hai, kitab mea likhe : 19, Wuh us kc sath raha kare, aur jab tak jfe use parhS karc, tSki wiih Kiiuba'wand apne Khudi se darnl slkhe, aur us Tauret ki sab bStorj kf muhifizat karc, aur in haqnq ko amal meu lawc: 20 T^ki uskS dil us ke bhaion par buland na ho; aur hukm se dahnc yA bay.^o taj^wuz na kare, taki us ki mamlukat meij us ki aur us ke betoQ ki bani Israel raeo umr dar^z ho. XVIII. BAB. 1 KihinoQ aur LewIoQ kS, yinc sSre firqe Lewfou ka hissa aur mtras banf Israel meonahogS; so we Khuda'wand ki qurbSnita aur us ki nifi-as khaenge. 2 Aur un ki mir.'is un ke bhiioQ kesathnahiD, balki Khuda'wand ki un ki miris hai, jaisS ■us ne unhcD farm^yS hai. ii Aur qaum meo so un se jo qurbanf zabh karte hain, bail yS bher bakrf se k.ihinou ki haqq yih hogii, ki we kihin ko shSna, aur kampati^ij, aur jhojh dengc. 4 Aur tti apne gallp men se, aur apne waiu aur tel men se, jopahle hlsil hota hai, aui* ppnl bbcroji kt pashra men se jo pahle katvi jae, use dijiyo: 5 Ki Kiiupa'wand tere KhudS no tere sire firqoa meu se use barguziJa kiyi hai, ki wuh aur us ke bete Khuda'wand ke nSm se abad tak khidniat ke liye kharc rahcij. G Agar kot Lewi jo teri sarhaddon meu sc klsi jagah bani Israel men rausSHr ho iwe, aur us jagah jise KhudaVand no pasand farrnaya hai, barl tamanni so hSzir ho : 7 To wuh Kuuda'wand apne Kbuda ke nlm sc khidmat kiyS kare, jis tarah us ke sSre bhSt, yane Lewi jo Khuda'wand kc liuzur wuhao khare rahte hain: 8 Wuh un ke hisse kc bar^bar khaue ko pSwega, us mauraai mil ke siwa jo bapdadoa se rnibi. 9 Jab ta us sarzamfn meo jo Khuda'wand teri Khuda tujh ko dcta hai, dakhil lio, to %a wuhao ki gurohoo kc se karlh kam mat sikhiyo. 10 Turn mca kol aisi na ho ki apne bete yi beti ko ag men guzar karwae, yi giib ki bat batawe, y4 burii bhalai ki shugnniy-I, yii jadiigar banc : 1 1 Aur afsungar na ho, na uu dt woa fee jo musakhar hotc haia, sawal karnewala, aur sahir, aur siyani na ho. 12 Kyiiuki we sab jo aise kam karte hain, KuudaVakb un se karaliiyat karta hai ; aur aisi karihatoa ke biis se un ko Khuua'wand tcra Khuda tere age se dur karta hai. 13 Td Khuda'vvand apne Khuda ke ige kamil ho. 1-1 Kynnki we guioheu jin ko tu apne age se bankta hai, gaib goioa, aur shugunion ki taraf kan dharti haia, par tii jo hai, KutJDA'wAND tere Khudi ue tujh ko ijizat nahiu di, ki aisi kare. 15 Kuuda'wand teri Khudi tere liye tere hi darmiyan se tere hi bhaioa men se, mere minind ok Nubi qaim karegi ; turn us kl taraf kin dhariyo : 16 Us sab ki minind jo t'i nc Khuda'wasc apne Khuda sc Ilorib meo majma ke diu manga. 19 BAB.] ISTISNA. 221 aur kahS, ki aIsS na ho li maio Kmii)A.'wANT> npne Khudd kl Sw/Iz phir'sunto? aur aisf shiddat ki ig maio phir dekhuu, tiki maio mar na jaiiu- 17 Aur KhudaVano ne mujhe kahl, ki unliOQ nc jo kiichh kahi, so achhi kahl : 18 Maiij un ke liye un ke bhaioo nicu se tujh si ek Nabt qaim karungS, aur apnii kalam us ke munh mcu daldngi, aur jo kuchh maitfuse fcirmaunga, wuh un se kahcgi. 19 Aur aisi hog.i ki jo kol lucrf Mtouko, jiiihcD wuh mere ndmlcke kahegA, nasuncgi, to main usse matllaba kariingS. 20 Lekin wuh nabi jo aisi gustSkhi karo, ki kol bSt jo maio ne use nahf 4) kahf a, mere uam se kahe; yS jo aur inabudou ke nSm se kahe, to wuh nabi qatl kiyii jawe. 21 Aur agar tero dil meu ^we, ki main kyunkar januo kiyih bat Kuuda'wasd ki kahi hul nahio ? 22 Tu jan rakh ki jab uabi Kuuda'- wANi> ke nSm se kuchh kahe, aur wuh jo us ne kahS hai, wiqi na ho, yi para na ho, to wuli bat Kiiuda'wand nc nahifl kahi; balki us nabi ne gust&V^ii se kahi hui ; tu us se mat dar. XIX. BAB. 1 Jab KntTDAVATTD torS Khnda un qaumon ko jin kl sarzamln Kituea'wand tcr.i Khuda tujh ko inayat karti hai, kat dale, to tu un Ue qaim muqam ho, aur un ke shahroQ raeo, aur un ke gharon men base : 2 To to us sarzamln ke bichoobich jise Khijda'want> terl Khud£ terl mfris kardeti hai, tin sliahr juda kijiyo. 3 Tab tii apne liyc ek rih muqarrar kijiyo, aur apni sarzamln kl sarhaddou kojo Kuuda'- WAND teri Khuda tere qabze kardcti hai, tin hisse kijiyo, tdki harek khunl bhag kc wuhao j4 rahe. 4 Aur khiinl wuhio bhag ke jita rahegS, us kl sharlat yih hai i jo koi apnc hamsae ko nidanistagi se marc, aur wuh us se pahle us ka kina na rakhta thS : 5 Mislan koi shakhs apne hamsae ke sith lakri^g katno ko jnngal ncQ jawe, aur kulhara hath meu uthao ki lakri kite, aur kulhiira daste se nikal jae, a'iT us ke hamsae ke ji lagc, aisi ki wuh mar jie, to wuh un meo se ek shahr meu bhSg jie, aur wuh jiti bachegi : C Aur ta na ho ki rSh ke dnr hone ke sabab mnqtul ka waris apne dil ke josh se qltil ki picha kare, aur us ko ji pakre, aur use qatl karc, halanki wuh wijib ul qatl nahio, kydnki wuh ige sc is ka klna na rakhti tha. 7 Is liye maiu tujhc farmita hdu, ki tu apne liye tin shahr judi muqarrsx kijiyo. 8 Aur agar Kudda'wand tera Khudd tera qalamrau barhawe, jnisa us lie tore bipdadoo se qasam karke kahi hai, aur wuh sari mulk jo us ne terr; bipdadou ko dene kahi, tujhc dewe : 9 So agar tu in sab hukmon par jo aj kc din maio tujhe batiti hun dhyin rakhke amal kare, aur Kuoi>a'waxd apue Khuda ko dost rakhc, aur hamesha us ki rihon par chalc, to tu un tin shahroo par tin shahr aur barhaiyo : 10 Tiki bcgunih ki lahu terl zaniln par jise Kuuda'wand teri Khudi terl miris kar deti hai, bahayi na jie, ki khiin tujh par ho. 11 Lekin agar koi sliakhs jo apue hamsie ki,kina rakhti ho, aur us ki ghit meu lagi ho, aur us par hanila kare, aur use zakhmi kiri mire ki wuh marjie, aur uu meo se kisi shahr meo bhig jie : 12 To us ke shahr ke buzurg log bhtjeo, aur use wuhio 8c pakarwi mangwico, aur maqtiil ke wiris ko hawile karco ki wuh mir dili jie. 13 Tii us par rahm ki nazar na kijiyo ; balki lii be jurm kt ^haa ki gunih ban! Isriel meo se dafa kijiyo, tiki teri bhali ho. 14 Tu apne hamsie ki hadd ko mat hati, ki use aglc logoo ne lerl miraski 223 ISTISNA. [20 UA13. sarhadd par u9 sarzamfn meo jise Khuda'wand teri Khudi tujhe mfrSs det4 hai nasb kiyi hai. 15 Ek shakhs kJ badkarl aur gunSh par ek gaw&h bas naWo, balki do, yS. tfn gawihoo se harek bat sSbit hoti hai. 16 Agar koi jhotha gaw4h uthe ki kisi shokh3 par burSi kl gawahf de : 17 To we donou jin meo khusuraat hai Khuda'- wand ke huziir kahinon aur qizioQ ke age jo un dinou meo honge, khare howeo : 18 Aur q^zl kamal tahqiqat kareo, so agar wuh gawah jhutha nikle, aur us ne apne bhai par j'/iuthi gawahf di ho ; 19 So turn us se wuh suliik kijiyo, jo us ne chahi tha ki apne bhdi se kare ; tu is tarah sharr ko apne darmiyin se dafa kfjiyo, 20 Taki biqf log suneo, aur dahshat khlen, aur ^ge ko tumh^re darmiySn aisi sharlrat phirna kareo- 21 Aur terl ankh muruwat na kare; ki Ifhiin ka badla Ifhdn, ankh ka badla ^nkh, dant ki badla dant, hath ka badli hath, aur pauw kS badla paow, hoga. XX. BAB. 1 Aur jab to jang ke liye apni dushmanon ka samhni kare, aur dekhe ki un ke ghore, aur garlao, aur lashkar tujh se afzud haio,to tuun se khauf nakar; kyunki Khuda'wand tera Khudajo tujhe Misr kl sarzamtn se chhuya laya, tere sath hai: 2 Aur ydo hoga ki jab turn jang ke liye un ke nazdik jao, to kahin age barh ke logoo se Ithitab kare : 3 Aur un se kahe, ki Ai baxii Israel suno, turn aj ke din apne dushmanoo se nazdfk hue ho ki un se qital kare ; so tumhare dil hirasan na boo, turn khauf na karo, aur mat kampo, aur in se dahshat na khao : 4 Kyunki Khuda'wad tumhara Khuda tumhare sath jata hai, ki tumhari taraf se tumhare dushmanon ke sath qital kare, aur tumheo bachawe. 5 Aur we jo mansabdar haio lashkar meo manadf kareo, aur kaheo, ki turn meo kaun shakhs hai jis ne naya ghar banaya ho, aur Khuda ke nam se use musharraf na kiya ho, to wuh rawanaho, aur apne ghar ko phir jae, ta na howe ki wuh jang men qatl ho aur dusra shakhs use musharraf kare. 6 Aur kaun shakhs hai jis ne takistan lagaya ho, aur us ke mewe men hanoz tasarruf nahlo kiya, wuh bhi rawana ho, aur apne ghar ko phir jae, ta na ho ki wuh jang meo mara jae aur dusra kol us meo tasarruf kare: 7 Aur kaun shakhs hai jis ne kisf aurat se apni mangani ki hai, aur wuli use apne pas nahio laya, to wuh bhi rawana ho, aur apne ghar ko phir jawe, ta na ho ki wuh un meo qatl ho aur dusra use le. 8 Aur mansabdar logoo se yih bhi kaheo ki kaun shakhs hai jo tarsan aur larzan hai, so rawana howe, aur apne ghar phir jae, na ho si us ke bhaioo ke dil us ke dil ki manind tarsan ho jaeo. 9 Aur jab mansabdar yih sab kuchh lashkar se kah chukeu, to lashkar ke sargurohoo ko lashkar ke age kareo. 10 Aur jab tu qital ke liye kisi shahr se nazdfk ho, to pahle sulh ka paigam kar: 11 Tab yuo hoga ki agar uuhoo ne sulh qabul kf, aur darwaze khul die, to sarf khalq jo us shahr meo hai teri khiraj guzar hogf, aur terf khidmat karegf, 12 Aur agar we tujh se sulk na kareo, balki tujh se qital kareo, to tu us ka muhasara kar. 13 Aur jab Khuda'wand tera Khuda use tere qabze meo kar dewe, tii wuhao ke harek mard ko talwar ke dhar se qatl kar. 14 Magar auratoo, aur lapkoo, aur niawaahi ko us sab samet jo us shahr meo ho, lut le, aur tii apne 21 BAB.] ISTISNA. 223 dushmanoD kt liit ko jo Khuda'wand tere Khudtt ne tujhe dl hai khiiyo: 15 Td un sab shahroo se jo tujh sc bahut dnr haio, aur un qaumoo ke shahroo mco se yunhi kljiyo. 16 Lekin in qaumoo kc shahroo meo jinheo KhudaVand ter£ Khudi terf mfrSs kar det£ hai, kisf chiz ko jo sSns \ei& hai jfta na chhofiyo. 1 7 Balki to in ko haram kljiyo, Hitti, aur Amrirl, aur KanSnf, aur Farizzi, aur Ilawwf, aur Yabiisf ko, jaisa Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tujhe hukm kiyi hai: 18 Taki we apne sare karih k5m jo unhoo ne apne m^bndoo se kiye, turn ko na sikhlaeo, ki turn Khuda'wand apne Khudl ke gunahgar ho jSo. 19 Jab turn kisishahr kc is irade 86 ki larii karke use le lo, muddat tak muhdsara kie raho, to tabar chalake us ke darakhtoo ko kharib na kfjiyo; chShiye ki tn un ki mewa khiwe, so tu unheo kat na daliyo, tiki tere nazdfk muhisare ke kim meo ^weo; kynnki maidan ke darakht idmi ki zindag! haio. 20 Magar un darakhtoo ko jo teri danist meo khane ke kam ke na hoo, kharib kar, aur kit dal, aur us shahr ke muqabil jo tujh se larti bai burj bani, jab tak ki wuh tere qiba meo iwe. XXI. BAB. 1 Agar us sarzamfn meo jis ki Khuda'wand teri Khudi tujhe wiris karti hai, kisi ki lash par! hni mile, aur daryaft na ho ki us ki qitil kaun hai ; 2 Tab tere buzurg, aur tere sire qizi bihir nikleg, aur un bastiou ko jo maqtiil ke gird a gird haio nipeo : 3 Aur yuu hogi ki us shahr ke buzurg jo maqtCil se bahut nazdfk hain ek bachhiyi leo, jis se hanoz kuchh khidmat na ki gai ho, aur jnc tale na ii ho ; 4 Aur shahr ke buzurg us bachhiyi ko' ek sakht darre meo jo na joti gayi ho, na us meo kuchh boya gaya ho, lejaeo, aur us darre meo us bachhiyi ki gardan kiteQ. 5 Tab we kihin jo bani Lewi haio nazdlk iweo, kyunki Khuda'- wand tere Khudi ne unhio ko intikhab kiyi hai, ki jis ki khidmat karen, aur Khuda'wand ki nim leke barkat bakbshen, aur unhiu ke sukhan se harek jhagri, aur harek zarbut faisal hogi. 6 Phir us shahr ke sare buzurg jo maqtul se nazdfk haio, us bachhiyi par jo darre meo gardan mad gai apne hath dhoeo ; 7 Aur boleo, aur kaheo ki hamire hathon se yih khun nahio hni, na hamarl inkhon ne dekhi. 8 Ai Khuda'wand apne bani Israel ki kafara le, jinheo td ne najat bakhshi hai, aur khdn i nihaqq apne bani Israel ki gardan par mat rakh, tab us ke khiin ki kafara unheo bakhshiegi. 9 So jis waqt td wuh kare jo Khuda'wand ke nazdlk durust hai, to tu khdn i nihaqq ko apne darmiyan sc dafa karegi. 10 Aur jab td qitil ke liye apne dushmanon par khuraj kare, aur Khuda'wand teri Khudi un ko tere hithoo meo giriftar kare, aur td unheo asfr kar lie ; U Aur un asiroo meo khdb sdrat aurat dekhe, aur teri ji use chahe ki tu use apni jorii baniwe : 12 To td use apne ghar men li, us ki sir mundwa aur nikhun katwi ; 13 To wuh asiri ki libis utire, aur tere ghar meo rahe, aur ek mahina bhar apne mi bip, aur apne mi ke sog men baithe, bid us ke td us ke sith k^alwat kar, aur us ki khasam ban, wuh teri jord bane. 14 Bad us ke agar td usse Ifhushwaqt na ho, jo jihio wuh chihe, use jinc do, par td use iwaz naqdi ke hargiz bech nahio sakti, na td us sc kuch fiida le sakti hai, kynnki td ne use ruswi kiyi. 15 Agar kisf kf do joruio hog, aur ek mahbnb aur ddsri mabgdz ho, aur 221 ISTISNA. [22 DAB. niahbub aur mabgiiz donoD sc larke hoo, aur pahlauthi bet teri ^hudi tujh ko karti hai, napik na kl jawe. XXII. BAB. I Td aisi na kijiyo ki apne bhai ke bail aur bher ko jo khol jae dckh ke uu ke hil se gafil ho, balki zarar hai ki tn unhca apnc bhil kc pis phir liwc. 2 Aui' agar teri bhii tere muttasil na ho, yi t'i use pahchinti na ho, tu la use apne ghar men le i, aur use apne pis rahnc de, jab tak ki teri bhii us ki talash kare, to ta use phir dijiyo. 3 Aur j« ta us ki gadhi, yi us ki poshik piv.'e, tab bbi aisihi kijij'o, apnc bhii ki harek chiz se jo us pas se gum bo, aar to use pawe, ta ydu hi kijiyo, tn in ko hil se gafd na rahiyo, 4 Aisi na ho kl tore bhal ki gadhi yd bail rah meu gir pare, aur tu dekhke ua se tagafil kare, td lis ke sath ude uthakc khari kar. 5 Aurat par mardina libis na ho, aur mard zanina poshik na pahlne; kyduki ICnuDA'wAND teri Khudi un sab se jo aisi kiirte haio, nafrat karti hai. 6 Agar rih chaltc kist parinde ka ashiyina daraJ^ht par yi zaiuiu par tujhe dikhiS de, khwah us meo bache hoo khwih ande, aur mi bachou par yi audou par baithi hui ho, to tu bachoQ ko mi samet mat pakriyo: 7 Balki tu mi ko chhor dijiyo, aur bachoQ ko apne liye lijiyo, tiki teri bhali ho, aur tori umr dariz ho. 8 Jab td nayi ghar baniwe, to apni chhat par ar kc liye diwir bani, ti na howe ki kof wuhio se gire, aur tu apne ghar meu k.huu ki sabab ho. 9 Tn apne tikistin mea do qism ke bij na boiyo, ti na ho ki teri boe hue bij ki firiwint aur tikistin ki hasil donoo harani ho jieo. 10 Tu hai meo bail ke sith gadhi mat chalaiyo. II Tu multhtalif biuiwat ki kapri jaise sut aur sdf se mili hda, mat pahiniyo. 12 Tn apni uo poshik ko oliirou kouoo meu jiso tu orhti hai,-jhilar lagaiyo. 13 Agar koi jorn kare, aur us se khalwat kare, aur bid us ke us sebugz rakhe, 14 Aur us ki mnzammat kare, aur us ko uib lagiwo, aur kahc ki malu ne is aurat at 13 BAB.] iSTtSNA. 225 by.ih kiyi, aur jab maio us p,58 gayS, to main ne use bakira na piyfS: 15 To u« lark! ke mS. b^p us kf bakirat kl iiishaaian leke us shahr ke darwize par buzurgoo ke hu.'.ur Idweu : 16 Aur us laj-ki ka bap buzurgoo se kahe, ki main ne apnf beti is shakbs ko byah df hai, ab yih us se bugz rakhta hai: 17 Aur dekho wuh us kf mazammat karti hai, aur kaht£ hai ki maio ne terf bett ko blkira na payi : so nieri betf ki bakarat kf nishaiitao ye haio ; aur wuh chadar shahr ke buzurgoo ko simhne bichhayi jawe : 18 Tab shahr ke buzurg us shakhs ko pakafke tazfr deu : 19 Aur we us se sau niisqal rupa tSwan leweu, aur larkf ke b5p ko dec, is liye ki us ne bani Israel meu ki bakira ko bad nam kiy^, aur wuh us ki jorii bani rahegf, wuh ta zindagi us ko taliq na de. 'iO Par agar yih b&t sach nikle, aur larki kj bakarat ki nishanfao p'if na jaeu : 21 To wuh us la|kf ko us ke bap ke ghar ke darwaze par nikileo, aur us ki bastf ke log us par pathrSo karey, ki wuh mar jae ; kyiinki us ne bani Israel meu sharirat kf, ki apne bap ke ghar men haramkdri kf, so tii sharr ko apne darmiyln se dafa kfjiyo. 22 Agar koi mard shauharwSli aurat ee zina karte paya jae, to wuh donou mar dile j£weo, zani aur zaniya, so tu bani Israel meo se sharr ko dafa kijiyo. 23 Jg larki ki bakira hai, aur wuh kisi kf man- getar ho, aur kof aur shalj:hs use shahr meu pake us se hara kinar ho: 24 To turn un donou ko us shahr ke darwaze par nikal lao, aur un par pathrao karke un donoo ko qatl karo : larki ko is liye ki us ne shahr meo bote hiii chfkhea na mSrio; aur mard ko is liye ki us ne apne hamsae ki jord ko ruswa kiya ; so tu sharr ko apne danniyan se dafa kfjiyo. 25 Lekin agar koi mard ek lafki ko jo kisi ki mangctar hai maidin meo pa we, aur mard jabar karke us se mil baithe, to faqat wuh mard jo us ke sath mil baitha, mardala jae: 26 Par us larki ko kuchh na kijiyo, ki larki ka aisa gunah nahio ki qatl kf jawe ; kyunki yih muimala aisa hai, jaise koi apne ham- sae par hamla kare aur use qatl kare: 27 Kyunki us ne larki ko maidan meo paya, aur wuh mangetar larki chillai, wuhau koi na tha jo use chhorawo. 28 Agar koi bakira larki ko pa we, jo kisi ki mangetar na ho, aur use pakarke us se ham bistar ho,- aur we pakare jaeu : 29 To wuh mard jo us ke sath hambistar hua larki ke bap ko pachas misqal riipa de, aur use apni jord kare; kyunki us ne use ruswa kiya, aur use ta dam zist talaq na de. 30 Koi apne bap ki jord na le, aur apne bap ki barahnagi zahir na kare. XXIII. JiAB. 1 Jis ke khusiye kuchle gae hoi), ya alat kat dili ho, to wuh KhudaVanu ki jamaat meu dakhil na hcwe. 2 Harami bacha aur ur. ki daswio pusht tak Kuoda'wani) ki jamiat meu koi dik:hil na howe. 3 Aur Ammdni, aur Moabi KHUDA'wANDkf jamaat meu daswfo pusht tak dakhil na hou ; we kadhi Khu- 1>a'wand ki jani^at meu dakhil na howeu. 4 Is liye ki uniioij ne jab ki turn Misr se nikle rah meo rotiiu lake tum se mulaqat na ki; aur is liye ki we Beor ke bete Balaam ko Fatur se jo Aramnaharain meu hai, bula lie, taki tujh par lanat kare. 5 Lekin Khttda'wand tera Khuda ne na chaha ki Balaam kf sune, aur Khoda'wand tere Khuda ne tere liye lauat ko barkat se badal kij'a ; kyunki Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tujh ko dost rakha. 6 Ta dam zfst aur abad tak un ki ^hairfyat aur bhalai na chahiyo. 7 Aur kisi Adumi se uafrat na rukhiyo, kyunki Cc 226 ISTISNA. [24 BAB. wuhterfibhif hai ; aur kisi Misrl se nafrat na ktjiyo, ky6nki ta us ki sarzamfn mcu musSfir th^. 8 Un kl tisri pusht ke jt^Jarke paidi hoo, to Khuda'wand ke jamSat meu dakhil howeo- 9 Jab ki fauj tere dushmanoo par Icburnj kare, to harek palid chiz 8e apne tafo mahfdz rakhiyo. 10 Agar tumhSre darmiySn kol shakhs us nSpSk! se jo rSt ko ■w&qi hoti hai najis ho jSe, to wuh khaimagah se bShir nikal jSwe, aur phir j^hairaagah men na fiwe ; 1 1 Lekin shSm ke waqt pSni se gusl kare, aur jab Sft^b gurab ho chuke, to khaimagah mea phir iwe. 12 Aur khaimagih ke bahir ek makan hoga, aur tu unhoo bShir nikalkar jiya kfjiyo : 13 Aur tere pis tere hathylr ke sith ek khurpi ho ; aur jis waqt tu bahir jake baithe, tii us se khodiyo, aur phir ke fazle ko chhipaiyo : 14 Is liye ki Khuda'wand teri Khud4 tere khaimagah ke darmiyan phiri karti hai, t^ki tujhe hachSwe, aur tere dush- manoD ko tere ikhtiyar meo kare ; so tera khaimagih pak rahe, ti na howe ki wuh tere darmiyan n^plki pae, aur tujh se ru gardin ho. 15 Agar kisl ka gulara apne 4qa se bhSgke tujh pas panSh mange, to tu use us ke aqa ke hawale mat kar: 16 Wuh tere makanoo meg se jis jagah chahe tere »ith rahe, kisi ek meo tere makanoo meo se jo use achh£ mSldm ho, to ta use taklif mat den£. 17 Na Israel kf betioo meo koi fahisha ho, na Israel ke betoo meo kol muglim ho. 18 Td kisi fahisha kf kharchi ya kutte ki qfmat kisi nazr ke liye Khuda'- wand apne Khud^ ke ghar meo dSVhil na karnS, ki Khuda'wand tera Khud£ un donoQ se nafrat karta hai. 19 Td apne bhli ko sddi rape, yi eddt taim, yS aur koi chiz sddi driyat, aur qarz mat dfjiyo. 20 Tn musSfir ko sddi qarz de sakta hai ; par apne bhai ko sddi qarz mat dijiyo, tiki Khuda'wand tera KhudS us sarzaminmeo jis k& td w^ris hone jdti hai, jis jis kam meo td dast andii ho, tujhe barkat dewe. 21 Jab td Khuda'wand apne KhudS ki kuchh nazr mSn chukl, to us ke adi karne meo takhtr na kar, is liye ki Khuda'wand teri Khudi tujh se us kS talib hog§, so td gunahgar thahareg^. 22 Lekin agar td kuchh nazr na mine, tu gunahgir nahlo ; 23 Jo kuchh tere munh se nikla, to us ki, us nazr ke rauwafiq jo td ne Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke liye khushi se mini hai, aur jis ki tu ne apne munh se iqrir kiyi hai, hoshyari se raubafizat kar. 24 Jab td apne hamsie ke tikistin meo dakhil ho, to td jitne angupr chahe apni Vhushi se khi, lekin apne bartan meo na rakh. 25 Jab td apne hamsie ke khet meo dikhil ho, to td apne hith se bileo toy, par apne bhii ka khet daranti 9e mat ki^. XXIV. BAB. 1 Agar koi aurat se nikah kare, aur us ka khasam ho, aur bid us ke aisi ho ki wuh us ki nigih men aziz na ho, is sabab se ki us ne ua meo kuchh makrdh bat pii, to wuh us ki talaq nima likhke us ke hith de, aur use apne ghar se bahir kare. 2 Aur jab wuh us ke ghar se nikal gai, tab jake ddsre mard ki howe : 3 Aur ddsrc shauhar bhi us se nikhush ho jie, aur us ki talaq nama likhke us ke hath meg dewe, aur apne ghar se nikal de, yi yih dusri use jord Ijarke mar jie : 4 To 25 BAB.] ISTISNA. 827 raw i nahio ki U3 k^ pahU shauhar jia ne use nikSl diyi thS use phir le, Md us ke ki wuh nap^k ho chukt, use phir apnJ jord karc ; kyunki Khuda'wand us se karahlyat rakhti hai : so tu us lamln ko jis k& wSris Khuda'wand terS KhudS tujhe karta hai, napik mat kar. 5 Jab kisf k& nay& byih howe.to wuh jang ke liye khuraj na kare, aur use koi kisi kSm par na bheje ; balki wuh sil bhar apne ghar meu farig rahe, aur apni jori'i ke sith khush rahe. 6 Kof shakhs kisi kf chaki ke nfche ki, yi npar ki p^t girau na le, kyunki we idini kf zindagf girau lete haio. 7 Agar koi bhaloij bani Israel men se kisf ko chori roeo pakre, aur use kim meu lae, aur use bech dale, to wuh chor mari jae, aur td sharr ko apae darmiyaa se dafa kar. 8 Korh kf bfmarf se khabardir rah, aur koshish se taaramul kar, aur Lewf kihinoo ke farmSn ke mutibiq araal kar ; jaisi main ne unheo hukm kiy4 hai, waisahi hoshyarf se kfjiyo. 9 Yid kar ki Khuda'- wand tere Khuda ne jab turn Misr se nikle, rih meo Mariyam se kya kiyS. 10 Jab tu apne bhii ko koi chiz Sriyat ya qarz dewe, to us kf girau lene ko us ke ghar mea mat ghus: 11 Balki to bahir khara rah, aur wuh shakhs jise tu ne kuchh iriyat diya hai, £p apnf girau tere pis liwe. 12 Phir agar wuh shakhs miskfn ho, to tii us kf girau ke sith mat soiyo : 13 Tu jab dftib gurub hone lage, us kf girau use phir deni, tiki wuh apne orhne bichhaune meg sowe, aur tere liye dui kare, so tujhe Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke ige sawib hogi. 14 Ta apne garib aur muhtaj chikar par zulm na karna, khwah wuh tere hhaiod meo se ho, khwah musafir jo teri zamfn par tere phitakoQ ke andar rahti ho. 15 Tu usi din us se peshtar ki aftib guriib ho, us kf raazdurf de daliyo ; kydnki wuh garib hai, aur us ki dil us hi men hai, na ho ki Khuda'wand se terf faryid kare, aur td gunahgir thahare. 16 Aulad ke badle bip dide mare na jaeo, na bip dadoQ ke badle aulad qatl kf jae, harek apne hi gunih ke sabab mira jiega. 17 Td muslfir aur yatim kf adilat meo inhirif mat kar, aur na bewa ki kapri girau le; 18 Aur yad kar ki td Misr meo asir thi, aur Khuda'wand tere Khuda ne tujhe wuhio se chhoriyi ; is liye maio tujhe hukm karti hdo ki td ydo kar. 19 Jab td apne khet mea apni hasil kite aur ek pdli khet men bhdlke chhore, to us ke lene ko phir matji: wuh musafir, aur yatfra, aur bewa ke liye rahe; tiki Khuda'wand tera Khuda tere hath ke sire kamoo meo tujhe barkat bakhshe. 20 Jab td apne zaitdn ke darakht ko hilawe, to us ke bid us ki sha^hoo ko mat jhir, balki wuh musafir, aur yatim, aur bewa ke liye rahe : 2 1 Jab td apne tikistin ke angdr jama kare, to us ke bid us kf khashachfnl mat kijo: wuh musifir, aur yatim, aur bewa ke liye rahe. 22 Aur yid kar ki to Misr kf sarzamfn men gulim tha, ishi liye maiu tujhe farmati hda ki ydu kar. XXV. BAB. 1 Agar logoo meo kisi tarah ki jhagri ho, aur we adalat meo iweo, taki qizi un ki iosaf kareu, to chihiye ki sadiq ko begunih thahriweo aur sharfr ko gunahgir. 2 Phir agar wuh sharir is liiq ho ki miri jiwe, to qizi kahe ki iae pachharoD ; aur jaisi us ki gunih howe, qizi ke huzdr use us ki qadr mireo. 3 Aur chilis koroo se ziyada na mire ; ti ua ho ki we use us se bahut ziyida mir mireo, aur teri bhii tere age l:hwir howe. 4 Dione ke waqt td bail ki munh mat bindh. Cc 2 22ft ISTISNA [26 BAB. 5 Agar kof bhiSf ek ja rahte hoo, aur ek un meo 8e liwalad mar ]&e, to usmarhdm k1 jorii k& by^h kist ajnabt se na kiya jiwe ; balki us ko shauhar ka aqrab us se Ithalwat kare, aur qarabat ke haqq se use apnl joru kar le : 6 Aur yiio hogi. ki us ka pahlauth^ jo us se paidi ho, to U3 ke bhlf ke nam par qlitn hoga, tiki us ka nam banf Israel mcu se mi^ na j4e ; 7 Aur agar wuh mard razf na ho ki qar&bat k4 haqq adi karke use jdru ban£w(?, to us marhnm ki jorti darwize par buzurgoij pis jae aur kahe, Mere shauhar ke bhai ne banl Israel meo apne bhif ke nim rakhne se inkir kiya, aur qarabat i haqq ada karni mujh se qabul nahfo kiyi- 8 Tab us ke shahr ke buzurg us riard ko talab karen, aur us se guftgi kareo ; s'> agar wuh us bit par khari h aur kahe, ki maia nahio chahti ki ise byihun ; 9 To us ke qarlb k! joru buzur.;;oD ke samhne us ke nazdik awe, aur us ke paow se jutf nikale, aur us ke munh prr thiik de, aur jawab de aur kahe, ki us shakhs ki jo apne qarfb ka ghar na bana -u, yih hil hai. 10 Aur bant Isriel nieu us ka nim yih rakhi jie, ki " Yih us shakhs ki ghar hai jis ki jiiti nikila gayi." 1 1 Jab do shakhs ipas men larte hoo, anr ek ki jor'n nazdtk iwe, tiki apne shahr ko us ke hath se jo use mir raha hai chhurawe aur apn hith barhake us ki sharmgah pakre, 12 To tii us ki hith k't daliyo, teri ankh us par rahm na kare. 13 Til apni tlxaile meo mu^htalif bit, ba, g chhote, mat rakhiyo. 14 Td apne ghar meu rtiu^htalif pairaSne, bare chhote, mat rakhiyo. 15 Tu pure aur thik bat, aur pure aur thik paimine rakhiyo; tiki us sarzamin meo jise Khuda'wand teri Khudi tujhe deti hai, teri umr daraz ho. 16 Is liye un sab se jo aisi karte haig, aur un sab se jo dagal fasal karte haio, Kh.jda''wand teri Khu li nafrat rakhti hai. 17 Yid kar ki jab ta Misr se nikli, t i rah meu Amaliq ne tujh se kyi kiyi : 18 Ki rah men tujh par kyunkar charhij k, jab tu minda au. thaka thi, tab us ne tere pichhe ke sab logon ko jo zaif pachhaye hue the, miri, aur wuh Khudi se na dari. 19 Is liye jab Khuda'wand teri K.hudi us sarzamfn meo jis ki wiris Khuda'wand teri Khudi tujhe karti hai, tere sire dushmanoo se jo ispis haio isiish bakhshe, to tu Amiliq ke zikr ko isman ke niche se miti deni ; tu hargit yih bit mat bholiyo. XXVI. BAB. 1 Aur jab tu us sarzamfn meo jiski waris KhudaVand teri Khudi tujhe karti haidalfhil howe, aur us par qabiz ho, «ur us men base: 2 To tii us sarzamfn ki jo Khuda'wand tere KHudi ne tujhe df hai har qism ki pahla phal jise tu zamfn ee hisil kare, leke ek tokre meo rakh, aur us jagah jise Khuda'wand teri Khudi pasand kare ki apni nim wuh^ij rak'ie, le ja: 3 Aur us kahin ke pas jo un dinoo meo hogi, ja, aur us se kah ki ij ke din maio Khudawand tere Khudi ke huzor iqrir karti huo, ki main us mulk meo jis ki_bibat KhudaVand hamare bipdidou 86 qasam karke farmayi tha, ki tum ko ddngi, dakhil hda : 4 Aur kihin wuh tokri tere hith se leke Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke mazbih ke ige rakh de: 5 Tab i& Khuda'wand apne Khudi ke age arz karke yuo kahij'o, ki Arimi jo iwira th» meri bip thi, wuh Misr meu utri, aur us ne wuhio ek chhotf guroh ke sith sukii- nat ki, tab phir wuhio ek bahut baii zoriwar guroh bani : 6 So Misrfoo ne ham «« buri Buluk kiyi, aur ham ko dukh diyi, aur ham par sal^ht V^liidmat rakhi : 7 Aur 27 BAB.] ISTISNA. 229 jab ham ne KntTDAVAifD apne biSpdddoo ke Khud^ ke (ige faryid kf, to Khuda * WAND ne hamarf 5w£z sunf, aur hamirl mihnat aur mashaqqat aur majbiiri ko dekha : 8 Aur KnnDA'wAND qawf hith, aur bdlidastf, aur barf haJbat se ajaib aur gardib nishlnfoD ke sith ham ko zamln i Misr se nikil laya : 9 Aurwuhham ko yih sarzamfn bakhsht, ki jis nieo shfr o shahd bahtS hai. 10 Aur ab dekh ki maio us zamfn ke pahle phal jise tii ne, ai Khuda'wand mnjhe diyd, layi huu« So tii Khdda'wand apne Khuda ke ige use rakh dfjiyo: 11 Aur tu, aur Lewf, aur jo musdfir ki turn meo ho, milke harek niamat par jo KhudaVand tere Khudi ne tujhe, aur tere gharine ko balfhshi hai, khushi kljiyo. 12 Aur jab tu tfsre sdl, jo dahyaki k£ s4l hai, apne pahle gallon ki dahyakiou ko pnra karke, Lewi, aur musafir, aur yatJm, aur bewa ko de chuke, taki we tere makanoo meo khaweo aurserhoweu: 13 Tab tfi Khuda'wand apne KhudS ke ige yilo kahiyo, ki maio nfi apne ghar se niuqaddas chlzcn nikdlfo, aur Lewf, aur musdfir, aur yatfm, aur bewa ko, un sab hukmoo ke mutabiq jo tii ne mujhe kiye, dio, aur maiu ne tere hukmou se tajawuz na kiyS, aur unheo na bhiild: H Aur maio ne us men se apni garlbf meo na khayd, aur na maio ne us men se kisi n.1- pSk bat meo kharch kiya, aur na kuchh murdoo ke liye de ddla; balki maio ne KhuuaVand apne Khuda kf awaz ki itaat kf, aur sab jo kuchh tu ne mujhe irshld kiyd, maio ne us ke mutabiq amalkiyi. 15 Asmanparse jo tera muqaddas maskan hai nfche nazar kar, aur apne bandoo bani Israel meo, aur is zamfn meo jo tii ne ham ko di hai barkat bakhsh, jaise tii ne hamare bapdadou se qasam ki thT, wuh ek zamin hai jis meo shir o shahd bah raha hai. 16 Aur dj ke din Khcda'wand tere Khuda ne tujhe hukm farmayd, ki tii in sunnatoo, aur shariatoo par amal kar; tfi is liye unheo hifz kar, aur apne sare dil, aur apne sare jf se in par amal kar. IT Tn ne aj ke din iqrar kiy4 hai, ki Khuda'wand mera Khuda hai, aur maio us kl rahoo par chalungi, aur us kl sunnatoo, aur us ke farmanoo, aur us kl shariatoo kj muhdfizat kardnga, aur us kf awaz ka shanawa hoauga: 18 Aur Khuda ne bhi Sj ke din tujh se iqrar farmaya, ki tu us ki khlss guroh howe; aur tu uskesab ahkdni ki muhafizatkare: 19 Aur tujhe sari gurohoo se jinheo us ne paidd kiya, madh aur nlm, aur izzat meo ziydda bala kare, aur tu Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki mu- qaddas guroh howe, jaisa us ne kaha. XXVII. BAB. I Phir Musa ne banf Israel ke buzurgou ke aith hoke jam^at ko kahi, ki Un hukmoo kf jo dj ke din maio tumheo kahta hfio, rauhafizat karo. 2 Aur jis din tu Yardan pSr hoke us sarzamln meo jo Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujhe detS hai pahunche, to tu apne liye bare patthar nasb kijiyo, aur chiind pherke un ko safed kijiyo : 3 Aur pdr jane ke bid sharlat ki. kallm un par likhiyo, taki tn us zamin meo jo Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujhe deti hai ddJfhil ho, wuh ek zamfn hai jis meo shir o shahd bahta hai ; jaisa Khuda'wand tere bipdidoo ke Khudi ne tujh Be wada kiya hai. 4 So jab tum Yardan ke par utar jio, to turn un pattharoo ko jin kf babat main tumheo ij ke din hukm karta hiio, I'bil ke pahdr par nasb kijiyo, aur un par chuna pheriyo. 5 Aur wuhaa Khuda'wand apne Khudd ke liye sangi uiazbab banaiyo, aur ua ko loha na lagaiyo. 6 Td Khuda'wand apne 230 ISTISNA. [28 BAB. Khudi ka mazbah sSbut pattharou se banliyo ; aur wuhlo Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke liye charhawa guzr^niyo. 7 Aur salamfio charhaiyo, aur wuhio khiiyo, aur Khuda'wand apnc Khuda ke huzdr khushi kfjiyo. 8 Aur un pattharou par yih sharfat kf sSrI bateo saf aur wizih likhiyo. 9 Phir MdsS aur Lewi kdhinoo ne s^re ban! Israel se kaha, ki ai Israel, dhy^n rakh, aur sun le, ki td aj kc din Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki guroh huS. 10 So td Khuda'wand apne Khudd kl farm^nbard^ri kar, aur ua ki sunuatoo, aur hukmou par jo ^j ke din maio tujhe kaht^ hdo, amal kar. 11 Aur Mdsa ne usi din jamSat ko farmSyS, 12 Ki Simon, aur Lewt, aur Yihddah aur IshakSr aur Ydsaf, aur Binyamin Garizfm ke pahdr par khare rahen, aur jab jamiat Yardan par utre, to use barkat" suniweo. 13 Aur un ke rauq^bil Rubin, aur Jadd, aur Yasar, aur Zabuldn, aur Dan, aur Naft^li I'bSl ke pahar par khare hokar lanat sunSweo- 14 Aur ban! Lewi banl IsrSel ke sare mardoa ke buland iwaz se kaheo : 15 Ki us shak:hs par, jo apne hathou ki kSrfgari se khod ke, yi. dhdl ke-but baniwe, jis se Khuda'wand ko nafrat hai, aur use poshida makan meo rakhe, lanat hai. Tab s^ri jamaat jaw^b deke kaheo, Amfn. 16 Jo koi apne bSp aur apni m4 ki ihanat kare, us par Hnat : aur sab jam^at kahe, Amin. 17 Jo apne hamsae ki sarhadd ke nishan ko sarklwe, us par linat : aur sab jaraSat kahe, Arain. 18 Wuh jo andhe ko r&h se bahkawe, us par linat: sab jamlat kahe, Amin. 19 Jo musafir, aur yatfm, aur bewa kl adalat men tarafdarl kare, us par lanat: sab jam^at kahe, Amfn. 20 Wuh jo apne bSp kf jord ke sath sowe, us par lanat ; kydnki us ne apne bSp k& d^man khola : sab jamaat kahe, Amin. 21 Jo koi kisi qism ke charpae ko lage, us par Idnat : sab jamiat kahe, Amfn. 22 Jo koi apnl bahin, apni ma aur apne bap ki beti ke siih sowe, us par lanat : sab jamaat kahe, Amin. 23 Jo koi apni sas se hambistar ho, us par lanat : sab jamSat kahe, Amfn. 24 Jo koi apne hamsSe ko chhup ke m^re, us par lanat : sab jamaat kahe, Amfn. 25 Jo koi rishwat le, taki kisf be gunah ko qatl kare, us par lanat : sab jamaat kahe, Amin. 26 Jo koi is shariat ke hukmoo par qSim na rahe, aur amal na kare, us par lanat : sab jamaat kahe, Amfn. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur aisS hoga ki agar td koshish karke Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki awSz sune aur dhySn rakhe, aur in sab hukmon par jo £j ke din maio tujhe farmita huo amal kare, to Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujhe zamfn ki qaumoQ par bala karegi : 2 Aur jab tn Khuda'wand apne Khuda kf ^waz ka shanawS hog£, to yih sari barkateo tujh par utrengf, aur tujhe pakar lengi. 3 So tu shahr meo mubarak hogdi, aur maidln meg mubSrak hogS. 4 Tere badan ke phal, aur teri zamin ke phal, aur teri mawashf ke phal meo, teri gai bail ke bachoo, aur tere bhej- bakri ke galle meu barkat hogi. 5 Tera tokra, aur teri kathra mubarak hoga. 6 Td &ne ke waqt mubarak hogS, aur td jane ke waqt mubSrak hoga. 7 Khuda'wand tere dushmanou ko, jo tera samhna karenge, tere rdbaru maregi ; ki we ek rah se tujh par charhai karenge, aur sat rahoo se tere ^ge se bhagenge. 8 Khuda'wand IjhazinoD meo, aur sare kimon meo jin meo td dast andaz hoga, tere liye barkat ka hukm degS ; aur us zamin meg jo Khuda'wand terS Khuda tujh ko deta hai, 28 BAB.] ISTISNA. 231 tujhe muMrak karegi. 9 Agar ta Khuda'wahd apne Khuda kc hukmoo ko hifz karcgS, aur us kf rShoo par chalegS, to Khuda'wand tujh ko apnS pak banda banacgiS, jaisi ki us nc tujh se qasam kf hai. 10 Aur zamtn ke sSrc firqc dckhcnge ki Kuuda'wand ke n;Sm se tu nlm! ho^, so we tujh se darte rahenge. 11 Aur Khuda'wand teri bhalai ke liye tere badan kc phaloo, aur terl mawashi ke pha- loD, aur terf zamfn ke phalou men, us zamfn meo jis ki babat Khuda'wanp ne terc b!ip dadoD se qasam karke farmSyS, ki tujh ko dunga, tujhe farawani degS. 12 KhijdaVand apna khlssa khazSna tere ^ge kholegS, ki ismSn tert zamfn par barwaqt men barsiegS, aur tere hSth ke sire k£moo meo barkat dega ; tu bahut 8f gurohoo ko qarz degS, par td qarz na legi. 13 Aur Khuda'wand tujhe sir banfiegl, na dum, aur td faqat buland hi hoga, aur past na hogd, agar td Khuda'- wand apneke Khudd kc hukmou kf jo main tujhe karti hdo muhafizatkare, aur un par amal kare ; 14 Aur un sab bltou men jo aj ke din maiu tujhe hukra karti hdo dahne bdy&u na mure, ki ddsre mdbddou kf pairawi aur un kf ib^dat kare. 15 Lekin agar td Khuda'wand apne Khudi kf awaz ki shanawa na hogS, aur dhyan rakhke us ke s5re hukmoo aur sunnatoQ par jo Sj ke din maio tujhe bata- ta hdD amal na karegS, to aisS hoga ki yih sir! lanateu tujh par utrengf, aur tujlie pakar lengf. 16 Td shahr meo lanatf hogd, aur tu maidan meo lanatf hogl: 17 Tera tokra aur tera kathra lanatf hogS: 18 Tere badan kl phal, aur teri zamfn ka phal, terf gae bail ke bache, aur tere bher bakrf ke galle lanatf ho jaenge. 19 Td fine ke waqt lanati hogS; aur td jSne ke waqt Ifinatf hogS. 20 Khuda'wand un sSre kamoo meo jin men td dast andaz hogi, tujh par linat aur tahaiyur aur mal£- raat nfizil karega, yahfio tak ki td halak hogS, aur jald nSbud hojaega, tere amaloo ki burSi ke bais jin ke sabab se td ne mujhe tark kiya. 21 Khuda'wand tujh par waba pahunchficgfi, yahio tak ki tujhe us sarzamfn se jis ka waris hone jatS hai nest ndbdd kar dega. 22 Khuda'wand tujh ko sill ki tap, aur tap i sozSn, aur riba, aur diqq se aur khushksfili se, aur bad i samdm se, aur yarqdn se mfiregS aur we tujhe ragedenge ki td halak hojaega. 23 Aur fisman jo tere sir par hai pital ki, aur zamfn jo tere tale hai lohe ki hogi. 24 Khuda'wand meoh ke badle terf zamfn par khSk o dhdl barsaega; yih fisman se tujh par nSzil hogS, yahao tak ki td nibdd hojaegi. 25 KhudaVand tujhe tere dushmanoo ke fige mSrega; ta ek rSh se un par charhaega, aur un ke age sat rShoo se bhigega : aur zamfn ke sire mulkoo meo bhagti phiregi. 26 Aur terf lash fismfinf parindoo, aur dashtf charind- oo kf giza hojaegf, aur kof un ki darine wala na hogi. 27 Khuda'wand tujh ko Misr ke phore, aur bawasfr, aur khurand, aur kharish se miregi; un se td hargiz shafa na paegi. 28 Khuda tujh ko dfwana, a-ir nabini, aur sarasfma karke mlrega. 29 Aur jis tarah andhi andhere meo tatolti hai, tu dopahr ko tatolta phirega: aur tu apnf rihoo meu kimyab na hogi; aur td faqat hamesha mazlum, aur magsdb hi hoga, aur kof bachanewila na hoga. 30 Td ek aurat se raagani karega, aur ddsri shakhs us se hambistar hoga: td ghar banicgi, par us meo bud bash na karega; td takistin lagaega, aur us ki hasil jama na karega. 31 Teri bail terf inkhoo ke simhne zabh kiya jiegi, aur td us kc go.sht khane na piega ; tera gadhi tere rdbard zabar dastf se pakari jiega, aur tujh kophir diya na jicgi: teri bhereo tere dushmanoo ko di jaengf, aur kof na hoga jo uuhen ct.linnkgi. 32 Tcrc bete aur terf bctfao ddsrc logoa ko di jacngi, aur teri aukhcy dckhenge, aur 232 ISTISNA. [28 BAD. sare din un kl rah takte takte thak jlengf, aur tere hith meo kuchb zor na hogi. 33 Ten' zamfn, aur teri sir! mihnatoo kS phal ek guroh jis se tu na waqif hai, kha jaegf, aur tu faqat hainesha mazlnm, aur masala hni rahegi : 34 Yahin tak ki tu yih sab kuchh dnkhou se dekhte dekhte diwdna ban jaega. 85 Khcda'wand tujhe tere ghutnou meo, aur tangoo meo aise bure phoroo ka azar degS, ki paoo ke talwe se leke kSnsa i sic tak kisi dawi se changi na ho sakega. 36 Kuuda-'wand tujh ko aur tere badshah ko jlse tii apne upar qaim karega, us guroh tak jis se tu aur tere bap dade waqif na the, lejiega, aur wuhay tii diisre mabiidoo kl bandag! karega, jo lakruio, aur patthar haio. 37 Aur tii un sab qaumoo meo jahau jahio KhudaVand tujhe pahunchaega, hairani ka bais aur zarb-ul masal, aur Ian tan ka nishdna hogi. 38 Tu zamin men bahut se bij boega, aur thori hasil karega, is liye ki unheu tiddi chat legf. 39 Tii tikistin lagaoga, aur us ki khidmat karega ; lekin wain pine, aur angur jama karne na paega, ki unheu klre khS jaenge. 40 Teri sart sarhaddoa meo zaitiin ke darakht lionge, par tii rogan malne na paega, ki tere zaituu ke darakhtoo ka phal gir jaegl. 4 1 Tu bete aur betfau janaegd, aur we tere na honge, ki we aslr ho jaenge. 42 Tere sare darakhtoij, aur ter; zamfn ke phalou ko tid^i barbid kar dengf. 43 Mus^fir jo teri zamin par hoga tujh par galib, aur bali hoga, aur td past hota jaega. 44 Wuh t ijhe qarz dega, aur tujh se qarz na lega: wuh sir hoga, aur tii dum hoga. 45 Aur ye sari lanateo tujh par utrengi, aur tere pfche paj-enge, aur tujhe pakarengf, yahau tak ki tii halak hojaega ; jab ki tu Khuda'wand apne Khu- da ki iwaz ka shanawa na hiii he ga, ki us ki sunnatoo aur us ki shariatoo ko hifz karta, aur un par amal karta. 46 Aur yih lanateo tujh par, aur ter| nasi par nishanf aur muajize ke liye abad honge. 47 Kyiinki tu ne sab chizoQ ki farawani ke bais apne dil ki ^hushi aur Ichurrami se Khuda'wand apne Khuda kf bandagi na ki: 48 Is liye tii bhuk, pyas, aur nangepan, aur sab chizoQ ki ihtiyaj ke slth apne un dushmanotj ki ^hidmat karega, jinheo Khuda'- wand lujhpar bhejega, aur wuh tere galle meo lohe ki tauq dalega, yahaa tak ki tujhe fanl kar dega. 49 Khuda'wad ek guroh d'ir se, aur zamin ki intihd se aise jald jaise uqib urta hai, tujh par chaiha laegi, wuh ek guroh hogi jis ki zaban td ua samajhega. 50 Us guroh ke khiin khwar chihre honge, jo na Lurhe ke adab, na jaw^n par karam kareuge: 51 Aur we teri mawashi ka phal, aur teri zamin ka phal kha jaenge, yahao tak ki td halak ho jaega, is liye ki galle, aur wain, aur tel, aur teri gae bail ke bachhron, aur bher bakri l.e galloe nieo se tere liye kuchh na chhorenge, yahaij tak ki we tujhe fana kar denge. 52 Aur we tujhe tere harek phitak meo a gherenge, yahao tak ki teri unchi aur muhkara diwareo jin ka tujhe apne sare mulk meo bharosa tha, gir jaengi, aur we tujhe us s^ri zamin men jo Kuui>A'wAND tere Khuda ne tujhe di hori, harek shahr ke sab ph^takoo meo ^ gherenge. 53 Aur tu apne hf badan ka phal, aur apne bete betfoo ka gosht jinheo Khuda'wand tere Khudi ne tujhe bakhsha tha, aur tangi, aur taklif meo jo tere bairloo ke sabab se tujh par hogi, khaega: 54 Wuh shakhs jo turn meo narm dil, aur bahut khush muash hoga ; apne bhai, aur apni hamkinar jord, aur apne larkoo se, jinheo wuh bSqi chhorega, ankh badlega : 55 Yahau tak ki wuh apne bache ke gosht meo se jise wuh khaega, un meo se kisi ko kuchh na dega ; kyunki us tan<;i aur taklif meo jo tere dushmanou ke bais se tere sdre makanou lueu tujh par hogi, 29 BAB.] ISTISNA. 233 kuchh baqi na rahegS. 56 Us aurat ki £nkh jo tumhire darmiyan naram dil, aur bal)ut khush mufish hogf, aur nazSkat aur narmi se apne plou kc talwc zamfn par lagiie ki juraat nahfu rakhtf, apne hamkinar shauhar, aur apne bet^ beti se badal j^egf. 57 Aur aprffe nanhe bache se jo us ki do ranoQ men se niklegi, aur apne larkoQ se jinheo wuh janegf, kyanki wuh us tangf aur taklif meo, jo tere dushmanoo ke sabab se tujh par tere darwazoo meo pakregf, chhipke iinko khSegl. 58 Agar tii dhyan rakhke is sharfat ki sab bitoQ par, jo is kitab meo likhl hain, amal na karega, ki us ke jalali aur haulnak nam se jo Khuda'wand tera Khuda hai, na tlarega: 59 Ta ajab tarah ki bari sakht maroij, aur nihayat bari sakht biinarion se KhudaVand tujh ko aur fefl nasi ko ra£rega. 60 Aur Misr ki sari afatcQ jin se tu hirasan tha, tujh par phir nazil karega, aur we sab tujh ko chipatengi. 61 Aur un sab bfraariou, aur njaroo ko bhi jo is shariat ki kitab meo mazkur nahia Khuda'wand tujh par nazil karega, yahao tak tu nest o nabud hojaega. 62 Aur tum jo asman ke sitaron ki manind ho ginti meo thore se rah jaoge; ki ta Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki awaz kS shanawa na hiia. 63 Aur ynn hoga ki jis tarah Khudawand ne tum se khush hokar tumhSre sath neki ki, aur tumhen afzud kiya, usi tarah Khuda'wand tumhari bibat khush hoga, ki tumhen halak kare, aur nest o nlbud kar dale, aur us sarzamin se, jis ka malik hone jita hai, tujhe jar se ukhar dale. 6i Aur Khuda'wand tujh ko sab qaumon ke darmiyan zamfn ke is sire se us sire tak paraganda karega, aur wuh^o ta aur mibudon ki, jo lakrian aur patthar hain jin se til, aur tere bapJide waqif nahio parastish karega. 65 Aur un qaumoa men tujh ko arim, aur tere piou ke talwoo ko qarar na hoga; kyunki Khuda'wand wuhao tere dil ko larzan, aur teri ankhoo ko fana, aur tere ji ko gamnak kar dega. 66 Aur teri zandagi tere nazdik mandagi hogi, aur to rit aur din darta rahega, aur tujh ko apni zist par itrainan na hogi. 67 Apne us khauf se jo tere dil meo baith jaega, aur un chizon se jinhen teri ankheo dekhengin, subh ko to kahega, Kashke sham hoti; aur sham ko, Kashke subh hoti. 68 Aur Khuda'wand tujh ko us r^h se jis ki babat main ne tujhe kaha, ki td use phir na dekhega, kishtfou par Misr ko phir bhejega, aur tum wuhay gulamon, aur laun- dion ki tarah apne dushmanon ke hith beche jaoge, aur koi tumheo raol na lega. 69 Ye us ahd ki baten haio, jo Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko farmaya, ki Moab ki sar- zamin men bani Israel se bandhe; us ahd ke siwa jo us ne un se Horib meu bandha tha. XXIX. BAB. 1 So Miisa ne sare bani Israel ko bulaya, aur un se kah^, Sab kuchh ki Khuda'- wand ne tumhari Snkhoo ke sarahne Misr ki zamin men Firadn, aur us ke sare khadiraon, aur us ke s^re mulk se kiya, tum ne dekha. 2 We bari azm^isheo jinheo turn ne apni dnkhou se dekha ; we kar^maton, aur we bare muajize : 3 Lekin Khuda'wand ne tum ko wuh dil jo samajhc, aur we Snkheo jo dekhen, aur we kan jo suneo, ^j tak nahio die- 4 Aur maio ne tumheo chilis baras bayabin meo sair karwai, ki na tum par tumhare kaprc puraue hue, aur na tumh^re jdte tumhSre paou men bekar hue. 5 Tum ne na ro^i khai, aur na tum ne wain ya koi nashe ki chiz pi, taki tum jauo ki maio Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda huQ. 6 Aur jab tum Dd 734 ISTISN^. [29 BAn. is jagah Warid hiie to Ilisbiin \ti badshlh Saihaii, aur Basan ki bddshah Og jang ke liye hamare muqibil He, aur ham ne unheo mira : 7 Aur ham ne xinki mulk le hy£, aur Rdbfoo aiir Jaddiou, aur £dhe firqe ManasstoQ ko us k^ wiris kiya. 8 Pas tum is ahd kf batoo kl muhafizat karo, aur un par dmal karo, taki sab kamou meo jotum karteho kamyab ho. 9 Aj ke din tum, aur tumhare firqon ke sardar, aur tumhare buzurg aur tumhSre mansabdir, sare bani Israel; 10 Tum- hare bache, tumhSri jaruajj, aur tumhare musafir jo tumhare khaimoQ meo rahte haio, tumhare lakarhSre se leke abkash tak, Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke age khare rahte ho: 11 Taki tu Khud.\'wand apne KhudS ke us ahd aur qasam men dakhil ho, jise KutJDA'wAND tera Khuda tujh se aj ke din bandhta hai. 12 Taki wuh 5j ke din tujhe apne liye ek guroh banSwe, ki wuh tera Khuda hoga, jaisi us ne tujh se kahS, aur jaisa us ne tere bipdadoo Abiraham, aur Izhak aur Yaqub se qasam kf hai. 13 Aur maio faqat tumhare kl sath yih ahd aur qasam nahJo bandh- ta: 14 Balki us ke sath bhi jo aj ke din Khuda'wand hamare Khuda ke 5ge yahaa maujud hai, aur us ke sath bhi jo 4j ke din yahaij hamare sath hSzir nahin: 15 K» tum jante ho, ki kyi'mkar ham Misr meo baste the, aur kyunkar un gurohoo ke darmiyan se jin meo tum guzran karte the, guzar gae : 16 Aur tum ne un ki lakri, aur patthar, aur riipe, aur sone kf kar^haton, aur najasatoo ko, jo un ke sath thf, dekhahai: 17 Na ho ki tumhare darmiyan koi mard, ya aurat, ya gharana, yi lirqa, aisa ho ki us ka dil aj ke din Khuda'wand hamare Khuda se phir jae, ki jakc un gurohon ke mabiidoQ ki bandagi kare ; na ho ki tumhare damiyan aisi jar ho jis kS phal zahr sa karwa, aur afsantfn sa talkh howe : 18 Aur aisa ho ki jab wuh is lanat ki bateo sune, to apne dil meo mubarak jane, aur kahe ki main chain karunga, agarchi apne dil kl aarkashl meo chaliio, ki tishnagi se apna nasha barh^un: 19 Khuda'wand use na chhorega; balki usi waqt us shakhs par Khuda'wand ki gairat aur gazab ka dhuao uthega; aur sari knateo jo is kitab meo likhi hain us par parengT, aur Khuda'wand us ke nam ko asman ke nfche se miti dega. 20 Aur Khuda'wand ahd kl un lanatoo ke mutabiq, jo is shariat ki kitab men likhi haio, bani Israel ke sare firqoo meo se burdi pahunchane ke liye us ko jnda karega. 21 Aur pichli nasi tumhare farzandon kl, jo tumhare bad qaim hogi, kahegi ; aur musafir jo diir kl zamin se Iwenge, us sarzarafn ki balaoo, aur afatoo ko jo Khuda'wand ne us par nazil ki hongf, dekhke. 22 Ki yih sari zamin gandhak aur shore se jal gal, ki boi joti nahfn jati, na us se kuchh jamta hai, aur n i kisi qism ghas ugti hai, aur jaise ki Sadiim, aur Amiirah, aur Admah aur Zibiin ulat gae, Khuda'wand ne use bhi apne gazab, aur apne qahr se ulat diya. 23 Siri guroheo kahengf, ki Khuda'wand ne is sarzamln se aisa kyou kiya? aur is bare gazab ke bharakne ka kya bais hai? 24 Aur log kahenge, is liye ki unhou ne Khuda'wand apne bap- dadoo ke Khuda ke us ahd ko jo Misr kl sarzamin se nikalne ke waqt un se bandha thS, chhor diya: 25 Kyunki unhou ne jake diisre mabudou kl khidmat kl, aur unheo sijda kiya; un mabudoQ ko jinhen we na jante the, aur jinheo us ne unhen na diya tha. 26 So Khuda'wand ka gazab us zamin par bharka, ki us ne sari lanateo, jo is kitab meu likhi haiy, us zamin par nazil kiu. 27 Aur Khuda'wand ne gazab, aur gusse, aur bare qahr se un ko un ki sarzamin se ukhara, aur diisri zamin par, Ij ke din ki tarah, unheo pheuka. 28 Makhfi bateo Khuda'wand 30 BAB.] ISTISNA. 235 hamSre Klvada ke nazdik haio, aur makshdf hamlre, aur ham^ri aulal ke Uj'C hamesha tak, taki ham is Taurct ke sab kaliin par anial kareu- XXX. BAB. 1 Aur yuo hogS ki jab yih sab kuchh tujK par paregi, barkat, aur Hnat jinheo niaio ne tere ige rakha, aur tii un sab gurohoo mei), jahaij jahao Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko hankega, unheo yidkaregi: 2 Aur tii Kuudawand apne Khudi ki taraf phirega, aur us ke un hukmou ke muwafiq, jo Ij maiu ne tujhe kahe, apne balbachon samet apne sare dil aur apne sire ji se us ki farmanbardarl kareg.i; 3 Tab KhudaVand tera Khuda terf aslri ko badlega, aur tujh ko un sab gurohoo meo se, jin meo Khuea'wand tere Khuda ne tujhe mutafarriq kiya iha, rahra kare^a aur phirke tujhe jama karega. 4 Agar kot tera asman ki us intihi tak hanka gay£ hoga, to Khuda'wand tera Khuda tujhe jama karega, aur wuhau se tujhe pher liwega: 5 Aur Khoda'wand tera Khuda tujh ko us zamfn meo jis par tere bip- dade qabiz. hue, lawega, aur td us par qibiz hoga ; aur wuh tujh se neki karega aur tere bdpdadoo se ziyada teri afzaish karegi. 6 Aur Khuda'wand tera Khudi tere aur teri nasi ke dil ki khatna karega, taki tn Khuda wand apne Khuda ko apne sare dil, aur apne sire ji se dost rakhe, aur jita rahe: 7 Aur Khuda'wand tera Khuda ye sari lanateu tere duehmanoo par, aur un par jo tera kfna rakhte haio, jinhoo ne tujhe dukh diy.i, nazil karegS, 8 Aur td phir aega, aur Khuda'wand kl bat sunega, aur us ke un sab hukmon par jo aj ke din main tujhe farmata huQ amal karega. 9 Aur Khuda'wand tera Khuda tere hath ke harek kam men, aur tere badan ke phal meo, aur teri mawashi ke phal meo, aur teri zamfn ke phal meo neki ke liye tujhe firawani degi; kydaki Khuda'wand khush hoke phir tujh se ne- ki karega, jaisa wuh tere bipdadog se khush tha: 10 Agar td Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki Swaz ka shanawa hoke us ki sunnatoo, aur shariaton ko jo shariat ki is kitab meo likhi hui haiu hifz karega; aur agar td apne sare dil, aur apne sare jf se Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki taraf phiregd. 11 Kydnki wuh hukm jo dj ke din maio tujhe karta hue na wuh tujh se poshida hai, aur na wuh diir hai. 12 Yih kuchh asman par nahiy, jo tu kahe, Hamare liye kaun asmin par jaega, aur ham tak use laega, taki ham use sutuieo, aur us par amal karen? 13 Aur na yih darya par hai jo td kahe, Kaun hamare liye darya par jaejja, aur ham tak use liega, ki ham use suneu, aur us par amal kareo? " 1-1 Balki yih bat tujh se bahut nazdik hai, tere munh meo hai, aur tere dil meo hai, taki td us par amal kare. 15 Dekh, maio ne aj ke din zindagi aur Ichdbi ko, aur maut aur badi ko tere dge rakha: 16 So maio aj ke din tujhe hukm karta hdo, ki td Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko dost rakh, ki us ki rahou par chale, aur us ki sunnaton, aur shariatoo, aur hukmoo kj muhafizat kare, taki td jie, aur barhe, aur Khuda'wand tera Khuda us sarzamin meo jis ka td waris hone jata hai, tujh ko barkat bakhshe. 17 Par agar tera dil phir jaega aur td shanawa na hoga, aur gurezan hoga, aur ddsre mabudog ko sijda karega aur un ki bandagi karega: 18 To aj ke din maiu tumheu sunae rakhta hdo, ki turn tana hooge, aur us sarzamfn par jis ke waris hone turn Yardan par jate ho, tumhari umr daraz na hogi. 19 Maio aj ke din Ssman aur zamin ko tumhare upar gawah latd hdu, ki maio ne zindagf aur maut, aur barakat aur lanat turaharc samhnerakhf^ Dd 2 236 ISTISNA. [31 BAB. pas torn zindagt ko pasand karo, taki turn aur tutnMri aulad donoo jfo: 20 Taki tu Khuda'wand apne Khiida ko dost rakhe, aur us kf ^waz ka shanawS ho, aur us se lipt4 rahe, ki wuhi terl zindagf, aur teri umr kl daray;! hai ; taki to us sarzainin meu jis kl hihat KhudaVand ne tere bapdidoo Abiraham, aur Izhak aur Yaqdb se qasara khlke kaha, ki Use maio turaheu dunga, SbSd rahe. XXXI. BAH. 1 Tab Musa chala, aur ye biteo bant Israel se kahio : 2 Aur us ne unhen kah^, ki Main to aj ke din ek sau bfs baras ka hao, main andar bahir ja nahin sakta ; aur Khuda'wand ne bhf mujhe farinaya hai, ki to Yardan parnajiegi. 3 Khuda'- WAND tera Khuda ki tere age Sge par jSega, aur wuhi uu gurohon ko tere age fana kareo^a, aur tti un ka raalik hoga : aur Yasiia Khuda'wand ke farman ke mutabiq tere at^e a»e par jaegS. 4 Aur Khuda'wand un se wuhi karegi, jo us ne Amurioo ke badshahon Saihan, aur Og se, aur un ki zamin se kiya ; aur jinhen us ne halak kiya. 5 Aur Khuda'wand un ko tumhlre huzur supurd karega, taki turn un se un sab hukmon ke muwafiq jo main ne tumheu farmae muaraala karo. 6 Mazbiit ho jao, aur dilawari karo, khauf na karo, aur un se mat daro; kyiinki Khuda'wand tera Khuda hai jo tere sath jata hai, wuh turn se gafi! na hoga, aur turn ko na chhorega. 7 Phir Musa ne Yasaa ko talab farmaya, aur sSre bani Israel ke huznr use kaha, ki mazbiit ho, aur dilawari kar, kydnki tu is qaum ke sath us sarzarain meo dakhil hoga, jis ki babat K!huda'wand ne un ke bap dldou se baqasam kaha, ki unhen ddngS, aur tn unhen us ka waris karega. 8 Aur Khuda'- wand tere Sge jata hai, wuh tere sath rahega, wuh tujh se na gafil hogS, aur na tujhe chhorega, so ta khauf na kar, aur haul na kha. 9 Aur Miisa ne is shariat ko likha, aur Lewi kahinon ke jo Khuda'wand ke ahd ke sanduq ko uthate the, aur bani Israel ke sSre buzurgon ke hawale kiya. 10 Aur Mdsa ne unhen jih kahke farmiya, ki Harek sat baras ke akhir men makhlasi dene ke muaiyan waqt men, khaimoo ki id men ; H Jab ki sare bani Israel Khuda'wand tere Khuda ke ^ge us jagah par jise wuh pasand karega, hazir hua karen, to tn is shariat ko parhke sare bani Israel ko sunaya kar. 12 Sire logon, mardoo, aur auraton, aur larkou aur apne musafir ko, jo tere makinon men ho, jama kijiyo, taki we sunen, aur sikhen, aur Khuda'wand tere Khuda se dareo, aur is shariat ke sare hukmon par dhyan rakhke amal karen. 13 Aur taki un ke larke jinhou ne hanoz ye baten daryaft nahin kin, sunen, aur jab tak ki turn us sarzamin men jis ke waris hone ko Yardan par jate ko, raho, Khuda'wand tere Khuda se dara karen. 14 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko farmaya, ki Dekh teri maut ke din nazdik hain, so tii Yasaa ko bula, aur jamaat ke khaime men khare ho, taki main use hukm karuu; chunanchi Musa aur Yasua rawana hue, aur jamaat ke khaime men khare hue. 15 Us waqt Khuda'wand badlf ke satun men hoke khaime men namnd hiia, aur badli ka satun khaime ke darwaze par ake qaim hnS. 16 Tab Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko farmaya, Dekh td apne bapdadon ke sath so raliega, aur is qaum ke log uthenge, aur us zamin par jahau ye basne jate h^in zinakar ho ke wuhan ke ajnabi mabddon ki pairawl karenge, mujh ko chhor denge, aur us ahd ko jo maio ne un kc sath bandhi hai, torenge. 17 Aur us din mera qahr un par mushtail hoga, aur maio 32 BAB.] ISTISNA. 237 unheo chhor dfing^, aur maio un se apna munh chhip^ungS, aur we nik^le jaenge, aur bahut si musibateo aur tangiau un par parengi ; chuiianchi we us din kahenge, Kyi ham par ye balacn is liye nahin parfo ki hamara Khuda hamare darmiyan nahfo ? 18 Aur un sab badiou ke sabab se jo we karenge, aur is liye ki ajnabi mibudou kf taraf phire honge, main us roz apna munh chhip^unga. 19 So turn 3'ih nagma apne liye likho, aur use bani Israel ko sikhao, aur unheu parhao, taki yih nagma bani Israel par mera gawih rahe. 20 Is liye ki jaisa maio unheo us sarzamfn meo pahunchadnga, jis ki babat main ne in ke bapdadou se qasam ki ki jis meo shir o shahd bahti hai, aur we use khaenge, aur ser howenge, aur mote hojaenge ; tab we aur mabudou ki taraf phir jaenge, aur un ki ibadat karenge ; aur mujhe gussa dilawenge, aur mujh se ahd shikani karenge. 21 Aur yuo hoga ki jab bahut musibaten aur ifateo un par parengi, to yih nagma un ke barkhilaf gawahi dega ; ki us ki parhna un ki nasi ke munh se bhulaya na jaega; kyiinki main un ke khiyalou ko jo we aj karte haiu, us se peshtar ki main us sarzamin meo jis ki babat maio ne qasam ki hai un ko pahunchaan, janta hun. 22 Chunan- chi Miisa ne usi din yih nagma likha, aur use bani Israel ko sikhaya. 23 Aur us ne Nun ke bete Yasiia ko hukm kiya, aur kaha, Mazbut ho, aur dilawari kar ; kynnki bani Israel ko us sarzamfn men jis ki babat main ne un se qasam ki hai tii lejacga, aur maiu tere sith honnga. 24 Aur aisa hai ki jab Musa is shariat ki baton ko kitab men likh chuka, aur we tamim huin : 25 To Mdsa ne Lewion ko jo KhudaVand ke ahdname ke sandiiq ko uthate the, farmaya: 26 Ki is shariat ki kitlb ko leke KhudaVand apne Khuda ke ahd ke sanduq ke pahld men rakho, taki wuh tumhare barkhilaf muahid rahe. 27 Kyunki main teri baglwat, aur teri sakht gardan kashi ko janta hdu; dekh ki hanoz main jlta aur dj ke din tak tumhare sath hun, aur turn Khuda'wane se bagawat karte ho: to mere marne ke bad kitna ziyada karoge ! 28 Apne firqou ke sare buzurgoo aur mansabdaron ko mujh pas jama karo, taki main ye biten un ke kanog tak pahunchlun, aur asman aur zamin ko un par gawah kardu. 29 Ki mujhe yaqin hai ki mere marne ke bad turn apne tain kharab karoge, aur is rah se jo maio ne tumhen batlai bargashta hojaoge, aur ^khiri dinon meo turn par musibateo parengi; kyunki turn Khuda'wand ke huzur badkari karoge, ki apne hath ke kamoo sc use gussa dilaoge. 30 So Musa ne is nagme ki ye bateo, jab tak ki wuh tam^ra hda, Israeli jamaat ko kah sunaia. XXXII. BAB. 1 . Ki ai ismano ! kan rakho, ki maiu kahiiiiga ; aur ai zamin, mere munh ki baten sun : 2 Meri tlLm meoh txrah tapakegi, aur meri bateo os ki manind paren- gi, jaise sabze par tarawish ho, ya ghas par phdhi pare. 3 Ki maiu KuudaVand ka nam pukarta hun ; tum hamare Khuda'wanu ki tazim karo. 4 Ki wuh chatan hai, us ka kam kamil hai, ki us ki sab raheo rast haio, wuh wafadar Khuda hai, aur da^J-i se mubarra hai, wuh sadiq aur amfnhai. 5 UnhoQ neap ko kharab kiya, unka dag wuh dag nahio hai, jo us ke larkou par hota hai, we kajrau aur gardan kash haig. 6 Ai jahil, aur ai beshudr logo! kyi tum KuudaVand ka badla ydu utarte ho ? kya wuh tumhara bap nahio hai, jis ne tumhey paida kiya ? Kya us ne tutnheo 238 ISTISNA. [32 BAH. khalq nahf o kiya, aur tuiuheu qawt nahto ban^ya ? 7 Agle waqt ko yad karo, aur agle zamanoD ki muddatoD ko socho; apne bap se puchho, aur wuh tumheo batawega, aur apne buzurgou so, ki we turn se bayan karenge. 8 Jis waqt ki Haq tala ne qaumoD ko mfris binti, aur us ne bani Adam ko mutafarriq kiya, usi waqt bani Is- rael ke bhuniarke muwafiqgurohoij ki haddeo muqarrar kio- 9 Ki Khuda'wand ka liissa us ke log haiu ; Yaqiib uski miraski milkJyat hai. 10 Usne use wiran zamin, aur haulnik, aur ujar jangal men paya : wuh uske gird hiia, aur usne use tarbiat kiya, us ne us ki muhafazat apnl ankh ki putlf ki tarah kt. 11 Jis tarah uqib apnekhondheko hilata hai, aur apne bachou par phurphurati hai, aur apne bazdou ko phailake unheu leta hai, aur apne parou par unhen uthata hai: 12 Us tarah KnuDA'wAND hi ne unki rahbari ki, aur us ke sdth koi ajnabi Ilah na thS. 13 Usne use zamin ki unchi jlgahoo par sawar kiya, taki wuh kheton ka hasil khawe, aur us ne use chatan men se shahd, kar sakht patthar men se tel chusiya : 14 Aur gae ke makhan, aur bher bakrl ke diidh, barrou ki charbi aur Basan ke jane hue mcndhon aur bakron, aur gehaoo ke gurdoo ki charbi samet ; aur tu ne angur ka khSlis shira piya. 15 Lekin Yasiiran mota ho gaya aur laten chalane laga : tu to mota ho gaya, aur bhari par gay^, aur charbi men chhip gaya : tab us ne Khuda.'- WAND apne Qiliq ko chhprdiyS, aur apni najat ke pahar ko haqir jana. IG Unhoo ne ajnabi mabudon ke sabab use gairat dilai ; aur we use nafrati kamou se gusse meu lae. 17 Unhoij ne Shaitanen ke liye qurbanian guzranifl, na Khuda ke liye, balki un mibudoo ke liye jinko we na pahchante the, we mabtid jo naye haio, jin se tere bapdade na darte the. 18 Ta us pahir se jis ne tujhe paida kiya gafil hua, aur us Khuda ko jis ne tujhe siirat bakhshi bhnl gayS. 19 Aur jab Khuda'- WAND ne yih dekha, to un se nafrat ki, ki us ke bete betion ne use gussa dilayi. 20 Aur us ne yih farmaya, ki main un se apn^ munh chhipSdnga, taki maio dekhno ki un kS anjam kya hog.i ; is liye ki we kaj-nasl haio, aur larke jin meo amanat nahin. 21 Unhoo ne us ke sabab se jo Khuda nahin, mujhe gairat dilai, aur apni batil batoo se mujhe gussa dilaya ; so maio bhi unhen us se jo guroh nahin gairat men diliinga, aur ek beaql qaum se unhen khafa kaniuga. 22 Kyunki mere gusse se ek Sg bharki hai ki Jahannam ke asfal tak jalegi, aur zamin ko us ki roidagi samet kha jaegi, aur paharon ki bunyad ko jala degi. 23 Main un par balaoQ ko firawin karunga, aur un par apne tir ^harch kariinga. 24 We bhdkh se jal jaenge, aur sozinda garmi aur karwi maut ke luqme howenge ; maio un par darindon ke dantou ko, aur zamin ke zahrdar simpou ko chhorunga 25 Bahar se talwar, aur andar ke makanou se khauf jo jawan ko bhi, aur kanwari ko bhi ; shfrkhwar ko bhi, burhe samet halak karega. 26 Main ne kaha, maio unheo kone kone mutafarriq karta ; main ^dmioo ke darmiyan se un ke zikr ko mita deta, 27 Agar maio dushman ke gazab ka andesha na karta, ta na ho ki un ke dushman takabbur karen, aur na ho ki we kahen, Hamara ki hath bala hna, Khuda'vvand ne yih sab kuchh nahin kiya. 28 Kyunki we ek guroh haio jo tadbir se khali hain, aur un ko aql nahin. 29 Kash ki we danishraand bote, ki we use samajhte, aur apni aqibat ka andesha karte. 30 To aisa hota ki un men se ek shakhs ek hazlr ko rogedta, aur do shakhs das hazar ko bhagate, agar un ka paliar un ko bech na dalti, aur Khuda'wand un ko asir na karwata. 31 Kyunki un ka pahar aisa nahie jaisi harairi pahar hai, aur yih bit hamare dushman bhi jaute 33 BAB] IgTISNA. 230 haiij. 32 Ki un ke tak Sadum aur Amiirah ke takon kl tarah haio ; aur un kc angiir zahre kc angur haiij, aur un ke khoshe nihayat talkh : 33 Un ka shfra azhdahoij ki zahr hai, aur Afiou ka halahal. 34 Kyi yih sab mujh pis zakliira nahfo, aur mere khazinoo meo sar bamuhr nahio? 35 Intiqam leni, aur sazi deni mera kim hai; un kc paog bar waqt phisalrnge, ki un ki halakat ka din muttasil hai, aur we musibateu jo un par wiqe hongi jald chali itf hain. 36 Kyanki Khuda'wand apne bandoo ki adilat karegi, aur apnl qaum se apne dil kf khafagi dur karegi, jab ki dekhegi ki qiiwat jati rahf, aur aslan panah aur chutkari nahfo. 37 Aur kahegi, un ke mabnd wuh pahar jin ki unheo bharosa tha, kyi hiia ? 38 Jinhon ne un ke zabfhon kl charbi khai, aur un ke tapiwan ki wain piyi, ab we uthea aur tumhari chiri karen, aur tumhire himayatf hon. 39 Ab dekho ki wuh main hi akela hun, aur koi Khudi mere siwa nahfo, maio bf mirti hun, aur maiij hi jilati hnn, main hi zakhmi karti hug, aur maiu hi change karti huu ; aisi koi nahio jo mere hath se mukhlasi de. 40 Ki main apni hath ismin tak uthiti huo, aur kahti hun ki main hamcsha zinda hiio : 41 Agar main apni darakhshin teg tez kariin, aur mera hath adalat pakre, to maio apne dushmanon se intiqim liinga, aur un ko jo meri kina rakhte haig, sazi dunga. 42 Main apne tfron ko khtin se mast kariingi, aur merf talwar gosht khiegf, lahu se maqtdloo ke, aur asfroo ke, aur dushmanon ke amfroo ke sirou se. 43 Ai firqon jo us ke log ho, khushi se gio, is liye ki wuh apne bandoo ke khdn ki badli, aur apne dushmanon se intiqim legi, aur apni zamin aur apni qaum par imurzgir hogi. 44 Tab Miisa, aur Niin ke bete Yasua ne us nagme ki siri bateo umat ko kah sunifn. 46 Aur jab Miisi yih sari biteo sab bani Israel ko kahchuka; 46 Tab us ne unhen kaha, ki Un sari baton se jin ke liye ij ke din main tum par gawaW deti hdn, apne dil lagao, aur apne larkon ko farmio, ki dhyin rakhke is sharfat ki siri baton par amal karen. 47 Ki yih shai aisf nahin, ki jis se tumhen nafa na ho; balki yih tumhari zindagini hai, aur isi chiz ke bais se us sarzamin meo jahan tum Yardan pir utarte ho ki us ke waris ho, tumhiri umr dariz hogf. 48 Aur Khdda WAND ne usi din Miisi ko farmiyi ; 49 Abarim ke pahar par Nabii k! chooti tak, jo Moab ki zamfn men Yiriho ke muqabil hai, charh ji, aur Kanan kf zamin ko ki jise main Israel kf mulk kar dunga, dekh. 50 Aur us pahar par jis par tu jati hai mar ji, aur apne logon meo shimil ho, jaise teri bhai Han'in Hur ke pahar par mar gayi, aur apne logon men ji mili. 51 Is liye ki tum donon ne bani Isriel ke darraiyin dasht i Sin ke Qidis men raib ke pini ke nazdik meri gunah kiya, aur tum ne bani Isriel ke darmiyan meri taqdis na ki. 52 Par tu us sarzamin ko jo tere simhne hai dekh le; lekin us sarzamin meo jo maio bani Israel ko aniyat karti hog, dakhil na hogi. XXXIII. BAB. 1 Aur yih wuh barakat hai jo Musi, mard i Khuda ne, apne marne se ige bani Is^rael ko bakhshi, 2 Aur kahi ki Khuda'wand Sini se aya, aur Sheirse tulii hua aur Firan ke pahar se un par chamki; das hazar Qudsioo ke sath iyi; aur us ke dahne hith ek itashi shariat un ke liye thf. 3 Hao wuh qaum ke sith kamal 2(0 ISTISNA. [33 IJAB. ikhlis se mahabbat rakhta hai; us kc sare muqaddas tere hath men haJu; aur we tere qadamoD ke nazdfk haio; aur terf talfm ko mSnenge. 4 Mnsa ne ham ko ek shariat farmaf, Yaqiib ki jamaat kf miras ke liye. 5 Aur jis waqt qaum ke sardar, bani Israel ke firqe jama the, wuh Jasiiran men bSdshah tha. 6 Rubin jfwe, aur na mare, aur us ki firqa thora na ho. 7 Aur Yihndah ke liye us ne kaha, ai Khuda'wand, Yihudah ki iwaz sun, aur use us ke logOQ mea shamil kar, us ki hath us ke liye kafi howen, aur ta us ke dushmanoQ ke muqibil us k! quwat ho, 8 Aur Lewi ke haqq meu kab£, ki Tere Tumin aur tere U'rim tere dindSr mard ko mile, jise tune MassS meo imtihSn kiyS, aur jis ke sath til ne Mariba ke chashmon par niz^ kiy^. 9 Jis ne apne bap aur apni ma se kaha, ki main ne un ko nahfo dekhS, na us ne apne bhalon ko m£ra, naapne betou ko pahchana; is liye ki unhon ne teri baton par dhy^n rakha, aur teri ahd kf muhafazat ki. 10 Terf sunnaten Yaqtib ko sikhlaweij, aur teri shariat Israel ko; we tere ige bakhar rakhenge aur charhawe mazbah par charhawenge. 11 Ai Khuda'wand us ke asbib men barakat de, aur us ke hathon ke kamon ko qabul kar : aur un ki jo us ka fimhna karen, aur un ki jo us ka kina rakheij kamareo zakhmi kar, ki we phir na uth saken. 12 Aur yih Binyamin ke haqq men kaha, KhudaVand ka habtb saMmatl se biid bash karega, aur KhudaVand ka saya sare din us ke gird i. gird hoga, aur wuh us ke donon shanon ke bich basega. 13 Aur Yiisaf ke haqq men kaha, ki Us ki zamin men KhudS ki barakat howe, ^sman ki tuhfa chizon, aur shabnam ke sabab, aur gahrSo ke sabab jo past makSn men sabit hai. 14 Aur dftdb ke tuhfa hasilon aur mahtlb ki tuhfa nikali hui chfzon ke sabab : 15 Aur qadfmi pahSron ke suthre tuhfoD, aur tilou kf abadi tuhfa chizon ke sabab: 16 Aur zamfn ki tuhfa chfzon, aur us ki purf ke sabab, aur us ki khair khwahi jo biite meo rahti thS, Ynsaf ke sir par utre; aur us ki chand par jo apne bhaiou men nazir hai. 17 Us ki sh^ndarf aisi ho jaise us ke bail ke pahlauthe kf, aur us ke sing Arne ke se sing howen; wuh unhio se qaumon ko zamin ki sarhaddoo tak relegl ; we Ifriim ke das bazar haiij, aur we Manasi ke hazaron. 18 Aur Zabdlun ke haqq men kahS, ai Zabulun, tn apne bihir jine men shad ho ; aur Ishakar tu apne khaimon mep. 19 We jamSatoo ko pahar par bulaenge, aur wuhan sidq kf qurbanfan zabh karenge ; is lij'e ki we daryaon ki firawani ko, aur khazinoD ko jo retimeo chhipe hain, chusenge. 20 Aur Jadd ke haqq men kaha, MubSrak hai wuh jo Jadd ko phailati ; wuh sher kf mS- nind para rahta hai, jo chand ko bazd samet pharta hai. 21 Us ne pahle liissa apne liye muaiyan kiya, ki wuh wuhan h4kim ke hisse men mahfdz hua; aur wuh umat ke rafson ke sath Sya, wuh Khuda'wand ki sad^qat amal men laya, aur us ki adalat Israel ke sath. 22 Aur Dan ke haqq meu kahS, Dan ek sherjawan hai jo Basan se uchhlega. 23 Aur Naftali ke haqq meo kaha, ai Naftalf, tu fazl se bharpur aur Khuda'wand ki barkatoo se mimur ho, tu magrub aur jannb ka mSlik ho. 24 Aur Yasar ke haqq meo kahS, Yasar aulad se barkat p^we, aur apne bhafon ka maqbul ho; aur apna pSon tel meo dubowe. 25 Tere jute lohe aur pital se hoo, aur tere zamane ke muwafiq teri quwat ho. 26 Yasuran ke Khuda ki manind ko! nahfo, jo ismSn par terf madad ke liye sawar hai, aur us kf jalalat badalon par hai. 27 Wuh qadfm Khuda terf panah hai, aur us ke abadi bSzu tere niche haio, aur wuh dushmanoo ko tere £ge se hinkegi aur kahcg^, ki unhcu halak kar. 28 Aur Israel tauhS diljamai ke sath sukunat karega. Yaqiib ka chashma 1 B^B.} YASU'A. 9^1 galla aur raai kf ramfn par hogi ; balki us ke Samitn se o» giregf. ?9 Ai IsrJiel tii ^hush hiClhai; aur ai ummat tujh ei. kaun hai, ki Khuda'wand ne tujh« bachSya hai; wuh tere chSre ke liye sipar, aur teri izzat kl talwir hai! Ter» dushmau tere Age muzmahill honge, aur tu un ke unche mak^nou ko pamal karega. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Aur Miisa Moib ke maidSnoo se Nabd ke pahar par Pisglh kf chotf par jo Yirfho ke muqiibil hai, charh gaya, aur Khuda'wand ne sari zamfn Jili^d se leke Dan tak ; 2 Aur aarf zamfn Naft^lf, aur Ifraim, aur Manassi ki, aur sarf zamin Yihndah kf pachham ke daryS tak : 3 Aur jannb samet, aur wadl Yirfho ka maidan jo ^hurme ka shahr hai Zoar tak, us ko dikhaf. 4 Aur Khuda'wand ne use farm^ya, ki Yih wuh sarzamin hai jis kf babat maio ne Abiraham, aur Izhak, aur Yaqiib se qasam karke kaha, ki maio use teri nasi ko diinga, jise raaio ne tujhe rfibaru dikhriya ; lekin tii us meo na guzrega. 5 So Khudawand ka banda Musi Khuda'wand ke hukm ke muwafiq, Moab kf sarzamfn meo mar gayi. 6 Aur use Moab kf ek wadi raeu Baitpeor ke muqibil gaj-a ; par i] ke din tak kisi ne us qabr ko na pahchana 7 Aur Maai apne marne ke waqt ek sau bfs baras ka tlia, ki na us kf ankheo dhundhlai, aur na us kf tazagf jati rahf. 8 So banf Israel Mdsa ke liye Moab ke jangal ke maidanoo nieu tfs din tak roya kie ; aur un ke rone pftne ke din Mdsa ke liye akhir hde. 9 Aur Nun ka beta Yasiia rdh i bikmat se mamdr hda, kyunki Musi ne apna hith us par rakhe the ; aur banf Israel ne us kf farminbardari kf, aur jaisi Khuda'wand ne Mdsa ko farmaya tha, waisihi kiya. 10 Ab lak bani Israel meo Musa kf manind kof nabi qiim nahi'u hda, jis se Khuda'wand amne samhne mulaqit karta. II Un sab ajaib aur gariib meo jin ke karne ke liye Firadu aur us ke sab khidimoQ, aur sarf zamfn ke samhne Khuda'wand ne Misr ki zamfn meo use bheja tha : 12 Aur sire qawi hath, aur bare khauf meu jo Musi ne tamam bani Israel ke ige kie. YASU'A Kr KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Jab Khuda'wand ka banda Musi mar gaya, to ydo hdi ki Khuda'wand ne Ndn ke bete Yasda ko, jo Musi ka khidim tha, farmiyi ki Meri banda Mnsa mari ; so ab tu uth aur Yardan pir is ummat samet us sarzamfn ko, jo maio unheo deti huo, yine bani Israel ko, utar ji. 3 Jis gagah ko ki tere piow ke talwe pi- mil karenge, so wuh sab maio tujhe iniyat kar chuka, jaisi maio ne Mdsi se kahi. 4 Bayabin aur us Lubnan se leke Furat tak jo bapi nahr hai, Hittfoo kf aarf sar- zamfn aur bare daryi tak, jo magrib ki samt hai, tumhiri sarhadd hogf. 5 Tere jite ji kof teri sinihni na kar sakegi ; jis tarah maio Mdsi ke sith thi, tere sith rahdngi, na tujh se gifil hodngi aur na tujhe chhoiungi. 6 Mazbdtf aur dila- Ee 242 YASU'A. [2 BAB. wart kar, isliye ki yih sarzamfn jo maiu ne qasam khdke un ke biip dadoo ko dene kahf hai, mlrls ke taur par is janiiat kf mfrds kar degi. 7 Magar tu mazbuti aur khub dilawarf kar, taki tn us sab shariat ke muwafiq jis ka mere bande Mijsa ne tujh ko hukm kiy5, amal kare. Us se dahne yi bSySu hath ko mat phir, tiki wahau jahlD jahio tii jata hai, kimySb ho. 8 Us shariat ki kitab ki zikr tere munh se chhnt na jawe, baiki tu rit din us kf talawat kiyi kar, tiki tn us sab par jo us men likhi hai, dhyan rakhke amal kare ; tab tu apnl rih men kamyib aur mudabbir hoga. 9 Kyi maio ne tujh ko hukm nahfn kiya, ki mazbuti and dili- warihai? khauf aur dahshat na kha; kyiinV-i Khuda'wand teri Khuda jahio jahio tu jata hai, tere sith hai. 10 Tab Yasiia ne ummat ke mansab daroD ko farmaya, ki Tum lashkar ke dar- miyan guzar karo, aur jamaat ko hukm karo, ki apne liye tosha taiyar kare ; isliye ki turn tin din bad is Yardan p4r utroge, taki us zarain ke jo Khuda'wand tum- hari Khuda tum ko deti hai, malik ho. 12 Aur ban! Riibin aur bani Jadd aur adhe firqe banl Manassi ko Yasua ne far- maya : 13 Us bat ko, jo KhudaVand ke bande Musi ne tumhen farmii, yad karo, ki Khuda'wand tumhari Khuda tum ko iram bakhshta hai, aur yih sarzamin tum ko deti hai. 14 Tumhari joriiio aur tumhare bachche aur tumhari mawishi us zamfn par jo Musi ne Yardan ke isi taraf tum ko di hai, rahen ; aur turn sab apne pahlawinon samet pare bindhkc apne bhafou ke age ige musallah hoke ubur karo, aur un kf madad karo; 15 Jab tak ki Khuda wand tumhare bhafoQ ko chain de, jaise us ne tumheo di hai, aur we bhf us zamfn ke jo Khuda'wand tumhari Khxidi unheo deti hai, wiris hoo. Tab tum us zamfn par jo tumhari m'ras hai, aur Khuda'wand ke bande Miisi ne Yardan ke par mashriq ki samt tumhen df hai, phir aiyo, aur us ke malik hoj iyo. 16 Tab unhon ne Yasiia ke jawib diyi, ki Jo jo td nehamen farmaya, ham wuh karenth dikhai ^ ki we lanati hue. Ab maiu age ko tumhare sath na honnga, magar jab ki id haram logoo ko apne darmiyan se fana kare. 13 Uth logoo ko pak kar, aur kah, ki Apne taia kal ke liye pak karo. Ki Khuda'wand Israel ka Khuda ydo farmata hai, Ai Israel, tere darmiyan haram chizeo haio ; td apne dushmanoo ke samhne thahar na sakega, jab tak ki haram ko apne bich meo se dafa na karega. 14 So turn kal subh ko sibt sibt nazdik diyo ; aur aisi hoga ki wuh sibt jise Khuda'wand pakiega, apne khandan samet aega, aur jis khindan ko Khuda'wand pakrega, wuh apne ghar samet aega, aur jis ghar ko Khuda'wand pakrega, wuh ek ek shakhs samet aega. 15 Aur aisi hoga ki jo koi haram chiz ke sath pakra jawe, wuh us sab samet jo us ki hai, ig meo jala diya jaega ; is liye ki us ue Khuda'wand ke paiman se uddl kiya, aur baui Israel ke darmiyan ahmaq ka kam kiya. 16 Tab Yasua subh sawere utha aur bani Israel ke sibt sibt ko nazdik laya: so Yihudah ka sibt pakra gaya. 17 Aur Yihudah ke khandan ko nazdik laya, aur Shariq ka khandan pakra gaya ; aur Shariq ke ^haadan ke ek ek shakhs ko nazdik laya, aur Zabdi pak pa gaya. 18 Aur us ke ghar ke bar mard ko S BAB.] YASU'A. 2^9 naidik Myi, aur Akan bin Karrat bin Zabdf bin SMriq jo Yihiidah ke sibt meo thS, pakra gayi. 19 Tab Yasda ne Akan ko kaha, Ai mere farzand, ab Khdda'- WAND Israel ke Khudi ki hamd ktjiye, aur us ke fige iqrir kariye : ab tn mujh se kah ki tu ne kya kiya hai, aur mujh se mat chhipS. 20 Tab Akan ne Yasna ko jaw lb diya aur kaha, Alhaqq, maio ne Khuda'wand Israel ke Khuda kS gunih kiya hai, aur yiio yiio kiya hai : 21 Ki jab maiu ne SinaSr ka naffs lubida, aur do sau misqil chandf, aur pachas misqril wazn meo sone klint lut ke mal meu dekhf, to ma'o lalchaya aur unheo ura liy£ ; aur dekh ki yih sab mere Ichaime'men chiindi samet zamfn meo g^r* hda maujud hai. 22 Tab Yasiia ne rasul bheje, we khaime ko daure ; aur dekho ki wuh chindi samet khaime meo madfun tha. 23 We un ko khaime meo se nikalke Yasua aur sire ban! Israel ke sSmhne lae, aur unhcD Khuda'wand ke huzdr rakh diyi. 24 Tab Yasaa aur sSre bani Israel ne Shariq ke bete Akan ko aur rupe aur lubade aur sone ki int aur us ke betoo aur us kf betioo aur us ke bailoo aur gadhoo aur bheroo aur us ke khaime aur us ke sare asbab ko liya aur widi Akar meo lae. 25 Aur Yasua ne use kahi, ki Td ne hamari kaisi taktr ki ! KhudaVand Ij ke din teri tdkir kare ! Tab sire bani Israel ne us par pathrao karke unheo 4g se jalayl aur unheo pattharoo se chhiplya. 26 Phir unhoo ne un pattharoo ka bari'tnda kiyl, jo Ij tak hai. Tab Khtjda'- WAND ne apne qahr ki bharak ko un par se phera. Is liye us jagah k& ndm Ij tak Umq ul Akiir hai. VIII. BAB. 1 Tab Khtida'wand ne Yasua ko farmiya : Mat dar aur hirasln mat ho! Sare jangi logoo ko sath le aur uth, aur A! par charh jl. Dekh ki maio ne Ai ke bid- shah aur us ke log aur us ke shahr aur us ki sarzamin ko tere qabze meo kar diya. 2 Td Ai se aur us ke badshid se wahi kijiyo, jo td ne Yiriho se aur us kf badshah se kiya ; magar wahao ka mal aur mawishi turn apne liye lut lijiyo, aur shahr ki pus>>t par se shahr par kamin bithlao. 3 Tab Yasda aur sare jangi log uthe, taki Ai par charheu. Aur Yasua ne tis hazar bahadur intikhlb kiye, aur rat ko unheo rawana kiya ; i Aur unheo farraaya, Dekho turn shahr ke pichhware kamin meo baitho ; shahr se bahut ddr mat jaiyo, aur tum sab mastaidd raho. 5 Aur maio sab logou ko leke jo mere sathhain, ddsri sarat se shahr par adnga. Aur aisa hoga ki jab we hamira sdmhna karenge, to ham age ki tarah unke ige se bhagenge : 6 Taki we haraara pichhi kareo, yahao tak ki shahr se ddr pajeo ; kydnki we kahenge ki Ye ab ke bhi ageki tarah hamSre £ge sebhagte haio- 7 Tab tum kamingah se nikalni aur shahr meo amal kar lend, ki Khuda'wand tumhari Khuda use turahare qabze meo kar degi. 8 Aur jab tum shahr ko le lo, to shahr mcD ^g laga dijiyo, aur Khuda'wand ke kahne ke muwdfiq klm kijiyo ; lj:habar- dir ho, maio ne tumheo hukm kar diy€. 9 Tab Yasda ne unheo wida kiyS ; we kamingah meu gae, aur Baitel aur Ai ke mabain Ai ki sanit i garbi ko ja bai- the. Aur Yasda us rat logoo ke bich raha. 10 Aur Yasda ne subh sawere uthke logoD ko shumar kiyl, aur wuh banf Isr&el ke buzurgoo samet logoo ke dge hoke Ai par chafha. 1 1 Aur sSre jangi log jo uske sith the dpar gae, aur muttasil hde, aur shahr ke samhne de, aur Ai ki samt i shimll ko utre, aur un meo aur shahr Ff wo YASU'A. [8 BAB. meu fk nasheb fisil tin. 12 Tab us ne p^nch hazar log jutiU kfye aur unheo Baitel aur Af ke darmiyan shahr kl samt i garbi ko kamfn meo bithsCya. 13 Chunanchi logos ne s&ra lashkar shahr kt uttar taraf aur apni aqfb shahr kf pach- chhim taraf lagay^. Aur Yasaa usf rat us wddi ke bfchoo bich meu gayS. 14 Aur ais^ hua ki jab Ai ke^bidshah ne dekbl, to unhon ne jaldi ki aur sawere uthe, aur yinh aur uske sSre jangi log maidan kt samt larif ke liye ban! Israel ke muq.'ibil shahr se nikle, par unheo maliim na huA ki shahr ke pfchhe gh^t meo baithnevvSle haio. 15 Tab Yasua aur sare banl Israel baydbin kf samt unke 5ge se yiio bh£ge ki jaise m^re kite hdo bote haiQ. 16 Tab shahr ke sare log chill^e, ki Unhen ragedo ! Chunfinchf unhoo ne Yasna ko rageda, yah^o tak ki shahr se dur ho pafc. 17 Us waqt Al men aur Baitel meo kof mard baqt na rahi, jis ne bani Israel k4 pfchhS na kiy£ ; aur we shahr ki darwSza khula chhorkar Israel ke pfchhe pare. 18 Tab Khcda'wand ne Yasua ko farmSyi, ki Bh&le ko jo tere hiih meu hai, Af par utha, ki maio use tere qabze meo kar dnngS. 19 Aur jab Yasua ne apni bhdla jo us ke hath meo thi, shahr ki taraf uthayS, to phirne ke sdth we jo kamfn meg the, apnf jagah se nikle, aur jiinhfo us qe bhal4 uthayi, we daur pare, aur shahr meo paith gae, aur use le liyS, aur jald! se shahr ko ag lagi df. 20 Aur jab Ai ke logou ne pfchhe phirke dekhi ki dhuao shahr se £sman tak uth rahi hai, to unheo taqat na rahf, jp fdhar bhageo ya udhar ; aur we jo bayaban meo bbagnewile the, ragednewaloo par phir pare. 21 Aur jab Yasua aur sSre banf Israel ne dekhS ti ghatwiloo ue shahr le liyi aur shahr se dhiiao uth raha hai, to unhoo ne palat ke Ai ke logoij ko qatl kiyS. 22 Tab we shahr se un kf mulaqit ko nikle, aur Ai ke log Isrieliou ke bich meo phans gae, ki kuchh Israel un ki ek tarah hue, aur kuchh dusri tarah. So unhoo ne unheo yah^D tak mirl, ki ua meo se ek bhi na hiqi raha, aur na bhag saki. 23 Aur unhoo ne Ai ke bidshah ko jiti pakrl, aur Yasua pas use lae. 24 Aur jab Israel maidan meo us baydban meo jahao unki pfchha kiyS, Ai ke logon ko qatl kar chuke, aur jab we sab ke sab tah-teg hoke khap gae : to sire bani Israel Af ko phire aur shahrwaloo ko talwir se kitS. 25 Chuninchi we jo us din mare gae, mard aur aurat, birah hazir the ; sab log Af ke utne the. 26 Aur Yasua ne jis waqt se bhala uthiya, jab tak ki Af ke sire rahnewilou ko haram na kar diya, apna hath phir na khfncha. 17 Banf Israel ne us shahr ki faqat raawishf aur asbab ko apae liye lu^i, jaisa Khuda'wand ne Y'asiia ko farmaya tha. 28 Aur Yasua ne Ai ko jalake hamesha ke liye r&kh ki tuda kar diyi : so wuh aj ke din tak wiran hai. 29 Aur usne Ai ke bidshih ko phinsf deke shim tak darakht par latki rakha ; aur jdnhfo iftab gurdb hiia, Yasua ne hukm kiya ki us ki lash ko darakht se utireo, aur shahr ke darwaze par phenk deo, aur us par pattharoo ka bara tuda kareo : so wuh ij ke din tak hai. 30 Tab Yasua ne Ebal ke pahip par Kuuda'wand Isriel ke Khudi ke liye ek mazbah banayi, jaisa Khuda'wand ke bande Musi ne banf Israel ko farmiyi tha; qhunanchi Mnsa ki shariat ki kitab meo Jikhi hua hai, ki sabdt pattharoo ki ek mazbah jis meo lohi chhuwayi na jae. 32 Aur unhoo ne Khuda'wand ke liye us par charhawe aur salamioo ke zabih zabh kiye. Aur us ne wahao un pattharoo par us shariat ki jo Musi ne Israel ke huzur likhi thi musanna likhi. 33 Aur eSre bani Israel aur unke buzurg aur mansabdir aur unke qazf Lewf kahinoo ke ige, jo Khuda'wano ke ahdname ke sanddq ke u^hinewale the, sanddq ke idhar 9 BAB.] YASU A. 251 aur Diihar khafc the, aur u8l tarah ae musifir, aur we jo \\n men p^^id.i hno the, fidhe Garizfm ke pahiir par aur idhe Eb&l ke pah^r ?*»"» jaisi ki Kucda Wand ke bande Mas$ ne pahle farm&yi thi, ki we banf Israel ki barakat suniweo. 34 B§d uske us ne sharfat kf bdrakatou aur linatoii ki sir! Mtcyo kf tal^wat kf, jaisa ki sharlat kt kitab meo likhi hda hai. 35 Aur jo MiisS ne farmayi thi, us meo se elc hit bhi na rahf, jise Yasua ne banf Israel kf sarf jamaat aur auratou aur lafkoQ aur muslfiroD ke huziir jo un ke darmiyin guzran karte the, na parhi. IX. BAB. 1 Aur jab un sab bidsh^hoD ne jo Yardan ke pir ke pah^roD par aur bayibatt meu aur samundar kf sab nawlht meu Lubnan ke gird pesh, Hittf aur Amnri aur Kaninl aur Farizzi aur Hawi aur Yabusf the, suna : 2 To aisi. hua ki we sab ke sab ek munh hoke faraham hde, taki Yasaa aur banf Isrlel se qat^l karoo. 3 Aur Jibaun ke bishindoo ne joo suna ki Yasua ne Yirlho aur Af se kya kuchh kiyi: 4 To we bhI makr karke £e; aui;,unhoune apne taio elchi banSy£, aur purine bore aur purani aur phatl hdf wain kf mashkeij b^ndhke apne gadhoo par ladfo. 5 Aur purane jdte paiwand kiye hiie paoQ men aur purine kapre apne badanoQ par aur un ke safar ka tosha siikhl aur phaphundi lagf huf rotfio thfo. 6 We us sarat ee Yasua pis Gilgal meo khaiinagah ke bich gae, aur us se aur ban! Israel se kah^, ki Ham ek mulk se jo dor hai, ^te haio : so ab turn ham se ahd bSndho. 7 Tab Isrieli logou ne Hawfoo ko kaha, ki Shayad turn is zamfnke rahnewale ho, jo ham« 6re darmiyin ki hai: pas ham tum se kyonkar ahd blndheu? 8 Unhoo ne Yasda se kaha, Ham tere gultm haio- Tab Yasua ne un se pdchhS, Tum kaun ho, aur kah£c se ^te ho? 9 Unhou ne use kaha, ki Tere gulim ek mulk se jo bahut bafd hai, Khtjba'wand tere Khuda ke nam ko liye chale ^te haiu, kyunki ham ne us ki khabar suni aur wuh sab kuchh bhf jo us ne Misr meo kiyA; 10 Aur wuh sab bhi jo us ne kiya Aitiurfou ke do badshahoo, yaue Hasbun ke b^dshah Saihdn aur Basan ke bSdshih O^g se jo Istarfit meo thi. 11 So hamare buzurgooaur hamare hamwatanou ne ham ko kaha, Tum safar kf j^hurak apne sath lo aur un se ja milo, aur unheo kaho, ki Ham tumhare gulam haiu, is liye tum hamlre sath ahd bandho. 12 So ham; ne garm rotlao apne tbsha ke liye jis din halm tere pas ^ne ko apne gharoo se nikle, apne sSith lio, aur dekh ki ye sdkh gafu, aur unheo phaphdndf lag gaf. 13 Aur wain ki mashkeo jo ham ne bhari thig, naf thfo, ab mulahaza kar ki ye chak ch^k hdio; aur ye hamare kapre aur hamare jute tafar kf darazi se purane ho gae. 14 Tab un logou ne un ki khurik meo se kuchh liya, aur Khuda'wand se niashwarat na ki. 15 Aur Yasda ne un se sulh kf aur un se ahd bludha, ki un ki janbakhsht kare ; aur jamaat ke rais un se hamqasam hde. 16 Aur un ke ahd bandhne se tin din ke bad uuheo daryaft hda ki we un ke hamsae haio, aur unhfo lueii- rahte haio. 17 So bani Israel ne kuch kiya, aur tfsre din un kf bastfoo meo daj^hil hue jin ke nam Jibaun aur Kafirat aur Biarat aur Qaryatyearira haio. 18 Aur bani Israel ne un ko qatl nahiu kiya, is liye ki jamaat ke rafsoo ne' un se Khuda'wand Israel ke K.huda ki qasam ki thf. Tab s^rf jamaat ne rafsou Be jhagr4 kiya. 19 Aur sab rafsoo ne siri jamaat ko kaha, ki Ham ne un se Khuda'^wahu Israel ko Khuda ki qasam kf hai, is live ham unheu chhd nahf;^ Ff 2 B«2 YASU A. [10 BAB. ■aktc. 20 Aur ham un se yihl karcnge ki unheo jfti chhorenge, ti naho ki us qasam ke biisjoham ne ua se kf, ham par gazab ho. 21 Aur raisou ne unheo kaha, ki Unheu jlt& chhoro, lekin we harairf jam^at ke liye hezamkashf aui* ibkashi kiyl kareo, jaisi ki rafsoo ne un se iqrSr kiya hai. 22 Tab Yasua ne unhcu talab farmiya aur kahl, Turn ne ham se kyi'm fareb kiya, ki Ham bahut dnr ke rahnewSle haio, biwajiideki hamare darmi^'ln rahte ho? 2J Ab us sabab se turn lauatf hue aur turn meo se koi asir! se khalasi napaega, jo mere Khuda ke'ghar ke liye hezam- kashf aur Ibkashf na karegi. 24 Unhoo ne Yasua ko jawab diy^ aur kahi, ki Tere gulimoo ne khabar suni thi, ki KdceaVand tere Khudi ne apne bande Musi ko farmay£, ki Maio sari zamfn tumheo dungS, aur us zarain ke s^lre bashin- doo ko tumhare samhne qatl karungi : so hameu apnf janoo ke liye tera bara khauf tha, aur is liye ham ne yih kuchh kiya. 25 Aur ab dekh, ham tere qabo men haiu: jo kuchh tu hamare haqq nieu bihtar aur munasib jlne, so kar. 2G Far us ne un se wahl kiy^, aur bani Israel ke hath se unheo najat d!, ki unheo qatl na kiyi. 27 Aur Yasua ne usi din muqarrar kiya, ki we jam^at ke liye aur J^huda'wand ke mazbah ke liye us jagah, Jise wub pasand farmiega, hezamkashf aur ^bkashf kiy^ kareo- X. BAB. 1 Aur jab Yirushalam ki bidsh&h Adun i Sidq ne suni ki Yasua ne Af ko le liyi, aur use wircin kar diyi, aur jaisa ki us ne Yiriho aur wahao ke badshah se kiy£, waisihi us ne Ai aur wahao ke badshah se kiya, aur Jibaiin ke logoo ne banf Isr&el se sulh ki aur un meu rahe, to nipat hirasan hu4.* 2 Kyduki Jibaun ek bari shahr tha, aur biidshahl shahroo meo se ek ke barabar thS, aur Ai kf nisbat bahut bara thi, aur us ke log bare bahadur the. 3 Tab Yirushalam ke badshah Addn i Sidq ne Habrun ke badshah Huham, aur Warmat ke badshah Tuyan aur Lakfs ke badshah Wafia aur Ajlun ke badshah Dablr ko paigam bhejS, ki Mujh •pis charhao, aur merl kumak karo, taki ham Jibadn ko maren, ki us ne Yasua aur banf Israel se sulh ki. 5 Tab Amurfoo ke pinch badshahoo yane Yirushalam ke bldshih, aur Habrun ke badshah, aur Warmat ke badshah, aur Lakis ke badshih, aur Ajldn ke bidshah ne eka kiya, aur lashkaroo ko leke Jibaun par chafh gae, aur Vhaime nasb kfye, aur un se jang shuru ki. 6 Tab Jibaun ke logoo ne Yasiia ko, jo Gilgil meo ^haimazan tha, kahla bheja ki Apne chakaron se apni hath mat khinch, tak jald pahunch, aur hameo bacha, aur hamara chira kar ; is liye ki sire Amuri badshah, jo kohistan meo rahte haio, ham par jama hue haio- 7 Tab Yasua sire bahaduroo aur jangi logoo ko hamrah leke Gilgil se charha. 8 Aur Khuda'wand ne Y^'asua ko farmayi : Un se mat dar, is liye ki maio ne unhou tere qibu meo kar diyi, un meo se ek bhi tere simhne thahar na sakega. 9 Tab Yasua Gilgil, se kuch karke rit bhar chali gayi, aur nigahan un pis a pahunchi. 10 Aur Khuda'wand ne un ko bani Isriel se shikast dilwii, aur Jibaun meo unheo bashiddat qatl kiyi, aur us sarf rih meo, jo Baithauran ke 6par jati hai, unheo ragedi aur Azfqat aur Muqaidah tak unheo mirke dal diyi. 11 Aur aisi hoi ki jab we Isriel ke simhne »e bhig nikle aur Baithaurin ke utarne kf sanit gae, to Khuda'wand ne Azfqat tak ismin se un par patthar barsie, aur we mue, aur 10 BAB.] YASU'A. 253 we jo pattbaroQ sc mire gae, un se jinbeo banf Isr&el ne tah-tcg kiji, kabfu bahut the. 12 Aur jis dia I^huda'wand ne Amarfoo ko banf Isr&el ke qiba meo kar diyfi, us din Yasua ne Kuuda'wand ke huzur banf Isr&el kc ige ynu kah&, ki Ai &{tih JibauD par ^hahari rah, aur mahtib tu widi i Ajlau ke muqibil ! 13 Tab iftAb ne dirang kiya aur miht^b khara rah&, yabio tak ki un logou ne apne dushmanoo se intiqdm liya." 14 Kyi yih Kit&b ul Yasfr raeu nahfo likhd hai ? Aur Aftib is- min ke bichoo bfch thahar rab£, aur s&re din magrib ki saint ko miil hdi. Aur us se ige aisi din kabhf na hiia aur na uskc bid hoga, isliye ki Khuda'wand ek inard kf iwiz ki shinawa hui, ki KhudaVano Israel ke liye lafi. 15 Bad uske Yasda ne aur us ke sath sire banf Israel ne Gilgal ke kbaimagah ko murajiat kf. 16 Aur we panchoo badshih bhage aur Muqaidah ke magare meu ji chhipe. 17 Yasiia ko yib ^habar pahunchf, ki we pinch bidshah mile aur Muqaidah ke magare meu chhipe hue haio. 18 Yasda ne hukm kiyi, ki Bare bare patthar us magire ke munh par lurhi do, aur wahio log baithio ki unkl chaki kareo- 19 Par turn dirang na karo, balki apne dushmanoo ki pichhi karo, aur un ke pichhe logOD ko mar dalo, un ko muhlat mat do, ki apne shahroo men dakhil boo, isliye ki Khuda'wand tumhare Khuda ne un ko tumhire qabze meo kar diyi hai. 20 Aur aisi hua ki jab Yasda aur sire banf Isriel ne unko fana kiyi aur l{;hnb tarah se unko bashiddat qatl kiya, ki we nest o nibud ho gae, to we jo baqf rahe the, un shahroo meo jin kf shahrpanaheo thfu dakhil hue. 21 Aur siri lashkar Muqaidah meo jahio ^haimagah tha, Yasua pis salamat phir ayi ; kisf ne banf Isriel ke barkhiUf zaban na hilaf. 22 Phir Yasua ne hukm kiyi, ki Magire ki munh kholo, aur un pinchoo bidshihoo ko magare se bihar mujh pis llo. 23 Unhoo ne aisehl kiyi, aur un pinch badshahoo ko yane shih i Yirdshilam aur shih i Habrdn aur shah i Ajlin ko magire se us pis nikal He. 24 Aur jab we unko Yasda ke samhne lie, to Yasda ne bani Isriel ke sire logou ko talab kiyi aur jangi bahiduroD ko jo uske sith the fariniyi : Age ao, aur iu bidshihoo kf gar- danoo par piow rakho. We nazdik ie aur un ki gardanou par paow rakhe. 25 Tab Yasda ne unheo farmaya : Khaufna karo, aur hirasan mat ho, mazbdtf aur dilawari karo; isliye ki Kucda'wand tumhare dushmanoo se jinke samhne turn hoge, aisehi karega. 26 Aur a^hir YaAua ne uuheo miri aur qatl kiya, aur pinch darakhtoo meu panchoo ko latka diyi : so We sham tak darakhtoo meo latke rahe. 27 Aur jab iftab qarfb gurub ke hdi, to unhoo ne Yasda ke hiikm se unheo darakhtoo se utiri, aur usi gir meu jis meo we ji chhipe the dil diyi, aur gir ke munh par bare bare patthar rakhe : chunanchi we aj ke din tak haio. 28 Aur usi din Yasda ne Muqaidah ko le liyi, aur wahiu logoo ko talwir se qatl kiyi, aur us ke badshih ko aur sare bashindoo ko halik kiyi, un sab meo se us ne ek ko bhi biqi na chhora, aur Muqaidah ke bidshah se wuhi kiya, jo Yiriho ke bidshih se kiyi thi. 29 Bad us ke Yasda ne sire banf Isriel samet Muqaidah se Libnah kokdch kiyi aur Libnah se lari. 30 Aur Kuuda'wand ne us ko bhf us ke bidshih samet banf Israel ke qibd men kar diyi, aur wahio logoo ko talwir se qatl kiya, aur us ne un meo ek bhi baqf na chhora, aur wahio ke bidshah se wuh kiyi, jo Yiriho ke bidshah se kiyi tha. 31 Phir Libnah se Yasda ne sire banf Isriel sainet Lakis ki taraf guzar kf, aur us ke muqibil khaime nasb kfe, aur us 88 254 YASU'A. [11 n/rij. lara. 32 Aur Khuda'wand iie Lakfs ko Israel ke qabie mej> kardiyi; us ne ddsre din us par fath p^i, aur unheo talwar se mara, aur sire bishindou ko jo us meu the, qatl kiy^, aab jaisa. ki us ne Libnah se kiya th^. 33 Us waqt Jazar k& bSdshah Haram Lakfs kl kumak ko charh iyS; so Yasoa lie use us ke lashkar samet mar liya, yahao tak ki ek bhf jft4 na bacha. 34 Aur Yasda ne Lakfs se s&re banf Isriel samet Ajlan kt taraf guzar kf, aur us ke muqibil khaime nasb kfe, aur us se jang shurii kf. 35 Aur usf din use le liya, aur use tal- war se mira, aur un sab ko jo ua mee the, usf din haram kar diyS, jaisa ki us ne Lakfs meo kiya tha. 3'> Phir Ajlan se Yasaa aur sare bani Israel Habnin par chafhe aur us se lare, 37 Aur fath paf, aur unheo aur un ke badshah aur atraf kl &i.ri bastfou ko aur wahau ke sare basnewaloo ko tah-teg kiyS, aur sab jaisa ua ne Ajlan meo kiya thS ki ek ko bhi jita na chhora, balki use sab logou samet jo us meo the, fana kar diya. 38 Wahao se Yasi'ia aur sare bani Israel murajaat karke Dab- ir ko le aur us se lare. 39 Aur use aur us ke badshih aur us kf sarf bastfoo ko qabii met) kar liy^, aur unheo tah-teg kiya, aur sare logou ko jo us meo the, haram kar diyS, ek ko bhi baqi na chhora: sab jaisa ki us ne Habrun aur Libnih aur us ke badshah se kiya tha, waisahi Dabfr se aur us ke badshah se kiya. 40 So Yasiia ne kohistan kf aur janiib kf samt kf aur nasheboo ke chashmoo kl sarf gurohoQ ko qatl kiya, aur wahau ke s^re b&dshahoo ko fana kiya, ek ko bhf jfti na chhorl, balki paharou ke sire bashindoo ko halak kiya, jaisa ki Khuda'- WAND, Israel ke Khuda ne hukm kiya tha. 41 Aur Yasna ne QadisBarnia ke jangal se leke Azzah tak aur Jashn kf sari zamin ko Jibaun tak qatl kiy€. 42 Aur Yasua ne un sab badshahoo par aur un ki zamin par ek dafa fath paf, is liye ki KhuuaVanDj IsrSel ki. Khuda Israel kf taraf se lari. 43 Bad us ke Yasaa ne s&re banf Israel samet Gilgal ko murajaat kf. XI BAB. 1 Jab Hasnr ke bidshah Yabfn ne yih suna, to us ne Madun ke badshah Yuab- aur Samrun ke badshah aur Ikshif ke badshah ko, 2 Aur un badshahoo kojo kohis- tan meo janib i shimal ko aur bayiban meo Kinnarat k.i samtjannb koaur nasheb meu aur NaufStidar meu magrib ki samt rahte the, 3 Aur un ko jo Kanln kf sarat i sharqi aur garbi ko rahte the, aur Amurfou aur Hittioo aur Farizzfoo aur Yabusiou ko jo pahari the, aur Hawioo ko jo Harmun ke niche sarzamin i Misfa uieo the, kahli bheja. 4 Tab we apne sab lashkarog samet aisi kasrat aur wufdr be jaise bahr ke kanare ret ke dane bote haio, beshumar ghore aur gariao leke. bahar nikle. 5 Aur jab ye sire badshah ittifaq karke mulaqf hue, to unhou ne Marum ke panfon par khaime jama kie, tiki banf Israel se muqabala kareo- 6 Tab Khuda'wanu ne Yasaa ko farmaya : Un se hirasan mat ho, is w^ste ki kal isiwaqt maio in sab ko bani Israel ke samhne marke dalongi. Tu un ke ghoioo ki khnncheu marega, aurun ki gariao ag se jalaega. 7 Chuninchi Yasua lya aur sare jangi banf Israel uske sath Marnm ke pinioo par hanila k^rkeun par a pare. S Aur Khuda'wand ne un ko bani Israel ke hath lueu somp diyl : so unhoo ne unheo mara, aur bare Saida aur Mishrafat ul miy&h aui- Misfa ke salira tak jo luashriq ki samt ko hai, unheo rageda aur qatl kiyi, J 12 BAB] YASU'A. 255 yahau tak ki ek ko bhl un men ae biqt na chhora. 9 A'lr Yasaa ne Khuda'wand ke hukm ke muwdfiq uu se kiyi, ki un ke ghofou kt khiincheo mirfo, aur un kf garliio jalafo- 10 Phir Yasua ne filfaur murSjSat ki aur HaRur ko le liy5, aur us ke b^dshih ko talwdr se mar^, isliye ki agle waqt men Hasiir un s^rf mamlukatoo ka sardar th^. 1 1 Aur nnhoD ne un sab ko jo wah^o the, talw£r kf dhSr se fanS kiy^, aisi ki wahiu ek mutanajKs bhf baqi na rahd, aur us ne Hasur ko ig se jalay^. J 2 Aur Yasiia un badsh^hoD ke sdre shahroo ki aur un shahrou ke sire badshahoQ ka m^lik hiil, aur unheo tah-teg kiya aur haram kiya, jaisi ki Khuda'wand ke bande Miisa ne hukm kiya tha. 13 Magar un shahroo ko jo apne tiloo par the, bani Israel ne na jalaya, siwa us Hasiir ke jise Yasua ne phiink diya thi. 14 Aur un sbahroQ ke sire mil aur mawashf ko bani Israel ne apne liye hit liyi ; lekin harek insin ko talw&r se qatl kiya, yahio tak ki unheo nabud kar diya, ek mutanaffis ko bhi b£qi na chhori. 15 Jaise ki Khuda'wand ne apne bande Musa ko farmaya tha, waisehf Musi ne Yasaa ko irshad kiya, aur Yasua ne bhi waise hi kiya ; us ne un chf zoo meo jo Khuda'wand ne Musa ko farmaio, ek ko natamim na chhora. 16 Chuninchi Yasua ne us sari sarzamfn aur kohistan aur jani'ib kf mamlukat aur Jashn ki sarzamin aur nasheb aur sahri aur Israel ke kohistan aur us ke nas- heb ko, 17 Aur koh i Halaq ko jo Sheir ki taraf charhti hai, Bal i Jadd tak jo dasht i Lubnin meo koh i Harmon ke niche hai, le liya, aur wahan ke sare badsha- hoo ko qabze men kar liya, aur unheo raira aur fana kiyi. 18 Yasua muddat tak un sire bidshihoo se lara kiyi. 19 Siwa Hawfoo ke jo Jibaiin ke bishinde the, koi shahr na tha, jis ne ban! Israel se sulh ki ho, balki sab ko unhon ne larkar liya. 20 Kydnki yih Khuda'wand ki taraf se thi ki un ke dil sakht ho gae the, tiki we Israel se qatil kareo aur we un ko haram kareu, tiki we maurid rahra ke na rahep, balki neat o nibad ho jiwen; jaisi ki Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko farmiyi. 21 Aur usf waqt Yasiia ne ake bani Anaq ko jo kohistanl the, Habrdn se aur Dabfr se aur Anab se, Yihddah ke sire kohistan se aur Israel ke sire kohistin se kit dali, aur un ko un ke shahroo samet haram kar diya. 22 So bani Anaq men se bani Israel ke qalamrau meo koi biqf na raha, magar Azzah aur Jannat aur Ashdud meo kuchh baqi the. 23 So Yasua us sab ki tarah ki Khuda'wand ne Musi ko farmiyi thi, us sari sarzamfn ki malik hila; aur Yasiia ne use bani Israel kf mfras kar diya, aur us ko un ke sibton meo qurae ke mutibiq taqsfm kiyi. Aur zamfn jang se farig hiii. XII. BAB. 1 Us sarzamin ke bidshih jinheo bani Isriel ne qatl kiyi aur un kl sarzamin Yardan ke us par mashriq kf samt nahr i Arnun se leke koh i Harmiin tak, aur mashriq kf siri widfoo tak miris If, ye haio : 2 Amiirioo ka bidshih Saihan jo Hasbun meo rahti tha, Ariir se leke jo nahr i Arniin ke sihil par hai, aur widi kf wasiat aur adhe Jashn se wadi Yabdq tak ki jo bani Amman ki sarhadd hai, milik thi, 3 Aur safari se bahr i Kinnirat tak jo mashriq kf samt hai, aur maidin ke daryi tak jo Yamm ul milh hai mashriq kf samt us rih se jo Bait ul wasfmit kojitf hai, aur janub ke kanire se jo Pisgah ke chashmoo ke taht hai. 4 Aur Basan ke 256 YASU'A. [13 »^"- b&dshah Og kf earhadd jo daHz qaddoo kf nasi ke qabze meo thf, jo IstSrat aur Azriit meu rahta thS. 5 Aur wuh koh i Harmnn aur Salkah aur sare Basan kS, JasGrfoD aur M^akitfoQ kt sarhadd ki. aur Sdhe Jili^d k^ jo Hasbun ke badshih Saihun kl sarhadd thi, malik tha. 6 Un ko Khuda'wand ke bande MusS aur banf Isriel ne mira, aur Khuda'wand ke bande Musi ne banf Rubin aur Jadd aur 5dhe sibt ManassI ko us sarzamtn ki. waris kiya. 7 Aur us mamlukat ke bSdshSh jinheo Yasiia aur banf Israel ne Yardan ke p^r magrib kl samt mSra, Bal i Jadd se leke jo wadi Lubn^n hai koh i Halaq tak jo Sheir tak chala gaya hai, jise Yasua ne banl Israel ke sibtoij par mfras ke liye qurae se taqslm kiya, 8 Paharoo nieo, aur raaidSnou meo, aur bayabanon men, aur naloo men, aur jangaloD men, aur mulk i janubl men, Hitti aur Amrirl aur Kananf aur Farizzt aur Hawi aur YabusfoD ki zamln aur us ko bSdshih ye haio: 9 Yirlho ka badshah, ek ; Ai ka badshah jo Baitlaham ke muttasil hai, ek ; 10 Yirushalam ka bddshah, ek; Habrun k^ bid- sh^h, ek ; 11 Warmat ka bSdsh^h ek ; 12 Lakfs k^ badshah, ek ; Ajlan k^ badshSh, ek ; Jazar ka b^dshiih, ek ; 13 Dabfr ka badshah, ek ; Jadr k^ badshah, ek ; 14 Hurmahka bSdshih, ek ; Arid ki, badshih, ek ; 15 Libnah ka bidshah, ek ; Adalam ki. badshah, ek ; 16 Muqaidah ka badshah, ek ; Baitel ki badshih, ek ; 17 TufFah ki bidshah, ek ; Hafr ki bidshih, ek ; 18 Afiq ki badshih, ek ; Sarfin ki bad- shah, ek ; Madun ki badshih, ek; 19 Hasur ki bidshih, ek ; 20 Simrnn-Miriun ki bidshih, ek ; Ikshafki badshih, ek ; 21 Tiannuk ki badshih, ek ; Majiddi ki bidshih, ek ; Qidis ki bidshih, ek ; 22 Yuqniam Karmill ki bidshah, ek ; 23 Naufit i Dir meo Dar ka bidshih ek; Gilgil meo jawfon ki bidshih, ek ; 24 Tirzah ki bidshah, ek : ye sab ektfs bidshih the. XIII. BAB. 1 Aur Yasua buddhi aur kuhansil hui, aur KhudaVand ne us ko farmiyi ki Tu buddhi aur kuhansil hni, aur hanoz bahutsf sarzamfn biqf hai, jo qabze meo nahfo if. 2 Aur wuh sarzamfn jo biqf hai, so Filistlou kf sab haddoo aur siri Jasnrf ; 3 Saihnr se jo Misr ke age hai, hudnd i Aqrin tak shimil kf samt ko huddud i Kanin meo mahsub ho Filistfoo ke pinch qutb yine Az,zati aur Ashdudf av!r Asqalinf aur Jannati aur Aqriini aur Awf ; 4 Jandb kf samt ko. Kanin kf sirf zamfn, aur Magirah se jo Saidinlou ki hai, Affq tak aur Amurioo kf sarhaddoD tak ; 5 Aur Jabalion kf sarzamfn aur siri Lubnin mashriq kf samt Bill jadd sejo koh i Harmun ke nfche hai, Hamit ke siwane tak. 6 Sare kohistanf Lubnin se leke Mishrafat ul miyih tak, aur sire Saidinf maio un ko banf Isriel ke simhne se dafa karnngi; magar tu qura dilke use banf Israel meo taqslm kar de, jaisi maio ne tujhe farmiyi. 7 Tn yih zamfn nau sibtoo ko aur idhe banf Manassi ko mfris ke taur par bant de. 8 Kyunki adhe ke sith bani Rubin aur banf Jadd ne apnf mfris pif, jo Musi ne Yardan ke par unheo df mashriq kf samt ko, jaisi ki Khuda'wand ke bande Musi ne unheo di, 9 Arair se jo Arnun ke kanare par hai, aur us shahr se jo pinf ke bfchon bfch hai, aur Maidaba ke dasht se leke Daibun tak, 10 Aur Amnrioo ke badshih Saihr'in ke sare shahr jo Hasbnn meo takhtnishfn thi, banf Amman kf hudad tak ; 1 1 Aur Jiliad aur Jasurf kf sarhadd aur Miakitf, aur siri koh i Harmdn aur siri Basan Salkah tak, 12 Basan meo Og ki 14 BAB.] YASU'A. 757 s5rf mamlukat jo Ist^rat aur Azri£t k^ m^lik tha, jo Raffiou kf nasi se bdqi rahi ; so Miisl ne unheo rnSrii aur khSrij kiya. 13 Lekin bani Israel ne Jasnrf aur Miakitloo ke marne ka irada na kiyS, aur we &j tak ban! Israel ke darmiyiin baste haig- 14 Magar us ne Lewi ke sibt ko mfras na df, isliye ki Khuda'wand Israel ke Khuda ki qurb^nl^n jo guzrini jiti haio, so un ki mir^s hai, jaisS us ne use kaha. 15 Aur Rliisa ne bani Rubin ke firqe ko un ke gharanou ke muwafiq miras df. 16 Aur Ariir se jo ab i Arniin ke kanare par hai, unki sarhadd tlii, aur wuh shahr jo dary^ ke bich hai aur sara sahra jo Maidaba se mila h^H hai, 17 Hasbun aur uske sire shahr ja dasht meij hain, Daibun aur Bamat ul Bal aur Bait i B.il ul Maun, 18 Aur Wahsat aur Kadimat aur Man fait, 19 Aur Qaryatain aur Shib- mah aur Zirat ul sahar jo wadi ke koh meo hai, 20 Aur Baitpeor aur Pisgah ke utar aur Bait ul wasfmat, 21 Aur sahrai sire shahr, aur AmdrioD ke bidshih Saihdn ki sari mulk jo Hasbun meo sultanat karti tha, jise Masa ne Mid^'in ke raisou Awi aur Raqm aur Sdr aur Hiir aur Raba, aur Saihan ke char ralsoo samet jo us zaniin men baste the, qatl kiya. 22 Aur Beor ka beti Balaim jo nujumi tha jise bani Israel ne apne maqtulou ke sith talwar se qatl kiyi. 23 Aur bani Rdbia ki sarhadd Yardan aur uski nawahi hdi. Ye shahr apne hawili samet Rubin ke gharinou ke hisse men pare. 24: Aur Musa ne bani Jadd ke firqe ko gharinon ke muwafiq hissa diya. 25 Auf unki sarhadd yih thi : Yasir aur Jiliad ke sire shahr, aur bani Amman ki adhf sarzamin Arair tak jo Rabbah ke samhne hai, 2G Aur Hasban se Ramat ul Misfa Butunfm tak, aur Mahnain se Dabir ki sarhadd tak; 27 Aur widi men : Bait ul Haram aur Baitinimrah aur Sukkat aur Tufan jo Hasbun ke bidshih Saihdn kf mamlukat ka biqiyah tha, aur Yardan aur uski nawihi darya i Kinnarat .ke kanare tak, jo Yardan ke par mashriq ki samt ko hai. 28 Ye shahr apne gaeoD samet bani Jadd ki miras un ke gharanoo ke mutabiq hde. 29 Aur Mdsi ne adhe bani Manassi ko bhi hissa diya ; so idhi bani Manassf ka hissa un ke gharinon ke muwafiq yih thi. 30 Aur un ki haddeo Mahnain se shurd hdiij, yane sari Basan aur Basan ke bidahah Og ki sari mamlukat aur siri Yair basti jo Basan meu haio ; aur we sath shahr haio. 31 Aur adhi Jiliad aur Istarat aur Azriat Basan ke badshah Og ke shahr Manassi ke bete Makir ki idhi aulad ke liye \m ke gharinou ke muwafiq binte gae. 32 Ye haio we shahr jinheo Mdsa ne Moab ke bayaban men Yardan ke par Yiriho ke log bhag mashriq ki taraf miras diyi. 33 Lekin Mdsi ne bani Lewi ko miras na di, isliye ki ^huda'- WAND Israel ki Khudi un ki miras hai, jaisa usne unhen kaha. XIV. BAB. 1 Aur we mamlukateo jinheu Kanan ki sarzamin meg bani Israel ne apni mfris meo liyi aur jinheo Iliazar kihin aur Ndn ke bete Yasda aur bani Israel ke firqoo ke abwi sardarou ne unhee miras di, ye haio. 2 Unki miraseu qurae ke muwafiq thin, jaisa Khuda'wand ne sirhe nau firqoa ke haqq meo Mdsi kl mirifat farmiya. 8 Ki Musi ne Yardan ke par arhii firqoo ko miris di thi; par us ne Lewfou k<» uu ke darmiyan kuchh miris na di. 4 Kydnki bani Yusaf do firqe the, M^ 258 YASU'A. [15 BAB. aur IfrSim ; so utohoQ ne Lewioo ko zamtn meo se kuchh hissa ne diyS, magar ko^ shahr un ke rahne ke liye aur un ki atraf nawahf un ki maw^shi aur mal ke liye. 5 Aur jaisS Khuda'wand ne Mnsa ko farmayS, waisehi bani Israel ne kiyiS, aur wuh zamtn bant li. 6 Tab bant Yihudah Gilgal men Yasiia pis ie aur Qinzt Yafunnih ke bete KSlib ne use kaha, ki Us bat ko jo Khuda wand ne mard i Khuda Miisa ko meri aur terf babat Qadis Barnia men kahi, tu janta hai. 7 Jis waqt Khuda'wand ki bande Miisa ne Qadis Baruia se mujh ko bhejS ki is zamin ki jasusi karun, us waqt maia chSlis baras ka thS, aur main ne use us ke muwafiq jo mere dil meo thi, khabar dt. 8 Aur mere bhatoo ne jo mere sath charh gae the, jamaat ke diloij ko pighli diyS; lekin main ne Khuda'wand apne Khuda ki puri pairawl kf. 9 Tab Musi ne us din qasam khake kaha, ki Yaqtnan wuh zamtn jis par tti ne qadam rakhe, teri aur tere betou ki istimrari miras hogi ; kyunki td nc Khuda'wand tcre ixhuda ki pnrS pairawi kf. 10 Aur ab dekh Khuda'wand ne mujh ko aj ke din tak, jaisa us ne farmiya, jita rakha us waqt se leke ki Khuda'wand ne yih bSt Musi ko kahi, jab ki bani Israel bayabin men awara the, is waqt tak paintalis baras guzre, asr aj ke din main pachasi baras ka buddha huu : 1 1 Aur hanoz main aisa zorawar huu jaisa us din thi, ki jis din Musi ne mujhe bheja; jaisi larne ki qdwat mujh meo tab thi, ab bhi ^ne jSne men waisi hi hai. 12 So yih koh jis ki babat Khuda'wand ne us roz wada kiya hai, mujh ko de. Kyunki tu ne us din suna ki wahin Anaq baste hain, aur wahin ke shahr bare aur muhkam hain. Pas agar aisa ho ki Khuda'wand mere sath rahe, to maio unheo nikal dungi, jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne kaha hai. 13 Tab Yasiia ne us ke haqq men dua ki, aur Yafunnih ke bete Kilib ko Habrun miras men diyi. 14 So Habrun us waqt se aj tak Qinzi Yafunnih ke bete Kdlib ki'miris hua, is liye ki us ne Khuda'wand Israel ke Khuda kf purt pairawf kf. 15 Aur agle waqt men Habrun ka nSm Qaryatarba tha, aur wuh Anaq ko darmiyan bara qaddawar adml thi. Aur wuh zamin jang se farig hni. XV. BAB. 1 Aur bani Yihndah ke firqe ka qura un ke gharanoo ke mut^biq yih tha : barr i Sin se janub ki samt ko Taiman ke kanare Adiim ki sarhadd thi. 2 Aur us ki janubi hadd Yamm ul milh ke kanare se, us lisan se jo janub ko mill hai, shurti hut. 3 Aur yih hadd janiib ki janib Aqrabin ke upar se hoke Sin tak pahunchi, aur janub se Q,.ldis Barnia ko charhi aur Hasrnn pas jake Adar ko charhi aur wahan se Qariqa ko phirl ; 4 Aur wahan se Azmun ko pahunchi aur phir Misr ki nahr se ja milt, aur us kf sarhaddeo darya tak pahunchi hain. Tumhari jandbi sarhadden ye hongi. 5 Aur us ki sharqi hadd Yamm ul milh se Yardan ke kanare tak, aur us ki shimali hadd darya ke kol se jo nahr i Yardan ki kanara hai. 6 Aur yih hadd Bait ul hajlah tak charhi aur Bait ul arabah ki shimali hadd se charh ke Riibin ke bete Buhan ke patthar tak pahunchi. 7 Phir Akur ki wadi Dabir ko charhi aur wahao se shimal ki samt ko chalke Gilgal tak jo Adiimiou ki charhai ke muqabil hai, jo wadt ke janub ko hai. Aur wuh phir wuh hadd Ain ul shams kc pani pas hoke 15 BAB.] YASU'A. 259 Ain ul nijil pSs jS nikli. 8 Aur sarhadd bani Hannam kf wSdf meo se Yabnsfoo ke kanire janab ki samt ko giii jo Yirushilam hai. Aur pliir us pahSr kt choti tak jo wad! Hannam ke age samt i magrib ko hai, aur wuh RafTioo ki wftdi ke shini^l ki samt ko waqa hai. 9 Aur hadd pahar kf choti se db i Naftiih ke chashme tak gat, aur wah&u se Ifran ke shahroo p§s ja nikli, aur hadd wahdu se Baalah tak jo Qnryatyearim hai, pahunchf. 10 Aur hadd Baalah se chalke magrib kf samt koh i Slu'fr ko phiri aur Ilarulwairin y5ne Kasalun ke shim^lki samt pas pahunchf aur Bait ul shams se chalke Timnah meu utri. 11 Aur hadd shimal kf samt -Aqriin pis ja niklf aur Sakrunah se hoke Eaalah ke pahar par guzrf, aur Yabniel p;is niklf, hadd wahiu se darya par ja niklf. 12 Aur us kf hadd janib i garbf men bahr i azam aur us ki kan4ra hai. Banf Yihudah ke gird kf haddeo un ke gharinou ke mutabiq ye haio. 13 Aur Yafunnih ke bete Kilib ko banf Yihndih ke darmiyan jaisa ki Khoda'wand ne Yasua ko farmayi thi, banf Anaq ka Qaryatarba jo Habrun hai, hissa diya. 14 So Kalib ne wahau se tin ko, Sisf aur Akhimann aur Talmi ko jo bani Anaq haiu, kharij kiya. 15 Aur wuh wahiij se Dabirfou par charh gaya; par DabfrkS qadfmf nam Qaryat ul sifr tha. 16 So Kalib ne kaha, Jo koi ki Qaryat ul sifrwiloo ko ja mSre aur use le Je, to main use apiif betf Aksah biyah ddnga. 17 Tab Kalib ke chhote bhai Q inaz ke bete Gutiiniel ne us par qabza kiya : so us ne apnf betf Aksah use biyah df. 18 Aur aisa hiia ki jab wuh us pas gai, to us ne use ubhara, taki wuh apne bap se ek khet mange; so wuh apne gadhe par se utri. Tab Kalib ne use kaha, Tera kya irada hai? 19 Wuh boli, Miijhe barakat dijiye! ki tii ne janub kf samt ki zamin mujhe inayat kf, so mujhe pani ke chashme bhf dijiye. Tab us ne use chashme ilf aur chashme safil inayat kfe. 20 Banf Yihddah ke firqe ki miras un ke gharanon ke mutAbi(| yih hai. 21 Aur Adam ki taraf janub ki samt banf Yihddah ki sarhadd ki intiha ke shahr- panehain: Qabziel aur Adar aur Yajur, 22 Aur Qainah, aur Dairaiinah aur Adadah, 23 Aur Qadis, aur Hasdr aur Ituan, 24 Zaif aur Zuhn aur Baaliit, 25 Aur Hasdr i hadattah aur Qaryat, Hasrun jo Hasdr hai, 26 Aur Aniam aur Sama aur Muwalladat, 27 Aur Hasarijaddah, aur Hashmnn aur Bait ul falat, 28 Aur Hasar ul sualat, aur Biarsaba aur Bizzatiyah, 29 Baalah aur Aiyim aur Azm, 30 Aur Iltawallud aur Kasfl aur Hurmah, 31 Aur Siqlag aur Madmannah aur Sansannah, 32 Aur Labiyat aur Silahim aur Ain aur Rumman; ye sab untfs shahr aur uD ke gauw. 33 Aur we shahr jo sahrii meo waqa hue, ye hain: Istaal aur Saraah aur Asnah, 34 Aur Zunuk aur Ain i jannfm, TuiFah aur Ainam, 35 Warmilt aur Adiilam, Shaukat aur Azfqah, 36 Aur Sagarin aur Adftain aur Jadirah aur Jadiratain : chaudah shahr aur un -ke giuw. 37 Zinan aur Hadasah aur Mijdal i Jadd, 38 Aur Dilaan aur Misfi aur Yuqtiel, 39 Lakfs aur Basqat aur Ajldn, 40 Aur Kabun aur Lahuias aur Kitlis, 41 Aur JadfrSt aur Bait i Dajdn aur N;iamah aur Muqaidah: solah shahr aur un ke ganw. 42 Libnah aur Atr aur Asn, 43 Aur Iftah aur Asnah aur Nasfb, 44 Aur Qailah aur Akzfb aur Marasah: Nau shahr aur un ke gauw. 45 Aqrun aur us ki bastfao aur gauw. 46 Aqrdn se darya tak Ashdud ke atraf ke sare shahr aur un ke gauw: 47 Ashdud apne shahroy aur gauoo samet; Gg2 26« YASU'A. [16 BAB. aur Azzah apne ihahroQ aur g&Qoo samet Misr kl nahr tak aur dary£ i azam ki hudi'id tak. 48 Aur kohist^n meo : Samfr aur Watir aur Shaukat, 49 Aur Dannah aur Qaryat ul sannah jo Dabfr hui, 50 Aur Anlh aur Istiraah aur Ainim, 51 Aur Jashn aur Haulan aur Jaila : gyarah shahr aur un ke g-iow. 52 Arab aur Dumah aur Ishain, 53 Aur Yanum, aur Bait ul tuffih aur Afiqah, 53 Aur Humtah aur Qaryatarba jo Habrunhai, aur Saigiir : nau shahr aur un ke ginw. 55 Maun> Karmil aur Zaif aur Yutah, 56 Aur Yazrael aur Waqdiam aur Zanuk, 57 Qain, Jibiah aur Timnah : das shahr apne gaoo samet. 58 Halhill aur Bait ul sar aur Jadiir, 59 Aur Maarat aur Bait ul anat aur Iltiqiiu : chha shahr apne gaoo samet. 60 Qaryat ul Baal jo Qaryatyearim hai aur Rabbah : do shahr apne gaoo samet. 61 Aur bayibSn men : Bait ul arabah aur Madin aur Sakakah, 62 Aur Nibsan aur Ir ul milh aur Ain i jadi : chha shahr aur un ke ganw. 6.1 Lekin Yabusi jo the Yinish^lam meo rahte the, so un ko baui Yihudah kharij na kar .«ake ; chunanchi Yabdsi banf Yihiidah ke sath aj ke din tak Yirushalam raeu baste haio. XVI. BAB. 1 Aur ban! Yusaf kl hadd Yardan se Yiriho hoke mashriq ki samt i.h i Yiriho pis nikli, aur us bayaban tak jo Yiriho se Baitel ke pahar ko jUa hai. 2 Aur Baitel se nikalke Lauz ko jake Arki Atarat ki hadd ke pas guzrf. 3 Aur wahan se magrib kf jSnib hadd Yaflitf pas aur JJaithauran i safil tak aur Jazar tak pahunchti hai, aur us ki intiha darya hai. 4 Aur banl Yiisaf ManassI aur Ifraim ne apna mfras li. 5 Aur bani Ifraim kl sarhadden un ke gharinon ke mutabiq ye thig : un ki mlras kl hadd i sharqi Atarat ul Addir se Baithauran i ali ko phirf. 6 Aur hadd shimal se magrib ki janlb ko Mikmatit pas nikli, aur hadd i sharqi Taanat ul saila ko phiri, aur hadd mashriq se Yanukah pas guzr?, 7 Aur Yanukah se Atarat aur Naratah pas utri, aur Yiriho se guzarke Yardan pas ja nikli. 8 Aur hadd i garbl Tafiih se Nahl i qanSt tak aur us ki intiha darya tak hai. Banl Ifraim ke gharanoo ki mfras un ke qabail ke muwaflq yih hai. 9 Aur bani Ifraim Jte aur jude shahr un ke gaon samet bani Manassl kl minis men the, sab shahr aur un ke ganw. 10 Aur un Kananion ko jo Ja^ar ke bashinde the, iiharij na kiya : so we 4j ke din tak bani Ifraim ke »ath baste haig, aur jizya dete haiu, XVII. BAB 1 Aur bani Manassi Ice firqe ne bhi niiris pai, ki wuh Yusaf ka pahlautha hai, 8o Jiliad ke bap, Manassi ke pahlauthe Makir ne jo jangi mard thi, Jiliad aur liasan mlras paya. 2 Aur baqi banl Manassi ke liye bhi un ke gharanou ke muwSfiq mlras mili : bani Iliazar aur bani Hilq aur bani Ashriel aur bani Sikra aur banl Hifr' aur bani Simiwada ke liye : Yusaf ke bete, Manassi ke farzand i narina un ke gharanon ke mutabiq ye the. 3 Aur Silafih d bin Hifr bm JiLirid bin Makir bin Manassi ke bete na the, niagar betian thin, jinke nam ye hain : Mahlah aur Nauah aur Haj^ah aur Milkah aur Tirzah. 4 So we Iliazar krihin aur Niin ke be^e Yasaa aur amlroa ke nazdik ake bolio, ki Khuda'wand ne Musi ko hukm 18 BAB] * YASU'A. 261 kiyS, ki wuh ham ko hamare bhafoo ke darmiyin miras de. Chundnchi Khuda'- WAND ke farman ke mutabiq U3 ne un ke bip ke bhitoo ke darmiyan un ko mfraa df. 5 So Jiliid kf zamfn ke aur Basan ke siw4 jo Yardan ke par hai, das hisse Manassi ke hiie. 6 Ki Manassf kf betfoo ne apne bhafoo ke sath mfras p4f, aur Manassf ke baqf betou ne Jiliad kf zamfn paf. 7 Aur Yasar se leke Mikmatat tak jo Sikm ke muqibil hai, Manassf kf hadd thf , so yih tairaan tak aur A in i tafdh ke khaimou tak chali gaf. 8 Is liye ki sarzamin Tafiih Manassf kf thf, aur Tafuh Manassi kf sarhadd raeo banf Ifraim ka hissa tha. 9 So us kf hadd Nahal i qanat kf jinib janub pas ja utrf. Ifraim ke ye shahr Manassi ke shahroo meg dakhil haia. Aur Manassi kf hadd wadi ke shimal se thf, aur us kf intiha darya tha. 10 So janib i janab Ifraim kf htif aur janib i 8hiiu.il Manassi ki aur us ki intiha bahr tak thf. So we donoij shimal kf samt Yasar se aur mashriq kf samt Ishakar se ja milin. 11 Aur Ishak^r aur Yasar meo Baitishan aur us ke shahr, aur Wabliam aur us ke shahr, aur ahl i Dur aur us ke shahr, aur ahl i Ain-Dnr aur us ke shahr, aur ahl i Taanak aur us ke shahr, aur ahl i Majiddi aur us ke shahr, tin zila gird kf bastion saraet Manassf ke hisse meo the. 12 Aur banf Manassi un shahron ke rahnewalon ko kharij na kar sake : so wahan us zamin meo Kananf basa chahte the. 13 Lekin jab bani Israel ne zor pakra, to Kananios se jizya liya, par bilkull unhen kharij na kiya. 14 So bani Yusaf ne Yasna ko kaha, ki Tu ne kis liye qurae men se hamko ek hf mfras aur faqat ek hf hi.ssa diya, agarchi ham bahut log hain, jahan tak Khdda'- WAND ne hamko barakat di hai. 15 Tab Yasda ne unhen jaw4b diya, ki Agar turn bahut se ho, to jangal meo jao, aur wahiij Farizzion aur RafFion ki sarzamin meo katkar apne liye maqam saf kar lo, agar Ifraim ke kohistan meo tum par tangt ho. 16 Banf Ydsaf ne kaha, ki Yih kohistan hamare has men na awega, ki un sare Kaaanioo ke pas jo wadi ki zamin men baste hain, j-^ne un ke pas jo liaitishan aur us ke dihat men aur Yasrael ki wadi men rahte hain, lohe ki garfao hain. 17 Yasda ne banf Ydsaf Ifraim aur Manassi ko kaha, ki Tum bahut se ho aur bahut sa zor rakhte ho : tumhire liye faqat ek hissa na hoga, balki pahar tumhare liye hoga : wuh jangal hai, tum sif karo ki us ke makharij tumhare liye honge. 18 Agarchi Kananiou ki garian lohe ki haio aur we qawi hain, par tum unhea kharij kar pakoge. XVIII. BAB. 1 Aur sire bani Israel ki guroh Saila meo jama hui aur wahan unhon ne jamdat ka khaima khara kiya, aur wuh zamin un ke age maglub hdi. 2 Ab bani Israel ke sat firqe ba]i rahe, jiuhon ne mfras na paf. 3 So Yasda ne unhen kaha, ki Turn kab tak us zamfn ke lene meo jo Khcda'wand tumhare bapdSdou ke Khuda ne tum ko di hai, susti karoge? 4 So tum apne darmiyan harek firqe meo se tfn tfn shakhs intikhab karo: maio unheo bhejdnga.ki we uthke is sarzamin ki sair kareu, aur use apnf miras ke muwafiq likhen, aur phir mujh pds £weQ. 5 Aur us ke sat hisse kareo- Yihddah jandb kf janib rahe, aur banf Ydsaf shimal kf sarhaddou men tliaharen. G So tum is sarzamin ke sat hisse likhkemujh pas yahao lao, taki maio Khuda'wand ke dge jo tumharu I^^huda hai, tumhare Hye qura daldg. 7 Kyua- 26- . YASU'A. [19 BAB. ki tumhare darmiy^n banf Lewi ka hissa nahfo, ki Khuda'wand kf kahanat un kf miras hai. Aur Jadd aur Riibin aur adhe firqe Manassi ne to Yardan ke par mashriq ki janib apnl mfras pai hai, jo Khuda'wand ke bande Mdsa ne unhen bakhshi. 8 Tab we log uthe ki rawana hoo- So Yasua ne un logou ko jo zamfn ke likhne ke liye charha chahte the, hukm kiyi, ki Is sarzaniln men jao, aur sair karlo, aur likhke mujh pas ^o, tiki main Saila men Khuda'wand ke age tumhare liye qura dalun. 9 Chun'inchi weloggae, aur us zaniln par guzre, aur quraoa ke mutabiq we likhke us ke sat hisse muqarrar kie, aur Yasiia pas us khairaagah men jo Saila meo tha, phir ae. 10 Tab Yasda ne Saila men un ke liye Khuda'wand ke age qura (Jala; aur zamin wahau ban! Israel ko un ke hisse ke mutabiq bant di. 1 1 Aur bani Binyamin ka qura un ke gharanon ke mutabiq yih para, ki un ke hisse ki sarhadd bani Yihiidah aur bani Yusaf ke darmiyan hiii. 12 So un ke hisse ki shimali hadd nahr i Yardan se shurn hiii, aur yih hadd Yiriho ki shimali samt ke kanare ko charhl magrib ki janib paharon par, aur us ke makharij Baitawan ke sahra tak the. 13 Aur wahau se Lauz ko, jo Baitel hai, janub kf janib gai, aur wahan se Atarat i Addar hoke us pahar pas jo Baithauran i sufli ke jandb ko hai, ja utri. 14 Aur hadd wahan se guzarke us pahar pas jo Baithauran ki jandb ko hai, jake bharke sahil tak pahunchi, aur us ke makharij Qaryat ul Btal tak the, jo Qaryatyearim hai, banJ Yihddah ka ek shahr. Yih hadd i garbi hdi. 15 Aup haddijandbi Qaryatyearim ki intiha se shurd hdi aur magrib ko ab i Tafdh tak chali gai; 16 Aur wahan se us pahar pas jo bani Hantiam kf wadi ke samhne hai, utri jo RafFioo ke nasheb ke jandb ko hai; aur phir wahan se jandb ki janib Ja i Hannam aur Yabi'isl ke kanare tak jake Ain ul raj il pas ja utri. 17 Aur hadd i shimali ghdmke Ain ul shams tak gai, aur wahan se JalilSt tak jo AddmioQ kf ghati ke muqabil hai, aur wahau se Rdbin ke bete Buhan ke patthar tak pahunchi; 18 Aur janib i shimal se Arabah ke muqabil hoke Arabah pas ja utri. 19 Phir shimali samt se utarke Bait ul hajlah ke kanare tak gai, aur us ke makharij Yamm ul milh ki shimali lisan par, aur Yardan ke muhane par jandb ko the. Ye jandbi hadden haio. 20 Aur us ki hadd i sharqf Yardan tha. Bani Binyamin kt ralras un ki sab haddon ki atraf ke mutabiq un ke gharanon ke muwafiq yih thf. 21 Aur we shahr jo banf Binyamin kl thin, un ke gharanon ke muwafiq, ye hain : Yiriho aur Bait ul hajlah aur Umq ul qasis, 22 Aur Bait ul Arabah aur Samax'din aur Baitel, 23 Aur Awim aur Farah aur Gufrah, 24 Aur Kafr ul Ammunf aur Ufnf aur Jaba : barah shahr aur un ke dfhat, 25 Aur Jibadn aur Ramat aur Biarat, 26 Aur Misfa aur Kafirah aur Mazf, 27 Aur Raqm aur Irfael aur Taralah, 28 Aur Zila, Alif aur Yabdsjo Yirushalam hai, aur Jibaat, Qaryat: chaudah shahr aur un ke dihat, Bani Binyamin ki miras un ke gharanon ko muwafiq yih hai. XIX. BAB. 1 Aur ddsra qura bani Simon ke firqe ki un ke gharinoo ke muwafiq nikla, aur un ki miras bani Yihddah ki miras ke darmiyan thf. 2 Aur un ki miras meo Biarsaba tha aur Saba aur Muwalladat, 3 Aur Hasar i sualat aur Baalah aur Azui, 4 Aur Iltawallud aur Batdl aur Hurmah, 5 Aur Siqlag aur Baitul 19 BAB.] YASU'A, 263 markab&t aur Ilasar i susah, aur Bait i labuat aur Shuruhan : ye terah shahr aur un kc dihat ; 7 Ain aur RummSn aur Atr aur Asn : ye cMr shahr aur un ke dihat ; 8 Aur s^re dfhat jo in shahron ke &s piis the, Baal i biar aur Ramat ul jamb tak. Yih banl Simon ki miras un kc gharanoij ke nmwaliq thaharf. 9 Aur bani Yihiidah ke milk men se bani Simon ki mtras muqarrar hiil, is liye ki bani Yihiidfih ki milk un kl ihtiyaz se ziyfida thi ; so bani Simon ne un ki' mtras men apni hissa paya. 10 Aur tisra qura ban! Zabuldn k;i un ke gharunon kc muwafiq nikla. Aur un kl mfras ki hadd Sharid tak hi'ii. 11 Aur un ki sarhadd magrib ki janib ke Maralah se chall aur Dabasat se ja mili, aur us rud se jo Yukniam ke ige hai, ja mill. 12 Aur Sharid se mashrib ki taraf phirke Kislat ul Tabur ko gai, aur wahau se Dabarat pas ja nikli, aur wahatj se Wafia ko charhi. 13 Aur mashriq ki janib Jannat ul hifr aur Idat i qazin tak gai, aur wahan se Rumman pas, jo Nia tak pahunchti hai, j^ nikli. 15 Aur hadd shimal ki samt se Ilann^tan ke gird phiri, aur us ke raakharij Iftahiel Id wadi tak the. )5 Aur Qutnat aur Nahalal aur Samrun aur Iddah aur Baitlaham : ye barah shahr aur un ko dihSt. 16 Ye sab shahr aur un ke dihat bani Zabiikin ki mii-Js un ke gharanon ke muwafiq yih thi. 17 Aur chautha qura bani Ishakar ke firqe ki. un ke gharanon ke muwSfiq nikla. lb Aur un ki miras Yazrael aur Kasnlat aur Shunain, 19 Aur Hafarain aur Shiyan aur Anikharat aur Rabbiyat, 20 Aur QisySn aur Abis aur Ramat, 24 Aur Ain ul jannin aur Ain ul khaddah aur Bait ul fasis tak hui. 22 Aur un ki sarhadd Tabur aur Shakhsiu aur Bait ul shams se ja mili, aur un ki miras ke raakharij Yardan thi : solah shahr aur un ke dihat. 23 Ye shahr aur un ke dihat bani Ishakar ki miras un ke ghar,inou ke muwafiq thi. 24 Aur panchwdn qura bani Yasar ke firqe ki. un ke gharanon ke muwdfiq nikM. 25 Aur un ki hadd yih hai : Khilqat aur Hali aur Bata aur Ishlcaf, 26 Aur Almalik aur Amiad aur Maslah ; aur un ke hadd magrib ki samt Karmil se aur Saihur ul libnat se ja mili ; 27 Aur mashriq ki samt se Bait ul Dajun ko phiri, aur phir Zabiiliin aur wadi Iftahiel se ja mili, aur shimal ki samt Bait ul umq aur Nagiel se aur us ke makharij Kabul ke bayau ko the, 28 Aur Abrun aur Ruhab aur Humman aur Qanali Saida i kubri tak ; 29 Aur un ki sarhadd Ramat aur madina i hisn Siir ki taraf ko phiri, aur wahau so murke Ilausah tak gai, aur us ke makharij khatt i Akzib se darya tak the ; 30 Aur Ummmah aur Afiq aur Ruhab : ye bais chahr aur un ke dihat. 31 Bani Yasar ke firqe ki miras un ke gharanou ke muwafiq ye shahr aur un ke dihat the. 32 Chhatha qura bani Naftali ke firqe ka un ke gharanon ke muwafiq nikla. 33 Aur unki sarhadd Hilf se aur Zaanannim ke balut .se aur Ada mi ul naqb aur Yabniel se Laqnm tak thi, aur us ke makharij Yardan tak the. 34 Aur hadd magrib ki janib meu Uznat ul Tabur ki taraf phiri, aur wahin se Huquq pas nik- alke Zabulun se janib kl samt aur Yasar se magrib kl samt aur bani Yihudah ki sarhadd men Yardan se mashriq ki samt ja mi^ 35 Aur yc shahr i muhkam : Ziddim, Sair aur Ilamat, Riqqat aur Kinnarat hain, 36 Aur Adamah riur Ramat aur llasur, 37 Aur Qadis aur Azri4t aur Am ul hasiir, 38 Aur Wiryan aur Mijdaliel aur Ilarim aur Bait ul anat aur Bait ul shams: unfs shahr am- un ke 264 YASU'A. [20 BAB. dihdt. 39 Ye shahr aur un ke dfhit bani Naft^lf ke firqe ki mfris un ke gharSnoo ke muwlfiq the. 40 Aur sitwSo qura bant Dan ke firqe k£ un ke ghar£noD ke muwSfiq nikli. 41 Aur un ki mfras kt hadden ye haio : Suraat aur Ista^l aur I'r ul shams, 42 Aur Salabfn aur AiyuUn aur Itlah 43 Aur Aildn aur Timnatah aur Aqrdn, 44 Aur II- taqf aur Jabatun aur Baalat, 45 Aur Yahud aur Bani barq aur Jannat ul rum- man, 46 Aur Ma i Yarqnn aur Ruqqin us samet jo Yafa ke muq^bil hai. 47 Aur yahau se bant Dan kf hadd niklf, ki bani Dan Lasim par charh gae, aur un se jang ki aur use le liyS, aur wahin ke logog ko tah-teg kiya, aur us par qabiz hue aur wahan base aur Lasim ka nam Dan rakha, jo un ke bip ka nam tha. 48 Ye sab shahr aur un ke dfhat bani Dan ke firqe ka hissa tha un ke gharSnoa ke muwifiq. 49 Jab ki zamln ki taqsim se aur us ki haddou se farig ho chuke, tab ban! Isriel ne Nnn ke bete Yasua ko apne darmiyan miras di. 50 Aur us ne Timnat ul sirah ka shahr jo koh i Ifraim men hai, mnngi ; so unhon ne Khuda'wand ke farman ke mutabiq use diya. Aur us ne us shahr ko Srasta kiya, aur us meo ja basa. 51 Ye we mulk hain jo Biazar kahin ne aur Nun ke bete Yasaa ne aur bani Israel ke gharanoij ke abwi sardaron ne qura dilke Saila men KhudaVand ke huzur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze ke samhne taqsim kar die, aur we zamfn kf taqsim se farig hue. XX. BAH. 1 Aur Khoda'wand ne Yasua ko khitib karke farmayd, 2 KiBanf Israel ko kah ki apne liye aisi shahrpanahen jinki babat maio ne Musa ki m^rifat tumhe© hukm kiya, muqarrar karo, 3 Taki wuh khuni jo nadanistagi se aur saho ki rah se kisi ko mar dalke wahan bhage, ta we khun ke intiqim lenewile se tumhari panah ke liye howen. 4 Aur jab koi un meu se kisi ek shahr men bhag jae, to shahr ke darwaze par khara rahe, aur us shahr ke buzurgon se apni sarguzasht bayan kare ; tab we buzurg use shahr meo apne pas lejawen aur jagah deu, so wuh un ke sath bud o bash kare. 5 Aur agar khun ka intiqam lenewala use ragede, to we khiini ko us ke hawale na karen; kyunki us ne apne hamsae ko nadanistagi se mira, aur wuh us se sabiq us kl kuchh kina na rakhta tha. 6 Aur wuh jab tak adalat ke liye jamaat ke huzur na khara ho, bare kahin ki maut tak jo un rozon men ho usi shahr men base. Bad lis ke wuh khnni phire aur apne shahr meo aur apne ghar men, us shahr men jahau se ki wuh bhagi thS, dalfhil ho. 7 So unhoo ne panah ke liye un shahrou ko muqaddas kiyS : Qadis, koh i Naftali ke darmiyan Galil men, aur Sikm, koh i Ifraim ke darmiyan, aur Qaryat- arba jo Habrdn hai, koh i Yihndah meg. 8 Aur Yardan ke par Yiriho ki samt i sharqi ko Busr bay^bin men bani Rdbin ke firqe ke maidSn men, aur Ramat Jiliid meo, jo Jadd ke firqe ka hai, aur Jaulan, Manassi ke firqe ka Basan meu muqarrar kiya. 9 Ye bastian sare bani Isrl^ aur us musafir ke liye jo un ke darmiyan base, muqarrar kl gafa, taki jo koi ki nadanistag! se kisi ko qatl kare, to wahau bhige, aur jab tak ki jamaat ke age hizir na howe, tab tak khiin ke intiqam lenewile ke h^th se mSra na jae. 21 UAB.] YASU'A. 26S XXI. BAB. 1 Tab LewfoD ke abwl sard^r Iliazar kihin aur Ndn ke bete Yasaa aur banf Isrlel ke firqoo ke abwf sardiroo ke pis &e ; 2 Aur unhou ne Kandn ki sarzamin Saili meu kaha, ki KiiUDi'wAND ne Mnsa kf marifat farmiyi hai, ki bastf^o hamare rahne ko aur girdnawih hamlrf mawSshi ke liye ham ko dl jawcQ. 3 Tab ban( Israel ne apni mfrSs meo so KhddaVand ke kahne ke muwifiq ye shahr aur un kl girdnawah Lewioo ko diyi. 4 So qura QihSt ke gharinoo ke nam par aur H^rnn kShin kf auUd ke nim par jo banl Lewi ke firqe meo se thS, nikla. Pas unhoo ne qura ke ru se Yihndih ke firqe aur Simon ke firqe aur banl Binyamin ke firqe meo ae terhd shahr p£e. 5 Aur Qihit ki auUd ne jo biqi rahl thl, firqe Ifraim ke gharine aur firqe Dan aur idhe firqe Manassf meo se das shahr pae. 6 Aur banf JirsSn ne az rd i qura ke bani Ishakar ke gharanoo aur Yasar ke firqe aur Naftali ke firqe, aur Manassi ke aur adhe firqe meo se Basan meo terha shahr p^e. 7 Aur banl Mirar! ne apne gharanoo samet bani Rabin aur bani Jadd aur bani Zabnldn se b^rah shahr pie. 8 Aur bani Israel ne qura dalke ye shahr aur unka girdnawah jaisa Khuda'wand ne Musa kf mirifat farmaya tha, Lewioo ke qabze men kar diyi. 9 So unhoD ne firqe bani Yihddah aur firqe ban! Simon se ye shahr die, jinke nim zikr kie jate haio. 10 BaniHarun kojo QihSt ke gharanemeo se the, (kydnki pahli qura un ke nam ka thS), 11 So uuhoo ne An^q ke bap Arba ka shahr jo Habrnn kahlata hai, Yihddah ke hohistan meo us ke girdigird ke atraf samet un ko diya. 12 Lekin us shahr ke khet aur us ka dihSt unhoo ne Yafunnih ke bete Kalib ki milkkar die. 13 So unhoo ne Hardn kihin ki auMd ko q^til ki panih ke liye Habrdn ki. shahr us ke girduawih samet diyi, aur Libnah us ke girdnawih samet, 14 Aur Watir aur Istimi us kf hawalf samet, IS Aur Haulan aur us ke girdnawah, aur Dabfr aur us ke girdnawah, 16 Aur Ain aur us ke girdnaw&h, aur Ydtah aur Ain ul shams aur un ke girdnawah, ye nau shahr un donoo firqoo meg se; 17 Aur Binyamin ke firqe meo se: Jibadn aur us ke girdnawSh, aur Jiba aur us ke girdnawah, 18 Aur Ana tat aur us ke girdnawah, aur Almuu aur us ke gird- nawah, ye char shahr. 19 So sire shahr banf Hardn kojo kihia haio, terha shahr the un ke girdnawih samet. 20 Aur bani Qihit ke biqf gharinoo ko Lewf ke firqe se jo banf Qihat haio firqe Ifraim men se ye shahr mfras mile. 21 Qatil ki panih ke liye Ifriim ke pahar meo unheo Sikm diyi aur us ke girdnawah, aur Jazar aur us ke girdnawih, 22 Aur Qibzain aur us ke girdnawih, aur Baithaurin aur us ke girdnawah, ye chir shahr; 23 Aur firqe Dan meo se: Iltaqi aur us ke girdnawih, aur Jibatda aur us ke girdnawih, 24 Aur Aiyulin aur us ke girdnawih, aur Jannat ul Rum- min aur us ke girdnawah, ye chir shahr; 25 Aur adhe firqe Manassf meo se, Tinak aur us ke girdnawah aur Jannat ul Rummin aur us ke girdnawih, ye do shahr : 26 Ye sab das shahr apne girdnawah samet Qihit kf biqf aulid ke gharinoQ ko mile. 27 Aur bani Jirsin ko jo Lewfoo ke qabiil meo se haio, ddsre idhe firqe Manassf mcQ se qitil kf panih ke liye unhou ne Basan meo Jaulin aur ua ke girdnawih aur Baistrih aur us ke nawahf, ye do shahr die ; 28 Aur firqe Ishakar meo s« : Qisyau II h 256 YASU'A. [22 BAD. aur lis ke gIrdnawSh, aur Dabarat aur us ke girdnaw^h, 29 WarmSt aur us ke girdnawah, aur Ain ul jannin aur us ko girditawah, ye char shahr; 30 Aur firqe Yasar meu se : Masai aur us ke girdnawah aur Abaddn aur us ke girdnawah, 31 Khilqat aur us ke girdnawah, aur Ruhab aur us ke girdnawlh, ye char shahr; 32 Aur firqe Naftali meo 6e : Galfl meg Qadis aur us ke girdnawah qatil ki panah ke liye, aur Hamat ul Dir aur us ke girdnawah, aur Qartin aur us ke girdnawih, ye tin shahr. 33 So sare shahr Jirsanf qabail ke liye terba shahr haio apne gird- nawah samet. 34 Aur banf Mirari ke gharanoo ko jo Lewioo men se b5qi the, firqe Zabiilan toCD se ye shahr mile : Ynqniain aur us ke girdnawah, Qarta aur us ke girdnawah, Dimnah aur us ke girdnawah, 35 Nahalal aur us ke girdnawah, ye char shahr; 30 Aur firqe Rubin meo se : Busr aur us ke girdnawah, Wahsah aur us ke girdnawah, 37 Qadiiuat aur us ke girdnawih, aur Mifat aur us ke girdnawah, char shahr; 38 Aur firqe Jadd men se : qatil ki panah ka shahr Rimat Jiliad meo aur us ke girdnawah, aur Mahnain aur us ke girdnawah : 39 Hasbun aur us ke girdnawah, Yazar aur us ke girdnawah, pure char shahr. 40 So we sare shahr jo bani Mirari ke gharanoQ ko jo Lewioo meo baql the, aur we qura se mile, barha the. 41 Pas baui Israel ki miras ke darmiySn Lewlon ke sab shahr athalis the. 42 Un shahroo meo se harek shahr apne girdnawah kf atraf samet tha, sab shahrou se is! tarah hui. 43 So KnuDA'wANone wuh sarf sarzamtn jiski b5bat usne qasam khaf thi ki un ke bapd4don ko dewega, bant Israel ko di : so we us par qabiz hue aur us meo base. 44 Aur Khuda'wand ne apni qasam ke mut^biq jo un ke bapdadou se ki thi, har ek taraf un ko'chain diya. Aur un ke sab dushmauoo men se ek bhi un ka s^mhni na kar saka; Khuda'wand ne un ke sare dushmanoo ko un ke qSbd meo kar diya. 45 Aur un sari achchhi baton meo se jo Khuda'wand ne bani Israel ke gharane ko kahi thio, ek bat bhi faroguz&oht na hui ; sab kt sab pari huip. XXII. BAB. 1 iJa waqt Yasua ne Rubinfou aur Jaddioo aur adhe firqe Manassi ko talab kiyd aur unheo kaha, ki Tum ne us sab ko jo Khuda'wand ke bande Miisa ne tumheo farmaya hifz kiya, aur un sab baton men jo main ne tumheo farmayi, meri farman- bardarJ ki. 3 Tum ne apne bhaioo ko us muddat men aj ke din tak nahio chhora, balki Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke hukm ki muhafazat ki. 4 Aur ab Khuda'wand tumhare Khudi ne tumhare bhaion ko irim bakhsha, jaisa us ne un se wada kiya tha ; so tum ab phir jao, aur apne khaimoo men aur apni maurusi sarzamin meo, jo Khuda'wand ke bande Musa ne Yardan ke par tum ko di hai, rawana ho. 5 Lekin koshish se hoshyari ke sath us farman aur shara par jis ki b^bat Khuda'- wand ke bande Miisa ne tum ko kaha, amal karo ki Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko dost rakho, aur us ki sari rahon par chalo, aur us ke hukmon ko hifz karo, aur us se lipte raho, aur apne sare dil aur apni sari jan se us ki bandagi karo. 6 Aur Yasna ne un ke haqq meo dna i khair ki, aur unhen rukhsat kiya; so we apne ijhaitUou ko rawana hue. 7 Adhe firqe Manassi ko to Miisa ne Basan meu miraa 22 BAB.] TASU A. 2C7 dl thf, aur idhe ko Yasua ne un ke bhifou ke darmiydn Yardan ke plr magrib kt samt mirfis df. Aur jis waqt ki Yasiia ne un ko rukhsat kiya ki apne khaimoo ko jaeu, to un ke liye bhi barakat mangf, S Aur unhcg kahi, ki Bari daulat ke sitli bahut sf mawashi aur riipa aur sona aur tamba aur loha aur bahutsf poshik leke apne khaimoo ko jao, aur apne dushmanou ke nialoQ ko jo turn ne lut meu p^e, apne bhaioo ke sSth bint lo. 9 Tab banf Rubin aur bani Jadd aur Sdha firqe Manassf phira, aur bani Israel ke darmiyan se jo Saila meu the jo zamin i Kanan meu hai, rawana hiia, taki Jiliad ki namlukat ko jo un ki sarzamin i maunisi thi^ jise unhou ne Musa ki marifat Khuda'wand ke hukm se payi, jaeo. 10 Aur jab ki we Yardan ke kanare zamin i Kanan meo pahunche, to bani Rubin aur bani Jadd aur ddhe firqe Manassi ne wahan Yardan par ek bari si'irat ka mazbah banaya. 1 1 Tab bani Israel ne yih sunke kaha, ki Dekho, bani Rubin aur bani Jadd nc aur Idhe firqe Manassi ne zamin i Kanan ke samhue Yardan ke kanlre par bani Israel ki rah meij mazbah bina kiya. 12 Aur jab bani Israel ne yih suna, to bani Israel ki sari jaraaat Saila men faniham hdi, taki un par charh jaeo aur lafeij. 13 Aur bani Israel ne Iliazar kahin ke bete Finihas ko bani Rubin aur bani Jadd aur adhe fiixje Manassi pas jo sarzamin i Jiliad meu the, bheja, 14 Aur banC Israel ke har firqe meu se ek ek amir karke das amir us ke sath gae, ki un men se harek apne abai khandanoo meo hazaroo Israelion ka sardar tha. 15 So we bani Riibin aur bani Jadd aur ddhe firqe Manassi ki sarzamin i Jiliad meo Se aur un se kahS, ki Khuda'wand ki sari jamlat ne yun payam kiya hai, 16 Ki Turn ne bani Israel ke Khuda se yih kya sarkashi ki, jo turn ne dj ke din Khuda'wand ki pairawi se bargashta hoke apne liye ek mazbah bina kiya, ki Sj ke din turn Khuda'wand se bagi hue? 17 Kya hamare liye Peor ki badklri kuchh kam thi, ki jis ki sabab ham aj ke din tak pak nahiu hue, aur Khuda'wand ki jamaat meo waba hiii. 18 Turn a j ke din Khuda'^v and ki pairawi se bargashta ho, ij to turn Khuda'wand se bagi hue, aur kal Israel ki sari jamaat par us ka qahr nazil hoga. 19 Pas agar tumhari mamluk zamin napak hai, to turn p£r jao us sarzamin men jo Khuda'wand ki mamliik hai, jahau Khuda'wand ka maskan qaim hai, aur hamire darmiyan miras lo, lekin Khuda'wand hamare Khuda ke mazbah ke siwa apne liye koi aur mazbah banake Khuda'wand se bagi mat ho, aur hamari makhalafat na karo. 20 Kyd Shariq ke bete Akan ne harara chizoo men befawai na ki? so bani Israel ki sari jamaat par gazab nazil hua, aur wuh shakhs akela hi apni badkarf se halak na hiil- 21 Tab bani Rubin aur bani Jadd aur adhe firqe Manassi ne hazdron Israelion ke sardarou ko jawab diya aur kahi: 22 El Khuda Khuda'wand, El Khudi Khuda'wand, janta hai, aur Israeli bhi janenge, ki agar ham ne bagiwat ki rah se Khuda'wand ki mukhd ka qahr mushtal hua, aur us ne unheu Haran ke badshah Kiishan Risataim ke supurd kiyi : so we Kushan-Risataim kf gulami ath baras tak karte the. 9 Tab bani Israel ne Khuda'wand se faryad ki, aur Khuda'wand ne bani Israel ke najat denewale ko uthaya, aur Kalib ke chhote bhai Qanaz ke bete Gutniel ne unheu chhurayS. 10 Aur Khtjda.'wand ki ruh us par fitri, aur wuh Israel ka hakim hiia, aur jang ke liye nikla : tab Khcbawasd ne Haran ke badshSh Kushan-Risataim ko us ke hath men somp diya ; aur us ka hath Kdshan-Risataira par sabit raha. 11 Aur us sarzamin men chalis baras tak chain raha : bad us ke Qanaz ka beta Gutniel mar gay a. 12 Phir bani Israel ne Khtjdawakd ke Sge gunah kiye : tab KnrDA'wAND ne Moab ke badshah Iglun ko Israel par qawi kiya ; kyiinki we KhudaVand ke rubaru phir badkari karne lage the. 13 Aur us ne bani Ammnn aur bani Amaliq ko apne sath jama kiya, aur jake Israel ko mara, aur Nakhistan ka shahr le liyS. 14 So bani Israel atharah baras tak Moab ke badshah Igldn ki gulami karte rahe. 16 Phir banl Israel Kuuda'wasd ke age chillae, aur Khuda'wand ne Binyamin ke bete, Jira ke bete Ahud ko, jo bayau hath tha, unke chhurane ke liye u^hay^ ; aur bani Isrlel ne us ki marifat Moab ke badshah Iglun ke liye hadya na bheja. 4 BAB.] QAZION- 275 16 Aur Ahud nc apnc li^-e ck dodhSri talwlr, ek hath ke lambf, banw5f ; aur use apne janie ko tale, dahni Tin k5 sanit bdndha. 17 Aur Moab ke bidshah Igliiii ke pSs hadya lA} i ; aur Iglnn barS farbi 5dmf tlii. 18 Aur aisi huS ki jab wuh hadya guzran chukS, to un logon ko jo hadya lae the, ruJchsat kiya. 19 Aur wuh fip us butkhane se jo Gilgal nieo hai phira, aur ^ke kah£, ki Ai b^dshlh, mujhe tujh 86 ek bhed kf bit hai : wuh bola, Chup rah. Tab sare hdzirin wlhSn se uth gae. 20 So Ahdd us pis gaya; us waqt wuh sardf ke bilikhane men jo apne liye banava thS, akeli baitKa tha : tab Ahud ne kaha, Tere liye mujh pis Kituda- WAND ki bat hai. Tab wuh Kiirsi par se uth khari hua. 21 Tab Ahiid ne apni baj-So hath daraz kiyl, aur dahne ran par se wuh talwar If, aur us ka tond meo ghuser di. 22 Aur phal qabze samet diib gaya ; aur talwar ojh meo atak rahf, aisa ki wuh use us ke tond se nikSl na saka ; aur ganda^I nikal pari. 23 Tab Ahud ne baramade meu bahar &ke, balakhane ke darwaze band kiye, aur qufl lagSe. 24 Aur jab wuh nikal gaya, to us ke khadim ie ; aur balakhane ke darwaze ko muqafl dekhke bole, ki Wuh beshakk sarde ke kamare meu paoo dhamp baithi karta hai. 25 Aur unhoo ne yahao tak takhfr kf, ki pashemSn hue; aur jab dekha ki kof balakhane ke darwaze nahfo kholti hai; tab unhon ne kunjl If, aur darwaze khole : aur apne malik ko dekha, ki zamfn par mara pari hai. 26 Yur unke takhfr karne men Ahiid bhag gaya, aur butkhane se guzar gaja, aur Sahtra men jake bachi. 27 Aur wahin jate hi us ne koh i Ifraim par charhke narsinga phunka, tab bani Israel us ke sath pahar par se utre, aur wuh unke Sge hua. 28 Aur us ne unhea kaha. Mere pfehhe pichhe chale chalo ; ki Khudawand ne tumhire Moabf dushmanon ko turahare qabze men kar diya. So we us ke pichhe niche utre, aur Yardan ke ghaton ko jo Moab ke samt the, ghera; aur ek ko bhf par utarne na diya. 29 Us waqt unhon ne das hazar niard ke qarib, jo bilkuU mote aur bahadur the, Moab men qatl kiye; un meo se ek bhf na bachi. 30 So Moab us din bani Israel ke qAb'l meo aya ; aur us sarzamin men assf baras aman raha. 31 Bad us ke Anat ka beti Shamjar khara hiia, aur us nc Filistf chha sau mard paine se mare : aur us ne bhi bani Israel ko najat df. IV. BAB. 1 Aur jab Ahud margaja, to banf Israel phir KhudaVand ke gunah karne lage. 2 So Khidawasd ne unko Kanau ke badshad Yabin ke hith meo, jo Hasnr men sultanat kafrta tha, sompi ; aur uske lashkar ke sardar ka nam Sisara tha : wuh Hasrat ul Jawfn meo rahta tha. 3 Tab bani Israel Khudawand ke age chillae, ki us pis lohe ki nau sau rathen thin : un ne bis baras tak bashiddat bani Israel ko sataya. 4 Us waqt Lafidot kf jorii Dabi'irah nabiya bani Israel ki hakim thi, 5 Aur koh i Ifraim men llamat aur Baitel ke darmijan Dabdrah ke khurmeke bich rahti thi. Tab bani Israel us pas faisale ke liye chafhe. 6 Usne raqam Naftali se Abinuam ke bete Baraq ko bula bheja aur kaha, ki Kya Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ne hukm nahfo kiya, ki Ja aur Tabor ke pahar ke samhne logoo ko khfnch, aur bani Naftali aur bani Zabulun men se das hazar apnc sath le. 7 Aur maiu nahr i Qaisun par Sisara ko lashkar Yabfn ke sarddr, aur uski rathon, atjr uski guroh ke muqabil tujh pis launga, aur. use tere qibii meo kar dungi. 8 Aur li 2 276 QAZI'OiJ. [5 BAB, Baraq ne use kaliS, Agar tu mere sSth fieg!, to maio jadngS, aur jo td mere sith na fiegi, to maio na jSdngii. 9 Wuh bolf, Maiu tere sath chaldngt: lekin us safar meu, jo td karte hai, teri kuchh izzat na hog!; kydnki Khudawand Sisara ko ek. aurat ke hSth men supurd karegi. So Daburah uthl aur Baraq ke sath Qadis ko gal. 10 Aur Baraq ne bani Zabulun aur ban! Naftali ko Qadis meo bulaya. So wuh das haz£r mard apne hamrah leke charh^, aur Dabdrah bhi uske sath charhi. 11 Ab Hibr Qaini jo Musi ke sasure Hubib ke nasi &e thi, Kfn se ap ko alag kiya, aur Zaanain men baldt ke dax-a^ht ke pis, jo Qadis ke lag bhag hai, apni khaima khafa kiyi, 12 Tab Sisari ko khabar pahunchi, ki Abhi Abinuam ki beta Baraq koh i Tabor par charhi. 1 3 Aur Sisara ne lohe kl apne sari ratheij, jo nau sau thio, aur apne sith ke sire log se nahr i Qaisdn par faraham kiya. 14 Tab Dabdrah ne Baraq ko kahi ki Uth, kydnki yih wuh din hai, ki Khudawand jSisari ko tere hath meo deti hai: kj^a Khudawand tere ige khurdj nahfo karta hai? Tab Baraq k«h i Tabor se nazil hda, aur das hazir mard us ke pfchhe the. 15 Tab Khudawand ne Sisari ko, aur siri uski rathoy, aur us ke sire lashkar ko talwir ki dhar se Baraq ke simhne shikast di, yahao tak ki Sisari rath par se utar- ke paidal bhigi. 16 Aur Baraq rathoo aur lashkar ko ragedegayi: chunanchi Sisari ki siri lashkar talwir se miri pari, aur ek bhi na bachi. 17 Aur Sisara paidal bhigke Hubib Kanini ki jord Yiil ke khaime meg ghusi, is liye ki Hasdr ke badshih Yabin, aur Hubih Kanini ko gharine meo sulh thi. 18 Tab Yail Sisari milne ko nikli, aur use kahi, ki Ai mere khudawand mujh pis kinare i, mujh pis kinire i, aur dar mat. Aur jab ki wuh us ke khaime men kinire gaya, to us ne use kammal urhi diyi. 19 Tab us ne use kahi, ki Ek ghdnt pani mujhe iniyat kfjiye, ki maio pyisi hun. So us ne dddh ki ek mashk kholl, aur pilake phir use chhipi diyi. 20 Phir us ne Yiil ko kaha, ki Khaime ki darwize par khafi rah: aur ittifaqi agar koi awe, aur mujh se pdchhe aur kahe, ki Yahio koi mard hai? to kahiye ki Nahio- 21 Tab Hubib Kanini ki jora Yiil ne khaime kl ek mekh uthii aur ek mekhchu ko hath men liya, aur dabe paon us pas jike aur me^h us ki kampatti par dharke aisi gari ki zamin meu ji dhasi: kydnki wuh bhiri khwib meo thi, aur minda hogayi thi: so wuh margayi. 22 Aur dekho, jab ki Baraq Sisari ko ragedti aya, to Yail use milne nikli, aur use kahi, ki Maio tujhe wuh shakhs jise td dhundti hai, dekhi ddo. Aur jab wuh us ke khaime meo dil^hil hui, to dekhi, ki Sisari marl pari hai, aur mekh us kl kampatti meo hai. 23 So Khuda ne us din Kanin ke bidshih Yabin ko ban! Israel ke magldb kiya. 24 Aur bani Isriel ke hath nihayat zor pakr chale, ki Kanin ke bidshih par gilib hde, yahio tak ki unhoo ne Shih i Kanin Yabin ko kit Jili V. BAB. 1 Usi din Dabdrah aur Abinuam ke bete Baraq ne git gie, aur bole : 2 Khuda- wand ko mubirakbid kaho, ki Isriel meo peshwi pesh jate the, aur log khushi se jang ko nikalte the. 3 Suno, ai badshiho, aur kin dharo, ai shihzido, ki maio Khuda'wand ke liye gadngf, maio Khudawand Isriel ke Khuda ke liye tasblh kardngi. 4 Ai Khuca'wand, jab ki td ne Shefr se khurdj kiya, aur Adum ke sahra se kdch kiyi, to zamin larazi, aur ismin tapake, aur badli se bhi b 5 13AB.] QAZIOl?. 277 bundfiiu pario- 5 Pahar Kiixjdawand ke Sge pighle, aur yih koh i SfnS bhi K HUD AW ANT) Isfacl kc Khudi ke Sge. 6 Anit ke bete Shanijar ke dinoo mcu Yail ke aiyim meo, shahraheu suni ho gai thio, aur sakhte rdstoo ke muslfir terhl r^hoo se jate the. 7 Sarguroh Israel meo se mauquf ho gae, we mauqiif ho gae, jab tak ki inaio Daburah barpa hni, jab tak ki inaiu Israel meo nia hone ko uthf. 8 Unhou ne naye nidbad ikhtiyar kie : tab darwazou par laj-alan huio. Kya chalis hazSr banJ Israel kc darmiyln ek dhal yi ek neza nazar parta tha? 9 Mera dil Israel ke asakashoo ki taraf mfiil hai, un logoo kf taraf jo Ifhushi se jang ko nikle. Khudawand ko mublrakbad kaho ! 10 Turn jo safed gadhou par charhte ho, aur turn jo adalat par baithte ho aur rah chalte ho, alapo : 1 1 Us yubal ke sabab jo talaboo ke darmiyan ganimat b^ntnewaloo se hoti hai: wahio we Khudawand kf sadaqat kf san^ karte haitj, aur us kf sadaqat kf jo Israel meo us kf taraf se sarguroh hai. 12 Tab Khudawaud ke log phatakoij meo warid ho £e : Jag, jag, O Daburah ! jig, jag aur git ga ! Uth, Baraq bin Abinuara, aur apne bandhuou ko bindhne ko chal ! 13 Phir usne bache huoo ko logoo ke zabardastotj par warid kiya, Khudawakd ne mujh ko jabbaroo par warid kiy^. 14 IfrSim meo se log ae, jinki jar Amaliq ke khilaf thfi, bad us ke IJinyamfn apne goloo ko leke charh ay^ ; Makir meu se asakash warid hue aur Zabiiliin se qalaiudar saiir. 15 Aur sardar Ishakar meu se Dabnrah ke hamrah hue ; aur Ishakir, jo Baraq ka takya tha, uska pairau hokemaidan meo charh^. 16 Rubin kf nahroo pas dil kf barf salaheo huia. Tii kaheko bhersaloo meu raha karta tha, ki galloo ka mfmiyana suna kare? Rubin ki nahrou pis bari dilf tajwizeu to hnin. 17 Jiliad Yardan pSr sakin raha ; aur Dan to kaheko apne nSoo meo ho raha ? Yasar samundar ke kanare par baitha, aur apne bandaroo meo raha. 18 Zabulfin ke log apnf jan ko maut ke khatre meo dalte the, aur ahl i Naftali bhi maidan ke charhao meo aisahi karte the. 19 Bidshah ^e, aur lare : tab Kanan ke badshah ne Taanak meij darya i Majidda p.x? lare: we riipe kf bizaat par qabiz na hiie. '20 Asman par se lare, sitare apne rastou meu se Sisara se lare. 21 Rud i Qaisun unheo baha legayS, rud i qadfm, riid i Qaisdn. Ai meri jan, tu zorawarou ko pamal kar ! 22 Tab ghoron ke sum daptate daptate the us ke bah^duroQ ke daurane se. 23 Turn Meroz par lanat karo, Khuda'wanu ki firishta bola, us ke bashindoQ par lanat karo, ki M'e Khudawand kf kumak karne ko, Khudawand kf kumak karne ko jabbaroo ke muqibil na i.e. 24 Hibr Qaini ki joru Yail sab auraton se raubarak ho, wuh un auraton se jo khaimon meo haijj, mubarak ho ! 25 Us ne p&n! mSngi, us ne diidh diya : us ne amfroQ ki qab meo maska nazdik kiyS. 26 Us ne apna hath mekh par dala, aur dahna hith karigar ke mf khcliii par ; aur mekhchii se Sisara ko mara aur us ke sir ko kuchla aur phora aur us kf kampatti warpar chhedi. 27 Wuh us ke qadamoo ke age sarnigun hua, wuh gir para aur lot pot ho gaya ; wuh us ke qadamoo ke age sarnigun hu£, wuh gir paj-i, jahdo wuh sarnigun haa, wahan hi wuh girke mar gaya. 28 Sisara kf ma ne gurfe se jhSnka aur jharoke se chilai ki us ki gari ane meo itni der kynn logf ? Us kf giriou ke pahiye kyuu atak rahe ? 29 Us kf danishmand bibi ne use jawab diyi, balki usne hi ap apne jawab meo kahl, Ky£ unhoo ne kuchh nulifo p^a, aur lut nahfo banti, harek pahlawdn ko ek ek yS do do parf aurateu, aur Sisara ko buqalamiin Ifliilat, aur buqalaiuun sozni k4 khilit, aur buqalauiun soznl ke do 278 QAZrOS. [6 BAB. Ifhil^t lut uthinewSloD kf girdanou ke liye? 31 Isf tarah, Ai Khudaw^nd, tcre Siire (lushman halak howcn, aur tcre niahabbat karncwdle siiraj ke manind howen, j b ki wuh apne zor se tulii hota hai ! Aur zamin men chdlis baras aman raha. VI. BAB. ' 1 Pher banJ Israel ne Khudawand ke .Ige gunSh kfe: tab KhudaVand ne un- heo s^t baras tak Midy^nlon ke hath meu supurd kiya. 2 Aur Midyanfoy ka hath Israel par qawf hu5, aur Midyanfon ke sabab bani Israel ne apne liye pah4roa mcD garhe aur gar, aur panah ke maqim banae. 3 Aur aisa hota th£, ki jab bani Israel kuchh bote the, to Midyani aur Amaliqi aur banf Qidm unke muqabil charh ate the. 4 Aur un ke simhne khaima istada karke kheton ke h^sil Azah ke dakhil hone ki muqam tak barbad karte the ; aur bani Israel ke liye ek zara bhi khurak na rahne dete the, na bher bakrf, na gae bail, na gadha. 5 Kyanki we apne rnawashi aur apne khaimon samet tiddiojj ke dall ke manind ate the, aur un ka aur un ke unton ka shumir na tha, aur ^ke unki sarzamin ko barbad kar jate the. 6 So bani Isrlcl MidySnioij ke sabab nihayat miskin hoke Khudawand ke £ge chillae. 7 Aur aisa hu5, ki jab bani Israel nc Midyanion ke hath se Kiiudawand ke dge faryid ki, 8 To Khuda'wand ne bani Israel p5s ek nabi bheja, jisne unheij kahi, ki Khuda'wand Israel ka Khuda yun farmata hai, ki maio turn ko Misr se charhi laya, aur main tumhen gulamon ke ghar se nikal laya. 9 Aur maio ne MisrioQ ke hath se aur un sab ke hath se jo tumheg satate the, chhurSya, aur tumhare samhne se unheo dafa kiya, aur un ka mulk turn ko diya. 10 Aur maio ne tumhen kaha, ki Khuda'wand tumhari Khuda maio hao: so turn un Amdrioo ke mabndoo se, ki jinke mulk men baste ho, mat daro; par turn meri sada ke shinawS na hue. 11 Phir Khuda'wand ka ek firishta ^ya, aur balut ke darakht tale Ufrah meo baith^ ; yih darakht Abiazar Yoas kS tha, aur us waqt us kabeti Jidann ek kolhn men gehdn jhar rahi thi, ki Midyanioo ke hith se bachawe. 1 2 So Khuda'wand ka firishta use dekhai diyS, aur kaha, ki Khudawa>id tere sath hai, ai bah^dur pahlawan. 13 Jidann ne usa kaha, Ai malik mere, agar Khuda'wand hamare sath hai, to ham par ye sab hadise kyaij pare? aur kaha hai. Us ki we qudrateo, jo hamare bapdadou ne ham se bayan kin aur kaha, Khudawand ham ko Misr se nahin nikal laya? lekin ab Khudawand ne hamko chhordiya, aur ham ko Midyanion ke hathou meij somp diy£. 14 Tab Kiiudawand ne us parnigah ki, aur kaha, ki Apne use quwat ke sath ji, ki tii bani Israel ko Midyanfon ke hath se najSt dega: kya main tujhe nahiu bhejta ? 15 Usne use kaha, Ai mere Khidv- wand, maio kis tarah bani Israel ko bachaiin, dekh ki raer^ gharana barii Manassi meo zalil hai, aur main apne bapdadon ke gharane men sab se chhota huu. 16 Khuda'wand ne use farmaya, ki Main tere sath hiingi, aur tu sare Midyanfoo ko is tarah ki jaisl ek .shakhs ko qatl karte haioj m^r lega. 17 Tab usne use kaha, ki Agar ab maiy ne teri nigah meo hurmat pai, tu mujhe koi nishan dikha, ki jis se main j^ndn ki mujh se tu hi bolta hai. 18 Aur main teri minnat karta hdij, jab tak ki maio tujh pas phir aun, aur apni hadiya nikal laun, aur tere (ige guzrantio, tab tak tn yahau se qadara na uthaiyo. So usne kaha, ki Jab tak tu phir aega, tab tak maio thahrS rahiing^. 19 Tab Jidaun gaya, aur usne bakri ka ek bacha, aur 6 BAB.] QAZrOt?. 279 ek ser bhar ite ki fatfrl roUSo taiySr kf u, aur gosht ko usne tab5q men rakhS, aur sborbi ek kase meo dilke us ke liye baliit ke darakht tale like guzranS. 20 Tab Khuda ke firishte ne use kah^, ki Is gosht aur fatiri rotiou ko lejdke us patthar par rakh, aur us par shorbS dal: so usne waisihl kiyd. 21 Tab Kuudawand ke firishte ne us asa kS nok se, jo uske hath meo tha, gosht aur rotlau ko chhua aur us patthar se ag niklf, aur gosht aur fatiri rotfau khagai, aur Kuuuawand kl firishta uski nazar so gaib hogaya. 22 Jab Jidaiia no dekha ki wuh Khudawand kS. firishta tha, to Jidadn ne kah^, Afsos hai, ai Malik Khudawand, ki inaio ne KhudA- WAND ke firishte ko auinc sSmhne dekha. 23 So Khudawand ne use kaha, as salain alalk khauf na kar, ki tii na marega. 24 Tab Jidaun ne wahao Khuda- wand ke liye mazbah banaya, aur uska nam Khuda'wand salam rakha : so wuh Abiazrl ki Ufrah meo ^j ke din tak maujud hai. 25 Aur aisS hua ki usi r^t Kuuda'wand use kaha, ki Apne bap ka jawan bachhra aur ek aur bachhra jo sit baras ki howe le, aur Bal ka mazbah jo teri hip ka hai, dha de, aur us par ki Yasfrat kat d il. 26 Aur Khudawand apne Khuda ke liye us patthar par jis tarah tujhe hukm kiya gaya, ek mazbah ban^, aur us dusre bachhreko leke us yasire ki lakriou ke sSth, ki jise tii katega, charhawa guzran. 27 Tab Jidaun ne apne cha- karoo se das admi liye, aur jaise ki Khudawand ne use farmSya tha, kiya, aur as- baski wub yih k£m din men karne se apne bap ke khandln aur us shahr ke bashin- don se dara ; is liye us ne yih rat ko kiya. 28 Aur jab us shahr ke log subh Bawere uthe, to kya dekhte haiij, ki liil ka mazbah dhaya hua para hai, aur us par ki yasira kati pari hai, aur us mazbah par jo bina kiyS gayS thS, wuh dusri bachhra charhawi charha hai. 29 Tab unhon ne apas meo kaha, Wuh kaun hai jisne yih kam kiya ? aur jab unhou ne tahqiqat aur pursish kf, to logon ne kaha ki Yoas ke bete Jidadn kS yih kain hai. 30 Tab us shahr ke logoo ne Yoas ko kaha ki Apne bete ko nikil la, taki qatl kiyl jawe ; is liye ki us ne Bal ka mazbah dhSya, aur us par ki yasfra kat dali. 31 Yoas ne un sabhou ko, jo us ke .samlme khare hne the, kaha, Kya turn Bal ke wast^ jhagri karte ho, aur turn use bachayd chahte ho? Jo koi ki us ki taraf se jhagra karta hai, so wuh aj hi subh mara ia'e. Agar wuh Khuda hai, to 5p hf apne liye jhagre ; ki us ka mazbah falane ne gira diya. 32 Is liye us ne us din se us ka nam Yarubbal rakhl, aur kaha, ki Bal ap us se raib kare; is liye ki falane ne us ka mazbah gira diya. 33 Tab sare Midyanf, aur Amdliqi aur mashriq ke log baham jama hde aur par utre, aur Yazrael ke wadi meo khaime khare kiye. 34 Tab Khuda'wand kl Rnh ne Jidaun par ihata kiya; so us ne narsinga phunka, aur Abiazar ke lo<^ us ke pichhe faraham hde. 3.5 Phir us ne sire bani Manassi pas qasid bheje: so we bhi us ke pichhe faraham hue : aur us ne bani Yasar, aur ban! Zabulun, aur bani Naf- tali ko bulaya ; so we bhi un ki istiqbal ke liye charh ae. 36 Tab Jidadn ne Khuda se kaha, ki Agar td jant^ hai, ki mere hath bani Israel ko najat de, jais5 tu ne farmaya hai: 37 To dekh, ki maiu saf ka ck lachha khirman meo pheukta hdo ; so agar os faqat lachlie hi par paro, aur aspas ki zamin sab sdkhi rahe, to maiu yaqin karunga, ki jaisl tu ne kahi hai, to waischf bani Israel ko mere ha- thoo najat bakhshegi. 38 Aur aisahi hua ki wuh subh ko sawcre jo utha, aur us laclrthe ko nichoia, to us lachhe men se os ka pani ck piydla bharke nikla. 39 Tab Jidadn ne Khudi se kaha, ki Teri gussa mujh par na bharke, ki maia ek bar aur 280 QNZIO^. [7 BAD. kalit^ hi'm : tnaio tcrf minnat knrti huo, ki faqat ab ke ek bar aur teri £zmiish kan'iu ; so ab ke chahe ki lachha Bukha rahe, sirf lachha hf siikk5 rahe, aur Sspas kf sab zanitn par os pare. 40 So Khuda ne usf rit aisa kiyi, ki lachha to faqat l^hushk rahi, aur sari zamfn par os parf. VII. BAB. 1 Tab Yarubbil, jo Jidann hai, sari jamiiat samet, jo us ke sSth thi, subh sawere uth^, aur Ilarub ke chashme par khaima khafa kiya ; aur Midyanfon ka laskkar un ke shimal ko, koh i Murf ke muttasil wadf meo tha. 2 Tab Khuda- WAND ne Jidann ko kah^, ki Tere slth ke log bahut haio ; so maip Midyanfoa ko kydnkar un ke qabze meo kar dno ? Aisa na ho, ki Israel mere samhne shekhf kare, aur kahe, ki Mere quwat ne mujhe bachaya. 3 So tii ab logon ko sunakar manadi kar, ki jo kol ki tarsSn aurhirasin ho, so phir jae, aur koh i JiliM se ar j^e : chunSnchi un logon meij se bafs hazSr mard phir gae, aur das haz^r bSqi rahe. 4 Tab Khudawand ne Jidaun ko farmaya, ki Log hanoz ziySda hai; so tu unhen pdni par utar la ki wahSn maio teri khatir unhen azmSunga, aur aisa hog5 ki jiske babat main tujhe kahunga, ki Yih tere sath jawe, wuhi teri sSth jaweo ; aur we sab ki jinke haqq men main kahuu, ki Yih tere sSth na j£weo, so tere sath na j£weo. 5 So wuh un logoo ko lab i 4b utar laya, aur Khudawand ne Jidann ko farmaya, ki Jo shakhs pani chapar chapar karke kutte ke manind pfwe, to ta us harek ko alahida rakh, aur us kisi ko bhi ki apne ghutnoe par jhukke pfwe. 6 So we jin- hoQ ne ki apne munh pds lake chapar karke piya, we ginte meij tin sau mard the : aur baqi sab pani pine ko ghdtnon par jhuke. 7 Tab Khuda'wand ne Jidann ko kaha, ki Maio in tin sau ^dmion se jinhoo ne chapar chapar piya, tujhe najat bakhshnnga, aur Midyanion ko tere hath men kar dunga, aur baqi sab log apne makan ko phir jaen. 8 Tab un logoo ne apna toshah aur apne narsinge hathoo men uthae, aur baqi sab Israel ko unke khairaoQ men bheja aur un tin sau ko apne pas rakha, aur Midyaniou ka lashkar uske niche wadi men tha. 9 Aur aisi hul, ki usi rat Khuda'wand ne use farmaya, ki Uth aur lashkar men jS, ki maio ne unhen tere qabze meu kardiy^. 10 Aur agar tii akela utarte hue darta hai, to ta apne gulim Fiirah ke sath lashkar meo utar. 11 Aur sun, we kya kahte haio ; bid uske tu apne hathoo ko qawi karke, us lashkar par utariyo. Chunanchi wuh apni gulim Fnrah ko sath lekar bihar bihar lashkar ke tilae ke muttasil gaya. 12 Aur Midyanf aur AmSliqi aur ahl i mashriq wadi ke bich kasrat meo tiddioo ke manind pare the ; aur unke dnt sahil i darya ke ret ke manind beshumir the. 13 Aur jab Jidadn dya, to dekho ki wahao ek shakhs tha, jisne apnd khwab apne yar se bayin kiya, aur kaha, ki Dekh maio ne ek khwib dekha, ki jau ke roti kd ek girda Midyini lashkar meo chala ita hai, aur ate £te ek khaime pari pari, aur us khai- ma ko mari ki wuh girgaya aur ulti diyi, aisi ki wuh khaima farsh hogayi. 14 Tab uske yir ne jawab diyi, ki Yih Yoas ke bete Jidafin Isrieli mard ki talwir ke siwi aur kuchh nahio. Khudi ne Midyan aur sira lashkar uske qabze meg kanliyi. 15 Aur aisa hdi ki Jidadn ne yih khwib aur us ki tabfr sunke sijda kiya, aur Isrieli lashkar ko phir iyi, aur boli, Utho, ki KHUDv%A^D ne Midyini I 8 tt;VH.] QAJZI'Oif. 3«l lashkar ko tmnhdre qabze meo kar diy£. 16 Tab usne tfn sau £dinf ke tfti gnl kiye, aur harek ke hith meo ek ek narsinga aur ek ek Ijlilli ghapi diysi aur harek ghare ke anJar chinig rakha. 17 Aur uiilieu kaha, ki Mujhe t^kte raho ki jo maiu karuo, so turn karo, aur Ijhabardar jab maio bdhar bahar hoke lashkar kS muttasil jiuii, to jo kuchh maiu karun, so turn bhi kfjiyo. 18 Jab maiu aur w« sab jo mere sath haiu narsinga phi'inkeu, to turn sab bhf lashkar kf harek taraf narsinge phunkiyo, aur boliyo, ki Khuda'wano ke liye aur Jidaiin keliye. 19 Phir Jidaiiu aur we sau shakhs jo us ke aith the, bahar bahar hoke lashkar ke qarib &e, us waqt diisre phere kf ibtida thi ; aur chaukid^r apne raakan par baitha chahte the, tab unhou ne narsinge phiinke, aur un gharoQ jo unke hathog meo the, tora. '20 Aur un tinoo goloij nc narsinge phiinke aur apne ghare tore, aur chiragoo ko apne bayeg hathoo men liya, aur narsingoo ko apne dahine hathoo meo phunkne ke liye, aur chilli uthe ki Khodawand kf aur Jidaun kf talwar. 21 Aur un meo se harek shakhs apni jagah par lashkar kf harek taraf khara tha : tab sara lashkar dauri, aur chillaya, aur bhag nikia 22 Aur un tfn sau ne narsinge phiiuke, aur Kuuda'wand ne sire lashkar meu liarek kf talwar us ke qarib par chalwaf, aur we Baitsittah ko, aur S.irirah ko aur Abil-Mahulah kf samt ko jo Tabbat pa« hai, bhig gae. 23 Tab Israeli log Naftalf aur Yasar aur Manassf jama hoke nikle aur MidyanToo ka taaqub kiyd. 24 Aur Jidaiin ne tamam koh i Ifraim meo qasid bheje, aur kahi ki Midyinioij ke istiqbal ke liye utra, aur ghatou ko Bait i Barah aur Yardan tak roko. Tab sire Ifriimfou ne jama hoke ghatoo ko Bait i Barah aur Yardan tak roka. 25 Aur unhoo ne Midyan ke do sardarou Gurab aur Ziab ko pakra, aur Gurab ko Gurab ke paiiar par, aur Ziab ko Ziab ke koihii pas qatlkiya; aur Midyan ko rageda, aur Gurib aur Ziab ka sir Yardan ke par Jidaun pas lie. VIII. BAB. i A'lr Ifriim ke logoo ne use kaha, ki Tu ne ham se yih suluk kydo kiya, k! jab tii Midyanfou se lapne gayi, to td ne hameu talab na kiyi ? Aur we us ke sath bashiddat jhagre. 2 Us ne unheu kahi, ki Maiu ne tumhare baribur ab kya kiya? Kya Ifrafui ki angdr Abiazr ke hisil se bihtar nahiu ? 3 Khuda ne Midyan ke uinari Guri aur Ziab ko tumhare hithou meo sotiip djya : pa« tumhare baribar kam karne ki mujhe kyi maqddr thi ? Jab us ne yih kaha, to un ki gussa dhiini hiii. 4 Aur Jidaun Yardan pas iya, aur wuh aur us ke sathi tin sau biham pir utre, aur ragedte thak thak gae. 5 Tab us ne Sukkat ke logoo se kaha, ki Un logoo ko, jo mere sith haiu, rotiiu dijiye ; is liye ki ye thak gae haio, aur maio Midyan ke donon bidshahou Zibah aur Zillmana ki pfchha kiye jiti huu- 6 So Sukkit ke ashrafou ne kahi, Kyi Zabah aur Zillmana ke hith ab tere hath meu ho gae, jo ham tere lashkar ko rotian deweu ? 7 Jidaiin boli, ki Jis waqt ki I^huda'wand Zibah aur Zillmana ko mere hatbou men kar dega, us waqt maiu tumhare gosht ko kh^r i mogila aur nokile kintoo se diunga. 8 Aur wuh wahio se Faniiel ko gayi, aur wahio ke logoo se isf tarah minga : so Faniiel ke logou ne bhi Sukkatioo ke minind use jawab diya. 9 So us ne Famit-l ke bishindoo ko bhi k ha, ki Jab maio salamat phirungS, to is burj ko (^hi ddnga. Kk 2?2 Q.VZr02!. [8 BAB 10 Ab Zibah aur Zilhnana apne lashkar samet ki pandrah haz&r thS, jo sharq lashkar ineo se bach rahi thi Qarq ir meo the: ki ek lakh bis hazar adinl sham sberzaa mire pare the. 11 Tab Jidada uq ki taraf, jo Nabah aur Ijbah ki sharqi samt ko khaimog meo rahte the gaya, aur us lashkar ko mara ; ki wuh lashkar gdfil tha. 12 So jab ki Zibah aur Zillmana bhage, to us ne unheo rageda, aur un MiiyanJ bidshihou Zibah aur Zillmana ko pakra, aur sire lashkar ko daraya. . 13 Aui YoaaJka beta Jidadn peshtar us se ki afiab tuld kare, janggSh se phiri. 1 4 Aur SukkatioD meu se ek jawSn lafke ko pakra, aur us se poch pich ki : so us ne use sathattar shakhsou ka pata batlaya ; ye sab Sukkat ke umara aur mashaikh the. 15 Tab wuh Sukkatloij pis aya aur kaha. Dekho ki Zibah aur Zillmana jin ki babaJ tum ne mujbe tanlzaniki, aurmujhe kaha tha, ki Kya Zibah aur Zillmana ke hath tere hath meo haio, kiham terifauj ko, jo thak gai ha\ rouon de ? 16 Tab usee shahr ke mashaikh ko, aur khar i mogilau aur nokile kantOQ ko liya, aur SukkatloQ ko un kantoj) se haqiqat di.ryaft karwaf. 17 Aur Fandel ka burj dhi diya, aur shahrwalon ko qatl kiyi. 1 8 Phir us ne Zibah aur Zillmana ko kaha, ki ^e log kaise the, jinhee turn ne Tabor men mara? We bole, Aise the, ki jaisa td hai; aur harek ki un men aisl snrat thi jaise shihzada ki. 19 Tab us ne kaha, ki We mere bhli meri m^ ke bete the: so Khcdawaxd i hai ki qasam hai, ki agar tum unheo jfta chhcrte, to main bhi tumheo na mirta. 20 Phir u=; ne apne bare bete Yitr ko hukm kiya, ki Uth, unbeg qatl kar. Par us jawan ne apnl teg na inchi, kydaki wuh darti thi, aur hanoz nau jawan tha. "21 Tab Zibah and Zillmana ne kaha, ki Td ap uth, aur ham par harala kar : kyunki admi jaisa ap hai, taisa us ki zor hai. So Jidadn ne uthke Zibah avr Zillmana ko qatl kiyi, aur wuh zewar jo un ke union ki gardanoo men tha. le liya. •22 Tab bani Lsriel ne Jidann ko kaha, ki Td bhihuknmat kar, aur terabeti bhi, aur tera pot i bhi ham par hukdmat kare: kydnki td ne hameo Midyan ke hathoo se chhuraya. 23 Jidadn ne unheu kaha, ki Na male tum par hukdmat kardnga, aur na meri beta, balki Khcdawasd tum par hukdmat karegi. 24 Aur Jidadn ne unhea kabi, ki Maio tum se ek sawll karta hue, aur wuh yih hai, ki harek shakhs tum mea se apni hit ka karanphdl mujhe de. Ki un ke karanphdl sone ke haic, ij liye ki we Ismaell the. 25 Unhon ne jawab diya, ki Ham bari khushi se denge. Unhon ne chadar bichhai, aur harek ne apni Idt ke mil se karanphdl us par dil dive. 26 So ■we sone ke karanphdl, jo us ne minge, wazn meo ek bazar sit sau misqil the; siwa zewar aur tauq, aur argwani poshak ke, jo Midyanf bidshih pahinte the, aur siwi zanjirou ke, jo un ke untou ki gardan meo thly. 27 So Jidadn ne us ki ek efod banaya, aur use apne shahr Ufrah meu rakha; aur wahao sire bani Israel us ke p:chhe zinikar hue, aur Jidadn aur us ke gharane ke liye phandi hdi. 23 Aur Midyani bani Israel ke age aise zalil hde, ki phir sir na uiha sake. Aur Jidadn ke asar meu chilis baras tak mamlukat meu aman raha. 29 Aur Yoas i.a beta Yardb Bil apne ghar ko phir gayi. .'lO Aur Jidaan ke sattar bete the, jo us ki sulb se paida h je tne: kydnki us ki Jordan bahut si thin. 31 Aur us ki ek haraoi bhi, jo Sikm men thi, us se ek beta jini: so us ne us ka nim Abimalik rakha. 32 Aur Yoas ki beti Jidadn nihiyat bufha hoke margayi, aur apne bap Yoas ke qabr men Abiazr ke Ufrah ke darmivan malfdn hua. 33 Aur aisa hd» k 9 BAB.] CUVZION. 598 Jidada ke martehf bani Israel phir gae, aur Balfn ke pfchbe liuikir hue, aur Bil-Banyat ko apna ilih baiiiya. 34 /; ur banl Israel ne ca to Khcdawaxd apne Khuda k.0 jis ne unbeg barelc taraf un ke dushrr.aEoo ke hit:: s^ ra It dl thi, yad kiya: 35 Aur na unbog ne Yarub-Bal Jidaun ke ghar par un sab nektoj ke iwaz, jo us ne ban! Ibriel se ki thi, mihrbini kf. IX. BAB. 1 Tab Yarub-Bal ki bet4 Abimalik Sikm meo apne mimdog ke j^s saya, aur un se aur apni sari nanhiyal se kah^, 2 Ki Sikm ke sare logog ko kaho, Kva tum- hare liye yih bbali hai, ki Yarub-Bal ke sab bete sattar ke sattar turn par saltanat kareo, ya yih ki ek hi faqat bukdmat kare ? Aur yih bhi yad rakho, ki maig tum- hari haddi aur tumhara gosht hug. 3 Aur us ke mimuog ne bhi usi kf babat ahl i Sikm se babut kucbb kaha, yahag tak ki un ke dil Abimalik ki pairawl par oiiil bde ; kydnki we bole, ki Yih bamara bhaf hai. 4 Aur unbog ne Bil Bariyat ke ghar meg se sattar misqal chindi use di; so Abimalik ne use kharcb karke bekar aur ujadd logon ko kariyi kiya. aur we us ke pairau hue 5 Aur wuh Ufrab meg apne bap ke ghar gaya, aur us ne Yarub-Bal ke sattar betoo ko jo us ke bhai the ek pattbar par qati kiya ; magar Yamb-bal ka chhota beta Ydtam bach raha, is liye ki wuh chhip gaya. 6 Tab sire abl i Sikm aur burj ke sare bashinde jama hoe aur gae, aur us baldt ke sutun ke muttaslL jo Sikm meg th^ pahonchke Abimalik ko badshab kiya. 7 Jab Ydtam ue yih suca. ' " ^. r ' - ';- ''■--iz::?! ke ke khara hdi aur chilliya £„- _, -::. logo, tiki Khuda tumhari sune. ■■ I .i . : r ~ .: kareg. So unbou ne jake zaitda ke i Zaitun ke darakht ne un se kaha. kya : meri tiri'f karte haig, chbor ddg, aur jike -iar,, darakhtog ne anjfr ke darakht ko kaba, ki Tu a. : ne unhegkaha, Hag main apnfmitbai aursuthra mewacbhorag, aur jake darakbtoo ki saya bandn? 12 Tab darakhton ne tak ko kahi, ki Chal, tu hamira badsbih ho. 13 So tak ne unheg kaha, ki Maiu apne ab i angar jis se ilah aur insan khosh bote haiu, chbordg aur jake darakbtoo par saya karde ? 14 Tab un sab darakbtoo ne untkatlre se kaha, ki Chal, td hi hamira bddshih ho. 15 U'nikatare ne darayi- tog se kaha, Agar turn sach raach mujhe apni bidshah banao, to ao, mere s5ya meg panib lo; aur agar nahin, to dntkatirc se ek ag niklegi, aur Lubain ke shamshid ko jala degi. 16 So ab agar yih ristf aur sadiqat se hai jo tuai ne Abimalik ko apna badshab kiya, aur agar turn ne Yamb-Bil se aur us ke gbarane se yih achchhi suluk kiva, aur agar use us ihsan ke muwafiq jo us ke hitbog ne kiya, yih jaza df. 17 Is liye ki mera bap tumhari khatir lariiag lari, aur apni jan par kbeli, aur tumhen Midyan ke bathog se cbhuraya. 13 Aur turn ne aj mere bap ke gbarane par khurdj kiya. aur us ke sattar bete ek pattbar par qatl kfe, aor us ke bete Abimalik ko jo laundi bacha hai, sire Sikm ka badshah kiyi, utne live ki wuh tumhari bhii hai. 19 So agar turn ne haqfqat aur sadiqat se Yarub-Bal aur us ke ghar ke &ith aj ke din j-ih suldk kiyi hai ; to turn Abimalik se khuih Kk 2 r.hir kf chot^ r^rcbrrb- .i M.r: -;-:, A : -. -ri kf :.- k: h i a ''■ ■ . : . y :, =ia : siya dilui/ 10 Tab iri sultan ho. 11 Anjir %S\ QJiZlO^. [9 BAB. rnho, niir wuh turn se khush rahe; 20 Aur agar nahi'o, to Abitnalik se ek &g nikle, aur ahl i Sikm aur burj ke ghar ko jali de, aur ahl i Sikm aur burj ke ghar meu se bhi ek ig nikle aur Abimalik ko nigal jawe. 21 Phir Yutarn nikla aur bhSg^, aur Biar ko gayS, aur apne bhaJ Abimalik ke Ichauf se wahfu rah;i. 22 Abimalik ne bani Israel mcD tin b;iras tak saltanat ki. 23 Tab Khuda ne Abimalik anr Sikm ke logou ke darmiynn rub i fuf^^d ko bheji, aur ahl i Sikm ne Abimalik se dagabizi shurii kf, 24 Taki wuh 7-ulm jo Yarub-Hal ke sattar bctou ke sith kiya gay^, dwe, aur un ka khun un ke bhaf Abimalik ke sire jisne unheo qatl kiyi, aur Sikm ke logou ke sir jinhou ne us ke bhifon ke qatl meu us kf t^id kt, rakha jawe. 23 Tab Sikm ke logoo ne paharoij kf chotfop par j^sris bithae ki kamfn meo baithe raheo, aur unhou ne un ko jo us rah d nikle, luta ; aur Abimalik ko khabar hui 2''' Aur Gaal bin Ahad apne bhlion samet. aya, aur Sikm ki taraf ohala, aur ahl i Sikm ne us ka iatiniad kiya. 27 So we maidanoo meo nikle, aur un ke takistanoo ko kharib kiya aur anguron ko latlra aur klmshf kf, aur apne butkhanoo meo ghuse aur khaya aur pha, aur Abimalik par lanat ki. 28 Tab Gaal bin Abad ne kaha, Abimalik ka«n hai, aur Sikm kya hai, ki ham un kf Ifhidmatguz'iri kareo ? Kyi wuh Yarub-Bal k4 beta nahin, aur kya Zabiil us ka mansabddr nah'o? Tum Sikm ke bap Hamnr ke logon kf khidniatguzarf karo, ham us kf khidmatguziri kyuQ kareu? 29 Kash ki janiSat mere qabu men hotf, to main Abimalik ko kandre kar deta ! Aur us ne Abimalik muiihatab kark-e kahd, ki Tu apne lashkar ko barhii, air simhne i.1 30 Jab Zabul ne jo shahr ki rais tha, Gaal bin Abad kf ye bateo sunfn, to us ka gussa bharka. 31 Aur us ne fareb se Abimalik pas qasid bheje, aur kahla bheji, ki Dekh Gaal bin Abad apne bhafoij samet Sikm mej) aya, aur dekh ki we tere muqlbil hoke hadd bandhte haio. 32 Pas li'i apne logoo samet rit ko uth, aur maidan ke bich ghit men baith. 33 Aur subh ko jouhin iftab tulii kare, shahr par hamlakar; aur jab wuh apne logoo ke sath tera samhna kare, to jo kuchh tere hath se ho sake, tu un se kar. 34 So Abimalik apne sab logon sauiet rat hf ko utha, aur char gA karke Sikm ke muqabil ghat meu baitha. 35 Aur Gaal bin Abad bihar nikl;^, aur shahr ke darwaze par khaya raha. Tab Abimalik apne logoo samet kanifngih se nikla. 36 Aur jab Gaal ne fauj ko dekhi, to us ne Zabiil se kah5, ki Paharoo par se log utarte haiu. Zabiil ne use kaha, ki Ye paharou ki chhalio haio, jinheij tii admi jinta hai. 37 Tab Gaal ne phir kaha aur yuu bola,^ ki Dekh, zamin ke b'choD bich se log nikalte ate haiij, aur ek gol balut ka dasht se ita hai. 38 Tab Zabul ne use kaha, Ab tera wuh niunh kahao hai, jis se tii ne kaha, ki Abimalik kaun hai, ki ham us ki kludmatguzari kareji ? Kya yih wuhi ja- miiat nahfij jise to ne zalil samjhi ? Se ab bahar tashrif le jaiye aur un se larai kfjiye. 39 Tab Gaal Sikm ke logou ke samhue bihar nikla aur Abimalik se hiya. 40 Aur Abimalik ne use rageda aur wuh us ke samhne se bhag nikla, aur shahr ke darwaze tak ate ate bahutere mare gae, aur bahutere za^Lhrni hfie. 41 Aur Abimalik ne Arumah meu biidbash ki, aur Zabiil ne Gaal ko aur uske bhaion ko ilfiiraj kiya, taki Sikm meu na rahen. 42 Aur dusre din subh ko aisa hua ki log nikalke maidan meo ae, aur Abimalik ko ^habar hua. 43 So Abimalik ne apn^ fauj ke tin gol kie aur maidan ke bich ghat men baitha. Aur dekho, ki jonhfy log shahr se nikle, unhio us ne un ki simhni kiya aur unheo mar liyi. 44 Aui \ 10 BAB] QAZI'O^'. 285 Abimalik apne sath ke gol samet age barhi, aur shahr ke darwazoo ke barabar ake khari hiii; aur do gol un logou par jo niaid.in meu the, a pare, aur unheu kat dill. 45 Aur Abimalik us din shim tak shahr se larta raha, aur shahr ko le liy.i, aur shahr ke logou ko qatl kiyi, aur shahr ko cjhake khak i siyah kar diya, aur u* par nainak bithraya. 46 Aur jab Sikm ke gafh ke sab logou "p yih suiia, to we Ilih ul Rarlyat ke ghar ke buij nieo panih ke liye ji ghuse. 47 Aur Abimalik ko yih kh:ibar hiil ki Sikm ke g iph ke sab log ekatthe hiie haio: 48 Tab Abimalik apai fauj samet Zaliiiiin ke pahar par charhi, aur Abimalik ne kulhira apiie hath nieo liy', aur darakhton meu se ek darakht kf dili k:iti, aur use uthake apne k.indhe par dhara, sur apne sithwale logon ko kahi, Jo kuchh turn ne dekha ki niaiu ne kiy^, turn bhi jald waisa karo 49 Tab ua sab logog meo se har<.k ne ek dili kat U, aur Abimalik ke pichhe ho lie, aur unheu burj par dalke un meu ag lagi di. Chunanchi Sikm ke burj meg jitue log the, jal mare, sab mari aur aurateg qarib ek hazir ke thi'D. .""0 Phir Abimalik Tabis men ayd, aur us ke maqabil khaima khaia kiyS, aur use le liya. 51 Lekin wahao shahr ke andar ek bara jangi qala tha ; so sire mard aur aurateo aur shahr ke sire bashinde bhijrke us meu ja ghuse, aur darwiza band kar liyi, aur qala kl chhat par charh gae 51 Tab Abimalik qala par aya, aur us se lari, aur qala ke darwize se yih irada karke ki u^e jala de, nazdik hua. 53 Tab kisf aurat ne chakki ke pat ka ek tukri Abimalik ke sir par dil diya, ki us ki khopri chiir ho gai. 54 Tab Abimalik ne fauran ek jawan ko jo us ki silahbardir thi, bulayi, aur use kahi, ki Apnf talwar khinch aur mujhe mar, taki mere haqq meo yih na kahen, ki Ek aurat ne use mira. Aur us jawan ne bhonk di; so wuh mar gaya. 55 Jab IsraelioQ ne dekhi ki Abimalik tamim hua, to harek apne makan ko rawina hui. 56 Aur Khudi ne is tarah se Abimalik ki us sharirat ko, jo us ne apne sattar bhafou ko mirke apne bap se ki thi, us par phera ; 57 Aur Sikm ke logoD ki sari badi Khuda ne us ke sirou par dili; aur wuh lanat jo Yarub-Bii k£ bete Yiitam ne un par ki thi, un par pari. X. BA!8. 1 Aur Abimalik ke bid ToUa bin Fiiah bin Diida jo Ishakir ke khindan meo se thi, bani Isriel ko najat dene utha; wuh Ifraim ke pahir ke darmiyin Samir raeo rahta thi. 2 Us ne tefs baras bani Israel par hukiimat ki, aur mar gaya, aur Samir men giri gaya. 3 Bid >:s ke Jiliadl Yair utha, aur us ue bani Isriel par biis baras hukiimat ki. 4 Us ke tis bete the jo tis gadhoo par charha karte the, aur unke tis shahr the jinke nam aj ke din tak Yair-bastiau haiu Jiliid ki zamin meo. 5 Aur Yair mar giya aur Qamun meu gari. 6 Tab bani Israel Khcdawasd ko huztir phir gunih karne lage, aur unhoo ne Balin aur Istirat aur Aram ke butou aur Saidi ke butoo aur Moab ke butoo aur bani Ammnn ke butoo aur Filistioo ke butoo ki parastish kf, aur Khcdawasd ko chhor diya aur us ki bandagi na kf. 7 Tab KncnvwANo ka qahr Israel par bhr^rka. aqr us ne unheu Filistioo aur bani Ammiin ke hathoo meo kar divi. 8 Aar 28r, QAZIOB. [U BAK. unhop ne us a^l se leke sSre banf Isriiel jo Yardan ke par Amindnfoo kl zamin meo aur Jiliad meo the, athirah haras tak bashiddat dukh diya, aur nihiyat tang pakra. 9 Aur ban! Amman ne Yardan p5r hoke Yihiidlh aur Binyamln aur Ifraim ke khindin se jang ki, yah^D tak ki ban! Israel bahut tang ae. 10 Tab bani Israel ne Khuda'wand se faryad kf aur kaha, Ham ne tera gunlh kiya ki apne Khuda ko chhofi aur Halin kf parastish ki. 11 Khudawand ne bani Israel ko furmaya, Kya aisa nahio ki maio ne tumheo MisrTou ke aur AmurioQ ke aur ban! Ammdri ke aur FilistioQ ke hath se najat di ? 12 Aur Saidanfou aur Amaliqfoo aur Kaniinion ne bhi turn ko tang kiya, aur turn mujh pas faryad lae, so inaio ne tumheo unke hathou se bhi chhurdya. 13 Bawajod us sab ke turn ne mujhe tark kiya, aur ajnabi mabadon ki parastish kf. So ab main tumheu najat nahiu dene ka. 14 Turn jao aur un mabudou se jinheo turn ne intikliab kiya hai, faryad karo, ki wehi tumhare dukhou ke waqt tumhare kam dweg. 15 Phir banf Israel ne Khuda'wand se kaha, ki Ham ne to gunah kiya: 60 tu us sab ke muwafiq jo tere nazdik achchha hai, kar ; faqat isi waqt hameo najat dijiye. 16 Aur uuhon ne ajnabi mabudoo ko apne darmiyan se dur kiyS, aur Khuda'wand ki bandagi karne lage : so us ka ji Israel ki pareshani se maliil na raha. 17 Us waqt bani Ammiin jama hde, aur Jiliad men khaima khaya kiya, aur banf Israel bhf faraham hue, aur Misfa meu ^haimazan hue. 18 Tab Jiliad ke amiroij aur logon ne apus meo kaha, Wuh kaun shakhs hai jo pahle bani Ammun se qital shurd kare ? ki wuhl Jiliad ke bashindoo ka rais hoga. XI. B.'VB. 1 Aur Jiliad meo Iftah nam ek shakhs bafa bahadur tha ; yih ek qahba ke pet se paidi hua tha, aur us ka bap Jiliad tha. 2 Aur Jiliad ki jord bhi bete janf, aur us aurat ke bete jab bare hde, to unhoo ne Iftah ko kharij kar diya, aur use kaha, ki Hamare bap ke gharane men tera hissa nahig, is liye ki tu ajnabi aurat ke pet se hai. 3 Tab Iftah apne bhiiou ke pas se bhagi, aur Tab ki zamin meo j5 raha. Aur us ke pas bahut se badz.at log jama hde, aur we us ke slth amad o raft karte the. 4 Aur ek muddat ke bad bani Ammun bani Israel se lare. 5 Aur aisi hi'ia ki jab banf Amman bani Israel se larne lage, to Jiliid i buzurg nikle ki Iftih ko Tub ki zamin se leaweg. ii So unhoij ne Iftah ko kaha, ki A aur hamara qizf ho, taki ham bani Amman se lareo. 7 Iftah ne Jiliadi buzurgoo se kaha, Kyi turn ne mujh se adawat nahiu ki, aur mujhe mere bap ke ghar se nikal nahio diya? So ab jo turn tangi meg pare, to mujh pas kydu ae ? 8 Jiliadi buzurgoo ne Iftah to kaha, Ab ham is liye tere pas phir ae, ki td hamara sath dewe, aur bani Ammun se jang kare, aur hamara aur Jiliad ke sare bashindoo ka rais ho. 9 Iftah ne Jiliadi buzurgoo se kaha, ki Agar turn mujhe pher le chale ho, ki bani Ammun se laruQ, aur agar Khudawand un ko mere hath men giriftar karwa de, to maio tumhara rais hounga. 10 Jiliadi buzurgoo ne Iftah ko jawab diya, ki Khudawand hamire darmiyan gawah hai : jaisa tu ne kaha, ham waisa hi karenge. 1 1 Tab Iftah Jiliadi buzurgoo ke sath rawana hda, aur logoa ne use apna rais aur qizf kiya. Aur Iftah ne Misfa meo Khcdawand ke age apne sab matlab khole. 12 Aur Ift4h ne bani Amman ke badshah pas elchi bheje aur kaha, Tujhe mujh 11 BAB] Q.VZI-0^ 287 se kyl hai, jo tn mujh par mcrl sarzaiiifn meo larne ko charh &y& hai ? 13 Baiii Anuiinn ke badshah ne Iftih ke elchiou ko kahS, Is liye ki jab ban! Israel Misr ee charhe the, to unhou ne merd niulk Arniin se leke Yabiiq tak aur Yardan tak le liya tha. So ab tu wuh sarzamin saliniati uieo mujhe pher de. 14 Iftiih ne iin elchioo ko bant Anuiuin ke badbhah pds pber bhejd, 16 Aur use kaha, Iftfih yih kahtii hai, ki Isrdtl ne Moab kf sarzaniin aur banf Ammiin k.i mulk nahlo liya. 16 Kyiinki Israeli jab Misr se charhe, aur Darya i Qulzum ki taraf bayabdn meo gae, aur Qddis nieo ae : I7 Tab Israeliou ne Adiini ke badshah ko paiydm bheja, ki Ham ko apnf sarhadd se guzarne de. Lekin Adum ka badshah un ka shinawa na hua. Aur isi tarah unhou ne IMoab ke badshah ko kahla bhejd, aur us ne bhi na mini. Cininanchi Israeli Qadis men thahare rahe. 18 Tab we bayabdn meo hoke rawana hue, aur Adiim aur Moab ki sarzamin meo sharqi samt se ae aur Arniin ke us taraf ko khaime khare kie, par Moab ki sarhadd meo dakhil na hue, is liye ki Moab ka siwana Arni'in hai. 19 Tab Israelion ne Ami'irioo ke bSdshah Saihuu ko jiska pae takht Ilashan tha, elchioo ke hath paiydm bbeja ki Ham ko rukhsat dijiye, ki ham tumhari sarzamin se hoke apne maqam ko chale deo. 20 Far Saihun no un ko apui sarhadd se guzarne na diya, balki Sai- hiin ne apne log jama kie aur Yahas meo khaimazan hiid aur Israel se lard. 21 Aur KcHDAWAXD Israel ke Khuda ne Saihun ko us ke sare lashkar samet Isr&el ke hawale kiya, aur unhoo ne unheo qatl kiya. So Isrdelioo ne us tarah Amnrloo ki sari zamin aur us nawah ke bdshindou par qabi'i payd. 22 Aur we Arnun se leke Yabiiq tak aur dasht se Yardan tak Amurioo ki sdrl sarhaddou par qdbiz hue, 23 So ab jo Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ne Amiirioo ko apne bandog Israel ke age se dafa kiya, kyd tu use qabu meo karega ? 24 Jo tera Ildh Kamiis tujhe miris meo deta hai, kyd tii use miras meo nahio leti ? Pas wuh sab jo Khudawanij hamare Khuda ne ham ko miras meo diya hai, ham use miras meo rakhenge. 2r> Aur kya tu Moab ke badshah J5dlak se jo Zafur ka betd tha, kuchh bihtar hai? Kya us ne bani Israel se jhagra kiya, yd kyd us ne un ki sdmhnd kiya ? 26 Jis waqt ki bani Israel Hasbdn meo aur us ke shahroo meo aur Arair aur us ke shahroo men aur un sab shahroo meo jo Arnun ke girdnawih meo haio, tin sau baras raha kie : us waqt tum ne unheo kyuo na chhuraya ? 27 Garaz main ne teri badi nahin ki, balki tu meri badkhwdhi karta hai, ki mujh se lari chahta hai. Pas Khudawaxd hi jo munsif hai, bani Israel aur bani Ammiin ke darmiydn aj ke din insdf kare. 28 Lekin bani Ammun ke badshah ne un batoo ko jo Iftah ne use kahla bhejfo, na sund. 2U Tab Khuda'wand ki ruh Iftah par di, aur wuh Jiliad aur Manassi se guzarke Misfa ko jo Jiliad meo hai, pahunchd, aur Jilidd ke Misfi se bani Ammnn ki taraf ubiir kiyd. 30 Aur Ifc ih ne Khudawand ki nazr mini aur kahd, ki Agar tu bani Ammun ko mere hdth meo kar de, 31 To aisa hogi, ki maio jab bani Ammiin se fardgat karke sdlim pherungi: to jo koi mere ghar kedarwdze se pahle mere istiqbal ko niklegd, wuh Khuuawand ka hogd, aur maio us ko uharhawi sd charhiiingd. 32 Tab Iftah bani Ammun ki taraf par utrd, tdki un se lardi kare. Aur Khudawand ne un ko us ke hdthou meo kar diyi. 33 Aur us ne Arair se leke Manniyat ke madkhal tak jo bis shahr haio, aur Abilkarauin tak nihdyat bard qitdl kiyd^ us tarah bani Ammiin bani Isrdel se magliib hue. 288 QA'ZI'O^. [12 UAll. .'U Aiir jab Iftah Misfi ko apiie ghar aya, to kya dekhtS hai? ki us kl betf table bajatf aur niichll hi'M us ke istiqbal ke liye nikli; aur wuh us kl iklauti thi; us ke siwa us ke koi beti beta na tha. 35 Jab us ne dekha, to us ne apnc kapre phare aur bala, Hai hai, men' betf! ti'i mujh ko bahut udis karti hai, aur bara dukh deti hai, ki niaiu ne Khuhawand ko zuban dl hai, aur pher nahiQ sakti. 36 Us ne usi ko kaha, Ai mere bap, agar tu ne KuinAWANu ko zuban di hai, to jo kuchh tere murih se nikla, so mujh se kar, is liye ki Khudawand ne tere dushmanou bani Ammiiu se tera iutiqam liya. 37 Phir us ne apne bap ko kaha, Mere liye itna kar ki do niahliie mujh ko chhor de, taki kohistan meo phinu', aur apni sathwaliou ko leke apne kiiarpan par rouu. 38 Wuh bola, ja. Aurusne use do mahine kf rukhsat di. Wuh apni sathwaliou ko leke gai aur kohistan nieij apne kuarpan par rol. 39 Aur aisa hiia ki diisre mahine ke ikhir akhir wuh apne bap pSs phir if, aur u« ne us ke haqq meij us nazr ko, jo us ne maui thi, ada kiya. So wuh kisi mard se hambist-ir na hiii 40 Chunanchi bani Israel men yihdasiiir hiia, ki sal ba sal Israel ki betiau jati hain. ki har haras meo char din tak Iftah Jiliadi ki be^i ki sana kareu. XII. liAB. I .Us Waqt IfrSim ke log jama hoke shimal ko pir utre, aur Iftah se kaha, Tu jer banf Ainmnn se jang karne ko prir utni, to hameu tune talab kyuu na kiya, ki ham tere sith chalte? So ab ham tere ghar ko tujh &anietjal£ denge. 2 Iftah ne un- heu jawab diya, ki Maio aur mere log banf Amman se nihayat diqq the, aur jab niaiu ne tumheu bulaya, to turn ne un ke hath se mujhe najat na di. 3 Aur jab mail) ne yih dekha ki tii mujhe makhlasi naho diya chahta, to main ne apni jan hatheli par rakhi, aur par utarke bani x\mmun kS samhna kiya, aur Khuuawand ne unheu mere hath meu kar diya: so turn aj ke din kis liye mujh se larne charhe? 4 Bid us ke Iftah ne sare Jiliadioo ko jama karke Ifraimion se qital kiya, a\ir Jiliadioo ne Ifraimion ko mar liya; kyunki we kahte the^ ki Turn Ifraim se bh.ige hue ho: Jiiiad Ifi-aim ke bich aur Manassl ke bich. 5 Aur Jiliadioo ne ghat ko jo Ifraimion ki guzargah thi, rok liya. Aur aisa hna ki jo Ifraimi bhaga hua aya, wuh bola ki Mujhe p5r jane de. Aur Jiliadioo ne use kaha, ki Tii Ifraimi hai ki nahlu? Wuh bola, Nahiu. 6 Tab unhoo ne use kaha, Kah to: Shumbulat. Wuh bola: Sumbulat; is liye ki we harfi Sha ko durust na bol sakte the. Tab unhoa ne use pakri aur Yardan ke ghatoo par zabh kiya. Chunanchi us waqt wahao bealis hazar Ifraimi qatl kie gae. 7 Aur Iftah ne chha baras tak bani IsrScl meo hukunu.t kf : bid us ke nuir gaya, aur Jiiiad ki bastiou meo se ek basti men gira gay:i. 8 Bad us ke Ibsan Baitlahamf bani Israel ka hakim hui. 9 Us ke tis to bete the, aur tis betiio: so tfs bctiao us ne bahar biyah din, aur bahar se apne betoij ke liye tis betiao le aya. Wuh sat baras tak Israelfoo ka hakim raha. 10 So Ibsaa mar gaya, aur Baitlaham meo gara. II Us ke bad Zabuliini Ailun Isrielioo ki hakim hui, aur us ne das baras hukiiraat kf. 12 Aur ZabiUuni Ailnn mar gaya, aur Aiyaliin meo Zabulun kf zamfn meo madfiin hui. 13 Us ke hid Hillel Faratiini ka betl Abdun hakim^ua. 14 Us ke chilis bete 13 B.YB.] QMZIO^. 289 the, aur tfs pote jo sattar gadhoo bar charhi kaite the. Ath baras us ne Isriel par hukdmat kl. 15 Aur Ilillel Faratiinf ka betd Abddn mar gaya, aur Amlliq ke kohistan uieu sarzamtu i ItVafiu nieu Faratiin ke bich g-iri gaya. XIII. BAB. 1 Phir bani Israel ne Khudawand ke age badkari kf ; aur KimnA'wANO ne unheij chilis baras tak Filistfou ke hath nieu kar diya. 2 Aur Dan ke ghar^ne meu Saraah ki ek shakhs tha, jis ka nam Mani'iha tha. Us kf joru banjh thf ki pet se na hotl thf. 3 Aur Khuda'wand ka firishta us aurat ko dikhlai diya aur use kaha, ki Dekh, td banjh hai, aur pet se nahfn hotf ; par ab pet se hogf aur beta janegf. 4 So khabardar zinhar, wain ya nashe kf koi chiz na tii piya kar, aur na khaya kar, aur harek napak chiz ke khane se parhez kar. 5 Kyunki dekh, td hainilah hogi aur beta janegi, us ke sir par kabhi ustura na pherega ; is waste ki wuh larki shikm hi se Khudi ka nazir hogi ; aur wuh Israelioij ko Filistfon ke hath se najat dena shurii karega. 6 Tab us aurat ne ake apne shauhar se kaha, ki Ek mard i Khuda mujh pas aya, us kf siirat Khuda ke firishte ki tarah bahut daranf thi; so main ne us se pnchha, ki Td kahiu se hai ? aur us ne mujhe apna nam na bataya. 7 Par us ne mujhe kaha, Dekh tu hamilah hogi aur beta janegi. So td ab wain pina chhor de ; aur koi nasha aur nipak chiz mat kha ; kydaki wuh larka pet hf men se jis din tak mar jaega, Khuda ka nazir hog^. 8 Tab Manuha ne Khudawand ke huzur ^jizf se dua ki aur kaha, Ai Malik, aisa kar ki wuh mard i Khuda jise tu ne bheja thi, ham pas phir awe aur hamko sikhlawe ki ham us larke se jo paidi hone ko hai, kya kareu. 9 Aur Khuda ne Manuha ki iwaz suni, aur Khuda ka firishta us aurat pas jis waqt kf wuh kKet par thf. phir ^ya ; us waqt us ka shauhar Manuha us pas na tha. 10 So wuh aurat dhar lapa- ki aur daurkeapue khasam ko jataya aur use kaha, ki Dekh wuhf mard jo agle din mujhe dikhaf diya tha, phir dikhai diya. 11 Tab Manuha uthke apnf joru ke pichhe rawana hdi aur us mard pas aya aur use kaha, Kydu td wuhi mard hai, jis ne is aurat se baten kfo ? Us ne kaha, main wuhi hdn. 12 Tab Mandha ne kaha. Agar jaise td ue farmaya waise hi ho, to wuh larka kaisa hoga ? aur us ka kam kya hoga? 13 Khuda'wand ke firishte ne Manuha se kaha, Abhl sab chfzoo se jo main ne kahiy, yih aurat parhez kare. H Wuh aisi koi chiz jo tak se paida hoti hai, istiamal na kare, aur wain na pfe, aur koi nasha aur napak chfz na khawe, us sab kf jo main ne use kaha hai, nmhafazat kare. 15 Mandha ne Khuda'wand ke firishte ko kah.i, Ilamare kahe se itna tawaqqif kfjiye ki ham ap ke liye ek bakri ka bacha taiyar kareu- 16 Khuda'wand ke firishte ne Manuha ko jawab diya, Agarchi td mujhe rok rakhe, taubhf main teri roti nahio khane ka. Par agar tu charhiwa charhaya chahta hai, to tujhe lazim hai ki Kuudavvand ke liye chaf- hawe. Ki Manuha na janta tha ki wuh Khuda ka firishta hai. 17 Phir Manuha ne KhudawaNd ke firishte ko kaha, Apui nam bata, taki jab terl kaha pura ho, to ham teri zikr i khair kareo- 18 Khuda'wand ke firishte ne use kaha, Tu kyuo mera nam puchhta hai? mcra nam Ajib hai. 19 Tab Maniiha ne bakri ka ek bacha aur hadiyah leke ek patthar par Khudawand ke liye unhen guzrana. Aur us ne ajaib kam kfye aur Mandha aur us ki jord douoQ nigran the. 20 Aur aisA L 1 '290 QAZrON. [14 BAB. haX ki jab niazbah par se Ismail k1 taraf shiiala utha, to Khudawand ka firishta shiiala ke diirniiyau mazbah par se asman ko chala gaya ; aur Maniiha aur us ki joro ne dekha aur aundhe mnnh zamin par gire. 21 Aur Khuda'wand ka firishta Manuha aur U8 ki joru ko phir dikhal na diya. Tab Maimha ne jana ki wuh Khldawand ka firishta tha. 22 Tab Maualia ne apni jorii se kaha, ki Hani ab jnsLT jaenge, kyi'inki hain ne Khuda ko dekha ! 23 Us ki jorii ne use kaha, Agar KhudAwand chahta ki hanieo niar dale, to charhawa aur hadiyah haniare liathoij se qabul na karta, na hameij yih sab kuchh dikhata, aur na hanioo is waqt yih jo US ne hamen kaha kahta. 24 Aur wuh aurat beta jani aur us ka nam Shamsnn rakha. Wuh larka bara hda, aur KHUnAWAND ne use mubarak kiya. 25 Aur Khiidawand ki riih ne Dan ki Ijhaimagah Saraah aur Istaol ke darmiyan use ubhnira. XIV. ].AB. 1 Bad uske Shamsiin Timnah men utr5 aur Tininah men ns ne Filistfon ki betioo meu se ek aurat ko dekha. 2 Aur ns ne ghar nieij ake apne bap aur apni mi se kaha, Main ne Filistiou ki beiiou meo se Tininah meu ek aurat ko dekha, so turn us se mera nikah kar do. 3 Us ke ma bap ne use kaha, Kya tere bhafoij ki betioij men aur mori sari qaum men koi aurat nahiij, jo tu namakhtiin Filistion ki beti ko jorfi kiya chahta hai ? Shamsun ne apne bap ko kaha, Isi ko mujhe lede, kyiinki wuh meri ankhon men achchhi lagi. 4 Aur us ke ma bap na samjhe ki yih Khudawand ki marzi se hai, ki qalu dhundhta hai ki Filistise muqabul ho, ki us waqt Filisti bani Israel par musallit the. 5 Bid us ke Shamsun aur us ke ma bap Timnah meu utre aur Timnah ke takistan meu baithe aur kya dekhta hai ? ki ek jawan sher us ke sanihne a gareja. 6 Tab Khuda'wand ki rnh Shamsnn men ai, aur us ne use yuu phSra, jaise bakri ke bache ko pharte hain, bawajiidiki wuh nihattha tha. Aur wuh jo us ne kiya th-i, apne ma bip se.na kaha 7 Phir wuh gayi aur us ne us aurat se bateij kiu, aar wuh Shamsun ki nazar meu aclichhi lagi. 8 Aur bad ek muddat ke wuh lis ko lene gaya, aur us jagah pahunchke alag hua, tiki us sher ki lash ko dekhe, aur dekho ki wahlu sher ki lash men shahd ka- chhatta tha, aur shahd ki makhioi) ka hujiim tha. 9 Us ne use hath meu le liya aur khata hiia chala, aur apne ma bap pis aya, aur unheu bhi kuclih diya. Unhoo ne khaya ; par us ne unheu na jalaya, ki yih shahd sher ki lash men nikla. 10 Phir us ka bap us aurat ke pas gaya; wahao Shamsun ne khaua kiya, kyunki jawanou k€ yih dastur tha. II Aur aisa hiia ki jab wahan ke logon ne use dekha, to we tis jawan lie ki us ke ham-majlis hoy. 12 Shamsun ne unheij kaha ki maiu turn se ek paheli puchhta hiia : so agar turn mihinaui ke sat din meo -use bujho aur mujhe batlao, to main tis than aur tis hi khilit tum ko dunga. 13 Aur agar tum na bata sako, to tum tis than aur tis khiht mujh ko do. We bole ki Apni paheli bayan kar, tiki ham use sunen. 14 Tab us ne kaha, Khaii meo khana nikla, paurhe men se mithas. Aur we tin din tak us paheli ko hall na kar sake. 15 Aur satweu din unhou ne Shamsun ki jorii se kahd, ki Hamare liye apne shauhar se fareb dtke paheli bujh le, nahio to ham tere bap ka ghar bar tujh samet ag se jalawenge. Tum ne ham ko isi liye bulaya hai ya nahlij, ki hamara jo i', BAB] QWZION. 2?)1 kuchh hai so mfras le lo ? 10 Tab Shanisun ki jorii uske Sge roi aur bolf, ki Tn imijli se clushinani raklitri hai aur iiiujh se piyar nahlu nikhta. Tn ne meri qaum ke larkoo se wuh paheli piichhi aur niujhe batli na di. Us ne use kahfi, Maio n« apne bap aur apnf md ko bhi nahiu bataf hai, so tujhe batla dnu ? 17 So wuh us ke igc un ki inihm^ni ke s^t din roy5 kf ; aur satweo din aisa hiia ki usne use batA di; k3iinki us ne use nipat tang kiya. So usne apni qauin ke larkoo se kah df. 18 So us shahr ke basnewalou ne satweo din snraj ke diibne se pahle us se kaha, Shivhd se niitha kyi hai, aur bag se paurha k;iun ? Tab us ne unheo kaha, Agar tnni merf bachhiya ko hai tale na jotte, to meri paheli kabhu na bujhte. 19 Phir KiiuDA WAND ki ruh us men ii, aur wuh Asqalan ko utar gaya, wahao us ne un ke tfs ftdmi mare aur unko liitke un ke kapre paheli bujhnewaloo ko dfe. So uska gussa bharki, aur wuh apne ma bap ke ghar utha chali gaya. 20 Aur us kf wuh joriijise wuh dost rakhta tha, us ke ek ham-majlis ki jous ka aziz tha, huf. XV. JiAB. 1 Bid ek muddat ke gehiin katne ki mausim men aisa hiia ki Shamsnn ek bakri ka bacha leke apni jorii pas gaya, aur us ne kaha, Maio apni jorii pis kothrS men jaungi. 2 Us ke bap ne use na jine diya aur kaha, Mujh ko yuqtn tha ki tu us se bezar hivi, is liye maio ne use tere ham-majlis ko de dala, aur us ki chhotf bahin us se kahiij khubsurat hai : so mihrbani karke us ke iwaz use lijiye. S Shamsnn ne un se kaha, Ab jo maio Filistiou se kuchh kanin, to main pdk huo, aur maiii un se burai kariinga. 4 Aur Shanisiin ne jake tin sau lomri^u pakrin, aur do do karke duui se dum bandhi, aur har do dunioij ke bich mashalen bandhfu- 5 Anr maslnloo ko roshan karke lomriiD Filistiou ke khare kheton meo chhor diyau aur pillon se leke taiyar kheton tak angiirf bagog aur zaitun ki biiion samet jali diya. G Tab Filistion ne kahi, Yih kisne kiy4 ? We bole, Timnati ke damad Shamsiin ne, is liye ki us ne us kf jorii chhinke us ke ham-majlis ko di. Tab Filisti charh ae, aur us aurat ko aur us ke bap ko ag sejala diya. 7 Shamsiin ne unheo kahi, Jo turn ne aisi kiya, main tum se badU lungi, tab biz rahung;i. 8 Aur us ne un men ghuslte aisi iihunresi ki, ki we kiile aur raneij taptapite rahe, aur phir jake Aitam ki pahari par raha. 9 Tab Filisti charhe, aur sarzamfn i Yihiidah ko khaimagah kiya aur us makan men jis ka u;im Luhi h.ii, phail gae. 10 Baui Yihiidah ne uu se kaha, Tum ham par kyiin char'" ae ho ? We bole, Shamsiin ke bandhne ko, kijaisa us ne ham se kiya, ham us se karen. 11 Tab bani Yihiidah ke tin bazar jaw in Aitam ki pahari kf ciihoti par gae, aur Shamsiin ko kaha, Tii na janta thi ki Filisti ham par galib hai ? so yih tu ne ham se iiyi kiy i ? Us ne unheo kahi, jaisi unhoij ne mujh se kiya tha, main ne un se kiya. 12 Ufihoo ne use kaha, Ab ham ae haiu ki tujhe bSndhke Filistion ke hawale kareo- Shauisan ne unheo kaha, Mujh se qasam khlke iqrar karo ki ham tujh par hamla na karenge. 13 UnhoQ ne use kaha, Nahfu, par ham teri tuudiau ka.senge aur uu ke hawale karenge, par hargiz tujhe jan se na mirenge. Phir unhoo ne use do hare rassoo se bandha, aur pahiji par se utar lae. 14 Jab Lahi meu pahunchi, to Filisti hao hao karke us par lapake. Us waqt KiiunAWAXD ki riilj zorke jalwe meu us par charhi, aur we rasse jinsc u* L I 2 292 QAZrOI?. [16 BAB. ke b£zu biindhe the, aise ho gae jaise san jo dg se jal j;ie, aur us kt tnndi^o jo bSndhf thfo, khul gafp. 15 U« waqt us ne ek gadhe ke jabre kf nai haddi pari hdi dekh!, aur hath barhake use liya aur us se us ne hazar mare. 16 Aur Shamsun bola, Ek gadhe ke jabre kf haddi se to tiida ti'ida ! maiij ne ek gadhe ke jabre ki haddi se ek hazar mard bejan kie ! 17 Aur aist hiia ki jab wuh kah'chuka, to us re jabra apne hath se phenk diy£ aur us jagah ka nam Rimat-Lahi rakha. 18 Aur wuh nipat piyasa htii : tab us ne Khudawand ko yad kiya aur kaha, Tu ne apne bande ke hath se aisi bari najat bakhshi : ab ky£ maio piyas se marno, aur n^makhtanon ke hath meo pariiu. 19 Khuda'wand ne Lahf nieo ek gprha khoda aur wahao se pani niklS, aur us ne use piya aur us ke dam men dam iyi aur do b^rah jiya, is liye us ne us jagah ki nam Ain ul Qari rakhS. Lahi meo us ka nSm aj tak yihi hai. 20 Aur wuh Filistloo ke waqt meo bis baras tak bani Israel k& qSzi raha. XVI. ByVB. 1 Bad us ke Shamsun Azzah ko gaya, wahan us ne ek fihlsha aurat dekhf, wuh us pis andar gaya; 2 Aur Azzioq ko khabar hnt ki Shamsun yahSo ayahai. Unhoa ne use gher liya, aur sari rat shahr ke phatak par us ki ghat men lage rahe, par rSt bhar chup chap rahe ki jab subh hogi, to ham use mar lenge. 3 Aur Shamsun fidhf rit tak letS raha, aur ddhi rat ko uthke us ne shahr ke darwize ke patou aur bSzuou ko arange samet apne kandhe par dharke us pahar ki chotipar jo Habrun ke simhne hai, le gaya, 4 Aur bad ek muddat ke aisa hiia ki wuh dasht i Soriq meo ek aurat ko jis ka nam Dalilah tha, chahne laga. 5 Aur Filistioo ke qutb us aurat pas charh gae, aur use kaha, ki Agar td use dagadeke daryaft kar le kius ki yih shahzori kahe se hai, aur ham kyi kareo jo us par gilib howeutaki ham use bSndheo aur use ^er kareu : to ham sab milke gyarah gyarah sau rupiye tujhe denge. 6 Tab Dalilah ne Shamsun ko kahi, Mihrbani karke mujhe batla, ki teri shahzori kahe se hai, tujhe kyunkar koi bandhe ki tujhe kamzor kare. 7 Shamsun ne use kahS, ki Agar we mujh ko tazi sat tantoij se jo kabhi khushk na hui hoo bandheo, to maio sust parunga, aur jaisa ek admi hota hai, ho jaunga. 8 Tab Filistioo ke qutb tazi sat tanteo jo khushk na hui thin, us aurat pis lae ; aur aurat ne use un se bandha. 9 Ghatwale us pis kothri ke andar the. Aurat ne use kaha, ki Ai Shamsiin, Filisti tujh par ie! Us ne un rassiou ko sanke tar ke manind jo &g ke nazdik ho, tora. So daryaft na hua ki us ki qnwat kahe se hai. 10 Tab Dalilah ne Shamsun ko kaha, ki Td ne mujh se thatha kiya, aur mujh se jhiith bola : mihrbani se mujhe bata de, ki td kydnkar bandha jawe. 11 Us ne use kaha. Agar we mujhe nai rassiou se jo kabhi kam men na ai hoy, kaske bandbeu, to meri quwat jiti rahegi, aur ek admi ke manind ho jaunga. 12 Tab Dalilah ne use nai rassioo se bandha aur boli, ki Ai Shamsun, Filisti tujh par ae! Aur ghatwale to kothri meij us pas baiih hi rahe the. So us ne apne baziion se un ko tage ke manind tor dila. 13 Phir Dalilah ne Shamsun se kaha, Ab ke bhi td ne mujh se thatha kiya, aur mujh se jhdth bola ; mujhe bata, td kahe se bandha jaega? Us ne use kaha. Agar td meri sat lateo tani ke s'lth bine. 14 Tab us ne mekh se binke use bandha aur eksutun se jakia aur boli, ki Ai Shamsun, Filisti ie\ Wuh nind se chaunki aur us 16 BAB.] QAZrOB. 293 bunne kf mekhko tSnf ke ssith Icke cliala gayS. 16 Tab aurat ne us sekaha, Kyiin- kar tti kahta hai, ki IMaiu tujhc cliahta huu, balanki tcri dil bhi nuijh sc iiahto laga? Tiine yih tin martaba nuijh se thatbri kiya, aur mujbc iiabin battyS ki tera zor k£he nieo hai. IG iVkhir ko jah us ne use roz roz baton se tang kiy^ aur bahutsi hat kf ki us ki. dam nak nieu aya : 17 To us ne tise apnc dil ki kahi aur use batay5, ki Mere sir par ustura nahfn pbiri,is liye ki maiu apnl ma ke pet hf meo se Khuda ki nazir huij; so agar mcri sir munda jawe, to mera zor mujh se jata rahegA, aur niaiu naquwat ho jatinga, aur jaise sab admi bote haitj, waisi hf maiu bhi ban jaungS. 18 Tab Dalilah ne jana ki ab us ne apne dil ka sab khola, aur Filistioo ke qutbou ko kahli bhejn, ki Is bar phir ao, ki sab jo kuchh us ke dil men tha, us ne mujh se zihir kiya. So Filistfou ke qutb us pas5e aur naqdi apne hath mee lae. 19 Aurat ne use apne ghutnon par sula rakha, aur adml bulwake sat lateu jo us ke sir par thiu, mundwa diliu, aur use sat^ne lagi aur us ka zor jiita raha. 20 Aur wuh boli, Ai Shamsun, Fihsti tere pas haiu! Wuh nlnd se jagl, aur us ne kah:i, ki Main o'ge ki tarah bahar jaiinga, aur apne tain zor se hilaunga ! Far wuh na janta tha ki Khuda'- WAND us pas se chala gayi. 21 Tab Filistioo ne use pakra aur us ki ankhen phor diliu, aur use Azzah men utar lie, aur pital ki zanjirOQ se jakra, aur wuh qaidkhane men para chakki pista tha. 22 Garaz bad us ke ki us ka sir mundaya gaya, us ke bil phir janne lage. 23 Aur Filistion ke qutb faraham hiie taki apne Ilah Dagon ke liye bari qarhani guzraneij aur khushi kareu; kyiinki unhon ne kaha, ki Hamare Khuda ne hamare dushnian Shamsun ko hamare qabii men kar diya. 24 Aur jab logoo ki nigah us par pari, to unhon ne apne Khuda ki sitaish ki, aur bole, Hamare Khuda ne hamare dushman ko jis ne hamara mulk ujar kar diya, aur hamare bahut se log halak kiye, hamare qabu men kar diya. 25 Aur jab we khushwaqt hue, to aisa hiia ki unhon ne kaha, Shanistin ko bulao ki hamare age tainas khur kare. So unhoD ne use qaidkhane se bulwaya. Wuh un ke age tamas khur karne laga. Unhou ne use do sutiin ke bich men khari kiya tha. 2G Tab Shamsun ne us launde ko jo us ke hath pakre hiie tha, kaha, Mujhechhor, taki main un sutiinorj ko jin par yih ghar khari hai chhuioij, taki un par takya karun. 27 Aur yih ghar jo tha, mardon aur auratou se bhari hua thi, aur Filistioo ke sare qutb wahiij the, qarib tinhazir zano mard ke chhat par the, jo Shamsnn ketamaskhur dekh rahe the. 28 Tab Shamsun ne Ishuda'wano ko puk ira aur kaha, ki Ai Malik Khuda'wand, mihrbani karke mujhe yad kar, Ai Khuda, aur ek bar mujhe zor bakhshiye, tiki maio ekbargi Filistiou se apni donou ankhon ka badli liiii! 29 Aur Shaiiisiin ne donoo sutunou ko, jin par ghar qiim tha, ek ko dahne hith se aur dusre ko bay^o se pakra. -30 Aur bold, Mujhe Filistiou ke sith marna qabiil hai! So apne sare zor se jhukaya, aur wuh ghar un qutbou aur un sab logoij par jo us men the, gir pafi; so we lug jinhen us ne apne sath mdra, un se jinheij us ne jite ji qatl kiya tha, kahiy ziyada the. 31 Tab us ke bhai, aur us ke bap ke gharane ke sab logae, aur use uthaya aur use Saraah aur Istaol ke darniiyan us ke bip Manuha ki gor meo gSri. Wuh bis baras tak baui Israel ki qazi tha. 2^4 QAZrOI?. [17 BAR. XVir. BAB. 1 Us waqt Ifriim ke pahir meo ek shakhs thi jis ki nim Mika tlia. 2 Us ne apni nui se kah^, We gy^rah sau rupiye jo tujh se lie gae the, jin ki babat tii ne qasam khii aur mujh se bhf zilm kiya, ki dekh we rtipiye mere pas haiu, main ne unheij rakh chhora. Us kt ma boU, Beta, Kiiuda'wand tujh ko barakat de. 3 Aur us ne gyarah sau rupiye apnl ma ko pher die. Tab uski ma ne kaha, ki Main ne yih rdpa Kiiuda'wand ke liye muqaddas kiya tha ki apne hith se apne bete ko diiD ki wuh ek but tarashi hua aur ek dhala hua banwae ; so ab main tujhe pher deta huQ. 4 Par us ne vve rnpiye apnl ma ko pher die. Us ki ma ne do sau rupiye leke zargar ko die; us ne ek tarasha hiia aur ek dhila hua but baniya, so we donoo Mika ke ghar men the. 5 Aur us mard Miki ne apne liye ek butkhane banaya tha, aur ek efod aur ek mabdd taiyar kiya tha, aur apne beton men se ek ko muqaddas kiya tha, so wuh us ke liye kahin hua. 6 Us waqt Israel meo koi bad- shah na tha, aur har ek shakhs jo use achchha lagta tha, karta tha. 7 Aur Yihudih ke gharane ka Yihudah ke Baitlaham men ek jawan tha jo Lewi th'i, jisne wahan sukanat ikhtiyar ki thi. 8 Yih shakhs Yihudah ke shahr Baitlaham se nikla ki aur kahin jahan muyassar ho, ja rahe ; so wuh chalte chalte kohistan i Ifraim ke darmiyan Mika ke ghar pahuncha. 9 Mika ne use kaha, Tii kahan se aya hai ? Us ne use kaha, Main Yihudah ke Baitlaham men ka ek Lewi hi'ig, aur jatn huo ki aur kahin jahao muyassar ho, wahaij rahnij- 10 Mika ne use kaha. Mere sath rah aur mera bap kahin ho ; main tujhe das rnpiye saliyani aur ek jori kapr'i aur khana ddnga. So Lewi aya. 11 Aur yih Lewi us mard ke sath rahne[par raz! hiia, aur yih jawan us ke bete ke mdnind tha. 12 Aur Mika ne us Lewi ko mu- qaddas thaharaya, aur wuh jawan us ka kahin bana, aur Mika ke ghar men rahne laga. 13 Tab Mika ne kaha, Main janta hiiu ki Khuda'wand mujh se neki kiya chihta hai, ki ek Lewi mera kahin hiia. XVIII. B.^B. 1 Un dinon men Israel ka koi badshah na tha, aur unhin dinon meo Din ka firqa apne liye miras ka talib tha, ki paweo to wahan basen; kynnki unhoD ne us din tak Israel ke firqou ke bich kuchh miras napai thi. 2 So bani Din ne apne gharane me-u sepanch bahadur mardapni sarhaddoo men se Saraah aur Istaol men kebheje, "t Jiii zamin ki jas si karen, aur us ki haqiqat daryaft kareu ; unhon neunheu kaha, ki Jao aur zaiuin ki ha(pqat daryaft karo. We jab kohistan i Ifraim men ae aur wahan shab-bash hue: 3 To unhon ne Mika ke ghar men us Lewi jawan kf awaz pahchini aur udhar mutawaijih hoke use kahi, Tujh ko yahau kaun lay^, tu yahao kya karta h:ii aur tera yahiij kyi kam ? 4 Us ne unhen kaha, Mika ne mujh se yuu yiiu suli'ik kiyS, aur mujhe naukar rakha, aur main us ka kahin bana. 5 Un- hon ne use kahi, ki Mihrbani karke Khuda se mashvvaiat Hjiye ki ham janeu y yih hamara safar jis meo ham bilfial haiu, hamare liye mubarak hoga ya nahio. 6 Us kihin ne unhen kaha, Salimati se jao, ki yih tunihara safar jis men turn jate ho Khuda'wand ko pasand hai. 7 So we panchou shakhs chal nikle, aur Lais meu ae. Unhou ne wahan ke logon ko dekha ki bekhauf SaidSnioo ke taur par 18 BAB.] QAZI05I. 295 aman chain 8e rahte haio aur wahio kol qi.?A na tha, jo uu ko kisi bat meo zalfl karta; we Saiddniou se bahut diir the aur kisi so kuchh sarokar na rakhte the. S So we apne bhifou pas Saraah aur Istaol mep phir ae. Aur un ke bh.iiou ne puchha, Tumhara kya h.il hai ? 9 We bole, Utho, ham un par charh jaen, ki ham ne wuh sarzanifn jo dekh! hahut khiib hai ; so tuin k\ uij diratig karte ho ? Ab chalne meu kahilat nakaro, chal niklo aur us zamin par qabiz ho. 10 Tain agar chaloge, to ek bhoU qaum nieo aur ek mu'.k was! meij dakbil hoge, ki Khuda ne use tumhare qabze meo kar diva hai, wuh tk mulk hai jis nicg dunya kf sad nianiateo niaujud haiij. 11 Tab bani Dan meo se Saraah aur Istaol ke chha sau mard musallah wahau se rawaua hue. 12 We charhe, aur unhoo ne ake sarzamin i Yihiidah meo Qaryatyearhn ko khaimagah kiya, is liye we &j ke din tak us jagah ko Mahna ul Dan kahte haiij, aur yih Qaryatyearim kt pusht par hai. 13 Aur wahig se guzarke kohistin i Ifniim meu pahuuche, aur Mi'ka ke ghar meo ae. 14 Tab un panch mardoo ne jo Lais meu jasusi ke li^e gae the apnebhafon se khitab kija aur unheu kaha, Tumhen khabar hai, in gharou meu ek efod aur ek mabnd ek tarasha hiti. but hai aur ek dhala hiia ? So ab socho, ki turn kya karoge. 15 Tab we udhar niutawajjih hde aur Mika ke ghar men us Lewf jawan ke makan meo dakhil hue, aur us se khair o afiyat puchhi. 16 So we chha sau ban! Dan musallah bahadur jawan darwaze par khare rahe. 17 Aur un panchou ne, jo zamin ki jasusi ko iiikle the, ghar ke andar ghuske tarasha hua but aur efod aur mabiid aur dhila hui but sab kuchh le liyd ; us waqt wuh kahin darwaze par khara tha aur we cliha sau jangi mard jo musallah the. 18 So unhou ne Mika ke ghar men ghuske tarasha hda but aur dhala hua but aur efod aur mabiid utha liya. Tab kahin un se boli, Ilig, tum yili kyi karte ho ? 19 Tab uuhou ne use kaha, Bas cliup rah, apni munh apne hith se band kar, aur hamire sath chal aur hamari bap aur kahin ban! Tere liye ek shakhs ke ghar ka kahin bona achchhl hai, ya yih ki tii ek firqe bani Israel ke gharine ka kahin ho ? 20 Tab kahin ka dil bag bag ho gaya, aur us ne efod aur mabiid aur tarashe hue but ko utha liya aur logon ke darmiyan dakhil hua. 21 Chuninchi we phire aur rawana hue, aur larkoij aur mawashi aur bhari bhari asbab ko apne dhare hiie chal nikle. 22 Wehi Mika ke ghar se thori diir gae the, ki Mika ke ghar aspas ke rahnewale faraham hue aur unhou re bani Din ko jahi liya. 23 Aur unhou ne bani Dan ko jo lalkaia, to un- hoo ne munh phera aur Mika se kaha, Tujhe kya hai jo tii ne is am boh ke sith ata hai ? 24 Wuh bold, Tum mere mabddoo ko, jiiiheu main ne banaya aur mere kahin ko leke chale gae ; ab mera kya baqi raha ? Aur turn kahte ho, ki Tera kya matlab hai ? 25 Tab bani Dan ne use kaha, ki Tu apni awaz ha- meo na suni, aisa na ho ki hamari qaum gairat ke mire tujh par haiida kare : so tu apni aur apne gharane ki halakat ka sabab hoga. 26 Aur bani D.in ne apni rah li, Mika deidike aur ki we ham par zabar haiu munh phirake apne ghar ko lauta. 27 Aur we Mika ki banai hni chlzeu us ke kahin sanict lie hue Lais ke bich un bhole gafil logoo meo dikhil hiie, aur un ko unhon tah teg kiya aur shahr jala diya. 28 Unka hiiuayati koi na tha, kynuki yih maqam Saida se dtir thi, aur unheo kisi se kam na tha, yih qaryah Bait Rahab ki widi meo tha. Bid us ke unhoo no naya shahr banaya aur us meo base. 29 Aur us shahr ka nam Dan rakha, jo un ko bap Israel ke bete ka nam tha ; lekin pahle us shahr ka uim Lais tha. 30 Aur bani 296 QAZIOig. ^ [19 BAB. Din lie wuh tar.islii liui putla iiasb kiya, aur Yiitiaton bin Gairsam bin Mnsa, wuh aur us ke bote us sarzanifn kf asiii ke din fak banf Dan ke kShin bane rahe. 31 Aur jab tak Kliuda ka gliar Saila nieu tha, Mika ka tarashe hul but apne sath rakha. XIX. BAH. • 1 Un dinoy meij banl Israel ka koi b.idshah na tha, so aisS hua ki ek Lewi shakhs ne jo koh i Ifriim ke nawahi meu rahta tha, Yihiidih ke Baitlaham se ek aurat saheli banane ko apne live 11. 2 Us kl salieli i^ina karke us pas se Yihudah ke liaitlahara men apne bap Ice ghar ji ralii, aur chir inahine kamil wahao thf. 3 Aur us ka khasam utha aur us ke pichhe rawana hua ki use nianae aur pher lie ; aur us ke saih ek us ka chfikar aur do gadhe the. So wuh use apne bap ke ghar men le gai ; aur us chhokri ke bap ne jou use dekha, to us kimulaqat se ^hush hiia. 4 So us ke susre yane us aurat ke bap ne use roka, aur wuh us ke sath tin din tak raha ; aur unhon ne kh.iya piya aur wahaij shab-b:ish hue. 5 Chauthe din jon we sawere uthe, to us ne chaiia ki rawana ho. Tab chhokri ke bap ne apne dimad se kahi, Roti ke ek tukre se apne dil ko sambhal, bad us ke chala ja. 6 So we donou baith gae aur railke khaya pfya. Phir chhokri ke hip ne us shakhs ko kaha, Raza se mere sath shab-bash hoji^'e aur dil ko khush rakhiye. 7 Phir jab wuh mard utha ki rawana ho, tab us ka susra us se phir bajidd hua aur wuh phir wahao shab-bash hua. 8 Aur panchwen din sawere utha taki rawana howe. Phir chhokri ke bap ne use kaha, Main teri minnat karta hiio ki td apne dil ko sambhal. So unhou ne din dhalte tak tawaqquf kiya, aur donoo ne baham khaya piya. 9 Phir wuh shakhs aur us ki saheli aur us ka chakar sab uthe ki rawana hou. Phir chhokri ke bap us ke susre ne use kahi, Dekh, main minnat karta hi'in ki din sham ke qarib hota hai, maiu minnat karta hdu ki turn yahio sliab-bash ho. Dekh din dhal gaya hai: yahan shab-bash ho, yahio rah ja, ki tera dil khush ho, aur uthke sabh sawere chala ja, ki tii apne khaime ki taraf jaega. 10 Par wuh shakhs shab-bash hone par razi nahda: so utha aur rawana hua aur Yabds ke barabar jis ka ddsra nam Yirushalam hai, pahuncha; donoQ gadhe zin kie hue us ke sath the aur us ki saheli. II Jab we YabiJs ke muttasil pahunche, to din bahut dhala tha. Tab chikar ne apne sahib se kaha, Aiye ham Yabusiotj ke is shahr men dakhil hon aur yahio shab-bash hou. 12 Us ke aqa ne use kaha. Ham begane shahr meu jo bani Israel ka nahifl, dakhil na howenge, balki Jibia ki samt ja rahenge. 13 Aur apne chakar se kaha, ki Chal, makanou meu se ek men jawen aur Jibia meu ya Rimah meu shab-bash howeu. 14 So we sair karte hue chale, aur jab snraj duba, to we Jibia ke na?dik the, bani Binyamin ke shahr men. 15 So we udhar phire, aur Jibia men dakhil hue ki wahaa shab-bash hou. Aur we shahr kl rah men utar pafe, kyunki koi aisi na tha jo unheu apne ghar le jata, ki we wahan shab-bish bote. 16 Ittifaqaij shim ke waqt ek pir mard khet par se kam karke wahan aya ; wuh bhi koh i Ifr.iiin ka tha jo Jibia meu a basa tha, aur us maqim ke bashinde Binyamini the. 17 Us ne jou ankh uthai, to dekha ki ek musafir shakhs shahr ke raste par hai ; so us pir mard ne kaha, Tu kahao ko jata hai, aur kahao se ata 20 DAB.] QiVZrOl?. 297 hai ? 18 Us ne use kalii, ki Ham Yihud^h ke Baitlaham se koh i Ifraim ke atraf ko jate haio, jahao se ^e the: ham Yihiidah ke Baitlaham ko gae the, aur ab Khud v'wAND ke ghar ko jate haio, yahao kof vAsi. mard nahfo jo hameo apne ghar leja rakhe. 10 Aur hamarc sath hamare gadhou ka d;ma chari bhl hai, aur mere aur teri laundf ke aur is jawan ke li^'e jo mera chakar hai, roU aur wain bhi liai ; kisf chfz kf ihtiySj nahfu- 20 Us pir mard ne kaha, Terf khair ho, jo kuchh tera kharch ho, sab mujii par rakh, par raste men mat sliab-bash ho. 21 Wuh use apne ghar legaya, aur us ke gadhou ko chara diyi ; unhoo ne apne pSou dhoe aur kh.lyi piya. 22 Aur jab we ^:hush waqt hue, to dekho ki us shahr ke logoQ ne jo Shaitan bachc the, us ghar ko gher liya, aur darwaze ko pUa, aur us buddhe fe^hibkliane ko kaha. Us shaklis ko jo tere ghar men 5ya hai, bahar la, taki ham us ke sath fial karen. 23 Wuli buddha sihibkhana un pas bihar nikla aur unheo kaha, Mere bhaio, aisi badfiali mat kiji3e, ki yih shakhs mere ghar meo iyS hai, so bewaqufi ka k5m mat k!jiye. 24 Dekho, apnf kiiarf betf aur us kl saheli ko main abhi bihar le £ti hug : ap unheij behurmat kfjiye aur shauq se manminta un se apna kam kfjiye, par is shakhs se aisf bewaqufi na kfjiye. 25 Par we log us kf bat na mante the. So us ne u.s kf saheli ko pakfS, aur un pas bahar le ^yi. Unhon ne us se tamam rat badzati karte karte subhkar di, aur jab din charhne laga, to use chhor gae. 26 Wuh aurat pau phatte hiie af, aur us mard ke ghar ke darwSze par jahau us ki khawind thX, gir pari yahaij tak ki roshni hiif. 27 Aur us ki khawind gubh ko utha, to us ne ghar ke darwaze khole, aur bihar nikli ki rawina ho, aur dekho, wuh aurat ghar ke darwize par pari thf aur us ka hath istane par phaile hue the. 28 Us ne use kaha, Uth, i chale chaleu, par kuchh jawib na payi. Tab us shakhs ne use apne gadhe par dhar liya aur apne makin ko rawana hiia. 29 Us ne ghar pahunchke chhurf If, aur apnf saheli ko pakarke haddfOQ samet us ke barah tukre kite, aur banf Israel kf sari haddoijmen bhej dfe. 30 Aur aisa hui ki jis kisf ne yih dekha, wuh bola ki Jis din se banf Israel Misr se charhe aj ke din tak aisa na dekha na suna thi ; andesha karo aur mashwarat karo aur bolo. XX. BAB. I Tab sire banf Israel niklc, aur sab ke sab Din se leke Biarsaba tak aur 7.amfn Jiliad tak ek dil hoke Khuda'vvand ke huzur Misfa meu jama hue. 2 Aur banf Israel ke firqon ke sarguroh jo Khuda ke logoo ke majma meo hazir hue, char likh jawan talwaren khfnche hue the. 3 Aur bani BinyamSn ne suni ki banf Israel Misfa meo jama hue. Aur banf Israel ne kaha, Bayin kar, yih fasid kytlnkar hua ? 4 Maqtnl aurat ke Lewi shauhar ne jawab diya aur bayan kiya, ki Maiu apnf saheli samet Jibia men jo Binyamfn ka qaryah hai, utra tha, 5 Wahao Jibia ke log mujh par charhie, aur rat ko ghar ke girdagird meri ghat men baithe aur chihi, ki mujhe mar leo, aur unhon ne merf sahelf ko aisa behurmat kiya, ki wuh mar gaf. G So maio iie apnf saheli ko pakarke tukre tukrc kiya aur un tukron ko tumhari sui mamlakat meo bheja, kyiinki banf Isriel meij unhoo ne burif aur ahmaqf kf. 7 Dekho, turn sab banf Israel ho, ab turn yahfij apne liyc bat aur mashwarat karo. 8 Tab sab ke sab bilittifaq uthe, aur bole, ki Ilam mcu M in ■298 QAZrOJ^. [20 liAB. sp kof apnc ls;haime ineu na jaegi, aur ham iiieij se kof apne ghar kf taraf rukh na karega. 9 Ab wuh jo liam Jibia se qura dilke kiya chahte haiij jih hai : 10 Ki Jiaiu bani Israel ke har firqe lueu se sau pichlio das aur ba/.ar pichlie sau aur das hazar plchhe ck hazar inard lei>ge, taki logoo ke liye galla lewcij, aur taki jis waqt ki Binyamin ke Jibia meu dweo, to us sari ahmaqi ki tarah, joutihoa »e Israel meu Vf, un sc karcD- 11 So sire bani Israel jama hue, aur ek dil hoke us shahr par charh ae. 12 Aur bani Israel ke firqou ne Binyamin ke sSre firqe meu log bhcje, aur yuij kaha, ki Yih kyi ahararat hai, jo tumhdre darmiyan hiii. 13 Ab Shaitin ke bachoo ko jo Jibia meu haiu, hamSre bawSle karo ki ham unheu qatl kareu, aur bani Israel nieo se sharr ko met dileu. Lekin bani Binyamin ne apne bhaioij bani Isriel ka kahi na mlna. 14 Balki bani Binyamin shahroB meo se Jibia meu jama hiie taki bani Israel se qital kareu. 15 Aur bani Binyamin jo shahrou men se us waqt jama hue, shumar mey chhabis hazir shamsherzan jawan the siwi un ke jo Jibia ke bashinde the, aur we s&t sau intikhibi jawan the. 16 Un sab logon men se sat sftu jawan bayao haththe the, jin men harek patthar se bal par bck.hata nishan marta tha. 17 Aur bani Israel jo Binyamin ke muqabil Ime ehdr lakh jangi shamsherzan jawan the, IS We Bait el ko chaih gae, aur Khuda se mashwarat chahl aur kaha, ki Ham men se kauosa pahle bani Binyamin se jake qital kare ? tvHCDj^wANB ne farmiy^, Pahle Yihudah. 19 So bani Israel subh sawere u^he, aur Jibia kebarabar khaiinakhaia kiya. 20 Aur bani Israel bani Binyamin se qital karne lage, aur bant Israel Jibia meu un ke muqabil safF bandhke khare hue. 21 Tab bani Binyamin ne Jibia se nikalke us din bais hazdr bani Israel ko qatl karke khak men mila diyS. 22 Par bani Israel ne diMwari ki, aur dusre din usi maq^im par jahaij pahle din saff bindhi thi, phir safF bSndhi. 23 Lekin bani Israel charhke shim tak KhudaVanu ke age roe aur Khvda'wand se saMh ptichhi, ki Ham apne bhai RinN'amin ke betou se kya qital ke liye phir muqabil charhen ya nahiu? Khuda'wand ne farmaya, Un ke muqabil charho. 24 So bani Israel dnsre din bani Binyamin ke muqabil ae. 25 Aur us ddsre din bani Binyamin ne Jibia se nikalke bani Israel ke atharah hazSr Sdmf marke zamin par dal die^ ye sab shamsherzan admi the. 26 Tab to sare bani Israel aur sare log Baitel men ae, aur roe, aur wahau Kuuda'wand ke huziir baithe, aur us din sab ne sham tak roza rakha, aur charhiwe aur salimi Khuda'- wand ke age guzarani. 27 Aur Khuda'wand se oharijoi ki ; kyunki Khuda ke ahdn^me ki sandtiq un dinou meo wuhin tha. 28 Aur Harun ke bete Iliazar ka beta Finihas un dinon meo us ke age khaf i rahta tha. Tab bani Israel ne sawal ki3'a,ki Ham apne bhai I'inyamin se phir qital kareu ya dastbardar howen? Khuda'- wand ne farmSyS, Jao ki maiu kal un kotumhare hath meo kar dunga. 29 So bani Israel ne Jibia ke girdagird kaminwalou ko bithlaya. 30 Aur bani Israel tisre din bani Binyamin ke muqabil chajrh gae aur age ke muwafiq phir saff bandhi. 31 Aur bani Binyamin ne un ka samhna kiya, aur shahr par se marna shurd kiya, aur age ki tarah dorahe men jiski ek rah Baitel ko jali thi aur ddsri Jibia ko, tis idmi ke qarib qatl kie. 32 Aur bani Binyamin ne kaha, ki We 5ge ki tarah hamse magldb hue. Aur bani Israel ne kaha, Ao bhagen, aur unheu shahr se un rlhoo meu nikal ISeo. 33 Tab sare bani IsrSel us maqSm se u^h khare hue, aur us jagah jis k^ 21 BAB.] QAZIOtS. 289 nam .041 111 Tanir hal, saflTeo baiidhfu. Us waqt wc IsraeU, jo kamih mfeb baithn the, apiie niakanoi) se Jibia ke girou se hamla karte hiie nikle. .31 Aur d;is hazar jawaii Siire Israel nieo intikhJibf ek taraf se Jibia par ae, aur sa^ht qital hija, par unhoo ne na jan.i ki tin par bala iiazil hoti iiaf. 3J Tab KiiubA'wAnn ne banf Binyamm ko baiii Isricl kc age marri, aur ban( Isriel nc usdinpachis bazar ek sau baiii BinyamJn qatl kfe: ye sab shamsherzan inard the. 36 Aur banf Binyainfn ne deklia ki we m.iglub hue, aur ban! Israel Binyamirt ko nik-il lie, is liye ki we un kaniinw:ilou ke iatiniad par the^ jinhetj unhou ne Jibia ke ds pis bithiyi th.i. 37 Tab kamfnwiloij ne chalakf kf, aur Jibia par jhapate aur jihail gae, aur s:»re shahr ko tahtcg kiya. 38 Buuf Israel men aur un kamiawalon meu yihnishan muqarrar hiia tha', ki shahr se shi'iale nikalte hue aur dhiiin uthte hile laraipar chafheiji 30 Anr jab bani Israel lafne meij tarah dete gae, to bani Binyanifu ne Un meij ke qarib tfs admi ke mare ; kyiinki unhoij ne kaha, ki We age ki tarah ham se dab nikle. 40 Par jis waqt shuale dhuaij ke sath shahr se uthe, to bani Binyamin ne pusht par nig:ih kf, aur dekh;i, ki shahr se asm;in tak shilale uthe. 41 Aur us waqt bani Israel phirc: tab bani Binyamin ghabrae, ki unhoij ne dekha ki balA n izil hiii. 42 So unhou ne bani Isr.iel ke samhne se bhagke bayaban ki rah If, par If r li im par a pari, aur shahrwalog ne unhen bich men tana kar diyi; 43 Yuij unhou ne bani Binyamin ko ghera aur shikar kiya aur Jibia ke muqabil mashriq ki samt asani se niara. 44 Aur atharah hazar bani Binyamin gir gae: ye sabbahadur mard the. 45 So wephireaur Rumman ki pahari ki taraf bayaban men bhag gae, aur bani Israel ne ragedte ragedte panch hazar aur mare, aur Jidaum tak unheu khub ragedii, aur do hazar aur mare. 40 So sab bani IMnyamfn jo us din gir gae pachls hazar shamsherzan the, aur ye sab ke sab bahadur the. 47 Par chha sau admi bayaban ki taraf phirke bhag gae aur Rumman men ghuse aur char mahine tak pahnri men rahe. 48 Tab bani Israel phire, aur harek basti men ghuske bani Binyamin ko aur haiwinat ko aur un sab ko jo un ke hath charhe qatl kiya, aur ji$ shahr men gae, use pliiink diyi. XXI. BAI5. 1 Aur bani Isr.iel ne Misi'-i men qasam khai thi, ki Ham meij se koi apnf betf ki bani Binyamin men se kisi ko joru na kar deg.i. 2 Bad us ke ye log Baitel meij ac, aur sha'm tak wahan Khuda ke ^ge rahe aur chillae aur zar z.ar roe. 3 Aur bole, Ai Khudavv.^nd Israel ke Khiull bani Israel par yili kya h^disa pari ki banf Israel men se aj ke din ek sibt kani ho gayd ? 4 Anr subh ko diisre din sawere uthkc un logon ne us jagah ek mazbali bani kiya aurcharhdwi aur salimf guzarSnf; 5 Aur bani Israel nc kaha'; ki Jamaat men bani Israel ke s^re sibtoo meij so KiifnA'wAND ke sath kaun kaun nahiu charh.i ? kyunki unhon ne sakht qasam khii thf, ki Wuh jo Kuudawand ke huzur Misfi men hazir na hog.1, qatl kiya iaeg.i. 6 So bani Isriel apne bhai Binyamin ki babat pachhtae aur bole, ki Aj ke din bani Isriel ka ek sibt kat gaya. 7 Anr we jo baqf ralie haio ham unhen jon'iiu kahau -se deu, ki ham ne to Kiiuda'wand ki qasam khai hai, ki Ham apni bf tian jorii karne ko unko nahiu denge. 8 Tab unhou ne kaha, ki Bani Israel men sc kaun sa sibt hai jo Misfi meij Khudawand ke huziir nahfo chaiha ? A'U' M ni 2 -JOO l^UT. [1 BAB. dekho kl Yabi-sioo nico sc jo Jiliad nieo the koi waliau hazir na th^. 9 Kyunki uuhoo nelogou ko .shumrir kip, aur Jilhidi Yabtsfoa meu se kisi ko na pdya. 10 Tab imhoij ne barah bazar maid i bahadur rawana kie, aur unheo bukm kiya, ki Jiliadi YabisloD ko jake zan aur bache samet qatl karo. 11 Par itna kijiyo ki sire mardou aur auratoij ko jo mard sc hambistar hui boo haram kar dena. 12 So unhoij ne Jiliadi YabisioD men char sau kuarl auraten p5In, jin men se koi mard se hambistar na hui thi; aur we unheij sarzamln i Kanau nieij Saila ke bfch lashkar men le ae. 13 Tab sari janiaat ne bani Binyaniin ko jo Rumman kf pahari meo the, kahla bheja, ki Ham ne tumhen aman df. 14 So us waqt bani Binvamin pbir ae ; aur unhou ne un auraton ko jo Jiliadi Yabisioij men se jfti bachi thfo, unheu diyan ; par we un ke liye bas na hilf. 15 Aur log bani Binyamln ke liye bahut pachhtle, is liye ki Kuuda'wand ne bani Israel ke sibtoij men rakhna dala. 16 Tab janiaat ke buzurg bole, ki Un ke live io bach rahe haiij, jonion ki kya fikr karen, ki bani Binyamiu kl sari auraten mari gain ? 17 Tab unhou ne kaha, ki Banf Binyamin men se jo bach rahe haio zurur hai, ki un ki nasi chale, ki bani Israel ka ek sibt fana na ho jae ! 18 Hara to apni betian unheu de nahfu sakte, kyunki bani Israel ne qasam khaf hai, ki Wuh jo bani Binyamin ko apni beti de, so nialaun hai. 19 Tab unhoo ne kaha, Dekho, Saila ke \oawand ki id karte haiij. 20 Aur bani Binyamin ko hukm kiya ki Jao. aur auguri bagou men ghat men lago, 21 Aur jab dekho ki Saila men kl betiau table aur daf leke nachti hui nikliij, tab turn angiiri bagon se nikalke Saila ki betiou men se ek ek jorii le lo, aur Binyamin ke mulk ko lie chale jao. 22 Aur jab un ke bap ya bhai hjim pas ake faryad kareij, to ham unhen kah denge, ki Un par mihrbani kfjiye, kyunki we qital karke to turn se le nahiij gae, aur tum ne unheo ap se na diiij, to is waqt gunah tumhara hogi. 23 Garaz bani Binyamin ne aisehi kiya, aur apne adadke muwafiq un meu se jo nachti nikli thin, ek ek iord leli, aur unhoQ lie hue apni miras ko phire, aur apne shahrou ki maramraat ki aur base. 24 Aur bani Israel wahaij se usi waqt rawana hue, aur harek apne firqe men aur gharane men apni apni minis par gaya. 25 Aur un dinon men banf Israel k& koi badshah na tha j harek sha^hs jo kuchh use bhala lagta tha, karta thfi. RU'T KI' KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Ab qdzlou ki riyasat ke waqt men aisa boa ki us sarzamtn meo kal para. Aur Yihiidah ke Baitlaham se ek shakhs apni joru aur do betou samet nikla, kl Moab ke mulk men ja base. 2 Us ka nam Abimalik aur us ki joru ka nam Naami thi, aur us ke do bete ek ka nam Mahliin aur dusre ka Kilyi'm tha; ye Yihadah ke Baitlaham ke Ifrati the. So we Moab meu ae aur wahae base. 2 BAB.] 'HU^. 301 3 Waliiij pahunchke N.iami ki shauhar Abiinallk mar gaya, anr wuh anr us ke dono bete baqi rahe. 4 Un donoij ne Moab meo do Moabi joriiAo kio, ek ka nam Urfah aur diisre ka Riit thii ; aur we das baraa tak wahao rahe. 5 MA us kc Muhliiii aur Kilyi'm douoij mar gac , so wuh aurat apnc do betou se aur apnekhi' wind se tanha rahf. 6 Tab wuh uthi, aur apnf donoij bahdoo samet Moab ki narzamfu sc phu-i, is liye ki us nc jNIoab mcu khabar suni, ki Kiiudawasd ne apne logon par mihr kf, ki unheu ri2(i diyii. 7 So wuh apne uiaskan se donoij bahuoij samet chal niklf, aur saftir kf, ki Yihudah ki sarzami'n ko j:ie. 8 Aur Niami ne apnf donoij bahiiou se kah J, Turn donotj apne apne maike ko j:io. Jaise turn ne mere donoij marhumoij se aur mujh se mihrbani ki, waise hi Khudawand turn se mihrbani kare. 9 Khudi aisi hi kare, ki harek turn meij apne khiwind ke ghar men ara'm p.iwe. Tab us ne unheij chuma. Aur unhou ne milke aw.iz buland ki aur roiu. 10 Phir un donou ne use kah:i, So nahiu, balki ham tere sath tere logoij meu jaengf. 11 Aur Niami boli, Meri betio, ghar ko phir jao, mere sath kaheko atiaij ho ? Kya maiij phir bete janungi jo tumh.ire khasam honge ? 1-2 Meri bet'o, ghar ko jao, r.ih pakro ! Kyiinki main burhiya khasam karne ki gaun nahiij. Bilfarz mujhe guman hai ki agar aj ki rat men khasamwali hoti, to main larke janti : 13 So kya turn jab tak ki we bare hote, un ke liye intizir kartfu, aur un ke intizar men khasam na kartin ? Nahin, meri betio ! maiu tumhare liye ziyadadilgir huu; kyiinki ICuhra'wand ne apna hath mujh par uthaya. 14 Tab unhou ne awaz buland ki aur roiij. Aur Urfah ne apni sas ki machchhiaij lio aur chalf gat ; par Riit apni sas se lapati. 15 Uski sis bolf, ki Deldi, tere khawind ke bhif ki jorii apne kunbe aur apne Ilah pas phir gai: tii bhi apne khawind ke bhai ki jorii ke pfchhe chali ja. 16 Rut bolf, Mujh se ajizi mat kar ki main tujhe chhoruD, aur tere pichhe na chaluij ; main to jahaij tu jaegi, jaiingf, aur j aha u tii rahegi, rahiingi ; tera log mera log, aur tera Khuda mera Khuda i 17 Wahan hi main marungi jahau tii maregi, aur wahaij hi gari'ingf jahau tu garegi, Khuda'wand mujh se aisa hi aur ziyada kare, ki maiu tujh se mar hi ke juda hoiiij ! Jab us krsas ne dekha ki wuh us ki hamrahf par bajidd hai, tab wuh kahne se baz rahf. 19 So we donon rawana hiiiu yahau tak ki Baitlaham meo ^e. Jab we Bait- lahain meu dakhil huig, to sare shahr meo dhiiin machi, aur we bole, ki Yih Naami hai ? 20 Us ne unhcQ kaha, Mujh ko Na'ami matkaho, balki Murrah kaho, is liye ki Qadir ne mujh se nihayat murr kiya. 21 Main bhari piiri gai, aur Khcda'wasd nc mujh ko khali pher laya : pas turn mujhc Naami kyuij kahti.iij ho, balinki Khudawand ne mujlie gam pahunchaya, aur Qadir ne mujh ko bura kiya? 22 Garaz Naami aur uski bahii ^MoabiRiit donou Moab ke mulk se yahau pahun- chiu, aur juu katne ke mausim men Baitlaham meu dakhil hiiiu. II BAB. 1 Naami ke khasam ki ek rishtadar thi, Abimalik ke gharine men maldir aur miiazzaz jis ka m^n Boaz tha. 2 Moabi Rut ne Naami se kaha, Mujhe rukhsat dijiye, to maio khetoij meu jauD, aur jo koi mihrbani kl nazar mujh par kare, U3 ke khet se dane chun laiiu. Wuh bolf, Achchha, meri betf ja. 3 So wuh gai, aur 302 RU'T. [2 H/V15. ek khct k.-itncwalou ke pichhc dine chunne lag'. Ittifaq It sc ylh khct Abimalilc ke rishtadir Boaz ka thi. 4 Aur dekho ki Boa/, Baltlaham sc pahuncha aur kritnew.i loo sc boll, Kiiuhawand tumharc sith! Wc jaw ib mcij bole, Khuda'- wAND tujhe baraVat de! 5 Phir Boa/, no apne chakar se jo katnewalotj par muai- yan thi, puchha ki Yih kis kf chhokri hai? 6 Chikar ne jo k.itnewalou par muaiyan thi jawib diya, ki Yih Moabi clihokri hai jo Moab se Naami ke sath ^f. 7 Aur wuh boli, Mihrbini karkc nuljh ko chunne dijiye, aur katnewalon kc pichhe pi'ilioij kc bich men jama karne dijiye. So yih subh se ake ab tak jo ghar meij kuchh thori aram le, yahiu hazir hai. 8 Boaz ne Rut ko kaha, Meri beti kya til meri na sunegi, ki tu diisre khet men dauc chunne na jae aur yahaij se na guzare, balki isf tarah meri chhokriou ke sath sath rahe ? 9 Khet men katnewalon par nigih ra'ih aur un ke pichhe pfchhe chali ja. Kya main ne apne chakaroij ko hukm nah'ij kiyi ki tujhe koi na chhiie. Aur jab tu piyusi ho, to thiliyoij pas ja, aur pani jo mere chlkaron ne bhara hai, pi. 10 Tab wuh munh kc baljhukiaur zamin par sijda kiya, aur use kaha, Kya bais hai ki teri rahni ki ankh mujh par p.irti hai, aur t;'i meri khabar leta hai, halanki main ajnabi aurat hug? 11 Boaz ne jawib diya aur use kahl, ki Main ne sab kuchh suna hai jo tu ne apne khlwind ke marne ke b.ld apni sis ko sath kiya, aur apne bap ko aur apnt ma ko aur apne watan ko chhori, aur in logon men jiuheu tii kal aur us se pahle bhi na janti th', af. 12 KuUD.vwAND tujhc jazii i khair de, aui* tii Khuuawand Israel ke Khudi se jis ke parou talc bharosa karke ai, niam ul badal pa ! 13 Tab wuh boli, A'i mere mllik, ti'i ne mujh par mihrbani ki nazar ki, ki tii ne mujhe dilasa diya, aur baton men apni laundi ki dildari ki, agarchi main teri laumliou men se ek ke bara- bar nahitj. 1-1 Phir Boaz ne use kaha, Kal khins ke waqt tu yahiu a aur roti khi, aur sirke men bhigoke nawila iithi. Tab wuh kitnewilon ke sath rah-', aur us ne iiske liye bh'ini anaj jhjrj. So us ne khiyi aur ser hui, aur kuchh bach rahi. 1j Aur jab wuh dine chunne uthi, to Boaz ne apue chakaron sc kahi, ki Use pulioij ke bich men bhi chunne do, aur use -sharminda mat karo. 16 Aur us ke liye mutho j $e bhi gira do aur chhof do, ki wuh chune aiu: use koi mana na karc. 17 So wuh sham tak khet men chunti rahi aur jo kuchh us ne chunl tha, use jliirj, so wall ek Efah jau hui. 18 So wuh use uthikeshahr ko gai, aur jo kuchh us ne cbuni thi so ui ki sis ne dekhi; aur us nc jo kuchli rakh chhori thi nikal- ke apni sis ko diyi. 19 Pliir us ki sis ne us so puchhi, ki Tii ne aj kahiy dine chune, aur kahiij masha(iqat kliinclii.? Mubarak ho wuh jis ne teri khabar li. Tab us ne apni sis ko khabar di, ki Main ne aise sliakhs ke khet men mihnat ki, aur us shakhs ka nam jis ke sith aj miiin ne milniat ki, Boaz hai. 20 Niami nc apni bah(i se kahi, Wuh Jvuujda'wand se bara.iat pie ki jis nc zindon aur murdou se apni mihrbini biz na rakhi! Aur Niami ne use kahi, ki Yih shakhs hainiri qarabati hai, un men se jo luuuire liye nasi jiri rakhen. 21 Moabi Riit boli, Us ne mujhe yih bhi kahi, ki jab tak mere kitnc ki mui?im rahe, tii mere chikarou ke pas hamesha sith sitli rahi kar. 22 Niami nc apni bahii sc kahi, Meri beti bihtar hai ki tti us ki chho'irion ke sith hamcsha jiyi karc, aur wc tujhe diisre khet par na piwe-j. 23 So wuh Boaz ki laundfon kc sith jab tak jau aur gehiin katne k.i maiisiin rahi, dine chuuno jiyi ki, aur apni sis ki; sith rahi. 4 BAB.] IIU T. ' 1503 III. BAIJ. 1 Phir us ki sas Naiuiif ne use kah^, RIcri bed ky5 mniu (era chain iia chaliuu jis iiicLi terf bhalaf ho? '2 Kya Boa/ ham;5i\i rislitaddr nahiii jis ki laundion ko sath tu thi? Dckh wuh aj rat khaliydn meu jau phataktd hai. 3 So ti'i nahil dho aiir atr iagd, aur poshdk pahin aur khaliydn ko utar jd; aur jab tak wuh khd pf na chukc, tab tak us mard ko dikhdf mat dc. 4 Jab wuh sone ko jde, to us ki khwabgah ko, jahau wuh sone jdega, dckh; tab tu aiidar ja aur us ke pdoo khol, aur wuhiij par rah; aur wuh sab jo tere live inunasib hai, tujh se kahcga. 5 Us ne apni sds sc kahd, Sab jo kuchh tu ne mujh sc kahd, main karnngi. 6 Clmnanchi wuh khaliyan ko utar gai, aur us ne sab jo kuchh ki us ki sis ne Imkm kiyd tha, kiyd. 7 Aur jab Boaz kha pi chuka aur khushwaqt had, to ambar ki pichhdri ko jake leta. Tab wuh dabe paoij df, aur us ke paoo ko khola, aur wuhiu par rahi. 8 Aur aisa hiia ki adhi rat ko Boaz khdmpa, aur us ne apne pion samete, aur kya dekhta hai? ki ek aurat us ke pion pas hoti hai. 9 Tab us ne puchha, Td kaun hai? Wuh boli, Main teri laundi Rut : so tu apni laundf par apni kamli ko phaili; kyiinki tu ham- firfi nasi jari karnewald hai. 10 Wuh bold, Khudawand tujhe neki de, meri betf; ki tu ne pahli bar se ab ke mujh par ziyada mihrbdnt ki, ki tu ne jawan daulatmandoij aur misk'nou ka pichha na kiyd. 11 Ab, Ai meri bcti, mat dar ! Sab jo kuchh ki td chdhti hai, main tujh se karnnga. Ki mere logon ke sare darwaze jante haiu ki tt'i afif aurat hai. 12 Aur jdh sach hai ki main terd nasi jari karnewala hdu, lekin ek aur bhi hai jo qardbat men mujh se ziydda nazdik hai. 13 Is rat rah ja, aur subh ko agar us ne qarabat ka haqq add karnd chihd, to khair, qarabat ka haqq add kare; aur agar us ne tere sath qarabat ki haqq add karnd na chdha, to main qarabat kd haqq add karnnga, Khl'dawand hdzir nazirhai! subh tak pari rah. 14 So wuh subh tak us ke pion pis pari rahi. Aur subh ko aise sawere ki koi apne hamsie se waqif na hud, uth khari hui. Tab us mard ne kahi, Zdhir hone na pae ki khaliyan men koi anrat di thi. 15 Phir us ne kahd, Apne dpar kl chddar phaili aur pakre rah. Jab us ne phailii, to us ne chha paimine jau ke nip ke us par rakh die; so wuh shahr ko gai. 16 Jab wuh apni sds pas ai, to us ne kahd, Meri beti, tu ne kya kiyd?- Us ne sab kuchh jo us mard ne us se kiyd tha, bayan kiyd ; 17 Aur kahi, Mujhi ko us ne ye chha paimdne jau die, aur mujhe kahi, Main naliin chahtd ki td apni S38 pis khili hath jae. 18 Tab us ki sds ne kahi, Sabr kar, meri beti, tdki wuh bit jo honahir hai, zdhir ho; is liye ki wuh shakhs jab tak us kam ko dp purd na l^arega, qarai na pakregd. IV. BAB. 1 Tab Boaz darwaze par charhi, aur wahan jd baithd; aur kya dekhta hai? ki wuh nasi jari karnewala jis ka zikr Boaz ne kiya tha, guzarta hai. So us ne kaha, Ai fuldne, d yahdo ek kanare baithen. So wuh ek kandre jd baithd. 2 Aur Boaz ne shahr ke das buzurg bulde aur kahi, Yahda baiiho. So we baithe. 3 Tab us ne us qardbati ko kaha, Naami jo INloab ke mulk se phir a.1., yih tukrd zamin ka bechti hai jo hamare bhai Abimalik ka mdl thd. 4 So niaiu nc chahd ki is tarah tv\ih se haqiqat baydn kariio: ab tu in Jogou ke huzor jo bailhc haiu aur meri r>04 I. SAMUEL. [1 13A13. guroh ko bu;-urgoD kc 5gc use niol le. 4 Aur tii agar qarabat ka haqq ada kartd liai, to ada kar; aur agar nahfn, to mere age iqrar kar, tiki mujh ko maWm ho; kyt'mki tere siwa koi nahiij ada kar sakta, aur maiu tere bad hiio. Wuh bola, maio nda kariinga. 5 Tab Boaz ne kaha, ki Jis din tu wuh zamfn Naamf se aur Riit Moabi us murde ki joru se mol le, to tujh par wajib hai, ki us murde kd. nam us kf miras par qiim kare. 6 Tab us rishtadir ne kaha, Main qarabat ka yih haqq ada nahiu kar sakta, na ho ki maiLi apni mfras kharab karuu. So jo mera haqq hai, tu hi le; mujhe us ke lene ka niaqdnr nahin. 7 Aur Israel mea qardbat ke haqq ada karne aur badal karne men liar bat ke sdbit karne ke liye yih mamiil tha, ki mard apnf juti utare, aur apne yar ko de ; yih amal Israel meu baja i shahadat tha. 8 So us qarabati ne Boaz ko kaha, ki Tu abhi mol le, aur phir apni jnta utara. 9 Aur Boaz ne buzurgon aur sare logon ko kaha, Turn ij gawah hoo, ki main ne Abimalik aur Kilyun aur Mahli'in ka sab kuchh Naamf ke hath se mol liya. 10 Aur main ne Mahlun kf jorii Moabi Rilt ko bht kharidari se apni jorii kiya, taki us murde ke nam ko us ki mir-as men qiim kare, aur us murde ka nam us ke bhdfou aur us ke makan ke darwaze se gum na ho jae. Tum aj ke din gawah hoo. ] 1 Tab sare logon ne ^o darwaze par the aur buzurgou ne kaha, ki Ham gawah haig. Khud\'wan» us aurat ko jo tere ghar men ai hai, Rihel aur Lfa ke maiiind kare, jin donon ne Israel ka ghar bina kiya. Tii Ifratah men nami ho, aur Baitlaham men tera nam baje ! 12 Aur tera ghar us nasi se jo Khudawand tujhe is chhokri se dega, Pharas ka si ho, jise Tamar Yihtidah ke liye janf. 13 Tab Boaz ne Rut ko hya, so wuh us ki jorii hiii. Aur jab us ne us se khal-> wat ki, to wuh Khudawand ke fazl se hamilah hni aur beta janf. 14 Aur auratOQ ne Niami ko kahi, Khudawand mubarak hai, ki us ne teri nasi jari karnewale ko maaqnf na kiya; so us ki nam Israel men bajega. 15 Aur wuh teri do birah hayit ka bais, aur teri piri ki asi hoga, ki teri bahi'i jo tujhe chahti hai, aur tere liye sit beton se bihtar hai, use janf. 16 Aur Niami ne us larke ko liya aur apni god men rakha, aur us ki palnewali hai. 17 Tab us ke hamsie kf auratcQ bolfn, ki Naaml ke liye beta paida hiia. Aur unhoo ne us ka nam Obed rakhi : wuh Yessi ka bap tha, aur Yessi Diiid ka bap. 18 So Phiras ki naslnima yih hai, ki Pharas se Ilasrun paidi hui ; 19 Aur Hasrun se Aram paidi hiii, aur Aram se Amminadab paida hiii ; 20 Aur Ammin- dab se Nahsiin paidi hiia; aur Nahsun se Salmon paidi hiii; 21 Aur Salmon se Boaz paida hni; aur Boaz se Obed paidi hui ; 22 Aur Obed se Yessi paida hui; aur Yessi se Dirid paidi hdi. SAMUEL KP PAIIILI KITAB I. BAB. 1 Kohistin Ifraim meij Ramitaim Sufim lei ek shakhs tlia, wuh Ztif Ifriti kc bete, Tuhn ke bete, Ilihd ke bete, Yaruham ka bcti thi ; aur us ki nam Ilqanah thi. 2 Us kf do joriiac thio ; ck ki nam Hannah thi, aur ddsrf ki Faninah : aur 1 BAB.] I. SAMUEL. 305 Fanfnah aulailwalf thi, aur Hannah beaulad thf. 3 Yih ahakhs baras haras apne shahr ko jake Saild men lashkaroo ke Khcdawand ke age sijda karta aur qurbdnf guzranta thi : aur All ke do bete Hufnf aur Finihas wah.iu Khuda'wand ke kahin the. 4 Aur aisa thi ki jis waqt Ilqanah zahh karti tha, to apnf joni Faninah ko us kd, aur us ke l)ctou, aur us kf betfou k4 hissa deta thi : 5 Aur Hannah ko un ke hisse ke do chand diva karta thi, is liye ki wuh Hannah ko chihti thi : par KhcdaVand ne us ki rihm bandkar rakhi thi. 6 So us kf saut use kurhine kc live nihiyat chherti thf, is waste ki Khudawand ne us ki rihna band kar diyi thi. 7 Aur bar baras jab wuh KhudaVand ke ghar jati thi, to isf taur se yih use chhcfti th' : so wuh roti thf, aur kuchh na khitj thf. 8 So aisi hiii ki us ke khiwind Ilqanah ne use kahi, Ai Hannah, tii kyuo roti hai, aur kyao nahfu kbit! ? aur tera «lil kyiio kurhi hai ? Tere liye maio kyi das betou se achchha nahlp. 9 Garaz Saili men, jab we kha pf chuke, to Hannah uthi : (aur us waqt Ali kihiii KntDAWAND ke haikal kf cbaukhat pis kursi par baitha hija thi.) 10 Us ki to zindagi talkh thf, so us ne Khudxwand se dui mangf, aur zir zir rot. 11 Aur us ne nazr mini aur kahi, Ai lashkaroo ke Khudawand, agar tti apni laundi ki zillat par nazar kare, aur mujhe yad farmiwe, aur apni laundi ko farimosh na kare, aur apni laundi ko farzand narina bakhshe, to maig use Khuda'wand ke liye nazr guzrinungi ; jab tak ki wuh jie, usturi us ke sir par kabhu na phiregi. 12 Aur jab wuh Khuda'wand ke ige dui karti jiti thi, to aisi hoi, ki Ali us ke munh ko gaur se dekhti thi. 13 Aur Hannah apne dil meo kahti thi ; ki us ke honth to hike the, par us ki sada na suni jiti thi : so All ko gumin hiii, ki wuh nashe meo hai. 14 So .'Mi ne use kahi, ki Kabtak tiJ matwali rahegi ? Tti apne se sharib nikal dil. 15 Tab Hannah ne jawib diyi aur kahi, Nahip, mere Khudiwand ; maio ek sakhtjan aurat hiiu; main matwilf aur kaifi nahiu ; main ne Khdda'wand ke ige apni dil khali kiyi hai. 16 Td apni laundi ko kharib aurat si mat jin : maig to apne gamoo aur dukhoo ke hujum se abtak bol rahi huo- 17 Tab Ali ne jawib diyi aur ynn kahi, kiSalimat ja ; Israel ka Khudi teri murid, jo tii ne us se mingf hai, pari kare. 18 Us ne kahi, ki Teri iniyat ki nazar teri laundi par ho. Tab wuh aurat gai, aur khini khaya, aur phir us ki chihra mutagaiyir na rahi. 19 Aur we sawere uthe, aur Khuda'wand ke age sijda kiyi, aur phire, aur Ramah meo apne ghar men :ie: aur Ilqanah apni jora Hannah se hambistar hiii; so Khuda'wanb ne use yad kiya. 20 Aur aisi hdi ki ek muddat ke bad pet .se huf, aur beta jani, aur us ka nam us ne Samuel rakhi ; is liye ki us ne kaha, ki Maia ne use Khidawand se mangke piya hai. 21 Aur wuh Ilqanah apne sire ghar samet chafh gayi, ki us baras ki qurbinf aur apnf nazr Khdda'wand ke ige charhawe. 22 Lekin Hannah na charhi, aur us ne apne kha wind se kahi, ki Main jab tak ki larke ki dudh chhuriya jie, yahiu rahungf, aur phir use leke jiungi, tiki wuh Khuua'wand ke simhne hizir ho, aur phir hamesha wahiu rahe. 2;J So us ke khiwind Ilqanah ne use kahi, Jo tujhe bhali lage, so kar : j abtak tii us ka d'ldh chhiifae thahari rah, aur Khudawand apne sakhan ko barqarir rakhe. So wuh aurat thahari rahi, aur apne bete ko dudh pilayi kiya, yahan tak ki us ki dndh chhurayi. 24 Aur jab us ne us ki diidh chhuriya, to use apne sith le chale, aur tin bachhre aur tin paimane ite ke aur ek mashk wain ko apne sith liyi, aur us larke ko Saili meo Km i>a:wakd ke N n 306 I. SAMUEL. [2 BAB. ghar bf : aur larki nbhf chhota tha. 25 Tab bachhfe zabh Iciye, aur lapke ko Alf pfisliif; 2G Aur bolf, Ai mere KhudAwand main wuhf aurat hdo, jo tere sath Kbuua'wamd ke Sge yahio kharf hoke du^ mangi thf. 27 M«o ne is larke ke liye dua m^ngl thf ; so K hud aw and ne merS sawal jo maiu ne us se kiy£ tha pilK kiyS : 28 So main ne bhi use Khldawand ko bakhsh^, taki s^ri umr Khuda'- WAND ka ho, is liye ki yih Khuda'wand se talab kiya gay.i thi. Aur us ne wah^u Khuda'wand ke age sijda ki}'^. II. BAB. 1 Aur Hannah ne dui mdngi aur kaha, ki Mer£ dil Khxjdawand se khush hai ; KHiDAWAifD se meri sTngh uncha had: mujhe ab dushmanoQ ke samhne bolne ki, munh hiia ; kyi'mki maiu teri najat se kbushwaqt hui. 2 Khudawand ki manind kot quddus nahin : tere siwa koi nahiu; koi chatan hamare Khudi ke manind nahio- 3 Ai takabbur karnewalo, gurur ki bateij na kaho, aur bari bol tumhare niunh se na nikle : kyanki Khudawand sab gyan ka Khuda hai, aur iaindl us ke ige janche jdte hain. 4 Zorawarou ki kamaneu tutip, aur we jo tharthardte haijj un kf kamareo mazbut hiitu. 5 We jo pet bhare the roti ke liye mazdiiri karne lage, aur bhukhe us se dastbarddr hue : balki banjh sat janti hai, aur auladwali ujar jati hai. 6 Khudawand marta hai, aur jilata hai: aur wuhi gor men utarta hai, aur wuhf uthdtd hai. 7 Khuda'wani> miskin karta hai, aur gani karta hai : past karta hai, aur buland kartd hai. 8 Nachiz ko khak par se wuhf utha khard karta hai, aur kangal ko kure se utha leti hai, ta unhen amiron ke darmiyau baithae, aur hashmat ke takht kd'mdlik kare: ki zamin ki thuniao KhudaVand ki hain, aur us ne dunya kf bina un par rakhi hai. 9 Wuh apne muqaddason ke qadam nigah rakhta hai, par sharir andhere men chup-chap pare rahenge; kyunki qnwat se koi fatb nahiu pita. 10 Khuda'wand ke ganim hairan honge, us ke hukm se asman par se un par bddal garajenge ; Khuua'wand zamin ke atraf k! adalat karega ; aur wuh apne sh£h ko zor bakhshcga, aur apne masih ke singh ko buland karega. 11 Aur Ilqanah apne ghar Ramah ko gaya : aur wuh larka Ali kahin ke 5ge ^HUDAWAND ki khidmat karta raha. 12 Us Ali ke bete bani khabis the, jo Khuda'- WAND ko pahchante na the. 13 Aur kahinon kS dastur logon ke sath yih tha, ki jab koi shakes qurbdni charhita tha, to un kahinon ka khidmatguzar gosht pakkane ke waqt ek sishakha kanta apne hath men lie hue ita tha; 14 Aur us gosht ko, jo karah ya degche y^ hunde ya handi meo tha; sab jitni us kante men nikalta tha, kahin ^p leta tha. So we sare Israeliou se jo Saili men jate the yflnhiD karte the. 15 Aur ai.si bhi hota tha, ki us se pahile ki charbi sunghai jae, kahin ka khidmatguzar iti., aur us shakhs se, jis ne qurbani ki, kaht.i ki Hhunne ke liye kahin ko gosht do; kyiinki wuh tujh se pakka gosht nahio, balki kachcha lega. 16 Aur agar use kisi ne kaha, ki Haraeij ab charbi sunghane de, tab jitna tera ji chahe lijiyo ; to wuh jawlb deta, Nahio ; to mujhe abhi de : nahiu, to maiij chhin lungi. 17 So un khidmatgaroij ka guuih Khuda'wand ke ^ge bahut tha;kynn- ki log KiiUDAWAND ki qurbanf se ghin karte the. 18 Us waqt Samuel jo larka tha kattan ka efod pahine hue Khuda'wand ke tfge kam kiy4 karta tha. 19 Aur us ki mi us ke liye ek chhota kurti ban.ike sil 2 BAB] I. SAMUEL. 307 ba sal, jab apne k;hiwind ke sith qurbSnf charhine 4ti thf, to Liyi kartf tht. 20 So • All ne Ilqanah aur us kf joru ko du;i df aur kahd, Khcd.vwand tujh ko us masaal ke iwaz nieo, jo U3 ne Khiidawand ke live manga tha, us aurat se farzand de. Aur we ghar ko gae. 21 Phir Hannah par Kiiuda'wand kl mihrbSnt hui, ki wuh pet 66 hijf, aur tin bete do beti^io janf. Aur wuh bcti Samuel Khudawand ke huzur bara hna. 22 Aur All niha3'at burhi hua, aur us ne sunS ki us ke bete Isr^elioo se kyi kiya karfe haiu, aur un auratou sc jo jamaat ke khaime kc astane par ibddatiao ho rahfo hamSgoshf karte haio- 23 Aur us ne unheo kahi, Turn yih kya karte ho, ki maio tumhari badzitfaij harek shakhs se sunta huu. 24 Nahfg, mere beto ; yih achchhf bat nahfy, jo maio sunta hno, ki tum Khtjda'wand kelogoo ke gun^h ke bais hole ho. 26 Agar ins^n insan kS gun^h kare, to qdz! us ka insiif kart^ hai ; lekin agar insan Khuda'wand ka gunah kare, to us ki shafaat kaun kar sakta hai ? Bawujiid us ke unhou ne apne bap ka kaha na mana, kyunki Khuda'- wand unheo qatl kiya chahta tha. 26 Aur wuh lapka Samuel rafta rafta barhtl, aur Khud.'H.wand aur khalq ke age maqbiil hot! chala. 27 Tab ek mard iKhuda Ali pas aya, aur use kaha, Khudawand ydo farmati hai, Kya maio tere 5bai khandan par, jab wuh Misr meo Faraun ke mulk meu tha, jalwagar nahio hua? 28 Aur main ne use bani Israel ke sare sibtoo meo se bar- guzida kiya, taki meri kahin ho, aur mere mazbah par qurbSni kare aur khushbfi sunghawe, aur mere i.ge efod pahine ; aur maig ne tere £baf khandan ko bant Israel ke sire horn diye. 29 Pas tum kyunkar mere zabihoo, aur mere hadiyoo ko, jo mere hukm se maskan mec guzrane jaweu, thukrate ho; aur tii apne betou ko mujh se ziyada buzurg! deta hai, ki meri qaum banf Israel ke hadiyoo se ach- chhe se achchha khake mote bano ? 30 So Khudawand Israel ka Khuda farmit£ hai, ki Main ne to kaha tha, ki Tera gbar aur tere bap ka ghar hamesha mere 5ge k£m kiya kare : par ab Khuda'wand bola, ki Yih kabhi mujh ko gawara na hoga ; kyiinki we jo mujhe tazfm karte haio, maio un ko buzurgf dungd, aur we jo meri tahqfr karte haio beqadr honge. 31 Dekh we din £te hain, ki maio tera bazd aur tere bap ke gharane ka bazn kat diliin, ki tere ghar men koi burha na hone pdwe. 32 Aur us sari muddat meu ki Khuda'wand Israel ke bhalaf hogf, tu maskan meo apna harif dekhega, aur terl nasi raeo kabhi koi borha na hogi. 33 Aur maio apne qurb:ingah meu se ter^ ek mard na k&tiinga, taki teri inkheg phufeg, aur tera dil dukhe : phir tere ghar ki sari barhti mard hoke mar jaenge. 34 Aur yih afat jo tere donon betoij Hufni aur Finihas par paregi, tere li3'^e ek nishani hai; we donon ke donon ekhi din mar mitenge. 35 Aur main apne liye ek dfnddr k4- hin kharS karunga, jo sab kuchh mere dilkhwah aur mere khatirkhwah karega : aur maio us ke liye ek bekhauf ghar banaungi ; aur wuh hamesha mere masih ke ige age chalega. 36 Aur aisa hoga ki harek shakhs jo tere ghar meu bach raheg5, ek rupi aur ek niwale roti ke liye us ki khushimad karega, aur kahegi, Un kShi- noQ nieo se mujhe ek ki khidmat dijiye, ki maio ek tukra roti khaya karuQ. Nn 2 SOS 1. SAMUEL. [3 BAB. III. FAB. 1 1 Aur wuh laiki Samuel Mi ke sSmhne Kuuda'wand ki khidmatguzarf karti llii. Aur un dinoD meo Khuda'wanu ka kalim kamyabtha, aur ruya bahut na hots thS. 2 Usi hangim men aisS hiia, ki jis waqt Alf apnt jagah leta tha, aur use dhundU sujhne laga tha, aisi ki wuh dekh na sakta tha. i) To KhudaVand ka chirSghaikal meu, ki jahaa Khuda ka sanduq th5, ab tak gul na ho gayi thi; aur Samuel leta tha. 4 Ki Khuda'wand ne Samuel ko pukdra: wuh bold, Maio hdzir. 5 Aur dauyke Ali pas gayd, aur kaha, Tu jomujhe pukartahai, maio hdzir hui). Wuh bola, Main ne nahfij pukdrd; phir ja, so rah. So wuh jake let raha. 6 Aur Khudawand ne Samuel ko phir pukdri. Samuel uthke M[\ pis gaya, aur bold, Maio hdzir huo; tn ne mujhe buUyd. Us ne kaha, Beta, maio ne nahfo bulaya ; phir ja, so rah. 7 Yih Samuel hanoz Khudawand ko pahchanta na tha, aur na Khudawand kf bat us par khulf thf. 8 Khuda'wand ne tfsri dafa Samuel ko phir pukdra, aur wuh phir uthke N.U pds gaya, aur kaha, Maio hazir huu, ki tii ne mujhe buldyd hai. All ne daryafc kiya, ki us larke ko Khuda'wand ne puk- fira. 9 Tab All ne Samuel ko kahd, Ji, so rah: aur jab koi tujhe pukare, tu kahiyo, Ai Khudawand, fiirmd; terd banda sunta hai. So Samuel apnl jagah jdke let raha. 10 Tab Khuda'wand d khara hud, aur dge ki tarah pukdra, Samuel, Samuel. Samuel bold, Farrad, terd banda suntd hai. 11 Khuda'wand ne Samuel ko kahd, Dekh, maio Isrdel se ek bat karnngd, jis se harek sunnewale ke donon kdn sansand jacnge. 12 Aur maio us din sab kuchh, jo main ne Nli ke ghardne ke haqq meo AU se kaha hai, purd karungd: jab maio shuru kariingd, to maio anjara ko pahunchdungd. 1-3 Ki maio ne use kaha, ki maio us badkdri ke iwaz jise us ne jdnd us ke ghar ko abad tak saza dunga ; ki us ke betoo ne apne taio fazihat kiyd hai, aur us ne unheo na rokd, 14 Aur is! liye Ali ke ghardne ki babat maig ne qasara khii, ki All ke ghardne kf khatdeo zabihon aur hadiyoo se, agarchi abad tak kiye jleo, baljhshi na jdengi. 15 Phir Samuel subh tak so raha, aur phir us ne Khuda'wand ke ghar ke darwdze khole. Aur Samuel All ke age yih rnya bayan karte dara. 16 Tab Alf ne Samuel ko buldya aur kaha, Ai mere bete Samuel. Wuh bold, Maio hdzir. 17 Us ne puchhd, Wuh kya bat hai, jo Kuda'wand ne tujh se kahi? Use mujh seposhida na kijiye : agar tii kuchh bhf un batou meu, jo us ne tujh se kahfo, chhipdwe, to Khudd tujh se aisehi kare, aur us sq ziyada. 18 Samuel ne us se sdrd kaldni baydn kiyd, aur us se kuchh na chhipaya. Wuh bold, Yih Khudawand hai : jo bhala jdne, so kare. 19 Aur Samuel bard hotd chala, aur Khudawand us ke sdth thd, aur us ne us ki koi bat zarain par zdi na kf. 20 Aur sare bani Isrdel ne Dan se leke Bearsaba tak jdnd, ki Samuel Khuda- wand kd nabi rauqarrar hud, 21 Aur Khudawand Saild men phir jalwagar hud: is liye ki Khuda'wand ne apne taio Saild meo Samuel par apnf batoo se phir numdydn kiyd. IV. BAB. I Aur Samuel ki bat sare bani Israel ko pahunchf. Aur aisa hud ki banf Israel FilistioQ se larne nikle, aur Abanazr ko Vbaimagdh kiyd: aur Filistioo ne Afiq 4 BAB] I. SAMUEL. 809 meu khaima khari kiya. '2 Aur Filistfou ne banf Israel ke niuqiibil saffeo binclhiu: aur jab we baham muqibil hue, to bani Israel ne Filistioo se shikast jvii ; aur unhoQ ne un ke lashkar meo se qarib chiir haz^r ^dint ke mare. 3 Aur jab log lashkargah meu phir ae, banI Israel ke buzurgoo ne kahi, Khuda'wand ne ham ko Filistiou se kyiio maglnb kiya ? Ao, ham Khuda ke alidiiame ka sanddq Saila se le aeg, aur wuh hamare darmiyan hogS ; to bain apne dushmanoo ke hiith se najit paenge. 4 So unhoo ne Sail! meg log bheje, taki lashkaroij ke Khuua.'- WAND ke ahdnSme ke sandiiq ko, jo do karubiOQ ke darmiyan dharl hut hai, wahao se leiweo : aur Alf ke donoii bete Hufnl aur Finihas Khuda ke ahdname ke sanduq pis wahau hazir the. 5 Aur jab KHUDAw-ANn ke ahdndme ka sandiiq lashkargah meu pahuncha, to sAre Israeli mard khnb lalkSre, aisi ki zamin laraz gaf. 6 Aur Filistfoo ne, jo lalkarne kf 4waz sunt, to bole, ki In IbranfoQ ke lash- kargah meg lalkarne ka kya blishai? Phir unhon ne milum kiya, ki Kuuda'- WAND ka sandaq lashkargah meo pahuncha. 7 So Filisti hirasan hue, ki unhoo ne kah^, Khuda lashkargah men ^ya ; aur bole, Wawaila hai ! is liye ki aisa pahile kabhn na hiia. 8 Hae wa waila hai ! hameo aise Khuda i qidir ke hUh se kaun bachdega ? Yih wuh Khuda hai, jis ne Misrion ko maiddn meo harek qism kt bala se mara. 9 Ai Filistfon, mazbutf aur mardanagi karo, taki turn Ibraniou ke bande na bano, jaise ki we tumhare bande bane, balki bahaduri karo aur laro. 10 So Filisti lare, aur bani Israel ne hazfmat pif, aur harek apne khaimagSh ko bhagS, aur wahao nihlyat bara kusht o khnn hna, ki tfs hazir Israeli piyade mare pare. 11 Aur Khuda ka sanduq Inta gaya ; aur Ali ke do bete Hufnf aurFinihls mSre gae. 12 Tab banf Binyamfn men ka ek shakhs daura, aur kapre phafe hde, aur sir par khik dale hue, usi roz maidan se Saila meu pahuncha. 13 Aur jab wuh pahuncha, to Alt' sar rih ek kursf par taktakf bandhe baitha thi : ki us ka dil Khuda ke sandnq ke liye laraz raha th£. Aur joohf us shakhs ne shahr meu pahunchke khabar di, to sire shahr men matam para. 14 Aur Ali ne jo nauhe k( sada suni, to us ne kaha, ki Yih shor kya hai ? Aur wuh shakhs jhap a pahuncha, aur Ah ko khabar di. 15 Aur Ali athanwi baras ka burhl thi, aur us ki ankhou k{ binaf na rahi thi, aur use kuchh sujhta na thi. 16 So us shakhs ne Ali se kaha, Main razmgah se Ita huo, aur main dj hi jangah se bhJga huij. Aur wuh bold. Beta, kya khabar hai ? 17 Us qasid ne jawab diyi aur kaha, Banf Israel FilistioD ke age se bhage, aur logoa men bari khunrezi huf, aur tere donon bete bhi Hufnf aur Finihas mue, aur Khuda ka sanduq lata gaya. 18 Aurjou us ne All se Khuda ke sanduq ka zikr kiya, wuh kursf par se pfchhe ko pachhar khSke ph-ftak ke kinare gira, aur us kf gardan lut gai, aur mar gayi ; ki wuh bahut burhi aur bharf tha : aur wuh chalfs baras banf Israel ka qazi rahri. 19 Aur us kf bahii Finihas ki jord pet se thf, aur us ke janne kS. waqt nazdik thf ; aur jab us ne ye khabareo sunfo, ki Khuda ka sandiiq lut gaya, aur us ka sasura aur khawind mar gae, to wuh dohri hui, aur use dard lage, aur jan parf. 20 Aur us ke marte waqt un auratou ne jo wahig hazir thiu use kahi, Mat dar, ki td beti janf hai. Par us ne jawab na diy^, aur dhyan na kiya. 21 Aur us aurat ne us larke kl n^m Ika- bnd rakhi, aur boll ki Kibriya banf Israel meo sej4ta raha ; is liye ki Khuda k4 sanduq lut gayi, aur us ka sasuri aur Ifhawind chal base. 22 Aur wuh bolf, ki ICibriya ne banf Israel ko chhof diya, ki Khudi k^ sanduq lut gaya. »10 I. SAMUEL. [S BAB. V. BAB. 1 Aur Filisti Kuudawand ke sandiiq ko Abanazr se leke Ashdud ko 5e, 2 Aur jab Filistf Khuda ke sanduq kole ae, to unhon ne use Dagon ke ghar men dakhil kiya', aur Dagon ke barabar rakha. 3 Aur Ashdiidi jo fajr sawere uthe, to dekha, ki Dagon Khudawand ke sanduq ke age aundhe munh zamfn par gir pari hai. Unhou ne Dagon ko uthake us ke makdn par phir qaim kiyi. 4 Phir jo we subh ko uthe, to Dagon Khuda'wand ke sanduq ke dge munh ke bal zamfn par giri parA thd; aur Dagon k£ sir aur us ke hathou ke donoD panje dahliz par kate pare the ; aur Dagon ka utna badan jo machhli ka sa thl kati hua tha, aur us ke makln par para tha. 5 Is liye Dagon ke mujawir, aur we jo uske ghar men dakhil bote haitj, Dagon ke [darwaze par aj tak piuo nahfu rakhte. 6 Tab Khuda'wand ka hath Ashdiidiou par barha ; us ne unheo halik kiy.1, aur us ne Ashdiidiou ko us ke nawahi samet bawasfr se mara. 7 Aur Ashdiidion ne jo yih dekha to bole, ki Israel ke Khuda ka sanduq hamSre sath na rahega, kyanki us ka hath ham par aur ham/ire ilah Dagon par qawi hai. 8 So un- hon ne Filiation ke sare qutboij ko bula bheja, aur kaha, Ham Israel ke Khuda ke sanduq ko kya karen ? We bole, ki Ao, Israel ke Khuda ke sanduq ko Jannat ke muttasil lejaweu. Chunanchi we Israel ke Khuda ke sanduq ko wahio le gae. 9 Aur jab wahao use le gae, to aisa hua, ke Khudawand ki hSth us shahr ke nabud karne ko bahut betarah chala, aur us ne us shahr ke logoo ko chhote se leke bare tak mSra, aur un ke sufron se bawasir ka khun bahne laga. 10 Tab unhou ne Khuda ki. sandiiq Aqrun ko bheja, aur joijhi Khudi ka san- diiq Aqrun meo pahuncha, to Aqriini chillle, ki We Israel ke Khuda ka sanduq ham men is liye lae haiu, ki ham ko aur hamire logoij ko qatl kareii. 1 1 So unhon ne FilistioQ ke qutbon ko bulike jama kiya aur kaha, ki Israel ke KhudS ke sanduq ko jahan se wuh aya, wahiu pher bhejo, taki wuh ham ko aur hamare logon ko qatl na kare : kyiinki wahao s^re shahr men maut kf barl dhum huf, aur Khuda ki hath nihayat bharl tha. 12 Aur we log jo mare na the bawislr meo giriftar the ; aur shahr ka nauha asm^n tak gay a tha. VI. BAB. 1 Garaz Khudawand ki sanduq chha sat mahfne tak Filistioo ke mulk meo tha. 2 Tab Filistioo ne kahinoQ aur najiimioo ko bulake puchha, ki Ham Khuda- WAND ke is sanduq ko kya kareu? Hamen batao, ham use kiske sath us ke mak- in ko rawina kareu. 3 We bole, Agar turn Israel ke Khudi ke sanduq ko bhejte ho, to khali mat bhejo, balki use asam ke sith pher bhejo; tab turn change hoge, aur tumheo daryaft hoga, ki wuh tum se kis liye dastbardar nahio hota. 4 Tab unhoD ne puchha, ki Wuh kaun sa asam hai, jo ham us ke sath bhejeu? We bole, ki Filisti qutbon ke adad ke mutabiq panch tila^anjir, aur sone hi ke panch chuhe, ki tum sab aur tumhare qutb ekhf azar meo mubtala ho. 5 So tum apne sufrou ke anjfr kl sdraten, aur un chiihoo ki miiraten jo mulk ko kharab karte haio banio, aur Isriel ke Khudi ko deke us ki hashmat zahir karo : tab ihtimil hai, ki wuh turn se, aur tumhare Khudi, aur turahirt sarzamfn se hith u^hawe. 6 Tum kyno 7 liAB] I. SAMUEL. All apne dilou ko sakht karte ho, jaia.i ki Misrioij ne aur Flraiin ne apne dll ko sakht kiya ? jis waqt ki Khuda ne ajiiib qudrateo unheu dikhiio, so kya unhou ne un logoD ko jane na diy.i, aur we chale na g;ieP 7 Ab turn ck naf rath banao, aur do dfidhwali g.leij jo jac tale na ifu hoo, lo, aur un gaeou ko rath mcu joto, aur un ke bachcliotj ko ghar men un ke pfelihe rahne do: 8 Aur Khudawand kd sandiiq leke us rath par rakho, aur sonc ki chfzen, jo asimke liye use dete ho, ek sandtiq- che meu dharke us ke pahUl nieij rakh do, aur use chhor do ki chalf jae. 9 Aur tlko, agar wuh apni sarhadd ki saint Bait i Sliamiko charhe, to usf ne ham par vih bala i azfm bheji; aur agar na jawe, to hamen daryaft hoga, ki us ki hath ham par nahio chali, balki yih hadisa jo ham par Iiua ittifiqi th.i. 10 So lof^ou ne aisehf kiyi; ki do dndhwllf gSeo liyan, aur unheu rath met) jotd, aur un ke bnchchoD ko ghar mey ban i kiya: J 1 Aur Khudawand ke sandiiq, aur sone ke chiihou, aur apne sufrou ke anji'r ke naqshon ke sanduqche korath par lada. 12 So un gaeon ne Hait i shams ki sidhi ris aiingi, tiki charhlwa charhauu, aur salami ke zabihoo ki babat zabfhe guzranuo ; so tu sat din tak wahiu rahiyo, jab tak ki maio tujh pas a pahunchiin, aur tujhe bataun ki tu yuo yiin kar. 9 Aur aisa luia, ki jou hi us ue Samuel se rukhsat hoke pith pheri, wonhin Khuda ne us ke dil ko mubaddal kar diya, aur we sab nishaniau us ne usi din p^iy. 10 Aur jab we Jibaat ko de, to nabion ka guroh us se dochar hiia, aur Khuda ki ruh us par chaihi, aur us ne bhi un ke darmiyan nabiiwat ki. 11 Aur us ke agle janpahchanou ne, jo yih dekha, ki wuh nabloij ke darmiyan nabiiwat karta hai, tk ne diisre se kahii, ki Qis ke bete ko kya hiia? kya Saiil bhi nabiou ke daruiiyaa hai? 12 Aur ek ne un meo se jawab diya aur kaha, ki Un ka bap kaun hai? Tab hf se yih masal chali, Kya Saiil bhi nabiou mcLi liai? 13 So jab wuh nabiiwat kar chuka, to linche makan men aya. 14 Wahau Saul ke chacha ne use aur us ke chakar ko kaha, Turn kah^o gae the? We bole, Gadhe dhiindhne; aur jab unhen kahiij na paya, to Samuel pas gae. 1.5 Saiil ka chticlia bola, MihrbinI karke hanieo batlaiye, ki Samuel neap ko kya kaha. 16 Saiil ne apne chacha se kaha, Us ne hameu saf batlaya, ki gadhe mile. Par saltanat ka maznnin, jo Samuel ne use kaha tha, baydn na kiya. 17 Bad us ke Sainiiel ne JNlisfa meo Khuua'wand ke huzur logon ko bulaya; 18 Aur bani Israel ko kaha, ki KhuoaVand Israel ka Khuda kahta hai, ki Bani Israel ko maiu Misr se nikal liya, aur tum ko Misrion ke aur sire bidshahou kc O o 2 316 I. SAMUEL. [11 RAB. Mth se, jo tumh^ri t.nklff ke rawadar the, najit di. 19 Aiir turn ne ^j ke din apne Khuda kf, ki jis ne tumhcu tundi^rc sarc dnslinianoD aur tunihart taklifou se rih^f bakhshi, takrlm na kf, aur turn ne use kalia, Ilfiii, lianiare liye ek badshah muqarrar kar. So ab ek ek sibt karke, bazar bazar sab ke sab Khuha'wand ke &cre hazir boo. 20 Aur jab Samuel ne ban! Israel ke sare sibtoo ko fardham kiya, to quraa bani binyamln kendm par para. 21 Aur jab us ne bani Binyamfn ke sibt ko, us ke gharanon ke mut^bicj, nazdik bulaya, to Matri ke gharane k£ nam nikla, aurphir Q,is ke bete Saulka nam nikli: aur unhon ne jo use dhondha, to na payS. 22 So unhoD ne Khuda'wand se puchhai, ki Wuh mard phir yahan iegi. ki nahfn? KnuDA'wAND ne jawab diya, ki Dekho, wuh asbab ke darmiyan chhip raha hai. 23 Tab we daupe, aur use AvahSn selae: aur wuh, jo jamaat ke darmiyan khani ha&, to shane se leke npar tak sab logon se ziyada lamba tha. 24 Aur Samuel ne jamaat ko kaha Turn use dekhte ho, ki jise Khuda'wand ne pasand kiya, ki us ka ham- sar sire lo<^oo men ek nahfo. Tab sab khushi se lalkare aur bole, Badshah ko Khuda ki aman. 25 Phir Samuel ne jamaat ko saltanat ke adab batlae, aur kitab men likhke Khuda'wand ke huziir rakhe. Had us ke Samuel ne jamiat men se harek ko nikhsat kiya, ki apne apne ghar jae. 26 Aur Saul bhi Jibia ko apne ghar gaya, aur logou ka ek jatha, jin ke dilon ko Khuda ne mail kar diya tha, us ke sath ho liya. 27 Par ban! khabfs bole, Yih shakhs ham ko kis tarah bachaega ? Aur us kf tahqfr kf, aur us ke liye hadiye na lae ;• par us ne dp ko aisa baniya, ki goya na sunta tha. XI. BAB. 1 Aur Ammani Nahas charha', aur Yabis men Jiliid ke muqabil khaima khara kiva: tab Yabis ke sab logoB ne Nahas se kaha, Ilam se kuchh ahd o paimnn kar, aur ham teri bandagi karenge. 2 Aur Ammuni Nahas ne unheu jawab diyi, ki Is shart par maiu tum se ahd karnnga, ki maio tum men se harek kf dahini ankh nikal diliin, aur yih zillat ka dag sare Israel par rakhnij. 3 Tab Yabis ke buzurgoo ne use kahd. Ham ko sit din kf muhlat de, taki ham Isriel ki sari sarhaddou meo pavdni bhejen : agar hamdra himayati kof na nikla, to ham tere huzar niklenge. 4 Tab SaCil ke Jibia men qasid ae, aur unhon ne logon ko yih sandese pahunchae : tab sab log pukar pukarke roe. 5 Aur dekho, ki Saul khet se bail ke pfchhe pfchhe chala ata thi ; aur Saul ne kaha, kya hai, ki log rote haiu ? Unhon ne Yabis ke logon \i& payam use kah sunaya. G Aur jou hi Saul ne ye sandese sune, woijhln Khuda ki riih us par charhi, aur us ka gussa betarah bharka. 7 Aur us ne bailoo ka ek iua utha liya, aur use chfrke tukre tukre kiya, aur unheu qasidon ke hath banf Israel ki siri sarhaddou men bhej diya, aur yih kaha, ki Jo koi Saul aur Samfiel ke pfchhe h^zir na ho, us ke bailoa ka yihi hai ho. Tab logoo ko Khuda'- wand ka khauf hua, aur we ekdil hoke ae. 8 Aur us ne unheu Bazaq men gina ; so banf Israel tin likh the, aur bani Yihudah tfs hazir. 9 So unhon ne un qasidoo ko kahi, ki Tum Jiliad men Yabis ke logon ko kaha, ki Ka!, jis waqt ki aftab garm hoga, tum najat paoge. So qasidoa ne akc Yabis ke logou ko khabar di ; aur we khush hue. 10 Tab ahl i Yabis ne unhen kaha, Kal ham tum pas niklenge, aur sab kuchh jo tum bihtar samjho, so ha ma re haqq meij kfjiyo. II Aur subh 12 B/VB.] I. SAMUEL. 317 ko Saul ne lashkar ke tfn gol kiyc ; nur pichhle pahar laslikar meo a ghusi, aur bani Ammtin ko qatl kiya, yahau tak ki din charha : aur aisa hiVi, ki we jo bach nikle, so is parosli;int se bhap;c, ki ek ko ek na mila. 12 Tab lofroij ne Sami'iel ko kah;i, \Vc kaun haio, jo kahte haio, ki Kyi SaiU hamSia bidsliali hogi ? So un logoij ko lao, taki ham unheo qatl karem 13 Saul bola, ki Aj kc din hargiz koi mara na jae : is liye ki Khudawand ne bant Israel ko aj ke din rih^i bakhshi. 14 Tab Saimlcl ne logon ko kaha, Mo, Cilgil ko jacn, t^ki wahrin saltanat ko diisri bar slbit karen. 15 So sara lashkar Gilgil ko gaya ; aur Gilgal meo Kiiuda- WAND ke huzdr unhon ne Saiil ko badshah kiya; aur wahaij unhou ne Khuda'- WAND ke age salainf ke zabih zabh kiye ; aur wahau Saiil nc aur sire Israeli dangal nc bari khushi ki. XII. BAD. 1 Tab SamiielnesSre banf Israel se kaha, Dekho, jo kuchh turn ne mujhekaha, maiu ne tumhari harek bat raani, aur ek ko tumhara badshah kiya. 2 Aur ab dekho, yih badshah tumhara peshrau hai : aur main barha hiin, merl sir safed hai ; aur dekho, mere bete tumhare sith haiu; aur main ne larakpan se aj tak tum- hari peshw.ii ki. 3 Aur main hazir hiiu : so ao, Khuda'wand ke aur us ke masih ke 5ge mujh par gawahi do; ki kis ka bail main ne le liy^ ? aur kis ka gadha main ne rakh chhori ? aur main ne kis par zulm kiya ? aur kis ko main ne dukh diya ? aur kis ke hath se main ne rishwat li, aur kis se chashmposhi ki ? Ab main use pher dene ko hazir huu. 4 We bole, Tti ne na ham par zulm kiya, aur na hamerj dukh diya, aur na tu nc kisi ke hath se kuchh le liya. 5 Tab us ne unhen kaha, ki Kiii'D.vwAND tum par gawah, aur us ka Masih aj ke din shahid hai; ki tumhara mujh par kuchh dawa nahfo. We bole, Wuh gawah. G Phir Samuel ne logon se kaha, Ilan, Khudawand wuh jis ne Musa nur Ilariin ko khalq kiyi, aur tumhare bapdadon ko zamin i Misr se nik^l l.iya. 7 Ab thora si tawaqquf karo, taki maiu Khudawanu ke huzur un sab nekfou ke sabab, jo Khudawand ne tum se aur tumhare bapdadon se kian, tum se bahs kardij. 8 Jis waqt ki Yaqt'ib Misr men ^ya, aur tumhare bapdade Khudawand ke &ge chillae, to Khuda'wand ne Miisa aur Hirun ko bheja, aur we tumhare bapdadon ko Misr se nikal lie, aur yahau la basaya. 9 Lckin we Khuda'wand apne Khuda ko bhiil gae, so us ne unhen Hasur ke lashkar ke rais Sisri ke hath, aur Filistion ke hith. aur shih i Moab ke hath becha ; aur unhoij ne un se qital kiya. 10 Phir unhoo ne KiitjdaVand se faryad ki, aur bole, Ham no gunah kiya, ki ham ne Khudawand ko chhora, aur Baliu aur Istarat ki bandagi ki : par ab tn ham ko hamire dushmanou ke hath se chhuri ; to ham teri bandagi karenge. 11 Phir Khudawand ne Yarubbal, aur Bidan, aur Ifrah, aur Samuel ko bheji, aut tum ko tumhire dushmanou ke hath se, jo cKaroii taraf the, najat di ; aur tum ne chain paya. 12 Aur jab tuin ne dekhi ki bani Ammnn ki bidshah Nihas tum par charh iyi, to tum ne mujh sc kaha, Iliu, hameu ek bidshih chihiyc, jo ham par saltanat kare ; halinki Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda tumhari badshah tha. 13 Ab dekho, yil» tumhira bidshah hai, jise tum nc pasand kiya, aur jise tum ne mangi ; aur dekho, Khuda'avand ne tumhcu ek bSdshah 318 I. SAMUEL. [13 BAB. diya hai. 14 Agar turn Khudawand se darte rahoge, aur us ki bandagi karoge, aur us ka hultm manoge, aur-KnuDAVAND ke farmanoo se sarkashi na karoge ; to tuin aur badshah, jo turn par bidshahi karta hai Khudawand apne Khudi ke pairau hoge. 15 Par agar turn Khudawand ka hukm na minoge, aur K.HunA'- WAND ke farmanoo se sarkashi karog* ; to Khuda'wand ka hath tumhare mukhahf hoga, jis tarah se ki tumhare bapdadoQ ka mukhalif tha. 16 So ab turn khare raho, aur dekho wuh bara k^m, jo Khuda'wantj tumhari Snkhoo ke simhne karti hai. 17 Kya aj gehnn kitne ka din nahio ? Maiu KnuDAWAND se dua mangta hun, ki wuh garjiiega, aur barsaega, taki turn jino aur dekho, ki turn ne Khudawand ke huzur ek bidshah ki darkhw.ist karke bari shararat ki. 18 Chuuanchi Samuel ne KhudaVand se dua niaugi ; aur Khuda- WAND ne usi din garjaya aur barsayd : tab sara dangal Khudawand se aur Samuel se nipat dar gayi. 19 Tab sab logon ne Sa.nuel ae kaha, ki Apne khadimou ke liye Khui>awand apne Khuda ki minnat kar, ki ham marna jaen: ki ham ne apne sare gunahou par yih shararat ziyada ki, ki apne liye ek badshah manga. 20 Tab Samuel ns jamaat ko kaha ; thauf na karo ; ki yih sab shararat to turn ne ki : magar Khudawand ki pairawi se kinare mat jao, balki apne sare dilou se Khudawdnb ki bandagi karo. 21 Aur turn kinare mat jao, ki batil ki pairawi karo, jo mufid na hogi, aur najit na degi ; ki we sab bitil haiu. 22 Aur Khudawand apne bare nam ke liye apne bandon ko tark na karega : ki Khuda'- wand ne bhi pasand kiya hai, ki turn us ke bande kahlao. 23 Aur main jo hvio, Khuda aisa na kare, ki tumhare liye dua mangne meo tajjaful karke Khuda - WAND ka gunahgar hoiiu : balki maio wuh rah, jo achchhi aur sidhi hai, tumheu batlaunga. 24 So turn itna karo, ki Khuda'wand se daro, aur apne sare dil se us ki sachi i^adat karo ; aur socho ki us ne tumhare liye kaisa bara kam kiya hai. 25 Aur agar turn ab bhi shararat ke kim karoge, to turn aur tumhira badshah halak ho jaoge. XIII. BAB. 1 Saul ne ek baras saltanat ki; aur jab us kf saltanat ke do haras guzre, 2 To Saul ne tin hazar bani Israel apne liye chune ; do hazar Mikmas men, aur Baitel ke koh men apne sath rakhe, aur ek hazar Yiinatan ke sath Binyamin ke Jibia mcu rahe: aur baqi harek ko apne apne khaime men rukhsat kiya. 3 Aur Yiina- tan ne Filistioa ke chaukidaron ko, jo Jibia men the, mara ; aur Filistiou ne yih suna. Aur Saiil ne narsingha phunkwake sari mamlukat men yih manadi ki, ki Ai Ibranion suno. 4 Aur s4re bani Isniel ne yih ahwal suna, ki Saul ne Filistiou ki ck chauki ke sipahi mire, aur bani Isriel ko bhi Filistion se nafrat thi. So jamiat ko hukm hiia, ki Saul pas Gilgal men jama howe. 5 Aur-Filisti bhi bani Israel se larne ko jama hiie; tis hazar un ki ratheu thin, aur chha hazar sirathi, aur bahut se log aise jaise darya ke kinare ki ret; so we charh ae, aur Mikmas men Haitawan ke mashriq ko khaimazan hue. 6 Aur jab bani Israel ne dekha, ki ham tan^i nicij haiu, kyiinki log taklif meo the, to girou, aur kintoD ke jangal, aur paharou, aur garhion, aur garhou men ja chhipe. 7 Aur Ibrini Yardai ke par, Jadd aur Jiliad ki sarzamin ko gae: aur Saul Gilg-il hi meo rahi, aur us ke sith ke sab log khaufa&k the. 14 BAB.] I. SAMUEL. 319 8 Aur wuh wah4o sat din Samt'icl ke muaiyan waqt tak muntazii- raha : aur Samuel Gilgal meu na fiya'wani> Isriel. ka Khuda hazir hai, jab maiu kal ya parsoo apne bap ka matlab daryaft kariiu aur dekhiiu ki Ddud ke haqcj me.j bhala hai, aur D.iiid ko khabar na kariiu, aur us ke kan na khol diin ; 13 To Khudawanu mujh se aisa hi kare, aur us .se ziyada : aur agar mere bap ki yihl khushi ho, ki tujh se badi kare, to maiu tere kau khol diingi, aur tujhe uikal dunga, ki tu salamat chala jae ; aur KiiUDAWANr) tere sath ho, jaisi ki mere bapke sath hiia. 14 Aur tii sirf itna hi na kijiyo, ki jab tak maiu jita rahiiu, mujh par Khcuawasu ka sa karam kare, taki main mar na jiiiini 20 BAB.] I. SAMUEL. 323 15 Balki jab ki Kiujja'wand tore sure (Uisliinanou ko zainin par se nest nibiid karo, to haincsha nu-re alil i bait par blif karain kijiyo. IG Aur Yunatan ne Daud kc khaiiilan se alid kiya,aur kahi, ki KiiiiiiAWAM) Dai'id kcduslimanou se intiqdm lewe. 17 Aur Yniiatau nc Daiid ko phir qasam khilai, is liye ki wuh use bahiit chabta tha, aur ajiiii jaii kc barabar cliahtii tha. 18 Aur Yunatan ne us se kalid, ki Kal naya chlnd hoga, aur tu hazir na hogd, aur teri makan khali rabcga. If) So jab ter! gaibat par tin din guzar jaen, to tu utarke jald u:{ jagab jahau tii ne ap ko us ahd ke roz chhipaya, jaiyo, aur us patthar ke nazdik rabiyo, jis ka nam Asfl hai. 20 Aur maio ake us taraf tin tir is tarah lagaiingd, kigoya nishiina lagata ban. 21 Aur dekh, maiu us waqt apne guldm ko bhpj'inga, ki tir utha lawe. Us waqt agar maio apne gulam se kabuy, kiDekh? tir niujh se kucbh aur is taraf balij, utba Ic ; to tu nikal ^iyo : ki tere liye Ifhair hai, sharr nahfy, Khuda'wani) zinda bai. 22 Par agar main gulam se kahuu, ki Dekh, tir tujh se kucbh dur us taraf haio ; to tu nikal jfiiyo : ki Khudawand ne tujhe rah lagaya. 23 Raba, wuh ahd jo mujh men aur tujh men hua hai, so dekh» Khudawand abad tak mere tere darmiyan hai. 24 So Daud maidan men ja chhipa, aur jab naya chand hud, to bddshah khdnc baitha. 25 Aur badshah apne dastur ke muwafiq masnad par diwar se takiya Ingake baithd ; aur Yiinatan khara raha, aur Abinaiyir Saul ke pahlu meij baithS> aur Daud ki jagab kbali thi. 2G Lekin us roz Saul ne kuchh na kabd, ki us ne guman kiyS, Use kuchh kam para hoga, wuh ndpak hoga ; yaqinan wuh pak na hogd. 27 Aur dusre din, jo raahine ka dusra din tha, aisa hda, ki Daud ka makdn pbir khali raha; tab Saul ne apne bete Yunatan ko kaha, Kya sabab ki Yassi ka beta khane ko na Sj aya na kal? 28 Tab Yunatan ne Saiil ko jawab diya, ki Daud. mujh se rukhsat leke Baitlahm ko gayd : 29 Aur us ne kahd, ki Mujhe rukhsat dijiyc ; ki shahr men hamare gliarane ka zabiha hai, aur mere bhai ne mujhe bulaya hai; ab agar tujh ko mujh par karam ki nazar hai, to mujhe rukhsat de, ki main jauo, aur apne bhafoij se miluu: is bais se wuh shah ke dastar^hwan par hazir nahiu hiia. 30 So Saiil ka gussa Yunatan par bharka, aur us ne use kaha, ki Ai kajraftar bagia ke bete, kya maiu nahiu janta ki tu apni abtari, aur apni ma ki barahuagi ki abtari ke bais so Yassi ke bete ka hawakhwdh hua hai? 31 Aur jab tak ki Yassi ka jih beta ru i zamin par baqi hai, to na tujhe qarar hoga, na teri saltanat ko : ab jald log bhej, aur us ko mujh pas pakar la ; ki wuh wajib ul qatl hai. 32 Tab Yiinatan ne apne bap ko jawab diya, Wuh k^'dn mard jawe ? us ne kya kiya hai ? 33 Tab Saul ne bh^la uthaya, ki use mire : us waqt Yunatan ko yaqin hiia, ki us ke bap ne Daud ke qatl ka musammam irada kiya hai. 34 So Yunatan bare qahr ke sath dastarkhwan pds se uth gaya, aur kbana na khaya : ki wuh Daud kc liye nipat dilgir hda, ki us ke blp ne use khajil kiya. 35 Aur subh ko Yunatan, usi waqt jo Daud se muqarrar kiya gaya tha, maidan ko gaya, aur ek gulam larki us ke sath thd. 36 Aur us ne use hukm kiyd, ki Daur, aur ye tir jo maig lagata huD le a. Aur joo hig wuh daura, to us ne aisa tfr lagaya, ki us gulam se bahut dur ja gir.-i. 37 Aur jab guldm us tir ke muttasil, jo Yunatan ne lagaya, pahuncha, to Yunatan ne gul^m ko pukdrke kaha, Kya wuh tir tujh se us taraf babut dur nabfu ? 38 Aur Ydnatan ne gulam ko pfchhe so chillake kaha, Jaldi kar, shitab ho, dirang mat kar. So Yiinatan ke gulam ne Qq2 324 1. SAMUEL. [21 DAB. tfrou ko jama kiya, aur apne aqa pis le ayi. 39 Par us guldm nc kuchh na janS : faqat Daud aur Yunatan hi jante the. 40 Phir Yanatan ne apne hathyar gulam ko dive, aur kaha, Ji, shahr ko leja. 41 GuUm ke jdne ke bdd Diiid U3 patthar ki janubi ot se nikld, aur zamin par aundha hoke gird, aur tin sijde kiye: aur unhoo ne bdham ek dusre ko chnmd aur baham roe, par Ddud bahut roya. 42 Aur Yunatan ne D£ud ko kaha, ki Saldmat chaU ja, aur U3 ahd par jo ham ne qasam khake bdhara kiyd hai, Khuda'wand gawih hai mere tere darmiydn, aur merl terl nasi ke darmiyan abad tak Khcda- WANB howe. So wuh uthke rawdna hua: aur Yunatan shahr ko gaya XXI. BAB. 1 Aur Daud Nub men Ahimalik kahin ke pSs i.y& : aur Ahimalik Daud ke 6ne se dard, aur boli, Tq kynjj tanhi hai, aur tere sath koi nahiu ? 2 So Daiid ne Ahimalik kahin ko kaha, ki Badshah ne mujhe ek kam ko bheja hai, aur far- maya hai, ki Yih kam jo main ne tujhe kaha hai kisi par ashkara na howe: aur logOD ko maio ne falani falani jagah bhej diyS. 3 Ab batla tere pSs kuchh hai? ek panch girde roiioD ke, ya jo kuchh hazir ho, so mere hath meu de. 4 K^hin ne Daad ko kaha, Mere pis imm rotiao nahtu ; par mutabarrak rotlao haiu, agar iawan logoo ne apne tain auratoo se bachaya ho. 5 Tab Daud ne kihin ko kahi, Sach to yun hai, ki is tin din meu, jab se ham nikle hain, auratoo se alag rahe haio aur jawanou ke zurdf pak hain, aur yih rasta bhi amm hai, aur ij bisan men aur nai mutabarrak roti banegi. 6 So kahin ne tabarruk kl roti us ko di; ki wahao tabarruk ki roti ke siwa, jo Khuda'wand ke ige se uthai gai thi, taki us ke iwaz wahao garm roti rakhi jawe, aur roti na thi. 7 Aur wahay us din Saiil ke gulamou men se ek shakhs Khuda'wand ke age roka gaya tha ; us ki nam Adiimi Doeg tha; yih Saul ke pasbauou ka amir tha. 8 Phir Daud ne Ahimalik se puchha, Yahau tere qabvi mea koi neza ya te^ to nahio? kyanki maiy apni talwar aur apne silah sath nahio laya, ki mujhe bidshih ke kam ki jaldi thi. 9 So us kahin ne kahi, ki Filisti Juliyat ki tegi, jise tn ne dasht i Ailah meu qatl kiya, ek kapre meo lapeti hua afiid ke lidhar dhara hiia hai : agar tu use liya chahta hai, to le ; aur us ke siwi yahan aur nahio- Tab Daad bol^, Us ki sini nahiu ; wuhi mujhe de. 10 Aur Daud utha, aur Saul ke ^hauf se usi din bhiga chala gayi, aur Jannat ke bidshah Akis pis iyi. 11 Aur Akis ke mulazimou ne use kaha, Kya yih Daiid nahin, us sarzamin ka badshih? aur kyi yih wuhi nahiu, ki jis ke liye we baham nichte kahte the, ki Saiil ne apne haziroQ m^re, aur Daiid ne bahutere apne das hazir? 12 Aur Daud ne ye bateo apne dil meu rakhio, aur Jannat ke badshah Akis se nihayat dara. 13 Tab us ne us ke simhne apni waza badli, aur un ke bich meu ip ko diwina banaya, aur istane ki chaukhat par lakireo khinchne laga, aur apni thuk bahi bahake apni darhi bhigol. 14 Tab Akis ne apne chakaroo se kaha, Lo, yih shakhs to siri hai: turn use mujh pas kyuo lie? 15 Kyi mujh pis there sifi the, jo^tum us ko mujh pas lie ho, ki siripan kare? Yih us liiq tha, ki mere ghar meu awe ? BAB] I. SAMUEL. 325 XXII. BA'B. I Aur Daud wah^o se bhdgke niklS, aur Addlain ke magare meo gaya : aur Us ke bbli, aur us ke b^p ki sari gharana yih sunke us pis wahiu gayl. 2 Aur sire kangil, aur qarzdar, aur we jo apiil zindagi se bezdr the, us ke pas jama hue ; aur wuh un ka sardir hni, aur us ke sdth qarib chir sau admf ke hogaye. 3 Aur wahai) se Daud Moab ke Misfi ko gayi, aur MoaJ) ke shah se kaha, Ijazat dijiye, ki mere ma bip nikal aweo, aur ap ke pas raheij, yahio tak ki mujh par khule, ki Khuda mera anjam kaisi karti hai. 4 So wuh unhen shih i Moab kc huziir layi; aur we jab tnk ki Dadd ne apnetaiu qalb makanoo meo chhip.iya thi usi ke sath the. 5 Tab Jadd nabf ne Daiid ko kaha, ki Qalb makanou mcu chhipi mat rah ; rawana ho, aur sarzamin i Yahudah ko nikal ja. So Daud rawana hua, aur Harit ke jangal meu dikhil hud. 6 Aur Sadl ne suna, ki Daiid zahir hua, aur log us ke sath haio ; tab Saul us waqt Ramah ke Jiba meo ek darakht ke siye meo apna neza hath meu I'e hrie baithi tha, aur us ke khidira us ke gird pesh istada the. 7 So Sanl ne apne kha- dimon ko jo hazir the kaha, Suno, ai Binyamino, kyA YassI ki. yih beta turn meo se harek ko khet, aur angiiri bag dega, aur turn sab ko hazaroo aur saikrou ki sardir karega ; 8 Jo turn sab ne meri mukhalifat par ittifaq kiya hai, aur koi nahf u jo mujhe igih kare, ki mere bete ne Yassi ke bete se ahd o paiman kiyi hai, aur turn men koi nahio, jo mere liye gamgin ho, aur mujhe khabar de, ki mere bete ne mere naukar ko ubhara hai, ki aj ke din tak kamfnmeo hai? 9 Tab Doeg Adiimi ne, jo Saul ke khadimoo ke pas khara tha, yuu kaha, ki Maiu ne Yassi ke bete ko Niib meu Akhitub ke bete Ahimalik kaliin pas dekha. 10 Aur us ne us ke liye Khudawand se dui mingi, aur use rih ka tosha diya, aur Filisti Juliyat ki saif use df. 1 1 Tab badshah ne Akhitub ke bete Ahimalik kahin ko, aur us ke bap ke sire gharane, aur kahinoo ko Niib se bulwi bheji: aur we sab badshah pas hizir hue. 12 Aur Saul ne kaha, ki Ai Akhftub kebete, tusun. Wuh bola. Mere khudawand, maio hazir. 13 Aur Saril ne kaha, ki Tu ne meri mukhalifat par Yass! ke bete ke sath kyiio ittifaq kiya, ki ta ne use rotf aur talwar di, aur us ke liye Khuda se dui mingi, taki wuh mere barkhilaf uthe, aur kamio men baithe, jaisa ki aj ke din hai? 14 Ahimalik ne Ladshah ko jawab meu kaha, ki Tere sire khadimou meo Diii'id si amanatdar kauu hai, jo badshah ka damad, aurfarmanbardar hai, aur tere ghar meo izzatwala hai? 15 Aur kya main ne us ke liye Khudi se dui mingi? Yih mujh se diir hai. Badshah apne khidim par, aur mere bap ke sire gharane par yih tuhmat na kare; kyduki teri khidim batoo men se kuchh nahig jinti, na thora na bahut. 16 Tab badshah boli, Ahimalik, tii wijib ulqatl hai, tn aur tere bip ka siri gharini. 17 Phir un sipahioo ko, jo us ke pas khafe hue the, hukm kiya, Turn phiro, aur Khuda'wand ke un kahinoQ ko mar dalo; ki ye Diiid se mile hue haig, aur unhoo ne jana, ki wuh bhiga hai, aur mujhe khabar na ki. Lekin bidshah ke khadimoo ne i^auDA'wAND ke kihiiioo par hath na uthayi. 18 Tab badshah ne Doeg ko kahi, Tii phir, aur un kihinou par hamli kar. So Adiimi Doeg phiri, aur kihinoo par hamla kiya; us din us ne pachasi idmf, jo kattin ke afdd pahiue hue the qatl kiye. 19 Aur us ne kahinoo kc shahr Nub meu mardoo, 326 I. SAMUEL. [23 BAIJ. aur auratou, aur larkoij, aur di'idh pfte I)achchoD, aur bailoo, aur gadhoo, aur I)he- rou ko teg se ek lakht qatl kiyS. 20 Akhftub ke bete Ahimalik kc betoD meo se ek shakhs, jis ka niim Abiwatr tha, bach nikla, aur Daiid kl taraf bhdg gaya. 21 Aur Abiwatr ne Daud ko khal,ar df, ki Saul ne Kiiudawand ke kahinou ko qatl kiya. 22 Aur Dd>id ne Abiwatr ko kaba, ki Jis din Addmi Doeg wahao tlia, maiu usf din jan gaya tha, ki wuh muqarrar Saiil ko khabar dega : tere bap ke sare gharane ke mare jane kS bais main hua. 23 So tii mere sath rah, aur mat dar ; jo teri jan ka khwahiu hai, so meri jan ka khwahau hai : so tii meri panah men salamat rahegi. XXIII. BAB. 1 Tab unhou ne Dind ko khabar di, ki Dekh, Filistt Qailah se larte haiu, aur khalihanon ko garat karte haiu. 2 Tab Daud ne Khudawanb se puchha. ki Main jaun, aur un Filistfon ko maruu ? Khudawand ne Diud ko farmaya, Ja Filistion ko mar, aur Qailah ko bacha. 3 Us waqt Daiid ke rafiqou ne use kaha, ki Dekh, ham to yahau Yahiidah men darte haiu: pas agar ham Qailah men jake Filisti lashkarou ke samhne ja pareij, to hamarahal kya kuchh hogi ? 4 Aur Didd ne Khudawand se phir mashwarat kl. So Khuda'wand ne jawab meo farmaya, Uth, Qailah ko utar ja ; maig Filistion ko tere qabu men kar dunga. 5 To Daiid apne log leke Qailah ko gayi, aur Filistion se lara, aur un kf mawashi leaya, aur un se bari jang ki, aur Qailioij ko bachayd. G Aur aiaa hua, ki jab Ahimalik ka beta Abiwatr bhagke Qailah men Daiid pas gaya, to us ke hath men ek afud tha, jise wuh He gaya tha, 7 So Saul ko khabar hiii, ki Daud Qailah men pahuncha. Aur Sadl bola, ki Khuda ne use mere hath men kardiya ; kyunki wuh aise shahr men, jis men darwaze aur phatak hain, dakhil hoke mahbiis hua. 8 Aur Saiil ne manadi karke jang ke llye apne sare lashkar ko jama kiya, taki Qailah men. jake Dadd ko aur us ke logon ko gher le. 9 Aur jab Daud ne darySft kiya', ki Sadl chihta hai, ki chupke se use pakar le tab us ne Abiwatr kihin ko kaha, ki Afdd mujh pas la. 10 Aur Daud ne kaha, ki Ai KhudaVand, Israel ke Khuda, tere bande ne suna hai, Saul ka irada hai, ki Qailah men ^ke mere bais se shahr ko halak kare. 11 Kya Qailah ke log mujhe us ke hawale kardenge? Kya Sadl, jaisa tere bande ne suna hai, utrega? Ai Khuda'wand, Israel ke Khuda, inayat se apne bande ko bata. Kiiudawand ne kaha, Wuh utrega. 12 Tab Daud ne kaha, Kya Qailah kelog mujhe aur mere rafiqou ko Saul ke hawale kar denge, ya nahiu? Khuda'wand ne kaha, Hawale kar denge. 13 Tab Daud apne raf iqon samet, jo qarib chha sau admi ke the, utha, aur Qai- lah se nikal gaya, aur jidhar unhon ne rah p4i ndhar chale gaye. Aur Sadl ko khabar di gai, ki Didd Qailah se nikal gaya; to wuh jane se baz rahS, 14 Aur Didd ne bayaban ke bich basin maqamon men sukdnat ki, aur dasht i Zaif meo ek pahar ke bich raha: aur Sadl bar roz us ki talash meu laga hdi tha; par Khuda ne use us ke hath men na diya. 15 Aur Daud ne jis waqt j^na, ki Sadl us ke qatl par mustaidd hoke nikla, us waqt Didd dasht i Zaif ke bich ek ban men tha. 16 Aur wahao Sadl ka beta Yunatan utha, aur Khodawand ka nim leke us ke hath 24 BAB.] I. SAMUEL. 3-27 ko zor bakhshd. 17 Aur use kaha, Tu mat dar; ki tii mere bdp Saul ke hdtli na parosa: am- tii banf Israel ka badshah hoga, aur maiu martabe meo tujh sc bdd hounga; aur mere bap Saul ko bhi is bdt kii yaqfu liai. 18 So un donou ne Khuda- WAND ke age ahd o paiman kiya, Aur Daikl ban meu tluihra ralid, aur Yiinataii apno ghar ko gaya. 19 Tab Zaif ke log Jiba meo Saul pis charh de, aur use kahd, Kya Ddiid hasfn nuKiamou meuhamarc darmiyan ck ban meo koh i Ilakflah meu Yasfmoo kf jannbl jrinib chhipa nahiu baitha? 20 So ab tii, ai badshah, dial, aur apneji ki khwahish ke muwafiq kuch kar ; ki use badshah ke hath meij supurd dena humSrS zimnia hai. 21 Tab Saul bola, Kuuda'wand tumhen uckbakht kare; ki turn ne mujh par rahm kiya. 22 Ab jaiye, aur taiyar hoiye, aur khiib darydft kijiye, aur dekhi- ye ki us ki aniad o shud kidhar sc hai, aur wuh kaun hai jis ne use wahaij dekha hai: kyiiuki nuijhe khabar hui, ki wuh bara chatura hai. 23 So turn dekho, aur un khaioii ko jahan jahaij wuh pinhau rahta hai, daryaft karo, aur tah(ji(j khabar leke mujh pis phir ao, ki main tumhare sath chalke wuh rii i zamfn par jahan kahitj hoga hazaron bani Yahtidah men se use dhundh nikalunga. 24 So we uthe, aur Saul se peshtar Zaif ko gaye: us waqt Daud apne rafiqon samet dasht i Maiin ke bich Yasfmoij ki samt i janub ko ek maidan meo tha. 25 Bad us kc Saul aur us ke log bhi us ki talash men nikle. Aur Daud ko khabar pahunchi: so wuh Sila men utra, aur Maun ke Ijayaban men thahra raha; aur Saul ne yih sunke Maun ke baya- ban men Uiud ka taaqub kiya. 26 Sa Saiil pahar ki ek taraf se ghusa, aur Daiid apne rafiqoo samet pahar kf diisri taraf ko tha: aur Daud ne Saulkekhauf se jaldi kf, ki nikal j5e; is liyc ki Saiil aur us ke logon ne Diiid ko aur us ke rafiqon ko a.spas se gher liya tha, ki unheu pakar len. 27 Us wa(it ek qasid Saiil pis a pahunchi, aur bola, ki Jaldi kar, aur apne taiij pahnncha; ki Filiation ne sari zauiin par hamla kiya. 28 So Saul Diiid ke ragedne se phira, aur J'ilistioij ke samhne hiia: is liye unhou ne us jagah ka nam Sila ul makhlaqat rakha. 29 Aur Daiid wahau se nikalke Ain i Jadi ke bich hasfn maqamou men a thahra. XXIV. BAB. 1 Aur jab Saul Filistiou ka pichha karke phiri, to logon ne use phir khabar df, ki Daud Ain i Jadi ke bayaban meo hai. 2 So Saul sab Lani Israel meu se tin hazar intikhabi mard leke Wuiil ki pahirion kf taraf D.iiid ko aur us ke raficjon ko talash karne chain. 3 Tab bhtrs^aloij ki taraf se jo rah meij the us ka guzar hiia; wahau ekgar tha: so Saul usg;r uieufarigat karne ghusii; aur us waqt Dciiid apne logou samet us gar ke kinarou men baitha hiia th.i. 4 Aur Diiid ke logoo ne us ko kaha, Dekh, yih wuh din hai, jis ki babat is.uuDA'\VANu ne tujh ko farmaya ki Dekh, maiu tere dushuian ko tere hath men kar diingi, takijo teri ji chahe, so ti'i us se kare. So Daiid uthke Saul ki chadar ki koni chupke se kat legaya. 5 Aur bad us ke Daiid ka dil gamgin hiia, is liye ki us ne Saiil ki chidar ka kona kata. 6 Aur us ne apne logon se kaha, KucDAWANDyih na kare, ki maio apne sdhib par, jo K.^uuA'wA^D ki masih hai, dastdaruzi kariin, ki wuh KuudaVamj ka masih 328 I. SAMUEL. [25 BAB. liai. 7 Aur Ddud ne apne logou ko ye Mteo kahkc juda kiy^, aur unheD Saul par hath chalane na diya. Aur Sadl ne gar se nikalke apni rah li. 8 Aur bad us ke Dand utha, aur us gir meo se nikla, aur Saul ke pfchhe chillay^, ki Ai mere Khudawand badshah. Aur Saul ne pfchhe phirke dekha; tab Daud ne aundhe mugh zamfn par girke sijda kiya. 9 Aur Daiid ne Saiil ko kaha, Td kynu logou kf batou par kan dharta hai, jo kahte haio, ki Dekh, Dadd tera bad- khwah hai. 10 Dekh, Sj ke din tii ne apni aokhoo se dekhd, ki Khuda'wand ne aj ke din tujhe kyfinkar gdr ke bich mere qabu meo kar diy4 : aur kitnou ne mujhe kaha, ki tujhe marlnn; par merl aokhou ne terl riayat kf, aur maitj ne kaha, ki Main apne mdhk par hath na chalaunga ; ki Khuda'wanu ka masih hai. 11 Aur ai mere bip, dekh; hSo yih bhf dekh, ki terf rida ki kona mere hith men hai: ki jab main ne teri rida ka kona kata to tujhe mar na dala, so bawar kar, aur dekh, ki mere dil meu kisf tarah ki badi aur burai nahf n hai, aur maiu ne tera koi gunah nahfn kiyS ; aur tu hile se mujhe pakra chahta hai, taki halak kare. 12 Khcda- WAND merd tera insif kare, aur Khodawand tujh se mera intiqam lewe; par mera hath tujh par na uthega. 13 Aur jaisa qadfmf masar meo kaha gaya hai, ki Burou se burai hoti hai, par mera hath tujh par na uthegt. 14 BanI Israel ka badshah kis ke pfchhe nikla, aur tii kis ko ragedne ayS ? Kya mare hue kutte ko, yd ek pissd ko ? 15 Pas Khudawand hf hakim hoe, aur mere tere bfch insaf kare, aur dekhe, aur mere haqq ki himayat kare, aur tere hath ki taraf se mera insaf kare. 16 Aur jab I)aud ye baten Sanl ko kah chukS, to Saul bola. Mere bete Daod, yih terl awaz hai ? Aur Saul awaz buland karke roya. 17 Aur Dadd ko kaha, Td mujh se ziyada sidiq hai ; is liye ki td ne mujh se nek badla kiya, aur maio ne tujh se bura badla kiya. 18 Aur tu ne mujhe aj ke din apni khushsuldki dikhlal : ki Khuda'wand ne mujhe tere hath meu kar diya, aur td ne mujhe m^r na dila. 19 Is liye ki jab kof apne dushman ko pSt4 hai, to kya wuh use salamat chhorta hai ? So Khuda'wand us neki ke iwaz, jo td ne mujh se dj ke din kf, tujh ko nek jaza de. 20 Aur ab dekh, main janta hun ki tu badshah hoga, aur bani Israel ki saltanat tere hath meo sabit hogf. 21 So tu mujh se Khudawand kf qasam khake ydo kah, ki Maiu bad tere, teri nasi ko halak na kardnga, aur tere bap ke gharane meo se tere ndm ko na mita ddnga. 22 So Daud ne Saul se qasam ki. Aur Saul ghar ko chali gaya ; aur Daud aur us ke log panah kf jagah meg ja baithe. XXV. BAB. 1 Aur Samuel mar gaya, aur sare banf Israel jama hoke us par roe, aur Ramah meo Hs ke ghar ke bich use gard. Aur Daud uthke dasht i Faran ki taraf utra. 2 Aur wahao dasht i Maun meo ek shakhs tha, ki us ki Karniil meo bahut sa karbar tha ; yih shakhs bara maldar tha, ki tin hazdr bherou, aur ek hazar bakrioo ka m5lik tha : yih Karrail men apni bheroo ke bal katarta tha. 3 Aur us ka nim Nabal, aur us ki jord ka nam Abijail thi ; yih aurat bahut sanjida aur ^hushri'i thi ; par yih shakhs bara sakhtdil aur badkir tha ; aur bani QdUb ke kh^ndan se tha. 4 Aur Dadd ne bayibiu meg sund, ki Nabal bheroa ke b^l katar ralia hai. 25 BAB.] I. SAMUEL. a2!) 6 So Dadd ne das jawdn rawana kiye, aur unheo farmayS, ki Turn Karmil mco Nabal p^s jio, aur meni nam leke use salam kaho. G Aur mcrf taraf se kaho, ki Terf uinr daraz ho, aur tujh par saUm, aur tore ghar par salam, aur un sab par salam jo tere pas haio. 7 Mail) ne ab suna hai, ki tore pSs bSl katarnew^le haio, aur tere garnriye dasht mcu hamSrc sith the ; so ham ne unheu satSya nahfu, aur jab tak we Karmil meo hamirc sith the, un ka kuchh nuqsan nahfo hfia. 8 Tu apne guliraou se pnchh, ki we tujh se kahenge ; so tii apnc khadimoo par karam kf nazar kar, is liyc ki ham achchhc din ae haiij ; mihrb^nf kfjiye, aur jo kuchh ip se ho sake apnc lj:hidiraoi) ko aur apne bete Didd ko ata kfjiye. 9 Aur Daud kc jawanoo ne ake Nabal ko Daiid ka nam leke un sdri baton kc muwafiq kah^, aur chup ho rahe. 10 So Nabal ne Dand ke logon ko jawab diya, aur yih kah5, D^dd kaun hai? YassI k4 beti kaun ? In rozoo meo bahut se gulam haip, jo apne aqaoo se bhag gaye. 1 1 Kya maiij apni rotf aur pint aur gosht, jo main ne apne katarncwaloo ke liye pakaya hai leke uiv logoij ko duo, jinheo maio nahfu janta ki we kahan se haiij ? 12 Aur Daud ke jawanoo ne murajaat karke apnf rah If, aur phire, aur ae, aur un sab batoij ke muwifiq us ko khabar di. 13 Tab Daud ne apne logoo ko kaha. Turn sab ke sab talwareo bandho. Aur Daud ne bhi sharasher hamail kf: so qarib char sau jawin ke Daud ke s^th chale, aur do sau asbdb ke pas rahe. 14 So ek ne gulaniog men se Nabal kf joru Abijail se zikr kiya, ki Dekh, Daud ne bayaban se hamdre aqa pis mubarakbad kahne ke liye qasid bheje ; par us ne un par jhapatta kiya : lo Aur un logoo ne ham se nihayat nekf kf hai, ki ham ne dukh na paya, aur jab tak ham un meo mile rahe, aur maidanou men the, tab tak hamara kuchh nuqsan nahfo hul. 16 Balki ham jab tak ki un ke sath mawashi charate rahe, to rat ko bhi aur din ko bhi dfwar ki tarah ham un kf panah meo the. 17 So ab samajh, am- soch, ki td kya karegf ; ki hamare aqa par, aur us ke sare gharane par bala nazil hda ch.ahti hai : ki wuh shararat ka aisa hf betd. hai, ki ko! us kedge bdt nahin kar sakta. 18 Tab Abijail jaldi se uthf, aur do sau girde rotion ke, aur shardb ki do mashkeo, aur panch bhcfeg pakake, aur pinch paimane ata, aur ek sau t:ho8he kishmish ke, aur do sau matke anjiron ke sath lie, aur unhen gadhou par lada, 19 Aur apne gulamoo ko kaha, ki Mujh se age rawana ho, aur maio tumhare pfchhe ati hdu. Aur us ne apne shauhar Nabal ko khabar na kf. 20 Aur joo hfu wuh gidhe par charh'cc daman i ko!i tak pahunchf woohfo Daud apne logou samet utarte hue us ke samhne aya ; aur us ne un se mulaqi't ki. 21 Aur Dadd ne kahi tha, ki Maio ne us ke sab mal kf, jo bayaban mco tha befaida is tarah nigahbanf kf, jo us ka kuchh nuqsan na hua : ki us ne nekf ke iwaz mujh so bad! kf. 22 So agar maio .subh ki roshni hiic par ek ko bhi baqf chhordo, jo us ki dfwar par mdte, to Khuda Daud ke dushmanoo ke liye aisa kare, balki us se ziyada. 23 Aur Abijail ne jo Dadd ko deklia to phurti kf, aur gadhe se utri, aur Daud ke ige aundhf giri, aur zamiu par sijda kiy.i , 24 Aur us kc paoo par gir pari, aur boli, Mujh par, ai mere Khuda wand, mujlihi par )ih gunah rakh, aur apni laundi ko parw^nagf dijiyc, ki ap ke kan meo bat karc, aur apni kaniz kf arz suniye. 25 Meni Khudawand us sharfr shakhs par apni khiyal na kare, us Nabal par : ki jaisi us ka nam hai, waisdhf wuh hai ; us ka nam Nabal hai, aur Rr 330 1. SAMUEL. [2.1 BAB. himaqat uskesath hai; aurmaio ne jo terl laundf hun apne Khudawandke jawanoo ko, jinheo 5p ne bheja thd, na dekha thd. 26 So ab, ai mere sahib, Khuha- waND ki qasam jo jltd hai, aur apni jan hi ki saugand, ki Khudawand ne tujhko khunrezf se, aur intiqam lene se baz rakhl aur tere dushman aur we jo mere sahib ke badkhwah haiij Nabdl hi jaise hon. 27 Ab yih tabarruk, jo teri laundi apne s4hib ke huziir lai hai, so un jawanou ko, jo tere qadam baqadam chalte haio, diyd jdwe. 28 Karam se apni kaniz ka gunah bakhsh dijiye:ki Khuda'wand mere sihib ke liye gharani sabit karega ; is liye ki mera milik Khuda'wand ki laraian larta hai, aur tujh meij tamam unir burai na pai gaf. 29 Lekin ek shakhs utha, ki tujhe ragede, aur teri jan halak kare : par mere sahib k! jin zindagi ke buqche men Khtida'wand mere Khudd ke sath liptf rahe ; aur tere dushmanon ki janen sang i falakhun ke manind phenk di jaweu. 30 Aur aisi howe, ki jis waqt Khut)Awand apne kahe ke muwdfiq sart nekiiln mere sahib se kar chuke, aur tujh ko bani Israel par musallit kare, 31 To yih bat mere liye d4m na ho, aur mere sahib ke dil ki thokar ka bais na ho, ki begunah lahd bahawe, ya meri sahib apna intiqim le : auraisa bhi ho, ki jab Khudavvanb mere sahib par mihrbini kare, to td apni kaniz ko yad farm£we. 32 Aur Daud ne Abijail ko kaha, ki Khudawand Isrdel ka Khuda mubarak hai,ki jis ke hukm se dj ke din tii ne mujh se niulaqlt ki, 33 Aur teri aql mubarak, aur tii mubarak hai, ki td ne mujh ko aj ke din khunrezi se aur intiqim lene se bdz rakhd. 34 Kyiinki Khudawand Israel ki Khuda zinda hai, ki us ne mujhe us se baz rakhS, ki tujh se badi kardu, aur figar td phurti na karti, aur mujh pas chali na ati, to subh ki roshni tak Nabal ka ek blii baqi na rahta, jo dfwdr par mntta. 35 Aur Dadd ne us ke hath se jo kuchh ki wuh us ke liye la! thi liya, aur use kaha, Apne ghar salamat ja : dekh, maitj ne tera siikhan mana, aur teri munh kiya. 36 Tab Abijail Nabal pas di, aur dekho, ki us ne apne ghar meo badshdhana jashn kiya tha ; aur Nabal kaji apne men bahut hi magan hua thd, aur wuh nihayat matwdla hua tha : so us ne use thora. bahut kuchh na kaha, yahdo tak ki subh ho gai. 37 Aur aisa hda, ki subh ko, jab Nabal ka nasha utra, aur us ki joru ne sarguzasht us se duhral, to us ka dil us ke sine meo bajh gaya, aur wuh patthara gay.1. 38 Aur aisa hda, ki das din ke bad Khuda'wand ne Nabdl ko mard, aur wuh margayd. 39 Aur jab Dadd ne sund, ki Nabal mara, to kaha, Khuda'wand mubdrak hai, ki jis ne Nabal se mera badla liyd, aur apne bande ko badi se baz rakhd : ki Khuda- -WAND ne Nabal ki shardrat ko usi par dald. Aur Dadd ne paigdm bheja, aur Abijail se bat ki, tdki use apni joru kare. 40 Aur Didd ke khadim Karmil ko gaye, aur Abijail ko paiyam pahunchayd, ki Dadd ne ham ko tujh pas bheja, ki ham tujh ko us kf joru bandne ke liye leweu. 41 So wuh uth kharf hui aur za- mfn par mathd ghisa, aur boli, ki Dekh, teri laundi naukari ke liye hdzir hai tdki apne khdwind ke khadimoc ke panw dhoe. 42 Aur Abijail ne jaldi kf, aur uthke gadhe par sawdr hdi, aur pdnch laundiaij apni jilau men liyaij : aur Diud ke qasidoQ ke sath rawana hui, aur us ki jord bani. 43 Aur Dadd ne Yazrael men se Akhi- nuam ko LhTjord kiya; so we donon us ki Jordan hdin. 44 Par Saul ne apni beti Maikal, jo Daud ko di thi, Lais ko be^e Jallinii Phalti ko df. 2G BAB.] I. SAMUEL. 331 XXVI. BAM. 1 Ahl i Zaif Jiba nieo Saiil p5s 5e, aur bole, ki Dddd Hakllah ke pahdr n»eOi jo Yasimon ke samhne liai, chhipd'hua hai. 2 So Saul utha, aur tfn bazar intikhabi IsracU jawin Icke dasbt i Zaifko gayd, tdki Daiid ko tal-ish kare. 3 Aur kohistin i Hakflah ineD, jo Yasimon ke samhne hai, j4te hue khaimazan hai : aur Diud dasbt nieu thahra tha ; so us ne dekha, ki Saul uski pfchha kiye hue dasht ko chala 5ta liai. 4 Pas DaiJd ne jasus bheje, aur daryaft kiya, ki Saiil falanc makan meo aya. 5 Tab Dai'ui ulhke Saiil ke kbaimagah ko chal^, aur Daiid ne us makin ko jahaa Saul aram karta thi dekha ; aur Naiyir ka bet^ Abinaiyir us ke lashkar kd sardar tha : aur Saul apiie ihate meu soti thi, aur lashkar u? ke girdagird khaimoo nieo tha. 6 Us waqt Daiid ne Hitti Akhimalik, aur Zaruyah ke bete Abishai ko, jo Yuab ki. bhai thi, kahi, Kaun mere sath Saul ke khaime meo utrega ? Abishai bold, Maiu tcra sith diinga. 7 So Da 'id aur ALishai rat ko lashkar nieu ghuse; aur us waqt Saiil ihite meu sota tha, aur us ka neza sirhane zamin meo gira tha ; aur Abinaiyir aur ahl i lashkar us ke gird soe the. 8 Us dam Abishai ne Daud ko kaha, Khuda ne aj ke din tere dushman ko tere qabii meu kar diya : ab hukm ho, to main use ueze se ekhi bar men marke zamfn ke bich chhed luij, aur dobara na marniiga. 9 So Daud ne Abishai ko kaha, use jan se mat mar: kyiinki Khuda'- WA>D ke masih par kaun hai jo hath uthawe, aur begunah rahe ? 10 Aur Daud ne kaha, ki Khuda'wand i hai ki qasam hai ya Khudawand ap us ko mirega, ya us ki diu awega, ki wuh apni maut se marega, 3 a wuh jang par charhega, aur miri jaegi. 11 Lekin Kuuda'wand na kare, ki maiij Khuda'wand ke masih par hath chalauQ : par ap us ke sirhine se yih neza aur pSni ki chhigal le lijiye, aur ham chale chaleo. 12 So Dadd ne neza am* pan! ki chhagal Saul ke sirhane se leli aur chal nikla ; aur yih kisi ne na dekha, aur na jana, aur koi na jaga ; ki we sab ke sab pare sote the ; ki Khudawam) ki taraf se bhari nind un par ai thi. 13 Aur Diiid Saul ke pas sc guzarke dnr ek pahar ki choti par khara hua, aur un ke darmiyan ek bari raasifat thi ; 14 Aur Daud ne logoo ko, aiu" Naiyir ke bete Abinaiyir ko pukarke kaha, ki Ai Abinaiyir, jawab nahio deti ? Tab Abinai- yir ne jawib diya, aur kaha, Tu kaun hai, jo badshah ko pukirti hai? 15 Tab Daud ne Abinaiyir ko kaha, Kya tii baia bahadur nahin, aur bani Israel meu tujh sa kaun hai ? So kis liye tii ne apne Khudiwaud badshah ki nigahbani na ki ? ki lashkar meo se ek shakhs tere Khudiwand badshah ke qatl karne ko gaya. 16 Pas yih kamta ne kuchh aclichha na kiya; Khuda'wand ki hayit ki qasam, ki turn w.ijib ul qatl ho, kydnki turn ne apne aqa ki, jo Khuda'wand ka masih hai, nigah- bani na ki. Aur ab dekh, ki badshah ka barchha, aur pani ki chhagal, jo us ke sirhane thi, kahau hai. 17 Tab Saiil ne Daud ki awaz pahchani, aur kaha, Ai mere bete Dadd, yih teri sada hai ? Didd bola, Ai meie khudawand aur bidshah, yih meri hi iwaz hai. 18 Aur D.idd ne kahi, Meri khudawand kydo is tarah apne khadim ke pichhc pa.ri hai ? Maiu ne kyi kiya hai ? aur mere hath se kya gunah hdi ? 19 So ab maiu teri minnat karti hdo, ai mere khudawand badshih, apne bande ki bitoo par kaii rakh, agar mujh par teri charhai Khudawand ki marzi se hai, to wuh hadiya sdnghe : aur agar idmioo ke kahe se hai, to Khidawand ki 11 r 2 332 I. SAMUEL. [27 BAB. lanat un par ho; tyfinki we aj ke dinniujh ko IjhSrij karte haiu, ki maiu Khwda- WANU kf manilukat meo shimil nahlu ho sakta huo, aur mujhe kahte haiu, J^, dusre mibudou ki ibadat kar. 20 So ah Kuudawand ke huziir ineri khun zamfn par mat chhirak, kyunki bani Israel kii b^dshSh ek pissu paka.ne is tarab niklahai, 3aise koi kohistfin meo titar ka shikar karta hai. 21 Tab Saul nekah^, Maiu ne khata ki: ai mere bete DSud, chaU jS; ki maio phir tujhe na sat^ungS, is liye kimeri j^naj ke din teri nigah meo aziz hui: dekh maio ne himlqat ki, aur bahut bari khata kf. 22 Aur D^ad ne jawab meo kah^, ki yih badshah k& neza hai! so bahadurou men se ek awe, ki use lejawe. 23 Aur Khuda'wahd har sha^hs ko uski sadiqat aur amSnat ke muwafiq jazSde: ki Khucawand ne aj tujhe mere qabu meo kar diy^; par maio ne na chaha, ki Khxjda'wand ke maslh par h^th uthaiio. 24 Aur dekh, jis tarah teri zindagani meri ^nkhoy men Sj ke din aziz nazar &i, isi tarah jSn, ki meri zindagani Khuda- wand ki nigah meo aziz hogi; so wuh mujhe sab taklifon se rihai bakhshega. 25 Aur Sanl ne Daud ko kahS, To mubarak hai, ai mere bete Daud: tu bare bare kam karegi, aur tu fathmand hoga. So Daud apni rah chala gaya, aur Saul apne makan ko phirS. XXVII. BAB. 1 Akhir ko Daud ne apne dil meo kahi, ki Ab main ek din Saul ke h£th meo parke halak lioung^ : pas mere liye is se bihtar kuchh nahio, ki maio bh^gke Filistion ki sarzamin men ja rahno ; aur Saul mujh se naumed hoke bani Israel ki sarhaddoD meo phir mujhe na dhundhegS: sous ke hath se mera chhutkara hoga. 2 Tab D4ud apne sath ke chha saujawanoo ko leke Jannat ke badshah Mank ke bete Akis ki taraf guzrd. 3 Aur Daud apne logon ke sSth jin meo se harek apne gharane samet tbS, apni donon joru^u Akhiniiara ko, jo Yazrael ki thi, aur Karmili Abijail ko jo Nabal ki joru thi, leke Jannat men Akfs ke sath raha. 4 Aur Sanl ko khabar pahunchi, ki Daud Jannat ko bhag gaya; so us ne phir us k& pichh^nakiya. 5 So Daud ne Akis se kaha, Agar tujh ko mujh par karam ki nazar hai, to apni mamlukat meo se kisi basti men mujh ko itni jagah de, ki main wah^o basuu : kis waste tera banda tere s^th darulsaltanat meo rahe ? C So Akis ne us din shahr i Siqlag use diya : is liye Siqlag Sj ke din tak Yihudah ke badshahoo ke tasarruf meo hai. 7 Aur D^ud Filistioo ki zamin meo bilkuU solah mahine rahS. 8 Aur Daud ne apne logoo ko leke Jasiir aur Jirz aur AmSliq ke logoo par hamla kiyi: ki we Jasur ki sarhadd se leke Misr ke siwane tak qadim se baste the. 9 Aur Daud ne un ki sarzamin ko kharab kiya, aur un ke zan omard ko jiti nachhori, aur un ki bher bakri^o, aur bail, aur gadhe, aur nnt, aur kapre lie, aur Akis pas phir Ayi. 10 Aur Akis ne puchhS, ki Aj tu ne kis par hamla kiyS? So Daud boll, Yihudah ke janub aur Yarahmieli ke janub, aur QainI ke janub par. 11 Aur Daud ne un men se ek mard aur ek aurat ko bhi jitS na chhori, jo Jannat tak Ijhabar lejae, ta na howe ki hamare barkhilaf yih khabar pahunche, ki Diud ne aisd aur aisl kiya, aur jab se ki wuh Filistioo ki mamlukat nieu ^ rahi, tab se us ka dastur aisahi th^. 12 Aur Akis kd D^ud par iatimid huS, kyunki 28 BAB] I. SAMUEL. 33« usne kahS, ki j'ih apnl guroh Israel ke fige baluit badn^ni hogaya; so ab liamesl)a ko vih iner.i khridini ban^. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur unhii) rozoo nieo aisa hii^, ki Filistioo ne apni faujeu jama kiydo, Wki bant Israel se lareo : tab Akfs ne Daud se kaha, Tii yaqfn jan, ki tujhe aur tere logOD ko mere sath laraf par cbalnS boga. 2 So Daiid ne Akfs ko kahd, Tujhe daryaft ho jaega, jo kuchh ki tere bande se ban parega. Aur Akts ne D&iid ko kah£, Pas maio apne sir kf nig^hbani hamesha ke liye tujhe diingS. 3 Aur Samuel mar chuka thfi, aur bani Israel us par roe the, aur use usi ke shahr meo jo Ramah tha, gafi tha : aur Sanl ne un logoj) ko jin ke y^r deo the, aur afsiingaroD ko mulk se kharij kar diyitha. 4 So Filistf jama hoke ie, aur Siinem ko khaimagah kiya ; aur Saul ne bhf sab banf Israel ko jama kiya, aur Jilba meo khaima khara kiya. 5 Aur jab Saul ne Filistioo ka lashkar dekha to hirasan hCii, aur us ki dil nihayat kampa. 6 Aur us dam Saul ne Khuea'wand se mashwarat puchhf, par Khudawand ne use kuchh jawab na diya, na to khwSbou se, aur na urim se, aur na nabloo kl marifat se. 7 Tab Saul ne apne khadimoo ko kahi, Aisf aurat ko, ki jis ka ydr deo ho, mere liye taldsh karo, taki maio us pas jaiin, aur us se puchhiio. So khidimon ne use kahi, ki Dekh Ain i Darke bfch ek aurat hai, jis ka yar deo hai. 8 So Saul ne apne poshak utarf, aur dusri poshlk pahini, aur gaya', aur do shakhs us ke sith hiie ; aur* rit ko us aurat ke pas pahuncha, aur use kaha, Mihrbani karke mere liye apue yir deo se mashwarat kijiye, aur us komere liye charhSiye, jis ko main kahunga 9 Tab us aurat ne uee kaha, dekh, tu j^nta hai, ki Saul ne kya kiya, ki us ne un ko jin ke yir deo the, aur afsungaroo ko mulk se kat dala : pas td kyiiji meri jan par phanda marti hai, ki mujhe marwa dale ? 10 Tab Saul ne Khudawand kf qasam khake kaha, ki Khudawand kf hayat kl qasam, ki us bat ke liye tujh par kol afat na paregf. 11 Tab wuh aurat bolf, Maio kis ko tujh par charhauo? Wuh boU, Samuel ko mere liye charha. 12 So us waqt us aurat ne Samuel ko dekhi, aur buland iwaz se chikh niari: aur us aurat ne Saul ko kaha, Tu ne mnjh se kyiiQ dagi kf? tu to Saul hai. 13 Tab bidshah ne use kaha, Hirasan mat ho: td kya dekhti hai? Us aurat ne Saul ko kaha, ki Maio mlbddoo ko dekhta hun, ki zamfn se charhte hain. 14 Tab us ne use kaha, ki us kf shakl bata. Wuh boll, ki Ek bnrlja idmf dpar ko jata hai, aur lihif orhe hue hai. Tab Saul no daryift kiya ki wuh Samuel hai, aur us ne munh ke bal girke zamTn par sijda kiya. 15 Tab Samuel ne Saul ko kaha, tii ne kydo mujhe bechain kiyS, ki mujhe charhayi. Saul bola, Maio bare ranj meo hdu, ki Filistf mujh se larte haio, aur Khudi ne mujhe chhor diy4 hai, aur kuchh jawab nahfn deta hai, na to nabfoo ki marifat se mujhe kuchh jawSb deta hai, aur na khwaboo se: is liye main ne tujhe bulaya, taki td mujhe batliwe, ki maio kya karuo ? 16 So Samuel ne kaha, Pas mujh se kis liye puchhta hai, jojanta hai, ki K-huda'wanh ne tujhe chhor diyi hai aur tera dushman band hai? 17 Aur Khuda'wand no to apni taraf se aisahi kiya, jo us ne merS marifat se kaha, ki Khcda'wand ne tere qabze se saltanat chak kar li hai, aur tore qarib ko, jo Daud hai, inSyat kf hai : 18 Is liye ki td 834 I. SAMUEL. [-29 BAB. KnuDA'wANnkf sadd k^ shinawA na hiia, aur tii ne Amiliq se us ke qahr i shadid ke niuw^fiq kSm na kiya, is! sabab se Khudawand ne aj ke din tujh se yih kuchh kiya. 19 So Khudawand banf Israel ko tujh samet Filistioo ke hath meugirift^r karwdega, aur kal tu aur tere bete mnjh pas honge ; aur Khud awanb Israeli lashkar ko bhi Filistiou ke qSbd nieu kar dega. 20 Tab Saul fauran zamin par lamba ho ke gira, aur Samiiel ki blton se us ne bara haul ishaya; aur us meij kuchh qiiwat biqt na thi, is liye ki us ne din bhar aur rat bhar kuchh na khayd. 21 Tab wuh aurat Saul pas df, aur dekha ki wuh behal para hiii hai ; so us n? use kaha, ki Delih, teri laundi ne teri awaz suni aur main ne apni jan apnf hatheli par rakhf aur jo kuchh tft ne mujhe farinaya, maio us kf shinawa huf : 22 So ab tu bhf mihrbanf karke apni laundi ki bat sun, aur parwanagi de, ki main ek tukra roti tere huzur lauo, tii use kha t4ki tujhe itn! quwat ho, ki apnf rah chala jSe. 23 Par us ne na mana, aur kaha, Maio nahio khane ka. Phir us ke khadimoo ne us aurat ke sith hoke us par taqaza kiy£, tab us ne un ka kaha minS, ki zanitn par se utha, aur palang par baitha. 24 Aur us aurat ke ghar meo ek mota bachhra tha; so us ne use jaldi zabh kiya, aur ata leke gundha, aur fatiri rotfao pakain: 25 Aur Sadl aur us ke khadimoe ke huziar laf, aur unhou ne khayS, aur uthe, aur usi rat wahao se chale gaye. XXIX. BAB. I So FilisttoD ke sab lashkar Afiq meo faraham hue the ; aur bani Israel Yaz - rael ke chashme par khaimazan the. 2 Aur Filistfou ke umara, jo saikroo aur hazaroo ke sarlashkar the, age age jate the ; aur Daud apne logon samet Akfs ke sith pichhe pfchhe guzri. 3 Tab Filistf amiroij ne kahi, In Ibranfou ka yahao kyi kam hai? Aur Akis ne Filisti amlron ko kaha, yih Isriel ke badshah Saiil k& chlkar Didd nahin hai, jo itne dinou aur itne barasoo se mere sath hai, aur maitj ne jab se ki wuh mujh pas a gira hai aj ke din tak us men kuchh badi nahfo paf ? 4 Tab Filisti umara us se nakhush hue; aur unhou ne use kaha, ki Is shakhs ko yahau se pher bhej, ki wuh apnf jagah par, jo td ne use di hai, phir jae, aur ham- ire sath jang men sharik na ho, ta aisa na ho ki jang ke waqt wuh ham se dushmanf kare: kyunki wuh apne sahib ko apne se kis tarah razi karega, magar jab ki hamare sir kate? 5 Kya yih wuhi Diud nahfn, jis ki babat we ndchte hue gate the, ki Saul ne to apne hazarou mare, aur Daud ne apne bahut se das hazar. 6 Tab Akis ne Dadd ko talab kiya, aur use kaha, Khuda'wand i hai kf qasam, ki tu rastkdr hai, aur teri amad o shud lashkar meu mere sath meri nazar meo bihtar : ki maio ne jis din se ki td mujh pas aya aj ke din tak tujh men kuchh badi nahin paf, lekin umara tujh se razi nahin. 7 So td ab murajaat kar, aur salamat chala ja, taki Filisti umara tujh se naraz na howen. 8 Tab Daiid ne Akfs ko kaha, ki Mera kya gunah aur td ne us muddat men, Id main tere sath raha ij ke din tak mujh meo kaimsa nuqsan paya ki main apne khudawand badshih ke du.shmanoD se qital na kardu? 9 Tab Akfs ne Daud kojaw^b diya, ki Yih mujh ko malum hai, aur td meri nazar men Khuda ke firishte ke manind achchha hai: lekin Filisti umara ne kaha hai, ki Wuh hamare sath jang ke liye na j£e. 10 So ab tu subh sawere apne aqa ke kh^dimun samet, jo tere sath yahao ie haifl, 30 HAD.] I. SAMUEL. '''SJ uthke failfaur subh kf roshnf bote hi chala ja. 11 So Dand apne logon samet siibh sawere utba, taki fajr ko wahao sc chalkc Filistfou ke mulk ko phir jdwe: aur Filisti Yazrael par charhe. XXX. BAB. I Aur aisa hua ki jab Daud aur us ke log tisre din Siqlag men pahunche, to Amaliqf jani'ib kt samt se Siqlag par charh ae the, aur unhou ne Siqlag ko IntS, aur ag so phunk diva tha; 2 Aur auratou ko, jo wahaij thiu asfr kiy^, par kisi chhote bare ko qatl na kiya, magar unhcu leke chale gaye. 3 So Dand aur us ke lo» shahr mco dakhil hue, aur dekhS, ki shahr jala paid hai; aur un kf jorudp, aur us ke bete aur un ki betlao aslr ko galo haiu- 4 Tab Diiid aur un logon ne, jo usj ke sath the, awazeo buland kitj, aur roe, yahau tak ki un men taqat rone kf na rahi. 5 Aur Daud kf donoo joruao, Yazraeli Akhinuam aur Abijail bhi jo dge Karmili Nabal kS joru thf, asir ho gafo thio. 6 Aur Daud nipat dilgir tha, kyiinki log chahte the, ki us par pattharao kareo ; is liye ki un men se harek apne beton aur betfoQ ke liye nipat dilgir tha: par Daud ne KhudaVand apne Khuda se quwat p4i. 7 Aur Daud ne A^himalik ke bete Abiwatr kahin ko kaha, Main terf minnat karta huo, ki efod mujh pis le ae. So Abiwatr efod Daiid pasle aya. 8 Aur Daud ne Khidawand se salah puchhf, aur kaha, ki Maio us fauj ka taaqub karun, ki nahfu? Maio unhen paunga ki nahin ? Us ne jawabmen farniaya, Ta5qub kar; ki tu unhetj jald paega, aur beshakk un se chhura laega. 9 So Daud chha sau jawanoo ko apne sath leke chala, aur Basiir ke nale tak Sya, aur baze wahan par rah gaye. 10 Par Daud chdr sau jawanon se un ka taaqub kiye chala gaya : kyunki do sau pichhe rah gaye, ki aise thak gaye the, ki Basur ke nale pir ja na sake. 1 1 Aur unhoo ne maidan men ek Misri ko paya ; so use Daud pas le ae, aur use rotf kh^ne ko df ; so us ne khaf, aur use pani bhi pilaya • 12 Aur unhoo ne anjirkematke se kuchh, aur kishmish ke do khoshe use dive: aur jab wuh kha chuka, to us ke dam men dam ^ya; kyunki us ne tin shabana roz se na roti khai thi na pan! piya tha. 1.3 Tab Daud ne us se puchha, Tu kaun hai? aur tu kahao ka hai? Wuh jawan bola. Main ek Misri bun, aur ek Amaliqi ka gulam hug; mera aqa mujh ko chhor gaya, ki main tin din se bfmar tha. 14 Ham Kareti ke janubpar aur bani Yihudah ki sarhadd. aur Qahb ki janilb par bhi charh gaye the; aur ham ne Siqlag ko ag se phunk diya. 15 Aur Daud ne use kaha, Tii mujhe us jamaat tak lejane sakta hai? Wuh bola, Mujh se Khuda ki qasam khake kah, ki Main tujhe jan se na marunga aur na tujhe tere aqa ke hawalc karunga', to maiu tujh ko us jamaat tak lejaunt'a. 16 So wuh usko wahao legaya, aur dekho ki we sab zamfn kf satah par phaile hiie the, aur khatepite aur nachtc the, kyunki unhon ne Filistioo aur Yihi'ulah ki sarhadd Be bahut s4 mal luta tha. 17 So Daud ne pau phatne ke waqt se leke usi din ki sham tak un ko qatl kiya : aur un meu se ek bhi janbar na hua, masar char sau jawan admf uoton par charhke bhig nikle. 18 Aur Daiid ne sab jo kuchh ki Amiliqi le gaye the chhura liya, aur apni donog joruou ko bhi Daiid nc chhuraya 19 Aur un ke chhote bare, aur be0 beta, aur mal dauiat. jo chhfn gai thi, phir 336 I. SAMUEL. [31 BAD. iiiiU: aur Daud ne sab ko phcr paya. 20 Aur Daiid ne aiti bher bakifSg, aur g^e bail le lie, aur bola ki yih Daud ka mal hai. 21 Aur Daiid un do sau jawanoo pas, jo thakkc Daud ke sSth ja na sake the, aur Basur ke nale par rah gaye the, phir aya : aur we Daud ke aur us ke logon ke istiqbil ko nikle : aur jab Daud no un ke barabar pahuncha, to us ne un se khair o afiyat puchhf. 22 Us waqt badzat logou aur shariou ne jo Daud ke sath gae the, yih bat kahi, Azbaski ye hamare sath na gae, ham un ko us mil men se jo ham ne paya hai, hissa na denge, magar yihi ki harek apni joruon aur beta beti ko lewe, aur chala jae. 23 So Daud bola, Ai mere bhdio, Khuda'wand ne ham ko yih sab kuchh diyi, aur us ne hameo bachayi, aur jamaat ko, ki jis ne hamen luta tha, hamare qabii men kar diyi, so turn aisa na karo. 24 Aur tumhari yih bat kaun manega ? wuh jo qital men sath tha, jaisi wuh hissa paega, waisahi wuh jo pario par thahar raha paega : donon baribar hissa paeuge. 25 So us ne us din se bani Israel ke liye yihi qanun aur ain muqarrar kiya. 26 Aur Daiid Siqlag men aya, aur us ne lut ke mal men se bani Yihiidah ke buzurgoij, aur apne doston ke liye hissa bheja, aur kaha, ki Dekho Khudawanj) ke dushmanou ke m'U meu se yih tumhara hissa hai : 27 Aur unheu bheja, jo Baitel meo the, aur unhen jo Ramat ul najib meu, aur unhen jo Watir meo the, 28 Aur unheu jo Arair men the, aur unhen jo Sifmot men, aur uuhea jo Istamiia meo the, 29 Aur unhen jo Rakhil meu the, aur unheu jo Yarahmiel ke shahrou meu, aur unheo jo Qainiou ke shahron men, 30 Aur unhen jo Hurmah men the, aur unheu jo Kurasan men, aur unheu jo Atak meg, 31 Aur unheu jo Habrun meu the, anr un sab jagahon men, jahan jahau Daiid aur us ke log phira karte the, bheje. XXXI. BAB 1 Aur Filisti jo the so bani Israel se jang karte the, aur bani Israel Filisti ke samhnc se bhage, aur kohistan i Jilbiia men mar gire. 2 Aur Filistion ne Saul aur us ke beton ka sakht taaqub kiya, aur Yiinatan aur Abinadab aur Malkisua ko, jo Saiil ke bete the, mar liya. 3 .Aur Saul ke muqabil bari khiinrezi ki aur tirandazon ne use hadaf kiya, aisa ki wuh tirandazoa ke hathou se nihayat tang hiia. 4 Tab Saiil ne apne silahbardar se kaha, Apn! talwar khinch, aur mujhe chhed le, ta na howe, ki ye namakhtun awen, aur mujhe chhe'd karen, aur meri istihzl karen. Par us ke silahbardar ne qabiil na kiya, is liye ki wuh nihayat dara : tab Saul ne talwar li, aur us par gira. 5 Aur jab ki us ke silahbardar ne dekha, ki Saiil mar gaya, to wuh bhi apni talwar par gira, aur margaya. 6 So Saiil aur us ke tfnou bete, aur us ka silahbardar, aur us ke sab raffq usi din sab ke sab mar mite. 7 A'ir we Israeli mard, jo us dasht ki ddsri samt the, aur we jo Yardan ke par the, yih dekhke ki bani Israel bhage, aur Saul aur us ke bete mare pare, bastiao chhorke bhag nikle ; aur Filisti ae, aur wahau base. 8 Aur diisre din subh kojis waqt Filisti ae, tiki lashou ko nanga kareu, to un- hoa ne Saiil aur us ke tin betoij ko koh i Jilbiia men papa p^ya. 9 So unhoo ne us ka sir kat liya, aur us ke hathyar leke Filistiou ki mamlukat men bhejwa diyc, tiki un ke butkhanou men aur logou meu uski khushkhabari pahunchawey. 10 So I BAB.] n. SAMUEL. 337 iinhoD ne us ke hathyarou ko Istarat ke ghar men rakha ; aur us kf lish ko Baiti- shan ki shahrpandh par nasb kiyd. 11 Aurjab Yabfefou ne, jo Jili4d meo the, sund, ki Filistioo ne Saul se yno kiya, 12 To un meo ke sire bahddur uthe, aur tamam rat chale gaye, aur Baitishan ki shahrpandh par se us ki I4sh uske betoQ ki lash samet leke Yabis men phir de. 13 Aur wahdn un ki Idsheij jald diydu, aur un ki haddi'oD ko leke Yabfs meo un ki ek baliit ke tale gdr diyd, aur sat din tak roza rakha. SAMUEL KU DUSRI' KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Aur aisa hud ki Saiil ke mar jane, aur Ddud ke AmdlfqioB se qitdl karke phin- tie bdd, Daiid SiqlSg meo do din raha ; 2 Aur tisre din aisd hua, ki ek shalfhs Saul ke lashkar se, pairdhan chak kiye hue, aur sir par khdk ddle hue, dya, aur Ddud ke pas pahunchke zamin par gird aur sijda kiya. 3 Aur Ddud ne use kahd, Tu kahdo se dta hai ? Wuh bold, Maio bani Isrdel ke lashkar se bach nikla hiin. 4 Tab Daiid ne us se puchhd, Kyi khabar hai? mujh se kahiye. Wuh bold, ki Log janggah se bhdge, aur bahut se gir gae, aur mar gae, aur Saul aur uaka betd Yunatan bhi mar gayd. 6 Tab Ddud ne us shalchs ko, jisne us ko yih khabar df, kahd, Tu ne kyunkar jdnd ki Saiil aur Yunatan mare ? 6 Us jawdn ne kaha, ki Maiu Jilbua ke kohistan meo ittifdqan wdrid hiia, aur us dam Saul apne neze par takiyd kiye hue thd, aur dekho, ki rathou aur sdrthfoo ne uskd sakht tadqub kiya. 7 Aur us ne pichhd phirke dekha, aur mujh par nigdh ki aur mujhe buldya. 8 Maio bold, Hazir. So us ne mujhe kaha, Tii kaun hai? Maio ne use kaha, Maio ek. Amdliqi huu- 9 Phir us ne mujhe kahd. Mere pas khard hoke mujhe qatl kar, ki maio bare azdb meu huu aur abtak merd dam mujh meo hai. 10 Tab maio us pas khard hiid aur use qatl kiya, kyunki mujhe yaqfn thd, ki ab jo wuh gird to bachega oahin ; aur maio ne us ke sir kd tdj, aur kangan jo us ke bdiii par thd liya, so maio unheo apne Ifhudawand pas Idyd huQ. 11 Tab Ddiid ne apnd girebdn pakfd aur chdk kiya aur us ke sdi*e logoo ne bhi aisehi kiyd ; 12 Aur we roe pile aur unhon ne Saul aur Yunatan aur Khuda'wand ke bandon aur Isrdel ke ghardne ke liye, jo talwdr se mdre pare the, sham tak roza rakhd. 13 Phir Ddud ne us shakhs se, jo yih khabar layd thd, puchha, Are tu kahdu kd hai ? Wuh bold, ki Maio ek parde.si kd betd aur ek Amdliqi brig. So Ddiid ne use kahd, Kya. tii Khudawanb ke masih par hath uthdte hue na dard ki Khudawand ke masih ko haldk kiyd. 15 Phir Ddiid ne ek jawdn ko buldyd aur kahd, Pds ho aur us par hamla kar. So us ne jate hi aisd hdth nidrd ki wuh mar gayd. 16 Aur Ddiid ne use kahd, Tera khun teri hi gardan par ho, ki tii hine apne munh se dp par gawdhJ di, aur kahd, ki Maiu ne Khudawand ke masih ko jan se mdra. 17 Aur Ddiid ne Saul aur us ke bete Yunatan par yih nauha gayd. 18 Aur farmayd, ki bani Yihtidih ko rekhta qaus kd sikhldyd jdwe. Dekh wuh Kitdb ul Yasir meo likhd hai. 19 Wuh gazdl, ai Lsrdel, tere pahdroy par mard para. Hde bahidur kyiiQ gir gae ! Jannat meo khabar na do, Asqalun ke bdzdroQ meo mani- S s 3r,3 II. SAMUEL. [« BAB^ (\i mat karo, na ho ki Filistion kf betlau khush hoc, na ho ki n^makhtunoo ki larkfau sh^diyina bajaeo. '.^1 Ai Jilbua ke paharo, turn par os na pare, turn par menh na barse, aur na hadiyoo ki khetidn hon, kyunki wahao bahaduroij ki sipar phenki gai, sipar Saul ki, goya us par tel na mala gaya thi. 22 Maqtulou ke khun se aur bahiduroo ki charbi se Yanatan ki kainan kabhi baz na ai, aur Saul ki saif \hi}\ na paH. 23 Saul aur Yunatan apne jfte ji aziz aur latif the, aur we apni maut meo bhi judd na hue, we uqab se ziyada tezpar the aur we sheron se ziyada qawi the. 24 Israel ki betio, Saul par roo, jisne tumheu argwani libas se arasta kiya, jisne tumhari poshak ko zewaron se zinat bakhshi. 25 Hae we bahadur qit£l men gir gae, ai Yunatan tu apne unche makanou mee kyuu mara para ? 25 Mujh par tere liye, ai mere bhai Yunatan, bafa dukh para, tu mera mahbiib tha, mujhe teri mahabbat ajib thi, balki auraton ki mahabbat se bhi ziyada. 27 HSe we bahadur gir gae aur jang ke hathyar nabud hogae. II. BAB. 1 Bad us ke aisa hul ki Diud ne Khudawand se puchha, ki Maio Yihudah kf kisi basti par chafh jauo? Khudawand nefarmaya, Charh ja. Tab D iijd ne kahi, Kidhar jaiiu ? 2 Us ne farmiya, Habrun ko. So Daud wahae charh gaya, aur us ki donoo joruao Yazraeli Akhinuam aur Karmili Nabali Abijail. 3 Aur us ke log, jo us ke sath the, Daud bar ek shakhs ko us ke gharane samet upar legaya ; so we Habrun ki bastion meo i. base. 4 Tab bani Yihudah ae, aur wahau unhog ne Daud par tel mala taki wuh bani Yihudah ka sultan ho. Aur logoo ne Daud ko kaha, ki Jiliadi Yabision ne Saul ko gara. 5 So Daud ne Jiliadi Yabisloo ko kalila bhej^, ki Khuda'wand turn ko barakat dewe, ki turn ne apne khudawand Saul par mihrbini ki, aur use dafn kiya. 6 Ab Khudawand tumhare sath rahmat aur sachai amal meu lae, aur maio bhi tum se us neki ka badla kardnga, kyunki tum ne yih kam kiya. 7 So ab tumhure bazu qawi howen, aur mardanagi karo, ki tumhara khudawand Saiil mar gaya, aur bani Yihudah ne mujh par tel mala, aur apna badshah kiya. 8 Aui Naiyir ke bete Abinaiyir ne, jo Saul ke lashkar ka sardar tha, Saul ke bete Insbusat ko liya, aur use Mahanain meo pahunchaya; aur use Jiliad aur Asiiri aur Yazrael aur Ifriim aur bani Binyamfn aur sare bani Isriel ka badshih kiya. 10 Aur Saiil ke us bete Insbusat ki umr chalis baras ki thi jo Israel ka badshah hiia, aur us ne do baras badshahat ki; lekin bani Yihudah ne Daiid ki farmanbardari ikhtiyar ki. 11 Aur Daiid ne Habriin meo bani Yihudah par sat baras chha mahine hukiimat ki. 12 Phir Naiyir ke bete Abinaiyir ne aur Saul ke bete Insbusat ke ^hadimon ne Mahanain se Jibaun par Ichuruj kiya. 13 Aur Zaroyah ka beta Yiiab Daud ke mulaziaiou ko leke nikla, aur Jibaun ki jhil par un ki mulaqateu huiu, aur donoQ baithe, ek to jhil ke is taraf aur diisra us taraf. 14 Tab Abinaiyir ne Yuab ko kaha, ki Jawanon ko parwanagl dijiye, ki uthen aur hamare samhue khelen. So Yiiab boll, Kaho ki utheu. 15 Tab we uthe, aur Saul ke bete Insbusat ki taraf se Binyamini barah ek jawan, aur Diiid ke khadim ki taraf se bhi barah ek jawan nikle. 16 So un men se ek ek ne ek ek ke rauqlbil hoke ek dusre ka sir pakra aurtalwir apnemuqabil ke pahlu men godi, so we eksath gir gae. Is liye us jagah 2 BAB.] ir. .SAMUEL. 839 k4 n^m Halqat ul Surlm rakhS, jo Jibaun men hai. 17 Aur wahao us roz bar! khunrezi hdf ; aur Abinaiyir ne bant Israel samet Daiid ke kh^dim se shikast paf. 18 Aur wahau Zariiyah ke tfn bete Yuab aur Abishai aur Asahel hizir the, aur Asahel janglf hiran kf m^nind subukpi tha. 19 Us Asahel ne Abinaiyir k^ pfchha kiy^, aur wuh Abinaiyir ka pichha karne meu dahine ya bayeo hath na mufa. 20 Tab Abinaiyir ne piclihe nazar karke use kahd, Tu hi Asahel hai? Wuh boH, llio. 21 Aur Abinaiyir ne use kahi, Dahinf yd bayin samt ko niur, aur mere raul- fiziuioij meu se ek ko pakar, aur us ke hatliy'ar luL le. Par Asahel ne na cli:ihi ki us ke taaqub se kisi aur taraf mure. 22 Aur Abinaiyir ne Asahel ko phir kaha, ki Mere taaqub se baz rah; kis lij^e niaiu tujhe zamfn par mirke dal dug, ki main kyunkar tere bhaf Yuab ko munh dikhaungl ? 23 Lekin us ne na chiha ki kisf taraf mure; tab Abinaiyir ne bur< ki taraf se us ke niche kf panchwTo pasli meu neza vaiii, aur wuh us kf pasli par aisa baitha ki par ho gaya : so wuh wahag gira aur usi jagah mar gaya. Aur aisd hua ki jo kof us jagah jahan Asahel mara pari tha, pahuncha tha, to wuuhio khari rah jata tha. 24 Tab Yuab aur Abishai bhf Abinaiyir ke pfchhe daur pare, aur jab we koh i Ammah tak, jo dasht i Jibaiin ke raste men Jiha ke muqabU hai, pahunche, to suraj diiba. 25 Aur banf Binyamfn ne jama hoke Abinaiyir kf pairawf ki, aur sab ke sab mil- ke ek fauj bane, aur ek pahar ki chotf par khare hue. 26 Aur Abinaiyir ne Yuab ko pukarke kaha, Kya talwar abad tak khati rahegi ? Kya tu nahfu janta ki us ka anj^m talkhf hai ? Aur kab tak tu logou ko apne bhafoa ka pichha karne se na rokega? 27 Tab Yuab ne kaha, Khuda i haf ki qasam agar tu wuh bat na kahta, to logon men se harek apne bhai kd pichha chhorke subh hi se phir gaya hota. 28 Phir Yuab ne narsinga phunka, aur sab log thahar gae, aur banf Israel ke pichhe na gae aur qital bhi na kiy5, 29 Aur Abinaiyir apne logOQ samet us sarf rat jangal men chala gaya, aur Yardan ke par hua, aur Bitrnn se guzar gaya, aur Mahanain meo dakhil hua. 30 Aur Yuab Abinaiyir ke taaqub se baz raha aur us ne jo sdrf fauj ko jama kiya, to Daud ke mulaziraoo men se Asahel samet unfs admion ko na paya. 31 Par Daud ke mulazimoo ne banf Binyamfn raen se aur Abinaiyir ke mulaziinoo men se tin sai Bath jawan mar dale. 32 So unhou ne Asahel kf lash uth^i, aur us ke bap kf qabr meo jo Baitlaham meu hai girf. Aur Yuab apne logou samet tamim rat chali gaya, aur pauphatte hue Habrnn meo dakhil hua. III. BAB. 1 Garaz Saul ke aur Diud ke gharanon meo ek muddat tak jang hotf rahf, par Daud roz ba-roz zor pakarta gaya, aur Siul ka khindan sust hota gaya. 2 Aur Habriin men Daud ke bete paida hue ; so us ke pahlauthe bete ka nam, jo Yazraeli Akhinuam ke pet se tha, Amnun thd. 3 Aur dusre ka nam, jo Karniilf Nabali Abijail ke batn se hiia, Kiliab th£: aurtfsre k^, jo Jasur ke badshah Talinf ki betf Maakah ke pet se tha, Abisalum tha. 4 Aur chauthe ka Aduniyah bin Hajjft ; aur panchwan ka Safatiyah bin Abitall; 5 Aur chhatha Witriam tha, wuh Ijlah ke pet se paida hua, jo Diud kf jorii thf. Daiid ke ye sab be^e Habrun meu paidi hue. S 3 2 540 II. SAMUEL. [5 BAB. 6 Awr jab SaiSl aur Dand ke gharinoo meo qitil hoti rahi, to aisa hui ki Abinaiyir ne Saul ke gharane meo zor paida kiyi. 7 Aur Saul kf ek laundi thi, jis k^ nam Risfah tha, Aiyah ki beti; so Itisbusat ne Abinaiyir ko kaha, Tu kyao mere bap ki laundS ae hambistar hota hai ? 8 So Abinaiyir Insbusat ki bat sunke bahut gusse hda, aur bola, Kya raaio kutte k& sir huu, ki bani Yihudah ka sam- hna karke aj ke din tak tere bap Saul ke gharane par, aur us ke bhaioo, aur us ke dostoo par mihrbani karta hoo, aur tujhe pakarke Daud ke hawale Dahfij karta, •o ta ij ek aurat ki babat mujh par gunah dharta hai? 9 So ab jaisa Khuda'wand ne Daiid se qasam karke wada kiya hai, waisi hi agar niaio na karuii; to Khuda- WAND Abinaiyir se aisa hi kare balki us se ziyada kare, 10 Taki saltanat ko Sadl ke gharane se nikal diiij, aur Daiid ke takht ko bani Israel par aur bani Yihudah par Din se lake Biarsaba tak sabit karuQ. 11 Tab wuh Abinaiyir ke khauf se ut ke s^mhne phir kuchh jawab na de sakS. 12 Aur Abinaiyir ne us waqt elchi bhejke Daud se yih paigam kiyS, ki Mulk kis ka hai? Tu mere sath ahd kar, aur dekh, ki mera hath tere sith hoga, aur main sare Israeliou ko tcri taraf mutawajjih kardunga. 13 So wuh bola, Bihtar, main ahd karta huo, par tujh se ek bat ka talib hun, aur wuh yih hai, ki tu mera munh na dekhe siwais shart ke, kijis waqt tii mera niunh dekhne ko ae, to Saul kf beti Maikal ko apne sath lae. 14 Aur Daud ne Saul ke bete Insbusat ko qasidon ki mSrifat kahla bheja, ki meri joru Maikal ko jise main ne Filistioo ki sau khulriao deke byaha, mere hawale kar. 15 So Insbusat ne us aurat ko us ke shauhar Lai» ke bete Faltiel se chhinwa mangwaya. 16 Aur us ka shauhar us aurat ke pichhe pichhe l^alkhurfm tak rota chald gaya : tab Abinaiyir ne use kaha, Glial, phir ja. So wuh phir gaya. 17 Aur Abinaiyir ne ikhtilat se Israeli buzurgon se kaha. Turn to peshtar hi chahte the, ki Daud ko apna badshiih karo ; 18 Pas ab amal men lao, kyunki Khuua'wand ne Daud ke haqq men farmayd hai, ki Maio apne bande D-iud ki marifat se apne Israeli bandoij ko Filistiou ke aur un ke sab dush- manoij ke hath se najit bakhshtinga. 19 Aur Abinaiyir ne Binyaminiou ke kanon meo bhi bat dali ; aur phir Abinaiyir Habrun ko chala, taki sab jo kuchh kt Israelion aur sab Binyaminion ki nazar men achchha tha, so Daiid se kahe. 20 So Abinaiyir Habrnn men Daud pas aya, aur bis jawan us ke sath the; so Daud ne Abinaiyir ki, aur un logon ki jo us ke sath the, ziyafat ki. 21 Aur Abinaiyir ne Daud se kaha, Ab mail) uthke jaiingi ; aur sare bani Israel ko apne khudawand badshah ke liye faraham karunga, tiki we tujh se ahd karen, aur tu apne khatir khwah un par saltanat kare. So Daud ne Abinaiyir ko rawana kiya, aur wuh salamat chala gaya. 22 Aur dekho ki us waqt Daud ke log aur Yuab lashkar se lut ka bahut sa mal, apne sath leke, ^y5, aur us waqt Abinaiyir Habrun men Daud pas na tha, kyunki us ne use rawana kiya tha, aur wuh salamat chala gaya tha. 23 Aur jab Yuab aur lashkar ke log jo us ke sath the pahunche, to unhoQ ne Yuab se kaha,. ki Naiyir ki beta Abinaiyir badshah pas £ya tha, aur us ne phir bheja, aur wuh salamat chala gaya. 24 So Yiiab badshah pis gaya, aur bola, Yih tu ne kya kiya ? Abinaiyir jo tujh pas aya, to tu ne use kyun clihor diya ki wuh chal nikla ? 25 Tn janta hai, ki Naiyir ka be^a Abinaiyir tujh pas aya tha, ki tujh se dag^ kare, aur teri amad o bhud daryaft kare, aur sab jo kuchh ki td karta hai pahchaoc. 26 Aut 4 BAB.] II. SAMUEL. 341 phir Yuab ne Daud pis se nikalke Abinaiyir ke pichhe qisid daur.ie, aur we us ko Hasfrah ke kue se pher Me, aur yih Diud ko malum na tha. 27 So Abinaiyir ko Habrdn meo pher laya, aur Yuab ne use darwaze ke kone meo ek kinire kiya, taki use ihista b^t kare, aur wahdu us kf pauchwiu pasU men mara ; so wuh us ke bhaf Asahel ke qisas meo qatlhiii. 28 Aur bad us ke Diud ne suna, so wuh bola, ki Mail) apni saltanat samet Khudawand ke age Naiyir ke bete Abinaiyir ke kbuii se mubarrahuo. 29 JJalki Yuab ke sir aur us ke bap ke gharine par hai, so Yiiab ke gharane nieu ek bhi aisa na ho, jo bawasiri, aur korhf, aur lakri pakarke na chale, aur teg se :nar4 na jae, aur bemaash na howe. 30 So Yuab aur us ke bhaf Abishai ne Abinaiyir ko mar liy^, kjunki us ne un ke bliaf Asahel ko Jibaun ke bfch ran meg qatl kiya tha. 31 Aur Daud ne Yuab ko aur us ke sare ham- rahiou ko farmaya, ki Apne kapre pharo, aur tat pahino, aur Abinaiyir par roo. Aur Diiid badshah ap janaze ke pfchhe pichhe chali. 32 Aur unhoij ne Abinaiyir ko Habrun meu gafa, aur bidshah ne apni awaz buland kf, aur Abinaiyir ke gor par roya, aur sab log bhi roe. 33 Aur badshah ne Abinaiyir par yuu nauha kiya aur kaha, Abinaiyir kya tu jahil kf manind mara ? 34 Tere hath bandhe na the ; tere panog meo paikariao nahfn pariu thin: balki tu yiiu mara jis tarah koi sharlr ke farzandon ke hath men giriftar hoe. Tab us par sab ke sab do bara roe. 35 Aur jis waqt sab log wahao se ae, aur chaha ki Diud ko kuchh khilaweu, aur hanoz din baqi tha, to Daiid ne qasam khaf aur kaha, Agar maio aftab ke gurub hone se peshtar roti khauu ya kuchh chakhuu, to Khuda mujh se aisa hi kare, balki us 86 ziyada kare. 36 Aur sab log mutawajjih hue, aur If hush hue, is liyekijo kuchh badshah ne kiya .so sab ki khushnudi ka bais hiii. 37 Aur sab logon ne aur sab Israelion ne us din yaqin kiya ki Naiyir ka beta Abinaiyir badshah kf marzf se mara nahio gaya. 38 Aurbidshah ne apne logoe ko farmaya, Kya turn nahfn jante ho ki Sj ke din ek shahzada aur ek bahut bari shakhs Israel meu se girgaya? 39 Aur maiu aj ke din zaif huu, aur mamsuh badshah hiin, aur ye log, yane ban! Zaruyah, mujh se bahut qawi haiajso Khudawand badkar ko us ki badi ke xnutabiq saz£ dega. IV. BAB. 1. Aur Saul ke bete ne jo suna, ki Abinaiyir Habrun men mar gayi, to us ke hath ka zor jata raha, aur sare bani Israel gh:ibrae. 2 Aur Saul ke bete ki faujoi) ke do sardar the, ek to Baanah am- dusra Raikab; ye donon bani Binyauifn meo Biaratf Rumman ke bete the ; ki Biarat bhi Binyaminiou meo gini jati tha ; 3 Aur BiaratI Jannataimah ko bh^g gae the: chunanchi aj ke din tak we wuuhfa rahte haiu. 4. Aur Saul ke bete Ydnatan k& ek langra beta tha, so wuh jab ki Saul aur Yunatan ki khabar Yazrael se pahunchi, to pinch baras ka tha, so us kf anni use kke bhag gai thf, aur us ne jo bhagne meo shitabf ki, to aisa hua ki wuh gir para, aur langra ho gaya; aur us ki. nam Mifibusat thi. 5 Aur Rumman ke bete Biaratf Raikab aur Baanah ae, aur din charhte waqt Insbusat ke ghar meu da^hil hde, aur wuh do pahar apne bistar par leti tha. 6 So uRhoQ Be ghar ke andar ch'upke se ghuske gehno Icne ke bahane se ue ki panchwio 842 II. SAMUEL. [5 BAB. pasU meo mira ; aur Raikab apne bhai Baanah samet bh^g gaya. 7 So we ghar ineu ghuse, aur wuh apne khwabglh ke makan meo bistar par soti tha; so unhoa nc use niar.i, aur qatl kiya, aur us ka sir kata, aur sir le liy^, aur taraam rat jangal kf rah bhige chale gae. 8 Aur Iiisbusat ka sir Habrun men Diud pas He, aur badshah ko kahi, ki Yih Saiil ke bete tere dushman Iiisbusat ka sir hai. jo ttri jan ka talib thi ; !uuda\vaku ne aj ke din mere khudawaud baJshah ka iutiq-im Saul aur \is ki naai se liya. 9 Tab Daiid ne Rnikab aur us ke bhai Baanah ko jo Biarati lluiuiiian ke bete the, jawab diya, aur unlieu kaha, ki Khudawand zinda hai jis ne meri run ko harek gam se najat di: 10 Jab kisi ne mujh ko kaha, ki Dekh Saul mar gaya aur sanijha ki uiujh ko basharat deta hai, to main ne use pakra aur Siql'g meu qatl kiya, yih maiu ne use us ke muzhda lane ki jazi di; 11 Pas jab turn shariron ne ek rastkar insan ko us ke ghar meo ghuske, us ke bistar par qatl kiya ho, to kya main ab us ka intiqam turn se na luiiga, aur tunihen zamin par 86 nabiid na kardngi ? 12 Tab Daiid ne apne jawauoo ko hukm kiya, ki unheo qatl kareu, aur un ke hath aur paon kat dileo, aur unheu Habriin ki baoli par latkaweu. Aur Insbusat ke sir ko unhou ne leke Habrdn lie bich Abinaiyir kl qabr meo gar diya. V. BAB. 1 Bad us ke bani Israel ke sire firqe Habrun meo Daud pas ae, aur use kaha, Dekh, ham teri haddi aur tere gosht hain. 2 Aur slMq zainane men bhi jab ki Saul hamara badshah thi, to tii hi nikaine baithaiie men Israelion ka rahbar tha, aur Khuda'wand ne tujhe farmiya hai, ki Tu mere Israeli bandou kochariega, aur td Israellou ka sardar hoga. 3 Garaz Israeli sare buzurg Habrun men badshah pas £e; aur Daud bidihah ne Habrun meo un ke sath Khudawand ke huzurahd kiya; aur unhou ne Daud ke sir par tel mali, taki wuh Israeliou ka badshah ho. 4 Aur Daud jis waqt ki saltanat karne laga us waqt tis baras ka tha, aur us ne chalis baras saltanat ki. 5 Us ne Habrun meu sat baras chha mahine bani Yihudih par saltanat ki aur Yirdshalam meu sare bani Israel aur bani Yihudah par taintis baras. 6 Bid us ke badshah apne logou samet Yirdshalam ko Yabiisioij ke pis, jo ua zamin meu baste the, gaya; uniioo ne Daud ko kahi, Jab tak ki td andhou aur langrou ko na mirega yahaij na ane piega. 7 Aur unhou ne guman kiya, ki Dadd" yahau na a sakega, lekin Diud ne Saihun ki garhi pakari, aur wuhi Daud ka shahr hda. 8 Aur Didd ne us din kahi, ki Jo koi par nale tak pahunche, aur YabusioD aur langroa aur andhoo ko jo Daud ke jani dushman haio mare, to wuhi laslikar ka sardar hoga. Isi liye yih masal kahte hain, ki Andhe aur langre ghar men dakhii na howeo. 9 Aur Daud garhi men raha, aur us ne us ka nlm Daud ka shaur rakha; aur Didd ne Mila ke girdagird aur us ke andar ghar banie. 10 Aur Daud rafta taraqqi karti gaya, aur Ivhudawand lashkaron ka K.huda us ke sath tha 11 Tab Sdr ke badshah Hiram ne saro ki lakri, aur barhai, aur sau'^taras elchiou ke sath Diud pas bhejwae, aur unhon ne Daud ke liye mahall baniyi. 12 Aur Daud ko yaqin hda ki Khcdawand ne mujhe bani Israel ka badshah kiya aur meri saltanat ko bani Israel ki khatir rafi kiya. 13 So Didd ne Habrun se ake Yirdshalam meo aur chhokriau aur jordao kijag; fi BAB.] TI. SAMUEL. 348 aur Daudke aurbetS betf paida hiie. 14 Aur U3 ke un betoo ke nim jo Yirnshfilam meu paida hue, je the: 15 Samua, aur Sanbiib, aur Natan, aur Suliiian, aur Ibhar aur Ilisiia, 16 Aur Nafaj, aur Wafia, aur Ilisama aur Ilwada aur Ilifahit. 17 Aur jab Filistfou ne suna, ki unhou ne Daftd ko masfh karke ban! Israel ka badshih kiya, to sare Filistf Diud ki talash nicu charh ae, aur Di'id ko khabar huf, so wuh garhf inei) utara. 18 Aur Filistf ae, aur Rifiiia ke nislicb lueu phail pafe. 19 Tab Daudne KhudaVandsb niashwarat puclihi, aur kahi, ki Maiu Filistiou par charh j^uu, tu un ko mere qabu meu kar desja ki nahfu? Kuudawand ne Daiid ko far- maya, Charh j;i, ki maio beshakk Filistiou ko terc iiath meu kar diinga. 20 So Daud Bal-Farsin meo aya, aur wahaij us ne unheu maraaur boli, ki Kuudawand ne mere dushmanou meu paniou ke rakhne kf manind mere sanihne raljLhna dili. 21 Isl liye us ne us makam ka nam Bal-Farsfn rakha. Aur unhoo ne apne butou ko wahau hf chhora: so Daud aur us ke logon ne unhea jala diya. 22 Aur Filisti phir charhe, aur Rifiim ke nisheb men phail pare. 23 So Daud ne Khudawand se phir salah puchhi. So us ne kaha, Tu charh mat ja, par pichh irf se unheu gher le, aur tut ke darakhtou ke muqabil hoke, un par hamla kar. 24 Aur jis waqt ki tu tut ke darakhtou ki phungiou se chalne ki si awaz sune, tab harakat kar, ki us waqt Kuuda'wand tore age age jake Filistion ke lashkar ko qatl karegi. '25 Aur Daud ne, jaisi ki K.uuda'wanu ne use farniaya tha, kiya; aur Filistiou ko Jiba se lake Jazar ke madkhal tak qatl kiya. VI. B.VB. 1 Phir Daud ne bani Israel meu se tis bazar intikhibi jawan jama kfe. 2 Aur David apne sire logou ko leke Bal i Yihudah se chala, taki Khuda ke sanduq ko ki jis ke pis lashkaron ke Khudawand ka nim liya jata hai, jo do karubiou ke bich meu dhara thi, wahau se charha He. 3 So unhou ne Khuda ke sanduq ko naf girf par rakha, aur use Abinadab ke ghar se jo Jiba meo tha nikal lie, aur us nai gari ko Abinadab ke beton ne, jo Uzzah aur Akhiya the, hanka. 4 Aur we donou baham hue, aur Abinadab ke ghar se, jo Jiba meu tha, Khuda ke sanduq ke s.ith us ko nikal lae; par Akhiya sanduq keage age chala. 5 Aur Daiid aur ban! Israel ke sare firqe sanaubar ki lakri ke sab tarah ke saz, jaise ki barbat, aur sarangiao, aur table, aur tambiire, aur jhanj leke, Khudawand ke age age bajate chale. (i Aur jab we Nakiin ke khalihan par pahunche, to Uzzah ne hath barhake Khuda ke sauduq ko pakarke tham liya, is liye ki bailou ne use hilaya tha. 7 Tab Khudawand ka gussa Uzzah par bharka, aur Khuda ne use us ki khati ke sabab raara, aur wuh Khudl ke sanduq ke nazdik mar gayi. 8 Aur Daiid is sabab se ki Khudawand ne Uzzah ke sabab se rakhna dala nakhush hua, aur us ne us jagah ka nam Fars-Uzzah rakha, jo dj ke din tak hai. 9 Aur Darid us din Khudawand se dara, aur bola, ki Khudawand ka sanduq mujh pas kyunkar dikbil hoga ? 10 Aur Dadd ne na chaha ki Khudawand ke sanduq ko apne shabr meu lejake apne pas rakhe ; so Daiid use Jannati Abid-Adiani ke ghar !e gaya. 11 Aur Khudawand ka sanduq Jannati Abid-Adiimke gliar men tin L:aiiine tak raha, aur Khudawand ne Abid-Auiim ko, aur us ke sare gharane ko barakat df. 12 Aur yih Vbabar Daud badshah ko pahunchi, ki Khudawand ne Abid-Adiim ko, aur us S44 11. SAMUEL. [7 BAH. ki harek chfz ko, Khuda ke sandtiq ke liye, mubarak kiya : tab D,5ud gay^, aur I^huda ke sanduq ko Abid-Adum ke ghar se apne shabr men khushf se charhi laya. 13 Aur jab Khudawanb ke sandiiq ke uthanewale chha qadam chale, to Daud ne bail aur motf gaeo zabh kio. 14 Aur Daud Khxjdawani* ke age, katdn ki efod pahinke, apne sare bal se nachte nachte chala. 15 Aur Daud aur bani Israel ke sare gharane Khudawand ke sanduq ko g:'te aur narsinge bajate le ae ; aur jab kiKnuDAWAND ka sanduq Daud ke shahrmen dakhil haa, to Saul ki bet! Maikal no khirki se nigah ki, aur dekha, ki Daud badshah Khudawand ke age uchhalta aur nachti hai, so us ne apne dil men use haqir jana. 17 Aur we Khudawand ke sanduq ko andar lae, aur use us ke maqam par us khaime ke darmiyan jo Diud ne us ke liye khara kiya tha, rakh diya ; aur Diud ne charhawoo aur salarafon ko Khtjdawand ke age charhaya. 18 Aur jab Diiid charhawon aur salamton ko charhi chuka, to us ne jamiat ke liye faujoy ke Khuda- wand ka nam leke barakat chahi. 19 Aur us ne guroh ke sab logon ko zan o mard milake harek ko ek ek roti, aur ek ek boti aur ek ek jam wain diya. So sab log harek apne apne ghar ko rawana hua. 20 Tab Daud phira, taki apne gharane ke liye barakat chihe. Us waqt Saul kl betf Maikal Diud ke istiqbal ko niklf, aur boli, ki Israelfog ka badshah aj ke din kya hi bana thana tha, jis ne ki ij ke din apne mulazimon ki laundiou ki ankhon meo apne taiu nanga kiya, jaise ki bewaqnf ap ko dikhata hai. 21 So Diud ne Maikal ko kaha, Yih Khuda'- WAND ke age tha, jis ne mujhe tare bap par aur us ke sare gharane par sharaf diyi, aur apne baudoij Israelioo ka hakim kiya ; so maig Khuda'wand ke age nachunga. ^2 Balki main us se ziyada zalil banunga, aur ap ko apnf nazar men sifla banaiinga, aur jin laundioo ka zikr ki tu ne kiya up ke age maiu izzatwala hoiingi. 23 So Saul ki beti Maikal marte dam tak beaulad rahi. VII. BAB. 1 Aur aisa haa ki jab ki badshah ghar meu baitha th.i aur Khuda'wand ne use us ke sare dushmanoo se harek taraf se arim bakhsha ; 2 To badshih ne Natan nabi ko kaha, Dekhiye ki main saro ki lakrloo ke ghar meo rahta hdn, aur Khuda ka sanduq khaimon men rahta hai. 3 Natan ne badshah ko kaha, Ja sab jo kuchh ki tere dd men hai kar, ki Khcda'wand tere sath hai. 4 i^urusi rat aisa hua ki, Khudawand ka kalam Natan ko pahuncha, ki Ja aur mere bande Daud se kah, Khdda'wand yuo farmata hai, ki Kya td mere liye ek ghar banaya chahta hai ki maio us meo rahiiu ? 6 So main jab se ki bani Isriel ko Misr se nikil llya aj ke din tak kisi ghar meu nahio raha, balki khaime meo ya maskan meo phirta raha. 7 Aur jahao jahao main sare Israeliou ke sith phirta raha, to kya main ne kahio kisf Israeli firqe ko, jise main ne hukm kiya ki mere Israeli guroh ko charawe kaha hai, ki Tum mere liye saro ka ghar kyuo nahio banate ? 8 So ab tu mere bande Daud se kah, ki Lashkaroo ka Khudawand yiin farmita hai, ki maiu ne tujhe bhersale meo se jahao td bhereo charita tha, uthake apne Israeli guroh ka hakim kiya; 9 Aur maio jahan jahau tu gaya tere sath rahi, aur tere sire dush- manoo ko tere samhne raara, aur maio ne un logoo ke manind ki jin ka ntm dunyi meo bari hai tera nim bard kiya. 10 Ab maiu apne Israeli guroh ke lije ek 7 BAB.] II. SAMUEL. 845 makin inuqarrar karungi aur wah^u unheo 4bad karangS, tiki we apne kh«ss niak^nou nice baseu, am- phir bcchaiii na hoo, aur sharfr log 5ge kf tarah, 11 Aur us din ki tarah ki jis din se inaio ne qazfou ko muqarrar kiya, ki mere Israeli guroh par hikim hon, aur tujh ko tere sare dushmanou se ^ram diy5, un ko phir dukh na denge : so Khuda'wand ne farmSy£ hai, ki Maiu tere liye ghar bhf baniungS. 12 Aur jab ki tere din pure honge, aur tu apne bdpdddoo ke s^th so rahega, to niaiu tere bid tere tukhin ko, jo terf sulb sc hoga, barpd karnnga, aur us kf saltanat ki bandobast kariingi. 13 Aur wuh mere nam ka ek ghar banawcgi, aur main us kf saltanat k£ taljht abad tak qfifm karringi. 14 Aur maiu us ka b^p houngS, aur wuh mera beta hoga, so agar wuh kol khata karega, to maio use idmloo ke kore aur bani Adam ke tiziyanon se saza dungi ; 15 Par maiu apnf rahmat ko us se judA na karunga, jis tarah ki Saul se, jise maiu ne tere age se dafa kiya, juda kf. 16 Balki tera ghar aur teri saltanat hamesha tak tere age aman mep rahegi, aur ter^ takht hamesha tak sabit hoga. 17 So Natan ne in sSrf bStou aur is sdre khwab ke mutabiq bekamok^st Daud se kaha. 18 Tab Diad bidshali andar gaya aur Khuuawand ke age baitha aur bola, ki Ai mi.\ik Khudawand, main kaun huo aur mera ghar kya hai, ki to ne mer^ kam yahau tak pahunchaya ? 19 Aur yih, ai malik Khudawand, hanoz teri nazar men haqfr chiz hai, so tii ne apne bande ke ghar ke haqq meu bhi farmayS, ki hahut muddat tak baqf rahega, aur, ai malik Khudawand, kya admf ka dastur hai ? 20 Aur Dadd kf kya majal jo tujh se aur kuchh kahe ? ki tu, ai malik K.HUDAWAND, apue bande ko janti hai. 21 Ki to ne apne sukhan ke live apne kliatirkhwah yih sab bare kam kiye tiki tu apne bande ko igih kare. 22 So tu, ai KuuDAWAND K-huda, jalil hai, is liye ki koi tera misl nahfo, aur tere siwi kof Khudi nahfo, jaisa ki ham ne apne kinoo se suni hai. 23 Aur dunyd meo Isrielf guroh ke manind kaunsi guroh hai, ki jis ke bachane ko Khuda ap gaya, taki use apnf jamaat banie, aur apni nam buland kare, aur taki tu apnf bari qudrateo aur niuajize apni is guroh ke age ki jise tii ne Misr kf guroh se aur us ke mabudoo se najat bakhshf, apni zamin par zahir kare ? 24 Kyunki tu ne apne liye apni guroh bani Israel ko muqarrar kiya, tiki we abad tak teri guroh hon, aur tu ap, ai K.HUDAWAND, uu ka Khuda hiia. 25 Aur ab tii, ai KHUDA'wA^D Khudi, us bat ko jo tii ne apne bande ke haqq meu aur us ke gharane ke haqq meo farmif, abad tak qaim rakh, aur jaisa tu ne farmaya aisi hi kar ; 26 Tiki teri nam abad tak is kalimse buland ho, ki lashkarou ka Khudawaud Israel ki Khuda tii hai; aur tere bande Diiid ki ghar tere huziir sabit ho. 27 Kyiinki tii ne, ai lashkaroo ke Khudawand Israel ke Khuda apne bande ke kin khole aur farmiyi,ki Maiu tere liye ghar baniiinga, so tere bande ne apne dil meo yih muqarrar kiya, ki tere ige yih munijitkare. 28 Aur ab ai malik Khdda'wand, tii Khudi hai, aur teri biteo sachi haio, aur ti ne apne bande se us neki ka wida kiyi hai. 29 So ab mihrbinf se apne bande ke ghar ko mubirak kar, tiki wuh tere huziir paedir rahe, ki tii hi ne, ai milik Khupawand, farmiyi hai, aur aisi hi teri barkatoo se tere bande k i ghar abad tak mimur rahe. T I 346 II. SAMUKL. [8 BAB. VIII. BAB. 1 B4d us ke Daud ne Filistfou ko niSrS aur unheu mag!ub kiya, aur Diud ne dar ul saltanat ke laglm ko un ke ikhtiyar se nikil liyS. 2 Aur us ne Moab ko MiirS, aur MoabJoo ko zamfn par litiike ek rass! se nSpa, aur un meu se bahutoo ko dulirl rassf se ndpke halak kiya, aur purl rassf se napke kitnou k1 jan bakhshl kt;so Moabl Dind ke gulam hue, aur hadiye he. 3 Aur Daud ne Subah ke biidsh^h Rahub ke bete Hadadazar ko bhf, jab ki wuh nahr i Furat par qabze karne gayi, mar liyi. 4 Aur Daud ne un meu se ek hazar sit sau sawar, aur bis bazar piyide asir kar lie, aur sab ghoroo kl kuncheo marfn, par sau ghore chhor die. 5 Aur jab ki Dimishq ke AramI Sobah ke badshah Hadadazar ki kumak ko £e, to Daud ne un ke b^Is hazar log qatl kie. 6 Aur Diud ne Dimishqi Aramfoo par chaukiao bithldio; so Arami bhi Darid ke gulam hue, aur hadiye lae, aur Daud jahSe kahfo gaya, wahio Khvda 'wand us ka nigahban tha. 7 Aur Daud Hadadazar he mulazimou ki sonahli dhileo chhinke Yiriishalam meo le &yi ; 8 aur Bath aur Bairutf se jo Hadadazar ke shahr meo the bahut sa timba le aya. 9 Aur jab ki Hamat ke bidshah Tugl ne suna ki Daud ne Hadadazar kl sari lashkar mlrl, 10 To Tugt ne apne bete Yuram ko Diud badshah pas bhejl ki use salam kahe aur mubarakbSd de, is liye ki us ne jang karke Hadadazar par fath paf, aur use mar liya ; aur yih is liye th4 ki Hadadazar Tugf se larl kartl tha. 11 So Yuram rupe ke aur sone ke aur tlmbe ke zunif apne sath laya. 12 Aur Diud badshah ne un ko, us rupe aur sone samet jo us ne sab gurohou, yane AramJou aur MoabJou aur banf Amnun aur Filistioo aur Amaliqfoo aur Siibah ke bldshah Rahub ke bete Hadadazar se lutke le liya tha, Khudawand ki nazr kiya. 13 Aur Daud ne atharah hazlr Arami admf namak ke nasheb meo marke murljaatki, aur bara nam nikala. 14 Aur us ne Adum meo chaukiao muqarrar kio, aur us ne sire Adum meu chaukilu bithlaio, aur sare Adiirai bhi Daud ke gulim hue ; aur Daud jahlo kahfo gaya wahao Khudawand us kl nigahban raha. 15 Aur Daud sare bani Israel k& bldshlh hua, aur Daud apnf sari raiyat se adl aur insif karta tha. 16 Aur Zaruylh kl beta Yuab lashkar ka sardlr thl; aur Akhiliid kl betl Yusafat us kl mutasaddi thl. 17 Aur Akhitiib ka beta Saduq, aur Abiwatr klbeta Akhimalik us ke klhin the ; aur Shiraylh munshi tha; 18 Aur Yahuwada kl betl Binaylh Karetioo aur Faletiou kl sardlr thl; aur Dlnd ke bete umarl the. IX. B.¥B. 1 Phir Diud ne kaha, Hanoi Saul ke gharane meo se kol b5qi hai ki maio us par Yunatan ke liye mihrbani karuo ? 2 Aur Saul ke gharane kl ek ^hldim SIbl nlm thl. So Diud ne use bulwlke us se piichha, ki Tu Sibl hai ? Wuh boll, Maio terl guUra hue 3 Tab badshah ne pnchha, ki Saiil ki nasi meu se kol bhi liai, tiki maiu us se Khudl kl mihr ka klm karuo ? Sibl ne bldshah se kahl, Hanoz Yunatan kl ek langrl betl hai. 4 Tab bldshlh ue us se puchhl, Wuh kahlo hai ? Sibl ne bldshlh ko kaha, ki Dekh Ladiblr Ammiel ke bete Makfr ke ghar meo hai. 5 So Diud bldshlh ne log bheje, aur Ammiel ke bete Makir ke ghar se, jo Lldiblr meu hai, use mangwa liyl. 6 Aur jab Saul ke bete Yunatan kl 10 BAB.] II. SAMUEL. 3*7 bets Mifibusnt Daiid pas puhuncha, to us ne aundhS girk* sijda kiy£ : tab Dand ne kahi, Mitlbusat. Us ne jawib diya, Tera gulim hazir hai. 7 So Diud ne use kahl, dar mat, ki main tere b4p Ydnatan ke liye tujh se nekl karunga, aur tere hip Sanl kf sarzami'n tujhe pher donga, aur mere dastar-khwan par hamesha khana khaegS. 8 So Mifibusat ne sijda kiya, aur bold, ki Tera gulam ais4 kya hai, ki tu mujhse mare hde kutte par nigih kaft& hai ? 9 Tab badshah ne Saul ke gulam Siba ko bulaya aur use kaha, ki Maio ne sab jo kuchh ki Sadl ka aur us ke gharane ki tha, tere aqa ke bete ko bakhsh diysi. 10 So tu apne betOD aur chakarop samet us ke liye zamfn jot aur gaila le^, ki tere aql ke khine ko rahe ; par Mifibusat jo tere sahib ka beta hai, nitre dastar-l^hw-ia par hamesha khlni khaega. 11 Aur us Siba ke pandrah bete aur bis chakar the. Aur Siba ne badshah se kaha, Sab jo kuchh ki mere khudawand badshah ne apne gulam ko farmayi, so yih gulam wuh karegi, par Mifibusat ke haqq meo badshah ne farmSya, ki Wuh mere dastar-khwan par shahzidoo ke manind khani khlegi. 12 Aur Mifibusat ka ek chhota beta tha, ki jis ka nam Maika tha ; aur biqi jitne ki SibS ke ghar iiieo rahte the, Mifibusat ke gulam the. 13 So Mifibu- sat Yirashalam meg rahi, ki wuh hamesha badshSh ke dast^'r-khwln par khiaa khita tha, aur donoo piog se langra tha. X. BAB. I Bad us ke aisa hiia, ki bani Ammun k4 bidshih mar gaya aur us ka beta Hanun us ka jinishin hiia. 2 Tab Diud ne kaha, ki Maio Nihas ke bete Hanun se nekf kariinga, jaise ki us ke bap ne mujh se neki ki : so Diud ne apne khadim bheje, taki us se us ke bap ki matampursi kareo. Chuainchi Dadd ke khadim bani Ammun ki sarhadd meo pahunche, 3 Aur bani Ammun ke sardarou ne apne khudawand Handn ko kaha, Tujh ko kya jih guman hai, ki Dadd tere bap ki khitir karta hai, ki us ne mitampursi ke liye tujh pas log bheje haiu ? Kya Dadd ne apne khadim tere pas is liye nahiQ bheje haiu, ki shahr ki jasdsi aur taftish kareo» taki shahr ko garat kareo ? 4 Tab Handn ne Dadd ke khadimoo ko pakra, aur harek ki adhi difhi mundwif, aur un ki poshak un ke sufroo ke bichoo bich tak pbirf, aur uoheu pher bheja. 5 So Diud ko khabar pahunchi, aur us ne \m ke istiqbil ke liye log bheje, is liye ki we log nihayat sharminda the, so badshah ne farmiya, Jab tak ki tumhari darhiau barheu Yiriho meij raho, bad us ke chale ao. 6 Aur bani Ammun ne jo dekha ki ham Diud ke age bure thahare, to bauf Ammdn ne log bheje, aur Baitrahdb ke Aramioo aur Sdbah ke Aramioo se bin bazar piyade, aur Maakah ke bidshah se hazar piySde, aur Tub se bSrah hazSr piyade karaya lie. 7 Aur Dadd ne yih suna, aur Ydab aur bahidurou ke sire lashkar ko bheja. 8 Tab bani Amndn nikle, aur shahrpanah ke bahar qital ks liye saff bandhi ; aur Sdbah ke ArSmi aur Rahub ke Arami aur Tub aur Maakah maidan meo thahare. 9 Aur Ydab ne jo dekhS, ki larai k& samhua do taraf s« age aur pichhe se hai, to us ne bani Israel ke muntakhab logoo meo se log intikhab kie, aur Aramioo ke muqabil para bandha. 10 Aur bSqi logon ko apne bhai Abishai k4 mahkdm kiya ; so us ne bani Ammdn ke samhne para bindhS. 11 Aur kahi, -Agar Arami mujh par galib hoo, to td meri kumak kijiyo, aur agar bani T t 2 348 n. SAMUEL. [11 BAB. Aminiin tujh par galib hoc, to maiu 4ke teri kumak kariinga. 12 So dilawari kar, aur apni guroh ke liye, aur apne Khuda ki bastiotj kc liye jihSd kar, aur Khudawand jo bihtar janega so karega. 13 Pas Yuab bafha, aur apne logon samet Aramfoo par hamla kiya, aur we us ke age se bhag nikle. 14 Aur bani Ammun bhi yih dekhke ki Arami bh^ge, Abishai ke sambne se paspa hue aur shahr mcD ghuse. Aur Yuab banI Ammun ke taaqub se phirke, Yirashalam men dakhil hua. 1/5 Aur jab ArSmioij ne dekha, ki ham re bani Israel se shikast pai, to we jama hue. 16 Aur Hadadazar ne elchi bheje, aur Aramloij ko, jo darya par the, le iyi.; aur we Hailam meo ae ; aur Siibak, jo Hadadazar kl fauj ka sardar tha, un k^ peshrau hua, 17 Aur Daud ne yih sunke sdre Israelion ko faraham karke, Yardan ke p^r utra, aur Hailam tak aya ; aur Arainion ne Daud ke muqabil pare bandhe, aur us ke sath lare. 18 Aur akhir ko bani Israel ke samhne se Aramfoo ke panw uthe gae ; aur Diud ne sat sau gariao aur chalis hazar sawar kata kie, aur un ki fauj ke sardar Sdbak ko mar liya aur wuh wahiu mar gaya. 19 Aur jab un bldshahon ne, jo Hadadazar ke kumaki the, dekha, ki we bani Israel se maglub hiie, to unhoQ ne Israelfoo se sulh ki, anr un ki khidmat ki. Garaz Arami dare, aur bani Ammun ki kumak k:i phir irada na kiyS. XI. BAB. 1 Aur jab wuh sal tam^m hiia, aur we din phire, ki jin men bidshah larai par charhte hain, to Daud ne apne khadimon aur sare bani Israel ko Yuab ke sath karke bheja; aur unhou ne bani Ammun ko qatl kiya, aur Rabbah men ufre : par Daud YirushSlam hi men rahi 2 Aur ek din sham ko aisa hun, ki Daud apne farsh par se utha aur apne qasr ke bSm par tahalne laga, aur wahac se us ne ek aurat ko dekha, jo naha rahi thi, aur wuh aurat nihayat ijLhubsnrat thi. 3 Tab Daud ne us aurat ka hal daryaft karne ko admi bheje, so kaha, Kya wuh Iliam ki beti Bintsaba Hitti U riyah kf joru nahig ? 4 Aur Daud ne log bheje, tiki us aurat ko Daud pas laen, chunanchi wuh us p£s ^i, so wuh us se hambistar hiia : aur wuh apni napaki se apne ko tahir karke apne gliar ko chaligai. 5 Aur us aurat ko pet rah gayi ; so us ne Daud pas khabar bhejf, ki Mujhe pet rah gaya. 6 Aur Daud ne Yuab ko kahli bheja, ki Hitti U'riyah ko mujh pis bhej de, so Yuab ne U'riyah ko Daud pas bhej diya. 7 Aur jab U'riyah aya, to Daiid ne puchha, Yuab ne kya kiya, aur lashkar ne kya kiya ? aur jang ka anjam kya hua ? 8 Phir Daud ne U riyah ko kaha, ki Apne ghar jS, aur apne paow dho. Aur U'riyah jo badshah ke qasr se nikla, to badshah ne kah^, ki us ke liye khwan bheja jae. 9 Par U'riyah badshah ke ghar se nikalke, fistane par apne khudiwand ke khadimou ke sath so raha, aur apne ghar na gaya. JO Aur khabardarou ne Dind se kaha, ki U'riyah apne ghar na gaya. So Daiid ne U'riyah ko kaha, Kya tu safar se nahfo aya, pas tu apne ghar kyuu na gaya? 11 Tab U'riyah ne Daud se kaha, ki Sanduq, aur bani Israel, aur bani Yihudah, l^haimou meu rahte hain, aur mera khudawand Yuab, aur mere ^hudawand ke khadim khule maidan men pare hue hain, pas maiu kyunkarapne ghar meo jaau, aur khauD> aurpfiio, aur apni joru ke sath so rahiig ? Terf hayat, 1-2 BAB.] II. SAMUEL. 348 aur terf jan ki sou, ki maio yih kabhi na karunga. 12 Phir Diud nc U rtyah ko kaha, ki N] ke din bhJ yahiu rah ja aur kal maio tujhe raw^na karunga. So U'riyih us din bhi s ibh tak Yiriishalam nieu rah gayii. 13 Tab Daiid ne use bulake, apne samhne khilaya aur piHy.i, aur use mast kiyi; aur sham ko wuh b^har jdke, apne khuJawand ke khidimou ke sath, apne bistar par so raha, par apne ghar men na gayS. J4 Aur subh ko Daud ne Yuab ke liye khatt likhke, U'rfy^h ke hath meo diva, aur use rawdna kiya. 15 Aur us ne khatt meu yih likha, ki U'riyah ko jang kf garmi ke waqt agarikijiyo, aur us ke pis se phir aiyo, taki wuh mara ]ie, aur maqtiil ho. 16 Aur aisa hua ki Yuab jo us shahr ke girdagird utra, to us ne U'riyah ko aise maqSm par, jahao us ne jana ki jangf log wahio haio, chhori. 17 Aur us shahr ke log nikle, aur Yiiab se lare, aur wahan Diud ke khadiraoD meo se thore se kam ae, aur Hitti U'riyah bhi mara gaya. 18 Tab Yuab ne admi bheja, aur jang ka sab ahwal Daud se kaha ; 19 Aur qasid ko hukm kiya, ki Jab tii badshah se jang k^ sara ahwal arz kar chuke, to agar aisa ho ki badshah ka gussa bharke aur wuh tujhe kahe, ki Jab turn jang par chaihe, to shahr se kyun dte rauttasil hue, kya turn na j^nte the ki we dfwar par se marenge ? 21 Yarubbusat ke bete Abimalik ko kis ne mara? ek aurat ne chakki ka pat diwar par se us par nahfu de m^ra, ki wuh Tabiz meo mar gaya ? so turn kyiiij shahr ki diwar ke tale gae the ? tab k;ihiyo, ki Tera khadim HittI U'riyah bhi mara gaya. 22 Chunanchi qasid rawana hua, aur aya, aur jo kuchh ki Yuab ne kahla bheja thi so Diud se kahJ. 23 So qasidon ne Diiid se kahi, ki Dushmanon ne ham par bara galaba kiya, aur we maidan men ham par nikle, so ham unhenragedte hue us shahr ke darwaze tak chale gae. 24 Tab tfrandizon ne diwar par se tere khadimoo ko hadaf kiya, bidshah ke kitte hi khidim kam ae ; aur tera khadim Hittl U'riyah bhi mari gaya. 25 So Daud ne qasid ko kaha, ki Yuab ko jakekah, ki us bat se tu dilgir mat ho, is liye ki talwar jaisi ise katti hai use bhi kattf hai, til shahr ke muqibil bari jang kar, aur use dha de, aur use dam-dilasa de. 26 Aur U'riydh kf joru apne shauhar U'riyah ka marna sunke sog meo baithi. 27 Aur jab sog ke din guzar gae, to Daud ne use apne ghar men bulwa liya, aur use apni joru kiya ; so wuh us ke liye beta jani. Par Diud ke us kam se Khuda.'- WAND azurda hua. XII. BAB. 1 Aur Khudawand ne Natan ko Diiid pas bheji. Us ne us p5s Ake kahi : Shahr nieu do shakhs the, ek to daulatmand aur dusra kangil. 2 Us malddr pis bahut beshumar galle aur rupiye the. 3 Par us kangal pas bher ki ek pathiya ke siwa kuchh na tha, jise us ne mol liya tha, aur pala thi, aur wuh us ke aur us ke larkoD ke pas pnri hui thi, aur us ki roti se khati, aur us ke piyale se pfti thi, aur us kf god meo soti thi, aur us ki beti ki jagah thi^ 4 Aur aisa ittifaq hua ki ek mus^fir us daulatmand pas aya, so us daulatmand ne apne g^e bail aur bher bakri ko bachi rakhi, aur us musafir ke liye, jo us pis aya tha, nahiu pakiya ; balki us kangal ki bher le If, aur us shakhs ke liye, jo w* pas iyi tha, paka dalf. 5 Tab Daiid k.i gussa us daulatmand par bashiddat bhark^, aur us ne Natan ko kahd, ki Khuda- WAND i hai kf qasam ki wuh shakhs jis nc yih' kam kiya wijib ul qatl hai ; so 350 II. SAMUEL. [12 BAB. wuh shakhs chauguni pathiya use pher dc, kyunki us ne aisi kim kiyi, aur kuchh rahm na kiya. 7 Tab Natan ne Daiid ko kaha, ki Wuh shakhs tu hi hai. Khuda'- WAND Israel ke Khuda ne yiio farnidy^ hai, ki Maiu ne tujhe masfh kiyS, tiki tu Isrdelion par saltanat kare, aur maio ne tujhe Saul ke hath se chhuraya : 8 Aur maiu ne tere aqn ki ghar tujhe diya, aur tere a ke liye Khuda'wanu ke barguzida Saul ke Jiba men phdusi deo- Tab badshah bola, ki Maiu unheu hawale karunga. 7 Aur badshah ne Mifibusat bin Yunatan bin Sadl par rahmat ki, kyunki Daud aur Yunatan Saul ka beta Khudawand ko darniiyan deke baham hamqasam hiiethe. 8 Aur badshah ne Saul ke do bete, jo Aiyah ki beti Risfah ke batn se the, yane Amiini aur Mifibusat, aur Saiil ki beti Maikal ke paiich bete, jo Barzilli ke bete Adriel ki sulb se the, pakarke Jibaunfou ke hawdle kie ; 9 Aur unhou ne unheu 22 BAB] II. SAxMUEL. 365 pahSr ke barabar Khuda'wand ke huzfir phausi df ; aur we s^tou fasl ke auwal mausim nieo, jis waqt ki jau katne shuru hue the, ek sath mare gae. 10 Tab Aiyah ki belt Risfah nc td^ kd libas liyd aur shura i fasl se us ko apne Kye patthar par bicliha diva, yahao tak ki asman se un par panj pari ; so us ne unhco din ko hawdf pariiidoo se aur rat ko jaiigli darindoo se bachiyi. 11 Aur Daud ko khabar pahunchf ki Saul k! haram Aiyah ki betf Risfah ne y'lo kiy5. 12 So Dand ne j^ke Saul ki haddioo> aur us ke bete Yunatan ki haddfoij ko Yabfsi Jiliadfoij se pher liya, ki we uiiheu Baitishdn meu se, jis waqt ki Filistiou ne Saiil ko Jilbua meg mara, aur unbeo latki diya thd, chura le gae the. 13 So wuh Saul kf haddfoo aur us ke be^e Yunatan ki haddiou ko wahan se le Ayi, aur in sab kf haddiou ko, jo latkae gae the, jama karwAyl. 14 Aur unhoo ne Saiil aur Yunatan ki hadc^foo ko Binyamfnf zamJn meij us ke bap Qis kf gor meu ek taraf ko gara, aur sab jo kuciih ki badshah ne farmaya unhou ne kiya, aur bad us ke kal ki babat Khuda se istigfir kiya , 15 Aur Filistf banf Israel se phir lape, aur Daud apne khadimoij ke sath nikla, aur Filistioij se a lara, aur Daud ajiz hui. 16 Us waqt Wasbubandb ne jo Rafa ke betoo men se tha, jis ke neze ka phal wazn meo tin sau misqal tha, aur wuh ek naya tega bdndhta tha, chaha ki Daud ko mar le. 17 Par Zariiyah ke bete Abis- hai ne kumak kf, aur Filisti par war kiya, aur use qatl kiya ; tab Daiid ke rafiqon ne use qasara di aur kaha, ki Tii phir kabhf hamare sath jang par mat nikliyo, taki Israel ka chirag bujh na jae. 18 Aur aisa hiii ki bad us ke phir Filistiou se Jub meo lashkarkashi hui ; tab Ilusati Sibki ne Saf ko, jo Rafa ki nasi se tha, qatl kiya. 19 Aur phir Filistioe se Jub men ek aur larai hui ; tab Ilhanan bin Waari i Arijiin ne, jo Baitlaham ki tha, Jannati Juliyat ko, jis ka neza aisa tha jaisa ki julahoii ka shahtir hota hai, mar^. 20 Phir Jannat men ek aur larai hui, aur wahaij bar.4 jangi ek pahlawan tha, us ke bar hath meo aur bar paow meu chha chha un<^liau thiy, jo sabkf sab chaubis hoti haig, aur yih bhi Rafa ki nasi men se tha. 21 Usne jis waqt ki bani Israel par nafrin ki, us waqt Daiid ke bhai Samai ke bete Yunatan ne use mara. 22 Ye hi charoij Rafi ki sulb se mutawallid hue, aur Diiid aur us ke khadimoij ke hlth se mare pare. XXII BAB. 1 Aur Diiid ne, jis din ki Khuda'wand ne u.se us ke sare dushmanon aur Saul ke hath se najat di, Khuda'waxd ke age is git ki bateo kahio, 2 Aur boli, ki KuuDA'wAND mer.i pahar, aurmeri panah, aur mera chhuranewala hai. 3 Khuda mera patthar hai, us par mera tawakkul hai, wuh meri sipar hai, aur meri naj^t ka Singh hai, tu mer,i uncha burj, aur mera malja, aur mera najatdenewala hai, tu hi mujhe zulin se bachata hai. 4 Main ne Khuuawand se dud mangi, wuhf sitiish ke laiq hai, aur maio apne dushmauoij se chhuraya gayi, 5 Ki maut ki lahroij ne mujhe ghera, shaitani logoo ke sailabou ne mujhe daraya. 6 Jahannam ke dukh mere gird ho gae, maut ke phandoo ne mujhe roka. 7 Apni musibat ke waqt maio ne Khuda'wand ko pukrira, apne Khuda ko pukara, us ne apni haikal meu meri awaz sunf, aur mera nlla us ke kan tak pahuncha. 8 Tabuske gusse se zamin larazi aar kampi, a^man ki binSco hilgaio aur laraziu. 9 Us ke nathnoy se ek dhuao 366 11- SAMUEL. [22 BAB. iithl, aur u^ ke munh se ^g nilcalkc khi gai, ki jis so kosle dahak gae. 10 Us ne Ssmln ko jhukiyi aur utri, aur andhera m ke qad;noQ tale thi. 11 Wuh ek karubi par snwlr tha aur ufi, aur hawake paron par dikhiidet^ thi. 12 Aur us ne apne girdigird taifkf ka khaima khari kiyi, jama hue pSnf aur andlieri badlion ke sith. 13 Us chamak se jo us ke age thi koele sulge. 14 Khuda'wand asmin par se garaja aur us Ali janib ne apni £wiz sun if. 15 Aur tTr chalae aur unheu bithriya, bijH ns unheu khindiyi aur muztarib kiya. 16 Khuda wand kf jhunjh- lihat se aur us ke nathoti ki mauj S3 darya ke sote numiyan hue, dunyi ki neweu khul g^to. 17 Us nc upir se bhaja aur mujhe uthi liya, us ne mujhe bahut plnToo men se khiuchi. 18 Us ne mujhe mere (jawi dushman se, aur un se jo mera kiua rahte the chhuriya, ki we mujh par nihiyat galib the. 19 Unhou ne mujhe mere idbar ke din roka, par KuuD.Afy.ANO mera Sahara tha. 20 Wuh mujh ko tangi se kushidamakin raso llyl; us no mujh ko najat bakhshf. 21 Is liye ki wuh mujh se khush tha, Khcdawand ne meri rasti ke muwifiq mujh ko jaza df, aur mari pikiasti ka mihe badli d!ya. 22 KyCinki maiu ne Khuda'wand kf rihon kf niglhbanf ki, aur m uu ne apne Khudi kf pairawT se sarkashf na kf. 23 Ki us ki sirf sunnateu mere age thii), aur us ke huijuq jo hain, so main ne unheu tark na kiya. 24 Maiu us ke age kamil tha, aur maiij ne apne tafn apnf badkari se ba'- rakha. 2) So Khud.vwant) ne mcri rasti aur merf plki ke muwifiq apne huzur mujh ko sila diyi. 26 Tn rahmkarnewale par rahfm hai, aur nekikarnewdle ko- apni nekf dikh ita hai. 27 Tu un ko jo khalis hai apni khulus dikhata hai, aur g'jstikhoa par nimihrbinf karta hai. 28 Tii un logon ko jin par bipat pari hai bachata hai, aur unko jo ghamand rakhte haie takta hai, tiki unheu past kare. 29 Ki tu Khuda'wand meri chirag hai aur Khud vwand mere andhere ko roshan karegi 30 Teri kumak se main ek gol par jhaptunga, maiu apne Khudi ke kumak se diwar kud giya. 31 Khudi, us ki rih kimil hai, Khud.vwand kf bat mujarrab hai, wuh un sib ki, jiuhen us ka bliarosa hai, phari hai. 32 Khudjjwand ke siwa kaun Khudi hai, aur hamare Khudi chhut kaun patthar hai? 33 Khudi merf quwat aur mera zor, aur wahf mori rah kamil karta hai. 34 Wuh mnjh ko harni ke se piijw deta hai, wuh mujh ko mere uuche makau par baithata hai. 35 Wuh mere hithon ko larni sikhati hai, aisa ki tainhe ki kaman mere bazuou se tut jati hai. 36 Tu hf ne apnf najat ki sipar mujh ko bakhshf, aur teri hi muliyamat ne muih ko bari kiyi. 37 Tu ne mere qadam jo mere nfche hain,^ kushada kie, aisa ki mere pluw phisalte nahiij. 38 Main ne apne dushmanon ka pfchha kiyi, aur unhen fani kiyi, aui munh na mora jab tak ki unhen nabud na kiya. 39 Maio ne unheu ni<^al liya, aur unheo zakhml kiya, ai.sa ki we uth na sake, han we mere qada- mon tale pare.hain. 40 Kyunki tu ne jang ke liye zor se merf kamarbandhf, we jo mujh par charh ate haiu, tu ne un ko mere nfchhe jhukaya. 41 Tu hi ne mere dushmanon ki pith mujh ko dikhlaf, taki maiu unhen jo mera kfna rakhte haiij, kit dilug. 42 We chillae, par chhuranewali kof na thahara, Khud.vwand pas bhi, par us ne unhen jawab na diya, 43 Tab main ne unheu aisi pfsa, ki gard kar diya, main ne un ko aisa raunda ki rasteki kichar ho gae, aur unhen patli kar diya^ 44 Tii hi ne mujh ko mere logon ke jhagre se chhuriyi, tu hi ne mujh ko agy^r ka sardar kiya, ek qaum jise main nahiu pahchant i meri bandagf karne lagf 4-5 Ajnabi log mere tabi houge. yehf ki sunenge aur mere farmanbardir ho jienge. 46- i-3 BAB.] II. SAMUEL. 367 Mus^firoo ke farzand udas ho jaengc, aur wc apne tang makanoo meo dahshat khficpgc. 47 Khuhawand zinda liai aur niera patthar inubrirak liai, aur Khuda meri najdt ka sing buland aur ball hai, 48 Khuda hi hai jo niera intiij^m leta hai, aur logoo ko mere tale Idti hai. 49 Tu hi mujhe mere duslunanoo so nikalta hai, aur mere hamlakarnewdlou par buland karta hai, aur zalim adinf se najat deta hai. 50 So maiu, ai Khudd, qaumoij ke bfch tera shukr kariJng^, aur tere n^m ka gft gaungd. 51 Ki tu hi apne badshah kf najat ka burj hai, aur apne masili Da lid par, aur us ki nasi par abad tak rahnikarnewala hai. XXIII. BAB. 1 Yih Daud ka pichhla kalani hai. Yassi ke bete Diud ne kaha, aur us shakha ne jo bulandf par charhiya gaya kaha, Yaqub ke Khudi ke masih ne, jo bani Israel meo achchha gftwala tha, kaha. 2 Khuda kf ruh mujh meu boli, aur us ka sut:- hun meri zaban par tha : 3 Isrilel ke Khudi ne kaha, Israel ke pahar ne mujhe kaha, Wuh jo khilqat par saltanat karta hai, ki sadiq hai, aur khuda tarsi ke sath saltanat karta hai. 4 Aur subh ki roshni ki manind hoga, jab ki siiraj nikalta hai, aur badli nahiu hotf, aur ghas meuh ke sabab zamin se jamti hai. 5 Kya meri ghar Khuda ke nazdik aisi nahfu, ki us ne ek abadi ahd, jo sab chlzoo men mur- attab aur mahfiiz hai, mere sath kiyi hai, ki meri sari salamati aur mera sara shauq wuh ugiwegl? 6 Aur shaitani log hargiz nashwonama na karenge, we sab kan- tou ki manind ukhar phenke jaenge, kyiinki we hathoo se pakare nahiu jate. 7 Aur jo shakhs ki unheu chhiu chahe, use zarur hai, ki loha y:i neza pakre, aur wuhig ka wuhiu unhen jali dewc. 8 Aur Daud ke bahad'jrou ke nam ye haiu : pahila Tahkamuni Wasibbaaabat jo sarthfoD ka sardir tha-, usi ne ath sau par bhala chaliya, aur unhen ek bar qatl kiya. 9 Us ke bad Diida ka beta Iliazr Akhuhi, yih un tin pahlwanog meu se ek tha jo us ke sath charh gae the, jab ki Daud ne un Filistiou ko, jo jangpar charhe the, dhamkayi tha, aur sare bani Israel charh gae the. 10 So us ne uthke Filis- tiou ko mara, yahan tak ki us ka hath thak gaya, aur qabza hath meo jam gaya, aur Khuda ne us din bar! fathbakhshi, aur usi ke sire log liitne daure. 11 Bid us ke Harali Aji ka beti Sainmah tha jis waqt Filisti ikhatte hoke masur ke khet ke barabar jama hue the, aur sab log Filistiou ke a'ge se bhag gae, 12 Wuh khet ke bichou bich khari raha, aur us zamin ko bachaya, auv FilistioD ko qatl kiya, aur Khudawaxi> ne bari fath bakhs*hi. 13 Aur un tis meij se tin sardar nikle, aur Adiilam ke magare ko dirau ke waqt Diud pas ae, aur Filistiou ki fauj dasht i Rifiim meg khaimazan thi. 14 Aur Diiid us waqt garh meu tha, aur Filistiou ka thana Haitlahm men tha. 15 Aur Diud ne tarasti hua kaha, Hie wuh kaun hai jo mujhe us ktie ka ek ghiiiit pini jo Baitlahin ke astane par hai, piUwe. 16 Uu tinon pahlawanoD ne Filistiou ka lashkar tori, aur Baitlahm ke kue se p-ini bhara aur lake Diiid ko diya; lekin us ne na chaha ki pie, pas use Khudawand ke Hye tiipayd. 17 Aur us ne kaha, Aisa na howe, Ai Khudawand, jo maiu aisi karui) ki yiii un logou ka lahii hai, jo apni janoij par klielc haiu. So us ne na chaha ki use pie. So un tinoy pahlawanou ne aise kam kic. 18 Aur Zariiyah ke bete Ynab ka bhaiAbishai bhi tin men ek sardar tha: us 368 II. SAMUEL. [24 BAB. ne tfii sau par Lhala chalaya aur unheo qatlkiy^, aur tin men n^mdar hua. 19 Wiih to tinoD meu sab se ziyida izzatwald thd, aur un k1 sardar hna, par wuh pahile tinou ke barabar na tha. 20 Aur Yahuwada ka beta Binayih, jis ka dada Qabziel bari bahadur tha, jis ne bahut se kam kie the, aur Moab ke do sher jaw^n mare, aur jake barf ke mausim meu ek gar ke bich ek sher mara. 31 Aur us ne ek khubsi'irat Misrf ko qatl kiya. Us Misri ke hdth mea ek bhila tha, jo wuh lath leke us par lapka, to Misri ke hath se bhala chhfna, aur ust ke bhale se use mar^. 22 Aur Yahuwada ke bete Binayah ne yih yih kuchh kiya, aur tinon pahlawanon men us ka nam tha. 23 Wuh in tinon se ziyada izzatwala tha, par wuh un tin ke baribar na tha, aur Daud ne use apne musahibon meo shamil kiya. 24 Aur Yaab ka bhii Asahel ek un tisoo men se tha ; aur Ilhanan Baitlahm ke Duda ka beti, 25 Sammah Khiradi, Iliqa Khiradi, 26 Khalis Falti, I'ra bin Aqfs Taqui, 27 Abiazr Annatuti, Mabunf Husati, 28 Zalmun Aljhiihi, Maharf Natufati, 29 Halib bin Baanah Natufati, Itti bin Raibi Binyaminl Jiba ka, 30 Firatiinf Binayah, aur Nahal i Jaas ka Hiddi, 31 Abigalbun Arbati, Azmaut Barahiimf, 32 Ilyahbi SaalbiJnf, Baniyasin, Yunatan, 33 Sammah Harari, Akhiam bin Sarar Arari. 34 Ilifalat bin Ahasbi bin Maak^ti, Iliamm bin Akhituffal Jailanf. 35 Hasrd Karmili, Faari Arbi, 36 Ijiyal bin Natan, Siiba se, Bani Jadf. 37 Silq Ammiini, Naharl Biaratf, jo Yiiab bin Zaru}'ah ka silahbardir tha. 38 I'ra Witri; Jarib Witri. 39 Uriyah Hittf. Sab saintis hue. XXIV. BAB. 1 Bad us ke Khudawand ka gussa banf Israel par phir bhafka, ki us ne Daud ke dil men dali, jo bani Israel aur ban! Yihndah ko gine. 2 So badshih ne lashkar ke sardar Yiiab ko, jo us ke s ith tha, hukm kiya, ki Jaiye aur banf Israel ke sSre firqoij men, Dan se leke Biar saba tak, guzar karo, aur logon ko gino, taki un ka adad mujhe malum ho. 3 Tab Yiiab ne badsbah ko kaha, ki KnuDA'syATJo tera Khuda un logon ko us se ki jitne we ab hain sau chand ziyada kare, aur mere khudawand badshah ki aykhen dekheo, par ky£ sabab hai ki mera khudawand bldshah yih kam kiya chahta hai? 4 Tab Yiiab aur lashkar ke sardaron ko badshah ne takid se hukm kiya. Aur Ynab aur lashkar ke sardar badshah ke huzur se bani Israel ke shumar karne ko nikal gae, 5 Aur Yardan par utre aur Arair meu jo wadi i Jadd ke shahr ke dahiu! taraf ko hai Yazir tak khaimazan hue. G Wahaij se Jiliad aur Tahtim ki sarzamfn meo Hudsi ko ae aur Dan i Yaan ko ae, aur ghumke Saidi kf sarhadd tak pahunche. 7 Aur wahaij se Sur kf shahr panahou tak ae, aur Ilawion ke sire shahroa, aur Kanaanlon kf zamin tak ae; aur bani Yihudih ke janiib ko Biarsaba ta'i: chale gae. Chunanchi sari mamlukat meo .sair karke nau mahine bis din ke bad Yirdshalam ko ae. 9 Aur Yiiab ne logou ke shumar ki fard badshah ko di, so bani Israel ath lakh shamsherzan bahadur the. Aur bani Yihudih panch lakh jangi the. 10 Aur Daiid ka dil bid us ke ki us ne logon ka shumar kiya tut gaya, aur Daud ne Khudawand ko kaha, Yih jo main ne kiya mujh se bara gunah hua, ab, ai Khudawand, fazl se apne bande kca gunah bakhsh dijiye, ki maiu ne ahmaqi kakamkiy.5. 11 So jab Diud subh ko ucha, to Khudawand ne Jad par, jo 24 DAB.] II. SAMUEL. SW Daud kS gaibgo thi, wahf Lhejf, ki Ja aur Daud se kah, ki Khudawand flirmStS hai, 12 Maiu ne tere liye tin halaeu muqarrar kfo, tu un meo se ek ko i^htiyir kar, ki maio use tujh par hhejnu. 13 So J&d Daud p^s &yi, aur us se puchhfi, ki Tu kyi chahtii hai, tere mulk meo sat baras k& kal pare , y^ tu tin mahfne tak apnc dushinanoo se hhagta phire, aur we tujhe ragedeu, ya teri mamlukat meo tfn din tak wabi pare? Ab bata, aur dekh ki maio use, jis ne mujhe bhejl, kyi jawSb diii). 14 Tab Daiid ne Jad ko kahi, Maiu bar? giriftdrf men hdo, so Kiiudawand ke hath moo giriftir bona bihtar hai, ki us kf rahmaten azfra haic, aur Sdraioo ke hath mei) giriftar na hounga. 15 So Khuda'wand ne ban! Israel kosubh se leke muqarrarl waqt tak wabfi mea mubtala kiy£, aur Dan se leke Biarsaba tak sattar hazar banf Israel mar gae. 16 Aur jab firishte ne apni hath baihaya ki YirushSlam ko fanS kare : to Khuda- WAND ne use bad' karne se baz rakhd, aur us firishte ko, jis ne logon ko miiri tha, kah5, Yih bas hai, ab apna hath khinch. Us waqt Khudawand ka firishta Yabusi Urnan ke khaliyan par khar.i tha. 17 Aur Daud ne jab us firishte ko, jo logoo ko marti tha dekha, to Khudawand ko kaha, Gunah to maio ne kiyi, aur bad! mujh se hui, par in bheroo ki kya qusur ? pas mujh hf aur mere bip ke gharane par apna hath chalaiye. 18 Aur us roz Jad Daud pis Sya aur use kahS, Ja aur Yabusi Urnln ke khaliyan par Khudawand ke liye ek mazbah ban£. 19 Aur Diud ne Jad ke kahne ke muwafiq, jaisi ki Khudawand ka hukm tha, kiyS. 20 Aur Urnan ne nigih ki, aur badshlh aur us ke chakarou ko apni taraf ate dekhi ; so Urnin nikla aur b^dshah ke ^ge jhukke zamin par sijda kiyi, 21 Aur kaha, Khudawand meri bidshah apne bande pas kynu aya ? Dadd ne kaha, Tiki khaliyan tujh se mol liio, aur Khuda'wand ka ek mazbah banado, tiki logoQ meo se wabi jati rahe. 22 Urnan qe Daud ko kahi, ki Meri khudawand bidshih lewe, aur jaisi bihtar jane, guzrane, aur dekh yahio charhawe ke liye bail, aur dieo chaline ki asbib bailoo ke slmin samet indhan ke liye hai. 23 Yih sab kuchh, Urnan badshih ne badshih ko diyi. So Urnan ne bidshih se kaha ki Khiida- wAND teri Khuda tujh ko qabdl kare. 24 Tab badshih ne Urnan se kahi Yuu nahio, balki maio tujhe qimat ddngi, aur use mol lungi, aur maio un chizoe ko jin par meri kuchh kharch na ho, Khcdawand apne Khuda ko charhawa na charhinnga. So D>iud ne wuh khaliyin aur we bail pachis misqal chSndi deke mol lie. 25 Aur Dadd ne wahio Khuda'wand ke liye mazbah banayi, aurcharhawon aur salimioo ko charhiya; aur Khudawand ne zamin ke liye un ki dua qabul kf aur waba bani Israel meo se jati rahi. SALATIN Kr PAHLI' KITAB, I. BAB. 1 Aur Dadd badshih burhi, aur kuhansil hfii, aur we us par bahut se kapre urhite the, par wuh garm na hoti thS. 2 So us ke khadimou ne use kahi, ki Ham apne bidshih ke liye ek kugwari aurat dhundhenge ki wuh bidshih ke huiac W w n70 1. S A LATIN' [1 BAB. khaff rahe, aur us ki khabargfrf kiya kare, aur bagal meu so rah^ kare ; taki hamSrl khudawand badshSh garm howe. 3 Chunanchi unhoo ne bani- Israel ki sSrl mamlukat meu ck jawan khushshakl aurat ki talash kf, aur Shanamft Abishij ko p5ya ; so use badshih pis lae. 4 Aur wuh jawan aurat bahut shakil tht, so wuh bidshih kl khabargfrf aur us k! khidmat karne lagf ; lekin badshah ne us se ishnai na kf. 5 Us waqt Hajjft ke bete Aduni3'^h ne apne taio buland kiya, aur kalia, Main bddshih hounga ; aur apne liye garfao aur sawSr taiyar kfe, aur pachas idmf daufoewale apne 5ge Sge chalne ke liye muqarrar kfe. 6 Aur us ke bSp ne na kabhl us ko dzurda kij'a aur na yih kaha, ki Ty ne yuo kyuo kiya ? Aur wuh bh! bahut Ichdbsurat tha : aur us kl rai use Abisalum ke bad janf thi. 7 Aur wuh Zarayah ke bete Ydab, aur Abiwatr kahin se guftga karta thi, aur ye donoQ Aduniyih ke madadgir the. 8 Lekin Saduq k^hin aur Yahuyada ka beti Binayah aur Natan nabf, aur Samal, aur Rial, aur Daud ke bahadur log Aduniyah ke sath na the. 9 Aur Addniyah ne bhereu aur bail aur pile hne chaupae Zuhalat ke patthar par jo Rajil ke chashme ke barabar hai, zabh kfe, aur apne bhifoo, yine badshah ke beton kl, aur sare banl Yihudah bidshah ke khadimoo kl dawat ki: 10 Par Natan nabf aur Binayah aur bahadur logoe aur apne bhai Sulaiman ko na bulayS. 11 So Nitan ne Sulaimin kf ma Bintsaba ko kahi, KyS tu ne nahio sunl ki Hajjft ki beta Addniyah saltanat karta hai, aur hamira khudawand Daud nahio jinta ? 12 Ab td a, ki maio tujhe mashwara ddo, taki teri, aur tere bete Salaimin ki jan bache. 13 Td jake Dand bidshih ke samhne kharf ho, aur use kah, Ai mere khudawand badshSh, kyi td ne apni laundi se qasam khike nahfo kaha, ki Tera beti Sulaiman mere bid saltanat karegi, aur wuhl mere takht par baithegi ? Pas Addniyih kydn bidshahat karta hai? 14 Aur dekh jis waqt ki td badshah se blteo karegi, tab main bhf tere pfche i pahunchunga, aur terf baton ko sabit kardnga. 15 So Bintsaba andar mahall meo bldshih pis gal; aur badshah to bahut bdrhi tha, aur Shunamit Abishaj badshih kf khidmat karti thi. 16 Aur Bintsaba jhukf, aur badshih ke huzur mathi ragari. Tab badshih ne irshid kiya, ki Tu kyi mangtl hai ? 1 7 Us ne yih arz kf, ki Ai mere khudawand, td ne Khodawakd apne Khudi kf qasam khike apnf laundi se kaha ki Bad mere teri beti Sulaiman badshah hogi, aur mere takht par wuhl baithegi. 18 Ab dekh Addniyah saltanat karta hai, aur ab tak mere khudi wand bidshih ko khaLar nahin. 19 Aur us ne bahut se bail, aur pile hue chaupae, aur bhereu zabh kfo, aur bidshih ke sab betoo aur Abiwatr kahin, aur lashkar ke sardar Ydab ki mihmani ki hai, aur tere gulam Sulaiman ko nahio bulayi. 20 Aur ab ai mere khudawand badshih, sire bani Israel ki nigah tujh par hai, tiki td unhea kahe ki mere khudiwand bidshih ke takht par bad us ke kaun baiihegi. 21 Nahio to yih hogi ki jab mera khudawand badshah apne bnpdadou ke sath iram karegi^ to maio, aur mera beti Sulaiman donoo taqslrwir gine jaenge. 22 Aur dekho ki wuh badshah ke sath hanoz biteo hi kar rahf thi ki Natan nabf bhi i pahunchi. 23 Aur hajiboo ne badshah ko khabar kf ki Natan nabi hizir hai. Aur jab wuh badshih ke huzdr iya, to us ne badshah ke huzdr jubbasaf kl : 24 Aur bola, Ai mere khudawand bidshih, kyi td ne farmaya hai ki Mere bid 1 BAB.] I. SALATI'N. a7l Aduniydli bidshah ho, aur mere talj:ht par baithe ? 25 Ki wuh aj kc din gayi aur bahut se bail, aur pale hue chdrpae, aur bhereu zabhkiyao, aur badshih ke sare betoo, aur lashkar ke sardaroo, aur Abiwatr kdhin ki mihmani ki, aur dekh we us ke sith khate pile haio, aur kahte haio, Jitd rahe badshah Adiiniyah ! 26 Par tere gulam ko, yane mujhe, aur Saduq kdhin, aur Yahtiyada ke bete Bindydh aur tere gulam Sulaimdn ko na buldya. 27 Ky.i yih mere khudawand bddshdh ke hukm se htia, aur t'i ne apne gulam ko khabar aa ki, ki mere khudawand b^dslidh ke bdd us ke takht par kaun baithcga ? 28 Us waqt Dadd badshah ne jawab diya aur farmdya, ki Bintsaba ko mujh pas bulao. So wuh badshdh ke huzur hdzir huf, aur badshah ke samhne khari rahf. 29 Badshah ne qasam kliai aur farmaya, Us Khudawand i hai ki qasam jis ne meri ruh ko har nau ki afat se najat di, 30 Ki jaisa maio ne Khudawand Isrdel ke Khuda kl qasam khake tujhe kaha tha, ki Yaqfnan tera betd Sulaimln mere bid b-xdshah hogi, aur merf jagah mere takht par wuhi baithega ; so maio aj ke din waisahi kar dikhliungi. 31 Tab Bintsaba zarain par munh ke bal giri, aur badshah ke age matha ghiske bolf, Mera khudawand badshah Daiid hamesha jita rahe ! 32 Daud badshah ne farmdya, Saduq kdhin aur Ndtan nabi aur Yahuyada ke bete Biniyah ko mujh pas bulao. So we bddshah ke huzur hizir hue. 33 Bddshah ne unheo farmaya, Apne khuddwand ke muldzimoa ko apne sath lo, aur mere bete Sulaimdn ko mere khdss khachchar par sawdr karo, aur use Jaihun pis utdro. 34 Aur wuhag Saddq kdhin, aur Ndtan nabi us ke sir par tel maleu' ki wuh bani Israel kd badshdh ho ; am* turn narsinge phiinko, aur bolo, Khudi Sulaimdn badshdh ko jiti I'akhe. 35 Phir turn us ko age dhare hue le do, taki wuh awe aur mere ta^ht par baithe, ki mera waif ahd wuhi hai : aur maio ne use muqarrar kiya ki bani Isrdel aur bani Yihdddh kd badshdh ho. 36 Tab Yahuyada ke bete Binayah ne badshdh ke jawdb meo kaha, Amin ! Aur Khudawand mere khuddwand badshdh kd Khudd ydo hi farmdtd hai : 37 Jis tarah Khudawand mere khudawand badshdh ke sath tha, usi tarah Sulaimdn ke sath ho, aur us ke ta^ht ko mere khudawand badshdh Dind ke takht se ziydda dlishdn kare ! 38 So Saduq kdhin, aur Nd^an nabi, aur Yahdyada kd betd Bindyih aur Karetf aur Faletf, sab ke sab niche utre, aur Sulaimdn ko Didd bddshdh ke khachchar par sawar kiyi, aur Jaihun par Ide. 39 Aur wuhin Saduq kdhin ne l^haime se ek tel kd Singh liyd aur Sulaimdn ko mamsuh kiyd; tab unhon ne narsinghd phnnkd, aur sab ke sab bole, Sulaimdn badshdh ko Khudd jita rakhe! 40 Aur sara lashkar us ke pichhe pfchhe, aur log shahnal bajate chale jate the, aur ban khushl karte ate the, aisd ki zamin un ke gul se phatti thf. 41 Aur Addniydh aur us ke sare mihmdnoo ne jo us ke sdth the joohfo kha chu- ke yih shor sund; aur jab Yuab ne narsinghe ki awdz sunt, to bold, ki Shahr meo yih kyd gul aur shor hai ? 42 Wuh yih kahi rahd thd ki Abiwatr kdhin ka betS Yunatan dya aur Addniydh ne us ko kahd, ki Td bahddur hai, aur ^hushkhabarf Idtd hai. 43 Us waqt Ydnatan ne Addniydh se kaha, ki Haradre khuddwand bddshdh Dadd ne Sulaimdn ko badshdh muqarrar kiyd. 44 Aur badshdh ne Saddq kdhin aur Ndtan nabi aur Yahdyada ke bete Bindyah aur Karetf aur Faletf ko us ke slth bhejd. So unhou ne badshdh ke khachchar par use sawdr kiya : 45 Aur Saduq kdhin, aur Ndtan nabi ne Jaihun par us ke sir ko chikna kiya, so we wuhda W w2 372 I. SALATI-N. [2 BAB. •e aisf Ijhushf karte hue phire haio ki shahr gt'inj gaya ; aur yih awiz jo turn ne aunt so wuhi hai. 46 Aur Sulaitnan ne saltanat ke takht par juliis farmaya. 47 Aur badshah ke mulazim hamare khudawand badshah Daud ko mubarakbad de rahe haio, aur kahte haiu, Khuda Sulaiman ko tujh se ziyada nSmawar kare, aur ns ke takht ko tere takht se ziyada buzurg kare ; aur bidshah ne palang par sijda kiyi. 48 Aur badshah ne yuo farmaya, ki Khuda'wasd Israel ka Khuda Boubirak hai, jis ne Sj ke din ek janishfn ati kiya, ki mere ta^t par baitha, aur merf ^nkhoQ ne dekhS. 49 Tab sare mihman jo Aduniyah ke sath the hirasan hoke uthe, aur apni apni rah chale gaye. 50 Aduniyah SulaimSn ae darke utha aur jake mazbah ke singhou ko pakrS. 51 Aur Sulaiman ko khabar huf, ki Dekh AduniySh tujh se tars^n hai, kyiinki wuh mazbah ke singhoo ko pakre hue kahta hai ki Sulaiman 5j ke din mujh se qasam kare, ki apne chSkar ko tah i teg na karega. 52 Tab Sulaiman bola, Agar wuh nekokar hoga, to us ka ek bal zamfn par na girega ; par agar us meu shararat pif jaegi, to wuh mdri jaega. 53 So Sulaiman badshah ne log bheje, aur we use mazbah par se le ie ; us ne 5ke SulaimSn badshah ke huzur sijda kiyi aur Sulaiman ne use farmayi Apne ghar jk. II. BAB. 1 Jab Daud ke mame ke din nazdik pahunche, tab us ne apne bete Sulaiman ko yih waslyat kf, 2 Ki maio sare khSkfou ki rah jata hoc, td mazbiitl kar aur apne tafo mard kar dikhla : 3 Aur Khudawakd apne Khuda ke hukmoo ko hifz karke us ki rahoo par chal, aur us ki sunnatoij aur us ke hukmon aur us ke farminoo aur us k! shahadatoo par amal kar,jaisa Musa kt kitab men likha hai, taki tii apne k^moD nieo aur jidhar tu rukh kare udhar sarsabz ho. 4 Aur taki Khuda- wand apne us su^han par qaim rahe jo us ne mere haqq meo kaha ki Agar teri nasi apni rSh ko hifz karke apne sare dil aur apni sari jnn se mere age sachSi se chale, to teri nasi se ek shakhs bani Israel ke takht par se munqata na hoga 5 Aur tu janti bhi hai jo kuchh ki ZardySh ke bete Yuab ne mujh se aur Israeli lashkar ke do sardaroo Naiyir ke bete Abinaiyir, aur Watr ke bete Amasa se kiyi jinheu us ne qatl kiyS, aursulh meo khanrezi ki, aur khtin ko apne patke par, jo us ke kamar par bandha thS, aur apni jutioo par jo us ke paoo meo thio, chhirkS. 6 So tu apni danish ke muwafiq kar, aur us ka gala sa sir salimat gor meg na utarne de. 7 Par Barzilli Jiliadi ke betoo par miharbani kar, aur unheo un meo jo tere dastirkhwan par khana khaweo shamil kar, is liye ki we jis waqt ki maio tere bhai Abisalum ke khauf se bhagS thS, mujh pas ae the. 8 Aur dekh Bakhurimi Binyamini ke bete Jaira ka beta Samai tere sath hai; us ne jis din ki maiu Mahanain meo dakhil hoti th5, mujh par bahut burl nafrin ki; par wuh Yardan pSr mere lene ko ^ya, aur maio ne KnuoAWANn ki qasam khake use kaha ki Maio tujhe talwar se qatl na karunga. 9 So tu use begunih na janiyo, kyunki tu aqil mard hai aur janta hai jo kuchh usse kiya chlhiye, tii us ka gala si sir lahci lauhan gor meu utar. 10 Bad us ke Daud ne apne b^pdadoo ke sath aram kiya aur shahr i D£ad meo gara gaya. 11 Aur Daud ne bani Israel par chalis baras saltanat ki, s^t baras Habrtia 2 BAB.] I. SALATl'N. 373 meo aiir tcutis baras Yinlshalain nieo us ne saltanat kf. 12 Plur Sulaim^n apne bap Dadd ke takht par baithi, aur us kf saltanat basbiddat paedar htii. 13 Tab Ilajjit ka beta Aduniyah Sulaiiuaii ki mi Biiitsaba pas iya. Us ne puchha, Tu sulh sc £ti liai? Wuh bola, Sulh se. U Phir us ne kah^, Maiu tujh se kuchh kahi chihta hug. Wuh bolf, Kah. 15 Usnekahi, Tu janti hai ki saltanat merf thi, aur sare banf Israel men' taraf mutawajjih hue ki maiy saltanat karun ; lekin saltanat palat gii aur mere bhif ki hdi; kyiinki yih K.huda'wa.nd ki taraf se usi ki thi. 16 So maio tujh se ek hajat niingta hiiij, tii use radd mat kar. Us ne kaha, Kah. 17 Us ne kaha, Karam karke Sulaimdn badshih se kahiye ki wuh tera munh rakhega, ki Abishaj Shdnamit mujhe biyah de. 18 So Bintsaba boli, Achchh^, maiu tere liye b^dshah se kahungl. 19 Aur Bintsaba Sulaiman badshih pis Addniyih ke liye kahne gaf. Badshah us ki tizim ko utha, aur us ke Sge jhuka, phir apne takht par baithS, aur badshih ne apni mi ke liye takht rakha, so wuh us ke dahne hath baithl. 20 Aur boli, Tujh pis ek chhoti hajat mangti huQ, mera munh rakhiyo. Badshih ne use kahi, Meri mS, farma, ki maio tera raunh rakhunga. 21 Wuh boli, Abishaj Shdnamit tere bhai Aduniyah se byahi jie. 22 Tab Sulaimin bidshih ne apni mi. ko jawab diya aur kahi, ki Tu faqat Abishaj Shunamlt ko Addniyih ke liye kydu mangti hai? Balki us ke liye saltanat bhi mang ; ki wuh mera bara bhai hai : balki us ke liye aur Abiwatr kahin aur Zaruyah ke bete Yuab ke liye bhi. 23 Tab Sulaiman badshah ne Khudawand ki qasam khake kaha, ki Agar Aduniyah ne yih bit apni jan par khelne ko nahig kahi, to Khuda mujh se aisahi kare, balki us se ziyada. 24 So ab Khudawand ki hayit ki qasam jis ne mujh ko sabit kiya, aur mujh ko mere bap DiJiid ke talj:ht par baithaya, aur mujhe sahib i khana kiya apne kalam ke mutabiq, ki Adnniyah ij hi ke din qatl kiya jaega: 25 Aur Sulaiman badshah ne Yahuyada ke bete Biniyah ko bheji; us ne hamla karke use qatl kiyi. 26 Phir bidshah ne Abiwatr kahin ko kaha, Tu Anatut ko apne khetoo par ja; kyunki tu wajib ul qatl hai, par maiy is waqt tujhe marwa nahiu dalti ki tu mere bip Daudke huzur Khudawand Khuda ka sauduq uthata tha; aur is liye ki tu un sab dukhoD meu jo mere bip par pare sharik tha: 27 Aur Sulaimin ne Abiwatr ko kharij kiyi ki Khudawand ki kihin na ho, tiki Khudawand ki sukhan pari ho jo us ne Saili ke bich Ali ke gharane ke haqq meo kahi. 28 Aur yih khabar jo Yuab ko pahunchi, to is liye ki Y^uab Aduniyah ka pairau thi agarchi Abisalum par mail na hui thi, so wuh Khudawand ke khaime meo bhigke ja rahi, aur mazbah ke singhoo ko pakra. 29 Aur Sulaiman ko khabar hui, ki Yuab bhigke Khudawand ke khaiuie meo gaya aur mazbah ko pakre hue hai; tab Sulaimin ne Yahuyada ke bete Biniyah ko kahli bheji ki use qatl kare. 30 So Biniyih Khudawand ke khaime meu gayi aur use kaha, Badshih ki hukm hai ki tu bahar nikal. Wuh boli, Nahiu, maio yahiu mardngi. Tab Biniyah phir gayi aur bidshih se kahi, ki Yuab yua kahti hai, aur us ne mujhe yuo jawib diya. 31 Tab bidshah ne use farmayi, Jaisi us ne kahi hai waiaehi kar, aur us par hamla karke gir de, tiki tn un begunihoo ke khdn ki jo Yuab ne chhirka, mere bip ke ghar ki taraf sc qisis le. 32 Aur Kuudawa>d us ti khdn us ke sir dhare, 374 I. SALATI'N. [2 UAH. ki us ne do shakhsoo ko jo us se ziySda r^stkar aur us se bihtar the, talwSr se qatl kiya, aur mere bap ko khabar na hiif, Naiyir ka beta Abinaiyir jo Israeli laahkar ka sardar tha, aur Watr ka beta AmSsa, jo bani Yihudah ka Sardar tha. 33 So unka. khuii Yiiab ke sir par, aur us kf nasi par abad tak rahega, aur Dadd par, ajr us ki nasi par, aur us ke gharane, aur us ke takht par abad tak KuudaVand ki taraf se salainati hogi. 34 So Yahuyada kl betd Bia%ah rawana h la aur us par ja para aur use qatl kiya, aur wuh bayabin ke bich apne hi ghar meo gara gay't. 35 Phir badshah ne Yahuyada ke bete Binayah ko us ki jagah lashkar ka sardar kiya ; aur Saduq kahin ko badshah ne Abiwatr ka janishin kiya. 36 Phir badshah ne Samai ko bula bheja aur farmaya, ki Yiriishalam meu apue liye ek ghar bani aur wuhiu rah, aur wuhiu se idhar udhar bahar mat nikal : 37 Ki td jis din bahar niklegi aur nahr i Kaidrun ke par jaega, us din yaqin janiyo ki td muqarrar mara jaega, aur terA ^hun tere hi sir par hoga. 38 Aur Samai ne badshah se kaha, Tera hukm nek hai, jaisa khudawand badshah ne irshid kiya tera gulrim waisihi karega : so Samai bahut dinoij tak Yirushalam meo rah a. 39 Aur tisre baras ke akhir akhir aisa hda ki Samai ke do gulam Jannat ke badshah Maakah ke bete Akis kane bhag gaye, so logou ne Samai ko kaha ki Dekh tere gulam Jannat meu haiu- 40 So Samai ne uthke apne gadhe par zin bandha, aur apne gulimoo ki talash men Jannat ko Akis pas gaya, aur Jannat se apne gularaoa ko le aya. 41 Yih khabar Salaiman ko pahunchi ki Samai Yiru- shalam se Jannat ko gaya, aur phir ay^. 42 Tab badshah ne Samai ko talab kiya aur use kaha, Kya maio ne tujhe Khudawand ki qasam na di thi, aur tujh se qaul leke na kahi tha, ki Td yaqinan janiyo ki jis din tu bahar jaega, aur kahio sair karega, us din td muqarrar mara jaega? Aur td ne mujhe kaha tha, Yih sukhan jo maiu ne suna nek hai. 43 Pas td ne Khudawand ki qasam ko, aur us hukm ko jo maiu Qe tujhe kiya, kydn yad na rakha ? 44 Phir badshah ne Samai se kahi Td un sab shararatou ko jo tu ne mere bap Dadd se kiyan jin se tera dil waqif hai, khdb janta hai : so Khudawand ne teri shararat ko tere hi sir par dala : 45 Aur Sulaiman bidshah mutabarrak hoga, aur Dadd ki takht Khudawand ke age ta abad paedar rahega. 46 Aur badshah ne Yahdyada ke bete Binlyah ko ishSrat kf, so wuh bahar gaya aur use mlr liya. Tab saltanat Sulaimaa ke qabze mes mustaqill hai. III. BAB. 1 Aur Sulaiman ne Misr ke badshah Firaiin se nisbat nata kiya, aur Firaun kf betf ko byahi, aur peshtar us se ki apna mahall, aur Khudawand ke ghar, aur Yirushalam ke char taraf ka ihata ban chuke, use Daud ke shahr men le ayl. 2 Us waqt log unchi jagahoB par qurbaniau karte the, is liye ki koi ghar Khuda- wand ke nam ke liye un dinon tak bina na kiya gaya tha. 3 Aur Sulaimaa Khudawand ko dost rakhke apne bap Daud ki wasiyaton par amal karta tha : inagar unche makanoo par qurbani^n karta thi, aur khushbuiao jalata tha. 4 Bad us ke badshah qurbani karne ke liye Jibauu ko gaya, ki wuh unchi aur bara makau tha, aur Sulaiman ne wuhin mazbah par hazar charhawoa ko charhayi 3 BAB.] I. SALATIN. 375 5 So Jibaua meo Khudawand ritke waqt Sulaimfin ko ^hwab meo dikh^i diya, aur Khuda ne kah^, Jo ch^he so mang, ki iiiaio tujhc diinga. 6 SiilaimSn ne arz ki, ki Tu ne apne bande mere bSp Daud par bahut sd karam kiya is liye ki wuh tere fige sadSqat aur nekok^rf aur khulusdili se chalta phirta rahd, aur tii ne us par 3'ih bari rahmat kf, ki tu ne use ek beti inizat kiyd jo us ke takbt par baithe : chunanchi aj ke din hai. 7 So ab ai Khudawand mere Kbud-i, tu ne apne bande ko, yane mujh ko mere bdp Daud kf jagah b^dshah kiya, aur maio hanoz larki huu, aur darlmad baramad ki rawish janta nahfo : 8 Aur teri banda tere logou ke bfch nieu hai, jinheo tu ne barguzfda kiya, we log bahut aur beshumir haiu, ki un ka hisab nahiQ ho sakta. 9 So tu apne bande ko aisi dil inayat kar, ki wuh logou ki adilat kare, taki maiu ^hair aur sharr meu imtiyfiz kariig, ki tere aise beshumar bandoo k§ insaf kaun kar sakta hai ? 10 Aur yih bdt Khudawand ke dge khush ai, ki Sulaiman ne aisi chfz m&ngt. 11 Aur Khuda ne use kaha, Azbas ki tu ne yih chiz mangt, .aur apni umr kf darizf na chahi, aur na daulat ka sawal kiya, aur na apne dushraanon ke nabiid hone ki darkhwist ki, balki apne liye hikmat mangi, taki adalat raeu khabardar ho : 12 So dekh, ki maiu ne terf batoo ke mutibiq tujhe diya : maio ne ek xfrak aur khiradmand dil tujh ko bakhsha aisa ki tera misl tujh se age na tha ; 13 Aur na tere b.dtujh si qiim hoga ; aur maio ne tujh ko aur kuchh bhi diyd jo tu ne nahfu manga, ek to mal, aur dusre jalal, aisd ki bddshahon ke bich tamam umr kof tera nazir na htia. 14 Aur agar tu meri rdhon par chalega ; aur meri sunnatoo, aur shariatou ko 3'ad rakhega, jis tarah ki tera bap Daud chali kiya, to maio teri umr daraz karonga. 15 So Sulaiman bedar hua aur dekhd ki khwdb thd. Phir wuh Yirushalam meo ayi aur Khudawand ke ahd ke sanduq ke dge khafi rahS, aur charhawoQ ko charhdya, aur salamfou ko guzrand, aur apne sdre chdkaroD kf mihmanf kf. 16 Us waqt do aurateo, jo chhinal thio, bddshah pSs Hq aur us ke Sge khafl huio : 17 Aur ek aurat boli, Ai mere khudiwand, ham donou aurateo ek ghar meo rahtidu thio, aur maiu us ke sath ghar meo rahte hue ek bachcha jani. 17 Aur jab maio jan chukf, to tisre din aisa hui ki yih aurat bhf janf, aur ham ek sith the, wuhao ghar meo ham donoo ke siwi kof gair na thd : 19 So is aurat ki bachcha rit ko mar gaya, is liye ki wuh us ke niche dabgaji. 20 So wuh idhi rat ko uthi, aur jis waqt teri laundi soti thi, mere bachche ko meri bagal se le gaf, aur apne mare hue larke ko meri bagal meo dal diyd. 21 Subh ko jab maio uthi ki apne bachche ko dudh pilauo, to dekh wuh mara para thd ; par jab maio ne subh ke waqt khiib gaur kiya, to dekha ki yih meri bachcha nahio jise maio jani thf. 22 Phir wuh dusrf aurat boll, Aisa nahio, yih jo jiti hai mera bachcha hai, aur mard hai. teri hai. Wuh boli, ki Nahfo, mari hui terd hai, aur jftd merd hai : un donoQ ne badshah ke huzur yun khusumat kf. 23 Bddshdh boli, Ek kahtf hai, Yih jitd bachcha mexi hai, aur mua hud tera hai, aur dusrf kahtf hai, ki Nahfo, niu4 hud tera hai, aur jftd merd hai. 2i So bddshdh ne kaha. Mere liye ek talwdr lao. Tab log badshah ke huzur talwdr lae 25 Phirbddshah ne farmaya, ki Is jite bachche ko bardhar chiro, ddlia ek ko do, aur ddhd ek ko : 26 Us waqt us aurat ne ki yih zinda bachcha jis kd thd, is sabab ki us kd dil apue bachche par lot po^ ho gayd, badshah ke huzur arz kf, ki Ai mere 376 I. SALATI'N. [4 BAB. khudlwand, jftS bachcha us{ ko dfjiye, aur use hargiz qatl na kariye. DusrI bolf, ki Yih na meri ho na ter£, balki chiri jiwe. 27 Tab bidshdh ne fdrmdyd aur hukm kiya, ki Jita bachcha usf ko do, aur ise hargiz qatl mat karo, ki us ki mi. yihl hai. 28 Aur sare banl Israel ne yih insaf jo b^dshih ne kiyS, sunS, aur bddshah se dare, kyiinki unhoa ne dekha, ki Khuda ki d^nish adalat karne ke liye us ke dil nieu hai. IV. BAB. 1 Aur Sulaimdn bidshdh s^re bani Isriel ki badshdh hod. 2 Aur uskeumar^, Azariyahbin Saduq kdhin, 3 Aur Ilihurif aur Akhiyah Sfsa ke bete kStib the, aur Akhilad ka betd, Yahusafat ka beti mutasaddf, 4 Aur Yahuyada k& Leti Biniyah lashkar ka sardlr, aur Saddq aur Abiwatr kahin, 5 Aur Natan ki beta Azariyah raansabdiroo ka diroga, aur Natan ka beta Zabad amir aur badshah ki bari dost thi. 6 Aur Akhisar ghar ka mukhtir, aur Abida ki beta Aduniram khiraj ka mukhtar. 7 Aur Sulaiman ne sare ban! Israel par barah mansabdar muqarrar kiye the, jo bidshah aur bidshih ke gharine ke liye khani muhaiyi karte the; harek un meo se ek mahfne khani muhaiya karta tha. 8 Un ke nim ye hain : Bin Hur koh i Ifrdim men. 9 Aur Bin Diqr Maqis men aur Sualabim meo aur Bait Shams men aur Aiyalun men jo Bait Hanan meo hai. 10 Aur Bin Hasad Arubit meo, Shaukah aur Hifr ki siri sarzamin us ke qabze meo thi. 1 1 Aur Bin Abinadab Nafat Dar ki sari mamlukat meo ; aur Sulaiman ki beti Taufat us ki joru thi. 12 Aur Akhilad ka beta Baani jo tlii so Taanik aur Majiddo, aur sard Eaitshiydn, jo ZartSn se lagi hai tha, aur Yazrael ke nasheb meu tha Baitshiyin se leke Abil Mahulah tak, aur Yukniam ke par tak,us ke qabze meo thi. 13 Aur Bin Jabr Ra- matiJiliidmeo; aur Manassi kebeteYiir ke shahrjo Jiliid meo hain Arjub ki mam- lukat samet jo Basan men hai, yine we bare sath shahr jin kl shahrpaniheo aur hisir haio, us ke tasarruf meothe. 14 Aur I'di'i ki beti Aljihinadab Mahanainmeo thi : 15 Aur Akhimaaz Naftali meo ; aur Sulaimin ki beti Bashimat us ki joru thi. 16 Aur Hushi ki beta Baani Yasar aur Baalit meo thi. 17 Aur Faruh ki beta Yahusafat Ishakir meu. 18 Aur Aili ka beta Saraai Binyamin meo : 19 Aur U'ri kd beta Jabr Jiliad ke mulk meo thi, jo Amuri ke badshih Saihun ki mamlukat, aur Basan ke badshah U'j ki mamlukat thi, aur wuhi faqat un mamluka- tOD ki mukhtir tha. 20 Aur bani Yihudih aur bani Israel bahut the, sihil i daryi ke ret ke dinoo ke minind ; we khite aur pfte aur ishrat karte the. 21 Aur Sulaimin sari mamlukatoo par saltanat karta tha, nahr i Furat se leke Filistioo ki zamin tak, aur Misr ki sarhadd tak ; sab ke sab use hadiye dete the, aur jab tak Sulaiman jita rahi, us ki khidmatguzarl karte the. 22 Aur har roz Sulaimin ke dashtarkhwan ki kharch yih tha : Tis karr maida, aur sat karr ita : 23 Aur das mote bail, aur charii par ki bis gieo, ek sau bhereo, aur us ke siwa chakare, aur hiran, aur parhe, aur mote mote pulao murg. 24 Ki wuh daryi ke pir Tifsah se leke Azzah tak un sare bidshahoo par, jo daryi ki isi taraf the, musallit tha ; aur un sab se, jo us ke gird a gird the, sulh rakhta thi. 25 Aur bani 5 BAB] I. SALATI'N. • 377 Yiluidah aur banf Israel meu «e harek shakhs apne tik, aur anjfr ke darakht kf chhfioo meu Din se leke Biaraaba tak salamat baitha rabl, jab tak ki Sulaiin£a ji'U thi. •26 Aur Sulaimin ke chalis haz^r iatabl the, jahiu us kt gCfioo ke ghore bandhe the, aur barah hazar sawar the. 27 Aur un blrah inansabdaroo »ieu harek apnt naubat ke ek mahfue tak Sulaiinin bidshih ke liye, aur un sab ke liye, jo Sulaiman bidshah ke dastarljhwan par ^te the, khani taiyir karwata thS, aisl ki kol chiz bSqf na rahtf thf. 28 Aur ghoroo, aur chirpieoo ke Hye jau aur ghis tak, jahio kahiu badshah hota tha, aur jaisi hukm karta tha, muhaij'i karte the. 29 Aur Khudi ne Sulaiman ko danish aur khirad nihayat bahut di thf, aur darya kl ret ke mSnind khula hui dil inayat kiya tha. 30 Aur Sulaiman ki dSnish s5re mashraqtou kf dinish se, aur Misrfou ki sarf danish se kahiu bahut thf. 31 Is liye ki wuh Ishraqf AitSn, aur Haimin, aur Kalkul, aur Darda se jo banf Mahul the, bahut ziyida dani thi : aur girdagird kf harek qaum meu us ki ndm tha. 32 Aur us ne tin hazar masaleu kahiu, aur us ke git ek hazar aur pAnch the. 33 Aur us saro ke darakht se leke jo Lubnan men thi us zufa kf ghas tak jo dfwarou par ugtf hai us ne sab darakhtoo ki Ifhasiyat bayan ki, aur chSrpieou, aur parindoo, aur rengne- w:ilou, aur machhlioo ki zikr kiya. 34 Aur sire logon meu se aur badshahoo meu se jiuhou tak us kf danish ki shuhra pahunchi thi, we Sulaimin ka hakimina kfllam suime ko ite the. V. BAB. 1 Aur Sur ke bidshih Hfrim ne Sulaiman pis apnekhidim bheje, kyunki us ne suud ki Sulaiman mamsuh hoke apne bip ki jagah bidshih haa : ki Hiram tamim umr Diiid ki dost thi. 2 Aur Sulaimin ne Hfrim ko kahli bheja, 3 Td jinti hai ki meri bip Diud I^hudawand apne Khuda ke nim ke liye ek ghar bina na kar saki, kyanki harek samt lafta thi, yahiu tak ki Khudawand ne un sab ko ua ke qadamou tale kar diyi. 4 Aur ab Khudawand mere K.hudi ne mujhko har taraf se chain diya hai, ki na kol meri dushman hai, aur na koi mujh par musibat : 5 So dekh main ne thini hai, ki Khudawand apne Khudi ke nam ki ek ghar tirair kardu jaisl ki Khudawasid ne mere bap Diud ko farmiya hai, ki Teri beta jis ko maiu terf jigah tere taJjiht par baithanngi, wuhi mere nSm ki ghar baniegi 6 So tii hukm kar ki mere liye Lubnin se saro ke per kateu, aur mere chakar tere chakarou ke sith rahenge, aur maiu jo mihnatana ki tu muqarrar karegi, tere chikaroB ko diinga, ki tu jinti hai ki hamare bich meu aisi koi nahio jis kf dinish per kitne meu Saidiniou ke minind ho. 7 So Hiram Sulaimin ki paiyim sunke nihiyat bashshash hni, aur boli ki Aj ke din hLucDAWAND hamd ke laiq hai ki us ne Dind ko aisi dinishwar beti iniyat kiyi jo aisi barf guroh ki hakim hai. 8 Phir Hiram ne Sulaiman se paiyim kiyS ki Jo kuchh td ne kahli bheji main samajhi, aur maiu teri ^hwihish ke muwifiq saro ke per, aur sanaubar ke per katwiunga. 9 Aur mere chikar unheu Lubnin se daryi par utirenge, aur maiu unheu beri bandhwake daryi par se us jagah tak jahio tu kahegi, pahunchwaunga, aur wuhin dalwidugi, ki tu paegi, aur tii merf khushi ke muwSfiq mere mulazimoQ ko rozfna dijiyo. 10 So Hfrim n« saro ke daralf:ht, aur 378 1. SALATItf. [6 BAB. •niiaubar kc daraltlit Sulaini^n ki puri khw^hish kc niutabiq use die. 11 Aur Sulaiuian bis hazar karr gehun ke, aur_bis karr kute hiie tel ke Ilirain ko ail basal det& tha, ki us ke mulazini khaweu< 12 Aur Kuv'DAWAND Sulaiman ko jaisa ki us ne usse wada kiya tha, hikniat baVbshi, aur Hiram aur Sulaiman ineu musalaha tha, auruu donou ne baham alid o paim&n nmqarrar kiyS. 13 Aur Sulaiman bidshah ne sab banS Israel meu se intikhab karke ijtim^ kiya; so tis hazar admi us majma ke shumar meu ae. H Aur wuh har mahfne meg das bazar un nieo se Qaubat ba naubat Lubnan ko bhejta tha : so we mahine bhar Lubnan meo ruhte the, aur do mahine apne ghar uieo : aur Adunirim ijtima ka daroga thd, 15 Aur Sulaiman ke sattar haz^r birbardar, aur assi harSr darakht kitnewale kohistin men the. 16 Aur un ke siwa Sulaiman ke tin hazSr tin sau ahl i kir the, jo us kam ke mukhtir the, aur un logoa par jo j ih k&m karte the, sardar the. 17 Aur badshah ne hukm kiy4 ki we bare bare uafis patthar tarashke laweu, taki ghar ki neo dali jae. 18 Aur Sulaiman ke miamSr aur Hirim ke mianiir, aur sangtarash unheu kdtte the, so unhoQ ne lakriajj aur patthar taiyar kfc ki ghar banayA jawe. VI. BAB. 1 Aur zamin i Misr se bani Israel ke nikalnc ke char sau assi baras guzre the ki Sulaiman ki saltanat kc chauthe sal, jo bani Israel par thi, Ziw ke mahine jo dusra mahina sal ka hai, aisi hua ki Sulaiman ne Khudawand ka ghar banana shuru kiya. 2 Aur wuh ghar jo Sulaiman badshah ne Khcdawand ke Hye bina kiya tul us ka sath hath thi, aur arz us k^ bis hath, aur bulandi us ki lis hath. 3 Aur us ghar ke haikal ke samhne ek usara banSya jis ka tul bis hath thS, ghar ke arz ke barabar ; aur arz us ka das hath thi. 4 Aur us ne us ghar meu jharokhe banae, bhftar ki taraf se kushada kushada, aur bahar ki taraf se tang tang. 5 Aur ghar kt diwar par kothiiao, ghar ki dlwirou ^ke girdigird, yane haikal aur mihrab ke girdigird, aur unki diwareo unke girdigird banaiu. 6 Aur niche ki kothri pinch hith chakli, aur bich ki chha hath chakli, aur tisri sat hath chakli thi, is liye ki gliar ki diwar ke baharwar us ne girdagird kariao rakhue ke sutun banae, taki ghar ki diwaroo se na lageu. 7 Aur jab yih ghar bana, to us men aise patthar lagie, jo age se thik aur baribar kar rakhe gaye the, aisi ki ghar bante waqt wuhao mirtol nur kulhafi aur lohe ke kisi auzir kl sada suni na jati thi. 8 Aur bich kt kothri ki darwaza ghar ki dahni taraf ko rakhi, aur unhon ne slrhiao baniin, taki un par hoke bich ke hujre par, aur bich ke hujre se tisre hujre par charh jaen. 9 Aur us ne ghar banaya, aur jab bana chuka, to us ki chhat saro ke shatiroe aur takhtou se piti. 10 Aur us ne sire ghar ke pas kothriay banaiu jinhon ki bulandf panch panch hath thi, aur we saro ki kariog ke sith ghar se milio- 11 Us waqt Khcdawand ki taraf se Sulaiman par kalam utra, 12 Ki yih ghar io til banata hai, agar tu meri shariatou par chalega aur mere hukmoij par amal karega aur sab bat meu mtri farmanbardari karegi : to maiu apne ahd ko jo maitj ne tere bap Daiid se kiya hai, tere sith pi'ira karunga; 13 Aur maiu banilsriel ke darmiyan rahunga, aur apne bandoij Isrieliou ko tark na karunga. 14 So Sulaimiu ne ghar banaya', aur tamam kiya. 15 Aur us ne andarwar ghar 6 BAB.] I. SALyVTI'N. ^"^ kf dSwiroo par farsli se leke chhnt tak saro ke takhte h^\c, anr ns ne farsh ko bhi sanaubar ke takhtoo sc chhip-iyi. IG Aur us nc ghar ki dhvaren, yane andar ke ghar kf dfwareo jo Quds ul aqdas thd, saro ke takhtoo se bfs hath kJ banafn farah se leke U3 kt chhat tak. 17 Aur samhnc ke ghar ki tul, yanc haikal ka chalfs hith tha : 18 Aur us kc andarwar saro ke ta^hte lagae, aur takhtoo par seb ke, aur shigufa i guloo te naqsh kte, aur yih sab saro ke the, yahao tak ki patthar iTiutlaq nazar na ^te the. 19 Aur Quds ul aqdas jo tha so use andar ko ghar ke b'ch meu taiySr kiya, taki K hud aw and ke ahd kd sanduq us meo rakhS jawe. 20 Aur Quds ui aqdas ke riibard tnl us kd bts hSth kiya, aur ar« us k4 bis h5th aur bulandf us ki Ms hdth ; aur kundan sone se us par mulamma kiyd aur mazbali par bhf niulamma kiya, jo saro se batiayS gayi thi. 21 Aur Su1aiin£n ne ghar ki andar diwarou par kundan ka mulamma kiyi, aur bait ul quds ke baharwar sone kf zanjfreu lagifn, aur us par sona lag^ya. 22 Isi tarah tamam ghar par sone ka mulamma kiya, yahau tak ki ghar tam&m hui; aur quds ke mazbah par bhi sone ka mulamma kiyS. 2.T Aur Quds ul aqdas mee zaltun ki lakri ke do karubi banae, ki bulandi un ki das hath ki thf : 24 Aur karubi ke ek bazu ka arz panch hath kS kiya, aur panch hi hath ka dusre karubf ke bazu ka bhi, so ek ke donoQ baziiou ka arz etc kinire se dusre kinare tak das hath ka hiia. 25 Aur das hi hith k& ddsre kariibi ki bhi, aur donoo karubiou ko ek hi andazc, aur ek hi surat par bana^'fJ : 26 Bulandi ek kanibi ki das hath kf Lanai, aur usi tarah se diisre karubi ki bhi. 27 Aur donoD karubioo ko ghar ke andar bfch men rakha, aur karubi apne bazd phailae hue the, aur ek ka biza ek diwar se laga, aur dnsre karubi ki bizu dusri diwar se, aur un ke bazu ghar ke bfch men ^pus men ek ddsre se mile hue the. 28 Aur karubfoD par sone ka mulamma kiyi : 29 Aur ghar ki sab diwaron par glrdaglrd karubfou aur nakhl, aur sausan aur khile hue phuloQ ki tarah ranga- rang ke naqsh kfe andarwar aur baharwar. 30 Aur ghar ke farsh par andarwar aur baharwar soni lagiyi. 31 Aur Quds ul aqdas ke darwaze ke kiwar us ke bazuoQ aur chaukhat samet zaitdn ki lakri sc the ; aur arz un ka ghar ka pinchwao hissa thi. 32 Aur zaitdn ke do kiwiron par karubion, aur na^hl, aur khile hue phnloo ke naqsh banie, aur un par sone ka mulamma kiya, yane donoo nakhl aur kardbfoo par sona marhi. 33 Aur haikal ke darwaze par bhf jo chauthi darwaza tha, jis kf chaukhat zaitdn ki laUri ki thf, aisahf kiyi. 34 Aur us kc do kiwar sanaubar ke takhtou se banae, aur un donoo kiwirop meo se harek ke do do tukre the, aur harek ki do do chdleo thfo- 35 ^ ur un par kardbfoo, aur nakhl aur khile hue phdl ki surat ke naqsh kie, aur un sab par sone ka mulamma kiya, aisa ki wuh naqshoij par thik baitha. 36 Aur andar kc sahn kf tin saffeo tarashe hue patthar kf baniio, aur ek satf saro kf lakrf kf. 37 Chauthf sil Zfw ke mahine meu Khcda'wand ke ghar kf bina shurd hdi 38 Aur gyarahweo sil Bdl ke mahine meo jo sal ke ithweo mahfnc ki nim hai ghar ko us ke sab kiraou aur zinat samet tamam kiy«. So us ne use sit sal meo baniyi. Xx 2 SSA I- S A LATIN. [7 BAB. VII. BAB. Aur Sulaim^n ne apni ghar bhi banSyi, aur us kf tanifr terah baras meo tamfim huf. 2 Phir ek ghar ki jis k^ nam Dast i Lubnfin th5, aur tul us kd sau hath, aur arz pachis hith, aur bulandf tis hith kf ; saro kf lakrf ke sutunoo kf chit safToo par banSyS, aur sutunoo par saro kedara^htke takhte the. 3 Aur us kf chhat saro se banif, aur karfoo ko us lakrf par rakha jo paiotilis sutunoo ke upar thft harek saff men pandrah sutun the. 4 Aur khirkfoo kf tin safFeo thfn, ki tfn darje tak ek rauzan dusre ke muqibil th5. 5 Aur ghar ke darwaze aur un ke chaukhat Bab ke sab khirkfoo ke mutibiq chaukhunt ban^e, aur tfn darje tak, ek rauzan dusre ke muqSbil thi. 6 Aur ek sutunouwalf dahliz banai, tul us k^ pachas hith, aur an us ka tfs hSth, aur dahliz un ke rubaru thi ; aur dusre sutnn moti karl ke sSth un ke simhne the. 7 Aur ek dahlfz, yane adalat kf dahliz takht ke liye banSi, tiki us par baithke qaziye faisal kare, aur us kf diwaroo par neo se leke chhat tak saro ke talfhte lagie : 8 Aur us ke ghar ke pis, ki jis meo wuh rahtS tha, ek dusri sahn tha dahliz ke andar, aur usf tarah use bhi baniyi. Aur Sulaimin ne FirSuQ ki beti ke liye ki jise us ne biyihi tha, usf dahliz ke taur par ek makin baniyi. 9 Aur us ki bini sare qitnati patthar se thi jo tarishi gaya th4 aur ire se chfri gayi, aur isi tarah ghar ke andarwir aur biharwir neo se leke chhat tak, aur usi tarah ghar ke bahar bare sahn tak baniyi. 10 Wuh qlmati aur bare bare taiyir kfe hde pattharoo se bina kiyi gayi thi ; aur tul pattharoo ki das hath .thi, aur bdze patthar aise the ki tdl unki ith hith thi. 11 Aur dpar qimatf patthar, tarishe hue ke muwifiq aur shamshad ke bhi. 12 Aur baja sahn girdi- gird baniyi, tin satareo tarashe hue patthar ki aur ek satar shamshid ki, aur isi tarah Khud^wand ke andar ke ghar ke sahn se, aur ghar ki dahliz se kiyi. 13 Phir Sulaimin biidshih ne Sdr se Hiram ko bula bheja : 14 Aur wuh Naftili firqe ki bewa aurat ki beta thi, aur us ki bap Sur ki thi, pital ke kim ki mihir, aur Khubawand ne us ko hikmat ata ki, aur aql, aur fahm, ki pital ka kim kare : aur us se har qism ke zuriif banae. So wuh Sulaimin bidshah pis iyi, aur us ki sab kim kiyi. 15 Aur us ne pital dhilke do sutun banae, tul harek sutiin ki athirah hith, aur us ki gird pital se tage kf sdrat par thi birah hith ki, aur usi tarah dusri sutun. 16 Aur har sutun ki chotf par ek bari jhap eherwila, pital se dhilke, baniyi ; aurjhirki bulandi pinch hith banii, aur us! tarah se dusri jhar. 17 Aur harek ke dpar kushada kushada ^hanewale jal ki siirat ke naqsh kie ; aur donon jhiroo ke kinire ki zanjfreu banafo, sat zanjireo ek jhir ke liye, aur sat dusre ihar ke live. 18 So sutunou ka kam kiya ; aur us iildir naqsh ke liye jo jhar par tni sutdnou ke upar anarog kl do qatareo baniio, tiki we un donoa jh-'ioo ko jo un sutunou ki choti par the, chhipi leo, aur isi tarah dusre jhir ke liye baniyi. 19 Aur dahliz ke jiiaro:j ke upar jin ka tdl chir hith ka thi, jo sutunou par the, girdagird saasan ki tarah ke naqsh kie : 20 Lekin dpar ko, muttasil un do sutunoo ke, jhifoo par bhi jo jaliwale kim ke the, qatnr qatfir do sau anar jhir ke gird banie ; aur isi tarah dusri jhar bhi. 21 So haikal ki dahliz ke Kye sutun khare kie, ek sutun ghar ke dahne hith khafi kiyi, aur us ki , 7 BAB.] 1. SALATIN. 881 nSm Yakin rakhS, aur diisra svitiin ghar ke Myeu, aur us kd nim Bim« rakhi. '22 Aur sutunou kf choti par sausan ki kim tha; so sutiinoo k^ k^ni tam^m hu-l. 23 Phir pftal pighlake ek hauz banayi, aur us k^ nim bahr rakhfi, arz us ka ek kinare se di'isre kinrire tak das hath thA, aur hulandf us kt panch hath, aur daur us kA tis hath. 24 Aur girdigird us ke kinare ke niche ginthco banlio ; ghcr ug k& das hdth ki, girdagird bahr se lagii ht'ia, ganthoo ki do qatareu khiib dhdli hofo. 25 Aur bahr bdrah bailoo par rakhl gayd ; tin ke chihre uttar ke muqdbil, aur tfn ke chihre pachchham ke muqribil, aur tin ke chihre dakhin ke muqdbil, aur tin ke chihre purabke muqabil; aur bahr un ke upar thd, aur un sab kf dum k! jdnib andar ko thi. 26 Aur dal us ka char angusht ka, aur us ka kinara piyile ke kindre k! tarah gul, aur sausanddr tha; aur bahr men do hazdr batt kl gunjdish thf. 27 Aur pftal kf das kursfdo banlfn ki ttil harek ki un men se ch£r hath ki thS, aur arz bhf chdr hath ki thd, aur umuq tin hath ki, tha. 28 Aur zar ke reze kf ta- rah bartanoD ke kinare bihar kf taraf ko banae. 29 Aur bartanoo ke kinare par pftal ke sher, aur bail, aur kariibf banae; aur vsf tarah us ki sarposh bandya, aur us ke upar aur niche sher aur bail ke naqsh achchhe mazbut bande. 30 Aur har kursi ke li3'e char char pahiye pital ke banae, aur ek bard pahiya pftal se us ke niche banaya ki us ke chdr kone usi se mile hue the, aur unke niche haml ke liye pushta kf surat ke pftal ke mazbut makdn banae: 31 Aur kursi kc kinare ki wusaat ek hdth, aur uska gher derh hath tha, aur bartan ke kinare par zanjfreo lagaio, aur kinare ko bihar kf taraf ko nikala, aur unheo chaukhunt banayd, gherddr na kiya. 32 Aur us ke bahar ke kinare ke nfche char pahiye banae, aur pahiyoo kf jagah kursi men thi, aur harek pahiye kf bulandi derh hath kf thi. 33 Aur pahiyoo ka kdm gari ke pahiyoo kd sa tha, aur unke hath aur atrdf aur khile hue phulpttal ke mazbut bane hue the. 34 Aur kursf ke chdr konoo par chdr pushta the, aur we pushta usi meo se the. 35 Aur bartan kd qadd us ke akndf samet adh hath ka tha; aur bartan ke sir par us ki bulandi dairanumd thf, aur ub ke kindre usi se nikle hue the. 36 Aur us ki lauheo munaqqash aur us se milf hiif thiu, un ke hathoo aur kindroo par girddgird karabi aur sher aur naljhl, the. 37 DasoD kursioQ kd kdm aisdhf thd, aur un sab ka namiina aur anddza aur kdm ek taur kd tha. 38 Aur pftal ke das bartan aise banae, ki un meo se harek meo chdlis batt samate the ; aur har bartan kf wusaat chdr hdth kf thf, ek bartoo ek kursf par, is tarah dasoo kursioo par. 39 Pdnch kursiao dahnf taraf rakhiij, aur panch bayeo taraf, aur bahr ko ghar ke dahne kone pas dakhan aur purab ke darmiyan rakhd. 40 Aur Hiram ne bartan aur degeo aur aqdas bande; aur Hiram ne wuh kdm, ki jis ke bandne kd Sulaimdn badshdhne Khuda'wand ke ghar ke liye use hukm kiyd tha, tamam kiya. 41 Do sutiin aur we tabaq, jo un ki choti par the, banae, aur un tabaqou ke liye do sarposh jaldir bande, taki we tabaq, jo sutunoo par the, chhipde jdweo. 42 Aur donoo jalddr sarposhoo par pital ke char sau andr bande, androo ki do qatdreu ek ek jdldar sarposh par, tdki sutiinoo ke lipar ke do tabdq chhipde jdeo- 43 Aur das kursiao, aur das kursToo par das bartan: 44 Aur ek bahr aur bahr ke nfclie bdrah bail. 45 Aur lagan aur aqdds, aur degen, aur sab zuruf, jo Hfram ne Sulaimdn bddshdh kf Ijiiatir Khudawanu ke ghar keliye bande, saf musaffa 382 I. SALATI'N. [8 BAB. pital ke the. 46 Aur bidsh.th ne un sab ko Yardan ke maidan men Sukk^t aur Zarfin ke darmiydn kachli zamin meo dhSH. 47 Aur Sulaiman ne un sab ziiruf ko be ginti chhori, aur wazn us pital ki. nihayat kasrat ke sabab hisab meo na layS. 47 Aur Sulaiman ne Khcda'WANd ke ghar ke liye sab zuruf bhf banao, yine ek mazbah khdlis sonc ka, aur ek dastarkhwan i zarf na, taki un par na/.ar kf roti rakhi jawe. 49 Aur kundan ke mindre bande, pinch to Quds ul aqdis ke age dahn! taraf ko, aur pdnch bdyen taraf ko, aur us ke phnl aur chirag, tmr gulgir sone ke, aur piydle aur kundan ke chamche, aur gultarash aur bddiye aur majniir sone ke, aur bait ul quds ke andar ke darwaze ki chuleij, aur haikal ke darwaze kf chuleo. 50 Aur sab wuh kdm, jo Sulaiman bddshdh ne Khudawand ke ghar ke liye kiya, tamdm hiid. So Sulaiman apne bap Dadd ki chardfwari meu sond aur chindi aur zuruf Idya aur Khudawand ke khazdnou meu rakha. VIII. BAB. 1 Phir Sulaiman ne Israel ke buzurgoo, aur asbat ke sare rafsoo aur ^h^ndan ke sab shurafa ko jama kiyd ; so we Yiriishalam men Sulaimin pis ekathe hiie, tdki Daud ke shahr se, jo Saihun hai, Khudawand ke sandaq ko charhd liweij. 2 Aur Sulaimdn badshah pas bani Israel ke sare log mah i Aitanfm ki id ke liye jo satwdo mahina hai, jama hue. 3 Aur bani Isrdel ke sdre buzurg ae, aur kahinon ne sandaq uthaya : 4 Aur Khudawand ka sandiiq utha lae aur jamdat kd khaima, aur maqdis ke sdre zuruf jo us khaime men the, aur unhen kahin aur Lewf charhd lae, 5 Aur Sulaimdn bddshdh ne, aur bani Israel ki sdri jamdat ne, jo us pas jama thi, sanduq i shahddat pis khare hoke, bher bakri, aur gae bail, jo kasrat ke sabab ginti aur hisdb meu na d sake zabh kie. G Aur kdhinoQ ne Khuda'wand ke sanduq i shahddat ko lake haikal pas rakhd aur Quds ul aqdds men dakhil karke karubioo ke bdzuon ke niche rakha. 7 Kyunki karubfoo ke bazu phaile hue the, is tarah ki unke bazuoQ ka sdj'a sandiiq i shahddat par, aur un choboo par thd, ki jin se sanduq i shahddat uthdya jdtd thd. 8 So chobeo Iambi Iambi bandio aisd ki unke sire Quds ul aqdds ke sdmhne se dikhai dete the, aur bdhar se nahio dikhdi dete the, aur we wuhao dj ke din tak hain. 9 Aur Sandnq i shahddat men patthar ki un do lauhou ke siwd kuchh na thd ki jinheg Musd ne Hurib par us meu rakha jab ki Khudawand ne bani Isrdel se ahd bdndhd, aur we zamtn i Misr se nikle the. 10 Phir jab kdhin bait ul quds se nikle, to Khudawand ka ghar abr se pur ho gaya ; 11 Aur kahinon ko abr ke sabab taqat na hui ki khare hoke khidmat karen is liye ki Khudawand ka ghar Khudawand ke jaldl se pur hogayd. 12 Phir Sulaiman ne kahd, ki Khudawand ne farmaya thd, ki Maiu abrf tdriki meu rahungd. 13 Aur main jo hiio so maiu ne ek ghar teri sukdnat ke waste banaya, ek makan abad tak tere julds ke liye. 14 Aur bddshdh ne apnd munh pherke Israel ki sari jamdat ko barakat di, aur Isrdel ki sari jamdat kharf hai : 15 Phir kahi, ki Khudawand Israel kd Khudd mubdrak ho, ki jis ne mere bap Daud se kalam kiyd, aur use apne hdth se puri kiyd : 16 Aur yno kahd, ki Jis din se main ne apni guroh Israel ko Misr se nikdl Idyd, tab se maiu sdre bani Israeli asbit se kisi shahr ke sabab ki jis meo merd ghar bandyd jde, aur us meo merd 8 HAB.] I. SAL^TFN. 383 nam ho, kliush iia luiai aur maiu ne Daud ko pasatid k\yi^ ki wuh meri guroh baiif Israt'l par hakim hi'id. 17 Aur mere bip Daud ke dil meu tha, ki Khuuawano Israel ke Khuda ke liye ek ghar bauiwc : 18 So Kuoua'wasd ne mere bap D.tnd se kah^, Is sabub se ki tii ne apne dil meu is bat ka irdda kiya ki mere ndat ka ek ghar banawe, pas tu ne jab ki apue dil nicu yuo irada kiya to achchhi kiy^. 1!) Lekiu til khud gliar ua banaega, balki tera bet,i, jo teri sulb se nikleg^, wuh mere nam ka ek ghar benaegi. 20 So Kuudawand nc wuh bat, jo kahi thi, puri ki^aur maiu apiie bap Daiid ka qaim maqim hua, aur jaisa ki Khuuawand ne kahd tha, maiu Israel ke taljht par baitha, aur maiu ne Khuda'wand Israel ke Kbudi ke nam ka ek ghar bandyd. 21 Aur m liu ne Kiiudawanu ke ahdke sandiiq ke liye jo /.aniin i Misr se nik^lne ke waqt us ne hamrire bapdadou se bdndhd th^, us meo ek makan rauqarrar kiya, 22 Aur Sulaiman ne Israel ki sari jamiatke rubarii Khudawand kc mazbah ke ligekharchokeapnehithSsman ki taraf phailae, 23 Aur kaha, Ai Khudawand Israel ke Khuda, tujh si koi na iipar asman meu hai, aur na nfehe zamfn meo, ki til apne un bandoo ke liye, jo tere age aptie sare diloo se chalte phirte hain, apne abd ko, aur apnl niamat ko nigah rakhta hai : 24 Jaisa ta ne apne bande Daud mt..< bap se nigah rakha jo tu ne use kaha ; so jo tu ne apne munh se kaha, tii ne use apne hatli se pura kiy5, jais^ aj ke din hai, 25 Aur ab, ai Khudawanp, Israel ke Khnda vad kar apne bande Daud mere bap ke sath ka wuh ahd, jo tu ne us se yih kahkt^ kiya tha, ki Terc liye Israel ke takht par baithiiewala mere dge se nabud na hoga ; I'sikin yih hoga jab ki teri aulad apnl rah ko yad rakhe, aur mere age chale jaisi ki lu ,iere age chala. 2G Aur ab, ai Isratl ke Khuda, apne us qaul ko, jo td ne apne bande Daud mere bap se kiya thi, raat kar. 27 Kya Ivhudi fialhaqtqat zamfn par sukunat kare ? Dekh, asman aur asmanoo ke asmiu ter>^s;unjaish uahiu rakhte, phir kya yih ghar jo main ne banaya ? 28 Ai Khudawand I'lere Kbudi, apne bande ki dua aur zari par kan dhar, aur dua aur zari jo tere Lande ne aj ke din tere age ki hai, so sun : -JO Aur rat din teri^nkheu is maskan ki taraf jis meo tere kahne ke muwafiq tera nam hogi, khuli rahen, aur jo dua tera bunda is ghar ke sabit karnc meu kare us par kan rakh. 30 Aur tu apne bande ki dua par, aurapni guroh bani Israel kf tanuf kin dhar, jab ki we tere huziir is ghar meu dua kareg, tab td, ai hamare Khuda, asman par se sun, aur niagfirat kar, 31 Agar koi shakhs apne bhai se burii kare aur us par qasain rakhi jawe, ki wuh qasam khawc aur is ghar men tere mazbah ke age qasam lai jiwe ; 32 To lu asman par se sun, aur apne bandoo kd insaf kar, aur badkar ko saza de, aur us ki rawishou ke mutabiq mulzam kar, aur sadicj ko sadiq thahara, aur us ki sadaqat ke mutibiq use jaza de. 33 Aur jab teri guroh Israel apne dush- manou ke age shikast pawe, is liye ki unhoij ne tere huzur giin:ih kiyi, aur phir teri taraf rujii kare aur tere nam ki sitaish kare, aur dua miuge, aur is ghar meu tujh se ajizi kare : 34 To tu unki dua asman par se sun, aur apne bandoo Israel ki, jo teri guroh hai, Ijhataeu ba^hsh, aur unhen us zamin meo, jo tu ne un kc bip dadoo ko di liai, phira la. 35 Aur agar un ke khataou ke sabab asman band ho jaeu aur na barsey: phir we is jagali dua mangeij, aur tere nam ki shukrguzari karey, aur apne khalaoo se phireo, is liye ki tii nc unheo dukh diya ; 36 To tu unki avrazey asmdn par se sun, aur apne bandoQ Israel apnf gnroh kc gunah bakhsh de, 384 I. SALATIN. [8 BAB. aur unheo achchhi rawish kf talini kar, ki us par wechaleo, aur apnf zamfn par, jo td ne apnf gjiroh ko mfras di hai, ineijh barsi : 37 Aur jab ki zamin par kil aur wabi aur bad i samdn, aur ^fat ho, aur jab ki tiddi aur jhinjhi kasrat se ho, aur jab ki unke dushnian shahroo nieo se kisf shahr nieo un par tangi kar deo, aur jab kf we kisf bald aur maraz meo mubtala hop ; 38 Phir jo koi insdn teri siri guroh Isrdel men se jis ne harek burai ko apne dil meu janii, dua aur zSri kare aur apne hath is ghar mejj phailae : 3^ To asman par se, aur apne rahne ke makSn se sun, aur bak:sh de, aur pura kar, aur harek ko jis ke dil ko tu janta hai us ki sab rawish ke mutabiq badla de, is I'ye ki tu hi faqat sare ban! Adam ke dil ko jiiiti hai. 40 Taki muddat ul umr us zamfn men jo tu ne unke bap dadou ko df hai tujh se darte raheo. 41 Aur wuh mus^fir bhi jo bani Israel meo se nahfo hai, so jab tujh pas baid zamfn se tere nSm ke sabab awe ; 42 Aur jab ki tare buland nim aur qawl hath, aur phaile hue baza ko suue: phir 4we aur tere fige is ghar men dua mange : 43 To ismin par se, apne maskan se sun le, aur musafir ki wuh dua jo tujh se mangi qabiil kar, taki zamin ki sari guroheg tere nam ko pahchanen, aur terf guroh bani Israel ki tarah tujh se dareu, aur j^neu ki tera nam is ghar par ki jise maio ne banaya, liyi gaya hai. 44 Aur jab ten guroh larai ke liye apne dushman ke barkhilaf us rah meg jo td unheu bhejega nikle, aur tere 4ge dua mange is shahr ki taraf, jise tu ne pasand kiya, aur is ghar kf taraf, jise maio ne tere nam ke liye banaya : 45 To asman par se uukf dua aur zari aur faryid ko sun le, aur un ka hami ho. 46 Jis waqt we tere age khata kareo, kyunki koi ais£ Idmi nahiu jo khatakar na ho, aur jab td un par gazab kare, aur un ke dushmanon ko unpar mussallit kare, so asir karnewale unhen asir karke dush- manou ki zamfn par lejaeo, jo ddr ho ya nazdik : 47 Phir apne diloQ naeo yad kareo us zamin meo jis men jilawatau kiye gaye, aur tauba kareij, aur apne jilawatan karnewalou ki zamin meo tujh se ajizi kareg, aur kaheo ki Ham ne khata ki, ham ne badi ki, ham ne gunah kiyd; 48 Aur apne dushmanoo ki zamin meo jis meo asir kiye gaye, apne sare dil aur jan se teri taraf mutawajjih hoo, aur us zamin kf taraf jo tu ne un ke bap dadoa ko di, aur us shahr kf taraf jise td ne pasand kiya, aur is ghar ki taraf jo maio ne tere nam ke liye banaya tujh se dud mangeo : 49 To td asmdn par se apne maskan se un kf dua aur zari sun aur un ka hamf ho. 50 Aur we khataeo, jo unhoQ ne tere age kig, bakhsh de, aur sari buraiao, jo unhon ne kfu, maho kar de, aur un ke asir karnewalou ke age unheu izzat balj:hsh, pyar kar, ki we un par rahm kareo. 51 Ki we terf guroh aur teri mlras haio jise tu Misr kf zamin se lohe ki bhathe ke bich men se nikal liya, 52 Ki terf ankheo tere bande ki zari aur teri qaum Israel ki zari ki taraf phireo ki td un sab bateo ko jo kuchh tujh se mdngeo, sune: 53 Kydnki ta ne zamfn ki sarf gurohoo meo ee un ko apne liye ek miras juda ki^a, jaisa ki tu ne apne bande Musi kf marifat kaha, jab ki tu hamare bapdadou ko Misr se nikal laya, ai Khcdawakd, mere Khudi ! 54 Phir jab ki Sulaimin apnf dua se Khucawand ke dge farighda aur us dua ko aur us sari zari ko tamam kar chuka, to Khudawand ke mazbah ke samhne khara hni. aur apne donog z^nuoo par us ke age baitha, aur us ke donou hath ^smdn ki taraf phaile the. 55 Phir jab utha, to bani Israel kf sarf guroh ke Jiye buland iwaz se barakat mangi, aur kaha : 56 Khudawakd jis ne apne sab kaime 0 BAB.] I- SALATI'N. S85 ke muw.ifiq apnf guroh Israel ko rahat ba^hshf, muWrak hai, aur koi ek bfit un sab achohhi baton meo se, jo Kuudvwand ue apne bande MiisS kf marifat se kahfu, kam na ki. 57 Aur Khudawand hamira Khucli jis tarah hamarc bapdadoo kc sith th5, hamare sath bhi ho, aur hamco tark na kare, aur hamce na chhore, 58 Balki hamirc dilou ko apnf taraf m;iil kare, tiki ham us kf sab rahou meu chaleo, aur us ki sunnatou, aur ahkam, aur huquq ko, jiu sab ka hukin us nc hamare b ip- didoo se kiya hai, yad rakheu- 59 Aur ye meri batcu, jo Khudawand se dar- khwast kf gafo, shab o roz Khudawand hamare Khudi se nazdfk hongf, taki apne bande ka insaf kare, aur apnf guroh Israel ki harek jhagra apne apne waqt par faisala kare : 60 Taki zamfn kf sari gurohco malum kareg, ki KHUDAWA^D wuhf Allah hai, aur us ke siwa aur koi nahiu. 61 Pas tumhare dil Khudawand ham- are Khuda ke 5ge durust hog, taki us ke hukm par chalo, aur 5j ke din kf tarah us ke ahkam ko y^d rakho. 62 Aur Sulaiman aur sare banf Israel ne us ke sath Khldawand ke age zabfh* zabh kie. 63 Sulaimdn ne kamil qurbaniao gae bail se Kuudawand ke ^ge bafs bazar lahh kiyae, aur bher bakri se ek lakh bis haz&r; aur badshih ne aur sare banf Israel ne us roz Khudawand ka ghar makhsus kiya. 64 Aur badshah nc us sahn ko jo Khudawand ke mazbah ke rd ba vi. tha, muqaddas kiya, ki wahdu charhawoD, aur hadiyoo, aur salarafog kf charbi guzrane, kyiinki pftal ka mazbah jo Khudawand ke age tha, chhota thS, aur un charhawou, aur hadiyon aur sala- mfon kf charbioD ke liye, jo guzrSnf jati thfo, gunjaish na rakhta thd. 65 Aur Sulaiman ne us roz id kf, aur sare banf Israel ne us ke sath Hamat kf guzargih se leke wadf i Misr ke ghat tak, we sab ke sab Khudawand hamare Khuda ke age bare amboh se jama the, ek sat roz, aur sat roz diisre, yane chaudah roz. 66 Aur ^thweo roz fdkebad sirf guroh rukhsat kf gaf, so unhoo ne badshah ko mubarak- bad kaha, aur apne khaimou ko gaye khush aur saf dilou se us neki ke bais, jo Khldawand nc apne bande Daiid, aur apnf guroh Israel se ki thf. IX. BAB. 1 Aur jab Sulaiman Khudawand ka ghar aur badshah ka qasr bana chuka, aur Sulaiman ki sari tamanna, jo us ke dil meg thf, pari ko chukf: 2 To aisa hii^ ki Khudawand Sulaiman ko dJsri bar dikhii diya jis tarah ki Jibaun men dikhai diy4 tha. 3 Aur Khudawand ne use kaha, Maig ne terf dua, aur terf munajat, jo tii ne mere age ki, qabul kf , aur us ghar ko, jo tu ne baniyd ki mera nam abad tak us meu rahe, muqaddas kiya, so meri nigah aur mera dil sada usf par rahega. 4 Aur agar tii mere huzur aisi chal chalega, jaisa tera bip Daud sadaqat aur dil kf risti se chala, aur un sab hukmog par, jo maiu ne tujhe kie, amal kareg^, aur merf sharfatou, aur sunnatog ko hifz karega: 5 To maig tera taJjht i saltanat banf Israel meg hamesha qaim rakhunga, jaisi maig ne tere bap Daud se wada kiyi aur kaha, ki Teri nasi se badshahat kabhi na jlegf . 6 Par agar tu meri pairawf se bargashta hoga, ya terf aulad mujh se phir jSegi, aur turn merf shariatou aur BunnatOLj ko, jo maig nc tumheg bataig hifz na k;iBoge, aur ajnabf mabudog ki ibadat karoge, aur uuheg sijda karoge : 7 To maig banf Israel ko us sarzamfn Be, jo maig ne unheu df hai, fanS karungi, aur us ghar ko, jise maig nc apne n!im ke Yy S66 I. SALATI'N. [9 B/^B. liye muqaddas kiya hai, apne rd baru se diir karunga, aur Israel ko tamam jahan meo zarb ul masl aur angushtnuma karunga. 8 Aur us buland ghar ke baribar se jo ko! guzar kareg5, hairan hoga, aur sithf bajaega aur kahcga, Khudawand ne is sarzanifn aur ghar se aisa kyuu kiya? 9 Tab we jawdb denge, Is liye kiya, ki unhou no Kiiubawand apne Khuda ko, jo un ke bapdadoij ko zamin i Misr se nikSl layS, tark kiya, aur ajnabi inabudonko ikhtiyiir kiya, aur unhen sijda kiya, aur un kl bandngi kf, is liye Khudawanb ne un par yih sab ball nazil ki. 10 Aur Sulaimln bis baras meu ye dono i g'lar, yine Khddawanu ka ghar, aur badshlh ka qasr bana cliuka : 11 Aurjal) Siir ka badshah Hiram saro aur sanaubar kf lakriao aursona jaisa us ki niurad thf, Sulaiman ko bhej chuka, tab aisa hua ki SulaimSn badshah ne Jalil ki zaiiiin meQ bis shahr Hiram ko die. 12 Aur Hiram Sur se nikla, taki un shahroij ko, jo Sulaiman ne use die the, dekhe ; par dekhke khush na hua. 13 Aur bola, Ai mere bhai, ye k'ya shahr haig jo tii ne mujhe die ? Aur us ne un ka nam Kabul ka mulk rakha, jo 5j ke din tak hai. 14 Bad us ke Hiram ne ek sau bis qintar sona Sulaiman ke liye bheja. 15 Aur is sabab se Sulaiman badshah ne ijtima Ijiya ki Khudawand ka ghar, aur apna qasr, aur Milla, aur Yirushalam ki shahrpanah, aur Hasiir, aur Majiddo, aur Jazar bina kiy4. 16 Aur Misr ka bklshah Firaun chorh gaya thi, aur Jazar ko leke phuuk diya tha, aur un Kaninion ko jo wahau base the, qatl kiya tha, Rur apni beti ko jo Sulaiman ki joru thi, bakhsh diya thi. 17 So Sulaiman ne Jazar aur Bait Hauran ke asfal ko abad kiya : 18 Aur Baalat aur Tadmfir ko, jo dasht men the, basayi: 19 Aur khazane ke sire shahr, jo Sulaiman ke the, aur girlon ke shahr, aur sawarou ke shahr bina kie, aur jo kuchh Sulaiman ki tamanna thf, so Yirushalam meo, aur Lubnan men, aur apni mamlukat ki sari zamin meu binl kiya. 20 Lekiii wuh sari guroh jo Amuri, aur Hitti, aur Farizzi, aur Hawi, aur YabusI se baqf rahf, aur Isr.iel na thi : 21 Hau un ki aulad, jo bad un ke zamin meo biqi rahi jinheo bani Israel nibud na kar sake, so Sulaiman ne unheu gulam lan^yS, aur we aj ke din tak khidmat kiya karte haio. 22 Lekin Sulaiman ne banf Israel men se kisi par khiraj i khadimi muqarrar na kiya, ki we baliadur, aur us ke chakar, aur us ke umara, aur us ke lashkar ke sardar, aur us ki giriou aur us ke sawSroD ke bandobastkarnewale the. 23 Aur us ke pinch sau aur pachas amil the jo us ke sare karguziroy ke sardir the. 24 Aur Firaun ki beti Dand ke shahr se apne us ghar meij, jo Sulaiman ne us ke liye banaya thi, ai ; tab Sulaiman ne Milla ko abad kiya. 25 Aur Sulaiman bar baras tin bar charhawou aur saiamion ko us mazbah par jo us ne Khudawand ke liye bina kiyi tha, charhata tha; aur un ke satli Khudawand ke age bakhur jalata tha. Is tarah us ne us ghar ko mukammal kiya thi. 25 Phir Sulaiman badshah ne Asiunjabar men, jo Ailat ke muttasil hai daryi i S .f ke kinare par, jo Adura kl sarzamin meu hai, jahaz banae. 27 Aur Hfraui ne us shahr men apne chakar mallah, jo kishti^u ke kam se agah the, Sulaiman ke chakarou ke sith karke bhejwae : 28 Aur we Ofir ko gayr , aur wahau se char Sau bis qintar son! leke bidshSli pSs ae. 10 BAB.] I. SALAirN. 387 X. HA'B. I Aur KiiuDA'WAND ke nam kf biibat Sulaim'in kd iwaza Saba kf malika tak pahunchd, to wuh nuishkil sawAlou se use izinine al : 2 Aur bare amboh ke sith Yiriishalam meo diikhil hni, us ke sath bahut se iint the, jin par khushbuiaa ladi thill, aur nihdyat bahut son-i, aur maliang mole jawihir the ; aur Ui ne Sulaiinan pas :*ke jo kuchh us ke dil meu thi sab pdchha. 3 Sulaiman ne us ke sab sawalou ka jawab diya, badshih se kof chiz poshida na thi jo us ke kisi saw£l kd jawib na deta. 4 Saba kf uialika ne- Sulaiman kf sari danishmandf dary^ft kf, aur us ghar ko jo us ne biua kiya tha, dekha : 5 Aur us ki dastarkhwdu kf niamatoo, ant us ke khadiiiioij, aur mul4zimoij kf nishast o barkhast, aur un kf poshak, aur us ke siqfon, aur us kf qurbinfoti ko, jinheo wuh leke Khuuawand ke ghar ko jita thi dekhke us ke hawass ur gaj'e. 6 Us ne bddshah se kahi, Yih tahcjicj khabarthi, jo maio ne teri karainaton aur terf dinish kf babat apne mulk meo suni thi. 7 Agar- chi jab tak maiu ne ake apni ankhon se na dekha tha, tab tak un baton ko bawar na kiya tha ; aur dekh main ne adhi khabar bhf na suni thf, kyunki teri danish aur khi'ibi us awaze se jo maiij ne sund tha, kahin ziyada hai. 8 Achchhe nasib tere in khadimon ke, aur bare tila tere mulazimon ke, jo nit tere huzur khare rahte bain, aur terf hikmat sunte hain. 9 Khudaiwand tere Khuda ki mubirak zit hai, jo tujh se razf hai, aur jis ne tujhe IsraelioQ men takhtnishtn kiya ; ki KuiDAwANi) ne Israelioij ko sada pyar kiya, isi liye us ne tujhe badshih kiya' tiki tii adl un iusif kare. 10 Aur us ne ek sau bfs qintar fiond, aur bahut si khushbdiiii, aur jawihir Sulai- man ko die, aur jis wufiir se ki Saba kf malika ne khushbiifio Sulaiman badshih ko guzrinfij kisi ne kabhf na guzraniu 1 1 Aur Hiramf jaha^on par Ofi'r se sona lida gaya, aur chandan ke bahut se darakht aur jawahir dhare gaye, aur Sulaiman ko pahunchae gaye. 12 So badshih ne chandan ke darakhtou ke sutan Khudawand ke ghar ke liye, aur apne qasr ke liye banwae, aur dholkiag, aur tambiire sazindoo ke liye banwae, aur chandan kf aisf babut lakriin na kabhf aig aur na aj ke din tak dekhi gain. 1.3 Sulaiman badshih ne Saba ki malika ko, jo us ne mdnga, so diya, siwa is ke Sulaiman ne us ko apnf bakhshish i ali se bahut kuchh iniyat kiya, aur wuh apne mulazimoo samet apni mamlukat ko phir gaf. 14 Aur sal ba sil chha sau chhiyasath qintar sona Sulaiman pas jama hoti thi. 15 Siwa us sone ke, jo saudigar aur ahl i kliiraj, aur ahl i hirfa, aur Arab kf nawahi ke sire salatfn, aur mamilik ke hukkam use pahunchate the. 16 Aut Sulaiman badshih ne soni g^irhwake do sau pharian banafn, chha sau misqil soni ek phari pichhe kharch hiia. 17 Aur sone hf kf tin sau dhaleo baawain, ek ek dhal tin tfn ser sone kf hu', aur bidshah ue unhen us ghar men jo dasht i Lubnan meo thi, rakha. 13 Aiiwa b4d.?hah ne hithidintki ek bara takht banwayi aur us par achchhe *se achchhi soni phirwiyi. 19 Us takht ke chha zine the, aur yih ta^ht pusht par se takiya ki jagah mudauwar thi, aur us takht ki do samt ko patri lagaf, aur un donou tarafou meo do sher banwae: 20 Aur un chha zinoo men se harek ke dahine biyeu do sher, so sab birah sherhue; kisi saltanat meo aisa takht na bana thS. 21 Aur Sulaiman badshih ke pini pfne kc basan sone ke the; aur dasht i Lubnin- wileghar kebhi sire basan khalis sone kc the, ek bhi nipe ki na thi; ki SulaimiH y \- 2 388 I. SA LAX IN. [11 BAB. ke aiy^ra men rilpe kl kuchh fashkhls na huf. 22 Ki bidsh^h ne apne jahiz Iliram ke jah^zoD ke s^th Tarsfs ko bheje the, aur wuhio se un par tfn baras meo ek bdr 9on4 aur rdpS, aur h^thidant, aur t^us, aur bandar us ke liye puhunchte the. 23 So SulaimSn bSdshah ki daulat aur hikmat zamln ke badshahon se bahut 7,iyada hui. 24 Aur sSra jahan Sulaiman ka mushtiqtha, ki us ki, aqilana kalain o Khuda ne us ke dil men diU thi, sune. 25 Aur un meo se harek sal ba sal rope ke basan, aur sone ke bartan, aur poshak, aur hathyar, aur khushbufln, aur ghore, aur khachchar, us ke 5ge guzrante the. 26 Aur Sulaiman ne garJao aur sawar bahut se jama kle, us kl ek hazSr char sau garfau thio, aur birah hazar sawar jinhen us ne gariou ke shahron men rakha, aur kitnon ko Yirdshalam meo apne sath. 27 Aur bidsh^h ne Yirfishllam menrupe ko pattharoo ke manind kar diy^thl, aur saro kf lakrion ko gnlar ke darakhtoQ ke manind jo maidan meo wufur se bote haio. 28 Aur Sulaiman ne Misr se ghore bahut mangwae, aur badshih ke saudagar wuhSo se mol late the. 29 Aur Misr ki gdri chha sau misq^l rupe ko, aur Misr ka ghori derh sau misqal ko bikta tha; aur usf tarah sare Hitti ke bSdshSh, aur Ardrai b^dshdh mol leke use pahunchlte the. XI. BAB. 1 Aur Sulaiman bSdshih ne bahut si ajnabi aurateo Firaun kf beti kc s^th chShfp, Moabf, aur Ammi'mi aur Adumf, aur Saidani, aur Hitti. 2 Un qaumoa ki betiSo jinkibabat Khudajwand ne bani Israel kohukm kij^l, ki Turn un men na jao, aur -we turn meo na aen, ki we yaqtnan tumhire diloo ko apne mabiidou kf taraf rSgib karengf; so Sulaiman ne unhin se muhabbat kf. 3 Us ki sat sau azad jorfiao thiu, aur tfn sau haramen ; aur us kf joraoo ne us ke dil ko phera. 4 Aur ais^ hua, ki jab Sulaiman biirhi hiia, to us ki joriion ne us ke dil ko apne mabu- doo ki taraf miil kiya ; aur us ke dil men Khudawand ka shauq k^mil na raha jaisa us ke bap Daud k^ tha. 5 So Sulaiman ne Saidanfou ke mabiid Istarat, aur bani Araun ke nafratf Milkum kf parastish kf. G Aur Sulaiman ne Khudawand ki cazar meo badi kf, aur us ne Khudawawand kf pnri farmanbardarf apne bSp Daud ki tarah na kf. 7 Chunanchi Sulaimdn ne Moabioo ke nafratf Kamiis ke liye us pahar par, jo Yirushalam ke simhne hai, aur banf Ammun ke nafrati Milik ke li3'e ek buland makdn baniy£. 8 Aur yih sab us ne apnf sarf ajnabi joriion kf khitir kiy5 ; aur wuh un ke butOQ ke huznr bakhur jalayA karta tha, aur qurbaniaij guzrSna karta tha. 9 So azbas ki us ka dil KhcdAwand Israel ke Khuda se, jo use do bar dikhai diyS, bairgashta hda, is liye Khuda Vand us se nakhush hua. 10 Ki us ne use mana kiya thd, aur farmiya tha, ki Tu ajnabi mabddoo ki parastish na kijiyo, par us ne Khuda'wand ke hukm ko yad na rakhi. 11 Is sabab se Khcdawand ne SulaimSn ko kaha, Azbas ki tujh se aisa aisa kuchh hua, aur tii ne merf sunnaton aur shariatou ko hifz na kiya, is waste maiu saltanat ko tujh se phar liinga, aur tere ^h^dim ko dunga ; 12 Lekin tere bap Diud ki khatir se main tere jite ji aisa na kariinga ; par tere bete ke hath se phar Idnga. 13 Lekin sarf saltanat na phar lungi, balki apne bande Dadd kf khatir, aur Yirdshalam ke liye jo racra barguzidii mak^n hai, ek firqa tere bete ko dunga. U BAB.] I. SALATI'N. 389 14 So Khudaw.vnd ne Adiiml Iladad ko Sulaimln k4 dushman khar^ kiy.i ; yih Adiimi badshahoo ki nasi se thi. 18 Is liye ki jab D.uld Add in meo thi, aur lashkar ke sardar Yuab ne Adiiinl meo jitne niard the sab ko qatl kiya, aur un ko garne gaya ; 16 Ki Yuab chha mahine tak sab Isriclfoo ke sath vvuhio rahi, yahdo tak ki u& ne Adiim meo ek mard jlta na chhorX. 17 (Js waqt Iladad kitne ek Adiimiou ke sath, jo us ke bap ke chakar the, Misr ko bhag gaya ; aur wuh us waqt chhota larka tha. 18 Phir we Midyau se nikalke Firiin meo ae, aur Faran ke log sith leke Misr meo shah i Misr Firaiin ke pis gaye ; us ne un ko ghar diy.i, aur un ke liye raaash muqarrar kf, aur unheo zamin di. 19 Aur Iladad Firaun nihiyat manziir i nazar hota gaya, yahau tak ki us ne malika Tahfunis ki bahin usf ko byah df. 20 Aur Tahfunis ki bahin us ke liye ek bctl janf, us ka nam Janubat rakha gaya, aur use Talifanis ne Firadn ke ghar meg parwarish kiya ; aur Janubat Firaun ke betoo ke sath Firaun ke gharane meo raha kiya. 21 Aur jab Hadad ne Misr meu suna ki Datid apnebapdidon ke sith so rah5, aur lashkar ki sardar Yiiab bhi chal basa, tab us ne Firaiin se kaha, Miijhe ijazat de ki maio apne mulk ko jaiio. 22 Firaun ne use kahS, ki Tujhe mere pas kaun si kami hai jo* tu chahta hai ki apne mulk ko jawe? Us ne kahS, Nahiij, balki tii mujhe kisf tarah se jane de. 23 Aur Khuda ne Uiyada ke bete Razun ko bhi Sulaiman ka dushinan kiya ki wuh Siibah ke bddshah apne iqi Iladadiazr pas se bhiga. 2i Us ne apne aqa ke muqabil hoke log jama kiye, aur jis waqt Diud ne unheo qatl kiya wuh ek fauj ka sardar hila, aur we bhagke Dimishq ko gaye aur wuhao rahe, aur wuh Dimishq ka malik hda. 25 Aur wuh bhi Sulaiman ki tamam umr bani Israel ka dushman raha, siwa us musibat ke jo Hadad se thi ; aur us ne bani Isriel se nafrat rakhf aur ArJm ka raalik hui. 26 Aur Saridah se Ifrati Nabat ke bete Yurubiim ne, jo Sulaimtn k-i gulim tha, jis ki ma ka nam, jobewa thi, Saruah ths, badshah ke muqabil hoke hath uthaya. 27 Aur badshah ke barkhilif hath uth^ne ka yih sabab huS ki badshih ne Milla ko Sbdd kiya, aur apne bap Diiid ke shahr ke ihate ki marammat ki. 28 Aur Yurubiam ek shahzor bahadur adini tha ; so Sulaiman ne jo us jawan ko chalak dekha, to use bani Yusaf ke ghar ke sare karobar par mukhtar kiya. 29 Aur aisa hfia ki Yurubiam ek bar Yirushalam se bahar gaya, us waqt Sailani Akhiyah nabi ne use rah meu paya, aur yih'nabi ek nai rida orhe hue tha ; ye donoQ maidan men akele the. 30 So Akhiyah ne us nai rida ko, jo us par thi, pakarke phari, aur barah tukre kie. 31 Aur Yurubiam ko kaha, ki Das tukre' tu le, ki Khcdawand Israel ka Khudi yun farmata hai, ki Dekh maio Sulaiman ke hath se saltanat chak kar liinga, aur das firqe tujhe ddnga : 32 Aur ek firqa, mere bande Daiid ki khatir ke liye, aur Yirushalam ke liye, wuh shahr jise main no bani Isriel ke sare firqoQ ke shahrou meu se chun liya hai, use diya jaegi. 33 Ki us ne mujhe tark kiya, aur Saidaniou kemabiid Istarat aur Moabioy ke but Kamiis, aur bani Ammun ke Milkum ki parastishki, aur meri rahoo meu na chala, ki wuh k5m,jo meri nazar meu bhala tha,karta, aur meri shariaton, aur sunnatoo par apne bip D.iud ki tarah anial karta. 34 So maio sirl mainlukat us ke hath se na nikal Innga, ki maiu apne bande Daud ki khStir jise maio ne barguzida kiya, aur jis ne meri sunnatoo par amal kiyi, jab tak wuh jit:i rahcgi us ko badshah rakhdnga. 35 Aur us ke 390 I. SALATIN. [12 BAB- bete ke h:ith se saltanat ko le lunga, aur das firqe tujhe diinga : 36 Aur us ke bete ko ek firqa diingS, taki mere bande Dlad ka chirag Yirushalam ke shahr men jise maiu ne apni nam rakhne ke liye barguzida kiya hai, hamesha mere age roshan rahe. 37 Aur maio tujhe barpa karunga, aur tu apne dil ki tamanna ke muwafiq saltanat karega, aur bant Israel kl badshah hoga. 38 Aur aisa hoga ki agar tu mere sSre hukmon ka shinawa hogi, aur meri rahou par chalegl, aur mtri nazar meo nekokarf karegl, ki meri sunnatou aur shariaton ko mere bande Dii'id ki tarah liifz kare, to main tere sath hounga, aur tere liye ek aniin ghar banaiinga jaisa maio ne Daud ke liye banaya, aur tujhe bani Israel par musallit karunga, 39 Aur maiu isi sabab se Daud ki nasi ko dukh dunga, par na abad tak. 40 Ab Sulaim'm ne chahi ki Yurubiam ko qatl kare, par Yuruoiam utha, aur bhagke Misr ke badshah Slsaq ke pas Misr meu gaya, aur jab tak Suluimin ne wafit pli wuh wuhiD raha. 41 Aur Sulaiman ka b^qf ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiyi, aur us kf hikmaten, so kya wuh Sulaiman ke ahwal kf kitab meo maktnb nahiu haiu? 42 Garaz * Sulaiman kl saltanat ki muddat, jo us ne Yirushllammensare Isr^elion parki,chalfs baras the. 43 Aur Sulaiman apne bapdadon ke sath so raha, aur apne bap Diiid ke shahr men madfdn hua, aur us ka beta Rihabiam us ka janishin hiia. XII. BAB. 1 Aur Rihabiam Sikm ko gaya, is liye kisare banilsrael Sikm men faraham hfie the, taki use bidshah karen. 2 Aur aisa hua ki jab Nabat kebete Yarubiam ne, jo hanoz Misr men basta tha, yih suna; kyunki wuh Sulaimdn ke huzar se bhiga, aur Misr men jabasatha: 3 Aur us pSslog bhejhke use bulwaya kiya; tab Yarubiam ne blni Israel kf sari jamaat ke sith ake Rihabiam ko yuu kaha, 4 Ki Tere bap ne ham par bharf jiia rakha, so ab tu us sangin khidmat ko, aur us bhari jue ko, jo tere bap na ham par rakhii, halka kar, ki ham teri khidmat karenge. 5 Tab us ne unhen kaha, Bilfial tum chale jao, aur tin roz ke bad mujh pas phir ao ; chunanchi we log chale gaye. 6 Tab Rihabiam badshah ne un buzurgon se, jo us ke ba'p Sulaiman ke sainhne jab tak ki wuh jita tha, khare rahte the, mashwarat ki,aur kaha,Tumhari kya salih hai? Main in logou ko kyS jawab dunga? 7 Uiihoo ne use kahS, ki Agar tu aj ke din is majma se ihsan karega, aur un par minnat rakhega, aur unke jawab meo mulayamat se bolega, to we tere abadi khadim ho rahenge. 8 Par us ne us mashwa- rat ko, jo buzurgon ne use di, chhorke un jawanou se, jo us ke sath bare hde, aur us ke age hazir rahte the, mashwarat ki. 9*Aur un se puchha, ki Tum mujhe kya. salah dete ho? Main in logon ko, jinhoune mujh se yihsawal kiy.ahai, ki Us jue ko jo tere bap ne ham par rakha, halk^ kar, kya jawab driu ? 10 Un jawanoo ne jo us ke sSth bare hue the, us ko kaha, Tu un logoo ko, jinhon ne tujhe kaha, Tere bap ne hamire jue ko bhari kiya, tu us ko hamdre upar se halka kar, ynp jawab de, aur unhen yuQ kah, ki Meri chhinguli mere bap ki kamar se ziyada daldar hogf : 1 1 Aur agar mere bap ne bhari jiia tum par rakha hai, to main use aur ziyada kardnga ; mere bap ne kore mirke tumheu thik kiya, main tumheo bichchhnoB se thik bana- nng&. 12 BAB.] I. SALATI'N. 391 12 So Yurubia'm aur s5ra majma tfsre din Riliabiain kc huzur hazir hu5, badshah ke farraSne ke mut;ibiq ki Tisredin mujh pas (iiyo. 13 Aur badshdh ne un logoo ko sakht jaw.ib diya, aur buzurgou kf us niashwarat ko, jo unhoo ne use df thi, tark kiya; M Aur jawdnoo kf salih ke muwiifiq unheu kahi, ki Mere b5p ne to turn par bh£rf jua rakha, aur main us jiic ko ziyada bharf kariing^; mere bap ne tuniheu korou se thik ban.iya, aurmaio tunihco bichchhuou se thikkarunga. 15 Bidshdh un logoo ka shinawa na huri, ki yili Khudawand kf taraf se tha, taki us bat ko, jo us ne Saildnf Akhiyah ki nidrifat se Nab^t ke bete Yurubidm ko farmai thf, pur£ kare. 16 So s5re Isr£elfon ne j'ih dekhke ki badshah unkS shinawa nahua b^dshih ko yun jawab diya, D.iud ke sath hamara kya hissa hai ? Yassi ke bete ke sath hnmlrf mfras nahiu ! A f Israel chal, apne khaiine ko! Daud, ab ti'i jSn, aur tera ghar! So Israelf apne khaimoo ko chalc gaye. 17 Lekin Rihabiam un IsraeUou k^, jo Yahudah ki hastiou men rahte the, badsl Sh hui. 18 Bad us ke Rihabiam ba'dsh.ih ne Adiirlm ko, jo khiraj ka daroga tlia, bheja: so banf Israel ne us par aisa patthrao kiya ki wuh mar gaya. Tab Rih4biam badshah ne himmat bandhf, aur garf par sawar hoke Yirushalam ko Lhag gaya. 19 So banf Israel aj ke din tak Daud ke ghar.ine se bagi liain. 20 Aur jab sare ban! Israel ne suna ki Yurubiam aya, to unhoo ne use hulw.iyS, ki majma ke huzur awe, aur unhon ne use sare Israeliou ka badshah kiyd ; sirf Yihudah ke siwa kisf ne Daad ke gharane ki tabafyat na ki. 21 Aur jab Rihabiam Yirushalam meo daiihil huii, to us ne Yihddah ke sare gharane ko Binyamin ke firqe samet, jo sab ek lakh assf hazar jangf barguzida jawan the, fariham kiya, taki we banf Israel se larke mamlukat ko Sulairaan ke bete Rihabiam ke qabze meo phir kar deo. 22 Aur us waqt Samaiyah ko, jo mard i Khuda tha Khuda ka paiyam ayS, 2;i Ki banf Yihudih ke badshah Sulaiman ke bete Rihabiam ko, aur sare bani Yihudah aur banf Binyamin ko, aur un ke ham- rahfoD kokah: 24 Ki Khudawand jiiu farniata hai. Turn charhaf na karo, aur apne bhafoo banf Israel se qital na karo; balki harek turn men se apne ghar ko pliire ; ki yih bat mere hukm se hai. So we Khudawand ke sukhun ke shinawd hue, aur Khudawand ke hukm ke mutabiq phire, aur rawana hue. 25 Tab Yurubiim ne kohistan i Ifraim men Sikm ko abadkiyf, aur us meo basa, bid us ke wnhao se nikla aur Fanuel ko abad kiya. 26 Aur Yurubiam ne apne dil men kaha ki Ab saltanat Daud ke gharane men phir jacgi ; 27 Jab ye log Yirushalam meo Khudawand ke ghar meu qurbani charhine ko t'ipar charhenge, to un logou ke dil apne khudawand kf taraf yane banf Yihudih ke badshah Rihabiam ki samt mail honge, aur we mujh ko mir lenge aur shih i Yihudali Rihabiam kf samt phirenge. 28 Is liye us badshah ne mansuba kiya, aur sone ke do bachhrc banae, aur unheu kaha, Kya zurur hai ki turn Yirushalam men jay i karo? Ai banf Israel tumhari Khudi, jo turn ko zamin i Misr se nikal liya, yih hai. 29 Aur us ne ek ko Baitel men, aur dnsre ko Dan meu qaim kiya : 30 Aur yih khata ki briis Unihara, aur log Dan meo j«ke us ek ki parastish karte the. 31 Aur us ne iinche makanoo par ek ghar baniya, aur awamm logou ko, jo ban' Lewf na the, kaha;. at kd mansab diya. 32 Aur Yurubiam ne athweu mahine ki pandrahwio tlrikh, jaisi baqf Yihudah men mrimdl hai, ek fd kf ; aur mazbah par qurbin guirana aur aisahi us ne Baitel meo kiya. aur un bachhrou ke age jo us ne 392 I- SALATrN. [13 hJ^B. banSe the qurtanfae guzr.lnig; aur us ne Baitel men un linche mak^noo ke liye jo us ne bina kfe the, kahin muqarrar kfe. 33 So Sthweo mahine ki pandrahwfo tarikh, ySne us mahfne ki jise apne dil se ijad kiy^, niazbah par, jo us ne Baitel men banSya tha, qurbSnf guzranf ; aur ban! Isriel ki mihmanf kf, aur mazbah par qurb^nf guzarani aur bakhur jalriya. XIII. BAB. I Aur dekho ki Khuda wand ke hukm se ek mard i Khudi Yihiidah se Baitel men aya ; us waqt Yurubiam mazbah ke inuttasil khara hokar bakhur Jala raha tha. 2 Aur wuh Khudawand ke sul^han se mazbah ke sdmhne chillaya, aur kaha, Ai mazbah ! ai mazbah ! Khudawand ydn farmita hai, ki Dekh, Daiid ke gharane Be ek larka paida hogi jis ka nam Yusiyah hoga, so wuh unche makanon ke kahiuoo ko, jo tujh par bakhur jalate haio, tujh men zabh karega ; aur ddmfou ki haddfan tujh par jalaf jaengi. 3 Aur us ne ushi din ek nishan bataya, aur kaha, Wuh alamat, jo Khuda wand ne banai, yih hai, ki mazbah phat jaega, aur rakh, jo us par hai, gir jaegf. 4 Aur aisi hiia ki jab Yurubiam badshah ne us mard i Khuda ka kalam jo Baitel men mazbah ke samhne chilliya thd, suna, to us ne mazbah par se apna hStb lamba kiyi, aur kaha, ki Use pakar lo : so us ka wuh hath, jo us ne us par barhay.i tha, khushk ho gaya, aisa ki wuh use phir barabar na kar saka. 5 Aur mazbah phat gay£, aur rakh gir gal us alamat ke mutabiq jo us mard i Khuda ne Khdda'wand ke hukm se zahir ki thi. 6 Tab badshah ne us mard i Khuda ko kaha, ki Ab Khudawakd apne Khuda kl minnat samajat kar, taki merd hath jaisi th£ phir durust ho jawe ; tab us mard i Khuda ne Khudawand se du^ mangi, aur badshah ka hath durust hua, aurjaisa age tha waisahf ho gaya. 7 Aur badshdh ne us mard i Khuda ko farmaya, ki Mere sath ghar men chal, aur kuchh kha, ki main tujhe inam diinga. 8 Par us mard i Khuda ne badshah ko jawab diya, ki Agar tn apna idha ghar mujhe dewe, taubhi main tere sath wuhlu na j5unga, aur maiu us jagah na rot? khaunga, na patii piungl : 9 Kyanki Khdda'wand ne mujh ko yuQ hukm kiya, aur farmayS, ki Na roti khSiyo, na panf pljiyo, aur jis rah se boke tu jcita hai usi rah se na phiriyo. 10 Chunanchi wuh ddsri rah se rawana hu."i, aur jis rah hoke Baitel men aya th5, us rah se na phira. II Us waqt Baitel meo ek burha nabi rahta tha, so us ke bete us pas ie, aur un kamon ki jo mard i Khuda ne us roz Baitel men kfe use khabar dl, aur us kl un baton ko, jo us ne bldshah se kahfn thfy, apne b^p ke age bayan kiya. 12 So un ke bip ne un se puchha, Wuh kis rSh se gaya ? Aur us ke beton ne dekhi tha ki wuh mard i Khuda, jo Y'ihudah se lya, kis rlh se phir gaya : 13 Phir us ne apne beton se kaha, Mere liye gadhe par zfn bindho. So unhon ne us ke liye gadha taiySr kiya ; tab wuh us par charha. 14 Aur us mard i Khuda ke pichhe chala, so use batam ke darakht tale baithe paya. Tab us ne use kaha, Td wuhf mard i Khuda hai jo Yihddah se iyi ? Wuh bola, Han. 1.5 Tab us ne use kah£, Mere ghar chal, aur roti kh5. 16 Wuh bola, Na main tere sath rah saktd hdo, aur na maiu ter« ghar ja sakta huu, aur na main tere sSth us jSgah roti kbaungi, na pani pUinga. 17 Ki Khudawand k^ mujh ko yuij hukm huS, ki Tu wuhlQ na roti 13 BAB.] I. SALATPN. 393 kh^na, na p^nf pfn^, aur jis rih tu jatii hai us rah se hoke na phirn4. 18 Tab lis ne use kaha, ki JaisS tu hai mail) bhi ck nabi hue, aur Kuudxwand ke farmSn se ck firishte ne niujh ko kah5, ki Use apne sath apne ghar meo phiri la, tdki wuh roti khAwc aur p^nf pfwe. Par us ne us se jhdth kahS. 19 So wuh us ke s5th phir gaya aur us ke ghar meu roti khdf aur p^nf piya, 20 Aur jis waqt we donoo dastiirkhwan par baithe the, us waqt aisl hdi ki Khudawand ka kaUm usnabf par, jo use phird laya thi, nizil ha5. 21 Aur us ne us niard i Khuda ko, jo Yihudah se i,yi tha, chillakc kahS, Is liye ki t» ne KuuDAWAND ke hukm se munh pher.i, aur td ne Khudawand apne KhudI ke hukm ko, jo us ne tujhe kiya tha, ydd na rakhd, 22 Aur td phir dyi, aur tu ne ushi jigah, jahao Khudawand ne tujhe farmaya th£, ki Na roti khSnS, na pinf pfnd, rotf bhi kh^f, aur pdnf bhi piya: so teri lash tere bIpdadoD kf qabr meo dakhil na hogf. 23 Aur jab wuh roti khd chuka aur panf pi chuka, to us ne apne gadhe par us nabi ke liye jise wuh phiri laya tha, zin bSndhi. 24 Aur jab wuh rawana hda, to rah meo use ek sher mil^, aur us ne use mir t/ala: so us ki lash rih men pari thf, aur gadhi us ke nazdik khara tha, aur sher bhi us lash pis hazir rahi. 25 Aur jab udhar se logoo ka guzar hdl, tab unhon ne dekhi, ki lish rah meo pari hai, aur sher lash pas khara hai, so uuhou ne shahr meg ake wahaa jahau wuh bdrha nabi rahti tha, bayan kiya. 26 Aur us nabi ne, jo use rah se phira layi tha, sunke kaha, Yih wuh mard i Khuda hai, jis ne Khuda'wanu ke hukm se sarkashi ki, aur Khudawand ne apne sukhan ke mutibiq, jo us ne use kaha, sher ko us par musallit kiy£ ; aur us ne use tora aur mar dala. 27 Phir us ne apne betoo se kaha, ki Mere liye gadhe par zfn bindho: so unhoo ne bandha. 28 Tab wuh gaya, aur us ki lish rah meo pari paf> aur gadha aur sher lish pis khare the, ki sher ne na us ki gosht khiya tha, aur na gadhe ko tori thi. 29 So us nabi ne us mard i Khudi ki lash ko uthaya, aur gadhe par dala, aur phiri laya; aur yih bdrhi nabi shahr meo dikhil hua ki us par roe aur use gire. 30 Phir us ne us ki lish ko apui qabr meo gari, aur we us par Hie mex'e bhii! kahke roe. 31 Aur jab use gar chuka, to us ne apne betoo se kaha, ki Jab maio mar ji'JO, to mujhko ushi gor meo, jis meo wuh mard i Khudi gara hai, gapiyo, aur meri hadJiao us ki haddfoo ke nazdik rakhiyo. 32 Is liye ki wuh kalam, jo us ne Khodawand ke hukra se mazbah ke barkhilif, jo Baitel meo hai, aur un nnche makinoo ke barkhilif, jo Samrdn ki bastioo meo haio, kahi hai, zurdr pari hoga. 33 Aur un sab chizoo ke bid bhi Yurubiam apni gumrihf se biz na iyi; baiki us ne awamm ko dnche makinoo ki kahanat phir di, jis ne chihi use us ne kihin kar diya, aur wuh nnchft niakinou ke ki-hinoo meo shimil hogayi. 34 Aur yih fial Yurubiim ke gharine ke guaah ki sabab hua, tiki us ko kit dale, aur zamin se nest o nibdd kare. XIV. BAB. 1 Us waqt Yurubiim ki beta Abiyah bimar para. 2 So Yurubiim ne apnf jorS se kaha, Uthiyc, aur apni shakl mubaddal kijiye, tiki koi na pahchine ki tl Yurubiim ki jord hai, aur Saili ko rawana ho : aur dekh Akhiyih nabi wahio hai Z z 394 I. SALATI'N. [14 BAB. aur us ne mujhe kaha tha, ki Ta is jamiat ka badshih hoga. 3 Aur das rotfao, aur kuchh sukhi kulfche, aur ek surahf shahd apne sath le, aur us pas ja, ki wuh tujhe bati degi, ki larke ka anjain kya hogS. 4 So Yurubiamkf joru ne aisa kiya, ki uthf aur Saili ko gaf, aur Akhiyah ke ghar meo pahunchf, par Akhiyah ko kuchh nazar na ltd thS, ki burhdpe ke sabab se us ki dnkheu baith gai thfy. 5 Tab Khhdawand ne Akhiyah ko kaha, ki Dekh Yurubiam ki jord tujh se kuchh apne bete kf bibat puchhne ati hai, kyunki wuh bfmar hai; so tu use yiia yuo kahiyo, aur jab wuh andar Iwegf, to ap ko dusri randf banawegf. 6 Aur jouhfo wuh darwaza par pahunchf, aur Akhiyah ne us ke paoQ ki ^waz sunf, to us ne use kaha, Yurubiam kf jon'i andar a ; tu bahane se dnsri kyuo banti haiPki raaio bheja gay^ huo, taki tujhe musibatOQ kf khabar dun, 7 So tii jd, aur Yuru- biam se kah, ki Khudawand Isr4el ka Khuda y 'id farmata hai, ki Main ne tujhe qaum meo buland kiya, aur apne bandon Israeli'on par tujhe musallit kiya : 8 Aur Daud ke gharane se saltanat chak kar li, aur tujhe dl, taubhi tu mere bande Daud ki manind na hua, jis ne mere hukmon ko hifz kiya, aur apne sare dil se meri farm£nbardari karke faqat wuhf kiya, jo meri nigah meo achchha tha ; 9 Par tii ne un sab se, jo tujh se ige the, ziyada badi ki ; kydnki tii g'lmrah hua, aur apne liye aur mibud aur dhale hue but banae, aur mujhe gussa diliya, aur mujhe td ne apni pusbt ke pichhe phenki. 10 So dekh is liye maio Yurubilm ke gharane par aisi bald nizil kardnga, ki Yurubiam se diwar par peshabkarnewale tak, aur us tak, jo qaid meo hai, aur Israelioo meo baqi hai, nibdd kardnga, aur unko jo Yurubiam ke ghar meo baqi rahenge, ydg saf kar daldnga ki jis tarah kasafat ko sif karte haio, yahan tak ki us ka shamma bhi na rahegS. 11 So Yurubiim ka jo kof shahr men maregi use kutte khienge, aur use jo maidan meo maregi, hawai parinde khaenge, ki Khudawand ne aisahi farm^ya hai. 12 So td uth, aur apne ghar ki rah le, aur tere qadam shahr meo dakhil bote hi wuh larka mar jawega. 13 Aur sare Israeli us ke liye roenge, aur use garenge, ki Yurubiam ki is ke siwi ek bhi qabr meo na j&wega, is liye ki Yurubiam ke gharane meo se is hi men ek bat pal gai, jo KiiUDAWAlfD Israel ke Khudi pas bhali hai. 14 Aur Khudawand apni taraf se ek ko bani Israel ka badshah karega, jo usi din Yurubiam ke ghardne ko nabdd karegi : ab age kya kahdu ? 15 Aur Khudawand Isrdelioo ko ydo miregi, jis tarah senthi jo pani men ho, ukhar jae, aur wuh bani Israel ko is suthri zamin se, jo us ne un ke bapdidoo ko di thi, ukhir phenkega, aur unheo darya ke par par^ganda karega, kydnki unhon ne apne liye Yaslrateo banain jin se Khcdawand Szurda hua. 16 Aur wuh bani Israel ko chhor dega ; is liye ki Yuru- biam ap bhi gunahgar hua, aur Isrieliou ko bhi gunahgir kiya. 17 A^hir ko Yurubiam ki joru uthi aur rawana hdi, aur Tirzah meo if, aur joohio wuh astina par pahanchi wuuhio larka mar gaya. 18 Aur jaisa K.huda'wand ne apne bande Akhiyah nabf ki marifat se farmaya tha, unhoo neuse giia; aur sare Israelioo ne us par nauha kiya. 19 Aur Yurubiam ka baqi ahwal ki wuh kydnkar lard, aur us ne kydnkar saltanat ki, so dekho Israeli badshihoo ki tarikh meo likha hai. 20 Aur Yurubiam ne bais baras saltanat ki; phir apne bapdadoQ meo ja soya. Tab us ka beta Nadab us ka jSniohin hud. 21 Aur Sulaimdn ka beta Rihabiam, jo Yihddah meo badshah tha, wuh 25 BAB.] I. SALATI'N. 395 iktalis baras kf umr nieo bidshah hiia; aur us ne Yirushilam ke shahr meo, jise Khudawand ne bani Israel ke s5re firqou meo se chun liy5, tiki apna nam wuhio zihir kare, safrah baras tak saltanat ki; aur us kf mi k£ nim Naamah tha, jo Ammuniyah thi. 22 Aur Yihi'idah ne Khudawand ke huzur gunah kfe, aur unhou ne apne gunahou ke biis se, jo uakebipdidoo ke gunihoo ae kahio ziySda the, Khudawand ka gussa bharkaya. 23 Kyunki unhoo ne bhl apne liye harek buland pahlr par. aur harek hare darakht tde makan aur sutiin aur Yasfrateu banilQ. 24 Wuhio par ginad bhf the ; so we us qaum ki manind ki jise Khudawand ne banf Israel ke huzur tabah kiyS, nafrat ke sab kam kiy£ karte the. 25 Aur Rihabiam ki saltanat ke panchweo baras aisi hua ki Misr ka bad- shlh Sisaq Yirushalain par charha: 26 Aur us ne KnuDAVASoke ghar ka khazina, aur badshah ki khazana hit liya, aur kuchh na chhora, aur us ne we sab dhileo, jo Sulaiinan ne sone ki banaio thfo, le liu. 27 Aur Rihabiam badshah ne un ke badle tambe ki dhalen banaio, aur pisbanoa ko, jo shih ke qasr ki nigahbaiif karte the, dig. 28 Aur jab badshah Khcdawand ke gharjata tha, to nigahban unheo uthi lete the, aur phir unheo likar hujre meo rakh chhofte the. 29 Aur Rihabiam ka baqi ahwSl, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiyi, so kyi wuh Yihiidih ke salitin ki tarikh ki kitab meo likha nahig hai? 30 Aur Rihabiam aur Yurubiam men, jab tak jite the, hamesha jang raha ki. 31 Aur akhir ko Rihi- biam apne bSpdadou men mulhaq hua, aur Diud ke shahr meo apne bapdadoo ke sath gird gaya. Us ki ma ka nam Naamah tha, jo Amuniyah thi. Aur ua ka beta Abiyamm us ki janishfa baa. XV. BAB. 1 Aur Nabat ke bete Yurubiam kJ saltanat ke atharahweo baras Abiyamm Yihodah ka badsbah hua. 2 Us ne Yirnshalam meo tin sal badshahat kt : us kf mi ka nim Maakah tha, jo Abisalum ki bete thi. 3 Us ne apne bap ke sab qism ke gunah, jo wuh us ke age karta tha, kie, aur us ki dil Khudawand us ke Khuda ke sith pari na tha, jaisa ki us ke bap Daud ka dil pari thi. 4 Jiawujud us ke Khuuawaxdus ke Khudi ne Diud ki khatir se Yiriishilam men use ek chirigdiyi, tiki us ke bete ko us ke bid qaim maqara kare, aur Yirnshalam ko barqarar rakhe. 5 Is liye ki Diud ne Khudawand ki nigah men nekokari ki, aur jab t:ik jiti rahi Khuda'wand ke kisi hukra se riigardin na hiii, siwi U'riyah Hitti ki jorii ki bit ke. 6 Aur Rihibiam aur Yurubiam ke darmiyin jab tak wuh jiti thi, larif rahi. 7 Aur Abiyamm ki biqf ahwil, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, sokyi wuh Yihddih ke bidshihoo ki tawirikh ki kitab men likha nahio hai ? So Abiyamm aur Yurubiira meo bhi larii hiii. 8 Phir Abiyamm ne apne bipdidoo meo iram kiya, aur unhoa ne use D.od ke shahr meo g^ri : aur us ki beta Asa us kf jigah saltanat par baitha. 9 Aur Yurubiam bidshah i Isriel ki saltanat ke bisweo sil Asa Yihudah ki bidshih hua. 10 Us ne iktalis baras Yirushalam meu bidshihat kf : us ki mi ki nam Maakah thi, jo Abisalum ki be^i thf. 11 Aur Asi ne apne bap Diud ke miuind Khudawanc ke huziir nekokari kf. 12 Aur ginduoQ ko mulk se kharlj Zz2 395 I. SALATIN. [15 BAB. kiyS : aur un bvitoo ko, jiuheo U9 ke bSpdadou nebanlya tha, nikal phenka. 13 Aur us ne apnl ma Maakah ko bhi Malika hone ke mansab se mSziil kiy^ ; kyunki us ne Yasirat ki ek murat banSi ; so Asa ne us ke but ko giraya, aur widl i Kaidrun meu use jala diy^. 14 Lekin us ne I'lnche makanoo ko na dhaya, bSwujud us ke As^ ka dil, jab tak wuh jiti raha, Khudawand hi se laga tha. 15 Aur us ne we chf- zeu, jo us ke b^p ne nazr kiyao thio, aur we chizea, jo us ne ap nazr kiyao thio, kyi rupa kya sona ky4 kartan, sab Khudawand ke ghar raeo dikhil kiyao- 16 Aur Asa, aur Baasha Israel ke badshah meu, jab tak we jite the, larai raha kf. 17 Aur shah i Israel Baasha Yihiidah par charh gaya, aur Rauiah banaya, taki shah i Yihudah Asa pas kol ^mad o raft na kar sake. 18 Tab Asa ne sab rupa aur sonS jo Khuda'wand ke ghar ke khazanon meu dakhil tha, aur wuh khazana jo shah ke ghar men tha, liya, aur apne khadimon ke hawale karke unheu shah i Aram Bin Iladad kane, jo Hazyun ke bete Tabrumman ka beta tha, aur Dimishq meo rahtd thS, bhej^i, aur paiyam kiya, 19 Ki Mere tere darmiyan, aur mere bap aur tere bap ke darmiyan ahd o paiman hai : aur dekh ki main ne tere liye rupi aur sona hadiya bhej^ ; so td d, aur shah i Israel Baasha se ahdshikani kar, taki wuh meri taraf se chala jawe. 20 Tab Bin Hadad ne Asa badshah ki bat mini, aur apne lashkar ke sardaroo ko, jo Israeli shahrou ke muq^bil pare hiie the, hukm kiyd, aur Aiyun, aur Dan, aur Abil Bait Maakah ko, aur sari Kinnarat ko Naftali ke sare mulk par garat kiya. 21 Aur jab Baasha ne yih suna, to Rimah kf bina tark karke Tirzah ko chala gaya. 22 Us waqt Asa badshah ne sare Yihiidih meo manSdi ki, aisa ki ek bhi us manadi se mutaazzir na raha ; so we un pattharon aur IntoQ ko, jin se Baasha ne Rimah ki bina ki thi, utha legaye ; aur Asa ne un se Binyamin ka Jiba aur Misfa banaya. 23 Aur Asi kl blqi ahwal, aur us ki sari qriwat, aur wuh sab jo us ne kiya ; aur yih ki us ne kaise shahr bind kie, so kya wuh Yihudah ke salatia ki tarikh ki kitab meu qalamband nahio ? Magar burhdpe meo us ke paon meu bimari thi. 25 Akhir ko Asa apne bdpdadoo meu ja mill, aur apne bapdadon ke darmiyan shahr i Daud meo gara gaya, aur us ka beta Yahiisafat us ki jagah badshah haa. 25 Aur shlh i Yihudah Asd kf saltanat ke dusre baras Yurubiam ka beta Nadab bani Israel ka badshdh hua, aur us ne Israel par do baras saltanat ki. 26 Aur us ne Khudawand ke huziir badi kf, aur apne bap ki rah par chala, aur us tarfqe par, jis se us ne bani Isrlel ko gunahgar kiya. 27 Tab Ishakar ke gharane men se A^hiydh ke bete Baasha ne us se sarkashi ki, aur Jibatiin meg, jo Filistiou ka shahr hai, use qatl kiya. Us waqt Nadab aur sare banf Israel ne Jibatdn ko gher liya. 28 So shah i Yihudah Asa ki saltanat ke tisre sal ISaasha ne use mar liya, aur us ki jagah badshah hna. 29 Aur aisa hua ki us ne saltanat par qaim hoke Yurubiam ke sare gharane ko qatl kiya ; aur us ne Yurubiam ki nasi meo se ek ko bhi na chhora jab tak use fani na kar diya, jaisa Khudawand ne apne Ikhadim Akhiyah SailanI ki marifat se farmay.i tha. 30 Kyiinki Yurubiam ne ^p l)hi bahut se gunah kie the, aur bani Israel se bhi gunah karwae the ; aur Kuuda'- wand Israel ke Khuda ko nipat gussa dilaya tha. 31 Aur Nadab ka baqf ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo usne kiyd, so kya wuh Israeli badshahou ki tarikh men likha nahio gaya ? 32 Aur Asa, aur shah i Israel Baasha )i.e darmiyan tamam umr larai rahi. 16 BAB.] I. SALATI'N. 397 33 Aur shah i Yihudah Asa kf saltanat ke tisre haras Akhiyah ki be^a Baashi Tirzah meu Mdshah hiii ; aur us ne chaubfs baras b^dshdhat kf. 34 Us ne KucDAWANu ke huztir badi kf, aur Yurubiam ki rlh men aur us gunah meu chala ki jis ke sabab so us ne bauf Israel se gup ah karwae. XVI. BAB. I Us waqt Ilananf ke bete Yaha par Kuudawand kd kalim Baashd ke barkhilaf uizil hua, 2 Is liye ki inaiij ne tujhe khak se uthdya, aur apnc logon Isrdelfoo par tujhe saltanat bakhshf, par td Yurubiam ki r.ih chala, aur tii ne mere Isrdeli logOD se guudh karwae, ki unhoo ne apne gunahoo se mujhe gussa diliyd : 3 Tii dekh, maio Baasha kf nasi aur us ke ghar.ine kf bunyad ko ndbud kar di'inga, aur tere gliar ko Nubat ke bete Yurubiam ke ghar ki manind kar dunga. 4 Aur Baasha ke ghar ka jo kof shahr mcQ marega, use kutte khaenge, aur jo maidan meu bejan hoga, so use bawaf parinde kha jaenge. 5 Aur Baasha ka bdqf ahwal aur jo jo kuchh us ne kiya, aur us kl qnwat, so kya wiih Israeli salatin kf taw.irikh ki kitib meu maktiib nahig hai ? 6 Garaz Baasha ne apne bapdadoo men dram kiya, aur Tirzah men gafa, aur Ailah us ka beta us ki jagah badshah hua. 7 Aur Yahii nabf bin Ilanini ke hith se bhi iCauDAfwANo ka paiyam Baasha aur us ke ghar ke barkhilaf aya, us sari shararat ke sabab, jo us ne Khcdawand ke huznr ki, taki apne hathou kl karistani ke sabab use gussa diliya, jaisa ki Yurubiam ke s^hardne ne kiya tha, aur is sabab se ki use qatl kiya tha. H Aur shah i Yihadih Asa ki saltanat ke chhabiswen baras Baasha ka betd Ailah Tirzah men banf Israel ki badshah hua ; aur do sal us ne badshahat ki. 9 Bid us ke us ke khidim Zimri ne, jo us ke adhe markabou ka daroga tha, bagawat ki bandish bandhi. Wuh us waqt Ailah Arza ke ghar, jo us ke qasr ka, ki Tirzah men thi, qiladar tha, mast pari hiid tha: 10 So Zimri ne jake use raara, aur Asa shah i Yihudah kf saltanat ke sataisweu sal use qatl kiyd, aur us kf jdgah badshah iida. II Aur aisa hiii ki wuh jab badshah hiid, tab us ne takht par bailhte hi Baasha ke sire gharane ko qatl kiya, aur us ke rishtadaroo, aur us ke dostdaron meu se ek bhi baqf na rakhd jo diwar par mute. 12 Aur Zimri ne I^hudawand ke us suklian ke mutabiq, jo us ne Baashd ke haqq meu Yahii nalji kf marifat farmayd thd Baasha ke gharane ko yiiu nabiid kiya, 13 Baasha kf sab khataoij ke sabab, aur us ke beie Ailah ki khataon ke sabab, jo unhoij ne kiu, aur is liye ki unhog ne ban! Israel se gunah karwae, tiki Khudawand Israel ke Khudi ko apni batilatou se gussa dilawen. 14 Aur Ailah kd baqf ahwal aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya Israeli salatin ki tawdrikh kf kitib men likha nahiij hai ? 16 Aur Zimri ne Tirzah meu shah i Yihudah Asa ki saltanat ke sataiswen baras sat din badshahat kf. Aur us waqt bani Israel Jibatun ko, jo Filistiou ka shahr hai, ghere hue the. 16 Aur joohfu un logoo ne, ki wuhdo khaimazan the, yih charcha sund ki Zimri bdgf hud, aur badshah ko qatl kiyd : to sdre IsJrdelfoD ne Umri ko, jo lashkar ka sardar tha, us din lashkargah meo apnd bddshdh kiya. 17 Tab Cmri sare banf Israel samet Jibatun se chafh gaya, aur Tirzah ko muhdsara kar 598 I. SALATIN. [16 BMB. Hya, 18 Aur jab Zimri ne dekha ki unhog ne shalir le liya, to wuh bidshah ke qasr men dakhil hua aur qasr meu ag lagakar jal mara : 19 Ki us ne Khcda- WATTD ke huzur badfiaUau kiyao, aur Yurubiam kf rah par chalke us ke mSnind ip bhf gun.ih kic, aur banf Israel se bhf gunSh karwae. 'iO Aur Ziuiri ka baqi ahwal, aur us ki namakhHramf, so kyi wuh Israeli saUtin ki kitSb men qalainbaud nahin hai ? 21 Bad us ke bani Israel do firqe hue : Sdhe log Ji'nat ke bete Tibni ki taraf hue, ki use badshah kareu ; aur adhe log Umri ke sath hue : 22 Aur we log, jo Umri ke sath hue the, un logoo par, jo Jinat ke bete Tibni ki taraf the, g-alib hue, aur Tibn! mara gay£, aur Umri badshah hod. 23 Aur shah Aai ki saltanat ke ikkisweo sal Umri badshah hua; us ne barab laras saltanat ki; aur Tirzah meo chha baras tak badshah raha. 24 So us ne Samrun ka pahar Samr se do qintar chandi ko niol leke us pahir par shakr basaya, aur us shakr ka nam, jo us ne banaya, Samrun rakha, jo us koh ke milik ka nam tha. 25 Par Umri ne Khudawand ke huzcir gunah kie, aur un sab se, io us se ^ge the, badtar kam kfe. 26 Kyunki us ne Nabat ke bete Yurubiam ki siri waza aur badkari ikhtiyar ki, jis ke sabab bani Isriel se gunah karwae, yahau tak ki Khudawand Israel ka Khudi un ke behudapan se azurda hua. 27 Aur Umri ka baqi ahwal, aur us ka zor, jo us ne dikhSya, so kya wuh Israeli ealatin ki tawarikh ki kitab men likha hua nahin hai? 28 Bad u^ ke Umri apne bipdadoo meu ja soya, aur Samrun meo madfun hua; aur us ka beta Akhiab us ka janishin hua. 29 Aur shah i Yihudah Asa ki saltanat ke athtisweo sil Umri ka beta Akhiab bani Israel ka suit in hiia : aur Akhiab bin Umri ne Samrun meo baai Israel par bais baras saltanat ki. 30 Aur Akhiab ne un sab se, jo us se Sge the, Khuda- wand ke huzur z^id badkariao kio. 31 Aur aisa hua ki us ne itne par iktifa na kiya ki Nabat ke bete Yurubiam ke se gunah kartS tha, balki wuh Saidanioa ke b^dshih Itbaal ki beti I'zabil ko biyah laya, aur jake Baal ko puja, aur us ke Sge sijda kiya. 32 Aur Baal ke ghar men, jo us ne Samrun men banaya tha, Baal ke liye ek mazbah taiyar kiya, 33 Aur Akhiab ne Yasirat banai, aur Akhiab ne Israel ke Khuda ko un sab Israeli badshahoo se, jo us se age the, ziyada gussa dilay^. 34 Aur us ke aiyam men Haiel Baiteli ne Yiriho abad kiya ; so Abiram apne pahlauthe bete se us ki bind shuru ki, aur apne chhote bete Sajub par ua ke darwaze qaiui kie; jaisi ki Khudawand ne Nun ke bete Yasiia ki wasitat se farmaya tha . XVII. BAB. Tab Iliyah Tisbi nejoJIliad ke pardesiou meo se tha, Akhiab se kaha, ki Khuda'wand Isnel ka Khudi, jis ke samhne maiu khara han, ziudahai: ia barsou men na shabnam paregi na menh barsega, magar jab ki main kahup. 2 Aur IvHODAWAND ki kalim us par nazil hua, 3 Ki Yahao se chal de, aur mashriq ki rah le, aur wadi i Karit meg, jo Yardan ke samhne hai, ji chhip. 4 Aur aisa hoga ki tu us nale se piwega, aur maiu ne kauwoQ ko hukm kiya hai 17 BAB.] I. SALATl'N. 399 ki we teri parwarish kareu. 5 So wuh rawina hiid, aur Kiutd.vwand kc kahc par amal kiya; aur wadi i Karit meu jo Yarden ke samhne hai, ja rahi. 6 Aur har suhh o shim kaiiwe us ke liye roti aur gosht laya karte the, aur wuh us n'lle k& p.1ni pfti thi. 7 Aur ek iiuiddat ke bad yuu hiia, ki wuh nil i sukh gayd, ki us zamfn par mcnh na barsS tha. 8 Tab Khudawand ka kaUm uspar nazil hua, 9 Ki uth, aur Saida ke Zurfat ko chali ja, aur wahaij rah : dekh ki niaiu ne ek bewa ko farmaya hai, ki teri parwarish kare. 10 Cliunanchl wuh utha aur Zurfat ko gaya, aur jab wuh shakr ke phatak par pahunchd, to dekho ki wuh bewa lakrfau chun rahf thf; so us ne use pukarke kaha, Mihrbani karke mujh ko ek ghunth pani kisi bartan meo dijiye, ki maio pida. 11 Aur jab wuh line chalf, to wuh chilliyi aur kaha, Inayat karke ek tukra rotf ka apne hath meo mere liye leti 5iyo. 12 Wuh boli, Khuda'wand tere Khuda ki qasara, mujh pas roti nahfn, niagar ek muthi bhar ata ek matke men hai, aur thora tel ek lote men; aur dekh maio lakriau chuu rahi huij, tiki ghar jAke apne aur apne bete ke liye pak^uo, ki ham khaweo aur mareo- 13 Tab Iliyih ne use kaha, Mat dar, ji, aur jo kahti hai, 80 kar; par us se pahle mere liye ek tikiyi paki, aur lea; bid us ke apne aur apne bete ke liye pakaiyo: U Ki Khui>awand Israel ka Khuda yuu farmati hai, ki Ate ka matka khali na hoga, aur lote ka tel na ghatega, magar jab ki Khcdawasd zamin par menh barsa de. 15 So us ne jake jaisi. ki Iliyah ne use kaha tha, kiya, aur wuh aur us ki kumba, aur Iliyah bahut dinoo tak khate rahe. 16 Aur na ate ka matki khali hiia, aur na lote katelghata; jaisa ki Khudawand ne Iliyah kf marifat farmayS tha. 17 Aur aisi hai ki bad us sab ke gharwili aurat ka beti bfmar para, aur us kl bfmari is shiddat ki hui ki us meu dam baqt na raha. 18 Tab us ne Iliydh ko kaha, Ai mard i Khuda, tujhe mujh se kya kam hai? Tu ne mujh pas ake mere gunah yad dilae, aur mere bete ko mar dila? 19 Us ne us ke jawab meo kaha, Apna beta mujh ko de. Aur wuh us kl godi se leke us ko balakhane par, jahao wuh rahti tha, charha legayd, aur use apne bistar par litiyd: 20 Aur Khudawand se dui mangf, aur kahi, Ai Khudawand mere Khuda! kya tu ne is bewa par bhf jis ke sath main ne biidobash kf, bald bheji, aur us ke bete ko bejan kiya? 21 Aur us ne ap ko tin bir us larke par litayi, aur Khudawand se dua raangi, aur kaha, Ai Khudawand mere Khuda ! apni iniyat se aisd kijiye ki is larke ki jan us met phir awe. 22 Khudawand ne Iliyah ki dua sunf, aur laike kl jan us meij ph:l £i, ki wuh ji uthi. 23 Tab Iliyah ne us larke ko utha liyi, aur balak.hane par st, ghar ke andar legaya, aur use us ki mi, ke supurd kiya: aur Iliyah ne kaha, ki Dekh, tera beti jitA hai. 24 Tab wuh aurat Iliyah se boli, Ab maio ne is se yaqfn, kiya, ki tu mard i Khuda hai, aur sach hai, ki Khudawand ka suk:han tere munh meo hai. j XVIII. BAB. I Aur aisi hiia ki bahut dinou ke bad IjLuudawand ka kalim tfsre sal meg Iliy&h par nizil hiii, ki Ja, aur apne tafo Akhiab ko dikha, ki maiu zamfn pp menh barsiungd. 2 So Iliyih rawina hui ki apne tafo Akhiab ko dikhae: ai 400 I. SALATI'N. [18 B^B. Samrdn meo qalit i shadld th^. 3 Us waqt Akhiab nc Abadiyah ko, jo us ke ghar kl mukhtar tM, talab kiya: aur Abadiyah Khddawand se bahut dartl tha. 4 Aur aisi hi'ia ki jis waqt I'zabil ne Khudawand ke nabioij ko qatl kiy£, to Abadiyah ne sau nabioQ ko leke pachas pachls ek gir meo pinhan kie, aur unheij rotl pan! se pala. 5 So Akhiab ne Abadiyah se kaha, Mamlukat meo gasht kar, aur chash- mou aur nllon ko dekh ; shayad ham ko kahfu ghis mil jae, tSki hamare ghore aur khachchar ji jaen, aur hamare charpae bai'bad na howeo. 6 So unhou ne mamlu- kat meu do hisse kfe, Akhiab akela ek taraf ko gaya, aur Abadiyah akela dusrf taraf ko. 7 Aur Abadiyah i*ah meu tha, ki Iliyah use mill; us ne use pahchana aur aund- ha gira aur bola, Kya mera khudawand Iliyah tii hai? 8 Us ne use jawab diyd ki Main hf huu; ]£, apne khudawand ko kah, ki Dekh, Iliyah mila ! 9 Wuh bola, Meri kya gunah jo tu chlhti hai ki mujh ko, jo tera gulam huu, Akhiab ke hath men giriftar karwae, tiki wuh mujhe qatl kare? 10 Khudawand tere Khudd kf qasam, ki kol guroh aur kol mulk bdqi nahin raha, jahin mere khudawand ne teri talash ke liye nahiu bheja, aur jab unhon ne kaha, ki Wuhyahan nahio, to us ne us guroh aur mulk se qasam li ki Wuh nahIn miltS hai : II Aur ab tu kahta hai, ki Apne khudawand ko jakar kah, ki Dekh Iliydh mila, 12 Aur aisa hoga ki jab maiu tujh pas se chalajaungi, to Khudawand kf ruh tujh ko aisi ja gab, jis ki khabar mujhe nahia, lejaegi, aur jab main jake Akhiab ko kahfinga, aur wuh tujhe plwega, to mujh ko qatl karega; aur main, jo tera gulam hnij, apne larakpan se Khudawand se darta huo- 13 Kya mere khudawand ko khabar nahiu di gai ki jis waqt I'zabil ne Khudawand ke nabloo ko qatl kiya, us waqt maia ne kyunkar sau nablon ko leke pachas pachas karke ek gar men piuhan kiya, aur unheu rotf pani se pala? 14 Aur ab tu kahta hai, ki Jake apne khudawand ko khabar de, ki < Iliyah hazir hai, so wuh to mujhe qatl karegi. 15 Tab Iliyah ne kaha, Khuda- jWAND lashkaroD ka Khuda zinda hai jis ke ige main khara hng, maiu aj ke din use l,apne tafn dikhaunga. g 16 So Abadiyah Akhiab p5s gaya aur use khabar df ; aur Akhiab Iliyah kl mulaqat jjko nikla. 17 Aur aisa hua ki jab Akhiab ne Iliyah ko dekh^, to use kaha, Kya Isra- jelion ka bigarnewala td hi hai? 18 Wuh bola, Maiu unka bigarnewSla nahlu, ^balki tu aur tere bap ka gharana hai ; ki turn ne Khudawand ke hukmoQ ko tark iyd aur Baalim ke pairau hue. 19 Abtdlogbhej; aur sare Israelion ko aur g]aal ke chdr sau nablon ko, jo I'zabil ke dastarkhwan par khatehaio, koh i Karmil . )ar mujh pas faraham kar. 20 Chunanchi Akhiab ne sare bani Israel ko talab kij'a, ^.lur nabiou ko koh i Karmil par faraham kiya. 21 Aur Iliyah ne logon ke darmiyan ake kaha, ki Turn kab tak do fikron meu atke rahoge? Agar Khuda'wand Khuda hai, to us ke pairau ho, par agar Baal ai, to us ke ho. Un logon ne us ke jawab meo ek bat na kahl. 22 Tab Iliyah le un logou ko kahi, Khudawand ke nabion meo se maio hi akela baqi hun, aur i^Jaal ke char sau pachas nabf hain. 23 So we ab hamko do bail deweo, aur apne 1 ^ye ek pasand kar len, aur use tukre tukre kareu, aur lakrioo par dharen, aur ag a deg; aur maio ddsra bail taiyar karunga, aur use lakrioo par dharnnga, aur fig ma ^""o^- ^^ Tab turn apne Khuda ka nam lo, aur maio Khuda'wand ka nAm ^^ngi. So wuh Khuda ho, jo 5g se jawab bheje, hao wuhi Khud^ hai. Aur sab log )S BAB.] I. SALATIN. 401 bol uthc, KyS khub kahS! 25 Aur IliySh ne Baal ke nabioo ko kaha, Turn apne live ck bail chun lo, aur pahle use taiyar karo, ki turn bahut ho: aur apno Khudi ki nim lo, aur ag mat do. 26 So unhoo ne ek b.iil, jo unhco d'lyi gnya, liya, aur use taiyir kiya; aur subb se dopahar takBaal ka iiim liyS, ki Ai Baal, hamlri sun! Par kuchh awaz na hui, aur na kof jawabdenewftli tha: aur we us mazbah par, jo bani tha, knda kiye. 27 Aur do pahar ko aisa hdi, ki Xliyah un par haosa, aur Loll, Chillake pukaro ! Kyuiiki wuh to ek Khuda hai; shiyad wuh kisf se blteo kar rahi hai, yi kisf kim nieo mashgiil hai, ya kahln safar inco hai; aur shij'ad ki wuh soti hai, so zurdr hai ki jagayii jawe. 28 Tab wc buland Swlz sc chilUe, aur iinhou ne, jaisa un men dastur hai, ap ko chhurion aur nashtarou se gh;iyal kiya yahau tak ki unke badan lohii laulnn ho gaye. 29 Aur aisi hnS ki do pahar dhal gaye, aur vre apnf qurbani ke charhaue ke waqt tak nubiiwat karte rahe, par na kuchh sada hui, na kof jawab denewala thakara, na sunnewal5. 30 Tab niyah ne sab logon se kahi, ki Mere nazdik do. Chuninchi sab log lis ke nazdik gaye. Tab us ne Khudawand ke us mazbah ko, jo dhayi gaya thS, phirke banaya. 31 Aur Iliyah ne banf Yaqnb ke firqoQ ke adad ke mutabiq, jis ke haqq meo Khudawand ne farmaya thd, ki Tera nam Israel hogi, barha patthar liye. 32 Aur us ne un pattharou se Khudawand ke nim ka ek mazbah Lina kiyd; aur mazbah ke nazdfk us ne aisa bara garha jis meo do paimane bij ke samiwee, khoda, 33 Aur lakriou ko qarine se chuni, aur bail ko tukre tukre kiyd, aur lakrioo par dhari. 34 Aur kahS, Char matke panf se bharwio, aur us charhawe par aur lakrioo par dal do. Phir us ne kahS, ki Do tdra aisahf karo ! So unhoo ne do bira kiyi. Phir us ne kaha. Si bara karo ! So unhoQ ne si bara bhi kiyi. 35 Aur panf mazbah ke girdigird phail gaya, aur garha bhf panl se bhar gaya. 36 Aur jab qurbanf charhane ka waqt pahuncha, to aisa hua, ki Iliyih nab! muttasil dya, aur bold, ki Ai Kuudawanu, Abirahim aur Izhak aur Israel ke Khuda ! aj ke din miliim ho jae, ki tu Israel kd Khuda hai, aur maio tera banda huo, aur maiu ne yih sab kuchh tere kahe se kiyi hai. 37 Meri sun, ai Khuda- wand, meri sun ! taki ye log janen, lii Khudawand tfi hf Khuda hai, aur tu ne un- ke diloo ko phir phera. 38 Tab Khudawand kf taraf se ek ag nazil hui, aur us ne us chafbawe aur lakrioo aur patthaioo aur miti ko jali diya, aur us panf ko, jo garhe meu tha, chat liyi. 39 Jab un sab logoo ne yih dekhd, to we aundhe munh gire, aur bole, Khudawand wuhi Khuda hai ! Khudawand wuhi Khuda hai ! 40 Iliyah ne unhes kahS, Baal ke nabfoo ko pakar lo, ki un meo ek bhf jane na pae. So unhon ne unhej) pakfa ; aur Iliyah un ko wadi i Qaisun men laya, aur unheo zabh kiya. 41 Phir Iliyah ne Akhiab ko kahi, Cliarh ja, khd aur pf ; ki barf barish kf 5waz hai. 42 Chuninchi Akhiab charh gaya, tSki khdwe aur pfwe. Aur Iliyah Karmil kf chotf par gaya ; aur ap ko zamui par jhukayi, aur apnd munh donou ghutnoQ se lagiiya : 43 Aur apne chakar ko kaha, U'par to ja, aur darya ki taraf nazar kar. So wuh gaya, aur dekhke bola, Kuchh nahlu. Us ne kaha, ki Sat bar ja. 44 Aur sitweu martaba aisi had ki wuh boli, Dckho badlf ka ek chhota sS tukra ddmf ke hlth kf manind darya par sc utha hai. Tab us ne kahl, ki Ji aur Aljhiab ko kah, Taiyar ho, aur utar j;i, na ho ki menh tujhko jine na de. 45 Aur idhar udhar dekhtihi thd ki dsman badlfoo se aur andhloy se siyah hogayi; aur shiddut se A a a 402 I. SALATI^. [19 BAB, menh baraMie lagS. Aur Akhiab sawar hoke Yazrael bo gayi. i6 Aur Khuda- WAND kS hSth llij'ah pnr thi, ki us ne apni kamar kasi, aur Akhiab ke ige age Yazrael ke dar dne ki jagah tak daup gayi. XIX. BAB. 1 Phir Akhiab ne sab kuchh I'zabil se kahS, ki Iliydh ne yuD yuo kiy^, aur U3 ne sart nabtoo ko tah i teg kiya. 2 So I'zabil ne qSsid ki raarifat Uiyah ko kahla bheja, ki Agar maiu kal ke din isf waqt tujhe bin un men ka ek na karuo, to mibiid mujh se aisa kareo, balki us se ziyada karen ! 3 Aur jab use yih daryaft hda, to wuh uth4, aur apne bachao ke liye Yihudah ke Biarsaba men aya, aur wuhao apni ek chakar chhorke 4 Wuh ek din ki rah dasht men nikal gayl, aur ratama ke ek darakht tale baitha aur apne liye maut m^ngi, aur kaha, Ai Kucdawand ! bas hai : ab meri jan le, ki main apne bapdadoo se bihtar nahio. 5 Aur joohin ratama ke darakht tale leti. aur so raha, to dekho ek firishte ne use chhua aur kaha, Uth, kuchh kha. 6 Us ne jo nigah kf to dekha, ki us ke sirhane ek roti ang^roo par hai, aur pini kl ek chhagal dhari hai. Tab us ne khay£ aur piya, aur let raha. 7 Tab Khuda'waxd ka firishta do bara Sya, aur use chhua, aur kaha, Uth, kha, ki tera safar teri qdwat se zaid hai. 8 So us ne uthke khaya aur pija, aur us khSnekf quwatse chalfs din rat ka safar karke t£huda ke pahir HUrib tak pahuncha. 9 Aur wuliaa ek gar meo gaya aur wuhao raha. Aur dekho ki wuhao us ne KnuDAWAND k^ kalam siina, ki us ne use kaha, Iliyah, tu j'ahao kji karta hai ? 10 Wuh bola, ki ICiiudawand lashkarojj ke Khuda ke liye raujhe gairat Sf, ki bani Israel ne tere ahd ko tark kiya, ki tere mazbah dhae, aur tere nabioo ko talwir se qati kiya, aur main hi akiela bachi, so we chahte haio, ki meri bhi jan leo. 11 Us ne farmayl, Bahar nikal, aur pahar par Khudawand ke age khara ho. Aur dekh ki Khudawand guzart'i hai ; aur bari shadid andhi pahiroo par chalti hai ; aur Khddawand ke Sge chatanou ko chakn^ chur kartf hai : par Khodawand andhi meo nahio. Aur andhi ke b^d zalzala 5y4, par KHnDAWANn zalzale meu nahin. 12 Zalzale ke bad Sg ii ; par Khudawand ag meg nahfn. Aur Sg ke bad ek salim sLVfiz af. 13 Tab Iliyah ne sunke apne chihre ke gird apni chadar ko lapeta, aur bahar nikalke gar ke munh par khara hua : aur dekho use, yih awJz ^f, ki Iliyah, ta 3'ahao kyi karta hai.'' 14 ^yuh bold, ki Mujhe Khudawand lashkaroo ke Khud£ ke liye gairat £i ; ki bani Israel ne tere ahd ko tark kiya, k? tere mazbah (jhae^ aur tere nabion ko talwar se qatl kiya : ek maiu hi akela jita bachi : so we chihte haio ki meri bhi jan Icq. 15 Khudawani> ne use farmaya, Nik d maidan ki rah le Dimishq ko ja ; aur jab tu wuhao pahunche, to Hazael ko masih kar, ki wuh Aram ka bidshih howe. 16 Aur Nimsi ke bete Yahu ko masih kar, ki Israel ka badshah ho, aur Abil Mahulah se Ilfsi bin Safat ko masih kar, ki teri jagah nabi ho. 17 Aur aisi hogi ki jo koi Hazael ki saif se bachega, use Yahu qatl karega; aur jo Yahu ki talwar se bach raheg?, use Ilisa mtregS. 18 Lekin maiu ne sat bazar Israeli apne liye rakh chhore haio, jin ke ghutue Baal ke age nahiu jhuke, aur un meo se kisi ne use munh se naWo chuma. 19 Chundnehi ua ne wuhan se raw^na hoke Safat ke bete Ilisfi ko payi, ki iO BAB] I. SALATI'N. 403 barah hal se qalbardaf kartd thfi ; aur birahwao wuh^ek thi : so Iliy&h us ke barabar se guzra, aur apnt rlda us par dal di. 20 Tab us iic bailou ko chhora, aur Iliyah ke pfchhe daufa, aur ydo kaba, ki Mujhe mublat dijiye ki apne bap m& ko chftmuu : tab tore sath chaliiu- Us ne kaha, ki Ja ; niuiu ne tcri kya kiya hai ? 21 Tab wuh ulla phir gaya ; anr us nc ek jori bail liye, aur unbeu zabh kiyi ; aur hal k{ lakrloD se un kS gosht pak^yi, aur un logou ko diya ; so unhoo n« khaya. Phir wuh uth5, aur lliyah ke pichhe rawdna hiii, aur us ki khidiuat kf. XX. BAB. I Ab Arim ke badshih Bin Hadad ne apne sare lashkar ko far^ham kiyi, aur 05 ke sdth batfs badshah, aur ghore, aur chhakre the ; aur Samrun par charhkar use gher liya, aur us se jang kf. 2 Aur Israel ke bSdshah Akhiab pas, jo shahr meo th5, elchi bheje, ki jake kahcQ ; 3 Bin Hadad yiio kahti hai, ki Tcra rnpa, aur terS sona mera hai ; terijoruio, aur tcrf larkl^n, jo bahut khiibsdrat haiij, meri haiu- 4 So Ismel ke bSdshah ne jawib meg kaha, Ai mere khuda,wand bidshah, jaisi tu ne farmaya, waisahi maig, aur sab mera asbab terahi hai. 5 Phir qisidoo ne do bara ake kaha, ki Bin Hadad kahta hai, Agarchi mail) ne tujhe kaha tha, ki td apna rdpa aur sona aur apni jordao aur apne bachche mujh ko bhej de : 6 Lekin ab main kal is hf waqtapue khadimtujh pis bhejiinga, so w© tere ghar aur tere khadimoo ke ghar men justojd karenge, aur jo kuchh ki teri nigah men azfz bog^, we use apne qabze meo karke le Iwenge. 7 Tab Israel ke badshah ne mamlukat ke s^re buzurgou ko talab kiya, aur kahi, Mashwarat dijiye, aur dekhiye ki yih mard kyuu badzati kiy£ chahta ; ki us ne meri joruao, mere bachche, mera rupa sona mujh se ming bhejl, maig ne use mana na kiya. 8 Tab sire buzurgog aur sare logog ne use kah^. Us ki mat sun, aur mat man. 9 Chunlachi us ne Bin Hadad ke qasidog se kaha, Mere khuda- wand bidshdh se kaho, Jo kuchh td ne apne khidim ko pahle farma bhejS, wuh main karungS ; par yih bat mujh se nahfu ho sakti. So qisid rawana hue aur use jawab pahunchdya. 10 Tab Bin Hadad ne use kahia bheja, ki Agar Samrdn ki miti mere lashkar meg se harek ko muthe muthe bhar pahunch sake, to mabud mujh se yug kareg; balki us se ziyada kareg! 11 Phir shah i Israel ne jawab diya. Turn kaho, ki Wuh jo kamar bandhfca hai chdhiye ki us k! minind, jo kamar kholta hai, Hfzani na kare. 12 Aur aisS hua ki Bin Hadad ne, jis waqt ki wah badshahoij ke si.th khaimoa meg sharabkhwari kar raha tha, yih suni, to apne mulazimon ko hukm kij'a, ki charho, so we shahr par charhe. 13 Aur dekho ki nabfog meg se ek ne Israel ke badshah Akhiab pas ake kaha, Khudawand ydij formati hai, ki Yih bari guroh tti ne dekhi; so dekh, maio 5j ke din use tere hath giriftar karwidnga; aur td jan rakhega, ki Kuuda'wand maig hi hug. 14 Tab Althiab ne puchha. Kin kf marifat se? Wuh bola, Khudawand yuij farmata hai, ki Shahrog ke amir jawanog ki marifat se. Phir us ne puchhS, ki Un meg eaflfarai kaun kare? Us ne jawib diyiS, ki Td. 15 Tab us ne shahrog ke amir jawanog ko shumir kiya ; so we do sau batfs hue; phir us ne bani Israel ko bhi gina: so we sat haz£r hue. IG Aur ye sab do pahar ko uikle j aur ii'm Iladiid aur we batis badshah, jo us ke kumaki the, khaiuio» A a a 2 404 I- SALATI'N. [20 UAB. men mast pare hue the. 17 Tab shahroo ke jawan amir pahle nikle, aur Bin Hadad ke logon ne, jo bheje gaye the, use khabar di, ki Samran ke log nikle haio. 18 Wuh boli. Agar we sulhkhw^h nikle haio, to unheu jitS pakar lo; aur agar we jangjo nikle haio, taubhi unheo jlta pakaro. 19 Tab shahroo ke jawan amir shahr se nikle, aur lashkar un ke pfehhe tha. 20 Aur jis ne unka samhna kiyi, unhoD ne use qatl kiyS ; so Ar^mi bhage, aur Israeliog ne uu k£ pfchha kiya. Aur shah i Ar^m Bin Hadad ghore ki pith lagi, aur sawaroo ke sith bhag nikla. 21 Aur sh4h i Israel ne nikalke ghoroQ aur garfoQ ko m^r Hya, aur Aramioo ko banike qatl kiya. 22 Us waqt wuh nabi Israeli bidshah pSs aya, aur kah^, Phir j^, aur apni maz- butf kar, aiir mashwarat kar, aur dekh td kyi karegi : is liye ki sal ke akhir dkhir shah i Arimphir tujh par charhega. 23 Tab sh6h i Arim ke khadimou ne use kahS, Un ke Khudi pahari Khuda haio, is liye unhoo ne ham par fath pat. Ab tu ham ko hukm kar, ki ham maiden meo un se jang karep, ki ham un par galib honge. 24 Aur bhi ek kam kar, ki un bidshahou ko un ki jagahoo se bahar kar, aur un ki j5gah aur risiladSroo ko nasb kar; 25 Aur apne liye ek lashkar itna ki jitna gir gaya, taiyar kar, ghoroQ ke badle ghore, aur garioo ki jagah gariao: aur hameo maidan meo unke slmhne hone de; ki ham un par galib honge. So us ne unka kahS m£nd, aur aisahi kiya. 26 Aur aisa hua ki sal ke Skhir ko Bin Hadad ne Aramioo ko jama karke ginS, aur Afiq par charhi, tiW Israelioo se muqatala kane. 27 Aur banf Israel to mustaidd aur hazir hi the: so unke samhne hue. Aur bani Isrlel un ke barabar i:haimazanhokeaisemlldmhote the jaise bakrlke bachchoo ke do chhote galle: aur ArSmioQ ki kasrat se zamin chhip gai thi. 28 Us waqt ek mard i Khuda Israel ke bidshah pis ayd, aur use kaha, ki Khuda'wand yuo farinatl hai, Chdnki Aramfoa ne yuD kahS, ki Khudawand paharou ki Khuda hai, aur widioo ki Khuda nahlo, is liye main is siri bafi guroh ko tere hath mea kar dunga : aur turn janoge ki maio j^HBDAWAND huu. 29 So unhoo ne unhoo ke muqibil khaime istada kiye, aur sat din tak muqibala rahi: aur sitweo din qital hua, aur bani Israel ne ek din meu Aramioo ke ek lakh piyide qatl kiye. 30 Aur baqi jo the Afiq ke shahr ko bhige, aur wuhio ek diwar satafs bazar par, jo bhige hue the, giri. Aur Bin Hadad bhagke shahr ke bich ek ghar ki kothri meo gaya. 31 Aur lid ke khadimoo ne use kaha, Dekh, ham ab sunte haio, ki Israeli gharine ke salatin bahut rahim haio; so hameo parwanagi dijiye, ki apni kamaroQ par tit lapeteo, aur apne siroo par rassiau bandheo, aur Isriel ke badshah ke huzdr jiweo: shiyad ki wuh terl janbakhshi kare. 32 Chunanclii unhoo ne kamaron par |at aur siroo par rassiin bindhfo, aur shah i Israel ke siiiihne dke yuo bole, ki Tera khadimBin Hadad yun kahti hai, kiMihrbani karke raeri jan bakhshiye. Wuh bola, Kya hanoz wuh jita hai? Wuh meri bhai hai. 33 Aur we log sarapa muntazir the, ki wuhio se kya jawab ita hai: so unhoo ne jald yih nekfali li, aur kaha, ki Tera bhii Bin Hadad? Tab us ne farmiyi, ki Jao, use le ao. Tab Bin Hadad us se milne nikld, aur us ne use gari meo charha laya. 34 Bin Hadad ae use kaha, We bastfao, jo mere bap ne tere bap se le llao, maio tujhe phir deti huo, aur jis tarah mere Wp ne Samrun meo bazir banie, td Dimishq meo apne nam ke bizar bana. So 21 BAB.] I. SALATIN. 406 AVhiab bola, ki Maioisf ahd par tujhe rawina karungS. ChunSnchi usne us se ahd kiya aur use rawana kiy5. 85 Us waqt nabfz.-idoo meo se ek ne Khudawand ke ilhlm se apne ydr se kaha, Mujhe mar lijiyc; par us kc y^r ne us ke niSnie se inkir kiyS. 36 Tab us ne us ySr ko kahfl, ki Tii ne Khidawand ka hukm na m^ni; so dekh, joiihfo tii mujh pas se rawdna hogd, wuhlo ek sher tujhe m^r Icgi. Chunanchi jonhfo wuh us ke pas se rawana hua wunhiu use ek sher miM, aur use phar dali. 37 Tab us ne ek dfisre ko, jo use mila, kaha, Mujhe mar lijiye! Us ne use aisa miri ki use zakhmi kiyi. 38 Tab wuh nabf chall gaya, aur rah men badshah kl rah dekh- ne laga, aur apne munh par rlkh malke.ap ko badal ddla. 39 Aur juuhfo bSd- shah udhar se guzra, wuuhfo wuh bSdshah ke ige chillaya, aur kahS, ki Tera kliadim jangg^h meo gayl thi, aur nSgah ek shakhs ek taraf gaya aur apne s5th ek shakhs ko mujh p^is le ay^, aur kaha, ki Usko jane mat de, aur agar yih jati raheg^, to us ke badle teri jan jiegf : aur nahio, to tu ek qintar riipa dcga. 40 ^urjis waqt tera kh^dim kar bSr kar rah^ tha, us waqt wuh jata rahS. So shih i Israel ne use kahi, Teri yihl faisala hai : tu ne Sp apni insaf kiya. 41 Phir us ne phurti karke apne munh ki rakh ponchhi; tab shah i Israel ne use pahcha'n^, ki wuh nabfoD meg se ek hai. 42 Tab us ne use kaha, Khudawand yuu farmata hai, Is liye ki tu ne apne hath se ek shakhs ko chhof diya, jise maiu ne wajib ul qatl kiya thS, so us ke badle teri jan jdegi, aur teri lashkar us ke lashkar ke badle hogd. 43 So shah i Israel udas aur ndkhush hoke ghar ko gaya, aur Samrdn mea Sya. XXI. BAB. 1 Ab aisi hua, ki us sab ke bdd Nabat Yazraelf ka ek takistan Samriin ke bddshah Akhiab ke qasr se laga hua Yazrael meu tha. 2 So Akhiab ne Nabdt ka kaha, Apna tdkistln mujh kode, taki maio use apnd tarkari kd bag banauu, ki yih mere ghar se laga hua hai; aur maio us ke badle tujh ko us se bihtar ek angiiri bag dungi ; aur agar tu chahega, to main tujh ko us ki qfmat dnnga. 3 Par Nabat ne Akhiab ko jawab diya, Khldawakd na kare, ki maio apne bapdadoo kf mirds tujh ko dno- 4 Aur Akhiab us sukhan se, jo Yazraeli Nabdt ne use kaha, udas aur nakhiish apne ghar meo aya; ki us ne kaha thS, ki Maio apne bapdadou ki mfras tujh ko na dunga: aur wuh bistar par para raha, aur apna miAh pher liya, aur roti na khdf. 5 Tab us ki joru I'zabil us pas af, aur use kaha, ki Tera ji aisa kyua udas hai, ki tii roti nahio khati? 6 Us ne use jawab diya, ki Maiu ne Yazraeli Nabat ko kaha tha', ki Apna angiiri big mere hath bech: aur agartd chahe, to maio us ke badle aur ek angiiri bSg tujh ko dunga ; lekin us ne kahd, Maio tujh ko apna bag na dunga. 7 Tab us ki joru I'zabil ne use kaha, Kyd tu Israeliog ka bddshah hai? Utb, rotf kha, aur khushdil ho. Yazraeli Nabat ka anguri bag maiu tujh ko dungf. 8 So us ne Akhiab ke nam se ndme liklie, aur un par us ki muhr ki, aar un buzurgoo aur shurafa pis, jo Nabat ke shahr meo us ke sath rahte the, bheje. 9 Uu namoo ka mazmdn yih tha, Manadi karke roza rakho, aur Nabat ko logoo ke darmiyan buland baithio, 10 Aur shariroQ meu se do shakhs muqarrar karo, ki us ke dpar 406 I- SALJVTI^N. [21 BAB. gawShideo, aurkaheo,ki Td ne Khuda aur bidshih ki takfi'r ki. Tab use pakarke lejao, aiir sangs^r karo, ki mar jae. 11 Chunlnchi us shahr ke logoo, yane buzurgon aur ashr^f ne, jo us ke shahr ke bashinde the, jaisa I'zabil ne unheo paigam kahla bheja, aur jaisa un nainog men, jo us ne unke liye likhe the, waisShJ kiya. 12 Aur unhon ne manadi karke roza rakhi, aur Nabat ko dangal ke btch buland baithaya. 13 Us waqt sharfron meo se do shalchs andar ^e, aur us ke Sge baithe, aur un sharirotj ne dangal ke huznr NabSt par gawahi dl, aur kahi, ki Nabat ne Khuda aur badshah kf takfir kl hai. Tab we use shahr se bihar legaye, aur us par patthrao kiyi ki wuh mar gaya> 14 Bad us ke unhou ne Tzabil ko kahla bhej5, ki Nabat sangsSr kiya gaya, aur mar gaya, 15 Aur I'zabil ne jo yih sund ki Nabit sangsSr hua, aur mar gayS : to I'zabil ne Akhiab se kaha, ki Uth aur Nabat Yazraeli ke auguri bag ka, jise us ne na chdha ihi, ki tere hath beche, malik ho ; ki wuh jft^ nahlo, balki mar gaya. 16 Aur jab Akhiab ne suna, ki Nabat mar gay^, to Akhiab uthS, tdki Yazraelt NabSt ke angnri big raeo jawe, aur us par qabza kare, 17 Us dam Khudawand ki kalam Iliyah Tisbf par ndzil hda : 18 Ki Uih, aur jake shah i Israel Akhiab se, jo Samrun meo hai, muliqat kar : dekh kiwuh Nabat ke anguri hig meo hai, aur us ka milik hone wuhau gaya hai. 19 So tn use kah, ki Khudawand ydn farraata hai, Tu ne kya jan bhf mart, aur mal bhi luta ? Aur tu use kah, Khudawand farmata hai, Jis jagah par kuttou ne Nabat ka luhu chuta, usi jagah tera, hau teri bhi lahu kutte chatenge. 20 Akhiab ne Iliyah ko dekhke kah£, Ai mere dushman ! kya tu ne mujhe payi ? Us ne jawab diya, ki Paya ! Kr tn ne Khidawand ke huzdr badkari ke lij-e ap ko becha ! 21 Ab dekh, main, tujh par afat launga, aur terl bunyad khod daldnga, aur Akhiab ki nasi meo se ek ko bhi, jo diwar par mute, kya mahfuz kyi Szad ho, Israel meo se kit daliinga, 22 Aur tere ghar ko Nabit ke bete Yurubiam ke ghar, aur Akhiyah ke bete Baasha ke ghar kl minind kardiinga ; kyunki tu ne mujh ko gussa dilayS, aur IsraelioQ ko gunahgir kiyi. 23 Aur Khvdawand I'zabil ke haqq meu bhi farmiti hai, ki Yazrael ki diwir pis I'zabil ko kutte khaenge. 24 Akhiab ki jo koi shahr meo maregi use kutte khaenge, aur jo sahri meo maregi use hawai parinde khaenge. 25 Balki Akhiab ki minind koi na tbi ; ki us ne Khudawand ke huzur badkarr ke liye ip ko bechi : aur us ki joru I'zabil ne use ubhara. 26 Aur us ne Amurioo ki manind, jinheo Khudawand ue Isrielloo ke ige se ddr kiya, harek nafrati chiz mea butou ki pairawi kf. 27 Aur aisi hda ki Akhiab ne yehi biteg sunke apne kapre phare, aur apne tan par tit dila, aur roza rakha, aur tat pahine hue ihista chalta raha. 28 Tab Khudawand ki kalim Iliyih Tisbf par nizil hda : 29 Tu dekhti hai, ki Akhiab ne ip ko mere huzdr kyunkar khaksar banayi hai ? so, is liye ki wuh mere age Ikhiksir bani, maio us ki zindagi bhar us par bala na bhejunga, balki us ke betOQ ke asr meo us ke gharine par bala nizil kardngi. XXII. BAB. 1 Bad uske tin baras tak Isriel aur Aram ke darmiyin larai na hdi. 2 Aur tisre sil aisi hua ki Yihudah l^i bidshih Yahdsafat shah i Isriel ki sarat utar gaya. 52 BAB.] I. SALATIN. -^^^ 3 Tab shih i Israel ne apne Ithadimou so kaha, ki Turn jiSnte ho, ki Rim&t i Jiliid ka shahr hamiri hai ? Pas kya ham chupke raheu, aur shiih i Arim ke hiith se phir na le Ico ? -1 Thir us ne Yahiisafat se kaha, Kya mere sitli larne ko tu RamSt i Jili- fid par charhcgi ? So Yahnsafat ne shah i Israel ko jawlb diyS, Jaisi tu hai, waisi maiu hiiD; jaisi tcra lashkar, waisS mera lashkar, jaise tcrc ghore, waise mere ghofe. 5 Aur Yahusalat ne shih i Isriel se kah5, AJ ke din Khudawand kS hukm tahqtq kar Ifjiye. 6 Tab shah i Israel ne us roz nabfoo meo se qarSb chdr sau ^drafouke faraham kiyc, aur un se puchhd, Maio Rimat i Jiliad par lame charhtio, ya nahiD ? We bole, Charhja; ki Kuudawand use bddshdh ke qabze meu kar dega. 7 Phir Yahusafat bold, Unke siwa Kuudawand ka aur bhi koi nabi hai, ki ham us se pachheo? 8 Tab shah i Israel no kahS, ki Ek shakhs Yiuilah ka beti Mikdyah hai; us se ham Khudawamd ki mashwarat pdchh sakte haiu. Lekin mail) us se bezar hiiD, kyunki wuh mere haqq meu siwa badi ke achchht bat nahfu kahtd. Tab Yaluisafut bola, Bad,-;hah aisa na farmawe. 9 Tab sliah i Israel ne ek uhdadar ko bulake hukm kiya, ki Yindah ke bete Mikiydh ko sliitib la. 10 Us waqt shah i Israel, aur shih i Yihudah Yahnsafat Samrun ke dare ke baribar, ek safa jagah raeo, apne apne takht par shahSnalibas pahine hiie, baithe the; aur sare anbiyd unke huzur peshingoi kar rahe the. 11 Aur Kanaauah ke bete Sidqiyah ne apne liye lohe ka sfngheu banifo, aur boU, Khudawand yuB farmita hai, ki Tu in se Aramfoo ko marega^yahao tak ki unheo nabud kar dile. 12 Aur sab nabfoa ne yuu khabar di, aur kaha, ki Ramat i Jihdd par charh j4 aur kdmyab ho ; ki Khudawakd use shah ke qabze meo kar dega. 13 Aur us qasid ne, jo Mikayah ko bulaue gaya tha, use kaha, ki Dekh, sab anbiyd ek zuban hoke bidshah ko khushkhabari dete haio ; so karam karke ap bhi unhfo meo ek kl manind khushl?haba»i dijiye. 14 MikSydh bola, Khudawand i haf ki qasam, jo Khudawand mujhe farraawega, maio wuhi kahung^. 15 So wuh shah pis aya. Tab shlh ne use farmiya, MikSyah ! ham larne ko Ramat i Jdiad par charhen ya mauquf kareo ? Us ne jawdb meo kahd, Ja, aur kdmydb ho, ki Khudawand use shah ke qabze men kardegd. 16 Phir shah ne use kahi Maio kahao tak tujhe qasam diyi karao, ki td mujh se kuchh na kahe, magar Kuudawand ke nam se wuhi jo sach hai ? 17 Tab wuh bola, Maiu ne sare banf Israel ko un gospandoa ki mdnind, jo be chaupan hon, paharoo par bhatakte dekhfi, aur Khudawand ne farmiya, ki Koi unki aqa nahiu : sounmeo se harekapne apne ghar salamat chala jawe. 18 Tab shah i Israel ne Yahusafat se kaha, Kya maio ne tujh se na kaha tha, ki Yih mere haqq meo sharr ke siwi kuchh sukhan na kahegd ? 19 Phir Mikayah ne kaha, ki Turn Khudawand ke sukhan ko suno : Maio ne Khidawand ko us ki kursi par baithe dekhi, aur asmani sara lashkar uske dahne biyeo hdth khara thS. 20 Us dam Khudawand ne farmaya, ki Akhiab ko kaun targib deg!, tiki wuh charh jdwe, anr Ramat i Jiliad par ja pare? Tab ek kuchh bola, aur e'^ kuchh. 21 Us waqt ek ruh nikalke Khudawand kc samhne i. khari hui, aur boll, ki Maio use targib diingi. 22 Phir Khudawand ne farmdya, Kis tarah se ? Wuh boli, Maiu jaiJngi, aur jhuthi n'lh bankc us ke sare nabioo ke munh meo parungi. Khudawand boli, Tu use targib degi, aur guhb biii hogi : J>i, ais4 kar. 23 So dekh, Kuudawand ne terc in sub iiabiou kc munh meo jhuthi rdh d4li hai ; aur Kuudawand hi ne tcri babat buri khabar di hai. 408 I. SALATI'N. [22 BA% 24 Tab Kanaanah kS beta Sidqiyih nazdik 5yd, aur MfkSyih ke gSl par ek^ thapar mdrkc bola, ki Khuda Vand kf nlh kis rib se mujh pSs se gaf, aur tujb se bolf? 25 MfkiiySb bol:5, Tii ns din jis din ki tu andar kl kotbri meo gbusega, kl cbbip rahe, dekhegd. 26 Aur sbab i Israel ne kaba, MikSyib ko pakar lo, aur Amun pas, jo shabr ki. ndziin bai, aur YiiSs sbahzSde pis lejao. 27 Aur kaho, Shdh ki bukm bai, ki Mere salamat pbir dne tak, mnstbat k! roti aur musTbat ke p5nf use diye jao, 28 Tab Mikayab bola, Agar tii kisi tarab salamat pbir £we, to Khuda'wand ne merl marifat kucbb nabiu kaba. Pbir wub bola, Ai logo, turn sab ke sab sun lo ! 29 Bad us ke sbib i Israel, aur sbib i Yibiidab Yabdsafat Ramlt i Jiliad par cbarbe. 30 Aur sbib i Israel ne Yabnsafat se kaba, Maio apnS bbes badalke karzir meu jati brio ; par tii apni libis pabine rab. So shib i Isr lel surat badal- ke kirzar men gaya. 31 Aur sbih i Arim ne garfoQ ke ball's pardaroo ko farmiya thi, ki Kisi cbbote yi bare se jang na kfjiyo, magar tanba sb^b i Israel se. 32 Aur aisi hua ki garioQ ke sardaroo ne Yabusafat ko dekbke yuo kaba, ki Yaqinan sbab i Israel yibi bai. Aur unbon ne us taraf boke chihi, ki us ki sambni karon. Tab Y^abdsafat cbillayS. 33 Aur jab girioo ke sardaroo ne dekbi, ki wub sbab i Israel nabig, to we us ki samt se pbir kbare bue. 34 Aur nagab ek sbakhs ne tir lagaya, so wub ittifaqan sbab i Israel ke jausban ke band par lagi. Tab us ne apne gariwan ko kaba, ki Bag pber, aur mujbe lasbkar se nikil le ja, ki maio zakhmt baa. 25 Par us din jang sbadid hui, aur bidshab Ar£mfoQ ke muqSbil garf par tbabara raha : aur sbim bote bote mar gaya. Aur labu us ke zakbm se gari meo babta rab£. 36 Tab dftab gurub bote hue lasbkar men manadf kl gaf, ki Harek apne apne sbabr aur apne apne mulk ko jawe ! 37 Garaz jab bSdsbdb mar gaya, to use Samriin meu legaye, aur Samran men bSdsbab ko gar diyi. 38 Aur girl ko Samrun ke talab meo dboyi, aur kuttoo ne us ki, labii cbata : aur sinan bbl dboe ; jaisa ki Khuda'wand ne irsbad fannayi tha. 39 Aur Akbiab ka biqi abwal, jo us ne hitbl dint ki ek gbar banaya, aur bahut se sbabr bina kle, aur sab kucbb jo us ne kiya, so kyi wub Isrieli salatln ki tawarikb kl kitib meo likbi biii nabio bai ? 40 Aur Aljbiab apne bipdadon ke darmiyan so raba : aur us ki beta Akhaziyab us kf jagab badsbah biia. 41 Aur Asa ki beti Yabusafat sbab i Israel Akbiab kf saltanat ke chautbe baras Yibudab ki badsbib bui tba. 42 Aur Yabnsafat kl umr, jab ki wub saltanat karne lagi, paintls baras ki tbi: so us ne Yirdsbalam meo pacbis baras badsbabat kl. Us ki mi ki nam Azubab tbi, jo Silhi ki beti tbi. 43 Wub apne bip Asa ki riboD par cbali, aur kisi taraf ko miil na biii, aur Khudj^wand ke buziir nekokiri karta raba. Lekin banoz dncbe makin na girae gaye tbe, aur un uncbe makinoo par log zabb karte rahe, aur khusbbnlaij jalate ralie. 44 Aur Yabusafat ne sbib i Israel se sulh kl tbi. 45 Aur Yabusafat ki baql abwal, aur us ke zor ki tazkira, aur us ke larne ki tarzeo, so kyi wub Yihiidah ke salatln ki taw^rij^b ki kitab meo likbi biii nabio bai? 46 Aur us ne gindooQ ko, jo us ke bip Asa ke asr meo baqi rab gaye tbe, mulk se Itbarij kar diya tbi. 47 Aur Adum meo koi badsbah na thi: balki ek naib bad- sbabat ki bandobast karti tbi. 48 Aur Yahiisafat ne Tarsls ke jabaz banwie, taki 1 BAB.] II. SALATI N. 409 un par Ofir se soni mangwic ; par we wuhao tak na gnye; aur Asfdnjabr men pahunchke tiit gaye. 49 Tab Akhiab ke bete Akhaziyah ne Yahusafat se kaha, ki JahizoD par apne khadimoo ke sith mere khadimou ko bhi bhej; par Yahusafatne na man^. 50 Phir Yahiisafat apne bapdadoo ke darmiyanja soyi, aur apne b^p Daud ke shahr meu apne bipdadoo ke darmiyan madfiin bdii. Aur us ki betA Yahuram us kf j;igah bridshih hia, 51 Aur Akbiab ka beta Akhaziyah shah i Yihiidah Yahnsafat Uf saltanat ke satrahweu baras Samrun meu Israel ka bldsh^h hda; aur wuh do baras Israel ka badshah raha. 52 Aur us ne Khudawand ke huzdr badkari kf ; aur apne bap kf rih, aur apnf mi kf rah, aur Nabit ke bete Yurubiam kf rah par, jis nc banf Israel se gunah karw^ie, chali. 53 Aur us sab ke muw^fiq, jo us ke bap ne kiy;i, Baal kf parastibh kf, aur us ko sijda kiya, aur Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ko gussa dilaya. SALATI'N KI' DUSRr KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Aur Akhiab kemarne ke bad Moabf Isriel se bag! hue, 2 Aur Akhaziyah apne balakhane kf khirki se, jo Samrdn meo tha, gir para, aur bfmSr hda : so us ne q^sidoo ko bheja', aur unheo kaha, ki Jao aur Aqrun ke mabud Baalzabub se piichho, ki Maiy is blmarf se changa hotuiga, ki nahfa? 3 Us dam Kw^dawand ke firishte ne Tisbi Iliyah ko hukm kiya, ki Uth, aur shah i Samrun ke qasidoo se mulaqat kar, aur unhen kah, Hao ! magar Israel ka koi Khuda nahfo jo turn Aqrun ke mabud Baalzabdb se puchhne chale ho ? 4 So Khudawand yuo far- mata hai, ki Td us bistar par se, jis par tu chaiha hai, utarne na pawegl, aur albatta mar hf jawega. Chuninchi Iliyah rawina hua. 5 Aur q-isid Akhaziyah pas ulte phir gaye, aur us ne, jo un se puchha. Turn kis liye ab phir 5e ho? 6 To unhou ne kaha, ki ek shakhs rah meu hameo mila, us ne hameu kahi, ki Us badshah pas, jis ne turaheo bheja hai, phir jao, aur use kaho, Khcdawand yuB farmita hai, Han, is liye ki Israel k^ koi Khuda nahfo, so tu Aqrun ke mibdd Baalzabub se puchhne bhejta hai ! So tu us bistar se, jis par td charhi hai, utarne na pawega; aur mar hi jawegi. 7 Us ne un se sawal kiya, ki Us shakhs ki shakl, jo tumheu mila, aur jis ne tumhen ye bateo kahin, kaisf thi ? 8 We bole, Wuh ek bahut b^lojjw^la ^dmi tha, aur chamre ke tasme se apnf kamar kase hiie. Tab us ne kaha, ki Wuh Tisbi Iliydh tha. 9 Us waqt badshah ne ek pachas ke sardar ko uske pachas 5dmf ke sath bheja. So we us kane gaye. Us waqt wuh ek koh ki choti par baitha thS. Us jamadar ne use kaha, ki Ai mard i Khudi, bidshih kahta hai, Td utar i. 10 Tab Iliyah ne us pachas ke sardir ko jawab diya aur kaha, Agar maig mard i Khud;i huu, to ig &8m£n se nazil ho, aur tujhe pachasou samet khi j4we! So usi dam £g ^sman se utrf, aur use us ke pachasoQ samet khi gaf. 11 Phir us ne do bira aur ek pachis ke sardar ko us ke pachas admf ke sath bheji. Us ne bhi jake kaha, ki Ai mard i Khuda, bidshJh farmita hai, Jald utar a! 12 Iliyah nc unheo bhi yihf jaw^ B b b 410 II. SALATI^. [2 BAB- diyfi, ki Agar main mard i Khuda hiiu, to 4g asman se n/izil ho, aur tajhe tere pach^soo samet kha. jawej So us! dam Khuda kt ag asman se utri, aur use aur us ke pachasoD samet khl gaf. 13 Phir us ne tfsri bar aur ek pachas ke sardar ko ua ke pachas adm! ke sith, bheja. So yih tfsra pachas ki sardar gaya, aur ake Iliy^h ke %e ghutnoB par jhuka, aur us ki minnat karke bola, ki Ai mard i Khuda, merf jan, aur apne khadimog in pachasoo kl janou par karam karke nazar rakhiye! 14 Dekh, ki ismini ag ne do pachSs ke sardaroo ko, unke do pachas samet kh4 liya : 8o ab meri jan par rahm kfjiye. 15 Us waqt Khudawand ke firishte ne Iliyah ko hukm kiya, ki Us ke sath chala ja, aur mat dar. Tab wuh utha, aur us ke sath badsh^h pas gay^. 16 Aur use kahS, Khudawand yno farmSti hai, ki Tii ne jo qasidou ko bheja kiAqrunke mabud Baalzabub se jake piichheo, hag, is liye ki Israel ka koi Khuda na tlia ki tu us ki wahi tahqfq karti? so tii is bistar se, jis par tii para hai, utarne na pSwega ; yaqfnan mar hi jawega. 17 Chunanchiwuh Khudawand ke irshad ke mutlbiq. jaisa Iliyah ne kahi tha, mar gaya. Aur is liye ki us ka koi beta na thi, so us k4 bhdi Yahuram, shah i Yihiidah Yahiiram bin Yahusafat ki saltanat ke diisre sal, us kf jagah badshah hua. 18 Aur A^haziyah ki baqi ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya wuh Israeli Mdshahoo ki tawari^h ki kitab meu likha hua nahf o hai ? II. BAIJ. 1 Aur yuo hdS ki jab Khudawand ne chahi ki Iliyah ko ek bagule meo urake Ssmin par le jawe, tab Iliyah Ilisi ko leke Gilgal se chala. 2 Aur Iliyah ne Ilfsi ko kahi, Ap yahao thahariye is liye ki Khudawand ne raujhe Baitel ko bheja hai. So Hisi bola, Khudawakd ki hayat, aur teri jan kisaugand, maiu tujhe na chhor- nnga. So we Baitel ko utar gaye. 3 Aur wuhan Baitel ke anbiyizadon ne ake Ilisa ko kahi, Tujhe kuchh khabar hai, ki Khudawand 5j tere sir par se tere aqa ko utha legi? Wuh bola, Hao maiij jantahuij: turn chup raho. 4 Tab Iliyah ne Ilisa ko kaha, Ap yahae thahariye, ki Khudawand mujhe Yiriho ko bhejti hai. Us ne kaha, Khndaw and ki hayat, aur teri jan ki qasam, main tujh se judi na hounga. Chunanchi we donon Yiriho meo ae. 5 Aur anbiyazadog ne, jo Yiriho mea the, Ilisa pas ae, aur us kaha, Tujhe kuchh khabar hai, ki Khudawand aj tere Sqa ko'tere sir par se utha lega? Wuh bola, Maiu bhi janta huQ: turn chup raho. 6 Aur phir Iliyih ne Ilisa ko kahi, Ap Yahaij dirang kijiye, ki Khcda'wa d ne mujh ko Yardan pas bheja hai. Wuh bola, Khudawand ki hayat, aur teri jan ki qasam, maio tujh ko na chhornngi. Chunanchi we donoo chale. 7 Aur unke pichhe pichhe pachas £dmi aabiyazadou meo se rawana hue, aur samhne ki taraf dar khare ho rahe, aur we donou lab i Yardan kha.re hue. 8 Aur Iliyah ne apne chSdar kolamba kiyi, aur lapetke pini par mira, ki pini do hissa hoke idhar udhar hogayi; aur we donou khushk zamfn par hoke par gaye. 9 Aur jab par hue, tab Iliyah ne Ilisa ko kaha, ki Is se ige ki maiij tujh se judi kiya jaoD, mang ki maiu tujh ko kya diio- Tab Ilisi bola, Mihrbini karke aisa kijiye ki wuh ruh jo tujh par hai, so mujh par do chand ho! 10 Tab wuh bola, Tu ne bbari sawal kiya ! So agar td mujhe ap se judi bote hue dekhegi, to aisahi hogi 2 BAB.] II. SALATI'N. 411 aur agar nahio, to kuchh na hogi. 11 Aur aisa hda, ki jooliJu we donoo tahalte bateo karte chale jlte the, to dekh, ki ek dtasht rath aur atashJ ghofc un donoo meo hail ho gaye: aur Hiyah bagnle meu hoke fismSn par jati rahS. 12 Aur Ili'si ne yih dekha aur chilliya, Mere bip! mere bap! Israel kf rath, aur us ke sarathi ! So us ne use phir na dekhs. Aur us ne apne kaprou par hith mari, aur unheo do hisse kiya. 13 Aur us ne Iliyah ki chSdar ko, jo npar se gir pari thf, utha liyS, aur ulta phiri, aur Yardan ke kinare par khara hdS. 14 Aur wuhau us ne Iliyih ki chadar ko, jo us par se gir pari thi, leke panf par mira, aur kaha, ki Khuda- WAND Iliyih ka Khuda kahao hai! Aur us ne bhi us chadar ko, jab panf par marS, to panf idhar udhar hogaya, aur Ilfsa p5r hiia. 15 Aur jab Yirfho ke anbiyazSdoo no, jo Yiriho se dekhne nikle the, use dekha, to bole, Iliyah kl ruh Ilisa par utrf. Aur we uske istiqbal ko daupe, aur us ke samhne zamfn par jhuke. 16 Aur use kahS, ki Dekh, ab tere Jchddimoo ke hamrah pachas bahidur jawan haio: unheo farmaiye ki jdwen, aur tere 5qa ko dhundheu, ki shayad Khudawand ki ruh ne use leke kisi koh, yawand se dua mangi. 34 Aur jakelafke se lapta, aur us ke munh par apnl munh rakb^, aur us ki ankhoo par apnl inkhen, aur us ke hdthoo par apne hath, aur larke par phail gaya. Tab us larke ke badan men gartuf dauri. 35 Phir wuh uthi aur us ghar meo tahala, aur phir jike us larke se lapta, aur wuh larki sat blr chhinka, aur ankheo khol die 36 Tab us ne Jaihazi ko bulake kaha, Sunfmiya ko bula. So usne use bulaya. Aur jab wuh andar us pas fil, to us ne use farmaya, Apna beta le. 37 Wuh us ke qadamou par giri, aur zamin par sijda kiya, aur apne bete ko le gai. 38 Aur Ilfsa wuhao se Gilga] meg aya. Us waqt us mulk men qaht para thi, aur wuhau anbiyazade us ke huzur baithe hoe the. Aur us ne apne khadim se kahd, Bara dcgcha charha, aur in anbiyizadon ke liye lapsl paka. 39 Aur ek maidan mejj giyi ki kuchh tarkiri chun lae. So us ne janglf kadu pie ; aur daman bhar tomriau lio, aur ake us deg men dil die : par we waqif na the. 40 Chunanchi un- hoD ne un logoo ke liye rikabfag bharfg; aur joijhin unhon ne wuh lapsi zabin par rakhi, to chilla uthe, Ai mard i Khuda, deg meg marghai! aur kha na sake. 41 Tab us ne ata mangwaya, aur us deg men mill diya, aur un logog ke liye nikalwayi, tiki we khaweg. Tab degche meg kuchh nuqsan paj'a na gaya. 42 Uai waqt Baal Sjlisah se ek shakhs mard i Khuda pas iya, aur naye jau k! rotiou ke bfs girde, aur tokre men anij ki baleg laya, aur bola, ki Un logou ko de . ki we khaweg. 43 Us dam us ka Ijhadim bola, ki Maig use sau admiog ke samhne kya rakhug? Tab us nephirkahi, ki Logog ko de, taki khaweg. Ki Khudawand farmita hai, We khaenge, aur un meg se bach rahega. 44 Tab us ne unke ige 5 BAB] II. SALATIN. 415 rakhd, aur unhoo ne khay^, aur jaisd Khudawanw ne farm^iya th^, kuchh bach rah^. V. BAB. I Aur Naaman, jo shah i Arim ke lashkar ka sardar, aur apne sdhih ke nazdik buzurg shakhs aur izzat w^la tha; kyanki Kiiudawand ne us ke biis so Aram ko najat bakhshi thf : so yih bara bahadur aur zorlwar tha ; par wuh abras ihi. 1 Aur Arainfou ki guroheu niklio aur Israel ke mulk men se ek chhotf chhokrf asir karke legal thfu : so wuh us Naaman ki joru k1 khidmat karti thf. 3 Us ne apni bibi se kaha, Kashki mera sihib us nahi pas jdt5 jo Samrun men hai, to wuh use us ke bars se shifa bakhshta. 4 So ek ne jake apne khudawand se kaha, Wuh chhokri jo Israeli hai, ydu yiio kahti hai. /3 So Aram ke badshah ne kahi, Chal nikal, ki maio shah i Israel ko khatt likh bhejunga. Chunanchi wuh rawana hua, aur das qintar rdpa, aur chha hazar misqal sona, aur das jore khilaat apne sSth le chala. 6 Aur shlh i Israel ke liye Ichatt lay5, jis ka mazmun yih tha, ki Yih NaaniSn jab tujh ko pahunche, to dekh, maio ne apne khadim NaamSn ko tujh kane bheja hai, taki td us ke bars ko dafa kare. 7 Tab shah i Israel ne us Ijhatt ko parhke apne kapre phare, aur bola, Kya main Khuda hun, ki marun aur jilaun, jo us shakhs ne mujh pSs us ko bheja ki us ka bars kho dun ? So ab andesha kfjiye, aur dekhiye, ki wuh mujh se larne ka hila dhdndhta hai. 8 Aur jab mard i Khuda Ilisa ne suna, ki shah i Israel ne apne kapre phare, to bidshdh ko kahla bheja, Td ne apne kapre kydo phare ? Ab wuh mujh pas awe, taki jSne ki Israel meo ek nabi hai. 9 Chunanchi Naaman apne ghorou aur apni garioo samet aya, aur Ilisa ke ghar ke darwaze par thahara. 10 Tab Ilisa ne use kahla bheja, Ja, aur Yardan meo sit bar gota mar, ki terd badan pak saf hojaeg^. U So Naamdn yih sunke maldl hua, aur phir chala, aur bola, Mujhe gumin tha, ki wuh beshakk mujh pis nikal awega, aur khara hoke Khudawand apae Khudi kd ndm legS, aur us makan par hdth pherega, aur bars ko kho dega. 12 Dekh, Abanah aur Farfar Dimishql nahren, Israeli sare pinfon se kahio bihtar nahiu ? Kya maio un mcQ naha dho nahiQ sakta ki changa hodu ? So wuh phira, aur gazab men chala gayi. 13 Tab us ke khidim pis ake bole, aur use kaha, Ai hamare bap, agar nabi tujhe kuchh bara hukm karti, to kya tu use nahio manta ? So kitna ziyada man, jo us ne kahi, Nabi le, aur pak ho. 14 Tab wuh gaya, aur jaisa mard i Khuda ne kaha tha Yardan meu sat gote mare, aur us ka badan chhote bachche ke badan kl manind ho gaya, aur wuh changa hua. 15 Tab wuh apne rafiqon samet us mard i Khuda pis phir dya', aur us ke Bamhne khara hua, aur yuu kaha, ki Dekh, ab maio ne jana ki sari zamin par koi Khuda nahio hai magar Israel men ! Ab karam ki rah se apne khadim ki hadiya qabul kijiyo. 16 Wuh bola, Khudawand ki saugand ki jis ke ige maio khari huij, main kuchh na lunga. Aur us ne bahut ilhah kf, ki lewe ; par us ne inkir kiya. 17 Aur Naaman ne kaha, Maiu teri minnat karta bun, kya tere khadim ko do khachchar bhar ke khak na milegi ? Teri khadim to age ko Khudawand ke siwi kisi but ke liye charhawa aur zabiha na charh.iwega. 18 Magar ek bit meo Khudawand mujhe muaf kare, ki jis waqt mera sahib parastish ke liye Bait i 416 II. SALATKN. [6 BAB. Rummin meo jiitA hai, to wuh mere h^thoa par takiya kartS bai, aur raaio Rummdn ke ^ge jhukta hop. So jab maiu Rummin ke ^ge jhukup, to I^hudawand is bat meu tere khadim ko muaf kare. 19 Wuh boU, ki Salamat ja. ChunSnchi wuh rukhsat hoke thorl diir gayd hoga, 20 Ki mard i Khuda Ilisa ke khadim Jaihazi ne dil meij kaha, ki Mere sahib ne us meo se, jo Naaman Araml apne sath le aya tha, kuchh bhi na liya, aur use rawana kiya. Khuda'wand ki saugand ! maiu to i^s ke pfchhe daur jaung^ aur us se kuchh lunga. 21 Chunanchi Jaihazi Naaman pichhe dauri, aur Naaman ne jo dekha ki wuh pichhe lapka ata hai, to wuh giri par se us kf mulaqat ko utra, aur bola, ki Khair to hai ? 22 Us ne kaha, Sab khair hai. Magar mere sahib ne mujhe bheja hiii, aur kaha hai, ki Dekh, anbiyazidoo men se ab do jawan koh i Ifraim ki samt se ae haip : so mihrbani karke ek qint4r rfipS, aur do jore kapre un ke liye dijiye. 23 Naaman ne kaha, Khu^ hojiye, aur do qintar lijiye. Aur us ne bajidd hoke do qintdr riipa do thailion men, aur do jore kapre bandhe, aur apne do naukaron ko diye, aur we uthake us ke age rawana hue. 24 Aur us ne Ijhalwat meu ake un ke hath se unheo le liyd, aur ghar meo rakhke un mardon ko rukhsat kiya. So we rawana ho gaye. 25 Phir wuh jake apne s^hib ke huzur khara hua. Ilisa ne us dam use kaha, Jaihazi, kahau se tii aya hai ? Wuh bola, Tera khadim to kahin na gaya tha. 26 Phir us ne use kaha, Kyi meri riih us waqt jis waqt wuh shakhs apni gari par se utarke terl mulaqat ko phira, tere sSth na gai thi ? Kyi yih rupa, aur poshak, aur zaitun ke bag, aur tikistan, aur bhereo, aur bail, aur gulam, aur laundian pane ka waqt hai ? 27 So Naaman ka bars ab tujhe lage, aur teri nasi se pusht dar pusht juda na howe ! So wuh barf ki manind abras hoke us ke samhne se hatl. VI. BAB. 1 Aur anbiyazadoD ne Ilisa ko kaha, Dekhiye, yih makan, jis meo ham tere huzur rahte hain, haraare liye tang hai: 2 Ab mihrbani se hamko parwinagi dijiye ki ham Yardan pas jaweij, aur ham sab wuhao se ek ek kari leweo, aur .vuhiu ek jagah banaweo jis meo ham raheo. Wuh bola, Jaiye. 3 Tab ek ne kahi, Mihrbani se apne khadimon ke sath chaliye! Us ne kaha, Maio chaltingi. 4 Chunanchi wuh un kesath hda, aur unhoo ne Yardan pis ake lakrfao katio. 5 Aur us waqt ek ki kulhari kayi katte hue daste se nikalke pani meo gir gai: so wuh chilli utha, aur kaha, Ai khudiwand, afsos! yih to mange ki thi! 6 Mard i Khudi boli, Kis jn'gah giri ? Us ne use wuh jigah batlai. Tab us ne ek chhari katke us jigah dil di, aur lohi time laga. Tab us ne kaha, Uthi le. So us ne hath bar- hake utha liya. 8 Aur us waqt shih i Arim shah i Isriel se larta thi; aur us ne apne rafiqoo se yih salah thahral, ki Ham fulini fulani jagah khaima istida karenge. 9 So mard i Khuda ne shih i Israel ko kahli bheja, Zinhir! tu fulini jagah mat jaiyo, ki wuhin Arimi utare haio. 10 Phir shih i Isriel ne us jagah jis ki Ikhabar mard i Khuda ne di thi, aur zihir kiya thi, ki Us jagah na jina, log bheje, aur wuhao se wuh bach nikli ; aur ek yi do bir nahio, balki ziyada. 1 1 Tab us sabab se shah i Arim ki dil ghabriyi, aur us ne apne khidimoo ko talab karke kaha, Turn mujhe nahio batite, ki ham mcQ se shah i Israel ka dost kaun hai? 12 Tabus ke ek G BAB.] II. SAL/^TI'N. 417 khadim ne kah£, AI mere khudawand biidshih, kof bhf nahfo, mai^ar Ilfsa naM jo Israel meo hai, terf harek bat kt, jo tu apne shabistan meo kahtd hai, shih i Israel ko khabar detl hai. 13 Us waqt us ne kahi, Jao, aur khoj karo ki wuh kahao bai, tSki main log bhejke use pakar Iud- So unboQ ne use khabar kf, ki wuh DiUan meo hai 14 Tab us ne ck bari lashkar gariao, aur sawir sdth karke bheja : so unhou ne rat ko fikar us shahr ko gher liya. 15 Aur subh ko sawere jo mard i Khuda k^ khadim uthi, aur bahar nikla, to us ne dekhi ki lashkar, aur sawaroo, aur giriou ne shahr ko gher liya hai. Aur khadim ne jakar use kahS, Afsos, ai mere sShib, ham kyi karenge? 16 So us ne jawib diyS, Hirds na kar, ki hamdre sith- wale un ke sithwalog se bahut haio. 17 Tab Ilfsa ne dud ki aur kahf, Ai Khuda- wand, us ki dnkheo khol dfjiye ki yih dekhe. Tab Khudawand ne us khadim kf ankhcD kholfp, aur us ne, jo nigah kf, to dekhS, ki liisd ke girddgird pahdr dg ke ghorou aur gaifoo se bhard hud hai. 18 Aiu- jab dushman Ilfsa kf tarafchale, to us ne Khudawand' se dud mdngf, aur kaha, Un logon ko mdr le, mihrbdnf karke andha kar de; so us ne jaisd Ilisi ne kahi tha, un ko andha kar diyd. 19 Phir Ilfsa ne unheg kahd, Yih wuh rdsta aur wuh shahr nahiu: turn mere pfchhe chale do, ki turn ko us shaks pds jis ke tum tdlib ho, lejaungd. Aur wuh unheo Samrun meu legaya. 20 Aur jab we Sam- run meo pahunche, to Ilfsd ne yno kahd, Ai Khudawand, in logon ko bfndf de, taki we dekheij! Tab Khudawand ne unki dnkheu kholfo, aur unheo nazar ayd, aur kyd dekhte haio, ki we Samrun ke darmiydn the. 21 Aur shdh i Israel ne un- heu dekhke Ilisa se puchhd, ki Ai mere bdp, kya maio unheo mar luu? maiu unheo marluD? 22 Us ne jawdb diya, ki Tu unheu na mdrega. Kyd tujhe zeba hai, ki tu un ko mdrega jinheo tune apnf teg aur karaan ke zor se asfr kiya? Ab tot unke dge rotf panf rakh, td we khdweg, aur pfweo, aur apne aqd pds jaweo. 23 So us ne unke liye bahut sd khdna pakwdyd, aur jab we khd pf chuke, to us ne unhea rukhsat kiya, tab we apne dqd pas chale gaye. Aur phir kabhi Ardm ke lashkar Isrdel kf sarzamfn meo na gaye. 24 Bdd us ke aisa hud ki Bin lladad sliah i Ardm ne apne sari fauj fardham karke charha, aur Samrun ko jd gherd. 25 Tab Samrun meo bard kdl para, aur we use ghere rahe, yahao tak ki gadhe ka ek kalla assi dirham ko, aur kabutaroo kf bft kd ek chauthdf paimana pinch dirham ko bikd. 26 Aur ek din shah i Isrdel shahrpandh kf diwdr par phirtd thf, ki ek aurat us kehuzur chilldi, aur boli, Ai m re ^hudawand, ai bddshdh, merf madad kar! 27 Tab wuh boH, ki Agar Khudawand hf terf na madad kare, to maio terf kyiinkar madad karuu ? Galle ke ambir se, yd angur ke shire se? 28 Phir badshdh ne kahd, Tujh par kya mushkil hai ? Wuh bolf, Is aurat ne mujhe kahd, ki Apnd betd la, Idki ham dj ke din use khdweu, aur merd beta jo hai, so ham use kal khaenge. 29 So ham ne apne bete ko autd, aur ham ne milke use khayd. Aur dusre din main ne usse kahd, Apna betd la, taki dj ham use khiweu; lekin us ne apnd betd chhipd rakhd. 30 Tab shdh ne us aurat kf baten sunke apne kapre phdre, aur dfwdr par chala jitd tha ; aur logon ne jo nigih kf, to dekho, us ke tan par andarwdr tdt kd pairdhan thd. 31 Aur us ne kahd, ki Agar dj ke din Safat ke bete Ilfsa kd sir tan par rahci to Khudawand mujh se aisd kare, aur us se ziydda kare ! 32 Aur Ilfsd apne ghnr meu baitha thd, aur buzurg bhf us ke sdth the. Aur bddshdh ne apne dge elc C c c 418 II. SALATI^N. [7 BAB •hakhs bhejd ; par us se pahle ki wuh q^sid us tak pahunche, us ne buzurgoo se kah^, Turn dekhte ho, ki us qatilzSde ne bheja hai, ki inerS sir kate : so dekho, jab wuh qSsid 4we, to darwaza band kar lo, aur use mazbut! se darwaze par pakare raho, kya us ke pfchhe pfchhe us ke sihib ke paoa kf sada nahlo ? 33 Aur wuh un se hanoz yih kah hi raha tha, ki wuh qisid us pas a pahuncha, aur yno kaha, ki Yih bala Khudawand ki taraf se hai : ab age maio Khudawand ki kya rah takat) ? VII. BAB. 1 Tab Bisa ne kaha, Turn Khudawand kf bdt suno. Khudawand yuo farmiti hai, ki Kal isi waqt Samran ke darwaze par mahin ate ka ek paimana ek paise ko, aur jau ke do paimane ek paise ko bikenge. 2 Aur us waqt ek mansabdar ne, jis ke hdthoo par badshah takiya karta tha, mard i Khuda ko jawab diya aur kaha, Dekh, agar Khudawanc Ssman men khirkiao lagawe, to kya aisa ho sakta hai ? Tab us ne kahi, Dekh, tu apni ankhou se dekhegi, par kha na sakega. 3 So shahr ke darwaze ke uazdik char korhi the : unhoo ne blham kahii, Ham yahao baithe baithe kyuo mareu ? 4 Agar ham shahr ke andar jawco, to shahr meo kal hai, ham marjaenge : aur agar yahio baithe rahea, tau bhi marenge. So So, ham Arami laskar men jaen : agar we hamko jita chhorenge, to ham bachenge ; aur agar we hameo mSr lenge, to hameo mama tau hi hai. 5 Chunanchi we shim ke waqt uthke Aramiou ke lashkar ko chal nikle, aur jab we Aramion ki lashkargah se muttasil hue, to dekho, wuhao koi bhi na tha. G Is liye ki Khudawand ne garloo kf, aur sawaroo kT, aur ek barf fauj ki Swaz AramI lashkar ko sunai thf. So unhoB ne Spas men kaha tha, ki Dekho, shah i Israel ne Hitti badshahoe aur MisrI badshahou ko zar deke ham par chaphwaya. 7 Tab we uthke sham ko bhSg nikle, aur apne dere, aur apne ghofe, aur apne gadhe, aur sdri lashkargSh jis tarah thf, waisfhi chhoike apni janoo ke liye bhage. 8 Aur ye korhi lashkar- gah meo dakhil hoke ek khaime meij ghuse, aur unhoQ ne wuhln kha^'a, aur pfyS, aur riipa, aur sonl, aur libSs wuhan se liya, aur ek jagah jake chhipa rakha : aur phir ake diisre khaime men ghuse, aur wuhan se bhi le gaye, aur chhipi ae. y Phir unhoB ne apas men kahi. Ham achchhi nahio karte, aj ka din basharat k& din hai ; so agar ham chup howeo, aur subh tak yahan thaharefl, to kuchh dagd pSwenge : pas, So, ham jake shah ke ghar mec khabar karen. 10 Chunanchi unhoo ne Ske shahr ke darbln ko Ikhabar ki, aur kaha. Ham Aramfoc kf lashkargah meo gaye, aur dekho ki wuhio na adam hai na Sdam kiawaz, raagar ghore bandhe hue, aur gadhe bandhe hue, aur khaime job ke ton haio- 11 So us ne aur darbanoo ko bulSke badshah ke qasr ke andar Ithabar ki. 12 Tab badshah rat hi ko utha, aur apne khadimoo ko kaha, Maia tumhea batata huu, AramioQ ne hamare barkhilaf yihkyakiya. We Ifhdb jante haio ki ham bhakhe hain : so we apni lashkargah se nikalke maidan meo chhipe haio, yih kahke, ki We beshakk shahr se niklenge, to ham un ko jita pakar lenge, aur shahr meu ghusenge. 13 Aur us ke khadimoQ meo se ek ne jawab meo yuo kaha, ki Ham un baqi ghorou men se, jo shahr meo baqi haio, p5nch ghore leweo ; ki we to leraeliou ki guroh ke manind hain, jo biqi rahi, h^B sari Israeli jaraaat ke mapind jo fani ho gai. So ham unheo bhejenge, aur 8 BAB.] II. SALATIN. 419 dary^ft karenge. 14 So unhou ne giin ke do ghorc liye, aur tadshah ne log Aramfoo ke lashkarko bheje, ki jiweo, aur dckheo. 15 We un ke pichhe Yardan tak chale gaye, aur dekho, ki sari r^h men kapre, aur bartan jo Aramiou ne jaldi mea phenk diye the, phaile pare the. So rasnlon ne phirkc b-idshih ko khabar di. IG Tab logou ne nikalke Aramiou kl lashkargah ko liita. So mahin ate ka ek paimana, aur jau ke dopaimane paisepaise bike, jaisi Khudawand ne farmaya thi. 17 Aur badshah ne us mansabdar ko, jis ke hathoo par takiya karta tha, darwaze par bandobast ke liye muqarrar kiy<5, aur logon ne use lat^r dila, aur wuh mar gayS, jaisa mard i Khiid.i ne kaha tha, jis waqt ki badshah us pas 5yi tha. 18 Aur mard i Khuda ne jo kuchh badshah se kaha tha, ki Jau ke do painiane, aur mahin ^te ka ek ek paimana paise paise kal isl waqt Samrun ke darwaza par ho jaenge, piira hu5 : 19 Jis ke jawabmeo us mansabdar ne mard i Khuda ko kaha tha, Ab dekh, agar Khudawaxd asman meo khirkian lagiwe, to kya ho sakta hai ? mard i Khuda ne yuo farmayd tha, ki Tu apni ankhon se dekhegi, par kha na sakega : 20 Us par aisahf kuchh bita ; ki logou ne use darwaze par latar dali, aur wuh dab mara. VIII. BAB. 1 Phir Hfsa ne us aurat se, ki jis ke bete ko us nejilaya tha, kaha, Uth, aur apne kumbe saniet ja, aur jahao kahiu rahna munasib ho, wuhag rah : kyunki Khuda- WAND ne kal ko bulaya: so zamln par sat haras tak kal rahega. 2 Tab wuh aurat uthf, aur us ne mard i Khuda ke kahne ke mutSbiq kiya, aur apne kumbe samet jake Filistiou ke mulk meg sat baras tak rahf. 3 Aur aisa hua ki satweo sil ke akhir akhir yih aurat Filistiou kf zamfn se phiri, aur badshah pas chali gai, taki apne ghar aur apne khet ke liye chillawe. 4 Us waqt badshah mard i Khuda ke chakar Jaihazi se bateo karta tha, aur kahta tha, ki Sire muajaze, jo Ilisa ne dikhlae haiu, unhep mere age bayan kijiye, 5 Aur wuh badshah se kahi raha thi, ki us ne murde ko yuu jilaya, aur dekho, ki wuh aurat, jis ke bete ko us ne jilaya tha, ake badshah ke huziir apne ghar aur apne khet ki babat chiUai. Tab JaihizI bol utha, ki Ai mere khudawand badshah, wuh aurat, aur us ka wuh beta, jise IllsS ne jilaya, yehi haijj. 6 Aur badshah ne jo us aurat se ptichhS, to us ne sab kaha. Tab bidshih ne ek mansabdar ko us ke sath karke farmaya, ki Us k^ sab kuchh, aur us ka sira galla jis din se, ki us ne yih zamin chhorf hai, aj ke din tak us ko phir do. 7 Phir IMsi Dimishq meo aya, aur shah i ArSm Bin Hadad bfmar th^. Aur us ko khabar huf, ki Mard i Khuda yahao aya hai. 8 Aur badshlh ne Hazael ko kaha, Kuchh hadiya apne hath men le, aur mard i Khuda se ja mil, aur Khuda- wand ki bat us se puchh, aur kah, Kya maio is bimiri se changa hounga ? 9 Chunanchi Hazael ne us se milne chala, aur us ne Dimishq ki sSri achchhi chizou ke chilis dnt hadiya ke apne sath liye, aur us ke samhne khari hiia, aur bola, Aram ke badshah tere bete IJin Hadad ne mujh ko bheja hai, aur puchhS hai, Kya main is bfmari se changa hounga ? 10 Ilisi ne use kaha, Ji, us se kah, Mumkin hai ki tu changa hota ; lekin Khudawand ne mujh ko khabar df, ki wuh mar jiega. 11 Aur wuh us kf taraf apne chihre sSbit kiye rah^ yahao tak ki wuh sharma gaya, aur mardi Khuda ro diya. 12 Aur Hazael ne kahi, Mera khudawand C c c 2 4tO II. SALATl'N. [8 BAB. kyuo rota ? Tab us ne jawSb diya, Is liye ki maiu yaqin jauta hao, ki td banf Israel se kaisf badsuluki karegS ; aur un ke hasfn shahroo ko phunk deg5, aur un ke jawanoo ko tab i teg karegS, aur unke larkoQ ko patak degS, aur un kf petw^lfoo ke pet ph^rega. 13 Phir Hazael bola, Kya teri gulam kutta hai, jo aisf bad bat karega ? Tab Ilfsii bola, K^hudawand ne raujhe kliabar df hai, ki to Aramioa ka badshdh hog5. 14 Phir wuh rawdna hua, aur Ilfsa pis se apne aqS pis gaya. Tab us ne pachhi, Ilfa^ ne tujhe kya kaha ? Us ne kahl, ki Us ne mujhe batay£, ki Tu albatta changS hogi. 15 Aur subh ko ais^ hua ki us ne ek mota kapra liya, aur use bhigoke us ke munh par rakhS. So wuh mar gayi ; aur Hazael us ki jagah Mdshah ha^. 16 Aur shah i Israel Yuram bin Akhiab ki saltanat ke pdnchweo sal, jis waqt ki Yahiisafat shah i Yihiidah tha, tab Yahiisafat ka beta Yahnrdm takht par baithi. 17 Aur jab ki wuh saltanat karne laga, tab us ki umr battis baras ki thi. Us ne Yirushalam men ath baras bddshahat kf, 18 Aur wuh bhi AIc;hiab ke gharane ki manind Israeli badshihoo ki rawish par chala, ki Akhiab ki beti us ki joru thi. Aur us ne Khudawand ke huzur gunSh kiye. 19 Lekin Khudawand ne na chih£ ki Yihiidah ko halak kare; kyunki use apne bande Daud kd pas tha ; ki us ne kaha thd, Maiu tujhe, aur teri nasi ko hamesha ke liye ek chirag dunga. 20 So usi ke asr meo Adum Yihiidah se bagi hiia, aur unhoo ne apne liye ek badshiih ban.iya. 21 Tab Yiiram Shafr men aya, aur garfao us ke sdth thfo. Aur us ne rdt ko uthke Adilmioa par, jo use ghere hue the, shab^hun marl; aur sab sardar, jo gariog par the, aur sare log apne khaimoij ko bhag gaye. 22 Lekin Adiim Yihiidlh se £j ke din tak bagi hai. Aur usi waqt Libnah bhi bdgi hiia. 23 Aur Yuram ka LSqi ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya Yihddah ke badshahoQ ki tawartkh ki kitab mey likha nahiahai? 2i Phir Yuram ne apne bapdddoo ke darmiyan Sram kiya, aur Daiid ke shahr meg apne bapdadon ke dar- miySn madfun huS. Aur us ki beta Akhaziyah us ki jagah baddhihhiia. 25 Aur Akhiab ke bete shah i Israel ki saltanat ke barahweu baras shah i Yihudah Yahiiram ka beta Akhaziyah saltanat par baitha. 26 Wuh bais baras ka tha jab ki saltanat par baitha. Ek baras us ne Yiriishalam meu saltanat ki. Us ki mi ka nam Ataliyah tha, jo shah i Israel Umri ki beti thi. 27 Aur wuh bhi Akhiab ke gharane ki rawish par chala; aur us ne Akhiab ke gharane ki manind Kiiudawand ke ige gunih kiye; kyunki us ne Akhiab ke gharane se nisbat ki. 28 Aur wuh Akhiab ke bete Yfirim ke sath shah i Aram Hazael se larne ko Ramat i Jiliad par charha. Aur Arimfoo ne Yuram ko zakhnii kiyi. 29 So Yiirdm badshah Yazrael ko phir gayi, taki us zakhra ki, jo us ne shah i Aram Hazael ke muqibala meo uthiya tha, dard kare, aur Yahuram ka beta shih i Yihudah Akhaziyah Yazrael ko gaya, ki Alj:hiab ke bete Yuram ko dekhe jo bimir tha.j IX. BAB. 1 Tab Ilfs^ nabt ne anbiyazidoo meo se ek ko buliya, aur kahi, Apni kamar bindh, aur tel ki yih shishi apne hith men le, aur Rimat i Jiliad ko ja : 2 Aur jab tttwuhio pahunche, to Nimsi ke bete Yahiisafat ke bete Yahu ko dhundh la; aur 9 IJAB.] II. SALATI^. 421 andar jake use us ke bhaioo se judi karke andar ki kothrf meu le j£. 3 Aur yih shishi tel kf us ke sir par dal, aur kah, Khudawand yiio farmata hai, Maio ne tujhe masah karke Israelioij ka bSdshah kiya. Aur phir tu darwaza kholke chal de, aur dirang mat kar. 4 So wuh jawan, wuh nabizlda jawan, RdmSt i Jilidd ko gaya. 5 Aur jab wuh fiya, to dekho lashkar ke umara baithe hue the. Us ne kaha, O amfr, maiu tore liye ek sandesa laya hnij ! Yahii bola, Ham sab nieo se kis ke liye? Us ne kahi, Tere liye, ai amfr. 6 So wuhuthke ghar meo gayii. Tab us ne us ke sir par wuh tel bi^aya, aur use kahi, Khudawand, Isriel ka Khudd yuQ formata hai, ki Maiu ne tujhe masah karke apne bandou, ban! Israel ka bad- shah kiyl. 7 Aur td apne aqa Akhiab ke gharane ko qatl kareg^i, taki maio apne bandou, nabloo ke khun ka,aur Kuudawand ke s£re bandoo ke khunka I'zabilse intiqara Idu- 8 Aur Akhiab ka sara ghar nabiid hoga ; aur main Akhiab ka ek bhf Isriel meu biqf na rakhunga, jo us ki diwir par miite, na gulam na azSd. 9 Aur maio Akhiab ke ghar ko Nabat ke bete Yurubiim ke ghar, aur Akhiyah ke bete Baasha ke ghar ki manind kar dungi. 10 Aur Fzabil ko Yazrael ki sarhadd nieo kutte khaenge: wuhao koi na hogi jo use gare. Phir us ne darwaza khola, aur nikal bhSga. 11 Tab Ydhii nikalke apne aqa ke khldimoQ ke darmiyan £ya, aur ek ne use kaha, Khair to hai? Yih diwana tujh kane kyun aya tha? Us ne unheo jawab diya. Turn us shakbs se aur us ke payam se waqif ho. 12 We bole, Jhiith! Hameo sach bataiye. Tab us ne kaha. Us ne mujhe yiio kaha, ki Khudawand farmlta hai, Maio ne tujhe masah karke Israel ka badshah kiya. 13 So unhon ne jaldi ki, aur harek ne apni poshak leke us ke niche sirhi par rakhi, aur nar.singha phiinka ki Yahd Badshah! 14 So Nimsi ke bete Yahusafat ka beU Yahd Yuram se phir baithe : aur us waqt Yaram ne ban! Israel ko leke shah i Aram Hazael ke muq^bil Rimati Jiliad kS muhafiz hiia tha. 15 Lekin sh£h Yuram ne us zakhm ke ilaj ke liye, jo us ne shdh i Arlm Hazael ke muqabil Aramion ke hath se khaya tha, murajaat ki thi. Tab Yahu ne kaha, Agar razi ho, to shahr se kisi ko nikalne na do, naho ki Yazrael ko hamari khabar pahunchawe. 16 Aur Yahd garJ par sawar hoke Yazrael ko gaya, ki Ydram wuhio tha. Aur shahi Yihudah A^haziyah Ydram ki mulaqat ko aya hda tha. 17 Aur Yazrael men ek nigahban burj par khari tha. Us ne jo Yahd ki guroh ko ite hue dekha, to bola, Main ek guroh ko dekhta hdu? Yuram ne kaha, Ek sawar ko bhej ki un se ji mile, aur puchhe, Khair hai ? 18 Chunanchi ek shakhs sawar hoke dge barha, aur un se jake kaha, Badshih pdchhti hai, Khair hai? Yahu ne kaha, Tujh ko khair se kya kam? Merepichhe pichhe chala chal. Phir nigahbin bola, ki Qasid un pas pahuncha, lekin phir.i nahin. 19 Tab us ne dusre sawar rawana kiyS. Us ne bhi un paspahunchke kaha, Badshah puchhta hai, Khair hai? Yahu ne jawib diya, Tujhe khair se kya kam hai ? Mere pichhe piclihe chala chal. 20 Phir nigahbSn bola, Wuh bhi un pis pahuncha, aur phira nahiij. Aur us ki sawSri Nimsi ke bete Yahu ki sawari ke minind hai; ki wuh tund chala ata hai. '21 Tab Yuram ne farmaya, Joto; so us ki garijotigai. Tab shah i Israel Yuram, aur sh'ih i Yihddlh Akhaziyah apnl apni girioo par charhke chal nikle aur we jake Yazraeli Nabat ki sarhadd meo Y^hu se do char hde. 22 Tab Yuram ne Yahu ko dekhke kaha, Khair hai? Yihd bola, Khair kaisi, ki teri m^I'zabilkd chhindla, aur us ki bahut si j4dugariao ab tak haiu? Tab Ydrim ne apne hSth 422 II. SALATI'N. [10 B^B. phere, aur bhaga, aur Akhaziylh se kahi, ki Ai Akhaziy^h, fitna hai. 24 Tab Yahii ne tir jor^, aur apne sare zor se kaman khinchf aur Yiiram ke donoo shinoo ke darmiyan mara, aisa ki tir U3 ke dil se guzar gaya: aur wuh gar! ke darmiyan lot pot hogaya. 25 Tab Yahii ne apne lashkar ke sardar Bidqar ko kah^, ki Use leke Yazraeli Nabdt ke khet ki sarhadd men dal de. Kyiinki jis waqt maiij aur tn us ke bSp Akhiab ke pfchhe sawar hoke daure the, to mujh ko yad ata hai, ki Khuda:- WANU ne yih bojh us par rakha tha. 26 Aur KnuDAWANDne kaha, ki Main Nabat ke khuu, aur us ke betoo ke khun ko beshubha kal dekha: aur Khcbawand ne kaha, ki Main tujh se usi khet meo badla Idngi. So jaisi K^hudawand ne farraaya hai, use leke usi jagah dal de. 27 Aur jab shah i Yihudah Akhaziyah ne yih dekha, to wuh piyin bag ki rah se nikal bhigi. Aur Yahii ne us ka pichhakiyi, aur kaha, ki Use bhi g.iri hi men mar lo. Chunanchi unhou ne use Jiir ke raste men jo Jibliam ke muttasil hai, mara; aur wuh bhagke Majiddo meo aya, aur wuhag mar gayd. 28 Aur us ke khadim usko giri meo d ilke Yiriishalam meo legaye, aur use us ke qabr men Daiid ke shahr men us kebapdidoo ke sath gafa. 29 Aur Akhiab ke bete Yiiram ke julus ke gyarahwcQ baras Akhaziyah Yihudah ki badshah hua tha. 30 Aur jab Yahu Yazrael men dakhil hui, to I'zabil ne suni, aur apni ankhoQ men surma lagiya, aur apna sir sanwara, aur ek khirki se jhinkne lagi. 31 Aur jouhin Yahd darwaze pas pahunchi, to boli, Kya Zimri ko salamati mill, jis ne apne ^qa ko mara ? 32 Aur us ne dariche ki taraf sir uthaya, aur kaha, Meri taraf kaun kaun hai? Wuhlg se do tin khwajasaraoQ ne us ki taraf dekha. 33 Tab us ne kaha, Use tale (Jal do ! So unhon ne use niche gira diya, aur us ka lohn diwlr par, aur ghoroo par para: aur us ne use paemal kiya. 34 Aur andar ake khaya aur piya; phir farmaya, ki Jao, us lanat ki raarf randi ko dekho, aur use garo; ki wuh shahzSdl hai. 35 Aur we use garne gaye, par khopri aur us ke paoo aur hathoD ke siwa kuchh na paya. 36 So we phir ae, aur use khabar df. Wuh bola, Yih wuh bat hai, jo Khudawand ne apne bande Iliyah Tisbi ki marifat farmal thi, ki Yazrael ki maurusi zamin men kutte I'zabil ki gosht khaenge. 37 Aur I'zabil ki lash Yazrael ki maurusi zamin men guh ke manind, jo zamin par ho, pari rahegi: aisa ki na kaha jaegi, ki yih I'zabil hai. X. BAB. 1 Samrun men Akhiab ke sattar bete the. So Yahii ne name likhe, aur Yazrael ke amiroD, aur buzurgon pas, aur un pas jo Akhiab ke beton ke murabbi the, Samrun ko bheje: 2 Yih kahke ki Tumhare aql ke bete, aur glriao, aur ghore aur hasin shahr, aur hathyar hain : so is khatt ke pahunchte hi, 3 Us ko, jo tumhare sihib ke beton men sc bihtar aur afzal howe, us ke bap ke takht par bithao, aur apne sihib ke gharane ke liye jang karo. 4 Lekin we nih^yat hirasan hue, aur bole, Dekho, tio badshah to us ke samhne na ho sake; pas ham kyunkar samhni karenge? 5 Tab badshahi kh^ndan ke khazanadar aur shahr ke subadar aur buz- urgon aur murabbion ne Yahu ko kahla bheja. Ham sab tere khadim haio ; aur jo kuchh farmawega, wuh sab ham karenge ; par ham kisi ko badshah na karenge ; jo tu>he achchha lage so kar. 6 Tab us ne unke jawab meo unke lije ek aur n4ma 10 BAB.] II. SAL.^TrN. 42.T likha jis ki mazmtin yih tlia, ki Agar turn mere ho, aur chihtc lio, ki mera hukm ini'ino, to apne sahib ke bctou ke sir leke kal Yazrael inco isf waqt uiujh pja chale So. Us waqt sattar shdhzldc shahr ke umari ke sath the, jo urike murabbl the. 7 So jab yih nima uii pas iyX, to unhoi) ne sattar shdhzada ko leke qatl kiy5, aur un ke sirou ko tokroo men rakha, aur us ke pis Yazrael meo bhejS. 8 Tab ek paik ue use khabar di, ki We log shazadooke sir lac haiu. Wuh boU, ki Turn shahr ke darwize par un ke do tride karo aur kal tak yuohfuraluie do. 9 Aur subli ko wuh nikli, aur khapa raha, aur sab logon ko kaha, Turn bekhata ho. Dekho, maio ne to apne aqi se namakharaini ki, aur use miri ; par in sab ko kis ne mSra? 10 Ab jano, ki Khudawasd ke us kalam nieu se, jo Khudawand ne Akhiabke haqq meo farmaya thS, koi bat zainfn par faroguzisht na hogi. Kyunki Kuddawand ne jo kuchh ki apne bande Iliyah kf marifat se farmaya, use pura kiya. 1 1 So Yahii ne un sab ko, jo Akhiab ke gliarane se Yazrael ineu bach rahe the, aur us ke sSre amlroo, aur us ke sire rishtadlrou aur us ke kShinoo ko qatl kiya, yahao tak ki ek ko bhl baqi na chhora. 12 Aur phir wuh uthke Sararun ko chala. Aur Bait i Aqd ul Riafn ke muttasil 13 Yahd ne sh^h i Yihiidah Akhaziyih ke bhalou ko dekh^, aur un se pachhl, Turn kaun ho ? We bole, Ham Akhaziyah ke bhli haio ; ham jate hain, ki shah- zSdoQ ko, aur malika ke betou ko salam kareo- 14 Tab us ne hukm kiya, ki Unhen jita pakar lo ! So unhoo ne unhou jlt^ pakar liya, aur unheu, jo bayalis Sdmi the. Bait i Aqd ke kue par qatl kiya ; ek ko un meo se na chhora. 15 Phir wuhao se age chali, aur Yahuuadab bin Raikab us ke istiqbal ko nikla, aur us se niila. Tab us ne use salam kiya, aur kaha, Kya tera dil saf hai jis tarah ki mera dil tere dil ke s.ath hai ? Tab Yahnnadab ne jawab diya, ki Saf hai. So us ne kaha, Agar aisi hai, to apna hSth mujhe de. So usne use apna hath diya ; aur us ne use girl meo apne sath baith^ liya. 16 Aur kaha, ki Mere sith chal, aur meri gairat, jo Khudawand ke liye hai, dekh. So wuh us ke sath giri par baith gaj'^a. 17 Aur jab wuh Samrun meo pahuncha, to us ne un sab ko, jo Akhiablon meo se blqi the, qatl kiya, yahao tak ki us ne jaisa Khudawand ne Iliyah ki marifat farmaya thi, sab ko nest o nibad kar diya thS. 18 Phir Yahu ne sab logon ko faraham kiya, aur unben kahi, ki Akhiab ne Baal ki thori parastish ki: Yahii us ki bahut si parastish karega. 19 Ab turn Baal ke sab nabion, aur us ke sare bandoo, aur us ke sare kShinon ko mujh pas talab karo, un meo se ek bhi baqi na chhute : ki maig Baal ke liye bari qurbini kariingi, aur jo koi hazir na hoga, so jita na bachega. Par Yahii ne un se makr kiya, aur irada kiyi, ki Baal parastoo ko qatl kare. 20 Aur Yahu ne kahd, ki Baal ki id ke liye manadi karo ; so unhou ne manadi ki. 21 Aur IsraeliOQ ki sari sarhaddoo meo Yahu ^habar pahunchii. Chunanchi s^re Baal parast £e, aisi koi na tha, jo na iya ho. Aur we Baal ke ghar meo dakhil hue ; aur Baal ka ghar is sire se us sire t ik bhar gayi. 22 Phir us ne us ko, jo us jainaat par muwakkal tha, hukm kiya, ki Un sab Baal paraston ka libas nikil. So us ne unki libas nikalwaya. 23 Tab Yahii, aur Yahunadab bin Raikab Baal ke ghar ke andar gaye, aur Baal parastoQ ko kaha ki Khoj karo, aur dekho, ki yahiu tuinhare darmiyan Kuuda'wand ke bandou meo 36 koi na ho : mag^ir Baalparast hi faqat howeo- 24 Aur jab we andar hadiye aur charhiwe gazr^nne aur jalane lage, to Y^ha ne darsvaze par assi jawan rau- 424 II. SALATI^. [II BAB. qarrar klyc, aur unheo kahi, Agar koi un logoo meg se, jinhcu maio ne tumh;ire qabu meo diyi hai, ck ko bhi nikal jane deg4, to us ki jan U3 kf jan ke badle hogf. tl5 Aur aisa hua ki joohtij charhawi charh chukl, to Yahii nepisbanou, aur sarda- roij ko hukin kiy^, ki Ghuso aur unlieo qatl karo ; ek bhi bahar na jane pie. Chunanchi unhoo ne unhen teg se bejan kiya. Aur pasbln, aur sardar un ki lashoo ko bahar phenkke Bait i Baal ke shabr men dakhil hue. 26 Aur unhoo ne Baal kf muratoD ko nikala aur ag meo jalaya, 27 Aur Baal ke but ko chakna chiir kiyS, aur Baal ka ghar dlia diya, aur plekhana baniya ; chunanchi aj ke din tak hai. 28 So Yahii ne Baal ko Israelioo men se nest o nabad kar diya. 29 Lekin Yahu ne un guuihou ko, jo Nabat ke bete Yurubiara ne Isr^elioQ se karwae the, tark na kiya : yine sone ke bachhron ko, jo Baitel aur Dan men the, rahne diya. 30 So Khudawand Yahu ko kaha, Azbaski tu ne wuh, jo merf nigah meo bhala tha, achchhf tarah kiya, aur jo kuchh ki mere dil men tha, tu ne Akhiab ke gharanese sab kiya, so terebete chauthi pusht tak Israel ketakht par baithenge. 31 Par Yahu Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ki shariat par apne sdre dil se na chala, ki us ne Yurubiami gunahou ko, jis ne Israeliou ko gumrah kiya, tark na kiy4. 32 Un dinoD men Khudawand ne IsraeUou ko ghatana shurii kiya ; ki Hazael ne unheo har ek taraf se mara : 33 Yardan se leke samt i sharqj tak Jiliad aur Jadd aur Rubin aur Manassi ki slri sarzamin Arair se leke jo nahr i Arnun par hai, Jiliad aur Basan tak. 34 Aur Yiha ka baqf ahwll, aur us ki har ek kam, aur us ki qawat ki bayan, kya Israeli badshahon ki tawarikh ki kitab men likhi nahig hai ? 35 Bad us ke Yahn apne bapdadon ke darmiyan ji, soya. Tab unhou ne use Samrun meo gara, aur uska beti Yahuakhaz us ki jagah badshah hua. 36 Aur Yahu ne Samrun meo bani Israel par athais baras saltanat ki. XI. BAB. 1 Tab Akhaziylh ki ml Ataliylh ne, jo dekhi ki us k£ beta mua, to uthf aur bddshah kf sSri nasi ko qatl kiya. 2 Par Yuram badshah ki beti Yahusaba ne, jo Akhaziyah kf bahin thf, Akhaziyah ke bete Yuas ko liya, aur use un shahzSdou ke darmiyin se jo qatl hue the, chorf se leke us kf dada samet Ataliyah kl nigah se khwabgah ki kothri meo pinhln kiya. Us sabab se wuh mara na gayS. 3 So wuh us samet Khudawand ke ghar meo chha baras tak chhipS hiiS thS. Aur Ataliyah mulk kf saltanat karti thf. 4 Aur satwen baras Yahuyada ne sau sau ke sardaroo, aur rikSbdaron, aur sipahioQ ko bula bheja, aur unhen Khuda'wand ke ghar meo apne pis talab karke un se ahd o paiman kiya, aur Khudawand ke ghar meo un se qasara kl; aur badshah ke bete ko unheo dikhlaya. 5 Aur us ne unheo kaha, Turn yih kam karo, ki fauj ke tin hisse karo : ek gol sabt ke din andar ghuse, aur shah ke qasr ki nigah- bani kare. 6 Aur dusra Sdr ke darwaze par rahe ; aur tisra darwdze par jo pasda- roij ke pichhe hai, rahe : turn ko chahiye ki is tarah qasr ki nigahbini karo, aur chauki do. 7 Aur turahare us gol meo se, jo sabt ke din khuruj karega, do hisse bSdshah ke ^spas hoke Khudawani> ke ghar kf khabardari kareo- 8 Aur turn har taraf se badshah kf nigahbani karo, aur har ek apne hathyar hlth meo liye rahe, 12 BAB.] II. SALATI-N. 425 agar koi shakhs safFoD ke andar chaU awe, to use mir lo : aur turn andar blhar Ste jate b^dsliih ke sath raho 9 Chunaiichi sau sau kc sardaroo ne jaisd Yahuyada k^hin ne unheu kaha thd, sab kuchh kiya : aur un meo se bar ek ne apne apne logon ko, jo sabt ke din andar bibar file jate the, liya, aur Yabuyada kahin pas ae. 10 Us kaliin ne Diiud badsb^h kf barchbf^o aur sipareu, jo Khuda'wand ke ghar meu tbiii, sau sau ke sarddron ko diyiu. 1 1 Aur fauj ke log apne apne hatby^r lake haikal ke dabne kone se leke bayeu goshe tak aur niazbah tak badshab ke lispas ho gaye. 12 Phir usne shahzade ko nikala, aur uske sir par tiij rakhke badshahat ka nishau nasb kiyi, aur use badshab, aur masah kiya ; aur unhon ne t Jiau bajai'ij, aur bole, Badshab ko Khuda salamat rakhe ! 13 Aur Ataliyah ne, jo fauj aur sip ih ka naara suna, to sipdh ke darmiyan Khudawand ki haikal meu ddkhil bui. 14 Aur kya dekbtf hai, ki muw^fi4 dastdr ke badshab badshabou ke sutun se laga hi'ia kbara hai : aur umara, aur narsinga bajanewale badshab ke pas haio ; aur sari mainlukat ke log khushi meu haiu, aur narsinghe phunkte haiij. Tab Ataliyah ne apne kapre phare, aur chilki, aur kaha, Fitna, fitna! 15 Tab Yahtiyada kahin ne sau sau ke sardarou ko, aur fauj ke raisou ko hukm kiya, aur kaha, ki Us ko safibu men se bahar karo, aur use, jo us ki tabaiyat kare, qati karo : ki kahin ne kaha tha, Aisa na ho ki wuh Khcdawand ke ghar ke andar mari jawe. 16 Tab unhou ne us par hath chalie, aur wuh us rah, jis r^h se ki ghore dakhil bote the, shah ke qasr meo jiti thi. So wuhao qatl ki gaf. 17 Aur Yahuyada ne KHUi>i(WANi> aur bldshah aur logon ke darmiySn ek abd bSndhd, ki ■we Khudawand ke bande howeu : aur badshah aur logou ke darmiyan bhi ahd bandha. 18 Tab mamlukat ke sare log Baal ke ghar meo ae, aur use dhay.i, aur unboQ ne uski muratou, aur uske mazbabon ko yaksar chakn^ chiir kiya. Aur Baal ke kahin Mattau ko mazbahoij ke samhne qatl kiya : aur kahin ne KhudaVand ke ghar ke liye nigahbanou ko muqarrar kiya. 19 Phir us ne sau sau ke sardaron, aur rikabdarou, aur sipabion, aur abl i mamlukat ko faraham kiya : so we badshah ko K.UUDAWAND ke ghar se utarke kotw.Ji chabiitre ki rah se badshah ke qasr meo le ae. So us ne badshahoij ke takht par juliis farmaya. 20 Aur sari raaiyat khushwaqt hiii, aur shahr men amau hiia. Aur unhoij ne Ataliyah ko shah ke qasr ke tale qatl kiya. XII. BAB. 1 Aur jab Yiias takht i saltanat par baitha, to sit baras ka tha. 2 Aur Yaha kl saltanat ke satwea baras Yuas badsliah hiia: aur us ne YirdsLllam meo chalis baras badsbahat kf. Us ki ma ka nam Zibyah tha, jo Biarsaba kf thf. 3 Aur Yuis ne apni umr bbar jab tak Yahuyada use tarbiyat karta rah5, Kuuuawand ke huzur nekokari kf- 4 Lekin dnehe makan girae na gae the, aur Ichalq hanoz nnche makinoQ par qurbaniao guzranti aur khushbnfau jalati thi. 5 Aur Yuas ne kahinou ko kaha, ki Nazrkf sarf naqdf, jo Khudawand ke ghar men pahunchai jati hai, aur wuh khiss naqdf, jo harek apni jin ke liye muaiyan niyat ke muwafiq guzranti hai, aur sari naqdi, jo harek apnf ^hushi se Khudawajtd ke ghar meo lata hai, 6 So us sab ko kahin leweo, harek apne apne jan pahchaa se; aur ghar kc rai<.hnou ki, jahaD jahau hon, raarammat meo kharch kareu. 7 far D d d 420 II. SALaTI'N. ^ [12 BAB. aisi hui ki Ydds ki saltanat ke tefsweo sil tak k^hinou ne ghar kf marammat na kf. 8 Tab YuSs bSdshah ne Yahnyada kahin ko aur kahinoo ke sSth talab kiya, aur unheo kah^, Turn ghar ki shikast o rekht ki marammat kyao nahio karte? So ab, apne apne yaroo se naqdi na liya karo, balki use ghar ki marammat ke liye jama karo. 9 So kahinon ne yih qabul kiya ki na to logoo se naqdi leweg, aur na ghar ke rakhnoo ki marammat kareo. 10 Tab Yahiiyada kShin ne ek sanduq liyS, aur us meo uparwar ek chhed kiyd, aur use mazbah ke nazdik aisf jagah rakha, ki Khudawand kc ghar meu jo koi iwe, to wuh us ki dahni taraf howe. Aur we kabin jo darwaze ke nigahban the, us sab naqdi ko ki Khudawand ke ghar meo pahunchti thi, leke us meu dal dete the. 11 Aur jab dekhte the ki sandaq bhar gaya, to b.idshdh ka katib aur sardar kahin ike naqdi ko thailiou meu bharte the; aur us naqdi ko jo Khuda'wand ke ghar meo ati thf, ginte the. 12 Aur wuh us naqdi ko, jo gini jati thi, unheg, jo Khudawand ke ghar par kam ke liye muai^'an the, dete the: so we barhaioo, aur miamaroo ko, jo Khubawand ke ghar ka kSm banate the, nikSl nikal dete the. 13 Aur lakri mol lene, aur patthar tarSshne ke liye, aur rijou, aur sangtaia- shoo ko, taki Khudawand ke ghar ke rakhnon ki marammat kareo: aur us sab ke liye jo ghar ki marammat ke liye darkar hota thS. 14 Aur us naqdi se, jo Khuda- wand ke ghar iig^n Iti thi, Khudawand ke ghar ke liye basan, ya gulgir, ya degche, yi bnq, rupe aur sone ke na banae jate the. 15 Balki use kirigaroo ko dete the, taki us se Khudawand ke ghar ki marammat howe. 16 Aur wuh logoo ke hath us naqdi ko supurd karte the, taki we use leke karigaron ko deo: aur un se us ki kuchh hisab na liya jata tha, is liye ke we diyanat se kam karte the . 17 Aur wuh naqdi, jo khata aur gun&h ki qurbani ki babat thi, so wuh Khudawand ke ghar meu dSkhil na hoti thi, balki use kahin hi le lete the. 18 Aur usi waqt Aram k& badshah Haziel Jannat par charha, aur use le liya. Aur phir Yirushalam ki taraf mutawajjih haa, ki use bhi lewe. 19 Tab shih i Yihiid'ih Yuisne sSri mutabarak chizeu, jo us ke bip dadoo Yahdsafat aur Yiiram, aur Akhaziyah Yihiidah ke badshahoo ne nazr charhaf thig, aur jo us ne ap nazr charhdi thiu, us sab sone samet, jo Khudawand ke ghar ke khazanoo, aur shah ke qasr ke khazanoy meo maujfid tha, leke shih i Aram Hazael ke liye bhejio- Tab wuh Yirushilam ki taraf se phir gaya. 20 Aur Yn^s k4 baqi ahwal, sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya wuh Yihudah ke badshihoD ki taw5rikh ki kitab men likhi hua nahio hai? 21 Tab us ke kh^dimoo ne bagawat se eka kiya, aur Ydas ko Bait i Millo meu, jo Siild ki rah par hai, qatl kiyi: 22 Y^ne Yusakar bin Samaat, aur Yahuzabad bin Samir ne, jo us ke l^h^dimoo meo se the, use mar liya. Aur jab wuh margaya, to unhoo ne us ke bdp- dadoo ke darmiyan Daud ke shahr meo use g^ra. Aur us ka beta Amasiyah us ki jdgah b^dsh^h hu^. XIII. BAB. 1 Aur shdhi YihudahAkhaziydh ke bete Yuas ki saltanat ke teisweo baras Y^hu ki beta Yahuakhaz Samrun ke bich bani Israel ki. badshah hdS. Aur us ne satrah baras saltanat ki. 2 Aur us ne I^hudawand ki nafarmanilo kiy : aur Nabat ke 13 UAB.] II. SALATI'N. 427 bete Yurubiam ke taur par, ki jis ne ban! Israel so gunih karwfie, un badkSrJoo ko tark na kiya. 3 Tab Khudawanu ka gussa banf Israel par bharkS, aur U9 ne Aram ke badshih Hazael ko, aur Ilazael ke bete Bin Iladad ko bahut muddat tak un par musallit kiya. 4 Aur Yahuakhaz ne KiiudaVand ke ige Sjizf kf; so Khuda'wand ne uskf sunf, kycinki us ne Israel ke dukh par nazar ki, ki Aram ki biidshah unheo dukh detS tha. 5 Aur Khudawand ne banf Israel ko ek najfit denewSl^ iniyat kiyi. So unhou ne Arimfoo ke hath se najat p5i, aur banf Israel ige kf tarah apne khaimoo meo rahne lage. 6 Lekin unhou ne Yurubiam ke ghar ke gun.4hoD ko, ki jin ke sabab us ne banf Israel ko gunahgar kiyS, taubhi tark na kiya, balki usi taur par chalte rahe, aur Samrun meu Yasfrat bhf b^qi rakhf. 7 Aur us ne logon meo se kisi ko Yahdakhaz ke sath na rakha magar pach5,3 sawar, aur das gariao, aur das hazar piy^de : is liye ki Aram ke bddshah ne unheu halak kiyi, aur khaliyan ke gubar kf manind kar diya, 8 Aur Yahdakhaz ka baqi ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, aur us kf hashmat, so kya Israeli bddshahoo kf tawarfk:h ki kitdb meo marqum nahfo hai? 9 Aur Yahuakhaz ne apne bapdadou ke darmiy^n Srim kiy.i, aur unhou ne use Samrun meg gard. Tab us ka beta Yiias us ki jagah b^dshah hua 10 Aur shah i Yihudah Yuas kf saltanat ke sainttsweg baras Yahuakhaz ki beti Yahuis Samrun meo Israelioo ka badshih hua : solah baras us ne saltanat kf 11 Aur us ne bhf Khcdawand ke huzur badkirian kfg ; aur wuh gunih karti rahi, jo Nabat ke bete Yurubiim ne ijad kiye the ; aur jaise us ne Israeliou ko gunahgar kiya tha, aur un se biz na iya. 12 Aur Yahuas ka baqf ahwal, aur aab kuchh jo us ne kiya, aur us ki shaukat ka bayan, ki wuh kydnkar shah i Yihddah Amasiyah se lara, so kya wuh Isrieli bidshahon ki tawirikh kf kitab meo likhi hi'ia nahfo hai ? 13 Aur YdSs bhf apne bapdadoo meu ja mila, aur Yurubiim us ke takht par baitha, aur Yahuas Samrdn men Israeli bSdshahoo ke darmiyan giri gaya- 14 Aur usi waqt Ilisa bimar para, aur usf bimari meo niar gayif. So Israel ki bidshah Yahdis us pas gayi, aur us ke sir par roya, aur boli, Ai mere bap ! ai mere bap! Israel ke markab aur rakib ! 15 Aur Ilisa ne shah i Israel ko kaha, Tfr aur kamin hlth meu le. So us ne tir aur kamin hath meo liyi. 16 Phir us ne shah i Israel ko kaha, Kaman khinch ! Us ne khinchf ; aur Ilisa ne badshah ke hith par apna hath rakh diya: 17 Aur farmaya, ki Mashriq ki taraf ki khifki khol. So us ne kholi. Tab Ilisi ne kaha, Tir lagao. So us ne lagayi. Phir Ilisi boli, Yih Khudawand ki najat ki tfr, aur Aram se najat pane ki tir : so td Afiq meo Ar.imfoo ko qatl karegi, yahio tak ki we nabdd ho jienge. 18 Phir us ne shah i Israel se kaha, Tfr le. Aur us ne liyi. Phir us ne kahi, Zamin par tir lagi. Aur us ne tin tir lagae, aur thahar raha : 19 Tab mard i Khudi us par gusaa hdl, aur bola, Chahiye tha ki pinch ya chha tfr lag.iti, taki td Arimfou ko yahio tak marti, ki we nibdd ko jSte. Lekin ah td Aramfou par tin fatheo pawegi. 20 Bid us ke Ilisa ne intiqal kiya, aur unhoo ne use dafn kiya, Aur usi sil Moab ki faujeo mamlukat meo ifo- 21 Aur aisa hdi ki jis waqt week murde ko bhC gari chahte the, tab yih fauj pahunchf : aur unhoo ne jo usfauj ko dekha, to mare jaldf ke us lash ko Ilfsi kf qabr meu phenk diyi, aur wuh Ilisa ki lash par giri, aur girti hi jf uthi, aur khaii ho gaya. D d d 2 423 II. SALATI'N. [14 BAB. 22 Aur Ar^m kd badshah Hazdel jak tak Yahuakhaz jfU tha, tab tak Isrdelfoo ko satita rahi. 23 Aur Khudawanjd nn par mihrban hna, aur use un par rahm fiya ; aur us wide ke liye jo u< iie Abiraham, aur Izhak aur Yaqub se kiyi tha, un ke hal par mutawajjih hoa ; aur us ne ab tak na chaha ki unheu mita dSle, aur apne huzurse dur kare. 24 Chunanchi Arsm ka b.idshih Hazael mar gaya, aur T38 k^ beta Bin Hadad us kl jagah badshah hii^. 25 Bid us ke Yahnakhaz ke bete Yahuls ne Haziel ke bete Binlladadse we bastiau, jo us ne uske b^p Yahnakhaz se jang karke le If thfg, chhfn Ifu. Aur wuh tin jangoo meu us par fathyab huS, aur IsraelioB ke shahr us ke hath se phirS liye. XIV. BAB< 1 Aur sh^h i Israel Yahdakhaz ke bete Yahdds ki saltanat ke dusre sH shah i Yihudah Yn4s ki beta Amasiyah bSdshah haa. 2 Wuh pachfs baras ki thi, jab takht par baithi, aur us ne Yirushalam men untfs baras badshahat kl. Us kf mi ki nam Yahuaddan thi, jo Yiroshilam ki thl. 3 Us ne Khudawand ke huzor nekokSri kf, par na apne bip Daud kl manind : balki us ne sab kuchh apne bap Ynas kl tarah kiya. 4 Lekin us ne unche makanoo ko gira na diya ; chunanchi log unche makinoo par qurbinlao guzrante, aur khushbufan jalite the. 5 Aur junhio wuh badshihat par mustaqill haa, to us ne apne mulazimou ko jan se mira jinhoD ne us ke bip bidshih ko qatl kiya tha. 6 Par khanioo ke bachchoo ko qatl na kiya, jaisi ki Mdsa ki shariat ki kitab nieij likhi hai, ki Khudawand ne farmiyi, ki BetoQ ke badle bipdadou ko qatl mat karo ; aur na bipdidou ke badle betoo ko : balki gunih ke sabab se wuhl shakhs mari jawe jo gunihgir hai. 7 Aur us ne wadl i Shor mea das hazar Adiiml mare, aur Sila ka shahr larke le liyi, aur us ki nim Yuqtiel rakha, jo aj ke din tak hai. 8 Tab Amasij'ah ne Israel ke badshah Yahuas bin Yahuakhaz bin Yihu pis . elchl bheje, aur payam kiyi, ki Ao, ham ek dusre ki samhna karen. 9 So Yahuis shah i Israel ne shih i Yihndih Amasiyah ko kahla bheja, ki Lubnin ki bhatkataiyi ne Lubnin ke saro se paigim kiyi, ki Apnl betl mere bete se byih de. Chunanchi ek jangli darinda us ke pis guzri, aur bhatkataiya ko latar mira : 10 Tii ne beshakk Adum ko mara, so tcre dil meo ghamand samayi hai: ganiniat jin, aur ghar meo bailha rah. Kya zurur hai ki tii apne dil ko chhere, aur Yihudih samet gir jawe? 11 Par Amasiyah ne us ki na suni. Tab shah ilsriel Yahuis charh gayi, wuh aur shah i Yihudah Amasiyah Bait ul shams mep jo Yihudah ki hai, muqabil hue. 12 So Yihudah ne Isriel se shikast pii, aur un niea se harek apne apne ^haime ko bhiga. 13 Lekin shih i Israel Yahuis ne shah i Yihadih Amasiyah bin Yiiis bin Akhaziyih ko Bait i shams meo pakar liya, anr use Yirushilam meij Hya, aur Yirushalam kl diwir Ifraim ke darwaze se leke goshe ke darwize tak jo char sau hith thl, dhi di. 14 Aur sari soni, aur rupa, aur sire bartan, jo Khudawand ke ghar men, aur shah ke khazane men pie le liye, aur bahut se log ol pakare, aur Samrun ko phiri. 15 Aur Ynis ki biql ahwal, aur us ki jalil ki wuh shih i Yihudah Amasiyih se kyunkar lari, so kyi wuh Israeli bidshahoo kl tawirlkh kl kitab meo likhi hua nablfi hai ? 16 Aur Yiiis ne apne bipdidoo men iram kiyi, aur Israeli bidshahoo 14 DAB.] II. SAL.VTI'N. 429 ke darmiyan Samrun meu g5ri gayfi, aur us ka beta Yurubiim us kij^gah bidshah hda. 17 Aur shah i Yihudih YuSs ki betS Amasiydh shihi Israel Yahaakhaz ke bete Yahiias ke niarne ke b5d pandrah baras jftd. 18 Aur Amasiyah ka biqi ahw^I, so kyi wuh Yihiidah ke bidshahoo ki tawdrikh ki kitab meo likha hiia nahfij hai ? 19 Aur YirushSlamfoD ne Skhir ko us par balwi kiya, so wuh bhagke Lakfs ko gay^. Phir unhoo ne us ke pichhe log Laki's meu bheje, aur wuhao use qatl kiya. 20 Tab we use ghoroo par dalke legaye, aur Dind ke shahr meu Yirushalam ke darmiyin us ke bSpdiSdoo ke btch use g^ra. 21 Tab Yihiidah ke s^re logoo ne Azariyah ko, jo solah baras ka thi, leke us ke bap Amasiydh kf jagah badshih kiyS. 22 Aur us ne Ailat k4 shahr bini kiya, aur bid us ke ki badshah ne apne bapdadoQ meu ji mila, tab use phir Yihuddh kf mamlukat meu ddkhil kiya. 23 Aurshibi Yihiidah Yuas ke bete Amasiyah ki saltanat ke pandrahweo baras Yahiias ka betd Yurubiam Samrun meg bani Israel ka badshah huS : us ne ektalis baras bSdshdhat kf. 24 Aur us ne Khudawand ke huzur badicarido kfy, aur Nabat ke bete Yurubiamwlle gunihoQ ko, jin ke sabab us ne Israel ko gunahglrkiya, tark na kiya. 25 Aur us ne Hamat ke maidan se leke darya i sahra tak bani Israel kf sari haddoo par phir qabza kiyd, jaisa ki Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ne Amittf ke bete apne bande Yunah nabikf marifat, jo Jannatul Hifr k i tha, farmaya thS. 26 Isliye ki Khudawand ne dekha ki Israel par bara ranj hai, ki un meo se na koi panah, aur na koi chhutSnewala, aur na koi Israel ka madadglr tha. 27 Aur Khudawand ne yih na farmiya tha, kf Main asman ke tale se Israel ka nam mitS dunga. So usne unko Yahdas ke bete Yurubiam ke hath se najat bakshf. •28 Aur Yurubiam ka baqi ahwil, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, aur us ki jalil ki kyuukar us ne Dimishq aur Hamit ko, jo Yihiidah ke the, Israel ke liye phird liya, 30 kya wuh Israeli badshahou ki tawarilfh ki kitab meu likha htia nahfu hai? 29 Akhir ko Yurubiam ne apne bapdadou, yine Israeli badshahou ke darmiyin iram kiya, aur us ka beta Zakariyah us ki jagah badshah hiia. XV. BAB. I Shah i Israel Yurubiam ki saltanat ke satifswen baras shah i Yihiidah Amasiydh ki beta Azariyah badshah hiia. 2 Aur jab wuh takht par baitlii, to solah baras ka tha; us ne Yirushalam meg bawan baras bidshahat ki ; us ki mi ka nam Yakiiliyah tha, jo Yirushalam kf thi. 3 Us ne Khudawand ke huziir nekokariau kiag, un sab ke mutabiq ki us ke bap Amasiyah ne ki thf. 4 Lekin un logon ne linche makanou ko tark na kiyi, aur use ab tak unche mikanoo par qurbaniao karte, aur khushbiiiau jalate the. 5 So Khudawand ne us badshah ko raira ki wuh marne ke roz tak korhi raha, aur ghar meo akela rahta tha. Aur us ki beta Yiitam ghar ki mukhtar tha, aur logou kf adalat kiya karti tha. 6 Aur Azariyah ki biqi ahwil, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya wuh Yihiidih ke bidshihoo kf tawirikh ki kitab meo marqiim nahfijhai? 7 Aur Azariyah apne bipdidoQ meo ja soyi, aur Daiid ke shahr meo us ke bipdadoQ ke darmiyan use giri ; aur us ki beta Ydtam uskf jagah badshih hui. 430 II- SALATI'N. [15 BAI?. 8 Aur shah i Yihudah Azariyah kf bidshahat ke tfsweo sil Yurubi^m ki beti Zakariyah, ban! Isriel ka badshlh haa. Us ne Samrun meg chha luahfne bSdshihat kf. 9 Aur us ne Khudawand ke huzur apne bapdadoo ki m£nind badkariau kfo, aur Nabat ke bete Yurubi^mwale gunahoa ko, jis ne bani Israel ko gumrah kiyS tha, tark na kiya. 10 Aur Yabis ke bete Salom ne us par balwa kiyi aur dangal ke huzar us par war kiya, aur use mar liya, aur us ki jagah badshah huS. 11 Aur Zakariyah ka baqf ahwal jo hai, so kyd wuh Israeli badshahou ki tawarikh ki kitab men tahrir nahio hai ? 12 Aur Khudawand ka yih wuh sukhan hai, jo us ne Yahu se kaha tha, ki Chauthf pusht tak tere farzand Israel ke takht par baithenge : so wuh pur£ hua. 13 Aur shih i Yihudah Azariyah kf saltanat ke untalisweo baras Yabls kd beta Salara takht par jalwagar hua, aur us ne Samrun meo ek mahine bhar saltanat ki. 14 Is liye ki Jadf ka beta Munahim Tirzah se Samrun par charh aya, aur Yabfs ke bete Saliim ko marl aur Samrun men qatl kiya, aur us ki jagah badshih hua. 15 Aur Salum ka blqi ahwal, aur fitnaangezi jo us ne kf, so kya wuh Israeli bidshahoD ki tawarikh ki kit^b meo marqum nahij) hai ? 16 Tab Munahim ne Tifsah ko un sab samet,jo us men the, Tirzah se leke us ki sarhaddoo tak ja mdra, kyunki usne apne darwaze khol na diye; aur us ne un sab ke, jo petwaliou thio, pet phar dale. 17 Aur shah i Yihddah Azariyah ki badshahat ke untalisweo baras Jidi ki beta Munahim Isrlelioo ka badshah haa, aur us ne Samrun men das baras saltanat ki. 18 Aur Khudawand ke huzur badkariao kin ; aur Nabat ke bete Yurubiam- wale gunahoQ se, jis ne bani Israel ko gumrah kiya tha, apne jite ji dastbardar na hua. 19 Tab Asdr ka badshah Piil us ki mamlukat par chafh aya. So Munahim ne hazar qintlr chandi Pul ko peshkash guzrani, taki wuh us ki dastgiri kare, aur mamlukat us ke qabze meo baqi rakhe. 20 Aur Munahim ne yih naqdi bani Israel se tahsil ki ; aur harek daulatmand amir se pachas misqal rdpa liya, aur Asar ke bddshah ko diya. So Asur ka badshah phir gaya, aur unki sarzamin meu ziydda na thahara. 21 Aur Munahim ka baqi ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiyl, so kyi wuh Israeli badshahou ki tawarikh ki kitab men marqum nahiu hai ? 22 Aur Muna- him apne bapdadou meu shamil hoke so raha, aur us ka beta Fiqahiyah us ke jagah badshah hiia. 23 Aur shah i Yihudah Azariyah ki saltanat ke pachisweo sal Munahim ki beta Fiqahiyah Israelion ka badshah hua, aur us ne Samrun meo do baras badshahat ki. 24 Aur Khudawand ke huzur badkariao kio, ki us ne Nabat ke bete Yurubiamwale gunahoo ko, jis ne bani Israel ko gumrah kiya tha, tark na kiya, 25 Aur Fiqah bin Ramaliyah ne jo us ke umara meo se thi, us ke barkhilaf mansuba bandhi, aur use Samrun ke darmiydn Arjub aur Ariyah ke muttasil pachas ddmioo samet, jo bani Jiliadi the, mara ; aur use qatl karke us ki jagah badshah hua. 26 Aur Fiqahiyih ka biqi ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiyS, so kya wuh Israeli badshahoo ki tawarikh ki kitab meo likha hdi nahio hai? 27 AUj. Bhah i Yihudah Azariyah ki saltanat se bawan baras guzre par Fiqah bin Ramaliyah 16 BAB] II. SALATI'N. 431 Samriin men bani Israel kd bldshih hiia, aur us ne bis baras saltanat kf. 28 Aur us ne Khudawand ke &ge badkarflo kJo, aur un gunahoo se, jin se Nabat ke bete Yurubiiiin ne IsrieUou ko gumrih kiya tha, b.iz na i.yi. 29 Aur shah i Isrlel Fiqah ke asr meo shah i Asiir Dijlatpildsar ne ake Aiyi'in, aur Abil Bait Maakah, aur Yanilha, aur Qidis, aur Hasur, aur Jiliad, aur Jalil, aur Naftili ki sari mamlukat ko le liyd : aur unheu pakarke Asur meo le dyl 30 Us waqt Husfa bin Ailah ne Fiqah bin Ramaliy.ih ke barlj.hilaf mans'iba kiya, aur use inara aur qail kiya : tfr Uzziyah ke bete Yutaai ki bddshlhat ke bisweo baras us ki jiigah badshah hua. 31 Aur Fiqah ki baqf ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, wuh Israeli badshlhon ki tawarikh ki kitab meu tahrir nahiu hai ? 32 Aur shah i Israel Ramaliyah ke bete Fiqah ki saltanat ke diisre si\ Uzziyah ki bets Yutim badshah haa. 33 Aur jab wuh takht par baitha, to pachis baras kd thd ; us ne solah baras Yirushalain meij saltanat ki. Us ki ma ka nam Yarusi tha, jo Sddiiq ki beti thi. 34 Us ne Khucawand ke huzdr nekokriri ki, aur jo kuchh kiya so apne bap Uzziyah ke manind kiya. 35 Lekin onche makdn girde na gae, aur hanoz log nnche makanoQ par qurbanido karte, aur khushhuiau jalate the. Aur us ne Khudawand ke ghar ka wuh darwdza, jo sab se bara tha, baniya. 36 Aur Yntam kd baqf ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya Yihiidah ke bidshahoo ki tawarikh ki kitab meu likha hna nahio hai ? 37 Aur unhio dinoo men Khudawand ne shiih i Aram Razin ko, aur Fiqah bin Ramaliydhko Yihadah par bhejd. 38 Aur Yutam apne bipdadoo meg ji soyS ; aur apne bap Daiid ke shahr meu apne bapdadoo ke darmiyan madfun hua : aur us ka beta Akhaz us ki jagah badshdh hai. XVI. BAB. 1 Aur Ramaliylh ke bete Fiqah ki saltanat ke satrahweo baras shah i Yihadah Yntdm ka beta Akhaz takht par baitha. 2 Us waqt wuh bis baras kS tha, aur us ne solah baras Yiriishalam men badshahat kl. Aur us ne Khudawand apne Khuda ke huzar nekokiri na ki, jis tarah ki us ke bap Daud ne ki thi. 3 Aur wuh Israeli badshahoo ki rdh par chala ; aur us ne un ajnabfos ke nafrati dastur ke mutibiq, jinhea Khudawand ne bani Israel ke samhne se nabdd kiya tha apne bete ko ig meu guzara. 4 Aur iinche makanon aur paharoo par, aur harek hare darakht tale qurbanian kio, aur khushbaiao jalain. 5 Us waqt shah i Aram Razin aur shah i Israel Ramaliyah ka beta Fiqah Yirfi- shdlam par larne charhe. Aur unhoo ne Akhaz ko gher liyd, lekin fathyab na hiie. 6 Us hi waqt shah i Aram Razin ne Ailat ko leke Aram meo phir dakhil kiya, aur Yihudiou ko Ailat se nikal diya, aur Arami Ailat meo ae, aur aj ke din tak we wuhio baste haig. 7 Aur Akhaz ne Asnr ke badshah Dijlatpildsar pas elchi bheje, aurpaigdm kiyd, ki Maio terd khddim, aur terd beta huo- So tu a, aur mujh ko Ardm ke bddshdh ke hdthoQ se, aur shah i Isrdel ke hath se, jo mujh par charh ae haio, rihdi de. 8 Aur Akhaz ne wuh rupd aur sond jo KhudaVand ke ghar meo, aur bddshdhi ^hazdne meo maujiid tha, leke shah i Asur ke liye nazrdna bhejd. 9 Aur shdh i Asur ne us ki bat mdni, aur Dimishq par lashkarkashi ki, aur 432 11- SALATI'N. [17 BAB. use le liyij, aur wah^o ke logon ko asfr karke Qir meu Uyi, aur Razfn ko qatl kiji. 10 Tab Akhaz badshah shah i Asur Dijlatpilasar kf mullqat ke liye Diraishq ko chaU. Aur us ne ek mazbah ko dekha jo Dimishq meu th5, aur Akhaz badshih ne us mazbah ka thik thik naqsha khichwake U'riyah kahin kane bheja. 11 So U'riyah kahin ne thik usi naqshe ka jise Akhaz ne Dimishq se bheja tha, ek mazbah banaya. Aur U'riyah kahin ne jab tak ki badshih Akhaz Dimishq se ayd, us maz- bah ko taiyar kiya. 12 Aur jab badshah ue Dimishq se murajaat kf, to^adshSh ne mazbah ko dekha, aur badshah nazdik gaya aur us par qurbani guzranf. 13 Aur us ne apna charhawa aur us kd hadiya chiifh^ya ; aur apna tapawan tapiya aur apn! salam! ka lahri mazbah par chhirka. 1 i Aur us ne pital ka wuh mazbah, jo IChudji- WAND ke ^ge tha, ghar ke samhne se yane is mazbah, aur Khudawand ke ghar ke bich meo se uthwaya, aur is mazbah ki uttar taraf rakhwa diyd. 15 Aur shah Akhaz ue U'riyah kahin ko hukm kiya, ki Us bare mazbah par subh ka char- hdwft aur sham ka hadiya aur badshih ka charhawa, aur us ka hadiya, aur mamlu- kat ke sare logoij ka charhawa aur un ka hadiya aur unka tapawan guzrano: aur charhawe kd sJra khun, aur zabiha ka sara loha us par chhirko; aur pital ka wuh mazbah jo hai, main us kf tajwiz karuu. 16 So jo kuchh shah Akhaz iiefarmaya U'riyah kahin ne wuh sab kiyd. 17 Aur sliah Akhaz ne payou ke kagarou ko kat dala, aur us ke upar ke bartanou ko dur kiya. aur us bahr ko pital ke bailoij par se utarke pattharou ki patao par rakhd. 18 Aur us ne us chhat ko, jo unhou ne sabt ke majma ke liye chhanw ke waste banai thf, aur badshah ke darlraad ke makan ko, jo baharwar tha, shah i Asiir ke liye Khuuawajmd ke ghar meo se nikala. 19 Aur Akhaz ka baqf ahwal, aur sab kuchh jo usne kiya, so kya wuh Yihudah ke badshahon ki tawarikh ki kitab meij maqtnb nahiu? '20 A.ur Akhaz apne bap- dadoD meu ja mila, aur apne bapdadoo ke darmiyan shahr i Daud meo gapa gaya. Aur us ka beta Hizqiyah us ki jagah bddshahhua. XVII. BAB. 1 Aur shah i Yihudah Akhaz ki saltanat ke barahweo baras Ailah kd beta Husia IsraeliOD ka badshah hiia; us ne nau baras Samiiin meu badshihat ki. 2 Aur us ne Khudawand ke age badkariao kiyaij, par na Israeli badshahoo ke maniud jo us se age the. 3 Aur jab shah i Asur Salmanazar us par charha, to Hdsia ne us ki mutabaat qabiil ki, aur use hadiye diye. 4 Bad us ke shah i Asur ne Husia met) bagawat ke mansuba ka nishan paya; kyiinki us ne shah i Misr Su pas elchi bheje, aur jaisa us ka mamdl tha, ki sx\ basal shah i Asur ke liye hadiye bhejtd thi, us bar na bheje. So shah i Asiir ne use giriftar kiya aur qaid men dala. 5 Aur shah i Asur sari mamlukat par charhi, aur Samrdn par ake tin baras use ghere rahi. 6 Aur Husia ki saltanat ke nauwep baras shah i Asdr ne Samrdn par qabza kiya, aur IsraelioQ ko asir karke le gaya, aur unhpn Khalah aur Khabur men, jo Jauzan ke nahr ke nazdik the, aur Madi ki bastioa meo basaya. 7 Aur yih is liye hua ki bani Israel ne Khudawand apne Khuda ke huzdr jis ne un ko zamin i Misr se nikalke shah i Misr Firafln ke hith se najat bakhshi, badkariau 15 BAB.] AIIBAR. 129 ke khaime ke darwaze par kahiii pas awe. 30 Aur kahin ck khatiyat kc liye, aur ek chafhawe ke liye guzran de ; aur kahin us ke jiryan ki napak ke liye Khuda'- ■WAND ke Sge us ke liye kaflra de. 31 Turn bani Israel ko un kf najisat se yiio parhez karwio, taiii we apni najasatoo meo halak na howeo, jab mere maskan ko^ jo un ke darmiyan hai, napak karen. 32 Us ke liye jise jiryan ka inaraz ho, aur us ke liye jo munazzil hone se nSpak ho, 33 Aur us ke liye jo haiz ho, aur us mard aur aurat ke liye jise jiryan ka maraz ho, aur us mard ke liye jo haiz aurat ke sSth ham khwab ho, yih hukm hai. XVI. BAB. I Phir Khuda'wand ne bad us ke ki Harun ke do bete Kuuda'wand ke nazdik de aur mar gae, .2 Miisa ko khitab karke farmaya, ki Apne bhai Ilariinkoyih kah, ki Har waqt quds men parde ke andar kafare ke sarposh ke pas, jo ahdnarae ke sanduq par hai, na aya kare, taki mar na jawe : is liye ki main badli men kafare ke sarposh par dikhai diinga. 3 Aur Harun quds men yun awe; ki khatiyat ke liye ek bachhra, aur charhawe ke liye ek mendha lawe. 4 Aur kattanf muqaddas pairahan pahine, aur us ke badan men kattani paejama ho, aur kattanl patke se us ki kamarbandhi ho, aur apne sir par kattanl amaraa rakhe : ye muqaddas kapre haiQ : aur wuh apna badan pani se dhowe, aur unhea pahin le. 5 Aur bani Israel ki jamaat se bakri ke do bache khatiyat ke liye, aur ek mendha charhawe ke liye lewe. 6 Aur Hariln us bachhre ko, jo khatiyat ke liye us ki taraf se hai, nazdik lawe, aur apne liye aur apne ghar ke liye kafara de. 7 Phir un donou buzgalon ko leke jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par Kuuda'wand ke Sge hazir kare. 8 Aur Hanin un donon buzgalon par qura dale ; ek qura Khuda'wand ke liye, aur diisra azl ke liye. 9 Aur Hariin us buzgile ko, jis par Khuda'wand ke nam ka qura pare, lawe, aur use khatiyat ke liye zabh kare. 10 Par wuh jis par azl ka qura pare, Khuda'wand ke ^ge jita hazir kare, taki us se kafara diyi jawe, aur azl ke liye bayaban meo chhor de. I I Phir Harun us bachhre ko, jo khatiyat ke liye us ki taraf se hai, lake, apne liye, aur apne ghar ke liye kafara de ; aur us bachhre ko, jo usld taraf se khatiyat hai, zabh hare. 12 Aur wuh ek ndsoz us ag ke angaron se, jo Khuda'wand ke age mazbah par hai, aur ek muthi bakhiir ke katehue masalih se bharle, aur parde ke andar lawe. 13 Aur us bakhur ko Khuda'wand ke huzur ag mejj dal de, taki bakhur ka dhiiau kafare ke sarposh ko, jo ahdnama ke sandiiq par hai, chhipawe, ki wuh halak na ho. 14 Phir wuh us bachhre ka lahii leke apni ungli sc kafare ke sarposh par mashriq ki janib ko chhirake ; aur kafare ke sarposh ke age bhi lahii apni ungli se sat martaba chhirake. 15 Phir wuli us buzgala ko, jo jamaat ki taraf se khatiyat hai, zabh kare, aur uske lahu ko parde ke andar lake jaisa us ne bachhre ke khun ke sath kiya tha, waisahi kare, aur us kafare ke sar- posh ke upar unke samhne chhirake. 16 Aur maqdis ki bdbat bani Israel ki na- pakion ke liye, aur un ke gunahoij aur sari khataoij ke li} e kafara dc ; aur wuh jamaat ke khaime ke liye bhi, jo un ke sath uu ki najasaton rahta hai, aisahi kare. 17 Aur jab wuh jamiat kc khaime men jawe, tal^i maqdis lucn kafara dc, to jab V 130 AlIBAR. [17 B^B- tak ki wuh bihar na awe, aur apno liye aur apnc ghardnc ke liye, aur bani Israel ki sSrf jamSat kc liyc kafara na dc, wahau koi na j^we. 18 Phir wuh iiikalke us kf babat kafara de; aur us bachhrc aur us buzgale kc lahu mcij se leke mazbah kc sTiigOD par aspas dale. 19 Aur apnf ungli se us par sat martaba lahu chhirake, aur use ban! Israel kf najasatoo sc tahir aur muqaddas kare. 20 Aur jab wuh maqdis, aur jamdat ke khaime, aur mazbah ke liye kafara de chuke, to us jite buzgale ko lawe. 21 Aur Ilarun apne douon hath us jite buz- gale ke sir par rakhe, aur bani Israel ki sari badkarion, aur ur ke sare gunahon, aur khataon k^ iqrar karke un ko us buzgale ke sir pardhare, aur use kisi shakhs ke hath, jo us ke liye muaiyan ho, bayaban ko bhejwa de. 22 Ki wuh buzgala vuikf sari badkarian apne iipar uthake wairane men le jaega: aur wuh us buzgale ko bayaban men chhor dc. 23 Phir Harun jamaat ke khaime men dakhil hoke un kattan ke kapron ko, jo us ne maqdis men jane ko waqt pahine the, utare, aur unko wahaij rakh de. 24 Phir pak maqam men apna badan pani se dhowe, aur apne kapre pahin ke bahar awe, aur apna charhawa aur jamaat ka chafhawa guzrane, aur apne liye aur jamaat ke liye kafara de. 25 Aur khatiyat ki charbi mazbah par jalawe. 26 Aur wuh jis ne azl ke liye buzgala chhor diya apne kapre dhowe, aur pani se nahawe ; bad us ke khaimagah men dakhil ho. 27 Aur khatiyat ke bachhre ko aur khatiyat ke buzgale ko jin ka lahu maqdis men kafara ke liye dakhil kiya gaya, khaimagah se bahar lej^wen ; aur unki khalen, aur nn ka gosht, aur sirgfn ag^ men jala dewcn. 28 Aur wuh jis ne unhen jalaya apne kapre dhowe, aur pani se gusl kare ; bad us ke khaimagah men dakhil howe. 29 Aur yih tumhare liye rasm i daimi hogt, ki satweo mahine ki daswiu tarikh turn men se harek, khwdh wuh tumhara mutwattin ho, khwah pardesi jis ki budo- bash turn men hai, apnf jan ko dukh de, aur kisi tarah kam na kare : 30 Kyunki us roz tumhare waste tumhari paki ke liye kafara diya jaega, taki tum apne sire gunahon se Khuda'wand ke dge pak hojao. 31 Yih tumhare liye sabt rahat ka hoga : tum us din apnl jan ko dukh dijiyo ; yih tumhare liye hamesha ko rasm hogi. 32 Aur wuh kahin jo mamsuh kiya jae, aur muqarrar kiya jae, ki apne bap ki jagah kahanat ki khidmat kare, kafara dewe, aur kattani kapre jo muqaddas haiu pahine. 33 Aur wuh maqdis ke liye, aur jamaat ke khaime ke liye, aur mazbah ke liye, aur kahinon ke li^'e kafara dewe. 34 Aur yih tumhare liye rasm i abadi hai, ki turn bani Israel ke liye, un ke sab gunahon ki babat, sal men ek dafa kafara do. Chu- nanchi us ke jaisa Khuda'wand se Miisa se farmaya, waisahi kiya. XVII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Miisa ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki Ilariin ko, aur us ke beton, aur sare bani Israel ko khitab kar, aur un ko kah, ki Kiiuda'wand ne mujhe yih hukm kiya hai, 3 Ki Jo shakhs bani Israel men se bail, ya bara, ya buzgala khaimagah men ya khaimagah se bahar zabh kare, 4 Aur jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par, Khuda'wand ke mask an ke age, qurbani guzranne ke liye na lawe, us shakhs par khiJn ki tuhmat hogi, ki us ne khtin bahaya, aur wuh shakhs apni guroh se kat jaega ; 5 Yih is liye hai, ki bani Israel apni qurbaniiiij, jiuhen 18 BAB.] All BAR. 131 we maidan mcD zabh karle haiij, Khuda'wand kehuzur jamaat kckhaimc kc dar- waze par kahin piis lawcu, aur unhco Kituda'wand ke huznr salamion kc zabih guzr.4neo. 6 Aur kahin wuh lahii jaiiiaat kc khaimc kc darwazc par, Kiiuda'- WANP ko mazhah par chhirakc, aur charbT ko sungh.iwc, tiiki Kiiuda'wand ke liyc khushnudi kf bii lio. 7 Aur age ko .shayatin ke liyc, jin ke pfchhe we zinakar thaharte haio, na guzranco. Un ke liye qarnoij mco yih hamesha kc liyc rasam hogt. 8 Aur tu uiihcn kah, ki Jo kol Israel ke gharanc k:1, ya musatir jo un men budobSsh kartS hai, charhawa ya zabfh guzrane, 9 Aur use jamaat ke khaime ke darwaze par, taki use KnoDA'wAND ke liyc charhane ko na lawc, wuh shakhs apnf jamaat men sc kat jaega. 10 Aur bani lyrael men se jo shakhs, khwah Israel ke gharane ka ho, khwah musifir jis ki biidobash un mcij ho, kisi khun ko khawe ; to main us khiinkhancwale par apna gazab nazil karunga, aur use us kl jamaat •mrij se kat diinga. 11 Kyiinki badan ki hayat lahii mcij hai ; so main ne mazbah par tum ko diya hai, ki tumhari janoo ke li3'e kafara de : kyunki wuh, jo kisi jdn kc lij-e kafa'i-a deta hai, so lahii hai. 12 Isi liye main nc bani Israel ko kaha, ki Tum men se koi Ijhun na khawe, aur koi musafir jis ki budobasli tum men hai, lahii na khawe. 13 Aur bani Israel men se, ya musafirou men sc jin ki budobash tum men hai, jo shakhs shikar kare, aur koi charinda ya parinda jo khane men ata haipakre; wuh us ka lahii bitawe, aur use mitti se chhipawe. 14 Kyunki yih harek badan ki jan hai ; is ka lahti jan ki jagah hai : is liye main ne bani Israel ko hukm kiya, ki Kisi gosht ka lahii mat khao: ki bar jlndar ki zindagani us ka lahu hai; jo kof use khaega, kat jaega. 15 Aur jo koi kisi haiwan ko, jo azkhud mar- gaya ho, ya use darinde ne toni ho, khawe, to wuh shakhs, khwah tumhiira mut- wattin ho, khwah musafir, wuli apne kapre dhowe, aur pani sc gusl kare, aur sham tak napak rahega ; tab wuh pak hoga. 16 Par agar wuh na dhowc, aur na gusl kare, to wuh apna gunah ap uthawega. XVIII. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko ;khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki Bani Israel se khitabkar, aur unhcn kah, ki Main Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda hiiij. 3 Tum Misr ki zamin ke sekam, jis men tum rahte the, na kijiyo, aur tum zamin i Kanan ke se kam, jahaij main tumheo lejata hiin, mat kijiyo, aur tum un ki rasmon par na chaliyo. 4 Tum mere hukmon par chalo, aur meri rasmon ko hifz karo, aur us par amal karo: ki main Kiiuda'wand tumhani Khuda hiiij- 5, So tum mtri rasmon aur mere hukmon par amal karo ; ki jo koi un par auuil kare, to wuh un se hayat pa wega : main Kiiuda'wand h'ln. 6 Tum meo se koi apne qarib ki barahnagi zahir karne ke nazdik na liowc : ki main Kiiuda'wand bun. 7 Tii apne bap ki barahnagi, aur apni ma ki l)arahna"'i zinhar zahir na kar ; ki wuh tori ma hai : tii us ki barahnagi zahir na kar. « Tti apne bap ki joni ki barahnagi zahir na kar; ki wuh ttrc bap ki barahnagi hai. 9 Tii apni bahin ki barahnagi, aur apne bap ki bcti, aur apni ma ki boti ki barahnau^i, Jthwah wuh ghar men paid^i hui ho, khwah aur kahin, zinhar zahir mat kar. 10 Tu apne bete ki bcti, aur apni bcti kibeti ki barahnagi zahir mat kar ; ki un ki barau- V 2 132 All BAR. [19 BAB. agi tcrc kl barahnagi hai. 1 1 Terc bap ki joru kf betf, jo tere bap ke nutfe se hai, teri bahin hai, tn us kf barahnagi zahir mat kar. 12 Tu apne bap kf bahin kf barahnagf zdhir mat kar; ki wuh tere bap kf rishtedar hai. 13 Apnf ma kf bahin kf barahnagf zlhir mat kar ; ki wuh terf mi kf rishtedar hai. 1 4 Tu apne bap ke bhaf kf barahnagf zihir mat kar ; tu us kf jorii ke nazdik mat ja : wuh terf chacht hai. 15 Tu apnf baha kf barahnagf zahir mat kar; ki wuh tere bete kf joru hai: tii us kf barahnagf zahir mat kar. 16 Tu apne bhaf kf joru kf barahnagf zahir mat kar; ki wuh tere bhaf kf barahnagf. 17 Tu kisf aurat kf barahnagf us kf betf samet zahir mat kar, aur tn us aurat Icf betf kf betf, aur us ke bete kf betf mat le, taki us kf barahnagf khole ; ki wuh us kf rishtedar hai : ki yih barf behayaf hai. 18 Aur tn kisf aurat ko us kf bahin samet mat le, taki us kf bhf barahnagi zahir kare, pahilf ke jite ji, ki yih us ka jalani hai. 19 Aur wuh aurat jo kaprou se ho, jabtak pak na hole, us kf barahnagi kholne ko us ke nazdf k mat ja. 20 Aur tii apne hamsae kf joru ke sath mubasharat mat kar, taki use nlpak kare. 21 Tu apne farzandon men se kisf ko Malik kf nazar ag meo mat guzran, aur Khuda'wand apne Khuda ke nam ko napak na kar : main KiiudaVand hiiB. 22 Tu mard ke sath, jis tarah aurat ke sath sota hai, mat so : yih raakruh hai. 23 Td kisf haiwan se jimaa mat kar, taki us se napak ho; aur na kof aurat kisi haiwan ke age ja kharf ho, ki us se jimaa karwae ; ki yih aun- dhf bat hai. 24 Tum un chTzon meo ap ko kisf se aludah mat karo : ki un sab kamoQ se qau- mea, jinhen maio tumhare age hankta hun, napak hotf hain. 25 Aur zamfn napak hotf hai; ki us ki badkarf ki. mutalaba us se kariingi, aur zamfn unhen jo us men baste hain qai kar dalegf. 26 Pas tum ap merf shariaton aur mere hukmon ko hifz karo, aur un karahatou men se kisf ko kof na kare, khwah tumhara mutwattin ho, lihwah ajnabi tum men rahnewala ; 27 Kyiinki zamfn ke bashindou ne jo tum se Sge the, ye sab karahaton ke kam kfe, aur zamfn napak hogaf ; 28 Taki zamfn tumharf napakf se tumhen bhf ugal na de, jis tarah us ne un qaumeu ko, jo tum se age thtu, ugal diya. 29 Ki jo kof un karahaton men se kuchh karega, to we karnewale apnf qaum men se kat jaenge. 30 So tum merf sharfat ko hifz karo, aur un mustakrih fialon men se, jo tum se age kfe gae, kof kam na karo, aur apne tain un se ganda na karo : maiij Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda hun. XIX. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wanb ne MusS lio kbitab karke farmaya, 2 Banf Israel ke sare majma ko kah, aur unhen farma, ki Tum muqaddas ho ; ki main Khuda^wand tum- hara Khudi quddus hiin. 3 Tum apne apne ma bap se darte raho, aur mere sabtou ko talaf na karo: main KhudaVand tumhara Khudi hun. 4 Tum buton kf taraf ruju mat ho, aur na apne liye dhale hue mabiidou ko ba- nao : main KhudaVand tumhara Khuda hun. 5 Aur agar tum salamf ka zabih Khuda'wand ke liye zabh karo, to tum use apnf raz£ ke liye zabh karo. 6 Yih chahiye ki jis din tum zabh karo, usi din jA dusre din khaf j5we . aur agar tfsre roz tak kuchh bachi rahe, to ^g men jala diyH 10 BAIi-l AIIBAR. 133 jiwe. 7 Aur agar wuh zara bhi tisre din kh^j'5 j^wc, to karihiyat hogi ; wuh n^maqbul ho jaega. 8 So jo koi use khaeg^, us ka gunah usi par hai, kyiinki us ne Khuda'wand ki paklza chiz ko najis kiya ; so wuh insaii apni qaum se kat jaega. 9 Aur jab tu apna khct kite, to khet ko char taraf se sab ki sab mat kat Ic, aur na apne khet ki khosha chini kar. 10 Aur tu jab apne anguron ke khoshe chune, to jo zamtn par gir parlo, un ko mat utha, aur apne angurou ka ek ek dana tor na le ; chahiye ki miskinon aur garibon ke liye un ko chhor de : maio Khuda'- wand tumhara Khud5 hun. 11 Tum chori na karo, na jhnthl muamala karo ; ek diisrc se jhiith mat bolo. 12 Aur tum mera ndm leke jhiithi qasam na khao ; tu apne Khuda ke nam ko na pak mat kar: maio Kuuda'wand hiln. 13 Tu apne hamsae par zulm na kar, na Tis se kuchh chhln le : mazdur kimazduri chahiye ki sari rat subh tak tere pas na rah jae. 14 Tu bahre ko gah' na de; tu wuh chiz jis se thokar lage andhe ke age mat rakh, aur apne Khuda se darta rah: main Khuda'wand hiio- 15 Tum hukumat men beinsafi na karo; tu miskin ki miskini par nazar na kar, aur buzurg ko buzurgi ke lij-e izzat mat de, balki insaf se apne bhai ki huku- mat kar. 16 Tu aib jaiou ke manind apni qaum men aya jaya na kar, aur apne bhai ke khun par kamar na bandh : main Khuda'wand hiin. 17 Tu apne bhai se bugz apne dil men na rakh : tu apne bhai ko nasihat kar, taki til us ke sabab khatakar na thahare. 18 Tii apne abna i jins se intiqam mat le, aur na un ki taraf se kina rakh, balki tu apne bhai ko apni manind piyar kar : maio Khuda'wand hilij. 19 Tum meri shariaton ki mulafazat karo. Tii apne bahimog ko mukhtalif jensoij se lagne mat de. Tu apne khet men kisi tarah ke bij mile hue mat bo : aur pairahan, jo kattan aur snf se milake bina gaya ho, mat pahin. 20 Jo koi us aurat se, jo kaniz aur kisi shakhs ki mangitar hai, aur na fidiya di gai hai, aur na azad ki gai hai, hambistar ho, un ko kora mara jawe : we mardale na jawen, is lij'e ki wuh aurat azad na thi. 21 So wuh Khuda'wand ke liye apna asam jamaat ke khaime ke darwSze par, yane ek mendha asam ke liye lawe. 22 Aur kahin us asam ke mendhe par, us khata ke liye jo us ne ki, Khuda'wand ke age kafara de ; tab wuh khata jo us ne ki hai, bakhshi jaegi. 23 Aur jab tum us mulk men ao, aur har nao ke mewadar darakht lagao, to tum un ka mewa na toro, aur apne iipar tin baras tak haram karo ; wuh mewa na khaya jawe. 24 Aur chauthe sal us ke sare mewe shukarguzari ke sath Khuda'- wand ke liye muqaddas honge. 25 Aur panchwen sal tum us ka mewa khao, aur us ka sab hasil apne liye jama karo : main Khuda'wand tumharaKhuda hun. 2G Tum lahu ke sath kuchh mat khao ; aur badfali aur nekfali na karo. 27 Tum apne siron ke goshe mat mundo, aur na tii apni darhi ke konou ko dur kar. 28 Tum kisi ke marne se apne badanou ko na chiro, aur apne lipar godne se nishin na do: maio Khuda'wand hiio. 29 Tii apni bcti ko behurmat na kar, ki use haramkari ko sompe, ta na howe ki zamin haram kari aur badkari se mamiir ho jawe. 30 Tum mere sabtou kimu- hafazat karo, aur mere mat^dis se daro : maiy Khuea'wand hun. 134 AHBiVIl. [20 BAB. 31 Aur turn bhiinmati aur jadugaron par iltifrit na karo, aur un ke talib na ho, ki un kc sabab se napiik ho jaoge : main Khuda'wand f umhara Khuda huo- 32 Tii us ke liye jis ka sir safed ho uth khara ho, aur burhe mard ko izzat de, aur apne Khuda se dar : main KhudaVand hvin. 33 Agar kol musafir teri zamfn par tere sath sukiinat kare, td us ko mat sata. 34 Balki musafir ko jo tumhare sath rahta hai aisa jano, jaise wuh turn mcij paida hua hai ; aur use aisa piyar kar, jaisa ap ko karta hai ; is liye ki turn Misr ki zamin men pardesi the: maio Khuda 'wand turahara Khuda hiiu. 35 Turn insaf karne men, paimafsh karne men, taulne men, n^pne men beinsafi na karo. 3G Chahiye ki tumhari puri tarazu, pure paimane, pi'iri dasserian hon : maio Khuda'wand tumhara Khuda hun, jo tum ko zamin i Misr se nikal laya. 37 So tum meri sharfaton, aur merf sari adalatou ki muhafazat karo, aur un par amal karo : main KhudaVand hiiu- XX. BAB. 1 Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ab tu bant Israel men sc, ya un musafiron men se, jin ki un men budobash hai, apnf aulad men kisf ko Malik ki nazar karcga, wuh mardala jaega, us zamfn ke bashinde us par pathrao kareu. 3 Aur main us shakhs par apna qahr nazil karunga, aur use uski jamaat men se kat diinga; is liye ki us ne apnl aulad men se kisi ko Malik ko diya, ki mere maqdis ko napSk, aur mere nam pak ko behurmat kare. 4 Aur agar us zamla ke rahnewale us shakhs se, jab ki us ne apni aulad men se kisi ko Malik ko nazar kiya chashmposhi karen, aur use qatl na karen, 5 To maio us shakhs par, aur us ke gharane par qahr nazil karunga, aur us ko un sab samct jo uski pairawi men zina karte hain, ki Malik ki pairawi men zinakar thaharen, unki qaum men se kat dalungS. 6 Aur us insan par, jo bhanmati aur jadiigaroij par iltifat karta hai, taki 'unki tarah zina kare, main us insan par apna gazab nazil karunjjii, aur use uski qaum men se kat dalunga. 7 Pas ap ko pakiza karo, aur muqaddas ho ; ki main KnuDA'wAND tumhlra Khuda hviij. 8 Aur tum meri shariaton ko hifz karo, aur tin par amal karo : main Khuda'wand hun, jo tumheu muqaddas karta huij. 9 Aur jo koi apne bap ya apni ma par Ian kare, mar dala jaega : us ne apne bap ya apni ma par lanat ki hai ; us ka khun usi par hai. 10 Aur wuh shaljchs jo dasre ki jorii ke sath, yi, apne hamsae kijoru se zina kare, wuh zina karnewala aur zina karnewali donon qatl kie jaweu. 1 1 Aur jo shakhs ki apne bap ki jorii se hambistar ho, us ne apne bap ki barahnagi kholi : we donon qatl kie jawen ; un ka khun unhin par hai. 12 Aur wuh shakhs jo apni bahii se rahe, we donon qatl kie jawen : unhon ne aundhi bat ki hai ; un ka khun unhin par hai. 13 Aur agar koi mard ke sath sowe, jaise aurat ke sath sota hai, un donon ne makruh kam kiya : we qatl kie jawen; un ka khiin unhin par hai. 14 Aur agar koi jorii ko, aur us ki ma ko bhi rakhe, jdh behayai hai: we tinon ke tinon jalae jawen, taki tumhire darmiy4n behayai na rahe. 15 Aur agar koi mard chaupae se lage, wuh qatl kiya jawe; aur tum uschaupaeko bhinuirdalo. 16 Aur agar aurat bahime ke pas jawe, aur us ke niche par jae, to us aurat aur bahime ko mardal; we jan sem^rejaweo; un ka khiin unhin par hai. 17 Aur 21 BAB.] AHBAR. 185 agar koi mard apni bahin ko, ya apne bap kf betf, y^ apnf ml kl betf ko lewe, aur baham ck ek kf barahnagt drkhcD, yih nihayat bura kSni hai ; wc donou apnf qauin ke ^ge qatl kfc jiiweu, ki us nc apnf babin kf barahnagf z^hir kf ; wub apna gunah utbawega. 18 Aur agar mard us aurat se jo bifz bai ham bistar bo, aur us kf barahnagi zaliir kare, to us nc us ka chashma khola hai, aur us ne apne lahu ki cbashma kbulw^ya: so we donou apnf apnf qaum meo se kat jawenge. 19 Aur tu apiu kbala aur apni pbupbf kf barahnagf zabir mat kar ; ki jis ne aisa kiya us ne apne qarib kf barabnagf zabir ki : aur wc gun^b ko utliawcnge. 20 Aur agar kol apnf chacbf se hambistar ho, to us ne apne chacha ki barahnagf zabir kf : we apne apne gunah ko uthawenge ; we lawahid marenge 21 Aur jo sbakhs apne bhai kf jorii ko lewe, to yih qabih hai ; us ne apne bhai kf barahnagf zabir kf : we lawalad honge. 22 So turn merf sab rasmon kf, aur meri sab sharfaton ki mubafazat karo, aur un par amal karo; taki wuh zamfn jis men main tumheij lejata bun, ki sukunat karo, tum ko ugal na de. 23 Tum un qaunioij ke dasturon par, jinhen main tum- liare age hankta huij, mat chalo ; kyiinki unhoij ne aisehi sab amal kfe, isi liyemain nc un se nafrat kf. 24 Main ne tumben kaha, ki Tum un ki zamin ke waris hoge, aur maiij us par tum ko qabiz kardunga, ki'tum us ke waris ho, wuh zamfn jis par dudh aur shahd bah raha bai : main Khuda'wand tumliara Khuda hiiij, ki tumheu khilqat meu se cbun liya bai. 25 So tum pak aur napak chaupafou men, aur napak aur pak parindon men fliraq karo: aur tum charindon aur parindon aur kisi qi^m ki chiz ke sabab se, jo zamin par rengti hai, jin ko main ne tumhare liye napak kiya hai, apne tain napak na karo. 26 Aur tum mere muqaddas log hojao, ki main Khuda'wand quddus huij, aur maio ne tumheij khilqat meo se chun liya hai, taki tum mere ho. 27 Aur jo mard ya aurat, bhanmati ya jadugar lio, to donon qatl kie jaweij : chahiye ki turn un par pathrao karo; un ka khiin unhiu par howe. XXI. BAB. T Phir Khuda'wand ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya, Kahinon ko jo bani Harbin haiu farma, aur unhen kah, ki Kof is sabab se, ki us ki gurob men kof mar jawe, napak na bane : 2 Magar us ke liye jo us se nazdik ki qardbat rakhta ho, jaise apni ma ke liye, apne bap ke liye, apne bete, apnf betf, apne bhai ke liye, 3 Aur apni kuarf bahin ke liye jo us ke sath hai, aur hanoz mard se waqifnahfn hui: wuh us ke liye napak ban sakta hai. 4 Koi sha^hs apne logoij ke darmiyan apne ko aludah na kare, aisa ki napak hojae. 5 We apne sirou ke bai na mund- iwen, aur apni dirhion ke kone na mundiweu, aur apne badanoij par pachhne na kbawcij. G We apne Khudi ke bye muqaddas bane rahen, aur apne apne Khud4 ke ism ko heburmat na karen : ki we Kiitjda'wand ke hom apne Khuda ke laham guzrante haiij ; so muqaddas honge. 7 We us rand! ko, jo tabisha ya bchurmat hai, joru na karcij, aur na us randi ko jise us ke shaubar ne talaq dl ho : kyunki we apne Khuda ke liye muqaddas bain. 8 Pas tii use muqaddas janiyo ; ki wuh tere Khuda ka khana guzranta hai : wuh tore age nuuiaddas howe ; ki main Kuuua'- WAKD tumheu muqaddas karnewala quddus bun. 0 Aur agar kisi kahin kf betf 136 AUBi^l. [22 BABv fahisha bankc ap ko behurmat kare, wuh apne bap ko zalll karti hai : use 5g men jala dewen. 10 Aur wuh jo apne bMioQ men sardarkahin hai, jis ke sir masah kS raugan dala gayl, aur jo muqaddas kiya gaya, taki kapre pahine, apna sir nangi na kare aur apne kapre na phare. 1 1 Wuh kisi murde ke pas na jawe, aur na apne bap^ aur na apnt ma ke liye ap ko napak banawe. 12 Aur hargiz maqdis se bahar na jawe, aur apne Khuda'wand ke maqdis ko behurmat na kare ; kyunki us ke Khudi ka tel malne ka nazr us par hai: maiu KhudaVand hiin. 13 Aur wuh kuari aurat se byah kare. 14 Kind, aur mutlaqa, aur bahurniat, aur chhinal rand! se byah na kare ; balki wuh apne hi qaum men kl kuari se byah kare. 15 Apne tukhm ko apnf qaum men hargiz behurmat na kare : ki main Khuda'wand use muqaddas karnewala huD- 16 Phir KiiUDA'wAND ne Mi'isa se khitab karke farmaya, 17 Ki Harun ko kah, Jo koi ki tere tukhm se apne apne qarnon men naqis ho, wuh nazdik na awe, taki apne Khuda ka khana guzrane. 18 Kyunki wuh mard jis men kuchh aib hai, nazdik na awe, jaise andha, ya langra, ya wuh jis ke aza meo kuchh kami beshi ho 19 Ya wuh jis ka paon ya hath tuta ho, 20 Ya kubra, ya bauna, ya ankh men us ki phuli ho, ya abras, ya khujli bahra, ya khusya us ka pachka ho. 21 Hariin kahin ki nasi men se koi jo aibdar ho nazdik na awe, ki KhudaVand ke homon ko guzrane ; wuh aibdar hai, wuh hargiz apne Khuda ka khana guzranne ko pas na awe. 22 Wuh apne Khuda ka khana, khwah khas muqaddas ho, khwah am, khawe ; 23 Lekin parde ke andar dakhil na ho, na mazbah ke pas awe, is liye ki wuh aibdar hai; mere maqdis ko behurmat na kare : ki main Khuda'wanu un ka muqaddas karnewala hun. 24 Tab Musa ne Hariin, aur us ke beton, aur sare bani Israel ko yih sab kaha. XXII. BAB. 1 Phir KnuDA'wAND ne Musa ko khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ivi Harun aur banf Harun ko kah, ki Bani Israel ki pak chizon se ap ko bachae rakhen, aur mere nam ko un chizon ki babat, jinhcn we mere liye muqaddas karte haiu, behurmat na karen : main Khuda'wand hun. 3 Unhen kah de, Tumhare qarnon men tumhari sab naslon men se jo koi nap^k ho, aur un pak chizon ke pas, jo bani Israel Khuda'wand ke hye guzrante hain, jawe, wuh insan mere huziir se kat jaega : main Khuda'wand hiin. 4 Jo koi Harun ki nasi men se korhi ho, ya jiryan kf bimarl rakhta ho, to jabtak ki pak na hole pak chizon men se kuchh na khawe. Aur jo koi aisi chiz ko jo marke napak hoti hai chhiie, ya use ihtilam howe ; 5 Aur jo koi kisi rengnewale haiwan ko, jise chuna napaki ka mujib hai, ya kisi aise shakhs ko jis ki napaki sirayat karti hai, koi napaki kyiinnaho, chhue ; 6 To wuh insan, jis ne aisa kuchh chhiia, sham tak napak rahega, aur jab tak apna badan pani se dho na le, pak chizon men se kuchh na khawe. 7 Aur jab aftab giiriib hoga, wuh pak lioga ; tab wuh pak chizen khawe, ki yih us ka rizk hai. 8 Wuh us chiz ko jo ag khud margai ho, ya darindon ne use phara ho, na khawe, ki us se ganda ho jaega : main Khuda'wand hun. 9 Is liye we meri sharlaton ki muhafazat karcij, ta na howeki we us ki babat guuahgar hoo, aur is liye ki unhon 22 BAB.] II. SALATI'N. 44! 3 Aur Yusfyah badsliih ki sallanat ke ath^rahwcu baras aisa hui ki bddshah ne Safan bin Asaliyab bin Musallini k^tib ko yiio kabke Kiiuuawand ke ghar ko bheja; 4 Ki tu Hilqiyah sardar k^hin pas ja, aur use kah, ki Us chandf kl, jo Khudawano ke ghar ineu lai gaf hai, aur jisc darbiuoo ne logoo se leke jama kiya hai, bisib kar. 5 Aur wuh niublag un kaiguxarou ko, joKhudawand ke ghar ke nigahbdn haiij, dewe, ki we use un karlgaroo ko, jo Khudawand ke ghar meo kani karte liaio, deu, ki ghar kc shig^foo ki marammat howe, 6 Yane bafhaJou, aur miamaroo, aur sangtarishoo ko, aur lakrioij aur tarashe hue pattharoQ ke mo\ lene ko ki ghar ki marammat ho. 7 Lekin wuh naqdf, jo unke hdth meg itf thf, kabhu us kg hisib na kiya gaya thd, is liye ki we amanatdari se kam karte the. 8 Aur sard-ir kahin HilqiySh ne Safan katib ko kah£, Maio ne Khudawand ke ghar meu Tauret kitab pSi hai. Aur Hilqiyah ne wuh kitab Safan ko di, so us ne parhf. 9 Aur Sifan katib bddshah pas aya, aur badsliah ko khabar di, ki Tere khadimoo ne wuh naqdi, jo ghar meu if, jama kf, aur un kdrguzdrou ke supurd kf, jo Khi)i>awand ke ghar ke nigahb'in haiu. 10 Ab Safan katib ne badsliah se kahi, Hilqiyah kahin ne mujhe yih kitab di. Aur Safan ne use badshah ke huzur parha. 11 Aur badshah ne jo us kitib ke mazmunou ko sund, to apne kapre phdre 12 Aur Hilqiyah kahin, aur S.ifan ke bete Akhiqdm aur Mikaydh ke bete Akbur, aur Safan katib, aur Asayah ko, jo shah kd gulam tha, farmdya, 13 Tum jao, merf aur sab logon ki, aur sare Yihudah ki babat Khudawand se puchho, ki Is kitdb meo, jo mill, ye kaisi bateo haio? Ki Khudawand kd gussa ham par nipat bhar- ka hai: ki hamare bdpdadon ne is kitab ke mazmunou ko na sund, aur jo kuchh us meu likhd hai, us ke mutabiq kuchh na kiya. 14 Tab Hilqiydh kahin, aur Akhiqam, aur Akbur, aur Safan, aur Asdyah Huldah nabiya pas gaye jo toshakhdna ke daroga Salum bin Tiqwah bin Harkhas ki joru thi. Yih aurat Yirdshdiam ke bfch ek dusre makdn meij rahti thi, so unhotj ne us se bateu kio. 15 Us ne unheg kahd, Khcda'wand Isrdel ka Khuda yuu farmdtd hai, ki Tum us shakhs se, jis ne tumheo mujh pas bheja hai, kaho, 16 Ki Khudawand yun farmdta hai. Main un sab mazmunou ke mutabiq, jiuheu shah i Yihuddh ne kitab men parhd hai, is makdn par, aur un par, jo is raakan men rahte hain, bala ndzil karun- gi. 17 Kyanki unhou ne mujhe tark kiya, aur butou ke dge khushbuido jalafn, tdki apoe hathou ke sire kamon se mujhe gairat diliwen : so merd qabr is makdn par bharkega, aur thandha na hogi. 18 Rahd, shah i Yihddih, jis ne tumko bheja, ki Khudawand se ahwal daryaft karo, so tum use kahiyo, ki Khudawand Isrdel ka Khuda yuo kahtd hai, ki Tn jo hai so tii ne un mazmunoQ ko sund: 19 Aur jab tu ne wuh bdt suni, jo maiu ne is makdn ke, aur us ke makinon ke haqq meo kahi, ki wuh wirdn, aur we Idnati honge, to terd dil narmdya, aur tu ne Khuda- wand ke age Sjizi ki, aur apne kapre phdre, aur mere age royd: so maiu ne bhf kan dhare, Khudawand farmdtd hai. 20 Is liye dekh, main tujhe tere bapdddoo ke sith shamil karunga, aur tu apne gor men salamati se madfiin hogi, aur sari dfat ko, jo mere hukm se is makdn par ndzil hogi, teri dnkhco na dekhengi. So we yih khabar bddshdb pas le gayc. F f f H2 II. SALATI^. [23 BAB XXIII. ItAB. 1 So bidshah log bhejke Yihadah aur Yirushalam ke sarc buzurgou ko apne pas jama kiya. 2 Aur bidshah sare banf Yiliudah aur Yirushalam ke sare bia- hindoo, aur kShinoo, aur nabloo, aur sab chhote baron ko leke Khudawand ke ghar ko charh gaya, aur us ne ahd kl sar! baten us kitab kf, jo Khudawand ke ghar meo niilf thJ, unhen parh sunain. 3 Aur badshah ek sutnn se lagke khara hua, aur KhudjVWAnt) ke dge ahd kiya, aur kaha, ki Ilara Khudawand ki pairawi karenge, aur us ke hukmon, aur us kf sunnatou, aur us ke qanunoa ko apne sire dil aur sari j^n se hifz karenge; aur is ahd ki batoo par, jo is kitab men likhi haio, amal karenge: aur s&re log us ahd men sharlk hue. 4 Phir badshih ne sardar kahin Hilqiyah ko aur un kahinon ko, jo dosre darje men the, aur darbanoo ko hukm karke sire bartan jo Baal aur Yasirat, aur Ssmani sire kaukaboo ke liye banle the, Khudawanb kf haikal se bahar nikalwae, aur us ne Yirushalam se bahar le jake Qaidrun ke maidanou meo unheu jalake bhasain kar diyS, aur un kf rakh ko Baitel ko bhejwa diya. 5 Aur un butparast kahinoo ko, jinheo shah i Yihddah ne barpa kiya tha, unche shiwaloo par Yihudah kf bastfoB meo> aur un makanon men jo Yirushalam ke gird o pesh the, ki khusbufSn jaliya karen, un sab samet jo Baal, aur Aftab, aur Mahtab aur Mintaq ul buruj, aur ismSn ke sare lashkaron ke liye khushbufao jalate the, mauquf kiya. 6 Aur us ne Yasirat ko Khudawand ke ghar sebdhar Qaidrun kemaidan men nikalwaya, aur use wadi i Qaidrun men jalike gard kar diya, aur us gard ko awamm logoa kf goron par ura diya. 7 Aur ganduon ke gharou ko, jo Khudawand ke ghar se mile hue the, jin meg randiau Yasirat ke liye parde bintlan thf n, dha diya. 8 Aur us ne Yihudah ke sab shahron ke kahinoo ko faraham kiya, aur un sab makanoo meo, jin meo bhf kihin ^hushbuiao jalate the, Jiba se Biarsaba tak najasat dalwal, aur us ne unche makanoo ko, jo shahr ke rais Yasiia kf daramad ke darwazon ke biyeo hath ko the, gira diya 9 Par unche makanou ke kahin Yirushalam men Khudawand ke mazbah pas na ate the, lekin we fatfri roti apne bhaion ke sath khi lete the. 10 Aur us ne Tufat par jo banf Hinnum kf wadf men hai, najasat phenkwSi, tiki koi apne beta beti ko ag men jalake Malik ke liye qurbani nakare. 11 Aur un ghoroo ko, jo Yihudah ke bidshihou ne siiraj kf nazr kiye the, Khuda'- wakd ke ghar ke astane ke barabar Natan Malik khwajasara ke dalan ke nazdik un bastfou meo, jo shahr se muttasil thin, nikila, aur siiraj kf giriou ko ig se jala diya. 12 Aur un mazbahon ko, jo Akhaz ke balakhane kf chhat par the, jinheu shlh i Yihudah ne bina kiya tha, avir un mazbahoo ko, jinhen Manassi ne Khuda- wand ke ghar ke do sahnou meo bina kiya tha, badshah ne dha diya, aur ^hak men mila diya, aur wuhio se jald jake us Ichik ko wadi i Qaidrun meo phenkwa diyi: 13 Aur badshah ne un unche makanon par, jo Yirushalam ke muqabil Koh i Fasad Jcf dahnf tarafthe, jinhen shih i Israel Sulaiman ne Saidantou ki nafrati Istirat, aur Moabion ke nafratf Kamiis, aur banf Ammun ke nafrati Milknm ke liye banayi tha, najasat dalwaf. 14 Aur un sutfinoo ko tori, aur YasfratoD ko kat dili, aur un kf jagah murdoo kf haddiau dalwafo. 15 Us ke siwa usne Baitel ke mazbah ko, aur us unche makan ko, jise Nabit ke bete Yurubiam Isrieliou ke gumrihkarnewile ne banaya thi, gira diya, aur unche makan mey ig lagi df, aur khak meo mila diya, aur Yasfrat ko jalayi. 16 Aur 23 BAB.J II. SALATI'N. 44:J jab Yi'isiya!) nc nazar pheri, aur us ne paliar par qabreu dekhio ; to us ne log bhej ke un ki haddfau uikalwaiii, aur niaxbali par jalUo, aur un par najasat dalf, jaisa ki Khida WAND ne us uiard i Kluula kf mirifat, jis ne un batou ki kliabar di, irshad kiya th£. 17 Phir us ne puchhi, Yih (jher kya hai, jise main dekhta huo? So shahr ke logou ne use kaha, Yih us mard i Khuda kf gor hai, jis ne Yihudah se akar un kaniou ki khabar di jo tii ne Baitel ke mazbah se kiye. 18 Tab us ne kaha, Use raime do, koi us ki haddioij ko na hatawe. So unhou ne us ki haddiau us luibi ki haddiou ke sath, jo Sanirun se aya tha, rahne dio- 19 Aur Yiisiyah ue un sab gharou ko, jo unche makanou par Samriin ki bastiog meo the, jinheu Israeli bidoh^hou ne bina karke Khudawand ko gairatmand kiya tha, dha diya ; aur sab jo kuchh ki us ne Baitel meo kiya tha, yahan bhi kiya. 20 Aur unche makanoij ke sab kahinog ko, jo wuhag mazbahou par the, zabh kiya, aur admiou ki haddiau un par jalaiu, aur Yirushilani ko phira. 21 Aurwuhau badshah ne sare logon ko hukni kiya, ki Khudawand apne Khuda ke liye fasah ki id karo; jaisa is ahd ki kitab nieu likha hai. 2i Aur yaqinan un qaziou ke asr se leke jo Israelloo ki adalat karte the, bani Israel ke bSdshdhoo, aur Yihudah ke badshahoo ke asr tak aisi id i fasah kabhf na hiii thf, 23 Jaisi Yiisiyah ki saltanat ke atharahweo baras Yirushalam meg Khudawand ke liye id i fasah hili. 24 Siwa us ke un ko bhi, jo dewou se yari, aur afsnngari karte the, aur muraton, aur butoij, aur sab nafiati chizog ko, jo iriulk i Yihudah aur Yirushalam meg nazar ati thin, Yrisiyah ne nabud kiya, taki shariat ki we bateg, jo us kitab meg jise Hilqiyih kaliin ne Khudawand ke ghar meg paya tha, likhi thin, puri howen- 25 So us ki manind na agle zaraane meg aisa koi badshah hai, jo apne sire dil, aur apni sari jan, aur apne sare zor se Musa ki sari shariat ke mutabiq Khudawand ki taraf phira; aur ni bad us ke koi us ke manind hna. 26 Bawujud us ke Khudawand apne sakht qahr se, jo bani Yihudah par niushtaal liua tha, na phira ; kyiinki Mauassi ne apni sari badkariou se use nipat azurda kiya tha. 27 Aur Khudawand ne farmaya, ki Maig ban! Yihudah ko bhi apiii ankhou ke simhne se us tarah diir karringa, jis tarah se ki bani Israel ko dur kiya ; aur maig is shahr Yiriisiialam ko, jise maig ne barguzida kiya, aur is ghar ko, jis ki babat maig ne kaha, ki Mera nim wuhag hoga, mard id karunga. 28 Aur Yusfyah ka baqi ahwal aur sab jo kuchh ki us ne kiya, so kyl wuh bani Yihddah ke badshahon ki tawarikh ki kitab meg likha haa nahig hai ? 29 Aur usi asr meg shah i Misr Firaiin Nikoh Furat ki samt ko Asijr ke badshah par charha, aur Yusiyah badshah ne us ka muqabala kiya, aur Majiddo meg, jis waqt us ka muqabala hdi, to use mar dila. 30 Aur us ke chakar use ek gari meg dalkc Majiddo se Yirushilam meg le gaye, aur use us ki qabr meg gara. Aur ahl i mamlukat ne Yusiyah ke bete Yahdakhaz ko leke masih kiya, aur us ke bap ki jagah use badshah kiya. 31 Aur Yahuakhaz jis waqt ki badshah hua' us waqt teis baras ka tha : us ne Yirushalam meg tin niahine badshahat ki. Us ki mS ka nam Hamutall tiia, jo Yarmiyah ki beti thi, jo Libnah ka tha. 32 Aur us ne us sab ki miuind, jo us ke bapdadog ne kiya, Khudawand ke huzur badkariau kig. 33 Aur Firaun Nikoh ne use Riblah meg, jo zamin i Hamat hai, nazarband kiya : wuh Yirushalam meg saltanat karta tha, aur ahl i mamlukat par sau qiutar F f f 2 444 II. SALAXrN. [24 BAB. ropfi, aur ek qintir soni khiraj muqarrar kiy.i. 34 Aur Firaiin Nikoh ne Yasiyih ke bete llyaqfm ko us ke bap Yusfyah kt jagah b^dshah kiyd ; aur us ka u;iin Yahdyaqfm rakhS, aur Yahuakha/. ko le gaya : so wuli Misr meij pahunchke mar gaya. 35 Aur Yahuyaqfm ne rupa aur soni Firaun ko pahunchaya ; aur jaisi Firadn ka hukm tha waisahf us ne mamlukat par khiraj muqarrar kiya : aur harek ins^n se, jo us mamlukat ka tha, iqrdr ke mutabiq rupa sona lene laga, taki Firaun ko dewe. 36 Aur Yahuyaqfm, jis din takht par baitha, pachfs baras ka tha ; U9 ne Yirnshalam meu gyarah baras saltanat kf. Us ki ma ka nam Zabiidah tha jo Rumatf Fidayah ki betl thf. 37 Us ne bhi us sab ki manind, jo us ke bapdadoo ne kiya, Khudawand ke huzur badk^rian kfo. XXIV. BAB. 1 Us ke aiydm men Babul kS bidshah Nabukhudnazr charhS, aur Yahuyaqfm ne tin baras tak us kf itaat ki ; phir wuh us se phir gaya, aur sark ishi ki. 2 Tab Khudawand ne Kasdioo kf, aur Aram, aur Moab, aur bani Amman kifaujen us par bhejfo, aur unheu banI Yihddah par musallit kiyS, ki unhen qatl kareo, jaisa ki Khudawand ne apne bandon nabfon ki marifat se farmaya tha. 3 Ki yaqinan Manassi ke sare gunahon ke bais, aur sab jo us ne kiya, Khudawand ke hukm se bani Yihddah par yih sab kuchh hua, taki use apne huzar se ddr kare, 4 Aur un sarc begunahoij ke khun ke sabab, jinhen Manassi ne qatl kiyd, kyiinki Manassi ne begunShoD ko qatl karke Yinishalam ko aisa bhar diya tha, ki Khudawand ne hargiz muSf na kiya. 5 Aur Yahuyaqfm ka b^qi ahwU, aur sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, so kya Yihfiddh ke b^dshahoa ki tawlrikh ki kitab meu likhd hda nahio hai ? 6 Aur Yahuyaqlm apne bapdadoo meu so raha, aur Yahuyakin us ka beta us ki jagah badshah hua. 7 Bid us ke shah i Misr kabhi apni mamlukat se bahar na gaya, is liye ki shah i Babul ne widi i Misr se leke nahr i Furat tak sh^h i Misr ki sari zamfn par amal kar liya tha. 8 Aur Yahuyakfn jab takht par baitha, tab atharah baras ka thi, aur Yirushalam men us ne tfn mahfne badshahat ki. Us ki ma ka nim Nahusta tha, jo Yirushalami Ilnatan ki beti thf. 9 Us ne us sab ki manind, jo us ke bap ne kiya tha, Khuda- wand ke huzur badkdriao klan. 10 Us waqt shah i Babul Nabukhudnazr ke lj;hSdim Yirushalam par charhe, aur shahr ko gher liya 11 Aur shah i Babul Nabukhudnazr ne apne khadimon samet shahr par lashkarkashi kf, aur muhasara kiya. 12 Tab shah i Yihndlh Yahuyakfn apni ma, aur apne gulamoij, aur apne khwajasaraoD, aur apne mansabdarou ko leke shah i Babul pas gaya : shah i Babul ne us ki saltanat ke athweo baras use pakar liya. 13 Aur Khudawand ke ghar k& s.4ra khazana, aur wuh khazana, jo shah ke qasr meu tha, aur un sare tilaf bartanoD ko, jo shah i Israel Sulaiman ne Khcdawaud ke ghar ke liye banae the, le gaya. 14 Aur sare Yirushalam ko, yane amfron, aur jangi bahaduroo ko, jo das hazar admi the, aur sare peshawilou, aur karigarou ko asfr karkc le gaya ; so wuhao kangalou ke siwa koi baqi na raha. 15 Aur Yahiiyakin ko us kf ma, aur us ki joruou, aur us ke khwijasaraoo, aur bahadurou samet asir karke Yirushalam Be Babul ko le gaya ; 16 Aur sare bahadurou ko, jo sat hazar jawan the, aur ahl 25 BAB.] II. SALATrN. 445 i pesha, aur ahl i hirfa ko, jo ek hazir the, garaz un sab ko, jo Jang ke Miq tlir, shah i Babul pakarke Babul ineu le ^ya. 17 Aur shah i Babul ne us ke chacha Mattaniyah ko us ki jagah tiij hakhsha; aur us ka nim badalke Sidqiyah rakh-i. 18 Sidqiyah, jab bidshah hiia, to ekkis baras ka thi : us ne gyarah baras Yinishalain ineu saltanat ki. Us kf ma ka nilin llainiitall thd, jo Libnai Yariniyah kf beti thf. 19 Us ne bhf us sab kf inanind, jo Yahiiyaqim nc kiya, KiiunAWAND ke age badkSrfau kfin. 20 Aur Khuda'wand ka ga/ab Yirushalam aur Yihiidah par ziyada hota gayri, yabau tak ki us ne unhcu upne dge se dafu kiya. Aur Sidqiyah shah i Babul se bagi hiia. XXV. BA13. 1 Us ki saltanat kc nauweo baras ke daswen mah ne ke dasweo din yuo hua ki shah i liabul Nabulchudnazr ne Yirushalam par lashkarkashi karke us ke pas khaimazan hiia, aur us ke shahr ke gird a gird hisar banaya. 2 Aur we bvdshah Sidqiyih ki saltanat ke gyarahweu baras tak shahr ko ghere hue pare rahe. 3 Aur chauthe mahuie ke nauweu din shahr men galle ho chuke: aur wuhau shahrwalou ko roti muyassar na thi. 4 Tab shahrwale tute, aur s4re bahadur ratko us dar- waza ki rah se, jo diwaron ke darmiyan badshah ke bag ki taraf ko thi, nikal ke bhag gaye; par Kasdi shahr ko ghere hiie the ; so Sidqiyah us rah se bayaban ko bhSg gaya. 5 Tab Kasdiou ki f ujon ne badshah ka pi'chha kiya, aur use Yiriho k maidan men ja liya, aur us ka sara lashkar us se juda hogaya tha. 6 So we bid- shah ko pakarke shah i Babul pas Riblah meo lae ; aur unhou ne use mahkamme men hazir kiya. 7 Aur us ke betou ko us ki ankhon ke samhne zabh kiya, aur Sidqiyah ki ankheg nikalin, aur us ke paou men lohe ki beriau bhariu, aur use Bibul ko le gaye. 8 Aur shah i Babul Nabukhudnazr ki saltanat ke untiswen baras ke panchweo mahine ke satweu din, shah i babul ka ek khadim Nabusaraddan, jo amir ul umara tha, Yirushalam men aya. 9 Us ne Khudawand ka ghar, aur badshah ka qasr, aur Yirushalam ke sire ghar, aur harek bara bafa ghar jala diya. 10 Aur Kasdiotj ke sire lashkar ne, jo us amir ul umara ke hamrah tha, us hisar ko, jo Yirushalam ke gird a gird tha, giri diya. 11 Aur un logon ko, jo shahr men baqi the, aur un ko, jo bhigkc shah i Babul ke pis rujii hue the, aur un sab ko, jo guroh men se baqi rahe the, Nabusaraddan amir ul umara pakar le gaya. 12 Aur wuhao ke kangalon ko us ne rahne diya, ki takistanon ki khabar leweu, aur kheti kareo. 13 Aur pital ke un sutiinou ko, jo Kuudawanh ke ghar men the, aur kursiou ko, aur pital ke bahr ko, jo Khudawand ke ghar men tha, Kasdiou ne toi ke chiir kiya, aur pital ko Babul men le gaye. 14 Aur degeu, aur degche, aur gulgir, aur chamche, aur pital ke sare bartan, jo wuhao kam ate the, le gaye; 15 Aur ange- thian, aur pyale, aur sab kuchh jo sone riipe ka tha, so amir ul umara Ic gaya. 16 Un do sutiinoD, aur ek bahr, aur kursioo ke pital ka wazn, jinheo Sulaiman ne Khuda'wand ke ghar ke liye banaya tha, behisab tha. 17 Ek sutun atharah hath nnchd tha, aur us ke npar ki jhar pital ka thi; aur wuh jhir tin hath buland tha : us jhrir par gird 4 gird pital ki jaliao, aur anar ki kaliau bani hui tiiiu ; aur diisre sutun meu usi tarah jalioo ka kam tha. 44G !• TAWAHl'iiH. [1 BAB. 18 Yih amir u) umar^ sardar kahin Shirdydh ko dusre kfihin Safaniyah aur tfii «J;irl)anou saiiiet, le gaya; 19 Aur us ne shahr meo ek inansabdir, jo sipalis^lar tha, aur paiich shakhs un meo jo shah ke musahib the, aur shahr meu maujiid the, aur lashkar ka bara bara muharrir, jo mamlukat kl maujiidat dekhta tha, aur sith admi us mamlukat ke,jo shahr meu the, pakare, '20 Aur amir ul umara Nabasarad- dan un ko pakarke shah i Babul ke huziJr jo Riblah meu tha, le gaya. 21 Aur shah i Babul ne Haiuat kisarzainin ki Riblah meo uq sab ki gardan mari. So ban! Yihudih apni sarzamfn se awara hue. 22 Aur Nabukhudnazrshah i Babul ne un logon par,jinhen wuh chhor gayS tha, Jiduliyah bin Akhiqam, bin Safan ko imarat bakhshi. 2.3 Aur jab sipihs4lar, aur amir ul umaraon ne suna, ki shah i Babul ne Jidaliyah ko hakim kiya, to Ismael bin Nataniyah, aur Yiihanan bin Qarih, aur Shirayah bin Tanhiimat Natufati, aur Yaazaniyah bin Maakati, apne logou samet Misfa meu Jidaliyah ke pas hazir hue. 24 So Jidaliyah ne un ko, aur un ke rafiqoo ko qasam di, aur kahi, Kasdion ke khadimon se mat daro, mulk meo baso, shah i Babul ki khidmat karo ; ki us meo tumhari bhalaf hogi. 25 Aur satweu mahine aisa hua ki Ismael bin Nataniyah, bin llisama, jo badshah ki nasi se tha, aya, aur us ke sith das bahadur the, aur Jidaliyah ko jan se mara; aur un Yahudion, aur Kasdiou ko, jo us ke sith Misfa meo the, qatl kiya. 26 Tab sab chhote bare, aur amir ul umara uthe aur Misr meo ^ rahe, kyiinki we Kasdiou se darte the. 27 Aur Yahuyakin shah i Yihddah ki asirf ke saintfswen baras, barahweo mahine ke sataisweu din aisa hua, ki shah i Bibul Awil Marddak ne apni saltanat ke pahle hi sal shah Yahuyakin ko, jo qaid men tha, sarfaraz kiya; 28 Aur us se muhabbat ki bateo kahiu, aur us kl kursl un sab badshahoo se, jo us ke sath Bibul meo the, buland ki. 29 Aur wuh libas, jo zindan men pahine tha, utar- wiya; aur wuh apni umr bhar us ke dastarkhwao par khana khata tha. 30 Aur us ke rozmarra ka kharch roz roz bila naga, jab tak ki wuh jiti raha, badshah ke l^hazane se us ko pahunchta raha. TAWARFKH Kr PAULI' KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Adam, Set, Anas, 2 Qinan, Mahalaliel, Yarid. 3 Hannk, Matusilah, Lamak, 4 Nuha, Sim, Ham aur Yafat. 5 Bani Ydfat : Jumr aur Majuj aur Madi aur Yunan aur Tubil aur Masak aur Tiras. C Aur bani Jumr : Askanaz aur Rifat aur Tugarmah. 7 Aur ban! Yunan : Alisah aur Tarsisah, Kitti aur Dadini. 8 Bani Ham: Kiish aur Misr, Fnt aur Kanaan. 9 Aur bani Kush : Sibi aur Hawilah aur Sabta aur Raama aur Sabtika. Aur bani Raamah Saba aur Dadin. 10 Aur Kush se Nararnd paida hua ; wuh zamin par jabbar hone laga. 1 1 Aur Misr se Liidi aur Anami aur Lihabi aur Naftuhi, 12 Aur Fatriisf aur Kasliihi (jin se Filisti nikle) aur Kafturi paida hue. 13 Aur Kanaan se Saida, us ka pahlautha, aur Hitt, 14 Aur Yabiisi 1 BAB] I. TAWARrKII. 447 aur Amur} aur Jirjasi, 15 Aur Ilawi aur Arqt aur Siiii. 16 Aur Arwadi aur Siinarf aur Ilamatf paidi hue. 17 Bani Sim . AiUni aur Asur aur Arfaksad aur Liid aur Aram aur U'z aur Hdl aur Jatar aur Masak. 18 Aur Arfaksad se Silah piaidi hna, aur Silah se Ibr paida hiia. 19 Aur Ibr ko do bete paid^ hue, pahle ka nim Falaj, kyuiiki us ke dinou meo zamin ki taflfj huJ, aur us ke bh£i k^ n^m Qahtan. 20 Aur Qahtan se Almudid aur Salaf aur Hisir i mnut aur Uralfh, "21 Aur Hadurain aur U'zal aur Ditjlah, 22 Aur Aibal aur Abiinail aur Saba, 23 Aur Ofir aur Hawilah aur Yiibab paidi hue. Ye sab bani Qahtan haii.i. 24 Sim, Arfaksad, Silah, 25 Ibr, Falaj, Rad, 26 Saruj, Nahur, Tarah, 27 Abiram yane Abiraham. 28 Banf Abiraham : Izhiik aur Ismael. 29 Yih un ka nasabnima hai : Ismiel ka pahlautha Nabit aur Qi'dar aur Adabiel aur Mibsam, 30 Misrai aur Dumah, Mansha, Iladad, Taima, 31 Itur, Nafis, Qidmah. Ye bani Ismael haiu. 32 Aur Abiraham ki haram Qatiirah ke bete ye hain : wuh Zimrin aur Yaqsin aur Midan aur Midyan aur Isbaq aur Snkh ko janf. Aur bani Yaqsin : Saba aur Didin. 33 Aur bani Midyan : Aifah aur Aifar aur Ham'ik aur Abida aur Ildua. Ye sab bani Qaturah haig. 34 Aur Abiraham se Izhak paida hiia. Bani Izhak : Esau aur Israel. 35 Bani Esau : Ilifiiz, Rauel aur Yaus aur lalam aur Qurah. 36 Banf Ilifaz : Taiman aur Amir, Safa aur Jaatam, Qanaz aur Tiinna aur Amaliq. 37 Bani Rauel : Naukhat, Shariq, Sami aur Mazl. 38 Aur ban! Shair : Lautan aur Sabil aur Sabaun aur Anah aur Daisan aur Asar aur Disan. 39 Aur bani Lautin : Hdrf aur Humam aur L:iutan ki bahin Timna. 40 Bani Sibil : Alyan aur Muna- Itliat aur AibSl, Safi aur Aunam. Aur bani Sabaun : Aiyah aur Anah. 41 jiani Anah : Daisan. Aur bani Daisan : Hamran aur Isbin aur Witrin aur Kiran. 42 Aur bani Asar : Bilbao aur Zaawan aur Yaaqan. Bani Disan: U'z aur Aran. 43 Aur badshahjo zamin i Addm par musallit hiie peshtar us se ki bani Israel ka koi badshah ho yehi hain : Balig bin Baur aur us ke shahr ka nim Zinahbah tha. 44 Aur Balig mar gaya, aur Yubab bin Shariq jo Basri tha, us ka janishin hua. 45 Fhir Ynbib mar gaya, aur Hashim jo Taiman ki zamin ka tha, us ka qaim maqam hua. 46 Aur Hashim mar gaya, aur Hadid, bin Badad jis ne Moab ke maidan meo Midyanioo ko mar dsla, us ka janishin hiia, aur us ki takhtgah ka nam Gawi tha. 47 Aur Hadad mar gaya, aur Shamlah i Mashriqi us ka jinishin hiia. 48 Aur Shamlah mar gaya, aur Saul jo nahr ki Rahabat ka bishinda tha, us ka janishin hiia. 49 Aur Saul mar gaya, aur Baal Hanin, bin Akbar us ka janishin hua. 50 Aur Baal Hanan mar gaya, aut Hadad us ka janishin hiia, us kf basti ka nam Fai tha, aur us ki jora kl nim Mutaiyabiel, jo Muttarid ki beti aur Ma i Zahab ki poti thi. Aur Hadad mar gaya. 51 Aur Adum ke alafye the; aluf Timna ka, aliif Alyah ka, aliif Watfd k£. 52 Aliif Ahlibimah ka, aliif Ailah ka, aluf Finan ka. 53 Alaf Qanaz ka, aliif Taiman ka, aliif Mibsar k^, 54 Aliif Majdiel ka, aliif I'ram ka. Adiim ke aliif ye haio. 448 I. TAWARIKH. [2 BAB. II. BAB. 1 Ye bani Israel haio Rubin, Samaun, Lewi, Yihudsh, Ishakar aur Zabulun, '2 DAn, Yusuf aur BInyamfii, Naftali, Jadd aur Yasar. 3 Bani Yihudah: I'r aur Onan aur Selah, ye tin us ke liye Kanainl aurat Sua kf bctl se paida hue. Aur Yihndah ka pahlautha Fr If uupa'wand ki na/ar meu sharir tha, is liye us ne us ko mar dila. 4 Aur us ki bahu Tamar us ke liye Pharas aur Shariq janf. Yihiidah ke sab bete pinch haiij. 5 Bani Phiras: Hasran aur Hamul. 6 Aur bani Shiriq; Zlrari aur Aitin aur Haimdn aur Kalki'il aur Dara, bilkuU pinch. 7 Aur bani Karmi: Akar, jis ne I.srael ki taklr ki, ki wuh haram par qabiz hui. 8 Aur bani Aitin : Azariyah. 9 Aur Hasrun ke bete jo us ke liye paidi hue, ye hain: Rahmiel aur Ram aur Kaliibi. 10 Aur Ram se Amminadab paida hui, aur Amininadab seNahsiin jo bani Yihudah ka sardar thi, paida hiia. 11 Aur Nahsun se Salma paidi hiia aur Salma se Buaz paida haa, 12 Aur Buaz se Abid paida hiia, aur Abid se Yassi paidi hiia, 13 Aur Yassi se us k^ pahlautha Iliab paida hua, aur Abinadab diisra, aur Sima tisra, 14 Nataniel chautha, Raddl paachwiu, 15 Uzm chhathwao, Diud sitwiu- 10 Aur unki bahinen Zaruyah aur Abijail thiu. Aur bani Zaniyah: Abishai aur Yiiab aur Asahel, tin. 17 Aur Abijail se Amisi paida hiia, aur Amasa ka bap Witr Ismaeli tha. 18 Aur Hasriin ke bete K£lib ne apni jord Azubah se aur Wariat se aulad pif ; Azubah ke bete ye haiu : Yasr aur Subib aur Ardun, 19 Aur Azubah mar gai? aur Kalib ne Ifrat ko biyah kiya, aur wuh us ke liye Hur kojanl. 20 Aur Hiir se U'rf paida hua, aur U'ri se Bazilliel paida hui. 21 Bad us ke Hasriin Jiliahd ke bap Makir kf beti ke pas gaya, aur sath baras ki hoke us ko biyah kiya, aur wuh us ke liye Shajiib janf. 22 Aur Shajiib se Yair paida hua jo zamfn i Jiliahd meo teis shahr ka malik tha; 23 Par Jasiiri aur Arimi Yair ki bastiou ko Qanat aur us ke dihat ke sath yane sith shahr ko un se leliya. Ye sab Jilialid ke bap Makir ke bete hain. 24 Aur bad us ke ki Hasriiu Kalib i Ifrata meo mar gayi thi, us kf jorii Abiyah us ke liye Taqiia ke bap Sahiir ko jani. 25 Aur Hasrun ke pahlauthe Rahmiel ke bete ye haiy: Ram us ka pahlauthi, aur Biinah aur Uran aur Uzm aur Akhiyah. 20 Aur Rahmiel ki diisri joru bhf thi jis ka nam Attarah, jo Aunam kf ma thi. 27 Aur Rahmiel ke pahlauthe Rim ke bete Maaz aur Yamlu aur Aqr haiu. 28 Aur banf Aunam: Sammi aur VVada. Aur banf Sammi: Nadab aur Abisur. 29 Aur Abisdr ki joru ka nam Abikhail jo us ke liye Akhban aur Muwallid ko jani. .^O Aur bani Nadab, Sild aur Anfain. Aur Sild beaulad mar gaya. 31 Aur bani Anfain. Wasai. Aur bani Was:ii : Saisan. Aur bani Saisan; Akhli. 32 Aur Sammi ke bhai Wada ke bete: Watr aur Yunatan hain. Aur Watr beaulad mar gaya. 33 Aur bani Yunatan: Falat aur Zaza. Ye Rahmiel ke bete haiu. 34 Aur Saisin ke bete na the, balki betiaQ thffl. Aur Saisan ka ek Misri naukar Yarkhi nim thi. 35 So Saisan ne apni beti ko apne naukar Yarkha se biyih diya, aur wuh uske liye Attf ko janf. 36 Aur Atti se Natan paidi hua, aur Natan se Zabd paida h'ia, 37 Aur Zahd se It'lal paida hui, aur Iflal se Abid paidi hua, 38 Aur Abid se Yahri paidi hiia, aur Yahu se Azariyah paida hua, 39 Aur Azariyah se Khalis paidi hiia, aur Khalis 5 B^B.] I. TAWARI'KH. 449 se Iliasah paidi hiiii, 40 Aur Uiasah se SIsmf paidi hM, aur Slsml Be Salum paida hda, 41 Aur Salum se Yaqamiyah paidi hui, aur Yaqamiyah se Ilisama paidi hu^. 42 Rahmiel ke bhii Kilib ke bete ye hai«: MfsS us k& pahlautha, jo Zaif ki b^p hai, aur Habrdn ke bap Marfsah ke bete. 43 Aur banf Habrdn : Qurah aur Tuffah aur Raqin aur Sama. 44 Aur Sama se Warqiam ki bip Rahin paid£ huS, aur Raqin se Samini paida hui. 45 Aur Sammi k5 beti Madn, aur Maiin Baitsdr ka bap thi.. 4G Aur Kalib k{ haram Aifah se llarran aur Mauza aur Jazfz paida hue. Aur Uarran se Jaziz paidi hdi. 47 Aur bani Wahdi : Rajra aur Yutain aur Jaisin aur Falat aur Aifah aur Shaaf. 48 Aur Kalib kf haram Maakah Be Shibr aur Tirhaaah paida hiie ; 49 Aur us se Madmannah ka bip Shaaf, aur Makbfna ka bip Siwa, aur Jibl ka bSp paidi hue. Aur Kilib k1 betJ Aksah hai. 50 Ye bani Kalib haiu: Ifrati ka pahlautha beti Hdr, Sibil, bip Qaryat Yiarim ka, 51 Salmi bap Baitlahm ka, Kharff, bip Bait Jalir ka. 52 Aur Qaryat Yiarim ke bap Sibil ke bete the : Alrii, Hissl, Almunilchit. 53 Aur Qaryat Yiarim ke gharine ye the : Witri aur Futi aur Sumiti aur Mishraf jin se Saraatf aur Istaili nikle haio. 54 Bani Salmi : Baitlahm aur Natufatf, Atrat, ahl i Ydab aur Munakhtioo ke idhe log, Sarai, 55 Aur Yaabf z ke rahnewile sifiroo ke aur Tiritiou aur Samatioo aur Shaukitioo ke gharine. Ye we Qiini haio jo Rakkib ke gharine ke bap Hamit se nikle hai(i. III. BAB, Ye banf Didd haiu jo Habrdn meo us ke Hye paidi hde : Pahlautha Amndn, Yazraeli Akhinuam se ; dusri Diniel Karmili Abijail se ; 2 Tfsri Abisalum, jo Jasur ke bidshih Talml ki beti Maakah ki beti thi, chauthi Aduniyah, bin Hajjf ; 3 Pinchwiu Safatiyih, Abitall se ; chhatwao Witriim, us kf joru Ijlah se, 4 Ye chha Habrdn raeu us ke liye paidi hue ; aur wuh wahio sir he sit baras bidshihat karti rahi, aur Yirushilam meu tentfs baras bidshihat kf. 5 Aur Yirushilam meo us ke liye ye paidi hue : Sima aur Saubib aur Nitan aur Sulaimin ye ^har Ammiel kf beti Bintsua se, 6 Aur Ibhir aur Ilisama aur Ilifalat, 7 Aur Nujjat aur Nafj aur Waffa, 8 Aur Ilisama aur Ilyada aur Ilifalat nau ; 9 Sab bani Didd siwi haramoo ke betoQ ke. Aur Tamr un kl bahin thi. Aur Sulaimin ki beti Rihibiim, us ki beti Abiyih, us ki beti Asi, us ka bet€ Yahdsafat, 11 Us ki beti Ydrim, us ki beti Akhaziyih, us ki beta Ydis, 12 Us ki beti Amasiyih, us ki beta Azariyih, us ki beta Yutim, 13 Us k4 beti Akhaz, us ki beti Hizqiyih, us ki beti Manassf, 14 U's ki beti Amdn, us ki beti Ydsiyih. 15 Aur banf Ydslyih : Pahlauthi Yuhannin, ddsri Yahuyaqfm, tfsri Sidqiyih, chauthi Salum. 16 Aur bani Yahuyaqfm: us ki beti Yakuniyih, us ka beta Sidqiyah. 17 Aur banf Yakuniyih asfr : us ki beta Saaltiel, 18 Aur Malikiram aur Fidiyih aur Sinniassir, Yaqamiyih, Hdsama aur Nadabiyih. 19 Aur bani Fidiyih: Zardbibul aur Samai. Aur bani Zardbabul : Musallam aur Hanniniyah aur un ki bahin Saldmiyat, 20 Aur Hasdbah aur Ahl aur Barakiyah aur Hasadiyah, Yd.5ab-hasad, pinch. 21 Aur bani Hanniniyah: Falatiyih aur Yasaiyih, banf Rifiyih, bani Arain, bani Abadiyih, baui Sakauiyih. Ggg 450 I. TAWiVRl'KH. [4 BAB. 92 Aur baflt Sakaniydh : Samaiylh. Aur banf Samaiyih : Ilatush aur Ijil aur Barih aur Naariy4h aur Safat, chha. 23 Aur Naariyih ke bete : Ilayuainf aur Hizqiy^h aur Azariqim, tin. Aur bani Ilayuainl : HiidSyah aur lliyasib aur Filaydh aur Aqub aur Ynhanni aur DilaySh aur An^ni, sSt. IV. BAB, 1 Bant Yihudih : PMras, Hasrun aur Karml aur Hur aur Sabil. 2 Aur RiyaySh bin Sabil se Wahdat paida hdS, aur Wahdat se Akhiiraa aur Lahad paida hiie. Ye SaraatfoD ke khandan bain. 3 Aur ye Aitam ke bap se bain: Yazrael aur Isma aur Idbis aur un kf bahin ka nam Zillfauni. 4 Aur Faniiel Jadnr k4 bap aur Azr Haushat ki. bap th4. Baitlahin ke bap Ifrata ke pahlauthe Har ke bete ye haio. 5 Taqua ke bap Sahnr kf do joniao thin, Hilyah aur Naarf. 6 Aur Naari us ke liye AkhSsarn aur Hafar aur Taimanl aur Astari jani. Ye banf Naarf haio. 7 Aur bant Hilyah : Zihrat aur Suhr aur Itnan. 8 Aur Quz se Aniib aur Zabtbah aur Harum ke bete Akirkhail ke gharane paida hue. 9 Aur Yaabtz apne bhitoo se izzatdar ihi, aur us kl ma ne kaha, ki Main azlb meg us ko jani, is liye us ne us ki nam Yaabtz rakhi. 10 Aur Yaabiz ne Israel ke Khuda se dua mdngf aur kahS, KSsh ki tii mujhe barakat bakhshta, aur meri haddeo barhatd, aur tera hith mere sdth hota, aur mujhe afat se bachi rakhta ki maio azab meo na paruo ! Tab Khudi ne us ka matlab piira kiya. 11 Aur Saulfhat ke bhai Kalub se Mahir paida hui, jo Insatun ki bap hai. 12 Aur Insatan se bait i Rafa aur Fasikh aur shahr i Nahas ki. bap Tahinnah paida hue. Ye Rikkah ke log haia. 13 Aur ban! Qanaz : Atuiel aur SMrayah. Aur bani Atniel : Hatat. 14 Aur Maunitt se Ufrah paidi hfiS, aur Shirayah se Yuab paida hua, jo kirlgarou kf wadi ka bip hai, ki •we kSrtgar the. 15 Aur Yafunnah ke bete Kalib ke bete : Iru aur Ailah aur Naam. Aur bant Ailah : Qanaz. 16 Aur banf Yihalliliel: Zaif aur Zaifah, Tairiya aur Yasariel. 17 Aur bani Azrah : Witr aur Marad aur Gift aur Yalun; wuh Miryam ko aur Sammt ko aur Istima ke bap Isbih ko jant. 18 Aur us ki Yahudf joru se Jadur ki bap Wird, aur Shaukat ka bap Hibr aur Zunukh k\ bap Waqtiel paida hue. Aur Firaan kl beti Bintiyah ke bete, jise Marad ne liya, ye haig. 19 Aur us ki joru Hudiyah ke bete jo Qailah ke bap Nahham ki bahin thf, ye haio : Jarmt, aur Istima Maakitt. 20 Aur bani Saimin : Amaan aur Rinnah bin Han- nan aur Taulan. Aur banf Wasai : Zihit aur bin Zihit. 21 Bant Selah bin Yihiidah: li", Lekah ka bap, aur Lagdah Marfsah ki bip, aur ahl i Isbi ke sdti kapre ke baninewalog ke kumbe ke gharane, 22 Aur Yiiqtm, aur Kazfbi ke log, aur Yuis aur Sharraf jo Moab par musallit htie, aur Yasabi Lahm. Lekin ye bateo atiq haio. 23 We kumhir the, aur bastiou aur ihitOD ke bishinde ; we wahio bidshah ke sath us ke kimou men rahte the. 24 Bant Samaun : Namuel aur Yamin, Yarib, Shariq, Saul, 25 Us ka beti Saliim, us ki beti Mibsim, us ka beti Misma. 26 Aur bani Misma Hammuel, us ka beti Zakur, us ki beta Samat. 27 Aur Samai ke solah bete aur chha oettio thin ; lekin us ke bhitou ke bahut bete na the, aur un ke sire gharin* Yihudah ke beton kf manind na barhe. 28 Aur we Biarsaba meu aur Muwalladah aur Hasr Sual, 29 AurBilhah men aur Azm meo aur Tawallud men, 30 aur Batuel 5 BAB.] I. TAWARI'KH. 4M raeo aur Hunnah meo aur Sfqlag ineo, 31 Aur Bait Markab^t meo aur Hirfr Siisfn meu aur Bait Birdi meo, aur Sagarfn mep rahte the. Ddud kf saltanat tak ye un ke shahr the. 32 Aur un ke hisr : Aitam, aur Ain, Rummin aur Tukre aur Aaan, pinch shahr; 33 Aur sab dihat, jo Baal tak uo shahrou ke ispis the, ye un ke maqam aur urt ke nasabnima haio- 34 Aur Misobab aur YamUk aur Yt'isah bin Amasiyih, 35 Aur Yiiel aur Ydhu bin Yasfbiyah bin Shirayah bin Astel, 36 Aur Ilayuainl, zur Yaaqtibah aur Ya9ukh5yah aur Asiyih aur Adfel aur Yasimiel aur Hinlyah, 37 Aur Zaizi bin Shifai bin Allun bin Yadayah bin Simri bin Samayih. 38 Ye, jin ke nim mazkdr hde, apne apne gharine ke sardar the, aur un ke abai gharane bahut barh gaye. 39 Aur we Jadur ke magrib ko wddi ke mashriq tak apne gallon ke Hye charaf dhundhne gaye. 40 Aur unhoo ne chiknf aur achchhi chardf aur bare phailao aur chain aur sukh kf zamfn p4i, ki Ham ke log age us meo rahte the. 41 Aur we jin ke nim likhe gaye haio, shah Yihiidah Hizqiyih ke dinoo meo charh ae, aur un ke khaimoo aur makanou ko, jo wahao pie jSte the, mir liyS, aur unheo aj ke din tak halak kiyi, aur un kf jagah meo rahe, kyunki un ke gallog ke liye wahaQ charal thi. 42 Aur un men se, yine Samaun ke beton meo se pinch sau mard Shafr ke pahar par gae, aur Wasaf ke bete Falatiyah aur Naariyah aur Rifayah aur Uzziel an ke sardar the, 43 Aur bache hiie Amaliqfon ke biiqi logoo ko mirke wahao- ij ke dia tak rahte &e haig. V. BAB. I Aur banf Rubin Israel ka pahlautha (ki wuh to us ki bari betd tha, lekin is- hye ki us ne apne hip ke bichhaune meo kbalal kiya tha, uski baraf Israel ke bete Yusaf ke betoo ko di gai, par nasabnama barai ke muwafiq nahio : 2 Yihiidah albatta apne bhafoo meo buzurg tha, aur us meo se ek peshwi hiiS, lekin barai 3 Ydsaf kl thaharf ;) So Israel ke pahlauthe Rubin ke bete : Hanuk aur Phaln, Hasdn aur Karmf. 4 BaniYdel:us ka beti Samaiyih, us ka beta Yajdj, us k a beta Simaf. Us ki beta Maikah, us ka beta Riyayah, us k^ beti Baal, 6 Us k£ beta Biarah jis ko Asdr k4 badshah Dijlatpilasar legaya ; wuh Rubinfoo ka sardar tha. 7 Aur us ke bhaf un ke ghar^noa ke muwafiq nasabndrae meo un ke tawalludat ks mutabiq ye the : sardar Watel aur Zikriyah aur Balig bin Aziz bin Saraa bin Ydel, wuh Arair raeo aur Nabd aur Baal Main tak ibad hua. 9 Aur mashraq kf taraf nahr i Furat se bayaban ke ine tak raha kiya ; ki ua ke bahutse galle zamfn i Jiliad meo the. 10 Aur Sadl ke dinoa men we Hajirfon se larne gae, aur we un ke hath se mare pari, aur we Jiliad kf mashriq ki sari sath par un ke ^haimoo meo base. II Aur banf Jadd un ke igc zamfn i Basan meo Salkat tak rahe : 12 Sardar Ydel, aur dusra ShafFin, aur Yaani aur Safat, Basan meo. 13 Aur ua ke bhaf un ke ibaf gharine ke muwdfiq ye haio : Mikael aur Musallam aur Shiba aur Yuri aur Yaakin aur Zfa aur Ibr, sat. 14 Ye banf Abikhail bin Hdrf bin Ardkh bin Jiliad bin Mikael bin Qasfsi bin Wahdd bin Bdz. 15 A^hf bin Abdiel bia Jdni un ke abwf gharane ka sardar thi. 16 Aur we Jiliad aur Basan meo aur G g g 2 452 I. TAWAIII'KII. [6 BAB. «n kf bastfoo meD, aur Sarun ki s5ri charigAhoo meo un kf sarhaddou tak rahe. 17 Yihfjddh ke bidsMh Ynt£m ke dinoo meo aur Israel ke badshSh Yurubiiin ke dinoo men un sabhoo ka nasabn^ina likhS gay^. 18 Aur bant Rabin, aur Jaddl aur Manassi ki Adh^ sibt diler mard aur sShib i sipar o teg aur tfrandaz aur jangSzmuda chaufilis bazar sdt sau sith sba](:bs the» 19 Jo jang karne ko nikal jake Hajirtoo se aur Itiir aur Nafis aur Nadab se lare. 20 Aur we un par galib hue, aur Ilajiri aur sab, jo un ke sath the, un ke hith meo giriftir hue, kyrinki unhoo ne larii meo Khuda ki du£ kf, aur un kf du4 qabul hof, ki unhoQ ne us par bharosi rakha. 21 Aur we un k& mal yane un ke pachas hazir unt, aur arhai llkh bher, aur do hazar gadhe, aur ek lakh idmf le gae. 22 So bahut se log zakhm khike gir gae, ki jang K.hudi kf thf. Aur we jilawatan ke waqt tak un kf jagah meo rahte the. 23 So Manassi ke 5dhe sibt ke log us sar- «amfn meo IJasan se Baal Htirman aur Sanfr aur Harmun ke pahar tak base: we bahut hfie. 24 Aur un ke dbii gharane ke sardir ye the : Gifr aur Wasaf aur lliel aur Azriel aur Yarmiyah aur Hudiy^h aur Wahdiel jo jawinmard, shahzor, slhib i nam aur apne Sb^f gharane ke sardar the. 25 Lekin we apne bSpd^doo ke Khud^ se phir gaye, aur us mulk ke logoo ke mibddoo ke pichhe zini meo ehale, jinheo KhudS ne un ke dge halak kiya. 20 Tab Israel ke Khudl ne Asur ke badshdh Pul ka dil aur Asiir ke bddshah Dijlatpilisar ka dil ubh^ra, aur unheo y^ne Rubfou ko aur Jaddioo ko aur Munassf ke ddhe sibt ko jiUwatan kariya, aur unheu Khalah ko aur Khabar aur Hara aur Jauzan ki nahr ko lay4 ; yih ij ke din tak un ki ahw&l hai. VI. BAB. 1 Bani Lewf : JirsSn, Qihat aur Mirarf. 2 Aur bant Qihdt : Amram, IzhSr aur Habrun aur Uzziel. 3 Aur banf Amram : Haran aur Musa aur Maryam. Aur bani Harun : Nadab aur Abihii, Iliazr aur I'tamar 4 Iliazr se Finihis paidi hua, Finihas se Abisua paida hna, 5 Aur Abisua se Baqi paidi h6£, aur Biqf se Uzzi paidi huC, 6 Aur Uzzi se Sliarqiyah paidi hua, aur Sharqiyah se Miryit paidi hua, 7 MiryU se Amariyah paidi hiii, aur Amariyah se Akhitub paidi hui, 8 Aur Akhitiib se Sadiiq paidi hui, aur Saddq se Akhimaaz paida haa. 9 Aur Akhimaaz se Azariyih paida hua, aur Azariyah se YdhannSn paidS hdS. 10 Aur YuhaunSn se Azariyih paida hua (yih wuh hai jo us ghar meo kdhin tha jo Sulaiman ne Yirushalam men baniya) 11 Aur Azariyah se Amariyah paidi hui, aur Amariyih se Akhitub paida hua, 12 Aur Akhitub se Saddq paidi hui, aur Saddq se Saldm paida haa, 13 Aur Siliira se Khilqiyah paida hua, aur Khilqiyih se Azariyih paidi hna, 14 Aur Azariyah se Shirayah paida hui, aur Shiriyih se Yahusadaq paidi hni, 15 Aur jis waqt Khudawand ne Nabukhud- nazr kg hith se Yihddah aur Yirushalam ko jilawatan karayi, Yahusadaq uthgayi. 16 Bani Lewf: Gairsuni, Qihat aur Mirarf. 17 Auf Gairsum ke betoo ke nim ye haio : Libnf aur Simai. 18 Aur banf Qihat : Amram aur Izhir aur Habrun aur Uzziel. 19 Bani Mirarf : Muhli aur Musi. Aur ye Lewfoo ke khandin un ke bipoo ke muwifiq hain : 20 Bani Gairsum : us ka beti Libnf, us ka beti Wahdat, us ki beti Zimmah, 21 Us ki befi Yuakh, us ki bera I'dii, us ki beti 6 Bm.] I. TAWARt'KH **3 Shariq, us ki beti Yaatrf. 2J Bant Qihat : us k4 beta Amminadab, U8 ki bet* Qurah, us ki beti Asfr, 23 Us ki bet4 Ilqanah, us ka be^i Abiasaf, us V.& beti Asir, '24 Us kd beta Tahit, us ka beti U'riel, us k^ beti Uxziyah, us ka beta Saul. 25 Aur bani Ilqanah : Amisf aur Alchimaut, 26 Us ki beta Ilqanah, ua ka beU Ilqanah Safi, us k4 beta Naukhat, 27 Us ka beta Iliab, us k* bet* Yaruliam, us kA beta Ilqanah. 28 Bani Samuel: bard Wasni aur Abiyih. 29 Bani Mirari : Muhlf, us ki beta Libnf, us ka beti Samat, us ka beti Uzzah, 30 Us ki beti Simi, us ka beta Hajjiyah, us ka be^i Asiyah. 31 Ye we haiu, jinheo Dind ne Khudawand ke gharmeo gane ki khidmat par muqarrar kiya, jab se sandiiq iramgahmeg iya. Aur we jamiat ke khaime ke mas- kan ke ige khidmat karte the, jab tak ki Sulaiman ne Yirushalam meo Khui> awand k& ghar na banayi, aur we apni apni birf ke muwifiq khidmat meu hazir bote the. 33 Aur hizirfo aur un ke bete ye halo : Qihitfou ke betoo se: Haimia surodf bin Yiiel bin Samuel. 34 Bin Ilqanah bin Yaruham bin Iliel bin Tu^h, 35 Bin Zaif bin Ilqanah bin Mahat bin Amisf. 36 Bin Jlqanah bin Ydel bin Azariyah bin Safaniyah, 37 Bin Tahat bin Asir bin Abiasaf bin Qurah, 38 Bin Izhar bin Qihat bin Lewi bin Isriel. 39 Aur us ka bhai Asaf, jo us ke dahne khari hoti thi : Asaf bin Barakiyih bin Sami, 40 Bin Mikael bin Baasiyih bin Malikiyah, 4 1 Bin Atni bin Shiriq bin Adiyahj 42 Bin Aitan bin Zimmah bin Simai, 43 Bin Wahdat bin Gairsum bin Lewi. 44 Aur bani Miriri un ke bhif biyao hith khare bote the : Aitan bin Qfsi bin Abdi bin Maldk, 45 Bin^Hasabiyah bin Amasiyah bin Khilqiyih, 46 Bin Amasi bin Bini bin Samr, 47 Bin Muhli bin Musi bin Mirari bin Lewi. 48 Aur un ke bhii Lewi Bait Allah ke maskan ki sari khidmat par muqarrar hue. 49 Aur Hariin aur us ke bete charhawe ke mazbah par aur bakhiir ki qur- bangah meo qurban charhate the, aur quds ul aqdas ki khidmat meo aur Israel ke muif karwane men hazir rahte the, jaisa ki Khudi ke bande Musi ne in sab ka hukm kiya thi. 50 Aur ye bani Harun : us ki beta Hiazr, us ki beti Finihas, us ki beti Abisua. 51 Ua ka beta Biqi, us ka beti Uzzi, us ka beta Sharqiyah, 52 Us ki beta Mirat, uski beti Amariyah, us ka beti Akhitiib, 53 Us ki beta Sadnq, us ki beta Akhi- maaz. 54 Aur Qihati gharine ke bani Lewi ke rahne ke maqim un ki sarhaddoQ meo jo unheo qura se mile, ye haio- 55 Unhou ne Yihudah ki zamfn meo Habriin aur is pis ki girdnawah ko unhen diya. 56 Lekin shahr ki khet aur us ki dihat Yafunnah ke bete Kalib ko diye. 57 Aur bani Lewi ko panih ke shahr mile: Habran aur Libnah aur us ki girdnawih, aur Watr aur Istima aur us ki girdnawih. 58 Aur Hailin aur us ki girdnawah, aur Dabfr aur us ki girdnawih, 59 Aur Asan aur us ki girdnawih, aur IJait ul Shams aur us ki girdnawah, 60 Aur Binynmin ke firqemeose: J iba aur us ki girdnawah, aur Alimat aur us ki girdnawah, aur Anatdt aur us ki girdnawih. Un ke gharanoo ke sab shahr terah haig. 61 Aur Qihit ke biqi betoo ko idhe firqe ke khindan se yine Manassi ke adhe firqe se das shahr qura se mile. 62 Aur Gairsum ke betoo ko, un ke gharinoo kc muwatiq, Ishakar ke firqe se aur Yasar ke firqe se aur Naftili ke firqe meo se aur Basan meo Manassi ke adhe firqe se tarah shahr mile. 63 Mirari ke betoo ko, un ke 454 I. TAWARrKH. [7 EAB. ghar^nou kc muwafiq, Riibin ke flrqe se aur Jadd ke firqe se aur Zabulun ke firqe se hirah shahr qura se mile. 64 So bani Israel ne Lowioo ko we shahr aur un ki girdna- waheo dfu. 65 Pas banf Yihfidah ke firqe se aur banf Samaan ke firqe se aur banI Binyamin ke firqe se ye shahr jinke nam mazkor hde, qura se diye gae. 66 Aur jo banf Qihit ke gharanog se baqi the, un kf sarhaddou ke shahr Ifraim ke firqe se the. 67 Aur panah ke ye shahr unheij mile : koh i Ifraim men Sikm aur us ki girdnlwlh, Jazr aur us kl girdnawah, 68 Aur Yuqmiam aur us kf girdnawih, aur Bait Haur4n aur us ki girdnawah, 69 Aur Aiyulan aur us ki girdnawdh, aur Jannat RummSn aur us kf girdnawah, 70 Aur Manassf ke idhe firqe se Anfr aur us kf girdnawih, aur Balaam aur us kf girdnawah: bafp banf Qihit ke gharlne ko ye mile. 71 Banf Gairsum ko: Manassf ke adhe firqe ke gharane meo se Basan meo Jaulin aur us kf girdnawah, aur Istarit aur us kf girdnawah ; 72 Aur Ishakar ke firqe se Qidis aur us kf girdnawah, Dabirat aur us kf girdnawah, 73 Aur R&mat aur us kf girdnawah, aur Ainaim anr us kf girdnawah ; 74 Aur Yasar ke firqe se Masai aur us kf girdnawah, aur Abdan aur us kf girdnawah, 75 Aur Huquq aur us kf girdnawah aur Rahab aur us kf girdnawih; 76 Aur Naftali ke firqe se: Jalfl meo Qidfs aur us kf girdnawah, aur Hammun aur us kf girdnawah, aur Qaryatain aur us kf girdnawah. 77 Baqf banf Mirarf ko Zabulun ke firqe se mile : RummSn aur us kf girdnawih,. aur Tabtir aur us kf girdnawah. 78 Yiriho ke nazdik Yardan ke p5r yine Yardan kf pdrab taraf Rubin ke firqe se bayabin meij Busr aur us kf girdnawah, aur Wahsat aur us kf girdnawah, 79 Aur Qadimat aur us kf girdnawah, aur Maufaat aur us kf girdnawih, 80 Aur Jadd ke firqe se Jiliahd meo Ramat aur us ki gird- nawah, aur Mahnain aur us kf girdnawah, 81 Aur Hasbiin aur uskf girdnawih, autr Yaazfr aur us kf girdnawih. VII. BAB. 1 Aur banf Ishakar : Tola aur Fuhat, Yasub aur SimrSn, chSr. 2 Aur banf Tola : Uzzf aur Rifiyih aur Wariel aur Wahmf aur Ibsam aur Sam tel, jo Tola ke abwi gharane meo apne khandanoo ke sardar aur jawanmard the, aur Diud ke aiyam meg un kd shumar blfs hazar chha sau tha. 3 Aur banf Uzzf : Ishraqiyah. Aur banf Ishraqiyah : Mikael aur Abadiyah aur Yuel, Yassiyah, pinch, aur sab sardir the. 4 Aur un kepas unkekhandanou ke muwafiq, yane un ke abaf gharane ke mutabiq jang ke lashkar ke chhattfs hazar mard the, kyiinki unkf bahutsi jornao aur bete the. 5 Aur un ke bhaf Ishakar ke sare gharanoo meu jawanmard the, aur nasab- name meu bilkull sattasf hazar the. 6 Binyamin: Balig aur Bikr aur Wadiael, tin. 7 Aur bani Bilig : Isban aur Uzzf aur Uzzfel aur Yarfmat aur I'd, pinch, apne Ibli ghanine ke sardar bare bahadur log aur apne nasabnamou meu bals hazar chautis gine jate the. 8 Aur bani Bikr : Zamfrah aur Yuas aur Iliazr aur Ilayuainf aur Umri aur Yarimat aur Abiyah aur Anatnt aur Alamat ; ye sab Bikr ke bete the. 9 Aur apne nasabname meo apne khandanoo ke muwafiq apne abwf gharane ke sardar the, aur bis hazlr do sau bare bahadur log gine jate the. 10 Aur bani Wadiael: Bilhan. Aur banf Bil- han : Yans aur Binyamin aur Ahud aur Kanaanah aur Zaitan aur Tarsis aur 7 BAB.] I. TAWyVRI'l^H ' 455 Al^hisahar ; 11 Ye sab Wadfael ke bete apne abwi ratsoo ke muwifiq bare bahi- dur log the, aur satrah hazSr do sau sipahl lashkar meu nikalte the. V2 Aur Suff iiii aur HufRm, I'r ke bete, llashfm, Akhfr ke bete. 1.1 Banf Naftalf : Ilissiel aur Junf aur Wisr aur Salum bani Bilhah. 14 Banl Manassf: Yasriel jise wuli janf; us ki ArSmi haram Jiliid ke b5p Makfr ko jaof. 15 Aur Makirne HufFiin aur Sutfim meu se joru ki, aur uski bahfn k& n^m Maakah tha, aur ddsre ka nSm Silfiahad tha, aur Silfiahad ki betiao thfo. 16 Aur Makfr ki joru Maakah ek beta jani, aur uska nam Faris rakhi, aur uske bhli ka nam Shurs, aur us ke bete Aulam aur Raqtn the. 17 Aur banf AuUm: liadan. Ye Jiliad bin Makir bin Manassf ke bete the. 18 Aur uskf bahin Malikah Insihiid aur Abiazr aur Mahlah kojani. 19 Aur banf Simiwada : Akhyan aur Sikm aur Liqhf aur Aniam. 20 Aur bani Ifraini : Siitalah ; us ka betl B£rid, usk^ beta Tahat, uska beti Iliadah, us ka beta Tahat, 21 Us ka bet^ Zabad us ki beta Sutalah aur Azr aur Iliahd, jiuhei) Jannat ke logoo ne, jo us zamin meo asli bashinde the, rair dila, kyuaki we un ke galloo ke lene ko utar 5.e the. 22 Aur un ka bap Ifraim bahut dinoD tak raitam kartS raha, aur us ke bhal use tasalli deneko ie. 23 Aur wuh apni jord ke pas gayi aur wuh himila hui aur ek bete kojani, aur us ne us ka nam Bariat rakha, kyunki us ke ghar meo burai hiia tha. 24 Aur uski betf Sairah thf, jis ne Bait i hauran i ali aur sifil aur Uzn i Sairah banay^ ; aur us ka beta Rifih, 25 Aur us ki beta Rasf aur Talah, aur uska beta Tahan, 26 Us ki. beta Lagdin us ka beti Ammihud, uska beta Ilisama, 27 Us ka betil Nun, us hi beti Yahusda 28 Aur un ke aml£k aur maqam Baitel aur us ki. dihat, aur mashriq kf taraf Naaran aur maghrib ki taraf Jazr aur u ki dibit aur Sikm aur uska dihat, Azzah aur uske dihat tak, 29 Aur banf Manassi ki taraf Baitshin aur uskd dihat, Taannuk aur us ka dibit, Majidda aur uska dihlt, Dar aur us ki, dihat the. In mey Yiisaf bin Israel ke bete base. 30 Bani Yasar : Yumnat aur Iswah aur Iswi aur Bariat aur un ki bahin Shiriq. 31 Aur bani Barfat : Hibr aar Malkiel, wuh Birzat ka bap. 22 Aur Hibr se Yaflit aur aur Samir aur Khatim aur unki bahin Siia pa.da hue. 33 Aur bani Yaflit : Fasik aur Bimhal aur Aswat, ye bani Yaflit haig. Aur bani Samir : Alj:hf aur Rubjah aur Hubbah aur Arlm. 35 Aur us ke bhlf Hilm ke bete . Safih aur Yimni aur Sils aur Amal. 36 Aur bani Slfih : Snh aur Harnafr aur Suil aur Biari aur Imrah, 37 Busr aur Hud aur Samml aur Silsah aur Witran aur Biara. 38 Aur bani Witr : Yafunnah aur Fisfah aur Ara. 39 Aur bani Guild : Arakh aur Han- niel aur Riziya, 40 Ye sab Yasar ke bete abaf gharane ke rais, khlss log, bare bahldur, sardar rais the. Aur we fauj aur jang ke liye uasabname aur shumar meo chhabfs hazar luard the. VIII. BAB. 1 Aur Binyamin se us ki pahlautha Baligpaida hdl, ddsra Asbil, tfsra Akhira^h 2 Chauthi Naukhat, aur panchwao Rafd. 3 Aur Bilig ke bete the: Addir aur Jairl aur Abihdd, 4 Aur Abisda aur Naamin aur Akhdh. 5 Aur Jaira aur Safufan aur Uaurim. 6 Ye Ahnd ke bete haiu jo Jiba ke blsbindou ke abwi rafa 430 I. TAWARrKH. [8 BAB. the aur unhoi) ne unheo Munil^hat ineu jii^watan kar£yi: 7 Y^ne Naam&a aur i\khiy^h aur Jairi, iisf ne unheu jiliwatan karw^y^, aur us se Uzzi aur Akhihud paida hde. 8 Aur unheu bhej dene ke bad Saharain se Moab ke maidin meu lai ke paidi hue. Ilusfm aur Baara us ki joruao thfo. 9 Aur us ki joru Huds se Yubab aur Zibya aur Maisi aur Malkam, 10 Aur Yauz aur Sabiyah aur Mirmah. paida hue. Ye us ke bete abwi rals the. 11 Aur Husim se Abitubaur Iliftal paLd& hue. 12 Aur bani Ilifial: Ibr aur Mishamaur Simir, us se Aunn aur Ludd aur us ka dihat ibdd hue. 13 Aur Bariat aur Sama ne, jo AiyuUn ke bashindoo ke abwi rais the, Jannat ke bdshindon ko bhaga diya. 14 Aur Akhyu,Shashaq aur Yarimat 15 Aur Zabadiyih aur Ar^d aur Adr, 16 Aur Mfkael aur Isfah aur Yuakh, ban! Bariat haiu. 17 Aur Zabadiyah aur Musallam aur Hisq! aur Hibr, 18 Aur Yas- mar! aur Yazliyah aur YubSb, bani Ilifial haiu. 19 Aur Yaqfm aur Zikrf aur Zabdf. 20 Aur Iliainf aur Zilltf aur lliel, 21 Aur Adayah aur Birayah aur Siinrat, bani Samai haio- 22 Aur Isfan aur Ibr aur Hiel, 20 Aur Abdan aur Zikri aur Hanan, 24 Aur Hananiyah aur Ailim aur Antatiyah. 25 Aur Yafdiy^h aur Fanfiel, bani Shashaq haio. 26 Aur Simsari aur Sahariyah aur Ataliyih. 27 Aur Yaarusiyih aur Iliyah aur Zikri, bani Yaruham haie. 28 Ye apne gharanou meo abwi sardir aur rais the, we Yirashalam meo rahte the. 29 Aur Jibadn meo Jibaan kd hip rahta th^, aur us ki joru ki nam Maakah tha. 30 Aur us ki, pahlautha beta Abdin, aur Sur aur Qis aur Baal aur Nadab, 31 Aur Jadnr aur Akhya aur^Zikr. 32 Aur Miqlat se Simyah paida hdi, aur we bhi apne bhiioo ke ige Yiriishalam meo apne bhaioo ke sith rahte the. 33 Aur Naiyir se Qis paidi hfia, aur Qis se Saiil paidi haa, aur Saul se Yahu- natan aur Malkisua aur Abinadab aur Insbaal paida^hue. 34 Aur Yahunatan ka beti Muribbaal tha; aur Murlbbaal se Mikah paidi haa. 35 Aur banf Mikah : Faitin aur Milik aur Taaria aur Akhaz. 36 Aur Akhaz se Yahiiaddah paida hiia, aur Yahaaddah se AHmat aur Aziinaut aur Zimri paida hue. 37 Aur Zimri se Mauzi paida hua, aur Mauzd se Banah paida hui, us ki beta Rafah, us ka beta Iliasah, us ka beta Asil. 38 Aur Asil ke chha bete the, aur ye un ke nam : Azriqam, Bakiru aur Ismael aur Sagariyah aur Abadiyah aur Hannia. Ye sab Asil ke bete hain. 39 Aur us ke bhii Isq ke bete: us ka pahlauthi Aulam, dus- Ti Yads, tisra Hifalat. 40 Aur AuUm ke bete bare himmatwale kamindir the, aur us ke bete aur pote bahut se yane deyh sau the. Ye sab bmi Binyamin se haia. IX. BAB. 1 Aur tamam Isrdel ke gharanoo ki nasabnamS likha gaya, aur dekho we Israel aur Yihiadah ke badshahou ke daftar meo likhe hue halo. Aur we apne gunahoo ke sabab Bibul meo jilawatan hue : 2 Jo pahle apni milkoo aur apne shahroo meo basne ko phir ie, so Israeli aur kahin aur Lewi aur bait ul muqaddas ke khadim the. 3 Aur Yirushalam meo bani Yihudah men se aur bani Binyamin meo se, aur bani Ifraim aur Manassi meo se rahnewale the : 4 U'ti bin Ammihud bin Umri bin Imri bin B^nf, min bani Pharas biu Yihudih. 5 Aur Silinfou meu se: Asiyih pahlauthi aur us ke bete. G Aur bani Shariq meo se : Yauel aur un ke chha sau nauwe bhal. 9 BAB.] I. TAWARI'KH. 457 7 Aur hani Binyamfn meu se : Sallii Lin Musallam bin Hiidiyih bin Sinuah, 8 Aur Ibniyih bin Yaruham; aur Ailah bin UzzI bin Mikri ; aur Musallam bin Safatiyah bin Rauel bin Ibniyah, 9 Aur un ke gharanou ke nau sau chhappan bh^i. Ye sab mard apne abai gharine ke abwf rais ihe. 10 Aur kahinou nieo se : Wada'yah aur Vahtiyarib aur Yakfn ; 11 Aur Azariyih bin thilqiyah bin MusaUam bin Saduq bin Mirat bin Akhitub jo Khuda ke ghar ki peshwi thri ; 12 Aur Adayah bin Yaruham bin Fashur bin Malikiyah, aur Maasf bin Adiel bin Yahzfrah bin Musallam bin Muslim bin Amfr, 13 Aur un ke bhaf, unke ibSi gbarane ke rais, ek hazir sit sau sath the, jo Khuda ke ghar kf I^hidmat ke kirn men bare laiq the. 14 Aur Lewfoo men se : Samaiyah bin Hasub bin Azriqam bin Hasabiyah, ban! Mirdri meu se ; 15 Aur Baqbaqqar, Hars aur JaUl aur Mattaniyah bin Mikah bin Zikri bin Asaf ; 16 Aur Abadiyah bin Samaiyah bin Jalal bin Yadutun; aur Barakiyah bin Asa bin Ilqanah jo Natiifatiou ke hisarou men basta tha. 17 Aur darban : Salura aur Aqub aur Zulinan aur Akhimann aur un ke bhai, Salura sardar tha. 18 We ab tak bUlshah ke darwaze par mashriq ki taraf rahkar bani Lewi kiguroh ke darbin haiu. 19 Aur SaUim bin Qiri bin Abiasaf bin Qurah, aur us ke §baf gharane ke bhai, yane Qurhi, bandagi ke kam par khairae ke astanou ke nigihban the, aur un ke bip Khudawand ke darbar par madkhal ke nigahbin the. 20 Aur Finihas bin Iliazr age un ka peshwa tha, aur Khudawanb us kesath tha. 21 Zikariyah bin Musliiniyah jainaat ke khaime ka darban tha. 22 Ye sab jo ^stanoQ par chaakfdari karne ke liye muqarrar hoe, do sau barah the. Un ke nam un ki bastion ke muw.ifiq likhe gae; Daiid aur Sauidel gaibgo ne unheo un k! amanat ke liye muqarrar kiya, 23 So we aur un ke bete Khudawand ke ghar ke yane us khaime ke ghar ke darwazou par chauki dene ko hazir the. 2-i Aur charoo taraf yane purab pachchhini uttar dakhin ki taraf darban the. 25 Aur un ke bhaf apni bastion meg the, ki satweu din waqt ba waqt un ke sath aweu. 26 Ki we char sardar darban, jo Lewi the, amanatdar the, aur Khuda ke ghar ki kothrion par aur Ikhazanon par muqarrar the. 27 Aur unhon ne Khuda ke ghar ke Sspas rat bitaf, ki khabardari karna un par mauquf tha, aur subh ko us ka kholna unhin se thi. 28 Aur un men se baze baudagi ke hathyar par muqarrar the, ki we unheo gin ginke bahar bhitar leaweu aur lejiweu. 29 Aur un meu se baze hathyaroo par aur sab mmjaddas hathyiron par aur maida aur wain aur tel aur lah&a aur khushbiidar masalih par muqarrar the. 30 Aur kahinon ke betou men se kitne khushbudir masilih ka tel perte the. 31 Aur Lewiou meo se AJattitiyah ko, jo Qurhi Sah'un ka pahlautha tha, mithai ka kam sompi tha. 32 Aur bauS Qihati yane un ki biradari meu se baze nazar ki rotipar the, ki sabt ba sabt us ki taiyari kareo- 33 Aur ye we ganewale haio jo Lewiou meg abwi rafs aur kothriog ki khidmat se muif the, ki unheij rat din ibadatguzari meo hazir rahna tha. 34 Lewiou ke ye abwi rafs apne gharanoo ke sardar the, aur Yirashalam meo rahte the, 35 Aur Jibaiin meo Jibaun ki bap Yauel rahta tha, aur us ki joru ki nam Maakah tha. 36 Aur us ka pahlautha beta Abdan, aur Siir aur Q,is aur Baal aur Naiyir aur Nadab, 37 Anr Jadur aur Akhyii aur Zikariyah aur Miqlat. 38 Aur Miqlat se Simiim paida hua, aur we bhi apne bhaiou ke age Yirushalam meu apne bhaioy ke sath rahte the. II h h 458 I- TAWARI'KH. f^^ "^"• 39 Aur Naiyir se Qis paidi hui, aur Qis se Saul paidi hfid, aur Saul se Yahu- natan aur Malikisua aur Abinadab aur Insbaal paid^ hue. 40 Aur Yahunatan ka beti Murfbbaal tha, aur Muribbaal se Mfkah paidi hui. 41 Aur banl M.kah : Faitin aur Malik aur Tahrta. 42 Aur Al^haz se Waarah paidi hua, aur Waarah se Alimat aur A^imaut aur Zirari paida hue. Aur Zimri se MauzS paida hui. 43 Aur Mauz^ se Ban5 paida hui, us ka beti Rifayah, us ki beti Iliasah, us kd beti Asil. 44 Aur Asll ke chha bete the, aur ye un ke nim: Airiqira, Bikirii aur IsrnSel aur Sagariyah aur Abadiyih aur Hannan. Ye bani Asil the. X. BAB. 1 Aur Filisti bani Israel se lare, aur bani Israel Filistion ke 5ge se bh^ge, aur zakhmi hoke kohistan Jilbua meo mire pare. 2 Aur Filistioo ne Saul ka aur us ke betoo kl sakht taaqub kiya, aur Yunatan aur Abinadab aur Malikisua ko, jo Saul ke bete the, mar liya. 3 Aur Saul se bari larii hui, aur tlrandazon ne use hadaf kiya, ais^ ki wuh tfrandizon ke h^thoo se nih£yat tang hui. 4 Tab Saul ne apne silihbardar se kaha, Apni talwar khinch aur mujhe chhed, ti na howe ki ye namakhton ake mujhe apne qabu men lawen. Par us ke silahbardir ne qabul na kiyS, kyunki wuh bahut dar gaya. Tab Saul ne talwar li aur us par giri. 5 Aur jab ki us ke silahbardir ne dekha ki Saul mar gay£, to wuh bhi apni talwlr par eira aur mar gaya. 6 So Saul aur us ke tinoe bete aur aur us ke sire gharane ek gath mar gae. 7 Aur bani Isr.iel, jo maidan men the, yih dekhke ki uu ke bhif bhage, aur Saul aur us ke be^e mdre pare, bastiau chhorke bhig nikle; aur Filisti ikar un meu base. 8 Aur dusre din subh ko, jis waqt Filisti ie, taki Idshon konanga karen, to un- hoD ne Saul aur us ke betoo ko koh i Jilbua meo para payi. 9 Tab unhoo ne us ko nangi kiyi, aur us k^ sir kat liya, aur us ke hathyar leke Filistioo ke mulk men chiroa taraf bhejwS diye, taki un ke butkhanoo meo aur logon meo us ki khushkhabari pahunchaen. 10 Aur unhoQ ne us ke hathyaroo ko apne mabudoo ke ghar meo rakhS, aur us ki khopri ko Dajun ke ghar men nasb kiya. 1 1 Aur jab Jiliad meo Yabis ke sab logoo ne suni, ki Filistioo ne Saul se yao kiya : 12 To un men ke sdre bahadur uthe, aur Saul ki lash aur us ke betoo ki lashen leke un- neo Yabis meo lae, aur un ki haddioo ko Yabis meo ek baliit ke tale gir diya, aur sat din tak roza rakhi. 13 So Saul mar gaya apne gunah ke sabab, jo us ne Khudawand se ki^^a, aur Khudawand ke kalam ke w^ste, jo us ne na mini, aur is liye bhi ki us ne daryaft karne ko diwana aurat se sawil kiya. 14 Aur us ne Khudawand se saw&l na kiya, is waste us ne us ko mar dala, aur mulk ko Yassi ke bete Diad par mSil kiyS. XI. BAB. 1 Aur tamam Isriel Habriin meo Daud pas jama hue aur use kahi, Dekh, ham teri ha(Jdi aur tere gosht haio. 2 Aur agle waqt meu bhi, jab Saul bidshSh tbfi, 11 BAB] I. TAWARITCH. 459 to tii hf nik&lne baikhane meo Israelioo Ita rahbar tha, aur KauDiVWAND tere B[hud» ne tujhe farinaya hai, ki Tii mere Israeli bandoQ ko chardegi, aur tii mere Israeli logou ka sardar hoga. 3 Garaz Isrlel ke sare buzurg Ilabruii raeu bddahah pia ^e, aur Diiid ne Habriin meu un ke sdth Khudawand ke huzdr ahd kiya, aur unhoo ne Daiid ko mamsiih kiya, taki wuh Israeliou ka badshah ho, jaisi ki Khl'dawand ne Samuel ki m^rifat se kaha tha. 4 Aur Diiid aur tamim Israel Yiriishalam yanc Yabu3 ko gae, aur wah^u ki sarzamin ke bashinde Yabusf the. 5 Aur Yabds ke bashindou nc Daud se kahl, ki Tu yahau ane na pawe'^a. Lekin Daud ne Saihiin kd qila le liya, aur wuhi Oidd ka shahr hua. G Aur Daud ne kaha, ki Jo koi pahle Yabiisiou ko mar legS, so rafs aur sardar hoga. Tab Ydab bin Zaruyah pahle charha,aur sardar hua. 7 Aur Daud qila meo raha, is waste us ka nam Shahr i Diiid hd^. 8 Aur us ne Milla se leke girdbagird aur as pns ke shahr ko banaya, aur Ydab ne shahr kd b^qf durust kiya. 9 Aur Daud baihta chala gaya, ki lashkaroQ ka Khudawand us ke sath tha. 10 Aur Daud ke sipahsalar, jo sare Israel saraet us ke sith us ki badshahat ko thamte rahe, ki use us kalam ke muwifiq, jo Khudawand ne Israel ke haqq mey kaha thd, badshah kareo, ye haio. 11 Aur Dand ke bahidurou ka shumar yih hai: Yasubiam bin Hikmanf, jo sarathlon ka sardar tha: us ne tin sau par apna bhala chalaya aur unheo ekbar qatl kiy5. 12 Us ke bad Akhnhi Duda ka beta Iliazr tha, jo un tin pahlawanoQ meu se ek tha. 13 Wuh Didd ke sith Fass i damin meu tha, jahan Filisti jang karne ko jama hue the, aur wahau ke khet meo ek quta jau bhara hda thi, aur log Filistion ke age se bh^ge : 14 Tab unhog ne us quta ke blch men khare rahke use bachaya, aur FilistioQ ko mara, aur Khudawand ne bari fath bakhshf. 15 Aur un tis sardaroo men se ye tin nikalkar chatan ko Daud pas Addlara ke magare men gae, aur Filistiou ki fauj Rifaim ki tarai meg chhi gai thi. 16 Aur Daud us waqt garh meu th£, aur Filistion ka thana Baitlahm meo tha. 17 Aur Dadd tarasa aur bola, Baitlahm ke phatak ke kue meu se mere liye pine kl pani kaun Idwegi ? 18 Tab un tin pahlawanou ne Filistiou ka lashkar tofa, aur Bait- lahm ke kde meu se pini bhara, aur lake Daud ko diya, lekin us ne na cbaha ki plwe, par use Khudawanu ke liye tap.iya, aur kah5, 19 Ki Khuda na kare ki maio aisa karuu ! Kya main un logou ka lahu piun jo apni janou par khele haiu ? Ki we janbazi se us ko lae haic. So us ne na chaha ki use plwe. Aisa kam un tin pahlawanou ne kiya. 20 Aur Yuab ka bh^i Abishai aur tfnon ka sardir tha ; us ne tin sau par bhiU chalaya aur unheo mar dala, aur wuh in tinou men namd^r tha. 21 Wuh ddsre tinoo raeu se bara aur uu ka sardir tha, lekin un pahle tinou ke darje ko na pahunch^. 22 Aur Yahdyada ka bet^ Binayah jis ka dada Qabziel meu bare ka- mou k^ bahadur tha : us ne Moab ke do sherjawan mare, aur jake barf ke mausim meo ek gar ke bich men ek sher mara. 23 Aur us ne panch hath ke ek qaddiwar Misri ko qatl kiya, aur us Misri ke hath meu julahoo ke shahtir ka si bhala tha ; par wuh ek lath leke us par utra, aur bhale ko us ke hath se chhiu liya, aur usi ke bhale se us ko mSr dali. 24 Yahdyada ke bete Binayah ne aise kam kiye, 25 Aur wuh tinoQ meo D^mdar tha, aur tisoo meo izzatdir tha, par pahile tiuoy H h h 2 460 I. TAWi¥RI KH. [12 BAB. ke niartabe ko na pahunchS, aur Daud ne use ajme musahibou meo daVhil 26 Aur ye fauj ke sarddr the : Asahiel Yoab V& bhiif ; aur Baitlabmi Dad'a kfi Letd IlhanSn ; 27 Aur Sammat Harudi ; Khalis Fulani ; ->« Taqaf Aq's ka beti Tra; Abiazr Anatitf ; 29 SibkJ Hiisltt ; Mi Akhfihf ; 30 Maharl Natufatf» Khuld bin Baanah Natiifatf ; 31 Bani Binyamfn ki Jibaat ke Raibi ka betS Ittf; Binayah Firatanf ; 32 Nahl i Jaash ka Hnrf; Abiel Arbati; 33 Azimaut Bakharumf; IlyahbS Saalbani ; 34 l!anf Hashlm JizanI ; Hariri Shajl ki bet* Yunatan; 35 Aur Harari Shukr ki beta Ak.hiain; Ilifal bin U'r; 36 Hifr Makiratf; Akbiyih Fulani ; 37 Hasni Karmill; Naari bii> Azbl; 38 Ynel akh 1 Nitan ; Mibkhar bin Hajri ; 39 Silq Ammilni ; Nahrl Biarati, jo Yuab bin Zaruyah ka silabbardar thi ; 40 Tra Witri ; Jarfb Witrf ; 41 UViyih Ilitti ; Zubd bin Akhli ; 42 Saizi Rubin! ka beta Adini Rubinioo ki sardar jis ke tis sithwale the ; 43 Hatinin bin Maakah ; Yusafat Mitni ; 44 Uzziyah Istaratf ; Sama aur Wauel bant Khitim Arairi ; 45 WadJael bin Simri, aur us ka bhiS Yukha Tisi ; 46 Iliel Mahawi ; Yaribi aur Yiisawiyah bam Iliuaam ; aur Yatmah Moabi : 47 Iliel aur Abid aur Yaasiel Maiisibiyah. XII. BAB. ? Ye we Iiaio Jo Sfqlag ko Dand pis ae, jab ki wuih hanox Qis- ke bete Saul ke huzur se raahrdm tha, aur we un bahaduroo men the, jo larai men us kf madad karte the; 2 We kamindar hoke dahne bayau hath se pattharon ko marte the, aur kaman se tiron ko chalatc the ; aur S.iiil ki Biiiyamiul biradari meO' se ye the ; 3 Sardar Akhiazr aur Yiias banf Samaat Jibaatf ; aur Wazfel aur Falat bani Azimaut ; aur Barakat aur Yahu Anatati^ 4 Aur Ismaiyah Jibauni, jo tisop men aur un tison par jabbar tha, aur Yarmiyah aur Yahiziel aur Ynhanni aur Yuzabad Jadiratt 5 Iliauzl aur Yarimit aur Baaiiyih, aur Samariyah aur Safatiyah Kharafli, 6 llqanah aur Yassiyah aur Azariel aur Yuuzr aur Yasubiim Qurhi, 7 Aur Yiiilah aur Zabadiyah bam Yainiham Jadur se. 8 Aur Jaddion men se himmatwale ba- hidur, jangt fauj ke mard, dhal aur barchhi se m.usallah, jin ke munh singh ke se munh the, aur jin kf chilaki paharou par ki harinon ki clialaki thi, bayabau ke garh meo Daiid pas alag hue : 9 Azr sardar, Abadiy^h diisra, IKab tisra, 10 Mis- manat chautha, Yarmiyah pinchwin, 11 Adti chhatwan, Iliel sitwau, 12 Yuhanni athwiij, Ilizabad nauwau, 13 Yarmiyah daswan, Makabani gyarahwiij. 14 Ye bani Jadd meo se sipahsalar the, chhota sau sau par aur bari bazar hazar par thi,^ 15 Ye we haiij jo pahle mahfne meo, jab Yardau ke sire kinare dube the, par utre, aur taraion ke sire logon ko mashriq aur m:igrib ki taraf ko bhagayi. 16 Aur bani Binyamin aur Yilmdih men se baze log garh ko Daid pis ie. 17 Tab Daud un pas nikal gaya, aur un se kahne laga, Agar meri madad ke liye turn lognekniyati se'raere pas ie ho, to meri dil turn se milne par hai ; par agar niujhe mere bairioo ke hith men pakarwine ie ho, agarchi mere hith men kuchh zulra nahiy, to hamire bipdadon ki Khudadekhe aur insaf kare ! 18 Tab Rdh sirathtou ke sardar Amisi meo sama gai ki wuh boH : Ham tere fidwi haiu, ai ibni Yas^i ! salam tujh par! aur salam tere madadgiroo par, kyunki teri Khuda 12 BAB.] I. TAWARI'KH. 461 terf madad kart£ hai. Tab D.iud lie unheo qabi'il kiy^, aur unheo goloo ke sire par thaharaya. 19 Aur Manasst meo se kaf log Dadd se mil gae jab wuh Filistfop ke sith jang ke live Saul par charh gayS, par us ne un kf madad na kt, kyunki Filistioo ke qutboo ne salih leke use widi kiya aur kali^, ki Wuh hamire sir par se apne khudawand Saul se j4 milegi. 20 Jab wuh Sfqlag ko rawlna hu4, Manassi mcu se Adnah aur Yuzabad aur Wadfael aur Mikael aur Yuzabad aur Ilihu aur Zilltf, jo Manassf ke goloo ke sardar the, us se mil gae. 21 Aur we Daiid kf madad karke lashkarou par charh gae, ki we sab bare bahadur aur fauj ke sardar the. 22 Ki us waqt roz ba roz log madad ke liye Diud se mile jate the yahio tak ki we fauj Al'lah kl sf bari fauj bane. 23 Aur un logou k^ shumar, jo larne ke hathyar bindhkar Habrun meo Dliid se mil gae, ki Khudawand kf bat ke muw;ifiq Saul ki mamlukat ko us par mail kareo yih hai: 24 Bani Yihudah chha hazarath sau, jo sipar aur neza rakhkar lashkar ke liye taiy^r the. 25 J5anf Samaiin meo se sat haz£r ek sau, jo lashkar ke liye bare himmatwale the. 26 Banf Lewi meu se char hazar chha sau, 27 Aur Yahuyada Hirunfon kl sardar tha, aur us ke sith tin hazdr sat sau the, 28 Aurjawinmard Saduq bahadur aur us ke abwi gharane ke bafs sardar. 29 Aur ban! Binyamin Saul kf biridarf meu se tfn hazar, lekin us wajjt tak aksar Saul ke gharane ke tarafdlr the. 30 Aur ban! Ifraim men se bis hazar ath sau, jo bare bahadur aur apne abwf gharane ke ndmdar mard the. 31 Aur Manassf ke Idhe firqe se atha- rah hazdr, jo nlm nim se buMe gae ki jake Dadd ko badshah kareo. 32 Aur bani Ishakar meo se, jo auqat ka imtiyaz kar jante the, ki daryaft karen ki Israel kya karega, do sau, aur un ke sare bhaf un ke hukm meo the. 33 Aur Zabulun meu se, jo jang ke sare hathyar bandhkar la.shkar ke sath nikle, ki ek dil o jan se lareu, so pachas hazar the. 34 Aur Naftali meo se ek haz4r sardar, aur un ke srlth saintis hazar jo dhil aur bhala chalate the. 3^5 Aur Danfoo men se atthais haz^r chha sau larne ko musallah the. 3G Aur Yasar meu se chalis haz^r lashkar ke sath saff b^ndhne ko nikal gae. 37 Aur Yardan ke par ke Rdbiniou aur Jaddfoo aur Manassi ke ddhe sibt meo se ek lakh bis hazar, jo jang ke sare hathyar bandh- kar larne ko taiyar the. 38 Ye sab jangf mard, jo dilerf se saff bandhte the, Hab- run ko ie, ki Daud sdre Israel ka bidshah kareo. Aur Israel ke sare baqf log bhf ekdil the, ki Diud ko badshah karen. 39 Aur we wahau Dadd ke sath tin din khate pfte rahe, ki un ke bhai un ke liye taiyar karte the. 40 Aur jo un ke qarib IshakSr aur Zabulun aur Naftali tak rahte the, so bhi gadhoo par aur untOD par aur khachcharoQ par aur bailon par khurak, yane roti, anjir aur kishmish aur wain aur tel aur bail aur bhercQ kasrat se lae, ki Israel meu khushwaqtl huf. XIII. BAB. 1 Aur Dadd ne un sarddron se, jo hazar hazar par aur sau sau par the, aur sa?j peshwaoo se salah If. 2 Aur Dadd ne Israel kf sarf jamaat ko kahi, ki Agar turn rizi ho, aur K-hodawand hamare Khuda kf marzf ho, to io, ham Israel kf siri sar- zamin meo apne baqf bhafoo ke pas aur sath un ke kahinou aur Lewioo ke pis un ki girduawah ke shaliroo meo bhejeo, ki we hamire pas jama howeo. 3 Aur chalo, apne K.hud4 k^ sanduq apne yahau lawep, kydnki ham ne Saul ke aiyim men us ki 4r,'j I TAWAUI'KH. [14 BAB. ]fhabnr na If. 4 Tab sdrf jamaat ne kahi, ki Ham yuQ karenge, kyunki yih bat sab logoo ko pasaiid if. 5 Tab Daiid ne Misr ke saihur se Hamat kf sarhadd tak sare Isrdel ko jama kiyi, ki Khuda ke sandiiq ko Qaryat Yiarfm se laweg. 6 Aur Dai'id nur s^ird Israel Baalat ko Qaryat Yiarim tak Yihudih men rawane hde, ki wahao se Khudawand Kluidi ke sandiif) ko, jo Kariibioo parjulus hai, jahau us ke nSm kl dui ki j ti hai, charhd laweij. 7 Aur unhou ne K.huda ke sanduq ko Abiuadab ke ghar meo se nai rath par sawar kiya, aur Uzza aur Akhiyii rathwan the. 8 Aur Diud aur sira Israel surod se aur barbat se aur bfn se anr dafF se aur jhdnjh se aur turliiou se K.hudawanu ke dge bazor gate bajite chale. 9 Aur jab we Kaidan ke khaliyan par pahunche, to Uzza ne sanduq ke dharne ko apnii hath barhaya, kyunki bail chhut jate the. 10 Tab Kuud.a(wand kd gussa Uzza par bhafkd, aur us ne us ko mar d ila, is waste ki us ne apna hath sandiSq par barhaya, aur wuh wahan Khuda ke huzur mar gaya. 11 Tab Daud udis h'ia, is liye ki Kuldawand ne ba Uzza fars phara, aur us ne us maqam ka nam Fars i Uzzi rakha jo aj tak us Ka nam hai. 12 Aur Daud us din Khuda se dara aur bola^ Maio Khuda ke sanduq ko apne pas kyunkar lauij ? 13 Aur Daud ne sanduq ko apne yahao Daad ke shahr meu na utara, balki Jannati Abid Adiim ke ghar meo use utar diyi. 14 So Khuda ka sanduq Abid Adum ke ghar men tin niahine tak rahd. Aur Khudawand Abid Adum ko aur sab ko, jo us ka tha, barakat di. XIV. BAB. 1 Aur Sur ke bddshdh Hfram ne saro kc lakre aur barhai aur sangtarash elchiog ke sith Diud pas bhejwae, ki us ke liye mahall bauaweo. 2 Aur Daiid ko yaqin had, ki Khuda'wanu ne mujhe bani Israel ka badshah kiya, aur meri saltanat ko apne Israelf logou kJ khdtir qaim kiya. 3 Anr Uaud Yiriishalam mcQ aur joriiaij kiQ, aur us so aur bete betiao paida hufu. 4 Aur us ke un betoo ke nam, jo Yirushalam meij paida hue, ye the: Saniaa aur Saubab, Natan aur Sulaimdn, 5 Aar Ibl ar aur Ilisua aur Ilifalat, 6 Aur Naujat aur Nafj aur Wafia, 7 Aur Ilisama, aur Baaliwada aur Ilifalat. 8 Aur jab Filistioo ne sund, ki unhoo ne Daiid ko masih karke sare Israel ka bddshah kiya, to sab Filisti Daud ki taldsh meg charh de. Aur Daud sunke un ke maqdbale ko nikld. 9 Aur Filisti charh de, aur llifaiin kf tarai men phail gae. 10 Tab Ddud ne Khuda se sawal kiya aur kaha, Kyd maiu Filistioo par charh jauu? Tii unheu mere hath meo kar dega? Khuuawand ne use farmdya, Charh ja, ki maiu unheu tore hath meu kar diinga. 11 So we Baal Farsim ko gae, aur Daiid ne wahde unheo nidra. Aur Diiid ne kaha, ki Khuda ne mere hath se mere dushmanoo uieij saildb kd sd fars phayd, is sabab se us maqdm ka ndm Baal Farsim hui. 12 Aur we apne butoo ko wahda chhorkar bhdge, aur Daiid ne hukm kiya, ki unheu dg meu jali deweo. 13 Aur Filisti phir chafh de, aur tarai men phail gae. 14 Aur Daud ne phir Khuda so sawil kiy.i, aur Khudi ne us ko kaha, ki Tii un ke pichhe mat charh ja, un se phir ja, aur bakd ke peroo ke sauihne so un par ja par. 15 Aur jis waqt ki tii baka ke darakhtoo ki phungfog se chalue ki si dwdz sune, tab lapdi ko nikal, ki us wacjt Khudd tere age age Jake Filistiou ke lashkar ko qatl karegd. 16 Aur 15 BAB.] 1. TAWARrKH. 463 Dind ne jaisi ki Khudd ne use farmiy^ thi, kiyi, aur Fillstfoo kf fauj ko Jibaun se leke Jazar tak qatl kiya. Aur Diiid ka nam sare mulkou nieo phail gayd, aur Khudawand ne sab qauuiou par us ka dar dila. XV. liAB. 1 Aur Daad ne apne 8hahr meo apne liye haweliaij banlfij, aur Khudi ke sanddq ke liye ek maqam taiyar kiy.i, aur us ke liye ek khaiiua khari kiy^. 2 Us waqt Diud ne kaha, ki Lewioo ke siwd ko! Khudl ke sandiiq ko na uth^nd, ki Khudawand ne unheu pasand kiya, ki Khuda ke sanduq ko uthaweu, aur abad tak us ki Ij^bidinat kareu- 3 Aur Diud ne sare Israel ko Yirushalam men jama kiya, ki Khudawand ke sandaq ko us maqim meo, jo us ne us ke liye taiySr kiya thi, charha laweo. 4 Aur Dadd ne ban! Harun ko aur Lewfou ko faraham kiya, 5 Ydne bani Qihat meo se : U'riel sard ir, aur us ke ek sau bis bhaf; 6 Bani Mir£ri nieu se : Asiyih sardir, aur us ke do sau bis bhai; 7 Bani Gairsum meo se : Yiiel sardar aur us ke ek sau tis Lhaf ; 8 Bani Ilisafan meu se : Samaiyili sardir aur us ke do sau bhai ; 9 Bani Habrun meu se : Iliel sardar aur us ke assf bhai ; 10 Bani Uzziel meu se : Ammlnadab sardir, aur us ke ek sau barah bhai. 1 1 Aur Diud ne kahin Saddq aur Abiwatr ko aur Lewi U riel, Asiy:ih aur Yuel aur Samaiydh aur Iliel aur Ammlnadab ko bulayS aur unhen kaha : 12 Tum Lewioa ke abwi rais ho, apni aur apne bliaioo ki taqdiskaro, aur Khudawand Israel ke Kimda ke sandnq ko us jagah meu, jo maio ne us ke liye taiyar ki, charha lao. 13 Is liye ki tuui logou ne pahle waqt yih nahin kiya, Khudawand hamare Khuda ne ham meu rakhnadila, ki haui ain ke nmwafiq use na dhiindhte the. 14 Tab kahinoo aur Lewiou ne apni taqdis ki, taki Khudawand Israel ke Khudi ke sanduq ko charha lawcQ. 15 So bani Lewi Khuda ke sanddq ko jaisi ki Mdsa ne Khudawand ke kalam ke muw^fiq hukm kiya tha, choboo se apne kandhou par apne upar uthi le jate the. 16 Aur Dadd ne Lewiou ke sardir ko farmaya, ki apne ginewJlo bhiiou ko bajane ke hathyaroo yane barbatou aur kanndraton aur manjiroo ke sith hlzir kare, ki awaz buland karke khushi se giweo. 17 Aur Lewiou men se ye muqirrar hue: Haiuun bin Yuel, aur us ke bliaioo moose Asafbin liarakiyih ; aur bani Mirarl un ke bhiioo meo se Aitan bin Qausiyah. 18 Aur un ke sath un ke chhote bhii Zikriydh, Bin aur Yaaziel aur Siuiiramit aur Yahiel aur Unui, Iliab aur Bindyah aur Maasiyah aur Matitiyah aur Ilifilehd aur JViiqneyihd aur Abid Aiumaur Waiel, jo darban the, 19 Aur ginewa e Huini^n, Asaf aur Aitan, ki pital ke kartal se gate bajate howeo ; 20 Aur Zikriyah aur Aiiel aur Simirauiat aur Yahiel aur Unni aur Iliab aur Maasiyih aur Binaylh ki bin bajake ala gularait giweo, 21 Aur Matitiyah aur Ihfilehu aur Miqneyahu aur Abid Add m aur Waiel aur Azaziyah nas:h hoke aur barbat bajike ala samlnit gaweu, 22 Aur Kananiyah jo gane ke liye Lewioo ka ustid tha, rig sikhlitt thi, ki wuh liunar uaad tha, 23 Aur Barakiydh aur llqanah sanJuq ke darban the. 21 Aur Shabaniyah aur Yusafat aur Nataniel aur Aiuasi aur Zikriy&h aur Binayih aur Iliazr kahiu turhf phdnkte hoe Khuda ke sanddq ke age ige jate the. Aur Aoid Addm aur Yahiyah a ind iq ke darbin the. 464 I. TAWARI KH. [16 BAB. 25 So Diiid aur Israel ke buzurg aur hazirou ke sarddr rawine hue, ki Khbda- WAND ke ahdname ke sanduq ko Abid Adum ke ghar nieo se bakhushi charha liweu. 26 Aur aisa hua, ki jis waqt Khuda un Lewiou kf, jo Khudawand ke ahdniine ke sanddq ko utha lejate the, madad kf, to unhoD ne sat bail aur s&t mendhe charhae. 27 Aur Daud aur sab Lewi, jo sanduq ko le jate the, aur ganewale aur Kanaiiiyah, jo ginewaloo ko rag sikhlata tha, sutf kapre ke pairahan se arasta the ; aur Daiid bazz ka aftid pahina tha. 28 Aur sare Israel jaijaikar se aur narsiiige ke shor se aur turhioo aur manjirou se, binon aur kannlratoo se gate bajate hue Khudawand ke ahdname ke sandilq ko le chale. 29 Aur ytio hua, ki jab Khudawand ke ahdname ka sandiiq shahr i Daud meo pahuncha, to Saul kl bete Maikal ne khirki se nigah kf, aur dekha ki Daiid raqs karta, aur gat par chaltd hai, aur us ne apne dil meo us ko haqir jlna. XVI. BAB. 1 So we Khuda ke sandaq ko charha lie, aur use us khaime ke bfch men, jo Daud ne us ke liye khara kiya tha, rakh diya, aur charhawon aur salarafoo ko Khuda ke huzur guzrana. 2 Aur jab Daud charhawou aur salamiou ko guzraa chuka, to us ne Khueawand ka nam leke logoij ko barakat dl. 3 Aur us ne sare Isrieli logon ko kya mard kya aurat harek ko ek ek girda rotf, aur ek ek piyala wain, aur ek ek guchchha kishmish bant diya. 4 Aur us ne Khudawand ke age Lewioo ko muqarrar kiya, ki khadira howeij, aur Khudawand Israel ke Khudi ki zikr aur shukr aur hamd kareu : 5 Asaf sardar, Zikriyah dusra ; Waiel aur Simiramat aur Yahiel aur Matitiyah aur Iliab aur Binayah aur Abid Adura aur Wafel jo Khuda ke ahdname ke sanduq ke age bin aur kannirat leke gate the, aur Asaf jhanjh se svmata bajata tha, 6 Kahin Binayah aur Yahaziel hamesha turhfoQ ki shor machate the. 7 Tab usi din Daud ne Asaf aur us ke bhaiou ke wasile se Khddawand ka shukr shuru kiya : 8 Khuda wand ka ihsan mano, us ke nam ki dua karo, qaumoo ke darmiyin us ke kamon ki khabar do. 9 Us ke liye gao, us ke liye bajao, us ke ajaib kamon ko sunao. 10 Us ke quddus nam par fakhr karo, us ke talib khushdil howen. 11 Khudawand ko aur us ki izzat ko dhiindho, us ka huzdr hamesha chaho; 12 Yad karo un bare kamon ko jo us ne kiye, us ke nishanon aur us ke munh ke farmanoa ko, 13 Ki turn nasi i Israel us ke bande ho, tum bani Yaqab us ke barguzida ho. 14 Wuh Khuda'wand hamira Khuda hai, tamam zamfn par us ke hukm hain. 15 Us ke ahd ko abad tak yad karo, us kalam ko, jo us ne farmaya, hazar dauroo tak, 16 Ki us ne Abirahim se ahd kiya, aur Izhak se qasara khaf, 17 Aur use Yaqub ka haqq aur Israel ka ahd i abadi thaharaya, 18 Aur kaha : Maiu zamfn i Kanan tujh ko dunga, ki tumhari khiss milk ho; 19 Jis waqt ki tnm shumar men kam, aur mulk men thore aur pardesi the. 20 We qaum ba qaum aur mulk ba mulk pare phirte the. 21 Us ne kisi ko un par zulm karne na diya, aur badshahou se un ka badla liya, 22 Ki " Mere ma- sihoo ko mat chhuo, aur mere nabiou ko mat satao." 23 Ai sari dunya, Khudawand ke liye gao, us kf najit roz ba roz sunio. 24 Qaumou ke darmiyan us ke jalal kf, aur sari khalq ke bich us ke bare kamou ki khabar do. 25 Kyunki Khudawand azim aur bahut raahmiid aur sare mabddou 17 BAB.] I. TAWARI-KH. 465 se ziySda muhib hai ; 26 Ki qauniou ke sSre mabdd putle haia ; par KhudAwAIID ism^nou k4 ban^newila hai, 27 Shan o shaukat U3 ke huznr hai, izzat o masarrat us ke maqam ineu 28 Do Khuhawand ko, Ai logoo kegharano, do Khudawand ko izzat o hurmat. 29 Do Khudawand ko us ke nim kl jalal, hadiya lake us ke huzur meg hizir ho, aur zinat i quds meu Khudawand ko sijda karo. 30 Sarf dunya us ke huzurkampe, ki zaniin thaharegt aur na hilegi. 31 Asman^hnshf kare aur zanifii shadiyana bajawe, qaumoo ke darmiyan kaho : Khuda'wand mSlik hai. 32 Sainundar aur us kf db£di us ke live shor machaweo, khet aur us ki mimuri us ke liye ha^ bSg howeo, 33 Aur ban ke sare darakht Khudawand ke huzur lalkareu, ki wuh dunya ki insaf karne ko ati hai. 34 Khudawand kd shukr karo, ki wuh khiib hai, ki us kf inihrb»ni abadi hai. 35 Aur kaho : Ai hamiri najit ke Khuda, td hamen najat bakhsh, aur sab qaumoo meu se ham ko jama kar, aur bacha le, taki ham tere quddus nam ki hamd kareg, aur terJ sitaish par fakhr kareu- 3G Khudawand, Israel ka Khuda, abad ul ibid mubirak ho! Aur sab log imfn kahey, aur Khudawand kf tirif kareg. 37 Aur us *ie wahao Khudawand ke ahdname ke sanduqkeige Asaf aur us ke bhaf ko rahne diya, ki sanddq ke age hamesha roz ba roz us ki khidmat karen ; 38 Aur Abid Addm aur us ke arsath bhai, aur Abid Adum bin Yadutun aur Hussah, ki darban howen ; 39 Aur Saduq kahin, aur us ke bhii kihin, Khudawand ke maskan ke ige Jibadn meo ki nnchi jagah par maqarrar hae, 40 Ki Khuda- wand ki shariat kf sari batou ke muwafiq, jo us ne Israel ko farmai, har subh aur sham charhawe ke mazbah par Khudawand ke liye charhawoy ko charhieo ; 41 Aur un ke sath Haiman aur Yadutun aur bdqf rauntakhab, jin ke nim mausdf hue, ki Khudawand ka shakr karcn, ki us ki fazl abadi hai; 42 Aur un ke aith Uaiman aur Yaddtun, ki turhioo aur manjfrou aur bajoo se Khudi ke liye gate bajite raheo, aur bani Yadutun, ki darbin howetj. 43 Tab sab log apne apne ghar gae, aur Dadd phira, ki apne gharane ko mubarakbad kahe. XV IL BAB. 1 Aur yuo hua ki jab Dadd apne ghar meo rahta tha, to us ne Natan nabf se kaha, Dekh maig saro ke lakre ke ghar meo rahta hdo, aur Khudawand ke ahd- name ki sanddq pardon ke niche hai. 2 Natan ne Dadd ko kaha, ki Jo kuchh tere dil meu hai, so kar, ki Khuda tere sath hai. 3 Aur usf rat aisi hda, ki Khudi ka kalam Natan ko pahuncha, aur bold, 4 Ki Jake mere bande Dadd se kah, ki Khuda- wand ydu farmati hai, ki Td mere rahne ka ghar na banawega. 5 Maio to jab ae ki bani Israel ko charha layi, ij ke din tak kisi ghar meg sakin na hni, balki kbaima ba khaima aur maskan ba maskan phirti raha hdn. 6 Us tamam waqt ki maio sire Israel meo phirti raha, kya maio ne kabhi kisi Israeli qizi ko, jise maio ne hukm kiya, ki mere Israeli logoo ko charawe, ek batkahi, aur boli, ki Turn mere liye saro ke lakre ki ghar kydo nahig banate? 7 Pas td mere bande Didd ko ydg kah, ki LashkaroD ki Khudawand ydo farmata hai, ki Maio ne tujhe bhersale meo se bheroo ke pichhe se chun liya, ki td mere Israeli logoo ki peshwa howe, 8 Aur maio jahio kahio td gayi, tere sith raha, aur tere sare dushmanoo ko tere simhne ,se kit dala, aur maio ne un logoo ke manind, ki jinka nam dunyi meo bari hai, i i i 466 I. TAWyYRI'KH. [17 BAft. terS bara n£m kiy5, 9 Aur maio ne apni Israeli logoo ke liye ek iniqSm thahariy^, aur unheo ibSd kiy.i, aur we apne jagah meo baste, aur phir na ghabrate haio, aur sharir log ^ge ki tarah jis din se ki main ne apne Israeli logon par qizf muqarrar kiye, phir dukh na dete haio; 10 Aur maio ne tere sSre dushmanon ko dabayS, aur tujhe khabar df, ki Khudawand tere liye ek ghar banawega. 11 Aur jab tere din pure honge, aur tu apne bdpdadon ke sath so rahegi, to maio tere bad teri nasi ko, jo terf sulb se hogf, barpi karunga, aur us kf saltanat ki bandobast karnngd. 12 Wuh mere liye ghar banawega, aur main us kf kurst abad tak qaim rakhung^. 13 Maio us ki blp hunga, aur wuh mera beta hoga; aur maio apne fazl ko us se utha na lunga jis tarah us se, jo tere £ge tha, utha liya. 14 Halki maio us ko apne ghardne meo aur apni mamlukat men abad tak qaim rakhunga, aur us ka takht abad tak s£bit rahega. 15 So Natan ne in s^ri batou aur is sire ruya ke mutabiq be kam o kast Daud se kahl. 16 Tab Daud badshah andar gaya, aur Khudawannd ke huzar baitha aur bola : Ai Khudawand Khuda ! maio kaun hdo, aur meri ghar kyi hai, ki tu ne mujh ko yahao tak pahunchaya? 17 Aur yih, Ai Khuda, teri nazar meo chhotf bat thi, so td ne apne bande ke ghar ko istiqbal ke liye bhl qaul diya, aur admi ke dastur ke muwafiq mujh se suluk kiya, Ai alam bala ke Khudawand Khuda. 18 Aur Daud kl ky.i majal, jo tujh se tere bande ki buzurgi ki aur kuchh kahe ? ki td apne bande ko janta hai. 19 Ai Khudawand, tu ne apne bande ke liye, aur apne khatirkhwSh ke muwafiq yih sari bari kam kiya, aur in sire bare kimoo ki khabar df. 20 Ai KHncAWAND, kot tere barabar nahin, aur tere siwi koi Khuda nahfo, jaisl ki ham ne apne kanon se suni, hai. 21 Aur jaisa teri log Israel dunyi meo kaunsi log hai, ki jis ke bachane ko Khuda ap gaya ho, ki use apni jamaat banawe, aur bare aur darine kamou se apni nam buland kare, ki tu ne apne logoo ke age se, jinheo td Misr men se bachi layi, qaumoo ko bhagl diya. 22 Aur td ne apne Israeli logou ko muqarrrar kiyi, ki abad tak tere log howeo, aur td ap Ai Khcdawand, un ki Khuda hua hai. 23 Aur ab Ai Khudawand, wuh bit, jo td ne apne bande ke haqq meu am- us ke gharine ke haqq meu farmif, abad tak sach rahe, aur jaisa td ne kaha, waisihi kar. 24 Ilau, wuh sach howe, aur teri nim abad tak mukarraro rahe, ki kahi jawe : Lashkaroij ka Khudawand, Israel ka Khudi aur Israel ke liye Khudi hai, aur tere bande Dadd ki gharana tere huznr sabit rahe. 25 Ai mere Khudi, td ne apne bande ke kin khole, ki td us ki ffharina abad karegi, is sabab teri banda tere huzdr men sijda karne pati hai. 26 Aur ab Ai Khudawand, td hi Khuda hai, aur td ne apne bande ko is khairiyat ki wada kiya. 27 Pas ab apni mihrbini se apne bande ke gliar ko mubirak kar, ki tere huzdr meo abad tak mamdr rahe ; kyunki jis ko tu. Ai Khudawand, bara- kat deti hai, wuh abad tak mubirak hai. XVIII. BAB. 1 Bid us ke ydy hda, ki Didd ne Filistioo ko niiri aur unheu maglub kiyi, aur Jannat aur us ki dibit Filistioo ke hath se le liyi. 2 Phir us ne Moabiou ko miri, aur Moabi Dadd ke tibfdar aur khirajguzaf bane. 19 B.YB.] I. TAWAfRrKH 467 3 Aur Dai'id ne Siibah ke biidshih Hadarazr ko bhi, jab ki wuh iiahr i FurSt par qabza karne gaya, Hainat tak mar liya. 4 Aur Daud ne us se ek haz^r rath, aur sit hazar sarathi, aur bis hazar piyade asfr kar liye, aur sare ghoroQ ko langra kiya magar un nieij se sau bacha rakhA. 5 Aur Dimishq ke Aram! Siibah ke badshah Hadarazr kf madad karne ko ie, aur Diad ue Aramfou meu se bifs hazar mard ko mara. 6 Aur Daud ne Dimishqi Arirn meo thana baithaya, aur Arami Daud ke tabidar aur khirajguzir bane. Is tarah se jahau kahiij Diiid gaya, Khudawand ne use fath bakhshi. 7 Aur Daud Hadarazr ke naukarou ki sonahli dhalen leke unheu Yirushilam men IdyS. 8 Aur Daud Hadarazr ke shahrou Tibkhat aur Kiin meo se bahutsi pital laya, jis se Sulaiman ne pital ka hauz aur khambhe aur pital ke bartan banae. 9 Aur jab ki Hamat ke badshah Tugii ne suna, ki Dand ne Sdbah ke bidshih Hadarazr ka sari lashkar inira, 10 To us ne apne bete Haduram ko Daud badshah pas bheja, ki us se salampursi kare, aur use mubarak bad kahe, is liye ki us ne jang karke Hadarazr par fath pai (kyrinki Tu^u Hadarazr se lara karta th£) aur wuh har tarah ke sone aur n'lpe aur pital ke bartan sath laya. 11 Aur Daud badshah ne un ko bhi us rupe aur sone samet, jo us ne sab qaumou yine Addmioo se aur Moabfoij se aur bani Ammiin se aur Filistfou se aur Amaliqioo se le Hya thS, Khudawand ko nazr kiyS. 12 Aur Abishai bin Zaruy^h Ji. ul Milh meo athlrah hazar AdtimioQ ko kat dala. 13 Aur us ne Adiim meo thine baithie, aur sir£ Adum Daiid ka tibidar hua. Chunanchi jahuj kahio Daiid gaya, Khuuawand ne us ko fath bakhshi. 14 So Daud sire Israel ka badshah hoke apni sdri raaiyat se adl o insaf t&rtd tha. 15 Aur Yuab bin Zardyah lashkar ka sardar tha, aur Yahdsafat bin Akhilud muarrikh tha, 16 Aur Saduq bin Akhitub aur Abimahk bin Abiwatr kahin the, aur Shausha safir thi, 17 Aur Binayah bin Yahdyada qatiloo o qasidoo par th5, aur Didd ke bete badshah ke hath par pahle the. XIX. BAB. 1 Bad us ke aisa hua ki bani Amraua ka badshih Nihas mar gaya, aur us ka beta us ka janishin hua. 2 Tab Daud ne kaha, ki Maiij Nihas ke bete Handn se dosti karunga, kyunki us ka bap mera dost tha. So Daud ne qisidou ko bheji, ta ki us se us ke bip kf mitampursi kareu. Chunanchi Daud ke khadim ban! Am- mdn ke mulk meo Handn ke pas pahunche, ki use tasallf deweQ. 3 Tab bani Am- mdn ke sardarou ne Handn se kaha, Kya tujh ko yih guman hai, ki Daud tere bap ki Ichatir karta hai, ki us ne matampursi ke liye tujh pis log bheje haio ? Kya us ke k;hadim tere pas is liye nahiu ae, ki mulk ki jasdsi kareu, aur us ka bhed leweo, aur us ko garat kareo? 4 Tab Ilanun ne Daud ke khadimou ko pakra, aur harek kf darhi mundwii, aur un ki adhi poshak un ke sufrou tak kat dalf, aur unheo pher bheja. 0 Tab kisi ne ake un mardou ka hai Daud se bayan kiya. Us ue un ke istiqbal ke liye log bheje, is liye ki we mard nihayat bdzzat kiye gaye the, aur un- heo farmaya, ki Jab tak tuinhari dirh au na barheo, Yiriho meuraho, bad us ke chale io. 6 Aur jab bani Ammun ne maliim kiya ki ham Dadd ke nazdik badbu hue haig, 1 i i 2 408 I. TAW/VRI'KH. [20 BAB. to Hanun aur banf Ammun ne ek hazSr qint^r rnp5 bheji, ki Ai4m i nahrain se aur ArSm i Maakah se aur Subah se rath aur sawir ko bh^rS karep. 7 So unhon ne battfs hazar rath aur Maakah ke b^dshahkoaurus ke logoo ko bh&ra kiya; we Ske Maidibi ke s^mhne baith gSe. Aur bani Amman apne apne shahroo meu se jaraa hue, aur larne ko ae. 8 Aur Dand ne sunke Yuab ko aur bahaduron ke sare lashkar ko bheja. 9 Tab banf Amman nikle, aur shahrpanah ke bihar qitil ke liye saff bindhf, aur we badshah, jo ae the, so raaidfin men alag the. 10 Jab Yoab ne jang ki rukh apne samhne do taraf se age ptchhe dekha, tab us ne Israel ke mun- takhab logon meu se log intikhab kiye, aur Aramioo ke muqabil para bandha, 11 Aur biqt logoo ko apne bhil Abishai ke hath meo diya, aur unhon ne bani Amman ke samhne para bandha. 12 Aur us ne kaha, Agar Aram! mujh par galib hop, to tii meri madad kijiyo; aur agar bani Ammun tujh par gilib hon, to maio ake terf ma- dad karanga. 13 So himmat bandh, aur ao, ham apne logon ke liye, aur apne Khuda ki bastioD ke liye jihSd karenge, aur Khudawand jo bihtar janega, so karega. 14 Pas Yuab apne sathwale logOQ ke sath AramioD se layne ko age barhS, aur we us ke age se bhSg nikle. 15 Aur jab bani Amman ne Arimion ko bhagte dekha, to we hhj us ke bhii Abishai ke age se bhage, aur shahr men ghuse. Tab Ydab Yirush^- 1am ko phira. 16 Aur jab Aramfon ne dekha, ki ham ne bani Israel se shikast pif, to we qisidoo ko bhejkar nadi pir ke Aramion ko le ae, aur Hadarazr ki sipahsSlSr Safik un ke ige age chaltS tha. 17 Aur jab Ddud ko khabar huf, to us ne sab Israel ko jama karke Yardan plr gayd, aur un par chafh Sya, aur un ke muqabil saff bSndhf . So jab Daad ne ArSmion ke muqabale men jang ki saff bandhf, to we us se lare. 18 Lekin Arami Israel ke Sge se bhage, aur Daod ne Aramion ke SL^t hazar sarathiou ko aur chalis hazar pi^adou ko m^r dali aur lashkar ke sardar Safik ko qatl kiya. 19 Aur jab Hadarazr ke naukaroQ ne dekha, ki ham Israel ke Sge bar gaye, to we Daud se sulh karke us ke tabidar hue. Garaz Arami bani Ammun ki madad ka phir irada na karte the. XX. BAB. 1 Aur ek baras bid yun hiia ki jis waqt badshfih chafh ae, to Yuab ne lashkar ko le jake bani Ammun ke mulk ko garat kiya, aur ake Rabbah ko gher liya; le&ia Daud Yirushalam men thahar gayl. 2 Aur Yuab ne Rabbah ko mar liya aur use iijar diyS. Aur Dand ne un ke badshah ke taj ko, jis niep bahut qimati patthar the, us ke sir par se utar liya, aur us ka sona wazn men ek qintar tha, aur use apne sir par rakha, aur wuh us shahr men se lut ka bahutsa mal nikal laya. 3 Aur us ne un logon ko, jo us meu the, bahar nikalke Srou se aur lohe ke halon se aur kulh^ron se kit dala. Aur Dand ne bani Ammun ke sare shahroo se aisa suluk kiya Tab Daud lashkar samet Yirushalam ko phirfi. 4 Aur bid us ke aisa hua, ki Jazr meu Filistioo se lapat barpa hui. Tab H isati Sibki ne Saffi ko, jo Rafa kl nasi se tha, qatl kiya, aur Filisti raagliab hue. 0 Aur Filistioo se phir larai hui Tab Yadr ke bete Ilhanan ne Jannatf Jdlfyat ke bhai Lahmi ko, jis ke bhale ki chhar julahoy ke shatir ki si thi, mar diU, 21 BAP.] I. TAWARrKH. 469 6 Phir Jannat meo ek aur liirdt hnf; aur waMo bara qaddawar ek pahlawan tha, jis ki chaubf3 iinglfau har hiih p/inw meo chhachha thfu, aur wuh bhi Rafi kf nasi meo se tha. 7 Wuh Israel ko harf lava, lekin Dai'id ke bhat Simi ke bete Yahunatan ne us ko mar Jlila. 8 Ye Jannat meu Rufli se paida hue, aur Diiid aur us ke khidimoo ke hath se mare pare. XXI. BAB. 1 Aur ShaitSn Israel ke muq^bala meu uth^, aur Dlud ke dil meu dlla, ki Israel kt ismnawfsi kare. 2 Tab Ditid ne Yiiab ko, aur logou ke sard^roo ko kah£, ki Jao, Biarsaba se Dan tak Israel ko giiio, aur un ki ginti mere pas lao, ki maio januu. 3 Yiiab bola, Khudawand apne logoo ko jitne haiu utne se sau guni ziya- da kare. Ai mere khudiwaiid badshah, kya we sab ke sab mere khud^wand ke tabidar nahfo haip i' Phir mera khuda wand yih bit kyiin chalitS hai? Kiswaste Isnael ke liye taqsirw^r hone ka sababhoga? 4 Lekin badshah k a farmin Yoab pargalibhua. Chunanchi Ydab nikal gaya, aur taaiim Israel meu guzara, aur Yirdshalam meu phir aya. 5 Tab Yuab ne logon ki haziri Daud ko di. Aur sire Israel gyarah lakh shamsherzan, aur Yihudah char lakh sattar hazar shamsherzan the. 6 Lekin us ne un meu ahl i Lewi aur bani binyamin ki haziri na li, kyiinki badshah ki hukm Yuab ke nazdik makruh tha. 7 Aur yih bat Khuda ki nazar meo bahut buri thi, aur us ne Israel ko mara. 8 Tab Daiid ne Khudi se kaha, ki Maiu ne yih kam karke bara gunah kiya hai. Ab apne bande ka qusar muaf kijiye, ki maio ne bahut behada kam kiya hai. 9 Aur Khudawand Daud ke gaibbin Jad se hamkalam hna, aur bola, 10 Ki Ja Daiid ko kah, ki Khudawand yuo farmata hai, ki Maiu tere age tin balaeu dharta hnu, un meo se ek chun le, kimaiu use tujh par bhejuo. II So J'adDaiid pas aya, aur usekaha, ki Khudawand yuu formats hai, Qabdl kar: 12 Ki tin baras ka kal ho, ya tin mahine apne bairiou ke age halak ho, aur tere dushmanou ki talwar a pare, ya tin din Khudawand ki talwar aur mulk meo mari ho, aur Khudawand ka firishta Israel ki sari sarhaddou meu fana kare; ab bata, ki maio apae bhejnewale ko kya jawab duQ. 1.3 Tab Daiid ne Jad ko kaha, Maiu bari tangi meo huo ! Maio Khudawasd ke hath men parnu, ki us ki rabmateo bahut azim haiu, lekin admfoQ ke hath men na paruu. 14 So Khudawand ne Isidel par mari bhejf aur Israel meo se sattar hazar admi gir gae. 15 Aur Khudawand ne apna firishta Yirdshalam ko bheja ki use fana kare, aur us ke fana karte hi Khuda'wand dekhkar us haliki ke liye pachhtiya, aur us halak karnewale firi»hte ho kaha: lias! ab apna hath khinch. Aur Kuuijawand ki firislita Yabusi Urnan ke khaliyan par khara tha. 16 Aur Daiid ne ankheo uthike adhar meo Khudawand ke firishte ko dekha', ki apne hath meo apnikhinchi hdi talwar Yiriishalain par chalata hai. Tab Daud aur buzurg tat orhe hue munh ke bhal gire. 17 Aur Daud ne Khudi se kaha, Kya maio ne hukm nahio kiya tha, ki logOQ ki ismnawisi kareu ? Gunih to maio ne kiya, aur badi mujh se h'ii, par in bheroo ka kyi. qusur? Ai Khuda'wand Khudi mere, tera hith mujh par aur mere ibii gharane par, na apne logoo par mari bheje! 18 Aur K.uuD.dCWANU ke firishte ne Jad ko hukm kiya, ki Daud ko kahe, ki 470 I. TAWARrKH. [22 B/VB. D^ad charh jie, ki Yabusi Urn€n ke khaliyan par Khudaiwand ke liye ek qurbangdh baiiawe. 19 Aur Daiid Jdd ke kalara ke muwafiq, jo us nc Khuda- WAND ke nam se kahS thi, chali gaya. 20 Aur Urn^n ne phirke firishteko dekhS, aur us ke chir betoo ne us ke sath ip ap ko chhipaya"; Urnan gehun pitti th£. 21 Aur Daud Urnan pas ayl : tab Urnan ne nigah kf, aur Daud ko dekhi, aur khaliyan se bahar gaya, aur Daud Ue dge jhukke zamtn par sijda kiya. 22 Aur Diiid ne Urnan ko kaha, ki Is khaliyan ka maqani mujhe de, ki main us par Khudawand ke liye ek qurbingah banado; aur td us k^ pur£ dam leke mujhe de, tiki mari logon men se tham jae. 23 Urnan ne Daud se kaha, Lijiye, aur meri khud.iwand badshah jo bihtar jane, so kare : dekhiye main bail chaj-hawe ke liye aur nauraj indhan ke liye, aur gehun hadiya ke liye sab detahna. 24 Daud bidsh^h ne Urnan se kaha, So nahfu, balki maio pura d^ra deke use mol liingS, kyunki maio jo tera hai, Khudawand ke liye na charhiungi, aur bekharch charhlwS na charhaunga. 25 So Daud ne Urnan ko us maq^m ke liye chha sau misqal sonl diyd. 26 Aur Daud ne wahan Khudawand ke liye mazbah banaya, aur charhSwou aur salimion ko guzrani, aur Khudavvand ki dua ki jis ne Ssman par se charhawe ke mazbah par ag bhejkar us ki du£ qabdl ki. 27 Aur Khuda- w AND ne us firishte ko hukm diya, tab us ne apni talwar miyan meo phir ki. 2a Us waqt jab ki Daud ne dekha, ki Kuudawand ne Yabusi Urnan ke khaliyan meo us ki dua qabdl ki, to wahau qurban charhaya kiya. 29 Aur Khudawand ka maskan jo Mdsa ne baylban meo banaya th5, aur charhawe ki mazbah us waqt Jibaun ki unchi jigah meo thi. 30 Aur Daud Khudi ki talish meo us ke age na ja saka, ki wuh Khudawand ke firishte ki talwar se (Jarti thi. 31 Aur Daud boli, Yahio Khudawand Khudi ki, ghar, aiur yahio Israel ke charhine ka mazbah hoga. XXII. BAB. 1 Anr Daud ne hukm diya, ki un pardesiou ko, jo Israel ke mulk meo haio, jama kareo, 2 Aur us ne sangtarash rauqarrar kiye, ki Khuda ke ghar ke banane ke liye chaukone patthar tarasheo. 3 Aur Daud darwazoo ke kiwaroo aur kiloo ke liye bahutsi loha aur itna pital ki taul se bahar thi, 4 Aur itne saro ke akre ki ginti se bahar the, taiyar karta tha, ki Saidani aur Sdri bahutse saro ke lakie Daud pis late the. 5 Ki Daud ne kaha, ki Mera beta Sulaiman jawao aur saya- parwarda hai, aur chahiye, ki Khudawand ka ghar ban jawe, aur nihayat umda howe, ki us ki nam aur raunaq sare mulkog meo phail jae : so maio us ke liye taiyari karunga. Chunanchi Daud ne apne marne ke age bahutsi taiyari ki. 6 Aur us ne apne bete Sulaiman ko bulaya aur use hukm diya, ki Khuda- wand Israel ke Khuda ke liye ek ghar banawe. 7 Aur Dand ne Sulaiman se kaha, Ai mere bete, mere dil meo tha, ki KhudaVand apne Khuda ke nam ke liye ek ghar banado; 8 Lekin kalam i Rabbani mujh par utra aur bola, Td ne bahutsi khunrezi ki aur bari larai ki : tu mere nam ke liye ghar na banani, kydnki tu ne zamin par mere age bahut lahu bahayi hai. 9 Dekb, tujh se ek beta paida hogi : wub sahib i sulh hoga, aur maio use us ki charoo taraf ke sare dushmanoQ se sulh dunga, ki Sulaimin us ki nim hogi, aur salam o aram maio us ke dinoo 23 BAB.] I. TAWARI'KH. 471 meu Israel ko bayishiinga. 10 Wuhi mere nam ke liye ek ghar banawegl, wuh mera beta hog^, aur maio us ka bap hiiuga, aur maiu Israel par us ki saltanat ka takht abad tak sabit rakhungi. 1 1 Ab mere bete, Khudawand tere sSth howe, ki to iqbdlmand ho, aur Khubawand apne Khuda ka ghar bandwe, jaisd ki us ne tere haqq meu kahi hai. 12 Faqat Khuda'wand tujhe aql aur samajh ba^hshe, aur hukra kare, ki tii Israel par saltanat kare, aur K.huda(wand apne Khuda ki sharfat ki hifazat kare. 13 Tab tii iqbalmand hogd, jab ki td un suniiatoo aur shariatoD par, jo us ne Miisa ko Israel ke liye farmaio, araal karne ko chalak hoga. Mazbdt ho aur himmat b£ndh, mat dar aur na ghabra ! 14 Dekh maiu ne apni n^ihnat o mashaqqat se Khcdawand ke ghar ke liye ek lakh qintar sona aur das lakh qiiitar rupl aur beandaza pftal aur loha taiyar kiya, ki un ki kasrat hai, aur lakre aur patthar maiu ne taiyar kiye, aur td un meo aur mila sakta hai. 15 Aur bahutse karigar yane patthar ke tornewdle aur sangtarash aur barhai, aur har k£m ke hunannand tere pas hizir haio ; 16 Sone ka aur riipe ka aur pital ki aur lohe k4 hisab nahfu- Uth, kam kar ! Aur Khudawand tere sath ho. 17 Aur Daud ne Israel ke sab sard^rou ko hukm diya, ki us ke bete Sulaimin ki madad kareg. 18 Kya Khudawand turahara Khuda tumhare sath nahie hai? aur tumheo charoo taraf se Iram nahio bakhsha hai ? Kyunki us ne mulk ke bashindou ko mere hath meo kar diya hai, aur mulk Khudawand ke age aur us ke logou ke age magldb hda hai. 19 So ab apne dil o jan se Khudawand apne Khuda ki talash meo lage raho ; aur utho, Khudawand Khuda ka maqdis banao, tiki turn Khcdawand ke ahdname ke sandiiq ko aur Khuda ke pak bartanoQ ko us bait ul muqaddas meo, jo Khudawand ke nam ke liye bana hai, charhS lao. XXIII. BAB. 1 Aur jab Daud burlia aur umrasiida th:1, to us ne apne bete Sulaiman ko Israel ka badshah kiya. 2 Aur us ne Israel ke sare sardarog ko aur kdhinoo aur Lewfoo ko jama kiyi. 3 Aur Lewi bis baras ke aur jo us se ziyada umr men the, gine gae, aur un ki ginti un ki khoprioo ke muwifiq athtis hazir mard the. 4 In meo se chaubis hazar Khudawand ke ghar ke kam ke karinde aur chhahaz.r katib aur qazf, 5 Aur char hazar darban, aur char hazar mere banie hue gitoij ke ganewale howen, ki bajoQ se Khudawand ki tarif men gate raheo. 6 Aur Daud ne Lewi ke betoo meo bari bari kiya : Jirsan, Qihat aur Miriri. 7 JirsinioD ki bari meo ye the : Lagdan aur Simai. 8 Bani Lagdan : sardar Yahiel aur Zaitam aur Ydel, tin 9 Bani Simai : Salumiyat aur Haziel aur HarSn, tin. Ye Lagdan ke gharane ke abwi sardar the. 10 Aur bani Simai : Wahdat Zina aur Yaus aur Bariat : ye bani Simai, char. 1 1 Aur Wahdat sardar tha, aur Zina dusra ; aur Yaus aur Bariat ke bete bahut ua the, is sabab se we ekhi nasab- nama meo ek dbai ^hSndan bante the. 12 Bani Qihat : Amram, Izhir, Habrdn aur Uzziel, char. 13 Bani Amram : Harun aur Mdsa. Aur H^run alag kiyi gaya ki Q,uds ul aqdas ki muqaddas khidmat kare, ki wuh aur us ke bete Khudawand ke ige abad tak khushbd jalaweo, aur us ki ibadat kareo, aur us ki nam leke abad tak barakat dewen- 472 I. TAWARI'KH. [24 BAB. 14 Aur mard i Khudi Musi ke bete Lewf ke sibt ke muwSfiii kahlae gae. 15 Bani Musi: Gairsutn aur Iliazr. 16 Bani Gairsuin : Sabiiel sardir. 17 Aur bani liiazr ye the : Rihabiyah, sardir ; aur Iliazr ke aur bete na the, par RihabiySh ke bahut se bete the. 18 Ban! Izhar : Saluiul sardar. 19 Bani Habrnn : Wariyah sarJdr, Am.iriyah dasra, Yahaziel tisra, aur Yaqamiel chauth^. 20 Bani Uzziel : Mikah saidar, aur Yassiy.^h diisra. 21 Bani Miriri : Muhli aur Musi. Bani Muhli : Iliazr aur Qis. 22 Aur Iliazr mar gaya, aur us ke bete na the, magar betfao, aurun ke bhai Qis ke betoij ne unheo biyah kiya. 23 Bani Musi : Muhli aur Adr aur Yarhnat, tin. 24 Bani Lewi apne apne SbSi khnndinoij aur abwi sardaroD ke muwafiq jaisi ki we sar ba sar ismnawisi meu madkhul hue, ye haio ; we bis baras aur upar ki umr se Khudawand ke ghar ki khidmat karte the. 25 Kyaiiki Diud ne kaha, ki Khudawand Israel ke lihuda ne apne logoo ko ardm diya hai, aur wuh abad tak Yirushalam meu sukunat karegd : 26 Aur age Lewioij ko maskan, aur us ki khidmat ke s^re hathyar ulhana na paregi. 27 KyunH Diud kf pichhli baton ke muwifiq bani Lewi, jo bis baras aur ziyada umr met) the, gine gae. 28 Kyunki un ki. uhda yih tha, ki bani Hariin ki madad kareo, ki K.hudawand k« ghar ke khadimhoweij, ki sahnoo par aur kothrioo par aur sSri muqaddas chizon ke pak karne par aur Khuda ke ghar ki khidmat ke k^m ke liye, 29 Aur nazar ki roti ke liye aur maida ke liye aur hadiya ke liye aur fatiri chapatioo ke liye aur tibe meu ki roti aur puri ke liye aur har tarah ke taul aur nip ke liye muqarrar howeo, 30 Aur ki har subh aur sham ko khare hoke Khudawand ki shukrguziri aur tarif karea, 31 Aur ki sabtoo aur naye chandoo aur idoo meo purl ginti se iin ke muwafiq sire chafhawe Khudawand ke ige hamesha charhaya karen, 32 Aur jamaat ke khaime ki khabargiri aur maqdis ki khabargiri aur apne bhai bani Harun ki ^habargirl karejj, aur yuo Khudawand ke ghar ke khadim howeo. XXIV. BAB. 1 Aur bani Harun ki biridariao ye thiu. Bani Harun : Nadab aur Abihii, Iliazr aur I'tamar. 2 Aur Nadab aur Abihu apne bap se pahle mar gae, aur un ke bete na the : so Iliazr aur I'tamar kahin hue. 3 Aur Dand ne unheo yane Iliazar ke betoij men se Sadiiq ko aur I'tamar ke betou men se Akhimalik ko un ke uhdoo ke muwafiq un ki khidmat meu bant diya. 4 Aur bani Iliazar men se ziyada sardir mard raaujiid the ki bani I'tamar men se ; aur unhoa ne unhen bari bari kiya; bani Iliazar ke abwi gharane ke solah sardar the, aur bani I'tamar keabwigharane keith, 5 Aur unhou ne sab ke sab ko barabar qura se bari barf kiya, ki maqdis ke sardir aur Khuda ki khidmat ke sardar bani Iliazar meu se aur bani I'tamar meo se the. 6 Aur Samayah safir ne jo Nataniel ka beta aur Lewiou meose ek thi, un ke naraou ko badshah ke ige aur sardaron ke aur Saduq kihin ke aur Akhimalik bin Abiwatr ke aur kahinou aur Lewiou ke abwi sardaroo ke ige chitthi par likhi; ek ek abwi gharina Iliazar ke liyenik ili gaya, aur ek ek I'tamar ke liye nikali gayi. 7 Aur pahli chitthi Yahuyarib ki nikli, ddsri Wadaiyah ki, 8 Tisri Kharim kf, chauthi Shuurim ki, 9 Panchwio Malkiyah ki, chhathwiu Miyamin ki, satwio Q,uz kf, 10 A'thwfn Abiyah ki. 11 Nauwio Yasiia kf, daswin Sikaniyah ki. 12 Gyarah- 25 BAB.] I. TAWARl'KH. 473 wSu Iliyasib kf, bSrahwfn Yaqlin kf. 13 Terahwfo HufFah kf, chaudahwfu Wasbiab kf, 14 Pandrahwiu Biljah ki, sohihwfu Amir kf, 15 Satrahwfo Khazfr kf, athSrahwio Fazfz ki, IG Uniifswiu Fatahiyah kf, bfswfo Hizqiel ki, 17 Ikklswiu Yakfn kf, b.lfswfu Jamdl kf, 18 Tetswfo Dillyah ki, chaubfswfu Maazlydh kf. 19 Yih un kf khidmat ki uhda tha ki apne bSp Hirun ke hukm se apne dastar ke niuwifiq Kuudawand ke ghar meu dweu, jaisl ki Khudawand, Israel ke Khuda ne use ainr kiya tha. 20 Aur ye bdcji banf Lewi: Amram ke betou meo se Sabuel ; Sabtiel ke betoo meu se Wabdiyah, '21 Rihihiyih ineij se, banf Ribabijlb men se sardir Yassiyah, 22 Izhariou meu se Salumat; bani Saliimit meo se Wahdat ; 23 Aur bani Ilabn'm meu se Wuriyih sardir, Amaryah dusra, Yahaziel tisra, Yaqami^m chautha; 24 Bani Uzziel: Mikah; 25 Banf Mikah men se Samar; Mikah ka bhSi Yassiydh; bani Yassiyah meo se Sikariyah. 26 Bani Mirarf : Muhli aur Musi; bani Yaazivah, us ke bete ke. 27 Bani Mirari us ke bete Yaaziyah se: Sahm aur Zakiir aur Ibri; 28 Muhli se: Iliazar jis ka koi beta na tha ; 29 Qfs se bani Qfs: Yarah- iniel; 30 Aur bani Musi: Muhli aur Idr aur Yarimit. Ye Lewion ke bete un ke abwf gharauou ke muwafiq haiu. 31 Aur ye bhi kya bare kya chhote apne bhai banf Uiriin ke muwifiq Daiid bidshih ke age aur Sadtiq aur Akhimalik aur kahi- Doo aur Lewioo ke abwi sard'rou ke age chitthi dilte the. XXV. BAB. 1 Aur Daud aur lashkar ke sardaron ne Asaf aur Haimin aur Yadutun ke betou meu se bizoo ko ibadat ke liye iiiuqarrar kiya, ki barbat se aur bin se aur jhinjh se gate bajate howeu ; aur ibldat ke kam karnewalon ka shumar Asaf ke betou meu se yih tha. 2 Zakuraur Yasuf aur Nataniyah aur Yasarilah Asaf ke ye bete Asaf ki hidayat meu the jo badshah ki hidayat se gata tha ; 3 Yadutun se Yadutun ke bete: Jadaliyah aur Wasri aur Wasaiyah, Hasabiyah aur Matitiyah aur Simai, j'e chha apne bap Yadutun ke hath par the, jo Khudawand ke shukr aur hamd ke liye bin bajake gata tha. 4 Hairain se Haiman ke bete: liaqiydh, Matani- yah, Uzziel, Sabuel aur Yarimit, Hananiyah, Hanini, lliatah, Jidalti aur Rumamti Azr, Wasbiqashah, Mallati, Tautir, Mahaziyit, 5 Ye sab badshih ke gaibbiu Hai- man ke bete the, jo K.hudi kf baton se sitiish karta tha; aur Khuda ne Haiman ko chaudah bete aur tin betiau dig. 6 Ye sab apne bapoij ke batane ke muwafiq Khudawand ke ghar meo jhanjh aur bin aur barbat se gane ko hazir the, ki IChuda ke ghar ki khidmat kareu; Asaf aur Yaddtun aur Haimin badshah kf hidayat meo the. 7 Aur un ki giuti un ke bhaiou ke sath, jo Khudawand ke bhajan meu sikhlae gae the, yane sab, jo taiyir the, so do sau athasi thf. 8 Aur we sab ke sab kya chhote kyi bare kya ustid kya shigird khidmat ki chitthi^O dalte the. 9 Pahli chitthf Asaf yane uske bete Yusufkomili; ddsrf Jidaliyah ko, uske bhai aur bete barah ; 10 Tisri Zakur ko, uske bete aur bhsi birah ; 11 Chauthi Wasri ko, uske bete aur bhai barah; 12 Panchwio Natani- yih ko, uske bete aur bhii b£rah; 13 Chhathwio Biqiyahko, uske bete aur bhSI birah ; 14 Sitwiu Yasarilah ko, uske bete aur bhai barah, 15 Athwiu Wasaiyih ko, uske bete aur bhai barah ;'l6 Nauwfu Mataniyah ko, uske bete aur bhii birab Jj J 474 I- TAWARI'KH. [2G BAB. 17 Daswio Simaf ko, uske bete aur bhaf, barah ; 18 Gyarahwio Azariel ko, uske bete aur bhai barah ; 19 Barahwfu Hasabiyah ko, uske bete aur bhSf barah ; 20 Terahwiu Sabiiel ko, uske bete aur bhai, barati ; 21 Chaudahwfu Matitiyah ko, uske bete aur bh^f, barah ; 22 PandrahwiQ Yariinat ko, uske bete aur bhai barah, 23 SolahwiijHananiyih ko, uske bete aur l)hai, b.lrah; 24 Satrahwiu Wasbiqashah ko, us ke bete aur bhai barah; 25 j^tharahwlu Haiianf ko, us ke bete aur bhai barah; 26 Unniswiu MallatI ko, uske bete aur bliaf, barah; 27 Biswiu Iliitah ko, us ke bete aur bhai, barah ; 28 Ikkiswiy Tautir ko, us ke bete aur bhai barah; 29 Baiswiu Jldalti ko, us ke bete aur bh'ii, barah ; 30 Teiswiij Mahaziyat ko, us ke bete aur bhai, barah ; 31 Chaubiswln Rumauiti Azr ko, us ke bete a«r bhal barah. XXVI. BiVB. 1 Pahre kl birid^rian ye thfo : Qurahioij ineu : Muslimiyah bin Qari jo bani Asaf mease tha; 2 Aur bani Muslimiyah : Zikriyih pahlautha, Wadiael dasra, Zabadiyah tisra, Yatniel chautha, 3 Ailain pinchwao, Ynhanna chhathwao, Ilyahiiaini satwaij ; 4 Aur bani Abid Aduiu meu se : Siuiaiyah pahlautha, Yahi'izabad dasra, Yuakh tisra, aar Shukr chauthi, aur Nataniel panchwau, 5 Ammiel chhathwao, Ishakir satwan, Faalatiathhwau,kyunkiKhuda ne use barakat bakhshf. 6 Aur us ke bete Sainuiyah se bhi bete paidi hue, jo apne abai khandau par sardirl karte the, ki we sahib i liiauiiat the ; 7 liani Saraaiyah : Utni aur Rafael aur Abid, aur us ka bhai Ilzabad, jo sab himmatwale mard the, aur Ilihii aur Samakiyah. 8 Ye sab apne betoo aur bhaiou samet bani Abid xidiim meu se the, we sab mardadini aur ibadatguzari meo qibil the, basath Abid Aduiu se the. 9 Aur Muslimiyah ke bete aur bhai atharah sahib ihiinmat the. 10 Aur Mirari k! aulad meo se Husah ke bete : Shuri rais, wuh to pahlautha na tha, par us ke bap ne use rafs kiyi, 11 Ddsra HlLpyih, tisra Tabaliyah, chautha Zaka- riyah : Husah ke sab bete aur bhii terah the. 12 Inheu dai-banon kf baridarian, mardou ke shumir ke niuwafiq, miliu, kiapne bhai logo u samet chauki deweu, aur Khudaiwand ke ghar men kliidmat kareu. 13 Aur kya chhote kya bare apne apne abai khandin ke muwafiq harek darwaze ke liye unhon ne qura dala. 14 Aur purab taraf ka qura Salamiyah ke liye para, aur us ke bete Zakariyah ke liye bhi, jo aqlinand salihkar tha, qura dala gaya, aur us ka qura uttar ki taraf uikla ; 15 Abid Adiiui ke liye dakhin kf taraf aur us Ice beton ke liye ambarkhane ke pas ; 16 Suffim aur Husah ke liye pachhim ki taraf Salkat ke phitak ke nazdik, jahiij rasta iipar jata hai, aisa ki ek chauki diisre ke Smne sarahne hui. 17 Ptirab ki taraf chha Lewi chauki Jete the, uttar ki taraf bar roz char, dakhin ki taraf har roz char, ambarkhane ke pas do do ; 18 Pachhim ki taraf Parb^r ki samt char raste ke liye, aur do Parbar ke liye. 19 Bani Qurahl aur bani Mirari meij se darbanou ki biridariau yehi haiij. 20 Aur Lewion meij se Akhiyah Khuda ke ghar ke khazane aur pak chfzou ke khazane par muqarrar tha. 21 Bani Lagdan jo Lagdaui Jirdauiou ki aulad hoke I»agdani khindan ke abwi rais the, un Jirsanioy meu se, Yahieli, 22 Bani Yahielf, Zaitira aur us ka bhai Ynel Kui'DAW-i-NDr ke ghar ke khazine par muqarrar the. 27 BAB.] I. TAWARrKH. '♦^-^ 23 Amratnfoi), I/hirion, Habnintoo aar UzzicUoo ineij se kiit elc muqarrnr the. 2.1 Aar Sabiiel bin Gairsum bin Mnsa bait ul m 1 pnr sardar th^. 2.) Aur u=! ke bluii Uinzr se : iis ka beta Rahnbiyah, ns k:i beta Wasaiyah, aur us kabeta Yi'irim aur us k'l htta Zikri, aur us kn beta Salnmiyat. 2G Wuhf Salumiyat aur us ke bhii imiqaddas nial par muqarrar the, jo Daud badshah ne aur abwi rafsoo ne aur haza'rot) aur saikron ke sardaron ne aur Inshkar ke sardSroo 'ne muqaddas kiyS thi ; 27 Laraf ki hit men se unbou ne use KuuDAVxNn ke ghar kf t^intr ke liye muqaddas kiya ; 28 Aur sab, jo Sanu'ul ffaibgo nc aur Saul bin Qfs ne aur Al)inaiyir bin Naiyir -ne, aur Yuab bin Zarijwh ne muqaddas kiya tha, wuh sab muqaddas mal SaUuniyat ke aur us ke bhaio;i ke h.Uh men supurd tha. 29 Izhirioii meu se Kananiyab aur us ke bete mulk ke bandoliast ke liye Isriiel ke hakiiu aur qizi the. ^0 Ilabrnnion men se Ilasabiyah aur uskc bhaf ek hazar sat sau diHvvar mard Tsr'iel ki khidmat men Yardan pir magrib ki samt KKunAWAND ke kam aur bi'dsliah ki naukarl ke liye muqarrar the 31 Habrunfoo men Warfyah Hahrrinfon ka un ke gharanon aur abai khindinon ke muwafiq sardar tha. Daud kf saltanatkechalisweu baras men wedhiindhe gae, aur Jiliad ke Yaaztr men unke darmiyan dilawar mard pae gae. 32 Aur us ke bhai do haz^r sat sau sahib i himmat aur abwi sardar the. Aur Di'nd badshlh ne unheu "Rubinion aur Jaddfon aur fidhe siht Manassi parKhud.i ke kalam aur badshah kekam ke liye muqarrar kiya. XXVII. V,MB. 1 We bani Israel apne shuma'r ke muwafici, jo abwi rais aur hazaron aur saikroij ke sardar aur un ke peshwa holce badshali kf barfdarioo ki har bat ke muwafiq khidmat karte aur baras ke sab mahinou men mahina raahina 5ya jaya karte the, aur jo harek baridiri irieu chaubis hazar rakhte the, so yehi hain. 2 Pahle mahine ki pahli b.-5ridari par Yasubiam bin Zabdiel thi, aur us ki baridirimeo chaubis hazir the. 3 Bani Pharas men se pahle mahine ke lashkaron ke sarddrou ka rais wuhi tha. 4 Aur diisre mahine ki baridari par Dudi Akhiihi tha, aur uski barida'ri meo Miqlat sardar tha, aur uski baridari men chaubis hazir the. .'5 Tisre mahine ke tfsre lashkar ka sardar kahin Yahuyada ka beta Binayah tha, wuh rais tha, aur us kt baridari men chaubis bazar the. 6 Wuh Binayih tison meo bahadur tha, aur un tison par muqarrar thd, aur us ki baridari ki sardar uska beta Animlzabad tha. 7 Chauthe mahine ke liye Yuab ka bhai Asahel tha, aur uska naib us kiljeta Za- badiyah tha, aur uski barid:iri men chaubis hazar the 8 Panchwen mahine ke liye panchwao sardar Samalnit Tshraqi tha, aur uski baridari men chaubis hazar the. 9 Chhathwen mahine ke liye chhathwan sard.lr Taqui Aqis ki beta Ira tha, aur us ki baridari men chaubis Iiazir the. 10 Sitwen mahine ke liye satwao sardar banf Ifraim meu se Falani Khalis tha, aur uski baridari men chaubis hazar the. 11 Athweo mahine ke liye athwan sardir Shariqion men se Husati Sibki tha, aur us ki birfd'ri meu chaubis bazar the. 12 Nauweij mahine ke liye nauway sardar Binyaminioo men se Anatuti Abiazr tha, aur uski baridari men chaubis hazar the. 13 Daswen mahine ke liye daswaij sardir Shariqion meij se Natiifati Mahari tha, aur us ki biridiri men chaub's bazar the. 14 Gyarahwen mahine ke liye gyarahw^O sardar bani Ifraim meo se Farattini UinayAh th;i, aur us ki bdrfdari mey chaubis J J J -^ 476 1. TAWiVRI KH. [28 BAB. hazfir the. 15 Barahweo iiiahfne ke liye blrahw^u sard^r Gutunielfou meo se Natuftti Khuldf tha, aur us ki barfdari meu chaubis hazar the. 16 Aur ye Israel ke sibtou par muqarrar the : Riibinioo par Iliazr bin Zikrl sardar tha; Samaunfoij par Safatiyah bia Maakah ; 17 Lewiotj par Hasabiyih bin Qamnel ; Harunfou par Saduq ; 18 Yihudah par Ilihu Daud ke bhaion meo se ; Ishakar par Uinri bin Mikael ; 19 Zabulan par Ismaiyah bin Abadiyah ; Naftali par Yarimat bin Azritl ; 20 Banf Ifrifm par Hu si a bin AzUiyah; Sdhe sibt Manassl par Yuel bin Fidayah ; 21 Jiliad men fidhe sibt Manassi par I'du bin Zakariyah; binyamin par Yaasiel bin Abinaiyir ; 22 Dan par Azarielbin Yaruham. Ye Israel ke sibton ke sardar the. 23 Aur Diud ne un ka, jo bis baras ke aur kain umr ke the, shumir na kiya, kynnki Khuda^wand ne wada kiya tha, ki maio Israel ko asinan ke tiron ke manind barhliingi. 24 Zarnyah ke bete Yuab ne giun^ sburu kiya, par tamam na kiyS, ki us sabab se Israel par qahr nazil hua, aur un ka shumar Dafid badshah ke aiyam ki tawarikh meu likha na gaya. 25 Aur badshah ke khazane par Azimaut bin Adiel muqarrar tha, aur khet meo shahron meu gaon meo aur qilaoo men ke uiakhzanoo par Yahnnatan bin Uzziyah. 26 Aur kisanou par jo zamin ko jotte bote the, Azri bin Kalub thi. 27 Aur anguristanog par Simaf Riimatf tha, aur wain ke zakhfre par, jo takistanoo meu rakha gaya, Zabdi Shifmi tha. 28 Aur zaitun ke bigoo aur nasheb ke gular ke darakht^u par Baal Hanin Jadiri tha, aur Yuis tel ke zakhfre par. 29 Aur gae bail par, jo Sarun meu charte the, Sitri Sarnnl tha, aur Safat bin Adli un gae bailoij par, jo tarai men charte the. 30 Aur untoo par Ismieli Abbal aur gadhoij par Wahadiyah Mairunatf. 31 Aur bher bakri par Yazfz Hajri tha. Ye sab Diud badshah ke mal par muqarrar the. 32 Aur Daud ka chacha Yahunatan aqil aur alim hoke salihkar thS; aur Yahiel, bin Hikmani badshah kf aulad ke pas tha; 33 Aur AkhitufFal badshih ka salah- kdr tha; aur IlusJ Arki badshah ka rafiq tha; 34 Aur AkhitufFal ke pfchhe Yahuyada bin Binayah aur Abiwatr; aur badshah ka sipahsalar Yuab tha. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur Daud ne Israel ke sab sardaroij ko yine sibton ke sardaron ko aur bSr!- d5,rioD ke sardarou ko, jo badshah ki khidinat karte the, aur hazarou ke sardaroo ko, aur saikrou ke sardarou ko, aur badshah ke aur us ke betou ke sab mil aur mawashf ke'sardaroo ko, aur amirou aur bahadurou ko, aur sab diler niardou ko Yinishalam meu iama kiya. 2 Tab Duid bidshih uth khara hiia aur bola, ki Ai mere bhalo aur mere lot^o, men' suuo. Mere dil men tha ki Khudawand keahdnameke sandnq ke liye aramgah aur hamare KhudS ke liye paou ki kursf banauij, aur main to banana par mustaidd thS; 3 Par Khudi ne mujhe kaha, ki Tu mere nam ke liye ghar mat banani, kyanki tii jangi mard hai, aur lahii bahayi hai. 4 Aur K huda- ■WATSD Israel ke Khudi ne mujhe mere bap ke sare gharane men se chun liya, ki Isriel par abad tak saltanat karun; kyiinki us ne Yihudah ko peshwa hone ke liye intikhib kiya, aur Yihudah ke gharanoo meg se mere bap ke gharane ko chuna hai, aur mere bap ke betou men se mujhe pasand kiya, ki mujhe Israel ka badshah kare. 5 Aur mere sarebetoo meo se (ki Khudawand ne mujhe bahut bete diye '28 MAM.] I. TAWARrKir 477 hail),) v>9 n<5 mere bete Sulaimin ko pasand kiya, ki KiiiidaVand kl manil'ikat Israel ke takht par baithe. 6 Aur us ne miljhe kaln, ki Tcrd betl Sulaiiuan nieri ghar aur mere sahn bandwega; kyunki maio ne use cliun liyd ki ineri beta ho, aur mail) us ka bap hi'inga. 7 Aur agar wuh mere hukmoQ aur mere farmanoo ki shiiiawa rahegd jaisa is waqt hai, to maiij us kf bacUhihat hamesha tak qiim rak- honga. 8 Aur ab sire Israel yino IvHUD.vwANn kf jauiiat ke dckhne men aur hamare Khuda ke sunne men maiu tumheo nasfhat detd hi'iu, ki turn Kuudawani) apne Khuda ke sab hukmoa ko mJno aur dhundho, taki turn is aclichhf zamin ke waris hoo, aur apne bad apne betoo ko abad tak us ke waris chhor jao. 9 Aur Ai mere bete Sulaimdn, tu apne bip ke Khuda ko pahchan, aur man kf taiyari aur dil kf khnshi seus ki bandagJ karo, ki Khudawand sdre diloij ko darydft karta hai, aur khiydloD ke sare tasauwur ko pahchdnta hai. Agar tu use dhundhega, to wuh tujh se pdya jiega, aur agar tu use chhorega, to wuh hamesha ko tujhe radd karegi. 10 Abdekhki Kiiud.vwand ne tujh ko pasand kiyd hai, ki maqdis ke liye ek ghar band we: so dill war ho, aur use band. 11 Tab Ddnd no apne bete Sulaimdn ko us dalan ka aur us ke gharoij ka aur us ke khazdnou ka aur us ke baldkhanoij ka aur us ke bhftar ki kothriou ka aur bait ul kafdra ka naqshadiyd, 12 Aur naqsha sab ka jo us ke dil men thd, Khudawand ke ghar ke sahnoD aur as pds k! kothriou kd Khudd ke niaskan ke khazdnoo ki aur niydz ki gai chizoo ke khazdnoy ka, 13 Aur kdhinon aur Lewion ki baridarioQ ke liye namiina diyd, aur Khudawand ke maskan ki bandagi ke sare kam ke liye aur Khudawand ke maskan ki ibddat ke sdre zunif ke liye; 14 Aur sone ke zuriif ke liye sona taul diyd, bar tarah ki khidmat ke sab zuruf ke liye, aur rupe ke sdre zuruf ke liye rupd taul diyd, bar tarah ki khidmat ke sdre zurof keliye, 15 Aur sonahle shamadanoQ ka auruuke sonahle ctiirigou ka sona taul diyd, harekshama- ddn aur us ke chirigoo ke liye, aur rope ke shamadanou ke liye rupd taul diya, har shamadan aur us ke chirdgou ke liye, harek shamaddn ke kam ke mutdbiq. 16 Aur nazar ki roti ki mezoo ke liye sona taul diyd, harek mez ke liye, aur rupa rupahli mezoy ke liye, 17 Aur kantou aur piydloo aur jimoD ke liye khdlis sona diyd, aur sonahle jamou ke liye harek jam ke liye sona taul diya, aur rupahle jamoo keliye harek jam ke liye rupd taul diyd, 18 Aur bakhur ki qurbangah keliye khdlis soul taul diyd; aur sonahle karubion ki rath ki band wat ke liye, jo par phailae hue Khldawand ke ahdname ke sanduq par saya dalte haig. 19 Yih sab kitab men Khudawand ke hath se jis ne mujhe imarat ke sab kdm sikhlae, likhi gaya hai. 20 Aur Daud ne a|)ne bete Sulaiman se kahi, ki Mazbut aur dildwar ho, aur kam band, uiat dar aur ua ghabrd ; kyunki Khudawand Khuda, jo merd Khuda hai, tere sath hai, wuh na tujh se gdfil hogd na tujhe clihoregd jab tak tu Khurawand ke maskan ki ibidat kd sard kiui tamdm na kare. 21 Aur dekh, kahinou aur Lewiou ki bdridiriau Khuda ke maskan ki sdri khidmat ke liye hazir haiu; aur bar tarah ke kdm ke liye najib log, jo bar tarah ki khidmat meu chalak aur mdhir haiu, aur sarddr aur sab log tere sab kdmou ke liye tere sath haiu. XXIX. BAD. I Aur Ddud badshdh ne sdri jamdat ko kahd, ki Meri beta Sulaimdn jo akcld 478 I. TAWARI KH. [29 BAB. Khudd se cliun^ g'''y'^ hai, hanoz jaw:in nur tiSzuk hai, anr k^m bara hai; kyiinki tia Sdmfoo ke liye, balki Kiiud^vwand Khuda ke liye wuh maskan hogd 2 Lekin maip ne apne sare niaqdur bhar apne Khuda ki haikal ke liye mil aur asbab taiyar kiy^' sonahloo ke liye sona aur rupahlon ke b"ye rnpa aur pftlfon ke liye pTtal, ahantnoo ke liye loha aur chob'on ke liye lakri aur jarne ke liye qfmatf patthar aur singarne ke liye rangin patthar aur bar tarah ke qimatf patthar aur bahut se niarmar ke patthar ; 3 Aur is liye ki maio ne apne Khuda kf haikal par apna man lagay5 hai, maig siwa us ke, jo main ne baitul muqaddas ke liye taiyar kar rakhS, apne kh^ss mal men se apne Khuda ke maskan ke liye sona aur rupa dungi, 4 Yane tfn hazir qintar sona Ofir ke sone se, aur sat bazar qintar khalis rupl maskan ki diwarou ke marhne ke liye, 5 Wuh sona sonahlotj ke liye aur wuh rupa rupahlon ke liye aur karlgaroij ke sab kam ke liye hoga. Aur kaun taiyar hai ki apne hSth bharke ij Khudawand ke i?ge awe? 6 Aur dbai khandanoij ke sardar aur Israel ke sibtou ke sardar aur hazaroo aur saikron ke sardar aur badshah ke kam ke sardar dene ko taiydr the. 7 Aur unhon ne Khuda ke maskan ke banane ke liye p^nch hazir qintar das hazar dirham sona, das bazar qintar rupa, atharah hazar qintar pftal aur ek lakh qintar loha diya. 8 Aur jin ke pSs patthar the, unhon ne unhen Jirsani Yahiel ke hathou se Khpda'wand ke ghar ke khaziine men de dala. 9 Aur log kbushi ke hadiyon se shadman the, kyunki we dil kf taiyarf se Khudawand ke liye dete the, aur Daud bidshSh bhi bahut khursand tha. 10 Aur Daud ne sari jamaat ke age Khudawand kt tarif kf, aur Daiid ne kaha, ki Ai Khudawand hamare bdp Israel ke Khuda, tu abad ul fibad mubirak hai. 11 Ai Khudawand buz urgf aur qudrat aur jalal aur hameshagi aur izzat balki sab kuchh jo Ssman aur zannn men hai, tera hai ; Ai Khudawand bad- shahat teri hai, aur tu sabhon ke tipar sarfaraz hai ; 12 Aur daulat aur izzat teri taraf se ati hai, aur tu sabhon ka hakim hai, aur tere hath meu qudrat aur zor hai aur tere hi hath se sab kuchh sambhalta aur qnm rahti hai. 13 Aur ab, Ai hamire Khuda, ham tera shukr karte haiu, aur tere jalali nam kf tarif karte haiu. 14 Ki main kaun aur mere log kaun ki ham aisi chizen khushf se de sakte ? Kyunki terf taraf se sab kuchh hai, aur tere hf hath men se ham ne tujhe diya hai. 15 Kyunki ham apne sare bapdadon ki tarah tere age pardesi aur prabasi haiu, hamare din zamfn par saya kf tarah bethikdne hain. 16 Ai Khudawand hamare Khuda, yih sani dher, jo ham ne taiyar kiya hai, ki tere p1k n£m ke liye ek ghar banawen, tere hf hath se hai, aur sab tera hf hai. 17 Ai mere Khuda, maio yih bhi janta bun, ki tii dil ko janchta hai aur rastf ko chdhta hai. Main ne apne dil kf rastf seyih sab kuchh bakhushf diya, aur ab tere log, jo yahdu hazir haiu, main neanandse unhcQ tere liye bakhushi dete dekha. 18 Ai Khudawand hamare bap Abiraham Izhak aur Israel ke- Khuda, tu in logon ke dil men hamesha tak aisi man aur niizaj qaim rakh, aur tii un ke dilon ko apnf taraf mail kar. 19 Aur mere bete Sulaimin ko sachcha dil bakhsh, ki tere hukmon aur farmanon aur sharfaton ko bifz kare, aur \m par amal kare, aur us maskan ko banawe jis ke liye main ne taiyarl ki hai. 20 Aur Daiid ne sari jamnat se kahfi, ki Khudawand apne Khud^ kf hamd kariyo. Tab sarf jamaat ne Khudawand apne bSpdadou ke Khuda kf hamd ki, aur apn4 apnd sir jhukake Khudawand ke age aur bddshah ke ^ge sijda kiyS. 1 CAB.] II. TAWARt'KH. 479 21 Aur us ke dusre din sawere unhou ne KiiuD-vwANn ke liye zabfhou ko zabh kiyi, aur Khudawand ke liye charhawou ko chafhiy^, ek haz^r bail aur ek hazarmendhe aur ek hazdr bher un ke tapiwanou samet, aur bahut se aur zabaib sare Israel ke liye guzrdne. 22 Aur unhou ne usf din bapi khushi se Khi!1)Awand ke iige khiya piyi, aur unhoo ne di'isrf bir DSnd be bete Sulaiman ko badshah kiya, aur Khuda'waNu ke liye peshwa hone ko use mamsuh kiyi, aur Saduq ko kahiu hone ke liye tel chuprS. 23 ChunSnchi Sulaiman Khud* vand ke takht par.baithi, aur apne bap Daild kf jagah meo badshih hoke iqbll-uand thfi, aur sire bani Israel us kf farmanbardirf karte the. 24 Aur sab sardir aur bahadur aur Dadd bddshdh ke sab bete bhf Sulaiinin badshah ke tibfdar hue. 25 Aur Khibawa d ne sare Isriel kf nazar meo Sulaiman ko nihayat buzurg kiya, aur use aisa dabdaba badshahat ka diy£, jaisa us ke age Israel meo kisf badshah k:i na tha. 26 So Daud bin Yassf sare Israel ki. badshah tha. 27 Aur wuh ch.ilfs baras tak sare Israel par musallit rahS ; Habrdn meu sat baras nu.sallit hu5, aur Yira- sh.lam men tentis baras musaUit hui. 28 Aur wuh achchhl umrdarazf meu zindagi se aur daulat o izzat se asuda hoke mar gaya, aur us ka beta Sulaiman us ka janishin hua. 29 Aur Daod bidshah ka ahwal auwal o akhir, aur us kf sarf hukumat aur zor ka tazkira aur jo jo auqat us par, aur Israel par, aur zan.fn kf sarf mamlukatop par guzargae, 30 Dekh wuh sab Sam.->el gaibgo kf tawarikh men, aur Natan nabi ki taw.ri^h meu, aur Jad gaibbin kitawarfkh meu likhl hai. TAWARI'KH KI' DU'SRI' KITAIJ. I. BAB. 1 Aur Sulahnan bin Daud apnf badshahat meo qaim hua, aur K„c.awa.. us •ka ^huda us ke sath raha, aur use nihayat buzurg kiy,. 2 Aur Sulaiman no Tare banf Israel ko, y.ne haza'rou aur sai^ro,, ke sardiroo aur q..fou aur s.re Is 2 ke am.rou aur abwf sard.rou se b.teu kfu. 3 Tab Sulaimin aur us ke ^^Z J.maat J.bauu kfunehf jagah meu gae, kyunki Khud. kf jamiat ka khata Daud Khuda ke sanduq ko Qaryat Yiarfm se us maqam meu uthi I'ava th. i ne us ke liye taiyar kiy. th., ky.nki us ne us ke liy'e Yir.sh.Tam m ^iJZ khara k,ya tha. 5 Par mazbah pfta. ki, jo Bazilliel bin U'rf ne bana'y, th 3 hau KHun.wA.. ke maskan ke .ge tha', aur Sulaiman aur jamaatwahia lui mangne ko gae. 6 Aur Sulaiman ne wahau Kh.b.wa.b ke age pfta TZtl 7 Usf rat Khuda Sulainnn ko dikh.if diya, aur us se kaha, Jo chahe so man. ki n.a.utujhedung.. 8Suiaim.nneKhud.se kaha', ki Tu ne mere b^ D.ld^pa bar. .mhrbanf kf, aur mujhc us kf jagah bidshah kiya : 0 Ab, .Ai K„.. l'^ 480 II. TAWARrK-H. [2 BAB. Khuda, teri bit, jo tu ne mere bSp Daud se kah', pari howe. Td ne ek log par, jo zainin kf dhdl kf manind bahut haio, mujhe badshah kiyi: 10 Pas mujhe aql aur samjh dijiye, taki maiu in logoo ke age bahar bhftar aya jaya kardij; kyunki tori is bar! qaum ka insaf kaun kar sakta hai? 1 1 Tab Khuda ne Sulaiman se kahd, Isliye ki tera aisa mizaj hai, ki tiine dunyawf daulat aur izzat aur apne dush- jnaiioo ki niaut na chahi, na umr ki darazi mangi, balki apne liye hikniat aur danai mangi, ki mere logou ka, jin par raaiij ne tujtie badshah kiya, insaf kare : 12 So hikmat aur dinai tujhe bakhshf gai, aur maiu daulat aur mal aur izzat tujhe aisi diinga jaisi tere age ke bSdshahoo ko na liui, aur na tere pichhloo ko aisi hogf. 13 Chunanchi Sulaiman -Jibaun ki dnchi jagah se jamaat ke ^hainie ke age se Yirushalam men phir aya, aur bant Israel par badshahat kf. 14 Aur Sulaiman ne gariSa aur sawar bahut se jama kiye, us kf ek hazar ch^r sau g^riao thiu, aur barah hazar sawar, jinheu us ne girfon ke shahrou raeu rakhd, aur kitnou ko Yirushalam meo badshah ke sath. 15 Aur badshah ne Yirushalam meu sone chandi ko pattharou ki manind kar diya, aur saro ki lakrfou ko gular ki darakhtou ke manind, jo maidan meo wufiir se bote haig. 16 Aur Sulaiman ke liye ghore Misr se ate the, aur badshah ke saudagaron kaqafila naqdi deke ghoroo ki qafila lata tha. 17 Aur we Misr se chha sau misqal rupe ko ek ek rath aur derh sau misqal ko ek ek ghora chafha lite the, aur isi tarah Hittfou ke sare bad- sbahoQ ke liye mol late the. II. BAB. 1 Aur SulaimSn ne irida kiyi, ki Khuda'wand ke nim ke liye ek ghar aur apnf saltanat ke liye ek ghar banawe. 2 Aur Sulaiman ne sattar hazir birbardarou aur assi bazar palthar tornewaloo ko pahar men bheja, aur tin hazar chha sau sardaroQ ko un par muqarrar kiyi. 3 Aur Sulaiman ne Sur ke badshah Hdram pas kahla bheja, ki Jaisi td ne mere bap Dadd se kiyi, aur use sanaubar kf lakrfio bhejio, ki apne rahne ke liye ek ghar baniwe, waisa mujh se bhi kar. 4 Dekh maiu Khuda- WAND apne Khuda ke nim ke liye ek ghar banati hug, ki uake liye muqaddas karuQ, aur uske ige khushbui ki bakhdr aur haraesha ko nazar ki rotioo, aur subh shim ke aur sabtop aur naye chindoo aur Khuwa'wand hamire Khudi ki idooke charhawou ko sunghidn ; yih abad tak Israel par farz hai. 5 Aur wuh ghar jo maiu banatahdg, buzurg hogi ; kyunii hamari Khuda sab ilahog se buzurg hai. 6 Lekin kis ki maqddr hai, ki us ke liye ek ghar banawe ? Kyunki ism^n aur sire israanoB ki isman use samwi nahio sakti ; phir maig kaun hug, jo uske liye ghar baniun? magar faqat us ke age sunghane ko. 7 Ab mere pas ek shakhs bhej- iyo, jo sone aur rripe aur pftal aur lohe aur argawani aur qiriiiizf aur isminf rang ki sutf ka kim janti hai, aur naqqishi ki kam janti hai, ki un karigarog ke sath, jo Yihud;h aur Yurushalam meg mere sath haio, jinheg mere bip Diud ne muqar- rar kiyi, kam kare. 8 Aur sanaubar aur shamshid aur sandal ke lakrog ko Lub- nin meg se mere pis bhejiyo; kyunki maiu janti hug, ki tere chakar LubnAn ke lakrogke katne meg mihir haig; aur dekh, mere chikar tere chikarog ke sath rahenge, 9 Ki mere liye bahut si lakri taiyir kareo, ki wuh ghar, jo maig baniti hug, bari aur achambhi hogi. 10 Aur d^-kh, maio tere lakrihar naukaroo ko, jo S BAB.] II. TAWARI'KH. 481 latthou ko katte hain, bfs haz&r karr pftS hd4 gehun, aur bfs hazar karr jau aur bts hazar batt wain aur bts hazar batt tel dung.4. 11 Aur Sur ke bidshah HdrSm ne jawab likhkar Sulaimati pis bhej£ : Is sabab ki Khudawand apne logou ko mahabbat karta hai, us ne tujh ko un ki bddshah kij'a. 12 Aur Hiirim ne kaha, KiiunAWAND Isriel k4 KhndS, jis ne SsmfJn aur lamin ko paida kiya, mubarak hai, ki us ne Daiid bidshah ko ek aqlmand aur hoshiyar aur danishmand bcU bakhsha, jo Khiid.vwand ke live ek ghar ban4wega, aur ek ghar apnf saltanat ke lije. 13 Aur ab maio Hur^m Abiw ek hoshiyar aur hunarmand shakhs ko bhejtahuu, 14 Wuh Dan kf betfou mcD se ek aurat ka beta hai, par us k4 bap Sur ka ek shakhs hai, wuh sone aur riipe aur pital aur lobe aur patthar aur lakre aur argawanf aur nili sdtf aur bazz aur qirmizi aur bar tarah kf naqq^shf ka kam jinta hai, aur bar tarah ki karfgarl ki kSm, jo banana parega, janta hai, wuh tere hunarmandoo aur mere makhdum tere bap Dadd ke hunarmandon ke sath sab kain banawega. 15 Aur ab gehdn aur jau aur tel aur wain, jis ka niera khudawand zikr karta hai, apne naukaroo ko bhejiye : to ham jitne lakre ap ko darkaf haiu, Lubuan men katenge, aur unhen beia bandhwake samundar par se dp ke pas Yafa meu pahunchawenge, aur ip unheg Yirushalam meo charhaiye. 17 Aur apne bap Dadd ke ginne ke muwafiq Sulaimin ne Israel ke des men ke sire pardesfou ko gina, aur we ek Idkh tirpan hazar chha sau thahare. 18 Aur us ne un men se sattar haz^r barbardar aur assf hazdr patthar tornewale pahar meo thaharae, aur un par tin hazar karore muqarrar kiye, ki logoo se kam leweu. III. BAB. 1 Aur Sulaiman Khudawand kd ghar Yirdshalam meo koh i Murfyah par, jo us ke bap Dadd ko dikhlaya gaya, us maqim par, jo Dadd ne Urnan Yabdsf ke khaliyan par muqarrar kiya tha, banane laga. 2 Aur u. bichchhaoo se thik baniunga. 12 So YurubiSm aur sira majma tisre din Rihabiam ke huzur hazir hue badshih ke far mane ke mutabiq, ki Tisre din mujh pas phir aiyo. 13 Tab badshah ne un logoo ko sakht jawab diya, aur Rihabiam badshah ne buzurgoo ki salah ko chhor- £ar jawanon ki salah kemuwafiq unhen kaha, 14 Ki Mere bap ne to turn par bhari jua rakha, par maio us jue ko ziyada bhari karungi ; mere bap ne tumbeo koroo Be thik banaya, par maio turtiheo bichchhuog se thik karunga. 15 So badshah un logoo ka shinawa na hua, ki yih Khuda ki taraf se nasib tha, taki us bit ko, jo us ne Sailani Akhiyah ki mirifat se Nabat ke bete Yurubiam ko farmai tbi, pora kare. 16 So sire IsraeUon ne yih dekhke ki bidshih un ka shinawa na hiii, badshah ko jawab diya aur yiao kaha, Diiid ke sith hamara kya hissa hai? Yassi ke bete ke sath hamiri miras nahio ! Ai Israel, chal apue apiie khaime ko ! Ab Ai Daiid, apne hi ghar ko dekh ! Chunauchi sire Israel apne apne khaime ko gae. 17 Magar Rihabiam un Isrielion ka, jo Yihudah ki bastioij men rahte the, badshah haa. 18 Bid us ke Rihabiam badshah ne Haduram ko, jo tahsilcLir tha, bheja ; lekin bani Israel ne us par aisa pattharao kiya, ki wuh mar gayi. Tab Rihibiiin ne himmat na bandhi, aur giri par sawir hoke Yirushalam ko bhig gaya. 19 So bans Israel ij ke din tak Diiid ke gharane se bagi bain. XI. BAIJ. I Aur jab Rihabiam Yirushalam raeu dakhil hiia, to us ne Yihudih ke sire gharine ko Binyamin ke firqe samet, jo sab ek lakh assi hazir jangi barguzida jawin the, faraham kiya, taki we bani Israel se larke mainlukat ko Rihibiim ke qabze meo phir kar dep. 2 Tab Khuuaiwand ka kalim niard i lihuda Samaiyah ko iya, aur bola, 3 Ki bani Yihudah ke badshah Sulaiman ke bete Rihabiam ko aur sare Israel ko, jo Yihiidah aut Binyamin meo hai, kah, 4 Ki Khudawand ydo farmita hai, Turn charhii na karo, aur apne bhaion se qitil na karo, balki harek turn meo se apne ghar ko phire, ki yih bat mere hukm se hai. Aur we Khcdawand ke sukhuu ke shinawa hue, aur Yurubiam par charh jane so phir 15 BAR] II. TAWARI'KH. 491 5e. 5 Aur Rihibiim YinishAlam nieo rahS, aur Yihudah meo sliaiiroo ko miistahkam kiyS. 6 Aur us ne mazbiit ki^a Baitlahm aur Aitam aur Taqiia, 7 Aur Baitisur aur Shauka aur AdiUim, 8 Aur Jannat aur Marasah aur Zaif, 9 Aur Aduraim aur Lakis aur A/fqah, 10 Aur Zaraah aur Aiyalun aur Habrun, ye Yihudah aur Binyamfn met) ina/.biit shahr bane. 11 Aur us ne un qalaoo ko bahut mazbiit kiya, aur un meij qaladiron ko rakha, aur khurdani chizoo k& makhzan aur tel aur wain jama ki^'a, aur har shahr meij dhaleij aur bhale botore, aur un shahroo ko bahut mazbut kiya. 12 Aur Yihiidah aur Rinj-amin us ke the. 13 Aur kahin aur Lewi, jo sare Israel meo the, so us kf sari sarzamin meo se us p^s ae. 14 Kyunki Lewi apni apnf girdnawahoo aur milkfyaton ko chhor chhor Yihiidih aur Yirushalam men ae; kyunki Yurubiam aur us ke betoo ne unheo Khhdawand kf kahanat se dur kiy^, 15 Aur nnche maqatnou ke aur bokoo ke aur bachhrou ke liye, jo us ke banae the, kahinou ko muqarrar kiya. 16 Aur kahinou kf pairawi meo Israel ke sSre sibtOD meu se aise log, jin ke dil Khudawand Isriel ke Khuda kf talash meo lage the, Yirushalam meo ae, ki Khud.vwand apne bapdadon ke Khuda ke Hye zabh karen. 17 So unhou ne Yihudah kf mamlukat ko mazbut kiya, aur tin baras tak Sulaiman ke bete Rihabiam ko zor ba^hsha, ki we tin baras tak Daud ki aur Sulairaan ki rah par chalte rahe. 18 Aur Rihabiam ne Daud ke bete Yarimat ki betf Mahalat ke siwi Yassf ke bete lliab ki beti .Abikhail ko biyali kiy.i. 19 Wuh U9 ke liye bete jani, yine Yads aur Samariyah aur Zaham. '20 Us ke pichhe us ne xlbisaliim ki beti Maakah ko biyah kiya, jo us ke liye Abiyah aur Adti aur Zaiz^ aur Saldmfyat ko jani. 21 Aur Rihabiam Abisalum ki beti Maakah ko apni sari joruoo aur haramog se ziyada piyar karta tha, ki us ki atharah joriian aur sath harameu thin, aur usse athafs bete aur sath betiag paida hiiin. 2i Aur Rihabiam ne Abij'ih bin Maakah ko raiskiya, ki apne bhaiou meu sardar ho, taki use badsh^h ban! we. 23 Aur us ne hoshiyarf se kam kiya, aur Yihudah aur Binyamin ki sSri sarhaddoo men aur sab mazbat shahroo meo apne betou ko bant diya, aur unhec bahutsA khanl diy.i, aur un ke liye bahutsi joroaU mangin. XII. BAB. 1 Aur yiiQ hua, ki jab Rihabiam apni badshahat meo qaim hui, aur zorawar bani tha, to us ne aur us ke sath sire bani Israel ne Khudawand kf sharfat ko chhor diva. 2 Aur Rihabiam badshah ke pinchweo baras meij yiio hda, ki Misr ke badshah Sisaq barah sau rath aur slth hazar sarathi leke Yirushalam par charh aya, is sabab ki we Khudawand se b.igi hue the; 3 AurL'ibi aur Suki aur Knshf log, jo us ke sath Misr men se nikal ie, beshumir the. 4 Aur wuh Yihiidah ke mazbat shahroij par qabiz hua, aur Yirrishalara tak dya. 5 Tab Samaiyah nabi Rihabiam pas, aur Yihudah ke sardirou ke pas jo Sisaq ke dar ke mare Yirushalam meo jama hue the, Syi, aur uuhen kaha, ki Khudawand yuu farmata hai, ki Turn ne mujh ko chhor diya, is liye maiu ne tumheo bhi Sisaq ke hath meo chhof diya hai. 6 Is bat par Israel ke sardarog ne aur bddshih ne apne apne ko farotan kiya, aur kaha, ki Khudawand sadiq hai. 7 Aur jab Khuda- L 1 1 2 492 II. TAWARI'KII. [IS BAB. WAND ne dekha, ki we farotan huehaiu, to Khudawand ka kaUm Saraaiyah pas dya aur kaha, ki We to khaksir hue haiu, so main unheg haUk na kariinga, balki thori deri meo unheu najat bakhshungi, aur incri gazab Sisaq ke hath se Yiru- shalam par nazil na hogi. 8 Tis par bhf we us ke khadiin honge, taki we lueri khidmat ko aur zainfri ke badshahou ki khidmat ko janeij. 9 So Misr ka badshah Sisaq Yinishalain par charh aya, aur Kiiudawand ke ghar ka khazana aur badshah ke ghar ka khazana sab kuch le gaya, aur sone ki dhalou ko bhf, jo Sulaiman ne banwai thiu, le gaya. 10 Aur Rihabiam badshih ne un ke badle tambe ki dhaleo baniin, aur pasbanoo ko, jo shah ke mahall ki nigahbani karte the, sompTn. 11 Aur jab badshah Khudawand ke ghar jata tha, to jilaudar ate the, aur unhen lekejate the, aur phir unhen like pasbanon ke hujre men rakh chhorte the. ^ 12 Aur jab us ne apne ko farotan kiya tha, to Khudawand ka gazab us se yahSn tak phira, ki use bilkuU halak na kiya; aur Yihddah meo kuchh neki aur khubi baqi rahi thi. 13 So Rihabiam bidshah Yirashalam meu mazbut bana, aur musallit raha, ki Rihabiam ektalis baras kf umr meu badshah hiia, aur Yirushalam meu yane us shahr meu, jo Khudawand ne Israel ke sire sibtou meo se pasand kiya tha, ki apna nam us men rakhe, satrah baras tak musallit raha. Aur us ki ma ka nam Naamah thS, jo Ammuni th*. 14 .Aur us ne bura kiya, ki us ne K.hvd\'~ WAND ki talash men apna man na lagaya. 15 Aur Rihabiam ka ahwal auwal o dkhir jo hai, so Samaiyah nabi ki tawarikh men, aur uasabname ke taur par Ida gaibbin ki tawarikli men !ik!iihai. Aur Rihabiam aur Yurubiam ke darmiyan jab tak jite the, jang barpa ralif. IG Akhir ko Rihabiam apne bipdadou ke sath soya, aur Daud ke shahr meu gar^j aur us ka btta Abiyah us ka janishin haa. XIII. BAB. 1 Yurubiam badshah ki saltanat ke atharahwen baras meo Abiyah Yihudah ka IjSdshah hua. 2 Us ne Yirdsh^lara meo tin baras badshahat kf. Us ki mi ka nam Mikaylh tha, jo U'riel Jibati ki beti thi. Aur Abiyah aur Yurubiam ke darmiyan iang rahi. 3 Anr Abiyah ne char lakh jangi mardoij ke lashkar se, jo muntakhab iawan mard the, jang ke liye saff bandhi, aur Yurubiam ne bhi us ke muqabale mea Sth lakh chune hue bahadur logon se jang ke liye safF bandhi. 4 Tab Abiyah Samarain ke pahaf par, jo Ifraim ke hohistan men hai, charh gaya, aur kaha, ki Ai Yurubiam aur sire Israel, meri suno. 5 Kya tumhen na jana chihiye, ki Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ne Israel ki saltanat Daud ko aur us ke betou ko namak ke ahd se hamesha ke liye di hai ? 6 Lekin Nabat ka beta Yurubiam, jo Dand ke bete Sulaiman ka ek naukar tha, utha hai, aur apne khawind se bagi hda hai, 7 Aur us ke pas halke aur badzat log jama hue haiij, aur jab Rihabiam hanoz jawin aur naramdil tha, aur un ka simhna na kar sakta tha, tab we Sulaiman ke bete Rihabiam se bagawat karte the. 8 Aur ab tum log ch^hte ho, ki Khuda- WAND ki mamlukat ka, jo Dadd kf aulad ke hath men hai, samhna karo, aur tum bara amboh ho, aur tumhare sath we sonahle bachhie bain, jinheo Yurubiam ne banaya ki tumhare mabud howeu- 9 Kya tum ne Khuda'wand ke kahinoo Hardn ke betou aur LewioQ ko ddr nahio kiyi, aur dunya ki qaumon ke manind 14 BAH] II. TAWARrKlI. 493 apne Hye kahinoo ko nahiu banaya ? Jo koi apn;i hatli bharke aya, aur bachhre aur sit mendhoD ko layl, wuh un ka, jo haqfqat mcii K-huda nahfy haio, kahin hu4. 10 Lekin ham log jo haio, Kiiur.vwand hamarS Khuda hai, aur ham ne use nahto chhor diva, aur hamlre kUiin, jo Khudawand kt bandagi karte haiij, so Ilarun ke bete haiu, aur Lewi apni khidmat moo hdzir rahte haiu. 11 Aur we subh ba subh aur sham ba shim Khudawand ke liye charhlwoo aur khushbiifoo ko sunghate haio, aur khilis sone kJ mez par nazar kf rotiau chunte haio, aur sonahlfi shaiuadin aur us ke chirag sham ba sham roshan hone ko rakhte haio, kyunki ham IviiUD.vwAND apne Khuda ki sharfat ho hifz karte haio, par turn ne us ko chhor diya hai. 12 Aur dekho, Khuda peshwa hoke ham^re sath hai, aur us ke kahin hizir haio, aur shor ke narsinge bhi maujnd hain, ki tumhSre barkhilaf shor machaweo- Ai bani Israel, Khuda'w and apne bapdadou ke Khuda se mat laro, kyunki turn hargiz iqbalmand nk hooge. 1 3 Lekin Yurubiam ne un ke pfchhe ghumke kamtn ko baith^ya, so we bani Yihu- d.ih ke ige the, aur ghat meu baithnewale un ke pfchhe. 14 Aur jab bani Yihudah ne p'ohhe nazar ki, to kya dekhte haiu, ki larai age pichhe hai. Tab unhou ne Khudawand ki dua kf, aur kahinon ne turhiao phunkar shor mach^yi, 15 Aur Yihudah ke logon ne lalkara; aur jab Yihudah ke logon ne lalkara, to aisa hiia, ki Khndi ne Abiyah aur Yihiidah ke age se Yurubiam ko aur sare Israel ko mara. 16 Aur bani Israel Yihudah ke age se bhag gae, aur Khuda ne unhen un ke hath men kar diya. 17 Aur Abiyah aur us ke logon ne bari qital meo unheo kat dala, so Israel men panch lakh chune hue mard mare pare. 18 Chunanchi ban! Israel us waqt bas meu kiye gae, aur bani Yihudah galib hiie, kyunki we Khudawand apne bapdidoo ke Khuda par bharosa rakhte the. 19 Aur Abiyah ne Yurubiam ka ta-iqub kiya, aur shahron kous se le liya, yine Baitel aur us ka dihat, Wasinah aur us k£ dihat, Gifraim aur us ka dihat. 20 Aur Abiyah ke dinoo meu Yuri'ibiam ne phir zor na pakra, aur Khudawani> ne use mara, aur wuh mar gaya. 21 Aur Abiyah zorawar hiia, aur chaudah joruao kiu, aur us se bais bete aur solah betian paida huio. 22 Par Abiyah ka baqi ahwal, aur us ka kam o kalam I'dti nabi ke bayan meg likha hai. XIV. BAB. 1 Aur Abiyah apne bapdadoij ke sath so raha, aur Daiid ke shahr meo gara gaya, aur us ka beta Asa us kf jagah meu badshah hua. Us ke dinon meo mulk men das baras tak chain rahl. 2 Aur jo bhala aur thik tha, so Asa Khudawand apne Khuda ke huziir kiyi karta tha. 3 Aur us ne ajnabi mazbahoij ko aur unche maqamoo ko dur kiya ; aur Butiinou ko gira diyi, aur Yasiratoij ko kat dala, 4 Aur YihJdah ko hukm kiya, ki Khudawand apne bapdidoij ke Khuda ko dhundheo, aur us ki sharfat aur sunnat ko maneo- 5 Aur us ne Yihudah ke sare shahron meo se unche makanoo aur suraj ki mnratoo ko diir diya. Aur us ke age mam ukat ko chain mila. 6 Aur us ne Yihudih meo mazbut shahr banae, kyunki mulk. meij chaio tha, aur un barasoo meo larai na hili ; kyunki Khuda'wand ne use chain bakh.sha tha. 7 Aur us ne Yihudah ko kaha, ki Ao, ham ye shahr banaweu, aur charou taraf diwar a>ir 494 n. TAWARI'KH. [15 B^B. burj aur phitak aur qufl lagaweo, ki mulk hanoz hamare age azld hai, kyunki ham ne Khudawand apne Khuda ko dhuudht; ham ne use dhundha, aur us ne ham ko charoij taraf se aram bakhshi hai. So unhoo ne banaya, aur sab un se ban pari. 8 Aur Asa ke lashkar meo Yihudah se tin lakh mard the, jo phari aur bhilS uthate the, aur Hinyamln meu se, jo dhal uthate aur tir chalate the, do likh assi hazar the, ye sab ke sab bahadur mard the. 9 Aur us ke muqibale meo Kushi Shariq das lakh kf ek fauj ko aur tin sau rathoD ko leke Marasah ko ayd. 10 Tab Asa us ke s^mhne nikli, aur unhoe ne Marisah ki Safatah kf taraf men jang ke liye safFbandhf. 11 Aur AsS ne Khuda- WAND apne K.huda ki duS kf, aur kah^, ki Ai Khddawand, tere liye kuchh nahfn, ki bahut se ya kamzor se madad kare, so Ai Khudatwand, hamare Khuda, tii , hamari madad kar, kyi'inki ham log tujh par bharosa rakhte haiu, aur tere nam se is amboh ke samhne jate hain; ta, Ai Khudawand, hamara Khuda hai, so tu apne nazdfk ins.ln ko zor pane na de ! 12 Tab Khddawand ne Asi ke aur Yihudah ke age se Kushion ko mar dala, aur Knshf bhag gae. 13 Phir Asa aur us ke srithwale logon ne Jirar tak un ki taaqub kiya, aur Kushfou se itne mare pare ki un meo se koi jita na rahi ; kyunki we Khddawand ke age se aur us ke lashkar ke age se nest o nibud hue. Aur we bahutu Isit le gae. 14 Aur unhoD ne Jirar kf charou taraf ke sire shahroQ ko mara, kydnki Khudawand ka dar un par para tha, aur unhon ne sare shahron ko lut liya, kyunki us meo bari Idt thf. 16 Aur unhon ne mawashf ke deroo ko bhi mara, aur bheroQ ko aur untou ko bahutai se leke Yirushalam ko phire. XV. BAB. I Aur Khuda ki ruh Adid ke bete Azriyah par af. 2 Aur wuh Asa ke milne ko gaya aur use kaha, ki Ai Asa, aur sare bani Yihudah aur Binyamin, meri suno ! Khudawand tumhare sath tha, is liye ki turn us ke sath the ; aur agar tum use dhdndhoge, to wuh tumheo milegi ; par agar tum use chhoroge, to wuh tumheo chhorega. 3 Ab bahut din se ban! Israel bina sachchi Khuda, aur bina sikh- iSnewala kahin, aur bina shariat rahe hain, 4 Par jab we apne dukh meo Khuda- wand Israel ke Khuda ki taraf phire, aur use dhundhi, to wuh un se pSya gaya. 5 Jo koi undinon meu bahar bhftar riya jayi karta tha, use kuchh aman na miltatha, balki zamin ke sare bashindoo par bipat pari thi. 6 Qaum qaum se aur shahr shahr se garat hue, kyunki Khuda ne unheu har tarah ki tangi meij mubtala kiya. 7 Lekin tum mazbut bano, aur apne hathoij ko dhila hone na do, kytinki tumhare karaon ka phal milega. 8 Aur jab Asa ne in batoo ko aur Adid nabi ki nubawat ko suna, to us ne dilawari ki, aur Yihudah aur Binyamin ke sare mulk meo se aur un shahroo meo se, jo us ne Ifraim ke kohistan men liye the, makruh muratoo ko dur kiya, aur Khuda'wand ke uslre ke age Khudawand ke mazbah ko phir durust kiya. 9 Aur us ne sare Yihudah aur Binyamin ko, aur Ifraim meo se aur Manassi meo se, aur Samaun meu se pardesiou ko jama kiya; kyunki jab unhou ne dekhi, ki Khudawand us ka khuda us ke sath hai, to we Israel meu se kasrat se us ke pas ie. 10 Aur we Asi ki saltanat ke pandrahweu baras ke tisre mahine meo Yirii- 16 BAB.] II. TAWARrKH. 495 sh^lam tneQ jama hue, 11 Aur jo lut kt chtzeu we lae the, un meo se we usi din Khudawand ke liye sat sau bail aur sit hazSr bher chafhate the, 12 Aur ahd bdndhte the, ki apiie sire dil se aur apni jan se Khuda'wand apne bdpdadoo ke Khuda ko dhnndheo; 13 Aur jo koi Khudawand Israel ke Khudi ko na dhiindhega, so qatl kiya jiegi, kya chhota kya bara kya mard kya aurat howe. 14 Aur unhou ne barl awaz se pukarte lalkdrte hiie aur turhiou aur narsingoij ka shor inachate hue Khudawand ke liye qasam khai, 15 Aur sare Yihtidih us qasain se khdsh hue, kyunki unhoo ne apne sare dil se qasam khai thi, aur apni sari marzi se use dhundhi, aur wuh un se paya gaya, aur Khudawand ne unheu charou taraf se aram bakhsha. 16 Aur Asa ne apni ma Maakah ko bhi malika hone ke mansab se niazul kiya, kyunki us ne Yasirat ke liye ek but nasb kiya thi ; so Asi ne us ke but ko kat dila, aur chiir char kiya, aur wadi i Kaidriin meu jala diya. 17 Lekin unche makan Israel meo diir na kiye gaye ; bawujud us ke Asa ka dil, jab tak wuh jita raha, Khudawand hf se laga tha 18 Aur us ne we chizeu, jo us ke bap ne niyiz kio thig, aur we chizen, jo us ne ap niyaz kia thin, kya riipa kya sona kya bartan, sab Khudawand ke ghar meo dakhil kiu. 19 Aur Asa ki saltanat ke paintisweu baras tak jang na hui. XVI. BAB. 1 Asa kf saltanat ke chhattisweo baras meo Israel ka badshah Baasha Yihudah par charh iyi, aurRamahko banaya, taki Yihudah ke bidshah Asi ki koi shakhs ine aur jane na pawe. 2 Tab Asi ne Khudawand ke ghar ke aur badshah ke ghar ke khazanoo meo se n'lpa aur sonanikili, aur Aramke badshah Bin Hadad ke pas, jo Diinishq meo rahli thi, bheja, aur kahi, 3 Ki mere tere darmiyan, aur mere bip aur tere hip ke darmiyin ahd o paiman hai : dekh ki maio tere liye rupi aur sona bhejta huu, so to a aur shah i Israel Baashi se ahdshikani kar, tiki wuh raerl taraf se chali jiwe. 4 Tab Bin Hadad ne Asa bidshili ki bit manl, aur apne lashkar ke sardirou ko, jo Israeli shahrou ke muqabil pare hue tlie, bheja, aur unhou ne Aiyun aur Din aur Abil Maim aur Naftili ke shahroa ke sire makhzanou ko girat kiya. 5 Aur aisa hui, ki jab Baasha ne yih suna, to Rimat ka banina chhor diya, aur apne kani se hath uthayi. 6 Phir Asi badshih ne sire Yihudih ko liya, aur we Rimah ke pattharoy ko aur lakrou ko le gae, jiu se Baasha Ramah banata thi, aur us ne un se Jiba aur Misfi ko banayi. 7 Us waqt Hanini gaibgo Yihudah ke bidshah Asi pas aya, aur us se kahi, Jab ki tu ne Aram ke bidshih par takiya kiya, aur Khudawand apne Khudi par takiyanahio kiya, isi sabab Aram ke badshah ki lashkar tere hath se bach nikli hai. 8 Kyi Kiishf aur Lubi bari fauj na bane aur nihiyat bahut rathou aur sarathioo ko leke na ie ? Par jab tii ne Khudawand par bharo.si rakhi, to us ne unhen tere hath meg kar diya. 9 Ki Khudawand ki aukheo sari zamin meg warpar daurti haio, ki un ki madad kare, jin k t dil us par takiya karta hai. Is inea tu ne ahmaqana kira kiya, ki ab se tere sith larai hogi. 10 Aur Asi us gaibgo par khafa haa, aur use qaidkhiue meg dili ; kyunki us bat ke liye gusse hoke us ne yih kiya. Siwa us kc Asi ne us waqt logog meg se kitnog par zulm kiya. 496 II. TAWMU KU. [17 BAB- 11 Aur dekh, Asa "ka ahwal auwal o akhir jo hai, wuh Yihuddh aur Israel ke badsh^hou ki tawarlkh kf kitib meu qalamband hai. 1-2 Aur Asa ki saltanat ke untalisweu baras meo us ke paou meu rog hui, aisi ki wuh bahutbimar para ; aur apnl biniari meu bhf wuh Khodawanb ka nahiu, balki tabiboo kS talib hua. 13 Aur Asa apne bapdadou meu ja mlH, aur apni saltanat ke ektalisweu baras meo mar gaya, 14 Aur us qabr mec gara gaya, jo us ne apne liye Daud ke shahr meo khodi thf, aur wuh ek midfan meo madfun hui, jo har qisin ke masalih se bhara hua tha, jise gandhiou ne hunar ke sith taiyar kiya tha, aur unlioij ne us ke liye barf ag barf. XVII. BAB. 1 Aur us ka betS Yahasafat us kf jagah baishah hua, aur wuh Israel par gallb hui. 2 Aur us ne Yihudah ke sare mazbat shahroo meu sipaht rakhe, aur Yihadah ke mulk meu aur Ifraim ke shahron men, jinheo us ke bap Asi ne liya tha, thine baithae. 3 Aur Khudawand Yahusafat ke sath tha, kydnki wuh apne bap Dai'id ki agli chalon par chalta tha, aur Baalou ka pichha na karta tha, 4 Balki apne bapdadou ke Khudi ko dhundhta aur us ke hukmon par chalta tha, aur Israel ke kam ke nmtabiq nahiu kiya. 5 So Khudawand ne us ke hath se mamlukat ko mazbuti bakhshi, aur sare Yihudah Yahasafat ko hadiye lie, aur us ki daulat aur izzat bahutsi hai. 6 Aur wuh Kuudawand ki rahou par chalke bahut dilawar hdl, aur baqi nnche maklnon aur Yasiratou ko Yihudah meo se dur kiya. 7 Aur apni saltanat ke tisre baras meo us ne Biiikhail aur Abadiyah aur Zikariyah aur Nataniel aur Mikay.ih ko, jo us ke sardar the, bheja,ki Yihudah ke shahrou men tilim deweu. 8 Aur un ke sath ye Lewi the : Samaiyah aur Nataniyah aur Zabadiyah aur Asahiel aur Simiramat aur Yahunatan aur Aduniyah aur Tdbiyah aur Tub Aduniyah, jo Lewi the, aur un ke sath liisama aur Yahuram jo kahin the. 9 Aur we Yihudah men talim karte the, aur Khuhawand ki tauret ki kitab un ke saththi, aur we Yihiidah ke sire shahrou men guzarte phire, aur logon ko talim dete rahe. 10 Aur Khudawand ki dahshat Yihudah ki charoij taraf kf sarzaminon ki mamlukaton par ai, ki we Yahasafat ke sath na laie. 11 Aur PhilistfoD meo se Yahasafat ke pas hadiye aur chandi khiraj lie, aur Arabi us pis bher bakri lie, yine sit hazar sat sau mendhe aur sat hazar sat sau bakre. 12 Aur Yahusafat barhta chala gaj^a, aur nihiyat buzurg hiia, aur Yihudah meo garhou ko aur un shahrou meo zakhire ke gharon ko banaya, 13 Aur Yihudah ke shahroo meo us ke makhzan aur Yinishilam men us ke jangi log, bahadur mard, the. 14 Aur un ki shuinar un ke ibii kbandinou ke muwafiq yih hai. Yihudah men haziron ke sardir ye the: Sardir Aduah aur us ke sath tin likh bahadur log the; 15 Aur us ke pis sardar Yahnhanin aur us ke sath do likh assi hazir the ; 16 Aur us ke pas Araasiyih bin Zikri, jo bakhushi Khudawand kf khidraat karta thi, aur us ke sith do lakh bahadur log. 17 Aur Binyamin meu se: Ilyada bahadur, aur us ke sith qaus aur sipar se musallah do lakh; 18 Aur us ke pis Yahdzabad aur us ke sath ek likh assi hazir jo jang ke liye hathyir bandhte the. 19 Ye bidshah ke khidmatguzar the, siwi un ke, jinhey badshih ne tamim Yihu- dah meu ke mazbut shahroij meu rakhi tha. It BAB.] II. TAW/VRI'KH. • *97 XVIII. B;¥B. 1 Aur Yahtisafat ki bahut st daulat aur izzat thi, aur us ne Aljhiab se nisbftt nita kiy.l. 2 Ch;ind barasoo l aur Ibnah ki diwaroQ ko, aur Ashddd ki diwarou ko dha diya, aur Ashddd ke as pas aur Filistion ke dar- miyan shahroo ko bina kiyd. 7 Aur Khuda ne us ki madad ki, ki Filistion par aur un Arabion par, jo Jdr Baal men rahtc the,^ aur Madnfofl par galib hua, 8 Aur Ammdniog ne Uzziyahko hadiye d'lye ; aur uska nam Misr ki sarhadd tak phail gaya, kydnki wuh nihayat zorawar tha. 9 Phir Uzziyah ne Yirnshalara meu Kone ke Phatak par, aur Tarai ke Phatak par aur Goshe ke Phatak par burj banae aur unheo mazbut kiya. 10 Aur us ne bayaban meo bahut se burj banwle, aur bahut se kde khodwae, kydnki nasheb meg aur maidan meg us ki bahut mawashi thi, aur pahiroo meu aur Karmil meg uske kisan aur takbau the, kydnki kishtkarf use achchhi lagti thf. 11 Aur Uzziyahko jangf mardog ka ek lashkar tha, jo badshah ke ek sardar Hananiyah ke naibog Wadel safir, aur Maasiyah katib ki ismnawisi ke shumar ke mutabiq gol gul karke jang ke liye uikalta tha, )2 Aur un bahadur mardoo ke abwi raisoD ka sira shumir do haz ir chhasau tha. 13 Aur un ke hukm meg tin lakh sarhe s^t bazar ka ekjangi laskhar th^, jo qawi fauj ban- ke larne ko nikal jate the, ki dushmanoo kemu(j4bil badshah kS madad karen. 14 Aur Uzziyah ne un ke yane s^re lashkar ke liye dhaloQ aur barchhfoo aur topoa N n n 2 508 11- TAWARI'KH. [27 UAH. aur bakhtaroo aur kamsQoo se leke dhelwans ke pattharou tak sab kuclih taiyar kiyi. 15 Aur us ne Yiriishalam ineu Iiunarmand logoij ki kdrfgarf se kal ban- wae. ki burjon aur goshoo par se tir aur bare bare patthar mareo. So us ka nam dtir tak phail gaya, kyuiiki us ki intulid ajab tarah se hiif, jab tak ki wuh musta- qill liua. 16 Lekin jab wuh mustaih par qahrnak hoke unhey tumhare hUn men kar diya, par tuui ne uuheu aise gazab se qatl kiya, ki asman tak pahunch gaya. 10 Aur turn ab is fikr meu ho, ki bani Yihndah aur Yirashalara pamal karke apne gulam aur laundiai) karo. Par kya KiiuD.iWAND tumhare Khudi ke nazdik turn par asam uahiu hoga? 11 Pas turn ab meri suno, aur un asirou ko, jiuheu turn ne apne bhSfou meo se asfr kiya, az£d karke phir bhejo, ki Khddawand ka qahr tuiu par mushtaal hai. 12 Tab bani Ifraim ke buzurg logon meu se baze yane Azariyah bin Yahuhauan aur Barakiyah bin MasalUmit, aur Hi/.qiyah bin Saiumaur A:uasa bill Khuldi uthe, aur unheu jo lashkar se phii- ate the, roka, aur uuheu kaha, k • la Turn asiroQ ko bhitar mat Ido, ki turn chihte ho, ki 1<.uux>aw.\si> ke asam ham par rakho, aur hamare gunah aur asam bafhao, ki hamara asam to bahut hai, aur qahr i Ilahi Israel par mushtaal hai. 11 Tab un miisallah hue logon ne asirou ko aur ganimat ko sardiroo aur sari jamaat ke ^ge chhor diyi. 15 Aur we mard jin ke nam mazkur hue, uthe, aur asirou ko le gae, aurlut ke mal se un ke nangou ko pahinaya, unheu kapre aur jiite pahinae aur unheu khilaya pilaya, aur uu par tel chupra, aur un ke sire mandoo ko gadhog par baithike tamrou ke shahr Yiriho meu, apne bhaion ke pas, pahunchaya; tab Samninkophir gae. 16 Us waqt Akhaz bddsliah ne Asur ke badsliahou pis bheja, ki us ki madad kareu. 17 Phir Adiimi chaih ae, aur Yihudah ko marke asirou ko le gae. 18 Aur Filisti Yihdd^h ke nasheb aur janub ke shahrou men charh ae, aur Bait ul Shams ko aurAiyaiunko aur Jadlrat ko am Shauka uur Us kc diiiit ko aur Tiuiuah aur us kc dihal ko aur 510 11. TAVVARIKH. [20 ]im. Jiiiisu aur us ke dihat ko le liya, aur un men base. 19 Kyunki Khudawand ne sh-ih i Israel Akhaz ke sabab se Yilindah ko ghataya, is liye ki vis ne Yihodah ka furag kiy.i thi, aur Khudawand se beiinan ho gaya tlia. 20 Aur shah i Asur Dijlatpil-isar us par charh ayl, aur us ko tang kiyi, aur use amati na diyi. 21 Us ne to KuoDAWAND ke ghar aur badshih aur amiroij ke ghar se rail chhin leke shah i Asur ko diya, par us ki kuchh madad na huf. 22 Aur tangi ke waqt wuh bidshih .'Vkhaz KnaDAWAND sc ziyada beiman ho gaya, 23 Ki us ne Diraisq ke mibddoo ke liye, jinhog ne use mira tha, zabh kiya, aur kahi, ki Aram ke badshahog ke mabudoij ue uu kf madad ki hai, somaio un ke liye qurbin kariinga, ki meri madad karen, lekin we us ki aur sare Israiel ki thokar ke bais hue. 24 Aur Akhaz ne K.hudi ke ghar ke bartanoij ko jama kiya, aur Khuda ke ghar ke bartanou ko kat liya, aur Khudawand ke ghar ke darwazon ko band kiy^, aur apne liye Yirushalam men harek kone par mazbahon ko banaya. 25 Aur Yihiidah ke harek shahr meo us ne unche mak£n banwae, ki ajnabi mabudou ke liye khushbu jalawen, aur us ne Khodawand apne bapdadou ke Khuda ko gussa dilaya. 26 Ab us ka baqi ahwil aur us ke sire iamal auwal o akhir jo haiij, so Yihiidab aur Israel ke badshahoo ke daftar meg maktdb haiij. 27 Aur Akhaz apne bapdidou meu ja mila, aur Yiriishalaui shahr meg to gara gaya, par Israel ke badshahoQ kf qabrou meu ane na paya. Aur us ka beta Hizqiyah us ka janishlu hoa. XXIX. BAB. 1 Hizqiyah pachfs baras kf umr meg badshah hii£, aur untfs baras Yirushalam meg musallit raha. Us kf ma ka nSm Abiyah tha, jo Zikariyah ki betf thf. 2 Aur jo Khudawani> ki nazar meg durust hai, so us ue kiya un sab ke mutabiq jo us ke bap Daud ne kiya thi. 3 Us ne apni saltanat ke pahle baras ke pahle mahi'ne meu Khudawand ke ghar ke darwazon ko khola, aur unhen sudhara. 4 Aur us ne kahinog aur Lewiog ko bulaya, aur unheg purab taraf ke chauk meg jama kiya, 6 Aur unheg kahS, Ai Lewio, meri suno. Turn ab apne ko pak karo, aur Khudawand apne bapdadoa ke Khuda ke ghar ko pik karo, aur maqdis meg se sari najis chizon ko nikil phenko. 6 Kyunki hamare bap beiman ho gae, aur jo Khudawand hamare Khuda ki nazar meg bura hai, so unhoij ne kiyS, aur use chhor diya, aur apne apne munh Khudawand ke maskan se pher diya, aur apni apnf pfth us kf taraf kf hai ; 7 Aur usare ke kiwarog ko band kiya hai, aur Israel ke Khuda ke maqdis meg chiragog ko bujh^ya hai, aur khushbu nahig sunghaya hai, aur charhawi nahin charhaya hai. 8 Tab Khudawand ka qahr Yihudah aur Yirushalam par nazil hui, aur us ne unheg chhor diya, ki mazldm aur bairani ke bais aur angushtnuma howeg, jaise turn apnf ankhog se dekhte ho. 9 Dekho, is sabab hamare bap talwar se mare pare, aur hamare bete betiag aur joriiag asiri men haig. 10 Ab mere dil meg hai, ki Khudawand Israel ke Khudi ke sith ahd bandhuo, taki us ka mushtaal qahr ham se phir jae 1 1 Ai mere larzando, turn ab susti ua karo, kyunki Kuvdawand ne tumheQ barguzida 29 BAB.] 11 TAWARl'KH. 511 kiy.-i. ki us ke age khare hoke bniidagi karo, aur us ke khidim ho jo khushbu jalate haiu. 12 Tab bant Qilnt meu se Maliat bin AmisI, aur Yucl bin Azariy.ili ; aur bani Mir4i-I meo se Qfs bin Abdf, aur Azariyah bin Yahalliel; aur bant Jirsin meu se Yualch bin Zimmah, aur Adan bin Yuakh ; 13 Aur bani llisafan meo se Simri aurWauf-l; aur bani Asaf meg se Zikariyah aur Mattaniyah ; 14 Aur bani Haimin meu se Yahiel aur Simai ; aur bani Yadatun meu se Samaiydh aurUzz-iel uthe, 15 Aur aptie bhiioo ko jama karke aur apne ko pak karke badshSh ke hukm ke muwafiq aur Khudawand ke kalam ke mutabiq Khudawand ke ghar ke pak karne ko ae. 16 Aur kahin pak karne ko Khudawand ke ghar ke andar gae, aur s^ri naj^sat ko, jo Khudawand kt haikal meo maujud thf, Khudawand ke ghar ke sahn meo nikal phenk^; aur Lewiou ne un chizoo ko bahar le jake Kaidrun ke nale meu d.4l diyS. 17 Aur pahle mahine kt pahli tarikh meo unhoo ne taqdis ka kam slmru kiyS, aur we us mahine ke athweo din Khudawand ke usire tak ae, aur Sth din tak Khuda'wand ke ghar ko pak karte rahe, aur pahle mahine ki solahwiu tarikh meo we tam^m kar chuke. 18 Tab unhoo ne Hizqiylh bidshah ke pas jake kahS, ki Ham ne Khudawand ke tamim ghar ko, aur charhawe ke mazbah ko, aur sab zurnf ko aur nazar ki rotioD kt mez ko, aur sab bartanoo ko pak kiya ; 19 Aur ham ne un s£re basanoo ko, jinheo Akhaz badshih ne apni bidshahi aur bedini meo napak kiya tha, phir Crista aur muqaddas kiya : aur dekh, we Khudawand ke mazbah ke &ge haiu- 20 Tab Hizqiyah badshah sawere utha, aur shahr ke sardaron ko faraham karke Khudawand ke ghar ko charh gaya. '21 Aur we sat bail aur sat meudhe aur sit barre aur sat bakre lie, ki mamlukat ke liye aur maqdis ke liye aur Yihudih ke liye khatiyat hoo. Aur us ne kihinou Haran ke betoo ko hukm kiya, ki 1>hudawand ke mazbah par charhawe charhaweo- 22 Tab kahinog ne bailoQ ko zabh kiya, aur lahii leke mazbah par chhirka; phir mendhoo ko zabh kiy^s aur luhii ko mazbah parchhirki; phir barrog ko zabh kiya, aur lahu ko mazbah par chhirka. 23 Aur we khatiyat ke bakroo ko badshih aur jaraiat ke 5ge lae, aur unhou ne apne hath un par rakhe. 24 Phir kahinotj ne unheo zabh kiya, aur un ka lahu kafara ke liye mazbah par chhirka, ki sare Israel ki kafira ho, kyiinki badshah ne farmaya tha, ki sare Israel ke liye charhawa aur khatiyat guzraneo- 25 Aur us ne Daud ke aur badshah ke gaibbtn Jad ke aur nabi Natan ke hukm ke mutabiq Khudawand ke ghar meu jhanjh aur bin aur barbat liye hue LewioQ ko muqanar kiya, ki Khudawand ne apne nabioij ki marifat se yiiQ hukm kiya tha. 26 Aur Lewi Dadd ke bajoo ko aur kahin turhiou ko leke khare hiie. 27 Aur Hizqiyah ne farmaya, ki charhawa mazbah par charhaya jawe ; aur jis waqt charhawa shuru hua, usi waqt Khudawand ka git turhioij aur shih i Israel Daud ke bajoo se shurii hai. 28 Aur sari jamaat ne sijda kiya, aur git ka gana aur turhioQ ka bajiua sab hota raha jab tak charhawa tamam na ho chuka. 29 Aur jab charhiwa tamam ho chuka, tab badshih ne aur sab ne, jo us ke sath hazir the, jhukke sijda kiya. 30 Phir Hizqiyah ne aur sardaroQ ne Lewioo ko hukm kiyi, ki Daud ki aur Asaf gaibbin ki batou se Khudawand ki hamd gaweii. Aur unhou ne khushi se hamd gai, aur sir jhukake sijda kiya. 31 Tab Hizqiyah kahne lagi, ki Ab turn Khudawand ke hye hath bharke ie ho, nazdik 512 II- TAWARPKH. [30 BAB. jao, aur Khuda'want) ke gliar meo zabfhon aur shukr ke qurbanoo ko guzrano. Tab jaiuaat ne zabihou aur shukr ke qurbinoij ko aur sab razamand logon ne charh^woo ko guzr.ina. 32 Aur charhawou ki gintf, jo jamiat lai, so sattar bail aur sau mendhe aur do san barre the: ye sab ke sab KHunA'WANn ke chaihawc ke liye the ; 33 Aur chha sau bail aur tfn hazar bher muqaddas kiye gaye. 34 Magar kahin aise thore the, ki we sab charhawou ki khal utar na sake, tab un ke bhii Lewiou ne un ki raadad ki jab tak kam tamam hiia, aur jab tak baqi kahinoo ne apne ko p.ikkiya; kyiiiiki Lewi apne pak karne meo kaliinoo se ziyada diyanatdar hue the. 3o Lekin charhawe blif aur salanifon ki charbian aur charhlwe ke tapawan bahut se the. So Khuoa'wand ke ghar ki bandagi tamSm hui. ^6 Aur Hi/qiySh aur sab log kliuslii meu the, ki Khuda ne logoj) ka dil ubhara, kyunki wuh kim jalJi so anj iin ko palmncha. XXX. BAR. 1 Aur Ilizqiyah ne sare Israel aur Yihudah ko talab kiya, aur Ifraim aur Manassf ke pis bhi kliutut likh bheja, ki we Khuda'wand ke ghar ko Yirushalain meu aweij, taki Khcdawand Israel ke Khuda ke liye fasah karen. 2 Aur bSdshih ne aur sardarou ne aur Yirushalam meu ki sari jamaat ne bihtar janS, ki dusre mahtne men fasah kareij. 3 Kyunki we us waqt fasah nahin kar sake, is liye ki kahinon ne baqadr i ihtiyjj apne ko pak nahio kiya tha, aur log bhi Yirushilam meo jaraa nahiu hrie the. 4 Aur wuh bat badshah ki aur sAri jamaat ki nazar meu achchhi thi. 5 So unhon ne muqarrar kiya, ki Biarsaba se leke Dan tak tamam Israel meo manadi ki jawe, ki log Khudawand Israel ke Khudi ke liye fasah ke manne ko Yiriishalnm mcQ aweij ; kyunki unhon ne bahut din se nawishte ke mutabiq fasah na kiya tlia. 6 Tab harkare badshah aur us ke sardiron ke hath se chittian pake bidshah ke hukin ke muwafiq taniim Israel aur Yihudah meo raw^na hue aur bole, Ai bani I.srael, Abirahim aur Izhak aur Israel ke Khudi ki taraf phiro, to wuh tumhare baqi logoo ki tavcif, jo shih i Asur ke hath se bach rahe hain, phirega. 7 Aur tuin apne bipJidou ke mlnind aur apne bhaioo ke manind mat ho, ki we Khuda'wand apne bapdadoo ke KhudS se beiman ho gae haiu, is Hye us ne unheu halak kiya hai, jaise tuui ap dekhto ho. 8 Pas turn apne bapdadoD ke mSnind sakhtgardan mat hoo, balki Khuda'wand ko hath do, aur us ke maqdis ko ao, jise us ne hamesha ke liye muqaddas kiya hai, aur Khuoa- WANU apne Khuda ki bandagi karo, taki us ka jalta gazab tum se phir jawe. 9 Kyunki agar turn Khudawand ki taraf nhiroge, to tumhare bhaf aur tumhSre bete apne asir karnewalou ki nazar meu rahm pawenge, yahau tak ki is mulk meo phir a wenge, kyunki Khudawand tuinhari Khuda hannan aur rahm£n hai; aur agar turn us ki taraf phiroge, to wuh tum se apna raunh na morega. 10 So harkare Ifraim aur Manassi ke mulk meij Zabiilun tak shahr ba shahr guzarte phire ; lekin unhon ne un se mazhaka kiy^, aur unheo thatthe men ur.iya. 1 1 Tad bhi Yasar se aur Manassi se aur Zabiilun se kai log naram dil hue, aur Yirushalam ko ae. 12 Aur Yihudah meo bhi Khudawand ka hath thii, ki unheu ek dil dewe, tiki we Khudawand ke kal^m ke mutibiq b.ldshah aur sardaroo ke hukm pai- amal kareQ. 01 BAB.] II. TAWi>JRrKII. 513 13 So baluit log Yirushalam mco jama hue, ki diisre mahfne meij fatirf rotf ki id kareij ; we ek bahut bar! jamaat the. 14 Aur we uthe, aur un mazbahou ko, jo Yirushalam meu the, aur bakhiir kf sari qurbangahoo ko dur kiya, aur unheo Kaidrun ke nale meo phenk diya. 15 Phir uiihoij nc ddsre mahine kf chaudahwfo tarikh meu fasah ko /abh kiy.i, aur kahinoy aur Lewiou ne sharmitida hoke apne ko pak kiyi, aur Khuda'wand ke ghar lucu charliawoo ko guzrana. 16 Aur we apne dastiir ke muwifiq, mard i Khuda Musi ki shariat ke rautabiq, apni jagah par khare hiie, aur kahiuoo ne Lcwioo ke hith se lahu leke chhirkS. 17 Aur jamaat meu bahut the, jinhou ne apne ko pak uahin kiya thi, is waste Lewioo ne un sabhou ke liye, jinliou ne apne ko pak ne kiya thri, ki Kiiuuawand ke muqaddas howeu, fasah ke barroij ko zabh kiya. 18 Kytinki bahut se logou ne Ifraim se aur Manassi se, Ishakar aur Zabulan se apne ko pak nahfu kiya tha, balki fasah ko mutabiq us ke jo likha hai, nahin khaya. 19 Lekin Hizqiyah ne un ke liye dui raangi aur kaha, Ai Ku^dawano i karim, ti3 sab ko, jinhou ne Khuda ke yane Khodawant) un ke bapdadou ke Khuda ke dhumiline ko dil lagaya hai, muaf kar, agarchi quds kf tahirat se na ho. 20 Aur Khudawanu ne Hizqiyah ki sunf, aur logoc komuif kiya. 21 So bani Israel, jo Yirdshalam meo hazir the, barf khushi se sat din tak id i fatir karte rahe, aur Lewi aur kdhin Khudjkwand ki hamd ke bajou ko leke roz ba roz Kiiudawand ko bhajte the. 22 Aur Hizqiyih ne sab Lewiou ko, aur un sabhou ko, jo I^hudawanu kl hamd ke k:hdss ilm men mahir the, dilasa diyi, so we sat din tak fd ki qurbaniau khite the, aur salamfotj ke zabaih zabh karte the, aur Khudawand apne bapdadou ke Khuda ki shukr karte the. 23 Aur sari jamaat hamawaz huf, ki aur sat din id kareo, aur we khushi se aur sat din minte the. 24 Kydnki shah i Yihiidih Hizqiyah ne jamaat ke liye hazar bail aur sat hazar bher guzrane, aur sardarou ne jamaat ke liye hazar bail aur das hazar bher guzrane ; aur bahut se kahinou ne apne ko pak kiya tha. 25 Aur Yihudih kf sari jamaat aur kahin aur Lewi, aur wuh sari jamaat, jo Israel se af till, aur we pardesi, jolsriel ke mulk se ae the, aur Yihiidah men rahte the, khushf karte the. 26 So Yirushalam meu bari khushi huf, kyiinki shah i Israel Sulaini^u bin Daud ke dinon se Yirushalam meu aisa na hul tha. 27 Aur kahinou aur Lewioo ne uthke logou ko barakat di, aur un ki aw5.z suni gai, aur un ki dua us ke muqaddas makan asiiian tak puhunchi. XXXI. BAB. 1 Jab yih sab ho chuka, tab sare Israeli, jo hazir the, Yihtidah ke shahroa ko nikle, aur sari muraton ko tor dila, aur Yasiratou ko kat dala, aur dnche maka- nou aur mazbahou ko, jo Yihudih aur Binyarafn aur Ifraim aur Manassi meu the, dha diya, yahau tak ki sab ke sab nest o nabud hue ; tab sare banf Israel apne apne shahr aur miras ko phir gaye. 2 Aur Hizqiyah ne kihinou aur Lewiou ki barida- rfou ko un ki baridariou ke muwafiq harek ko us ki khidmat ke liye yane kahinou aur Lewiou ko charhiwe aur salami ke guzaranne ke liye, aur bandagi aur shukr- guzari aur tarif ke liye Khudawand ke darbar ke darwizou meo muqarrar kiya. 3 Aur badshah ne apne mil meo se ek hissa charhawou ke liye yane eubh -aor O 0 o 514 II. TAWARI-KH. [31 HAB. shim ke charli^woo ke liye aur saljton ke aur na^^e chandou ke aur Idoo ke char- h^wou ke liye thahariya, jaisi ki Khudawand k1 sharfat meu likhi hai. 4 Aur us lie logon ko, jo Yirush^lam meo rahte the, hukm kiya, ki kihinoo aur Lewiou k4 haqq ada kareu, tl ki we Khudawand ki sharfat ko hifz kareij. 5 Aur jab yih farman nikla, tab bani Israel anaj aur wain aur tel aur shahd aur khet ke sire ha- sfl ke pahle phal ziyadati se lae ; aur sab ka daswau hissa ziyadatf se He. 6 Aur bani Israel aur Yihudah, jo Yihudah keshahron meij rahte the, we bhi gae bail aur bher bakri ki daswin hissa aur un muqaddas chizoij ka daswao hissa, jo Khuda- WAND \jn ke Khuda ke liye muqaddas kf gai thfij, He, aur dher dhcr rakhe. 7 Un- hoo ne tisre mahine meu dher lagdn^ shura kiya aur satwen mahfne meo tamara kiyi. 8 Aur Hizqiyah aur sardarou ne ake (jiheron ko dekha, aur Khudawand ko aur us kf guroh Israel komubarakbad kaha. 9 Aur Hizqiyah ne kaliinon aur Lewfoo ko un dheroij kf babat piichha. 10 Tab sardar knhin Azariyah ne, jo Sa^oq ke khhandan ki tha, jawab men kaha, ki jab se logon ne KnunAWANn ke ghar men hadiya lana shurii kiya, tab se ham khane ko bahut rakhte haip, aur isadahote haig, aur bahut bach rakliti hai; kyunki Kiiudawand ne apne logon ko barakat bakhshl hai, aur jo bachS, so yihi bara dher hai. 11 Aur Hizqiyah ne hukm kiya, klKnuDAWAND ke ghar meu kothrfao ban^wen ; aur unhou ne unhen banSya. 12 Aur we hadiye aur dahyakian aur niyaz kf chfzeo am^nat seuu meij He. Amun par Kananiyah Lewi nazir tha, aur uska bhaf SamaS ddsrS thS. 13 Aur Yahfel aur Azaziyah aur Naukhat aur Asabelaur Yarimat aur Ynzabad aur Iliel aur Ismakiyah aur Maliataur Binayah Hizqiyah badshdh ke aur Khudi kc ghar ke sardar Azariyah ke intizSm se Kananiyah aur us ke bhaf Simai ke nSib hoke nlzim the. 14 Aur Qari bin Yimnah ek Lewf, jo mashriq ki samt ka dar- Mn tha, wuh Khuda kf inimf qurbaniou par tha, ti ki Khudawand ki qurbaniau aur aqdas chizeo bant dewe. 15 Aur Adan aur Minyamin aur Yasua aur Samaiyah aur Amariyah aur Sakaniydh kihinoo ke shahron meo amanatseuske naib the, ti ki apne bhaiou ko kya bare kya chhote ko un kf brirfdarion ke muwafiq bant deweQ. 16 Aur un kc likhe hue mardou ko, jo tfn baras se aur upar the, yane un sab ko, jo apni biridarfoo ke mutabiqapni khidmat meu kim karne ke liye roz ba roz Khudawand ke ghar ate the, 17 Aur un kahinon ko, jin ke nam un ke abaf VhandanoQ ke muwafiq likhe gae, aur un likhe hue Lewiop ko, jo bfs baras ke aur upar the, aur apni baridirioo men khidm itkarte the, 18 Aur un ke sab likhe hue bilbachchoQ aur jonioo aur betoo aur betiou ko, garaz us sari jamaat ko bint deweo ; ki we amanat se apne ko aqdas chizou kf taqsfm ke liye pak karte the. 19 Aur Hirun ke beton un kahinou ke liye bhf, jo apne shahroo ki girdnawah ke khetou meo the, shahr ba shahr kaf ek mard, jin ke nam likhe gae the, muqarrar hue, ki sab kihinou ke sab mardou ko, aur sab likhe hue Lewion ko hissa deweu. 20 Aur Hizqiyih ne tamim Yihudah meu aisa hf kiya, aur Kiiudawand apne KhudS ki nazar meo jo bhala aur thik aur sach hai, so kiya. 21 Aur sab kara meo, jo us ne Khudi ke ghar ki khidmat meu aur sharfat aur afn meu apne Khudi ke dhundhne ke liye shuru kiyi, so apne sare dil se kiya, aur kimyib hui. 32 BABO n. TAWARrKH. 515 XXXII. HAB. 1 111 batou ;iur diiulaii ke kamou ke bad shili i Asiir Sanlierib charh gayi, aur Yihudah meu aya, aur mazbiit shahrou ke muqibil parao kiya, aurchaha, ki unheo apne qabze mcu lawe. 2 Aur jab IIi/(iiy;ih ne dekha, ki Saiilicrib aya hai, aur Yirushalain se larno ko rukh kiya hai: 3 To us ne apne sard.iroij aur bahaduroo ke sath bihtar jana, ki panf ke sotou ko, jo shahr se bahar the, band kare, aur un- hoo ne us ki madad ki. 4 Aur bahut log jama hue, aur sab chashmou aur us nahr ko, jo us sarzamin ke bfch meu bahti hai, band kiya, aur kaha, ki Asiir ke bidshlh ake kaheko bahut pani paweo? 5 Aur us ne himmat bandhf, aur sab dhai hiii diwiroo ko bandya, aur burjon tak uncha kiya, aur bahar se ek ddsri diwar ko banaya, aur Daiid ke shahr mea Milla ko mazbut kiya, aur bahut si talwSreg aur dhaleo banwaiy. G Aur us ne logou par sipihsalar thaharae, aur shahr ke phatak ke chauk meg unheij apne pas jama kiya, aur unhen dilasi diya, aur kalia, 7 Maz- brit ho, aur dilawari karo, aur Asiir kc badshah se aur us ke sath ke sire amboh se mat daro aur na ghabrao, kynnki hamare sathi un ke sathioo se ziyada haip. 8 Us ke sath bashar ka hath hai, lekin hamare sath Kuudawand haraara Khuda hai, ki hainari madad kare, aur hamari larii hire. Aur logoij ne shah i Yihudah Hiz- qiyah ki batoo par bharosa rakha. 9 Bad us ke shah i Asiir Sanherib ne, jo apne sare lashkar ke s^th Lakis ke muqibil para tha, aur apne naukaroo ko Yiriishilam meo shah i Yihudah Hizqiyiih ke pas, aur tamaim Yiliudih ke pas, jo Yirushalain meu tha, bheja aur kaha, 10 Ki Shih i Asur Sanherib yna farmata hai. Turn log kis par takiya karte ho, ki Yirushalam ke qala mes rahte ho ? Kya Hizqiyah tumheu yahau tak Dahiij phuslata hai, ki kal se aur piyas se maro? kyunki wuh kahta hai, ki Khudawand hamara Khudi hamcu shah i Astir ke hath se chhurl- wega. 12 Kya wuh' nahfij ki jis ke unche makan aur jis ke niazbah Hizqi- yah ne ddr kar ddle, aur Yihiidah aur Yirushalam ko hukm kiya, ki Turn ek hi mazbah ke age parastish karo, aur us par khushbii sunghao? 13 Jo main ne aur mere b^pdadou ne mulkoo ke sare lagon se kiya hai, turn nahfu jante ho? Kya sar- zaminoo ki qauraoo ke mabdd apne apne mulk ko mere hath se bacha sake ? 14 Un logon ke sare raabudoa men, jiuheij mere bipdadou -ne halik kiya, wuh kaun sa hai jo apne logon ko mere hath se baeha saka, ki tuiuhara K^huda tumheu mere hath se bacha sake? 15 Pas Hizqiyah tumheu na bharmiwe, aur tumhara aisa bodh karne na pawe, aur us ko sach mat jauo ! kyilnki kisi uminat ka ya mamlukat ki mibnd apne logog ko mere hdth se aur mere bapdidou ke hath se chhufa na saki : to phir tumhara mabud tumheu mere hath se kyiinkar cbhurawegi? 16 Aur us ke naukaron ne Khudawand Khuda ke barkhilaf aur us ke bande Hizqiyah ke barkhilaf bahut si aur baten kahfu. 17 Aur us ne ek khatt likha, ki Khucawand Israel ke Khuda ki ihanat kare, aur us ke haqq meu kufr bake, ki wuh bola, Jaisa mulkou ke logou ke mabudon ne apne logon ko mere hSth se na chhuriya hai, waisahi Hizqiyah ka mabiid bhi apne logou ko mere hdth se na chhurawega. 18 Aur we bari aw^z se pukarke Yihudi zubin meu Yirushalam ke logoo SQ, jo diwar par the, bole, ki unhea tarsau aur hairaii kareu, taki shahr ko le lewea. 19 Aur we Yiriislnlam ke Khuda ke haqq meg aisi bStea O 0 o 2 5m II. TAWARrKH. [33 BAB. karte the, jaisf zamin kf qaumou ke ilahoo ke haqq meo, jo insan ke h^th ke kam haiu> 20 Is sabab Hiaqiyah bAdshdh aiir Amiis ka betd Yasaiyah nabi dua karke ^s- m.ln ki taraf chillae. 21 Tab Khudawand ne ek firishte ko bheja, aur us ne shah i Asur ke lashkar meu sire bahadui-ou aur peshwaoij aur sardaron ko fana kiya: tab wuh pasheman hoke apne hf mulk ko phir gaya, Aur jab apne ilah ke ghar meo gaya, to unhou ne, jo us^ ki sulb se nikai ae the, use wahao talwar se mar dala. 22 Isi tarah Khudawanb ne Hizqiyah ko aur Yirushalam ke bashindon ko Asor ke badshSh Sanherib ke h^th se aur sabhon ke hath se chhuraya, aur chare. 32 Ab Hizqiyah ka baqi ahwal aur us ke nek kam, dekho, we Amas ke bete Yasaiyih nabi ke ruya meij, aur Yihndah ke aur Israel ke badsbahoo ke daftar men maktub haiu. 33 Aur Hizqiyah apne bapdidon m^n ji mila, aur bani Daiid ki qabroD ki unchai men gara gayi, aur tamam Yihudah aur Yirnshalam ke Mshinde us ke marrje men us ki tazim karte the. Aur us ka beta Manassi us ka j^nishin hni. XXXIII. BAH. 1 Manassi barah baras ki urar meg badshah hda, aur pacbpan baras tafe Yirushalam meo musallit raha. 2 Aur jo Khudawand ki nazar meo bura hai, so us ne kiya un qaumon ke nafrati kam ke mutabiq, jinheo Khkdawand ne bani Israel ke age se dafa kiyi tha. 3 Aur us ne un unche makanoo ko, jinhen us ke bap Hizqiyah ne (Jhaya tha, phir bina kiya, aur BaaloB ke liye kitne mazbah barpi kiye, aur Yasirateo banaiij, aur sSre a smani lashkar ki parastish ki aur bandagi kf. 4 Aur us ae Khudawand ke us ghar men, jis ki babat Khuda- WAND ne farmlya thi, ki meri nam Yirushalam meu abad tak rahega, mazbah 33 BAB.] II. TAWARI'KII. 517 lanae. 5 Aur us ne asmSnf kawSkib ke nam kc mazLah KnunAWANn ke ghar ke do sahnoQ meo bina kiyc. G Aur us ne BanI Ilannum kf ghatf meu apne bete ko ag meo guzrana, aur raramiU aur jadugari kf, aur dewoo aur afsungarou se yari ki ; us ne Khudawand ke 5ge bahtit badkariSo kfo, aur gussS dilaya. 7 Aur us ne ek khoda hda but, jo us ne banw.iya, Khuda ke us ghar meu nasb kiyS, jis ki babat Khudi ne Da'id ko aur us ke bete Sulaiuian ko kaha thi, ki Is ghar meu aur Yirushllain meu, jise maio ne ban! Israel kc sare sibton meo se chun liy^ hai, mail) apna nam abad tak rakhdngJ, 8 Aur maiu bani Israel kc paou ko is sarzanifn se, jo maio ne un ke bipdadou ko inayat ki hai, hargiz na talwaung.i, agar we itnahl kareo, ki un sab baton par, jo maio ne unheo farmiiii), aur us sarf shariat aur un huquq aur ahkam par, jo Musa na diye, amal kareo. 9 Lckin Manassf ne Yihndah ko aur Yirushalam ke bashindoo ko yahan tak bhatkaya, ki unhon ne un gurohou ki nisbat, jinhen Khuuawand ne banf lyrael ke sainhne nabud kiy4, ziyada badkdri kf. 10 Aur Khudavvanb ne Manassf se aur apne logou se bateo kin, par we us ke shinawa na hiie. 11 Is sabab Khudawand un par shah i Asur ke sipahsalaron ko layi, we Manassf ko kantiye se pakarke aur beriou se jakarke Babul ko le gae. J 2 Aur wuh tangi meo mubtala hoke Khudawand apne Khuda se dua karne laga, aur apne bapdadon ke Khuda ke age bahut naramdil aur khaksar hua, 13 Aur .us ne us se dua kf, aur us kf dua qabnl huf, aur us kf duhafsunf gaf, aur wuh use Yirushalam ko us ki mamlukat meu phir laya. Tab Manassf ne jana, ki Khuda- wand wuhi Khuda hai. 14 Bad us ke us ne ek b&hari dfwar ko Daud ke shahr ke liye Jaihun ki pachhira taraf ghati meo, jahao Machhli Phatak men ate haig, banaya, aur Ufal ko ghera, aur use bahut uncha kiya, aur Yihiidah ke sare mazbut shahron meo lashkar ke sardaroQ ko rakha. 15 Aur us ne ajnabf mabddon ko aur but ko Khudawakd ke ghar se, aur sab mazbahoo ko, jo us ne Khudawand ke ghar ke pah^r par aur Yirushalam meo banwae the, diir kiya, aur shahr ke bahar phenk diya. 16 Aur us ne Khudawand ke mazbah ki marammat kf, aur us par salami aur shukr ke zabihoo ko charhaya,aur Yihiidah ko fannaya, ki Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ki bandagi kareo. 17 Tis par bhi log hanoz unche makanoo meo qurban guzrante rahe, magar faqat Khudawand apne Khuda ke liye. 18 Ab Manassf ka baqi ahwal aur us ke Khuda se us kf dua, aur un gaibbfnoti ki bateu, jo Khudawand Israel ke Khuda ke nam se bolte the, we sab Israel ke badshahoQ ki tawarfkh meu maktubhaiu; 19 Aur us kiduS, jo qabiil hiii, aur us ki sari khata aur befmanf, aur we maqam, jin par unche makan banwae, aur Yasirateo aur murateo ulhaio, us se pahle ki wuh taib o khaksar hna, we sab Hazi ki tawarikh meu maktub haio. 20 Aur Manassi apne bapdadon meg ja mila, aur apne ghar men gara gaya, aur us ka beta Amiin us ka j£nishin hua. 21 Amun bafs baras ki umr meo badshah hua, aur do baras Yirushalam meij musallit raha. 22 Aur jo Khudawand kf nazar meo bura hai, sous ne kiya, jaisi ki us ke bap Manassi ne kiy.i tha; aur Ammiin ne un sab butoo ke liye, jo us ke bap Manassi ne banwae the, zabh ki, aur un ki bandagi kf. 23 Aur wuh Khuda- wand ke ^ge taib na hua jis tarah us ka bap Manassi taib hiia tha, balki wuh Auiiia asam bafhati chala jata tha. 24 Akhir ko us ke khadiinou ne us ke 618 II. TAWARI'KII. [34 BAB. qatl kA mansuba bandha, aur us ke ghar mey use qatl kiya. 25 Lekin shahr ki raaiyat ne un sab ko qatl kiya, jinhou ne Amiin badshah ke barkhiUf us ke qatl ka mansuba bandha tha, aur ahl i mulk ne us ke bete Yflsiyah ko us ki jagah meu bad- shdh kiya. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Yosiyah ith baras ki umr meu badshah hua, aur ektfs baras Yiiiishalam raeO musallit raha. 2 Us ne we kaui kiye, jo Kiiudawand ke age bhale the, aur apue bap Dadd kf rahon par chala, zarra bhi dahne bayen na raura. 3 Aur us ki salta- nat ke dthweu baras men, jab hanoz larka tha, wuh apne bap Daad ke Khuda ko dhundhne laga; aur barahweo baras meu Yiliudah aur Yinishcilam ko iinche makanon aur Yaslratoo aur suratou aur muratou se pak kariie laga. 4 Aur logou ne us ke Sge Baaloij ke mazbahoij ko dha diya, aur muratoQ ko, jo un ke dpar thin, kat dala, aur Yasiratou aur khodi hdi suratoij aur dhali hui muratoe ko tor dala, aur chakna chiir kiya, aur un kf dhul ko un ki qab- ron par bithraya, jo un ke liye qurban guzrante the. 5 Aur us ne' kahinou ki haddiao un ke mazbahoo par jalatu, aur is tarah se Yihudah aur Yirushalara ko pak kiya. 6 Aur Manassi aur Ifruim aur Samaun aur Naftali tak us ne charoa taraf ke gharon ko butoa se saf kiya. 7 Aur mazbahoij ko dlii diya, aur Yasira- tou aur mdratou ko k^t dala, aur chakna chur kiya, aur Israel ke tamim mulk meu sab buton ko kdt dala. Tab Yirushalam men phir aya. 8 Us kl saltanat ke atharahweo baras meu, mulk aur haikal ki taharat ke bad us ne Asaliyah ke bete Safan ko aur shahr ke sardar Maasiyah ko aur Yuakhaz ke bete Ydakh sarishtadar ko Khudawand apne Khuda ke ghar ki marammat karne ko bheja. 9 We Hilqiyah sardar kahin pas ^e, aur wuh naqdi, jo Khuda ke ghar meu lai gai thi, jise darban Lewioo ne bani Manassi se aur banl Ifraira se aur Israel ke saie b£qi logon se aur tamam Yihudali aur Binyamfn se aur Yirdshalam ke bashindou se leke jama kiya tha, unheu supurd ki gai; 10 Aur unhojj ne use karindoo ke hath meu, jo Khudawand ke ghar ki marammat par muqarrar the, somp diya, aur karindoij ne, jo Khuda- wand ke ghar ka k^m karate the, ki maskan ki marammat aur taiyari howe, 1 1 Bar- haioQ aur bananewalou ko diya, ki tarashe hue patthar aur ghar ke shahtirou aur latthoo ke lakre mol liye jaweg, jinheu Yihddah ke badshahou ne kharab kiya tha. 12 Aur we mard amanat se kara karte the. Aur un par ban! Mirari meu se Wahdat aur Abadiyah, jo Lewi the, aur bani Qihat meu Zakariyah aur Musallaiii khabardafi karne ke liye muqarrar the, aur we sab Lewi bajou ke bajane meu mahir the; 13 Aur we barbardaroo par bhi muqarrar the, aur har tarah ki Ichidmat ke kiim ke muhassil the, aur Lewion meo se baze safir aur katib aur darban the. 14 Aur jab we us naqdi ko, jo Kiiuda'wand ke ghar meu lai gai thi, nikal He, to Hilqiyah kahin ne Khudawand ki tauret ki kitabko, jo Musi kehath se likhf gai thi, paya. 15 Tab Hilqiyah bola, aur Safan safir se kaha, ki main ne Khudawand ke ghar men tauret ki kitab pdf, aur Hilqiyah ne wuh kitab Safan ko df. 16 Aur Safan us kitab ko bidshah ke piis le gaya, phir badshah ko khabar di aur kahA, ki Sab jo tu ne apne naukarou l^e hath meu aupmd kiyS, so we karte haia ; 17 Aur wuh 34 BAB.] II. TAWARrKH. 519 naqcli, jo Khudawand ke ghar nieo maujiid thi, jama ki gai hai, aur un ke hiith meij supurd hui hai, jo muqnrrar hue haiu, aur un ke hrith meo, jo kam kanite haio- 18 Phil- Satan safir nc badshah se kahi, llilqiyah kaliin nc niujhe yili kitab di, aur S.ifan ne use badshah ke huzur parhd. 1!) Aur aisa hua, ki joij badshah ne us sharlatki bateo sunfo, to apne kapre phd- re. '20 Phir badshih ne llilqiyah ko aur Akhiqlm bin S.ifan ko, aur Abdun bin Mikah ko aur Safan slfir ko, aur badshah ke naukar Asay bin Uzzi bin Baqf 5 Bin Abisaa bin Finihis bin Iii:i7.r bin llarun sarJar kaliin, 6 Yihi Azra Babul se uth chala, aur sitir hoke Miisa ki shaTiat meo m.iiiir thi, jise KnuDAtwAND Israel ke Khudi lie diya tba. Aur badsb.ib ne us ka sira matlab p«ra kiyi, is liye ki Khodawand us ka Khudi us ki dastgiri karta thi. 7 Aur bani Israel men se aur kahinoQ aur Lewiou aur ginewalou aut darbanou aur haikal ke bandou nteij se kitnc log Ardsher badshah ki saltanat ke satweu baras meij Yinisbalam ko chaih gae. 8 Aurwebadshih ki saltanat ke sat wen baras kc paiichweij mahine Yirushdlatn nieu pahunche. 9 Ki Babul se charh j^ne ki shura pahle inahine ki palili tarfkh meg hiia, aur panchwen mahine kf pahli tarikh men wuh Yiriishalam meu a pahuncha, kyunki KLliuda us par mihrbinf ki nazar rakht4 tha. 10 Ki Azra ne apnc dil men muqarrar kiya tha, ki maio Khuda ki sliariat tahqiq karungi, aur us par amal karunga, aur Israel men huqiiq o ahkaiii sikliHiinga. 11 Us parvv.ine ki naql, jo Ardsher badshih ne kalii» aur safir Azra ko, jo Khuda'wand ke hukmoij ki bitou aur Isi-ael par ke farzou meu alim tha, inayat kiya, so yih hai. 12 Ardsher shahanshahka asman ke Khuda ki shariat ke raukammal safir Azra kahin ko wagaira. 13 Meri taraf «e farman nikla hai, ki sab, jo meri mamlukat meu Israel ke logOQ meu se aur unke kahinou aur Lewion men se Yirushalam ko jane chahte haio, tere sath jieij. 14 Is waste ki tu badshah se aur nske sat wazirog se bheja jata hai, ki Yihudah aur Yirdshilam ki tajwiz aur bandobasti apne Khuda kl shariat ke mutabiq, jo tere Ijath meu hai, kare, \6 Aur rupa aur sona, jo badshah aur us ke waziroane Israel ke Khuda ke liye, jis ka maskan Y'irushalam men hai, apni khushi se guzarinahai, wahaij lejawe; 16 Aur sara rdpa aur sona bhi, jo to Babul ke tamam suba meu jama kar sakti hai, un hadiyoij samet, jo log aur kahin apne Khudi ke ghar ke liye, jo Yirushalam men hai, apni khushi se deweu» pahunchiwe : 17 Usiwistetii is uaqdi se bail aur mendhe aur halwan aur un ke hadiyou ka anij aur tapiwanou ka wain khabardiri se kharidiyo, aur Yirnshalam meu apne Khudi ke ghar ke mazbuh par guzaraniyo. 18 Aur jo kuchh tu aur tere bhai biqi rupe aur sone se karna munasib aur bihtar jante ho, so apne Khuda ki marzi ke mutibiq karo. 19 Aur jo jo bartan tere Khuda ke ghar ki bandagi ke liye dive gae haiu, so Yirushalam men Khuda ke huztir somp de, 20 Aur tere Khuda ke ghar ki baqi kharch, jo tujhe dena pafe, so badshah ke daulatkhane se dena. 21 Aur maiu hi Ardsher b.idshah darya pir ke sab khaziinchiou ko hukni de chuka hun, ki jo kuchh iisman ke Kliudi ki shariat ka safir Azra kahin turn se chahe, 22 So ek sau <|intar rupe tak aur sau karr gehun aur sau batt wain aur sau batt tel tak aur iiamak beshumar khabardari se diya karo. 23 Jo kuchh asm.in ke Khudi ka hukm hai, so asman kc Khudi ke ghar ke liye Vhabardiri se kiya jawe, tiki mamlukat par aur badshah aur us ke farzandou par bala nizil iia howe. 24 Aur turn kojani chahiye, ki turn sab k^hiuou aur Lewioo aur g>newaloQ aur darbanoy aur haikal ke baniou aur us Khuda ke ghar ke khadimou se milguzari aur ^hiraj aur mahsul lene k i ikhtiyir nahSg rakhte ho. 25 Aur, ai Airi, tu apne Khudi ke us hikmatname ke nuitabiij, jo tere liith meg hai, Q q q 530 A2Ry¥. [8 IJAB, kSkinoo aur qazfoo ko muqarrar kar, ki darya par ke sab logoo ka insaf kareu, yane uu sab ka, jo tere Khuda kf sharfat ko jante haio, aur jo anjan haio, tuin unheu sikhlaiyo. 26 Aur jo koi Khudi ke hukin par aur badshah ke hukm par amal na kare, us par khabarddrf se saza ka hukm kiya chahe, qatl kS yd desnikal ki yd tdwan kd, jarfmdne ka ya qaid hone ka. 27 Shukr Khudawand hamare bapdadoij ke Khuda ka, ki aisi bat badshah ke dil meo dalf, ki Yirnshalam men Kiiudawand ke ghar ko arasta kare, 28 Aur raujhe bddshdh aur waziroij ke huzur, aur badshah ke sardaroij aur bahaduron ke ^ge maurid i lutf kare! Aur maiij diler bana, ki Khudawand ineri Khuda mera dastgir tha, so main ne Israel ke rafson ko jama kiya, ki we mere sith uth jaweg. VIII. BAB. 1 Aur un ke abwi rafs, aur imke nasabname, jo shih i Babul Ardsher ki saltanat meij mere sath charh gae, ye haig. 2 Banl Finihas meu se, Gairsum ; bani I'tainar men se Daniel; bani Daad men se Hatush; 3 Bani Sikanij'ah meg se bani Burgils meu se Zikariyah aur us ke sath derh sau mard gine gae ; 4 Bani Pakhat i Moab meo se, Ilyahuaini bin Shiraqiyah, aur us ke sath do sau mard; 5 Aur bani Sikaniydh meo se Bin Yahaziel aur us ke sath tin sau mard ; 6 Aur bani Adin men se Abd bin Yonatan aur us ke .'iath pachas mard; 7 Aur bani Ailam meg se, Yasaiyah bin Ataliyah aur us ke sath sattar mard ; 8 Aur bani Safatiyah men se, Zibadiyah bin Mikacl, aur us ke sath assi mard ; 9 Aur bani Yuab men se, Abadiyah bin Yahie'l aur us ke sath do sau atharah mard ; 10 Aur bani Saliimiyat men se, Bin Yns'fiyah, aur us ke sath ek sau sath mard ; 1 1 Aur bani Babi men se, Zikariyah bin Babi, aur us ke sath athais mard ; 1£ Aur bani Azjad men se Yuhanan bin Alqattan aar us ke sath ek sau das mard ; 13 Aur Adrini- qam ke chhote betoij meij se jin ke ye nam : Ilifalat aur Wauel aur Samaiyah aur un ke sang satli mard ; 14 Aur bani Bigwi meu se U'ti aur Zabiid aur un ke sang sattar mard. 15 Phir mail) ne unhen us nadi ke pas, je Ahawa ko bahti hai, jama kiya, aur wahau ham ne khaimon meu tin din dera kiya, aur main ne logon ko aur kahinon ko dekha, par Lewi ke betoo men se kisi ko na paya. 16 Tab maiu ne log bhejkar Iliazr ko aur Ariel aur Samaiyah aur Ilnatan aur Yarib aur Ilnatan aur Natan aur Zikariyah aur Musallam raisoo ko aur bind Yuyarib aur Ilnatan ko bulaya, 17 Aur farmiish deke unhen I'dii ke pis, jo Kasfiyi nam ek maqam ka sardar tha, bhejd, aur jo kuchh unhen I'dii ko aur us ke bhai haikal ke bandou ko Kasfiya ke maqam men kahna tha, bataya, taki we hamire Khuda ke ghar ke liye khadimon ko hamare pas laweu. 18 So hamare Khuda ke fazl ki madad se we ek dauishuiand shakhs miu bani Muhli Lin Lewi bin Israel, aur Saribiyah aur us ke bete aur bhai, atharah ko lae ; 19 Aur Hasabiyah ko aur us ke sath bani Mirari men se Yasaiyah ko aur us ke bhaiog aur un ke betoo ko, jo bis the, lae ; 20 Aur haikal ke bandou meg se bhi, jinheu Daud aur sardarog ne Lewiou ki khidmat ke liye muqarrar kiya tha, do sau bis haikal ke bandoo ko, jin ke nam likhe hue the, le ae. 21 Aur maio ne Ahawa ki nadi par mauadi karwdf, ki Roza rakho, ki ham apne Khuda ke huznr ajizi karey, aur us se dua S^BiVB.] AZRA. 5.11 mlngen, ki safar nieu liam koaur hamare Mlbachou aur hamSre mal ko basalamat rakhe. 22 Kyiinki mujhe sharm S!, ki bddsh^h se sipahf aur sawar niSng luu, ki we rah meo ham ko dushnian se panih deweo ; kyunki ham ne badshah se kahS tha, ki HaiTiare Khuda k£ h^th pan&h dene ko un sabhoo par hai, jo us ke tilib haio ; par us ka jabr aur qahr un sabhoo par jhum rahta hai, jo use chhorte haio. 23 So ham ne roza rakhkar is b'it ke liye apne Kliuda se dua mangf, aur hamirl dua qabiil hiif. 24 Aur maio ne sardar kahinou meu se b^rah ko yanc Saribiyah aur Hasabiyah ko aur un ke sith un ke bhnfoo metj se das ko alag kiya, 25 Aur unheu rupa son.i aur zunif ko yane ham ire Khuda ke ghar kf bakhshish ko, jise badshih aur us ke waziroij aur sardarou aur tamara Israel ne, jo Babul meu mauji'id the, hakhshi tha, gin diy^. 26 Aur maiu ne sarhe chha sau qintar rapi, aur rupahle bartan ek sau qintar, aur sau qintlr sona, 27 Aur ek hazgr dirham ke bfs sonahle j^m, aur darakhshan pital ke do bartati, jin kf qimat sone kl sf qfniat thf, tiiul diye 28 Aur maiy ne unhcn knhl, ki Turn Kiiltdawand keliye muqaddas ho, aur we bartan bhi muqaddas haio, aur rtipa aur sona KnunAWANn tumhare bapdadoij ke Khuda ke liye khushi se ba^isha gaj'a hai. 29 Khabardar, un ko raklio jab tak turn Yirushalam meu Khuda'wand ke ghar ki kothriou meu sardar kahinou aur Lewion ke ige aur Israel ke abwi raisou ke age uuheu taul na do. 30 So kahinou aur Lewion ne sona chandi aur bartan ko taul liya, taki unheu Virnshalam men hamlre Khuda ki haikal men pahunchaweu- 31 Phir ham pahle mahine ki barahwin tarikh meu Ahawa ki nahr se chal nikle, ki Yirushalam ko jaweu. Aur hamare Khuda ki. hath ham par th5, aur us ne ham ko dushmanoD ke aur rah par ghat men baithnewiloo ke hath se bacha rakha. 32 Phir ham Yijdshalam men pahunchke tin din tak aram kai* rahe. 33 Aur chauthe din meu wuh soni chlndi aur bartan apne Khuda ki haikal men kahin Marimat bin U'riyah ke hatli meo taul diya ; aur us ke sath Iliazr bin Ffnlhas tha, aur un ke sath Ynzabad bin Yasiia aur Mauidiyah bin Binwl Lewi the ; 34 Sab kuchh ginke aur taulke somp diya, aur usi waqt meu sSri taul likhf gaf. 35 Aur ahl i jila ne, jo asiri se phir ae the, Israel ke Khuda ke liye charhawe guzarane, yine tamam Israel ke liye b^rah bail, aur khatiyat ke liye chhiyanauwe mendhe aur sathattar bher aur birah bakre sab ke sab Khuda'wand ke liy% chiirhaya. 36 Aur badshih ke parwane ko badshah ke chatrmanou aur darya par ke nauwabou ko diva, to we Khuda ke ghar ke banane meu logou ke daslgir hile. IX. BAM. 1 In batoD ke b5d sardar mere pas dke bole, ki Israel ke log aur kahin aur Lewi in sarzamfnou kfqaumou seyane Kanlnfou aur Hittioo aur Farizzfoa aurYabdsioo aur Ammunion aur Moabioij aur IMisrfon aur Amiiriou se, jaisa un ke nafratl kamoa. keliye munasib tha, juda ua ralie haiy, 2 Balki un ki betion meo se apne aur apne betou ke liye jornau lie haio, aur muqaddas nasi meo in sarzaminoo kf qaumoo se niilauni karte haiij, aur sardarou aur shahnou ka hath is badkirf meu pahla hda hai. Q % 4 2 5Z2 AZUX. [10 BAB. 3 Maio ne yih bat sunke apna kapra aur apni orhn^ phiri, auT sir aur darhf ke bSl r.khar ukhar hairan ho baithti. 4 Tab we sab, jo ahl i jila ki is badkari ke liye Israel ke Khuda ki batou se tarsan the, mere p5s jama hiie, am* inaiu sham ke qurb^n tak hairan ho baithd. 5 Aur sham ke qurban ke waqt maiu apne gam se trtha, aur apne p^iire line kapre aur oihne men dozanii hua, aur Khud^vwand ap- ne Khuda ki taraf liath phailakar bola, Ai mere Khudajmaiu sharmSta hug, aur ai Khiidi mere, main teri taraf apne niiinh ke ulhane se lajata hnij ; k3^cinki hamare gunah hamare sir par baihgue halo, aur hamara asim asman tak pahun-chta hai. 7 Ham apne bapdadou ke aiyani ae aj tak bare asam men ralie hain,, aur ham aur hamare badshah aur kahin apni badkari ke sabab in sarzamfnou ke bidshahoo ke hath meo qatlaur asiri aur girat aur rusiyShi ke liye sompe gae hain, jaisa aj ke din hai. 8 Aur ab there se arse ham jrar Khudjiwakd hamare Khuda ka fazl hui hai, ki hamarl kuchh bachtf baqi rahne de, aur apne maqdis ke maqam men ham ko mekh mSrne de, aisa ki hamar.i Khuda hamarf Snkheij roshan karta haf, aur hamart gulimi men hayat i taza bakhslitx hai. 9 Ki gulam ham to hain, par hamarigulami men hamareKhuda ne hameu tark nahiu kiy:i hai, balki Fars ke bad- shahoij ke huzur se maurid i fazl kiya hai, ki we hameij dam lene dete haiu, ta ki ham apne Khuda ke ghar ko uthawen, aur uske ujaroo ko khari karen, aur ki we haraen Yihudah aur Yirushalam men shahrpanah bandne dete haiu. 10 Aur ab, Ai Khuda, ham bad is ke kyi kaheu ? 1 1 Kyunki hain tere hukmon se, jo tu ne apne bande nabiou ki mSrifat se farmae haio, bahar gae haiij, ki tu ne kaba hai, ki Wuh zamin, jise turn mfras meo lene ko jate ho, wuh un sarzamfnou ki qaumon kf najasat se aur nafrati kamon se, jin se unhon ne apni napaki men use bhar di3'a hai, nipak zamin liai. 12 Pas apni betioij ko un ke beton ko mat do, aur unki betioD ko apne betou ke liye mat lo, aur un ki salamat aur unki khairiyat hargiz mat chaho, ta ki turn mazbiit bano, aur zamin ke tahaif khao, aur niiras ke liye apne beton ko hamesha ke liye use chhorjao. 13 Aur sari afatoo ke bad, jo hamare bure k£moo aur bare asinion ke sabah ham par pari liaiij, (ki tu ne, Ai ha- mare Khuda, gunah kemutabiq saza nahin di, balki aisi najat hamko bakhshi hai,) 14 Kya ham phir tere hukmon se bihar jaenge, aur in makriih qaumoij se niti nis- bat karenge ? Kya tera gazab ham par yahan tak nahin bharkegi ki hamko nest o nabiid kare aur kuchh biqi aur bachti na rahe ? 15 Ai Khudawanu, Israel ke Khuda! tiisddiqhai. Kiham baqi rahe aur bachnikle, jaisa aj kedin hai. Dekh,hanj apne asam me& tere age haio : ki ham asiini hoke tere huzur thahar nahiij sakte« X. BAB. 1 Aur jab Azra ro roke aur Khuda ke ghar ke age dozanu hoke dua niangta aur iqrar karta tha, to bani Israel meij se mardoij aur auratog aur larkoij ki ek bahut bari jalnaat us pis far.iham hui, kyunki log zir zar rote the. 2 Tab Sikaniyah bin Yahiel bani Ailam men se bol utha, aur Azra se kaha. Ham Khuda ke gunah- g<\r to hue hain, ki zamin ki qaumoij meij se ajnabi auratoij ko byih lae hain, par is hai men bhi Israel ke liye umed hai. 3 Pas ao, ham apne Khudi se abd bandheu ki mere khudawand Azra ki aur un ki salahke mutabiq,jo hamare Khudi ke hukm se darte haio, sdri ajnabi randioy ko aur un ki auMd ko diir kareo, aur tauret ke 10 BAC] AZR>¥. 533 muwafiq kiya jae. 4 So uthiyo, ki yili teri kam hai, aur ham bin' ten' madad karenge. Mazbiiti kariyo aur kam baja laiyo. 5 Tab AzrS utha, aur kahiuoo aur Lewfou kc aur s ire Isniel kc sardaroo ko yili qasam diUf, ki ham is bSt ke mutabiq karenge, aur unhou ne qasam khai. 6 Tab Azra Khuda ke ghar ke iige so utha, aur Yahnhanun bin Ilyasib kf kothif moo gay:i aur wahau ake na roti khat:i na pani piti thi; kyun!d wuh ahl i jila ki bedini ke liye afsos karta raha. 7 Phir Yihudih aur Yirushalam meo ahl i jila ke darmiy.in manadi kf gaf, ki Yirushdlam meu jama howeo- 8 Aur ki jo koi sardaroo aur buzuigou ki salah ke mutabiq tin din ke arse men na awe, us kri slri mil haram hogi, aur wuh ap ahl i jili ki jamiat se kharij kiya jaega. 9 Tab Yihiidah aur Hinyamin ke sab log tin din ke arse meo Yirushilammeo jama hue: nauwaijmahinath^aur blswlij tirikh. Aur sab log Khuda ke ghar ke marhab men us bat ke dar aur birish ke mare kampte liue baithe the. 10 Tab Azra kahin uth khari iiua, aur unheg kaha, ki Turn ne gunih kiya hai, aur ajnabi randfon ko biyoh liyi, aur Israel ka asam ziyada kiya. 1 1 Pas Khudawand apne bapdadoo ke Khuda ke Age iqrar karo, aur us kf marzi par amal karo, aur zamfn kf qaumou se aur pardesf randioij se alag ho j io. 12 Tab sari jamaat ne jawab diya aur bari aw.iz se kaha, ki Jaisi ap ne farmaya hai, waisa karna ham par farz hai. 13 Lekin log bahut haiu, aur abhi barslt ka mausim hai, aur ham bahar thahar na sakte, aur yih ek do din ka kam nahiu hai; kyimki is bat meo ham ne aksar gunih kiya hai. 14 So ao, ham siri jamiat ke liye sardar khara karen, aur jo jo hamare shahroo meo pardesi randiou ko biyah lae honge, we apne apne shahr ke buzurgon aur qizioo ke sath muqarrar waqt par aweo, jab tak is bat ke liye hamire Khudi ka mushtaal qahr ham se phir na jae. 15 Magar Yiinatan bin Asahiel aur Yahaziyih bin Tiqwah is bat par khare hue, aur Musallam aur Sabti Lewf un ki madad karte the. 16 Lekin ahl i jila ne aisa hi kiya. Aur Azra kahin aur baze abwi rais apne abif khindanou ke mutabiq;sab ba nam muqarrar kiye gae. Aur we dasweu mahfne kf pahli tarikh is bat ki tajwfz karne ko majlis men baith gae. 17 Aur pahle mahfne kf pahli tarikh talak sab niardoD ki tajw'iz, jo pardesi randioo ko biyah lae the, anjam ho gaf. 18 Aur kihi- nou ke betou meu kai ek mile jo pardesi randion ko biyih lae the: Bani Yasua meo se Bin Yusadaq aur us ke bhai: Maasiyah aur Iliazr aur Yarib aur Jidaliyah ; 19 Aur unhoQ ne hath deke apni joruau dur karne ka iqrar kiya aur asaini hoke ek mendh^ apne asam ke liye charhaya ; 20 Aur bani Aiin'r meo se: Hanahi aur Zabadiyah; 21 Aur bani Haram meo se: Maasiyah aur Iliyah aur Samaiyah aur Yahfel aur Uzziyah ; 22 Aur bani Fasihur meo se : Ilyuaini aur Maasiyah aur Ismaiyah aur Nataniel aur Yuzabad aur Iliasah ; 23 Aur Lewioo meo se : Ya- zabadaur Samai aur Qailayah, (jo Qalita bhi kahlata hai) Fatahiyah aur Yihudah aur Iliazr ; 24 Aur ganewaloo meu se : Ilyasib ; aur darbanoo meu se : Salum aur Zulra aur U'rf ; 25 Aur Israel se bani Bur^us meo se : Ramiyih aur Yazziyih aur Malkiyah aur Miyamin aur Iliazr aur Malkiyah aur Binayah ; 26 Aur bani Ailam meo se : Mattaniyah aur Zikriyah ; aur Yahiel aur Abdi aur Yarimat aur Iliyah ; 27 Aur bani Zattii meu se : Ilyuaini aur Ilyasib aur Mattaniyah aur Ya- rimit aur Zabad aur Aziza ; 28 Aur bani Babf men se : Yahuhanin aur Hanani- y,ih aur Zabi aur Atli ; 29 Aur bani Bini meo se : Musallam aur Maliik aur 53-t NAHAMIYAIT. [1 BABi Adayah aur Yasiib aur S\i\ aur Yarim^t ; 30 Aur bant Pakhat i Moab meo se : Adna aur Kilil aur Binayah aur Maasiyah aur Mattaniyah aur Bazilliel aur liinwi aur Manassi ; 31 Aur ban! Harim meo se : Iliazr aur Yassiyah aur' Malkiyah aur Saniaiyah aur Satnaun, 32 Biiiyamin aur Maluk aur Samariyah ; 33 Aur bani Hashiim mt^u se : Mattani aur Mattati aur Zabid aur Ilifalat aur Yarimf aur Ma- nassi aur Samai; 34 Aur banf Bant men se: Maadi anr Amram aur Wanel, 35 Binayah aur Baidiyah aur Kaluht, 36 Aur Niyali aur Martmat aur Ilyasib 37 Aur Mattaniyah aur Mattani aur Yaasf, 38 Aur Bini aur Binwi aur Samai; 39' Aur Salamiyah aur Natan aur Adayah; 40 Aur Maknadbi aur Sasi aur Sari aur Azariel aui Salamiyah aur Samariyah, 42 Aur Salum aur Amariyih aur Yiisuf; 43 Bani Nabii men se : Waiel aur Mattitiyah aur Za bad aur Zabina aur Yaddi aur Yuel aur Binayah. 44 Ye sab pardesi randiou ko biyah lae the^, aur un meo se kitni joriiau betou ko jani thin.. NAHAMLYAH KF KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Nahamiyah bifr Hakaliyah ka ahwal. Aur bisweu baraske Kisleu ke mahine^- jab main Sosan ke mahall men thS, t« aisa haa, 2 K,i mere bhatoij men se Hanani wuh aur Yihudah men se kai mard ae; aur maia ne un se Yihudfou kahal, jo asiri meu se bach nikle the, aur Yirushalam ka hal, puchha. 3 Unhon ne mujhe kaha, ki Wuh bachtl, jo asiri men se bach nikle haiu, wahau ke ouba meg bare dukh aur hurfat meu hain, aur Yirushalam ki divvHreu dliai hui haiij, aur un ke phatak ag se jale hue haiu. 4 Maio ye baten sunte hi baith gayi, aur rone laga, aur kitne din tak gam karta raha, aur roza rakha, aur asmin ke Khudi ke huzar dua men kaha: 5 Hae, Khuda'wand, asmanou ke Khuda, tii Khudi i azim o muhib hai, aur un se ahd. aur fazl rakhta hai, jo tujhe piyar karte aur tere hukmon ko rakhte hain. 6 Main teri minnat karta hnij, ki apne kan lag live aur apni ankhen kholiye, ki apne bande ki us dua ko siuie, jo main aj rat din tere huzur tere bande bani Israel ke liye karta hup ; aur main bani Israel ki yiataoo ko, jo ham ne kin, man leta hun ; aur maiu aur mera abai khaiidan bhigunahgar hue hain. 7 Ham: ne tere age bura kam kiya hai, aur un hukmou aur haqqou aur irshadoij par, jo tu ne apne bande Musa ke wasile se farmae, amal nahin kiya hai. 8 Us qaul ko yad kar, jo tii ne apne bande Musa ko farmaya, aur kaha, Agar tum badkari karoge, to maio tumheu qaumon meg pareshan karungi. 9 Par jab tum meri taraf phiroge, aur mere hukmou ko manoge, aur un par amal karoge, to agar tere log asman ki us intiha tak paraganda honge, to maiu unheo wahau se jama karanga, aur unheo us maqani meu laiingi, jo maiu ne pasand kiya, ki apna nam wahan rahne duu. 10 We to tere bande aur tere log haitj, jinhen tii ne apni shahzori se aur zabar- dasti se chhuraya hai. 1 1 Ai Kuudawand, maip teri minnat karti hao, ki apne bande ki dua par aur apne bandog ki dua par, jo tere nam se dara chahte haio> 2 BAIJ.] NAHAMIYAfll. 5.35 Mn dhariyo, aur aj apne bande ko kimy.ib kariyo, aur is inard ke huziir moo us8 maurid i rahin kijiyo. Aur iimiu badshah ka sa(ii th:i. II. BNB. I Aur Ardslier bidshah ke bisweu baras ke Naisln inahine men yiiij hui, ki ■wain us ke age tha. So main iie wain utbake badshah ko diya, aur ;ige luaiu U3 ke huzur gamdfda na tba. 2 Tab badshab nc mujbe kaha, Tu kyiiu aisi gamdida hai ? Tu to bimir nahio hai ? Yib kuchh nahi'u magar dil ki gam hogi Tab niaiu bahut dar gaya. 3 Aur main ne bidsh-ih se kaha, ki Badshah jug jug jfweo ! Maiu gamdfda kyuij na houn, jab ki shahr, jo mere bapdadog ki qabrgah hai, ujar para hai, aur us ke phatak ag se bhasam kiye gae hain ? 4 Badshah ne farmaya, ki Phir teri kya arz hai ? Tab main ne asman ke Khuda se dua niangi, 5 Aur badshah se arz kf, Agar badshah ki marzi ho, aur ap ka banda dp ki nazar meu -manziir ho, to meri yih arz hai, ki ap mujhe Yihndah men mere bapdidoQ ki ■qabrgah ke shahr ko bhejeij, ki maio use banauo. 6 Tab badshah aur begam ne, jo pas baithi thi, mujhe kaha, Tera safar kab tak hoga, aur tii kab phirega ? So badshah ki marzi huf, ki mujhe bheje, aur main ne us ke liye arsa thaharaj'a. -7 Phir main ne badshah se kaha. Agar b4dshah kf marzi ho, to darya par ke nauwaboQ ke liye mujhe parwane inayat hovveu, ki mujhe guzarne deweo, jab -tak maiu Yihiidah men dun, 8 Aur shahf rajana ke amin Asaf ke liye ek parwana mile, ki haikal ke pas ke burj ke phatakou ke shahtiroij ke waste, aur shahrpanah ke aur us ghar ke waste, jis ko main j ita hug, lakri dewe. Aur is liye ki mere Kliuda ki mihrbani ka hath mujh par tha, bSdshah ne mujhe diya. 9 Phir main nahr par ke nauwabou ke pas aya, aur badsbih ke parwane unheo diye ; aur badshah ne apni fauj ke sardarou aur sawarou ko mere sath kar diya thi. 10 Aur jab Sanballat Hurani aur Animuni gulira Tiibiyah ne yih suui, to iinheu bahut buia malum hiia, ki bani Israel ki khairiyat ka talib ek shakhs 5ya hai. II Phir jab main Yirushalam men aya, aur wahau tin din raha tha, 12 To raaiij rat ko utha, main aur chind mard mere sath ; par jo kuchh mere K.huda ne mere dil men Yinishilam ke banane ko dala tha, so maio ne kisi ko na batliya ; aur koi janwar mere sath na thi, magar wuli janwar jis par maiu sawar tha. 13 Aur main rit men Wadi ke Phitak ko nikla, aur age barhke NagkiJ.l pas aur Kura Phatak ko gaya, aur Yirushalam ki diw;irou ko, jo dhai hni thig, aur us ke phatakoQ ko, jo ag se jale hue the, dekh liyi. 11 Aur main age barhke S<)ta Phatak aur badshah ke talab ko gaya, aur meri sawari ke janwar ke liye guzarne kf jagah na thi. 15 Pliir main rat ko wadi men charh gayi, aur slialupanih ko dekhkar lauta, aur Wadi ke Phritak men se jake phir aya. 16 Aur shahnoij ne na jaua, ki main kahin gaya, aur kya karta bun, ki maiu ne Yihudiou aur kahiaou ko aur amiron aur shahnou aur baqi karguziroij aur amaldirou ko ab tak kuchh na batliya tha. 17 Phir main ne uuhen kaha, Turn dekhte ho, ham kaisi khar.ibhali meg haiu, ki Yirushalam ujar pafa hai, aur us ki shahrpanah ag se khai gai hai. Ao, ham Yirushalam kf shahrpanah bauaweo, ki ham age angushtnuma aur zarb ul masal naraheij. 18 Tab maig uc uuhen batliya, ki mere Khuda se meri dastgiri 536 NAHAMIY/YH. [3 BaB. aur khairiyat k3-iiiikar hnl hai, aur badshah ki bdteij bhf, jo mujhe kahto, unbea sunaio. We bole, Chalo, ham uthke baiiaweu- So is achchhe kam ke liye unhou ne apne bath ko inazbut kiya. 19 Piir jab Sanballat Hi'iranf aur Ammuni gulani TuWyah anr Arabi Jism ne sutid, to unhou ne hamko thatthe men uiaya aur Ian t^n kiya, aur kaha, Yih kaisa kam bai ki tuiu karte ho? Kya badsliah se baga^'at karoge ? 20 Tab maiu ne jawab men unbeu kaha : Asman ka Khuda hameij kamyab karcga, aur ham us ke bande uthke banawenge. Lekin Yiriishalaui nieo tumhara na hissa na haqq na ndm hai. III. BAB. 1 Tab Ilyasfb sardar kahin aur us ke kahin bhal uthe, aur Bher Phatak batiane lage. Anr unhou ne use nmqaddas kiya, aur uske kiwarou ko lagaya ; Miyah burj aur Hananiel burj tak use inuqaddas kiya. 2 Us ke pas Yiriho ke logotj ne ban4- ya, aur us ke pas Zakiir bin luiri ne banaya. 3 Aur Machhli Phatak ko bani Samaah ne banaya. Unhou ne us ke lathe dhare, aur us ke kiware aur tale aur qufl lagae. 4 Aur un ke pas Marimat bin U'riydh bin Quz ne banaya, aur un ke pas Musallam bin Barkiyah bin Musizabiel ne banaya; aur un ke pas Sadaq bin Baana ne banaya. 5 Aur un ke pas Ta- qufoij ne banaya, par un ke amirou ne apne malik ke kam men hith na lagae. 6 Aur Purana Phatak Yuyada bin Fasih aur Musallam bin Basudiyah ne bana- ya: unhoij ne us ke lathe dhare, aur ubke kiwire aur tale aur qufl lagae. 7 Aur un ke pas Malatiyah Jiba'mi aur Yadiin Mairunatf ne aur Jibaun aur Misfa ke logon ne nalir par ke nauwab ki kursi tak banaya. 8 Aur un ke pas Uzziel bin Kharhayah sonar, aur us ke pas attarou ke bete Hananiyah ne banaya. (Par we to ^inishalam Chauri Diwar tak baqi chhor gae the.) 9 Aur un ke pas Rafayah ne, jo llur ka beta aur Yirushalam ki adhf gtrdnawah ka sardar tha, banaya. 10 Aur us ke pas Yadayah bin Hanimaf apne ghar ki sSmhna banaya; aur us ke pas Hatiis bin Hasabiyah ne banayl. 11 Malki^'ah bin Harim aur Hasab bin Pakhat i Moab ne dusra hissa aur Bhattha Burj banaya. 12 Aur us ke pas Salilm, jo Labis ka beta aur Yirushalam aur us ke dihat ki diisri SdhI girdnawah ka sardar tha, bani y a. 13 Wadi ka Phatak Hauun aur Zanuh ke bashindon ne banaya : unhoo ne use mazbut kiya aur us ke kiware aur t ale aur qufl lagse, Aur Kiira Phatak tak diwar par hazar hath banae. U Aur Kura Phatak Malkiyah bin Raikab jo Bait ul Karm ki girdnawah ka sardSr tha, banaya; us ne use nimnaya aur us ke kiware aur tale aur qufl lagie. 15 Aur Sola Phatak Salam Lin Kull Hazi ne, jo Misfa ki girdnawah ka sardar tha, niazbiit kiya : us ne use baniiya aur pata aur us ke kiware aur tale aur qufl lagae ; aur shahi bag ke pas Silah ke talib ki diw ir ko us utar tak, jahau Diud ke shahr se utarte haiu, banaya. 16 Us ke pichhe Nahamiyah bin Azbuq ne banaya, jo us adhi girdnawah ka sardar tha, jo Bait Sur se leke Dind kl qabron ke muqabil aur sakhta talab tak aur Bait ul Jabbariu tak pahunchti hai. 17 Us ke pichhe Lewion meu se Rahum bin Baui ne banaya. Us ke pas Hasabiyah ne, jo Qailah ki adhi girdnawah ka 4 BAb] NAHAMIVAH. «? sardar thi apiii girdS banaysi. 18 Us ke plchhe un ke bhafoo nrco se Bawi bin HaniKidad lie, jo Qailah ki dusri &dhJ girdnawili ka sardar thS, ban^y.i. 19 Aur us ke pas Azar bin Vas«a Misfa ke sardir ne ek diisri hissa us jagah ke luuqabil jahio Kone ke Topkhane ko charh jate haio, banaya 20 Us ke pichhe Baruk bin Zabbi us kone se leke sardar kdhin liyasib ke ghar ke darwaze tak ek dusr^ hissa baniya. '21 Us ke pfcbhe Marimit bin U'riyib bin Qua ek diisra hissa Iliyasib ke ghar ke darwaze se leke lliyasCb ke ghar k( hadd tak banaya. 22 Aur us ke pichhe uasheb ke kahin logou ne baniya. 23 Us ke pichhe Biuyamiu aur Hasub apne gharoo ka simhnd banaya. Un ke pichhe Azariyah bin MaasiySh bin Ananiyah ne apne ghar ke pas baniya. 24 Us ke pichhe Binwl bin Hannadad lie Azarivah ke ghar se us kone tak aur us goshe tak ek diisra hissa banaya. 25 Falal bin U'zi ne us kone aur us burj ke muqibil, jo upar ke shahf mahall se, jo qaid- khine ke sahn laeij hai, nazar ^ta hai, baniy^. Us ke pichhe Fidayah bin Burgus lie baniya, 26 Aur haikal ke bande Ufal par purab taraf ke Jal Phatak aur Bala Burj ke samhne rahte the. 27 Un ke pichhe Taqiiioo ne us bare aur b41a burj ke samhne aur Ufal kf diwar tak dusra hissa banaya. 28 Ghor Phatak ke bahar kahinoQ ne harek apne apne ghar ke samhne banaya. 29 Un ke pichhe Saduq bin Amir ne apne ghar ke samh- ne banaya, aur us ke p chhe Purab PhJtak ke dai-ban Saniaiyah bin Sikaniyah ne banaya. 30 Us ke pichhe Hananiyah bin Salamiyah aur Hanun ne, jo Salaf kfi chhatwau beta tha, ek diisi'a hissa banaya. Us ke pichhe Musallam bin Baruiyah ne apni kothri ke samhne banaya. 3 1 Us ke pichhe sonar ke bete Malkiyih ne haikal ke baudoo aur baiparfou ke makan tak Mifqid Phatak ke muqibil aur us goshe ke balikhane tak banaya. 32 Aur us goshe ka balakhane aur Bher Phatak ka bich sonirou aur baipariou ne banaya. IV. BAi{. 1 Aur aisa hiia ki jab Sanballat ne suna, ki ham shahrpaiilh bahite haii), to ranjfda aur bahut gusse hiia, aur YihCidioo par hansa. 2 Aur wuh apne bhaiou aur Samrun ke bahaduron ke age bol utha aur kaha, ki Ye zaif Yihudi kya karte hain ? 3 Kyi uaheu karne deiige? kya we charhawenge ? We din bhar meo bana dalenge? Kya we bhasam hue pattharoo ko kure ke dherog se phir jilawenge ? 3 Aur Tabiyah Animuni ne, jo us pas khara tha, kaha, ki Jo bhi we bandte haia agar lomri charh jae, wuh un ki patthar ki shahrpanah ko tor degi ! 4 Suniye, Ai haraare Khuda, ki ham haqir jane jate hain, aur un ka tana unhio ke sir par pher, aur asiri ke mulk meu uuheu shikar ke liye dijiye. 5 Unke guudh na chhipiiye aur apne age se un kf khataeo na niitaiye, kydnki unhon ne teraga- zab bharkaya, aur ham bananewiloo ko satiya. 6 Lekin ham log shahrpanah banate rahe, auradhe tak sari diwar jut gai, kyiinki logou ka man kdm par thai. 7 Aur aisa hua kijab Sanballat aur Tabiyah aur Arabioo aur AmmnnioQ aur Ashdiidiou ne suna, ki Viriishalam ki shalirpan-ili ban gaf, aur darireo band houe lagio, to bahut bezar hue. 8 Aur sabhou ne milke bandish baiidhi, ki jake Yirusha* lam se lareu, aur uska nuqsan kareij. 9 Tab ham ne apne Khuda se dua ki, aurun ke 4ar ke mire rat din un ke samhne pahri baitha rakha. 10 Aur ahi i Yihiidih ne li r i- 538 NAIIAMIYAH. [5 BAB. kahi, ki Bojhfou ki zor ghat gaya, aur knrd baliut hai yahiu tak ki ham dJwdr nahijj bani sakte haiu. 11 Aur hamdre bairiou ne kiiha, ki Jab tak ham usi ke bich meo na a leo, aiir vmheo na mardrUeo aur krim mauqiif na kareo, we na janenge na dekhenge. 12 Aur aisi hua, ki jab Yiluidf logoo tie, jo un ke pas rahte the, sab jagahoo se, jin sc wehamarc pas aya jaya "karte, ake liameij das bar yih kah diya : 13 To maiu ne shahrpanah ke pichhe tale ke maidan men logou ko gharanou ke mutabiq talwar barchhi aur tir kaman liye hue kharj kiya. H Aur maiu ne nazar kl, aur uthkar sihib logon aur shahiioij aur bdqi logon ko kahi, ki Turn un se mat daro. Malik i buz urg aur muhib ko yad karo, aur apne bhaiou aur betoa aur betfoo aur jornoij aur gharou ke liye laro. 15 Aur ais4 hua ki jab hamare dushnianou ne suna, ki yih bat ham par zahir hill, to iihudi ne un ka manuba barbad kiya, aur ham sab ke sab diwar ko harek apne apne kam men phir lag gae. 16 Aur aisa hua, Id us din se mere ddhe naukar kara meu lage, aur adhe bhale aur dhal aur kaman aur bakhtar leke musallah rahe. Aur Yihudah ke sire khan- dan ke pfchhe sardir khare the. 17 Jo log diwar banate the aur bojh uthate aur ladate the, we bhi ek hath se kam karte the, aur dasre se talwir rakhte the. 18 Kyunki baninewile harek apni talwir apni kamar par bludhe hue kam karte the. Aur tuihi k5 phiinknew^K mere pis tha. 19 Aur main ne amiroQ aur shah- nou aur baqi logou se kah i, ki liim to bara aur phail'i hai, aur diwar par ham mutafarraq haiy aisi ki ek di'isre se dar hai : 20 So jahau tum log turhi ki awaz Bunoge, wuhau hamare pis chale ao. liamara Kliuda hamdre liye larega. 21 So ham kam karte the , aur adhe log pau phatne se tara dlkhii dene tak bh&le liye rahe. 22 Aur maiu ne us waqt logou ko bhI hukm kiya, ki Harek shakhs apne apiie uaukar ko leke YirushUam ineu shabbash ho, taki rat ko hamare liye pahri howe, aur din ko kini kare. 23 So na maio ne na mere bliaiog na mere naukaroo na pahre ke log^o ne, jo mere tibidar the, apna kapra utara, Harek ko uska hathyar uski tosha. V. BAB. 1 Aur logoij aur un ki joruoij ne apne bhai Yihudfon se bari farydd kf. 2 Aur kitne kahte the, ki Ham aur hamare bete botiau bahut haiu : so kahag se anaj pawenge ki khawcn aur jiweij. .3 Aur kitne bolte the, ki Ham ne apne khetoo aur anguristanon aur makanou ko girau rakha, ki ham bhukhe hoke khana paweu. 4 Aur kitne kahte the, ki Ham ne apne khetop aur angiiristanou ko girau rakhkar rupiya qarz liyd hai, ki badbhah ke liye malguzari ada kareij. 5 Aur hamare jism to hamdre bhdioy ke se jism haiu, aur hamare bilbache un ke bilbachou ke manind haiu. Aur dekhiye zurar hai, ki ham apne bete aur betiau gulami men bechen ; aur hamari betioo meij se kitni laundfao hiiio haiy, aur ham lachar aur zerdast haiu, kyunki hamare khet aur anguristan aur logon ke haiu. 6 Jab main ne un ki faryad aur ye baten suniu, to maiu bahut ranjida hud. 7 Aur main ne apue man meu bichara, aur raisou aur shahnou se jhagfa kiy.a, aur unheu kaha : Tum sudkhor hoke harek apne apne blidi par zulm karte ho? Aur maiu ne ek bafi jamaat ko ua ke barkLhildf barpa kiya, 8 Aur unheo kahi, ki 6 HAB] NAHAMIY/^H 539 Hain ne apne niaqdur ke muwafiq apne Yihfidf bhdfoo ko, jo qaumou ineu bik gae the, chhura livii, aur ky.i turn apnehf bhaiou kobikaoge, anr we ham^re hath meo bik j.ieuge ? Tab wc lajawab hue aur kuchh na bole. 9 Pliir niaiu nekahi, ki Turn jo karte ho, so achchha nahfo ! Kya wajib na tha, ki turn un qaumou ke tana ke waste, jo hani^re dushiuan haio, khud.itarsf se chalte ? 10 Maig bhi, aur bhdi mere, aur jawan mere un ko naqdi aur anaj qarz de chukc hain. So ao, ham sab ke sab yih qarz bakhshenge ! 11 Un ke khet aur un ke bag angur ke aur zaitdn ke, aur uu ke makan aur sauwao hissa naqdi ki aur anaj aur wain aur tel ka jo turn ne uu se siidkhori karke liya hai, unheu ^) pher dfjiyo. 12 Tab unhou ne kaha, ki Ham pher denge, aur un se kuchh na mangengo ; jaisi ap ne furmayi hai, wais.ihi karenge. Phir maiu ne kahinou ko buHya, aur un logon ko qasam dilnf, ki Is iqrar ke muwafiq ham karenge. 13 Phir maiy ne apna daman jhafi aur kahi, ki Isf tarah se lihudi bar sha^hs ko, jo apne is qaul par amal nakare, apnt haikal se aur apnf miras se jhar dale, aur wuh jharan biiharan sa ho rahe. Tab sarf jamiat ne kaha, ki Ami'n, aur Khvda'waj>d ka sbukrkiya, aur is qaul kc mutabiq logon ne kiy£. 14 Alawa jis din se ki maig Yihiiddh ke mulk men un ka nauwab thaharaya gaya yane Ardsher budshih ke bisweu baras se batt'swen baras tak, jo barah baras haio, maio ne aur mere bhafoo ne nauwabi charbgiza na khai. 15 Kyunki we nauwab, jo mere ^ge the, raaiyat par bhar the, aur anaj aur wain aur chalis misqil rupi un se lete the, aur un ke naukar bhi logoo par zabardasti karte the. Le kin main ne khudatarsi se aisa na kiya. IG Alawa main ne is shahrpanah ke kam meo hath lagiyi; aur ham ne khetoo ko mol nahiu liya, par mere sab jawin wahau kam par jama hue. 17 Aur siwa un ke, jo as pas ki qaumoo men se ate the, derh sau Yihiidi aur shahna roz roz meri mez par the. 18 Aur jo ek din ke live taiyar kiya gaya, so ek b .11 cbha pali bheriaij aur murgiau mere live taiyar ki gaio ; aur das din men ek bar har nau ka wain ziyidati se tha : aur sath is ke mail) ne nauwab ki tankhwah na nungf, kyunki in logoy par sakht mushkil khidmat ii thf. 19 Ya Khuda mere, jo kuchh main ne is guroh ke liye kiya, so sab mere Ijhair ke liye y^d kariyo. VI. HAB. 1 Aur aisa hna, ki jab Sanballat aur Tubiy^h aur Jism Arabi aur hamftre baqf dushmanoB ne suna, ki maio shahrpanah ko bana chuka, aur us meu kuchh tutfi phuia baqi na raha, agarchi usi waqt maiu ne phatakon meo kiwaye na lagae the: 2 Tab Sanballat aur Jism ne mujhe yih kahla bheja, Tashrif laiye, ki ham Anna kf tarai kc gaou meu mulaqat karen ; par we mujh se badsuluki karne ke fikr meo the. 3 So maio ne log bhejkar unheu kaha, Maiu bare kam meu laga hfiu, aur utar & nahiu sakta. Jab tak use chhorke turn pas jauu, kyuu kam tham jae ? 4 Aur unhou ne char bar aisa paigam bhejl, aur maiu ne unheo aisS jawab diya. 5 Phir Sanballat ne panchweo hit usi tarah se apne naukar ko hath meg khuli hdf chitthf liye hue bheji. 6 Us meu likha tha, ki Qaumou meo charcha hai, aur Jasmn kahtd hai, ki Tu aur Yihndi log bagawat kl bandish karte ho : is b^t ke liye tu shahr- panah banata hai, aur tii is l^habar ke mutabiq un ki bidshih hoga, 7 AUwa to. 11 r r 2. S49 NAHAMIYAH. [7 BAB. ne nabfoD ko muqarrar kiyS, ki Yirushalam meo tera ishtihSr kareo aur kaheo : B^dshdh Yihudah meo ! Pas in batoo ki khabar bSdshab ko pahuncbegi : so ab tashrlf Hiye ki bam muMqf hoke maslahat karen. 8 Tab maio ne ns pas kahla bhej^, kitere kahne ke muwafiq koi bit nab?o buf, balki tu apnf hi man se baniti hai. 9 Kyunki we ham ko darayS chahte the, aur samajhte the, ki We us kdm se hath uthawenge ki ban Ra pare. Par ab, Ai Khuda, tu mere hathou kozcr bakhsh. 10. Phir maio SimaiySh bin Dilayah bin Muhaitabiel ke g-har men ^ya ; aiirwuh band thi. Wuh boJa, Aiyo ham Khuda ke ghar metj haikal ke andar molaqat ka- reo, aur haikal ke darwazookoband kareo ; kyunki we tujhe qatl kameko Swenge, hlo rit ko tujhe qatl kameko Swenge. 1 1 Main ne kahS, KyS mrijh sa shakhs bhige ? Aur mujh s& kaun hai, ki haikal men jae, anr jita rahe ? Maio na jineka. 12 Aur maio ne tahqiq kiyA, aur dekh, ki KhudS ne use na bhejS thS, balki meri babat is sabab se nubuwat kahti th4, ki Sanballat aur Tiibiyah ne use kirlya kiya thS. 13 Is liye use thike meo kiya tha, ki maio dar jaon, aur aisa karke fchatakar houo ki jis se we meri badnlmi kareo, aur mujhe tina den. 14 Ya Khuda mere, Tdbiyih ko aur Sanballat ko un ke in kamou ke mutabiq aur nabiya Mauidiyah ko bhi aur bSqi nabioo ko, jo mujhe darane chahte the, yad kar. 15 So biwan din men Aliil mahine ki pachiswin tarikh men shahrpanah bani eat. 16 Aur aisS hui, ki jab hamare sire bairioo ne suna, to charon taraf ki qaumeo dar gaio, aur apni nazar meo bahut gir gaio ; kyiinki unheo samajb payi ki kirn hamire Khuda kl taraf se hua. 17 Aliwa, un dinoo meo Yihiidah ke sardiroo ki bahut si cbitthi^o Tubiyih pSs bheji jati tliio, aur Tubiyah ki chitthiao un pas pahunchti thio. 1 8 Kyunki ba- hut log YihiidSh meo us ke hamqasam the, ki wuh Sikaniyah bin Arakh ka damad aur us ke bete Yahiihaninne Musallam bin Barakiyah ki bet! ko byah liya th£. 19 Aur we mereSge us ka bhala kahte the, aur meri bateo use sunate the, aur Tubiyah ne mujhe darane ke liye chitthiao bhejiu. VII. BAB. 1 Aur aisi hua, ki jab shahrpanih ban gal, to maio ne kiwafe lagae, aur darb^n aur ginewile aur Lewi muqarrar hue. 2 Aur maio ne apne bhai Hanani ko aur buri ke sardar Hananiyah ko Yirushalam par hukm Itiya, ki wuh bahuton se ama- natdar aur khuditars tha. 3 Aur unheo kaha, ki Jab tak dhiip na chajrhe, tab tak Yiroshalam ke phatak khole na jaeo, aur jab tak log barpa rahte bain, kiwire band kive jieO) aur muqafFal kiye jdweo. Aur Yirushalam ke bashiudon ki chaukiio maqarrar karo, harek apni apni chauki meo aur harek apne apne ghar ke samhne chaukike liye thaharaya jae. 4 Aur shahr to bara aur chauri thS, par us meo thore log the, aur ghar ban^e na gae the. 5 Tab mere Khud^ ne mere dil meo d^la, ki maio raisoo aur shahnoo aur logoo ko nasabnSma likh^ne ke liye jama karuo. Aui maio ne un logoo ki nasabnima piya, jo pahle charh gae the, aur us meo likha piyi : 6 Yeissnbake log haio,jojili kiasiri se charh gae, jinheo shah i Babul Nabnkhud- nazr ne jilawatan kiya thi, aur jo Yirushilam aur Yihndih meo harek apne apne shahr ko phir gae, 7 Aur Zarubabul ke sith ie ; Yastia, Nahamiyi.h, Azariyih, Ra? 7 BAB.] NAUAMIYAH. 541 gamiyah, NahamSnf, Mardakf, BilisiCn, Misfarat, Bagwf, NahtSm, Baana ; yih guroh Israel ke logoo k^ shumdr hai: 8 Banf Hurgus, do hazSr ek sau bahattar ; 9 Ban! Safatiyah, tin sau bahattar; 10 Bani Arakh, chha sau biwan ; 11 Hani Pakhat i Moab bani Yasda aur Yuab meu se, do hazar ath sau atharah; 12 Banf Ailani, ek hazir do sau chauwan; 13 Bant Zattiidth snu paintalfs ; 14 Banf Zakkt sat sau sSth. 15 Banf Biuwi chha sau athtalis; 16 liani Babi, chha sau athals ; 17 Banf Azja'd, do hazir tfn sau bifs ; 18 Banf Aduuiqlm, cl)ha sau satsatb ; 19 Banf Bigwf, do hazar satsath ; 20 Banf Adin, chha sau pachpan; 21 Bani Atfr Hiz- qiyah ke khandan meu se, atha'nauwe ; 22 Bani llashiim, tin sau ath.is; 23 Banf Baitf, tfn sau chaubis ; 24 Banf Kharif ek sau barah ; 2o Bani Jibaiin, pancha- nauwe; 26 Bait lahm aur Natufah ke log ek sauathisf; 27 Anatat ke log, ek sau ath^fs; 28 Bait Azmaut ke log, beilis; 29 Qaryat Yiarim Kafirah aur Biarit ke log, sat sau tentalfs; 30 Riniah aur Jaba ke log, chha sau ikkia; 31 Mikmas ke log, ek sau bais; 32 Baitel aur Ai ke log, ek sau teis; 33 Dosre Nabu kelog, bawan; 34 Diisre Ailam ke bete, ek bazar do sau chauwan; 35 Bani Harim, tin sau bfs; 36 Bani Yiriho, tfn sau paintalis ; 37 Liid aur Hadid aur Aunu ke bete, s5t sau ekkis ; 38 Bani Sanaah, tin bazar nau sau tis; 39 We kahin: bani Yadaiyah Yasua ke gharane men se, nau sau tihattar; 40 Hani Amir, ek haz^r biwan; 41 Banf Fasihnr, ek bazar do sau saintalis 42 Bani Harim, ek hazSr sattar; 43 We Lewi: banf Yasiia Qadraiel se bani Hudayahmeo se, chau- hattar; 44 We ganewale: bani Asaf ek sau athtalis; 45 We darban: bani Suliim, banf Atir, banf Zulman, banf Aqub, bani Khatita, bani Sabi, ek sau athtis 46 We bande haikal ke : bani Ziha, banf Hasufa', bani Tabadt, 47 Bani Qairus, banf Siga, bani Fadun, 48 Bani Libana, bani Ilajaba, bani Shalmi, 49 Banf Hanan, bani Jadil, bani Jahr, 50 Bani Riyayah, bani Rasin, bani Naquda, 51 Bani Jazz^m, bani Uzzah, bani Fasih, 51 Bani Baizi, ban! Madnini, bani Nafiishsfm, 53 Banf Baqbiiq, bani Haqufa, banf Harhnr, 54 Banf Basliyat, banf Mahida, banf Harsa, 55 Bani Barqas, bani Sisara, banf Tamah, 56 Banf Nasfh, banf Khatffa; 57 SulaimSn ke naukaroQ ke bete : bani Siiti, banf Safirat, banf Farfda, 58 Banf Salah, banf Darqt'in, banf Jadid, 59 Bani Safatiyah, banf Hatil, bani Faqirat ul Zabian, bani Amun: 60 Haikal ke sab bande aur Sulaiman ke naukaroo ke sab bete tfn sau bdnauwe shakhs the. 61 Aur we log, jo Tall ul milh aur Tall ul Hars^ Karab Addun aur Amir se charh gae the, par apne ^baf khandan aur nasi dikhla na sake, ki Israel ke the ya na the, so ye haiu : 62 Banf Dilayah, bani Tubiy^h, bani Naquda, chha sau bealfs; 63 Aur kahfnog men se: banf Khabayah, banf Qdz, banf Barzillf, jo Jili- idf Barzillf kf betioD meo se ek larki ko biyah laya tha, aur un ke nSm se kaha j&ta tha. 64 InhoD ne apna nasabnama dhundha, par wuh na niila, so we kaha- nat se mahrum hiie. 65 Aur hakim ne unheu hukm kiyS, ki we aqdas chizoo meo Be na khaweu jab tak ki ek kahin urim o tumim ke liye phir barpa na ho. 66 Sari jamaat milke bealfs hazar tfn sau sath the, 67 Siwa un ke gulamoQ aur laundioo ke, jo sat bazar tin sau saintis the. Aur un meo do sau paintalis ganewale aur g^newilfau thiy. 68 Un ke ghoye, sat sau chhattis, un ke khachchar, do sau paintalis, 69 Un ke unt, char sau paintis, un ke gadhe, chha hazar sat sau bis. 542 NAHAMIYATH. [8 HAH. 70 Auf abwf rafsou kl hamagi meij se Mzou ne us kim kf pdnji ke liye diya. Hakim ne punjf ke li^'e ek hazar dirhani sona, pachas piyale,kahinou ke panch 8au tfs pair£han bakhshe. 71 Aur abwl raisou nieo se bahuterou ne kam ki punj! ke liye bis hazdr dirliam sona aur do bazar do sau mannah rupadiya. 72 Aur baqf logOD ne jo diya, so bis bazar dirham sona aur do hazflr mannah rtipa, aur kiihinon ke satsath pairahan the. 73 Chunanchi kahin aur Lewi aur darbdn aur g^newale aur raaiyat ke log aur haikal ke bande, aur tainam Israel, apne apne shahr meg base. VIII. BAB. 1 Aur jab sitwao inahina pahuncha, aur banf Israel apne apne shahrou meo they tab sare log ek man se Jal Phatak ke age ke chaugan meij jama hiie. Aur unhoij ne Azra safir ko kaha, ki Musi kl tauref, kf kitab ko, jo Khudawakd ne Israel ko> farmai thi, lawe. 2 Tab satweo mahfue ki pahli tarikh niey Azra kahin mard o aurat ki jamaat ke dge yane sab ke age jo sunke samajh sakte the, Tauret ko ISya. 3 Aur Jal Phatak ke age ke chaugan meo pau phatne se do pahar tak mard o aurat aur sab ke age jo samajh sakte, pafhta raha. Aur sab logon ke kan shariat kf kitib par lage the. 4 Aur Azra safir ek chobf mimbar par khari hua, jo unhou ne isi bat ke liye banayd tha. Aur us ke pas Matitiyah auj' Sama aur Anayih aur U'riyih aur Khilqiyah aur Maasiyah us ke dahne khare the, aur us ke bayeo Fidayah aur Misael aur Malkiyih aur Hashdm aur Hasbaddanah aur Zikriyah aur Musallam hazir rahe. 5 Aur Azra safir ne sare logou kf aukhou ke age kitab kholi ; kyuuki wuh sab logos se upar tha, aur us ke kholte hi sare log uth khare hue, 6 Aur Azra ne Kuuijawand Khuda Tala ko mubarak bad kaha, aur sare logou ne hath uthSe hue aur munh ke bhal sir jhukake zamin tak Khudawand ko sijda karte hue jawab meo A'mfn, A'min! kaha. 7 Aur Yasiia aur Bini aur Saribiyah aur Yamin aur Aqub aur Sabtf aur Hddiyah aur Maasiyah aur Qalita aur Azariyah aur Yuzabad aur Hanan aur Filayah aur Levviou ne logou ko shariat samjhaf, aur log apni apni jagah khare ho i-ahe. 8 Aur unhoa ne Khudi ki shariat ki kitab ko kholke parha aur mluf batl^f, aur pafh parhke bayan kiya. 9 Aur Nahamiyih hakim aur Azra safir aur un Lewiou ne, jo logon ko samjhate the, sari jamaat se kaha, Aj ki din Khudawand tuaihare Khudi ke liye muqaddas hai. Gam mat karo, na roya karo ! ki sab log shariat kf bateg sunke rote the. 10 Phir us ne untie u kaha, ki Ab jao aur mota khao aur mitha pio, aur jinke liye kuchh nahfu paka, un ke pas baina bhejo ; kydnki aj ka din hamare Malik ke liye muqaddas hai. So turn udas mat hoo ; kyunki ll hud a wand ki jfhushwaqti tumhari salamati hai. 1 1 Aur Lewiou ne sab logou ko dilasa diyi, aur kaha, ki iihatirjama ho ! kyunki aj ka din muqaddas hai, turn udas mat hoo. 12 So sab log chale gae, ki khiweo aur piweo aur baini bhejeij, aur bari ^hushi kareg. Kyunki we un batou ko, jo unheo sikhUf gaiu, samjhe the. 13 Aur dasre din sare logou ke abwf rafs kahin aur Lewf Azra safir pas jama hue ki Tauret ki bateij bujheu- 14 Aur unhou ne shariat meu, jo Khudawan» ne Mtisa kf marifat se farmai thf, likha paya, ki satwep mahine ki fd raea banf Israel ifhaimoy meo raha kareo, 15 Aur sab shahroa meo aur Yirushalam meu 9 BAB.] • NAUAMIYAII. 84* ishtihar cUwcu aur jih manSdi karw.ieo, ki Pahar parj^o, aiir zaitiin aur dashti jalpiU aur is aur khaji'ir ki shakhcu aur ghane perou ki ditliao khaimoD ke baiilne ko, jaisa likha hai, lao. 16 So log b.ihar ja j:ike lie, aur harek apne apne ghar kf chhat par aur apne ihatou men, aur K.huda ke ghar ke 8ahnonmeo aur Jal Plutak ke niarhab nieij, aur Ifrafmf Phatak ke marhab meu apne liye khairne bande. 17 Aur siri jamaat ke log, jo asfri se phir ie the, patchhappar bana ban;i un ke tale baith gae, kyiinki Yasua bin Nun ke dinou se us din tak bani Israel ne aisa na kiyi tha. Aur bari khushwaqti hui. 18 Aur pahle din se pichhle din tak roz ba roz Khuda kf sharlat kf kitab meo se parlia gaya, aur unhoo ne sat din fd rakhi, aur athweu din dastiir ke muwafiq fdf jamaat ki. IX. BAB. 1 Phir is mahlne ke chaubiswen din bani Israel roza rakhte hue aur tat orhe aur mitti male hue ikatthe ae. 2 Aur Israel ki nasi sare ajnabi logon se juda hui, aur khare hoke apni khataoo ko aur apne bapdadon ke gunahou ko iqrar kiya. 3 Aur we apni jagah par khare hue, aur din ke ek pahar tak Khudawand apne Khuda ki shariat kf kitab ko pafha, aur ek pahar meij gunah ko iqrar kiya aur Khuba- WAND apne Khuda ko sijda kiyS. 4 Aur Yasua aur Bani aur Qadiniel aur Sabaniyah aur Biini aur Saribiyah aur Bani aur Kanini Lewiou ke inachan par khare hue, aur bari awaz se Khupawand apne Khuda ki dua ki. 5 Aur Yasda aur Qadmiel aur Bani aur Hasabniyah aur Saribiyah aur Hiidiyah aur Sabaniyah aur Fatahiy^h LewiOQ ne kaha, Utho, Khcdawand apne Khiidi kl shukr abad ul abad karo ! Tera jalali nam mubarak howe, jo siri mubSrakbddi aur tarif se bahar hai. 6 Tii hai Khudawand aur akela tu, Tu ne asindnoij ko, aur saraa ul samawfit ko, aur un kf sSri abadi ko, zamin ko aur jo kuchh us par hai, daryaou ko aur jo liuchh un meu hai, bandyi. Aur Tu sabhou ka parvvardigir hai, aur ismanoij ka lashkar tera sijda karta hai. 7 Ti'i wuh Khudawand Khudi hai, jis ne Abiram ko barguzida kiya, aur use Kasdiou ke U'r se nikal laya, aur us ki nam badalkar Abiraham rakha. 8 Tii ne apne age us ka dil nuimin paya, aur us se ahd bandha, ki Maiij Kaninion aur Hittiou aur Amurion aur Farizzioo aur YabtJsiou aur Jirjasion ki zamin teri nasi ko diinga. Aur tii ne apne wada ko wafa kiya, kyunki tu sadiq ul qaul hai. 9 Aur Tii ne hamare bapdadou ki taklif ko Misr meo dekhf, aur Yamm ul Suf ke kanare un ki faryad suni ; 10 Aur Firaun par aur us ke sare naukarou par aur us ke mulk ki sari raaiyat par ajaib aur garaib kiye ; kyuokitu jinta tha, ki unhos ne ghamand se un par zulm kiya, aur tu ne apna nam kiya, jaisi aj hai. 11 Aur tii ne uu ke age samundar ko do hissa kiya, yahau tak ki we samuudar ke bich me.j se ^fhushki zamin par chale gae, aur tii ne unke taaqub karuewalou ko gahrapoij meu pattharki manind barepanioo meo phenkdiyd. 12 Aur tu ne din kobadal ke amud se aur rat ko ag ke araud se unki rahnumai ki, ta ki us rah meu, jis meu we chalte the, un ke liye roshni howe. )3 Aur td Sina pahir par utaraya, aur risman se un kesathbola, aur unheij thikq&Qunoo ko, aursachi shariat ko, aur achchhe huqiiq o ahkamko diya. 14 Aur apnamuqaddas sabtunheo sikhlaya, aurapne bande Mosa 5 44 NAHAMIYAH. [9 BAB. ke h^th se unheu ahkam aur hviqfiq aur fard,iz farmae. 15 Aur Tu ne 5smin se roti deke uiiheu khilaya, aur chatan men se panf nikalke unheu pilay^. Aur to ne unheu fiirmaya, ki jSke us zamfn ko apni miras aur tasarruf men laweo, jis ki babat tu ne qasani khai thf, ki Main use tumko bakhshunga. 16 Lekiu hamare bapdade jo the, we gustakh aur sakhtgardan bane, aur tere huknioQ ke shiuawi na hue 17 Unhou ne farmanbardar bona nipasand kiya, aur tere achambhe kamon ko, jo tii ne un ke darmiyan kiye, yad na rakhS, aur apne gar- danou ko sakht kiya, aur apne liye ek sardar muqarrar kiya, ki we sarkashi ke mare apni gulimi men phir jawen. Par Tu Al'lah ^murzgar hai, hannan o rahirian, Za ultulaur Rabb ulfazl o wafa, so tu ne unheo tarkna kiya. 18 H^d jab unhen ne apne liye dhala hua ek bachhra baniya tha, aur kaha tha, O Israel, Yih tera Ilah hai, jo tumheu Misr se nikll laya, aur jab unhoo ne bad hiqdrat ki. kam kiya; 19 Tad bhl tii ne apni bari rahmat ke mutabiq unheo bayaban meo cbhor ua diyS. Din ko bldal ka amud un par se juda na hua, ki un ki rahnumai kare, aur rat ko Sg k4 amiid judi na hua, ki unheo us rah men, jis men jate the, roshni bakhshe. 20 Aur ttt ne apni nek Ruh un ki hidiyat ke liye di, aur niann ko un ke munh se mana na kiya, aur pani deke unheu pilaya. 21 Aur tii bayaban meu chilis barae tak un ki parwarish karti raha ; un ke liye koi chiz na ghati ; un ke kapre purane na hue, aur un ke panw na suje. 22 Aur tii ne unhea mamlukateo aur ummateo bakhshiu, aur unheu charon taraf phailiya, so unhoo ne Saihun ke mulk ko, aur shihiHasbiin ke mulk ko, aur shah i Basan U'j ke mulk ko miras meu liyd. 23 Aur tii ne un ki aulad ko asman ke sitarou ke manind bahut kiya, aur unheo is zamin meu laya, jis ki babat tu ne un ke bapdadou se kaha tha, ki we jake use minis meu lewen. 24 So un ke bete dakhil hiie, aur is zamin ke waris bane. Aur tu ne un ke age is zamin ke Kanani bashiudoo ko maglub kiya, aur unheu aur un ke badshahou, aur zamin ki qaumou ko un ke hath meij kar diya, ki jaisa chaheu, waisa un se kareo. 25 So we bare mazbiit shahroo aur chikni zamin ke milik hue, aur ni^l se bhare hue gharou aur khode hue kuoo aur bahutse anguristanoo, aur zaituni bagoo aur phaldar darakhtoa ke waris hue. Tab we khake ser hue, aur mote taze bane aur teri bari niamat se aiyash ho gae. 26 Aur we sarkash hue, aur tujh se phir gae, aur teri shariat ko apni pusht ke pichhe phenka, aur tere nabiou ko qatl kiya, ki we unheo nasihat dete the, ki unheu teri taraf phir laweo, aur unhoo ne bari hiqarat ka kam kiya. 27 Tab tu ne unheu un lie dushmanoo ke hath meu kav diya, jo un par zulm karte rahe. Lekin unhoo ne apni tangi ke waqt tujh se dua ki, aur tu ne asnian par se un ki suni, aur apni bari rahmat ke mutabiq unheu chhuj-anewale diye, jinhon ne unheo ua ke zllimoa ke hath se chhufaya. 28 Lekin jab unheu aram mila, tab we phir tere age badk^ri meu lag gae : is liye tii ne unheu un ke bairiou ke hath meo chhor diya, ki un par zulm kareo. Tab we phire, aur tere age chillie, aur tu ne ^sman meu se sun sunke apni bari rahmat ke mutabiq unheu bar bar chhufaya. 29 Aur tii ne unheo kliabardar kiya, ki apni shariat ki taraf unheu phiraya kare ; par we sarkash ho gae, aur tere hukmon ke shinawa na hiie, aur tere irshadou se, ki jo insan kare so uu se jiega, bahar jake khatakar hue; aur apne kandhe ko khinchke apni gardan sakht kiya, aur na suna. 30 Tii ne bahut baras tak un ki sahta raha, aur apni Ruh se yane apni nabiou k^ in^rifat se unhefl khabar detS raha, par we shiaawi aa 10 B.\B.] NAUAMIYAH. 545 hue. Tab tii ne unheu mulk mulk ke logoo ke hdth meo chhor diyJ. 31 Par tu ne apne bare rahm se unheo bilkuU nest o nabud na kiyS, aur unheo bilikull chhor nahiu diya, kyiinki Khuda i hannan o rahmSn tu hi hai. 3-2 Aiir ab, Ai ham ire Khudi, buzurg aur qadir aur muhtb Khud5, jo ahd aur fazl ko hifz karta hai ! Wuh dukh, jo ham par, aur hamSre badshihoo par, aur hamare sardirog par, aur hamire k£hinou par, aur hamire nabfoo p:ir, aur hamSre b^pdidou par, aur apne sSre logou par Asnr ke badshahoo ke dinoo se Sj ke kin tak par^ hai, so tere age thora jani na jae ! 33 Ta to sab meo, jo ham par guzri, sSdiq ul qaul thahara, ki tii ne sach kiy-l, aur ham ne gunah kiyd. 34 Aur hamare h^dshah aur hamire sardar aur hamare klhin aur hamire bapdide teri sharfat par amal nahlo karte the, aur tere hukinou ko nahio mante the, aur terf us khabar ko, jo tu ne unheo di, sach na jSnte the. 35 We apnf mamlulat meo aur terf barakatou ki ziyadati meo, jo tii ne unheo bakhshin, aur is chaurf aur achchhi zamin meo, jo tii ne unheo df, tere bande na rahe, aur apni badkarfoo se na phire. 36 Dekh, ham 6j ke din gulam halo ; balki usi zamtn meo, jo tu ne ham4re bSpdddoo ko di, ki us ke phal aur us ke tahiif khaweu, dekh ham log usi zamin meo gulam haig. 37 Wuh un badshihoo ke liye, jo tu ne hamire gunahoo ke sababham par musallit kiye, apni phal ziyadati se liti hai. Hag we hamare badanoo par bhi a^r hamare janwaroo par, jaisa chahte haio waisi huknmut karte haiu, aur ham log bari tangi meo haio. 38 Aur in sari batoo ke sabab ham log ahd o paiman meg wabasta hote aur likhte the, aur hamire sardar aur hamire Lewi aur hamire kahin ahdnime par apni apaa nam likhkar muhr lagate the. X. BAB. I Aur muhr karuewiloo man ye the : Nahamiyah hakim bin Hakaliyah, aur Sidqiyah, 2 Shirayah, Azariyih, Yaramiylh, 3 Fasihur, Aniariydh, Malkiyah, 4 Hatus, Sabaniyah, Maluk, 5 Harim, Murimit, Abadiyah, 6 Daniel, Jannatun, Haruk, 7 Musallam, Abiyah, Minyamin, 8 Maaziyah, Hilji, Samaiyah: ye ka- h\n the ; 9 Aur Lewi : Yasiia bin Azaniyah, Binwi bani Hannadad meo se, Qidmiel, 10 Aur un ke bhai : Sabaniyah, Hudiyah, Qalita, Filayah, Hanin, 11 Mika, Ra- hiib, Hasabiyah, 12 Zakur, Saribiyih, Sabaniyah, 13 Hudfydh, Bani, llaninii; 14 Logoe ke rais: Burgus Pakhat i Moab, Ailam, Zattu, Bani, 15 Buuni, Azjad, Babf, IG Aduniyah, Bigwi, Adin, 17 Atfr, Hizqiyah, Azur, 18 Iliidfy^h, Uashum, Baizi. 19 Kharif, Anitat, Nubi, 20 Magfias, Musallam, Hazir, 21 Musaizabiel, Sadnq, Wadua, 22 Filatiyah, Haiian, Anayah, 23 Husia, Hana- niyah, Hasub, 24 Lihis, Filha, Sabiq, 25 Rahiim, Hasabnah, Maasiy^h, 26 Akhiy.ih, Hanin, Anin, 27 Maluk, Harim, B.iana. 28 Aur baqi log, aur kahin, aur Lewi, aur darban, aur ginewale, aur haikal ke bande, aur sab, josarzaminoo ki qaunion se Khuda ki tauret pas alag hue, aur un kf joruau aur bete betiio, aur sab samajhdir aur aqlmand, 29 Apne izzatdar bhaiog se mil gae, aur saugand aur qasam meu sharik hiie, ki ham Khuda ki shariat par, jo us ne Khudi ke bande M isa ki marjfat se di, chalenge, aur Kuudawand, hamare malik ke sab hukinoQ aur sunnatoo aur irshudou ko hifz karenge, aur un par amal S s s 54G NAHAMIYAH. [11 B,yB. karenge, 30 Aur ham apni betfao mtilk kf qaiimon ko na denge, aur apne betou ke liye un kf bettriu na lenge ; 31 Aur agar inulk ke log sabt ke din kuchh sauda aur bar tarah ka mal bechne ko laweo, to ham sabt meg yi muqaddas din meu un se mol na lenge, aur satweu sal k£ basil chhor denge, aur har shakhs ka qarz bakhshenge. 32 Aur ham no apne liye ek iln thahariy^, ki ham par farz hai, ki apne Khuda ke ghar kf bandagi ke liye, 33 Aur nazar ki rotfoo ke liye, aur hamesha ke hadiya aur hamesha ke charhawe ke liye, aur sabton aur naye chandon aur fdoij ke qurbauop ke liye, aur muqaddas chizoo ke liye, aur khatiyatou ke liye, ki Israel ka kafara ki^'i jawe, aur apne Khuda ke aire kam ke liye misqil ka tf sra hissa sal ba sal deweu. 34 Aur ham kahinon aur LewioQ aur ogou ne lakrike qurbSn par qura dila, ki use sal ba sil, muqarrar waqton men, apne abaf khandanou ke mutabiq, apneKhudi ke ghar lueo laweu, ki Khudawand hamare Khuda ke mazbah par jalai jawe, jaisa tauret men Hkha hai. 35 Aur ham ne muqarrar kiya, ki sSl basal apnf zaminou ke pahle phal aur sab darakhton ke sab mewou ke phale phal Khudawand ke ghar meo laweo ; 36 Aur ki ham Tauret ki kitab ke mutabiq apne betoo ke aur apni mawashi ke pahlauthe aur apne gae bail ke pahlauthe aur apne bher bakri ke pahlauthe sipne Khudi ke ghar men kahinou ke pas, jo hamare Khuda ke ghar men khidmat- guzar haiD, Hwcu; 37 Aur apni snjf ke aur apnf uthai hui qurban on aur sab darakhton ke mewoo aur wain aur tel ke auwalfn apne Khuda ke ghar ki koth- rioo men kahinou kepas aur dahyaki apne khet Id Lewiou ke pas laweu, ki hu Lewiooko ehShiye, ki sab shahrou meo jahau ham kishtkari karte haiu, phir dah- yaki dewen. 38 Aur jab Lewi dahyaki dete baio, to kahin bin llarun Levvion ke sath ho, takiLewi dahyaki ki dahyakf ko hamSre Khuda ke bait ul mal ki kothriou meo laweu. 39 Ki banf Israel aur bani Lewi anaj ki aur wain aur tel ki uthii hui qurMniau liweij; wahin pik bartan aur khidmatguzar kahin aur darb^n aur gane wale haiu. *S'o ham apne Khuda ke ghar ko chhor na denge. XI. BAB. I Axir logon ke sardir Yirushalam men base, aur biqi logon ne chhit.thi in dilio ki das das admi meo se ek ek liweo ki Yirushalam sliahr i nmqad- das meo baseo, a^r baqi nan hisse aur sliahroo meu raha kareu. 2 Aur logoB ne un sab ajdmiou ke liye, jo Yirushalam meu rahne ko taiyar the, barakat mjngf. 3 Aur subake rais, jo Yirushalam meu base, so ye haiij. Par Yiliudah ke shahroo meg ahl i Israel yane kihin aur Lewi aur haikalke baude aurSulaimau ke naukaroij ke bete harek apni apni miris meg apne apne shahroij meo base. 4 A.\ir Yiru- shalam meu bani Yibudah aur bani Binyamin men se yc base; bani Yihddah meu se : Atayah bin Uzziyah bin Zikariylh bin Amariyih bin Safatiyah bin Mahalaliel bani Pharas meo se, 5 Aur Maasiyah bin haruk bin KuU Hazf bin Ilazayah bin Adayah bin Yiiyarib bin Zikariyah bin AlsailSni. 6 Sab bani Pharas, jo YirushSlam meo base, char sau athsath jawan mard the. 7 Aur ye haul Binyamin liaio : Sallu bin Musallam bin Waid bin Fidayah bin Qaulayah bin Maasiyah bin Aiy»tiel bin Yasaiyah ; b Aur us ke pichhe JabbI aur Salla, nausau athais ; 9 Aur 12 BAD.] NAIIAMIYAH. ^^^^ Yiiel bin Zikri iin ka sardar th.1, aur Yihud.ih bin Alsanuah shalir par sini tha 10 KahinoD men se : Yaiiaiyah bin Yuyarib, Yakfn, 11 Shirayah bin Khilqiyah bin Musallam bin Saddq bin Mirayat bin Akhitdb nazir bait Al'Uh kS, 12 Aur uu ke bhai jo Khuda ki haikal kii kani karte the, Sth sau bafs ; aur Adayah bin Yaruham bin Filaliydh bin Amasi bin Zikariyah bin Fasihur bin Malkiyab, 13 Aur un ke bhaf, Ibaf kbandanou ke rais, do sau bealis ; aur'Amassa bin Azariel bin Akhzi bin Musalliinat bin Amfr, 14 Aur un ke bhii diler mard, ek sau athafs aur sardar un ka Zabdiel bin Aljadiilin tha. 15 Aur Lewiou meo se : Samaiyah bin Hasiib bin Azariqiin bin Hasabiyah bin Bani ; 16 Aur Sabti aur Yuzabad Lewioo ke raisoo meu se Khuda ke gbar ke bahari kam par muqarrar the ; 17 Aur Mattaiiiyih bin Mika bin Zabdi bin Asaf sardir, jis ne bandagi ki sliukrguzarf shurii kf ; aur Baqbuqiyah apne bhaiou meo se ddsra tha, aur Abda bin Samua bin Jalal bin Yadiitdn : 18 Muqaddas shahr meo sab Lewi do sau chaurasi the. 19 Aur darban : Aqdb, Zulman aur un ke bhai, jo darwazou ki nigahbani karte the, ek sau bahattar. 20 Aur baqi Israel, kahin aur Lewi, Yihudah ke sab shahroo meu harek apni apnf niiras mcu rahte the. 21 Aur haikal ke bande Ufal par base, aur Zilia aur Jisfa haikal ke bandon par muqarrar the. 22 Aur Uzzi bin Banf bin Hasabiyah bin Mattaniyah bin Mika jobani Asaf un mugannioo meu se tha, Yirushalam meo bait Al'lah ke kam ke liye Lewiou ka sardar tha. 23 Ki un ke liye badshah ka hukm hiia tha, ki ganewalon ko muqarrar takib, jo un ka roz marra tha, dewen. 24 Aur Fatahiyah bin Musaizabiel bani Shariq bin Yihudah meu se logou ke har kam meu badshah ka naib tha. 25 Un ki bastiao un ke khetoo meu jo haiu, so bani Yihiidah men sebaze log wahau base, yane Quryat Arba aur us ke dihat men, aur Daibun aur us ke dihat men, aur Yaqabziel aur us ke gaon men, 26 Aur Yasiia meu aur Mauladah meu aur Bait ul Falat meo, 27 Aur Hasr ul Sual meo, aur Biarsaba aur us ke dihat men 28 Aur Siqla'g meo aur Maknnah aur us ke dihat meo, 29 Aur Ain ul Rumraaa meo aur Saraab men aur Yarmutmen, 30 Zanukh, Adiilam aur un ke gaon meo, Lakls aur us ke khetoo meu, Aziqah aur us ke dihat men. We Biarsaba se leke namak ke nasheb tak raha karte the. 31 Aur bani Biuyamin Jiba se Mikmas aur Aiya aur Baitel aur us ke dihat, 32 Aur Anatat aur Nub aur Ananiyah 33 Aur Hasur aur Ramah aur Jannataio, 34 Aur Hadid aur ZibJan aur Naballat, 35 Aur Lud aur Aunii aur Klrigaron ki Tarai meo raha karte the. 3G Auc- Lewiou se Yihudah ki baridariao Binyamin meu hiiiD. XIL BAB. 1 Aur we kahin aur Lewf, jo Zarubabul bin SialticI aur Yasua ke sSth charh gae, so ye haig : Shirdyah, Yaramiyah, Azra, 2 Amariyah, Malok, Hati'ish, 3 Sikaniyah, Rahiini, Murimat, 4 I'dn, Jinto, Abiyah, 5 Wiyamin, Maadiyah, Biljah, G Samaiyah aur Yuyarib, Yadaiyah, 7 Sallii, Amnij, Khilqiyah, Yadaiyah. Ye Yasua ke dinou meo kahinou aur un ke bhaiog ke rafs the. 8 Aur Lewi : Yasda, Binwi, Qadmiel, Saribiy^h, Yilmdah, Mattaniyah, jo apne bhaiog samet shukr gane par muqarrar tha ; 9 Aur Baqbuqiyah aur Unni un ke bhaf chauki men un ke samhue the. 10 Aur Yasda se Ydyaqim paida hua, aur Yuya(pm se Ilyasib S s 3 2 548 NAHAMIYAH. [12 BAB. paida hua, aur Ilyasib se Yuyada paida hiii. 11 Aur Ydyada se Yi'inatan paidii hua, aur Yunatan se Wadcia paida hua. 12 A or Yuyaqfm ke dinoo meo kahinou ke abwi raia ye the : Shiray^h se Mirayah, Yaraniiyah se IlananiySh, 13 Azra se Musallam, Amariyah se Yahti- hanan, 14 Malakf se Yunatan, Sabaniyih se Yusuf, 15 Harim se Adn^, Mirayat se Khilqf, 16 I'df se Zikariyah, Jannatun se Musallam, 17 Abiyah se Zikrt Minyamfn se, Mauidiyah se Filtf, 18 Biljah se Sami'ia, Saraaiyah se Yahu- natan. 19 Yoyarib se, Mattanf, Wadaiyah se Vzif, '20 Sail! se Qallf, Amuq se Ibr, 21 Khilqiyah se Hasabiydh, Wadaiyah Se Nataniel. 22 Ilyastb aur Yuyada aur Yuhanan aur Wadua ke dinoQ meo Lewfou ke abwi rais likhe gae, aur kdhinou ke, DarA Farsf kf saltanat meo. "2'i Ban! Lewi ke abwf rais tawnrikh ul aiyam ki kitdb meo Yuhanin bin Ilyasib ke dinoo tak likhe gae haip. 24 Aur Lewioo ke rafs : Hasabiyah, Saribiyab aur Yasua bin Qadmiel the, aur un ke bhaf un ke barabar muqarrar hue, ki chauki ba chaukimard i Khud;i Dciud ke hukm ke mutabiq Khuda kf hamd aur sana kareo. 2o Mattaniy^h aur Baqbuqiyah aur Abadiyah aur Musallam aur Zulman aur Aqub darban phatakoo ke makhzanoo pas nigihbani karte the. 26 Ye Yiiyaqim bin Yasua bin Yusadaq ke dinou meo aur Nahanuyih nauwab aur Azra kahin o sifir ke dinoo meo the. 27 Aur we Yirdshalam ki shalirpanah ki taqdfs ke liye Lewioo kosabjagahoo se dhundl>te the, ki unheo Yirushalam ko UweO) taki we khushi aur shukrgnzari aur sarod aurjh.lnjh aur bin aur barbat se shahrpanah ki taqdis kareg. 28 Tab ganewale log Yirushalam ki girdniv/ah ki eharoo taraf se, aur Natufati bastfou meo se, 29 Bait ul Jiljal se aur Jiba aur Azmaut ke khetou se jama hue, ki g^newalou ne Yirushalam ki eharoo taraf apne liye bastiao banSio thfo. 30 Aur kiliin aur Lewi apne ko tahir karke logoo aur phatakoo aur shahrpanah ko tahir karte the. 31 Tab maio ne hukm kiya, ki Yiliudah ke sard^r shahrpanih par charh jawep, aur maio ne gSnew.iIou ke do bare taife muqarrar kiye, aur ek un meo se shahr- panah par dahne Kura Phatak ki taraf gSy^. .J2 Aur un ke pichhe Husaiyah aur Yihudah ke adhe sardir raw^na hiie, 33 Azariyah, Azrd aur Musallam, 34 Yihud^h aur Binyamin aur Saniaiyoh, aur Yaramiyah ; 35 Aur kahinoo ke betoo meo 8e ye narsinge liye hue the: Zikariyah bin Yunatan bin Samaiyah bin Matfaniyah bin Mikayih bin Zakiir bin Asaf ; 36 Aur us ke bhai Samaiyah aur Azariel, Milali, Jalali, Mai, Nataniel aur Yihiidah aur Hanani mard i Khuda Daud ke bajou ko leke rawana hiie, aur Azra s'fir un ke age age chalta thS. 37 Aur we Sota Phi tak pSs, aur apne samline, Daiid ke shahr ke charhaoo par, shahrpanah ke charhao par, Daud ke ghar ke upar, aur Jal Phatak tak purab ki taraf charh gae. 38 Aur shukrguzdri ka dusra taifabayio taraf rawana hua, aur maio aur adhe log shahrpan^ih par se, Bluitthi Barj par se Chauri Diwir tak, 39 Aur Ifraimf Phatak par se aur Purine Phatak par se aur Machhli Phatak par se aur Hananiel ke burj aur Miylh ke burj par se Bht r Piiatak tak un ke pichhe ho gae, aur we Qaid- kh^ne ke Phatak meo khare rahe. 40 So shukrgane ke donoo taife l^huda ke ghar pas khare hue, aur maio aur adhe shahna mere sath, 41 Aur kihin : Ilyaqim, Maasi- yihy Minyamfn, Mikayah, llyuaiuf, Zikriyab, Hananiyah narsinge liye hue, 42 Aur Maasiyah aur Samaiyah aur lliazr aur Uzzi aur Yahuhandn aur Malkiyah aur IS BAB.1 NAIIAMIYAH. 549 AiWrn aur Azr. So mugannf gitte bajdte the, aur Ishrdqiyah un k^ sardar tha. 43 Aur usl din we bare zab^ih zabh karke khushwaqtl meo rahe, kyiinki Khudi ne barf khushi se unheu khushwaqt kiy^, aur joruou aur larkoo ne bhi anand kiya, aur Yirushalam kf khusht kf awaz dor tak pahunchf, 44 Aur usl din bSze log khazdne ki kothriou ke liye aur nthaf huf qurbdnioQ aur pahle phalou aur dahyakfoo ke liye muqarrar kiye gae, taki un meo shahroo ke khetou se sliarai hissa kdliinou aiir Lewiou kc liye jama karej). Ki banf Yihrtdah un kahinou aur Lewiou se, jo muqarrar kiye gae, ]^hash the; 45 Ki we g-inew^le aur darbdn apne Khuda kf aur taharat ki rah rasm ko Daiid aur us ke bete Sulaiman ke hukm ke mutabiq mante the. 46 Kyiinlti Dafid aur Asaf ke dinou meo qadim se ganewaloo ke sardar the, aur Khiida kf tddf aur shukr ke gft the. 47 Aur tamim Israel ne Zarubabul ke dinon meg aur Nahainiyah ke dinou meo ganewalou aur darbiinou ke rozmarra ka haqq muqarrar kiya, aur muqaddas chf/oo ko Lewfoo ko diya, aur Lewiou ne muqaddas chizou ko banl Harun kobant diya. XIIL BAB. 1 Aur usf din Musdi kf kitib logoo ke sunne meo parhf gaf, aur us meo yih likha paya gayl, ki kof Ammdnf aur Moabi Khudi ki jaraaat men abad tak Ane na pawe : 2 la liye ki we rotf aur pani leke bani Israel ke istiqbal ko na nikle, aur Balaam ko un ke barkhilaf kiraya kar laya, ki un par linat kare; par hamare Khuda ne U3 lanat ko barakat se badal kiya> 3 Aur aisa huS, ki jab unhoo ne yih sharfat sunt, to sire pardesf log IsrielfoQ se alag ho gae. 4 Aur ia ke ^ge hamare Khuda ke ghar kf kothrf ke nazir Ilyasfb kahin ne TabiySh se Data kiya tha, 5 Aur us ne us ke liye ek barf kothrf taiyar kf thf, jahao ige ko hadiye aur lub^n aur bartan aur anaj aur wain aur tel kf dahyakfaQ, jo Lewfou aur gdnewalou aur darb^noo ka haqq thfo, aur kahinou kf uthal hiii qurba- nfao dhari jati thin. 6 Par jab yih sab hota thd, tab maiu Yirushalam meu na tha ; kyunki shah i Babul Ardsher ke battisweo baras meu maiu badshah pas gaya tha, aur us s^l ke akhir meo maio ne bidshah se arz ki thf. 7 So maio Yiriishalam meo aya, aur jo bura kSm Ilyasfb neTdbiyahkeliye kiyi tha, ki Khuda ke ghar ke sahnoo meo uske liye ek kothri taiyar ki, use maio ne dekha. 8 Wuh mujhe bahut burd malum hua, aur maio ne Tdbiyah ke ghar ke sare asbab ko us kothri se bahar phenk diya. 9 Aur maiu ne amr kiya, ki un kothriou ko tahir kareo, aur maio Khudi ke ghar ke asbib yine hadiya aur lubdn wahao phir layi. 10 Aur maiu ne daryaft kiya, ki Lewfoo ka haqq unheu na diy^ gayi th.?, aur ki thidmatguzar Lewf aur ganewale harek apne apne khet ko chale gae the. 11 Tab maio ne shahnou se takrar karke kaha, ki Khuda ka gliar kyuij chhora gaya? Aur maiu ne unheu jama kiya, aur unheo un ki jagah par muqarrar kiya. 12 Aur ta- mam ahl i Yitmdah anaj aur wain aur tel ka daswau hissa khazane ke liye lae. 13 Aur maio ne khazane par Salamiyah kahin ko aur Saduq sftfir ko aur Fidayah ko Lewioo meu se muqarrar kiyi, aur un kd madadgar Uanan bin Zakur bin Mattani- yah thi; kyunki we aminatd^r jane gae, aur un ke bhafoo ko bant dena un par mau- quf thai. 14 Ai mere Khuda, tn is liye mujhe yad kar ; aur mere nek kamou ko, jo maiu ne apne Khuda ke ghar aur us ki bandagi ke liye kiye, initut na de. 550 NAIIAMIYAH. [13 BAB. 15 Un dinou meo maio ne kitnooko dekha, jo sabt ke din kolhri raundte aur pule laiite aur gadhe ladte, aur sabt ko bhf wain aur angur aur anjfr aur sare bojh Yiru- shalam meij lite the. Aur jis din we khane kf chizeo bechte the, maio ne unheu nasihat df. 16 Us ineu Siir ke log bhi baste the, jo sabt ke din machhif aur har tarah k^ mal lake Yihudih aur Yirushalam ke logou ke hath bechte the. 17 Tab maio ne Yihdddh ke sharff logoo se takrSr karke kaha, ki Yih kya bura kam hai, jo turn karte ho, ki sabt ke din ko muqaddas nahfo jante ho? 18 Ky^ tumhare bapda- doo ne aisa nahfo kiya, aur haniArd Khuda ham par aur is shahr par yih sari burai nahlu layi? Tadbhi tuin sabt ke din napak karke Israel par ziyadagazab bharkate ho? 19 Phir yuo hu3, ki sabt se fige jab Yirdshalam ke phatak andhere hone lage, tab maio ne phatakoo ko bandkarne ka hukm diya, ki jabtak sabt na bite, tab tak we khule na jaweo. Aur maiu ne apne naukaroo ko phatakon par rakha, ki sabt meo kot bojh bhitar ine na pawe. 20 So baipari aur har tarah ke mal ke bechne- wale ek do bdr Yirushalam ke bahar shabbash hue. 21 Tab maio ne unheu dhara- kaya aur unheu kahl, ki Turn log kiswaste shahrpanlh ke Sge shabbash ho ? Agar pher aisa karoge, to maio tum par hath daliinga. Us waqt se we sabt ke din phir na Se. 22 Aur maio ne Lewfoo ko hukm kiya, ki apne ko pak karke phatakoo ke darbin hone ko aweu, ki sabt ke din komuqaddas kareg. Ai mere Khuda, is meu bhi mujhe yad kar, aur apne bare fazl ke mutabiq mujh par rahm kar. 23 Un dinon meo maio ne un Yihudioij ko bhi dekha, jo Ashdiidi aur Ammiini aur Moabi randfoo ko biyah lae the. 24 Aur un ke larke adhf Ashdudi zuban bolte the, aur Yihiidah zuban bol na sakte the, balki log log ki boli bolte the. 25 Tab maio ne un se jhagra kiya, aur unheu dhikkari, aur un meo se kitnou ko marS, aur un ke bal ukhare, aur un se yiio Khuda ki qasam If, ki Ham apnl betiio un ke betog ko na denge, aur un ki betfao apne betou aur apne liye na lenge. 26 Kyi shah i Israel Sulaiman ne in baton meo gunah nahin kiyi ? Agarchi bahutsi qaumoo men us ke manind koi badshah na th4, jo apne Khuda ka piyara tha, aur Khuda ne use tamim Israel ka badshah kiya, tau bhf pardesf randfoo ne us se bhf gunah karway4. 27 KyS ham tumhari sunenge, ki aisi bari badkari kareu, ki pardesi randfoo ko biyah lake Khuda ke gunahgar thahareo? 28 Aur Ilyasib sardar kahin ke betou meo se Yiiyadakiek beta Hfirf Sanballat ka damad tha, is liye maio ne apne pSs se use drir kiya. 29 Ai mere Khuda, un- heo yad kar, is liye ki unhoa ne kahanat ko aur kahanat aur Lewfoo ke ahd ko nSpak kiya hai. 30 So maiu ne unheu sari pardesion se pak kiyi, aur kahinoQ aur Lewfoo ki khidmateo niuqarrar kig, aur harek ko us ke kirn men lagaya, 31 Aur lakrion kf aur pahle phalou kf qurbaniau thahaiaio, ki muqarrar wa(jt par guzari j iweo. Ai mere Khud^, mere bhale ke liye mujhe yad kar ! BAB.;) ASTAR. 551 ASTAR KI' KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Shershah ke diiiou meu aia.i hua (yih wuht SIiersh:ih liai jo Hindustan se Habasl\ tak ek sau sat-ifs subou par tasallut karta tha ) 2 Ki un dinou meo jab Sliershah bddshah apni saltanat ke takht par, jo Sosan burj meu th;i, baitha thd, 3 Julus ke tJsre sal meo us ne apne sab sardarou aur khidiinou ko Fars aur Mada ke sipahsaliroD aur .saboo ke nauwSbou aur sardarou ko apne huziir ziyafat df, 4 Jab ki wiih apni mamlukat kl daulat ka jalal aur apiif buiurgi ki shin shaukat kS jamal bahut roz, balki ek sau assi din talak dikhati raha. 5 Aur jab ye din btt gae, to badsh^h ne sab logou ke liye, jo d ir ul saltanat Sosan meo hazir the, kyd bare kya chhote ke liye badshdh ke mahall ke bag ke sahn meo sit din tak ziyafat kf. 6 Wahio baijnf aur argawani dorioo se rupahle halqoQ meo marmar ke sutunot par safed sutf aur Ssmani rang kapre ke parde tange the, aur nfle aur safed aur kSle marmar ke farsh par sone ch^ndi ke palang bichhe the. 7 Aur siqiou ne sone ke piyiloij meu se piliya, aur piySle har daul ke the, aur shahi wain badshah ke dastiar ke muwafiq ziyadati se tha. 8 Aur maikhori hukm ke mutabiq be takalluf thi, kyunki badshah ne apne ghar ke buzurgoo ko farm^ya thii, ki harek shakhs apni apni marz I ke muwafiq kare. 9 Aur Washti malika ne bhi Shershah badshah ke shahi zanane ko bhf ziyafat kf. 10 Sitweu din men jab badshUi ka dil wain se khush hua, to us ne sat Ichojoo ko, , jo Shershah badshah ke age khidmat karte the, yine Malinman aur Basta aur Khar- buna aur Pukhta aur Abagta aur Sitar aur Kargas ko hukm kiya, 11 Ki malika ko sliahi taj pahine hde bldshah ke huzurlaweu, taki us ka kamal o jamal logou aur sardarou ko dikhlawe, kyunki wuh hasin thf. 12 Lekin Washtf malika ne khojoij se shah ki hukm sunke ansuni kiya. Tab bidshah bahut gusse haa, aur gazab se tapne laga. 13 Tab bddshih ne un hakimou se, jo rasm rawaj jante the (kyunki badshah ka har muqaddama sab ahl i did o din ke kge rdbakar hota tha ; 14 Aur jo bidshah ke bahut nazdik the, so Karshini aur Sitar aur Admati aur Tarsis aur Mars aur Marsina aur Mamukan the, we Fars aur Mada ke sat sardir hoke badshah ki muiih dekhte the, aur mamlukat men sadrnishtnl par baithte the :) 15 So b.idshCh ne un se piichha, ki Am ke mutabiq Washti malika se kya karna hai, kyunki us nc shah Shershah ka hukm kliojou se sunkar nahio mana hai? 16 Tab Mamiakan ne badshSh aur sardarou ke age kaha, ki Wasliti Malika ne ftiqat badshah ka nahiu, balki sare sardarou aur sare logou ka bhf, jo Sher.->hJh badshah ke sah subou meo halo, guuah kiya hai. 17 Kyunki begam ka yih kim sari auratoj par zahir hoga yahao tak ki we bhi apne khiwiudou ko haqir janengiu, ki we bolengi, ki Shershah badshah ne Washti malika ko apne huziir line ki huitm to kiya, par wuh na ai. 18 Aur aj ke din Farsi aur M.idi bibiau, jo niahka ki bat sunengio, bidshah ke sab sardarou se yuuhi kahengiu, so hiqarat aur jhagfi bahut hogi. 19 Agar bSdshali ki marzi ho, to shabriaa taruiau niklc, aur wuli Fars aur Mada ke ain may likhi jac, taki na tale, ki Washti m ilika badshah Shershih ke huzar 552 ASTAR. [2 BAB. phir na Swe, aur Mdshali malika k& darja U8 se leke dnsri ko, jo us se bihtar hai» dewe. 20 Aur jo badshih k5 farmin s irf mamlakat meo, ki barf hai, niklegS, jab sunne men 5wega, to sari joruio kya bari kya chhoti apne apne Ifhawind ko izzat deiigi. 21 Aur yih bat badshah aur sarddrop ko pasand 4f, aur bidshd^h ne Matnii- kan ki bat ke mut^biq kiy.i. 22 Aur badshSh ke sSre subou meu parwina rawane hrie, harek sube meo us ke likhne ke muwifiq, aur harek qaum ko us k! zuban ke mutabiq, ki harek mard apne apne ghar meo mSlik bana rahegS: aur us ki har ek qaum kf zub^n ke mutibiq farmSn jarl hiie. II. BAB. I InbStou ke bad jab Shershdh badshSh ka gussa dhimS hu£, to us ne Washtf ko aur jo ki us ne kiya thi aur jo ki us ke haqq men farmayS gaya th;5, ySd kiyS. 2 Tab badshSh ke nauUarou ne, jo us ki khidmat karte the, use kahS, ki Bidshah ke li^'e jawdn husin kunwarlSo dhdndhi jiweo, 3 Aur badshah apnf mamlukat ke sare anboo meo mansabdaroo ko muqarrar kare, t4ki we sari jawan khubsiirat kunwarfoo ko Sosan burj ke zanSne men jama kareo, aur badshah ke khoje Haiji ko, jo zanane ka nigahban hai, supurd kareij, ki khushbddar raugan chuparke un kf taharat kare. 4 Aur jo chhokrf badshah ko achchhi lage, so Washti kf jagah begam howe, Yih bat bfidshah ko pasand £f, aur us ne aisd hf kiyS. 5 Phir ek Yihudi mard Mardaki nam bin Yiirbin Simat bin Qis dSr ul saltanat Sosan meo tha, wuh Binyammf tha. 6 Aur Yirnsh ilam se ahl i jila ke sith, jo shah i YihudSh Yakuniyah ke sSth jilawatan kij'e gae the, jinheo shah i BSbul Nabi'i- khudnazr ne jiUwatan kiya, bewatan hua thS. 7 Us ne apne chachS kf beti Ha- dasah yane Astar ko p5la tha, kyunki us ke mi. bip na the. Wuh chhokri nurpaikar aur sahib i jamdl thf. Aur jab us ke ml bap mar gae, to Mardakf ne use apnf hf larki kar liya tha. 8 Aur ydo hui, ki jab bSdshSh kihukm aur farmin suni gaya aurbahut kunwa- riiu Sosan ke burj meu Haija ke hawale men jama kf gain, to Astar bhf bSdsh^h ke ghar meo pahunchai gai, aur zanSne ke nigahban Haija ko supurd ki gaf. 9 Aur wuh larkf us ki nazar meo manziir huf, aur us ke age maurid i lutf hui, aur usne jaldi karke khushbndar raugan se us ko chuparS aur gizi khilai, aur badshih ke mahall meu se use sat chhokri^o din, aur use aur uski sahelioo ko zanane meo sab se achchhi jagah di. 10 Astar ne apnf qaum aur apui khweshi na batai ; kyunki Mardaki ne use jata diya tha, ki na batawe. II Aur Mardaki roz ba roz zanane ke sahn ke 5ge phirta tha, ki daryaft kare ki Astar ki hi\ kaisa hai, aur uska kyi hot§ hai. 12 Aur jab harek chhokri ki barf pahunchf, ki Shershah badshah pas dwe,bad us ke.ki barah mahine us ki taharat meo un auratoo ke dastur ke muwafiq bit gae the (kyunki itne din un ki taharat meo bit jate haio, chha mahine murr ka tel malte aur chha mahine raugani balsan aur zanani atr chuparte hain) : 13 Tab wuh chhokri badshah pas ai. Aur sab kuchh, jo wuh chahti thi, ki zanine meij se badshah ke ghar meo le chale, so us ko diya jata thi. 14 Shdm ko wuh ati thi, aur subh ko phiv dusre zanane meo jati thi, aur SaskAzh khoja ko, jo badshah ki haramoij ka hafiz thi, supurd hoti thi. Wuh bid- 3 BAB.] ASTAR. 553 shah p5s phir na ^tf thf, magar jab ki bSdshah use chiht^ tha, aur wuh banira buUf jati thi. 15 Aur jab Mardaki kechachS Abikhailklbetf Astarkf, jise Mardakf ne apnf larki kar rakha tha, badshah pis jane ko bari pahunchf, to jo kuchh bddsh^h ke khoja Haija ne, jo auratou ka nigahban tha, thaharaya, us sc ziydda nachaha. AurAstar apne sab dekhnewalou ki nazar meu manzurthi. 16 Aur Astar Shersh^h badshah ke pas us ke dSr ul saltanat meo us ki b^dshahat ke satweo sal ke dasweo mabine men, jo Tabat mahina hai, pahunchai gai. 17 Aur badshah Astar ko sab auratoQ so ziyada piyar karia tha, aur wuh us ke nazdik un sab kunwariou se ziydda aziz aur pasandida hai. So us ue shdhi taj us ke sir par rakh diya, aur Washti ki jagah meo use malika kiyS. 18 Aur badshah ne apne sare sardaron aur niulizimon ke liye ek bari ziy^fat yane Astar ki ziyafat ki, aur saboD ka khiraj bakhsba ; aur badshah ke dubdaba ke mutabiq bakhslush df. 19 Aur jab kunwariao dusri bar jama ki gain, tab Mardaki badshah ke darwdza par baitha tha. 20 Aur Mardaki ke hukm ke mutabiq Astar ne apni khweshi aur apni qaum na bataf ; ki Astar Mardaki ki bat ab bhi aisi manti thi, jaisi jab us se pall jati thi. 21 Un dinon men jab Mardaki badshah ke darwaze meo baitha tha, badshah ke do khoje darbanou men se Bigtan aur Taras gusse hoke chahte the, ki Shershah badshah par hath daleo. 22 Aur yih bat Mardaki ko raaliim hni, aur us ne Astar malika kokhabar di. Aur Astarne Mardaki ke nam se badshah ko kalia. 23 Aur us bat ki tajwiz hiii, aur khul gai : so dono ek darakht par tange gae. Aur yih sara abwal badshah ke age Akhbar ul aiyam ki kitab men likha gaj'a. Ill BJiB. 1 Id baton ke bad Shershah badshah ne Ajaji Midata ke bete Haman ko barhayl, aur use sarfaraz kiya, aur us ki kursi ko us ke sath ke sab sardaroQ se bartarkiya. 2 Aur badshih ke sare naukar, jo badshah ke darwaze par rahte the Haman ke Sgejhukte the, aur use sijda karte the ; kyiinki badshah ne us ke haqq men yuij hukm kiya tha. Magar Mardaki na jhukta tha^na .sijda karta tha. 3 Tab badshah ke mulazimon ne, jo badshah ke darwaze par rahte the, Mardaki ko kaha ki Tu kyuD badshah ke hukm se bahar jata hai ? 4 Aur aisa hua ki jab we har din use kahte the, aur us ne un ki na mani, to uuhon ne Haman ko ittila di, ta dekheu ki Mardaki ka bat thaharegi ki nahin. Kyunki us ne unheo kaha tha, ki Main Yihudi bun. 5 Aur jab Himan ne dekha, ki Mardaki na jhukta hai na mujhe sijda karta hai, to Haman ka gazab bhajka. 6 Lekin faqat Mardaki par hath dalna uski nazar meo haqir malum hua ; kyunki unhou ue use Mardakf ki qaum ki. bayan kiya thi ; so Haman ne chahS, ki Mardaki ki ummat yane sab Yihiidi logoo ko jo Shershah ki tamam mamlukat men rahte the, halak kare.. 7 Phir Shershah badshah ki saltanat ke barahweo baras ke pahle mahine meg, jo Naisan mahina hai, Haman ka para yane uski qisraat ddli gai roz ba roz aur mahi'na ba mahina, barahweo mahina tak, jo Adar mahina hai. 8 Tab Haman ne Shershah badshah se kaha, ki Ap ki mamlukat ke sare sabon men sab qaumou ke darmiySn ek paraganda aur alahida qaum hai, aur us ki shariateo sab qaumou ki sharlatoo se muta- T t t 554 ASTAK. [4 BAB farraq Imiii, fi»i' we Ladsliah ki shan'atoij par amal nalnij kartehaio, aur b^dshah ko munasib nahin, ki unheu rahne dewe. 9 Agar badshah ki marzi howe, to unheo halak karne ka parw^na likha jSwe, aur maio tahsildarou ke hath men das hazar misqilrnpa taul danga ki bddshlh ke bait ul m^l men liya jawe. 10 Tab badshah ne apne hath se anguth! nikalke Yihudiou ke dtishman Ajaji Midatd ke bete Haman ko di. 11 Aur badshah ne Hainan se kaha, ki Chandi aur log bhi tujhe diye gae haiy, ki jo chahe, so un se kare. 12 Tab badshah ke muharrir pahle mahlne ki terahwirj tarikh bulae gae, aur jaisa H;iman ne farniaya waisa hi parwSne badshah ke nauwaboij, aur si'iba subake haki- moD, aur qaum qaum ke sardiron ke pis rawana hue, we si'iba suba ke harfon meo aur qaum qaum ki zuban moo likhe gae ; sab Shershah biUlshah ke nam se likha gaya, aur badshah ki anguthj sechhap kiya gaya. 13 Ye parwane dakiyou kehathou se bldshah ke sare suboo men bheje gae, ki Adar mahinc ki chaudahwio tarikh sab Yihiidioo ko kya jawan kya bi'irha kya bachcha kya aurat ekhi din meo ek lakht kat dalo, qatl karo, aur nest o mibud karo, aur un ka ni-il lut lo. It Us parwane ki ek ek naql ek ek suba ke live hukm dene ko sab qaumou ke pas likhf gaf, ki us din ke liye taiy^r ho raheu. 15 Dikiye badshih ka hukm pake jald chal nikle, aur wuh hukm ddr ul saltanat Sosan meij diya gaya. Aur badshah aur Haman pfne ko baith gae ; par Sosan shahr hairan hua. IV. BAB. 1 Aur jab Mardakf ne sab kuchh, jo waqa hiia, malum kiya, to apne kapre phare, aur tat pahinke aur rakh maike bahar shahr ke darmiyan meo gaya, aur chilly chillake zar zar roya. 2 Aur wuh badshah ke darwaza ke Sge £ya, kyunki tit ke orhne meu koi badshah ke darwaze se jane na pata tha. 3 Aur har ek suba men, jahSo kahiu badshah ka hukm o farman pahunchta tha, wahao Yihudiou men bara gam, ayr roza, aur rona pitna hota tha, aur bahutere tat pahiate aur rakh make the. 4 Phir Astar ki kanizon aur us ke khojou ne ake use khabar di. Tab malika bahut muztarib hui, aur knpra bheja, ki Mardaki ko pahinaweo, aur tat us se utaren ; par us ne qabul na kiya. 5 Tab Astar ne badshah ke khojoij men se Hatak ko, jise us ne us ke pas rakha tha, bulaya, aur Mardaki ke pas bheja, ta dar- yaft kare, ki kya hai, aur kis waste hai. 6 So Hatik nikalke shahr ke chauk meu, jo badshah ke darwaza ke age tha, Mardaki pis gay.i. 7 Tab Mardaki ne apni sari sarfuzasht aur chandi ka shumar, jo Haman ne badohah ke khazane men taul dene ka iqrar kiya tha, ki Yihiidiotj ko halak kare, use saf bataya. 8 Aur us hukm kiek naql bh, jo un ke qatl ki babat Sosan meu kiya gaya tha, use di, tiki Astar ko dikhlawe, aur sab kuchh use batliwe, aur use jata dewe, ki badshah pas jake faryad kare, aur us ke huzur men apne logon ke liye shafaat kare. 9 Chuuanchi Hatak ne ake Astar ko Mardaki ki baten sunaiu. 10 Phir Astar ne Hatak se kaha, aur use Mardald ke pas kahla bheja, 11 Ki Badshah ke sab nmlazim aur badshah ke siibon ke sab log jante haiij, ki kya mard kj'l zan, jo koi be bulae badshah pas jawe, us ke qatl karne ka ekhi hukm hai, magar wuh, jis ke liye bldshah sone ka asa uthawe, taki wuh jie : aur maiii ye tis din badshah ke pas 5 HAn.] ASTAR. 555 fine ke live bill if III gai hilo. 1-2 Aur Mardakf ko Astar kf batcu kahi gai'u.- 1^5 Tab iNIardaki ue .Ystar ke jawah ineu kahla blicja, ki Apue man inoa na samjhiye, ki sire Yihud'oo se mai;j bids'iih kc mahall ineu b icli rahungi. It Kyi'itiki agar tii is waijt chiipki baiihegt, to madad aur najit Yihiidiou ke liye dusre maquu se tulu hogi, par tii apiic ab.U khandin samet halak ho jaegi; aur kya jane ki tu is dabr ke liye saltanat ko pahunchf hal ? 15 Tab Astar ne MardakI ke jawab mea phir kahli bheja, ki Ji, S,)s m men jitne Yihiidi rahtc haiu, unheo jama kar, aur turn mere liye roza rakho, aur tin shabina roi tak tia khao na pfo. 16 Maio aur merf katifzeo bhi roza rakliengi, bad uske agarclii ^in ke mutabiq nahio hai, maiu badshah pas jaiingi ; jo baltk houn to halak hoiiu- 17 Chunlnchi Mardaki ne jake Astar kc hukin ke mutabiq sab kuchh kiyi. V. BAB. 1 Aur tisre din aisa hiJi ki Astar shahanalibas pahin bldshahke mahall ke sahn ke bhitar daulatkhane ke age khari hdf. Aur bidshah daulatkhine meo apnt salta- nat ke takht par bargih ke darwaze ke muqibil baitha tha. 2 Phir aisa hua ki jab badshah Astar inalika ko sahn meo khari dekhi, to us ka dil us par mail hda, aur badshih ne Astar ke liye apne huh ka sonahla asi barhiy.i ; so Astar ne barh- ke asa ke tok ko chhua. 3 Tab badshah ne use kaha, ki Ai Astar malika, tii kyS chihti hai? aur tera kyi matlab hai? Alhi mamlukat tak tujhe dij'a jaega. 4 Astar boll, Agar badshah ki marzi hoe, to badshih aur Haman aj merl ziyafat meu dweu jo main taiyar kavwaiingi. Badshah ne farmaya, ki Himan ko jald bulao ki ham Astar ke kahe ke muwafiq kareij. 5 So bidshah aur Haman us ziylfat meu gae jo Astar ne taiyar kf thi. 6 Aur badshUi ne wain pike Astar se piichha, kiTer.i kyX.suwalhai ? tujhe diya jSeg^. Aur tera kya matlab hai? adhi mamlukat tak pCira kiyi j£ega. 7 Tab Astar ne jawab meu kaha, Mera suwil aur meri matlab yih hai: 8 A^ar maio badshdh kl ankhoij mpu luanzur i nazar aur maurid i lutf hiio, aur agar badshah ko achehhi lage ki meri suwil qabul kare, aur mera matlab pura kare, to bidshah aur Haman phir us zijafat men aweij, jo main un kc liye taiyir karangi, aur badshah ke kahe ke muwafiq maiu kal karungf. 9 Aur Haaian us din khushwaqt aur dilshad hoke bahar gayS ; par jab Haman ne badshah ke darwaza par Mardaki ko dekhi, ki wuh uth khara na hua aur na us ke liye tali, tab Hainan ki gazab Mardaki par bhurka. 10 Lekin Haman ne apne ko baz rakha ; aur ghar meu a apue dostou ko aur apnt joru Zarish ko bulwa bheja. 11 Aur Haman ne un se apni daulat ki izzat, aur farzandoo ki kasrat, aur jahao tak bidshah ue use barhiya thi, aur kyunkar use sardarou par aur b^dsh^h ke uhdadirou par sarfaraz kiya tha, sab kuchh duhraya. 12 Aur Haman ne yih bhi kaha, ki Hau Astar malika ne siwa mere kisi ko malik ke sith apni banwai ziyafat mea dakhil nahiu kiyi, aur kal ke liye bhi male badshah ke sath us pas bulaya g lya huu. 13 Lekin yih sab mere liye bas nahio, jab tak main bidshah ke darwaza par Mardaki Yihiidi ko baithe dekhti hiio. 14 Tab us ki jorii Zarish aur us ke sire doston ne use kaha, ki Pachas hath unchi ek suli to khari ki jae, aur kal badshah se arz kijiye ki Mardaki us par tingi j^e : tab khush dil hokc bidshah T t t 2 556 ASTAR. [6 BAB. ke sath ziyiifat meo tashrif lejai3'e. Yih b^t Hainan ko pasand ii, aur us ne wuh sulf banwaf. VI. BAB. 1 Badshah kf nfnd us rat jati ralit ; aur us ne fartnaya, ki Akhbir ul aiyam ke ydddih daftar ko Irlweo ; us men badsbah ke ige parha gaya. 2 Aur us meo yih mazkar hiia ki Marda'd ne darbanou meu se badshah ke do khojou BigtanS aur Taras ka bhed batlaya hai, ki mansuba bandhte the, ki Shershih badshah ko mar dSlen. 3 Badshah ne puchba, ki Is bat ke liye MardakI ko kya izzat aur kya buzurg! mill hai ? Badshali ke hazirbash. jo us ki khidmat karte the, bole, ki Ua ke liye kuchh nahfo hiia. 4 Phir bidshah ne puchhi, ki Sahn meu kaun hazir hai ? Itne meo Hainan daulatkhane ke baharke sahn men aya tha, ki badshah se arz kare, ki Mardaki us suli pur, jo us ne us ke liye taiyar ki thf, tanga jae. 5 So badshah ke mulaziiiion ne use kaha, ki Dekhiye Haman sahn meo khara hai. Badshah boli, Wuh bhUar awe. 6 Jab Hainan bhifar aya tha, tab badshah ne use piichha, ki Us mard ke liye kya karni hai jis ki izzat badshah chahta hai ? Haman ne apne dil meu sochi, ki Mere s'lvfa. badshah kis ki izzatbakhshi chahegi ? 7 So Hainan ne badshah se kaha, ki Jis ki izzat jahanpanah manzur farmaweu, 8 Us shaJchs ke liye shahana libis, jo shahanshah ap pahinte haiij, aur wuh ghora,jis par badsbali ap charhte haio, aur shahana taj, jo ap ki sir par dhara jata hai, mangwaya jae ; 9 Aur wuh libas aur ghora badshah ke asil sardaroQ men se ek mard ke hath meo supurd howeij, aur wuh us shakhs ko mulabbas kare jis kl izzat badshah kiya ch4hta hai, aur wuh use us ghore par sawar kare, aur shahr ke rastotj men se le jae aur us ke age pukare, ki Jis ki izzat badshah chahta hai, us shakhs ke liye aisa hi kiya jaega ! 10 Tab badshah ne Haman sc farm^ya, ki Jaldi kar, aur apne kahe ke mutabiq libas aur ghora le, aur Mardaki Yihudi ke liye, jo badshdh ke darwaza par baitha hai, jaisa tu ne kaha hai, waisa hi kar, us se kuchh bhi na ghate. 1 1 Tab HSman ne wuh libas aur gtiori leke Mardaki ko mulabbas kiya, aur use ghore par shahr ke ristou meu se le gaya, aur us ke age pukira, ki jis ki izzat badshah chahta hai, us shakhs ke liye aisahi kiya jaegi. 12 Aur Mardaki phir badshah ke darwaze par aya; par Haman £zurda aur sir dhampe hiie apne ghar jald chala gaya. 13 Aur Hainan ne apni joru Zarish se aur apne sare dostoo se apni sari sarguzasht ko bayin kiya. Tab us ke hakimoo aur us kl jorii Zarish ne use kaha, ki Agar Mardaki, jis ke 5ge tu girne lagi, Yihudiou ki nasi meg se howe, to tu us par gilib na hogi, balki us ke age girega. 14: Aur jab tak we us se ye bateo kar rahe the, badshih ke khoje i, pahunche ki Haman ko jald us ziyafat meu jo A'star ne taiyar ki tlii, le jaen. VII. BAB. I So badshah aur Haman ae ki Astar malika ke sath nosh karen. 2 Aur badshah ne wain pike dusre din bhi A'star se phir puchha, ki Ai malika Astar, l^i tera l^yi suwal hai ? wuh tujhe diya j ieg^. Aur tera kya matlab hai ? 8 BAB.] ASTAtt. 557 idhi Mdshahat tak purd kiya jdega. 3 Tab A'star mnlika ne jaw.^bmeu kah.i, Ai badshah, agar maiu teri ankhoo nieo niaqbdl huij, aur agar bSdshah kt marzi hoe, to lueri jcin mere suwal se, aur mere log mere matlab se bakhshe jacu- 4 Kyunki maiu aur mere log halak aur qatl aur nest o nabnd hone ke liye bik gae haio. Aur agar ham log beche jatc, ki gulam aur laundiajj banetj, to maiu chupki rahti ; lekin dushman badshah ki ghatti bhar de nahiu sakta. 5 Tab Shershih badshah ne Astar malika se kaha, Wuh kaunsa hai aur kahao hai, jis ke dil raeu aisii kam karne ka klj'yal aya hai ? 6 Astar boli, Wuh dushman aur adu yih buri Haman hai! Tab Haman malik aur malika ke age hirasln hua. 7 Aur badshah gazabn^k hoke maikhori se uthke dir ul ziyafat ke blgJche meu gayd ; par Haman apni jln ke liye Astar malika se iltimas karne ko khara raha ; kyunki us ne dekha, ki badshah se mujh par bala nazil hoti hai. 8 Aur jab badshah dar ul ziyifat ke bagfche meu se maikhori ke dalin men phir aya, to Haman us palang pas, jis par Astar bailhi thi, paia th5. Tab badshah ne kaha, Kya wuh is ghar men mere hi sith malika ko behurmat karega? Yih kalam badshih ke munh se nikalte hi unhoQ ne Haman ka munh dhamp liy^. 9 Phir Khar- biinl ne, jokhojon meu se ek tha, badshah ke £ge arz ki, ki Pachds hath linchi ek suli bhi dekhiye, jise Haman ne apne ghar men Mardaki ke liye, jis ne badshih ke liye bhala kaha thi, khari kar rakhi thi. Tab badshah ne farmaya ki Usi par ise tango. 10 So uuhon ne Haman ko usi lakri par, jo us ne Mardaki ke liye khari kar rakhi thf, phansi di. Tab badshah ka gussa dhimi hua. VIH. BAB. 1 Usi din Shershah malik ne Astar malika ko Yihiidfoo ke add Haman ka ghar bakhsha, aur Mardaki badshah ke age ^ya ; kyunki jo kuchh wuh us ka tha, Astar ne kah diya tha. 3 Aur badshih ne apne hath ki anguthi, jo us ne Hiraan se le li thi, nikalke Mardaki ko di. Aur Astar ne Mardaki ko Haraan ke ghar par muqaddam kiyi. 3 Aur Astar phir badshah ke ige bolf, aur us ke qadam par girke aur ro roke us ki mitmat kf, ki Ajaji Haman ki shararat aur us ki bandish, jo us ne Yihudfoo ke barkhilaf bandhi thi, so batil ki jae. 4 Tab badshih ne Astar ki taraf souahld asa barhaya ; so Astar badshih ke age uth khari hui. 5 Phir wuh boli, ki Agar badshah ki marzi howe, aur agar main us ki manzdr i nazarhug, aur yih bat badshih kf danist meo durust howe, aur main uskiankhou meg achchhi laguu, to Ajaji Ma- datd ke bete Haman kl bandish mit jae, yane un parwanon kepalatne ko likhl jawe ki us ne parwaue likh bheje the, taki Yihudion ko, jo badshah ke sire siibou meu rahte haiu, nest o nabud kare. 6 Kydnkf jo bala mere logon par nazil hogi, main use kyiiakar dekh sakuo ? aur apni qaum ka halak bona main kyuakar dekh sakdn ? 7 Tab Shershah malik ne Astar malika se aur Mardaki Yihddi se kaha, ki Dekh maiu ne Haman ka ghar Astar ko bakhshi ii .i, aur wuh suli par tanga gaya hai, is liye ki us ne Yihudiou par hath dala. S Ab turn badshah ke n4m se Yihudfoo ke haqq meg wuh likho, jo tumhiri danist meu durust ho ; aur badshah ki anguthi se muhr karo. Kyunki jo nawishta ki badshah ke nam se likha gay4 hai, aur badshah kl anguthi se clibap^ gayd hai, so badalne se bahar hai. 658 ASTAR. [9 B/YB. 9 So usi waqt tfsre maliinc Saiwan ii4m kf tefswfg tarikh badsMh ke muharrir buHe gae, aur jaisa ki Maidaki ne hukm kiya waisi hi Yihndiou aur nauwaboo aurhakimou aur aiibouke sardarou ke liye, jo sab ke sab HiudustSnse leke Uabash tak ek sau satais stiba the, likhi gaya, sijba suba ke harfou se aur qauin quam ki zuban meo likbte the, aur Yibildiou ke liye bbi un ke harfou se aur unki zuban meo likhi gaya. 10 Aur us ne Shershah badshah ke nam se likha, aur badshah kf angathi se chh.ip kiya, aur dakiyon ke hath se, jo ghoron aur b idpaoo aur khachcha- ron, ghoriou ke bachchon par, sawar the, bheja, 1 1 Ki badshah Yihudiou ko parwauagi deti hai, ki' sab shahron meu iiiatthe aweu, aur apiii j.in ke bachane ke liye barpi howeu, aur us qaum aur us suba ki sari fauj ko, jo unheu tang kare, kyi bachcha kya aurat, ek lakht marke qatl kareu, aur nest o nabiid karea, aur un ke rail lut leweu, 12 Ekhi din mcQ badshih Shershah ke sab saboo meo, barahweu mahine yane Adar mahine ki terahwJo tarikh men. 13 Us parwane ki ck ek naql ek ek suba ke liye huknidene ko likhi gai, aur sari qaumoii ko sunai gai, ki Yihudi log usi din apne dushmanou se intiqain lene ko taiyar hain. 1 4 So dakiye, jo badp^on aur Ichachcharoij par sawar bote, badshah ka hukm pake jald daufte chale gae, aur wuh farman dar ul saltanat Sosan meu diya gaya. 15 Aur Mardaki nili aur safed khilaat aur sone ke bare tiij aur qirmizi aur argawani pairahan se mulabbas hoke badshah se rukhsat hua. Aur Sosan shahr lalkara aur shidman hu^i. 16 Yihudion ko roshni aur Ijihushi, masarrat aur izzat hui. 17 Aur bar ek siiba men aur bar ek shahr men jahaa kahig bad- shah ka hukm o farmin pahunchta tha, wahin Yihudion men khushi aur khurmi, ziyafat aur id ki din hota tha. Aur us sarzamin ki qaumouuieu se bahutere Yihiidi ho gae ; kyiinki Yihudion ka dar un par para tha. IX. BAB. I Ab barahweu mahine, jo Adir mahina hai, us ki terahwfij tarikh meo, jab badshah ki hukm aur us ka farman kam meo aya, usidiujis meu Yidiidion ke dushman un par galib hone ki ummed rakhte the, aur aisa ittifuq hua, ki Yihiidi ap apne mukhaiitbu par galib bote the : 2 Tab Yihudi log Shershah badshah ke Bare siibou ke apne sare shahrou meu jama hue, ki un par, jo un ki burai chahte the, hath daleo, aur koi un ka eamhn.i na kar saka ; kyimki un ka dar s.ire lofjou par para tha. 3 Aur sdbon ke sab sardar aur nauwab aur hakim aur bad- shah ke uhdadar Yihudion ke madadgar hiie, ityiin'ii Mardaki ka dar un par pani tha. 4 Kyiinki jNlardaki bidshah ke ghar meu bara tha, aur us ka nam sire subou meu phail gaya tha ; kyunki wuh shakhs Mardaki barhta chala jata tha. 5 Chu- nanchi Yihudiou ne apue sare dushmanou ko talwar ki dhar se k.at dila, aur apni marz;i ke mutabiq apne bairion se suluk kiya. G Aur Sosan dir ul saltanat men Yihudiou ue panch sau admi ko mar (;Jala aur qatl kiya ; 7 Aur Baroshandada aur Dalfiin, aur Aspata, 8 Aur Purata aur Adaliyah aur Aridata, 9 Aur Farmashta aur Arisai aur Aridi aur Wezhata, 10 Yane Yihudiou ke bairi Hamau bin Madata ke das betou ko unhou ne qatl kiya ; par lut par unhon ne hath na dala. II Us din dar ul saltanat Sosan meu jitne mare gae, unki ginti badshah ke age pahuuchi. 12 Phir badshaU ne Astar mali^a se kaha, .ki Yihudion ne dar ul sal- 9 BAB.] ASTAR 559 tanat Sosan meu panch sau .^dmi ko aur ILiman kc das betoo ko mdr dala, aur qatl kiya, aur badshah ke baqi suhon men unhon nc kya kiiclth kiya hoga ? Ab tela kya suwal bai ? so tujbc diya jacg;i. Aur tcrd kyd aur iiiatUib bai ? So para kiya jaegi. 13 Astar bolf, Agar bddsbSb ki marzi howc, to Yibi'idi'ou ko, jo Sosan meu baig, ijazat di jawe, ki aj ke parwane ke muwdfiq kal bbi kam kareu i aur Ilaman ke das bete us suli par tangeo. 14 So b4dsab ne aisabi karne ko farmaya ; aur Sosan meo wuh bukm diya gnya, aur llaraan kc das bete tange gae. 15 Pbir Yibiidi, jo Sosan men rabte tbe, AdAr mnbfne kc cbaudahwcu din men bhi jama hue, aur Sosan meo tin sau ^dini ko qatl kiya, par lut p r unboij nc hutb na dala. 16 Aur baql Yibiidi bbi, jo bidshah ke sul)0u men baste tbe, ikatthe ae, aur apnJ jinou ke live barpi hue, aur apne dushmanou ko marke dram priya, aur apne bairioo ke pacbtiattar hazar ko qatl kiya, par li'it par nnhou nc bath na dala — 17 Adar mabuie ke terahweu din meu yib hua. Aur us kc ciiaudahweu din meo unhoQ ne dr4m piya, aur use ziyafat aur khushi ka din kiya. 18 Aur we Yihudi, jo Sosan meu the, us kf terahwin aur us kf chaudahwio tarfkh jama hiic, aur us kf pandrah- wi'o tarikh meo aram paya, aur use ziydfat aur khushi ka din ibaharaya. 19 Is sabab mufassal ke Yihudi log, jo mut'assal ke shahrou meo rahte haiy, Adar raahine ke chaudahwcu din ko khushi aur ziyafat aur id kd din kartc bain, aur ek dusre ko baina bhejte haiu. 20 Aur Mardakl ne yib sira ahwal hkhd, aur usne Shershah bfidshah ke nazdik aur diir ke sire siibou nieo Yihiidiou ke pas is mazmnn ke khatt iikh bheje, 21 Ki un meo yib bat muqarrar howe, ki we Adar mahfne ke chaudahweo aur pandrahweo din ko Sal ba sal mana kareo, 22 Ki un dinon meu Yibudfoo ne apne dushmanou ko marke aram piya, aur us mahuie men un ka dukh sukh se aur uuka afsos id ke din se mubaddal hiia, ki we unheo khane pine aur khushi karne aur apas meo baini bbejne aur garibou ko khairat dene ke din karen. 23 Aur Yihudioo ne, ki karna sburu kiya tba, aur Mardaki ne un ke liye likhi thd, qabul kiya. 24 Kyunki sare Y'ihndioD ke bairi Ajaji liaman bin Madati ne mansuba bandha tha, ki Yihudi logon ko nest o nibad kare, aur us ne para yane qura dila tha, ki unhen kat dale aur nest o nabiid kare 25 Par jab wuh bidshah ke age gai, usne parwane likhkar hukm kiya, ki wuh buri bandish, jo us ne Yihudiou ke bailibiiaf bandhi thh usi ke sir par palte, aur wuh aur us kc bete us suli par phanse jaweu. 26 Is liye unhou ne in dinoo ko Purim kaha jo p.ira lafz ke masdar se bai. So Yihudiou ne is khatt ki sari batoo ke mutabiq aur mutabiq us kc, jo unhou nc dekhi tha, aur jo un par guzrd thi, 27 x-ipue liye aur apni nasi ke liye aur un sabhon ke liye, jo un meu mil jaen, ki us k ne liyl : Khudawand ka nam mubarak ho. '12 In siri bdtou nien Aiyiib ne gunah na kiya, aur Khuda par kuchh aib na lagaya. II. BAB. I Aur ek din yuL^ hiia, ki bani ATlih Kuudawand ke ^ge h.izir hone ko ae, aur Shaitau bhi un kc sath Iviiudawand ke 5ge hazir hone ko aya. Khudawand ne Shaitan se kaha, 2 Ki ti'i kahio se ata hai? Shaitan ne jawab deke Khuda- wANi) se kaha, ki Zamin meo guiar karke aur us par sair karke Sya hijn. o 1>HUDAWAND 116 Shaitdn se piichha, ki Kya tu ne mere bande Aiyub ka hdl bhi daryift kiy, aur haddion aur nasou se mujhe bin! ; 12 Td ne mujhe hayat aur taufiq bakhshf, aur teri panih meu meri jan bach rahl hai : 13 Aur aisa kuchh td apni khatir meo chhipa rakhta tha ; maiu janti huo, ki yih tera irada tha! 14 Ki agar maiu khata karun, to tu mujhe likh rakhega, aur mere gunah sc mujhe pik na thaharSwega. 15 Agar maiu gunahgar hota, to mujh par wawaila! aur jo maiu sadiq huD, maiu apna sir nauthannga, ki main apni ruswii se bhar jita aur apni nuisibat ko dckhta huu ? 16 Lekin agar uthte, to tu garanda sher ki manind nnijh ko khaderfa, aur apni shahzori mujh par zahir karta, 17 Td ajme gawah duhratd, aur mpni qahr mujh par barhdti aur lashkar ke gol gol mujh par eharhata! 18 So tu ne nmjhe rahiin sc kydu bahar nikala hai ? Main ne jdu di hoti, aur ankh raujlie na dckhti; 19 To maio us ki manind hot.i jo nahiu hd;i hai, aur pet se qabr meu pahuncha hot). 20 Mere din kya thoro nahiu ? Thani ]&, aur mujhe rahne de, ki thopa s^ anim pauu, 21 Us se pahlc ki wahan j U'm jahau sc lui phirdngi, turikl aur zill i maut 568 AIYU'B. [11 BAR. ke iTiiilk meo, 52 Aisi t.fragf ke mulk mcu jaisf kdlak, zill i maiit aur be bandobast ke mulk nicu, jo aisii cliamakt.i hai jaisa andhkar. XI. IJAB. 1 Aur Zufr Naaraatf ne jaw^ib diya aur kahd : 2 Kya tiil i sukhan ka jawib na milega, aur jih zabandaraz shakhs sadiij thaharega? 3 Ky.i ten lafzaniau mardoo ko chup karengf, aisa ki tii chipae aur koi tujhe na lajwae, 4 Ki tu kahta hai, Mora kalam durnst hai, aur main terl nazar meu pik hi'iu ? 5 Lekiu kash ki Khudi bolta aur apne labou ko tujh par kholti, 6 Aur wuh tujhe hikmat ke bhedou ko batdta; kyiinki we un sc, jo ziihir hue, duna haiij : to tii janta, ki wuh tore gunlhoo meo se bahut bhulwayi hai. 7 Kya tn Al'lah kl hll daryaft karta hai ? y.i Alqadir ke kamdl ko pa- liunchta hai? Wuh asmdn se uncha hai, tu kya kar sakta ? patal se nichl hai, tn kya janta ; 9 Us ka nap zamin se lambd aur samundar se chaura hai, 10 Agar wuh pakarta, aur bandhta, aur adalat kartd ; to kaun use phira sakta hai ? 11 Kyunki wuh Lure admJoo ko jante hai, aur gunah dekhta hai, par we nahfy biijhtc hain ; 12 Ki insan tihi dimag aur beaql hai, hau ddmi aisa paida hoti hai, jaisd gorkhar ka bachcha. 13 Par agar tii apni dil us par lagawe, aur apne h^th us ki taraf phailawe ; 1-t Agar jo badi tere hath men ho. use dur kare, aur sharr ko apne dere meu rahne na dewe : 15 To tu albatta apna munh bedag uthawegi, to sabit qadam hoga, aur na daroga ; 16 To tii taklif ko bhul jaega, aur use aisf yad karega jaise balie hue pan! ko ; 17 Tcri umr dopahar din se ziyada roshan hogi, tera andhera pau phatna hoga, 18 Aur tu khatirjama banega ; kyunki tere liye ummed hai ; ab teri Ss tutf hai, tab tu chain se basega ; 19 Tii aram se baithega, aur koi na sahmawega, aur bahut log teri rudari karenge. 20 Lekin gunahgaroo ki ankheu phutengi, aur un kf pandh un se jSti rahegf, aur un ki ummed dam nikalnS hai. XII. BAB 1 Aur Aiyiib ne jawab diy.i aur kaha, 2 Sach, turn ek guroh ho, aur hikmat tuuihare sath maregi ! 3 Mujhe bhi tumhare manind aql hai; maig turn se paspa nahiu hota ; aur kaun sa hai jo aisi baten nahio janta ? 4 Maio apne dost ka khanda hiiij, " Wuh Khuda ko pukarta hai aur wuh use jawab dega" — han sadlq aur kainil mazhaka hai ! 5 Wuh ab khushhalon ki danist meu mubtazal niashaal hai jo un ke liye mabziil hiia jin ke panw phisalne par the. 6 Chorou ke makan bekhatra hain, aur we ba salamat haijj, jo qahr i Ilahi ko bhar- kate haig, aur apaa hith apna Khudi jante haio. 7 Balki tii darindoQ se pi'ichhiyo, we tujhe sikhlawenge, aurSsm.ini pariudoij se, we tujhe batlawenge, 8 Ya zamin l^i jan'rli ghas se, wuh tujhe samjh^egf, aur samundar ke machh tujhe bujhSwenge: 9 Wuh kaunsa l)ai, jo un ke haqq men nahiu janta, ki we sabke sab Khudawand hi ke hath ke kam haiu ? 10 Us ke hath men sab zindon ki jin hai, aur bar insan ke badan ka dam. 11 Kya batoD ko kan nahio parakhta jaisa talu khine ki chizco chakhta hai? 12 QadimoD ki hikmat to hogi, aur buzurgoQ ki dinai to 13 BAB.] AIYU'B. 569 hogf ; 13 Lckin hnquii hikinat aur aslf qudrat Khuda kf hai, jo ^rif ul quliib aur alim 111 gaib hai. 14 Dckh wuh dhata hai aurphir na banega, wuh admf ko baiidhti hai, aur wuh phir na chhutegi. 15 Dckh wuh pant ko rokti hai, aur sab siikh jata hai ; wuh use barsata hai, aur wuh xamfn ko bigirti hai. 16 Qudrat aur hikmat us p£s hai, farcfta aur farcbinda us ke ikhtiyar meo haiu ; 17 Wuh mushfrou ko asiri meo le jata hai, aur hakiinon ko bctadbir karta hai; 18 Wuh badshihoo ke bandhan ko kholta aur un hf ke kiile ko berf se jakaftS hai; 19 Wuh kShinoD ko asTrl meo le jatl hai, aur rafsoo ko aundhata hai ; 20 Wuh har dil aziz kf zuban band karta hai, aur buzurgoD ka saliqa le leta hai ; 21 Wuh sharffoo par harf lata hai, aur zabardiStOQ ka kamarband kholta hai ; 22 Andhere meo se wuh gahri baten nikalta hai, aur poshida kam zlhir meu lita hai ; 23 WuhC qaumou ko barhd^ta hai, aur unheo phir mitata hai, wuh qaumou ko phailatl hai, aur unheu phirata hai; 24 Wuh zamm ke sargurohou kf aql urata hai, aur jangal meo unheo berah awara karta hai; we t^rikf men beroshan tatoltc haiu, aur wuh unhcQ matwaloB ke manind jhumata hai. HAB. XIII. 1 Dekh, meri ankhon ne yih sab dekha hai, aur mere kan ne suna hai, aur jan rakh§ hai; 2 Jo kuchh turn jante ho, so maiu bhi janta huij, maio turn se chhota nahiu hiiy- 3 Kash ki maie Al'lah Tala se bol sakta, main Khuda se bahasna chahtl hiin ; 4 Turn dhokhe ke bananewale ho, turn sab ke sab befaida tabib ho. 5 K£sh ki turn chup ho rahte, to wuhf tumhari hikmat hoti. 6 Ab mera uzr suno, aur mere laboQ kihujjat par kan dharo. 7 Ky.-i turn Khuda ke liye badgol karoge, aur us ke liye jhiith bologe ? 8 K\'a turn us ke tarafdlr banoge, aur I^huda ke liye laroge ? 9 Agar wuh tumheo parakhe, to kya bhali hoga ? Kya turn use thagoge jis tarah adm! ko thagtc ho? 10 Tumagar chhipke us ki tarafdari karoge, to wuh tumheu dapatega. 11 Kya us ki azamat tumheo nahiu daratt hai, aur us ki mahabat turn par nahfa parti hai ? 12 Tumhari suni sunai bateg to rakh ki masaleu bancngi, tumhare qala mitti ke qala howenge. 13 Mujh se chupke raho, ki main boluij, aur raujh par jo ho so ho ! 14 Kaheko main apna gosht apne dantoo men luij, aur apni jan apne hath meu rakhuu ? 15 Dekh wuh mujhe mar dale, taubhf raaio us par bharosa rakhunga ; lekin maiu apni rah ko us ke age beganah sabit kariinga : 16 Wuh bhi meri salamati hai, kyunki badkSr us ke age hazir nahiu hogi. 17 Meri bat suno, aur meri iqrar tumhare kanou meo pahunche. 18 Dekho, maio apnahaqiqathil mufassal bayan karta huo, main janta hiiij ki sadiq thahurungi. 19 Kaunsa hai, jo mujhe mulzam thaharawc? tab maig chup rahunga, aur mar jaunga. 20 Faqat do bit tu mujh se mat kar, to main tere huziir se na chhipiinga : 21 Apna hath mujh se utha, aur apni mahabat se mujhe mat dara. 22 Tab pukar, aur main jawab dunga, ya maio kahuo, aur tii jawab de. 23 Mere kitne gunah aur qusiir haiu ? Meri sharirateo aur khataeu mujhe jani. 24 Tu apna munh kyiin chhipata hai, aur mujhe apnS dushman janta hai ? 25 Kya tu urle hnc patte ko torega, aur s'lkhe bhus ko khedega ? 26 Ki tu mere liye karwi karwi batcu V V V 670 AIYU'B. [14 BAB. likhta hai, aur mujhe mert jawiinf kc gunahon ka waris karta hai, 2 7 Aur mere paoQ ko kith meo dalta hai, aur meri sSri chalou ko tak ralita hai, aur more paog ke talwe par khai khodta hai, 28 Aisa ki maio kirmkhurda ke manind fana hotS huu U5 kaprc kc manind jise ktra khati jata.hai. XIV. BAB. 1 Aurat sc jana admf thore din ka hai, aur dukh se bhari hai; 2 Wuh phal kf manind ugta hai aur kumlatl hai, wuh siya ki manind jata rahti aur nahio thaharta. 3 Aur us par tu apni ankh kholta hai, aur mujhe apne sath adalat men lata hai? 4 Kash ki pak najis se nikalta ! Ek bhf na niklegl. 5 Agar us ke din gine gae, aur us ke mahinon ka shumar muqarrar hijS ; agar tn ne us ke live hadd bandhf, ki us se plr nahfn ja sakta: 6 To us se ankh pher, taki itna Irani pawe ki mazdur ke manind apne din se razi howe. 7 Kynnki darakht ke liye ummed hai : agar wuh kata jawe, to wuh phir phutega, aur us ke nihal na ghatenge. 8 Agar us ki jarwat zamfn men sare, aur us ka tana kh^k men mare: 9 To wuh p5nt kf rih se panpaegl, aur paudhe ke mSnind shakheu nikllega. 10 Lekin ddmi marta aur para rahta, insan faut hota aur kahau hai? 11 Jaisa talab se pani ghat jata, aur nail hatke sukh jita hai : 12 Waisahi Idmi so jlta hai, aur nahto uthta, jab tak Isiiian tal na jaeu, we na jagenge, aur apni nfnd se na chaunkenge. J. 3 Kash ki tu mujhe patal men chhipata, aur jab tak tera gazab jatl na rahe mujhe dhampta aur mere lij^e muqarrar waqt thaharata, bad uske mujhe yadkarta! 14 Agar Idmi mare, to kj'a wuh phir jfega? to main apne razmpesha ke sare diiioij men muntazir rahta, jab tak merl badla na atu : 15 To tu pukarta aur main jawab deta, aur to apne hath ke kam ka mushtlq hota. 16 Ki tu ab mere gamon ko ginta hai. Kya tn meri bhul cbuk ko nahio dekh rahta hai ? 17 HaB tu mera gunlh thalli meo chhaptl hai, aur tu meri khataou ko bandhke sita hai. 18 Lekin jaisa pahrir girta hai aur fani hota, aur chatan apni jagah se sarkai iati hai ; 19 Jaisa pani patthar ko ghis dalta hai, aur us ki barh zamin ki mitti ko baha le jati hai: waisahi td insan ki ummed ko mitata hai. 20 Td use hame- sha dabl rakhta hai, so wuh jata rahta hai; tu us ka munh badaltl hai, aur use bhej detl hai. 21 Us ke bete khushhal haiu, par wuh nahiu janta ; ya we kharab hai haio, wuh nahiu dekhta. 22 Faqat us ki badan usi ke liye dard meu mubtala hai, aur us ki jan sirf usi ke liye gam karti hai. XV. BAB. 1 Aur Ilifaz Tainiani ne jawab diya aur kaha, 2 Kya hakim hawai ilm sunata hai, aur apna pet samdm se bhartl hai ? 3 Kya wuh dalil lata hai un batou se jo befaida hain, ya un kahawatOQ se jo lahasil haio ? 4 Balki tu dindari ko bigarta hai, aur khudaparasti ko mitata hai. 5 Tera munh tera gunah batlata hai, ki td dhdrt ki baten banati hai. 6 Tera hi munh tujhe gunahgar thaharita hai, nur maiD nahiD, aur tere lab tujli par gawahi dete haiu. 7 Kya pahU insan tuhi paida hua, aur tilon se peshtar janaya gaya? 8 Kya tu 16 BAB.] AIYUB. 571 ne Khudi kc bhed ko siina hai, aiir apne hf pis hikmatle rakhf? 0 Tu kya janta hai jo ham nahfo jiinte, tujh nicu kaun si samajh hai jo ham meu nahiij? 10 Pakke bal aur bahut bdrhe hamare darmiyin haiu jo tere bap ke dinoo sc bhi umrdaraz haio- 11 Kyi tii Khuda kf tasaUfao kam jinti hai, aur mulayamat kf bit qabiil nahiij karta hai ? l"2 Tera mizij tujhekyuu le jata hai, aur terf ankhcu kyuo palalc mart! haiu, 13 Ki tii apnf riih ko Khuda ke barkhilaf phcrti hai, aur apne munh se bateu nikalti hai? 14 Insan kya ki begunih hovve, ki auratzid sidiq thahare? 15 Dekh, wuh apne qudsfoo par bharosa nahfij rakhti hai, us kf ankhoo men asman bhi pik nahio: 16 To ghinaune aur ligre admi kl kyi zikr jo badi ko p.ini ke manind ptta hai ? 17 Maiij tujhe bataiingi, mert sun, jo maiu ne dekhi luii, soi bayiin kariingi, 18 Jo hakfmou ne kaha aur apne bapdadon se sunke nahitj chhipayi hai, 19 Jo akele hf is mulk ke malik ho ae haiu, aur koi gair kabhi un ke darmiyan na guzara, 20 " Gunahgar apni taniam lunr bhar thartharata hai, ki badkar ke dinon ki shumir us se chhipa hai. 21 Haulon ki awaz us ke kinon meu bajti hai, ki garat- gar sulh ke waqt men us par charh ata hai. 22 Wuh zuhn se 1(ach jane kf ummed nahfo rakhti hai, lalki talwir kf mar ki muntazir rahti hai. 23 Wuh rotf ke liye iwara hoti hai ki kahag ? Wuh janta hai ki kala din us ke hath par laf^ta hai. 24 Afat aur bipat us par parti hai, aur galib hoti hai, us badshah ke manind jo halli ke liye taiyar hai . 25 Kyunki us ne Khuda ki zidd meu hath barhaya aur Alqidir ki mukhalafat meu sir eharhaya; 20 Wuh gardankashi se us par charha, ghani dhalon ki ar men us par daura. 27 Wuh to apna munh apni chiknaf se dhampta tha, aur apni kamar par charbi banata tha : 28 Par wuh wiran shahrou men basega, aur bechirag gharon men rahegi jo pattharoo kc dher hone ko muqaddar haig. 29 Wuh daulatmand na rahega, aur us ka mil na thaharega, aur us ka manal zamfn par na phailegi. 30 Wuh zuhnat se na bachega, us ki nihil Idh se snkhegi, aur wuh us ke munh ke dam se fana hoga. 31 So kof badi ki bharosa na kare, kydnki badi us ka badii hogi. 32 Wuh apne din se ige taraam hoga, aur us kf shakh harf na rahegf. 33 Wuh lata ki manind apne kachche angiir jharega, aur zaitiin kf manind apne phdl urawega. 34 Garaz badkar kf qabila banjh hai, aur rishwatkhor ke dere ag se ])hasain ho jaenge. 35 Unheu diqqka haml hai, aur dukh jante hain, aur un ke pet dhokha taiyar karte haiij." XVI. BAB. 1 Aur Aiyub ne jawab diyi aur kaha, 2 Maiu ne aisi bahutsf biteo sunin, turn sab ke sab diqqdar tasalli denewale ho. 3 Kyi hawai baton ki akhir hoiri ? Tu kahe ko aisi bezir hoti hai ki jawab deta hai? 4 Main bhi tumharf tarah batCD kar sakti, agar tumhari jin raeri jan ki jagah meo hoti! Maig bhi tumhirl mukhalafat meo batou ki bandish kar sakta, aur turn par sir dhunta ; 5 Maiu bhf apne munh se tumheo zor bakhshta, aur apne labou ki hamdardi se tumhari rani ghatata. 6 Jo bolta hau, to mera dukh nahiu ghatta, aur jo chup rahta hiip, to mujhe kya sukh hota ? 7 Ki ab us nc mujhe thakaya hai, aur tii ne mora sarakhandin V V V 2 572 AIYUB. [17 BAD, iii^ra liai. 8 Tii nc mujh ko giriftar kiya jo gawahi hai, aur mera duUapa mere Ijarkhilaf uth kharl hoke mere munh par jawab dela hai. 9 Us ka gazab phSrta hai, aur wub mujhe sukhata hai, wuh apne dant mujh par pista hai, meri dushman apnf anhheo mujh par charhata hai. 10 Aur we apne munh mujh par pasirtehain, aur harf lake mere gal ko marte haio ; we eksith mere barkhilif baudish bandhte hain. 11 Khuda mujhe zalim ke hath men sompta hai, aur garatgarou ke hath men d^lta hai. 12 Main aram se leta tha, tab us ne mujh ko ulhaya, aur mera gala pakra, aur mujhe phiri» phir apne manzar ke live mujhe khar^ kiya. 13 Us ke tfrandazoD ne mujh ko gherfi, us ne berahm mer.l gurda pharay^ aur raera pitta zamfn par bahaya ; 14 Us ne tor par tor se mujhe tofa, wuh jabber kf manind mujh par charh aya. 15 Maiij ne apnf jild par tat siya, aur apne sing ko dhul meD gapa- 16 Mera munh rone se surkh haa hai, aur meri abriioQ par zill i maut hai, 17 Agarchi mere hath men zulm nahiu, meri dua bhi saf hai. 18 Ai zamfn, mera laha mat dhamp, aur merf faryad ka maqam na ho ! 19 Ab bhi dekh mera gawah asman par hai, aur mera shahid filam i bala men hai. 20 Mere thatthebaz mere dost ! So Khudi ki taraf merl ankh bahtf hai, 21 Ki insan ke liye Khuda ke age, hao ddainzada us ke doston ke liye bahs kare. 22 Ki shumar ke baras bftne par haiu, maiu us rah se jata jahau se na phiranga. XVII. BAB. 1 Meri ruh barbad hoti hai, mere din bujhte haio, qabristan mere liye hai. 2 Agar faqat meri tazhfkeo na hotin, to un kf talkhgofon par merf ankh shabbash hoti. 3 Tu mera zamin ho, apne huzur merf kafalat kar, nahin to kaun mera dastgfr hoga? 4 Kyunki tu ne un ke dil ko danish se roshan nahfg kiya, is liye tu unheg galib hone na dega. 5 Jo apne dost ko garatgaroo ke hath men pakarwate haig, un ke farzandou kf ankhen fana ho jawen ! f) Us ne majhe logon ki zarb ul m.asal ban.lya hai, aur un ke age main angust- numS huD. 7 Merf ankhec gam ke mare dhundhli gai'o, aur mere aza saya ke manind hue. 8 Mere is hai se nekmard hairan honge, aur nekokar ko badkar par rashk iwegi. 9 Tis par bhi sadiq apnf rah men qaim rahta hai, aur pikdast zor meo barhta jata hai. 10 Lekin turn sab jo ho, ab phiro, aur ao, maio to turn meo ekhakfm bhi nahtu piungi. 11 Mere din guzre, meri bandisheu tutfn, mere dil ki wirlsaten mit gaio- 12 Ye r^t ko din thaharate haiu, aur zulmat ki rii se roshnf qarib hai! 13 Lo maio pital apne ghar k^ muntazir hdn, zulmat meo apni bistar lagdta huij ; 14 Main qabr ko apnd bap kahta ban aur kirm ko apnf ma bahin : 15 So ab meri ummed kahau ? mera intizar kaun purl dekheg;i ? 16 Wuh to pltal ke mulkon meo utarta hai, aur mere sath khak meu chain se rahta hai. XVIII. BAB. 1 AurBildad Snkhi ne jawab diya aur kaha : 2 Kab tak turn aisi b^tou kl haddeo bandhoge? Aql daurao, bad us ke ham boleij. 3 Ham kyuu haiwan ke manind gine jate haiu, aur tuniharf nazar meu damanaluda jane jate haiu ? 4 Are o tu jo apne gazab meo apnf jan ko pharta hai, ky& teri iihatir dunya barbad hogf, 19 BAB] AIYU'B. 573 aur chntan apnf jagah se talegi? 5 Ilao Ladkaroo ka chirag zuriir bujh jiegi, anr us kt ag ka shuala phir roshao na hogi ; 6 Shama us kc dcre men andherf ho jaegf, aur us ka siraj us ke upar bujh jaegS ; 7 Us ki qiiwat ke qadam tang howenge, aur wuh apne mansnba se aundhay^ jaegi. 8 Kyunki wuh apne paoo se jil men bheja j^ta hai, aur wuh phande par chalU hai ; 9 Kal us kf eri ko pakart^ hai, aur phansf us par lagti hai ; 10 Us ki kamand zamin meo chhipf hai, aur us ka dam rah par hai. II Charon taraf se balaeu use darStf haiij, aur darpai hoke use l)hag^tf haio; 12 Us kl qfiwat bhnkhon se mar jati, aur mart us pSs mustaidd hoti ; 13 Us ke badan ke uziioo ko bhakhta hai, maut k^ pahlautha ns ke uznon ko bhakosti hai ; 14 Us ke khaime raeu se us kS bharosa tora jata hai, aur wuh raalik ul haul pas pahunchaya jata hai. 15 Ddsr^ us ke dere men basta hai ki ab us ka nahfn, us ke maqdm par gandhak barsaya jata hai. 16 Niche se us kf asl siikh jatJ hai, aur upar se us ki nasi kat jati hai ; 17 Us ka zikr zamin par se mit jata hai, aur riiaidan ki sath par us ka nam nahfn rahta hai. 18 Wuh ujale se andhere men dhakela jata liai, aur dunya meo se khadera jAta hai; 19 Us ka na beti na pota us ke logoo meo ji bachti hai, aur us ke maqam meo kol baqi nahiu rahta hai. 20 Us ke din se mutaakhkhirin hairan bote haio, aur mutaqaddiiuin ko dahshat lagti hai. 21 Garaz badkaron ke aise maskan haio, aur Khuda ke nawaqifou ke aise maqSm haiu- XIX. BAB. 1 Aur Aiyub ne jawab diya aur kaha : 2 Turn kab tak mera dil toroge, aur apni batoo se mujhe chaknichdr karoge ? 3 Turn yih das bar mujhe harf lie, par sharmdte nahfo ho, ki mujhe sargardan kar dalte ho. 4 Aur jo maio sach mach bhuli chuki, to maio hi us bhul chdk ka phal khati hufl. 5 Kya turn filhaqiqat apne ko mujh par barhioge, aur meri hurfat mujh par sabit karoge ? 6 So turn ab janij^o ki Khuda hf ne mujhe dabaya, aur apne jal se mujhe ghera hai. 7 Dekh maio zulm se chillata huo, par suna nahiij jata hun ; main faryad karta huD, par mera insaf nahin hota. 8 Us ne meri rah bandhi hai ki maig guzar nahfo sakta, us ne merf sabil par andhera pahunchdya hai ; 9 Us ne meri al)ni ko utar di3'a, aur mere sir parse taj ko utha liya ; 10 Charoa taraf se us ne mujhe kati hai, so mail) jata raha, aur darakht ke manind us ne merf ummed ko iikhar.! hai ; 11 Us ki gazab mujh par bharka ki wuh apne dushmanou meo mujhe ginta ; 12 Us ki faujoo ne mujh pas apni rah nikali, aur we mere dere ki charou taraf chhaoni kartf haio. 13 Us ne mere bhafon ko mujh se dur kiya hai, aur mere hamdam mujh se begana hue haiu ; 14 Mere qarabatf mujh se alag bote hain, aur mere jan pahchi'n mujhe bhul jate haio; 15 Mere ghar ke zarkharid aur meri laundiao mujhe begana janti hain, maio un ki nazar meo gairjanib bana hun. 16 Maio apne naukar ko bulata huij, par wuh jawib nahfo deta, mujhe zururat pari ki apne munh se us kf minnat karuu. 17 Meri joru mere ji se ghinati hai, aur meri ma ke bete meri duhaf se hat jate hain. 18 Han larke bhf mujhe haqir jante hain, jo maio uthuy, to we mere barkhilif bolenge. 19 Mere razdar rafiq nmjh se nafrat karte hain, aur mere piyiire mere barkhilaf phirte haio. 20 Meri haddiau mere chamre se aur gosht mcQ se lagfa haig, aur maiy apne dant ke cham ke sath bach nikla hun. 674 AIYU'B. [20 BAB. 21 Mujh par rahm karo, miijh par rahm karo, Ai turn mere dosto, ki main Khuda kc hath se mara pari hdij ! 22 Khudi ke manind kyuo mujhe satite ho, aur mere gosht se asnda nahiu hote ho? 2S Kash ki faqat mere kalam maktub hote, kash ki we dafiar men qalamhand hote, 24 Ki we lohe ki likhni aur sTse se lagaejate, aur sada chatan par khode jate. 25 Lekin main j«nti huo, ki mera bachanewala jitS hai, aur wuh khSk par pichhli uth khara hoga ; 2fi Aur jo bad mere chamre ke yih munqnta ho, to bhi maio apne gosht meu se Khuda ko dekhungi , 27 Ilan main ap hi use dekhung^, aur meri ankhen dekhengi ki wuh gairjinil) nahiu : mera dil mere andar meu jalta hai! 28 Ki turn kahoge. ki Ham use kyuo satite tlie ? Aur asl l)at mujh men huwaida hogi. 29 So talvvar ki dhar sc daro, kyuiiki tumhani gussa talw^r ke sazawar hai; taki turn jan rakho, ki insaf hai. XX. BAB. 1 Aur Zufar Naamati ne jawab diya aur kaha : 2 Lekin meri iintlyaz mujh se jawab dilawega, is live ki mujh meu jaldi hai. 3 Main apni luala- matamez taubih ko sun clmka huij ; par meri r 'ih mere gyan se jawab dilati hai. 4 Kya tti qadini se yih nahiij janta hai jab se insan zamin par rakha gaya, 5 Ki gunahgarou ki khushnudi thore din ki hai, aur badkaron kf khursandi ek lamha ki hai ? 6 Jo us ka qadd asraan tak pahunchta, aur us ka sir bidal se ragarta, 7 Taubhi wuh apni gahki manind abad tak fana hojaega, jinhon ne use dekha hai, so pachhenge, ki wuh kahau? 8 Wuh sapn ke manind ur jaega, aur na milega, wuh rat ke dhokha ke manind khadera jaega. 9 Jis ankh ne us par nigah kf thf, phir na karegi, aur us ka maqain us ko pher na dekhega. 10 Us ke bete mazlumon ko razi karte haio, aur an ke hath us ka mal phir dete hain. 11 Us ki haddiaopinhani gimih se bhiH'i thin, par we us ke sith khak meo lette hain. 12 Agarchi badi us ke munh men miihi lage, aur wuh use apni jibh ke tale chhipawe ; 13 Aur use bacha rakhe aur na chhore, balki apne talii ke bfch men thame : 14 Tadbhi us ka khana us ke pet meubadal jata hai, aur us ke andar meo zahr i qatil thaharta hai. 15 Wuh daulat ko nigal gaya, par wuh use pher ugil dalega, KLliuda use us ke pet se nikalega. 16 Wuh bichchhii ka zahr chusta hai, aur afai kf jibh use mar daltf hai. 17 Wuh nahrou ke dekhne se khush nahfij hogi, na un nadiou kf nazar se jo shahd o shfr se bahti haiu. 18 Jo us ne kamaya, so pher deta hai, aur na khata hai, jaisa us ka hasil karna, waisa uska wapas dena ; aur wuh khush nahiu hota. 19 Kyunki us ne kangaloo ko phora aur chhora, us ne ghar dhaya aur phir na banayi. 20 Us ne apne pet meo aram na jana, aur apne margub meg se kuchh chhor nahfo diya. 21 Us ke bhakhne se kof bach na raha, is liye us ki khubi ka hai na thahara. 22 Us ki ziyadati ki bhartl men use tangi hotf hai, niazhlm ka sSra hath us par parta hai. 23 Us ke pet ke bharne ko yih hoga, Khuda apna gazab us par bharkiwega, aur use khilane ko us par barsawega ! 24 Wuh lohe ke hathyar se bach nikleg.i, aur fliulad ki kaman se mara parega. 25 Wuh khinchta chalta hai, par tir batn se nikal ata hai, aur wuh us ke pitte se chamakta jata hai, maut ka haul us par para hai. 26 Us ke makhfi khazanou meu zulmat chhipi hai, uashugufla atash use bhasam karegi, aur us ke dere meg us kf bachti ko kha jaegi 21 BAB.J AlYU'Ii. 575 'J7 Asman us k5 gunili diklilaegi, aur zanifn us ke barkliilaf iithogi. 28 Us ke ghar ki baihtt jati raheg, aur us ke ititiqiin ke din nico liah jAegi. 29 Khudi ki taraf so sharfr aduiJ ki tjianiat yihi hai, us ke amr k.i uasib Khudi kf taraf se yihi hai. XXI. BAB. 1 Aur Aiyiil) nc jawab diyl aur kaha, 2 Meri hat dhiyan se suno, aur yih tum- hari tasklnbakhshi liowe. 3 Mujhc kahne do, aur jabmaiQ kah chuk^, tab thattha rniro. 4 Maig jo hiiu, kya insui se nalisb karta biitj? Aur agar nahfn, to kyan tang dil na hoiio ? 5 Mujhe dekho, aur hairan hoo, aur hatlimunh par dharo! 6 Jo main yad karta huij, to ghabra jata hue, aur larza mere jism ko pakarta hai: 7 Kyuu gunahgar jite rahte haio, umrdaraz bote aur zor men barhte jate haiu? 8 Un ke farzand un pas ek sath hazir haio, un ke bachche un ke mir i dida haio. 9 Un ke ghar ba salam o bekhatra hain, aur Khuda ka danda un par nahfn hota hai. 10 Un ke bail bahte aur nahlo ghatte ; un ki gaen biyjitfu aur gabh nahfo giratiu. 11 We bher bakri ki m^nind apne bal bachchoo ko bahar le jate haio, aur un ke larke bale nachte haio. 12 We daf aur bin bajake gate hain, aur l)ansri ki iwiz se khush bote haig. 13 We aish o ishrat sc apne diuguzrante haio, aur ek lahze men pital men warid bote hain. 14 Tis par bhi we Khuda se kahte hain, ki Ham se diir ho; kyiinki ham teri rahou ka giySn nahin chahte hain. 15 Alqadir kya ki ham us ki bandagf kareij, aur jo ham us kt mulaqat kareij, to hameu kya faida hoga? 16 Dekh un ki nekbakhti un ke bath men nahiy? Badkaroo ki salih mujh se diir rahc! 17 Kitne bar gunibgarou ka chirag bujh jata hai, aur un ka zawal un par ata hai, aur Khuda apne gazab se unheij dukh bantti hai? 18 We kitne bit badh ki manind barbad bote haig, aur bhus ki nidnind bhawandar se ur.ie jate hain. 19 "Khuda us ke bachchoo ke liye us ke gunahoo ka phal chhipa rakhta hai" — wuh use badli dend ki use nialnm ho! 20 Usi ki^nkheg us ka kaid dekheo, aur wuh dp Alqadir ke qahr ka piyala piwe! 21 Kynuki us ke bad us ke ghar se use kyd kam jab us kc mahinon ka shumar munqata hiia? 22 Kya koi Khuda ko giyan sikhla sakta, jo ulwiou ka insaf karti hai? 23 Ek to apni khushhdli ke bichoQ bfch mar jata hai, jab bilkull chain aur sukh meo rahta hai; 24 Us ki sulb chaibi se bhar pur hai, aur giida se us ki haddiau chikni haiu. 25 Diisra apni jan ki talkhi meo marta hai, aur zindagi ki lazzat se mahiiuz na hota hai. 2G We donon baham khak meg mile jule rahte hain, aur ki- re un donog par chhd jate haio- 27 Main tumhare mansubon ko khub janta bun, aur un bandishoo ko, jin se turn mujh par sakhti kartc ho. 28 Kyiinki turn kahte ho, ki Gdratgar ka ghar kahao hai, aur gunahgar ke maskanog ka tliikana kahao? 29 Kya turn nc jahandidog se nahio puchha hai, aur kya un ki gawdhi qabtil na karogc ? 30 Ki bald ke din ko badkdr rakha jata liai, wuh intiqam ke din tak bah jatri hai. 31 Us ke munh par kaun us ki rah ko bayan karegd aur us ke kdm kd badla kauu use dcgd ? 32 Wuh goristan tak bah jata hai, aur qabr par bedar rahtd hai; 33 Wddi kc kuliikh use mithe lagtc haio, aur us ke pichhe sab log khinch jate haiu, aur us ke 576 AIYU'B. [22 BAB. ige beshumar chale gae haiu. 34 So turn mujhe kyuQ hawal tasallt bakhshte ho? Tuiuhare jawab jhuth thaharle haio. XXII. BAB. 1 Aur Ilifaz Taimani ne jawab diya aur kaM : 2 Kya insaii Khuda k^ mufi'd hoga ? Dindar apna hi muf id hota hai. 3 Kya Alqadir ko kuchh hSsil hota ki ta s^diq hai, ya us ka kya faida ki td sfdhi rah par chalta hai? 4 Kya wuh tere dar ke mare tujhe dapategi, aur tere sath adalat meo chalegS? 5 Kya teri badkariau bahutsi nahio, aur tere gunih behadd nahfn ? 6 Kyunki tu ne besabab apne bhaf se girau iiiang liya hoga, aur nange ke kapre ko utir liya hogi ; 7 T'i ne thake piyase ko panf nahfu pilaya aur bhiikhe ko khana nahfu khilaya; 8 Zabardast zamin ka malik tha, aur rudar us meu basta tha ; 9 Tu ne bewou ko khali hath bhej diya hoga, aur yatimoQ ka takij^a tora gaya hoga. 10 Is sabab se terf charon taraf jal hai, aur achanak haul tujh par para hai ; 11 Yane aisa andhkar ki nahiij dekhta hai, aur aisa sailab jis se diib jata hai. 12 Kya Khuda asinan ki bulandi par nahfn ? Sitaron ke siron ko dekh ki kaise unchehaio! 13 Lekin tu kahta hai, Khuda kya janta hai? Kya wuh tariki ke parda ke andar insaf kar sakta hai? 14 Ghana badal us ke liye dhapna hai, ki wuh dekh nahia sakta, wuh sirf asman ke kundal par chalta hai? 15 Kya td agle Slam ki rah ko pakarti hai jis par we shararat ke bachche chalte the? 16 We apne waqt ke age giriftar hue; barh un ki neo baha le gai. 17 Unhou ne Khuda se kaha, ki Ham se dur ho! Khuda se hameo kya kain? 18 Tad bhi us ne achchhi chtzoa se un ke gharou ko bhar diya. Gunabgaroij ki salah mujh se dur rahe ! 19 Sadiq un ka anjam dekhenge, aur khush honge, aur rastkar un par yih thattha marenge: 20 Wah, hamJra mukhalif kaisa nabud hdl, aur us ka baqiya ag se fana ho gayS! 21 Us ke sath raha kar, to tera bhala hoga; us se tu phir khushhal ho jaega. 22 Us ke munh se talim le, aur us ki bateo apne dil par naqsh kar. 23 Agar td AlqSdir ki taraf phire, to td ban jaega ; tu apne dere meo se nahaqq dur kar. 24 Dhat khak par phenk de, aur Ofir ka sona nale ke pattharoD par : 25 To Alqadir teri dhat hoga, aur tera zar i asl thaharega. 26 Tab td Alqadir par fakhr karega, aur Khuda ki' taraf apna munh uthawega. '27 Jo tu us ki dua kare, to wuh teri sunega, aur tu apni nazren ada karega. 28 Jo td mansdba bandhe, to ban paregi, aur teri r^hon par roshni chamkegi; 29 Jo apne ko dabaweu, td kahega, ki Uth, aur sarfaro najdt paweg;i. 30 Balki wuh bhi bachega, jo begunah nahiu, wuh tere hathon ki paki se bach jaegi. XXI II. BAB. 1 Aur Aiydb ne jawab diya aur kaha, 2 Aj tak raera fasad merl afsos! Meri dastdarizi meri duhai par bhari hai. 3 Kash ki maiu jant^, main use kahau pidn, to us ki masnad tak jata. 4 Maio apna muamala us ke age bayan karta, aur apni munh daliloij se bharta. 5 Maiu jan leta ki wuh mujhe kya jawab de, aur mujhe maliim hota, ki kj^ mujh ko kahe. G Kya wuh apni jalali oudrat se mujh se Lifta? 24 nmi.] AIYU'B. 577 So nahlu wuh sirf nieri khahar letS. 7 Tab rastkar us ke sath mubahasa karta, aur maiu abaci tak apne hakiin se bach jata. 8 Lekin dekh, jo main pural) taraf jAta hdo, to wub wahao nahfu, aur pachchhim taraf, to mujhe nazar nahfu ata, 9 Jo uttar taraf kam meu laga hai, to use pakar nahfu leta hdu, jo dakhin men chhipa hai, to maiu use nahio dekhta huo- 10 Wuh meri chal to janta hai; wuh mujhe tae : maiu kundan sa niklunga. 41 Us ke rasta meu mera paiiw laga raba, main us ki rah meu chala aur na mura ; 12 Maiu us ke laboQ ke farmin se na hata, main us ke munh ki batoo ko apne dastur se ziyada manta rahi. 13 Lekin wuh ikka hai, kaun use phira sakt^ hai? Jo us ka ji chahta hai, so wuh karta hai. 14 Wuh meri qismat ko piira karega, aur bahut aisa kuchh us pas hoga. 15 Isi waste maiu us ke huzur meu larzan huu, maiu sochta huo, aur us setarsln huo. IGKhudane meri dilerf ko uraya, aur Alqadir ne mujhe daraya ; 17 Ki maiu zuhndt ke age munqata na hua, aur us ne inujh se andher nahlu chhipiya hai. XXIV. BAB. ' 1 Jyuo Alqadir se dahr nahio chhipe haiu, us ke muarrif us ke dinoQ ko kyuu nahiu dekhte hain ? 2 We haddoo ko sarkdte haig, we galloo ko Idt lete, aur charate haiu ; 3 We yatim ke gadhe ko hank lete haiu, we bandhak ke liye rand ka sand mang lete haio ; 4 W^e garibou ko rah se hatate haiu, aur zamin ke miskin sab ke sab chhipte hain. 5 Dekh, bayaban ke gorkhar ke manind we apne apne kam ko nikalte haio, aur tarke uthke ganimat ki talash mee jate haiu ; dasht un ke aur un ke bachchou ke liyeljhurak deta hai : 6 We maidan parapnachara laute haio, aur zalim ke anguristan men charte haio ; 7 We uryan belibls shabbash bote hain, aur jare men bhi un ka kuchh orhna nahio hai ; 8 We kohistan ki jhaii se bhingte haiu, aur ar ke liye chatan men lipte haio- 9 We bewa ki chhati se yatim ko chhintc haiu, aur miskin ko lut lete hain. 10 So we barahna belibas j5,te haio, aur bhukhe hoke piilian utha lite hain ; 11 We un ke ihatOD meu tel perte haio, aur un ke angur ke kolhu latarte aur taraste hain. 12 Shahr meo se pazhmurda gulam kaharte ate hain, aur maqtuloo ki janeo chdlatian hain, par Khuda aib na lagata hai! 13 Phir aur log haiu, jo ujale se dushmani rakhte haiu, we us ki rahou ko nahio jante, na us ke rasta meu thaharte hain. 14 Jab pau phatta hai, to khiini uthke garfb aur miskin ko mar dalta hai, aur rat ke waqt phir dakait ho jata hai. 15 Zani ki ankheo godhuli ki rah dekhti hain, ki wuh kahta hai, Kisi ki ankh mujhe na dekhegf, aur apne munh par niqab dalta hai. 16 We rat ke waqt gharoo meu sendh marte haiu, aur din bhar chhip rahte haio, aur roshni se 5gih nahio bote haig. 17 Kyiinki sahar un ke liye zill i maut ke barabar hai, ki we zill i maut ke hauloo se khub waqif haio- 18 We pinion ke manind te/.rau haio, aur un ke amlak zamin par malaua haio, aur anguristSnoo ki rah se guzarne na pate hain. 19 Jis tarah ^hushki aur garmi barf ke pini ko nigalt! hai, usi tarah patal gunahgirou ko. 20 Rahim use bhul jaega, kira use mitha janega, us ka zikr phir na howega, badkar lakfi kl maniad kata jaega. 21 Kyunti wub banjh ko, jo na janS thi, bhakhta jata thS, aur W w w 578 AIYU'B. [26 BAB. bewou k^ ihs£n na kartd tha ! 22 Par zorawar apnf quwat ko pakar rakhta hai, wuh phir Larp5 hold hai, jab zindagi se naummed hua tha. 23 Wuh use takiya deta hai ki us par £ram kare, aur us ki SnkheD un kl rahoo par lagfn haiQ. 24 We ^lish^n ho rahte haiu : ek lamha aur we nahfn ; we zawal hote haio ; we sab aur logoo ki tarah batore jate, aur khoshou ke siroo ki tarah tore jate haiu. 25 Aur agaryiinhf na ho, kaun mujhe jhuthalega, aur mer^ kalara metegi ? XXV. BAB. 1 Aur Bildad Siikhf ne jawab diyi aur kaha : 2 Saltanat aur mahabat us pas hai, -wuh apne balakh^inou men sulh farmata hai. 3 Kya us ke lashkaron kS. kuchh shumar hai, aur us ka riaiyir kis par tulu nahiij hota hai ? 4 Phir insan Khuda keage kyunkar sadiq hoga, ya auratbachcha kynnkar paksif thaharega? 5 Dekh mahtdb tak — wuh roshan nahin, aur sitare us ki nazar mcQ pak uahfu ; C To kitna kam insan jo kira hai, ya adamzid jo kirni hai. XXVI. BAB. 1 Aur Aiyub ne jawiib diya aur kaha : 2 Lachar ki tu ne kaisi madad ki hai, aur zaifdast ko kaisa sambhala hai ! 3 Td ne nadan ko kaisi salah di hai, aur aqlki ziyadati sunai hai ! 4 Kis ke liye tu ne bateo kio, aur kis ki rah tujh se nikli hai ? 5 Us ke huzdr murde niche kampte haiD, samundar aur us ki abadi ; 6 Patal ■us ke ^f>e ughapS hai, aur athah ka orhna nahin hai. 7 Wuh khulu par asniSn ko phailata hai, lasbai par zamin ko tangta hai. 8 Wuh apne ghane badaloo met) pani bandhta hai, aur us ke niche abr nahijj phatta hai. 9 Wuh apne takht ka rukh khinchta hai, aur us par badal chh^ta hai. 10 Us ne panioo ki sath ke upar hadden bSndhio, ujale aur andhere ki intiha tak. 11 AsmSn ke umud larzan hote haiu, aur us ke dhamkane se muztarib hote hain. 12 Wuh apni qudrat se samundar ko ruju lata hai, aur apni hikmat .se us ka guriir dabata hai. 13 Us ki riih se dsman khushnuma hai, aur us ke hdth ne akarbaz samp ko chutSU hai. 14 Dekh, us ^ki rahou ke aqsa yehi hain, aur us ke kalam ka kaisa ahista bol hamare sunne men ^ya hai ! aur us ki qudrat ki garaj kaun samjhega ? XXVII. I«AB. 1 Aur Aiynb apni niasal barhata raha aur kaha : 2 Qasam Khuda i hai ki jis ne merd haqq le liyd, aur Alqadir ki jis ne meri jan ko talkh kiya, 3 Ki jab tak mera dam mujh meu tamam hoga, aur Khuda ki riih mere nathnon men rahegi. 4 Mere lab badgoi na karenge, aur meri zuban jhuth na bolegi ! 5 Mujh se dur ho ki tumheu rastgo januu, maiu marne tak apni rasti ko na chhofiinga. 6 Main apni sadaqat ko pakar rakhta hi'iu, aur jane na ddnga, mera dil mere dinoo se harf nahin lati. 7 Mera dushman sharir ke manind ho, aur mera mukhSlif badkar ke manind. 8 Kyunki badkar ki uraed kya, ki wuh batorta hai, ki Khud^ us ki jan nik^Uahai. 9 Kyi Khuda us ka rona suncgi jab tangi us par nazil hoti hai? 28 BAB.] AIYU'B. HfQ 10 Kya wuh Alqadir par fakhr karegi, aur liar waqt Khuda se da5 mSngega ? 11 Maio Khuda ki dastrasi tumhcu sikhaiiuga, aur Alqadir ka bhed na chhipaunga. 12 Lo, turn sabhotj ne dekha hai : to phir khalf bateo kydo bologe ? 13 Khuda se badkar admt kf qismat yih hai, aur zalimoa kl yih nasib hai jise we Alqadir sc pawengc. 14 Ki agarchi us kc farzand bahut howcu, tau bin talwir ke liye muqarrar haio, aur us ki nasi rotf se serna hogi ; 15 Us ke b-iqi log mari se g;tre jaenge, aur un ki nindcu mafam na karengi. 16 Jo wuh chandi ko khak k! manind batore, aur mitti ki manind kapre taiyar kare; 17 Wuh taiyar to karta, par sadiq mulabbas hota, aur muqaddas log chandi bant letigc. 18 Wuh patange ki manind apna ghar banata hai, aur us jhompri ki manind jise rakhwal ne lai'riya hai. 19 Wuh daulatmand let jata hai, aur kuchh batora na gaya, wuh apui Snkheu kholta hai, aur kuchh nahin hai. 20 Haul sailaboD ke manind use pakar lete haio, aur rat ko andhi use chura le jati hai ; 21 Liih use le jati, so wuh j^ta rahta hai, wuh us ki jagah se use urati hai. 22 Khuda us par berahra tirchalita hai, wuh us ke hath se bhnga chahta hai. 23 Log us par tali bajate Iiaiu, aur us ki jagah meu se use phuphkarte haio. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Ki rupe ka makhraj hai, aur sonc ka, jo taya jata hai, maqara hai; 2 Loha zamin se nikala jata hai, aur pital patthar meg se galayd jata hai; 3 Insan zulmat ki hadd lagata hai, aur tiragi aur zill i maut ke sang tak khojta jata hai. -1 Un gairou ke pas barh phut nikalti hai, jo panw se bhiile jate haio, we dolte aur insan se diir jhnlte haiij. 5 Arz jis se khurdani chizeti jamti haiu, apne niche ag se uiati jati hai. 6 Us ka sangistan safFir ka maqam hai, aur us meu sone ka dhat hai. 7 Us ki rah ko parinda nahin janta, aur gidh ki ankh ne use nahiu dekha ; 8 Ahl i gurur us par nahie guzarte, aur sheruspar nahin phirta. 9 Wuh apne hath ko chatan par dharta hai, aur paharon ko jar se ulatta hai. 10 W^uh tori hui chatanoo mea se nadi nikalta hai, aur us ki 5nkh bar qimati chiz ko dekhti hai. 11 Wuh nahrog ki ashkbari ko band karta hai, aur batin ko zahir men Uta hai. 12 Lekin Hikmat jo hai, kahau se sadir hoti ? aur Khirad ka raaqim kahay milta? 13 Insan us ka mol nahin janta, wuh ziudou ke mulk meu niuyassar nahio hoti. 14 Gahirio kahti.hai, ki Mujh men nahiij, aur samundar, ki Mujh nieo nahin. 15 Kundan us ke liye diya nahio j^ta, aur us ki kharid ke liye chandi tauli nahio j^ti ; 16 Ofir ka sona us ka mol ho nahio sakta, aur wuh qimati billaur aur saflfir se kharidi nahin jati; 17 Sona aur kanch us ke hamqimat na hota, aur jawahir se nahio badli jati : 18 To moti aur muiiga ka kyi zikr? kyiinki Hikmat ka mol laloo se bahar hai ; 19 Kiish k^ topaz us ke hamqadr nahio, aur khalis till se kharidi nahiu jati. 20 Han Hikmat jo hai, kahan se ati? aur Khirad ka maqam kah^O milta? 21 Wuh sab zindog ki ankhoo se poshida hai, aur asman ke parindou se chhipi hai. 22 Athah aur Maut kahti haiu, ki Ham ne apne k^nou se us ki ^waza suna hai. 23 Khuda us ki rih se waqif hai, wuh us ke maqdm ko jinta hai; 24 Kydnki wuh zamin ki haddog tak nazar karta hai, aur sare asman ke niche dckhta hai. 23 W w w 2 580 AIYU'B. " [29 HAB, Jis waqt wiili haw^ k.i wazn kartl tha, aur panfoo ko tarazu 8C taulta tha, 2G Jab wuh nicnh ka ain jiri kartl aur garajnc ki bijlion kf rah thaharata thg : '27 Usi waqt ns ne use dekha aur num^yan kiya, us ne use muqarrar kiy4 aur use khoj liya 28 Aur us ne insan ko kaha, ki Khudatarsf, wuhl Hikmat hai, aurbadi se dor rahnS)^ •wuhi Khirad hai. XXIX. HAB. 1 Aur Aiyul) apnt masal barhSta gaya aur bola, 'i Kash ki maiu aisa hota jaisa agle mahinou meu tha, un dinon mcQ jab Khuda niera hifi:^ tha, 3 Jab us ka naiyir mere sir ke lipar chamakti th^, aur us ki roshni men main andhere meo se chaltatha; 4 Ki maiij aisa hota jaisa maio apni kharif ke dinoQ men tha', jab Khuda ki suhbat mere dere men rahti thi ; ■; Jab Alqadir mere pas tha, mere farzand mere ^s pas; 6 Jab maio apnc qadamon ko dudh se dhota tha, aur chatan mere pis tel ki nadiau bahatf thi; 7 Jab maio phatak se shahr men jata, aurchauk men apni masnad ko rakhta tha : 8 Tabjawan mujhe dekhke chhip jate the, aur buzurg uth khare rahte the; 9 Rais bolne se ruk jate the, aur apna hath munh par dharte the ; 10 Amiroe ki awaz band hoti thi, aur un ki jibh un ke munh ke talu meo lag jati thi; 11 Ki jo kan meri sunta, so meri tarif karta tlia, aur jo ankh mujhe dekhti, so mere llye gawahi deti thi. 12 Kyanki main ne lachir ko bachayS jo chillata tha, aur yatim ko jis ka koi niadadgir na tlia ; 13 Bewa'risou ki barakat mujhpar a', aur niain bewa ke dil kf khushi ka bais hua. 14 Sidq mera libas tha aur wuh mujhe singarta tha, mera adl mere pairahan aur dastar ki manind tha. 15 Maig andhon ke liye ankh tha, aur langron ke liye panw; 16 Main licharou ke liye bap tha, aur us ka muamaia bhf, jo mera jan pahchan nahig, main tahqiq karta tha; 17 Main ne glratgar ki darh tori, aur us ke danton men se lut chhini. 18 So main samjha, ki main apne ashiyane men marunga, aur apne dinon ko ret ki manind barhaunga; 19 Meri jar pani par khulegi, aur os meri daliou par shabbash hogi; 20 Meri izzat mere sath tar o taza thaharegi, aur meri kaman mere hath men bani rahegi. 21 Log meri sunte aur munta/.ir rahte the, aur meri salah ko chupke qabul kartethe; 23 Meri batoQ ke bad we phir na bolte the, aur mera kalam un par tapakta tha ; 23 We menh ki si meri intizari karte the, aur pichhle menh ke liye apna munh bite the. 24 Main un par muskuraya aur we yaqin na lae, we mere munh ka nur nahio utarte the. 25 Jal) main un ki rah leta thii, to maiu sardar hoke baitha, aur juliis kiya jaisi badshah apne lashkar men, maiu us ki manind tha, jo gamginou ko tasalli deta hai. XXX. BAB. 1 Aur ab jo mujh se kamuinr hain, meri tazhik karte hain, jin ke bapdadon ko maio apne galle ke kuttou meij milane se haqir j£nta. 2 Un ke hath kA zor mere liye kya hai ? Un ke liye umrdarazi nahin, 3 Ki we muhtaj hoke aur bhuklioo niarke dasht ko, sahra i qadim aur bayaban ko chaLte hain ; 4 We jhiriou ke pas se loniya torte huiu, rair apni roti ke liya ratamat ki jar ukh^fte haio. 5 We 30 BAB.] AIYU'B. 581 uns se khaderc jate haip, aur log chor ke m^nind un ke pfchhe pukarte haig ; G We wahshatangez wadioo ineo rahte haio, zamtn ke g'iroo men aur chatinou meu; 7 We jhfirfoo ke darmiy&n renkte haiu, aur gazna ke tale rel pel pare rahte haio, 8 We badzlt aur guinn^m ke bachclie haio jo mar khake mulk se hanke jate haio. 0 Aur al) maip aisoo kf liajo hiia hun, hao maio un kf zarb ul masal bana huo J 10 We mujh se ghinlte haiu, we mujh se hat jate haiu, aur mere munh par thiikne se baz nahfo rahte haio- 11 We apnf hag chhorte haiu, aur mujhe dabate haip, we mere ^ge belagiJm chalte haio. 1- Mere dahne ye badasl uthte haio, aur mere p:»OD ko thel dete haio, aur apni khaiab rahoij ko umjh p.is tak nikalte hniti ; 13 We mere raste ko bigarte haio, aur we log niujhc thokar khilate haiu jo ap lach^r bekas thaharte haio. 14 We shahrpanah ke torncw^loo ke mSnind mujh par chafh ate haio, we shor sharse mujh par rel to ate haiu. 15 Bala mujh par nazil huf, merf shekhi andhi ki manind guzar gaf, aur meri salauiati ghata ki miniud bardad hiii hai. 16 Aur ab merS dil mujh meu tut jata hai, aur gam ke din mujh ko pakar lete haiu. 17 Rat meri haddion ko mujh se chhed letf hai, aur mere bhakosnew kyunki we umr meo us sebafe the. 5 Pas jab Ilihii ue dekha, ki un tin shakhsou ke niuuh meu aur jawdb nahfu, to us ki tjazab bliarka. 6 Aur Ilihu bin Barakiel Albuzf ne jawab diya aur kaha : Maiu kamumr hiJu aur turn kuhansal ho, is liye mail) dabak raha, aur apn& gyan turn par khuliie se dar gaya. 7 Maiu ne kahS, ki Dinf biteu kareu, aur nuisinn hikmat sikhliiweu- ' 3 Lckin nih jo insiin men liai, Khudii ki wuh dam, soi use roshan karti hai. 9 Saldida hamesha hikmat nahiu jinte hain, aur umrrasida &ada haqq nahfu dekhte haio- 10 So maiu kahti huL', ki Meri sun, maiu bhi apna ihn sunanngi. 11 Dekh, main tumhSri batoo par muntazir raha, aur tumhari dalilou ko sunta raha, jab tak turn bat ki tahqfq na kar chukte, 12 So main turn par takti raha, par dekh, koi Aiyiib ko qail nahiu karta hai, aur turn men se koi us ki batoa k4 jawab de nahfo sakti hai. 13 Zinhar ! mat kaho, ki hameo yih hikmat muyassir hiif, ki faqat Khuda us ko qail kar sakta hai, ins:in nahiu. 14 Aiyub ne mujh par kalara nahiu lagiya, aur maio tumhari si baton se use jawab na dungi. 15 We ghabra gae aur lajawab hue haiu, aur baten un se jati rahiu. 16 Phir kya main chupka rahunga jab ye bolte nahfu, jab khare bote, aur lajawab thaharte? 17 So nahio, main bhi apna hissa zal)ir kariinga, aur apna gy:tn main bhi sundiinga. 18 Kyunki maio goyai se labrez hun, mere andar ki rnh mujhe uLharti hai! 19 Dekh, mera pet ankhole wain ki niSnind hai, aur nayi mashkoQ ki manind phatne par hai. 20 Maio bolunga ki mujhe istirahat awe, main apne laboD ko kholunga, aur jawiib diinga. 21 Maiu kisi sliakhs ki riiddrl hargiz na kariinga, aur insan ka khushamadi kabhf na bananga ; 22 Kyunki maio chapliisi naliiu janta, mabida mera khaliii mujhe jald utha d:ilta. XXXIII. BAB. 1 Is liye, ai Aiyiib, mera kaUm sun le, aur meri slri Mtou par kan dhar. 2 Dekh, maio apna munh kholta hiin, aur mere talii meu meri jibh kahti hai. o Mere dil ki nisti se meri bateo niklengf, aur mere lab khul khul ke giyan saf sunawenge. 4 Khudl ki ruh ne mujh ko banaya hai, aur AlqSdir k& dam ne mujh ko zinda kiy^. 5 Agar tera maqdiir ho, to mujhe jawab de, mere muqabale meu hathyir bandh, aur barpa I'ah. 6 Dekh jaisa tii hai waisa maio bhi Khuda se hiiu, main bhi mitti se pinda bana hiig. 7 So tu mere dabdaba se mat dab ja, aur mera bhar tujh par bojh na hone de. 8 Filwaqa, tii ne mere kanog meo kaha, aur teri baton ka aisa bol mere sunne men aya, 9 Ki maio pak saf begun^h hao, tahir maiu hiiu, aur meri kuchh badi nahiu. 10 Dekh wuh mujh se hirna jhargarna chahta hai, wuh mujhe apna dushman jSnta hai ; 11 Wuh mere paoo ko kith meo dalta hai, aur meri sari rahou ko dekhta rahta hai. 12 Deli.h, is bit mcQ tii sach nahiu thaharta hai, maiu tujhc qail karung^, ki 584 AIYU'B. [34 6aB. Klmdri to iti'^aii se mubarra hai. 13 Td kaheko us se qaziya karta hai ? Ki wuh to apne sare kainou ka hisab nahio deta. 14 Kyunki Khuda ek bar bolta hai, aur do bdr, agar ndmi shinawd na hiia ho : 15 Sapn meo, rat ke ruya meu jab nind logoo par partf hai, aur we bichhaune par sote hain. 16 Tab wuh logoo ke kSnoD ko kholti hai, aur un meu nasfhat chhapta hai, 17 Taki adrni ko kam se phirawe, aur guriir insiii se chhipawe, 18 Taki us ki jan ko mari se bacha rakhe, aur us ke jf ko silah meu guzarne se. 19 Phir wuh apne bistar par dard se tanbih pdtS hai jab us ki haddi'on meo larai nahio thamtl. 20 Us ka ji rott se ghinata hai, aur us ka nafs raarzi ke khane se ; 21 Us ka gosht galke adekh ho jita hai, aur us kt adekh haddlan nazar ati hain : 22 So us ki jan gor ko pahunchti hai, aur us ki zindagi halak karnewalou ko. 23 Agar us par ek firishta ek tarjuman ek un hazaroo meo se utar jae, ki insln ko us kS r.ista batawe: 24 To wuh us par rahm karta hai, aur kahta hai, ki Gor meu warid hone se use bacha rakh, ki mujhe kafara mila hai. 25 Tab us ka badan phir jawani se tar o taza hota hai, wuh apni bulagat ke dinoo meo phir jaega. 26 Wuh Khuda se dua karta hai, aur wuh us se razi hota hai, wuh khushi se us kl munh dekhta hai, aur wuh insan ko us ka haqq phir deta hai. 27 Wuh logou se iqrdr karta aur bolta hai, Maio ne gunah kiya aur sidha terha kiya, par mujh se badli nahfij liya gaya. 28 Us ne merl jan ko halakat meu guzarne se bacha rakha, aur meri zindagi naiyir se khush hot! hai. 29 Dekh yih sab Khuda adml se do tfn bar karta hai, 30 Taki us ki jan halakat se pher lawe, ki wuh zindou ke niir se roshan howe. 31 Kan dhar, ai Aiyub, aur meri sun, chupka rah, to main bolunga. 32 Jo tujh pas kuchh kahna howe, to jawab de ; bol, ki main tera sidq chahta hun. 33 Aur nahfg, to meri sun, chupka rah, aur main tujhe hikmat sikhlaunga. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Phir nihil bol utha aur kaha : 2 Ai hakimo, meri biteu suno, ai khiradinando, meri taraf kan dharo. 3 Kyunki kan kalam ko parakhtl hai, aur talii khane ki chizoQ ko chakhta hai. 4 Ao, ham jo rast hai, so pasand karen, aur apas men jo durust hai, so malum kareu. 5 Aiynb ne to kaha hai, maio sadiq hdn, aur Khuda ne mera haqq ada naliiii kiya. 6 Maio apne haqq par kazib thaharta. hun, maio begunah hiiu, par mera niarz la- ilaj hai. 7 Kaun sa shakhs Aiyub ki manind hai jo kufr pani ki m^niud pita hai, 8 Aur badkaron ki hamrahi meo rawana hota hai, aur bure logoo ke sath chalta hai ? 9 Kyunki usne kaha, ki Admi ki taskiu Khuda ka sath chahne se nahijj hoti hai. 10 Iswaste turn, jo sShib i dil ho, meri suno ! Beinsafi Khuda se dur ho, aur na- haqq Alqadir se baid ho. 11 Kyunki ^dmi ke kam ki phal wuh use deta hai, aur insan ki chil ke mutabiq use pane deta hai. 12 Yaqinan Khuda nahaqq nahiu, karta, aur Alqadir insaf meo mukhill nahfu hoti. 13 Kisne use dunya ka mukh- tar kiya ? aur kaun tam^m alam ka bandobast karta hai? 14 Agar wuh sirf ap par apna man lagata, aur apni ruh aur apna dam apne pas sametta : 15 To sare ba- shar ek s^th fana bote aur insan khak mce phir mil jata. 35 BAB.] AIYU'B. 585 16 So agar tujhe aql howe, to yih sun rakh, mere kalam kl iwdZ par kin dhar. 17 Kya insaf ka dushman hukmrani karega ? aur kya tu Haqq Tala ko ni- haqq thaharawega ? 18 Jo badshah so kahta, Are zilim, aur sarddroo se Are glratgaro; 19 Wuh rafsoo ki rudurf bhi nahfo karta, aur daulatmand ko garSb se ziyada nahfo bujhtd, kynnki sab ke sab usJ ke h:ith ke kam haio. 20 We ek dam mar jitehaio; ddhf rdt log larzan bote haio, aur j ate rahte haie, aur zabardast bin hath mare parte haiu- 21 Kyuriki us ki dnkheo logon kl rihoo par lagi haiu, aur wuh un kc sdre gamoo ko dekht.i rahtd hai ; 22 Na tdrikf na zill i maut hai ki badkar wahau chhipte. 23 Ki zurnr nahfo, ki wuh us insdn kf tajwfz meo derl kare, jo Khudi ke huzur adalat meu jata hai. 24 Wuh baijair tajwfz alishanoo ko chakna chur karta hai, aur un kf jagah meu dusre ko barpa karta hai. 25 Kyonki wuh un ke karaon ko jantd hai ; wuh rat ko unheo aundhate haio, aur we raunde jate haio. 26 Isliye ki we badkar haio wuh unheo majma i awdmm men marta hai. 27 Kyunki we us ki pairawi se phir gae, aur us ki sdri rahon ke khabargir na rahe, 28 Yahau tak ki miskfnoa ki farySd us tak pahunchf, aur mazldmon ka chillana us ke sunne men dya. 29 Wuh aram bakhshta aur kaun us par aib lagata ? wuh apna munh dhampta aur kaun use dekhta ? wuh log log par aur ek ek par aisa karta hai, 30 YahdQ tak ki bure log musallit na rahen, aur raaiyat ke phande na thaharee-, 31 Kya Khuda se koi kahtd, ki " Main ne saha aur na bigdrS. 32 Alawa jo mujhe sujh nahin parta, tu mujhe bata : agar main ne bura kam kiya ho, to maio phir na karanga ? 33 Kya wuh teri danist ke mutabiq badla dega ? Ki td ne radd kiya tu pasand karega, maio nahio; aur jo tu jSntd hai, so kah. 3-1 Sahib i dil mujhe kahenge, aur ahl i aql, jo meri sunte haiij, bolenge : 35 Aiydb danal se nahiQ bolta hai, aur uski bateu durust nahiu haiu. 36 Meri arzd yih hai, ki Aiydb abad tak azmayajae, isliye ki wuh bure logon ka sa jawab deta hai. 37 Kyunki wuh apni khata par kufr barhata, hamare darmiyan tali martd, aur Khuda ke barkhilaf apni bateg ziyada karta hai." XXXV. BAB. 1 Phir Ilihu bola, aur kaha : 2 Kya meri ye bateu teri danist meu durust haiu? Td ne kaha, Meri sadaqat Khuda ki sadaqat se ziyada hai. 3 Ki tn kaht& hai, Maio us se kyd faida pita hdo jo badkari se nahio pata ? 4 Maig tujhe in baton ka jawab diinga aur tere sath tere hanirahou ko. 5 Asman ki taraf tak aur dekh, badalou par, jo tujh se dnche haio, nig4h kar. 6 Agar td khata kare, to us ka kya karta hai ? agar tere gunih bahut howeg, to us ko kya kam ? 7 Agar td sadiq howe, to use kyd bakhshta hai, ya wuh tere hath se kyd pata ? 8 Tujh se insan ko teri shararat aur ddamzad ko teri sadaqat milti hai. 9 Log taaddi se mazlnm hoke chillate haio, aur bahuteron ki dastdapizf se rote haiu; 10 Lekin koi nahiu kahtd hai, ki Khuda mera khdliq kahSo hai jo andher meu tasbih detd hai, )1 Jo maidan ke charindon se hameo ziyada sikhlata hai, aur dsman ke parindou se hameo adhik jatata hai? 12 Us hai meo we pukarte haio, par wuh jawdb nahio deta, un badkarou ke ghamand ke sabab se. 13 Hao abas hai, Khuda nahio suntd, aur Alqadir matawajjih nahio hotd hai : 14 X X X 586 AIYU'B. [36 BAB- Tis par bhf ki tu kahta hai, ki Maig use nahfe dekhta huQ : adalat vi3 ke huzur nieo giizari hai, aur til us ka muntazir rah. 15 Aur ab ki us ka gazab nazil nahio hot^, aur uuh gunahoo k! kasrat kf bazpursi nahin leti: 16 Tab Aiyub batalat par apua niunh kholt^ hai, aur behoda batoy ka dher lag^ta hai. XXXVI. BAB. 1 Aur Iliha bolta gaySaur kaha : 2 Tanik sabr kar, to main tujhe sarajhaonga, ki hanoz Khudi ke liye merf batea haiij. 3 Main apna giyin diirbini se liiingi aur apne khaliq ka haqq sabit kaningS. 4 Filhaqiqat maiu d:iroggoi na karung4, jo marifat nieu kamil hai so tere sath hai. 5 Dekh Al'Iah akbar, tadbhl us ktnazar men kuchh haqir nahie, wuh quwati dil raeo kabfr hai. 6 Wuh gunahg-iron ko jine nahin deta, aur mazlumon ka insif karta hai ; 7 Wuh sadiq se apni Snkhen nahio uthata, wuh takhtnishfn badshahou ka hafiz hoke unhen abad tak julus rahne deta ki we sarfaraz howen. 8 Par agar we zanjfron men asfr ho j^weu, aur azir ke bandou men giriftar howen : 9 To wuh un ke klmou ko un par zahir karta hai, aur un ke fasad ko ki we ghamand se phir gac haio ; 10 Aur un ke kanou ko tanbih ke liye kholta hai, aur amr karti hai, ki badkari se baz rahen. 11 Agar we shinawa howen, aur ibadat karen, to we khair o afiyat se apne diaoo ko guzarenge, aur apne barasou ko V^iursandi se basar karenge; 12 Par agar we farmaubardar na howen, to we silah meo guzarenge, aur bewaqufi men dam chhorenge. 1.1 Magar sirf badbatin apna gussa apne dil mcu rakhte hain, yahan tak ki we jab wuh unhea pakarke bandhta hai, zar zar roke tauba nahfo kar baithe haiy : 14 So un kf j^n jawSnf meg mar jati hai, aur un kf zindagf haramkhoron kf manind barbad hot! hai. 15 Lekin wuh mazliim ko us ke audher se bachata hai, aur taaddi meo logon ka k^n kholta hai. 16 Waislhf wuh tujh ko tangi ke munh se kushadagi men le jiegi jahao tangi nahiu, aur terf mez kf chunawat charbi se bhar pi'ir hogi. 17 Lekin agar tii badkar ki tajwiz se mamar ho, to tajwiz par adalat darpai hogi. 18 Zinhar ki qahr tujhe thatthabazf par na uskawe, aur kafara kf ziyadati tujhe na bahkawe. 19 Kya wuh terl mal kuchh bdjhega ? Na tera sona na daulat ki siri punji qabul hogt. 20 Rat ka mushtaq na ho jab log apnf jagah se glib bote haio. 21 l^ha- bardar, behddagoi par mail mat ho, kyiinki tii us par dukh se ziyada ragib hai. 22 Dekh, Khuda apni qudrat men buland hai : us ke manind kaunsa ustad hai ? 23 Kaun us par us ki rah lagita hai, aur kaun kahta, ki Tu qabahat karta hai ? 24 Yad kar ki tii us ke kam ko sarahwe jis par insan nigah karte haio. 25 Sab admf use takte hain, insan dur se dekhte haiu. 26 Dekh, Allah akbar aur daryaft se bahar hai, us ke barasou ke shuniAr ki tahqiq nahiu hai. 27 Ki wuh paui ke bundog ko khinchta hai jo us ke meg ka menh barsiie hain. 28 Bidal use tapkate haiu, aur kasrat i khalq par chulate haio- 29 Aur kaun samajhta hai abroo ki. phailna aur us ke kl^aima ka karakua ? 30 Dekh, wuh apna nur apne upar phailata hai aur saraundar ki jareo dhamp leta hai. 31 Ki un 8e wuh kabhi logoo ko dandta hai, kabhi ziyadati se khana detS hai. 32 Wuh 37 BAB] AIYU'B. 587 apne hithou mcu nur dhamp rakht^ hai, aur use nmlj:halif par fannatS hai. 3* Wuh us se apna rad sunsta liai, uiawashi aur nablt ko. XXXVII. BAB. 1 H^o, is bat se meri dil tarapta hai, aur apnf jagah se uchhaltd hai? 2 Us kl dwaz ka gargarani sun lo, aur wuh garajni jo us ke munh se nikalti hai. 3 Tam&m ^sniiin ke tale us k4 rad karakta hai, aur us ki bijii zamin ke dimanoo tak chamaktf hai. 4 Us ke pichhe rad bolta chala jati hai; wub apne jalal ki 4waz se karaktd hai, aur wuh unhen na rokegi ki us k^ rad suna gaya hai. 5 Khudi apne rad se ajaib bolta hai aur garaib karta hai ki ham nahiu samajhte haiu. G Ki wuh barf ko amr karta hai ki Zamin par ho ja, aur birish ko ki Baras, aur apne zor ke baran ko ki Bah ja. 7 Tab wuh har insan ke hath ko band kartd hai, taki us ki khilqat ke sare log gyan h.asil karen. 8 Tab haiwdn apne gdroo men jate haio, aur apne thikanou meg rahte haiu. 9 Janub ke khalwatkhanoo meo se SndhI £ti hai, aur shimdli hawa se sardf parti hai. 10 Khuda ke dam se ya^h hota hai, aur laharta pani jam jata hai. 11 Phir pharchl ghata ko ghatata hai aur us ka nrir ghanghor ko mitata hai, 12 Jo us ki hidayat se ghiimta jata hai ki us ka sara hukm tamam ru i zamfu par baja lawe ; 13 Kabhi saza ke liye kabhi apni zamfu ke liye kabhi barakat ke liye wuh use bhejta hai. 14 Ai Aiyub tu ye baten sun le, thahar ja, aur Khuda ke ajaib ko soch. 15 Kya til janta hai, ki Khuda kyunkar unhen farmata hai, aur apne abr ka jalwa chamkata hai? 16 Kya tu badalon ka latakna janta hai, jo us ke ajaib kim hain, jo mirifat mei) kiniil hai ? 17 Tare kapre kyunkar garm^te hain jab zanifn dakhani hawa se khamashoti hai ? 18 Kya td us ke sath falak ko phailata hai jo dhale hae aine kf manind mazbut hai ? 19 Jo ham use kaheo so tu hamen sikhla, kyrinki andhkar ke mare ham bat bani nahiu sakte. 20 Kya use ittila di jaegi jo main boliio ? Aya koi kahega jo nigal jata hai ? 21 Ab we to us naiyir ko uahio dekhte haiu Jo akas men chamakta hai ki hawa guzarke use saf karti hai. 22 Asman se Shams ^ta hai, Khuda par muhib jalil hai ! 23 AlqSdir jo hai, ham us tak nahi'u pahunch- te : wuh sihib i qudrat o adalat hai, wuh rabb ul sadaqat hai, wuh hargiz zfilim na thaharega. 24 Is liye log us se daren ! Wuh sab dana dil par nazar na karega. XXXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur Khudawand ne Aiydb ko tiifan meu se jawab diya aur kaha: 2 Yih kaun hai jo mere mansuba ko andhera karta hai nadani ki batoo se ? 3 Ab mard ki manind apni kamar blndh, main tujhe sawal karunga, aur tu mujhe talim de. 4 Tu kah-io tha, jab main ne zamfn ki bunyad dali ? Batla agar tu gyan rakhta hai. 5 Kis no us ka andaza thaliaraya ki tu jauta ho, ya kis ne us par sut khinch i ? 6 Us ki bun kis chiz par dhari hai ? ya kis ne us ke kone ka patthar baithaya, 7 Jab subh ke sitare milke gate the, aur sare bani Al'lJh Ifhuslu ke mare lalkdrtc the ? 8 Kis ne bahr i muhit ko kiwarou se band kiya jab wuh phijtke rihm se uikal 5yi? 9 Jab maiu ne badal us ka libas banaya, aur us ki peti ke liye ghanghor? 10 Jab maio ne us ki liaddeu baudhic, aur qufl aur kiwaje lag^c, U Aur kaha ki X X X 2 5S8 AIYU'B. [39 BAB. Yahio tak tu ^ne pawtg^, aur ige na barhegS, aur yah^o teri maujoo ka gurur thamegi ? 12 Kya ta ne apne jite ji men fajr ko hukm kiya, yi ta ne pau phatne ko us ka thikana jataya, 13 Ki wuh zamfn ke damanou ko ghere, aur badkaron ko us par se khadere, 14 Jab wuh muhr ki mittf ki manind raubaddal hoti hai, aur sab drasta uth khari hot5. hai, 15 Jab badkaron ka naiyir bujhta hai, aur bSladast kat jata hai ? 16 Kya ta samundar ke soton tak pabunchi hai, ya gahrape ki th^h lene gaya hai? 17 Ky^ mautgih ke ph^tak tere liye khul gae, ya td ne zilli maut ke ph^- takoii ko dekha hai? 18 Kya tu ne zamin ki chaupal tak dekha hai ? Agar in sabhon ko jSntS ho, to kah. 19 Ndr ke maskan ki sabil kahao, aur zulmat ki maqam kahSn hai, 20 Ki ta use apni hadd par le jawe, aur us ke ghar kJ r^h ko j^ne ? 21 Tu janta to hoga ; kyunki ta us waqt jani tha, aur tere dinon kd shumar itnl bara hai! 22 Kya ta barf ke makhzanoij men paitha hai, yi tagarg ke makhzanoo ko dekhi hai, 23 Jise main tangwaqtJ ke liye bSz rakht^ huu, jhagarne aur larne ke din ke liye ? 24 Kahln hai wuh rah jis meg naiyir ki taqsim hoti hai, aur bid i mashraqf zamin par phailtl hai ? 25 Kis ne barish ke liye niliao bintio aur rad ki bijlloo ki riheg nikalio, 26 Ki zamin par, jahio insan nahfn, barsawe, aur bayibin par jahio idmi nahio, 27 Ki wirini aur sunsini ko ser kare, aur narm sarsabzi ki kalilo ugwie ? 28 KyS baran ka koi bap hai, yi shabnamke qatroo ko kis ne jani hai ? 29 Kia ke batn se yakh nikalta hai, aur ikis ke barf ko kis ne jana hai? 30 Pani pattha- roD ki minind jam jiti hai, aur gahrape ka munh band hota hai. SI Kya tu Aqd ul suraiya bindhti tha ? yi kyi tu Jabbdr ka bandhan kholegi ? 32 Kya tu Mintaq ul Buruj ko us ke ain waqt par nikllti hai, aur Dubb ko us ke bachchoD samet chalata hai ? 33 Kya tu isman ke huqfiq ko jinti hai, aur us ki hukiimat zamin par thaharii hai ? 34 Kyi tu bSdal tak iwaz uthita hai ki pani ki barh tujhe dhimpe? 35 Kyi ta bijlioijko bhejta hai ki we rawana howen aur tujhe kahep, ki Dekh ham hizir hain? 36 Kis ne abr meu hikmat rakhi yi kis ne nadir ul zuhur men aql dhari? 37 Kaun bidalorj ko hikmat se hisab karti hai, aur isman ki mashkoa ko kaun undelta hai, 38 Jab dhul galke gilliwa banta hai aur dhele lipat jite bain ? 39 Kyi tu sher ke liye shikar karti hai, yi slngh ke bachche ki jf bhar deti hai, 40 Jab we apne mind men jhukte hain ya kunj men dabak baithte haio? 41 Kaun kauwe ke liye shikir muyassar karti hai, jab us ke bachche Khuda se chillate haiD, aur be^hurik iwira bote hain ? XXXIX. BAB. 1 Kyi ta kohi bakrioo ke janne ki waqt janta hai? yi harani ki dard izih dekh ti hai? 2 Kyi ta mahinoQ ko, jo we puri karti hain, ginti hai, aur un ke biyine ki waqt jinti hai? 3 We jhukti haio aur bachche janti hain aur apne dard izih se «hhut jiti haiu- 4 Un ke bachche barhte haicmaidan meo bare bote hail), we nikal jite haie, aur un pis phir nahiu ite. 40 BAB.] AIYU'B. 589 5 Kis ne gorkhar ko izid karke bhejS hai, aurkis nc him5r i wahshtf ka band- han khola hai, 6 Jis ka ghar maio ne ban ko bana rakhi hai aur khara dasht us ka maskan? 7 Wuh shahr ki bhfr bhar par hansta hai, aur hSnknewale ka shor shar nahlD sunti hai. 8 Pab^rou ke daur incu us kJ charaf hai, aur wuh har sabza kd pichbi letd hai. 9 Kya gao kohl terJ khidmat ik.htiyar karegi? kya tere istabal raeij shabbash hoga? 10 Kyii tii gio kohl ko us ke rasse se regharf meu bandhta hai? yi wuh tere pichhe pichhe henga pherega? 11 Kya tu us pariatimidrakhega is liye ki us ka bari zor hai? yi apna kam us par chhorega? 12 Kya tii us ka bharosa rakhega ki wuh tera boyi hua lauwegi, aur tere gole meij jama karegi ? 13 Shuturmurgi ka par to khush hai, balki laqlaq ke se pankh aur par; 14 Lekin wuh apne ande zamfn par chhor jati hai, aiu'dhnl se unheo seoti hai, 15 Aur bhul jdti hai ki paou se raunde jaeo, aur jangli janwar se tore jaeu. 16 Wuh apne bachchou par sakht hai goyi ki us ke na hoij, us ka biyan mitta hai, aur wuh be parwi rahtl hai. 17 Kyunki Khuda ne use hikmat ko bhulwaya hai, aur use aql ko nahlD bdnta hai 18 Tis par bhi jis waqt wuh pankh m!i,rke ap ko uthati hai, ghore aur us ke sawdr ko thatthS raarti hai. 19 Kyi td ne ghore ko jabr bakhshd ya tu ne us ke gardan men ragm pahinSyi? 20 Kya tu use tiddoD ke manind phandata hai? Us ka phunkirna purshukoh, khaufrasan hai! 21 Wuh zamin mea tapti hai aur apne zor se hulasta hai, aur saffarai kemilneko nikalta hai; 22 Wuh dar par hansta hai aur nahfn kSmptS, wuh talwar ki dhar se nahin phirta. 23 Tarkash ke tir us par harharate hain, bhale aur barchhe us par jhaljhalate haio. 24 Wuh shor shar men dhnl khi jata hai aur nahiu thaharta ki narsinga bajti hai. 25 Turhl ki awaz sunte hi hu hSt, karta hai, aur dar se muqitala sanghta hai, sardaroo ka ragm aur rad. 26 Kyi teri aql se baz urta hai, aur dakhin k! taraf apne par phailata hai? 27 Kya tere hukm se uqib buland parwazi karta hai, aur iinchil par apna ghonsla banata hai ? 28 Wuh chatan par basera karta hai, aur shabbash hota hai, aur koh ke karire par aur pahar ki choti par raiita hai : 29 Wahlo se wuh apna shikar takta hai, aur us ki inkheo ddr se dekhti haia ; 30 Us ke bachche laha pite haiu, aur jahio murdar, tahao wuh. XL. BAB. 1 Phir Khodawand ne Aiyub ko jawab diya aur kaha : 2 Jo Alqadir sejhagarta kyd wuh use chitaega ? Jo Khuda se bahasti so jawab de. 3 Tab Aiyab ne Khcdawand ko jawab diya aur kaha: 4 Dekh main nachiz huu: niaiu tujhe kya jawib dno? Mais apna hath apne munh par dharta huo! 5 Ek bar maio bolS, aur maio jawab na dene ka, phir yih dusri bar : — main bateo na barhaiinga. 6 Aur Khuda'wand ne Aiydb ko tufan meu se jawib diya aur kaha : 7 Uth, mard ki manind apnl kamar bandh, maio tujh se puclihunga, aur td mujhe sikhla. 8 Kya tii mera haqq bigaregi ? Mujh par aib lagdwegi taki tii ip sadiq thahare? 9 Kya tera hath Khuda ka sa hith hai ? Kya tii us ki minind iwaz se garajegi? 10 Jalil aur jamil se apne ko singar, azamat aur mahibat 590 AIYU'B. [41 BAB. pahin le. 11 ApnS mushtail gazab nizil kar, jo SlishSn hai use dekh aur dab^. 12 Sab jo iinchi hai, dekh, aur utir, aur badk^roD ko un ki jagah par patak ! 13 Unheo eksath dhal meo chhipd aur andhere men un ke munh band kar. 14 Tab maio bht terf sani karunga, ki tera dahna hath bachata hai. 15 Bahimat ko dekh jise main ne tere sath banay§ hai, wuh bail k! mdnindghSs kh^ta hai 16 Dekh us kt quwat us kf kamar men hai, aur us ke pet ke nasoa meo us ka zor hai. 17 Wuh apnf dum ko shamshad kl manind hilata hai, us ke ran ke patthe milte haig. 18 Us kf haddiau dhat ki nalfoo ki manind hain, us ke ustdkhwan lohe ke shahtfr ke manind hain. 19 Wuh Khuda ki r sSdiq ko 13 ZxiBUR.] ZAliU'R. 597 janchti hai, par sharir aur wub jo sitam ko chdhta hai, uski rah us sc dushmani rakhtl hai, 6 Wuh sharfrou par angare, aur Sg, aur gandhak barsaweg^, aur bid i samuin unke piydle ki hissa hoga. 7 Iswaste ki Khudawand, jo sddiq hai, sidiqoo ko chahti hai, aur us ka munh mukhhson ki taraf mutawajjih hai. XII. ZAB-UR. Sardir muganni ke liye Daud ka zabiir girain se giiya jiwe. 1 Ai KiiUDAWAND, mujhe najat de, ki dindar kam hogae, aur aiiianatdar bani Adam rneu se ghat gae. 2 We sab apne hamsae ke sath nlraaqul bateo karte haiu, aur chiplnsi ke laboij, aur dodili se bolte haiu- " 3 Khudawanu sab chaphisf ke lab, aur wuh zubau jis se bara bol nikalti hai, kat dalega, 4 Jo yuD kahte haio, Ham apni zuban se galib honge, hamare lab hamare haiu ; kaun hai, jo hamara Malik hai? 5 MiskfnoQ kf kharlbl, aur hijatmandou ki thandi sans par nazar karke KiiUDA'WAND farmata hai, Ab maiu uthta huu, jo usse akar karta hai, main usko usse najat dungi. 6 Khudaiwand ka kalam chokha kalam hai, jaisc rijpa mittS ki ghariya meo taya gaya, aur sat martaba saf kiyl gaya. 7 Tnhi, ai Kuuuawanu, unka hafiz hai, tii unheo is zamlne ke logon se abad tak bachd rakhegl. 8 Sharir log bar taraf akafte phirte haiu, jab se ki kamine log sarfaraz hue haiu. XIII. ZAEU'R. Sarddr muganui ke liye Daud ka zabiir. 1 Ai Khodawand, kab tak tu mujhe yid na karegi ? kya kabhi bhi nahfo ? kab tak tu apna muuh mujh se chhiplcga? 2 Kab tak maio roz roz parcshaukhatir aur dilafgar rahunga ? kab tak mera dushman mujh p ir sirbuland rahega ? 3 Ai KiiUDAWAND, mere Khuda, mujh par nazar kar, aur meri sun ; mer! ankheo roshan kar, na ho, ki mujhe maut ki nind a jawe, 4 Na ho, ki mera dush- man kahf, Maiu uspar gUib hui, aur mere satanewale meri jumbish se khush hou- o Aur main jo hue, so teri rahmat par mera tawakkul hai, mera dil teri najat se khushwaqt hai. 6 Maiu Kuucawand ki hamd, aur sana gaiinga, kyiinki usne mujh se neki ki hai. XIV. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye Daud k£ zabiir, 1 Marakh apne dil meo kahta hai, Khuda nabiu ; we ruswa hogae, aur we apne kamoQ se ghinaune hogae; koi ek bhi nekokar nahig. 2 Kuudawand ne Ssman par se ban! Adam par nigah kf, ta dekhe, ki unmeu koi danithwali hai, jo Khudi ki. tdlib hai, ya nahio. 3 We sab berah hogae, we sab ke sab bigar gae; koi nekok&r nahio, ek bhi nahio- 4 Kya un sab badkaroo ko samajh nahio, jo mere bandou ko yiio khate haiij, jaise roti khatc haiu, aur KaucxwAjiu ka nam nahiQ lete? 5 We wahau bare Jchauf 598 ZABU'R. [16 ZABU'R. nicD hiie, kyunki Khudd sadiqno ke dodman men hai. 6 Turn miskin se mash- warat karn£ khijalat bujhte ho, isliye ki Khudawand uskf panah hai. 7 Kdsh Israel kf najat Saihun se howe, jab Kiiudawand apnf guroh ke qaidion ko pher laega, to Yaqub shad hoga, aur Igrael khush. XV. ZABUTl. Zabnr i Daud. 1 Ai KnuDAWAND, teri haikal meu kaun thaharega, tare koh i tiiuqaddas par kauu rahega ? 2 Wuh jo sfdha chalta hai, aur sadaqat ke kain karta hai, aur apne dil meu sachchi Latea karta hai ; 3 Wuh jo apnf zuban se gJbat nahlu karta, aur apne hamsae ko dukh nahiQ deta, aur apne parosi ko aib nahiu lagata hai ; 4 Wuh ki jiskl nazar meu nikamma admi khwar hai, wuh jo Khudawand se darnewalou ko izzat data hai ; wuh jo apne zarar par qasam khata hai, aur us par qaim rahta hai, 5 Wuh, jo sud ke liye qarz nahfn data, aur begunahoo ke siitane ke liye rishvvat nahiu leta : wuh jo yih karta hai, kabhl na talega. XVI. ZABUR. Daud ka maktdm. 1 Khudaya, ta mera hdfiz ho, ki main tera panahgfr huD- 2 Maip Khudawand ko kahta huo ki Tii Malik hai, merl nekokari se tujh ko kuchh faida nahio, 3 Balki zamin ke muqaddas logoij aur klmiloB ko, jin se meri sari khushi hai. 4 Un ke dukh barhte rahenge, jo diisre ke pfchhe daurte haiu ; khun se un ke tapawan maio na tapadnga, balki maio apne laboo se unke nam bhi na lung^. 5 Meri miras ka aur piyala ka hissa Khudawand hai, mere bakhra ka nigahban tu hai. 6 Dil- pizfr makanoo mea mere liye jarib ki gai ; haij, meri miras suthri hai. 7 Maio Khudawand ko mubarak kahunga, jisne mujhe saiah di ; mere gurde raton ko mujhe talim dete haio. 8 Meri nigab hamesha Khudawand par hai, kydnki wuh mere dahne hath hai, mujh ko kabhi lagzish na hogf. 9 So mera dil khush hai, aur meri shaukat shad hai ; mera jism bhi tawakkul men chain karega. 10 Ki tu meri jan ko pital men rahne na degi, aur tu apne muqaddas ko sarne na dega. 11 Td mujh ko zindagani ki rah dikhlawega; tere huzdr mey khushloo se sari hai, tere dahne hath abad tak ishratee haio. XVII. ZABUR. Namaz i Daud. 1 Ai Khudawand, sidq ko sun, aur meri faryad par dhyan rakh, aur meri dua par, jo beriya labou sa nikalti hai, kan dhar. 2 Mera insif tere huzdr se nikle, teri ankhen risti par nazar kareu. 3 Tu ne mere dil ko azmaya, rat ko mujh pas ake tu ne mujhe taya, aur mujh meo koi b^t na pai ; maig ne apne dil meo muqarrar kiya hai, ki mere munh se beja na nikle. 4 Insan ke kamon ko dekhkar, tere laboa ke sakhun ke sabab maiy ne apne tafo halak karnew^lf r^hoo se nigih rakha. 5 Mujhe apni rahou meu chalte hde thambhe rakh, ki mere panw na 18 ZARU'R.] ZABU'R. 599 phisleo. G Maiu nc tujhe pukara, ki td mert suneg^ ; ni mere KHucIr, meri taraf kan dhar, aur meri arz sun. 7 Apni ajlL mihrbani kar, ai tu, jo apnc dahne hath se tawakkul karneAvaloo ko dushmaiioo se hachiti hai. 8 Miijhe Snkhoij ki putli kc manind mahluz rakh, mujhe apnc parou ke saye tale chhipa le, 9 Un sharfroo se, jo mujh par zulm karte haio, aur mere janf dushmanoo se, jo mujhe ghere hoe haio. 10 Uiikf ankhou par charU chhd gaf hai, we apne munh se bar£ bol bolte haiu. 11 UiihoD ne ab har ek qadam par ham ko ghera,aur unki ^nkheu lagdf huf haio ki ham ko zamfn par gira dewco. 12 Aur unki misiil yih hai, jaise sher jo shikir par ji lagie, aur jaise sher ki bachcha, jo chhipke gh.it meu baithe. 13 Uth, ai Khudawand, us ko rok, usko dhakel de, meri j^n ko us sharir se, jo terf teg hai, najat de. 14 Un logon se, ai Khudawand, jo terehdth haio, dunya ke logoD se, jink^ bakhra isi zindagani nieu hai, aur jin ke pet tii ne apni nih^nf chfzou se 1 hare ; unko tu ne aulad se ser kiya, aur we apni baqi daulat apne balbachchou ke liye chhor jate haio. 15 Par main jo hun, sadaqat meo tera munh dekhunga, aur jab maiu teri surat par hoke jagiinga, to maiu ser hunga. XVIII. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannf ke liye, Khi'dawand ke bande Daud ka zabur, jis ne is zaburkf batOQ ko us din meo Khudawand ke age kaha, jab ki Khbdawand ne us ke sSredushmanou kehath se, aur Saiilke hath se use bachaya thi; aurwuhbola, 1 Ai Khi'dawanc tii meri quwat hai, main tujh se niahabbat rakht^ hnn. 2 KnuDAWAND mera chatin, nieia garh, meri chhuranewala, merd K.huda, mera patthar jis par mer^ tawakkul hai, meri dhil, meri najat ka sfngh, mera uncha burj. 3 Maiu K.hudaw.\nd se dua mangnnga, jo sitaish ke laiq hai, aur apne dushmanoo se rihai piung.i. 4 Maut ki sakhtiou ne mujh ko ghera, aur mufsidoQ ke sailabou ne mujhe dariya. 5 Fatal ki tanlboo ne mujhe gher liya, maut ke phandoo ne mujhe atkayS. G Main ne tangi ke waqt Khudawand ko pukira, aur apne Khuda ke ^ge chillay^; us ne meri awaz apni haikal men se sunf, aur meri faryid us ke samhne uske kanoQ tak pabunchi. 7 Tab zamin kampi, aur larzi, sire pahar jar miil se hil gae, aur uske gusse se thartharae. 8 Uske nathnoo se dhuao utha, aur uske munh se itash bharki, jisse augare dahak uihe. 9 Usne ismanon ko jhukaya, aur niche utra; uske panw tale tariki thi. 10 Wuh karubi par sawar hiia, aur parwaz kargaya; wuh hawa ke paron par ura. 11 Usne tariki ko apni hijab kiya, aur uske girddgird paniou ki andheri, aur badalou ki ghati uska khaima tha. 12 Uski chamak se, jo uske age thi, uski andheri badlian phatkar ole aur angare ban gae. 13 Khudawand ismanon meg garja, aur us ne jo bulaud hai, apni awiz nikdli, to ole aur angare ban gae. 14 Ilao us nc apne tir chhore, aur unko paraganda kiya, aur bijliao chamkaiu, aur unhcu ghabra diya. 15 Uswaqt pdni ki naliao dikhiu dig, aur tere kaiake se, ai Khldawand, hag, tcie natlinoQ ke dam ke jhoke se jah.in ki neweu khul gain. IG Ubue upar se bhejkar mujhe pakai liya, galu'e pinioQ meg se coo ZABU'R. [18 ZAbU'R. usne mujhe khmch liy 1. 17 Mere zabardast dushman se, aur unse, jo merl kina rakhte the, usne mujlie najat di, is liye ki we mere haqq meo sakht zorawar the. 18 Unhon ne bipat ke din mujhe roka, lekin Khudawand mera [takiya tha. 19 Wuh mujhe nikalke ek kushada jagah mea legaya,us ne mujhe chhuraya, kyunki wuh mujh se khush tha. 20 Khudawand ne jais! meri sadaqat thf, mujh ko jaza di, aur mere hathoD ki pakizagi ke mutabiq usne mujhe badla diya. 21 Is liye ki main ne Khudawand kf raheo y4d rakhtn, aur shararat karke apne Khuda se munh na mora. 22 Kyunki uske sSre hukm mere zer i nazar rahe, aur uske qawaid ko maio ne apne se dur na kiya. 23 Maiu uskc sath pura rahS, aur maio ne ap ko apnf badkarl se baz rakha. 24 So Khudawand ne meri sadaqat ke mutabiq, aur meri pakdastf ke muwafiq, jo uski Snkhoo ke simhne thi, mujh ko jaz^ di. 25 Muqaddas ko tu apne taio muqaddas dikhlat^ hai; 26 Aur pare admi ko pura, pak ko tu apne talo pak dikhlata hai, aur kajrauon ke sath ta kajrawi karta hai. 27 Kyunki tu farotanoo ko bachata hai, aur tu unchi ankhoo ko ntchi karta hai. 28 Tu mera chirag jalita hai, Khudawamd meri Khud4 meri andheri ko ujala kartd hai. 29 Ki maia terl himayat ke bais ek fauj par daiifta huo, maio apne Khuda ki kumak se ek diwar phandta huo- "0 Khuda jo hai, uski rah kamil hai; Khudawand ka salfhun taya gaya hai, wuh apne sare mutawakkilon kf sipar hai. 31 KnuDAWANn ke siwd Khuda kaunhai? aur hamlre Khuda ke gair chatin kaun hai? 32 Khuda hai, jisne meri kamar mazbnt bandhf, aur meri rah kSmil kf. 33 Usne mere panw haranfon ke se kiye, aur mujhe mere finche makinoij par khara kiyi. 34 Wuh mere hathoo ko jang kf talim deti hai, yahau tak ki pital ki kamin mere bSzuoo se tutti hai. 3-5 Tii ne apni najat ki sipar mujh ko indyat kf, aur tere dahne hith ne mujh ko sambhala, aur terl mulayaraat ne mujh ko buzurg kiyS. 3G Mere qadamoo ko, jo mere tale haio, tune kushada kiyS, yahdo tak ki mere talwe jumbish na kareQ. 37 Maio ne apne dushmanoo ka pichhi kiyS, aur unheo ja liya ; main pichhe na phira, jab tak unheo fana na kiya. 38 Maio ne unheu ghail kiya, aisa ki we uth nahio sakte ; mere qadamoo ke niche gir pare haio. 39 Ki tu ne laraf ke wiste meri kamar mazbut bandhi hai ; tune unpar, jinhoo ne mera simhna kiya, mujhe galib kiya hai. 40 Tune mere dushmanoo ki pith mujhe dikhlai, aur maio ne unko, jo mera kina rakhte the, nabud kiya. 41 We chillae, aur koi bachane- wala na tha, aur Khudawand ko pukSra, usne unheu jawab na diya. 42 Tab maiu ne unheo aisa pisa, ki we gard ke manind, jo hawa meoholfhai, hogae; maio ne unheo yiio nikal phenka, jaise rastoo raeo ki kich. 43 Tu ne mujhe logon ke jhagarou se naj;it df, tiine mujhe gairqaumoo ka sardar kiya ; we log, jinheo maiu janti nahfu, meri farmanbardari karenge. 44 Mer£ nam suntehi unheo merf farmanbardari karne pafegi, ajnabioo ki nasleo mujh se dab niklengi. 45 Ajna- bioQ kf nasleu murjha jawengf, aur apne chhipne ke makanoo meo thartharawengi. 46 Khudawand hi zinda hai, mera chatan mubarak howe; mera najat dene- wali Khudi buland howe. 47 Khuda hi hai, jo mera intiqam leta hai, aur qaumoo ko mere zer karta hai. 48 Wuh mujhe mere dushmanoo se naj^t deta hai; hdo tii mujhe un par, jo mujh se muqabala karte haio, bali karta hai; tune mujhe zabar- dastoo se makhlasi di. 49 So maio isliye, ai Khudawand, qaumoo ke darmiyan teri sand karimga, aur tera nam leke madh gaunga. 50 Wuh apne badshah ko lOZAIiU'R.] ZAUU'R. 601 nnj^tikuUi Ijaklishta hai, aur apne masfh DauJ par aur uskf nasi par aLad tak rahm karnewali hai. XIX. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannl ke liye Daud ki zal)ur. 1 Aflak Khuda ki jalal l)aySn karte haiu, aur £smSn uskf dastk^rl dikhlati hai. 2 Ek din dusre din se bateo kartS hai, aur ek rSt ddsri r4t kom£rifat baVhshtf hai. 3 Par unka qaul nahfn, unkf Mteo nahfo, unkf Swaz nahio, ki sunf jawe. 4 Sari zamfn meo unkf raftar zSliir hoti hai, aur dunya ke kinaroo tak unki kalam pa- hnnchti hai, un meo usne aftab ke liyc khainia khar^ kiya hai, 5 Jo dulha ke m^nind khalwatkhane se baramad hota hai, aur pahlawan kl tarah maidan meo daurne se khush hotA hai. 6 Aflak ke kinire se uski baramad hai, aur uskf gardish unke dasre kinarc tak hai ; uskf garmi se kof chlz nahfo chhipf. 7 Khcda'wand kf tauret kamil hai, ki diloQ kl phernewah' hai, Khudawand kl shahldat sachchi hai, ki nadanoD ko tSllm denewalf hai. 8 Khudawand ki sharfateu sidhf haio, ki dil ko khushi bakhshtl haio, Khudawand ka hukm saf hai, ki dnkhoD ko nor deta hai. 9 Khudawand kl tars pak hai, ki usko abad tak paedarl hai, Khudawand kl adalaten tamSm o kamal sachchf aur sidhf haip. 10 We sone se, balki bahut kundan se beshqfmat haio, aur shahd aur uske chhatte ke tapaknewlle se shirintar haio. 11 Uske siwa bandaun se tarbiyat pata hai, unke yad rakhne meo bar^ hi ajr hai, 12 Apne gunahon ko kaun janti hai ? tu mujh ko gunSh i pinh^nf se pak kar. 13 Apne bande ko amd ke gunahoo se bhi mahfuz rakh, unheo mujh par galib hone mat de, tab maiu beaib houngl, aur bare gunlh se pak hojaangl. 14 Mere munh ki bateo, aur mere dil ke soch tere hu?.ur maqbul howeo, ai Khudawand, ki to mera chatan hai, aur to mera fidiya denewdla hai. XX. ZABU'R. Sard&r mugannf ke liye Dand ka zabur. 1 Musibat ke din Khudawand terf sune, Yaqnb ke Khuda ki nam tujhe Lulandf bakhshe. 2 Apne maqdis se teri kumak bheje, aur Saihnn men se tujhe sambhale. 3 Teri siti hadiyon ko yad farmawe, tere charhawoQ ko qabal kare. (Sila.) 4 Tere dil kf khwahish ke muwafiq tujh ko dewe, aur tere sare matlab pure kare. 5 Ham teri najat par nazan hotige, ham apne Khudi ke nam par apne jhande khare karenge; Khudawand teri slri muradea pari kare. 6 Ab main ne jana, ki K hud awani^ apne masih ka chhuranewila hai, wuh apne dahne hath kf najat kf qowatou se apne arsh i quds par se uskf suneg£. 7 Yih garioo ko, wuh ghoroo ko, par ham Khudawand apne KhuHi ke nam ko yad karenge. 8 Wc kham hiie, aur gir pare, lekin ham uthe, aur sfdhe khare hue. 9 Ai Khudawand, najlt de ; jis din ham duS mangeg, us din Badshah ham^ri sune. 602 ZABU'R. [22 ZABU'R. XXI. ZABUR, Sard^r muganni ke liye D^utl ka zabur. 1 Ai Khuda'wand, teri tawdn^f se Bidshlh khushi karta hai, aur teri najat se kyi hf dilshdd hai. 2 Tu ne usko uske dil kfi matlab diyS, aur us ne jo kuchh apne munh se mSng^, ti'i ne usk& sawSl radd na kiya. (Sila.) 3 Nek taufiqou se tii dp hi uske sath pesli ay£, tu ne khalis sone k^ tij uske sir par rakha. 4 Us ne tujh se zindagf chahf, tii ne usko dardzi umr kf abad tak bakhshf. 5 Terf naj^t se uski shaukat azim hai, jalil aur kamll ta ne uspar rakha hai. 6 Ki tu ne usko abadf barakateo bakhshfo, tu ne usko apne wasl ki bashashat bakhshf. 7 HSdshdh ne Khudawand par tawakkul kiyi, us Slishin kl rahmat se wuh kabhf jumbish na pawegS. 8 .TerS hSth tere s^re dushmanon ko dhundh nikaleg^, tcra dahnd hSth tere bairion ko pakar lega. 9 Tii apne qahr ke waqt unko tanur kf tarah dahkdwegi ; Khud^^wand unko apne qahr se nigal jawcga, aur ig un ko kha legi. 10 Tii zamin par se unka phal khodega, unki nasi bant Adam men rahne na deg^. 11 Kyunki unhoo ne tere barkhilaf badf phaillf, aur aisi buri fikr sochi ki usko nihayat ko pahunchi na sakenge. 12 Ki td unki pith dikhlawegS, aur tii unke rnbarii apne chille ko charhSwegS. 13 Ai KnuDAWAND, tu apni hi qudrat se buland ho, ki ham terf buzurgi ki madh aur sana giwenge. XXII. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye D5ud ki. zabur " Sahar ki gazal" ke sur par g^yS jawe. I IlShi Ilahi tii ne majhe kyiiu chhor diya? tu meri najat se, aur mere karahne kf bafoo se kydj) diir hnd ? 2 Ai mere Khuda, main din ko dua mangta hiio, par tu nahiQ suntd, aur rat ko mujh ko kuchh qar^r nahln. 3 Magar tii quddiis hai, tii Israel kf madh meu sukiinat karnewala hai. 4 Hamare bapdadotj ne tujh par tawakkul kiya, unhoo ne tujh par bharosi rakha, aur tu ne unheo chhurSyd. 5 Unhoo ne tujh se farydd ki, aur najat p^i; unhoa ne tujh par tawakkul kiya, aur sharminda na hiie. 6 Par maio kf^a hiiu, na insan ; ddmiou ki nang hun aur qaumou ki ar. 7 We sab, jo mujh ko dekhte hain, mujh par hanste haio, we boliau bolte haip, we sir liila hila ke kahte haio, 8 Usne Khuda par tawakkul kiya, ki wuh use bachilwe ; agar wuh usse razf hai, to wuhf use chhiif.1,we. 9 Ba bar hai tu hi hai, jo mujhe pet se bahar laya, meri rai. ki chhatioo par bhi tujh par mera iatim^d thS. 10 Maio paidi bote hi tujh par phenka gaya, jab main apni ma ke pet meu tha, to tu meri tab hi se Khuda hai. II Mujh se diir mat rah, ki tangi a pahunchi, aur raadadgar koi nahio. 12 Bahut se bailoo ne a ghera hai, Basan ke farbih bailoij ne ch^r su se mujh par hujom kiyS hai. 13 We mujh par pharnewale aur giinjnewile sher ki tarah munh pasire haio. 14 Maio panl kf tarah bahijata hiie, aur mere band band alag ho chalehaio ; mera dil mom ki tarah mere sine men pighalgaya. 15 Meri qiiwat thfkre ki tarah khushk ho gaf, meri zabin tSln se lagf jati hai, aur t'i ne mujhe 23 ZABU'R] ZABU'R. 603 marg ki khak par bithay^ hai. IG Kyunki kuttoo ne niujh ko ghera hai, shariroo ki guroh ne inera ihdta kiya hai, unhoo ne mere hath aur mere panw chhede. 17 Mail) apnf sab haJdioo ko gin saktd hag, we mujhe tdkte haiu, aur ghnrte haio. 18 We mere kapre apas meu bantte haio, aur mere lib^s par qura dalte haiu- 19 Par tu, ai Khudawand, diir mat rah, ai merl tawanaf, jald merf madad ke lije i. 20 Merf jan ko talwar se bachS, aur merf wahfda ko kutte ke hith se. 21 Sher ke munh se mujhe bacha, ki td ne mujhe bhaisoo ke slnghou se bach^ya. 22 Maiu apne bhii'oo men tera n;im bayan karunga, aur jamdatmeo tera sana- khwah hounga. 23 Turn jo Khudawand se darte ho, uskl sitaieh karo; ai Yaqub ki sdrf nasi, tum uskf tanijfdkaro; ai Israel ki sari aulad, uski dar mSno. 24 Ki us ne dardmand ke dard kf tahqfr nahig ki, na usse use nafrat ^f, na usne usse apna munh pher liyd, balki jab usne usko pukSra, usne jawab diya. 25 Bari jamaat meo mujh se teri sitaish hogi, maiij unke ^ge, jo tujh se darte haiu, apnf nazreo ada kartinga. 26 We, jo halim haiu, khawenge, aur ser howenge ; we, jo Khuda- wand ke tahb haiij, uskf «itaish karenge, unke dil abad tak zinda rahenge. 27 Sdra jahan sar £ sar Khudawand ka tazkira karega, aur uskf taraf ruja howega; sab qaumoo ke ghardne tere ige sijda karenge. 28 Ki saltanat Khudawand ki hai, qaumou ke darmiyan wuhi hakim hai. 29 Dunya ke sare daulatmand khawenge, aur sijda karenge; we sab jo khak meo milte haig, uske huzur jhukenge; kisf ki majal nahfo, jo apni jin bachSwe. 30 Ek nasi hogf, jo uski bandagf karegf; wuh Khudawand ke gharane meg gini jawegi. 31 Wuh awegf, aur un logog ko, jo paid^ houge, yih kahke uskf sadiqat zahir karegi, ki us ne aisd kiyd. XXIII. ZABU'R. Daud ka zaLiir. 1 Khudawand mera chaupdn hai, mujh ko kuchh kamf nahig. 2 Wuh mujhe suthri charSgah meg bithlata hai : wuh rahat ke chashraog ki samt merf rahndmai karta hai. 3 Wuh merf jan pher lata hai, aur apne ndm ke liye mujhe sadaqat ki rahou meg liye phirta hai. 4 Agarchi raaig maut ke saye ki wadi meu phirdg, nuijhe kuchh khauf o khatar nahig, ki td mere sath hai: teri chhari, aur teri lathf se mere dil ko tasalli hai. 5 Tu ne mere dushmanou ke huzur mere 4ge dastar^hwan bichha- ya; td ne mere sir par tel mala, mera piyala labrez hoke chhalakta hai. 6 La kalam mihrbdni aur rahmat umr bhar mere sath rahegi, aurmaig hamesha Khuda- wand ke ghar meg rah^inga. XXIV. ZABU'R. Ddud ka zabur. 1 Zamin Khudawand ki aur uskf mdmdrf bhiuskf hai : jahSn aar sire bishinde uske haig. 2 Is liye ki uskf bina pani par rakhf, aur use sailabog par qdim kiya. 3 Khudawand ke pahar par kaun charh sakta hai? aur uske makan i muqad- das par kaun khara rah sakta hai? 4 Wuhi hai, jiske hath saf haig, aur jiskd dil pik hai, jiske dil meu behudagi nahig samdi, jis ne makr se qasam nahig khaf. 5 KHUDAWA^•D kf barakat use pahunchegi, aur us ke najdt denewale Khuda ki sadaqat Z z z 2 604 ZABU'R. [25 ZARU'R. uske sath hai. 6 Yih wuh guroh hai, jo uski talib, aur Yaqub ke Khuda ke fazl ki klivvihio hai. (SiM.) 7 Ai phatako, apne sir I'lnche karo, aur ai abadi darwlzo, unche ho, kijalal ka Badshah dakhil howe. 8 Jalal ka Badshah kaun hai? Wuh K-uudawaMu, jo qawf aur qiidir hai; wuh Khcdawand jojang meu q^hir hai. 9 Ai phitako, apne sir unche karo, aur aiabadi darwazo, unche ho, ki jalal ka Badshih dakhil howe. 10 Yih jalal ki Bidshah kaun hai? Lashkarou ka Khuda- WAND wuhf jalal ka Badshah hai. (Sila.) XXV. ZABU'R. Daad ka zabur. 1 Ai KnuDA'wAND, mail) apnl jan ko teri taraf uthata hdu. 2 Ai mere Khuda, maia tujh par tawakkul karta hun ; na ho, ki maia sharrainda ho'-'ig, aur mere dushman mujh par fath pake khush hoa. 3 Aur un meo se bhi, jo tujh par tawakkul rakhte haio, koi sharminda na ho, balki we jo nahaqq tujh se sarkashi karte hain, sharminda howea. 4 Ai KnuDAWAND, mujhe apni rahea dikhli, mujh ko apne raste batla . 5 Apni sadaqat mea mujh kole chal, aur mujh ko t^lim de, ki mera najat denewali K.hud£ tu hai; sire din maia tera intizar khfnchta huu. G Ai Khuda wand, apne lutf i kdmil, aur apne fazl i shamil ko yad kar, ki we qadim se sabit haiu. 7 Merijawanf ke gunihoa aur qusuroa ko yid mat kar ; tii apne fazl ke mutlbi(j apni khubf ke liye, ai Kuudawand, mujhe yad kar. 8 Khudawand bhala aur sidhi hai, wuh is liye gunahgaroa ko rah ki bat sikhata hai. 9 Wuh halimon ko adalat kl r^h batata hai, aur misklnoa ko apni rah dikhatS hai. 10 Khudawand ki sari raheo unke liye, jo uske ahd o paiman ko yad rakhte haiu, rahmat aur sadaqat haiu. 11 Ai Khudawand apne nam ke waste mere gunSh bakhsh de, ki we bare haiu. 12 Wuh kaun si insSn hai, jo Khudawand se tarsan hai ? wuh usko wuhi r£h, jo usko pasand ho, batl^wega. 13 Us kiji chain se rahega, aur uski nasi zamfn ki waris hogf. 14 Khudawand ka bhed un pas hai, jo usse darte hain, wuh un ko apn€ ahd dikhaeg^. 15 Merf ankhea hamesha Khcdawand ki taraf lagi rahtf hain, kyunki wuhi mere panw phande se nikilega. 16 Meri taraf phir, aur mujh par rahm kar, ki main akela aur dukh meo hug. 17 Mere dil ke gam bahut barh gae, ta mujh ko mere dukhoa se nikal. 18 Meri ajizi, aur dukh par nigah kar, mere sab gunah bakhsh de. 19 Mere dushmanog ko dekh, ki we bahut hain, aur sakht berahmJ se mera kfna rakhte haiu. 20 Meri jan bacha, aur mujhe najat de, na ho ki maia pasheman hofio; mujhe tera hi bharosa hai. 21 Aisa kar, ki rasti aur sidhii mere nigahban howeo, ki mujhe tujhse ummed hai. 22 Ai Khuda, Israel ki s^ri taklifoQ se use mak;hlasi de. XXVI. ZABU'R. Daud kS zabiir. 1 Ai K;hui>;^wand mera iusaf kar, ki maiu apnf rasti ki rah chala, aur inaio 27 ZABU'R.] ZABU^n 605 ne Khuuawand par tawakkul kij'ii; maiu lagzish na khiuug:i. 2 Ai Kiiuda- WAND, mujhe izmi, aur merd iintihan kar, mere dil, aur mere bitia ko td le. 3 Ki tera fazl mere sarahne hai, aur main teri sada(iat ki nih chala hau. 4 Maio behudou khudpasandou ke slth nahto baitha, aur makaVoo kc srith na gaj'd. 5 JJadkaroo kf janiiat ka maiu dushman huo; khabisou kc sith maio na baithungd. 6 Maiu begunahi meu apne hath dhoiinga, tab main, ai Khudawand, tere mazbah ka tawaf kaningd, 7 Tiki maiu terl shukrguzdriao kanio, ayr teri ajaib qudrateo bay^n karuQ. 8 Ai Kuudawand, mujh ko tere rahue ka ghar bhayd, aur wuh makan jaliau tera jalal rahta hai, khush aya. 9 Meri jan ko gunahgarou meo shamil mat kar, aur meri hayat ko khtinioo se ua mili. 10 Ki unke hathoo meo fasad hai, aur unkS dahna hath rishwat se pur hai. 1 1 Maiu jo hdu, apnl rasti se rah chalunga ; mujhe makhlasf de, aur mujh par rahm kar. 12 Mera pauw bardlar jagah par hai, maiu majmaou meu Kuuda- WANB ko mubarak kahan^a. XXVII. ZABU'R. Daud ka zabur. I Khudawand merf roshnl hai, aur meri makhlasf : mujh ko kis kf dahshat ? Khudawand merf zindagi kf tawanai hai : mujh ko kis ki haibat ? 2 Jiswaqt sharir, aur mere dushman, aur mere bairi mera gosht khane mujh par charh de to karazor ho gae, aur gir gae. 3 So agar ek lashkar mere barkhilaf khaima khara kare, to mere dil ko kuchh khauf nahio, aur agar we mujh se qital kareij to bawujud uske bhf mera tawakkul sdbit rahega, 4 Maiu ne Khudawand se ek bdr sawal kiyd, aur maiu uska talib hna, ki maig umr bhar Khudawand ke ghar meu rahuu,aur Khudawand ki khushnadi dekhnu aur uskf haikal meu use dhdndhun. 5 Kyunki musibat ke waqt wuh mujh ko apue khaima meu chhipa lega ; apne dere ke parde meo mujhe pinhan karegi, wuh mujhe chatan par charhawega. 6 So ab maio apne sire dushraanoQ meo, jo mere ds pas haiu, sarbuland hue, main uskf haikal meo th'ishf se qurbanfau karunga, aur maio Khudawand ki madh aur sana gaungd ; zurur maio Khuda- wand kf shukrguzdriao karunga. 7 Ai Khudawand, jab maio pukarke tujh se dud manguo, to td sun le, aur mujh par rahm kar, aur mujhe jawab de. 8 Jab td ne farmaya, ki Mere was! ke tilib ho, to merd dil bol utha, Ai Khudawand, main tere wasi kd talib hdo. 9 Mujh se rdposh mat ho, aur gusse se apne baade ko kharij mat kar, ki tu merf madad hai ; mujh ko tark ua kar, aur mujh ko chhor mat de, ai mere najdt deue- wdle Khuda. 10 Jab mere bdp, aur meri ma ne mujh ko chhor diya, to Khuda- wand ne merf parwarish kf. II Ai Khuda'wand, mujh ko apni rdh bata, aur mujhe wuh rah jo sfdhf hai, mere dushmanoo ke liye dikhld. 12 Mere dushmanoQ ko mujh par kdmydb na kar, kydnki jhnthe gawah mujh par barpd hue haiu, aur zulm ki sans lete haio. 13 Agar mujhe iatiqdd nahotd, kimaio haydt ki zamin meo Khudawand ki nia- mat dekhunga, to kya qiyamat hoti. 14 I^hcdawand ko dekhti rah, aur diler 606 ZAliU R. [29 ZABU'R. ho : wuh tere dil ko taqwiyat deg& ; maiu phir kahta hao, ki Khudawanu ka muu- tazir rah. XXVIII. ZABU'R. Didd ka zabur. 1 Maio tujhe puk^rta hao, ai Khudawanb mere chatan, mujh se gafil mat ho, na howe, ki agar tu chup ho rahe, to maio un si ho jSiin, jo garhe meu girnewJle haio. 2 Jab maiu tere age chillaug, aur teri muqaddas haikal ki taraf apne hath uthanu, to tii meri arz siiii le. 3 Un sharirog, aur badkirdarou ke sath, jo apiie hamsayoB se salamati ki bateo karte haiu, aur un ke diloo meu sharr hai, mujh ko jama karke mat nikal. 4 Jaise unke iamal, aur jaise unke bure kam haiu, unko iwaz de ; jaisa unke hathou ne kiya, waisahi un se kar, unka badla unko de. 5 Ki unhou ne Khudawanu ke kamou aur uske hathou ki dastkarl ki taraf dhiyau na kiya, wuh unheg dhawega, aur na banSwega. 6 KiiUDAWAND mubirak hai, ki usne meri istidua ki awaz suni. 7 Khvdji- WAND mera zor, aur meri sipar hai, mere dil ne us par tawakkul kiya, aur mujhe uskl pushtl haf, so meri dil shiddat se khush hiia, maiu gake uski madh karanga. 8 Khcdawand mutawakkilou ki tawamf hai, aur wuh apne masih ka najat de- newala zor hai. 9 Apne logoa ko najat bakhsh, aur apni miras meu barakat dp j unheu pal, aur unheo hamesha ke liye bulandi de. XXIX. ZABUR. Daud ka zabur, 1 Khudawand ke liye kaho, ai bani Al'lah kaho, ki Khudawand ke liye jalal aur zor hai. 2 Khudawand ka jalal uske nam ke laiq bayan karo ; husn i taqdis se Khudawand ko sijda karo. 3 Khudawand ki awlz panioa par hai, jaUlwala Khuda garajtl hai; Khudawand bare panion par hai. 4 Khudawand ki Sw^z zora war hai, Khudawand ki awaz jalal wali hai. 5 Khudawand ki ^waz sham- shldofl ko torti hai, balki Khudawand Lubnan ke shamshadon ko bhi torta hai. 6 Wuh unko bachhre ki manind kudita hai; aur Lubnan, aur Siryun ko jawan bhaisoo ki mdnind. 7 Khudawand kidlwazag keshualoa ko chirti hai. 8 Khuda- wand ki dwiz dasht ko larziti hai, Khudawand dasht i Qadis ko bhi larzata hai. 9 Khudawand ki Iwaz se hiranioa ke pet girte haiu, aur jangalon ko slf kar deti hai; uski haikal men harek uske jalal ki b ;t kahta hai. 10 Khudawand tiifan par baitha hai, Khudawand hamesha ke liye saltanat ke takht par baitha hai. 11 Khudawand apne logon ko pandh bakhsht^ hai, Khudawand apne logoe ko salamati kl barakat deta hai. XXX. ZABU'R. Ddud ka zabtir haikal ki taqdis ke git ke muwSfiq g^ya jawe. 1 Khudawand maio teri tazim kardnga, kydnki tu ne mujh ko sarfaraz kiya, aur mere dushmanou ko mujh par khush na kiya. 2 Ai Khudawand, mere Khuda, 31 ZABU'R] ZABUl^. 601 niaio ne tujhe pukarS, aur til ne niujhe changi kiyi. f5 Ai Kiiuda'wand, tu ne nieri jan ko pUiil se hnchaya, aur tu ne mprf janbakhshl kf, ki ni'jjhe garhe meo girne na diya. 4 Ai Kiiutia'wand ke muqaddas logo, uske liye gio, aur us kl quddusl ki yadg^ri meo shukr karo. 5 Ki uska gussa ek dam ka hai, aur uski khushni'idi meo zindagani hai ; agar roufi shdra se shabbish ho, to subh ko khusht hoti hai. 6 Maiu ne apne iqbdl ke waqt kaha, Mujh ko kal)hi junibish na hogf. 7 Ai KiiVDAWANn, tu ne apnt khuslinudf se mere pahar ko khub qSira kiyi; tii ne apni munh chhipayS. aur main ghabrdy;?. 8 Maio tire dge, ai Kuudawand, chhillaya, aur niaio ne Khudawand se duS mangf. 9 Mere khun men kyS faida hai, jo maio g:irhe men giruu ; kj-a khik tori shukr karegf? kya wuh teri sadiqat ko baydri karegi? 10 Sun, ai Kiiudawand, aur nmjh par rahm kar, ai Khudawani>, tu merS ciiaragar ho. II Tii ne mere rone ko nachne se badal diya, td ne mera tit khol diila, aur merf kamar meo khushi kd patka bandha. 12 Itue li^'e ki meri shaukat terf mndh aur sanS gawe, aur khamosh na rahe ; ai Khudawand, mere K.hud;1, maiu abad tak teri shukr karta rahunga. XXXI. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannf ke liye Dadd ki zabur. 1 KuunAWAND, mera tawakkul tujhpar hai, na ho, ki abad tak maio sharminda hodo ; mujhe apnf sadaqat se najat de. 2 Apne kSn meri taraf jhukd, aur jhatpat mujhe najit de; td mere li\-e mazbut chatln ho, aur muhkam qila, taki mujhe makhlasi dewe. 3 Ki tu hi mera chatdn, aur merd garh hai; par td apne ndm ke liye mera rahbar, aur mera rahnuma ho. 4 Mujhe us jal se, jo unhoo ne chhipd- ke mere liye bichhdya hai, nikdl, ki tu hf mera zor hai. 5 Maio apnt ruh ko tere hath meo somptS huD, ai Khudawand .sadaqat ke Khuda; tu ne mujhe makhlasi di hai. 6 Maiu un se kina rakhta hnn, jo mahz batil kf nigahbSnf karte haio, aur maio jo hun, ao Khudawand par mera tawakkul hai. 7 Main teri rahmat par shadan aur nazan hun, ki tu ne mere dukh par nigah kf, aur td ne merf jdn ko sakhtfoij ke waqt pahchana, 8 Aur mujh ko mere dushman ke hath meo asir na rahne diya, tu ne kushada jagah meg meri pinw khara kiya. 9 Khudawand, mujh par rahm kar, ki mujh par musibat hai ; meriankheo gam se jati rahiQ, balki meri jan, aur meri pet bhf. 10 Ki merf zindaganf gam mea fani hui, aur merf umr karihne meo ; meri qnwat men' burai se ghat chalf, aur merf haddfao khushk ho gafn. 11 Main apne sab dushmanon ke darmiyan khususan hamsayon ke ek nang thd, aur apne jdn pahchanoo ke pis ibrat, jis kisi ne mujh ko dekha, mujh se dur bhaga. 12 Maio us idmi ke mdnind, jo mar j:iwe, aur kof use j-ad na kare, faramosh ho gaya hun ; maio basan kf tarah tut gaya huQ. 13 Ki maig ne bahutoo se malamat suni, bar taraf se mujh ko khauf tha, jab ki unhoQ ne dpas men mere barkhilaf hoke mashwarat kf, aur unhoo ne merf jdn mr'trne par mansdba bindhi. 14 Par, ai Khudawand, main ne tujhpar tawakkul kiya, maio ne kaha, Tu mera Khuda hai. 15 Mere auqdt tere hath meo haia, mujh ko mere dushmanoo kc hath se, aur un se, jo mere pfchhe pare haio, najat de. 16 Apne chihre ko apne 908 ZABU'R. [32 2ABU'll. bande par jalwagar kar, apnf rahmat se mujlie Lacha le. 17 Ai Khi'dawand, aisa na ho, ki maiu pashemin hoiio, ki maio tujhe pukirta hiiD, balki sharfr hi sharminda hoo, aur we patSl men chupke pare raheo- 18 Jhuthe laboo ko khamosh kar, jin se ghamand ki sakht aur gustakh bateu sadiqojj ke haqq meo nikalti haio. 19 Wah, kyahi bari tcrf khdbf hai, jo tu ne apne darnewalon ke %e chhipa rakhf hai, aur un par, jin ka tawakkul tujh par hai, Sdmfon ke huzdr men tu ne ki hai. 20 Tuhf uiihep iidraion ke mansubon se apnl him£yat ke parde meo chliiplti hai, tii hi unhen zabinoo ke jhagre se apne khaima men poshfda karta hai. 21 Khudat- WAND mubarak hai, ki us ne muhkam shahr meo apnf ajlb mihrbSni mujh ko dikhlaf. 22 Main ne ghabrake kahS, ki Main teri nazarou se ddr phenkd gayd, bawujud uske, jab main tere 5ge chillaya, to tu ne meri ^waz sun li. 23 Ai Khudawand ke sSre muqaddas logo, us se mahabbat rakho, ki Khuda- WAND dindaroo kS nigahban hai, aur gurdr karnewiloo ko betarah sazS deta hai. 24 Ai logo, jo Khuda'wand se ummed rakhte ho, turn sab dilerf karo, ki wuh tumhare dilon ko mazbiiti bal{;hshega. XXXII. ZABU'R. Mashkil i Daud. 1 Mubarak hai wuh, jiskS gunSh bakhsh£ gaya, aur khata dhampi gaf. 2 Muba- rak hai wuh mard, jiske liye Khudawand gunah raahsub nahfe karta, aur jiske dil meo daga nahio. 3 Jab main dud se chup raha, tomerl haddiao sire din karahte karShte gal gain. 4 Kyunki teri hith rit din mujh par bhirl tha, meri tarawat garmioo ki khushki se mubaddal hui. (Sili.) 5 Main tujh pis apne gunah ka iqrar karta hiin, aur maiu ne apnf badkdrf nahin chhipif ; maio ne kahi, Maio Khudawand ke gge apne gunih ka iqrir kardngi: so tn ne meii gunSh bakhsh diya. (Sili) 6 Isi liye harek jo muqaddas hai, teri qabuliyat ke waqt tujh se dua mangta hai,yaqinan bare panfon ke saillb uske gird phir na sakenge. 7 Ta meri malja hai, tu mujhe dukhoD se bachita hai, najit ke nagmoD se in mujhe gherti hai. (Sila.) 8 Maio tujhe samajh bakhshunga, aur us rah men, jis men tu chaleg^, tujhe rahnumii karunga ; meri ankheo teri nigahbani karengi. 9 Turn ghoron, aur khachcharoD ke minind mat hojio, ki unko samajh nahin, aur unki munh lagam aur big se band rahti hai, na howe, ki we tujh tak iweu. 10 Sharir par bahuts! musibateu haio ; par usko, jiski tawakkul Khudi par hai, rahmat ne gheri hai. 11 Ai sadiqo, khush ho, aur Khudawand ke liye shadmao ho; aur turn sab jo tumhdre dil mustaqim haic, khushi se chill lo. XXXIII. ZABU'R. 1 Ai sadiqo, Khudawand ke sabab khushi se chillao, ki hamd karni sidhe logoo ko sajti hai. 2 Barbat se Khudawand ka shukr karo, aur dastar ki siz bajake uske liye hamd aur sani gio. 3 Uske !iye naye git gio, sughar^pe se chilli chillake nagm^ karo. 34 ZAIJU'R.] ZABU'R. 609 4 Kyunki Khupawand ka kalain sSdha hai, aur uske sare kam amSnat ke s^th haiu. 5 Wuh sadciqat aur adalat ko dost rakhttthai; aainfn uskf rahmat se maiimr hai. 6 Kiiudawand ke kalam se Ssman bane, aur unke s^re laslikar uskc niunh ke dam se. 7 Wuh darya k;i pSiil tiide ke minind jama karU hai, wuh gahrapoij ko mekhzanou meo rakh chhofU hai. 8 Sari zamin Khudawandsc dartf rahe, aur jahan kf sarf abadf uska khauf inSnc. 9 Ki usne kahii, aur ho gay5, usne farmaya, aur barpi hua. 10 Khudawand qaumou ki mashwaratoo ko nachfz karta hai, wuh logou ki tadbfrou ko bitil kar deti hai. 11 Khudawand ke man- Biiba abad tak si bit rahenge ; us ke dil ke muhasaba siti nasloo meu rahenge. 12 Khushhil hai wuh qaum, jiskS Khuda Khudawand hai, aur we log jinheo usne pasand karke apnf uifras kiya. 13 Khudawand ^sman par se dekht.4 hai, wuh sfire bani Adam par nigah karta hai. 14 Wuh apne sukunat ke maqam se, zamin kf sarf khilqat ko tikti hai. 15 Uuke diloo kl muhaiya karnewaU wuhf hai, wuh unke sire amalou kS thfk jannewala hai. 16 Koi b^dshSh nahfo, jo apne lashkar ki firdwani se nialchlasi pdwe, kof pahlawan apne zor ki kasrat se najdf nahfo pati. 17 IJach nikalne ke live ghore se kirn nahfo chalta, aur kof apni bahut quwat se rihiif nahfo pata. 18 Dekho, Khudawand ki£nkh unpar hai, jo usse darte haio, aur unpar jo uskf rahmat ke ummedwar haijj, 19 Taki unkf jSnoo ko maut se makhlasi dewe, aur unhen kal meo j'ta rakhe; hamarf janoo ko KhcdawaNd ka intizir hai, wuh! hamdri chara hai, wuhf hamarf sipar hai ,• hamira dil usi se khush hai, ki ham ne uske muqaddas nam par tawakkul kiyi hai. 20 Ai Khudawand, jaise hamen tujh par tawakkul hai, M'aisehf terl rahmat ham par howe. XXXIV. ZABU'R. Dand ka zabdr jab us ne apni saliqa x^bimalik ke ^ge badla jis ne use bhej diyd ; aur wuh jat4 raha. I Maio bar waqt Khudawand ko mubarak kahunga, uski sitiish sadi mere munh meo hogf. 2 Merf rah Khudawand ke dam bharti rahegi, garfb log sunenge aur khush honge. 3 Mere sath Khuda ki barai karo, ham milke uske nam ko buland kareo- 4 Maiu ne Khudawand ko dhdndha, usne merf suni, aur mujhe mere sire khau- fou se najat di. 5 Unhoy ne uspar nazar kf, aur roshan hogae, aur unke munh ruswi na hde. 6 Yih niiskfn chillaya, aur Khudawand ne sunI, aur use sari musibatoo se bachaya. 7 Khudawand ka firishta unko, jo usse darte haio, char taraf se ghcrnewali hai, aur unheo bachilta rahti hai. 8 Are, &o, chakho, aur dekho, ki Khudawand khub hai, khushhal hai wuh Sdmijiski tawakkul uspar hai. 9 Ai uske muqaddas logo, Khudawand se daro, kyunki we jo usse darte haio, unheo kuchh kamf nahfo. 10 Bigh hijatmand aur bhukbe haiu, par we jo KnuD.vwAND ke talib haio, unheo kisl niamat ki kamf nahJij. II O larko, meri suno, maio tumheo khuditarst sikhliungi. 12 Wuh kaun bashar hai, jo zindagf kil talib hai, aur bari umr chihti hai, t4ki aish kare ? 13 Apnf zuban ko badf se, aur laboo ko jhuth bolne se biz rakh. 14 Badf se bhag, aur bhalaf kar, salamuti ko Hhiindh, aur usi ki pichha kar. 15 Khuoa- A a a a 610 ZABU'R. [35 ZABU'R. WAND kHnkheo sadiqoopar hain, aur us ke kiin unki faryid par haig. 16 Khuda- WAND kd munh unke barkhilaf hai, jo badkirdar haio, taki unki yadgari zamin par seqata kare. 17 Sadiq chillite haiij, Khudawand sunta hai, aur unheo unke sire dukhoB se najat deta hai. 18 Khudawand unke nazdik hai, jo shikastadil, haio, aur unko jo dilafgar haio, bachata hai. 19 Sadiq par bahutsi muslbateo haio, par Khudawand usko un sab se chhurata hai 20 Wuh uski sdri haddioij ki nigahbin hai, unmeu se ek tutne nahiu patl. 21 Badi sharir ko halik karti hai, aur we jo sddici ke kina rakhnevvSle haio, pareshan honge. 22 Khudawand apne bandoo ki janou ko makhlasi deta hai, aur koi unmeu se, jinka tawakkul uspar hai, pareshan na hog«i. XXXV. ZABU'R. Daud k5. I Ai Khudawand, un se, jo mujh se jhagarte haio, jhagar, aur unse, jo mujh se larte haio, lar. 2 Sipar, aur phari pakar, aur meri kumak ke liye khara ho. 3 Bhala nikal, aur unke rokne ko ja, jo mere pichhe pare haio; meri jan ko farmi ki Teri najat maiu hun. i We jo meri jan ke khwahau haiu, ruswa aur khajil hog ; aur we, jo meri tabahi ke rawadar haio, lautejj aur sharminda hoQ. 5 Jaise bhiisi hawa ke age hoti hai, waisahf we howeo, aur Khudawand ka firishta unheo hanke. 6 Unki rah andheri, aur phisalnl ho, Khudawand k& firshta unhen ragede. 7 Ki unhog ne besabab mere liye garhe khode, aur nahaqq mer! jan ke liye apna dam chhipaya. 8 Us par nagahani tabahf pare, aur wuh apne dam meo iphi phanse, aur apnihi bala meo giriftar rahe. 9 Par meri ji Khudawand meo khushwaqt hai, aur uski najat se khushhSl hai. 10 Meri sari haddiao kahti haio, Khudawand tujh si kaun hai, jo miskin ko bare qawi ke hath se bachati hai ; aur miskfn muhtij ko us se, jo unheo garat karti hai. II Jhuthe gawih uthe haio, we mujh se we sawilit karte hain, jinse maiu igah nahio. 12 We neki ke iwaz meo mujh pe badi karte haio, we meri jan marte haio. 13 Maio ne to jab we bimar the, tat ki libas pahina ; aur roze rakh rakh apne ji ko beirim kiya, aur meri dua palatke mere sine men ati thi. 14 Maio ne unse suluk kiya, jo koi apne dost aur bhii se kare, maiu sarnigun hokar, aisa kurhi, jaise koi apni ma ke liye gam kare. 15 Par we meri musibat meg shadmini se milke jama hue, aur sire zalil log mujh par faraham hde, aur maio bekhabar thS, rmhoo ne mujh ko chira, aur dastbardar na hue. 16 Unhoo ne makuramez thatthebazoo ke sath milke mihmanioo meo mujh par dint kichkichSe. 17 Ai Khudawand kab tak tu dekha karega? unki kharibi se meri jin ko phiri, meri wahid ko sherbachchoa se. 18 Maio bari jamaat men tera shukr karunga, maio zabardast logon ke darmiyan teri sitaish karungi. 19 Naho ki mere dushman muft mujh par khushwaqt hoo, aur we, jo besabab mere bairi hain, mujh par chashmak kareo. 20 Kyunki we f.alimati kl bat nahiu karte, balki un par, jo dunyi men aram se baithe haio, makr ke mansiibe bindhte haio- 21 Aur unhoo ne mujh par apni munh pasari hai, aur kahte haio, Ah5, hi, hi, hamiri inkhog ne yih dekha. 22 Ai Khudawand tu ne yih dekha; khimoshi mat kar, ai Khudaiwand, mujh 36 ZABUR.] ^ ZABU'R. 611 se mat dur rah. 23 Ai mere Khuda, ai mere Khudawand, uth, aur merf ad4lat ke live aur mere faisle ke liye jag. 24 Ai Rabb KHUDAWAsro mere Khudi, apnl sad^qat ke mutabiq merS insif kar, aur unheu mujh par khuswaqt na hone de. 25 We apne dilon meg kahne na piweo, Wachhire, yihi ham chahte the, aur we na kaheo, ki Ham use chat kar gae. 26 We jo merf bur.if se khush hote haio, ruswS ; aur sharminda howeu, jo mer! dushmanJ par phulte haio, ruswal aur sharmindagf ka libis pahincQ. 27 Tab we, jo mere insSf se lb:hush hote haio, khushwaqt aur shidmdn hoo, aur sada kahi karen, ki Wuh bar,i Khud.aiwand hai, jo apne bande ki saldmatJ se khush hota hai. 28 Aur merl zuban teri saddqat aur ten' shukrguzarl har din kahtf rahegi. XXXVI. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannf ke liye Khudawand ke bande Dand k5 zabur. 1 Badkdr kf shararat ki. bayan mere dil ke andar hai: ki Khudatarsf us ki inkhoo ke age nahfu. 2 Kyunki jab tak uskf badkart ki bur^i zahir na ho, wuh apne dil meo apni tarif Ip karta hai. 3 Uske munh ki baten badf aur fareb haio, usne danishmandi aur nekf ko tark kiya. 4 Wuh apne bistar par pape pare badf ke mansube bandhta hai, wuh ^p burf r£h mee khard rahta hai, wuh burat se nafrat nahio khiti. 5 Ai KuuDAWAND, Ssm^n meo teri rahmat hai, aur terf sadaqat badlfon tak pahunchi hai. 6 Teri sadaqateo bare paharou ke manind haio, teri adalateo bhi bafi gahri haio ; ai Khudawand, td insan aur haiwan ka parwardigar hai. 7 Khudayl, teri rahmat kyahf azfz hai ! isliye banf Adam tere paroo ke saye tale ike chhipte haiu. 8 We tare ghar kf chiknaf khane se ser howenge, aur til apni niamatoo ke dar^a se unheo serab karegi. 9 Ki zindagi ka chashraa tere kane hai, ham teri roshni se roshni dekhenge. 10 Tu apne pahchlnnewalou par apni rahmat kushSda rakh, aur unpar jinke dil mustaqira haio, apni sadaqat. 11 Naho, ki ghamand karnewaloo kd panw mujh par pare, aur naho, ki sharir ka hath mujhc thai da. 12 Badkir wahao gire hue haio, we dhakele gae haio, we kabhi uih na sakenge. XXXVII. ZABUR. Daiid kS. 1 Badk^rou ke sabab tii mat kurh, aur ^hatakaroQ kf jihat se tu hasad na kar. 2 Ki we jaldi gh^s ke mlnind kit dale jaenge, aur hare sabze kf tarah mur- jhiwenge. 3 Khudawand par tawakkul rakh, aur bhala kar, tu zamin meo zindagini basar kar, aur amanat se phal le. 4 Kuudawand se lazzat dhundh ki wuh tere dil ke matalib pnre karega. 5 Apni rah Khudawand par chhor de us par tawakkul kar, wuh sab bani leg*. 6 Wuh teri sadaqat ko nur ki tarah zahir karega, aur terf adalat ko do pahar kf si roshni ba^hshega. 7 Khudawand ki yad meo isuda ho, aur sabr se usk£ intizar kar; us shaikhs ke sabab se, jo apni rah meo kamyab hoti hai, aur bure mansdbe bindhta hai, mat kurh. 8 Gusse ko A a a a 2 61'i ZABU'K. [37 ZABU'R. dhfiiia kar, aur gaznb ko tark kar, aur aisa na kurh, ki tu sliarSrat meo gire. 9 Ki badkar kat dale jAenge, lekin we jo Kbvdawand se umniedwir haio, zaiiiin ko well! nilras lenge. 10 Ki ek an ki an mco sharfr na hoga, tu gaur karke usk^ niakan dhundhegii, aur \»uh na hoga. 1 1 Lekin we, jo niiskin haip, zamin ke waiis honge, aur bahut eal^matf se khushdil honge. 12 Sharlr s^diq ke dukh dene par mansube b^ndhta hai, aur us par dant kichkichit^. 13 Kuudawand us par hansta hai, kxiinki wuh dekhtl hai, ki uska din Sti hai. 14 Shariroo ne talwSr nikali, aur apnf kaman khfnchi, taki raiskfn, aurmuhtaj ko gira dec, aur unko jinki raheu sfdhf haiu, jan se mSreo- 15 Unki talw^reo unhfo ke diloo mea paitbengi, uuki kam^ueu tut jawengf. 16 Thofi s4 jo sidiq ka hai, bahutse sharfroo ke amwal se bihtar hai. 17 Ki shariroo ke bazd tore jaenge, par Khuoawand sadiqoo ki thamnewUa bai. 18 Khudawand kSmiloo ke dinoo ko pahchanta hai, aur unki mtras abadf hogJ. 19 We bure waqt ruswa na howenge, aur qaht ke aiyam meo ser rahenge. 20 Lekin we jo sharfr haig balik honge ; aur Khcdawand ke dushman charag^h ki khusnumii ke miniud fana honge ; we dhuwao ke nianind jite rahenge. 2 1 Sharfr udhar letS hai, aur phir ada nahfo karta ; par sSdiq rahm karta hai aur deta hai. 22 Ki jinhou ne uski barakat pai hai, zainfn ke waris honge, aur jin par uski ISnat hai, kat jaenge. 23 Nek Sdmf ke qadam Khudawand sabit rakhti hai, aur uski rah ko dost rakhta hai. 24 Agarchi wuh gir jSwe, par piinal na hoga, kydnki Khudawand uska hath thimta hai. 25 Maiu jawan thd, ab biirha hua, par maio ne sadiq ko harglz iw^ra na dekba, aur uski nasi meo se kisi ko tukre mangte na paya. 26 Wuh har din rahm karta rahta hai, aur qarz diyd kartS hai ; uskf nasi mubarak hai. 27 Badf se bhag aur bhala kar, aur abad tak abad rah. 28 Ki Khudawand adalat ka dostdar hai, aur apne muqaddas logoo ko tark nahiu karta; we abad tak mahfnz rahenge, par shariroo ki nasi kati jaegf. 29 Sadiq zamin ke waris honge, aur abad tak us par basenge. 30 Sidiq ka munh d:ini.sh ki bat kahta hai ; uski zaban se adalat ka kalima nikalta hai. 31 Uske Khuda ki sharfat uske dil meo hai, uska panw kabhi na raptega. 32 Sharir sadiq ki ghat meg laga hai, aur uske qatl ke darpai rahta hai. 33 Khudawand us par uska qabu parne na dega, aur adalat ke waqt use mujrim na thahraega. 34 Khudawand be ummedwar rah, aur uski rah ko yad rakh, ki wuh tujh ko apni zamin kd waris karke sarfarazi bakhshegi, aur jab sharir kate jaenge, to tii dekhega. 35 Maio ne sharir bahut shandar dekha, jo £p ko us hare daraklit ki manind, jo apne khet meg uge, phailita tha. 36 Par wuh guzar gaya, goya tha hi nahio, maio ne use dhnndha, wuh kahio na mila. 37 Kamil ko tak, aur sidhe ko dekh rakh, ki aise admi ka anjam sallmati hai. 38 Par khatakir sabke sab halak ho jienge, sharir k4 anjam nesti hai. 39 Sidiqoo ki najat Khudawand se hai ; dukh ke waqt wuh unka buta hai. 40 Khudawand unki madad karega, aur unheo najdt degS, aur un ko shariroo se chhuriwega aur bachawegS, is liye ki unki tawakkul uspar hai. 39 ZABU'R] ZABU'R. 6IS XXXVIII. ZABUH. Tazkir ke liye Diud k& zabtir. I Ai Khvdawand, apne gusse se mujh ko mat jhirk, aur na apne qahr se mnjhe adab de. 2 Ki tcre tfr iiiujhe chulihtc haio, aur tera hath nuijh par bhlri hai. 3 Tere gusse ke age mere jisin ko sihat nahio, aur mere gunShoij ke sabab merf haddiou ko dram nahfu. -4 Ki mere gun^h mere sir se guzar gae, aur bharf bojhe ki manind mujh par bhari ho gae. 5 Mere gh5o bidbij ho gae, aur sar gae, merf himdqat ke sabab se. 6 Maiu dukh bharta huo, aur kamin hogaya hiiu, main din bhar roy^ kartlhuo. 7 Kyunki merf kamar meu karfh bfmari bhar gaf ; aur mere jism meo sihat nahiu. 8 Maio sust ho gayi hdp, aur nipat pis gaya huij, aur dil kf ghabrihat se chillati In'iu. 9 Ai Kui:da\va>!D, mera sar4 ishtiyaq tere huzur hai, aur meri karihna tujh se chhipa nahio. 10 Mera dil ghabrata hai, mera biita mujh se jiita rahfi, aur merl £nkhoo ki binai bhi jati rahf. II Alere aziz, aur mere dost mere dukh ke sabab mujh se alag khare rahe, aur mere rishtadar mujh se durja khare hue. 12 Unhon ne jo merf jan ke khwahio halo, mere phansane ko phande mdre haio, aur we jo mere dukh ke rawad;ir haio mere haqq men aisi biteu kahte haiui jin meo mera ziyan hai, aur sare din makr ke mansiibe baudhte haio. 13 Par maiu bahire ki manind ho gay^, jo kuchh sunta nahfo, aur gunge kl manind jo apni munh nahfo kholta. 14 Maiu us shakhs kt manind hua, jo bahira ho, aur us kf maniud jiske munh meo malamat na ho. 1.5 Ki Khl'dawano, mujhe tujh se ummed bai ; tii sunega, ai mere Milik KnuDAWASD, mere Khuda. 16 Kyunki main kahta huo, na howe, ki we mujh par khushi kareo, aur jab meri panw phisle, to we dekhke phuleg. 17 Maio phisalne par hug, aur mera gam sada mere samhne hai. 18 Aur main apni gunah ap kholke kahta hnn, aur apnf taqsfr ke liye gamgin hiio- 19 Mere dushman khusht karte haio, aur qawi hain; aur mere bairi ndbaqq bahut ho gae. 20 We jo neki ke iwaz meo badi karte haio, mere dushman bane haiu, kyunki maio nekf ki pairawf karta huu. 21 Ai KuuDAWANi) mujh ko tark mat kar; ai mere Khuda, mujh se diir mat rah. 22 Meri madad ke liye jaldi kar, ai mere najat deuewale Khudd. XXXIX. ZABU'R. Yadntuntoo ke sardar muganni ke liye Dand ka zabur. 1 Maio ne kaha, maiu apni rahoo kikhabardari karunga, kinieri zuban se gunah na ho, aur jis waqt sharfr mere samhne hoga, to maio apne munh ko lagam diinga. 2 Maio giiiiga, aur khamosh ho raha, aur nek kahne se bhf rah gaya, mera gam taza hua. 3 Sfne ke bich mere dil meo tapish htif, mere sochne meu ag bharkf, tab main ne apni zuban se kaha. 4 Ai Khl'davvand, mujhe bata, ki merd anjam kya hai, aur merf umr kitni hai? tab maig januoki meri umr kis qadr kotih hai. 5 Dekh, tu ne merf umr bilisht bhar ki, aur meri zindagi tere age nachiz hai ; yaqfnan har ek shakhs agarchi barqarar ho, b kin mahz besabat hai. (Sila) 6 Bilashakk har ek insan wahm aur khiydl sa chalta pbirta hai; beshubha we abas bekal liote haiu; wuh zakhira karta 614 ZAIiU'R. [40 ZABU'R. hai, aur nahio j^nti ki use kaun leg^. 7 Ab, ai Khudawand, kis ki ummed hai? Mujhe teri hf ummed hai. 8 Mujhe mere saregun^hoo se naj^t de ; mujhe jahiloo kf nang mat kar. 9 Maig gunga raha, maiu ne apnS munh na khola; kyiinki tu hf ne yiiu kiya hai. 10 Mujh se apnf aziyat dur kar; main to tere hath ke zor se fana hua jata hay. 11 Jab tu Sdmi ko us ke gunah ke bais gusse se adab deta hai, to us ke jas ko patange ki miniud kho deta hai; yaqfnan har ek insan besabat hai. (Sila.) 12 Ai Khbdawand, merl dui sun, aur mere ndle par k£n dhar; mere ^nsdoo se gafil mat ho, kyiinki maiu tere samhne pardesi, aur apae sare bapdidou ki m^- nind musafir hug. 13 Mujh se apna hath dur kar, taki dam le Iud, us se age ki maio yahiu se jauu, aur phir na rahno. XL. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannf ke liye Daud ki zabur. I Maio ne sabr se Khudawand ka intizar kiya; wuh nieri taraf mail hua, aur us ne merf faryad sunt. 2 Wuh mujhe haulndk garhe aur daldal kf kfch se bahar nikSlIayS, aur mere plnw us ne pahar par rakhe, aur mere qadamon ko s^bit kiy^, 3 Aur us ne mere munh meg ek naf tasbih dalf, jisse maiu apne Khuda ki sitaish kartahno ; bahutere dekhengeaurdarenge, aur Khupawand par tawakkul karenge. 4 Khushhal hai wuh insln, jo Khudawahd par apni bharosa rakhti hai, aur magrurou ko, aur unko, jo jhuth kf taraf jhuke haio, nahfo manta. 5 Ai Khuda- wand, mere Khud5, teri ajaib qudrateu, jo to ne dikhlafo, bahutsi haio, aur terf tadbfreo, jo hamare liye hain, mumkin nahfg ki ginf jaweo; maiu to unheo kholke tere dge bayin kartS, lekin we to shumar se bahar haiu. 6 Zabfh aur hadiya ko tii nahfo chahta: td ne mere kan khole ; charhawe aur khatiyat ka tu talib nahio. 7 Tab maio ne kahS, Dekho, main ata hug; kitab ke waraqoo men mere haqq meo yih likh^ hai. 8 Ai mere Khuda, maio teri razamandi bajalane par khush huo; teri shariat to mere dil ke bich hai. 9 Maio ne bari jam£at meo sadaqat ki niuzhda diyi; dekh, ai Khubawand, main ne apn^munh band nahin ki3'a, aur tu janti hai. 10 Maio ne terf sadaqat kf bit apne dil meo chhip^ na rakhf ; maio ne terf amdnatdari aurterf najat ki batkahf; maio netere lutf i amim aur teri amanat ko baff jamiatou meg poshfda nahio rakha. II Ai Khodawand, apni rahmatoo ko mujh se dareg na kar; teri rahmat aur teri amSnat har dam raeri nigahban raheu ; 21 Ki beshumar buraioQ. ne mujhe gher liya : mere gunahoo ne mujhe pakra, aisi ki maiij ankh upar nahin kar sakta ; we mere sir ke balog se shumar meo ziyada haio ; so maio ne dil chhor diya. 13 Ai ^HUDAWAKD, mihrbaui karke mujhe najat de ; ai Khudawand, jald merf madad ko pahunch. 14 We jo milke merf jan marne ke darpai haio, khajil aur ruswa hoo; we, jo meri tabahi ke rawadar haiu, lauteo aur sharminda hoo. 15 Sab, jo mujh par aha, iha kahte hain, apni is burai ke badle pareshan hoo ; 16 Aur we, jo tere tilib hain, khushndd aur yiursand howeo ; aur we, jo teri najat ke Sshiq haio, sada kaha karen, ki Khud award muazzam ho. 17 Maio to miskfn aur muhtaj huo, lekin Khudawand meri fikr meo rahta, hai; mera chara, mer^ chhur- inewala tu hi hai. 18 Ai mere KhudS, der mat kar. 42 ZAUU'R.] ZABU'R. 615 XLl. ZAIUI'R Sardiir muganni ke liye Diiid k;i zabi'ir. 1 MuMrak hai wuh, jo luiskin par inilir karta liai ; Kudd.vwand bipat ke waqt usi ko najdt dega. 2 KhudawaNd usk€ hafiz rahcga, aur use salamat rakhegl, aur wuh zamin par mubarak hogi, aur tii use uske dushinanou ke qibu meu na kar dega. 3 Khudawand usko bimari ke bistar par sambhdlega ; tii uski bimirl meu I)istar lautke bichhdwegd. 4 Miiiu kahta huo, ai Khudawand, mujh par rahui kar ; merf jdn ko shifa de, ki mail) tera gundbgar huu- 5 Mere dushnian mujhe Lura kabte haiu, ki Wuh kab marega, aur uska uam kab uiit jaegi? 6 Jab wuh dekhne ko StI. hai, tab behuda biteo karti hai; uske dil meu burai bhari hui hai; bahar jita hai, aur use bayin karta hai. 7 Sab jitne mera kfna rakhte haiu, mere barkhilif sargoshi karte haio ; we mere sataiie ke niansube bmdhte haiij, 8 Aur kahte haio, Ek bura azar ise lagi hai ; ab jo wuh para hai phir na uthegii. 9 Mere is jan pahchSn De bhf, jis par mujhe bharosi tha, aur jo mera hamnawila thl, miijh par lat uthil. 10 Par tu, ai Khcdawand, mujh par rahm kar, aur mujh ko khara kar, t^ki mail! unse badla luu. 11 Teri mihrbani ka mujh ko isse yaqin hai ; ki mere dush- man ne mujh par fath nahio pai. 12 Tu mere khulus ke bais mujh ko sambhalti hai, aur mujh ko apne huzur mco abad tak sdbit rakhegi. 13 K-HODAWANJO Israel ka Khuda azal se abad tak mubarak hai. Amfn, dmfn. SiFB I SASf. XLII. ZABU'R. Sardir mugannf ke liye banl Qurah ki mashkll. 1 Jis tarah se ki harint pani ke chashmoo ki nihayat piyasi hoti hai, waislhf merl ruh, ai Khudawand, terl nihayat piyasi hai. 2 Merl ruh KhudS ke liye, jo zinda hai, tarasti hai : aisi kaun si din hoga, ki maio jauo, aur Khudi ke Sge houu? 3 Meri tosha rat din ansi'i haiu ; we har roz mujh se puchhte haig, Teri Khudi kahdyhai? 4 Maio yih yad karta hdo, aur apne jl meu fikr karta hdo, ki maio guroh ke sath hoke, wuh guroh, jo id ke din ko manti hai, khushf se alapti ha^, aur sbukr karta hui Khuda ke ghar meo jata thi. 5 Ai mere ji, tii kyup gira jitS hai, aur tii mujh meu kyuo bearam hai? Khuda par tawakkul kar; ki maiu yaqinan uskf sitaish karunga, jo mere chihre ki khair o ifiyat hai. 6 Ai mere Khuda, meri ji gira jata hai, so maiu Yardan kf zamin meo aur Har- miin meu koh i Misgir par tujhe yad karunga. 7 Tere pani ki dharon ki awaz se, gahrao gahrao ko pukarta hai ; teri sari maujeu aur dheii mere sir se guzar gae. 8 Kuudawand subh ke waqt apne lutf i khass ko hukin karega, aur rat ko maiu uska git gaungi ; meri dui meri hayit ke Khuda ki taraf hogi. 9 Maiu Khudi ko, jo mera pahar hai, kahunga, Tn mujhe kyti o bhul gaya hai ? maiu kyau dushman ke zulm se gam karta chala jlta huu ? 10 Mere dushman us talwar ki minind jo meri haddfoo se guzar jawe, mujhe raalamat karke dukh dete haio, aur roz roz mujh ko kahte haio, Teri Khuda kahao hai ? 11 Ai mere ji, tu kyuo giri jita hai, 618 ZABU^R. [44 ZABU'R aur tu mujh nieu kyuu bearam hai f Khud^ par tawakkul kar ; yaqinan maio uski sitdish kaningi, jo mere chilire ki khair o afiyat, aur mera Khuda hai. XLIII. ZABU'R. 1 Ai Khuda, mer^ insif kar, aur zllim qaum se meri hami ho ; mujhe niakk^r jaftkar adrni se najdt de. 2 Ki mera tawanif bakhshnewdla Khuda tu hai, kyiio tti mujhe dur karta h^i? maiu dushman ke zulm se kyue roti chala jaao ? 3 Hao, apne nur aur apnf aminat ko zihir kar, unheo mera rahbar kar, ais^ ki we mujh ko tere koh i muqaddas par, aur tere maskanoo meo le jawcQ. 4 Tab maiij Khuda ke niazbah par, Khuda ke huzur, jo mera kamal sariir hai, jaiingd, aur maio barbat bajib^ teri sitaish karungi, ai Khuda, mere Khuda. 5 Ai mere ji, td kyun dhaya jata hai, aur tu mujh meu kyuo bearam hai ? Khuda par tawakkul kar; ki maiu yaqfnan uski sitaish kardnga, jo mere chihre ki khair o afiyat aur meri Khuda hai. XLIV. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye ban! Qurah kS mashkil. 1 Ai K^ii'dS, ham ne apne kanon se suna, aur hamare bapdldoij ne un kimou kf, jo tu ne unke waqt men sabiq zamane meu, kiye haio, khabar di ; 2 Ki tu ne qau- mou ko apne hath se kharij kiya, aur unheij jamdyi, aur tu ne un logOQ ko dukh diyil, aur unkl jar khiib baithai ; 3 Ki we apni shamsher se us zamfn ke malik na hue, na unhou ne apne bazn se najit pal ; balki tere dahne hlth se, aur tere bazu se, aur tere chihre ke nur se, isliye ki teri mihrbani un par thi. 4 Ai Khuda, tu mera BadshSh hai, Yaqab ke liye najatoo ka hukm ho. 5 Teri madad se ham apne dushmanou ko sIngh mSrenge,tere nlm se ham un ko, jo ham par charhte haiu, pimal karenge ; 6 Ki mer/i takiya apni kam£n par nahiij, na meri talwar mujhe bachi sakti hai, 7 Balki tu hi hai, jisne ham ko hamare dushmanoQ se bachaya, aur un ko, jo hamara kina rakhte haig, ruswa kiy£. 8 Ham tamim din Khuda par fakhr karte haig, aur tere nam kf abad tak sitaish karenge. (Sil^..) 9 Lekin ab to ne ham ko dur kiya, aur ruswa kiya, aur ham:ire lashkaron ke sath nahlo chalta. 10 Tu dushman ke age se ham ko bhaga deta hai; aur we, jo hamara kina rakhte haio, apne waste lut lete haio. 1 1 Tu ne ham ko bheroo kf manind un ki khurish kiya, aur ham ko gair qaumou ke darmiyan awara kiya. 12 Tu apne logou ko muft beche dalti hai, aur unki qlmat bahutnahlij barhdi. 13 Tii ne ham ko hamare hamsayou kd nang kiya ; un ke nazdik, jo hamare as pas haig, ham ko angushtnuma aur nachfz kiyl. 14 Tu ne ham ko gair qaumog ke dar- miyan zarb ul masal kiyi, aur logoo ke darmiyan sir dhunne ka sabab. 15 Meri ruswai hamesha mere samhne hai, aur meri surat ki sharmindagi ne mujh ko dhSmp liyn, 16 Tahqir aur ihanat karnewale ki awaz ke sabab dushman aur intiqira lenewile ke age. 17 Yih sab kuchh ham par bit^, par ham tujhe nahig bhule, aur tere ahd o paimin meg uzr nahio kiy^, 18 Na hamdre dil tiijh se phire, aur na hamare <5 ZABU R.] ZABU'U. 617 panw terl rih se niunharif hue. 19 Par tu ne tinntnoo ke tnakdn mco ham ko knohla, aur maut ke saye tale ham ko chhipS diy^. 20 Agar ham apne Khuda ka nimlihul gaye, y,i ham ne kisf ajnabf miibiid kf taraf apne huth phail^e, 21 To kyi Khuda us ki tahqfqSt nakarcgii? Wuh to diloo ke asr^r se bhf Sglh hai, 22 Ki tere hf Hye ham sSre din zabh kiye gaye, aur qurbanf ke gospand bane. 23 Bedar ho, kyiio so raha tii, ai Khudawa>d? Jig, ham ko abad tak dnr mat kar. 24 Tii kyao apni niunli chhipata hai, aur hamirf mihnat aur musibat ko kyilo bhulie dcta hai? 25 Ki hamirf jdneo khak k! taraf jhukfo ; ham^re pet ramin se chipte. 26 Hamlrf madad ke liye uth, aur apnf rahraatoo ke wlste bam ko bacha le- XLV. ZABU R. Sardir muganni ke liye ban! Qurah ki mashkfl, yane ishk i Ilahf kf gazal, " So- sanoo" ke sur par gaya jawe. 1 Mere dil meo achchhi mazmiin josh mirta hai, maiu un kiimon ko, jo maio ne badshih ke haqq meu kiye, bayan karta hug ; meri zaban mShir likhnewale ki qalam hai. 2 Tii husn meg bani Adam se kahio ziyada hai, tere labon meo niamat bitdf gai, isi liye Khudi ne tujh ko abad tak mubarak kiyS. 3 Ai pahlawan, tti jih o jalal se apnf talwar hamail karke apnf ran par latkS. 4 Amanat aur hihn aur adilat par apnf Luzurgwari aur iqbalmandi se sawar ho, ki tera dahna hath tujhe haibatnak k£m dikhaegi. 5 Bidshah ke dushmanoo ke dilon men tere tir tezf karte haig, log tere simhne gir j£te haia. 6 Ai Khuda, tera takht abad ul abid hai, terl saltanat ka asa rastf ka asa hai. 7 Tu ne sidq se dosti, aur sharr se dushmanf kf hai, isf liye Khuda ne, jo tera Khuda hai, khushf ke raugan se tere muslhibon se ziyada tujhe muattar kiya. 8 Tere lib^s se murr aur ud aur taj ki mahak Atf hai, hSthf dant ki haikalou se nagma tujhe khush karta hai. 9 Badsh^hoo kf betf^a teri izzatwalf auratoo mea haiu, Malika Ofir ke sone se Srasta hoke tere dahne h£th kharf hai. 10 O betf, sun le, aur soch, aur apne kan idhar dhar, aur apne logoQ aur apne bap ke ghar ko bhiil ji. 11 Ki badshah tere jamll ka nipat mushtaq hai, ki wuh tera kha wind hai, tu use sijda kar. 12 Aur Bint i Sur tujh pas hadiye liwegf, qaum ke daulatmand hadiya leke tujh pas hizir howenge. 13 Bddshlhkf betf andar men jalalsebharihuf hai, uska libastam^m tash kd hai. 14 Use sozanf ke kapra pahinlke bidshah ke huzar pahunchawenge ; kunwarf auraten, jo uskf khawisseo haiu, us ke pichhe p-chhe tujh pas hazir kf jaengf. 15 Khushf aur shadmani se we pahunchlf jiwengf, we badshah ke qasr meo dakhil howengf. 16 Tere farzand tere bapdidou ke qaim maqlm howenge, jiaheji til siri zamfn ke umarS karega. 17 Maiu sari pushtou ko tera n^m ySd dilaungi, pas sare log abad ul ab^d terf sitaish karenge. B b b b 618 2ABU^R. [46 ZABU'R. XLVI. ZABUR. Sard^r muganni ke liye banf Qurah ki zaLdr gulamat pargSya jawe. 1 Khuda ham^ri panah, aur hamarS zor hai, aur sakhtioo meo hamara hamesha madadgSr hai. 2 Is liye hameu kuchh khauf nahfij, agarchi zamtn kSmpe, aur pahar apnf jagah se hilke saraundar meo gir jaweu. 3 Agarchi uske pintou ka shor, aur unheo beqararf ho ; agarchi pahar unke phnlne se hil jdweQ. (Sila.) 4 Ek nadi hai, jiskf dhdreu Khuda ke shahr ko, yane Haqq Tala ke muqaddas maskanoo ko, khushwaqt kartf haio. 5 Khuda uske bfchou o Lich hai, use hargiz jumbish na hog! ; Khuda subh i sadiq ke waqt us kl kumak karega. 6 Qaumoo ne gussa kiya, mamlukaten jumbish kha gatg, us ne apni iwiz nikali ; zamfn gndaz hogai. 7 Khudawand lashkarou ki. Khuda haraare sath hai, Yaqub ka Khudi hamiri pan^h hai. (Sila.) 8 Afo, KifUDA'WANn ke ajaib k^mou ko dekho, ki zamfn par kaisi kaisf wiranf^g kijj. 9 Wuh zamfn kf sarf tarafou se lardf^a mauquf karU hai; wuh kamin torta hai, neze do tukre karta hai, glrioy ko 5g se jalata hai. 10 Dhfme ho, aur yaqfn karo, ki maio Khuda hun, maio qaumoo meo buland hotingi, main zamin par bili hounga. 11 Khudawand lashkaroQ ka Khuda hamare sath hai, Yaqnb k^ Khudi hamiri panih hai. (Sila) XL VII. ZABUR. Sardar mugannf ke liye banf Qurah kS zabar. 1 Hao, ai logo, turn sab taliao bajao; shahlna gate hue Al'lah kf madh karo, 2 Ki Khudawand buland, aur muhfb hai, wuh sari zamfn par Badshah i azfm hai; 3 Wuh qaumou ko hamara zerdast, aur gurohoo ko hamire pSnw ke nfche dalega. 4 Wuh ham^ri mfras hamare liye pasand karega, ySne Yaqdb ke us jamal ko, jo uska mahbub thS. (Sila) 5 Khuda shahana gate hde apar charha, han Khudawand turhl kf Swiz ke sith. 6 Khuda kf sitaish karo, sitaish karo, hamSre badshah kf sitaish karo, sita- ish karo. 7 Ki Khuda sare jahan ka badshah hai; soch samajhke us kf sitaish karo. 8 Khuda qaumoo ka badshah hai; Khuda apne muqaddas takht par baith£ hai. 9 Khalq ke sire amir farahara hde haiu, wejo Abirah^m ke Khuda ke log haio, ki jah^n kf sipareo Khuda ke ikhtiyar meo hain ; wuh nihayat buland hai. XLVIII. ZABU'R, Banf Qurah ke zabur k5 git. 1 Khudawand buzurghai, hamare Khuda ke shahr meo us ke muqaddas pahir par nihayat munasib hai, ki uskf sitaish ki jawe. 2 Wuh pahar nihayat khush aslnb hai, sari dunya kf khushf koh i Saihun hai, jiskf janib i shimal badshah i azfm ka shahr hai. 3 Uske mahalloo men raashhnr hai, ki Khudawand us kf pan€h hai. 4 Kydnki dekh, ki badshah faraham hue, aur ikatthe hoke pir utre. 5 Unhoo nefinkh uthSf, to dang hde; ghabrae, aur bhSg nikle. 6 Unheo kampkapf ne 49 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 61d pakra, aur dard ne, us aurat kf mlnind, jo janti hai. 7 Tii Tarsfske jahaz bid i sharq! se torta hai. 8 Jaisa ham ne suna tlia, waisrihf KiiUDAWANn ke lashkaroo ke shahr inco ham ne apne Khuda ke shahr meo dekha, Khudd use abad tak bar- qarar rakhega. (Sila.) 9 Ai Khuda, ham teri haikal ke danuiyan tcre lutf i k^mil kf tamanni rakhte haiu. 10 Ai Khuda, jaisa tcra nam hai, zamfn par sart^sar waisihl terf madli hai, tcra dahna hrith sadaqat se bhara hua hai. 11 Koh i Saihiin khush howe, banat i Yihudah sarur karep, terf adalatou ke sabab, ai Khudawand. 12 Saihtin koghumo, aur uske burjou ke ^s p^s pherke unheu gino; turn ns:k» shahrpanih se apne dil lagao, sur sochke uske mahallotj ko dekho, 13 Tiki turn ^newalf pushtoo ko uskf khabar do. 14 Ki yih Khuda, hamiri azalf abadi Khuda hai, aur ta dam i marg wuhi hamara hadi rahegi. XLIX. ZABU'R. Sardir mugannf ke liye banf Qurah ka zabrir. 1 Ai logo, tum sab kdn dharo, tum sab jo dunya meu baste ho; 2 Adnd aur Sl4, daulatmand aur muhtaj. 3 Mere munh se hikmat ke kalime nikalte haio, aur mere dil ka dhiyan khirad par hai. 4 Maio ek tamsil kf taraf apna k^n dhardnga; maiu apna lugaz murchang bajate hue kholke kahnnga. 5 Maio musibat ke dinoQ men kis liye dariio, jab bure gaddaroo ki buraf mujhe ghere, 6 Jo apnf daulat par iatimad karte haio, aur apne mal kf firawani par phulte haio ? 7 Un meo se hargiz kisf kf majil nahfn, ki apne bhai ka fidya, ya uska kafara Khuda ko dewe. 8 Ki un janoo ka fidya bharf hai, yih abad tak ada nahfo hone ka ; 9 Aur wuh abad tak jfti rahe, aur hargiz maut na dekhe. 10 Ki wuh dekhti hai, ki danishmand log marte haiu, aur isi tarah se bewaquf aur haiwan fana bote haio, aur apni daulat aurou ke liye chhor jiite haio. 11 Unke dil men khiyal thi, ki hamare ghar abad tak qaini rahenge ; so unhoo ne apnf zamfnoQ par apna nam rakha. 12 Par hashmatwala insan baqf nahfo rahta, wuh haiwdnon kf manind nest ho jata hai. 13 Yih unki raftar unki himaqat hai, aur unke pichhle log unke kalam pasand karte haiu. (Sila) 14 We bheroo kf manind patal men dale jate haio ; maut unheo char jaegf; aur we jo rastkar hain, subh ko un par musallit honge; patil meo pare pare unka jamal jata rahega. 15 Lekin Khuda pitil ke qabze se bachane ke li^-e meri jin ka fidya dega, aur wuh mujhe apne pas rakheg^. (Sila.) 16 Jab kof daulatmand ho jawe, ya uske ghar ki hashmat taraqqi plwe, to tii khaufnak mat ho ; 17 Kyunki wuh marne ke waqt kuchh sith na lejaega, aur uskf shaukat uske pichhe na utregf, agarchi wuh apne jfte ji apni jin ko mubirak- bSd deta tha ; par jab tu apne sath neki karegi, log teri sitaish karenge. 18 Wuh apne bapdidoQ kf nasi meo shamil ho jaega, we hargiz ujal^ na dekhenge ; ddmf jo hashmat meo hai, aur samajhtl nahfo, charpiyon kf manind hai, jo fani ho jate haio. B b b b a 620 ZABU'R. [50 ZABU R. L. ZABU R. A'saf ki zabnr. I KuuDAWAND maladou ke Khudi ne farmaya, aur zamin ko niashriq se leke niagrib tak bulaya ; 2 Aur Saihiin meu se kaniil jainalwala Khuda jalwagar hud. 3 Ham^ra Khuda awega, aur chupchap na rahegi;ekdg uske age age fana karti jaegf, aur uske girdigird shiddat se tnaujzan hogi. 4 Wuh lipar se dsman ko manadf karega, aur zamin ko, taki apne logoo ki adal;it kare. 5 Mere pak bando, mere pis fariham boo, we hi bande, jinhou ne mere sath qurbani ki ahd kiya. 6 Asman uski sadaqat ko ashkara karenge, ki Khudd hi adalat karnewala hai. (Sila.) 7 Ai meri quam, sun, maio kahta huu; ai Israel, maiij tujh par gawlhl deta hae;maiD Khuda, tera Khuda huo. 8 Maio tujh ko, tere zabibou, aurteie charhawoQ ki babat, jo hamesha mere samhne bote haip, mujrim ua tbabrai'iuga. 9 Maio tere ghar ki bail, aur tere bare ka bakra nahio leunga. 10 Ki jaiigal ke sare charpae, aur bazar pahar par bahaim mere bain. 11 Maiu pahar ke sare parindou se agah bdu, aur dashti chariiid, jo maidan meu haig, mere haio- 12 Agar main bhukhd hounga, to tujh se na kahtinga, ki sari dunya, aur uski mimurl merl hai. 13 Kya maio bachhrou ka gosht khata hiiij, ya bakrou ka lahu pita hiio? 14 Tii shukrguzari ki qurbanfao Khudi ke age guzran, aur Khuda Tali ke huziir apni nazrea charba. 15 Aur rausibat ke din mujh se faryad kar : main tujhe makhlasi diinga, aur tu mera jalal zahir karega. 16 Par Khuda sharir ko yuo kahta hai: Tujhe mere hukmoo ke bayan karne se kya kam ? td kyriu apne'munh se mere ahd ka mazkdr karta hai, 17 Halanki tu tarbiyat se adawat rakhta hai, aur mere kalam ko apne pichhe phenkta hai? 18 Jab tu chor ko dekhti hai, to usse raz! hota hai, aur zanioo ka sharik hota hai. 19 Apne munh se shararat ki bateo karta hai, aur zaban se daga ka mansiiba bandhta hai. 20 Tu baithke apne bhai kf gibat karta hai, tu apni hi ma ke bete par tuhmat karta hai. 21 Tn ne yih kam kiya, aur maiij khamosh ho raha: tu ne guman kiya, ki maiij tujhl sa huu ; par main tujhe saza diinga, aur ttre kimou ko ek ek karke tujhe dikhiunga. 22 Ab, ai Khuda ke faramosh karnevvalo, socho, na ho, ki maiij tumheu para para karun, aur kol chhuranewala na ho. 23 Jo koi mujhe shukrguzari ke zabih deta hai, wuh mera jalal zahir karta hai ; aur usko, jo apni bol chal duriist rakhta hai, main Khuda ki najat dikhlaunga. LI. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannf ke liye Daud kS zabur, jab Natan nabi us pas gaya jis waqt wuh Bintsaba pas gaya tba. 1 Ai Khuda, apne kamil karain se mujh par rabm kar, aur apne rahmou ki fira- wani se mere gunah mita de ! 2 Mujhe meri burai se kbiib dho, aur mujhe mere gunih se pak kar! 3 Ki maio apne gunaboo ko pahchanta hiio, aur meri gunah hamesha mere sSmhne hai. 4 Maiu ne faqat terihi gunah kiya hai, aur terehi huziir badi ki hai, taki td apni batoQ meu sadiq thahre, aur jo td hukumat kare, 52 ZABUR.] ZAliU'R. 621 to tn pak zahir ho. 5 Dekh, maio ne burai meu surat pakrf, aur gun£h ke sath merf ma ne imijhe pet ineu Hyd. G Dekh, tci batun kf sadd(jat chaht^ liai : tii niujhc danai ke asrar se agih kareg.i. 7 Zufa se mera tanqi3a kar, ki maio pak ho jaoij; miijh ko dho, ki maio barf se ziyada sufed houo ! 8 Mujhe khushf, aur khurrami kJ khabar sund, ki merf haddi^o, jinheo tii uc tor dald, masrur hou .' 9 Mere gunah se chashmposht kar, aur merf s^rf bur.ifao mita dal ! 10 Ai Khuda, mere andar ek pak dil paida kar, aur ek mustaqfm ruh mere b.itin meo pbir dal ! 11 Mujh ko apnc huzdr se mat hank, aur apni ruh i pak mujh se na nikal P 12 Apnf najit kf shadmanf mujh ko phir in^yat kar, aur dzld riih se mujh ko thambh ! 13 Ki maio khatakiroo ko teri raheo sikhaunga, aur gunahgar terf laraf rujii karenge. 14 Ai Khuda, mere najat denewale Khuda, mujhe khun ke gunah te rihii de, ki maio apuf zuban se teri sadaqat ke gft gaung^. 15 Ai Khudawand, mere laboo ko wa kar, to mer^ munh teri sitaish bayiin karega. 16 Ki tii zabihe se khush nahi'u, nahio to maio deta ; charhawe meo teri khushnudi nahfo. 17 Khuda ke zabihe shikasta j^n haio ; dil shikaste aur pise hue ko Khuda haqfr na jdnega. 18 Apnf khushi se Saihdn par ihsan kar, aur Yirushalam kf diwaron ko bana. 19 Tab tu sidq ke zabih aur charhawa aur kamil qurbanfoo se khushnad hoga ; aur us dam we tere mazbah par bachhre charhSwenge. LII. ZABUR. Sardar muganni ke Ii\e Dadd ka zabdr, jab Addmi Doeg ne ake Saul se kaha, ki Dadd Akhimalik ke ghar aya. 1 Ai zabardast insan, tu ziy^nkari par kyde fakhr karta hai ? Khuda kl ihsan har roz hai! 2 Teri zaban dagabaziao karke tez usture ki manind kharibiao fjad karti hai; 3 Tu sharr ko khair se zi3'ada, aur jhuth bolne ko sach kahne se bahut dost rakhta hai. (Sila) 4 Ai dagabaz zaban, tu nigalnewalf batoo ko bahut chahti hai. 5 Isi tarah, Khuda tujhe abad tak nest kar degi, aur tujhe dha dega, aur lujhe tere khaime se jhar phenkeg?, aur zindagi ki zamin se tujhe ukhar dalega. (Sila.) 6 Aur sadiq dekhenge, aur darenge, aur us par hansenge : 7 Dekh, yih wuh shakhs hai, ki jis ne Khudi ko panih na banaya, aur apne mil ki firawaui ko muatamad jana, aur apni shararat se qawi hda. 8 Lekin maiu Khuda ke ghar meo zaitun ke ek darakht ki manind hdo ; mera tawakkul abad ul ^b-.d Khuda ki rahmat par hai. 9 So maio ^ada tera shukr karnnga, ki tu ne aisa kiya ; aur tere nam zahir hone ka intizar kardngl, ki tere pik logoQ pas ^idb hai. LIII. ZABU R. Sardar mugannf ke liye Dadd ki mashkil bansrfoo ke sith gaya jawe. 1 Ahmaq apnc dil meo kahta hai, ki Khuda uahiy ! Wc fasid haio, aur unhoQ ne palid gunih kiya hai, aur kof nekokar nahio. - Kliuda ne asman par se bani Adam par nazar ki, ti dekhe, ki koi danishwala, ya koi Khuda ka talib hai. 3 Har ek un meo se pichhe phir gaya ; we sub ke sab nipik haig ; koi uekokar uuhio, ek bhi nahio. 622 ZABU'R. [54 ZABU'R. 4 Kya unko, jo badkarl karnewSle haio, fahtn nahfo, ki we mere bandoo ko aise khlte haio, jaise roti khate aur Khuda ki nam nahin lete haio ? 5 We wahao nihayat dare, jahan khauf ki maqain na th^, ki Khuda unki haddian, jo tare muqdbil khaimazan hoti haio, khinda deti hai ; tu ne unhen ruswa kiya, ki Khuda ne unhen haqtr kiya hai. 6 Kash ki Israel ko Saihun se najat ho; to jab ki Khuda apnf qaum ke qaidioo ko phir liwega, to Yaqub khushniid howegn, aur Israel khursand. LIV. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye Daud ki mashkil bin ke sath gaya jawe ki ZaifioD ne ike Sadl se kaha, ki Dekh, Daiid apne kohamire pas chhipata hai. 1 Ai KHVida, apne nim ke liye mujh ko bacha, aur apni qawat se mera insaf kar. 2 Ai Khuda, merf dua qabulkar, aur mere munh ki baten kan dharke sun. 3 Ki ajnabfou ne mujh par balwa kiya hai, aur zulm karnewile meri jan ke pichhe pare haiu : ye Khuda ko rubaru nahlij rakhte. (Sili.) 4 Dekho, Khuda mera charagar hai, Khuda un meo se hai, jo meri jan ko isra dete haie. 5 Wuhi mere dushmanon ko sazi dega ; apni rasti se unhejj fana kar. 6 Ai Khvdawand, maiu dil kholke tere liye qurbanf karungi ; maio tere nam kl sitiish karnnga, ki yih bhala hai. 7 Tu ne sari musfbatOQ se mujhe bachaya, aur meri iakhou ne mere dushmanoo par nazar kf. LV. ZABU'R. Sardar mugannf ke liye Daiid ka mashkfl bin ke sith g^yi jawe. 1 Ai Khuda, meri dua qabul kar, aur meri samajat se muuh mat pher. 2 Meri taraf kan dhar, aur meri dua qabulkar; main faryad karke rota hutj, aur chillata huQ, 3 Dushman ki awaz se aur sharir ke zulm se, ki we mujh par zulm kiya chihte haio, aur gazab ke sith mera kina rakhte haiu. 4 Mera dil mujh men nipat dukhti hai, aur maiu maut ke hauloo meo para hug. 5 Darna aur kampni mujh para para; kampkapi ne mujhe daba dila. 6 Maiu ne kaha, Kashki kabdtar ke se mere pankh bote, to maio parwaz karta, aur aram pata. 7 Han, maiu tab to bari siyihat karta, aur jangalou meu rahta. (Sila.) 8 Ki maio shiddat ki andhi aur jhakkar se jaldi panah ke liye bach nikalta. 9 Ai Khudawand, unheu nigal ji, aur unki zubineo kit, ki main shahr meo jaur aur jafa dekhti huo. 10 Din aur rat we us ki diwaroD par ihata kartephirte haio; fisq aur fajur uske bich hota rahta hai. 11 Sharr uske daraiiyan hai ; daga aur jafa us ke rastoo se jati nahiu rahti. 12 Koi dushman nahlo jis ne mujhe malamat ki, ki to maio uski bardasht karta ; aur na koi mera kina rakhnewali jis ne mujh par baladasti ki, ki to maio usse chhip rahta ; 13 Balki tu ne, jo mere barabar ka insan hai, aur mera rahbar, aur mera jan paclihan hai; 14 Wuh jo mere sith milke achchhi maslahaten karta, aur majma meo dakhil hoke Khuda ke ghar meo chalta phirta rahi, 15 NSgahan un par maut a pare; we jite jl pita! meo warid howeo ; unke gharoo meU) aur unke bich meu shariraf hai. 16 Main to Khuda ka nam letahiiu; Ku cd aw and mujhe bachi lega. 17 Sham 56 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 623 ko, aur sahar ko, aur do pahar ko maio duS mSngtS hao, anr nSla kartd liuo; so wuh meri Swiz sun leg.1. 18 Usne us jang meo, jo unhon ne tujh se kf, meri jdn salamat bach^f, jab ki wuhiu mere muq^bil bahutse the. 19 Khuda suncga, aur unhco takllf degd, ki wuh azal se barqarar hai. (Sili) Azbaski unhoo ne inqilab nahio dekha; is liye we KhudS se nahio darte. 20 Usne unpar, jo uske sSth mile hue liaiu, apna hath harhi.yi; usne ahdshikanf kf. 21 Uske munh k! bdteu ma- khan se ziyada chiknf haio, par uske dil meu Jang hai; aur uski bfiteo tel se ziyada nudaim haiu, par nangi talwireu haiu. 22 Apn^ bojh Khudawanu par dil, ki wuh tujhe thambh lega ; wuh kabhf sSdiq ko lajzish khine nadegi. 23 Par, ai KLhudi, ta unko halakat ke kiie meo giri degi; khunf aur datjabaz log apnl adhi umr tak na pahunchenge ; par meri tujUf par iatimid hai. LXVI. ZABU R. Sardir mugannt ke liye yih maktum i Daad us waqt baniya gayS, jab Filistfoo ne use Jannat men pakrS. Wuh " Ddr sanaubaroo ki fakhta" ke sur par g4ya jawe. 1 Ai Khuda, mujh par rahm farm^, ki insln mujhe nigli chahtl hai; wuh qital karke har roz mujhe satita hai. 2 Mere dushman har roz mujh ko nigalte haiu, ki bahut haio, jo mujh se larte haio, ai Khuda Tala. 3 Jab maiu darti hdo, to main tujh par tawakkul karta hug. 4 Main Khuda ki t^zfm uske qaul se karunga ; mera tawakkul Khuda par hai, maio d irne ki nahio, ki bashar mera kya kar sakta hai. 5 We har roz meri bateo k^tte haio, aur sada mere sat^ne ki fikr meo haio. 6 We jama hoke kamfn men baithe haio; we mere ptchhe jastisi karte hain, jab ki we meri jan liyi chahte haio. 7 Kya we badkari karke nikal jaenge ? ai Khudi, apne qahr se un logoo ko dhakel de. 8 Tii ne meri ^waragi ko shumir kiya ; tu ne mere ^nsuoo ko apne shishe meo rakh chhora ; kya yih tere daftar meg mazkdr nahfo? 9 Jab maio faryad karunga, to mere dushman hazimat piwenge ; mujhe yih yaqin hai, ki Khuda mere sath hai. 10 Khudi ki tazim uske qaul se karungi; hio, maio Khudaiwand ki tSzim uske qaul se kardnga. 11 Mera tawakkul Khud^ par hai, maio dame ka nahio; Idini mera kya kar sakta hai? 12 Ai Khuda, teri nazreo mujh par haio, maio teri shukrana ada kardngS, ki td ne meri jan ko maut se bachaya, aur kya meri panw phisalne se baz na rakhi, taki maio Khuda Jie ^ge zinde logoo ki roshni meo chaliio phiruu ? LXVII. ZABU R. Sardir muganni ke liye yih raaktum i Didd us waqt bandya gaya, jab wuh Siul ke age se magara meo bhag giyi. Wuh " Mat bigiriyo" ke sur par giy^ j iwe. 1 Mujh par rahm kar, ai Khuda, mujh par rahm kar; meri jan ko tera hi bharosi hai; hao, maio tere paroo ke saye tale panah le jaungi, jab tak ki ye ifateu tal j^weo. 2 Maio Khuda se, jo Sli janab hai, faryid karungi; wuh jo meri sirl muradeo pari karta hai. 3 Wuh asman par se bhejegi, taki mujh ko unki mali- mat se, jo mujhe nigla chahte haio, bachawe. (Sila.) Khuda apni rahmat, aur 624 ZABU^R. [58 ZABU'R. apni sadaqat ko bhejegi. 4 Meri jaii sherou ke bich meo hai; maio unke darmi- y.in lets hcig, jo atashi haio, jinke dant barchhJau, aur paikan hain, aur jinki zuban teg i buran hai. 5 Ai Khuda, tii ismlnou par sarfardz ho, aur sSri zamin par terf tamjid ho. 6 Unhoo ne mere paaw ke liye jal taiyar kiya hai; meri jan behSl hai ; unhoo ne mere ^ge garhl khoda hai, jis ke bich we ap gire hain. (Sila) 7 Mera dil mu- etaidd hai, aiKhudi, meri dil mustaidd hai; maip gaungl, main tasbth kan'mga. 8 J ig, ai meri hashmat; ai bin anr barbat jag ; mail) sawere uthunga. 9 Ai Khud*- WAND, maia logog ke dir.niyati tera shukr kardnga, maiu khalq ke bfch tera madhsari houngi. 10 Ki teri rahraat Ismlnoo tak buland hai, aur teri sadaqat badlioi) tak. 1 1 Ai Ivhuda, td asminoa par sarfariz ho, sari zamin par teri tamjid ho. LVIir. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye maktum i Daud " Mat bigdriyo" ke sur par g^yl jiwe. 1 Ai ahl i anjuraan, turn kyi haqiqat meu sachi bateo bolte ho ? ai bani Adam, kya tum adalat karte ho? '2 Balki tumhare dilon men badkSriao haip, tum apne hathoij ke zulin ko zamin par taulte ho. 3 Ahl i shararat rihm se begina h(Se, we paida bote hde bhatak gae, aur jhuth bole. 4 Unka zahr simp ka sa zahr hai ; we us bahire nag ki minind haig jo apne kan band rakhta hai, 5 Aur mantar parhnewiloo ki dwaz nahiu sunta; bare se bare mantar ki usmeo tlsir nahia. 6 Ai Khuda, unke dant unke munh meg tor; ai Khudawand, sher bachchoo ki darheu tor dil. 7 Unheo pani ki tarah, jo sadi jari rahti hai, baha de ; jab we tir chille meg joreg, tu unke tir kat dal. 8 We ghonge ki tarah gudaz ho jawen, we aurat ke saqte ki tarah aftib ko na dekheu. 9 Usse peshtar ki unki degeg kaiitotj se garm hou, wah gird bad ki mluind unheu jite ji qahr se uri dega. 10 Sidiq jab intiqam ko dekhega, to khush hoga ; wuh sharir ke lahu se apne pinw dhoega ; 11 Aisi ki ^dmi kahegi, Yaqinan s^diq ke liye jazd hai; beshakk ek Khuda hai, jo zamin ki adalat karta hai. LIX. ZABUR. Sardar muganni ke liye maktdm i Dadd us waqt musannaf hni jab Saul ne bhejke us ke ghar ki chauki di taki use qatl kare. Wuh " Mat bigariyo" ke sur par gaya jawe. 1 Ai mere Khuda, mujhe mere dushmanou se bacha ; mujhe unse, jo mujh par charhe haio, panah meu rakh. 2 Mujhe badkaroo se rihii de, aur khdniog se najat bakhsh. 3 Dekh, ki we meri jan ki ghat meu lage haig; sire zoiawar meri mukhalafat par jama hde haig ; ai KuuDiVWANo mera kuchh gunah aur taqsir nahig. 4 We mujh begun^h par hamla karte haig, aur taiyar bote hain; tu meri kumak ke liye jag, aur dekh. 5 Pas, ai Khudawand lashkarou ke Khuda, tu jo Israel ka Khudi hai, uthke sari gurohou par iltifat kar ; kisi sharir ganahgir par rahm mat kar. (Sila.) 6 We sham ko phir jlte haig, we kutte ki manind bhaunkte haig, aur shahr meg bar taraf pbirte haie. 7 Dekh, we munh se josh khate haig, aur unke labofl ke 60 ZABU'il] ZABU'R. 625 andar talwireo haio, ki Kaun suntS Iiai ? 8 Par tu, ai 1>hI;dawaNd, un par hansti hai, tu sarf gair gurohou ko maskhara banawega. 9 Uar chand we qawi hou, par meri nazar tujhi par hai, ki Khuda meri panah hai. 10 Mera Khudd jo hai, U3kf ralunat mere age Sge chalegl; Khudi mujh ko dush- iiianog par kamyab kar dikhliega. 11 Unheu jan se mat mar, na ho, ki mere log bhdl jaeu; unheu apni qudrat se para'ganda aur past kar, ai Ivhudawand, hamarC sipar. 12 Ki uiike nmnh mco gunah, aur unke labou men buri bateu haiu ; uuhcu unke ghamaiid mcu girlftar kar le, ki we lanati aur jhiithi bateu kahte haio. 13 Qahr so unko faiia kar, tiki we na raheo, aur we yaqin janeu, ki K-hudi zamfn ki sab tarafon meu Yaqiib kf saltanat karta hai. (Sila ) 14 Sham ko we phirte haiij, aur kutte ki manind bhaunkte haiu, aur bastf ki har taraf phirte haio. 15 We khme ke liye upar niche bhatakte phireo, aur jab ser ua hovveu, to hasrat khaweu- 16 Maiu to teri qudrat ki manqabateu kaningi, hao, maiu sabh ko pukarke teri rahmat ke git gaiingi, ki tu bipat ke din meri pushtpanah hua. 17 Aur ai mere zor, maiu teri madh karungi. 18 Ki Khuda meri punah, aur mcra rahim Khuda hai. LX. ZABU'R. Sardir muganni ke Hye Diad ka maktum " Ahd kf sosan" ke sur par tilim ke Hye gaya jawe. Wuh us waqt musannaf hua jab wuh Aram i nahrain aur Aram i subah se lara, aur Yuab phira, aur nauiak ki tarai men b^rah hazac Adiimioo ko mara tha. 1 Ai Khuda, tu ne hamko hank diya, tu ne hamko paraganda kiya, tu ham se nikhush hai; hae, phirke hamari taraf phir. 2 Tii ne zamin ko larzaya, tii ne use tora; uske rakhne mila de, ki wuh kampti hai. 3 Tii ne apne bandoy ko shadayid dikhlie, tu ne ham ko hairat ki mai pilii. 4 Tii ne unko, jo tujh se darte haio, ek bairaq di, taki wuh sadaqat ke sabab se namud ki jawe. (SiH.) 4 Taki tera mahbiib najat pa we, td apne dahne hath se bach^ le, aur meri sun. 6 Khuda ne apne taqaddus meo farmaya hai, ki Maigkhush hounga ; maig Sikm ko taqsim karungi, aur dasht i Sukkat ko mapanga. 7 Jiliahd meri hai, Manassi mera, Ifraim bhi mere sir ka bal hai, Yihudah mera asi i saltanat hai. 8 Moab mere dhoue dhane ka lagan hai ; maig Adiim par jtitf chalaunga ; ai Filist mere b^is shahana baja. 9 Mujh ko zorawar shahr men kaun le jawegS ? Adum tak mujh ko kaun pahunchawega ? 10 Ai Khudfi, tu ne, jo hametj hank diya, kya tu yih na karegS ? ai Khuda, kya tu hamire lashkaroo ke sith na chalega ? 1 1 Musibat meo hamarf niadad kar, ki admi ki taraf se makhlasi abas hai. 12 Khuda ke bciis se ham baha- duri karenge, kyunki wuhf hamire dushmanoo ko pamll karegS. LXI. ZABUR. Sardar muganni ke Hye Da ad ki zabur bin ke sath giyi jawe. 1 Ai Khudi, mera nila sun, aur meri dui qabiil kar. 2 Jab mere dil par gam ki josh kharosh iwegi, to maiu zamin ki intihi se tere ige faryid karunga; tu mujhe C c c c 626 ZABUH. [62ZABU'R. us pahir tak jo mujh se unchi hai, le pahunchi. 3 Kyunki ta mere liye ek panSh hua hai, aur dushmanoo se bach rahne ko mustahkam burj hai. 4 MaiQ tere maskan meo sada raha karunga ; main tere parou ke s^ye tale panah le janng^. (Sila.) S Ki ai Khuda, tu ne meri nazreo qabol kio i tii ne mujh ko un logon kf, jo tere nam se tarsanhain, miras di. 6 Td badshah ki zindaganf barhaegi, aur uskf umr pusht dar pusht daraz karegi. 7 Wuh Khuda ke huzur abad tak sabit rahega, tu apnf rahmat aur sada- qat se uskf muhifazat kar. 8 So maio abad tak tere nam kf sitaish karunga, aur har roz apnS nazres guzranunga. LXII. ZABU'R. Banf Yaddtdn ke sardar mugannf ke liye D^ud kS zabur, 1 Sach hai, ki meri jan chapke chupke Khuda ke intizar meu hai, ki merf najit us se hai. 2 Wuhf akela mera pahar, aur merf rih£f hai; vruht merf panih hai, mujh ko ba shiddat jumbish kabhf na hogi. 3 Turn kab tak ek mard par hamla kiySkaroge? turn sab ap hi qatl kiye jaoge, jaisa jhukf hui diwar, aur jaise dagmagatf b£r. 4 We khali mansiiba bandhte haio, ki use uskf shaukat se utar deu ; aur jhdthi blteu bolne se masriar bote haig, we apne munh se to barakat bhejte haio, par apne batin men linat karte haig. (Sila.) 5 Merf jan chupke chupke Khuda ke intizar men hai, ki merf ummed usf se hai. 6 Wuhf akela mera pahar, aur meri rihaf, aur merf panlh hai ; so mujh ko jumbish na hogf. 7 Meri najat, aur merf shaukat, Khuda kf taraf se hai ; mere zor ki pahir, aur meri panah Khuda hai. 8 Ai logo, har waqt us par tawakkul karo, aur apne dil uske huzdr undel do, ki Khuda hamari panah hai. (Sila) 9 Yaqfnan, kamqadr log behnda hain, aur ^liqadr ashkhas jhuthe haio ; so we sab ke sab behudagi se tarazu meo bahut subuk hain. 10 Zulm par takiya na karo, aur sitam karke behada na bano ; agar mal ziydda hoti j5we, to us par dil na dbaro. 11 Khudd ne ek bar farm iya, aur main ne do martaba yih sunS, ki zor KhudS ka hai. 12 Aur rahmat bhf tujhf se hai, ai Khudawanb, ki tn har shakhs ko uske amal ke mutabiq badla detS hai. LXIII. ZABUH. Daad ki zabur jab wuh dasht i Yihud^h meo thi. 1 Ai Khuda, tu mera Khuda hai ; maia tafke tujh ko dhdndhunga, ki meri jan teri piySsf hai, aur mera jism khushk aur sukhi zamfn men, jahaa pani kf biind nahfo, tera mushtaq hai, 2 Taki teri qudrat, aur terf hashmat ko dekhe, jaisa ki maio, ne bait i quds meu dekha hai. 3 Is liye ki teri rahmat zindagi se bibtar hai, so mere lab tera shukr karte rahenge. 4 Jab tak ki maig jiti huo, teri sitaish karanga, aur tera nam le leke apne h4th uthaangi. 5 Meri jan yuo ser hogi, jaise giidi aur charbi khake bote haio ; aur mera munh shugufta laboo se teri sitdish karega. 6 Jab ki maio tujhe apne bistar par yad karti huo, to rat ke paharoo meo ter^ dhiyJin karti hno. 7 Kyunki tu meri chira hai, aur isj liye tere paroo ki chhioQ 64 ZABU'R] ZABU'R. 627 tale khushwaqt huo. 8 Merf jIn tere pfchhe lagj hai; terS dahnS h^th mujh ko thambta hai. 9 So we, jo merf jan ke k^iwahau haio, tiki mujhe haldk kareu, zamfn ke asfal ko jate rahenge. 10 We talwar He khet £wengc ; wegfdarooki luqma howenge. 11 I4 howcu- 3 Sadiq sh»dm^n hou, aur Khuda ke samhne inasrur hoo; h^y, ^hushS ke mire phnle na sam:iweo. 4 Khuda kS madh karo, uske nim kf sitaish karo, uske san^V^wau hoo, jo apne nam Yah se asmanoo par sawir hai, aur uske huztir khushi karo. 5 Yatiiiiou ka pidar, aur bevvou ka waif, apne makau i muqaddas meg Khuda hai. 6 Kliudi ek kogharinewila karid hai, wuhi unko, jo zanjirojj se bandhe haiu, chhurata hai; par fitnaangez khushk zamfn meo rahte haiu. 7 Khuda ya, jis dam tu apne bandou ke age age bahar nikli, aur jis dam tii baya- b^n kfsamt se guzra, (Sili.) 8 Zamin larzi, aurasman tapke, Rhudi ke huzur, y£ne yih Sina Khuda ke huzur, jo Israel ka Khudi hai. 9 Ai Khuda, td ne zor ki menh barsakeapn! zaff mirasko qaim kiya. 10 Terl jamaat usmeo basi; ai Khuda, td ne apne lutf se miskhiou ke liye taiyarf ki. II KuuDAWANjD ne amr bakhsha, aur khush^habarl denewili barf jamaat thi. 12 Lashkarwile badshah bhag bhag gae, aur us aurat ne jo ghar meu rahf, lut ka nial banta. 13 Jab tum bhersaloo ke darmiyan basoge, tab turn aise hoge, jaise kabdtar, jis ke bil riipe se marhe hon, aur jiske par khilis sone se. 14 Jis waqt Alqadir b^dshahou ko us mea taqsim karegs', to zulmSn barf kf manind safcd ho jaega. 15 Khuda ka pahaf Basan ka si pahar hai; Basan ke pahir ki manind ek uncha pahar hai. 16 Tuiu kyiio tarassud karte ho, tum, ai dnche paharo? yih wuh pahir hai, jis meg K'>"da ne chaha, ki base; haij Kuudawand us meo ta abaJ basega. 17 Khuda ki giri^O bis bazar hale, balki hazarau bazar haiy, Khuua- wANi) Sina men, jo makan i muqaddas hai, unke darmiyan hai. 18 Tu unche par charha, in ne asirog ko asir kiyi ; tii ae logou ko fitaaangez tak iiiim diyc, taki KuuDAWAND Khuda un mea base. 19 Kuti^AWANU, jo bar roz ham par niamat ki bojh rakhtS hai, mubarali hai; wuh lii hamara najat denewala Khuda hai. (Sila.) 20 HamSra Khuda, hamara najat deucwala Khuda hai, aur marg se rihai bakhshn.i Khudawand hi ka kam hai. 21 Khuda duslunanog ke sir, aur us shakhs ki balwali kopri ko, jo gunah karta jata hai, chiJr kar degii. 22 Khudawand ne farmaya, maig Basan se unheu pher laungi; hau, maiij darya ke gahrio meg se uuheg pher laiiuga, 23 Taki tcre panw, aur tere kuttou ki jibhen tere dushmanoe ke lahii sc surkh hog. 24 Unhoo ne, ai Khuda, tcri chaleo dekhio; mere Khuda mere badshiih ki chaieo maqdis meg dekhig 25 G newaleage age chale, bajanewale pichlie pichhe, aur kunwariio unke darmiyin bajati jatiau thiu. 2G Ai logo, majmaou meg Khuda ko niuljarakbad kaho, tum, jo Israel kc chashme se ho, Ivhudawand ko. 27 Clihoia l;inyaniin,jo unka hakim hai, aur Yiliddah ke umara, aur uukc mushir, aur Zabuliin ke shural'i, aur Naftali ke ruusa wahag haig. 28 Tcre Khuda uc tcri mazbiiti ka hukm kiya, ai Khud;i, usko, jo tu ne hamire 630 ZABU'R. [69 ZABU'R. Hye muhaiyd kiyi mazLdtf bakhsh. 29 Kyiinki tere haikal se badshah Yirushalam meu tere liye hadiye laeuge. 30 Tu naistSn ke wahshfoo ko, aur ballon ki jamiat ko logou ke bachhrou samet zijr kar, ta jo rape ke tukrog ko pamal karta hai, aur ua qaumou ko jo qital se khush hotiao haig, pareshln kar. 31 Shahzide Misr se Swenge; Habash ke log jaldJ apne hath Khuda ki taraf barhdwenge. 32 Ai zamin ki mamlukato, Khuda ke git gio, aur Kuudawand kf sitaish karo. (Sila.) 33 Wuh Khudawand, jo falak ul aflak par qadiin se maujt'id hai ; dekh, wuh apni awaz sunita hai, jo buland £wax hai. 34 Turn tawanai ki nisbat Khudahi ki taraf karo, ki us ko Israel par fazilat hai, aur uska zor badlioo meu hai. 35 Ai Khuda, tn apne muqaddas makanoo meo muhib hai; Israel ka KhudC wuhhai, jozorawar taqat apne logou ko bakhshta hai; Khuda inubarak hai. (Sila.): LXIX. ZABU'R. Sarddr muganni ke liye Daiid ki zabiir " Sosanoo" ke sur par gayi jawe. i Ai Khuda ; tu mujh ko bacha le, ki pani meri jan tak pahunche. 2 Maii> gahri kich meo dhas chal4, jah^u khara raha nahfo jata ; main gahre pani meu pari, dheu mere upar se guzarte haio. 3 Maio chillate chilUte thaka, mera halq khushk hua, apne Khuda ki intizarl karte karte meri binai ghat gaf. 4 We, jo be sabab mera kina rakhte haio, shumar meo mere sir ke baloo se ziyadahaio, we jo mujhe qatl kiya chahte haio, aur nahaqq mere dushman haiu, zabardast haio;- jo kuchh ki main ne nahiu chhfna, so maiu ne pher diya. 5 Ai Khuda, tu meri jahalat se waqif hai, aur mere asam tujh se chhipe nahlg. 6 Khudawand, ai lashkaroo ke Khuda, unko jo tere ummedwar hain, mere liye mahrum na kar ; unko jo tere joyatt haiu, ai Isrdel ke Khuda, mere liye uaummed mat kar. 7 Kynnki tere liye maiu ne malamat bardasht ki, aur sharmindagf ne mere munb ko dhanipa. 8 Maio apne bhaioa meu ek pardesi bana, aur apui ma ke farzandoo meo ek ajnabi hua. 9 Ki tere ghar ki gairat ne mujh ko kha liya, aur unki mala- mat, jo tujh ko malamat karte haiu, mujh par pari. 10 Aur jab maig roya, aur maiu ne roza rakhke ^p ko tanbih di, to raaio ruswa hua. 11 Aur jab maio ne tat ka libas pahini, to unhou ne mujhe zarb ul masal kiya. 12 We jo astane par baithe haio, meri babat kahte haiu, aur badaparast mere haqq men gate haio. 13 Lekin ai Khodawand, maio jo hdu, tujh se dui mangta hiin ; tu kisi khushl ke waqt, ai Khuda, apni rahmat ki bepayani se, apni najat denewali sadaqat se meri sun le. 14 Mujhe kich se nikal, ki maiu na diibdu ; mujhe unse jo mera kina rakhte haiij, aur paniou ki gahrai se, najat bakhsh. 15 Pani ki maujoo ko mujh par se guzarne na de; darya mujhe nigalne na pae; qabr mujh ko munh meu leke apna munh band karne na pae. 16 Ai Khudawand, meri sun le, ki teri rahmat khdb hai ; apni amim rahmatou ki firawani ke mutabiq meri taraf mutawajjih ho. 17 Apne bande se apna munh na pher, ki mujh par tangi hai ; jald ho, meri sun. 18 Meri jan ke pas a, usko chhuia; mere dushmanoo ke sabab mujhe bacha. 19 Td meri kharabi, aur meri ruswai, aur meri behurmati se agah hai ; mere sare bairi tore ige haiu. 20 Sarzanish ne mera dil tora, maiu giranbarf se mamdr hdu ; maiu t^kl kiya, ki koi mujhe dilasa de, par kol nahio; aur koi mujhe tasalli ?0 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 631 dcwe, par na mili. 21 Uiihou ne mujhe khine ki jagah zahr diyi ; aur p4nf ke badlo tishnagi kc liye sirka pine ko diyfi. 22 Ais^a kar, ki unkri dastarkhwin unke liye phaudi ho, aurjoknchh unkf bihtarl kc liye hai, unke phansne kl dam liowc. 23 Unkf Snkhcu andh! kar, ki na dekheo, aur unki kamarcu sada jhuki raheu. 2* Apni qahr i shadfd uu par undel de, aiir shadfd qahr so unheu pakar le. 25 llnkd rnahall ujiir de, unkekhaimou meo rahne- wili kof na rahe. 26 Kyanki we us par, jo terS mira hua hai, taiqub karte haiu, aur tere majruhoo ki taklif batoo se barliitc haio- 27 Gun ih par gunih afziid kar, aur uuheo apni sadaqat meo dSkhil hone na de, 28 Unheu zin- doo ke daflar se met de, aur sldiqou ke darmiy.ln unko qalamband na kar. 29 Par inaio miskin hiiu, aur gamgin ; ai Khuda, apni najlt se mujhe unchi kar. 30 Maio Khuda ke nim kii rag giunga, aur shukrguziri karkc uskf baril karung^. 31 Khl'd.\:wand ko bail aur bachhre ki nisbat, jinke singh aur khur bote hail), yih ziyada k^'ush hogi. 32 Farotani karnewalo, dekhoge, aur khush hoge, ki turn jo Khuda ke talib ho, tumhare dil khushwaqt howenge. 33 Kyanki Khudawand miskinoo ki sunta hai, aur apne aslrotj ki ihanat nahig karta. 34 AsmSn aur zamin uski sitaish kareo, sare darya aur bar ek chlz jo un meo rengti haig. 35 Ki Klmda Saihun ko bach^wega, aur Yihudah ki bastion kt marammat karega, tiki we unmeD baseu, aur unke malik howen. 36 Uske bandoo kf aulid bhf uski wdris hogi, aur we, jo uske nam par ishiq haio, usmeo budob^sh karenge. LXX. ZABU R. Sardir muganni ke liye Dand kS. zabdr tazkfr ke Hye. 1 Ai Khuda, mujhe jald najat de ; ai Khudawand, jald ho aur meri kumak kar. 2 Un ko, jo meri jan ke darpai halo, pasheman aur ruswi kar, unheg ulta phira de; aur unheu, jo mujhe sataya chahte haio, khajil kar. 3 Un ko, jo kahte haio, fibs, aha, unki burai ke badle ulta phira. 4 We sab jo tere talib haio, tujh se shad aur khurram boo ; aur aisi ho, ki we jo terf najat ke &shiq haig, sada kahi. kareo, ki Khudi muazzam ho. 5 Maig miskin hun, aur muhtaj ; ai Khuda, meri jald madad kar ; tn hi meri chara hai, aur meri najdt denewalA ; so, ai Khudawand takhfr na kar. LXXI. ZABUR 1 Ai Khudawand, mera tawakkul tujh par hai ; tu mujhe sharminda mat kar. 2 Apni sadaqat ac mujhe najat de, aur mujhe makhlasi bakhsh ; meri taraf kdn kar, aur mujhe rihii de. 3 Tu mora aisi hisn i basin ho, ki maio wah£o hamesha jiuo; tii hi ne meri najat ka hukra kiyS hai, ki ta mera pahir, aur mera gafh hai. 4 Ai mere Khuda, sharir ke hSth se, aur kaj aur bemihr insSn ke panje se mujhe chhura. 5 Kyiinki, Khudawand, mere Rabb, tu meri jS i ummed hai, aur meri iatiraad lark^i se aj tak tujhi par hai. 6 Maio tujh par iatimid rakhti hcio us dam se ki pet se niklS ; tu wuh hai, jis ne mujhe meri mi ke rihm men se G32 ZABU'R. [72 ZABU'R. nikala; mnio sada teri sitiish karnewdla hao. 7 Maio bahutoo ke Hye ek achambhS htic, par tii merl panah hai. 8 Mera munh apni sitaish aur apnl sip^s se sSre din labrez rakh. 9 Burhdpe meo mujhe phenk na de ; merf n.ltawanl ke waqt mujhe tark mat kar. 10 Ki mere dushman merf gibat karte haiu, aur we, jo meri jan kf ghat iiieo haiii, m;insube bSndhte haig. 1 1 Aur a pas meu kahte haiu, ki Khuda ne use taric kiya hai, so uska pfchha karo, aur use pakro, ki us ka chhuranewll^ koi nahiu. 12 Ai Khuda, mujh se dur na ho; ai mere l^huda, jald meri kuinak kar. 13 We, jo mere jant dushman haig, khajil aur fanS howeu, aur we, jo mujhe sataya chahte haio, sharm aur ruswaf men dhampe jaweg. 14 Par maig bar dam ummedw^r hunga, aur teri sab madh meg ziy^datf karta chali jaunga. 15 Mer^ munh terf sadaqat aur sare din terl najat bayan karegS, is liye ki maig unka hisab nahfg janta. 16 Muig Khud^wand Khuda ki quwat se age age jaunga, maio tujh akele hi ki sadaqat ka mazkdr karunga. 17 Ki, ai Khuda, tu ne mujhe lark£f se tarbiyat kiya, aur ab tak main teri ajSib qudrateg baySn karta raha. 18 Ab maig borha aur sir safed hiig, so, ai Khuda, tu ab bhi mujhe tark na kar, yahan tak ki maig teri quwat is pusht par aur tere zor ko bar ek shakhs par, jo fige ko paida hoga, zahir karuo. 19 Ai Khuda, terf sadaqat bahut buland hai, ki ta ne bare bare kam kiye ; ai Khuda, tere misl kaun hai? 20 Tn hai, jisne mujhe bari satht musibaten dikhlaiag; aur tu mujh ko phir jilaega, aur zarain ke qaarou se mujhe phir npar le IcgS. 21 Tu meri buzurgi ziyada karega, aur phir mujhe har ek taraf se chain bakhsheg^. 22 Aur maig bhi bin ka sij baja bajake, ai mere Khuda, tert amanat kf sitaish karunga : ai Israel ke Quddiis, maig barbat bajake tere git g^unga. 23 Mere lab jis waqt ki maig teri madhsarai kariingS, nihayat shugufta honge, aur aise hi meri jf, jise tu ne khalasi bakhshi. 24 Aur apni zuban se bhi sare din teri sada- qat ki bateu kahta rahdnga, ki we, jo meri ranjish ke khwahau haig, ruswa htie aur unhog ne pashem^ni pai. LXXIl. ZABU'R. Sulaiman ka. 1 Ai Khuda, bSdshah ko apni adilaten ata kar, aur bldshdh ke bete ko apnl sadaqat de. 2 Wuh tere bandog meg sadaqat se hukm karega ; aur tere miskfnoo meg adalat se. 3 Pahar teri qaum ke liye sallmati zahir karenge, aur Ule bhi, saddqat se. 4 Wuh khalq ke miskinog ki insaf karega, aur muhtijog ke farzandog ko bachawegi, aur zilimog ko tukre tukre karega. 5 Jab tak ki suraj aur chand baqf rahenge, sirf pushtog ke log tujh se dafi karenge. 6 Wuh biran ki manind muqatta margzar par nazil hogS, aur phuhi ke menh kf tarah, jo zamln ko serab kartS hai. 7 Uske asr meg, jabtak ki chand baqi rahega, sadiq phalenge, aur salamati kamil hogi. 8 Samunder se samundar tak, aur darya seintiha i zamin tak usk4 hukm hoga. 9 We jo bayibin ke bashinde haig, uske sSmhne jhukenge, aur uske dushman mSti chltenge. 10 Tarsis, aur jazirog ke salatin tuhfe lawenge, aur Saba, aur Sibi ke bidshih hadiye guzranenge. 11 Hag, sire badshih uske huzur sarnigtin honge ; sari gurohen uskf ^hidmatguzari karengi. 73 ZABUR.] ZABU'R. 633 12 Kyunki wuh nala karnew^le muht^j ko, aur miskin ko, aur usko, jo heyit hai, bachawega, 13 Wuh dilshikasta, aur muhtaj ee narmi karega : aur niuhtajou ki j-in bacha lcg5. 14 Wuh unkf j^ncu jaur o jafa se bach4 legi ; unki Ijbun uskj naz.ar meu garaubahi hoga. 15 Wuh jiwega, aur Sibi ki. soni use diyS jSeg&; uskehaqqmeo sadadui hogf, bar roz uski mubSrakb^d kahl j5egi. 16 Uswaqt ek mutthl bhar dane jo zamfn mcu, yi pah£roD k! chotfou par gircnge, to unke phal Lubnan kc darakht ki tarah jharjharawenge, aur shahr ke log sabzazar kf manind phalenge. 17 Usk5 n£ni abad tak baqi rahegi ; jab tak ki ^ftab rahega, uske nlm ka riwaj hogi, log uske bais inubarak howengc ; sirf qaum use mubarak kahegf. 18 KuuDAWAND, Israel ki Khuda, mubarak hai, jo akeldhi ajaib k^m kart£ hai. 19 Uska inuqaddas ndm abad tak mubarak hai; sara jahin uskl hashmat se m.lmiir howe. Amin, aur phir Ainin. 20 Diiid bin Yassi ki iiam^zeo yahau tamain hiiiu. SIFR I SA'LIS. LXXIII. ZABU'R. Asaf ka zabur. 1 Yaqfnan Israel ka Khuda unke liye, jo s^f dil haip, kyahi khiib hai. 2 Lekin maiu jo huD, so mere panw, nazdik th^, ki phisalte, aur mere qadani, qarib th£, ki rapat jatc. 3 Ivi main jahilou par hasad karta tha, jab ki maiu ne sharfroo kf kamyabi dekhf. 4 Ki unke marnc tak koi uqda nahio, aur unkf quwat kamil aur taza hai. 5 Na auroo ki tarah un par bipat pari, aur na logon ki tarah un par afat 5i, C Isi liye ghamand ke tauq ne unko glier liya, aur zulm ne unko poshdk ki mSnind chhipi diya. 7 Unki ankheu charbi ke bais ubhari hni hain, aur unke dil ke tasauwur ubur karte haitj. S We nak^re haio, aur shararat se zulm ki bateo karte hain; magrai se bolte haiu. 9 Unhou ne apne munh iismanou par kiye haiu aur unki zubanen zamin ki sair kartiau hain. 10 So us ke log idhar ruju I5te haiy aur bhare piyale ki pani un par nichora gaya hai. 1 1 We kahte haio, Khuda kyunkar janta hai? us ili janab ko kya igahi hai? 12 Deklio, yih munaliq haiu, jo dunya men iqbdlmand haiu ; unki daulat barhti jati hai. 13 Yaqfnan main ne apne dil ko abas saf kiyi hogi, aur beguuahi se apne hath dhoc hoga. 14 Ki maio sare din bimar rahta huii, aur bar subh ko tanbih pata hilo. 15 Agar maio kahta, ki yiiu bayan karunga, to dekh, ki main teri aulad ki guroh ka gunih karta. 16 Jab maiij chahtd, ki uski mujhe samajh ho, to mere nazdik yih bard mushkil tha. 17 Par jab ki maiu Khuda ke maqdfs men dakhil hiia, tab maio unkd anjam samajha. 18 Ki yaqinan tii ne unko phisalte makinou meu baithaya, aur tu unko halakat meu dhakcl dtga. 19 We ek dam mcu kyahi vviran ho gae, apni sakht dah- shat se kaise saf barbad ho gae. 20 Jagnewale ke khwab ki mauiud, ai KHOc^t- WANB, tu unke ahwSl ki siirat ko zalil karega. 21 Meri dil fikr ke sabab tursh tha, aur mere gurdojj mcfl chasak thi. 22 So D d d d 634 ZAbU'R [74 ZABU'K. niaig jaliil tlKi, aur n-idaii, maiu tere hui»v haiwdn kf manirid tha ; 23 Tadbhi iiiaiu hatnesha terehi satli th.4, ki tu ne mera daliina hath pakra. 24 Tii apiii niaslahat se mujhe hiddyat karegi, bfid uske niujhe jaldl meu le Icgi. 25 A'sman par kaun hai, jo mera hai, niagar tii ? aur zamin par koi nahfo, jiska niaio mvishtaq hiio, magar tu. 26 Aur mera jism aur mera dil gbata jata hai; par Khuda mere dil ka buta hai, aur mera abadi hissa hai. 27 Dekh, we jo tujh se diir baio, fana bonge; tu ne un sab ko jo teri taraf se phirke zani hue, halak kiya hai. 28 Aur maiu jo huo, so meri bhalai isi mco hai, ki Kbuda senazdik boi'iu » maio ne M^lik Khudawand par tawakkul kiya hai, taki maiu us ke sare kamoa ko bayau karuy. LXXIV. ZABU'R Nsa.f ka niashkil. 1 Ai Khud^ tn ne kyuu bara ko abadi niardud kiya? teri charSg^h ki bheroo par terc gusse ka dhiiau kyiio uiha? 2 Apni us jamaat ko, jis kf tu ne qadim se Ijharidari ki, aur apne niirasi firqe ko, jise tii ne khalasi bakhshi, aur us koh i Saihun ko jismeo tu ne sukonat ki, yad farma. 3 Istimrari wfranioo par apne panw utha ; , ki dushmanoo ne Bait i Quds meu sari shararateu kiyay. 4 Tere dushman, tere majma ke darmiyan gauga macha rahe haiu; we apni bairaqoo ko nishan banate haiu. 5 We un ke manind malum bote haiy, jo ghane darakhton par tabarchal^te haiD- 6 Aur ab we uski naqqashfon ko ekbargi tabarou, aur hathauriou se torte hain- 7 Uuhou ne tere maqdis men ag lagai hai; unhou ne tere nam ke maskan ko zamin tak napak kiya. 8 Unhon ne apne dil meu kaha. No, un sab ko barbad kareu. Unhon ne zamin par Khuda ki sari ibadatgahou ko jala diya hai. 9 11am apni karamaten kuchh nahio dekhte, koi nabi bhi nahiij, aur hamare darmiyan koi naWo, jo j5ne ki yih kab tak hoga. 10 Ai Khuda, dushman kab tak bam ko malamat karega? kyi dushman abad tak tere nam par kufr bakega? 11 Tu ne kyuu apna dahni hath khinch liyi hai ? use apni bagl se nikal aur chuka. 12 Khudi mera qadimi badshah hai, jo zamio ke bich najat ke kam karta hai. 13 Tn ne apni tawanai se darya ko chira, tu ne panloQ meu tinninou ke sir kuchle. 14 Tu ne lawiyatan ke sirou ke tukre kiye, aur unheo bayaban ke basnewalou kl khurish kiya. 15 Tu ne chashmoo ko, aur maujoo ko chir^ ; Ui ne bare gahre daryaou ko khushk kiya. 16 Din tera hai, aur rat teri; nur aur dftab tu-hi ne banaye, 17 Zamin ki sari sarhaddea tu ue muqarrar kiyau, aur tn ne hi tabistan banaya, aur tii ne hi zamist^n. 18 Ai KuuDAWANB ise yad rakh, ki dushman malamat kartd hai, aur jdhil qaum tere nSm par kufr bakte haio. 19 Apni fakhta ki jan sharirou ki jamaat ke qdbu meo na kar, aur apne miskinoQ ki guroh ko kabhi na bhul. 20 Apne ahd ki taraf mutawajjih ho, ki zamin ke sare andhere makau zulm ke masikin hogaye. 21 Mazldm ko ^hajil mat phiri, balki miskin aur muhtij tere ndm ki sitaiah kareg. 22 Uth, ai Khuda, apni wakalat kar, aur apni har roz ki malamat ahmaq qaum sc yad kar. 23 Apne dushraanou ki dwSz ko bhul na ja, ki un ki fasad jo tere muqibala karte haig, nit taraqqt kartl hai. 7C ZAIJU'R.] ZABU'H. '02$ LXXV. ZABUil. Sardar mugannf kc liye Asaf ka zabiir " Mat bigariyo" ke sur par g^yi jawe. 1 Ai Khuda, ham terd shukr kartc haio, ham shukr karte halu, ki terf aj4ib qudiateu tcic nam k1 nazdiki ko zahir karti^o haiu- 2 Jab maio jamaat par imil^htar houiiga, to maio rastf se hukm kardnga. 3 Zamfn aur uspar ke sare bas- newale pighal gac, aur maiu uske sutdn sambhalti hCiu. (Slid.) 4 Maiu ne j^hiloo sc kah^, Jahalat ke kirn na karo, aur sharlroo se, apne singh na uthSo. 5 Apua singh uncha na karo, aur gardankashi se mat bolo. 6 Ki iqbal na mashriq sc ata hai, aur na magrib se, aur na janub se ; 7 Halki Khudi ^dil hai, wuh ek ko girati hai, aur ddsre ko uthata hai. 8 Ki Khudawand ke hdth meo piyala hai, jis meo surkh shurb hai, aur murakkab se bhara hai, jise wuh bit^ti hai, aur uski talchhat ko bhf zamfn ke sare sharir nichorenge, aur pfenge. Par main jo huu, abad tak bayan karung4, aur Yaqub ke Khuda ki sitaish karunga. 10 Aur maiu sab shariroo ke sfngh kSt dililngS, par sadiqon ke sfngh buland rabenge. LXXVI. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye Asaf ka zabur bin ke sath gayS jawe. 1 Khuda bani Yihudah meu mashhdr hai, uska nam Israeliog meu buzurg hai. 2 Salim meo uska khaima hai, aur Saihun meo uska maskan. 3 Wahao usne kamanou ke tfr, aur siparep, aur talwareo, aur larafdu shikast ki haiu. (Sila.) 4 Tii shikiri pahairon se ziy.ida shaukatwala hai. 5 Sire mazbnt dilwale lut gae, aur apui nind meu so rahe, aur zarbardastou meo se kisi ne apna hath na paya. 6 Terf rlapat se, ai Yaqdb ke Khuda, garfau, aur ghore so gae. 7 Tujhi se dara chahiye, aur jab td ek dafa qahr kare, to kaun tere huzCir khara rah sakta hai? 8 Tii ne asmin par se hukm sunaya, aur zamfn dari aur thain gai; 9 Jiswaqt ki Khuda adalat karne utha, taki zamin ke sare miskinoo ko bachavve. (Sila.) 10 Yaqinan admf ka gazab teri sitaish karega, aur tu baqf ke qahr ko rok lega. II Turn sab jo uske aspas ho, Kuudawand apne Khuda ki nazreu ada karo; aur sab log uske huzdr, jisse darnaliiq hai, qurbanfau guzranen. 12 Wuh shahzadoo ke diloo ko rokta hai, aur wuh zamfn ke badshahoo ke liye muhib hai. LXXVII. ZABUR Bani Yaddtun ke sardar muganni ke liye Asaf ka zabur. 1 Main Khudi ke age zor zor se chilay^, aur maio ne Khuda ke dge pukar pukirke nila kiya, so usne merf taraf k^n rakha. 2 Bipat ke din maiu ne Khudawanu ki talash kf, aur mere hath rat ko uthe rahe, aur maucjuf na hue, aur merf jan ne tasalli pine sc inkar kiya. 3 Maio ne Khuda ko yad kiy5; aur ghabraya ; main ne faryad kf, aur merS jf khijalat se panf pini hogaya. (Sila.) 4 Td ne meri ankheu khuli rakhiu, aur mujh par aisi bipat hai, ki main bol D d d d 2 636 ZABU'R. [78 ZABU'R. nahfo s&kti. 5 Maio agle dinou ko, aur qadiml barsoo ko, jo guzar gae, sochta tha. Mail) rltoo kf apni nagmapardaziag yid karta tha, aur maio apne hi dil se hamsuhbat rahta thd ; aur meri ruh bahut sa tafahhus karti thf. 7 Kyi Khudawand mujh ko abadi mardrid karega? aur phir kabh! mujh par mihrbani na farmaega ? 8 Kya uski rahmat saf abad tak kinara kar gat ? aur kya uska wada pusht dar pusht kat gaya ? 9 Kya Khuda apni rahfmi bhul gaya? kya usne qahr se apni amim rahmatou ko kat dala ? (SiU.) 10 So maio ne kaha, meri zaifi to yih hai, par main us ali janab kc dahne hath ke sannoD ko y^d kiya karnngl. 11 Main Khudawand ke kamoQ k£ tazkira karunga ; muqarrar maio teri qadfmi qudraton ko y^d rakhunga. 12 Maio tcre sab kamou ko nit sochringa, aur teri qudratou ka zikr karnnga, 13 Ai Khuda, tere tariq quds men hai ; kaun aisa bara Khuda hai, jais^ ham^rS Khuda? 14 Tu wuh Khuda hai, jo ajSib kam karta hai; tune apne zor ko logon par zahir kiyS. 15 Tu ne apne bazu se apne logon ko, bani Yaqub aur bani Yusuf ko, makhlasi bakhshf. (Sila.) 16 Ai Khuda, panlon ne, ai Khuda, panfou ne tujh ko dekha, aur dar gae ; aur gahrao bhi beqarar hue. 17 Badlfon ne pan! diya, aur asmanon par awaz hui aur tere tir chSroo taraf se ure. 18 Tera b^dal gird bad ke sath garja ; bijlioo ne dunyi ko roshan kar diya ; zamin larzi, aur kampi. 19 Teri rah darya men hai, aur tera guzar bare p5nfoD meo ; tere qadam ke naqsh ki surdg malum nahiu 20 Tu ne apne logou ko Muea aur Haran ki marifat se gallc ki manind rahnamai ki. LXXVIII. ZABU'R. Asafka mashkil. 1 Ai meri guroh, meri shariat par kan rakh, aur mere munh ki blteo kSn dhar ke sun. 2 Main apni munh kholke ek tamsil kahungi ; aur main qadimi muammoo ko zihir karunga ; 3 Jinheu ham ne suna hai, aur jana, aur hamare Lapdadon ne ham se bayan kiyi. 4 Ham unki aulad se pinhan na karengc, aur anewili nasi par KHUDAWA^D ki sitaish, aur uski qudrateu aur us ke ajib kam, jo usne kiye, zahir karenge. 5 Kyunki us ne Yaqub meo ek ahdnama qaim kiya, aur bani Israel men ek shariat rakhi, jiski bibat usne hamare bipdadoQ ko hukm kiyi, ki we use hamari auUd ko sikhlawen, 6 Taki inewilf pusht, us nasi ko, jo paida hogi, sikhlawe, aur wuh nasi apni aulad ko. 7 Aur we Khuda par tawakkul karen, aur Khuda ke kimon ko bhuli na den, balki uske hukmon ko hifz kareij. 8 Aur apne bap- dadoD ki tarah ek sharir, aur sarkish nasi na hou, aisi naslkijisne apna dil sibit na kiya, aur unki ruh ki Khudi par kamil iatiqad na tha. 9 Bani Ifraim hathyir lagake aur kamanen pakarke jang ke din laute. 10 Unhoo ne Khuda ke ahd ko hifz na kiya, aur na chahi, ki uski shariat par chaleo 11 Aur uske kimoo ko, aur uski ajaib qudratoo ko, jo us ne un par zahir kin bhul gae. 12 Us ne unke bapdadou ke sanihne zamin i Misr meo aur Zuan ke maidan men ajaib kam kiye. 13 Us ne darya ke do hisse kiye, aur unhen par pahunchiya ; aur usne panioo 78 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 637 ko toda toda khara kar diya. 14 Din ko usne badH ko iinKa'rahbar kiy.4, aur sari rat ag kc shualc ko. 15 Us ne bayabciii nicij pattliarou ko shatjn kiy.i, aur un nicQ se unke pine ko darya darya pani bakhsha. Hi Us ne pattiiar uieu sc sailab nikiilc, aur nahroo kS si. panf balidyS. 17 Par unhou ne us alf janab ko dasht mcu pbir gunah karkc gussa dilaya. 18 Aur unhou ne apne liye khana m^ngkoapnc dilou nieu Kbuda ko azniay;i. 19 Ildo, unhou ne Khuda ki gibat ki, aur kaha, Kya Khuda dasht meo khwan i nianiat de sakta hai? 20 Dekho, usne chatan ko niard, aisa ki panf bah nikla, aur dbareo khiib chalfu; ky5 wuh rotf bhi de sakta hai? aur apne logou ke liye gosht muhaiya kar sakta hai? 21 So KiiL'DAWAND ne sund, aur nihiiyat gussa hoke Yaqab mco ek 5g bharkaf, Israel par bhI qahr utha. 22 Kyunki unhou ne Khuda par iatiqad na kiya, aur uski najat par iatimad na rakha. 23 Aur us ne iipar se badlioo ko hukmkiy^; aur asuian ke darwaze khole. 24 Aur un par mann barsa^'a, ki khaweo ; aur unko asmanf galla bakhsha. 25 Adniiou ne firishtou ki khurak khii; us ne unheu shikar khilay^, aur we chhak gae. 26 Us ne mashriqf hawa chalaf, aur uske zor se shiinali hawa bahi. 27 Aur us- ne un par khak ki uianind gosht, aur darya ki ret ki manind pardar nuirg barsae. 28 Aur us ne unheo unke khaimoo ke bich mee, aur un ke maskanou ke as pas giraya. ^ 29 So unhou ne khaya, aur khub ser hue, us ne un ki tamanna unheu bakhshi. 30 We apni tamanna se kanare na rahe, balki jab ki un kl khana unke munhoo meu tha, 31 Tab Khuda ki qahr un par tha, aur unke agniya maqtiil ho gae, aur Israel ke jawan mare pare. 32 BSwujud is sab ke phir unhou ne gunSh kiye, aur us ki ajaib qudratou ka iatiqad na kiya. 33 Tab usne unke dinou ko behudagi men, aur unke barason ko dahshat meu tamam kiya. 34 Aur jab ki usee unhen qatl kiya, tab unhon ne use dhundha, aur baz aye, aur sawere Khuda ke talib hue, 35 Aur yad kiya, ki Khuda unka pahar, aur Haqq Taala un ka najat denewala tha. 36 Lekin unhou ne use apne munhon se bhulaya, aur apni zubanou se usse jhiith bole; 37 Kyunki unke dil uske sath durust na the, aur we uske ahd par Inrin na laye the. 38 Par usne apni rahmatki firawani se unkibadkarlau bakhshin, aur unheu halak na kiy^; hao, bahut bar usne apne qahr ko roka, aur usne apne saregazab kojuiu- bish na di. 39 Kyunki us ne yad kiyS, ki we bashar haiu, jaiseek hawa, jo chaltl hai aur phir nahiu ati. 40 Kyahi lahut logou ne bayaban mcu use gussa diliya : aur wirane men use bezar kiya. 41 Hao, we phir phire, aur Khuda ko ^zmaya, aur Israel ke Quddas ke qudrat ko muntaha rakha. 42 Unhou ne uske hath ko yad na kiya, aur na us din ko, ki jab us ne unko dushmanon sc chhuriya. 43 Ki usne Misr meu kyunkar apni qudratcu dikhlaiu, aur Zuan ke dasht nien ajaib kam kiye. 44 Aur unke chashmoo ko lahu kar dala, ki we apni nahrou se pi na sakeu. 45 Us ne un meu tarah tarah ki makkliiau bhejiu, jo unheu nigal gaiu; aurmenduk paida kiye, jinhoQ ne unheu kharab kiya. 46 Usne unke mewe kirou ko, aur unke khet ti Idioo ko khilaye. 47 Usne unke angiir olou se barbad kiye, aur unke anjiron ke darakht pale se mare. 48 Usne unke mawashi ko olou ke supurd kiya, aur un ke gallou ko bijli ke. 49 Usne baU ke firishte bhejke un par apni (jalir, aur apna azab, aur apna gazab, aur apna iqib nazil kiya. 638 ZAEU'R. [79 ZAiiU'R. 50 Usne npnc qahr ko rah df; unki jan ko maut se panah na df, aur nn kf janeo wabd ke supurd kfij. 51 Usne Misr nico s^re pahilauthe mare; Ham ke mas- kanou meu unki quwatojj ke pahle phal. 52 Par apne logoo ko gospandou ki mlnind rawana kiyd, aur un ko galle ki tarah bayaban meu rah dikhaf. 53 Aur unheo aman se legaya, aisa ki we na dare, aur un kedushman darya men garq hue. 54 Us ne unheij apni muqaddas hudud par pahunchaya, yane us pahar par, ki jise uske dahne hath ne mol liya. 5 '< Usne qaumog ko un ke samhne se hinka, aur qura daike rassi se unbeu miras bantf, aur bani Israel ke firqou ko un ke khaimoo meo basaj^a. 56 Tis par bhi unhoQ ne imtihSn kiya, aur Khuda Tala ko gussa diliya, aur uske ahdou ko hifz na kiya, 57 Balki murtadd hne, aur apnebapdadou ki rolnind sar- kashi ki, aur terhi kaman kf tarah ek taraf phir gae. 58 Aur unhoii ne apne unche makanoD ke sabab use gussa dilaya, aur apni khodi hui maratou se usko gairat dilai 59 Khuda yih sunke gussa hua, aur Israel ne nipat bezlr hua. 60 Aur usne Saila ke maskan ko, wuh khaima, jo us ne logOD ke darmiySn istada kiya thd, tark kiya. 61 Aur usne apne zor ko asT karwSya, aur apni hashmat ko dushmanou ke hath men kar diya. 62 Usne apne logoo ko teg ke supurd kiya, aur apni miras par uska gussa bbarka. 63 Ag ne unke jawanoQ ko fana kiya, aur unkf kunwariOQ ki shadi ke git na gae gae. 64 Unke kahin talwar se mire pare, aur unki bewou ne un par nauha na kiyS. ^ 65 Tab Khodawand us shakhs ki tarah, jo n;nd se chaunke, aur us pahlawan ki raanlnd, jiska nasha utar jae, jaga. 66 Aur usne apne dushmanoo ki pichhari raarf, aur usne unhen abad tak ar gina. 67 Aur usne Yusuf ke khaima ko zalil jana, aur bani Ifraim ke firqe ko, muntakhab na kiya. 68 Par us ne bani Yihiidah ke firqe ko aur koh i Saihun ko, jo uska mahbab tha, barguzida kiya. 69 Aur usne apne maqdis bahut buland banaya, aur zamfn ki manind hamesha ke liye uski neo rakhi. 70 Aur usne apne bande Diud ko barguzida diya, aur gallon ke bhersaloB meo se use nikal liya. 71 Usne use bachchewali bheron ke pichhe se le liya, taki apne logou bani Yaqiib ko, aur bani Israel ko, jo usiii mi'ras hai, charavve. 72 So usne apne dil ke ikhlas se unheo charaya, aur apne hlthou ki fahmid se unki rahnumal kf. LXXIX. ZABU'R. Zabur i Asaf. 1 Ai Khuda, gair gurohon ne teri miras men dakhl kiya ,• tere ir.uqaddas haikal ko unhoD ne nipak kiya ; Yirushalara ko dher kar diya. 2 Tere bandou ki lashou ko uiihou ne ^smani parindon kf, aur tere pak logou ke gosht ko zamin ke wah- shiou ki khurish kiya. 3 Unhou ne unke lahii ko Yirushalam ke girdnawah meu pani ki manind bahaya, ki unka garnewala koi na hua. 4 Ham to apne hamsayoo ke liye ek nang, aur un ke liye, jo hainare aspis haiu, ja i tamaslchur aur istihza hue. 5 Ai Khudavvand, tii kab tak bezar rahega ? kya abad tak tera gussa, kya Stash ki manind bharka hi rahega ? 6 Apna gussa un qaumon par bit^, jinhoo ne tujh ko na pahchana, aur un badshahou par, ki jinhoa ne tera nam na liya. 7 Ki 80 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 639 unhoD ne Yaqub ko nigal liyS, aur uske maskan ko ujar diyS. 8 Ilamiri agli badkarioo ko yad mat kar; apni aniim rahina(oi) ko jald liainarc liyo ar kar, ki ham bahut zalil ho gayc. 9 Ai hamare najat dcnewale Kluidi, apne nam kf shau- kat ke liye hamarl madad kar, aur ham ko bach£ le ; aur apne nam ke Hye hamei} bamare gunihoD se p^k kar. 10 Gair ummateu kis b'ye kahco, ki Unka Khuda kahau hai ? Uamari nazar ke age apne bandou ke us khun ka intiqim leke, jo Li- tdya gaya, gair gurohoy ke darmiyan apne taio zaliir kar. 11 Asfrou kf sansou ko ap tak pahunclme de apni bari qudrat ke muwafiq ; aur un ko, jo maut ke Idiq haiu, bach^ le. 12 llamare hamsayou kf harek malaniat kf saza, jis jis tarah ki unhou nc, ai Kiii'uAWANu, teri maUmat ki, haft haft chand unkigod nico rakh de. 13 So ham, terc bande, aur tcri charagfih ke Llier abad tak tcri shukrguzari karenge ; liam bar ek pusbt ke age teri madh bayan karenge. LXXX. ZABUR. Sardar muganni ke liye Asaf ka zabdr " Ahd ke sosanou" ke siir par gaya jawc. 1 Ai Israel ke garariye, jo tu Yusuf ko gospandou ki raanind rah lagata hai, aur do qariibin ke darmiyan rahta hai. 2 Ifraim aur Binyamfn aur Manassi ke age jalwagar ho; apuf quwat ko harkat de, aur ake ham ko bacha. 3 Ai Khuda, ham ko phir apne chihre ki tajalli dikhla, ki bam bach jaenge. 4 Ai Khudawanb, lushkaroo ke Khuda, tu kab tak apne bandou ki dua se gazab ka dhdau uthlta rahega ? 5 Tii unhcn ansiioo ka kbanl khilata hai, aur unbeu matke bbar bharke ansii pilata hai. 6 Tu ne ham ko hamsa^'ou ke ^ge jbagi e ka sabab kiya ; hamare dushman apas men ham par hanste.Tiaig. 7 Ai lashkaroij ke Khuda, ham ko phira, aur apna chihra roshan kar, ki ham bach jaenge. 8 Tu ok tak ko Misr se nikal laya ; tu ne gair qaumon ko kharij kiya, aur use lagaya. 9 Tii ne uske age rawish banai, aur aisa kiya ki us ne gahri jarpakrf, aur us ne zamin ko bhar diyi. 10 Pab.4r us ke saye tale chip gayc, aur us kf shakhen saro i sahi kf manind huiu. 11 Us ne apni daliao darya tak phailaiu, aur apni tahniau nahr tak. 12 Phir tu nc us ki bar ko kyiin tor phxnka ? ki ab we sab, jo us rah se guzarte haio, use khasotte haig. 13 Jangli banaile use kharab karte haiu, aur dashti darinde use khae jSte haiu- 14 Ai lashkarog ke Khuda, phir mutawajjih ho; Ssman par se nigah kar, aur tak, aur us tak par karam kar. 15 Wuh tik, jise tere dahne h^th ne lagiya, apni shakh samct, jise tii ne apne liye mazbut kiya, 16 Ag se jalaya gaya, aur kata gaya ; we tere chihre ki nakhushi se haldk bote haio. 17 Tu apna hath, apne dahne h^th ke insan par, iusan ke us bete par, jise tii ne apne liye tawana kiya, rakh. 18 Tab ham tujh se na phirenge ; ham ko jila, ki tera nam liya karenge. 19 Ai Khuuawand, lashkaron ke Khuda, ham ko phiri, aur ham^ri taraf apna chihra roshan kar, ki ham bach jaenge. LXXXI. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye Asaf ka zabur Jantiyat ke sSth gdya jawe. 1 Pukirkc Khuda ki madh gio, ki wuh hauiara biita hai; Yuqiib ke Kbucji kc 640 ZABU'R. [82 ZABU'R. live khushf se zamzamapardazi karo. 2 Daf, aur tabla, aur suthra barbat belan samet yahao lao ; 3 Aur bar ek chand rat ko, aur hamari muqarrari idoD ke din shahnaf l)ajao. 4 Kyunki yih Israel kl sunnat, aur Yaqtib ke Khuda ki shariat hai. 5 Us ne Yusuf ke liye, jab wuh zamfn i Misr ke barabar pahunchi, jahao us ne wuh boll suni, jise wuh na samajha, to yih dastur thaharayS. 6 Mais ne us ke kandhc par se bojh utara; uske hathoa ko handioo se najat di. 7 Tii ne bipat meo meri yad kf ;maiu ne tujhe najat di ; maio ne tujhe bidal men se pinhani jawab diya ; maio ne tujhe munazaat kepanion par ^zmaya. (Sila.) 8 Ai mere bando, suno ; ai Israel, a<^ar tu meri sunega, to maiu tere liye gawahi dunga. 9 Tera iioi dusra mabud na ho;tukisi dusre mabiid ko sijda na kijiyo. 10 Khudawand, tera Khuda, maia huD, jo tujhe Misr ki sarzamtn se bahar laya; apna muuh khol, ki main use bhar ddngS. 11 Par mere logon ne meri bat na mini, aur Israelion ne mujhe qabiil na kiyi. 12 Tab main ne unheu un ke diloo ki sarkashi ke supurd kiya, ki we apni mashwaratoB par chale. 13 Kash ki mere log meri sunte, aur Israel meri rahon par chaltS. 14 Kimaig jaldi un ke dushmanoo ko maglub karta ; aur unke bairioo par apna hith phirata. 15 Ki we, jo Khldawand ka kiua rakhte the, usse dab chalte, to unka waqt abadi hota. 16 Maiu uuko suthre se suthre gehun khilati, aur pahar ke shahd se unheu ser karta. LXXXII. ZABU'R. Zabur i A'saf. 1 Khuda janiaat i Ilihi men khara hai, ilahou ke darmiyan wuh adalat karti hai. 2 Tuui kab tak beinsafi se hukni karoge, aur sharfrou ki tarafdiri karoge ? (Sila) 3 Miskinou, aur yatimou ki adalat karo ; dilgirou, aur faqiron ka iusaf karo. 4 Muhtaj, aur miskin ko rih^i do ; shariron ke hathou se uuheij chhurao. 5 We nahiu jante, aur na janenge, ki we andhere men chalte haie ; zamin ki sari buneo jumbish karti hain. 6 Maiu ne to kaha, ki turn sab ilah ho, aur har ek turn men se Haqq Tala ka farzand hai. 7 Par turn Lashar ki tarah maroge, aur ek shahzade ki manind gir jaoge. 8 Ai Khudi, uth, ta ap zamiu ki adalat kar, ki tii sari ummatoQ ka malik hai.. LXXXIir. ZAHU'R. Zabur i Asaf. 1 Ai Khuda, chup mat ho, khanioshi mat kar, aur chain na le, ai K.hud;5. 2 Kyunki dekh, tere dushman fitna barpi karte haiu, aur unhoo ne, jo tera kina rakhte haiu, sir uthaya hai. 3 We natkhati se tere log par mansiiba bandhte haiu, aur tere chhipae haou kf fikr karte haiu. 4 We kahte haiu, ki Ao, unki guroh ko baqi na rakheu, taki Israel ki nam o nisliau bacji na rahe. 5 Unhou ne eka karke mashwarat ki hai, aur tujh par ahd bandha hai. 6 Adi'mi ke sare khaime, aur Lsmieli, aur Moabf, aur sare Hajiri, 7 Aur Jibal, aur Amman, aur Aniiliq, aur Filist Siir ke bashiudou samet muttafiq haiu- 8' Asurl bhi unke sjthi haiy ; we ham Liil ke madadgar haiu. (Sila.) 84 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. ' 6il 9 Tu un se aisa kar, ki jais^ td ne Midyanfoo, aur Sfsar^ aur Yabfn se wa'di i Qaisun nieo kiya, 10 Jo Ain i Dir men halak hne, aur zamfn ke mazbale hue. 11 Unke Ainfroo ko Gurab aur Ziab kf manind kar ; hao, unke s£re danlatmandoo ko Zibah aur Zillmana kf mSnind fana kar, 12 Jo kahtc haiu, Ao, Khuda ke gharoo ke ham malik banco. 13 Ai mere Khuda, unheo chak ke manind kar, aur bhus ki manind n'l ba rii haw£ ke. 14 Jis tarah ^g jangal ko jalati hai, aur jis- tarah shuala paharoD ko surma karta hai, 15 Us tarah tu apne tdfan se un ki taaqub kar, aur apnf haulnak dndhi se unheu pareshin kar. 16 Ai Khudawand, unke niunh ko ruswaf se bhar de, tiki we trre nam ke taUb howeo. 17 We abad tak sarasima aur pareshan hoo ; hao, we rushwa hoo, aur fani hoo. 18 Aur we janeo ki tiihi akela ji?ka nam Khudawand hai, sari zamfn par buland o bdla haL 4 LXXXIV. ZABU'R Sardar mugannf ke lij'e ban! Qurah ka zabur Jantiyat ke sath gaja jawe. 1 Ai lashkarou ke Khuda, teri bargaheij kyi hi dilkash liain. 2 Meri ruh KauDA'WANn ki bargahoo ki muslitaq aur arznmand hai, mera man aur mera tan Khuda i hay.it ke liye lalkarta hai. 3 Gauri bhf apna gonsla aur ababfl apna ashiyana to pita, jahay we apne bachche rakheo : teri qurbangahoo ke nazdik, ai lashkaroo ke Khudawand, mere badshah, aur mere Khuda ! 4 Nekbakht we haiu, jo tere ghar meu baste haio, aur sada teri shukr karte haio. (Sila.) 5 Mubarak wuh insan, jis meu quwat tujh se hai, jis ke dil meij teri raheo haiu- 6 We uniuqul baka mea guzar karte hue use purchashma banate, aur tilaboo ko menh ke panioo se bharte haiij. 7 We taraqqi karte haiu, ki ek qtiwat se diisri qiiwatko pahunch^e chale jite haio, yahay tak, ki Khuda ke ige Saihon meo hizir bote haio. 8 Ai Khudawand, lashkaroo ke Khuda, nieridua qabul kar; ai Yaqiib ke Khuda, kan dhar. (Sila.) 9 Ai Khuda, ai meri sipar, nazar kar, aur apne masih ke munh par tawajjuh kar. 10 Ki ek din, jo tere huziir meo kate ek hazar se bihtar hai; mere liye Khudi ke ghar ki darbani shararat ke khaimoo meu rahne se bihtar hai. 11 Khuda- wand Khuda ek iftab hai, aur sipar hai; Khudawand taufiq aur jalal bakhsbne wila hai ; logoij se jo bahut rastkar haio, neki dareg na karega. 12 Ai lashkaroo ke Khi'dawand, nekbakht wuh insan hai, jise tera bharosi hai. LXXXV. ZABU'R. Sardar muganni ke liye baui Qurah ka zabur. 1 Ai Khudawand, tn apni zamin par mihrban hai, tu Yaqiib ke qaidi ko phcr liya. 2 Tu ne apne logoo ke gunah bakhsh diye, td nc unki sab khata chhipa dalf. (Sila.) 3 Td ne apne sab qahr ko roka, td ne apne gazab ki shiddat ko phera. 4 Ai hamare najat denewale Khuda, hum ko phira, aur apne qahr ko ham par se dafa kar. 5 Kya td ham se sada bezar rahegi? Kya tu slrf pushtou par apne qahr ko khinchega. 6 Kya tu ham ko phir sarsabz na karega, tiki tere log tujh »• E c c e Qii ZAIiU'R. [86 ZABU'R. khushf karcD ? 7 Ai Kuucawand, ham ko apnf rahniat dikha, aur apnl najdt ham ko bakhsh. 8 Maiu suniinga, ki Khudawand Khuda kya farmita hai; wuh to apne bandoo kf, aur apne plk logou kt salamati ki bit kahega, par lazhnhai, ki we pliir jahalat k^ kam na kareo. 9 Yaqinan uskf najat unse, jo usse darte haio, nazdik hai, taki uska jalil hamiri sarzamln meo base. 10 Rahmat aur amanat milnewaliau haio , sadaqat aur salamat bos o kanir kartiag haio- H AmSnat zamfn se ugegJ, aur sadaqat ^smSn par se jhSnkegf. 12 Han, Kiiudawand bhf, jo khab hai, so deg^; aur hamdrl sarzamln apnf hdsil degi. 13 Sadaqat uske ^ge ige chalegt, aur apne qadam kf r^h meo hafhegf. LXXXVI. ZABUR. Namaz i Daud. I Ai Khubawanb, apni kan meri taraf kar, aur mujhe jawab de, kimais garfb aur miskfn huu. 2 Meri jan bacha, ki maiu teri maurid i rahm hno; ta ai mere Khuda, apne bande ko, ki jiska tawakkul tujh par hai, najit de. 3 Ai Khuda- WAND, mujh par rahm kar, ki maio tamam din tere 5ge nala kiyd karta hnjj. 4 Apne bande ke ji kokhush kar, ki ai Khuuawand, main ne apne dil ko teri taraf uthay^. 5 Kyunki tu, ai KnunAWAND, bhala hai, aur amurzgSr hai, aur teri rahmat UB sab par, jo tere nam lete haio, wifir hai. 6 Ai Khudawand, meri dua kan dhar ke sun, sur meri munajat kf Swaz sun. 7 Maiu apni bipat ke din tujhe puk^rungl ki ta mere sunega. 8 MabudoD ke darmiyan, Khui>awand, tujh sa koi nahia, aur teri si sanaateo kahao haio ? 9 Ai Khudawahd, sSri ummaten, jinheo td ne khalq kiya, ^wengi, aur tere age matha ghisengi, aur tere nam ki tamjid karengf. 10 Ki tu buzurg hai, aur tere kam taajjub ke haiu, aur tn hi akela Khuda hai. II Ai Khudawand, mujh ko apni rah bata, ki main teri amanat men khirimSn honnga; meri diljamai kar, taki maio tere nSm se dardij- 12 Ai Khui>awanb mere Khud£, main apne sire dil se tera shukrguzar rahunga ; main abad tak tere nam kl tamjid karungi. 13 Ki teri rahmat mujh par bahut hai, aur tii ne meri riih ko asfal patal se najat di hai, 14 Ai Khuda, gardanljashou ne mujh par charh^i kl hai, aur kattar logoo ki jamaat meri jan ke pfchhe pari hai, aur unhoo ne tujhe apna peshwa nahitj kiyl. 15 Lekin to, ai Malik KhudS, rahmin aur hannan, zu ul tiil, aur rabb ul fazl o wafi hai. 16 Meri taraf mutawajjih ho, aur mujh par rahm kar; apne fazl se apne bande ko tawanSi bakhsh, aur apni laundi ke bete ko najat de. 17 Mujhe neki k& koi nishSn dikhla, taki we, jo meri kina rakhte haio, dekheo, aur sharminda howeo, ki tu ne, ai Khudawand, meri madad kl, aur mujhe tasalli di. 88 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. ^^^ LXXXVII. ZABU'ft. Bani Qnrah ko ir.bur k£ gft. 1 Uski bina muqaddas pahirou meu hai. 2 Khudawand Saihiin ke dstanoo ko Yaqub ke s.lre niaskanoD se ziyada dost rakhti hai. 3 Ai Khuda ke shahr, tert malimiid khaslateo bayan kfjitibaiu. (Sila.) 4 Maio abl i Rahab aur Babul ico apne muarrifoo meo mazkur kardngfi ; dekh, Filist, aur Siir, Ilabash samet, ye wahajj paida hue. 5 Aur Saihun ki b^bat kah£ jaegii, ki Fulaiia fulana us meu paida hui, aur Ilaqq Tila ap usko qiyam bakhshegi. 6 Khl'd.vwaNd jis waqt logou ke nam likhega, to mausiif karega, ki Yih shakhs wahau paida hua tha. (Sila.) 7 Aur we r^g nSch karnewaloQ ke manind gawenge, ki Meri sari khushfoo ke chashme tujh meo baiu. LXXXVIII. ZAliU'R Sardar mugannf ke liye banf Qurah ke zabur ki gft tambur ke sath gaya jawc, Haiuian Ishraqf ka niashkil. 1 Ai mere najat denewale Khuda, maio ne din rat tere age farySd kf : 2 Meri dua tere huzur pahunche, apne kan meri faryad par dhar. 3 Ki maiu jankahioo 86 mamur hdo, aur meri jan patal ke nazdik i rahi hai. 4 Main un meo gina gaya huo, jo garhe meo gire jate haio ; maio us insan ki manind huo, jis kf qriwat kuchh na ho> 5 Murdoo ke darmiyan huu, jo badan se azad ho; un maqtaloo ki manind. jo gor meo lete haio ; jinheo tn kahhf yad na farmawe, aur jinhen tu ne apne hath se kat dala ho. 6 Tu ne mujh ko garhe ke asfal meo diila, andhere meo aurgahraou meo. 7 Teri qahr mujh par mustaidd hdi, tu ne apni sari maujou se mujh ko dabaya. (Sila.) 8 Tu ne mere janpahchanoo ko mujh se baidkiya; tii ne aisa kiy.i ki unheo mujh se nafrat ati hai ; maio qaid meo par gaya, aur nikal nahfo sakta. 9 Meri ankheo mashaqqat ke sabab matamzada haio ; ai Khud.^- WAND, maio har roz tera nam leti huo ; maio ne apne hath teri taraf phailae haio- 10 Kya tu apne hairaiafza kara murdoo ko dikhlawegl ? kya murde uthenge, aur tera shukr karenge ? (Sila.) 1 1 Kya gor meu teri rahmat, aur kya halakat ke bad teri sachaika mazkur hoga ? 12 Kyi tere ajaib andhere meo m4lura honge? aur teri sadaqat faramoshi ki zamin men ? 13 Ai Khudawand, maio jo huo, tere age faryad karti hiio ; meri meri &r hai, aur mer-i Khuda merf panSh ka pahSr hai : 23 So, wuhf unkf badk^ri un par daleg^, aur unhfn ki khabasat meo unko fanakaregi ; hag, Khudawand ham^ra Khuda uoko fana karega. XCV. ZAliU-R. 1 Ao, ham Khcdawand kf madhsarSi kareij, So, ham apni najat ke pahar ki zamzamapardazf karen. 2 Ao, ham uski huzurl meij shiikrguzari karte jawen, aur munajateu karke khush! se gaweu. 3 Ki Khudawand bard hi Khudi hai, aur bara hi Bidsh^h, jo sab m&budoo par muqaddam hai. 4 Zamtn kf sdri gahiraiatj uske qabze men haig, paharon ke khan bhi usf ke hain. 5 Darya uska hai, usne use khalq kiyS, aur usi ke hathoo ne khushk! bhi bandf. 6 lio, yaro, ham sijda kareo, aur jhukeo, aur ham Khldawand ke huzur, jo hamari bananewala hai, ghuthne tekejj. 7 Ki wuh hamard Khuda hai, aur ham us ki charigSh ke log, aur uski dastkari ki bhereu haio- 8 KSsh ki aj ke din turn uski 5waz sunte. 8 Turn apne dilou ko sakht na karo, jaisa ki jhagre ki jagah azmaish ke din bayabSn meo karte the ; 9 Jab ki tumhare bapdadoo ne mujhe Szmaya, aur mera imtihan kiyl, aur mere kSm bhi dekhe. 10 Chilis baras main ne us pirhi par gazab kiya, aur raaio ne kaha. Ye we log haio, ki jinke dil khatSkar haiu, unhoD ne meri rahoo ko na pahichana. llKiun ki babat main ne apne gusse meo qasam khai, ki We mere ardm ke makan meo dikhil na honge. XCVI. ZABU'R. I Yaro, KnuDAWANnke liye naya gt gao, aur sari zamfn Khuuawand ki maddahi kare. 2 Khudawand ki manqabateo gao, uske nam ki tarif karo, aur roz roz uski najat ki basharat do. 3 Ummatoo ke darmiyan uske jalal ki, aur sarf khalq ke bich uski ajaib qudratou ki khabar do. 4 Kyiinki Khudawand buzurg hai, aur nihiyat sitaish ke laiq hai, wuhi sare mSbudoo se ziyada muhib hai. 5 Ki ummaton ke sare mabud putle haio, par SsmanoD ka banlnewala Khudawand hai. 6 Izzat aur kamal uske age hai, qiiwat aur jalil uske maqdis meo hai. 7 Do Khudawand ko, ai logon ke gharano, do Khudawan1> ko izzat o hurmat. 8 Khudawand ke nam ki tamjid karo, qurbani lao, aur uske diyir meo ao. 9 Y^ro, Khudawand ko taqaddus ke husn ke sath sijda karo, aur slri zamin usse dare. 10 Ummaton ke darmiyan kaho, ki Khudawand saltanat karta hai, usne jahdn ko bhi aisi ustuwari bakhshi, ki wuh mutazalzal nahio hota, wuh sadaqat se jahin ka insaf karega. II Asm5n khushi kareu, aur zamin shadiyana bajawe, darya aur uski puri shor karen. 12 Sare maidan us sab samet, jo un meo hai, big big howeo ; ban ke sare darakht lahlahaweo, 13 Khudawand ke fige, kyunki wuh dtd hai, wuh zamfn ki adalat karne atd hai, wuh sadaqat se jahan ki, aur rasti se logoo ki adalat karega. 98 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 6W XCVII. ZABU'R. 1 KnuDAWAKD saltanat karta hai, zamin khushfio tare, bare bare ibid jazire shad howeo. 2 Badli^o, aur k^lf ghataeo uske ^s pas haio, sadiqat, aur adalat uske takht ka makan. 3 Ek shuala uske 5ge ige jata hai, aur uske dushmanou ko bar taraf jalati hai. 4 Uski bijlido ilam ko roshan kartfu, aur zamln dekhti hi kampjltf. 5 Sire pahar Khudaw and ke muqSbale mom ke m£nind gudaz bote hao, sari zamtn Khudawand ke ra ba ru. 6 Sare isman uskf adalat ki manadi karte haio, aur sare log uski hashmat ko dekhte haio. 7 Sharminda howeo, we sab jo khode hue but pujte haiu, aur butoo par phnlte haio; sare mabddo, turn use sijda karo. 8 Saihun ne suni, aur magan haf, banati Yihudah, ai Khudawand, teri adilatoo se khushwaqt huffl. 9 Kyunki ai Khuda- wand, td sari zamin par muqaddam hai, til sare mabudoo se nipat sarbuland hai. 10 Turn jo Khudi ke chdhnewale ho, sharr se kina rakho, wuh apne pSk locoo k! janou kl nigahban hai, wuhi unko shariroo ke hith se najat deta hai. 11 Niir sadiqoQ ke liye mazru hai, aur khushi unke liye, jiake dil mustaqfm haiy. 12 Ai sadiqo, turn Khudawand kf babat khush ho, aur uski quddusi ko yad karke shukr karo. XCVIII. ZABU'R. 1 Khuda ke naye naye git gSo, kydnki usne ajiiblt kiye, uske dast i fist aur muqaddas bazu ne use fath bakhshf. 2 Khudawand ne apnl najit ko zihir kiyS aur usne apni sadiqat ummatoo ko kholke dikhlai. 3 Usne Israel ke gharane ki babat apni rahmat aur amdnat ko yad farmlyi, zamin ke sare kaoirog ne hamare Khuda ki najat ko dekha. 4 Ai sari zamin, Khudawand ke liye khushi se naara mir, aur Iwaz buland kar, aur khush ho, raadh gS. 5 Khudawand ke liye bin bajake gao, bin bajike sur bandhke gao. 6 Narsinghe phnnkte hue, aur sdrangi bajate hue, Khuda- wand liidshih ke Sge khushi ki dwazeg karo. 7 Darya aur uski puri shor machaweo, aur sari dunya aur sab jo us meo baste haiu. 8 Nahreo tal deweo aur sirJ pahariio Khudawand ke ige milke khushiao kareo. 9 Ki wuh zamia ki adalat karne iti Lai, wuh sadaqat se dunya ki, aur insif se logoo ki adilat karega. XCIX. ZABU R. 1 Khudawand saltanat karta hai, khalk kampe, wuh qardbioo ke darmiyan baitha hai, zamin larze. 2 Khudawand Saihun meo buzurg hai, aur wuh siri khilqat se buland hai 3 We tere haulnik ism i azam ki sitiish kareo, ki wub^ quddds hai, 4 Bidshih ki izzat kf, jo adilat ko dost rukhta hai. To ne sadiqat ko sabit kiyi, aur td ne adalat aur sadaqat bani Ya'qiib meo ki. 5 Tum Khuda- wand hamare Khuda ko buzurg jano, aur uske piandiz kichaukj ke barabar sijda karo, ki wuh quddiis hai. F f f f 650 ZABU'R. [lOOZABUR. G Miis^', aur Ilariin, uske kahinoo ke darmiyan, aur Samuel un ke bich, jo uske ndin lewa haiu, unhoo ne Khudjkwand se duaeu mingfu, usne unheo qabiil kiya. 7 Usne badli ke sutiin meu se unke sath bSteo kiu, unhoo ne uske ahdoo aur qauloD ko, jo usne unheo bakhsha, hifz kiya. 8 Ai Khodaiwand, hamarc Khuda, tn unka qabul karnewJla hai, aur unka bakhshnewali, agarchi tii unke iamal ka badla unse leta hai. 9 Khud.vwand hamare Khuda ko Luzurg jano, aur uske mnqaddas pahar ke dge sijda karo, ki Khudawand hamara Khuda quddus hai. C. ZABUR. Shukrguzari ka zabiir. 1 Ai sari zamin, Khudawand ke liye khushawrlzi kar. 2 KhushJ se Khuda- WAND ki ibadat karo, nagmapardazi karte hiieuske huziir hazir ho. 3 Turn jano, ki Khud.vwand wuhl Khuda hai, usi ne ham ko banaya, aur us ke ham haie; ham uske bande haio, aur uf.ki charagah ke bher. 4 Shukrguzari karte hue uske darwazoo men, aur tasbih karte hue uskf darga- hoD meu dakhil ho ; uske mamnunraho; uske nam koniubarak kaho. 5 Ki Khuda- wand bhala hai, uski rahmat abadi hai, aur uski wafai pusht dar pusht hai. CI. ZABU'R. Zahur i D^ud. 1 Main rahmat aur adalat ke git gaunga, ai Khudawand, niaio teri madh- sarai kariinga. 2 Main apni achchhi rah meo khiraman hdnga,ta mujh pas kab awcga ; main apne "har raeo kamil dil se tahalta phirunga. 3 Main apni ankhon ke ra La ru kisi l)uri chiz ko narakhunga; main kaj logoQ ke klm ko du.shmani rakhungi, wuh mujh se na milegi. 4 Mere dil se magrai jati rahegi, maiu sharfr se ashnai na karunga. 5 Wuh jo chhipke apne hamsiiye ki i^ibat karta hai, main use jan se mari'mgi ; jo lauland nif^ah, aur khudbin hai, maio uski bardasht na kariinga. 6 Meri £nkhea zamin ke imandarou par haiu, ki we mere sath raheu; wuh jo mustaqim rah par chalta hai, wuh meri khidmat karega. 7 Wuh jo dagabaz hai, mere ghar men rah na sakega, aur jhuth kahnewala meri nazar tale na thahregS. 8 Main zamin ke sare shariroo ko sawere fani karungn, taki Khudawand ke sliahr se sire bad^ kirdaroij ko kat dalun. CII. ZABUR. Garib ki naraaz, jo garfq hoke Khudawand ke age apna tafakkur bayan karti hai. 1 Ai Khudawakd, meri dua sun, aur meri faryad ko apne huzur pahunchne de. 2 Meri tangi ke din apna munh mujh se na chhipa; meri taraf kan rakh; jis din maio du.i manguu, jald mujhe jawlb de. 3 Ki meri umr dhuea ki tarah talaf hui, aur meri haddian atashkade ke maniud sozan huin. 4 Mera dil mara para, aur ghas ke maniud pazhmurda hiia, mujhe rotikhana yad nahiu Ita. 5 Mere karahne ke shor se meri hadd'au mere gosht se a milifl. 6 Maiu jangli hawasil ke 103 ZABU'R] ZABU'R. C51 mfinind hu», main winne k^ chugd banS. 7 Main par^ jj^gta hiln, aur kunjishk kf tarah chhat ke iipar akela hun. 8 Mere dushman s^re din mujhe malainat karte haio, wc jo merl dushmani par sheila haiij, mujh par hamqasam hiie haiu. 9 Maio roti kl jagah kliak phanktS hiio, aur apne p^ni tiieu ansu militahuD, 10 Tcre gazabaur qahr ke sabab se; kyiiiiki tu ne mujh ko bulaud kiya, phir gira diyfi. 11 Mere din lanib^te saye ke nianind haio, aur maio sabze kf minind murjhayi. 1-2 Par tij, ai Khuda'wand, abad tak Mqf rahoga, aur teri dkr pusht dar pu3ht hota rahog-i. 1 ! Tii uthega, aur Saihun par rSffmat karegl, ki us par rahmat ka waqthai, h.^n, usk^ miitaaiyan waqt pahuncha hai. 14 Ki tere1)ande uske pattharoij se sh5d bote hair, aur uskf khak par mihrbani karte haio. 15 Sari qaumeu Khud v- WAND se darcngi, aur ra i zamtn ke sare bddshah teri tanijid karenge. 16 Ki KnuDA'WAN'n ne Saihun ko bina kiya, aur apne jalil men zAhir hna. 17 Wuh muhtaj kf dui kf taraf niutawajjih hua, aur us kf dua ko radd na kiya. 18 Yjh pichhli pusht ke liye likha jaega, aur log jo paida howengc, Yah kf sit.iish karenge. 19 Ki Khcd.vwand ne apne buland aur muqaddas makSnoo par se nigah kf, KuunAWANn ne asman par se zamfn par nazar kf, 20 Taki qaidion ka karahna sune, t-iki unheu, jin par qatl ka flitwa hda hai, chliurawe, 21 Taki we Saihun men Khudawand ka nam zahir kareij, aur Yinishalam men uska shukr karen, 22 Jab ki sire log aur mamlukateij Kiu'dawani) kf ibadat ke liye jama howen. 23 Usne rah men mera zor ghata diva, aur merf umr kokotah kij'a. 24 Main no kaha, Ai mere Kbuda, meri adlit umr meo mujh kona utha le, ki tere baras pusht dar pusht haio. 25 To ne qadim se zamfn kf bind dSli, ye sare asman tere hath kl sanaaten hain. 26 We fana howenge, par tu baqi rahega, haij, we sab poshak kf minind purine hojaenge, tu unhen libas ki maniud badlegl, aur we muhaddal howenge. 27 Par tu aisahf rahegS, tere barason k;i intiha nahfn. 28 Tere bandou ke farzand qaim rahenge, aur unki nasi tere huznr sabit rahegi. cm. ZABUR. DaiiJka. 1 Ai merl jan, Kuuda'Wand ko mubarakbld kah, aur wuh sab, jo mujh men ho, uske muqaddas nam ko. 2- Kiicdawand ko muharakbdd kah, ai merf jan, aur uskf sab niamatou ko farAmosh na kar. 3 Wuh tere sare gunahon ka bak:hshne- wala hai, wuh tujhe sari bimnrioij se shifa deta hai. 4 Wuh terf jan halakat se hachata hai, wuh tujh par fazl i kaniil aur altaf i shamil ka taj rakhti hai. 5 Wuh tera nuinh achchhi chizoij se bharta l>ai, ki tu uqab ke manind sar i nau jawan hota hai. 6 KuL'DAWAND sadlqat karta hai, aur sare mazliimoo ka insaf. 7 Us no apni ralieu Miisi ko batlaii), aur apne kam bani Isriel ko. 8 KHUDAfWANn rahman aur hannan hai, zii ul tul aur rabb ul fazl hai. 9 Uska jhunjhlina daimi nalifu, wuh apne gusse ko abad tak nahfu rakh chliorta. 10 Usne hamare gunahou ke muwafiq ham se suluk nahfu kiya, aur hamari khatdoij ke mutibiq sazl nabiu df ; 11 Balki jis tarah se dsinan zamfn ke u])ar Jjuland hai, usi tarah uski rahmat un par buzurg hai, jo ussc dartc haiu; 1- Maslt- F f f f 2 g52 ZABUH. [104 ZABU'R. riq aur magrib ki mas^fat ke m^nind ham^rf khataoo ko ham se ddr kiya. 13 Jis tarah Mp betoo par taraa khati bai, usf tarah Khudawand unpar jo usse darte haio, ral?m kart& hai. 14 Ki wuh ham^rl mihfyat ko pahchSnta hai, wuh ySd rakhta hai, ki ham mitti haiu. 15 Admi ke din ghas ke manind bain, wuh jangli gul kt manind phalta hai. 16 Ki hawa us par se guzri aur wuh nahfg, aur koi nahfu jant4 ki uski maqam kah^D thi. 17 Lekin Khudawand kf rahmat un par, jo us se darte haio, azal se abad tak hai, aur uskf sadiqat farzandou ke farzandou par ; 18 Jo uske ahd ko hifz karte haio, aur uske hukmoo ko yad karke un par amal karte haiu. 19 Khddawand ne ^sm^n par apni takht qaim kiyS, aur uski b^dshahat sab par musallit hai. 20 Khudawand ko mubSrakbSd kaho ; ai uske firishto, turn jo zor meu saba- qat le gae ho, aur uske hukmoo par amal karte ho, aur uski aw^z sunte ho. 21 Khudawand ko mubdrakbdd kaho, ai uske sab lashkaro, aur uske Ijhidmat karne- wSlo, turn jo uski marzf par chalte ho. 22 Khudawand ko mubarakbad kaho, ai sdre makhluq uski maralukat ke bar maqam men ; ai merf jan, tci Khudawand ko mublrakb^d kab. CIV. ZAB'UR. 1 Ai meri j^n, Khudawand ko mubarakbSd kah, ai Khudawand mere Klhud^, ta bahut azim hai, ta izzat aur jalal kS lib&s pahine hne hai. 2 Wuh nur ko poshak ke minind pahinti hai, aur SsmSn ko parde ke mSnind phailata hai. 3 Usne apne baUkhanoo ki karioa ko plnfoo par qaim kiyS, aur bad- Ijoo ko apna markab banaya, aur hawa ke bazuou par wuh sair kart4 hai. 4 Wuh apne firishtoo ko ruheo banat^ hai, aur apne khidmatguz^roo ko 5g ki shuala. 5 Usne zamtn ko uski bind par banaya ki use kabhf jumbish nahio. 6 Tu ne gahraoD ko aisa dhampi jaise libds se, aur plni pahlroo par khare hue. 7 We terl ghurki se bhage, aur tere badal ki awaz se saham gae. 8 Fahaf buland hue, aur garhe past, un jagahou ke bich, jo tu ne unke liye bina kfn. 9 Tu ne aisi hadd bandhi hai, ki we us se guzar nahig sakte, aur zarafn ^.o phir chhipi nahio lete. 10 Usne nahreo past zamtnoo meu bhejio, jo paharon ke blch bahti haig. 11 Aur we bar ek dashti charind ko pilati hain, jangal meg gorkhar unse apni piyas bujhate haiu ; 12 Un ke is pas hawai parinde baser! lete haio, we dal dil par chachahate haiu- 13 Wuh apne bllakbanoo se paharon par panf cbhiraktd hai, aur teri sanaatoo ke pbalou se zarain malam^l hai. 14 Bahfmou ke liye ghas, aur insan ki khidmat ke liye sabzi wuhi ugata hai, tSki wuh unke liye zamin se giza paidi kare ; 15 Aur wain, jo insan ke dil ko khush kartS. hai, aur raugan se ziyada chihre ko chamkata hai, aur roti jo insan ke dil ko tawanai bakhshti hai. 16 Khudawand ke darakht ras bhare haio, Lubnan ke saro jo usne legae, 17 Jin meo parinde dshiyane banate haio, aur laglag jo hai, sanaubar ke darakhtoQ meu uska ghar hai. lb Aur unche pahar kohl bakron ke liye haio ; aur chatan khargoshoQ ki panah ke liye. 19 Usne chand Ifo zamluoQ ke liye banaya, aur ^ftab apne gurab ki jagah 105 ZABUTl.] ZAUU'R. 6«8 pahchSnta hai. 20 Td nc andhera kiyS, t&ki rit ho, jis meu sare jangli ch^rpaye sair karte haio. 21 Sher bachche apnc ehikSr ke liye garajte haiu, aur Khuda se apni khurak miingte haip. 22 Aur Sft^b nikalte hi we jama bote hain, aur apne giroo meo ja baithte hato- 23 Insaii apne kdrobar ke liye bahar nikalti hai, aur apni mihnat ke liye sbdm tak rahta hai. 24 Ai Khudawand, ter! sanaateu kiya hi bahut haio ! Tu no un sab ko hikmat se banay^, zamin tere mil se pur hai. 25 Yih aisi bar^ aur chaufi darya hai, jis meu beshumar chhote bare janwar raftar bain. 26 Us meo kishtf^o rawatj haio, aur we bari machhlido jo td ne banain, taki us meo khelti phireo. 27 Ye sab terf taraf takti haiu, ki td un ko waqt par un ki khurak pahunchawe. 28 Jotu unheo pahunchata hai, to we le lete haio, aur jo td apni mutthi kholta hai, to we nafisoo se ser hoti haio. 29 Td apnd munh chhipata hai : we mutahaiyir hoti haio, td unka dam pher leti hai : we mar j^ti haio, aur apni mati meo phir mil j^tl haio- 30 Td apni dam bhejta hai : we paida bote haio, aur tu rd i zamin ko tar o tiza karta hai. 31 Khudawand ke jalal kl baqa abadi hai, Khudawand apni sanaatoo se Jchush hai. 32 Wuh zamin par nigah karta hai, so kamp jati hai, wuh paharoo ko chhuta hai, so we dhuao hoke urtehaig. 33 Maiu to jab tak jita rahungl, tab tak Khudawand ki madhsarai kariing^, maio jab tak maujud rahdnga, Khuda- WAND ki tasbih karti rahdnga. 34 Mera tafakkur use pasand awe, maio Khuda- wand semasrur hungi. 35 Kash ki gujiih karnewale zamfn par se fani ho jaweo, aur khabisoo ke nishan baqi na rahen ! Ai meri jSn, Khudawand ko mubarakbid kah. Hamo-Yah. CV. ZABU'R. 1 Khudawand ka shukr karo, aur us ka nam lo ; aur logon ke darmiyan uske kimoo ko bayan karo. 2 Uske git gao, uskimaddahi karo; uske sab ajaib kamoo ke qisse kaho. 3 Uske ism i quds ki tarajid karo, Khudawand ke talibou ke dil khushwaqt howeu. 4 Khudawand ke aur uskt^quwat ke khwahau raho, sada uske muwajahe ki talash men raho. 6 Uske ajiib aur garaib kamon ko, jo us ne kiye, aur uii hvikmoij ko, jo usne apne munh se fariiiae, yad karo ; 6 Turn nasi i Abiraham, jo us ke bande ho, turn bani Yaqub jo us ke barguzide ho. 7 Wuhi Khudawand hamara Khuda hai, tamam zamin meo uske ahkSm haig. 8 Usne apne ahd ko aur us sakhun ko, jo us ne kah^, hazar pushtoo ke liye yad rakha, 9 Wuhi ahd jo us ne Abirahira se kiya, aur Izhak se uski qasam khai, 10 Aur use Yaqdb kl haqq aur Israel ki ahd i abadi thaharaya, 11 Aur farmayi, ki Maio Kanan ki zamin tujh ko deta hiio, yih teri maurdsi hissa hai ; 12 Jis waqt ki we shumar meo kam the, aur bahut thore aur zamin meo pardesi the. 13 Aur we qaum ba qaura aurmamlukat ba mamlukat pare phirte the. 14 Usne kisi ko maqdur na diya, ki un par zulm karta ; usne unki khatir bidshahoo ko tanbih ki : 15 Ki " Mere masihoo ko mat chhdo, aur mere nabioo ko na satio." 16 Aur usne us sarzamin par kal ko hukm diya, usne roti ki tek toii. 17 Usne un se peshtar ek shakhs ko bheja ; Ydsuf lechi gayi ki gulam ho, 1 8 Jiske panwoo ko unhon ne paika.-'iy pahinake dukh diyi; wuh lohi uske dil meu pahuncha, )9 G54 2ABU^R. [lOG ZAbU'R. Jis waqt tak ki uska kalam purl hu'i, ki Kiiddawand ke sakhun se wuh mujarrab thaharl. 20 Bidshdi ne log bheje, aur use rihiil di ; logon ke hakim ne use Izad kiyl. 21 Usnc use apne ghar aur apne sare asbab kS wazlr kiya, 22 Takiuske hakimoo ko, jab chahc, bSndh ddle, aur uske masbdikh ko aql sikhlawe. 23 Israel bhi Misr meo ^yi, aur Yiqiib Ham kt zamin meo musafir hna. 24 Aur usne apni guroh ko firawani bakhsh?, aur unheu unke diishmanou se zi^'ada qawi kiya. 25 Usne unke dilou ko phera, ki we uske logou se adawat karne lage, aur us ke bandon se dagabazf. 2G Tab us ne apne Lande Musa ko, aur apne Larguzfda Harun ko bheja. 2'/ Unhou ne unke darmiyan uske muajize dikhlae, aur Ham ki zamln men ajaib. 28 Usne tariki bheji, so andhera hda ; aur unhoo ne uske sakhun se sarkashi na ki, 29 Usne unke piinfou ko lahu banaya, aur unkf machhllou ko mir dala. 30 Unki sarzamin ne bahut se menduk ugle ; unke badshahon ki kothrion mca bhf. 31 Usne hukmkiya, aur tarah tarah ki makkhiau aur jiinen unki sab hudiid meu ain. 32 Usne menh ki jagah an par ole barsae, aur un ki sarzamin mea ag bharki. 33 Usne un ke takistan aur anjiron ke bag barbad kiye, aur un ki hudud ke darakht tor dale. 34 Usne hukm kiya avir tiddi ae, malakh nikle aur we beshumar the. 35 We unki zamin ki siri sabziao kha gae, aur unke mulk ke raewe nigal gae. 36 Usne unki zamin meu sire pahlaut he mare ; un ke tamam quwat ke pahile phal. 37 Aur wuh unheu riipe aur sone ke sath nikal liya, aur unke firqon meo ek bhi nitawan na tha. 33 Unke nikal jane se Misr khush htia, kyunki unka khaufun meu para tha. 39 Usne badli ko phailaya, taki sayakare; aur ig ko, taki rat ko roshan kare. 40 Unhou ne manga, usne salwa diya, aur unko asm4ni rotioij se ser kiyi. 41 Usne chatan ko cliira, aur pani uchhli ; pini nahr ke ma- nind khushki par baha. 42 Kynnki usne apne muqaddas kalam ko, aur apne baude ALiraham ko yad kiya. 43 Wuh apne bandon ko khushi ke sath aur apne barguzidou ko bashashat ke sath nikal laya. 44 Usne unheo qaumon ki sarzamineo dig, unhou ne qaumon ka hasil miras pai : 45 Taki we uske huquq ko hif^ kareu, aur uski shariat ko yad rakheo. Halilo-Yah ! CVI. ZABU'R. 1 Halilo-Yah! KIhudawanb ka shukr karo, kydnki wuh achchha hai, aur uskf rahmat abadi hai. 2 Kaun Khudawand ki karamaton ki taqrir kar sakta hai, uski sari shukrguzariau kaim kar sakta hai ? 3 Mubarak bande we jo hukm ko yad rakhte haiu, aur wuh jo hardam rastkar hai. 4 Ai Khudawand mujh par yad karke wuh mihr kar, jo to apne bandou par karta hai, liaij, mujh par apni najat se mutawajjih ho, 5 Taki maiu tere barguzidou ki bhalai dekhuu, aur taki maiu teri guroh ki khushwaqti se khush houn, aur teri miras meu shamil hoke tamjid kariig. 6 Ham ne apne bapdidou samet gunah kiye, ham se taqsir huf, ham ne shar.irat ki. 7 Hamare dade Misr ke bich teri ajaib qudratou ko na samjhe, uuhou ne teri rahmatou ki bahutayat ko yad na kiya, aur darya par, yane darya i Qulzuin par tujhe gussa dilaya. 8 Lekin usne apne nam ke liye unheu bachaya, t^ki apni qawi qudrat zahir kare. 9 Usne darya i Qulium ko datita, so wuh sukh gay^, wuh unheu gahrai 106 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. G55 men se pSr legaya^ jaise bayakln mcu sc. 10 Usnc unheo uske hath se, jounki kina rakhta tha, najdt df,aur dusliman kehathoo serihai haklishf. 11 Panf ne unke bairfou ko chhip:i liyi, un mcu se ek bhi na bacha. 12 Tab wc uski bitou par Imin lae, we uske madhkhwan hue. 13 We jald uske krimou ko bhul gae, weuskf maslahat ke inuntazir na rahc. 14 Unhcu ne jaiigal mcu buri khwahish kf, aur b.nyaban meu Khuda ko ^zmaya. 15 Usne unka matlab rawa kiy^, par iinki jdnoo nieu lagarf bheji. 16 UuhoQ ne khaimaglh mcu Mi'isa pur, aur Khudawand ke muqaddas mard Ilariin par hasad kiy;i. 17 So zamin phalf, aur Ddtan ko nigal gaf; aur Abiram kS sarf jamaat us- meu sama gaf. 18 Aur unkf mahfil meo ek shuala utha, us shuale ne sharfrou ko bhasam kar diya. 19 UnhoD ne Ilurib meg gosala banayd, aur dhdli hui murat ke age sijda kiyd, 20 Is tarah unhon ne apne Kibriya ko ek bail ki tashbih se, jo ghds khata hai, badal dala. 21 Unhon ne apne najat dencwale Khudi ko bhuLd diyi, jis ne unke liye Misr meo bare bare kam kiye, 22 Aur ajaib kam Him ki zarafn meu, aur muhib shugl darya i Qulzum par. 23 Aur usne farmaya, ki Main unheu jan se mdrunga, agar uskabarguzfda Miisa usrakhna meu uske age na khara hotd, taki uske gazab ko phere, na howe ki wuh nabiid kar dale. 24 Hau unhou ne dilpizfr zamin ki tahqfr kf, we uske sakhun par fman na lae ; 25 Balki apne khaimon men kurkurde, aur Khudawasd ki iwaz ke shinawS na hue. 26 Tab usnc apna hith uthdke qasam khaf, ki unhen bayabdn men gira de, 27 Aur unki nasi ko bhi ummatou mec gira de, aur unhen mulkoQ meu tintera kar de. 28 We jama hoke Baal Fagnr parast hue, aur bejan putliou ki qurblnfao khdne lage. 29 Unhou ne usko apne amalou se gussa dildya, aur waba ne un men rakhna kiy.i. 30 Us waqt Finihas utha aur sazd df, so waba jati rahi. 31 Aur yih uske liye saddqat mahsab hui, pusht dar pusht abad tak. 32 Unhou ne phir usko khusiimat ke panf par gussa dilaya, so wuh Musa se unke liye nakhush hiid ; 33 Kyunki unhoQ ne us ki ruhko talkh kiya, aisa ki wuh apne laboo se ndmunasib bold. 34 Unhoo ne un logon ko, jiske qatl ka hukm Kuudawand ne ki^^d tha, mar na dUd ; 35 Balki gair gurohou se mel kiya, aur unke sc kdm sikhe ; 36 Aur unhoQ ne unke butog ki parastish kf, jo unke liye phandd hua ; 37 Unhou ne to apnf betioD aur apne beton ko Shaydtfn ke liye qurbanf kiya, 38 Aur begunahoQ ka, yine apne betion aur apne bf too ka khun kiya, ki unhoij ne unko Kandn ke butou ke age zabh kiya, aur zamin lahu se napakhui. 39 Aur apne kamoij meu mulauwas hue, aur apne fialou men zinakar bane. 40 Tab KiiUDAWAND kd gussa bandou par bharka, aisd ki usne apnf miras se bhi nafrat ki ; i 1 Aur usne use gair qaumou ke qabze men kar diya, so we, jo unka kina rakhte the, un par musallit hue. A2 Unke dushmanoo ne unko sataya, we zerdast hoke unke qib'l meu hogae. 43 Usne barlian unko najat df, aur unhoD ne apni mashwarat se use nakhush kiya, aur we apne gundhoo ke sabab raurjha gae. 44 So wuh unke dukh par mutawajjih hua, ki usne unka ndla suni. 45 Usne unke liye apne ahd ko yad farmaya, aur apnf rahmaton kf firawanf ke mutabiq pachhtayi. 46 Usnc aisi kiy.i, ki un sab ne bhi, jo unhcQ asfr kaike le gae, un par tars khaya. 656 ZABU R. [107 ZABU'R. 47 Ai Khudawand, hamSre Khuda, ham ko najat baVhsh, aur ham ko gair qaumoo meu se ek jagah far^ham kar, ki tera muqaddas nim leke shukr kareo ; aur teri sitaish karne mcu Ifhush hoo. 48 Khudawand, Israel kS Khud:C, azalf abadf mubirak howe, sSre log boleo, Amin ! Halilo-Yah ! CVlI. ZABUR. Sifr i khamis. 1 Khtjdawand ki shukrguzirf karo, ki wuh khnb hai, aur uskf rahraat abadi hai. 2 We jo Khijdawand ke makhlasi diye gaye haio, yao kaheo, jinheo usne dushmanon ke hith se riha! bakhshi, 3 Aur unheo zamfnon se jama kiya, mashriq aur magrib, shimdl aur janub se. 4 We jangalmeu rah ke bich gum hue the, aur unhen kof shahr na milta tha, jah^o baseu. 5 We bhukhe aur piyase bhf the, aur unki jan gash khati thf. 6 So unhoo ne apnt bipat meo Kiiudawand ko pukarS, usne unkf musibatoo se unheo najat di. 7 Aur usne unheu stdhfrah meochalayS, taki we basne ke shahr meo pahuncheo. 8 We Khddawanb ke ^ge us kf rahmat kf, aur bani Adam ke Sge us ke ajSib kSmoo ki sitiish kareo ! 9 Kyunki wuh piyase ka dil ser karnewala, aur bhnkhe kS ji khubf se bharnew£la hai. 10 We jo zulmat meo, aur zill i maut meo bailhe the, aur Sjizf, aur lohe ke qaidi the. 11 Kyunki unhoo ne Khudi ke hukmou se sartabf kf, aur Janab i Ali kf mashwarat kf ihanat kf. 12 Is liye usne unke diloo ko mashaqqat se Sjiz kiya, we gir pare, aur kof madadgar na tha. 13 Us waqt unhoo ne apnf bipat meu Khudawand ko puklra, aur usne unheo unkf musibatoo se chhurayl. 14 Usne uuheo zuhnat, aur zill i maut tale se bahar nikala, aur unke bandhanou ko tor dala. 15 We Khudawand ke Sge us ki rahmat kf, aur banf Adam ke ^ge us ke ajaib kamoo kf sitaish kareo ! 16 Kyunki usne tSrabe ke darwize tore, aur lohe ke qufl kat diye. 17 Saf ih log apni kotahf se, aur apnf badkarioo se ranjfda hue. 18 Unke ji ko harek tarah ke kh£ne se nafrat hof, aur we maut ke ^stanou ke muttassil 5 pahunche. 19 Tab uhhoo ne apnf musfbat meo Khudawand ko pukara, wuh unheo unke dukhoo se naj4t deta hai. 20 Usne hukm kiyS, aur unheo shifa df, aur unkf halakatoo se rihif bakhshi. 21 We Khudawand ke age us kf rahmat kf aur banf Adam ke ^ge us ke ajaib k^mou kf sitiish kareo I 22 Aur shukrana ada kareo, aur shidmini se uske kimoo ko bayan kareo. 23 We jo, kishtfoo meo darya par warid bote haio, we jo bare pSnfoo se kSn» rakhte haio : 24 Wehi Khudawand kf qudratoo ko mushdhada karte haio, aur darya meo uske ajiib dekhtehaio. 25 Kyunki wuh hukm kart4 hai, aur tiifanf hawa chalata hai jisse maujeo uthne lagti hain. 26 We dsmanon par charhte haio, pher gahr^o meo utarte haio, unkf janeu burai se gudaz ho jlti haio- 27 We badmast ki tarah age pichhe girte haio, aur atere jite haio ; unke hawassbilkull urgae haio- 28 So we apni tangi meo Khudawand se faryad karte haio, aur wuh unkf musi- batoo se unhen najat det^ hai. 29 Wuh Sndhf ko thama deta hai, aisS ki uski maujeo qarar pakarti haio. 30 Tab we khush bote haio, ki unheft chain milti hai, wuhi unko, ji-, bandar mcu we jiy^ ch^htc haig, le pahunchUi hai. 31 We. 108 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 657 Khudawamo ke dgc us ki rahmat kj, aur bani Adam kc age us ke ajdib kdmoo kf sitaish kareu. 32 We usko logon ke majma meu buland kareo, aur raashiikh kl majlis meo uska shukr kareo. 33 Wuh nahrou ko sahra banita hai, aur panJ ke chashmoo ko sukhf zamtn kar dalta hai, 34 UgaiiewaU iamin ko shor kar deta hai, unkf shararat ke sabab se, jo wahao baste halo. 35 Wuh baysbin ko jhU bana dalta hai, aur khushk zamln ko chashnic banrita hai. 36 Wahau wuti bhulihou ko basata hai, taki we ibadi ke liye shahr taiyar karcu, 37 Aur khetl kareu, aur angurou ke lag lagaweo, aur hasil ka phal jama kareo- 38 Wuh unheo bhi barakat deta hai, so we bahut hojdte haio, aur unkt mawSshi ko kam hone nahlu deta. 39 We pher ghat jate haio, aur zaill hote haio, zuhn aur mus5bat aur gam ke mare. 40 Wuh amfroo par zillat clulti hai, aur aisi karta hai, ki we jangal jangul berah bliatakte phirte haio. 41 Wuh khaksarou ko unkiajizf se buland karta hai, aur unke gharanoo ko galle kl tarah banata hai. 42 Sadiq log dekhenge, aur masn'ir honge, aur sare badkaroo ka munh band hojata hai. 43 Wuh kaun sa Sqil hai, jo un chlzoQ ka dhiyan rakhe, ki we Khodawand kf rahmatoo ko Ijhiib samjhenge. CVIII. ZABU'R. Zabur i Daud. I Ai Khuda, raera dil mustaidd hai, main apnfshaukat ke sith giiSnga, aur sitaish karunga. 2 Jag, ai bin aur barbat, ki maio sawere jagunga. 3 Ai Kuudawand, maig logou ke darmiyan teri shukrguzari karunga, main gurohoo ke bfch teri niadhsaral karunga. 4 Kyunki teri rahmat azim, aur asmanoij se balatar hai, aur teri amanat badlioQ tak hai. 5 Ai Khuda, tu ^smanoQ par sarfaraz ho, aur tera jalil sari zamin par ho. 6 Taki tere mahbdb rihai paweo, apne dahne hath se naj It de, aur merf sun. 7 Khuda ne apne quds se qaul diya hai, Maio khush houng', maiu Sikm ko taqsim kariingi, aur nasheb i Sukkat komapunga ; 8 Jiliahd mera hai, aur Manas- si bhi mera, aur Ifraim bhi mere sir ka zor hai, aur Yihudah meri saltanat ka as£. 9 Moab mere nahane dhone ka lagan, Adiim par maip apni jiiti chaHunga, Filist par main shadiylna bajaungd. 10 Mustahkam shahr meg kaun mujhe lejaega? Adiim tak mera rahbar kaun hogi? 11 Ai Khuda, kya tu nahfo jis ne hameo radd kiya ? Ai Khuda, kya tu hamare lashkaroo ke sath khuruj na karega ? 12 Dushman se hamiri kumak kar, ki admf ki madad batil hai. 13 Khuda ke zor se ham bahaduri karenge, kyunki wuhi hamare dushmanoo ko latar mirega. CIX. ZABU R Sardar muganni ke liye Daud ka zabur. 1 Ai mere sitaish ke Khuda, chup mat ho. 2 Kyunki sharfroo aur raakkaroo ne mujh par zabaneo kholio hain, we jhiithi b^teo mere haqqmeu kahte haio. 3 Ua ke kina^mez kalam ne mujh ko gher liya hai, aur we besabab mujh se larte haiu. 4 We meri dosti ke iwaz men mujh se dushmani karte hai i ; par maio jo hiio, <^ g g g 658 ZABU'R. [110 ZABU'R. dud karuo- 5 Unhoo ne meri nekl ke iwaz mujhe badi kd sila diya hai, aur muhabbat kc badle mcy adawat k^. 6 Tri ek sharfr ko us par qaim kar, aur uske dahne hath Shaitan ko khara kar. 7 Ki jab uski hisib liyd jawe, to wuh mujrim thahare, aur uski dua gunih ho jawe. 8 Uske din thore howeii, uska mansab dusra pawe. 9 Uske bachchc yatim ho ja- weu» aur liski jorii bewa hojiwe. 10 Uske bachche sadadar ba darphireu, aur bhik DiSngeu, we apne wiranoo se awara hoke khurak dhundhte phiren. 11 Sudkhor sab kuchh, jo uska ho, le leo, aur pardesi uski daulat garat kareo. \2 Kof us par tars na khawe, uske yatiinoo par koi rahm na kare. 13 Uski nasi baqi na rahe, aur diisri pusht meo us ka nam mitaya jawe. 14 Uske bap- dadoij ki badkSriaa Kuudawand ke huzur mazkur howeu, aur uski ma ka gunah jiiitiya na jawe. 15 We nit Khudawasd ke age raheu, taki wuh zamin par se unka tazkira nibiid kar de. IG Kynnki us ne rahimi ko yad na kiya, balki wuh niiskin aur mulMtaj ke pichhe para, taki dilshikastou ko qatl kare. 17 Jaisa us ne lanat ko dost rakha, so wuh us par d pare, aur jaisa wuh barakat 86 tezar raha, so wuh barakat us se dur rahe. 18 Jaisi us ne lanat ko khilat ke manind pahin liya, waise lanat pani ke raanind uski antriou men aur tel ki tarah uski haddiou mea ghuse. 19 Lanat uske Hye aisi howe, jaise poshiik, jo use chhipi leti hai, aur jaise patkd, jo sada us ki kamar ke gird lapti rahta hai. 20 Khuda- WAND ki taraf se mere dushmauon ka, aur uulci, jo men jSn ko zabun kahte haiu, yih sila howe. 21 Par tu mujh par, ai Kuudawand Khuda, apne nam ke liye rahm kar, ki teri rahmat khub hai, tu mujhe uajat de. 22 Ki maitj miskfn aur muhtaj hue, aur mera dil mujh meo majruh hai. 23 Main lambate hue saye ke manind tamam hiia; maiij tiddi ki tarah jhar phenkd gayl. 24 Mere ghutne faqe se nStawan ho gae, aur mere gosht mea chikmi na rahi. 25 Maiu unka nang hui, we mujhe nigah karte haio, aur sir hilate haiu. 2G Ai Khudawakd, mere Khuda, meri yawari kar, apnf rahmat ke mutabiq mujhe najat de, 27 Tdki we janeu ki yih tera hath hai; ki tu ne, ai Khvda- wand, yih kiya hai. 28 We lanat kareo, par tu barakat de; jab we utheu, to sharminda howeo, par tera banda shadmin ho; mere dushman ko khijalat ki poshak pahiua, aur unko pareshaniki chadar urha. 29 Maiu apne munh se Kuuda- wand k.i bahut shukr karunga, muia jamaaton mcj bahutou ke bich us ki sitaish kariinga. 30 Kyuuki wuh miskin ke dahne hath khari hoga, taki use un sc, jo uski jan ke khwahau haiu, najat dcwe. ex. ZABU'R. Zabiir i Daud. 1 Khiidawahd ne mere Khudawand ko farmaya, Tu mere dahne hath baitb, jab tak ki maiu tere dushmanoa ko terepinwtale ki chauki karun. 2 Khuda- ■WAND zor ka asa Saihon meu se bhejega : td apne dushinanon ke darmiyan hukm- r4ni kar. 3 Tere log teri qiiwat ke din husu i taqaddus ke sath ikhtiy.ari qurbani.iu llwenge, aur teri aulad ki shabnam sahar l^e rahim se ziyada hogi. 4 Khudawakd ne Ill ZABUR] ZABU'R. C59 qasam khif hai, aur wall na pachhtawegi : Td Malik i Sidq k( tafFmeo abad tak kahia hai. 5 KucD.«wAND tere dahne hith apne qahr kc din bidsliihoo ko do mircgX. 6 Wuh qaumoo ko mujritu thahr^vvegi, wuh lishoo ke tiide kar dega ; wuh luainlukatoQ meu bahutou ke sir kuchlegi. 7 Wuh rah meo nile ka panf pfegS : is li_j e wuh sir buland karcga. CXI. ZABUR. 1 Ilalilo-Yah ! Maio tamSra dil se Kiiudawand ka shukr karungS, 8adf(iou M majlisoo meu, aur jatiiiat met). 2 Khudawand ke kain bu/.urg haio, unko we log tafahhus karte haio, jo unheu dost rakhte haio. 3 Uski kam jib o jalal hai, aur us kf sadaqat abadS hai. 4 Us ne apoe ajaib kamog ke liye yadgiri rakhf ; Khudawand haimin aur rabmin hai. 5 Us ne unko, jo us se tarsin rahte haio, kliani diyi, wuh apne ahd ka zikr abad tak karegi. 6 Usne apne kamoQ ka zor apne logou ko dilchlayi, tiki unlieo qaumoo ki miras bakhshe. 7 Us ki dastkariio haqiqiten aur adilateo haiu ; uske sire ahkam yaq^ni haig, 8 Un ke istihkSin azali abadi haiu, we adl aur rSsti se kiye gaye haiu- 9 Us ne apne logou ke liye najat bheji, apne ahd ko abad tak mazbut farmiya hai ; uska ni.m quddus aur mubib hai. 10 Khudatarsi hikmat kf ibtida hai, aur un sab kS, jo us par amal karte haiu, khub zihn hai ; sitaish abad tak usi ke Hye hai. CXII. ZABU'R. 1 Ilalilo-Yah ! Mubirakbanda wuh hai, jo Khcd^jwand se tars^o hai, aur uskf farm iishou se nihiyat khush hai. 2 Us ki nasi zamin par zoriwar hoga ; parhez- garou k! aulid mubarak hogi. 3 Uske ghar me a mal aur daulat hogi, aur uskf sadaqat abadf hogi. 4 Tarikf met) ristkdroo ke liye nur cbaraka, wuh^ihrbin, aur rabiin, aur sidiq hai. 5 Jo nek mard hai, raihrbini karta hai, aur qarz deti hai, wuh apne karobar ko g.iur karke durust karta hai. 6 Yaqfnan usko kabhf jumbish na hogi ; sadiq ki yadgari abadi hogi. 7 Wuh buri khabareo sunke hirisin na hogi, uske dil meu istiqlil hai, uska tawakkul Khudawand par hai. 8 Uska dil mutmaiyanhai, wuh na daregi, yahau tak ki wuh apne aduoo par zafar piwega. 9 Usne khindi^'a hai, usne misklnon ko di^^i hai : uski sadiqat abad tak baqi hai, uska singhjalil ke aith surfarlz hogi. 10 Sharir dekhcgi, aur kurhegi, aur dant pfsega, aur gud iz ho jawega ; sbarirou kl tamanna fani ho j iegi. CXIII. ZABUR. I Ilalilo-Yah! Ai IChcdawand ke bando, uskf sitaish karo; Khudawand ke nam kf madh karo. 2 Khud.vwand ka nam is dun se abad tak mubarak howe. 3 Aftib ke matla se leke uske magrib tak, Khudawand ka nam maradah ho. 4 Khudawand siri uminatou .se buland o bSla hai ; uski jalil asminou par hai. 5 K.HODAWAND hamare iiliudi kf manind kaun hai, jo bulandiou p ir ratiti hai, 6 Aur nasheb tak ata hai, taki asman aur zamin par uigah k.are? 7 Wuh miikfa ^' g g g ■- 660 ZAB'UR. [lU ZABU'R. ko khak se uthi leta liai, aur muhtaj ko mazbale se unch^ karta hai, 8 Taki use shahzadou kc sith, ydne apne baiidou ke shahzadon ke sath LailhUwe ; 9 Wuh binjh aurat ko gliar meu baithata hai, aisa ki wuh bachchoo ki ma l^hush$ ke sitb ho. Ualilo-Yah ! CXIV. ZABU R. 1 Jab Israel Misr se nikla, aur Ydqub ka gharani ajnabf logon meo se : 2 To Yibndah uski bait i quds hi'ia, aur Israel uskl mamlukat. 3 Darya ne yih dekha, aur palat gayS, aur Yardan ulti bah! ; 4 Paharou ne mendhoo kS manind chhalan- geu mariij, aur pahariou ne bher ke bachchou ki manind. 5 Ai darya, tujhe kya hiia, jo tu bhaga ? aur ai Yardan, kya hua, ki tu ulti bahi ? 6 Aur kya hua, ai pahdro, jo turn mendhou ki manind chhalangea mdrte ho ? Aur ai tilo, turn bher ke bachchoo ki manind? 7 Ai zamin, tii Kuudawand ke huzur muztarib ho, aur Yaqub ke KImdi ke age, b Jo patthar ko hauz banata hai, chaqmaq ke patthar ko pani ka chashma. CXV. ZABUR. 1 Hiam ko, Khupawand, nahio, hamko nahio, balki apne nam ko buzurgi de, apni rahmat ke liye, aur apni wafii ke sabab se. 2 Qaumen kyuu kaheu, ki Unka Khuda kahao hai? 3 Hamara Khuda to ^sman par hai, us ne jo kuchh chah^, so kiya. 4 Unl^e but rupa aur sona hain, admiou ki dastkariau. 5 We mmih rakhte haiu, par "bolte nahiu; we Snkhetj rakhte hain, par dekhte nahiu ; 6 We kan rakhte hai ij, par sunte nahic; unki nakeo bhi haiu, lekin sunghte nahio; 7 We hath rakhte haia, par pakafte nahio ; we panw rakhte hain, par chalte nahiu ; we apne gale se bhi Swaz nahiu nikalte. 8 We jo unheu banate haiu, aur we sab, jo unka bharosa rakhte haic, unhiQ ki manind haiu. 9 Ai Israelio, tum Khudawand par tawakkul karo ; wuhi un ka madadgar aur ua ki sipar hai. 10 Ai HSrun ke gharane, Khcdawand par tawakkul kar, ki wuhi unki kumak aur sipar hai. H Hao, turn, jo khuditars ho, KLatuAWANU par tawakkul karo; wuhi unka madadgar aur unki sipar hai. 12 Khudawand ne ham ko yad kiya; wuhhamen barakat dega ; wuh Israel ke gharane ko barakat degi , wuh Harnn ke gharane ko bhi barakat dega. 13 Wuh unko, jo Ikhudatars haiu, chhotoo barou ko barakat dega. 14 KHUDAWANutum ko aur tumharelafkonko firawani bakhshegS. 15 Tum Khudawand ke, jisne asman aur zaniin ko khalqkiya, mubarak bande ho. 16 Arsh aur s^re asman Khudawaxd ke haio, aur usne zamia bani Adam ko inayat ki. 17 Murde Yah ki sitaish nahiu karte, aur na we sab, jo qabr meu utre. 18 Lekin ham is waqt se leke abad tak Kuudawand ki shukrguzari karense. Halilo-Y^ah ! CXVI. ZABU'R. 1 Main Khcdawaud se muhabbat rakhtd hiiy, ki usne meri iwaz aur meri z^riaQ sucio; 2 Ki us ne meri taraf kan dbare; so maiu jabtak ki jitl rahuuga 117 ZAUU'R.] ZABO'R. 661 U3 ka nam liye jdungS. 8 Maut ke dukhoo ne mujh ko gheri, aur p£til ke dardoo ne mujhe pakra ; maio dukh aur gam meu giriftSr hui. 4 Tab maio ne Kiiuua- WAND ki. nam Wyi, ki Ai Kuudawand, uiihrbaui karke raeri jan bachi lijiye. 5 KuuDAWAND niihrbin aur sidiq hai; aur hamard Khuda rahfm hai. G Kuuda- WAND slda logou ka nigalibau hai; raaiu past ho gaya th5, usne meri kumak ki. 7 Ai mert jan, apne ^rimgih meu phir, ki Khudawand ne tujh par ihsan kiyS. 8 Tu ne raujh ko marne se, aur meri ankhou ko dnsd bahSnc se, aur mere paou ko phisalne se bachayd. 9 Maio Khudawand ke ^ge zindagt ki zaminou meu ^hiramin hounga. 10 Maiu iman laya, isliye maio boli, main zor se man^dl kariinga. 11 Maiu ne apni ghabrdhat men kaha, ki Sare £dmi jhuthe haio. 12 Maiu Kuuda'wand ko, uski sari niamatou ki iwaz meo, jo mujhe milijj, ky4 ddu ? 13 Maiu najat ka piyala uthaiinga, aur Khudawanu ka nam pukiriingS. 14 Maiu abhi uske sare bandou ke simhne Khudawand ke liye nazreu adi kariinga. 15 Khddawand ki nigah meu uske muqaddas logon k& marni garanqadr hai. 16 Ai Khudawand, maiu beshakk tera banda huu ; main tera banda teri laundi ka beta;tu ne meri zanjireu kholiu. 17 Maiu tere huzur shukrguzari ke hadiye charhauuga, aur Khudawand ki. nim pukarunga. 18 Maiu abhi uske sare logOQ ke age apni nazr Khudawand ke liye ada karung£. 19 Khudawand ke ghar ke sahanou meu, aur tujh men, ai Yirdshalara. Halilo-Yah ! CXVII. ZABU'R. 1 Ai sari qaumo, Khudawand ki sitaish karo;ai logo, turn sab usk^ shukr karo. 2 Kyiinki uski rahraat ham par firawan hai, aur uski wafai abadi hai. HalUo-Yah ! CXVIII. ZABU'R. 1 Khudawand ki shukrguzari karo, ki wuh mihrban hai; aur uski rahmat abadi hai. 2 Israel bhi ab yih kahe, ki Uski rahmat abadi hai. 3 Harun ka gharana bhi ab yih kahe, ki Uski rahmat abadi hai. 4 We bhi, jo khudatars haiu, ab yih kahec, ki Uski rahmat abadi hai. 5 Main ne tangi men Yah ka nam pukara ; Yah ne mujhe jawab diya, aur marhab bakhsha. 6 Khudawand meri taraf hai, maiu nahiu darne ka ; insan mera kya kar sakta hai ? 7 Khudawand mere madadgaron men se hai ; pas maio un par, jo mera kina rakhte haio, fathyab hodnga. 8 Tawakkul karna Khudawand par us se bihtar hai, ki admi ka bharosd rakhe. 9 Khudawand par tawakkul karna us se bihtar, ki amiroo ka bharosa rakhe. 10 Sari gurohoo ne mujh ko gher liyS; lekin maio Khudawand ke nam se unko nabdd kardnga. 11 Unhou ne to mujhe gherS, uuhoo ne to mujhe ghera, par main Khudawand ke nam se unhen nabdd kardngS. 12 Unhou ne mujh p;;r shahd ki makkhiou ki tarah ihlta kiya ; we kantou ki ag ki manind bujh gae ; main to Khudawand ke nam se unheo nabdd kardngi. 13 Tu ne mujhe bare zor se dhakela, taki mujhe giri de, lekin Khudawand ne meri madad kf. 14 Yih meri izzat aur mora surod hai ; wuh to meri najat hna. 15 Sadiqou ke khaimoQ meu shadl aur dzldi ka gulgula hai. 16 Khudawanb 662 ZABU'R. [119 ZABU'R. kd dast i rdst bahaduri karta luii ; Khudawand ka dahna hath buland hni ; KiiuDAWAND ki dahnl hUh nifivdanagi karti hai. 17 Maio na marunga, balki jU'ingi, aur Yah ke k^moo ki ta jrir karunga. 1 S Yah ne mujhe khiib tanbih kf, lekin usne mujhe maut ko siipurd na kiya. 19 Sadicjat ke darwize mere liye kholo, ki maiQ unke andar jaunga ; maiu Khl'da'wand ka shukr karunga. 20 Khudawand ka darwaza yih hai, jis meu sadiq dal^hil hole haig. 21 Maio teri sanakhwaui karungi, ki tu ne meri suali ; aur td merf najathui. 22 Wuh patthar, jise miamlroa ne radd kiya, kone ka sira hiia. 23 Khud.v- •WAND ka kam yih hai, jo hamarf nazarou nieu ajuba hai. 24 Khuda'wand ne yih din paida kiya ; ham to is din khushf karenge aur masriir howenge. 25 Ai Khudawand, maio minnat karta hug, najat bakhshiye ; ai Khudawand, main minnat karta huu, kamyabf bakhshiye. 26 Mubarak hai wuh, jo Kiiudawand ke nim se ata hai ; ham Khudavvand ke ghar meo se turn mubarakbadi dete haio. 27 Khudawand wuh thudi hai, jis ne ham ko nur dikhlaya ; qurbani ko mazbah ke qarnoo tak rishton se bandho. 28 JMera Khuda tu hai, maig terl middah bani rahungi. 29 Tii mera Khudi hai, maiu teri tamjid karunga. 30 Kuudawand ki shukrguzari karo, ki wuh mihrban hai, aur uski rahmat abadi hai. CXIX. ZABU'R. ALIF. 1 Mubarak Ave haiij, jo rastrlh halo, aur Khudawand ke shara par chalte haig. 2 Mubarak we haiu, jo uski shahad iton ko yad rakhte haiu, aur apne sSre d'A se use dhcindhte hain. 3 Un se khata ka k^m bhl nahiu hoti, we uski raliou par chalte haie. 4 Tune hukm kiya hai, ki sargarmi se tere qawaid ko hifz kareu. 5 Kash ki meri raheu durust hou, tiki tere farzoij ko nigah rakhiio. 6 Jab ki maiu tere sare hukmou ko nigah rakhunga, to sharminda na hounga. 7 Main teri adilat ke hukmog ko yad karke apne itmuiin i khatir se terf sanalthwani karunga. S Maiu tere farzou par chalunga : tu mujhe akhir tak na chhor. BAIT. 9 Jaw£n apni rahen kis larah slf karta hai? Tere kalam ke mutibiq amal karne se. 10 Main ne apne sare dil se teri justoju ki hai: ta mujh ko apne hukmou se munharif mat kar. 11 Maio ne teri bat ko apne dil ke bich chhipi liyi, taki m lig tera gunih na kartin. 12 Ai Khudawand, tu mahmad hai ; apne faraiz mujhe sikhla. 13 jNIaiu ne apne labou se tere munh ki sari adUatou ko bay^n ki3'a. 14 Maiu teri sbahadatoij ki rah meg aisa masriir hua hiin, jaiss mil i firawan se. 15 Maiu tere qawaid meg gaur kariingi, aur teri rawishou ko mulahaza karunga. 16 Maiij tere farzou m3g apni dil lagauugi ; maiu teri bit na bhulunga. J A ML. 17 Dil kholke apne bande se suluk kar, tiiki maig ji jiuH, aur teri bit ko ydd rakhug. 18 Meri ankheu khol, tiki maio teri shariat ke ajaib mazmnnou ko nOZAliU'R] ZABU'll. 6G:J dokhiiu- 19 Maiu ZHiiiin par ck musafir huu: anuc iiukin inujh sc na chhipd. 20 Mcri ji liar dam teri addlatou ke ishtiyaii meu para tarapta hai. 21 Tu magrii- rou ko, jo laiiati haio, jo tere hukino'j se bhatak gayc haiu, sarzanish karta hai. 22 Nang aur ir ko miijlj meu se dafa kar, kyiiiiki maio ne teri shahidatou ko j'ad kar rakha hai. 23 Amirou ne bhi majlis kf, aur mcrl y'lbatcu kiyau ; par teri banda ttre faraiz par dhyan lag.ie hue hai. 24 Teri shahidatey mcri ishrat aur mtrf niahram i raz liaiu- DAXAT. 2o Mori jan khak sc mulhici hiii : tu apne qaul ke mutibiq mujli ko jila, 26 Maiu ne apne taur ashkard kiyc, aur tu mcri sunta hai; mujhc apnc I'ardiz sikhla. 27 Apne qawaid ici taur mujhe fahni karwa, taki maiu tere ajiib kamou k;i tazkira kariiu. 28 Meri ruh garanbarJ se pazhmurda ho chali; apne qaul ke mutabiq mujh ko mazbiiti bakhsh. 29 Mujhe daroggoi kf rah se bacha, aur apni sharfat meo zindagi bakhsh. 30 JNIaiu ne sachai kl rah ikhtiyir ki, aur tere ahkam apne riibaru rakhe. 31 Main teri shahadaton se chimat raha hiiu; ai Khuuawand, mujhe sharminda na kar. 32 Maiu tere hukmou ki rdh meu daurungl, jab ki tii mcrd dil barhaegi. HE. 33 Ai KucDAWANP, mujhe apne faraiz kf rah batli ; maiu use akhir tak yad rakhunga. 3i Mujh ko fuhm ata kar, aur maiu teri shariat ko hifz karnnga ; han, main use apne sare dil se yad kar rakhunga. 35 Mujhe apne hukmoa ke raste meu chala, ki meri khushi us mea hai. 36 Mere dil ko apni shahadaton ki taraf mail kar, na l.ilach ki taraf. 37 Meri ankhou ko pher de, ki batil ko na dekheu; aur apni rah men mujhe zindr.gi bakhsh. 38 Apne qaul ko apne bande ke liye sabit kar; kyiinki wuh tere khauf men rahta hai, 39 Us malamat ko, jis se maitj darta hdu, mujh se dafa kar, ki teri adilaten bhali haiu. 40 Dekh, ki maiu tere qawaid k.i mushtiq hiiu : apni saddqit meu mujhe zindagi bakhsh. WAO. 41 Ai KiiUDAvvAxn, apuf rahmat aur apni najat ko apne qaul ke mutal;iq mujh tak ane de. 42 Aur main uuke sabab se usko, jo mujlie inalimat karta hai, jawab di'inga; kyunki mujhe tere qaul ka bharosa hai. 43 Aur aisi na kar, ki haqq bat mere niuuh se aslan na nikle; ki tere hukmon par merd iatimad hai. 44 Maiu teri shariat ko hame%ha abad ul abad tak hifi kar rakhnngi; 45 Aur bcqaid chalta phirta rahunga, ki maiu tere qawaid ko (jhiindhtd hiiu. 46 JNIaiu badshahou ke age bhi teri shahd latoj ki tazkira kariingi, aur sharminda na iioiingi. 47 Aur tere hukmou se lazzat uthaiinga, ki maiu unheu dost rakhti hiiu. 48 JMaiu tere hukmou ki taraf, jin se maiu muhabLat rakhta huu, apne hath uthiuuga ; aur tere fiirdiz ko sochta rahiiugd. ZAIN. 49 .Apne bande ki klidtir apne qaul ko, jis ki tii nc mujhe unimedwdr kiya, yad farma. 50 Yih mere dukh meu merf tasallf hai, ki tera sakhun mujhe jau bakhshta hai. 51 Magrurou nc mujh se bahut thatholiy^O kiyau, lekin maiu ne teri shariat se kindra na kiyd. 52 Ai Kuudawano, maiu ue tere (ladiml hukmou ko yad rakha; so tasalli pdi. 53 Ui\ sharirou se ki jiuhon ne teri shariat ko chhor diyi hai, samum ue mujhc a pakra. 54 Mere musdfirkhaue meu tere ahkam 664 ZABU'R. [119 ZAHU'R. mere nagmo haio. 55 Ai Khudawatsb, main ne terS nSm rSt ko ydd kiya hai, aur teri shariat ki muh^fazat ki hai. 56 Yih mujh ko isliye hai, ki main ne teri sunnatou par amal kiyS. KHET. 57 Ai KiiUDA'WAND, tu mera bakhra hai, malo ne to kaha, Maio teri batog ko hifz karunga. 58 Main apne sare dil se teri inayat ka talib hiio: tu apne qaul ke mutabiq mujh par rahm farmS. 59 Maiu ne apni rawishou meo taammul kiya, aur teri shahadatoo ki taraf qadam phcre. 60 Maiu ne phurti ki, aur tere hukmou ke hifz karne meu takhir na kf. 61 Shariroo ke jalou ne mujhe gheri, par maio ne teri shariat ko faramosh na kiya. 62 Tere adl ke hukmoo ke sabab, maio Sdhi rat ko uthke teri shukrguzariau karungi. 63 Maig un sab ka hamnishia hau, jo tujh se tarsan haiij, aur tere faraiz par amal kartehaiu- 61 Ai Khudawand, zamin terirahmat se m^mur hai : mujhe apne qawaid sikhla. TJET. 65 Ai Khudawand, apne sakhun ke mutabiq tu ne apne bande se khush suldki ki hai. 66 Mujh ko aql aur danish sikha, ki main tere hukmou par imin laya hug. 67 Apni dilfigari se peshtar maio gumrah tha, par ab maig ne tere sakhun ko hifz kiya hai. 68 Tu nek hai, aur neki karta hai; mujhe apne qawaid sikhli. 69 Magrurou ne mujh par jhuth bandhi hai, par maig tere faraiz ko apne sare dil se hifz kar rakhunga. 70 Unke dil par charbi chha gai hai, par maio teri shariat se raahziiz hiiu. 71 Bhald hua liimaig ne dukh p^y^, ki maio tere qawaid ko sikhunga. 72 Tere munh ki shariat mere liye hazarou asharfioQ aur rupayoQ se bihtar hai. YADD. 73 Tere hathoo ne mujhe banaya, aur mujhe musauwar kiya : mujh ko fahm ata kar, taki maig tere ahkam sikhuo. 74 We jo tujh se darte haig, mujhe dekhke masrur honge, kyunki maig ne tere sakhun par iatimSd rakha. 75 Ai Khuda- wand, mujh ko yaqin hai, ki teri adilateg rast haig; aur tu ne amanat se miijh ko dukh diya. 76 Jaisa tune apne bande se ahd kiya hai, waise mihrbSni karke apni rahmat i amm se mujhe tasalli de 77 Teri latif rahmaten mere shamil hai howeg, taki main hayat pauo;ki teri shariat meri khushi hai. 78 Magriiron ko ruswa kar, ki unhog ne baraksi se be sabab mujh se badsuluki ki ; par maig tere faraiz par dhiyan rakhunga. 79 Aisa ho, ki we jo tujh se darte haiu, aur we, jo ter! shahadatou ko jante haio, meri taraf phireg. 80 Aisa kar ki tere qawaid par amal karte hi mera dil kamil ho jae; taki maig ruswa na houu. KAFF. 81 Meri jan teri najat ke shauq meo fanS hiii, maiu tere qaul par iatimrtd rakhta hug. 82 Meri ankh tere sakhun ke intizar meg yih kahte hue fana hui ki tii mujhe kab tasalli dega? 83 Main to us mash'.c ki manind hua, jo dhuca meg dhari ho, par tere qawaid ko maig ne saho na kiya. 8-t Tere bande ki umr kitni hai? tri kab unko saza dega, jo mere pichhe pare haio? 85 Un magruroo ne, jo tere shariat ke pairau nahig, mere liye garhe khode haig. 86 Tere sare hukm barhaqq haiij ; unhog ne nahaqq mera taaqub kiyd hai ; tu meri kumak kar. 87 Nazdik hai, ki we mujhe zamin par se nabad kareg, lekin maio ne tere faraiz m ZABVH] ZABU'R. 665 l^ TIT'! ^'^'' '' ^P°^ '^^"^^^ '' '""j''^ ^'"'i^S' ^^'^hsh, ki maitt tere munh 1*1 shahadat ko yad rakhdnga. LAMD. P..ht d»r p„,h, ha, ; .„ „. .amtn ko UtihUm bakhAS, aur w„h thahar rah. ; 91 tu Tm TV"' f f ' " "°"' "■"»'" ■""■""-'■-a' mcuhalakho kareD Ick,„ ma,„ ter, shahadatoa par dhyin rakhts h,i„. 9G Maianebarek .kam,l kl tamSml d.khl, lekia tere hukm nil.ayat wasi hai. Jh h,i ■ ™ tI '"""Vl"''^' "■""^^^^ -"« »-». meri .afalkur sare din ■^uh.ha, 98 T.ne ap„e hukmoo ke wasile .e mujh ko mere dushmanoo so nyada damshmand tiya, ki „e hamesha mere sa.h hai.. 99 Meri d«i.h unaab ka'rr rb! V "*"'"'°' "''■"' ""■ '^'•'"" ™'» '-'.'.ahada,o„kadhl ?:2 k:';^:""k,;:ai."r:,^i^^- :: t":;'"''^^ ""■ '^■^"" -'" - •" ;^.ma..ereaa;bo„kobiLrX°^.rM^:rr;:^/ lalk us shahd se, jo mere munh me» ho, ziyada shirfa hai 10, Tere & i^Te' .wasde se mai. „e danish pi., so harek bur. rawish se mai„ bezar ha„ nu'n. 105 Tera sa?,hun mere ploo ke liye chirag, aur merf rah ki roshnf hai lofl prk:::"----::-— ^^^^ Jce mutabiq rauihe iila ins 4; if .. • ""^'^^^''^' apne sakhun -.er.ha.beii par bai. b,„uj„ uske mal ue^t.'sbaria, ktsatriyru: .Sba„o» „e mere bye pbandi lag.y. hai, par mai„ .ere farai. se k"arr„a bu7 U 1 Ma „ no abadr mfris k. minind .err sbahddato. ko le livl, kyauki meri rtil se masrdr ha . 112 Mera dil u«f n.i- m«;i t. ■ , ■ . 'yam racra dU un tak amal kari„. ^' ""■' •""' *■ "^' «''"^" P" '>»'>'«^l'» 'itWr 6AMK. 113 Batil kbiyiloo se mai„ be.dr hn„, aur teri sbarla. se mubabbat rakhtS h,1 z:^: t rri'ba::^' ""-"' ''^r"-- "- -- '-= -^^- ~"d jl jia„. aur mer, umm^d'ke iltmuil e sh"" .""""t"' "'"^'■' ""■'"'• "« --• ,. . , ""^ "^^ "^eraujhesharmmdana kar. 117 Mnlh lf« r.ni i unk. kbiy^uarda:^ b". '7 ; To'o'e r'' t" "rt" ""°"°" '" '''"' <"^^- " mau,uf kiya, so m!i. .eri habidlo '"'",''!» *""■"" ''" '"^'"'' "" ■»""'<' -,arsek.mp«b :i,:u;r:::?:rrs";-tr"- "" "''^^»^- H h h i 66G ZARU'R. [119 ZABU'R. AIN. 121 Maiu ne adl aur insaf kiy^ hai; mujhc unke snpurd na kar, jo mujh par zulrn karte haic- 122 Nekf ke liye apne bande kl zamin ho, taki magrur log mujh par zulm na kareu. 123 Meri Snkheo teri najSt ke, aur teri sadaqat ke sakhun ke sabab fanl ho gaio. 124 Apne bande se apni rahmat ke mutabiq 8uluk kar, aur mujh ko apni sunnaten sikhla. 125 Maiu tera banda huo, mujh ko fahm de; taki maiu terf shahadaton ko pahcliandy. 126 Khudawand ke kam karne ka waqt hai, ki unhofl ne teri shariat ko tora. 127 Maiu is liye tere hukmoQ ko sone se, balki chokhe sone se, ziySda aziz rakhta hCiu ; 128 Is liye maiu tere sare faraiz ko sab chizOQ mea dost rakhta hnn, aur sab jhuthi rahou ko dushman rakhta hdu. 129 Teri shahSdaten hairatafza haio, is liye meri jan ne unhen hifz kar rakha hai. 130 Tere kalam ka dukhal roshni bakhst4 hai; wuh sire sada logon ko danish inayat karta hai. 131 Main ne apna munh khol diya aur para hampti huij, kyanki maio tere hukmoo ka mushtaq huu- 1 32 Jis tarah tu apne nam ke muhibbou par tawajjuh karta hai, mujh par bhi kar, aur mujh par rahmkar. 133 Apne sakhun se merf raftar ko durust kar, aur kisi tarah ke gunah ko mujh par musallit hone na de. 134 Admi ke zulm se mujh ko mahfuz rakh, taki maiu tere faraiz ko hifz karuD. 135 Apne bande ko apne chihre ki jalwagaridikhla, aur mujhe apni sunna- ten sikhla. 136 Pani ki nahreo meri ankhou se bahti haiu, kyiinki unhoij ne teri shariat ki muhafazat na kf. SAD. 137 AI Khudawand, ta sadiq hai, aur terf adalaten wajibf hain. 138 Tdne apn! sab shahidateu nihayat sach aur rasti se sabit kiyau haiu. 139 Meri gairat ne mujhe barbad kiyi, kyanki mere dushmanon ne teri baton ko saho kiya hai. 140 Tera kalam nihayat mujarrab hai; tera banda us se muhabbat rakhta hai. 141 Maiu liaqir aur zalil huu, par main tere faraiz ko faramosh nahiu karta. 142 Teri sadaqat ek abadi sadaqat hai, aur teri shariat haqiqat hai. 143 Musibat aur Sfat ne mujhe a liya hai ; lekin tere ahkam meri khushi hain. 144 Teri shahidatou ki sadaqat abadi hai: mujhe danish ata kar, taki maiu j' jauo. QA'F. 145 Main apne sare dil se nUa karti hug; ai Khudawaud, meri sun ; maiu teri sunnatoa ko hifz karnnga. 146 Maia tujh se faryad karta huo; mujhe bachi le ; main teri shahadaton ko yld rakhiinga. 147 Maip sahar par sabqat karke chillati hue, ki mujhe tere sakhun se ummedwari hai. 148 Meri ankheo paharoQ par sabqat kartiyaa hain, taki main tere sakhun ka dhyan rakhuu. 149 Ai Kiiuda- wand, apni rahmat ke mutabiq meri iwaz sun, aur apni adalaton ke muwSfiq mujhe zindagi bakhsh. 150 We, jo ziyankar haio, rauttasil hue; we teri shariat se dur haiu. 151 Ai Khudawand, td nazdik hai, aur tere sare ahkam sach haig. 152' Maio ne teri shahadatoo ki babat qadim se maldm kiya, ki td ne unki bunyad ko abadi qiyam bakhsha. HAS. 153 Meri musibat par nazar kar, aur mujhe najat de, ki main ne teri shariat ko faramosh nahin kiyS. 154 Mera qaziya rafa kar, aur mujhe najSt de ; apne hukmou ke mutabiq mujhe zindagi bakhsh. 155 Najat sharirou se dur hai, kyunki lao ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 667 \fe teri sunnaton ke khwahao nahlu. 156 Ai Khud/Vwand, tcrl latff rahmateo bahut haiui apnt adllatou ke mutabiq mujhe zinda kar. 157 We jo mere pichhe pare haio, aur we jo mere dushraan haio» bahut haio ; lekin maio teri shahSdatoo se inhiraf nahfu karta. 15s Maio ne taqsfrwarou ko dekha, aur dilgir hni, kyanki unhoo ne tere sakhun ko hifz na kiya. 159 Dekh, ki maio tere far^iz ko kyihi chahta huo : ai Kiiudawand, apne fazl se mujhe jila. 160 Ibtida se tera kalam sachS, aur teri slri adalateu jo haqq haio, abadi daimi haio. suIn. 161 Amiroo ne be sabab merS taSqub kiya hai, par mere dil meo tere sakhun ki haibat hai. 162 Maio teri biton se uski mdnind, jise bari lut mil j5we, masrur huo- 163 Maio jhuth se bezar huij, aur nafrat rakhta hiio, aur terf shariat ko dost rakhtS hdu. 164 Maio teri sadaqat ke hukmoo ki babat bar roz sit martabe teri sitiish karti hug. 165 Un ko baia chain hai, jo teri shariat ^e dostdar haio ; unko kisi tarah thokar nahio lagtf. 166 Ai Khudawand, maio teri najat ka ummedwar hdo, aur maio tere hukmoo ko amal men laya. 167 Meri rdh ne teri shahadatoo ko hifz kiya hai, aur maiu unheo bashiddat aziz rakhta hiio. 168 Maiu ne tere faraiz aur teri shahadatoo ko hifz kiya hai, ki meri siri raheo tere age haio. TAU. 169 Ai Khudawand, mere nSle ko apne huzur aur apne muttasil ane de, aur apne sakhun ke mutabiq mujh ko fahm ati kar. 170 Meri dua ko apne huzur hazir hone de, aur apne qaul ke mutabiq mujhe najat de. 171 Mere laboo se teri sitSish niklegf, ki tu ne mujhe apni sunnateu sikhlai haiu. 172 Meri zabSn tere sakhun ka tazkira karti rahegi, ki tere sare ahkam wajibi haiu. 173 Apne hath se meri kumak kar, ki maio ne tere faraiz ko ikhtiy^r kiya hai. 174 Ai Khcda- WAND, main teri naj^t ki mushtaq hiin, aur teri shariat meri Ijhurrami hai. 175 Meri janba^hshi kar, ki wuh teri sitaish karegi ; aur teri adalaten meri kumak kareo- 176 Main us bher ki minind, jo khoi jawe, gum hua hdy 5 apne bande ko dhdndh, ki maio ne tere hukmou ko farSmosh nahio kiy4 . CXX. ZABU'R. Maalat kd zabur. 1 Apni mashaqqat meo maio ne Kuudawand se faryad ki; usne meri aunf, 2 Ai Khudawanb, meri jan ko jhdthe laboo aur dagibaz zabSn se rihii de. 3 Ai jhuthi zabin, tujhe kya milega, aur tujhe kya hasil hoga ? 4 Pahlawan ke tez khidang aur jalte hde angare. 5 Mujh par wiwaila hai, ki main Masak meo pardesi huo, aur Kidar ke JthaimoD meo rahta huo. 6 Meri rdh unke sSth bahut rahf, jo salamati ka kina rakhte hain. 7 Maio to salamati ka huo, lekin jab maio bat karta huo, to we jang par taiyar bote haio. CXXI. ZABU R. Maalat ka zabdr. 1 Maiu Snkh uthake paharoo par nazar kardnga : kahaQ se meri madad II h h h 2 668 ZABU'R. [122 ZABII'It. Swegi ? 2 Mert madad Khcdawand se hai, jisne dsmSn o zamfn ko khalq kiyS. 3 Wuh tere p£nw ko jumbish hone na degS ; wuh jo terS hafiz hai, na nnghegS. 4 Dekh, wuh jo Israel ka h&fii hai, hargiz na unghega, aur na sowegd. 5 Khuda- WAND tera hafiz hai; Khodawand tere dahne hath par tera sayaban hai.. 6 Aft^b se din ko, aur mahtab se rit ko, tujhe kuchh zarar na pahuncheg5. 7 Khxjdawand harek badi se tujhe mahfuz rakhegS ; wuh teri jan ko mahfirz rakhegl. 8 Khvdawand tere jlne dne meo iswaqt se leke abad tak tera hafiz- rahega. CXXII. ZAJ^UR. Maal&t ki zabar i Dand. 1 Maio masror hu^, jis waqt we mujhe kahte haio, Ao, KhudawAnd ke g-Kar jawen. 2 Ai Yirushalam, hamare pfinw tere darwdzoo meo qaim howenge. 3 Ai Yirushalam, td han! hai, ki baham Ikhob paiwasta shahr hai, 4 Jis meo firqe balki Yah ke firqe, IsrSel ke abdname ko charh jSte haio, ki Khuda- wand ke nim k! sitiish kareo. 5 Kyikiki us meo adalat ke takht y^ne Daud ke khandan ke tak:ht, rakhe hue haio. 6 Y^irushSlam ki salamati ke liye dua mango ; we jo tujh ko dost rakhte haiu, kamyab« howenge. 7 Teri ehardiwari meo salimatf, aur tere qasron meo iqbal howe. 8 Maio apne bh^foo aur hamnishinoo ke liye ab kahta hdu, Tujh meo saMmatJ howe. 9 IChudawakd apne Khuda ke ghar ke liye maio tert khair- khwahi kartd huQ. CXXIII. ZABU'R. Maalat ka zabur. 1 Maiu ne apni ankh teri taraf uthaf, ai 5.smau par baithnew5le ! 2 Dekho, jis tarah se kigulam apne aqlou ke dastnigar bote haio, aur laundi kl Snkhen apnf bibi ke hathoQ ko takti rahtf haio ; isl tarah hamari ankh KHUDAWA^D apne ^huda par hai, jab tak ki" wuh ham par rahm farm^we. 3 Ai Khud AWAKED, ham par rahm farma ; ham par rahm farniS, ki ham istihza se ser ho gaye. 4 Daulatmandoe ki istihz^ aur mutakabbirou ke tamaskhur se hamSre nafs khub ser hue. eXXIV. ZABU'R. Maalat ka zabur i Daud. 1 Agar na hota ki Khbdawand hamiri tarafdari karta, to ab Israel kahtS,- 2 Agar nahota ki Kht:dawahd hamiri taraf hot4 jis waqt ki logoo ne ham par charhai ki : 3 To we hamara jita gosht kha jate, jab ki unk^ qahr ham par shualazan hda th^ ; 4 Ham kab ke pini meo garq ho jate ; dhar ne hamarf j^n mart hoti, 5 MutakabbiroQ ke pan! hamari jin par guzar karte. 6 Mubarak ho Khvcawakp, jisne ham ko unke dantoo ki shikar na hone diyi. 126 ZABU'R.] ZABU-R. 6C9 7 Hamlrl jan chinyd kt tarah Balyad ke j^I se chhutf, ki jdl tdta, aur ham ne irT'.l t"^"^^"-^ "^^-l-d Khu..wa«. ke mm se hai, jisne fismin au. zainia ko khalq kiya. eXXV. ZABU'B. MaaUt ka zabur. - ! ,^V/ "^^ ^^ '^"'"^^''^ KiiunAWAND par hai, koh i Saihun ke manind haio, JO U nahfu sakti. aur abad tak s.1bit hai. 2 Jaisi Yirdsh^lam ke ds pas pahar haip, waisi Khcdawan^ is waqt se lake abad tak apne logoo ko ghere hfie hai. 3 Shar roo kd sont£ sadfqou ke hisse mee nahfo parne ka, U na howe ki sadiq bad- karf kf taraf apne hath barhaweo. 4 Ai Khuda-wand, bhaloo se, aur unse, jo diloo ke raustaqfm haio, bhalai kar. 5 Lekin we, jo apnf kajrawfou par mail haiu, Khudawanb un ko badkSroo ke sSth Jawaua karegi. Salamatf Israel ke liye hai ! eXXVI. ZABU'R. Maalat ka zabur. I KuHBA^wANB ne jis waqt Saihdnf asfroQ ko phiraya, uswaqt ham unke manind the, JO khwSb dekhte haio- 2 Aur us waqt hamire munh hansf se labrez the, aur hamarf zabdn mutarannim thi; tab gairoo ke darmiyan yih charcha th^, ki Khudawand ne un se bara suluk kya. 3 Hag, Khudawani, ne ham se bare sulak kiye; ham khush haio. 4 Ai Khudawaitd, hamare asfron ko pher li, janub me.j kf nahroo ke manind. 5 Wejoansnoomeobotehaio, khush h ok e dirau karenge. 6 Wuh jo bahar jata ha, aur rotl hul besh qfmat bfj le chalta hai, be shubha phir Swega, khushi ke sath apni puliau hamrah Joke. CXXVir. ZABU'R. r 1 u u- vr Maalat ka zabdr i Sulaim4n. I Jab ki Khuda-wand hi ghar na banawe, to unki mihnat jo use banSte halo, aaf hai; agar Khudawand hf shahr ka nigahbSn nahota, to pasbnu ki hoshySrf abas hai. 2 Tumheo kuchh faida nahlo, jo tum sawere uthte ho, aur iram men takhfr karte ho, aur gam kf rotiao khSte ho; yaqfnaa wuh apne mahbub ko khwab 1 rahat ba^hshta hai. 3 Dekho, bete Khudawand kf bakhshish haio, aur pet ke pbal us kf taraf se 8aw£b haio. 4 Jaise pahlawan ke hath raeo tfr, waise hi jawani ke bete haio 5 Mubarak wuh mard jiska tarkash un se mamdr hai : we pashemaa na howenge, Jiswaqt darwaze par dushmanoo se guftagu karenge. CXXVIII. ZABU'R. Maalat kd zabur. !• Mubarak hai wuh insln, jo ^hudawanc se darta hai, aur uski rShop par 670 ZABU'R. [129 ZABU'R- chalt^ hai. 2 Ki til apne hdthoo kf kamSl khawega; td saadatmand hai, aur khair tere sSth hai. 3 Terf jora us tak kf manind hogf jo mewe se ladt hiia tere ghar ke is pSs hai ; tere bachche tere dastdrkhwan ke gird zaitiin ki ahakhoQ ki manind honge. 4 Dekho wuh insSn, jo khudatars hai, ais4 mubarak hoga. 5 Kuudawand Saihun meu se tujh ko barakat degS, aur tu apni umr bhar Yirushalam ki khubiSo dekhegS. 6 Yaqinan tu apne bachchon ke bachche dekhega. Salim Israel par I CXXIX. ZABUH. Maalat ka zabur. I Meri larkai se unhoQ ne aksar mujhe satayS hai, Israel ch^hiye ki ab kahe ; 2 Merf jawsini se b^rha unhou ne mujhe dukh diya, par we mujh par galib na hue. 3 Chason ne merl pUh par chdsa ; unhoo ne apni reghariao Iambi kiydn. 4 Khudawand sSdiq hai; usne shariroo ki rassioo ko kat dala. 5 We sab, jo Saihun se bugz rakhte haio, ruswa howeo, aur hazfmat pawen. 6 We chhatoD ki gh£s ki manind howen, jo peshtar us se ki us kf roidagi kSmil ho, ^hushk ho jati hai ; 7 Jis se dirau karnewala apni mutthi nahijj bharta, aur jise pale bandhnewdld apne daman meo nahfo leta. 8 Aur we jo udhar se guzarte haie, nahin kahte, ki Khudawand ki barakat turn par ho, aur ham Khudawan© k6. nlm leke tumhare liye dui karte hain. CXXX. ZABUR. Maalat ka zabur. 1 Ai Khudawand, maig gahraon men se tere 5ge faryad karta huQ. 2 Ai Khudawand meri dwSz sun, aur meri dua ki Swaz par kin rakh. 3 Ai Yah, agar tii gundh ki muwakhaza kare, to kaun thahar sakti hai? 4 Par tere pas to magfirat hai, td ki tera tars rakhen. 5 Maia Khudawand ke intizar meo huo; meri jan uske intizar mee hai, aur mujhe uske sakhun kd bharosa hai. 6 Meri ruh Khudawand ke intizar men hai, us qadr to we bhi jo pdsbani karte haio, subh ke muntazir nahiu bote. 7 Ai Israel, Khudawand par tawakkul kar, ki rahmat Khudawand ke pas hai, aur najat ki firawlni wahiu hai. 8 Aur wuhi Israel ko uski sSri badkarioa ka fidya dega. CXXXI. ZABUR. Maalat kd zabor i Daiid. 1 Ai Khudawand, mere dil mee magrai nahin, aur na maia buland nazar hiin ; maia umda kamoD mea aur un chizoo men, jo mere zarfse ziyada haio, nahfa chalta. 2 Maiu ne apne nafs ko sakin aur asi'ida kiya hai, jaise dudh churdya gaya larka apni mi. par hoti hai; hag, mera nafs diidh chhurae hne larke ki tarah hai. 3 Israel is dam se leke abad tak Khudawand par tawakkul kare. 132 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 671 CXXXII. ZABUR. Manldt kd zabur. 1 Ai Khudawand, Daud ko aur uskt sSri musfbatoo ko yad kar. 2 Kyunki tisne KnuDAWAND kt qasam kh^f, aur Yaqub kc tawana Khuda kl nazr mani. 3 Yaqtnan inaiu to apiie ghar kl chhat tale na jannga, aur na apne palang par charhunga ; 4 Maip na khw^b ko apnl finkhon meo jane dung^, aurnanindko apni palkoo nieu : 5 Jab tak ki Kuudawand ke liye ek maqlm, aur Yaqub ke tawana Khuda ke liye ek maskan na paiiu. G Dekho, ham ne us ki khabar Ifratah meu suni, aur ham ne wuh maqSm jangal ke maidanoo men pSya. 7 Ham us ke maskau meu jaenge, aur ham uske panw tale kf chaukf ke barabar usko sijda karenge. 8 Uth, ai Khcdawand, apne dramg^h tak, tu aur tcrl qiiwat ki sanduq. 9 Apne kahinoD ho sadaqat kS libas pahina, aur tere pik log khushi se tarannum kareo. 10 Apne bande Daud ki khatir kar ; apna munh apne maslh se mat mor. 11 Khudawand ne rSsti se Daud ke liye qasam khai jis se wuh na phiregS, ki Maio tere pet ke phal men se tere liye tere takht par bithlaunga, 12 Agar tere larke mere ahd aur meri shahadat ko, jo maiu unheu bataunga, hifz karenge, to unke larke bhi tere takht par abad tak baithte chale jaenge. 13 Ki Khudawand ne Saihun ko pasand farmaya, aur chahi ki wuh uske liye maskan ho. 14 Yih mere chain ka abadi maqam hai, main us meo basun'^a' kyunki maio us par ragib huQ.15 Main uske zakhiroo men bahut si barakat dunga ; main uske miskinou ko roti se ser kariinga. 16 Mai ij uske kahinoo ko najat ka libas pahnannga, aur uske pak log Ifhushi se tarannum karenge. 17 Wahao maiu Dliid ke liye ek shakh shigufta karunga ; main apne masih ke liye ek chirag thaharaunga. 18 Aur khijalat uske dushmanon ka libas kariinga; lekin uske upar tisi ka taj phiil laega. CXXXIII. ZABU R. Maalat ka zabdr i Daud. 1 Dekho, kya khub aur khushayand bat hai, ki bhaieka karke budobash kareij. 2 Yih us mahangmole itr kf manind hai, jo sir par dala jawe ; aur bahke darhi par, balki llarun kl darhf par hoke uske pairahan ke diman tak pahunche. 3 Aur Ilanniin ki shabnara ki manind, jo Saihun ke paharoa par gire, ki wuhaa Kuuda- wand ne barakat aur hay at i abadi ki babat hukm farmaya. CXXXIV. ZABUR. Maalat ka zabdr. 1 Dekho, ai KnuDAWAND ke sab khadimo, jo rat ko Khudawand ke ghar meo khare rahte ho, Khudawajjd ka shukr karo. 2 Bait i quds meu apne hath uthao, aur Kuudawand ko mubarakbad kaho. 3 Wuh Kuudawand jo asniAa o zamfa ki Ichaliq hai, tujhe Saihun men se barakat balfhshe. 672 ^ABU'R. [135 ZABU'R. CXXXV. ZABU R. 1 Halilo-Yahl Turn Khudawand ke nam kf sitaish karo ; ai Khudawand ke '■jkhadimo, turn Khudawand ka shukr karo. 2 Tura jo Khudawand ke ghar meoi aur hamare Khuda ke darbSrog men khare rahte ho, 3 Halilo-Yah 1 kyunki Khodawako bhala hai ; uske n^m ki sitaish ke gft gao, ki yih kam dilpasand hai. 4 Ki Yih ne Yaquh ko apne liye pasand kiya, aur Israel ko apne khass khazane ke liye. 5 Mujh ko yaqin hai, ki Khudawani> buzurg hai; aur hamara Malik sire mabiidou par muqaddam hai. 6 Jo kuchh ki Khudawand ne chaha usne Ssman, aur zamin, aur daryaon, aur sari gahrf jagahon meo kiya. 7 Bukharat zamfn ki atraf se wuhf uthita hai, aur bijlf menh ke sath banata hai, aur hawa ko ■•uske makhzanon se nikal lata hai. 8 Usi ne Misr ke pahlauthe mire, kya insaa ke, kya haiwan ke. 9 U?f ne apne ajlib gariib kam, ai Misr, tujh men Firaun, aur uske sare khadimoQ ko dikhlae. 10 Usf ne bare bare qabiil m^re, aur zabar- -dast badshahoo ko qatl kiya. 11 Saihun Araurlog ka badshih, aur U'j Basan kS, badshah, aur Kanan ke sare salatin. 12 Aur apne Israeli logoo ko, unki zamin mfras meo ata ki. 13 Ai Kuuda- \f AND , tere nam ki baqa abadi hai ; ai Khudawand teri zikr pusht dar pusht biqi rahegi. 14 Ki Khcdawand apne logoo ki adalat karega, aur apne bandoo par phir mutawajjih hoga. 15 Gair qaumoo ke sare but sona, aurrupa, aur admioo kidastkiriao haio. 16 We zaban rakhte haio, par boltenahia ; weankheo rakhte haio, par dekhte nahio; 17 We kin rakhte haig, par sunte nahio ; we to munh se sans bhi nahfg lete. 18 We jo un ke bananewale haio, unhi ki minind haio, aur .harek jise unka bharosa hai, aisa hi hai. 19 Ai Israeli gharane, Kuudawand ko mubarakbid kaho ; ai Harun kekhandan, Khudawand ko mubirakbid kaho. 20 Ai Lewi ke dadmin, Khudawani> ko mubarakbid kaho; ai k^udatarso, Khudawand ko mubarakbid kaho; Khuda- wand Saihun meo mubarak hai, aur Yirushalam meg basta hai. Halilo-Yih J CXXXVI. ZABU'R. ■I Khxid^wand ki shukrguzari karo, ki wuh bhala hai, aur uski rahmat abaSi •hai. 2 Uska jo mabudoo ka Khuda hai, shukr karo ; ki uskl rahmat abadi hai. .3 .Usi ki shukr karo, jo Khudawandoo ka Khcd.^wand hai, ki uski rahmat abadi ihai. 4 Usi ka, jo akela bare ajiib kiin karti hai, ki uski rahmat abadi hai. 5 Usi ka, jis ne danish se asman banae, ki uski rahmat abadi hai. 6 Usi ka, jis ne zamin ko panioo ke upar phailaya, ki us ki rahmat abadi hai. 7 Usi ka, jis ne bare bare naiyar banae, ki uski rahmat abadi hai. 3 Aftab, jis ka hukm din ko hai, ki uski rahmat abadi hai. 9 Aur mahtab aur sitare, jin ka hukm rat ko hai, ki us ki rahmat abadi hai. 10 Usi ki jis ne Misr ko, uske pahlauthoQ samet mara, ki uski rahmat abadi hai. 1 1 Aur Israelioo ko unke darmiyan se nikil laya, ki usi rahmat abadi hai ; 12 Apne qawl hath se, aur daraz bazd se, ki uski rahmat abadi hai. 13 Usi ki jis ne darya i Qulzum ko baribar chiri, ki uski rahmat abadi hai, 14 Aur IsrielioQ ko uske darmiyia se par le gayi, ki us ki rahmat abadi hai. 137 ZABU'R] ZABU'R. 673 15 Aur Firaiin ko U8ke lashkar samet darya i Qukum meo jh^r dala, ki uski rahmat abadi hai; 16 Usi k^ jo bayib^n meu apne logoa k& rahnumi hua, kiuski rahmat abadi hai; 17 Usi k5 jis ne bare bidshahoo ko qatl kiya, ki uskl rahmat abadi hai ; 18 Aur nSmwar salatfn ko jin se mara, ki uskl rahmat abadi hai ; 19 AmurioQ ke bidsh-ih Saihun ko, ki uski rahmat abadi hai ; 20 Aur Basan ke bad- shSh U'j ko, kiuski rahmat abadi hai; 21 Aur unki sarzarafn ko miras kar diya, ki uski rahmat abadi hai ; 22 Apne bande Israel ki mlrSs, ki uski rahmat abadi hai ; 23 Usi ki jis ne ham ko, jab ham pareshanhal the, yid farmSyS, ki uski rahmat abadi hai ; 24 Aur ham ko hamare dushmanou se naj^t bakhshf, ki uski rahmat abadi hai ; 25 Usi k^ jo har jandar ko rozi deta hai, kiuski rahmat abadi hai. 26 Asraan ke Khuda ki shukrguzari karo ! ki uski rahmat abadi hai. CXXXVII. ZABU'R. 1 Bdbul kf nahroD par wahin ham baithe, aur Saihun ko yad karke roe. 2 Ham ne apne barbat bed ke darakhtoa meo, jo uske bfch meo the, tangdiye. 3 Kyunki unhoo ne jo hameu qaid karke le gae, wahSu ham se dar^hwast kf, ki ham kuchh g^weo, aur unhoo ne jinhou ne hameg kharab kiya, ham par tan^ ki aur kah^, ki Saihiin ke gftoo meo se hamSre age ek git gao. 4 Hae! ajnabiou kf sarzamin mea ham kyiinkar Kuudawand ke git gawen ? 5 Ai Yirushalam, agar maiu tujh ko bhul gayi houg, to mera dahna hath nikamml hojae. 6 Agar maig tujh ko ydd nahig karta, aur agar maiu Yirushalam ko apni bari shadmani par ziyada tarjih nahio deti : to meri zaban talii se lag jae, 7 Khcdawand, bani Adnm ka hai yad kar, jinhoo ne Yirdshilam ki musibat ke din kaha, Use barbad karo ; use bekh o bun se barbed karo. 8 Ai bint i B^bul, tu khud kharab hone ke laiq hai ; mubarak banda wuh jo tere suluk ka, jo tu ne ham se kiya, tujh se intiqam lewe ; mubarak wuh jo tere lafkou ko pakar pakarke paitharoD par knchle. CXXXVIII. ZABU'R. Daud ka. 1 Maio apne sare dil se teri shukrguzari karta hun ; mSbudoo ke 5ge maip teri sanakhwani karta hi'in. 2 Maiu teri muqaddas haikal ki taraf sijda karunga, aur tere nam ki sitaish karunga, teri rahmat ke sabab aur teri sachai ke sabab, ki tu ne apne qaul ko apne nam se ziySda bara kiyi. 3 Jis din main ne tere age faryad kf, td ne meri sunf, aur meri ruh ko tawanai deke qawi kiya. 4 Ai Khudawand, zamfn ke sab bSdshah tere munh ka kalam sunke teri tSrif karenge. 5 Hao, we Khuuawamb ki rahoo ke git gaenge ; Khudawand ka jalal bara hai. 6 Agarchi Khudawand buland hai, lekin wuh pastoo par tawajjuh karta hai; aur magriiroo ko apne se dur janta hai. 7 Harchand maip ifatoo ke darmij-^Sn chalta phirti hun, par td mujhe najat deg^ ; tu mere qaliir dushmanou par apnl hith barhaegS, aur ter4 dahni hSth mujhe bachaega. 8 Kucdawand mere liye kirn ko kamil karega; ai Khuda- wand, teri rahmat abadi hai ; jinheo td ne apne hathou se haxiiyi hai, unheo lark mat kar. I i i i 674 ZABU'R. [139 ZABU'R. CXXXIX. ZAHUR. Sardar muganni ke liye Uaud ka zabur, 1 Ai Khudawand, tii inujhe janchtS, aur pahchanta liai. 2 Tii meri nishast o barkhw^st se figah hai; td mere dur o daraz andeshoo ki Srif hai. 3 Tii merf rah aur meri khw^bgSh se wiqif hai, aur meri sSrl rawishou ko pahchanta hai. 4 Ki dekh, merf zaban par kof aisi bat nahio, ki jise tu, ai Khudawand, bilkuU nahfo jantl. 5 Tu age pfchhe mera ghernewili hai, aur tu ne apna hath mujh par rakha hai. 6 Irfan mujhe nihayat sarasima karti hai; yih buland hai ; maio use • nahio pa sakta. 7 Teri riih se main kidhar jaun, aur teri huzuri se maio kahSu bhagdn? 8 Agar maiu 5sman ke ilpar charh jaug, to tu wahao hai ; aur agar maiu patal meu bichh^uo, to dekh, tii wahau bhi hai. 9 Agar maie urke suraj kl jot banuD, yi daryi ke muntaha meu ja baithdo : 10 To wahao bhi ter^ hath mera surag pSegi, aur tera dahnS hath mujhe pakrega. 11 Agar maiu kahuo, ki maiu andhere meu chhip jaunga, to rat mere gird roshni ho j^egf. 12 Yaqfnan tarlkl tujh se chhipa nahlu saktf, aur rat roz ki manind roshan hai; din rat donoo eks^n haip. 13 Ki tu ne mere gurdou ko banlya, meri mi ke pet meu mujhe bina. 14 Maia teri sitaish hi karta rahunga, kyiinki maio ajib o garib bani huo ; tere kam hairat- afza haio, mere ji ko bara yaqfn hai. 15 Jab ki maio parde meo banSyS jltd tha, aur zamin ke asfal meo manqush hoti thSt, to meri mihfyat tujh se chhipl na thi, 16 Maio hanoz natamam tha, aur teri Inkheo mere nutfepan ko dekhti thio ; hanoz maio un meu se koi na tha, aur tere daftar meu likhS hda thS, ki kaun kis din banegl. 17 Bar i Khudaya, teri tadbireu mere haqq men kyl hi garan bahS haiu ; un ke adad kyl hi bahut hain. Is Maio unheo kya giniin ; we to shumar meo ret se ziyada haiu ; jab maio jaga, maiu ne dp ko tere sath paya hai. 19 Ai Khudawand, tu yaqfnan shariroo ko nabud kareg't ; pas, ai khunfo, mere pas se dur ho jao. 20 Kyunki we tere mukhalif hoke shararat ki bateij karte haio ; tere dushman to tera nam abas lete haiij. 21 Ai Khubawand, kya maiu unka kfna nahiu rakhta jo tera kina rahkte haiu ? kya maiu un se, jo tere mukhalif haio, bezar nahio ? 22 Maio shiddat se unki kina rakhta hiiu, maio unheo apne dushmanoo meo ginta huo- 23 Bar i Khudaya, mujhe dzma, aur mere dil ko jin; mujhe tar, aur mere andeshoo kopahchan. 24 Dekh, kya mujh meo kisi tarah ki khabasat hai, ki nahiu ; aur mujh ko abadi rah meo chalS. CXL. ZABUR. Sardar muganni ke liye Dadd k^ zabur. 1 Khudawand, khabis insin se mujh ko najat de; sitamg r se mujhe bacha rakh. 2 Ki un ke diloo ke andeshe bad haio ; we sada jang par mustaidd haiu. 3 S^mpou ki manind unki zabaneo tez haiu ; unke labou nieo afai ka zahr hai. (Sili.) 4 Khudawand, shariroo ke hath se mujhe bacha; sitamgar insanoo se mujhe niahfuz rakh, ki unka irada hai, ki meri rawishou ko paemal kareij. 5 Magriirou ne chhipke mere liye phanda aur rassiau taiy^r kiyao haiu ; unhoo ne rahguzar meo jal bichhaya hai, saiyadoQ ne mere liye dam lagae haig. (Sili.) 141 ZABU'R.] ZAUU'R. 675 6 Khud*wand se kahta Iido, Tu mer4 Khud^ hai ; Khcdawani), mcrf mundj^t kl kyfAz sun. 7 Ai Khuua'wand Khuda, ai meri najdt ke zor, jang ke din tu ne mere sir par saya kiya. 8 Ai KiiUDAfwANn, kliabfs ko kamyab mat kar ; uske ^ha1)fs mansubou ko qawat mat bakhsh, ki wc sir na uthaweij. (Sila.) 9 Aur jinlion ne miijhc char taraf se gher liya bai, aisa kar, ki unke labou kf ziyinkSri un hi kc sirou par pare. 10 Un par angSre barsi ; unheo ^g meij jhonk, aur garhe meu dal de, ki we phir uth na sakeu. 11 Ea Izaban ko zaniin par q^im rahne na de, chaliiye sitamgar insan sitam hf ki shikdr hokc nlbad ho jawe. 12 INIujh ko yacjin hai, ki KiiunAWANn mazkimou ki himlyat karega, aiir mis- kinou kf ddd diga. 13 Sadiq log tcra nam leke shukrguzSri karenge, aur we jo saebche haig, tero huziir basenge. CXLI. ZABUR. Sardar muganni ke liye Daud ka zabiir. 1 Ai Khudawand, niaiu faryad kartahuu; merl taraf jald ho; dua m:ingne ke waqt nierf awaz par kan dhar. 2 Ki meri dua tere huzur khushbui kf tarah maq- bdl ho, aur meri dast ba dui bona sham kf qurbanl kf manind ho. 3 Khudawand, mere munli par nigahbin baithla ; mere laboo ke darwizon kf darban! kar. 4 Mere dil ko kisi buri bat ki taraf mail hone na de, taki wuh badkaroo meo shamil hoke badkiri na kare, aur mujhe unke tahaif men se kuchh khane nade. 5 Sadiq log mihrbani se mujh koraareo, aur mujhe goshmalf den; yih mere liye ek nafis itr hoga, jis se meri sir na tatega, ki maia unkf musibatog ke waqt dua mangti huQ. 6 Jis waqt unke hukkam sangi jigahoo par rnkhsat kiye gae, tab un- hoD ne meri bateo sunio, ki we mfihi thfo- 7 Hamari haddfio qabr ke munh meo yiio bikhar gaio, jaise lakri ki chhiptiio chirnewale se zamin par bikharti haiu. 8 Lekin, ai Khcdawand Khuda, meri ankheu teri taraf bain; mera tawakkul tujh par hai; tu meri rah ko tanha mat chhor. 9 Mujh ko us dam se bacha, jo unhoQ ne mere liye bichhaya, aur badkaroo ke jaloo se. 10 l^habisou ko uabfg ke dam men phansa de, jab tak ki maio guzruQ. CXLII. ZABU'R. Mashkil i Daud; wuh namaz jo magira meo karta tha. 1 Maio Khudawand ke ige chillaya; main ne Khudawand se chillake duS mangf. 2 Maiu apni pareshauhali uske age dalunga, apni dard uske age bayan karunga. 3 Jis waqt mera ji saham jata hai, to tu meri rawish janti hai; jis rah ki main chalta bun, unhoo ne chhipke usmeo mere liye phanda lagaya hai. 4 Main ne apne dahne hath nigih kf, aur dekha, par koi na paya, jo mujhe pahchanta ho; mujhe kahfo panih na rahi; koi meri jin par tawajjuh nahfo karti. 5 Ai Khudawand, maio tere ige chillaya, aur maio ne kaha, Tii meri panih hai, aur zindagi ke mulk meij mera bakhra tii hai. 6 Meri faryadrasf kar, kyunki maio bahut past hogayi huu; mujh ko un se, jo merepichhe pare haip, najat de, ki we mujh se zoiawar haio. 7 Meri ruh ko zindan se rihal bakhsh, taki maio tere I i i i 2 676 ZABU^. [143 ZABU'R. ndm kf sit^ish karuu ; sdre sddiq mujhe gher lenge, kyunki tu mnjh se dil kholke suluk karega. CXLIII. ZABU'R. Zabur i Daad. 1 Ai Khudawand, meri zlrf sun, merl dua par kdn rakh ; apnf sachaf se, aur apne adl se mera jawab de. 2 Aur apne bande se hisab na le, kytinki kol jSnd^r tare huzur begunSh thahar nahio sakta. 3 Ki dushman meri pn ke pichhe para hai; usne merf zindagi ko khak kl tarah belutf kar dlya hai; usne mujh ko unkf manind jo muddat se mar gae haio, zulmdt meo baithiya hai. 4 Is liye mera ji saham gay£ hai; merl dil mere bfch meo ujar gaya hai. 5 Main agle dinoo ko y^d karta hun; maio tere sSre kamou ko sochta hnn; maig terf dastkari ko gaur se dekhtd hdn. 6 Maio apne hiih ten taraf barhata huo; meri rub piydsi zamfn ki manind teri piySsi hai. (Sila.) 7 Ai Khudawand, meri shitab sun; meri riih nikalti hai; mujh se munh na mor; maifl to unki manind hogaya, jo garhe meo girte haio. 8 Mujh ko sahar ke waqt apne khdss lutf ki iwaz sunS, kyanki meri tawakkul tujh par hai; apni rih mujhe bata, ki maieusmen cbalao; kyanki maio apni ruh ko teri taraf uihata huo. 9 Ai Khtjdawand, mujh ko mere dushmanoo se najat de, ki main ne tere pas panih li hai. 10 Mujhe apni marzf par chalnl sikhla, kyanki tu hi to merd KhudS hai ; teri bhali riih mujhe rasti ke mulk meo le pahunchawe, 1 1 Ai Khudawasd, xnujh ko apne n^m ke liye zinda kar; apni sadaqat ke liye meri jan musibat se chhura. 12 Aur apni rahmat se mere dushmanon ko fani kar, aur un sab ko, jo mere ji ko dukh dete baia, nSbad kar, ki maiu tera banda hao- CXLIV. ZABU'R. Daud ki. 1 Khudawand mera pahir mubirak ho, jis ne mere hlthoo ko jang karnS, aur meri un<^lioB ko larna sikhliyi. 2 Mera rahm karnewall, aur mera garh, mera fincha burj, aur mera najat denewala, meri sipar, jis par mera tawakkul hai, aur jo mere tale logoo ko maglflb karta hai. 3 Ai Kuudawand, idmi kya hai ki tii use koi chiz j^ne, aur ibn i Adam kaun hai, jo tii use shum:ir kare ? 4 Insin to hech hai, aur uski zindagi ek guzarte hue saye ki manind hai. 5 Ai Khudawand, apne dsmlnon ko jhuka, aurutarS, pahdroo ko chhn, ki we dhiiSe hoke ur jawee- 6 Bijli gira, aur unheo pariganda kar ; apne tir chala, anr unheo qatl kar. 7 U'par se apua hath phaila, mujhe rihai de ; mujhe bahut pluioo se, aur ajnabf qaum ke hlth se chura le. 8 Ki unhoo ke munh se wahi bateo nikalti haio, aur unki dahni hdth jhuth ka dahni hath hai. 9 Ai K-huda, maia tere liye nayi git giungi ; ai Khuda, maiu tar ka s5z bajake teri sanakhwani kaninga. 10 Td hi hai, jo shahou ko zafar bakhshta hai, aur apne bande Daud ko buri teg se bachati hai. 11 Mujh ko ajnabi aulad ke hlthoQ se rihii de aur najit bakhsh, jinhoo ke munh se wahi kalam nikalti hai, aur jinhoD ki dahna hath jhuth ka dahui hath hai, 12 Tiki humare bilig be^e 145 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. 677 paudhoo W mlnind howeu apnf jawlnf meo, aur ham^rf betfiD ziwiya kf sf khushtardsh sdrateo balki mahall kl si shakleo howeo ; 13 Taki hamdre maljhzan harek qism ke zakhfre se raSmur lioke kasrat se nikSlep, aur hamari bhereo hazSroo Idkhoo hamdre galloQ meo janep, 14 Aur hamdre gio hdmil boo ; koi un meu nuqsin na kare, aur kof un meu pet se na girawc ; aur hamare bdzdroo men kisi tarah kf ndlish na ho. 15 Farkhunda wuh guroh jiski yih rang ho; farkhunda wuh guroh jiskS Khuda Khvdawand hai! CXLV. ZABU'R. Daud kf sand. 1 Ai Khuda, mere bddshdh, maiu teri tarff karungi ; aur maiu abad ul dbdd tere nlm ko raubarak kahnngi. 2 Maiu har roz tujhe mubarak kahunga, aur maia abad ul dbad tere nam ki sitaish karungi. 3 Khudawand buzurg hai, aur wuh nihayat sitiish ke liiq hai, aur uskl buzurgi tahqiq karne se bdhar hai. 4 Har pusht dasrf pusht se terekamoQ kf sitaish karegi, aur teri buzurgiao bayan karegf. 5 Main terijandb kijalil izzat men, aur tere hairatafza kamoo meo tafakkur karun- gi. 6 Log tere hauhiak kdnioQ ka charchd karenge, aur maig teri buzurgi kdiqrdr karanga. 7 We tere bare ihsin ka bahut sa zikr i khair karenge, aur teri sadaqat ke git gdenge. 8 Khudawand mihrbdn aur sardsar luft hai ; gussa karne meo dhima, aur shiddat se rahira hai. 9 Khuda wand sab ke liye bhala hai, aur uska lutf i latif U9 kf sdri khilqat par hai. 10 Ai Khuda'wand, teri sari dastkariau teri sanakhwani karti haio ; aur tere muqaddas log tujhe mubdrakbad kahenge. 11 We teri salta- nat ke jalal ka bayan karenge, aur teri qudrat ka tazkira karenge, 12 Taki bani Adam par uski buzurgiao, aur uskf saltanat kf jalil shaukateo zahir howeo. 13 Terf badshihat abadi bddshahat hai, aur teri hukumat sare alam par abadi hai. 14 Khudawakd un sab ko, jo girte haio, thdmta hai ; aur un sab ko, jo nihur gaehaio, uthi khara karta hai. 15 Sab ki dnkheo tujh par lagi haio ; tu unheu waqt par rozi deta hai. 16 Td apni mutthi kholta hai, aur har ek jandar ka pet bharta hai. 17 Khudawand apnf sari rahon meo sddiq hai, aur apne sab kamoo meo rahim hai. 18 Khuuawand un sab se, jo uska nam lete haiu, nazdik hai; un sabsejo sachai se uska nam lete haig. 19 Wuh un logoo ki murdd jo us se tarsin haio, puri karega ; wuhi unki faryad sunega, aur unheu bachdegi. 20 KaoDAWAND un sab ka, jo uske muhibb haio, nigahdir hai ; wuh sdre khabisog ko nabiid karegi. 21 Mere munh se Khudawand kt sitaish niklegf; har ek bashar abad ul abdd uske nam ki sitaish kiya kare. CXLVI. ZABUR. 1 Halilo-Yah! Ai merijdn, Khudawand ki sitaish kar; maiojab takjitd rahunga, Khudawand kf sitaish kariingd; maio jab tak huo, Kuudawanij ka shukr kardogi. 2 Rafsoo par, aur banf Adam par tawakkul na karo, ki un meo najsit 678 ZABU'R. [147 ZABU'R, dene kf sakat nahto- 3 Vski dam nikal jiti hai, wuli apnf m«5tf meu phir jita hai; usf din usice s;ire mansube fana ho jate haio. 4 MubSrak banda wuh jis ka cbaragar Yaqnb ki Khuda hai, aur jis ki tawakkul Khuuawand uske Khudi par hai, 5 Jis ne dsman banSya, aur zamfn aur darya, aur sab jo kuchh ki un meu hai ; jo hamesha apni sachai ki muhafazat karta hai, 6 Jo mazldmoo ki faryadrasi karta hai, aur bhukhou ko khilata hai ; Khudawand asirou ko chhurdta hai. 7 Khub.v- \VAM> andhoo ki ankheu roshan karta hai ; Khudawand unheo, jo jhuk gae haio, sidha khar^ karta hai; Khudawand sadiqon ko aziz rakhta hai. 8 Khudawand pardesion ka nigahdar hai; wuh yatimou aur bewou ki ianat karta hai, lekin sha- rirou ke tarlq ko kaj karta hai; Khudawand abad tak tasallut karegi ; ai Saihiin, tera Khuda pusht dar pusht. Halilo-Yah ! CXLVII. ZABU'R. 1 Halilo-Yah ! ki haralre Khudi ki shukrguzlri karna bhali aur dil pasand hai; shukr karna dilpizfr sifat hai. 2 Khudawand Yirdshalam ko bind karta hai; wuh Isr.ieli bichhuroo ko faraham karti, hai; ;5 Wuh shikasta diloo ka darmin kartd hai; wuh unke zakhmou ko bandhti hai; 4 Wuh sitSrou ka shumar batlata hai, aur unka juda jud€ nam rakhta hai. 5 Hamlra Malik buzurg hai, aur bara qadir hai ; uski fahm beintiha hai. 6 Khudawand halimoQ ko rafaat bakhshta hai, aur khabisoo ko khak men milatS hai. 7 Khudawand ki shukrgazari kf manqabaten karo; barbat bajike hamare Khuda ki shukrguzarf karo, 8 Jo asman par badlioQ ka parda dalta hai, jo zamin ke liye menh barsata hai, jo paharoij par ghas ugUa hai, 9 Jobahimon ko, aur dashti kauwon ke bachchog ko, jo us se mangte haiu, rozi pahunchata hai. 10 Usko ghore ke zor se khushi nahio, aur mard ki pindUoo seraza nahin. 11 Khuda- wand ko un se, jo us se darte haio, aur un se, jo uski rahmat ke ummedwSr haie, razH hai. 12 Ai Yirushalam, Khudawand ki shukrguzari kar, aur ai Saihdn, apne Khuda kl sitaish kar. 13 Kyiinki usne tere darwazog ke arbangoa ko mazbuti bakhshi, aur tujh meu tere bachchou ko barkat di. 14 Usne teri nawahi men aman bakhsha, aur tujhe suthre gehun se malamal kiya. 35 Wuh apna hukm zamIn par bhejta hai; uska sakhun nihayat tezrau hai. 16 Wuh barf un ki manind deta hai; wuh pala, jo rakh ki manind hai, bikherti hai. 17 Wuh apne yakh ko luqme ki minind bhejta hai; uski thand ki bardasht kaun kar sakta hai? 18 Wuh apnS hukm bliejti hai, aur use jari karta hai ; wuh apni hawi chalata hai, aur p4nioo ko rawa- ni bakhshta hai. 19 Wuh apna kalara Yaqdb par, aur apni sunnateg aur apni adalateo Israel par zahir karta hai. 20 Usne kisi firqe se aisi neki nahio kf, aur na unhon ne uske ahkamon ko pahchana ; Halilo-Yah ! CXLVHI. ZABU'R. 1 Halilo-Yah ! Asman par se Khudawand ki sitiish karo ; ulwiyat se uski sitaish karo. 2 Ai uske sab firishto, uski sitiish karo ; ai uske sab lashkaro, uski sitaish karo. 3 Ai suraj, aur ai chind, uski sitaish karo ; ai roshan sitiro, turn sab 149 ZABU'R.] ZABU'R. G79 uskf sit^ish karo. 4 Ai sam.1 ul samawat, aur ai pSnfo, jo asmin ke tipar ho, uski sitaish karo. 5 We Khudawand ke nim kf sitaish karen, ki uske ku» kekahne meu we sab mauj.'id ho gave. 6 Usne un ko abadf paedari bakhshf- usne ek taqdlr muqarrar kf, jo tal nahlo saktf. 7 Ai tinnfno, aur ai .ahripo zamin par se uski sitaish karo. 8 A'g aur ole, barf aur bul^h^r, aur zor kf 5ndhi' JO uske kahne meo ho, 9 Sab pahdro aur tilo, mewadar ashjar aur s^re saro 10 Bahimeaur s£re mawSshf, aur kfre makore, aur parinde, 11 Sh^hin i zamfn aur sdrf I^hilqat, umari aur zamfn ke sare faruK^nrawa, jawan o kunwdriau bhf, aur burhe bachchoD samet, 13 We Khu.awakb ke nam kf sitaish kareu, ki nsU n.makeldb^lihai, usf ka jalal zamfn aur ^sman par muqaddam hai. U Wuhi ko barh^tS hai, kyunki we usse nazdfk hain. Halilo-Yah ! CXLIX. ZABU'R. J Halilo-Yah! Khh^a^wanb ke nnye gft gao, aur madheo pak io^on -kl jam^aton mea karo. 2 Israel apne khaKq se shadman howe • banf i!Ln apne b.dsh.h ke liye khushf kare. 3 We usk. n.m le leke n.ch;^ t .TZ barbat bajate hue uskf manqabateo kareo. 4 Kyunki Kn.n.wAKB apne W se razf hai ; wuh halfmoo ko apnf najat se zfnat bakhshta hai. 6 Pak lorfcu ;' warfparfaljhrkareo, aur apne bistaro. par pa.re hue tarannum kareu. TZll n^unh Khudakf sU.ishoa se bhara rahe ; do dh.ri talwar unke hSthoo me« ho 7 Taki gair gurohon se intiqam leweu, aur logoo ko saza deweo, 8 Aur unke' badshahoo ko zanjfroa se, aur unke amfroo ko lohe kf Lerf^o dilke jakreo I '^V\T- '''''' ""' ''"" ''' *^'' ""'"« P^h"--h^' ^^ -'- pak lo'Jn kf yih kuchh izzat hai. Halilo-Yah ! ° CL. ZABU'R. 1 Halilo-Yah! Bait i quds men Khudawand kf sitaish karo; uskf qudrat ke falak par uski sitaish karo. 2 Uskf nadir sanaatou ke barabar uskf sitaish karo ■ uski latff buzurgf ke mutabiq uskf sitaish karo. 3 Naqqara bajake uskf sitaish karo; bn aur barbat chherte hue uskf sitaish karo, 4 Tabl aur bansri bajate hue usk s^taxsh karo ; sarangf aur bansU bajate hue uskf sitai.h karo. 5 Zor se cha^^cha ,40 baj.ke uskf sit.ish karo ; man.fre zor se baj. baj.ke uskf sit.ish karo 6 Har ek ch,z jo sans letf hai, Yah ki sitaish kare. Halilo-Yah ! SULAIMAN KE AMSAL. I. BAB. 1 Daud ke bete Banf Isriel.ke badshih Sulaiman ke amsal : 2 Danish aur adab sfk ne ko aur aql kf biteo samajhne ko ; 3 Aur aql aur sad.qat aur adlat tr laati U adab lene ko, 4 Aur sada lauhou ko chatur^i dene ke liye, aur jawan ko 680 . AMS^L. [1 RAB. dinish aur fikr ; 5 Ki hikinatwlla sune, aur us ki hikixiat barh jae, aur aqlwlU Biyi munh badkari uigalti rahta hai. 696 AMSAL. [20 BAB. 29 Thatthekarnewalou ke liye saza ke fatwe haip, aur jahiloQ kf pith ke liye tS^iy.lne. XX. BAB. 1 Sharib maskhara banatf hai, aur mast karnowali bar ek cblz gaiab^luda karti bai; jis ne un ka fareb kbay£, wub danisbmand nahfo- 2 Badshab k;i ruab aisa bai, jaise sher ki garrisb ; jo koi use bbarkata hai, wub apni jan par khelta hai. 3 Admi ki izzat usi meD hai, ki gussa tal jawe, lekin bar ekbeddnisb cbberta rabta hai. 4 Sust admi thandb ke mausfm men hai nablo cbalata : so wub katne ke waqt bbikh mingega, aur us pas kucbh na hoga. 5 Admi ke dil kf maslabat gabre panf ki manind hai, par sanjida insan use kbinchega. G Bahutere bain, jin mcD se bar ek apni bbaUi mashbur karta bai ; par wafadar insan ko kaun pa sakta hai ? 7 Sadiq apni tamarai meu cbalti hai ; uske bad uske larke iqbalmand bote hain. 8 Badshab jo adalat ke takbt par juliis farmata hai, apni ^nkboo ke sanibne se bar nau ki badi ddr karta bai. 9 Kaun kab sakta bai, ki Main ne apne dil ko saf kiya bai ; maiij gunab se pak hue ? 10 Kam taulna, aur kam mapna, in donoQ se Khudawand ko nafrat hai. 11 Larke ki. hSl bhi uske kamou se malum bota hai, ki uske kam pak sidbe honge. 12 Sunnewile kan, aur dekbnewali ankhen, donou ka Kuudawand bananewala hai. 13 Bahut sone se dil na laga, na howe ki ta kangal ho jawe ; apni ankbeu khol, ki tii roti se ser hoga. 14 Mol lenewala kahta hai, ki Yib bura hai, bura hai ; par jab wub chal nikalta hai, tab fakbr karta hai. 15 Sona bbf hai, aur bahut se lal bhi bain, par marifat ke lab bebaba lal bain. 16 Jo ajnabi ka zlmin howe uske kapre chbfn le, aur jo begane ka zimia howe, uski cblz girau rakh le. 17 Daga ki roti Sdmi ko mithi lagti hai, par akhir ko uskd munh kankaron se bbara jata bai. 18 Harek kdm maslabat se thik bota hai, aur jang bari tadbiroo se kar. 19 Wub jo gammlz kf pairawi karta hai, apni bbed fash karta hai : so ta uske sath jo labon se lubba leta bai, mel mat kar. 20 W uh jo apne bap aur apni ma par lanat karta hai, uska cbirag sbiddat ki tariki meu bujbaya jaweg^. 21 Ho sakti bai, ki ek mirSs ibtida mea jald le It jawe, par uska anjamnamubarak bai. 22 Ta mat kab, ki Maiu badf ka badla lungi ; par Khuda- WA^D ka iutizar kar, ki wub tujhe bachawega. 23 Mukbtalif taulou se Khuda- WAND ko nafrat hai, aur makr ki tarizd kucbh khob nahin. 24 Admi ke kam Khudawand ke bukm se haio ; pas kyunkar ho sakta bai, ki koi apne tariq ko samjhe? 25 Yib admi ke liye ek phanda hai, ki pak chizon ke haqq meu lagwiyat kare, aur nazroo ke bad soch kare. 2G Danisbmand badshab shariroo ko paraganda karta bai, aur un par pabiyi pbirwata hai. 27 Admi ki ri'ih Khudawand ki qandU hai, jo ins^n ke pet ki bar ek makhfi chiz ko taftish karti hai. 28 Rabmat aur r^stl badshah ke nigabban bain, aur rahmat uske takbt ko utbae hue hai. 29 Jawan ^dmi ki zor uuke liye ek shaukat hai, aur burhou ki zfnat unke safed bai hain. 30 Cbutalti m^roB se burai dur hoti hai, aur un taziyiaoQ se, jo pet ke andar lag j lie. 21 BAB.] AMSAL. 697 XXI. BAB. 1 Badshih kii dil Khudawand ke hath meo hai; wuh usko pini ke naloQ ki nifiniiid jidhar chiihta liai udhar phcrti hai. 2 Insan ki sab r^hen us ki nigah meo thik hain; par Kucda'wand diloQ ko taultl hai. 3 Sadaqat o adalat karna Kuudawasd ke nazdSk qurbani karnc sc zlid pasandfda hai. 4 Bulandbfnf, aur dil ki khudpasandf, sharfroij kf roshiii, gunah hai. 5 ChalakoD ke innhasaba faqat farawani ke b;iis haio ; par sarc utaolc log faqat ihtiyaj ko pahunchte. 6 Darog- gof karke khazane faraham karna ek ufnewali batilat hai un logoD kl, jo marg ke joyan haio. 7 Sharlroo ki kharabi unko lihauf dilawcgi, kyunki unhoo ne ins^f ko napasand kiya hai. 8 Bure SdrnI kl rah sarkashi aur kajrau hai; par jo pak hai uska kain bhala hai. 9 Ghar ke kothe par ek goshe meu rahna fitnaangeJS aui'at ke sath suhbat ke ghar meo rahne se bihtar hai. 10 Sharfrka ji shararat k4 mushtaq hai, uska hamsaya uski nigah meo qabuliyat nahfo patl. 11 Jab istihza karnewSle ko saz& di jati hai, tab wuh, jo berah hai, danish paida karta hai ; aur jo danishwar tarbfyatpizir hot^ hai, to ngahi hasil karta hai. 12 Sadiq adml danishmandi se sharir ke ghar ko khiyal karta hai,ki Khudawand unki shararat ke sabab se unhen gira deta hai. 13 Jo miskfn ka nala sunke apne kan band kar letS hai, wuhSp bhi nala karegi, aur uska faryadras koi na hoga. 14 Chhipake hadiya denS gusse ko, aur god men sila rakh dcna shiddat ke qahr ko thandha karta hai. 15 Sadiqon kl lihushi rastkari meu hai ; par unke liye, jo badkar hain, halakat hai. 16 Wuh insan, jo hikmat kl rih se bhatka, murdou ke gol men para rahega. 17 Wuh jo khel ko dost rakhta hai, kangal adml hai ; wuh jo sharab aur raugan par mail hai, hargiz malddr na hoga. 18 Sharir log sadiqoo ke badle aur khatakdr parhezgaroQ ke iwaz fidiya diye jawenge. 19 Jangal men rahna jhngralu aur gussawar aurat ke sath rahne se bihtar hai. 20 Khazana ipasandida aur tel danishmandou ke ghar men hai; par ahmaq ddmi use nigalega. 21 Wuh jo sadaqat aur rahmat kf pairawi karta hai, zindagf aur sadaqat aur izz-atp^ta hai. 22 Danishmand idmf zabardastoft ki basti par charhta hai, aur us zor ko, jis par unki iatiniad hai, gira deta hai. 23 Wuh jo apne munh aur apni zuban ki nigahbani karta hai, apni jan ko tangioo se bachSta hai.. 24 Magrur aur ghamandi jiska nam thatthebaz hai : wuh gurur aur gusse se karobar kiya karta hai. 25 Sustadml ki tamanna use qatl karti hai ; kyunki uske hath mihnat kopasandnahio karte. 26 Wuh hirs se sare din lalach karta rahta hai; par sadiq admi deta hai aur barbad nahiu karta. 27 Sbarirou ki qurbani nafrat hai ; khusasan jab ki wuh badbatini se lata hai. 28 Jhiitha gawah halak hota hai; par wuh shakhs, jo sunta hai, mufid jawab ke liye mu.staidd rahtd hai. 29 Sharir insan durushtru hota hai ; par wuh jo rastru hai, dekh bhalke rah chalta hai. 30 Koi hikmat, koifahmid, koi mashwarat Kiiudawand ke muqabil pesh nahio jatL 31 Jang ke din ke liye ghof^ to taiyar hota, par nasrat Khudawand ki hai. XXII BAB. 1 Neknam be qiyas khazane se ziyadatar intikh^b kiyi jd,we, aur khairkhwahf riipe aur sone se ziyada. 2 Daulatmand aur miskin ekhi jagah fariham bote haio : uu sab k^ bananewala Kuucawand hi hai. 3 HoshySr insSn bure anj'fira ko L 1 1 I ^9« AM SAL. [23 BAB. peshbfnf se dekhtd hai, aur .-ip ko chhip^t^ hai ; par nidan log guzarte haiij, aur sa/^ pate haio. 4 Daulat, aur izzat, aur hayat iarotani se, aur khudatarsi sc hath ati haio. 5 Kajrau logou ki rah meo kante aur phande haiy ; wuh jo apnf jan ki ui- gahhani karta hai, un se dur rahega. G Larke ko us kf rah ke mutahiq sawere tarbiyat kar ; kyiinki jab wuh Lurha hi'ia, to wuh us rah se namurega. 7 Maldir miskin par zabit hota hai, aur qarazdar qarz denewale ka chakar hai. 8 Wuh io badkarf bota hai, batalat ^atega, aur uski saza kl danda taiyar hai. H Wuh jiski .'inUheu faiyaz haio, barakat puwcga ; kyuiiki wuh apni roti meu se miskfnou ko det^ liai. 10 Istihzakarnewale log nikil de, ki fasad jata rahegi ; hau, jhagra ragra aur ruswai dur ho jaenge. 11 Wuhjosifdili ko chahta hai, us ke lab latif haio, aur bridshah uska dostdar hoga. 12 Khudawand ki ankheu marifat ki nigah- baiif karti haio, aur wuh khatakarou ke karobdr ko ulat deta hai. 13 Aramtalab insan kahta hai, ki Bahar sher khara hai, maiij galiou men phara jaunga. 14 Be- gana a\irat ka raunh ek gahra garha hai; us nieij wuh girta hai, jisse Khudawand bezar iiai. 15 JahSlat larke ke dil men jari hui hai; par tarbiyat ki lathi use us nieij se ukhir phenkti hai. IG Miskin par zulin karnewala apni daulat barbiine ke liye, aur maldar ko denewala faqat muhtaj ho jane ke liye hai. 17 Apne kanou ko jhukS, aur danishwaroQ ka sulihan sun, aur meri hikmat per apna dil laga. 18 Ki yih kya hi bliala kam hai, agar til unko apne batin meo rakh chhore, aur alawa we tore laboo par qaim howenge. 19 Ki tera tawakkul Khudawand par ho, main ne Sj ke din tujbe, ban, tujhl ko jata diya hai. 20 Yaqi'nan main ne tere liye maslahat ki, aur agahi ki latif biten us niyat se likhin, 21 Ki maiu sacb- cbi baton ko tera iiaqsli i kbatir karuy, taki tu unke jawab men, jinhon ne tujh ko bheji hai, yaqini bateu kali sake. 22 Miskin ko garat mat kar uske miskin hone ke sabab se, aur dilfigar par jo darwaze par hai, zulm na kar. 23 Kyanki Khuda- wand unld hujjat sabit karega, aur unki janoQ ko, jinhoij ne unko garat kiya, yarat karega. 24 Gussawar admi se dosti mat kar, aur baole insan ke sath mat ja : 25 Na ho, ki tu uski rawisheu sikhe, aur apni jan ko phande men phansawe. 26 To un meu mat gina ja, jo hatli malte haig, aur na un meu sbamil ho, jo qarz ki babat zimini karte bain ; 27 Ki agar tujh pas dene ko kuchh na lio, to kya zurdr hai, ki wuh tera bistar tere tale se kliinch Ic jawe ? 28 Un qadim haddou ko, jo tere bapdadoo ne baudhi bain, barham mat mar. 29 Tu kisi ko apne kam men chS- lak dekhta liai : wuh shahoc ke buzur ja khara hoga; wuh zaliloo ke 5ge khara na hoga. XXIII. BAB. 1 Jis waqt tu hakim ke sath kbane baithe, to gaur se dckh ki tere samhne kaun hai. 2 Agar ta Idiane meu baris hai. to apne gale par cbburi rakh de. 3 Uske mazediir khanou ki tamanna mat kar, ki wuh daga ka khana Tiai. 4 Maldar hone ke liye mihnat mat kar, apni is danish se darguzar. 5 Kya tu us chfz par, jo nachiz hai, apni ankh urawegi ? ki daulat uqab ki manind apne liye par banake asman ki taraf ur jati hai. 6 Tu uski roti jo tang i chashm hai, mat kha, aur uske mazedar khanou ki tamanna mat rakh. 7 Kyanki jaise uske dil ke ande- ahe hain, wuh waisa hi hai; wuh tujh lio kahta hai, Kha, aur pi ; par uska dil teri 24 BAB.] AMSAL. COl) taraf iialifi). S Wuh iiawdla jo ti'i ne kliaya liai, lii use ugal clcgS, "aur apnt niitliJ biteu ganwacga. J) Bcdaiiish ke kiiiou uieo apiii batcu mat dal ; kyunki wuh tcre diiuishmandina kalim ki tahqfr karega. 10 Zamfn ki qadtin haddeu mat sarka, aur yatimou ke kbctou nieu dakhil mat Iio. 11 Kyiuiki unlcl lihaj bakhshnewaU zabaidast hai : wuh kliud hi tujli par uukt bujjatca sil)it karegS. 12 Tarbiyat se apna dil lag.1, aur hoshyarf kibatou par kin rakh. 13 Larke kf tarbfyat se dast- bardar mat bo, ki agar tii use cliharf mSrega', to wuh mar na jacga. 14 Tu use l.ithl maregd, aur pitdl se uski jaii ko najit dtga. 15 Mere bete, agar tcra dil danishwar hai, to mera dil, Iiao, meni hi dil niasrur hoga. IG Aur jab tere labou se saehchi bateij niklcngi, to mere gurdc sliad honge. 17 Aisi ua kar ki tera dil gunahgarou par hasud karo, balki tu khudatarsi in»u bar din rah. 18 Kyiinki aqibat hai, aur tcri as tiit najacgi. 19 Mere bete, tii sun, aur d.inish paidi kar, aur apne dil kl rahbari kar. 20 Tii un logou ke salh ua rah, jo maikhor bain, aur apne hi gosht ganwatc haig. 21 Ki sharabi, aur ganwau kaugil ho ja'enge, aur nind unheo ehithre pahinaegi. 22 Apne bap kf bat sun, jisse tu tawallud hii^ hai, aur apni burliy^ ma ko haqir na jan 23 Amlnat ko niol le, aur use mat bech ; hikmat, aur tarbiyat, aur khirad se bhi aisahi kar. 24 Sidiq ka bap nihayat khush hogi, aur wuh jisse diuishwar larka tawallud hota hai, khushi basil karegS. 25 Tere ma bap khush honge, aur wuh jiske pet men tu para, masriir hogi. 26 Mere bete, apna dil mujh kode, aur meri rahoo se teri ankhen khush lion. 27 Ki zai!i aurat ek gahri khal hai, aur ajnaLi aurat tang kvia hai. 28 Wuh ghSt meulagi hai, ki shikar kare, aur bani Adam men dagabazou ko ziyada karwati hai. 29 Wuh kaun hai, jo afsos karta hai ? aur kaun gamzada hai ? aur kaun bari qaziya larnewala hai ? aur kaun ydwago hai ? aur kaun bet-abab gliSil hai ? aur kis ki ankheu lal angare haiu ? 30 We jo sada mainoshl karte haiij ; we jo £niez sharib ki talash meu rahte haiu. 31 Jab sharab lal lal howe, to uska aks j^m par pare ; so jab wuh apni yiiibi dikhlawe, to us par nazar mat kar. 32 Ki anjam i kar wuh samp ki minind katti hai, aur biehehhu ki tarah dank marti hai. 33 Teri Snkheu begana auratou se larengf, aur tera dil terhe mazmun nikalega. 34 Beshakk tii uski manind ho jaegi, jo darya ke danniyan let jawe, aur mastiil ke sire par so rahe. 35 Tii kahegS, We mujhe marte to haiu, par dukhta uahiu ; we mujhe pftte to haiu, par mujhe malum na hota. Maiu kab beddr hounga ? Maio phir uski surag lunga. XXIV. 1 Tu bad admf se hasad mat kar, aur unki suhbat ki khwahish mat rakh. 2 Kyiinki unke dil halakat fikr karte haiu, aur unke lab ziyaukari bolte haiu. 3 Dadioh ke bais se ghar bina kiya jata hai, aur fahmid ke sabab se usko qiyam hai. 4 Agar khabardari liogi, to koihriao uafis aur latif mal se miniiir lio jaengi. 5 Danishwar 5dmi zorawar hai; haa khabardar insan ka zor bafhti rahta hai. 6 Kyunki tii khushtadbiri ke sabab se jang kar sakti hai, aur mu&hfroo ki kasrat se salamati hai. 7 Hikmat jihil se bahut buland hai ; wuhdarwaze par munh na. kholcga. 8 Wuh jo zalGU maDsnbe ijad karta hai, ziyuukar admi kuhlaega. 9 Na- L 1 1 1 2 700 AMSAL. [25 BAH. danf kf bandish gunlh hai, aur istihza karnewale se khalq ko nafrat hai. 10 Agar tu musibat ke din udas ho jawe, to tujh mee kuchh zor na rahega. 11 Agar tu unko, jinheo itiaut ne khincha hai, aur unkojomare jane par taiyar haiu, bacha na le, 12 Aur tii kahe, ki Dekho, hameu yih malum na th^ : to kya wuh, jo diloo kS janchnewala hai, yih dekhta nahfo ? aur wuh jo teri jan ka nigahban hai, yih nahlo janta ? aur kya wuh har shakhs ko jaise uske kam haiD, waisa ajar na dega ? 13 Mere bete, td shahd kha, ki wuh achchha hai, aur shahd ka shan bhi, ki wuh tere maz^q meo mftha hai : 14 Usi tarah pahchan rakh hikmat ko apni jan ke liye. Jab wuh tujh ko mil jawe, to teri aqibat nek hai, aur teri ^s tut na jSegf. 16 Sharir insin s^ sddiq ke ghar ki ghat meu mat lag; uske chain ke m^kan ko garat mat kar. 16 Ivi sadiq admi sat bar girta hai, aur phir uthta hai ; par sharir balameo girke para rahta hai. 17 Jab tera dushman gir pare, to khushi mat kar, aur jab wuh phisal jawe, to dilshad na ho: 18 Ta na howe, ki Ivhudawand dekhe, aur uske nazdik bad howe, aur apna qahr us par se utha lewe. 19 Zabun Sdmiou se nikhush mat ho, aur sharirou par hasad mat kar. 20 Kyiinki sharir Sduii ki aqibat nek na hogi, aur khabisoo k^ chirag bujhaya jaega. 21 Mere bete, td Khudawand se, aur b^dshah se dar, aur un logoo ke sath na rah, jin ke mizajou meg fasad hai. 22 Kyunki un par nagahanl Sfat awegi, aur un donoo ki bala ki khabar kis ko hai? 23 Ye bhi hakfmou ke amsal haio, Adalat karne meo Sdrai ke tashakh- khus par nazar karna bhaU nahiQ. 24 Wuh jo sharir ko kahta hai, ki Tii sadiq hai, log" us par lanat karenge, aur qaumeo us se nafrat khaengi. 25 Par we, jo use saza k^ hukm dete haio, khush honge, aur achchhi barakat unko milegi. 26 Har ek shakhs jo maqul jawab deta hai, goya, ki lab chumta hai. 27 Pahle apna kam taiyar kar, aur use maidan meo durust kar, bad uske apni ghar bani. 28 Apne hamsaye ke barkhilaf besabab gawah mat ho, aur apne laboo se thagi mat kar. 29 Aisl mat kah, ki Main us se aisa karunga, jaisa usne mujh se kiya ; main idmi se uske kam ke mutabiq sulnk karunga. 30 Maio ne arimtalab insan ke khet par, aur us shakhs ke takistan par, jo danish se khali tha, guzar kiya, 31 Aur dekho, wuh sab khar se bhara hua tha, aur gazna us par chha gae the, aur uski sangin divfir gir gai thi. 32 Tab maio ne dekha, aur maio achchhi tarah bujhi ; maio ne uski did ki, aur ibrat pai. 33 Hao, aur thora sona, aur thora unghna, aur sone ke liye hlth sametna ! 34 So teri tangdasti us tarah ^wegi, jis tarah koi safar se awe, aur teri rauflisi musallah ddmi ki manind. XXV. BAB. 1 Aur ye bhi Sulairaln ki tamsileu haio, jinheij shahi Yihddah Hizqiyah ke rafi- qoD ne qalamband kiya. 2 Khuda ki shan yih hai, ki bat poshida kare ; par badshahoo ki shaukat us meo hai ki har chiz ka khoj kareo. 3 Jis tarah Ssman nihayat buland aur zamin nihayat past hai, usi tarah badshahoo ke dil k^ hai daryaft na ho. 4 Rape ka mail chhant dal, to kfmiyagar ke liye ek bartan nikal iwega. 5 Shariroo ko badshah ke huzur se dur kar, tab uska takht sadaqat se paedari pawega. 6 Shah ke huzdr apni shaukat zahir mat kar, aur bare fldmioQ ki jagah khari mat ho. 7 Kydnki agar tujh ko lj:ahS jiwe, 26 HAB.] AMSAL. 701 Upar &, to j'lh us se Libtar hai, ki tu am5r ke liuzdrjis parterf nigah pare, past ho jawe. 8 JhagrS karne ko jald mat. ja, na ho ki tii iia jane ki anj:im i kar maia kya karunga, jab ki tera hamsdya tujh ko zalil karc. 9 Tu apne hanisaye kc sSth apnl jhagra jhagar, par dnsrc ka r.iz kisi par fish na kar : 10 Ta na howe, ki jo koi sunc tujlie ruswa karc, aur terf badndmf kisi tarah na mite. 11 Sukhan jo apne pahiyoo par ho, sone kc sebou kf minind hai, jo munaqqash rupe par jare hoc. 12 Jaise tione ki nmrkf, aur kundan ka gahnci, waisa hi danishwar goshmAl far- m.1nbardir ke kan ke liye hai. 1.3 Jaise kharif'ke mausiin nieu barf kf sardi, waisa- hi wafadar elchi unke liye jin ki wuh fiiistida hai ; kyiinki wuh apne iiq4ou ki j^n ko tizadam karta hai. 14 Wuh jo ek jhiithc hadiye par apni baraf karta hai, un badh'ou aur hawaoo ki manind hai jin ke sath barin na ho. 15 Bara sabr chaliiye, ki shahzada r^zi ho jawe, aur muliim zuban haddi ko bhf tortihai. IG Kya tu ue shahd payd, to itni kha jitna tere liye bas hai, ta na howe ki tii ziySda kha jiwe, aur ugal dale. 17 Apne hamsaye ke ghar kam jane se apne panw ki qadr zSid kar, ta na ho, ki wuh tujh se scr ho, aur tera kfna paidi kare. 18 Wuh admf, jo apne hamsaye par jhiithi gawahi data hai, ek koba, aur ek talwar, aur ek tez tfr hai. 19 Musi bat ke waqt be iatimad insan ka iatimad karnS us dant ki manind hai, jo tuta hna ho, aur us panw ki manind hai, jo band se ukhar gaya ho. 20 Git gana uske ige, jo bahut gamgin hai, aisa hai jaise ek shakhs jare men nanga kiya jawe, aur jaise sirka shore par pare. 21 Agar tera dushman bhukha ho, use rott khane ko de ; aur agar wuh piyasa ho, use pani pine ko de. 22 Ki ta us ke sir par Sg ke angaroo ka dher karega, aur Khudawand tera badla legi. 23 Bad i sliimali menh ko janti hai, aur tursh ru chugalkhori ko. 2+ Ghar kl chhat par ek kone meo rahna suhbat ke ghar men jhagralu aurat ke sath rahne se bihtar hai. 25 Jaise tishnakam ke liye thandha pani, waisahi wuh muzhda hai, jo diir mulk se dwe. 26 Sadiq admi ka khabis ke age kham bona aisa hai, jaisa chashma jiska p£ni gadla ho gaya ho, ya sota jo bigar gaya ho. 27 Jis tarah bahut shahd khana kuchh khub nahig, usi tarah apni shaukat ki talash karna zeb^ nahifl. 28 Wuh jo apne nafs par zabit nahta, ek shahr ki manind hai, jo rakhnadar aur be shahrpanah hna. XXVI. BAB. 1 Jis tarah tibistan meebarf aur kharif men barish ho, usf tarah bewaqnf ko izzat zeb nahfn deti. 2 Jis tarah gaure ka ^wara phirna aur ababil ki urte phirn.i, usi tarah us lanat se, jo besabab ho, kuchh zarar nahfo hota. 3 Ghore ke liye kora, aur gadhe ke liye dahana hai, par ahmaq kl pith ke liye lath hai. 4 Mnrakh ko uski himaqat ki manind jawab mat de, ta na ho, ki tu bhf uske minind ho jawe. 5 Mnrakh ko uski himaqat ke mutabiq jawib de, ta na ho, ki wuh apni danist meo ip ko danishwar samjhe. 6 Wuh jo ek bewaqiif ke hith kuchh paigini bhejta hai, apne plnw katta hai, aur khisarat khata hai. 7 Jis tarah langrc ki tingen barabarnahia hotio, us tarah ijewaqtifog ke nmnh meu tanisil hai. 8 Jaisa koi jauhar ko patthar ke dher meu rakhe, mnrakh ko izzat dcni aisi hi hai. 9 Jis tarah shardbi ke hath meu paina qaim hai, us tarah jahiloQ ke munh ke liye tamsil hai. 10 Wuh buzurg Khuda, jisne sab kuchh banayd, wuh bcwaqufoo 702 AMSAL. ['27 B.^B. aur khatdk^roD donou ko iijrat deta hai. 11 Jis tarah kutti ugalke phir khatl hai, usf tarah bewaquf apni bewaqiifi phir phir zihir karti hai. 12 Jo td us insan ko jo apne nazdik danishmand ho, dekhta hai, to uske nishat ahmaq seziyada ummed hai. 13 Kahilwujud ins:in kahti hai, Rah meo sher hai, bSgh gallon meuhai. 14 Jis tarah darwaza apni chulou hf par phirtd hai, aramtalab ddmi apne bistar par aisahi hai. 15 Aramtalab insan apni h^th bartan meo chhipatd hai, aur use munh tak phir lana uspar bara dukh hoti hai. 16 KShilwujud apni danist mcQ sat shakhsou se, jo dalileu la sakte haiu, £p ko ziyada danishmand janta hai. 17 Wuh jo guzar karta hai aur auron ke jhagre ke bich parta hai, uski minind hai, jo kutte ka kan pakarke khtnchta hai. 18 Jis tarah wuh diwina insan hai, jo jaltf lakrlao, aur tlr, aur maut ka asbab phenkta hai, 19 Wuh shakhs, jo apne hamsaye ko daf a dekar kahta hai, ki Main ne to thatthi kiya, aisihf hai. 20 Jab lakri nahin boti, to ag bujh jati hai ; so jahau lutra nahfu, wahau jhagra dafa hota hai. 21 Jaisa angarou ke liye koele aur Sg ke live indhan hai : waisa fitnaangez 5dmi fitna bhapkane men hai. 22 Nuktachfn kl bateu un laztz nawaloD ki nuinind haiu, jo pet ke andar pahuncheo- 23 Sozuak lab, aur sharir dil us raaile rupe ke manind hain, jo gili bartan par marhii ho, o4 Wuh jo kfna rakhta hai, labou se makr karta hai, aur dil meo daga rakhta hai. 25 Jab wuh mulaim baten kare, uspar iatimad na kar, kyunki uske dil men sat nafratl haig. 26 Jiski badkhwahi makr meo chhipi hui hai, uskl khabasat jamaat ke age ashkara ho jaegf. 27 Wuh jo gaiha khodta hai, ap hi us men girta hai, aur jo patthar dhulkata hai, wuh palatke usi par parta hai. 28 Darog zubin unkd kina rakhti hai, jin ko usne dukh diyi, aur dambaz dahan logon ko dhakel deta hai. XXVII. BAB. 1 Td us par, jo kal hoga, fakhr mat kar; kyunki td nahfn janta ki kal kyi hoga. 2 Aisa kar ki ddsra insan teri sitaish kare, na ki terahi munh; begana kare, na ki terahf lab. 3 Patthar bhari hai, aur reta wazani; lekin bewaquf ka jhuujhlina un donon se garantar hai. 4 Gussa sakht chfz hai, aur qahr dtash hai ; lekin kaun hai jo gairat ke barabar khara rah sake. 5 Wuh malaraat jo zahir howe, us mahabbat se, jo pinha ho, bihtar hai. 6 We ghao, jo dost ke hath se lageo, wafadar hain, aur machchhiao, jo dushmanlewe, daga denewalian haiu. 7 Shikamser shahd se nafrat rakhta hai ; par. uske liye jo bhakha hai, har ek karwi chiz mithi hai. 8 Insan jo apne makan ge dwdra ho, wuh murg hai, jo ishiyan se bhatak jawe. 9 Khushbu aur itr dil ki farhat ke bais haiu ; insan ke liye uske dost ki janl salah aisi hi farhat hai. 10 Apne khass dost, aur apne bap ke dost ko tark mat kar, aur jab tujh par bipat pare, tab bhai ke ghar mat ja, ki hamsaya jo nazdik ho, us bhai se jo ddr ho, bihtar hai. 11 Mere bete, danishwar ho, aur mere dil ko sh^d kar, taki main unko, jo mujhe malamat karta hai, jawab de saknu. 12 Dana admi peshbini se badi ko dekhta hai, aur £p ko chhipata hai ; par nadau guzarte haio, aur saza pate hain. 13 Jo begane ka zamin howe, uske kapre le le, aur usse jo ajnabi aurat ka ho, giro mang le. 14 Wuh jo subh sawere uthke apne dost ke haqq mes awaz i buland se dua i Ikhair karta hai, uske liye yih ek lanat inahsiib hogi. 15 Hamesha kS tapka jo jhaji ke 28 BAB ] AMSAL. 703 din nieu lio, aur jlmgrdlfi aurat donou elc haiu. 16 Wuh jo use chhip^td hai, hawa ko chhipata hai, aur U3 ke dahne ka raugan pukirega. 17 Jis tarah lolui lolic ko dbdar karti hai, usf tarah ^dmi apne dost kc chihre ko dbdar karta hai. IS Jis tarah wuh jo anjir ke darakht ki nigahbani karta hai, uska nicwa khat;i hai, usi tarah wuh jo apne aqi kl intizar karta hai, izzat pata hai. 19 Jis tarah pauI men ek chihra dusre chilire ko milta hai, usf tarali adnii ka dil admi ko. 20 Jis tarah patal aur luaut ko seri nuliin, usi tarah insan ki ankheo scr nahio hotin. 21 Jis tarah n'lpe kc liyc ghaiiya, aur sone ke live bhatlhi hai, usi tarah adnii kl sitaish admi ke liye hai. 22 Agarchi ti'i ahmaq ko gehiin ke s^th okhli meij dalke musal se kute, par uski ablahi usse kabhl dur na hogi. 23 Apne gallou ka ahwal daryift karne meu chalaki kar, aur apne ranioo ko achchhi tarah dekh. 24 Ki mSl sada nahiu rahta, aur kya tajwari pusht dar pusht baqi rahti liai ? 2.5 Siikhi ghas dikhai deti hai, aur sabza nuinayan hota liai, aur kohl jhSriaij katke fUraham ki jati haiu; 26 Barre tcri poshish ke live haiy, aur Lakre tere maidinou ki qiinat haiij ; 27 Aur bakriou ka dudh tere khane ke liye, aur tere ghanine ke liye, aur terilaundioa ki guzrin ke liyekafi hai. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Sharir log har chand koi unka pichha nahiu karta, bhigte hain ; par sadiq sher ki nianind diler haiu. 2 Khatakarioo ke sabab se hakim bahutse haiu ; lekin ek insan se, jo hikmat aur marifatwala ho, wahiin k^ nazm o nasq barhta hai. • 3 Wuh miskin insdn, jo miskin par zulm karta hai, dharalle ka nienh hai, jo ek dana nahiu chhorta. 4 Wejoshariat ke tarik haio, shariroo ki sitaish karte hain ; par we jo shariat ke hafiz hain, un se mukhalafat karte haiij. 5 We log, jo aibdar hain, adalat se ^gah nahio ; par we, jo Khudawand ke joyan haig, sab kuchh jante haiu. 6 Usse jo apni rahou se bhatka hiia hai, agarchi tawangar ho, wuh miskin, jo apni rastrawi par chala jata hai, bihtar hai. 7 Wuh jo shariat ko hifz karta hai, dauishwar pisar hai ; par wuh jo aubashon ka hamnish'n hai, apne pidar ko ruswa karta hai. 8 Jo sndkhori karke zulm se kamake apni daulat barhata hai, wuh uske liye, jo mis- kinon par rahm karega, batortJi hai. 9 Wuh jo apne kan ko dur rakhta hai, taki shariat ko na sune, uski duS bhi nafratangez hai. 10 Wuh jo sadiq ko bhatkake buri rah chalata hai, so apne garhe men ap girega ; par we, jo rastrau hain, Ithi'ibion ke waris hongc. 11 Mald^r insan apni dinist men dauishwar hai ; par wuh miskin, jo danishwala hai, use darj-aft kar jat^ hai. 12 Jab sidiqon ka daur hota hai, to bari khushi hoti hai ; par jab sharir barpa bote hain, to niard tafahhus kiya jati hai. 13 Wiih jo apne gunihon ko chhipata hai, klmyab na howegl; par wuh jo gunah ki iqrar karta hai, aur use cbhor deta hai, us par rahmat howegi. 14 Mubarak hai wuh insan, jo sada dara karta hai ; par wuh jo apne dil ko sakht karta hai, ziyan men girega. 15 Jaisa garajta hua sher, aur shikar dlu'nidhncwali richh, waisahi wuh sharir hai, jo miskinoij par huknirani kare. 16 Wuli sultan jiskf danish kam hai, uska zulm bahut hai ; par wuh jo taaddi se kina rakhta hai, uski umr daraz hai. 17 Wuh insin, jo zulm se kisi ka khun karta hai, bhagkc garhe men girta hai, use koi rok nahin sakta. 18 Jo sidha chala jatl hai, bach jlwcgi ; 704 AMSAL. [29 BAB. par wuh jo r5h bhatkl hua hai, nSgahdn gir parta hai. 19 Jo apnl zamin jotta. liai, rot ion se ser howegi ; par jo yawa logoij ki pairawl kart^ hai, iflas se ser howega. 20 Diyanatdar insan barakat se mAmur hoti hai ; par jo daulatmand hone ke liye utaoll kart-i hai, besaza na thahregi. 21 Atlmlon ke tashakhkhus par nazar karna khiib nahiij ; kyiiiiki <1dini roti ke ek tukre ke liye gunah karta hai. 22 Jo daulat paida karne par inarta hai, tang chashra hai, aur nahin dekhta ki iflas us par dwega. 23 Jo insAn ko sarzanish karta hai, bid uske, tamalluq karnewale kf nisbat ziyada razlmandi hasil karega. 24 Jo apne m& bap ko lutta hai, aur kahta hai, ki Yih* gunah nahlij, wuh g.iratgar ka sathi hai. 25 Jiske dil men ghamand hai, wuh fitna- angez hai, par jis ka tawakkul Khudawand par hai, farljih kiya jawega. 26 Jis ko apne dil par bharosa hai, bewaqaf hai ; par jo danish se rah chalti hai, najat plwega. 27 Jo miskinon ko detd hai, muhtaj na hogi ; par jo chashmposhi karta hai, bahut lanaten apne upar lega. 2S Jab sharir log barpa bote hain, to Idmi chtipte phirte hain ; par jab we fana bote hain, to sadiq log afzud bote haio. XXIX. BAB. 1 Jo Lir bar tanbih pane ke sath gardankashf karta hai, n^gah^n qatl k'lyi. jdwega, aur kof uskl chara na hoga. 2 Jis waqt sadiq >,iyada ho jatehaio,to khalq khush hotf hai ; par jab sharir hakim bote haiu, to khalq gam kartl hai. 3 Jo hikmat se ulfat rakhta hai, apne bap ko shSd karta hai; par jo zaniya se ham suhbat hota hai, apna mal talaf karta hai. 4 Badshah adalat se apni mamlukat ko istiqliil bakhshta hai ; par wuh jo rishwat leta hai, usko bigarta hai. 5 Wuh insdn jo apne hamsaye ki khushamad karta hai, us ke qadamoo ke liye jal bichhata hai. 6 Khabis insan ke gunah men phanda hai; par sidiq jo hai, gita hai, aur khushi karta hai. 7 Sadiq admi miskinon ka ahwai da^yaft karta rahta hai ; lekin sharir uske hai par mutawajjih nahit) hota. 8 Thatthebaz admi shahr men jal phailate haiu ; lekin danishwale qahr kopher dete hain. 9 Agar danish wala insan bedanish se jhagra kare khwah nakhushi se, khwah hansi se, to usmeu aram nabig. 10 We jo lohu ke piyase hain, sadiq lea klna rakhte haiu ; lekin ahl i insaf us ki jan bachate haiu. II Jahil apne dil ka sab kuchh zahir karta hai ; par danishmand use der talc rokta hai. 12 Agar koi farmanrawi jhuth par kan rakhe, to uske sare khadim khabis ho jate haiu. 13 Miskin aur daga karnewale bahara faraham hote hain, aur Khudawand un donon ki ankhen roshan karta hai. 14 Jab badshah diyanatdar! se miskinon kl adalat karta hai, to uska takht sada qaim rahta hai. 15 Lath] aur tanbih danish bakhshnewali hai, par wuh larka, jo betarbiyat chhor diya jata hai, apni ma ko ruswa karta hai. 16 Jab khabis log farawan hote haiu, to gunah bahut hote haiij ; lekin sldiq log unka girna dekhenge. 17 Apne bete ko tarbiyat kar, ki wuh tujhe chain dega, hau, wuh terl ruh ko khushwaqt karegS. 18 Jabao riiya nahin, wahae log halak hote hain; lekin jo shariat ko hifz karta hai, farkhunda hai. 19 Faqat zabanl naslhat se chakar tarbiyatpizir nahio hota, kyunki bar chand wuh samajhta hai, par us par amal na karega. 20 Tn us insan ko, jo betaanimul kah baithta hai, dekhta hai : uski nisbat bedanish ke liye ummed ziyada hai. 21 Wuh jo apne gulam ko larakpan se n^z men paltS hai, akhirk^r wuh uska beta banega. 22 Gussawar admi fasad uthati hai, aur •30 B/VI5.] AMS/YI/. 7()5 tiind kho insin balnit gunih karti hai. 23 Ailmi kf Lulandparw^zl us ko past karti hai ; par izzat unko, jo dil so t'uotan h;iio, bulaiul karti hai. 24 Jo chor ka sharik hot'i hai, apni jao se bczar hai : wuh linat siint:i hai, aur use J)ayan nahiu karta. 25 Admi se darivi admi ko phans.it i hai ; par jo Fviivd.vwand par tawakkul karti hai, mahfiiz rahta hai. 2G Bahut haio, jo iKidshiiiioo ki mihrLani kc joyan haio; Ickin Khuda'wand sc adnii kiadalat liai. 27 Kajraii iusan sidiqou ke liye nafrat hai, aur jo rastrau hai, sharlroo ke liye nafrat hai XXX. BAfB. 1 AjiSr bin WaqT kibiten ; us mard k^ man.shl kS kalam Itticl sc, hau Ittiel aur Ukal se. 2 Yaqinan main harek insan ki nisbat haiwan huu, aur admi ki si daaish mujh meo nahin ; 3 Maio ne na hikraat sikhi, aur na Alquddus ki shinalfht hasil ki. 4 Kaun asm-in par charha aur utra ? kis lie hawa ko apni niutthi meu jama kar liya ? kis ne panion ko ck kapre men bandh^ ? kis ne zamin ki sari haddeij bdn- dhiu ? Agar td kah sakta hai, to batla : uska nSm kya hai, aur uske beta ka nam kya hai ? 5 KhudS ka har ek sukhan taya hiiS hai ; wuh unke liye jin ka tawakkul us par hai, ek sipar hai. 6 Tu uski baton par kuch ziy^da mat kar, na ho ki wuh tujh ko tanbih de, aur ta jhuUia thahare. 7 Main ne tujh se do sawal kiye haio, so mere jite ji mujhe inayat kar. S Batalat aur daroggoi mujh pSs se dur rakh, aur mujh ko na tihidast kar, na maldar ; mere hai ke laiq mujhe khurak de, 9 Ta na howe, ki main ser ho jauu, aur inkar karke kahiio, ki Khudawand kaun hai ? yd muhtaj hoke chori kartiii, aur apne Khud^ ka nam behudagi ke sath luo. 10 Khadim par makhdum ke huziir tuhraat mat kar, na ho ki wuh tujh par lanat karc, aur tu asami thahare. 11 Ek pusht aisi hai, jo apne bap par lanat karti hai, aur apni ma ko mubarak nahin kahti. 12 Ek pusht aisi hai jo apne taiij apni nigah men pak janti hai, lekin uski gandagi us se dhoi nahia gai. 13 Ek pusht aisi hai, jo ajab shokhchashm hai, aur unki palken lipar ko rahti haiij. 14 Ek pusht aisi hai, ki jis ke dant teg haiu, aur darhen chhurian, taki zamin ke niiskinon ko nigal jawen, aur kangalon ko khalq meu se fana kar den. 15 Aluqa ki do betiau hain, jochilldti haiij, ki Do, do ! Tin hain, jo kabhi ser nahia hotiu, balki char haiij jo kabhi nahin kahti ki Has. 16 Fatal, aur banjh zihdan, aur zamin, jo serab nahiu, aur atash jo kabhi na kahe ki Bag. 17 Wuh ankh jo apne bap ko chirati hai, aur apni ma ka kahna manna haqir janti hai, jangli kauwe usko uchakke nikdl Icnge, aur gidh use khii lenge. 18 Ye tin aisi ajib hain, ki meri aqlse bahar hain, balki char hain jinheu main jantanahfu : 19 Uqdb ki rah asman men, aur samp kirah chatan par, aur jahaz ki rah dar^-a ki wasat men, aur mard ki rih kunwari men. 20 Biyahi chhinal ki rah yi'inhi hai : wuh khati hai, aur apna munh ponchhti hai, aur kahti hai, ki main ne kuchh burai na ki hai. 21 Tin chizoo so zamin becliain hoti hai, balki chdr hain jin kf wuh bardasht nahiu kar sakti, 22 Gulam se jo sultdn ho jawc, aur ahmaq se jab uski pet bhare, 23 Aur n^maqbiil aurat se jab w^uh biyahi jawe, aur laundi se jo apnf bibi ki wali ahad ho. 24 Char haiu, jo dunya racQ chlioti hain, lekin bari siyani haiu, 25 Chyunli M ni ni m 706 AMSAL, [31 BAB. harchand ki zormand khilqat nahio, lekin wuh Wbistln meo apne liye t^ur^k jama kar rakhte haio ; 26 Aur jaDglf khargosh, agarchi n^tawSn khilqat haio, lekin we paMrfoo men apni ghar banate haio ; 27 Aur tiddl jiski koib5dsh5h nahio, lekin wuh pare b^ndhke nikalti hai ; 28 Aur makrf jo apne hathoo se pakartl hai, aur wuh bldshahon ke mahallon men hai. 29 Tfn khushraftar hain, balki char jinka chalni khushnumS hai, 30 Ek to sher babar jo sare charpayon men bahSdur hai aur kisi ke sSmhne se phirta nahin ; 31 Aur asp i miyanbasta, aur bakrd, aur bldshih jispar kis! taraf se charhai na ho ; 32 Agar tu ne nSdani se apni buland- parwSzi zahir kf, yS tii ne kuchh bard andesha kiya, to h^th apne munh par rakh. 33 Yaqinan dudh milane se makhan nik^U jdtd hai, aur n4k marorne se lahd ; usi tarah gussa bhark^ne se fas£d barpl hoti hai. XXXI. BAB. 1 Lamuel b^dshSh ke manshi ki bateo jo uskf m£ ne use sikhlain. 2 Ai mere bete, kya, ai mere pet ke bete, jo main ne nazren m^nke ipiyi, kyi salih dun ? 3 Apni quwat auratoo ko mat de, na apni r^hen bSdshShon ki bigar- newSlioo ko. 4 Ai Lamuel, biidsh^hon ko maikhori zebi nahin, aur nashe ki ehizeo shahzSdon ko l4iq nahin, 5 Ta na howe ki we piwen, aur shariat ko bhulSwen, aur mazldm ki insaf karte hue bhatak jawen. 6 Sharab uskopilao,jo khar^bhil hai, aur mai unkojo dilshikast hain ; 7 Taki wuh piwe, aur apni tangdasti farSmosh kare, aur apni pareshani ko phir yad na kare. 8 Apna munh gunge ke liye khol, unki hujjat baySn karne ko, jo murhe hain. 9 Apni zubin khol, sachchi addlat kar, aur miskinon aur tihidaston ke liye hujjat sSbit kar, 10 Kis ko pirsi joru milti hai, jo lalon se beshbaha hai ? 11 Uske shauhar ke dil ko usse chain aur itminSn hai : so wuh kabhi kit ki muhtaj na hoga. 12 Wuh jab tak jiti rahegi usse neki hi karegi; badi na karegi. 13 Wuh suf aur katan dhuudhti hai, aur bari chih ke sith apne hathon se kam karti hai. 14 Wuh saudagaron ke jahizon ki manind hai : wuh apni khurish dur se le iti hai. 15 W^uhrat rahte hue uthti hai, aur apne gharane ko khilati hai, aur apni chho- krioo ko bakhre deti hai. 16 Wuh ek maidan tikti hai, aur use le leti hai, aur apne hithon ki mihnat se takistan lagati hai. 17 Wuh mazbuti se apni kamar bindhti hai, aur apne b^zuon ko mazbut karti hai. 18 Wuh chakhti hai, ki meri saudagari bhali hai ; rat ko uska chirag nahin bujhta. 19 Wuh takle par apne hath chalati hai, aur uske hdth ateran pakarte hain. 20 Wuh miskinon ki taraf apni hath bafhati hai; hio, wuh apne hath muh- tajonki taraf phailati hai. 21 Agar uske gharine par barf pare, to wuh darti nahin, kynnki uske khindan men harek surkh libas orhe hue hai. 22 Wuh apne liye diwar par mushajjar banati hai, uski poshak abreshami aur gulfira hai. 23 Uski shauhar phatakon men mashhur hai, jabki wuh shahrkemashaikhkesith baithti hai. 24 Wuh katan ke mahin thin binwiti aur bechti hai, aur kamarband ko saudigaron ke pas aminat rakhti hai. 25 Izzat aur hurmat uski poshak hai, aur inewile dinon men wuh Ijhushwaqt hogi. 26 Wuh apni zuban kholke hikmat ki biten bolti hai, uski zuban men mihrbini ki shariat hai. 27 Wuh apne gharine ke dastdroQ par balkLhnbi nigih karti hai, aur kihiii ki roU nahiu khatf. 1 BAB.] WAiz. ror 28 Uske bete uthte hain, aur use farkhunda kahte hain, aur usk^ shauhar bhf usk! sitaish karta hai. 29 Bahuterf betion ne pikfza kSm kiye, par td sab par sabqat le gaf. 30 Kamal dhokhi hai, aur jamll men p^ledari nahfn, par wuh aurat jo Ithud^tars hai, sutdda hai; use uske hithon ka phal do, aur uske k^m phStakon men uskl sitlish karenge. WAIZ Kr KITAB. I. BAB. 1 Sh^h i Yirdsh^lam Wiiz bin D^dd ki b^ten. 2 ButUnon k! butlan, Wdi« kaht^ hai, butlanon kl butlan ! Sab kuchh b^til hai. 3 Kyi faida Sdml ko us kl sarf mihnat se hasil hota hai, jo wuh sdraj ke niche khfnchti hai ? 4 Pusht jatf hai, aur pusht iti hai, aur zamfn hamesha qaim rahti hai. 5 Sdraj charhta hai aur sdraj dhalta hai, aur apne maqim men paithS hai, aur wahin se phir nikaltS hai. 6 Hawa dakhin ko jatf hai, aur uttar ko ghnmti hai, hawa ghumke ghumke jdti hai, aur hawi ghumkar phirtf hai. 7 Sarf nadiin samundar men bahti hain, aur samundar bhar nahfn jatd; jis maqSm men nadfan jdtf hain, us men we jine ko phfrtl hain. 8 Ye sab biten thakdtf hain, idmf na kah sakti hai ; na dnkh dekhne se na kSn sunne se ser hoti hai. 9 Jo h(\i, sof phir hog^,. aur jo banS, sof phir banegi, aur sdraj ke nfche kuchh nayi nahfn. 10 Kuchh ais4 hai ki log bolte haiu, Dekho to yih nayl hai! Sabiq wuh maujud th£ un zaminoo men jo ham£re age hain. 11 Mutaqaddimfn ki nlm o nishin nahfn, aur mutaakhkhirin ki bhf, jo howenge, nim o nishin un ke darmiyin na rahegi jo un ke bid honge. 12 Main Wiiz Yirushalam meo banf Isriel ki bidshih thi. 13 Aur main ne apna dil lagiyi ki aql daufike sab kf taftfsh o tahqfq kardn,jo isman ke nfche kiyi jiti hai. Yih shugl i alamangez hai jo Khuda ne bant Adam ko diyi ki us men mashgul hon. 14 Main ne sare kimon ko dekhi jo ismin ke nfche kiye jate hain ; aur dekh sab kuchh butlan aur hawi kf charan hai. 15 Jo terhi hai, sfdhi nahfn ho sakta, aur kamtfon ki hisib ho nahfn sakta hai. 16 Main ne apne dil men kaha, Dekh main un sabhon se, jo mere ige Yirdshilam par the, bafi aur ziyada hikraat rakhti hdij, aur mera dil bahut hikmat o danish meo bfni hai. 17 Lekin jab main ne hikmat ke janne ko aur himiqat aur jahilat ke jinne ko dil lagayi, to malum kiya, ki yih bhf hawa par charna hai. 18 Kydnki bahut hikmat meo bahut diqqat hai, aur jo giyin barhiti hai, so dukh bafhati hai. II, BAB. 1. Phirmaiane apne dil meokahi, ki A, maio tujh koaishoishrat chakhiung5, td khdbf ko dekh le ! Lo, yih bhf butlan hai. 2 Maig ne hansf se kahi : Dfwina ! aur shidf se, Yih kyi karti hai ? 3 Maio ne apne dil men mansuba bindhi ki apne badan ko wain se nimnido, par apne dil ko hikmat men qiira rahne ddo, aur ah- maqf ko i^htiyir kardu, jab tak dekhdo, ki banf Adam ki ^hair i mutlaq kyi hai, M m m ra 2 7m WMZ [2 BAB. jise we ^smdn ke niche apnf zindagi ke dinoD ke shum^r mco kiya kareo. 4 Maio ne bare bare kani kiye. Maiu ne apne liye ghar banSe, aur maiji ne apne liye tSkista'n lagie. 5 Main ne apne liye j annate o aur firdausee Ijan^fu, aur sare plial ke per un men baithae, 6 Maio ne apne liye talab banae ki un se balida darakh- tOD k^ bag sinchao- 7 Mere liye zarkharid gulam aur laundian thfu, aur khi- nazad mere pds the. Maio bhf bahutse gae bail aur bher bakri ke gallon kS ma- lik tha aisi ki main un sabhon se, jo mere ^ge Yirushalam meij musallit hoe, ziySda maldar thS. 8 Maiij ne sona aur ropa aur badshahou aur snboij ka khazSna apne liye jama kiyS. Main ne ganewale aur ganewSlf^n aur banf Adam ki aij'a- shlan, begam aur begamnt apne liye muqarrar kin. 9 So maio buzurg hua, aur sabhon se, jo Yirushalam men mere age the, barh gayS. Meri hikmat bhf muj h men qaim rahf. 10 Aur sab kuchh jo meri Snkhen chahtf thin, main ne un se baz nahfn rakha ; main ne apne dil ko kisi khushi se mana nahiu kiyl ; kj'unlii mera dil meri sari mihnat se shidman hua, aur meri sari mihnat kl yihl mera phal thahara. 11 Aur maio ne apne sare k^mon par, jo mere hathoe ne kiye the, aur us mihnat par jo main ne bar^ne kamane ke liye khinchi thi, nazar kl, aur dekha ki sab butlan aur hawa ki charan hai, aur Ssman ke niche kuchh fdida nahin. 12 Aur main hikmat aur himSqat aur jahalat ke dekhne par mutawajjih hua. (Kydnki wuh shakhs jo badshah ke bad awega kya karega ? Magar wuh jo qadfm se log karte Se bain.) 13 Aur maia ne dekha ki hikmat himSqat se aisi mumtaz hai jaisl roshnS tarfkf se mumtaz hai : 14 Hakim apnl ankhea apne sir men rakhta hai, aur ahmaq andhere men chalta hai ; tis par bhi main jin gaya ki ek hi qismat sabhon ko taqsim hoti hai. 15 Tab main ne apne dil mea kaha, Jaisi ahmaq ki qismat hai, waisi meri qismat bhl hogi : phir main kaheko bara hakim hua hua ? So main ne apne dil meo kahS, ki Yih bhi butlan hai. 16 Kyunki na hakim aur na ahmaq ka zikr abad tak raheg^, kynnki Snewale dinon ki duri mea sab bhula hud hoga ; aur hae ! hakim ahmaq ke slth mar jata hai ! 17 So main zindagi se bezdr haS, kyimki wuh kam, jo suraj ke niche kiya jStl hai, mujhe bura malnm hua ; kyunki sab butlan aur hawa li charSuhai. 18 Aur main apne sare kam se, jo suraj ke ntchekiya tha, bezSr hua, is liye ki maiu vise us adini ke liye jo mere bid Swega, chhor jaunga. 19 Aur kaun janta hai ki wuh hakim ya ahmaq hogi ? liar hai wuh mere sare kam par jo main ne kiya aur siiraj ke niche hiimat se kamdyS, musallit hoga. Yih bhi butlan hai. 20 Tab maiu phira ki apna dil sire kirn se, jo maio ne suraj ke niche kiyS tha, miyus karun. 21 Kyunki ek ddmi hikmat aur danai aur kamyabi se kamitd hai, phir wuh usedusreddmi ki miras raeajis ne us ke liye kuchh mihnat nahin ki, chhor jlita hai. Yih bhi butlan aur ball i azim hai I 22 Kynnki admi ko us'd sari ma- Bhaqqat aur jSnfishSni se jo wuh suraj ke niche uthata hai, kyi muyassar hota ? 23 Kyunki us ke sare din dukhdai hain, aur uska shugl diqqdar hai, balki us k^ dil Tit ko bhi Srim nahio pata. Yih bhi butlan hai ! 24 So Sdmi ke liye aur l^hair i mutlaq nahin magar yih ki wuh khawe aur piwe aur mihnat karke apnl jln ko Ichubi se bahlawe. Yih bhi maio ne dekha ki Al'lah ke hath se hai. 25 Kyunki kaun khiega aur kaun ruchega magar us se ? 26 Kyunki wuh us admi ko jo use pasand dti hai, hikmat aur dandi aur khushi bakhshti hai ; lekin gunahgar ko batorne aur dher karne men mashgul karti hai ki use dewe, jo Khuda ki pasandida hai. Yih bhi butlan aur hawa ki charan hai. •''• l!AU.] WAIZ. 709 III. BAB. 1 Har chfz kl ek mausim hai, aur har sliai kfi jo fismSn ke nfche hai, ck waqt hai. 2 Paida hone k^ ek waqt hai, aur mar jane kd ck waawakd, Israel ke Khuda ne yan farmaya. XXII. BAB. 1 WadI i RayS ka mansha. Ab tujhe kya hiia, jo turn sab chhatou par charh gae, 2 Ai purgauga, shorangez shahr, ai shadmanbasti, jo tujh men harbari par gai. Tere kushta teg se kushta nahio, aur razm se maqtal nahin. 3 Tere sab sardar 22 BAB.] YASAIYAH. Y39 ek sath bliagte, we tfranddzoQ ke asir bote; tere sab hSzirtn ek satli asfr bante, we (iur SwSra bote haio. 4 Isi 113-6 maiu kahtl hun, Mujhe clihor do, ki maiu ditrh inarke roiinga, merf tasalli ki fikr matkaro, kyunki nieri qnumki bet! gSrat ho gai. 5 Ki sariisJinagi, garat aur ghabrabat ka din Khudawand, Rabb ul afwaj kitaraf se "Wadi i Ri'iyi men dta bai : sbalirpanab ko tor tSr karte, aur duhdf kobistan meij gnnjti jiti hai. G Ailambahalsawaroo aur aspsaw^rou samet tarkasb utha leta hai, aur Qir sipar ughaptf bai. 7 Aur aisa boga, ki teri khass w^di g^riou so pur ho jae- gi, aur sawir darwazoo par pare bandhenge. 8 Tab Yibudab ka satr ugbarS jaega, aur tu us din Bait ul Waar ki silab par nigab karegS. 9 Aur tumsbaliri Daud ke rakbne dekhoge ki beshumar bain, aur turn niche t^lab ke pani utarke band karoge. 10 Aur turn Yirdsb^lana ke ghar ginoge, aur turn ghar dbadoge, tSkishabrpanah ko mazbut karo ; 11 Aur turn Purane Kund ke pani keliye donoij diwaroij ke darmi- yan ek khai banaoge. Lekin turn us ke sana par nigah nahiu karte, aur us ki taraf jis ne qadim se use ijad kiy5, mutawajjih nahiij bote. 12 Aur Khuijawand, Rabb ul afwaj us din farmawega, ki roweo aur zari karen, ganje howeu, aur tat bandbea. 13 Lekin dekh, aisb o ishrat hai: aur gae bail zabh karna, aur bber bakri halal karna, aur gosht kbSna, aur wain pina: " Kbaweu aurpiweu! kyunki kal to ham marenge." 14 So Rabb ul afwij ki taraf se mere kan meo khula, ki Tumhari is "badkari k5, jab tak ki turn na maro, kafara na diyi. jaega, Khudawand Rabb ul afwaj yih farmata hai. 15 Khudawand Rabb ul afwaj ki yih amr hai, ki Ja, aur us musSbib pas, Shabna pas, jo mahall par muaiyan bai, ja, aur kab, 16 TerS yahan kya hai? aur tera yahao kaun bai? ki tu yahaij qabr khodta, unchal kf apni qabr kbodta, cbatan men apni raaskan tarashta bai? 17 Dekh, Khudawand mardana phenk se tujbe phenkega, aur tujhe pakar leke pakar rakbega 5 18 Wuh lapet lapetkar tujhe lapet lega, aur gend ke manind zamin par bare maidanou mea phenkke lurhkawega : waban tu maregi, aur wahau teri hashmat ki sawiriiu, ta apne munib ke ghar ki ruswai ! 19 Aur maiu tujhe tere mansab se bankunga, wuh tujbe teri umdagi se utarega. 20 Aur us din aisa boga, ki main apne bande Ilyaqim bin Kbilqiyab kobulaangl. 21 Aur main tera jubba use pabinadnga, aur tere patke se use mazbuti bakhshunga, aur teri bukmrini us ke bath men supurd kar dunga; aur wuh ahl i Yirushalam ki aur bait i Yihudah ki bap boga. 22 Aur main Daud ke ghar ki kunjf us ke kandhe par dharungi : so wuh kholega, aur koi band na karega, aur wuh band karega, aur koi na kholega. 23 Aur maio us ko mekh ke manind mazbut jagah meo sabit kariinga, aur wuh apni abwi gharane ki izzat ki kursi tbabaregi. 24 Aur us ke ibai khindan ki sari izzat aur nasi i sharif aur razfl, aur sare cbbote chhote zuruf piyaloo se leke qaribou tak sab ke sab us se mutaalliq honge. 25 Us din, Rabb ul afwaj farmati hai, wuh me^h, jo mazbut jagah meo thonki gai tbi, sarkegi, wuh kategi aur giregi, aur us pai-ki bojh girparegi, ki Khudawand ne yno farmayi. Ci q q q 2 •40 YASAIYAII. [-25 BAD- XXIir. BNU. 1 SlIi* ki mansha. Ai TarsTs ke jah.izo, wawaild. karo, ki wuh ujar gay;1, wahie koi ghar aur koi dSkhil hone kl jagah nahfn : Kittloij kf zamin se unheij yih khabar pahunchtl hai. 2 Ai ahl i jazfra, jis ko Saida ke samundarguzar saudagar bhar^ karte the, sar^aima ho jao. 3 IJafe panion par se Saihur ka galla pahuncbta tha, Nil ka phal us ka hasil hota tlia :so wuh qaumon kl tijaratgah bani. 4 Ai Saida, lu sharma ! ki samvindar, samundar ki hastn kahti hai : Maiu na jhuki najanf; maig jawanoQ ko na piltl na kunwarion ko posti hun. 5 Jab yih khabar Misr ko pahunchegf, to we Sur ki khabar se muztarib hojaengf?. 6 Ai ahl i jaztra, turn zar zir roke Tarsis men par jao. 7 Kyi yih tumhari shdudar basti hai jis kf bun qadim se hai ? Wuh paidalkar dur pardes ho jati hai. 8 Kaun yih pahunchata hai tajbantnewali Sur par, jis ke saudagar sardar, aur jis ke baiparJ dunyake izzatwale haiu ? 9 Rabb ul afvvaj ne pahunchaya, ki sari hashmat ke gurur ko najis kare, aur dunya ke sare izzatwalou ko zalil kare. .10 0 bint i Tarsts, tu ab nahr ke manind apni hi zamfn men azdd guzar kar, ki kot band na rahi. 11 Us ne samundar par apna hath chaliya, us ne mamlukatoo ko hilay a ; Khudawand ne Kanan ke haqq men hukm kiya hai; ki us ki mazbut jagahou ko dhawen, 12 Aur us ne kaha, Ai Bint i Saida, garat ki gai bakira,. tu age khushi na karegt ! Uth, Kittioij ke pas chall ja, ki tujhe walian bbi chain na milcga. 13 Kasdion ke mulk ko dekh, is qaum ko jo kal maujad nahin, Asur ne use im dashtion ke liye banaya : we apne burj uthate haig, \in ke mahallon ko dhate bain, aur unbcn wirane banate haiu. 14 Ai Tarsis ke jahazo, wawaila karo; kyunki tumhara hisn i hasin ujara gaya. 15 Aur us din aisa hoga ki Si'ir ok badshah ke aiyam ke mutabiq sattar baras tak faramosh bo jaegT, aur sattar baras ke pichhe Si'irus chhinii kf manind hogi, jis ki babat gate hain, 16 " O chbinil, barbat utha le, shalu" meu guzarti phir, ki til fcU-amosh ho gat hai: shz ko khiib baj;i, bahutsi gazaleugi, taki tujhe yad kareij." 17 Aur sattar baras ke bad aisa hoga, ki Kuudavvand Sur par nigih karega, aur wuh phir kharchi ke liye jaegi, aur rii i zamfn par ki sari mamlukaton se zinikarl karegi. 18 Lekin us ka basil aur kharchi Kiiudawand ke liye muqaddas hogi: aur us ka mal zakhira na kiyajaega, aur baz rakha na jaegi, balki un ke liye hasil hoga, jo KHUDA\VA^'D ke huzur rahtc bain, ki khake ^suda howcD, aur sha- yasta poshak pahineu. XXIV. BAB. 1 Dekho, KnunAWAND zamin ko khali karta hai, aur use ujarta aur ulatta hai, aur us ke bSshmdou ko paraganda kar deta hai. 2 Aur aisa hoga ki jo raaiyat ka hai hogi, so kShin ka, jo naukar ka so sShib ka, jo laundl ka so bibf ka, jo mol lenewale ka so bechnewale ka, jo qarz denewale ka so qarz lenewale kii, jo sud denewale ka so sud lenewale ka. 3 Sarzamin bilkull khali, aur nihayat wfran ki jaegi; ki Khuda'wand ne yih sukhan farmaya hai. 4 Zamin gamgin aurpazhmurda bai, jahSn pazhmurda aur zai hua, aur zamin ke shekhibSz ftjiz bane. 25 IJAB.] YASAIYAII. 741 5 Zamin apnc basneAvSlou l^c nkhc najis hui, ki mihou nc sharfatou sc taj^iwuz kiya, qr'uinn ko badla, alul i abacli ko toni. 6 Is sabab se lanat nc zamfn ko nigal liya, aur uske brishinda asimi tliaharc; is liye zamin kc log bhasam hue, aui- bani Adam thore rah gaye. 7 Mai mahziin, angiir pazhmurda hai, aur sab, jo dilshad the, Ih bharte haio. 8 Rabibou ki khushi band hogaf, tarannum un ke, jo khush bote the, akliir hue, barbat kf shadinani jdtf rahf. 9 We phirgagike sharib na piongc; shurb un ko, io use piep, talkh hoga. 10 Shalir harham hokar -wiran hiia, bar ek gliar band hogaya ki koi andar j.i na sake. 11 Mai ke liye bazdroo nieo wawaila hai, sari khushi nmkaddar hui, zamin ki ishrat chali gaf. 12 Shahr meu wirana baqi rah^, darwaze tor tar se dhae gaye. 13 Zamin ke bich khilqat meo aisa halhaijaisa zaitun ke darakht ke jharjhardne aur khosha- chini ke bad hota hai, jab dirau ho chuka. 14 We apni Swaz buland karke tarannum karenge, we darya par se Kiiuda- WAND ke jalal par lalkarenge. 15 Is par turn masliriq ke atraf meij Khudawant* ki, aur jazair i darya ke darniij'an Kiiudawand ke nam ki, jo Israel ka KImda Iiai, sitaish karo. 16 Ham intiha i zamin se nagmon ki awaz sunte haiij, ki Ristkar ke liye madhsarai ho. Par main kahta huy, Afdos, merilagari! meri lagari ! mujh parwawaili hai: lutcre luttehaiu, lutko lutereliilte haitj. 17 Ai zamin ke biishinde, khauf, aur garha, aur dam tujh par hai! 18 Aur aisa liog^, ki jo khauf ki awaz se bh.ige, so garhe men gireg.i, aur jo garhe se nikal awe, so dam meu phansega; kyunki upar ke dariche khule haiu, aur zamin ki newen hilti haiij. 19 Zamin ek lakht ujar gai, zamin yaksar shikast hui, zamin shiddat se liilai gai ! 20 Zamin matwale ki manind dagmagati, aur jhompre ke muwafiq sarkai jati; aur us ki, gunah us par bhari hai, wuh giregi aur phir na uthegi. 21 Aur us din men aisa hoga, ki Khui>a'wami) bulandi par alishiinon ke lashkar k£, aur zamin par shahan i zamin ka mutalaba karega, 22 We asiri ki halat meu garhe men batore jaenge, aur qaidkhiine men qaid kiye jaenge, aur bahut dinon ke bad un ka mutalaba kiya jaega. 23 Aur chdnd muztarib hoga, aur suraj sharminda, ki Rabb ul afvvaj koh i Saihdn par, aur Yirushalam meu saltanat karega, aur us ke buzurgon ke ige jalal hoga. XXV. BAB. 1 Ai Khcdawand, tu mera Khuda hai; maio tcri tamjid karnng.'i, tere nam ki sit;iish karongi; ki td ne ajaib kim kiye hain; tcri maslahateu qadim se rast aur sach hain. 2 Kyunki tu ne shahr ko dher kiya; muhkam shahr ko wirana; aur gairoo ke mahall ko nest kiyi, yahaij tak ki phir abad na honge. 3 Is liye zabardast log teri tamjid karenge, aur haibatnak gurolioij ki bastian ter4 tars manengi. 4 Ki tu miskin ka zor hud, aur rauhtaj ki pareshini ke waqt us kl quwat, aur andhise panih, aur garmi sc chhaoo, jis waqt qaliirou ki tuudbad aisl chali, jaisa tufan diwar par chaltl hai. 6 Jaisa garmi bayaban meu, waisa tii gairou ke slior ko dabawegi ; jis tarali abr ke sayc se gjrmf nest hoti hai, usi tarali magrnrou ki shadiydna bajani mauqiif hog^. G Aur Rabb ul afwaj is pahir par sari qaumou ke liye ziyafat muhaiyS kare- g'l, ziySfat talciihat par sc nithri mai se, hao purmagz chizoa se, aur talchhat 742 YASAIYAII. [26 BA15. par sfi nith. Balki jab wuh apni aulad mere hathon ke kamoa par apne bich meu nigah kareg^, tab we mere nam kl taqdis karenge, anr Israel ke Khudl se darenge. 24 Aur we bhi, jo dil meo gurarah hain, fahm hasil karenge, aur jo gardankash hain, talimpizir honge. XXX. BAB. 1 Khtjdawand farmata hai, Un bagf larkon par afsos, ki aisimaslahat karte haio, jo merf taraf se nahiu, aur ahd bandhte haiu jo meri ruh se nahfc, taki gunah par guuah kareu. 2 We Misr ko utar jate, aur mere munh se sawal nahin karte, ki Firaun ke mlman men aman se raheo,aur Misrke sij'a meo panah pakreo. 3 Lekin Firaan hi. raaman tumhdri ruswai k^, aur Misr ke saye meo panah lena tumhari zillat k4 bais hoga. 4 Ki us ke sardar Zuan meu to gae, aur us ke elchi Hanis meo to pahunche; 5 Par sab us qaum se pasheman honge, ki wuh un ke liye mufid na thaharegi; wuh madad aur faida ki nahi'c, balki khijalataur hurfat ki bais hogf. 6 Janub ke Bahimit ki bar. Tangi aur taaddi ki zamin meu se, jahan se sher i nar aur babar i mada, samp aur atashi urnewale nag ate, we apni daulat gadhou ke kSndhon par aur apne khazane onton ke kajawou par us qaum ke pas, jo un ke liye faidamand nahin, pahunchate haiu. 7 Kyunki Misr ki madad batil aur abas hai, is liye maio use Bahab kahti hun jo chupchip baitha rahta hai. 8 Ab til ja aur un ke age takhti par likh, aur kitab men qalamband kar, ki yih pichhle din ke liye hamesha abad tak maujud rahe. 9 Ki yih ek bat^I guroh hai, aur jhnthe larke, aur larke jo Khudawand ki shariat ke sunne se inkar karte haig. 10 Jo ruyS dekhnewilon ko kahtehaio, ki Ruya matdekho, aurnabiou ko, ki Ham ko sach batoQ ki khabar mat do, ham se mulaim baten karo, aur jhuthi khabar do. 1 1 Rah se bahar jSo, raste se bargashta hoo, aur Israel ke Quddus ko hamare darmiyan se mauqaf karo. 12 Is liye Israel ki Quddus yua farmdtS hai, Azbas ki turn is sukhan koradd karte, aur zulm aur kajrawi par bharosi rakhte, aur us par mutawakkil rahte ho : 13 Is liye yih badkari tumhSre liye ek rakhna ke manind hogi jo girne par ho, jo unchi dlwir men barhta ho, jis ka tatna nagahan ek lahzameu hogd. 14 Wuh aisi tutegl jaise kumhir ka barian para para tutta hai, wuh berahm aisi kuchli jaegi ki us ke tute phute men ek thikra na milega jis meo gulkhan par se 5g uthai jawe, ya ktie men se pani nikala jawe. 15 Ki Khcuavvand Khuda, Israel ka Quddds, yno farmata hai,kiTauba aur itmi- nSn meo tumhiri salamati hai, khdmoshl aur tawakkul meu tumhari quwat hai; par turn razi na hue. 16 Turn ne kahd, So nahin, balki ham ghoron par raprapienge! Is waste turn raprapaoge, aur ki Ham bidp^oo par sawSr lionge! Is w4ste tunihare 30 BAB.] YASAIYAH. 747 mutaaqqib tezqadam howenge. 17 Ek kf ghurkf se ek hazlr bhigenge; pinch ki ghurkf se turn aisa bhagoge ki turn pahar kf chotf par kf alamat ke manind, aur koh par ke uishaii ke manind ho j^oge. 18 Is sabab se ivhdd^vwand turn par mihrb^nf karne meo tlkhlr karti hai, aur is sabab wuh turn par rahm karne se diir rahta hai; kyunki IJhudawand Sdil Khuda hai : mubirak we sab jo us ki rah takte haio. 19 Ivi ai qaum i Saihun, sakiti i YirushSlam, tu hamesha royi na karegf : wuh teri duh^i kf awaz sunke tujh par rahm farmawega, wuh suntehf tujhejawab deg5. 20 Aur agarchi Khudawand turn ko tangi kf rotf aur dushwari ka pan! deta hai, par dge ko tere sikhlanewlle na chhipengp, par terf Snkheu tere talfra denewalou ko dekhengf, 21 Aur tere kin tere pfchhe se yih ^waz sunenge, ki Rah yihi hai, us par chalo, jab ki turn dahne aur jab ki turn bayeu muro. 22 Tab turn apne rupe kf khodi huf muratou ki libas aur sone ke dhale hue putlon ke asbab i zfnat ko napak karoge, tu use haiz ke latte ke manind phenk degi, tvi use kahegS, Chal, ddr ho. 23 Tab wuh tere bfj ke liye, jo tii zamfn meo bowe, baran degS, aur lamfn kf afsaish kf roti bakhshega, aur wuh farbih, aur barakat se mlmur hogf ; us din terf mawashi wasf charagih men charegi. 24 Aur bail aur gadhe, jo zamfn kf kisht- kiri karte haio, namkin chara, jo chhalnf meo dalke aur pankha karke chhanS gayd, khSenge. 25 Aur harek unche pahar par, aur harek buland tile par, bar! khiinrezf ke din, jis waqt ki burj gir jaenge, chashme aur panf kf nahreu hongi. 26 Aur chand kl chandni aisf hogf jaise suraj kf roshni, aur suraj kf roshnf sat gunf, aur sat din kf roshnf ke barabar hogi, jis din Khudawand apne bandoQ ke zakhm ko bandhega, aur un ke dardnak ghaoo ko changa karega. 27 Dekho, Khcdawand ki. nam dur se chala Sta hai, us ka gazab bhark^, U9 ka shuala buland, us ke lab qahraliida, aur us kf zaban Itash i sozan hai, 28 Us kl dam aisS hai jaisi zor ka sailib jo adhi gardan tak charhe, taki gurohoo ko batalat ke chhaj meo phatke, aur qaumoo ke munh men zalalat ka lagam lagawe. 29 Tab tum aisa gan karoge jaisi fd ki taqdfs kf rat meo karte ho, aur dil kf aisf Ichushi hogi, jaisf us shakhs kf, jo bansrf liye hue rawana ho, ki Khudawand ke pahar meo Israel ke ChaHn ko jawe. 30 Aur Khudawand apnf jalalwalf awaz 6un€ega, aur apne qahr kf shiddat se aur atash i sozan ke shuale aur Indhf aur olon ke sath apne hath ki utarnl dikhlaega. 31 Han, Khudawand kf dwaz se Asur muztarib no jaega ; wuh lath se us ko marega. 32 Aur taziyana imuqaddar kf har mar, jo Kmcdawand us par lagawega, daf aur barbat ke sath sath hogi, aur •wuh shorida lar^foo meo us se larega. 33 Hao, ek Tufat kal se taiydr hai, wuh badshah ke liye bhi imida, gahrf aur chauri hai, us ke dher meo Stash, aur fndhrn bahutsa hai, aur Kuudawand kS dam gandhak ke sailab ke mSnind us ko sulgatS hai. XXXI. BAB. 1 Un par wiwaila hai, jo madad ke liye Misr ko jate, aur ghoroo par iatimid karte haio, aur gSrfou ka ki bahutsi haio, aur aspsawdroo ki ki shidddat se chilak haio, bharosi rakhte haio ; par Israel ke Quddus par nigih nahio karte, aur Khudawand ke joyan nahfo bote. 2 Aur Wuh bhi to hakfm hai, wuh bala R r r r 2 748 YASAIYAH. [32 BAD. nizil karegi, aur apne sukhan ko talne na dega, wuh shariroo ke ghar^ne par, aur badkirdaroo ki madad par charhSt karega. 3 Misr! to insan haio, Khudi nahfo, aur un ke ghore gosht haio, raheo nahfu. Aur Khudawand apn£ hath barhlwega, aur madadgir phislegi, aur mustaniid giregi ; aur we sab ke sab ek sath tamiin ho jSenge, 4 Ki KnuDAWAND ne mujhe yian kaha hai, Jais^ sher gargarata aur jawan sher apne shikar par, jis par chaupayoQ ke gol ko bulate haiu, un ki iwaz se nahfa ^arta, aur un ke hujnm se dab nahio jatS : waisahi Rabb ul afwaj warid hoga, ki koh i Saihtin aur us ke tile par lare. 5 JaisS parinda phurphur^ta hai, waisa hi Rabb ul afwaj Yirnshalam par saya karega, saya karegl aur najat bakhshega, tars kh^egS, aur bachaega. G Ai ban! Israel, turn us ki taraf phiro, jis se turn kamal isrir ke sath phir gae ho. 7 HSu usi din harek insln rupe ke buton ko, aur sone ke putloo ko, jo tumhSre hathon ne gunah ke liye banae hain, dur phenk dega. 8 Aur Asur gir jSegi us ki talw^r se, jo insan nahfo, aur us ki talwar, jo admi nahio, use halak karegi; wuh talw.ir ki dhar se bhagega, aur us ke jawan khirajguzlr banenge. 9 Aur us ki chatan dar ke mare guzaregd, aur us ke sardar kisi jhande se laraz jaenge ; yih Khudawand ka farman hai, jis ka ndr Saihiin men aur jis ka tanur Yirnshalam men hai. •XXXII. BAB. 1 Dekh b^ldshah rasti se saltanat karega, aur shahzade adalat se hukrarani karenge. 2 Aur ek shakhs andhi se panah ki jagah ki manind hoga, aur sailab se chhipne ki jagah, aur pani ki nadioo ke manind khushk zamin men, aur bhari chatan ke saya ke mlnind mSndagi ki zamin men. 3 Aur dekhnewaloo ki Snkhea na mundengi, aur sunnewaloo ke kan sunenge. 4 Belihaz ka dil bhi marifat samjhega, aur alkan ki zaban se saf kalam hoga. 5 Ahmaq phir najib na kahlaegi, aur dagabaz ko koi sakhi na kahega. G Kyunki ahmaq ahmaqi ki bateo karegi, aur us ke dil se badkirdarl banegi, ki shararat kare, aur KHUDAWA^D par kufr bake, bhiike ke nafs ko khiii kare, aur piyason se shurb ko baz rakhe. 7 Aur dagabaz ke hathyar zabdn haio, wuh bure mansdbe bandha karti hai, taki jhuthf bitoQ se miskinoa ko, jab wuh apna haqq bayan karta hai, halak kare. 8 Aur najib najabat ka mansiiba b^ndhti hai, aur wuh najib kamou par qaim rahta hai. 9 Ai aurato, turn jo chain men ho, utho, meri iwaz suno ; ai gafil betio, meri batou par kan dharo. 10 Ai beparwa aurato, bahut se dinou tak aur salha sal turn dukh bharogi ; kyunki angur ka mausim jata rahega, sametne ki naubat na aegi. 11 Ai aurato, tum jo sukh men ho, ghabrao, ai beparwao, apne taio barahna aur nangd karo, aur tit apni kamarou par blndho. 12 We ziraat ke liye m&tam karti haiy, khushnumi ziraat ke liye, aur phaldar tak ke liye. 13 Mere logon ki sarzamin meu kante aur sada gulib jamenge, haa aur sare shadinan gharou meo bhi, aur bag o bahar shahron meo. 14 Kyunki niahall matruk honge, aur shahr ki amboh sunsan hoga; garh aur burj magaroo ki jagah abad tak honge, gorkharoo kf khushi ki jagaheo aur galloa ki charagaheu: 15 Jab tak llara i bala se rah ham par nazil na howe, aur bayibSn big ho jae, aur big aisi jaisS jangal bane. 33 BAB.] YASAIYAII. 74? 16 Tab bayabdn men adl basega, aur sidq bag mcu thaharegS. 17 Aur sadSqat kd kim asaish, aur saJaqat kl plial abadi sukh aur arain hoga. 18 Aur mere log chain ke makanoo meo aur beljLhatar gharog, aur asudagi aur Ssaish ke kashanoo meo rahenge. 19 Lekin us jangal ke giriie nieu ole girenge, aur wuli shahr pasti nieo past ho jaega. 20 Turn baklitawar ho, jo shadab jagahoo "leu bote ho, aur bail aur gadhe kc panw chaUte ho. XXXIII. BAB. 1 Tiijh par wawaila hai, ki tii ujarta hai, auruj Ira na gaya tha ; tu lutt^ hai, aur luta nahiu gaya tha. Jab tii ujar chukega, to tii ujira jaega, aur jab tii lut chukega, to ti'i luta jaeg.-i. 2 Ai Khudawand, ham par rahm kar, ki ham terf rah takte haiij, td har suhar un k.i bazii ho, aur tangi ke waqt hamarf salamati. 3 Lo" kharbari ki aw.iz sunte hi bhage, tere uthne se qaunieo paraganda ho gain. 4 Tab tumhiri gaiifmat is tarah baturegt jis tarah kire batorte, we tiddioo ke daurne ke mutabiq us par daurenge. 5 Khudawand buland hai ; kyunki wah bulandi par rahta, aur adilat aur sadaqat se Saihun ko mi'mur karta hai. G Tere daur ka aman hogii, hikmat aur danai salamati ki farawini thaharengi 5 khudatarsf, wuhi uski khazana banegf. 7 Dekh, un ke sare bahadur bahar khare hoke chillate, aur sulh ke elchi phut phiitke rote haig. 8 Shahraheg sunsan haiu, rahguzar mauqiif. Wuh ahdshikanf karta, shabrou ko ha(}fr janta, aur insan ko hisab meg na lata hai. 0 Zamin kurhti aur murjhati, Lubnan shariuinda aur pazhmurda hai, Sarun sahra ki ma- nind hai, Basaa aur Karmil apni khushnunili urate. 10 Ab maiij uthunga, tHuuAvvANn faraiata hai, ab maig sarfaraz hounga, ab main apne taiu buland kariinga. 1 1 Tuiuheij bhus ka haml raba, tuin badh jante, aur tuinhan riih, wuhi ag hai, jo tumheg bhasam karegf. 12 Aur log chiine ke mauind jalenge, we kate khar ki tarali ag meg bhasam ho jaenge. 13 Tumjodur bo, suno, ki niaig ne kya kiyi, aur tum jo nazdik ho, meri qudrat ka iqrar karo. 14 Saihi'm meg gunahgir tarsan haig, khaufne riyakarog ko sarasima kiya hai : Kaun ham meg se us rauhlilt ag pas rahegi, aur kaun ham meg se abadi shualog pas thaharega ? 15 Jo rasii se cbalta hai, aur sidhi biteo karta hai, jo us sud ko, jo jaur aur jafi se basil ho, nachiz j4nta hai, jo rishwat ke ilaqa se apna hath khinchta hai, jo apne kan band karta, taki khunrezi ki mash- warat na sune, aur ankheg mundta hai, taki bad! na dekhe : 16 Wuh unche par rahega, us ki panahgah pahar ka qila hog-i ; us ko roti di jaegi, us ko pani bhf yaqiuan hoga. 17 Teri ankheg shah ko us ke jamal meg takengi, we zamin ka diir dekhengf. 18 Tera dil hiris ko taammul se sochega, ki Kahag hai wuh katib, kahag hai wuh waznkarnewala, kahag hai wuh jo burjog ko ginta thi ? 19 Tii phir us zabardast guroh ko na dekhega, jis ki boli aisl muglaq hai ki miliim na hoti, aur jis ki zuban aisi totll hai, ki samajh meg na Iti. 20 Hamarf idgah Saihiin k£ mushahada kar! Teri ankheg Yirushalam ko dekhengi ki asuda shahr hai, aur aisa khaiuia hai jo hilaya na jaegi, jis ki chobog meg se ek bhi ukharl na jaegt,' aur us ki tanibog meo se ek bhi tori na jlegi. 21 Balki wah^o Khudawahd 750 YASAIYAH. [U BAB. hamire Hye j^h o jalal, chauri nahroo aur rudoo kf jagab hogi, jis men dand kf kishtfio na jaengf, aur jin meo namud kf jahazoo ka guzar na hoga. 22 Ki Khudawand hamari hSkiin hai, Khcdawand hamird muhiqq hai, Khupa- WAND ham^ra badshah hai : wuh ham ko bachaega. 23 Hao ter! rassiao dhil! lagengl, we apne raastul ko mazbut na karengf, we pal na phailaengi. Tab Int kA wafir mal taqsim kiya jaega ; langre bhf ganimat par qabiz honge. 24 Koi bashinda na kahega, ki Maia bfmar hdn. Un logon ke gunah, jo U3 men baste haiQ, bakhshe jaenge. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Ai qaumo, turn nazdik ake suno, aur al ummato, turn kan rakho ! zamfn aur us kf dbadf, dunyS aur us kf mamnri suneu. 2 Ki Khudawand kS qahr sArt qaumoD par, aur us ka gazab un kf sari faujon par bharka ; us ne unheu haram kar diya, us ne unheu somp diy i, ki zabh kiye jaweo. 3 Aur un ke maqtul phenk diye jaenge, aur un kf lashou se sari bu awegi, aur pahar un ke lahu se pighal jSenge. 4 Aur asman ka sara lashkar gudaz ho jaegi, aur ^sman kagaz ke tao ke manind lapete j ienge, aur un ka sara jatha yup pazhmurda hoga, jaise tak se patta, aur anjir ke darakht se anjtr pazhmurdi ho jata hai. 6 Ki meri talwar asman meg sharabor lio jaegi : dekho, wuh Adtim par, unlogoo par, jin par meri lanat hai, adalat karne utregi. 6 Khudawand ki talwar lahd se bharf hai, wuh charbf aur barroo aur bakroo ke lahu, aur mendhoo ke gurdon kf charbf se chikna gai : kjuuki Khudawand ke liye Busrah men zabiya hai, aur Addm ke niulk meu baia muqatala. 7 Aur un ke sath bhais aur sanr aur bail girenge ; aur un kf zamfn lahti se sharabor ho jaegi, aur un kf mittf charbf se chikna jaegt. 8 Kyinki yih Khudawand ke intiqam ka din, mukafat ka sal hai ki Saihun ka badia lewe. 9 Aur us ki nadiao ral ho jlengi, aur us ki khak gandhak aur us kf zamfn qfr i Eozan hogi. 10 Rat din kabhl na bujhegf, us ka dhiiao abad tak uthta rahega, nasi dar nasi wuh ujar rahegf, us samt se abad ul dbad tak kisi ka guzar na hoga. 11 Hawasil aur kharpusht us ke waris honge, uUu, aur janglf kauwe us meo basenge ; aur us par ujar ka sut aur sunsanf ka sahul kashfda rahega. 12 Us ke shurafa jo haig, koi wahio nahiu ki saltanat kf manadi kare, aur us ke sab shah- zade madum honge. 13 Aur kinte us ke mahalloo men, aur khar aur gazna us ke qalaon mea jamenge, aur wuh tinnin kf basti aur chugdoo ka hisar hogS. 14 Aar gular aur jangli billiao ek dusre se mulaqat karenge, aur gul i bayiban apne yar ko pukarega; aur murg i shab wahan istirahat karega, aur apne chain ki maqam pawegS. 15 Wahao qlffazat bambhnf lagaegi aur ande degi aur apne saye meo sewegi aurposegf; wahaD gidh jama honge, aur harek ke sath us ki m^da hogf. 16 Turn Khudawand ki kitib dhundho aur parho! Us meo se ek bhi na ghategS, aur koi bejuft na hoga ; kyunki us ki munh, wuh farmita, aur us ki rnb, wuh unhea jama karti hai. 17 Aur us ne un ke liye qura dala, aur us ke hath ne rassi lagake unheu hissa bint diya : so we abad tak us ke milik honge, aur pusht dar pusht us meo basenge. 35 BAB] YASAIYAH. 751 XXXV. BAB. 1 Maidan aur baySMn shdddn aur dasht niz^n aur nargis kf minind shigufla hogd. 2 Wuh ifrit se shigiifa lawega, aur khushlkhwdnf aur masarratsar^l se khoshi karega; Lubndn ki shaukat aur Karmil aur Sarun ki sharafat use di jSegf ; we Khudawand ki jalal aur hamare Khuda ka kamdl dekhenge. 3 Kamzor halhou ko zor do, dagmagSnewale ghutnou ko paedari bakhsho. 4 PareshdndiloQ ko kaho, Hiiniiiat bindlio, mat daro, dekho, tuiuhara KhudS sazd aur jazi sSth live hue ^ta hai ; li5u, Khudi hi Sega, aur tumheu bach^ega, 5 Tab andhoo kf dnkheu khulcngf, aur bahroa ke kan sunenge. 6 Tab langre harin ke manind chaukrlau bharenge, aur gunge kf zabdn gacgf ; kyunki sahri rneo pSnf, aur dasht meu nadfao phut niklengi, 7 Aur sarab talab ho jaegl, aur piyasf zamin panfon ke manba banegf ; jis makSn men tinnin rahe, bed aur nal ka maq^m hogd. 8 Aur wahao ek rastd o rah hogi, aur wuh rdh piki ki rah kahlaegi, wuh jo n.lpik hai us par guzar na karegd,wuh unhiij ke liye hai; rahguzar aur ajan Lhf us meo gunirah na honge. 9 Wahau sher na hoga, aur koi darinda us par na barhega, wuh wahlu na milega,magar we jo azadkiye gaehaiu, wahio sair karenge 10 Aur we, jin ki fidiya Kuudawand ne liya, phirenge, aur Saihdn men gate hue dwenge, aur abadi surur un ke siron par hogl ; we khushl aur shadmdni muyassar karenge, aur gam aur ah i sard bbdaegt. XXXVI. BAB. 1 Aur Hizqiydh bddshdh kf saltanat ke chaudahweo sdl yug hna ki shah i Asur Sanherib Yihudah ke hasln shahrou par charha, aur unheo le liya. 2 Aur shah i Asnr ne Rabb Saqf ko bare lashkaroo ke sath Lakis se Hizqiyah ke pas Yiru- shalam ko bhejd ; aur wuh A^i tildb ke dbrez par, jo dhobi ke khet ki sarak meo hai, thahara- 3 Tab Ilyaqim bin Khiiqiyah, jo mahall ka nizim thd, aur Shibnd munshf aur sarishtadar Yuakh bin Asaf nikalke us pas ae. 4 Aur Rabb Siqi ne unheo kaha. Turn jake Hizqiyah se kaho, Shdhanshah, Asur ka badshah yiiu farmatd hai, Wuh kaun si ummed hai jis par tujhe iatimad hai? 5 Tu ne jo kaha, wuh niunh ki bat hai, ki Mujh meo maslahat aur jang ki quwat maujiid hai. So ab tu kis par iatimad karta hai jo tii ne mere barkhilaf sarkashi ki? 6 Dekh, tujhe Misr ke nal ki tuti hul lathi par bharosa hai; us par to agar koi takiya kare, to wuh us ke hath meu paithega aur chubhegf ; shah i Misr Firaun un sab ke sath, jo us par bharosd rakhte haiij, aisa hf hai. 7 Aur agar tu mujhe kahta hai, ki Hamdra tawakkul Kuudawand hamare Khuda par hai : kya wuh nahio ki jis ke unche makan aur jis ke mazbah Hizqiyah ne diir kar dale, aur Yihudah aur Yirushdlara ko kaha, ki Turn is mazbah ke age^arastish kiyd karo ? 8 So mere Khudawand shah i Asur se zidd kijiye, aur maip tujhe do hazdr ghore dungd, agar tujh meu itni sakat ho, ki td log un par chaihdwe. 9 Pas tujh men yih qudrat kahao hai, ki tu mere Khudawand ke mulazimoo meo se ek adnd sardir ka munh phirawe ? So tu Misr kf garfoQ aur sawdroo ka bharosa rakhtd rah. 10 Aur kva maiu is sarzamfn ke hulak karne ko Khuda- 752 YASAIYaH. [S7 Bm. WAND ke behukm «[y^ hug? Khudawand hi ne to raujhe farinSyl, ki Us mulk par charh ji. aur use halak kar. 11 Tab Ilyaqim aur Shibna aur Ydakh ne llabb Saqi se arz ki, ki Arimf bolf nieo apne chakaroo se kalim kfjiye, ki yih boli ham saraajhte haie, aur shahrpan^h kelogoD ke Sge Yihudilugat meu hamse batea na kijiye. 12 Tab Rabb Saqi holi, Kya mere munfb ne mujh ko tere munib pas ya tujh pas bSteo kahne ko bheja ? aur kj'l us ne mujhe logoo par, jo shahrpanah par baithe haio, nahfo bheja ki we tumhare sath apna guh khaen aur mnt pfweo ? 13 Phir Rabb Saqi £ge barhke khara hdS, aur Yihiidi boli meo pukirke boU, aur yuij kahS, Are turn, shahaushah shlh i Asiir ka kalam suno. 14 Shih yuo farmata hai, ki Hizqiyah ke dam mea na io ; kyunki wuh tumheij najat nahfo de sakta. 16 Aur us ka kahna na m^no, jo kahta hai, ki Turn Khcdawakd par tawakkul karo, ki Kuudawand yaqinan ham ko bachdega, aur yih shahr shah i Asdr ke hith na charhega. 16 Hizqiyah kl na suno ! Ki shah i Asur yuo farmata hai, ki Mujh se mel karo, aur nikalke mere pas ao, aur turn meo se harek apne apne tak ka aur apne apne anjir ke darakht ka mewa khawe, aur apne apne hauz k£ pini piwe ; 17 Jab tak ki maiu auu, aur tuinheo yahan se ek sarzamin meo, jo tumhare mulk ke manind hai, le jaau ; ki wuh galle aur mai ki sarzamin hai, wuh roti aur takistan ka mulk hai. 18 Hizqiyah tumheo fareb dene na piwe jo kahta hai, ki Khudawand ham ko najat dega ! Bhala, gurohoo ke mabudoo meo se kisi ne bhi apnl sar/amin ko Asur ke badshah ke hath se bachayi hai ? 19 Hamat aur Arfad ke mibud kahao haio? Sifrwaim ke mabud kahao haio? aur kya we Samrdn ka mulk mere hath se bachii sake ? 20 In sare mulkoo ke mabudoo ke darmiyan wuh kaun sa hai jis ne apna mulk mere hSth se bachaya, jo Khuda- WAND bhi YirushSlam ko mere hath se bachSwega ? 21 Tab we chup ho rahe, aur us ke jawib meo unhoo ne ek bat bhi na kahi ; kyunki badshah ka hukm yun tha, ki Use jawab mat dijiyo. 22 Aur Ilyaqira bin Ivhilqiyah jo mahall ka ndzim tha, aur Shibn^ munshi, aur sarishtadar Yuakh bin Asaf Hizqiyah pas ae, aur apne lib^s cbak kiye hue Rabb Saqi ki b^teo us se duhrliu. XXXVII. BAB. 1 Aur aisa hua, ki Hizqiyah badshah ne yih sunke apne kapre phare, aur t5t orha, aur Khudawand ke ghar meo gaya. 2 Aur us ne Ilyaqim mahall ke nlzimaur Shibni munshi, aur kahinoo ke buzurgoo ko tat urhake Yasai^'ah nabi bin Amds ke pis bheja. 3 Aur unhoo ne use kaha, ki Hizqiyah yuu kahta hai, ki Aj dukh, aur taklif, aur takfir ka din hai ; kyunki larke paida hone par haig, aur janne kiquwat nahio ! 4 Shayad ki Khudawand terl Khuda Rabb Siqi ki sab bateo sune, jise us ke sahib shdh i Asur ne bheja, ki Khuda i Hai ki malamat kare, aur un batog kf, jo Khudawand tere Khuda ne sunf haio, saza dewe. • Pas, tu un blqioo ke waste, jo maujdd haio, dua mang ! 5 Pas shah Hizqiyah ke mulazim Yasaiyah pis ^e. 6 Yasaiyih ne unheo farmaya, Turn apue aqa .se yuu kaho, Khudawand ydu farm£ta hai, ki Tu un batou se, jinheu shah i Asur ke mulazimoo ne kahke merf takfir ki, hirasau mat ho : 7 Dekh, maijj us par iho]^i bhejungS, aur wuh ek shor 37 BMn.] YASAIYAH. 753 sunke apni mamlukat ko phir jacga, aur inaiu use us hi kf sarzamin mcu tah i teg karwiunga. 8 So Rabb Saqt phir gayS, aur us ne Shah i Asur ko Libna se larte paya ; ki use khabar pahunchi thi, ki wuh Lakis se kiich kar gaya. 9 Ki wuhau use khabar hui, ki llabsh ke b:idsliah Tirhaqa ne tujli par hishkarkashi ki hai. So us ne pbir elclii bhejkar Hizqiyah se payam kiya, 10 Aur unheu kahl, ki Shah i Yihudah Hizqiyah se kaho, ki Tera Khuda, jis par ter& iatitnad hai, is bdt ka tujhe fareb na de, ki Yiriishalam sh4h i Asur ke qabze meij na ^wega. 11 Dckh, tu ne suni hai, ki Astir ke badshahou ne kya ky:i kiya, aur sart sarzamin tasarruf meo lake sab ko ek lakht halak kiya : so tii najat pa sakti hai ? 12 Kya un o-urohoo ke niabiidoo ne, jinheu mere bapdidoij ue halak kiya, Jauzau, aur Harran, aur llasaf, aur Tillasar meu bani Adan, uuhen chhuraya ? 13 Ilaiiiat ka badshah aur Arfid ka badsha'h, aur Qirya Safarwaim, aur Uena, aur Twah ka badshali kahiij ? 14 So Hizqiyah ne elchiou se nama leke parhi, aur uthke Khudawand ke ghar meo daktiil haa, aur Kiiud.vwand ke age use phailaya. 15 Aur Hizqiyah ne Khudawand ke age dua maugi, aur kaha, 16 Ai Rubb ul afwaj, Israel ke Khuda, jis ka nasheman Karubiou ke darmiyan hai, tn ht akela sari mandukatou ka Khudi hai, tiihi ue asmin aur zamin ko khalq kiyi. 17 Ai Khudavvand kan dhar, aur sun, ai Khodawand, apui ankheu khol, aur dekh, aur Sanherib kf un sab batOQ ko, jo us ne mujhe kahla bhejiu, taki Kliudi i Hai ko nialamat kare, sun le. 18 Sach hai, ai Khudawand, ki Asur ke badshahoy ne sab qaumoa ko un ke mulkoo samet kharab kiya, 19 Aur un ke mabiidou ko ag meu dala ki we Khuda na the, balki admiou ki dastkari the, lakri, aur patthar : so uuhon ne unhea fani kiya. 20 Ab, ai Khudawand, hamire Khuda, tii ham ko us ke hath se bachi le, taki zamin ki sari mumlukatetj yaqin janeg, ki Khuda tiihi akeli hai ! 21 Tab Yasaiyah bin Amus ne Hizqiyah ko kahla bheja, ki Kuudavvakd Israel kS Khuda yua farmata hai, ki Td ne jo kuchh Sanhenb ke haqq meu dua men ii.anga, main ne suna. 22 Wuh kalam, jo ii^HUDAvvAND ne us ke haqq mejj farmaya, soyih hai, ki Saihun ki bakira beti ne teri tahqir ki, aur tujh par hansf, Yiriishalam ki beti ne tujh par sir dhuna. 23 Tii ne kis ko malimat, aur kis kl td ne takfir ki ? Aur tu ne kis par apni aw^z buland ki? Tu ne aukhen upar karke Israel ke Quddus par ghurki ki ! 24 Tii ne apue khadimou kf was^tat se Khudawand ko malamat kf, aur kahS, ki Maig apni gariou ki kasrat se paharoo kl uuchai par, aur Lubuan ke atraf par charha ; wuliao ke buland saroou ke peroo, aur sanaubar ke khasse darakhtoo ko katunga, aur maio us ke jaiigaloo k! bulandiou me© jahau tak us ke kariuil ki intiha hai, chala jauiiga. 25 Main ne khoda, aur gairou ka pani ptya, aur main ne apue paoQ ke talwou se mahsur shahron ke chashme sukha dale. 26 Kya tere kanoo tak uahin pahunchi, ki main ne qadim se yih kiyI, agle zamanoo meu yih banaya ? Ab maiu hi ne, jo muqarrar kiya tha, so pdra kiya, ki ta ne mahsnr shahrou ko kharab karke kate hiie dher kar diya hai. 27 So wahajj ke basnewale kauizor hue, aur ghabra gaye, aur shariniuda hue; we aise the jaise maidin meo sabzf, aur jaise chhatoo par ki ghas jo pukhta hone se peshtar siikhjati hai. jS JMaiu tera thikani, aur tera bahar bhitar ani jaua, aur terf mujh par dlwa- uagoi janta hiiu. 29 Maiu tere gusse ke sabab, jo tu ne inujh par kiya, aur tere S s s s 754 YASAIYAH. [38 1?AD. hangarae ke sabab, jo mere kdnon tak pahuncha, apna kanta tere nak meu maraiiga, aur apni lagam tere raunh meu diinga ; aur tn jis r4h so ^ya, main tujhe us hi rah se pherunga. 30 Ab tere liye yihl nishin hui, ki turn is sal we chfzen, jo khudru hain, khloga, aur dtisi'e sal bhi aisi hi chizen, aur tisre sAl turn booge, aur katoge, aur taki.stan lagaoge, aur un ke phal khaoge. 31 Aur hauoz wuh baqiya jo Yihudih ke dndman se bach raha, niche jar bandhega aur npar phalega. 32 Ki ek baqiya YijushJlam se, aur ek bachti koh i Saihun se khuruj karenge ; RaLb ul afwaj kigayari aisa karegf. 33 So KnuDAWAND shah i Asiir ke haqq meu ynu fannita hai, ki Wuh is shahr nieij na awega, na yahau tir chalawega, ua sipar pakarke us ke baribar namiid hoga, aur na us ke iiiuqabil damdama bandhegi. ; 34 Balki jis rah se wuh aya, us hi rah se phir jaega, aur is shahr meu a na sakega, Kiiudawanu farmata hai. 35 Aur main apni khatir, aur apne bande Dand ki khath- is shahr ki panah kardnga, aur use bachaiinga. 36 So aisa hua ki Khudawand ke firishte ne jake Asur ki lashkargah men ek lakh pachasi hazar admi jSn se mare. Jo we subh savvere uthe, to dekho, ki we sab mare pare the. 37 Tab Sanherib shah i Asdr ne kuch kiya, aur chala gaya aur phir gaya, aur Ninawah meu a raha. . 38 Aur aisa haa ki jis waqt wuh apne mabud Nisriik ke ghar men puja karta tha, Adrammalik aur Sarazar us ke betoo ne use qatl kiya ; aur we bhSgke Ararat ki sarzamin meu j^ rahe. Aur Asar Haddiin us kd beta us ki jagah badshah hda. XXXVIII. BAB. 1 Uu dinbu meo HizqiySh ko maut ki biraari hui. Tab Yasaiyah nabi bin Amds us pas aya, aur use kaha,KuuDAWANu yug farmata hai, Tu apne ghar ka intizatn kar, ki tu mar jaegS, aur na jiega. 2 Tab Hizqiyah ne apna munh diwar ki taraf kiya, aur Khubawand se dua mangi, 3 Aur kaha, Ai Kuuuawand, main iiiinnat karta hue, ki tu yad farma, ki muiu kis tarah tere huzur sachai aur sidq i dil se chala, aur jo teri nazar meu bhala tha, us par anial kiya. Aur Hizqiyah zar zar roya. 4 Tab KiiUDAWAND ka yih kallm Yasaiyah par nlzil hd4, 5 Ki Ja, aur Hizqiyah se kah, ki Kuudawand, tere bap Daud ka Khuda yuu farmata hai, ki Main ne teri du^ suni, maiij ne tere ^nsd dekhe : so dekh, maig teri umr par pandrah baras aur barha deta buy ; 6 Aur maiu tujh ko aur is shahr ko shah i Asur ke hath se bachaunga; aur maiu is shahr ki panah kardnga. 7 Aur Khuda- wand ki taraf se tere liye yih nishan hai, ki Kiiudawasd apni us bat ko, jo us ne kahi, pdra karega : 8 Dekh, maiu Akhaz ke daire ke dhale hue saye ko, jis se ^horshed ki harakat ke darje malum bote haiu, das darje palatke phir charha ladnga ; chunanchi aftab, jin darjon se ki dhal giya tha, un se das darje phir charh gaya. 9 Shah i Yihddah Hizqiyah ka maktdb, jab wuh bimar tha, aur apni biniari se chaiiga hda, yih hai. 10 Main ne kahi, ki Ab maio apne dinoa ke chain mea patal ke phatakoy me.n dakhil hounga, apni ziudugi ke baqt baras se ruk jadnga. 39 RAB.] YASAIYAII. 755 11 Maio bola, Maio Khudawand ko phir na dekliunga, Kiiudawand ko zindou ke nuilk nieo ; insan dunya ke basnew^loo nico inujhe phir dikhil na denge. 12 Mera dar ujar jata, aur charwAlie ke dere ke mSnind mujh se jata rahta ; rnaiu julahe ke manind apnf zindaganf ko kSt.ungJi ; wuh mujh ko t^nt se munqata karega, subh se leke shSin tak tu mujh ko <1khir kar dalegS. 13 Maiu ne subh tak fikr kf, ki wuh shor ke ininind merf sarf haddiau chur kar dilta thi : subh se leke sham tak tu mujhe tamam kar dalegi. 14 Maio saras aur ababil kl tarah k^o k£u chiQ chin karta thl ; maio fikhta kf tarah kurhta thS ; meri ankheo upar dekhte dekhtc fana ho gafo ; ai K hud. vwanp, maio pareshin hi'in, meri himayat kar! 15 Maiu kya kaliuo ? Us hf ne mujh ko qaul diyS, aur 5p hi purS kiya ! Maio apni baqf umr apnl jan kf talkhf ke sabab farotani se guzran kardngi. 16 Ai Khcdawand, insan kf zindagi terf marhamaton se hai, aur un se raeri rnh kf Iiayat hai : so tii mujhe changa karegl, aur ji'ta rakhega. 17 Dekh, wuh dard, wuh sakht dard meri salamatf ka bais hua, aur tu ne mihrbani se mcrf jan ko halakat se najat df ; kyunki tri ne mere sare gunlh ko apnf nazar se dnr kiyS. 18 Ki pStil teri sitaish nahin karta, aur maut teri hamdsara nahiii hoti ; we jo gor men utre haiu, teri sadaqat ke ummedwar nahio. 19 Teri shukrguzarf zinda hf karega, jaisa ij maio karta hfio ; bip apni aulad ko terf sadaqat kf k^haba degS. 20 Khudawand mera bachanewala hua hai, aur ham sitar uthake umr bhar Khuda- WAND ke ghar men nagmapardrizf karte rahenge. 21 Aur Yasaiyah kahta tha, ki ek qurs anjlr ka lekar marham ke waste dumhal par rakhen, ta shifa pawe. 22 Aur Hizqiyah kahtd tha, ki Khudawand ke ghar men mere jane kS kyS nish^n hai? XXXIX. BMB. 1 Us waqt Mariidak Bal Adan bin Bal Adan shxh i Babul ne HIzqiyah ke liye name aur tahaif bheje, kyunki us ne suni, ki wuh bimar tha, aur changi hua. 2 Aur Hizqiyah un ke Sne se khush hua', aur apne zakhtre yane chandi aur sona, aur balsan, aur atr i girinbaha, aur tamam silahkhana, aur jo kuchh ki us ke khazanoo men maujud tha, un ko dikhlaya : us ke ghar men aur uski mara- lukat men kot chiz na thi jo Hizqiy:ih ne unheo na dikhlaf. 3 Tab Yasaiyah nabi ne Hizqiyah badshiih pas akar puchha, ki In shakhsou ne kya kaha, aur kahao se tere pas aye ? Hizqiyah ne jawab diya, ki Ek diir mulk, yane Jiabul se, mere pas de. 4 Tab us ne pnchha, ki Unhou ne tere ghar meo kya kya dekha ? Hizqiyah ne jawab dij'a, Sab jo kuchh ki mere ghar meo hai nnhoQ ne dekha, mere khazanoo meo ab kuchh nahfn jo main ne unhcn nahfn dikhlaya. 5 Tab Yasaiyih ne Hizqiyah ko kahii, ki Rabb ul afwij ka kalam sun ! G Dekh wcdin ate haiu, ki sab, jo kuchh ki tere ghar meu hai, aur jo kuchh ki tere bap- dadoo ne aj ke din tak zakhira kar rakba hai, uthake Babul ko lejaenge, Khtjd.v- WAND farmatii hai, ki kof chiz baqina chhutegf. 7 Aur we tere betou men se, jo terf nasi se lionge, aur tujh se paida honge, le jacnge, aur we shah i Babul ke qasr mcQ kliwajasara honge. 8 Tab HizqiySh ne Yasaiyah se kaha, Khiib hai S s s s 2 756 YASAIYAH. [40 BAB. Khudawand ka kalam jo tu ne kahl. Aur us ne kaha, ki Mere aiyim meo to saHmati aur aman hoga . XL. BAB. 1 Turn tasalli do, mere logou ko turn tasallf do, tumh^ri Khuda farmatS hai. 2 Yiri'ishalam ko dilasa do, aur use pukarke kaho, ki us ki sipahgari tamam huf, us ka qarz ada hui, aur us ne Khudawand ke hath se apne gunahon ki badla do chand piyi- 3 Ek manidi karnewale ki Swiz, BaySbdn men Khcdawand ki riih sanwSro, jangal men hamare Khuda ke liye ek sldhi shah rah taiyar karo ! 4 Harek nasheb unchi kiya jae, aur harek koh aur tila past kiya jae;aur harek terhi chiz sfdhl, aur harek nihamwar jagah hamw^r ki jae. 5 Aur KhutjA'wand ka jalal Sshkara hoga, aur sab bashar ek sath dekhenge ; ki K HUD AW AND ke muuh ne yih farmayS hai. 6 Ek £waz hni, kiPukSr ! Wuh bola, Maio kj-5 pukarrin ? Sab bashar ghas hai, aur uska Sara jamal maidan ka phdlsahai. 7 Ghas murjhatihai, phnl kumhlate hain,kyunki Khuda kt hawa us par bahti hai. Yaqinan log ghas haio. 8 Han ghas murjhatihai, phul kumhlate haio, par hamSre Khuda ka kalam abad tak qaim hai! 9 Ai Saihun, tujo khushkhabariaulati hai, unche pahar par charh, ai Yirdsha- 1am, jo basharat deti hai, zor se apni ^waz buland kar, mat dar, Yihndah ki bastion se kah, Dekho, tumhara Khuda! 10 Dekho, Khudawand Khuda quwat se dwega, aur us ka bazu us ke liye saltanat karega ; dekho, uska sila U3 ke sath hai, aur us ka ajr us ke age ! 1 1 Wuh chaupan ke manind apna galla charawegS, wuh barron ko apne hath se faraham karega, aur apni god meo uthike le chalega, aur un ko, jo bachchewaliau hain, mulayamat se le jaega. 12 Kis ne panioQ ko apne hath ke chullu se ndpS, aur asman ko balisht se paimdish kiya, aur zamin ki gard ko paimane men bhara, aur paharoQ ko palrou men wazn kiya, aur tilon ko tarazi'i men taula ? 13 Kis ne Khudawand kt ruh ko tarbiyat kij'a hai, us ki mushfr hoke use sikhlaya ? 14 Us ne kis se mashwarat li hai, aur kisne us ki hidayat ki, aur adalat ki rah dikhlii, aur use dinish sikhlii, aur hikmat ki rah use batlai ? 15 Dekh, qaunieo del ki ek bund ke manind haio, aur tarazH ke dhul ke manind gini jatiQ ; dekh, wuh jazirou ko ek zarra ke manind uthi letfi hai. 16 Lubnan indhan ke liye kafi nahig, aur us ke baliime charhawe ke liye bas nahio- 17 Sari qaumen us ke age kuchh chiz nahin, balki ■vve us ke nazdik batalat aur nSchizi se bhi hisab meo kamtar haiu. 18 Pas tum Khuda ko kis se tashbih doge, aur kaun si chiz us ki misl thaharao- ee? 19 Karigar dh^lke ek murat banita hai,* aur sonar us par sone pherta hai, aur us par chandi ki zanjireo banata hai. 20 Aur jo aisa tihidast hai, ki us pas dene ko kuchh nahiu, wuh aisi lakrf, jo na sare, pasand karta hai; wuh danishmand kario-ar ki talish karta hai, jo aisi mdrat ko, jo hil na sake, banawe. 21 Kyi turn nahju jante? kya turn nahio sunte? kya yih ibtidi se tumheu kahi naWu gaya? kya tum zamin ki bina nahfosamjhe? 22 Jo zanifn ke kura ke upar baithnewald hai, jis ke age us ke bashinde tiddion ke manind hain, jo Ssmanoo ko parde ke minind tanta hai, aur unheu tambnou ki tarah sukunat ke 41 BAB.] YASAIYMI. 757 Hye phailata hai, 23 Jo amtrou ko nSchiz kar ddlta,"aur dunyfi ke hakimon ko behuda thaharati hai ; 24 We hanoz lag.le na gae, we hanoz hoye na gae, un ka tana hanoz zamfnmcD jar na pakar chuk5: to wuh un par phunk mSrta, aurweklmshk ko jate, aur girdbad unko bhuse kf tarah urati, yuu kalita liai, 25 Turn niujhe kis ke sath taslibfh doge? aur main kis chiz se muslial)ih hoiing^, wuh Qiiddiis far- mSta hai 26 Apnf dnkhcu lipar uthao, aur dekho, kaun in sabhou kS kha- liq hai ? Wuhjoun ke lashkar ko shum^r karke nikalta haijoun sabhoo ko nSm ba n5m puk^rt^ hai, jis kl barf qiiwat aur qawi qudrat ke sabab ek bhi gSib nahi'n rahta. 27 So ai Yaqub, tu kyiio kahta hai, aur ai Israel, tu kis liye bolta hai, ki Meri rah Khut)A'wand sc poshida hai, aur meri adalat mere Khuda se guzar gaf? 28 Kya td ne nahfij jdna? kya tu ne nahiij suna ? Khudawand abadi Khuda hai, aqsS i zamin kSpaida karnewdla, wuh thak nahiu jlta, aur manda nahfu hot£ ; us ki hikmat kf thah nahio milti. 29 Wuh thake huon ko zor bakhshta hai, aur natavvanou ki tawanal ko bajhata hai. 30 Naukhw.lsta thak jaenge, aur minda hojaenge, aur jawSn girjaenge ; 31 Lekin we, jo Khudawand kf nib takte haig, sar i nau zor paida karenge, we uqibon ke manind bulandparwazf karenge, we daurenge, aur na thakenge, we chaleuge, aur sust na hojaenge. XLI. BAB. 1 AI jazfro, mere age khamosh raho; aur log apni qawat tSza karen ; wc mere nazdik aweo, tab mujh se ka^en, ki Ao ham eks:ith adalat ineu dakhil howen. 2 Kis ne us ko mashriq ki samt se uthdya jis ko sidq us ke bar qadara par milta hai, aur ummaton ko us ke age kar diya, aur use badshahog par musallit kiya, unki talwar ko gard ke nianiiid, aur un kf kanidn urti bhus ki misal banaya ? 3 Wuh jis rah par ki pesbtar qadam na mara tha, un ka taaqub karta, aur salamat se guzarta hai. 4 Kis ne is kam ko agaz aur anjam kiya ? Wuh, jo s.lri pushtoo ko ibtida se ta- labkarta tha, main, Khudawand, pahlahuij, aur pichhloQ ke sathmaiu wuhi huu- 5 Jazair yih dekhte aur dar jate hain, aqsa i zaiuin laraz jate, we nazdik ite aur hazir bote haiu. 6 Un raeo harek apneparosi kf kumak karta, aurapne bhai se kaht^ hai, ki KbStir jama rakh. 7 Barhaf sonar ko, aur wuh, jo hathauff se saf karta hai, us ko, jo nihaf par marts hai, dil.isa deta, aur kahti hai, Jorl hua but to achchha bana hai : se we us ko kil se sabit karte haio, ta ki wuh na bile. 8 Par tu, ai Israel, mere banda, Yaqub, jise main ne pasnnd kiya, jo mere dost Abiraham kf nasi se hai, 9 Jise maiu ne dunya ke kiuarou meu se le liyS, aur tujhe us ke atrafou nieo se talab kiya, aur tujh ko kaha, ki T« nier4 banda hai, maio ne tujh ko pasand kiya, aur tujhe mardiid naln'u kiya: 10 Tu mat dar, ki mail) tcrc sath hug; hirasan mat ho, ki maio tera Khuda hutj: maiu tujhe zor bakhsliungS, maiu teri kumak karnuga, maiu apnl sadaqat ke dast i rast se tujhe sambhalunga. 11 Dekh, we sab, jo tujh par khashumak the, pashemSn aur ruswa howenge, wejo tujh se jhagarte the, nachfz aur nabnd ho jSenge. 12 Tu unheo jo tujh se jhagra karte haio, dhundhcga, aur na pacga, we jo tujh se larte haiu, nachiz aur madam ho jSenge. 1;J Kyunki maiu Kuuj)awai\d, tera Khuda, tera dahna hSth pakrdng^, aur tujhe kahangd. Mat dar, ki maio teri pushti karnnga. 758 YASAIVMl. [42 BAR. 14 Ilirasan mat ho, ai kirmi Yaqub, ai ahl i Israel, KiiuijawAnd farmSta hai, ki maiu ter^ madadg^r hue, aiir Israel ka Quddiis tera naj,itdenewila haij. 15 Dckli, main tujhe daone kl ek tez aur nay! gari ki jis ke bahut se dant hon, banaiinga : tu pahiron ko dawega, aur chtir char karega, aur tiloQ ko bhus ke manind banawegS. 16 Tu unheo pachhoregft, aur hawa unheij ura lejaegt, aur gird- b!id unheu paraganda karcgi; par tu Khubawand se shadiiian hoga, aur Israel ke Quddus par tafakhur karega. 17 Muhtaj aur miskfn panf dhundhte, par wuh namilta; unki zuban pySs se khushk hai: main Khudawanb un ki suniinga, maiij Israel ka Khnda unheu na chhordnga. 18 Main tilon par nahreu, aur wadi men chashme kholungS; maio snhra ko talab, aur sukhf zamin ko pani ki nahren karunga. 19 Maiu baj'aban meo saro, aur mugilan ke darakht, aur as, aur balsan ke darakht ugwaunga ; maig sahra men sanaubar, aur shamshad, aur buqs ke darakht ikatthe lagSnngl : 20 Taki we sab dekhen, aur janen, aur samjhen, aur bujhen,ki Khubawapd hike hath ne yih banaya, aur Israel ke Quddus ne yih paida kiya. 21 Apni hujjateu barpakaro, KhubaVand farmata hai, apnt mazbut dalJleo lao, Yaqub ka badshah kahta hai. 22 We nazdik awen, aur hamen khabar dewen, ki kya waqihoga. Peshkhabrlin we kiya thfu, bayan karo, ta ki ham unheo sochen, aur un ke anjam ko samjhen, aurayanda ka ahwal hamen kah surao. 23 BatSo ki Sge ko kya hogS, taki ham janen, ki tum Ilah ho: ban, bhala j-a hnri. kuchh to karo, taki ham claren, aur sab ke sab dekheu. 24 Dekho, tum nachiz ho, aur tumhara kam hech hai, wuh jo tunihen pasand karta, makriih hai! 25 Main us ko atraf i shimal se uthata hiin, wuh jo mera nam letS hai, dMb ke matla se awegl ; aur wuh shahzadon ko gira ki tarah latarega, aur kumhar ke manind mlti raundte hue awega. 26 Kis ne yih ibtida se bayan kiya, tS ham janeu? aur kis ne waqi hone se peshtar khabar df, ki ham kahen, ki Sach hai? Kof bay^n karnewala nahlu, kof khabar denewala nahiij, koi nahin, jo'tumhari bateo sune. 27 Maio pahle Saihiin ko, ki dekh, unhen dekh! aur Yirnshalam ko bashfr bakhshunga. 28 Kyunki main ne dekha, koi na tha ; unke darmiySn kof mushir na tha, maiu ne un se puchha, par we koi bat na bole. 29 Dekho, we sab ke sab batalat hain, unke kam hech haio, unki dhali hui murateo bad aur iztirab haiu. XLII. BAB. 1 Dekho, mera banda, jise main sambhrllunga, mera barguzfda, jis se merSji razf hai ; maiu ne apni ruh us par rakhf, wuh qaumon par rasti zahir karega. 2 Wuh na chillaega, aur apni sada buland na karega, aur apnf awaz bazaroii men na sun^wega. 3 Wuh masle hue senthe ko na torega, aur san ko, jis se dhuaij uthta hai, na bujhaega ; jab tak ki rasti ko aman ke sath zahir na kare. 4 Wuh na ghatega aur na thakega, jab tak ki rastf ko zamfn par qaim na karo, aur jazire us ki .sharfat ke munta/ir howen. 5 Khudawand Khuda, jo asm^non ko khalq karta, aur unhen tant ', jo zamfn aur us ki mamuri ko phaiUti, aur u& par ki ^badi ko sSns, aur us par ke chalne- walon ko riih bakhshta, yiiu farmita hai : G Main Kh^i^aavand tujhe sada qatke liye buldta hvin ; main tera hath pakrunga, aur teri hifazat karunga, aur ummat ke 43 BAB 3 YASAIYAII. 759 ahd, aur quumou ke nur ke liyc tujhe dnngn, 7 Ki tu andhoLi lil aiiklicn khole, aur aslrou ko qaid se nikale, aur un ko, jo audhcre iiicu baithte haiu, quidkhine se. 8 Khuuawano maiu huu, yih inera udiu h;ii, aur apna jalal diisre ko na dunga, na apnf sitiiish kliodi hiii niuratou ko. 9 Pcshkluibariat', dckh we bar dtn, aur maiu nayi batcij batlatl huu ; us se peshtar ki waqi hoij, maiu turn se bayau karta huu. 10 Kiiudawand kc hyc naya surod gdo, turn jo samundarpar guzarte ho, aur turn, jo us meu abad ho, ai jaziro, aur un ke bashiudo, turn zamln par sar ta sar usi ki sitai;sh karo. 11 Bayabrin aur us kl bastian, Kidar ke iibad dibfit apne iwaz buland kareu ; sangulaljh ke basnewale surod gaen, paharoij ki chotiou par se lalkareu ! 12 We KuuDAWANji ka jalal zahir kareu, aur jazirou meu us ke mutarannim howeu. 13 Khuuawand ek bahadm- ke nianind nikalega, wuh jangi mard ke manind apni gairat ko uskaega ; wuh chillaega, hau nara marega, wuh apne dushuianou par apne tain qawi dikhlaega. 1-t Qadim se main khamosh raha hdu, aur sustayi, aur ap ko roke gaya ; par ab maiu us aurat ki tarah, jo dard i zih meo ho, chillaunga, hampunga, aur zor zorse thandi sans bhi Idnga. 15 Maiu paharon aur tiloo ko wiran kar dalunga, aur un ke sabzazaroo ko khushk karunga, aur un ke nahreo khushk zamin banaunga, aur taliboQ ko sukha dunga. 16 Aur andhon ko us rah se, jise we nahig jante, lejaiinga, main unheij us raste par, jis se we 5gah nahiu, rahnumai karunga, maiu un ke age tiriki ko roshni, aur terha sidha kardunga. Main ye bateu purf karunga, aur unheo na chhorunga. 17 Tab we pichhe hatenge, aur nihayat pesheman honge, jo khodi hni muratou ka bharosl rakhte haio, aur dhale hue buton ko kahte haiD, Turn hamare ilah ho. 18 Suno, ai bahiro, aur tako, ai andho, tSki turn dekho. 19 Andha kaun hai magar mera banda ? aur kaun aisa bahira hai, jaisa mera rasiil, jise maiu ne bheja ? Kaun muslim ka sa audha, aur abd Al'lah ka sa andha hai ? 20 Tu bare kam dekhta tha, par bujhta nahiu, aur kin khule the, par we sunte nahiy. 21 K.HCDAWAND apDi' sadaqat ke sabab razi hua ki azim o jalil shariat bakhshe. 22 Tis par bhi yih ek guroh hai jo luti gai, aur barbad hui ; we sab ke sab garoQ meu phans gaye, aur qaidkhanoij meu band hue ; we shikar bane, aur koi nahio bachata, we lute jate, aur koi nahiu kahta, Phir do. 23 Kaun hai tumhare darmiyan jo is par kan dhare, ki ayande ko sune, aur mane ? 24 Kis ne Yaqiib garatgarou ko, aur Israel luterou ko supurd kiya ? Kya K.HUDAWAND ne nahiu, jis ke barkhilaf unhon ne gunah kiya, aur na chaha, ki us ki rahoQ meo chalec, aur us ki shariat ke shinawa howeu ? 25 Pas us ne apne qahr ki hararat aur jang kl shiddat Israel par d ili : so us ke gird a gird ag lagi, par wuh hoshiyar nahiu hota ; wuh use Jul jati, par wuh ^hatir meu uu lata. XLIII. BAB. 1 So ab KuuDAWAND, kl jis ne, ai Yaqub, tujh ko paida kiya, aur jis ne, ai Israel, tujh ko banaya, yuo kahtl hai, Mat dar, ki maiij ne tujhe najat di ; maiu ne tere nam leke tujhe bulaya : tu mera hai. 2 Jab tu paniou nieu guzar karcga, to maiu tere sath hounga ; aur jab tii nahrou meu hoga, to we tujhe ua dubieugi; 760 YASAIYAH. [4S BAB. jab tii ig ke danuiyan chaleg^, to tujhe Snch na lagegi, aur shuala tujhe na jalSwega. 3 Ki maiu, Khudawand, tera Khuda hug, Israel ka Quddus, tera bachiinewald, inaiu huu : niaiu ne tere fidj^e meo Misr ko, aur tere badle Kdsh aur Saba ko diya. 4 Azbaski td meri nigah meo giranmaya aur azlz hai, aur td niera piyara hai : is liye maiu tere badle log, aur teri jan ke iwaz meo gurohen duriga. 5 Tii mat dar, ki main tere sath huu ; maiu terf nasi ko mashriq se le aiinga, aur magrib se unheu faraham karunga. 6 Maio shimll se kahunga, ki De dal, aur janub se, ki Baz mat rakh ! Mere betog ko dur se, aur meri betion ko zamfn ki intiha se Lio, 7 Harek ko, jo mere nam se kahlata, jise main ne apne jalal ke liye khalq kiya, jise maiu ne ban.iya, hau jise maiu hi ne taiyar kiya. 8 Us andhi qaum ko, jo ankh rakhte haio, aur un bahirou ko, jin ke k^n haiu, bithar lake hizir kar. 9 Sari qaumeu faraham howeo, aur ummateu eksath aweu. Un ke darmiyaii kaun hai, jo agli bateo batlawe ? Aur we peshkhabariao sunawen ; we apne gawahoij kolaweij, aur sibit karen ; aur log suneu, aur kaheo, ki Sach hai ! 10 Turn mere gawah ho, Kuudawand farmata hai, aur mera banda, jise maio ne barguzi.da kiya, taki turn j^no, aur mujh par iman lao, aur samjho, ki maio wuhi hun. Mujh se age kol Khuda ■ na bana, aur mere bad bhi koi na hogS. 11 Mail), maiu hi Khudawand huu; mere siwa koi bachanewala nahiu. 12 Maio ne bayan kiyi, aur maiu ne bacha liya, maiu ne zahir kiyS, aur turn men koi ajnabi mabdd na th£ : so turn mere gawah ho, Khudawamd farmata hai, ki main hi Khudi huo. 13 Ibtida se maiu hi huu, aur koi nahin ki mere hSth se chhurawe 5 main jo kam karuu, to roknewala kaun hai ? 14 KuuDAWAND, tumhara najat denewala, Israel ki Quddus, ydo farmata hai, ki Tumhari khatir se maiu Babul par charhai karadng5, aur sab gurezpioa aur Kas- diou ko un ke taraunum ke jahazoQ men utarwaunga. 15 Maio Khuuawand tuuihar^ Quddus hun, maiu Israel ka khahq, tumhara badsh^h hun. 16 Khuda- WAND, jo darya men rasta, aur bare paniou meij guzargah ka bananewala tha, 17 Jo garian, aur gliore, aur lashkar, aur bahadur ka nikjilnewala tha, ydo farmata hai : We sab ke sab gir gaye, we na uthenge, we fana ho gaye, bujhe hiie san ki tarah. 18 Agli chizoo ko yad na karo, qadim baton ko sochte na raho. 19 Dekh, maiy naj'a kariinga; ab wuh z^hir hoga ; kya turn use na pahchanoge? Hau main jangal meo rah nikalunga, aur sahra meu nahreo. 20 Dasht ke bahime gidar aur shutar murg meri tizim karenge, ki maiu ne bayaban meo nale, aur sahra men chashme bakhshe, ki mere logou mere barguzfdoo ko pani dewcQ. 21 Main ne in logon ko apne liye banaya ; we meri sanakhwani karenge. 22 Lekin, ai Yaqdb, tu ne mera n.am na liyS, aur tu ne, ai Israel, mere liye mashaqqat na khinchi. '23 Tu bher bakri apne charhawe ke liye mere huzur na liya, aur tu ne apne zab4ih se meri tazim nahia ki ; maio ne tujhe hadiye ki taklif uadi, aur khushbuiou se tujhe na thakaya ; 24 Td ne rdpe se mere liye khushboiao na ^haridiu, aur tn ne mujhe apne zabaih kt charbi se ser nakiya; lekin tu ne apne gunahon se mujh par b^r rakh^, aur apni khataoo se mujhe thakaya. 25 Main hi wuhi huD, jo apne nam ki khatir tere gunahon ko mitati huu, aur teri khataou ko yad nahio rakhta. 26 Mujhe yad diii, ta biham mubahasa karen; apni da wa bayan kar, tiki tu sadiq thahare. 27 Tera pahla ba'p gunahgdr bana, aur tere tarjumin mujh se bagf 44 BAH.] YASAIYAU. ' 761 hue. 28 Is liye rnaio ne Hait ul inuqaddas ke ainfrou ko palfd kiy£, aur Yaqub ko Unat ke liye, aur Israel ko malaniat ke liye somp diya. XLIV. BAB. 1 Lekin ab, ai Yaqub, mere bande, aur Israel, mere barguzide, sun ! 2 Khuda- WAND tera Khdliq, jo rihm se tera sana hai, aur tera hdmi hoga, ynu farinSU hai, Ai Yaqub, mere bande, aur Yasurun mere barguzide, mat dar. 3 Ki niaio pySse par p£nf undeldng^, aur fehushk zamfn parsailib bahiungS ; maiu apni riih terf nasi par, aur apni barakat teri aulad par nazil karunga. 4 Aur we sabze ke indnind ugenge, aur bed ki tarah, jo bahte pan! ke kindre par ho. 5 Ek to kahega, ki Maio Khud^^vand ki hdo, aur dusia dp ko Yaqub ke n5m kl thaharaega, aur tisra apne hith se likhegi, ki Maiu Khudawand ki huu, aur i.p ko Israel ke nam se mulaqqab kareg£. 6 Khuda'WAnd Isrlel ka badshah, aur us ka uajat denew^li Rabb ul ai'vvaj yuo fermata hai, ki Maijj auwal, aur maiu ak:bir huu, mere siwa koi Khuda nahio. 7 Aur kauu mere manind jatiegi, wuh use batawe, aur mujh se bayan kare, jab se ki maio ne qadi'mf logoo ki bina dilf ? Aur dnewali chizeu aur honcwalf blteo jo haio, we unhen batlaweo. 8 Turn na daro, aur hirasan mat ho; kya maiu ne qadim se tujhe yih nahia batlaya, aur tere age zahir nahiu kiya ? Tuiu to mere gawah ho ! Kya mere siwa koi Khuda hai ? Koi hami nahfi}, main koi nahio janta. 9 Khodi hni muratoo ke bananewSle sab ke sab batil haio, aur uuki nafis chizeu be nafa ; we 5phi apne gawah hain. We dekhte nahie, aur biijhte nahiu, taki pasheman howeu. 10 Kis ne ek Khuda banaya, aur ek murat, jo be nafa hai, dhali? 11 Dekh, us ke sab hamsaz sharminda honge, ki bananewale to aphi insan haio; we sab ke sab ikatthe ie aur barpi hue ; we dar jate, we sab ke sab sharminda bote haig. 12 Lohir sandasi ko leke apna kam angaron se kart4 hai, aur hathauroo se banati hai, aur apne bazu ki qwwat se garhta hai; haa wuh bhiikhS hai, aur us k£ zor ghat jata; wuh paui nahfu pita, aur sust ho jata. 13 Barhai sdt rakhta hai, aur nishin karke lakir kh:nchta hai, aur randou se saf karta hai, aur parkar se us par naqsh karta hai; wuh use insan ki shakl, balki admf ki surat, banati hai, taki gliar meu nasb kare. 14 Wuh sanaubar ke darakhtOQ ko katta hai, aur saro' aur balut ke peron par, jo ban meu haiij, qabza karke apne liye thaharata hai; wuh Is ka darakht lagata, aur menh use sinchta hai. 15 Aur wuh admi ke fndhan ke liye hai ; kyiinki wuh use leti hai, aur us se apne taiu garm karti hai ; hao use sulgata aur roti pakata hai; wuh us se bhi ek Khuda karta, aur us ke age pujtri hai ; wuh us se murat bauata, aur us ke age rukd baja lita hai. 16 Us k£ ek tukfa lekar ag meo jalata hai, aur us kd ek tukra jalakc gosht paka khata hai, wuh kabab bhuuta, aur ser hota hai; phir wuh taptd aur kahta hai, Wichhire ! uiaiu garniaya, maiu ue ag dekhi ! 17 Aur uslakfi ki bachti ko lekar ek Khuda, ek murat, apne liye bauata hai ; aur us keage lot jata hai, aur use sijda kartd, aur us se dui miugkar kahtd hai, Mujhe bacha, ki td mera Khuda hai ! lb We nahiu jante aur nahio samajhte; ki un kl ankbeo band haiu, so we dekhte nahiu, aur un ke dil bhi, so we samajhte nahiu- 19 Aur koi apne dil mejj T 1 1 1 763 YASAIYAH. [4.5 BAE. nahfo sochta, aur us kt itnS hikmat aur marifat nahfn hai, ki kahe, Main ne to us ki ek tukrl ig meu jalay^, aur iiiaio ne us ke koeloo par roti bhi pakai, aur luaiu ne gosht bhuna, aur khaya : pas, maia kyunkar us ki bachti se makriih chiz banauu? kya maio darakht ke kunde ko sijdakaruu? '20 Wuh rakh chartd hai, fareb khurda dil ne us ka aisa bahkaya hai, ki wuh apnl jan bacha nahfu sakta, aur nahlu kahta, Kya mere dast i r'lst meu jhuth nahin ? 21 In bitOQ ko yad rakh, ai Yaqiib, ai Israel, ki tii mera banda hai ; maiu ne tujhe banaya, ki to meri bandagi kare ; ai Israel, maiu tujhe f.iramosh nakariinga J 22 Maiu ne teri khataon ko ghata ke minind, aur tere gunahou ko abr ke manind mit^ dala ; meri taraf phir d, ki maio ne tera fidiya diya hai! 23 Tarannum karo, ai dsmano, ki Khud^wand ne yih kiya ; aur lalkaro, ai zamln ke gahrapo, phulo na samao, ai paharo, ai jangal, aur us ke sab darakhto, k; Khudawand Yaqiib ko najat deta, aur Israel ke bich tamjid pata hai. 24 Khuuawand teri najat denewala, jis ne tujhe rihm se banaya, yun farmatl hai, ki Maiu Khudawaki> sab ka bananevvala hi'uj ; maiu akela asmanon ko tanta, aur zamln ko bichhatl hiiu; 25 Daroggoou ke nislianou ko batil thahrata aur falo-iroo ko diwana banata huij, aur daniou ko batata, aur uu ki danish ko nidani se badalta biiu ; 'JQ Jo apne baude ke kalim ko sabit karta, aur apne rasnloD ki maslahat ko baja latS hiiy, jo Yirushalam ko kahta hiio, Td abad ki jaeg', aur Yihiidah ke shahrou ko, ki turn banaye jaoge, aur tere wir^noa ko maiu tamir kariinga, '27 Jo darya ko kahta huo, ki Siilth ja, main teri nahreu Bukha dalanga : 28 Jo Khoras ke haqq meu kahta hiiu, ki Wuh mera charwahi hai, aur meri taniam khwahish ptiri karega, aur Yirushalam ko kahta huQ, ki Tu banil jaegf, aur haikal ko, ki Teri bunyad dali.jaegi. XLV. BAB. 1 Khudawand apne masih Khoras ke haqq men, jis ke dahne h^h main pakart£ hiiv, kiummatoo ko us ke qabu meu karuu, aurbadshahou ki kainareu khulwa A&\L, taki dohre darwaze us ke liye khol ddu, aur ki darwaze band na raheo, yuu fa'rmata hai, 2 Maiu tere age chalanga, aur terhi jagahon ko sldhl karunga ; pital ke darwazoo ko tukre tukre kariingi, aur loh.> ke muqaffaloa ko tor daldno-a. 3 Aur maio poshidakhazane, aur ganj i raakhfi tujhe diinga, taki tii jane, kimain, io tujhe tera nam leke buHta huo, Kuudawand, Israel ka Khuda, bun. 4 Maio ne apne bande Yaqub, aur apne barguzida Israel ke liye tujhe tera nam leke bullya, maio ne tujh se khitab kiya, go ki td mujh ko nahin janta. 5 Maiij hi Khuda- wand hdu, aur koi nahiu ; mere siwa koi Khuda nahiij. Main ne teri kamar bandhf, agarchi td ne mujhe na pahchana, 6 Ta ki log mashriq se magrib tak janeij, ki mere siwa koi nahiu ; maiij hi Kiiudawand huo, aur mere siwa koi nahiy. 7 Nur ki ban^newala, aur tariki ka paida karnewala maiu huu ; maiu salamati ka karnewala, aur bali ka paida karnewala hdu; maiu hi Khudawand in sablion ka bananewala hdu. 8 Ai asmano, dpar se tapkao, aur abr sadaqat ko barsaweo ; zamin khul jawe, aur najat ko pbalawe, aur sath us ke sadaqat ko ugawe ; maio K:hudawan» us ka bananewali huo- 9 Wiwaila us par, jo apne l<.haliq se jliagartahai, wuh to thlkfa zauifa ke thlkfou IINB. 46] YASAIYAII. 763 mei) hai! Kya tnati k(5zagai' se kaht^, ki Tu kya banati hai ? kya terf dastkarl kahtf, Us ke to hath nahfu ? 10 Us par w^waiU hai, jo apnc Mp se kahtii, ki Tu kynn paida karta ? aur apnf mi se, ki Td kyun janti hai ? 1 1 KiiUDA'WAND, Israel ka Quddus, aur us ki. Khaliq, ydn fiirmata hai, Anewitl chfzoQ kf liaqiqat niujh se piichho ; par mere bcton, mere h'ithou ke kamoij par miijhc farmanrawahone do! 12 Main ne zamin banaf, aur iiisan us ke sath par khalq kiya ; main ne apne hi hath se asman tane, aur un ke sab lashkarou par maia ne liukm kiyl. 13 Maio usko sadaqat ke Hye uthrita hui', aur inaiij us k1s:iri r^heu firasta karunga ; wuh mera shahr baiiaega, aur mere ash'oo ko bagair qtmat aur badal ke chhur.iega, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai. 14 Khudawand yiiu farmSta hai, Misr ke mihnatf, aur Habash ke aur Saba ke saudagar jo qadawar log haiu, tujh pas guzrenge, aur we tere howenge ; we teri pairawi karenge, we beriao pahine hne guzarenge, aur tere age sarnigiin honge, we tei*e ige ijizi karenge, aur kahenge, Khudawand yaqtnan tujh meu hai, aurkol dusra nahio, aur us ke siwa kol Khudi nahiQ. 15 Yaqtnan tu Khuda i poshida hai, ai Israel ke Khudi, ai najat denewale ! IG We sab ke sab pasheman aur sarasima honge, we jo but tarasbte haiu, sab ke sab gbabni jaenge. 17 Par Israel Khudawand meu abadi najat muyassar kareg^, turn abad ul abld pasheman aur sarasima na hooge. 18 Kynnki Khudawand? jis ne asm£n paidd kiye, aur Khuda, jis ne zamln banal aur sajal, us ka qaim karnewala, jis ne use abas paida nahiu kiya, balki use ibadi ke liye ^rasta kiya, yuo farmata hai, ki Maiu Khudawand hun, aur mere siwa aurkot nahiu. 19 Maio ne chbipke zamfn ke andhere makSnoo men se to nahtn kaha ; maig ne Yaqub ki nasi ko nahlQ kaha, ki Mujhe abas dhundho ; maio Khudawand sach kahta huu, aur rasti farmita hun. 20 Turn jo ummaton men se bach nikle ho, gol bandho, aur jama hoke p^s ao t We jo apni muraton ki lakri nasb karte bain, aur us Khuda se, jo bacha nahfo sakta, dua mangte haiu, danish se ^hali haio. 21 Manadi karo, aur unheu nazdfk Mo, we baham mashwarat kareu. Kis ne qadira se yih zahir kiya? kis ne us ke waqi hone se peshtar batSya ? Kyd maio Khudawand hi ne yih khabar nahfo di ? Ki mere siwa koi Khuda mdifn hai ; sadiq ul qaul, aur najat denewala Khudi mere siwa koi nahlu. 22 Meri tarafphiro, aur najat pao, ai sare aqsa i zamin ; ki maiq Khuda hno, aur mere siwa koi nahiy! 23 Maio ne apni zdt ki qasam khai hai, kalam i sidq mere munh se nikla hai, aur na phirega, ki harek ghutni mere age jhukega, aur harek zuban meri qasam khaegf. 2 4 Mere haqq meu yih zikr hogS, ki Yaqtnan Khudawand men mere liye sadaqat aur tawanai hai; log us pas awenge, aur we sab, jo us se bezar the, pasheman howenge. 25 Israel ki sari nasi Khuda- wand meo begunah thaharegi, aur sitaish karegi. XLVI. BAB. 1 Bel jhukta hai, Nabu nihurti hai ; un ke but bahimou par, aur chaup^you par pare haia ; tumhare uthSe hue ab mdnde chaupayoo par bar haiu. 2 We jhukte, we baham nihurte haiu, we us bdr ko bacha na sakte, aur we dphi asirf meo jate haio. 3 Ai Yaqub ke gharanc, aur ai Israel ke gharke sab logo, jo bSql rahe ho, jo rihm T t t t 2 764 YASAIYAH. [47 BAB. se mujh par fear ho pare, aur jinheo pet se maio ne god mey liyd, meri suno. 4 Maiu hurli^pe tak wuhS hdo, aur pirf tak god meo Hye rahangS ; maip ne yih kiyi, aur maiu hf uthit^ rahiingS ; maio god meo InngS, aur maio hi naj^it dungS. 5 Turn mujhe kis se tashbih doge, aur mujhe kia ke minind kahoge, aur mujhe kis ke sith tauloge, taki maio aur wuh donon hamshakl hoc ? 6 We soni thailf se nikalte haiu, aur chandiko tarizu meo taulte haig, aur son&r ko mazdnri dete haio, taki ek but baniwe ; we gir parte haio, hao we sijda karte haio. 7 We use kindhe par uthlte haiu, we use le chalte haio, we use us ke Ssan par nasb karte haiu, wuh khara rahta ; wuh apnf jagah se nahig hiltS ; hSo kof use puklre to pukare, par wuh jawSb nahfn deta, na use musibat se chhuratd hai. 8 Isko yad karo, apne tain insSn kar dikhlao, ai khatiklro, dil se.us kl taraf phiro. 9 Qadfm se peshkLhabarfoQ koyidkaro; ki maio Khudahdo, aurkoi dasra nahfo; niaiij Khudi, hao. aur mojh si kot nahio. 10 Jo ibtidi se intihi ko bayin karti hno, aur qadfm se we b^ten, jo bar na iio ; jo kaht^ hau, MerS mansuba qSim rahegl, aur maio apnf sari marzi ko pari karnngi ; 11 Jo uqab ko mashriq se, aur us shaikhs ko, jo mere iride ko tamara karega, ek baid mulk se buliti hnn ; maio ne kaha, aur maio hf pahunchinnga ; maio ne fjad kiyi, aur maio hi use tamain karonga. 12 Ai sakhtdilo, jo sadaqat se dar ho, meri suno ! 13 Maiu apni sadaqat ko nazdik liyi, wuh ddr nahJn hai, aur meri salamati tikhfr na karegf. Aur maio Saihun meo najit, Isriel ko apnijalil bakhshungi. XLVII. BAB. I Utar i, aur khak par baiih, ai Babul ki kunwiri betf ! Tu zamin par bagair takht ke baith, ai Kasdioo ki dukhtar ; tu ab ige ko narm andam aur naznin na kahlacgi! 2 Chakki le, aur ata pis; apne bil khol de, tang uryan, aur ran nangi kar, aur nadiou meo se paidalja. 3 Teri barahnagi khulegf, balki teri hayi bhi dekhf jiiegf ; main intiqain Idnga, aur kisi se mel na karringa. 4 HamSri najat denewala jo hai, Rabb ul afwij us ki nam hai, wuh Israel ka Quddus hai. 5 Ai Kasdioo ki Lcti, chup ho baith, andhere men dakhil ho; ki td age ko mamlukatou ki malika phir na kahlaegf ! 6 Maio apne logoo se nipat bezar hui, maiu ne apni mfras ko najis kiya, aur unheo tere hith mep sonip diya ; tu un par rahm nahio karti, tu ue burhou par bhi apna jda bhiri kiya. 7 Aur tu kahti hai, Maio abad tak malika Ijani rahnngi, aisa ki tu ye bSten khatir meo na lai, aur tu anjam ko yad nahio karti. 8 Pas ab yih bat sun, ai barkhurdar, jo beparwi rahti hai, jo apne dil meo kahti hai, ki Maiu hun, aur mere siwa koi nahiu; main bewa na baithungi, main be aulad na houngi ! 9 So nagahan, ekhi din meo ye do musibateo tujh par parengi, ki tu be aulad, aur bewa hogi ; we bawujud tere sire jadu aur tere sab qawi sihroo ke apne karail.se tujh par nazil hongi. 10 Kyunki tu ne apni khiyinat par iatimad kiya, td ne kaha, Koi mujh ko nahio dekhti hai. Teri liikmat aur teri dinish ne tujhe bahkaya; ki td ne apne dil men kahi, ki Maiu hi huo, aur mere siwa aur koi nahio. II Is liye tujh par aisi musibat a paregi jis ka sihar tu na janegf, aur aisi bali tujh par nizil hogi, jis ki kafara td kar na sakegi ; nigahin halakat tujh par awegi, jab tujh ko ^hubar nahifl. J3AB. 48] YASAIYAH. 7 65 12 Ab apnd jadu aur apnS sSra sihar, jin men tu laikiii se mashgfil rahf, barpa kar ; shiyad ki tti un se nafa p.lwe, shiyad ki tii gSbil ^we. 13 Tu apn) mash- waratoo ki kasrat se thak gal : ab sitiirashinfis aur munajjim, aur we, jo ba bar inahfne ki^habar dete haiu, ki tujh par kiyS £wegfi, khafe liowen, aur tujh ko najat deweo. 14 Dekho, we bldh ke maniud honge, ig unheo jalaegt; we ^p ko ^g ke shuale ki hiddat se bacbS na sakenge ; wahao to koela na hoga ki jis pis ap ko garra kareo, na fitash liogi, ki us ke nazdik baitheo. 15 We jin ke liye tu thak gai, tere liye aise thaharenge, jin ke sith tu apnl jawini se apni kSm kartf rahf, we har ek apnl rdh lenge; teri najlt denewSIS koi oa rahegii. XLVIII. BAIJ. 1 Yih b^t suno, ai ahl i Yaqub, jo Israel ke nim se kahlate ho, aur Yihnd^h ke nutfe se paida hue ho, jo Khudawand ka nam leke qasam kh^te ho, aur Khuda i Israel ka zikr karte ho, par amanat aur sadaqat se nahiu. 2 Ki we shahr i Quds ke log kahlate haiu, aur Israel ke I^hada par iatimad rakhte haio, jis ka namRabb ul afwaj hai. 3 Maiu ne qadfm se peshkhabarian kahig, we mere munh se nikUo, maio ne unheu zahir kiya, aur we bar aio. 4 Azbas ki maiu janta tha, ki tu magri hai, aur terS gardan lohe ka patha, aur teri pesh^ni pftal ki hai: 5 Is liye maio ne qadim se yih tujhe sunaya, aur us ke waqi hone se peshtar tujh par zilhir kiyi hai, ta na howe ki tu kahe, Mere butne yih k^m kiya, aur mere khode hue sanam ne, aur meri murat ne ye bateo farmafn. 6 Tii ne suna, so yih sab dekh ; kyS turn us ka iqrar na karo^e ? Ab se tujh ko nayi baton sunata hfio, aur makhff, jin se td wdqif na tha. 7 We abhi IjLhalq ki gain, na qadim se ; aur is din se pahle til ne unheo nahia sunS, ti naho, ki tu kahe, Dekh, maiij unheo jantS tha. 8 Tii yih na sunta na janta tha, aur qadim se tere kao khule na the; ki main j^nta tha, ki tu bewafai kareg^, aur tu rihm hi se khatakar kahlita. tha. 9 I\Iaio apne nam kl khitir gusse men tSkhlr karungS, aur apnisitudagl kf khatir tere muqSbil ap ko rokunga, ki tujhe munqata na karuo- 10 Dekh, maio ne lujhe tSy5, par chandi nahi'o, maio ne tujhe muslbat ke tanur men azmayi. 11 Main apnl khatir, hao apni hi khatir yih karta huu, ki h^e, kaisi takfir huj! Main to apni shaukat dusre ko nahig dene ka. 12 Meri sun, ai Yaqub, aur ai Israel, mere matlub ; maio wuhl hno, maio h! auwal, aur maiu hi akhir huo 13 Mere hath ne zamin ki bunyld dali, aur mere dast i rast ne Ssmln bhi phailie; main unheg pukarti hug, we sab ke sab khare ho jate haip. 14 Tum sab milke faraham hoo, aur sun lo ! Un sabhoo men wuh kaun hai, jis ne us ki bayan kiya hai, jise I^^hudaawnd ne pasand kiya hai, jo us k^ matlab Babul par, aur us ka hath Kasdloo par pahunchawega. 15 Main ne kaha,Main hi ne use bulaya ; main use laya, main us ki rawish ko bakhtawar karnng^. 16 Turn mere muttasil Ao, aur yih suno ; main ibtida se pinhanf raeo na bola ; jis waqt se yih hota, main wuhiQ huu ; aur ab Khudawand KhudS ne, aur us ki rah ne mujh ko bheja hai. 17 l^HUDAWAND teri najat denewali, Isriel ka Quddiis, yug farmata hai. Main hi Khcdawand terd ^huda hiiu, jo tujhe faida ki b.ltcu sikhliti huo, aur tujhe wuh rah dikhldta hiio jis men tujhe jani hai. 18 Kash ki tu more ahk^m ka 766 YASAIYAH. [49 JiAB. shinawa hotii! to teri salamati nahr kl mdnind, aur terl saddqat darya kl maujoo kf manind hot?. 19 Teri nasi ret ke manind, aur tere pet ki aulad us ke kan- karou ke manind bahut hdtf, iis ka nSm mere ige se k.^ta aur mitsiya na jata. 20 Turn Biibul se nlklo, Kasdioo se bhago.; tarannum ki (iwaz se bayan karo, anr yih zamln par sar t.a sar sunao, turn kahte jao, ki Khudawanu ne apne bande Yaqnb ko rihai bakhshi. 21 Aur jin bayabanon men wuh unheu le jata, we py-ise na bote, wuh unke liye patthar se panf nikdlta hai, wuh patthar ko chirta, aur pani dhardhara nikalta. 22 Khudavvand farmata hai, ki Badkarou ke liye salamati nahfu. XLIX. BAB. 1 Ai jaziro, merl suho, ai logo, turn dur se k5n dharo ! Khuda'wahd ne mujhe rihm se bulaya, aur meri ma ke pet se mere nam ko mazkiir kiya. 2 Aur us ne mere munh ko tez talwarke manind kiya, aur mujh ko apne hath ke saye tale chhipaya ; us ne mujhe tir i abdar kiya, aur apne tarkash meii mujhe pinhan kiy^. 3 Aur us ne mujh se kaha, Td mera banda hai, Israel tu hai, jis se maiu mahmiidhoiinga. 4 Aur main ne kaha, ki Maio ne abas mashaqqat khjnchi, maiu ne befaida, aur butlan ke liye apnJ quwat khoi, j'aqinan mei-i adalat Khudawand ke sath hai, aur mera kam mere Khudi ke pas. 5 Aur Khudawand ab yup kahta hai, jis ne mujhe rihm se aphi banda ban^ya, ki maitj Yaqnb ko us ke pas phira laiin, aur Israel ko us ke nazdik jama karao, aur maio Khudawand ki nazar meo mukarram hounga, aur mera Khudii meri tawanaf hoga, G Wuh farmata hai, Yih to kam hai, ki tu Yaqub ke firqoo ke uthane, aur Israel ke bache hdon ke phira lane ke liye mera banda ho, balld maio tujh ko gair qaumoo ke liye nur bakhshfinga, aur apni najat aqsa i zamin tak pahunchaiinga. 7 Khudawand Israel ka najat bakhshnewala, us ka Quddas, use, jisc insan malamat karta hai, aur use,jis se ummat ko nafrat hai, aur use, jo amiroij ka chrikar hai, yuo farmata hai, ki Badshah tujhe dekhenge, aur uth khare honge ; shahzade bhi sijda karenge, kyunki Kuudawand sadiq ul qaul, aur Israel ka Qiiddiis hai, aur wuhf tujhe intikhab karega. 8 Khudawand yuo farmata hai, ki Main fazl ke waqt teri sunta huu, aur najat ke din teri madad karta huo; maiu teri hifazat karunga, aur ummat ke liye tujhe ek ahd bakhshunga, taki zamin ko bahal kare, aur ujir bastiou ko basawe, 9 Ki qaidlou ko kahe, ki Nikal chalo, aur unko, jo andhere meu haiij, ki Ap ko dikhlao. We rabon men charenge, aur sari unchi unchf jagahen un ki charagahea hongip. 10 We bhukhe aur pyase na howenge, dhiip aur shams un ko na marega ; kyunki wuh, jis ki rahmat un par hai, un ka rahnunm hogS, aur pani ke soton men se un ki rahbari karega. 11 Aur maio apne sare kohistan ko ek rahguzar kar dalunga, aur meri shah raheu nnchi hongi. 12 Dekh ye dur se awenge, aur ye shimal se aur magrib se, aur ye mulk i Sinfm se. 13 Surod karo, ai asmano ! khush ho, ai zamfn ! £waz i nagma uthao, ai paharo ! ki Khudawand apne logon ko tasalli bakhshta hai, aur apne ranjuron par rahm farmata hai. 14 Lekin Saihun boltl hai, Khudawand ne mujhe tark kiyS hai, aur mere khawind ne mujhe bhuM diyii. 15 Kyi ho sakta ki ek auratapne dadh pite bachche ko bhal 50 BAB.] YASAIYAH. 767 jfiwe, aur apne rihm ke farzand par rahmat na kare ? Hdu we sMyad bhdl jivrev, par inaio tiijhe na Lhulunga! 16 Dekh, niaiu ue terf taswir apne dast i kaffpar khodi, aur tcri shalirpanah inudlra mere sainhtie liai. 17 Tere bete ane nieu jaldf karenge, aur tcre big.irnewale aur ujarncwAle tujh se nikal j.lcnge. 18 Apnf ankheo uthd, aur charou taraf nazar kar; ye sab ke sab niilkar tere pas iitehain. Khuda- WANi) kahta hai, Apnf hay&t kl qasani, ki tu in sabhou ko zewar ke nianind pahin legi, aur dp ko un se dulhin ki manind arista karegf. 19 Ki tere kharab aur ujar niaqani, aur wiran zaniin nieu ab basnewalou ki kasrat se gunjaish na rahe^i aur tere ujarnewale tujh se dur honge. 20 Hanoz tere batijlipau ke larke tere kanoo men kahenge, ki Jagah basne ke liye tang hai, hameij jagah de, ki ham baseu. 21 Tab tu apne dil meu kahegi, Kis ne mere liye in ko paida kiyd, ki maiij to banjh aur ujir aur akeli aur marf miri phirti thf ; so kis ue in ko pali ? Dekh, maio to akeli rah gaf: phir ye kahau se ,le? 22 KnCDAWAND Khuda yiin farmlta hai, Dekh, maiu qauraou par apnd hath uthii'inga, aur ummatoo par apna jhanda khara karunga ; aur we tere beton ko apnf godoij nieo liye dwenge, aur teri betion ko apne kandhon par charhake pahun- chaenge. 23 Aur badshah tere palnewale bap honge, aur un ki begamat terf diidh pildnewali maeu ; we tere age aundhe munh zamfn par jhukenge, aur tere paoo ki khdk chatenge; aur td janegf, ki maio hi Khudawand huu, we jo meri rah takte haig, pashemdn na houge. 24 Kyd ho sakta hai, ki said zabardast se chhfn liya jawe, aur sadiq kd yagma chhuraya jawe ? 25 llau Khudawand yuQ farmata hai, ki Zorawar ke asir bhf Ifj'e jaenge, aur muhib ka said chhuraya jaega ; kimaiu tere dushmanoij se larungd, aur tere farzandon ko najdt dunga. 26 Aur maiij tere zalimoD ko unhiu ka gosht khilaunga ; we mithi mai ke manind apna hi lohu pike bekhud ho jawenge, aur sard barshar janegd, ki maio Kuudawand tera bachauewal.i,maiu Yaqub ka Qadir> terd chhurauewala liuy. L. BAB. 1 Khtjdawand yfiu farmata hai, ki Teri nia kd talaq nama, jis se main ne use bhej diya,kahan hai? Yd apne qarzkhwahoij meu se main ne tujhe kis ke hdth becha ? Dekho, turn apni shardratoo se bik gae ho, aur tumharl khataoo ke sabab tumhdri ma ko taldq di gai. 2 Kis liye maio dyd, aur koi na mild ; maio ne pukdra aur ek jawdb denewdla na tha ? Kya mera hath aisa kotah ho gaj'd ki chhufS na sake ? yd najdt dene ka mera zor nahin ? Dekho, maiu ghurki se darya sukhS deta huij, main nahrou ko sahra kar daltd hiie, un ki maclihliao p^ni ki kamf se sarti aur tishnagf se marti haio. 3 Maiu asnianon ko kudiirat se mulabbas kart£ huu, maio poshak i mdtam unheo urhatd hun. 4 KutDAWANij Khuda ne niujhko ulama ki zubdn bakhshf, td ki jdnuij ki waqt par us ko, jo azurdakhatir hai, kya kaha chdhiye ; wuh mujhe har sahar jagata hai, aur mera kdn kholta hai, taki shagirdou ki tarah suniiij. 5 Khudawand Khuda ne mere kan khole haio, aur maiu bagi na hotd tha, aur na bargashta j^anta thd. 6 Maio ne apni pith marnewaloo ko df, aur apne rukhsdre bdl ke uochnewalofl ko j maio ne apna munh rusw^i aur thok se na chhipdya. 7 Aur 768 YASAIYAH. [51 BAB. KuuDAWANn meri hiinayat karegd, is liye maio shariuinda na honnga, aur istliye niaiij ne chaqmaq ke patthar ke miniiid apna munh rakh diya, aur mujhe yaqin hai, ki pasheni^n na houugS. H Mer^ eadiq thahardnewSla nazdik hai : wuh kaun hai jo mujh se qaziya kareg& ? Ao, ham muqibala kareo : kaun hai jo mujhe se diwa kare ? wuh ike mere samhne kare. 9 Khi^i>-*wand raerl himSyat karegi : wuh kaun hai jo mujhe mujrim thaharawega ? Dekh, we sab kapre ke nianind purine ho j^enge, kire unhen khienge. 10 Tumh^re darmiyan kaun hai jo Khudawand se dartS ? wuh us ke khidim ki bateo sune ; kaun hai jo andhere meo chalta, aur roshni nahfu patd ? wuh Khudawaud ke n^m par iatimad rakhe, aur apne l^huda par takiya kare. 11 Dekho, turn sab jo &g barte ho, aur mashalen uthi lete ho : chalo apnihi ^g ke shuala mee, aur un angirou meo, jinheo turn ne sulgaya. Mere hath se yih turn par wdqa hoga, ki &iih meo pare raho. LI. BAB. 1 Merl suno, ai logo, turn jo sadaqat kl pairawl karte ho, aur Khudawand ke joy£n ho ! Us chatan par, jis se turn tarishe gaye ho, aur gSr kl us khin par, jis se turn khode gaye ho, nazar karo. 2 Apne bap Abiraham par, aur Sarah apnf wSlida par nigah karo ! Ki maio ne use akela Imlaya, aur usf ko barakat di, aur us ko afzaish bakhshf. 3 Ki Khudawand Saihun ko tasalli degS; wuh us ke sare wirin makanoo kl dildSrl karega ; wuh us ki bayaban Adan ke manind, aur us ka sahri Jannat i Kuuda'wajsd ki misil banawega. Khushnudiaur khursand! us meu muyassar hogl, shukrguzari aur nagma ki ^waz. 4 Meri suno,'^ai meri umraat, meri taraf kan dhar, ai meri guroh ; ki shariat mujh se jalwagar hogi, aur main apni rasti ko qaumon kf roshni ke liye qaim karangi. 5 Meri sidq qarib hai, meri najat nikll hai, aur meri bizu qaumoa par hukmrani karega ; jazire mer£ intizir karenge, aur mere bizii par iatimad rakhenge. 6 Apnl inkhen Ssman kl taraf uth4o, aur zamin par nfche nigih karo ! Ki ^smin dhnee ke minind ziil hojaenge, aur zamin kapre kf tarah purani hogf, aur us ke basnewale usi tarah mar jaenge ; par meri uajat abad tak rahegi, aur meri sadaqat mauqdf na hogi. 7 Meri suno, ai tum sab, jo sadaqatshinas ho, ai logo, jin ke dil meu meri shariat hai ! Insan ki malamat se mat daro, aur un ki tanazani se hirasan na boo. 8 Kyunki kirm un ko kapre ke manind khaegi, aur kira unheo pashmfne ki tarahkha jaega; par meri sadaqat abad tak rahegi, aur meri najat pusht dar pusht. 9 Jag, jig, tawanii pahin le, ai hizd i Khudawand ; jag, jaisa agle zamane men, aur ^salaf ki pushtou meu ! Kya td wuhi nahio, jis ne^Rahab ko kati, aur tinnin koghiyal kiya ? 10 Kyi td wuhi nahie,jisne darya ko, aur bare samundar ki pahi sukhi dali, jis ne daryi ki thih ko rista bani dala, tiki we, jin ka fidiya liyi gaya, pir guzareu ? 11 So KHunAWAND ke kharide log phirenge, aur gate hue Saihdn meu iwenge, aur abadi khushi un ke siroo par hogi; we khushnudi aur kbursandf muyassar karenge, aur gam aur ajam bhag jaenge. 1'2 Wuh, jo tumheu tasalli deti hai, maio bdu. Td kaun hai_ ki adini se, jo 52 B^li.] YASAIYAU. 7G9 mar jatlhai, aur ban( Adam se, jo ghas ke manind ho j^t^, dartS hai, 13 Aur Khuda'wand apne Khaliq ko bhiil jata hai, jia ne ^sinati phailae, aur zainfn kf bunyid dSlf, aur bar roz z^liin ke josh o kharosh se, jis waqt ki wuh halak karne ko taiyar ho, darta hai ? Pas zaliiii ki josh o kharosh kahiu hai ? 14 Baiidhua jald dzad ho j4egi, aur wuh gar ineu na maregi, aur us ki roti kam ua hog'. 15 Muiu Khudawand tera Khuda hiiu, jo darya ko ubharti hi'iu, ki us ki la- haren josh mareu: us ka nam llabb ulafwaj hai. IG Aur maiu nc apni bateu tere munh meo dlliu, aur apne hath ke s^ye se tujhe chhipa liya, ta ki dsm^noo ko barpi karuij, aur zainlu ki bunyid daliiij, aur Saihuu ko kahiiu, ki Tii meri guroh liai. 17 Jag, jag, uth khariho, ai Yiriishalani, td ne to Khudawand ke hith se gazab ka pyala piya, ta ne thartharahat ke sagar ka talchhat nosh kiya, aur nichorke pi liya hai. 18 Un sare betou ke darmiyan, jinheu wuh janl, koi nahiu, jo us ki, rahnuma ho, aur un sab lapkou ke bich, jinhea us ne pala, ek nahiu, jo us ki dastgiri kare. 19 Ye do hadise twjh par pare ;kaun tere liye andohgiu ho ? Wirani, aur halikat aur giranJ aur talwar : so maiu kydnkar tujhe tasalli diiu? 20 Tere bete sab ki'ichoB ke sire meo betab pare haio jaisi hariu dim meu ; we Kuuuawand ke gazab se, aur tere Khuda ki ghurkf se bharc haig. 21 Pas, ab tu, jo azurda aur mast hai, par sharab se nahiu, yih bat sun! 22 Khudawand teri Rabb, aur tera Khuda, jo apue logoij ka muamala larta, ydu farmita hai, ki Dekh, main ne thartharahat ka piyala aur apne qahr ke jam ka talchhat tere hath se le liya hai ; td use phir kabhi na piegL 23 Aur maiu use uu ke hath men dunga, jo tujhe dukh dete, aur kahte the, ki Jhuk j:i, taki ham guzarjaeu; aur td ne apne badan ko zamin par farsh ke manind bichha diya, taki we us par se guzar jaweu. LII. BAB. 1 Jag, jag, ai Saihun, apni izzatpahin le, ai Yirdshalam, shahr i Quds, apni libas i darakhshan orhle! kyunki age ko koi namakhtdn aur napak tujh meo phir dakhil na hoga. 2 Apnf gard jhar de, uth baith, ai Yirdshalam, apni gardaa se zanjir khol dal, ai Saihun ki asir beti, 3 Ki Khudawand ydu fariuata hai, ki Turn mufi bik gae ho, aur rdpe se kharide na jaoge. 4 Khudawand Khuda ydu farmata hai, ki Mere bande ibtida men Misr ko utar gae, ki wahaij musafir hoke raheu, aur Asdr ne be sabab un par zulm kiya. 5 Pas, ab Khudawand yuu farmata hai, Ab meri yahan kyi kam, ki meri guroh muft pakri gai hai ? Un ke farmanrawa lalkirte haiy, Kuuuawand farmati hai, aur bar roz mudam mere nam ki takf ir ki jati hai. 6 So mere log meri nam jinenge, so us din meo hoga, ki maiu, jo qaul deti tha, wuhi yahau hdu. 7 PaharoQ ke dpar kyi hi khushnumi hain us ke qadam, jo bashirateu deta hai, aur salimati ki manadi karti hai ! khubi ki khushkhabriao pahunchata hai, aur najit ki ishtihir deti hai; jo Saihuu ko kahti hai, ki Teri Khuda saltanat karta hai! 8 Tere nigahbanou kiawizbaji! We sab ke sab apni iwizeu buland karke nagma gaenge ; kyuuki we Khudawand ki Saihdu meu phir ana rd ba rd dekhenge. 9 Khushi se lalkaro, aur baham nagma karo, ai Yirdshalam ke wirino; kyuuki Khudawam) ne apni qaum ko dilisi diya, ua U u u u 770 YASAIYaH. [r>5 BAB. ne YirushSlam ko azad k\yi\ 10 Khddawand ne apni pilk bazu sari qaumoa k! Snkhoo ke sanihne nanga kiya hai, aur zainin sar ta sar haraare KhudS ki najat ko dekhegf. 11 Rawana ho, rawSna ho, yah^u se nikal j&o, nSp-ik chizoo ko mat chhuo, un ke darmiy^n se sarak jao, aur pak hoo, are turn, jo KiiunAWAND ke zuruf uthate ho! 1-2 Ki turn na jald nikal jaoge, aur na bhagne ke taur par chaloge, kynnki Khoda'wand tumhare age age chalega, aur Israel ka Khuda tumhara chandawal hoga. 13 Dekho, mera banda danai se kamySb hoga, wuh blla, aur situda aur nihayat buland hoga. 14 Jis tarah bahutere tujhe dekhke dang ho gae, us ka chihra harek bashar se zaid, aur us kf paikar bani Adam se zaid . bigar gai : 15 Usi tarah wuh bahut si qaumon par chhirkega, aur badshah us ke age apna munh band karenge ; kynnki we kuchh dekhenge, jo kaha na gaya tha, aur jo kuchh unhoji ne na suna tha, we daryaft karenge. LIII. BAB. 1 Hamarl khabar par kaun iman layS, aur Khui^awasd kS hath kis par zShir hiia ? 2 Wuh nihal ki tarah us ke Sge barha, aur asl ki tarah khushk zamfn se. Us meu na kuchh khubi hai na kuchh bahar, ki ham us par nigah kareij, aur na ]^hubsi5rati, ki ham uske mushtaq howeo. 3 Wuh mubtazil aur makhzul ul n^s hoi, wuh mard i alam aur ashna i azar bana, goya ki ham us se rnposh the, uski tahqfr ki gai, aur ham use hisab men na lae. 4 Lekin us ne hamare Szar uthae, aur hamSre alamoij kahainil haa, aur ham ne khiyal kiya, ki wuh mara, Khuda ki kuta aur dukhiya hua hai. 5 Par wuh hamare gunahou ke live ghayal kiya gaya, aur haniari badkarfoij ke liye kuchla gaya; aur hamiri salimati ke liye us par siyasat hiif, aur us ke mar khane se ham change hue. 6 Ham sab Lherou ke maniiid bhatak gae, ham meu se har ek apni apni rah par mutawajjih haa ; aur Khuuawand ne ham sabhon ki badkari us parladi. 7 Wuh mazlain tha, aur gamzada, taubhi us ne muuh na khola; wuh barre ki manind zabh hone ko laya gayS; aur jaisi bher apne balkatarnewale ke age chiip chap hai, waisa us ne apna munh na khola. 8 Wuh taaddi aur liukm se le lij^a gaya ; aur us ke diidman ka, tazkira kaun karegi ? ki wuh zindou lei zamin se kat dala gaya; meri guroh ke gunahon ke sabab us par mar pari. 9 Aur us ki qabr sharirou ke sath thaharai gat, aur us ki maut meu daulatmand ke sath hiii ; agarchi us ne zulni na kiya, aur uske munh meo hargia chlial na tha. 10 Lekin Khudawand ko pasandaya, ki use kuchle; usne use azari kiya. Jab us ki jau asam ke liye guzrin ho chuki, to wuh apni nasi ko dekhega, us ki umr daraz hogi, aur Khuda ki marzl uske hath men uriij karegi. 11 Wuh apni jan ke dardon ka basil dekhega, serhoga; apni raarifat se mera banda wuh sadiq bahuton ki tasdiq kareg^» aur ua ki badk^riau apne upar utha lega. 12 Isliye maiy use buzurgou meo hissa dunga, aur wuh azimou meu ganimat ko bant dega, ki us ne apni jan maut ke liye supurd ki, aur wuh gunahgarou ke darmiyan shumar kiya gaya, aur us ne bahutoo ke guaah utha liye, aur gunahgarou ki thafaat ki. 55 BAB.] YASAIYAH. 771 LIV. BAB. I Tarannmu kar, ai bilnjh, jo nahfo janti thf, surod gi, aur apni awaz buland kar, jo h^mila na hoti thf; kyimki Kh«dawand farm^t^ hai, ki Bekhasam ki aulad khasamwalf kf aulad se ziy^da hai. 2 Apne khaime kj faza ko wasi kar, aur apne masakin ke parde phaila, darc» mat kar ; apui tanabeu daniz, aur apnf mekheo niazbut kar, 3 Isliye ki tu dahue aur bdyeo taraf phailegf, aur teri nasi qaumou kf wSris hogf, aur ujar bastfon ko basiwegi. 4 Mat dar, ki tti phir pashem^n na hogf; sharminda na ho, ki tiijhe phir aib na lagegS. Ki tti apni jawanf ki nano- bhdl jaegf, aur apni bewagi ka ar phir yad na karegi. 5 Kyiinki tera khaliq tera shauhar hai, us ka nam Rabb ul atwaj hai, aur tera najat denewala Israel ka Quddds hai, wuh sari zamin ka Khuda kahlaega. 6 Kyiinki teri. Khuda kahta hai, ki Khuuawand tujhe mutlaqa aur dil Szurda aurat kemanind bulata hai, aur jawani ki aurat ke manind jo mardud ho gai. 7 Maiu ne ek dam ke liye tujhe mutlaqa kiya ; lekin ab maio bahut si mihrbaufoo ke sath tujhe samet lunga. 8 Azurdagi^kf hiddat men maio ne apna munh tujh se ek lahza chhipaya ; par ab maiu abadi inayat se tujh par rahm karnnga, K hud a- WAND, tera bachanewala, farniati hai. 9 Ki mere £ge yih Nuh ke pani ka sS muSmala hai, ki jis tarah maiu ne qasam khai thi, ki phir zamin par Nuh ka sa tufan kabhi na hoga, us tarah ab maiu ne qasam khai, ki main tujh se phir kabhi izurda na hodnga, aur tujh ko na ghurkunga. 10 Ki pahar jate rahenore, aur koh hil jaenge, par meri mihrbani meo, jo tujh par hai, kuchh farq na parega, aur meri sulli ka ahd juuiLish na karega, Khudawanii, jo tera rahra karnewala hai, yiiu farmata hai. II Ai tu, jo satai gai hai, aur dndhf se ghumai gaf hai, aur tasalli se mahrdm rahi hai, dekh, ki maig tere pattharon ko surme meo lagaunga, aur nilam ke patthar se teri tamir karduga. 12 Maiu tere kangure sang i yashm se, aur tere darwaze lal se, aur teri sdri ihatagiranbaha patthai'on se banaunga. 13 Aur tere sab farzand Khudawand ke muallamhonge, aur tere farzandou ki salamati kamil hogi. 14 Td sadaqat men mustahkim ki jaegi; td zulm se ddr rahegf, ki tu na daregi, aur halakat se, ki wuh tere qarib na awegi. 15 Dekh, we faraham honge, par mere hukm se nahijj ; jo koi tere barkhilaf jama karega, tere pas awega. ]6 Dekh, main lie karfgar ko khalq kiya, jo koele ag meo dalke phunkta hai, aur apne kam ke liye harba nikalta hai, aur garatgar ko bhi main ne us ke bigarne ko paida kiya hai. 17 Koi harba, jo tere barkhilaf banaya gay a, bahraraand na hoga; aurjozub^n tujh se jhagarne ko uthegi, td use mujrim karegi. Yih Khudawand ke bandon ki miras hai, aur uuki sadaqat mujh se, Kuudawanjj farmata hai. LV. BAB, 1 Ai sab pyaso, pani pis io aur jis ke pas naqdf na ho! Ao, mollo, aur kh^o! Ao, wain aur dddh be rupya, aur be qimat kharfdo. 2 Turn kis liye apni chandi ko us chiz ke liye jo roti nahio, aur apni kamai us ke liye jo asuda nahio kartf, kharch karte ho? Tum merisuno, aur tahaif khao, aur tumhara jl charbi se lazzat lewe. 3 Kan jhukao, aur mujh pas ao; suno, aur tumhrai jan zinda hogi. U u u u 2 ffi YASAtYAtt. [56 BAB. Maio turn se abadl ahd bdndhungS, aur Diudf yaqfnt rahmaten tutnlieo diingS. 4 Dekho, maio use qaumoo par shihid lianiflngS, aur khalq ka ek peshwa aur farmitnrawi?. 5 Dekh, tu ek guroh, jise tu nahfo jant^, buldwega, aur we guFoheo, jo tujhe nahfn pahchlntfu, Khudawand tereKhuda, aur Israel ke Quddns ke liye tere p5s daurtf ^wengf ; kyunki us ne tujhe situda kiyi hai. 6 Jab tak ki Kiiuda!wani> mil sakta hai, tum use dlii'indho, jab tak ki wuh nazdik hai, tum us ki talab karo. 7 Sharfr apnf rih ko tark kare, aur fisiq apne muhasabon ko ; aur Kiiuda'wand kl taraf phire, ki wuh us par rahmat karegi, aur hamSre Khuda kf taraf, ki us ki bari amurzish hai. 8 Ki Khudawand kahtd hai, Mere muh£sabe tumhare muhnsabe nahfn, aur na tumhari rahen merf raheo haio. 9 Ki jis qadr asman zamfn se buland haiu, usi qadr merl raheo tumhari rahon se, aur mere muhasabe tumhare muhasabon se buland hain. 10 Kyunki jis tarah baran aur barfSsmanse nazil hota, aur phir wahan nahfu jata, balki zamfn ko sfnchta, aur use sh^dab aur shigufta karta hai, id bonewale ko bij, aur khanewile ko roll dewe : 11 Ust tarah mera kalam, jo mere munh se nikalti hai, hoga: wuh mujh pas khlli na phirega, balki jo kuchh meri khwahish hogi, w>ih use pura karega, aur us kam men, jis ke liye maiu ne use bhejA, k^myab hoga. 12 Ki tum khushi se nikloge, aur salamati se pahunchde jdoge ; pahar aur koh tumhare age phnlke tarannum karenge, aur maidan ke sare darakht tal denge. 1." KantOQ kt j^gah sanaubar ke darakht, aur khSrzdr ke badle as ke darakht jamenge ; aur yih Khcdawand ke liye abadi nam o nishan thaharega, jo kabhi kat na jaega. LVI. EAB. 1 Khudawand yno farmatl hai, ki Tum adl ko hifz karo, aur sidq ko amal meo lao ; kyunki meri najat ^ne par hai, aur meri sadaqat ashk^r hone par. 2 Mubarak wuh insan, jo yih karta hai, aur wuh ddamzSd, jo us men laga rahtS, jo sabt ko mSntS, aiir use napak nahio karta, aur apna hath sari badkari se baz fakht^ hai. 3 Aur begana, jo Khudawand se mil gaya, hargiz na kahe, ki Khuda- wand mujh ko apne logon se juda kar dalega, aur khwSjasara na kahe, ki Dekho maiu ek sukha darakht hdg! 4 Kyunki Khudawand yun kahta hai, ki We khwajasara, jo more sabtoo ko minte hain, aur un kamoo ko, jo mere pasand haio, ikhtiy&r karte hain, aur mere ahd men qaim rahte haio, 5 Maiu unhig ko apne ghar men aur apni <;hardiwari ke andar ek yadgar aur ek nim, jo betog aur betloB se bihtar hai, bakhshungi; maio unheo abadi nim dunga, jo mitaya na jiega. 6 Aur we gair bhi, jo Khudawand se mil gae hain, ki us ki bandagi karep, aur Khudawand ke nam ko aziz rakheu, aur us ke bande howen, we sab, jo sabt ko mante haio, ki use napak na karen, aur mere ahd men qaim rahte haio, 7 Main unhen apne muqaddas pahdr par laungS, aur apni ibadatgah mea unheo shadman karunga, aur un ke charhawe aur unke zabih mere raazbah par qabul honge; ki mera ghar sari qaumoo ki ibadatgah kahlaega. 8 Khudawand Khuda, Israel ke dwSroo ka jama karnewala, yuQ farm^ti hai, ki Maio hanoz us pas, us ke jnujtamaoo ke pas, aur jama karunga. BAB. 57] YASAIYAII. 773 9 Ai dashtf haiwiino, turn sab ke sab &o, khiio, ai jangal ke sdre darindo! 10 Us ke s^ro nig^hb^n andhe haip, we sab j^hil haio; we sab gunge kutte haip, jo bhauk nahtn sakte, aur nfnd men pare rahte haip, aur nnghrTi dost rakhte haio. 11 Aur we nafs ke anitnara kutte hain, jo kabhl itsiidagt nahiu jdnte, we chnrwahe haio, jo kbabar nahfu rakhte, we sab apnf apnf r.ih par iTnifawajjih haip, har ek apnf r.ih mco apnji nafa dhundhti hai. 12 Ao, mujhe sharab Mne do, bam achchlif tarah pike masti kareu, aur kal 5j ke bara1)ar, balki us se ziyiida karenge. I.VIT. BAR. I Sadiq halSk hoti liai, aur kof is bat ko apnf khStir mco nahfp Hta hai ; aur ahl i iman uthfie iSte haip, aur koi nahin sochta, ki s^diq badi ke age se xnhi Wyi jata hai. 2 Wuh salamati men dakhil hoga ; we apne bichhaunoQ par chain karenge, jo stdhe chalte the. 3 Aur turn nazdi'k 5o, are o j^dugarnf ke bete, o qahba chhinal ke bachchoi 4 Turn kis shakhs par thatthe marte ho, kis par apni. mnnh pasarte ho, aur jfbh nikdltc ho? Kya turn gunah ke lapke, aur jhuth kf nasi nahfp ho, 5 Jo butoo ke sith bar ek hare darakht ke tale apne talu mastkartebo, aur bachchon konasheboo aur chatanoi) ke shigafop meo zabli karte ho? 6 Nale ke chikne pattharop ke darmiyan tera bakhra hai, we terS hissa haip ; tn unhio ke liye tapawan bitata hai, hadi3-a charhati hai: kyS main ink^mop par khatir jama rakhnn ? 7 U'nche aur buland pabar par ta apni palang bichhatf, aur us par zabfha zabh karne ko charhtf hai. 8 Td darw^zon aur chaukhatoijke pichhware apne zakar nasb karti hai. Ki mujh se juda tn apnS bichhaun^ kholtf, aur charhtf, aurbarhatf hai, aur un se apne liye kharchf thabaratf, tu un ka bistar chahti hai, aur hath dekh letf hai. 9 Td mom raugan malke badshah ke Sge jdti hai, aur apne tafo khub muattar karti hai, aur apne clchf dor tak bhejti hai, aur patal tak wdrid kartf hai. 10 Tu apnf rah kf shiddat se thak gaf hai, par tu kahtf nahio ki mayus hai, tii apne hath mep zindagf patf, is H3'e tera jf harta nahfp. II Aur kis se tu darf, aur tarsan huf, ki tu jhuthi ho gaf ? Tii ne mujhe to y^d nahfp kiya, aur mnjhe apnf khatir mep na rakha. Ky^ main qadim se khamosh nahfp rab£, aur tii mujh se na darf ? 12 Main terf sadaqat ko bayan karunga, aur tere kamon ko, ki we tujhe kuchh nafa na bakhsbenge. 13 Jis waqt tii faryad karegf, tere musihib tujhe chhuraweo; par hawi un sabhon ko ura lejaegi, batalat unhep le legf. Wuh jis kS. tawakkul mujh par hai, zamfn ka waris hoga, aur mere muqaddas pabar mep mfras piwegS. 14 Tab amr hoga. Are turn tariq ko taiyar karo, taiyar karo, khub saf karo, merf guroh kf rah se thokar ko utha dalo. 15 Kynnki wuh, jo Sli aur buland hai aur sakin ul azal o abad hai, jis ka nam Quddijs hai, yup farmati hai. Main bulandf aur maqdis mep rahta hup, aur us ke sath bhi jo shikasta aur farotan hai; ki pareshdnon kf khatir ko hay^t bakhshup, aur shikaston ke dil ko zinda kariip. 16 Kyiinki maip hamesha na jhagriinga, aur maip sada gazabnak na rabung^; kyunki riihep mere huzur sahm jaengi, aur janep, jo main ne banafp. 17 Ki main us kf hirs ke gunnh se gazabnlk liu5, so main ne use mar5, maip ne ^p ko chhipayd, aur gusse hoi, aur wuh bhatakke jidhar us kd jf ch^ha, us r5h 774 YASAIYAH. [58 hAB. gaf. 18 Maig nc us kf r^heo dekhfo, aur maiu hi use changa kardnga; main us ka rahbar hoiinga, aur us ko aur us ke gamkhwdrou ko phir dilasa dunga. 19 Khudawand kahta hai, Maiu labon ka phal paida kardnga; salamatf salamati us ko, jo ddr hai, aur jo nazdik hai, aur main hi use sihat bakhshung^. 20 Lekin sharir jo haio, mutalatim i darya ke mSnindhain, jis ka talatum sAkin nahitj ho sake, jis ki pSni kichar aur gandagi uchhale, 21 Mera Khuda farmati hai, ki shariroD ke liye salamati nahfi]. LVIII. BAB. 1 Gala phdrke chilla, dareg na kar, narsinge ki mSnind apnf dwaz buland kar, aur mere logon par un ke gunahon ko, aur Yaqub ke gharane par un ki khatiiou ko zahir kar. 2 Ki we roz marra mere talib hain, aur us guroh ke manind, jis ne sadaqat ke kam kiye, aur apne Khuda ki sunnatou ko tark na kiya, meri rahoij ka giyan chahte haiu, we sadiqat ki shariateD mujh se talab karte hain, we Khuda ki nazdiki chahte haio- 3 We kahte haig, Ham ne kis liye roze rakhe, tii to dekhta nahiu, aur ham ne kyuo nafskashi ki, aur tu tawajjuh nahin karta ? Dekho, turn apne roze ke din men ishrat pate ho, aur apne karobar nieu mashgul hote ho. 4 Dekho, turn utne liye roza rakhte ho, ki jhagra ragra karo, aur khabasat ke mukke maro. Pas agar turn chaho, ki tumhari ^waz bulandi tak pahunche, to turn us tarah roze na rakh sakoge, jis tarah aj ke din rakhte ho. 5 Kya yih wuh roza hai, jo mere pasand hai, wuh roz jis men Sdmi apni jan dukhawe, aur apne sir ko jhao ki tarah jhukawe, aur t^t aur rakh bichhawe ? Kya turn yih roza kahoge, aur aisa din, ki Kiiudawand ko khush awe? 6 Kya wuh roza, jo maio chahtfi hdn, yih nahiu, ki zulm ka band kholo, aur bhari bojh ko utaro, aur shikaston ko dzad karo, aur har ek jna tor dalo ? 7 Kya yih nahiu, ki tu apnf roti se bhukhon ko khilawe, aur miskinon ko, jo dwara haiu, apne ghar men lawe, aur jab kisi ko barahna dekhe, to use pahinawe, aur tfi apne hamjins se ruposhi na kare? 8 Tab teri roshni subh ke manind jagmagawegi, aur teri sihat jald barhegi; teri sadaqat tere age age chalegi, aur Khudawand ki shaukat teri chandawal hogi. 9 Tab tn pukarega, aur Khudawand jawabdega ; td cbillaega, aur wuh bol uthega. Main yahau huo, agar tu zulm, aur angushtnumai, aur harzagoi apne darmiyan se ddr karega. 10 Aur agar tera dil bhukhon par narm ho, aur td dil azurda ko ser kare, to tera ndr tariki meo tuld karega, aur teri tariki do pahar ki manind hogi 11 Aur Khudawand sada teri rahnumai karega, aur khushkstili men tera ji bharega, aur teri haddion ko pur magz karega; so tu serab bag ke manind hoga, aur pini ke chashme ke manind jis ka pani na gbate. 12 Aur we, jo tere honge, qadim wiranou ko ibad karenge, aur jo binaeu pusht dar pusht ujar pariu, td unheo phir uth4wega, aur tu rakhna band karnewala, aur sukdnat ke liye rah sudharnewala kahlaega. 13 Agar td sabt se apna panw biz rakhe, ki mere muqaddas din meo apna kam kare, aur sabt ko nafis aur Khudawand ka muqaddas aur izzatwSlS kahega, aur us ki buzurgi manega, ki apne k^r o b£r na kare, aur apne khushi ke kam mauquf rakhe, aur apni dunyadari ki bateo na kahe : 14 To tu Khudawand meu masrdr hoga, aur maiu aisa kardnga, ki td dunya ke dnche mak^noo par urdj BAR. 59] YASAIYAH. 775 kare, aur maiu tujhe tere bSp Yaqiib ki inirfis sc klulaangl ; ki Kiiudawand hi ke munh se yih irshad hua. LIX. BAB. 1 Dekho, KiiUDAWAND ka hSth kotah nahfo, ki bach:i na sake, aur us ke k^Jn bhar! nahiu, ki sun na sake; 2 Balki tunih;ul badkarfau tuiiihSre aur tuniliSre Khuda ke daraiiyan judai kartf haio, aur tuuihare gun.ilioo nc use turn se niposh kiya, aisa ki wuh nahiu sunta. 3 Kydnki tumhare hath lahii se, aur tumhJirf ungliau badkari se aliid haio ; ki tumhare hib jhuth bole, aur tunihSri jibh zalalat ki baten baki. 4 Koi rastf se talab nahin karta, aur koi iman se nahiij bahasta ; we batalat par tawakkul karte haiij, aur jluith bolte haiij; unheu ziyan ka pet hai, we badkari jante hain. 5 We nag ke ande seote haiij, aur niakr} ka jala binte haiu : wuh jo unke andou meu se kuchh khata hai, mar jata hai; aur wuh jo tut jata hai, us se alai nikalta hai. 6 Un ke jale se poshak naliiij ban sakte, we apnf banawat se ap ko dhdmp nahiu sakte, un ke amal badkari ke amal hain, aur zuhn ka kani un ke hathou meu hai. 7 Un kepanw badi par daurte haio, aur we na- haqq ki khunrezi par chalak haio, un ke muhasaba badk£ri ke muhasaba haiu, tabahi aur kharabi un ki rahon meu hai. 8 We salamati ki sabil nahiu jante, aur un ki rawishoQ meu rasti nahin; we apne liye terhi rah banate haiu ; jo koi us men jata, salamati ko na pahchanega. 9 Is lij^e rasti ham se dur hai, aur sadaqat hamare nazdik nahiu paliun eh ti : ham roshni ki rah takte hain, par dekho, tariki hai, aur pau phatne ki, par ham andhere meu chalte hain. 10 Ham diwar ko andhe ki tarali tatolte haio, aur yiiij tatolte hain, ki goya hamdri ankhen nahiu ; ham do pahar ko ynu thokar khate haiu, goya rat hai, ham sumiin ziriaton meu pazhmurda hain. 11 Ham rfchh ke maniiid kurkurate haiu, aur kabiitarou ki tarah kurhte haiu ; ham insaf ki rah takte hain, par wuh kahin nahin, aur najat ke muntazir haio, par wuh ham se dur hai. 12 Ki hamari khatien tere age bahut haiu, aur hamare hi gunah ham par gawahi dete haiu ; kyunki hamari khataeu hamare sath haiu, aur ham apni badkarioo ko jcinte haiu. 13 Ham gunahg-ar hain, ham Khudmwand par buhtan karte haio, aur apne Khuda ki pairawi se kanare ho jite hain ; ham jafi aur sarkashi ki bateo bolte hain, aur jhuthi baton ka hamare dil men hand aur tasauwur hota hai. 14 Adalat to hat gai, aur sadaqat diir kharj ho rahi ; amanat bazar meu gir p;iri, aur rasti ddkhd nahiu ho sakti. 15 Hau amanat mauqdfho gai, aur wuh jo badi se gurezan hai, shikar hota hai. Khudawand ue dekha, aur bezar hua, ki adalat nahio- 16 Aur us ne dekha, ki koi mard nahin, aur taajjub kiya, ki koi shafiat karnewala nahiu: so us hi ke b^zu ne us ke liye uajat ki, aur us ki sadaqat ne use sambhala. 17 Aur us ne sadaqat ko jaushan ke m^nind pahina, aur najat ka khod apne sir par rakha, aur us ne libas ki jagah iutiqam ki poshak pahiui, aur gairat ka jubba orha. IS Jaisa unke amal hain, waisa uiiko jaza deg.i; apne bairiou par qahr karegS, aur apne dushmanou ko saz£ pahunchawega, aur jazfron ko pdra badla dega. 19 Jab dushman sailab ke manind, jise Khuuawanu ki ruh rawana karti ho, awenge : to we magrib ineu Kuui>awand ke nam se, aur mashriq men us ke 77G YASAIYAH. [60 BAB. jalal se tarsSn honge. 20 Aur wuh bachinewdlS g^tihan ke liye ^wega, aur uri ke liye, jo Yaqub meu badise baz ^te, Khudawasd farmata hai. 21 Aur Khudawand iarmatl hai, Maiu jo hau, so uu ke sath mera ahd yih hai, ki Meri ruh jo tujh par hai, aur meri bateo, jo maia ne tere munh meo dalig, tere munh se, aur teri nasi ke munh se, aur teri nasi ki nasi ke munh se, ah se leke abad tak jati na raheugl; Khuojawand ka yihi irshad hai. LX. BAB. 1 Uth roshan ho, ki teri roshni ai, aur Khcdawand ke jalal ne tujh par tuiri kiya hai. 2 Ki dekh, tiriki zamin par chha jaegf, aur tiragi qaumoD par; lekin Khuliawand tujh par tala hoga, aur us ka jalal tujh par jalwagar. 3 Aur qaumeu teri roshni meo, aur bddshah tere tulii ki tajalli meu chalenge. 4 Apni ankheij uthakar charoo taraf nigah kar; we sab ke sab baham farahaia hokar tere pas ite haio ; tere bete diir se awenge, aur teri beti^o teri god meu pali jaengi. 5 Tab tu dekhegi, aur simatke jari hogf, aur tera dil darega aur kushada hogi ; kyuaki tere pas darya ki farawanl phiregi, aur qauinou ke tahaif tere pis faraham honge. G U'nteu ki qatareo, aur Midyan aur Aifah ki sandniao tere pas jama hongi ; we Sabi se Iwenge, sona aur luban lawenge; aur I^huda- wand ki tarifoo ki bash^rateo sunawenge. 7 Qidar ke sare galle tere pas jama honge, Nabit ke mendhe teri khidmat meo hazir hoiige ; we maqbuliyat ko mere mazbah par charhenge, aur maiu apni shaukat ke ghar ko sitiidagi ba^hshonga. 8 Ye sab kaun haio, jo badli ke manind rawan haio, aur kabiitaroo ke manind apne ashiyanoo ko uf jate haio ? 9 Yaqinan jazire mere muntazir honge, aur Tarsis kf jahazat agar! chalengi, ki tere betou ko un ke rupe aur sone sametdiir se Khuda- wand tere Khuda, aur Israel ke Quddiis ke nam ke liye laweo ; kyunki us ue tujhe situda kiyi hai. 10 Aur ajnaboij ke bete teri diwareu uthawenge, aur un ke badshah teri khid- matguzari karenge ; kyunki maio ne apne qahrse tujhe niara, par apni mihrbani se maio tujh par rahm kariinga. 11 Aur tere darwaze khule rahenge, we din rat kabhi band na howenge, taki qaumou ke tahaif ko tere pas laweu, aur unke badshahoo ko hashmat ke sath. 12 Ki jo qaum, aur jo mamlukat teri khiduiatguziri na karegi, barbad ho jawegi, hau qaumeu ek lakht kharab ki jaengi. 13 Lubnan ka jalal tujh pis awegi, sanaubar aur shamshad, aur buqs ikatthe tere pas awenge, tiki maiu apne muqaddas maqam ko arasta karuo, aur apni guzargah ko raunaq bakhshiio. 14 Aur logon ke bete bhi, jinhou ue tujh par zulm kiya, tere age sarnigun honge, aur we sab, jinhou ne teri tahqir ki, tei'i qadam bosi karenge; aur we Khudawanb ka shahr, Israel ke Quddus ka Saihun tera nam rakhenge. 15 Us ke badle ki tu matruk o magbus ho gai, aur koi rahguzar nahiu hui, maiu tujhe sharafat i daimf, aur bahut si pushtoo ka sunk banaunga. 16 Tu qaumoo ka dudh chus legl, aur badshahoo ki chhati chusegi, aur tu janegi, ki maiu Khudawand tera bachanewala, aur maiu Yaqiib ka Qadir, tera chhuranewala huo- 17 Maio pital ke badle soni lannga, aur lohe ke badle rupa, aur lakri ke badle pital, aur pattharou ke badle loha; aur maio tere hakinioo ko salamat, aur tere amiloo ko sadaqat bandunga. 18 Age ko kabhi teri sarzamiu mey sitam ki sada suui ua jaegi, teri haddou mey kharibS 61 BABO YASAIYAII. 777 aur barbddf n.i hogf ; ti'i apnt dfwaroij ka n^m naj5t, aur apnc darwazoo ka nSm sitiidagf rakiiogf. 19 yVge teri roshni din ko aft^b sc, aur r^t ko tpri chaiidnl chdnd se na liog', balki KHun^wANn tera abadi m'lr, aur tera Khuda terd. jalal hog5. 'iO Teri aftab pliir kablii na dhalega, aiir tera niabtal) nn ghatcga , kyunki Khuda- WAND terS abadi niir hoga, aur tere niatani ke din Skliir bo jdenge. '21 Aur tere log sal) ke sab sidiq honge ; we abad tak zamin ke waris, mere mazra ki nazarat, aur mere hatli kf karigarf thabarenge, taki meri tamjtd bowe. 22 Cbliote se ek bazar honge, aur ek baqfr se ek qawi gurob ; niaig Kiiudawanu us ke asr meg yib sab kucbli sbitab karungS, LXI. BAB. 1 KnrnAWANr) Kbuda kf riih niujh par bai ; kyrinki KHrnA'WANt) no mnjbe masib kiy^, taki maiu balimou ko basbaratejj diiu ; us ne mujlie blieja bai, ki niaiti diisliikastoD ko dilasa dCio, aurasiroo kc liye rihaf, aur bandhuoo ke liye zindan se nikalne kf manidi karun ; 2 Ki Khudawand ke maqbnl sal ka, aur hamare Kbuda ke intiqam ke roz ka isbtib-ir dun, ta ki we sab, jo gamzada haiii, tasallipizfr howen; 3 Ki Saibiin ke gamzadoo ko duo, ki unko nikh ke badle joljan, aur nauhe ki jagab kbusbf ka raugan, aur gamgm tabiat ke iwaz sitaish ki kbilit bakbshnn, taki we sadaqat ke sliajar, Kihida'wand ke mazru kaldaweu, ki us ki bamd kf jawe. 4 Aur we qadim ke kbaraba pbir l)anawenge, aur salaf ke ujaron ko pbir utha- wenge, aur un ujare hue shabron ko pbir banawenge jo pusbt dar pusht ujar pare the. 5 Pardesf a kbare honge, aur tumbare gallon ko charawenge, aur pardesi ke bete tumbare liye kbeti karenge, aur takist^n ke rakbwile honge G Aur turn Kml'dawand ke kahin kahlaoge ; we tumbeij hamare Kbuda ke khadiin kabence; turn (laumon ke tahiif kliaoge, aur un kf sbaukat meu qaim maqam boge. 7 Tumh:iri kbijilat ke iwaz dtini milega, we apni ruswai ke badle apni qismat sc khush bowenge : so we apni sarzamfn meu do chand ke malik honge, aur unbeo daimi sbadmani hogf. 8 Kyanki main Khudawand adalat ko chibta bun, aur shararat kf garat se ghinata bun : so main sacbai se un ki kamaf dunga, aur un ke sath ek abadi abd bindhiinga. 9 Aur un ki nasi qaumon ke darmiyan mumtaz hogi, aur un kf aulad ummatou ke darmiyan ; sab, jo unbeu dekbenge, iqrar karenge, ki yib wuh nasi bai, jise Khudawand ne mubarak kiya bai. 10 Maiu Khuda- wand nieu khushnnd hounga, meri jan mere Khuda meo kbursand ; kyunki us ne mujli ko najat ke kapre pahinac, us ne sadacjat ki kliilat se mnjhe nudabbas kij'5, ji.s tarab dulha zinat se ap ko sanwarta bai, aur dulhin apni zebaish se apna banao karti bai. 11 Kijis tarab zamin apne shignfe nikalti bai, aur jis tarab bag un cbizou ko, jo us meu boi gai liaio, ugata bai, usi tarab Khcdavvand Kbuda sadaqat aur sitiidagi ko sarf qaumou ki uigih men ugawegi. LXII. BMB. 1 Salhun kf khatir main khimosb na rabiinga, aur Yirusbalam ki khitir maio dam na liinga, jab tab ki us ki sadaqat lidr kc manind na chamke, aur us ki najat ro.-iban cbirag ki tarab jalwagar na ho. 2 Aur qaumeo teri sadaqat, aur sarc bad- V V V V 778 YASAIYMI. [63 BAT?. sh^h terf shaukat (lekliengc ; aiir tcra ek naya nam hogi, jo Kiiudawand UA munh tujh par thaharawcgi. 3 Aur tu Khudawand ke hath meo shahana taj hogi, aur apne Klmdi ke kaff men ek shaukat kA afsar. 4 Ti'i 4ge ko matrnk na kahlaegf^ aur teri sarzarafn k4 kabhi phir kharaba nam na hoga, balki ta Hifzibah kahlaegf, aur terf sarzamin Baulah ; kj'unki Khudawand tujh se khusli hai, aur terf zam'n khAwindwali hogf. 5 Ki jis tarah jawan mard ek kunwari aiirat ko hiyah lata hai, us tarah tere bete tujhe biyah le j4enge, aur Jis tarah dulha dulhin par rijhta hai, usi tarah tera Khuda tujh par rijhega. 6 Ai Yinishalam, main ne teri dfwaron par nigdhban bithlae haig, we din rat kabhi chup na rahenge ; turn jo Khudawand kd tazkira karte ho, chvipke na raho. 7 Aur jab tak wuh qaim na kare, aur Yirushalam ko dunya men sitadag! na bakhshe, use chain na do. 8 Khud.wvand ne apne dast i rast ki, aur apne qawf bazii kf qasam khaf hai, ki Yaqinan maiu age Iso tera galla tere dushmanou ko na dunga ki khaeij, aur musafir bachche teri mai, jo tii ne mihnat se khinchf hai, phir na pfenge ; 9 Balki we hi, jinhou ne angnr chune, unhen khaenge, aur Khudawand ki madh karenge ; aur we, jinhon ne use jama kiyi, mere Quds ki birgShon men pfenge. 10 Jao, guzar karo, Sstanon par guzar karo, logon ki rah durustkaro, rahbanao^ shlh rah banSo, patthar diir karo, qaumon ke liye ek jhaiida khara karo ! 11 Dekh, Khudawand dun3'a meo sar ta sar manadf karta hai, ki Saihun ki beti ko kaho, Dekh, terf najat ati hai : dekh, i s kl sila us ke sath, aur us ki kam us ke £ge hai. 12 Aur un ka nam muqaddas qaum, aur Khudawand ke naji rakha jiweg^J^ aur ta matlnb basti kahlawegi, jo matruk nahio. LXIII. BAB. I Yih kaun hai, jo Adum se ata hai, aur surkh poshdk men Basrah se? Yih ia- apne libas men darakhshan hai, aur apni qawat ki azmat sekhiranian? Yih main hao, jo sadaqat ki qaul deta hfiu, aur najat dene par Q^dir han. 2 Kis liye teri poshak surkh hai, aur tera libas usshakhs ke manind, jo kolhu men angiir kuchalta hai? 3 Maiu ne tan tanhi kolhu men kuchla, aur logon men se mere sath koi na thi; aur main ne unheij apne gusse men lata r.i, aur apne josh men unheo raundhS aur un ka ras mere libas par chhirka gayS, aur maiu ne apne sare kapron ko najis kiya. 4 Ki intiqam ka din mere dil men hai, aur un ka sal, jo mere naji hain, £ pahuncha hai. 5 Main ne nigahkf, aur koi madadgar na tha; aur main ne taajjub kiyi, ki koi sambhalnewala nahin. So mere hi baza ne meri madad ki, aur mere h! qahr ne mujhe sambhild. 6 Aur main ne apne qahr meu qaumon ko latara, aur apne gazab se unhen kuchla, aur un ki ras zamin par utara. 7 Main Khudawand ki sab rahmaton ka, jo us ne ham se kin, tazkira karunga,^ aur us nihayat mihrbani ke.liye, jo us ne Israel ke gharane par apni rahmaton, aur apni shafqatou ki kasrat se ata ki hai, Khudawand ka sanakhwan honnga. 8 Ki us ne kahi, Yaqinan we mere log haig, larke jo jhuthe na thaharenge ; chunSnchi wuh un ki. bachanewali hda. 9 Un ki sari tangiou men wuh tangna bda, aur us ke huzdr ke Firishte ne unhen bachaya; us ne apni ulfat aur apnf mahabbat se unheo najat di, us ne unheo uthaya, aur sire agle waqt mea unheo lije phira. 10 Lekin 64 B^B] YASAIYAH. 779 we bSgf hue, aur unhoo nc us ki Ruh i Quds Eo gamgfn ki^a, is liye wuh unki dushman ho gaya, wuh un se hua. 11 Phir us ne agle diuou ko, aur Mnsl ko, aur us ki umniatko yld kiyS, aur farmSya, Wuh kahsSn hai, jo uu ko apne galle ke chaupin samct, daryd se baharlay^? Wuh kah.iu hai, jis ne apni Rnh i Quds us ke andar meu dali_? 12 Jis ne apnS qawf baza Mtisa ke dahne hith chalayS, aur unke ige pdnioo ko chfrS, t& ki apni aisi ndm kare, jo abad tak rahe ? 13 Jis negahrapon uieo se un kf hidayat kf, maidan nieij ghore ki tarah, ki we thokar ua khawcu? l^ Jis tarah chirpaye nashebmeo utarte haio, usi tarah KHUDAWANDkiRnh unheg arimgah raeo lai, aur ust tarah tu ne apnl qaum ki rahnumai kf, ta ki tii apne liye ekj alii nSin paida kare. 15 Asman par se nigah kar, aur apne quds aur jalal ki bargah se dekh ! Ter! gairat aur quwat kahau haiu, teri bari maya, tori rahmateo mujh par ? Kya mauquf hiifn ? 16 Yaqfnan tii hanilra Bap hai, agarchi Abiraham ham se nawaqif hai, aur Israel hameo nahitj pahchanta. Tii, ai Khudawand, hamdra BSp hai, aur tii hamara najat bakhshnewala hai, tera nam abadi hai. 17 Ai Khuda'wand, kyuu tii ne hameu apni rahou se gumrah kiyi, aur hamare dil ko sakht kiy;i, ki tujh se na daren ? Apne bandoo ki khatir, apni mirds ke firqoo ki khitir rajaat kar! 18 Teri qauin i muqaddas thori niuddat us ke waris rahe, tab hamare dushmanou ne tere niaqdis ko paenial kiya. 19 Ham qadfni se un ke manind hue, ki jin par tu tasallutnahiu rakhta, aur jo tere nam ke nahio kahlate. LXIV. BAB. 1 K4sh ki tu IsmSnkopharta, aur utar ata, tere huzor pahar gudaz bote, 2 Jis tarah ^g lakri ko bartf, aur pdni Sg se josh marta hai, ti ki apna nam apne mukhalifou meu mashhur kare, aur qaumeu tere huzur meo larzan howeo ; 3 Jis tarah tii ne daraue kirn kiye, jin ke ham niuntazir na the, td utar aya, pahar tere huziir gudaz hue. 4 Kyiinki qadim se insan ne na suna, na kisi ke kanoo tak pahuncha, kisi ki ankh ne tere siwa koi Khudi na dekhci, jo apne intizar khinchnewale ke sath aisa kuchh kare. 5 Tu us se milta hai, jo khushf ke edth sidq ke kam karta hai, aur un se, jo teri rahou meu tujhe yad rakhte hain. Dekh, to gusse hai, kyiinki ham ne gunah kiye; ham un meu qadim se lage rahe : pas ham kis tarah najdt pawen ? 6 Aur ham to sab ke sab najis ke manind haiu, aur hamari siri sadaqat gandi dhajjl ki si hai, aur ham sab patte ki tarah kumhlate haiu, aur hamari badkariau andhi ke manind hameo ura le gaig. 7 Aur koi nahio, jo tera nSm lenewdla hai, jo jag rithe, ki tujh se mil jawe ; kyiinki hamari badkarfoo ke sabab tii ne apne cliihre ko ham se chhipiya, aur ham ko gudaz kar dala. 8 Lekin ab, ai Khcdawand, tu hamSrl b^p hai, ham m5tf haio, aur tu hamari kumhir hai, aur ham sab ke sab tere h^th ke kam haig. 9 Ai Kulua'vvand, nipat gusse mat ho, aur hamari badkariau sada yad na rakh. Nigah kar, dekh, ham teri minnat karte haiy, ham sab tere bande haiu. 10 Teri pik bastidu bayab^n ban gaiu ; Sdihunsunsan had, Yirushalam wirau. 11 Ham4ra muqaddas aur ^hushnumi gbar, jis meo hamare bap dade teri shukrguzdri karte the, ag se jal gayi, aur V V V V 2 780 YASAIYAII. [G5 BAI>. hutnarf sdrf pasandida chtzeu bart>ad lio gafu. 12 Ai Kiiud*wand, kyi tii in chizoo ke sabab sc ap ko rokega, aur kyii khajuosli rahegi, aur haniko nihayat dabiiweg^ ? LXV. BAB. I Maio ne un kl sunf, jiiihou ne niujhe iia minga, uiihoo ne iiiujhe pays, jinliou lie mvijhe na dhi'indhi ; maio ne ek guroh ko, jo mere nam se nahin kablrif ibi, kabri, JNlujbe dekb, niujbe dekb ! 2 Main ek sarkasb guiob ke liye sare din apne bath phail.ic raha, jo apni fikrou ki pairawi men aisi rah chaltJ hai, ki aclichhi uahiu ; 3 Us guroli ke bye, jo sada mere muuh par mujhc khij ike gussa djliti hai, bacon men (lurl)aiiiiu guzraiiti, aur intou par lubin jallti hai ; 4 Jo goroij meij rahti, aur qabrou nieo basti liai ; jo suarou ka gosht khriti, aur nafrati chizoy ka shorba un ke basanou meij hai; 5 Aur kahti hai, Udhar hi khara rah, mere nazdik mat a; kyunki main tujh se paktar hi'iu. Ye aise haiu jaise dhiiau mere nak ke lij-e, aur jaise ag, jo din bhar jala karti iuii. 6 Dtkho, mere age likha hai : so maiu khamosh na rahiinga, maio badli diingl, balki un ki god men bhi badla diinga, 7 Tumhari Inidkarioij aur tumhare bapdadou ki badkarSou ka badla ek sath, KHUjjAWANn farmita hai, ki we pahapou par ^hushbuiau jalate, aur t'llon par meri takfir karte the; un agle kamou ka badla maiu un ki god meu diinga. 8 KuuDAWANi) yuu farmata hai, Jaisi shira angurou ke khoshe raeu maujud hai, aur koi kahta hai, Use kharab na kar, ki us meu barakat hai : waisahi main apne bandou ki khatir karunga, aur un sabhou ko halak na karunga. 9 Aur main Yaciob meu se nasi nikalnnga, aur Yihudah meu se apne pahar iia waris, aur mere barguzide us ke w^ris honge, aur mere bande wahau basenge. 10 Aur Sariin gallou ki chaiagah hogi, aur Akur ka uasheb bailoy ke baithnc ka uuikan, mere un logon ke liye, jo mere t.ilib haiij. I I Lekiu turn, jo Kiiudawand ko tark karte ho, aur mere muqaddas koh ko bhul jate ho, aur Jadd ke liye dastarkhwan t;iiyar karte ho, aur Mani ke liye jam bharte ho : 12 Main tumheu gin ginke talwar ke supurd karunga, aur tuin sab uiaslakh par jhuk jaoge ; yih is liye hoga, ki jab main ne bulayi, tuni ne jawab uahiu dij-a ; jab main ne kaha, turn ne na suna, balki meri ankhou ke age badi kf, aur wuh chii pasand ki, jis se main naichush tha. 13 Is liye Kuudawand Khudayiiu farmata hai, ki Dekho, mere bande khawenge? par turn bhukhe rahoge , dekho, mere bande pi wenge, par tum pyase rahoge^ aur dekho, mere bande shadman honge, par tuni pasheman ; 14 Dekho, mere bande dil ki khushi se gitnge, par tum dilgiri ke sabab nala karoge, aur jankahi se wawaila karoge. 15 Aur tum apna nam lanat ki masal marne ko mere barguiidou ke liye chhor jaoge; aur Khuuawand Khudi tum ko qatl karega, aur apne baudon ko diisre nam se bulaega. 16 Jo koi zaminmeu apni dua i khair kare, sache Khuda meu apni dua i ifhair karegi ; aur jo koi zamhi men qasara khae, sache Khuda ke nam se qasam khaega; kyunki agli musibaten faramosh ho gaiu, aur we meri ankhou se poshida haiu- 17 Ki dekho, maiu naye asman, aur nayi zamin ko paidi karti hdu ; aur jo age G6 BAB] YASAIYaH 781 the, unki phir zikr na IiogS, aur we kl)atir mei)"phir aa ^wenge. 18 Balki tumnier^ us nayi kl)il(jat se abadi kluish! aur shadinani kam^e; kyuuki dekli, inaio Yirii- shalani ko kliuslif, aur us kelogou ko shadnian! banaunga. 1!) Aur niaiu Yiri'ishalaui se khush liounga, aur apnc logoo se niasrur, us nicu rone aur pftnc ki sada kabhi pliir slUlf ua juegi. 20 So age ko wahSo aisa koi lafka na lioga, jo liurhi na ho, aur na aisa koi burha, jo apui umr purf na kare; kyuiiki wuh laika hoga, jo sau baras ka hoke mare, balki gundhgar bhi sau sau baras ke hoke inaurid i lanat honge. 21 We ghar banawengc, aur un ineu basenge; we takistan higaenge, aur unke nicwe khacnge. -29 Aur aisa na hoga ki we banaweu, aur ddsrd base, aur we lagawen, aur drisra khawe; kyunki mere bandou ke aiyam darakht ke aiyam ke maniiid honge, aur mere barguzide apne hatlion ki miluiat ke liasil hamesha pate rahcnge. 23 Un k! niashaqqat be sanira na hogi, aur we nagahan halakat ke liye larke na janenge ; kyunki we apnt nasi saniet Kuudawand ke inuljdrakon ki nasi thaliarenge. 24 Aur aisa hogi, ki peshtar us se, ki we pukareo, maiu javvab dunga ; aur we hanoz kah na chukenge, ki maio sun lunga. 25 Gurg aur gospand ek sath charenge, aur sher bail ke manind ghas khaega ; aur samp kf roti mitti hogi. We mere sare muqaddas paha'r par dukh na denge, na garat karcnge, KuUDAWAND farmata hai. LXVI. BAB. 1 Khudawand yuu farmata hai, ki Asman meri takht hai, aur zamin mere paoo ki kursi; wuti ghar kahao hai, ki mere waste banate, aur nieri aramgah kahau hai? 2 Ki ye sab ehizeu to mere hath ne banatg, aur ye sab manjad huio, Khuda- WAND farmata hai. Lekin maiu us shakhs par nigah kariinga, jo garib aur farotan, aur meri bat se larzan hai. 3 Wuh jo ek bail zabh karta, us ke manind hai, jis neek admi mara, aur wuh jo ek barra qurbani kartS hai, us ke barabar hai, jis ne ek kutte ka sir kata hai; jo hadiya, so suar ka lahii guzranta hai; aur luban jala- newala us ke manind hai, jo but ko dua i khair deta hai. Hag unhoo ne apni raheij pasand kin, aur un ke ji un nafratou se masrdr haig. 4 Maiij bhi un ki musibatou ko iutikhab kariinga, aur jis se darte haiij, use un par pahunchaiinga ; kyunki jab maio ne pakara, to kisi ne jawab na diya ; jab main ne kahS, to unhoo ne na suna; balki unhou ne meri Snkhoij ke age shararat ki, aur us brit ko ikhtiyar kiya, jis se maiu nakhush tha. 5 Is-uuDAWAND ki bat suno, ai turn, jo us ke kal'im se larzan ho. Tumhare bhaf jo tumhara kina rakhte, aur mere nam ke waste tumheo nikalte, kahte haio, K.ui;dawam> ki tamjid ki jaegi, aur wuh tumhari khushi ke liye dikhaf dega ! par we pasheman honge. 6 Gulgula ki awaz shahr ki taraf se baji, awaz haikal meo se, yih KhudawaJid ki awaz hai, jo apne dushmanon ko saza deta hai. 7 Peshtar us se, ki use dard lageu, wuh jau pari, aur us se Sge, ki wuh dard khiwe, wuh farzand i narina jani. 8 Aisi bSt kis ne suni, aisi chiz kis ne dekhi? Kya ho sakta ki zamfn ek din mcu jane, y;i ek bargi ekguroh paidahowe, ki Saihun jhukiaur baehehe janbaithi. 9 Kya maio rihm ko kliohiu, aur phir use na janaiiu!' KuL'iiAWAiSD farmata hai. Kya maiu, jo Janata hiiu, rihm ko bandkariiu? tera Khuda kaht^ hai. 782 YASAIYAH. [66 BAB. 10 Turn Yirushdlam ke sith khushi karo, aur us ke sitli aish karo, turn sab jo us sc muhabbat rakhte ho, aur us ke sSth nihayat khush ho turn sab jo us ke liye rnitain k arte ho, 11 Taki turr. chiiso, aur us ke tasallidenewale pistanoQ so ser hoo; tSki turn nichoro, aur us kt shaukat ki farawani se lazzat pao. 12 Kyiinki Khudawand yuo farmdta hai, Dekh, main salamatf nahr ke manind, aur qaumoii ki shaukat sailab ke niSnind us pas rawan karug: ki turn chusoge, aur us ki god meu uthae jaoge, aur us ke zaniion par kudae jaoge. 13 Jis tarah ma apne bete ko dilasa deti hai, usi tarah main tamheo dilaaadiinga; aur turn Yirdshilam meo tasalli paoge. 14 Aur jab turn yih dekhoge, to tumhara dil khush hogi, aur tumhari haddi^o sabze ke mauind nasho nama karengi ; aur Khudawand ka hath apnc bandou par zahir hoga, par us ki gussa dushmanoo par bharkega. 15 Kyunki dekho, Khudawand ag meo awega, aur us ka markab girdbad ke manind chalega, taki josh se apna gussa aur atash ke shuala ke sath apni qahr un par lawe. 16 Ki £g se aur apni talwar se Khudawand sare bashar ka insif karega : aur Israel ke maqtul bahut se honge. 17 We jo bagou ke bfch meo apne talij fulane ke pichhe plk aur tahir karte haio, jo suar ka gosht aur makriih chizeo aur chnha khate haiu, we sab ke sab fana ho jaenge, Khudawand farmata hai. 18 Kyiinki maio un ke kSmou aur un ke muhisaboo se agSh hiiii, aur aisa hoga, ki maio sari ummatoo aur zubanoo ko faraham karunga, aur we sab ^wenge, aur mera jalal dekhenge. 19 Aur maio unke darmiyan ek nishan nasb karunga, aur maio un ko, jo un meu se gurezan honge, qaumoo ki taraf bhejnng£> yane Tarsis aur Pal, aur Ldd ko, jo tirandaz haiu, aur Ydbal, aur Yunan ko, aur dur ke jazirou ko, jinhou ne mera aw^za na suna, aur meri jalal na dekha : we qaumoo ke darmiyan mera jalal bayan karenge. 20 Aur we tumhare sare bhaiou ko Khudawand ke hadiye ke liye, sari qaumon meu se, ghoroo par aur gafion par aur miyanoQ men aur khachcharou par aur sandnlon par Yirushalam mere koh i muqaddas ko lawenge, Khudawand farmata hai, jaisi ki bani Israel pik bartanon men hadiya Khudawand ke ghar meo late haio. 21 Aur maiu un meo se kahin aur Lewi hone ke liye Idngi, Khuuawand farmata hai. 22 Kyanki jaisi naye ^sman, aur nayi zaniiu, jo maio baninngS, mere huzur qiim rahenge, waislhi tumhari nasi, aur tumhara nSm baqi rahenge, Khudawand farm^ti hai. 23 Aur aisa hogi, ki ek naye chand se ddsre tak, aur ek sabt se diisre tak, sare bashar ibadat ke liye mere huzur awenge, Khudawand farmata hai. 24 Aur we nikal nikalke un logog ki lashon par, jo mujh se Lagi hue, nazar karenge; kyunki un k4 kira na marega, aur unki .Ig na bujhegi, aur sare bashar ko un se nafrat awcgi. YARAMIYAH. I. HAB. 1 HilqiySh ke bete Yaramiyah ka kalani, jo Anatit meo «amfn i Binyamfn ke kahiuoo nieo se tha ; 2 Jis par Khudawand ka kalim, Amun ke bete \ihudah kc badshah Yusiyah ke dinoo meo, us ke julus ke terahweo baras men, nizil hua. 2 B/¥li.] YARAMIYML 783 3 Bhf nrizil hu5 YihiitMh ke badshah YaluiyaqJin bin Yusiyah ke tlinoij meo, Yihadah ke badshah Sidqiyah bin Yusiyah ke gyarahweo baras ke tamim hone tak, Yirushalam ke logou ki asirf tak, jo panchweo mahtne meo thf. 4 KHvnAWAND ka kalam kahta hiia mere pds dyi. 5 Ki Pet meo banfine se pahile maiu ne tujhe jana, aur rihim men se nikalne ke pahile tujhe muqad- das kiya, aur qauinou ke live tujhe nabf thaharSyS. C Maiu ne kah^, Afsos, ai KnuDAWANn Khuda, dekh main bolne nahiij j4nta ; kyunki larka hup. 7 Par KnuDAWANu ne mujh ko kah^, Mat bol, ki Larki hiio ; kyunki jin sabhou ke pas maiu tujhe bhejung^i, tn jaega, aur har bat jo maiu tujhe farmlunga, tn kahega. 8 Tii un se mat dar;kynnki Khudawand kahti hai, Maiu tujhe bachane ko tere sath hug. 9 Tab Khudawand ne apnl hath barhSke mera munh chhiia, aur mujhe farmay.i, ki Dekh, mniu ne apna kalim tere munh meo dili. 10 Dekh, ij ke din main ne tujhe qaumou par aur mauilukatou par ikhtiyar diya, ki ukhare aur dhae, tabah kare aur wfran kare, banawe aur higawe. 11 Phir K.hx;dawand ka kalam kahta hiia mere pas aya, ki Ai Yaramiyah, tu kya dekhta hai? Bola, ki Badaml asa dekhta hug. 12 Aur Khudawand ne mujhe farmayci, ki Tii ne thfk dekha ; kyunki main apna kalam pura karne par taiyar huQ. 13 Dusre bar Khldawand ka kalam kahta hua mere pSs 5ya, ki Tii kya dekhta hai? Maiu ne kaha, Ubalti hui deg dekhta huij, jis ka rukh uttar kl taraf se hai. 14 Tab Khlda'wand ne mujhe farmaya, ki Is sarzamin ke sare bashindoo par uttar ki taraf se bala awegi. 15 Kyunki Khudawand farmata hai, ki Dekh, maiu uttar kf mauilukatou ke sare khandanoo ko bulaiingS ; aur we awenge, aur harek apni apni kursi Yirushalam ke phatakon kl paith men, aur us kf charoo taraf ki diwaron par, aur Yihudah ke tamim shahrou par bichhawega. 16 Aur uu ki sari burai ke liye maiu apna insaf farmiunga, kyunki unhou ne mujhe chhof- kar begane ilihog ke samhne luban jalaya, aur apne hath ke banSe huou ko piija. 17 Aur tu apni kamar bandhke uth aur jo kuchh maiij tujhe farmaun, un se kah ; un se mat darn^, na ho ki maiu tujhe un ke simhne dariuij. 18 Kyunki dekh, main ne aj sari sarzamin ke muqabil, aur Yihiidah ke badshahoa ke nmqabil aur us ke sardaron ke muqabil, aur us ke k ihinou ke muqabil, aur desi lo^ou ke muqabil, tujh ko qalaband shahr, aur ahani suti'in, aur birinji di'war thaharaya. 19 Aur ye tere sath larenge, lekin tujh par galib na honge ; kj'nnki Khudawand fermata hai, ki Main tujhe bachane ko tere sath hiiu. II. BAB. 1 Phir Khudawand ka kalam kahta hua mere pas uya, 2 Ki Td ja, aur Yi- rijshalam ke kanou meo pukarke kah, ki Khudawand yiiu farmata liai, ki Terf jawani ki mihrbani, aur teri shadi ki nmhabbat maiu yad meu lata hiiu, jab ki bayaban meo bin bof zamin men tn mere pichhe pichhe gayi. 3 Israel Khuda- wand ke liye muqaddas tha, us ki barhti ka pahilaphij: sab jo use khajate, asami honge, bur£i un par ^wegi, Khudawand farmata hai. 4 Ai ahl i Yaqiib aur ahl i Israel ke sab khandano, Khudawand ka kalam suno. 5 Khudawand yug farmata hai, ki Tuinhare bapdadog ne mujh meo kaunsi beinsafi pai jo we mujh se diir hue, aur butlan ke pichhe jake batil ho 784 YA RAMI YAH. [2 BAB. cae? 6 Unlioo ne nahiii kah.i, ki Ivuudawand kaliau hai, jo hamcu Misr ki sarzamfn se charhi layaj ^mr bayabin meij ham ko chaUya, jo wiran aur eardar zaiuln hai, /iihnU aur zill i maut ki zamfn hai, jah^ij koi nahiij gu- 7,aitri, aur koi adini biid o bash nahio karta ? 7 Aur maiu turn ko phaldar zaniiu incu laya, ki turn us ka phal aur tahaif khao; par turn ne dakliil lioke meri zaniin nSpak ki, aur meri miras makruh banaf. 8 K£hinoo ne nahio kaha, ki Kiiuda'wand kahau hai? aur sahibSn i shariat ne mujhe na jan.l ; aur charwahe raujh se phir gae ; aur nabiou ne Baal ke n^ni par nubuwat kf, aur liliasil chizoD ke pichhe pare. 9 So Khujuawand farmati hai, Is hye niaio hanoz turn se inubaha^ja kardnga, aur tumhire larkou ke larkou se inuLahasa karunga. 10 Kyunki p'lr Kiltiou ke tip-'iou meij guzarke dekho, aur Kidar men bhejke khab socho; aur dekho, ki aisi bat hui? 11 Kya kisi qaum ne apne ilahou ko, jo haqfqat meo ilah nahiu, badal dala ? Par nicri qaum ne apne j^lal ko liha.sil chizoij se badal dala. 12 Ai asmino, isse taajjub karo, aur thartharao ; nihayat wiran lioo, Khudawand farmlta hai. 1.3 Kyunki mere logou ne do buraiau kiu : uulion ne mujh jite pani ke sote ko chhor diya, aur apne liye kue, lute hue kue khode haiu, jis nieu pani nahiu thaharta. 14 Kya Israel gulam hai? kya wuh Ijhanazad hai? wuh kyiio ganimat hogaya? 15 Jawan sher us par gurrae; unhoy ne awaz di, aur us ki zamin wiran bauai; us ke shalir jal gae, ki koi basnewala na raha. 16 Bani Nof aur bani Tahfanis teri khopri torenge. 17 Kya ti'i ise apne liye nahiu kamati hai, jo tii ne Kuuda- WAND apne Khuda ko tark kiya, jis waqt wuh tujh ko rah nieu chaUta tha. 18 Aur ab Saihiir k^ pani pine ko tujhe Misr ki rah meu kya kam hai? aur nabr i Furat ka pani pine ko tujhe Asur ki rah men kya k^m hai? 19 Teri hi burai tujhe tadib degi, aur teri bag.iwat tujh ko dapategi; jan aur dekh ki Khudawand apne Khuda ko chhorna bura aur karwi hai, aur ki tujh meu mera dar nahfn, Khudawand Rabb ul afwaj farmita hai. 20 Kyunki qadim se tu neapnS jua tora, bandhanou ko jhatka dala, aar kaha, ki Maiu bandagi na kardngi, ki har unche pahar par, aur har hare darakht ke tale tu zina karne ko leti iuii. 21 Main ne tujhe khSss augur lagiya, bilkull chokha bij; phir tu kyunkar upri angar ki bigri hdi lat£ mere liye hogayi? 22 Kyunki harchand tu apne ko sajji se dhowe, aur bahut sa sabun lewe, tad Lhi Khudawand Khuda kabta hai, Teri shararat mere huzur dagdir hai. 23 Tu kyunkar kahtl hai, ki Maiu palid nahlg huu; maiu Baalim ke pichhe nahiu gayi? Td apni r.ih wadi meo dekh, jo td ne kiya jfin: tii chalak untnl ki maniud hai, jo mast idhar udhar daurti hai; 21 Wahshi gadhi ki manind jis ki jangli adat hai, jo Ijhwahish ke mare hawa snnghta hai; ithwahish puri karne se kaun use baz rakh sakta hai? Us ke dhundhnewjle thak nahiu jate; us ke mahine men we use pawenge. 25 Tu apne panw ko nangai se aur apne galle ko pyas se rok : lekin td ne kaha, ki Befaida; nahio, kyunki maiu ne beganou se muhabbat ki, aur un ke pichhe chaldngi. 26 Jaisa pakrejane meo chor shar-iuinda hota hai, waisahf Israel ka gliarana, we aur un ke badshah, un ke sardar, aur un ke k^hin aur un ke nabi sharminda bote haig, 27 Jo daraklit se kahte, ki Td mera bap, aur patthar ko, ki Tu ne mujhe jana hai; kydnki unhou ne meri taraf pith ki, par munh nahiu; lekin apni musibat ke waqt kahenge, ki Uthke hum ko bach^. 28 Lekin tere mabud kahag hain, jinheg td ne apne liye banaya ? ;> IJ^B.] YARAMIYAH. 785 We utheo, ngar teri imislliat ke waqt we tujhe bach^ sakco ; kyi^nki, ai Yahnd^h,*tere shahroo kt ginti ke muwafiq tere mfibucl hain. 29 Turn kShe ko mujh se mub^hasa karoge ? Turn sab inuj'i se phir gaye ho; Kiiudawand kabti hai. 30 TunihSre larkoi) ko maio nc bcfiida miri ; iinliou ne tanbth nahtij paf: tunihdri hi talwar phirnewilc sher ki manind tumhare nabiou kokhi ga! hai. 31 Ai zamaiia, Khuhawani) k& kalam dekh. Ky^ maio Israel ko bay^bin hna, y.i tarfkf ki zamin ? Mere logoo ne kyan kaha, ki Ham npnc mukht-ir haio; phir tere pas na awenge ? 32 Ky;i kunwarf apna singir, ya dulliin apni ari'isf poshSk bhiil jatf hai? Par mere log beshuraar dinoij se mvijh ko bhiil gaye. 3-i Muhal)bat dhundhne ke li^'e kyuo tu apni rah Crista karti hai? isf liye Lhf tu nc shariroo ko apni r^heu sikhl.ifn. 34 Tere damanoo meo garlb bequsdron kA khiin bhf piy.! jata hai ; main ne use just jvi se nahfu p-iy^', balki in sabhoo par. 35 Tad bhi tu ne kahi hai, ki Is liye ki maig bequsur hilu, us ka ga7,ab ynqfnrm mujh se j^tS rahega. Dekh main tujh se mub^hasa karunga, is tere kahne se, ki Main khatakdr nahfn hiiu. 36 Apnf rih badalne ke liye til kyun aisi daufti hai? Misr se bhi ta sharmal jdegf, jaise Asilr se til sharmSi gaf. 37 Yah^n se bhi apne sir par hath rakhe hue tu nikal jaegi; kyanki Khxjdawand ne tere ^srou ka inkar kiyd, aur tu un meo bahrawar na hog!. III. BiYB. 1 Ki agar koi mard apni joru ko nikale, aur us ke yahan se wuh jake dusre mard ki ho jae, kya wuh phir us par mailhoga? kya wuh zam:n nihayat nipak na hogi ? Lekin tu ne bahutse yaroo ke sath zina kiya ; tadbhi meri taraf phir, K HUD AW AND farm-itd hai. 2 Paharon ki taraf apni ankheu uthS, aur dekh, kiiunsf jagah hai jah^u ta ne zina nahiu kiya. Arab ke m bamara Kbuii hai. 2j Filha(iiijat jo barhti tilou aur paharoij se hai, so jbathihai; filbaq'qit Ivhudawanu hamh-e Kliuda meij Israel kf'najat hai. 24 Aur yihi, jo sharni ka b.ii,s hai, haniari jawani se hamare bapdadoo ke mal ud ke bher aur gae, un ke bete aur betid n, kha gaya. 25 Ham apne sharm meo pare rahte, aur ruswal ham ko dhimpti; is liye ki ham aur hamare ixipdide jawani ne aj tak Khudawakb apne Khudi ke khatikar haiu, aur Khuda'wand apue Khuda ke sukhan ke shinawa na hiie. IV. BAB. 1 Khudawand farmita hai, ki Ai Israel, agar ti'« meri taraf phire, to tu apnS •watan ko phiregi : aur agar tu apni makruh:it ko nu^^ri nazar se dur kare, to tu S,wara na hogi. 2 Aur tii sachai aur adalat aur sadiqat se KlluuAvvA^J< i llai ki qasam khriwega ; aur qaumcn us nieij apne ko mubarak jauengi, aur us par fakbr karengi. 3 Kyunki Kuujiawaisd Yibiidah aur Yirusilialam ke logoij se yun farmata hai, ki Apni zamin ka khet banio, aur k.uitou mej na chhito. 4 Ai Y'ihudih ke logo, aur Yiiushalain ke bishindo, Kucdawand ke liye apni khatna karo, aur apne man ki khul.ri diir plieuko, na howe ki tuuihire kaniou ki burii Be mera qahr ag ke manind uthe, aur aisa bhurke ki pbir bujb ua sake. 6 Yihudah meu mashhur karo, aur Yirushalam men suuao, aur Laho, ki Zamla 4 BXn.] YARAMIYAII. 78r meo narsingi phonko ; buland n'wdz se pukaro, aur kaho, ki Jama ho, nur qala- band shahroo meij chalo. 6 Turn Saihiin k! taraf neza buland karo : hato, mat tliaharo: kyunki maio bali yane barf halakat, uttnr se liungl. 7 Wiih sher jhnri se utlia, aur qaumou ka hal.ik karnewala rawdiia hud ; wuh teri ramin wirin karne ko apnt jagah se nikla ; tere shahr bin.i basliinde nj.ir hoi);je. 8 Is Hye turn npni kamar par Ut bandho, roo, aur wawaila karo; kyunki ham par se Khuda- WAND kc gazab kl garmi nahfn gaf. 9 Kiicdawand kahti Iiai, ki Us din aisi hog:i, ki b-idshah aur sardarou ke dil tut jaenge; aur kiiiin ghahrahat meo parenge, aur nal)i hairan lionge. 10 Tab niaio ne kahl, Ilae, ai Kiiudawasd Khudi, yaqinan tu ne is qaum ko aur Yinishalam ko yih kahke khub bhulayri hai, ki Saliuiati ; bawajudeki talwar un ki jan tak pahunchti. 11 Us waqt is qaum ko aur Yinishalam ko kahi jaega, Meri qaum ki betl kf taraf jangal kf unchf jagahog sa garm hawi chalegf, usane aur saf karne ke liye nahfn, 12 Balki ek hawa, jo us se bliari hai, mujh se chalegf; abhl main un ka insaf karunga. 13 Dekho, wuh badlioo ke manind charh awegi, aur us ki rathen bhawandar ke manind; us ke ghore uqabou se tez hain. Wawaila ham par! ki ham lute jate. 14 Ai Yinisha- lam, apne dil ko burai se dho, taki tu najat pawe. Kab tak teri shararat ke khiy.ll tere andar base rahenge ? 15 Kyunki Dan se awaz ishtihar karti hai, aur Ifrairu ke paliar se afat sunati hai. 16 Qaumou kokhabardo; dekho, Yirushilam ke muqabil sunao, ki muhasara karne wale dur zamin se ate haio, aur Yihiidih ke ehahroQ ke muqabil apni awaz dete liaig. 17 Khet ke rakhwalou ke manind we use gherte haiu ; kynnki wuh mujh se phir gai, Kuuda'wand kahta hai. IS Teri ch.al aur tere kamou ne tujh ko is hai tak pahunchaya ; ^ihteri burii hai, kyunki karwf hai, ki tere dil meu pahunchti. 19 Meri antrian! nieri antrian! mere dil ke parde dardmand haiu ; merl dil josh men hai; main chup nahfo rah sakta, kyunki, ai meri jan, tii ne narsinge ki dwaz, laraf ka shor suna. 20 Halakat par halakat sunaf jati hai; kyunki ta- mam zamin Idtf jati : mere khain:e achanak, aur mere sare parde ek dam men lute jdte. 21 Kab tak main neza ko dekhunga, aur narsinge ki awazsununga? 22 Ki mere log nadan hain, we mujhe nahiij jante; we nakhalaf larke haiu, aur aql nahfo rakhte: badkari mea aqlmand haio, par nekokari meu beaql. 23 Maiij ne zamin ko dekha, aur kya dekhta bun, ki wfran aur sunsan; asman ko bhi, ki benur hai. 24 Main ne pah.irou ko dekha, aur kya dekhta huu, ki we thartharie, aur sare tile hil gave. 25 Main ne dekiia, aur kya dekhta hue, ki koi admi nahfti; aur sab hawai parinde ur bhage. 2G Main ne dekha, aur kya dekhta bun, ki Kannil dasht hogaya, aur KuLDAWAND ke age, us ke qahr ki garnii ke age us ke sare shahr tabah ho gaye. 27 Kyunki Khudaiwand yua kahta hai, ki raniain zamin wiranhogi; tadbhi main bilkull kalik ua karangi. 28 Isi liye zamia mitara karegi, aur asman siydhposh honge; kyunki maiu ne kaha aur thana; maiu us se na pachhtaunga, aur na hatunga. 29 Sawar aur tirandaz ke shor se har sbahr bh=igega; andhere jai.galoo mea ja rahenge, c\;ir tdoo par charhenge: har shahr chhora jaega, aur koi bashindaus meij na rahegi. 30' Lute jane par tu kya karegi? Agarchi tu qirmizi se apne ko arasta kare, agarchi tu sonahle zewar se apne ke singare, agarchi apni ankhou raeu surma lagawe, tadbhi tu apni araish befaida kartl hai; tere ishiq tujh ko haqfr jancnge, we teri jan ke l^hwahin hongc. 31 Kyunki W w w w 2 7S8 YARAMIYAU. [5 BAB. bint i Sailiiin kl 5waz, jannewall aurat ke chilllne ke m^niud jo pir sc apna pahlau- tlia jantl Iiai, niaju ne suni, ki wuh hanipti hai, aur apne hath phailake kahti hai, ? mujh par, ki nieri jan k*^jnfou se lab par IS. V. BAH. 1 Yirusiidlam ke kuchoD meu har taraf dauro, aur ab deklio, aur jano, aur us ke mahal'oQ meu dhdndho, agir koi admf paya jawe, jo insaf karta, jo amanat dh'm- dhta ; aur maiu inuaf knriinga. 2 Aur agarchi we Khldawasd i Hai kahte, tadbhi jaqinan we jhuthi qasam khate. S Ai Kmudawand, kyd teri ankheu amanat par nahiu haiu ? Tu ue .?.nhen niSra, par unhoo ne afsos nahin kf, tu ne juheo halak k!ya, par unhon nt. ranbih ko na man.i : unhon ne apne niunh ko ?hatai) se sakhtiar banaya ; we phir ane uieo niunkir hue. 4 Tab niaiij ne kaha, ki i'aqinan ye amni log haiu ; bewaqnf bain; kynnki we Khuuawand kf rah, aur apne Khuda ki rasti ko nahiu jante. 5 Main khass logoo ke pas j^iinga, aur unheu boluDga, kynnki we Khudawawd ki rah, aur apne Khuda ki rdsti ko j^nte. Par unhon ne sab ke sab jna lora, aur bandhauoo ko jhatka dala. 6 Is liye jangal ka eher unheo pharega, sham ka bheriya unheo Intega, chita un ke shahron kanigah- bSn hoga; jo koi uu men se nikle, pharl jaegi ; kyunki un ki sarkashi bahut hiii, aur un ki bugawateu barh gaiu. 7 Is se main tujhe kyunkar muaf karun ? Tere farzondoo ne mujh ko chhora, aur un ki qasam khai jo ilih nahio haio : agarchi maiu ne un se qasam li, tadbhi unhou ne zinakari ki, aur kasbioo ke ghar men bhir lagdke gaye. 8 We mast ghoroQ ke manind idliar udhar daurte : har ek apne porosi ki joro ke pichhe hinhin^ta hai. 6 KucDAWAND kahta hai, ki In bitoo ke lije kya maio badla na liing£, aur aisi qaum se mera ji intiqara na lega ? 10 Tum un kf diwaron par charho, aur kharab karo : par bilkull tabah na karo, un ki daliau toro, kyunki we Kiiudawand ki nahiu haia. 11 Kyunki Khuua- WAND kahta hai. Id Israel ke gharane aur Yihudah ke ghar&ne ne mujh se nihiyat bewafai ki. 12 We Khudawand ke munkir hue, aur kahs, ki W^uh nahiu hai; aur bala ham par na awegi, aur talwar aur kSl ham na dekhenge. 13 Nabi hawa ho jaenge aur kalam un meu nahiu hai; un par aisa kiya jaega. 14 Is liye Khudawani) Rabb ul afwaj yuo kahta hai, ki Tum jo j'ih bat kahte ho, so dekho, main apne kalam ko tere munh meo ag ke manind kariinga, aur is qaum ko lakri, aur wuh unhea kha jaegi. 15 Ai Israel ke gharane, dekho, maiu dur se tum par ek qaum launga, Khxjdawand kahta hai ; wuh muzbut qaum hai, wuh qadira qaum hai, wuh qaum hai, jis ki zubau tu nahiu janta, aur jis ki boli tu nahiu eamajhta. 16 Un ki tarkash khuli hui qabr ke manind hai ; we sab bahidur haiu. 17 Teri fasl aur terf roti jo tere bete betiou ki khana hai, we kha jaenge ; tere gae bher we kha jaenge ; tere angur aur tere anjir we kha jaenge ; tere qalaband shahrou ko, jin par tera asri hai,. we talwar se ujarenge, 18 Tadbhi Khuua- WAND kahta hai, ki Main tumhen bilkull haldk na kariinga. 19 Aur yiiu hoga, ki jab tum log kahoge, ki Khudawand hamare Khudi ne yih sab ham par kyun kija, tab tu unheo kah, ki Jaisa tum logoQ ne mujhe chhor diyd, aur apni zaiuin meo begane mabudoa ki bandagf ki, taisa tum xamin meg jo JJAB, 6] YARAMIYAH. 789 tunihdri nahfohai beglnon ki bandagf karoge. 20 Yaqub ke gharane meoishtihSr karo, aur Yiluklah nieu yih kahke siinao, 21 Ab ise sun, ai nadaa aur heaql qaum, jo ^nkheu rakhtf hai, par dekhtl nahio, jo kSn rakhti hai, par sunti nahfo ; 22 Khudawand kahta hai, kyS turn inujh se nahJu darte ? ky^ turn mere huziir nahio thartharate, jis ne ret ko saraundar ki sarhadd ke liye abadi qinun muqarrar kiya, ki us se barh^ na sake : aur harchand us ki labreu utha kareu, tadbhi we galib na hotiu ; harchand we shor kareo, tadbhi we par ja nahin saktiu ? 23 Lekin is qauni ki dil bagi aur sarkash hai; unhog ne sarkashi kf, aur chale gaye. 24 Unhou ne apne dil meij nahiu kaha, ki Ham KLuudawand apne Khuda se dareu, jo mausim nieo agli aur pichhli barsit deta hai : fasl ke muqarrari haftoo ko hamare liye wuh rakh chhorta. 25 Tuiuhari shararat ne un ko ane na diyS, aur tumhSri khatakarf ne turn se tahaif ko rok rakha. 26 Kyunki lueri qaum men sharir log pae jate haiu, jo shi- kariou ki manind ghat meu baithte haiu ; we j^l phailSte, ki admioo ko phansaweu. 27 Jaise piujra chiriyoo se bhara hai, taise un kl ghar makr se bhara hai : isi liye we bare aur m^ldar ho gae. 28 We mote ho gaye, aur nikhre haio: we sha- riroB se sabqat legaye: we muqadama nahi'o karte, yaue yatimou ka muqadama, aur tadbhi we taliwar haiu; aur garibou ka insaf nahio karte. 29 Khukawakd kahta hai. In baton ke liye kyi maiu badla na lunga, aur aisi qaum se mer4 ji intiqam na legi? oO Ajib aur haulnak kam zamin men kiya jat^ hai; 31 Nabi jhnth se nubuwat karte haio, aur kahin un ke wasile khudawandi karte, aur mere log aisa chahte, par us ke akhir meu turn kya karoge? VI. BAB. 1 Ai bani Binyam n, Yiriishilam meo se bhago, aur Taqua meo nSirsing^ phiin- ko, aur Bait ul Karam men nishan khara karo : ki uttar ki taraf se bala a lagti hai, aur bari-halakat. 2 Maio bint i Saihdn ko, jo khubsurat aur naznin hai, barbed kariinga. 3 Charwahe apne galloo ke sSth us ke muqabil Swenge, aur girdagird us ke muqabil khaime khare karenge ; harek apni jagah meu charawega. 4 Us ke muqabil larai taiyar karo ; utho, zuhr ke waqt charh chaleu. Hae ham par, ki din dhalta hai, aur sham ke saye barh jate haiu. 5 Utho, rat ko chafh chaleu, aur us ke mahallou ko dha dec- 6 Kyunki Rabb ul afwaj yau kahta hai, ki Lakri kato, aur Yirushalam ke muqabil pushta bandho : yih shahr badlS pane par hai ; us ke danniyan bar tarah kl zulm hai. 7 Jaisa sot.i apni pSni ublita hai, taisa wuh apni burai ublati hai : zulm aur taaddi us meu suni jlti hai; bar dam mere s^mhne wawaila aur mSr pit hai. 8 Ai Yirdshalara, sudhar jS, na ho ki mera dil tujh se alag ho jae; na ho ki main tujhe wiran aur suni zamin banannga. 9 Rabb ul afwaj yau kahta hai, ki Jo Israel meo se baqi hain, un ko we angur ke maniud bilkull chunenge : khoshachin ke manind, lokrioo meu apne hath pher de. 10 Maiu kis se kahuu aur chitaun, taki we sunen ? Dekh, un ki kan namakhtiin hai, yahaij tak ki we sun nahiu sakte : dekh, Khudawand k& kalam uuheg hiqarat hai, we us se shidinan nahij} bote. 11 Chunanchi piaio 790 YARAMIY/YH. [7 BAB. KiiunAWAND ke qalir se bharl hup; maiu saline se thak gaj'ahuo; ttiaio bdhar larltou par, aur jawanoij ke majma par use unjeluiiga : kyiinki khasam apni joru ke sith, aur bnrlia zaif ke sSfli pakrri jiega. 12 Aur un ke ghar, khetoo aur joril- ou samet, aurou ke ho jaenge : kyi'in'ti KiruDAWANo kahta hai, ki Zainin ke ba- shindoi par inaij apaa hitli barhaiingi. 13 Ki clihote se bare tak sab iipne ko lihich ineo date; aur nabi se kahin tak sab jhi'ith se chalte hain. 14 Anr uiihoa ne mcri hint i qauin ke ghao ko yih kahke zaliir nieu changa kiy.i, ki Salamatf, saliiiiiati; jab ki salimati na thi. 15 Kya we niakn'ih kara karne se sharminde hiie? N.ihi:', we zarra slianninde na hiie, we kh.ijil honenahiij jante; is waste girnewilou men we gh-enge : Kiiudawand kahta hai, jis waqt maiu un se badla liingi, we eirae jienge. 16 liiiunAWAND yuu kalita liai, ki Rahou par khafe ho, aur dekho, aur qadiin rastou ke liyep'ichho, kiachchlii r.ih kahau hai? Usi men chalo, ki turn apni jan ka arain paoge. Par uiihotj nekaha, ki Hani us meo na chalenge. 17 Ham ne turn par bhi nigahb.'m thaharae, narsinge ki awaz suno. Par unhou ne kaha, ki Ham na sunenge. 18 Isi liye, ai ([auiEo, suno, aur ai jamaat, jo un meu hai, jan, 19 Ai zanifn, sun; dekh, nmsibat, jo un ke muhasabotj ka pl;al liai,maiu is qaum par Liunga, ki we mere kalam aur meri shariat ke shinawa na hiie, balki use radd kiyi. 20 iSIere liye Sabi se kyiin luban laya jata hai, aur dur zamin se khushbudir ukh? Tere char- hawe niujhe pasand nahiu hain, aur tere zabihe khush nahin ate. 21 Isi liye Khcdaiwand yuu kahta hai, ki Dekh, main is qaum ke age thokareu dharta huo, aur bap aur Lete ikatthe un se thokar khaenge; parosi aur us ki dost ikatthe halik honge. 22 Kuudawand yiiij kahta hai, ki Dekh, uttar ki zamin se ek qaum ati hai, aur dunyi ki sarhaddoo se ek bari guroh uthegf. 23 We kaman aur neza hath men lenge ; sang dil hain, aur rahni na karenge : un ki awaz sain- undar ke manind shor machawegi ; aur ghoroij par sawir honge, jangi mardoo ke minind tere muqat)ile par, ai bint i Saihiin, we saiF bandhenge. 21 Ham ne U3 ka simhra suna : hamare hith naquwat hiie : jannewali aurat ki pTri ke manind dard ne ham ko pakfa, 25 Khetmen mat nikal ja, aur rah men mat phir ; kyunki dushman ki talwar aur khauf girdagird hai. 26 Ai meri bint i qaum, tat kamar par bandh, aur khak meu lot; hae hae kai*, phut phdt ro, jaise eklauthe keliye: kyunki lulera ham par ach.inak awega. 27 Miiu ne tujhe apni qaum ka paraklmewila ihaharayi, ki tu un ki ralioij ko jano aur parakhe. 23 We sab ke sab uihiyat saikasii haiu; we gibat karte hue phir- te; we pital aur loha hain; we sab ke sab bigarnewdle hait;. 29 Dhaunkni jal gaf, sisa bhasam ho gaya ; befaida p'rkhi ne galiya, ki bure alag nahiu bote. 3 Log unbeD khoti chandi kahenge, iii fChudi ne unheij khoia thuharaya hai. VII. BAB, 1 Yih kahte hue Kiicdawahd ka kaLim Yaramiyah pis pahunchS, 2 Ki Tu KuuDAWAND ke ghar ke phatak par khara ho, aur wahau yih kalam pukarke kah, ki Ai sire Yihiidih, jo Kuudawand ki bandagi ke liye in phatakou se bhitar j^te ho, Khcdawajjd ki kalira suno. 3 Rabb ul afwaj, Israel ka Khuda, yuQ armata hai, ki Apni opui rah, aur apne apne k5m sudharo, aur maiu tumhea Mn. 7] YARAMIYAH. 791 is maq^mmeo tasd'ingi. 4 Turn yih kahte hoe jliuthl baton pardsrd mat rakho, ki Khudawand ki haikal, Kuuuawand ki haikal, Kmudawand k\ Iiaikal ye liaiu. 5 Kyiiiiki agar tu:n apui apni r^h aur apne apne kam sar.isar sudh4ro, agar turn fidmi aur us ke porosl ka insdf being karo; G Agar turn pardesi aur yatim aur bewa ko na dabao, aur is maqun meu iviliaqq khuii na bahio, aur apne nucjsan ke liye begine mibudou ka pichlia na karo ; 7 To maio turn ko is niaqim men abad ul abad tak basiiinga, is zamin meu jise maiu ne tuiub.irt- bapdadou ko diya. 8 Dekho, turn jhiithi batou par dsra rakhte bo, jo labasil baiu- 9 Kya turn chorl aur kliuii aur zinakriri karoge aur jhiitlii qasaui kliioge, aur Haal ke age luban jalioge, aur bcginc niibudoj ke pichlie jiioge, jinlieu turn ne nabiujan;i; 10 Aur mere bu/.i'ir is gharmen, jo Ivhudavvasd ke nam ka hai, dke khare boge, aur kaboge, ki Ham ne kbalasi pii ki ye sab nafrati kam kareu. H Ky.i yib gbar, jo mere n.im se mashbiir bai, tunihaii nazar meu batmaroij ki gliar bai ? KnunA- wanu kabti hai, ki Alaiu ne, bau, main ne dekba bai. 12 Pas ab mere maijam par, jo Saila men tbi jao, jabau ibtida meg maiu ne apiii ninisikiu kiy;i, aur dekbo, ki maiu ne apai gurob Israel k! burif ke liye us se ky.i kiyibai? 1;} Aur ab isi liye ki turn logou ne ye sab kimkiye, Ivuuda'wand kabta bai, aur maiu ne suhh sawere Ulbke turn ko kaha kiya, p;irtUMi ne na suni; aur niaia ne tuiiibeij buli\'a, par turn ne jaw lb na diy.i ; 14 So main is ghar se, jo mere nun se mas!)bur hai, jis par turn 6sra raklite bo, aur is maqam so jise maiu ne tumlieij aur tuinbare bapdadou ko diy.-i, wubi kariingi jo maiu ne Saila se kiyl bai. 15 Maiij tumhen apne age se nikal dungi. jaisa main ne tumbari biridari Ifraim ki sari nasi ko nikal diya. 16 Isi liye tu is qaum ki khatir diia mat mang, aur un ki Ij;hatir faryad aur dua mat kar aur mujb se sbifiat na kar; ki main teri na sunungl. 17 Kya tu nahiu dekbta, ki Yihudih ke shabroii men, aur Yisiislialam kf safakoo meu ye kyi karte bain? 18 Ki hirke lakri cbunte baiu, aur bap ag jalate baiu, aur aurattu ata giindiiti baiy, taki asm.in ki malika ke liye kulicbe pakawen, aur boglne mibudon ko tap iwaa tapawen, ki mujhe gusse men la wen. 19 Kiicda- WAND kabti bai, ki Kya we nmjhe gusse meu I'te baiu? Kyi we apne hi nmnh kJ garbarihat ke liye apne ko gusse meo lie? 20 Isi waste Kiiudawaxd Kbuda yua kabti bai, ki Dekb, is maq.im par, aur admi par, aur cb^.rp e par, aur maidiin ke darakbt par, aur zamin ke phal par meri gazab aur mcri qalir dhala jac<»a, wub bliarakega, aur bujhega nabiu. 21 Rabb ul afwaj Israel ki Khuda yuQ farmata bai, ki Apne cbaibawe apni zabilioij par ziyada karo, aur gosht kbio. 2'i Kyunki jis din mai.j tuadi.ire bJpdidou ko Misr ki zamin se nikal laya, unbeu cliarbiwe aur zabiha ki babat kuclih nabiij kalia, aur liukm nabiu diya. 23 Bilki unbeu itui hi kahke main ne bukni di^'i, ki Meri suno, aur maiu tumhara Kbuda bounga, aur tum mere log booge ; aur sari rah meg chalo, jo maiu tumbeo farmiuu, jis men tumbira bbali howe. 24 Lekin unhou ne na suna, na kan lagiya, btJki apne bure dil ki ma:slahat aur sbarirat ke muwafiq chale; aur piclihe hate, aur age ua bapbe. 25 Jis dia se tumhare bipJade Misr ki zamin se nikal ie, aj ke din tak maiu ne tumhare pas ajme sdre bande nabiou ko har roz subh eawerj uthke bheja hai; -26 Lckin unliou ne meri na suul aur apnd kdn ua lagayd, balki apni gardau sakht ki; we apne bipdidou se badtar hue. 27 Aur tu ye sari bateu uu se kahegi, aur wc terl aa suuenge; aur tii unheu buUwegi, aur wc jawab 7 92 YARAMIYAH. [8 HAB. na dctrre. 28 So td un ko kahcga, ki Yih wuh qaum hai, .jis 'ne Kiiud*wand apne Khuda kt ^waz na suni, aur tanbih na minf, araanat mauquf haf, aur un ke munh se jati rahf. 29 Ai Yirnshalam, apne bal mundd aur phenk, aur onchf jagahoo men m^tam kar, kyanki Khudawand ne apni qahr k1 pfrht ki inkar kiyri, aur tyig diya. 30 li.i bani Yihadah ne meri nazar men burai k1, Khudawand kahtd hai: us ghar men, jo mere ndm k4 hai, unhou ne apnl makruhSt rakhf, ki use napak kareo. 31 Aur unhou ne Tafat ke unche mak^nou ko banaya, jo bin Hinnum ki wadi men haio, ki npne betoo betfoa ko gg meg jal^wen, jiska maio ne hukm naliiu diya, aur mere dil ko pasand na 5ya. 32 Is liye, dekh, we din ate hain, Kbudawand kahta, ki yih Tufat, aur bin Hinndm ki wadi kabhf na kahi jacgi, balki widi ul qatl : aur we Tufat meu yahao tak garenge, ki ek jagah biqi na rahegf. 33 Aur is qaum kf lasheij hawa ke parindou aur zamin ke chaupayou ki khurtik hongi; aur koi unlien na hankegi. 34 Aur main Yihudih ke shahrou seaur Yirnshalam ki sarakon se, khushi ki awaz, aur sh.idi kf awaz, dulha ki awaz aur dulhin ki Swaz uthi dalungl ; ki zamin wirin hogf. VIII. BAB. I Kut'DAWAND kahta hai, ki Us waqt meo we Yihadah ke bSdshShoD kf had- diau aur us ke sardaroo kl haddiaij, aur k^hinon ki haddian, aur nabioij kf haddiao, aur Yiriashilam ke Lashindon ki haddiau un kf qabarou men se nikSl phenkenge: 2 Aur sdraj aur chand aur asman ke sare lashkarog ke £ge we unheu adherengei jin ki unhou ne muhabbat ki, aur bandagi kf, aur pairawi kf, aur talash ki, aur jin ke dge sijda kiya: we batorf aur gari na jiiengf ; we khad ke manind rd i zamin par hongf. 3 Aur sire baqi log, jo is bure gharane meo se bar ek maqam meo rah jaenge jahan maiu ne unhen hank diya hai, maut ko zindagi se ziyada chahenge. Rabb ul afwrij kahta hai. 4 Tu unhen kahega, ki Khudawanb yuo kahti hai, kyi jo girenge phir na utfieno'e? Kya jo phir jaega phir na awegi? 5 So Yirdshalam ke ye log kydn puri ba<^awat se bagi hue? Unhou ne fareb ko pakar rakha hai, aur phir ane k.i inkar kiya. 6 Main ne kan lagiiya aur suna; kisi ne haqq na kaha; kof apni burai se yih kahke afsos nahio karti ki Maiu ne kya kiya? Har ek apni dial par chalta hai, jis tarah ghora laraf meg jaulrin hai. 7 Chunanchi hawai laqlaq apne muqarrar waqt jinti hai; aur fakhta aur kulang aurababil apne ane ka waqt mante haiu ; par meri qaum Khudawand kf rasti nahio jinte. 8 Turn kydnkar kahte ho, ki Ham hakim haiy, aur KnunAWANn ki shariat haniare pas hai? Uekh, hacjiqat meu katiboo ke bitil qalam ne use bUil bana rakha hai. 9 Hakim log sharminde hue, hairanhue aurpakre gaye: dekh unhou ne Khcbawand ke kalam ka inkar kiya, aur un men kya hikmat hai? 10 Isi liye maiu un ki joiuau aurou ko, aur un ke khet mutasarrifoo ko dungi : ki chhote se bare tak sab apne ko lalach meu dete; aur nabi se kibin tak sab jhuth se chalte hain. 11 Aur unhoo ne merf bint i qaum ke ghao ko yih kahke zahir meu changi kiya, ki Salamati, salamatf ; jab ki salamatf na thf. 12 Kyi we makruh kani karne se sharmiude hue? uahiu 9 HAfiO YAIIAMIYAH. 793 we zarra sharminde na hiie, we ^hajil hone nahiu jaute; is waste girnewdlou meo we girenge. Kuudawand kuhta hai, Jis wuqt maiu uii se badli liinga, we girae jaeiige. 13 Maiu unheu bhasam karunga, Khuuawanu kahta hai; angdr meu angiir na houge, aur aujir meu aiijlr na honge, aur patti niurjha jaega; aur maiu unheo barpa kaiiing^, jo unheu dabiwcnge. 14 Ham kyun chupke baithte? ao, ikatthe howeu, a'lr qalabaud shahrou meu dakhil howeu, aur wahau cliupke thahareu; kyuaki Kuudawand hamare Khuda ne haiueu chup kiya hai, aur hameu pitpapre ki pan! pine ko diya, is live ki ham KiiUDAWANr) ke khatakrir haiu. 15 Ham salamati ke muntazir the, parbhalai nahiij ai; aur shifi ke waqt ke, par dekh dah- shat. 16 Dan se us ke ghorou ki farrihat suni jati hai. us ke samandoo ke hia- hinane ki Iwaz se tauiam zamin thartharl rahi hai : ki we de, aur zamfu ko sab kuchh samet jo us meu hai kha gaye; aur shahr ko us ke bashindou samet. 17 Ki dekh, maiu turn meu sampou ko, afiou ko, bhej diinga, jo mohe uahiu ja sakte, aur we tumheu katenge, Khuuawand kahta hai. 18 Kash ki meri gamgini par khushi roshan hoti ! mera dd mujh meu bimar hai. 19 Dekh, meri bint i qaum ki chilliha^ dnr mulk se, Kya Kuudawand Sai- hua meu nahiu ? kya us ki badshah us meij nahiu ? We kyi'm apni tarashi hul muratou se aur begana butlanou se mujh ko gusse meu laye? 20 Fasl i rabi guzar gai, garmi jati rahi, aur ham ne najat na pai. 21 Meri bint i qaum ke chur chur hone se mera dil chur ho raha hai, maiu mukaddar hiiy ; hairani mujh par gaiib hiii. 22 Kya Jiliahd meo raugau i balsan uahi'u hai? kya wahau koi tabib uahiu? Bieri biiit i qaum ki tauduruati kyuu uahiu hui ? IX. BAB. 1 Kdsh ki mera sir pani hotS, aur meri inkheu insiiou kl sola, taki apnl bint i qaum ke maqtuloD ke liye rat din nauha karuu! 2 Kash ki mere liye jani^al meu musafirou ka tikao hota, to maiu apni qaum ko chhorke chala jata, kyiiuki we Bab zinakar haiu, bewafaou ki jamaat. 3 Aur we apni zubanou ko kam^n ke ma- niud jhiith ke liye khinchte haiu aur sachai ke liye zamin par himmatwar uahiQ haiu ki we burii se burai tak barh jate, aur mujh ko nahiu jante, Kucdawano kahta hai. 4 Har ek apne sithi se chaukas rahe, aur tum kisi bhai ka asra na rakho : kyiinki har ek bhai bedareg aqab karti, aur har yar gibat karta hda phirti. 6 Aur har ek apne parosi ko fareb dega, sach sach na bolega, unhou ne apui zubin ko jhiith bolua sikhlaya, aur burai karoe ko koshish ki. 6 Teri bud o bash fareb ke darmiyauhai; fareb se unhou ne mujhe janne kd inkar kiya, Khuda- wand kahta hai. 7 Is liye llabb ul afwaj yuu kahta hai, Dekh, maiu uu ko pighlaungi aur janchiinga: apni bint i qauia ki babat kyi aur chara kariiu ? B Un ki zubin tir i qitil ke miuind hai; wuh makr ki bat bolti hai: we apne porosi ko munh se salim kahte, par andar se us ki ghat meu baithte. 9 Kuldawand kahti hai, ki In batou ke liye kyi maiu badli na liinga, aur aisi qaum se meri jan intiqim na legi? 10 Maiu paharou ke liye rona pitna karung4 aur bayabau ki charagahou ke liye wawaila, kyiiuki we yahau tak jal gaiu, ki ko.l iidh u guzarta; galle ki awaz log nahiu sunte: h.iwii parinde aur chaupajc bhag X s. }i. a 794 YARAMIYAH. [10 BAB. gayc; wejaterahe. 11 Aur niaiij Yirushalam ko dher dher aur ajgarou ka gar karddnga; aur malu Yihiidah ke shahroo ko yahau tak wiran karung^, ki koi bashinda na rahegd . 12 Aqlmand adint kaun hai ? wuh ise samjhe ; aurjis se Kuudawand ke munh ne kaha, wuh use zahir kare ; zamin kis liye wiran hui, aur bayaban ke manind jal gal, ki kof nahiQ guzarta? 13 Kuudawand yuo kahta hai, ki Isf liye unhon ne meri aharfat ko chhor diya, jo maijj ne un ke age rakhf, aur merl ^waz ke shinawS na hue, na us ke muwafiq chalo; 14 Balki apue dil ke khiyalon k1 pairawi kl, aur Baalim ki, jo unhoij ne apne bapdadon se sikhi. 15 Is liye Rabb ul afwdj Israel ka Khuda, yfig kahta hai, ki Dekh, maio is qaum ko nagdauna khi- launga, aur pitpapre ka pani piKungi. 16 Aur maiu unhen gairqaumou men titar bitar karnngi, jinheij na unhon ne na un ke bapdadoo ne jana ; aur maiu un ke pichhe talwar bhejta rahunga, jab tak maiu unhen kha na jauD. 17 Rabb ul afwaj yuu kahta hai, ki Socho, aur matam karnewSli auraton ko bulao, ki awen; aur hoshyar auraton ko bulwri bhejo, ki aweu. 18 Aur wejald] karoo, aur ham par naulia uthiweo, ki hamiri ankheu ansu bahaweo, aur haniari palaken pani dhrilen. 19 Kyunki Saihun se nauhe ki awaz sunijatihai, ki Ham kaise lut jate haio ! ham niliayat ghabrae jate, ki ham ne zamin ko chhor diya hai, kyunki hamare maskanoQ ne hamen nikal diya. 20 Is liye, ai aurato, KmjDA'WANB ka kalim suno, aur tumhara kan us ke munh ka kalam qabiil kare aur apni betiou ko matam, balki bar ek apni parosi ko nauha sikhao: 21 Kyunki maut hamari khirkion meu charh ai hai, hamare mahallon men paithi hai, ki lapkoQ ko sarakoij meu se, aur jawanou ko chaukoQ men se qata kare. 22 Bolo, Khuda- WAND yuu kahta hai, ki AdmTou ki laslien khad ki manind khet par girengi, aur lawaiye ki muthiya ke manind, jab ki khoshachfn na howc. 23 Khudawand yuQ kahti hai. Hakim apni hikmat par fakhr na kare, aur qawatwala apni qdwat par fakhr na kare, aur maldar apue mal par fakhr na kare: 24 Lekin jo fakhr karta hai is par fakhr kare, ki mujhe samajhta aur janta, ki maiu KnUDAWAND hun, jo rahmat aur insaf aur sadaqat zamin par karta hiiu; ki ye mujhe khush ^te, Khudawand kahta hai. 25 Dekh, we din ate haiij, KuuiiA- WAND kahta, ki main sab makhtunoij ko namakhtunog ke sath saza diinga. 26 Misr ko, aur Yihudah ko, aur Adum ko, aur bani Annnun ko, aur Moab ko, aur un sabhon ko jo apna goshasir miindte haiu, jo bayaban ke bashinde hain; kyunki sari qaumeu naraakhtuu haiu, aur Israel ka sara gharina dil ka namakhtun hai. X. BAB. 1 Ai Israel ke gharino, jo kalam ki Kuudawand tum ko kahta hai, suno; 2 Khupawand yao kahta hai, ki Tum qaumoQ ki chal na siklio, aur ^smani nishanog 86 hairan na hoo, jaise qaumeo un se hairan haio- 3 Kyunki qaumou kl rusumat batil haio: ki we kulhari se darakht jangal meu katte, ki yih karigar ki dastkari hai : 4 Chandi aur sone se we use ^raish dete ; kiloo aur martolou se use bandhte, ki na hile. 5 We tar ki tarah sidhc hain, par bolte nahio ; un ke liye laduewdla chaliiye, kyunki we chal nahin sakte. Un se mat daro, kydnki we burai nahio kar sakte, aur uuheu bhalai kl ikhtiyar bhi nahia hai. 6 Ai Khujjawand tere ma- 11 BAU.] YARAMIYAll. 795 Bind kol nahio hai ; tu bara htii, aur teri niJm qudrat raeo bara hai. 7 Ai qauinOo ke badshah, tujh se kaun na dare? ki jih teri haqq liai, kydnki qaumou ke sare hakfrnoij meu, aur un Lf sdrf iiiandukatou mcu terc maniiid koi nahlu hai. 8 We Barisar behosh aur ahinaqhaiu; uu kJ tarbtyat latilhai^ki wuhlakd hal. 9 Tarsis Be pttl huf chandi Uf jati hai, aur U faz se sona, karigar ki karigari aur thalhere k! dastkad: nila aur argawani un ki. libas hai; we sab ke sab tez ddiniou ki karl« gati liaiij. 10 Lekin Kiit'DAWANn sachchi Khuda hai, wuh zinda Khuda aur nbadi IJadshah hai: us ke qahr ye zamin thartharawegi, aur us ki jaljalahat ki bar* da^ht qaunieu kar na sakeugi. 11 Turn unheo is tarah kaho, ki Jin mabudog ne Isniau aur zauiiu ko nahfu barniya, zamin par se aur is Ssrain ke niche se nest honge. 12 Us ne apui qudial se dunya ko banaya hai, us ue apni hikmat se jahan ko qiiin kiya hai, aur apni aql se asiiiiiiou ko phailaya hai. 13 Us ki dwaz dete hi asniiuou meu paaiou ki buhutai hai, aur wuh zamiu ki sarhaddou se badiiou ko chafhatd hai; bijliou ko barsat ke sith lata hai, aur hawa ko apne khazanoo se chalati hai. 14 liar ek Idmi apni danai se nadin banta hai; har ck karigar apui tarashi hui murat se sharmlyi jata hai: kydukius ka dhala hua jhdthahai, jis meo dam nahin. 15 We batil haio, bhul chuk ke kam: badla lene ke waqt we nabud hongc. 16 Yaqub ki. hissa un ke manind naliiu hai, ki Wuh sab ki. khaliq hai; aur Israel us ki miras ka asa hai : Rabb ul afwaj us ka nam hai. 17 Ai qila ke bashinde, mulk se apni asbab jama kar. 18 Kyunki Khudawand yuQ kahta hai, ki Maiu zamin ke bashindou ko ek bargi falakhuu se nikal diingi aur unheu tang karuugi taki glriftar boo. 19 Ilae mujh par mere sadme ke liye ! ki merd zakhm kdri hai : par maiu ne kaba, ki Yaqinan yih afat hai, aur maiu use sahunga. 20 Mera khaima Iiita jata aur meri sab tanabeu tdti haiu : mere bete mere pas se nikal gaye, aur nahiu haig, phir mera khaima khara karne ko, aur mere pardc tangne ko koi nahiu hai. 21 Kyunki charwahe haiwan ke manind haiu, aur Kuudawand ko nahiu dhundha : is liye we kamyab na honge, aur uu ke scire galle titar bitar honge. 22 Dekh gauga ki awaz pahunc.ii, aur barahangama uttar tarafse, taki Yihiidah ke shabroo ko wiran, aur ajgarou ka gar baniwe. 23 Ai KucDAWAND, maiu janta hiia ki admi ki rah ip se nahiu hai: salik se nahiu hai ki apue qadamou ko durust kare. 24 Ai K.huda\vanu mujhe tanbih de, par andaze se; apne qahr se nahiu, na ho ki tii mujhe nabud kare. 25 Ai Khuda- WASU, uu qaumou par jo tujhe nahiu jantin, aur un gharanou par, jo tera nam nahiu lete, apna qahr dhal de : ki we Yaqub ko kha gaye; uuhou ne use talal" kiya, aur bbasam kar dila, aur us ki bud o bash ko ujar diyS. BAB XL 1 KuiDAWAND ka kalam yih kahta hua Yaramiyah pis aya, 2 Ki, Turn is ahd ki bateu suuo. Aur Yihiidah ke idmfou aur Yirushaiam ke bashindon se bol- 3 Aur un ko kah, Kuuuawand Israel ka Khuda yuu kahta hai, ki Lanati hai wuh ^duii, jo is ahd ki bateu nahiu sunta, 4 Jo maiu ne tumhare bapdadou se us din fo.rmdya, jab maiu uuheu zamiu i Misr se lohe ke bhatthe se yih kahke charha Itya, ki Turn meri sun©, aur jo kuchh maiu ne turn ko I'armlyei us ke muw^fiq X X X X 2 7 96 YARAMIYAH. [11 BAB, karo, so fum mere log hoge, aur maio tumhSr^ Khucla hungl;' 5 Taki maiu wuh qnsam wafi kan'm, jo maiu ne tumhSre Mpd^doo Be khSi thf, ki us zamin ko jis meo shfr o sliahd bahti hai, jaisi &j ke din hai, maio unhen dan. So maiq ne jawab deke kalii, Ai KHUDAfwAim, 5m'n. G Khud-^wand ne mujhe kaha, ki Ye siirf b.^tcD Yihiidih ke shahroo meo aur YirfishSlam kf sarakoo men yih kahke snn5, ki Is abd kf bSteo snno aur unheo karo. 7 Kynnki maio ne tumhSre Mp- didoD ko tikkl se nas'ihat df; us din se ki unheo zamfn i Misr se cbaiba lay.i i) ke din tak main ne subh sawere uthke naslhat di aur kaha, ki Merf suno. 8 Tadbhl unhoo ne na snna, na apna kan lagaya, balki bar ek apne bare dil ke khiyil ke muwafiq ehala; is liye maio is ahd kf sir? b^teo un par launga, jo maio ne karne ke wSste nnben farmiy^, aur we karnew.ile na h'le. 9 Aur Khudawant> ne mujhe kaha, ki Yihudah ke logoo aur Yiriish51am ke bashindon men fitna pSyajatahai. 10 We apne bSpdadou kl kharabion kf taraf phir gae jinboo ne merl bateo sunne kl ink^r kiya, aur begtne mlbudou ke pichhe un kf bandagi karne ko chalc: Israel ke gharane aur Yihudah ke gharane ne mere ahd ko tori hai, jo main ne un ke blpdadon se b^ndhi tha. 11 Is lij^e KncDjvwAND yon kahta hai, ki Dekh main bala un par lanng^, ji» se Tvo bhag na sakenge; nnr we mujh se farySd karenge, par maig unheo na sunun- gd. 12 Aur Yihudah ke shahr aur YinishSlam ke bashinde jaenge, aur utt mlbddon se farySd karenge, jin ke age we luban jalate hain : par musibat ke waqt we unhen Iiargiz na bachiwenge. 13 Kyiinki, ai Yihudah, tere shahroo ki ginti ke barabar tere mSbud hain; aur Yirushalam kf sarakon kf gintf ke barabar turn ne makruh chtz ke liye mazbah thaharie, yine mazbah liaal ke .Ige luban jalane ke liye. 14 Td is qaum ke liye dul mat mSng, na un kf kliatir faryad o duakar; kyunkijab we musib;itke waqt mujhe pukarenge main vm kf na sununga. 15 Mere ghar men meri piylrf ko kyl kam? ki bahut kharalji karte hain, aur muqaddns gosht turn se guzar jata ; jab tii badkSrI karti tab tii khush hoti. Id Khuuawasr ne Hara Zaitnn, khushnuma aur phaldar, terS nSm rakhi hai ; hare hangame ke shor se us ne us par Sg jalay^, aur us kf daliao tut gain. 17 Rabb ul afwaj ne, jis ne tujhe lagaya, tujh par bala ka hukm kiy^, us burai ke liye jo Israel ke gharane aur Yihudah ke gharine ne apne barkhilaf kf, ki Baal ke age luban jalane se mujhe gusse men la we. 18 Aur Khuda'WANd ne mujh par z^hir kiya, aur maiji ne jan§ ; tab tu ne mujhe un ke kam dlkhh'e. 19 Main khingf barra ke manind tha, jo zabh ke liye laya jata hai ; aur maio ne nahfn jana, ki unhoo ne mere barkhilif yih kahke tadbfr bindhf, ki Ham darakht ko phal samet nest karen, aur ham use zindagf ke mulk se munqata karen, taki us ka nam phir y5d men na Swe. 20 Par, ai Rabb ul afwij, jo sadaqat se insaf karta hai, jo gurdon aur dil ko janchta hai, maio un se teriintiqam lena dekhiin, kyunki main ne apni d^wa tere 5ge zihir kiya. 21 Is liye Khudawand yun kahtd hai, ki Anatit ke ^dmfoo kf bSbat jo yih kahke teri jan ke khwahin hain, ki KnuoAWAXn ke nam se nubdwat na kar, na ho ki tn hamare hath se mari pare : 22 Isi waste Rabb ul afwij yiio kahta hai, ki Dekh, main un se badli lunga : jawdn talwiir se raSre parenge ; un ke bete hetiag kal se marenge, 2.3 Aur un men se kof blqf na rahega ; kyunki main Anatdt ke admtoB par bala, badla lene kS haras UungS. 12 HiVB.] YARAMIYAH. 797 XII. BAB. 1 Ai KHcn.vwANn, jab maio tujhse mubdhasa kart^, tii s^diq hni; tadbhf maio tere insaf ki b^bat tusse boliio : Hadkarou kf rih kyun kamyab hai? we sab kyi'm chain se rahte, jo nihiyat bewaflif ee chalte? 2 Tii nc unbcu lagiiyd hai, aur un- hoo ne jar bhi pakrJ hai ; we barh gaye, aur phal lae: tii un ke munh ke pas hai, par un ke gurdon se dur hai. 3 Lekin, tn ai KiitrnAWAND, Tnujhe jantahai; tri ne mujhe dekhd, aur janchne se merd dil apn! taraf paya : bhcroo ke mSnini tii \inheu 7.abh ke live nikal la, aur zabh ke din ke waste unbeo alng kar. 4 Us ke bashindoD ki bur:ii ke live zamiii kab tak nala karegf, aur bar ek khet ki nabat siikh jaegi? charinde aur parinde niit gaye; kyuiiki uiibou ne kahd, ki Wuli hamarl dkhirf na dekhegi. 5 Agarpiyadoo ke sath danrne men unbon ne tujbe tbaka}'^, phir tu ghorou ke sSth kynnkar barabari karegf ? aur agarchi tii salamati kf zamin meu chain se hai,. lekin Yardan ki barh met) tu kya karega? 6 Chunanchi tere bhai aur tere bap ka gharana bhf tere sath bewafaf se chale ; unhon ne bhi bari dw^z se tere piclihe lalkara : un par takiya na knr, agarchi we mfthi batco tujh se bolen. 7 Maio ne apna ghar tark kiya, apnt nifras cbbor di; maiu ne npnf diljani ko us ke dushmanoQ ke h^th meu sompl. 8 Meri mfras mujiie jangli sher ke manind hai; wiih apni awaz se mujh par gurrStS: isf lij-e main use nafrat rakhta. 9 Merf miras mere live jangli haiwan, ban lakre ke miniiid hai; jangit haiwan us ki cha- roD taraf hain: ^o, dashti darindon ko jama karo, kh£ jane ko ao. 10 Babutse charwahon ne mere takistan ko kharSb kiya; unhoo ne merd hissa p^emal kiya, mere dilcbasp hisse ko ujarjangal kar dila hai. 11 Unhoo ne use wfran ki^^-i; wuh wfran hoke mere dge nala karta hai; sari zamtn wfran ho gat, k^-tinki kof use na sochti hai. 12 Baj-aban ki sari tinchi jagahon par latere Hye haiu : kyiinki Khuda- WAND ki talwSr zamin ki ek sarhadd se diisri sarhadd tak khajaegi: kisi insan ko f allmati na bogf. 13 Unhou ne gehua boyl, par kante laue: unhon ne basil kiya, par faida na uthaya; aur we Khudawajjd ke bare qahr ke bais tumhari barhtf se dhokha pawenge. 14 KnuDAfWANn yiiu kahtiC hai, Mere s^re Lure parosfoo ki bdbat, ki we us miras ko chhiite haio, jis ka maio ne apniqaum Israel ko waris kiya ; dekh, maio unheu un kl zamin se ukhar daliinga aur Yihudah ke gharine ko un men se ukhar- linga. 15 Aur aisa hoga, ki un ke ukh^rne ke picbhe maio phiriinga, aur un par rahm karunga, aur bar ek ko apni apni miras par, aur bar ek ko apni apnt zamfr* meo phir lannga. IG Aur aisa hoga, ki agar we mere logon ki i-ahen sikhenge, ki mere n^m se Khupawand i Hai ki qasam khaeu, jaisa unhon nc mere logoo ko Baal k) qasam khana sikhlaya, to we merelogou ke darmiyan abadhongc. 17 Lekin agar we na manenge, to maiu us qaum ko ukhiriinga, aur nest o nabiid kar diinga^ Khudawand kahta hai. XIII. BAB. 1 Khvuawakh ne mujhe yiiu farm.lyS, ki Ta jake apne liye katSn k£ ek ka- marband le, aur apni kamar par blndb, lekin p.ini meu mat 4siL 2 So maiu ne 798 ' YARAMIYAH. [13 IIAB. KnunAWAND ke kalam ke muwdfiq ek kamarband liyS, aur apnf kamar par bdn- dhi. -T Aur KiiUDAWANn ki kalim ddsri bar yih kahta hui mere pis pahunchs. 4 Ki Is kamarband ko jo tn ne kharfda aur teri kamar par hai, leke uth, aur Furat ko ja, aur wahan pahar ke sbigif meu use chhipa. 5 So maio ne jake Furat ke qartb us ko chhjpaya, jaisst Khudawand ne mujhe farmaya thi. 6 Aur bahut dinon bad aisa hdi, ki Khphawand ne mujbe kahd, ki Uth, Furat ki taraf jd, aur us kamarband ko wah^o se le, jise main ne wahao chhipane ke liye tujhe hukm kiya thii. 7 So maio ne Furat ki taraf jake kboda, aur kamarband ko wahao se liya jalian maiij ne use chhipSya tlia; aur dekh kamarband aisa bigar gaya, ki kam ka na th i. 8 Tab Kiiudawand ki. kalam yih kahta hdi mujh pas pahuncha, 9 Ki KiiuDAWAND vtin kahta hai, ki 1st tarah maio Yihudah ke fukhr aur Yirdshalam ke bare fakhr ko bigarunga. 10 Ye bure log jo mera kalam sunne se inkar karte haio, aur apne hi dil ki sarkashi ke muwafiq chalte hain, aurbegane mabndoo ke pichhe i'lke un ki bandagi aur sijda karte haiu, we is kamarband ke maniud honge jo kisf kam ki nahin. 11 Kyunki jaisi kamarband idmi ki kamar men lagta hai, waisUii Khudawand kahta hai ki main ne Israel ke srire gharane ko, aur Yihudah ke sare gharane ko apne men lagaya, ki mere waste nam aur tai'if aur jalal ke liye we meri qaum hon, par unhon ne na suna. 12 Tii un se yih kalam bhi kah, ki K hud aw and Isriel ki Khuda yds kaht£ hai, ki Uar mashk wain se bhari jaegi; aur we tujhe kahenge, ki Ham kya yaqinan yih nahin jante, ki har mashk wain se bhari jaegi? 13 Tab tu unheu kah, ki KuoDAWAND ydo kahta hai, Is sarzamfn ke sare bishindon ko, aur un bidsbahcs ko jo D.tud ke takht par baithe, aur kahinon aur nabion aur Yirushalam ke sare bashindoij ko maio matwalpan se bhar dungi. 14 Aur main ek ko dusre par, aur bete ko bapon par ikatthe patakung^, KHUojfWAND kahta hai, maio mihrbani na karunga, aur na chhoriinga, aur rahm na dikhaunga, balki unhea halik karunga. 15 Suno aur kan lagao; magrur mat ho: ki Khudawand bola. 16 Khuda- WAND apne Khudi ko tum jalal do, us se pahile ki wuh tiriki lawe, aur us se pabile ki tumhare pinw andhere paharou par thokar khaen, aur jab tum nur ke muntazir ho, tab wuh use zulinat meo phirawe, aur sakht tiriki baniwe. 17 Lekin ao^ar tum na sunoge, tomerfjan tumhare gurar ke liye khalwat men nila karegi, aur zar zar rowegi; aur meri inkhou se :insu bahenge, kyiinki Khudawand ka galla asiri men liya jita. 18 Badshih aur malika ko kaho, ki Farotan ho; baitho ; ki tumhari buzurgi ki tij tumhare sir par se gir gaya. 19 Dakkhin ke shahr band ho gaj'e, aur koi nahiu kholti: Yihudah sarasar asiri men liya jita, bilkull asiri meu liya jita. 20 Apni inkhen uthao, aur unheo deklio, jo uttar se ite haio : tujhe diya gaya galla, teri buzurgi ke bber, kahio haio ? 21 Jab intiqim tujh par iwega, tab tu kya kahega ? kydnki tu ne ip un ko apne par musallit kiya: kya dard tujh ko jannewili aurat ke minind na pakrenge? 22 Jis waqt tu apne dil men kahe. Ye bateg mujh par kyuu huiQ ? Teri burii ki barhti se tere daman uthaj'e gaj-e, aur terf eriao nangi ki gain. 23 Kyi Habshi apne chamre ko, yi chiti apni chhiton ko badal sakta hai? Tab tum bhi jo buri Idat sikhe ho neki kar sako. 24 Is liye maio un ko titar bitar karunga, us ghas ke minind jo baj'iliin ki hawa se jiti rahti. 25 Khudawand kahti iiai, ki Meri taraf se yihi teri hissa, teri napa hui bakhra, jis ne mujhe chhor diva hai, aur 14 BAB.] YARAMIVMI. 799 jhuth par bharosa kiya Ini. 26 Maiu khud bhi tere daman tere chilire par uthaungii, ki terf haya dckhi jawe. 27 Teri zinaklrf aur teri hinbinihat, teri haramkarl ki burai, aur teri makruhat ko paliarou par maidinou meu maiu ne dekha. llae tujb par ai Yirushdlam ! kya tii s.if uu bogi ? kab tak tuwaciquf rahega ? XIV. BAB. 1 Khud Jfw AND ki kalini, jo Yaniniiyah pas pahuncha, kbusbks^lf ki b^bat. 2 Yibiidib naL\ karta bai, aur us ke pbatak sust bote baiy ; we zainin par siyabposh haiit, aur Yirusbalaui ki faryid cbarb gaf. 3 Amirou ne apne cbbulkou ko piui ke liye bbeja ; we kuog par pahunche, pani nahfu payii ; kbali gbaroa leke pbir gaye: we sharmiude aur pasbeman bue, aur apne sir dbinipe. 4 Is liye ki zamin pbat gaf, kyiinki zamin par pani nabi'u barsi, kisau sbarminde biie; unbou ne apne sir dbampe. 5 Cbunaiicbi barni niaidin nieu jani, aur apne bacbcbe ko cbbor diya, kyunki sabzi na tbi. 6 Aur gorkhar uucbi jagahou par kbare rahe. ajgarou ke manind dam khiucba ; gbas na bone se un ki ankbeu sust bui'o. 7 Agarcbi baraari buraiau bam par gawabi detin, tadbbi, ai Khudawand, apne hf nam ke bye kar : kyunki bamiri bagiwatea babutbaiu ; bam tere khatiikar haiij. 8 Ai Israel ki ummedgab, tangi ke waqt men us ka bacbanewala, tu kydu zamia men pardesi sa bai, aur us musifir ke manind jo shabbasbi ke li^-e kinare jatahai ? 9 Td kyuu bairan ddmi ke manind bai, aur babadur ke manind, jo bacba nahig sakta ? Ai Khudawanu, tii to haraare darmiyan bai, aur ham tere nam se pukare jate ; tii bameo tark na kar. 10 Is qaum se Kuudawand yua kabta bai, ki Gumrabi se we aisehf khush the, aur apne paou ko uahiu roka ; is liye Khudawand uiibeu qabiil nahiu karta : ab wall un ki badi yad men lawega, aur un ki khataon kd badla lega. 11 Aur Khuda- WAND ne mujhe farmaya, ki Is qaum ke liye dui i kbairmut kar. 12 Jab ki we roza rakhte, maio un ki faryad na sununga, aur jab we charhawa aur hadiya charhate, maiu unheo qabdl na kardnga ; balki talwar se aur kal se aur waba se maiu unben halak karunga. 13 Tab maiu ne kaha, Hae, ai Khueawand Khuda! dekh, nabi un se kahte haiu, ki Tum talwar na dekhoge, aur tum par kal na Swega ; balki maiu is maqam men baqiqi salamati tumheo dunga. 14 Tab Khudawand ne mujhe kaba, ki Nabi mere nam se jbutbi nubiiwat karte haiu : maiu ne unhen nabiu bbeja, aur hukm nabfo diya, na unheo kaha: jbutbi ruj^it aur shuguni aur butlan aur apne hi dil ke fareb se we tumhen nubiiwat karte haitj. 15 Is liye Khudawand yuu kahti hai, un nabfoQ ki babat jo mere nam se nubnwat karte haiu, jinbeu maiu ne nahfu bbeja, aur jo ap se kahte bain, ki Talwar aur kal is zamiy par na hoga ; Y''e nabi talwar aur kal se balak honge. 16 Aur jin logou se we nubdwat karte bain, so kal aur talwar ke mare YirdshSlam ki sarakou meu phenke jaenge ; aur un ke, aur un ki joruoo ke, aur un ke bete betiou ke garne ko koi na hoga : aur main un ki burai un par jhaltinga. 17 Aur tu yih kalim un se kahega, ki Merl ankheo rdt o din ansu babati haio, aur thamtio nahfu : kyunki raeri kunwari bint i qaum bari tor se tori jati, aur nihayat mar khati. 18 Agar maiu bahar maidan meo j4dB, to delfh talwar ke 800 VARA MI YAH. [15 BAB. mire hue, aur agar maiu shahr mou dakhil hoiiu, to dekb, k4l ke adhinde ! cliunaiichi uabi aur kahin donou zainjn meu phirte haiu, aur khabar uahiu rakhte. 19 Kya tii ne Yihudah ko bilkull nSmanzur kiya? k^'a teri jaii Sailiiin se ghinai ? td ne ham ko aisa kyiiu mara, ki ham la ilaj haiu ? Ham salimati ki rah takte the, aur bhalii na &S, aur changa hone ke waqt kf, par dekh dahshat ai. ;iO xli KuuDAWASD, ham apni burai, aur apne bipdiidou ki sarkashi ka iqrar karte haiu; ki ham tere khatikar haio. 21 Apne nam ke liye tii hameu radd na kar, aur apne jaUli takht ko beizzat na kar : yad kar, apne ahd ko, jo td ne ham Be baudha, na tor. 22 Qaunion ki butlanou meu koi hai, jo barsa sakti hai ? ya dsman jhaiiau de sakta hai? Ai Kuudawakd, hamare Khuda, kya tu wuhi uahiu hai ? isi liye ham teri rah takeuge, kyuuki tii hi ne uu sab chizou ko banaya. XV. BAB. 1 Tab KnuDAWAND ne mujhe kaha, ki Agar Musa aur Samuel mere ige khare howeo, tadbhi merl jan is qaum ki taraf mutawajjih na hogi : un ko mere age se liikal, ki we chale jaeu. 2 Aur yun hoga, ki jab we tujh se kahen, ki Hamkidhar jaeu ? to unheu kah, ki Khudawanu ydu farmata hai, ki Jo maut ke liye haiu, so maut ko, aur jo talwar ke liye haiu so talvvar ko, aur jo kal ke liye haiu, so kal ko, aur jo asiri ke liye haiu, so asiri ko. 3 Aur maiu char anwa un par muqarrar kardnga, Khudawand farmita hai; qatl ke liye talwar ko, aur pharne ke liye kuttou ko, aur kha jane aur halak karne ke liye hawai pariudou aur zamiu ke dariudoo ko. 4 Aur dunya Id sari mamlukatou meu maiu unheu tang hone ke liye kar dduga, Yihddah ke badshah Manassi bin Hizqiyah ke sabab, us ke liye jo us ne Yirdshalam meu kiya. 5 Ki ai Yirdshalam kaun tujh par rahm karega : kaun tera gamgusar hoga? aur kaun alag jake tujhe salam karegi? 6 Tune mujhe chhor diya, Khuuawanjd kahta hai, tu pichhe hat gayi : is liye maiu apua kith tujh par Laihadnga, aur tujhe bigfirunga ; maiu rahm karne se thak gaya : 7 Aur maiu sup se zamin ke phatakou meu unheu phatakiingd; maiu unheu liwalad kardnga, maiu apni qauiu ko halak kardnga, kyuuki we apni rahou se na phire. 8 Un ki bewa samundar ki reti se mere age ziyada hdiu : maiu zuhr ke waqt ma aur jawan par lutere lata : maiu un par ekbargi khauf o khatra dalangi. 9 Jo sat jani hai, so murjha gai : us ne jan di hai; din rahte us ka sdraj ddb gaya; wuh sharm^ti aur ghabrati hai; Khudawand kahta hai, ki Maiu un ke bache huon ko uu ke dushmanou ke age talwar ke hawale kardnga. 10 Hae mujh par, ai meri ma, ki td mujhe laraka aur tamam dunya ke liye jangjd jani. Maiu ne sdd na khaya na diya, tadbhi we sab mujh par Unat karte haiu. 11 Khudawand ne kaha, ki Y'aqinau maiu tujhe khair ke liye bacha rakhunga; yaqinan maiu musibat Ice waqt aur tangi ke waqt dushman se teri dastgiri karadnga. 12 Kya loha uttar ke lohe aur faulad kotoreg€? 13 Tere mal aur tere khazanou ko qimat ke sath uahiu balki tere sare gunahou ke liye teri sari sarhaddou meu maiu butwa ddnga. 14 Aur maiu tumheu tere dushmanou ke toith ek zamin meu pahunchadug:i, jiae td ne nahiu jina hai : kydnki ek ag mere qahr se sulgi, jo tujh par jalegi. 15 Ai K.UUDAWANU td janta hai : mujhe yad me.j H, aur mujhe mil, aur mere 16 BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 801 jaUnewaloo se merf intiq^im le ; apnf burdbarJ meo td mujhe na le ja: j5n ki maio ne tere liye malaiuat sahl. IG Teri b^teu pal gaio, aur maiu ne unheu khaya ; aur teri bateu mere dil kf khushio khurramf thfo: kyunki ai Khuda- WA^D, lashkaroo ka Khudi, main tere nam se pukani jata huu. 17 Maio tanzgooo kf majlis meo nahi'o baitlia, na khushi ki : tere hath ke sabab, maiu tanha baiiha ; kyuuki tii ne mujhe qahr se bhar diya. 18 Meri gam kis waste daiiui hai, aur ineri ghao lailaj, jo changa uahiu hota ? tii kyunkar mere liye nahr i kizib hai, pani ke manind jo nahJij thaharta ? 19 Is liye KuuuAWANi)'yuu kahta hai, ki Agar tu phire, maiu tujhe phirauiiga, aur tu mere age khara liogi ; aur agar azfz aur khar meu tu farq kare, to tu mere niuuh ke luauind hogi : we terf taraf phireo, aur tu un ki taraf n:i phirni. 20 Aur maiu tujhe is qaum ke muqabil pital ki mazbut dfwar thaharaiinga', aur we tujh se larenge, par tujh par galib na honge : kyunki I^uuDAWAND kahta hai, Maiu tere sath htiu, ki tujhe bachadn, aur pan^h diiu. 21 Aur maio tujhe badkarou ke hath se panah diingi, aur zalimoo ke panje se tujhe chburaunga. XVI. BAB. 1 Khddawand ka kaHm yih kahta hu5 mujh pSs iyi, 2 Tu apne liye jord na kar, aur na bete betlao tere liye is maqam raea howeo- 3 Kydnki beton betioo ki bdbat jo is maqSra mea paida hue haio, aur uq ki maoo ki babat jo unheo janlo, aur un ke b^poo ki babat jinhoQ ne unheo paida kiya, Khddawand yrio kahti hai, 4 Ki We muhlik marzoo se mareuge ; matara un ke liye na kiyl jaeo-^, na we gdre j^enge; we khad ke manind zamfn ke parde par hono'e: talwar se aur kil se we halik kiye jaenge; aur un ki lasheij hawai parindou aur zamfn ke darin- doD ki khurak hongi. 5 Kyunki Khudawand ne yua kaha hai, ki Tii matam ke ghar meu dakhil mat ho, aur un kf matampursf ko mat jao: ki Khddawand kahta hai, Maiu ne apni salamati yane mihrbani aur rahmat ko is qauin se utha li\'a hai; 6 Aur is mulk men bare aur chhote marenge; we na gare jaeno^e na matum kiye jaenge, aur koi un ke liye apne ko^hayal na karega, aur na koi apna bal mundawegi. 7 Aur log matam karnewalotj ke liye roti na torenge ki murdou ke liye tasallf deu: aur we unheo bap ma ke liye tasallibakhsh piyala na piliwenge. 8 Aur tu ziyafat ke ghar men dakhil mat ho, takiun ke sath khanepine meg tn hamsufra na ho. 9 Kyunki Rabb ul afwaj Israel ka Khuda, yuo kahta hai, ki Dekh, main is maqam se tunihari nazar meo aur tumhare dinon men khdshf ki ^waz aur shadf ki awaz dulhe ki awaz aur dulhiu ki awaz utha daluncra. 10 Aur ais4 hoga ki jab tu ye sab baten is qaum par zahir karegS, aur we tujh se kahen, ki Kyuo Khddawand yih sab barf buraihamare barkhilif bola hai, aur hamiri shararat kya, aur hamarf khatl kya, jo ham ne Khddawand apne Khuda ke barkhilaf kf hai ? 11 Tab td un se kahna, Isf liye ki tumha're bapdadoo ne mujhe chhor diya hai, Khddawahd kahta hai, aur ki begone mabudoo ke pfchhe gaye, aur un ki bandagf aur sijda kiyi, aur mujhe chhor diyS, aur meri sharfat nahfo mSni: 12 Aur turn ne apne bapdadou se ziyadaburai kf hai; aurdekho, turn meo se har ek apne bure dil kf sarkashi ke muwafiq chalti hai, ki meri na sune. 13 In liye maio tumheo is *amin se us zamfn meo nikai ddnga, jise na turn ne na tumhire y y y y S02 YARAMIYAH. [17 BAB. MpdldoD ne jitiii hai ; aur wah^o turn r^t din begane mlbtidou kl bandagf karog«, kyi'inki niaiu turn par rahm na karunga. 14 Dekh, is liye din He liaiii, Kiiuda'wand kaliti hai, jin raeu log kabhi na kalien"'e, ki Khuda'wand zinda hai, jo bani Isriel ko Misr kl zamin se charhi Mya, l.'i Halld KnuDA'WAND zinda hai, jo bani Israel ko uttar ki zamin se, aur siri zaminoo men se jidhar us ne nnheij liank diya tha, charha laya: kyiinki maio un ko us zamin men plier laungi, jo main ne un ke b.ipdidoo ko diya tha. 16 Dekh, niaiubahut se machhnou ko bulwi bhejunga, Khuda'wand kahta hai, aur we un ki maciihwai karenge; aur us ke bad main bahutse shikHrion ko bulwi bheinngi, aur we har pahar se aur har tile se aur chatanoij ke shigafon se un ka shikar karenge. 17 Kyunki meri ankheu un ki sari rahoij par haiu ; we mere simh- ne se chhipi nahin hain, aur un ki shar.arat meri ankhon ki nazar se posliida nalifo hai. 18 Aur niaiy pahile un ki shararat aur khati ke h'ye un se do chand intiqam lun^a; kyiinki unhoij ne meri zamin Ito napak kiya, unhon ne apni makriihat aur ghinauni chizoo ki lashon se meri miras ko bliar diya hai. 19 Ai Khudawand, td meri quwat, aur mera qala aur tangi ke din men meri panah hai, dunya ki sar- haddoD se gairqaameu tere pas ake kahengi, ki Filhaqiqat hamare bapdadoo ne jhuth aur butlan aur lahasil chizou ko miras men liya. 20 Kj-a admi apne liye ilahou ko banawega, aur we ilih nahiu haio? 21 Is liye, dekh, ab ke b.ir maio unhen samjhaunga, maio apne hath aur apni qawat ko unheo malum kaniunga; aur we janenge ki Khudawand mera nam hai. XVII. BNU. 1 Yihiidah kd gunah lobe ke qalam se aur hire ke nok selikha jata : un ke dil ki takhti par, aur un ke mazbahon ke singoo par khoda jata : 2 Kydnki un ke bete hai'e darakhtou ke nazdik aur unche paharoij par un ke mazbahon ko aur YasiratOQ ko yad karte. 3 Ai mere pahar, jo maidan meij hai, tera mal, aur tere sire khazane teri unchi jagaheu bhi teri sari sarhaddou mea gunah ke sabab se butwa dunga. 4 Aur tu us miras .se, jo maiij ne tujhe diya, apne qusur ke bais baz rahega ; aur main us zamin meij jise tu ne nahiu jana hai, tusse tere dush- manoij ki bandagi karaunga, kyunki tuni ne mere qahr ki ;ig bharkai, jo hainesha tak jalti rahegi. 5 K.uuuawand yiin kahta hai, Linati hai, wuh adiui jo admi par asra rakhta hai, aur bashar ko apna bazi'i janta hai, aur jis ka dil Khuda se phir jata hai. 6 Kydnki wuh jangal men us puzhraurde ke maniud hoga, jo bhalai fine se bekhabar hai, aur wuli bayaban ki tapishnak jagahou men sukunat kare^a aisi khari zamin men jis men koi basnewali nahin hai. 7 Mubarak hai wuh admi 30 Kuudawamd par bharosa rakhta hai, aur jis ki umniedgih Kuudawand liai: 8 Kyduki wuh us darakht ke mauind hoga, jo panion ke kiuare lagaya jita, aur dhara ke pas apni jar phailata, aur garmi ane se bekhabar raht:i, balki us ka patta hard hoga; aur khushks.ili meo wuh bekhatra hog.1, aur phal lane se baz na aeo-a, 9 Dil sab chizou se farebi hai, a'U- wuh fisid iiai ^ use kaun jan sakta hai? 10 Main lyuuDAiwAND dil ko janchta hug, aur gurdoa ko azmata, taki maio harek ko us ki chal ke muwafiq, aur us kc kamou ke phal ke muwafiq badia ddu. 18 H^B] YARAMIYA'H. 805 11 Juisa tftrf upri andou ko seoU hai, taisahi jo bciftslfi se daulat hdsil karta hai, so apue diuou ke danniyau use chhoreg-.i, aur apne akhir men jahil lioga. 12 Purjal.il takht ibtidi se mu(iarrar kiy;i hii.i haiuari luuqaddas jagah hai. 13 Ai IviiUDAWANu Israel kl umiuedgih, jo tujh ko chhortc, sab sliariniuda honge; jo niujh se phir jite haiu we dluil par likhe jaenge, kyiinki uuhou nc Kuudawand kQ chhor diya hai, jo ab i hayat ka soti hai. 14 x\i Kuuuawanj), mujlie changa kar, aur maiu changa hiingi, mujhe bacha aur maiu bachiiugn; kyiiuki td lucri t irif hai. 15 Dekh we mujhe kahte haio, ki Kuudawand ka kalam kahao hai ? wuh ablii awe. 16 Maiu tcre pichhe charwiha hone se nahiu hatu, aur maiu afut ke din ka ^rzumand na th£ ; tii janta hai: jo mere laboo se nikla, tujhe miluni hua. 17 Td mere liye dahshat mat ho ; tu burai ke din meu meri panih hai. IS Mere zaliiu sharmiada hou, par niaia sharminda nahoiiu; we ghabrie jaeu, par maiu ghabraya ua jauij : burii ka dm un par la, aur diini hallkat se unhen halak kar. ly Khcdawand mujh se yun farmata hai, ki Ja, aur meri qaum ke beton ke phatak par jis men se Yihudah ke bidshah aya jaya karte haiu, aur Yirusliilaia ke sab phatakou par khara ho; 20 Aur un se kab, ki Ai Yihudih ke bidshah, aur sab Yihudah, aur Yirushilam ke sare bashinde, jo un phatakou se guzarte ho, KiiuDAWAND ka kalara suno. 21 Kuudawand yuu kabta hai, ki Turn ap se chaukas raho, aur sabt ke din bojh na uthao, aur Yiriishalam keph^takog se mat lao; 22 Aur tuiu sabt ke din apne gharou se bojh mat le jao, aur kisi tarah ka kam na karo, balki sabt ke din ko muqaddas jano, jaisa maiij no tumhire b^pdadou ko farmaya. 23 Lekin unhon ue na suni, na kan lagaya, balki apai gardan ko sakht kiya, ki na suneu, aur nasihat qabul na kareu. 2-1 Aur aisa hogi, ki agar tuin fiihaqi'qat meri suno, Khujjawanu kalita hai, aur sabt ke din turn is shahr ke phitakOD se bojh na lao, balki sabt ke din ko muqaddas jano, yahau tak ki us meu kuchh kam na karo; 25 To is shahr ke phatakou se bidshah aur sardir dikhil honge, ki Diiid ke takht par juliis kareg ; we aur un ke sardar, Yihudah ke lo" aur Yirushalain ke bashinde rathou aur ghoion par sawar honge ; aur yih shahr hamesha tak abad hogi. 26 Aur Y'iluidah ke shahrou se, aur Yirushalam ki nawahi se, aur Binyamin ki zamiu se, aur maidan se aur pahar se, aur dakiihin se, charhawe aur zabibe aur hadiye aur luban aur shukrane liye hue Kuudawand ke ghar men awenge. 27 fickin agar tuui meri na sunoge, ki sabt ke dia ko muqaddas jano, aur sabt ke din Y'iiushilam ke phatakou se bojh leke dikhil ua hoo; tab main us ke phitakon mey ag lagaunga, jo Yiriishalam ke maliallou ko kha jaegi; aur ua Lujhegi. XVIII. BAB. I Wuh kalam jo Yaramiydh ke pas Khudawand se kahta hua ayi, 2 Ki Uth'ke kumhar ke ghar ko utar ja, aur main wahiu apai bateu tujhe suniiiaga. 3 Tab maiu kuaihar ke gliar meu utar gaya ; aur kya dekhta huu, ki wuh cliak par kuchh baua ralia hai. 4 Aur jo mitti ka bartan wuh bana raha tha, so kumhar ke hath se bigar gaya: tabus ue phir aur bartan banayi, jais^ kumhar ki nazar meo Y y y y 2 804 YARAMIYAH. [18 BAB. achchhi lagit. 5 Tab Kiiud^vand ki kalam kahtl hdi mere p$3 5ya, 6 Ki Ai Israel ke ghardne, kya maiy is kumhar ki tarah turn se nahiu kar sakta hiiu? liHUDAWAKD kahta hai. Dekho, jaise iriitti kumhdr ke hSth men, waise turn, ai Israel ke gharane, mere hath meo ho. 7 Jis waqt main kisi qaum aur kisf raam- lukat ke ukhlrne aur girane aur wfrin karne ko kaht'iu ; 8 Agar wuh qaum, jis ko niaio ne kaha, apni burai se phire, to maio bhi us bural se pachhtaunga jo us par karne ko thana thS. 9 Aur jis waqt maia kisi qaum aur kisi raamlukat ke banatie aur lagane ko kahtig ; 10 Aur wuh meri nazar raeu burai kare, aur meri na sune, to main bhi ds neki se pachlitaunga, jo us ki bhalai ke liye kaha thd. 11 Ab td Yihiidah ke logon aur Yirushalam ke bashindoo se kahke bol, ki Khudawand yau farmata hai, Dekli, maiij turn par burai thaharata, aur turn par irada bandhta : so ab turn men se harek apni apni burai se phir awe, aur apni apni rahoQ aur kamou ko sudhare. 12 Par unhou ne kaha, ki Befiida; kyiinki ham apne iradoD par clialenge, aur harek apne apne bure dil ki shararut karega. 13 Is liye Khudawand yuu farmata hai, ki Ab qaumou men puchho, kis ne aisi bateu suui liaiu ? Israel ki kunwari ne nihayat haulnak kam kiya. 14 Kya Lubnan ka barf, jo pahcir se hai, mere khetou ko chhorega ? kya tiiandha bahta pani, jo us se nikalta hai, sukh jiega ? 15 Tadbhi meri qaum mujh ko bhulgai, ki batil ke liye luban jalawe, aur we rahoQ meo qadim rastou meu phisal gaye, ki us rah meo chaleo, jo chauras nahfo ; 16 Ki we apni zamin ko w.rani, aur hamesha ke sithi lea bais kare u ; harek jo udhar se guzre, dang lioga, aur apne sir ko hilawega. 17 Purwi hawa ki tarah maio unheu dushman ke sainhne se titar bitar kar dunga ; un ki afat ke din mcij maiu apni pith un ki taraf pherunga, apna munh nahiu. 18 Tab unhon ne kaha, ki Ao, ham Yaramiyah par maShwarat kareo ; kyiinki na Bhariat kahin se, na salah hakim se, na kalam nabi se jata rahega. Ao, ham use zuban se mareo, aur us ki kisi bat par tawajjuh na kareo. 19 Ai Khudawand, tu mujh par tawajjuh kar, aur mere muddaiojj ki awaz sun. 20 Kyi bhalai ice badle burai dijaegi? kyanki unhon ne meri j.in ke hye garha khoda. Yad kar ki main tere huzur kharahdd, ki un ke liye dua i khair manguy, tiki tera qahr nn se pher jae. 21 Is liye un ke larkoQ ko kal ke hawale kar, aur unheij talwar ki dhar ko supurd kar ; un ki joruaa lawalad aur bewa hou ; aur uu ke mard mare pafeu ; un ke jawan janggah meg talwar ke kushta hoy. 22 Un ke gharon se nauha suna jae, jab td achanak un par fauj lawega : kyiinki unhoy ne mere pakarne ke liye garha khoda, aur mere paoij ke liye ,dl chhipie. 23 Par, ai Khudawand, tu mere mardalne ke liye un ke sab mansuba janta hai : un ki shararat ko muaf na kar, aur apni nazar se un ki khata na mita, balki we tere age girae jaeo ; apne qahr ke waqt meu td un se aisa kar. XIX. BAB. 1 Khxjdawand yuu kahtd hai, ki Td jake kumhar se mitti ka bartan mol le, aur qaum ke buzurgou aur kahinoo ke sardaroo mea se bazoo ko satli le ; 2 Aur bin Hannum ki wadi meo nikal ja, jo kumharoo ke phatak ki nikas keage hai, aur jo batey maio tujh se kahdnga td wahau suna : 3 Aur bol, Ai Yihudah ke bddshaho, aur Yirushalam ke bashindo, Khudawand ka kalam suno; Rabb 20 BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 805 ul afwaj Israel ki. Khudit, yuo farmlta hai, »Deklio, maio is maqim par aisj burai launga, ki jo koi use sunegi, us ke kin jhanjhana uthenge. 4 Kyunki unhoD ue mujhe chliora, aur is maqam ko gairou ke haw^le kiya, aur us meu begane ilihou ke liye luban jalayS, jiaheu na unhoo ne, na un ke bapdadou ne, na Yihddah ke bashindoo ne jana, aur is maqam ko bequsuroo ke lahii se,bhar diya ; 6 Aur unhou ne Baal ki unchi jagahoQ ko bina kiya, taki apne betoo ko Baal k*e charliawou ke liyc ag se jaliweu, jo maiij ne na farmaya, na kah:i, na mere dil par charha : 6 Is liye dekh, we din ite haio, Kuudawand kahta hai, ki yih maqam Tufat na kahriwega, na bin Ilannum ki wSdi balki Wadi ul qatl. 7 Aur is maqam meu maiu YiluuUh aur Yin'ishalam ki salih batil karunga ; aur uiaiu unheo un ke duslimanon ke age, aur un ki jan ke Ijhwahanou ke hath se giraunga ; aur maiu un ki lishou ko hawai parindou aur zamin ke dariudon ki lihurak karunga. 8 Aur maio UQ ka shahr wiran karunga, aur sithi ka bais ; harek jo guzreg^, dang hoga, aur us ki sab afatoij ke sabab sithi bajawega. 9 Aur maiij unheg un ke betog ka gosht, anr un ki betioij ka gosht khiladnga, aur harek apne apne yar ka gosht khaeg^, muhasara men aur tangi meij, jis se uu ke dushnian aur un ki jan ke ^hwa- h^n unheo tang karenge. 10 Tab tu us bartan ko apne sathfoij ke sauihne tor, 11 Aur un ko kah, Rabb ul afwaj yun kahta hai, ki Maio is qaum ko aur is shahr ko aisa torunga, jaisa koi knmhar ka bartan topta hai, jo phir durust nahiij hosakta; aur log Tufat meu garenge, jab tak garne ka maqam na rahe. 12 Maio is maqam se aisa kardnga, KHUnAWA^D kahtd hai, aur us ke bashindoQ se ; chunanchi maio is shahr ko Tufat ke manind banaunga : 13 Aur Yirushalam ke ghar aur Yihudah ke badshihon ke ghar Tufat ke manind palid honge, un gharog ke sabab jin ki chhato j par unhou ne asman ke sare lashkar ke liye luban jalaya, aur begane ilahoy ke liye tapawan tap.ie. 14 Tab Yaraniiyah Tufat se phir iya, jidhar Kuudawand ne use nubdwat karne ko bheja tha, aur Khukawand ke ghar ke sahn meij khara hoke sare logoij se kahne laga, ir> Ki Rabb ul afwaj Israel ka Khuda, ydn kahta hai, ki Dekho, maiu is shahr par aur us ki sire bastion par sari burii ladtiga, jo maio ne us ke barkhilif farraai, is liye ki unhoo ne apni gardan ko sak:ht kiya, taki meri batou ko na sunea. XX. BAB. 1 Jab Fasihur bin Am'r kahin ne, jo Khudawand ke ghar ka daroga bhf tha sunaki Yaramiyah ne in b^ton kinabnwatkf, 2 To Fasihdr ne Yaramiyah nabi ko niara, aur use us kaih meu dili, jo Binyamin ke bare phritak meu Khudawand ke ghar ke nazdik tha. 3 Aur dusre din ynu hua, ki Fasihdr ne Yaramiyah ko kath se nikala. Tab Yaramiyah ne use kaha, ki Khudawand ne tera nam Fasihur nahiu balki Majdr i Musabbib rakha. 4 Kydnki Khudawand ydu kahta hai, ki Dekh, maiu tujhe apne liye, aur tere sab dostoo ke liye bhayanak banaunga ; aur we apne dushmanou ki talwar se mare parenge, aur teri ankheo dekliengi: aur main sire Yahudah ko Babul ke badshah ke hath meu sompdiiga, aur wuh un ko Babul meo asir lejaega, aur talwar se qatl karega. 5 Aur maio is shahr ki sari qdwat, aur us ki sari raihnat, aur us ki sari nafis chizoo ko de daldnga, aur Yihddah kc badsha- hou Ife sab ^hazanou ko maio un ke dushmauon ke hath meo eompunga, jo unheo 806 YARAMIYAII. [21 BAB. lutenge, aur unheo pakrenge, ^r BaLul meo le j^enge. 6 Aur ai Fasihur, ta aur sab jo tere ghar ineu rahte haiij, aslri men jaenge : aur td Babul meo palmiicheg^, aur waharj tii niarega, aur wahau gdra jaega, td aur tere sire doat jin se td ne jhd- thi nubuwat kf. 7 Ai Khuda'wand, td ne mujhe nianayi hai, aur maia man gaya hun; td ne iffujh par jabr kiya hai, aur td galib ^ya.: main roz roz hansi men hdij, bar ek mujbe tliatthe meo ufata hai. 8 Kyunki jai bar main bolta hun, main pukarta hiiu; beinsiifi aur zulm ss faryad karti hdo; ki Khudavvanj) ka kalam bar roz meri malimat aiir hansi ka bais hota hai. 9 Tab main ne kaha, Main us ka zikr na kardng^, na age kabhl us ke nim se boldngi: lekin us ke kalhu mere dil meu atish i sozan ke manind tha, jo haddiou meu baud hai, aur main baz rahuc sc thak gaya, aur na saka. 10 Kyunki main ne bahutou se badgolsuni, charon taraf kliatra hai. Ittila karo, we kahte haig, aur ham ittila karenge. Mere sire yar mere thokar khane ke muu- tazir haiu, aur kalite, Shiyad wuh uskaya jaegi, aur ham us par galib awenge, aur us se badli lenge. 11 Lekin K.hl'da\vaki> muhib hahadur ke manind meri taraf hai: is liye mere satanewale thokar khaenge, aur galib na awenge, aur uihayat sharminde honge; kyunki we apna maqsad na piwenge: un ki haniesha ki sliar- mindagi kabhi bhnl na jaegi. 12 Pas, ai Rabb ul afwij jo sadiqoQ ko parakhta hai, aur gurdon aur dil ko dekhta hai, jo badld ki td un se lega, maiu use dekhdu; is liye ki main ne apna dawa tere samhne zahir kiya. 13 Khudawamj ki Sana gao, Khudawand ki tarif karo ; kyunki us ne miskin kf jan ko badkaroo ke hfith se chhuriya hai. 14 Lanat us din par, j is meu main paida hua: wuh din mubarak na howe, jis meo meri ma mujh ko jani. 15 L^uiat us adnii par, jis ne kahte hue mere bap ko Ithahar pahuncliai, ki Tujh ko beta paidi hua, aur use bara iduish kiya. IG Aur wuh admi un shahrou ke manind howe, jiuhen Khudawand ne ulat diya, aur pacbhtaya nahiu: aur subh ko shor sune, aur zuhr ke waqt lalkar; 17 Kyunki us ne mujhe rahini se qatl na kiya ; ya meri ma meri qabr hoti, aur us ka rahim hamesha tak hamila rahta. 18 Kis waste main rahim se nikla, ki mashaqqat aur ranj dekhdu, aur mere din sharm me^ katen? XXI. BAB. 1 Wuh kalam jo Khudawand ki taraf se Yaramiyah ke pis 5ya, jab Sidqiyah badshah ne Fasihur bin JMalkiyah, aur Zafaniyah bin Maasiyah kahin ko us ke pas kahll bheja, 2 Ki, Hamari khatir Khudawand se puehhiyo, kyunki J^jbul ka badshah Nabdkhudnazr hamare sath larai karta hai, shayad ki Khudawand ham se apne sare ajib kamou ke muwafiq kare, ki wuh ham men se charh jae. 3 Tab Yaramiyah ne un se kaha, ki Turn Sidqiy ih ko aisa kaho ; 4 Ki Khuda- wand Israel ka Khudi yuu farmata hai, ki Dekh main larai ke hathyarou ko, jo tumhare hath meu haiu, pherunga, jin se turn Babul ke badshah, aur Kasdiou ke sath, jo diwar ke bahar se tumhara muhasara karte haiu, laite ho, aur main unheo is shahr ke bfch men ikatthc kardnga. 5 Aur main ap tumhare sitb biladasti aur qdwat i bazd se lafungi, hau, gusse se aur gazab se, aur bare qahr se. G Aur 22 BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 807 maio is shahr ke b^shindou ko, ins5n o haiw^n kef, mlrung-i; wc l)arf waba meo marenge. 7 Aur is ke bad, IC^hudawand kahta hai, Yihndih ke bldshah Sidqiyih ko, aur us kc naukarou ko, aur qaum ko, aur un ko jo is shahr men waba aur talwar aur kiil ke baclie hue haiu, JJabul ke badshah Nabukhudnazr ke hath men, aur un ke dushmanoo ke hath meg, aur un kc hilth men jo us ki jan ke khwihin haiu, main sonipunga : aur wnh uiilieu talwar ke bar se raircgi ; wuh unheo na chhorega, na mihr karega, na rahmat karega. S Aur is qauni se ti'i kahega, ki KnucAWAiiD yun kahtri hai, ki Dekho, mairj tunihare §ge hriyat ki r.ih aur maut ki rah dhaita hi'iu. 9 Jo is slialir men rahega, so talwar aur kal aur waba se niarega : lekiu jo uikkgi, aur Kasdioo nieij pareg-i, jo timihara muhisara karte hain, so jiega, aur us ki jan use ganimat hogi. 10 Kyunki maiu ne is shahr par Lurai ke liye apna muuh pheri, bhalai ke liye nahig, Iviiudavvand kahti hai; wuli Babul ke badshah ke hath men sompi jaega, aur wuh use ag se jalawega. 11 Aur Yihudah ke badshah ke gharane ki babat Kuuda'wand ka kalamsuno; 12 Ai Daiid ke gharane, Khudawand yao kahti hai. Turn subh infisil karo, aur Inte hue ko zaliu\ ke hath se chhurao, na ho ki tumhare k.imoD kl burai se mera qalir ag ki tarah nikle, aur aisi bale, ki kol use bujha na sake. 13 Ai wadi ke bashinda, maidan ka pahar Khudawahd kahta hai, maiu tujh par at;i hiiij, jo kahta, ki kaun ham par hamla karega ? ya haraare maskanoa men kaun dakhl pawega? 14 Par tumhare kamou ke phal ke muwafiq main tumheo saza dunga, Khudawand farmata hai; aur main us ke jangal meg ag lagaungi, jo us ke girdagird sab ko bhasam karegf. XXII. BAB. 1 Khudawand yiio kahta hai, ki Yihddih ke badshah ke ghar moo utar ja, aur wahio yih bat bol, 2 Aur kah, Ai Yihiidah ke badshah, jo Diiid ke takht par juliis karta hai, Khudawand ka kalam suno, tii, aur tere naukar, aur teri qaum jo in darwazou se guzarte haiu ; 3 Khudawand yun kahta hai, ki Adihit aur sadiqat karo, aur zalim ke hath se lute hue ko chhurao: aur musafir, yatiin, aur bewa ko fareb na do, daotdarazi na karo, aur is niaqam men nahaqq khun mat bahao. 4 Kyianki jo turn filhaqiqat is kalam ke muwafiq karoge, to Daud ke janishin badsbih, rathoij par aur ghoron par sawar hoke, is ghar ke darwazou se guzrunge, harek aur us ke naukar aur us ke log. 5 Pas agar tum in baton ko na sunoge, to main apni qasam khata huu, Khudawand kahta hai, ki yih ghar ek wii-ana hoga. 6 Kyunki Yihiidah ke badshah ke ghar ki babat Khudawand yuu kahta hai, ki Tii mujhe Jiliahd hai, aur Lubnan ka sar : tadblii maiu yaqinan tujhe ek bayaban banaungi, aur aise shahr jin meu koi nahiij bastS. 7 Aur maiu tere barkhilif garatgaron ko muqarrar karanga, harek ko ma apne hathyarou ke ; aur we tere khass shanishadon ko katenge, aur unhen ^g meo dalenge. 8 Aur bahut qaumeu is shahr ke pas se guzrengi, aur un mea se harek apne parosi se kahega, ki linuDAWAND ue is bare s^hahr par ydu kyaij kiyi hai? 9 Tab we jawib denge. Is liye ki unhou ne Khudawand apne Ivhudi ke ubd ko tark kiyi hai, aur begane iUhou ko pQJa, aur uq b^i baodagt ki. 603 YA RAM I YAH. [22 BAB» 10 Murde ke liye na roo, na nauha karo; Swlra ke liye tir zir roo: kyunki wuh phir na Swega, na apne watan ko dekhega. 11 Ivyutiki Yihiidah ke badshah Yiisiyah ke bete Saliim ki babat,jo apne b;ip Yiisiyah ka janishin hai, jo is raaq^m se nikal gaya, Kuudawand 'yau kahta hai, kij Wuh idhar phir na iwega : 12 Balki jis maqim meo we use asir legae halo, wahau wuh marega, aur is zamia ko phir na dekhega. 13 Wae us par, jo apne ghar ko beinslfi se, aur apne bilikhanoo ko zulm se banata hai; jo apne parosi ko begar pakarta hai, aur us kf mazduri nahiij deta ; 14 Jo kahta hai, ki Main apne liye lamba chaura ghar, aur unche balakhane ban- ^anga; aur wuh apne liye khirklan katta hai; aurshanishad kllakrise chhat patta hai, aur qirmizf rang se rangta hai. 15 Kya tii isi liye saltanat karegi, ki shamshad ke kain men auron ke sath barabari kare ? Kya tere bap ne nahiu khaya piya, aur adalat o sadaqat nahfu kiya? tab wuh khushhal thi. 16 Us ne niiskin aur muhtaj ke dawe ka faisala kiya ; tab wuh khushhal tha: kya yih meri pahchan nathi? Khudawand kahta hai. 17 Par teii ankheu aur tera dil kisi chiz ki taraf mail haie nahis, magar lalach par, aur nahaqq khun par ki bahawe, aur zulm aur dast- darazipar ki kare. 18 Isi liye Yihudah ke badshah Yusiyah ke bete Yahi'iyaqim ki babat K.hui>awand yuo kahta hai, ki We us ke liye yih nauha na karenge, ki Hae mere bhai! aur Hae bahin ! We us ke li^e yih nauha na karenge. Hie Khuda- wand! yi Hae jalil us ka! 19 Yiriishalam^ ke darwazoo ke bahar ghasjta^aur phcnka hua, us ka dafn gadhe ka si, dafn hoga. 20 Tn Lubnan par chafh ja, aur chilla ; aur Basan men apnl dwSz buland kar, aur ghation se chilla: ki tere sab ashiqoD ne shikast paf. 21 Maio ne teri salaniati ke din meo tujhe kaha ; par to boli, Main na sunungi ; terf jawanf se yihi teri Sdat ki td meri awaz ko nahin manti. 22 Hawa tere sab charwahoa ko le jaegi, aur tere Sshiq asirl meg jaenge ; us waqt tu apni sari shararat ke liye sharm khaegf, aur pasheman hogi. 23 Ai Lubnan men basnewalijo apna ashiyana shamshadou men banati hai, tu kaisi ajiz hogi jab tujh par jannewali aurat ki piri ke manind dard awenge. 24 Mujhe apni hayat ki qasani Khudawand farmata hai, ki Agarchi Yahiidah ke badshah Yahuyaqim ka beta Kaniyah mere dahne hath ki anguthi hota, tadbhi main use wahan se nikal phenkta; 25 Aur un ke hath mea jo teri jan ke khwahin hair, aur un ke hath meu, jin ke chihre se tu khauf khata hai, yane IJabuI ke badshah Nabiikhudnazr ke hath meu, aur Kasdion ke hath mea maio tujhe sompunga. 26 Aur maiu tujhe aur teri mi ko, jo tujhe jani, pardes men nikal dung^, jahau turn paida nahio hue; aur wahaa turn maroge. 27 Aur jis des meo unhon ne phirne ko dil lagayi. hai, we wahan na phirenge. 28 Kyi yih shakhs Kaniyah nafrati aur tuti hiii miirat hai? ya napasand bartan ? we kis waste nikale jate, wuh aur us ki aulad, aur aisi zamin men dalejate, jise we nahfu jante? 29 Ai zamin, zamfn, zamin, Khudawand k£ kallm sun. 30 Khuda- wand yuo farmata hai, Is admi ko beaulad likho, yih admi apne dinou men iqbalmand na hoga : kyiJnki koi us kf aulad se iqbalmand na hoga, ki Daad fee takht par baithe, aur Yihiidah par saltanat kare. 23 BAB.] VARA MI YAH. ' 809 XXIII. BAB. 1 Wae un chnrwahoo par jo merichar^gih ke blierou Ico haKk o pareshdn karte hain ! Khudawand kahta hai. 2 Is liye Khud.vwand Israel ka Khudi un char- wahou kl babat, jo meri qaum ko charate hain, yiiu kahta hai, ki Turn ne mere galle ko pareshin kiya, aur hank diya, aur nigahbanf nahfu kf : dekho, maio turn par tumhiire kainou kf bur'if pahunchaiinga, KnuDA'WAND kahti hai. 3 Aur maio apne galle ke bache hiioo ko sarf zaintnoo se jama kariinga, jahan maiu ne nnheo hank diya tha, aur unheu apne jhundou meij phir launga; aur we phalenge, aur barhenge. 4 Aur maiu un par charwahe muqarrar karunga, jo unheu charawenge; aur we phir na darenge, na ghabraenge, na kani honge, Khudawand kahtS. hai. 5 Dekh we din ^te haiu, Khudawand kahta hai, ki main Dadd ke liye sadiq shakh uthaunga, aur badsh^h badshahf karega, aur iqbalmand hoga, aur adalat o sadaqat zamm par karega. 6 Us ke dinon meu Yihudah najAt pawegi, aur Israel salamatf meo sukunat karega ; aur us kd nam yih rakhft j''ieg'i, Khudawand hamari sadaqat. 7 Isf liye, dekh, we din ate haiu, Khudawand kahta hai, ki we phir na kahenge, Khudawand i Ha! ki qasam, jo bani Israel ko mulk i Misr se charhi laya ; 8 Balki, Khudawand i Hal kf qasam jo bait i Israel ki aulad ko uttar ki zamin se aur sari zaminoo sejahau main ne unhen hank diya tha, charha laya, aur un kl rahnumai ki, ki apnf zamfn men basen. 9 Nabion ke bais se mera dil mere andar char ho raha hai ; meri sari haddfou meo kapkapi pari; Khudawand ke sabab aur us ki muqaddas batOQ ke sabab maio matwala sa hfin, aur us shakhs si jis par wain galib huf. 10 Kyunki zamin zina karoo se bhar gaf; ki qasam khane se zamin matam kartihai; maidan ke charaan sukh gae, aur un ki adat buri hai, aur un ki qdwat thik nahio. 11 Ki nabf aur kahin donoy napak haiu: hdij, main ne apne ghar men un ki burai pii, Khuda- wand kahta hai. 12 Is liye un ko un ki rah tariki men phislahf jagah si hogi; ■we dhakelejaenge, aur wahao girenge: ki maiu un par burai lailnga, yane un se intiqam lene ka baras, Khudawand kahta hai. 13 Aur maio ne Samrdn ke nabioo meo nadani dokhi hai; unhon ne Baal se nubdwat ki, aur mere log Israel ko gum- rahi men dala. 14 Bhi main ne Yirdshalam ke nabioo men haulnak chiz dekhi: we zinakari karte, aur jhdth se chalte haiu ; badkSroo ke halhou ko bhi we taqwiyat dete hain, yahSu tak ki koi apni burai se nahi'o phirta: we sab mujhe Saddm ke manind haio, aur us ke bashinde Amdrah ke manind. 15 Isi liye Rabb ul afwcij nabioo ki babat ydo kahta hai, ki Dekh, maio unheu nig- dauna khilaunga, aur pitpapre ka pani piladngi: kyunki Yirdshalam ke nabioa se siri zamin par uipaki nikli. IG Rabb ul afwaj ydn kahta hai, ki Un nabioo ki bateu mat suno, jo turn ko nabuwat karte haiu; we turn ko batil karate: we apne dil ki rdyat kahte haio, na Khudawand ke munh ki kahihuf. 17 We un ko, jo mujhe haqir jante haio, kahte rahte, ki Khudawand ne kaha, Tum- hari salamati hogi; aur harek ko jo apne dil ki shararat par chalta, we kahte, ki Turn par burai na awegi. 18 Kydnki Kaudawand ke diwau i khass meo kaun khara hdS hai, ki us ki bat ko dekhe aur sune ? kis ne us ki bat ko gosh kiyd, aur suna? 19 Dekh, Khudawahd ki Sndhi qahr se nikalti; aisi §ndhi jo daurti hdi sharirou ke sir par daufegi. 20 Khudawand ki. gar ab phir na Swegi, jab tak Z z z z f^lQ ' YARAMlYAlf. [23 BAB. wuh apne dil ka irada kam men na lawe, aur purd na tare ; turn Skhiri dinon meg use bakhubf mdhim karoge. 21 Maio ne in nabloo ko nahfo bheja, par we daure haio; maio ne un se nahtu kahS, par unhoo ne nabuwat kf. 22 Pas agar we mere dfwSn i khdss men khare bote, aur merl bateu mere logoo ko sunate, to we un ko un k{ burl rah se, aur un ke knmoo ki burai se phirate. 23 Kya niaio Khuda i nazdik. hue, Khudawanb kahti hai, a\n- Khuda i bald nahfij? 24 Kya koi chhipf jagahoa meo apne ko chhipa sakta hai jis se maio na dekhiio ? Khudawand kahta: kya asman aur zamfn mujh se bhara nahio hai? Khudawand kahti hai. 25 Jo nabiou ne kahl, maio ne sun^, jo kahte hue mere nam se jhuth miith nubuwat karte, ki Maiij ne khwab dekhi, khwab dekhi, 26 Kab tak yih nabioQ ke dil meu hoga, jo jhiith mnth nubuwat karte? ban, we apne dil ke fareb ke nabf hail} : 27 Jo mansuba bandhte haiij, ki un ke khwabou se, jo har ek apne paros! se bayan karta, meri qaum se mera nam bhulwa deu, jaise un ke bapdide Baal ke live mera nam bhul gaye. 28 Jis nabi ke pas khwab hai, so khwab bayan kare; aur jis ke pis mera kalam hai, so mere kalim ko sacliaf sekahe: gehiia ko bhiise se kya? Khcdawanu kahta hai 29 Kya mera kalam ag ke manind nahlQ hai ? Khudawand kahta hai, aur hatliore ke manind, jo pahar ko chnr chur karta hai? 30 Is liye, dekh, maiu un nabioii par dta hug, Khuda- wand kahti hai, jo har ek apne parost se nieri baten churite hain. 31 Dekh, main un nabioo par Sta hue, Khudawand kahta hai, jo apnl zuban ko kam meo late, aur kahte, ki Us ne kaha hai. 32 Dekh, maio un par ata hau, Khuda- wand kahta hai, jo jhuthe khwaboo ki nubuwat karte haiy, aur unbeo bayan karte, aur apni jbuthai o lifzani se mere logoo ko bhaikate haiu; lekin main ne unhea nahfu bheja, na unheo hukm diya : is liye is qaum ko un se hargiz faida na hoga, Khudawand kahta hai. 33 Aur jab yih qaum, yi nabf, yl kahin kahte hue tujh se puchhe, ki I'ar i Khudawand kya hai? tab jo bar hai, td kah, ki Maio turn ko tark karta hnu? Khudawand kahta hai. 34 Aur nabi, aur kahin, aur qaum, jo koi kahe. Bar i Khudawand, maio us shakhs ko aur us ke gharane ko saza dungi. 35 Har ek apne parosi se, aur har ek apne bhii se yun kahe, ki Khudawand ne kya jawab diyahai? aur us ne kya kaha hai. 36 Aur turn liar i Khudawand ka zikr kab- hi na karoge, ki har ek ki bat us ka bar hoga ; kyunki turn ne zinda Khudi, Babb ul afwaj hamare Khuda ki batoo ko bigara hai. 37 Tu nabi se yuQ kahega, ki Khudawand no tujhe kya jawab diya? aur Khudawa.xd ne kya kahi hai? 38 Lekin jab ki turn kahte ho. Bar i Khudawand, is liye Khudawand yun kahta hai, azbaski turn kahte ho, Bir i Khudawand, aur maio ne turn ko kahla bhejS, ki Mat kaho, Bir i Khudawand : 39 Is liye, dekh, maio tnmheo liilkuU bhul jadnga, aur tumheo tark kardnga, aur turn ko aur us shahrkojo maio ne tum ko aur tumhare bapdadoo ko diyii, apne huzur se nikaliinga. 40 Aur maiu turn par hamesha ki malamat, aur hamesha ki sharm laduga, jo na bhulegi. XXIV. BAB. 1 Khudawand ne mujh par zahir kiya, aur dekh do tokri anjir Khudawand kl haikal ke simhne rakW gaio, bad us ke ki Babul ke badshah Nabd^hudna^jr 25 BAH.] YARAMIYAH. HU- ne Yihiiddh ke badshSh YakuniySh bin Yahuyaqfm ko, aur Yihudah ke amiron ko, barhafoo aur loh^roo ke sith Yirushalam se asfr lejake Babul ineu pahunchaya tha, 2 Ek tokrf meu achchhe se achche anjir the, pahile pakke line anjiroo ke raaiiind; aur dusri tokrJ uieu bure se bure anjir, jo burii ke mire khie na ja sake. 3 Aur Khouawand ne niujh-se kaha, ki Ai Yaramiyab, tii kya dekhta hai ? Aur niaio ne kaha, Anjiroo ko ; achchhe anjir, bahut achchhe ; aur jo bure haio, bahut bure. jo hurai ke mare khie na ja sake. 4 Phir IvHtDAWAND ka kalam yih kahti hui mere p5s iyA, 5 Khudawand Israel ka Khuda yuQ kahti hai, ki In achchhe anjirou ke manind, maiu Yihudah ke asiron ko, jinheu maiu ne is maqara se Kasdion ki zamin men bheja hai, bhalai ke live pahchinunga. 6 Ki maiu un par bhalai ke liye nayar rakhungi, aur unheu phir is zaniin men launga, aur maiu unheu bauauuga, aur na dhaunga; maio unheu lagaunga, aur na ukhardnga. 7 Aur maiu unheu dil diinga, ki mujhe pahchaneu, ki maio Khueawand hno : aur we mere log honge, aur maiu ua ka Khudi hunga ; kyunki we meri taraf apne sire dil se phirenge. 8 Par bure anjirou ke manind, jo burai ke mare khae na ji sake, Khudawano yaqinan yiiu kahti hai, ki Maiu Yihndih kebidshah Sldqiyah ko, aur us ke amfroii ko, aur Yirushalam ke bache hiiou ko, jo is zamin meo rahte haiu, aur jo sarzamla i JNJisr meu bashinde haiu, aisa thaharaunga. 9 Aur maiu unheu dunya ki sari mamlukatoo meu badsuluki aur musibat ke liye sompungi, ki jin maqamoo meu maiu unheu hinkungi, wahau we malimat aur masal aur tana aur lanat ke liye boweo. 10 Aur maiu un ke darmiyan talwar, aur kal, aur waba bhejungi, jalj tak we us zamin se, jo maiu ne unheii aur un ke bapdadoa ko diya, mit na jaeu, XXV. BAB. 1 Wuh kal£m jo Yihudah ke sire logou ki bibat Yaramiydh pasdya, Yihndah ke badshih Yahiiyaqfm bin Yusiyih ke chauthe baras meo, jo Bibul ke badshih Nabiikhudnazr ka pahila baras tha ; 2 Jise Yaraniiyah nabi ne kahte hue Yihudah ke sare logog, aur Yirushalam ke sire bashindou se kah diya, 3 Ki Yihudah ke badshih Yiisiyih bin Amun ke teraliwcu baras se aj tak, ki tefswau baras hai, Kuudawanu ka kalam mere pis aya, aur maiu ne tum se kah.i, sul)h sawere uthke kahi, par tum ne na suni. 4 Aur Kuudawand ne apne sire bande nabioo ko tumhare pis bheja, subh sawere uthke bheja; par tum ne na suna, na sunne ko apni kin hignya. 5 Unhog ne kahi, ki Ilarek apni buri rah se, aur apne kimon ki burai se phiriyo, aur us zamin men, jise Khudawand ne tum ko aur tumhare bapdidon ko di^a, abad ul abid basiyo. 6 Aur tum begine ilahoo ke pichhe na jao, ki un ki bandagi aur sijda karo, aur apne hathon ke kdmou se mujhe gusse meo na lio ; aur maiu tum par kuchh zarar na pahunchiungi. 7 Par tum ne meri na suni, Khudawanp kahta hai ; ki apne hathoB ke kamou se apn^ zarar ke liye mujhe gusse meu lao. 8 Is liye Ilabb ul afwij yiio kahta hai, ki Waste is ke ki tum ne merf bateo na sunig, 9 Dekh, maiu uttar ke sire qabiil, aur apne bande shah i Bibul Nabiikhudnazr ko leke bhejungi, Khudawand kahti hai, aur maio is larzamin, aur us ke bashindou, aur in siri qaumou ki mukhalafut meu, jv Z z Z z 2 812 YARAMIYAH. [25 BAB. chaugird haiu, unheu pahunchSnngS, aur unheu bilkull halak karfingS, aur hairani aur sftlil aur hamesha kl wirani ke liye unheo thaharanng;*. 10 Aur main unraeo sc khushf kf fiwriz, aur shSdi kf awaz dulhe ki ^waz aur dulhin kf ^waz, chakkl ki awaz aur chirag ki roshni ko mitaunga. 11 Aur yih sari zamin wirdna aur hairani ke liye hogi ; aur ye qauraeo sattar baras tak Babul ke badshih ki bandag! karengi. 12 Aur aisa hoga, Khudawand kahta hai, ki jab sattar baras pure honge, maia B^bul ke badshah seaur us ki qaum se un ki burai ka intiqam lunga, aur KasdioQ ki sarzamin se, aur maiij use hamesha ka wirana thaharaunga. 13 Aur maiu us sarzamin par apni sari bateij, jo main ue us par kaliitj, laungi, y'me sab kuchh jo is kitab lueu likha hai, jo nubiiwat Yaraniiyili ne sari qaumoQ par ki. 14 Ki un se bhi baliut qauinea aur bare badsliah begiri kariwenge ; aur main un se UD ke amal ke inuwafiq, aur un ke hathou ke kamoij ke mu\vafi(i badla liinga. 15 Ki Khcdawand Israel ke Khuda ne mujh ko yuo kaha hai, ki Gazab ki •wain ka jah piyala mere hath se le, aur sari qaumou ko, jin ke pas main tujhe bhejhta ht'iij, pili, 16 Ki we pfeo, aur larzeu, aur behosh howeo, us talwar ke sabab se jo main un ke darmiyan bhejta huu. 17 Tab main ne Khudawand ke hath se wuh piyala liya, aur un sari qaumou ko, jin ke pas Khudawand ne mujhe bheja tha, main ne pilaya, 18 Yane Yin'ishalam, aur Yihudah ke shahroD ko, aur us ke badshahon aur us ke amiron ko ki wuh unhen winina aur hairani aur siihi aur lanat ke liye thaharawe ; jaisi aj ke din hai ; 19 Misr ke badshah FiraOn ko, aur us ke naukaron aur us ke amiron aur us ki sari qaum ko ; 20 Aur sare ajnabiou ko, aur U'z ki zamin ke sare badshahon ko, aur Filistiou ki zamin ke sire badshahoo ko, aur Asqalun, aur Azzah, aur Aqnm ko, aur Ashdud ke bache hiion ko, 21 Adiim, aur Moab, aur bani Amman ko, 22 Aur Sur ke sare badshaiiou ko, aur Saidun ke sare badshahou ko, aur samundar par ke jaziroo ke badshahoo ko, 23 Didin, aur Taima, aur Bi'iz ko, aur un sabhou ko, jo apne goshe mundate, 24 Aur Arab ke sare badsliahou ko, aur ajnabiou ke sire badshahou ko, jobayiban meu sakin haiu, 25 Aur Zimri ke sare badshahou ko, aur Ailim ke sare badshahou ko, aur Madion ke sare badshahon ko, 2G Aur uttar ke sire badshahou ko, jo nazdik aur jo diir haiu, ek dnsre ke sath, aur dunya ki sari mamlukaton ko, jo zamin ki sath par haiij : aur Sisak ka badshah un ke pichhe piega. 27 Aur tii unheo kahega, ki Israel ka Khudi Rabb ul ;ifwaj yuo farmata hai, ki Tunj pio, aur mast ho, aur qai karo, aur giro aisi ki phir na ulho, us talwar ke age, jo main turahire darmiyan bhejta hiiu. 28 Aur aisa hoga, ki agar we pine ko tere hath se piyala lene ka iukar karen, tii un se kahega, ki Rabb ul afwaj yao kahta hai. Turn yaqinan ploge 29 Kyunki, dekh, main us shahr par, jo mere nam se pukara jata, Lural lane ko shuru karta hiiu, aur kya turn bilkull besaza rahoge ? Turn besaza na rahoge: ki main zamin ke sare ba- shindoQ par talwar talab karunga, Rabb ul afwaj kahta hai. 30 Aur tu un par in sab baton ki nubiiwat karega, aur un se kahega, ki I^Cuudawand bulaudi se garjega, aur apne muqaddas makin se awaz degi ; wuh apni arrimg .h par zor se garjega ; angur latarnewalon ke manind wuh zamin ke sare bashindon par lalkaregl, 3i Zamin ki sarhaddon tak gauga pahunchega : ki I^uldawand qaumon ke sath dawa rakhta hai ; wuh sare bashar se mubahasa karega j wuh sharirou ko tulwaj 26 BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 813 ke supurd karegS, Kuudawand kahti hai. 32 Rabb ul afw£j yuu kaht£ hai ki Dekh qaum se qaum par bural uiklegf, aur bari Sndhi zainfn ki sarhaddoo se uthii jiegi. 33 Aur Khudawand ke raaqtul us roz zam'n ki. ek sarhadd se dusri sarhadd tak honge ; we na matam ki\ e jaenge, na jama ki jSenge, na dafn kjye jaenge ; khad ke liye we zamin ki sath par honge. 34 Ai charwiho, wawaila karo, aur chillao; aur ai galle ke sarddro, turn apne ko rakh meu lotao : ki tumliare qatl aur pareshanf ke liye din pure hue haiu ; turn qlmati bartan ke nianind giroge. 35 Aur charwaliou se, p;inSh jati rahegi, aur galle ke sardaron se najat. 36 Charwahoo ke chillane ki awaz, aur galle ke sar- d.iroo ka wiwaili! ki Khxtdawand ne un ki charaguh ko wiran kiya hai. 37 Aur salamati kt charag.iheu Khudawano ke bare qahr se ujar kijatihain. 38 Us ne apne lukan ko sher ki tarah chhora, kyunki zalim ki josh kharosh se, aur us ke bafe qahr se un ki zamia ek wiraui hai. XXVI. BAB 1 Yihadih ke badshah Yusiyah ke bete Yahiiyaqira kl badshahi ke shurii meo yih kalam Khuuawand ki taraf se kahta hiia dya, 2 Ki Khui>awand yuu kahta hai, Khudawand ke ghar ke sahn meij khara ho, aur Yiiiadah ke sare shahroo se, jo K.HODAWANU ke ghar meo sijda karne ko ate haiu, sari bateij jo maiu ne tujhe un se kahne ko hukm diya hai, kah ; ek bat kain na kar. 3 Shayad ki we suneu, aur bar ek apni buri rah se phire, ki maiu us badi se pachhtauu, jo maio un ke kamou ki burai ke liye un par karne ko mau3uba bandhta hun. 4 Aur tii ua se kalieg4, ki Khudawand yiiu kahta hai, Agar tum meri na sunoge, ki meri shariat par chalo, jo maio ne tumhare age rakhi, 5 Aur mere bande nabioo kf bateu suno, jinheij main ne tumhare pas bhejd, subh sawere uthke bheja (par tum ne na suna;) G To main is ghar ko Silah ke minind banaunga, aur is shahr ko zamin ki sari qauinoo ke liye main lanat thaharaunga. 7 Aur kahinou aur nabfoQ aur sari qaum ne Yaramiyah ko Khudawanb ke ghar meu ye bateo kahte suna. 8 Aur aisa hua, ki jab Yaramiyah sari bateu kah chuka, jo Khudawand ne sari qaum sa kahne ko hukm kiya tha, tab kahinoo aur nabion aur siri qaum ne use pakfa, aur kaha, ki Tu yaqinan marega. 9 Tu ne K.hui>avv^nd ke nam se yih kahke kyun nubnwat ki hai, ki Yih ghar Silah ke maniiid hoga, aur yih shahr wiran aur bina bishinda hoga ? Aur sare log Yaramiyah ki mukhalafat par Khluawand ke ghar meo jama hiie. 10 Jab Yihudah ke sardlrou ne ye baten sunio, tab we badshah ke ghar se Khcdawand ke ghar meo charh gaye, aur Khudawand ke ghar ke naye darwSze ki paith men baith gaye. 11 Aur kahinou aur nabion ne kahte hue sardarou se aur sari qaum se kaha, ki Yih shakhs qatl ke laiq hai; kyunki us ne is shahr par nubiJwat ki, jaisa tumne apne kan se suna. 12 Tab Yaramiyah sare sardirou aur sari qaum se kahke bola', ki Jo sdri bateo tum ne suniu, K^UDAWA^D ne is ghar par aur is shahr par nubuwat karne ko nmjhe bheja hai. 13 Tum ab apni rahou aur apne kamog ko sudharo, aur Kuudawand apne Khuda ki awaz ke shinawii ho ; aur Ivhudawand us badi se pachhtawega, jise U3 ne tumhare Larkhilif kaha, U Aur dekho, mala tunihUe hith meu liuu j 814 YARAMIYAH- [27 I5AB. mere slth jo tumh^rf nazar meo achchhS aur durust ho, karo. 15 Par yaqln j^iio, ki agar turn raujhe qatl karoge, to nahaqq khun apne par, aur is shahr par, aur us ke bashindoo par laoge; kyiinki haqfqat meo Khudawand ne mujhe tumh^re pas bheja hai, ki tumhdre kSnoo men ye slrf baten kahiin. 16 Tab sardaroD aur sari qau in ne kahinou aur nab'oo se kaha, ki Yih shakhs qatl ke Idiq nahin hai : kyi'inki us ne Khudawand hamare Khuda ke nam se hameu kaha hai. 17 Tab sarzarain ke kitne buzurg uthe, aur qaum ki s^ri jamaat se kahke bole, 18 Ki Mikah Maurasti Yihudah ke badshah Hizqiyah ke dinou nieu nabf tha, aur Yihiidih ki sari qaum se kahke bola tha, ki Rabb ul afwaj yao kalita hai, ki Saihiin khet ke manind jota jaegi, aur Yirushalam dher dher lioga, aur is ghar ka pahir jangal ki unchi jagahou ke manind hoga. 19 Kyi Yihudah ke badshah Hi/,(|iyah ne, aur sare Yihud'ih ne us ko qatl kiya ? kya wuh Kjiuda- WAND se na dara, aur Kiiudawanj) se ininnat naki? Chuninclu Khudawand us badi se pachhtaya, jise us ne un ke barkhilaf kaha tha. Par ham apni janoa par bari badi late bain. 20 Aur bbiek admi tha, jis ne Kiiudawand ke nam se nubnwat kf, U'riyah bin Samaiyah Qaryat ul Yaarim ka, jis ne is shahr par, aur is zamin par Yaramiyah ki siri bitou ke niuwafiq n ibuwat ki : 21 Aur jab Yahuyaqim badshah, aur us ke sab bahadurou ne aur sare sardaron ne us ki bateo suniu, to badshah ne use qatl karne ko chaha; par U'riyah sunte lii dar gaya,aur bhagke Misrnien cliala gaya; 22 Aur Yahuyaqim badshah ne kai admioo ko, Ilinatan bin Akbdr aur us ke sath kitne Sdmioij koMisr mep bheja. 23 Aur we U'riyah ko Misr se nikal lae, aur use Yahu- yaqim badshah ke pas pahunchaya ; aur us ne us ko talwar se mrirdala, aur us ki lash ko anim kf qabristin meu dala. 24 Par Akbiqara bin Safan ka hath Yara- jniyah par tha, ki we use qaum ke hath meij qatl hone ko na sompeu. XXVII. BAB. I Yihiidah ke b-ldshah Sidqiyah bin Yusiyah kf saltanat ke shuru meo, Khuda- WAND ki taraf se Yaramiyah ke pas yih kalam kahta hua aya, 2 Ki Khudawand ne mujhe ytin kalia, ki Handoij aur jtioo ko apne liye bana, aur unhen apni gardan par rakh, 3 Aur unheo Adum ke badshah, aur Moab ke badshah, aur Hani Ammun ke badshah, aur Sur ke badsliah, aur SaidiJn ke badshah ke pas un qasidoo ke hith bhej, jo Yirnshalam meo Yihddah ke badshah Sidqiyah ke pas aye liaio. 4 Aur tu un ko un ke malikoo se kahn£ farma, ki Rabb ul afwaj Israel ka Jihuda yuQ kahta hai, ki Turn apne malikou se ist tarah kahna; 5 Ki Maiu ne zamin ko insan o haiwan ko jo zamin ki sath par haio, apni bari qiiwat se aur barbae hiie bizii se paida kiya, aur jo mujhe achchha nazar aya use di hai. 6 Aur ab main ne in sari zaminon ko apne bande iiabul ke badshah Nabukhudnazr ke hath men diya hai, aur maidan ke janwaroij ko bhi use diya, ki us ki bandagi kareo, 7 Aur siri qaumeu us kf, aur us ke bete ki, aur us ke pote ki bandagi karengf jab tak us ki zamin ka waqt, hao usi ka na iwe; aur jab bahut qaumeo aur bare badshah us se begiri karawenge. 8 Aur aisa hoga, ki jo qaum aur jo marulukat Babul ke badshah Nabukhudnazr ki bandagi na karega, aur apni gar- ^au ko iiabul ke_b£dsh^h ke jii«; tale ua lakhega, us qaum ko, Kuui>awam> kahi4 14 BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 815 hai, maio talwar se aur ki\ sc aur waM se mardaUing^, jab tak unheo us ke hdth se tabah na karuu. 9 Is li3'e turn apne nabfou ki aur apne gaibgotou kf aur apne khwabbinou ki aur apne shugiinijoo ki aur apne jadugarou ki na suno, jo turn se kabte baiu, ki Tuin Jiabul ke badshah ki bandagi na karoge. 10 Kyunki we turn se jliutlii nubiiwat karte haio, ki tnm ko tuinbari zamin se dur kareii, aur niaio tumheu hankaoi ki halak ho. 1 1 Par jo qaumeu apni gardan ko Babul ke badshah ke jne tale rakhengi, aur us ki bandag! karengi, main uii ko un ki zamin meu dram dungi, KiiujiAwAND kahtahai; aur we us ki khtti karengi, aur lis meu basengf. 12 Aur in sari batou ke muwafiq niaiD ne Yihudah ke badshih Sidqiyah se yih kahte hue kaha, ki Apn! gardan ko Bal)ul ke badshah ke jiie tale lao, aur us ki aur us ki qaum ki bandagi karo, aur jite raho. 13 Tuin talwar se aur kal se aur waba se kyi'iu maroge, tii aur tere log, jaisa Khudawand ne us qaum ki babat kaha hai, jo Labul ke badshah ki bandagi na karegi ? 14 Aur un nabiou kf bfiteo na suno, jo tuin se kahte hue bolte, ki Turn liabul ke badshah ki bandagi na karoge. kyiinki we jhuthi nubiiwat turn ko kahte liaiij. 15 Ki maiij ne unlieu nahio bheja, Ivhodawand kahti hai, par we mere nam se jiiuthi nubiiwat karte haiu; taki maiij turn ko hankiiu, aur tuin aur we nabi jo tumhen nubuwat karte haio, halak hoo. IG Main ne kahinou se aur sare logon se yih kahte hue kahi, ki KnUDAWAND yuo farmati hai, Apne nabiog ki bateu na suno, jo turn se nubuwat karte hue kahte haio, ki Dekhc^ Kuuuawand ke ghar ke bartan Babul se thore din bad pher lae jrienge : kyiinki we tum se jhuchi nubiiwat i-arte haio. 17 Un ki na suno ; Babul ke badshah ki bandagi karo, aur jite raho : yiii shahr kyiin wirana bane? 18 Far agar we nabi hou, aur Khuuawand ka kalam un pas ho, to we Rabb ul afw.ij se shifiat karen, ki jo bartan Ivuudawand ke ghar men, aur Yihiid.ih ke badshah ke ghar meo, aur Yirushalam meu baqi haiy, liaLul mey jane na pa wen. 19 Kyunki sutiinon kf babat Rabb ul afwaj yiin kahta hai, aur bahr ki bibat, aur kurslou ki babat aur aur bartanou ki babat jo is shahr meu baqi haio, 20 Jinheu Babul ka badshah Nabiikhudnazr nalegaya,jab wuh Yihudah ke bad- shah Yakuniyah bin Yahiiyaqini ko, aur Yihudah aur Yirushalam ke sare raisorj ko Yirushalam se Babul meo asir lejatatha; 21 liao, liabb ul afwaj Israel ka Khuda, un bartanou ki babat, jo iinuDAWANu ke ghar meo, aur Yihiidah ke badshah k^ ghar meo, aur Yirushalam meu baqi haio, yuu kahta hai, 22 Ki We Babul meu !ae jaenge, aur wahau honge, us din tak. ki maio un se mutalaba kariio, Kuudawand kahta hai: us waqt raaiu unheu charha iaiinga, aur is mu^aia meu pahuochauoga. XXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur usf sal men Y'^ihndih ke badshah Sidqiyah ki saltanat ke shurii meo* chauthe baras ke panchweu mahine mep, aisi hiia ki Jabauni Aziir kabeta Hana- niyah nabi ne Khuuawand ke ghar meo kahinoo aur sare logou ke samhne mujh se khitab karke kaha, 2 Ki Rabb ul afw^j Israel ka Khuda yiiu kahta hai, Maio ne Babul ke badshah ka jiia tora hai, 3 Do baras ke andar maio Khudawand ke ghar ke sab bartanoQ ko, jo Babul ke badshah Nabiikhudnazr ne 816 YARAMIYAH. [29 BAB. is maqiCm se lej;tke Babul meo pahurich5y5, is maqitm men pher Uungi : 4 Aur maio Yihiidah ke b:lshih Yakuniyah bin Yahuyaqim ko, aur Yihiid^h ke sire asfroo ko, jo Babul men gae, is maqam meo phirlatinga, Khuuaiwand kahti hai : kynnki maiij Babul ke biidshah ke jue ko torunga. 5 Tab Yaramiyih nabf ne kahinoo aur sare logoii ke simhne, jo Khtjdawand ke ghar men khare the, Ilananiyah nabi se kaha, 6 Han, Yaramiyah nabi ne kaha, ki Amfn : Khudawand aisa kare; Kiiudawand terf batoo ko pura kare, jiu ki tu ne nubi'iwat kf, ki Khcdawand ke ghar ke Irartanon ko, aur sab ko jo we legae, Babul se is maqam meu phir lawe. 7 Tis par thi ab yih bat sun, jo maiij tere kanon raea aur sare logou ke kanou men kahta huo ; 8 Un nabiou ne jo mujhse aur tujhse age qadim se the, bahut zaminou aur bari manilukatou ki babat, larai aur burai aur wabi ki nubuwat ki hai. 9 Wuh nabi jo salaraati ki nubuwat karta hai, us nabi ke kalam pure hone se jana jaega, ki filhaqiqat Khudawand ne use bheja hai. 10 Tab Hananiyah nabf ne Yaramiyah nabi kf gardan par se jua utarke tor dal5. 11 Aur Hananiyah sare logoo ke samhne yih kahke bold, ki Khuhawand yuQ kahta hai, ki Main isi tarah Babul ke bndshah Nabukhudnazr ka jua sari qaumou kf gardan par se do baras ke andar toriinga. Tab Yaramiyah nabi ne apui rah If. 12 Aur Khudawand ka kalam yih kahta hiia Yaramiyah ke pas aya, us ke bad ki Hananiyah nabi ne Yaramiyah nabi ki gardan nar se jna tora tha, 13 Ki, Ja aur Hananiyah se kah, ki K.hcdawabd yda kahta hai, Lakri ke juoo ko tu ne tora; par td lohe ke juon ko un ki iwaz bauawega. 14 Kyunki Rabb ul afwaj Israel ka Khuda yuo kahta hai, Main ne in sari qaumoQ ki gardan par lohe kajiia rakha, ki Babul ke bddshah Nabukhudnazr ki bandagi karen ; aur we us ki ban- dagi karengi : aur main ne maidan ke janwaron ko bhi use diyi. 15 Tab Yaramiyah nabi ne Hananiyah nabi se kaha, Ai Hananiyah, ab sun ; Kuuuawand ne tujhe nahin bheja hai ; par tu ne jhuth par is qaum ka bharosa rakhwaya. 16 Is liye Ivhudawand yiin kahta hai,ki Dekh, maiy tujhe zamiu ki sath par se nikal dunga; tii isi sal meu marega, kyunki tu ne Kiiudawani> se pher jane ko kaha hai. IT So usf sal ke satweo mahine men Hananiyah nabi mar gay^. XXIX. BAB. 1 Aur ye us khatt kl biteu haio, jise Yaramiyah nabi ne Yirushalam se buzurgou ke bache hiiou ko jo asiri men gae the, aur kahinoo ko, aur nabi'on ko aur un sare logon ko, jinheo Nabukhudnazr Yirushalam se Babul meu asir legaya tha, 2 Ua ke bad ki Yakuniyah badshah, aur malika, aur khoje, aur Yihudah aur Yirushalam ke sardir, aur barhaf, aur lobar Yirushalam se rawana hue, 3 Iliasah bin Safan aur J^mariyih bin Khilqiyah ke hath yih kahte htie bheja, jinhen Yihudah ke badshah Sidqiyah ne Babul men Babul ke badshah Nabukhudnazr ke pas bheja, 4 Ki Rabb ul afwaj Israel ka Khuda un sab asiron ko ydo farmata hai, jinheo maio ne Yirushalam se Babul ko asiri men rawana kiya; 5 Gharoa ko banao, aur baso; aur bSgou ko lagao, aur un ka phal kh^o; 6 Jordao lo, aur bete betiau janm^o ; aur apne betou ke liye Jordan lo, aur apni betiao ^hasamoo 29 DAB.] YARAMIYAII. 817 ko do, ki we bete betfiij jancu; ki turn wahSij barhti pdo, aur ghat na jdo. 7 Aur us shahr ki salamatf cliaho, jis meu maio iie turn ko asfr rawina kiya, aur us ke liye IvHUDA'WANn se dui i kbair mango : ki us ki saltinr.ti iiieij tuiuliari salaraati hogi. 8 Kyunki Rabb nl afwaj Israel ka Kbudi yun kahti hai, ki Turn apne nabioi) aur apne gaibgoioo sc, jo tumbare bich meu baiu, fareb na khao, aur apne Itbwabbtuoo ko na mano, jinbeu turn khwab dikbwate bo. 9 Ki we mere nam se tumbeij jimth nabtnvat karte baiu : maiij nc unbeu nahlij bheja, Khuda- WANU l ki andhi qahr se nikalti; aisf aadlJ jo daurti hui sharirori ke sir par dauregf. 24 KnunAWAND ka qahr phir na iwega, jab tak wuh apne dil ka mansdba kam men na lawe, aur piira na kare; turn akhiri dinou meu use ma- lum karoge. XXXI. BAB. I Us waqt men, Khudawa>d kahta hai, Maiu Israel ki sari qabail ka Khuda hunga, aur we mere log honge. 2 Ivuujjawanp yilij kahta hai, ki Un logoy ne, jo talwlr se bache hue haiij, bayaban meg fazl piyi ; yane Israel jab ki main use aram dene gayi, 3 bLuuDAWANi) d ir se mujh par /ahir hdi, ki Main ne tujhe hamcsha ke piyar se piyar kiya; isf liye mniu ne tujh par rnhmat kushada kf. 4 Maio phir tujhe banaunga, aur tu banai jaegi, ai Israel kf kdnwari: tu phir apne ko tablou se sanwaiegi, aur khushi kaiuew Ion ke s.th nnchti niklcgi. 5 Tti phir Samrun ke pah:'roD par t Ikistan lagawegi: laganewale lagawenge, aur tasarruf meo lawenge. 6 Kydnki din awega, ki jo ll'raim kepahir par uigahban haiu pukrireu- ge, Utho, ki liaui Saihun par I^huuawand apne Kluida ke pas ciiarh chalen. 7 Kyunki I<^iiudawand ydu kahta hai, ki Yaqub ke liye khushi se gao, aur qaumou ke sardar ke sath alapo : manidi karo, taiif karo, aur kaho, Ai Ivhujjavvajjd apnf qauni ko, Israel ke bache huon ko, bi.cha. 8 Dekho, maio uttar ki sarzamfn se unheu launga, aur zamin ki sarhaddoo se unheu jama karunga, aur un meo andhe aur langre, liamila aur jauuew:ili houge : barf jamiat yahaa pliir a wcrf. 9 We matam ke sath chaltnge, aur maiu unheu duaou ke salh chalaunga: maiu panion kf nahrou ke kanare par uu ki rahnumai karunga, bidhi rdh se, jis meu we thokar nakhaenge; kyuuki maiu Isr'elka b^p huu, aur Ifraim mera pahlauth.i hai. 10 Ai qaumo, Kuudawabd ka kalam suno, aur ddr ke tipuou meu maxiidi A a a a a 2 820 YARAiMIYAII. [31 BMB. karo aur kaho, ki Jis ne Israel ko titar bitar kiya wuhi use jama karegl, aur jaise charwaha apne galle kf, waise wuh us kinigahbaiii kaicga. \l Kyunki Kiiudawahd ne Yaqub ko mol liya hai aur us kehath se jo us se zorawar hai use chhuraya. 12 Isf liye we fiwenge, aur Saihun kf chotf par gawenge, aur Khudawand ki tahiif par bahenge, anaj Sur wain aur tel ke lyu, aur galle aur jhund ke bachchoo ke liye; aur un kf jan serab bau- kf inanind liogi aur we kabhi phir raatara na karenge. 13 Us waqt kunwarl nach nieu khushi karegi, aur jawan aur burhe apas meo : ki main un ke mStam ko khu hf se badlunga, aur un ko tasallf di'inga, nur un ke gam se unhen khatir jama kan'inga. 14 Aur niaiu kahinoij ki jan ko farbibi se ser kariin- ga, aur mere log men taliaif se pur bonge, Khl'jjawasu kaht.i hai. 15 KnuDAWAND yun kahta hai, ki Ramah men Swlr, suni gal hai, nauha aur zdr zar rona ; Rakhil apne larkou Jce liye rotf hai, aur apne larkou ke liye tasalli nahiQ chahtf, kyunki we nahiLi hain,. 16 Kuuuawanu yuu kahta hai, ki Apni awaz ko zSrl se, aur apni ^nkhon ko Snsuoij se baz rakh; ki tere kam ka phal hoga, KHUDAWANi> kahti. hiii; aur we dushmanou ki zamfn se phir awenge. 17 Aur teredkhir men ummed hai, Khudawand kahta hai, ki tere iarkc apne siwane meo phir Iwenge. 18 Filhaqiijat main ne Ifraim ko apne liye matamkarte suua ; Tii ne mujhe t^dib di aur main ne tadib pa', maniiid us bachbre ke jo s^idhayi nahiu gaya : tu mujhe phira, to main phiraya jaunga ; kyunki tu Khudawand mera Khudaliai. 19 Ki jab maiu pliiiaya gaya, to inaio ne tauLa kiyi ; aur jab maiu ne talim pal to hath apni ran par mara : maiij sharminda balki pareshan hiiS, kydnki maiu ne apni jawani ki malamat uthdf. 20 Kya Ifraim mera piyara beta hai? kya wuh dulara larka hai? ki jitne b'r main tere barkhilaf bola, utne bar main tujh ko bakhubi yad karunga, is liye meri antrian us k! kliatir harkat men aiQ : niaio yaqinan us par rahmat kaning i, Khudawand kahti hai. 21 Apne liye rah ke nishan thahara, apne liye sutnn bana : shahrah par, jis rah se td gaya apna dil laga : pbir, ai Israel ki kunwjri, apne in sluihrou men phir. 22 Ai bagi kunwarf, tii kab tak phir jiegi? kyunki Kuuda'wand ne zamin par ek nayl bat kf, ki Aurat mard ko gheregi. 23 Rabb ul afwSj Israel ka Khuda yuij kahta hai, ki Jab main un ki ash-i ko pheriingi, to we hanoz Yihudah ki zamfn aur us ke shahron men yih bit kahenge, ki Ai sadaqat ke maskan, ai Quddiis ke puhir Khudawand tujhe mubarak kare. 21 Aur Yihiidah men, aur us ke sare shabrou iiieu kisSn ek srith basenge, aur we gnlloij ko lie hde phirenge. 25 Kyunki maiu ne piyasi jan ko serab kiya, aur bar ganigin jan ko pur kiya. 26 Is par maiij jag utha, aur deklia ; aur uieri nind aiujhe niitbi lagi. 27 Dekho; we din ate hain, Khudawand kahta hai, ki uiaio Israel ke gharane ko, aur Yihudah ke gharane ko, insan ke bij se aur haiwan ke bij se bounga. 28 Aur aisa hoga, ki jis tarah main uuheu ukhaine, aur dhaae aur ulatne, aur halik karne, aur dukh dene ko chaukas liua huo, usi tarah maio un ke banane aur lagiue ko chaukas hiinga, Khudawand kalita hai. 29 Un dinou nieo we phir na kahcn?e, ki Bapdadoo ne giira khaya hai, aur larkuu ke dant khatte ho gae. 30 Lekiu harek apni burii se marega : harek jo gura khata, us ke dant khatte houge. 31 D«:kh, we diD iite haio, Kui'dawand kahti hai, ki maiu Isr.ael ke gharane 3i BA15.] YARAMIYAII. 821 se aur Yihud^h ke gharane se naya ahd bdudhunga : 32 Us ahd ke muwafiq nahiu, jo main ne un ke bapdadoo se bandha, jis din maiu "e un ki dastgiri kf, ki zami'u i Misr se unhcu nikal liuij aur unhoo ne >neie us ahd ko tcra, Mwajude ki maiu un ka shauhar "^tha, Kuudawand kahta hai; 33 I3alki yih wuh ahd hai, jo maio Israel ke gharane se bandhiinga ; Bad un dinou ke, Khldawand fann.iti hai, mtiii npni shariat ko un kc andar rakhanp;i, aur un ke dil par use likliunga; aur maiu un ka Khuda hiingS, aur we mere log honge. 34 Aur we phir apne apne parosi aur apne apne bliai ko }ih kahke n:i sikhdwenge, ki Khudawand Uo jano : kyunki clihote se bare tak wc sab mujhe janenge, Kuudawand kahta hai : ki maio un kf bur.ii bakhshungi, aur un ki khatayad na iiariingi. So Kttvpawani) yi'iij knlita hai, jis ne din ki loshnt ke liye snraj dlya, aur rat ki roshni ke liye chind aur sitaron ke pahre, jo sainundar ko suki'm bakhshta, jab us ki lahreij shor kaitihain; us ka nam Uahb ul a wrij hai : 36 Agar ye pahre mere age se raanquf hou, Khudawand kalita hai, to Israel kt nasi bhi mere age hamesha tak qaum hone se jati rahegf. 37 Khudawa d yun kahta hai, ki Agar upar asman napa ja sake, ya niche zamin ki newon ki thah li jae, tn main bhi un ke sare kamoij ke liye Israel ki naslkoradd karunga, Khuda- wand kahta hai. 38 Dekh. we din ate haio, Khudawand kaht.i hai, ki Ilananicl ke hurj so kone ke darwaze tak Khudawand ke liye shahr banega. 39 Aur phir paimaish ki rassi us ke age Jarib pahar pur hoke GaaLih ko gher legi. 40 Aur lashon aur rakh ki sari wadi, aur sare khet Kaidrun n;':le tak Ghor Phitak ke kone tak piirab taraf KuuDAWAND kc liye muqaddas honge; wuh phir hamesha tak na ukhiri na girnajaega. XXXII. BAB. 1 Wuh kalara jo Yihudah ke badshah Sidqiyah ke daswen baras men, wuhf Nabi'ikimdnaiir ka atharahwan baras tha, Khudawand ki taraf se Yaramiyih pis dya. 2 Aur ns waqt Babul ke badshah ki fauj Yirushalam ka muhdsara karti thi : aur Yaramiyah nabi us qaidkhane ke sahn meuq^id hiia, ju Yihudah ke badsh:ih ke ghar men tha. 3 Ki Yihtidih ke badshah Sidqiyih ne use yih kahke qaid kiya, ki Tu kyuu nabiiwat karta, aur kahta hai, ki Khudawand yuij kahta hai, Dekh maiu is shahr ko Babul ke badshah ke hath men sompiinga, aur wuh use le lega ; 4 Aur Yihudah ka badshah Sidqiyah Kasdion ke hath se na bhagrgi,lekia Babul ke badshah ke hath men zurur sonipa jSega, aur us se rabaru bolega, aur us kf ankheu us ki ankho.Li ko dekhengi. 5 Aur wuh Sidqiyah ko Babul mco lejaega, aur jab tak maio us ka badla nalup, wahaa wuh rahegi, Khudawand kahti hai : bar chand turn Kasdion se laroge, kamyab na hooge. 6 Aur Yaraniiyih ne kaha, ki Khudawand ka kalain yih kahta huii mere pis Sya, 7 Dekh tere chacha Saliim ki. beta Hanamiel tere pas ate kahega, ki Meri kiiet, jo Anatat uieu hai, apne liye mol le ; kyiinki Uoe mol leua tcra haqij hai, 8 Tab mere chacha ka beta Hanamiel qaidkhane ke sahn mou, Khudawand ke kalam ke muwafiq mere pas ayi, aur mujh sc kaha, ki JVlcra khet, jo Anatit Binyamin ki sarzamin meo hai, tii mol lijiyo : kyuaki nifr.is ka hafjq tera hai, aur 822 YARAMIYAH. [32 BAB. mol Icna teri hai ; apne liye mol le. Tab main ne janl ki yih Khudawand ka kalam hai. 9 Aur main ne us khet ko, jo AnStat men tlia, apne chacha ke bete Hanamiel se mol liy^, aur satrah siql chSndf use taul diy.i. 10 Aur main ne qabala likha, aur muhr kiyS, aur gawahoo ki gawihi karai, aur chandi ko tarizii se taul dlya. 1 1 So maiu ne us qabalc ko liyi, jis par ain aur dastur ke muw;ifiq muhr kiya gayS, ant use bhi jo bemuhr tha. 12 Aur main ne us qabalo ko, apne chachA ke be.c Hanamiel ki nuzar meu> aur uu gawahoy ki nazar men jinhou ne apni nam qabale par likhi, sare Yihiidfoo kf nazar men jo qaidkhane ke sahn meu baithte the, Baruk bin Naiyiriyah bin Mahasiyah ko sompa. 13 Aur maiu ne un ke age Bariik ko hukm diya, aur kahii, 14 Ki Rabb ul afwij Isr.el k^ Khud,i yi'iij kahti hai, In maktiiboij ko le, yih qabila jo muhr kiya gayd, aur yih qabala jo bemuhr hai, aur unheu niitti ke bartan men rakh, ki bahut dinoij tak tliaharco : 15 Kynnki Rabb ul fifw^j Israel ka Khuda yuo kahta hai, Ghar aur khet aur takist^n phir is zam n meo mol lie jaenge. IG Bid uske ki main ne qnhala E iruk bin Naiyiriyah ko sompS, yih kahke maio ne Khudawand se dua mangi, 17 Ai Khudawand Khuda, dekh, tu ne apni bari qudrat se, aur apiie barbae hue bazii se asuian aur zam^n ko paida kiya, aur tere liye kuchh mushki! nahio hai: 18 Tu hazaroD par mihrbani karta hai, aur bapdadoB ki burai ka bauli un ke bad un ke iarkoo ki chhati meu deta hai, Khuda i Azfm o Akbar, Rabb ul afwaj us k^ nam hai; 19 Kabir ul masli- warat, aur qadir ul amal : jis kJ Snkheu banf Adam ki sab rahon par nazaran haiu, ki haiek ko us ki rahon ke muwatiq, aur us ke kdniou ke phul ke muwailq dewe ; 20 Jis ne zamin i Misr meo aj tak, aur Israel men, aur adinfou men nishin aur muajize dikhlae, aur apne liye nam paidi kiy^, jaisa aj ke din hai ; 21 Aur apni*qaum Israel ko zamin i Mi^r se nishan aur muajizog ke sath, aur mazbut hath aur barbae hue bazd aur b;ifi mahabat se nikal Idjl hai; 22 Aur is y.auiin ko unheu diya, jis ke dene ke liye tii ne un ke bapdidoo se qasam kha: thf, aisi zamin jabau shir o shahd bahta hai; 23 Aur we dakbil hoke use mir^s meo lae; par unhou ne teri nahiu sunt, na teri shariat par chale : aur jo kuchh tu ue unheo karne ko farmiya, uuhjn ne nahiu kiya; is liye ye sab buriiaij tii un par 11}. i. 24 Dckh, shahr ke lene ke liye damdama bSndhe jite ; aur Kasdion ke hath men jo us se larte, talwar aur kal aur waba ke wadile sompi jati hai : aur jo kuchh tii ne kaha, so hul: uur dt-kli, tii ^p dekhtahai. 25 Aur ai Khudawand Khudi tu ne mujh se kaha, ki Wuh khet apne liye naqd se mol le, aur gawahou kigawahi kara ; bawajud is ke ki Shahr Kabdiou ke bath uieij diya gaya. 2o Tab KauuA- VfAND ka kalamyih kahta hui Yaramiyah ke pas aya, 27 Ki Dekh, main Kuuua- WAND huo, sare bashar ka Khuda: kya mere liye kuchh mushkil ho sakta hai ? 28 Is liye Kucuawand yuo kahta hai, ki Dekh, maiu is shahr ko Kasdioo ke hlth meu aur Babul ke badshah Nabukhudnazr ke hath mea diinga, aur wuh use le iega. 29 Aur Kasdi, jo is shahr se iafte haiu, daithil houge, aur is shahr meo ag lagawenge, aur use jalawenge, un gharou ke sath jin ki chhaton par unhou ne Baal ke liye luban jalaya, aur begane iUhoa ke liye tapawan tapae, ki uiujhe gusse meu laweu 30 Kytinki bani Israel aur bani Yihudah ne apni jawani se meri nazar meu birf burai ki bai: ki bani Israel apne hathou ke kamse sirfmujhe gusse S3 BA'B.] YARAMIYAH. 825 meu lae, KiiUDiVWAND kahtd hai. 31 Ki jis din se unhon nc use ban^ya aj ke dill tak, jih bhahr mere gussc aur mere qalir ki chir hui, In* maii) use apni naznr se riikfiliio ; 32 Bani Israel aur bant Yihndih kf siri buraf ke liye, jo unhoij ne uu ke badshahou ne, un ke sardarou ne, uu ke kfihiiiou ne, aur un ke naliou ne, aur Yihad.ih ke logoij ne, aur Yiriishalam kc bashindon ne kf, ki mujhe gusse meo laweo. 33 Kyunki unhou ne merS taraf pfth kf, munh nahfo : agarchi maio ne uiiheo sikhlayu, subh suwere uthke si.hliya, tadbhi unliou nc kan na lagiy^, ki t;ilim pa wen. 34 Aur us gbar men, jo mere nSm se kahata hai, unhou ne apni makruhat rakhf, ki use napak kareij. 35 Aur uahoij ne Baul kf uuchi jagrdiou ko banaya, jo bin Haianim ki widi meu liain, ki apne bete b( tfon ko Malik ke liye ;lg meo guzareo, jo maiu ne unheo na farmay^, na mere dilpar charlia,ki we Yihudah ko khalakar kaine ke liye aisi makrnli kam karcii. 36 Tispar Lhi is shahr ki babat, jis ki babat turn kahte ho, ki Talwir aur kal aur waba ke wasile wuh Bdbul ke badshah ke hath meu sompi jaegj, 1>uuda- WAND IsrJel ka Khuda yuo kahti hai; 37 Dekh, maio unheo sari zaminou se, jahdo maio ne un ko apne gusse aur gazab aur bare qahr se hank diya hai, jama karung;,aur is maqain meu uiihenpahuncbiung.i, aur salimati se unliea basadnga. 38 Aur we mere log honge, aur main un ki. Khuda hunga: 39 Aur main ek dil aur ek rah, un ki bhalaf ke liye, aur un be bad un ki aulad ki bhalaf ke liye unheo diiug.i, ki we mujh se hainesha dareu: -10 Aur main un ke sSth ahd i abad' ban- dhonga, jo main un se na uthaiinga, ki un se neki karuu ; aur main apna dar un ke dil meo rakhiinga, ki we mujh se phir ua jaey. 41 Chuninchi un se bhalai karne ke liye main un par khush liangi, aur apne sare dil se aur apni sari jan se yaqiiuia main unheu is sarzamin men baithalfuiga. 42 Kyuuki Kuudawand yi'in kahta hai, ki Jis taiah m:au is qaum par yih sari burai liya hiiij, usf tarah maiu un par wuh sarf bhalai launga, jo main ne un ki babat kahi hai. 43 Aur is zamia meo khet phir mol lie jaeage, jis ki babat turn kahte ho, ki ^Yuh be iusan aur Leliaiwaa w:ran hai; wuli Kasdiou ke hath men sompi gai. 44 Binyamin ki zamfn meij» aur Yin'ishalam ki nawahi men, aur Yihudah ke shahroo meu, aur paharoo ke shahrou men, aur wadi ke bhahiou meu, aur dakkhin ke shahion meo, log ivhetOQ ko naqd se mol lenge, aur qabale iikhaenge, aur muhr karawenge, aur gawahou ki gawahi karaenge; kjiiuki main un ki asiri ko phen'inga, Kuudawand kahta hai. XXXIII. BMB. 1 Khudawand ka kalara yih kahta hiia ddsre bar Yaramiyah ke p5s 5ya, jal> wuh qaidkhane ke sahn mcuqaid tha. 2 Kuudawand fail us ka, Khudawand Sana us ka, ki use qaim kare, yiio kahta hai, nam us k:i Kuudawanl» hai. 3 Meri duhai de, aur main tera jawab diinga, aur bari aur chhipi baton ko, jinlico tii nahig jinta, maiu tujh par zahir karunga. 4 Kyunki Kiiuuawanu Israel ka khuda, is shahr kt gharoo ki baliat, aur Yihudah ke budshahoij ke gharoij kf babat, jo dain- damon aur talwar se dh^egae, ynu kahta hai, 5 Kasdi lame ko ae, aur un iidmion ki Ifishon se unheu bharne ko, jinhcu main ne apne jjazab o qahr se qatl kiy.i hai, aur jin ki sari burai ke liye main ne apna chihra is shahr se chhipaya hai. 6 Dekh maio us par marham aur patti lagaiiuga, aur unheo changa kariiuga, aur salaraati 824 YARAMIYAH. [33 BAB. aur sach^i ki LahuUi un par zihir kariingS. 7 Aur maiu Yihudah ki asiri, aur Israel ki a ^iri ph( rung i, aur pahile kf tarah nnhen hanaungT. 8 Aurniaiii un k! s'irf shararat se, jo unliou nc mere barkhilaf khata ki liai, unheij pak karunga ; aur un ki sari shuraratou l^o, jo uahoy ne niero barkhilif kliat^ ki hain, aur jo phir jfine se ki haiij, main muaf karunga. 9 Aur wuh mere liye khushi ka nam, tarlf aur izzat hogl, zamin ki sSri qauinoo ke age, jo nieri bhalai ko, jo inaiu un par karti huij, sunengi : aur us sari bhalai ke sabab, aur us sari salamati ke sabab, jo niaiij unheu deta huu, we darengi aur kampengi. 10 KuuDAWAND yuij kahta hai, ki Is niaqam lueu, jis ki babat turn kahte ho, ki Be insi'n aur be haiwau wiran hai, Yihudah ke shahrou nien aur YiriishUam ki sara- koD men, jo be insan aur be bashinda aur behaiwSn wiran hai, 1 1 Khushi ki awaz aur kburrami ki awaz sunij.iegi; dulhe ki awaz aur dulhiu kf awiz, un ki aw.iz jo kahte hain, Rabb ul afwaj ki tarif karo, kyunki wuh khub hai, aur us ki rahmat abadi hai ; un ki awaz jo Kiiudawasd ke ghar men shukrguzail ki qurbcini laenge. Kyunki maiu is zamin ki asiri ko pahile ki tarah pherunga, Khudawand kaht£ hai. 12 Rabb ul afwaj yiin kahta hai, ki Is maqam men, jo beinsdn aur behaiwan wiran hai, aur us ke sire shahroo men charwahe basenge, jo apne bheron ko baiihawenge. 13 Paharon ke shaiiron meij, aur wadi ke shahrou men, aur dakkhin ke shahroo meu, aur Hinyamin ki zamfn men, aur Yirushalam ki nawShf uieu, aur Yihudah ke shahron meu, phir bhi gaUe ginnewale ke hath ke niche guz- renge, Khudawand kahta hai. 14 Dckh, we din ate hain, Khldaiwanjo kahta hai, kijo achchhi bit main ne Israel ke gharane se aur Yihudah ke gharane se kahi hai, puri karunga. 15 Un dinoD mey aur us v/aqt mec maiij Daud ko liye sadaqat k-i shakh nik^- liinga, aur wuh adalat o sadaqat zamfn par karega. 16 Un dinon meu Yihudah D ijat pawega, aur Yirushalam chain se sukuuat karega, aur yihi nam hai, jo we use kahenge, Khuda'wand hamari sadiqat. 17 Ki Khudawand yiin kahta hai, ki Israel ke gharane ke takht par baithne ko Daud se ek bhI muuqata na hoga, 18 Aur mere age charh-iwe charhane ko aur hadiye jalane ko, aur bar roz zabh karne ko Lawi kahinoij se ek bhi munqata na hoga. 19 Aur Khudawand ka kalim yih kahta hiia Yaramiyahke pns Sya, 20 KuudA- WAND yuu kahta hai, ki Agar turn din ke mere ahd ko, aur rat ke mere ahd ko tor sakte, ki din o rat bari bari par na hou ; 21 To mere bande Daud se mera ahd tora jaega, ki us ke takht par badshahi karne ko beta na howe; aur Lawi kahiuon se, jo meri khidmat liarte hain. 22 Jaisa asnian ka lashkar ginne mea nahio ata, aur samundar ki ret napi nahiu j:iti, waisahi maiii apue bande Daud kinasl ko, aur Lawion ko jo meri khidmat karte hain, barhaunga. 23. Khudawand ka kalam yia kahta hua Yaramiyah ke pas aya, 24 Kya tn nahiu dekhta, ki ye log kya kahte hain, ki Jin do qabail ko Kuudawasd ne chuna, us ne unheD radd kiya? Isi tarah unhoQ ne meri ummat ko haqfr jana, yahio tak ki we un ke saaihuc koi qaum uahiu Lain. 25 Luudawamd yoij kahta hai, ki Agar diu rat se mera ahd na ho, aur agar main ne asman aur zamfn ke pahrou ko muqar- rar uahiy kiya; 26 To maiu Yaqiib ki jiusl ko, aur apne bande Daud ko radd 34 BAn.l YARAMIYAH. 825 kariinga, yahan tak ki maio Abirahlm aiir Izhak aur Yaqiib kf nasi par hukuraat karne ke lij'e U3 kt nasi se kisi ko na lun: kydnki main un ki asfrl ko pherunga, aur un par rahmat kardnga. XXXIV. HAB. 1 Wuh kaUm jo Khl'O.vwand ki taraf se Yaramiyah ke pas kahti hiii ayi, j!s waqt Babul ki bridsbah Nabiikhudnazr, aur us kf sari fauj, aur zamin ki sirl manilukateo, jo us ki tiba thfo, aur s^rf qaumeu Yirnshalam se aur us ke sare fihabroo se larti thin. 2 Ki Khudawand Israel ka Khuda yug kahta hai, ki Jii aur Yihiidah ke badsbah Sidqiyah se bol, aur us se kah, ki Khudawand yilo kabti bai, Dekh, maia is shahr ko Babul ke badsbah ke hath mcQ ddnga, aur wuh use ag se jalawegi : 3 Aur tn us ke bath se na nikal bha'gegl, balki yaqinan pakrajaega, aur us ke bath meo sompa jaegi; aur teri ^nkheij Babul ke badshah ki ankbou ko dekbengi, aur rubani wuh tujh se boleg:i, aur ta Babul men jaega. 4 Tispar bhi, ai Yihiidah ke badsbah Sidqiyah, Khudawand ka kalam sun; KnunAWAKD ne terf babat yuu kaba hai, ki Tii talwar se na marega ; 5 Ta aman meo maregi, aur jis tarali tere bapdadoo ke liye, badshah jo tujh se age the, khashbiiiau jalate the, tere liye bhf jalawenge; aur tere liye nauha karenge, Wawaila ! khawind! kyunki maiu ne yih bat kabf, Khudawand kahta hai. 6 Tab Yaramiyah nabi ne ye sari batee Yihudah ke badshah Sidqiyah se Yiriishalam mea kahiu, 7 Jis waqt Babul ke badshah ki fauj Yiriishalam se aur Yihiidah ke sare shahroD se jo bach rahe the, Lakia aur Aziqah se lart! thi ; kyunki ye qilaband abahr Yibudah ke shahron meu se bach rahe. 8 Wuh kalam jo i^^hudavvand ki taraf se Y^aramiyah ke pas ^ya, bad us ke ki Sidqiyah badshih ne Yirushalam ke sire logou ke sath ahd bandhi tha, ki azadi ki mauadf kare; 9 Ki harek apne gulam ko, aur harek apni laundl ko, mard ya aurat Ibrani ko az^d kare ; ki koi apne bhii Yihiidi se khidmat na karawe. 10 Aur jab sare sardarou ne, aur sare logoo ne, jo is ahd mea dakhil hue the, suna ki harek apna gulam^ aur harek apni laundi azad kare, aur phir un se kibidmat na karawe, to unhoo ne manl, aur unheu jane diya. 11 Par bad us ke we pbire, aur gulamou aur laundioQ ko, jinben unhoQ ne izad kiya tha, phir Iiya, aur gulamoQ aur laundioD ke liye unheo qabze meu lae. 12 So KiiODAWAND ka kalam Khudaiwand ki teraf se Yaramiyah ke pas yih kahta hua aya, 13 Khcdawand Israel ka Khuda yuQ kahta hai, ki Maiij ne tumiiare bapdadou ke sath, jis diii maiu unhea zamin i Misr se, gulamou ke ghar se nikalliya, yih kahke ahd bandha, 14 Ki bar sit sal ke bad harek apne bhai Ibrani raard ko, jo tere pas becha gaya ho, jane de ; aur jab us ne cbha baras tak teri khidmat ki, tii use apne pas se chhura de : par tumhare b.ipdadou ne meri na suni, na apna kan lag.iya. 15 Aur ab turn phiraye gae the, aur jo kucbb mcri nazar men durust bai bajalae, ki harek ne apne parosi se azadi ki manadf ki ; aur turn ne us ghar meo, jo mere nam se kahata hai, mere Ige ahd bandha tha : 16 Par turn pbire, aur mere nam ko napak kiya, aur harek ne apne gulam ko, aur harek ne apni laundi ko, jinbeo us ne un ki marzi ke muwlfiq azad kiya tha, phir Iiya, aur unheu phir qabze meu lae, ki we tumhlre liye gulam aur laun^iaj) baneQ. B b b b b «26 YARAMIYAM. [35 BAB. 17 Is liye Khudawand yuo kahU hai, ki turn ne meri na sonf, ki harek apne bhaf se, aur harek apne paros! se izSdi kl manadl kare: dekh, iCnDDAWANn kahta hai, maig tumhare liye talwar aur wabl aur kal se Sz^di kf manadi karta hiin; anr maiij tumheo zamfn kl sSri mamlukatoij meu badsuliikt ke supurd kariinga. 18 Aur maio un ^dmfoo ko supurd karunga, jo mere abd se phir gae haio jinhoo ne us ahd kf bSteo pari nahfn kto, jise unhoo ne mere^ge bandha, jab bachhre ko do tukre karke un ke darmiyan guzre, 19 Yane Yihddah ke aardar, aur Yirushalam ke sardar, aur khoje, aur kahin, aur zam'n ki sari qaum, jo bachhre ke tukrou ke darmiyan guzre ; 20 Han maio unheu un ke dashmanoo ke hath meu, aur unke hath meu jo un ki jan ke khwahin haiij supurd karunga : aur un ki lasheij hawai parindou aur zamfn ke darindou ki khurak hongf. 21 Aur xnaiij Yihudah ke badsliah Sidtpyahko, aur us ke sardaroa ko un ke dushinanou ke hath men aur unke hath men jo un ki jdn ke khwdhan haiu, aur Babul ke badshah ki fanj ke hath men, jo turn se charh gaf, supurd karunga. 22 Dekh maio farmaiinga, Khudawand kahta hai, aur unheii phir is shahr meu laiinga ; aur we us se larenge, aur use lenge, aur use i.g se jalawenge : aur maiu Yihudah ke shahrou ko bebashinda wiran banaunga. XXXV. BAB. 1 Wuh kalara jo Yihudah ke badshah Yahi>yaqim biu Ydsiyah ke dinoo men Khudjkwand ki taraf se yih kahta hua Yaramiyah ke pas ay^, 2 Ki Tii Uuikabioo ke ghar jd, aur unheo bol, aur Khudawand ke ghar ki ek kothri men unhen le a, aur unheu wainpila 3 Tab maigne Yaramiyah bin Yaramiyah bin Habasniyah, aur us ke bhaiou, aur us ke sare betoo, aur Raikabioo ke sare gharane ko liya ; 4 Aur main unheo Khudawand ke gh;ir meg, mard i Khuda Yajdaliyah ke bete Ilanaii ke betou ki kothri meu lay^, jo sardaron ki kothn ke nazdik thi, jo Salum ke bete Maasiyah darban ki kothri ke lipar thi. 5 Aur main ne wain bhare hue qadah aur piyale ilaikabtoo ke gharane ke betoa ke age rakh diye, aur un se kaha, ki Wain pio. 6 Par unhou ne kaha, ki Ham wain na plenge : kyiinki hamare bap Yunadab bin Raikab ne bam ko yih kahke hukm diy^ ki Turn wain na pina, na turn Ha tumhare bete hamesha tak : 7 Aur na ghar banana, na bij bona, na takistan la ki sarf batoo ko kitab meu se sund, 12 Tab wuh b^dshah ke ghar, safir kf kothri men utra : aur dekh, sab sardar yane Ilisama sifir, aur Dilayah bin Samaiydh aur Ilinatan bin AkLur, aur Jamariyah bin Safan, aur . Sidqiyah bin Hananij'ah aur sare sardar wahau baithte the. 13 Tab Mikayah ne we sari baten, jo us ne suni thin, jab Banik kitab meu logou ke sunne men parhta tha, un se zahir kf ij. 1 4 Aur sare sardarou ne Yihudf bin Nataniyah bin Salamiyah Lin Knshi ko ]iarak ke pas yih kahke bhejl^ ki Wuh tamar, jo tii ne logon ke sunne meo parhihai, apne bath men le, aura. So Banik bin Naiyiriyah tuinar ko apne hith men leke uu ke pas Sya. 1.5 Aur unhou ne use kaha, ki A baith aur hameu parh suni. Tab Barak ne unheo pfirh sun- ^ya. IG Aur aisa hua ki jab nnhon ne we sarf baten sunfu, to dar ke mare ek diisre ko dekbne lage, aur Baruk se kahd, ki Ye sari bateo ham yaq'nan badshah Be zahir karenge. 17 Aur unhoo ne yih kahke Baruk se puchhi, ki Ham se kah, tu ne ye sari bateu kynnkar us ke muiih se likhio? 3 8 Tab Baruk neun se kaha, ki Us ne ye sirt bateu umjhe munh se kah sunafij, aur niaio ne siyahi se kitab meo likhfn. 19 Tab sardaroij ne LSaruk kakaha, ki Ja, apne ko chhipa, tii aur Yaramiyahf aur koi na jane ki turn kahan ha 20 Aur we badshah ke pas sahn men gae, par unhou ne us tamar ko Ilisama Bafir ki kothrf men rakh chhora, aur siri bateu badshah ko kah .^unaio. 21 Tab badshih ne Yihudf ko tumar lane ke liye bheja; aur wuh use Ilisama safir ki kothrf meo se le ^yi: aur Yihudi ne badshah ko, aur sare sardarou ko, jo badshah ke a<^e khare the, use parh sunaya. 22 Aur badshah nawen mahine men zamistan ke ghar meo baiiha tha : aur ek angethi jalti hui 'Sis ke samhne thL '23 Aur aisa hua, ki jab Yihudi ne tin char warq parhethe, to us ueuse safir ki chhuri se kat^, aur angethi kiagmeo dila, yahau tak ki tamam tumar angelhf kf ag se bhasam hna. 24 Lekin na badshah, na us ke kof naukar dare, jinhoe ne ye sarf bateu Buni thig, na apne kapie phare. 2.'3 Biwujud us ke ki Ilinatan aur Dilayah, 'aur Jamariyah ne badshali se arz kf, ki Tumar ko na jalaiye; par us ne un kf na sunf. 526 Aur badshah ne Yarahmiel Liu Malik aur Shirayah bin Azariel, aur Salamiyah bin Abadiel ko hukm diya, ki Baruk safir aur Yaramiyah uabf ko pakro : par Khudawand ne unhen chhipiya. 27 Aur bad us ke ki badshah ne tiimar ko, aur un batou ko, jo Bariik ne Yara- miyah ke munh se likha, jalaya tha, Khudawand ka kalam yih kahta hud Yara- miyaii ke piis aya, 28 Ki Tii diisra tumar apne liye le, aur us meu we siri biten likh,. jo agle tumar meu thiu, jise Yihiidah ke badshah Yahuyaqfm ne jaliya hai. 29 Aur Yihudih ke badshah Yahuyaqfm se kah, ki Khujjawand yiiu kahta hai, ki Tti ne yih kahke is tiimar ko jalaya hai, ki Tii ne us meu aisa kytiu likha hai, Babul ka badshah yaqinan dwega, aur is sarzamin ko wiran karega, aur insin o haiwan ko US meu se mita dalega ? 30 Is liye Yihiidah ke badshah Yahayaqim ki babat IvHUDAWASn yiiu kahta hai, ki Daiid ke takht par baithne ko us ke liye ek Lhi Oa rahega, aur us ki lish din ko dhiip men aur rat ko pale meu phenkf jaegf. 31 Aur maiu us se, aur us ki nasi se, aur us ke naukaron se un ki shararat ka badla langd; aur maiu ua par, anr Yirushalam l^e baslnndou par, aur Yihddih ke S7 BAB.] YARAMIY^L 829 logou par wuh sar! bad! luanga, jo maio ne uo par kahi Iiai : par unhou ne na Buna- s' Tab Yaramiyah ne ddsra tuniar leke Baruk bin NaiyiriySh safir ko diya ; jis ne us kitab kl sari bitcu, jise Yihiidih ke badshah Yahuyaqfm ne dg nieo jaHya tlia, Yaramiyah ke rnunh se us lueu likbin: aur waisahi bahutsibiteu us iiieo uiildf gulu. XXXVII. BAB. I Aur Sidqiyah bin Yusiy th bin Kuiiiy.ih bin Yahiiyaqtm kf jagah par bSdshihf karta tha,jise Babul ke badshah Nabiik.hudnazrne Yihtidah kf sarzamin meu badshah kiya th.i. 2 Lekiu na us ne, na us ke naukarou ne, na dcs ke logoo ne Khuda- WAND kl bateu suniu, jo us ne Yaramiyah nabi kf marifat kahf haio. 3 Aur Sidqiyah badshrih ne Yahtikal bin Salamiyah, aur Safaniyah bin Maasiyih kabin se Yaramiyah nabi ko kaiila bheja, ki Kuuj)Awand hamare Khuda se hamari khatir ab dua mang. 4 Kynnki Yaramiyah logou ke darmiyan lya jaya karta tha ; aur unhou ne use qaidkhane nieu nahiu dala tha. 5 Aur Firaun kf fauj Misr se nikal ^i thi, aur Kasdiou ne, jo Yirushalani ki muhisara karte the, un ka shuhra sun- ke Yirushalam ke samhne se kuch kiya. 6 Tab Khudawand ka kalam Yarami3'ah nabi ke pas yih kahta hua iyH, 7 Ki KuuuAWANj) Israel ka Khuda yiio kahta hai, ki Turn Yiliudah ke bidsh.lh se, jis lie tumheij mujh se ptichhne ke liye mere pas bheja, yuu kabo, Dekh Firaun ki fauj, jo tumhari madad ko uikal ai hai, apni zamin i Misr meu phir jaegi. 8 Aur Kasdi phir ake is shahr se lareuge, aur use lenge, aur use ag se jalawenge. 9 Khudawand yun kahta hai, ki Turn apue ko yih kalike mat bbulao, ki Kasdi zurur ham par se jate rahenge : kyunki we na jaeuge. 10 Aur agarchi turn Kasd ou kf sarf fauj ko, jo tuiu se lafte liaig, mare bote, aur un meu se siif gliayal log bachte, tadbhi we harek apne kbuime meu uthte, aur is shalir ko awand Al'lih ul afwaj Israel ka Khuda yiiu kahta hai ki Y'ihudah meu se mard aur aurat aur larka aur dudhpiwa ke munqata karne ko ki tum rueu bache hue na raheo turn kyuu apni janoo se bari badi karte ho ; 8 Ki zamin i Misr meo jahan tum basne gae ho, begane mabudoa ke liye luban jalane se apne hathou ke kamon se mujhe gusse meo lite, ki apne ko munqata karo, aur zamin ki sari qauuioo ke darniiyan lanat aur malamat ke bais ho? 9 Kya apne bapdidou ki burai ko aur Yihiidah ke b^dshahou l^i burai ko, aur ua ki joruoa ki burai ko aur apni hi burai ko, aur apni 44 BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 837 jornoo ki bur.il ko jo turn ne zamtn i Misr men aur Yarusalam ki sarakou meo ki hai, turn bhul gae ho ? 10 We aj kc din dilshikasta na hue, aur na dare, aur meri shariat aur Luqiiii par, jo maiu iie tumliaro aur tumhare bipdidou ke age rakhe haiu, tuiu ua cliale. 11 Is liye Rabb ul afw4j Israel kd Khuda j lin kahta hai, ki Dekh, niaiu apni rukh badi ke liye tumhare barkhilaf karunga, ki site Yihudah ko munqata karno. 12 Aur maiu Yiluid.ih ke bachc huou ko, jinhou nc zainin i Misr men j^iie ko rukh kiya hai, ki wah;iu likeu, lung'ij aur we zamin i Misr men talwir aur kiil so mare parenge; we chhote se bare tak talwar aur kal sc tamam honge; aur wc liuat aur hairani aur iiafrin aur malamat ke bais honge. 13 Aur maiu ua ko, jo zamin i Misr meu baste haiu, saza diingA, jis tarah maiu ne Yarusalam ko talwar se aur kal se aur waba se saza di hai. 14 Aur Yihudah ke bache huoo meu se, jo zamin i Misr meu wahiu tikne ko gae, koi bacha na rahegi, ki zamin i Yihudah men phir awe, jidhar we phira aur basa chahte haiu : kyunki koi na phiregi, siwa fiririou ke. 15 Tab sare logou ne, jo jante the ki hamari jornon ne begane mabiidon ke liye luban jaliyi hai, aur sab auratou ne jo pis kliari thiu ek baj-i jamaat, yane sire logon ne jo zarain i Misr meo Fatnis meo baste the, Yaramiyah ko yih kahke jawab diya, 16 Ki us kalam ki babat jo tu ne hameu Kuuuawand ke nam se k alia ham teri na sunenge, 17 Balki jo hamari zuban se nikla hai, ham z;urnr karenge, ki asman kl malika ke liye luban jalaweo, aur us ko tapawan tapaweu jis tarah ham ap, aur hamare bapdade, hamare badshah aur hamare sardar Yihu- dah ke shahrou men, aur Yarusalam ki sarakon meu karte the, ki us waqt ham bahut roti rakhte the, aur achchhe the, aur badi nahin dekhte the. 18 Par jab se ham ne Ssuian kl malika ke liye luban jalana, aur tapawan tapana chhor diya, tab se ham bar chiz ke niuhtij hue, aur talwar aur kal se tabah hue. ID Aur jab asman ki malika kc liye ham luban jalati thiu, aur tapawan tapati thiu kya ham ne apne mardou ko chliojke us ki bandagi ke liye kuliche pakae, aur us ko tapawan tap;ie ? 20 Tab Yaramiyah ne sare logou se mardoij aur auratou se, aur un sare logou se kaha, jinhou ne use jawab diya tha, 21 Wuh luban jo turn ne aur tumhare b.ipda- dou ne tumhire badshahou ne aur tumhare sardarou ne raaiyat ke sath YihiidSh ke shahrou men aur Yarijsalam kf sarakon men jalaya hai, kya Kuudawanu ne yad nahin kiy.i? kya us ke dil par charha ? 22 Pas Khudawant) tumhare kamou kl burai aur makruhat ki jo turn ne kiu aur bardasht uahfu kar sakta tha is liye tuinhari zamin wirani aur hairani aur lanat ki bais hui, aur be bashinda, jaisa aj ke din hai. 23 Azbas ki turn ne luban jalaya, aur azbaski turn ne Kuudawand ki khati ki aur Ivuuija'wand ki uahiu suni, na us ki shariat na us ke huqiuj na us ki shaliadatou par chale ; is liye yih badi tum par ariz hui, jaisa aj ke din hai. 24 Aur Yaramiyah ne sare logou se, aur sab auraton se yiiu kaha, ki Ai sare Yihudah, jo zamin i Misr men ho, Kuudawand ka kalam suno; 25 Rabb ul afvvaj Israel ka K.huda yuu kahta hai, ki tum ne aur tumhari joruou ne apni zuban se bol diya hai, aur yih kahke hath se pdra kiya, ki 11am un nazrou ko jo ham ne asmin ki malika kc liye lubau jalane ko, aur us ke Sge tapawan tapane ko mana hai, i.urur ada karenge : yaqiuaa tum apni nazrou ko ada karogc aur tum 838 YARAMIYAH. [45 BAB. yaqJnan apnf nazroo ko adi karoge. 26 Is liye, ai sSre Ylhudih, jo zamfn i Misr jiieij baste ho, Khudawand ki kalam suno. Dekh, maio ne apne buzurg nam ki qasara khaf hai Khudawand kahti hai, ki mer4 nam Yihudah meu se kisi ki zu- Lan se sare zamtn i Misr meo, yih kahke phir liya najaega, ki Malik Khuda- wand i HaS. 27 Dekh, maiu badi ke liye un par chaukas rahiitiga aur bhalai ke liye nahfn ; aur Yihudah ke sare log, jo zamin i Misr nieu haio, talwar se aur kal se tabah honge, jab tak tamam na hog. 28 Aur jo talwar se bachenge, aur zamfn i Misr se zamfn i Yihudah men pliir awenge thore honge; aur Yihudah ke sire bache hue, jo zaiiun i Misr meu wahan tikne ko gae, janenge ki kis ka kalain qaim rahega mera ya un ka. 29 Aur yih nishan hai tumhare liye, Khudawand kahta hai, ki maio turn ko is maqam meu saza diinga, taki turn jaiio, ki meri briteij tumharf badi ke liye zunir qaim rahengi : oO Khudawand yuij kahta hai, Dekh, main Misr ke badsfiah Firaiin Hufra kous ke dushmanou ke hath men aur unke hath men jo us ki jan ke l^hvvdlian liaio sompunga jis tarah main ne Yihudih ke badsliah Sidqiyah ko Ba- bul ke bad^iiah Nabukhudnazr ke hath meo som^ia hai jo us ka dushmau, aur us Ui jau ka kljw;ihau tha. XLV. BAB. I Wuh kalam jo Yaramiyah nabi ne Bartik bin Naiyiriyah sekahd, bad us ke ki usneinbatou ko Yaramiyah ke nmnh se kitab men likka tha, Yihudah ke JKidshah Y'iihnyaqfm bin Yusiyaii ke chauthe baras men, '2 Ki Khudawand Israel ka Ivliuda, tujh se, ai Bariik, yuu kalita hai ; 3 Tii ne kaiia, Hae mujh par, ki Khudawand ne dukh ko ranj ke sath ziy.ida kiya; maiu thandi sans lene se ajiz aya, aur aram nahin paya. 4 Tu us se yuu kahega, ki Khudawand yuu kahti hai, Dekh jo main ne banaya, maiu dhaungi. aur jo main ne lag;iyi maiu ukharungi, yane is sari zamfn ko. 5 i\ya tii apne liye barf bateu dlumdhta hai? Na dliun^ih: ki dekh, maiu sire basilar par badi lauuga, Kuudawand kahta hai ; par sire maqiuion mey, jahau tu jaega, teri jan maiu tujh ko gauiiuat iakhshunga. XLVI. BAB. 1 Khudawand ka kalam, jo Yaramiyah nabi ke pis gairqaumoo kl babat aya ; 2 Misr ki babat, Misr ke badshah Firaiin Nikoh ki fauj ki babat, jo darya i Furat ke kiiiare par Karkmis men thi, jis ko Babul ke badshah Nabukhudnazr ne Yihudah ke badsh.ih Yahiiyaqim bin Yiisiyah ke chauthe baras meu shikast df. o Sipar aur dhiil ko tartib do, aur laiai ki taraf barho. 4 Ghoron par zin kaso; aur ai sawaro sawar ho, aur khod sir par rakhke mustaidd ho ; nezoQ ko saiqal karo, baktarou ko pahino. 5 Main ne unheu kyun hairan aur munhazim dekha ? balki un ke baha- durou ne shikast khai, aur bhag gae, aur munh nahiu phera : charou taraf dar hai, Khudawand kahti hai. G Tezpi mard na bhage, aur bahadur jan na le jae; we thokar khaenge, aur darya i Furat ke kinare uttar taraf girenge. 7 Yih kaun hai, jo darya kc miniud charhta hai, jis ke pani nahrou ke mauind talatum meu ^te haiu? 8 Misr darya ke minind charhta hai, aur us ke pani nahroQ ke mStiind 4G BAB.] YARAMIYAH. 839 tal. kahta liai. '. 7 Par td, ai mere bande Yaqub, mat dar, aur tu, ai Israel mat ghahra ; kyduki dekh maio tujhe dur se bachaunga, aur teri aulad ko un ki asiri ki zamfn ee, aur Yaqub phirega, aur arani aur chain meu rahegi, aur koi use na darawega. 23 Ai mere bande Yaqub mat dar, Khudawand kahta hai, kynnki maio tere sath huo ; agarchi maio sab qaumoo ko, jin meo maio ne tujhe hank diya, nest nabiid karoo, tadbhi tujhe nest nabiid na karunga ; par maio tujhe andaza se tadlb kariinga, aur tujhe besaza na chhorungl. 840 YARAMIYAH. [47 I3AB. XLVIl. BAB. 1 KiiuD A'WANT) ka kalam, jo Yaramiyah nab! ke pis Filistioo ke barkhilaf Sya, us se pahile ki Firaan ne Azzah ko mara. 2 Kuudawand yi'io kahti hai ; Dekh, uttar se pani charhe ate haiu, aur sailib hogS, aur zamtn par aur sab par, jo us meo hai, shahr par aur us ke bashindou par bahegi : tab log chillawenge, aur zamin ke sare bdshinde nala karenge. 3 Ghorou kf tapon ke bol se, rathon ke hujnin se aur us ke charkhon ke shor se, bap apne larkou ki taraf kamzor hath ke sabab na phirenge. 4 Us din ke sabab jo atii hai Id sare Filistioij ko wir;in kare, aur Sur aur S lida se bar madadg-ir ko, jo bachi liai, munqata kare ; kyunld KnunA!WAND Filistiou ko, Kaft'Jr ke bache huon ko wiran karega. 5 Azzah par chandlapan ai hai ; Asqalun apne nasheb samet sunsan hua. Turn kab tak apne kokato"-c? 6 Ai Khui>awand kl talwar, tii kab tak na thaharegJ ? tu apne ko niiyan men kar, dram le, aur chup ho, 7 Wuh kis tarah thaharegf, kyunki Khuuawand ne Asqalun par aur samundar kin5re par use farniaya hai? wahan use muqarrar kiya hai. XLVIII. BAB. I Moab ki babat RaLb ul afwaj, Israel ka Khuda yiln kahta hai, Hae Naba par! ki wuh wiran hai: Oaryatain ghabraya aur liya gaya : Misj^b pareshan aur hairan hua hai : 2 Moab ki tarif phir kabhi na hogi ; Hasbun mea vinhou ne yih kahke us ke barkhilaf buri tadbir ki, ki Ao, ham use qaum hone se munqata kareo, Tu bh^, ai Madmin, fchup kiya gaya; ek talwar tere pichhe paregi. 3 Hauraiiaiin men rone Id awaz hogi wir^ni aur bari halakat. 4 Moab tora gaya, us ke chhotou ne faryad suuai. 5 Kyunki La\ihiyat ki charhaf par nala par nala charhega; id Hauranaim ki utar par mere dushuianoQ ne halakat ka shor suna. 6 Bbago, apni jin bachao, aur bayaban meg mardud ke ralnind ho. 7 Kyunld tii ne apne kamou par aur khaz inou par bharosa kiya, is liye tu pakra jaega ; aur Kanitis apne kShinou aur sardarou samet asiri men jaega. 8 Aur luiera har ek shahr par awega aur koi shahr na bachega : wadi Lhi wirin hogi, aur maidan ujar liogi, jaisa Khudawand ne kaha hai. 9 Moab ko par de, ki wuh bhagte bhage ; ki us ke shahr ujar honge, aur un men koi bashinda na rahega. 10 Lanati wuh howe, jo Khudawand ka kam riyakari se bajalata hai, aur lanati wuh howe jo apni talwar ko khnnrezf se baz rakhta hai. II Moab apni jawani se chain men hua hai, aur apni talchhat par baithi hai, aur wuh ek piyale se dusre piyile meu dhala nahio gaya, na asiri men gay.i ; is liye us ka maza us meij bana raha hai, aur us ki bu tabdil na hof. 12 Is liye, dekh, we din ate haiu, Khudawand kahta hai, ki main dhalnewalou ko us ke pas bhejiingi, ki we use dhaleij, aur us ke piyalon ko khali kareo aur un ki mashkou ko toren. 13 Aur Moab Kamus se sharrainda hoga, jaisa Israel ka gharani apni malja i Baitel se sharminda hda. 14 Turn kyiinkar kahte ho ki Ham dilawar haio, aur larai ke liye ham sihib i qudrat haiu? 15 Moab luta, aur us ke shahroo ka dhuao utha, aur us ke chune hue jawdn qatl ke liye utar gae, wuh ESdshah kahta hai, jis ka nam Rabb ul afwaj hai. 16 Moab ki dfat nazdik pahunchi, aur us ki 48 BAB.] YARAMIYAU. 841 buli, n;hlyat jaldf se ^t{ hai. 17 Ai us ke sare qurbjawSro, us ke liye nSla karo ; aur turn sab jo us ke nam se waqif ho, kaho, ki Qiiwat ka asS, aur sundar thhari kis taiir tutf pari hai! 18 Ai bashinda bint i Daibdn dabdaba se utar 5, aur pi_vasi baith, kyiinki Moab ka luteri tiijh pai- awegi, aur tere qilaotj ko torega. 19 Ai Aiair kf bashinda tii rah par khari hoke dekli ; bliagnewile aur bache hwe se piichh aur kah, ki Kya hua hai ? 20 Moab ghabriya hai, kynnki wuh tora gaya ; tuin wawaili niachao, aur chillao ; Arnun nieu manadi karo, ki Moab hit gaya hai. 21 Aur chauras zamfn par adalat pahunchi, Ilaulan par, aur Walisat par aur Maufaat par, 22 Aur Daubdn par, aur Nabii par, aur Baifi Dibhitain par, 23 Aur Qaryatain par, aur liait i Jamul par, aur Bait i Maua par, 24 Aur Qaryat par, aur Buzrah par, aur zamin i Moab ke sare shahrou par kya dur ke kya nazdik ke. 25 Moab ka sing katd gaya hai, aur us ka b^zu tora gaya, Khlda\vani> kahta hai. 26 Turn us ko sarshar karo ; kydnki wuh Khudawakd par magrur hua. Moab ko dak lagegf, aur wuh bhi hansi ka bais hoga. 27 Kyi Israel tere waste hansi ka bais na hda ! Kya wuh choroo meg paya gaya ? ki jitne bar tere baten us kf bibatthiu, tu apiia sir dhuna 28 Ai Moab ke bashindo, shahrou ko chhoro aur chat in par baso, aur faklita ke nianind ho, jo gar ki paith ke kinare ashiyana banati hai. 29 Ham ne Moab ka gurur suna (wuh nihayat gharaandi hai) us kf gustakhi, aur us ka gurur, aur us ka ghamand, aur us ke dil ka takabbur. SO Maio us ka qahr janta hue, Khupawand kahta hai : par us ki jhiithi shekhian kuchh na hongi, ki wuh jhuthi shekhia'u karta hai. 31 Is %€ maiu Moab ke liye wiwaila kardngi, sire Moab ke liye main chillidnga : Qir i Hars ke logou ke liye matara hoga. 32 Ai Shibmah ke angiir main Yaazir ki rolii se tujh par rodngi : teri laten sumundar par chali gai hain, we Yaazir ke samundar tak pahunch gafo, garatgar pakke samaron par aur tere guchchhou par i para hai. 33 Aur phaldar khet se yane Moab ke des se anand aur khushi uthii jaegf ; aur maiu ne kolhdoQ men se wain ko roka hai : koi lalk^r se na latarega ; un ki lalkar Ldkar na hogi. 34 Ilasbdn ke rone se IliaUtak, aur Wahaz tak, aur Su|r se Hauranaim tak sisala Lachhre ke minind unhon neapni £wiz buland kf : kydnki Nainirin ki nadian bhi jatf rahengi. 35 Kuijjjawand kahta hai, ki Main unchf jagahoo ke chaf- hinewile ko Moabse uthi ddnga. 36 Is liye dil mera Moab keliye nai kitarah shor karegi, aur dil mera Qir i Hars ke logou ke liye nai ki tarah shor karegi : kydnki jo kuchh unhoo ne zakhira kamaya tha, gum ho gayi. 37 Filhaqiqat bar sir ganja hoga, aur bar darhi mundi hogi : har hath par ghio hoga, aur kamar par tat. 38 Moab ki sari chhatoa par aur us kf sarakoo nieu pdra mitam hoga : kydnki maiu ne Moab ko nipasand bartan kf tarah tora hai, Khl'da'wani) kahti hai. 39 We yih kahke wawaili karenge, ki Wuh kaisa tora giya! Moab ne sharm ke mare kaisi pith pheri ! usf tarah Moab un sabhoo ke liye, jo us ke chaugird hain, hansi aur khauf kS bais hogS. 40 Kydnki Khudawand yuu kahta hai, ki Dekh wuh Yaqdb ke manind uregi, aur apiie parou ko Moab ke upar phailawega. 4 1 Qaryat liya jita, aur qila qabu ineu ekaek ate, aur us din Moab ke bahaduroa ke dil jannewali aurat ke dil ki tarah honge. 42 Aur Moab halik kiya jiega, ki qaum na howe, is liye ki us ne Khudawand se gurur kiya. 43 Dahshat, aur gaiha, aur jal tere liye, ai bashinda i Moab, Kuloawand kahti hai, 44 Jo D d d d d 8(2 YARAMIYi^H. [49 BAB. diihshat se bhdge garhe men girega ; aur jo garhe se nikle, jal men phansega ; kyi'inki maio un par, hao Moab par, un ke intiqim lene ka baras launga, Khuda- ■WAND kahtri hai. 45 We blngke Hasbun ke saya ke tale qiiwat ke liye khare hue : par Uasbiin se ag, aur Saihun meij se laur niklegf, aur Moab kf nawahf aur fasadiou ki khopri khi jaegi. 46 Hie tujh par, ai Moab ! Kamiis ke log halak hue, ki tere bete asir lie jate, aur teri betiio ashi men bain. 4 7 Phir maiu akbiri dinou meu Moab kl asiri ko pherunga, Kuudawand katita hai. Moab ki adalat yahaa tak huf. XLIX. BAB, 1 Bani Amman ki babatKHOcAWAND yuu kaht^ hai, Ky^ Israel bcaulad hai? ky^ us ke koi waris nahlu ? pbir kyun Malkum ne Jadd ko miras meu liya hai, aur ua ke log us ke shahrou meu base haiu. 2 Is liye, dekh, we din ite haiij, Kuuda- wand kahta hai, ki maiu Ammdutou ki Kabbah mee larai ka shuhra sunaunga ; aur wuh sdnsani k^ dher ho jaegi, aur us ki betlau Sg se jal marengi: tab Israel us ke warisou ka waris hoga, Kuudawand kahta hai. 3 Ai Hasbun wawaila kar, ki Ai luti gaf : ai binat i Kabbah, chillao, aur apni kamar par t^t bandho, matani karo, aur barou ke bhitar idhar udhar dauro : kydnki Malkum asiri inea jaega, aur us ke kahiu aur us ke sardar bhi sath jaenge. 4 Tu kyiiii wadioij par fukhr karti hai, bawujdde ki teri wadi baromand hai, ai bagi beti? jo yih kahke apne thazanou par bharosS, karti hai, ki mujh par kaun awega? 5 Malik Rabb ul afwdj kaliti hai, ki Dekh, maiu un sabhon se, jo tere chaugird haiu, tujh par dahshat launge, aur turn meu se har ek us ke age se hanka jaega ; aur awaroo ka koi batorncwala na hoga. G Magar b4d us ke maiu Ammuniou ki asiri pherunga, IvHUDAWAND kahta hai. 7 Adiim ki babat Rabb ul afwdj yun kahta hai, Kya Taiman men danif nahiu bai? kyi binaoa se tadbir jati rahi ? kya uu ki hikmat gum hiii ? 8 Ai Didtin ke bashindo, bhdgo, pith phero, niche rahna ikhtiyar karo ; kyunki maiu Asaut ki afat, yane us se intiqaui lene ka waqt us par Liiinga. 9 Agar angiirchin tere pas dwenge, to daue na chhorenge ? ya chor r.^t ke waqt ihtiyaj ke muwafiq Icitenge. 10 Kyanki maiu ne Asau ko nanga kiya, us ke pardou ko zahir kiya, ki wuh apne ko chhipa na sake : us ki nasi us ke bhaiou aur parosiou ke sath luti gai, aur wuh nahin hai. 11 Td apne yatimou ko chhor, maiu unhen jiladnga ; aur teri bewa mujh par tawakkid kareu- 12 Ki Ivuodawasd yuu kahti liai, Dekh, jin ki adalat na thi, ki is piyale se pieu, unhou ne bakhubi piya; kya td bilkull besaza rahega ? td besaza na rahegi, tu albatta piega. 13 Kydnki main ne apni qasam khai hai, Khudawand kahta hai, ki Busrah wirani ,raalamat aur lanut hoga; aur us ke sare shahr wirina i abadi honge. 14. Maiu ne Khudawand se ek shuhra suna hai, aur ek elchi yih kahne ko qaumoQ ke pas bheja gaya hai, ki Turn jama ho, aur us ke barkhilaf jao, aur larai ke liye utho. 15 Ki dekh, maiu tujhe qaumon ke darmiyan chho^, aur ddmioo ke darmiyan ha(iir kardnga. 16 Tere ruab ne, tere dil ke gurdr ne tujhe fareb diya hai, ai basbinde i gar i koh, jo td ne qulla i koh par maqam liya : bawujdde ki td apna ashiyana uqab ke manind buland kare, tadbhi inaiu wahau se tujhe niche ladnga, Khudawand kahta hai. 17 Addni bhi 49 BAIi.] YAKAMIVAH. 843 wfrSnt hogS : bar ek jo us taraf se guzregi hairan hogS, aur lis kt s;trt afatou ke sabab sitbi baj,iweg5, 18 Ki Sadum aur Amurah, aur us kf nawabi ke munbadim hone ke muwSfiq us meo fidmt na basegS, na adamzSd us men basega, KiitnA- wANii kalita bai. H) Dekh, wuh ck sber ki tarab Yardan ki kbusbnunial se pabarf basti par cbaibega : par nialij use ekkirgj us ke dge se bbagaijiig-i ; aur barguzfda kaun bai, ki us par muqarrar karuo ? kyanki mera sant kaun bai? aur luujbe kaun adalat nieij lawcgi ? aur vvub cbarwibl kaun bai, jo mere 5ge qaini rab sakega ? 20 Is liye Kiiudawasd kl maslahat suno, jo us ne Adi'im par ki hai, aur us ke mansubou ko jo us ne Taiinan ke basbindon par bandha bai : yaqinan galle ke cbbotoo ke manind pbaie jaenge, yaqinan -vvub un kf charag^h ko un ke sStb wiran karega. 21 Un ke girne ke sbor se zamfn k^mptf hai ; un ke chillane se darj'a i Qiilzum tak sbor suna jata bai- 22 Dekb, wub uqal) 'kf tarab cbarhke uregS, aur Busrah ke ilpar apne paroo ko pbailaweg^ : aur us din Adum ke bahS- durou k^ dil us aurat ke dil ke manind hoga, jo pfrl men bai. 23 Diniisbq kf bSbat Hamat aur Arfad ghabra gae baio, kyunki unboQ ne burf khabar suni : we buzdil baiu ; samundar par taraddud hai; wub tbahar nablo sakt^. 24 Dimishq zatf bua, munh bb.igiie par rakba hai, aur dabsbat ne use gbera hai; dard aur rauj ne jannewah' aurat ke manind use pakra hai. 25 Kynnkar tarff ka shabr, meri khushi kS sbahr cbhora nahin gaya ! 26 Is liye us ke jawSn us kl sarakon meo girengc, aur s£re jangi mard us din chup kiye jSenge, Rabb ul afwaj kabta bai. 27 Aur maio Dimishq ki shahrpanah men Sg lagaunga, ki wuh Bin Hjidad ke mahallon ko bhasam kare. 28 Qidar ki babat, aur Hasur kl mamlukatou kf bibat, jinhen Bibul k.l bad- shah Nabnkhudnazr marega, Khudawakd yuu kabta bai, ki utho, Qidar ko cbarh jao, aur purabion ko Into. 29 Un ke khaimoo ko aur un ke gallon ko we jaenge, un ke pardon ko, aur un ke sire bartanoe ko, aur un ke nnton ko we apne liye lenge ; aur we un se pukarcnge, ki charou taraf kbatra hai. 30 Pith dikhao, dar bhago, aur nfcbe rabna ikbtiyar karo ai Hasur ke basbindo, KiiUDA'WAND farmata hai; kyunki Babul ke badsbab Nabukbudnazr ne tum par maslahat If^hai, aur tum par irada bandba hai. 31 Utho us Ssudaqaum parcharho jo f''rig ul bai baitbf hai, Khxjdawand kahti hai, ki uske na kiwSre na qufl baio aur tanba sukilnat kartf hai. 32 Aur un ke lint ganfmat ke lij^e honge, aur un ke chaupayoD kf kasrat lut ke liye: aur maiu un' logon ko jin ke goshe munde baio cbarou konou men paraganda kardngi ; aur maiij un kf afat cbaroij taraf se launw^ Khudawand kabta hai. 33 Aur Hasdr ajgaron ki. maqam, bamesba ki. wirana hoga: wabio kof idmt na basega, na adini na adamzad us men tikega. 34 Khudawand ka kalam Yibiidab ke badshah Sidqiyah ki saltanat ke sburii meo Ailam ki babat yih kabta hua Yaramiyah nabi ke pas ay^. 35 Rabb ul afwaj yun kabta bai, Dekh main Ailim ki kaman, un kf tawanaf ka zubda torungS. 36 Aur maiu cbarou hawaon ko asnian ki charoD taraf se Ailam par launga, aur in cbarou hawaou kf taraf maio unbeti paraganda karnngl ; aur koi aisi qaum na hogf, jis men Ailam ke mardud na awenge. 37 Ki main Ailam ko un ke dushmanoD ke ige, aur unke age jo un ki jan ke khwahan bain paresban karringS- aur badi ko, j'ane apne bare qabr ko un par launga, Khudawand kahtd hai; aur talwar ko un ke picbhe bbejtinga, jab tak maiu unbeo talaf na karun. 38 Aur D d d d d 2 844 YARAMIYAH. [50 BAB. main apn£ takht Ailam meo ralthungii, aur bSdshdh ko aur sardaroo ko wah^n se niibiid karunga, Kiicdawand kahta hai. 39 Par dkhiri dinoQ mea aisi hogi, ki maio Ail^m k! astri pherungS, Knvox- WAND kahtS hai. L. BAB. 1 Wuli kalam jo Khudawant) ne Babul ki b£bat, aur sarzamin i Kasdfoo kt babat Yaramiyah nabf kl mSrifat farmaya. '2 Qaumoo meo khabar do, aur manadi karo, aur jhanda buland karo; manadf karo, mat chhipao : kaho, ki Babul liyS j5ta, Bel pareshan hai, Marudak tor^ jatahai; us ke but pareshan haiu, us ki murateu tori j^ti bain. 3 Kyanki uttar se ek qaum us par charbti hai, jo us ko wiran karegi, aur koi us meu na basega : insan se haiwan tak we bhagenge, vie rawana honge. 4 Un dinoD men aur us waqt Khuda(wani> kahta hai, bani Israel awenge, we aur bani Yihudah ikatthe chalte chalte roenge : we chalenge, aur Khudawanh apne Khuda ko dhundhenge. 5 We us taraf apna rukh karke Saihiin ki rah puchhenge, ki No, ham ahd i abadf meo, jo kabhi na bhule, Khcdawand se mil j^eo. G Mere log khoi hiii bhereu halo ; un ke charw:ihon ne unheo gumrah kiya, unhoD ne unheo paharou par chhor diya hai : we pahlr se tile ki taraf gae, aur apna malja bhul gae. 7 Jis kisi ne un ko pdya, unheo kha gaya ; aur un ke dushmanon ne kaha, ki Taqsir hamari nahin, kyiinki we Khudawand ke khatakar halt), jo sadaqat ka maqam hai ; h.io, Khudawand ke, jo un ke bapdadou ka maljS hai. 8 Babul men se bhago, aur KasdioD ki zamin se nikho, aur gallou ke dge ke bakroD ke minind ho. 9 Ki dekh main uttar ki zamin se bari qaumoo ki jamftat ko uthannga, aur Babul par charhaunga ; aur we us ke muqabala meij saff bandhenge; wuh is tarah liya jSega : un ke tfr bahadur i karazmuda ke tiroo ke manind honge; un men se ek khati na karegi. 10 Kasdistin lut ke liye hoga : sab jo use lutenge asuda honge, KnrnAWAND kahta hai. 11 Azbaski turn shidman the, ki turn ne khushf kf, ai meri miras ke lutero, kyunki turn ghas khanewSle bachhre ke manind mote hde ho, aur sanrou ke mlnind dakarte ho; 12 Is liye tumhari ma ghabrai jaegi : tumhari w.Uida sharminda hogi : dekh wuh qaumon meij sab se chhoti hai, bayaban laqq o daqq, aur wirana. 13 Khudawand ke qahr se wuh basaya na jaegS, balki bilkull ujar hoga : jo koi Babul se gnzrega hairiin hoga, aur us kl sari afaton ke sabab sithi bajawega. 14 Turn Babul par charou taraf salF blndho : ai sab kamiinkasho, us par tir chhoro, dareg mat karo; kyiinki wuh Khudawak© kf khatakar hui hai. 15 Charoo taraf se turn us par lalkSro : us ne apni hath diya : ■us ke sutun gir gae, us ki diwareo dhai gain; kyunki Khudawand ka intiqam yihf hai; turn us se intiqam lo; jaisa us ne kiya, taisa turn us se karo. 16 Babul se bonewale ko turn mun:jata karo, aur use jo fasl ke waqtdtiranti rakhta hai : muhlik talwar ke 5ge harek apni qaum ki taraf pliirega, aur harek apne watan meo bhagega. 17 Israel paraganda bher hai; sherou ne use rageda hai: pahile Asur ke bad- shah ne use khaya, aur Skhir men Babul ke is badshah Nabukhudnazr ne us ki haddfoo ko tora hai. 18 Is liye Rabb ul afwaj Israel k5 Khuda yuo So HAR] YARAMIYAH. 848 kaht^ hai, ki Dekb, main B-lbul ke b^dsh^h se, aur hs kf sarzamfn se intiqiim lunga, jais5 maiu ne Asur ke bSdshSh se intiqam liya hai. 19 Lekin maiu Israel ko U3 kf charagdh par pahunchaiinga, aur wuh Karniil aur Basan par charegS, aur Ifrafm aur Jiliahd ke pahar par us ki j5n 5suda hogf. 20 Un dinou meo, aur usi waqt, Knun^wAND kahta hai, Israel kf shararat dhiindhi jaegi, aur na hogi; aur Yihudah ki khatacij, aur pai na jaengiu: kyanki jinhcu inaiu bach^ rakhung.i unheo niuif karungi. 21 Nihayat bagi zamln par, hio us par charho, aur b^shindagan i q'lbil i sazS par; wirin karo, aur un ki aidad ko liaram karo, Khudawanh kalit.i liai, aur jo kuchh maiu ne tujhe farmaya, so tii kar. 22 Larai aur bari halakat ki SwAz zamln men hai. 23 Siri zami'u ka ni^rtiil kaisd kata aur tori gay^! Babul qaumou mea kaisi wirin hni! 24 Main ne tere liye jal rakha, aur, ai Babul tu pakrf gai, jab tfi be khabar thi: tu pai gai, aur li gai, kydnki tii ne Khudawand se mukhalafat ki hai. 25 Khuoawand ne apna khazana khola hai, aur apne qahr ke liathyaroa ko bahar laya; kyiinki yih kam, jo Kasdioij kf zanitn men hota hai, Malik Rabb ul afwaj ka hai. 26 Har taraf se us par charho, us ke khattoo ko kholo ; use dher karo, aur use haram karo: kuchh us se baqi na rahe. 27 Us kc sare bailoD ko maro, we zabh ke liye utareo : ha'eunpar! ki un ka din Sya, un se intiqam lene ka waqt. 28 Un ki awiz, jo sarzamin i I5abul se bhagke janbar hde- haiij, ki Khudawand hamare l>.huda ka intiqim, us ki haikal ka intiqam Saihon men zahir kare;j. 29 Tirandizou ko Babul ke barkhildf bulio; ai sire kaman- kasho, har taraf se us ke muqabil khaima khara karo; us se koi jinbar na howe ; us ke kim ke muwafiq us ko badla do ; sab kuchh jo us ne kiya, us se karo : kynn- ki wuh Khodawand se, Israel ke Quddiis se raagrur hui hai. 30 Is liye us ke jawan sarakoo men gircnge, aur s^re jangi mard us din zfiya honge, Khudawand kahta hai. 31 Dekh, maiij tujh par ita huo, ai zubda i gurnr, Malik Rabb ul afwaj kahta hai: filhaqi([at teri din, tujh se intiqam lene ka waqt a pahun- cha. 32 Aur yih zubda i gurur larkharake giregii, aur koi use na uthawega: aur main us ke shahron meo ^g lagadnga, jo us ke sare chaugirdou ko bhasam kareo-i. .'j3 Rabb ul afwaj ynu kahta hai, ki Eani Isriel aur bani Yihudah donoy maz- li'imhue; aur un ke sare asirkarnewalon ne unhetj tang pakfa, un ki nuikldasi se inkar kiya. 34 Un ka chhuranewala sahib i qudrat hai; nam us ka Rabb ul afwaj hai: wuh bakhiibi un ki dawi ko infisal karegi, ki zamln ko chain de, aur l^abul ke bishindou ko kampiwe. 3.* Khudawand kahta hai, ki Talwir Kasdioo par, aur Babul ke bashintloQ par, aur us ke sardaron par, aur us ke hakiniou par. 36 Talwar makkaroij par ki we diw.ne hou: talwar un ke bahadurou par, ki we ghabrae jacn. 37 Talwar glioroa par, aur us ki rathou par, aur mukhtalif logon par jo us ke daruiiyan haiu; aur we auratou ke manind honge : talwar us ke Ij:liazanoij par, ki we lute jaeg. 38 Khush- ki us ke paniou par, ki we sukh jieu : kyiinki wuh tarishi hiii muratou ki zamin hai, aur we butou par diwine hain. 39 Is liye jangli Lilhau gidarou ke sith hasen^e, aur shuturmurg ke bache us nieu basera lenge : aur abad ul abad tak wuh hargiz basiya na jaega, na pusht dar pusht koi us meo sukiinat karegi. 40 Jis tarah Khudi ne Sadiim aur Amurah aur us kf nawahi ko niunhadim kiya, Khudawand kahta hai, usi tarah kof admiwahannabasega, na adamzad us meo basegi. 41 Dekh 846 YAllAMIYAH. [51 BAB. ek qaum uttar se Swegf, bari guroli, aur bahutere L^dshlh dunya ki sarhaddoD se utbSe jaenge. 42 We kam'm aur neza lenge : we sangdil^hain, aur ralim na karenge : un kl iwaz samundar l nahio dekhta hai? 37 Kaun kahti hai aur ho jata hai, agar Khudawanu nahiQ farinata? 38. Kya badhali aur khushhali Khudawand ke munh se nahio nikalti? 39 Admi apne jf se kyun kufkurat^ hai? Insan apne gunih se kurkurawe. 40 Ham khojeu aur apni rahon ko jancheu aur Khudawand kl taraf phireo- 41 Ham apne dil ko hathou samet asman kf taraf Khudawand ke dge uthaweu. 42 Ham gunahgar aur bagi hue, tu ne muaf nahiu kiya. 43 Tu ne qahr se ap ko chhipiya, taiqub kiya aur mar dala aur rahm na kiya. 44 Tii ne apne ko abr met! chhipiya ki us se dua na guzare. 45 Tu ne hameu logon ke darmiyan Imharaa aur jharan si banaya. 46 Hainire sire dushraanoij se ham par munh khola. 47 Khauf aur dam mujh par ae, ban bekasi aur halakf. 48 Meri qaum ki beti ki halakat ke liye meri inkh panf ki nahron se bah rahf hai. 49 Meri inkh tapakti hai, thamtf nahig, aur muttasll bahi karti hai, 50 Jab tak ki K.HUDAWAKD nazar kare, aur asman par se dekhe. 51 Mere shahr ki sari betioo ke liye meri ankh jan tak dukhti hai. 52 Mere dushmanou ne mujhe chiriyon kf tarah be sabab shiddat se rageda; 53 Meri jan ko bhaksi nieu mare, aur mujh par patthar dale. 54 Pani mere sir par se guzar gae ; maio bola ki mira gaya. 55 Gahri bhaksi meu se, ai Khudawand, main ne tera nam Hya. 56 Tu ne men suni: meri duhaf aur faryad se apna kan mat dhanip. 57 Jis din main ne tujhe pukara, tu nazdik aya aur kaha, ki Mat dar. 58 Ai Khudawand, tiiuemerijin ki dawi ka mubahasa kiya, meri jin ko najat bakhshi. 59 Ai Khudawand, td ne meri ma^lumi dekhf : tu hi meri diwi ki adilat kar. 60 Tu ne un ka sira bugs aurun ke sire kliiyalop ko jo meri mukhalafat meu kiye, dekhi hai. 61 Ai Khudavvand, un ki malamat, aur un ke sire khiyal ko jo meri mukhalafat meu kiyi, tn ne suna hai, 62 Aur un ke labou ko jo meri mukhalafat ko uthe, aur un ki bandish ko jo tamam din meri mukhalafat men bandhi hai. 63 Un kl nishast o barkhwast mulihaza kar! Maiu un ki hajo bani hun. 64 Ai Khudawand un ke hithoo ke kam ke mutabiq un ko badla de. 65 Un ko dil ki qasiwat de, teri lanat un par awe. 66 Qahrre^i se unheu raged, Khudawand ke asmanou ke niche se unheo mit£ dal. 4 BMB.] YARAMIYAII. 855 IV. BAB. I Zahab kaise beraunaq ho gayi, khalis kundan kaise muLaddal hd:f, maqdis ke patthar sab galioQ ke sire par pare rahte haio. 2 Saihun ke azfz farzand jo kun- dan ke sSth barabar the, so we kaise kumh^r ke hathoo ke ban^e hue kuzou ke se mahsiib hne. 3 Tiunfii bhi chhatiaij nikiltl hain, we apne bachchoo ko diidh piliiti haiij; merf qaum ki beti bayaban ke shuttar murgou k! manind berahm hai. 4 Shirkhore bachche kf zuban mare piyds ke us ki talu par sattf hai ; bachche roti mangte haiij, un ke liye kof torta nahfn. 5 We jo aish o ishrat se khate the, so gallon meo pareshan hain ; we jo qirraizf poshik meu pale haiu, so ku re ke dher se lipte haiu. 6 Meri qaum kl betf ka giinah Sadumkf khata se zaid hai, wuh ek lamha men madum ho gai, aur insan ke hath us par daraz na hue. 7 Us ke sire nazir barf se bhi saf aur dudh se safed the, un kf rangat yaqut se bhi surkh, un kf safii ni'Iam ki sT thi. 8 Ab un ka chihra siyahf se hhi kali hai, we galioo meo pahcliane nahiD jate, un ka chamra un ki haddioo se satta hai, wuh sukh gaya, lakri si ho gaya. 9 Shamsher ke ma:itul kal ke maqtul se jo khet ke hasilat kf kami ke mare ghule jate haig, nekbakht hain. 10 Rahmdil auratoo ke hathoo ne apne bachchon ko pakaya; meri qaum ki beti ki halakat meg ye hi un ki khurak the. II Khuda'wand ne apna gazabanjam kiya, apna qahrundela, us ne Saihun meo ek ag bharkaf, aur wuh us ki bunyadon ko nigal gai. 12 Zamin ke ba'dshah aur duuya ke sarebsshinde bawarnahiu kaite the, ki mukhalif aur dushman Yarusalam ke phitakon se dikhil honge. 13 Us ke nabfou ki khata aur us ke kihinon ke asam ke sabab jiiihon ne us ke darmiyan sadiqou ka khun bahaya, yih hua. 14 We andhon ki tarah gallon meu phire, unhon ne apne ko khdn se alada kiya aisa ki log un ke kapre nahiu chhute. 15 We unheo pukarte rahe, Dur ho, ai na'pako, dur ho, dur ho, chhuo mat! We bhagp, we ab awara bhi rahte; qaumoo ke darmiyan kahajata hai ki We phir rauqim na honge. 16 Khudawand ke chihra ne un ko mutafarraq kiya; wuh phir un par shafqat na karega; uuhou ne kahinou pariltifat aur buzurgou par mihrbani na kf. 17 Ham jo haiu, so hamari ankheo behuda isti^nat se fana huip, ham apni na- zargah men us qaum ke munta/ir the, jo hameo bacha na sakf. 18 We hamare dar pai haio, yahdo tak ki ham apni galioo megchalnahfo sakte, hamari ajal qarib hai, hamare din pure hiie, kyunki hamari ajal i. pahunchf. 19 Hamare taaqub karue- wile asman ke uqabou se bhi tez haiu, unhou ne hameo pahlroo par rageda, we hamare liye jangal meg ghat lagakar baithe. 20 Hamare nathiiou ka dam, Khuda'- WANO ka masih, jis ki babat ham ne kaha, ki Ham gairqauinou ke darmiyan us ke saye tale rahenge, so un ke garou meg girift;ir hua. 21 Ai Bint i Adum,tu joU'z ki zamiu meo basti hai,khush o khurram ho,pi3'dIe ka daur tujh tak bhi pahunchegi, tii mast hogi, aur ap ko uryan karegi. 22 Ai Bint i Saihun, tera qarz chukaya gaya, wuh tujhe asiri men phir nahiu le jiegl ; ai Bint i Addm, wuh tere qarz k^ muntalaba karega, teri kh^t^og I o zahir karegi. 856 HIZQIEL. [1 IJAB. V. BAB. Ai KnuDAWAND, ham par jo kuehh hua, use ySd rakh, bichar, aur harn^rl malamat ko mulahaza kar. 2 Hamari miras gairoo kS hiif, hamare inakan beganoQ kc thahare. 3 Ilam yatfm hde ki hamare bap nahln haio, hamarf maeu bewon kl si ho gain. 4 Ham ne naqd dekar pani piya, aur lakri hainSre hath qfmat se bikti hai. 5 Hamari gardanou par jdalaga, ham mazlum hne, ham mande bote, par 5ram nahfn pate. 6 Ham ne Misriou aur Asdrion ko hath diye, tiki rotiseSsada hoD. 7 Hamare bapdade gunahgar hue : we jate rahe, aur ham un ka gunah sahte haiu. 8 GulamoD ne ham par hukmrdni ki, koi nahiij jo un ke hath se hameo chhurawe. 9 Sahra ki talwar ke sabab jan ke khatre ke sath ham ne roti khai. 10 Kill ki haulnaki se hamare post tanur ke manind siyah ho gaya. 11 We Saihua meu auratOD ko aur Yihndah ke shahroumenkunwarloi) ko jabran behurmat karte. 12 Amir un ke hath se latkae jSte haiu, buzurgoo ka chihra abrd nahiu pata. 13 Jawan pit uthate aur laike lakri ke bojh ke mare gir parte haiu. 14 Buzurg log dar ul qaza se mauqdf ho gae, aur jawan apni nagm;ipardizi se. 15 Hamare dil ki khushnudi jltl rahf, hamara raqs matam se mubaddal hda. IG Taj hamare sir se gir para, ham par afsos, ki ham gunlhgar hue. 17 Is liye mera dil natawan hua, meri ^nkhen dhundhla gaiu. 18 Koh i Saihun ki wirani ke sabalb lomriao us men chaltf phirti hain. 19 Par tu, ai Khudawand abad tak baqi rahega, aur terS takht pusht dar pusht. 20 Tu hamea hamesha ke liye kyuo bhulta hai, aur muddat i madid chhor deta hai? 21 Ai Khui>awand, hameij apni taraf phira, aur ham phirae jaenge! hamare dinoo ko ^ge ki tarah daraz kar. 22 Ki kya td hameu bilkull inardud karega, tn ham par nihayat ]k:hashranak rahegi ? HIZQIEL. I. BAB. 1 Aur tisweo baras ke chauthe niahfne ki panchwiu tarikh meu aisa hua ki jab maio nahr i Khabur ke kanare astroo ke darmiyan tha, to asman khul gaya, aur maio ne Khuda ka didar dekha. 2 Aur us mahine ke pachwen din ydne Yijyakin badshah ke jilawatan ke panchweu baras men, o Aisa hda ki Khudawand ki kalam Buzi kahin ke bete Hizqiel ko jo Kasdioo ke mulk meo nahr i Kha- bdr ke kanare tha, pahuncha, aur Khudawand ka hSth wahao us par gSlib hua. 4 Aur maio ne nazar kf, to kya dekhta hun, ki uttar se ek tufin aya, ek bari bSdal aur fitash i pechan us ke gird roshni chamakti thf, aur us ke bich men se yane us atash men se kahruba dikhlai diya. 5 Aur us ke bich se char jandaron ki ek sdrat nazar ai; aur yih un ki shakl : unheo insan ki qamat thi. 6 Aur harek ke char ch£r munh aur char chSr par the. 7 Aur un ke panw jo the so sidhe panw the, aur un ke paou ke talwe, bachhrd ke p4oe ke talwe the, I BAB.] HIZQIEL. 867 aur we chamkfle pital kf minind chamaktc the. 8 Aur un ki chiroo taraf paroo ke nkhc insdn ke hdth the, aur munh aur par un chirou ke the. 9 Un ke par ek diisre se jore hue the, aur chalne meu we phirte na the, balki harek apne munh ke rukh ke mutabiq chalta th^. 10 Aur un ke munhoo ki shakl jo thl, iusan kS. munh, aur shcr kamunh un chlrou kf dahnf taraf, aur bail ka munh un charoo ki Myau taraf aur uqab kii munh un chdrou ka tha. 11 Un ke munh ydnbio ; aur un ke par iipar se phailae hue the, harck ke do par dusre ke do paroo se jore hue the, aur do un ke badan dhauite the. 1-2 Aur we harek apne munh ke rukh ke mutabiq chaltc the ; jidhar riih ko jana tha, we jate the, we chalne meo phirte na the. 13 Un jandarou ki shakl ag ke angaroQ ki manind thi jo namad mashil kf mSnind jalte the, wuh ^g un jandaroa ke darmiyan guzartijatf thf, aur roshni bakhshtf thf; aur us 5g men se bijliau nikalti thig. 14 Aur we jandar dekhne men bijlf ki chamak ki tarah daurte phirte the. 15 So jab main unjdndaroQ ko dekh raha tha, to kya dekht^hao, ki un jandiron ke pas ek ek chakkar uuke char muuhouke mutabiq zamin par hai. 16 Chakkarou ki wajh aur un ki karigari zabarjad ki si dikhai deti thf, aur un charon k^ ekhf daul tha aur un ki wajh aur un ki klrigari aisi thi goya ki chakkar ke andar chakkar hai. 17 Chalne meu we apni charon taraf chalte the, aur chalne meu we phirte na the. 18 Aur un ke daur ke halqe jo the, so aise unche the, ki we rauhib the; aur un chiroQ ke halqoa meo girdagird ankheo bhari hul thio. 19 Jandarou ke chalne meu chakkar un ke pas pas jate the, aur jab jandar zamin se uthae jate the, chakkar bhi uthae jate the. 20 Jahan kahiu ruh ko jdna tha we jate the wahao ruh ko jana tha; aur chakkar un ke pas uthae jate the, kyiinki jandar kf ruh chakkaroo men thi. 21 Un ke chalne men chalte the aur un ke thaharne: meu thaharte the, aur jab we zamin se uthae j-ite the, chakkar un ke sath uthle jate the, kyunki chakkarou meo jandar ki ruh thf. 22 Aur un jandarou ke sirou par isman ka sa falak th€ jo muhib billaur ki manind dikhai diya, wuh upar un ke sirou par phaila th^. 23 Aur us falak ke nfche un ke par sidhe ek ddsre se phailae hue the, harek ke do do the jo un par saya dalte the, aur harek ke do do the jo un ke badanoQ ko dhampte the. 24 Aur un ke chalne meu maiu ne un ke parouki awaz suni goyaki bahutpanion ki awazya Alqadir ki awaz hai; aise shor ki Swaz jaise lashkar kf awaz hai ; we apne khare hone meu apne paron ko sakor kte the. 25 Aur un ke siron par ke falak ke upar rad hota tha; we apne khare hone meu apne parou ko sakor lete the. 26 Aur un ke siroo par ke falak ke upar sang i nilam ki manind ek takht ki gurat dikhai diya, aur us takht ki sorat par insan ka sa qalib upar us par nazar fiya. 27 Aur jo qalib dekhne meu ^ya so kahruba ka sa, balki ig ka sa bhitarwar aur gird.igird tha, aur us qalib ki kamar se upar tak aur us qalib ki kamar se niche tak sira andam Sg ki sa mere dekhne meo iya, aur jalal us ke chaugird chamakti tha. 28 Jaisa ki us kauian ki numaish hai jo barasne kc din bidal meu dikhlai deti hai waisa hi us jalal ki numaish gird bagird ho rahi. Wuh Kuudawamd ke kibriya ki surat ki numdish thi. Aur dekhtc hi maiu auudhe munh gira aur ck bolncwale ki awaz suni. F f f f f SjS IIIZQIEL. ['2 BA13, II. ami. 1 Aur us ne niujlio kaha, ki Ai Sdanizid, apne paou par khara ho, to inaiu tujh se kahunga. 2 Aur jab wuh mujh se kaht^ thi, Huh luujh mcu dakhil hui, aur laujhc paou P'lr kha.ra kiya; aur maiu ne us kf suni jo mujh se bateu karta tha. a So us ne niujhe kaha, ki Ai adamzld, maiu tujhe bani Israel unaarkash firqou ke pas bhcjta huo jo mujh se phir gae haiu, we aur un ke bapdade aj ke din tak mujh se bagi haiu. 4 Sakhtru aur sangdil we log haiu jin ke pas maiu tujh ko bhejta huu- Aur tu un se kah, ki Kudawand Khuda yiiu Cirmata hai. 5 Agar shinawa howeo ya darguzareu (ki we to mutamarrid khandau haiu) tad bhi janenge ki ek uabi hamare darmiyan hai, 6 Aur ti'i, ai ddamzad, un se mat dar na un ki baton se dar, ki we gazna aur khar tere sath haiu, aur bichchhnou ke pas tu rahta hai; ua ki baton se mat dar, aur unke rii se mat ghabra, ki we blgl khaudan haiu. 7 So tii meri baten un se kah, chaheo we suneo chahen we darguzareu, ki we bag! haiu. 8 Par tii, ai adamzad, tu mera kahna sun, tii us mutamarrid khandin kS mSnind tamarrud na kar. Jo main tujhe deta hun, use apna munh kholke kha. 9 Aur nazar karke kya dekht^ huu ki ek hlth meri taraf baihaya hiia hai aur dekh us meu tiimar hai. 10 Aur us ne mere age use khola aur bahar bhitar likha tha, us mea uauha aur afsos aur hae likha tha. III. BAB. 1 Phir us ne mujhe kaha, ki Ai ddamzad, jo tu pSwe so kha ; is tumlr ko kha aur j^ke ahl i Israel ko kah. 2 Tab maiu ne munh khola aur us ne wuh tuniar mujhe khilaya. 3 Phir us ue mujhe kaha, ki Ai adamzad, is tumar se jo maiu tujhe deta hun, apnS pet khila aur apni antriau bhar. Tab maiu ne khayS, aur wuh mere iiiunh meu shahd ki mauind uiftha thS. 4 Phir us ne mujhe kaha ki Ai adamzad, tu ahl i Israel pas ja, aur merf bateg un se kah. 5 Kyunki aur zab^n aur mushkil boli ke logon pas tu nahfu bheja jdtS hai, balki ahl i Israel ke pas. 6 Na aur zabin na mushkil boli ki bahutsi qaumou ke pas jin ki b^t td samajh nahig sakta: yaqinau agar main tujhe un ke pas bhejta, we tere shinawi bote. 7 Lekiu ahl i Israel terf sunna pasand na karenge, kyunki we meri sunna pasand nahJn karte haiu. Kyunki sare ahl i Israel sakhtra aur sangdil haiu. 8 Dekh un ke munh ke age maiu ne tere nmnh ko sakht kiya hai, aur teri peshani ko un ki peshini ke muqabil mazbut kiya hai. 9. Dekh main ne teri peshani ko almis ki manind sang i chaqmaq se bhi ziyada kara kiya hai. Un se mat dai* aur un ke munh se mat ghabra, ki we bagi khaudan haiu. 10 Phir us ue mujhe kaha ki Ai adamzad, meri sari baton ko jo main tujhe kahunga, apni Ithatir meu rakh aur apne kanon se sun. II Ab uth, asirou pas yane apni qauiu ke logon pasja, auruQ se bateu kar, aur unhen kah: Khuuawand Khuda yua farmata hai. Chahen we suneo, chahen we darguzareu. 12 AurRiih ne mujhe uthaliya, aur main ne apne plchhe bare rad ki aw5z suni ki KuuDAWAND ka kibriya apne maqam men se mubarakbad! 13 Aur jandaroo ke bhire hne parou ki ^waz, aur un ke pSs ke chakkaron ki awaz aur baje rad ki &w^z mere sunae men ^i. 14 Aur Riih mujhe uthake legai. So maiy talkhmizaj 4 BAR.] HIZQIEL. 859 aur bczar hoke rawina hnS kl KnuPA'wANo k;i hiith mnjh pnr g'dWh ho rakt. 15 Aur maiu Tall i Ah^b meo asiroo kc prjs jo nalir i Khubiir p.is rahtc the, pahunclul, aur jah«»u wc baithtc the wah^o mail) baith gayS, aur un mcQ sat din tak hairaii ho raha. 16 S;it dinoij ke bad j-rin hiia ki Kiuida'wand ka kalain mujh pSs pahunch^ aur wuh boln, 17 Ai .Idanizad, mail) nc tujhc ahl i Israel ka nigahbSn muqarrar kiy.'i, so til mere munh sc kalam sun aur mer! taraf se unheo jat;i. 18 Jab main sharir se kahup, ki Tii maregft, aur ta use na chitawe aur nasfhat na dewe ki sharfr ko us kf sbar.irat ki rah se phirawe taki wuh jlwe: to wuh sharfr apnc gunah meo marega ; par maiu us ka khiin tere hith se mingling^. 19 Lekin a^ar tti ne sharfr ko jataya hai, aur wuh apnl shararat aur apnl asharr rdh se na phira hai : to wuh apne gunah mee maregS ; par tii ne apnf jan ko bachlya hai. 20 Aur agar sadiq apnf sadaqat se pliir j5e, aur guuih kare: aur main us ke 5ge thokar rakhiio : wuh mareg^. Agar tii ne use nahin jataya to wuh apni khata men mareg.i, aur us kf sadaqat ka kCim jo us ne kiya yad na kiya jaeg^ ; par main us ki. khuB tere hath se mangung^. 21 Lekin agar ta sadiq ko nasfhat dewe ki gunSh na kare aur wuh gunah na kare: to wuh jiega is liye ki nasfhatpizir hiia hai, aur tu ne apni jan ko bachlya hai. 22 Aur wahau Khudawand ka hath mujh par pari, aur us ne mujhe kahd kf Uth, wadi meo ja, aur wahau maiu tujh se biteo kaninga. 23 Tab maio uthke wadi mcD gaya» aur kya dekhta hiia ki Khuda'wand ka kibriya us kibriya ke manind jo maiu ne nahr i Khabur ke pas dekha tha, khara hai ; anr maio munh kc bhal gira. 24 Tab Riih ne mujh meo dakhl karke mujhe paon par khara kiyi aur mujh se bSteo karke kaha ki Ja apne ghar meg ^p ko band kar. 25 Aur ai Sdamzad dekh, we tujh par bandhan dalenge aur un se tujhe bandhenge, so tu un men phir bahar na jaega. 20 Aur maio teri jfbh ko tere talii se Ingaunga ki gungi ho jae, aur tu un ke liye nasihatgo na hoga, kyunki we bigi khandan haia. 27 Par jab main tujh se bateu karun, main tera munh kholiinga aur tn un se kahna ki Khudawand Khudri yun farmata hai! jo sunta hai so sune, aur jo darguzarta hai so darguzare ; kyunki we bagi ^handan hain. IV. BAB. 1 Aur ai adamzSd, tn ek khapra le, anr apne ige rakh aur us par Yariisalam shahr ka naqsha utar. 2 Aur us ka muh^isara kar, aur us ke ghere meo burj bana aur us par pushta bandh aur us kc gird chhaoni rakh aur us ke ghere men man- janlq laga. 3 Phir apne liye ek ahani karahf le aur apne aur shahr ke darmiyan use ek Shani diwar nasb kar, aur tii apna rukh us par rakh, aur wuh muhasara jiicD ho aur tu use mahsur kar — yih ahl i Israel ke liye ialam ho. 4 Phir tii apni bayin karwat let ja aur ahl i Israel ka gunah us par dhar ; tii apne us par letne ke dinon ke shumar ke mutabiq un ka gunah sahegd. 5 Par main un ke gunSh ke baras tere liye din shumar karta hiiu yane tfn sau nauwc din ; itne men tii ahl i Israel ka gunSh utha lega. 6 Aur unheo piira karke phir apni dahn! karwat let ja aur chilis din tak ahl i Yahudah ke gunah ko sahta rah; main baras baras ke liye tujhe ek ek din deta hutj. F f f f f 2 SCO HIZQIEL, [5 BAB. 7 Phir mahsur Yariisalam ki taraf apna ru^h aur apn^ nangi bazu kar, aur us par nubuwat kar. 8 Aur dekh maiu tujh par bandhan dalti huu ki tii karwat se karwa^ par na phire jab tak apne rauhasara ke dinoo ko purl na kiyS. 8 Aur ta apne liye gehan aur jau aur lobiya aur masar aur chenS aur bSjra le, aur unhen ek bartan meu rakh aur unhco apni rotf hani. un dinon ke shumar ke mutlbiq jo td apni karwat par letega : tii tin sau nauwe din tak unhen khaya kar. 10 Aur teri kh£nd ki tii khiega misqal se yane ek din ke liye bis siql ho ; tti waqt ba waqt use kh%l kar, 11 Tii pan! bhf andaza se ydne ek Hin ka chhathwao hissa piega; tii waqt ba waqt use piya kar. 12 Aur td jau ke phulke khiega aur un ke dekhne mea insan ki giih se unheu pakae^a. 13 Aur Khudawano ne kaha ki Bani Israel yunhio un qaumou ke darmiyan jahaD main unheu khediingi apni najis roti khaenge. 14 Tab main ne kahi ki Hae Khudawakd Khuda, dekh meri jan palid nahio hui, aur apnijawani se ab tak murdir aur darida maio ne hargiz nahiQ khlya, aur haram gosht mere munh meu kabhi nahin Sya. 15 Tab us ne mujhe kaha ki Dekh main insan ki gdh ke iwaz tujhe gobar deta hiiii ki tu apni rotI un par banawe. 16 Aur us ne mujhe kaha ki Ai adamzad dekh, main Yardsalam men rod kf tek tor dalringa, aur we hairani se roti taul taul khaenge aur iztirab se pani nap nap. pienge, 17 Taki we roti pani ke muhtaj howen aur baham sarasima howen aur apne gunah men mar rahen. V. BAB. 1 Al x^damzad, tu ek tez chhuri le, hajjam ka ustura le, aur use apne sir par aur apni darhi par chala ; aur tarazii leke bSloQ ki taqsim kar. 2 Jab muhasara ke din pure howen, tab shahr ke bich meu tii tisra hissa ag se jala, aur tisra hissa leke talwar se apne chaugird mar, aur tisra hissa hawa meo ura aur main un ke pichhe talwar khinchunga. 3 Aur un men se shumar meg thorasS leke apne daman men bandh. 4 Phir in meo se kai ek le aur unheo Sg meu dal aur ag se unheo jala. Us se sare ahl i Israel par ^g niklegi. 5 Khudawand Khuda yiiu kahta hai : Yihi Yariisalam hai, maio ne use qaumoD ke darmiyan rakha, aur mamilik us ke chaugird. 6 Lekin qaumoo se ziyada wuh shararat karke mere hukmon se aur apne chaugird ke mulkou se ziyada mere huquq se bShar gai. Ki unhou ne mere hukmon ko radd kiya aur mere haqqoo par amal nahio kiya. 7 So Khudawand Khuda yiin kahta hai: Is liye ki tum ne apni charoQ taraf ki qaumoo se ziyada bagawat ki, aur mere huquq par na chale aur mere hukmoo par amal nahiu kiya, han apne aspas ke mulkioa ke hukmou ke mutibiq bhi nahfo kiya : 8 Is liye Khudawand Khuda yuu kahta hai ki Dekh maio bhi tera raukhllif huo, aur qaumon ke dekhne meu tere bich meu sazl dunga. 9 Aur maio tere sare nafrati kamoo ke sabab tujh meu wuhi karnngd jo maio ne hargiz nahlu kiya hai, aur waisl phir kabhi na karunga. 10 Is waste tere darmiyan blp beton ko khaenge, aur bete bapoa ko khaenge. Aur maio tujh se intiqlm liinga aur teri sari bachti ko sare atrif meo paraganda karunga. 11 Is liye Khudawand Khuda kahti hai, ki Meri haydt ki qasam, ki is sabab se ki tu ne apni sari makruh chizou aur nafrati kamou se mere maqdis ko napak kiya hai is liye maiu bhi tumheo qalil karunga aur main tujh par rahm ki nazar ^ BAB.;] HIZQIEL: «51' nur shafqat ka sulilk tia kariing^. 12 TorS tfsrl hissa marl sc marcgi aur k^l se tere bich mco halak ho jicg^; aur ttsrA hissa talwar se tcri charoij taraf mira paregS ; aur tisra hissa maiu s5re atraf meo parSganda karunga, aur un ke pf chbe talwSr khfnchung:!. 13 So maiu apna gazab un par bhark^ung^, aur apna ji un se thand(t karnng^, aur un se iutiq&m lang.i. Aur jab main apne qahr ko un par ut5r chukdng^, tab we j;incnge ki maio KiiunAWAN© apnt gairat maiu bold. 14 Aur maio tujh ko charou taraf ki qaumou meo aur sare r^hguzaroii ki nazar meu kharaba aur an- gushtnuma karunga. 15 Aur tii tdna aur thattha, aur apnf charou taraf ki qaum- on ke liye ibrat aur tahaiyur hoga jab ki maiu gussa o gazab meo aur qahr kf taazfr se tujhe sazS dnnga; (maiu hi Khudawand bolta bun) IG Jab maiu qaht ke bure tir un par bhejunga jo halakat ke bais honge, jin ko maiij tumheohalik karne ko bhejunga; aur maiu qaht ko tuin par barhannga aurtumhari rotiki tek torilnga. 17 Aur maiu tum par kal aur bure darinde bhejunga, we tujhe beaulad karenge; aur mari aur khunrezi tere darmiyan guzaregi, aur maio talwar tujh par laungS. Maiu hi Khudawand ne kaha hai. VI. BAB. I Aur Khudawand k^ kaKm mujh pas pahuncha aur bola, 2 Ai adamzad Israel ke paharon par rukh kar, aur un ki babat nubuwat kar. 3 Aur bol, ki Ai Israel ke pah^ro, Khudawand Khuda k^ kallm suno. Khudawand Khuda paha- rou ko aur tiloQ ko aur wddfou ko aur taraion ko yuo kahta hai, ki Dekho maio tum par talwar lake tumhlre unche makanoo ko kat dalunga; 4 Aur tumhare mazbah ujar jaenge, aur tumhare but tore jaenge, aur maiu tumhare maqtnlou ko tumhari mnratou ke Sge paiaunga. 5 Aur bani Israel ki lasheo un ke buton ke dge rakhunga, aur main tumhari haddiou ko tumhlri qurbangdhon ki charon taraf chhitrauuga. 6 Tumhare srtre maqamon meu shahr wiran howenge, aur unche makan ujare jaenge ki tumhare mazbah ujar jaen aur wiran howeu, aur tumhare but tore jaen aur na rahep, aur tumhari murateu katf jien aur tumhiri banSwateo mitai jaeu. 7 Aur maqtul tumhare darmiyan girenge, aur tum janoge ki main Khudawand ban. 8 Lekin main b^ze bach^ungS, taki tumhare log jo talwar se baqf rahen qaumoo ke darmiyan honge jab tum mam^lik meu bithrae jaoge. 9 Aur tumhare bache hue log qaumoo ke darmiyan jahao we asfri men pahunchae gae haiu, mujh ko yad karenge jab maio un ke zani dilko, jo mujh se phir gaya,aur un ki zani ankhon ko jo butoo par mail huin, shikasta karunga, aur we ap apni sari badkarioQ se jo unhoQ ne apni sari makrohat men kio, ghinawenge. 10 Tab we janenge ki maio Khudawand huo ; maiu ne abas na kaha ki un par yih burai launga. II Khudawand Khuda yuo kahta hai, ki Tali mar aur pdnw pit aur kah, ki Ahl i Israel ki sari buri makruhit par afsos, ki we talwar se aur kal se aur marl se girenge. 12 Jo dor hai so mari se marega, aur jo nazdik hai so talwar se girega, aur jo baqi aur mahfuz raha, so kSl se marega ; aur maiu apna qahr un par hadd tak nazil karunga. 13 Aur jab un ke maqtul har unche tile par aur pah^rou ki sari chotfoQ par aur har ek hare darakht tale aur har ek ghane balut ke niche, har jagah jahau we apne sire butoQ ke liye Ichushbuf jaHte the, un ki muratoa ke pas 862 HIZQIEL. [7 BAB, un ki qurLSngShoQ ki charou taraf pare rahte haig, tab we pahch^ncnge ki maio Khupa'wand hijo. 14 Aur maio un par apnS hSth barhSungri aur maiu un ki zamfti ko un ke sSre maqSmoo meo dasht i Diblatah se ziy£da wlr^n aur sunsan kan'mga. Tab we pahchanenge ki maic Khudawand hiiQ. VII. BAB. 1 Aur Khvbawand kd kalam mujhe Sya anr boll, 2 Ai ldamzd,d, Khuda- WAND Khuda Israel kf zamfn se yao kahta hai, ki Intihl hai! zamfn ki cbaroa samt par intihl 5i hai. 3 Ab tujh par intihd 1 pahuncbi hai, so niaiu apna gazab tujh par bhejunga, aur teri rah ke mutabiq tcri adalat karungS, aur teri sari ma- krnhSt tujh par launga. 4 Maiu tujh par rahm ki nazar aur shafqat ka suliik na karunga, balki maio teri rlh kibadli tujhe dungS, aur terimakruhat tere darmiydil meg hongi, t'l ki turn jdno ki maio Khudawand hue. 5 KnuDAWAND Khuda yuQ kahta hai, Bala, ikki baH, dekho wuh dti hai. 6 Intihd Iti hai, intihd atl; wuh tujh par muntaha hoti hai, dekh wuh £ pahunchti hai. 7 Ai mulk ke bdshinda, gardish tujh par dti hai, dahr dtd hai, sarasiraagi ki din pahunchta hai, pahnroij men sarod kf sadanahiij. 8 Ab se thorider meo maiu apna qahr tujh par undelunga, aur apna gazab tujh men tamdm kariingS, aur teri rah ke mutdbiq teri addlat karungd, aur'teri sari makrnhat ka badla tujhe dunga. 9 Aur main rahm ki nazar aur shafqat ki suluk nakarunga, main teri rih ki badla tujhe dungi, aur teri makruhit tere darmiyan hongi, ta ki turn jino ki maig Khudawand marnewala hug. 10 Dekh wuh din dekh wuh iti hai! Wuh gardish nikli hai chhari phuli hai, gustakhi lahlahatf hai. 11 Zulm, sharirat kf chhari, ban chuki hai : koi un men se, kof un ke hujnm meu se kof un ke gol se na bachega, aur un ke lij^e matam kiyi na jaega. 12 Dahr iti, yaum pahunchta! Kharidnewala khush na ho na bcchnewala udas, kyunki un ke sire hujum par gazab nizil hota hai. 13 Kydnki bechnewila apna bechi hua mil phir na pawegi agarchi hanoz zindon ke darmiyin us ki zin- dagi howe; kyanki ruyi jo un ki siri jamaat ki babat meo hai nalautegiaur nakoi jo apnf badkiri men jiti rahta hai thahar sakegi. 14 We turlu phunktc aur sab taiyir karte haig, lekin kof jang meg nahia jiti hai, kyunki mera qahr un ki siri bhfr par hai. 15. Talwar bihar aur mari aur kil bhftar hai. Jo khet men hai talwir se mira parcgi, aur jo shahr meo hai qaht aur raari se bhakha jiegi. 16 Aurjokuchh bachti bach rahe, to we tai'afoo ke kabutaroaki minind pahiron par hongeaur sab ke sab gutakenge harek apni badkiri ke liye. 17 Sare hith dhile honge aur sare ghutne pini ho jienge. 18 We apne par tat lapetenge, aur haul unhen dhampegi; aur sabhoD ke munh par sharm hogi aur sabhon ke siron par ganj. 19 We apnf chindf sarakoo men phenk denge aur un ki soni mail ho jiegi. Khudawand ke qahr ke din meo un ki soni chindl unheo na bachi sakegi; we apne ji ko ser na karenge na apne pet bharcnge, ki wuh un kf badkiri ki biis thi. 20 We us ke khushnumi zewarit ghamand ke liye rakhte haiu, aur apnf nafrati murateo aur inakruh siiratco us se banite haio isliye maio use un ke liye mail karungi, 21 Aur maio use ganimat ke liye pardesfoo ke hith meo aur lut ke liye xamln ke garat- 8 BAl?.] HIZQIEL, 863 garou ke hdth meo somp dungS, aur we use nSpSk karcnge. 22 Aur maia apnS inuiih un se phercmga, talci we mere khass maqdis ko nap^k kareu ; us raeo garat- g:ir awenge aur use n&pak karenge. 2S Berl taiyar kar, kyuijki mulk khnn ke gunlh se mSmdr hai aur shahr zulra sc bhara hai. 24 Is liye maiu qauniou ke aubash launga, aur wc un ke gharou ke waris honge aur niaio sarkashoo ka ghainaud mitaunga, aur unke maqdis na{)ak kiye jaenge. ; 25 Istisal Sta hai, aur we salamatt dhundhenge, par wuh na niilegf. 26 Uadisa par hadisa awega aur afwah par afwah hoga, tab we nabi se ruya dhun- dhenge, aur shariat kahin se aur salah buzurgoij se jati rahegf. 27 Badsh^h miitam karega, aur sardar saraslmagi ka libas pahinega, aur raaiyat ke hath kfrni- pcnge. Maiu un ki rah ke muwafiq un se suliik karanga aur un ke ahkam ke mu- tabiq un par hukm karunga, ta ki we janeu ki maiij Kuudawaku hiiu- VIII BAB. Aur chhathwea baras ke chhathweij wahfne kf p^nchwlo t^rfkh meu ais^ hd4 ki main apne ghar meu baitha tha, aur Yahndah ke buzurg mere age baithte the ki Khudawand ka hath mujh par para. 2 Tab maio ne nazar kt aur kya dekhta huo ki agka si ek qalib nazar ata hai : us ki kamar se niche tak ag ki manind aur us ki kamar se upar tak chamak ki manind ya kahruba ki mauind hai. 3 Aur us lie hath ka sa daul barhaya, aur mujh ko mere sir ki kakul se pakar liya. Aur lliih mujhe adhar meo utha le gai, aur mujhe Yarusalam ko Khuda ki rnyatoo meo shiiuali samt ke darwaze ke dalan men jahan g'airat kimurat ka asan thS jo gairat- angez hai, lai. 4 Aur kya dekhta hnu ki wahao bani Israel ke Khuda ka kibriya hai us didar ki manind jo main ne us wadi meu dekha tha. 5 Tab us ne mujhe kahS, ki Ai ^damzad, apni ankheu uttar ki taraf uthaiyo. So maiu oe uttar ki taraf ankheo uthaijj, aur kya dekhta hiio ki raazbah ke darwaze ki shimali samt gairat ki wuh murat dalan men takhtnishfn hai. 6 Aur us ne mujhe kaha ki Ai adamzad tu un ke kam dekhta hai ? Ye bare makruh klm haiu jo ahl i Israel yahao karte haiu ki mujhe apne maqdis se ddr jana hai. Aur ta phir in ^e ziyada makruhat dekhega. 7 Tab wuh mujhe sahn ke dalan meu laya, aur maiu ne nazar kiaur kya dekhta huo ki diwar meo ek sdrakh hai. 8 Tab us ne mujhe kaha, ki Ai adamzad, dfwar scndh. So maiu ne diwar ko sendha aur ek darwaze ko dekha. 9 Phir us ne mujhe kahi ki Bhitar ja, aur jo jo nafrati kam we yahau karte haiu, unhen dekh. 10 Tab maiu ne andar jake dekha, aur ky£ dekhta huu ki kfre makoron aur ghinaune janwarou ki sab surateij aur ahl i Israel kf sab mdrateu gird^gird diwSr par munaq- qash haiu. 11 Aur ahl i Isrdel ke buzurgou meu se sattar shakhs un ke age khare haie, aur Uzniyah bin Safan un ke bichou bich khara hai aur har ek ka bakhurdan us ke hath meu hai aur bakhur k^ ghana badal uth raha hai. 1-2 Tab us ne mujhe kaha ki Ai adamzad, td ne dekha hai jo ahl i Israel ke buzurg andhere men har shakhs apne but ki khalwatou meu kya karte haiu ? Kyuuki wc kahte haiu, ki KuuDAWANi) hauieu nahin dekhtS hai, Khudawand ne zamin ko chhor diya hai. 13 Aur us ne mujhe ^aM, ^x Tu phii- in sc ziydda majjruh t^am jo we karte haiu, dckheg^. 864 HIZQIEL. [9 BAB. 14 Aur wuh mujhe Khcdawand kemaskankf sliimSlisamt ke darwSze ke d^lan meu laya aur kyddekhta huu ki wahaoaurateubaithtiau liaio ki Tammuz par roya kareij. 15 Aur us ne mujhe kaha ki Ai adamzad, ky^ td ne yih dekha hai? Td phirke hanoz in se ziyada makrohSt dekhegS. IG Aur wuh mujhe Kiiudawand ke sahn ke andar meo le gaya, aur kyi dekhta huo ki Khudawasd ke ghar ke dalau men dahliz aur mazbah ke darmiyan ek pachis shakhs pith Khupawand kl haikal kf taraf aur apne munh mashriq ki samt kiye hue haio aur mashiiq ki janib Iftab ko parastish karte halo- 17 Aur us ne mujhe kahS, ki Ai adamzad, tii ne yih dekha hai? Kya ahl i Yahudah ke nazdik yih chhoti bit hai, ki we makrah kSm kareu jo yahao karte bain, ki we to mulk ko andher se bhar dete bain, aur mera qahr bharkate rahte haiu. Aur dekh we apni nak par shakh lagite haiu." 18 Lekin men bhi qahruak kam karunga, maiu rahm kl nazar aur shafqat ka suldk na karunga aur agarchi we mere kanofl men chilla chilli roweo, taubhi maiii un ki na Bununga. IX. BAB. 1 Aur us ne mere kSnoo men buland awaz se pukira aur kahi ki Is shahr kl balieij pahunchao, bar shakhs apne muhbk harbaapne hath meu lewe. 2 Aur kyS dekbta bun ki chha shakhs Ali phStak ki rdh se jis ka rukh shimali samt hai, chale 6e, aur bar ek shakhs ke h6.ih meu qatl ki hathyar hai, aur un ke darmiyan ek shakhs kattan se mulabbas apni kamar par likhne ki hathyar rakhta hai. So we pahunche aur pital ke mazbah ke pas khare hue. 3 Aur Israel ke Khudi ka kibrij'i Karub se, jis par wuh tbi utbke maskan ke Sstana par gaya, aur us ne us shakhs ko, jo kattan se mulabbas tbi, aur jis ke pis likhne ka hathyar tbi, pukari. 4 Aur Khudawand ne use kaha, ki Shahr ke bich jneu se Yarijsalam ke bich meo se ja, aur un logon ki peshani par, jo un sire nafrati kamou ke liye jo us ke darmiyan kiye jate haio, thandi sans bharte aur rote haiu, nishin kar. 5 Aur us ne mere sunne meo auroo se kaha, ki Turn log us ke pichhe plchhe shahr meu warpar jio, aurmaro, turn narahm ki nazar na shafqat ka suluk karo. G Turn bufhoD ko aur jawanoo aur batulou ko bachchon aur auratou ko ek lakht rair dalo aur halak karo, lekin jin par nishan hai, un meo se kisi ko mat chhuo. Aur mere maqdis se shurna karo. Tab unhou ne un buzurgou se jo haikal ke ige the, shurria kiyi. 7 Aur us ne unheu kaha ki Ghar ko napik karo, aur maqtnlou se sahnon ko bhar deke bihar jio. So we nikal gae aur shahr meo qatl karne lage. Aur jab we unheu qatl kar rahe aur maiu bach raba, to ydn hdi, ki main munhke bhal girdaur chillake kah4 ki Hie Khucawand Khudi, kya tu apni qahr Yarusalam par nizil karne mea Israel ki sari baehti ko halik karegi ? 9 Us ne mujhe kabi ki Israel aur Yahudah ke khandan ka guuah nihiyat bahut hai, ki zamin khiin se bhari hai, aur shahr bcinsafise bhari hai; kyiinki we kahte haiu ki Khudawand ne zamin ko tark kiya hai, aur Kuudawam) nahla dekhti. 10 Lekin raaio bhi na rahm ki nazar aur na shafqat ki sulok karnngi, maiu un ke sir par un ki rih ki badla ddngi. 11 Aur kyi dekhti hu;j ki wuh shaikhs jo kattin sc mulabbas thi, aur jis ke pis likhne ki hatbyir thi jawib deke boli, ki Tere hukm ke mutibiq maifl ne kiya hak> 10 BAB.] HIZQIEL. ^S X. BAI?. 1 Aur maio ne naznr kf a\ir kyA dckhti luio, ki Karfibfn ke sir ke lipar ke falak par sang i nflam k4 si dikhS( dcti hai, aur takht ka si nazar ^ti hai. 2 Aur Khudawand us shakhs se jo kaftan se inulabl)as tha, l)ola aur kahS, ki Karubm ke nfche charkhoo ke bich men j^, aur apni chliillii ko Kariil)fn kc bfch se ^g ke angire bliar aur shahr ke npar clihijak. Aur wuh mere dekline mto chala gayii. 3 Jab wuh shakhs bhftar gayS, tab Karubfn maskan kf dahni taraf khafc hiie, aur andar k5 sahn bridal se bhar gaya. 4 Aur Kuudawand ka kibriya Karub par se uth gaya aur maskan ke .istrina par h'ia, aur maskan b£d;d se m4mnr hu£, aur Khudawand ke jalal kf chamak se sahn bhar gayi. 5 Aur Kanibin ke paroo ka shor bahar ke sahn tak sundgaya ki Al'iah Taala ki awaz hai jab wuh boltl hai. 6 Aur yuo hnS ki jab us ne us shakhs ko jo kattan se mulabbas tha, hukm kiyS a«r kaha ki Karubfn ke bkh ke chakkarou ke hich meij se ag le, tab wuh bhftar gaya aur charkh ke pas khara hnS. 7 Aur ek Kan'ib ne apna hath Karubfn ke bfch meu se us ag ki taraf jo Karubfn ke darmiySn thf, barhiyi, aur leke us shakhs ke hdth meo jo kattan se mulabbas tha, rakha; wuh leke bahar gaya, 8 Aur Karubfn meg un ke parou ke nfche insan ke huth ki si daul dikhlaf diya. 0 Aur main ne nazar kf, aur kya dekhtl hiio, ki char chakkar char Karubfn ke pd Xir. BAB. 1 Aur Khudawand ka kalani mujhe iyi. aur bolS, 2 Ki Ai ^damzSd, tii bigi Ichandan ke darmiyin basta hai, jo dekhne ki ankheu rakhte haiu, par nahiij dekhte, aur sunne ke kan rakhte haio, parnahiQ sunte, kyunki we bagi khaudan haitj. 3 Is liye ai adamzad des chhofne ke liye asbib muhaiya kar, aur un ke dekhte hi dia ko sidhar, to un ke dekhne men apne maqam se dnsre maq^m ko sidhar. Shayad •we dekhee ki ham bigi khSndan haiu- 4 Aur tu dinmeu un kiSnkhou ke samhne apne asbab ko nikal la jis tarah des chhorne ke Hye asbab nikal late haio, aur sham ko un ke dekhne meu un ke maniud nikal ji jo asiri meo nikal jdte haio. 5 Un ki ankhon ke ^ge diwar ko sendhke us meo se asbab nikal la. 6 Un ki ^nkhoo ke samhne td use apne kandhe par uthi, godhali meu use le ja ; tu apne munh ko dhamp aur zaniin ko mat dekh, kyimki maio ne tujhe ahl i Israel ke liye ek nishan bana rakha hai. 7 Aur jaisa mujhe farm^ya gaya tha, waisa maio ne kiy^. Maio apni asbab nikal Inya jis tarah din ko sidharne ke liye asbab nikal Ute haio; aur sham ko maio ne apne hath se diwar sendhf ; maio ne godhuli meu use nikala, aur un ki nazar men kandhe par utha liyS. 8 Aur subh ko Khudawand ka kaUm mujhe £yi aur bola, 9 Ki Ai adamzad kya ahl i Israel ne, jo bagi khandan haig, tujhe nahio kahi ki Tu kya karta hai ? 10 Un se kah, Khudawand Khuda yiio farmata hai, ki Yarusalam ke sardar ke liye aur us ke darmiyaa ke sare ahl i Israel ke liye yih mansha hai. 11 Kah ki Maio tumhare liye nishan hrao ; jaisa maio ne kiya, waisa un se kiya jaega : we sid- harke asiri meo jaenge. 12 Aur jo un meo sardir hai, so godhuli meo apne kandhe par ulhae hiie nikal jaega, we use nikalne ko diwar sendhenge; wuh apiia luunh dhampega ta ki wuh ankhoo se zauiin ko na dekhe. l;? Aur main apua Jal us par bichhiunga ki wuh mere phande meo phas jae; aur maiu use Kasdiou ke mullc nieo Babul ko laanga; lekio wuh use na dekhega aur wahao niaregi. 14 Aur maiu us ke as pas ke sare himayat karnewalon ko aur us ke sab golou ko sare atraf men paraganda kaningi, aur maio un ke pichhe talwar khinchnngi, 15 Aur jab maio unheo qaumou meo chhitraungl aur mulkon meo uuhen bithrannga tab we jdnenge ki maio Kuudawand hiifl. 16 Lekin maio talwar se aur kal se aur marl se uu men se shumar ke logoo ko chhorungd, t^ ki we qaumoo ke darmiyan jahao kahio aweo, apne sare makriihat ko bayan kareo, aur malum karen, ki maio Khuda- WAND hufl. 17 Aur Khudawasd ki. kalam mujhe 5ya aur bola, 18 ki Ai idamzid, td apn£ roti hairani meo kha, aur apna pani iztirabaur sarasimagi meo pi- 19 Aur is mulk ke logou se kah, ki zamin i Israel meg Yardsalam ke bashindoo ke haqq meo ^auj>AvrA2ii> Khudi yiiu kuhta hai, ki We sarasunagi meg apni roti khaenge, aur ^ g S g g 2 t^ UIZQIEL. [13 liAB. ghabr^hat meu apni p«n^ pie"gP» ta ki us ke sire bashindou ke zulm ke sabab un k! zamfn apiJ< maiiuiri se sunsaa ho jae ; '20 Aur ^b^d iihahr ujare jieu, aur zaiula wIraD howe, ta ki turn jiuo, ki maiu Kbudawand huu. *21 Aur KiiuDAWAND ki kaiatii mujhe ayi aur bola, ki 22 Ai adamzad, Israel ki zaiu!u meu tuiuhari yih ky^ masal hai, ki turn kahte lio, ki Aiyam tnl bote bail), aur gara raya jiUa rahta hai. 23 Is liye unhei) kah, ki Khudawand K-huda yiio fannata hai, ki Maiu is masal ko mauquf karunga, aur we Israel meu use phir na kaha kareu- ge. IJalki tu unheu kah, ki Dahr aur sareruyaki kalam pahunchta hai. 24 Kyuuki age ko ahl i Israel ke darmiyan na sara rnya batil na peshgoi chikai hogi. 25 Kyuu- ki maiu Khudawand hiio, maiu hi bolta hnu : jo sukhan maio kahta huu, so kiya jaega, wuh tala na j^ega, balki Khuhawand Khuda kahta, ki Ai bagi Ifhaudau, uiaiu tumhare diuou meu kalam kahta huu, aur use pura karta huu. 26 Aur KuuDAWAND ka kalam mujhe iya aur bola, ki 27 Ai adamzad, dekb, ahl i Israel kahte haio, ki Jortiya wuhdekhta hai, bahut diuoo pur mauquf hai, aur yruh baid waqtoij ki nubuwat kahta hai. 28 la liye uuheu kah, ki Kuudawanu Khuda yuukaiita hai, ki Meri sari bateu aur tali ua jaengf,par Kuudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki jo bit maiu kahta hdu, so ki jaegi XIII. B;YB. 1 Aur Khudawasd ki kalam mujhe aya aur bola, 2 Ivi Ai adamzad, Israel ke iiabiou par jo nubuwat karte haio, nubuwat kah, aur jo apne apne dil se nubuwat kahte haiu, un se kah, ki Khudawand ka kalaiu suno. 3 Khuuawand Khuda you kahta hai, ki Yawa nabioupar wawaila hai, jo apniriih ki pairawi karte haiu, aur kuchh nahfu dekhi 4 Ai Israel, jaise loniri kharaba meu waise tere nabi hain. 5 Turn dararou meu charh nahiu jate, aur Israel ke ghar ke liye ghera nahlu dalte ho ki Khudawand ke din men Jang ke liye khare howeu. 6 We dhokha aur jhutha shugun dekhke kahte haiu, ki Khudawamd kahta hai, agarchi Khdda- WAND ne unheu nahig bheja hai, aur auroij ko muntazir karte haiu, ki kalam pura howe. 7 Kyi turn ne darog ruyi nahin dekha, kya turn ne kazib peshgoi nahfo kahi, aur bolte ho ki Khudawand ne kaha hai, agarchi main ne nahiu kaha? 8 Is liye KHUitAWANB Khuda yiio kahta hai, ki Turn jhnth kahte ho, aur dhokha dekhte ho, is liye dekho Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki Main turn par charh aiinga. 9 Aur mcra hath un nabiou par, jo dhokha dekhte haiu, aurjhuth ke peshgo haio, phailega. We mere logon ki majlis meu na rahne pawenge na we Israel ke khan- dau ke daftar men likhe jaenge, aur na we^Israel ke mulk men pahunchenge, so turn janoge ki maiu Kuudawand Khudi huu: 10 Is sabab has is sabab se ki we mere logou ko gumrdh karte haiu aur kahte hain ki Salamat, aur salimat to nahiu. Log bait bauate haiu, aur inheu dekho, ki use kham chuna potte hain. 11 Tu uusejo us par khim chuna potte hain, kah, ki Giregi; ki tufaui barau hoga, aur turn, ole ke patthar, paroge, aur andhi toregi. 12 Aur dekh, wuh bait girti hai. Kya log turn se na puchhenge ki Tumhari putlai jo turn potte the kahau hai? 13 Is liye KuuDAWAJSD Khuda yno kahta hai, ki Main apne gazab men tufan chalaun- ga aur apue qahr men shadid jhari barsaunga aur ole ke patthar ishashm meu bhej- unga. 14 Aur maiu us halt ko jise turn lj.ham chiina potte the, tor'jnga, aur zamia 14 BAB.] HIZQIEL. 869 par girSungS yahiu tak ki us kf new ughirf jaegf^ wuh giregi aur turn us ke bfch nieu halak hoogc aur janoge ki maiu Khui>;kwand Iiub- 15 So luaiu us li^it par aur un par jo use khaiu chiina pottc the apn£ qahr nazil karung;i; aur tab niaio turn se kahuuga ki Da wuh hdit na us ke potnewaie baiu : Ki Yaue Israel ke uabf, jo Yarusalam ke liye nubilwat kahte haio, aur us ke liye saUmat ki ruyS dekhte haio, aur Kuudawand Khuda kahti hai, ki salamat to uahfu . 17 Aur ai adauizad, tu apui qauiu ki auratou ke khilaf, jo apne apne dil se nubiiwat kahtiau haiu, apui rukh kar, aur un par uubuwat kah, 18 Aur bol ki KuuuAWAND Khuda yuo kahta hai ki Afsos tuui par jo bagli takiya siti ho aur har qaniat ke sir ke liye farsh karti ho ki janou ko shikSr karo. Kya turn mere logOQ kf jauoij ko shikar karogi aur apni janou ko bachaogi ? 1<) Turn mutthi bhar jau ke liye aur roti ke tukron ke liye mujhe mere logon men muljhalla kartI ho, ki turn uu janou ko mar dalt! ho jo na marengf, aur un janou ko jine deti ho, jo na jiengi, ki turn mere logou se jo jhiith sunte haiu jhuth bolti ho. 20 Is liye Khudawand Khuda yiiu kahta hai, ki Dekho, maiu tunihare takiyon ko jis par turn janou ko shikar karti ho, yahao tak pahunchaunga ki we ur jawen, aur maia uuheu tunihari baglou se phafunga, aur un janou ko jinheu turn pakaf raiihti ho, chhuraunga ki we u.r jaweu. 21 Aur maiu tumhare farshoo ko pharonga, aur apne logou ko tumhare hath se chhuraunga, aur shikar ke liye we phir tumhare hath na lagenge, aur turn janogi ki maiu Khudawand hiin. 22 Is liye ki turn sadiq ke dil ko' jhuth se udas karti ho jo main ue gamgia uahlu kiya aur sharirou ke hathou ko taqwiyat deti ho, ki wuh apni buri rah se na phire, aur zindagi pSwe : 23 Is sabab turn age dhokha na dekhogi, na phir peshgol karogi ; aur maiu apne logon ko tumhare hdth se chhuraunga, aur turn janogi ki maiu Kuudawand huu. XIV. BAB. 1 Aur Israel kebuzurgoo meuse kai shakhsmere ige & baithe. 2 Tab Kucda- WAND k4 kalam mujhe aya aur bola, 3 Ki Ai idamzad, in logou ne apne butoy ko apne dil meu asan diya hai, aur apne gunah ke bais ko apne Sge dhar rakha hai: kya maia aisou se puchha jaiiu ? 4 Is liye td un se bateu kar aur unheu kah ki Khudawanu Khuda yuu farmata hai, ki Ahl i Israel men se harek jo apne but ko apne dil meu nasb karta hai, aur apne gunah ke bais ko apne age dharta hai aur nabi pas ata hai, maiu Kuudawand us ke butou ki kasrat ke laiq use jaw£b dang£, 5 Taki ahl i Israel apne dil meu daryaft kareu, ki ham apne sab butoii ke sabab us se phir gae haio. 6 Is liye tii ahl i Israel se kah, ki Khudawand Khuda yuu farmita hai, ki Tauba karo aur apne butou se phiro, aur apne sare makruhat se apne munh phero. 7 Kyonki harek ahl i Israel men se aur un gairoo meu se jo bani Israel meu rahte haiu, jo mujh se bagi hota hai, aur apne dil meu apne but ko uasb karta liai, aur apne gunah ke blis ko apne Sge dharta hai, aur nabi pas Sta hai ki us ki mirifut mujh se sawal kare, use maiu hi Khudawand apne laiq jawab dunga. 8 Aur maiu apni rukh us shakhs par rakhdnga, aur use ujarnnga aur use angushtuuma aur zarb ul masal banadnga, aur apne logou ke bfch meu se use ukhafunga, aur turn janoge ki maiu Khudawand hdo. 9 Aur wuh nabi jo fareftu howe, aur bat bole, to maiu ^uudjcwaku ne us nabi 870 HIZQIEL. [15 BAB. ko farefta kiya, aur maio apna hSth us par barh^ungi aur apne Israeli logou men se use munqata kan'inga : 10 Aur we apna gun^h uthdwenge ; jaisS sail ka gunah waisa nabi ka gunah hoga, 11 Taki ahl i Israel phir mujh se bhatak na j^eu, aur apni sarf badkarion se phir najis na howeu, balki Khudawand Khudi kahta hai, ki we mere log howeo, aur maiu un ki Khuda hodg. 12 Aur KiiUDAWAND ka kalaiu mujhe aya aur aur bola, ki 13 Ai Sdamz^d, agar ek mulk merS gunah kare, aur bewafai kare, aur main apna hath us par barhadu aur us ki roti ki lathi torun, aur us par kal bhejuu, aur insari aur haiwaa un se munqata karun ; 14 Aur agar tin shakhs Nuha aur Daniel aur Aiydb us men bote, to Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki we apni sadaqat se apni janon ko bachate. 15 Agar main bure darinde zamin meu guzaruQ jo use kharab kareg, aur wuh yahao tak wiraa ho jae ki darindou ke dar ke mare koi us men se na guzre , 16 To Kuudawand Khuda kahta hai ki Apni hayat ki qasain, agar ye tin shakhs us ke darmiyan bote, to bete betioo ko na bachate, faqat wehi bach jate, par mulk ujir hota. 17 Ya agar maiu us mulk par talwar laiio, aur kahuo, ki Tal- war mulk meu guzre, aur us raeg se insan aur haiw&n ko munqata kare : 18 To Khubawand Khuda kahta hai, ki Apni hayat ki qasam, ki agar ye tin shakhs us meu bote to na bete na beti'ou ko chhura sakte, balki we akele bach jate. 19 Ya agar main mari us mulk meo bhejug, aur apna qahr khunrezi se us par undeluo ki insan aur haiwan ko us meo se munqata kardu ; 20 Aur Nuha aur Daniel aur Aiyub us ke darmiyan bote, to Kuudawand KhudS kahta hai, ki apni hayat ki qasam, ki we na bete na beti ko chhurate, we apni hi sadaqat se apni hi janou ko chhurate. 21 Pas Khudawand Khuda yfig kahta hai ki Agarchi maia apni char bari ba- laeo yane talwar aur kal aur bure darinde aur mari Yarusalam par bhejug ki us se insan aur haiwan ko munqata kareg : Taubhi dekh ki us meg ek bachti baqi rahegi jo khwah niard khwah aurat nikale jaenge. 22 Dekh we turn pas niklenge aur turn un ki rih aur un ke kam dekhoge, aur sari badi ke liye jo maig Yarusalam par laya hug y^ne sab ke liye jo maig us par laya hug tum tasalli paoge. 23 Aur jab tuna un ki rah ko aur un ke k^mog ko dekhoge, to we tumheu tasalli denge, aur turn janoge ki jo maio ne us meg kiya so bina sabab nahin, Kuucawaisd Khuda kahti bai. XV. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wand ki kalam mujhe 5ya aur boli ki 2 Ai ddamzad, tak ki lakri aur slri lakri se kya afz;al hai, us lata ki jo ban ke darakhton meg hai ? 3 Kyi kisi karigari ke liye us ki lakri li jiti hai? Ya us se mekh bana lete hai, ki har tarah ki chizeg us par tingeg ? 4 Dekh wuh ag meg indhan ke liye dala jati hai, jab ag us ke donog sirog ko kha gai aur us ke bich ko bhasam kar chuki kya wuh kisi kara ka hai ? 5 Dekh jab tamam thi wuh kisi kim ki na thi : kitna ziyada ab wuh kisi kam ki nahig jab ig use bhasam kar gai aur wuh jal gai. 6 Is liye Khucawand Khuda yug kahta hai ki Jaisi tak ki lakri ban ke lakrou meg jo maig ne ig ke indhan ke liye diyi hai, waisi hi maig Yarusalam ke bi- shindog ko de ddldngd. 7 Aur maiu apni niljh un ke muqibil karunga; agar we 16 BAIJ.] IIIZQIEL. • 871 ek Sg meo se bach nikleu, to diisrf gg unheobhasam karcgf, aurjab main apnl rukh un ke khilaf rakhungS, to turn janoge, ki maio Khudaiwand huu. 8 Aiir Kiiuua:- •WAND Khuda bolti hai, ki maiu zamfn ko uj,4r dalungi, is liye ki we bewalai kar rahe haiu. XVI. BAB. 1 Aur Khudawaud ki. kalammujhe &yi aur bola, ki 2 Ai ddaniz,1d, Yarasalam ko us ke ghinaune kdm jatS, 3 Aur kah ki Khubawani) Khuda Yariisalam se yuo kahtd hai ki Tera masdar aur teri janam Kauaaniou ki zaiiiln meij se liai • tera bap Amurf aur tert ma Hittf. 4 Aur tera janara jo hai jis din ki ta paidi huf terl nif kati na gaf, aur tu tahirat ke liye pani se nahlal na gal, aur tujh par namak lagaya na gaya, aur tu kaproo se lapeti na gaf. 5 Kisl ki ankh tujh par na la^i ki niihrbani se tere liye aisa kuchh kare, balki td apne jamam din meu bahar khet meo phenkf gaf, ki j£n se bezar haf. 6 Tab niaio tere pas guzra, aur tujhe pdmdl hone ke khatre meo lahuluhSn dekli^, aur maiu ne tujhe tere lahii nieu bote hue kaha, ki Ji, hag maio tujhe tere lahii men kaha, ki ji. 7 Maiu ne khet ki nabat ki nianind tujhe barli:iya, so td barhl aur barf hdi aur kamal o jamal ko pahunchi, ki teri dono chhatiao phdl uthin, aur teie bal jame, par age tu nangi aur ughari thi. 8 Phir maio tere pas guzra, aur tujh par nazar ki aur kya dekhta hnn ki tera hangam ishq ka hangam hai. Aur main ne apna daman tujh par phailiya aur teri barahnagf dliampf, aur maiu ne tujh se qasam khai aur K^huuavvand Khuda kahti hai ki Td meri huf. 9 Phir maiu ne tujhe pani se gusl diya aur terS lahd tujh se dho dald, aur tujh par raugan mala. 10 Aur main ne buladar kapre se tujhe mulabbas kiyi aur tujhe Tukhs cham ki juti pahinai, aur maio ne tujhe kattan bandha, aur tujhe reshm urhaya. 11 Main ne tujhe zewarat se siugdra aur tere hath par angnthf, aur tere gale par jawahir rakhe. 12 Aur main ne teri nakh meu nath aur tere kanon meg goshwara pahinaya, aur khubsurat taj tere sir par rakha. 13 So tu sona chandi se arasta hdi, aur kattan aur reshm aur chikandozi se mulabbas lull ; aur td mihfa maida aur shahd aur chiknai ka khana khaya karti thi. Aur td kamal hasina hdf aur mulkdari ko pahunchi. 14 Aur tere jamal ka dwaza qaumoo men baj nikla • kyunki Khubawand Khuda kahta hai, ki wuh meri zinat se, jo maio ne use bakhshl, jamila thi. 15 Lekin td apne husn se gustakh ho gaf, aur apne nam par zina karne lagf, aur apni nina har rahguzar par kharchi ; wuh us ki hdi. 16 Aur td ne apne kaproo se leke apne liye rang ba rang ke dnche makan banae, aur un par aisi zina ki jaisi na hdi na hogi : 17 Aur td ne apne zewarat ko mere sone chandi se jo maio ne tujhe bakhshe, leke apne liye mardoo ki surateo banifo, aur un se zina ki. 18 Aur apne bute kirhe hue kaproo ko leke unhen urhaya, aur mera raugan aur bakhdr un keage dhara. 19 Aur meri khana jo maiu ne tujhe diya, yane mihfn maida aur chiknai aur shahd jo maio ne tujhe khilaya, td ne khushbdi ke liye un ke d^e rakha; Khubawand Khudd kahta hai, ki Ydnhi hda. 20 Aur tu ne apne bete betioo ko, jiuheo td mere liye jani, liya aur unheo zabh kiya ki unheo bhakhoseu. 21 Ky4 teri zinakari chhoti bit thi, ki mere bejoo ko 872 ttlZQiEL. [16 BAB. bhf qatl kiy£, aur unheo guzarfinkar un ko somp diyl. 22 Aur apne sire fisq o fajur meo to ne apne bachpan ke dinoo ko yad nahfo kiya jab ki ta nangt aur ughiirf thf aur pamSl hone ke khatre meo lahu luhin tlii. 23 Khudawand Khiida kahta ki Tujh par w^wail-i hai ki apnf sSri badkarf ke bad 24 Ta ne apne liye chakli bana rakha aur harek b^zir meo unchS makan taiySr kiya : 25 Tu ne rasta ke bar kone par apna unclia makan banS rakhS, aur apni jamSl makriih kiya, aur bar rShguzar ke liye apne p^nw pasire, aur barf fasiqa banf. 26 Aur til ne alil i Misr apne parosfoo se jo gosht ke bare haiu, zinl ki aur barf fajira hdi ki mujhe khashmnik kare. 27 Aur dekh, maio apna hath tujh par barhati thS, aur tere haqq ko ghatatd th.l, aur tujhe Filistfoo ki betioo ke qabu meu jo tujh se dushmani rakbti aur teri kbarabi k! rSh se sharminda hoti thm, supurd karta tha. 28 Tab tu ne ahl i Asdr se zina ki is liye ki tii ser na ho sakti thf, aur ta ne un se zfna kf, par un se bhi ser na hni. 29 Aur tti ne mulk i Kana^n se Kasdioo talak apni zinikari barhaf, par un se bhf ser na huf. 30 KLhudawand Khuda kahti hai ki Tera dil kaisa betab hai, ki ta yih sab kuchh kartf hai jo salita fahisha ka k^m hai, 31 Ki tu harek sarak ke sire par apne chakle ban^ti hai aur harek blzar meo apne dnche makin taiyar kartf hai! Aur ta kasbi ki manind nahio, jo khinch karke kharchi ko barhati hai, 32 Balki biyahi chhin^l ki manind hai jo apne shauhar ke iwaz auroo ko leti hai. 33 Log sari kasbioo ko kharchf dete haio, par td apne y^roQ ko kharchi bakhshti hai aur unhen inSm detf hai taki we charoo taraf se tere pis zina karne ko £weo. 34 Aur td apni zinakarf men. aur auratoQ se baraks hai, is w£ste ki zinakari ke liye tere pfchhe koi nahio jata, balki td kharchi detf hai, aur tujhe kharchi nahio di jati, is bat meo td baraks hai. 35 So are zaniya, Khudawand ki bat sun. 36 Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. Is liye ki teri zinSk^rf meo tere yaroo par aur tere sare makruh butoo par teri dhdt undelf gaf, aur teri uryanf ughSri gai, aur tere betoo ke khun ke sabab jo tii ne unheo guzarlne : 37 Is liye dekh main tere s5re yaron ko jinheo tu achchhl lagi, aur sabhoo ko, jinhen tu chihti thi, aur sabhoo ko, jin se td ghinati thi faraham kardngS ; maio unheo chSroo taraf se tujh par jama kardnga, aur un ke Sge terf nangai ko ughardngl, ta ki we teri sari nangai dekheu. 38 Aur maio tera insif aisa kardnga jaisa zinakar joraon aur khunrezoo ke ins if karte hain, aur maio gazab aur gairatmeu tujh se khun k^ sa intiq^mldngS. 39 Anr maio tujhe un ke hath men kar ddnga, aur we tere chakloo ko dhaenge, aur tere dnche makS- noa ko torenge, aur tere kapre utirenge, aur tere khushnumi zewarSt chhin lenge, aur tujhe nangi aur ughSri chhorenge. 40 Aur we tujh par ek jamiat ko charhi lawenge aur tujhe patthar^e patharawenge, aur apni talwaroo se tujhe bedhenge. 41 Aur we tere ghar jalawenge, aur bahut si auratoij ke dekhne meu tujhe saza denge. So maio teri zinikari ko mauqdf kardnga, aur tu phir kharchi na degi. 42 Aur maio apna ji tujh se thanda karnngS, aur raeri gairat tujh se jdti rahegf, aur maiu khitirjama hodngi aur phir na risiyadnga. 43 Is liye kitdne apnijawSni ke dindu ko yid na kiya, aur in sab kSmon meo mujh se shokh o gustakh ho gai hai, is liye Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki Dekh maio teri rah ki badla tere sir par lidng4, ki td age apne sSre ghinaune kamon par qabahat na barhawe. 44 Dekh, bar zarib ul masal tujh par yih masal kahcgi ki Jaisi mi waisf bet!. 45 Tu betf apnf us ma ki hni jo apne shauhar aur apni aulad se ghinati thi, td 17 n.VB.] BIZQlfiL. 873 sagt bahin apiif un hahinoo ki hai, jo apne khasamoo aur apne larkoij se ghinUi tlifn. Tumhari ma Ilitti aur tuiuhir.i hap Aiiu'irf. 46 Aur teri bapi batiiii Sainrun hai, wuh aur us ki betiau, jo teri b.lyi'u taraf rabti hain, aur teri chhoti bahin, jo teri dahni taraf rahtf hai, so Sadt'ira aur us kl bcti'ao haiu. 47 Lekin tu faqat un kf rah par uahiu chali, aur sirf un ke ghiuaune kamoij ke luutabiq nahfu kiy:i, ki yih tere nazdik chhotf bat tlii; halki til apnJ sari chSlou meu un se ziyada snr gaf. 48 Kuuda'wand Khudi kahta hai, ki Apnf hayat ki cjasam, ki teri bahin Sadum ne apni hetioi) samet aisa nahio kiya jaisa tii ne apni betioo samet kiya hai. 49 Dekh, teri baliin Sadi'nn ka gunih yih tha, ki wuh apni betiou samet gurur aur roti ki serf aur arim ki gaflat men zind.igi guzran karti thi, aur niiskfn aur umhtij ke hath ko taqwiyat na deti thi; 50 Aur we gustakh hoke mere age karih kaiu karti thiu; is liye maiu ne dekhkar unhen diir kiya. 51 Aur Samriin ne tere gundhoo ka adhi bin nahiu kiy i, aur tu ne apne makruhat ko un se ziy.ida barhaya, aur apne sare ghinaune kamou se, jo tu ne kiyc, apni Lahinou ko sidu\ thaharaya. 52 Pas tu apnf ruswai sah, jo tti apnt bahinoQ ke haqq meo wajib janti hai! Tere gunahou se, jo tu ne un se ghinaune kiye, we tujh se ziyada sadiq malum hoti haio. Pas td bhi ruswa lio, aur apni tashhir utha, ki tu ne apni bahinou ko sadiq thaliaray.i liai. 53 Aur maiu un ki asiri ko pher laungi yane Sadum aur us kl betioij ki asiri ko, aur Sanirdn aur us ki betiou ki asiri ko, aur maiu tere asirou ki asiri ko un ke darmi- yan meu pher liungi, 5-1 Ta ki tii apni ruswai sahe, aur apne sare kam se pa- sheman howe, ki tu un ki tasalli ki bais hui hai. 55 Aur teri bahin Sadiim aur us kf betiau apne agle hai meo pher awengi, aur Samrrin aur us ki betiau apne agle h:il meu pher awengi, aur tu aur teri betiiu apne agle hai meu pher aogf. 56 Tu apne ghamand ke dinon meu apni bahin Sadum ka nam zuban par bhi nahio leti thi, 57 Us se peshtar ki teri badkari lei tashhir hiii jaisi us waqt hui jab ki Aram ki betiau aur us ki charou taraf ki aurateu tujhe karih janti thio, aur Filistioo ki betiau charon taraf se tujlie qabih janti thi'c. 58 Khudawanu kahta hai, ki Ta ab apne fisq o faji'ir lea phal khati hai. 50 Ki KuuD^^wANu Khuda kahta hai, ki Jaisa tu ne kiya waisa main tujh se kariinga, ki tii ne qasam talkar ahdshikani ki hai. 60 Tis par bhi maiu apne alid ko jo maio ne teri jawani ke dinou meu tujh se blndha, yad karuno-i, aur ahd i aladf tere sath qaim karungi. Gl Aur jab tu apni bari aur chhoti bahinou ko qabul karegi, aur maiu unheu teri betiau karunga, tab tu apni rahog ko yad karke pashemSn hogi, lekin tera ahd se yih wuqua na hoga. 62 Aur maiu apni ahd tere sath qaim karungi, aur tu janegi ki maiu Khcdawand hiio : 63 Taki tu yad kae aur pasheman howe, aur sliarm ke mare apna munh na kliole, jab ki maiy sab kuchh, jo tu ne kiya hai, muaf karta hiio, K-uudawand Khuda kahta hai. XVII. BAB. 1 Aur Khudawakd ka kalim mujhe dya aur kahi ki 2 Ai idamzad, ek pahelf nikal, aur ahl i Israel se ek masal kah, 3 Aur bol, ki Khudawand Khuda yno kahta hai, ki Ek bari uqab jo bare bazu, aur lambe pankh rakhti aur rangirang b^l o par se bhara hiii tha, Lubnan par dyi, aur sanaubar ki phungi le gayd. 4 Wuh H h h h h 874 UIZQIEL. [17 BAB, sab se iinclif daH tofkc tijarat ke mulk meo legaya, aur saudagaroo ke shahr meg use la^iiya. 5 Aur wuh us zamfn ka ek t|alani le gaya, aur use ziraat ke klict men lagnyS, aur bahut se puii pris liya, aur bed ki manind use lagaya. G Aur wuh barlia, aur sifil qamat ka phuilta tak hiia, aisa ki us ki lateo us par lag gain, aur us ki jareu us ke ntche luii'u; so tak ho gaya, aur daliau nikaliij', aur koinpaleij phutwaio. 7 Aur bare bare pankhoD aur bahut par o bal ka ek dusra uqSb tha. Aurdekho, ki yih tak apni jareii us ki taraf jhukaio, aur us ki taraf apnl dab'au barliain, taki wuh apni kiyari ki nlli se use sinche. 8 Wuh achchhe khet men bahut se pani ke pis lagaya gaya tha, ki diliao ph'Ueo aur phal phale aur achchlia tak howe. 9 Tii boliyo, ki Khudawand Khuda yiln kahta hai, Kya wuh lalilahawega ? Kya wuh us ki jar na ukharega, aur us ka phal na kategi ki wuh siikh jae, aur us ki barhti ke sare patte yakh jaen ? Ilao wuh na baladasti se na bahut logoo se use jar se ukharega. 10 Dekh wuh lagaya to gaya, par kya barhega ? kya wuh jab luh us par lagegi, sukhnajaega? Wuh apni kiyari meo jahiu barhta hai, bilkuU sukh jaega. 11 Aur Khudawand kl kalim mujhe dya aur bola ki 12 Bagi khandan se kah, Kyd turn in batou ke mane nahin jante ? Tii kahiyo, Dekho, ki shah i Labul Yarusalam ko aya, aur us ke badshah ko, aur us ke sardaroQ ko pakra, aur unheo apne sath Babul ko le gayS. 13 Aur us ne badshahi nasi men se ek liya, aur us se ahdbandh^, aur us se qasam li, aur mulk ke pahlawanotj kolegaya, 14 Taki •wuh mamlukat ijiz howe, aur apne ko barpa na kare, ki us ke ahd ko hifz kare, aur us par qaim rahe. 15 Lekin wuh elchioo ko Misr meo bhejkar ki use ghore aur bahut log dewen, us se mutamarrid hua. Kyi yih ban parega ? Kya wuh shakhs bach jaega jo aisa kuchh karta hai? Us ne ahdsbikani ki, aur kya aisa bach niklega ? 16 Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki meri hayat ki qasam, ki us badshah ke maqam men, jo use badsh ih karta tha, jis ki qasam us ne tili, aur jis ka ahd us ne tora, us ke sath wuh Babul mea marega. 17 Aur Firann bare lashkar aur bahut logoo ko leke jang men us ke liye kuchh nahitj kar sakega, jis waqt ki pushta bandhte haiu, aur burj banate haio, ki bahut janou ko halak kareo. 18 Us ne qasam tali aur ahd tora, aur dekh us ne to apna hath diya tha ; us ne yih sab kuchh kiya: so wuh na bachega. 19 Is liye Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki Apni hayat ki qasam, ki wuh meri hi qasam hai jo us ne tiili, aur wuh mera hi ahd hai jo us ne tora, usi ka badU maiu usi ke sir par dungl. 20 Maiu apna iil us par phailaunga, aur wuh mere phaude men pakra jaega, aur maiu use Babul ko laano-i, aur wahag us se us ki bewafai ka, jo us ne mujh se ki, insaf karunga. 21 Aur us ke sare lashkaron ke sab muntakhab mafd talwar se mare parenge, aur jo bache so sare atraf men paraganda ho jienge, aur turn janoge ki niaio Khuda- wand bola. 22 Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, ki maiu buland sanaubar ki phungi se liinga aur baithinnga, aur us ki shakhou ke sire se ek patla qalam liingi aur use ek unche aur buland pahar par lagaunga. 23 Israel ke linche pahar par main use lagannga, 80 wuh shakhen nikalega aur phal lawegi, aur khushnuma sanaubar hog?, aur sari chiriyao aur sab parinde us ke tale basenge, we us ki dalioQ ke saya mea basera karenge. 24 Aur maidan ke sare darakht jinenge ki maio Khudawand unche darakht ka utarnewila aur niche darakht ka ba.rhauewila hda ; maio hare darakht 18 BAH.] IIIZQIEL. 875 ko stikhila liuij, aur sukhe darakht ko lalilahwita liiiu- Mftin i^uUDAWAND boli aur kiyi. . xviir. liAH. 1 Aur Khudawand ka kalam mujhe aya aur boli ki 2 Tumhdrd kya matlab hai jo Israel ke mu!k ke baqij meo yih kahawat kahte ho, ki Bapdadou ue gnra kh^ya, aur betou ke dant khatte hue. 3 Khudawand Khuda kalita hai, ki Apni hayat ki qasaiii, ki tuiiiheu phir Israel meu yih uiasal na kahna hoga. 4 Uekh, sari janeu meri haiu ; dekh jaisa bap ki jan waisa bete ki jaii, douou uieri haiji ; wuh jan jo guuah karti hai, soi inaregf. 5 Wuh iusan jo sadiq hai, aur adalat aur sadaqat karta hai, 6 Aur pahiroo par prasad nahiu khata, aur aid i Israel ke butou par apni Inkheo na uthatS, aur apne hamsaye ki joru ko napak na karta, aur haiz joru pis nahiu jata, 7 Aur kisi ko na satati aur qarzdar ka girau pher deta, aur zulin se kisl ko na lutta hai, bhiikhoo ko apni roti khilati hai, nange ko kapre pahiuata hai, 8 Slid par. nahiu deta, aur kuclih nafa nahfo leta, badi seapna hath khinchta hai, aur ^dmi ^dmi ke darniiyan sacha insaf karta hai, 9 Meri rahoij par chalta aur mere hukniou ko hifz karta ki sachai par auial kare : wuh sadiq hai, KIhuuawand Khuda kahta hai, ki wuhjiega. 10 Par agar us se ek beta paida howe, jo bigar kare, aur khun bahawe, aur un gun UiOQ mea se ek gunah kare, 1 1 Aur un sare nek kamoo ko na kare, balki pah;iroo par prasad khawe aur apne parosi ki joru ko napak kare, 12 Miskin aur muhtaj ko satawe, zulin se lut lewe, girau pher na dewe, aur butotj par apni ankheu uthawe, aur ghinaune kain kare, 13 Biyaj par dewe aur siidkhor howe : to kya ■wuhjiega? Wuh na jineka ; us ne ye sSre nafrati kam kiye, wuh uiara parega, us ka lahii us par hoga. 14 Phir agar us se ek beta paida howe jo un sare gunahou ko, jo uska bap karti hai, dekhe, aur sochke aisa na kare, 15 Aur paharou par prasad na khawe, aur ahl i Israel ki muratog ki taraf apni ankheu na uthawe, aur apne parosi ki joru ko napak na kare, 16 Aur kisi ko na satawe, girau na baz rakhe, aur zuliu se na lut lewe, bhukhe koapnl roti khilawe, aur nange ko kapre pahinlwe, 17 Garib se apni hath baz rakhe aur biyaj na lewe na sddkhor howe, mere hukmon par amal kare aur meri rahou par chale: wuh apne Lap ke gunnahou ke liye na marega; wuh jiti rahfga, IS Uskabapjisneapiiebhai.se zulm kiyi aur dastdaraz hua, aur apne logon men aisa kam kiyi, jo achchha nahii!, dekh wuh apne hi gunah ke sabab se marega. 19 Far tum kahte ho, ki KyijQ wuh beta us bSp ki gunah nahfo uthati hai ? Lekin wuh beta to adl aur sidq ka kam karti tha, us ue mere hukmou ko hifz kiyi aur un par amal kiyi : so wuhjiega. ^0 Wuh jan jo gunah karii hai, soi mangi beta bap ke gunah na sahega, aur na bap bete ke guuah sahegi \ sadiq ki sadaqat usi par hogi, aur sharir ki shararat usi par paregi. 21 Ltkin agar sharir apni sari khataoo se jo us ne kio, phire, aur mere sire hukmon ko hifz kare aur adalat aur sadaqat kare, to wuh jiega, wuh na marega. 22 Us ki sari badkariac us ke liye mahsub na hongi, wuh sari uekokariog se jiega. II li h h h 2 876 HIZQIEL. [19 BAB. 23 KiiDDAwAND Khuda kaht^ hai, ki Kya maio gunahgSr ki maut ch^hta huo, aur j'ih nahlu ki wuh apni rah se phire aur jiwe ? 24 Phir agar sadiq apni sadaqat se phire, aur gun^h kare, aur un sire ghinaune kdftloo kc mut-U)iq jo sliarh- karta liai, karc : to kyii wuh jiega? Uskt sari sadaijat jo us ne kf, mahsub na hogi ; wuh apni bewafii se, jo us se hui, aur apni khata se jo us ne kl, un meo wuh niarcga. 25 Tis par bhi tuni kahte ho ki Kiiudawanb kl r^h rast nahig. Ai ahl i Israel suno to. Kya meri rah rast nahiij ? Kya tumhari ral) narast nahftj? 26 Jab sadlq apni sadaqat se phire, aur gunah kare, aur un se mare : to wuh apne gunah ke sa- bab jo usi ne kiya, maregi. 27 Aur agar sharir apni shararat se jo karti hai, phire, aur adl aur sidi| kare : to wuli apni jan jiti rakheg;!. 28 Kyiinki \is ne socha aur apne sare gunahon se jo karti tha, phira : so wuh jiega, wuh na maregi. 29 Tadbhi ahl i Israel kahte haio ki Khudawand ki rah rast nahlu ! Ai ahl i Israel kya meri rah rast nahiu ? Kya tumhari rah narast nahin ? 30 Pas Khuda- WASD Khuda kahta hai, ki Ai ahl i Israel, maio har ek ki rah ke mutabiq tumhara insif karunga. So tauba karo, aur apni sari badkarioa se taib ho, aur gunih tumhari halakat ka bais na ho. 31 Sare bure kam, jin se tarn badkar bane, apne se phenk do, aur apne liye naya dil aur riih i jadid banao, kahe ko turn, jo ahl i Israel ho, maroge ? 32 Ki Kuudavvand Khudi kahta hai, ki niaiij murda ka marna nahie chahta hiiQ. So phiro aur jio. XIX. BAB. 1 Par tu Israel ke sardaron parnauha utlu'i, 2 Aur kah, ki Terl ma kaisi sherni hai, wuh sheron ke darmiyan leti thf, aur jawan sheroo ke bich nieo apne bach- chot) ko palti thi. 3 Aur us ne apne bachchon meu se ek ko pos:i, so wuh jawan sher hiia aur shikar pakarne siklia, aur adiaiou ko bhakhne laga. 4 Aur jab qaumou ne us ka Iw^za suna, to wuh un ke gar men pakra gaya, aur we us ki nak meij kanta marke use zamini Misr meo lae. 5 Aur jab sherni ne dekha, ki maio abas muntazir hiii, aur ummed jati rahf, tab us ne apne bachchon men se diisre ko liya, aur use jawan sher kiya. 6 Aur wuh sheron ke darniiy m sair karta phira, aur jawan sher hu:l, aur shikar pakarne sikha, aur adniioij ko bhakhne laga. 7 Aur us ne un ke mahallou ko bigar diya, aur un ke shahrou ko wiran kiya, aur zantin aur uslii abadi us ke garajne ki awaz se ujar gai. 8 Tab charon taraf ke niulkoo ki qaumea us ke muqabala meu uthiij, aur us par apni jal pjhailaya, wuh un ke gar men pakra gaya. 9 Aur we us ki nak meu kanta marke aur use qafas meu dalke shah i Babul pas le gae. Unhon ne use garh meu dala, taki us ki awaz Israel ke paharoD par phir suni na jac. 10 Teri ma teri maniud us tak ki misal liaijo pan! ke pas lagaya gaya ; wuh ba- hut pani se phaldar aur ghani hua. 11 Aur us ki lateu aisi nioti ho gaiy, ki bad- shahou ke asaou ke laiq huin, aur gliani shakhou ke bich mea se uski qamat barh gaf, aur uski ghani shakhon ki phungi nuniayan hiii. 12 Lekin wuh gazab se ukhara gaya, zarain par utara gayS aur us ka phalluh se sukh gaya ; us ki moti iateo tulke sukh gaig, aur ag se bhasam hulu. 13 Aur ab wuh bayaban meo ek siiklii 20 BAM.] HIZQIEL. 877 anr piyasf zamfn metj haithaj'i gnya hai. 14 Aur us kf fliUoo'kt ek chhar se :tg nikalke us ka plial kin gai hai ; aur us k'l koi aisi moli d ili na i-ahi ki saltanat ka asa ho. Yih uauha hai aur nauha hoga. XX. BAB. 1 Aur sntwen haras kepanchweo mahfne ki daswfo tarikh meo yno hni, ki Israel ke koi buzvirg mere age a baillie ki Kuuoawanu se saw^lkareu. 2 Tab Kiiuka- WAM) ka kalini nuijlie aya aur bola, 3 Ki Ai adamzad, Israel ke buzurgou se baten kar aur unheij k;ih, ki Khcdavvami Khudi yuu kahta hai, Kya turn luujh se sawal karue ko aye lio? Khudawand Khuda kahti hai, ki Apni hayat ki qa.sam niaiu turn se pucliha na jriiingd. 4 Kya tii unhen ilzam na dega, ai adanizid, kyi tii uuheu ilzaiu na dega? Un ke Iwpdadou ke nafrati kam unhcu jata, 5 Aur uuheu kah, ki Khudawanb Khudi yiin kahti hai, ki Jis diu main ne hani Israel ko barguzida kiya, aur ahl i Yatjiib ki nasi par hath utha\'a aur zamin i i\lisr mpu apne ko un par zahir kiya main ne un par hath uthriya, aur unheu kaha, Main Khudawand tumhara Khuda hiin. 6 Us din main ne un par apna hath uthaya ki unhen zainfn i Misr se us zamin mei) laiig jo maiu ne un ke liye dekh rakhi tht, wuh shahd o shir se bahti hai, wuh srire nndkou ka fakhr hai. 7 Aur maiu ne unheo kaha, ki Turn men se har ek shakhs apni apni ankhoij ki nafrati chizou ko phenk dewe, aur turn Misr ke butOQ se najis mat ho jao. Main Kuudawand tumhari Khuda hiio. S Lekin we nuijh se b^gi hue, aur na chaha ki meri sunen : un men se kisf ne apni ankhon ki nafrati chizou ko tark na kiy i,aur Misr ke butog ko chhor na diva. Tab mail] ne kalia ki Main apu.i (jalu* un par undelungi, aur apna gazab zamn i jVIisr meu un par tamam kaninga, y Lekiu main ne apne nam ke liye anial kiya ta ki niera ism uu qaumou ki ankhou ke saiuhnejin ke darniiyan we rahte the, aur jiu ki ankhou ke saudiue main un par zahir hua ki uuheu zamin i Misr se nik.il latui, napak na howe. 10 So maiu ne unheu zamin i Misr se nikali, aur uuheu hayaban men lava. 11 Aur maiu ne apne huquq unheij diye aur apne ahkam un- heu jatae jin par admi agar amal kare to un se jiegS. 12 Aur main ne apne salt bhi unheu diye ki we mere aur un ke daruiiyan nishan howeu, ta ki we janeo, ki Diaio Khudawand un ka muquddas karuewala liuu. 13 Lekin ahl i Israel bayaiian men mujh se bagi h»ie, we meri rahon par na chalie aur mere huknion ko haqir jante the, jin par agar insm amal kare, to un se jiega, aur we mere sabtoo ko niluiyat nripakkarte the. Tab nuiiu ne kaha, ki Main bayabiin meu apna qalir un par uazil karunga ki uuhcn faua kariju. 14 Lekin maiu ne apne nam ke liye amal kiya, ta ki mera ism un (jaumou kf nazar meu jin kedekhne megmaio unheu baiiar laya,na'pak nahowe. 15 Aur main ne bhi bayaban meij un par apni hath uthaya ki unheu us zamin men na lauu jo maiij ne unheo di, jis uieu slur o shahd bahta hai, aur jo siri zaminou ka fakhr hai; 16 Kyunki we meri shariat ho haqir jante tiie, aur mere hukmou par na ehalte the, aur mere sabtoy ko uapak karlc the, ki un kd ji un ke hutou ke piciihe chalta tha. 17 Lekin g78 HIZQIEL. [20 BAB. mvijhe un par rahra kf nazar hui ki unheo halak na kiya, aur bayabSn men unheo mita na dala. 18 Aur niaiD ne baySLan meo un ke Letoo se kah^, ki Turn apne bdpoo ki riih par mat chalo, aur uu ka dastur mat m^no, aur un ke butoo se napak mat bo jao. 19 Maiu Khodawand tumhiirS Khuda hau: meri rahon par cbalo, aur mere hukraon ko niano,'aur un par araal karo. 20 Aur mere sabtou ko muqaddas jano, ki we mere aur tumhare darmiyan uisban howeu, ta ki turn jano, ki maiu Khhda- WAND tumhara Khuda boo. 21 Lekin un ke bete bhi mujb se bagi hue; we meri rahoo par na chalte the, aur mere hukniou ko na mante the ki un par amal kareu jin par agar insan amal kare to un se jiega, aur we mere sabtou ko nipSk karte the. Tab main ne kahi ki maiu apna qahr un par barsaunga, aur bayaban meu apna gazab un par pahunchaun- gi. 22 Lckin maiu ne apna hath baz rakba, aur apne nam ke liye amal kiya, ta ki wuh un qaumoo ki nazar men jin ke dekhne meo maia unheo bahar laya tha, nipak na howe. 23 Phir main ne bayaban men un par apna hath uthaya ki maiu unheu qaumoo meu bithraunga, aur mulkou men unhen paraganda karunga. 24 Is litre ki we mere bukmon ko na mante the, aur mere huquq ko haqtr jante the, aur mere sablon ko naplk karte the, aur un ki ankheo un ke bapou ke butou ke pichhe chalti thiQ. 25 Aur maiu ne bhi unhen huqnq diye jo bhale nahiu,aur qawanln jin se we na jite. 26 Aur main ne unheu un ke qurbanon se makruh kiya, ki we sab pahlauthoo ko buton ke liye guzarante the, ta ki main unheu kharab kariiu, ta ki we jane u ki maio Kuudawand hug. 27 Is liye, ai adamzad, td ahl i Israel se baten kar, aur unheo kah, ki Khuda- WAND Khuda ydo kahta hai, ki Siwa is ke tumhare bapon ne mujh se bewafii karke meri takfir kf. 28 Ki jab main unhen us mulk meo laya jise unheo dene ko main ne apna hath uthaya tha, tab unhoo ne harek unche pahar ko aur sare ghane darakhtoo ko dekha, aur wahay apne zabihoo ko zabh kiya, aur wahau apne gazabangez qurbanon ko guzarana, aur wahao apni khushbuf charhai, aur wabao apne tapawan tapie. 29 Tab maio ne unheo kaha, ki Yih kya uncha raakan hai jahao turn jate ho ? Tis par bhi us ka natu uncha makan aj ke din tak hai. 30 Is liye tu ahl i Israel se kah ki Khukawand Khuda yiio kahta hai, Kya turn apne bapdadou ki rah men apne ko napak karte ho, aur un ke makruh butoo ka pichha karke zina karte ho? 31 Ki turn apne hadiya charhake aur apne betoij ko ag men guzaranke apne sare buton se apne ko £j ke din tak napak karte ho : So ai ahl i Israel kya maio tum se puchha jaun? Khudawand Khuda kahta hai, Meri hayat ki qasam, main tum se piichbd na jadnga. 32 Jo tumhare ji meo ata hai, so kabhl na hoga, ki tum kahte ho ki Kath aur patthar ki pnja meo ham gair qaumon ke manind aur mulkou ke gharanou ke manind honge. 33 Khu]>awand Khuda kahta hai, ki Meri hayat ki qasam ki maiu zorawar hath se aur baladasti se aur rgkbta qahr se tum par saltanat karunga. 3-1 Aur main zorawar hath se aur baladasti se aur rekhta qahr se tumhen qaumoo meo se bahar nikal liunga, aur un mulkoo meu se jin meu tum paraganda ho gae, faraham kardnga, 35 Aur maia tumheo qaumoo ke bayaban meo lannga, aur rubard tum se mubahasa kardnga. SG Jaisa maio ne tumhare bSpdadou ke sath zamin i Misr ke bayabSn meij mubahasa kiya, Khudawand Khuda kahtS hai, waisd maijj tum se bhi mubahasa 21 BAB.] HIZQIEL. 879 karnnga. 37 Aur maio tumhen chhari ke nfche se chalaungi, aur tumheii ahd kc Land meg latinga. 38 Aur main tiiin se lui logou ko, jo iimtaiiianiil aur nuijh se bigf haiu, juda karunga : main unheu un ki gurbat ke inulk se nikali'iiiga, par we mulk i Israel mea na ane pawenge, tiki turn jaiio ki inaiu Khodawand lidu. 39 Aur turn se jo ahl i Israel ho, Kuudawand Kliuda yuu kahta liai ki Agar mere shinawa na hoge to jao, aur bad is ke bhi liarek apne apne but ki ibridat karo, par apni qurbaniou se aur apni nuiratoij se nieri muqaddas nam pher napak mat karo. 40 Kydaki Khud.vwand Kliuda yun kahta hai, ki Mere koh i muqaddas par Israel ke unche pahar par, tamam ahl i Israel, sab jo mulk men haitj, meri bandngi karenge ; wahao main unheij qabiil karunga, aur wahau UKiiu tumhare charhawon aur tumhare hadiye ke pahle phalon ko, aur tumhari muqaddas chizou ko pasand kardngd. 41 Jab maiu tumheu qaumon meu se nikal launga, aur un mulkoij meo se, jiu men turn paraganda hue ho, jama karunga, tab main tumheu ^hushbiii ki mauind qabul karungi, aur gair qaumou ke dekhnc meu tuni se meri taqdis kf jaegf. 42 Aur jab maio tumhen mulk i Israel meu us zamtn meo, jis ki babat maio ne tumhare bapd.idoo par hath uthiya, ki tumhea dunga, laya, tab turn janoge ki maip Khudawanb huu. 43 Aur wahaij turn apni rahoij ko aur apne kamookojin se turn napak hue ho, yad karogo, aur turn apni sari badkarion ke sabab apni nasar men ghinaune hoge. 44 Khldawaxd Ivhuda kahta ki Ai ahl i Israel jab maio tumhari buri rahoij aur kharab kamou ke mutabiq nahiij, balki apne nam ke khatir turn se suldic karunga, tab turn janoge ki main Khudavvand huu. 45 Aur KuuDAWAKD ka kalam mujhe aya aur bola ki 46 Ai fidamzad, apna rukh janub ki taraf kar, aur dakhin ke khilif baten kar, aur janub ke maidan ke jangal ke khilaf nubiiwat kah. 47 Aur jannb ke jangal se bol, ki Khudawano ka kalam sun, Khudawand Khuda farmata, ki Dekh, maio tujh meo ek ag barang'i jo tujh meo har hare darakht ko aur harsukhe darakht ko kha legi ; wuh mushtail shuala na bujhega, aur us se janub se shimal tak sari sath jal jaegi. 48 Aur sare bashar dekhenge ki maiu KiicnAWAND us ka barnewala huu; wuh na bujhegf. 49 Tis par maiu ne kaha ki Hae Khudawand Khuda, we to meri babat meu kahte haiu, Kya wuh tamsilen nahia kahta ? XXI. BAB. 1 Tab Khudawand ka kalam mujhe aya aur bola ki 2 Ai adamzad, tn apni rukh Yarusalam par rakh, aur maqdisoy par baten kar aur zamin i Israel par nubnwat kar, 3 Aur zamin i Israel se kah, ki Khudawand yuij farmata hai, ki Dekh maio tujh par aungi, aur apni talwar ko miyau se nikalnnga, aur salih aur talih ko tujh meij se munqata karunga. 4 Is sabab se ki maio tere bich se salih aur talih ko munqata karunga, is liye meri talwar apni miyan se jandb 86 shimSl tak sare bashar par niklegi. 5 Aur sare bashar janenge ki maio Khudawand ne apni talwar miyan se nikali hai, wuh phir na lautegf. 6 So ai adamzad, kamar ki tis meo tii hae hae kar, aur ranj ki tal^hi meo un kiankhou ke age thandi sans bhar. 7 Aur aisa hoga, ki jab we tujhe puchheo ki Tu kyup hae hae karta hai, to jawab de, ki us awaza ke liye, kyunki wuh ata hai ; aur sare dil pighal jaenge, aur sare hath dhile honge, aur sare ji diib jaenge, aur sure 880 HIZQIEL. [21 BAB. gluitne puif ho jaenge : Ivhudawand Kliuda kahtii liai ki Dekh wuh atd liai, aur bo leta hni. 8 Aur Khudawand ka kalain niujhe aya aur boli, 9 Ki Ai fidanizad, nubnwat kar aur kah, ki Iviiudawand yiio furniata hai, ki Tti kali, Talwitr, talwar hai, wuh dhar ki gai aur chamkai bhi gaf. lO Wuh qital ke li^^e dhar kf gaf hai, wuh jagma- gane ke liye chaniliai gai hai. Phir kyi ham khush howeij? Mere bete ka sibt sab lakri ko haqir jaiita. 11 Aur us ue talwar di ki chamkSi jawe, aur hi'th mea chalai jawc ; wuh bar rakhi gai aur iiiasqul hui ki qatil ke hath men di jawe. 12 Ai idainzad, tii ro roke cliilH, ki wuh mere logou par guzaregi, wuh Israel ke sab sardarou par hogi, we mere logou sainet talwar ko sompe gae liaiij : is liye apiii jaiigli pit. 13 IvuuuAWANi) Khuda kahta hai, ki wuh axmaya g;iya, aur agar Liqirat karnewtla sibt blii nabtid liowe, to kya ? 14 Aur ai adamzad, tu nubuwat kar, aur tali mar, aur talwar tin bar duhrai jawe, ki wuh ek talwar hai jo qatl karti hai, wuh ek talwar hai jo buzurgon ko mar dalti hai, jo khalwat meg paithti hai. 15 Taki dil pighal jiweu, aur bahut mare paree, raaiu ue un ke phatakou par yih darani talwir rakhi hai. Ilae wuh chamakne ke liye masqul hiii, wuh zaLh ke liye tez ki gai. IG Simat ja, dahni taraf, bayen taraf phir, aur jidhar tera rukh ho. 1/ Aur maiij Llii tali maruuga, aur intiqam leke apna ji tlianda karunga. Maiu Khu]ja\vani> bola. 18 Aur KnuDA'WAND ka kalaui mujhe aya aur bola, 19 Ki Ai adamzad, tu apne liye do raheu uikal jin meo shah i iJabul ki talwar awe ; ek hi mulk se we donou rahen nikley, aur ek nishan bana, sliahr ke sar i rah meu use bana. 20 Ek rah nikal ki us meu talwar bani Ammun ki RaLbat par awe, aur ek rah Yahudah ki hasina Yanisalam par nikal. 21 Ki shah i Babul ummirah par yane un donou rahon ke sire meo khafa hoga ki pesligoi sune, aur qura dale aur putluu se sawal kare, aur zabih ke kaleja ko lihaz farmawe. 22 Us ke dahne meu Yaru- salam ka qura paregri, ki manjaniq lagawe, ki qitil ke liye munh khole, ki lalkarne ko apni awaz bulaud kare, ki manjaniq phatakou par lagawe, ki pushta bandbe ki burj banawe. 23 Aur un ki nazar men yih aisa hoga jaisa jhiithi shugun, yane un ke liye jo qasam khate the, par wuh us badkari ko yad karega ki we pakre jaweu . 24 Is liye Kuudawand Khuda yuo kahta hai, ki Is waste ki turn aptie gunahou ko yad meo late ho, aur tumhari shararateo yahaij tak zahir meg aiu, ki tumhare sare kamyu meo tumhari khat'ieo dekh parti haiu, hiio is liye ki turn apne ko yad meg lite ho, turn hath meg giriftar ho jaoge. 25 Are tii bedin badkar sliJh i Israel jis ka din shararat ki intiha ke waqt men ata hai ! 26 Khudawand Khuda yuo farraati hai, ki Taj diir kiya jaegi, aur dehim utara jaega ; jo yih hai so yih na rahega, ki jo nicha hai, so maio unchaiinga, aur jo I'mcha hai so maiu utarunga. 27 Maiu use ulat ulat ulat diinga, aur yih bhi na rahega jab tak wuh na awe jis ka haqq hai, use maio deta huo. 2a Aur tii, ai adamzad nuLuwat kar aur kah ki Khudawand Khuda bani Ammijn ki babat aur un ki malamat ki babat meo yuu farmata hai, ki tu kah ki Talwar, khirchi talwar, wuh zabh ke liye m;isqul hui, wuh bhakosne ke liye cham- kai gai. 29 Jab we tere liye dliokiia dekhte haiu, aur 5ge se jhuth kahte liaiu, wuh tujhe un bedin badkaroo ke gale par mar dalegt jin ka din shararat ki iutilia ke waqt mea ^ta hai. 30 Talwar apni miyin mep pher de! Us maq^m men, jahag tii baa- 22 BAB.] IIIZQIEL. 881 fiya gay4, tere masdar kJ ranifn mco niaio tcrl insaf karnngil, 31 Aur main apni qahr tiijh par undelunga. Aur apne gazab kf Ag tujh par baningd, aur tujh ko sakht mardou ke liath meo kar dunga, jo halak karne raeu mahir haio. 32 Tu iig ke live fndhan lioga, aur tera lahii zaniln ke dirmiyiin bahegu, aur ter^ zikr phcr kiya na jaegi, kyiiiiki maiu Kuudawand bola huu. XXII. BA'B. 1 Aur Khcdawand k4 kalim mujhe aya aur bola, 2 ki Ai ddamzad, kyi td mubahasa kai'cga, kya tu is khiinrez shahr se mubShasa karega? Tu us ke sare nafrati krimoo ko us par zaiiir kar. 3 Aur kah ki Khiidawanu Kliudi yuo far- mata hai, ki Ai shahr, jotii apne bichmeu lahu bahati hai, ki tera dahr awe, aur td apne waste butoij ko najasat ke liye banawe. 4 Tii lahu bahake asauii thaharS, aur butoo ko hanake n-ipik hiil, tu ne apne dinoo ko nazdik karwaya, aur apne barasoo tak pahuncha hai. Is liye maiu tujhe qaumou ka tana aur mulkoij ki thattha banaunga. 5 Jo log tujh se nazdik ya dur haig, tujhe thattha marenge, ki tu palid nam aur bara muztarib hoga. 6 Dekh, Israel ke sardar, harek apne muqdur bhar tujh men mustaidd haiu ki lahu bahaweu. 7 We tujh men ma bap ko haqir jante haio, we tere darmiyati pardesioo par zulm karte hain, we tujh men yatfmou aur bewoij ko satate haiu. 8 Tu mere maqdisoo ko nachiz janta hai, aur mere sabtoij ko palid karta hai. 9 Lo* tujh meo tuhmat lagate haiu, ta ki lahd bahawep, we tujh men pahajou par khate haiu, we tere andar meu fisq o fajiir karte hain. 10 We tujh men bap ki uano-ai ko ugharte haiu; we tu)h men haizkinapakauraton semubasharat karte haio. 11 Har ek dusre kf joru se qabih kam karta hai, aur har ek fisq o fajur se apni bahd ko mulauwas karta liai, aur har kof apnf bahin apne bap kf betf ko tujh men kharab karta hai. 12 We tujh men rishwat lete hain, ta ki lahu bahaweu, td bivaj aur sud leta hai, aur zulni karke apne parosf ko lutta hai, aur Kiiudawanu Khuda kahta hai, ki td mujhe bhul jata hai. 13 Dekh main teri taaddi par, jo td karti hai, aur teri safFaki par jo tere bich mea hotf hai, tali marnngi. 14 Kya tera dil qaim rahega, aur tere hath mazbut thaharenge us din meg jab main tera mu-imala chukaungi? Maiu Khud.vwand bola aur karunga. 15 Maig tujh ko qaumoo men bithradnga, aur tujhe mulkoij men chhitradnga, aur terf najasat ko tujh meu ee mita daldnga ; Ifi Aur td qaumoo kf nazar meo apse ruswa ho jae^a, aur janega ki main Khudawand bun. 17 Aur Khudawand ka kalam mujhe aya aur bola, ki 18 Ai adamz^d, ahl i Israel mere liye mail ho gae hain ; we sab ghafiyc meu p'tal aur qalii aur loha aur sisahaiu; werdpe ke mail hue haio. 19 Isliye Khudawand Khuda yuu kahta hai ki Is waste ki tum sab mail hde ho, so ab dckho, maiu tuinhen Yardsalam ke bich meu jama kartinga. 20 Jis tarah log rdpi aur pital aur loha aur sfsa aur qalai ko ghariye meu jama karte hain, ki un par pighlane ko rig bareu ; isi tarah maiu ajine qahr men aur apne gazab mentumheu jama kardngd, aur ghariye meo rakhkc tuni- heo pighladnga. 21 Hao maiu tumhen jama karunga aur apne gazab kf 5g tum par bardnga, aur tum us ke bfch meo piglilde jaoge. 22 Jaisii rupi ghariye mey galiya I i i i i 832 lIIZaiEL. [23 BAH. jata hai, waisa turn us Ue bicli meu galie jaogc, aur turn janoge ki maiQ Kiiuda- WAND apna gazab tuiu par undelta luic. 23 Aur Khui>awanb ka kalim niujhe ^y.l aur bold ki 24 Ai adamrad, ug se kah ki Tu ck zamin liai, jo sSf iialiin kf gal liai, jis par qahr ke din meu p:''iii lui barasta hai. 2a Us ke darmivan us ke nabi'ou ka litna hai; we uu i^arande shu-oij ke nianind haiij jo shikar pharte; we jatiou ko bhakhte liaiu, we mil aur taliaifko chhin ktc, we us ke darmiyan us ki bewoo ko hahut karte haio. 2{! Us ke kahin meri shariat ko radd karte haiij, aur mere maqdisou ko palid karte liaiu ; we pak aur napak meu kuchh farq naliiu karte, we najis aur tihir ka imtiyiz iiahi'u jatate baiu j we apnianklieij mere sabtou se chhipfite haiu, aur maiu uu uicu beizzat hui hun. 27 Us ke sardar us ke andar meu pharnewale bheriyou ke manind haiy, ki lahii bahate, janoij ko halik karte haiij, taki nafa plweij. 28 Us ke nabi uu ke iiye khtim chana potte haiu. dhokha dekhte aur age-: se jbiith kahte, aur bolte haio ki Khudawand Khuda yuu famiata hai, jab kHUJ)AWANU uahiy bola hai. 29 iJulk ke awamm zulm karte, lut lete, miskiu aur nuiht:ij ko satate aur pardesioij par na- haqq sakhti karte haiij. 30 Ghera bauaiie ko aur mulk ke Iiye mere age darar moo khara hone ko maiu ne ek sbakhs dhundha, tiki use wiran na karuij, par kof na itiila. 31 Is sabab main apna (jahr us par barsaiini^a, aur mere gazab ki ag se un- heu fana karunga, aur Khudawakd Khudi kahta hai, ki maiy un ki rah ka budli uu ke sir par dahiu^a. XXIII. BAH. I Anr KucBA'WAND ka kalam nnijhc aya aur bola ki 2 Ai adarazad, do aura- teo ek hi ma klbeti.iu thi'o. 3 We Misr meu zii:a karne lagU', we apni jawani meu zinakar banin ; wahao un kl chhatiau mali gau, aur wahau uu ki bikr ke pistan chhtie gae. 4 Un men ki bari ka nam Ahlah aur us ki bahin AbliLah. We merl joruiu huiij, aur beto betiiu janiij. Un ke ye nim . Ahlah Samruu hai, aur Ahli- bah Yariisalam. 5 Aur Ahlah ne mere pichlie zinakari kf, aur apne yaron par yane Asurfou par jo us pas jate the, mar raiif, 6 Ki we sardir aur haidm, aur sab ke sab dii[)izir jawan mard, faris aur aspsawar, aur argawani pairihan se mulabbas the. 7 Aur us ne apui zinakariao un par kharchiu yane bani Asur ke sab dilpasand jawan mardog par aur sabhoo par, jin par wuh marne lagi, wuh un ke sire butou se napak hui. 6 Lekin wuh Misr ki apni zina se baz na ai ; kyunki unhon ne us ki jawani men us se khalwat ki thf, unhou ue us ki Likr ke pistiin chhue the, aur apni zina us par undeli th!. 9 Is Iiye maio ne use uske yarou ke hath men kar diya, Asurion ke hath meu, jin par wuh mar ralii. 10 Unhoij ne us ki nangai ughiri, uske bete betiou ko liya, aur use talwar se mar dala. So wuh auratou ke Iiye ibrat hui, ki uahon ne us se iutiqam liyi tha. I I Aur us ki bahin Ahlibah ne yih sab kuchh dekha, par wuh apni yarbazi men us se ziyada sar gai, aur apni zinakari apni bahin ki zinakari se barhai. J 2 Wuh bani Asur y me un sardirou aur h;ikimou par,jo us ke pis jate the, mar rahi, ki we kamal se mulabbas aspsawar aur sab ke sab dilpizir jawan mard the. 13 Aur maiu ne dekhii ki wuli pahisht hui hai; un donou ki ehhi rah rasui thf. 14 Lekin wuh apne fisqofajur meu sabqatle gai, kijab us ne dekha, ki diwar par mardou ke an- 23 BAB.] IIIZQIEL. 8b8 d.lm yane Kasdfou ke qSllb sliangarf so khfnclie hue liaio, 15 Jo kamar par patkd baiidlie hue, apne sirou par achchlil pagrf pahine hue aur apnf janambhum ke Knsdiou kf Bil)ul ke betou ke taur par sab ke sab sarathioi) ke lUiinhid dekbne meu fitehaio: 16 'I'ab deklitehlwuliunpar niarne la<;f, aur qisidoij ko Kasdioii ke imiUc meu un pas bbfj£: 17 So Babul ke bete us pas ishcibazi ke bichbaune par ae, aur apni ziiiakari se use (ildda kiyi aur jab wuli uii se ahida biii, to us k.i nafs un se li:it gaya. 18 Aur jab us ne apiit ziiia ugh.irT, aur apnT nangii ugbari: to jaisi iiiera dil us ki baliin se hat gayi tlia, waisa niera dil us se bbi Iiata. 19 Tis par us ue apni ziuakdri yaban tak barhaf, ki apiii jawani ke diiioij ko yid kiy.i, jab wub zaniin i Misr meu zin.-i kart! tbf. 20 So wuh pbir apne un yarou par niarne lagi jin ka azu gadbou ki sa aza aur jin ka inzal gboroij k.i sa inzal tb.l. 21 Aur tiS apnf jawani ke (isq o fajur par riijii hot! thi, ki us waqt MisrI terf jawani ke pistan ke liye teri fhliati;iu nialte the. 22 Is liye ai Ahlibah K-hudawanb Khuda yao kabta hai, Dekli maiu un yarou ko jin se ter.i nafs liati hai, tere khilaf ubhariinga, aur unlieij charon taraf se tere khilif laiingi : 23 Babul ke betou ko aur sire Kasdfou, nauwabou, bahiduroo aur pahla-vanon, aur un ke sith Asur ke sire betou, sab dilpizir jawin mardoo, sar- dirou aur hakiniou, sab sirath'ou aur niansabdar ar^psawiroo ko tujh par charhi laungi. 24 So we liathyir aur rathoii aur charkhoQ aur qaumoij ki jainiat ke sath tujh par hamla karcnge ; aur dlial aur phari aur khod ke sath chirou taraf se tu he gherenge. Maio adalat kakam unheu supurd karnnga, aur we apne ain ke niutabiq lujhparhukm karenge. 25 Aur maiu apni gairat tere barkhilaf karunga, aur we gazab se tere kam men niashgul honge, aur we teri nak aur tere kan katenge aur teri aulad talwar se miri paregi. . We tere bete betiou ko lenge, aur teri aulad ag se .bbasain hogi. 26 Aur we teri poshak tujh se utarenge, aur tere zewarat le lenge, 27 Aur maiu tere fisq o fajur aur teri zinakarf ko jotii ne zaminiMisr meu sikhi, niauquf karunga, yahau tak ki tii apni aukhcD un kf taraf pliir na utbaweg', aur phir JNlisr ko yad na karegf. 28 Kyunki KiiunA'WANU Khudi yuu kabta hai ki Dekh main tujhe un ke hath meg kar deta h in, jin se tu ghiiiati hai.uuke hath meu jin se tera nafs li!:t gayi hai. 29 Aur we bugs so teri badsuluki KMrena-e, aur teri sari kamai le jaenge, aur tujlie nangi aur ugbari chhoreuge, ki teri fihisiia uryani aur tera fisq o fajur aur ten ziuakiri ugiiari jae. 30 Maiu is liye yih tujh se karunga ki tu ne zinakari ke liye gair qaumoii ka p!chba kiya', aur un ke ])iitou se palisht iiiii liai. ol T(i apni baliiu ki nb par chali liiii, is liye maiu us Isa piyila tere iuith meu diingi. ;VJ i\ iiudaw \ni) Khudi yun farmata hai ki Tu apni baliin ka galira aur bjiripiyilu piegi- wuii tujhe liansi aur tbatthe meo ur^wega ; kyinki us men bahut samati hai. 33 Tii masti aur iztirab se bbar jaegi ; behoshi aur sarasimagi kd piyal.i teri baliin Sainrun ka piy.ila hai. 34 Tii use piegf aur niclioregf, aur us ki thikriay chitogi, aur apni chhatiay pharegi; kyunki main hi bola, Khudawand Khuda farmSta hai. 35 Pas KiiiUAWANi) Khudi yiio farmita hai, Azbas ki tu ne mujhe bhul gai, aur nuijlie apni pith ke pfcbhe plienk chali, so tu bhi apne fisq o fajur ka b.ir utha Jo, 36 Phir Khudawand ne mujhe kaha, Ai adamzad, kyi tii Aldah aur Ahlibah ka insaf karega? Ilaij un ke maknih kam un par zahir kar: 37 Ki unhon ne riua kt aur Ifhun un ke hathou meu hai, aur unhoQ ne apne butou se zina kf aur I i i i i 2 884 HIZQIEL. [•>4 BAB. un tetoD ko bhi, jinlieo wc mere live janio, un ke khaiie ke liye guzarand. 38 Phir unbou ne mujh se yih bhi kiy.i hai, ki ust din mere maqdis ko najis kiya, aur mere sabtou ko napak kiya. 39 Kyunki jab we apni aulid ko butou ke liye zabh kar chukin, tab we usi din mere maqdis meo dakhil hnitj, ki use napak kareu ; aur dekh unhoo ne mere maskan ke andar meg ais4 kim kiya hai. 40 Balki we un mardoo ko bull bhejtf thiij jo dur se ae, un ke pas elchi bheje gae, so dekh we ae : tu un ke liye nahaya, aur apni ankbou ko rang.iya, aur singar se apne ko singara. 41 Aur tu nafis palang par baithi jis ke age chuni hui mez rakhi gai, aur us par ti'i ne mera bakhur aur mera raugan dhara. 42 Aur shidmSn hujiim ki awaz us meu baji, aur awamm ul nas ke logon meu se bayaban se sharabi pahunchae gae, jo un ke hathoo par kare aur un ke siroa par khushnuina tij raklite the. 43 Tab maio ne us fisqo fajur ki salkhurda ki babat kaha, Kya log ab us se,han aisi se zina karenge ? 44 Tad bhi we us pas gaejis tarahfahishaauratpasjatehaiu : aisa hi we un kharab auraton Ablah aur Ahlibah ke pas gae. 45 Lekin sadiq mard zinakarnewalion aur khun bahanewalioij ke ain ke mutabiq un ka insaf karenge; ki zinakarnewaliao we hain, aur kliun un kehathon meu lagta .46 Kyiinki KuuDAWAND Khuda yun farmata hai, ki Main un par jamaat laiinga, unheo sakhti aur garat ke liye supurd kar dnnga. 47 Aur jamaat un par sangsar karenge* aur apni talwarotj se unheu mar dalenge, un ke betou aur betion ko qatl karenge, aur un ke gharou ko ag se jala denge. 48 Is tarah se maio fisq o fajur ko zamin meu se mitwa. daluuga, taki si,ri aurateu ibratpizir howeo, aur tunihare fisq o fajur ke mut'ibiq na kareij. 49 Aur we turn se tumhare fisq o fajur ka intiqam lenge, aur turn apne butou ke gunahoQ ko sahoge, taki turn jano ki Khudawand Khuda maiu hi hiin. XXIV. BAB. 1 Phir nauwen baras ke dasweu mahine ki dasweo tarikh meu Khudawand mujh se khitab karke farmaya, 2 Ki Ai adamzad, din ka ain isi din ka nam likh. Shah i Bubul ain isi din Yarijsalam par pahunchta. 3 Aur bagf khandiin ko tamsil la aur unheu kah, ki Khudawand Khudi yuu farmata hai, ki Ek handi cliarha charha, aur us meu pani bhi dal. 4 Us ke tukre us meu chun, har tarah ke achchhe tukre knle aur shane, aur chuni hui haddiou se bhar. 5 Aur galla ka zubda le, aur us ke tale haddion ke liye bhi indhan laga, use ubalne de, aur us ke bich ki haddion ko b'li pakne de. 6 Is liye Khudawand Khuda yun farmata hai, Wawaila us khunrez shahr par, us deg par jis meu zangir hai, aur u^ia zangar us se nikal nahiu jata, tui^ra tukra nikal, aur us par qura na pare. 7 Kyunki us ka khun us ke darmiyan hai, us ne nangi chatan par use bitaya, zamin par use nahiu bahaya ki uiitti se dhanipa jae, 8 Qahr bharkane aur iniiqiim lene ko main ne us ka khun nangi chatan par bitwaya, taki wuh dh.impi na jae. 9 Is liye Khudawand Khuda yuu farmata hai, Wawaila us khunrez shahr par! Maiu bhi indhan ka bafa dher lag.iunga. 10 I'ldhan dhar, ag bir, gosht paka, milauni mila ki haddian bhi galeo. II Tab khali use angarou par dhar ki us kaptal garmiwe aurjale, aurusmec ki najasat gal jae aur us k.i zangar fana howe. 12 Saklit mihnat se thakata, ki us ka bara zan- 25 1?AB.] IIIZQIEL. 885 g'ir lis nico FC iiiknl iinhfn jata, ag nieo us ka /.angir rahfi'i hai. 13 Teri najasat nieu badzati liai ; kyunki niaiu tujlic pdk kiya chahta hno, par lu pik nahiu liotS hai. Tii apni uajiisat se phir p:ik iia liogf jab tak maiu apiia qalir tiijb par ndzil na kar chukuu. 14 Maio Kiiuj>awani) liola; wulii hogi, aur iiiaio wuhi kan'mga; main na hatiinga na chlioriing.i na pachhtauiigi. Tcri rah aur tere kaiiiou ke mutabici tera insaf kiy.i jacgi, Kaun.vwAND Kiuid-i farinata hai. 15 Phir Khudawanh ne nuijh se khitab karke farniiya, IG Ai adamz.ld, dekh, maio teri nianzur i nazar ko niari se le lunga, par t'i matam na kar na roya kar, aur tere ansu na baheu. 17 Chupke thandi sanscu bhar, mniyatzari mat kar, sir par apnf pagri baiidh, aur panw men juta pahiii, aur apnf dcirhi ko orh na le, aur awiimni kf rotf mat klia. IS So maiu nc subh ko logon se kalam kiya, aur sham ko merf jord mar gaf. Aur mail) ne subh ko aisa kiyi jaisa maiu ne hukui paya tha. 19 Tab logon ne niujhe kaha ki Tii hanieij na batavvega jo tn karta hai so hamare liye kya ? 20 So maio ne unheu kaha ki Khldawand ka kalain mujheaya aur hols, 21 Israel ke gharane ko kah, ki Khudawand Khuda yfin farmata hai, ki Dekho, main apne maqdis ko, tuuihare zor ke ghamand, tumhari manzur i nazar aur mahbub i khatir najis kardnga, aur tumhare bete aur tumhari betiau jinheo tuin chhor gae, talwar se mare parenge. 22 Aur tuui aisa karoge jaisa maiu ne kiya ; tuiu darhi ko orh na loge, aur awamm ki roti na khaoge. 23 Aur tumhari pagn'iu tuuihare sirou par aur tumhari jutian tumhare panw men hongi ; aur turn naulia aur zari na karoge, par apni shararat se sukhoge, aur ek dusre se tliandi sauseo bliaroge. 24 Chunan- chi Hizqiel tumhare liye nishan hoga : aur jab yih bar awe, to turn sab kuclib aisa karoge jaisa us ne kiya hai; aur tuin janoge ki main Khudawand Kiiuda liuij. 2.5 Aur td, ai adamzad, dekh ki jis din maiu uu se un ki izzat, un ki shdndar masarrat, un ki uianzur i nazar aur un ki maqsud i khatir yane un ke bete aur un ki beciau un se le lungi ; 26 Us din ek jaubar tujh pas awega ki tere kanou lueu yih sunawe. 27 Us din tera munh us janbar par khol jaega aur td bolega aur phir gdnga na rahega. So tu un ke liye ek nishan hoga, aur we janenge, ki maio KUUDAWAKD hufl. XXV. BA'B. 1 Aur KHCDA'WANDka kalam mujheaya aur boll, 2 Ai Adamzad, baniAmmiin par apna rukh kar, aur uu par uubdwat kah. 3 Aur bani Amman se kah, Riiduawasd Khuda ka kalaiu suuo. Kiiijuawanu Khuda ydu farmata hai, Az bas ki tu ne aha kaha mere maqdis par, ki n.ipak hua, aur zamiu Israel i par ki ujari gai, aur ahl i Yahudih par ki asiri men rawana hue : 4 Is liye dekh, ki tujiic pdrab ke logon ko miras kar dunga, we apni bastiao tujh meu basawenge, aur apue makan tere dar- miyan meg kareuge, aur tera phal khaenge, aur tere dudh pienge. 5 Aur maio Rabbah ko uutsala aur bani Ammuu ki zamin ko bhersala banaduga, aur tuin janoge ki main Kiiuda'wanu huo. 6 Kyduki Khudawand Khuda ydg kahta. hai, Az bas ki tu ne tali mari, aur pauw p^ta, aur apne sare ghamand mco ji jan se zamfu i Israel par bag bag hua : 7 Isliye, dekh maiu apna hath tujh par barhaunga, aur lut ke liye gairou ke hath sompunga, aur qauuiou meu se tujhe kit dalunga, 836 niZQIEL. [2G BAB. aur mamlukatoo men sc tnjhe munqata karunga; maiu tujlie nest o nibudkarunga, aur tii jaiiega ki iiiaio Khudawanij liuij. 8 Khuuavvanj) Klmda yiig furmata hai, AzLas ki JNIoab aur Shafr kalite haio ki Jaise sab qaumeo waise ahl i Yahudah liaiu : 9 Isliye dckli niaio Moab ke pahld ko us ke shahron se us kf sarhadd ke shaliron se us khushnumi zaiiiin liait ul Wastniat aur Baal Maun aur Qaryataiinah tak kholi'inga, 10 Piirab ke logou ke live ban! Ainiiiun par, ^^ur use nitras kar diinga, taki qauinou ke duriniy^n bani Aiuniuu ka zikr na rahe : 1 1 Aur niaig Moab p ir iusif karuuga aur we J.iacnge ki inaiu Khudawani) liuu. 12 KiiUDAWAND iiliuda yiin farmita hai, Azbas ki Adum ne ahl i Yahudih se kinakashi karke asam uthaya aur un se iutiqam liy.i : 13 Isliye Kiiudawand Khudi ydi) fariiiata hai, ki Maiu apni bath Adum pir liarhiuiigi aur us nieu se insan aur haiwan ko nabiid kariinga, aur Taiman se leke use wlr.in karunga, aur we Dadan tak talwar se mare parcnge, H Aur uuiiu apni guroh Israel ke iiath se Ad'Jm par apna qahr nlzil kariingi, aur we mere gazab aur khashni ke mutabiq Adiiin se suluk karenge ; so we mera intiqaiu malum karenge, Khudaiwand Khuda faruiati hai. 15 ICiiUDAWAND Khuda farmata hai, Azbas ki Filistf kfnakaslii kf, aur ghamandi hoke ji jan se halak karne ko adawat i qadiin ke mare apna intiqam liya : 16 Is liye KmiDAWAND Kbuda yun fcirinata hai, Dekh maiu Filistiou par apna bath ■barhiung-i, aur Karetiog ko k^t daluugi, aur samundar ke kanare ki bachti ko munqata karunga, 17 Aur maiu gizababida tidib deke un se intiqam i Szfm luiigi aur jab maiu ua se intiqam le chuka, to we jmege ki maiu Kiiudawand hou. XXVI. BAB. 1 Aur gyarahweo baras ke pahle din yuu hua ki KwunAWANr) kS kalainmujhe dya aur bola, 2 Ai adamzad, azbas ki Siir ne Yarusalam par lalkara hai, ki Aha qaumoD ka wuh darwaza tora gayi hai; ab sab mujli pjir mail liota, inaia bbar jaungi ki wuh ujar gai hai: 3 Isliye Kuudawanij Khudi farmati hai, Dtkli, ai Siir, maio tujh par charh aungi, aur bahut si qaumou ko tujh par charha liunga jaisl sanmndar apni maujon ko charhi lata hai. 4 Aur we Sur ki shalirpanah ko torenge, aur un ke burjou ko dh:iwenge, aur maiu us ki mitti us par se jhar pben- ki'inga, aur use nangi chat-in karuugi. 5 Wuh samundar ke darmiyan j-il bichl-june ka maqam hogi kyunki main hi bola Kmudawand Khuda faraiata hai; aur wuh qaumou ke liye ek lut hogi, 6 Aur us ke dihat khushki par talwar se mare parenge aur we janenge ki main Kuudawand hiiu. 7 Kyuiiki LxuUDAvvANii Kiiuda ynn farmata hai, Dekh, maip shah i Babul shimal se shahanshah Nabukhuduazr ko gboroo aur rathoo aur sawarotj aurhujum aur bahut awamm samet lata hi'in. 8 Wuh khushkf par tere dihat ko talwar se qatl karega, aur tujh par burj baniwega, aur tujh par pushta bandbega, aur tujh par sipar uthiwegi. 9 Wuh apne manjaniq terf shahrpanah par lagawegi, aurapne harboo se tere burjoij ko dbawega. 10 Us ke ghorou kf kasrat kf dhiil tujhe dhimpegi, us ke sawaroD aur pahiyoij aur rathon ke hangama se teri diwaren kamp jSengi, jab wuh tere phatakoo men dakhl karegS, jis tarah shahr i sbikasta meg 27 HA'B.] IIIZQIEL. 887 diiV'il kartc haiii. 11 Wuh apnc ghoroQ ke tapon se tere sSre snrakou kolatareg^, aui- wuh talwiir se tere logou ko (latl karega, aur tcrf panah ke autun zamiii par gir jaeiiu;e. \2 Aur we tera mil lut lenge, aurteri saudagari ko girat karenge, aur wo ten' diw.ireo tor ^uun.*WAND ka kalam mujlie £ya aur kaha, 21 Ai adamzld, Saida par apni rukh kar, aur us parnubuwat kah aur bol, 22 Khudawanu Khudi yuu farmiti hai, Dekh, maiu tujh par charh ata hug, ai Saida, aur main tore darmiyan zii nl jal.il hounga ta ki we miliiiri kareu, ki main Khutj.vwant) lu'uj jab maiij us par insaf karuii, aur us men apni taqdis karwauu- 23 Main usmeu wabi bhejunga aur kliunrezi us ki galiou nieo, aur maqtdl us ke darmiyan us talwir se jo charou taraf se us par chalegi, girenge ; aur we malum karenge, ki maiu Kuudawand hua'. 24 Tab ahl i Israel ke liye kotchubhnewala kania aur dukhanewala khar un ke J J J J J 890 HIZQIEL. [29 BAB. cliarou taraf ke logoo meo jo unhen haqfr jante haiu, na rahega, aur we janenge, ki main Khudawand Khuda hiio. 25 Khudawand Khuda yiio farmSta hai, Jab main ahl i Israel qaumoo raeo se, jin meo we parSganda ho gae, jama kariinga, tabmaio qaumou ki ankhon kesimhne un se apnf taqdis karaungi, aur we us zamfn men basenge jise main ne apne bande Yaqub ko di. 26 Aur we usmeu be khatar sukunat karenge, aur makan banawenge, aur angi'iristan lagiwengc, aur ba salamat biid o bash karenge, jab maiu un sabhoo par insif karunga, jo charon taraf se un ki hiqarat kartc haiu ; aur we janenge, ki maiu Khudawanb un ka Khuda huo- XXIX. BAB. 1 Daswei) baras ke dasweij mahine ki laraliwin tarikh ko Kitcdawaisi) ka kalam mujhe aya aur bola, 2 Ki Aiadamzad, tii I\Iisr ke badshah Firaun par apna rukh kar, aur us par aur sare Misr par nubuwat kali, 3 Bateii kar aur bol ki Khuda'- WAND yuij farmata hai ki Dekh, main tujh par ata hug, ai Firaun, shah i Misr, tinnin i azam, jo apni nahion ke andar letta hai, aur kahta hai ki Meri nahr meri hi hai aur main ne apne liye paid.i kiya. 4 Lekin main teri darhou men kante lagiunga, aur teri nahroo ki machhliou ko tere clihilkon par sataunga, aur teri nahroo ke andar se tujhe nikal diinga, aur teri nahroo ki macbhUaij tere chhilkoa par satengi. 5 Aur main tujhe, ban tujhe aur teri nahrou ki machhion ko bayabaii men chhor duiiga ; tu maid;in ki sath par para rahega, tii najama kiya aurna batora jaega, main ne tujhe maidan ke darinde aur asman ke parinde ko khurak ke liye diya. 6 Aur JMisr ke sare bashinde janenge ki maiu Khudawand hiiu, isliye ki we Israel ke gliarane ke liye nai ki laihi the. 7 Jab unhou ne tujhe hath se pakra, tu tnt gaya, aur un ke sare shane phare; jab tujh par uthangan kiy i, tii para para ho gay;i, aur un ki sari karaarou ko larzay;i. 8 Is liye K.uuj)Awand Khuda yun farmata hai, ki Dekh ek talwar tujhe par Lhe- junga, aur insan aur haiwan ko tujh men se kat dalunga. 9 Aur Misr ki zamin ujar aur wiran lio jaegi, aur we janenge ki main Khudawand hiin ; isliye ki us ne kaha hai ki Nahr meri hi hai, aur main ne paida kiya hai. 10 Dekh, is liye maiu tujh par aur teri nahrou par aiinga, aur Misr ki zamin Sawineh ki burj se Ki'ish ki sarhadd tak wirane ka wirana aurujir banaunga. 11 Insin ka panwus meu se nahin guzaregl, aur haiwan ka pdnw us men se nahin guzartga, aur wuh chalis baras tak abad na bowegi. 12 Aur wiran inulkou ke darmiyaii zamin i Misr ko wiran karunga, aur ujare hiie shahrou ke darmiyan us ke shahr chalis baras tak ujar rahenge, aur maiu Misriou ko qaumou men chhitraunga, aur uulieij nmlkoo meu bitraunga. 13 Taham Khudawand yun farmata hai ki Chalis baras bad Misriou ko un qaumou ke darmiyan se jahau we chhitrae gae haiu, batorunga; 14 Aur maiu Misr ki asiri ko pher launga, aur unheo Fatrus ki zamin un ki janambhi'im lauiaunga aur we wahan mamlukat i ajiz honge. l.> Wuh sire uiulkoij se ajiztar hogi, aur phir qaumou par apne tain sarbuland na karegi; kyunki main unhen qalil karunga ki phir qaumoD par saltanat na karen. 16 Aur wuh phir Israel ke gharane ke liye 30 BAB.J IlIZQIEL. «91 fisri nahfu hog!, ki we jab un par nazar karcnge, to un kf shar^rat se ySd karenge, lekin janenge, ki maiij Khudawanii Khuda hijo. 17 Sat'Usweo haras ke palilc niahine ki pahlf tarfkh Kiitida'wand ki kaUm mujhe aj'4 aur bola, 18 Ki Ai ddamzad, shah i B.ibul Nabukhiulnazr apnelashkar ko Siir kl mukhalafit meu sakht kliidmat karwcii liai ; bar sir ganj i hiiii, aur bar sh5na chbil gayi, par na us ne aur nu us ke lashkar ne Siir ke liye us kliidmat ke lij'e jo us nc un ki mukhalafat meu kf tbf, kuchh ajr p:iya. 19 Is liye linunAWAKO Khuda yuu farmiti hai ki Dekh, maiu Misr ki zamin ko shah i Babul Nabukhud- nazr ke bath meo ) ki rah rast nahin. Lekin we jo haiu unhiu ki rah narast hai. 18 Agar sadiq apni sadiqat se phire, aur shararat kare, to wuh yaqinan us se marega. 19 Phir agar sharir apni shararat se baz ^we, aur adalat o sadaqat kare, to un se jiega. 20 Tis par bhi turn kahte ho, 696 HIZQIEL. [34 BAB. ki Khuda'wand Id rah rast nahfo ^ai. Ai ahl i Isrdel, main tunihlre har kisi ki adalat us ki rah ke mutabiq karungl. 21 Ilainari asiri ke barahweu baras ke dasweu mahtne ki panchwen tSrikh ko yiiu hua ki ek shakhs Yarusalaiu se bhagkar mujh pas Sya aur bola, ki Shahr mard para. 2"2 Aur sham ke waqt us janbar ke pahunchne se peshtar l>nUDA!WANr) k£ hath niujh par nazil hiia, aur us ke paliunchne tak fajr ko mera munh khol diy.i, aur iiieramunli kliul gaya, aur maiij phir guiiga na raha. 23 Tab Kuudawand ka kaliiu iiiujh pas aya aur boH, 24 Ki ai adanizad, Israel ki zamin ke wiraiioii ke bishinde jih kahte hiie bolte bain, Id Abiraham ekhi tha, aur wuh zamin ka w;iris hua, par bam bahut liaio, zamin lianien miras men di j icgi. 25 Is liye tu uii se kah de, ki Kuuda'wand Kbuda yuo kalita bai, ki Turn laliu samet kliate ho, turn apne );utoij par apnianlilieij utbate lio,, aur kliuu bah:ite bo: kya turn zamin ko minis men pioge? 2o Tum talwir hath meu liye nuistaidd bo, turn makruh k;im kartiaij ho, aur turn meu se har koi apne bainsiya ki joni ko nipik karta liai : kyi tum zamin ko miras men paoge ? 27 Tu unhou se yuij kali, ki Khuuawand Kliudi yuu farmat.i bai, ki JNleri liayat ki qasam, wiranou ke Lashinde talwar se girenge, aur maiu us ko jo maidan meij hai, dariiidoij ko khane ko dungi, aur we jo qalaou aur garou nieu bain, mari se marenge. 28 Kyunki main zamin ko wirana aur kbaraba baniunga, aur us ki qiiwat ka ghamand jata rahega, aur Israel ke pabar wiran honge yahau tak ki koi guzaregi naliin. 29 Aur jab main un ki siri makriihat ke sabab jo unhou ne ki haiij, Zamin ko wiran karunga, to we janenge ki niairj Khi;j)A'vvanj) hiiy. oO Aur ai adanizad, hanoz teri (jauni ke log diwarou ke pas aur makanoij ke darwazou ke pas giiftgd karte haiij, aur ek dtisre se, har koi apne bbai se yih kahke Ijolta hai ki A, aur us bat ko, jo Kuudawand se nikal ati hai, sun. 31 Aur we tujh pas ate haiu jaisi ki awamm ate bain, aur mere logou ke manind teie age baitbte luiiu, aur teri sunte haiij, par un par anial nahiu karenge ; kyunki we apni zaban se ziyada maziiaka karte haiu, aur un k i dil un ke hirs ki pairawi karta hai. 32 Aur dekh, tii un ke liye kbushawaz aur kbusbnawaz mutrib ka dilrabi nagma sa hai; ki we teri sunte haiu, par amal nabiy karte. 33 Aur jab yih waqa ho (td dekh, yih waqa boga) tab we janenge ki un ke darmiyan ek nabi tha. XXXIV. BAB. 1 Aur KhudA'wand kd kallm mujh pas riy i aur bola, ki Ai adamzad, Israel ke charwabotj par nubiiwat kar, aur un se kab, ki KhuuawaiND Khuda charwaboa ko yuu farmata liai, ki Af^os Israel ke cliarwahou par, jo ap tharai karte iiaio. 2 Kya charwibon ko galla charana lazim nahiu? 3 Tum charbi khate bo, aur pasham orbte ho, aur pale hue ko zabh karte; par galla nahiu charatc. 4 Tuui ne kamzorou ki taqwiyat na ki, aur bhnarou ko cbanga na kiya, aur tute ko na bandha aur nlkale gaye ko pher na lae, aur kboe hiie ko nahiij dhiindbJ, baiki zulm o taaddi se un par buknn-ani ki. 5 Is liye ki koi cliar- waba na tha, we titar bitar ho gaye, aur jab titar bitar ho gaye, to maidan ke darindou ki ^hurak bane. 6 Mere bher sare pahdroo par aur har unche tile par 84 BAl{.] IIIZQIEL. 897 sargirdan hue; hao meri gilla tamam ru i zaiiiin \\w titar bitar ho gayS, aur kisi he un ki talash o justjd na kt. Is liye ai charvvdlio, turn Kuudawand ki kaldm suno! 8 KuuDAWAKi) Khuda I'lrmita hai, ki meri haydt ki qasain : is liyc ki mera galla shikar buna, aur mera galla maidiii ke har ek darinde ki kliurak liua, is liye ki koi charwaha na tha, aur mere cliarwahou nc mere galle kf talash ua kf, balki charwahoij ne ^p cliarai kf, aur mere galle ko na ehariya; 9 Is liye ai char- Walio, KuL'uAWAND ka kalim suno. 10 Kiu'J)Awanj) Kluida yiiij farniata hai, ki Dckho, muiu charwalioij par ata huu, aur apni g:illa un kc hdtli se talab kariiiigd, aur uuheu gallabani se uiaziil karung^, aur charwahe blii cluuai na karenge ; kynn- ki maiu apna galla un kc munh se chhura liinga, ki we un ki khurdk na hoij. 11 Kyiinki Kuudawasd Khuda farniata hai, Dekh maig, main hf apne blieron kf talash ojustju karunga. 12 Jaisi ki charwaha jis din ki wuh apne titar bitar hue bheroij ke darmiydn hokar apne galle ki just o ju karta hai, waisahf maiuapne bherou kijust o jd kaninga, aur unheu har kahiu se jahau we abr aur tdrlki ke din titar bitar ho gave haiij, bacha linngd ; 13 Aur main unheu sari qaumou se pher lann- gi, aur sare mulkou meo se balorungd, aur un ki zamfn men pahunchaunga, aur Israel ke paharou par nahiou ke kanare aur zamfn ki sari abadiou men chardunga. 14 Aur maiy unko achchhi charagah men chardunga, aur un kabhefsdla Israel ke unche pahafou par hoga, wahau we achchhc bhersalemeuletenge, aurchikni chara- gah meu Israel ke pahaiou par charenge. 15 Maiu hi apne galle ko chardiinga, aur unheu litaunga, Kmudawand Kliudd farmdta hai. 16 Maiu khoe hue ko dhundhungi, aur nikale gae ko pher ldunga,aur shikasta ko bandhunga,aur bimarou ko taqwiyat dijngi, par farl;ih aur qawi ko halak karanga, maiu durusti se unheo chardunga. 17 Aur ai mere galla, tumhare haqq men Khudawand Khuda yuu farmdta hai ki Dekh, main mawashf aur mawashf ke darmiydn mendhe aur bakroij ke darmiydn insdf karta hiiu. 18 Kya meri achchhi charagah ka charna tumhare liye chhoti bat thi ki turn apni charagahoij k! bachti ko piou se latarte ho, aur gahre pinion ka p'ni ki turn bachti ko paoe se mukaddar karte ho ? 19 A(ir mera galla jo hai we tumliare paou kd lataia hiid khdte haiu, aur tumhdre paouka mukaddar kiya hud pite haiu. 20 Is liye Khudawand Khuda yiiu kahtd hai, ki Dekh maiu, hdij maiu farbih aur lagir mawdshi ke darmiydn insdf kardngd. 21 Is sabab se ki tuui palilii aur shana se relte rahe, aur sare marizoo ko jab tak we titar bitar hne, apne sinn-oy se nidrte rahe : 22 Is liye maiu apne galla ko bachaiinga, aur we dge ko girat na houn-e aur maiu mawdshi aur mawdshi ke darmiydn insdf karunga. 23 Aur maiu un par ek hi charwaha muqarrar kardngd, aur wuh un ko charawegi, ydne mera banda Diud, wuh un ko charawegd aur un ka charwaha hoga. 24 Aur maiu Khuda- wand un ka Khuda hunga, aur mera banda Ddud un ke darmiydn sarddr, maiij Kuudawand bold. 25 Aur maiu un ke sath salimati ka ahd lundhungd, aur sare darindou ko zamfn men se data karunga, aur we bayaban men aman o aman se raha karenge, aur jangaloij meu sowenge. 26 Aur. maiu unheu aur mere tile ke Ss pas ki jagahou ko ek barakat banaunga, aur maiu menh ko us ke waqt meo barsdunga, barak'at ke baran barsi karenge. 2 7 Aur maiddn ka daraljht apna phal dega, aur zamiu apna hssil degf, aur we salamati ke sath apni zamiu meu rahen'^e K k k k k 898 IlIZQIEL. [35 BAB. aur jSnenge ki maiu KntDAWAND huo jab maio un ke jne kS bandhan torunga, aur un ke hath se, jinhoQ ne apne liye un se khidmat If, najat dunga. 28 Aur we 5ge ko gair qaumog ke liye shikar na howenge, aur zamin ke darinde unheu nahio kh.iengc ; par we aman o aman se rahenge, aur kof unheo na daraweg^. 29 Aur main un ke liye ek nlmwar nihal barpa kardnga, aur we phir kabhi apni zamtn meo m^re bhnkh ke halak na howenge, aur age ko gair qaumou ka tana na uthawenge. 30 Isi tarah we janenge ki maio Kuudawand Khuda un ke s^th hug, aur we, h4o ahl i Israel mere log haio, Khuijawand Khuda fyrmita hai. 31 Aur ai mere galla, meri charagah ke galla, t'im insan ho aur main tumhar4 Khuda hue, Khuda- WAKD Khuda farmata hai. XXXV. BAB. 1 Aur Khtjdawatjd kS kalam mujh pis aya aur bola ki 2 Ai ddamzSd,' ta koh i Shair pur apna rukh kar, aur us par nubnwat kar, 3 Aur us se kah ki KuuDAWAND Khudi ydo kahta hai ki Dekh, ai koh i Shair, maiu tujh par dta huu, aur tujh par apna hath baphaiinga aur tujhe wirana aur Jcharaba banannga. 4 Maiu tere shahroQ ko ujaidnga, aur ti\ wiran hoga aur jSnega ki mala Khuua- ■WAND huD. 5 Us sabab se ki td ne adawat i qadim rakhi hai, aur ban! Israel ko un ki musfbat ke din un kf shararat kl intiha ke waqt talwir ki dhar se giraya : 6 Is liye Khudawand Khuda farmata hai, ki Meri hayat ki qasam, ki maio tujhe khun ke liye Smada kardng^, aur khun tujhe ragedeg.i, is liye ki td ne khdn se nafrat na rakha, so khun tujhe ragedega. 7 Isi tarah maiu koh i Shair wirana aur khar^ba banadnga, aur us ke darmiyau se ine janewdle ko kat dalunga. 8 Aur us ke paharou ko us ke maqtdloo se bhar dfildngi, talwar ke maqtul tere tilou, teri wSdiou aur teri sari uahroQ meu girenge. 9 Maio tujhe abadi wirana .banadnga, aur tere shahr na phir dwenge, aur turn janoge, ki maig Khudawand huo. 10 Us sabab se ki tu ne kaha ki ye do qaura au- ye do niulk mere honge, aur ham unheu miras meo lawenge, bawujnd ki Khudawand wahao tha : 11 Is liye liHDDAWAND Khuda farmita hai, ki Meri hayat ki qasam ki maio tere gussa aur tere us hasad ke mutabiq jise td ne un par adawat ke rd se kiya, maio bh: tujh se kardnga, aur jab teri adalat kar chukdo, tab ap ko un ke danniyin zahir karunga. 12 Aur td janega ki maio Khudawand hug, aur tera sirakufr jise td Israel ke paharoo par ydo kahta hda bold, We wirin hue, we nigulue ko haniare hawale hue, maio ne suna 13 Aur isi tarah jo tum ne mere barkliiLf apni zuban se lafzani ki, aur apni batoo ko mere barkhilaf tul diya, so main sun chuka hdo- 4 Khudawand Khuda ydo kalita hai ki Jab sari zauiin kliushi karegi, tab maio tujhe wiran kardnga. 15 Jaisa tu ne Israel ke ghardne ki miras par khushi ki hai is liye ki wuh wiran tha, waisahi maij bhi tujh par kardngd; ai koh i Shair, tu aur sara Adum bilkull wirdn hoga, aur we janeuge, ki maiu Kuudawand hdu. XXXVI. BAB. 1 Aur tu, ai ^damzSd, Israel ke pahdroQ se nubdwat kar, aur bol, ki Ai Israel 86 BAB.] IlIZQIEL. 899 ke pahSro, turn Khudj^twand ka kal.im siino. 2 KriUDAWANn Khiida yilo kabta liai, (Js sabab se ki diisliman ne tere Larkhilajf kah^ hai, ki Wachhire, qadiinl ouche makan bhi hamari miris meu ae ; 3 Is liye nubuwat kar, aur bol ki Khuda- WANn Khuda yuu faniiiita hai : Is sabab se ki unhou ne turn ko wiraii kiya, aur tumheo charou taraf nigli, taki tuin qaumoij ki Lacbti ke liye miias ho, aur turn afwah i awimm meu uthte ho, aur logou ka tlna bante ho: 4 Is liye ai Israel ke paharo, turn Khudawand ki kalam suno ! Khudawand Khuda paharoo aur tilou aur nashebou aur wadiou aur ujar wiranon se aur bechira'g shuhrou se jo as pas ki qaumou ki bachtf ke liye shikar aur thattha bane haiu, ydu farmata hai, 5 Han isi liye KHur)A'^vA^D Khuda yuu kahta hai, ki Yaqiuan qaunioo ki bachtf par aur sdre Adnm par, jo apne dil ki kiiushi se aur qalbi adawat se meri zamin ko niiras meu lae, taki use girat ke liye uikal deg, maiu ne apni gairat ki tezf meo kah^. 6 Is li3'e ta Israel kf zamin kf babat nubuwat kar, aur paharoo aur tfloo nashebou aur wadiou se kah ki Kuud.vwand Khuda yiin kahta hai, Is liye ki tuna ne qaumou ke tane sahe, main apni gairat aur qahr meu bola. 7 Is li^'e Khuda- wand Khuda kalita hai, ki Main ne apna hath uthay i ki yaqfnan tumhSre as pas kf qaumeo apna tana uthawengf. 8 Par tum, ai Israel ke paharo, apni shakheo nikaloge, aur mere log Israel ke liye apni phal doge, kyunki we i. pahunchte haio. 9 Dekho, main tumhare sath huu, aur tumhari taraf phiranga, aur turn jote aur boe jaoge. 10 Aur maiu insan ko, hau sare alil i Israel ko tujh par ziyada kardnga, aur shahr abad honge, aur kharaba tamir kiye jaenge. 11 Aur maiu insan ohaiwan ko tum par ziyada kardngi, aur we ziyada honge, aur phalenge, aur maiu tumheo sabiq ba dastdr qaiui kardnga, aur tum par ibtida se ziyada ilis^n karnnga, aur tum janoge ki maiu Khudawand hdn. 12 Hau maiu insan ko yane mere Israeli logou ko tujh par pahunchadnga, aur we tujhe apne qabze meu lawenge, aur td un ki mfras hogi, aur age ko unhen beaulad na karegf. 13 Khudawand Khuda yno kahta hai, Us sabab se ki tujhe kahte hai o, ki To ai zamin, insan ko nigalti hai, aur tn ne apni qaumoij ko beaulad kiya : 14 Is liye na td age ko insan ko niglegi na dge ko apni qaum ko beaulad karegi, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. 15 Aur main age ko tujh par gairqaumoa ka tana na sunadnga aur age ko td qaumou ki malamat na uthawegi, aur age ko apne logon ko na, girawegi, Khudawand Khudi kahta hai. IG Aur Khudawand ka kalam mujh p£s iyS aur bola, 17 Ai adamzAd, jab ahl i Israel apni zamin meu baste the, tab unhou ne apni rihon aur apne kamoo se us konapak kiya, un ki rah mere Sge haiz aurat ki napaki si thi. 18 Is liye maig ne un par us khdn ke sabab jise unhon ne zamlu nieu bahaya ki\a, aur un butog ke sabab jin se unhoo ne use napak kiya, apna qahr undela. 19 Aur maiu ne un ko qaumou men chhitraya, aur we mulkou meu titar bitar lio gae, aur un ki rahoQ aur un ke kamou ke muwafiq maiu ne un ki adalat ki. 20 Aur jab we gair qaumog met) jahao we rawane bde the, dlkhil hde, tab mere muqaddas nlm ko napik kiye jab un se kahte the, ki Ye Khudawand ke log haiu, aur usi ki zamin se nikal ie hain, 21 Lekin maiu apne muqaddas nam ke liye jise ahl i Israel ne gairqaumoQ ke darmiyan jahau we rawana hue, nipak kiya tha, rahm kiya. 22 Is liye td ahl i Israel sc kah, ki Khudawand Khuda yuu kahti hai, ki Ai ahl K k k k k 2 900 HIZQIEL. [37 BAlJ. i Israel na tumhSrf Ijh^tir se, balki apne muqaddas n^m kf khatir, jise turn lie gair qauinoo ke darmiyan, jalian turn rawana hue the, nSpak kiya, yih karta huu. 23 Maio apne buzurg nam kf, jo gair qaumon ke darmiyln napik kiy^ giya tha, jise turn ne un ke darmiySn napak kiya th^, taqdis karunga ; aur jab un ki dnkhon ke age turn se meri taqdis hogi, tab gair.qaumeij jaiiengi ki niaiu Kiiudawand huo, Khudawand Khuda foniuita hai. 24 Kyunki main lumheu gair qauinon se ]e liinga, aur sarc mulkon iiicij se biitoriiiig^, aur tumheo tumhari zaiiiln raeu pahun- ch'iunga. "25 Tab turn par saf pani chhirkiinga, aur turn pak sif hoge, aur maiu tumhari sari iiapakf aur tumhare sare butoij se turn ko pak karunga. 26 Aur maio tumhejj naya dil bakhslu'mgi, aur ruh i jadid tuinhare andar men inayat karunga, aur tumhare gosht meu se sangiri dil ko dur karunga, aur ck goshtin dil bakhshuu- ga. 27 Aur tumhare andar apni riih inayat karunga, aur tumheu mere haqqou par chalaunga, aur tummere hukmou ko hifz karoge, aur unheo baja laoge. 28 Aur tum is zamin men jise maio ne tumhare bapdadou ko diya hai, basoge, aur turn mere log hoge, aur main tumhara Khuda hungl. 29 Aur maia tumheu tumharf sSri napakiou se bhi bachaiinga, aur anaj ko bulaunga, aur use barhaunga aur turn par kal nahiu dalunga. 30 Aur main darakht kS phal aur khet ka liasil barhaunga yahautak ki tum age ko gair qaumou ke darmiyan kal ki malamat ko na uthaoge. 31 Tab tum apui buri rahoa aur nashayasta kamou ko yad karoge, aur tum apni badkarfou aur makruhatoo ke sabab apni nazaroumen ghinaune thaharoge. 32 Tum jano ki na main tumhari khatir se yug karta. hue, Khudawand Khuda farmata hai. Tum apni rdhou ke sabab sharminda o pasheman ho, ai ahl i Israel. 33 Khudawand l>.huda ydu kahta hai ki Jis din maia tumhea tumhari sari b^dkarfoo se saf karunga, usi din tum ko tumhare shalir men basciunga, aur khara- ba tamfr ki jaegf. 34 Aur wuh wirSn zamin, jo sare rahguzaron ki nazaron meu •wiran pari thf, abad ki jaegi. 35 Aur we kahenge ki Yih zamin, jo wirin pari th', big i Adan ki si hui hai, aur ujar aur wiran aur kharab shaln- ghere gae, aur ma- mar hue. 36 Tab gair qaumoa niey, jo tumhare as pis bach rahi hain, janengi ki maiu K^uDAWA^D kharaba ko tamir karta bun, aur wirana ko bag banatahuo; maiu Khudawand bola, aur maio hi karunga. 37 Khudawand Khudi yiiu kahta hai ki Phir maio ahl i Israel se isliye pnchhi jSanga, ta ki un ke liye piira karuo, aur un ke logoo ko galle ki tarah farawan karoo. 38 Jais^ muqaddas galla jaisa Yarusalam ka galla us ki muqaddas idoa meo, waisa hi uj^r shahr insani galle se m^mnr honge, aur we janenge ki Maio Khudawand hao> XXXVII. BAB. 1 Khudawand ki hiih mujh par galib hi'ia, aur mujhe Khudawand ki rtih men uthS liy^, aur us wadi men, jo haddion se bharpiir thi, mujhe utar diy£. 2 Aur un ki charoQ taraf mujhe phiraya; aur dekh, we kushrida wadi men bahut thiu, aur dekh, we nih^^'at khushk thia. 3 Aur us ne mujhe kaha, ki Ai adamzad, kyaye haddiao ji saktihaiy? Main ne jawib men kaha, ki Ai Ivhudawand Khuda, ta hi janta hai. 4 Phir us ne mujhe kaha, ki Tu in haddiou par nubuwat kar, aur un se kah, ki Ai siikhi haddiaij, tum 37 BAB.] IIIZQIEL. 901 KntJDAWAND kS kalam suno. 5 Khudawand Kliudi in haddfon se 3h1u farmritS hai, ki Dckho, niaiu tiiiiihare andar nieui'iili dakhil kariiiiga, aur tuni jioge. G Aur tuni par naseo Lithlai'ingi, aur goslit cliai'liannga, aur tuiuhcu chanue se niarhuiig.1, aur tuinhire andar men nih dakliil karuiigi, aur turn jtoge, aur janogc ki niaiu KnuDAWANi) huu. 7 So maio nc hukm ke ba nu'ijib nubiiwat kf. Aurjabmaiu nubuwat kartd thS, to awaz hui, aur dekh ek jumbifjh, aur haddiai) mil gafij, bar ek baddi apni haddS se. 8 Jab maiij nc dekha, to dekh nascu aur gosht un par cliarh ae, aur upar se chanira marh gaya, par un meu riih na tbf. 9 Tab us nc mujlie kaln, ki Nubiuvat kar, tu riih se nubi'iwat kar, ai Adamzad, aur riih se kab, ki KiiuoA- WAND Khuda yiio kahta hai, ki Ai ruh, tu charoij hawa meu se i, am- in maqtulou par phunk ki we jfey. 10 So maiu ne hukm ke baim'ijib nubuvvat kf, aur ruhuu meu dakbil hui, aur wc ji luhe, aur p:iou par kliare hue, ek nihriyat bar.i lasbkar. • 11 Tab us ne mujbe kaha ki Ai adamzad, ye haddlaij sire ahl i Israel bain. Dekh, ye kahte haiij ki llamari haddiau khushk ho gafp, aur hamari umecftnit gaf ; aur liani apnc se niunqata hiie. 12 Is liye td nubuvvat kar, aur un se kal), ki Khudawand Khuda yuQ kahti hai, ki Dekh, ai mere log, maiu tumhari gorou ko kholiinga, aur tumheu tumhdrJ goroij meu se nikal lung;i, aur Israel ki zanifn meu pahunchaiinga. 13 Aur ai mere log, jab main tumhari gorou ko kbolunga, aur turn ko tumhari gorog men se nikal lunga, tab janoge, ki main Kiiudawand hnn. 14 Aur jab maiu apni rdh turn mea rakhunga, aur turn jfoge, aur main tuiu ko tumhari zamin men dikhil karunga, tab tum janoge ki maiu Khudawand bola, aur pdra kiy^, Khudawakd farmSta hai. 15 Pliir Khudawand ka kalam mujhc lya aur Lola, 16 Ki Ai adamzad, tu ek lakri le aur us par likb, Yaliudah ke liye, aur us ke musabibon bani Israel ke liye. Phir ddsii lakri le aur us par yih likh, Yiisuf ke liye Ifraim ki lakri, aur us ke musahiboo sare ahl i Israel ke liye. 17 Aur un donon ko jorkar ek iakrj bana, aur we -tere hath men ek honge. 18 Aur jab teri (jauin ke log tujhe yih kahte hue puchheu, ki Kya hameu un ki mani nahiu batawegi? 19 To tu unticQ kah, ki Khl'ba'wand Khudi yuu kahta hai, ki Dekh, main Yuaufki lakri ko, jo Ifraim ke hith men hai, aur us ke musahibou Israel ke gharanou ko lunga, aur us ke sath, hau Yaliudah kl lakri ke sath jorungi, aur un ko ek lakri banaungi, aur •we mere hath men ek honge. 20 Aur we lakrilij jin par td likhtahai, un kiankhoo ke ige tere hath men hougi, 21 Aur tu unheu kab, ki Khudawand Khuda yue kahta hai ki Dekh, maiu gair qaumon meu se, jahao we rawina hue the, ahl i Israel ko lunga, aur bar taraf se unhen batorunga, aur uuheo un ki zamin meo pahunchiunga. 22 Aur maiu unhen Israel ke pah Iron par, usl /amin par ek qaum banaungi, aur ek badshah un sabhoo ka badshah hoga, aur we age ko do qaum na honge, aur phir kabhi taq^im hokar do mulk na banenge. 23 Phir we apne butou se aur apne makrdhatou aur apne gunahon ke kisi gunih se apne ko n.ipik na karengc; par maiu unlieo un ke saiv makanou se, jaliau unhou nc gunih kiya hai, bachSdnga, aur pak karunga ; so Yr'c mere log honge, aur maiu un ka Khuda hunga. 2-t Aur mer& banda Dadd un ka badshah hoga, aur un kd ek charwahi hoga, aur we mere hukmoo par chalcngc, aur mere haqqou ko hifz karcngc, aur amal mee lawenge. 25 Aur we us zamin meu, jise maiu ne apne bande Yaqdb 902 HIZQIEL. [38 BAB. ko diy^ hai, jahSo tumhSre bapdade baste tlie, basenge, aur we, h^o we aur un kf aul:id aur un kf auhid ki aulad abad tak us ineu sukunat karenge ; aur mera banda Diud ta abad un ka sardar boga. 26 Aur maig un ke eith salamati k& abd bandbunga ; so wuh un ke sdtb abadi abd boga. Aur niaig unbeu basSunga aur baibaiinga, aur un ke darmiyan apne maqdis ko t4 abad qaiin rakhdngi. 27 Mera kbaima bbi un ke s^th boga, bio nuiiu un ka Kbuda bunga, aur we mere log bonge. 28 Aur jab mera maqdis abad tak un ke darmiyan rabegii, to gair qaumeu janengi ki maie i^ hud a wand Israel ko niuqaddas karti biin. XXXVIII. BAB. 1 Aur Khuda'wand ki kalam mujb pas ^ya aur holi., 2 Ki Ai ^damzdd, td y^jaj, yane Majuj ki sarzamin Rds aur Masak aur Tubal ke sardar par apna rukh kar aur us par nubiiwat kar, 3 Aur kab, ki KiiUiJAWAND Kbuda ynn kabta bai, ki Dekh, ai Yajiij, Riis aur Masak aur Tubal ka sardar, main tujh par ata hutj. 4 Aur raaiu tujbe pbira danga, aur tere darbon meu kante lagaunga, aur tere sire lasbkar, ghoron aur sawaroij, jo sab ke sab bar tarah ke zirab baktar pabine bile ek barl jamaat ma dhal aur phari sab ke sab sbamsher ba kaffbaiu, unhen nikal Idnga; 5 Aur un ke satb F.iras aur Kush aur Fut sab ke sab ma sipar o kbod ; 6 Juuiar aur us ke sare lasbkar aar uttar ke atraf ke ahl i Tujaruia aur us ke sare lasbkar babutere log tere sath. 7 Td taiyar bo, aur apne liye taiyar kar, tu ap aur terf sari jamSat jo tujh pas jama bai, aur tu un ki peshvvai kar. 8 Aur babut dinon ke bad tera mutdlaba boga, aur td picbble barasou men us zamfn raeo jo talwar se bacb rabi hai, aur bahuteri qaumou meo se batori gai bai, Israel ke pabaron par, jo qadim se wiran the, iwega, par wuh siri qaumoo meu se nikal li gai hai, aur we sab ke sab aman o aman se suknnat karenge. 9 Tu charbega aur ^ndhi kf tarah se dwega, tu zamin kf posbisb ke liye badal ki manind boga, td aur tere s^re lashkar, aur babutere log tere sath. 10 Khudawand Kbuda yun kabti bai, ki Aisa bbihogi ki un dinoo meo tere dil men bateu awengi, aur td bure kbiyal ka mansuba karega, II Aur tu kabega ki Maiu bemubasara dihatou ki zamin par cbarbung^, maiQ un ke pas jo arim se haio jo aman se rahte baio, jo be dfwar be qufl be kiware rabte baio, jaunga, 12 Taki td Idt ko Idte aur gSrat ko garat kare, aur ^bad kiye hue wfranou par aur un lo"ou par jo siri qaumou meu se batore gae jinbon ne mawashi aur n'.al basil kiye, jo zamin ke bfch baste baiu, un par apna hath barhawe. 13 Siba aur Didan aurTarsis ketujjar aur un ke sare jawSn sber tujbe kabenge, Kya td Idt lutne dya, kya girat ko garat karne ke liye apni jamaat ko batora, kya cbaudi aur sona lene ke liye, kyi mawash! aur mal lejane ke liye, kya bari Idt lut lene ke liye ? 14 Is liye, ai ^damzad, nubdwat kar, aur Yajdj se kab, ki Kuudawand Khudi ydu kabta bai, ki Jis din mere log Israel aman se sukunat karenge, kya td nahiu janega? 15 Aur td apni jagah se, uttar ke atrdf meu se awega, td aur bahutere log tere sath, sab ke sabaspsawir ek jamaat i kasir aur fauj i azim. 16 Td zamin ki posbisb ke liye badal ki tarah mere log Israel ki mukhalafat meu charh iwega. Akbiri diuon meu ydu hogS ki maiu tujhe meri zamin kf mukhalafat ke liye laiinga, 39 HAB.] HIZQIEL. 903 U ki jab maio, ai Yajiij, un kl inkhou ke ^ge tujh se apnl taqdfs karwduo, to gair qaumei) uiujhe janeo. 17 Khuoawand Khudd yiiu kahtS hai, Tii wuhi hai ki jis ki bibat maiu agle zamane meu apne bande Israel ke nabiou kf marifat, jo sabiq barasoo ke diiioo meu nubtiwat karte the, bold ki Main tujhc un par Idunga. 18 Aur unhfu dinou nieo ytiu hoga ki jab Yajuj Israel ki zamSn ki mukhalafat meu dwegi, to merS qalir mere chilire par zahir hoga, Kuudawand Kliuda kahta hai. 19 Kyunki niaiu ne apnS gairat aurqahr ki hararat meu kahd, Yaqinan,usi din Israel ki zamlo meu ek bara larza hoga. 20 Yahau tak ki saniundar ki machhlian aur ^smSn ke parinde aur zamin ke haiwdn, aur sare kire raakope jo zamin p;ir rengte phirte haio, aur sare iusan jo zamin ki sath par haiu, mere huziir se larzenge, aur pahar dhaye jaenge, aur buri'ij gir parenge, aur har ek diwar zanifo par gir papegl. 21 Aur maig apne sire paharou meu se us par talwar bulaiinga, Kuudawand Khuda farmati hai, aur har ek ki talwar us ke bhai kl mukhalafat meu hogi. 22 Aur maig waba aur khun se us ka insaf kariinga, aur us par aur us ke lashkaron par aur us ke sath ki jaiuaat i kasir par baran i sliadid, aur ole aur ag aur gandhak bar.-auiiga. 23 1st tarah main apni buzurgi aur apni taqdis karwdunga, aur bahuteri qaumou ki naz- arou meu pahchana jadnga, aur we janenge ki main Khudawand hiiij. XXXIX. BAB. I Is Hye tu, ai dd imzdd, Yajuj par nubuwat kar aur bol, ki Khudawand Khuda yuu kahta hai, ki Main tujh par ata hnij, ai Yajoj, Rus aur Masak aur Tubal ka sardar. 2 Aur maiu tujhe phiraunga aur sirf tera chhattha hissa chhornnga, aur tujhe uttar ke atraf se launga, aur Israel ke paharou par pahunchaiinga. 3 Aur tere biyeu hath meu se teri kaman chhurannga, aur tere dahne hath meu se tfr ko gira dtinga. 4 Til Israel ke paharou par girega, tii aur teri sari jamiat, aur we lo" jo tere sath haiu ; aur main tujhe har qisra ke parindon aur maidan ke darindoa ko khurak ke liye dunga. 5 Tu raaidaa ki sath par girega; kyunki maiu ne kahd, K.HUDAWAND Khuda farmata hai. 6 Aur main Yajuj par aur un par jo jazfrou meo beparwa sukiinat karte haiij, ek Sg bhejunga, aur we janenge ki main Khudawand hiiu. 7 So isi tarah niaio apne muqaddas nam ko apni guroh Israel ke bich zahir karunga, aur age ko apne muqad- das nam ko nSpak karne na dangi, aur gair qaumeu janenge ki maiu Khuda hup, Lsrdel meu Quddds. 8 Dekh, wuh pahuncha aur pura hua, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. Yih wuhi din hai ki jis ki babat maiu ne kaha. 9 Tab Israel ke shahrou ke log niklenge, aur ag lagakar hathyaron ko jalawen^e, yane siparou aur dllialou ko, kamanon aur tirou aur bhale barchhiou ko, aur we sat baras tak jalate rahenge, 10 Yahau tak ki we na maidan se lakri lawenge aur na jangalou se katenge ; kyunki we hathyarou ko ag se jalawenge, aur we apne Intyaron ko lutenge, aur apne garatgaroB ko garat karenge, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. II Aur ust din yuo hoga ki Maiu wahdu Israel mea Yajuj ko goristdn dnngi, ydne rahguzarou ki wadi jo samundar ke purab hai, aur wuh rahguzarou ko mana karegf, aur we wah^Q Yajiij ko aur U3 ki sari jamaat ko dafa karenge, aur use 904 IlIZQIEL. [39 BAB. Himun i Yajuj kf wadi kaha karenge. 12 Aur sat mahfne tak ahl i Israel unhco dafn karte rahenge, ta ki zaniin ko saf kareu ; 13 Hio zamin ke sire log unheu dafiiawenge, aur yih un ke liye nimwari hogi jis din ki main Luzurgi paiinga, Khudawand Khudi farmata liai. 14 Aur we un aduiioij ko iutikhab karenge jo sada mashgul rahenge, aur zamin par guzarte hue rahguzarog ki madadj^se uulieu jo rii i zamtn par pare haiij, dafn karenge, ta ki we use saf kareu, aur we bad sat mahfne ke talash karenge. 15 Aur jabrahguzaroj raeu se, jo zamin par se guzarte bain, kol kisl admi ki haddi dekhe, to us ke pis ek uishan khara karegi jab tak ki dafn karnewale Hamun i Yajuj ki wadi meo use na g.ireu. 16 Aur shahr bhi Hamiina kahlaega. We isl tarah se zamin ko pik karenge. 17 Aur ai adamzad, lyiiUDAWAar) kahta hai ki Tii har ek parinda, aur maidan ke harek darinda se kah, ki Tuin jama liokar ao, mere us zabihe par, jise main zabh karta hun, han Israel ke paharou par ek bare zabih par mujtama hoo, ta ki turn gosht khao aur laha pfo. 18 Turn bahaduroo ka gosht khioge, aur zamin ke sar- darou ka khdn pioge, han mendhoij ka aur barroo aur bakrou aur bailou ka, sab ke sab Basan ke pale huon ka. 19 Aur turn mere zabiha ka jise main ne tumhire liye zabh kiya, us ki charbi khiya karoge jab tat ki tum ser na hoge, aur khun piyi karoge jab tak ki mast na hoge. 20 Isi tarah tum meri mez par gliorou aur rath- ou se aur bahaduroo aur sare jangi raardoo se ser hoge, Kuuuawand Khuda kahta hai. 21 Aur main gair qaumou ke darmi^^an apni buzurgi zahir karunga, aur sarf gair qaumeu mere us insaf ko jise main ne pur.i kiya, aur mere us hath ko jise barhS- kar un par rakha, dekhengi. 22 So ahl i Israel janenge ki us din se age maiij Khudawand un ka Khuda hunga. 23 Aur gair qaumeu janengi ki ahl i Israel apue gunahou ke sabab asiri men gae, chunki we mujh se bagi hde, is liye main ne un se apna munh chhipaya, aur un ko un ke dushmanon ke hath meg haw.ile ki^'a, so we talwar se gir gae. 2-i Un ki napiki aur un ke gunahoo ke mutabiq maiu ne un se kiya, aur un se apna munh chhipaya. 25 Is liye Kuldawand Khudi yuy kahta hai, ki Ab maio Yaqub ki asiri phir- dunga, aur sire ahl i Israel par rahm karungi, aur apna muqaddas nam ke li^-e gaydr hunga. 26 Bad us ke ki apni ruswai uthae aur un sari bagawaton ko bhf jin se we jis waqt ki apni zamin meu ba arara rahte the, aur kisi ne unheo na dar- Syl, mujh se bagi hue, 27 Jab maiu un ko logon meo se laiinga, aur un ke dushmanou ki zaminon men se batordnga, aur bahuteri qaumou ki nazarog meo un ke darmiyan taqdfs padnga. 28 Tab we j5nenge ki main Khuuawand un ka ^huda huu jab maiu ne unheu gair qaumou ke darmiyan asiri men pahuucha^a, aur un ko un ki zamin men phir batordnga, aur wahag kisi ko nahin chhordnga. 29 Aur age ko phir apni munh un se nahto chhipidnga; kyiinki maiu apni ruh abl i Israel par undelunga, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. XL. BAB. 1 Ilarairi asiri ke pachfswen baras meu, us baras ke shurda meo, us mahfne kf daswiu tarikh men, shahr ke inhidSm ke bad ke chaudahwi'u bai-as meu, usi din KuuDAWAND ka hath mujh par ^ya, aur mujhe wahan pahunch^ya. 2 Khuda kf 40 BAB.J HIZQIEL. ^°^ ruyatOD meo us lie inujhe Israel ke mulk meo pahuncliSycl, aur mujhe ek bahut rinche pahar par baithaya, us dakliin taraf shahr kf s5 bina thi. 3 Jab wuh mujhe wahao pahuncha chuka, to kya dekhta hiio, ki sail kf dori aur napne ka nal hith meu liye hiie ck shaklis jo pital ki manind diklilai deti thd, phatak par khapa hai. 4 Aur us shakhs ne nuijbe kaha, ki Ai ridainzad, apni iinkhou se dekh, aur kanoo se sun, aur jo maio tiijlie diklil.iuij, us sab par apni man lag.i ; kyuuki tujbe di- khane ko maia tujhe yahau liya huu : sal) jo tii dekliti hai, Israel ke gharane ko bata. 5 Aur kya dekhta hun ki ek diw.ir hahar se maskan ko cliaroij taraf gherti hai. Aur wuh shakhs ek hath char angul ke hisab se chha hath ka nripne ka ek nal liye hue thi. So us ne us banawat kichauraln:ipi,ek nal, auriuich.il ek nal. 6 Tab wuh pdrab ke rukh ke phatak par aya, aur us kt slrhf par charha, aur us phatak ki dahliz ek nal chauri niipf, yane ekhl dahliz ek nal chauri; 7 Har kothri elc ek nal lambf aurekek nal chauri; aur kothrion ka mabain pinch panchhath, aur dilan ke phatak ke pSs ke phatak ki dahliz bhitar se ek nal. 8 Aur us ne phatak ka dalan bhitar se ek nal napa. 9 Tab us ne ph itak ka diUn ath hath napa, aur us ke sutnn do hath : aur phatak ka dalan bhttar tha. 10 Aurpijrab taraf ke phatak ki kothriaa tin idhar tin udhar thin, un tinoy ka ek hi nap tha, aur idhar udhar sutunon ka ek hi nap th^. 11 Aur us ne ihatak ke darwaza kf chaurai das hath aur laiubai terah hath napf; 12 Aur kothrion ke age ki hadd hath bhar idhar aur hath bhar udhar, aur kothrian chha hath idhar aur chha hath udhar thiu. 13 Tab us ne phatak kothri ki chhat se dusri ki chhat tak pachis h;ith chaura napa, darwaza ke samhne dar- waza. 14 Aur us ne sath hath ke sutun banae, aur sutunou par phitak ki, sahn girdagird tha. 15 Aur madkhal ke phatak ke sire se bhitarwar phatak ke dalan ke sire tak pachas h:ith. 16 Aur kothrioo men aur un ke sutunon men phatak ke bhitar gird ba gird band hui khirkiae thin ; waisahi dalan ke bhitar gird ba gird bhi khirkiau thiu, aur sutianoo par nakhl the. 17 Phir us ne mujhe bahar ke sahn men pahunchaya, aur k^'a dekhta huo ki kothriao aur charoo taraf sahn ka gach hai, aur us gach par tis kothrian. 18 Aur wuhgach phatakon kepis un phatakon ke barabarlaga y.ine niche ka gach. 19 Tab us ne chaurai niche phatak ke sire se bhitar ke sahn ke sire tak piirab taraf aur uttar taraf bahar bahar sau hath napi. 20 Phir us ne uttar taraf ke bahari sahn ke phatak ki lambai aur chaurai napf. 21 Aur us ki kothriao tin is taraf tin us taraf thiu. Aur us ke sutun aur us ka, daldn pahle phatak ke nap ke mutabiq the: us ki lambaf pachas hath aur chaurai pachfs hath. '22 Aur us ki khirkiau aur us ka dalan aur us ke nakhl us phatak ke andaza se the jis ka rukh niashriq ki samt tha; aur sat palla kf sirhi par se us men charlite the, us ke dalan un ke age the. 23 Aur bhitar ke sahn ka phatak piirab taraf aur uttar taraf ke samhne tha. Aur us ne phatak se phatak tak sau hath nape. 24 Aur usne mujhe dakhin ki taraf pahunchaya, aur kya dekhta hiin ki dakhin kl taraf ek phatak hai. Aur us ne us ke sutunou ko aur us ke dalan ko un napoo ke mutabiq napa. 25 Aur us meo aur us ke dalan meo charoo taraf un khirkioo ki si khirkiao thig, lambai pachas hath aur chaurai pachis hath. 26 Aur us par charhue ko sat palle kl sirhi th>, aur us ke dalan un ke Sge the, aur us ke sutunon par nakhl the, ek ek is taraf aur ek ek us taraf. 27 Aur dakhin ki taraf bhitar ke L 1 1 1 1 90G HIZQIEL. [40 BAB. sahn ka phitak thi; aur us ne dakhin ki tanif phatak sephatdk tak sau hSth nape. 28 Aur wuh dakhin phatak se iniijlie bhitar ke salin ineu laj'a ; aur un napoo ke inutabiq us ne dakhin phatak ko nipa ; 29 Aur us ki khotrioQ aur us ke suta- nou aur us ke dilan ko un nripou ke mutabiq. Aur us nieu aur us ke dalan meu charou taraf khirkiau thin, lambal paclias hath, chaurai pachis hath. 30 Aur dalau chirou taraf pachas hath lamba aur panch hath chaufa. 31 Us ke dalan bahar ke sahu ki taraf the, aur us ke sutanoo par nak*^! aur us par charhne ko ath palla ki sirhi. 32 Aur wuh uuijhe purab taraf bhitar ke sahn men laya, aur un napoo ke muta- biq phatak napa, 33 Aur us ki khotriou aur us ke sutunoo aur us ke dalan ko un napou ke mutabiq. Aur us men aur us ke dalan men charou taraf khirkiau tbfu, lambai pachas hath, aur charii pachis hath. 34 Aur us ke dalan bahar ke sahu ki taraf the, aur us ke sutunon par idhar udhar nakhl the, aur us par charhne ko ath palla ki sirhi. 35 Aur us ne niujhe uttar ke phatak ki taraf pahunchSya, aur un'napou ke mu- tabiq use napa, 36 Us ki kothriou aur us ke sutunou aur us ke dalan ko ; aur us ki charou taraf khirkiau thiu, lambai pachas hath, aur chaurai pachis hath. 37 Aur us ke sutuu bahar ke sahn ki taraf the, aur us ke sutuuou par idhar udhar nakhl the, aur us par charhne ko ath palla ki sirhi. 38 Aur ek kothri aur us ka darwaza un phatakou ke sutiinoa mej thi. wahag we charhawa dhowen. 39 Aur phatak ke dalan meo do mezeu is taraf, aur do mezeo us taraf thie, ki un par charhawa aur khatiyat aur asamzabh kareu. 40 Aur uttar tarf ke phatak ke darwaza ke charhao ke bahari diwar pas do mezeu thiu, aur phatak ke dalan ki ddsri diwar pas do mezen. 41 Phatak ki diwar pas char mezen is taraf, aur char mezeu us taraf thiu, ath mezeu jin par we zaLh karen. 42 Charhawa ke liye khode hde patthar ke derh hath Iambi aur derh hath chauri aur hath bhar unchi char mezeu thiu, jin par we charhawe aur zabih ke zabh karne ke hathy.ir dhareij. 43 Aur ghar meu charou taraf char angul chauri ank- riau lag> thiu, aur qurbau ka gosht mezou par. 44 Aur bhitari phatak ke bahar, bhituri sahu meu, jo uttar phatak ki janib meo thi, ganewalon ki kothriiu thiu, aur un ka rukh dakhiu ki taraf, aur purab phatak ki janib meu ek jis ki rukh uttar ki taraf. 45 Aur us ne mujhe kaha, ki Yih kothri jis ka rukh dakhiu ki taraf hai, un kahinon ke liye hai, jo raaskan ki khidmat meo hazir haiu- 46 Aur wuh kothri jis ka rukh uttar ki taraf hai, un kahinog ke liye, jo mazbah ki khidiuat meu hazir haiu. Ye bani Saduq haiij, jo bani Lawi men se Khudawand ko pahunchte haiu ki us ki khidmat kareu- 47 Aur us ne sahn ko .sau hath Iambi aur sau hath chauia chaukor nlpS. Aur mazbah maskan ke age tha. 48 Phir wuh mujhe maskau ke dalan men laya, aur dilan ke sutunou ko napa, panch hath idhar aur pauch h.tth udhar. Aur phatak ki chaurai tin hath is taraf aur tiu hath us taraf; 49 Dalan ki lambai bis hath, aur chaurai gyarah hath, aur sirhijis par we chafhte haiu. Aur un sutiinoQ meu amud the, ek is taraf aur ek us taraf. 41 BAB.J HIZQIEL. 90" XLI. B.VB. 1 Aur wuh mujhe haikal meo laya, aur sutunoo ko nap5, chaur^f is taraf chha hnth, aur chauraf us taraf clilia h5th, yih khaima ki chaufaf hai. 2 Aur darwaza kf chaufii das hath, aur darwa/n pis kf diwarou ki pancli hath is taraf aur pinch hath us taraf. Aur us ne us kf lambii ko ch ilis hith napi, aur us kf chaufaf bfs hath. 3 Tab wuh andar gaya aur darwizoo ke sutunou ko do hath nlpS, aur dar- waza chlia hath aur darwazt kf chauraf sat hith. 4 Aur us ne haikal ke ige lanibaf ko bis hath aur chaurai ko bis hath nipa, aur mujhe kaha ki Yihi Quds ul Aqdas hai. 5 Aur us ne maskan kf diwar chha hath napf, aur janib kf kothrlon kf chaufaf maskan ke gird ba gird chSr hath. 6 Aur janib kf kothrian tin thin, kctbri par kothri qatar men tis, aur we diwir men dakhil thin, jo maskan ke as pas kf janib kf kothrioo ke live thf, ta ki we inazbut howeo, par maskan kf diwar se we iiiili hdi na thin. 7 Aur wuh un kothrlon se upar tak chSrou taraf ziyada chaura hota jata tha; ki ghar ka chaugird ghar ke gird a gird iinciia ancha chala jata hai, is sabab ghar ki chaurif upar zivada thf, aur n'ohe se leke bich se upar tak barb gaf. 8 Aur maio ne ghar kf chirou taraf kf unchai bhf dekhf, janib kf kothrfou ki newen, chha bare bare hath ke pure nal ki thi; 9 Aur janib ki kothrioo ke bahar ki diwir ki chauraf pauch hath; aur jo klialirahi ghar kf janib ki kothrioo ke danniyan 10 Aur hujron ke dariTii\'in, so ghar ke charoQ taraf gird ba gird bis liath ki chaurai thi. 11 Aur janib ki kothrioo ke darwaze us khalf jagah par khule, ek darwiza uttar taraf, aur ek darwaza dakhin taraf, aur ^halijagah kf chauraf charon taraf pancii hath Kf thf.' 12 Aur us iinirat ki, jo furqat ke age pachchhim taraf ki janib men thf, chaurai sattar hath thf, aur us imarat kf diwar charoo taraf pinch hath inotf, aur us kf lambai nauwe hath thf. 13 So us ne ghar ko sau hath lamba napa, aur furqat aur bini aur us ki di.varou ko sau hath Iambi; 14 Aur ghar aur furqat ke age parab taraf ki chaurai sau l;ath. 15 Aur furqat ke age imarat kllambii jopichh- £ri thi, aur us ki janib ke hujra is taraf se aur us taraf se us ne sau h ith nipe. 16 Aur bhiiar ki haikal aur bahar ki dalan, astina aur band bui khirkfao, aur cliirou taraf ki janibf kothriin, we tinonastine ke baribar lakri se charou taraf inarhe hue the. Aur zam n se khifkian talak jo band tliiu, 17 Darwaza ke upar tak, aur ghar ke bhitar aur bahar tak charon taraf ki sari diwaron par bahar bhitar surateu munaqqash thfy. 18 Aur Karub aur nakhl bane the, aisa ki ek nakhl ek ek Kariib ke bfcli men tha, aur har ek Karub ke do do munh the: 19 Aisa ki ek saint nakhl ki taraf iusin ka niunh tha, aur dusri sarat nakhl ki taraf sher ka nuinh: ghar ki charon taraf aisi Laui tha. 20 Zaniin se darwaza ke upar tak aur haikal ki diwar par Karubfu aur nakhl bane the. 21 Aur haikal ke sutuu chuikor the, aur Quds kf agiri aisf nazar ai jaisi nazar di. 2 2 Lakri ka mazbah tin hath unchi, aur us ki lambai do hith, aur us ke kone aur us kf^kursi aur us ki diwareo lakri kf thio. Aur us ne mujhe kahi, ki Yih wuii mez hai jo Khuda'wanu ke age hai. 23 Aur haikal aur Quds ke do kiware the ; 24 Aur kiwaroo ke do kiware the, yane do palle, do ek kiware ke liye, aur do palle d'isre ke liye. 25 Aur un par, haikal ke kiwiroo par Karijbin aur nakhl bane the, jaise diwaroy par bane the. Aur bahar ke dalan ke rukli par niolf motf silliiu thiij, L 1 1 1 1 2 908 HIZQIEL. [42 BAB. 26 Aur dalaii kf janibl dfw^rou par aur ghar kf janibi kothrfoD par, aur moti motf sillfoo par is taraf aur us taraf band hiii kbirklau aur nakhl tbe. XLII. BMIL 1 Phir wuh mujhe bahar! salin meg uttar taraf kf rah par laya, aur un kothrfoo meo jo furq;it aur biua ke age uttar ki taraf tbiu, pahuncha}'.!, 2 S;ia h-ith ki lambaJ ke age tak, jis ka darwaza uttar taraf tha, aur us ki chauraf pachas hith ; a Bhitar ke sahn kc pis bis hath ke age aur bahar ke sahn ke gacli ke age, jaiiibf kothorioo ke age janibi kothriio tilirian. 4 Aurkothrioii kc siiiihne bhitar bhitar das hith ka ek chanra mudkhal ek sau luith ka ek rast-'i, aur un ke darwaze uttar taraf the. 5 U'parwali kotluiao nicliewfilioii aur bichwaliog se kani tliiu, kyniiki i ini- bi kothrioo ke sabab un ki gunjaish kani thi. 6 Ivyaiiki we tiliri thin, par sahnon ke sutuuou ke nianind nn ke sutiin nathe>is li^^e we nfclie zaiiiin se aur bfchwaliotj se kain thiu. 7 Aur wnli diwar, jo bahar kolhr ou ke baribar bahar ke sahn ki taraf koihriou ke age thi, so pachas hath himbi thi. 8 Kyuiiki bahari sahn ki kolhrion ki lanibai pachas hath thi, aur dekho ki halkal ke samhne sau hith, 9 Aur in kothrion ke n'che mashriq ki samt madkhal tha, jahau we bahari sahn se dakhil bote the. 10 Dakbin taraf ke sahn ki chauri diwar men, aur furqat ke Sge aur us bina ke age kothriiij thin. 11 Aur un ke 5ge ek aisa rasta tha jaisa uttar taraf kothriou ke a<^e tha. Un ki lainb-ii aur chaufaf aur uu ke sare niakhrajou aur un ke inti- zaniou aur darwazon ke mutabiq. 12 Dakhin taraf ki kothriiu bhi thig, ek darwaza rah ke sire meu yane sidhi diwar ki rah, purab taraf, jahan dakhil bote the. 13 Aur us ne mnjhe kaha, ki Uttar ki kothrian aur dakhin ki kotlirian jo furqat ke a^e haig, muqaddas kothrian haiij, jahin kahin jo Khuda'wand kepas jate hain, aqdas chizey khaenge : we wahau aqdas chfzen yine hadiya aur khatiya aur asam dharencre ; kyi'mki wuh maqim inucjaddas hai. 14 Jab kabiii dakhil howeu, to we niaqdis se bahiri sahn men na j iweu, balki apni kliidniat ke p dralian wahag rakhen ; kyiinki we muqaddas haiu, aur we diisre kapre pahinke amin ke pasjaweg. 15 So jab wuh bhitar ke ghar ko nap chuki, to mujhe us phatak ki rah lay4 jis ka rukh purab taraf hai, aur maskan ko chirou taraf inpa. 16 Us ne njpne ke nnl se purab taraf pinch sau nal charoii taraf nipe. 17 Us ne napne ke nal se uttar taraf panch sau nal charoii taraf nape. 18 Us ne napne ke nal se dakhin taraf bhi panch sau n il nape. 19 Us ne pachhini taraf lautke nipne ke nal se pinch sau ihil nape. 20 Us ne us ke ch.r taraf nape; us ki chaiou taraf ek diwar panch sau hal lamLi aur panch sau chauii thi, taki pak ko napak se juda kare. XLIII. BAB. 1 Bad us ke us ne mujhe pliatak par, hag mashriqriiya phatak par laya. 2 Aur de'ih ki Israel ke tliuda ka kibiiya piirab taraf se aya, aur us ki awaz bahutere paniou ke shor ki si thi, aur zamiu us ke kii)riya se roshan ho gai. 3 Aur wuh us ruya ki numaish ke mutabiq, jise maiu ne dekha, hao us ruya ke mutabiq, jise maia 43 BA15.] IIIZQIEL. 909 ne dekha jab maig shahr k! halaUat ko dya tha ; aur ye nij^ateu us rilyi k1 niSnind thfo, jo maiu ne nahr i Khibur ke Uinrire dekha, aur tminh ke blial gira. 4 Aur KiiUDAWAND ka kibriya inashriqrdya phatak kf rah 8e ghar meu dakhil hna. 5 Aur riih ne mujhe uthri liya, aur andarwari kothri meo niujhe laya, aur dekh, Khuda'wand ke kibriya ne ghar ko bhar diya. 6 Aur maiu ne us ki suni jo ghar nieo se mere sath bateu karta tbi, aur ek sbakhs mere pas kharS haS.. 7 Aur us ne mujhe kah:i, ki Ai adamzad, dekh, merJ taklitgih aur mere paou tale ki zainin jaliau bani Israel ke dariuiyan abad tak rahiinga. Aur abl i Israel, we aur un ke badsbih age ko mere muqaddMS nam ko apuf zitiakari se, aur apne bddsh;ihou ki lishou se apue unche makanon meu nap.ik na karcnge ; 8 Ki we apna astan mere astanoij ke pas aur apna sutiiri mere sutiinou ke pas lagate the, aisa ki mere aur un ke darmiy.iii sirf ek diw;ir luii : isi tarah we apne un makruhat se, jo unhou ne kiye, mere muqaddas nam ko napak karte the ; is liye maig ne apue qahrmtu unheu halak kiya. 9 Aur ab un kl zinakari aur un ke badshilioD ki lashen mujh se dur raliengi, aur maio un ke darmiyin abad tak rahiinga. 10 Tu, ai adamzad, ahl i Israel ko yih ghar diklila, taki we apne guniboo se pasheman hou, aur we us ke naniune ko uapeQ. 11 Aur agar we apne sare kamoo se pasheman liou, to us ghar ka nuqsha, aur us ki tartib aur us ke makliarij o madathil aur us ke sare naqshe aur us ke sare qaw.inin aur us ke sare nacjshe, aur sare ain ko unheij dikhla, aur un ki nazar ke age likb, taki we us ke sare naqshe aur us ke sare qawanin ko hifz karen, aur amal meu lawen. 12 Yih gliar ka ain hai. Us ki tamam sarhadd charoo taraf pahar ki choti par quds ul aqdas hogi. Dekh, yih ghar ka ain hai. 13 Aur hath ke nap se raazbah ke ye nap haiu, aur hath ek hath char angul hai, Bunyad ek hath liuchi aur ek hath cluuiri, aur gird ba gird us ke daman ka kaiiara ek balisht cliaura, aur yih mazbah ki pusht hai. 14 Aur zamin se niche ke takhta tak do hath, aur us ki chaiirai ek h.ith, aur chhote takhta se bare takhta tak char hath, aur chaurai ek hlth. 15 Aur qurbangih char hath hogi, aur qurbangih ke npar char sing honge. IG Aur qurbangih barah hath Iambi aur barah chaufi chaukorhogi. 17 Aur takhta chaudah hath Iambi aur chaudah hath chanri chau- kor, aur girdagird us ka kanaraadha hath aur us ki angethi girdigird ek hath, aur us ki sirhi purab taraf. 18 Aur usne luujiie kaha, ki Ai adamzld, Khuda'wand Khuda yuu farmlta hai, ki We jis din mazbah bauawenge, to ye us ke qawanin honge, ki us par charhawa charhdweij, aur laliu chhifken. 19 Aur tu kahinoo bani Lawi ko, joSaduq kf nasi se haiu, jo meri khidmat ke liye mere nazdik ate haiij, khatiya ke liye unheg ek jawan bail de, Kucdawasd Khuda kahta hai. 20 Aur tu us ke khun meo se le, aur nuizbah ke charoy singoij par us ke takhta ke charou konog par aur us ke chaugird lega: isi tarah use pak o s.if kar. 21 Aur khatiya ke liye wuh bachhra le, aur wuh gliar ki muaiyan jagah meo maqdis ke bahar jalaya jaegi. 22 Aur til dusre din bakri ka ek beaib bachcha khatiya ke liye charha, aur we mazbah ko pak karenge, jais i use bachhre se pak karte the. 23 Aur jab tu use pik kar chuka, to ek beaib bachhra aur galle ka ek beaib mendha charha. 2-1 Aur td unheu KiiunAWAND ke age charlia, aur kahin un par namak chhirkeu, aur unheu char- hawe ke liye Kuuj>avvam) ke age charhaweu. 25 Aur tu sat din tak har roz ek 910 HIZQIEL. [44 BAB. bakr^ kliatij'a ke Hye maujt'id kar; we ck biichhrS aur galle ki ek mendhi bhi jo beaib hoii, maujud kareo. 2G Sat din tak we mazLah ko p;ik o saf karte aur apni hatlielfoD ko bharte rabenge. 27 Aur jab ye din pure honge, to yan lioga ki ^tb- wen din aur us ke bad bhf kahin log tunibare charhSwon ko aur tumbiri salamiOLi ko mazbab par guzranenge, aur maio tumhen qabul karnngd, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. XLIV. BMW 1 Tab wuh mujhe bdhar maqdis ke masbriqrnya phStak kl rib se phira UyA, aur wuh band tba. 2 Kiiudawand ne niujhe kaha, ki Yih pbStak band rabegs aur khoU nahfo jaega, aur kot insan us se dakhil na hoga, cbun ki Khudawand, Israel kS Khuda, us se dakhil hua hai, is liye wuh band rahega- 3 Magar sardar is liye ki sardlr hai, Khudawatsp ke age roti khane ko us meo baithega. Wuh us phatak ke usare ki rah se andar awegl, aur usf rah se bahar jawega. 4 Phir wuh mujhe gliar ke uttar phatak ki rah se ghar ke age laya ; maio ne dekha, aur dekh, Kiiupawand ke kibriya ne Khudawand ke ghar ko bhar diya aur maiu munh ke bhal gira. 5 Aur Khudawand ne mujhe kalia, ki Ai adamzad, tu dil laga, aur apnt ankhoo se dekh, aur jo kuchb ki Khudawand ke ghar ke qawanin o dfn ki babat tujh se kahta huu, apne kan se sun, aur maqdis ke bar ek madkhal o makhraj ko lihaz kar. 6 Aur td ahl i Israel ke bagi logon se kali ki Khudawand Khuda ynn farniata hai, ki Ai ahl i Israel, turn apni makruhat bas karo. 7 Us men ki turn meri rot! aur charbi aur lahii guzrante tlie, tab dil ke namakhtun aur jismke namakhtnnbeganon ko mere maijdis men lie, ta ki we mere maqdis men awen, aur mere ghar ko napik karen, aur unhoij ne tunibari sarf makruhat ke sabab mere abd ko tora. 8 Aur turn iie merf muqaddas chfzon kf hifazat na kf, balki meri khidmat ke nigahb^non ko apne liye mere maqdis meo muqarrar kiya. 9 Khudawand Kliudi yiin kahta hai, ki Un beganon meo se, jo bani Israel ke darmiyan haiij, koi dil ka namakhtun yajism ki nainaklituu mere maqdis men dakhil na hoga, 10 Balki banf Law! bhi, jo mujh se dur gaye the, jis waqt ki Israel gumrah hua ki we apne buton ki pairawi karke mujh se gumrah hue, so we hi apni shararat sahenge. 11 Par we mere maqdis meu kbSdim honge, mere ghar kt nigahbini karenge, aur mere ghar meo khidmat karte rahenge, v/e logon ka charhawa aur zabiha zabh karenge, aur logon ke age un ki khidmat ke liye khafe rahenge. 12 Chan ki unhon ne un ke liye buton ke age ktiidmat ki thi, aur ahl i Isriel ke ke liye sang i musadim the: is liye main un par apna hath barhata bug, aur we apni shararat sahenge, Khudawand Khuda fariiiata hai. 13 Aur we mere age i. nabiu sakenge, ki mere a'ge kahinat karen, yd quds ul aqdas men merj muqaddas chizon ke pas awen, bald we apni ruswii aur apni makruh it jo unliou ae kin haiu, sahenge. 14 Par main unheu ghar ki hifazat ke liye aur us ki sari khidmat ke liye aur us ke kamon ke anjira ke liye nigabban banaunga. 15 Par kahin, banf Lawi, Saduq ke bete, jo mere maqdis ki hifazat karte the, jis waqt ki liani Israel nmjb se gumrah h iie, so we meri khidmat ke liye mere pas ^wenge, aur mere huzijr khare rahecge ki mere age charbi aur laiiu guzaranen. 45 HAH.] IIIZQIEL. 911 KuDDAWAND Khud£ kahta hai, 16 Aur we mere maqdis meo dikhil honge, aur Ifhidmat ke lij'e lueri mez ke qaril) awenge, aur mere liye liifazat karenge. 17 Aur yuij hogi jis wa(it ki we bhitar ke sahn ke phatakou meu se dikliil lionge, to we kattanf poshak se mulabbas honge, aur jab tak ki bliitar ke salin ke phdtakoij meu aur aiidar khidmat karte rahenge, un uii par na charhega. 18 We apne siroij par kattiiii topi aur kamarou par kattauf piej ima pahitieiige, aur jo kuchh pasiiie ka bais ho, use apni kamar par na bandheugc. 19 Aur jis wacjt we bahar kf koihri meu, yane awanun ke bahar ki kothri meu nikal jawen, to apni kliidmat ki poshak utAr dalenge, aur nuiqaddas kothri meu rakhenge, aur dusri poshak pahinenge, aur we uu kaprou ko pahine hue awauiiu ko taqdis na karenge. 20 Aur we na apua sir uiuutliwenge, aur na bal barhivvcnge, we sirfapne sirou ke balkatarwaeiige. 21 Aur jab andar ki kothri meu dakhil hou, to koi kahin wain na pie. 22 Aur we bewa aur mutlaqa ko jorii na karenge, balki aid i Israel ki nasi ki kunwari ya wuh bewa so kahiu bewachhor gaya ho, apne liyelenge, 23 Aur we mere logoo Lopik aur napak ka fanj bataweuge, u;ijis aur tahir ka iuitiy.iz sikhawenge. 24 Aur we mu;imala meu adalut ke liye khape honge : we mere hukmou ke ba mujib adilat karenge; aur we uuri s.iri Janiiiatou mey meri shariatou aur mere qawanin ko hifz karenge, aur mere sabtou ko rauqaddas karenge. 25 Aur we apne ko nip:ik karne ke liye kisi maiyat ke pas na awenge, magar faqat bap ya ma ya beta beti ya bhai ya kunwari bahin ke liye we apne ko napak kar sakte haiij. 26 Aur we us ke pak lione ke bad us ke aur sat din shumar karenge. 27 Aur jis din ki wuh maqdis ki khiduiat ke liye maqdis ke andar ki kothri meo jawe, to wuh apna khatiyaguzaranega, Kuudawand Ivhuda kahta hai. 28 Aur yih un ki miras hogi: maio un ki miras iiuu, aur turn Israel meu unheo hissa nahio doge : maiy un iia hissa huu. 29 Aur we hadiya aur khatiya aur as.-im khaenge, aur harek haram ki chiz Israel meu unhiu ki hogi. 30 Aur sare phale phalou ka phala, aur tumhari sari qurbaniou ka harek chiz ki harek qurbini kahin ki hogi. Aur tum apne gunde hue ate ka phala kahin ko dijiyo, taki barakat tere ghar meu qaim rahe. 31 Aur k^hin murda ya phara hua kya parind kya charind aahiu khawega. XLV. BAB. 1 Aur jab tum apni miras kd liye zamin ko qura se taqsim karoge, to Khuda- WAND ke age qurbani yane zamin ka ek rauqaddas hissa guzaranoge, us ki lambai pachis hazar hath ki, aur chaurai das liazar nal ki hogi, aur yih us ke chaugird ki sari sarhaddoij meu muqaddas hogi. 2 Us meu se ek qita jis ki lambai panch sau aur chaurai panch sau nal jo charou taraf musiwi hai, Kuudawand ke maqdis ke liye hogi, aur us ke ihata ke liye charou taraf pachas pachas hath zamin hogi. 3 Aur tii us paimaish ki pachis bazar nal ki lambai aur das hazar nal ki chaurai napega, aur us men maqdis aur qiids ulaqdas hoga. 4 Zamin ka muqaddas hissa un kabiuou, maqdis ke khadimou ka hoga jo Khudawand ke buziir khidmat karne ko awenge, aur wuh un ke makanon ki jagah aur maqdis kf muqaddas jagah hogi. 5 Aur ghar ke jfh^dim baui Liwi lambai ki. pachis hazar aur chaurai ka das hazar apne liye rakhenge, taki bis kothriou ki jagah ho. 912 HIZQIEL. [45 BAB. 6 Aur turn shahr ki hissa pSnch hazar chaurii meo, aur lambai rneo pach's haz^r inaqdis ke hissa ke barahar nuiqarrar karo : so wuh sare ahl i Israel ke liye lioga. 7 Aur inaqdis ke hissa ke aur shahr ke hissa ki ek taraf aur dusri taraf maqdis ke hissa ke niuqabil aur shahr ke hissa ke muqabii, inaj^rib se magrib, aur mashriq se mashriq ek liissa sardar ke liye hogi ; aur lambai us k1 garbj 'sar- hadd se sharql sarhadd tak un hisson meu se ek ke muqabii ho. 8 Israel meo zaniin men se us ka yihi hissa hoga, aur mere sardar phir mere logoii ko na sata- wenge, aur we baqi zamfn ahl i Israel ko un ke firqoo ke mutabiq taqsitn karenge. 9 Khudjjwand Khuda yiiu kahti hai, ki Ai Israel ke sardiro, yih tumhare liye bas ho, zulm aur girat dur karo, adahit o sadaqat karte raho, aur mere logoo mea se asbab i jila ko utha dilo, Kuud.vwand Khuda fariuiti hai. 10 Aur tum pnra tarazu aur pari aifah aur piira batt rakha karo. 11 Aifah aur batt ekhi wazn ka ho ki batt meo gumr ka daswag hissa ho, aur aifah bhi gumr ka dasw.iu hissa ho, aur us ka nip gumr ke mutabii} ho. 12 Aur misqal bis jirah, aur bis misqal, pachis misqal pandrah misqil tumhara manna hoga. 13 Aur qurbani jo tum doge, so yih hai : gehun ke gumr ke aifah ka chhatha hissa, aur jau ke gumr ke aifah ka chhatha hissa guzaranoge. 14 Aur tel yane tel ke batt ki babat yih hukm hai ki tum karr men se jo das batt ka gumr hai, ek batt ki daswau hissa dijiyo \ kyunki gumr meu das batt haig. 15 Aur galla meg se do sal ke darmiyan se Israel kichikni charagih meu se ek barra hadiya ke liye aur charhawe ke liye aur salami ke liye, taki un ke liye kafara ho, Kuudawand Khuda kahta hai. 16 Zamin ke sare log us sardar ke liye jo Israel men hai, yih! hissa denge. 17 Aur sardar charhawe aur hadiya aur tapawan fdoo aur nauchandiou, sabtoo aur ahl i Israel ke sare muqaddas dinoa meu dewega, wuh khatiya aur hadiya aur charhawa aur salami ahl i Israel ke kafara ke liye taiyar karega. 18 Khudawand Khuda yun kahta hai ki Pahle mahine kf pahli tarikh ko tii ek beaib jawan bail le, aur maqdis ko pik kar. 19 Aur kahin lahu meu se khatiya ke liye lewega, aur use ghar ke sutunou par aur mazbah ke takhta ke charou konou par, aur andarwari kothri ke darwaze ke sutunoa par lagawega. 20 Aur tii mahine ki satwio tarikh ko harek ke liye jo gumrah o sadalauh hai, aisahi karega ; isi tarah tum ghar ka kafara diya karoge. 21 Tum pahle mahine ki chaudahwiu tarikh fasah ko jo sat din kifd hai, manoge, aur fatiri roti khai jaegi. 22 Aur usi din sardar apne liye aur sare ahl i zamin ke liye khatiya ka ek bachhra maujud karega. 23 Aur wuh id ke sitog din I^huda- WAND ke age yane wuh sat din tak har roz sat beaib bachhre aur sat mendhe charhawe ke liye, aur har roz bakrog men se khatiya ke liye ek bachcha maujiid karega. 24 Aur wuh bachhre ke liye ek aifah hadiya, aur mendhe ke liye ek aifah aur harek aifah ke liye ek hiu tel maujud karega. 25 Satwen mahine ki pandrahwig tarikh ko bhi wuh sat din ki id ki tarah karega, ikhatiya ke mutabiq, charhawe ke mutabiq, aur hadiya ke mutabiq aur tel ke mutabiq. 46 B^B.] IlIZQIEL. 913 XLVI. B^|} I KucDAWAND KIukU yuo farmata liai, ki Andirwai kotliri k£ masliriqroya pliStflk cliha din ke liye band ralicgi, par sabt ke din klioU jicgS, aur naiicliandf ke din blif kliola j icga. 2 /\tir sardar babar pbatak kc usire kf rdb se dakhil lioga, aur pliatak ke sutan pis kluira ralieg.1, aur klliin us ka charhiwi aur us kf salaniiau guzranega, aur wuh pbatak ke astan par sijda karegS. Tab nikleg.i, par phatak sham tak band na hogi. 3 Aur zamfu ke log usf pbatak ke darwaze par sabtoo aur naucbandioo meo Khuda'wand ke buznr sijda kiy4 karenge. 4 Aur cbarbawi jo sardar sabt ke din Kulda'want* ke age guzaranega, so yih hai : chha bcaib barre, aur ek beaib mendba; 5 Aur hadiya, ek mendhe ke liye ek aifali, aur hadiya barrou ke liye us ke maqdnr ke mutibiq, aur ek aifah ke liye ek hfn tel. 6 Aur naucbandi ke roz yih hogi : ek bcaib jawin bail aur chha barre, aur ek mendba, sab ke s:ib beaib bonge. 7 Aur wuh hadiya maujad karegi, yine baclilire ke liye ek aifah aur memibe ke li3'e ek aifah aur barrou kc liye us ke inaqdur ke mutabiq, aur ek aifih ke liye ek hfn tel. 8 Aur jab sardar dakhil ho, pbatak ke us^vre ki rah se dakhil hogi, aur usf kf rib senlkleg:i. 9 Par jab ahl i zamfn muqaddas fdoo meo KiiunAwANn ke huzrir liizir hotige, to wuh jo nttar ke pliStak ki rah se sijda karne andar ata hai, so dak- hin ke phatak ki rah baliar jaega ; aur wuh jo dakhin ke pliatak kf rah se andar Sta hai, so uttar ke pliatak ki rah se babar jaega: jis pbatak kf rali se wuh andar 5ya, us se babar na jaega, par us ke sSmhiic ke jib^tak ki rSh se bihar jaegS. 10 Aur jab we andar jaenge, to sardar blii un ke darmiySn jawega, aur jab we bfihar £wenge, to wuh bhf awegl. I I Aur idou meo aur miiqaddas dinou meu hadiya bachlire ke liye ek aifah aur mendhe kc liye ek aifah lioga; aur barrou ke li^e us ke maqdiir ke muwafiq, aur ek aifah ke liye ek hfn tfl. 12 Aur jab sardir kliushi ka cbarhawa ya khuslii kf salami-iu Kiiidawani) ke Sge guzarane, to masbriqraya phatak us ke liye khola jaega, aur wuh jaisa saljt ke din ki3'a tlia, waisa lii apna cliarliawS aur apni sala- miaij guzaranega. Tab wuh l^ahar §wega, aur us ke nikalne ke bad phatak band kiya jaega. 13 Tu bar roz KiiroAWANn ke age palile sal ka ek beaib barre ka charliawfi charhaweg.i, tn use bar sul)h cliafhawega. 14 Aur tu us ke liye liar 8ut)h ko ek hadiya guzaranega, j'ine aifah ka clihattha hissa, aur niihfn maide ke sath niiline ko tel ke bin kf ek tibai: yiii hatiiesliake hukm ke inutabi(i haniesha keliye Kiiuda- \VAN» ke age hadiya hoga. 1.3 Isf tarali we barra aur liadiya aur tel liar subh bnniesba ke eliarhiwe kc liye cbarliawcnge. ]() Khldawand Kbudi ynij farmata hai, ki Agar sardar apne betoD meu se kisi ko hiba kare, to usi mfrls us ke bcto'j kf hogi, wuh wirisatan un kf mfras ho jaegf. 17 Par agar wuli apne gulamon meu se kisi ko apni mfras meo se hiba kare, to wuh khalasf ke sal tak us k& hoga, bid az an sardar kS Iioga ; magar us kf mfras us ke betoo ke liye hogi. 18 Aur sardar logou kf niirls mep se zulman nahfu legi, ki unbeu un ki mfras se be dakhl karr; par wuh apni miras men se apne betoo ko mfras dcga, ta ki mere log bar ek apnf miras se titar bitar na boo. 19 Phir wuh mujiic us madkhal men se, jo pliatak ke bngal meo th^, kSliinoD kt M m m m m 914 lilZQIEL. [47 BAB. uttarrnya muqaddas kotlirfoo meo laya, aur dekh, pachhim taraf ke donou kan^re par ekjagah thf. 20 Tab us ne mujhe kahl, ki Dekh, wuh jagah hai, jis men kahin log asam aur khatiya ubalenge, aur hadiya taniir men pakawengp, ti ki un- heu b;'ihar ke sabn men ua le j^en, ki logon ko taqdis karep- 21 Phir wuh mujhe bahar ke sahn meu laya, aur sahn ke charou konon meij se phira laya, aur dekh, sahn ke har ek kone meu ek sahn tha. 22 Sahn ke charoo konoo men chalis chalfs h^th lambe aur tfs tis hath chaure sahn ek dusre ke muttasil the, ye chlroo kone ek-hf nSp ke the. 23 Aur un ke girdagird un chSrou kegirdagird ek diwar thi, aur chiroD taraf diwar ke niche ubdlne ki jagah taiyarhui. 24 Tab us ne mujhe kaha ki Yih ubSlnewilou ki jagah hai jahSo ghar ke khadini logou kS zabiha ubSlenge. XLVII. RAB. 1 Phir wuh mujhe ghar ke darwaze par layS, aur dekh p5nt ghar ke ^st^n ke niche ee purab taraf ko nikle, ki ghar k^ samhna piirab rukh tha, aur pani niche se ghar ki dahni taraf se mazbah ki dakhin taraf hokar ae. 2 Tab wuh mujhe uttar ke phatak ki rah se bahar laya, aur mujhe us rah men se, jo purab ko hai, bahar ke phatak par phira laya, aur dekh dahni taraf pani nikal (ie. 3 Aur wuh raard, jis ke hath meu jarib tha, purab taraf nikla, aur hazar hath nSpa, aur mujhe pinion meo se layl, aur pSni takhnou tak the, 4 Phir wuh hazar hath nlpa aur mujhe paniou meu se laj^a, aur pani ghutnoo tak the. Phir aur ek hazar napa, aur us men se mujhe layl, aur pani kamar tak the. 5 Bid us ke aur ek hazar hath napa, 'aur darya tha jis se main guzar nahin saktS tha; kynnki plni bahut ziyida hne, tairao ke pani, ek darya jis se guzarnl mumkin na tha. 6 Aur us ne mujhe kaha, ki Ai adamzad, kya tu ne yih dekha? Tab wuh mujhe laya aur darya ke kanare par pahunchaya. 7 Phir jab maiu phir ayl, to dekh darya ke kanSre ek taraf aur dusri taraf bahutere darakhtthe. 8 Tab us ne mujhe kahS, ki Ye pani purab des ko nikalte hain, aur maidan men utarte hue samundar kojate bain, aur samundar men milte hi us ke pani shifa pawenge. 9 Aur yon hogi ki har ek shai jo jita jo chalta phirti hai, jahao kahiu ye darya dwenge, jiega, aur machhli ki bari kasrathogi; is liye ki ye p€ni wahCo dwenge ; kyunki we shifa pawenge, aur har ek shai jahau kahin yih darya Ita hai, jiega. 10 Aur yiin. hogl ki Ain i Jadi se leke Ain i Ijlaim tak us par machhwe log khare rahenge, we jal bichhane ki j:igah honge, un ki machblian apni apni jins ke mutabiq bare samundar ki machhlfon ki si nihriyat kasir hongi. 11 Par us ki kichar ki jagaheo aur us ki taraiau shifa nahiQ pawengi, we shoristan hongi. 12 Aur daryi ke qarib us ke kanare par is taraf aur us taraf har ek qism ke darakht khSne ke liye ugen- ge, jin ka patta kabhi nahfij murjhaega, aurjin ka phal kabhi nahio mauquf hoga; we apne mahine ke muwafiq nayi mewa lawenge, is liye ki un ke pani maqdis meu se nikal ^e haiu. Aur un k^ mewa khlne ke liye, aur un ki patta daw£ ke liye hoga. 13 Khudawanu ICbuda yiia kahta hai, ki Yih wuh sarhadd hai, jis ke bamujib turn Israel ke blrah firqoQ ke mutabiq zamin ko apni mirds meo laoge. Yusuf ke liye do hissa. 14 Aur tuin ek ddsre ke sath use mirls men laoge, jis ki babat 48 BAB.] HIZQIEL. .015 maifl ne tumhire bipdadoo ke dene ko npriS hdth uthaya, aur yili zamfn tumhlrf mir£s meo paregf. 15 Aur uttar taraf zamfn kf yihl sarhadd hogf : bare samundar se Ickc Khatlun kf rah Sidad jane ki rah, 16 Ilam^t, Bianitah Sibraim jo Diniishq kf sarhadd aur Hani^t kf sarhadd ke ir.abain hai, aur bfchwala llasfr jo Ilauran ke kanare par hai. 17 Aur samundar se sarhadd yih hogf, yane Ilasar AinSn Dimishq kf sar- hadd aur uttar uttar taraf ko, aur Ilamat kf sarhadd, aur yih shiinali sarliadd hai. 18 Aur pdrabf sarhadd Ilauran mcu aur Dimishq aur Jilialid meo Israel ki zamfn men Yardan hai ; sarhadd se pilrab ke samundar tak paimaish karoge, aur yih purab kf sarhadd hai. 19 Aur dakhin kf sarhadd dakhin taraf yih hai, yane Tamar se Maribat ke panfoo tak jo Qadis men hai, wadf, bare samundar tak. Yihf dakhin kf sarhadd dakhin taraf hai. 20 Aur usf sarhadd se Hamat ke muqibil bara samundar pachhim ki sarhadd hogi : yihf pachhim kf sarhadd hai. 21 Isi tarah turn Israel ke firqog ke mutabiq zamfn ko ^pas meo taqsfm karoge. 22 Aur ydn hoga ki turn apne koaur un beganon ko, jo tumhSre darmiyan baste hain, aur tunihnre darmiyan aulad paida karenge, so unheo mirSs ke liye qura se taqsim karoge ; aur we tumheo banf Isrdel ke darmiyan hamwatanon ke se honge, aur tumhSre sith Israel ke tirqoo ke darmiyin mfras plwenge. 23 Aur yun hoga ki jis firqa metj begana basta hai, Avahau use miras doge, Khddawand Khuda kahta hai. XLVIII. BAB. 1 Aur ye firqog ke nam haig. Uttar kanare se Khatldn kf rah kf sarhadd tak Hamat jane kf rah Hasar i Ainan Dimishq ki sarhadd uttar kf taraf Hamat k! sarhadd tak, ki ye us ki pdrabf aur pachhimi sarhaddeu liaiu : Dan ke liye, ek hissa. 2 Aus Dan kf sarhadd ke muttasil pdrabf sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak Yasar ke liye ek hissa. 3 Aur Yasar ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Naftali ke liye ek hissa. 4 Aur Naftali kf sarhadd ke muttasil pdrabf sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Munassi ke liye ek hissa. 5 Aur Munassi ki sarhadd ke muttasil pdrabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Ifraim ke liye ek hissa. 6 Aur Ifraim ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak Rdbin ke liye ek hissa. 7 Aur Rubin kf sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak Yahudah ke liye ek hissa. 8 Aur Yahddah kf sarhadd ke muttasil pdrabf sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak wuh guzarish hogi jo tum guzaranoge, pachis hazar nal ki chauran, aur ddsroo ke hissa ki lamban, pdrabi sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak, aur maqdis us ke darmiyan hogS, 9 Wuh guzirish jo tum log Khudawand ke age guzaranoge, so pachfs hazar nal lamban meo aur das haz^r nal chaufan hogf. 10 Aur yih maqaddas guzSrish un ke liye, bin kahinou ke liye hogf, uttar taraf pachfs haz^r nal lamban aur das hazdr nal chauran pachhim taraf, aur das hazar chauran pdrab taraf aur pachis haz^r nal lamban dakhin taraf Aur Kuudawand ka maqdis us ke darmiyan hoga. 11 Yih un kShinoo ke liye hoga jo Saddq ke betou meo se taqdis kiye gaye haiu, jinhoo ne mere hukm ko liifz kiyi, jo gumnih na hue, jab Israel gumrah hne, jaisa ki bani Liwi gumrali hue. 12 Aur zamfn ki yih guzarish M m m m m 2 91G lilZQIEL. [J8 BAli. jo guzardnf jati hai, bant Lawi ki sarhadd ke mutt;>sil un ke liyc inuqadJiis chiz hogf. 13 Aur kahinou kl sarhadd ke muqribil bani Lawi ke liyc pacliis liazar nal lamban men aur das hazar nal chaupan nieohonge ; filjiiiida pachis bazar nal lamban meo aur das hazar nal chaurin nieo honge 14 Aur we u.> men se na to Lechenc'e, aur na zamin k:i pahli liasil badlenge, na apne cjabza se kharij karenge ; kyuaki wuh KuuDAWASD ka niu(iadda3 hai. 15 Aur wuh panch hazar nal jo chauran men se bach raha', us pachis haz4r nal ke niuqabil basti aur uawahi ke liye n^pak jagah hogf, aur shahr us ke darniiyan hog.i. IG Aur us ki paimaisheu ye hongi ; uttar taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur dakhia taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur purab taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur pachhun taraf char hazar pan sai nal. 17 Aur shahr ki nawahi uttar taraf do sau pachas nal, aur dakhin taraf do sai pachas nal, aur purab taraf do sai pachas nal, aur pachhiiu taraf do sai pachas nai. 18 Aur lamban ki bachti jo muqaddas guzarish ke muqabil hai, purab taraf das hazar, aur pachhini taraf das hazar nal hogf, aur wuh muqaddas guzarish ke muqabil hog), aur us ka hasil shahr ke khadimou ki khur.-ik ke liye hoga. 19 Aur shahr ke khadim Israel ke sare firqou meo se us ki khidmat karenge. 20 Sari guzarish lamban meij pachis hazar aur chauran meo pachis hazar hogi ; tuai muqaddas guzarish ko cliaukhuniha karke shahr ki milkiyat ke sath guzaranoge. 21 Aur bachti jo muqaddas guzarish, aur shahr ki milkiyat id donoij taraf jo guzarish ke pachis hazar nal ke muqabil purab taraf, aur pachis hazar nal ke muqabil pachhim taraf sardar ke hissou ke muqibil hai, so sardar ke liye hogf, aur wuli muqaddas guzarish aur ghar ka maqdis us ke darniiyan hongc. 22 Aur bani Lawi kf milkiyat se aur shahr ki milkiyat se leke jo sardar ki milkiyat ke darmiyan hai, mabain Yahiidah ki sarhadd aur Binjamiu ki sarhadd ke, sardar ko liye hogi. 23 Aur baqi firqe ka aisahi hogi : so pdrabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarliadd tak : Binyamin ke liye ek hissa. 24 Aur iJinyamin ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak : Samaiin ke liye ek hissa. 25 Aur Samaun ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak : Ishakar ke liye ek liissa. 26 Aur Ishakar kf sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Zabiilun ke liye ek hissa. 27 Aur Zabulun ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Jadd ke liye ek hissa. 28 xlur Jadd ki sarhaud ke muttasil dakhin taraf dakhin kanare ki sarhadd, jo Tamar selekc Maribah ke pani tak jo Qadis men hai, aur dary.i tak bare samundar ki taraf hogi. 29 Yih wuh zamin hai jise turn mfras ke liye Israel ke firqoo ko qura se taqsim karoge, aur ye un ke hisse haig, Khudj^wanu Khuda kahta hai. 30 Aur ye uttar taraf ko shahr ke makharij haiu, char hazdr pan sai nal. 31 Aur shahr ke phatak Israel ke firqoa se namzad honge, tin phatak uttar taraf: ek phatak Rubin ka, ek phatak Yahddih ka, ek phatak Lawi ki. 32 Aur piirab taraf chir hazar pan sai nal, aur tin phatak, ek phatak Yusuf ka, ek phatak Binyamin ka, ek phitak Dan ka. 33 Aur dakhin taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur tin phatak : ek phatak Samaun ka, ek phatak Ishakar ka, ek phatak Zabdldn ka. 34 Aur pachhim taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur tin phatak ek phatak Jadd ki, ek phatak Yasar ka, ek phatak Naftali ka. 35 Chaugird us ke atharah bazar ual hai, aur shahr ki uam isi din se yib hoga ki Kuudawand wahay. 1 BAl{.] DANIEL. 917 DANIEL KT KITAIJ. I. BAU. 1 Yahudah ke badslrih Yaliuyaqim ki saltanat ke tisrc sal ificu l^abul ki badsluli N.ihukliudnazr Yiirusalaiii iiieij akar use iiuihasara kiya. 2 Aur Kiiuda- WANU lie Yalu'idali ke badsliah Yahiiyaqiin ko Halt ul muqaddas ke baze /uruf saiuet us kc h.itli nieu hawale kiya, jiuheu us ne Siuaar ki zamiu lueij apiie iiiabiid ke ghar nicy le g:iya, aur us i:e zurdf ko apne in;il)ud ke gaujine meu palumcliriya. 3 Aur Ladsliah ne apue khwajasara x^.^pinas ko fanuaya, ki baui Israel lueu se, aur b;idsliaii ki nasi. inej»w»« '>ur amfrou iiieij se lawe 4Unjaw3ii():j ko, jo beaib aur khiibsurat aur liar tarah ki hikniat nieu uiahir aur dauiahmaud aur sahib i ilm, ki badshah ki dargih ki khidmat ke lai(i, aur Kasdiou ke ilui aur zuban sikbue ke (jabil ho . 5 Aur badshah ne un ke liye badshah i khurak uico se aur apne pine ke wain meu se rozfna nuiqarrar kiyi, aur tin sal tak uiiheu tarbfyat kiya ki tin baras bad badshah ki khiduuit meu ha/ir hou. 6 Un ke darmiydu bani Yahiidah men se Daniel aur Ilananiyah aur Misail aur ^Vzariyih. 7 Aur khwajasara ue un ke aur nam rakhe yane Daniel ko Belchasar aur Hauaniyah ko Sadrak aur Misad ko Misak aur Azariyah ko Abadaajii kaha. S Lekin Daniel ne apne dil meu tliaua ki maiu apne tafu badshahi khurak aur us ke pine ke roziiia ke wain se napik na kariingi, aur us ne khwajasara se darichwast ki, ki maiij apne ko napak na karuu. 9 Aur Khuda ne Dduit^l ko khwajasara ki nazar meu muazzaz o uiahbiib karwaya tha. 10 Aur khwajasara ue Daniel se kaha, ki Maiu apne khudawand badshah se, jis ne tumhara khau.i pina muqarrar kiya liai, darta hdu, ki kaheko tumhare chihre us ke huziir tumhare rafiqou ke chihre se malul nazar aweu, to turn mere sir ko isi tarah se khatra meo d iloge. 11 Tab Daniel ne Malsar ko, jise khwajasara nc Diniel aur Hauaniyah aur Misail aur Azariyah par mukhtar kiya tha, kaha, 12 Ki Maiu teri minuat karta hiiu, ki tii das roz tak apne bandou ki azuiaish Ic, aurhameu khane ko tarkari aur pine ko pani de. 13 Bad us ke haniare chihre aur un jawanou ke jo hadshihi khurak ke rozina se khite haig, dekhe jaeu, tab tii jaisi dekhe, waisa apne bandoQ se kar. 14 Aur us ne uu ki yih bat mani, aur das roz tak unheu azmata raha. 15 Aur bid das roz ke un ke chihre un sab jawanou ke chihre se jo badshahi khurak ke rozina se khate the, khushnuiua aur farbih nazar ae. 16 Tab Malsar ne un se us khurak aur wain ko, jounke liye umqarrar tha, uuiuquf kiya, aur unheu tarkariau diu. 17 Tab Khudi ne un charou jawanou ko marifat aur har tarah ki hikinat aur ilm mes maharat bakhshi, aur Daniel ko har tarah ke ruya aur khwab meu kamil kiya. 18 Aur bad un diuou ke, jo badshah ne uu ke hazir karne ke liye muaiyau kiya tha, khwajasara ne unheu Nabukhudnazr ke huzar pahuuchaya. 19 Aur badshah ne un se kalam kiya, aur un meu se Diniel aur Hanauiyah aur Misail aur Azariyah ki mauind koi na tha, is liye we badsLah ke muqarrib hue. 20 Aur har tarah ki hikmat o mdrifat lueij ki bidshah ne un se puchha, un sare algiroy aur uujumiou se, jo us ke tamim uiulk men the, unheu dah chand dana paya. Aur Daniel Khoras badshah ke pahle s.il tak ziuda raha. 918 DANIEL. [2 BAB. II. BAB. 1 Aur Nalitiklnulnazr ki saltanat ke diisre sal metj Nabukluulnazr ne aisi khwSb tkkha ki jis sens ka dil ghabra gaya, aur us kl nind jati rahi 2 Tab badsh;5h ne farni.iya ki falgfrou aur nujninfou aur jadugarou aur Kasdiou ko bulawen ki badshah ko us ke khwibou ki taabir deo, aur we akar badshih ke huzi'ir khare hue. 3 Aur badshah ne un se kaha, ki Maiu ne ek kluvah dekha hai, aur us khw.ib ke daryaft karue ke liye niera dil ghabr;ita hai. 4 Aur Kasdiou ne Aram! zuban meu badshah se ar^ ki, ki BSdshiih, tu abad tak jfta rah. Apne handou ko khwab Latl-iiye, to ham us ki taabir bayan karenge. 5 Bidshah ne jawab men Kasdiou se kaha, Yih bat mujh se jati rahi hai : agar turn iihwab ko us kf taabir ke sath bayan na karo, to turn tukre tukre kiye jaoge, aur tumhare ghar ghure ban jaenge. 6 Aur agar khwab aur us ki taabir bay^n karo, to maio tumhen hadiye aur inam aur bari izzat bakhshdnga : is liye khwab aur us ki taabir mujh se bayan karo. 7 Unhon ne pliir jawab meu kaha, Badshah apne bandoij ko khwab batlawe, to ham us ki taabir kahenge. 8 Bidshah ne jawab meu kaha, ki Yaqinan maio janta hiiu, ki turn rauhlatchahte ho, is liye ki dekhte ho, ki yih wSqa mujh se jata rah;i hai. 9 Lekin agar tum khwib ko ashkar na karo, to tumhare ek hi hukm hai, ki tum ne jhdth aur hila k>,bateu arasta kiij, taki mere age kaho jab tak aiyam guzar jaweu : pas khwab ko batlao, to main januo ki us ki taabir bhi bayan kar sakte ho. 10 Kasdion ne badshah se arz ki, ki Bu i zamfn par aisa koi nahfu jo badshah ke matlab kcashkar kar sake, is liye kisi badshah ya amir ya hakim ne ab tak aisa sawil kisi falgir ya nujnini yd Kasdi se nahlu kiya hai. 11 Aur yih bat, jo badshah chahta hai, muslikil bat hai, aur siwa mabiidou ke, jin kf sukunat insrin ke sSth nahiu koi nahiu hai, ki badshah ke age use ashkar kar sake. 12 Is liye badshih gusse aur niliayat khashmnlk hua, aur farmaya, ki Babul ke sare hakimou ko halak kareu. 13 Aur farman nikla ki hukama maqtul hoij; tab Daniel aur us ke rafiqou ko dhuiidhne lage, ki unheu qatl kareu- 14 Tab Daniel ne badshah ke sipahsalar Aryak ko, jo Babul ke hukama ke qatl karne ko nikla tha, shunr aur aql ke ro se' jawib diya. 15 Us ne badshah ke sipahsalar Aryuk ke jawab meo kaha, ki Yih hukm badshah se aisa jald kaheko nikla hai? Tab Aryak ne Daniel se us ki haqiqat kahf. 16 Aur Daniel ne bhitar jake bidshah se arz ki, ki Mujhe muhlat mile, to main badshah ke huzor taabir bayan karunga. 17 Tab Daniel ne apne ghar jake Hananiyih aur Misail aur Azariyah apne rafiqon ko J{:habar di, 18 Ta ki we is raz ke bab men asman ke Khuda se rahmat chaheo, na ho ki Daniel aur us ke rafiq baqi hukama i Babul ke sath maqtul hoo. 19 Tab Daniel par rat ke khwab meu wuh raz khula, aur Daniel ne dsman ke Khuda ka shukr kiy i. 20 Daniel bola aur kaha, ki Khudi kd nam ta abad mubi- rak ho, ki Ink mat aur qudrat us hi ki hai. 21 Kyanki wuh mausimon aur waqtoo ko tabdil karta hai, wuh badshahou ko takht se gira deta, aur badshahoo ko bithlata hai, wuh hakimou ko hikmat aur danishmandou ko danish inayat karta hai. 22 Wuh gaib aur poshida chizoQ ko zahir karta hai, aur jo kuchh andhere men hai, use j4nta hai, aur nur usi ke sith rahta hai. 23 Ai mere dba ke Khuda, jis ne mujhe hikmat aur qiiwat bakhshi, aur ham ne tujh se ab jin batou ki dar- 2 BAB.] DANIEL, 910 khwast ki, unheo mvijh par dshkar kiya, niaio terS sluikr o Sana karti hi'iu, ki tii lie badsliah ke matlab ko ham par z.ihir kiya hai. 24 Bad us ke D.iiiiel ne Arjaik ke huznr, jo badshah kf taraf se hukam^ i Babul ke qatl ke liyc muqarrar hi'ui tha, iya, aur us sc yuu kali;i, ki llabul ke hukama ko halak mat kar, mujlie badshali ke huznr le chal, niaiu badshah ke liye taabfr baynn karanga. 25 Tab Arydk ne Diniel ko shitabi se badshah ke liuzur le gnyri, aur ar/. kf, ki Maio ne Yahiidah keashoij nieu se ek shakhs ko paya hai, jo badshah ke liye taabirbayan karcga. 26 Badsliah ne Daniel se, jis ka laqab Belclia- sar tha, jawab meu kaha, Kya tri us klivvfib ko, jo maig ne dekha, aur us kf taabfr mujh se bayan kar sakta hai? 27 Daniel ne badshah ke huzur jawab diya, aur kaha, Yih tdz ki jis ka mutS,laba badshah ne kiya hai, hukama aur nujiimi aur ja- dijgar aur fa Igfr bayan kar nahfn sakte, 28 Lekin asman par ek K.l)uda hai, jo razou ko kholta hai, aur wuh Nabiikhudnazr badshah ko jatata hai, ki akhiri aiyam men kya hoga. Ap ka khwab aur ap ke palang par ke ruyat ye haiu. 2S Tu, ai badshah, apne palang par leta hua fikr meu aya, ki dkhiri zamane meo kya hoga; aur wuh jo razoij ka kholnewala hai, tujh par zahir karta hai, ki kya. waqa hog5. 30 Lekin yih raz mujh par khulJ, nais liye ki mujh meo sab zindog se ziyada hik- mat hai, balki is liye ki badshah se taabir bayan karoo, aur ta ki tu apne dil ke tasauwuroD ko pahchane. 31 Tii ne, ai badshah, ruyat dekhi, ki ek azim shakl: wuh azim shakl jis ki raunaq be nihayat thi, tere samline kharf hui, aur us ki surat haibatnak thf. 32 Us shakl ka sir khalis sone se tha, us ka sina aur bazu chandi ka, us ka shikam aur raneo tambe kf thiu; 33 Us kf saqeu lohe kf, aur us ke panw kiichh lohe aur kuchh miuf ke the. 34 Aur ap ne dekha, ki ek patthar be waslle hathoij ke tarasha gaya, jo us shakl ke paou par, ki kuchh lohe aur mitti ke the, h'ga, aur use tukre tukre kiya. 35 Tab lohe aur mittf aur tambe aur chandi aur sone tukre tukre ki^'e gaye, aur tabistani khaliyan ki bhusi kf manind hue, aur hawa unheu ura le gaf, yahay tak ki us ki pata na milf, aur wuh patthar jis ne shakl ko mara, ek bara pahar ban gaya, aur tamaiu zamin ko bhar diya. 36 Wuh khwab yih hai, aur us kf taabir badshah ke huziir bayan karta han. 37 Til, ai badshah, badshahoij ka badshah hai, is liye ki ^sman ke Khuda ne tujhe hukumat aur tawanai aur quwat aur shaukat bakhshi hai. 38 Aurjahao kahiu bani Adam sukiinat karte hain, us ne maidan kehaiwan aur hawa ke parlnde tere hawale kiye, aur tujhe un sabhoij ka hakim kiya: tu hi wuh sone ka sir liai. 39 Aur tere bad diisri saltanat tujh se kamtar iithegf, aur us ke bad ek aur salta- uat tambe ki, jo tamaui zamin par hukdiuat kareg' ; 40 Aur chautht saltanat lohe kf manind mazhut hogi, aur jis tarah ki loha sab chizon ko tukre tukre aur raqfq karta hai,' aur jaisa loha un sabhou ko torta hai, usi tarah wuh toregi aur reza karegi. 41 Aur jo ki tu ne dekha, ki us ke panw aur ungliao kuchh sifal aur kuchh lohe se thiu, so wuh saltanat mutafarraq hogi j magarisliye ki tu ne us meu lohe ko sifal se mile hue dekha, so lohe kf qiiwat us meu hogi. 42 Aur jaisi ki paou ki ungliau kuchh lohe kuchh sifal se thiu, so wuh saltanat kuclih qawi kuchh zaif liogi. 43 Aur jo ki tii ne lohe ko niitti se mile hue dekha, we a})iie ko iiisan ki naslsemilawenge, lekin jai.srl loha mitli sc nahin niilta, taisa we apus men mile na rahcuge. 44 Aur un badshalioo ke aiyam men asman ka Khuda ek saltanat 020 Daniel. [s hah. barpi karcg£ jo U altad nest na liowegf, aur us ki saltanat ddsrf qaum kc qabzc nic!) na paregfi wuli uii sab mnmlukatoij ko tiikre tukre aur nest karegt, aiir dp ta abad qiini ralu-gi : 45 Jaisa ki tu nc deklia ki ck patthar, be wasile liithon kc, koh se tarashi gay^, aur us ne lohe aur tarabe aur niitti aur chlndi aur sone ko tukre lukre kiya. Kliuda Taal^ ne badshab ko 4sbkdr kiyi ki bSd us kc kya waqa lioga, aur yih kbwab yai]fn hai, aur us ki taabfr sabfh. 46 Tab shab Nabiikbudnazr sar ba zamfn hiiS, aur Daniel ko sijda kiyi, aur farmayi ki us ke ige hadiya aur luban guzaraweo- 47 Bidshib ne Diniel se kalii, ki Haqiqat meg teri K.huda mibudoij ka Khuda, aur malikoo ka Khuda- WANP .nur rSzoij ka kasbsbif bai, is liye ki tu is raz ko khol sak£. 48 Tab badsbih ne Diniel ko snrfaraz kiya, aur use babutere acbcbbe aclicbhc inam diye, aur use Babul ke sire sabe par snbadar aur Babul ke bukamfi par sardarou ki sardar tbaliaraya. 49 Tab Diniel ne badsbih se darkbwast ki, ki Sadrak aur Misak aur Abdnaju ko Babul ke suba ki kirpardizf mcQ muqarrar kiyi, lekin Daniel badsbah ki dargah meu hazir raba. III. BAB. 1 Aur Nabukbudnazr ne ek sone ki murat bnnwif jis ki lan)l;af sitb liatli aur cbaurai cliiia bath ki thi, aur use Daura ke inaidan siiba i Babul meu khafa kiya. 2 Tab Nabukbudnazr badsbah ne bheja ki amiroo aur hakiuioj aur sardarou aur niunsifoo aur khazanadaroa aur mnshwarakaroo aur mujtahidoo aur sare sqood ke niansabdarou ko jama kareu, taki us niurat ki, jise Nabukiiudnazr ne khara ki3ra, ta(]dis karne ko aweg. 3 Tab amir aur hakim nur sardir aur munsif aur kbazana- dar aur mnsIiawarakfSr aur mujtahid aur suboij ke sare mansabdar us mnrat kf taqdis ke liye, jise Niibukhudnazr bidshah ne kbara kiya tha, jama line, aur us miirat ke igc, jiso NaLukbudnazr ne khari kiya tliS, khare line. 4 Tal) ek munadi ne buland awaz se pukira, ki Ai qauino, ai guroho, aur ai zabano, tumbare liye yih hukra liai, 5 Ki jis waqt karni aur nai aur sitar aur rabab aur barbat aur chaginaaur har tarah ke baje ki iwaz suno, to us murat kedge,jise Nabukhudnazr badsbih ne kbara kiya hai, sarnigiin boo, aur sijda karo. G Aur jo koi sarnignii na ho, aur sijda na kare, to us' ghari jalti bbatthi ke bfch meg dala jaegl. 7 Is liye jis dam ki sari qaumogne karna aur nai aur sitir aur rabdb aur barbat aur bar tarah ke baje ki awaz suni, usi dam sari qaumeo aur guroheo aur zubSncu us murat ke age, jise Nabukhudnazr badshab ne kbara kiya tha, sarnigcin huio, aur sijda kiya. 8 Lekin us waqt kai ek Kasdi hazir hue, aur Yahudioo par tuhmat lagaf. 9 UnlioQ ne Nabukhudnazr badsbah ke ige arz ki, Ai badsbah, ta abad jita rah. 10 Ai bidshah, tu ne bukm kiyd hai, ki jo koi karna aur nai aur sitar aur rabib aur barbat aur chagana aur bar tarah ke bije ki awaz sune, so us sone ki murat ke flgc jhuke aur sijda kare; 11 Aur jo koi na jliuke aur sijda na kare, so ek jalti bbatthi ke bich meu dala jaega. 12 Ab chand Yahudi bain, jinbeg ap ne Babul ke siilic ki k^rpardazi par muaiyan kiya l)ai, yauc Sadrak aur Misak aur Abadnaju, yc sbaklis tujb par mutawajjib nahig bote, aur ip ke mabudog ki ibadat naliig karte bain, aur us sone ki murat ko, jiseip ne khari kiyi, sijda nahig karte. 3 BAB.J DANIEL. 921 13 Tab Nabukhudnazr ne qahr aur g-ar.ab se farmty^, ki Sadrak aur Mfsak aur Abdnajii ko liazir kareo- So iinhou ne un tfnoo sliakhsou ko b.ldshah ke huzi'ir hazir kiyi. 14 Nabukhudnazr ne unheo mukhitab kiya aur kahS, Ai Sadrak aur Mfs:ik aur Abdnaju, kya ylh sach hai, ki turn log mere niabudou kf ibadat nahfo karte ho, aur us sone ki niurat ko jise maiu ne khar.i kiya, sijda nalifo karte? 15 Tis par bhf agar mustaidd raho, ki jis dam karna auriiai aur sitar aur rabiib aur barbat aur chagana aur har tarah ke baje kf d\v£z suno, to ust dam us niurat ke ^ge, jise main ne khafa kiya, giro, aur sijda karo, to bihtar; par agar sijda na karoge, to usi ghari ek fig kf jalti bhatthl ke bich dale jSoge; aur wuh Khuda kaun hai, jo tumheu mere hith se chhurawega ? 16 Sadrak aur Mfsak aur Abdnajti ne jawab meo bSdshih se kaha, ki Ai Nabu- khudnazr, is amr men ham tere jawab ki andesha nahiu karte. 17 Yaqinan hamiri Kiiuda, jis ki ibadat ham log karte haio, hameo ^g kl jalti bhatthi se chhurane kf qudrat rakhtl hai, aur wuh, ai bSdshah, tere hath se ham kochhura- wegS. 1 8 Aur nahiu, to ai badshah, tujhe malum ho, ki ham tere raabudou ki ibadat naliio karenge, aur us sone kimurat ko, jise tu ne khara kiya hai, sijda na karenge. 19 Tab Nabukhudnazr gussa se bhar gaya, aur us ka chihra ki rang Sadrak aur Misak aur Abdnajd par mutagaiyir hua, aur farmaya ki bhatthi mamiil se haft chand ziyada bharkaweo. 20 Aurlashkarke zorawar pahlawanoo ko hukm kiya ki Sadrak aur Misak aur Abdnajn ko bandhen, aur jalti bhatthi meg ddl den. 21 Tab we ashkh^s apni qaba aur zerjama aur topi aur poshik samet bandlie gae, aur jalti bhatthi meo dale gae. 22 Is liye ki badshali ka hukm wajib ul ada thd, aur bhattha bhi nihayat bhark5 tha,ig ki lau ne un logou ko, jinhou ne Sadrak aur Misak aur Abdnajii ko uthayd tha, halak kiya. 23 Aur ye tin shakhsyane Sadrak aur Misak aur Abdnajii bandhe hue jalti bhatthi ke darmiyan gire. 24 Tab Nabukhudnazr badshah ghabraya, aur jald uthltar ark£n i daulat se kaha, Kya ham ne tin shakhsou ko bandhwakar jalti bhatthi meo nahiu dalw^ya? UnlioD ne jawib meu kaha, Ai badshah, sach hai. 25 Us ne jawab men kaha, Dekho, maiu char shakhsou ko Szaddekhta hiio, ki ag ke bich tahalte hain, aur un par zarar nahio pahunch^, aur chauthe ki surat Khudi ke flirzand ki surut ki si hai. 26 Tab Nabukhudnazr ne ag ki jalti bhatthi ke darwaza par akar pukir.i, ki Ai Sadrak aur Misak aur Abdnajii, Khuda Taala ke bande, bahar niklo, aur L^ .ir hoo ! Tab Sadrak aur Mfsak aur Abdnajti ag ke darmiyan se nikal ae. 27 Aur amir aur hakim aur sardar aur badshah ke sab arkan i daulat fariham hokar un shakhsou par nazar kiyfi, ki fig ne un ke badan par tasir na kf, aur na ua ke sir ka ek baljhulsaya, aur na un ki poshak mutagaiyir hui, aurag ki bu bhi un par na pahunchi. 28 Tab Nabukhudnazr ne pukarke kaha, Sadrak aur Mfsak aur Abdnajn ka Khuda mubirak ho, jis ne apne firishta ko bheja, aur badsliah ka hukm tabddkarke apne bandon ko, jin ka tawakkul us par tha, aur jinhou ne apne badan ko nisar kiy.i, ki siwa apne Khuda ke dusre mibud kf ibadat aur baudag na karen, cbhuraya. 29 Is liye mera hukm hai, ki harek qaum aur q:ibila aur zabin men se, jo kof ki Sadrak aur Rlfsak aur Abdnajd ke Khuda ke baikliilaf kuchh kahe, un ke tukre tukre kiye jaenge, aur un ke gbar glinre ban jaciige ; kyOnki kof dtisra mlbiid nahiu jo is tarah chhura sake. 30 Tab badiii.ih ne Sudrak aur Misak aur Abdnaju ko suba i Babul meu sarfaraz kiya. N n n n n 922 DANIEL. [4 BAB. IV. BAB. 1 Nabakhudnazr Ladshah sari qaumoo aur qabilou aur eublnoQ ko, jo tanvlm ra i zamfn par sukrinat karte haiu : tumh^re liye salmiatt ki ziyddati ho. 2 Mujhe munasib milnm hria, ki jo ajaib o garaib ki Khuda TaSU ne nuijh par nizil kiyi, maio use zdhir karuQ. 3 Us ke ajSib kaise karfm, aur us ke garaib kaise azfm haiu, us ki mamlukat abadi mamlukat hai, aur us ki saltanatpusht darpusht. 4 Mail) Nabukhudnazr apne ghar meu Ssi'idahal aur apni bargah meu kamran hni : 5 To maiu ne ek khwab dekha, jis se main dara, aiir mere palang par ke Ichiyalat aur mere sir ke rriyat ne mujhe ghabr.i diy£. 6 Is liye maiu ne fivrm5ya, ki iiabul ke sare hukama hazir hou, taki us khwab ki taal)fr baydn kareu. 7 Tab jadiigar aur nujiimt aur Kasdi aur falgfr hazir htie, aur maio ne un se apni khwSb baydn kiy^, par imhou ne niujh se us ki taablr na kf, 8 Akhir ko D miel, jis kS laqab mere mshud ke muwafiq Belchasar hai, ki muqaddas mabndou ki ruh us meu hai, mere huzur aya, aur maio ne us ke age khwab ko bayan kiya, 9 Ki Ai JJelchasar, falgiron ke sardar, is liye ki maio janta huo ki quddas mabudou ki riih tujh meu hai, aur koi riz tujhe dabata nahio: us khab ki ruyat, jo maio ne dekhf. aur us ki taabir bayan kar. 10 Mere palang par mere sir ke ruyat ye haiu, Maio ne dekha, to kya dekhta hun, ki zamin ke darmiyan ek darakht, aur wuh vinch^i meu bahut buland; 11 So wuh darakht barha aur ustuwar boa, aur us kS qamat asmdn tak pahunchi, aur wuh zamin ki intiha tak nazar 5yd. 12 Us ke patte khushnumd, aur us ke mewa bare, aur us meo sabhou ke liye khurak thf , maiddn ke chariude us ke siye tale rahat pate the, aur hawa ke parinde us k! shakhou parbasera karte the, aur sdre jdndaron ne us se parwarish p^i. 13 Maio ne apne palang par apne sir ke riiy^t meu nazar ki, to kyd dekhta hao, ki ek nigahban, aur ek qudsi asman se utar aya. 14 Us ne bari awaz se lalkdrke kahd, Darakht ko kato, us ki shakhentarasho, aur us ke patte urao, aur us ka phal jhdio, charinde us ke sdye se bhageo, aur parinde us ki shakhou se. 15 Tis par us ki jarou ka kunda zamin meu chhoro, han lobe aur tambe ke halqe se maiddn ki bari ghds meo, aur wuh asman ke shabnam se tar ho, aur us kd bissa haiwdnoo ke sith zamtn ki ghds men bo. 16 Us ki dil insani dil se mubaddal ho, aur use haiwani dil diyd jawe, aur sdt zamdne ki gardish us parguzar jde. 17 Yih wdqa nigahljanoo ke hukm se, aur yih amr qodsioo ke farman se hai, taki zinda log pahchaneu, ki Khuda Tadla insdn ki mamlukat par tasallut rakhtd hai, aur jise chdhe, use deli hai. aur insanoB nieu se adna insdn ko us par qaim karta hai. 18 Maiu Nabu- yiudnazrbddshdh ne yih khwab dekha hai, par ti'i, ai Belcliasar, us ki taabfr bayan kar; kyunki meri mamlukat ke sare hukama mujh se us ki taabir bayan kar nahio sakte, magar tu saktd hai, is liye ki quddiis mabiidou ki rub tujh meu hai. 19 Tab Ddniel jis kd laqab Belchasar hai, ek sait sardsima rahd, aur us ke andeshou ne use muztarib kiya. Bddshih ne jawdb meo kaha, ki Ai Belcliasar, khwdb aur us ki taabir tujhe na dabawe. Belchasar ne jawdb meu kahd, Ai mere khuddwand, yih khwab un par ho, jo tujh se adawat rakhte haiu, aur us kf taabir tere dushmanou ke liye ho. 20 Wuh darakht, jo dp ne dekha ki bafha aur ustuwar hul, jis ki qamat dsmdn tak pahunchi, aur jo zamin ki intihd tak nazar dyd, 21 Jis ke patte khushnumd aur jis ke mewa bare, aur jis meu sabhon ke liye 4 BAB.] DANIEL. 923 l^hurSk thf, jis ke slye tale maidln ke haiwan suknnat karte the, aur sh^ljhoo par hawl ke parinde Lasera lete the, 22 Ai badshah, so ti'i li( hai, ki tu bafhS aur ustuwSr hua ; kyuiiki teri buzurgi bad aur ^sman tak pabuncliti liai, aur teri saltanat zamfn k! intiha tak. 23 Aur chiin ki b^dshSh ne dekhl, ki ek nigahbSn aur ek qudsf dsmin se utn', aur fanniya, ki Darakht ko kato, aur nest karo, lis par us kJ jarou ki kunda zamfn par chhoro, hau lobe aur tanibe ke halqe se maidan ki hari glias men, aur SsmSn ke sbabnam se tar ho, aur jab tak us par sat zamSne kf gardislj guzare, us ka hissa zamin ke haiwan ke siih ho; 24 Ai badshah, us ki taabir, aur Haqq Taala kS wuh hukm, jo bldshah, mere khudawand par nazil hiia hai, so yih hai : 25 Ki tajhe insanou men se hdnkenge, aur maidan ke haiwanoD ke sath teri sukunat hogf, aur tujlie mawashi ki tarah cliaravvenge, aur SsmSn kf sbabnam se tujhe tar karenge, aur tujh par sit zanuine ki gardish guzaregf, taki tu jane, ki Khudi Taali iiisan ki mamlukat par tasallut rakhta hai, aur jise chahe, usi ko deta hai. 26 Aur ]o farmaya gay.i, ki darakht ki jarou ke kunde ko chhor de ; so bad us ke ki tu janega, ki saniawat tasallut rakhte haio, to terf saltanat tere liye qaim rahcgt. 27 Is liye, ai badshah, dp ke age meri nasihat qabul ho, aur tn apni khataoo ko sadiqat se, aur apne gunahoo ko garibou par rahm karne se dafa kar; shayad kf rahat kf darazf terc li\e ho. 28 Yih sab kuchh badshah Nabnkhudnazr par nazil hua. 29 Jab ek haras guzar gayS, to wuh Babul ke shahi mahall par tahalta tha. 30 Badshah bola, aur kaha, Kya yih wuh hari liabul nahiu, jise maio ue apne dir ul saltanat ke liye aur apne jalal ki hurmat ki khatir apnf qiiwat ke zor se banii ? 31 Yih hit badshah kf zuban hi par thi, ki asman par se ek fiw;iz Sf, ki Ai badshah Nabukhudna/.r, yih hukm tujh hi par hai: saltanat tujh se j;iti rahf ; 32 Aur tujhe iusan se hankl- wenge, aur maidan ke haiwanou ke sath teri sukunat hogi, aur tujhe bail kf tarah glias khilawenge, aur sat zaniaue ki gardish tujh par guzaregf, ta ki tii jane, ki Khuda Taali insin ki mamlukat par tasalkit rakhta hai, aur jisecliahe, use bakhsli- ti hai. 33 Usi dam yih amr badshah Nabukhudnazr jiar waqa hua, aur wuh insanon kehuzur se hankd gaya, aur bailoij ki tarah cliarta raha, aur us ka badan Ssman ke sbabnam se tar lida yahao tak ki us ke bil giddh ke paroij ki manind aur us ke nakliun parindou ke ehangul ke se barhe. 34 Aur un aiyam ke guzarne ke bad main NabuUmdnazr ne ^smin ki taraf apni Snkheo uthiio, aur meri aql mujh men phir if, aur main ne Hacjc) Taala ki sliukr kiya, aur maiij ne Haiy ul Qaiyum kf hamd o sani kf, jis ki saltanat abadi saltanat hai, aur us kf mamlukat pusht darpusht. 35 Aur zamin kesdre bashinde nacbiz ke manind mahsub bote haiu, aur wuh asman ke lasbkaroo aur zamin ke bishindou ke sith apnf mashiyat ke muwafiq kam karta hai, aur koi naliin, jo us ke hath ko roke aur us se kahe, ki Tii kyi karta hai? 36 Usi waqt meri aql mujh men pbir ai, aur meri mamlukat ke taazzumke liye mora dabdaba, aur meii launaq nmjb meu phir ai, aurarkan i daulat aur umara mere kbwalian hue, aur maiu apni mamlukat mcu qaini hua, aur meri buzurgi ziyada baih gai. 37 Ab maiu Nabukliud- nazr asman ke badshah ki shukrguzari aur hamd o sana karti hao ki us ke sare kain sadiqat haiu, aur us ki siri rilicij adalat, aur wuh unhec, jo magruri se chalte haiu, past kar sakta tiai. N n n n* n 2 9>4 DANIEL. [5 BAB. V. BAB. 1 Iklshasar bEidshah re npne ek hazar anilroQ ke llye barf ziy.lf it kf, aur an hazSr ke rii ba ru wain piya. 2 Belshiisar ne shar^b ka mazap^kar farmayA, ki sone aur chdiidi ke zurnf, jinheii NuLukhudnazr us ka bSp Yarusalam kl haikal se nikal liya tha, hazir karey,'tl ki b.ldshah aur us ke uinara, aur mankiiha o ^air niankuha auratei) un meij wain pfeu. 3 Tab sone ke zuruf ko, jo haikal se, yane Yarusalam ke bait ul muqaddas se, nikale gae the, Lie, aur badshah aur umara aur niankuha o gair mankuha aurateu us meu pfne lage. 4 We wain pite aur sone aur chandi aur pital aur lohe aur lakri aur patthar ke mibudoo ki hamd kartc rahe. 5 Usf sait insani hath k! unglian namnd hufo, aur shamadan ke muqabil bad- shahi niahall ki diwar ke'gach par likha, aur hath ka oira, jo likhta tha, badshah ko nazar Syi. 6 Tab badshah ka chihra mutagaiyir hul, aur fikrou ne use ghabra diya yahan tak ki us ki kamar ke bandhan sust hue, aur us ke zanu ek dusre se takrane lage. 7 Badshah ne bari awdz se chillakar farmaya, ki nujnmi aur Kasdi aur falgirog ko hazir kareij. Badshah ne Bibul ke hukam^ ko yih kahkar farmaya ki Jo koi is nawishta ko parhe, aur us ka niazmun niujh se bayan kare, so argawani libas se mulabbas hoga, nur apni gardau men sone ka tauq pahinkar mamlukat men tfsre darje kd hiikiiu hoga. 8 Tab badshah ke sare hukama hazir hue, par us nawishta ko pafh na sake, aur badshah ko us ka mazmun zahir na kar sake. 9 Tab Belshasar nihayat muztarib hua, aur us ka chihra mutagaiyir hua, aur us ke umara sarasfma hue. 10 Tab malika badshah aur us ke umara ki us bat ke sabab se mihmankhanameu Sf. Malikayuu kahkar boli, Ai badshah, ta abad jita rah ! Ap ke khiyalat &p ko na daraweu, aur ap ka chihra mutagaiyir na ho. 1 1 Terl mamlukat meu ek shakhs hai, jis mea quddus mabudoo ki ruh hai, aur tere bap ke aiyam men nur aur danish aur hikmat mabudoij kf hikmat ki manind us meo prii jati thf, jise Nabukhudnazr badshah tere bap ne, ai badshah, tere hi bap ne falgirou aur nujumfoij aur Kasdion aur jadugaroo par sardar kiya tha, 12 Is liye ki us men ruh i kaniil aur aql aur khwabou ki taabir kf aur razou ke kholne aur mushkilon ke hall karne ki danish us hi Daniel men, jise badshah ne lielch^sar nam rakha, pd.f gaiu: pas Daniel ko buliwey, ki wuh us ka mazmun Sshk^r karega. 13 Tab Daniel badshah ke huzi'ir hazir kiya gaya. Badshah Daniel se yuu kah- kar bola, Kya tu wulii Daniel hai, jo Yahiidah ke ahl i jila men se hai, jinheo bad- sliih mera bap Yahiidah se liya? 14 Maiu ne tera mazkur sun4 hai, ki mabiidon ki ruh tujh meo hai, aur mir aur aql aur kamil hikmat tujh meu pal jati haiu. 15 Pas hukama aur nujiimi mere huzur bulaegae, ti ki us nawishta ko parheu, aur us ka mazmun mujh par zahir kareu; lekin we sab us ka mazmun mujh par zahir na kar sake. 16 Aur main ne tera mazkur suna hai, ki ta taabir ke bayrin aur mush- kilatke hall karne meij qridir hai: pas agar tu us nawishta ko parhe, aur us iti maz- mun mujh se bayan kare, to argawani libas se nmlabbas hoga, aur apni gardan meo sone ka tauq pahinkar mandukat meu tisre darje kd hakim hoga. 17 Tab Daniel ne jawab meu badshah ke huziir kaha, Tera hadiyatere liye rahe aur tere indm aur kisi ko de ; par maiu badshah ke liye nawishta ko parhungS, aur us se us ka mazmun zahir kardnga. 18 Ai badshah, Khuda Taala ne Nabu- IjLhudnazr tere bap ko hukiimat aur dabdaba aur shaukat aur izzat bakhshf .; 19 Aur 6 B.^Ii.] DANIEL. 925 us dabdaba ke sabab jo U3 ne use diyd, sdri qauraeo aur ummateo aur r-ub^ncn us ke huziir tarsan aur larzan bdio, jis ko chah^ use niilra, jise cliabS use jfta chhora, jis ko clialia qaiin kiyd, aur jise chaha, zalil kiya. 20 Lekiii jab us k;i dil magriir hiia, aur us ki ruh takabburi segustakh banf, to wuh masuad i sbahi sc giray^ gf'y^, aur shaukat us sc jati rahf. 21 Aur wuh baui Adam se haukd gaya, aur us ka dil haiwiini dil sa bana, aur gorkharon ke sath us ki sukunat hui, aur use iiiawashi ki nianind cliarate rahe, aur us ki badan ^sman ke shabnam sc tar hi'ia, jab tak pah- chani, ki Ilaqq Taala insan ki mamlukat par tasallut rakbta luii, aur jise chahe, us par qaim karta hai. 22 Lekin tu, jo us ka beta Belsh^sar hai, hi wujdde ki tu us sab se waqiftha, tisparbhf tn ne apne dil ko narmnakiya; 23 Halki asman ke Kuun*- WAND ke barkhilif apne ko sarbuland kiya, aur we us ke ghar ke zurdf tere age He, aur tii ne apne umara aur mankuha o gair mankdha auratoo ke sath us nieij wain piya, aur tu ne chandi aur sone aur pital aur lohe aur lakri aur patthar ke mabudoij ki, jo na dekhte aur na sunte aur na jante haiu, unkf hamd ki, aur us Khuda ki, jis ke bath meo ter^ dam hai, aur jis se teri sari raheu haiu, us ki taazim ua kf. 24 So wuh hath ka sird bheja gayi, aur yih nawishta likha gaya. 25 Aur nawishta, jo likh^ gaya, so yih hai, Manf, Mani, Siql o Ph^rsin. 26 Aur lafz i Mani ki yih mani hai, ki Khuda ne teri mamlukat ko mann kiya, aur use tamam kiya. 27 Siql : tarazu meo terisaqalat ki gaf, aur, tu qalil thahar1r dilegf. 24 We das sfng jo haio, so us mamlukat se das bSdshah ulhenge, aur un ke LSd ekauruthega,aur wuli pabloo se mutafarraq hoga, aur tfn badshahou ko dabawega. 25 Aur wuh Qidir i Mutlaq ke muqabala men baten karega, aur Zabit ul Kull ke muqaddasoo ko dukhSwega, aur Ideij aur dad badalne ka mansuba bSndhega; aur we us ke hath men zam^n aur zamlnain aur nisf i zam^n tak sompe jaenge. 26 Lekin diwan baith jaega, aur we us ki saltanat us se le lenge, ki use hamesha ke liye nest o nabnd kareo. 27 Aur tamSm dsman tale ke sare mulkoo ki mamlukat aur saltanat aur azamat Zabit ul Kull ke muqaddas logon ko bakhshi jaegf; uski mamlukat abadi mamlukat hai, aur sari saltanateij us ki bandagi karen- gf, aur farmanbardar howengf. 28 Wuh bat yahSo tak tamam hui. Maio Daniel apne tasauwurou se dar gayS, aur mera chihra mubaddal hai; par maio ne yih bat apne dil mea rakhi. VIII. BAB. 1 BelshSsar b^ds-hSh ki saltanat ke tisre sal meo mujh Daniel ko ek rnyS nazar Ayi, bad us ke jo shuraa meo mujhe nazar Sya tha. 2 Aur maio ne royat meo nuishahada kiya ; aur mere dekhne meo yno hua ki maio Sosan ki b^rgah meo th.i jo suba i Ailara meo hai; phir maio ne ruyat meo dekha ki main nahr i U'laf ke kanare par hno. 3 Tab maiu ne apni Snkhep uthake nazar ki, aur kya dekhta huo, ki nahr ke ^ge ek mendha khari hai, jis ki do shakheu thfo, aur us ki donoo shSkheo unchi thfo, lekin ek dusri se bari thf, aur bari pfchhe se uthi. 4 Maiu ne mendhe ko dekha, ki pachhim uttar dakhin tarafrelta tha, yahantak ki koi janwar us ke simhne khari na ho saka, na koi us ke hath se chhura saka; par wuh apni marzi ke mutabiq chald aur buzurg band. 5 Aur maio gaur karta hi tha, ki dekh ek bakra pachhim ki taraf se tamam rii i zamin par aya, aur zamin ko na chhiia, aur bakre ki dono dnkhoo ke bich ek nadir shakh thi. 6 Aur wuh us do shdkh- wale mendhe ke pis, jise maio ne nahr ke samhne khar^ dekha, dya, aur apni qijwat ke qahr se us par hanila kiya. 7 Aur maio ne dekha, ki mendhe ke qarib pa- huncha, aur us par khashmnak hua, aur mendhe ko mara, aur us ki donoo shakheo toriu, aur mendhe ko qnwat na thi, ki us ka' samhna kare; so us ne use zamin par gira diya, aur use latira, aur koi na tha, ki mendhe ko us ke hath se chhuri sake. 8 Aur wuh bakra nihayat buzurg hua, aur jab qawi bana, to us ki bari shakh tori gaf, aur us ki jagah nadir char sliikheo ^sman ki charoo hawaoo ki taraf uthiu. y Aur un raeo ki ek se ek chhoti shiikh uthi, jo dakhin aur purab aur dilpasand zamin kf taraf be nihSyat barh gai. 10 Aur wuh Isman ke lashkar tak baihf, aur us lashkar meo se aur sitarou nieu ee bazon ko zamin par gira diya, aur uuhco latara ; 1 1 Balki us ne us lashkar ke sardar tak apne ko buland kiya ; aur 9 BAB.] DANIEL. 929 us Be diimf qurbini uthi( gaf, aur niaqdis k^ mak^n giriyS gaya. 12 So wuh lash- kar dainif qurMni ke sabab khatak^ri meu supurd ho jata; aur wuh haqq ko zainfn par girata h:ii, wuh yih karta, aur kSmydb hota hai. 13 Aur maio lie ek qudsl ko bolte svina, aur diisre qudsf nc us bohiewalc qudsf so puchh^, ki Daimf qiirbanf aur kharahi ki us khatikari kf rtiyat, ki maqdis aur lashkar done latere jaen, kab tak hogi? 14 Us ne mujhe kaha, ki Do hazar tin sai shabana roz tak hai, ki maqdis p&k kiya jaega. 15 Aur aisA hiia ki niaiu Diniel ne jab ruyat dokhi thi, aur us ki taablr talash ki thi, to dekh, insan ki si ek surat mere age khari hui. 16 Aur maiu ne ins^n ki SwSz suni, ki U'lai ke darmiyan pukarke kaha, ki Ai Jabriel, is shakhs ko rayat kf taabir samjha. 17 Pas wuh mere uazdikaya, aur jab pahunchi, maiu dar gaya, aur aundhe munh gira; par us ne mujhe kahS, Ai adamzad, soch ; kyuuki yih ruyat Skhir meo hogi. 18 Aur jab wuh mujh se bol raha tha, maiu aundhe munh bharf nfnd meo zamin par para tha; tab us ne mujhe chhfiS aur sidhS khara kiya. 19 Aur kaha, ki Dekh, maia tujhe samjhaunga ki qahrkeakhir meo kya hoga; kyunki ^khir ke muaiyan waqt meu yih hoga. 20 Wuh do shakhwala. mendha, jise tii ne dekha, so Mada aur Faras ke badsh^h haio. 21 Aur wuh balwala bakrl YunSn ka badshah, aur wuh bari shakh, jo us ki ankhou ke darmiyan hai, so us ka pahli bidshah hai. 22 Aur chun ki us ke tdtne par us ki jagah meo char khare hue : so us qaum meo se char saltanateo uthengi; lekin us ki quwat ke barabar nahip, 23 Aur un ki saltanat ke Skhir meo, jab ki khatakar log hadd tak pahunchenge, to ek badshah tund chihra aur hilasazi meo mShir utheg^; 24 Aur us ka bara zor hoga, par apne hi zor se nahiu, aur wuh ajib tarah se halak karega, aur bakhtawar hoga, aur kam baja lawega, aur zorawarou ko aur muqaddas logoQ ko halak karegS, 25 Aur apni chaturai se ; aur yili dagabS/.i us ke h^th se banparegi ; so wuh apne dil meo magrur howegS, aur nagahan bahuteroo ko hal£k karegi ; wuh sardaroo ke sardar ke muqSbala meu uth khara hoga, par bagair wasila hath ke shikast pawega. 26 Aur shabana roz ka rayi, jo mazkur hiia, so sach hai; par tii riiyat ko makhtum kar ; kynnki wuh bahut dinon parmauquf hai. 27 Aur maiu Daniel beh'il Ima, aur chand roz tak bimarraha: bid us ke maio uthS, aur badshah ke kam meo mashgdl huS, aur rtiyat se ghabri gaya, aur koi use na samjha. IX. BAB. 1 D^ra ibn i Shershdh ke pahle sal meo, jo Madiou ki nasi se tha, aur Kasdioo ki mamlukat par badshdh hua, 2 Usi ke pahle sil men main Daniel ne un kitiboo meo un barasoo ke shumSr ko dhiySn rakha, jin ki babat Khudawand ka kalam Yaramiyih nabi ko pahunchS, ki wuh Yarusalam ke wirlne meo sattar baras tamSm kare. 3 Aur maio ne Khudawand Khuda ki taraf apna munh phera, ta ki namaz aur duS se roza aur rakh aur tat ke sath us se darkhwast karoo. 4 Aur maio ne Khudawand apne Khudi ke huzdr dul mingf, aur iqrSr kiya aur kaha, ki Ai Khudawand jo azim aur muhib Khada hai, aur un sabhoa ke liye, jo use piySr karte, aur un ke liye, jo us ke ahltam ko mante haio, painian aur rahmat ko mah- fuz rakhta hai 5 Ham ne khata ki, ham ne gunah kiya, ham ne shararat ki, hara ne bagawat kf, ham tere hukmoo aur teri sunnatoo se phir gae haio. 6 Aur ham O o o o o 030 DANIEL. [9 BAB. n-.ibioo tere bandou ke sliinawa na hiie, jiiihoo ne tcre nam so liamire b.idshahou, hainare amirou aur hamire hipdicloj aiir hainire imilk ke sire logou ko waaz kiya. 7 Ai Khluawam), sadaqat tujh hi ko hai, aur zardriii liamko, jaiai aj kc din liai, Ik'uj Yahudih ke logotj ko aur Yariisalani ke bashindoij ko, aur sare Israclion ko kya qnrib kya Laid, un sab mulkou meg jaliio kabiu tu ne un ke gunih ke sabab ki jis se we tcre giinahgir hue, unheu hanka. 8 Ai Khudawant), zardrui ham koliai, hamare ladshahoij, haniare amirou, aur haiuare bapdidou ko, ki ham tere gunahgar hiie. 9 Khuua'wand hamare Khudi ko rahinat aur amur/.ish hai: ki ham us se phir gae, 10 Aur Khudawand hamare Khuda ki awaz ke sliinawa na hue, ki us kf sharjatoo meo, jinheij us ne nabiou apue bandou ki luarifat haiuare age zihir kiya, raftar karte. 11 Aur sire bani Israel terl sbariat se bal)ar gae, aur bargaslita hue haio ki teri awaz ko na raineu : so wuh h'nat ham par a pari, aur wuh qasaiu jo Khudi ke bande Musa ki tauret meu likhi hai, is liye ki ham us ke gunaligar thahare. 12 Aur us ne apna wuh suktian, jo ham par aur hamare hakimou par, jo ham par hukumat karte the, so sabit kiya, kiwuli ham par barf afat laya ; kyunki sare Ssuian tale aisa nahiu kiya gaya jaisi ki Yanisalun meu kiya gaya hai. 1-3 Jis tarah ki Musa kl tauret meu likha hai, ye sari balaeij ham par nazil hijiu; taubhf ham ne Khudawand apne Khuda ke age dui na mangi, ki ham apne gunahog se })hireD, aur teri sachai meu khabardar howen. 14 Is liye KnunAWAND l)ala par Ijed.ir hua, aur use ham par laya; ki Kuudawand hamara Khud.i apne sire kamon men jo karta hai, sadiq hai; par ham us ki Swaz ke shinawa na hue. 15 Aur ah, ai Kuudawand, hamare KhudS, jo ki balidasti se apne logon ko zamin i Misr se hlhar nikal Hyi, aur apne nam ko aziin kiyi jaisi Sj ke din hai, Iiam ne gunih kiya, ham ne shararat ki. 16 Ai Khldawanu, maig iltinias karta hug, ki teri siri sadiqat ke muwafiq tera khashm, tera qahr, tere shal)r Yarnsalam, tere pak p;,h;ir se phir jie; kynnki hamare guuahou ke liye aur haiuare bapdidou ki shararaton kc liye Y'arnsalam aur teri guroh as pis kf sari qaumoij ke huzAir malamat ke bais hue haig. 17 Ab ai hamare Kliuda, apne bande ki dua aur iltimas sun, aur apne thihre ki roshni ko i^^ncnAwANi) kf khitir apui maqdis par, jo wiraua hai, chamka. 18 Ai mere Khudi, kan dharkar sun, apnf cinkheii khol,' aur hainirc wirauog ko aur us shahr kojo tere nam se nimzad hai, dekh, ki liam apnf manajat tere huzor apnf sadiqat se nahin, balki teri beuihayat rahmatog se guzaraute haig. 19 Ai Khudawand, sun, ai Khidawand, muaf kar, ai KwunAWANB, sun aur kar; ai mere Khudi, apni hi khitir deri na kar; is liye ki tera shahr aur teri guroh tere hi nam se namzad hai. 20 Aur hanoz main bolti aur dua mingta, aur apne aur apni qaum Israel ke gunahoD ka iqrar karta, aur Khudawanu apne Khuda ke huziir apne Kliudi ke pak pahar ke liye apni manajat guzarauta hf tha, 21 Iliu maig iiauoz, nauiaz meu bolti hi th5, ki wahl Jabriel jise maiu ne shurua meu ruyat meg dekha tha, bari jaldi se parwaz karke sham ki qurbaui ke waqt miijh pSs pahuncha, 22 Aur mazmun batliyi, aur nuijh se khitab kiya aur kaln, Ai Diiiiel, uudn nikal aya liiio, ki tujh se mini bayan karug. 23 Teri dua ki ibtida meg furmih nikla, aur maiu tujh par zahir katue ko aya hug, kyunki ti'i bahut aziz hai ; so is bit ko bujh, aur is ruyat ko samajh. 24 llaftid liafte teri qaum par aur tere muqaddas shahr par shararat Laud karne ko, aur khataon par ifhatni karne ko, aur guuah ka kafara karne 10 1!AB.] DANIEL. 931 ko, aur sacHqat i al)adf pahunchaiie ko, aur riiyat aur anbiyikilfhatm karne ko, aur quddiis ul quddusta" kci masah knrne ko iiiuaiynn ki^-e gaj'e haip. 2-5 So tii biijli aur sainajh, ki Yaiilsalain ke pliirane aur baii:ine ka fanuin nikalne se Almasih al aiiiir talak haft hat'te haiu aur hasatli hal'te. Bazar aur chaiik phiraya aur banny.i j'legn, par tangi kc diuou men. 26 Aur basath hafte kc bad Masdi niunqata kiya jaega, aur us ka kuchh nahii), aur log us am'r Le, jo charh awega, shahr aur inaqdis ko grirat karenge, aur us kf ajal sailan mcij bogi, aur ajal tak laraf, kharabfou ka hukui bai. 27 Aur ek bafia ahd babiiterou se sabit karcga, aur us bafta ka adha zabfha aur liadiya mauqiif karcg^, aur makruliSt ke sire par garatgar cbarh dwega, balki yab:iu tak ki wuh pijra inbidam, jis ka bukm kiya gaya hai, ujar par irizil howe. X. BAB. 1 Faras kc badsbah K boras ke tfsre l)aras men Daniel par, jis ka nlui Belcbasar rakba gaya,ek bat zabir luii, wub sacli bat aur barf taklif bai. Aur wuh us but par dliiyan rakhti aur us riiya nieu gaur kartji thi. 2 Main D;ini(l uu dinoij meii tui hafte mutaassif bo raha. 3 Main ne tin hafte ke guzaine tak inarzi ki roti na kbai, aur mere niunh meo gosbt aur wain ua ayri, aur main ne apne par tel na mala. 4 Aur pabic mabine ki chauLiswin tariiih meu maio bari nahr Dijla kanare bo ay^. 5 Aur main ne ankh uthcike nazar ki, aur kya dekbta Imu, ki ek shakhs kattani pairahan pahine hue, aur apni kaniar U'fas ke kbalis sone ka patki bandhe hue khara bai. 6 Us ka badau zabaijad ka misl, aur us ka munh bijli ka sa tha, aur us ki ankheo ag ki masbaloQ ki manind, us kebazii aur us ke p:ion cbamakte p;tal ke se the, aur us ki baton ki awaz ek banfaina kf awaz ki nianind. 7 jNIaiu D^niiel ne akebi j'ih riiya dekha, ki un shakhsou ne jo mere sath the, ray.i na dekln ; le'\in un par ai:,i b;^.ri khaufpafi, ki we chhipne ko bhage. 8 So main akeli rah gaya, aur yib bara riiya dekh'5, anr mujh meo taqat na rahi ; kyunki meri cbihra bigafne tak niutagaiyir hiia, so mujh meo taqat ua rabi. 9 Aur main ne us ki baton Id awJz suui, aur jab maiu ne us ki batoo ki awaz suni, to maio muuh ke bhal bliari nind men par', aur mera munh zamin par hiia. 10 Aur dekh, ek bath ne mujhe chbiia, aur mujbe ghutnou aur batbelion par uthayd. 11 Aur us ne mujhe kaha, Ai Daniel, aziz mard, un batou ko, jo maiu tujlie kahta bun, samajh le, aur sidlia khara ho ji ; kyianki maiu tere" pas bhcja g'.ya bun. Aur jab us ne mujhe yib bat kahf, main kampta hu>i kliara ho 12 Tab us ne mujlie kaha, ki Ai Daniel, mat dar, ki jis pahle din se tii ne dbiyan rakhue aur apne Kbuda ke age ajizi karne par apni dil big,iya, teri batcij suui gaiy, aur teri batotj par main aya bun. 13 Par Faras ki mamlukat ka sardar ekis diu tak mere n'.U(}abala meu khara raha, aur dekh, Mikael ek un pahle sardarou meo. se mcri madad ke liye paluiucha: so maio waliau Faras ke badshahoB par gilib bua. 14 Ab jo kuchli tore logon par pichhie diuou men giizarega, main tujhe batlane ko .iya huu ; kyunki banoz yih ruya dinon tak rahcga. 15 Aur jab us ne aisi bateu mujh se kahin, main ne apna munh zaniin ki taraf kiya, aur giinga ho gayi. IG Aur kya dekhti huu, ki adam/.ad ki sa ek shakhs mere laboij ko clihiita hai . tab main ne apna munh kholi, anr bola, aur jo mere age khafa tha, use kaiia, O o o o o 2 932 DANIEL. [11 BAB. Ai mere khudiwand, us ruyS se mujhe dard lage, aur mujh meo kuchh qfiwat na rahf. 17 Aur yih kyunkar ho sakti hai, ki mere khudSwand kS yih banda mere 13 khud^wand se bdteu kare ? Aur ab Be mujh meo kuchh zor na thahara, aur mujh meo dam bhi na raha. 18 Phir insSn ke minind ek shakhs ne mujhe chhui aur zor bakhshl. 19 Aui wuh bola, ki Ai aziz mard, mat dar, tujh par saUm howe, mazbiit ho, mazbutho. Aur jah wuh mujh se bateij karta tha, maiu mazbat bana, aur bola, Ai mere khudawand, ab farmliye ; kyunki tu hi ne mujhe zor bakhshi hai. 20 Tab wuh bol5, Kya tu janta hai, ki maiu kahe ko tujh pas ayii hiin ? Aur abmain FaraskebSdshahse larne ko phir janngS, aur Ishuruj karungS ; aurdekh, Yunan ka sardar i.t^ hai. 21 Par jo sach^i ki kitab meo likha hai, so tujhe batlati huB. Aur koi in batoa meg mere s^th mazbnti na karega, magar Mikael tumhira Bard^r. XL BAB. 1 Aur Dari Madf ke pahle baras men maio use raazbut karne aur zor dene ko khara hda. 2 Aur ab maio tujh ko sachi bateo batlata huu- Dekh Faras meo tin bSdshah aur bhi uthenge, aur chautha sabhou se ziyida daulatmand hoga, aur wuh apni daulat se zorawar hoke Yunan ki sari mamlukat ko chherega. 3 Lekin ek shih i bahadur uthega, aur barl saltanat ka sultan ho jiega, aur apni niarzi ke mut^biq amal karega. 4 Aur jab wuh utha, to us ki mamlukat tutegi, aur dsmSn ke chSron atraf men banti jaegi, par us ki nasi ko nahio, aur na wuh us saltanat kf si hogi jis kS wuh sultan tha ; kydnki us ki mamlukat ukhareg', aur us ki nasi ko chhor gair nasi ko milegi. 5 Aur shahijandb zorawar hoga, aur us ke sardarou men se ek us se ziyada zorawar banegS, aur musallit thaharegi, aur us ki saltanat bari saltanat howegi. 6 Aur barasoo ke b£d we mel karenge, kyunki shah i janub ki beti shah i shim^l ke pas ittifaq karne ko £wegi ; par wuh bazu ki quwat ko na rakhegi, aur wuh na thaharegi, na us ki bazu ; balki wuh pakri jaegf, wuh dp aur us ke ISnewile, aur us ka walid aur us ka rakhnewSla ,un waqtoo men. 7 Lekin us ki asl ka ek nasi apne thale meo uthega, aurhukumat kopahunchegS, aur shih i shimll ke hisar meo dakhl kareg£, aur un men musallit hoga, aur zorawar banega. 8 Aur wuh un ke mabddoo ko bhi un ki muraton aur un ke qimati bartan sone chdndi samet ganimat janke Misr meo le jaegS, aur chand sal shah i shimal se dastbardar rahega. 9 Wuh shah i janub ki mamlukat par charh Swega, par apni sarzamin men phir jSega. 10 Lekin us ke bete larenge, aur bare lashkaroo kl hujum batorenge, aur ek charhega aur barhegi aur guzarega, aur phirega, aur we us ke hisar tak larenge. 11 Aur shah i janub bharkega, aur nikalkar us se jang karega, shah i shimal se, aur bari hujum barpi karega ; par wuh bari hujum us ke hath meo supurd hoga. 12 Aur wuh hujum uthega, aur us ka dil ubharega, aur wuh das hazarou ko giriwega, par wuh galib na rahega. 13 Ki shah i shimil phirega, aur pahle se barl ek hujum barpl karega, aur chand baras ke din guzre par wuh bara lashkar aur bahut mil sith leke iwegi. 14 Aur un dinon meo bahutere shah i janiib par charhil karenge, aur teri qaum ke zabardast log bhf ruya sibit karne ko uthenge par we gir jiwenge. 15 Chunanchi shih i shimal iwega, aur pushta banike mazbat 11 BAH.] DANIEL. 983 shahr le legd, aur janiib ke bizii na thaharenge, aur U9 kc muntakhab log bhf thahar na sakenge. )6 Aur us par cbarhnew^U apnl niarzf ke mutabiq kareg^, aur kof us ke samhne kharl na rabega ; wuh us kbusbnuma zamfn meu unida hoga, ki wub bilkuU us ke hath meu awega. 17 Aur wuh us kl sirf mamlukat ki qawat men dakbl karne par apna rukh lagawcg-i, aur us se ittifaq karne par, wuh yau karegfi, aur us ke ujarne ko kunwari use dega ; par wub na thaharcgf na us ke lij'e howegf. 18 Aur wuh tapuoo par apna rukh rakbegi, aur babutoo ko le legi ; lekin ek sipahsalar us ki hiqirat inauqiif kar^ga, magar us ki biq^rat usi par pbirawega. 19 Aur wub apnl sarzamin ki quwat par apna rukh rakhega, aur wuh phislega aur giregl, aur pbir na milega. 20 Aur us kf jagah ek utbega, jo ek zalim ko mamlukat kf khushnumai meo guz^rega; lekin wub chand roz kc arse meu shikast bogi, par na gazab se aur na muqatala se. 21 Pbir us ki jagah meo ek haqfr utbega, jise we saltanat ki izzat na denge, aur wuh Shista SwegS, aur cbapUisi se mamlukat par qabiz hogd. 22 Aur dabanewala lashkar us ke age se dab jaega, aur shikast hoga, aur amir i ahd bhf. 23 Aur jab us ke sith abd bandba, bilabazi karega, aur charhega, aur fhore logoo kf madad se galib hoga. 24 Wuh chupke suman snba meu dakbl karega, aur wub aisa kucbh karega, jo na" us ke bapoo ne na us ke bSpoo ke b^poii ne kiya; wuh ganimat aur lut aur mal unheo bantega, aur ek muddat tak hisaroo ke lene par apnl aql ko daurawega. 25 Aur wuh apnf qnwat aur apni bab^duri ko bare lashkar se shah i jandb par chalawega, aur shah i janub bare aur nihayat zorawar lashkar leke jang karne ko niklega, par wuh na thaharega ; kydnki we us kl mukhalafat men mansuba bandhenge, 26 Hau we, jo us ki charbgiza khate haiu, use mar lenge, aur us ki fauj sailan karegi, aur babut zakhmi boke girjaenge. 27 Aur un donou badshahon ke dil shararat meu lage rahenge, aur we ekbi mez par jbuth bolenge; par wub ban na parega ; kyunki akhir hanoz muaiyan waqt tak hai. 28 Tab wuh bari daulat ke satb apni sarzamin meo murdjaat karegS, aur apna dil ahd i muqaddas par lagiwega, aur baja lawega, aur apni sarzamin meo pbirega. 29 ftluaiyan waqt par wuh lauteg^, aur janub meo dakbl karegi ; lekin jaisi sburua, waisa Skbir na hoga. 30 Ki Kitti jabdzeo us ka sambna karengi, so wuh azurda banega, aur pbirega, aur ah i muqaddas par bharkega, aur baja lawega, aur pbir ahd i muqaddas ke tarikoij se mel karega. 31 Aur ek fauj us se barpa hogi, wuh maqdis, wuh bisar, napak karenge, aur diimf qurban ko mauquf kareuge, aur glratgar ki makruhat ko khara karenge. 32 Aur wuh unhen, jo be- dini se abd baudhte baig, dagablzi se bargasbta karega ; par apne Kbuda ke mu- arrif log mazbiit banenge, aur kam karenge. 33 Aur we jo qaum men dana baig, bahutou ko taalim denge, par we babut diuoij tak talwur se aur lubab se aur asiri se aur shikar se girenge, 34 Aur jis waqt gireiige, to tliori madad pawenge, aur babutere da^abazi se un mejj shamil ho jaenge. 33 Aur baaze danaou meu se girenge, un men mujarrab aur pik aur khalis karne ke liye wacjt i akhir tak; kyun- ki hanoz muaiyan waqt tak deri bogi. 3G Aur badshab apui marzi ke mutabiq karega, aur ap ko sare mabud se iinchawega aur barhawega, aur ilabou ke Ilah ki zidd meu ajib baten bolega, aur gazab ke tamlm bone tak icibalinad bogi ; kydnki jo tbaharaya ga_\ a hai, so kiya jaega. 37 Wuh apue b^pou kc mabud ua 93t DANIEL. [12 BAH. nianet^l, aiir ;iurat!>o ki shauq aur sir.i mabiid na miticgi, lialki ap ko sab par barliawe:^! ; 3.-i M ig ir hisirou ke mibi'id ko us ke a^:ii« par taaz'm karega, aur us mabiid koji.se us ke b:ip dide na jinte tlie, soiie aur chindi aur <{fmati pattha- roi) aur nafis chizou se taazfin karega. 39 Aur hisarotj ke qalnoij aur un ke begiua inibudoiJ se yi'iij karega: jo use qabul karti hai, wuh use bari izzat bakh- shegi, aur unhen bahuterou par tasallut deg', aur mol ke li^'e zamin ko bantcgi. 40 Aur akbir ke waqt nieu janub ki badshih us ke sith tbelegi, aur shah -i shi- mal rathoo aur s iwiroij aur bahut jahazoo ke sath girdbad ki maniiid us par awega, aur sarzaminon uieij dakhl kareg!, aur uuiaJcga, aur guzarega. 41 Aur khuslitiuuiai ki zamin meij dakhl karega, aur bahut girayc jaenge ; magar ye us ke hath se bachenge, Adi'iiu aur iMoab aur bani Aiunnin ke auwal. 42 Aur'wuh apna hath mulkou par phailawega, aur mulk i Misr bhi rihai na pawegi. 43 Aur wuh sona chandi ke kha/.anon aur Misr ki sari nafis chizou par qabiz hoga, aur Lubi aur Ki'ishi us ki pairawi karenge. 44 Lekin inashriq aur shimal se afwMh use hairan karenge, aur wuh bare gazab se niklega ki bahutou ko nest o nabud kare. 45 Aur wuh apna saraparda saniundaron ke darmiyan quds ki kluishnuuiai ke koli ki sanit philawega, lekin wuh apni ajal ko pahuncheg^', aur us ka kol madadgar na hoga. XII. BAB. 1 Aur us waqt Mikael wuh bar5 sardar, jo terf qaum ke logou ki himayat ke liye khara hai, uthega, aur aisi tangi ka waqt hoga, jaisi khalq ke hone se us waqt tak hargiz na hni, aur us waqt tere log najat pawenge, sab jo daftar meo nmktub pae jaenge, 2 Aur un meu se bahutere, jo zamin ki khak meu sote haiij, jag uthenge, baaze hayat i abadi ke liye, aur baaze ruswai aur nafrat i abadi ke liye. o Par dana falak ki chamak ke manind cliamkenge, aur we jo bahuterou ki sadaqat ke bais hue, sitaron ke manind, abad ul abad tak. 4 Lekin tri, ai Daniel, in baton ko band kar, aur kitab par akhir ke waqt tak muhr kar : bahutere us men sair karenge, aur ilm ki afzuni hogi. 5 Aur maiu Daniel ne nazar kf, aur kya dekhti huu, ki do aur khare the, ek nahr ke kanare ki is taraf,dusr,a nahr ke kanare ki us taraf. 6 Aur ek ne us mard i kattanposh se, jo nahr ke p.a- nioQ par tha, piichhi, ki Un ajaiboij ka akhir kab tak hai ? 7 Aur maiu ne us mard i kattanposh ki, jo dar\a ke paniou par tha, awaz suni, ki apna dahna aur apna bnyan hatli asmau ki taraf buland kiya, aur Haiy ul Qaiydm ki qasam khrikar kaha, ki Zaman aur zamanain aur nisf i zaman tak hoga, aur jab muqaddas qaum ki qawat ki pareshani tamam ho chuki, in sab batou ka anjam hoga. 8 Aur maiu ne to suna, par naliiu samjha. Tab main ne kahl, Ai mere khudawand, in baton ka akhir kya hai? 9 Usne kaha, Ai Daniel, tu rihlat kar, ki ye bateu akliir ke waqt tak band o uiakhtum rahengi. 10 Aut baluit log taliir aur pak aur khalis banenge; lekin sharir shararat karte ruheiige, aur sab sharir na samjhenge, par dami sam- jhenge. 11 Aur jis waqt se diimi qurbani uthaf jaeg?, aur garatgar ki makruhat ki jaegi, ek hazar do sau nauwe dm Jionge. 12 Mubarak jo muntazir hai, aur ek hazar tin sau paintis roz tak pahunchta liai. 13 Lekin tu akhir tak rihh^t kar, ki tti rShat pawega, aur dinon ke cikhir meu apni miras nicy uth kh^ri hoga. 1 BAB.] liU'SIA. {)35 11 U 'SI 'A KT KITAP,. I, BAB. 1 Yaluidih kc bridshah Uzziyah aur Yiitam aur Akliaz aur llizqiyah kl liu- koiiiat men aur Isr.el ke Ijddsluili Yuis ke bete Yuraiii kf waqt men Kiiuda- WADN ka kaliiin Biari be bolt' lli'isia pas paliuncbd. 2 KmIJ)AVVA^D kc kalain kd sliuiiia jo lliisia ke waslle sc Syi, so \i!i hai. Kut'DA- ■\\ AM) lie Uiisia ko faniiaya, ki Ja, aur ek zinak:ir auiat aur ziiia ke larke apue live Ic ; kyuuki yili zaniiii Kuldavvasd se pbirke bari zin i karti liai. 3 Pas us lie jakar Diblaiin ki beti Juiiir ko liya ; wuh liauiila bi'ii aur beta jauf. 4 Aur Kiiti]>AWANU ne use kaba, ki Us ka nam Yazrael rakbnS ; is Hye ki tbofe waqtmeu "i aliu kc gliaraue se Yazrael ke kluin ka badia Uing;i, aur Israel ke gharaue ki sal- tanat mitaunga. 5 Aur usi din aisa naajara hog.i, ki maiij Yazrael ki wadi meu Israel ki kaman torungi, 6 Aur wuh phir hiuiila bui aur ek beti jani. Aur Kbuda ne use farmaya, ki Uska ii:im Lu-aliunia rakbnd; kyunki Israel ke gharane par phir ralnii na ka- riinga, ki maiij nn ko biliiuU muaf karaij. 7 Lekin Yahudah ke gharane par rabiu karunga, aur uniieu un ke Kuuuawanii Kbuda ke waslle se najat diinga, aur kaman aur tahvar aur larai aur ghuroij aur sawaroij ke zor se unko iiajit nahin diinga. 8 Aur Larahunia ke diidh ke chliur ine ke b:id wuh phir bamila Inil aur ek beta jani, 9 Aur Khudi ne farmaya, ki Us ka nam Laainmi raklina ; kyunki turn mere log nabio bo, aur maiu tumhara Rhuda nabio buuga. 10 Taubhi bani Lsriel shumar men darya ki ret ke manind lionge jo nape aur gine nab u jate ; aur ais i boga, ki jabiu un ke liye kaha g lya bai, ki Tum mere log natiiu bo, us kc iwaz men kalia jaegi. Turn ziuda Rluidt ke farzand bo. 11 Aur haiii Yahudah aur bani Israel balore ji'.enge, aur apue liye ek sardar tiudiara- wenge, aur zaniin ke atraf se nikal aeiige; ki Yazrael ka diu bari bogi. II. BAB. 1 Apne bhaiou ko kaho, Ammf, aur apni bahinoo ko, Ralu'ima 2 Tuin log babs karo, apni mi se bahs karo, kyijuki wuh meri jorii nahiu liai, aur maiu us ka khasaiu nahiu lu'ij. Wuh apni haramkari ko apni n;iZar se diir kare, aur apni zinik:iri ko apni dono ciiliatiou ke dariniyaii se : o Na ho ki main use nangi kaniij, aur us ke hil ko us ki paidaisb ke diu ke hil ki unnind bnuinij, aur us ko bavaban ki taraii banaiin, aur sukhi zamin ki manind kamo, aur piyas ae mar d'luu- -t Aur us ki aulad par rabm na kariingi, is liye ki we haramkari ke haiu. .3 Kyunki un ki ma ne haramkriri ki hai, aur un kt wdlida ne zinikarl ki bai ; is liye ki us iiu kaha bai, ki JNlaiij apne ashiqou ki, jo inujh ko roti aur pan! aur un aur san aur tel aur sliarab dcte haiu, pairawi karungi. G Dekh is sabab us ki rah ko k.uuou se band karungi, aur dwar se glierkar rakhungi ki wuh apni rib ko na 936 HU'SrA. [3 UAB. pSwe. 7 Aur apne Sshiqoo ke ptchhe pfcbhe jiegf, par unke baribar nahfo pahun- cheol ; aur unko dhundhegf, par nahfo pSwegf ; tab wub kahegf, ki Maiu apne pahlc khasani p5s phir jaungi : kyunki ab se tab meri achchhS tbS. 8 Kyunki wuh nahfo sochti thf, ki maig ne us ke tafo anaj aur shar^b aur tel diyd, aur us kc sone aur rape ko, jis se us ne Baal ko banayS, ziyada kiyi. 9 Is liye maio phirkar Si'inga, aur fasl ke waqt apne anaj Uo, aur sharal) kf niausim men apni sharib ko zabt kan'inga, aur un aur san, jo main ne use diya, ki us se barah- naoff ko dh-impe, so pher lunga. 10 Phir us kf haya ko us ke ishiqou ki nazar mea zahir karunga, aur koi us ko mere hath se nahfo chhurawega. 11 Aur us ki sirf khushiou ko aur idon ko aur naye chand ke dinoij aur sabt ke dinog ko, aur us kt sari muaiyan raajlisou ko maiiqiif kariinga. 12 Aur main us ke un angiir aur anjfr ke darakhton ko, jin ki babat us ne kaha hai, Mere Sshiqoo ne mujhe in ihslnoo ko bakhshi hai, tabah karungi aur jangal banaunga, aur jangli j£n- war un ko khdenge. 13 Aur maio us se Baalou ke dinoo k& badla lunga, jin men un ke liye us ne luban jalaya, aur apne tatn kan ki balfon se aur zewarou se sajakar apne ashiqon ke pichhe gai, aur mujhe bhul gaf, Khudawand farmata hai. 14 Dekh, bawujdd us ke maio us ko phuslakar bayaban meu ladnga, aur us se tasallf kf bateo kahungS. 15 Aur wahin se us ke takistan use dunga, aur Akiir kf wadi bhf, ta ki wuh ummed ki darwaza ho; aur wabau aiyim i jawani kf manind gaya karegi, aur us din kf manind, jis men wuh Misr ki zamin se nikal Si. 16 Aur us din aisa hoga, Khudawand farraati hai, ki tu mujhe meri zauj kahegf, aur phir mera baal na kahegi. 17 Kyunki us ke munh se Baalon ke namou ko ddr kardngi, aur we phir kabhi apne nam se pukare na jaenge. 18 Aur maiu us din un ke liye maidan ke wahshfou aur hawa ke parindon aur zamin kf rengnewali chizoQ se ek ahd bandhdngi, aur kaman aur talwar aur larai ko zarafn se tor dildnga, aur un ko amam o imSn ke sath Srara meo litidnga. 19 Aur tujhe abad ul ibad tak apne sith mansub karunga, ban tujhe sadaqat aur adalat, aur mihrbani aur rahmat se apne sath mansdb kardnga; 20 Aur maia tujhe wafadari se apne sath mansub karunga, aur td Khudawand se ashnai karegi. 21 Aur usi din aisi iiogi, maio sundnga, Kuudawand farmata hai, maio isman ki sununga, aur isinan zamin ki sunega. 22 Aur zamin anij aur sharab aur tel kf sunegi, aur we Yazrael ki sunenge. 23 Aur maiu us ko apne liye zamin men mazrda karunga, aur Lirahdma par rahm karungi, aur Laammi ko kahdngi, ki Td meri qaura hai, aur wuh kahega, Ai mere Khuda. III. BAB. 1 Khudawand ne mujhe farmiyS, ki PhirjS aur ek aurat se, jo zauj ki piyirf zauja hai, aur zina karti hai, mahabbat kar, jaisa ki Khudawand bani Israel se, jo gair mabudoQ ki taraf nazar karte baig, aur kishmish Id chapatiao chihte haio, mahabbat rakhti hai. 2 So maio ne us ko pandrah rupiye aur derh humr jau se apne liye zarkharid kiya. 3 Aur us ko kahS, Maio tujhe bahut din tak baithne ddngi, td yarbazi na karegi, na khasamwdli hogf, aur maiu bhf tere liye yduht rahdnga. 4 Kydnki bani Israel bahut din tak be bSdshah, aur bagair hakim, aur be qurbSnf aur bagair but aur be afdd aur be tirifim rahenge, 5 B^d us ke bani 4 I'.AR.] HUSrA. 937 Israel lautenge, aur KnuDAfWANn apne Khud^ ko, aur Dadd apne bddslh ko dhundhenge, aur .ikhiri zaniaiie meo KnunAWAND Khuda kaauruski kf barakat ka adab karenjre IV. BAH. 1 Ai bant Israel, Khudawand kS kalara suno: kyunki zamfn ke rahnewaloij se KmnAWANn ek bahs rakhta hai ; so us ka sabab yih hai, ki zamin par se sachif aur rahm aur khudasbinasi utb gaf hai. 2 Phir lanat karne se aur jhuth bolne se aur kluin aur chori aur haramkari se sailab hota hai, aur kliun ke pkhhe khun hai. 3 Is liye zamin niatam karcgi, aur jo koi ki us meo ralita hai; maidan ke wahshioo aur hawa ke parindou samet natuwan ho jaenge, ballsi darya ki machhliio bhi nest ho jacng!. 4 Ti^s par bill koi bahs nahiu karta, aur kol ilzim nahio deta hai; tere log un ke minind haio,jo kahinoy se bahs karte hain. 5 I3 liye tu din, do pahar meu gir paregi, anr tere sath nabf bhi rat men girega, aur main terf ma ko tabah karanga. 6 Mere log adam i dana! se halak hue hain. Is liye ki tu ne danai se nafrat kiya hai, maiu bhi tujh se nafrat karunga, ki tu more age k:ihin nahiD hogi; aur is liye ki td ne apne Khudawand ke shara ko bhiUi hai, maiu bhi teri aulad ko bhul jaunga. 7 We kasrat se jitna phaile, itui mere gunahgir hue ; is lije un ki izzat ko ruswai se badal dalungi. 8 We mere logon ki gumrahi ka phal khate haio, aur un ke gunah par apna dil lagate hain. 9 Aur jaisa logou ka hai waisa krihinoo k4 hril hoega : maiuun ke chalan ki saza dnngJi, aur un ke afaal ka badla Idngi. 10 We khawenge, par dsuda nahfu honge; we zina k.nrenge, par aulad na barhegi; ki KuuDAWAND ki itaat ko chhor diye. 11 Haramkari aur wain aur sharab dil ko chhin leti hai. 12 Mere log apni lakri ki mnrat se sawal karte hain, un ki la dp un ko bata deti hai; kyunki haram- kari ki rdh ne unhcu gumrih kiyd hai, aur apne Khuda ke zer saye se tajawuz karke haramkari karte hain. 13 Paha ion ki chotlou par qurbaniao guzarinte haig, aur tiloo par lubau jalate hain, aur balut aur cbinar aur shah baldt ke per tale bhi ; kynnki un ka saya achchha hai : is sabab tumhari betiau badkariau kareugf, aur tunibari jorurin harimkari ki murtakib hongi. 14 Jab tumhari betiAo badkariln karengi, aur tumliari joruaij haramkari ki murtakib hongi, to maiu un ko saza nahin dunga ; kyunki we ap bhi clihinalou ke sath goshe meu jate hain, aur kasbiou ke sath qurbaniao gu/arante hain: is liye ye log, jo nadan haiu, saza pawenge. 15 Ai Israel, agar tu randibazi kare, to aisa na I)o ki Yahiidih bhi gunahgar ho! Turn Jiljalna.'ina, aur Bait i Awn nicuna jana, aur Khuda i Ilai ki qasatn nakhana. IG Kyunki Israel arnewali bachhiya kf manind arti hai: ab Kuudawand unko kushada jagah men barre ki taiah charawegi. 17 Ifraim buton se mil gaya hai: use rahne de. 18 Jab un ki sharab uthai gai hai, to we bar bar zini karte haig; un ke sardar chahte haio, ki shahwat ka sanian do. 19 Hawa apne parou se un ko urawcgi, aur we apni qurbanion se sharmindn honge. P p p p p 938 HUSFA. [5 BAB V. BAB. 1 Ai k^hino, is bat ke tain suno, aurai Israel kekhrlndin, kandharo, aur ai bad- shah ke gharane suno! kyunki turn par insaf ruji'ia hota hai: ki turn Misfa par dim hue, aur Tabiir par bichhaya hua jal. 2 We gnmrahi ke zabihou ka dher lagate haiu; par maio un sabhoij ko dintungi. 3 Main Ifraiin ko jauti hiiii, aur Israel bhi mujh se clihipa nahfij; kyi'inki ai Ifraim, tii zin^ karti hai, aur Israel Sluda hai. 4 Un ke kain unhen un ke Khuda ke pas phir ane nahfn dete hain, kyunki zinakari ki ruh un ke andar niea hai, aur we Khudawand kl ashnai se nawaqif haiu. 5 So Israel kS fakhr us ke dekhne men ghatta jata hai ; aur Israel aur Ifniim apni apni shararat meu girenge ; aur Yahiidah bhi un ke sath girega. 6 We gallon aur bheroD ko leke I^^iiudawand ko dhdndhne jaenge, lekin nahin pawenge; wuh un se kanara gaya hai. 7 Unhou neKnuDAWAND ke sath bewafii kf, kyunki harambachche un se paidahue: ab mahina unhee un ke nillsamet khawega. 8 Jibiah men singa bajao, aur Ramah mee turhi, Bait i Awn meu puk:iro, ki Ai Binyamin, tere mutaaqib haiu! 9 Tanbih ke din Ifraiin wiran hoga ; Isriel ke firqou ke darniiyan, jo kuchh ki yaqfnau howega, zahir karta huij. 10 Yahudah ke sardar un ke manind hue, jo sarhadd ko sarkate hain; main un par apna qahr pani ki tarah bitaunga. 11 Ifraim mazlum hota hai, bala se pisi jata hai; ki wuh khushi se admi ke hukm kf pairawi karta hai. 12 Is liye maiu Ifraim ke liye diniak aur Yahudah ke gharane ke liye kire ki manind hiinga. i;} Aur Ifraim apna marz dekhta h^i, aur Yahndah apna zakhm; so Ifraim Asur ko jata hai, aur jabbar shah ko bulabhejta hai; lekin wuh turn ko sihat de nahfn sakta, aur tunihara zakhm changa na karega. l-l- Main Ifraim ke liye sher babar ki manind, aur Yahndah ke gharane ke liye jawan sher ki manind hunga ; main £p hi pharkar jannga, utha lunga, aur kol na chhurawega. 15 Main apne maqam ko uth janngS, jab tak ki we apne ko asami na janen, aur mere munh na dhundhen; we apni tangi men sawere mere talib honge. VI. BAB. 1 Ao, ham Khurawand kf taraf phiren^ .kyunki us ne phSra hai, aur wuhf hameu changa karegS, us ne mara hai, aur wuhi hamare zakhm ko bandhega. 2 Wuh do din men hamen hayU i taza bakhshega, aur tisre din men ham ko utha- wega, aur ham us ke huzur men zinda rahenge. 3 Pas ao, ham muarrif honge, khudashinasi kf pairawi karenge ! Us ka nikalna sahar ki manind mnqarrar hai, aur wuh barsat Id manind hamare liye awega, pichhle menh ki mfmind jo zaniin ko sinchta hai. 4 Ai Ifraim, main tujh se kya kariin, ai Yahndali, maio tujh se kya karuu? Ki tumhari neki subh ke badal ki manind hai, aur subh ke shabnam ke manind jatf rahti hai. 5 Is liye main nabiou ke wasile se chirta hiin, apne munh ke kalam se marta huu, teri balaeu roshni ki manind numayan hong'. 6 Kyunki main neki chahta hun, na qurbanf ; aur khudashinasf charbawou se ziyada. 7 Lekin we admi ki tarah ahdshikanf karte haiu ; wahau mujh se bewafa ho jate haig. 8 Jiliad badkarou kf bastf hai, khanrezi se Sluda. 9 Aur jaisa 7 BAH.] HU'SI-A. 939 dakaitou ki gol logOQ ke ghat meu lagte haio, waisa k&hinou kf guroh Sikm k! vih meo qatl karti hai ; hao we fisq o fajar ke niurtakib haio. )0 Ahl i Israel meo maiu ne khaufnisan kam dekha : wahiu Ifrahii ki zinakari hai, aur Israel palisht ! 11 Ai Yahudah, tcre liye bhf dirau muqarrar hiia, jab maiu apnc logon ki asiri ko phir lauiiga. VII. BAH. 1 Jab maio Israel ko changa kariie par tha : to Ifraim ki badi aur^Samrun ki 2.abuiii zahir liui. Kjiinki we daga karte haio, chor andar ata liai, aur dakaitoo ka gol b:ihar liitta hai. 2 We apne dil ineij nahfu soclite, ki maiu un kf sari burai- ou ko ydd rakhta hug; ab un ke kam uu ke gird haig, we meri ankhou ke a^e khule haiij. 3 We badshah ko apni badkdri se, aur amirou ko daroggoi se khudh karte haio. 4 We sab ke sab ziiiak.ir us tanur ke manind haiu jo nanbai se sulgayi gaya: wuh suji ke sinne se us ke khamir hone tak ag barue se darguzarta. 5 liamare badshah ke din meu sardar sharab ke nashe se bimar bote haiu; wuh thatthebazou ke sath apni hath barhati hai. 6 Ki we apne dil, jo tanur ke manind haiu, ghat men lite haiu: un ka nanbai sari rat nind meo hai, wuh subli ke waqt shuahidir ao- ke ma- nind jalti hai. 7 We sab ke sab tanur ke manind dahakte haiy, aur apne qizfou ko khi jite haiy; un ke sire badshah mare parte haiu, un ke darmiyan koi nahin jo mujhe pukare. 8 Ifraim, wuligairqanmoa meu shamilho gaya hai, Ifraim ek chapati hai, jo pheri na gai. 9 Gairou ne us ki quwat ko le liya, aur us ko khabar nahfo, aur jahao tahin us par safcd bal haiu, par us ko khabar nahfo. 10 Chunanchi Israel ka fakhr us ke deklme meu ghatta jata hai, tis par bhi we Khudawand apne Kbuda kf taraf naliiu phirte haiij, aur is sare hai meg us ko nahin dhundhte. 11 Ifraim. aiimaq beaql fikhta ke manind hai, we Misr ko pukarte haio, Asur ko jate haiu. 12 We jahan jaenge, maiu wahaij un par apne jil ko dalnnga, un ko hawa ke parindon ke manind niche utarungi, aur un ko tanbih karanga, jaisi ki uu ki jamaatoo meu suna jata hai. 13 Afsos un par, ki mujh se bhig gae ; halakat un par, ki we mujh se bagi hue. Main un ke bachane par taiyar bun, par we mere haqq meo jhnth bolte haio. 14 We jab apne apne bichhaune par chillate haig, mujh ko dil se nahio pukarte; wa anaj aur sharab ke liye to jama bote, par mujh se bagi rahte bain. 15 Bawujud ki maio ne un ko tanbih kiya, aur un ke bazDon ko zor bakhsha, tau bhi we mere haqq meu badandeshi karte haig. 16 We phirte haiu, par Haqq Taala ki taraf nahin, we khatakar kaman ke manind haiu; un ke amir un ki zuban ki gustakhi ke sabab talwar se girie jaenge : yih un ka istihza zamfn i Misr meu se hogi. VIII. BAB. 1 Turlii tere munh par! Wuh uqib ki tarah aid i Khudawand par tutta hai, is liye ki we mere ahd be bahar gae, aur meri siiariat se bagi hue. 2 Bani Israel, we mujhe pukarenge, Ai mere Khuda, ham bam Israel tujhe pahchante haiu •' P p p p p 2 940 HU'SrA. [9 BAB. .'} Israel ne tlidb! ko radd kiya : duslunan us ke pfchhe pfchhe daurenge. 4 We bddshihoo ko muqarrar karte the, par mujh se nahfu, we sard^rou ko thaharite the, jinheo maiu nahfu jdnta. We apne rupe se aur apne sone se mibudou ko banSte haio : so we nest kiye jaenge. 5 Ai Sainrun, wuh tere bachhre ko radd karta hai ! Mera gussa un par bharka hai : we kab tak paki se nafrat rakhenge? 6 Kynnki wuh Israel kd IjSd hai, karigar ne us ko Lanaya hai, is liye wuh Khuda nahfu. Filhaqfqat Samrun ka bachhrS tukrS tukra tofa jaegS. 7 We hawa bote haig, aur girdbid laute haiij j un kf sabzf nahin, n^l nahfu karta bil, aur agar kare, to begane log khaenge. 8 Israel nigla gaya : ab we qaumoo ke darmiyan us bartan kf nianind honge, jis nieu ragbat nahfu hoti. 9 Ki we Asur ko uth jate haiu : gorkhar tanhl khud mukhtar rahta hai, par ahl i Ifraim Ssliiqou ko kharchi dete haitj. 10 So maio bhi, ki we qaumoo ke darmiyan iiharchf dete hail', ab unhen jama kafunga, aur we sardaroo ke badshah ke bojh se ghatenge. 1 1 Kyunki Ifraim ne badkarf ke liye bahut se raazbah banae ; we mazbah us kf badkari ke bSis hue. 12 Maiu ne apnf shari'at kf bari barf bateu us ke liye likhfu ; kaisf ainabf ginf jatf haia ! We merf dad dihisli kf qurbaniou men gosht guzarante haiu, aur khate hain ; Khud aw and un serazinahfij hota. 13 Ab wuh un kf buraf yad rakhega, aur un ke gunahou kl badla lewega : we Misr ko phir jaenge. 14 Aur Israel apne khaliq ko bhul gay^ hai, aur butkhaiia banati hai, aur Yahadah ghere hue shahrou ko bahut karta hai ; lekin maiij un shahrog par ag bhejunga, aur wuh un ke mahalloD ko khawegf. IX. BAB. 1 Ai Israel, qaumoo ki manind mare khushi ke shSdiydna mat baji ; kyunki td apne Khudi se bewafa chalke zina karta hai, aur sab khaliyanoij uico kharchi chdhta hai. 2 Khaliyan aur kolhu un ko nahfu pilenge, aur nayi sharab uu ko dhokha degf. 3 We Khudawand kf zamfn men nahiu rahenge; Ifraim Misr ko lautenge, aur Asur meu napik chfzeg khaenge. 4 We i\HUDA'WAND ke liye wain na tapawenge, aur us ke zabfh use pasand nahfn Ste, we matam kf roll ke manind us ke liye haio, jitne use khaenge, Sliida honge ; kyunki un kf rotfan un ki jan ke iwaz Khudawand ke ghar men dakhil nahfn hongf. .5 Turn jamiat ke din aur Khudawand ki fd ke din kya karoge ? 6 Dekh, we wfrana se chale j;ite haiu; Misr un ko kafnaega, Manfun ko garcga. Gazna un kj chindi ke zewarou ka wiris hoga, khar un ke deroo men ugega. 7 IntiqSm ke din ate haiu, mukafat ke din Ste haiu ; Israel malum karega, nabi pagal, sahib i rah diwana ho jaeg^, terf barf badi aur nihiyat zabuni ke sabab se. 8 Ifraim mere Khudi ke siwa rah takta hai; nabi apni sarf rahoij men shikari ka jal hai, wuh apne Khuda ke ghar men zabun hai. 9 We Jibiah ke aiyJni ke logou ke manind nihayat fasid haiu. Wuh un ki shararat yid karega, wuh un ke gunihoo ka badla leg§. 10 Main ne Israel ko angarou ki mlnind bayabin men p\va, jaisa kianjir kS pahla paka haa phal pahlf mausim meg, waisa tumhare bapou ko dekha ; lekin we liaal Fagur pas gae, aur us behayd ke nazfr bane, aur un ki niashuqa ke manind makruh hue. 1 1 Ahl i Ifraim, un ka fakhr chiriya ki manind ur jaega yahay tak 10 BAB. J HU'SPA. 941 kijanam aurraliim aiirhamal na hoga. 1-2 Agarchi we apnt aul:id Ko pSlcu, taubhf iiiaio an ko beaulad kariinga, ki kof inard hacjf nahiij rahega. Filhatiujat afsos uii par jab un se dur liungi. 1,'J Jitiie dur iiiaiu Snr ki saint dcklita lii'in, Ifraiin nafis tarat men basay.i hua hai ; Ickin Ifriim ka jih lial Iioga ki us ke bete qatiloij ke pas nikale jaenge. 14 Ai Kiiudawand uii ko dc — kya dcgi? — unlieij giranewali pet aur sukhi chliatiau de. 15 We Jilj;il nieu apni siri badkarJau kiya karte liaiu : bau wahan niaiu un se khia rakhta hi'iOj un ke aamal ki sliarirat ke sabab se ; niaiij un ko apiie gbar se nikal dunga, pbir un se niahal)bat na kaniiiga : un ko sare sardar gardankash bain- 16 Ifraini mira bua bai; un kf jar sakb gai, we nablu pbalenge ; aur agar we janeu, to maiu un kc pet ke misliuq niardalungi. 17 Mora Kliuda un ko nuirdt'id karega, is liye ki we us ke sbinawa nalihj liiie, aur we qaunion nieij awara pbirenge. •X. BAB. 1 Isniel ek gbana tik bai, jis nieij pbal laga : wuh apne pbal kt ziyadati ke muwafiq niazbaliou ko ziyada karta bai ; we apni zainfn ki baromandagi ke andaze par kbabsiiiat butou ko banate baiij. 2 Un ka dil bat gaya, ab we asami thaba- rengc; wub un ke mazbabou ko dbiega, aur un ke butog ko tofega. 3 Ivyiinki ab we kabenge, ki lianiara koi badsbab nabiu ; is sabab se ki bam Kuuda'wanu se nabi 1 dare, to badsbab haniare liye kya karegi ? 4 We kbali bateij bolte bain, abd bindbte, jhudiiqasam kbite baic : is liye jaisa sbugran kbet ki reghari meu waisi bala ugti bai. 5 Bait i Awn ki bacbliiya ke liye Samn'in ke rabnewale dareiige, ki us ke bande us ke liye bie karenge, aur us ke pande us ke liye chhati pitenge, ki us kl jalal ham logoo se uth jata rabta hai! 6 Wub bhiAsur men us jabbir shab ke hadiya ke liye pabunclia^'i jaegi ; pasbemani Ifraim par galib hog', aur Israel apni sazish se sharminda boga. 7 Sararun jata raha, us ki bidsli di bubab kl nianind darya ki dbar par. 8 Aur Awn ka iincha makan, jo Israel ka gunib hai, dbaya j lega, aur un ko niazbaboij par kante aur iintkatare ugenge, aur wepabarou ko kabenge, ki Hanieij dbampo, aur tilou ko ki Ham par giro ! 9 Ai abl i Israel, turn Jibiah ke dinoij se bbi ziyada gunahgir bile ! Wabau we baqi rahe, ki Jibiah men wuh larai, jo un shaitinbachcbou se hiii, un par na a pari. 10 Main ji jan se unheu sazi danga ; aur qaumeo un par farabam hongi, jab uuiiij unheu un ke do gunib ke liye saza diingi. 1 1 So Ifraini bacbbiya bai, jo sadbaya jata aur galla nialne ko pasand karti, aur luaiij us ki acbclibi gardan par aunga : maio Ifraim sawarl banaungi, Yahudab b:d jotegi, aur Yaqnb us ka bengi pherega. 12 Apne hi liye rasti boo, neki lauo, baiijar ko joto ! Aur Khudawanu ke dhundbne ka waqt hai, jab ki wuh awe, aur rasti ko turn par barsawe 13 Tuni nc fasad boya, sbararat dirau kiya, aur dhokbe kii phal khdya, kyiinki tii ue apni rah par, apne bahadurou ke gol gol par takiya kiya. 14 Is sabab se tere logou meu hangama uthega, aur tere sire qala dhae jaenge, jaisa ki Salman ne larai ke din Lait i Arbiel ko dbi diya ; mi apne larkou par patki gai, tukre tukre biai. 15 Tundiara Bait i El aise hai ka Ijais hoga, ki tumhari sliararat nibayat hai. Pau phaikc shah i Israel fana hoti hai. 942 HU'SI'A. [11 BAB. XI. BAB. 1 Jab Israel tifl tha, maio us ko piyar karla th5, aur apne bete ko Misr se bulayi. 2 Jitna unhon ne un ko bulaysi, we un se itna dur gae ; unhou ne Baalou ko qurb.iniau guzaraniu, aur tarashl hui niuratoii ke lij'e luban jalayS. 3 Maiij ne Ifriim keli.itli pakarke unheu chalnesikhlaya, lekin we iiahiij jaiite, ki maiu unheo sihat bakhshta buu. 4 Maiu insaniyat ke band se, ishq ke risbte se, unheo kbJncha, niaio un ka aisa hua, ki un ki gardan par se ji'ia utara, aur unheu niihr se khilaya. 5 Kya wuh zanifn i Misr men nahfii lautegi ? aur Asur, wuh us ka Ladshahhoga, is liye ki we phirne se inkar karte haiu. 6 Un ke shahron nieu talwar chalti rabegf, aur un ke quflou ko kategi, aur un ko un kf inashwaratou ke sabab niglegt. 7 Aur mere log mujh se phirne par mail haio ; we unheu Al'lah Taala kf taraf phirne ko bulate haio, par koi us ki tamjid nahiy karta. 8 Ai Ifraim, main tujh se kiya karuu? ai Israel, main tujhe kya banauu? Ky4 maiu tujhe Adamah ki manind karuu, tujhe Zibian kf nianind baniun? Dil niera mujh men pech khata hai, meri rahmaten harakat men aiu. 9 Maiu apne gussa kf tezf ko amal nahin kariinga, Ifraini ki halakat ko nahfn phirnnga ; kynnki maiu Khuda huD, insan nahiu, tere darniiyan quddiis ; maiij qahr ke sath nahiu ata. 10 We Khudaw/Vnd ki pairawi karenge, ki wuh sher babar ki tarah garajega ; jab wuh garajega, tab aulad pachhim se jald awegi ; 11 Misr se chiriya ki tarah aur Asiir ki zamin se fakhte kf manind jald awegf, aur maiu un ko un ke gharog meu basadnga, Khudawand farniata hai. XII. BAB. 1 Ifraim jhuth se aur Israel ke gharane mujh ko dagi se gher lete haiu, aur Yahudah ab tak Khuda ke sath chalta hai, Quddiis ke pas wafadar hai. Ifraim hawa par chartA hai, aur lujvki pairawi karta hai, bar roz jhuth aur garat barhata hid; we Asiirfoti se ahd bandhte haiu, aur tel Misr meu pahunchay^ j4ti hai. 2 Khudawand Yahudah se ek bahs raklita hai, aur Yaqnb ko us ke chalanou ke rautabiq sail dega, us ke aam.il ke muwafiq us ko ajr dega. 3 Rahim men wuh apne bhai ke aqab se laga hiia thd, aur wuh apne zor se Khuda ke sath kushti lara ; 4 Wuh Firishtc ke sath kushti lara, aur galib ay4 ; wuh roya aur us se barakatkhwah hua ; wuh Bait i El men use mila, aur wahau wuh hamare sath hamkalani hua, 5 Yane Khudawand Rabb ul afwaj, us k^ zikr Khuda- WAND hai. 6 Pas ta apne Khudi ki taraf phir, neki aur rasti ko hifazat kar, aur hamesha apne Khuda ka ununedwar rah. 7 Ek Kanaani hai, us ke hath meg daga ki tarazu hai, daga ko dost rakht^ hai. 8 Ifraim bolta bai, ki llau, maiu tawaugar hiiu, aur malmujhe muyassar hua. Meri sari kamai meu n;ihaqq uahio pawenge jo khata howe. 9 Tis par bhi maiu zamiu i Misr se Khudawanu tera Khudi huu ; hanoz maiu idi aiyam ki tarah tujh ko khaiuiou men basiti hiin. 10 Maiu ab tak nabiou se biteu karta hiiu, aur ruya ko Larhata huu, aur nabioQ ke wasile se tanisd guzaranta huu. 11 Yaqfnan Jiliad 13 BAB.] IIU'SrA. 943 Awn hai, we khalf ztir haip, h5o we Jiljal meo bailou ke zabih gnzamiite haiu ; uii ke mazLah bhi khet ki regharfoo ke tddoij ke manind bahut haio. 12 Lekin Yacjiib, wuh Aram mcu chala gay^, brio Israel jorti ke liyc naukar bana, wuh zauja ke liye garariya bua. 13 Anr paiijambar se KiiUDAfw.VNi) Israel ko Misr meo se nikal laya, aur wuh paig;ambar se mahfiz raha. H Lekin Ifraim, wiih ab Kiiiin.vwANi) ko talkh gairat ineu dalti Ijai : is liyc wuh us ka kh'in us ke sir par chhoregl, aur us kt malamat ko us ka Kuudawand us kf taraf phirawcgi. XIII. liAB. 1 Jab Ifraim makruhat sikhlata tha, wuh Isrricl men sarkash hna : aur wuh Baal se asanif bana aur niara. 2 Aur ab guuah par gunali knrte jate kaiu ; we apne liyc miiratou yane apni chaudi se flpni aql ke luutabii} baton ko banate hain, jo sab ke sab karigaron ke kaui haiu. We un ke hniq men kahte haig, ki Jo koi qurbanf guzardne, so bachhron ko chnme ! 3 Is liye we subh ke abr ke mhiind honge, aur OS kt manind, jo jald jatl rahti hai, aur bhusi ki tarah, jo bad i gird se khaliyin meu se urai jati hai, aur chuihe k! dhtjeo ki manind honge. 4 Lekin main Misr ki zamin meu se Ixhudawanh tera Khuda hua ; td mere siwa aur ma])ud ko nahfn pahchanega, is liye ki mere siwa koi aur najat denewala nahin hai. 5 Main bayaban men, bari khushki ki zamin meu tujh se ashnai kartA tha. 6 We charke asuda hue, aur dsi'ida hoke shokh bane : is sabab mujhe bhiil gae. 7 Is liye maio un ke liye sher babar ki manind hunga, chite kf tarah ghat meo laga rahunga. 8 Maio bachche khoe hue bhal ki tarah un se mulaqat kariiuga, aur un ke dil ke parde ko phlfanga, aur wahao baghni ki tarah un ko khSunga ; jangli wahshi un ko pharenge. 0 Yili teri halikat ka bais hai, ai Israel, ki tii mere barkhilaf hai jo tera najat- denewala hnu. 10 Ab tera. bidshali kahau ? — wuh tere Rare shahroo meg tujhe bachawe ! — aur tere qazi kahan ? ki tu to kahta tha, ki Badshah ko aur sardaroa ko mujhe de. 11 Main apne gussa men tujhe badshah deta tha, aur apne qahr men us ko uthd liinga. 12 Ifraim ka gunah band hai, us ki khata mahfuz dharf hai. 13 Jannewali aurat ki pifeo us par iwengi ; wuh nidan larka hai, ki wuh ain waqt bachchadan ki rah mea nahiu uthti hai. 14 Main patal ke qabze se unheu bachaunga, maut se unhen chhuraunga. Ai maut, teri waba kahan ? Ai patal, teri mari kahan ? PachhtanS meri ankhoij se chhipega. 15 Ifraim apne bhaioo ke darmiyan farichunda to hai, par samum awegf, KuuDAWANn ki liih sahra meo se nikal dwegi, aur us ki sota siikh jaega, aur us ka chashma khushk ho jacga. Wuh sare margiib bartanon ka khazana hit legi. IC Samrnn wiran hoga ; kyunki wuh apne Khuda se bagf hua : we talwar se gir jaenge, un ke lafke patke jaenge, aur un ki pelwali aurateu chiri jienge. 944 YU'EL. [I BAB. XIV. BAB. 1 Ai Israel, tn Khudawanu apne Kluida ke pis phir, kyunki tu apnl badkdri ke sabab gir pfira hai. 2 Turn batou ko sath leke Khudawand ke pas phiro, aur use kaho, ki Sari badkari ko utha dal, aur fazl se niamat bakhsh, aur ham apne labon kc bachhrou ko guzaranenge. 3 Asur ham ko najat nahin dega, hair, ghofoo par saw.ir nahiij honge, apne h;ithou ke kamou ko nahiu kahenge, ki Ham^re mabdd ho, is liye ki yatim tujhf se shrif(iat pata hai " 4 Main un ke arne ko sadhannga, niaiu ku^^hidadili se un ko piyar karunga ; kyunki niera gussa us se dur hi'ia hai. 5 Main Israel ke h'y a shabnam ki maniiid hi'inga, wuh sosan ki tarah bigsegi, aur Lubnan ki tarah jar garega. 6 Us ki dalian phailengf, us ka jamal zaitiin ki minind, aur us ki khushbii Lubndn ki si hogi. 7 Jo log ki us ke zer saye men rahte h;uu, we lautenge, aur ziraat ki tarah sarsabz honge, tak ki tarah phut phut niklenge, us ka zikr Lubnan ki wain ka sa zikr hoga. 8 Ifraim kahega, ki Muihe hutoo se phir kya kam hai ? Main us ki sununga, aur us par iltifat karunga ; raain hara saro sa hungS, mujh se tera phal muyassar hoga." . 9 Dana kaun hai, jo inheu samjhegi, aur ahl i dilkaunhai, jo inkojanega. Kyunki KnoDAfWAND ki rahcQ sidhi haig, aur nek log un meo chalenge, par gun^hgar un men gir parenge. YU'EL I. BAB. 1 Khu»a;wanb ka kalara jo Ydel bin Fatuel ko pahuncha, so yih hai. 2 Ai bdrho, yih suno, aur zamin ke sare rahnew^lo, kau dharo ! kya tumhare aiyam meo ya tumhare bapdadon ke aiyam men aisi kabhi hui ? 3 Us ka bayan apni aulid se karna, aur tumhari aulad apni aulad se, aur un ki aulad apni nasi se. 4 Ki jo kuchh kamala ne clihora, use tiddi ne khaya hai, aur jo kuchh tiddi ue chhora, use ghun ne khaya, aur jo kuchh ki ghun ne chhora, use kire ne khaya. 5 Ai matwalo, jSgo aur matam karo, ai sare sharabio, aur nayi sharab ke liye chillao, kyunki wuh tumhare munh se alag ki gai hai. 6 Is liye ki ek qaum meri zamin par charh ai, we zorawar aur beshumar haio, jin ke dant sher babar ke dant bain, aur bare slier babar ki drirhi ke dant haio. 7 Us ne mere tak ko wiran kiya ha;i, mere anjir ke darakht ki chhalko utara, aur bilkull saf kiya hai, aurphenk diya hai, us ki diliag safed ho gaig. 8 Tum matam karo, jis turah saiyiba apni jawani ke khasam ke liye iit pahine matam karti hai. 9 Hadiya aur tapawan Kuudawand ke ghar se ulhae gae haiu ; kahin log, Khudawand ke khadim, rote haig. 10 Kheti wiran hui hai, zamin roti hai, ki galla wiran hn£, wain sharminda hua, rau^an murjha gaya. U Kisan sharminda hain, bagb^n gehun par aur jau par chillate haiu, kyunki zamin ki fasl garat ho 2 Mi^B.] YUEL. 045 gaf. 12 Tak sharmlnda hda, anjJr murjha gaya, anar aur Ifhurm^ aur seb ke darakht, hao maidan ke sare daiakht jhuri gae, hiu bani Adam ke darmiySn ae khuyhi murjlia gaf. 13 Ai kahino, tat ki patka bandhkar mdtam karo, ai mazbah kc khaditno, turn wSwaili knro, ai mere Khuda ke kh,idimo, turn s.iri nit tat paliine line pare raho, kyiinki hadiya aur tap.iwan tuinhire Khuda ke ghar se roka jita hai. 14 Turn log roze ke liye ek din ko inuqaddns karo, taatil ke din kf manadi karo, buzur- gou ko aur zamin ke sare rahnewaloo ko Khudawand apne Khudi ke ghar men jama karo, aur Kiiudawand ke age faryad karo. 15 Afsos yih kya din hai! kyiinki KiiunAWANrj kldin qarib hai, aur Swega jaisa halakat Klmdi Taila ki taraf se. 16 Kyi ham:iri nazarou se khurak kat nahfo gaf, hau khushnudi aur khursandi hamarc Khuda ke ghar se? 17 Anaj ke bij dheloD ke niche sar gae, makhzan wi'ran pare haiu, anij ke gole dhde gae, ki galla murjha gaya. 18 Haiwan kaise ah marte haio, aur niawashi ke galle ghabrae jate haiij; kyunki un ke liye charai ki jagah nahi'o hai, hau bheroij ke galle bhi mare phirte haiu. 19 Ai Kiiuda'wand, maig tere dge faryad kartd huo ; kyunki Sg maidin kf chardgah ko khi jati hai, aur shuala khet ke sare darakhtoo ko roshan karta liai. 20 Sahra ke j-inwar bhi teri taraf munh bite haiu ; kyunki pani ki nadiau sukh gaio, aur ag maidan ki charagiih ko kha gaf. II. BAB. 1 Saihan meu turhl phiinko, aur mere muqaddas pahar par naqdra bajao, sar- zamfn ke sire rahnewale kampeij ; kyunki Khudawand ki dia pahunchta hai, hio qarib hai : 2 Aiidheri aur tarfkf ka din, lira abr aur ghanghor ka din, jaisi sahar paharoij par bichhi hiii : ek qaum bari aur zorawar, kiwaisa qadiin se kabhf nahfn huf hai, aur barasou tak pusht dar pusht hargiz nahiij hocgf. 3 Uuke age age ag kha leti hai, aur us ke pichhe pichhe shuala jaliti hai, un ke age zamin bag i Adan ki manind hai, aur un ke piclihe maidan i wf ran hai, hau un se kuchh nahiu bachta. 4 Ghorou ki manind nazar ate haig, aur sawarou ke barabar daurte haiij. 5 Paharou ki chotiog par rathoQ ke harharine ke manind we phandte haio, ao^ ke luliab ke jhaljhalane ke manind, jo badh ko kha leti hai, ek zorawar qnum ki tarah, jo larai ke liye safF bindhe, mustaidd liaiij. 6 Un ke age log thartharawen«re, hau sab ka chihra siyah ho jaega. 7 We pahlawanog ki manind daurenge, jangi jawanou ki tarah diwar par charh jaenge, aur harek apni rah meu ao-e Larhega, aur we apne rastoij se nahiu nmrenge. S We ek dusre ko nahin telenfe, har koi apni apni rah meu ^ge barhcga, aur agar talwar par girenge, taubhi zakhmi na howenge, 9 We shahr ke darniiyan idhar udhar daurenge, diwar par phindenge, gharoij par charh jaenge, chorou ki tarah khirkiou se ghusenge. 10 Un ke age zamin larazti rahegi, asman kampega, aftab aur mahtab siyah ho jaenge, sare sitare apni chamak khinch lenge. 11 Aur Kiiudawand apne lashkar ke age apni awaz se pukarega, ki us ki lashkargah bahut bari iiai, ki wuh zorawar hai jo us ke hukm ko anjam karta hai ; kyunki Khudawand ka din bahut bufa aur nihayat khaufnak hai : kaun use bardisht kar sakta hai? 12 Aur ab bhi, i^uuDAWANu farniata hai, turn apne tamam dil se roza aur m4- Q q cj (} q 946 YU'EL. [2 BAB. tam aur z^rt ke sath merf taraf phiro. 13 Aur apnedilou ko pharona kiapne kaproo ko aur Khudawand apne Khuda ki taraf phiro ; kynnki wuh liannan aur rahinSn hai wuh zn ul tul aur rabb ul fazl hai, wuh eaza pahunchine meu thahar jata hai. 14 KyS jane, wuh phire aur pachhtawe, aur apne pichhe se barakat ko chho.re, badiya aur tapawan Khudawand tumhare Ivhuda ke liye. 15 Saihun meo turhi phiinko, aur ek din ko roze ke liye muqaddas thaharao, aur inuqaddas iaraaat ki manadi karo. IG Turn logoo ko jama karo, jamaat ko muqaddas karo, bnrhou batoro, lafkou ko aur shtrkhwaron ko jama karo, dulha apni kotliri se, aur duUiin apne khalwatkhane se nikal jie. 17 Kahin log, Khvukwasd ke kh.dim, dalInaurqurbangrihkedarmiyanroyakareu,:iurkaheu, si Khudawand, apne logoo ko bacha le, aur apni inir.is ko malimat men na dil, aisi na ho ki gair qaumeo un par hukumat kareu- We qaumou ke darmiyan kyuu kaheo, ki Uuka Khuda kahao hai? 18 Tab KnuDAWAND apni zamin ke liye gairatmand hoga, aur apne logou par shafqat karega. 19 l:ialki Khudawand apne logou ko jawab meu kahegi, ni Dckho, maiij tumhare liye anaj aur wain aur tel bhejnnga, ki turn log us se ser hof^e, aur maiu phir turn ko gair qaumoij meu zarb ul masal na banaonga. 20 Lekin uttar ke lashkar ko tuin se ddr karungi, aur use siikhi wiriu zauu'n meo bank dunga, uskf agif' purab ke samuadar meij, aur us ki pichhaii pachhiin ke samundar meg, aur us ki badbii uthegi, aur us ki gandagi chafliegi, ki we apni bara' karte the. 21 Ai zamin, mat dar, khush o khurrani rah, kyunki Khudawand ajaib dikh- lawegi. 22 Ai sahra ke haiwano, mat daro, kyunki maidau ki cliarigih ugti hai, aur darakht apna phal deta hai, anjir aur tik apae basil nikalte haiij. 2 5 Aur ai Saihun ki aulid, turn log khush hoo, aur Khudawand apne Khudl meu khur- rami karo, kyunki wuh tumheu sadaqat ka ustad dega, aur pahle tuiuheg auwal o ^khiri barsat ko barsawega. 24 Aur khaliyan geliun se bhar j^ienge, aur s.re koUid wain aur tel se iabrez houge. 25 Aur un barasou ke hasilat ko, jinheo tidJi aur ghun aur kifeaurkamalane yaane us bari fanj ne, jis ko main ne tumhare dar- miyan bheja tha, khaya hai, so tumheo pher dnnga. 26 Aur turn khate ser hoo-e, aur Khudawand apne Khudci ke nam ki, jo tumko ajib o garib dikhliya hai, taarif karoge, aur mere log hargiz sharminda nahiu honge. 27 Aur turn janoge, ki maiu Isrdel ke darniiyrin huo, aur maiu Khudawand tuuihara Khuda hiiu, aur diisra koi nahiu ; aur mere log kabhi sharuiinda nahiu honge. 28 Aur is ke baad aisa hoga, ki maiu apni R-uh ko sire bashar par barsaungi, aur tumhare bete betiiu nubuwat karenge,aur tumhare bnrhe khwab dekhenge, aur tumhare jawan ruya ko mushahada karenge. 29 Balki maiu unhiu diiiou meo apni Ruh ko gulimou aur laund on par baisiiungi. 30 Aur main asman aur zamin par ajaib dikhlaunga, yaane lahii aur ag aur dhuwao ka gubar. 31 Aftab tarikhi se aur mahtab lahii se mubaddal ho jaegi, us se age, ki Khudawand ka bara aur ^haufnak din a pahunche. 32 Aur aisa hoga, ki jo koi Khudawand ka nam lega, so najat pawega ; ki Saihun ke pahar par, aur Yariisalam meu najat hogi, jaisa Khudawand ne farmaya hai, aur un baqi logon meu, jinheu Khudawand bulawega. ' ^^'^•^ YU'EL. 94^ III. BMB. 1 Aur dekl, unhf. dinoo men.aur usf waqt meo,ki jab Yahdd^I. aur Yarusalam asir. ko plnraungS, o Tab sM qaumoD ko ikattha karung^, aur unheo vahusafat ki widf ,neo le jdunga, aur wahan merf guroh aur mcri mtras Israel ke ue, jis ko we qaumou ke dar.niy.in paraganda karte, aur meri za.nfn ko apas raeo ant lete the, un se bahs karnngi. 3 Hau unhoy ne mere logon ke live qura dala, aur kn^, ke badle larka diyi, aur sharab ke liye larki bechf, au'r piya. 4 lh,rtum ko mujh se kya kdm hai, ai Sur o Saida, aur Filistiou ki slri sarhadd? Ma tun, ,nujh ko badia doge? aur agar doge, to maio jhatpat tumharS badU tumhare sir par phiraungi. 5 Ryunki turn ne merS sona aur chandJ le liya hai, aur men achchhf n.argab chf..on ko apnf haikaloy meo le gae ho; 6 Aur turn ne ^ahudah aur Yarasalam kf aulid ko Yunanfou ke hath beeha hai, taki unheo un k. sarhadd se dur karo. 7 Dekho, turn ne un ko jahaa becha hai. maiu unhen wahaose utha liunga, aur tumhara badli tumhare sir par bhejunga ; 8 Aur Uunh.re bete betfop ko bbi banf Yahudah ke hath bechunga, aur we un ko Sab^iou ke hnh, JO dur ke log hahj, bechenge, kyunki Ivhuoawand ne farmaya hai. 9 Is bat ko gairqaumoo meu ishtihar karo, lafai kf taiyari karo, pahlawJnou ko hosh.yar karo, sare jangi jawan hazir hou, aur eharh awey. 10 Apne halon se talwar banao, aur hansuoa se bhale. Zaif kahe, ki Maiy zorawar huy i 11 \i ga.rqaumo, turn apne ko jama karo, aur chale ao, charou taraf se apne talu ikattha karo. Ai Khudawand, in apne pahlawanou ko wahan utar. 1> Gair qaumeo bedar hoke Yahusafat kf wadi mey chaley, kyunki charoy taraf kf gair qaumoQ ke insaf karne ko main wahan baithunga. 13 Hansua lagao, kyunki f.sl pakgalhai. Ao, raundo ! ki kolhd labalab hua hai, aur sare hauz labrez baiy ; kyunki un ki shararat bahut ziyada hai. 14 Guroh guroh infisal ki wadf mey ! kyunki Khudawand ka din infisil kfwidf meu qarfbhai. 15 Aftab aur mahtab tarik ho jaenge, aur sitare apni chamak khfneh lenge. 16 Aur K.xud^wanb Saihun se shor karega, aur Yarusalam se apni awaz buland karega, aur 5sman zanjfn kampenge. Lekin Kuudawand apne lo-oo ki ummedgih, aur banf Israel ki panah hogi. 17 Aur turn jSnoge, ki maio Khuda- WAND tumhara Khuda bun, jo apne Saihun ke muqaddas pahar par rahti buy, phir Yarusalam muqaddas hogi, aur begane log kabhi us ke darmiyan nahly guzrenge. 18 Aur nsi din aisahoga, kipahar wain ko tapkiwenge, aurtile dudh l.ai.awen Ai logo, jo tum apne se roz i musibat ko dur jante ho, aur zulm ki masnad ko apne pas khinch lete ho, 4 We jo fildan- dani palaiig par sote Iiaig, aur apni chlrp:iJou parpanw phailate haiu, aur galle men ke barrou ko, aur than meg se bachhrou ko khate haiu ; 5 Aur rabab ki iwiz ke sith gite haiu, aur Daiid ki tarah miisiqi ke sazou ko apne liye ijid karte haio, 6 Aur piyaloD meg se wain pfte haiij, aur apne badanpar khass itr malte haiu, lekin Yusuf ke khalal ke liye gam nahfg khate : 7 Is liye we un ke sath, jo pahle asiri meg jate, asiri meo jaenge, aur jo aram se lete, un ki inajlis mauquf hogi. 8 Khudawand Khuda ne apni zat kf qasam khai hai, Kuudawand lashkarog kii Khudi farmata hai, ki Main Yaaqiib ke faiihr se bugz rakhta hiio, aur us ke raahallon se kfna, is liye main shahr ko, jo kuchh ki us meg hai, sab samet hawala karunga. 9 Aur yiig hogi, ki agar ek ghar men das admi baqf rahenge, to we marenge, 10 Admi ka rishtadar aur us ka jalanewali haddion ko ghar se nikalne ko use uthawega, aur us se, jo ghar ke andar hai, kahega, ki Ab tak tere sath aur koi hai? Wuh kahega, Nahig. Tab wuh bolegi, ki Chup rah, ki Khudawand ka nam zikr mat karna. 11 Kyiinki dekh, Khudawand hukm karta hai, aur wuh markar bare gharog ko darar, aur chhote gharog ko siirakh karta hai. 12 Kyi chatanog pir ghore daurenge, ya k^'a koi wahag bailon se jotegi,ki turn adalat ko shugran se, aur nekokari ke phalog ko nagdaune se badal dalte ho? 13 Tum log, jo puch par fakhr karte ho, aur kahte ho, Kyi ham ne apne liye apni taqat Be sing nabio banae? 14 Lekin ai Israel ke l^hindan, Khupawand, lashkarog ka *»6 BAB.] IlIZQIEL. 913 XLVI. BAB I KiiunA'WAND KhufU yuo farmata hai, ki Andarwll kothrl ka mashriqraya phatak cliha diii ke liye band rahcg«, par sabt ke din khola jicga, aur naucliand! ke din bin khol.i jiega. 2 Anr sardar babar phatak ke usire kf rSh se dakhil boga, aur phatak ke sutiin p;is kb:ira rahega, aur kabin us ka charhawa aur us kf salanuMu guzrrinegi, aur wuh phatak ke Sstan par sijda karega. Tab niklegS, par pbatak sham tak band na hoga. 3 Aur zamfn ke log usf phatak ke darwaze par sabtou aur nauchandfoo meu KnunAWAND ke huzdr sijda kiya karenge. 4 Aur charhawa jo sardar sabt ke din Khudawand ke age guzaranega, so yih hai: chha beaib barrc, aur ek benib niendha; 5 Aur hadiya, ek mendbc ke liye ek aifab, aur hadiya barroD ke live us ke maqdnr ke mutabiq, aur ek aifah ke liye ek hfn tel. 6 Anr nauchandi ke roz yih hoga : ek beaib jawan bail aur chha barre, aur ek mendlia, sab ke sab beaii) honge. 7 Aur wuh hadiya maujdd karega, yane bachhre ke liye ek aifah aur mendhe ke liye ek aifah aur barron ke liye us ke maqdiir ke mutabiq, aur ek aifah ke liye ek hfn tel. 8 Aur jab sardar dakhil ho, phatak ke usare kl rah se dakhil hogt, aur usi ki rill scniklega. 9 Par jab ahl i zgmfn niuqaddas idoQ nieo Khudawand ke huznr hizir honge, to wuh jo uttar ke phatak kf rah se sijda karne andar atl hai, so dak- hin ke phatak ki rah bahar iaeg-i; aur wuh jo dakhin ke phatak kf rah se andar £ta hai, so uttar ke phatak kf rah se bahar jaeg^l : jis phatak kf rah se wuh andar aya, us se bahar na jaega, par us ke samhne ke phatak kf rah se bahar jaega. 10 Aur jab we andar jacnge, to sardar bhf un ke darmiyan jawega, aur jab we b^har ^wenge, to wuh bhf awega. II Aur idou nieo aur niuqaddas dinoQ meo Iiadiya Laclibre ke liye ek aifah aur mendlie ke li^-e ek aiflih hoga; aur barrou kc liye us ke maqdiir ke muwafiq, aur ek aifah ke liye ek hfn tel. 12 Aur jab sardar khushi ka charhawi ya khushf kf salamfio Khudawand ke age guzarane, to mashriqraya phatak us ke liye kholi j^ega, aur wuh jaisa sabt ke din kiya thS, waisa hi apnS charhawa aur apnl sala- mian guzardnega. Tab wuh bahar ^wega, aur us ke nijiulne ke bid phatak band kiya jaega. 13 Ta har roz Khudawand ke age pahle sal ka ek beaib barre kd charhawi. charhawega, til use har subh charhawega. 14 Aur til us ke liye har subh ko ek hadiya guzarancga, y.ine aifah ka chhattha hissa, aur mihfn niaide ke s^th niilane ko telke hfn kf ek tihai : yiii hamesbake hukai ke mutlbiq hamesha keliye Khuda- wand ke age hadiya hog.i. 15 Isf tarah we barra aur liadij^a aur tel har subh hamesha ke charhawe ke liye charhawenge. 16 Khudawand K.huda yno farmata hai, ki Agar sardar apne betoo meo se kisi ko hiba kare, to usi mfrls us kc betoij kf Iiogi, wuh wirisatan un ki mfras ho jaegi. 17 Par agar wuh apne gulamoij men se kisi ko apni mfras meg se hiba kare, to wuh khalisi ke sal tak us kS. hoga, bad az an sardar ki hogi; magar us ki mfris us ke betou ke lij'e hogi. 18 Aur sardar logou kf mfrls meu se zulman nahfu legi, ki unheu un ki mfras se be dakhl kare; par wuh apnf mfras men se apne betoo ka mfras dega, ta ki mere log bar ek apnf niiras se titar bitar na boo. 19 Phir wuh mnjhe us madkhal men se, jo phitak ke bagal mefi tha, kihinoQ M M m ra m m 914 HIZQIEL. [47 BAE. vittarni3':i muqaddas kothrfoc meu laya, aur dekh, pachhiiri taraf ke donoo kanlre parekjagah thi. 20 Tab us ne mujhe kaha, ki Dckh, wuh jagah hai, jis men kahin log asam aur khati3'a ubalenge, aur hadiya tanur men pakawenge, ti ki un- heo bahar ke sahn men na le jaen, ki logon ko taqdis kareo. 21 Phir wuh mujhe bahar ke sahn meg Idya, aur subn ke charou konoo meo se phira laya, aur dekh, sahn ke har ek kone men ek sahn tha. 22 Sahn ke charoQ konoo men chalfs chalis h^th lambe aur tfs tis hath chaufe sahn ek dusre ke muttasil the, ye charoo kone elchl nSp ke the. 23 Aur un ke girdagird un charou ke girdSgird ek dlwar thi, aur chSroo taraf diwar ke niche ubalne ki jagah taiyarhiif. 24 Tab us ne mujhe kaha ki Yih ubSInewaloo ki jagah hai jahSn ghar ke khadim logou k^ zabiha ubalenge. XLVII. RAB. 1 Phir wuh mujhe ghar ke darw^ze par laya, aur dekh pani ghar ke astSn ke niche se purab taraf ko nikle, ki ghar k^ samhna purabrukh tha, aur pani niche se ghar ki dahni taraf se mazbah ki dakhin taraf hokar ae. 2 Tab wuh mujhe uttar ke phatak ki rah se b^har MyS, aur mujhe us rah men se, jo purab ko hai, bahar ke phatak par phira laya, aur dekh dahnf taraf pani nikal ae. 3 Aur wuh raard, jiske hath men jarib thn, purab taraf nikla, aur hazar hath nSpa, aur mujhe pdnion men se laya, aur pani takhnon tak the. 4 Phir wuh hazar hath nSpa aur mujhe paniou men se laya, aur pani ghutnoo tak the. Phir aur ek hazar napa, aur us men se mujhe laya, aur pani kamar tak the. 5 Bid us ke aur ek hazar hath napi, aur darya tha jis se main guzar nahiu sakta thi; kydnki pSnf bahut ziylda hfie, tairao ke pani, ek darya jis se guzarni mumkin na th^. 6 Aur us ne mujhe kaha, ki Ai idamzSd, kya tu ne yih dekhl? Tab wuh mujhe laya aur darya ke kanare par pahunchaya. 7 Phir jab maiu phir iy^, to dekh darya ke kanare ek taraf aur dnsri taraf bahutere darakhtthe. 8 Tab us ne mujhe kahi, ki Ye pini purab des ko nikalte hain, aur maidan meo utarte hue samundar ko jite haig, aur samundar meu milte hi us ke pani shifa pawenge. 9 Aur ydn hogS ki har ek shai jo jita jo chalt4 phirta hai, jahao kahiu ye darya awenge, jiega, aur machhli ki bari kasrathogi; is liye ki ye pani wahlo awenge; kyunki we shifa pawenge, aur har ek shai jahau kahiu yih darya 5ta hai, jiega. 10 Aur yiia hoga ki Ain i Jadi se leke Ain i Ijlaim tak us par machhwe log khare rahenge, we jil bichhane ki j;igah honge, un ki machhli'au apni apni jins ke mutabiq bare samundar ki machhlion ki si nihi'yat kasir hongi. 11 Par us ki kichar ki jagaheo aur us ki taraiau shifa. nahio pawengi, we shoristan hongi. 12 Aur darya ke qarib us ke kanare par is taraf aur us taraf har ek qism ke darakht khane ke liye ugen- ge, jin ka patta kabhi nahio murjhaega, aur jin ka phal kabhi nahio mauquf hog£; we apne mahine ke muwafiq nayi mewa lawenge, is liye ki un ke pani maqdis meu se nikal ae liaiu^ Aur un kl mewa khine ke liye, aur un ka patti dawa ke liye hoga. 13 KiiUDAWANu hLhuda yiiu kahta hai, ki Yih wuh sarhadd hai, jis ke bamujib turn Israel ke barah firqoo ke mutabiq zamin ko apni miras meu laoge. Yusuf ke liye do hissa. 14 Aur turn ek dosre ke sdth use miris men laoge, jis ki babat 48 B^B.] HIZQIEL. 915 maio nc tumh^re b^pdidoo ke dene ko apn& hith uthSyS, aur yih zamtn tumh^rf mlr£s meo paregf. 15 Aur uttar taraf zamfn kf yihf sarhadd hogf : bare samundar se leko Khatlun kf r£h Sidad jane ki rah, 16 ILim^t, Biaratah Sihraim jo Diniishq kf sarhadd aur IlamSt ki sarhadd ke rr.^bain hai, aur bfchw^l^ llasfr jo Hauran ke kanSre par hai. 17 Aur samundar se sarhadd yih hogf, ydne Hasar Ain^n Dimishq ki sar- hadd aur uttar uttar taraf ko, aur Ilamat kf sarhadd, aur yih shim^lf sarhadd hai. 18 Aur parabi sarhadd Haurln mco aur Dimishq aur Jiliahd meo Israel kf zamfn men Yardan hai ; sarhadd se purab ke samundar tak paimaish karogc, aur yih purab ki sarhadd hai. 19 Aur dakhin ki sarhadd dakhiu taraf yih hai, yane Tamar se Marfbat ke panfoo tak jo QSdis meo hai, wadf, bare samundar tak. Yihf dakhin ki sarhadd dakhin taraf hai. 20 Aur usi sarhadd se Hamat ke muqlbil bara samundar pachhim ki sarhadd hoga : yihi pachhim ki sarhadd hai. 21 Isi tarah tum Israel ke firqon ke mut^biq zamin ko ^pas meo taqsim karoge. 22 Aur ydu hoga ki tum apne koaur un begSnon ko, jo tumhSre darmiyan baste haio, aur tunihare darmiyan aulad paidS karenge, so unheo mirSs ke liye qura se ta'qsfm karoge ; aur we tumhco bani Israel ke darmiyan hamwatanog ke se honge, aur tumhSre sSth Israel ke firqoo ke darmiySn mfras piwenge. 23 Aur yun hoga ki jis firqa men begana basti hai, wahSo use mfras doge, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. XLVIII. BAB. 1 Aur ye firqou ke nam haio. Uttar kanare se Khatlnn kf rah kf sarhadd tak HamSt jane ki rah Hasar i AinSn Dimishq kf sarhadd uttar kf taraf IlaraSt k! sarhadd tak, ki ye us kf purabi aur pachhimi sarhadden hain : Dan ke liye, ek hissa. 2 Aus Din ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Yasar ke liye ek hissa. 3 Aur Yasar ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Naftfili ke liye ek hissa. 4 Aur Naftali ki sarhadd ke muttasil parabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Munassi ke liye ek hissa. 5 Aur Munassf kf sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak Ifraim ke liye ek hissa. 6 Aur Ifraim kf sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak Rabin ke liye ek hissa. 7 Aur Riibin ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabf sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Yahudah ke liye ek hissa. 8 Aur Yahudih kf sarhadd ke muttasil pdrabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak wuh guzirish hogi jo tum guzaranoge, pachis hazir nal ki chauran, aur diisron ke hissa ki lambdn, purabf sarhadd se pachhimf sarhadd tak, aur maqdis us ke darraij^an hogS, 9 Wuh guzarish jo tum log Khldawand ke age guzaranoge, so pachis hazar nal lamban meo aur das hazSr nal chauran hogi. 10 Aur yih maqaddas guzarish un ke lij-e, ban kdhinou ke liye hogf, uttar taraf pachfs hazSr nal lambSn aur das bazar nal chaurSn pachhim taraf, aur das hazar chauran purab taraf aur pachis hazar nal lamban dakhin taraf Aur Kiiudawand ki maqdis us ke darmiyan hogi. 11 Yih un kahinon ke liye hogi jo Saduq ke betoo meo se taqdis kiye gaye haiu, jinhoo ne mere hukm ko hifz kiya, jo gurarih na hue, jab Israel gumrah hiie, jaisa ki banf Lawi gumrah hiie. 12 Aur zamfn ki yih guzarish M m m m m 2 910 HIZQIEL. [48 BAB. jo glizarSni jati hai, bani LSwl k1 sarhadd ke niuttasil un ke liye muqaddas chiz hogf. 13 Aur k^hinoo ki sarhadd ke muqdbil bani Llwi ke liye pachis hazir nal lamban meu aur das hazar nal chaiuan meijhonge ; filjuiula pachis haiiar nal lambda men aur das haz^r nal chauran meu honge 1-i Aur we u.s men se na to bechenge, aur na zauiin ka pahla hasil badlenge, na apne qabza se khai'ij karenge ; kyunki wuh Khuuawakd ka muqaddas hai. 15 Aur wuh pdnch liazar nal jo chaurdn men se bach rah^, us pachis haz^r nal ke muqabil bastf aur nawahi ke liye napak jagah hogf, aur shahr us ke darmiyan hoga. 16 Aur us kf paimaisheo ye hongi : uttar taraf ch£r hazSr pan sai nal, aur dakhin taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur purab taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur pachhim taraf char hazar pan sai nal. 17 Aur shahr ki nawaht uttar taraf do sau pachas nal, aur dakhiu taraf do sai pachis nal, aur purab taraf do sai pachas nal, aur pachhim taraf do sai pachas nal. 18 Aur lambln ki bachti jo muqaddas guzarish ke muqabil hai, piirab taraf das hazir, aur pachhim taraf das hazar nal hogi, aur wuh muqaddas guzarish ke muqabil hogf, aur us ki hasil shahr ke khldiaioij ki khur:'ik ke liye hoga. 19 Aur shahr ke khadim Israel ke s.ire firqou men se us ki khidmat karenge. 20 Sari guzarish lamban meo pachis hazlr aur chaurin meo pachis hazar hogf ; turn muqaddas guzarish ko chaukhuntha karke shahr ki milkiyat ke sith guzaranoge. 21 Aur bachti jo muqaddas guzarish, aur shahr ki milkiyat ki donon taraf jo guzarish ke pachis hazar nal ke muqabil purab taraf, aur pachis hazar nal ke muqabil pachhim taraf sardar ke hissoij ke muqabil hai, so sardar ke liye hogf, aur ■wuh muqaddas guzarish aur ghar ka maqdis us ke darmiyart honge. 22 Aur bani Lawi kf milkiyat se aur shahr ki milkiyat se leke jo sardar ki milkiyat ke darmiyan hai, mabain Yahndah ki sarhadd aur liin^amin ki sarhadd ke, sardir ke liye hogi. 23 Aur baqf firqe ki aisahi hogi : so purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak : Binyamin ke liye ek hissa. 24 Aur IHnyamin ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak : Samaun ke liye ek hissa. 25 Aur Samaiin ki sarhadd ke muttasil purabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak : Ishakar ke liye ek hissa. 26 Aur Ishakar kf sarhadd ke muttasil piirabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Zabnlun ke liye ek hissa. 27 Aur Zabdlun ki sarhadd ke muttasil ptirabi sarhadd se pachhimi sarhadd tak Jadd ke li^'e ek hissa. 28 Aur Jadd ki sarhadd ke muttasil dakhin taraf dakhin kanare ki sarhadd, jo Tamar se leke Maribah ke •pini tak jo Qidis men hai, aur darya tak bare sauiundar ki taraf hogf. 29 Yih wuh zamin hai jise tum miras ke liye Israel ke firqou ko qura se taqstm karoge> aur ye un ke hisse haio, Khudawand Khuda kahta hai. 30 Aur ye uttar taraf ko shahr ke makhirij haiij, char hazar pan sai nal. 31 Aur shahr ke phatak Israel ke firqou se namzad honge, tin phatak uttar taraf: ek phatak Rubin ka, ek phatak Yahudah ka, ek phatak Liwi ka. 32 Aur piirab taraf chir hazar pan sai nal, aur tin phalak, ek phatak Yusuf ka, ek phatak Binyamin ka, ek phitak Dan ka. 33 Aur dakhin taraf char hazar pan sai nal, aur tin phatak : ek phatak Samaun ki, ek phatak Ishakar ka, ek phatak Zabnliia ki. 34 Aur pachhim taraf char haztir pan sai nal, aur tin phatak ek phatak Jadd ki, ek phitak Yasar ka, ek phitak Naftali kS. 35 Chaugird us ke atharah hazir nal hai, aur shahr ka uim isi din se yih hogi ki Khcdawand wahiu. 1 BAlJ.j ^ DANIEL. 917 DANIEL Kr KITA'13. I. 13 A' 13. 1 Yaluulih ke bstdshah Yahuyaqiin ki saltanat ke tfsre siil iiieo LSabul kii badslith Nabukhudiiazr Yariisalani men akar use nuibasara kiya. 2 Aur Khuha- WAND lie Yahudah ke badshah Yahnyaqim ko Bait ul niuciaddas ke baze /.uriif samet us ke batli nieu hawale kiya, jiuheu us ue Sinaar ki zamin lueo apne inabud ke ghar meu le gaya, aur us ne zurcif ko apne mabod ke ganjine meu i)ahuiichaya. 3 Aur liadsliah ne apne khwajasara Aspinas ko fmiiiaya, ki bani lirael uieu se, aur biidslidh ki nasi meu sc aur amfroij nreij se lawe 4 Un jawanoa ko, jo bcaib aur kbubsurat aur bar tarah ki bikmat ineij mabir aur danishmaud aur saliiu i ihi), ki badshah ki dargih ki kbidmat ke laiii, aur Kasdiou ke ihn aur zuban sfkhne ke qSbil ho:i. 5 Aur badslilb ne un ke liye badshabi khurak meu se aur apne pine ke wain meu se rozina muqarrar kiya, aur tin sal tak uuheu tarbiyat kiya ki tin baras bad badshah ki khidmnt meu hazir hou. 6 Un ke darmiyan bani Yahudah meo se Daniel aur Ilananiyah aur Misail aur i^.zariyih. 7 Aur khwajasara ne un kc aur nam rakhc yane Daniel ko lielcbasar aur Hanani^^ah ko Sadrak aur Misail ko Misak aur Azariyab ko Abadnajii kaha. S Lckin Daniel ne apne dil meu tbaua ki main apne tafu badshahi lihurak aur us ke pine ke rozina ke wain se napik na kariingi, aur us ne khwajasara se darkhwast ki, ki main apne ko napak na kartin. 9 Aur Khuda ne Daniel ko khwajasara ki nazar meg muazzaz o mahbub karw^ya tha. 10 Aur khwajasara ne Dauiel se kaha, ki Maiu apne kbudawand bddsbab se, jis ne tumhara kh;iui pini muqarrar kiya luii, darta huij, ki k.ibeko tumbare chihre us ke huznr tumhare rafiqou ke ehibre se malul nazar dwey, to turn mere sir ko isi tarah se khatra meu diloge. 11 Tab Daniel ne Malsar ko, jise khwajasara no D.iniel aur Ilananiyah aur Misail aur Azariyah par mukhtSr kiya thS, kahS, 12 Ki Maiu teri minnat karti huu, ki tii das roz tak apne baudou ki azmaish ie, aurhamcn khane ko tarkari aur pine ko pani de. 13 Bid us ke hamare chihre aur un jawanou ke jo badshahi khurak ke rozina se kbate haiu, dekhe jaen, tab tii jaisa dekhc, waisa apne bandou se kar. 14 Aur us ne un ki yih bat mani, aur das roz tak. unbeu azmata raha. 15 Aur bid das roz ke un ke chihre un sab jawdnou ke cliihre se jo badshahi khurak ke rozina se khdte the, kbushnuiua aur farbih nazar ae. 16 Tab Malsar ue un se us khurak aur wain ko, jounke liye muqarrar tha, mauquf kiya, aur unbeu tarkariau diu. 17 Tab Khudi ue un charou jawanou ko marifat aur bar tarali ki hikniat aur ihn men maharat bakhshi, aur Daniel ko bar tarah ke ruya aur khwab men kamil kiya. 18 Aur bad un dinou ke, jo badshah ne un ke hazir karne ke liye muaiyan kiya tha, khwajasara ne unlien Nabiikhudnazr ke huziir pabunchaya. 19 Aur badshah ne un se kalam kiya, aur un meu se Daniel aur Ilananiyah aur Misail aur Azariyah ki manind koi na tha, is liye we badsLah ke muqarrib hiie. 20 Aur bar tarah ki hikraat o marifat men ki badshah ne un se piichha, un sare Slgirou aur nujumiou se, jo us ke taniani mulk men the, unbeu dah chand daui paya. Aur Daniel Khoras badshah ke pahle sil talf zinda raha. 918 DANIEL. [2 BAB. II. BAB. 1 Aur Nabakhudnazr ki saltanat ke dusre s41 meu Nabukhudnazr ne ais^ khwab dekha ki jis ge us ka dil ghabra gaya, aur us kf nind jitj rahi. 2 Tab badshah ue farmaya ki falgirou aur nujiiinfoD aur jadugarou aur Kasdton ko bulaweo ki badshah ko us ke khwabon kl taabir den, aur we ikar badshih ke huziir khare hue. 3 Aur badshah ne un se kaha, ki Maio ne ek khwab dekha hai, aur us khw.tb ke darydft karne ke liye mera dil ghabrata hai. 4 Aur Kasdioo ne Arami zuban meu badshah se arz kf, ki Badshah, ta abad tak jlta rah. Apne tandoa ko khwab hatliiye, to ham us ki taabir bayan karenge. 5 Bidshah ne jawab men Kasdioo se kahi, Yih bat mujh se jatf rahf hai : agar turn khwib ko us kl taabir ke sath bayan na karo, to turn tukre tukre kiye jaoge, aur tunihare ghar ghure ban jaenge. 6 Aur agar ^hwab aur us ki taabir bayan karo, to maio tumheu hadiye aur inam aur bari izzat bakhshanga : is liye khwab aur us ki taabir mujh se bayan karo. 7 Uuhog ne phir jaw^b meg kaha, Badshah apne bandoo ko khwab batlawe, to ham us ki taabir kahenge. 8 Badshah ne jawab meo kaha, ki Yaqinan maiu janta huu, ki turn muhlat chahte ho, is liye ki dekhte ho, ki yih waqa mujh se jita raha hai. 9 Lekin agar tum khw ib ko ashk^r na karo, to tumhare ek hi hukra hai, ki tum ne jhdth aur hlla ki bateij ^rasta kin, taki mere age kaho jab tak aiyam guzar j^wcD : pas khwab ko batUo, to main jantiu ki us kl taabir bhi bayan kar sakte ho. 10 Kasdiou ne badshah se arz kf, ki Bu i zarain par aisi koi nahio jo badshah ke matlab ko ^shkar kar sake, is liye kisi badshah ya amfr ya hakim ne ab tak aisa saw^l kisi falglr yi. nujnmf yd Kasdi se nahfo kiya hai. 11 Aur yih bat, jo bSdshah chahta hai, mushkil b4t hai, aur siwi mabiidou ke, jin ki sukunat insan ke sSth nahiu koi nahIo hai, ki badshah ke 5ge use ashkar kar sake. 12 Is liye b^dshSh gusse aur nihdyat khashmnak hua, aur farmaya, ki Babul ke sare hakimou ko halak kareo. 13 Aur farman nikla ki hukama maqtul hon; tab Daniel aur us ke rafiqou ko dhandhne lage, ki unheu qatl kareu. I't Tab Daniel ne bidshah ke sipahsalar Aryak ko, jo Babul ke hukamS ke qatl karne ko nikla tha, shunr aur aql ke rd se jawab diya. 15 Us ne badshah ke sipahsalar Aryuk ke jawab meo kaha, ki Yih hukm bddshah se aisa jald k^heko nikla hai? Tab Aryuk ne Daniel se us kf haqiqat kahf. IG Aur Daniel ne bhitar jike bidshah se arz ki, ki Mujhe muhlat mile, to main badshah ke huznr taabir bayin karunga. 17 Tab Daniel ne apne ghar jake Hananiyah aur Misail aur Azariyah apne rafiqoo ko khabar df, 18 Ta ki we is raz ke bab men asman ke Khuda se rahmat chaheo, na ho ki Daniel aur us ke rafiq baqi hukami i Babul ke sath maqtnl hon. 19 Tab Daniel par rat ke khwab meo wuh raz khula, aur Daniel ne isman ke Khuda ka shukr kiy i. '20 Daniel bola aur kaha, ki Khudi ka nim ti abad niuba- rak ho, ki hikmat aur qudrat us hi kl hai. 21 Kyunki wuh mausimou aur waqton ko tabdil karta hai, wuh badshahou ko takht se gira deta, aur badshahoij ko bithlata hai, wuh hakimon ko hikmat aur danishmandou ko dinish inayat karti hai. 22 Wuh gaib aur poshlda chtzon ko zahir karta hai, aur jo kuchh andhere men hai, use jinta hai, aur nur usi ke sath rahta hai. 23 Ai mere aba ke Khuda, jis ne mujhe hikmat aur quwat bakhshl, aur ham ne tujh se ab jin batou ki dar- 2 BAB.] DANIEL. DID khwSst Id, uiiheu nnijli par islikar kiya, luaio ter5 sliukr o sani karti luiy, ki tu lie badshah kc niatlab ko ham par z.ihir kiyd hai. 24 Bad us ke D.iniel ne Aryiik ke huziir, jo badshah kf taraf se hukama i Babul ke (latl ke liye niucjarrar hua tha, 4ya, aur us se yuu kaha, ki Babul ke hukauia ko halak mat kar, mujhe badshih ke huzdr le chal, luaiu b&dshlh ke liye taabfr bayan kaninga. 25 Tab Aryiik ne Daniel ko shitabf se badshah ke huzur le gaya, aur arz kf, ki Main ne Yahiidah ke asiroij nieo se ek shakhs ko paya hai, jo bSdshah keliye taabir bayan karega. 26 Badshah ne Daniel se, jis ka laqab Helcha- sar tha, jawab meu kaha, Kya tii us khwab ko, jo maiu ne dekha, aur us kf taabfr nuijh se bayan kar sakta hai? 27 Daniel ne badshah ke huzur jawab diyS, aur kaha, Yih raz ki jis ka mutiihvba badshah ne kiya hai, hukaml aur nujumi aur ja- dugar aur falgfr bayan kar nalifn sakte, 28 Lekin dsinan par ek Khudahai, jo razou kokholta hai, aur wuh Nabiilfhudnazr badshah ko jatati hai, ki akhiri aiya'm meu kya hoga. Ap ka khwab aur ap ke palang par ke ruydt ye haig. 29 Ta, ai badshah, apne palang par leta hiia fikr meg aya, ki dkhirl zamane nieo kya hoga; aur wuh jo razou ka kholnewala hai, tujh par zShir karta hai, ki kya waqa hogl. 30 Lekin yih raz mujh par khula, nais liye ki mujh meu sab zindou se ziyada hik- mat hai, balki is liye ki badshah se taabir baydn karoo, aur ta ki td apne dil ke tasauwurou ko pahchane. 31 Tu ne, ai badshah, rilyat dekhi, ki ek azim shakl: wuh azlm shakl jis ki raunaq be nihayat thi, tere samhne khari hiif, aur us ki surat haibatnak thf. 32 Us shakl ka sir khalis sone se thd, us ka sina aur bazu chindi ka, us ka shikam aur raneo tanibe kf thio; 33 Us ki saqejj lohe kf, aur us ke panw kuchh lobe aur kuchh mitli ke the. 34 Aur ap ne dekha, ki ek patthar be wasfle hathoo ke tarasha gaya, jo us shakl ke paou par, ki kuchh lohe aur mittf ke the, laga, aur use tukre tukre kiya. 35 Tab lohe aur mittf aur tambe aur chandi aur sone tukre tukre kiye gaye, aur tabistani khaliyan ki bhusi kf manind hue, aur hawa unhen uia le gai, yahau tak ki us ki pata na mill, aur wuh patthar jis ne shakl ko mard, ek bara pahar ban gaya, aur tamam zamtn ko bhar diya. 36 Wuh khwab yih hai, aur us kf taabir badshah ke huzur bayan karta huy. 37 T(i, ai badshah, badshdhon ka badshlh hai, is liye ki dsman ke Khuda ne tujhe hukumat aur tawanii aur qiiwat aur shaukat bakhshi hai. 38 Aurjahao kahiu bani Adam sukunat karte hain, us ne maidan ke haiwan aur hawa ke parlnde tere hawale kiye, aur tujhe un sabhon ka hakim kiya: tu hi wuh sone ka sir hai. 39 Aur tere bad ddsrf saltanat tujh se kamtar uthegf, aur us ke Lad ek aur salta- nat tambe ki, jo ti^mam zamin par hukumat kareg' ; 40 Aur chauthf saltanat lohe kf manind niazbut hogi, aur jis tarah ki loha sab chizon ko tukre tukre aur raqiq kartii hai, aurjaisa loha un sabhou ko torta hai, usi tarah wuh toregi aur reza karegi. 41 Aur jo ki tu ne dekha, ki us ke panw aur ungliao kuchh sifal aur kuchh lohe se thiy, so wuh saltanat mutafarraq hogi ^ magarisliye ki tu ne us meu lohe ko sifal se mile hue dekha, so lohe kf quwat us meu hogi. 42 Aur jaisi ki paou ki ungliag kuchh lohe kuchh sifal se thfu, so wuh saltanat kuchh qawi kuchh zaif hogi. 43 Aur jo ki tu ne lohe ko mitti se mile hue dekha, we apne ko insan ki naslsemilawenge, lekin jaisa loha mitti se nahio miltS, taisi we apus mesj mile na rahen'ge. 44 Aur un badshahou ke aiyam meo ismdn ka Khuda ek saltanat 920 Daniel. [3 hab. barpS karcgd jo t^ aLadnest na howegt, aur us ki saltanat dfisri qaum ke qabze mei) na paregi; wuh un sab manilukaton ko tukre tukre aur nest karegl, aur ap ta abad qaim rahegf : 45 Jaisa ki tii ne dekha ki ek^natthar, be wasile hithou ke, koh se tarashi gaya, aur us ne lohe aur tambe aur lii'tti aur chiiidi aur sone ko tukre tukre kiya. Khuda Taila ne badshah ko Ushkaf kiy.i ki b4d us ke kya waiia hog.^, aur yih jclnvab yaqfn hai, aur us ki taabir sahih. 46 Tab sbah Nabiikliudnazr sar ba zamin huS, aur Daniel ko sijda kiy£, aur farmaya ki us ke age hadiya aur luban guzarSweo. 47 Badsbah ne Daniel se kah.l, ki Haqiqat men tera K.huda mibudoij ka Kbuda, aur mrilikon ka Khuda- WANi> aur razou ka kashshif hai, is liye ki tii is raz ko khol saka. 48 Tab badshah ne Daniel ko sarfaraz kiya, aur use bahutere achchhe achchhe inam diye, aur use Babul ke sare sabe par subadar aur Babul ke hukania par sardlrou ka sardar thaharaya. 49 Tab Daniel ne badshih se darkhwast ki, ki Sadvak aur Misak aur Abdnaju ko Babul ke sdba ki karpardazi meu muqarrar kiyl, lekiu Dauiel badshah Id dargah meu hazir raha. III. BAB. 1 Aur Nabukhudna.'.r ne ek sone ki murat banwai jis kf lamLaf s5th hath aur chaurai cbha hath ki thi, aur use Daura ke maidan suba i Babul men khara kiya. 2 Tab Nabukhudnazr badshah ne bheja ki amiroo aur hakimou aur sardarou aur munsifou aur khazanadaron aur mashwarakaroo aur mujtahidon aur sare subon ke mansabdarou ko jama kareu, tciki us murat ki, jise Nabukhudnazr ne khara kiya, taqdis karne ko aweg. 3 Tab amir aur hakim aur sardir aur munsif aur khazana- dar aur mashawarakar aur Biujtabid aur subog ke sare mansabdar us murat kf taqdfs ke liye, jise Nabukhudnazr badshah ne khara kiya tha, jama hue, aur us murat ke age, jise Nabukliuduazr ne khari kiya tha, khare hue: 4 Tab ek munadi ne buland awaz se pukira, ki Ai qaunio, ai gurolio, aur ai zabano, tumhare liye yih hukm hai, .5 Ki jis waqt karna aur nai aur sitar aur rabab aur barbat aur chaganaaur bar tarah ke b.lje ki awaz suno, to us murat keSge,jise Nabuifhudnazr badshah ne khara kiya hai, sarnigun hoo, aur sijda karo. G Aur jo koi sarnigdn na ho, aur sijda na kare; to usi ghari jalti bhatthi ke bfch meu dala jaeg^. 7 Is liye jis dam ki sari qaumoune karna aur nai aur sitar aur rabab aur barbat aur bar tarah ke baje ki awaz suni, usi dam sari qaumeu aur guroheo aur zubaneu us murat ke age, jise Nabukhudnazr badshah ne khara kiya tha, sarnigun huin, aur sijda ki^a. 8 Lekin us waqt kat ek Kasdi hazir hue, aur YahadioQ par tubmat lagaf. 9 Uuhou ne Nabukhudnazr badshah ke age arz kf, Ai badshah, ta abad jiti rah. 10 Ai badshfih, tu nehukm kiya hai, ki jo koi karni aur nai aur sitar aur rabab aur barbat aur chagana aur bar tarah ke baje ki awaz sune, so us sone ki murat ke age jhuke aur sijda kare; 11 Aur jo koi na jhuke aur sijda na kare, so ek jalti bhattlii ke bich men dala jaega. 12 Ab chand Yahudi hain, jinheu ap ne Babul ke sul)e ki karpardazi par muaiyan kij'd l)ai, yjine Sadrak aur Misak aur Abadnajii, ye sbakhs tujh par mutawajjih nahiij bote, aur dp ke mabudoo ki ibadat nahiQ karte haiu, aur us sone ki murat ko, jise dp ne khard kiyd, sijda nahio karte. 4 BAB] MI'KAH. DGl puk^rengp, par wuh un Id nalifo suneg.1, aur wuli us w^qt un se apnl munh poshfda karega, kynnki unhoo ne apne aamal iiieo burai ki liai. 5 Un nabfoo liye, ki jo mere logoo ko gumrdh karte liaio, aur jab tak apne dSnfou se kuclih katne plte haio, af'jat kf khabar dete baio, aur jo kof unke munh meo kuchh nahio deta hai, us se jang i muqaddas karte hniij, Khudawand yng farmatii hai : 6 Is sabab tumhare liye rat bogf, ki turn riiy-i naljfo dekhoge, aur tunihare liye tarJki hogf, jo dyande ki khabar nahiu doge, aur nabfou par dftab gurub IiogS, aur unke li^'e din andliera ban jacga* 7 Aur gaibdan paslieman ho- wenge, aur ayande kf khabardenewale sharm pawenge, li4o sare log lab clihi- pawcnge, kyuuki Klmda se kuchh jawab nahi'o hai. 8 Lekin maiu qudrat se, . Khudawand kf ruh se, aur rastf aur quwat se bhar pur hua huij, taki Yaaqiib ko us ka gunih aur Israel ko uski khata jat.iuo. 0 Maiu iltimas karta hiiu, ki Ai Yaaqnb ke gharaue ke sardaro, aur ai Israel ke gharane ke qazio, turn log joadilat se adawat rakhte ho, aur sari rastf ko ulta karte bo, is bat ko suno. 10 We Saihun ko khunrezf se, aur Yarusalam ko be insSfi se banate haiu. 11 Us ke sardar rishwat leke hukm karte haig, aur us ke kdhin ajrat leke taalim dete haip, aur us ke gaibdan zar ke liye dyande kf khabar dete haiu; we tis par bhi Khudawand par bharosa rakhte haip, aur kahte haio, Kyi Khudawand hamdre darmiyan nahfu ? koi bala ham par nahfo awegi. 12 Is liye Saihun tumhare sabab khet kf tarah jota jaega, aur Yartisalara toda toda baa jaega, aur haikal ka pahir jangal ke nnche makanoo kf tarah ho jaegi. IV. BAB. 1 Lekin ^khiri dinon men aisa hoga, ki Khudawand ke ghar ka pah^f paharoD ki choti par qdim hogS, aur sSre tilou se i5ncha kiya j^eg^, aurummateo us kf taraf sailin karengi. 2 Aur bahuterf qaumeo Swengi, aur kahengi, ki Chalo, ki ham log JiuDAWAND ke pahar aur Yaaqflb ke Khuda ke ghar kocharh jaeo, aur wuh hameo apnf raheo sikhlawega, aur ham log us ke rastoo meo raftar karenge. Kyunki shariat Saihan se, aur Khudawand ka kalam Yardsalam se niklega. 3 Aur wuh bahuteri qauraon ke darmiyan hukumat karega, aur dur ke zabardast qauniog ko dantega : we apnf talwar ko torkar hai banawenge, aur apne barchhou se hansde ; ek qaum dasrf qaum par talwSr nahio uthawegf, tis pfchhe we larai nahio sikhenfe. 4 Tab we harkoi apniapni tak ke niche aur anjir ke per tale baithenge, aur unheo koi nahio darawega: kyunki Rabb ul afwaj ki zuban ne is bat ko farmayS hai. 5 Kynnki sarf qaumen har kof apne apne maabiid ke nam par chalen^e aur ham log Khudawand apne Khuda ke nam par hamesha ke liye aur abad tak raftar karenge. 6 Khudawand farmSti hai, ki Maio usi din men langroo ko faraham karfincf, aur parSgandoo ko, aurunko, jin se main ne badsuluki kf, batorungi. 7 Aur main langroo ko bache hue log karungd, aur parSgandoo ko zoriwar qaum banadn- ga ; aur Khudawand ab se abad ul Sbiid tak Saihun ke pah^r men un par saltanat karegS. 8 Aur td ai mijdal i adr, ufal i bint i Saihun, tujhe agli saltanat milegf, aur Bint i Yarusalam ki biidshahat howegi. 9 Ab tu kydn chillati hai? Kya tujh meo kot badshah nahfo hai? ky5 tera S s s 8 s 5)62 .MIKAH. [5 KAB. salahk^r nest hu^ hai? kyiinki tujhe jannewilJ aurat ki pfreo lagfu hain. 10 Ai Saihun kf bell, ta jannewali aurat ki tarah dukh utha, aur tujhe ptreo lagen,kyDnki ta ab shahr se bihar niklegi, aur maidan meij rahegt, aur Babul tak jaegJ, wahao najat paegf, wahao Khudawand tujh ko dushmanoQ ke qabze se chhurawega. 11 Aur ab bahuterJ qaumeo teri mukhalafat meo jama hot! haio, aur kahti haiu, Wuh palisht howe, aur haraari nazar Saihdn par lage. 12 Par we log Khuoa- WAND kf fikrou se waqif nahtu hain, aur us ki maslahat ko nahin jante, kyunki wuh unheo gatthon kf tarah khaliyan meo jama kareg^. 13 Ai Saihun ki beti, uth aur mala kar^ kyunki maia tere sfngOD ko faulad, aur tere khuroo ko pital banadnga, aur tu bahuterf qaumou ko tukre tukpe karegi ; aur main un ke hasil ko Khuda- wand ke liye, aur un kl daulat ko sari zamiu ke m^lik ke liye haram karunga. V. BAB. t Ai bint i jihSd, ab tu jadd o jihd kar : we ham par muhasara lag^te haiu, we Israel ke hakim ke gal par chhapi se marte haiu- 2 Par ai L^aitlahm Ifratab, bawujude ki tu Yahiidah ke hazarou meo chhota hai, taubhi tujh men se mere liye wuh shakhs niklega, jo Israel meo huki'imat karega,aur us ka nikalna qadiin se^ aiySm ul azal se hai. 3 Is liye wuh unheo us waqt tak somp dega ki jannewali jane : tab us ke baqt bhai bani Israel ke pas phir Swenge. 4 Aur wuh Khuda- wand kf qudrat se, hau Khudawand apne Khuda ke nam ki buzurgi se khara hogS, aur charawega, aur we log basenge, kyunki ab wuh zamin kf hadd tak buzurg hoi^i. 5 Aur yih milap ki bais thaharegi. Aur jab Asnr hamari zamin meo ^weo'a, aur hamare mahallou men panw rakhega, tab ham us ki mukhalafat meo sat charwahe aur 5th sarguroh uthawenge. 6 Aur we talwar se Asur ki zamin ko aur Namrud ki sarzamin ko us ke darwazoo meu wiran karenge, aur jab Asur hamari zamin meo iwegS, aur hamari sarhaddoo men qadam rakhega, tab wuh ham ko us se bach^wega. 7 Aur Yaaqnb ke baqf log aksar qaumou ke darniiydn aise honge jaisa os Khudawand se, aur jais^ menh ghas par, jo na muntazir insan ki, aur na umedwar bani Adam ka hai. 8 Aur Yaaqub ke baqi log qaumoo ke darmiyan bahuteri ummaton ke darmiyan aise honge, jaisa sher babar maidan ke wahshioo ke bfch, aur jaisa jawan sher bheroo ke galle men hota hai, ki jab wuh ua ke darmiyan guzar karta hai, tad paem£l karta hai, aur pharta hai, aur koi chhuranewala nahig. 9 Hath tera tere dushmanon par uthega, aur tere sare mukhalif nest ho jaenge. 10 Aur usf din men yao hoga, Khudawand fixrmata hai, ki maiu tere darraiyao se tere ghorou ko kat dalunga, aur teri gafiou ko nest karung^ ^ 11 Aur teri sarzamin ke shahroo ko mita d^lnnga, aur tere sare qalaou ko dha dunga, 12 Aur maio j^dugariSu tere hath meo se munqata karunga, aur tere jidiigar phir na honge; 13 Aur teri tarishi hui miiratoo ko aur tere buton ko tere darmiyan se kat dalunga, aur tu ige apne hath ke kamoo ko nahio pujega : 14 Aur maiu teri Yasiratoo ko tere darmiyan se ukhar daldnga, aur tere shahroo ko tabih karunga; 15 Aur maio gusse aur qahr ke sath gairqaumoo se, jo shinawa na hue, intiqam Innga. 6 BAB.] MlIvAH. 9 ke muqabale men bad man- saba bn'ndliti hai. 12 Khudawand yiio farmata hai, IJawujude ki we aram se haio, aur beshum.lr, tis par bhi we kate jaenge, aur fana honge; bawujude ki maio ne tujli ko dukh diya, phir kabhi tujhe dukh na dnnga. 13 Aur ab maiu us ka jua teri gardan par se utar dalui'ga, aur tere bandhanou ko tor dalunga. 14 Lekin Kuudawand tere haqq meo farmata hai, ki tere nam se aur koi boya na jiega, main tere maabudon ke ghar se tarash! hui aur dhdli hui muratou ko nest kan'inga, maio teri qabr baiiaunc^, kyiinki tu zaburi hai. 15 Us ke panw pahiroo par dekh, jo khusbkhabari lata hai, aur niilap ki manadf karta hai. Ai Yahudah, tu apni muqaddas Idoo ko kiya kar, apnS nazroQ ko ada kar ; kyunki is ka baad sharir tere darmiyan se nahiu guzrega 5 wuh bilkuU nest nabud baa hai. II. BAB, 1 Paraganda karnew^la tere rubarn charh aya hai! tu qala kf nigSbdnf kar, r5h ko dekh rakh, kamar apni mazbut kar, tawanai ko qiiwat se ziyada kar. 2 Kyanki Khudawand Yaaqab ki buzurgi ko jaise Israel ki buzurgi ke laiq hai, phir bahal karegi, kyunki giratgarou ne unheu wfrin kiya hai, us ki angari dalioo ko bigar dala hai. 3 Us ke pahlawanoij ki sipar surkh hui hai, jangi mard qirmizi se mulabbas hiie haio, us ki taiyari ke din meu garian katar ki ag ki manind chamak- tiau haiu, aur bhale hilae j ite hain. 4 Gar, an rastoo meu shiddat se haiigama utha- wengi, we bare rastoo ke darmiyan ek dusre ko sadma pahunchiwengi, mashaaloij ki si nazar awengf, bijli ki si daurengf. 5 Wuh apne palilawanoo ko farmawega, we chalnc men takkar khawenge, we us ki diwar ki taraf tezi se daurenge, aur ar taiyar ki jaegi. 6 Naliron ke darwaze khul jaenge, aur sare mahall ghul jaenge. 7 Aur muqarrar hai, ki wuh nangi asiri meu jawegf, aur us ki aurateu fakhte ki awaz se kurhengi, aur chhati pitengf. 8 Ninawah to qadim ul aiyam se talab ke minind maamur hai, par we bh igte haig. We chill iwenge, ki Thaharo, thaharo! par koi munh nahio pherega. 9 Chandi ko Idto, aur sone ko Idto ; kynnki us ke sire margub bartanoo ki kasrat aur zinat kf kuchh intihi naliio hai. 10 Wuh IfhSli aur sdni aur wfran hiia hai, aur dil pi- 0G6 NAHU'M. [3 BAM. ghalta hai, aur ghutne larazte haio, aur harek ki kamar meu shiddat se dard hai, aur in sabhoo ka chihra siyah hota hai. 11 Sher babarou ki jagah, aur slier babarou ke bachclioo kt khur^k ki jagah kahao hai, ki jis meo sher babar aur baghnf, aur sher babar ke bachche phirte the, aur un ko kisi ne daraya nahiu? 1"2 Sher babar apne bachchou ki khurak ke mu- wafiq pharta tha, aur apni baghniou ke liye gala ghontta tha, aur apni inindon ko ahikar se, aur giroD ko phaie gayou se bharta tha. 13 Rabb ul afwaj fannati hai, ki dekh, maio tera dushman huo, aur maiu us ki giriou ko ag se jaUunga, aur talwar tere jawan sher babaroo ko khaweg', aur maiu tera pharna zamtn par Be mita dalunga, aur tere elchiog ki awaz phir nahiu suni jSegi . III. B.VB. 1 Khdnrez shahr par afsos, wuh jhuth aur liit se bhara hai, wuh latne se baz nahfo at^. 2 Korou ki awaz, aur chakkou ki kharkharahat ki sadi, aur kudnewale ghoroo ki t^p ka shor, aur daurnewali garfon ki awaz hai, 3 Sawlr ki takht, aur talwar ki chamak, aur bhale kf jhalak, aur maqtuloo ki kasrat, aur lashou ki intihi nahiu, we lashon par chalne meg phanste haio. 4 Us ^habsnrat jaddangez zaniya ki zinakari ki kasrat se yih hotS hai, ki wuh qaumou ko apni zina se aur gharanoij ko apni jaduangezi se bechti thi. 5 Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai, ki Dekh, maio tera dushman haij, aur tere damanou ko tere niunh par kholdnga, aur qaumon ko teri barahnagi, aur manilukaton ko teri rusw^i dikhl^iinga. 6 Aur tujh par makrdh napaki dalnnga, aur tujhe zalil banaungS, aur angushtnuma karunga. 7 Aur aisahogS, kijo koi tujhe dekheg^, tujh se bhagega, aur kahega, ki Ninawah wfran hdi hai, us ke liye kaun kurhega? Maiu tere liye tasalli denewala kahau se dhundh lauy ? 8 Kyatd No-Amun se bhala hai, jo nadioo ke darmiyan basa thS, aur pani us ki charou taraf the, jiski shahrpanih samundar tha, aur jis ki diwlr darya se bani? 0 Kushjokasir, aur Misr jo beshumar, Fdt aur Ldbiin teri madad meu the. 10 Tispar bhi wuh giriftar hdi, aur asiri meo gai, bachche us ke sab galioo ke sire par patke gae, aur unhoa ne us ke amirog ke liye qura dala, aur uske sare buzurg zanjiroo se jakre gae. 11 Td bhi mast hogi, td chhip jaegi, tu bhi dushman ke age se panah dhdndhegf. 13 Tere sare qala aise honge, jaisa anjir ka darakhtapne pahle pake hne phalon ke s^th hai, ki agar hilaya jae, to khanewale ke munh mee gir pare. 13 Dekh, tere log, jo tere darmiyan haiij, so auraten haiu, teri zamin ke darwaze tere dush- raanou ke liye bilkuU khole jaenge, ^g tere quflou ko khawegi. 14 Td muhasara ke liye pani khinch, apne qalaoe ko mazbdt kar, chihle meu utar, aur gare ko sdn, aur pajawe ko durust kar. 15 Wahan ag tujhe khawegi, talwar tujhe kat dalegi, tiddi ki tarah tujhe khSwegf, agarchi td apne ko kamala ki manind barhawe, aur tiddi ki tarah apne ko bahut kare. IG Td ne apne saudagaroo ko asman ke sitaroo se ziyada kiya hai ; tiddi garat karti hai, aur urti hai. 17 Tere t.4jdar tiddi ke se haie, aur tere sardar bare phaniyou ke se, jo sardi ke waqt barou ke andar rahte haiu, aur jab Sftab nikalta hai, to bhagte, aur unke rahne ki jagah maaldm nahin hai. 18 Ai Asdr ke b^dshah, tere gayariye sole haio, tere jawan mard dram karte haiu ; 1 BAli.] HABAQQU'Q. 967 terelog paharoo pnr paraganda haio, aur kof nahfo hai, jo unko batore. 19 Zakhm teri lailaj hai, tera ghao sakht dardangez hai. Sab jo terS h&\ sunenge, tujh par t^li bajawengc, kyiinki teri shararat kis par aksar na guzri hog!. HABAQQUQ. I. BAB. 1 Yih wuh ruy^ hai jise Habaqquq Nabf ne mushihada kiya. 2 Ai Khudawand, kab tak pukaruu maig, aur tn na sune? Tere £ge zuhn se faryad karoo, aur tii na bachawe ? 3 Tu kyi'iu niujhe badkari^u dikhata, aur zor zulm ko mere ^ge numayan karta hai ? Kyiinki garatgari aur zuhn mere age haio : aur jofasad aur qaziya barpi karte haig, so mauji'id hain. 4 Is liye sharlat sust hui hai, aur adalat kabhf z^hir nahfu hot! ; kyunki sharir rastkaroo ko gher lete haiu, is sabab beiusafi zahir hoti hai. 5 Gair qaumou ke darmiyan dekho ; aur gaur karo, aur khob taajjub karo : is liye ki maiu tumhire aiyam meu ek kam karta hno ki agarchi wuh tumheo bataya jde, taubhi na mauoge. 6 Kydnki dekho, maio Kasdiou ko uthaiingi ; we talkhru aur tezmi^aj qaum haio, jo gairoo ke maskanoo ko dakhl karne ke liye zamin kf chauraise guzar j.ienge. 7 We khaufrasan aur haibatnik hain, unki qinun aur fatwa unhfo se niklega. 8 Un ke ghore chitou se bhi tezqadam haio, aur sham ke bheriyoo se bhi ziyada khiinrez ; aur un ke sawir phailenge, balki sawar un ke dur se awenge ; we khurak par daumewale giddh kf tarah jhapatenge. 9 We sab lutne ko awenge, munh un ka purab ki hawa ke manind chategi, aur we asiroo ko ret kf tarah jama karenge. 10 We badshahoo ko haqfr janeno-e, aur shahzSde un ke liye thatthe honge ; aur we bar ek qala par thattha karenge ; we dhiil se raorcha bandhkar use le lenge. 1 1 Tab us ka dil badlega ; aur wuh guzar jaega, aurgunahgir hoga, ki wuh apni quwat ko apne but se samjhega. 12 Ai mere Khudawand Khudi, ai mere Quddiis, kya tu azal se nahiy hai? Ham nahfu marenge. Ai Khudawand, tn ne unheo adilat ke liye Uhahariyi hai : aur ai Khuda i qadir, td ne un ko sarzanish ke liye muqarrar kiyi hai. 13 Ankheu teri pak hain, ki tii badi ko dekh nahfo sakta, aur tu shararat par nazar kar nahiu sakta hai: pliir kr,he ko dagabizou par nazar dalta hai, aur jab sharfr rastkar ko nigalta hai, tab td kis liye chupka rahta hai? 14 Aur bani Adam ko samundar kf machhlion ke mlnind, zamfn ke kfre makoroQ ki tarah, jin ka peshwa nahfu hai, kyuo banata hai? 15 We un sabhoo ko bausi se utha lete haiu, aur apne dam se shik ir karte haiij, aur jal meo jama karte haiu : is liye we khushi aur khurram! karte haio. IG Is liye we apne dam ke Sge qurbiniao guzrante haio, aur jal ke dge lubin jalate haio ; kyunki un ke wasfle se un ki hissa laziz hai, aur khurik un ke liye ziyada. 17 Kyi is liye we apne dam ko khili karenge, aur hamcsha qaumou ke qatl karnc se baz na rahenge ? 9G8 IIABAQQU'Q. [2 BAB. II. BAB. 1 Maio aptif didgiSh par khari hunga, shahrpanah par baidiunga, aur muntazir rahiinga, ki dekhau wuh inujhe kya kahegi, aur maiu apne mvilialiasa kd jawab kya diingl. 2 Tab K hud aw and ne mujhe jawab diyri, aur kaha, ki rriyl ko likli, aur lauhe par saf kar, ki wuh jo daure, so use parhe. 3 Kyi'inki yihraya ek muaiyan waqt ke liye muqarrar hai, magarakhir koroshan liogS, aur jhnth na bolega : agarchi wuh derf kare, taubhf us ka muntazir rah, ki wuh yaqinan paliunchegS, aur tawaqquf na karcga. 4 Dekh, us ka dil magrur hna hai, wuh rastdil nahio ; par sadiq apne Im in se jiega. 5 Aur siwae is ke wuh masti se gunahgir hokar mutakabbir hai, wuh apne ghar meu nahfo rahta, wuh patal aur maut ki mauind apna hausila barhitl hai, halki s:iri qaunioo ko apne pis jaraa karta hai, aur siri khilqat ko apne nazdik batorta hiii. 6 Kya sab ke sab us ki baliat zarb ul masal aur thattha zubin par na lawenge, aur na kahenge, ki Haif us p:ir, ki jo gair ki chizou ko batorta hai, kab tak ? aur us par jo apne ripar bhari matli ladti hai ! 7 Kya tere katnewrile achanak na uthenge, aur tere satauewale bedar na honge, aur tu uq ke liye liit hoga ? 8 Ki to ne bahut 6i qaumon ko lut liya hai, logog ke sire bache hue tujheliit lenge : insan kJkhun- rezi, aur sarzarain, aur shahr aur us ke sareblshindou ke zulm ke iwaz. 9 Us par afsos, jo apne ghar ke liye bure hasil ko basil karta hai, taki apne ashiyane ko Luhuidi par baniwe, aur musibat ke qabze se riha! pawe. 10 Tu ne bahutere lo<^oo ko markar apne gharJne ke liye sharm hasil kiya, aur apni jan ka asainf hua hai: 11 Kyuuki patthar diwir se faryad karegi, aur shahtir us ko jawab dega. 12 Us par afsos jo Jihiinrezi se ganw ko bind karta hai, anr shararat se shahr ko taamir karta hai. 13 Dekho, kya yih hai Rabb ul afwaj Khudawand kS taraf se nahJQ hai, ki log ag ke darniiyan mihnat mashaqqat kareu, aur qaumeo la hasil apne tafij thakaweu? 14 Kydnki jis tarah pdni se samuudar bhara hiia hai, usi tarah zamtn Kuudawand ke jalal kf shinis'u se rtiaamdr hogi. 15 Us par afsos ki jo apne hamsiye ko sharab pilita hai, aur us ke muijh meu mini lagikar use matwali banita hai, tdki tu us ki barahnagi par nazar kare ! 16 Tii izzat ke iwaz ruswai se bhar gaya hai ; tu bhf pf aur teri khulri beparda ho jae : Khudawand ke dahne hath ke piy ile ka daur tujhe pahunchega, aur teri izzat par besharmi ki qai hogf. 17 Kyunki Lubnan ke zor zulm tujhe gher lenge, aur darindou ki garatgari tujhe darawegi Sdmioo ki khunrezf, aur sarzamin, aur shahr, aur us ke sdre basbindou ke zulm ke iwaz. 18 Tarashi haf marat se kya hdsil, ki us ke karfgar ne use bandya hai ; dhali hui mfirat, aur daroggoi ke ustad se kya faida, jo us ka baninewala us par bharosd rakhta hai ; ki gunge butou ko banita hai ? 19 Us par afsos, ki jo lakri se kahe, ki Jig ; aur bezuban patthar se, ki Uth, hidayat kar : dekho, wuh sone rape se mulamma hua hai, aur us ko mutlaqan dam nahfu ! 20 Magar Khudawand apne muqaddas haikal men hai, sari zamln us ke age khamosh ho rahe ! 3 BAB.] HABAQQU'Q. • 969 III. BAB. 1 Ilabaqqiiq nabi kl dua nauha ke sur par. 2 Ai KiiunA'WASn, maio ne tcri kalani sund, aur dar gay^: ai Khcdawand, to barasoij ke danniyan apnc k:iin ko zinda kar ! barason ke andar zdhfr kar; gazab kc danniyan nilim ko yad kar. 3 Khuda taiman so, aur Quddus koh i Farin se i. pahunchi. (Sila) Us ki l)iizurgf ne ^sman ko gher liyi, aur zamfn uski hamd se bhar gal 4 Us ki (.hanialc nnr kj sf tbf, us ke hith se kirneo nikliu, aur in se us kt qudrat kt poshisb thi. 5 Us ke age ^ge wabi chali, us ke qadim qadam par atashfo marz rawdna liue. 6 Wuh khara hu5, aur zamiij ko nap dala; wiih nigUi kiya, aur qaumoo ko para- ganda kiy^, aur qadim pahar paraganda hue, aur koh i daimi us ke dgc jhuk gaye : us ki raheij lazawal bain. 7 Maiu ne Kashan ke khimou ko musibat meo dekhS, aur zamin i Midiy^n ke parde kanip gaye. 8 Kya Khudawand nadiou par gazabnak hua? kya teri gazab nadloo par tha, kya tera qahr samundar par, ki t'i apne ghoiou par, aur najat ki girioo par sawar hui? 9 KamSn terl bilkull uryla hnf, jaisa ki tfi ne farmaya, hag qaumoo ke sath qasam kiya. (Sila.) Tu ne zamin ko nadfoo se shigaf kiya. 10 Paharoa ne tujhe dekhS, we thartbarae ; panioo kl sailabS bahti hiii guzar gaf ; amiq ne apni dwaz buland kf, aur apne hathoo ko utha liy5. 11 Aftab aur m^htab apne maqSmoo meo thahar gae ; tere ttroo kf roshni, aur bh^loQ ki chamkahat ke sath we rawana hue. 12 Ta ne qahr ke sith zamin par guzar kiyS, ta ne nihayat gazab men qabail ko kit dal£. 13 Td apne logoo ki najat ke liye, hao najat ke liye apne masih ke sath nikal chala; ta bunyad ko zahir karke sir ko gardan tak sharirou ke ghar meo se gbayal kiy^. (Sila) 14 Tu us ke ganwou ke sardir ko usi ki lathioo se mSr dala; we mujhe paraganda karne ko girdbid ki tarah nikal ae: unka fakhr yih th^, ki muht^joo ko chupke nigaljiwei). 15 Tu apne ghoroo ke sath samundar se, h^O bare p&n'oo ke tade ke darmiyan guzar gaya. 16 Uske sunte hi mer£ pet dharak utha, dwaz se mere lab hilne lage . sarihat meri haddioo meo pai^h gai, main apne meg kampne laga, taki maio rausfbat ke din arim p^ao, jab wuh logoo ki mukhalafat meo Swega, wuh apnifaujoo ke sath un par charh dwegd. 17 Agarchi anjfr ki darakht na phule, aur tak men phal na lage, aur zaitan ki kishtkiri lahisil ho, aur khet anaj na den, aur galla jhund meo se kat jae, aur gai bail than men nahoo: 18 Tispar bhi maio Khudawand men khushi karnngi, maiu apni najat ke Khuda meo khushwaqt hounga. 19 Khudawand Khudi merf qiiwat hai, aur wuh mujhe Ilirani ka si pinw dewegi, aur mujhe mere nnche makanoy par sair karwiwcga. Sardir niugannl ke liye raeri binou ke sath. T t t t t 970 SAFANIYAII. [^ '^^^ SAFANIYAH. I. BAB. 1 Yahudah ke bddshdh Ydsiydh bin Amdn ke aiyam men Khudaiwand ki. kalSm, jo Safaniy^h bin Kdahf bin JadaliySh bin Amariy^h bin Ilizqiyah ko pahunchS, so yih hai. 2 Main zarain ki sath par se sab ke sab ko bilkull nest karfingl, Khuda;wand farmiti hai: 3 Maiu insan ko aur haiw£n ko nest karunga, hawi ke parindon ko aur samundar kl macbhliou ko aur shariroo ke sSth thokar khilanewale butou ko nest karungS, aur insSn ko zamfn par se kit dalunga, Khudawand farmat^ hai. 4 Maiu Yahudah par, aur Yarusalam ke sSre bashindoo par, apna hath barhlunga, aur is maq^m meo se Baal keMqi logon ko aur pandon ke nam ko kahinoo ke sath nest karungS, 5 Aur un ko bht, jo kothe par Ssm5n ke lashkar ko pdjte haio, aur nn ko, jo sijda karke Khudawand ke aur Malkuin ke n5m se qasam khate haio, 6 Aur un ko bhf, jo Khudawand se phir gae haio, aur unheu, jo Khudawasd ko nahfo dhundhte aur us ke tilib nahfo bote. 7 Turn Khudawand Khuda ke huzur chupke raho, kyunki Khudawand ki din nazdik hai, is liye ki Khudawand ne zabfha thahar^yi hai, aur apne mihmlnoD ko bulayS hai. 8 Aur Khudawand ke zabiha ke din aisa hoga, ki maio amfroo ko, aur bldshihzadoo ko, aur un sabhoo ko, jitne ki ajnabi poshSk pahinte haio, sazl dunga. 9 Maiu usf din meo un sabhoo ko, ki jitne dahliz ke Bpar se kud jSte haio, aur apne Sqd ke gharon ko Irit aur jhfith se bharte haio, sazS dungi. 10 Aur usi din meo ais^ hog^, Khudawand farmata hai, ki Machhiya phStak se chillane ki &waz, aur ddsre phStak se mitam ki sad^, aur tiloo se bari khurkhurlhat bajegf. 11 Ai Maktis ke rahnewalo, turn mStara karo, kyanki sare baipSri kat gae, we jo chandi rakhte haio, so mit gae. 12 Aur us waqt yuu hogS, ki maio chir^g se Yarusalam ki talash lunga, aur jitne apne talchhat par beparw5 jam gae haio, aur apne dil men kahte haig, ki Khudawand na bhaU na burS karegl, un ko sazS dung^. 13 Tab un ke mil o matSa Idt banenge, aur un ke ghar ek wir^nf honge, we gharoa ko baniwenge, par un raeu bfldbish nahfo karenge, aur takistSn laglwenge, aur un kl wain nahio plenge. 14 Khudawand kl buzurg din qarib hai, hao nazdik hai, aur jald pahunchegl, hlu Khudawand ke din ki shuhrat hoti hai : wahln pahlawln zlr zlr rowegl. 15 Wuh din qahr kl din hai, tangi aur taklif kl din, wfrlnl aur kharabi kl din, tlriki aur udlsi kl din, abr aur bari tariki kl din, 16 Ghere hue shahron par, aur nnche burjoo par turhi aur naqire kl din. 17 Maio insan par taklif llunga, ki we andhoo ke mlnind chalenge, is liye ki we Khudawand kegunlhgir hue; un kl ^hdn dhdl ki tarah aur un kl gosht najas ki tarah undell jlegl. 18 {^hudawand ke qahr ke din men na un ki chlndi na un kl sonl un ko bacha sakega ; par sir! zamin gairat ki Ig se nigli jaegi; kyunki wuh jhatpat zamin ke sire bashindou ko mi^l dalegl. 2 HAH.J SAFANIY/VII. 971 II. BAB. 1 Turn apne ko jama karo aur jama hoo, ai behayi logo, 2 Us se Ige ki taqdir usi din ko, jo blius kf manindj^ta rahega, wujad meo lawc, us sc ^ge ki Khuda- WANi) ka sakht qahr tiini par nlzil howe, us se fige ki Khudawand ke gazab kS. din turn par paliunche. 3 Ai zamfn ke sire halfni logo, jo us ke hukm kc mutabiq chalte ho, turn Khudawand ko dhundho! Neki ko dhundho, hilm ko dhundho, shlyad ki turn Kuuhawand kc gazab ke din chhipde jdo. 4 Kyiinki Azzah wfrSn aur Asqaltin ek wirliii hogf, we din dopahar Ashddd ko biharnikalenge, aur Aqran jar sc ukMri jaegf. 5 Samundar kanare ke basnewale Karetfoo ki qaum par afsos! Khuda;wand kS kalam tumhSre barkhilaf hai, ai Kana^n, Filistfoo ki sarzamin, maiu tujhe nest nabdd karung^, ki koi basnewilana rahe. 6 Aur samundar ke kanare garapyoo ke makdn aur jhompre aur galle ke baithSn ke liye honge. 7 Aur wuhi kanara Yahiidah ke gharSne ke baqf logoa ke liye hogd, we us meu char^ya karenge, we shSm ke waqt Asqalun ke makinoa meo let rahenge, kyunki Kuudawand un ka Khuda un par nazil hog5, aur un ki asiri ko phiriwegS. 8 Maic ne Moab ki malamat aur bani Ammun ki galiao sunfo, ki we meri qauni ko malamat karte, aur un ki sarhadd ke khilaf apue ko barbate the. 9 Is liye Rabb ul afwij Israel ke Khudd ne apni haySt ki qasam kar kar farmiyi hai, Yaqinan Moab Sadura ki m^nind, aur bani Ammnn Amurah ki si balki bichhate ki jangal aur naniaksir aur ek lizawil wirani banegi, mere logoa ke bache hue unheu lutenge, aur meri qaum ke biqi log un ko dakhl karenge. 10 Yik un ki magruri ki badli hogi, kyiinki unhou ne Rabb ul afwaj ke logou k£ malamat ki hai, aur un ke barkhilaf apne ko barhayi hai. 11 Khudawand un ke liye haibatnik hogi, aur zamfn ke sire maabadon ko bhukh se lagir karega, aur bar koi apni apni jagah se, hag qaumoo ke sire jazfre us ki parastish karenge. 12 Turn bhf, ai Kush ke rahnewilo, meri talwir se mare jaoge, l.J Aur wuh uttar k^j barkhilaf apni hith barhiwega, aur Astir ko kharib karegi, aur Ninawah ko ek wirani baniwegi, jangal ki manind khushk. 14 Aur us ke bichoo bfch galla, hio har jins ke haiwan irim karenge, hawasil aur bagli us ke sutunog par maqiin karenge, wc chahchahe marenge, un ki dahlizoij meu wirini hogi, kyunki sanaubar ki kim ujar gayi hai. 15 Khushi karnewili shahr yihi hai, jo beparwa baithi thi, jis ne apne dil meg kahi, ki Maig hdu, mere siwi koi dusri nahig, so wuh kaisi Tvfrinf hdi, haiwanat ke irim ki jagah, jo koi us 36 guzrega, so phupkaregi, aur tali bajiwega. III. BAB. 1 Afsos -us sarkash aur palisht, us zilim shahr par ! 2 Us ne kalim ko nahio suna, nasihat ko na mani, Khuuawand par bharosa narakha, aur wuh apne Khudi ke nazdik na aya. 3 Us ke darmiyin us ke sardir garajnewale babar haig, us ke qizi shim ke bheri3'e, jo subh tak haddioo ko bin nahig chhorte. 4 Us ke nabi lif^an aur bcimin huiij, us ke kiihinoi) ne muqaddas ko nipik kiyi hai, wc shariat se bihar gac haiu. T t t t t 2 97-2 S.^^FANIYAII. [3 BAB. 5 Kiiun^vwAND i adil us ke darmiyan hai, wuh kuchh beinsAfi n:ihiu karcga ; wuh har subh ko apui adalat roshan karta hai, adul nahfo karta, mngar sharlr sharm ko nahfo jaiita hai. G Maiu ne qaumou ko k^t dala, un ke burj wtr£n hne; maio ne un kf shihrShoQ ko bigar dall, ki un meu kol nahto chalta, un ke shahr ujar hue, aisi ki kol insau nahiu, koi basnewila nahfo. 7 Maiu ne kahl, ki Faqat inujh se darti rah, td naslhat qabul kar, to tera maqara nahfo mit jSega, jaisa ki maio ne tere haqq meo farinaya ; par uuhoo ne sawere uthkar apne tariqoo ko b:Jdgarf ke liye ho. 15 Aur we, jo ddr liaio, so iwenge, aur K HUB AW AND ki haikal ke banaiie meij mashgi'il honge, aur turn j;inoge, ki Rabb ui afsvaj no nuijhc turn pds bhejd luii, aur agar tu:n Ivuudawand apne Khudd ke qaul ko sunogc, to yuu hoga. VII. BAH. 1 Dara bidshah ke chauthe baras yuu hii:!, ki Kiiudawand kd kalam nauweu mahiiie ki chauthi tirikh yaace Kislau mahfne niou Zakariyah ko pahuuchi ; 2 Baad us ke ki Sarazur aur Rijia i Malik aur un ke satlii Khudi ke ghar meu gae bheje the, ki Khudawand ke dge dua kareo, 3 Aur ki Rabb ul afwij ke ghar ke kahinou se aur nabiou se kaheo, Kya luaiij parhez karta hiii jaisa ki itne bara- soo meu kar rahd hiin, ab pdncliweu mahiue meu mataui kariiu ? 4 Tab Rabb ul afw.ij ka kalam yih kahta hua mujh pas palmncha, 5 Ki Zamin ke sire logou se aur kahinou se kah, ki Jab turn logoo ne in sattar barason tak panchweo aur satweu mahfne meij roza rakha, aus mitam kiya, to kya mere liye, liao mere liye roza rakh-i tha ? 6 Aur jab turn ne khaya aur piya, to ky.i turn ne apne liye na khaya aur piya ? 7 Kya ye we bateu uahfij haio, jo Kiiddawand lie agle nabiou ki inaarifat se sun.iiujis waqt ki Yartisalam apne atraf ke shahroo samet niaamur aur asoda hk\ tha, jis waqt log dakliin kf zaniin aur nusheb meu sukunat karte the ? 8 Phir Khudawanu ka kalam yih kahta Imi Zakariyah pis pahuncha, aur wuh bola, 9 Ki Rabb ul afwaj yuu farniatd hai, ki Turn sachi adalat karo, aur bar kol apne apne bhai se rahm aur shafqat kiya kare. 10 Aur bewa aur yatiiu aur musafir aur niuhtaj ko na satao, aur koi turn meu se apne bhai ke haqq meu burai na thahariwe. 11 Lekin unhou ne na mana, aur arte hue apne shSnou ko hataya, aur kin ko bhiri kiya, taki na suneo, 12 Balki apne dil ko aliuis kiya, ta!4i shariat ko, aur un bdtoo ko, jinheu Rabb ul afwaj ne agle nabiou ki maarifat apui ruh se bheja tha, na sunen, is liye Rabb ul afwaj ki taraf se baia qahr nazil hua. 13 Is liye yiiij hua, ki jaisa us ne pukara, aur we shinawa na hue, taisa unliou ne far^'ad kiy.i, aur nniu ne nahiu suna, Ral)b ul afwaj farniata hai; 14 Balki niaiu ne girdbad se unheu sari qaumou men, jin se we nawiqif the, paraganda kiya, aur un ke pichhe sarzamin wfran huf, aisa ki kisi ne us meu ainad raft na kiya, aur unhoy ne dilkash zamin ko wiran kiya hai. VIIL BAB. 1 Phir Khudawanh ki kalam yih kahta hud mujh pas pahuncha, ki 2 Ral)b ul afwaj yuu farmdtd hai, ki Maiu Saihuu ke liye i)arf gairat se gayur huu, balki bare qahr ke sdth us ke liye gayur huu- 3 Kui;dawani> yiiu U u u u u 2 950 ZAKAllIYAU. [8 BAB. farmdtd hni, ki Maiu Saihan ko phir lautS, aur Yardsalam ke darmijdn sukdnat karungi ; aur Yariisalam sachl basii, aur Rabb ul afw^j ka pahSr muqaddas pahaj- kahliegi. 4 Rabb ul afwaj yuo farmati hai, ki Phir borhe aur biirhliij Yaru- salam ke mahalloD meu sukunat karenge, aur sab koi burhape ke sabab apne hath meu lath! pakrenge. 5 Aur shahr ke sare kuche larke lafkfoo se bhar jienge, jo us ke rastou meu khelenge. 6 Aur Rabb ul afwaj yun farniita hai, ki Agar jih is qaum kf bachti ki nazar men, in dinoij meu, achambha hai, to kya meri nazar meu bhi achambhd hoga, Rabb ul afwaj farmatA hai? 7 Rabb ul afwaj yuofarmati hai, ki Dekh, maiu apne logou ko mashriq aur magrib ke niulk se najat ddnga. 8 Aur maiu unheo launga, aurwe Y'^ardsalam ke darmiyan sukunat karenge, aur we mere log honge, aur main sadaqat o adalat meu un ka Khuda hunga. 9 Rabb ul afwaj yun farmata hai, ki Ai logo, turn jo in dinon meu ye baten un nabfou kl zuban se sunte the, jo us din jab Rabb ul afwaj ke maskan, yaane haikal ki neo dali jati thi, taki wuh ban jawe, kalam karte the, apne hath mazbiitkaro. 10 Kyiin- ki un dinou se age na inyan ke liye mazdiiri thi, aur na haiwan ke liye kariiya tha, aur taiigi se janewale aur anewale ko salamati na thi, kyunkiniaiu ne sab logou ko ek dusre ka dushman banaya. 11 Lekin ab maiu agle dinou ki tarah is qaum ki bachti ke liye nahiu hug, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai, 12 Balki salamat kl zir^at hogi; ki tak apna phal nikalegi, aur zamin apna hasil degi, aur asman apna os girawega, aur maiu is qaum ke baqf logou ko in sab barakatou ka waris banauiiga. 1;J Aur yiio hoga, ai ahl i Yahddah, aur ai ahl i Israel, ki jaisa turn lof gairqaumou meu ek laanat the, taisa tum ko najat diinga, aur tum ek barakat hof^e : mat daro, balki tumliare hath mazbiit hoij. 14 Kyiinki Rabb ul afwaj yuo farmlta hai, ki Jab tunihare aba ne mujhe gazabnak kiya, to jaisa maio ne tum par burai ka mausdba kiya, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai, aur na phira : 15 Waisi maiu ne phir in dinou meu niansuba kiya hai, ki Yardsalam aur Yahddah kegharane par bhalai kardu ; pas tum mat daro. 16 Par in batou ko tuinheu karna hai, ki barek admi apne parosi se sach kahe, aur tum apne phatakou meo rasti ka aur milane ka bichar karo. 17 Aur tum meu se har koi apne hamsaye ke haqq meu apne dilmen badi na ihaharawe, aur jhdthi qasain ko na chahe; kyunki maiu in Bari batou se kina rakhti huu, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai. 18 Phir KuuDAWAND ka kalam yih kahta hui mere pds pahunchi, 19 Ki Rabb ul afwaj yuu farmata hai, ki chauthe mahine ke roze aur panchweu ke roze aur satweu ke roze aur dasweu ke roze ahl i Yahddah ke liye khuslii aur khurmi aur tarabangez ideu honge ; is liye tum sachai aur salamati ko chaho. 20 Rabb ul afwaj yuu farmata hai, Hanoz aisa hoga ki bahuteri qaumeu aur bahutere shahrou ke r.ahnewale 4wenge, 21 Aur ek shahr ke bashinde ddsre shahr ko jakar kahenge, Chalo, ham KHUDAWA^D ke age dua kareu, aur Rabb ul afwaj ko dhundheu. Maiu bhi jadnga. 22 Aur bahuteri ummateu aur zorawar qaumeo Rabb ul afw j ke dhdndhne ko aur Khudawadd ke age dua karne ko Yardsalara men awengi. 23 Rabb ul afwaj yuu farmata hai, ki Un dinou meg aisa hoga, ki qaumou ki slri zabanoo meu se das shakhs pakrenge, hau ek Yahddi shakbs ke daman ko pakrenge, aur kahenge, ki Ham tere satli jaenge, kyunki ham ne suna hai, ki ^huda tumhare s^th hai. 9 BAIJ.] ZAKARIYAII. S»l IX. BAB. I KiiUDA'WAND ke kalam kii maiishi Hadd-Rakk par hai, aur Diinish(i| us ki manzil hai, kyuiiki Kiiudavvatsd kt aiikh bant Adam par, aur Israel ke sire sibtou par lagi hai. 2 Aur Hamat par bhi jo us ke muttasil hai, Sdr o Saida par bhiki wuh bari aqhnand hai. 3 Sur ne apne liye ek lualisur banayi, aur chrindi ko dhul kt tarali, aur kuudan ko galioij ke kure kJ minind batora. 4 Dekh, Khudawand use bas meu kar degi, aur samuiidar nieij us ki shahrpan;ih torega, wuh ig se nigli jaegl. 5 Asqah'in dekhkar daregi, aiir Azaah dekhkar bahnt kampegf, Aqrun bhi, ki us ki as uiti, aur Azzah se badsh^h jata rahega, aur Asqaliin beaurang hogi. 6 Aur walad ul zini Ashdiid meu rahega, aur maiu Filistiou ka fakhr mitiunga. 7 Aur maiu kliun ko us ke nuuih meu se, aur nafraton ko us kedintou ke darmiyan se diir karungl, aur wuh bhi hainire Khuda ke liye bach rahega, aur wuh alufki maniud Yahuda]i meu aur Aqrun Yabiisi kt manind hogi. 8 Aur main guzarnewale aur hiutnewale dusliman ke sabab apne maskan ki charou taraf hislikargah bauiuuga, tis picbhe koi zalim^un ke darmiy.in nahiy guzrega ; kyunki ab maiu apni ankhou se dehhta hiiu. 9 Ai bint i Saihdn, tu shadiyana baja, ai bint i Yarusalam, tu mangal ga, ki dekh, tera badshah tere liye ata hai, wuh &dil aur najatwala hai, wuh miskin hai, aur hiraar par, balki jawan gadhe par, gadhf ke bachche par savvar hai. 10 Aur maiu Ifraim se gafiou ko, aur Yarusalam se ghore ko kat dalunga, aur jangi kaman nestnibiid ho jaegi, aur wuh qaumou ko sulh farm^wega, aur us ki saltanat samundar se samundar tak, aur darya se zamfu ki intiha tak hogi. 11 Aur to jo hai, jis ka ahd lahii se hai, main tere asirou ko bhf bin pani ke gar se nikal Uiingi. 12 Qala ko phiro, ai umined ke asiro, maio aj ke din kahta hdo, ki Maiu tujhe doguna dunga. 13 Kyunki maiu Yahudah ko apne liye zih kardnga, aur Ifr.iim ko kaman par lagaunga, aur maiu teri aulad ko ai Saihdn, teri aulid ke khilaf, ai Yunan, ubharunga, aur tujhe pahlawan ki talwar ki maniud banaungi. 14 Aur Ivhudawand un ke upar zihir howega, aur us k4 tir bijli ki tarah niklegi, aur Khudawanb Khuda turlii ph'inkega, aur wuh dakhia ki girdbad meu guzarta chalega. 15 Aur R;ibb ul afwij un ki dasfgiri kare- gi, aur we dushmanon ko niglenge, aur unhen Hilakhun ke pattharou ke manind paemal karenge, aur un ka lahii pienge, aur matwalou ke manind lalkarenge, aur tapane ke piy.ilou ke manind, aur mazbah ke konoD ke manind bhar par honge. 16 Aur Khudawand un ka Khuda usi din apni qaum ko najat dega, jis tarah galle ko najat dete hain, kyunki we taj ke pattharou ke manind honge, jo us kt zamin par uthenge. 17 Kyunki us ka kaisi ihsan hai, aur us ki kaisi jamal hai ! galla baligou ko, aur 4b i angur batulou ko balida karegd. X. BAB. 1 So pichhii. barsat ki mausiui meu barsdt ko Khudawand se mSngo, to Khuuawand bijliou ko maujnd karega, aur un ko bari-St kt jhaiiau bakhshega, khet meu har nabat par. 2 Kyunki Tirafim jhuth kahte haio, aur gaibbin dliokha dekhte haiu, aur kluvJb daroggol karte haiu, we haw^i tasaUi dete haio : is liye we galle kt manind bhatakte haiu, we tanglidl bote haiu, kyunki un k4 kol charwiha 982 ZAKARIYAH. [11 I5AB. nahiu hai- 3 Mera gazab charwahoo par bhark4 hai, aur maiu bakrou se badlS lijnga; kyanki 'Kabb ul afwaj apne galle yaane ahl i Yahudah par iltifat kare- ga, aur unheu ap»t shaukat ka ghori s^ laraf meo lawega. 4 UsT se sira, usf se mekb, usf se jangi kam^n, usf se hakim ekaek nikal awenge. 5 Aur we pahlawanou ke mdnind honge, aur lafaf meo dushmanou ko galioo ke kfchar ki tarah latarenge, aur larenge, kjunki Kiiuda'wand un ke sath hai; aur ghoroo ke sawar pareshln honge. 6 Aur maiu Yahndih ke gharSne ko quwat dunga, aur Yusaf ke gharane ko iiajat bakhshi'mga, aur main uuheu basatinga ; kyiinki maio un par rahm karta huu, aur we aise honge, jais^ ki niaio ne unhco dur nahiu kiya tha, kyiinki maiu KuuijAWAND un ka Khuda huu, aur an kf sununga. 7 Aur Ifiaim pahlawan ke sc honofe, aur un ka dil jaisa wain se waisa masnir hogt, balki un kfaulid dekhkar khush hogi, un ka dil Kuuda'vvand meu shadman hog-?. 8 Main un ke liye sithi bajauuga, aurunheij batoriingri, kyunki maio ne un ke liye fidiya diya hai, aur we bahut honge jaise age bahut the. 9 Aur maio un ko qaumon ke darmiyan bounga, we dur mulk meu mujhe yad karenge, aur apnf aulad ke sath hayati taza piwenge, aur phir iwenge. 10 Maiu nn ko Misr kf zamin se phir Uiinga, aur un- heu Asiir se batorunga, aur Jiliad aur Lubnan kf zamfn meu pahunchSnnga yahao tnk^ki un ke liye gunjaish na ho. 1 1 Aur wuh samundar meu se, tangi men so, gu7,ar jaegi, aur darya ki laharou ko rnaregi, aur darya ke sare amfq sukh jaenge ; aur Asar kf takabburf past hogf, aur Misr ka asa jata rahega. 12 Aur maiu unko Khudawand meo quwat diingi, aur we us ke nam meu chalenge, K.huda:wand farmatl hai. XI. BAB. 1 AI Lubnan, tn apne darwazou ko khol de, taki ig tere saro ko khii jde. 2 Ai sanaubar, tu nauha kar, kyiinki saro gir p:ira hai, ki shandar garat hue haiu, ai Basan ke baltit, matam karo, kyanki uncha ban gira hai. 3 Charwahou ke wawaila kf dwiz hai; kyanki un kl khubi g£rat huf, sher babarou ke garajne kf awaz hai, kyiinki Yardan ki lihushnumif barbad huf hai. 4 KuonAWAND mera Khuda yuu farmata hai, ki Zabh kl jhun(J ko chara, 5 Jin ke kharidnewale unhen zabh karte haio, aur asami nahfo bote haiu, aur jin ke bechnewale kahte haiu, ki KnuDAWANi> mubarak ho, maio tawangar hota hiip, aur un ke cliarwahe un par rahm nahfn karte haio. 6 Dekh maiu mulk ke rahne- waloo par aur rahm nahfn karunga, Khudawand farmata hai; aur dekh, maio banf Adam men harek ko dusre ke hSth, aur us kebadshah ke hath haw Ja karunga, we zamfn ko tabSh karenge, aur main un ke hlth se nahiu clihuraungi. 7 Pas maio ne zabh kf jhund ko charayd jhund ke miskfnoo kf khitir se, aur maio ne do lathiau lio, ek ko main ne Nuam kah.i, aur dusrf ko Habl ; aur galle ko charayd. 8 Aur maio ne un tfn charwahoo koek mahfne meu dur diya, aur merf janun setang hua, aur un ka jf bhf mujh se bezar hua. 9 Tab maio ne kaha, ki Maiu tumheo phir nahiu charatinga, jo marne ka hai, so marega, aur johaUk hone ki hai, so halak howegS, aur jo blqf rahenge, so ek dasre ks'gosht khaenge. 10 Aur maio ne apni lathi Naum ko liya, aur use tor dali, ki apne ahd ko, jo maio ne sarf qaumoo se 12 nm.] ZAKARIYAH. . 983 bandha th^jinitauo. 11 So wuh usf din meo mit gaya, aur jhund ke miskfn, jo mujh par mutawajjih liue, so is se jin gae, ki yili K nun aw and kf brithai. 12 Aur maiu ne unheu kaha, ki Agar tumhart nazar meu bhaU lage, to merf mashkurido; nahto to darguzaro, aur unhou ne meri mashkiiri ke liye tis n'lpi^e taul diye. 13 Aur Khudawand ne mujhe farmaya, ki Uuheu kuinhar pasphcnk de, us bhari qtmat ko, jo maiu un so inki gaya hug, aur maiu no un tis n'lpiyoo ko liyi, aur Khudawand ke ghar meu phenk diya, us kumhar ke liye. 14 Tliir maiu ne apiif dusri lailii HabI ko tor dala, taki biradari ko Yahudali aur Israel ke darmiy in se mitauu. 15 Aur Khudawand ne mujhe farmiya, ki Tii p!iir apne liye nadan cbarwahe ka hathiyar le. 16 Kyiinki dekh, main is zamfn ke darmiy^n charwahS uthaunga, jo halak honewale ki khabar nahiu lega, aur gumrah ko nahiu dhuinjhega, aur zakhmf ko changa nahiu karega, aur khare mande ko na sambhalega, parfarbih ke goslit ko khawegi, aur un ke khurou ko para plra karega. 17 W^waila pij! charwahe par jo galle ko chhorta hai ; talwir us ke bazti par aur dalmf aiikh par ! us ka bazij bilkull siikh jaega, aur us ki dahni ankh bilkuU andhi hogi. XII. liAB. 1 ManshS kalam i RabbSni ka Israel par. Khudawand farmata hai, jo dsmln ko phailat^ hai, aur zamin ki neo dalta hai, aur insan meg us ki rnh ko paida karta hai, 2 Dekho, maig Yarusalam ko as pas ki sari qaumou ke liye thartharaliat k* piyala banaiinga, aur Yahudah par Lhi Yarusalam ke muhasara meu tangi hogt. 3 Aur usi din meu aisa hoga, ki maig Yarusalam ko sari qaumou ke h'ye ek bhari patthar banadnga : aur sab jo useuthawenge, kat jSenge, aur zamin ki sari qaumeo un ke Ishilif jama hongl. 4 Usi din, Khudawand farmata hai, ki maig harek ghore ko ghal)rahat se, aur uske sawarog ko diwinagi se maninga, aur apni ankh Y'ahddah ke gharane par kholunga aur qauuioij ke sab ghore ko andhapan se ma- rjuga. 5 Tab Yahndah ke aluf apne dil meg kalienge, ki Yarusalam ke bSshinde Rabb ul afwaj un ke Khuda men mere liye zorawar haig. 6 Main usi dia Yahudah ke aliifog ko lakrioij men atashdan ki manind, aur piile meg jaltf mashaal ki manind banaiinga, aur we dahne bayeg par as pas ki sari qauuiou ko niglenge, aur Yarusalam phir apne maqam Yarusalam meg takhtnishin hogi. 7 Aur KuUDAWAND Yahudah ke khimou ko pahle najat dega, taki Diiid ke gharane ka fakhr, aur ahl i Yarusalam ka fakhr Yahudah par na barh jawe. 8 Usi din KuuDAWAND Yarusalam kebashindookihiuiayat karegi,aur jo us din un men kam- zor hai, so Daud ki manind hoga, aur Daud ka gliarani llah ki maniud, balki un ke age ke Khudawand ke firishte ki manind hoga. 9 Aur usi dui yug hoga, ki maig sari qaumog ko, jo Yarusahim ke rauqabale ko ati haig, halak karne ka qasd karunga. 10 Aur maig Daud ke gharane par, aur Yarusahim ke bashiudou parfazl aur dudog ki ruh barsaiinga, aur we mujh par, jise unhou ne chheda hai, nazar karenge, aur we us ke liye matam karenge, jaisa koi apne wahid keliye niatam karta hai, aur us ke liye nihayat gamkarenge, jaisa koi apne pahlaute ke liye gam karta hai. 1 1 Aur usi din Yarusalam ke darmiyau barimatam hoga, Hadadi Rumman ke matam ki manind IMajiddou ki wadi meg. 12 Aur zamin matam karegi,,har gharani alahida, Daud ka gharana al&hida aur un ki joruaa alahida, Natuu ki OS J ZAKARIYiVH. [IS n^vR. gliariina alahida nur un kt joruio aliliida; 13 Llwf k^ ghariiiS al^Iiida jiur un ki joruiiu alahida, Samai ki ghanini alaliida aur nn kf joruan alahida; 14 Sire baqf gburine, gharlne aur gharine alahida aur un kf joruiu alahida. XIII. imB. 1 Usi din DJiid ke gharane ke liye avir Varusalam ke bashindoo ke liye gun^h anr napaki ki safai ke waste ek chashma ktiola jaega. 2 Aur usf din yn^ hoga, Rabb ul afw.aj farmata hai, ki main butou ke nati:oo ko zamfn meu se initi d'lunga, aur we phir mazkor .nahiij honge, aur maiij nabion ko aur nnjasat ki \ rub ko zamin meu se nikal dungi. 3 Aur yun hoga, ki agar koi phir nubuwat kare, to us ke ma bap, us ke w.llidain, use kahenge, ki td na jine ki, kyunki tn KnuDAWAND ke nam se jhiilh kahta hai, aur jab nubuwat kare, to us ke bap aur ma, us ke wdlidain, use chhed dalenge. 4 Aur usi din yun hoga, ki nabf nubnwat kahte hf sharminda hoke apne apne n'lya se darguzrenge, aur we jhuth ke liye pashmina kapra iiahiu pahinenge; 5 Par wuh kahega, ki Maiu nabi nahio, maio kishtkari ka gulara hiiu ; kyiinki ek sliakhs ne mujlie meri jawani se apni zarkharid kiya thS. 6 Aur agar koi us se puchhega, ki Tere donoo hathou uieo ye kya zakhm haiu? to jawdb deg5, we zakhm haiij, jo maiu apne maashtiqoo ke ghar meo marS gaya huo- 7 Ai talwar, tti mere charwShe par, us insan par, jo merd hamti hai, bedar ho, Rabb ul afwaj farmita hai, us charwahe ko mar, aur galla parSganda ho jae, par maio apna hath chhotoo par pherunga. 8 Aur yuo hoga, Khundawad farmata hai, ki sari zamtn meo se do hisse kate jaenge, aur marenge, lekin tisYi hissa us meu baqi rahega 9 Aur maiu tisre hisse ko ig ke darmiyan meo se launo-a, aur unheu musafFa karringa, jis tarah ropa nirmal hota hai, maio unheo khilis karunga jaisi sona khalis kiyi jata hai: we mera nam pukarenge, aur- maio un kf euniinga; main kahunga, ki we mere log haio? aur we bolenge, ki Ixhudawand mera Khuda* XIV. BAB. 1 Dokh, ek din Khudawand ke liye ata hai, aur teri ganfmat tere darmiyan taqsim hogf. 2 Aur maio sari qaumoo ko Yarysalam par larif ke liye batorunga, aur shahr chlilnd j^egS, aur ghar lute jaenge, aur auraten jabran behurniat ki jaengi, aur ddha sliahr asfri men nikal jaega, aur baqi log shahr meo se kate na jaenge. 3 Tab KhudAwand niklegi, aur un qaumou ke sith jang karegS, jaisa apne us larne ke din, qital ke din meu karta thS. 4 Aur us ke panw usi din Zaitun ke pahar par, jo Yarasalam ke samhne purab ko hai, khare honge, aur Zaitun kA pahar bichoD bich se pachhim aur purab ko phat jaega', aur nihSyat bari wadi zahir hogi, aur ddha pah^r uttar ki taraf aur Sdha us ka dakhin ko jata rahega. 5 Aur turn pahar ki w4di ko bhSgoge, kyanki pahar ki wadi Asl tak ]& milegi, hiu jaisi ki turn shihi YnhudSh Uzziyaii ke diuoo meo zalzala ke &ge bhage the, waisihi bhagoge; aur KuuDAWAND mert Khuda m hai, aur qudsi tere sath haio. 6 Aur usi din 1 «An.] MALAAKI'. S»5 aisi hogS, ki naiyir nn hogi, waqr.it jam jlenge. 7 Aur wuh ek diti Kiiodawand ko maaluin hoga, na din na rat, balki yiio liogri, ki slidm ke waqt roslian hoga. 8 Aur usi din yiiu hoga, kizindapinJ Yariisalaiu meu se jari honge, uu ka lidha purabf sainund:ir kj taraf, aur un Ua adlui pachchhiini samundur ki taraf, gariiiS aiir jiire meu yiinhio hoga. 9 Aur Kiiuoawano sari zainin par badshih ho jaega, usi din KiiuDAWAND ek, aur us ka nim ek hoga. 10 Aur sure zamln Jiba ae leko Yarusalam ki dakhin taraf ke Ruminan tak maid:in iiiubadilal lio jaegf, aur wuh buland hogf, aur Binyamiii ke phatak se pahle pliatak ke nuKiam tak, aur kone ke phatak tak, aur Ilananiel ke burj se badsbah ke koUn'iiioij tak apne takht par baith jiegi. 11 Aur log us meu sukiinat karenge, aur phir koi liaram ua lioga, balki Yarusalam aman o auiSn se maainiir rahegi. 12 Awr wuh mari, jis se Kiiudaivvand sariqaumou ko, jolarne'ko Yarusalam par charh aiu, maregi, soyih Iiai: Wuh un ka gosht saiaega, jab we apne paou par khape haig, aur un kl ankheu un ke chashmkhanou meu sar jaengi, aur un ki zaban un ke munh meu sar jacgf. KJ Aur usi din yiio hoga, ki Kuudawand ki taraf S3 un ke darmiyan Lapi garbarihat a paregf, aur we ek di'isre ka h;ith pakfenge, aur ek ka hath dusre ke hath par uthega. 14 Aur Yahudah bhi YarnsaLun meu jihad karega, aur sarf gairqaumou ka mSl sona rupa aur libas bafi kasrat ke sith charou taraf se batora jaega. 15 Aur jaisi yih mari hai, waisf hi ghore aur khachchar aur unt aur gadhe ki aur harek chaupaye kJ, jo in chhaonion men milegd, mari hogf. 16 Aur yuu hoga, ki siri bachti un sab qaumoo meu se, jo Yarusalam par afo, eil ba sal Badshah Rabb ul afwaj ko sijda karne aur id i Ifhfma manne ko ut!i jaenge. 17 Aur yun hoga, ki zamin ke sare gharanou meu se, jo Badshih Rabb ul afwaj ke age sijda karne ko Yarusalam men na awe, un par biran nahiu barsega. 18 Aur agar Misr ka gharana na uih jawe, aur na awe : to un par na barsega, balki un par wuh mari hogi, jis se Kucuawasd un gairqaumou ko Diarega, jo nahiu charh jati haiu, ki khimou ki Id niSneu. 19 Yih Misr ki khati hogi, aur sari qaumou ki khata, jo nahiy cliarh jati haiu, ki khimou ki id m.neu. 20 Usi din ghorou ke ghantou par munaqqash hoga, Quds Kuodawand ko, aur liaoDAWAND ke ghar ke deg mazbah ke age ke piyaloij ke barabar muqaddaa hoiige. 21 Balki Yarusalam aur Yahudah meu sab deg Rabb ul afwaj ko quda honge, aur sire zabh karnewale awenge, aur un meu se lenge, aur un meu paka- vreoge, aur uohio diuou meu phir koi Kaaaaai Rabb ul afwaj ke ghar met) ua hog^. MALAAKI'. I. LmjDA'\vAND ke mazbah ko ansuon, aur naloij, aur faryadou se dhampa hai, yahao tak ki wuh phir hadiya par iltifat nahfu karti, aur khushuudi ke sdth tumhare hath se qabnl nahfo karta hai. 14 Aur tum kahte ho, ki Sabab kya hai? Sabab yih hai, ki Khudawand tere aur teri jawanf ki joru ke darmi3an gawah hua, jis se tu ne be waf ii ki hai ; tispar bhi wuh teri jora, aur tere ahd o paiman ki zauja hai. 15 Aur kya us ne ekhf na banaya, aur Riih ki baqiya-us ko tha ? Aurkahekoek? Taki Khuda kf nasi j)^we. Is liye tum apnf ruh ki nigahbani karo, aur koi apni jawani ki joru se be wafai na kare. 16 Kyunki Khudawand, Israel ka Khuda farmata liai, ki Maiij talaq se nafrat rakhta hiin, aur us se bhi, jo zulm se apni libas ko dhampta hai, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai : is liye tum apni rcih kf nigahbani karo, taki be wafil na karo. 17 Tum ne apni baton se Khudawand ko bezSr kiya hai. Aur tum kahte ho, ki Kis bat meo ham ne use bezar kiya ? Is men jo kahte ho, ki Har koi, jo burai karta hai, so Khudawand ki nazar meo nek hai, aur wuh aisou se k;hush hai ; aur yih, ki Khud^ i £dil kahao hai? III. BAB. I Dekho, main apne rasul ko bhejanga, aur wuh mere &ge rasta banawega, aur wuh Khudawand, jis ke tum muntazir ho, hao ahd kS Rasiil, jis ke tum mushtaq ho, wuh apni haikal ko ^wega, dekho, wuh yaqiuan awega, Rabb ul afwaj farmStS hai. 2 Par us ke ane ke diu meo kaun thaharegl, aur us ke zuhiir ke waqt kaun khara rahega ? Kyunki wuh son^r kiag aur dhobi ke siban ki mSnind hai. 3 Aur wuh ri'ipe ka mail katne ko, aur use khalis karae ko baith j iega, aur wuh bani Law! ko pak karega, wuh unheo rupe aur sone ki manind musafft karega, tiki we eadaqat se Khudawand ke age hadiye guzraneo. 4 Tab Yahiidih aur Yarusalam ka hadiya sabiq dinoo aur agle barasoo ki manind Khudawand ko pasand awegi. 5 Aur maio insif ke liye tum pis aiinga, aur jadugaroo par, aur zinakSroo par, aur jhiithi qasara khanew^loo par, aur un par, jo mazddr kf raazdurl ko baz rakte haiu, V V V V V 2 988 MALAAKI'. [2 BaB. aur bewaauryatimkosatiitehaio, aur musafir ko haqq se phirite haio, anr mujh ae nuhfo darte, muhkam gsiwah lu'ingi, Rabl) u! afwij firmrita liai. 6 Kyunki luaiu KutuAWAND hiiu, mujh nieo ta^aiyur naliiu, ai liani Yaaqab, isi liye turn nest na htje. 7 Turn apne aba ke aiyam se mere rasinog se mure, aur uu par na chale. Turn meri taraf phiro, to maiu tumhdri taiaf pliiriinga, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai. Lekin tuin kahte ho, ki Ham kis bat meu phireu? 8 Kya insan Khuda ko liitega, ki turn mujh ko lutte ho. Aur kalitc ho, ki Ham ne kis b^t meu tujhe luta? Dahyaki aur qurban meg. 9 So tuiu luanat se mahuiu hue, kyuuki turn ne, hau is tamam qaum ne mujhe luta. 10 Turn sari dahyaki ko ganjine meu lao, taki mere ghar meu khurak ho, aur is hi se niera iuitihan karo, Rabb ul afwaj far- mata hai, ki maiu tvmihare liye asinan ke d;irichou ko na khohiij, aur turn par barakat na barsauo, jis ki gunjaish na liogi ? 11 Aur maiu tuinhare liye garat- karnewale ko dantungi, aur wuh tuuihari zamin ke hasil ko kharab na karega, aur tumhari takistan apne mewe ko liewaqt na girawega; Rabb nl afwaj faruiata hai. 12 Aur sab qaumeu turaheu mubrirak kahengi, ki turn ek dilkasha zamin hoge, Rabb ul afwaj ftirmita hai. 13 Tumhari bateg mere haqq meo sakht hiiio, Khudawand farmata hai. Aur turn kahte ho, ki Ham ne teri nuiklnlafat nseo kya kaha ? 14 Turn ne kaha, ki Khudi ki ibadat abas hai; aur kya fiida, ki Ham us ke hukmou ko maneu, aur Rabb ul afwaj ke dge matam se raftar kareij ? 15 Aur ab ham sarkashoa ko mu- bSrak kahte hain, ki we, jo sharirat karte haiu) so ban gaye, we jo Khuda ko ^zmito bail), so bach nikle. 16 Tab khudatars 5pas met) bateg karte the, aur Kuudawand ne kan dharke 8una, aur unke liye, jo I>uui)Awand se darte, aur us ke nam ko raante the, us ke fige yaddasht ki kitab liiihi gai. 17 Aur we mere hoiige, Rabb ul afwaj farmata hai, jis din ki maiu apni khass guroh ko jama karunga ; aur jis tarah koi apne farmanbardar bete par shafcjat karta hai, maiu uu par shafqat karunga. 18 Tab turn phiroge aur sidicj aur sharir ke darmiyan, uske daruiiyan jo IvuuuA- WAMU ki baadagi karia, aur jo us ki baudagi nahiu karta, farq dekhoge. IV. BAB. 1 Ki dekho, wuh din dta hai, jo bliattthi ke manind jalanewala hai: tab s5re magrur, aur badkirdit bhus ke manind honge, aur wuh din, jo ^ta hai, un ko jalawega, Rabb ul afwaj farmati hai, yahau tak ki unki na jar na dali chhorega. 2 Lekin tnmhare liye, jo mere n.im se darte ho, Aftab i sadaqat tuliia hogi, aur ug ke paroH tale sihat ; aur turn nikloge, aur than ke bachhrou ki tarah barhoge. 3 Aur turn sharirou ko paemil karoge, kyunki jis din ki maiu yih karunga, we tumhare panw tale ki rakh honge, Rabb ul afwaj farmati hai. 4 Turn mere bande Mdsa kJ shariat ko, jise main ne sare bani Israel ke liye Ilurib meo farmSyl, aur qawanin aur ahkam ko yid rakho. 5 Dekho, Khumawanj) ke buzurg aur haulnak din ke dne se peshtar, maio Iliyali nabi ko tumhare p:is bbejunga. 6 Aur wuh bapou ke dil ko betou ki taraf, aur betou ke dil ko uiike bapou ki taraf mail karega, ta aisa na ho, ki main aiiu, aur zamin ko laauat se halak karuu. II A MARE KHUDAWAND YUSU A M A S I H Ki INJFL YAANE KHUSIIKHABARP. THE NEW TESTAMENT LORD AND SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIS T, IN THE HINDU'STANI LANGUAGE. CALCUTTA:— PRINTED AT THE ASIATIC PUESS, FOR THE AUXILIAUY BIBLE SOCIETY. 1843. NAYE AHDNAME KI' PiVK KITABON KI' FIHRIST. BAfB. Ma« kf likhf Iml kluishkhabarf 28 Mark ki likhi hul khushkhabari 16 Luka k1 likhf Iiiii khushkhabari 24 Yuhanna kf likhi hui khushkhabari 21 RasuloQ ke Aainal ki kitab 28 Paul kA Rumfoo ko khatt 16 Paul ka Karintioo ko pahlii khatt 16 Paul k& Karintlon ko dusri khatt 13 Paul ka Galatfon ko khatt 6 Paul ka Afsiou ko khatt 6 Paul ka FilipioD ko khatt 4 Paul ki. KalasIOD ko khatt 4 Paul ka Thisalunikfou ko pahla khatt 5 Paul ki Thisaluniklog ko dusra khatt 3 P^ul ki Timodeus ko pahla khatt 6 Paul ka Timodeus ko dusra khatt 4 Paul ki Titus ko khatt 3 Paul ki Fileman ko khatt 1 Paul ka Ibraniou ko khatt , 13 Yaaqfib ka khatt 5 Patthras ki pahla khatt 5 Patthras ka dusra khatt 3 Yuhann^ ka palila khatt 5 Yuhanna ka diisr^ khatt 1 Yuhann^ ka tisra khatt 1 Yahudah ka khatt 1 Ynliann^ ke inushahada ki kitab 22 MATr KI' LIKIir HUT KHUSIIKHAliARI'. I. B.VI5. 1 Yusi'ia Masih Ddiid ke bete, Abiraham ke bete ki nasabnima. 2 Abiraham fe Izhak paida hna, aur Izhdk se Yaaijub paidi Iiiia, aur Yaa(jub se Yahiidih aur uske bhcii paida hue. 3 Aur Yahudah koTaniar se Phiras aur Sh^riq paida hue, aur Pharas se Hasrun paida hua, anr llasnin se Riin paida h'ia, 4 Aur Ram se Ainminadab paida hua, aur Aniniinadab se Nahsuu paida hua, aur Nahsiin se Salinrin paida hua, 5 Aur Sahnuii ko Rihab se Buaz paid I hua, aur Buaz ko Rut se iVbid paida hui, aur Abid se Yassi paida hiia, aur Yass: se Diud badshah paidi hua'. 6 Aur Dadd badshah ko us se jo U'riyah kf jora thf,Sulaim4n paida liua, 7 Aur Sulaiman se Rahabiaiiim paida hna, aur Rahabiamni se Abiyih paida hn^, aur Abiyah se Asa paida hua, 8 Aur Asa se Yahiisafat paida hua, aur Yahiisafat se Yahuram paidi hua, aur Yahiiriiu se Uzziyali paida hua, 9 Aur Uzziyah se Yotim paida hua, aur Y'utam se Akliai paida hni, aur Akhaz se Hizqiyah paida hdS, 10 Aur Ilizqiyih se Munassi paidi has, aur Muuassi se Amun paida hua, aur Amiin se Yassiyah paida hui, 11 Aur Yassiyah se Yakuniyah aur us ke bhai jin dinon mea Bibul Uo uth chale, paida hue. 12 Aur baad us ke ki liabul meij pardes hue, Yakuniyah se Saaltiel paidi hua, aur Saaltiel se Zarubabul paidi hua, 13 Aur Zarubabul se Abiiiud paida hui, aur Abihiid se Ilyaqiin paida hiia, aur Ilyaqim se Azur paidi hui, 14 Aur Azur se Saduq paidi hiia, aur S idiiq se Akini paidi hui, aur Akim se liihiid paidi hiia, 15 Aur Ilihud se lliazr paidi hiia, aur Iliazr se Mattan paida hua, aur Mattan se Y'aaqub paidi hua, 16 Aur Yaaqiib se Ynsuf paidi hria, jo Mariyain ki khasam thi, jis se Yus'ia, jo MasUi kaliliti hai, paidi hui. 17 Pas sab pushteu Abirahiui se Daiid tak chaudah pushthaiij; aur Daiid se Babul men pardes hone ke waqt tak, chaudah pusht; aur Babul nieu pardes hone ke waqt se Masih tak, chaudah puslit. IS Aur Yusija Masih ki paidiish yuij hui. Jab us kf mi Mariyam Ynsuf ki mangi hui thi, us se pahile, ki we biham howeu, vyuh Riih i Quds se himila pii gai. 19 Tab us ke Jthasam Yiisuf ne, jo nekmard tha, us ki tashhir na cliihkar irada kiy^, ki use chupke se ciihor de. 20 Jab wuh is fikr meu tha, dekho liuouAWAND ke firiste ne ikhwib meu us ko nazar ake kahi, ki Ai Vusuf, D.iud ke bete, tii apnl joru Mariyam ko apne yahiy line se mat dar, kyunki jo us me.j paidi kiyi gayi, so Riih i Quds se hai ; 2 1 Aur wuh beta janegi, aur td us ki nam Yusua rakhegi; kyunki wuh apne logoo ko uiike gun ibou se bachawega. 22 Yih sab is liye hui, ki wuh bat, jo Khudawand se nabi ki maarifat kahi gai thi, puri howe, 23 Ki Dekh wuh kunw.iri pet se hogi, aur beti janegi, aur we us lii nam Immanuel rakhenge, jis kf maani Khudi hainire sith hai. 21 So Yusuf ne sote se uthkar, jaisi K.uuda- WAMD ke firiste ne fariuiya, waisihl kiyi, aur apai joiu apne yahau layi ; 25 Far A 2 ,MATI'. [2 BAB. use na j;ina j;ib tak wuh apna pahlauta beta na jant; aur us.ne us ka nam Yusfia. rakhi. II. BAB. 1 Aur jab Yusaa Herod Ladshah ke waqt Yahndah ke Baitlalim men paida hnfi, to de'iiho niajusou ne piirab se Yariisalam ineu :ike pucliha, 2 Ki Yahudiou ki Lad- shah, jo paida haa, kahau hai ? kyi'inki ham ne purab meo us ki sitara dekha, aur use sijda karne ko ae. 3 Herod badshah sunkar ghabrayi, aur us ke sath sarf Ya- rusalam. 4 Tab us ne sab sardar kahinou, aur guroh ke safiroo ko jama karke un se pi'ichha, ki Masih kahan paida hoga ? 5 Unhoij ne us se kaha', ki Yahudiih ke Baitlahm men ; kyunki nabi se yuQ likha gaya hai, 6 Ki Ai zamtn i Yahudah ke Baithihra, tu Yahudah ke bare shahroa men hargiz chhota nahiu ; k-j'nnlii tujh se ek sardiir niklega, jo meri guroh Israel ko charawega. 7 Tab Herod ne majusoQ ko chupke bulaya, aur tahqfqkiya, ki wuh sitara kis waqt diklilai diya. 8 Aur us ne un ko Baitlahm men bheja, aur kaka, ki Jake us larke ka ahwal khub daryift karo, aur jab turn us ko pao, mujh Ito kiiabar do, taki maiu bhi ake sijda karuij. 9 We badshah ki bat sunke rawanahue. Aur dekho, wuh sitara jo purab men unhoo ne dekha thd, unke age age chala, yahau tak ki us jagah ke upar, jahriu wuh larka thi, thahar.i. 10 We us sitare ko dekhke nih;iyat khush hiie ; 11 Aur ghar men pahunchke larkeko us ki ma JVlariyam ke sath deklia, aur girke use sijda kiya ; aur apna asbab kholkar son.i, aur lubanaurmurr use hadiya guzrana. 12 Aur we khwab meg ittilaa pake, ki ilerod ke pis phir na j-iwec? dusrf rah se apne mulk ko rawana hue. 13 Aur unki rawanagi ke baad, dekho Khudawand ke firishte ne khwab mep Yusuf ko diklai deke kahri, ki Uth, lafke aur us ki ma ko leke Misr meu bhagja, aur wahao rah, jab tak maiu tujh ko khabar na duu ; kydnki Herod larke ki talish karega, ki use haiik kare. 14 Wuh uthke iarke aur us ki ma ko Icke ratou rat Misr ko rawana hiia ; 15 Aur Herod ke marne tak wahau raha, taki wuh bjt, jo Khudawand ne nabi ki maarifat kahi thi, piinhowe, ki Maiu ne apne Bete ko Misr se bulaya. 16 Jab Herod ne dekha, ki majusoa ne us se tamaskhur kiya, to bahut gusse hua, aur bhejkar Baitlahm aur us ke aspiis ke sab larkou ko, jo do baras ke, aur us se chhote the, muwafiq us waijt ke, jo us ne majuson se daryaft kiya tha, qati karway4. 17 Tab wuh bat, jo Yarauiiyah nabi ki maarifat kahi gai thi, [luri liui, 18 Ki Rimah meunila, aur matam, aur bare roue ki awaz suni gai, ki Raiihil apne lafkou ko rotf, aur tasalU nahiy chahti, ki we nahiu haiij. 19 Jab Herod tain^m hua, dekho Kuudawand ke firishte ne Misr mea Y^iisufko thwab meu dikhlai deke kaha, 20 Ki Uth, larke aur us kf ma ko lekar Israel ke mulk jneu ja ; kynnki jo larke ki jan ke kliwaliau the, so mar gae liaiu. 21 Tab wuh tltha, aur larke aur us ki ma ko lekar Israel ke mulk meu aya. 22 Par jab suna, ki Arkilaus apne bap Herod ki jagah Yahudah meo badsliahat karta hai, to wahao jane se dara : par khwab meij khal)ar pake Jalil ke zila ko rawana hua ; 23 Aur ek shahr meu, jo Na/irat kalilita hai, ja raha, ta ki wuh bat, jo uabiou se kahi gai th], pari howe, ki Wuh Na^iri kahlaega. 3 BAG.] MATI'. . III. BAH. 1 Uuhfo dinou men Yuhanna baptismanewale ne Yahudah ke baydbiin meo zaliir hoke nianadi karke kahii, 2 Ki Tauba karo, ki dsman kt badsbabat nazdik bai ! 3 Kyunki jib wub hai,jiska zikr Yasaiyab nabi ne kiya, ki Ek inaiiadi kar- newile ki awaz, Baylbau men Khud-Vwand ki rdb taiyar karo, aur us ke rastou ko sidba karo. 4 Aur yib Yiihannd uiit ke baloo ki posbak pabinta, aur cbamre ka kamarband apni kamar meu bandbta tba ; aur tiddi aur jangli sbabd us ki kburak tbi. 5 Tab Yarusalain aur sari Yabuddh, aur Yardan ke as pas ke sab basbinde us pas nikal ae, 6 Aur apne gunabon ka iqrir karke us se Yardan meo baptisrade gae. 7 Aur jab us ne dekbi, ki Farisou aur Sadnqoy meo se bahutere us ke pas bap- tism! pane ko ae, to unbeu kaba, ki Ai simpou ke bacbcbo, kisne tumko rinewale gazab se bhagne ko batdyi ? 8 Pas turn tauba ke biiq pballio, 9 Aur apne dil men mat samjho, kihauiara b.ip Abirabam bai; kyiuiki inaio tumko kabtd bnu, ki Kbudd ko niafjdur bai, ki in pattharon .se Abirabdm ke liye birUe paida kare. 10 Par darakbtoo ki jar par ab kulbiri lagi bai; pas bar darakbt, jo aclicbbd phal nabtu lata, so kata aur ag msu dild jatd bai. 11 Maiu to tunibeu tauba karne ko pdni men baptismata bag, par wuh jo mere baad anewdli bai, niujb se baliut bard bui, jis ki juti utbane ke laiq niaiij nabia bag, wuh tumko Riih i Quds aur ag meu baptism iwegi. 12 Wuh apne h.ith men apnd sop rakhti bai, aur wuh apne kbaliyan ko saf karegi, aur apne gehun ko gole meu jama karegd, par bhuse ko us ag se, jo bargiz naliiu bujhti, jalavvegi. l."] Tab Yusua Jaldse Yardan par Yi'ibannd ke pas dya, ki us se baptismdya jdwe. U Par Yuhanna ne use mana kiyi, aur kahi, ki Maiu muhtaj huu, ki/ujh se baptismdya j a u!), aur ta mere pas aya bai ? 15 Yusua ne jawdb meo use kaba, ki Ab jane de, kyunki bamen yon munasib bai, ki sab ko, jo durust bai, pura karec Tab us ne use jane diyd. 16 Aur Yusua, jab baptismdya liud, fauranpani se nikal aya, aur dekh, asmdn us par kbul gayd ; aur us ne Kbudd ki Ruh ko kabutar ki tarah utarte aur us par dte dekha. 17 Aur dekbo dsman se ek dwaz i.i, ki Yib merd piyara beta hai, jis se maiu rizi bun. IV. BAB. 1 Tab Yusua Rdh se baydb'm meu palmnchayd gayd, ki Shaitan se azmSyd jawe. 2 Aur jab wub chalis din rU roza rakb chuka, akliir ko bhiiklid baa. 3 Tab azmanewale ne us ke pas dke kaba, ki Agar tu Kbuda ka Beta bai, to firma, ki ye patthar rotl ban jawen. 4 Par us ne jawdb meij kalid, ki Liklid bai, kiAdmifuiat roU se nahiij, balki bar bat se, jo Kbudd ke munh se nikalti b.ai, jita hai. 5 Tab Shaitdn us ko muqaddas shabr meu le gaj-a, aur haikal ke kangure par khari karke, 6 Use kaba, ki Agar tu Kbudd ka Held bai, to apne ko gird de ; kyunki likbd hai, ki Wuh apne firisbtou ko tere liye bukm degd, aur we tujbe hathou par utbd lenge, na boki tti apne panw ko patthar par mare. 7 Yusua ne use kahd, ki Yib Ihi likhd bai, ki Tu Khudawand, apne lihudd ko, nuit dzmd. A 2 4 MATT. [5 BAB. 8 Pliir Sliait.'Jn use bnrc iincbe pahar par le gayd, aur dunj^i kf sab bifishah iteo aur uii ki sliaukat use diklilaiu; D Aur use ka!ia,Jikr\ ho j;Jwe, to kis se namktn kiy.i pegH ? Wuli phir kisu kiiin ka nahiu, magar \vtil\ l),ihar phtnika aur admfoo se hitara jawe. 14 'I'uin duiiy;i ke niir ho. Jo sliahr paluii par barii hai, poshfda naliiu ho sukta. 15 Aur log chirag rushan karke paiin.Uie ke iiiclihe iiahiu, baiki chh-^gdan par rakhte haiu, tab wuh sabkojous ghar uieu haiu, roshnf deta hai: IG Tuiiihari roshnl adiniou ke sinilme waisUii chainke, t:i ki we tumhdre achchhe kimoo ko dckheo, aur tumhire bap ki, jo asmaii meu hai, sitaish kareo- 17 Mat sanijlio, ki nuiiu tauret ya nabiou ko niaiisukli karne ko aya liuij; maio niansukh karne ko iiihfu, bal' do dfwSne qabroQ se nikalkar use mile ; we aise tund the, ki kof us rSh se ja uahfo sakta tha. 29 Aur dekho, we pukarke kahne lage, ki Ai Yusua KhudS ke bete, haraeo tujh se kya kdm hai ? kya td yahao ayd, ki waqt ke 5ge hamko dukhawe ? 3Q Aur un se thopa ddrsoarou kibara galla charta tha. 31 So dewoune us kf minnat karke kaha, ki Agar tuhameo nikile, to hamko sdaroo ke galle met) bhej. 32 Usue unheu kaha, ki Jao. Tab we nikalke suarog men gae. Aur dekh suaroo ki tami^ra galla kafife se daryi B 2 10 MATI'. [9 UAB meo kdda, aur pini meo dub mara 33 Tab char^newSle bhage, aur shahr meo j^ke sab mSjarS, aur un diwanoQ ka aliwil baydn kiyS. 34 Aur dekh, ki taniim shahr Yusua ki muMq^t karne ko nikla, aur use dekhkar mumat ki, ki unki sarhadd se bShar jawe. IX. BAB. 1 Aur wuh kishtf par charhkar us par gayS, aur apne shahr men Sy4. 2 Aur dekho ki we ek ardliangl ko palang par litake us ke pas lae. Yusua ne un ke fman ko dekhke us ardhangi se kaha, ki Ai bete, khatirjama ho ; tere gunih muaf kiye gae haio. 3 Aur dekh safiroa meu se kai ek ap men kahne lage, ki Yih kulr bakta bai. 4 Yusna ne un ke gumanoB se waqif hoke kaha, ki Tumkis waste apne diloa meo badgumdni karte ho ? 5 Kya ziyada asan hai yih kahna, ki Tere gunah muaf kiye gae haiu ya yih, ki Uth aur chal ? 6 Lekin taki turn jano, ki Insan ka Beta zannn par gunah muaf karne kiqudrat rakhti hai, us ne us ardhangi ko kahi, ki Uth, apni palang leke ghar chala ja. 7 So wuh uthkar apne ghar chala gaya. 8 Aur logou ne yih dekhkar taajjub kiya, aur Khuda ki taarif ki, ki admiou ko aisi qudrat bakhshi. 9 Yusua ne wahiu se age barhke ek shakhs Mati nam bajgah par baitha hua dekha aur use kahi, ki Mere pichhe chal. Wuh uthkar us ke pichhe chala. 10 Auryan hua ki jab wuh ghar meu khane baitha, dekho bahut bajdar aur gunahgar Yusda aur us ke shagirdou ke sath khane par baith gae. 11 Farisou ne dekhke us ke sh^firdou se kaha, ki Tumhdra ustad bajdaroo aur gunahgaroo ke sath kyuQ kh^t€ hai ? 12 Yusua nesunkarun se kaha, ki Tandurustog ko tabib darkar nahii), balki biniaroo ko. 13 Par turn jake us ki maani daryaft karo, ki Main mihrbani chahta huD, aur na qurbaui. Ki maiij sadiqoa ko nahfu, balki gundhgi- roB ko tauba ke liye bul£ne dya hun. 14 Tab Yiibanna ke shagirdoo ne us ke pas ake kaha, ki Ham aur Faris kyao bahut roza rakhte haig, par tere shlgird roza nahie rakhte ? 15 Yusua ne un se kaha, Kya barati jab tak dulha un ke sath hai, udas ho sakte? Par din awenge, jab dulha un se judi kiya jaegS, tab we roza rakhenge. 16 Koi kore kapre ka paiwand purani poshdk par nahio lagatd; kyunki wuh paiwand us poshak se kuchh phar leta hai, aur uska phatni ziyada kharab hota hai. 17 Aur nayl wain ko purani mashkou meo uahiu bharte, nahia to mashkeg phat jatia, aur wain bah jati, aur mashkea kharab hoti hain ; balki nayiwainnayi mashkog meu bharte haig, to donon mahfiiz rahti haig. 18 Jab wuh ye bateg un se kahta raha, dekh ek sardar iyi, aur use sijda karke kaha, kiMeri betiabhi mar gai; par ta ikar apni hSth us par rakh, to wuh jiegi. 19 Tab Yusua uthkar apne shagirdog samet us ke pichhe chald. 20 Aur dekho ek aurat ne jis ki bSrah baras se lahd jari tha, pichhe se £kar us ke kurte ki daman chhaa ; 21 Kyunki wuh apni jf meg kahti thi, ki Agar main faqat us ke kurte ko chhuun, to bach jaungi. 22 Yusda ne phirke use dekhkar kahi, ki Ai beti, khatirjama ho; tere iman ne tujhe bachaya. Aur wuh aurat us ghafi se bach gai. 23 Aur Yusda us sardir ke ghar men pahuncha, aur bansli bajanewalon aur dhdm machite logoa ko dekhke un se kaha, 24 ^i Kanire ho, kydnki larki nahig 10 BAB.] MATI'. 11 niarf, balki soti hai. We us se hansne lago. 25 Par jab wc log bahar nikale gae, to us ne andar jike us ka hatli pakra : tab larki uthi. 26 Aur is m^jara ki shuh- rat us tainain inulk nicu phail gaf. 27 Jab Yusiia wahau se rawana hiia, todoandhe us ke pfcbhe chale, aur pukarke kaha, ki Ai Diad ke bete, ham par rahin kar! 28 Aur jabwuh gharmeij pahuncha, to Ave andhe us ke pas de. Yusua ne un se kaha, ki Ky;i turn yatjiu kartc ho, ki maiu yih kar sakta hiiu ? We bole, Hau, ai Khudawaiid. 29 'J'ab us ne unki SokhoD ko chliaa, aur kahl, ki Tumhare iman ke muwafiq tumhare liye howe. 30 Aur unki aukheo khul gaio. Aur Yusua netaakfd karke un se kahS, ki Khabar- dar, koi na jane. 31 Par uubojj ne bdhar jake us ko us taniaui mulk meu mashhur kiya. ^ 32 Aur jab we nikal gae, dekho log ek gnnge dfwana adnii ko us ke pis lae. 33 Aur jabdeo nikalagaya, to wuh gunga bola. Tab log taajjub karke kahne lage, ki Israel men aisa kabbhf na hua. 34 Par Farison ne kahS, ki Wuh dewou ke sardar kf madad se dewoij ko nikalta hai. 35 Aur Yusua un sab shahrou aur bastfou meu un kl mahfiloa meo taalim detS, aur badshahat ki khushkhabari kimanidi karta, aur logOQ ki har bimSri aur har azar ko dur karta phira. 36 Aur jab us ne logon ko dekha, use un par rahm aya ; kydnki we ranjida aur pareshan the, un bheroij ki mSnind jin ka charwahi nahia. 37 Tab us ne apne shagirdou se kaha, ki Fasl to bahut hai, par mazdar thore. 38 Pas fasl ke malik se arz karo, ki wuh apni fasl ke liye mazdurouko bhej de. X. BAB. 1 Aur us ne apne barah shagirdon ko pas bulake unheu maqddr diya, ki palid ruboD ko nikaleo, aur har tarah ki bimari aur mandagi ko ddr karen. 2 Aur barah rasulou ke nam ye haiu : pahla Samaun jo Patthras kahlati hai, aur us ka bhii Andriyas ; aur Zabdi ka beta Yaaqub, aur us ka bhal Yuhanna; 3 Aur Filip aur Bar Talmi, Tauam, aur Mats bajdar; aur Khalfl ka beta Yaaqnb, aur Lubbi jo Saddi kahlatS; 4 Samaun Qini, aur Yahddah Insqaryat, jo us ki. pakarwane- wala bhi thahara. 5 Yusua ne in barahou ko hukm deke bheja, aur kaha, ki Tum qaumoQ ki taraf mat jao, aur Samrdniou ke shahr meo dakhil mat hoo ; 6 Balki Israel ke ghar ke gumrih bheroo ke pis jao. 7 Aur tum safar karte manldi karo, kiAsmau ki badshahat nazdik hai. « Bimarou ko changa karo, murdou ko uthao, korhion ko pak karo, dewou ko nikalo ; tum ne muft paya, muft do. 9 Na sona, na rupa, na t^rnb^ apne kamarband meo rakho; 10 Aur safar ke waste na jholi, na do kurte, na jdti, na lathi le jao, kyunki mazddr apni khurak ke laiq hai. 11 Jis jis shahr ya basti meo turn dakhil ho, wahau tahqiq karo, ki us meo kaun laiq hai; aur wahan raho, jab tak rawana ho. 12 Jab tum kisi ghar meu dakhil ho, to use salam kaho. 13 Aur agar wuh ghar laiq hai, tumhara salam us par thahare, par agar nilaiq hai, tumhara salam tum par phire. 14 Aur agar koi tum ko qabulnakare, na tumhara kalam sune, us ghar ya us shahr se nikalke apne paoa ki gardjhafo. 15 Maio tum se sach kahta huo, ki Adalat ke din Saddm aur Amdrah ki zamin par us shahr se ziyada asaai hogi. 16 Dekho, main tuniben bbefOQ \f.i msAnind bheriyoQ kc bich 12 MATI'. [10 liAB. meu bhejta huo; pas sdinpou kf minind hoshyfir, aur kabutaroij kf maniud bebad ho. 17 Magar logou se hoshyar rahu; kyunki we tumkomajlisou ke haw^la karenge, aur niahfilou men kore inlreuge; 18 Aur turn hrikimou aur badshihou ke samhne mere waste hazir kiye jaoge, ki unko aur qaumoo ko gawihi di jawe. 19 Par jab we tumko giriftar kareu, to andesha mat karo, ki ham kyiiukar aur kyi kaheu; 20 Kyunki usi ghari tumko, jo bolna chahiye, diya jaegS; kyunki turn nahin lio, jo bolte ho, balki tuinhare Bap ki Ruh wuhi turn men boUihai. 21 Aur bhai bhai ko, aur bap bete ko qatl ke liye pakarwaega; aur larke ma bip ke muqabale meu uthenge, aur unko marwa dalenge. 22 Aur sab log mere nim ke wSste turn se dushmani karenge; par jo ^khir tak piedar rahe, wuhi bachayd j^eg^. 23 Jab we ek shabr meu tumko sataweo, to diisre meu bhago, kyunki fiiaiu turn se sach kahta hiig, ki Jab tak Insan ka Beta na awe, tum Israel ke sab shahrou ki safar tainam na karoge. 24 Shagird ustad se bara nahfu hai, aur na naukar khawind se ; 25 Bus bai, ki shagiid apne ustad kf, aur naukar apne khawind kf barabari pa we. Agar unhoo ne ghar ke uialik ko Baalzabiil kahd, to kitnS ziyada us ke ghar ke logou ko kahenge. 26 Pas un se mat daro; kyunki kuchh dhampa nahfu hai, jo khola na j^ega, aur poshfda nahifl, jo maalum na hoga. 27 Jo kuchh maiu tumko andhere meo kaht4 hdu, tum use ujale meu sunao; aur jo kuchh tumhare kan meu kaha jSwe, us ki manadi kothe par se karo. 28 Aur un se mat daro, jo badan ko mar dalte haiij, par j4u ko nahfu mar dal sakte ; balki us se daro, jo jan aur badan ko jaliannain meu halak kar sakta hai. 29 Kyd ek pai ko do gaure nahfu bikte ? TadLhi un mea se ek, bemarzf tumhare bap kf, zamfn par nahfu girta hai. 30 Lekin tumhare sir ke sab b^I bhi gine gae haiu. 31 So mat daro, tum bahut gauroQ se afzal ho. 32 Pas jo kof admioij ke age mer£ iqrar kareg;i, maiu bhi apne Bap ke age, jo asman meu hai, us k£ iqrar karanga. 33 Par jo kof ^dmiou ke age mera in- kar karega, maiu bhi apne Bip ke age, jo ^sman meu hai, us ki iukar kariinga. 34 Mat samjho, ki main zamin par milap karwane ko ^ya hao ; maio milap kar- wane nahfu, balki talwar chaline ayi hiiu- 35 Kyunki maiu aj'a huu, ki ddmf us ke b5p se, aur beti us kf mi se, aur bahu us ki sas se juda karuo, 36 Aisa ki ^dmi ke dushman us ke ghar ke log honge. 37 Jo koi apne ma bap ko mujh se ziyada piyar karta hai, mere laiq nahio ; aur jo apne beta beti ko mujh se ziy;ida piy^r karti hai, mere laiq nahiu. 38 Aur jo kof apnf salib na uthawe, aur meri pairawi na kare, so mere laiq nahfu hai. 39 Jo apni jSn ko bachdta hai, use gan- waeg.i ; aur jo mere waste apni jan ko ganwata hai, use bachawega. 40 Jo tumko qabul karti hai, mujh ko qabiil karta hai; aur jo mujh ko qabiil karta, mere bhejnewdle ko qabul karta hai. 41 Jo nabi ko nabi ke nam par qabiil karta, nabi ka saw.-ib pawegi; aur jo s^diq ko sadiq ke nam par qabul karta, sadiq ka sawab pawega. 42 Aur jo koi in chhotoo meu se ek ko shagird ke nam par ek piyala thanda pani pilawe: maiu tum se sach kahti hdo, ki wuh apne sawab se mahrum na raheg^. 11 DAB.] MATl'. 13 XL 13AB. 1 Aur aisi hd£ ki jab Yusua apne birah shagirdooko hukrn kar chuk^, wah^U se chala, ki shahroQ meu taalfm dewe, aur nianSdf karc. 2 Aur YuhannS ne qaid- Vhine meo Masih ke kSmoo ki charch^ sunkir apne shigirdoo meu se do kobheja, 3 Aur us se puchhwdya, Kya tii wuh SnewllS hai, ya ham dusre ki rSh dekheo ? 4 Yusiia ne jawdb mco uu se kahS, ki Turn jake, jo kuchh deklite aur sunte ho, Yiihauna ko sunao: 5 Ki andhe dekhte, aur langre chalte haiu; korhf plk bote, aur bahre sunte haio ; murde uthte, aur garib bhi khushkhabari pate halo ; 6 Aur mubarak wuh, jo mujh se thokar na khawe! 7 Jab we rawana hiie, Yusua Yuhanna ke haqq meo logoo se kahne lagS, ki Tuiii kya dekhne. ko baydban meu nikle ho? Kya qalam ko jo hawi se hilti hai? 8 Phir turn kya dekhne ko nikle ? Kya ek Idmi ko, jo mihfn poshfik se arasta hul ? Dekho jo mihfn poshak se mulabbas bote haiy, bldshShoo ke mahallou men rahte haiu. 9 Phir kya dekhne ko nikle ho? kyl nabf ko? Han, main tum se kahta huo, wuhnablsebhi baja hai. 10 Kyunkiyih wuh hai, jiske haqq meu likhi hai, ki Dekho maiu apn^ rasdl tere age bhejta hup, jo teri rah tere ige taiyar karegd. 11 Main tum se sach kahta huu, ki Un meu se, jo auratoo sc paida hrie hain, Yuhanna bap- tisinanewdle se koi bara na uthi ; par jo asmln ki badshahat men chhota hai, us se bafa hai. 12 Log Yuhanna baptismanewale ke dinoo se ab tak asman ki badshd- hat par zorse qabiz bote haiu, aur zor marncwale use qabze meo late hain. I'.i Kyiinki sab nabf aur tauret Yuhanna tak nubuwat karte the ; 14 Aur agar tumqabul kiya chahte ho, to Iliyah, jo ^newala tha, yihihai. 15 Jisko sunne ke kSn hon, sune. 16 Par maiu is zaiuane ke logoo ko kis se tashbih dau ? We un larkoo ki m^nind haio, jo bSzlr meu baithte, aur apne sathioo ko pukarte, aur kahte haio, 17 Ki Ham ne tumhare waste bunslf bajai ; par tum na nache; ham ne tumhare liye nala kiya, par tum ne chhati na pfti. 18 Hyunki Yuhanna na khata na pita aya, aur we kahte haiu, ki Us ke sath ek deo hai. 19 Insln ka Betd khSta pita &y(i, aur we kahte haiu, ki Dckho, ek ddmi bafa khiu aur sharabi, bijdaroQ aur gunihgaroo ka dostdar. Tis par bhi hikmat ki tasdiq uske farzandou se hoti hai. 20 Tab wuh un shahroo ko, jin meo uski ziyada karamateu zShir huip, malamat karne lagi, ki unhou ue tauba na kiya tha. 21 Ai Kurazin, tujh par afsos ! Ai Bait Saida, tujh par afsos! Kyunki agar Sdr aur Saida men ye karamateu, jo tum meo dikhUi galo, dikhai jatiy, to we tSt pahinkar aur rSkh malkar kab ki tauba kar chukte. 22 Par maiu tumko kahta bun, ki Adalat ke din Sor aur Saida par turn se ziyada asaui hogi. 23 Aur ai Kafrnahum, jo £smin tak unchi hui, tu patal tak girai jaegi ; kyunki agar Sadum meu ye karamateu, jo tujh meu dikhl^i gain, dikhai jatio, to wuh aj tak qaim rahti. 24 Par maio tum ko kahtd buo, ki Adalat ke din zamfn i Sadum par tujh se ziyada isani hogf. 25 Usi waqt Yusua kahne laga,ki Ai Bap, dsman aur zamfn ke milik, maiu teri shukr karti huo, ki tu ne in baton ko alimou aur fiziloo se clihipaya, aur larkoo par khola. 26 Hao, Bap, aisa hone meu teri razamandi thi. 27 Sab kuchh mujhe mere Bap se sompa gaya; aur kof Bete ko nahiu pahchSntS, magar Bap; aur koi Bap ko nahiu pahchinta, mngar Beta, aur wuh, jis par Beti zihir kiya chihta. 28 Ai sab raihnatf aur zerbir logo, mere pis ao, ki main tumko arim dunga. 29 Mera 14 MATI'. [12 BAB. jui apne dpar le lo, aur mujh se sikho; kyunki maio halira aur dil se garfb huo, to turn apni janou kS 5r5m pSoge. 30 Kyunki merS jua is&a, aur mera bojh halki hai. XII. BAB. 1 Us waqt Yusaa sabt ke din khetOQ meo 8e guzrS; aur us ke shdgird bbdkhe hoke bllou ko torne aur khSne lage. 2 Tab Farisoo ne dekhke use kaha, ki Dekh tcre shdgird, jo sabt ke din karn^ rawa nahfo, karte hain. 3 Par us ne unhco kahS, ki Ky^ turn ne nahio parh^, ki Daad ne jab apne sSthfoo saraet bhiikha tha, kyi kiya? 4 Ki kyiinkar Khudi ke ghar meu dakhil hoke nazar ki rotSao, jinheo kahinoQ ke siwS na us ko na us ke sSthloo ko kh^nS rawl th5, khd gaya ? 5 Aur kyi turn ne tauret men nahio parhS, ki kahin sabt ke din haikal meo sabt ko nahio mSnte, aur bequsur haio? 6 Par main tum se kahta hao, ki Yahao ek, jo haikal se bara hai, maujad hai. 7 Par agar tum un b£too ke maane jante, ki Maio mihr- bani chahta hdo, aur na qurbSnf, to turn begunahoo ko gnnahgar na tbaharate : 8 Kyunki InsSn ka Bet^ sabt kd bhi khudawand hai. 9 Phirwahao se rawana hokar unki Mahfil meo gaya, aur dekhowahSo ekshakhs tha, jiska h^th siikh gaya. 10 Unhon ne is irade se ki us par nilish karen, sawal kiya, Kya sabt ke din changa karnS rawa hai? II Us ne unheo jaw^b diyS, ki Tum meo kaun sa admi hai, jo ek bher ki. malik ho, aur agar wuh sabt ke din garhe meo gire, use pakarke bahar nanikale? 12 Phir admi bher se kitni afzal hai! So sabt kc din neki karna rawa hai. 13 Tab us ne us admi se kaha, ki Apna hath barha; us ne barhiya ; aur us ka hath jaisa dusr& tha, changa hua. 14 Tab Farisoo ne bahar jake maslahat kf, ki kis tarah use halak kareo. 15 Par Yusija. yih maaliim karke wahan se rawana hiia, aur bahut log us ke pichhe chale, aur us ne sab ko change kiyl. 16 Aur unko taakid se kaha, ki Mujh ko mashhur mat karna; 17 Taki wuh bSt, jo Yasaiyah nabi ki maarifat kahf gai, pari howe, 16 Ki Dekh mera bandajise maio ne pasand kiya, aur merS piyara, jis se mera dil razi hai. Maio apni Rah us par rakhfinga, aur wuh qaumoQ ko sadaqat ki khabar dega. 19 Wuh jhagri nahio karega, na pukaregi, aur rastoo meo koi us ki 5waz na sunega. 20 Wuh shikasta qalam ko na torega, aur kam- roshan batti ko na bujhawega, jab tak sadaqat ko fathmand na kare ; 21 Aur us kct nam qaumoo ki ummedgah hoga. 22 Tab log ek andhe gunge diwane ko us ke pas lae ; aur us ne use changS kiya, aisi ki wuh andha gunga bola aur dekha. 23 Tab sab logoo ne taajjub karke kahi, ki Kya yih Daud ka beta nahio hai? 24 Par Farisoo ne sunke kaha, ki Yih dewoo ko nahio nikalta hai, magar dewoo ke sardar Baalzabul ki madad se. 25 Yusaa nc un ke guman ko ma^lum karke un se kahi, ki Jis badshdhat meo judai hai, wirdn hoti hai; aur jis shahr ya ghar meo judii hai, abad na rahega. 26 Agar shaitan shaitan ko nikale, to wuh apn4 mukhalif hua : phir kis tarah us ki badshahat qaim rahegi ? 27 Aur agar maio Baalzabiil ki madad se dewou ko ni- kSlta hiio, tumhare log kis ki madad se nikalte haio? Is waste we tumhire munsif honge. 28 Par agar maio Khuda kf rah ki madad se dewoo ko nikalta hdo, to albatta khudd ki badshahat tumhrire pas pahunchi hai. 29 Phir kis tarah ho 13 MAM.] MATI'. -17 S3 U3 ne unheu ek aur tanisil kahf, ki A'^ni^n kf bUlslialiat kliamir kf minind hai, jise ek aurat ne leke tin ser &te meo chliipi y;i, yalian tak ki wuh sab kha- luir ho gaya. 34 Ye sab biteo Yusiia ne un jam.-i^too ko tainsiloo meij kahfo, anr Le tamsil un se kalani na kiya . taki wuh bat, jo nabi kf maarifat sckahf gat thf, puri howe, S'j Ki mail) apna munh tamsiloo nico kholiingi, aur un bitou k>i, jo dunyi ke sliur'ia so poshUla thiu, bayan k:,rung-5. 36 Tab Yusija un logo-i ko rukhsat kaike ghar ko gay.i. Aur us ke shdgir- doij ne us ke pis Ike kaha, ki Khet ke tuwin ki tamsil ka bayin Iiam se kar. 37 Us ne jawib men unheu kaha, ki Wuh, joaclichha bij bota liai, Insin ka BctS hai. 3S ^Vuh khet dunyi hai; aur achchha bij badshahat ke farzand haio ; aur zuwan sharir ke farzand. 39 Aur dushinan, jo unko bota liai, Shaitin hai; aur dirau ka waqtisjalian ki intihi hai; . ur dirau karnewale firishte haio. 40 Pas jaisi zuwin jama kiyi jat.i, aurjalaya jata hai, waisahf is jahan kf intilia meo lioga. 41 InsSn ka I?eti apne firishtou ko bhejegi, aur we us ki badshahat meo se sabthokar khil.inewilou aur badkarou ko jama, karenge, 42 Aur uulieo jalte tannr meo d ilenge, wahao roni aur dant pfsni hog5. 43 Tab sadiq apne bap kf badsha- hat mcu suraj ki tarah chamkenge. Jis ko suune ke kin hou, sune ! 44 Phir asman kf badshahat us ganj kf manind hai, jo khet meu poshida hai, jise ek Idini ne pake chliipata, aur us kf khushi ke mare jake apna sab kuchh bcchta, aur us khet ko mol leta hai. 45 Phir Ssmin ki badshahat ek saudagar kf minind liai, jo achchhe motfotj ki talish meu hai. 4G Jab us ne ek bahut qfmatf moti paya, to jake apui sab kuchh bech dala, aur use mol liya. 47 Phir asmau kf badshahat elc jal ki minind hai, jo darya meo dala gav.^, aur bar tarah kf machhli samet layi. 48 Jab bhar gayi, use kanarc par khinchte, aur baithkar unhen jo achchhi haiij, bartanoo meu jama karte, aur jo kharab haio, phenk dete haiu. 49 Isi tarah dunyi ke akhir meu hogl. r>0 Firishte niklenge, aur shariroo ko sadi.joij meu se juda karenge, aur uulieo jalte taniir meo d.ilenge, wahio rona aur dint pisn.i hoga. 51 Tab Yusi'ia ne un se kaha, ki Kya turn yih sab samjhe ? We bole, ki Ilio, ai Khudiwand 52 Tabus ne unheo kaha, Pas harek safir, jo asmin ki badshahat ke haqq meu sikhliya gayi, ek sahib i khane kf manind hai, jo apne khazme se naya aur purana nikalti hai. 53 Aur siisi liuakijab Yuscia ye tainsile.j kah cliuka, to wahau se rawana hua. 54 Aur wuh apne watan meu aya, aur unkf .Mahfiloo men aisi taalim deti rahi, ki we taajjub karke kalinc lage, ki Kaiiau se us ko aisi hikmat aur qudrat hai? 55 Kya yih barhai ka beta naliiu ? kya us kf m.* Mariyam nalifo kahiatf hai? aur us ke bhai Yaaqub, aur Yusf, Saiiiaiin, aur Yahudah nahighaio? 5G Aur kya us ki sab baliiueo hamare sith nalifo haio? Pas kahio se yih sab us ko mill? 57 Aur unhoo ne us se thokar khaya. 58 Yusija ne unheu kaha, ki Nabi beizzat nahin, magar apne watan aur apne ghar mcQ. Aur us ne un kf befmSnf ke sabab wah^o bahut karamateu nahiu dikhldio. C i 1« MATI'. [14 B.VB. XIV n^VB. ] Us wnqt mulk kl chau^hil ke hakim Ilerod ne Yusiia kf khaliar sunkar apne naukarou se kahi, 2 Ki Yih Yuhnnnl baptisrnSnew^la hai: wuh niurdou meo se pliir nth I liai, aur is liye us se ye karamateu zahir hoti haiu. 3 Kyunki Herod ne Yuhaniii ko apne bhii Fiiip kl jora Herodiya ke waste pakarke aur bandlikar qaidkhane meo dila thi ; 4 Kynnki Yuhanna ne use kahi tha, ki Tujhe rawa nahfo, ki us ko rakhe, 5 Aur us ne use mar dilne chnhi, par logou se dars, kyunki we use nabf jinte the. 6 Par jab Ilerod kt sSlgi- rah kf khushf hone lazl, Herodiya ki beti un ke dirmiyrtn nSchkar Herod ko aisi khush kiya, 7 Ki us ne qasam khake qaul diya, ki Jo kuchh tu innngcgi, maiu tujlie dunga. 8 Wuh apnf ma se sikhlai hiii boli, ki Mujhko ek tabiq meu Yuhann^ baptismanewale ka sir de, 9 Tab badshah dilgir luia, par qasam aur hamnishtnou ki khitir dene kd hakm kiya. 10 Aur bhejkar Ydhaiini ka sir qaid meu katw.lya. 11 Aur us kd sir tabaq meo Hke us larki ko diya ; aur wuh us ko apni ma ke pas le gaf. 1-2 Tab us ke sliagirdou ne jlke us kf liish ko uthSke gara, aur ake Yusua ko khabar di. 13 Yusua yiii sunkar waliaij se kishtf par charhkar tanliai meo ek jangli jagah ko gayd ; aur log sunkar shahron se nikalkar khushkf se us kc pfclihe paidal cliale. 14 Aur Yusua ne nikalkar ek bari janiSat ko dekhkar un par ralim kiya, aur un ke bfiiiaroo ko clianga kiya. 15 Aur jal) sham hui, us ke shigirdoij ne us ke p'S fikar kaha, ki Jagah wirin hai, aur din guzra; logoij ko ruklisat kar, ki we bastioo meo jake apne waste khdna mol leweu. 16 Par Yusiia ne unheg kaha, ki Unka jana zunirnaliiu; turn unheu khdne ko do. 17 Unliou ne use kaha, ki Ilamire pas to kuchh nahiD, mngnr pinch rotiiij aur do mactihliau. 18 Wuh bola, ki Unheu mere pas lao. 19. Aur us ne hukm diya, ki Log ghas par Laitheij; aur un panch rotfou aur doniachhlion ko leke aur asinan kf taraf dekhkar shukr kiya, aur roti torkar shagiidou ko, aur .sli;igirdon ne logou ko diya. 20 Aur we sab kliakar fisnda hue; aur uiilion ne tukrou se, jo bach rahe, barah tokriau bharkar uthafo. 21 Aur khanewale, auratoij aur larkoo ke siwa, panch haz.Ir ke qarib the. 22 Aur fiuiran Yusiia ne apne sli.igirdou ko farmaya, ki Jab tak main logou ko rukhsat karuu, tnin kiahti par charhke mere age par jao. 23 Aur logon ko rukhsat karkewuhek pahar par dua karneko tcinh.ii meu gaya ; aur jab sham huf, wuh waliao akela tha. 24 Aur us waqt kishti dary.i ke bich lahroij se uclihalti thi ; kyunki hawa mukhalif thi. 2o Aur rat ko piclilile paliar Yusua darya par chalta hoi, un pas aya. 26 Shagird us ko darya par chalte dekhke ghabrae, aur bole, ki Yih kuchh dhokha hai! aur daike chillie. 27 Yusua jie fauran un se kaha, ki Kha- tirjama raho, maio lnii, mat daro. 28 Tab Patthras ne jawab men use kaha, ki Ai K.hudawand, agar tu hai, to hukm de, ki maiu p^ni par tere prisaun. '20 Usne farmaya, ki A. Tab Patthras kishti par se utarkar pani par chalne laga, ki Y'usua ke pas jae. 30 Par wuh bari andhi dekhkar Jar ga^'a; aur jab diibne laga chilla- kar kaha, ki Ai Khudawand, mujhko bacha ! 31 Tab filfaur Yusua ne apna hath barhake use pakra, aur kaha, ki Ai kam-iatiqad, ityiiu shubha meu para? 32 Aur jab we kishtf par chafhe, andlii tham gaf. 33 Tab we jo kishtf par the, ae, aur use sijda karke bole, ki Beshakk tu Khudi ka Beta hai ! 34 Aur we p&r 13 B.^15.] VIATI'. 15 •aktS hai, ki kof ek zabardast ke ghar meu jawe, nur us ka asblb lut lewe, siv? ;i is ke ki wuh pahle us zabardast ko bindlie, tab us ki gliar li'U Icwc ? 30 Jo meii sithf natiii), meri mukhilif hai; aur jo mere sith jama nahiu karta, pare- ehaii karia hai. 31 Iswlste maiu turn se kahta hun, ki liar gunah aur kufr ddinfoa ko bakhshi jaegi; magar Ruh ki kufr adiniou ko bakhslii najiegi. SiAurjo kof InsSn ke Bete ki hadgoi kare, us ko baklisha jlfga; par jo koi Ruh kl badgol kare, us ko ua is jahin meo, aur na anewale meo, bakhsha jiieg^. 33 Par dirakht ko achchha karo, to us kc phal ko aclichha; 3'i daraklit ko buri karo, to us ke phal ko bura i kyiinki darakht phal se pahchaiia jatd hai. 34 Ai simpoQ ke l>acliclio! jih kyiiukar ho sake, ki turn bure hoke acliclihi bateu karo ? kydnki numh dil ki biiarpurJ se bolta hai. 35 Nek adinf apne dil ke nek zaklifra se nckf nikaltd hai ; aur bad admf bad zaklifra se badi nikalti liai. 36 Par maia tuin se kahti ban, ki Log har ek behiida bat jo kahte haig, adalat ke din us ki hisib denge. 37 Kyiinki teri bitou se teri tasdiq hogf, aur teri batou se teri gunah sibit Iiogi. 38 Tab laaze Sifiron aur Farisou ne jawAb meij kahi, ki Ai ustad, ham tujh se ek nishan dekhi chahte haiu. 39 Us ne jawab meo un se kahi, ki Is zamane ke khanib aur zinakar log nishan mnngte halo, par un ko nishan na diya jaega, ma^ar Ytinah nabi ka nishan. 40 Kyiinki jais.i Yiinah tin rat din machbli ke pet meo tha, waisabi Insan ka Beti tin rat din zamin ke andar hogi. 41 Ninawah ke log adilat ke din is zamane ke logou ke sith uthenge, aur unheu gunShgir thaliarawenge ; kyiinki unhou ne Yiinah kl manadi sunkar tauba kiya; aur dekho, yahan ek hai jo Yunah se buzurg hai. 42 Janiib ki malika adalat ke din is zaniane ke logotj ke sath uthegi, aur unheo gunahgar thaliarawegi ; kyiiuki wuh zamm ki .saihadd se Sulaiman ki hikmat sunne ko ai ; iiur dekho, yahao ek Sulaiman .se buzurg hai. 43 Jab palid riili adiui se nikli, to siikhf jagahou meu phirtf, aur ar aiigih dhiindhti hai; aur nahiu pati. 44 Tab kahti hai, ki M;iia phir apne ghar meu, jahio se nikli hiiij, jaiingi ; aur ake use khali aur jbara buhari saf suthra piti hai. 45 Tab j4kar aur sit ruheo apne se ziyada kharab sath latf, aur wahao ja rahtf hai ; so us admi ki pichhla hai agle se badtar hota hai : is zamdne ke bure logoo ki hai bhi aisa hi hoga. 46 Jab wuh logou se kahta raha, dekho us ki mi aur us ke bhaf bihar khare chihte tlie, ki us se bit kareo. 47 Tab kisi ne use khabar df, ki Dekh teri ma aur tere bhai bihar khare chahte haiu, ki tujh se bat kareu. 48 Par us ne jawab meo khabardenewale se kaha, ki Kaun hai meri ma, aur kaun haiu mere bhai ? 49 Aur apiia li:itb apne shigirdoo ki taraf barhike kahi, ki Dekh, meri mi, aur mere bbii ! 50 Kyiinki jo koi mere Asmani Bap ki marzi par chulta hai, wuhl meri bhaf, aur meri bahin, aur mi hai. XIII. BAB. I Us din Yustia ghar se nikalkar darya ke kanire ji baithi. 2 Aur aise bahut log us ke pis ikalthe ae, ki wuh kishti par charh baithi, aur sab log kanire par khare rahe. 3 Aur wuh unheu bahiit biteij tamsilou meo kahne lagi, ki Dekho, ek bonewili bone ko nikla. 4 Aur bote waqt kudili rib kekaa.ire giri, aur parinde C 16 MATI'. [13 BAD. ake use chug f^ne. 5 Aur kuchh sangi zamin par gira, jahin usko bahut mittf na miU ; aur galirf mittt na p5ne ke sabab jald nikla ; 6 Par jab suraj uth5, jal gayl, niir jar na rakhne ke sabab siikh gayl. 7 Aur kuchh kaiitou meu gira ; aur kantoo ne barhke xi^e dabaya. b Aur kuchh achchht zamin par gira, aur ph'al liyit, kuchh sau gunS, kuchh sath g-una, kuchh tis gund. 9 Jis ko sunne ke k^n hop, sune ! 10 Aur shaghdoo ne us ke p^s dkar use kahS, ki Tii un se kyaij tamsllon meu kal.iin karta hai ? 1 1 Us ne jawab meo unheu kaha, ki Turn ko asinan ki badshd- hat ke bhed ki samajh di gaf, par unko nahlu di gaf. 12 Kyunki jis ke pas kuchh hai, us ko diya jaegi, aur us ko ziyada hoga ; par jis ke pas nahiij hai, us se blif jo kuchh hai, liyd jaegi. 13 Iswiiste maiijunse tainsUotj nieij kalam karta hug, ki we dekhte hiie na dekhte, aur sunte hue na sunte haiu, aur na samajhte haiij. 14 Aur Yasaiyah kl nubiiwat un ke haqq nieij pari hoti hai, ki Turn kanou se sunoge, par na sainjhoge, aur ankhoij se dekhoge, par daryaft na karoge. 15 Kyunki in logoa k;i dil mota hu^, aur we apne kanou se unclia sunte haiu, aur unhon ne apnf iinkhoo ko band kiya hai, ta aisa na ho ki we ankhou se dekheij, aur krmoo se suneo, aur dil se samjheu, aur rujiia howen, ki maiu unheu clianga karnn. 16 Par niubarak tumhari ankheij haio, ki dekhtm, aur tumhare k;in, ki sunte haiu. 17 Kyunki maiu turn se sach kahti hiio, ki Bahut nabi aur sadiq arzu rakhte the, ki jo kuchh turn dekhte ho, dekhen, aur na deklia ; aur jo kuclih turn sunte ho, sunen, aur na surd. 18 Ab tuni lonewale ki tanisil suno. 1!) Jab koi b;idshahat ka kalam sunta, aur na mrlnta hai, to sharir ata, aur jo us ke dil meu boya gaya, clihin leta hai; yih wuh hai, jo rSh ke kanlre par boya gaya. 20 Aur jo sangi zamfn par boya gaya wuh hai, jo kalam ko sunta, aur fauran us ko khushi se qabul karta hai. 21 Par ip meg jar nahiu rakhta hai, b;',Iki chand roza hai; aur jab kalim ke waste taklif aur zulin hota hai, tojaldi thokar khata hai. 22 Aur jo kantou meu boya gaya wuh hai, jo kalam ko sunta hai ; par dunya ka andesha, aur daulat ka fareb kalam ko dabata hai, aur wuh be phal hota hai. 23 Par jo achchhi zamin par boya giya, wuh hai jo kalam ko sunta, aur manti, aur us meg phal lagte haip, aur taiyar bote, baaze meg gau gune, baaze meu sath, baaze meu tfs. 24 Us ne unko ek aur tanisil guzrankar kaha, ki Asman ki b-idshahat ek ddral ki manind hai jis ne apne khet meu achchha bij boya. 25 Par jab log soe, uski dushman aya, aur gehiin meo zuwin bo gay.i. 2G Aur jab barha, aur bal nikli, to zuwan bhi zahir hua. 27 Tab gharwale ke naukarou ne ake kaha, ki Sahib, kyi tu ne apne khet meu achchha bij na boya? Phir zuwan kahau se aya? 2S Us ne un se kah.i, ki Ek dushman ne yih kiya hai. Naukarou ne use kaha, ki Marzi ho, to ham jake use jama kareu. 29 Us ne kaha, Nahiij, na ho ki jab tum zuwan ko jama karo, us ke sath gehun bhi uldiaro. 30 Dirau tak donoij ko barluie do; aur dirau ke waqt dirau karuewaloij ko kahiinga, kiTuin pahle zuwan ko jama karo, aur jalme ke waste unke gulthe bandho; par gehun mere gole meu jama karo. 31 Us ne unheu aur tanisil like kaha, ki Asman ki badshihat rai kc dane ki manind hai, jise ek adrai ne leke apne khet meu boya. 32 Wuh sab bijoo se chbota hai; par jab barha, to sab tarkariog se baia hota hai, aur aisl darakht hota, kl asman ke parinde ake us ki daliou par basera karte haiu. 17 BAB.J MATr. 21 ki Tu Patthras hai, niir is patthar par niaiu apnf Jain-lat ban.iiingl, aur pdtal ke phatak us par galib iia honge. 19 Aur niaiu tujhko asni.in ki Iddslidliat kl kunjiio di'ing.l; aur jo td zaiuin par baiulliega, SsiiiSii par baiidli.i j'ieg!5; aur jo ti'i Jtamin par kliolegi, 5sinan par kholi jiegi. 20 Tab us ne apiie shigirdou se farmaya, ki Kisf se mat kaho, ki luaiu Masih hiio- 21 Us waijt se Yusna apne sliagirdou ko batane laga, ki Zuriir hai ki maiu Yanisalam ko j inn, aur Buzurgoij, aur sard^r kaliir.oij aur saiirou se bara duUi ulbai'iu, aur niar.i jaiir, aur tisrc diu phir jliiy. 22 Tab Patthras use pakarke aur maiia karke kahue lagi, ki Ai Kliudawand, teri salamati bowc ; yih tujh par kahhf na parega? 23 Par us ue phirke Pattliras se kaha, ki Ai shaitan, mere simiine se diir ho : ta mere rah meu tliokar hai; kyi'uiki tii Khudi ki batou ko nahfu, balki aduifou ki latou ko minta hai. 24 Tab Yusua ne apne sh;igirdou se kahi, ki Agar koi mere pfchhe dya chdhtd hai, to apn.i iukir kare, aur apui salib uthiwe, aur ineri pairawf kare. 25 Kyi'm- ki jo koi apni jrin bachayi chaliti hai, us ko halik karega; par jo koi apiii jan ko •mere waste halak kare, use pavvcgi. 26 Kyunki aduii k^ kya fiida hai, agar tamam jahao tasarruf uieo liwe, aur apni jan ki halikat utliiwe? Phiradiui apui jan ke badle men kya degi? 27 Kyunki Insan ka let i apne Bip ke jalal lueu apne sab firishtou ke sathawega; tab wuh harek ko us ke kam ke niuwatiq dega. 28 Maiu turn se sach kahta hiig, ki Un meo se, jo yahiu khare haiij, baaze maut ka maza na chakhenge, jab tak ki we Insin ke Bete ko uski b-idshiihat meu ite na dekheu- XVII. BA'B. 1 Aur chha din ke baad Yusua Patthras aur Yaaqnb aur us ke blidi Yuhanni ko leke ek bare pahar par khalwat meu gaya. 2 Aur us ki surat uu ke s.imhne mul.addal hui, aur us ka chilira aftab ki uiauiud cliamka, aur us ka libas niir kf manind safed hui. 3 Aur deklio, ki Mns.i aur Iliyah unko nazar ae, aur us se hamkalim hiie. 4 Tab Patthras Yusua se kahne laga, ki Ai Khud;iwand, hamira j'ahao rahna achchha liai : agar marzi ho, to ham yahag tin makan banaweij, ek tere liye, aur ek ^Slus.a ke liye, aur ek Iliyah ke liye. 5 Wuh hanoz yih kahta hi tha, Dekho, ek nurani bidal ne un par saya kiya, aur dekfio, us badal se ek awaz ^i, ki Yih mtra piydra lieta liai, jis se maiu rizi huu; turn us ki suno! 6 Shagird stm'car muuh ke blial gire, aur bahut dar gae. 7 Yusua ne nazdik iikar unko chhu:), aur kaha, ki Ulho, mat daro 8 Par unhou ne apni ankh kholkar Yusii^ ke siwa kisi ko na deklia. 9 Jab we us pah.ir se utarte the, Y'usiia ne unheij farmayi, ki Jab tak Insdn ka Beta murdou meu se na utlie, yih ruya kisf se na kaho. 10 Tab shagirdou ue us se sawal kiya, ki Safir kyuu kahte haiu, ki Iliyah ka &ui pahle zuriir hai? 11 YusiJa ne jawab meu unlieu kaha, ki Iliyah albatta pahle awega, aur sab kuchh bahal karegl. 12 Par maiu turn se kaht.i hdii, ki Iliyah a cliuk4 hai, aur unhoij ne us ko nahio pahchana; balki jo ch.lha, so use kiy£. Isi tarah Insan kd Betd bhi un se dukh pawega'. 13 Tab shagirdou ne dary.ift kiyd, ki us ne un se Yuhanna baptismanewdle ka zikr kiya. 12 MATI'. [18 BAn. 14 Jab we logou kep^s &e, ek shaikhs ne fikar ghutn^ tekS, aur us se kahi, 15 Ki Ai Khiidawand, mere bete par rahin kar, ki wuh mirglhi hai, aur bare ranj mea hai, kyuiiki wuli kabhf agmeu aur kabhf pani meu girti hai. 16 Aur maio us ko tere shagirdou ke pas laj^a, par we us ko changa na kar sake. 17 Yusiia ne jawdb nieij kah4, ki Ai befmSn aur nirJst log, niaiij kabtak tumhSre s5th rahaij? aur kabtak tumhdri bardasht kardu? Us ko mere pas lao. 18 Aur Yusua us par jhuiijIriyS, aur deo us se nikla, aur chhokr.i usi gharf changa hua. 19 Tab shigirdon ne khalwat meu YusiJa lie pas akar kaha, ki Ham kyun us ko nikal na sake? 20 Yusua ne un se kahS, ki Tumhiri befmani ke sabab; kyiinki nuiio tuinko sach kahta hnij, ki Agar tumko rai ka dina sa fmau hota, to tuin is paharko farmlte, ki Vah^u se waliau ja, aur wuli jata; aur koi kara turahlre maq- dur se bahar na hota. 21 Par yih jins bagair namaz aurroza ke dur nahiy hotf. 22 Jab we Jalil meu phirte the, Yusua ne unheo kaha, ki Insan ka Bet^ fidiuioij ke hathoo men sompa jaega. 23 Aur we use qatl karenge, aur wuh tisre din ji uthegi. Tab we bahut gamgin hiie. 24 Jab we Kafrnahura men pahunche, haikal ki, adhrnpiya lenewaloo ne Patthras kep^s akar puchha, Kya tumhara ustid haikal ka adhrupiya nahfo deta hai? Wuh boli, ki Hao. 25 Jab ghar meu dikhil hi'ia, Yusua ne us se barlikar kaha, ki Ai Saniaun, tii kya samajhta hai, ki zanilij ke badshah kin se mahsul aur Vhiraj lete haiu ? apne betou se ya gairon se ? 26 Patthras ne use kaha, ki Gairoa se. Yusna ne use kaha. To albatta bete azad haiu. 27 Lekin taki ham unheu tliokar na khiliweo, tu darya par jakar bansi dil, aur jo raachhii pahle nikle, us ko le, aur us ka muuh chir, to tu ek rupiya pawega ; use lekar mere aur apne waste un ko de. XVIII. BAB. 1 Us waqt shagirdoD ne Yusiia ke p5s 5kar puchha, ki Asman ki biidshdhat meu kaun sab se bara luii ? 2 Yusua ne ek chhote larke ko apne pas huUyi, aur use unke b:ch nieo lihara karke kaha, 3 Ki Main turn se sach kahta huo, ki Agar turn na phiro, aur larkou ki maniiid na bano, to turn asman ki bdshahat meu dakhil na hoge. 4 Pas jo koi apne ko is Uirke ki nianind chhota jine, wuhi Ssni^n ki badshahat meu sab se bara hai. 5 Aur jo koi aise larke ko mere nam par qabul kare, mujhko qabul karta hai. G Par jo koi in chhotou meu se, jo mujh par iman lie, ek ko thokar khilawe, us ko Lihtar tha, ki chakki ka pat us ki gardan par lat- kdya jata, aur wuh samundar ke umuq meij dubaya jata. 7 Tliokaron se dunya par nfsos hai; kydnki thokaroij ka ana to zurur hai: par us adini par afsosjis se thokar 6ti hai? 8 Pas agar tera h^th ya tera panw tujh ko thokar khiliwe, us ko kat, aur apne pas se phenk : ki langra ya tunda hokar hayat meg dakhil bona tere live us se bihtar hai, ki tere do hath ya do pinw howeu, aur tu abadiag meu dalijawe. 9 Aur agar teri ankh tujh ko thokar khilawe, us ko nikal, aur apne pas se phenk : ki kanS hokar hayat meu dakhil bona tere liye us se bihtar hai, ki teri do ^nkheu hoy, aur tti jahannam kS ^g meu dalijawe. 10 Khabardar, ki turn in chhoton meu se ek ko haqir na jano ; kyiinki uiaiu turn se kahta huij, ki asman men un ke firishte sada mere AsmSni Bap ke cliihre ko dekhte haio- 1 1 Kytinki InsSn k^ Betl ^ya, ki us ko, jo hiilali hu^j bachawe. 12 Turn ky^ samajhte ho, ki agar kisi fidml ke pas sau bher 15 BAB.] MATI'. 19 utarke Kinn.irat kt snrliadd men 5e. SS Aur walu-io ke logoo ne use palichdnke ia p.is kl jngahou meo khabar palninchaf; aur we sab bfina'roo ko U3 ke pas lae. 36 Un])ou ne us se itnf arz kf ki faqat us ki poshak ka damau chhneo, aur jinhoo ne chhu.i, billiull change hue. XV. I?AB. 1 Tab SifiroD aur Farison ne Yan'isahun se Yusua ke pis ake kah^, 2 Ki Tere ehagird kif waste Jiuzurgou ki hadfs se bihar jdte haiij ? kyunki we, jab roti khatc, apne hatb nahfij dhote. 3 Us ne jawab meo un se kaha, ki Turn k^uo apni hadis ke Hye Khuda ke hnkin se bahar jate ho? 4 Kyunki Khuda ne hukin diya, ki Apne mi bap ki izz.at kar ; aur jo apne nia bi'p ko buri bat kahe, qatl kiya jacga. 5 Lekiu tuni kahte ho, ki Jo koi ma bap se kalie, ki Jo mujlie tujh ko dend wajib tlia, qurban hai, us ko zurur nahi'ij, ki apue mi bip ki izzat kare. 6 Pas turn ne apni hadis ke liye Khuda ke hukm ko batil kiyi. 7 Ai makkaro, Yasaiyah ne turn- hare haqq meu kya achchhi nubuwat kf, P. Ki Ye log apni zuban se merl nazdiki dhnndhte hain, aur labou se nieri takrfm karte Iiaiu, par un ka dil mujh Be bahut dur hai. D We nieri bandagi abas karte hain, ki we taalim deke idmioQ ke hukm sunate haio. 10 Phir us ne logou ko apne pis bulake un se kaha, ki Suno, aur samjho. 11 Jo kuchli munh meo jsta hai, adiiii ko napik nahio karta, balki jo nuinh se nikalta hai, admi ko ndpak karta hai. 12 Tab us ke shagirdoo ne ake use kalia, Kya tujiuta hai, ki Farisou ne yili kalim suuke tliokar khaya? 13 Us ne jawab meo kah^I, ki Jo paudhri mere Asm;ini Bip ne na lagayi, ukhafa jaega. 14 Unheu jane do! VVe andhou ke andhe rahbar haiu; aur agar andhi andhe ka rahbar ho, to donoo garlic meu gir parenge. 15 Tab Patthras ne jawab meo us se kaha, ki liam Be us tamsil ka bayau kar. 16 Yusua ne kaha, Kya Turn bhi abtak be aql ho? 17 Kyi ab tak nain'ij samajhte ho, ki sab, jo munh meo jita, pet meu parta, aur paekbane meo phsuika jati hai? 18 Lekiu jo munh se nikalta. hai, dil se ata hai, aur wubiadmi ko napak karta hai. 19 Kyunki dil se bure kbiyil, kbiin' zinakarf, haramkari, chorf, jhutlii gawahi, kufr nikalte haio. 20 Ve admi ko nipak karte haiu ; par bin dboe hithoo se khana admi ko napak nahiu karta hai. 21 Aur Yusiia wahau se rawina hokar Si'ir aur Saida ki sarhadd meo gaya. 22 Aur dekh ek Kanaini aurat us nawahi se akar chillai, aur boli, ki Ai Khudawand, D.iud ke bete, mujh par rahin kar! meri beti sakht diwani hai. "23 Par us ue jawab meij ek bat na kahi. Tab us ke sliaglrdou ne ake us se arz karke kalia, ki Use rukh- sat kar, kyiinki wuli hamarc pichbe cliillati hai. 24 Us ne jawab meo kabi, ki Maig faqat Israel ke ghar ke gumrah bheroo ke pas bheja gaya huQ. 25 Tab wuh a! aur use sijda kiyi, aur kaha, Ai Ivhudawand, meri madad kar. 26 Us ne jawab meu kalia, ki Larkoo ki roti ko lend aur kuttoo ko dena achchha nahiu. 27 Par ■wuh boli, Sach hai, Khudawand, par kutte bhi un tukpoo ko, jo un ke mrilik kf mez se girte, khdte haio. 2S Tab Yusiia ne jawab men use kaha, ki Ai aurat, teri bara iman hai ! Jo chahti hai, tere liye howe. Aur us ki beti usi ghafi changi huf. 29 Phir Yusda wahau se rawdna hokar darya i Jalil ke nazdik ayd, aur pahSr par ja baitha. 30 Aur bahut log apne sdth langroo aur andhoD aur gungcQ aur 20 MAIT. [16 BAB. ^undoo, atir Lahut auroo ko Ide; aur unheo Yustia ke pioo par d:'iU, aur us ne uiilieu cliangi kiya, 31 Aisa ki jab logou ne dekh^, ki gniige bolte, tunde change bote, langre cbalte, aur andhe deklite haiu, mutaajjib hue, aur Israel ke Khuda kt sitaish kf. 32 Tab Yusua ne apne shdgirdo:i ko bulake kaha. ki Mujh ko logon par ralim fita hai. ki we tin din se mere sjth haio, aur un ke pas kuchh klirine ko nahio; aur maiu nahio chahta hdn, ki unbeo faqa se rukhsat karun, na ho ki we r.ih meu ininde howou. 33 Us ke shagirdoij ne use kah', ki Ham jangal nicu kahan se itni rotiao piweij, ki aise ambohUo fisiidakareu? 31 Yustia ne un se puchha, ki Tutnhare sith kitni rotiau haio? We bole, ki Sit, aur kai ek clihoti machhliao- 35 Tab us ne logon ko kukm kiya, ki zaniin par baiih jaweiu 36 Auruii sat rotion aurun machh- Ifou ko leke shukr kiyi, aur torl;ar apne shigirdou ko diya, aur sliagirdon ne logou ko. 37 Aur we sab kh;ike asiida hue; aur unhoo ne bache hue tukrou se sat tokrS.'io bharkar utlriio. 38 Aur khinewdle, siw;i aiiratoo aur larkoa ke, ch'ir ha/.ar mard the. 3 ) Tab wah logoQ ko rukhsat karke kisti par charha, aur Mijd.il ki sarhadd meu ayj. XVI. BAB, 1 Aur Fartson aur Sadnqoo ne ake us ka imtihan karke arz kl, ki dsman par se unko ek nishan diiUilawe. 2 Par us ne jawab meu un se kaha, ki Sham ke waqt turn kahte ho, ki Achchha din hoga, kydnki asman surkli hai. 3 Aur suLh ke waqt, ki Aj andbi chalegi, kyunkiasiuau surkli aur siyah hai. Ai riyakaro, turn fisman ke rukh ka imtiyaz kar j.inte ho, par waqton ke nishan daryaft kar naiiiQ sakte? 4 Is zamane ke lihanib aur fasiq log nislian mangte haio, par koi nishan unheij diyi na jaega magar Yiinah nabi ka nishan. Aur unheu chhorkar rawana hiia. 5 Aur us ke shigird par pahunche, aur roti apne stth lene bhiil gae the. 6 Yusua ne un se kaha, ki Farison aur Saddqou ke khaiiiir se kliabardar aur chau- kas raho! 7 Tab we sochkar apus meg kahne lage, ki Yih sab hai ki ham roti na lae. 8 Lekiri Yusija ne yih daryaft karke un se kaha, Ai kam-iatiqado, kyiiuapne dil meu soch karte ho, ki yih sab hai ki ham roti na lae? 9 Tum ab tak nahfu samajhte, aur un panch hazar ki panch rotiau yad nahiy rakhte, aur ki tum kitni tokriiu bharkar uthaiij ? 10 Aur na un char hazar ki sit rotiau aur kitni tokriao bharkar uthaio? 11 Turn kyi'io nahiu samajhte ho, ki main ne tum se roti ki bibat men nahiu kahd, ki Farisou aur Saduqon ke Jchamir se khabardar raho? 12 Tab we samjhe ki us ne unheg roti ke kharair se nahio, balki Farisou aur Sadu Phir inaiu turn se kahti hiiu, ki Agar tutu meo se do zamin par kisi bit ke live niel karke dui luingeo, wuh mere Asnuiii Bap se un ke liye ho"f.' 'iO Kyunlii jahao do ya tui mere nini par ikatthe haio, wahao niaig un ke bich men hiio. '21 Tab Patthras ne us ke pasake kaha,ki Ai Kl'udawand, kitne martabameri bhdf mera gunah kare, aur maiu us ko muafkariiu ? kya sit martabatak ? 21 Yusii^ ue use katia, kiMaiu tujh se sit martabatak nahia kahti hiio ; balki sat martaba sat- tar tak. 23 Kyuiiki asmin ki badshahat ek badsliah ki maiiind hai, jo apne nauka- rohsehisib liya chahta thi. 24 Jab hisab lene laga, to das bazar toroij ka qarzdar us ke huzur meo pahunchiya g'lyi- 25 Par jab us ke piskuchii dene ko natbd, to sahib ne farmaya, ki wuli aur us ki jorii aur us ke bal bachche, aur jo kuchh ki us ka ho, becha jawe, aur qarz ada howe. 26 Par naukar girke us ko sijda karke kahne lao^a; ki Ai Khudawand, inujhe fursat de, to maiu teri sab qarz ada kariingi. 27 Tab ua naukar ke sihib ko rahmaya, aur us ne use chhor diya, aur qarz us ko bakhsh diya. 28 Pas us naukar ne bihar jakar apne hamkhidiiiatou meu se ek ko paya, jo sau dinar ka qarzdar tha ; aur us ne use pakarke us ka gala ghont a, aur kaha, Jo mera nikalta hai, mujhko de. 23 Aur us ki liamkhidmat us ke pioo par gira, aur us kf n\innat karke kaha,ki Mujhe fursat de, to maio teri sab ad i kardnga. 30 Par usne namini, balki use le jake qaidkhane meu d^la, ki wahao rahe jabtak qarz ada na kare. 31 Us ke hanikhidinat yih niajara dekhkar bahut gamgin hue, aur jalcar apne kliawind se sab mijara bayan kiyi. 32 Phir us ke sahib ne use bulakar kaha, ki Ai bure naukar ! kya main ne tera sab qarz, jab tu ne nieri minnat ki, nmif na kiya ? 33 Kya na chahti tha, ki jab maio ne tujh par rahm kiya, tu blif apne hanikhidniat par rahm karta ? 34 Aur uske sahib ne gusse hokar use jallidou ke hawala kiya, ki qaid rahe jab tak us ka sab qarz ada kare. 35 Isi taiah merfi Asmani Bap tuin se karega, agar turn men se harek apne bhai ko us ka qarz dil se muaf na kare. XIX. BAD. 1 Aur yuu hiia ki jab Yusua ye batey kah chuka, to Jalil se rawina hoke Yardan ke par Yahudah ki sarhadd uieij aya. 2 Anr bahut log us ke pichhe chale, aur us ne unheu wahdo chnnga kiya. D 24 MATr, [19 BAB. S Tab FarlsoD ne us pSs dkar U9 ke imtihdn ke liye yih sawil k\yA, KyS Sdini ko raw&hai, ki har eabab seapntjoru ko talaq dewe ? 4 Us ne jawab meo unheo kahS, KjA turn ne nahfu paili^, ki jis ne ibtida meo unko paida kiya, ek hi nar aur ek hi Ddrl ko ban^yi aur kahi, 5 Ki Iswaste niard apne ma bap ko clihorega, aur apnt joriS se mili rahega, aur we donoo ek tan honge ? 6 So we age do nahfu, balki ek tan haio : pas jo Khudi ne jora, admf use jud i na kare, 7 Unliou ne use kabi, Phir Musd ne talaqnSma dene aur chhorne kS kyiiu hukm kiya ? 8 Us ne jawab diy5, ki Musi ne tumhari sakhtdili ke sabab tuinko ijazat di, ki apni joru ko chhor do ; par ibtidi se aisi nahfn tha. 'J Aur raaijj turn se kahta huu, ki Jo koi apni jorti ko, siwa ^aramkari ke, kisii sabab se talaq de, aurdiisrise byih kare, zini kartd hai ; aur jo kof mutlaqa se Lyah kare, wuh bhJ zina karta hai. JO Us ke sh^girdoo ne use kaha, ki Agar Sdini ka hil jorn se aisa liai, to byah karna achchhi nahin hai. 11 Us ne un se kaha, ki Sab is kalam ko qabul nahi'u karte, magar we jinko diyS gaya hai. 12 Kyiinki baaze khoje haiij, jo ma ke pet se aise ht paida hue ; aur baaze Ithoje haio, jo *idmiou se khoje bauae gae haiu ; aur baaze khoje haio, jiahoo ne apne ko Khuda ki badshahai ke waste iilioja banaya hai. Jo qabul kar sakta, qabul kare. 13 Tab we larkQu ko us ke pds lae, ki wuh un par hath rakhe, aur du4 dewe ; par sh^girdou ne un ko mana kiya. H Yusiia ne kaha, ki Larkoo ko chhor do, aur un ko mere pas ^ne se mana mat karo ; kyunki asman ki badshahat aisQu kl hai. 15 Aur wuh un par hath rakhkar wahau se rawana hua. 16 Aur dekho ek ne us ke pas dkar sawdl kiya, ki Ai nek ustad, maig kya nekf karui', ki hayat i abadi pauu ? 17 Us ne jawib diya, ki Tii mujhe kyuo nek kahti hai ? Nek to koi nahio, magar ek, jo Khuda hai. Far agar ti'i hayat men dakhil hui ch4he, to hukraoD ko man, 18 Phir us ne kaha, ki Kaunse hukm ? Yusna ne use jawab diy5, ki Tu khun mat kar ; zina mat kar ; chori mat kar ; jhuthi gawahi mat de ; ly Apne ma bap ki izzat kar; aur apne qarib ko apne barabar piyar kar. 20 Ua jawSn ne use kah.i, ki Miiiu ne in sab ko hua -pan se mana hai : ab kya baql hai ? 21 Yusua ne us se kaha, ki Agar tii kamil hua chlhe, to jake apna sab kuchh bech, aur muhtajoQ ko de : to tera khaz:ina asman raeu hoga ; aur ake meri pairawf kar. 22 Jawan yih bat suntehi bahut udas chala gayi, kyiinki wuh bara maldar thS. 23 Tab Yusua ne apne shagirdou ko kaha, ki Main turn se sach kaht i hug, ki daulatmand muslikil se asman ki badshahat meij dakhil hoga, 24 Aur phir maio turn se kahta hiiij, ki Siii ke nake se unt ka guzarua us se asantar hai, ki daulat- mand dsm^n ki badshahat meo dakhil howe. 25 Us ke shagird sunkar nih.iyat hairan hue, aur bole. To kaun bach saktl hai ? 26 Yusua ne un par nazar karke kaha, ki Adinlon ke pas namuinkin hai, par Is^huda ke pas sab niumkin haiu. 27 Tab Patthras ne jawab meo use kaha, ki Dekh ham sab kuchh chhorkar tere pairau hue: pas hamko kyamilega? 28 Yusua ne ua se kaha, ki Maio tuni se sach kahta hiiu, ki nayi paidaish meu, jab Insan ka beta apne jalil ke takht par baithe^a, turn bhi, jo meri pairawi karte de, barah takhtoo par baithoge, aur Israel ke barah gharane ki adilat karoge. 29 Aur liar ek, jis ne gharou, ya bhai'oo, ya bdp, ya ma, ya joru, ya bal bachchoo, ya khetoo ko mere nam ke waste chhora, 8au guna pawega, aur liayat i abadi ka waris hoga. 30 Par bahutere jo agle haio, picbhe hoDge, aur pichhle ige. 20 BAD.] MAXr. 85 XX. BAB. 1 Kyunki Ssmiin kf bidshihiit ek sihib i Ijlniia kf mdiiind hai, jo subh ko nikli, ki npne takistan ineij mazdiir lagawe. 2 Aur jab us ne bar mazdur ki ek dinar rozina cbukdya, to iinko apne t^kistan Dieo bhejd. 3 Aur tisri sait ineu pliir gayd, aur aiirou ko bizlr ineu bekar khare dekba. 4 Aur un se kaha, ki Turn bhl takistan ineu jao, aur jo tunibara haqq hai, niaiu tuinko diingi: so we gae. 5 Phir chhattbf aur nauwju sait wuh bahar g;iya, aur wais.lhi kiya. 6 Giyirahwiu Bait ke qsirSb pliir bahar gaya, aur auroo ko bekrir khare dekhi, aur un se kahS, ki Turn kydu yahiu tainam din bekar /thare ho? 7 Uuhou ne use kaha, ki KisI ne haniko kam par nahiu lagaya. Us ne unheo kahl, ki Turn bhi takistan meu jSo, aur jo tumlnra ha(iq hai, paoge. S Jab sham hui, tikistdn ke inalik ne mukhtar se kaha, ki Mazdnroo ko bula, aur pichlilon se shurua karke pahlou tak un k( mazdurf de. 9 Jab we, jo giyarahwiu sait meo lagae gae the, ie, to har ek ne ek d'nir paya. 10 Aur pahlou ne pahunchke khiyal kiya, ki Hamko ziyada mileg4; par unhoo ne bhi ek dinar paya, 11 Aur use lekar sihib i khane se kurkufae, 12 Aur kaha, ki In pichhlou ne faqat ekhJ sait kam kiya, aur tn ne unheu hamSre barlbar kiya jinhou ne din ka bhar aur dhop saha? 13 Us ne un meu se ek ko jawab meu kaha, ki Ai miyin, raaiu tujh par kuchh zulm nahfu karta hiio; kya td ek dinar par mujh se hamiwaz na hiia. 14 Apni utha aur chali ji; par raeri marzi hai, ki is pichhle ko itna dua jitna maiu ne tujhko diya. 15 Kya rawi nahfO) ki maiu apne mal se jo chahiiu so karuu ? Kya tu is liye badnazar hai, ki maiu nek hdu? 16 Isi tarali jo pichhle hain age, aur jo agle haio pichhe honge ; kydnki baiiut se bulae gae haiu, par barguzide there haiu. 17 Aur Yusiia Yarusalam ko jdte hue barah shagirdou ko rah meu kanare le gaya, aur unheu kaha, 18 Dekho, ham Yarusalani ko jite haiu, aur Insan kd tieti sardar kahiaou aur safiroij ko sompa jiega ; aur we us par qatl ka hukm denge, 19 Aur us ko qaumou ko sompenge, ki use thattha kareu, aur kore mareu, aur salib deweu ; aur wuh tisre din phir ji uthega. 20 Tab Zabdi ke betou kf ma ne apne betoo samet us ke pas ikar aijda kiyi, aur chaha, ki us se kuchh arz kare. 21 Us ne us se kaha, ki Td kya chahti hai ? Wuh bolf, Farma, ki mere ye do bete teri badshahat meu ek tere dahne aur ek tere bayeu hath baitheo. 22 Yusua ne jawab raea kaha, ki Turn nahiu jante ho, ki kya mangte ho: kya turn wuh pi^'ala pf sakte ho, jo mujh ko pfua lioga? aur us baptism! se, jis se maiu baptismAya jita hdu, baptismae ja sakte ho ? We bole, Ham sakte. 23 Us ne unheu kaka,ki Tum meri pij'ala albatta pioge, aur us baptis- raa se, jis se maiu baptism iya jata hdu, bapiismie jaoge; iekin meri dahui aur aur meri bayiu taraf baithne deni siwa uu ke, jin ke liye mere Bap ne use taiyar kiya hai, mera kam nahiu hai. 24^ Jab un das ne suni, we un donou bhaiou par ndraz hue. 25 Par Yusd^ ne un ko apne p^s bulakar kaha, Turn jante ho ki qaumou ke sardar un par khudawandi karte haiu, aur un ke umard un par ikhtiySr rakhte haiu. 26 Par tum meij ynu na hoga, balki jo kot chihe, ki turn meu bar* ho, wuh tumhara khidira ho, 27 Aur jo chahe, kitum meu pahla ho, wuh tura- hlra naukar ho: 28 Chun4nchi Insan k4 Beta khidmat kardne nahio, balki Vhidmut karae ko, aur apni jdn ko bahutou ke liye fidya meo deue ko ayi ha). D 2 2S MATI^ [-21 BAB. 29 Aur I'iib we Yurlho se rawana hone lage, baliut log us te pkhhe chale. 30 Aur dckh do andhe, jo rah ke UanSre par baithte the, Yusua k^ gu7,arna sunkar pukarne lage, ki Ai Khudriwand, Daud ke Lcte, ham par rahinkar! 31 Aur un logoi) ne unheu danta ki chup rahco. Par we zi^'ada chillae, ki Ai Khuda- wand, Daud ke bete, ham par rahm kar! 32 Tab Yusi'ia ne thaharke un ko bulayi aur puchha, ki Turn kya chahte ho, ki maio turn se kariin ? 33 Unhoo ne us se kahi, ki Ai Khudiwand, ham chahte hahj, ki haniarl £nkheo khul i^weo. 34 Ymiia ko rahm aya, aur us ne un ki ankhou ko chhaa, to unki ^nkheu fauran khul gaiu, aur we us ke pichhe ho liye. XXI. HAB. 1 Aur jab we Yaras;d;im ke nazdik paliunche, aur Kaitfagi mep, jo Zaitun kepa- hir ke pas hai, ae, to Yiisria ne do shagirdou ko bheja, aur un se kaha, 2 Ki Us basti men, jo tumhare samhne hai, jao, aur turn wahaij ek bandhi huf gadhi aur us ke sath ek bachcha paoge : kholkar mere pas lao. 3 Aur agar koi turn ko kuchh kahe, to turn kaho, ki Khudawand ko darkar haiu: to wuh jaldi unheu bhejwa dega. 4 Aur yih sab is waste hiia, ki wuh bat, jo nabi ki maarifat l Yi'ihanna k4 baptism^ kahau se th . ? asinan se ya adiufoo se ? 26 We apne dil meu socline Inge, ki Agar ham kaheu, ki A'sman se, to wuh ham se Icahega, Phir kyiiij us par iman ne lie? Aur agar ham kaheo, ki Admioo se, to ham logon se darte haiu ; kyiinki sab Yuhanni ko nabi jante haiu- 27 So unhog ne Yusua se jawab meo kah.i, ki Ham nahi'o jinte haiij. Us ne un se kaha, ki Main bhi turn se nuhio kahta hiio, ki kis ilthtiyar se yih karta huu- 28 Par turn ko kya niaalum liota hai, Ek Sdmi ke do bete the ; wuh bare ke pas gaya aur us se kaha, ki Bete, ja auraj mere takistan meo kdin k.ir. 29 Us ne jawab deke kah.i, ki Mera ji nahio chahta hai; par pichhe taiiha karke chala gaya. ^0 Aur wuh chhote ke pas gaya aur wuhi kaha. Us ne jawab deke kaha, ki Ai sihib, maiij jata liuu ; par na gaya. 31 Pas un donoo meo se kaun Bap ki marzi baja laya. Unhoij ne jawab diya, ki Bara, Yusiia ne uiiheu kaha, ki Maio turn se sach kahta hno, ki bajdar aur kasbiao turn seage Khudi ki bad- shahat meu dakhil hoti haio. 32 Kyiinki Yiihanna sadaqat ki rah se tumhire pas aya, aur tum ne use na mana ; balki bajdaroy aur kasbioo ne us ko maiia ; aur dekhkar tum ne piclihe tauba na kiya, ki use mante. 33 Dusri tamsil suiio, Ek sahib i khana thi, jisne tskistan lagaya, aur girdagird dtwar uthai, aur us men kolhu gafa, aur burj banaya, aur bagbanou ko souipa, aur safar ko gaya. 34 Jab mewoQ ka mausim nazdik hiia, us ne apne naukaiou ko bag- banou ke pas bhcja, ki us ka mewa laweo. 35 Par un bagbanou ne us ke naukaroo ko pakarke ek ko mard, aur ek ko qatl kiy.i, aur ek ko sangsir kiyi. 36 Pliir us re aur naukarou ko, jo pahlou se ziyada the, bheja, aur unhou ne un se bhi waisahf suluk kiya. 37 Alibir ko us ne apne bete ko un ke pas, yih samajhkar, bheja, ki we mere bete se dab jaenge. 33 Par bagbanou ne bete ko dekhkar apas men kaha, ki Waris yibi hai; ao, use mar dilen, aur us ki miras par qabza kareu. 39 So use pakarke tikistau se bahar nikali, aur mir dala. ^0 Pas jab takistan kd nialik awe, to un bagbanou se kya karega ? 41 We bole, ki Wuh burou ko buri tarah se halak karega, aur apni takistan aur bagbanou ko sompega jo mausim par us ko mewa pahunchiwenge. 42 Y'usua ne un se kaha, Kya tum ne kabhi kitabou meij nahin pariia, ki Wuh patthar, jise miamarou ne raddkiya, kone ka sira hogaya ; ylli Khudiwaud k.i kam, aur hamari nazarou men ajiiba iiai? 43 Iswaste maig tum se kahta luin, ki Khudi ki badshahat tum se uthai jaegi, aur ek qaum ko di jaegi, jo us ke mewou ko lawegi. 44 Aur jo us patthar par pare, kuchal jaegi, par jis par wuh pare, use pfs dalega. 45 Sardir kaliinoij aur Fan'soo ne us ki tamsil sunkar daryaft kiya, ki wuh un ke haqq meo kahta hai; 4G Aur unlioy ne chaha, ki us ko pakreu, par logon se dare, kyunki we us ko nabi jaute the. 28 MATr. [22 BiYB. XXII. BAB. 1 Phir Yusfia un se tamsilou meo kahne lagd, 2 Ki .Vsman Id badshihat ek bddshah ki indiiiud hai, jis tie apne bete ki byah kiya; 3 Aur apne naukaroo ko Iheja ki unko, jin kf daawat kf gaf, byah meu bulaweg ; par we 5ya na cliahte the. 4 I'hir us ne aur naukaroo ko bheja, aur kaha, ki Logou ko, jo bulae gae haio, l^habar do, ki uiera khana taiyiir hai, aur mere bail aur mote janwar zabh kiye gae haio, aur sab kuchh taiyar hai : shadi meu ao. •'> Par we gaflat karke chale gae, ek apne khet ko aur dusra apni saudagari ko. 6 Aur baqfoo ne us ke naukaroij ko pakarke badsuhiki ki, aur qatl kiya. 7 Badshah sunkar gusse hiia, aur apne lash- karou ko bhejkar uu khuniou ko halak kiya, aur un ka shahr phiinlc diya. b Phir us ne apne naukaron se kaha, ki Shadi to taiyar hui, p:ir we, jo bulae gae, nalaiq the: 9 Pas turn shahrihou par jao, aur jitnon ko pao, shadi meu bulao. 10 Naukaron ne rahoo meu j ike, jo unheij mile, kya bure kya bhale, sab'iojauia kiya: aur shidi baithnewalog se bhar gai. 11 Jabbadshih baithnewaloj ke dekhne ko andaraya, to wahau ek admi ko, jo sliadi ki poshik se mulabbas na thi, dekha. 12 Aur us se kaha, ki Ai miyan, td shadi ki poshak se mulabbas na hokar kyuu yahau andar ayd ? Us ki zab;in band rahi. 13 Tab badshah ne khadunou se kaha, ki Us ke hath pair bandlikar le jao, aur bahar andhere meu dal do ; wahau rona aur dant pisna hoga. H Kyunki bahut se bulae gae haiu, par barguzide thore haiu. 15 Tab Farisoij ne jakar maslahat ki, ki kis tarah use kalam muu phansaweQ. 16 Aur unhoo ne apne shagirdou ko Herodiou ke sitb us ke pas bheja, ki us se kaheo, ki Ai ustad, ham jante haiu, ki tii sachcha hai, aur Khuda ki rah sachai se batlata hai, aur tiijh ko kisi ki parwi nahiu ; kydnki td adinion ki surat par uazar nahiu karta hai. 17 Pas ham ko kah, ki tii kya samajhtahai, ki Qaisar ko mahsdl dena rawa hai ki nahiu ? 18 Yusua ne un un ki shararat daryaft karke kaha, ki Ai makkaro, turn mera imtihan kyiiu karte ho ? 19 Mahsul ka sikkamujh ko dikhlao. So we ek dinar us pas lae. 20 Us ne un se pachha, ki Yih siirat kis ki? aur yih sikka kis ka hai? We bole, ki Qaisar ka. 21 Tab us ne un se kaha. Pas Qaisar ka Qaisar ko, aur Khuda ki K.huda ko do. 22 Aur unhou ne yih suukar taajjub kiya, aur use chhorkar chale gae. 23 Usi roz Sadiiq, jo qiyaiuat ke qail nahlg, us ke pis ae, aur us se yih sawil kiya, 24 Ki Ai ustad, Mdsa ne kaha hai, ki jab koi beaulad mare, to us kd bhai us ki joru ko byah le, aur apne bhii keliye nasi paida kaie. 25 Pas hamare darmiyan sat bhai the : pahla byah karke mara, aur be farzaud hoke apni joru ko apne bhai ke liye chhor gaya. 26 Isi tarah dusra, aur t sri bhi, satweu tak. 27 Sab ke p:chhe aurat bhi mari. 28 Garaz qiyamat meo, un satou meo se, wu'i kis ki jorQ hogi, kyijnki sabhoo neuse rakha tha? 29 Yusua ne jawab men unheu kaha, ki Turn kiiaboo aur Khuda ki qudrat se nawaqif hokar bhulte ho. 30 Kydnki qiya- mat meu log na byah karte haic, aur na byahe jate haiu, balki we isman ke firislitoo ki manind haio- 31 Par kya tum ne wuh bat, jo Khuda ne murdou ki qiyamat ke haqq men kahi, nahiu parhi, 32 Ki Maiy Abirahara ka Khuda, aur Izhak k^ Khudd, aur Yaaqdb ka Khuda huo ? Khuda mnrdoo ka Khuda uahitj hai, balki zindou ka. 33 Log yih sunkar us ki taaliiu se huiran hue. 34 Jab Farisou ue 6uu4 ki us ne Saduqoo kl munh baud kiya, we ikatthe ie. '23 BJili.] MATI'. 29 35 Aur un meo se ek ne, jo Taiireti tlia, us ke imtihSn ke liye yih sawil kiyiS, 36 Ki Ai ustad, Tauret meo kya hukQi bara hai ? 37 Yusia nc use kaha, ki Td Khuuawand, apne Khuda ko, apne sire dil se, aur apni siri jin sc, aiir apni sari *ql se, piyar kar. 3S Yihi pahla aur bafi hukui hai. 39 Aur dusra, jo us kf mdnind hai, yih hai, ki Tii apne qarib ko aisi piyir kar, jaisi ^p ko karta hai. 40 Id donou hukmoo meu tainain tauret aur sab nablou ka khullsa hai. 41 Jab Farls ikatthe hue, Yusua ne un se sawal kiya, 42 Ki Maslh ke haqq meu tuiuko kya niaalum hai? wuh kis ka beta hai? We bole, ki Daud k;i. 43 Us ne unheo kaha. Pas Diud ruh men kyi'inkar use Khudawand kahta, ki wuh bolta hai, 44 Ki Kuudawakd ne mere Khluawanu kokaha, kiTii mere dahne baith, jab tak maiu tere dushmanou ko tere piou kf chauki karuu- 45 Pas agar Diud us ko RiiUDAWAND kahta hai, to wuh uska beta kyunkar hai? 46 Aur kol us ko jawab meu ek bat na kah sakd ; aur us din se kisi ko juraat ua rahi, ki u3 se kabhi sawal kore. XXIII. BAB. 1 Tab Yusua ne logou aur apne shagirdou se khitab karke kaha, 2 Ki Safiraur Faris Miisa ki kursi par baithte haiu. 3 Pas sab kuchh, jo we tumheu manne kaheu, so mino, aur karo ; par un ke se kam mat karo, kyunki we kahte haiu, aur nahiu karte. 4 Kyunki we bhari bojhe jin ka uthanl mushkil hai, bandhte haiu» aur logon ke kandhou par rakhte haiu, lekin we ^p nahio chihte ki apni ek unfrli lagaweu. 5 We apni sab kiin karte hain, ki logog ko dikliLii deweu. We apne ta^wizou ko chaura karte haiu, aur apne kurtou ke dimanou ko Iambi karte haiu. 6 We ziy.ifatou meu sadrnishfnf aur mahfiloij men pahli kursi, 7 Aur bdzarou meu salamchahte haiu, aur kilog unheu Rabbi, Rabbi kalieij. 8 Par turn Rabb! mat kahlao, kyunki tumhara e.ihi liadi hai, jo Masih liai; aur turn sab bhdi ho. 9 Aur zaminpar kisi ko bap mat kalio ; kyunki tumhara ekhi bap liai, jo asinan meu hai. 10 Aur na turn hadi kahlao ; kyunki tumhara ekhi hadi hai, jo Masih liai. 1 1 Jo turn meg sab se bara ho, wuh tumhara kh;idiui hoga. 12 Jo apne ko bar.i janef^, chhoti kiya jaega; aur jo apne ko chl)Ota janega, bara kija jiega. 13 Ai iiiakkar Sdfiro aur Fariso, turn par afsos ! ki turn asman ki bridshahat logou ke do-e band karte ho! kyunki turn ap andar naiiiu jiite aur na unko, jo andar jaya chdhte haio> jane dete ho. 14 Par ai makkar Safiro aur Fariso, tuin par afsos! ki tum bewou ke gharou ko nigal jate ho, aur bahane se nainaz daraz karte ho : is se tumhari saza barhegi. 15 Ai makkar Sifiroaur Fariso, tum par afsos ! ki tuin tad aur khushki ki safar karte ho, ki ek ko apne niazhab meu lao ; aur jab wuh a chuk5, to tum usko apne se duna jahaunam ka bachcha Ijanate ho! 16 Ai andhe rahbaro, tum par afsos! jo kahte ho, ki Agar koi haikal ki qasam khawe, to kuchh nahiu liai; par agar koi liaikal ke sone ki qasain khawe, to use ada karne hoga. 17 Ai nadanoaur andho! kya bara hai, son.i y.i haikal jo sone ko taqaddus balfhshti hai? 18 Phir kahte ho, ki Jo koi qurbangah ki qasam kh^we, to kuchh nahio liai, par jo koi ua qurban ki, jo us par hai, qasam kli^we, to use ada karne hog4. 19 Ai nadano aur 30 MATl'. [24 BAB. andho ? kya bar^ hai qurban ya qurbangah jo qurbdn ko taqaddus bakhshti hai ? 20 Pas, jo quibangih ki qasuiu kliati bai, so uskf, aur sab kf, jo us par hai, qasam khata hai. 21 Aur jo haikal ki qisain khata hai, so uskf, aur us ineo rahnewale ki qasam khata hai. 22 Aur jo asnian kl qasam khata hai, so Khuda ke takht kf aur us p ir baithnewale ki qasam kh.ita hai. 23 Ai inakkar Safiro aur Farsio, turn par afsos ! ki turn podina aur soa aur zira k! dahyaki dete ho, aur tauret ki bliari batoo, yaaiie ipsaf aur rahm aur iman ko chhor dete ho! Wajib tha, ki turn inheu karte, aur uiiheo na chhorte. 34 Ai andhe rahbaro, jo raachchhar ko chhantte aur nnt ko nigalte ho! 25 Ai iiiakkir Safiro aur Fariso, turn par afsos ! ki turn piyala aur rakabi ko bahar saf karte ho; par we andar meo zuha aur sbarr se bhare hue haiu. 26 O andhe Faris ! pahle piyale aur rakabf ka bhUar saf kar, taki un ka bahar bhi saf howe. •n Ai makkar Sifiro aur Fariso, turn par afsos! ki tuin safed kf htii qabroo kf niaiiiiid ho, jo bihar se khubsurat na^ar ati haiu, par bhitar meu murdoij ki haddioo aur bar tarah ki napaki se bhari hui hai;j ! 28 Isi tarah turn bhi zihir meo logou ko sidiq nazar ate ho, leliin bitin meu makr aur bedini se bharpur ho. 21) Ai inakkar Safiro aur Fauiso, turn par afsos! ki turn nabfou ki qabroo ko banite ho, aur sadiqou ke rauzou ko sanwarte, 30 Aur kahte ho, ki Agar ham apne bap dadou ke diiioij meo jite, to ham nabion ke khiin meg sharik na bote ! 31 So tum apne par gawahi dete ho, ki Ham nabioo ke khuniou ke bete haio. 32 Achchha, tum apne l):ip dadoo ke paimaneko bharo ! 33 Ai sSmpo, .sampoliou ke bachcho ! tum jahannam ke azab se kyunkar bhagoge ? 34 Kyouki, dekho, uiaiu nabiou, aur aliniou, aur safiroo ko tumhare pas bhejta huij ; aur tum un meo se kitnou ko qatl karoge, aur salib doge; aur kitnoij ko apni mahfilou meo kore niaroo-e, aur unheu shahr ba shahr sataoge . '65 Taki sab pik lahu, jo zamin par b.ihaya gaya, Habil i sadiq ke lahu se liarkiyah ke bete Zikriyah ke lahii tak, jise tum ne haikal aur qurbangih ke bich meu qatl kiya, tum par awe. 36 Maio tum se sacb kahti hno, ki Yih sab is zamane ke logou par awegi. 37 Ai Yarusalam, Yarnsalam, jo nabion ko qatl karti, aur unko, jo tere pas bhe'e gae haiu, patthar marti ! kitne bar main ue chaha, ki tere larkoo ko,jis tarah murgi apne bachchoo ko paroo ke niche jama karti hai, jama kai nn, aur tum ne na chaha. .38 Dekho, tumhar^ ghar tuniko wiran chhora jata hai : 39 Kyunki niaio tuuiko Ijhabar deta hiig, ki ab se tum mujhko phir na dekhoge, jab tak na kahoge, ki Mubarak wjli, jo Khudawanc ke nam par ata hai. XXIV. BAB. 1 Aur Yusua nikalkar haikal se rawana hua, aur us ke shagird us ke pas ae, ki us ko haikal ki imarateo dikhlawen. 2 Par Yusua ne un se kaha, ki Kya tum yih sab nahio dekhte ho ? Main turn sesach kahta hde, ki Yahao patthar patthar par ua chhutega, jo giraya na jaega. 3 Aur jab wuli Zaitun ke pahir par baith£, us ke shagirdoo ne us ke pas kbal- wat meu ake kaha, ki 11am ko batla ki yih kab hogS, aur tere ane aur zauiaue ke tamam hone k4 kya nishin hai ? 4 Yusua ne jawab meo un se kahi, ki Khabar- dar, kol tumko na bbuliwe ! 5 Kyunki bahutere mere nam par awenge, aur 24 B/¥B.] MATI'. 31 kalienge, ki Maio Maslh Iujd, nur baliutoo ko bliul^en£!;e. 6 Aur turn larafio aur laiaJoo ki kliabareo sunoge : Vhab:iriJir, mat ghabraa; kyunki in subhou k4 honi lun'ir hai, lekiii khir ban)/. ii:ib*o bai. 7 Kyunki qaum qauin par, aur bSdshahat hidshihat parcbarhegt; aur j igab ba jagab kal aur niari aur zalr.ala honge : 8 Par yih sab afatou kl sburoa hail 9 Tab we tunibco nmj ineu dalengc, aur jan se m.i- renge; aur sab qaumeo turn par mere nam ko waste dusliuiani rakhengfii. 10 Aur 113 waqt bahutere tbokar kbaenge, aur ek dtisre ko p:\karwaega, aur ek dusre par dushniant karega. 11 Aur baliut jbiitbe nabf utbenge, aur l)ahutou ko bbulawenge ; 12 Aur bediui ke barhne se babutoo ki mahabbat ihaiidi ho jaegf. 13 Par jo fikbir tak sabr karega, wuhf najat pivvega. 14 Aur badsbabat ki kbuslikhabari ki manadi tamau jahau meu ki jlegi, ki sab quumog par gawalii bowe, tab a^liir iwega. 15 Pas jab turn giratgar kf niakrah.lt, jis kf khnbar Diniel nabf ki maarifat sedi gat hai, muqaddus makan meo khari deklioge (parbne\v;ila gaur kare :) 16 Tab we, jo Yahudah meo hain, kohistan Uo bhageo ; 17 Jo kotbe par hai, na utre, ki apne gliar se kucbh lewe ; IS Aur jo kbet par hai, na pbire ki apiii poshak le. 19 Aur un dinou kf petwalioij aur dudii pilanewalioij par afsos ! 20 Par duii maiiE;o, ki tumbira bbagna jare ya sabt ke din na ho. 21 K\-rjnki us waqt aisf bari musfbat hogf, jaisi dunyl ke shurua se aj tak kabhi na huf, aur na kabhi hogi. 22 Aur agar we din gbatae na jate, to koi insan na bachti ; par barguzfdou ki kbitir we din ghatae jaenge. 23 Agar us waqt kof turn se kahe, ki Dekh, Masih yahao ya wabio hai, turn ya(jin mat karo. '24: Kyunki jhuthe Masih, atirjbuthe nabi ulhenge, aur Iiare ni- sban aur karaniat dikblaenge, aisa ki agar ho sakta, to barguzidoo ko bbf bbulite. 25 Yad karo, ki maio ne tumko dge se khabar df hai. ^6 Pas, agar we turn se kaheo, ki Dekiio, wuh liaj-aban men liai, to bUiar mat jao; dekho, wuh kothrioo meu hai, to yaqin mat karo. 27 Kyunki jais.i bijii piirab se nikaltf, aur pachclibim tak chamaktf hai, waisShl Insan ke iiete ka ani Lhf hoga. 28 Kyunki jahSn murdir hai, wahin giddh jama bote haio. 29 Par un dinoQ ki musibatoij ke baad fuuran snraj andheri hojaegii, aur ch-ind apnf roshnf na dega, aur sitare asnian se girenge, aur asmin ki quwateu liilengf. 30 Aur tab Insan ke liete ka nishan asman meo zahir hoga ; aur tab zamin kesSre gharane chhati pitenge, aur Insan ke liete ko iismdn ke bidaloij par qudrat aur bare jalil se ate dekhenge. 31 Aur wuh apne firishtou ko turhi kf barf Iwriz ke sath bhejega, aur we us ke barguzidou ko charou hawaou &e, asman kf ek liadd se dusri hadd tak, jama karenge. 32 Turn anjir ke darakht se tanisil sikho, jab us kJ daU naram ho chukf, aur patti nikli, tum jante ho, ki garmi nazdik hai. 33 Isi tarah jab turn yih deltho, to jino, ki wuh nazdik hai, balki darwSze par hai. 84 Maio turn se sacli kabti huo, ki la waqt ke log na guzrenge jab tak yih sab na howe. 35 Asman aur zamin tal jSenge, par nieri biteu hargiz no talengi. 86 Par us din aur us ghaff ki Ijhabar kisi ko nahiu, balki fisinSn ke firishtou ko bhf nabip, magar faqat mere Bap ko bai. 37 Aur jaisi Nuha ke din the, waisahi Insin ke Bete ki and bhi hog-i. 38 Kynnki jaisi un dinoo meo tufin ke ige log us din tak ki Nuba kishti par charhli, khSte, plte, byih karte, aur byihe jite the ; 39 Aur jab tak ki tafan iyi,aur E 32 MATr. [25 nAB. sab ko baha le gaya, kuchh naj.inte the, waisahi Iiis^n ke Bete ki ani bhi hogi. 40 Tab do khet par honge : ek pakr.i jaega, diisra clihora jaega. 41 Do chakkf piseng! : ek pakrf jaegi, aur di'isri chboif jaegf. 42 Pas jagte raho, kyuiiki tuin naliiu jante ho, ki tumhara Khudawaud kis ghari awegi. 43 Pur yih jano, ki agar gharwala janti, ki chor kis pahar awega, to jfigta rahta, aur apne gliar meu sendh dene iia detA. 44 Iswaste hamesha taiyar ho, kyunki jis ghaii turn gum^n nahiu karte, Insin ka Beta Swegd. 45 Par kaun diyanatdar aur hoshyar naukar hai, jis ko sahib ne apne gharane par mulfhtar kiy Us ke sahib ne use kaha, ki Ai achchhe diyanatdar naukar, shal»asli ! td thore nieij diyanatdar nikla, maio tujhe bahut par niukhtar karungi : tu apue kbiwind kf Ijhushi nieo daiiliil ho. 24 Tab wuh bill, jis ne ek tofa p.i'yd tha', aya, aur bola, ki Ai Khudiwaiid, main tujh ko janta thi, ki til snkhtmizaj hai, aur jahaij tii ne n:ihi'u boyS, dirau karta hai, aur jaliao tii ne naliio chliita, jama karta hai: 2,5 So maiu dara, aur jakar tera tori ;^.amhi mcu giFi: so apu4 dekh le. 26 Us ke kli.iwiud ne jawab deke use kaha, ki Ai bure aur sust naukar, tii jinti tha, ki maio dirau karta bun jaliao nalifu boya ; aur jama karta huo jabdo nahiu chhitS : 27 Pas, tujhko lazim tha, ki mere rupiye sarrafou ko detd, ki main akar apna niril fiud samet pata. 28 So us se wuh tori chiifn lo, aur jis ke pas das haio, use do; 29 Kyunki jis ke pas hai, use diya jaeg^', aur us ko ziyadafi hogi ; par jis ke pas nahfo hai, us se wuh bhf. jo us ke pas ho, h'ya j^ega. 30 Aur turn us nikamme naukar ko b.ihar andhere meo d.ilo: wahag rona aur dant pisna hogS. 31 Jab lusiu ka 13eta apne jalal meo awega, aur sab pak firishte us ke sitb, tab wuhapne jalAl ke takht parbaithega. 32 Aur sab qauinen us ke age jama ki jaengi, aur wuh unko ek dnsre se juda karega, jaisa charwaha bherou ko bakroo se judi karta hai. 33 Aur wuh bheroo ko apne dahue, aur bakron ko apne ba- yen kh.ira karega. 34 Tab bad.-iliah unko, jo us ke dahne haiu, farmawega, ki Mo, ai mere Bap ke mubarako, aur us bndshahat ke waris ho, jo dunya ki paidaish se tumhare waste taiyar ki gai hai. 35 Kyduki maiu bhiikha tha, aur tuin ne mujh ko khiliya ; main piyasa tha, aur turn ne mujh ko pilaya ; maio pardesi thi, aur turn ne meri mihmaui ki; 36 Nanga tha, aur turn ne inujhe pahinaya; bimar tha, aur turn ne meri bfmardari ki ; maio qaid meo tha, aur turn mere pas 5e. 37 Tab sadi(i us ko yili jawab denge, ki Ai Kmudawanu, kab bam ne tujh ko bbukha dekh.i, aur khilaya ? ya piy'isa, aur pilaya? 38 Kab bam ne tujhko pardesi dekha, aur teri mihmaui ki ? ya nauga, aur pahinay.i ? 39 Aur kab liam ne tujhko bimar ya qaid meu dekha, aur tere pas ae ? 40 Aur badshah jawal) mcij un se kahega, ki Maiu turn se sach kahta huij, ki jo kuchh turn ne mere iu chhote bhaiou meo se ek ke sath kiya, sab tuiii ne mere sath kiya. 41 Tab wuh un se bhi, jo b.iyeo haio, farmiwega, ki Dur ho, ai malauno, us abadi ag meu jao, jo Shaitan aur us ke firishtou ke waste taiyar ki gai hai ; 42 Kyunki maiu bhiikha tha, aur tuiu ne mujhko na khilaya ; piyasa tiia, aur turn ne mujhko ua piliya; 43 Pardesi tha, aur tum ne meri mihmani na kf ; nanira tha, aur turn ne mujhko na pahinaya; bimar aur qaid meo tha, aur tum ne meri madad ua ki. 44 Tab we bhi jawab denge, aur use kalienge, ki Ai Khudawand, kab ham ne tujhko bhi'ikba dekha, ya piyasa, ya pardesi, ya nanga, ya bimar, ya qaidi, aur teri iihidmat na ki? 45 Tab wuh unheo jawab meu kahega, ki Main tum se sach kahta huo. ki jo kuchh tum ne iu chhote bhaiou meo se ck ke sath na kiya, sab tum ne mere sath na kiy5. 4G Aur ye azab i abadi meu jaenge, par sidiq hayat i abadi mcu. E 2 34 MAT!'. [25 BAB. XXVI. n.vn. I Aur yi'iu 5»'ii ki jab YusOa ye yab batcb kali cbuka, lo aprie sliigirdou se kaline lag*, 2 Ki Turn jlnte ho, ki do ro7. ke baad fasah hai ; anr liisan kd Beta niaslul) hone ko pakafwiya jata hai, 3 Us waqt sardar kahin, aur safir, aur logou ke Bnziirg Kayafa nam sard.^r kahin ke dfwankb:ine meo jama hiie, 4 Aur niashwarat ki, ki Yustia ko hlla se giriftar karke qatl karec 5 Par unhou ue kahi, ki I d ke din naliiu, na ho, ki logou meo fasad howe. 0 Jab Vu&na Baitaiiiya men, Saraa'in korhi ke ghar meo tha, 7 E!c aurat »l- hasrl itrdaij meo qiniati itr us pSs lai, aur jab kliane baillia, us ke sir par dhali. 8 Us ke shagird dekhkar nardz hue, aur bole, ki Kaheko yib barbadi ? 9 Kyuukf yih bahut mol par bikta aur nmbt-ijou ko diya jata. 10 Par Yusua ne yib maaluui karke un se kaha, ki Aurat ko kyiiu d-ukh dete ho? Kyuuki us ne mujh so achchha kam kiya hai. 11 Mulitaj to hauiesba tuinhare sith baiij, par maiij haiuesha na hunga. 12 Aurat ne yih itr is waste mere badan par 4hala, ki mujbe dafu ke liye taiyar kare. 13 Main turn se sach kahta bug, ki Tamam duuya meo jahao i.s khui>bkbabar1 kl manadi ki jaegi, wabiiu yih bbi, jo is %urat ne kiyd hai, us ki yridgarS ke liye kabd pegi. 14 Tabun baiabmeo se ekne, jis ki nam Yahiidah Insqaryat tha, sardir kdhinoD ke pas j ikar kaha, 15 Ki Agar main use tumh.ire hawala karuu, to mujhko kya doge? Unhou ne tis riipiye der.e kd iqrar kiya. IG Aur us waqt se wuh qabii dbundhta tha, ki use pakarvva de. 17 So fatfr kepahlediu shagirdoij ne Yusna ke pris akar use kah.i, kiTu kabao chahta hai, ki tere liye fasah ka khini taiyar kareu ? 18 Us ne kaha, ki Shabr meu falane shakhs ke pas jiiie use kabo, ki Ustad farmltd hai, ki Merd waqt nazdik hai; main apne shagirdou ke sath tere yabau fasah manunga. 10 Aur shagirdou ne jait^a Yusua He uuheij farmaya tha, waisahi krya, aur fasah taiyar kiya. 20 Jab sham huf, wuh bdrabon ke sath khine baithd. 21 Aur jab we khate the, wuh kahne laga, ki Maiu turn se sach kabta hni), ki turn meo se ek mujhko pakarwa dega. 22 We nihayat gamgiij bokar bar ek un men se pucbbne laga, ki Ai Khudawand, kya wuh maiij huu ? 23 Us ne jawab deke kaha, ki Jo mere sath tab^q meo hath dalt£ hai, wuhi mujliko pakarwa dega. 24 Insan ka Beta to rawana hota hai, jaisi us ke haqq meu likba hai, par afsos us adnil par, jis ke hath se Ins^n ka Beta pakarwaya jata hai! agar wuh admi paida na liota, to us ke liye bihtar tha. 25 Tab Yahudah, us ka pakarwanewala, boli, aur kaha, ki Ai Rabbi, kya wuh maio hiiu ; Usne jawab diya, ki tu ne aphi kaha. 26 Aur un ke khate waqt Yusua ne rotf li, aur barakat mangkar tori, aur sha- girdou ko deke kabi, ki Lo, kbao; yih mera badan hai. 27 Aur piyala liya, aur shukr karke unkodiyi, aur kahl, ki Turn sab us nieij se pio ; 28 Kyuuki yib naye ^hd ka mera lahii bai, jo bahuton ke waste, gunibou ke muaf lioue ko, babaya jata hai. 29 RlaiQ tum se kabta bun, ki maiu ab i angur is waqt se us roz tak ki maiu tumhare sath apne Bap ki badsbabat meu use naya piuu, na piiiiiga. 30 Aur zabur gane ke baad we Zaitun ke pabar par nikai gae. 31 Tab Yusn^ Ue un se kabS, ki Tum sab isi r^t meu mujh se tbokar khaoge ; kyunki likhi bai, 26 I5AD.] MATl'. »5 ki Maiu chawfilic ko mrirungi, nur galhi kt bbepeu chhitar j^cngf. 32 Par mere jf uthne ke I)aad uiaiu tuin se age Jalil ko j.iuug.i. 33 Tiitthras tie jawlb Jiieu use kahS, Agarclii sab tujh se thokar khiwer, tadblii nuiiu kabhi thokar na khit'inga. 34 Yusua lie use kalia, ki Maio tujh se sacli kaliW liuu, ki Tii isf rat ineu murg kf bing dene se pahle, tfn bar mer-i iiikar karega. 35 Paithras ne use kalia, Agar- chi inera mama tere satli zuriir ho, tau bhi iiiaiu ter^ iakar na karuugi. Aur sab ehagirdoQ ne waisihi kaiia. 36 Tab Yusiia un ke sath ek jagah men, jo Gatsamane kahlatf hai, Sy;!, aur shd- girdoD se kaha, ki Turn yahau baitho, jab tak ki maio wahdu jakar dua kaniu- 37 Aur Patthras aur Zabdi ke do bete apne sath lekar wuli gamgin aur dilgir lione laga. 38 Tab us ne unheu kahi, ki Meri jin maut tak iiihayat gaiiigfn hai : yaliao thaharo, aur mere sath jagte raho. 39 Aur wuh thora age barhke muuh ke bhal gira, aur dua karke kaha, ki Ai mere Bap, agar ho sakta, to yih piyala inujh se guzar jawe ; tis par bhi na jais:i maio, balki jaisa tii cliahta hai. 40 Aur wuh npne shagirdou ke pis aya, aur unheij sote plya, aur Patthras se kah.i, ki Yiiu hai, ki tum ek ghari mere sath na jag sake ? 41 Jago aur dua karo, na ho ki tuin im- tihan men paro ; Ruh to mustaidd hai, par jism sust. 42 Phir wuh diisi e dafa gaya, aur dua karke kaha, ki Ai mere Bap, agar yih piyala mujh se naliiu guzar sakta siwa us ke ki maiu use piiiu, to teri marzi howe. -IS Aur wuh aya, aur uiilieu phir sote paya, kyiinki unki ankheu nind se bhari thiu. 44 Aur unko chhorkar phir gaya, aur tisre dafa dua kf, aur we hi bateu kahfo. 45 Phir apne shagirdou ke p53 fiya, aur un se kaha, ki Ab sote raho, aur aram karo ! dekho, wuh ghari nazdik af, aur Insau ka Beta gunahguou ke hath men pakai waya jata hai. 16 Utho, ham rawana howeu: dekho, jo mujhko pakarwati hai, nazdik aya hai. 47 Aur hanoz wuh yih kaiita hi tha, dekho Yahudali, jo un barah raeo se ek tha, pahuncha, aur sardar kakinou aur logoij ke Euzurgou ki taraf se ek bara amboh talwar aur lathi liye hue us ke sath aya. 48 Aur us ke pakanviinewale ne un ko yih kahke pati diyi tha, ki jis ko maiu clmmd^, wuhi hai, use pakro. 49 Aur fauran wuh Yustia ke pas aya, aur kaha, ki Rabbf, salaui ! aur us ko chuma. 50 Yusda ne use kahi, ki Ai niiyan, kydij aya? Tab unhou ne akar us par hath dale, aur us ko pakar liya. 51 Aur dekho, un ineu se, jo Yusua ke sath the, ek ne apni liath barhake apni talwar khinchi, aur sardar kahin ke naukar par lagakar us ka kan ura diya. 52 Yusiia ne use kaha, ki Tu apnf talwar niiyan meu kar; kyunki sab, jo talwar khinchte haiu, talwar se iialak kiye jaenge. 53 Kya tii nahiu janti hai, ki maiu is dam apne Bap se maiig sakta hiiu, aur wuh firishton ue barah faujou se ziyada mere pas hazir karega ? 64 Par ki- tabeo kyunkar piiri hongi ? 55 Kyunki yiiu hona zuriir hai. Yusiia usi ghafj meu logou se kahne laga, ki Turn talwar aurlatliiiu leke mere pakarneko, jaise chor ke liye, nikle ho. Maiu to har roz tumhare sath iiaikal meg taaliai deti baitha, aur tum ne mujiie giriftar na kiya. 50 Par yih sab hua, ki uabiou ki kita- beo puri howeij. Tab shagird us ko clihorkar biiage. 57 Aur we, jinliou ne Yusiia ko giriftar kiya, use sardar kihin Kayafa ke pis, jahaij Sttir aur Buzurg jama tlie, le gae. 58 Aur Patthras diir se us ke pichhe sardar kahin ke diwin^hina tak dial. g;iy!j,aiir andar jike piyidou kc sith baitha, ki aiijam dekhc. 36 MA IT. [27 BAM. 59 Us waqt sardar kaliin aur IJu/.urg, aur tamam Majlis ne Yusiia par jhuthi gawalif tiilal) k-, ki use qatl kareo, 6!) Aur na pii; aur agarchi baliut jluillie gawah ae, par unliogne napaf. 6 I Aitliirko dojhullie gawihou ne akar kaliii, ki Is shaklis ne kaha, ki Mujliko m;i(idur Iiai, ki Kliuda ki haikal ko dhltiij, aur tin din nieo phir banSiiu, 62 Tab sardar kahin ne uthkar us se kain, Kya tii jaw^') na deta ? Ye tujh par kya gawalii date haiu? 63 Par Yusiia cliup ralia. IMiir sardar kahin ne us se kahi, ki Maiu tujlje zinda Kliudi ki qasamdeta In'in, ki kiagar tu Masih Khudi ka Beta Iiai, to liam se sach kah. 64 Yu.-ua ne use kaha, kiTu hi ne kahi. Lekin maiij tuni se kahta huu, ki Laad is ke tuin Insin ka Beta Ahjadir ke dahne baitha hiia aur asnian ke badalou par iti Imi deklioge. 6 J Tab sardar kahin ne apnekaprepliifke kaha, ki Yili kufr kah chuki; phir hainko aur gawah kyizurur? Dekho, turn ne abhi ap us ka kufr suua : turn kya saiujijhte ho? 66 Unhoo ne jawab diya, ki Wuh wajib ul qatl hai. 67 Tab unhou ne us ke muuh par thuka, aur baazoij ne us ko tamaiiche aur baa/on ne ghiise niarkar kaha, 68 Ki Ai Masfh, nubuwat kar, ki kis ne tujh ko mara ! 69 Aur Patthras bahar diwankhane meg baitha th^, aur ek saheli us pfis 4f, aur Loll, ki Tu bhi Yusua Jalili ke sath tha. 70 Par us ne un sab ke sainhne inkar kiya, aur kahn, ki Maiij nahiu janta hug, ki tu kya kahti hai. 71 Aur jab wuh bar-imada ineo bahar gaya, ek d'lsri ne use dekha, aur uu se, jo wahaij the, kaha, ki Yih bhi Yusua Naziri ke sath thi. 72 Par us ne qasaui khake phir inkar kiya, ki niaig us admi ko nahiu janta huu ! 73 Thori der ke baad unhoo ne, jo wahau khare the, Patthras ke pas ake kalia, ki Beshakk tii bhi un meu se ek hai ; kyunki teri boli tujhe zahir karti hai. 74 'i'ab wuh apne upar laanat karne aur qasam khane. lagi, ki Maiu us admi ko nahiu janta huu ! Aur fauran uiurg ne bang di. 75 Tab Pattliras ko wuh bat, jo Yusua ne us se kahf, ki niur^ ke bang dene ke age tu tin bar mera inkar karega, yad ai. Aur wuh baliar jakar zar zar roya. XXVII. BAB. I Jab subh hiii, sab sardar kihinoQ aur logou ke Buzuroo ne Yusiia ki babat meu maslahat ki, ki kistarah use qatl kareu; 2 Aur use bandhke le gae, aur Pauiii Pilat hakim ke haw.ila kiya. 3 Tab Yaliudah, jisne use pakarwaya tha, dekhkar ki us par qatl ka fatwd diya gaya tha, pasheuian hua • aur tis rupiye sardar kahinoo aur liuzurgou ke pas lake kaha, 4 Ki Maiu ne guuali kiya, kibegunah ko pakarwaya. We bole, Pliir haineij ky.i ? tu jan. 5 Aur wuh rupiyou ko haikal uieo pheukkar rawana hua, aur j.ikar ap ko phansi di. 6 Par sardar kahinou ne rupiye lekar kaha, ki Rawa nahiu, kiunko haikSl ke khazaue meo rakheu ; kyunki yih lahii ka dam hai. 7 Phir maslahat karke unhoij ne un sekuniharka khet beganou ke dafu ke liye niol liya; 8 Is waste wuh khet aj tak khun ka khet kahlata hai. 9 Tab wuh bat, jo Yaramiyah nabi ki maarifat se kahi gai thi, purl hui, ki Maiu ne tis rupiye liye, dam uska, ji.s ki (jiniat bani Israel ne thaharai, 10 Aur unhoo ne unko kumhar ke kliet ke waste diy.i, jaisi ki Khudawand ne mujhe farmaya. I I Aur Yusua hakim ke samluie khara tha, aur hakim ne us sepiichhd, kiKya tu Y ahudioij ka Bidshah hai ? Yusna ne jawab diya, ki Tii ne ap hi kah^. 12 Aur 27 n^M.] MATI'. 87 jal) sardir kaliiiiou aur Buznrgou ne us par n;ilish kf, »is nc kuclih jawab na diyfi. 13 Tab Piliit ne us se kalid, ki Kya tu iialiiu suiitd hai, ki we kaisi gawahi tujh par dete liaio ? 14 Par us ne jawab nieo ck bat bin na kahf, aisa ki hlkiui ne Laliut taajjub ki^a. 15 Aur hakim ki yili dastdr tlia, ki bar I'd meo, logoo ke waste, ek qaidf, jise we chalite the, cbhor deta tlia. 16 Aur us waqt un ki ek niashbiir bandbda tba, jo Bar Alia kablata tba. 17 Pas jab we ikatthe the, Pilat ne un se pucbha, ki Tuni kisko cliahte ho, ki uiaio tuiiihare live clilioriiu, kya Bar Aba ko, ya Yusua ko, jo Masib kahlata hai ? 18 Kyanki wub janta tba, ki unbou ne hasad se use pakarwaya tba. 19 Aur jab wuh niasnad par baiiha, us kijord ne kabla bbeja, ki Tujbko is sidiq se kucbh kam na bo ; kyiinki main ne aj kbwab nieu uske waste bahut tasdia pii hai. 20 Par sardar kihinoij aur Buzurgoo ne logog ko ubbara, ki Bar Aba ko mdngeu, par Yusiia ko halak kareu. 21 Ilakim ne pbir un se kalia, ki Un donou meuse tum kis ko cbilite bo, ki inaio tumbSreliye cbbordu? We bole, ki Bar Aba ko. 22 Pilat ne un se kabd, ki Pbir Yusiia ko, jo Masfh kahlata hai, kya karun ? We sab bole, ki Us ko salib de. 23 Hakim ne kaha, ki Us ne kya badi ki hai ? Par we aur ziy:ida cbillae, ki Use salil) de ? 24 Pilat ne dekhkar ki kucbh ban nahfo parta, baiki fasad baihlri hai, pani liya, aur apne hath logou ke sambne dbokar kalia, ki Maiu is sadiq ke khun se pak biiu; tum jano. 23 Sab logon ne jawab ineu kaha, ki Us ka If bun ham par aur hamarf aulad par how^e. 26 Tab us ne bar Aba ko un ke waste cbhor diya ; par Yusua ko kore niirke hawila kiya ki masliib howe. 27 Tab hakim ke sipihioa ne Yusua ko diwan i imm meo le jake taniam risale ko jama kiya; 28 Aur us ke kapre utarke qirmizf libas us ko pahinay.l, 29 Aur kintoij ka taj sajke us ke sir par rakba, aur ek sentba uske dahne hath meu diya, aur us ke sambne gbutne tekkar thattba mara, aur kab i, ki Ai Yabiidiou ke bad- shah, salam ! 30 I'bir unboD ne us par thuka, aur us sentbe ko lekar us ke sir par mara. 3i Aur jab us se thattbi mar cliuke, to us libas ko utar.i, aur usf ka kapri pahinaya, aur use salib par kbincbne ko le cbale. 32 Aur jab we bahar ae, to unhog ne Saiuann nim ek Qiirani admi ko paya, aur us ko begar pakra ki us ki salib ko le chale ; 33 Aur ek jagab men, jo Gulgata, yaane khopri ki jagah kablati hai, pabuncbkar, 31 Us ko sirka pitpapra se mila hiia pilaya, aur jab us ne cbakha, to pine ka irada na kiya. 35 Aur unbou ne usko salib par khincbkar us ke kapre par qura dalke bant liye, ti ki jo nabi ne kaha tba, pura bowe, ki Unbou ne mtre kapre apus iiieu bante, aur mere libas ke liye qura dala. 36 Aur we waliau baitbke us ki nigahb.ini karne lage. 37 Aur us ka taqsirnama likhkar us ke sir ke iipar rakha, ki YIH YAllU'Vl'ON KA BAD- SUAU YUSU'A HAI. 38 Tab us ke siith do dakd salib par kbincbe gae, ek dahne aur dusre bayeij. 39 Aur we jo guzarte the, apne sir dliunke us ki takfir karke kahte the, 40 Ki \Vah tu, jo haikal ko dhd deti,' aur tin din pbir banata, ap ko bacba. Agar tii Khuda ka Heta hai, to salib par se utar. 41 Isi tarab sardar kabinoQ aur safirou ne Buzurgon ke satb us se tbattba kar,»c kaha, 42 Ki Us ne aurou ko bacbaya, ip ko bacha nahlij sakta ; agar wub Israel ka bidsbah hai, to ab salib par se utar awe, to ham us par iman lawenge. 43 Usnc Khudd par bliarosi rakha hai; 88 MAT!'. [?8 IIAB. agar wuh 119 kA piyiri ho, ta wuh ab usko clihuriwe ; kyi'mki us no kalia, ki inaiu Khudi ki liela hau. 44 We eo rahi, aur log chirou taraf se us ke pis ae. n. n\n. I Chand ro7, ke baa I wuh Kafrnahiim meii pliir ^y.1, aur yili niashhur hi5.i, ki wuh glinr nieubai; 2 Aur flniran itue babiit log jama liue ki darwaze kf dabli'z tak un kf sainai na biiJ; aur us ne iiiiko kaldm sunij.i. 3 Aur log ek ardhangi ko chrir Jidmioo se uihvvake us pis lae. 4 Aur jab we bbtr ke sabab us pis na a sake, to jabiu wub tha, wahio unhou ne cbhat ko dur kiya, aur kholkar us charpU ko, jis par wiih ardhangi leta tba, latka'ya. 5 Yusua ne un ki tman dekhkar us ardliangf ko kaliri, ki Ai bete, tere gunali iiiuif kiye gae. 6 Wabao baa/e sifir baitlikar apne dil nieu socbte the, 7 Ki Vih kytiij aisa. kufr bakta hai ? kaun gundli niulf kar pakta bai, niagar ak<:li Kbuda? S Aur filfaur Yusua ne apiii rub se rnaaliMa karke, ki weapne dil mcoytiu soclite baiu, un se kaba, ki Turn kyuu apne dil meu aisi socb karte ho? 9 Kya ziyidaSsan bai, ardli.lngi ko kahna, ki 'IVre gunah iKuaf kiye gae bain, yii yih, ki Uib, aur apni charpai leke cbala j-i ? 10 Lekin t iki turn jano, ki Insau ke liete ko zamin par gunah niuaf karne ki wuli, anr us kc sithf muht ij aur bli6klie the, kj'i kij^d ? *26 Wuh kyunkar Abiwatr sardar k^hin ke waqt Khudl ke ghar meij gay^, aur nazar kf roUSo khifo, aur apne sithfoo ko bhf dfo, jinhea khina kisi ko rawa na tha, magar faqat kahinou ko? 27 A'lr ua ne unheu kahS, ki Sabt adml ke waste bani, na fidmf sabt ke waste. 28 Pas Insan ki Beta sabt ka bhf khudawand hai. III. BAB. 1 Wuh phir mahfil meu gaya, wahao ek shakhs tha, jis ki ek hdth sun ho gayfi tha; 2 Aur we us ki gh£t meo lage, ki agar wuh us ko sabt ko din ch;ingi kare, to us par nallsh kareo. 3 Aur us ne us adiii! ko, jiski hith sun tha, kaha, ki Bfch meo khnri ho. 4 Aur us ne unheu kaha, Kya sabt ke din neki karna raw4 hai ya badi ? jan bnch ina ya jrin niarna ? We lajawab hue. 5 Wuh un ki sakht- dili se bahut bezdr hoke aur un par ghurki se nazar karke us ddml ko kaha, ki Apna hath barha ; aur barbate hi us ka hath, jaisa dasra thi, phir durust hua. 6 Aur Farison ne fauran nikalkar Herodiou se us ki zidd tneg maslahat kt, ki kis tarah us ko qatl kareo. 7 Yusna apne shngirdou ke sSth daryS ke kanlire alag gny5, aur Jalilaur Yahuddh 8 Aur Yarusalam, atir Aduni, aur Yardan ke par se bahut log us ke pichhe chale, aur Sur aur Saida ki sarhaddoo ke bSshinde us ke kamog ki khabar pake us ke pis ae. 9 Tab us ne apne sh^girdoij se kaha, ki logon ke sabab chhotl •kishti us ke liye taiyir karep, na ho ki use dabS daleu. 10 Kyi'mki us ne bahutoa ko changa kiya th-i, isvvaste we jo dukh meo the, sab us par gire parte tlie, ki we us ko chhiiweo. H Aur nap-ik niheij, jab use dekhtiu, us ke Sge girfi.i, aur chill ike bolio, ki Tu Khuda ka Beta Iiai. 12 Aur us ne unko dhamkaya, ki use mashhur na kareo. 13 Aur wuh ek pahir par charh gaya, aur jinheu chiha, biilaya, aur we uske pis ae. 14 Aur us ne barah ko muqarrar kiya, ki us ke sath raheu, aur ki unheu manadi karne ko bheje, 15 Aur ki we bimarioo ko diir karne aur dewou ko nikalne ka ikhtiyar rakbeu: 16 Pahle Samaun ko, jis ka nam Patthras rakha; 17 Aur Zabdi ke liete Yaaqub ko, aur Yaaqiib ke bhii Yiihanna ko, jinki. BanI Ragsh nam rakha yaane Garaj ke Bete. 18 Aur Andriyas, aur Filip, aur Bar Talmi, aur M:itT, aur Tatiam, aur Khalfi ke bete Yaaq'ib, aur Saddf, aur Samaun Qanf, 19 Aur Yahi'idih Insqaryat ko, jo uskl pakapwane- wala bhf thahra. 20 Aur we ghar men ie, aur itne log phir jama hue, ki we rotf bhi na kha sake. 21 Jab uske rishtadirou ne yih suna, to use pakarne ko nikle ; kyuuld unhou ne kaha, ki Wuh bekhud ho gaya hai. 22 Aur Safiroo ne, jo Yanisalain se ae the, kaha, ki Baalzabul us ke s;ith liai, aur wuh dewoy ke sardar ki madad se dewon ko nik iltl hai. 23 Wuh unko apne pis bulake tamsilou uieti un se kahne lag-i, ki Shaitin Shaitan ko kis tarah nikal sakta ? 24 Agar kisi bddshdhat meu judai pare, to wuh br'ulshahat thahar na sakti ; '25 Aur agar koi gharana apni nmkhalif hoke do fariq ho jae, to wuh gharina thahar na sakta. 26 Agar Shaitan apna hi dushman hol^e ap se juda ho jae, to wuh qaim na rah sakta, balki us ka fikhir hai. 27 Koi yahardast ke gliar meo paithkar us ka asbab hit na sakta. agar wuh palile us zabardast ko na baudh le, aur tab wuh us ke ghar ko hiiega. 28 Main turn se sach kahta hav, ki Sare gunah baui Adam ko bakhshe jaenge, 4 B.yn.] MARK. 4S mir kufr bhi jo we bakte haio. 29 Par jo koJ Riih i Quds ke haqq meo kiifr bake, U8ki magfiiat abad tak na bogi ; balki wuli azab i abadi ka sazawar hai. 30 Ki we kabte the, ki us ke sitli ek iiipik riih liai. fi\ Tab us ki ma, nur us Ue bhii ae, aur bahar khare hoke us ko bulwi bheja. 32 Aur jab log us ki chiroa taraf baithe the, unhou ne us se kaha, ki Dekh, tert m5, aur terc bhai l)ahar khare hoke tujhe biilate liain. Si Us ne jawab men un se kahi, ki Kaun hai nieri ma, ya mere bhaJ ? 34 Aur apne ds pis ke baith- newAlou par nazar karke kaha, ki Dekh, meri m^ aur mere bhal! ;15 Kyunki jo kof Khudi ki raarzi par ^mal karti hai, wuhi mera bhif, aur ineri bahin aur mi hai. IV. B/YR. 1 Wuh phir daryi ke kanare par faalim dene laga, aur Itne log us ke pas jam% hue, ki wuh daiya nieij kishti par charh baitha, aur sab log dary.i ke kanire khush- ki par ral)e. 2 Tab us ne tanisHoo men unko bahut sikhlay^, aur apni taalim meo un se kaha : 3 Suuo, dekiio, ek bonewdla bone ko nikla. 4 Aur uske bote waqt yuu hua ki kuchh rail ke kariire gira, aur hawa ke parinde ake use chug gae. 5 Aur kiichh sangr zamfn par gira, jahau usko bahut niitti na mill, aur is waste ki mittJ gabri na thi, jald uga ; G Par jab suraj nikli, wuh jal gaya, aur jar na rakhne ke sabab se siikh ga^'a. 7 Aur kuchh kintou nieu gird, aur kintoo ne barhke us ko daba dali, aur us meo dana na laga. 8 Aur kuclil) achchhi zaniin meg gira, aur ugta barhta phal laya, ek tis guna, ek sith guna, aur ek .sau guna. 9 Aur us ne unheo kaha, ki Jis ko sunne ke kan liou, sune. 10 Jab use faragat hiii, us ke sithioo ne un barah ke sdth us tamsil ka istifsSr kiya. 11 Us ne un se kaha, kiKhuda ki badshahat ka raz jann5 tumhen bakhshi gay-i hai; par unko, jo bahar haiu, sab kuchh tamsilou mec hota hai, 12 Ki we dekhte hiie deklite haio, par daryaft na karte haiu, aur sunte hue suntc haio, par na samajhte haii', ki we phireo, aur un ke gunah muif howeu. 13 Phir us ne unheo kaha, ki Kya turn yih tauisil nahiu samjhe ho, to aur tamsilou ko kyunkar Bauijlioge ? 14 Bonewala kalam ko boti hai. 15 Jo rlh ke kandre haio, jahau kalamboya jati hai, we Iiaio, ki jab sunte, to Sliaitan fauran ata, aur knlam ko, jo dil meo boyi gaya tha, chhiii leta hai. 16 Isi tarah jo sangi zairiin nieu boe gae, we haiu, ki jab • kaldm ko sunte, to jaldi use khushi se qabul karte ; 17 Par we 5p meu jar nahfo raklite hai i , balki chand rozahaiij; aur jonhi kalini ke wiste taklifaur zuluj hota hai, wonhi tliokar kh'ite hail). 18 Jo kantoo meu boe gae, we haio, jo kalam sunte haiu ; 19 Par dwnyi ki fikr, aur daulat ki fareb, aur aur chfzou ki lilac.h d.-ikhil hoke kalim ko dabitS haio, aur wuh beplial hoti hai. JO .Aur jo achchhi zam'ri meu boe gae, we haiu, jo kalam ko sunte, aur qabul karte, aur phal late haiu, ek tis giin^, ek sath guna, ek sau gunl. ' 21 Phir us ne un se kahri, Kya chirag is liyc Sta hai ki paim^ne aur palang ke niclie rakha j we? kyi is liy« nahfu ki chiragdan par rakhi jawe ? 22 Kyiinki kuchh poshida nahiu, jo zahir na ho, a\ir kuclih chhipd nahfo, magar is liye ki khul jjwe 23 Jis ko sunne ke kan hou, suuc 24 Phir us ue un se kuhi, Socho, 41 MARK. [5 BAH. ki ky^ sunte ho. Jis nitp se turn nSpte hr», tumhare liye nipi ji^egS ; aur tumheo, jo sunte ho, liyada diyi ji'egl. 2.5 Kyanki jis ke p5s knclih hai, us ko diyi jSegi; aur jis ke pis kuchh nahio hai, wuii blif jo us ke pas ho, liya jaiga. 26 Phir us ne kahi, ki Khuda kf hadshihat us b'j kf mSnind hai, jise ek Sdml npne khet meu bota hai; 27 Aur wuh rat ko sot', aur din ko jagta hai, aur jab us ko maalntn nahfo, bij jamta, aur barhta hai. 2'^ Kyunki ramfn £p se ap phal litl hai, pahle sabzi, tab bil, baad us ke pakka dana. 29 Aur jab dana taiySr hui, to wuh filfaur hansua lagit^ hai, kyunki dirau ka waqt pahiinchi hai. 80 Phir us ne kaha, ki Mam Khuda k! bidshahat kis ki niSnind kaheu, aur U9 ke liye kauiis? tamsil laweu? 31 Wuh rai ke dinekfmanind hai, ki jab zanitn men boya pti, zamin ke sab l)fjoij se clihota hai. 32 Par jab boya gayS, to Jigta hiii, aur sab tarkarfou se bnra hoti liai, aur ifni bari d'liao nikalta hai, ki asmin ke parinde us ke sSya ke niclie basera kar sakte haiij. 33 Aur wuh unhcu aisi bahut si tainsiloij meo suklian kabta iha, ki we sun sakte. 34 Par baa:air tamsil ke us ne uu se kalJm na kiya, par khalwat meo apne shigirdon se sab ka bay.in kiya. 35 Usi din, jab sham hui, usne unheu kahn, ki An, ham us pir jieo- 36 Tab we logon ko rukhsat karke us ko jis tarah se ki kishti par tha, le gae; aur chhoU aur kishtiriu us ke sath thin. 37 Aur bari andbi cliali, aur aisi lahareu kisliti par la- gig, ki wuh bhar jati tlii. 38 Aur wuh p:it\var ki taraf sir tale takiya rakhke sota tha. Unliou ne use jagake kaha, ki Ai ustad, kya tii kiichli khabar nahio let^, ki ham halak bote haiij ? 39 Us ne uthkar hawa ko dhamkaya, aur darya se kaha, ki Tham j£, chuprah! Tab hawa tham gaf, aur bapa chain lui.-i. 40 Aur us ne unhen kaha, ki Turn kis waste aise darnewale ho, turn kyiig be iatiqid bote lio ? 41 Aur log Lahut dar gae, aur apus meo kahne lage, ki Yih kaun hai, ki hawa aur darya bhi us ke farmiubardar haiu ? V. L^AI}. 1 Aur v.'e darya ke p5r Gadarfoo ke zila meg ^e. 2 Aurjoo wuli kishti se Ajtra, wonhi ek aduii, jis meo nipik rnh tlii, qabrou se nikalkar us ko mill. 3 Wuh qal)ioo meii rahta tha; aur koi us ko zanjiroo se bandh na sakta tba. 4 Kyiinki wuh bar bar ber'oo aur zanjirou se bSndlia gaya tha, aur us ne zanjireo tor dalig, aur berioo ke tukre tukre kiye, aur koi use liargiz ram kar ua sakS. 6 Wuh hainesha rat din paharou aur qabrou meu chiilata, aur apne ko pattha-* roij se kutta tha. 6 Wuh Yusna ko diir se dekhkar daura, aur sijda kiya, 7' Aur bari awaz se chillake kalia, ki Ai Khuda Taala ke Bete Yusiia, uiujh se tiijhe kyakain? Main tujlie Khudi ki qasani deta huo, ki raujbe na dukha. 8 Kyunki us ne us se kalia tha, ki Ai niplk rub, is admi meu se nikal. 9 Aur us ne us se puchha, ki Tera kya nam hai? Usne jawab diy.i, ki Mera nam lashkar hai, kyunki ham bahut bain. 10 Aur ua ne us ki bahut minnat ki, ki Hamko is zil^ se mat niial. 11 Aur wahiij us pahar ke pas ek bara galla si'iarou ka charti thi. 12 Dewtiu ne us se arz karke kaha, ki Hamko un suaroo men l)liej, ki ham un meo jaweu. i3 Vusiia ne fauran uuko jine diya. Tab we napak niiieu nikalkar suaroj meo gaiu, aur wuii gallu karare par se darya meo kudi ; aur we qarib da haz^r ke the, ki darji njcu dubke mar gae 14 Aur charwalie bhSge, aut 5 BAB.] MARIC. 45 slmhr aur dihKt men khabar pahuncliif; aiir log »s m-ijara dekhne ko nikle. 15 Aur we Yusiia ke pas ae, aur us diw.ine ko, jis nieu lashkar tlia, baithe aur kapre pabiiie hrie Iioshiyar dekhke bahut dar gai?. 16 Aur dekbnewiilou ne dewou ka ahwal aur siiarou ki nrijara un so bay.ln kiji. 17 Tab we us se arz karne lage, ki Wuh un ki sarbaddou se nikal jawc. 18 Jab wulj kisiiti par cbarb gaya, to us ne, jo diwana tba, us kf minnat ki, ki us ke sith rahe. 19 Par Yusua ne use 5ne na diya, baiki us se kah4, ki Apne qarabatiou ke pas ghar meo j^', aur unko kbabar de, ki Khudawand ne rnhm karke mere liye bajri kani kiya hai. 20 Tab wuh cbala gay4, aur jo Yusua ne us se kiy:i tba, us kl manidi Dassbahr men karne lag.i ; aur sab mutaaijib hue. 21 Jab Yusua kishti par phir par 63a, bahut log us ke pas jama hue, aur wub darya ke nazdik tha. 22 Aur dekho, mahfil ke sardirou men seekshaklis Yairiiam fiya, aur use dekhkar us ke qadam par gira', 2 J Aur us ki bari minnat karke kah^, ki Meri chhoti beti m;irne par liai ; is waste tii £kar us par hath rakh, ki wuh baclie, aur jiwe. 24 Wuh us ke sith g:iya, aur bahut log, jo us par gire parte the, U3 ke piciihe chale. 25 Aur ek ?urat, jis ka barah baras se lahu jiri tha, 2G Jis ne Lahutse tabiboo kl dawaeii khaiu thin, aur apna sab miya kh:irch karke kuchh liiidu na piya, balki beshtar badtar luii thi, 27 Yusua ki kbabar suukar us hujuai men us ke pichhe se af, aur us ke kapre ko clihiia. 28 Kyiinki us ne kaha, ki Agar uiaii} sirf us ke kapre ko clihuiju, to cliangi ho jaungf. 29 Aur filfaur ua ke lahi'i ka sota siikh gaya, aur usne apne badan meo maaUlm kiya, ki main us 6fya hai, aur wuh us ke 5g3 gir pari, aur sab sach sach us se kalid- 34 Tab us ne use kaha, ki Ai betf, tere iniau ne tnjii ko bachaya hai, saHniat ji, aur apni afat se bachi rah. 35 Jab wuh hanoz yih kahti hi thi, malifil ke sardar ke logoo ne akar kaha, ki Tcrf beti mar gui; phir ustad ko kyun tasdia deta hai? 3G Par Yustia ne us bit ko, jo we kah rahe the, sunte hi mahfil ke sardir ko kaha, ki Mat dar, faqat iatiqid rakh. 37 Aur us ne Patthras aur Yaaqab aur Yaaqub ke bhai Yuhanna ke siwi kihatirjama rakho ; mai.j liiiu; mat daro. 51 Anr us ke kishti par ate hi hawa tham gai; aur we ap meu nihayat liairan aur mutaajjib hiic. 52 Kyunki we rotiou ke nuiajiza ko na samjhe the, ki un ki dil sakht tha. 53 Aur we pir jake Kiunirat ke mulk meu de, aur ghat par gae. 54 Jab we kishtf par se utre, filfaur log use pahchanke usmulkki charou tar. tum ne tukpoo se kitni tokriao bharkar uthaiu? We bole, Sat. 21 Tab us ne unheo kaha, Phir turn kyou nahio samajhte? 22 Aur wuh Bait Saida meo fiya, aur we ek andhe ko us ke pds lie, aur uskl minnatki, ki wuh use chhuwe. "23 Wuh us andhe kahlth pakafke basti se bahar le g)ty^, aur us ki ankhou meo tbuki, aur apne hath ua par rakhkar us Be puchhf, ki G 2 to MARK. [9 BAB. Td ktichh dekhU hai? 24 Us ne upar dekh^, aur kah^, ki Maio darakhtoo kf mSnind admfou ko chalte dekhta hno. 25 Tab us ne phir us kf dnkhou par hath rakhe, aur us ko npar dikhiya : aur wuh aisi changi ho gaya, ki sab ko saf dekhne laga. 26 Aur us ne use yih kahke ghar bheja, ki Basti meo mat p, aur basti meu kisi se mat kah. 27 Yusua aur us ke shigird Qaisariya Filipf kt bastioo meo gae, aur rah meu us ne apne shigirdoo se pucbha, ki Maiu kaun bao, mujhe log kya kahte haio? 28 Uiihou ne jawab diya, ki liaaze kahte haii',kiYu- hanni baptism/inewala, aur baaze Iliy^h, aur baaze nabJoo meu se ek. 21) Us ne unheo kaha, Par turn kya kahte ho, maio kaun hiin ? Pattliras boli, Tii Masih hai. 30 Us ne unheu farmdya, ki Mere liaqq men kisi se mat kabo. 31 Tab wuh unhea ^babar dene lag-i, ki Zurur bai, ki Insaii ka Beta babut dukh uthawe, aur Buzurgou, aur sardir kaliinou, aur safiroo se radd kiyi jawe, aur mira jSwe, aur tfn roz ke baad jf uthc- 32 Aur us ne yi!i kal.im saf kaha. Tab Patthras use pakaf ke us par jbunjliline laga. 33 Par wuh pbiri, liur apne sbagirdou par nazar kaike Pattliras par jhunjbliya, aur kaha, kiAi sbaitin, mere age se dur bo! kynnki tii Kbudi ki b'itou ko nahfu, balki admiou ki batou ko manta bai. 34 Aur usne apne sbagirdou ke satli logou ko bulaya, aur un se kaha, ki Jo koi mere piclilie ayi chibe, wuh apna inkar kare, aur apnf salib uthawe, aur mert pairawi kare. 35 Kyiinki jo koi apni jan bacbaya cbabe, us ko kbowega ; aur jo koi mere aur khush- ^habari ke waste apnijan kliowe, use bachawega. 36 Kyunki agar admt tamSm jahan tasarruf meulawe, aur apni jan ki halakat utbSwe, to us ko kya faida hogi ? 37 Phir adrai apni jan ke badle meu kya dega? 58 Kyunki jo koi is zamdne ke zinikar aur gunligar logon mej nmjh se aur meri batou se sbarmawe, Insan k^ Beta bbi, jab wuh apae bip ke jalil meu muqaddas firishtoo ke sath awegi, us se slrarmawega. IX. BAB. 1 Aur U9 ne unheo kahS, ki Maiu turn se sach kahtS huo, ki un meo se, jo yahau bazir haio, baaze baiij, jo maut ka maza ua cbakbenge jab tak ki Khudi ki badsb^hat ko qudrat se Ste na dekh leo. 2 Aur chba din ke baad Yusua ne Patthras aur Yaaqub aur Yuhanna ko sath liyi, aur unlieu ek dnche pahar par alag le gaya? 3 Aur unkc age us kt surat mubaddal hui, aur us ka libas chamakne lagi, aur nibayat safed barf kf uianiud ho gayi, aisa ki koi dhobi zainin p ir itna safed nahiu kar sakta. 4 Aur Iliyah Musi ke sath unheu dikhlai diya, aur we Yusua se bateu karte the. 5 Tab Patthras bola, aur kaha, ki Ai rabbi, bamara yaliau rabna aclichha hai: so liam tin makan banawcLi, ek tere liye, aur ek ^Iiisi ke liye, aur ek lliyab ke liye. 6 Kyunki wuh naliiu janta tha, ki kyi kahti hai, is liye ki we baliut dar gae the. 7 Aur ek bidal ne un par saya kiya, aur ek awaz us badal se yih kahti hui ai, ki Yih mera piytri Beta hai, us ki suno! 8 Piiir uahoo ne ekaek nazar karke Yusua ke siwa aur kisi ko apne sath na dekha. 9 Jab we pahlr par se utarte the, us ne unheu hukm kiya, ki Jo turn ne dekhS hai, jab tak Insan ka Beta murdoo meu se na jf uthe, kisise mat kahnS. 10 We us kaUm ko yid rakhkar apus meo tazkira karte the, ki murdou meo se ji uthne kf 9 BAB.] MARK. 01 maanf kya hai? 11 Tab unhoo ne iis se sawSl kiya, ki S.lfir kyao kahte haio, ki pahle Iliyah ka 5na zurur hai ? 12 Us ne jawab ineu unheu kaha, ki Iliyah albatta pahle atn, aur sab kiiclih balial karta liai. Aur Insati ke I3ete ke haciq meo kyiin'car likha hat, ki wuh bahut dukli utliaweg.1, aur haqfr jana jaegS ? 13 Lekin maiu tuin se kahta hno, ki Iliyih 4 chiika, aur unho.u ne jo kuchli chahi, us ke 83th kiyi, jaisa us ke hai|q tneu likha hai. 14 Jab wuh jipne shigirdoo ke pis &yi, us ne un ke chaugird baliut logoo ko aur safiroo ko uu ke s;ith hujjat karte deklia. 15 Aur fauian sal) log use deklikar hairan liiio, aur us ke pas daure ae, aur use sal.im kiya. IG Tab us ne Sifirou se puchh.i, ki Turn un se kya balis karte ho? 17 Logon nieu se ek ne jawab meo kidn, ki Ai ustad, maiu apiie bete ko, jis men guiigi n'lli liai, ttre pas laya hiiu. 18 Aur jiiluu kahiij wuh us ko pakarta hai, use patakta hai, aur wuh kaf biiar lita aur dint p'sta, aur kainzor ho jata hai. Aur maiu ne tere shngirdou se kaha, ki as ko nikaleu, par we na kar sake. 19 Tab wuli un se kahne lagri, ki Ai beinian log, maiu kab tak tumhire sitli rahiiu, maiu kab tak tumlnri bardisht kanio : use mere pis lao. 20 Aur we use us ke pis lae, aur jou us ne us ko dckha, wonhi ruli ne us ko ainthaya, aur wuh zamin par gira, aur kaf lake lot gaya, 21 Us ne us ke bap se piiclilia, Kitni muddat se yili us par hai? Wuh bol.i, ki LarkSf se. 22 Aur us ne us ko bar bar ag meu aur pini meu dali, ki use halik kaie ; lekin agar tu kuchli kar sake, to ham par rahni karke hamiri madad kar. 23 Yusua ne us se kahi. Agar tii iinan la sake : jo iman lati hai, us ke waste sab kuchh ho sakta hai. 24 Wonhi us larke ka bap chilldke dnsuou ke sath hola, ki Ai Klmdawand, maJQ inian lata huo : meri beimdni ka chara kar ! 25 Jab Yusi'ia ne dekh.i, ki lo» daure ate haiij, us ne us napak ruh ko dliamkake kaha, ki Ai gungj bahri rub, maiu tujh ko hukin deta huu, ki us se nikal, aur us meo phir kabhi mat ja. 26 Tab wuh cliillakar aur use niiiayat ainihakar us se uikli ; aur wuh murda sa ho gaya, yahau tak ki bahutoij ne kaha, ki wuh mar gaya. 27 Yusua ne us ki hith pakarke use uthaya, aur wuh kiiar.i hna. 28 Jab wuh ghar meu aya, us ke sha- girdou ne khalwat meo us se puchlia, ki Ham kyi'nj us ko nikal na sake? 29 Us ne un se kaha, ki Yih jins kisi tarah se diir nahiu ho sakti, magar sirf dua aur roza se. 30 We wahau se rawana hiie, aur Jalil se guzre, aur us ne chaha, ki kof na janR. 31 Kyunki us ne apne shagirdou ko Latlaya, aur un se kaha, ki lusin ka Beta fid- niioij ke hath men sonipa jati hai, aur we us ko qatl karenge, aur wuh marke tisre din phir ji uihegi. 32 J^ekin we yiri bat na sanijhe, aur us ko puclihne se dare. 33 Aur wuh Kafrnahiim meu aya, aur ghar mey pahunchkar un se puchhne lagd, ki Turn rah meu apus meu kya tazkira karte the? 34 Par we chup rahe; kyiiuki \re rah par apus meu hujjat karte the, ki kaun sub se bari hai. 35 Aur us ne baithkur un barah ko buldya, aur unheu kaha, ki Agar koi chaiie, ki sab se bari ho, wall sab se chhota, aur sab ka khadim hoga. 36 Aur us ne ek clihote larke ko leke un ka bich meu kbafa kiya, aur use godi meo leke un se kah^, 37 Ki Jo ko! aise lafkoa meu se ek ko mere nam par qabiil kare, so mujhko qabul karta hai; aur jo kol mujhko qabul kare, so mujhko nahig, balki mere bhejnewale ko qabi'il karta hai. 38 Tab Yuhanna use kahne lagi, ki Ai ustad, ham ne ek ko tere nim par dewoo ko nikalte dekhi, jo hamira pairau nahiu* aur bam ae us ko man^ kiyi, kyuuki wuh 62 MARK. [10 CAB. bam/SrI palrawl nahfo karti hai. 39 Yusua ne kaliS, ki Us ko mana mat karo; ky- Diiki koi naliJo, jo mere nam par qudrat diklilawe, aur jaldf mujh ko burA kah sake. 40 Kyunki jo tiinihara mukhalif nahiu, tuinlinrf taraf hai ; 41 Kyiinki jo koHumko ek piyala pani mere nam par piliwe, ki turn Masih ke lio; raaio turn se sach kaliti hup, ki wiih apiii phal na khowega ; 42 Par jokoJ un chhotou meo se, jo iiiiijh par iman lateliain, ek ko tliokar khilriwe, »is ke liye yih Lliitar tha, ki chakki ka pit us ke giile meo blndhri jawe, aur wuli sainundar men dubiy^jawe. 43 Agar teri liath tujliko tliokar kliilawe, to use kit dal; kynnki tunda zindagi meg dakhil honi tere liye us se Ijilitar liai, ki do Iiatli raklite hue tu jaliaimam kiusagmeo dili jawc, jo kalihi na bujhegt, 4 4 Jahio unka kiia nahio marti, aur gg naiiiij biijhtf. 45 Aur agar tera pinw tiijhko tliokar kliilawe, to use kat dal; kyunki langr^ zindagf meo dakliii bona tere liye us se bilitar hai ki do p'tnw rakbtc hue ti'i jaliannam ki us -ig men da\!i jawe, jo kabhf na bujlu g', 46 Jahao un ka k ri nahio marta, aurag nalifu bu)l>ti. 47 Aur agar teri ankh tujhko thokar khihiwe, to use iiikal ; kyunki kanu Kluida ki badshnhat meij dakhil bona tere liye us se bihtar hai, ki do ankh rakhte hiie \n us ag ke jaliannam men dali jawe, 48 Jahau un k!i kira nahio marta, aur fitr naliiu bujliti. 49 Kyunki sab koi ag se nanikin kiyi jiega, aur bar qurbani naniak se namkin ki jaegi. 50 Namak achchha hai ; par agar namak ka maza bigaf jiwe, to us ko kis chiz se mazadir karoge ? Turn ^p meo namak aur apus me u niilap rukho. X. I5AB. 1 Wuh wahSo se utbkar Yardan ke par Yahiidah ke mulk meo Si'ii ke iiakese ui.t k4 guzania daulatmap.d ke l>hiidi ki badshaliat meu dakhil hone se ziyida fisan hai. 26 Tab we niliayat hairan hokar cipiis meu kaline lagp, Phir kaun najat pi saita hai ? 27 Yusua ne uii pur nazar kar ke naiu se ati hai, salaui ! Abun i bala lueu salamat ! II Aur Yusiia YariisaUun meu aya, aur liaikal uieij dikliil hua,aur cha'roo taraf sab chizoo parnazar karke sham ke waqt un birah kc sith Ikiitani3'a meu gaya. 12 Aur diisre din, jab we Baitaniya se bahar ae, use bliiikh lag?. 13 Aur ek anjfr ka darakht pattou se bhara bna dur se dekiikar, wuh us meij plial dhundline ko gaya ; par uske pas ake pattoo ke siwa kuchli na piy.a, kyunki anjir ka mausim na tha. 14 Tab Yusua use kahne laga, ki Abad tak koi tujh se phir phal na khawe ! aur us ke shagirdoo ne suna. 15 Aur we Yarnsalam meu ae ; aur Yusna haikal meo jake unko jo haikal meo bechte aur mol lete the, nikalne biga, 16 Aur sarrafon ke takhte aur kabutar bechnewaloij ki chaukiao us ne ulat diij, 17 Aur kisi ko haikal men se bartan lejane na diya ; aur taaliui deke un se kaha, Kya yih nahio liklia liai, ki Mera gbnr sab qaumou kf ibadatgah kahlawega, lekin turn ne use dikuoo ka gir banayS. 18 Aur sifir aur sardar k;ihiu sunkar fikr meu the, ki use kisi tarah se halak kareu, kyunki we us se darte the, is liye ki sab log us kl taalfm se dang ho gae the. 19 Aur shim ko wuh shahr se bShar gayi ; 20 Aur subh ko jab we phir jdte tho n BAR] M/iUK. S5 to iinhoo nc us anjir ke darakht ko jar se suklii dekha. 21 Tab Patthras ne yad karke use kalia, ki Ai Rabbf, dokh, yih anjfr kd darakht, jis par tu ne laanat kf, siikli gayvi hai. 22 Yusua ne jawib meu unheij kahS, ki Khuda par iatiqad rakho ! 23 Kyunki niaio turn se snch kahta hao, ki Jo kof is pahir ko kalic, ki Uth, aur samundar mco girjn', aur apne dil men shakk na lawe, balki fmdn rakhe, ki jo raaio kabta huo, so ho jaega, to jo kuchh wuh kahe, so us ke liye hogd. 24 Iswaste maio tuiu se kahta huu, ki Dua meu jo kuchh turn ir.angte ho, ya ko bachi, aur salib par se utara! 31 Waislhi sardar kahinou ne bhi satiroij ke satli apas meo thattha niarte hiie kaha, ki Us ne auron ko bachaya, Spko bacha nahiu sakta ! 32 Bani Israel ka Eidshah Masih ab salib par se utar ^we, taki ham deklike iman laweu ? Aur we bhi, jo us ke sath salib par khinche gae the, use malamat karte the. 33 Aur jab cbhatthi siit hi'if, ustamSni mulk par andhera chhi gaya, aur nauwiu siit tak rahi 34 Aur nauwiu s5it Yusua bari awaz se chilliya, aur boli, ki Hi, Ilj, li mi sabaqtSni? jis ki tarjuma yili hai, ki Ai mere Khuda, ai mere I^hudi, td ne mujhko kydu chhora? 35 Aur un meo se baaze, jo wahau kha.re the, yih sunkar bole, kiUekho, wuh Uiy^h kobulata hai. 3G Aur ek daurl, aur isfanj ko sirkc se bharke narkat par rakhS, aur yih kahke use ebusuc ko diya, k 62 MAUK. [15 BAR Xhaharo, ham dekhco, kyi Iliyah us ke cliliur^ne ko awcgi. 37 Phir Yusna ne bafi £wHZ se chilLike jari di. 38 Aur haikal kl parda iipar se ntche tak phat gay3. 39 Aur suLadir ne, jo us ke samhne kliara tha, use yao chillate aur jSn dete dekhlce kahi, ki ISoshakk yih shakhs Khudl ka Beta tha. 40 Aur aurateo diir se dekhti thic, jin men Mariyam Mijdili, aur chliote Yaaqub aur Yiisi ki m^ Mariyam, aur Saluiui thig; 41 Uahou ne bhi Jalil meu us kl pai- rawi aur khidmat ki thf, aur bahut aur aurateo, jo us ke sath Yarusalara ko gafo thfu. 42 Jab sham hdl, to is waste ki taiyari ka din thi, yaane wuh jo sabt ke fige hai, 43 Ramat ka Yusuf, jo nimwar KulihkSr aur Khuda ki LadshShat ka muntazir tha, ^yS, aur himinat se Pilat ke pds jake Yus'ia kf lash mangf. 44. Pilat ne taajjub kiya, ki wuh aisi jaldi se mar gaya, aur siibadar ko bulake puchha, ki Kya wuh der se mar gayi ? 45 Aur siibadar se maaliim karke us ne lash Yusuf ko di. 46 Aur us ne suti kapra mol liya, aur use utarke us meo lapeta, aur ek qabr meo, jo patthar meu khodi gai thi, use rakha, aur qabr ke munh par ck patthar dhalkSya. 47 Aur Mariyam Mijdali aur Yusi ki mi Mariyam ne dtkha, ki wuh. kahlu rakha gaya hai. XVI. BAB. 1 Aur jab sabt ka din guzar gaya, to Mariyam Mijdalf, aur Yaaqub kf ma Mari- yam, aur Salumi ne masilih mol liya, id ake us par raaleu. 2 Aur hafte ke pahle din subh sawere, siiraj uikalte hi we qabr par aio. 3 Aur apus meg kahne lagiij, ki Kaun hamare waste us patthar ko qabr ke darwaze se dhal- kawega? 4 Aur jab unhoo ne nazar ki, to us patthar ko qabr par se tala hiia dekha, ki bahut bar! tha. 5 Aur wc qabr meu gaio, aur ek jawan ko safed libas pahine dahne baithe dekha; aur we hairan ImiD. 6 Par us neunse kaha, ki Turn hairan mat ho! tum YusiiaNaziri ko, jo maslub hiia, dhundhti ho : wuh jf utha, aur yahao nahio; dekh, yih jagah, jahau unhoij ne us ko rakha tha. 7 Lekiu jao, aur us ke shagirdoQ aur Patthras ko kaho, ki Wuh tum se age JaHlko jata hai; aur us ke kaline ke muwafiq turn use wahaij dekhoge. 8 Aur we nikalkar qabr se bha- gio, par hairani aur ghabrahat ne uu ko gher liya; aur unhoQ ne kisi se kucldi na kaha, kyiinki we darti thin. 9 Aur hafte ke pahle roz wuh sawere uthkar pahle Mariyam Mijdali ko, jis meu se us nc sat deo nikale the, nazar aya. 10 Ua aurat ne jake us ke sithiou ko, jo kurhte aur rota»>the, khabar di. 11 Uuhon ne sunkar, ki wuh jit^ hai, aur us ko dikhlai diyi, bawar na kiya. 12 Baad us ke wuh un meu se do ko, jo dihat ko chale jate the, diisri siirat men nazar Sya : 13 Aur unhou ue jake bdqlou ko khabar di, par unhouneun ki batea bhi sach na jdniu. 14^ Akhir ko wuh un gydrahoo ko, jab we khane par baithte the, dikhlai diyi, aur un ki beimSni, aur dil ki sakhti par malamat ki, ki we un ki batoo ko, jinhoi) ne us ke ji uthne ke baad use dekhi tha, yaqin na lie the. 15 Aur us ne unhea kahl, ki Tamam duny£ mea jao, aur sab logon ko khushkhabari sunao : 16 Jo koi inian lawe, aur baptismaya jawe, najdt paweg.i; par jo imSn ua la we, us par saza ka hukm hoga. 17 Aur fmdndaron ko ye nislian niilenge: we mere nam sedewou ko nikalcnge, 18 Aur nayf zubSnoo se bolenge, sampog ko utha Icnge, aur HA 15.1 LUKA. 63 agar kol qdtil chl2 plwen, to wuh unko zarar na karegt ; we blin^roo par hith rakhenge, to we bhale change ho jaenge. 19 P;i3 KiiUDAWAND, jab uii se kalain karchukii, ^smSn par jiita rah5, aur Khudi ke dahue baithS. 20 Par we bihar gae, aur maiudl karne lage, aur Khudawano uu kf madad karke pasrau nisliiiiou se kalaiii ko sabit kaita th-i. Auiio. LV'K Ji KI' LIKHI' HUT KIIUSHKHABARI'. I. BAB. 1 Ai Deofile Fazil, Azbas ki bahutoo ne kamar baiidh!, ki hamSrt yaqfniyat ko tartib se tahrir kareu, 2 Jais.i Li unhoo ne jo ibtidi se sukban ke dekhiiewale aur kbidinatguzar the, ham se bayan kiyi ; 3 Munasib jiina gaya, ki maiu bhf sire se un sab lii taqlfd i kuUi karke kamal durusti se tere liye qalainbaud karuo, 4 Ta ki tu un batou ki jan ko, jo tujlie taalim di gafu bain, jan jae. 5 Yahiidah ke badshah Herod ke dinou meo Abiyah ki bdridari men Zikriyah nam ek k'ihin tha, jis ki joru Ilisaba nam Harun ki betioo men se thi. 6 We donou Khuda ke huzur sadiq, aur Kiiudawand ke sSre hukmou aur qiniinou pjir beaib chalnewale the. 7 Aur un ko larka na tha, kyunki Ilisaba Lanjh thf, aur donou bahut din ke the. 8 Aur aisi hua ki jab wuh Khuda ke huzur apne pahre ki bari par kahin ki kam karta ths, 9 Kahanat ke dastur ke muwrifiq us ko khushbui jalana pari. 10 So wuh Khddawand ki haikal meu gaya, aur logou ki sari jamaat khushbui jalite waqt bahar dua kar rahf. li Tab use Khudawanb ka firishta khushbui jalane ke maqain ke dahne khaia hua nazar aya. 12 Zikriyah us ko dekhkar ghabiayS, aur dar gay.i. 13 Par firishte ne use kaha, ki Ai Zikriyah, mat dar! kyiinki teri dui sunf gaf, aur teri jorii Ilisaba tujh se betajanegi, aur tu us ka nim Yuhanni rakhnl. 14 Aur tujhe khushnudi aur khursandi hogf, aur bahutere us ki paidaish se shadman houge ; 15 Kyunki wuh Khudawand kf nazar meubuzurg hogi, aur na wain na koi nasha piegi, balki apni ma ke pet hi se Iluh i Quds se bhar jaega. 16 Aur wuh bani Israel uieu se bahutou ko Khudawand un ke Khuda kf taraf pheregi. 17 Aur wuh us ke huziir meo Iliyah kf ruh aur qudrat ke sith a"e jaega, ki bap d.idou ke dil ko aulad par phere, aur nafarmanbardaroij ko sadiqoo kf danai meo phir Hwe, ki Khudawand ke liye ek durust guroh taiyar kare. 18 Tab Zikriyah ue firishte ko kaha, ki Maio kis bat se yih januo ? kytiuki maiu burhi hijii, aur nicri joru bahut din ki hai. 19 Firishte ne jawab nieu use kaha, ki Maiij Jabriel huo, jo Khudl ke Imzur meo khara hiiu, maiu bheja gaya, ki tujh se kaliin karin',auryih khusbkhabari tere pSs paliunchauo : 20 Aurdekh.tti giingi hojSegi, aur jis din tak yih bit na howe, bol na sakegS, is liye ki tu ne merf bltou ko, jo apne waqt par purl hongf, sach na janJi. 21 Aur log Zikriyah kl rah dekhte, aur haikal meu us ke der karne se taajjub karte the. 22 Jul> wuh bihar Sya, aur uu I 64 LU'KA. [1 BAB. se bol na saki ; tab we jin gae, ki us ne haikal ineo ruy;i dekha ; aur wuh un se isliara karta th^, aur gung4 rah gaya. 23 Aur aisl hiii ki jab us kf khidinat ke din pure hde, wuh apne ghar gay5. 24 Aur un dinou ke baad us kf joru Ilisaba hamila hui. 25 Aur us ne pinch mahfne tak apne taiu yih kahke chhipayS, ki Jin dinou meu Khudawand ne iniijh par nazar ki, mere sath aisa kiya, ta ki logoo meo se ineri shannindagi diir kare. 26 Aur chhathweu mahfne Jabriel firishta Khuda ki tarafse Jalil kiNazirat ndm ek shahr meo bheja gaya, 27 Ek kunwarf ke pis, jo Yusuf nam Daud ke khandin ke ek mard ki mangetar thi; aur us kunwari kS nim Mariyam thl. 28 Us firishte ne us pas ake kaha, ki Ai pasandfda, salara ! Khudawanu tere slth, tu auratoo meo mubarak hai. 29 Par wuh use dekhkar us kl bat se ghabrlf, aur sochne lagf, ki Yih kaisi salam hai ? 30 Tab firishte ne use kahl, ki Ai Mariyam, mat dar ; ki tfi Khudi ke pSs aziz hui. 31 Aur dekh, tu hamila hogi, aur beta janeg', aur us ka nSm Yusua rakhna. 32 Wuh buzurg hogR, aur Al'liih Taala ka BetS kahlaegi : aur Khudawand Khuda us ke Bap Daud ki takht use dega. 33 Aur wuh haraesha tak Yaaqtib ke gharane par bddshahat karega ; aur us ki badsbahat ka akhir na hoga. 34 Tab Mariyam ne firishte se kah4,ki Yih kyunkar hoga,jis hai meo maio mard ko nahio jantl ? 35 Firishte ne jawab meo use kaha, ki Ruh i Quds tujh par utregf, aur Al'lah Taall ki qudrat ki tujh par s5ya liogi : ijj sabab se jo Quddus tujh se paida hog^, Khuda ka BeU kahlawegi. 36 Aur dekh, terf rishtadar Ilisaba ko bhi burhape mea beta honewala hai, aur yih us ka, jo banjh kahlltl thi, chhathweu mahina hai. 37 Kyiinki Khuda ke Sge kuchh namurakin nahfu hai. 38 Mariyam ne kahS, Dekh, Khudawand ki bandi; mujh par tere kahne ke muwafiq howe. Tab firishta us ke pas se chala gaya. 39 Aur Mariyam un dinou men uthkar jaldi se kohistan met) Yahiidah ke ek shahr ko gaf. 40 Aur Zikriyah ke ghar meu dakhil hoke Ilisaba ko salani kiya. 41 Aur aisa hui ki jab Ilisaba ne Mariyam ki salam suna, larka us jie pet meo uchhal para. 42 Aur Ilisaba Ruh i Quds se bharjlke buland awiz se chillike boll, ki Auratoo meu tii mubarak hai ; aur mubarak hai tere pet ka phal ! 43 Mere liye yih kyunkar hna, ki mere Khudawand ki ma mujh pas ai ? 44 Kyiiuki dekh, tere salam ki awiz jonhi mere kan tak pahunchf, larka mere pet men khushi se uchhal para. 45 Aur mubarak wuh, jofmlnlai; kyiinki jo Khudawand ki taraf se use kaha gaya, piirl hoga. 4G Mariyam boU, Meri jan Khudi ki taazim kartf, 47 Aur meri ruh apne ba- chSnewale Khuda par fakhr karti hai; 48 Ki us ne apni bandi ki ajizi par nazar ki ; kyiinki dekh, is waqt se har zamane ke log mujh ko mublrak kahenge. 49 Kyrin- ki Alqidir ne mujh par bara ihsan kiya ; quddus hai us kd nam ; 50 Aur us kf mihrbani un par, jo us se darte haiu, pusht dar pusht hai. 51 Wuh apne hath ki zor dikhata, aur magruroo ko un ke dil ke khiyal se pareshan karta hai. 52 Wuh bahadurou ko takhtoa se utarta, aur chhoioo ko buland karta hai. 53 Wuh bhu- khou ko achchhi chlzou se asuda karta, aur daulatmandon ko khali hath bhejta hai. 54 Wuh apne fazl ko, jo Abirahdm aur us ki aulid par hamesha tak hai, yad karke, apne bande Israel ko sambhalta hai, 55 Jaisa us ne haniare bap dadou se kaha. 56 Aur Mariyam tin mahine ke qarib us ke sath rahke phir apne ghar gai. 2 D.yu.] LU'KA. <55 57 Ab llisaba ke janne ki waqt pahuncha, aur wuh ek bet^ janf. 58 Aur us ke paiosfou aur rishtadarou ne siiin, ki Kiiuuawand ne us par bafi mihrbani ki, aur uiihou ne us ke sath kbushi kf. 59 Aur yuu hua ki jab we Sthwcu din lafke ka khatna karne fie, us ki nam Zikiiyfih, jo us kebapkatha, rakhne lage. 60 Par us kj ma ne jaw.ib meu kaba, ki Nabio, balki wuh Yubanna kablawega. 61 Unboo ne use kulia, ki Tere ghar^ue meu kisf k§ yih nam nabin. 62 Tab unbou ne us ke bap ki taraf isliSra kiy^, ki wub us ka kya nam rakha cbabta bai. 63 Us ne takbti mangake liklia, ki Yubanna us kd ndui bai. Aur sabbou ne taajjub kiyfi. 64 Aur usi dam us ka munb aur xuban kbul gal, aur wuli bolkar Kbuda ki sitaisb karne lagi. 65 Tab sire is pas ke rahnewalou ko dabsbat lagi, aur Yabudab ke tamim kobistan meu in sab batOD ki sbubrat haf. 66 Aur sabhoo ne, jo sunte tbe, apne dil meo socbkar kaba, ki Yih kaisa larki boga ? Aur Khudawanu ka hath us par tbi. 67 Aur us ka bdp Zikriyah Ruh i Quds se bhar jake nubuwat karne laga, 68 Ki Ilamd Kiiudawand Israel ke Kliuda ko, ki wuh apne logou par rabm ki nazar karke unlieu cbburaya, 69 Aur bamare liye najat ka sing apne bande Diud ke gharme se barpa kiya, 70 Jaisa us ne apne pak nabioo ki maarifat se jo ibtida i alara se bote 5e, kaba : 71 Ki bamko sab dusbmanou aur nmkbalifou ke hath se bachawe, 72 Taki hamare bap dadou par mihrbani kare, aur apne muqaddas abd ko yad rakhe, 73 Yaane us qasaiu ko, jo us ne hamare bap Abi- rabam se ki, 74 Ki wuh bamko yih dega, ki apne dushuianou ke hath se cbhutke, 75 Umrbhar us ke 5ge paki aur sacliai se bekhauf us ki bandagi kareo* 76 Aur, ai hirke, tu Al'lib Taala kanabi kablawega, kyiinki tu Kuudawand keSge jaega, ki us ki rah ko taiy ir kare, 77 Ki us ke logoy ko najat ki rah batawe jis meu un ke gunahoo ki muifi howe, 78 Jo hamare l^budi kf dardinandi aur rabmat se bai, jin ke sabab subh ki roshni bulandi se ham par cliamki, 79 Ki wuh un ko, jo tariki aur /.ill i maut meu baitbe haiij, roshan kare, ta kiham salamati kirah par qadam mireu, 80 Aur wuh lafki barbtl, aur riih meu qawat pita gaya, aur apne tain bani Isriel par zahir karne ke din tak bayabinou meo raha kiya. II. BAB. 1 Aur un dinoo meo yao hua ki Qaisar Augustus ka farman nikla, ki har bast! ke logon ke nam likhe jaweo. 2 Yih pahli ismnawfsi us waqt hui, jab Qurinius Siiriya ka hakim tha. 3 Aur harek apne apne shahr ko nam likhane chala. 4 Yusuf bbl is liye ki wuh Diiid ke gbarlne aur aulad se tha, Jalil ke shahr Nazirat ee Yabudab mea Daud ke shahr ko, jo Baitlahm kahldta bai, gaj'd, 5 Taki apnl mangetar Mariyam ke sath, jo hSmila thf, nim lUihawe, 6 Aur aisa hua ki jab we wahay tbe, us ke janne ke din pure hoe, 7 Aur wuh apni pahlauta beta janf, aur us ko kapre meu lapetkar charni meo rakha, kyanki un ko sard meo jagah na mill. 8 Aur us mulk meo charwShe the, jo maidan men rahte the, aur rat ko apne galle ki nigahbani karte the. 9 Aur dehho, ki Khcdawand kd firishta un ko dikblai diya, aur Khodawand kd jalal un ke chaugird chamkd, aur we nihayat dar gae. 10 Tab firishte ne unheo kaba, ki Mat daro, kyuuki dekho, meio barf khusbf kf, jo sab logon ke liyehai, tumko ^habar deta hao. 11 KynukiDaudke shahr men I 2 ^ LU'KiV. [3 BAB. fij tumMrellye eV bachinew^U paida hui, wuh Masih KHOi>>;wAT»n hai. 12 Aur tunilrire liye yih patl hai, ki tuin us larke ko kapre meu lapeta charni men rakM hi'iapioge. 13 Aur ekbargf us firishtu ke sSth asmani lashkar ki ek gmoh Khudi kf sitaish kartf, aur yih kalitf, zdhir huf, 14 Khudi ko asmdn par taarif, aur zaniin par saUmatf, aur admloo se raz4mandi howe. 15 Aur ais4 hiia ki jab firishte ua ke pas se SsinSn par gae, charw5he dpus nieo • kahne lage, ki ^o, ham ab liaitlahm ko jiweo, aur us bat ko, jo hai hai, jis ki yiabar Khcdawand ne hamko d«, dekheu- IG Tab unbou ne jaldi jake Maiiyam aur Ydsufko aur us larke ko charnf meu rakh^ plya ; 17 Aur dekhkeusbiit ko, jo larke ke haqq meu un se kahl gai tbf, phailaya, 18 Aur sab sunnewilou ne un b^ton se, jo charwahoo ne unheu kahin, taajjub kiya. 19 Aur Mariyam in sab baton ko yad rakhkar apne dil meu socliti rahf. 20 Aur charwahe un sab batou ke wSste, jo unhou ne suniu aur dekhio, Khudi ki hamd aur sitaish karte hue cbale gae. 21 Aur athweu din, jab lapke ka Icl>atna hui, us ka n.tm Yusna rakha gayri, jo us se pahle ki wuh pet ineo par^, firishte ne rakhS tha. 22 Aur jab Musi ki tauret ke muwafiq us ke pak hone ke din pore hde, we us larke ko Yarusalam men lae, t^ ki Khcdawand ke age hSzir kareu: 23 Jais4 ki Khcdawand ki tauret meu likha hai, ki Harek pahiauti beU Khudawanb ko nazar kiya jaegd, 24 Aur Khudawand kl tauret ke hukm ke muwafiq qumri ka ek jora, ya kabdtar ke do bachche qurbin kareu- 25 Aur dekho, ki Yarusalam meu Samaun nam ek shakhs thd, jo Sadiq aur dfndir aur Israel ki tasalli ka muntazir thS, aur Ruh i Quds us par thi. 26 Aur us ko Riih i Quds se khabar hui, ki wuh jab tak Khudawand ke Masih ko na dekh le, inaut ko na dekhega. 27 Wuh Ruh ki hidayat se haikal meu Sya, aur jis waqt ma bap us larke Yusua ko andar late the, ta ki us ke liye tauret ke hukm ke muwafiq karen, 28 Us ne use apne hathoij par ulha liya, aur Khuda kf sitaish karke kaliS, : 9KiAi Khcdawand, ab td apne bande ko apne qaul ke muwafiq saLimati se rukhsat deta hai; 30 Kyunki meri aukhou ne teri najat dekhf, 31 Jo tu ne sab logou ki nazar meo taiyar ki hai, 32 Qaumou ki roshni ke liye ek nur, aur apai guroh Israel ke liye julal. 33 Tab Yiisuf aur Yusua ki m5 ne un batou se, jo us ke h:i(}q uieu kahi gaiu, tdajjub kiyi. 34 Aur Samaun ne unheu mubirakbadi di, aur us ki mi Mariyam ko kaha, ki Dekh, yih larael meu bahutou ke girne aur uthne ke liye, aur mukhalafat ke nishfin ke waste rakha lioa liai, ta ki bahut diloo ke l>hiydl khul jaweu ; 35 Aur teri jan se bhi taJwar guzregi. 36 Aur Yasar ke gharane se Hannah nam Fanuel ki beti ek nabiya thi : wuh bahut diu kf thi, aur apne kunwaripane se sat baras tak ek khasam ke s^th nib^h kiya tha ; 37 Aur baras chaurasi ek se bewa thi ; wuh haikal tie juda na hoke rat din roza aur namaz se bandagi karti thi. 38 Us ne usi ghari akar Khudawand k^ shukr kiya, aur un sab ko, jo Yarnsalam meu najit ki rail dekhte the, us ke haqq meg kaha. 39 Aur jab we Khcdawand ki shariat ke muwafiq sab kSm kar chuke, to Jalil meu apne shahr Nazirat ko phire. 40 Aur larka bafha, aur rdh meu zorawar hda, aur hil^mat se bhar gaya, aur Khud^ ka fazl us par thi. 3 BAB.] LU'KA. 6T 41 Aur us ke mi bap bar barns (d i fasab meo Yarusabim ko j^te tbe. 42 Aur jab wub barab bajas ka liu4, we td ke dasttir ke muw.lfic} Yan'isabim ko gae. 4 3 Aur jab we un dinou ko pnr4 karke phirne lage, larkd Yusua Yarusaliiin meo rah gaya ; aur Yiisuf aur us kl mS ne na jSni, 44 lialki samjbe, ki wub qifile meu bai^ aur ek nianzil jake use qarabtioo aur jau pabcbinoo nieu dbnndbne lage, 45 Aur na pSkar us kl talash meu Yarasalam ko pbire. 46 Aur aisS hija ki unbou ne tfn roz ke baad use haikal meo ustadou ke bicb baitbe biie un ki sunte, aur un se eawll karte payd. 47 Aur sab, jo us kf sunte tbe, us kf aql aur us ke jawiboo se mutaajjib bue. 48 Aur we use dekbkar bairan bae, aur us kJ mi. ne use kabS, ki Ai biiise, kis waste tu ne bam se aisa kiy4 ? dekh tera bap aur maio kurbte hue tujbe dbundbte tbe. 49 Us ne unheo kaba, Kyuu turn mujbe dbundbte tbe? kya turn naino jante, ki mujbe zurur bai, ki us meo, jo mere b5p ki. bai, raliuo ? 60 Par we us bat ko, jo us ne unbeo kabi, na samjhe. ol Aur wub un ke s^tb rawana hokar Nazirat meu iyi, aur un ki farininbardar bud. Aur us kf ml ne sab bateu apne dil meo rakbfo. 52 Aur Yusua hikmat, aur qadd, aur Khuda aur kbaUj ke pas fazl meo barb gayS. III. BAB. 1 Tiberius Qaisar kf saltanat ke pandrabwen baras, jab Pantil Pilat Yahudab ki bakim, aur Herod Jalil kl cbautbii ki. sardar, aur us ka bbai Filip Itiiriya ki cbautbaf aur Trakbonis ke mulk k& sardar, aur Lusaniya Abilene ki chautbal ki sardar tbi; 2 Aur Ilanna aur Kayafa sardar kabin tlie, Kbuda ka kalam bayaban meu Zikriyib ke bete Yuhanua par utra. 3 Aur wub Yardan ke sire as pas ke niulkmeuake gunaiiou ki mulff ke liye tauba ke baptisma kl manSdi karne lagS ; 4 Jaisi Yasaiyah nabi ki kitab meo likba bai, ki MunSdi ki awaz bai : Bayaban meu KnuDAvvAND ki rib ko banao, aur us ki sidbi sarak karo. 5 liar ek garlia bbara jaega, aur bar paliSr aurtila past kiya jaega, aur jo terba hai, sidba, aur JQ bebar bai acbchbi rah banegi. 6 Tab bar insin Kbuda ki najat dekbega. 7 Aur us ne logoo ko, jo nikle tbe, ki us sc baptismle jaweu, kaba, ki Ai sanipoo ke bacbcbo ! tumbey kisne dnewile gazab se bhlgnd bataya ? 8 Pas tauba ke laiq phal lao; aur apne dil meo mat kaho, ki Abirabam liamari bap liai. 9 Kyiinki maio tumbeu kahta hiin, ki Kbuda Abiraliam ke liye in pattbroo se aulad utbi saktibai. 10 Par abb i darakbtou ki jar par kulhari lagi hai; pas jo darakbt acbcblie phal nabiu lata, kata aur ag meu dala jata bai. Tab logou ne us se pucbba, ki Ham kya kareu ? 11 Us ne jawab meu uu se kaba, ki Jis ke do kurte bon, us ko, jis ke pas nahiij hai, bant de ; aur jis pis khane ko lio, wub bhf aisahi kare. 12 Tab bajdir bhi ae, ki baptisinae jaweo, aur us se kalia, ki Ai ustad, ham kya kareu? 13 Us ne un se kaba, ki Tumhare liye, jo muqarrar bai, us se ziyada na lo. 14 Sipabioo ne bbi us se pdchlil, ki Ham kya kareu ? Us ne unheu kaba, ki Na kisi par zulm karo, na tubmat lagao, aur apne rozine par razi bo. 15 Aur jab log intizari meu the, aur sab apne dil meo YuhannS ki babat khiyal karte tbe, ki Shayad wuh Masih hai ; 16 To Yubannl un sab se kahne biga, ki Maio tumko sirf paiif meu baptismSta hdu, par mujh se ek qawitar iti bai, jis ki jiiti ki tasma kholne ke laiq nahiu huD '■ wuh lumhec Euh i Quds aur ag meu baptism!- 68 LU'KA. [4 BAB. wega. 17 Uske hdth men sup hai, wuh apue klialiyan ko k'lnh saf karega, aur gehun ko apne gole meo jama karega, par bhuse ko us dg nieo, jo hargiz nahio bujhtf, jalaweg.i. 18 Aur wuh bahut aur nasfhat deke logos) ko khush- khabart sun^ta rahi. 19 Par chauthiJ ke sardar Herod ne apne bli^f Filip k! joru Herodiya ke sabab, aur apni aab aur badkarfoo ke sabab Yuhanni se ilzSra pike 20 Un sabhoD par yih ziyida kiya, ki us ko qaid rakha'. 21 Aur jab sab log baptismae jate the, aur Yusua bhi baptisinaya jatS tha, aur dua- karta tha, to aisa hda ki ^sm.in khul gaya, 22 Aur Ruh i Quds jismani surat meo kabatar kf tarah us par utri, aur asinan se ^wtz yih kaiiti di, ki Tfi meri piyara BctS hai, tujh se maiu razi hiiQ. 23 Aur Yusua baras tis ek ki hone laga, (aur jaisa ki sanijha jatS tha) wuh beU tha Y^usuf ka, Ah' ka, 24 Mattat ka, Law! ka, Malki ka, Yanna ka, Yusuf ka, 25 Mattatiyah ki, Amos k£, Nahiim ka, Hislf ki, Najjf ki, 26 Maat ka, Mattatiyah ki, Samai k5, Yusuf ka, Yahudah ka, 27 Yuhanna ka, Rasa k'4,- Zarubabulki, Sialtiel ka, Naiyiri ki, 28 Malkf ka, Adf ka, Qos^m ka, Almodaiii ka, Ir ka, 29 Yiisi ka, Iliazr ki., Yurain ka, Mattat ka, Law! ka, 30 Samai'm ki, Yahadih ka, Yusuf ka, Yunin ka, Ilyaqfra ka, 31 Malyi ki, Main^n ka, Matta ka, Ndtan k^, Dand k^, 32 Yassi ka, Abid ki, Buaz k^, Salmun ka, Nahsdn ki, 33 Amminadab kl, Aram ka, Hasrnn ka, Phiras ka, Yahudah ki, 34 Yaaqub ki, Izhik ka, Abirahim ka, Tarah ki, Nahur ki, 35 Saruj ka, Rafi ka, Falaj ki, Ibr ka, Silah ki, 06 Qinan ki, Arfaksud ki, Sim ka, Lamak ka, 37 Haniik ki, Yarid ka, Mahalaliel ka, Qinan ka, 38 Anils ka, Set ka, Adam ka, K.huda k£. IV. BAB. 1 Aur Yusua Rnh i Quds se bhar pur hoke Yardan se ptiira, aur Rtih ki rah- liuniaf sebayaban meo gayi. 2 Aur chalis din tak Shaitan se izmiyi gayi, aur un dinou meo us ne kuchli na khiyi; aur jab we din tamim hde, ikhirko bhukha hua. 3 Tab Shaitin ne use kahi, ki Agar ti'i Khudi ka Beta hai, to is patthar kokah, ki roll ban jawe. 4 Yusua ne jawib meu usko kahi, Likhi hai, ki Adiiii sirf roti se nah'o, balki Khudi kf liar ek bit se jfti hai. 5 Aur Shaitan ne use ek unche pahar par Ic jake jahin ki slrl badshahaten ek dam meo use di- khaio. 6 Aur Shaitan ne use kahi, ki Maio yih siri ikhtiyar aur un ki shin shaukat tujhe dunga ; kj^unki yih mujh ko sompi gaya hai, aur jisko chihta, use deta hiiu. 7 Pasagar tu mujhe sijda kare, to sab teri hoga. 8 Yusna ne jawab meouse kalii, Diir ho, ai Shaitan ! Likhi hai, ki Khudawand apne Khudi ko ^ijdaaur faqat usf ki bandagt kar. 9 Wuh use Yarusalam meo laja, aur haikal ke kangure par khari karke use kahi, Agar tu Khudi ki Beta hai, to apne tafo yahaij se giri de. 10 Kyunki likha hai, ki Wuhtere lije apne firishtoe ko farmawega, ki teri khabardiri kareg. 11 Aur tujhe hathou par utha leu, na ho, ki tere panw ko patfhar se thes lage. 12 Yusua ne jawab meu use kahi, Vug farmiya gayi hai, Td i^HtiDAWAND apne Khudi ki imtihin mat kar. 13 Aiir jab Shaitin siri imtihari kar chuki, to ek muddat tak us se dor rahi. 14 Aur Yusda Rih ki quwat se Jalil ko pliiri, aur sire Ss pSs ke mulk meu ua 4 BAB. J LU'K^. «t> ki shuhrat hiif. 15 Aur wuh un ki raahfil nieu ta^Um deti thi, aur sab uski ta^rlf karte the. 16 Phir wuh Nazirat ko jahao parwarisb p4I thi, iyi, aur apne dastor par 8abt ko din mahfil meo gay5, aur parbne ko khari hua. 17 Aur YasaiySh nabi ki ki- tab us ko df gaf, aur kitab kholkar wuh niaqSm p:ty5, jah:iu likhi hai, 18 Ki K.utn, batoo ki l^habar df. 19 Ta1> yrihatini ne apne sh.igirdou men se do ko bulikar Yusua ke pas kahli bheji, ki KyiS til wuh i^newili hai, yi ham diisre ki rah dekheo ? 20 We mard us ke paa fike kahne lage, ki Yuhanna baptisinSnewile ne hainko tere pis bheja hai, ki puchheo, Kya tu vvvih Anewila hai, yS liam diisre kf rah dekheu? 21 Par usi ghan wuh bahutoij ko bimlrion, aur ^fatoo aur bad riilioo se cbhurati, aur bahut andhoo ko ankh deti th£. 22 So Yusna ne jawab meo un se kahi, ki Turn j'o, aur jo kuchh turn ne dekha aur sunS hai, Yuhanna se kaho, ki Andhe dekhle haiu, langre chalte haio, korhf saf bote haiu, bahre sunte haio, murde jilie jite hain, garib khushkhabari pate haio ; 23 Aur mubarak wuh, jo mujh se thokar na khawe! 24 Jab Yiihanni ke qisid chale gae, wuh YuhannS kf babat logon se kahne laga, ki Turn bay.iban nieu kj'i dekhne ko gae ? ky;i hawa se hike hue narknt ko ? 25 Phir turn kyi dekhne gae? kya ek mard ko mihin posliak meo arasta? Dekho, jo chamakte kapre pahinte, aur aish o ishrat meu rahte, b^dshrihl mahallou meu hain. 26 Phir turn kya dekhne nikal gae ? kya nabi ko ? Hiij, niaiij turn se kahta hup, ki nabI se bhi bard hai. 27 Kyiinki yih wuh hai jis ke haqq meu likha gayi, ki Dekh, maio apne rasul ko tere Sge bhejta hdn, jo teri rah ko tere age taiyar karegl. 28 Kyiinki maio tum se kahtd huu, ki un meu se, jo auratoo se paida hue, Yuhanna baptismlnewale se kol nabi bafa nahio ; lekin jo Khuda ki badshahat meu chhota hai, us se bara hai. 29 Aur sah log aur bajdir, jo Yuhanna se baptimao gae the, snnkar Khuda ki tasdiq karte the ; 30 Par Faris aur Taureti, jo us se baptismae na gae the, apne liye l>hudS ke irade ko tal dete the. 31 Pas maio is zauiaue ke logoij ko kis se tashbih dun ? aur we kis ki maiiind haiu ? 32 We un larkou ki manind haiij, jo bazar meg baithte, aur apne sathJon ko pukarte, aur kahte haig, ki Ham ne tumhare liye bdnsli bajai, par tum na ndche ; ham ne tumhare liye matam kiyii, par turn na roe. 33 Kyanki Yuhanna baptismdnewdla na roti khata aur na wain pita aya, aur tum kahte ho, ki Us ke sath deo hai. 34 Insan ka Beta khata pita aya, aur tum kahte ho, Dekho, ek khaii aur matwala, bajdaroo aur gunahgiron ka dost. 35 Aur iiikmat ki tasdiq us ke sab larkou se hiii hai. 36 Aur ek Faris ne us ki minnat kf, ki Mere sath kha ; aur wuh Faris ke ghar jdke khdne baitha. 37 Aur dekho, us shahr meg ek aurat ne, jo gunihgar thi,jab jan gaf, ki wuh Faris ke ghar meu khSne baitha hai, albasri itrdan men itr lai. 38 Auruskeqadampaspichhekhari hoke ro roke ansuon se us ke paou dhone lagi, aur apne sir ke bdlou se ponchke us ke paou ko chiima, aur itr mala. 30 Jab us Faris ne, jis ne us ki ziyafat ki thi, yih dekha, to apne dil meg kaha, ki Agar yih nabi hold, to janta ki yih aurat, jo use chhiiti hai, kaun hai, aur kaisi hai, ki wuh gunah- gar hai. 40 Yustia ne jawib meu use kaha, ki Ai Samatin, maiu tujhse kuclih kahi chahti hiio. Wuh boli, Ai ustid, fanna. 41 Kisi shakhs ke do qarzdar the, ek panch sau dinar kS, dasr.i pachas ka. 42 Par jab uako ada karue ka maq- dur na tha, donoo ko bakhsh diyi . so baili, ki kaun un meu se us ko ziyada piyar karega? 43 Samaun ne jawab meu kaha, Meri danist meo wuli, jis ko us ne ziyS- da bakhsha. Tab us ne us se kaha, Td ne thik bichar kiya. 44 Aur us aurat ki taraf 8 BAB.] LU'K^. 7* nuitawajjih hoke na ne Samaan Ico kalia, Tii is aurat Ico dekhta hai ? Maiu tere ghar iy^\ tu ne mujhe paoo par pani na diya ; par us ne mere paou dnsi'ioo se dhoe, aiir apne sir ke b.ilou se ponclilie. 45 Ti'i ne mujh ko bosa na diya ; par 13 ne, jab se fif, mere paou chumn^ na clihor.i. 46 Tu ne mere sir par tel na mala, par us ne mere prion par itr mala. 47 Iswasle maiu tiijh se kahta iiuu, ki Us ke bahut gunih njuaf kiye gae haiu, ki us ne bahut piyar kiya ; par jis ka thori muaf hai, wuh thora pij'ar karti hai. 48 Tab us ne us aiirat se kaha, ki Tere gunih muaf kive gae haiu. 49 Aur hamnislifn apne dil men kahne hige, ki Yili kaun hai, jo guii.ihou ko bhi muif karta hai ? 50 Par us ne us aurat ko kaha, ki Tere finia ne tujh ko bachiya : salamat chalf ja. VIII. BAB. 1 Aurus ke baadyiiuhuakiwuh shalir shahraurg^nw ginwjake manddi karta, aur Khuda ki badshatuit ki khushkhabari deta thi ; aur we barah us ke sith the, 2 Aur baazi aurateo,jo bad ruhonaurbimarfou se changi kt gai thiu: Maiiyam, joMijdalf kahlati hai, jis se sat deo nikal gae the, 3 Aur Herod ke miikhtar Kn/,a kl joru Yahannah, aur Sosannah, aur baliut auraten apne n>al se us ki kliidmat karti thit;. 4 Aur jab bahut log har shahr se us ke pis Ike jama hue, us ne taiusil lake kaha, 5 Ki Ek bonevvala bij boneko nikla ; aur bote waqt kuclih rah ke kanare gir.i, aur latara gaya, aur Ssman ke parinde ^ke us ko chug gae. 6 Aur kuchh patthar par gira, aur jamke tari nap4neke sabab sukh gaya. 7 Aur kuchh kdntoo meu gira, aur kantoo ne sath barhke use daba liya. 8 Aur kuchh achehhi zamin meu gira, aur barlike sau guna phal laya. Us ne ye bateo kahke pukara, ki Jis ke sunne ke kan hoij, sune ! 9 Aur us ke shagUdoo ne us se puchha, ki Yih tamsil kyd hai ? 10 Us ne kaha, ki Khuda ki badshahat ka raz janna tuiuheu bakhsha gaya hai, par aurou ko taiusilou meg ; ki we dekhte hue na dekhte haiu, aur sunte hue na sauiajhte haie. 11 Par tamsil yih hai: ki bij Khudi ki kahim hai. 12 Jo rah ke kanare giri, we haiu, jo sunte haiu, baad us ke Shaitan ake kalam ko un ke dilou se chhin leta hai, na howe ki we iman lake najat piweu. 13 Jo patthar par gira, we hain, jo sunte hf kalam ko khuslii se qabiil karte hai , par jar nahiu rakhte, balki thopi nmddat fmin late, aur imtihan ke waqt phirjate haiu. 14 Aur jo kantoo meo giri, wehaip, jo sunte hain, aur jake andeshou, aur dauLit, aur zindagi ki khusliiou se dab jite hail), aur piiri mewa nahin late haiu. 15 Par jo achehhi zamin meo gira, we haiu, jo kalam sunke achchlie aur nek dil meu rakhte haiu, aur eabr karke phal late haiu. 16 Kot chirig jalike bartan se nahio chhipita, aur palang ke nfchhe nahio rakhta, balki chirJgdan par rakhta hai, ki audaranewale us ki roshni dekheo. 17 Kyunki kuclih poshida nahio jo zihir kiya najaega, aur na kuclih chhipa, jo jani na jaega, aur i^ahir meo na awegi. 18 Pas khabarddr, ki kistarah sunte ho ! kyiinki jis ke pas hai, us ko diya jaega ; aur jis kc pis nahio hai, us se wuh bhi, jo apna samajhta hai, liy i jaegi. ly Aur us ki ma aur us ke bhai u-t ke pas ie, par bhir ke sabab us se mulaqat na kar sake. 20 Tab us ko kh^h4r di gal, ki Teri iiiauur tere bhii bahur khafe 76 LU'Kyy. [8 BAB. hoke tcri did:ir chahte hail). 21 Usnejawabmeu un rc kaha, ki Meri ma aur mere bhai we haiu, jo Klmdi ka kalim sunte, aur us par ^mal karte liaio- 2i Aur ek ro/. aisa hu.i ki wuh apne shagirdoo ke sath kishtl par chafha, aur un se kahS, ki Ao, ham jhil ke us par chaleu; aur unliou ne khol di. 23 Jab kishtf jati thf, wuh so gnya. Aur jliil men bapi ti'ifan ayi, aur un ki kishU' bhar gaf, aur we khatre met) the. 24 Tal) we us ke pas ae, aur use jagake kaha, ki Ai sahib, ai s5hib, ham halak bote haiu. Us ne uthke toftn aur'pHui ki hiharoo ko dhamka'ya: so we tham gaio, aur bara cliain haa. S.O Par us ne un se kaha, ki Tumhara iman kahao hai. We darke aur mataaijib hoke apus men kahne lage, ki Yih kaun hai, ki hawa aur pan! ko hukm deta, aur we us ke faruiAubardar haiu ? 26 Aur we Gadara ke iila raep, jo Jalil ke muqabil us p5r hai, pahunche. 27 Jab wuh kanare par gaya, us shahr ka ek mard, jis ineu bahut din sr deo the, aur kapra na pahitita, aur ghar meM naiiin, balki qabrou men rahta tha, use mila. 28 Wuh YusCa ko dekbkar chillaya, aur us ke age gira', aur bari awaz se kaha, ki Ai Yusna, Khuda Taala ke Bete, mujhe tujh se kya kiim ? Maiu teri miunat karta huu, ki mujhe na dukha. 29 Kyiinki us ne us nripak rub ko us Sdmf se nikahie k£ hukm diya tha. Kyrinki wuh aksar use pakarti thJ, aur harchand use zanjiron aur berion se jakarke hifazat se qaid karte the ; par wuh bandhanoo ko tor d.ilta tha, aur deo us ko jangaloo meu daurrita th.i. 30 Yusiia ne us se prichha, ki Tera kya nam hai ? Wuh bola, Lashkar, ki bahut deo us meo dt'i- yiil hiie the. 31 Aur us ne us ki minuat ki, ki uuko patal meu jane ka hukm na dewe. 32 Aur wahau stiaroij ka bari galla pahar par charta tha. Aur unhou ne us kl minnat ki, ki Ham ko un men jane ki ijazat de. Aur us ne un ko ijazat df. S3 Tab deo us admS se nikalkar suarou meo gae ; aur galla karare se jhil mea kudke diib gaya. 34 Aur charwalie us majara ko dekbkar bhage, aur shahr aur dihat meu khabar di. 3-^ Tab we majara dekhne ko nikle, aur Yusua ke pas ^ke us admi ko, jis se deo nikal gae the, kapre pahine hue aur hoshyar Yusiia ke qada- moo pas baithe piya, aur dar gae. 36 Aur dekhnewalou ne bhi un sebay^n kiyS, ki jis tarah wuh divvana changa hua. 37 Aur Gadara ke zila ke logon ne use arz kf, ki un ke pis se chala jiwc; kyunki unbeu.bara dar paith gaya tha. Aur wuh kishtl par charhke phira. 38 Tab us mard ne, jis se deo nikal gae the, us kf minnat ki, ki us ke sith rahe. 39 Par Yusua ne us ko rukhsat karke kaha, ki Phir apne ghar ko ja, aur jo kuchh Khuda ne tujh se kiya, bay^n kar. Wuh chaia gaya, aur tamam shahr men jo kuchli Yusiia ne use kiya tha, mauadi karne lagi. 40 Aur aisa hna ki jab Y'usiia phir aya, logon ne us ka istiqbal kiy^, kyi'in- ki sab us kf rah dekbte the. 41 Aur dekho Yair nam, ek mard, jo Mahfil ka sard>r tha, 5ya, aur Y'usiia ke qadam par girke us ki minnat kf, ki us ke ghar meo ^we. 42 Kyunki us ki iklauti beti, jo barah baras ke'qarib tbi, marne par thf. 43 Aur jab wuh chala jdta thi, log us par gire parte the. Aur ek aurat ne, jis ka barah baras se lahu jari tha, aur apnf tamSm piinji tabibou par kharch kar chuk', par kisf se changi na ho saki, 44 Piclilie se ake us ke kapre ka daman chhui, F.ur usf dam us k^ jari lahu tham gaj'fi. 45 Aur Yusiia ne puchha, ki Kisne mujhko chhijd ? Jab sabhoit ne inkar kiya, Patthras aur us ke sdthioQ ne kaha, ki Ai s4hib, log tujh par hujiim karte aur dab^te hain, aur tu kahti hai, ki Kisne mujhko chhnd? 4G Pax Yusii% ne kaha, ki Kisi ne mujhko chhua hai; kyiin- 9 BA13.] LUKA. 17 ki main jSntS huo, ki qiiwat mujh se nikU hiii. 47 Jab anrnt ne dekhi, ki wuh chhip na sakf, to k^mptf hni ^f, aur lis ke 5ge girke siib logou ke sSnihne us se baySn kiya, ki kis sabab use chhoa, aur kis tarah filfaur chaiigi lio gai. 48 Us tie ns se kahS, ki Ai bett, kbatirjaina ho ! tere linSn ne tujhko bachayi hai ; salainat cbalf jS. 49 Jab wuh kah raha tha, Mahtil ke sard.ir ke gliar se ek ne ^ke use kaha, ki Tcrl belt margaf, ustad ko taklif na de. 50 Yusua ne yih sunke jawab meo use kaha, ki Mat dar, faqat 5nian rakh, to wuh bachegf. 51 Jab gbar par pabuncha, us ne Patthras aur Yiihnnna aur Yiia(iub aur us larki ke ma bap ke siwi kis5 ko andar j.-ine na diyS. 52 Anv sab us par rote pUte the ; par us ne kahS, ki Mat roo! wall mar nahin gai, balki soti hai. 53 We >ih janke ki wuh mar gaf hai, us par hanse 54 Tab us ne sab ko bahar nik^l diya ; aur us kS hath pakarke aur pukfirke kah.1, ki Ai larkf, uth ! 55 Tab us ki ruh phir ai, aur wuh jald utiit. Aur us ne farm^ya, ki use kuchh khane ko diyi jawe. 56 Aur us ke ma bdp mutaajjib hue ; par us ue uiiheu farmiya, ki yih majara kisi se na kaheu. IX. BAB. 1 Aurusneapne birah shagirdoo koapnepas bulakeunko sabdewon aurbfm^rfoo ke diifa karne par qudtat aur iiilitiyar diya; 2 Aur un ko Khuda kj badshrihat k! manudi karne aur biniirou ko chaiiga karne bheja ; 3 Aur un se kaha, ki Safar ke live kuchh mat lo, na lathi, na jholi, na rotf, na rtipiye; aur na do kurte rakho. 4 Aur jis gliar meo tuiii jAo, wahau raho, aur wahau se raw.ina ho. 5 Aur jo tum ko qabul na kareu, us shalir se nikalkar un par gawahi ke waste apne paoo kf gard jharo. 6 So we rawana hokar basti basti phirte, aur bar jagah khushkhabari su- nite, aur changi karte the. 7 Far chautliai ke savdur Herod ne sab kuchh, jo us ne kiyS tha, sund, aur ehakk men para: kynnki baaze kabte the, ki Yuhanna murdou meu se utha hai. 8 Aur baaz.e, ki lUiyih zahir hoa, anr baaze ki Qadimou meu se ek nabi utha hai, 9 Aur herod ne kaha, ki Yuhanna ka sir maiu ne katwaya, par yih kaun hai, jis ke ba(jq meo main aisi bateu sunta hun ? Aur wuh us ko dekhii chahta tha. 10 Aur rasnloL) ne phir akar sab kuchh, jo unhoo ne kiya thii, us se hayan kiya. Aur wuh un ko Bait Saida uam ek shahr ki jangli jagah meu alag le gaya. 11 Aur log is se waqif hoke us ke pichhe chale. Aur us ne un ko qabiil kiya, aur Khuda ki badshahat ka kalim suniya, aur un ko, jo changa hone ke mulitaj the, changi kiy.i. 12 Aur joij din dliahie laga, uu btrahotj ne us ke pas ake kaha, ki Logou ko rukhsat kar, ki as pas kl bastioD aur gaoij meu jake rat bitdweu, aur khane ko paweij, is liye ki ham yahiu jangli jagah men baio- 13 Us ue unlieu kaha, ki Tuni uniieu khane do. We bole, ki Hamare pas pinch rotiog aur domacbhliou se ziyada nahfo iiai ; kya ham jake in sab logOQ ke waste khaua mol Itweu ? 14 Kj'uiiki we pancli hazar mard ke qarib the. Us ne apne shagirdoo se kabS, ki Unko pachas pachas karke saff saff baithao. 15 Unbou ne ais^h: karke sabboti ko baithaya. 16 Tab us ne un pinch rotioo aur do machhliou ko leke, aur dsmaii kf tarafuazar karke uu par barakat maiigf, aur tofke apne shrigirdou ko diya, ki logoo ke age rakheu. 17 Aur we khake sab ^sude hue, aur bache tukroa se barah loknau uihaSU' 78 LU'KA. [9 BAB. 18 Jab wuh khalwat meu du4 karta tha, yu'j hua ki us ke shagird us ke sath the : tab us ne un se puchha, ki Log kyri kahte haiu, Jnaiij kaun h«u ? 19 Unliou ne jawab mei) kaha, ki Ynhanna baptismanewala, aur baaze Iliyah kahte haio, aur baaze ki qadimou meo se ek nabf u^hd hai. 20 Us ne unheu kaha, ki Turn ap kya kahte ho, ntaiu kaun huu? Patthras jawdb tueu bola, ki Khuda ka Masih. 21 Us ne unheu taakid karke f;irinay5, ki Yih bat kisf se mat kaho; 22 Aur bola, Zurnr hai ki Insan ka Beta bahut dukh uthlwe, aur Muzurgou aur sardar kahinoo aur safirou se radd kiya j iwe, aur mara jawe, aur tisre din phir ji uthe. 23 Phir us ne sab se kalia, ki Agar koi mere pichhe chala chahe, to apna inkSr kare, aur roz roz apni salib uthlwe, aur meri pairaw! kare. 24 Kyuiiki jo koi apnf jan bachaya chahe, use ganwaega, aur jo mere wiste apni jan ganwae, use bachaega. 25 Kyiinki jo adrai tumam jahan ka raalik ho jawe, par apne ko halik aur tabah kare, to us k^ kyi. faida ? 26 Kyunki jo kof mujh se aur meri bSton se sharminda howe, us se Insan ka beta bhi, jab apne aur apne Bap aur muqaddas firishtOD ke jalal ke sath awegi, sharminda hoga. 27 Maig turn se sach kahta hun, ki Yah;io baaze khare haiu, jo maut ka maza na chakhenge jab tak Khuda ki badshahat na dekheu. 28 Aur un batou ke din ath ek ke baad aisi hda ki wuh Patthras aur Yiihanni aur Yaaqtib ko leke dua kariie pah if p^ir charh gaya. 29 Aur dua karte waqt aisa hua ki us ke chihre ki siirat mubaddal hiii, aur us kl lib^s safedi se cha- makne lagi. .10 Aurdekh, do mard us se hamkalim hiie, jo Musi aur Iliyah the. 31 We jal^l se dikhlaf deke jis intiqil ko wuh Yarasalam meu karne par tha, kalara karte the. 32 Patthras aur us ke sathi nJnd se bhari the, par unhon ne j5g uthkar us ke jalal ko, aur un do mardou ko, jo us ke pas liazir the, dekha. 33 Aur aisa hui ki jab we us se judi hone lage, Patthras ne Yusua se kaha, ki Ai ustad, hamara yahau rahni achcbhi hai : so ham tfn makan baniweu, ek tere, aur ek Mnsa, aur ek Iliyah ke liye ; wuh nahlu janta tha, ki kya kahta hai. 34 Wuh yih kahta Iii tha ki badal ay^, aur un par s^ya kiya; aur jab we bSdal meo jate the, unko dahshat lagf. 35 Aur us badal se awaz kaliti ai, ki Yih mera piyara Beta hai: turn us kS buno. 36 Aur us iwaz ke baad Yusua akela paya gnyl. Aur we chup rahe, aur dekhi hui batou ki khabar uu dinoo men kisi ko ua df. 37 Aur yao hua ki dijsre din, jab we pahSr par se utarte the, bahut log use a mile. 38 Aur dekho ki us jamaat meo se ek mard ne cliillake kahd, ki Ai ustad, maiu teri minnat karta hun, ki mere bete par nazar kar, kyunki wuh men iklautg. hai. 39 Aur dekh, ek ruh usko pakarti hai, aur wuh ekaek chillati, aur phainita hua ailhaya jatA hai ; wuh usko kuchalke mushkil se chhor jati iiai. 40 Aur maiu ne tere shigirdoo se arz ki, ki use nikalen, par we na kar sake. 41 Tab Yusua jawab meu bola, Ai befman aur narast log! maiu kab tak turahare pas rahun, aur tumhari bardasht karaij ? apna beta mere pSs la. 42 Jab wuh iti tha, to deo ne use paikS, aur phafa. Tab Yusiia ne us n.ipik ruh ko d iuta, aur larke ko changa kiya, aur us ko us ke ma bap ko sompa 43 Tab sab log Khuda ki buzurgi se hairan hue. 44 Par jab sab log sab ke waste, jo Yusua ne kiya, taajjub karte the, wuh apne shagirdoQ se kahne iaga, ki Id batou ko kauou se sun rakho: ki lusiu k^ l liujiat dar af, ki ham meu sab se bara kaun hai. 47 Yusoa ne un ke dii ka khiyal maalum karke ek larke ko liya, aur apne pis khara kiyS. 48 Aur unhcu kaha, ki Jo ko{ is larke ko mere nam par qabul kare, wuh mujhko qabiil kartd hai; aur jo koi mujhko qabal kare, wuh mere bhejuewale ko qabul karti hai. Kyiinki jo turn sabhou men chhoti hai, wuhi bara hoga. 49 Yuhauna ne jawab meo kaha, ki Ai ustad, ham ne ek shakhs ko tere nSra se dowoo ko nikalte dekhi, aur use mana kiy^, ki wuh hamare sath teri pairawl nahfu karta hai. 50 Yusaa ne use kah5, ki Mana mat karo ; kyunki jo hamard mukhalif nahio, so hamlri taraf hai. 51 Aur aisa haa ki jab us ke aruj ke din nazdik 5e, wuh sabit qadam karke Yarusalam ko jane par mutawajjih hni. 52 Aur us ne apne 5ge q.lsidou ko bhej^, aur we jake Samrtin kl ek basti meo dakhil hue, ki us.ke waste taiyari kareu* 53 Par unhou ne us ko qabul na kiya, iswaste ki us ka rukh Yarosalam ko jSne par tbi. 54 Us ke shagird Yaaqub aur Yuhanud ne yih dekhke kahd, Ai i^hudawand, kya tii chSbta hai, ki jaisa Iliyah ne kiyl, ham hukm karen ki isman se ig barse, aur unheo bhasara kare? 55 Par us ne phirke un ko dantS, aur kahS, Turn nahiu j£nte ki kis ruh ke ho? 56 Kyunki Insan kS BeU khalq ki jan marne nahio, balki bachSne iyi hai. So we dusrS basti meo gae. 57 Aur aisi haa ki jab we rah meo chale jate the, kisi ne us se kahS, ki Ai Khuddwand, jahao kahio ta jawe, maiu tere pichhe chalung^. 58 Yusua ne use kaha, ki Lomrioo ke liye mdndeo, aur Ssmln ke parindoo ke liye basere haio ; par Insan ke Bete ke liye sir rakhne ki jagah nahio. 59 Us ne ddsre se kaha, ki Meri pairawi kar. Wuh bola, ki Ai Khudawand, mujhko rukhsat de, ki pahle j€no, aur apne bap ko gSrufl. 60 Par Yusua ne use kaha, ki Jane de, ki murde apne murdoo ko gareo; lekin tu j€ke Khuda ki bad- shahat ki khabar de. 61 Phir dnsre ne kaha, ki Ai Khudawand, maio teri pairawl karfingi; par pahle raujhe jane de, ki apne ghar ke logou se rukhsat luo. 62 Yusua ne use kahi, ki Jo koi apua hath hai par rakhke pichhe dekhta hai, Khudd ki badshahat ke liye mu- staidd nahiu* X. BAB. 1 Baad us ke ^hudawand ne sattar auroo ko muqarrar kiyS, aur unheo do do karke apne ige har shahr aur jagah meo, jahio wuh ip j4y4 chahtA thi, bheja, 2 Aur unheo kaha, ki Fasl bahut hai, par mazdur there haio : is wSste tum fasl ke malik se arz karo, ki wuh apni fasl meo mazdur bheje. 3 Jao, dekho, maiu tum ko bherou ki manind bheriyoo ke bich meo bhejta huo. 4 Na thaili, na jhola', na juti apne sath lo, aur rah par kisi ko salam na karo. 5 Jis ghar meo tum dlkliil ho, pahle us ghar par salam kaho. 6 Agar wahao koi salamati ka beti ho, to tum- hlri salam us par thaharega ; nahio to tum par phir SwegS. 7 Aur usi ghar meo raho ; aur jo kuchh we tumhlre age rakheo, khao aur pio ; kydnki mazdur apni raaz- duri ke Idiq hai. Ghar ghar mat phiro. 8 Aur jis shahr meo tum dakhil bo^ aur log 80 LU'KA. [10 BMJ. tumko qabnl karep, jo kiiclih tumhare ^ge rakhS jawe, khSo. 0 Aur us meo bfmS- roo ko chatiga karo, aur unheu kaho, ki Khuda kf b^dshihat tumhare nazdik §1 hai. 10 Aur jis shahr meo turn dakhil ho, aur log tumko qabal na kareo, tum un kf sarakoo par bihar jake kaho, 11 Ki TumhSre shahr kf dhul tak, jo ham par pafi hai, ham tum par jh^r dete; magar yih jSno, ki Khuda kl badshahat tuiuhire nazdfk If hai. 12 Main tum se kahta huo, ki Us din Sadam par us shahr se ziyada £sanf hogf. 13 Hie Kurizfn, tujh par afsos ! Hie Bait Saida, tujh par afsos ! kydnki agar Snr aur Saidi men we karSmateo, jo tum meu dikhlaf galu, dikhlaf jatiu : to we bahut din se tat aur rakh meu baithkar kab ki tauba karte. 14 Lekin adilat ke din StJr aur Saida par tum se ziyada asani hogf. 15 Aur ai Kafrnahum, jo isman tak buland kf gaf, to patal meu giraf jaegi. 16 Jo tumbari sunta hai, merf sunt! hai, aur jo tumko tal deti hai, mujhko tal deta hai ; par jo mujhko tal deta hai, mere bhejnewale ko tal deta hai. 17 We sattar khushi se phir £e, aur kahne lage, ki Ai Khudawand, tere nim se deo bhf hamare farmanbardar haig. 18 Us ne un se kaha, ki Maiu ne Shaitan ko bijli kf maniud asman se girte dekhi. 19 Dekho, main tumko sampoo aur bichchhtiou ke raundne par aur dushman k! sari qudrat par ikhtiyar detl huo, aur kof chfz hargiz tuinheo zarar na pahunchawegi. 20 Tis par bhi us se k ush mat bo, ki nihco tumhiri farmanbardar haiu ; balki khush ho, ki tumhare nam ismau men likhe gae haig. 21 Usf ghari Ynsua ne ruh meo bahut khush hoke kaha, ki Ai 15ap, Ssman aur zamin ke malik, main terS shukr karta bun, ki tu ne in bdtou ko alimou aur fazilou se chliipiyi, aur unheo larkou par zahir kiya ; hao, Bap, aisa hone meo teri raza- niandi thi. ii2 Sab kuchh mere Bip se mujhko sompi gayi hai; aur kof nahfg janta, ki Beta kaun hai, magar B&p ; aur 135p kaun bai, magar Lieta, aur wuh jis par Beti zahir kiya chihe. 23 Aur shigirdou kf taraf mutawajjih hoke nirale nieij un se Jtaba, ki Mubin.k we inkheu, jo ye chizeo dekhtio ki tum dekhte ho. 24 Kyun- ki maiu turn se kahti hno, ki bahut nabioo aur badshihoo ne chihi, ki jo tum dekhte ho, dekhcu, par na dekha, aur jo turn sunte ho, suneo, par na sunS. 25 Aur dekho ek tauretf ne uthkarus ki imtihin karne ko puchha, ki Ai ustad, maio kyi karuu ki ha\ it i abadi ki waris bono ? 26 Us ne use kahi, ki Tauret meu kyi likhS hai? tu kyi pafhta hai ? 27 Us ne jawib meo kahi, ki Tu Khuda- wand apne Khudi ko apne sare dil se, aur apnf sirf jin se, aur apne sire zor se, aurapnf sirf aql se piyir kar, aur apne qarib ko apne baribar. 28 Us ne use kahi, ki Tu ne achchhi jawib diyi : yihf kar, to tu jiega. 29 Par us ne apne ko sidiq thaharane ki irada karke Yusua se sawal kiya, ki Kaun hai mera qarib ? 30 Yusua ne jawab meo kaha, ki Ek shakhs Yarnsalam se Yariho ko jita tha, aur dikuoo ke bith meo para: we us ko nangi aur zakhmf karke adhmda chhor g;>e. 31 Ittifaqan ek kihin us rah se ji nikli, aur use dekhke kanire se chala gaya. 32 Isf tarah ek Liwf bhf us jagah ike aur dekhkar kanire se chali gaya. 33 Lekin ek rnusifir Samriinl us jagah meo iya, aur use dekhkar rahm kiyi; 34 Aur us pis jake tel aur sharib lagikar us ke zakhmoo ko bindha, aur apnf sawari par baithake use sara meo laji, aur uskf bimardarl karne lagi. 35 Aur subh ko rawina hole hue us ne do dinar nikilke saribin ko diyi, aur kaha, ki Td us 11 BAB.] LU'KA. , 81 ki bfmardarf kar, aur jo kuchh tera 7,iy ida kharch ho, maig phir ike tujh ko bhar diingi, 36 Ab ta kya samajhta hai, jo dikiioD ke hath meo pari tha, un Uiioo nieo se kaun us ka qartb tha ? 37 Wuli bolS, Jis ne us par rahin kiya. Yusi'ia ne use kahl, ki Ja, ta bhi aisahi kar! 38 Aur aisa litia ki jab jite the, wuh ek basti men £ya ; aur Martah nSm ek aurat ne us ko apue ghar meg utarS. 39 Aur Mariyam nam us ki ek bahin thf ; wuh Yusiia ke qadain p-is baiihke us kl kalain sunt! thf. 40 Par Martah bahut Vliidmat se ghabraf, aur us ke pas jrike kahne higi, ki Ai Khudawand, ta khabar nahfo leta', ki meri bahin mujh ko khidmat meo akeli chhof baithihai? Use farma, ki meri madad kare. 41 Yusda ne jawab deke use kaha, ki Martah, ai Martah! tti bahut chfzoo ki fikr aur ghabrahat meo hai ; par ek chiz zuror hai. 42 Mariyam ne achchhi hissa chuna hai, jo us se liya na jaega. XI. BA13. 1 Aur aisa hua ki wuh ek jagah nieu du^ karta tha, aur jab us ko farigat hijf, us ke shagirdoo meij se ek ne use kah4, ki Ai Khudiwand, hamko dua karna sikhla, jaisi Yiihanna ne apne shagirdoo ko sikhaya. 2 Us ne un ko kahd, ki Jab dua karo, kaho, Ai hamare Bap jo asman par hai, tere ndni ki taqdfs howe ! Teri badsliahat awe! Terf marzf jaisi asnian par, zamin par bhi howe. 3 Hamari roii ki roti aj hamko bakhsh! 4 Aur hamare gunlhou ko muaf kar ki ham bhi apne harek asaini ko muaf karte haio! Aur hamko imtihin meu na dal, balki badi se ham ko bacha. 5 Aur us ne un se kaha, Turn mea se kaun hai jis ka ek dost ho, aur Sdhi rat ko us ke pas awe, aur usko kaha, Ai dost, mujh ko tin roti udhar de-; G Ki mera dost safar se mere yahan utra, aur mujh pis kuchh nahio ki us ke &ge rakhuij ; 7 Aur wuh andar se jawab deke kahe, ki Mujh ko diqq mat kar, dar- waza ab band hai, aur mere larke mere sath bichhaune par haio : maiu uthkar tujhe de nahio sakta. 8 Maio turn se kahtd hoD, Agarchi wuh us ke dost hone ke sabab se use dene ko na uthc, us ke bar bir mangne ke sabab se wuh uthkar us ko jitna darkar hai, deg^. 9 Aur maio tumko kahta huo. Mango, to turn ko diya jaega ; dhundho, to tum paoge ; khatkhatao, to tumhare liye khola jaega. 10 Kyun- ki jo koi mangta. hai, leta hai, aur jo kof dhundhta hai, p&ta hai, aur khatkha.tane- wale ke wdste kholl jaega. 1 1 Tum men se kaun aisa hip hai, ki jab uska beta roti mange, use patthar de ? ya machhli, ki machhli ki jagah use s5mp de ? 12 Ya agar anda mange, us ko bichchhu de ? 13 Pas agar tum, jo bure ho, apne larkoQ ko achchhi in^m dene jante ho, to kitna ziyada wuh B^p, jo Ssman par hai, Ruh i Quds un ko, jo us se mangte haiu, dega. 14 Aur wuh ek deo ko jo gangt thS, nikalta tha. Aur aisS hai ki jab deo nikal gaya, wuh ganga bola ; aur logoo ue taajjub kiya. 15 Lekin un meu se baazog ne kaha, ki Wuh dewou ke sardfir Baalzabiil ki madad se dewoo ko nikilti hai. 16 Auroij ne us ke imtihan ke waste us se ek asmani nishan mingi. 17 Par us ne un ke khiyriloo ko maaldm karkc un se kaha, ki Jo badshahat apni mukhilafat meo Sp se juda ho, wiran ho jati hai; aur ghar ghar ke khiLif hoke gir jita hai. 18 Pas . bhaitan bhi agar apni mukhdlafat meu i\> se juda howe, to us ki badshahat kyan- K 2 82 LUKA. [11 BAB. kar qfiim rahegi ? ki turn kahte ho, ki wuh Baalzabnl kf madad se dewoo ko ni- kSlU hai. 19 Par agar maiu Baalzabnl ki madad se dewoo ko nikSltS hiio, to tumh^re bete kis kf madad se nik^Ite haio ? Iswiste we tumh£re raunsif honge. 20 Par agar maio Khudi ki unglf se dewoo ko nikiltS hno, to albatta Khudd kf bidsh^hat turn par pahunchi hai. 21 Jab zabardast hathyir bindhe hue apne ghar ki rakhwali karta hai, to ua ki asbib salSmat rahti hai. 22 Par agar ek jo us se bhf ziyida zabardast hai, us par chaih Swe, aur use jft lewe, to us ke sab hathy^r, jis par us ka bharosa tha, chhtn lets, aur us k^ mSl bint deti hai. 23 Jo merS sAthi nahfo, raerS mukhilif hai ; aur jo mere sSth jama nahiu kartii, bIthrdtS hai, 24 Jab nSpSk ruh fidmf se nikal gaf, to sukhi jagahoo meo firSm dhundhtf phirt! hai, aur jab nahfo p^tf, to kahti hai, ki Maio apne ghar ko, jahio se niklf hoo, phir j^dngf. 25 Aur wuh Ske use jhara buhara piti hai. 26 Tab jike sat aur rnheo, jo us se badtar haio, sSth lati hai ; aur we paithke wah^o rahtf haio- Tab us idmf ki pichhla hil pahle se badtar hota hai. 27 Aur aisi hai ki jab wuh ye bateo kahti thi, un logoo meo se ek aurat ne Swfiz uthike use kahi, ki Mubirak wuh pet, jo teri himil hui ; aur we chhitfiu, jinheo tu ne piyi ! 28 Us ne kahi, Hio, mubiraktar we, jo lihuda ki kalim sunte aur us par amal karte haio. 29 Aur jab bahut log jama hue, wuh kahne lagi, ki Is zamine ke log kharib haio ; we nishin mingte haio, par Yunah nabi ke nishin ke siwi unko koi uishin diyi na jiega, 30 Kyunki jaisi Yanah Nfnawah ke logon ke wiste nishin hui, wai- sihf Insan ki Beti is zamine ke logoo ke waste nishin hogi. 31 Janub ki malika adilat ke din is zamine ke mardoo ke sath uth»gi, aur unheo gunahgir thahari- wegi ; kyunki wuh zamin ki hadd se Sulaimin ki hikmat sunne ko ii, aur dekh, ki ek yahio Sulaimin se bari hai. 32 Ahl i Nfnawah adilat ke din is zamine ke logoo ke sath uthenge, aur unheu gunahgir thaharawenge ; kyunki unhoo ne Ynnah kf.manidi par tauba kiyi, aur dekho, ki ek yahio Ynnah se baji hai. 33 Koi chirig jalake nahfn chhipiti, na paimine ke nfche rakhti hai, balki chirigdin par, ki andar inewale us kf roshni dekheo. 34 Badan ki chirig inkh hai ; is liye jab terf inkh sif hai, to teri tamim badan roshan hai, aur jab sif nahfo hai, to teri badan tarik hai. 35 Pas khabardir, naho ki wuh nnr, jo tujh meo hai, tirfk ho jiwe ! 36 Par agar teri badan tamim roshan ho, aur kof azd tarfk nahfo, to wuh tamim roshan hogi, aisa ki jaiai chirig apni chamak se tujh ko roshan kare. 37 Jab wuh yih kah rahi thi, ek Paris ne us se arz karke kahi, ki Mere sith khini khi ; so wuh andar jike khine baithi. 38 Par jab us Farfs ne dekhi, ki wuh khine se pahle apne ko nahfo baptismiti hai, taajjub kiyi. 39 Tab Khudiwand ne us ko kahi, ki Ai Farfso, turn piyile aur tabiq ki bahar to sif karte ho, par turn andar zulm aur «barr se bhare ho. 40 Ai nidino, jisne bihar baniyi, kyi us ne andar bhf nahfo banayi ? 41 Magar jo andar hai, Vhairit karo, aur dekho, ki sab tumhare waste pik hai. 42 Lekin, Ai Farfso, turn par afsos ! ki turn podine aur sadab aur sab raqam ki taikarfoo kf dahyaki dete ho, aur risti aur Khudi ke piyir se gifil rahte ho ; lizim thi, ki inheo karte, aur unheo bhf na chhoite. 43 Ai Farfso, turn par afsos ! ki turn Mahfiloo meu sadrnishiuf, aur 12 BAB.] LU'KA 80 baz^roD meo salain chahte ho. •14 Ai riy^kdr Sifiro aur Fnrfso, turn par afsoa ! ki turn chhipi liuf qabroo kl m^nind ho, jinhcQ log, jo npar chalte, nahlo jSnte. 45 Tab tauret^ou meo se ek ne us ke jawab meo kaha, ki Ai ustSd, tii yih kahke hamko bhi malamat karta hai. 46 Us ne kah5, ki Turn taurctiou par bhi afsos ! ki turn Sdmioo par bhari bojh ladte ho, aur turn Sp un bojhoo ko apui ek unglf se nahfo chhute. 47 Turn par afsos ! ki turn nabtoo kf qabreo banate ho, aur tumhclre bSpd^doo ne unheo qatl kiya. 48 So tum apne bapdldoo ke k^moo par gawahi dete, aur un se razi rahte ; kyunki unhoo ne un ko qatl kiyS, aur tum un kf qabreo banSte ho. 49 Isw^ste Khuda kf Hikmat ne bhf kaha, ki Maiu nabfoo aur rasuloo ko un ke pSs bhejung^, aur we un meo se kitnoo ko mdr dalenge, aur kitnoo ko satawenge, 50 Ta ki sab nabfoo ki lahn, jo dunya kf paidaish se bahiyi gaya hai, is zamine ke logou se mSnga jawe, 51 Habil ke lohu se ZikriySh ke lohu tak, jo qurbangih aur haikal ke darmiyin mSrS gaya : haii maio turn se kaht4 hnn, ki wuh is zamine ke logoo se m^ngi jaegS. 52 Ai tauretfo, tum par afsos I ki turn pahchSn kf kunjf le gae : tum ap dakhil na hue, aur unko, jo dikhil hdi chlhte haio, rokte ho. 53 Aur jab wuh unheo ye bateo kahta thi, Safir aur Faris us ko nih^yat diqq dene, aur bahut bitoo kehaqq meo us se sawalkarne lage, 54 Aur is iradese uski tak meo lag^i ki us ke munh se kucbb aisa p^weo kius par nalish kareo. XII. BAB. 1 Itne meo jab haziroo log jama hue, yah^o tak ki ek diisre par gir^ parts thS, wuh apne shagirdoo se kahne lagS, kiKhususan Farfsoo ke khamfrse, jo makr hai, parhez karo. 2 Kyunki kuchh poshida nahfo, jo zdhir na hogS, aur kuchh chhipa nahfo, jo jini na jiegi, 3 Iswiste jo kuchh tum ne andhere meo kahS hai, uj^le meo sunayi j^egS ; aur jo kuchh tum ne kothrion ke bhftar kin meo kaha hai, kothoo par se us kf manadf kf jiegi. 4 Par ai mere dosto, maio tum se kahta huo, ki un se mat daro, jo badan ko mir dalte haio, aur us ke baad kuchh aur kar nahfo sakte ; 5 Par maio tumko batliunga, ki tum kis se daro : us se daro, jis ko maqdur hai, ki mir dalne ke baad jahannam meo dale ; hao maio turn ko kahti hdo, ki us se daro. 6 Kya do paise par pinch gaure nahto bikte ? tad bhf un meo se Khuda ke age ek bhdla nahfo. 7 Balki tumhire sir ke sab bal bhf gine hue haio- Pas mat daro ! tum bahut gauroo se afzal bo. 8 Par maio tum se kahta ban, ki Jo kof idmfoo ke ige mera iqrir karegi, Insan ki Beta bhi Khuda ke firishtoo ke ^ge us ki iqrar karega ; 9 Par jo koi admfon ke ige mera inkir karega, Khuda ke firishtoo ke ige us ki inkir kiya jaega. 10 Aur jo koi Insan ke Bete kf badgof karta hai, us ko muif kiyi jiega, par jo Rah i Quds k! takfir karti hai, us ko muaf na kiyi jiegi. 11 Jab we turn ko mahfiloo, aur hi- kimoo, aur sardarou ke age le jiweu, to andesha mat karo, ki ham kaisi aur kyi jawab deweo, yi kyi kaheo ; 12 Kyankf jo tumheo kahni hai, Iliih i Quds usi ghari tum ko sikhliwegf. 13 Aur logoo meo sc ek ne use kalii, ki Ai ustid, mere bhif ko kah, ki mujhe mfras ka hissa dewe. 14 Par us ne us ko kabi, Ai murd, kisne mujh ko tum par 81 LU'Ki»^. [12 BAB. munsif aur batitnew^la muqarrar kiy^ ? 15 Aur us ne unheo kaha, ki Khabardar lio, aur lalach se dur raho ; kyanki kisi ki zindagi us ke mSl ki ziyddati se nahfo hai. IG Aur us ne unheu yih tamsil kahf, ki Ek daulatmand shakhs ke khet meo bahut kuchh paida hii^. 17 Tab wuh apne dil meo yih kahke khiySl karne lagri, ki main ky^ karuo? kyunki mere p£s ^alla rakhne ki jagah nahio hai. 18 So us ne kaha, ki Maiu yih karungi, maia apne gola dhSiinga, aur bara banaungd, aur wahao apnd sab hasil aur mal jama kardnga. 19 Aur maiu apnl jan se kahunga, ki Ai jan, tere p^s bahut mal bahut barasoo ke waste rakha gaya hai: iram kar, kha, pf, khush ho! 20 Lekin Khuda ne use kaha, ki Ai nadSn, Sj ki r^t teri jan tujh se li j£egf : pas jo chlzeo tu ne taiyar kio, kisklhongi? 21 Us ki yih halat hai, jo apne waste mSl jama karta hai, par Khuda ke nazdikmSldar nahio. 22 Aur us ne apne shSgirdoQ se farmSya, Is waste maio turn se kahta huo, ki apni jan ke liye andesha mat karo, ki Ham kya khdweu? aur na badan ke liye, ki ham ky^ pahinen ? 23 Jan khurak se, aur badan poshak seafzal hai. 21 Kauwou ko dekho, ki we na bote, aur na laute haio, unke na khaliySn na gole haio ; aur Khuda unko khilata hai. Turn parindou se kitne ziyada af-^al ho. 25 Aur kaun turn men andesha karne se apni zindagi ek dam barha sakta hai ? 26 Pas agar turn aisi chhota kam nahia kar sakte, to kis waste auroo ke liye andesha karte ho ? 27 Sosanoo ko dekho, we kaisi bafhti hain ; we na mihnat karti aur na sut katti haio; par maio tum se kahta huo, ki Sulaiman bhi apne sare jalal meo un meo se ek ki manind mulabbas na tha. 28 Pas agar Khuda ghas ko, jo dj khet meo hai, aur kal tandr men jhonki jaegi yiio pahinata hai, toai kam-iatiqSdo, kitni ziySda tumko pahinawegl ? 29 Aur tum fikr mat karo, ki ham kyi khaweo, aur kya piweo, aur na taraddud meo ho. 30 Kyunki dunya ki qaumeo in batoo ki talash karti haiij ; par tumhara B^p janta hai, kiyih tumko darkar hai. 31 Lekia Khuda ki bad.shahat ki taUsh karo, to yih sab tumko alawa diyi j^ega. 32 Ai chhote gol, mat dar, kyunki tumhare Bap ki khushi hai, ki tum ko bdd« shahat dewe. 33 Jo kuchh tumharS ho, becho, aur khairat karo. Thailiau, jo purani nahio hotio, aur khazana, jo nahio ghatta, fismaa men apne waste taiyar karo, jah^D na chor pabuncht4 aur na kiri kh^ta hai. 34 Kydnki jahao tumhara khazana hai, wahao tumhara dil bhi rahegS. 35 Tumh^ri kamareg bandhi raheo> aur tumhare chiragjalte raheij. 3G Aur tum un ^dmioo ki mSnind ho, jo apne khawind ki rah dekhte haio, ki wuh shidi se kab phir ^wega; taki jab wuh dwe, aur khaikhatawe, we us ke liyejald kholeo. 37 Mubarak we naukar, jiuko Khuda- wand Skar jagte pawe! Maio tum se sach kahta hdo, ki wuh kamar bandhcga^ aur unheo khane ko baithliwcga, aur khara hoke uu ki khidmat karegS. 38 Aur agar wuh rSt ke dusre pahar ko, ya rat ke tisre pahar ko awe, aur aisa pdwe, to mabSrak haio we naukar. 39 Aur tum ko yih maaldm hai, ki agar ghar k& malik jrinta, ki kis ghari chor awega, to wuh jagta rahta, aur apne ghar meo sendh dene na 6eti. 40 Pas tum bhi taiyar ho ; kydnki jis ghari tum muutazir na ho, Insan ka Beta awega. 41 Tab Patthras ne use kahS, ki Ai Khudawand, kyS tu yih tamsfl hamco y£ sab ko kahtA hai ? 42 Khudawand ne kaha, ki Wuh diyduatd^r aur hoshy^r khan- saman kaun hai, jis ko khudawand apne naukaroo par muqarrar kare, ki unheo waqt par khana diyi karc. 43 Mubarak wuh naukar, jise us ka ^hudawanddke aisahi 13 BAH.] LUKAf. 85 karte pawe. 4-1 Maiu turn se sacli kahtfi hfio, ki Wuh use apnc s5re >nril par mukh- t^r karegd. 45 Par agar wuh naukar apne dil meo kahe, ki Mora khudawand Sue meu dcri karta liai, aur gulaiiiou aur laundioQ ko raarnd, aur khana \Vwi, aur matwala hona shiirua kare, 4G To us naukar ka kh&wiud jis roz wuh riili iiahiij dekhta, aur jis ghari wuh iiahiu jantS hai, iwcgd, aur us ko do tukre kartga, aur us ki hissa belnianou ke sath ihaharawegS. 47 Pas jo naukar apne khudawaiid ki marzl jinke taiyar na hiia, na us ki marzl ke niuUbiq cliala, so bahut mir khacga. 48 Par jis no na j4na, aur markhdne ki kam kiya, so thorasa mar khaega. Jis ko bahut diyl gaya hai, us se bahut inSngi jiegS ; aur jise bahut sompte hain, us se /iyada m.1ngenge. 49 Maiu zamhipara'glag.ineaya huo, aurmaio kya chihU hon, ki lag chuki hotf. .'iO Mujh ko ek baptisma se baptismay^ jina hai, aur jab tak wuh tamam na howe, niaio kaisi tangi nieu huQ? 51 Kyi tuin samajhte ho, ki raaiu zamin par niilap karSne &yi ? Maiu turn se kahta huo, ki nahfu, balki juda karne ko. 52 Kyunki ab se panch ek ghar ineu judi honge, tin do se, aur do tin se, 5.1 Bip bete se juda hoga aur beti hip se, ma beti se aur boti mi se, sis bahu se aur bahii sis se. 54 Aur us ne yih bhi logOQ ko kaha, ki Jab turn lidal pachchhim se uthte dckhte ho, wonhi kahte ho, ki Paul ata hai, aur aisihl hota hai. 55 Aur jab dakhin kf hawa chalti hai, to turn kahte ho, ki Garmi hogi; aur hoti hai. 56 Ai makkiro, tuui zamin aur asman ke rukh ka iuitiyaz kar jante ho, par is zamine ka imti^'iz kyiiu nahio karte? 57 Aur iphi kyuo bichir nahfo karte, ki haqq kya hai ? 58 Jab ki tu apne nniddai ke sath hakim ke pas chala jata hai, to rah par use razi karne ki kosliish kar, naho ki wuh tujhe muusif ke pas khinchwie, aur munsif tujhe barqandaz ke hawale kare, aur barqandaz tujh ko qaid meu dale. 59 Maio tujh se kahta hiiu, ki jab tak tu pichhlf kauri ada na kare, tu wahau se na niklega. XIII. BAB. 1 Us waqt kitne wahau the, jo un Jalilioo ki khabar dete the, jinki khu Pilat ne un kiqurbantoij meo milayi. 2 Yusiia ne jawib meo un se kaha,Kyi turn sa- majhte ho, ki ye Jalili sab Jalilioo se ziyida gunahgar the, ki aisa dukh payi ? 3 Maiu turn se kahti huu, ki Nahin, balki agar tum tauba na karo, to turn sab isf tarah se halak hoge. 4 Yi we atharah jin par Silah ka burj giri, aur unheu halik kiyi, kya tum samajlite ho, ki we Yarusalam ke sab bashindou se ziyida taqsir- war the ? 5 Maio tum se kahti huo, ki Nahiij, balki agar tum tauba na karo, to tum sab is tarah se halik lioge. 6 Us ne yih tarns 1 bhi kahf, ki Ek shakhs ke bag meu anjfr ki ek darakht lagi thi, aur us ne jike us par phal dhnndhi, par na paya. 7 Tab us ne bigban se kaha, ki Dekh, tin baras se maiu ake is anjir ke darakht par phal dhdndhti hiiu, aur nahiu piti, us ko kit dal: kaheko us ne zamin ko rok raklia hai? 8 Us ne jawib meo use kahS, ki Ai khudawand, is baras bhi use rahne de, jab tak maiu us ki thala khoduu aur khid diluu ; 9 Shiyad ki phale, nahiu to uske baad use kit dal. 10 Aur wuh sabt ke din ek mahfil men taalim deti thi. 11 Aur dekho, wahao 88 LU'KA [13 HA". fck aurat tlif, jis ko ath^rah baras se kamzori kf rnh lagi th1, aiir wuh kubri liogaS, aur kisi tarah se sidhf na ho sakti thf. 12 Yusua ne dekhkar use buliyS, uur kaha, Ai aurat, tu apni kamzorf se chhutfhai! 13 Aur us ne us*par hith rakh^, aur wonhl wuh sidhi ho gai, aur Khud^ kJ sitaish karne lagi. 14 Tab mahfil ka sard^r is sabab se ki Yusua ne salt ke din changi kiya, gusse hokar logou ko kahne lagi, ki Chha din haio, jin meo kim karni raw^ hai : so turn un nieo ike change ho, aur sabt ke din nahig. 15 Tab Khubawanb ne jawib men use kaha, ki Ai makkir, kyi harek turn meu se sabt ke din apne bail yi gadhe ko than se nahto kholta, aur pSni piline nahia le jata ? 16 Phir rawi na thi, ki Abi- rahim ki yih beti, jisko Shaitan ne, dekho, athirah baras se bindhi rakhi hai, sabt ke din us bandhan «e chhurai jawe ? 17 Aur jab wuh yih kahti thi, us ke sab niukhalif sharminda hue, aur sab log un sab ajib kimoo se, jo usne kiy,e the, jkhush hue. 18 Aur us ne kahl, ki Khuda ki bidshJhat kis ki mSnind hai, aur use kis se tashbih ddij ? 19 Wuh rai ke dine kf manind hai, jise ek idini ne leke apne bag meo boyi. Aur wuh barhi, aur bari daraljht hui, aur asaiin ke parinde ake us ki daliou par basera karne lage. 20 Aur wuh phir bola, Maiu Khuda ki badshihat ko kis se tashbih duo ? 21 Wuh khamir ki manind hai, jise ek aurat ne leke tin ser ate meu rakhi, jab tak sab khamiri hui. 22 Aur wuh Yarusalara ko jite hue shahr shahr, aur ginw ginw phirke taalim detS thi. 23 Tak ek ne use kaha, ki Ai Khudawand, kya we, jo najat piwenge, thore haio ? 21 Us ne unheo kahi, Janfishani karo, ki tang darwize se dakhil ho ! Maio turn se kahti huo, ki bahut us meo dikhil hui chahenge, aur na ho sakenge. 25 Jab ghar ki milik uthi, aur darwize ko band kiyi, tab turn bahar khare hoke darwize ko khatkhatioge, aur kahni shOrna karoge, ki Ai Khudawand, ai Khudiwaud, hamare liye khol. Par wuh andar se jawab meo tuniheu kahega, ki Maiu tumko nahio janti, ki kahao ke ho. 26 Tab turn kahni shurua karoge, ki Ham ne tere huzdr meo khaya aur piyi, aur tu ne hamirechau- koo men taalim df. 27 Wuh farmiwega, ki Maio tumheo kahta huo, ki Maio turn ko nahfo jinta, ki kahan ke ho ; ai badkiro, turn sab mujh se dar ho! 28 WahiTj roni aur dant pisna hogi, jab turn Abirahim aur Izhak aur Yaaqub aur sab nabioo ko Khuda ki badshihat meg, aur ip ko bihar nikile dekhoge. 29 Aur pdrab aur pachchhim aur uttar aur dakkhin se log iwenge, aur Khuda ki badshihat meo baithenge. 30 Aur dekho, jo pichhle haio, so pahle honge ; aur jo pahle haio, so pichhle honge. 31 Usi roz baaze Farisoo ne ike use kaha, ki Rawana ho, aur yahao se chala ji ; ki Uerod tujhe qatl kiyi chihta hai. 32 Us ne unheu kaha, ki Turn jike us lomri se kaho, ki Dekh, maiu dewou ko nikilta, aur aj aur kal uhanga karti huo, aur tisre din kimil hunga; 33 Lekin chahiye ki ij aur kal aur parsou safar kariio : kyunki munisib nahin ki ek nabi Yarosalam ke bahar halak howe. 34 Ai Yard- salam, Yarosalam, jo nabioo ko qatl karti hai, aur unheo, jo tujh pis bheje gae haio, patthar mirti hai ! Kitne bir maio ne chiha, ki tere larkou ko jama karno, jis tarah murgi apne bachchoo ko apne paroo ke niche jama karti hai, aur turn ne na chiha. 35 Dekho, tumhire liye mmhari ghar ujar chhofi jata hai ; aur maiu 14 BAH.] LU'KA. 87 turn ko kaht^ hno, ki Mujh ko na dekhoge us waqt tak, ki turn kahoge, Mub&rak bui wuh, jo KuuDAWANu ke n^m par dta hai. XIV. BAB. 1 Aur aisa hud ki wuh sabt ke dia rata Farfson meo se ek ke ghar meu khdne ko gay^, aur we us ki tak meu baithe. 2 Aur dekho ki ek shalths us ke 5ge thS jisse jalandhar thi. 3 Tab Yusua Tauretfoo aiip Farisoo se kahne lagi, Kya sabt ke din change karni raw5 hai? 4 We chup rahe. Tab us ne us ko liya, aur changi karke jane diyi. 5 Phir wuh un se kahne laga, ki Turn meo kaun hai, jis kS gadha ya bail garhe meu gire, ki wuh jald sabt ke din use na nikdle? 6 We use in bitoo kd jawab nahiu de sake. 7 Aur us ne mihminoo ko, jab dekhd, ki we kyunkar sadrnishfnf pasand karte halo, yih tarasil lake kahS, 8 Jab kof tujhe shSdi meu bulawe, to pahli kursl par mat baith, ta na howe, ki kof, jo tujh se buzurgtar hai, bulaya gayi ho. 9 Aur wuh, jisne tujhe aur use bulaya, ake tujh se kahe, ki Yih jagah is ko de, aur tab tu sharrainda hoke sab se nfchi jagah lene lage. 10 Lekin jab td bulay^ jawe, to jAke sab se nfcht jagah meu baith, ki jab wuh,jis ne tujhe bulayi, Ske kahe, ki Ai dost, aur bht unche par ja, tab tere haninishfnoo ke age ten izzat hogi. 11 Kyiinki jo Sp ko bara jauta hai, chhota kiya jaega, aur jo ap ko chhota janta hai, biira kiy^ j'ieg^. 12 Aur us ne apne daawatkarnewSle se kaha, ki Jab ta din ya rat ka khfini taiySr kare, to apne dostoo aur apne bhaioo, aur apne qaribatiou, aur maldir paro- 6iou ko mat bula, na ho ki we tujh ko phir bulaweo, aur tera badla ho jriwe, 13 Balki jab td ziyafat kare, to muhtajoo, lunjoo, langron, andhon ko bula : 14 Aur tu mubarak hoga, ki we teri badl^ na kar sakte, kyCinki sadiqou kl qiyamat meu tujhko badla diya jaega. 15 Aur hamnishffiou meg se ek ne ye bSteu sunkar use kaha, ki Mubarak wuh, jo Khuda ki badshahat meu roti khawega. IG Us ne use kahS, ki Ek shakhs ne bar-i khana taiyar kiya, aur bahutog ko bulaya. 17 Aur khine ke waqt apne naukar ko bheji, ki bulae huou se kahe, ki Ac, sab kuchh taiyar hai. 18 We eabmilkar uzr karne lage. Pahle ne use kaha, ki Maiu ne khet n>ol liya, aur zurur hai, ki jake use dekhdo: maio tujh se arz karta hdo, ki meri taraf se uzr kar. J9 Aur dusre ne kaha, Maio ne panch jofe bail kharide haiu, aur maiu unheo azmine jata hdo : maio tujli se arz karti hdo, ki mere liye uzr kar. 20 Aur tisre ne kah5, Maio ne joru ki hai, is waste maiu nahiu a sakta. 21 Aur us naukar ne phir ake apne Ifhawiiid ko yih khabar dl. Tab sShib i khana ne gusse hokar apne naukar se kaha, ki Jald shahr ke baziroo aur rastou meu j^t aur muhtajoo, aur lunjou, aur langrou, aur audhou ko yahSo la. 22 Us naukar ne kaha, ki Ai Khudawand, tere hukm ke muwafiq liua, aur abhi jagah hai. 23 'J"ab ^h^wind ne naukar ko kaha, Rihou, aur bazarou ki taraf ja, aur taakid kar ki awep, ta ki meri ghar bhar jawe. 24 Kyunki maiu tumko kahta huu, ki koi ua logou raeu se, Jin ki daawat ki gal tbi, mera khani chakhne na pdwegd. 25 Aurbabut log us ke s&th jite the ; aur us ne phirke uaheo kaha, 26 Ki Agar L es LU'KA. [15 BAB. kof mere pia 5we, aur apne hip, aur mi, aur jorrt, aur lafkoo, aur bhdtoc, aur bahinoo, balki apnf jan ka bhl raukhalif na howe, wuh mer^ sh^girdnahio ho sakt^ hai. 27 Aur jo kol apnl salib na uthiwe, aur meri pairawJ na kare, wuh mer^ Bhagird nahio ho sakta hai. 28 Kyunki turn meu kaun hai, jo burj ban^ne kS irida karke pahle baithkar Ijharch ka his&b na kare, ki wuh use taiyar kar sake? 29 Aisi na ho, ki wuh neo dSlke use tamdm na kar sake, aur sab dekhnewale yih kahke us par hansne lageo, 30 Ki Is shakhs ne banana shurua kiya, par tamdm nakarsaka. 31 Ya kaunsS bddshah hai, jo dusre bidshah se larne chale, aur pahle baithkar maslahat na kare, ki wuh dashazarleke us kS, jo us par bis hazar se charh ati hai, slinhn^ kar saktA hai ? 32 Nahfu to wuh jab tak dusra diir hai, elchi bhejkar milip chaht^ hai ? 33 Pas isi tarah jo koi turn meu se apna sab kuchh na chhoj-e, mera shagird nahio ho sakta. 34 Nainak achchha hai, par agar namak phfka ho j^we, to kis se mazadar kiyi jaegi? 35 Wuh na khet na khid ke kam ka hai ; log use phenk dete haiu. Jis ko sunne ke kSu hot, suae. XV. Bi^B T Aur sab bajdar aur gunahgSr us ke pas ie, ki us kf suneu. 2 Tab Farfsoo aur safirou ne kurkurake kaha, ki Yih gunahgiroo ko qabul karta, aur un ke sath khiti hai. 3 Tab us ne unheu yihtanisll kahf, 4 Ki Turn meu se kaun hai, jo sau bher ki malik ho, aur wuh un meo se ek ko khowe, kya wuh niniiiawe ko maidaa meu nahio chhorta, aur jab tak us khoi hiii ko nahio pata, us ki talash men rahta hai ? 5 Aur pake khushf se apne kandhe par utha leti hai ; 0 Aur ghar meu ^kar dostoo aur parosiOQ ko ikatthe bulatS, aur unheo kahta hai, ki Mere sdth khushf karo, ki maiu ne apni khoi hiii bher pSf hai. 7 Maiu tumheu kahta huD, ki Isi tarah se asman meu ek gunahgar ke waste, jo tauba karta hai, ninanawe sadiqoo se, jo tauba ke muhtaj nahio, ziyada khushi hogi. 8 Aur kaun aurat hai, jis pas das dirham hoo, agar wuh ek khowe, kyi wuh chir^g ko nahfo jalati aur ghar ko jhartf, aur jab tak nahio p^tf, dhandhti phirti hai ? 9 Aur pake dostoo aur parosiou ko ikatthe bulati, aur kahti hai, ki Mere 85th khushi karo, ki maio ne apna khoya dirham paya. 10 Maiu tumheu kahta boo, ki Isi tarah se Khuda ke firishtoo ke huzur meo ek gunahgSr ke liye, jo tauba karta hai, khushi hoti hai. 11 Phir us ne kaha, ki Ek shakhs ke do bete the. 12 Un meo se chhote ne bSp se kaha, ki Ai bap, mal se, jo mera hissa ho, mujh ko de. Tab us ne mal unheo bant diya. 13 Chand roz ke baad chhota beta sab kuchh jama karke dor mulk ko chal nikla, aur wahao apna sab mal badchali meo ur.iya. 14 Aur jab wuh sab kuchh kharch kar chuka, us mulk meo bara kal para, aur wuh muhtaj hone Ingi. 15 Tab wuh jike us mulk ke ek shakhs ki naukar bana, jis ne use apne khetou par bheja, ki suaroo ko charawe. 16 Aur use 5rza thi, ki un chhilkoo se, jo suar khate the, apna pet bhare ; par koi use na deta tha. 17 Tab wuh apne hosh meo ake kahue laga, ki Mere bap ke kitne mazdur haio, jin ki roll bach rahti hai, aur maio yahan bhiikha raartd hdu. 18 Main uthkar apne b4p ke pas jaunga, aur use kahaoga, ki Ai bip, maio asman ke nazdikaur tere ige gunab. 16 BAB.] LU'KA. «» girhaUiaurab is Uiqnahfo, ki phir teri he\i kahUno : 19 Mujhe apne mazddroa meo se ek kl inanind baniiye. 20 Aur wuh uthkar apne hip ke pis gayfi. Jab wuh hanoz diir tli^, us ke bap ne use dekhS, aur rahiu kiy.i, aur daurke us ko gale laga liya, aur us ko chuuia. 21 Bete ne use kaha, ki Ai b^p, mail) ism&n ke nazdfk aurtere Sge gunahgar hi]o,aur ab is Miq nahiu, ki phir tera bet^ kahlauu. 22 Bap ne apne naukarou ko kahl, ki Auwal libas Uo, aur use pahiuao, aur us ke h^th nieu anguthi, aur pdou meo jatJ do. 23 Aur pali bachhra lao, aur taiyar karo, ki ham khiweo, aur khushf kareo. 24 Ki mera yih bet^ mar gaya thi, aur phir jiyi ; wuh khoya gayl th;i, aur phir miU. Tab we Ithushi karue lage. 25 Aur us ka bar^ beti khet meo thi ; aur jab ike ghar ke nazdfk pahunch£, to rag nach kf ^waz suni. 26 Tab us ne naukaroo meo se ek ko bul^ke pnchhi, ki Afj kya hai ? 27 Us ne jawab diyS, ki TerS bh^f ^yd hai, aur tere bSp ne pali bachhia mara, is waste ki us ne use sahih salaraat pSya. 28 Tab wuh gusse haS, aur na chaha, ki aodar jiwe. 29 So us ke bap ne nikalke use manayi ; par us ne jawSb meo bap se kaha, ki Dekh, maio itne barasoo se teri khidmat karti huo, aur kabhi tere hukm se bShar na gaya, aur tii ne mujhe halwao bhi kabhi na diy£, ki maio apne dostoo ke sath khushi kart£. 30 Par jab tera yih beta, jo teri daulat kasbfoD ke sath kha gaya, 5ya, td ne us ke liye pal4 bachhf^ zabh k\yi. 31 Par us ne use kaha, ki Ai larke, td hamesha mere sdth hai, aur jo kuchh meri, so teri hai ; 32 Par ^hushnud aur khursand bond wajib th£, ki teri yih bhaJ, jo mar gay4 thS, phir jiya hai, khoya gaya thd, phir mila hai. XVI. BAB. 1 Aur us ne apne shlgirdoo se yih bhi kahS, ki Ek tawangar shakhs thS, Jo ek ^hans^min rakhta thi, jis par us ke 4ge yih nalish hni, ki wuh terd mil barbld karta hai. 2 Us ne use bulakar kahd, Kyuo m io tere haqq meo yih sunti huo ? apnf khinsamlni ki hisab de ; kydnki td age ko khansaman na ho sakega. S Wuh J^hansiman apne dil meo kahne laga, ki Maio kya kardt), ki mera khudawaud khansamani mujh se leti hai? Maio khod nahfo saktl, bhikh mangne meo mujh ko sharm iti hai. 4 Maio j^nta hno, ki kiyi kardo, ki jab maio khansam^ul ee chhur^ya jado, we mujhe apne gharoo meo rahne deweo. 5 So us ne apne sdhib ke sab qarzdaroo ko bulike pahle se pdchhi, ki Td mere Ijhawind ki kitna dharati hai ? 6 Us ne jawib diya, ki Sau mann tel. Wuh bola, ki Apai dastawez le, aur baithkar jald pachas likh. 7 Ba%d us ke us ne ddsre se pdchhd, ki Td kitna dharata hai ? Us ne jawib diyi, ki Sau mann gehdn. 8 Us ne use kaha, ki Apni dastiwez le, aur assf likh. Aur khudiwand ne us nihaqq khsnsamin ki taarif kf, ki hoshyiri ki ; kydnki is zamlne ke log apni jins meo roshni ke logou se ziyida hoshyar haio. 9 Aur main tumheo kahta hdu, ki nahaqq ki daulat se apne waste dost paidi karo, tiki jab turn maazdl ho, we tumheo hamesha ke makanou meu rahne deweo- 10 Jo thore meo imandar hai, so bahut meo bhi imindar hai ; aur jo thore meo befmin hai, so bahut meo blii beiman hai. U Aur agar turn nihaqq daulat meo imandar na ho, to haqfqf ko tumheo kaun sompegi ? 12 Aur agar tum us meo jo ddsre ka hai, beiman ho, to kaun tuniheu kuchh degi, ki tumhira ho. 13 Koi chakar do khawind ki naukari ualito kar sakti ; kydu« L 2 if6 LU'KA. [ir BAB. ki wuh ek se dushmatif aur dusre se dosti rakhegd, y& ek ko minegS, aur ddsre ko baqlr jdnega. Turn Khuda aur daulat donou ke bande nahlo ho sakte. 14 Aur Faris, jo zardost the, ye sab bateu sunkar us par hansne lage. 15 Usne unheo kaha, ki Turn logoo ke Sge apnf tasdfq karte ho, par KhudS tumhSre dil ko jSntS hai : ki jo khalq meo umda hai, Khuda ke nazdik makruh hai. 16 Tauret auranbiya Yuhanna tak ; tab se Khuda ki bddshahat kf khushkhabarf di jati hai, aur sab koi zor mSrke us meo dakhil hotS hai. 17 AsmSn aur zamfa ka tal jani us se ^santar hai, ki tauret se ek nuqta ghat j^we. 18 Jo kof apnf Jora ko talaq de, aur diisrf se byah kare, zina kartS hai ; aur jo kof khasam se mutlaqa ko byah kare, zinS karta hai. 19 Ek daulatmand thd, jo argawani aur mihtn poshlk pahint^, aur har roz shdn o shaukat se aish o ishrat kartS thS. 20 Aur Laazr n^m ek muhtaj thi, jo nazur se bhara huS us ke darwaze par para thS, 21 Aur chaha, ki un tukrou se, jo daulatmand ki mez se girte the, apnA pet bhare ; balki kutte Skar uske zakhmoo ko chatte the. 22 Aur aisi hud ki wuh muhtaj mar^, aur firishtoo 66 Abiraham ki god meo pahunchaj'a gaya. Wuh daulatmand bhi mar5, aur gara gaya. 23 Aur pital meo apni ankheo kholkar apne ko azab meo pay^» aur dor se AbirahSm ko, aur us kf god meo Laazr ko dekha. 24 Tab us ne pu- kdrke kah5, ki Ai bdp Abiraham, mujh par rahm kar, aur LSazr ko bhej, ki apnf unglf kS sira pini men bhigake meri jibh ko thanda kare, ki maiu is shuala meo kalapta huo- 25 Par Abiraham ne kaha, ki Ai bete, yad kar, ki tu ne apnf zin- dagi meo apni sukh paya, aur LSazr ne dukh , so wuh ab bahalta hai, aur tu kalapti hai. 26 Aur in sab ke siwa hamare aur tumhare bfch meo ek bara ga|-hi hai, ki we jo yahao se tumhdre pds jSya chahen, ja nahiu saktc, na we, jo wahajj haio, is pir hamare pas a sakte haio- 27 Tab us ne kaha. Pas ai bap, maio terl minnat karta huo, ki us ko mere bap ke ghar meo bhej, 28 Ki mere pinch bh^f haio, ta ki wuh un ko gawahf dewe, na ho ki we bhi is azab kf jagah meo aweo- 29 Abiraham ne use kaha, ki Un ke pis Musa aur anbiya haio : we un kf suneo- 30 Wuh bola, Nahio, ai bap Abiraham ! balki agar murdoo meo se kof un ke pas jawe, to we tauba karenge. 31 Par us ne use kaha. Agar we Masa aur nabioo kl Da 8uneo> to agarchi koi murdoo meo se uthe, we kabhi na miuenge. XVII. BAB. 1 Aur us ne apne shdgirdoo se kaha, ki Thokaroo kd na 5na miihll hai, par aftos us par, jis ke wasile we .iweo. 2 Agar chakki ki. pat us ki gardan meo latkaya jata, aur wuh samundar meo phenka jlti, to yih us ke liye us se bihtar hota, ki in chhotoo meo se ek ko thokar khilawe. Apni khabardiri karo. 3 Par agar tera bhai terl gunah kare, to use malamat kar; aur agar wuh tauba kare, use muaf kar. 4 Aur agar wuh ek din meo sdt bar tera gunah kare, aur ek din meo sat bar tere pas phir awe, aur kahe, ki Maio tauba karta huo : to use muaf kar. 5 Aur rasuloD ne Khudawand ko kabS, ki Hamare imin ko barhi ? 6 Ivhuda- wand ne kahi, ki Agar turn meo r£i ke dane ke bardbar iman hot£, to turn is 17 BAB. J LU'KA. »1 gfilar de daralfht ko kahte, ki Jar se ukhar, aur samundar men lag ji, to wuh tum- h4rf hit m^nU. 7 Aur turn meu kaun hai, jis U naukar hal jote, ya charwahf karejab wuh khet ee Swe, ky^ wuh use kaheg^, ki Ja aur khane par baith ? 8 lialki kya wuh use na kahegi, ki Mere waste khani baD5, aur apnl kamar bliidl), aur meri khidmat kar jab tak luaiu kha pi chukuo, aur baad uske tii khd aur pi ? 9 Kya wuh us uaukar k( ehukrguzari karW, ki usne we k£m, jo use farmae gae the, kiye ? Maio samajhtS, nahfu. 10 Isi tarah jab turn jo kam tumheu farmae gae haio, kar chukoo'e, to kaho, ki ham nikamme naukar haio ; kyunki jo hameu karna zuriir th^, so ham ne kiya. 11 Aur aisx hna ki jab wuh Yarusalam ko j^ta thS, Samriin aur Jalil ke bfch Be guira. 12 Aur ek basti men dakhil bote use das kofhi mile, jo dur se khare rahe; 13 Aur bari Iwaz se chillie, ki Ai Khudawand Yustia, ham par rahra kar! 14 Us ne dekhke unheo kaha, ki Jake aprie taiu kahinou ko dikhlao. AuraisahdS ki we jate hae pak ho gae. 15 Aur un meo se ek ne, jab dekhi ki changa ho gayd, bari iwaz se Khuda ki sitaish karta huS ulta pliira, 16 Aur us ke qadamoo pis us ki shukrguzari karta hiia aundhd gira : aur yih Samriinl tha. 17 Tab Yusua ne jawab meu kaha, KyS. das change na hue, phir we nau kahao haio ? 18 Kya is pardesS ke siwa koi na mila jo Khuda kS sitaish ke liye phire ? 19 Aur us ne use kaha, ki Uthke rawana ho : tere Iman ne tujh ko bachaya hai. 20 Aur jab Farisou ne us se puchha, ki Khuda ki badshahut kab awe^f ? to U3 ne jawab meo unheo kaha, ki Khuda ki badshahat namud ke sath nahio ati ; 21 Aur we na kahenge, ki Dekho, yahio bai, yi dekho wahao hai ! kyunki dekho J^huda ki bidshahat turn meo hai. 22 Aur us ne apne shagirdoo se kaha, ki We din iwenge ki tum chaho^e, ki In- sln ke Bete ke dinoo meo se ek ko dekho, par na dekhoge. 23 Aur we tumhco kahenge, ki dekho, wuh yahao hai; ya dekho, wuh wahao hai! tum mat chalo na unke pichhe jao. 24 Kyunki jaisa bijli ismao ke tale ek taraf se chamakkar as- man ki dusri taraf tak roshan karti hai, wai.sihi Insan k4 Bet^ apne din meo hoga. 25 Lekin pahle zuriir hai ki wuh bahut dukh uthawe, aur is zamane ke lo^oo ee namaqbol thaharaya jawe. 26 AurjaisS Nuha ke dinoo meo tha, waisahi Insan ke Bete ke dinoo meu hoga . 27 We khate the, pite the, byah karte the, aur byihe jate the, jis din tak ki Nuha jahaz par charh^, aur tiifan ne ake sabhon ko halak kiya. 28 Aur jis tarah Lot ke dinoo meo tha, we khate the, pite the ^haridte the, bechte the, bote the, ban^te the; 29 Par jis din Lut Sadiim se nikal gaya, ^sman se 5g aur gandhak barsa, aur sabhoo ko bhasam kiya : 30 UsI tarah us din meo bhi hog4 jab Insan ki Beta zihirhoga. 31 Jo us din kothe par howe, aur uska asbab ghar meo, wuh us ke lene ko na utre ; aur jo khet meo bowe, wuh bhi na phire. 32 Lut ki jorii ko yad karo! 33 Jo koi chahe ki apnf jan bachawe, use ganwaegi ; aur jo kof apni jan ko ganwiega, use bachawega. 34 Maio tumheo kahta hug, ki Us rit meo do ek bichhaune par honge: ek pakra jaega, dusri chhut jaega. 35 Do ek sath chakki pisti hongi ; ek pakri jiegi, aur dusri chhut jaegf. 36 Do khet men honge, ek pakfa jaega, aur dusra chhut jiega. Unhoo ne jiwab meo use kaha, ki Kahioi ai Khudawand? 37 Wuh ua ae bola, Jahio murd"''' '"''"* "a, par u„l,„,, „, „,, I,,,, „ '^J- " Pl..r us „e d,lsr. na„t,r ko e ,' to ."al.k „e kaba, ki M„i„ k^a kar.ig » ' ! ^^ ""»' "»''■ '■> Tab us W. "' we use dekbkar dab jae„. ,4 Pa,- hb T '"" " ""'^ '° "''^J-S* ^ »l%ad H'-e ajse„ikilte„>rd.la. Pas ba~ ki , Abt '""'""'° '''=• '^ S" ""l>°» uu ba,ba„o„ ko jau se ,„.rega, „„r b.J :";": " '" '"'"'' ' '« «'ub akar l.kh, gaj-a hai, ki Wub p:„thar iise ,„iar * ''°'''' ''''' -'". kj-.i bai io "^^ ? '- Jo ko, us paftbar ^^ 2::Z:"r'"' "''■ ""'" '"- '^ ^i "- P'3 dalega. , „ Tab sardfr tfbi^ ';'""■ '"• '"^' ' "" '•' ^" w-h g.Te. -" .;*leu, par lo^o^ se ^areUi urorne dar:";: ''f ''' "=' ""^' ^ P> un ke |,a„ „e„ j,,,,, ,^, "•"'<"• « dar.vaft k,ja tl.a, ki us ne jib tamsfl "-■ 2i So u„b„„ „e u's se , lb e aw^; u''" 'V"'" "" '*""■'" - ^^ t.i sach kah« aur sikbl.ta bai Jrt '2 \ '"'''•''''" ^'''^ ''->'• ki Par us „e „„ k, d,,,ba.i dar.aft karke uo se kabVk 1 """ " '' "'"''" ' '" >^J 2> Mujh ko ek dinar dikhlao. u par 1 k. '"" ""'^■'"'"*"'"'""«' Wo jawib me„ boic, Qaisar ks. 05 Tab^ . "' "" '''" ''' »■"" '•-if 90 LUKiV. [21 BAB. bai Qiiisar ko, aur jo Kliudi hi hai Khudi ko do. 26 Aur we logoo ke iige us kf bit ko pakar na sake, aur us ke jawab se hairan hoke chup rah gae. 27 Pliir Saduqou meo se, jo qij'Sniat ke munkir haic, baazoo ne pSa ike us se puchhl, 23 Ki A\ ustSd, Miisi ne hamare liye lithi hai, ki Agar kisf shaklis ka bhai jorii chborke lawalad mar jae, to us ka bhii us ki jord ko lewe, aur apne bhii ke liye aulad paida kare. 29 Pas s4t bhaJ the, aur palile jord karke beaulad mar gaya. 30 Aur dusre ne us ko liya, aur beaulid mar gayS. 31 Aur tisre ne use liya, aur usi tarah se satou ne, aur sab beaulad mar gae. 32 Sab kfe baad wuh aurat bhi mar gai. 33 Pas qiyamat meu v/uh un meu se kis ki joru hogt ? kyiinki wuh B^tou ki jord thi. 34 Yusua ne jawab meo unheu kaha, Is jahan ke log byah karte haio, aur byahe jate haio ; 35 Lekin we, jo us ke liiq jane gae haiu, ki us jahan meo aur murdoij ki qiyamat met) sharik howeo, na byah karte haiy, na byilie jite haiij ; 36 Kyunki we ])liir mar nahiij sakte ; ki we firishtou ke bnrabar hair, aur qiyamat ke lafke hokar lihud.1 ke far/and h-iiu- 37 Par ki murde phir uthenge, Miisa ne bht jhari ke nKUjam men ishara kiyi hai, ki wuh Khudawand ko Abirahaiii ka Khuda, aur Izliak ka Klnidi, aur Yaaqub ka Khuda kahta hai. 38 Par Khudi mur^iou ki nah'y, balkiziiidoQ ka liai ; kynnki sab us ke nazdik jfte haiij. 39 Tabsafirog meo se baazoo ne jawab meu use kahi, ki Ai ustad, td ne khub far,maya. 40 Aur baad us ke unhou ne juraat na ki, ki us se kuchh puciiheo- 4 I Aur us ne unheo kaha. We kydnkar kahte haiu, ki Masih Diiid ka beti hai ? 42 Aur Dud ap zaburou ki kitab mea kuhta hai, ki Khudawand ne mere Khuda- WAND ko kahi, ki Td mere dahne baiih 43 Jab tak maio tere dushmanou ko tere paou ki chaiiki karun. 4i So Diud use Kuudawand kahti hai : phir wuh us ka bet i kyuukar hai ? 45 Aur jab sab log sunte the, us ne apne shagirdoo se kah5, 46 Ki Safiroo se kharbardir raho, jo Iambi poshik meu chalna phirnd, aur bazarog meo salam, aur mahfiloo meo sadrchauki aur ziyafatoo meo sadrnishinf ch.ihte haiij ; 47 We bewou ke gharou ko nigal jate, aur dikhane ke liye namaa daraz karte haio : we liyada 6az4 pawenge. XXL BAB. 1 Aur us ne iinkh uthake dekha, ki daulatmand log bait ul mal meo apni zak£t dalte haiij. 2 -Aur ek kangal bewa ko us meo do pii d.ilte dekha, 3 Aur kahji, ki Maio tum se sach kahta huo, Is kangal bewa ne un sab se ziyida dala. 4 Kyunki un sabhoo ne apni ziyadati se Khuda ki niyaz ke liye dali, par is ne apni kamti se apui sari punji dali. 5 Jab baaze haikal ke haqq meu kahte the, ki wuh umda pattharoo aur nazroo se Srasta hai, us ne kaha, 6 We Din awenge, ki in meu &e, jo tum dekhte iio, patthar par patthar na rahegri, jo giraya na jaegi. 7 Unhou ne yih kahke us se sawal kiya, ki Ai ustad, yih sab kab hogi ? aur us waqt ka, jab yih ho jaegi, kyi nishan hai? H Us ne kaha, ki $.habardir, na ho ki tum bhulae j io ; ki mere nam se hahulere ake kahenge, ki Maio wuhi hup, aur wuh waqt nazdik hai : so tum ua ki pairawi mat karo. 9 Par jab tum lajiiou aur fas.doo ki khabreo suno, to mat ghabrao ; kyunki uu sab ka pahle bona zurdr hai, parin:iha hanoz nahln. 21 BAH.] LU'IvA. 97 10 Phir us ne unheo kahi, ki Q,am par qautn, aiir b^dshShat par bidshiihat cliarhegf, 1 1 Aur jagah ba jagah zalzala, aur k5l, aur marf honge, aur daraune aiir bare nishdn 5sman se zahir honge. 12 Pi.r un sabhoo se peshtar we mere n4m ke waste turn par h^th dalenge, aur tumheu satawenge, malifilou aur qaidkhanott meu hawile karke bidsliahou aur hakimoo ke huzur le jaenge. 13 Aur yih turn- hare live gawaiif thaharegf. 14 So turn apne diloo meu thano, ki ham jawab dene ke waste age se andesha na karenge : 1.5 Kyunki maiu tuinko aisi zab^n aur aql di'mgi, ki tumhire sab mukhilif na jawab de sakeo, na simhna kar sakeo. IG Aur turn mi Lap, aur bhSiou, aur rishtadarou, aur dostoo se pakafwae jao^e, aur we turn men se baazou ko mar dalenge. 17 Aur mere ndm ke sabab aab lo" turn se dushiiianf karenge. 18 Par tumhare sir ke ek bal ko zarar na pahuncheg.i. 19 Sabr so apnf jinou ko bachao. 20 Par jab tum Yarusalam ko lashkaroo se gheri hiii dekho, to j^no, ki U3 !cf wiranf nazdik hai. 21 Tab we, jo Yahddah men howeo, paharoo ko bha'geo ; our we, jo us ke bi'ch meu howeu, bahar nikal jaweo, aur jo berunjit meu howeo us meo na j.iweo ; 22 Kyunki ye intiqam ke din haiu, ki sab kuchh, jo likha hai, pura howe. 23 Par afsos un par, jo un dinoQ meu petwalilu aur diidh pila- newaliiu liou ; kyunki mulk par bahut ranj, aur is qaum par gazab howa. 24 We talwar ki dhar se mdre parenge, aur sab qaumou meu bandhue ho jaenje • aur Yarusalam qauniOQ se latari jiegS, jab tak ki qnumoo ke aiyam pure na howeg. 25 Aur sijraj, aur ch.ind, aur sitaroo meo nishan dikhlai denge, aur zamin par qaumou kf musibat ghabrdhat ke sath hogi, ki samundar aur us kf laharou k4 shor hoga. 26 Aur log us halat kf, jo jahan par anewali hai, dahshat aur intizarf se bejan honge ; kyunki 5sman ki quwaten hiiif jaengf. 27 Aur tab log Ins^n ke Hete ko bad.il p;ir qudrat aur bare jaUi ke sSth ate dekheiige. 28 Par jab in sabhoo ki hona shuriia howe, sidhe baitho, aur apne sir dpar ko uthao, ki tumh^rl azadahuda, aur sab logon keageqaul o fial meu qadir tha : 20 Aur kyuukar sardar kaliinoo, aur hainare sardarou ne use hawala kiya, ki us par qatl ka fatwi diya jawe ; aur uuliou ne use salib di. 21 Par ham umraedwar the, ki wuh bani Israel ko azad karega, par un sab ke siwa ab tisraroa hai, jab se yih hua. 22 Lekin ham logon men se baay.i auratoo ne bhi hamen hai- r;in kiyd : we sawere qabr par gain; 23 Aur us ki lish na pake yih kahti ain, ki Ham ne firishtou ki royat dekhf, jinhon ne kaha, ki Wuh jita hai. 24 Aur hamare sathiou meu se baaze qabr par gae, aur jaisa, auratog ne kaha tha, waisahi piya ; par us ko na dekha. 25 Tab us ne unheu kaha, ki Ai nadno, aur un batoo par jo nabion ne farmain, Imin lane men sustdilo. 26 Kya zurur na tha, ki Masih dukh uthawe, aur apne jaial meo dakhil iiowe ? 27 Aur Musi aur sab nabioo se sharoa karke us ne' sab batou ka, jo sab kitibou meo us ke haqq meu likhl gat haio, baySn kiya. 28 Aur we us basti ke, jidhar jate the, pis pahunche ; aur ais^ z5hir hota th5, ki wuh age j5ya chahti hai. 29 Par unhou ne use rokke kaha, ki Hamare sath rah ; kyunki sham nazdik hai, aur din fibhir ho chala. Tab wuh bhitar gay4, ki un ke sath rahe. 30 Aur aisa hu4 ki jab wuh un ke sath khane baitha, us ne rott lekar shukr kiy^, aur tofke un ko df. 31 Tab un ki inkheu khul gaiu ; aur 1 BAB.] YU'llANNyV. 103 unhoo ne us ko pahchanS, aur wuh um sc g5ib hud. 32 Tab unhoo ne 5pu8 meo kahd, Jab wuh haniire sath rah meo bateu karta tha, aur hain^re liye kitibou ko kholta thri,kyaham£redilhanimeu najaltethe? 33 Aur we usighaffuthkar Yaru- salam ko phire, aur un gyarahou aur un ke sathfou ko bSham piy^, 34 Jo kahte tbp, ki Khudawand beshakk utha, aur Samaan ko dikblai diya hai. 35 Aur unhou ne bhi bayan kiya, ki rah par kya hu 7 Biu.ar ne use jaw4b diya, Ai Khuda wand, mujh pSs Sdmf nahfu, ki jab pani hile, mujh ko hauz n.eo utare ; aur jab tak maio Sp se auo, dusrS mujh se pahle utarta hai. 8 Yusua ne use kaha, ki Uth, apnf chSrpai uthSke chala jS. 9 Wuh Sdm, usi waqt changl ho gaya, aur apnf cbSrpSi uthake chal nikla. Aur wuh sabt ka din tha. JO Isliye Yahudfop ne us se jo changa Mi tha, kaha, ki Yih sabt ka din nai, tujh ko rawS nahfo, ki apnf char'pai utha le jawe. 11 Us ne unheo jawab diy.i, ki Jis ne mujh ko chang;l kiya usi ne mujhe farmaya, ki Apnf cbarpai uthake chalS ja. 12 Tab unhou ne us se pocbhd, kl W uh kauu shakhs hai jis ne tujh se kahS, ki apnf cliarpaf uthake chala j.i ? 13 Par us ne, jo changS kiya gayS tbl, na jana, ki wuh kaun hai ; kyunki Yusua wahSo sc chala gay?i thi, ki us jagah meo ek dangal tha. no YuiiANNiV. [5 imn. 14 Baad us ke Yusaa ne use haikal meo p«yS, aur use kahS, ki Dekh, tfi change hiii hai, phirgunih na kariiR, na howe, ki tii us se badtar bala meu pare. 15 Us 5ami ne jake Yahndfou ko ittilaa df, ki jis ne inujh ko changa kiyS, Yusaa hai. 16 Isw4ste Yahudf Yusuakosatake us ke qatl ke darpai hue, ki Yusua ne sabt ke din yih kSni kiya tha. 17 Par Yusua ne unheu jawab diy<1, ki Meri Hip ab tak kim karti hai, aur maio bhf kam karta hdo. 18 Us sabab se Y^ahudiou ne use qatl karne ka ziyada qasd kiya ; kyiinki us ne sirf sabt ko na mSna, balki Khudi ko apnl Bap kahke ftp ko K.huda ke barabar kiya. 19 Tab Yusua ne jawab meo unheu kaha, ki Maiu turn se sacli sach kahtS huo, ki Beta Sp se kuchh nahfu kar saktg, niagar jo kuchh wuh l>ap ko karte dekhta hai; kyunki jo kdm wuh karta hai, Beta bhi usi tarah wuhi kart,-* liai. 20 Ki Bap Bete ko piyar karta hai, aur sab kuchh, jo wuh ap karta hai, us ko batldti hai ; aur wuh un se bhi bare kSm use dikhlawegi, ki turn ta^jjub ka- roge. 21 Kyunki jaisa Bap murdon ko ulhlta liai aur jilftta hai, waisfthf Beti bhf, jIn ko chahtd hai, jilata hai. 22 Rynnki Bap kisi kf adalat nahfu karta, balki sSri adalat Bete ko somp di, 23 Ta ki sab Bete ki taazim kareu, jis tarah BSp kt taazhu kartc haiu. Jo liete ki taazim nahiu kartS, Bap ki, jis ne use bheja hai, taazim nahio kartS. 24 Main turn se sach sach kahtS hiiu, Jo mera kalam sunta hai, aur mere bhejnewale par iman lata hai, hayit i abadf us ki hai, aur ada- lat men nahfo j^ta, balki mf,ut se guzarke hayat ko pahuncha hai. 25 Maiu turn se sach sach kahta huD, ki Waqt ati hai, aur ab hai, ki murde Khuda ke Bete ki 5wSz sunengp, aur sunke jfenge. 26 Kyunki jais^ Bap flp meu zindagi rakhti hai, waisa us ne Bete ko diyi hai, ki ^p meu zindagi rakhe ; 27 Aur use adalat karne ka ikhtiyir diyft, is waste ki wuh Insftn ka Betft hai, 28 Is se taajjub na karo ; kyonki waqt ftti hai, ki sab, jo qabrou meu haiu, us ki ftwiz sunenge; 29 Aur we nikal iwenge, jo nekokir the, hayat ki qiyimat meo, aur jo badkar the, adilat ki qiyamat meu. 30 Maiu ap se kuchh kar nahiu sakta huo : jaisi maiu sunta hno, waisa adilat karta huu, aur meri adalat durust hai ; kyunki maiu apni marzi ko nahfo, balki Bap kf marzi ko, jisne raujh ko bheji hai, chahta htio. 31 Agar maiu apne liye gawahi dun, to meri gawahi sach nahio ; 32 Dusrd hai, jo mere liye gawahi deta hai, aur maiu jant^ hiio, ki jo gawahi wuh mere liye deta hai, sach hai. 33 Turn ne Yuhanna ke pis bheja, aur us ne sachi gawihi di. 34 Par niaio insin se^ gawahi nahio leti hiio, balki ye biteo bolti huo, ki turn najat pao. 35 Wuh chirag i farozan aur darakhsh in thi, aur turn thori der chahte the, ki us ke nur meo khush ho. 36 Lekin mere pis Ynhanna ki gawahi se ek barf gawahi hai : kyunki we kim, jo Bap ne mujh ko diye, ki unheu taraam karuu, we kim, jo maiu karta, hno, mere liye gawahi dete haio, ki Bip ne mujh ko bheja hai. 37 Aur Bip ne, jis ne mujh ko bheja hai, ip mujh par gawihi di hai ; turn ne kabhi us ki Iwaz nahiu suni, aur na us ki stirat dekhi. 38 Aur us ka kallm tum meg qSim nahio haij kynnki turn us par, jise us ne bheja hai, imia nahiu late. 39 Kitabou meo dhiindho, kyunki tum samajhte ho, ki un meu tum- hireliye hayat i abadi hai : aur we hi mere liye gawahidenewiliio haiu. 40 Par tum mere pisine nahio chahteho, ki zindagi pao. 41 Maiu khalq se taazim qabul nahio karti ; 42 Lekin maiu tumheu janta huo,ki Khuda ka piyar tum meo nahio. 43 Maiu apne B-ip ke nam se iyi huu, par tum raujhe qabul nahin karte ; 6 BAB. J YU'IlANN/y. m agar dusra apne hf nim se dwe, turn use qabiil karoge. 44 Tuin jo ipus meo ek ek se taa/Jm Ictc, aur siif Khudi se taaziin nahiu dhiindhte, kytinkar imSn 1\ sakte ho ? 45 Mat samjho, ki maio Bap ke p.ls turn par nSlish kariingS : tmnliari n.'ilishkarnewala Miisa Iiai, jis par tumhara iatimid liai. 40 Kyuiiki agar tniu Miisi parfni.in lite, to iiiujii par bhJ fniSn lite; kyiinki us ne mere haqij inco likliii hai. 47 Lekin jab turn us ke nawishtou ke muataqid nahfo, to turn nicrf batou ko' kvuoknr biwar karoge ? VI. BAB. 1 Baad us ke Ynsna daryi i Jalil ke pSr, jo darya i Tiberiya hai, gaya. 2 Aur bahutlogus ke pichhe chale ; kyiinki unhoo ne us ke muajizou ko, jo us ne biinarou nieo diklilae, dekh^ tha. 3 Aur Yusna pahar par jake wahajj apne shiigi dou ke sSth baithl. 4 Aur Yahudioo kf Id i fasah na/.dik thi. 5 Jab Yusiia ne apni Snkheu uthake dekha, ki bahut log us ke pis 5te haiti, to Fih'p se kaha, ki Ham kahao se roti mol leweo, ki ye khaweu ? G Par us ne imtihan k? rah se yih taha th5 ; kyunki wuh ap janta tha, jo kiya chihta tha. 7 Filip ne use jawdb dij'a, ki Agar un meo se harek ko ek tukra diva jae, to do .sau dinar k! rotfau un ke liye bas na hongi. 8 Us ke shagirdoo meu se ek ne, jo Saniauu Patthras ka bh4i Andriyls thd, use kaha, 9 Yahao ek chhokre ke pis jau ki pinch rotian, aur do chhoti inachhliau haio; par we itne logog meo kyahaiu ? 10 Yusda ne kaha, ki Logoij ko baithao. Aur usjagahmeo Lahut ghis tlif. Chunanchi we log shumsr meo qarib panch h&rAr ke baith gae. 11 Aur Yusua ne rotian lie, aur slnikr karke sh^igirdooko din, aur shdgirdoo ne baithnewaloo ko ; aur isi tarah machiilioo meo se jitna we chahte the. 12 Jab ser liue, us ne shagirdoo ko farmaya, ki Bache tukroo ko jama karo, td ki kuchh kharab na ho. 13 Chuninchi unhoo ne jama karke jau kf un pinch roilou ke tukroo se, jo khane ke baad bach rahe the, barah tokrian bhario. 14 Tab un logoo ne yih muajiza, jo Yusua ne dikhiya, dekhkar kahi, Filhaq'qat wuh nabf, jo dunya meo anew.ala tha, yihf hai. 15 Pas Yusua maaluni karke ki we chilite liaiij, ki aweu, aur use ba zor pakarke ladshah kareii, ap akela paliar ko phir gaya. 16 Aur jab shim hiif, uske shagird dary^ par gae, aur kishtf par charhke daryi pir Kafrnahnm ko chale. 17 Us waqt andheri ho gaya tha, aur Yu£iia un ke pis na 5yl tha. 18 Aur barf indlii ke mire pani bahut uchhalne lagi. 19 Aur jab we qarib pachis ya tis tir part ib ke nikal gae, unhon ne Yusua ko dary.i par chalte aur kishti ke nazdik ate dekha, aur dar gae. 20 Tab us ne unheo kaha, ki Maiu hiio, mat dnro. 21 Tab we use kislitf par liya chihte the, aur kishti filfaur u* zamin par, jaliao we jite the, ji paliunchf. 22 Diisre din jab logoo ne, jo us par khare the, dekha, ki siwa us ck ke kol dusrf kishti na thi, aur ki Vusiia apne slii- girdoo ke sath us kislitf par na gaya tha, balki us ke shagird akele gae the, 23 Par aur kishtiau Tiberiya se us jagah, jahio unhoj ne Khudawand ke shukr ke baad roli khai thi, aio, 24 Log yih dekhke ki na Yusfia na us ke shagird wahao hai'.i, un kislitfoo par charhe, aur Yusna kf talash meu Kafrnahnm ko &e. 25 Unhoo ne use darya ke pSr pake kaha, ki Rabbi, tu yahiu kab .iya ? 26 Yusna ne jawabmeu unhen kaha, ki .Maio turn se sacb sach kahta huu, ki uisha- O 118 YUilANN^. [6 BAB. sou Ice dekhne ke sabab se turn log mnjlie nahfo dhi'indhte ho, balki is liye ki turn rotf khiSke ser hoe. 27 Turn fini hLhurak ke liye nahlu, balki hay it i sibadf tak thaharnewili khur^k ke liye mihnat karo, jolnsan k& Beti turn ko deg5 ; kyfinki Bap ne, jo Khuda hai, us par muhr kar di hai. 28 Tab unhoo ne use kab5, ki Ham kya kareu, ki Kliuda ke kam bajS liweo ? "29 Yusua ne jawab meo un'nej kahS, ki Khuda k£ kim yih hai, ki turn us par, jise us ne bliejS, Imln lao. 30 Tab unhoD ne use kahS, Tu kyCi nishan dikhlata hai, ki ham delchke tujh par lm5n liweu ? tn kyi karta hai ? 31 Ilamlre blpdadoo ne baylbSn raeo mann khayS, jaisi liklii hai, ki Us ne unheo dsniSn se roU khine dl. 32 Tab Yusua ne unhea kah^, ki Main tumheo sach sach kahta huu, ki Mtis^ ne tumheo Ssmin se roll na di, balki merd Bap turn ko dsmSn se wuh sachi roU detl hai. 33 Kyunki Khuda kiroU wuh hai,joasman se utri, aur dunyri ko zindagf ba^hshti hai. 34 Tab unhou ne use kaha, Ai Khudawand, hameu hameslia yih roti diya kar. 35 Yusda ne unheo kahS, ki Zindagi ki rotf maio lii'ig : jo mujh pas ata hai, kabhiblidkha na hoga; aur jo mujh par fmSn latd hai, kabhf piyasa na hogl. 36 Lekin maio tumheu kah chuka, ki turn ne to mujhe dekha, par Iman nahfu late ho. 37 Har ek, jo Bip ne mujhe diya hai, mere pas ^wega ; aur jo mere pas ati hai, nviio use hargiz nikal na dungd. 38 Kyunki maio Ssman par se nah'u utr.i hiio, ki apnf marzl par, balki apne bhejnewale kl msrzi par amal karuo. 89 Aur Bap, jis ne mujhe bhejl hai, yih chahti hai, ki jinheo us ne mujhe diya hai, un meu se maio kisl ko na khouD, balki roz i ^khir men use phirjiliuo. 40 Aur mere bhejnewale ki marzi yih hai, ki har ek, jo Bete ko dekhe, aur us par iman lawe, hayat i abadf plwe, aur maiu^use roz i akhir men phir jilaung.1. 41 Tab Yahudl us par kurkurae, ki us ne kaha, ki Wuh roti, jo SsmSn se utrf, maiu huo; 42 Aur we bole, Kya yih Ynsuf ka beta Yusna, nahin, jis ke ma bip ko ham jJinte haio ? phir wuh kyunkar kahtl hai, ki Maio dsmSn se utra hno ? 43 Tab Yusua ne jawab meu unheu kalia, ki Apus meu mat kurkurao. 44 Kof mere pas .i nahfu saktl, jab tak ki Bap, jis ne mujhe bheja hai, use kliinch na lawe ; aur maio use roz i 6.\hir meg phir uthaunga. 45 Nabioo men likha hai, ki We sab Khudii ke sikhlae honge. Pas harek, jo Bap se suiita aur sfkhta hai, mere pis 5ti hai. 46 Yih nahio ki kisi ne BSp ko dekha, siwa us ke jo Khudl kl taraf se hai, usi ne B^p ko dekhi hai. 47 Maiu turn se sach sach kahta hno, Jo mujh par 1m5n Hti, haySt i abadi usi ki hai. 48 Maiu haydt ki roti hdn. 49 Tumhrire bijpdadoo ne bayaban meu mann khaya, aur mar gae; 50 Jo roti asmin se utrf wuh hai, ki jo koi use khawe, na mare. 51 Wuh zindagi ki rotf, jo dsman se utrf, maiu huu: jo koi us roti se kiiSwe, abad tak jita rahega ; aur roti, jo maio dnnga, mera gosht hai, jo maiu dunya ki zindagi ke liye dung.'J. 52 Tab Yahudi ^pus men balis karne lage, ki Yih apna gosht kliane ko hameo kyunkar de sakta hai ? 53 Yustia ne unheo kaha, ki Maiu tumheu sach sach kahta huu, Agar turn InsSn ke Bete ka gosht na khao, aur us ka lalu'i na p'o, to turn meu lindagi na hogf. 54 Jo mer.i gosht kh^ta, aur mera lahu pita hni, hamcsha ki xindagi pawega, aur inaio use roz i Skhir meu uth.iunga. 55 Kydnki mera gosht filhaqtqat khurdani hai, aur mera lahii filhaqiqat noshidanf hai. 66 Jo mer^ gosht khatd hai, aur mera b.hd pita hai, mujh meu rahta hai, aur maio us meu. 57 Jis tarah jite Bap ne mujhe Iheja hai, aur maiu Bap se jita hue, usi tarah jo mujhe 7 BAB.] YU'lIANNA. 113 kMtS hai, mujh se jfegl. 58 Yih wuh roll hai, jo Ssman sc utri; us mann kl indnind nahtu, jo tumhare bapdide khlkc mar gae. Jo yih rotf khata hai, so abad tak jita rahegi. 59 Us ne Kafrnahdm ineo taalJm dete hde Mahfil meu yc bdtea kahiij. 60 Tab us ke sh.lgirdoo meu se bahutere suiikar kahne lage, ki Yih saljht ka- Ifim hai: use kaun sun sakta hai? 61 Par Yusua neap se jdnkar, ki us ke ehagird us par kurkurite haiu, unheu kah£, Kya yih tuniheo thokar khilata hai ? 62 Pas ag.ir turn Ins in ke Bete ko jahHU wuh Sge thi, cliarhte dekhoge, to kyS kahoge ? 63 Wuh rdh liai, jo ziiida karti hai : goslit kuchh ftida nahiQ. Ye bateo, jomaio tumheo kahti huu, ruh haiu, aur zindagi haio. 64 Par turn uieo baajse haio* jo fmSn nahfo late ; kyunki Yusna ko shuriia se maalnm th4, ki we kaun haiu, jo fmin nahio late haiu, aur wuh kaun hai, jo use pakarwaegl. 65 Phir us ne kaha, Is liye maio ne tumheo kaha, ki Koi mere pis a nahiij sakta, jab tak ki mere Bap se yih us ko diya na j^we. 66 Us waqt us ke shagirdoo meo se bahut ulte phir gae, aur baad us ke us ke sSth na chale. 67 Tab Yusua ne un barahou ko kaha, Kya turn bhi chihteho, kichale ja'o ? 68 Samadn Patthras ne use jawab diya, Ai Khudawand, ham kis pas jaeg. 69 Hayat i abadi ki bateo tere pas haio : aur ham frain lae haiu, aur yaqfn jlnte haiij, ki tu zinda Khuda k5 Beta Maslh hai. 70 Yusua ne unheu jawlb diya, Ky£ mail) ne turn barahoo ko intikhab nahiu kiya, aur ek turn meu se shaitan hai? 71 Us ki murad Samadn ke bete Yahddih Insqaryat se thi; kyuaki un birah men se wuh ek thl, aur use pakarwdya chahta tha. VII. BAB 1 Baad us ke Yusda Jalil men ji bS ja phira kiya, kydnkJ us ne na chahi, ki Yahudah meo phire, is liye ki Yuhudi us ke qatl kl fikr men the. 2 Aur Yahu- dioo ki id i khaiina nazdik hdi. 3 Tab us ke bhafou ne use kaha, ki Yahao se rawana ho, aur Yahudah meo ja, ki jo kani tn karta hai, tere shigird bhi dekheo. 4 Kyunki jo koi apne talo zahir karue chihti hai, wuh chhipke kuchh nahio karti : agar td ye kam karta hai, to apne taio dunyd par zlhir kar. 5 Kyunki us ke hhit bhi uspar inian ua lae. 6 Tab Yusda ne unheo farm^ya, ki Merl waqt hanoz nahiQ 6ya, par tumhara waqt hamesha hai. 7 Dunya tuin se dushmani nahiu karti; par mujh se dushmani karti hai; kyunki maio us par gawahi deta hdu, ki us ke kam bure haiu. 8 Tum is id meo jao; nudu abhi is id meu nahiu jata hdu; kyun- ki mera waqt abhi pdri nahfo hdi. 9 Wuh ye bateu unheu kahke Jnlil men raha. 10 Lekin wuh apne bhafou ki rawanagi ke baad dp bhi id meu, zahiran nahfo, balki chhipke gayi. 1 1 Tab Yahudi id meo use dhdndhue aur kahne lage, ki Wuh kahiu hai ? 12 Aur logoo men us ki babat bara gauga thl : baaze kahte the, ki Wuh nek hai ; par ba^ze kahte the, ki Nahiu ; balki wuh logou ko gumrah karta hai. 13 Par Yahddioo se darke koi beparwdi se us ki bat na kahtd tha. 14 I'd ke bich meo Yusda haikal meu jAke taalim dene lagd. 15 Tab Yahu- di mutaajjib hoke bole, ki Yih betaalim kyuukar ilra janti hai ? 16 Yusu^i Qe jawab meu unheu kalia, ki Meri taalim meri nahiQ ; balki mere bbejnewdle O 2 lU YU'HANNA. [7 BAB. Jil hai. 17 Agar kol us kf mar/.S par chala cliche, wuh is taalfm kf bibat jSnegS, ki wuh Khudi se hai, yA ki inaiu ^p se bolta hun. 18 Jo &p se bolti iiai, apiiT buzurgi cliabta hai ; lekin jo apne bhejnewale ki buzurgt chahta haf, •MchS hai, aur us meu badi nahio. 19 Kya Musi ne tumheu tauret na df, aur turn meu so kol tauret par atrial nahio k/irta ? Turn kydg mere qatl ki fikr mf o lio ? 20 Logoo lie jawab deke kahi, ki Tere pas ek deo hai : kaun tere q;itl ke dar pai hai ? 21 Yusua ne jawab ineo unheij kah^, ki Maiu ne ek kam kiyi, aur turn us par taajjub karte ho. 22 Musii ne tuniheo khatna diya hai — yih uahin, ki wuh Musi se hai, Lalki bSpdadou se — aur turn sabt ke din ^diiif ka ^hat- na karte ho. 23 Pas agar sabt ke din nieo ^dtni ki khatna kiya jata kai, ki MusS ki tauret na tiite: to kyi turn is liye mujh par gusse ho, ki maig ne sabt ke din ek adtnf sarapa tandurust. kiya ? 24 Zahir ke mutabiq adalat na karo, balki wa- jibi adalat k;'.ro. 25 Tab baaze Yarusalamfoo ne kaha, Kya yih wuli nahfu, jis ke we qatl ke darpai haiu ? 26 Aur dekho, wuh to beparwa bolta hai, aur we use kuchh nahio kahte : kya sard;irou ne sach jana, ki yihi Maslh hai ? 27 Par ham j^nte haiu, ki yih kahao se hai ,; par jab Masih dwega, koi na jinega, ki wuh kahau se hai. 28 Tab Yusua haikal meu taaliiu dete hiie ynij pukara, Kya turn inujhe pah- chante, aur jante ho, ki main kahin se hiiu ? Maio £p se nahlu aya hny, balki mera bhejnew.il.i sacha hai, jise turn nahin jante. 29 Par maio use janta huu, is liye ki maio us ki taraf se hiiu, aur us ne mujhe bheja hai. 30 Tab unhou ne chaha, ki use pakar leo ; par is liye ki us ka waqt hanoz na pahuncha tha, kisi ne us par hath na dala. 31 Aur bahutere un logoo meu se us par iuian lake bole, ki Jab Masih Swcga, kya wuh un se, jo is ne dikhlae haiu, ziyada nishan dikhUwega ? 32 Farisoo ne us ki babat logoo ka yih gauga suna, aur unhou ne aur sardar kihinoo ne piyade bheje, ki use pakar leu. 33 Tab Yusiia ne unheo kaha, ki-Ab thori der maiu tumhare sath hug, aur apne bhejnewale ke pas jata hiiu. 34 Turn inujhe dhdndhoge, par na paoge ; aar jahau maio hiio, tum a na sakoge. 35 Tab YahudioD ne dpus meu kaha, ki Yih kahau jaega, hi ham use na pawenge ? kya ■wuh un logoo ke pas, jo YunanSou meo paraganda hue, jaega, aur Yunaniou ko taalim degi ? 36 Yih kyi bat hai, jo us ne kahf, ki Tum mujhe dhundhoge, par na p£oge ; aur jahao meu hiiu, tum a na sakoge ? 37 Par id ke pichhle bare din meu Yusiia ne khafa hoke aur puk^rke kaha, ki Agar koi piySsi ho, mere pas awe, aur piwe. 38 Jo mujh par imin lata hai, us ke andar se, jaisa kitab kahti hai, jite pani ki nadiao jari hongi. 39 Us ne yih Riih ki bibat kaha, jise us ke iatiqad karnewale pane par the ; kyunki jlham i muqaddas hanoz na hiia tha ; kyunki Yusua hauoz apne jalal ko nahio pahunchS tha. 40 Tab un logou meo se bahuterou ne yih sunkar kaha, ki Filhaqiqat yih wuh nabi hai. 41 Aurou no kaha, ki Yih Masih hai ; par baazou ne kaha, Kya Masih Jalil se iwega ? 42 Kya kitab nahiu kahti hai, ki Masih D.aud ki nasi se aur Baitlahra ki basti se, jahau Daiid tha, ita hai ? 43 So us kf babat logoo naeu ikhtilaf hiia. 44 Aur baazou ne chaha, ki use pakar leo ; par kisi ne us par hath na dala. 45 Tab piyade sardar kahiiioo aur Farisoo ke pas phir £e ; aur unhoo ne unheu kaha, ki Use kyiio na lae ? 46 Piyidoo ne jawab diya, ki Kisi sha^hs ne aisi kalam hargiz na kuhi, jaisa yih sha^hs kahta liai. 47 Tab 8 15AB.] YU'UANNA. 115 Farisoo ne unheo jawib diy^, Kyi turn bhJ gumrdh hue ? 48 Kyi sardarou ya Farisou men se kof us par Im^in Isyi hai ? 49 Par ye log, jo tauret nahfu j»nte, nialann haiu. 50 Nikudiin ne jo rat ko Yusua ke p;is ayi iha, aur uu uieo ek tliS, unhco kalia, 51 Kya haniari sliariat kisf par peshtar us se, ki us ki suneu, aurjaneo, ki wuh kya kart.i hai,guaahgir thaharati liai ? 52 Unliou ne jawab meo use kabS, Kya to bill Jalill hai ? Dhundh, aur dekh, ki Jalil se ko( nabi nahiu uthi hai. 53 Aur harek apne ghar ko gaya. VIII. BAB. 1 Lekin Yusua koh i Zaitt3n ko gayd. 2 Aur subh sawere phir haikal meo ^y^, aur sab log us pas ae, aur us ne baiihkar unlieu taaliin di. 3 Tab Safir aur Faris ek aurat ko, jo zin.i meg pakii gai thi, us pis lie, aur bich nieu khaji karke use kahS, 4 Ki Ai ustad, yih aurat zina meo ain fial ke waqt pakri gaf. 5 Musi ne to Tauret meo Iiamko hukm kiyi, ki aisiau sangsir kf jaweo, par tu kya kahtihai? 6 Uiihoo ne azmiish ke liye yih kaha, tiki we uspar tuhmat kijagah paeo. Par Yusua niche jhukke ungli se zamin parlikhne lagi. 7 Jab we us se sawal karte rahe, us ne sidhe hokar unheo kaha, ki Turn meii, jo begunih hai, wuhi pahle use patthar mire. 8 Aur phir jhukke zamin par likime lagi. 9 We sunkar aur dil raeu ap ko gunahgir jinkar buzurgon se leke kamtariuou tak ek ek karke chale gae, aur Yusua akeli rah gaya, aur wuh aurat bich meu khari rahi. 10 Tab Yusu^ ne sidhe hokar us aurat ke siwi kisi ko na dekhke use kaha, Ai aurat, we tere na- lish karnewale kahau haio ? Kyi kisi ne teri ad;ilat na ki ? II Wuh boli, Ai Khudiwand, kisi ne nahiu. Y'usiia ne use kaha, Maiu bhi teri adalat nahiij karta : ja aur phir gunah na kar. 12 Yusiia phir logoo se kahne lagi, ki Dunya ki nar maio huo : jo meri pairawl karta hai, tiriki meu na chalegi, balki zindagi ki nur piwegi. 13 Is liye FarisoQ ne use kaha, ki Tii apne haqq meu gawihi deta hai: teri gawahi sach nahig. 14 Yusua ne jawab meo unheo kaha, ki Agarchi maio apne haqq meo gawahf deta huu, meri gawahi sach hai; kyiinki maio janta hdu, ki maiy kahiu se aya huo, aur maiu kaliin jiti huo; par turn nahiu jinte, ki maio kahig se ayi huo, aur kahiu jita huu. 15 Turn jism ke mutabiq adalat karte ho; maio kisi ki adalat naliio karta. IG Par agar maiu adalat karuo, to meri adilat sach hai; kyunki main akeli nahio, balki maio aur liap jis ne mujhe bheji. 17 Tumhiri tauret meo bhi likhi hai, ki Do shakhs ki gawihi sach hai. 18 Ek maio huo, jo apne haqq meo gawihi deta buy, aur ek liip, jis ne mujhe blieji hai, mere liye gawahi deta hai. 19 Tab unhoo ne us se puchha, ki Teri Bap kahau hai ? Yusua ne jawib diya, ki Turn na mujhe jante ho, na mere Bip ko ; agar turn mujhe jinte, to mere Bip ko bhi jinte. 20 Yusua ne ye bateo haikal ke bich bait ul mil meo taalim dete hue kahiu, aur kisi ne us par hath na dili ; kyunki us ka waqt hanoz na pahunchi thi. 21 Phir Yusiia ne unheo kaha, Maio jiti huo, aur turn mujhe dbundhoge, par apne gunahoij meu maroge; jahao maiu jata hdo, wahao tum a nahfo sakte. 22 Tab Yahudfoo ne ,kahi, ki Kyi wuh apne taio mar dalega, jo kahta hai, ki Ja- hao maio jiti ban, turn a nahio aakte r 23 Us ne unhen kahi, Tum niche se 116 YU'HANNA [8 BAB. ho, maiu upar se hdu; turn is diinya ke ho, maiu ia dunya kd nahio hdu. 24 la liye main ne tumheu kaha, ki Tum aprie gun;ihou meu maroge; kyiinki agar turn iinin na l^oge, ki maiu wuhf huo, to tum apne gunahou meu maroge. 25 Tab unhou ne us se puchha, ki Tu kaun hai ? Yusna ne unheo kaha, Wuhi, jo maiu ne tumheu iltida se kaha. 26 Mujh pas bahut bdteo haiu, ki tumhdre haqq meu kaljiii), aur hukm karuo, par jis ne mujhe bheja hai, sachi hai: so maiu jahan ko we bitec, jo maia ne us se sutuo haiu, kahti huij. 27 We na samjhe, ki wuh un se Kap kJ kahti tha. 28 Pas Yusda ne unheo kahS, ki Jab tum Insan ke Bete ko linche par uthioge, tab tum janoge, ki maiu hno, aur main ap se kuchli nahIo karta ; balki jaisa ki mere Bap ne mujhe sikhlaya, we hi bSteu maiu kahta huo. 29 Aur mere bhejnewala mere sath hai ; Bip ne mujhe akela na chhora ; kyunki main hamesha aise kam karta hdn, jo use pasand dte haig. 30 Jab wuh ye bateo kahti tha, bahutere us par iman l^e. 31 Tab Yusda ne vin Yahudioo ko, jo us par iman lae the, kahS, lii Agar tum mere kalam par qaira rahoge, to tum mere sache shagird hoge, 32 Aur sachai ko janoge, aur sachai tum ko azad karegi. 33 Unhou ne use jawab diya, Ham Abiraham kf nasi haiu, aur kabhi kisi ke gulam na the: td kyunkar kahta hai, ki Tum £zSd kiye jaoge ? 34 Yusui ne jawab meu unheu kaha, ki Maiu turn se sach sach kahta huo, ki Jo koS gunah karta hai, gunah ka gulam hai. 35 Par gulam hamesha ghar meu nahiu rahta hai, Eeta hamesha rahta hai. 36 Pas agar Beta tum ko a/id karega, tum albatta azad hoge. 37 Main jlnta hdu, ki tum Abiraham kf nasi ho, lekiu tum mere qatl ka qasd karte ho, kydnl^i tum meu mere kalam ki jagah nahfu. 38 Jo maiu ne apne Bap ke sath dekha hai, wuhi kahta hdn ; aur jo tum ne apne b^p ke sith dekha hai, wuhi karte ho. 39 Unhou ne jawab meu use kahi, Hamara bSp AbirahSm hai. Yusua ne unheo kahi, Agar tum Abiraham ke lafke bote, to tum Abiraham ke kam karte ; 40 Par tum mujhe qatl kiya chalite ho, jo aisa Sdmi hdu, ki sachaf, jo maiu ne Khuda se sunf, tum ko kahi hai : yih ALirahim ne na- hiu kiya. 41 Tum apne bap ke kam karte ho. Tab unhou ne use kaha, ki Ham to walad ul zina nahiu : hamara ek Bip hai yaane Khudi. 42 Yusda ne unheo kaha, Agar Khuda tumhlra Bap hoti, to tum mujhe azfz jante, is liye ki maiu Khuda se nikli, aur aya hdu ; kyunki maiu ap se nahio 5ya, balki us ne mujhe bheja. 43 Tum meri boli kydu nahiu saraajhte ? yih is waste hai, ki tuia mera kalam sun nahiu sakte ho. 44 Tum apne bap Shaitan se ho, aur chdhte ho, ki apne bap ki khwahish ke muwafiq karo. Wuh to shurua se qatil tha, aur haqq meu qiimnaraha; kyunki us meu haqq nahio hai. Jabwuhjhdth bolta hai, wuh apnf hi zat ke mutibiq bolta hai, kyunki wuh jhntha hai, aur jhdth ka bap. 45 Par is liye ki maiu sach bolta hdo, tum mujh par iman nahiu late ho. 4G Kaun tum meu se mujh par gunah sabit karta hai ? Aur agar maiu sach bolta hdu, to mujh par iman kyiio nahin late ? 47 Jo Khuda ka hai, Khuda ki bateu sunta hai : tum is wiste nahio sunte ho, ki tum Khuda ke nahio ho. 48 Tab Yahddioij ne jawab meu us kahd, Kya ham achchh^ nahio kahte, ki Td Samruni hai, aur tere sath deo hai ? 49 Yusda ne jawab diya, ki Deo mere s5th nahio, balki maiij apne Bap ki izzat karta hdu, aur tum meri beizzati karte ho. 50 Aur main apni huzurgf nahiu dhdndhti; ek hai jo dhdndhta hai, aur insif karta hai. &l Maiu tum se sach sach kahta hdo, ki Agar kof mere kallm ko hif^ kare, wuh 9 B.VM.] YU'IIANNiV. 117 maut ko hargiz na dekheg^. 52 Yahiidioo ne use kalia, lei Ab ham jrinte Iiaio, ki tere sath deo liai. Abirahim aur anbiyi mar gae ; aur tu kahU hai, ki Agar koi mere kalim ko hif^ kare, wvih maut ki maza kabht na chakhegS. 53 Kya tu hamSre bap Abirahim se, jo mar gay't, buzurgtar hai ? nur sab nabt bhi mar gae : tii apne tafo kyS tbahardta hai? 5-t Yusiia ne jawib diya, Agar maio apnf buzurgi kan'ii), to meri buzurgi kuchh nahfu ; merS Bap hai, jise turn kahte ho, ki hamSra Khuda hai, vuh meri buzurgf kartS hai. 55 Turn use nahfo jSnte bo, par main use jantii buu ; aiir agar maiu kahuii, ki Maiu use nabio janta, maiu tumhari tarah jhiithi hounga : par maiu use jinta bun, aur us ke kalam ko hifz kartd hno. 56 Tumhdri bip Abirab'im bahut musht^q tha, ki mere diu dekhe, aur us ne dekhl, aur khush htia. 57 Tab Yahudfou ne use kaha, ki Teri umr to pachas baras kf bbl nahfo hai, aur tu ne Abiraham ko dekha? 53 Yusaa ne unheij kaha, ki Maiu tumheo sach sach kahta iiuo, ki Abiraham ke hone se pesbtar maiu hdu. 59 Tab unbou ne patthar uthae, ki use sangsir kareij ; par Yusi'ia Sp ko cbhipllie aur un ke bic'i meu se hoke haikal se nikla, aur yuu chala gaj'a. IX. BAB. 1 Aur jlte hue us ne ek shakhs ko, jo janam k^ andha thi, dekln'. 2 Aur u9 ke shigirdou ne yih kahke us se paclihi, ki Ai rabbi, kis ne gtmah kiya, is sIj ikh ne ya us ke mS blp ne, ki yih andha paida hul ? .3 Yusiia ne jawib diya, ki Na to is shakhs ne gunah kija, aur na uske mi bap ne, balkiyih is bye hiii, ki Kliudi ke kam us meo zabir howeu. 4 Z'lrur hai, ki main apne bhejriewale ke kamoo ko, jab tak ki din liai, kanio ; rat ati hai, jab koi kam kar nabio sakta. 5 Jub tak maiu jaban meu huo, main jahau ka nar hug- G Itni kahke us ne zamin par thuka, aur thok se mitti gbundlii, aur wuh mitti us andl)e ki ankoii par mab, 7 Aur u.sekah1, ki Ja, aur Silah ke hauz men, jis ka tarjuma Firistada hai, naha. So wuh gaya, aur nahaya, aur dekbtl aya. 8 Tab parosioo ne, aurjinhotj neage use andha dekli4 tha, kaha, Kya yih wuh nahiu hai, jo baitha bhikh mangta tha. 9 IJaazo:) ne kaha, Yih wuh hai ; par aurou ne kahi, Yih us ki manind hai ; par us ne apkaha, ki Maio wubi hiiu. 10 Phir unhoy ne us se pucliba, Teri aiikheo kyiinkar khul gaiu ? 1 1 Ua ne jawab meu kaha, ki Yusija nam ek shakhs ne mitti gundhke meri ankhoo par lagif, aur mujbe kaha, ki Ja, Silih ke hauz meu naha. Maiij jike nah.iyj, aur bina hua. 12 Tab unbou ne us se piichba, ki Wuh kahan hai ? Us ne jawib diya, Maiu nabio janta huo. 13 Tab we us ko, jo Sge andbi tha, Farlsoo ke pas le gae. U Aur jab Yusiia ne miiti gundhke us ki ankbeu kholiu thin, sabt k^ din thi. 15 FarisoD ne bhi us se phir puchha, ki Tu ne apni binai kyiinkar pii ? Us ne unheo kaha, ki Us ne meri iinkhou par gili mitti lagaf, aur main nahiya, aur dekhta hiiu. 16 Tab Farisoo meo se baazoij ne kaha, Yih insln Khud;i ki taraf se nabio; kyunki wuh sabt ko nahfo mSnti. Auroo ne haha, ki Gunahgir insan aise muajize kyiin'^nr dikhla sakta hai? So un neo ikhtiUf thi. 17 Uulioo ne us andhe se phir kah:i, ki Jis ne teri 5nkheu kholiu, td us ke haqq meo kya kahta hai? Wuh bola, VVuh nabi hai, 18 Par Yahiidioo ne us ke haqq meu each na jaua, ki wuh undhd thi, aur biul h la, jab ta^i ki unhoQ ae ui ke rai bap 118 YUHANNA. [10 BAB. ko, jo l)fn4 hai th5, bulaya ; 19 Aur yih kahke un se pochh^, Kya yih tum- h4ra beta hai, jis ke haqq nieo turn kahte ho, ki wuh andha paidi hu4 tha ? phir wuh ab kyonkar dekhta hai ? 20 Us ke ma hip ne jawabnieu unheu kahl, ki Ham jfinte haio, ki Yih hamara beta hai, aur yih ki wuh andha paida hui tha ; 21 Par ham nahto j'inte, ki wuh ab kyunkar dekhta hai, aur us kf Snkhoij ko kis ne khola, ham nahlij jaiite ; wuh balighai : us se puchho, wuh apnf ap kahegS. 22 Us ke mi bap ns Yaliiidiou se darke yih kaha ; kyunki Yaliudfou ne eka kiya tha, ki agar kot iqrar kare, ki wuh Masih hai, wuh Mahfil se nikala jawe. 23 Is waste us ke ma bap ne kaha, ki Wuh bali? hai: us se puchho. 24 Tab unhon ne us admi ko, jo andlia tha, phir bulaya, aur use kah^l, ki Khuda ka shukr kar ; ki ham jante haig, ki yih mard gunahgir hai. 25 Us nejawab diya, ki gunahgSr ho ya na ho, niaiu nahfu janta ; maio ek bat janta huo, ki maiu andha tha, aur ab dekhta hdo. 26 Tab unhou ne us se phir pachha, ki Us ne tujhe kya kiya ? kyunkar us ne teri ankheu kholiu ? 27 Us ne jawab diya, ki Maio ne to tumheu abhi kaha, par turn ne na sun^ : kyi turn phir suna chahte ho ? kya tuin bhf chahte ho, ki us ke shagird ho. 28 Tab unhorj ne use galiag dio, aur kaha, Tii us ka shagird hai, par ham Musa ke shagird hain. 29 Ham jante haio, ki Khuda ne Musa se bateu kfij ; par ham nahiu jante, ki yih shakhs kah^u ki hai. 30 Us admi ne jawab meo unheu kaha, ki Yih taajjub hai, ki turn log nahio jante, ki wuh kahao ka hai, aur us ne mtri ankheu kholi haio ? 31 Ham to jante haiu, ki Khuda guuahgarou kf nahfu suiiti, balki agar admi khudaparast aur us ki niarzi par chalta ho, us ki wuli sunti hai. 32 Yih duiiyi ke shurua se fiunne meu nahin 5ya, ki kisi ne janam ke andhe kf ankhen kholi hoo : 33 Pas ngar yih Khuda ki taraf se na hota, to kuchh na kar sakta. 34 Unhou nejawab meo use kaha, Tu to bilkull gunihou men paidi hua, aur tfi hameo sikhlata hai ? Tab unhou ne use bahar nikal diyi. 35 Yustia ne suna, ki unliou ne use bahar nikal diya, aur use pake us ko kaha, Kya tii Khuda ke Bete par iman lata hai ? 36 Us ne jawab men kaha, Ai Khudawand, wuh kaun hai, ki maiu us par fmSn lauo- 37 Yusna ne use kaha, Tu ne use dekha hai ; aur jo tere sath bolti hai, wuhf hai. 38 Us ne kahd, Ai Khudawand, maiu fman lata hiiu ; aur us ne use fiijda kiya. 39 Aur Yusoa ne kahi, ki Maiu adilat ke liye is dunyi meu ^ya hup, ta ki jo nahio dekhte haiu, deklieo ; aur dekhnewale andhe ho jaweg. 40 Baaze Farisoo ne, jo us ke sath tlie, ye bateu sunkar use kalia, Kya ham bhi andhe haio ? 41 Yusua ne unheo kah.i, Agar turn andhe bote, to gunahgar na bote; par ab turn kahte ho, ki ham dekhte haio, is liye tumhara gunah rahta hai. - X. BAB. I Main turn se sach sach kahti huu, Jo koi darwize se bherkhane meu dakiiil nahio hota, balki aur taraf se upar clinrb jata hai, chor aur dakait hai. 2 Lekin wuh jo darwize se dalf.hil hota hai, bheroo ka charw^ha hai. 3 Darban us ke liye kholta hai, aur bhereu us ki awSz suntf haiu, aur wuh apne bheroo ko nam lake bulita hai, aur unheu bahar le jati hai. "t Aur jab wuh apne bheroo ko bdhar nikalta hai, to un ke 4ge age chalta hai, aur bhereu us ke p'chhe ho leti liaiy ; kyiinki we 10 BAB.] YU'HANN^. 119 us kl fiwaz pahchanK haiu. 5 Par we hegane ke pfchhe nahfo jStf haiu, balki us se LhSgt! haio ; kynnki we beganou kf awSr naliio pahchantf liaio. 6 Yusna. ne yih tamsil uiiheo kalif, par we iia samjhe, ki ye kya b^teo haio, jo wuh un se kahta thi. 7 Tab Yusna ne unheu piur kah5, Maio turn se sach sach kahta huu, ki bheroa ka darwaza maio bdo. 8 Sab jitne mujh se ^ge 5e, chor aur dakait haiu; par bhcfou ne uii kf na sunf. 9 Wuh darwaza maiu huo. Agar koi mujh se dikhil ho, najat pawegiij aur bhitar bahar aya jaya karega, aur chardf pawegfi. 10 Chor nahfo ItS, magar cliuraiie aur qatl karnc aur halik karne ko ; maiQ iyi huij, ki we zindagf paeo, aur ziyidati paeu. 11 Aclichha charwllia maiu huu; aclichha charwaha bhejoo ke h'ye apnf jan deta hai. 12 Par mazdiir, jo charwaha nahiu, aur bhcfoo ka malik nahiu, bheriya &te dekhkar bheroo ko chhor det^ hai, aur bhag nikalti hai, aur bheriya unhen pakarta hai, aur bheroo ko paraganda karta hai. 13 Mazdnr bhngta hai, is liye ki wuh mazdur hai, aur bheroo ke liye andeslia nahfu karta. 14 Achchhi charwahi maio huij, aur apniao janti hiiij, aur apiiioy se jana jata hue, jis tarah Bap mujhe janta hai, aur maiu Bap ko j^nta huu. 15 Aur maio bheroo ke liye apni jan deta Ijrio. 16 Meri aur bhf bhereo haio, jo is bherkhane ki nahiu : zurur hai, ki maio unheo bhf lauo, aur we men' awiz sunengf, aur galla ek aur charwahi ek hoga. 17 Bap mujhe is liye piyar karta hai, ki maiu apni jan deta hug, ta ki maio use phir liio. 18 Kof use mujh se nahin leta, balki maio use ap se deta huu; us ki dena mere ikhtiy.ir men hai, aur us k^ phir lena mere ikhtiyar meu hai ; yih hukni maio ne apne BSp se pSya. 19 Tab in bitou ke sabab se Yahudfoo meo phir ikhtihif hna. 20 Aur un meo se bahutOD ne kaha, ki Ek deo us ke sSth hai, aur wuh d'wana hai; tum us ki kyuo sunte ho ? 21 Auroo ne kaha, ki Ye bSteo dfwSne kf nahiu; ky5 deo andhoo ki ankheo khol sakti hai ? 22 Aur Yarusalam meo haikal kf taqdis ki id huf, aur jare k& mausim tha. 23 Aur Yusua haikal ke bfch rawaq i Sulaiman men phirti tha. 24 Tab Yahudfoo ne use gherke us ko kaha, ki Tii kabtak hamdre dil ko adhar men rakhegi ? Agar td Masili hai, to ham ko saf kah de. 25 Yusua ne unheo jawab diya, ki Maio to tum se kah chuk^, par tum imSn na Ide. Jo kam maio apne Bap ke n§m se karti hiio, we mere gawah haiij. 26 Lekin tum fman nahiu late; i we j^iite haio, ki sab kuchh, jo tu ne mujh ko diy^, teri taraf se hai. 8 Kyunki jo bateu tu ne miijhe dfo, mail) ne unheo di haio ; aur uiihoo ne unheu qabul kiya, aur yaqfnjana, ki liiaiij tnjh 6e nikla hiiu, aur we inianlae, ki tii lie niujh ko bhcja. 9 Maiu un ke liye sawal karta huu, maiu duiiy^ ke liye nahfo, niagar un ke liye,jinheo tii ne nmjh ko diya hai, sawal karta hiiu : ki we tere haiu. 10 Aur sab mere tere haiu, aur tere mere; aur maiu un meu buzurgi pata hao. 11 Maio duny& meo aur nahio hdngS, par ye dunya meo haio, aur maio tere pis fita hiio. Ai quddiis Bip, apne hf nam se unheo, jinheu tii ne mtijhe bakhsha, mahfiiz rakh, taki we hainari tarah ek ho jaeu- 12 Jab tak maio un ke sath dunya meo tha, maio tere n.im se un ki nigahbani karta tha, : jinheo tu ne mujU ko bakhsha, maio ne mahfiiz rakha, aur Ibn ul llalak ke siwi ko< un meu se halak nahfo haa, tiki kitab puri howe. 13 Par ab maio tere pas ata hiin, aur maiu ye bateo dunya meo kahta huo, ki merf khushi un meo piiri howe. 14 Maio ne tera kalam unheo diya hai, aur dunya un se dushmani karti hai ; kyunki jaisi maiu dunya ka nahio huo, we bhi dunya ke nahio haio. 15 Maiu yih sawal nahfo karta, ki ta unheo dunya meo se utha lewe, balkiyih, ki tii unhen badi se bacha rakhe. 16 Jaisi "fci maiu dunya ki nahio hiio, we bhi dunyi ke nahio haio. 17 Unheo apni sachai se p&k kar : tera kalam sachii hai. 18 Jis tarah ta ne mujh ko dunyi meu bheja hai, maio ne bhi unheo dunya meo bheja. 19 Aur un ke liye maio ipkomuqaddas karti hdo, taki we bhi sachai se muqaddas kiye jaweo- 20 Maio sirf un ke liye nahfo, balki un ke liye bhi, jo un ke kalam se mujh par imin liwenge, sawal kart;i hiin, 21 Taki we sab ek howeo, jaisi td, ai liap, mujh meo aur maio tujh meij, ki we bhf ham meo ek howeo, ki dunyi fman liwe, ki td ne mujh ko bheji hai. 22 Aur wuh jalal jo tu ne mujhe diya hai, maiu ne unheo diya hai, ta ki we jis tarah se kiham ek haig, ek hoo- 23 Maiij un meo, aur td mujh mey, ta ki we bhf ek hoke kimil' howeo, aur tiki dunya jjine, ki td ne mujh ko bheja hai, aur jis tarah ki mujhe piyar kiya, unhen bhf piyir kiya hai. 24 Ai Bap, maio chahtS hdo, ki we bhi, jinheo td ne mujh ko diya, jahao maiu hdo, mere sath howeo, tiki we mere jalil ko, jo td ne mujh ko diya hai, dekheij ; kyunki td ne dunya kl pai- daish se peshtar mujh ko piyir kiyi. 25 Ai sadiq Bap, dunya tujh ko nahio janti hai ; lekin maiu tujh ko janta hdo, aur ye bhi jante haio, ki td ne mujh ko bhejS -hai. 26 Aur maiij ne tera nam un par zahir kiya hai, aur zihir kardnga, taki jis piyar se td ne mujhe piyar kiya hai, wuh piyar un meo ho, aur maiu un meo hdu- XVIII. BAi3. 1 Yusiia ye biteo kahke apne shagirdou ke sith Kaidrdn ke nale ke p5r gayi, wahao ek bag tha, us meo wuh aur us ke shagird dakhil hde. 2 Aur Yahddah bhi, jis ne use pakarwiyi, wuh jagah janti thi ; kydnki Yusda apne shagirdoo ke «ith wahao aksar jaya karta tha. 3 Tab Yahddah sipahioo ki elt,gol, aur sardar kihinoo aur Farisoo ke piyade leke mashaaloo, aur chirSgoa, aur hathyaroij ke sath wahao aya. 4 Aur Yusda sab se, jo us par honewala tha, wiqif hoke ige barhi, aur un se pdchha, ki Tum kis ko Uhdndhte ho ? 5 We us ke jawib meo bole, Yusda i Naairf ko. Yusda ne unheo kahi, ki Maio hdo. Aur Yahudih us k& pakarwanew^li bhi un ke sith khari thi. C Jonhf us ne unheo kahi, ki Maio hdo, Q 2 150 YUHANNA. [18 BAH, we pfchhe hatke zamfn pargire. 7 Tal) us ne us se phir pfichh^, ki Turn kis ko dhundhte ho ? We bole, ki Yusua i Nazirf ko. 8 Yusiia ne jawab diya,kiMaio ne tumheo kaha, ki Maio huu : pas agar turn niujhe dhundhte ho, inheo jane do. 9 Yih is liye hui, taki wuh kallm, jo us ne kalia thS, ki Jinheo to ne mujh ko diyi hai, un meo se main ne ek ko bhi na khoya, para howe. 10 Tab Sainann Patthras ne talwlr, jo us pas thi, khfnchf, aur sardar kahin ke naukar par chalai, aur us ka dahna kan ura diya, aur us naukar ka nam Malki thS. 11 Tab Yusna ne Patthras se kaha, ki Apnf talwar miyan men kar. Kya wuh piyala, jo mere Bap ne mujh ko diya, maio na piuo ? 12 Tab sipalifon ke gol, aur un ke sardar, aur Yahudion ke piy^doo ne milke Yusua ko pakra, aur bandha. 13 Aur wepahleuse Hanna ke pas le gae ; kynuki wuh Kayafa ka sasur tha, jo us baras sardar kahiu tha. 14 Yih wuhi Kayafa hai, jis ne YahudioD ko salah dt, ki Ummat ke liye ek shakhs ka marna bihtar hai. 15 Aur Samaun Patthras dnsre shagird ke sath hoke Yusna ke pichhe ho liya. Wuh shagird sardar kahin k^ jan pahchan th.'i, aur Yusua ke sath sardar kahin ke ghar men gaya ; 16 Par Patthras darwaze par bahar khara raha. So wuh ddsra shagird, jo sardar kahin ka jan pahchan tha, bahar nikla, aur darbSn se kahke Patthras ko andar laya. 17 Tab us chhokrt ne, jo darban thi, Patthras ko kaha, Kya to bhi is shakhs ke shagirdoo mea se hai ? Wuh bola, ki Maio nahio hon. 18 Aur naukar aur piyade koeloo kf ag sulgakar jdre ke sabab se khare hue tapte the ; aur Patthras bhi un ke sath khafa tap raha tha. 19 Us waqt sardir kahin ne Yusua se us ke shagirdoa aur us ki taalim ki babat sawal kiya. 20 Yusua ne use jawab diya, ki Main ne alam se saf kaha; main ne hamesha Mahfil mee aur haikal meo, jahau sab Yahfidi ikatthe 4te haiu, sikhlayS, aur maio ne chhipake kuchh na kaha: 21 Tu mujh se kydo puchhta hai? sunnewalon se puchh, ki maiu ne un se kya kaha ; dekh jo maio ne kaha, we jante hain. 22 Jab us ne yuo kaha, piyadou meo se ek ne, jo hazir tha, Yusua ko tamancha mirke kaha, ki Tn sardar kahin ko yiio jawab deta hai ? 23 Yusna lie use jawab diya, ki Agar main ne bad kaha, to badi ki gawahi de ; par agar achchlia kaha, to mujhe kyuo marta hai ? 24 Aur Hanna ne use bSndhke Kayafa sard'ir kahin ke pas bheja. 25 Aur Samaiin Patthras khara hua tapta thi. So unhoo ne use pdchha, Kva td bhi us ke shagirdon men se hai ? Us ne inkar karke kaha, ki Maio nahiu huo. 2fi Phir sardar kahin ke naukarou meu se ek ne, jo us ka, jis ka kan Patthras ne ura diya, rishtadar tha, kaha, Kya maiu ne tujae us ke sath big meu na dekha ? 27 Tab Patthras ne phir inkar kiya, aur wuhiu murg ne bang di. 28 Tab Yusna ko Kaj'afa pas se bargah meo lae; aur yih subh ka waqt tha. Par we khud bargah meu na gae, ki nipak na howeu, balki fasali kh^wen. 29 Tab Pilat un pas nikal aya, aur kaha, ki Tuni is shakhs par kya daawa rakhte ho ? 30 Unhou ne jawab meo use kaha, ki Agar yih badkar na hota, to ham use tere hawala na karte. 31 Pilat ne unheu kaha, ki Turn use lejao, aur apnf shariat ke mutabiq us ki adilat karo. Yahudiou ne use kaha, ki Ham ko ikhtiyar nahin, ki kisi ko qati kareo. 32 Yih is liye hua, taki Yusua ki wuh bat, jo us ne apni maut ki tarah batane ko kahi thi, puri howe. 33 Tab Pilat phir bargah meo dakhil hua, aur Yusua ko bulake kaha, Ky^ tu 19 BAH.] YO'UANN/V. IfJt Yahfidfoo ka bSdshdh hai ? 34 Yusua ne use jawab diva, Ky^ tri yili ap se kahta hai, ya ki aviroo ne mere haqq nieu tujh se kaha iiai? 35 Pilat ne jawab divii, Kya maio Yahudi lu'io ? terf hf qaum ne aur sard^ir k^binou ne tiijhe mere hawala kiya : tu ne kya kiya hai ? 36 Yusua ne jawab diya, ki Meri badshahat is jahan kl nahto hai. Agar meri b&dsh£hat is jahin ki hotf, to mere mulazim jang karte, ki niaiij Yahiidioo ke hawale na kiyd jatC ; par ab nierf badshahat yahau ki nahiu. 37 Tab Pilat ne use kaha, so kiya tii badshih hai ? Yusua ne jawab diyd, ki Tii sach kahta hai, maio badshah huu. Maig is liye paida hna, aur maiu is wfiste dunya meo aya, ki haqq per gawahi duo. Jo koi ki haqq se hai, merf Swaz sunta hai. 38 Pilat ne use kaha, ki Haqq kya hai ? Aur yih kahke phir Yahiidioo ke pas gaya, aur unheu kaha, Maitj us ka kuclih qusiir nahiij pita. 39 Par tuinhara dastur hai, ki main tuinhare liye fusah meu ek ko azad karuo : Aya turn chahte ho ki maiu tumhare liye Yahndioo ke badshah ko chhor doo ? 40 Tab un sabhou ne phir chillake kaha, ki Is ko nahio, balki Bar Aba ko. Aur Bar .Al)^ dakii tha. XIX. BAB. 1 Tab Pilat ne Yusua ko pakarke kore mare. 2 Aur sip^hioQ ne kantou k5 t5j sajke us ke sir par rakha, aur use qirniizi libas pahinake kaha, 3 Ki Yahudioo ke badshali saliin le ; aur unhou ne use tamancha mare. 4 Tab Pilat ne do bara bahar jake unheu kalia, ki Dekho, main use tumhare pas bahar lata huo, ki tuni jano, ki niaio us ka kuchh qusiir nahfy pata hiiu. 5 Tab Yusiia kantou ka taj aur qirmizi libas pahina hua bahar Sya. Aur Pilat ne unheu kaha, ki Dekh is insan ko! 6 Pas jab sardar kahinon aur piyadoQ ne use dekha, to chillake kaha, ki Us ko salib de, salib de ! Pilat ne unhen kah.i, ki Turn use lo, aur salib do ; kyiinki maiu us ka kuchh qusur nalu'u pitS. 7 Yahudiog ne use jawab diya, ki Ham shariatwale haiu, aur ham-iri shanat ke mutabiq wuh wajib ul qatl hai; kyunki us ne apne taiu Kliuda ka Beta tliaharaya. 8 Jab Pilat ne yih kalaiu suua, aur ziyada dara. 9 Aur birglh meu phir andar aya, aur Yusua se kaha, ki Tu kahao ka hai? Par Yusua ne us ko kuchh jawab na diya. 10 Tab Pilat ne use kaha, Tu mujh se nahiu bolta ? kya tii nahiu janta, ki mujhe il So unhon ne do ko khara kiya, ek Y'lisuf jis kS urf Bar Saba, aur laqab Justus thl, aur dusra MatiySh. 24 Aur dua meu kaha, Ai Khudawand, jo sab admfou ke diloo se ag;ih hai, dikha ki in donoij meu sc to ne kis ko ikhtiyar kiyS, 25 Ki wuh is khidmat, aur risalat ka hissa le, jis se Yahiidih kharij hua, ki apnf jagah ko javve. 26 Aur unhon nc qura dala, aur qur^ MatiySh ke nam par uikli : tab wuh uu giyarah rasaioij met) shamil haa. 11. BAB 1 Aur jab Ilaftoo ki I'd kS din ayS, we sab ek dil hokar ikatthe the. 2 Tab nagah asmau so ek <'i\vaz ai jaise bare tufin ki hoti hai, aur us se sara ghar jahao we baithe the, guuj gayS. 3 x\ur uuheij Stash ke se zabane mutafarraq nazar de, aur un meu se har ek par thahar gae. 4 Tab we sab Ruh i Quds se bhar jake aur zabanoo se, jaisa Riih ne unhcu tahifFuz bakhsha, boinc lage. 5 Aur har ek qaum meo se, jo Ssman ke niche hai, khudaparast Yahddi log us •waqt Yarusalam meu a rahe the. 6 Jab yih ^waz di, log jama hue, aur ghabrat-, ky-uuki har ek ne unheu apni boli bolte suna. 7 Aur we sab hairan aur mutaajjib hokar apus uico kahne lage, KyS ye sab, jo bolte haio, Jah'li nahio ? 8 Phir kyiin- kar ham meu s'^ iiar ek apne watau ki boli sunt;! hai; 9 Ham Parsf, aur Madf, aur -Ailami, aur Aram Naharain, aur Yahudah, aur Kappadokiya, aur Pautus, aur Ashiya, ■10 Aur Frigiya, aur Pamfih'ya, aur Misr, aur Libiya ke us navvahi ke bashinde, jo Uuraua ke qarib hai, aur Ri'imi musafir kya asli kya dakhali Yahudf, II Qareti hur Arab, ham kyunkar sunt'.' haiu, ki we hamari zablnou se Khudi ki uiiidci 2 BAB.] A4iMAL. " ir.7 bStoQ Iia^an Icarto liaiu ? 12 Aur we sab hairaii luic, aur .slmbhc mcij liokar apus mcu kaliuc lage, ki Vili kya hog-i ? 13 Par bijazc hansi so Jmlc-, ki Yo sharSib ke iiashr. mcu haiu. 14 Tab Patthras un gyarah ke sath kharfi hoke unheo buland dw^z se kaha, ki Ai Yahiidi mardo, aur Yarnsalam ke sare rahnewalo, yih tumheo maalumhowe, aur kan lagSke merj briteu suno. 15 Yc log jaisa tuin guraan kartc ho, matwSle nahfu ; kyiinki yih din kf tisrf sriit hai. IG Balki yih wuh bai, jo Yiiel nabi kf niaarilat sc farmaya gaya, 17 Ki Khuda kabta hai, Picbhle dinou nieo yug hoga, ki main apni Riih ko sarc basbar par barsannga, aur tumliSre bete aur tuuih^ribetfao nuixuvat karcnge, aur tumhare jawan riiya ko nuishahada karenge, aur tunihare burlie kbwab dekbengc. 18 IJalki maie unhiu dinoij mcu apne gulamou aur apni laundioo par apni Rub se barsaunga, aur we nubnwat karenge. 19 Aur main dsman nicg iipar ajiiib, aur tale zamfn par garaib dikblatinga, yaanc labn aur ag aur dbuwan ka gubar. 20 Aftab tlriki sc, aur mahtrib laiui se mubaddal ho jSega, us sc .-ige, ki Khudawaud ka lar.i aur khaufnSk din i pahunche. 21 Aur aisa hoga, ki jo kof Khuda wand ka n:im loga, so najat pawega. 22 Ai banf Israel, yc batca suno : Yusua i Nazirf ek mard tha, jis ka Khuda ki taraf se bona, turn par sabit kiya gaya hai un muajizou aur kardmatou aurnisbanou se, jo KhuJa ne us ke wasile se tumhare bfch mcu dikhlae, jaisa ki turn ap bbi jante ho. 23 Use jab wuh Khuda kf qazi i raubram aur ilra i qadim se hawala kiya gaya, turn ne pakra, aur bure hathoD se salib par girke qatl kiya : 24 Use Khuda ne maut kf bandishou ko kholke phir uthdya ; kyunki mumkin na tha, ki wuh maut mcu giriftar rahe. 25 Isliyc ki Daud us kc haqq meo kahta hai, Meri nigah hamesha Khudawand par hai, kyunki wuh mere dabnc hath hai, mujh ko kabhf lagzish na hogi. 26 So niera dil kbush hai, aur merf zuban shad hai ; mera jism bhi tawakkul nieu chain karega. 27 Ki tu mcrf jan ko p^tal meij rabne na dcga, aur tu apne muqaddas ko sarne na dega. 28 Tu mujh ko zindagani ki rah dikhlawega, tu apne huziir nieo mujhe khushf se ser karega. 29 Ai mard bhSfo, rawa hai, ki maio qaum kc rais Daud ka zikr turn se beparwa karup, ki wuh mara, aur gafa bhf gaya, aur aj tak us kf gor ham men hai. 30 Pas wuh nabI hoke jan- ta tha, ki lyi. 26 Us mard ne Khud^wand kf rah kf tar- bjyat pii tin, aur dilgarmf se Khudawand kS bateo durust bolt^ aur sikhlata tha ; par faqat Yuhanna ke baptisraa tak janta tha. 26 Us ne Mahfil meo juraat se kahni shurna kiya. Aur Aqila aur Priskilla ne us kd kalam sunke use liya, aur Khuda ki rah ziyada durusti - se use batla df. 27 Aur jab us ne irada kiya, ki Akhaiya ko par utar jae, to bhafou ne us kf khatirdarf ke liye nama likhkar sha- girdou ke pds bheja, aur us ne wahau pahunchke uu kf, jo fazi ke sabab muataqid the, bahut kumak kf. 28 Kyunki us ne kitibou se dalil lake ki Yusna xMasih hai, zor se Yahddiou ko zahiran ilzam diy^. XIX. BAB. 1 Aur yfio haa ki jab ApaUus Karint meg tha, Paul dpar ki nawahi meo phir- kar Afsus meo aya, aur baaze shagirdou ko p.ikar, 2 Unhen kaha, ki Aya jab se turn fman lae, turn ne Rah i Quds ko paya? Unhou ne use kah^ Ham ne to yih bhi nahfo suna, ki Rdh i Quds hai. 3 Us ne unheu kaha', Pas turn ne kaisa baptismi paya ? We bole, ki Ham ne Yuhanna ka baptisma pays. 4 Tab Paul ne kahi ki Yiihanni ne tauba k§. baptisma dete hue ummat ko yuo kahS, ki Tum us par, jo mere ba^d dwega, yaane Yusua par fman lac. 5 We yih sunke Khudawand Yusua ke nam par baptismae gae. 6 Aur jab Paul ne un par hath rakhe, Rdh i Quds un par Sf, aur we zubSuou se bolne aur nubdwat karuelage. 7 We sab mard barah ek the. 8 Aur wuh mahfil men dakhil hoke tin mahfne tak Khuda ki mamlukat k! baton ka mun^zara kart^ raha, aur targib kiya kiya. 9 Aur jab baaze, jo sakhtdii aur beiman the, guroh ke 5ge us rah ko bura kahne lage, wuh un se judi hokar shagirdoo ko alag leke Tiraunus ke madrasa men rozmarra kalam kartl rah^. 10 Aur do baras kf muddat tak yihi hda kiya, yahag tak ki Ashiya ke blshindon ne kya Yahddi aur kya Yunanf, sab ne Khudawand Yusda ka sukhan suna. H Aur Khuda Paul ke hithoo se khass muajize dikhlata tha, 12 Yahaij tak ki rdmal aur lungi ko us ke badan ko chhuake ranjdrou par dialte the, aur un kf bimariao jatf rahti thio, aur bure Iseb un par se utar jate the. 13 Tab dar ba dar phirnewale mantar parhnewale jaddgar Yahddioo men se baazoD ne yih pesha ikhtiyar kiya, ki un par, jinhen buri rdhou ka saya ihi Khudawand Yusua ka nam leke kahne lage, ki Ham tum ko Yusda ki, jis kf PadI basharat deta hai, qasam dete haiu. 14 Aur Iskfwa Yahddf sardar kahin ke sat bete the, jo yihi karte the. 15 Tab bure aseb ne jawab diya, aur kaha Yusua ko main janta hdo, aur Paul se bhi waqif hdu, par turn kaun ho ? 16 Aur wuh shakhs, jis ko buri rdh ka saya tha, hamla karke un par i girS, aur un par g^lib hoke aise nuhatte mare, ki we ghar se nange aur zakhmf nikal bhSge. 17 Aur yih sab Yahddioo aur Ydnaniou ko,jo Afsus ke bashinde the, maalum hda, aur un sabhou ko dar laga, aur Khudawand Yusda ka nam buzurg hda. 18 Aur bahutse, jo iman lie the, ake iqrSr karne aur apne peshoa ko bayan karne latre. 19 Aur bahutere un men se bhi, jo jadd karte the, apnf kitabeo ikatthe lae, aur sab ke samhne jaUiyao, aur unhoo ne un kf qiniit ka jo hisab kiya, to pachas bazar rdpiye hue. 20 Is qadr Khudawand ka kaUm qdwat se barha, aur galib hda. U 2 Ifi2 AAMAL. [20 BAB. 21 Jab we chizeo ho chukfo, Piul ne ji meo irada kiya, ki Makiddniy^ aur Akhaiyd Be guzarkar Yarasalam ko jSwe, aur kahl, Jab maiu wahSo ho Inu, to zurnr hai, ki Riim ko bht dekhuo. 22 So us ne do un meo se, jo us kJ khidmat karte the, Makiduniyi meo bheje, ek Timodeus aur dusra Irastus, pnr wuh ap AshiyfJ meo chanderaha. 23 Aur us waqt wahiu us tarfq ki babat bafa fasad utha, 24 Ki Dimetrius nlm ek sunir tha, jo Artamis ki stmf haikaleu bana banakar un ke Hye, jo wuh pesha rakhte the, bahut mazdiiri paida kar.ta tha. 25 Us ne un ko aise k^mwaloo ke sath ikatthe jama karke kah5, Yaro, jinte ho, ki hamari dau- lat isi kasb se hai. 26 Aur turn dehhte ho, aur sunte ho, ki sirf Afsus meg nahiu, balki Asbiya keaksar bilid meu us Paul ne bahutsi khilqat ko charbzabanf se berih kiya hai, ki kahi karta hai, jo hathoo se bane haiu, so Khuda nahio bote. 27 So Jjhall yibf to kbauf nahio, ki hamara hirfa beqadr ho ide, balki bari Khudani Arta- mis ka maabid bhi nachiz bo jaega, aur us ki, jise taniani Asbiya aur jahan pajta hai, buzurgi dhai jaegi. 28 We ye sunke gussa se bhar gae, aurchillake yiiu bole, ki Afsiou ki Artamis buzurg hai. 29 Tab sare shabr men bara f.hudawaud ki khiduiat karta tha, 20 Ki maiu koi faida ki bat nahiu chhipata thi, lekiu zihirau aur ghar ghar meo waaz aur nasihat karta tha, 21 Vahudio . aur Yi'inanioo ke age gawahS deta tha, ki Khuda ki taraf dil se phiro, aurhamare Khudiwand Yusua Mash par iinan lao. 2^ Aur ab dekho, maiu riih se baiidha hu.i Yariisalam ko jata hiiu, aur naliio janta, ki wahao mujh par kya hoga. 2°i Magar itna ki Rah i Quds har ek basti meu gawahi deti hai, ki zanjireo aur dukh dard mere liye taiyar haiu. 24 Par maiu yili kuchh nahiu bujlita, aur na maiu ip apni jan ko aziz janta hiiij, ta ki maiu apue daur ko khushi se piira kariio, aur us khidmat ko, jo mujhe Khudawaud Yusua se mili, ki Kimdi ke fazl ki khushkhabari dau. 25 Aur ab dekho, mujhe maalum hai, ki turn sab, jin ke darmi- yan maiu Khuda ki badshahat ki khushkhabari deta phira huu, mera nmuh phir na dekhoge. 26 Lihizi maiu aj ke diu tuiuheu gawih rakhti huij, ^i maio sab ke khun se puk hiio. 27 Kyhnki maiu tuuihare age Kiiuda ki sari marzi ki khabar dene se biz na rahi. 28 Pas apne liye aur us sire galla ke liye, jis par R ih i Quds ne tuuiheo nigi thS, aur us ke kushindon ke kapioa ki khabardari karta tha. 21 Par us ne mujhe farm^ya, ki Kawana lio, ki maiu tujhe qaumon ke pas dur bhejuiiga. 22 We is bat tak us ki sun rahe, tab apni awazeu buland karke cliillae, Aise ko aamin par seutha dal; kyanki us kajma munasib uahig. 23 Aur jab we chillae, aur apne kapre phenkke khak uraue lage, 24 Sariar ne hukm kiya, ki use qala meu le jSeo, aur farmaya, ki use kore marke azmaweo, taki darj'aft kare, ki we kyuu us kS zidd se yuo chillae. 25 Aur jab we use tasinou se bdndhte the, Paul ue subadar ko-, jo nazdik khara th§, kahS, Kya tiimhare liyerawa hai, ki ek Ruuii mard ko,jis ka kuchh qusiir sabit na hti i, koje maro ? 26 Subadar yih sunke gaya, aur sardar kokah^, Hazar kar, to kya kiya chahta hai ? ki yih mard to Rumi hai. 27 Sardar ne pas Ske use kah^, kiMujh se kah, kya tu Rami hai? Wuh bola, ki H^u- 28 Sardar ne jaw^b meo kahS, ki Maio ne mablag i khatir deke yih watan hiail kiyi. Pfiul bola, Lckin maio alsa hf paida hiiS. 29 Tab we, jo use ^zmdya chahte "• B'^BJ AASIAL. ,5, .1,, ,., ,e d«.b,rdir h«., .ur .arddr 1,1,1 ,il, ji„ke, ki wul, R,i„, h,!, .„r „ai„ „e u,e M„dl„, Oar g.,y,<. ,„ Phi, „bh •.„ is irad= so, ki h„qi,a, k„ m„W,„ ka'l Yah„d, „s par kja „s,i,„ karte haiu, „a „e „, kd l,a„dl.a„\l,oU, a„r hukj ki,1 XXUI. BAB. 1 Tab Paul ne IMajlis ko gaur ac dckhke kal.a, Ai mard bl.aio, mai„ „e karall n. do-ana., se .j .ak Khud. ke .g, „,r baaar k,. 2 Tab H nani^r aard k.lu,, „e u„ ko j„ „ paa hS.ir ,l,e, h„k,„ kiyS, ki us ke ,nu„I, p,, ™Sre„ 3 Pa ne usekaha, k, Ai ra„g,„ d,»ar, B;i,uda tujh ko ,nareg« T, bai ,a haf H a ar.,. ke „uwa , ,„eri i„s.f kare, aur shar.,. ke barkhil.f buV™ k rt/ha . mujhe n, reuf 4 We, Jo ha.ir the, bole, Kja „ ,J„„da ke sardlr k«,"' ko mala^a. „r.a hai i- 5 Plol „e kab., ki K,a,o, n„i„ „ah,„ j,„., .h ki b aardar kalnn a, ; k,a„ki likha bai, ki Ta apne logo, ke sa.dar ko burallt ka 6 Aur Paul ne janke ki ek taraf S ,daq, aur ddsri taraf Fari. h m, M,T PUU. Ai „.,d bb.o, ..i„ Fa.a, be« FaHs U ha. : bas;: ! Z.Tk ' u^al k, baba „ujh par s.yisat karte hai„. 7 Jab us „e ,S. kaba, Fariso. aur Saddoo" n>c. „,. a hu4 aur guroh ke do farf, bo gae. 8 K.unki Saduq bashar, aur firi I aur ruh ta wujud ke munkir bai., par Faris sab ka iqrar karte bai.. Tab iTuo bar^gul hui, aur Far,s„„ ke flrqa ke sSfir u.he, aur mukhasama. kark, ka nl a" t. Ha,„ .s ,„ard meo badi nabi. pate ; par agar kis. rah y, firisb.a ne us se k U,!' ■ va ho a„ bnu, ^hud. se jaug „a kareo. ,0 Aur jab bara „i.aa h«, ,„ lashk" e sard,r „e „ kbauf se, ki na.b.,da we Paul ke parche kareu, sip.b,ou kot 1 r^fk' V°; ;°' '": "" "" "' ^'"'"'"' " "" ""■ "'"'""^ 'i^ »=" liweu „" rit ko Khudawand ne us ke pas 5ke kah^, Ai Pa,il, kh i.irjama rakh, ki jis tarah to ne men bato„ par Yardsalam meo gawahr di hai, tujh par wajib bai ki 1 meo bbtgawShtde. P ' »»Ji» hai, ki Hum 1-2 Aur jab din hoS, Yahddioo meo se baazoo ne eka kiyi, aur kalu ki n laanat bai, ham jab tak Pdd, ko ,a.l na kareo, „a kh.enge; „a tt ^^Z we,johamqasambue, ehalis se dpar the. ,4 So uuhoo ne aardar °kal,i„o, t Buzurgoo ke pSs jake kaha. ki Ham ne ap parl=,nat kl bai, ki ham jab "k p" d ko qatl na kareo, kuehb na ebakbe„. 1,5 Pas tum ab Majli ke sSth La fs 1 .ms karo, ki kal us ko turn pis nik« lae, g„,a turn eb.bte bo, ki k J r:' ..,Ma darjif, karo, aur bam us ke pahuucbne ke age us ke „t, karne p' i>^r 1.0 rahenge. 16 Par P.dl ki bbauji ,ib sunke, ki we ghat meo lage ha Z ek ko bulakar kaha U. Is jawan ko aipabsilar ke pSs le ji, wub use kue ,h kaU cba ,i ,..,. ,8 Chunancbi wuh use le ga,a, aur sipabssUr ke pas lake k b' H Paul qaidi ne mujhe bulake darkbwast kl, ki is jawan ko terenSs Hd„ l,i T' . se kucbh kaba ebai,,. bai. ,. Tab .ipahsij ne u, kih.' ak'r 7„ ' khaiwat me. l^ake pdchb., ki Td mu,h ko k,a kab. cbah/,S ,„ "DsTe kaba. bUbudloo neeka ki,a, ki tujb ,e darkhwa,, kareo, ki ,d Paul ko kal 168 AAMAL. [24 BAB. Majlis meo niHl liwe, goj^a ki we us ke aliwal ki ba^hiibf tahqIqSt kiya chahte haio; 21 Par tii un ki iatim^d na kar, ki chilis mard se ziyada U3 ki ghat men lage haiu, jiuhou ne fip par laanat ki hai, ki Ham jab tak use qatl na karen, ua khienge na pienge; aur ab we mustaidd aur tere hukin ke muntazir haio. 22 Tab sipahsalar ne us jawan ko rukhsat karke farmaya, ki Khabardar, koi na jane, ki tu ne ye bateu mujh se kuhfo. 23 Aur do sabad^Jron ko buUke kahi, ki do sau sipihf, aur sattar sawar, aur do sau bhilebardar rat kf tisri s5it se taiylr rakho, ki Qaisariyi ko jaweo, 24 Aur dawabb, hazir karo, tiki Paul ko sawar karke Feliks hakim ke pds salamat pahunchiweo. 25 Aur us ne is mazmun ki khatt likhi. 26 Klaudius Lisias ka Feliks Hakim i Fazil ko salam. 27 Is mard ko Yahudiou ne pakarke us ke qatl karne par taiyar the, par maio ne maalum karke ki wuh Ri'iml hai, ma fauj jake use chhuraya 28 Aur jab maiu ne chaha, ki daryaft karuo, ki we kis sabah se us p .r nalish karte haio, use un ki Majlis meu iei^aya, 29 Aur p^ya, ki us par un ki shuriat ke sawalou ke haqq meo nilish hoti hai, par ki us ka kuchh qusar nahip, jo q-itl yi zanjirou ke laiq ho. SO Aur jab mujh ko ittilaa luif, ki Yahudi is mard ki gh&t ineu lage hain, maiu ne use jald tere pis bheja, aur us ke muddaioo ko bhi hukm kiya, ki nalish ka sabab tere age bayin kareu. To salamat rah. 31 Tab sipahi hash ul hukm Paul ko leke ratou rat Antipatris meu ie. 32 Aur subh we sawaroo ko us ke sath rawlna karke ap qala meo phiie. 33 So unhoo ne Qaisariya men dakhil hoke khatt hakim ko diya, aur Paul ko bhi us ke age hazir kiya. 34 Us ne khatt parhkar pnchha, ki Wuh kis mulk ka hai ; aur daryaft karke ki wuh Kilikiya ka hai, kaha, ki Jab tere muddai bhi awenge, maio ter'i sunringi. 35 Aur us ne hukm kiy;i, ki use Herod ke dar ul imara meo qaid rakheo. XXIV. BAB. 1 Pinch roz ke baad sardir kahin Uananiyah, BuzurgOQ aur Tartullus nSmida ek sukhandan ke satlj utar aya, aur hakim ke age Paul ka nmqaddama bayan kiya. 2 Aur jab wuh buliya gaya, Tartullus ne ynn kahke us par faryad karna shurua kiya, ki Ai Feliks i Fazil, Ham bar waqt aur har jagah bar tarah ka shukr ada karte haip, 3 Ki ham tere wasile se bare chain men haiu, aur teri hi peshbiui se is qaum ko bahut se faide haiij. 4 Lekin tiki maio tujh ko /iyada taklif na dao, maio itna arz karti hdij, ki tu apne karam se hamiri do baten sun. 5 Ki ham ne is mard ko sab Yahndioa ke darmiyan, jo dunya men baiij, mufsidaur fitnaangez aur Nazirlon ke mazhab ka peshwa p^ya. 6 Us ne yih irada bhi kiyathi, ki haikal konipakkare, par ham ne use pakry, aur chaha, ki apni shariat ke mutibiq us par hukm karen. 7 Lekin Lisias sardar ne akar bari zabardasti se use hamare ha thou se cbhin liya, aur us ke muddaion ko farmaya, ki tere pis jaweg. 8 Tii ap us ki tajwiz karke un sab baton ko, jin ke sabab ham us par nalish karte hain, daryaft kar sakti hai. 9 Aur Yahudioy ne bhi muwafiq hoke kaha, ki ye bateu ynnhin haio 10 Tab Piiil ne Ilikim se ishara pake jawab meo kahS, Azbas l^i main jinti 25 BAB.] AAMAL. 169 hnu, ki td bahut bnrnsoi) se is qaum k£ q^zi lini, so ziyddatar diljamaf se apni jawdb deti huo : 11 Ki ta daryAft kar sakta luii, ki bSrah din se ziydda nahfu hue, jab se maiij ibadat ke liye Yariisalam ineu gaya tha. 12 Aur unhou ne mujhe kisf ke sath haikal nieo bahs kartc ya logou ko bharkiite na P'yd, na to Mahfil nieo na shahr nieo ; 13 Aur na un batoo ko, jin ki we ab mujhpar tuhuiatlag^te haio, sabit kar sakte haio- 14 Par inaio tere dge yih iqrar kartd huo, ki maio us tarfq meo, jise we gumrdhf jante hain, apne bSpdadoo ke Khuda kf pnrastish karta huu, aur sab bitou ko, jo tauret aur anbiya meo likhi haio, yaqin janta huo : 15 Aur Khuda se yih ummed rakhtd huo, jis ke we bhi muntazir haio, ki murdoo kf qiya- mat hogt, kj'a nekon ki kyi badoo kf. 16 Aur maio is ri3'azat meo rahta hiio, ki Khuda aur khah| kc dge kabhii mera nafs mujhe nialamat na kare. 17 Ab baliut barasoo ke baad maio dyd, ki apnl guroh ke liye sadqdt o khairdt laun. 18 Tab Ashiya ke baaze Yahudiou ne mujh ko taharat kiye hue haikal meo p.1ya, maio kuchh fitna o fasad meu sharik na tha. 19 Un par wajib tha, ki tere dge hazir howeo, aur agar un ki mujli par kuchh daawa howe, baydn kareo. 20 Yd ye, jo hazir hain, kaheo, ki unhou ne us wacjt, jab maiij Majlis ke age khara tha, mujh meo kya badi paf, 21 Magar yih ek dwdz ke liye hai, ki maiu un men khare hue chillaya, ki Hashar i mauta kf babat turn dj mujh par siyasat karte ho. 22 Feliks ne, jo us tariq se khub niuttala thd, ye chizeu sunke unheo dafa kiy.a, aur kaha, ki jab Lisias sipahsdlar awega, maio tumhard hal bilkull daryaft karungS. '23 Phir us ne ek subadar ko hukra kiya, ki Paul ko nigah men rakh, aur use chain karne de, aur us ke janpahchdnoa ko us kt khidmat karne se aur us pds ane se mana mat kar. 24 Chand roz ke baad Fehks apni jorii Drusilla ke sdth, jo Yahadiya thi, dya, aur Paul ko bulwa bheja, aur us se Masih ke din ka bayan suna. 25 Jab wuh rasti aur parhezgari aur adalat i ayanda ko bayan kar raha tha, Feliks kamp gaya, aur jawab dij'a, ki liilfial tu chala ja, main achchlia waqt pake phir tujhe bula bhe- j-nnga. 26 Use yih ummed bhf thf, ki Paul se kuchh naqdl pawe, taki use chhor de : chunanchi wuh use aksar bulaya kiya, aur guftgu karta raha. 27 Aur do sdl ke baad Parkins Festus Feliks ka qdira maqara lioke aya, aur Feliks ne yih chahkar ki Yahudion ko apne manmun kare, Paul ko muqaiyad chhor gaya. XXV. BAB. 1 Festus us snba meo dakhil hoke tin roz ke baad Qaisariyd se Yarnsalam ko gaya. 2 Tab sardar kahin aur Yahddfon ke rafson ne us ke age Paul par faryad ki, 3 Aur arz karke us ke muqaddama meo yih mihrbuii chahf, ki wuh use Yarii- salam meo bulwa blieje, ki we ghat meo the, ki use rah meo mar leij. 4 Tab Festus ne jawdb meo kaha, ki Paul Qaisariya men rakha jawe, ki main dp jald wahao jaunga ; 5 Aur jo turn meu se mere sdth safar kar sakeo, chaleo, aur agar us men kuchh badi hai, to us par nilish kareo- 6 So un ke dariniydn das din se upar rahke Qaisariya ko gaya, aur pahunchke dusre din masnad par baithkar hukm kiya, ki Paril ko hazir kareo. 7 Jab wuh hazir hnd, Yahudf, jo Yariisalam se ie the, us ke pas khare hoke Padl par bahut aur sakht ndlisheo karne lage ; par V 2 170 AAMAL. [25 BAB, we unheo aSbit na kar •«ke, 8 Ki us ne jawib mco kahS, ki Maiu ne na Yahudioo kl ehariatki, aurna haikal ka, aur na Qaisar ki gunSh kiy£ hai. 9 Par Festus ne iii ir^de se, ki Yahddioo ko rizf kare, Paol se kahS, Kyi ta chahta hai, ki Yarusalara ko j.ike wahao mere age in batou ke haqq raeo azmiyi jiwe ? 10 Panl ne kahl, ki Maio Qaisar ki niasnad ke age hazir huo, chahiye ki niera insif yahan kiya jawe; Yahadiou ka maio ne kuchh gunah nahiu kiya, chuninchi ta khub janti hai. 11 Pas agar maiu mujrim hun, yi maiu ne aisa koi kam, jis se nicra qatl wajib ho, kiyi hai, maiu qatl kS mana nahin hota ; lekin agar un tuhinaton men, jo we mujh par karte haiu, kuclih sabit nahin hai, to koi mujh ko un ke ikhtiyar men de nahfo sakta. Main Qaisar ki duhai deta hun, 12 Tab Festus ne salahkaron se salih lekar jawab meo use kahS, Ta ne Qaisar ki duhif di ? tu Qaisar ke pas jaegi. 13 Chand roz ke baad Agrippi badshah aur IJarniki Qaisariya men ae, ki Festus ko salam karen. l-t Aur jab we wahan ek inuddat rahe, Festus ne Panl ka ahwal badshah se ba3'an kiya, ki Yahan ek shakhs hai, jise Feliks qaid meo chhor gaya. 15 Jab main Yarusalam men tha, sardar kihinon aur Yahddion ke Buzur- gOQ ne us ki babat khabar deke chaha, ki us kf taay.ir howe. 16 Par maiu ne unheo jawab diya, ki Rnmlon ka dastur nahiu, ki kisi admi ko jallad ko deweQ, jab tak asaml apne faryadion ke rubarii na howe, aur daawa ke haqq men apne uzr karne ki jagah na pawe. 17 So jab we yahao biham hue, main ne deri na ki, balki subh ko masnad par baithkar hukra kiya, ki us mard ko hazir karen. 18 Par us ke muddaion ne khare hoke us par aisi kuchh qusur nahiu lagaya, jaisa main ne guman kiya tha, 19 Balki we apne mazhab ki aur kisi Yusiia. ki babat, jo mar gaya, jise Paul kahti hai, ki jita hai, kuchh ikhtilaf us se rakhte the. 20 Aur jab maiu is taur ke sawalou se shakk men para, main ne piichha, Kya tu Yardsalam meu jine par razi hai, ki wahan in baton meo tera insaf kiya jawe ? 21 Par jab Paul ne duhai di, ki Mera insif Janab i Ali ki adalat par mauquf rakha jae, maiu ne hukm kiya, ki use rakheo jab tak main use Qaisar ke pas bhejdij. 22 Tab Agrippa ne Festus se kaha, ki Main bhi chlhta hun, ki us shakhs ki suniiu. Wuh bola, Td kal us ki sunega. 23 Aur dusre din Agrippa, aur Barnfki bari shan o shaukat se £e, aur faujdaroo aur shahr ke amiroo ke sUh darbar meg dakhil hue, aur Festus ke hukm se Padl hazir kiya gaya. 2t Tab Festus ne kaha, ki Ai bidshah Agrippa, aur sab mardo, jo hazir ho, Turn us shakhs ko dekhte ho, jis ke sabab sare Yahudi log Yardsalam 66 leke yahSn tak mere plchhe pare hain, aur yahan blii cliillate haiu, lei use jfta chhorna rawa nahin. 25 Lekin jab main ne daryaft kiya, kius ne aisa koi kam, jis se wuh wijib ul qatl howe, nahiu kiya, aur wuh ap Janab i All ki duliai deta hai, main ne azra kiya, ki use bhej dun. 26 Par mujh ko us ke haqq meu kisi bat ka yaqin nahin, jo apne Khudiwaud ko likhdo ; lihaza main ne use tumhare age, aur khusdsan, Ai badshah Agrippa, tere age hazir kiya hai, ta ki main tahqiq ke baad kuchh likh sakdo. 27 Kyunki ek qaidi ko bhejna, aur us par ki nilisheu bayan ua karna, mujhe bewaza raa^lum boti hai. 2C BAB.] AAMAL. 171 XXVI. BAB. 1 Agrippa ne Paiil ko kahri, ki Tujh ko parwanagi hai, opnd uir bayan kar. 2 Tab Paiil ne li.ith se batike apnl uziiya jawah diya, ki Ai b;idsh;ih Agrippa, niaiu jo aj ke din tere ^ge un sab tulimatou ineu, jo Yahudi mujh par karte haio, apni uzr bayan kariio, yib meri daiiist nieu luerf saadat hai : 3 Khass is liye ki tn Yalitidfou ke sSre dastnioo aur sawalou se khnb waqif hai : lihaza maio teri niinnat kurke chahti hnij, ki tu taamiuul se inerf sune. 4 Sab Yahudi nicrl ja- wriiif se meri chal ko, jo maio shurna se apnf qaum ke darniiyan Yarusalam ineo iiibahta th5, jante haio ; 5 We, jo pahle mujh ko jante, agar chihen, mere gawah ho sakte, ki maiu Paris lioke ham logon ke dia ke bahut parhezgir firqe ke muwafiq ziiidagiguzran karta th4. G Aur ab maio us waada kf ummed ke sabab, jo Khudi ne hamare bapdidon se kiy.i, dar ul ad^hit men hazir kiya gaya huij. 7 Aur liamare barah gharane rat din bare shauq se ibidatguzari meo uramedwir hain, ki us waada ko pahuticheo. Ai badshih Agrippa, isi ummed ke sabab se Yahiidioij ne mujh par tuhmat kf hai. 8 Yih kya turn pas iatimad ke qibil nahiu, ki Khudi murdoQ ko jilawe ? 9 Ba har hai maio khiyal karta thS, ki mujh par wajib hai, ki Yusoa i Naziri ke nam ke barkhilaf bahutse kSm kariin. 10 So yihi maiu ne Yanisalam meo kiyS, aur sard ir kahinou se iqtidar pakar bahut se muqaddasoo ko qaidich^ne men band kiya, aur jab we qatl kiye jate the, maio hami bharta tha. 1 1 Aur main ne aksar har ek Mahfil men uuheu izi deke zabardasti sekufr kahw.iya, balki main ne azbaski un ki adawat meo nihayat josh o kharosh par tha, gair shahron tak bht sat^ti tha. J 2 Is hai meo jabsardar kaliinon se iqtidar aur ijazat pikar Diraisliq ko chald jata tha, 13 Din ko do pahar ke waqt, ai badsliah, main ne rah men ek nur ^smanf dftab se roshantar dekhi, ki mere aur mere liamsafaroij ke gird chamka. l-l- Aur jab ham sab zamfn par gir pare, maiu ne kisi ki dwaz suni, ki Ibrani lugat men mujhe yun kaha, ki Ai Saul, Siiil, tu mujhe kyiio satata hai ? Tujh se dushwar hai, kianioo parlat mare. 15 Tab main ne kaha, ki Ai Khudawand, ti'i kaun hai? Wuh bola, Maio Yusda hdn, jise tn satata hai. 16 Ab uth, aur apne paoa par khara ho, ki maiu ne apne tain is liye tujhe dikhaya hai, ki tujhe un chizoo kS, jo tii ne dekhi hain, aur un chizoo ki, jo main tijhe dikhailngi, lihadim aur shahid baniuo ; 17 Tujhe is ummat se aur awamm se rihii duo, aur un pas ab maio tujhe bhej deta hno, 18 Ta ki un ki dnkhoij ko kholiiQ, aur andhere se ujale ki taraf aur Shaitin ke tasallut se Khudi ki samt pheruo, ki we nmjh par imln lane se gunihon ki raurifi aur muqaddason ke darmiydn miras paweo- 19 So, Ai bidsliah Agrippi, maio us Ssmani royat ka nifarmaubardar na hua ; 20 Balki pahle un ko, jo Dimishq aur Yarasalam aur sari zamin i Yahiiddh meo haio, aur baad un ke qaumon ko kaha, ki Tauba karo, aur Khudi ki taraf pliiro, aur we kam, jo tauba ke laiq haio, karo. 21 Un bSton ke sabab se Yahudi mujh ko haikal meo pakafke sdaj hue, ki qatl kareo- 22 So Khudi se himdyat pake maio ij ke din tak khari hun, aur chhote aur bare ke 5ge gawahi detd hno, aurun hitoo ke siwa, jin ke hone ki kliabar nabioo aur Miisa ne di, kuchh nahin kahti hno, 23 Ki Masih dukh uthincwala liogi, aur murdoo meo se wuh pahla ji uthega, aur ummat aur gair qaumou ke 'ige mir ko jalwagar kare^a. 172 ■ AAM.-VL. [27 BAB. 24 Aur jab us ne yao apnd U7.r bayan kiya, Festua ne buland iyiki se kah5, ki Ai Paul, tu ap ineQ nahlij hai, ilin kf kasrat ne tujhe akiiir ko bSola kar diy«5. 25 Tab us ne kaha, Ai ani5r i azfm Festus, main baola nahfo, balki sachli aur hoshi- 3'ar! ki b&teu kahtd ban. 26 Ki un baton ko bidshah janta hai, aur main us ke liuzur saf beparwa kahti Hod, kydnki mujh par yaqtn hai, ki un b£tou se koi chtz us par makbfi nahiij, is waste ki yih mSjara to gosha men waqa nahio hui. 27 Ai badshah Agrippa, aya tn nabion ka muataqid hai ? Maiu janta ban, ki ta muataqid hai. 28 Tab Agrippa ne Paul ko kaha, Nazdik hai, ki teri targib se Masihi ho jdiin. 29 Paul boH, Khudi kare, ki tu hi faqat nahio, balki sab kesab, jo 4j ke din meri sunte hain, nazdik nahin, balki bilkuU, jaisa maio hiio, aise hi howeij, siwa in zanjirou ke. CO Aur jab us ne yuo kaha, badshah, aur hakim, aur Barnikf, aur un ke hamni- fihinuthe, 31 Aur alagjakeSpus men kahne lage, ki Yih mardto aisS kuchh nahfij kart^, jo qatl ya zanjfrou ke laiq ho. 32 Aur Agrippi ne Festus se kaha, ki Agar yih shakhs Qaisar se dadkhwah na hota, to mumkin tha, ki qaid se chhut jae. XXVII. BAB. 1 Aur jab yih azm kiya gaya, ki ham tari se Italiya ko jaweu, unhoo ne Piaiko baaze aur qaidloD ke sath Yalius nam subadar ko, jo Janib i All ki lauj men tha, hawala kiy^. 2 Aur ham Adramiteni kishti par baithke is irada se, ki hudad i Ashiya se hokar jaen, rawaua hue, aur Aristarkhus Makiduni Thissaluniki hamare sath tha. 3 Dasre din ham Saida men pahunche, aur Yalius ne Paul se khush- suldki karke use ij5zat di, ki apne dostoe men jike chain kare. 4 Ham wahSn ae rawana hoke Kibris ke ntche gnzar gae, ki hawa mukhalif thi. 5 Aur jab ham dary^ i K-ilikiya aur Pamfiliy^ ke pir gae, to Likiya ke Mir^ men de. 6 Wahao us subadar ne ek Iskandari jah^z Italiya ko jate hue pake ham ko us par charh- Sya. 7 Aur jab ham bahut dinoij tak ahista chale gae, aur mushkil se Knidus ke B^mhne ^e, to isliye ki hawa hameo age barhne na deti thi, Krete ki taraf jake Salmone ke sarahne ae. 8 Aur ba dushwari us se guzar karke ek maqam meu, jis ka nam Hasan Bandar hai, Se ; shahr i Lasaya wahan se nazdik hai. 9 Aur jab mausim bahut guzra, aur ab jahaz ke chalne meo khatra thS, ki roze ke aiySm guzre the, Paul ne unheu Sgah kiya, 10 Aur kaha, Yaro, maiu dekhta hue, ki is safar men azfyat hogf, aur bahut nuqsan, na sirf asbab ka aur jahaz kS, balki hamari janoo ka bhi. 11 Par subadar ne m4njhi aur jahSz ke malik ki batou ko Paul ki batoo se ziyada mana. 12 Aur is liye ki wuh bandar achchha na tha, ki wahan j^ra kateo, bahutoo ne salah di, ki wahan se bhi khol nikleo, ta ki kisi tarah se Fainiki tak pahuhchke jara katen ; wuh Krete ka bandar tha, jo nairitaur bdyab ke rukh th5. 13 Aur jab dakliin ki hawa chali, we is uramed se, ki mu- r4d ko pahunchen, kholke Krete ke nazdik rawana hue. 14 Lekin thorl der ke baad tufani hawa, jis ka nam Piirablahr hai, chali. 15 Aur jab jahSz pakra gaya, aur hawa ke samhne thahar na saka, ham ne use chlior diyS, ki chaU jawe ; 16 Aur ek chhote tapu ke tale, jo Klaude kahlata hai, bah jSke ham barf mushkil se chhoti nao ko qabd nieulae ; 17 So jab unhoQ ne thama, '\; 27 15AU.] AAMAL. 178 tab tadbfreu kaike jahaz ko nfche sc baudhS, aur us dar sc, ki mahSdi ham rcte ineu phas jaeo, budblnou ko girS diyS, aur is tarah cliale jdte the. 18 Aur jab ham findhf se bahut satde jate the, dusre din ham ne jahlz ko halka kiyS; 19 Aur tfsre din apne hathon se jahdz kl asbab plienk diya. 20 Aur jab bahut diiiou tak na siiraj dikhlaf diya, aur na sitare, aur dndhi hhi na thamf, Skliirko rihai ki ummed ham se bilkull j£ti rahf. 21 Aur bahutse faqoo ke baad Paul un ke darmiyin kharl hoke bold, ki Mardo, turn ko lazim thi, ki merJ suntc, aur Krete se na chalte, ki yih azfyat aur nuqsln na uthate. 22 Aur ab niaiij tumhari rainnat karta hou, ki khatirjama rakho ; kyiinki tumhare darmiyan kisi ki jan ki nuqsan na hoga, magar jahiz ki. 23 Kyunki jis KhudS kl main huo, aur jis ki bandagf karta hno, us ke firishte ne Ht ko mujh pas i.ke, 24 Yun kaha, ki Ai Paul, mat dar, wijib hai, ki tu Qaisar ke ige hazir howe, aur dekh, ki Ivhuda ne ye sab, jo tere hamsafina haio, tujh ko bakhshe. 25 Lihdza, mardo, khatirjama rakho ; kyunki maio Khuda par iatiqid rakhta hun, ki jaisa mujh ko kaha gaya, aisihi hoga. 26 Lekin khwah na khw<1h ham kisi jazira meo ja parenge. 27 So jab chaudahwiu shab ii, aur ham daryd i Adriya ke talatum men mare phire, ddhi rat ke qarib mallahon ne atkal se jana, ki kisi raulk ke nazdiic pahunche. 28 Tab pSnf ki thah If, aur bis pursi P^y^i 5 aur thora age baphke phirthah li, aur pandrah purs& paya. 29 Tab is dar se, ki mabada pattliaroQ par ja paren, ham ne jahaz ki pichhari se char langar dale, aur subh ke muntazir rahe. 30 Aur jab mallihoo ne chiha, ki jahaz par se bh^g jieo, aur chhoti naois bahane se utira, ki galahf se langar daleo, 31 Paul ne subadar aur sipahiou ko kaha, ki Agar ye jahaz par na rahen, to turn bach nahio sakte. 32 Tab sipihiou ne chhoti nao ke rasse kate, aur use bahi diya. 33 Aur jab din charhne laga, Paul ne sab se iltiuias kiya, ki khana khawea, aur kaha, ki Turn chaudah diu se takte ho, aur faqa karte ho, aur kuchh nahio khaya, 34 Ab maiu tumhari minnat karta hdo, kuchh khao, kyunki is meo tumhari salamati hai ; ki turn meo se kisi ke sir ka ek bal na bikega. 35 Us ne yuo kahke roti li, aur un sab ke dge Ivhuda ki siiukr kiya, aur torke khane laga. 36 Tab sab ki khatir jama hi'if, aur we ap bhi khane lage. 37 Aur ham sab ke sab, jitne U3 jaliaz par the, do sauchhihattar the. 38 Aur jab we ruchke kha chuke, to unhoo ne anaj ko saniundar meu dalkar jahaz ko halka kiya. 39 Jab subh hni, unhoo ne us mulk ko na pahchana, par ek kol dekha, jis ka ghat thi, aur we chahte the, ki agar ho sake, to jahaz ko us men pahunchiwen. 40 Tab unhoo ne langar kitke darya meo chhore, aur wouhi patwar ke rasse khole, aur hawa ke rukh par bal charh.ike kanara ki taraf gae, 41 Aur ek jagah jahao do darya mile the, pahuuchke jahiz ko zamin par daura dij'a; tab galalii dhakka khSke phas gai, aur maujou ke zor se patwar ki dhajjiao ur gaio 42 Tab sipahion ka mashwara yuo tha, ki bandhuoo ko mar d:ileo, ta na liowc, ki un meu se koi pairke bhag j&we. 43 Par subadar ne us irada se, ki Paul ko bachawe, unheo matlab se baz rakha, aur hukm kiya, ki we jo pair sakte haio, pahle kudke kanire par jawen, aur baqi jah^z ke talfhtoo aur tukroo par. 44 Aur yuo hi hua, ki we sab ke sab zamin par saUmat pahunchc. K4 AAMAL. [28 BAB. XXVIII. B.¥». I Aur inakhlasf ke baad unhoo ne daryaft kiyn, ki us jaztra k5 nlm Malti hai. 2 Aur wahSu ke janglf logou ne ham par nihriyat niihrbSni kf ; kyunki unhoo ne is sabab se, ki menh kl jhari aur jara tha, £g sulgike ham meo se harek ki kh^tirdarf kf. 3 Aur jab P4al ne lakriao jama karke ag par rakhin, ek s:imp garmi pake nikU, aur us ke hath par lipta. 4 Tab un jangli logoo ne us haiwan ko us ke hath par latakte dekhkar ^pus meu kahS, ki Beshakk yih mard khuni hai, jise ba wujud ki darya se bacha hai, qaz^ jine nahiu detf. 5 Itne men us ne us kfre ko dg meo jhatak diya, aur kuchh zarar na p4yS. G Par we dekhte rahe, ki wuh suj jaega, ya nSgih girke mar jiega; lekin jab der tak intizar karke dekhi, ki use kuchh zarar na hi'iS, tab kuclih aur khiyal kiy5, aur bole, ki Yih ek Khuda hai. 7 Aur us jagah ke aspis us jazfra ke Sardar kt zamin tlif, us ka nam Puhlius thl ; us ne hameu ghar le j^ke lutf se tin din tak hamlri mihm'mi ki. 8 Aur ydo lio^, ki Publius ki, hip tap aur atisar se ranjur para tha. Paul ne us pds jake dua ki, aur apne hath us par rakhkar use changa kiya. 9 Chunanchi jab yih liua, to aur bhi jo us jazire meu ranjur the, de aur change hue. 10 Unhoo ne Lhf ham ko bahut hurmat bakhshi, aur jab rawana hone lage, jo kuchh ham ko darkar tha, lad diya. I I Ti'n mahfne ke baad ham ek jahaz i Iskandri par, jo jare bhar Upi'i men thi, aur jis ke nishan Deokore the, rawana hue ; 12 Aur Siraknse meo lagake tin din rahe. 13 Phir wahap se chakkar khake Regiuiii meu ae, aur jab ek roz ke baad da- khinf haw4 chalf, ham diisre din Puteoli meo pahunche. 14 Wahau ham ne bhaioo ko pake un ke iltimas se sat din un ke pas rahe, aur yunlii ham Rum ko chale. 15 Wahin ke Lhai hamdra ahwal sunkar Appiforum aur Tritabarne tak hamire istiq- bal ko ae. Paul ne unheu dekhkar Khuda ka shukr kiyi, aur khatirjama hua. 16 Jab ham Ram meo ^e, subadar ne bandhnoo ko khass risale ke sardar ko hawala kiya, lekin Paul ko parwanagi thi, ki akeli us sipahi ke sith, jo us kS ni- gahban tha, rahe. 17 Aur yuu hua, ki tin din ke baad Paul ne Yahiidiou ke raisoQ ko baham bulaya. Jab we jama hue, us ne unhen kaha, Ai mard bhiio. Main ne apni qaum ke aur bapdadoo ke dasturon ke khil;ilki sh;ua par amal karuewale sidiq thaharae jSenge. 14 Kyunki jab we qaunu-o, ji" ko shar at uah o niili, apai sirislit se sharaf aamal karte haio, to we shariat na rakhke aphf apni sharfat haiu. 15 We shara ka kdm apne dilou nieu likha hui dikhate haiu ; ki un ki sirisht gawabi deti hai, aur un ke khiyaiat baham daawa karte haiu, ya uzr karte haiu. 10 Chunaiichi jis din KhudA mere waaz ke muwafiq Yusiia Masih kf maarifat se admioo ke nibaol amaloD ka insaf karega, z^hir hoga. 17 Dekh, tn Yabudi kahatd hai, aur shara par takiya karta hai, aur Khudi par fakhr karta bai, 18 Aur us ki niarzS jinta ii.d, aur shara kf taaliiu pakar mukl>- taljfchizou men imtiyiz kar janti hai, 19 Aur apne tain yaqinan j^nta hai, ki maio andhou ka rahnuma, anr un kf, jo tariki men haiu, roshni liun, 20 Aur j^hilon k£ sikhlanewala, aur larkoQ ka rauallim huu, aur danat aur sachai kd uamdna mere liye shara meu hai: 21 Pas tu, jo diisre ko sikhlata hai, apne tafo nahfu sikhlata ? Tu jo waaz kalita hai, ki Cliori na karna, ap hi chori karta bai ? 22 Tii jo kabta hai, ki Zini na karna, £p hf zina karta hai ? Tu jo butog se bezdr hai, ap hf ibadatkbana ko sT^riit karta hai? 23 Tii jo shara par fakhr karta hai, phir tii hi shara se udiil kar^e Khudi ke nam ko beh"irmnt karta hai ? 21 C unan- chi likl)l hai, ki Qaumou ke bich tumhare sabab Khuda ke nam ki takfir hoti hai. 25 IChatna faidamand hai, agar tii shara par ainal kiyd kare ; par agar to shara se udiil kare, to tera khatna namakhtuni hai. 26 Pas agar nimakhtuu log shara. ke qanunon par chalte bain, to kyi un ki namukhtiini Itliatna na gini jaegi ? 27 Aur jo namakhtun hoe, aur shara ki pairawi meu sirisht se kamil ho g;iya, wuh tujbe, agar tu, bawujud alfaz i shara ke aur Ijhatna ke, shara se udul kare, ilzam na degl ? 28 Jo zahir meu Yahadi hai, Yahiidi nahio, zahiri khatna, jo jismani hai, khatna nahio ; 29 Balki jo batin meu Vahudi luii, Yahiidl hai, aur khatna wuh hai, jo dill aur maanawf, na kilafzi; ki us ki sitaish na admiou se, balki Khuda se mutaalliq hai. III. BAB. 1 Pas ky5 Yahudf ko kucbh fazilat, aur Ishatna ki kuchh fiida nalilo? 2 Ba bar bSl baliut hai, kluisifsan yih ki we kalam i Ilahf ke amanatdar hain. 3 Agar kaf ek aiumatdir na nikle, to kya hua? kya un ki bediyinati Kliuda ke iatibir ko batil kar sakti hai? 4 Aisa na howe, balki Khuda sacha, aur harek admf jbutha rahe; chuunnchi liKha liai, Taki tu apni b.itou meu sadiq howe, aur jab ki teri adalat ki jae, td galib nikle. 5 Aur agar hamari nirasti Khuda ki rasti uo namud karti hai, to ham kya kaheo ? ki Ivhudi narast hai jo qahr nazil karta liai ? Maiu to admiou ki tarah bolta hoQ. 6 Aisa nahio, to Khuda kyuultar jahau ki adalat W 2 178 ni'MlOt^. [4 BAH. kflregS. 7 Kyunki agar mere jhath ke sabab Khudd ki rSstt 7,5hir hGf, aur us se us ka jalil ziyada hui : pliir kis liye maiu gunaligSr ki tarah mabkama men pakfS yAti. liun ? 8 Aur ham kyuo buraf nahfo karte, taki bhale nikleo? Chunanchi yih tulimat to ham par kf jati hai, aur baaze bolte baiu, ki ham yuy kahte haiij. So un ka fatwa haqq hai. 9 Pas kya ham afzalhaio? Hargiz nahfo. Ham to pahle baySn kar chuke, ki Yiibudf aur Yun5nf bhf sab ke sab gunahoo ke niche dube hue haiu : 10 Chunan- chi likh.i hai, ki Mutlaqan ek bhf sadiq nahfu ; 11 Koi samajhnewala nahlu, koi Khuda ki dhunclhnewSla nahto ; 12 Sab gumrah haio; sab ke sab nikamme haio, koi nekok^r nahfo, ek bhf nahfg. 13 Un ke gale khulf hiii goren haio, unhoo ne zubanou se chhal bal kiya hai, un ke laboo ke andar sampoliyoo ki zahr hai; 14 Un ke dahan hianat aur karwdhat se labrez haio; 15 Un ke panw khunrezi ke liye parwaz ineu hain ; 16 Dalni masalna un kf rahoo men hai, 17 Aur unhoo nc dram kf rah nahfo pahchSnf. 18 Un kf iukhon ke samhne Khuda ka khauf nahfu. 19 Ab ham jante haio ki sharfat, jo kuchh kahti hai, ahl i shara hf se kahti hai, taki harek ki munh band howe, aur sarf dunya Khuda ke aamhne gunahgar thaliare. 20 Pas kof bashar shara par amal karne se us ke huziir sadiq na thalia- rega ; kyanki shara hf se gunah zahir hua. 21 Par ab IHhi sadaqat, jo rib i sharfat se bihar hai, zihfr huf hai, jis par shara aur uabiou ne gawahf di hai. 22 Yih Ilihi sadaqat wuh hai, jo Yusua Masib par fmin lane se miltf hai, aur un sab ke lij'e, aur un sab meo hai, jo iman lite haiu, ki un meo kuchh tafiwut nabfn ; 23 Iswaste ki sabhoo ne gunah kiyi hai, aur itne na liue, ki Kliudi ke situda hou. 24 So we us ke fazl ke sabab Be Masib Yusua ke fida hone ke wasile se muft meo sadiq gine jate haio. 25 Ki Al'lah ne us ke tafo aisa zahir kiyi, ki wuh un ke liye, jo us ke lahu par fmin la- weo, sulb ka sabab ho, ti ki wuh apnf sadaqat zuhiir meo lawe ; is waste ki Khuda pahle gunaliou se muhlat ke dinoo men guzar gaya, so us ne yih kuchh kiyii, ki wuli is zainanc meo apnf sadaqat ko zuhnr meu lawe, 26 Ki wuh ip hi sadiq Vbahare, aur us ko, jo Yusaa Masih par iman lat^ hai, sidiq thaharawe. 27 Pas tafakhur kahag raha ? Wuli to ur gaya. Kis rah se ? amalou se ? NahiD, balki fmin ki rah se ? 28 Pas ham yih natija nikalte hain, ki idmf fmaa se, bagair aamal i shara ke sidiq ginajita hai. 29 Kij'a wuh sirf YahndioQ ki Khuda h;u ? aur gairog ka nahfu ? Gairoo ki bhf hai. 30 Kyunki ek lif Khuda hai, jo makhtuu ko iman ke biis se, aur namakhtun ko bhf fmin hi ki rah se sadiq gini jicga. 31 Aur kya shara ko ham iman se batil karte haio ? Aisa na howe : ham to shara ko qaiin karte haio- IV. I5AB. 1 Pas Abirahim, jo jism kf jihat se hamira bap hai,tokyi ham kahen, ki us ne kuchh payi ? 2 Kyunki agar Ai)iraham amalon ke sabab se .sidiq gina jata, to U5 ke fakhr ki jagah thi ; lekin na Khuda ke age. 3 Isliye ki kitab kahtf hai, ki Abirahim Khuda par fmin layi, aur yih us keliye sadiqat mabsub hnf. 4 Ab uiazdur ko ma/.dnri dena bakhshish nahiu, balki ada i dain hai. 5 Par wuh, jo kiiu 3 BAH.] RUMI'Ol? 179 nahto karta, balki U8 par, jo gunahgSr ko sfJdiq tliahar^ti liai, fmfJh Uta hai, U8i \i& fman saddqat ginfi j4t& hai. 6 Chunlnchi D.^iid bhi us insan kf mubd- rakf ka zikr karta hai, jis kl taraf Khudi bagair us ke, ki wuh amal kare, sa- daqat kl iiisbat karti hai. 7 Ki mubdrak we, jinki kbataeu bakhshi gain, aur gunah dliampe gae. 8 Mubdrak hai wuh mard, jis ke liye Kliudawand gunih malisrib nahto karta. 9 Pas kya yih mub^rakf faqat niakhtunoo kt hai, y4 ni.- makhtuiion ki l)h{ hai ? Ham kahte haiu, ki Abirahim ka 1ni4n sada(]at gin% gaja. 10 Pas wuh kab gina gaya ? us kf niakhtoiii kf, ya naniaklitiini ki halat meo ? Makhtdni meu nahin, balki namakhtani nicu. 11 Aur us ne khatna bamanzil nishau ke p5ya, ki wuh us ki im.4nf sad iqat par, jo namakhtnnf meo mil! thi, muhr howe, ta ki wuh un sab ka, jo nlmakhtuni men fman late haiij, bap ho, ti ki wuh un ke liye bhi saddqat gina jiwe : 12 Aur makhttjnou ki bhi lio, na un ka, jo nire makhtun haiu, balki un ka, jo hamare bap Al)iraiiam ke iman ki, jo nimakhtuui meu th.i, pairawi karte haiu- 13 Kyunki yih waada, jo A biraham se aur us ki nasi se hua, ki tii dunya kd waris hoga, ahara ke sabab uahfo, balki imani sadiijat ke b;iia se kiya gaya. 14 Kyunki agar ahl i shara hi waris howeo, to fman abas, aur waada kliilaf hoga, 15 Ki shariat gussa ka sabab paptf hai, is liye ki jahau kahiij siiara nahio, udul bhi nahfo. 16 So is liye ImSn ke sabab se kiya gaya, ta ki wuh karam thahare ; aur sari nasi ke liye, na sirf ahl i shara ke waste, balki un ke waste bhi, jo iman i Abirahami ke pairau haiu, baqf rahe. 17 Aur wuli us ki mashiyat se, jis par wuh iman liya, yaane wuh Kiiuda, jo murdoo ka jilauewala hai, aur un chfzou ka,jo hanoz maadiim haiu, us tarah zikr karta hai, goya maujiid haiu, ham sab ki b5p hai ; chunanchi likha hai. Main ne tujhe babut qaumoy ka bap thaharaya. 18 Wuh naumedi ke maqim meu umed se fmiu lava, ta ki wuh us nawishta ke mutabiq, ki Teri nasi aisf kasir hogf, bahutsi gurohon ki bap howe. 19 Aur us ne azbaski zaif ul iman na th^, apne fartut badan ki, ba wujud ki us ki umr sau baras ke qarib thi, aur Sarah ke rihm kf af- zurdagi ka blif kliiyal na kiya : *20 Aur beiatiqad na tha, ki Khuda ke waada meo shakk lata, balki iman kf ustuwari se Khuda kf tamjid karta tha. 21 Aur us ne yaqin i qatai kiy.1, ki jo kuchh us ne waada kiya hai, us ke ifa par qadir hai : '22 Iswaste yili us ke liye sadaqat malisub hiii. 23 Aur yih ki us ke liye mahstib ht'ii. faqat us ke waste nahfo, 24 Balki hamare waste bin likha gayii hai, jiu ke liye mahsub ki jiegi, agar ham iman laweu- ki us ne hamare Khudawand Yusiia ko murdon meo se jiiiya ; 25 Wuh hamari khataoo ke sabab se pakfa gaya, aur hamari taydiq ke liye phirke jilaya gaya. V. HAB. 1 Pas jab ki ham fmin lake sadiq jane gae, to ham meo aur Khudi meu hamfire Khudiwaud Vusna Masih ki wasatat se milap hai. 2 Aur usi ke wasfle se ham us niamat par iman lake rasai rakhte haiij, aur us niamat meu qaim rahte haiij, aur majd i lUhi ki ummedwari men fakhr karte haiu. 3 Aur sirf itna nahfo, balki musibatou meo bhi fakhr karte haiij, ki j4nte haiu, musibat se sabr, 4 Aur Babr se tajriba, aur tajriba se ummed paidi hoti hai : 5 Aur ummed sljarmsar na- hiu kartf, kyunki hainire diloo uieo is live ki Ruh i Quds liameu bakhshf gai, Khud» 180 RU'MIOS- [6 BAH, kf mahabbat bahiii gai hai. 6 Ki jab ham kamqdwat the, tab Maslh ain waqt par bediiion ki khatir md5. 7 Ki aisa kam hai, ki koi kisi adil ke waste jIn de, aur shayad kisi meo yih juraat ho, ki kisi khushkhulq ke liye jan se guzare. 8 Par Jvhuda ne apni mahabbat ko hamare sath us taur se SshkSrS kiya, ki jab ham gunah karte chale jate the, Maslh hamare waste niui. 9 Pas azbaski ham us ke lahii ke bahne se s^diq thahare, to ab kitni ziyada us ke sabab se qahr se bach rahenge. 10 Kyunki jab Khuda ne ham se jis waqt ki ham dushman the, apne Bete kf maut ke sabab mel kiya : pas ham ab milkar us ki zindagi ke sabab kitna zi- yida bach jaenge. 11 Sirf yih nahiQ, balki ham apne Khudawand Yusaa Masih ke waste se, jis ke sabab se ham ab mila liye gae, Khuda par fa^hr karte hue bach jaenge. 1-2 Pas jis tarah ki ek insSn ke sabab se gtmah ne, aur gunah ke sabab se marg ne dunya men dakhl paya, to usi tarah maut ne sare Idmioo par is sabab se, ki sab ne guuah kiya, tasallut payS,. 13 Kyiinki gunah to ibtidS se shara ke maujnd hone tak dunya meo thi ; par jab shara nahiu hai, to gunah kisi ki taraf mansiib nahio hota. 14 Lekin maut ne Adam se Masa tak tasallut paya un par bhi, jinhoo ne Adam ki nafarmani ki manind gunah na kiya, wuh us ka, jo ^newala tha, namiina hai. 15 Par yih nahio, ki jis qadr khata thi, usi qadr ata hai. Ki agar us ek insan ke gunah se we bahutere mar gae, to Khuda k& fazl aur karam us ek insan Yusua Masih ke fasl se un bahuteroii par kitna ziyida kasir hai. 16 Aur jo kuchh us ek gunahgar se sidir hua, so bakhshish ke bar4- bar nahin ; kyunki ek hi Ichata ke sabab saza ki hukm hua, par misdaq ke liye bahut khatioo ki bakhshish hai. 17 Pas agar ek ki khata ke sabab maut ne ek hi ke wasile se tasallut paya, to we, jo kamal fazl aur sadaqat ki bakhshish pate haiu, ek Yusua Masih ke wasile se hayat men kya hi saltanat ka- renge. 18 Garaz jaisi ek khata se sab ddmioo par halakat ka hukm hua, waisS ek ke tasadduq se sab admiou par hayat ki tasdiq ai. 19 Ki jis tarah ek insan ki nafarmanbardari se we bahutere gunahgar hue, usi tarah ek ki farmanbardari .se we bahutere sadiq honge. 20 Aur shariat darmiyan ai, ki khata bahut zahir ho , lekin jahao gunah bahut hua, fazl us se bahut ziyada hija, 21 Ta ki jaisa gunah maut men pahunchine ko musallit hdi, waisa fazl Sadaqat ke wasile se, hamare Khudawand Yusiia Masih ke wasile se, hayat i abadi meu pahunchane ko musallit howe. VI. BAB. 1 Pas ab kya kaheu ? Ky^ ham gunah kya kareo, ta ki karam ziyida hui kare ? 2 Aisa na ho. Ki ham to gunah ki uisbat miie haiu, phir kis tarah ige ko us men jienge. 3 Kya tum us se nawaqif ho, ki ham, jo Yusua Masih meo bap- tismae gae, us ki maut meu baptisniae gae haiu ? 4 Pas ham us ke sath bap- tisma se maut meu gafe gae, ti ki jaisa Masih Bap ke jalal se murdoo meo se ulhiya gaya, waisa hi ham bhi hayat ki tazagi meo qadam mareo- 5 Kyunki jab ham us ki maut se mushabahat paid! karke us ke sith boe gae, -to ham us ki qiyamat meu bhi us ke minind honge. 6 Ki ham yih jante haiu, ki hamiri agU insiniyat us ke sith salib par khiuchi gai, ta ki gunih ki jism fana howe, 7 HfiiH.] RUMrOH. 181 ti. ki ham age ko gunah ke bande na raheo. 7 Ki jo mard, so gunSh sc chhrifi- 8 Pas ham agar Masih ke s4th mare haiu, to yaqin jante haiu, ki us ke s£th jfenge : 9 Ham jSnte haio, ki Masih jab marke jiya, phir na marega, aur maut phir us par musallit na hogi. 10 K3'unki wuh jo maa, so gunah ki nisbat dafaatan muii ; wuh jo jfta hai, so Khuda ki nisbat se jita hai. H Isi tarah turn ap ko gun:ih ki nisbat miirda j.ino, par Khudi kf nisbat ham^re Khudawand Yusua Masih se zinda samjho. 12 Pas gunah tumhare murde jism meo tasallut na pawe, ki turn jismi khwAhishou meo us ke farmrinbardar ho raho. 13 Aur apne aziiou ko gunah ke supurd na karo, ta ki shararat ki ^lat baneo, balki apne talu us tarah se, ki jaise sach marke ji uthe ho, Khuda ko sonipo, aur apne azuoo ko Khuda ke supurd karo, ki rasti ke hathyar ho jaeo. 14 Kyiinki gunah turn par gdlib na hogn, is waste ki turn shara ke taht nahfo ho, balki niamat meu ho. 15 Pas kya isliye ki shara ke taht nahiu, balki niamat meo haio, ham gunih kareu ? Aisa na hoga. 16 Kya tumhen yih maalum nahfu, ki turn ne Ip ko jis kisi ke supurd kiya, ta ki ^ulam ke minind farm^nbardari karo, tum us ke farmSu ke bande ho, khwah gunah ke, jis ka anjam marg hai, ya farm^nbardarJ ke, jis ka anjam rasti hai. 17 Par shukr Khuda ka, tum jo dge gun^h ke bande the, taalim ke namdna ke supurd hoke dil se farraanbardar hue ; 18 Aur gunih se azadJ pakar rasti ke gulim hue. 19 Maio tumhare jism ki nitawSni ki raayat karke adm! ki tarah bayan karta hnij ; so jaisa tum ne apne azdoo ko nipaki ke, aur darjat i shararat ke supurd kiya tha, ki un ke bande howeu, waisa hi ab apne azuoo ko rSsti ke supurd karo, ki us ke bande hokar pak hoc. 20 Kyunki jab tum gunah ke bande the, tab rasti se begana the. 21 Pas us waqt tumhare kya phal the ? Un se tum is waqt pasheman lio, ki un ka anjam maut hai. 22 Par ab tum gunah se SzSd hokar Khuda ke bande banke taqaddus ke liye phal late ho, aur anjim hayat i abadi hai. 2-3 Kydnki gun^h ka iwaz maut hai, par Khuda ki baljhshish hayat i abadi hai, jo hamare Khudawand Yusiia Masih ke sabab se hai. VII. BAB. 1 Ai bhafo, kya tum us se niwaqif ho, jo maio shara ke Slimoo se kahta huo, ki admi jab tak jita hai, shara ki band men hai. 2 Kyonki mankiiha zan apne shauhar kf zindagi tak shara se bandhi hiii hai, par jab us ka shauhar mare, apne shauhar ki shariat se chhat jati hai. 3 Pas wuh agar apne khasam ke jite ji dusre mard ki ho jawe, to zaniya kahl-iegi ; par agar shauhar mare, to wuh us ki shariat se bahar hui; chunanchi agar wuh dusre mard ki howe, to zdniya nahio. 4 So ai mere bhaio, tum bhf Masih se ektan hoke shara ke rn se mar gae, aur ek diisre ke, yaane us ke, jo marke ji utha, hoe, ta ki ham Khuda ke liye phal laweo. 5 Kyunki jab ham jismani the, tab gunahoo ki khwaliislieu, jo shara ke sabab se thio, hamare band band meo aisi taasir karti thin, ki maut ka phal laio. 6 Par ham ab shara se azad haio, aur jis shariat ki band meo the, us ke haqq meo mar gae, aisa ki ham rah i mujaddad se bandagl karte haio, na ki purane harfoo se. 7 Pas ham kyS kaheo ? ki shara gunah hai ? Aisa na howe. Par maio shara ke bagair gun£h se waqif nahio, ki maio lalach ke maane ko daryaft na karta, agar shariat na kahti, ki Ta lalach na kar. 8 Par gunih neqabd pdke shara ke sabab 1S2 RU'MI'OH. [8 MAB. se mujh meo sab tarah ki Ulach paida kiya, kynnki shar^ ke bagair gunah n^paida hai. 9 Ki maio Sge besliara hoke zinda tha,par jad hukm 5yl, tad gunah jf uthS, aur maiQ murda hua. 10 Aur wuh hukm, jo zindagi ke liye diya gaya, so hf mere liye maut kS sabab hud. 11 Ki gunah ne hukm ke wasile se- qSbu pake mujhe thagi, aur usf ke wasUe se qatl kiya. 12 Pas shar^ pikfza hai, aur hukm bhf pakfza aur barhaqq aur khub hai. 13 Pas jo chiz khub hai, kya wuhS mere haqq meo maut thaharl ? Aisi na howe. Balki gunah ne, tftki us ka gunih bona zlhir ho, achchhf chiz ke wisile se mautko mujh men paida kiya, tiki hukm ke wasfle se gunah ki qubh be nihiyat ho. 11 Kydnki ham jante haio, ki shara ruhani hai, aur maio jismanf, aur gundh ke hath meu bik gaya huu- 15 Ki jo kam maio kartS hdu, use pasand nahio karta; kyunki maio jis par rigib huo, so nahtu, balki jis se nafrat rakhti huo, wuhf karta huo. 16 Pas jab maig wuh, jo nahiu kiya chahta hao, kardu, to maio shara ki khubf ka muqirr hdg. 17 Pas ab maio us ka fiil nahlo, balki gunah, jo mujh mep hai, fail hai. 18 Ki maio janta huo, ki mujh meg, yaane mere jism men khiibl nahlo bastf, ki khwahish mujh meo maujud hai, par nekt karne nahfo pata huo. 19 Kyunki maio na us khdb ko, jise kiy^ chahti hau, karta hno, balki us bad ko, jise cliahta huo, na karuo, karta hdo* 20 Pas agar maio, jise nahfo chahta huo, karuo, to maio nahfo hdo, jo karta huo, balki gunah, jo mujh meo basta hai, wuhf karta hai. 21 Garaz main ek qinun pati huo, ki jab maio achchha kiya chahta huo, tab mujh pas bad maujud hota hai. 22 Ki main apnf insaniyat i maanawi meo Khuda kf shariat se razl huo ; 23 Par dnsrf shariai ko apne band band meo dekhti hdo, jis ko merf khirad kf shariat se jang hai, aur maio gunah kf shariat ka, jo mere band band meo hai, asir huo- 24 Ah, zerbar admf jo maio huo ! kaua inujhe is badanf maut se chhurawega ? 25 Maio Khuda k^ shukr karta hao, hamare Khudiwand Yusda Masih ke wasile se yuo hoga. Garaz maio apnf ^ql se shara i lUhi ka parastar hao, par jism kf rah se guuah kf sharia^t ka banda huQ. VIII. BAB. 1 Pas jo log Yusda Masfh men haio, aur un ki raftar jism ke taur par nahfo, balki rdhi waza par hai, un par koi ilzim nahfo- 2 Kynnki Ruh i hayat kf shariat ne,jo Yusda Masih meo hai, mujhe gunah o maut kf shariat se rihaf bakhshi. 3 Ki shara se jis kam ka honi mahal tha, is liye ki jism ke sabab us kf taasir kam thf, use Khuda ne kar liya, ki us ne apne Bete ko jism i khati kf sdrat meo gunah kf illat se bhejkar gunah ko, jo jism meo hai, haUk kiya, 4 Ta ki shara ke waji- bSt ham se, jo ki jism ke muwafiq naliio, balki rdh ke mutabiq chalte haiu, pure howeo. 5 Kydnki jo jism ki taraf mansub haio, un ka mizaj bhi jismanf hai, aur jo rdh kf taraf mansdb haio, un kf sirisht bhf ruhdni hai. 6 Ki tabiat i jisuianf maut hai, aur mizaj i rdhanf zindagi aur arain hai. 7 Kynnki taba i jismani Khuda kf luuqibil adawat hai, ki wuh shara i Ilahf kf mahkuin nahio, aur na ho sakti hai. 8 Aur jo jism kf taraf mansdb hain, so Khuda ko razf nahio kar sakte. 9 Par turn jismanf nahio, balki rdhanf ho, basharte ki Rdh i Ilahf turn meo base ; par jis meu Masfh kf Ruh nahfo hai, wuh us ka nahfo hai. 10 Aur agar Masfh turn meo hai, to badan gunah ke sabab murda hai, par rdh sad&qat ke sabab se hay4t 8 HAIJ.7 RD'MI'ON. 183 hai. 1 1 Aur agar us kf rub, jis nc Yusiia ko niunlou meo se jiliya, turn meo base, to Masih ka jili'mcwdli tumhrirc fani jismoo ko ajmf lis riili kc wasfle se, jo turn meo l>asti hai, jilawega. 12 Pas ai bhafo, jisin k.i ham par kuclih aisa dabdo nahfu hai, ki ham jism hi ke taur par zindagf basar kareo. 13 Ki agar turn jisraSnf wa7.a par ziudagi karo, to maroge ; aiir agar turn ruh ki kumak se badan kf adatoQ ko maro, to hayat pioge. U Kyiinki jo Khuda ki riih se hidiyat pate haio, we Khiidd ke bete haio- 15 Ki tumheu do bara gulimou ki si tabtat nahiu milf, jo turn tars.in ho, balki turn ne lepahik ki sf riih p:ii iiai, jis se ham Aba ! yaane Ai Bap piikir pukar kahte haiu. 16 Wuh Ruh hamarf riih ke sith hoke gawahf deti hai, ki ham Khudi kc l;irzand haiu- 17 Aur jab farzaiid htie, to waris tliahare, yaane KhudJ kc waris, aur minis meu Masih ke sharik haiij, aiiryih jab ho, ki ham us ke sath dukh uthiweu, ti ham us ke sath jalal ka darja paweu. 18 Ki mere atkal meu zamaii i hai ke dukh dardou ko yih liyaqat hai nahiu, ki us jalil se, jo ham par jalwagar hoga, munasabat rakheo. 19 Ki .ifrinish ka iiuizar Khudi ke farzandou ke zuhnr ki tawaqqu se hai. 20 Kyuuki afrinish batiilat ki mahkiim hai, na ragbat sc, balki us ke jabr se, jis ijp use mahkum kar diya, 21 Aur khilqat umiiied se hai, ki ziiidiii i fasadse nikalke nbna i Ilahi ke jalal ki azadagi meu dakiiil howe. 22 Kydnki liam jante haio, ki sari ^hilqat milke ab talak chikhco marti hai, aur use dard lagc liaio. 23 Aur faqat wuhi nahiu, balki ham bhi, ki ham ne Riih ki pahla hasil piya, ap se karahte haiu, aur apni far/andi, apne badan kf azadagi ki r;ih takte haiu. 24 Ki ham ummed ke bdis bach gae haiu, par jab ummed bar ^i, to ummed na rahi : is waste ki jise koi dekhta hai, kyunkar us ka ummcdwar hai? 25 Par jise ham nahitj deklite, agar ham us ke ummedwar haiu, to ham sabr se us kf rah dekhte haig- 2G Usi tarah wuh Ruh bhi hamari sustioy meo muawin liai ; kyiinki jaisa '^haliiye ham nahiij jante, ki kya dua mangeu ; par wuh Ruh aisf Shen karke, jin ka bayan nahiij ho sakta, hamari wakalat karti hai. 27 Aur wuh, jo arif ul quliib hai, janta hai, ki Ruh ka kya matlab iiai, ki wuh Khuda ki mashfyat ke mutabiq muqaddasou ki wakalat karti hai. 28 Aur ham jante haiu, ki sari chizen un ki bhalai ke liye, jo Khudi ke inuhibb haiu, milke klm meo mashgul hain ; ye we haio, jo us ki qaza i azali meu barguzlda hue. 29 Ki jinheu us ne ibtidi meg jana, un ke liye yih taqdir kiya, ki us ke liete ke hainsiirat hou, tiki wuh bhriiou ke majma meu bar.i howe. 30 Aur jin ke liye us ne taqdir kf, us ne un ko talab kiya : aur jinheo talab kiya, un ko sadiq jani : aur jin ko sidiq jlna, un ko jalal bakhslia. 31 Pas ham in batou ko kj'i kaheo ? Agar Khuda ham iri taraf hai, to kaun haniSra mukhalif hoga. 32 Jis ne apne Bete hf ko dareg na kiya, aur ham sab ke badle di3'a, to wuh us ke sath sab chfzeu hameo kyunkar na dega ? 33 Khuda ke barguzidou par kaun daawi karegd ? Khuda unheu sadiq janta hai. 34 Kaun sa/a ka fatwa deg^.'' Masih mar gaya, balki jiya, aur Khuda ki dahuf taraf baiihi hai, aur hainirf wakalat karta hai. 35 Kaun ham ko Masih ki maiiabbat se juda karega, niusibat, ya shikanja, ya tasdi?, ya qaht, yi ur\anf, yd waswas, ya talwar? 36 Cimnauchi likha hai, ki Ham teri khatir din bhar halak bote haio, aur aise shumar kiyc gae haio, jaisi bhereo jo zabh ke liye haio. 37 Balki ham in sab chfzou mcij us ke wasilc se, jis ne ham se mahabbat ki, har galib par galib hain. 38 Kyuuki mujh ko yaqin i kuUi hai, ki na maut, na zindagi, na firisljte, na ahl i bukumat, aur na arbab i X 184 RU'Ml'OS. [9 BA». qowat, nur na maujddit i liali na istiql.iH, 39 Na bulandf, napastf, aur na kof aur mal^hliiq ham ko Khudfi kl us mahabbat se, jo bainare Khudawand Masth Vusua ke sabab hai, jud^ kar sakeg^. IX. liAB. 1 Maig Maefh kehu/ur sach bolU hdu, jhath nahiu kab'd, aar meri dil bhf RiVh 111 Quds kl maarifat se mera gaw^h hai, 2 Ki mujhe bafa gam hai, aur ranj meri dil ki hamdam hai. 3 Kdsh ki main apne bhafoo ke badle, jo jism ke ru se mere qarabatl haiu, Masih se mahrum hoti ! 4 We bant Israel haio, aur farzandf, aur buzurgi, aur ahdnSme, aur shariat, aur ibidat, aur waade un ke haiu, 5 Aur bap- dide un ke haig, aur jism kf nisbat se Masih bhf un men se nikla hai, wuhi sab ki Al'lah Taila hai, jo mahmnd i abadi hai. Amin. 6 Lekin guman na kiyi jawe, ki Khuda ka ahd batil hai ; is liye ki s5re ban! Isriel Isrieli nahin ; 7 Aur na is sabab se, ki we Abiraham ki nasi se haiu, sab farzand haiu; kyunki farmaya hai, ki Terf nasi Izhak se kahlaegi; 8 Yaane na we, jo faqat jism ke bete haio, Khudi ke farzand ^laio, balki wuhi nasi, jo waada ki misdaq hai, nasi kahlati hai. 9 Kyiinki waada ki bit yih hai, ki Maio muaiyan waqt par tere pas phir innga, aur teri jora Sarah ko beta hogi. 10 Aur sirf itni hi nahiu, balki Ribqah bhf, jad ek se, yaane hamire Bap Izhik se hamila hui ; 11 Hanoz larke paida na hue the, aur na nek o bad ke fail the, us se kaha gayl, ki Bari chhote kf itiat karega : 12 Ti ki zahir howe, ki Khuda ka irada, jo us ke man ke muwafiq hai, kamoo par mauqaf nahfo, balki us ki zit par, jo talab karne- wali hai, mauquf hai ; 13 Jaisa likha hai, Maig ne Yaaqob ko piyar ki3'a, aur maijj ne Isau se adiwatrakhf. 14 Pas ham kya kaheo ? Khuda ke pis beinsaf i hai ? Aisa na howe. 15 Ki wuh Musi se kahta hai, Maig us par jis par mihrban hoo, mihrbSn hoongi, aur main jis par rahim huu, us par rahm karfinga. 16 Pas yih na murfd ke irida par, na dawinda kidaupar, balki Khuda i rahfm ke rahm par mauquf hai. 17 Aur Kitib Firaun se kahtf hai, ki Maiu ne tujhe filhaqiqat is liye barpi kiyi hai, ki apni qiiwat tujh par dikhino; aur apni nim sirejahinmeo mazkur kardu. 18 Pas wuh jis par chihti hai, rahm karta hai, aur jise cliihta hai, sakht karti hai. 19 Pas tu yih mujh se kahegi, Phir wuh kyunkar malamat karta hai ? Kaun us ke irada se muqabil ho sakti hai ? 20 Ai iasan, tti kaun hai, jo Khudi se takrar karti hai ? Kyi masnua saua ko kahti hai,' ki Td ne mujhe kydn aisi banaya ? 21 Aur kyi kumhar gil par mukhtar nahiu, ki ekhf londe men se ek zarf hurmalwala, aur dusri behurmat banawe ? 22 Aur agar Khuda ne apne gusse ko zahir karne aur qudrat ke dikhine ke irida se gazab ke zarfog ko, jo torne ke laiq the, bahut bardasht se rakh chhofa, 23 Aur rahm ke zarfou par, jo us ne hashmat ke liye ige hanie, 24 Yaane ham par, jinheo na faqat Yahudiou men se, balki gairou meo se bhf bulayi, apnf hash- mat ki ziyadati ko zihir karne chaha, to kji hda ? 25 Chunanchi Husia ki kitab raeoydu kahta hai, ki Maiu Liammiko kahunga, ki td meri qaum hai, aur Larahdma par rahm kardngi ; 26 Aur aisi hoga, ki jis jagah yih un se kahi gaya. Turn mere log nahiu ho, us ke iwaz meu kahi jiega, Tum zinda Khudi ke farzand ho. 27 Aur Yasaiyah Israel ki babat pu^arta hai, ki Agarchi baai Israel shumar meo ' 10 B?{B.} Riniroi?. 185 dary4 kf ret ke mfinind bahut hote, lekin un meo se sirf ek bachtf najat pdwegi ; 28 Ki wuh sarfC kf takmll, jis kS. hukni kiyH gay5 hai, sad^qat se labrez hogf ; ki Khud^wand wuh saz4 kf tamll, jis ki hukm kiy5 gayi hai, zamfn ke hich meu karega. 29 Aur chunanchi Yasaiyih ne ige k&hi, ki Agar llabb ul afwfij hamdre liye thofi bachtf baqf na chhorta, to ham Sadiitn ke misl, aur Amdrah ke mdnind ho jite. 30 Pas ab kya kaheo siwa is ke, ki gain qaumoo ne, jo sadiqat kf talash iiieo na thfo, sad^qat h.isil kf, wuh sadaqat i fmSnf hai ; 31 Par banf Israel sharfat kf rah nieo sadaqat kf pairawi karke sadaqat i sharaf tak nahfu pahuiiche haio. S2 Kyun ? Ki we na fman kf rih meo, balki goya aamSil i sharaf kf rdh meo, us ke pairau hue haio ; ki unhoo ne us thokar khilanewale patthar se thokar khif; 33 Chunanchi likha hai, ki Dekho, maio Saihun meo thokar ka patthar aur thes kf cha^an rakhta huo, aur jo kof us par imin Uyi, pareshin na hog^. X. BXB. 1 Ai bh4:o, mere dil kf arzo, aur Khudi se merl duS bani Israel kf bibat yih hai, ki we najat paweo- 2 Main un ki gawih huo, ki we Khuda ki rah meo gairatmand to haio, par aql ke sith nahfu. 3 Is liye ki we Khudi kf sadaqat se niwaqif haio, anr yih chahke ki apnf sadaqat ko barpa kareo, Khuda kf sadiqat ke tiba nahfo- 4 Ki har ek fmin lanewale kf sadaqat ke liye Masfh sharfat ka sar nnjam hai. 5 Ki wuh sadaqat, jo shara ki hai, Musa us ka zikr ydo karti hai, ki Jo kof un par amal kare, wuh un se hayit piwega. 6 Par wuh sadaqat, jo imani hai, yuij kahti hai, ki Tii apne dil meo mat kah, ki asmin par kaun charhega? yaane ek Masfh ko utar line ko, 7 Yi pital meo kaun utrega? yaaoe ek Masfh ko murdou meo se uthi lane ko. 8 Phir wuh kya kahti hai ? Yih ki kalam tere naidik, tere raunh aur tere dil meo iiai, yih wuhi kalam i fmani hai, jis kf ham manadi karte haio. 9 Ki agar td apnf zuban se Khudiwand Yusu?^ ki iqrar kare, aur apne dil se iman liwe, ki Khudi ne use phirke jilaya, to tu bachaya jaeg£, 10 Kynnki sadiqat ke liye dil se fman liyi chihiye, aur najSt kf khitir munh se iqrar kiya chahiye. 11 Chunanchi kitab yih boltf hai, ki Jo koi us par Iman litS hai, so pasheman na hogi. 12 Par Yahndfoo aur Yunanion meo kuohh tafawut na raha, ki wuh jo sab ki Khudawand hai, aisi ganf hai, ki sab ko, jo us ke nim lenewale haio, ati karti hai. 13 Ki har ek, jo Khudawand ka nam legi, so bachiyi jaega. 14 Pas jis par we fmin nahfo lie, us ki nim kyunkar leweo? aur jis ki zikr unhoo ne nahio suni, us par kydnkar iatiqad kareo ? aur we bagair us ke ki koi manadi kare, kyunkar ho sakta hai, ki suneo ? 15 Aur agar bheje na jiweo, to kyunkar manadi karenge ? chunanchi yih likha hai, ki Kya hi ^hushnuma haio un ke qadam, jo salamati ki manadi karte haio, aur achchlii chfzoo kf bashirat dete haio- 16 Lekin na sab us khushkhabari ke shinawa hue haio; ki Yasaiyah kahta hai, Ai Khudawand, hamari khabar par kaun fman laya ? 17 Pas fman sun lene se, aur sun leni Khudi ki bit kahne se iti hai. 18 Par maiij kahta hdn, Kyi unhoa ne nahfo suni? Un kf to iwaz tamam ru i zamfu meo phailf, aur un kf biteo intihi i dunyi tak pahunchfo. 19 So maio kahti huo, Kya Israel igih na hni ? Musi ne to pable kalia, ki >laiu tumheg us m, jo guroh nahiu, gairat nicu diluiiga, aur e|i; X 2 18G RU'MI'ON. [11 BAB. l)eaql qaum se tumlieo I^hufi karung^. 20 Par YasajySh bari beparwa hai, aur kalita hai, Jiiihou iie nierf justju nahio ki, niujli ko pa gae; jinhou ne meri talab na k1, maio un par ayan hud. 21 Lckin wuh Israel ko yuu kahtS hai, ki Maio tamiim din ek nSfurinlnbardar aur hujjati qaum ke liye apne hdth barbae hue huu, XI. BAB. I Pas maio kyi kahta huo, ky;i Khuda ue apni qaum ko kharij kar diyii ? Aisi na howe. Kyunki maio bhi Israeli, Abiraham ki aulidmeo, aur Binyaintn ke firqe se liiiij. 2 Kiuidi ne apni qaum ko, jise us ne azal meo jana, kh.irij naliio kiya- Kya tum nahiu jante ho, ki Iliyah ke haqq meo kitib kya kahti hai? ki wuh kyiiiikar Khuda se Israel par faryad karko kahta hai, 3 Ki Ai Khudawand, unhoo ne tere nabioo ko qatl kiyS, aur tere mazbahoo ko dhSya ; ab maio akela baqi hnij, aur we meri jan ke bhi khwahan haiij. 4 Par jawab i Ilahi us ko kya kahti hai? Ki Maio ne apne live sat hazir ddmi alihida kiye haio, jo Baal ke age kham nahSn hue. 5 Pas usi tarah karam se is waqt bhf ek gol barguiida hoke baqi raha hai. 6 Par agar fazl se hai, to amaloo se nahtn : naliio to fa^l fuzl na rahegi ; aur agar amaloo se hai, to karam phir kuchh nahio: wa illi amal amal na rahegi. 7 Pas yih kyi hai? Ki Israel jis chiz ki talash karta hai, wuh us ko na mili, par barguzfdou ko mili, aur baqf sab aj tak glr^nkhatir rahe. 8 Chuninchi likha. hai, ki Khuda ne uuheo unghnewali rah, aur andhi ankheo, aur bahre kan diye haiu. 9 Aur phir Daud kahta hai, ki Un ka dastarkhwan jal aur phandi aur thokar khilanewala patthar, aur un ki sazSdenewala howe; 10 Un ki ankhen tririk ho jawen, ki we na dekh sakeo, aur tu un ki pusht ko hamesha kham rakh. II Pas maio kahti huo, ki unhou ne thokar k hi i, taki gireo ? Aisa na howe. Balki un kikhataoo ke bais najat gair qaumoij ko mili, tiki unheo chilak kare. 12 Par agar un ki ^hati dunyi ke liye daulat hai, aur un ki naqs gair qaumoo ke liye farawinl ho, to un ki kamal kya ba tariq i aula daulat na hogi ? 13 Maiu begana guroh kS rasul hokar tum se, jo guroh i begina ho, bolti huo, aur apni khidmat par fakhr karti huo, 14 Taki maio kisi tarah se apne rishtadiroo ko chalik karuD, aur un meose baazoo ko bachiuo. 15 Ki agar un ka kharij bona jabin ki maqbnliyat ki biis hai, to ua ka a milna kaisa kuchh hogi ? Hio aisa murdoo ka uthni. 16 Kyonki agar pahli dirau mutabarrak howe, to tamim dirau aisi hi hogi ; aur agar jar mukarram ho, to diliio bhi aisi hi hongi. 17 So agar dalioo meo se kai ek tori gaio, aur tu, jo jangli zaitun tha, un ki paiwand hua, aur zaitiin ki jar aur duhniyat men sbarik hua: 18 To tii un daliou par mat falthrkar; aur agar faVhr kare, to yid rakh, ki to to jar ki hamil nahio, balki jar teri himil hai. 19 Tab tu kahegi, ki Diliau is wiste tofi gain, taki maio paiwand hug. 20 Achchhi, we belmini ke sabab tofi gaio, aur tu iman ke sabab qiim hai : pas gurur mat kar, balki dar. 21 Kyunkiagar Khuda ne asli shikhou par rahm na kiya, Ijhabardir, na bo ki tujh par bhi rahm na kare. 22 Pas Khudl ki narmi aur durushtf ko dekh : durushti un se, jo saqis hue haio, aur narmi tujh se, agar tii khubl par qiim rahe : aur nahio, to tu bhi kiti jaega. 23 Aur agar we bhi belman na raheo, to paiwand kiye jiwenge, ki Khuda qidir hai, ki unheo do bira paiwasta kfire, 24 Is liye ki tu, jab us zaitdn kc dara^ht se, jo asl jangli hai, kita gaya, 12 BAH.] RU'MI'Ol?. J87 aur barkhilif i asl bustani zaitun hi paiwand Mi : to we, jo asli dali^o baip, kyi ba tarfq i aula apne khass zaitun nieu paiwasta na kt jacngf. 25 Ai bliaio, na howe, ki turn npne tafo afzal sanijho, maio ch.ihti hau, turn is sirr i gaibf se n^waqif na raho, ki kori ban! Isriel ke aksaroo par & pnri, aur ralicgf, jab tak ki ajry^r adad meo pure boke aweu. 26 So s^ra Israel bachSyd jaega ; chunSnchi likba bai, ki Cbburanewala Saihuo se niklega, aur bedfnf ko Yaaqiib se dafa karcgi : 27 Mer4 jih ahd un ke s5th bogi, jab niaiu un ke gunabou ko bakhshiinga. 28 We to kbushkbabarf ki babat tuiuliarc sabab se iiiabguz baiu, Ickin apne ^ba ke sabab barguzfdagi kf rail se malibnb liaio. 29 Iswiste ki Khuda apne inaimoo se, aur talab se pbir nahiu jata. 30 Kyunki jis tarah turn 5ge Kbuda par Iraan na lae, balki ab un ki beimani ke sabab se maurid i rahm hue : 31 Waisabi we bbf abhi tunihare marhuai bone ke sabab im^n na lae, ta ki un par bhi rabin kiya jiv/e. 32 Isliye ki Kbuda ne sab ko beimani meu band kar liya, ta ki sab par rahm kare. 33 Wah Khuda kf daulat aur hikmat aur khirad ke umuq ! us ki qazSeo kya hi taftish se bihar haio, aur us ki raheu surag i naqsh i qadam se mubarra haiij ! 34 Kis ne Khuda wand ki niyat ko jana hai ? yi kaun us ka salahkar thS ? 35 Kis ne sabqat karke use kuchh diya hai, ki use phir diya jaega ? 3G Kyunki usl se, aur usi ke sabab, aur usS ke liye siri chizeu hui haiij. Hamd abad tak usi ke liye hai. XII. BAB. 1 Pas ai bbifo, maio Khud^ ki rahmatoD kS wasta deke turn so iltimSs kartS hiiu, ki turn apne badanoij ko Kbudi par taqdis karo, tS ki qurbin i zinda o niuqaddas o pasandida ho, ki yih tumharijani khidmat hai. 2 Aurisjahan ke hamshakl mat ho, balki batin tajaddud se apni shakl badal dalo, ta ki turn Khuda ke niatlab ko yaqin se jano, ki wuh jaiyid, aur latif, aur kamil hai. 3 Maio us niamat se, jo mujhe inSyat biiibai, turn meo se bar ek ko kahta hup, ki apne mar- taba se ziyada ilfmizaj na bano, balki iatidal se bahar na jake aisa mizaj rakho, jaisi Khudi ne har ek shakhs ko andaza se iraan diya. 4 Kyunki jaisa hamare ck badan mco bahut se aaza haiii, aur har azu kd ek shugl juda hai : 5 Aisa hi ham, jo bahtitse haiu, niilke Masih ka ek badan hue bain, aur b.ham- digar aza haiu. 6 Pas ham ne us niamat ke muwafiq, jo hameg in£yat hiif, juda juda inaim paya : so agar wuh nubdwat hai, to ham nubnwat iman ke an- daze ke sath kareo ; 7 Agar kliidmat hai, to khidmat men raheo ; agar koi mualliui howe, to taalim par, aur nisih apni nasihat par qaiin rahe. 8 Aur qasim i khairat khulus se, aur peshwa jiddojihd se, aur bimardar khushdili se apne kam par rahe. 9 Mahabbat be riya howe. Tum bad ke adu, aur nek se paiwasta raho. 10 Mihr i biradari se ek dusre par sabqat karo ; taazfm ki rah se ek ek ko burniat do. 11 Kam meo susti na karo : ruh se chalak ho, Kliuda- wand ki bandagi meu raho. 12 Ummed meu sbadman, bala meu sabir, dua meu pacdir ho. 13 MuqaddasoD ke ihtiyaj ko bant lo, musaiirparwarS ke joyan raho. 1 1 Un ke liye, jo tumheo *zi dete haiu, barakat chaho : khair mauao, laanat na karo. 15 Turn ahl i surur ke satb lua&rur rahna, aur ronewalou ke sath roD4 : 188 RUMI'OIJ. [13 BAB. ek ei. niizij rakho. 16 AUtab'at mat ho, pastoo ke sSth hamnishlnl karo, apne tafo Ifhiradmand mat sainjho. 17 Badi ke iwaa meo kisl se badJ na karo. Un kdinou par, jo sirS khalq ke ige bhale haiu, 5ge se dhiyin rakho. 18 Agar turn se ho sake, to td maqdur har insSn se mile raho. 19 Azfzo, apna intiq^m mat lo, balki gussa ki r^h chhor do ; kyiinki yih likhd hai, ki Khudiwand kahti hai, ki IntiqSm leni raeri kim hai ; maiu hi mukfifiit karungi. 20 Pas agar ter^ dush- man bhdkhl ho, us ko luqma de ; agar piyasl ho, use pSni de : kyunki tii yuo karke us ke sir par dg ke angarou ka ttida kareg^. 21 Badi ki magldb na ho, balki badi par nekf se gdlib ho. XIII. BAB. 1 Har ek shakhs qudrat ka, jo us se balitar hai, mahkum rahe. 2 Kyunki aisf koi qudrat nahio, jo Khudi ki taraf se ho ; aur jitnl qudrateo maujud haio, so Khuda ne mu^iyan ki haio. 3 Pas jo koi qudrat ki samhni karta hai, so Khuda ki taaiyun ki mukhalif hai, aur we jo mukhalif haio, so apni saza ke tilib haiu. 4 Ki hukkam na is liye dar ite hain, ki nekokari na kareo, balki is liye ki badkirf na kareo. Pas agar td chahe, ki qudrat se na dar rahe, to nek kar, ki wuh terf madh karfga. 5 Kyunki wuh Vbidim i llahf teri bihtari ke liye hai ; par agar td bad kare, to dar, ki wuh talwar abas nahio pakarta, ki w\lh Khudi ki khidim is liye hai, ki badkarooko eaza dewe. 6 So turn sirf na un ke gussa se ^arke, balki taiyib khatir se mahkum ho. 7 Isliye turn mahsul bhi do, ki we usi kam ke shugl ke liye Khuda ke khadim haig. Pas sab ka haqq ada karo : jis ko mahsnl cha- hiye, mahsul, aur jis ko kbiraj chihiye, khirij do, aur jis se dari chihiye, daro, aur jis ki hurmat kiya chahiye, hurmat karo. 8 Aur siwae dain i mahabbat ke hamdigar kisi ke madydn na raho : kyunki jo auroD se mahabbat karti hai, shara meo puri hai. 9 Iswiste ki ye hukm jo haio, ki Tu zina na kar, qatl na kar, chori na kar, jht'ithi gawihi na de, tama na rakh, aur aur ahkam jo un ke siwa haio, sab us ke taht meo mundarij haio, ki Tu apne qarib ko aisa piyir kar jaisi ip ko karta hai. 10 Ki mahabbat wuh hai, jo apni qarib se badi nahfu karti : is wiate shara ki takmil jo hai, wuh hi mahabbat hai. 11 Aur -waqt pahchanke us sab par amal karo ; kydnki waqt i pahuncha, ki ham nind se jigeo : is liye ki jis waqt ham imin lae, us waqt ki nisbat se ab hamari na;at nazdiktar hai. 12 Rat bahut guzar gaf, aur subh nazdik hui : pas io, ham andhere ke shugloo ko tark kareo, aur roshni ki silah pahineu- 13 Aur jaisi din ko dastiir hai, irasta hoke I^hirim kareo, na ki gauga, aur mastJio, aur harimkariao, aur Ladparheziao, aur jhagri, aur tundmiziji kareo, 14 Balki l^hudiwand YusuaMasib se mulabbas ho, aur jisminf andesbe yahiu tak na karo, ki turn tama ban jio. XIV. BAB. 1 Jo sust-iatiqid hai, us ko ip meo shimil kar lo, par na is liye, ki birik mazmunoD ki mubihasa karo. 2 Ek iatiqad karti hai, ki har ek chiz khi sakti hai, par jo &ust-iatiqid hai, so eiif ghis pat khati hai. 3 Pas wuh jo i(hitt bai, 14 BAB.J RUAJrOJI. 189 U9 ko jo nahfo khfita, liaqlr na jSne, aur wuh jo nahfo kh.iti, ua ko jo khiti hai, aib na kare; kyiinki Khudi ne us ko qabcil kiy£ hai. 4 Pas tu kaun hai, jo dusre ke naukar par tahakkum karti hai ? Wuh to apne iqi ke ^ge khari hai, yi pari Jiai. Aur wuh khafi ho jaegl, is wiste ki Khuda us ke khari kanie par qldir liai. 5 Ko! ek din ko dusre din se af^al jlnti hai, aur koi sab dinoo ko barabar j^nti hai : jane; har ek apne ji meo iatiqSd i kimil rakhe. 6 Aur wuh jo dinou ka khiyal karta hai, so Khudawand ke w^ste kliiyal karta hai ; aur jo dinou ki khiyal nahio kartI, so Khudawand ke waste nahfu karti. Jo khdtS hai, so Khuda- wand ke waste khata hai, kyiinki wuh Khuda ki bhukr karta hai ; aur jo nahfo khita, so Khudawand ke waste nahio khata, aur Khudi ka shukr karti hai. 7 Ki koi ham meo se apne waste nahio j;ta, aur koJ apne wiste nahfo marta. 8 Agar ham jite haiu, to Khudiwand ke waste jUe haio ; aur agar marte haio, to Khudi- wand ke waste marte haio : is liye ham jIte marte Khudawand hf ke haio- 0 Aur Masfii is liye rniii, aur utha, aur jiya, ki murdoo aur zindoQ ka Khudiwand ho. 10 Tii kis liye apne bhaf par tahakkum karti hai? aur tu kis liye apne bhii ko nichiz janti hai? ki ham sab Masih ke ta^ht ke ige hazir kiye jaenge. 11 ChuuaiJchi yih likhi hai, ki Khudawand kahtahai, ki Apnf hayat kf qasam hai, har ek ghutna mere ige jhukega, aur har ek zubin l\hudi ke simhne iqrir karegL 12 Pas har ek ham meo se Khuda ko apni apni hisab dega. 13 Pas chiliiye ki ham ab ek dusre par taliakkura na kareo, balki yih muqarrar kareo, ki wuii chfz, jo thokar ki yi girne ka bais howe, apne bhai ke muqibil na rakheu. 14 Maio Khudawand Yusiia ke irshid se wiqif hiio, aur yaqfn jinti hun, ki koi chti bil/.it napak nahfu hai ; lekin jo us ko nipak janti hai, us ke liye nipak hai. 15 Par agar tera bhii tere khaue se diqq hoti hai, to tu maiiabbat ke taur par nahio chalta. Tu apni khurish se us ko, jis ke wiste Masih mua, mat khode. 16 Ciiihiye ki teri kliul^f kf mazamtnat na kf jae. 17 Kyonki Khuda kf bidshahat khini yi pini nahig, balki wuh ristf aur iram aur khushwaqtf hai, jo Rdh i Quds ke sami jane se ho. 18 Aur jo koi un hi batoo meo Masih kf itaat karti hai, Khuda ki bargurida aur admf ki pasandida hai. 19 Pas aise kamoo ki pairawf karo, jo sulh ke mujib hoc, aur jin se ek dusre ko barhi sake. 20 Khurish ke liye Khudi ke kam ko mat bigaro. Sari chizeu to pik haiu ; par wuh us insin ke liye, jo khike thokar khilata hai, buri hai. 21 Bhali yih hai, ki gosht na khae, sharab na piwe, aur aisa kim na kare jis se teri bhaf dhakki yi thokar klute, yi sust ho jae. 22 Teri fmiudiri musallam hai : tn use Khuda ke huzur apne liye rakh. Mubirak wuh, jo apne tafu us kim ke sabab, jise wuh pasand karke karti hai, malamat na kare. 23 Par jo kisf chiz meu shubha rakhti hai, agar use khiwe, to gunahgir tbahari, is wiste ki us ki kim us ke Imiu se bahar hai ; aur jo kuclih iman se bibar hai, so gunah hai. XV. BAB. 1 Ham ko, jo tawani haio, chihiye ki nitawanou kf sustiou ke mutahammil too, aur khudpasandi na karej. 2 Balki har koi ham meo se bhalaf kf niyat se apne qarib kf diljoi kare, tiki wuh irasta ho. 3 Kyuiiki Masili bhf apni l^hushi ki joyin na tha, balki jaisi hkha hai, ki tcrc malimat karuewaloy kf malamateo mujh 190 RU'MI'OS. [15 B^B. par i pariO) nisi hf w^qa hua. 4 Jo kuchh ki 5ge likhi gayS, so hamari taalira ke liye likha gaya, taki ham sabr karke us itminin ke sabal), jo kitaboo se hdsil hota hai, uinnied rakheu- 5 Aur ab Khuda, jo sabr aur tasalli ka mujid hai, turn ko yih bakhshe, ki turn Maslh Yusna kc mutibiq fipus mco ek dil ralio : G Ki turn ek dil o ek zuban hoke Khuda kf, jo hamare Yusua Masih ka Bip hai, sitiish karo. 7 Is waste har ek turn meu se ddsre ko shamil kare, chunanchi ki Masih nebhi ham ko Khudi ki hashmat meu shamil kar liyS. 8 Ki maio kahta huu, ki Yusiia Masfh raakhtdnon ka kh^dim Khuda kf risti ke liye hud, ki un waadou ko, jo bapdadoD se kiye gae, ffa kare. 9 Aur siri umraateu bhf us rahni ke sabab, jo un par haa, Khuda kf taqdis kareo ; chunanchi likha gaya hai, ki Us waste maiu qaumou ke darmiydn terf sana karongi, aur tera namleke niadh gaiinga. 10 Aur wuh phir kahta hai, ki Ai ummato, us ki guroh ke sith shadinani karo. 11 Aur phir yih kahta hai, ki Ai sarf qaumo, Khudiwand kf sitSish karo; ai logo, turn sab us ka shukr karo. 12 Aur Yasaiyih yih kahta hai, ki Yassi kaasl niklega, aur ek shakhs ummaton par hukmrani ke liye mabaas hokar sari ummatou ka umraedgah hoga. 13 Ab Khudri, jo ummedgah hai, tumheo fman lane ke bSia farhat i kamil aur sulh se lubalab kare, taki Riih i Quds ki taasfr se tumhari umined qawftar hotf jae. 14 Aur ai mere bhafo, merS to tumhare haqq men yih iatiqad hai, ki turn kln'ibioQ se maamar, aur anwia ddnish se bhare ho, aur baham nasfhat kar sakte ho. 15 Par ai bhafo, maiu ne filjumla juraat karke yaddihi ke taur par kuchh thor^sa tumheo likh bheja ; kyunki Khuda ne mujh ko is liye niamat bakhshi, 16 Ki maio Yusua Masfh ki janib se ummatou ka peshwa hokar lasharat i IlShf ki khidmat karug, ta ki ummaton ki qurbanf Riih i Quds se tazkiya pakar maqbril ho jae. 17 Pas main un kSmoo meg, jo Khuda ke haio, Yusua ki babat fakhr kar sakta huu- 18 Kyonki karaiiiatou aur muajizon ki qiiwat se, aur Riih i Ilahi kf qudrat se jokam, ki Masih ne mujh se qaulan aur fialan karwae, ta ki umniateu farnianbardar hon, yahau tak ki maio ne Yarnsalam se daura karke Illirikum tak Masih ke muzhda ki puri nianadi ki, 19 Main un ke siwa kisl kara ke zikr karne kf juraat nahia rakhta huu- 20 So maiu us hurmat kS mushtaq tha, kijahao jahao Masih ka nam nahfn liya gaya, wahau basharat dnu, ta na howe, ki maio dusri kf neo par radda rakhag, 21 Ta ki jaisa likha hai, ki We jiuhon ko us ki k:habar nahin pahunchi, dekhenge, aur jinhoo ne nahin sun5, samjhenge, waisahi howe. 22 Isf sabab se maio tumhare pas ane se aksar raajbi'ir hun. 23 Par ab is liye ki in iqlimoo meg jagah baqi na rahf, aur tumhari mulaq;it ka bhi, salhu i farawdn hue, ki mushtaq hiui, jab Ispaniya ko rawana hunga, turn p5s bhi i jSunga. 24 Maig asna i safar meu pahle tumhari did karangi, aur tumhari muli- q-it se filjumla ser hoke ummedwdr rahnnga, ki turn mujhe age us kf samt ko rawdna kar do. 25 Par bilfial maig Yariisalaiu ko jata hiio, ta ki muqaddas logoo ki kuchh khidmat karau. 26 Kyunki ahl i Makiduniya o Akhaiyi ki raarzi yuo hai, ki Yarusalam ke muflis muqaddason ke liye kuchh bhejeu. 27 Yih un ki marzi hiii ; aur ye un ke madyiia bhi haig. Kyunki jab agyar ruha'niyat meu un ke sharik hue haig, to lazim hai, ki ye jismaniyat meg un ki khidmat karen. 28 Pas maio us k^m ko karke aur ye mewe un ke qabza meu deke turn pis se hokar IspdniyS ko jadng4. 29 Aur maiu jiinta hiio, ki mera ^na tumhare pds basharat 16 BAB.] RUMI'ON. 191 i Masih kf barakat kf maamurf se hogS. 30 Aur, ai bhafo, maijj turn se apns Khudawand Yus6» Masfh ka, aur Ruh ki mahabbat ki wa.sta deke iltimSs kartS hui), ki Hun loere waste mere sSth Khuda se duaeo mangne meu mihnat i balig karo, 31 T4 ki main Yabi'idrih ke betmanoo se klialasf pai'jn, aur nicrf wuh khid- mat, jo Yariisalam ke liye hai, so muqaddas logoo ko pasaiid pare, 32 Ta maio tunihare pSs in sh.1 Al'ldh ^ihushf se auo, aur tumhare sath fisudagi pfiuD. 33 Ab sullikhwah Kliuda turn sabliou ka yar rahc. Am5n. XVI. BAB. 1 Maio turn se Faibi kf sifarish kart£ hiiu ; wuh hamdri bahin hai, aur shahr i Kankhriya nieo Janiaat kf kliadima hai. 2 Turn us ko Khudawand ke waste ydo qabulkarojaisa niuqaddasoo ke laiq hai;.aur jis jis k&m meu wuh tumhSri muhtij ho, turn us ke madadgar ho : kyanki wuh bahutou kf, balki meri bhi hamiya thf. 3 Praskilli aur Aqila mera salam kaho : ki unhou ne mere s^th hoke Yusua Masih kf khidmat kf ; 4 Aur meri jan ke badle apna sir dhar diya, aur na sirf raaiu, balki ummatou kf sitl Jamaateo un kf mamnun haio. 5 Aur us JamSat ko, jo un ke ghar meo hai, salam kaho. Mere mahbub Ipainetus ko, jo Akhaiya ka Masihf pahla phal hai, saldm kaho. 6 Aur Mariyam ko, jis ne hamare wiste bahut mihnat ki, salam kaho. 7 Andronikus aur Yuniya ko salam kaho, ki we mere rishtadar haio, aur zindan men mere sharik the, aur rasulou meo nSmdar haiu, aur mujh se pahle Masih ke paratan hfie. 8 Amplias ko, jo Khudawand meo hoke mera habib hai, salim kaho. 9 Urbanus ko, so Masih ke kamoo meo meri hamkhidmat hai, salam kaho, aur mera azfz Istakhis ko salam kaho. 10 Apallfs ko, jo muatabar Masfhi hai, salam kaho, aur Aristobulus ke logon ko salam kaho. 1 1 Aur mere rishtadar Herodiyiin ko salam kaho, aur Nargis ke logoo ko jo Khuda- wand meo haio, salam kaho. 12 Trufaina aur Trufosa ko, jo Khudawand ke waste mihnat kartfan haiu, salam kaho. Piy^rf Parsis ko, jo Khudawand ke liye bahut mihnat kartf hai, sal^m J^aho. 13 Aur Rufus ko, jo Khudawand ka bargu- zfda hai, aur us kf ma ko, jo meri hf ma hai, salam kaho. 14 Asinkritus aur Flagun aur Harmas aur Patrobas aur Harmfs aur hhafon ko, jo un ke sath haio, salim kaho. 15 Filologus aur Yuliya, Nereus aur us kf bahin, aur Uhmpas aur sab muqaddasoo ko, jo un ke sath haio, salam kaho. IG Turn maqaddasana bosa lake baham ek dusre ko salam karo. Masih ki Jamaateo tumheu salam kahti haio. 17 Ai bhiio, maio turn se yih iltimas karta hun, ki turn un logoo ko, jo us taalfra ke barkhilaf, jo turn ne paf, fasad ke aur thokar ke khiline ke bani haio pahchan rakho, aur dn se kanarakash ho. 18 Kyunki jo aise haio, so hamlre Khudawand \usua Masih kf nahlo, balki apne shikara kf bandagi karte haio aur khushnuma batou aur du4 i khair se sadadilou ko fareb dcte haio. 19 TumhSri itaat sab meo mashhur huf hai. Iswaste maio tum se khush huo : lekin maio yih chahta hdo, k. tum ueki men pukhtakar, aur badf se mubarri raho. 20 Aur Khuda JO sulhkl.wah hai, Shaitan ko tumhare paoo tale jald kuohlawega. Ha^ mare Khudiwaud Yu.aa Mas.h ka fad tumhSre sath hamesba howe. Amfn Y 192 KARlNXrON. [1 BAB. 21 Aur mera hamkhidmat Tiraodeus, aur merS rishtaddr Lukius, aur Yasdn, aur Sosipitar tumheu salam kahte haiu. 22 Aur maio Tardus, jo is nima kl nawf- eanda hi'iu, turn ko Khudawand men salam kahta huo. 23 Aur Gayus, jo mera aur s5rl JamSat ka mihmandSr hai, tumheu saMra kahtS bai. IrSstus, shahr ka nazim, aur bhai Quartus turn ko salam kahte haia. 24 Ab hamare Khudawand Yusua Masih ka fazl tura sab par rahe. Amlii. 25 Wuh jo merl khushkhabari aur Yusua Masih kf man^di ke mut^biq, us r4z ke ishtih^r ke mutabiq, jo qadim waqtoo se nihan tha, 26 Par ab ayan hu5, aur nabwf kitlboD se Khuda i qadim ke hukm ke mutabiq sSri ummatoo par is liye ki we fman lake farmanbardar hon, ^shkdra kiyi gaya hai, tumhen sabit karne par qadir hai : 27 Us Khudd ko, jo wahid dlna hai, Yusna Masih kl wasatat se &p ko hamd abad ul abad pabunch£ kare. Amfn. PAU L KA KARINTI'ON KO PAHLA KHATT. 1. BAB. 1 Paul, jo KhudS ki marzi se Yusaa Masih kS barguzida rasul hai, aur bhdi Sustanfs, 2 Khuda ki us Jamaat ko, jo Karint men hai, yaane unko, jo Masih Yusxia men hoke pak hue, aur barguzida muqaddas haiu, un sab samet, jo bar jagah Yusua Masih ka nam, jo hamara aur un ka Khudiwand hai, liya karte haio, salam kahte haiu. 3 Hamare Bap Khuda aur Khudawand Yusua Masih ki taraf se niamat o SrSm tumhare liye howe. 4 Main hamesha tumhare liye Khuda ke fazl ke waste, jo tum ko Masfh Yusua men bakhshdgayd hai, apne Khuda ka shukr karta huu, 5 Ki tum har chiz meo yaane sab kalam, aur slri danai men us ke sabab sedaulatmand hue, 6 Ki Masih ki gawahi tum meo sSbit hui : 7 Aisa ki tum kisi niamat meu kamtar nahin, aur hamare Khudawand Yusua Masih ke zihlr hone ki rahtakte ho. 8 Wuhitumheo fikhir tak sabit qadam rakhega, t^kitum hamare Khudawand Yusaa Masih ke din meo bejurm thaharo. 9 Khuda, jisne tumheo bulaya, ki us ke Bete hamSre Khudawand Yusua Masih. ke sharik ho, watadar hai, 10 Ai bhdio, maio turn se Yusua Masih ke nSm ke wdste, jo hamara Khuda- wand hai, iltimas karta hun, ki ab tum sab ekhi bat bolo, aur doi tum men na lio, balki ekhi dil meo aur ekhi samajh meo mile raho. 11 Ai mere bhaio, mujhe ^liloe ke logon se tumhare haqq men yao maalam hua, ki tura meo jhagre hain. 12 Mera matlab yih hai, ki tum meo se har ek kahta hai, ki main Paul ka, maio Apallus ka, maiu Kefa ka, maio Masih ka hue 13 To kya Masih munqasim ho gayS ? yi. Paul tumhare waste salib par khinchi gaya ? ya tum Paul ke nam par baptismae gae ? 14 Maio Khuda ka shukr karta hun, ki maio ne tum meo se kisi ko, Krispus aur Gayus ke siwa, nahig baptismSya, 15 Na howe, ki koi kahe, ki us ne apne n4m se baptism^ya. IG Aur maiu ne Itif^n ke feh^ndin ko bhi 2 BAH.] KARINTI'ON. 198 baptismayii, aur siwi un ke niaio nahio jjinta, ki maio ne kisf aur ko baptismSy^. 1 7 Kyiiuki Masih ne mujhe baptioju^ne ko iiahio bbeja, is liye bheja,ki khushkhabarf diiu, par kalam kt hikmat se nahio, naho ki Masih ki salfb bStil thahare. 18 Ki fialib ka kalam un ke liye, jo halak bote haio, himSqat hai, par hainare liye, jo najit pite haio, Khuda kf qudrat hai. 19 Kyunki likha hai, ki Maio danaou ki dinii ko napaida, aur aqlinandoo ki aql ko nest karungi. 20 Kahan dani ? kahau safir ? kahao is jahan ki bahskarnewala ? kya Khuda ne is dunyi ki hikmat ko himiqat nahi'o kiya? 21 Is liye ki jab hikmat i Ilahi se yuij hiia, ki dunya ne apni hikmat se Khuda ko na pahchSna, to Khuda ki yih niarzf h'li, ki manidi ki hiraaqat se imrinlinewalou ko bachawe. 22 ChunSnclii Yuhudi uishan talab karte haiu, aur Ydnanf hikmat ki talash karte haip, 23 Par ham Masih ki, jo masliib hua,manadi karte haiu, ki wuh Yahtidiou ke liye sang i musadim, aur Yunanioo ke liye himlqat hai. 24 Par Masih unke liye, jo bulae gae haio, kya Yahiidf, kya Ydnanf, Khudakiqudrat, aur Khuda ki hikmat hai. 25 Kyunki Khuda ki ahmaqina kam idmioD se danatar hai, aur Khuda ki. zaifana fial ^dmioo se qawitar hai. 26 Ai bhafo, turn un par, jo bulae gae bain, nigih karo, ki un meo bahut se dunyawi dana, aur bahut amir, un bahut sharlf nahiu bain ; 27 Balki Khuda ne dunya ke nadiuoo ko burguzida kiya, taki danaoo ko sharminda kare, aur Khudi ne dunya ke kanizoroo ko barguzida kiya, taki zorawaroo ko sharminda kare ; 28 Aur dunyi ke kamzatoo aur haqirou, aur un chizoo ko jo raaujiid nahiu haio, Khuda ne barguiida kiya, tiki un chizoo ko, jo maujud haiu, maadiim kare : 29 Taki koi basilar us ke ige fakhr na kar sake. 30 Lekin tum Yusda Masih meu hoke uske ho, jo hamSre liye Khuda se hikmat, aur sadaqat, aur pakizagi aur izadagi hai : 31 Taki jaisa likhi hai, ki Jo fakhr kare, so Khudawand par kare, aisa hi waqa bowc. II. B/VB. 1 Aur, ai bhaio, jab maio Khuda ki gawahi ki khabar dene tumhire pas ayi, tab kalam aur hikmat ki fazilat ke sath nahio aya. 2 Kyunki maio nc muqarrar kiya, ki Yusiia Masih ke aur us ke maslnb hone ke siwa aur kisi bat ko tumhare darmiyan na jando. 3 Aur maiu kamzori meu, Jiur dar meo, aur bahut larze meu tumhare pas tha. 4 Aur meri kalam, aur meri manadi insani hikmat ki dilfareb batOQ ke sith nahiu, balki Ruh aur qudrat kf dalil ke sath tin : o Ta ki tuailiara iman admion ki hi' Kya Khuda ki bat tumhiu se nikli ? ya sirf tumhio tak pahunchi ? 37 Agar koi apne tain nabi ya ruhani jane, to wuh in batoo ka, jo maiu tumlieu likhta huu, iqrar kare, ki Khudawand ke ahkam ye haiu. 38 Aur agar koi najaiie, to na jane. 39 Garaz, ai bhiio, nubiiwat karne ke arzumand ho ; lekia zabaueu boluo se mana na karo. 40 Aur sari bateu qarina aur tartib se howeu. JOG KARINTI'OJJ. [15 I5AB. XV. BAB. 1 Ab ai bhSfo, maio tumheu us ki khabar deti hao, wuhi jo mai'o ne tumheo df, aur turn ne paf, 2 Aur us par qiim lio, usi ke sabab turn bach jSte ho, agar har ek bat jo maio ne tumheo kahf, hif^ karo ; nahio to tumharS Unia lana abas hai. 3 Kyunki wuh bat jo maio ne paf, pahli baton ke zimn raeo sompi, ki Masfh, jaisa nabloB ki kitaboo meo likhi gaya hai, hamSre gunlhoo ke wdste mai ; 4 Aur gdra gay5, aur tfsre din nawishtoo ke mutabiq ji iith£ : 5 Aur Kefa ko, aur us ke baad barahoo ko dikhif diya. 6 Baad us ke panch sau bhaf se ziyada the, jinheo wuh ek bara dikhai diya ; aur aksar us meo se hanoz maujod haio, par kaf ek so gae. 7 Phir Yaaqub ko dikhai diya, phir sdre rasuloo ko. 8 Aur sab k« pichhe mujh ko, jo saqit shuda haml huo, dikhai diya. 9 Ki main sab rasaloo se kamtar hun, aur laiq nahio huuj ki rasul kahlauu, is waste ki maio ne Khuda ki Jamaat ko satayi. 10 Par maio Khuda ke fazl se hnn jo hao ; aur us ka fazl jo mujh par hda, so lahasil na hui ; balki maio ne un sab se ziyada mihnat kf, par na maio ne, balki Khuda ke fazl ne, jo mere sath tha. 1 1 Pas kya main kyS we aisi manddi karte haio, aur turn waisahf iman lae ho. 12 Ab agar manadi ki j£ti hai, ki Masih murdoD meo se utha, to tum meo se kaf ek kyuu kahte haio, ki murdoo ka hashar na hoga ? 13 Aur jab murde nahfo uthte, to Masih bhf phir nahfn uthl. 14 Aur agar Masih phir nahio uthS, to hamari manidf abas hai, aur tumhard fmSti bhf abas. 15 Aur ham Khudi ke jhi'ithe gawih thahare ; kyunki ham ne Khudi ke liye gawahi di hai, ki us ne Masih ko phir uthiya hai : agar murde nahio uthte, to us ne us ko bhf nahfo uthSyi. 16 Kyunki agar murde nahio uthte, to Masftt bhi nahio uthS. 17 Aur agar Masih phir nahio utha, to hamari fm^n lago hai, aur turn ab tak apne gunahoo men mubtala ho. 18 Aur jo Masih meo hoke so gae haio, so fand hue. 19 Agar ham sirf isi jahan men Masih se ummedwarraheo, to ham sire idmloo se kambakhtar haio. 20 Ab Masih to murdon meo se uth5 hai, aur un meo, jo so gae haiu, pahla phal hni. 21 Ki jab insin ke sabab se maut hai, toinsan hi ke sabab se murdoo ka uthna hai. 22 Ki jaisa A'dam ke sabab se sire marte baio, waisi hf Masih ke sabab se sare jilae jaenge. 23 Lekin har ek apni apnf naubat meo : pahle Masih, phir we jo Masih ke haio, us ke ine par. 24 Aur baad us ke intihi hai : tab wuh bidshahat Khuda ko, jo Eip hai, pherdegi, aur sari hukamat, aur sire ikhtiyar o qudrat ko kho degl. 25 Kyunki jab tak wuh sire dushmanoo ko paoo tale na lie, zurar hai, ki badshihat kare. 26 Maut bhi, jo akhiri dushman hai, maadiim hogf. 27 Ki us ne s4ri chfzen us ke zerpa kiyao. Aur jab wuh yih kahta hai, ki sari chizeu us ke zerpi hiiio, to zahir hai, ki ek, wuhi jisne sab kuchh us ke zerpi kar diyi, biqf rahi. 28 Aur jab sab kuchh us ke zerpi ho lega, tab Beta ip us ke, jis ne sab chizeo us ke niche kiyan, niche hogi, ti ki kull meu kuU Khuda howe. 29 Nahiu to we jo murdoo par baptismae jite haio, kyi kamiwenge ? Agar nmrde aslan na utheo, kyiio we bhi murdoo par baptismie jite haio. 30 Aur phir ham kyuo harek siit khatar i jan ko qabiil kiye hue haio ? 31 Mujhe apne us fakhrki, jo hamare Khudiwand Masih Yusua se hai, qasam, ki main harroz marta huo. 32 Agar maio Afsus ke idmiou ke sath aisi jaisa dariudagin ke sith lara, to mujhe kyifaida? Agar murde na uthec, pas ao, khieo, pfweo, ki kal ke din 16 B^.] It KARINTrON. SOT marensfe. 33 Fareb na kh^o, Ui biiri suhbaten achchhl adatoo ko bigirtf hain. 34 Turn sadfqina jftojo, aur gnnah na karo : ki kitnon meu khudifihinisl nahfn : maio is liye yiiu kaht4 hau, ki turn sharmitida ho. 35 Shayad koi kabe, ki Murde kis tarah vithte haii), aur kis badan men Stehaiu ? 30 A\ nadan, jo cb(r, ki td beta hai, agar wuh na mare, to kabfif jiUf na jiegf. 37 Aur yih jo to bota hai, na wuh badan hai, jo howegS, balki nira ek dina hai, khw.ih gehun khwah kuchh aur. 38 Par Khuda us ko jaisa us ne chfih<1, ek badan deta hai. aur hir ek btj k^ ek khass badan hai. 39 Sare ajslm ek ht se nahfp, bal'ci admfoo ka jism aur hai, bah iim ka aur hai, mnchhlloo kS aur hai, parindoo ka aur. 40 Aur ajsam i samawi bhi haio, aur arazf bhi haiu; par asminioo kf shaukat aur hai, aur khakfon kf shaukat aur. 41 Aftab ki shaukat aur hai, mahtab k< shaukat aur, aur sitSroo kf shaukat aur hai : ki sitaroo kf sbaukaten mutaftwit haio. 42 Murdoo ka hashar aisa hf hai ; ki wuh fasad meo boya jiti hai, aur baqd meo uthti hai : 43 Behurmati se boya j^ta hai, aur jalal se uthti hai; kamzori meo boyS jdta hai, tawan.lf meu uthta hai : 44 Haiwanf badan boya jSta hai, aur ruhinf badan uthta hai. Ek haiwiini badan hai. aur ek rnhani badan. 45 Chunanchi likhi hai, ki pahla insan yaane Adam jfti jan hfia, aur pichhli Adam rah i jan- bakhsh. 4G Lekiu rdhaniyat pahlf na thf, balki nafsaniyat thi, aur baad us ke rdhiniyat hi'if. 47 Pahla Insan zamin se banke khakf hui, aur ddsri Insan Khudawand hai, jo Ssmanf hai. 48 Jaisa khakf, waise hi khaki bain ; aur jaisi Ssminf th4, waise hi Ssmanf haio. 49 Aur jis tarah ham ne khaki kf surat p£f hai, ham asmanf kf sdrat bhi paenge. 50 Ai bhafo, maio yih kahli hiin, ki jism aur khdn Khuda ki bidshahat ke waris nahio ho sakte, aur na fasad baqa ka waris ho sakta hai. 51 Dekho, maio tumheo gaib ki ek bat kahti hno, ki ham sab na sowenge, par ham sab mubaddal honge, 52 Ek dam men, ek pal meo, pichhlf turhf phiinkte hue, ki turhf phdnki jaegi, aur murde uthke gair fani houge, aur ham mubaddal ho jaenge. SH Ki zurar hai, yih fasid baqa ko pahine, aur yih marnewala hayat i abadi ko pahine. 54 .Aur jab yih fani gair fani ko, aur yih marnewila hayat i abadi ko pahin chukega, tab wuh bat, jo likhf hai, puri hogf, ki galba ne maut ko nigal liya. 55 Ai maut, ter£ nesh kahau hai ? aur ai gor, tera galba kahSii raha. 56 Maut ka nesh gunah hai, aur gunah ka zor shara hai. 57 Par shukr Khuda ko, jis ne hamen hamire Khudawand Yusfia Masih ke wasile galba bakhshi. 68 Pas ai mere aziz bhaio, turn sabit qadam, aur pSedar, aur Khuda ke kam meo hamesha masrdf ho, ki turn jante ho, ki tumhari mihuat Khudawand ke nazdik abas na hosf. XVI. BAB. 1 Ab us bihrJ kf babat jo muqaddas logon ke w^ste hai, jaisi maio ne Galitiya kf JamSatoo ko hukm kiyi hai, waisa turn bhf karo : 2 Ki bar hafte ke pahle din turn men se bar kof apni amad ke muwafiq jama karke apne pas rahne de ; tiki jab main ado, to bihrf meo der na howe. 3 Aur maio ike tumhare hadiye un hi kf ■ maarifat, jin ko turn apne dastkhattoo se muatabar thaharaoge, Yarusalam ko bhej dungS. 4 Aur agar meri bhi jani munasib hoga, to we mere hi sath jaenge. 2 A 208 II KARINTION. [1 BAB. 5 Aur jab maio MakiduniyS meo hoke niklungfi, ki main albatta MakiduniyS ko j£ang$, tab main tumhire pis SungS. 6 ShSyad maio turn pis thahaniu, balki jari bhi katdo, Uki turn mujhe ige ko jahio ki main qasd rakhti hau, rawina karo, 7 Ki maio nahio chahtS, ki is martaba tumhiri dfd karke jald guzar jaun, balki agar Khudiwand ru^hsat de, to ummedwar hnG, ki tumhare pas chande rahoD- y Aur maio Haftoo kf I'd tak Afsus meo rahunga: 9 Ki ek bari darwiza, jo kimbakhsh hai, mere liye khula hai, aur roknewale bahut se haio. 10 Aur agar Timodeus awe, to khabardir, aisi karo ki wuh tumhire pis bekhauf rahe, ki wuh merf tarah Khudiwand ki kim karti hai. 11 Pas koi us ki tahqtr na kare, balki turn us ko salimat idhar ko rawana kljiyo, ki mere pas pahunche ; kyunki main rib dekhti hdo, ki wuh bhafoo samet awe. 12 Rahi Apallus bhif, so maio ne us 86 bahut iltimas kiyi, ki wuh tumhire pis bhafon ke sath jae ; par us ki irida mutlaq na thi, ki is dafa jae ; par jo ittifaq ho jaegi, to wuh i niklega. 13 Bedar ho, Im^n meo mustaqfm ho, mardin;igf karo, zoriwar ho. 14 Tumhire sab kim mahabbat ke sath hoo. 15 Ab, ai bhaio, maio tum se arz karti hoo : turn Istifan ke khindin ko jante ho, wuh Akhaiya ki pafali phal hai, aur we sab muqaddas logon ki khidmat karne ko mustaidd rahte haio- 16 So tum aison ki razijoi karo, aur bar tk ke sith, jo karkun aur mihnatkash hai, aisi hi karo. 17 Aur main Istifan aur Fartunitus aur Akhiikus ke ane se khush ban j kyanki unhon ne meri kamtf ko, jo tuml irf ddrS meo hdi, bhar diya. 18 Uuhoo ne merS aur tumhiri ruh kotazaki\i: is liye tum aison ko mi do. 19 Ashiya kl Jamaateo turaheo salim kahtl hain. Afqili aur Priskilli us Jamiat samet, jo un ke ghar men hai, tumheo Khudiwand ke waste bahut bahut salam kahte hain. 20 Sare bhii tumheo salam kahte haiu. Tum muqaddasana bosa leke biham salam karo. 21 Paul ka salam us ke hath se. •/2 Agar kol Khudi- wand Yusna Masih ko dost nahin rakhti, wuh maladn ho: Marin iti. 23 Khudi- wand Yusua Masih ki fazl tum par howe. 24 Mujhe tum sab ke sith Yusn% Masih meo mahabbat bai. Amiu. PAU'L KA KARINTION KA DU1SRA KHATT. I. BAB. " 1 Panl, jo Khudi ki mashfyat se Yusua Masih ki rasdl hai, aur bhif Timodeus Khudi ki Jamaat ko, jo Karint meo hai, aur sire muqaddas logou ko, jo tamim Akhaiyi meo haio, salam kahte hain. 2 Niamat aur irim hamare Bap Khudi, aur Khudiwand Yusda Masih ki taraf se tumhare liye howe. 3 Wuh jo hamare Khudiwand Yusua Masih ki Khudi aur Bap hai, wuh Bap jo lutf ki bunyid, aur wuh Khudi, jo sab nau kf tasalli ki bani hai, mubirak hai, 4 Wuhf bar ranj meo hamko tasalli deti hai, ti ki ham us hi tasalli ke sabab 3 BAB.] II KARINTI'OH. 209 ee, jo hameo IjLhuda se miltl hai, un ko bhi, jo kisi tarah ke ranj raeo mubtala haiu, dilSsi de sakeu. 5 Kynnki jis tarah hamSre Masiht rauj farawan haio, ha- rniri tasalll bhi Maiih ke sabab se bepayaii hai. 6 Aur agar ham dukh uthaweo, to yih tumharf tasalli o salamati ka bais iiai, aur agar ham tasalli pdweu, to tum- hart tasalli us se paidi hoti hai, jo uu dukhou ki bardasht kanie meo, jinheu ham bhi sahte haio, kam ati hai. 7 Aur hamarl unimed tumhari babat mazbut hai ; kyuuki ham jaote haio, ki jais& turn duknoQ meu sharik ho, aisi hi sukb meo bht bo. 8 Ai bhaio, ham nahio chahte, ki turn us musibat se, jo Ashiya meo ham paf pari, niwaqif raho ; ki ham apni tiqat se bihar ba shiddat dab gae, yahdo tak ki ham zindagi se naummed hiie ; 9 Balki ham maut k^ fatwa ap meo rakhte the, ti ki ham na apna, balki Khud& ka, jo murdoQ ko jildta hai, bharosa rakheo- 10 Us ne aisf bafi halakat se ham ko rihai di, aur deti hai ; aur ham ko us se yih ummed hai, ki wuh age ko bhi rihai dega. 11 Aur tum railke dui se hamare kumaki ho, ti. ki wuh bakhshish, jo bahut se logou ki dua se ham ko milf,. bahut se log us ki shukr bhi hamare liye kareo. 12 Ki hamSrS tafakhur us se hai, ki ham^ra dil gawahi det£ hai, ki ham ne K[huda ki safai aur sachaS ke sith, nahikmati duoyawi se, balki fazl i Ilahi se dunya meu guzran ki, ala all<:husds tumhare nazdik. 13 Aur ham na aur bateo, balki we hi bateo tumheo likhte haio, jinheQ tum parhte ho, aur jante ho, aur maiu ummedwar huu, ki tum intiha tak janoge : 14 ChuniD- chi na turn sab ne, to aksaroo ne to hameo j^n£ hai, ki ham Khudawand Yusaa ke din tumh£re fakhr hain, jaisa tum hamare. 15 Aur maio is iatiqad se irada karti tha, ki maig pahle tumhire pas ^ido, ta ki tum diisri niamat plo ; IG Aur phir maio tum meo hokar Makiduniya kojado, aur Makidaniya se phir tumhare pas &an, aur tum mujhe age Yahudah ko rawana karo. 17 Pas main ne jo yih irada kiya, to kya maio halka hua ? ya jo ir&da maio kart£ hdo, bashariyat se karta hdo, ki hiu hao aur nahfo nahio bhi mujh pas howe ? 18 Khuda sacha hai, ki ham^ri jo bat tum se thi, so hao aur nahio na tbahari. 19 Ki Khuda k^ Beta Yusda Masih, jis ki manadi ham ne, yaane maio ns aur Silwanus aur Timodeus ne tum- hare bich ki, so hiu aur nahJo na thahara, balki hao us se thahara. 20 Ki Khudi ke jitne waade hain, us se hSo aur us se amin hiie, ti ki ham se Khuda kf taqdfs ki jiwe. 21 Aur jo hamko tumhare sath Masih meo sabit karta hai, aur jis ne hamko masah kiya, so Khuda hai. 22 Aur us ne ham par muhr bhi ki, aur Ruh ko hamare diloo meo baiana diya. 23 Garaz maio Khud^ ko apne dil par gaw&h lata huQ, ki maio tum par rahm karke ab tak Karint meo nahio ay^. 24 Lekia ham tumhare iman par khudawandi nahio karte haio, balki tumhari kbushi ke kumaki haio ; ki tum iman men sabit qadam ho. II. B/¥B. 1 Maio De apne dil mes yih thana, ki maio tumhare pSs phirke gamgfn na idg. 2 Kybnki agar maio tumheo gaiiigin kardo, to kaun siwa us ke, jiae maio ne gaiiigia kiya, mujhe khush kar sakta hai ? 3 Aur maio ne tum sabhou kf taraf se yaqin karke, ki jo meri ithushi hui, wuhi tum labboQ kf i(huHh1 hat, tum ko yih 2 A 2 210 II KARINTION. [3 BAB. likha hai, ta na howe, ki maio Skar un se, jin se chShiye ki maio khush houo, gam- pin hoiin. 4 Ki maio ne bart aztyat aur dilgirt se bahut se Insu bah^ bahakar tiimhen likh4, aur is waste nalifo, ki turn gamgin boo, par ti ki turn meri ulfat i farawan ko, jo mujhe tum se hai, jiino. 5 Aur agar kisf ne gamgin kiyS, to us ne na mujhf ko, balki tum sab ko nahiu, to aksarou ko to gamgin kiya, maio mubn- laga nahl) kartS. 6 Pas aksaroo kt yih maUmat, jo us shakhs par hdf, aise ^dmf ke waste bas hai. 7 So bihtar hai, ki tum barkhilaf us ke us ko bakhsho, aur tasalli do, ta kahJo aisa na ho, ki gam i bepSySn use khi jie. 8 Pas maio turn se yih arz kartS hun, ki tum us ke sath apni mahabbat slbit karo. 9 Ki maio ne is wSste bhi likhi hai, ki main tumhSre anjani ko j^nuo, ki tum sarf baton meu far- mSnbardir ho, y4 nahiy. 10 Par jis ka gunah tum bakhshte ho, us k^ maio bhf bakhsbta hno ; aur maio ne jis ka koi gunah tumhari khatir se muaf kiya, so Masih ka qiim maqam hokar muaf kiya, 11 Ta na howe, ki Shaitan hamare mal se kuchh lene piwe ; kyanki ham us ke matalib se nawaqif nahfy. 12 Aur jab maio Masih ki basharat dene Troas meo ay^, aur Khudawand ke Tffista se ek darwaza mujh par khul gaya, \:i Azbaski maio ne apne bhai Titus ko wahau na payS, mere dil ko aram na raha : aur maio un se rukhsat hokar wahan se Makiduniya men aya. 14 Ab shukr Khuda ka, jo Khudawand meu ham ko hamesha bare tahammul se gasht katwata hai, aur apni maarifat ki bii ko hara se har ek jagah z^hir karwati hai. 15 Kyunki ham Khuda ke age un ke liye, jo bachae jate hain, aur un ke liye, jo halak bote hain, Masih ki khushbai haio : 16 Haazoo ke wSste maut kf ba hain jo kushinda hai, aur baazou ke liye hayat ki bu hain, jo zindagibakhsh hai : pas in bStoo ke liye kaun laiq hai ? 17 Ki ham aksar ke m£nind Khuda ki batoa meo milauni nahlu karte, balki ham ahl i safa, aur ahl i Hah ke mSnind Khuda ke hu^ur meo bolte haio. III. BAB. 1 KyS ham ne apni sifirish karwanl phir shuriia kiya hai ? aurky^ hambaazoa ki tarah muhtaj haio, ki sifarishname turn pas laweu, ya turahrire sifirishname le jSweo ? 2 Hamara khatt, jo hamare diloo par likha hai, tum ho ; aur use sire Sdmijante aur parhte hain. 3 Ki turn alaniyatan Masih ke khatt ho, jis ke ham hamil haio, aur wuh siyahi se nahiu, balki jite Khuda ki Huh se, aur patthar ki takhtioo par nahic, balki dil ki takhtioo par, jo gosht ki haiu, raqam kiyl gaya hai. 4 Aur ham Masih ke tufail se Khuda par aisi mutawakkil haiu. 5 Na ki &p se is qSbil haio, ki apne pas se ijad karke koi mazmun bandheo, balki hamari qabiliyat Khuda se hai. 6 Aur us ne hamko yih liyaqat di, ki Iiam naye ahd ke, na ki lafz ke, balki roh ke khadim howeo : ki lafz halak karta hai, rah jilati hai. 7 Aur agar maut ki wuh khidmat, jo lafzi thi, aur pattharoij par khodi gai, itni hashmat ke sath hiif, ki bani Israel Musa ke chihra par, basabab us hashmat ke, jo us ke chihra par thi, aur paedar na thi, nazar na kar sake : 8 To ruh ki khidmat ba tariq i aula kyiinkar hashmat ke sath na hogi ? 9 Aur agar ilzamdenewali khid- mat jalal hai : to sadaqat ki khidmat ka jalal ba tariq i aula kitna fardwan hoga ? 10 Balki wuh, jo hashmatwilS tha, us ki nisbat, yaane us majd i galib ki nisbat 4 BAB.J II KARINTI'OT?. 211 majd hi na thS. 11 Anr ngar maadnm honewSli chfz hashmat ke s5th thf : to wuh, jo qaim rahnew^li hai, ba tarfq i aula hashmat ke sith hai. 12 Isw^ste ham wai- sahi uimned rakhke bahiit heparwa l)ohe haiu ; 13 Aur ham Miisa kitarah nahfo karte hain, jis ne apne chihra par i\'u\ih dilk, ta ki bani IsrSel 'J3 batil honewali bat kf gayat ko na dekhep. 14 Lekin un ke fahra andhe honge, ki ab tahik wuh parda purane ahdn^me ke parhne meo nimakehuf rahS, is waste ki wuh parda Masih se fana hol^ hai. 15 Par i] tak jab Musi ki pafhi j.ltf hai, to wuh parda un ke dil par pari rahta hai. 16 Lekin jab wuh Khudawand ki taraf phirega, tab wuh parda har taraf se uthi liya jaega. 17 Aur Khudawand wuhf ruh hai, aur jahan kahio Khudawand ki ruh hai, wuhiu rihal hai. 18 Aur ham sab be parda Khudawand ke aks ko aine meo dekhke us ki sarat ke bane jate haiu, aur inajd se niajd par taraqqi karte hain ; aur is liye ki k.hudawand rdh hai, chahiye ki yao hi ho. IV. BAB. 1 So ham us ke rahm se yih mansab pake ud^s nahig bote. 2 Aur ham ne sharm keposhida kaniou se kanara kiya, aur dagabazi ki chal nahfo chalte, aurna Khuda kf bat meu milauni karte baio, balki rasti ko zahir karke har ek idmf ke dil nieu Khuda ke huzur jagah karte haip. 3 Aur hamari khushkhabarl agar kisi par poshida howe, to un hio par, jo halak bote hain, poshfda hai : 4 Ki is jahan ke Maabud ne un ke fahraon ko, jo belman haio, andha kar diya hai, ta na howe, ki rostini khushlihabari ki, jo hashmat i Masih ko, jo Khuda kf siirat hai, zahir karti hai, un par pare. 5 Ki ham na apnf, balki Masih Yusua Khudawand ki manadi karte haio, aur ham fip to Yusua ke liye tumhare naukar haiu. 6 Kyunki Khuda ne, jis ne hukm kiya, ki tariki se roshni chamke, haniare diloo ko roshan.kiya, ta ki ham Khuda ke us majd ka, jo Yusua Masih ke chihra meo hai, m'lr i maarifat bakhsheu. 7 Par hamara yih ^haz^na sadaf ke bisauou meo rahta hai, ta ki qudrat ki buzurgf Khudi kf, na ki hamari maalum howe. 8 Aur ham to har taraf ae ranj meg hai, lekin shikanja meo nahiu pare ; hairan haio, par lachSr nahiu haiu. 9 Satae jate haiu, par akele nahiu chhore gae ; girae jate haio, par halak nahfo hue. 10 Ki ham Khudawand Yusua ki wafat ko apne l)adan meu liye phirte haio, ta ki Yusiia ki zindagi bhi hamare jism meu zahir howe. 11 Ki ham jfte jf Yusua ki khatir niaut ke hawala kiye jate haiu, ta ki Yusua ki zindagi bhi hamare fana- honewale jism men zahir howe. 12 Pas maut ka ham meu, aur zindagi ka turn meu asar hota liai. 13 Par is sabab, ki rah i fman liam men hai, jais^ likhi hai, ki Main iman liya, aur is liye bola : ham imin lie, aur isf waste l)olte haiu. 14 Ki ham jante haiu, ki jis ne Khudiwand Yusda ko jilaya, so ham ko bhi Yusu% ke sabab se jilawegi, aur tumhare sath apne huziir hazir karega. 15 Kyunki siri chizeo tumhare hi waste hain, ta ki niaiuat w.-ifir hoke bahutoo ki shukrofuzari se Khuda ke majd ki ziyadati ka sabab howe. 16 Isliye ham udas nahfo bote baiii, par agarchi hamari zahiri iusaniyat fana hctl hai, lekin bdtini roz ba roz uayi hotf hai. 17 Ki hamare hai ka halka ranj nibSyat farawSnf se majd ke abadf bojh ko hamdre liye paida karti rahta hai. 18 Aur ham na un chfzoo par, jo dekhne meu Hi haio, balki ud cbizoo par, jo dekhne meo nahio atfu, oazar karte baig \ kyiioki 212 II KARINTI'OI?. [5 BAB. jo chfr.eo dekhne meu Itl haig, chand roza haio, aur we, jo dekhne meo nahlo ^tfui abadi haiu. V. BAB. I Ham jlnte haio, ki agar hamSri sukunat k^ khakf makSn ujar jSwe, to ham ek imirat Khudi se piwenge ; wuh ek maskan hai, jo hfithoo se nahfo bani, aur abadl hai, asiti^n par hai. 2 Kydnki ham is meo rahkar §heo khinchte haiu, aur firzumand haio, ki apne maskan i ^smanf ko pahineo ,• 3 Agar ham nange nahio, balki mulabbas pae jaenge. 4 Ki ham to, jab tak is maskan meo haio, bojh se dabke ih khJnchte haiu ; lekin nahfo chahte haio, ki utareo, balki chShte haio, ki mulabbas hop, ti ki haySt fana ko nigal jae. 5 Aur jis ne ham ko us ke liye Crista kiy^, us ne yaane Khuda ne ham ko ruh peshgi di. 6 Isliye ham hamesha mutamaiyan haii), aur jante haio, ki jab tak ham badan ke watan meo rahte haiu, safar karke Khudawand se dor pare hain. 7 Ki ham iman se, na ki bfraf se auqat basar karte haio. 8 Hamarf khatir jama hai, aur ham beshtar chahte haio, ki badan se ajnabf, aur Khudawand ke hamwatan howeo. 9 Iswfiste ham is izzat ke talib haio, ki ham, ky4 des men, aur kyS pardes meo, us ko bhlweo. 10 Kyunki ham sab ko zurnr hai, ki Masih k! masnad i adalat ke age hazir howeo, ta ki bar ek muwafiq us ke, jo us ne kiy^, ky^ bhala kya bura, apne badan ke kiye ko pae. II Isw^ste ham Khudawand ke qahr ko jankar Sdmfoo ko samjhdte haiu, aur Khuda ham ko pahchanta hai, aur ummedwar hiio, ki tumhSre dil bhi ham ko pahchaneo. 1"2 Ki ham phir apni sifarish turn se nahfo karte haio, par tumheo jagah dete haio, ki turn hamdre sabab se fakhr karo, t5 ki turn unko, jo zahir par fakhr karte haio, aur batin par nahfo, jawab de sako. 13 Kyunki agar liam be- khud haio, to Khuda ke waste haio ; aur agar hoshiyar haio, to tumhare waste haio. 14 Ki Masih ki mahabbat hamko khinchti hai, kyunki ham yih samjhe, ki jab ek sab ke waste mud, to sab murda thahare. 15 Aur wuh sabke wiste mua, ta ki jo jfte hain, so na apne liye, balki us ke liye, jo un ke liye miia, aur phir uthi, &ge chalke jiweo. 16 Iswaste ham ab se kisi ko jismdnf shiuakht se nahio pahchante haio ; aur agarchi ham ne Masih ko bhi jismani shinikht se pahchani hai, par ab ^ge ko us waza se na pahchdnenge. 17 Pas agar koi Masih meo hai, to wuh naya makhldq hai ; purdnf chizeo guzar gaio, dekho sari chfzeo nayi hufo. 18 Aur ye sirf chizeo Khuda se haio, jis ne Yusua Masih ke ba sabab ham ko dp se mild liyd, aur milap karwane ki khidmat hameo di : 19 Yaane Khuda ne Masih ke sabab dunyd ko yuu mild liyd, ki us ne us ki taqsfroo ko hisdb na kiyd, aur mildp ka mazmdn ham meu rakhd. 20 Is liye ham Masih ki elchigari karte haio, goya ki Khuda hamdre wasile se targib kartd hai : so ham Masih ki taraf se minnat karte haiu, ki tum Khuda se mil jao. 21 Kyunki us ne us ko, jo gunah se waqif na thd, hamdre badal gunah thahar lya, ta ki bam us ke sabab se sadaqat i Ildhl baneo- VI. B.VIJ. 1 Aur ham babam haml^hidmat bokar tum Be iltimds karte haio, ki tum Khudi 1 uAH.) II KARINTI'OI?. 213 ki niamat ko abas na jSno. 2 Ki wuh kahtfi hai, ki Maio ne rarfimandf ke mausim meo terf sutii, aur iiajat ke din teri kumak kt : dekho, ki razimandi ki mausim yih hai ; aur dekho, ki najit ka din yih hai. 3 Aur ham kisi ke ^hokar khane ke bais nahio bote, ti ki wuh khidmat dokhf najae; 4 Balki fip ko har hSlmeo aise sabit karte haio, jaise Khuda ke khidim bote haio, yaane bahut tahammul meo, dukhou meo, ihtiyajog men, tangiou meo, 5 Kore khane men, qaid hone meo, hanganioo meo, mibnatoo meo, bedarfoij meo, faqoo meo, 6 Paktzagi meo, tamfi meo, sabr meo, mihrbanf meo, Ruh i Quds meu, beriya mahabbat meo, 7 Kalam i haqq meo, Khuda ki qudrat meo, sadiqat ke hathy^roo se jo dahne biyeo hath men haio, 8 Izzat aur behurmatf se, badnamt aur neknfimt se ; 9 Ham jhuthe ke manind haio, par sache haio, gumnam ke mSnind haio, par khub mashhur haio, murde ke minind haio, par dekho ham jite haio, maurid i sazi ke nianind hain, par mue nahio, 10 Gamgfn ke miinind haiu, par hamesha ^hushnud haio, kangal ke maniod haio, par bahuterou ko daulatmand karte haio, nadar ke manind hain, par s^rf chfzoo ke m&Iik haio. 11 Ai Karintto, hauiiri zabSn tumhirf taraf khuH, hamSrS dil kushada hai. 12 Tum hamare sabab tang nahio ho, par apne hi bStinoo se tang ho. 13 Aur us ki mukifat meo tum se jaisi farzandoo se kahta boo, tum bhi kushada dil raho. 14 Aur betmSnon ke sSth baribar hoke ek jue meo mat jute jSo : ki r£stJ aur n^rasti meo kaun si shar^kat hai? aur roshni ko tSrfki se kaun si mel hai? 15 Aur Masih ko Biliyaal ke sath kaun si hamiwazl hai ? aur imindar ka beimin ke sath kya hissa hai ? 16 Aur Khudi ki haikal ko butoo se kaun si muwafaqat hai ? Tum to jite K.huda ke haikal ho ; chuninchi Khudi ne kahi hai, ki Maio un men rahdngi, aur un meo chalnngi, aur main un k^ Khudi hnnga, aur we mere log honge. 17 Iswiste Khudiwand yih kahti hai, ki Tum un ke darmiyin se nikal io, aur judi ho, aur napak chiz ko mat chhno, aur maio tumko qabul karunga. 18 Aur maio tumhiri JJap hunga, aur tum mere bete betido hoge ; yih Khuda- wand i Qadir ki irshad hai. VII. BAB. 1 Pas, ai azfzo, ham ko lizim hai, ki azbas ki us ne ye waade ham se kiye, apne taio har nau ki najasat i jisnii aur ruhi se pak karke khudatarsi se tahirat ko kimil kareo. 2 Ham ko qabal karo. Ham ne kisi par zulm nahio kiya, kisi ko kharab nahio kiya, kisi ki kuchh chhin nahio I'-ya. 3 Maio us nij'at se nahio kahta huo, ki ilzim dao : maio to ige hi kah chuka huo, ki tum hamare diloo meo ho yahiti tak ki ham chahte haio, tumhare hi sath jieo aur mareo. 4 Maio kamil bekhaufo khatar tumhari zikr karti huo, aur tumhire sabab se kamal fakhr karti haO| tasalli se bhari ha i hdo, maio sab musibatoo meu, jo ham par haio, surar se labalab hoke bah chala hdo. 5 Jab ham Makidiiniya meu ie, hamare jism ko aslan arim na tha, balki ham har taraf se dukh pate the, bihar jhagfe, andar dharke. 6 Lekin Khuda ne, jo bechiroo ko dilisa deti hai, Titus ke a pahunchne 2U n KARINTI'O:?. [8 BAB. se hameo tasalli bakhshf. 7 Aur na faqat usf ke 5 jSne se, lialki us dilisS se bhf, jo us ne tumhare bich rahke p5y5, dohari tasalli bakhshf : ki us ne tumhare shauq, aur tumh^ri zSrf, aur tumhari sargarmi ko, jo mer! babat thf, hamare 5ge bay an kiyd, yah^n tak ki maip ziyadatar khush hua. 8 Aur agarchi maio kuchh turn ko likhke tumhare gam ka bais hda : so agar maio i.ge pashem^n tha, ab nahfo huo : ki dekhta hnu, tum us nama se thori muddiit tak to magmura ho rahe. 9 Lekin ab maio khush hul hao, na is waste, ki tum magmiimhue; par is waste, ki tumhare gam ka anjam tauba hna ; kyunki tum Khuda ke liye magmnm hue : so tum ne ham se kuchh zarar na paya. 10 Ki gam i Ilahf ka anjSm aisahi tauba hai, jo najat tak pahunchatd hai, jis se koi pashemani nahfo khfnchtl ; par gam i dunya ka anjam maut hota hai. 11 Dekho ki tumhare gam ne, jo l\huda ke liye thd, tum meo kya hf chSliki, kya kf maazarat, kya hi infial, kya khafagi, kya hi dahshat, kya hf ishq, kyi hf sargarmf, kyi hf qawat i intiqamiya paida kf ; aur turn ne bakhubf sabit kiy-i, ki tum us hat nieo Sluda nahio ho. 12 Garaz agarchi maio ne tumheo likh^, par maio ne na us zalim ki, aur na us mazliim kf kh^tir se, balki is liye likhi, ki hamara taraddud, jo tumhare liye hai, Khuda ke huzur turn par zlhir howe. 13 Isi liye ham ne tumhari tasalli se tasalli paf, aur Titus kf khushi se bahut ziyada khush hue, ki us ki ruh ne tum sabhoo se rahat pal. It Aur agar maio ne us ke samhne tumhare basabab kuchh fakhr kiya, to sharminda nahio, par jaisa siri biteo, jo ham ne tmn se kahin, sach sach haio, waisi hi hamara fakhr, jo T.tus ke samhne ihi, haqq hai. 15 Aur us kf dili shafqat turn par ziyadatar hai, ki us ko turn sab kf farm4nbard4ri yad hai, ki tum ne darke aur thartharSke use qabul kiy^. 16 Maio khush huo, ki bar ek bat meo tum se meri khatir jam% hai. VIII. BAB. 1 Aur, ai bh^fo, ham KhudS ke us fazl kf, jo Makiduniya ki JamS^ton par kiyS gayd hai, tum ko ittitaa dete haio, 2 Ki tangi ki bari azmaish meo un ki khushi i farawan ne aur un ke ifUs i kSmil ne un ki sakhawat ki kasrat ko ziyada z^hir kiya. 3 Kyunki maio yih gaw4hi deti bun, ki unhoo ne ta maqdur, balki maqdar se ziyada az khud khairat ki. 4 Aur unhoo ne bahutsa iltimas karke chiha, ki ham pdk logoo ki madad ke liye yih bakhshish aur khairat leweo. 5 Aur jitnl ham ummedw^r the, unhoo ne itnd na kiya, balki apne tafu pahle Khudiwand ke, aur Khuda ki marzi se hamare supurd kiya. 6 Is waste ham ne Titus se yih iltimas kiya, ki jaisa us ne shurua kiya tha, tumhiri khairat ko k^mil kare. 7 Aur jaisa tumhdriharek bat, yaane iman, aur goyii, aur pahchSn, aur jihd i shadid, aur wuh mababbat, jo tumheo ham se hai, kamil hai, waisahi tumhari wuh niamat bht kamil ho. 8 Aur maio kuchh hukm nahio karta, par ddsroo ko chilak dekhkar aur is liye ki tumhara sidq i mahabbat zahir ho jae, aisi bolti huQ. 9 Ki tura hamare Khudawaud Yusiia Masih ke fazl ko j ante ho : wuh daulatmand thS, aur tumhare wSste muflis hu5, taki tum us kf muflisi se daulatmand ho jdo. 10 Aur maio is bat meo salah deta huo : kyunki yih tumhare waste raunasib hai, ki tuia ne na facjat yih kSm karnS shurua kiya, balki ek baras ige se us ke karne ka ir^da kiya. 11 Pas ab kam ko bhi tum tam^m karo, tl jis muwSfiq tumheo irada 9 BAB.] II KARINTrOPI. 215 karne nieo shitaln thf, waisa hJ maqdiir ke muwafiq tamdinf bhi howe. 12 Kyunki agar nfyat pahle howe, to Sd»ni inuwatiq apnf qadr i daulat ke, iia muwafi(j us daulat ke, jo us ki nahiu, maql)ul hoga. 13 Aur yili iiiera inatlab nahio, ki dusrou keliyc asini, aur tumhare live dushwari howe ; 14 Par yib ki sab barabari ke taur par howe, taki is waqt tumhari ziyadati un ki kamti ko pnra kare, aur un ki ziyadati tumhari kamtf ko : ta barabari ho j4e. 15 Chunanchi yib likha hai, ki Jis ne bahut jama kiya tha, kuchh ziyada na p^iya, aur us ka, jis ne kam jama kiyi tha, kam na liiia. 16 Ab Kbudi ki shukr, ki jis ne tumbire liye i", jidd o jilid ko Titus ke dil meo dila. 17 Ki us ne us daawat ko to qabul kiya, lekiii babut cbalak hokar ap apne ikhtiyar se turn pas uikal gaya. IS Aur hum nc us ke sith us bhil ko bheja, jis ki taarif kbushkhabari ke liye sari Jamiatoij meo hai. 19 Aur itni hi faqat nahio, balki wuh Jamaatoo ki barguzida blii hiia hai, ki hamara hamsafar hoke yih bakhshish sith le jae ; ki us bakhshish ke liye ham kliidim haio, taki ek Khudawand ki sitaish ki jae, aur tumhari chalaki zabir howe. 20 Ki ham ne yih peshbini ki, ki koi is khairat i farawin meo, jis ke ham khadim haio, ham ko muttaham na kare. 21 Is liye kijo bat na sirf ivhudiwaud ke age, balki admioQ ke bhi age bhali hai, ham us ke li3'e ddrandeshi karte baiu. 22 Aur ham ne un ke sath apne us bhii ko bheja, jise ham ne bahutsi batou meo birha azmikar chilak piya ; par ab us kamil ia'tiqad ke sabab se, jo us ka tum par hai, y.iyidatar chalik paya. 23 Biqi Titus meri sharik, aur tumiiare waste meraham- khidmat hai; aur hamare bhii jo haiu, so Jaraiatoo ke rasiil aur Masih ke jalil haio. 24 Is wiste tum apni mahabbat ko, aur liamare us fiilchr ko, jo tumhare sabab hui hai, un par, aur Jamaatoo par sibit karo. IX. BXB. 1 Pas us khidmat ki bibat, jo muqaddas logoo ke waste hai, mera liklinS tumko z4id hai. 2 Kydnki raaio tumhari himmat ko janta hdij ; aur yihi bais hai, jo maio Makiddnioo ke Sge tumhare sabab se yih ftikhr karta iiun, ki mulii i Akhaiya ek baras ke age khairat dene par taiyar tha, aur tumhari sargarmi ne babutoo ko tahrik kiya. 3 Lekin maiij ne bhSioo ko bheji, ta ki hamira wuh tafikliur, jo us bat meo turn se tha, j.ata na rahe ; ta ki jaisa maio ne kaba hai, tuin taiyar bo raho ; 4 Aur kahio aisa na howe, ki agar Makiduni log mere sath aweu, aur tumheu nitaiyar paweg, to ham nahiij kahte, ki tum, balki ham us faklir par iatimid karne se sharminda howeO' 5 Iswaste maio bhaion se yih iltimas karni zairiir samjba, ki wc tum pis pahle jaweij, aur tumhari zakat i maudd ko mubaiya kar rakljeu, ta ki wuh bakhshish i azadana, na ki mal i bukbil ki tarab maujdd rahe. 6 Par yih maaldm rahe, ki jo thora bota hai, thora kitegi, aur jo ifrat se bota hai, ifrSt se kategi. 7 Aur har ek, jo kuchh kare, apne dil ki kbwahish se kare, na ki gam se, ya zururat se ; kydnki Khuda usi ko, jo Ithushi se deta hai, piyar kart5 hai. 8 Aur Khuda tum ko har tarab ki niamat i farawan de sakta hai, ta ki tum har bat lueo hamesha kamal qibil hoke har nau ki nekokSri se maamdr ho jao. 9 Ciiu- iiiiichi hkha hai, ki Us ne kbindaya hai, us ne miskinoo ko diya hai : uski sada- qat abad tak baqi hai. 10 Ab jo bone ke live tukhm, aur khaue ko roll Dttkhsht* 2 IJ 21« II KARINTIOS. [10 BvVB. hai, so tam ko bfj bakhshe, aur tumhire bljoo meo, jo boe gae haio, barakat bal^hshp, aur tumhari sadiqat kS hrisU barhawe : II Ta ki tuni bar ek bat nieo ganl hoke kamal faizra8an ho, ki aise faiz ke sabab hamare wasile se Khuda kl 8hukrgu«Sri hoti hai. 12 Kyiinki us hadiya ki khidinat na sirf imi()addasoD kf kamtioo ko pur£ karti hai, balki bahutou ke wasile se Khuda ke waste shukrguza- rioD meu bhf farawani bakhshti hai. 13 Iswaste ki we us khidmat ki sanad se is liye Khuda ki sana karenge, ki turn mutaliammid hoke Masih ki bashirat ke mutia ho, aur bahut i^hUs se un ke aur sab ke sharik ho. 14 Aur we Khuda ke us fazl i afzal ke sabab se, jo turn par hai, tuinhare liye bare shauq se du4 mang- eiige. 15 Ab Khud£ ka, us kf us bal^hshish ke liye, jo bayan se bahar hai, shukr hai. X. BAB. 1 Aur maio Paul, jo tumhire huzur turn meo haqTr, aur gaibat meo turn par diler hau, Masih ki farotani aur tahammul ki wlsta deke turn se arr karta huo, 2 Aur yih chihta hug, ki maio hazir hoke un par, jin ke nazdik hamari rawish jisinani hai, wuh dileri, jo maiQ kiya chihta hiio, na karao. 3 Kyunki ham agar- chi jism liye hoe chalte haio, par jisra kf waza par larte nahfo haiy. 4 IsHye ki hamSre larai ke hathyar jismani nahio, par Khudi ke sabab qalaoo ke Jhi dene par qadir haiu. 5 Ki ham tasauwurog ko, aur har ek bulandi ko, jo ^hudashinast kf mukhSlafat se Ap ko ball kartf hai, gira dete haio, aur har ek khiyil ko asfr karke Masih ka farmanbard^r karte haio. 6 Aur ham mustaidd baio, ki jab tum- hari farmanbardari hadd ko pahunch jae, to ham har nau ki nafarminbardari ka intiqSmleweu. 7 Tumzahir ki namud par tonazar karo : agar kisf ko us ka yaqfn hai, ki wuh ap Masih ka hai, to wuh yih bhi ap se gaur kare, ki jaisa wuh Masih ki hai, ham bbf Masih ke haiu- 8 Ki agar maio us inukhtari ke sabab, jo Khud*- wand ne taamfr ke wiste, na tuuihSre dha dene ko hameu di hai, kuchh ziyada fakhr karuu. sharminda na houngS. 9 Aur main yih kahta hiin, na howe, ki maio aisi zihir hoiiu, ki name likhite tumheo darati huo. 10 Kyanki koi kahti hai, ki us ke name bhsri aur zorawar haio, par us kf surat i jisinf kam^or, aur bol chil nikamiiif hai. 11 So kahuewala saniajh rakhe, ki jaise gaibat meo hamare mak- ifibf aqwil haio, waise hi, jab ham hazir honge, hamare fial bhi honge. 12 Kyun- ki hamari yih juraat nahfo, ki ham apnc taio un meo shumar kareo, ya un se nmqSbala kareo, jo apnf taarif karte haio ; lekin we ap se apnf paimaish karke aur Sp se apnl muqabala karke nadan thaharte haiu. 13 Par ham paimana se bahar like fakhr na karenge, balki jis qinun ki paimaish Khudi ne hameo bant di, jo tum tak pahuncliti hai, ham usf ke niuwifiq fakhr karenge. 14 Aur ham turn tak na ike fakhr karne men hadd se bahar haio ? So nahin, baUi ham tum tak bhi Masih kf khushkhabari ko le pahunche haiy. 15 Aur ham paimane ke bahar jakar dnsroo kf mihnatou se fakhr nahiij karte, par ummedwir haiij, ki tumtiare Iman ke barluie se ham apne qanun ke mutabiq tuiuhare wasile se yahao tak bafh- enge, 16 Ki tumhari sarhadd ke us par jake ^hushlj:!iabari pahunchaweo, aur yih nahio, ki ham dtisroo kc qimin par, jahau sab taiyir hai, j^kar fakhr kare j. 17 11 Bun.] II KARINTI05J. SIT Pas jo fulfhr karU hai, so Khudiwand se fa^hr kare. 18 Kydnki na wuh, jo apai •itaish karti hai, par wuh, jis k] sitaish RUud&wand karU hai, maqbul bai. XI. BAH. 1 KSsh turn 7.arra mert bewuqufi kf bardisht karo ! Aur turn to meri bard^sht karte ho. 2 Mujhe tumh^re liye ba shiddat rashk iti hai : kyonki inaio ne tum- heo sanwara, ta ki maio tumko p4kdiman kunwarf kf ininind ek hf shauhar ke pis yaane Masih ke pis hizir karuQ. 3 Par maiu darta hno, kahfu aisi na howe, ki jaisi samp ne apnf dagabazf se Hawa ko thaga, aise hf tumhare man bhf ua ikhlas se, jo tumheo Masfh par hai, bigaj- jaeo- 4 Ki agar koi Ikar ddsre Yusua ki, jis ki hara ne manidf nahio kf, kartsi, ya agar turn kof aur rub, jise turn ne na priya, pite, ya dosri basharat, jis ke turn shinawa na hae, sunte : to turn us kf bardasht bakhushf karte. 5 Ki maiu apne tafo bare rasuloQ se kamtar nahfo bujhta huu. 6 Kydnki agar meri bol chil awamm kf sf hai, par meri dinist uq ki si nahfo ; lekin ham to bar ek bat meo tumhire nazdfk sab meu mashhur hue haio. 7 Maio ne, jo apne taiu farotan kiya, ti ki turn buland ho, ky4 maio ne gunah kiya, ki maio ne tumheo Khudi kf khushl^habari muft di ? 8 Aur maia ne to dusri Jamiatou ko lot liy^, ki maio ne tumharf khidmat ke liye un se muzd liya. 9 Aur main tumbire p^s hizir rahkar jad muhtaj hui, tadbhf kisf ki hit i kbitir na hua i kyunki mere ihtiyaj ko un bhaloo ne, jo Makiddniya se da the, dafa kiyS ; aur bar ek bat meo maio turn par bar hone se biz raha, aur baz rahunga. 10 Masfh ki ua sachif kf, jo mujh meo hai, qasam, ki wuh tafikhur Akhaiya ke iqlfmoo meo mujh se judi na hoga. II Kis wiste ? Kya is waste ki maio tum se mababbat nahfu rakhta ? Khuda ko maaldm bai. 12 Parmaigjo karta huu, so hi karta rahdnga ; ki muio un ko, jo qibd dhdadhte haio, qiba pine na duo, ta ki jis bat meo we fakhr karte haio, aise jaise ham haiu, pie jieo- 13 Kydnki aise log jhdthe rasul, aur dagabiz kirkun haio ; aur we apni suratoa ko Masih ke rasdloo se mubaddal karte haig. H Aur taajjub nahiu, ki Shaitaa bbi apni surat ko ndr ke firishta se mubaddal karti hai. 15 Iswaste agar us ke IjLbidira bhf apni soratoo ko Sadiqat ke kh^dimoo ki sdratoQ se mubaddal kareo, to kucbb yih bari bat nahio ; par un ka anjim un ke kamoo ke inuwifiq hogi. 16 Aur phir maio yih kahti bnu, ki koi mujhe bewuqdf na samjhe; aur nahiu, to mujhe bewuqaf jankar qabul karo, ki maio bbi zarra fa^hr karuQ. 17 Jo kuchh ki maio fakhr ke istiqlil se kahta huo, so Khudawand kf taraf se nahfo, balki bewuqdfi se kahta huu. 18 Azbas ki bahut se jismini tarah par falfLhr karte haiu, maio bbi falfhr kardnga. li> Kyunki tum ip dinish- mand hokar bewuqufoo ki bardisht bakhuahr karte bo. 20 Is liye ki jab koi tumheo banda karta hai, ya jab koi tumheo nigalta hai, y4 jab koi turn ae kuchh leta hai, ya jab koi ip ko buland karti hai, ya jab koi turahire ipunh par thapera marti hai, to tum bardisht karte ho. 21 Aur goyi is wiste, ki ham bbi kamzor haio, maio zalil bateu bolti hdo, par jis bit meo kof jarl bai, to maio bewuqdfi se yih kahti bao, ki maio bhf us meo jari hdo. 22 Kyi w« Ibranl haio? to maio bbi hdo; yi Isrieli haio? to maio bhl hdo; ya Abirahim ki oasl se haio ? tu oiuia bbi hdo ; 2i Ya Maaih ke ^bidim haio, to maiu nid^al 2 B 2 218 11 KARINTI'ON. [12 BAB. He kahti hdo, ki maio liyadatar huu, yaane niihnatoa rneo ziyada, aur kore khane meu hadd se ziyida, aur qaidou nieu beshtar, aur mautou meu aksar. 24 Aur maio ne panch bar bar dafa Yahadfoo ke ek kain chalis kore khae. 25 Aur tin bir chharioo se mar khaf, aur ek dafa pattharoo ki mar khaf, aur tin martaba men' nao tori gat, aur ek rat din daryS meo kata ; 26 Aur maio safaroo men bahut, aur nadfon ke khatrou men, aur choron ke khatroo men, aur apni ummat se khatrou meo, aur aqw^m se khatrou men, aur shahr ke bich khatron meo, aur bayakln ke khatroi) meo, aur samundar ke bich khatroo meo, aur daroggo bhaioo ke bich khatron meo rahS hao ; 27 Mihnat aur mashaqqat men, barha bedariou men, bhukh aur piyas men, aksar bar faqakashioij meo, sardi aur uryani meo bhi raha hun. 28 In baharwali chizoo ke siwa sari Jamaatou ki fikr mujh ko har roz dabdti hai. 29 Kaun kam/or hai, ki maio kamzor nahio ? aur kaun bezar hota hai, ki maio nahio jalti ? 30 Agar fakhr kiyi chihiye, to maio apni kamzorioo par fakhr karangS. 31 Khuda, hamare Khudawand Yusu^ Masih ka Bap, jo abad tak raaradiih hai, ji.nti. hai, ki maio jhdth nahig bolta. 32 Aur Dimishq meu us hakim ne, jo badshah Aretas ki taraf se tha, us irada se, ki mujhe pakar le, Dimishqfoo ke shahr par chauki biihlii. 33 Tab maio khirki kf rah se thokrS meo diwar par se iatki diya gaya, aur us ke hathoo se bach cikla. XII. BAH. 1 Beshubha mujhe laiq nahio, ki apna fakhr kanio, ki maio Khudawand t-? mushahadat aur mukashafat ko bayan kiya chahta hiio. 2 Rlaio j^nta hue, ki ek fidmi Masih meo hoke, chaudah baras guzre honge, ya to badan ke sath, ki mujhe us ki ilm nahio, yi bagair badau ke, ki mujhe us ka bhi ilm nahio, par Khudi k» niaaldm hai, tisre isman tak nagah pahunch^yi gaya. 3 Aur main janta hug, ki wuh admi, ya badan ke sath, ya badan ke bagair, ki mujhe maaliim nahio, par Khuda ko maaliim hai, 4 Firdaus tak nagah pahunchaya gaya, aur us ne we bateo sunio, jo kahne ki nahio, aur jin ko bolna bashar ka maqdur nahfij. 5 Aise hi admi par main fakhr karunga; par maio Sp par siwa us ke, ki apni kamzorioo parfal5.hr karoo, fakhr na karanga. 6 Ki agar main fakhr kiyi chahta, to maio bewuqnf na banta, is liye ki maio sach bolta ; par maio ap ko baz rakhta hiiij, ti na howe, ki koi mujhe us se, jaisa mujhe dekhta hai, ya jaisa mere haqq meo sunta hai, Mia jine. 7 Aur takimaio mushahadat ki taalli se magrur na banao, mere jism meo kanta, jo Shaitan ka paik hai, ki mujhe ghase mare, rakha gaya, taki main magrur na hone p^uo. 8 Aur us ke liye maio ne BLhudawand se tin bar iltimas kiya, ki yih mujh meo se ddr ho jawe ; 9 Par us ne yih mujh se kaha, ki Meri niamat hi tujhe k^fi hai : kyunki mera zor karazori meo mukammal hota hai. 10 Is waste maio apni kamzorioo par fakhr karna bahut khushi se pasand karta huo, taki Masih ka zor mujh par say a dale. 11 So maio Masih ke wSste kamzorioo meo, aur malamatoo, aur darmaiidagion meo, aur aziyatoo men, aur tangioo meo razf huo, ki jab main kamzor huo, tab hi zorawar huo. Maiy fajjhr karne se bewuquf bani hiio; par maio ne tum se majbur hoke kiya; kydnki chahta tha, ki turn merf sitaiah karte, is liye ki maio bahut bare rasdloo se kuchh kamtar nahio hao. 13 BAU.J II KARINTIOK- 219 agarchi ii^chfz hriii. 12 Aur rasal hone kf dalfleo kamSl tahammul se, aur mtiajizoo se, aur ajaib o gariib ke sabab se tuinhire bfch roshan hiify. 13 Turn kaun si b'it men diisrf Jamaatou se kaintar the, siwa \is ke, ki inaiu tuiiihara bar i khdtir :ia tlia : turn nieri yih beinsafi niuaf karo. 14 Dekho, ki mail) pliir tisre bSr tumhare piis ane par taiyar hiio, par phir bhi turn par bir na hodnga ; kyiinki maiu na tumhara kuchh, balki tunihlu ko (Ihundhta hdo : is liye ki chahiye ki ina bap tarzandou ke liye, na ki farzand ma bip ke liye jama kareo- 15 Aur maio tuinhari jlnoD ke waste bahut khushf se kharch kariingi, aur kharch ho jaungi, agarchi jitnA ziyada piyar karta huo, itna hi kamtar piyara huii. 16 Par far z kiyi ? ki maio tumhara bar i kh;itir na thi. Lekin shayad maig pukhtakari se tumheu fareb karke phasiya ? 17 Jinheo maio ne turn pas bheja, un nieo se kisi ke wasile se kuchh turn se nafa paya ? Maio ne Titus se iltimis kiyi, aur us ke sath ek bhi! ko bheja : 18 To kya Titus ne turn se kuchh nafa paya ? aur kya ham ek hi riih se, aur ek hi naqsh i pa par na chalte the? 19 Aur kya turn guman karte ho, ki ham turn se uzr karte haiu ? So nahio, ham Khuda ke ^ge Masih se bolte haio : ai habibo, ye sari bateo tumhari taarair ke liye haiij. 20 Maio darta hiiu, kahioaisi na ho, ki maiu akar jaisi turahen chShta huo, waisa na priao; aur na ho, ki mujhe bhi jais4 turn nahfo chahte ho, waisa pSo, aur na ho, shayad qaziye, aur hasad, aur gazab, aur kharkhashe, aur gibaten, aur sargoshiao, aur shekhiaij, aur hangame howeu ; 21 Aur na ho, ki jab maio ^no, tab niera Khudi mujhe tumhare pas past kare, aur na ho, ki maio un meo se aksaroo ke waste, jinhoo ne age gunah kiya, aur apni napaki, aur zina, aur shahwat se tauba na kiya, afsos kardo. XIII. BAB. 1 Yih tisra martaba hai, ki maio tumhare pas atd huo. Do ya tin gawahoo ke munh se har ek bat pharchha ho jaegi. 2 Maiii ne age yih kaha hai, aur maio ap ko hazirfarz karke dusri bar age se kah deti huo, aur ah gaibat meo un ko, jinhou ne age gunah kiye, aur baqf sabhon ko bhi yih kahta hdn, ki Agar main phir ado, to tagaful na kardnga. 3 Azbas ki tum us bit ki sanad ke tilib ho, ki .Masih mujh meo bolta hai ; wuh to tum ineu kamzor nahln hai, balki tum meo qawi hai ; 4 Agarchi wuh kamzori se salib par mara gaya, lekin Khuda ki qudrat se wuh jiti hai, aur ham bhi us meo hoke kamzor haio, par us ke sath Khuda ki qudrat se tumhari khatir jite honge : 5 Ap ko jancho, ki turn iman meu ho ki nahlij, ap ko parkho : kya tum ap meo maalum nahiij karte, ki Ma»ih tum meu muassir hai? agar aisa na ho, ki tum namaqbnl ho. G Par maiu ummedwar hdo, ki turn mnaldm karo, ki ham nnmaqbul nahio. 7 Aur maiu Khuda se yih dui mangta hdo, ki tum kuchh bura na karo : so na is waste, ki ham maqbnl zahir howeu, par is waste, ki tum bhala karo, go ki ham namaqbdloij ke manind rahen. 8 Kyunki ham rasti ke barkhilaf kuchh nahiu, par ristS ke waste sab kuchh kar sakte haiij. 9 Ki jab turn qdwatwar ho, go ki ham kamzor haio, ham khush bote hain, aur ham us ke liye yaane tumhari takmil ke liye bhi dua mingle haiu. 10 Is liye maiu tumhari gaibat meo ye bateo likhta bug, taki maiu turn pas hazir hokar us i(jtidar se, jo Khudawand ne mujhe taamfr ke waste, na dhi dene ke waste diya hai, tum par 220 GALATI'OH. [1 BAB. sal^htt na karuQ. 11 Garat ai bh«ilo, ab ^hu3h raho, k£mil ho, kh&tir jama rakho, ek dil ho, mile raho ; aur lihuda, jo mahabbat o sulh k^ mujid hai, tumhari yir rahe. 12 Turn ek dusre ki pak bosa leke salam karo. 13 Sire muqaddaa log tumheo salam kahte haiu. 14 Ab Khudawand Yusu^ Masih kf niamat, aur Khuda kl mahabbat, aur Rah ul Q'uds kf amezisb turn sabhoo ke sith bamesha howe. Amia. PAU'L KA GALATIOI? KO KHATT. I. BAB. I P4ul, jo na idml ke taqarrur se, na admf ke wasile se, balki Yusua Maslh ke aur us ke Bap Kbudi ke farmuda se, jis ne us ko murdou men se phirke jiUy^* rasal hdS, 2 Aur sire bhaf, jo mere sath haig, Galatiya kf Jamaatoo ko salim kahte haio- 3 Hamare Bap Khuda, aur Khudawand Yusiia Masfh kf taraf se niamat o arara tumhare liye howe. 4 Us ne hamire gunahoo ke badle meo apne taio diya, ta ki wuh hamko hamare Bap Khuda kf marzi ke mutabiq is dunya i daui se bachi le : 5 Jalal i abadi us ka hai. Amin. 6 Maiu hairan hdo, ki turn us ko, jis ne tumheu fazl i Masfh meo bulaya, chhor- kar aur hi khushkhabarf ke ho gae ho. 7 So wuh kuchh chiz nahiu, siwS us ke ki baaze tumheo ghabrate haiu, aur muzhda i Masih ko pech karte haio. 8 Lekin agar ham, ya asman se koi firishta, siwa us basharat ke, jo ham ne tumheo di, dusri basharat tum pas lawe, wuh malauo howe. 9 Jaisa ham ne age kaha, waisa maig do bara phir kabta hiiu, ki agar koi kisi khushkhabarf ko siwa us ke, jise tum ne paya, tum pas lawe, wuh mHlauu howe, 10 Maio ab kiya ^dmfou ka maqbul huo, ya KLbuda ka ? Kya maio adiiiioo ki razamandi chahta huo ? Agar maiu admioo ko kbush ata, to maio Mash ka banda na hoti. II Par ai bhaio, maio tumheo jatata hun, ki wuh khushkhabarf, jis ki manad' maiu karta hiiu, so admion ki taraf se nahio hai : 12 Isliye ki maio ne us ko admf ke hath se nahio paya, aur na adrai se sfkhS, balki Yusua Masih ke izh^r se paya. 13 Tum meri rawish se, jab maiu Yahudioo kf tariq par chalta tha, muttal% ho, ki maio i^huda ki Jamaat ko benihayat satita tha, aur wiran karta tha ; U Aur apni qaum meo apne aksar hamumrou ke bich din i Yahudi meo mumtaz tha, ki apue bapdadoo ki sunnatoo par ziyada sargarm tha. 15 Par jab thuda, jis ne mujhe ma ke pet se alag bote hae alag kiya, aur apne fazl se bulaya, razi bda, 16 Ki apne Bete ko mujh meo zahir kare, ta ki maig us ki khushkhabari gair qaumoo ke bich dua : tab un dinoo meo maio nc gosht aur lahd se i^htilat na kiya, 17 Aur na uu pas, jo mujh se pahle rasdl hue the, Yardsalam ko gaya, balki Arab ko gaya ; phir wahao se Dimishq ko phiri. 18 Phir tin baras baad Patthras se mulaqat karne Yardsalam ko gaya ; wahao us pas paudrah din raha. 19 Aur rasulou mea se kisf ddsre ko nahio dekha, magar Khudawand ke bhaf Ya^qdb ko. '20 Jo batea maio tumko likht^ huo, Khuda ke^ge kahti huo, ki jhuthi nahio. 21 Ba^d us ke maio Suriya aur Ivilfkiy4 ke iqllmoa meo iya ; 22 Aur Yahddah ki « BA».] GAL^TIOS- «l Maslhf JamSatcu meri s6rnt se nfifishni rahio ; 2.1 Sirf we sunte the, ki jo ham ko ige sat^ti tha, so us fmiti kf, jise Sge wuh kharib karU tha, ab bashSrat deta bai ; 24 Aur we merf babat Khudi kf sani karte the. II. BAB. 1 Phir chaudah baras baad maio Barnab£ ke sath Titu3 ko liye hne Yarasalam ko phir gaj'i. 2 Aur mera jini hukm i Ilahf se hni, aur wuh khushkhabarf, jis ki manadi maio gair qaumon meo karta hug, unheo sunai, aur muatabaroo ko alag suoaf, ti na howe, ki meri tag o dau, guzashta o hil kf, befaida ho. 3 Par Titus ko bhf, jo mere sath tha, aur YdQani hai, makhtun hone kl taklff nahfn ki gaf ; 4 Aur na jhuthe bhafon ke sabab se, jo chhipke ghus ae, ta ki us azadagi ko, jo Yusria Masfh meo ham ko mili hai, jasusS karke daryaft kareo, tS ki we ham ko banda kareo. 5 Par bam ne ek sait bhf zer i dast hoke un kf farmanbardarf na k', ta ki khushkhabarf ki haqfqat tumhare passibit rahe. 6 Par we, jo naiar meu kuchh chiz the, so jaise the waise the, mujhe kuchh kSm nahiu hai, ki HLhudi lahirbin nahto : unhon ne, jo muatamad the, mujhe kuchh maslahat na di, 7 Baliti barkhilif us ke, jab Yaaqub aur Ivefa aur Ydhanna ne, jo arkin se maaliirfi bote the, dekha, ki mujhe sompi gaya, ki namakhtunon ko khushkhabari ddn, jaisi Patthras ke supurd hua, ki makhtdnon ko muzhda pahunchawe : 8 Kydnkijis ne Patthras ko malihtdnoa pas bhejke us ke kam meo taasir bakhshf, us ne gair qaumou ke darmiyan mere kam men bhf asar bakhsba : 9 So unhou ne jab us niamat ko, jo mujhe di gai thf, daryaft kiya, to mujhe aur Harnaba ko shardkat kf rah se dahne hath diye, ki hara gair qaumoa ke, aur we makhtdnoo ke pis jaweo- 10 Magar itna kaba, ki Turn muflisoo ko yad rakho ; so maiu us amr meo chalak thS. 11 Aur jab Patthras Antikiyi men aya, to isliye ki wuh sazawar i malimat thi, maio ne rdbard us se muqabala kiya. 12 ivydnki wuh peshtar us se, ki kai shakhs Yaaqdb kf taraf se aweo, gair qaumoo ke sath khaya karta tha ; par jab we ae, tab wuh malthtdnoB se darke pichhe hata, aur alag hda. 13 Aur biqi Yabddiou ne bhi usf kf tarah dorangi ki, yahau tak ki un ki dorangl ne Barnaba ko bhi le liya. 14 Jab maiu ne dekha, ki ye khuslikhabari ki rah i rast par rasti so uahio chalte, maio ne sabhoo ke samhne Patthras ko kaba, ki Jab tu Yahddi hokar aj- nabioo ki tarah, na ki Yahddioii ki tarah zindagi karta hai : pas td kis waste gair qaumoo ko yih taklif deta hai, ki Yahddiyana maish rakheu ? 15 Ham bhi, jo qaum ke Yahddi baio, aur ajnabfoo men ke gunahgar nahio, 16 Yih jinkar ki admf na shara ke kam karne se, balki Yusda Masih par iman lane se, sadiq gina jata hai, Masih Yusda par imin lae, ta ki ham Masih par iiatn lane se, na ki shara ke kam karnc se sadiq gine jawen : kyunki koi bashar sharaf aamal karne se sadiq gina na jaegi. 17 Aur ham, agar yih janke ki Masfh ke sabab sadiq gine jaweo, gunahgar haio, to Masih gunih k^ sabab hai ? Aisa na ho. 18 Kydnki jin chfzoo ko maig ne dha diya, agar unheo pbirke baniiiu, to maiu apne taio iiiujrim diaba- riti hdo. 19 Ki ntaiu shara hi ne Oiis shara ki ba nisbat halik hdi, ti ni maiu KLbud4 ke ige tinda ho jiiiu. 20 Aur maiu Masib ke s^tb sulib par khincha gaya •222 GALiYTI'OlS. [?. BNK. lido ; aur maio jo linda hdo, so na tnaio, balki Masfh mujh meo linda hai, aiir meri lindagf, jo ah jism rakhte hue hai, so Khuda ke Bete par imsn lane se hai, ki us ne mnjh se mahabbat ki, aur ap ko mere badle diy^. 21 Aur maio Khuda ke fail ko nSchiz nahin karti : kydnki sadaq it agar shara ae uiilti hai, to Masih abas III. BAB. 1 Ai biole GaUtfo, kis ki jida bhari ankhon ne turn ko mara. ki turn r^stf ke nlfarmanbardar hue, biwujud ki Yusiia Masih tumh^ri ankhoo ke samhne you num^yan kiya gaya, ki goya tumhire darmiyan salib pa. khincha gaviC. 2 Aur maio sirf yih chahti hao, turn se itn§ daryaft karao, ki turn ne sharai amal karke Ruh paf, ya imindari se sunke ? 3 Kya turn aise baole ho ? Kya turn Huh se ibtida karke jismi kimoo se mukammal ho sakte ho ? 4 Kya tuui ne itni chfzoo ki bardisht abas ki ? Par sh;iyad abas nahtn. 5 Pas wuh, jo tumheo R'lh bakhshta liai, aur turn meo muajiza ki qudrat paida karta hai, so shara ke amalou se, ya ki samiat i imani se aisa karta hai ? 6 Chunanchi Abiraham Khudi par fman liya, aur yih us ki taraf sadaqat mahsub hai. 7 Pas jSno, ki jo ahl i iman haio, so hi Abiraham ke farzand haio. 8 Aur kitab neyih peshbini karke, ki Khuda gairoo ko hhi iuian ki rah se s^diq thaharata hai, Abirahlm ko age hi yih khushkhabari df, bi Siri qaumeij tujh se barakat pawengi. 9 Pas jo imanwale haio, so imandiir Abiraham ke sith barakat pate haio. 10 Kyunki we sab, jin ka madar aamal i sharai par hai, laanati haio, ki likha hai, ki Uarek shakhs, jo un bitoo ke karne par, jo shara kf kitab meo likhJn hain, paedar nahio fahta, malaiin hai. II Par yih bat, ki koi Khuda ke nazdik shara se sadiq nahio thaharta, so z&hir hai ; kyunki Jo iman se sadiq hua, so hi jiega. 12 Ab shara iman meo dakhil nahio, balki Wuh admi jis ne un hukmon par amal kiya, so un se jiega. 13 Masih ne hameo mol lekar shara. ki laanat se chhuraya, ki wuh hamare badle maurid i laan hna; kyunki likhi hai, ki Harek, jo lakre se jakri huS hai, so malaun hai, 14 Taki Abirahim ki barakat gair qaunioo tak Masih Yusiia se pahuucbe, taki ham Kuh i mauad iman kt rah meo paweo. 15 Ai bhaio, maio ^dmi ki tarah bolta huo, ki Ahdko, agarchi insan k^ ho, jab muqsirrar hua, to koi batil nahio karta, aur na us par kuchh izdiyad karta hai. i6 Ab Abiraham aur us ki nasi se waade kiye gaye. So wuh use nahio kahta hai, ki Aur teri nasloo ko, jaisa bahutou ke waste, balki jaisa ek ke waste kahta hai, ki Aur terl nasi ko: so wuh Masih hai. 17 Ab maio yih kahta huo, ki us ahd ko, jo Khuda ne Masih ke haqq meo age muqarrar kiyi, shariar, jo ahd se char sau tis baras ke baad ai, barb id nahio karti, ki wuh waada batil ho jawe. 18 Kyunki agar miras shara ke wasile se hai, to phir waada ke fiabab nahiu ; par bwhuda ne wuh Abiraham ko waada iii se bakbslii. 19 Pas shariat kis kam ki hai? Wuh gunahon ke liye izdiyad ki gdi, jab tak ki wuh nasi, jis ke liye waada kiya gaya, awe; aur wuh shariat firishtoo ki wasatat se, aur ek wasita ki maarifat se supurd ki gai. 20 Ab wasita ek ki nahio, par Khudi ek hi hai. 21 Pas shariat ky£ Khuda ke waadou ki mukh ilif hai ? Aisi na howe. Kyiinki agar koi ziudagibakhsh shariat di gai hoti, to sacli niach sadujat shara se milii. 4 BAB.] GALATIOIJ. 128 22 Par kit^b ne sab ko b^ham gunih ke taht shSnnil kiyS, tiki wuh waada, jo Yusua Masth par imin line ke wasile se hai, fmSndaron ko diyi jiwe. 23 Par fman ke ane se peslitar ham shar^ ki band men qaid the, aur us fmin ke wiste, jo zih'iT honewala thi, baham band the. 24 Pas shara hamdri ustad thahari, ki ham ko Masih tak pahunchiwe, tS ham tman se sadiq gine jiweu. 25 Par jab Iman i chuka, to phir ham ustad kf band meu nahfn rahte. 26 Kyiinki tum sab ke sab us Unin ke sabab se, jo Masih Yusua par hai, Khuda ke farzand ho. 27 Ki jo Masih par baptismie gae, so Masih se mulabbas hue 28 Wahio na Yahndi na Ydnani hai, na banda na az 17 Is w^ste tum betamiz na raho, balki samjho, ki Khudawand 230 AFSrON. [6 BAD. k£ kya matlab hai. 18 Aur wain pike matwSle na ho, ki us meo beiatidali hoti hai, balki Ruh se bhar jao, 19 Aur babam Spus meo maz&mfr, aur munSjiteo, aur ri'ibini gazaleij g^yi karo, aur apne dil deke Kbudawandke liye gite bajatc raho. 20 Aur sab bStoo men hamdre Khudawaiid Yusna Masth ke nam se hamesha us ke, jo Khuda aur Bap hai, shukrguzir ho. 21 Aur Khuda se darke ek dusre kf faruianbardari karo. 22 Ai randio, apne shauharoij kf aisi mahkam ho, jaisi Khuda waud ki ho. 23 Kyanki shaukar joru ka sir hai, jaisS ki Masih Jamaat ki sir, aur wuh badan ka bachinewala hai. 24 Pas jaisi Jatn^at Masih ki mahkum hai, aisi hi joruan bhi bar bat meo apne shauharoo ki mahkum howep. 25 Ai mardo, apni jordou ko chaho, jaisi Masih ne bhi Jamaat ko chaha, aur apne talo us ke badle hawala kar diya, 26 Ta ki wuh us ko pani se gusl deke pik karke apne kalam se taqaddus bakhshe, 27 Aur us ko apne liye taiyar kare, yaane aisi jamila Jamiat, jis meo da^, ya chin, ya koi aisi chfz na ho, balki wuh muqaddas aur beaib ho. 28 Mardog par wdjib hai, ki apni joruou ko aisa chaheo, jaisa apne badan ko. Jo apni jora ko chShti hai, so ip ko chahta hai. 29 Ki kisi ne apne jism se kadhi dushmani na ki, balki wuh us ko pilta aur sahlata hai, chuninchi Khudawand Jamaat se yih sulnk karta hai. 30 Ki ham us ke badan ke aaza, aur us ke jism ke haio, aur us ke ustukhwa- noo men se haic. 3 1 Admi usi sabab se apne ma bap ko chhoregS, aur apni jora se ikattha rahega, aur we donoo ek tan honge. 32 Yih kalam i gaib bara hai, par main Masih aur Jamaat ki babat bolta bun. 33 Ba bar hai bar ek turn meo apni apni jorn ko aisa chihe, jaisa ap ko chaht i hai ; aur raudi par wajib hai, ki apne shauhar ka adab kare. VI. BAB. 1 Ai farzando, turn Khudawand ke liye apne mi bip ke mahkum ho, kyijnki yih wajib hai. 2 Td apne ma blp ki izzat kar; ki wuh pahia hukm hai, jis ke sith waada hai : 3 To tera bhala hoga, aur zamin par terl umr dariz hogi. 4 Aur ai bachchewalo, turn apne farzandoo ko azurda na karo, par Khudawand wili tarbiyat aur nasihat karke un ki parwarish karo. 5 Ai naukaro, tum un ke, jo jahin meo tunihare khiwind hain, apni niyatoo ki safai se darte aur thartharate hue aise farmaubardar ho, jaise Masih ke ho; 6 Aur na ankhon ke simhne ki khidmat karke aise ho, jaise admf ke laga lenewale haio, balki Masih ke chikaroo ke manind dil se Khuda ki marzi par chalo; 7 Aur khairkhwahi se khidmat karo, goya ki Khudawand ki, na admion ki ho. 8 Ki turn jante ho, jo koi kuchh achchha kim karega, ky4 banda kyl azad, ]K.hudS- wand se aisa hi pawega. 9 Ai khawindo, tum bhi un se aisa hi karo, aur dhamkf dene meo iatidal se bihar na jao, ki tum jiute ho, tumhira bhi Khiwind hai, jo ^sman par hai, aur wuh zahirparast nahio hai. 10 Biqi, ai mere bhlio, Khudiwand ki kumak, aur uski qudrat ki qdwat se mazbdt bano. II Khudi ke sire hathyir bandho, ta ki tum Iblis ki bandishon ke muqibil qaim rah sako. 12 Kydnki hameo jism aur Ithuu se kushti nahin, bnlki riyasatofl se, aur qudratoo se, aur dunya ki tiiriki ke shihanshahoo se, aur sharfr I B;VIJ.] FILIPI'ON. 231 ruhSnfoo se hai, jo buland mak^n meo haii), 13 Is waste turn Khud.i ke sire hathyar iitha lo, taki turn dukh ke din muqabala kar sako, aur sab kani karke khare rah sako. 14 Is liye turn apnt kamar ko sachai se kaske, sada(iat ka jaushan pahinke, 15 Piou meo muzhda i sulh kf ch&lak{ bandhkc, 16 Aur un sab kc upar iin£n kf sipar lagake, jis se turn us khabis ke sare jalte tirou ko bujha sako, q'iim raho. 17 Aur najat ka kbod, aur ruli kf talwar, jo Khudi ka kalain hai, le lo. 18 Aur jis chfz ke liye turn dna aur niiuuat karo, use hainesha Ruh kt madad se mingi karo, aur us par kamal istiqlal o tazarru se sare muqaddas logou ke waste bedar raho. 19 Aur mere waste bhi dua karo, taki goyai di jawe, ki meramunhbeparwaf se khul jawe, ta maio basharat ke raz ko, 20 Jis ke liye maio qaidi rasal bun, roshan kardu, taki maiij us ko beparwaf se aisa kahuo, jaisamujhe kaha chahiye. 21 Aur taki turn bhi mere ahwal ko jano, ki maiu kya karta hun, so Tikhikus, jo piyari bhai, aur Khudawaud ka muatamad khadiin hai, tumko sab bateo bataega : 22 Ki main ne use tumhire pas usi waste bheja, ki turn haniari halatoD ko jano, aur wuh tumhire dilou ko tasallf de, 23 Ab bhifoo ko aram ho, aur Bap Khudi ki, aur Khudawand Yusna Masih kf taraf se imin ke sath mahab- bat mile 24 Fazl un sab par, jo hamare Khudiwand Yusua Masih se ulfat i bitini rakhte haiu, howe. Amia. PAUL KA FILIPI'OI? KO KHATT. I. BAB. 1 Paul aur Timodeus, jo Yusua Masih ke bande haio, Filipf kf bastf ke un sab bishindon ko, jo Masih Y'usna meo hoke pik hue haio, aur un ke nigahbanoo aur khadimoo ko salam kahte hain. 2 Fazl aur aram hamare Bap Khudi, aur Khuda- wand Yusua Masih ki taraf se tumhare liye howe. 3 Maio jab jab tumheo yad karta hno, apne Khuda ki shukr kartS han ; 4 Aur maio apni bar ek dua meu khushi se haniesha tum sab ke liye dua mangta huo ; 5 Kyunki tum roz i auwal se aj tak khushkhabari men mere sharik rahe. G Mujhe yih yaqin hai, ki wuh jis ne tum meo nek kam shurna kiya hai, so Yusda Masih ke din tak karta chala jiegi : 7 Chunauchi laiq hai, ki maiij tum sab ke haqq mey aisa hi guman karuo ; kyunki mere dil meo tumhira tasauwur aisa hai, ki tum sab meri zanjirou meo, aur khushkhabari kf taujih o isbat meo bhi mere sharik i fazl ho. 8 Kh"da mera gawah h;ii, ki maio Yusua Masfh kf si shafqat karke tum sab ka mushtaq hdo- 9 Aur maio dua karta lido, ki tumhiriishq jrfan aur idrak i kaniil ke sith barhta chala jie ; 10 Ti ki turn mutafawit chfzou meo iratiyaz karo, aur Masih ke din tak khalis raho, aur thokar na khao ; 11 Aur sadiqat ke phalou se, jo Y'usda Masfh ke sabah se haio, lade raho, ta ki Khuda kl madh aur hamd ki jae. 12 Aur ai bhafo, maio chahta hdo, ki tum j4no, jo mujh par hiia liui, so khusli^habarl kf taraqqi ke liye zihir hua, 13 Yahao 2 D J32 FILIPI'OS. [2 BAB. fak ki (lar ul imSra men, aur b5qJ sab luakanou meo mashhur hu5, ki maio Masih ke wdste basta i zanjfr hua ; 14 Aur aksarou ne un nieu se, jo Khudawaiid incu hbai haio, iiicii xanjiroo se mutmaiyan hokar kalam ko be khauf boliie ki ziyada juraat paidi ki. 15 Eaaxe to rashk aur qaziyagiri se, aur baaze razimandi sc Masih ki maiiadi karte haiij. 16 Jhagiali'i us kliiyal ineu, ki nieri zanjirou par aur ran] afzud kareu, safii se Masih ki Ijhabar uahiij dete : 17 Par ulfatwale yih jinkar maiiadi karte hain, ki maio kluisbkhabari ki taujih ke waste nmqarrar hiii hiio- 18 Pas kya hai ? Ba bar hal Masih ki khabar khwah riya se khwah rasti se di jati hai ; maia us meu khush huo, aur khushi karung^. 19 Ki main jantai hi'io, tumhiri dua se, aur Yusua Masih ki Ruh ki kifayat se us ka anjam meri najlt hogf. 20 Chunanchi meri tawaqqu aur uinmed yih hai, ki maiu kisi bat meo sharminda na hiin, balki meri kamal beparwai ke sabab se, jaisa guzashta meo hamesha tha, waisi ab bhi Masih mere badan se mere jite ji, ya mere marne par buzurg hoga. 21 Kytinki zindagi mere liye Masih hai, aur maut nafa hai. 22 Agar maio alam i jisniani meij rahan, to yih meri mihnat akarath na jaegf ; lekin maiu nahiu janta, uiain kya ikhtiyar karunga. 23 Ki maio do se jakra hii^ huu : maio mushtaq hnn, ki rihii paiiu, aur Masih ke sath rahdo, ki yih bahut bihtar hai ; 24 Par jism meu rahna tumhari khatir bahut zurur hai. 25 Aur maio yih iatiqad karke janta hug, ki maio rahunga, aur tum sab ke sath thaharunga, ta ki turn taraqqi karo, aur khushiatiqad hoo ; 26 Ki tumh^ra fakhr, jo Masih Yusua ki babat mere sabab se hai, so mere tumhare pas phir ane se ziyada howe. 27 Sirf Masih ki khushkhabari ke muwafiq guzran karo, khwah maio auo, aur tumhen dekhuo, khwah na auij, tumhara yih ahwsil suniin, ki tum ruh meo muttahid ho rahe ho, awr iman i injili ke liye ek jan hoke jidd o jihd karte ho ; 28 Aur apne mukhalafat karnewalon se kisi bat men mat jhijhako ; ki wuh un ke liye halakat ka, par tumhare waste najat ka, Khuda ki taraf se, nishia hai. 29 Kydnki Masih kJ babat tumhen yih nahiu bakhsha gaya, ki turn faqat us par imin lao, balki yiii ki us kirah meo dukh bhi pao. 30 Kyunki tum ai.si zorazmai karte rahe, jaisd tum ne mujhe karte dekha, aur ab sunte ho, ki maiy karta huu. II. BAB. 1 So agar Masih wala kuchh dilasa, aur agar kuchh mahabbat ki tasalli, aur ngar riihi kuchh sharakat, aur asar kuchh rahm aur dardmandi hai : 2 To meri razamandi ko pura karo, ki ek sa mizaj rakho, ek mahabbat rakho, ek j;in hoo, ek tabiat rakho. 3 Jhagre aur khushamad se kuchh nakaro; par khaksari se ek diisre ko apne upar fauqiyat de. 4 Aur tum meo se bar ek na apne ahwal par, balki har ek diisrou ke ahwal par gaur kare. 5 Tumhara mizaj wuhi howe, jo Masih Yusua k^ tha ; 6 Ki usne Khuda ki surat hoke Khuda ke barabar bona gauimat na jana, 7 Balki Sp ko kliali kiy.i, bande ki surat pakri, 4dmi ki shakl bana, 8 Aur usne tarkib i insaui meu namud hokar ap ko haqir kiya, aur marne tak, salibi maut tak farmanbardar raha. 9 Is waste Khuda ne bhi use sarafr^zi se buiand kiya, aur us ko aisa nam, jo har nam ke lipar hai, bakhshS, 10 Ta ki Yusiia kc aim se asiuaaiou ke, aur zaminiou ke, aur unke, jo zamin ke niche huin, ghutne 3 HAM.] FILIPI'ON. 233 tekejaweo, H Aur har zub^n iqrar karc, ki Yusaa Masili Khudiwand hai, ta ki Khudi Bap kisitaish k1 jawe. 12 So ai mere piyaro, jis tarah turn hamesha farmSnbardari karte Se ho, us tarah turn na merl huzdrl meo faqat, balki ab merf gaibat meo ziyada darte aur thartbarSte apnf napt ke kam kiye jao. 13 Kyanki KImdd hai wuh, jo turn nieo ij^id karta hai, ki turn us ki marzi ke muwafiq chSho, aur kam karo. 14 Sab kam be makabara aur bin takrar karo, 15 Ta ki turn beilzam aur bebad hoke terlii tirchh? qaum ke darmiySn Khuda ke beail) farzand bane raho. 16 Aur tuiii un men hayit ki. kalima liye hue nnr ke mfinind dunya meo chamko, ta ki Masih ke din mere faljhar ki jagah ho, ki meri daur o mihnat abas na huf. 17 Par agar maio tumhSri imani qurbani aur hadiya par tapSyii jSap, to maio khush hao, aur turn sab ko muzhda deta hdn. 18 Turn bhi waisi hf khushf karo, aur mujhe mubarakbid do. 19 Aur mujhe Khudiwand Yusiia se yih umuied hai, ki Timodeus ko turn kane sbitib bhejuo, aur tumhara ahwal daryafc karke maio bhi kh^tir jama rakhuo. '20 Kydnki merS kol aisa ek dil rafiq nahio, jo mujanasat ki rih se tumhare liye fikrmand howe. 21 Ki sab log un chfzou ki talash meo haio, jo un ki haio, na un ki jo Yusna Masih ki haio. 22 Aur tum us ki khubf par use burhan jano, ki wuh khushkhabari ki khidmat ke liye mere sath, jaisa b^p ke sath beta, banda bana rah£. 23 So main ummedwar huu, ki apne ahwal ka an- jani dekhke fi al faur use bhej diio. 24 Aur mujhe Khudawand se umnied hai, ki maio ap bhi jaldi auD. 25 Ab maio ne Ipafroditus ko, jo meri bhai, aur ham- khidmat, aur sharik i jihad, aur tumhari firistada, aur meri ihtiyaj ka rafa karnewali hai, tum pas bhejna zuriir janS. 26 Ki wuh tum sabhoo kS nipat mushtaq hai, aur is waste ki tum ne us ki bimSri ka hai suni thi, udas rahti tha. 27 Wuh to bimari se marne par thi, par Khuda ne us par rahm kiya, aur faqat us par nahip, balki mujh par bhi, ta na howe, ki maio da? par da* utbauu. 28 So maio ne use bahut shauq se bbcja, ti ki tum us ki mulaqat i dobara se khush ho, aur niera bhf gam ghate. 20 Pas tum us ko Khudawand ke nam par kamal khushi se qabal karo, aur aisoo ko izzat do. 30 Is liye ki wuh Masihi kam ke liye marne par tha, ki us ne apnf zindagi ko nacliiz j.ina, ta ki wuh us kami ko, jo tum ne meri khid- mat karne men ki thi, pura kare. III. BAB. 1 Uiqf, ai mere bhiio, Khudawand meo khush raho. Ekhf bat tumhen phirpbir likhni mere liye taklif nahio, aur tumhare live salimati ka bSis hai. 2 Kuttoo se bazar, badkaron se ihtiraz karo, qata burid w.iloo se parhe/, karo. 3 Kyiinki haqfqi khatna ham haio, jo Rnh se Khuda ki ibadat karte haio, aur Masfh Yusoa par fakhr karte haio, aur jism ki. Iibarosa nahio rakhte. 4 Lekia maio jism ki. bharosa rakh sakta huo. Agar aur koi jism par bhnrosa kar sake, to maiij zivSda. 5 Ki mera khatna athweo din hu-i, aur maio Israel ki aulad, liinyainin ke firqa meo Ibrdnioo ka Ibrani, shariat ki Faris hiip, G Gairat meo pnchho, to Jamiat ka satinewila, aur sharai sadaqat meo bejurm thi. 7 Lekin jitni cbizeo mere nafa ki thiu, maio uuhiu ko Ma.sih kikhitir nuqsan samjha. 8 Balki maio apne Khudi- 2 D 2 2r»t FILIPIOS. [4 BAB. wnnd Masih Yusua kf pahch^n kt kliubi ke sabab sSri chfzoo ko nuqsfin samajhtS lii'io, maiu lie uski Jjhatir liar chiz ka nuqsin uthSyS, aur unheo kasafat jinta huo, taki Masih inera nafa howe, 9 Aur tdki maio us meo maujiid houn, yaane na yih, ki apni sadiqat ke sith, jo sharai hai, houo, balki us sadaqat ke sath, jo Masih par fmdn lane se, yaane us sadaqat ke sath, jo Khuda ki taraf se fmdn ki rah nieij niilti hai, hodu; 10 Aur inaio uski haqiqat ko, aur us ke ji uthne kt quwati muassira ko, aur us ke sith dukhoo meo sharik hone ke uiaanon ko daryaft karuij, aur us ki maut se munasabat paida karcio, 1 1 Taki maio kisi tarah se murdou kf qiyamat ke darja tak pahunchuu. 1"2 Kydnki maio hanoz mutasarrif, ya kimil uahio hua, balki pichlii kiye jati hdn, t4 ki jis chiz, ke liye miijhe Masih Yusiia ne pakra, maio use ja pakriio. 13 Ai bhaio, nier& yih guman nahio, ki maio pakar chuka hdo ; l-t Par itaa hai, ki maio un chizon ko, jo pfchhe chhdUo, bhulake un ke liye, jo 5ge haio, barhi hua stdha nish^n ki taraf pila jsta hno, taki maio us har ko, jis ke liye Khuda ne mujh ko Masih Yusua ki maarifat se opar bulaya, jit Idu- 15 Pas ham meo jitne balig haio, ais4 mizaj paida karen ; aur agar kisi bit meo turahara man aur howe, to KhudS wuh bhi turn par zihir karega. 16 Ba- har hal jis darja tak ham pahunche hain, usi ke qamin se qadam dharna, usi par man rakhna. 17 Ai bhafo, turn sab ke sab mere muqallid ho, aur turn un logon par, jo us sikka ke niuwafiq, jo ham meo turn numiyin dekhte ho, chalte haio, gaur karo. 18 Kyunki bahutere rahrau haio, jin ka zikr turn se barha kiyi, aur ab roke kahta huo, ki we Masihi sallb ke dushman haio: 19 Un ka anjam halakat hai, unka Khuda pet, un k^ nang un ka fakhr hai, unki tinat khaki hai. 20 Hamlri maash isman ke bashindoo ki si hai, aur rihai bakhshnewale Khuda- wand Yusua Masih ki rah takte haiu, ki wahao se iwe : 21 Ki wuh apni qdwat te fial ke rautibiq, jis se wuh sab ko apna mahkum karta hai, hamlre kasif badan ki shakl ko tabdil karke apne jism i latif ki m&niad ban^ega. IV. BAB. 1 Isw^ste ai mere mahbob aur maashiiq bhafo, jo mere chain aur har ho, ai piySro, turn Khudawand meo hoke isi tarah mazbut raho. 2 Maig Aiyudiya se iltimSs kartS hno, aur Saritiikha se Lhf, ki tum Khudawand ki rah meo muttafiq raho. 3 Aur ai beriya rafiq, maio teri bhi minnat karta hup, ki tii un auratou kf, jinhoo ne mere sith khidmat i bashirat meo jidd o jihd kiya, Kalimans aur mere baqi ham^hidmatoo samet, jin ke nam daftar i hayat meo haio, madad kar. 4 Khudawand meo hamesha khush raho, aur phir kahta huo, ki khush raho. 5 Tumhdre miz^j ki. iatidil sare idmion par jalwagar ho. Khudawand nazdik hai. 6 Kisi hit meo andeshamand mat ho, balki chahiye ki har ek bat meo tumhSri ^rz mundjat aur dud se shukrguzari ke sath Khuda se ki jae, 7 Auraram i Ilahf, jo sire fahmoo se bahar hai, tumhare diloo aur khiyaloij ki Masih Yusda meo nigahbint karegi. 8 Baqf, ai bhifo, jitnl chizeo sach haiu, aur jitni chfzeo raunisib haio, aur jitnj chizeo sldhl haio, aur jitnf chlzeo pak haio, aur jitni chizeo har dil azfz haio, aur jitni chizeo nami haio, ball^i jo Ikhdbi aur jo husn hai, us men gaur karo. 9 Aur 1 B^B.] KALASI'ON. 236 jin chfzeo ko turn ne miijh se slkhS, aur qahiil kiyS, aur sun^, aur dekha, un par anial karo ; tab Khuda, jo siilh ka baiii hai, tunihare sath raliega. 10 Aur main Khudawaiid mco bahut shadman hdn, is waste ki mere liye khu- bfou ke gulbun meo akbir i kar phir phul lage; turn to age mere liye andeshamand the, par mausim na tha. 11 Lekin maio ilitiyaj :5e nahiu kahta, kyuiiki maio ne yih fann stkha, ki jis halat meu huo, us! par qana rahno. 12 Aur maio ghatni janti hiin, aur apharna jant.i huo ; har maqlm meo, aur sab batoo meo maio ne taalim pai hai: ser hone meo, bhukhe hone meu, apharne aur ghalne men. 13 Masfh k( taqwiyat se maio sab chfz kar sakta haij. 14 Bahar hai tum ne bhala kiya, ki turn ne dukh meo meri kumak kf. 15 Ai Filipto, tum jano, ki khushkhabari ki ibtida i manadi meo, jab maiu Makiduniya se nikal iya, tab kisi Jamaat ne, siwd tunihare, dene lene men meri kumak na kf. 16 Ki Thissalunika men bhi tum ne mere rafa i ihtiyaj ke liye mukarrar kuchh bheja. 17 So main anaam nahio chahta, balki chahta huo, tum aise kam karo, jo tunih.iri manfaat men mahsub hou. IS Alujh kane sab kuchh hai, gani huo, aur niaamur huij, ki maio ne tiunhari bhejihui chfzeo Ipafroditus ke hath se pai'ii, muattar shamfm, aur qurbdn i maqbiil, jo Khuda ko pasand hai. 19 Mera Khuda apne jalal ke ganj ke muwafiq tumhari har ek ihti- yaj Masih Yusua ke tufail rafa karega. 20 Hamare Bap K.huda ke liye abad ul &bad hamd howe. Amfn. 21 Har ek ko, jo Masih Yusda meu hoke pak hai, salam. Sare bhaf, jo mere sath haiu, tumheo salam kahte haio. 22 Sare muqaddas log, khusiisan we, jo Qaisarf khandan ke haio, tum ko salam kahte haiu. 23 Ab ha- mare Khuda wand Yusna MasJh ka fazl tum sab par howe. Amin. PAU'L KA KALASIOS KO KHATT. I. BAB. 1 Khuda ki marzi se Yusua Masih ka rasul Paul, aur bhli Timodeus, 2 Unheo, jo Kalasus men muqaddas log, aur Masih meo hoke dindar bhai haiu, salam kahte haio. Hamare Bap Khuda, aur Khudawand Yusua Masih kf taraf se fazl aur Sram tunihare liye howe. 3 Jab se ham ne suni, ki tum Masih Yusna par imSn lae, 4 Aur sab muqaddas logou ko piyar karte ho, ham tumhare haqq men sada dua karke, 5 Us sawab ke ■waste, jo tumhare liye isman par zakhira kiya gayi hai, jis ka zikr tum ne khush- khabarf ke kalam i haqq meo suna, apne Khuda k&, jo hamare Khudawand Yusna Masih ka Bap hai, shukr karte haiu. 6 Ki wuh khushkhabari ab tum pis af, aur ake sari dunya meo phal deti hai, aur taraqqi karti hai, chunanchi tum men, jis din se tum haqiqat meo Khuda ke fazl ke shinawa aur muarrif hue ho. 7 Ki tum ne hamare aziz hamkhidmat Ipafroditus se, jo tumhare waste Masih ka diyanatdar khidim hai, aisa hi sikha tha. 8 Usi ne tumhari mahabbat i rdhi ko ham par za- hir kiya. 9 So ham ne bhf, jis din se yih suna, tumhare wSste dua mangne meo 236 KALASrOS. [2 BAB. gaflat iia k1, aur yih arz karte ralite haio, ki turn Khuda kf marzi pahchSnne meo liar tarali ki hikniat aiir ruliani danai se bhar jao. 10 Aur tumhari rawish aisi ho, jaisa K.hudawand ke logou ke laiq hai, yahan tak ki razi i kulli hSsil karo, aur har ek kar i khair se baromand ho, aur Khuda ke irfan men taraqqf karo. U Aur us kf qudrat i buzurg ke muwSfiq khushf ke sath sabr o tahammul meo zoriwar ho. 12 Aur Bap ka shukr karte raho, jis ne ham ko is laiq kiya, ki roshn! meo muqad- das lo"ou ke sath miras ka hissa len. 13 Ki us ne ham ko tirJki ke qabza se riha kiya, aur apne piyare Bete k! badshahat meo dakhil kiya. 14 Aur ham usi meo us ke lahu ke sabab se najat, yaane gunahoo ki magfirat pate hain. 15 Ki ivuh us Khuda ki sural hai, jis ki royat inahdl hai, aur wuii sari khilqat se pahle muta- wallid hu;i. 16 Kytinki us se sari chizeo, jo Ssman aur zamin par hain, didani aur nadidanf, kya sarir kyi khawindian, ky4 hukumaten, kj'i muifhtariao paida ki gafo, sAri chizen us se aur us ke liye paidi hdf haio. 17 Wuh sab se age hai, aur us se sarichiz-eo baham miliij. 18 Aur wuh badan ka, yaane Jamaat ka sir hai; wuhi fiijaz hai, aur sab murdoo meo se wuhi pahle jiya, ta ki sab ke darmiy^n auwali- yat us meo ho. 19 Kydnki use yih achchha laga, ki sara kamal us meo base, 20 Aur us ke khun ke sabab, jo salib par baha, sulh karke siiri chizoo ko mila le, h^u us ke sabab se sab chizon ko, kya zamin par, kya asmiin par apni taraf phira le. 21 Aur turn ko, jo badkirdarfon ke sabab ajnabi, aur batin meo makruh the, usne ab apne wujdd i jism^ni men mar jane ke sabab se phiraya, 22 Ta ki wuh tumheo apni nazar meo muqaddasaur beaib aur l)ejurm thaharae. 23 Par shart j'ih hai, ki tumhari bunyad iman par ho, aur turn mustaqim ho, aur muzhda ki ummed se, jise tum ne suna, tal na jao, jis ki manadi harek malthluq ke liye fisman ke niche ki gai, aur us ka khadim maiu Paul bana hno- 24 Main apnt un aziyatoo se, jo tumhare waste khicchta huo, khush huij, aur Maslh ki aziyatoo ki kamtlao us ke badan ke yaane Jamaat ke waste apne jism se bhar deta hno. 25 Aur maio us Jamaat ka khadim hda, chunanchi yih lihidmat KhudA ki taraf se mujhe tumhire li^'e di gai, taki main Khuda ke kalam ko, 26 Yaane us bhed ko, jo har asr meo pusht ba pusht poshida rahd, aur ab us ke muqaddas logoo par zahir hoa, pdra bayln karuo : 27 Ki Khuda ne chaha, ki un muqaddas logoo par ashkara kare, ki qaumon ke waste us raz ki hashmat ki farawini kya hai, jo yih hai, ki Masih turn meo jalil kf ummed hai. 28 Ham us ki khabar deke harek admi ko nasihat karte haio, aur har shakhs ko kamal danish se taalim dete haio, taki ham har ddmi ko Masih Yusua meo mukammal kar rakheo- 29 Aur usi ke liye maiu us tial ke muw^fiq, jo mujh meu qiiwat se muassir hai, jidd o jihd se sai karta huu- II. BAB. 1 Maio chShta huD, ki tum jano, ki maio tumh£re aur un ke waste, jo Laudi- kaiya meo haio, aur un sab ke wSste, jinhoo ne meri jisml sural nahin dekhf, kya hi janfishani karta bun, 2 Taki un ke dil tasalli paweo, aur mahabbat ke rishta se bdhara paiwasla raheo, yahao lak ki we fahmid men haqq ul yaqin tak pahuncheo, aur Khuda aur Bap aur Masih ke raz ko jineo- 3 Ki us men hikmat aur khirad ke sarc khazSne gare haio- 4 Maio yih kaht^ hno, na howe, ki koi charbzabSni 3 BAB.J KALASrOS- 237 se tumhari acjl ko hahkawe. 5 Kyiinki agarchi main jism se dor hdo, par riih se turn pas hiio, aur tutnhare aman o inian ko, aur tuiiihare Iman kf, jo Masih par hai, ustuwari ko dekhke shadmaii hrio- G Pas jaisa tuin ne Masih Yusaa ko qabul kiyi, ki Khtidawand howe, waisa us meu chalan chalo ; 7 Aur us nieu jar bandho, aur us par banae jSo ; aur jaise turn ne imln meo tarbfyat pai hai, us par qaiui raho, aur us meo shukrguzari se taraqqi karo. 8 Dekho aisi iia ho, ki koi failsufi aur la^o fareb se, jo admioij ke dastnr, aur dunyawi astaqsat ke niuwafiq haio, na ki Masih ke muw^fiq, tumhen lut le. 9 Kyiinki Khudai ka sara kamal us men mujassam ho raha ; 10 Aur turn us meo mukammal bane ho, ki wuh sari riyasat o qudrat ka sir hai. 1 1 Tumhari us men maanawi khatna kiya gaya hai, yaane turn ne tamim kamal jismi gunahou ko Masihi khatna ke sabab se utlr phenka. 12 Aur us ke sath baptism^ ke sabab se gare gae, aur us hi ke sabab turn us ke sith ji uthe ; kynnki turn us Khuda ki qudrat par, jis ne us ko murdoii men se jilaya, iman lie. 13 Aur us ne tumhep, jo khataoo se, aur apne jism ki Damakhtiini se murda the, us ke sath zinda kiya, ki us ne tumhari sari khatioo ko bakhsh.i. 14 Aur wuh raqam, jo hamare mukhalif hamari babat huknioo meo tha, mita dala, aur us ko to salib par charhake mekh thoukke bich se kharij kiya, 15 Aur arbab i hukumat o ikhtiyar ko uanga karke ^laniyatan angushtnuma kiyi, ki us ne un par shadiyana bajaya. 10 Is waste koi tumheo khane pine men, ya id, ya chand karne meo, y4 aiyam i salt kemmne meo mujrim na kare. 17 Ki ye chizeo inewali ch:zon ke saya haio, par badaa Masih ka hai. 18 Khabardir, koi tumheu ijadi khaksari aur firishtoo ki ibadat karke tumhare ajr se mahram na kare, ki aisa shalihs un chizoa meo, jinheo us ne nahio dekha, dakhl beji kaita hai, aur apni dunyawi danish par abas apharta hai; 19 Aur us sir ko nahio pakarta, jis se sira badan raaf- siloo aur asaboo ke bich parne se giza pake aur baham milke Khuda ke barbae barhta hai. 20 Pas agar turn Masih ke sath marke dunyawi astaqsat se guzar gae, to turn kydn un ke maniud, jo dunya meu zinda haiu, dastarparast ho, 21 Aur kahte ho, Han mat chhuna, dekhiyo, chakhiyo mat, hath na lagana. 22 Ye sari chizeo mustaamal hoke fasid ho jati haio, aur faqat idmiou ke hukmoo aur taalimou ke muwafiq hoti haiu. 23 Ki un ka zahir danishmandana hai, is waste ki un meo ibadat o khaksari ka ijid hai, aur badani riyazat hai, aur tan asani ki taraf tawajjuh nahio, III. BA15. 1 Pas agar turn Masih ke sith ji uthe ho, to fauqini chizou ke talib ho, jahio JMasih Khuda ke dahne baithi hai. 2 Fauqani chizou se dil lagao, na un chlzoo se, jo zam:n par haiij. 3 Kyiinki turn mar gue ho, aur tumhari ziiidagi Masih ke sith Khuda meo mutazammiu hai. 4 Jab Masih, jo hamari ziudagi hai, zahir hoga, us ke sith turn bhi jalal se zihir hoge. 5 Iswaste tum apne azuon ko, jo zamin par haiu, yaaue harimkari, aur uapikf, aur beja taashshuq, aur Luri khwahish aur lalach ko, jo ek qism ki butparasii iiai, kushta karo. 6 Un hi ke sabab se Khuda ka jjazab abni i bagawat par nazil hota hai. 7 Aur age jab tum un ke bich jite tlie, un men tum bhi rah chaltc the. b Par ab tuui uu sab ko, yaane gussa 238 KALASrON. [4 BAB^ aurga/.ab, aur badf, aur badgof, aur fahhishf ko apne munh ae nikil phenk£ hai. 9 Ek dusre se jhdth na bolo ; kyunki turn ne purant insiiniyat ko us ke fialoo samet utar phenka ; 10 Aur nayi insaniyat ko, jo irfan nieo apne paidakarnewale ki sural ke muwafiq nayS ban rahf hai, pahina. 1 1 Wahao na Yonani hai, na Yahndf, na khatna na namaithtunf, na Barbar na Tatar, na banda na azSd, par Masih kuU aur kuU mea hai. 12 Pas Khudd ke barguzidoo ke mSnind, jo muqaddas aur mahbdb haiu, dil par dard aur akhlaq, aur khaksarf, aur farotani, aur hilm se zebaish paida karo. 13 Aur agar liof kisl se nalan ho, to ek dtisre ki bardasht kare, aur en dnsre ko muaf kare, jaisa Masih ne tumheo bakhsha, waisa hf turn bhi karo. 14 Aur un sab par alawa mahabbat ko pahin lo, ki wuh kanialiyat ko ustuwari bakhshti hai. 15 Sulh i lUhi, jis ki taraf turn ek tan hokar bulae gae ho, tumhlre dilou meu bandobast kare ; aur turn shukrguzar raho. 16 Masih ki baten turn meo farawani se baseo, aur turn ek dusre ko kaiual danish se taalliii aur pand do, aur mazinnr, aur muna- jateo, aur ruhanf gazaleo shukrguzari ke sath Khudawand ke liye diloo se gio; 17 Balki jo kuchh karte ho, bat aur kam, sab kuchh Khudawand Yusua ke nam se karo, aur us ka nam leke Khuda aur Bap ka shukr karo. 18 Ai randio, apne apne ^hasamou ki farmanbardari karo, ki un ke liye, jo Khudawand meo haiu, yihi munasib hai. 19 Ai mardo, apni jornouko piyar karo, aur uu se talkhmizaj na hoo. 20 Ai larko, turn apne nia bap ki bar ek bat meo farmanljardarl karo, ki Khudawand ko yihi pasand hai. 21 Ai bachchewalo, apne larkou ko mat kalpio, na ho ki we jankahi meu pareo. 22 Ai khidmatkarnewalo, tumun ki,jo duny4 men tumhare khawind haip, sab bdtou meo farmanbardari karo, par yih dikhine ko na ho, jaisa khtishamadi logoo ka dastur hai, balki dil ki safai aur khudatarsi se ho. 23 Aur jo kuchh karo, so ji se aisa karo, jaisa Khudawand ke liye karte haiu, na ki admiou ke liye. 24 Ki tumjante ho, turn Khudawand se ajr meo miras paoge, kyunki wuh khawind, jis ke turn khadira ho, Masih hai. 15 Par wuh, jo khata karta hai, so apne kiye ke muwafiq kamaega, aur shakhsi- yat manzur na hogi. IV. BAB. 1 Ai makhdumo, khadimoo ke haqq meu adl aur insaf karo, ki tumhara bhi ek jkhawind hai, jo asman par hai. 2 Istiqlal se dua mango, aur us meo shukrguzari ke sath bedar raho. ',i Aur sith us ke hamare liye bhi dui karo, ki Khuda ha- mare liye nutq ka darwaza khole, ta ki maio Masihi tkz ko, jis ke sabab se asir haa huo, bayan karun. 4 Tab to maio use aisa zahir karuu, jaisa mujhe lazim hai. 5 Tum waqt ko ganimat janke kbarijiou ke sath danii kharch karo. 6 Chahiye ki tumhari bat mihramez ho, aur namkin ho, ta ki turn jano, bar ek ko kyunkar jawab diya chahiye. 7 Tikbikus, jo piyara bhai, aur diyaiiatdar khadim, aur Khudawand ki khidmat meu sbarik hai, mere sare ahwal se turn ko ittilaa dega. 8 Us ko main ne is liye tumhare pas bheja hai, ki tumhara hai daryaft kare, aur tumhare diloo ko tasalli de. 9 Aur us ke sath Unesimus ko, jo diyni- atdar aur piyara bhai hai, aur tumhare firqa meu ka hai, bhej diya : we tumheo yahau ki sari kliabareo paliunchaenge. 10 Aristarkhus, jo qaid meo meri sbarik 1 BAB.] I THISSALUNIKIOI?. 23!) hai, aur Mirk, jo BarnabS ki bhinjS hai, jis kf b^bat turn ne ahkani pie ; agar wuh tumhire pSs awe, to use qabol karo : 11 Aur Yushda, jo Justus kahlitS hai : ye sab, jo makhtunoo men se haio, turn ko salam kahte haio ; aur faqat ye hf Khuda ki badshihat ke waste mere hamkhidmat the, aur mere live tasalH the. 12 Aur Ipafras, jo turn meo se Masfh ka handa hai, turn ko salam kahta hai, aur wuh tumhare waste hamesha jidd o jihd se du^eu mSngti hai, ta ki tuin Khudii ki sarJ mashfyatoo meo benaqs aur kamil ho raho. 13 Maio us k£ gawah hiin, ki wuh tumhare aur un ke waste, jo Laudikaiya men, aur un ke liye, jo Hair.ipulis meu haio, bahut sargarm hai. 14 Aur Luka piyira tabib, aur Dimas tumheu salam kahte haio. 15 Turn un bh^fou ko, jo LaudikaiyS meo haio, aur Nimfas ko, aur JamSat ko, jo us ke ghar meo hai, salam kaho. Ifi Aur jab yih risila turn meo parha jie, to aisa karo, ki Laudikaiya klJamSat meu bhf partieu, aur Laudi- kaiya ka risala tum bhf parho. 17 Aur Arkhippus se kaho, ki Tii us khidmat men, jo tu ne Khuda wand se pai hai, hoshiyfir rah, ki tu use mukammal taur se kare. 18 Aur mere hath se, jo Paul huo, salam. Mcri zanjiroo ko yad karo. Fazl tum par ho we. Am in. PAU'L KA THISSALUNI'KI ON KO PAHLA KHATT. L BAB. 1 Paul aur Silwanusaur Timodeus Thissalunikfon ki Jamaat ko, jo Bap Khudi, aur Khudawand Ytisiia Masih meo hai, salam kahte haio. Fazl aur arim hamare Bap Khuda, aur Khudawand Yusiia Masih ki taraf se tumhare liye howe. 2 Ham tum sab ke waste Khuda ka shukr hamesha karte hain, aur apni dudou meo tumheo yad karte haio ; 3 Aur ham apne Bap Khuda ke ige nit yad karte haio, ki tum iman se kam, aur mahabbat se mihnat karte ho, aur unnnedwar hoke hamare Khudiwand Yusua Masih ke muntazir ho 4 Ai aziz bhaio, ham jante hain, tum Khuda ke barguzida ho. 5 Kyunki hamari khushkhabari na faqat alfaz ke zimn meo, balki wuh qudrat, aur Qdh ul Quds, aur p'ire iatiqid ke sath ii ; chunanchi tum jante ho, ki tum meg ham tumhare waste kaise the. 6 Aur tum us kalam ko bari tasdia ke sath Ruh ul Quds ki khushi se pikar hainire aur Khuda- wand ke pairau hue, 7 Yahao tak ki tum Makiduniya aur Akhaiya ke sSre imandaroo ke liye namune bane. 8 Kyunki turn se Khudiwand ke kalam kf shuhrat faqat Makiduniya aur Akhaiya meo na hui, balki liar ek jagah tuinhara iman, jo Khuda par hai, shaia hua, yahao tak ki hamare kaluie ki kuchh hajat nahio. 9 Is waste ki we Sp hamara zikr karte haio, ki ham ne tum meo kaisa dakhl paya, aur tum kjunkar butoo se Khuda ki taraf phire, taki Khuda ki, jo jita aur sacha hai, bandagi karo; 10 Aur us ke Bete kf, jise us ne murdou meu se jilaya, rah tako, ki Ssman par se awe : wuh Yustia hai, jo ham ko gazab i ayanda se rihai ba^bshta hai. 2 E 240 I THISSALUNriaO^f. [2 BAB. II. BAB. 1 Ai bh^Sfo, turn Up jSnte ho, ki liamarA dakhl turn meo abas na thfi. 2 Ham lige shahr i Filipt men, jaisa j^nte ho, dukh aur ruswif uthAke apne Khuda ke sabah beparwii se basharat i Ilahi ki hat bara jidd o jihd karke turn se kahte the. 3 Ki haniira waaz kahna gumrdhi, aur napakf, aur da^abazi se na tha ; 4 Balki jaisa Kfiuda ne ham ko maqbcil janke khushkhnbarf ka amanatdsir kiyd, waisa hi ham bolte hniu, aur na ki ^dinfoo ko, balki Khuda ko, jo hamare dilou ko SzmatS hai, razaniand karte hain. 5 Ki turn jante ho, ham na charbzaban the, na tania ke parda meg, Khuda shihid hai ; 6 Aur na kisi ^dmi se, kya tum se, kya dusrou ee izzat pane ke tahb bane, agarchi ham us sabab se, ki JIasih ke rasnl haiu, tum par bojh dil sakte the. 7 Par ham tumhare darmiyan aise mulaim rahe, jaise daf, jo apne bachchoo par mihr karti hai. 8 So ham musht^q hokar razf the, ki na faqat Khuda ki basharat, balki apnl janou tak tumheo deweo, is waste ki tum hamare pij'.ire the. 9 Ai bhaio, tum hamari koft aurmihnat koyid karte ho; ham ne is liye ki tum meo se kisi par bar na ho, rat din dastkarl karke tnm meo basharat i Ilahi ki manadi kf. 10 Tum gawrih ho, aur Khuda bhi hai, ki ham tum imlndfirou men kyi hi taqaddus aur rasti aur bejurmi ee guzran karte the ; 1 1 Chuninchi tum jante ho, ki ham tum meo har ek ko yon dilasa aur tasalli dete aur nasihat karte the, jaise bap bachchop ko : 12 Taki tumharf rawish Khuda ki talab ke munasib ho, ki us ne tuuihen apni badshahat o jalal nieu baliya. l;j Is wdste ham hamesha Khuda ke shukrguzar h;iin, ki jab wuh kaliin, jo Khuda ki hai, jise ham sunate haio, tum ko mila, tum ne use na admiou ka kaUm samajhkar, balki Khuda ki kalam jankar, ki wuh fi al haqiqat aisa hi hai, qabiil kiya, aur wuh turn fmandaroD meo muassir hai, 14 Is waste ki tum, ai bhiio, Khuda ki Jam atoo ke, jo Yahndah meo Masih Yusua ki haio, paiiau hiie; kyiinki tum ne bhi apne hamqaumoo se we hi dukh pae, jounhoo ne Yahiidiou se : 15 Jinhon ne Khuda- wand Yusua ko, aur apne nabion ko mar dala, aur ham ko sataya, aur we Khuda ko khush nahiu ite, aur sare admioa ke mukhalif haio. 16 Aur we, t:iki un ke gunah kamSl ko hamesha pahunchte raheo, ham ko mana karte haio, taki ham gair qaumoo se we baten, jin se un ki najat hoti hai, na karen, aur gazab, jo un par hai, nihayat ko pahuncha. 17 Aur ham ne, ai bhaio, tum se thori muddat tak ba zihir na ba dil mahjnr hoke bahut ishtiyaq se ziyadatar koshish ki, ki tumhara munh dekhen. IS Is- waste ham ne, yaane maio ne, jo Paul huu, ek ya do bar chiha, ki tumhare pis iuo, par Shaitan ne hamen rok;i. 19 Hamari ummed aur kliushi aur fakhr ka har kya hai? kya tum hamare Khudawand Yusua Masdi ke samhne us ke ite waqt na hoge? 20 Yaqinan tum hi hamare jalal aur khushi ho. III. BAB. 1 Iswdste jab ham Ip ko us se ziyuda zaht kar na sake, to ham razf hue, ki we ham ko Athene meij akcla clilioreo. 2 Chuuanchi ham ne Timodeus ko, jo hamara bhaf, aur Khudi ka khadiin, aur Masih ki ^hush^habari men hamari 4 BAB.] I THISSALUNI'KrOS. 241 ham^Lhidmat hai, bheja, ki wuh tumko tumhdre linan meo ustuwirkare, aur tasallj de, 3 Taki kof azfyatoo se mutazalzal na ho ; kyunki turn Ap j§nte ho, ki ham un hi ke liye muqarrar hae haio. 4 Jab ham tumhare pas the, tab tumheu kaha karte the, ki ham az yat paweiige : chuninchi wuht hiia, aur turn ne jani. 5 Is- waste jab maiu us se ziyada 7.abt na kar saka, tab tumhara fmaii daryaft karne ko bheja, na howe, ki imtihan karnewale ne tuiiihen guiiirah kiya ho, aur hamari koft abas ho jae. (i Par ab Timodtus, jab turn kane se ham pSs ^ya, aur tumhare fm.in aur mahabbat ki kluishkliabari laya, aur kaha, ki tum hamari zikr i khair haniesha karte lio, aur tum hamare dekhne ke niusbtaq ho, jaise ham tumhare : 7 Is liye, ai bhafo, ham apni sari aziyat aur ihtiyaj meu tumhare hum ke basabab turn se niutmaiyau hiie. 8 Kyunki ab ham jfte, agar tum Khudawand meo qaim rabo. 9 Ham us surur ke muqibil, jo hameij tumh^ri babat Khuda ke a^e hak, kyankar Khuda ki shukrguz^iri kareo- lO Ham rat din lagke du.i mSngte haio, ki tumhara munh dekhen, aur tumhare iman ki kamtiao bhar deo. 11 Aur Khudl, aur ham.ira Bap ap, aur Khudawand Yusda Masih aisa kare, ki hamara guzar tumhari taraf howe. 12 Aur Khudiwand aisa kare, ki jaisi ham ko tum se mahab- bat hai, tumban mahabbat bhf, kya apus meo, kya diisrou ke sath, barhe, aur afzod howe, 13 Yahaij tak ki wuh tum ko qarar bakhshe, taki jab hamara Khudawand Yusua Masih apiie muqaddas logoo ke sath Swe, tab tumhare dil hamare BSp Khuda ke s^mhne taqaddus meu bejurm niklen. IV. BAB. I Baqi, ai bhafo, ham tum se Khuddwand Yusua ko wiste arz aur iltimls karte haiu, ki tum ne jo ham se rawish aur Khuda ke khush karne ki waza sikhi hai, so us men tum taraqqi karo. 2 Tum jaiite ho, ki ham ne turn ko Khudiwand Yusiia ki taraf se kya ahkam kiye. 3 Ki Khuda ka irada yih hai, ki tum muqad- das hoke haramkari se apne taiu biz rakho ; 4 Aur harek turn meo se jane, ki apne zarf ko taqaddus aur hurmat se rakiia chahiye; 5 Na ajnabiqaumon ki minind, jo Khuda ko pahchinte nahin haiy, hawa o hirs meu ; 6 Aur apne bhai se zabar- dasti aur dagabazi na kare : kyunki Khudawand aise sare fialou ka intiq^m legS ; chunanchi ham ne age bhi tum se kah'i, aur gawahi di. 7 Ki Khuda ne ham ko napaki meu nahin, balki taqaddus meu bulaya. 8 Iswaste jo tahqir karta hai, so naadmi ki, balki Khuda ki, jisne apni Rah ul Quds bhi hameo df, tahqir karta hai. 9 A:) mihr i bindiri ki bibat tum muhtaj us ke nahiu, ki koi tumhen kuchh Tube; kyunki tum apus ki ulfat meu Khuda se taalim pai ; 10 Chunauclii tum un sire bhaiou se, jo tamim Makiddnij-a meo haiu, aisa hi karte ho; lekin, ai bhiio, ham tum se ihimis karte haiu, ki tuui ziyada taraqqi karo. I I Aur jis tarah ham ne tumheu liukm kiya, tum cliaiii se rahne, aur ap apne kn'r bar karne, aur apne batiiou se k:^m karne ki izzat kotalibho; 12 Ta ki tum kharijlou ke age hurmat ki dial chalo, aur kisi ke muhtaj na ho. 13 Aur ai bhiio, maiu nahfu chdhta hun, ki tum un ke ahwal se, jo so gae haio, nawiqifraho, ta ki tum aurou ki manind, jo naummed haio, gam na karo. 14 Kydn- ki ham ne, jo yih mana, ki Yusu% miia, aur utha, to mana ciiahiye, ki Khudi unheo, 2 E 2 242 I THISSALUNI'KI'O^. [5 BAB. jo so gae haiu, Yusua kf khatir us ke sath le ^ega. 15 Ham tunihen Khudawand ke amr se jih kahte haiu, ki we, jo ham meo se Khudawand ke hnzar ke waqt jite fionge, un par, jo so gae haiu, sabqat nakarenge. 16 Kyunki Khudawand ip dhum se muqarrab firishta ke ihtimdm ke s5th Khuda kS narsingl phdnkte hue asmSn parse utrega, aur jo Masfh meo hoke mne haio, we pahle uthenge. 17 Baad us ke ham may se we, jo jite chhiitenge, uii sainet badlioo par nagih charhne jaenge, ta ki hawa meo Khudawand se mulaqtit kareu : so ham Khudawand ke sath hamesha rahenge. 18 Pas tum in batoij se baham ek ek ko tasalli do. V. BAB. 1 Aur ai bhafo, tum us ke muhtaj nahin, ki waqtoo aur mausimoo kd ahwal kuchh tumherj iikha jawe. 2 Iswaste ki turn ap khub j^nte ho, ki Khudawand ka din us tarah aega, jis tarah rat ko chor ata hai. 3 Jis waqt log kahte honge, ki Salamati aur bekhatri hai, tab jis tarah himila ko dard lagte haiu, un par n4- gahant halakat iwegi, aur we na bachenge. 4 Par tum, ai bhato, andhere meo nahin ho, ki wuh din chor ke raanind tumheo bekhabar pakar le. 5 Tum sab nar ke farzand, aur din ki aulad ho; ham nit ke nahio, aur na tarikl ke haiu. 6 Iswaste chahiye, ki aurou ki tarah na soweu, balki bedar aur hoshiyar raheo. 7 Kynnki jo sote haio, so shab hi ko sote haiu, aur jo matwale bote hain, rat hi ko matwale bote haiu. 8 Par ham, jo din ke hain, chahiye ki hoshiyar raheo, aur fman o ishq ka charaina, aur najat ki ummed ka kbod pahineu. 9 Kyunki Khuda ne ham ko gazab ke liye nahij, balki is liye muqarrar kiya, ki bam apne Khudawand Yusiia Masih se najat basil kareo. 10 Ki wuh hamare waste mua, ta ki bam, kya jagte ky^ sote, us ke sath jieo. 1 1 Is liye tum ek ek ko tasalli do, aur ek ek ko taamir karo ; chunanchi tum yih karte ho. 12 Aur ai bbaio, ham tum se arz karte haiu, ki tum un ko, jo tum meo mihnat karte bain, aur Khudawand ke klm meo tumhare peshwa haio, aur tum ko nasihat karte bain, mano. 13 Aur un ke kam ke liye mahabbat se un ki bahut takrim karo, aur Spus meo mile raho. 14 Aur ai bbaio, ham tum se iltimas karte bain, kitum wardankashoo ko pand do, zaifdilon ko dilasa, kamzoron ko sambhalo, aur sibki bardisht karo. 15 Dekho, koi kisi se badi ke iwaz meo badi na kare ; balki tum ek ek se aur sab se bi al kuU khushsulaki karo. 16 Hamesha khush raho. 17 Nit dua mango. 18 Har ek bat men shukrguz^ri karo; kydnki Khuda chahta hai, ki turn Masih Yusua meo yihi karo. 19 Rub ko mat bujhao. 20 Nubuwatoo ki tahqir na karo. 21 Sari batoo ka iiutilian karo: bibtar ko thamo. -.2 Har ek bit se, jis ka zahir bad ko, dur raho. 23 Aur lihuda, jo sulh ki ban! hai, ap hi tumko bi al kull pakiza kare ; aur tumhara sab kuchh, yaane tumhari rdh aur nafs aur badan hamare Khudawand Yusua Masih ke aue tak beilzam mahiViz rahe. 24 Jis ne tumheo buliya, wuh amin hai : wuh aisa hi karega. 25 Bliaio, hamare waste dua mango. 26 Aur sare bhaiou ko muqaddasana bosa leke salam karo. 27 Maio tumheo Khudawand ki qasara deta bdo, yih nama sare muqaddas bhafoo meo parhwao. 28 Ab Hamare iihudi- waud Yusua Masih ka fazl tum par howe. Auiio. 1 BAIJ.] II THISSALUNIKIOS. 248 PAU'L KA TIIISSALUNIKrON KO DU'SRA KHATT. I. BAB. 1 Paul aur Silwanns aur TimoHeus, jo Thissalunlki log haniare B^p Khuda, aur K'ludawand Yusua Masih ke maqbril hain, un kf Jam:iat ko saliin kahte haio. 2 Hamire H^p Khuda, aur Khudawand Yusua Masih kj taraf se fazl aur ^ram tunihare liye howe. 3 Ai bhtio, U/.im hai, ki ham tumhare liye hamesha Khuda kfi shukr kareo, yihl laiq hai, is liye ki tumhara iatiq^d barhta j^ta hai, aur turn sab meo bar elc kf ul!at dnsre se ziyada hoti hai, 4 Yahao tak ki ham Ip Khudi kf Jam^atotj meo tunihare sabab se fakhr karte haio, ki turn un dukhou aur ranjou meo, jo turn par parte haio, sabir aur imandir ho. 5 Khuda ki sachi tajwiz ka yih i^har hai, ki tum Kh'ida ki badshahat ke laiq gine jao, jis ke liye turn dukh pate ho. 6 Kyuuki Khuda ke nazdik yih insaf hai, 7 Ki jab Khudawand Yusua asm4n se apne qawi firishtou ke slth, 8 Bharakti 5g meo namud howe, aur un se, jo Khudi ko nahiu pahchante, aur un se, jo hamare Khudawand Yusua Masih kf ^hushkha- bari ko nahio mante, intiqam lewe : tab wuh unheo, jo tumheo azfyat dete haio azfyat, aur tumheo, jo aziyat pate ho, hamare sath usi din aram dewe, is waste ki hamari gawlht tumhare pas yaqinl hui : 9 Ki we Khudawand ke chihra se, aur us ki qudrat kf azamat se halakat i abadi ki sazi pawenge. 10 Us waqt wuh ^kar apnemuqaddas logoo meo jalalse muzaiyan, aur sare imindarou meo taajjub ka bais hoga. 11 So ham tumhlre liye sada dua mangte hain, ki hamara Khuda tumheo us talab ke liiq jane, aur sab khubfou ko, jo use khush atiu, aur fmani aaraal ko qudrat se pura kare : 12 Ta ki hamara Khuda aur Khudawand Yusua Masih ke fazl ke muwlfiq, hamare Khudawand Yusua Masih ka nam tum meo jaM ho, aur tum us men. II. BAB. 1 Ai bh^fo, haraire Khudawand Yusiia Masih ka Sua, aur hamara us pas fara- ham bona yaqini hai : 2 So ham tumhari minnat karte haio, ki tum is gumSn se, ki Masih ka din sardast hai, jald apni aql mat ganwio, aur kisf ruh, ya kalam se, ya kisu kitab se, yih sochkar ki wuh hamarf taraf sehai, hir.isau mat ho. 3 Kof tumhen kisf tarah se fareb na de ; kydnki wuh din nahio aega, niagar jab ki pahle irtidad awe, aur wuh gunah ki shakhs, yaane Ibn ul Halakat zahir howe, 4 Jo har ek ka, jo Khuda, ya maabiid kahlati hai, mukhalif hai, aur un par ap ko bali karta hai, yahlo tak,ki wuh Khuda ke maahid meo Khuda ban baithega, aur apne taio dikhUega, ki main Khuda hdo. 5 Kya tumheo yad nahio, ki maio tumhare sath hote hue tumheo ye b iteu kahti tha. 6 Ab tutu jante ho, ki bar waqt us ke zahir hone meo kaun mina hai. 7 Badkari ka raz to ab bhi taasir karta jata hai faqat zuror hai, ki wuh, jo ab tak miua hai, bfch se diir kiya jawe. 8 Tab wuh beshara zihir hoga, jise Khudawand apne munh ke dam se fana, aur apne ine ke shukoh se nest kar degi. 9 Aur us ka ana ShaitSn ke kiye se kimil qudrat aur 24i II THISSALUNrivrOy. [3 BAB. ihdthe aj,1ib o ^ariib ke sdth hogii ; 10 Aur aisf besharai ke s^th, jo halik hone- wdlon ko pnri daga degf : is waste ki unhou ne haqq ki ulfat ko, jis se we bachae jate, qabal na kijS. 11 Isliye Khuda un pAs d;iera ki taasir ko bhejegi ; chunin- chi we jhuth par fmln Inweiige : 12 Ta ki we sab, jo fast! par iniaa ua Ue, lialki nctr.lsti se r.izi tlie, saza paweo. 13 Par, ai Miaio, turn jo Rhudawand ke mahbal) ho, la^.im hai, ki ham tumhSre wj'iste hainesha Khuda kl shukrguz^ri kareo, ki Khuda ne tumheo ibtida se ikhti- ydr kiya, ta ki tuin rulif taqaddus hasil karke aur saclilf par {man like najat plo : 14 Aur is liye tumheu hamari khushkliabari ke wasfle se bulaya', ki turn hamare Khudawand Yusua Maslh ka jalal hasil karo. 15 Pas is w^ste, ai bhafo, paedir raho, aur un b£ton ko, jo tumhare supurd kf gafo, jo turn kalam se, ya haniarf kitab se sikhin, thime raho. 16 Ab haniara Kiiudawand Yusua Masfh ap, aur hainSri Bap Khuda, jis ne hanien piyar kiya, aur hanien tafazzul se abadi tasalli aur achchhl unimed di, 17 Turnh.ire diloa ko tasalli dewe, aur tuni ko har ek achchhe qaul o fial men mazbot kare. III. BAB. 1 Baqf, ai bh^fo, hamare haqq meo yih dua karo, ki Khudawand ki. kalam raw5j pSwe, aur aisa muazzaz howe, jaisa turn nieo hai ; 2 Aur yih ki ham namaaqul aur sharJr admioo se chhutkara paweu ; kyanki sab fmandar nahhj. 3 Par Khudawand amanatdar hai, wuh tumko mazbut karega, aur us shartr se bachaegi. 4 Aur tumhari babat Khudawand par hamara iatiqad hai, ki turn un hukmoo par, jo ham tumheu dete hain, amal karte ho, aur karoge. 5 Khudawand tumhare diloo ko hidayat kare, ki tum Khuda ko piyar karo, aur Maslh ki rah tako. 6 Aur ai bhaio, ham apne Khudawand Yusaa Masih ke nam se tumheo hukm karte haiu, ki tum har ek bhai se, joqanan ke barkhilafclialta hai, aur us soiiipi hai bat par, jo us ko ham se mili, amal naliio karta', alag chalo. 7 Kyunki tum ap jante ho, ki hamSri pairawf kyankar kiya chahiye : ham to tumhare bich qlnun ke bar- khilaf chalte na the, 8 Aur kisi ki rcti muft na khate the ; balki koft aur mashaqqat se rat din dastkari karke khate rahe, ta ki ham kisi par turn meo se bar na howeo. 9 Aur na iswaste ki ham ko maqdur nahio ; par is liye ki ham ap ko tumhire lij'e namana thaharaweo, t^ ki tum hamari pairawi karo. 10 Jab ham tumhare sath the, tab ham ne tumheo yih hukm kiy^, ki jo koi kam kiya na chihe, wuh khurak na pae. 11 Ham sunte haiu, ki turn meu se kai ek qani'in ke barkhil if chalte hain, apne kisi kun meo dastandaz nahiu bote, magar aurou ke kam meij dakhl karte haio. 12 Ham apne Khudiwand Yusua .Masih se waison ho hukm dete haig, aur im se iltimas karte haiij, ki we chup chap kim karke apni hi roti khaweu. 13 Aur ai bhaio, tum nek kam karne meu kahalat na karo. 14 Par agar koi hamdri bat ko, jo nama meo hai, na mane, to use tak rakho, aur us se mile na raho, ta ki wuh pasheman howe. 15 Lekin us se nafrat na khao, balki bhai janke nasihat karo. 16 Ab Khudawand, jo salamati ka bani hai, tum ko ba har taur hamcsha salamati bakhshe. Khudawand tum sab ke sath howe. 17 Mere dastkhatt se mujh Paul ka salam ; wuh har ek maktub meo nishan hai ; isi tarah main likhta huD. 18 Hamire Khudawand Yusua Masih ki fazl tum sab par howe. Amln. I BAB.] I TIMODEUS. 24fi PAU'L KA TIMODEUS KO PAHLA KHATT. I. BAI{. 1 Paul, jo ham£re bachanewale Khuda, aur ham4re ummedgih Khudawand Yusua Masih ke hukm se Yusua Masili ka rasul haa, 'J'iiuodeus ko, jo iraan meu farzaiid i liaqiqi hai, salam kalif* li;ii. 2 Fazl rahiii aur dram haniare B.ip Khuda, aur haniare Khud.iwaud Yusiia Masih kj taraf se tere liyc howe. 3 Maiu ne Makiddniya meu jate waqt tujh se iltiinas ki\a thi, ki Afsiis meo rahiyo; so ab hhi iltiuias karta liiiij, ki tii baazon ko hukm k;ire, ki najiajib biteu na siklilaweu, 4 Aur naqlou, aur un nasabn;imou par, jin kf iiitiha nahig, nazar nakaren; yih sab kuchh muj.idala ka bais hota hai, na ki tarbiyat i IlahJ imani ki. 5 Aur hukm ka khulasa wuh piyar hai, jo dil i pak aur tinat i nek, aur iman i beriyi se hota hai. 6 Par baaze un se munharif hoke behiidagoi ki taraf phire haio : 7 Ki sharai inuallim hone ke niushtaq haio, aur nahio bujhte, ki kya bUeu bolte haiu, aur kin bitou ka iqrir karte haio. 8 Ilani jante haio, ki shariat achchhi hai, basharte ki kof us se shara ke taur par kam le. 9 Aur janiye, ki shara adil ke waste nahfp, biiki beshara o iiafirunnb rdar o bed^n o gunahgar o napak o fisiq 0 pidarkush o madarkush aur khiini, 10 Aur haramkar, aur iglanii, aur bardafarosh, aur daroggoou, aurjhuthi qasam khanewaloo ke waste, aur un ke siw5 jo kuchh us taalim i sahih ka raukhulif howe, us ke waste hai. 11 Yih mubarak Ilah ki jalali khushkhabari ke, jo nuijhe soinpl gai, niuwafitj hai. 12 Aur maiu apne Khudawand Masih Yusua ka, jis ne mujhe qudrat di, shukrguzir hdo, is wa^te ki wuh mujhe amanatdar samjha, aur khidmat par muqarrar kiya. 13 Mala to age kufrbaknewala, aur izadahinda, aur jal>r karnewala thi; Itkin maiij ne rahmat pii, is waste ki niaio ne beimani se jahalat meg kiya jo kiya. 14 Aur hamare Khudawand ka fazl iman aur piyar satnet, jo Masih Yusua men hai, bahut ziyadahua. 15 Yih diyanatki bit, aur bi alkull pasand ke laiq hai, ki Masih Yusaa gunahgaroo ke bachane ko dunya meo Syij aur maiu un sab men bara gunahgir huo. 16 Par mujh par is liye rahm kiyi g^y-^j ^^ Yusua Masih mujh bare gunahgir par rahm karke apni sabr i kamil ko jalwagar kare, taki main un ke ■waste, jo us par hayat i abadi ke liye iman lawenge, namiina banuij. 17 Ab Malik ul alaniin ke liye, jo faiia se mubarra hai, jis ki royat mahal hai, jo Khudi i wahid o hakim hai, abad ul abad izzat o jalal hai. Amin. 18 Ai farzand Timodeus, maiu tujhe un nubuwatoo ke muwafiq, jo age teri babat ki gaio, yih hukm deta huo, tii un nubuwatoo ke wasile se achchhi larai lar. li) Aur iman aur ncktinati se juda na ho, ki is pichhli ko kitnon ne chhorke iman ki nao tori , 20 Unhiy meo se Himinaiyus aur Sikandar haio, jinheu maiu ue Shaitan ko sompa, taki we tanbih pike kufr na bakeg. II. BAB. 1 Ab maio amr karti hau, ki sah kimoo se pahle muniijateo, aur duieo, aur shafaateo, aur shukrguzariao sire admioo ke, 2 Aur badshthou kc, aur un sab ke 246 I TIMODEUS. [3 BAB. liye, jo ahl i iqtidir haio, ki jiweo, t^ki ham purf salahiyat aurwaqir meo itmfn^n aur aram se zindagani basar kareo : 3 Kyunki ham^re naj^t denewSle Khuda ke Sge yih hamfda o pasandida hai. 4 Wuh chahta hai, ki sSre Sdmi bach&e jiweo, aur sadiqat kS niaarifat tak pahuncheo. 5 Is liye ki Khuda ek hai, aur K.huda aur insiu meu ek insan yaane Masih Yusua wasita hai, 6 Jis ne apne taiu sab ke kafara ineo diyS, ki barwaqt us ki gawahi di jiwe. 7 Maio Masfh meo sach bolta hdo, aur jhoih nahiu kahta, aur maio us ke h'ye manidf karnewala aur rasul tbaharaya gaya, taki iman aur sachai se gairon ko sikhliuo.' 8 Pas meri marzf yih hai, ki niard bar ek makan men dui mingeo, aur pak hathon ko be iijnssa o be iii/5a uthaweo, !) Aur yih ki randlin apne tai'u aisi poshak se, jo hijab aur sanjidagi se muzaiyan ho, sanwareo, na ki gundhne aur sone aur motion aurqimati libas se ; 10 Balki jaisa auraton ko, jo khudaparasti kii iqrar kartlo haio, munasib hai, nek kamoo se sanwareo. 11 Chahiye ki randi adab se aur kamal fannanbar- darj se sikhe. 12 Aur maiu ijazat nahfn deta, ki randi sikhlawe, aur apne taio shauharparwar kare, balki adab se rahe. 13 Kyunki pahle Adam baniyS gaya, baad us ke Hawi. 14 Aur Adam ne fareb nahin khayS, par randi fareb khake gunahgar hui. 15 Lekin janne se un ki najit hai, agar iman aur mahabbat aur taqaddus par waqar se qaim raheo. III. BAB. I Yih bat sach hai, ki jo koi NigahbSni ki mushtSq hai, so achchhha kim chahta hai. 2 Pas chahiye ki Nigahban bejurm, aur ek jord ka shauhar, aur bedir, aur hoshiyar, aur shayasta, aur musafirdost, aur taalim dene par qadir ho ; 3 Na ki sharabf, ya marnewala, ya lalchf, balki halim, aur milansir, aur betama ho ; 4 Aur apne ghar ka bakhobi bandobast kare, aur kamal waqar se larkon ko hukm meo rakhe : 5 Ki agar koi apne hi ghar ki bandobast na kar jane, wuh Khuda ki Jamaat ki khabardiri kyunkar karegi ? 6 Aur naumurid na howe, kahiij wuh guriir karke Iblis ki tarah kharabi meo na pare. 7 Aur wuh, chahiye, aisi howe, ki khiriji tak us ke haqq meo bhali gawahi deweg, tiki matada na ho, aur Iblis ke phande nieu na phase. 8 Aur usi tarah chahiye ki Khidim muatabar kowen, na ki dozaban, yi sharabi, yi lalchi hon ; 9 Aur Iman ki ramz ko saftinati se yad kar rakheg. 10 Aur ye pahle izmae jiweo, us ke baad, agar bejurm niklen, to khidmat kareo. II Aur usi tarah chihiye ki aurateo muatabar howeo, na ki tuhmati hon, balki bedir, aur sari bitoo meo diyanatdir howen. 12 Khidim ek ek jord karen, aur apne bachchoo aur apne gharoo ki bakhdbf bandobast karte hon. 13 Kyunki jinhoo ne achchhi tarah khidmat ki, so apne li^'e achchha darja, aur us imsn meo, jo Masih Yusua par hai, bahut si juraat paidi karte haio- 14 Maio isirida se, ki tujhpis jaldado, tujheye batenlikhti hdu ; !•'> Kiagaritti- faqan deri ho jae, to td jin rakhe, ki Khuda ke ghar meo,jo jite Khuda ki Jamaat, aur rasti ki sutiin aur tekan hai, kydnkar guzrin kiyi chihiye. Ifi Aur yaqinan salihiyat i sirr i gaib azim hai : Khud^ jism meo zahir hua, ruh se sabit kiyi gaya, is BAR.] 1 TIMODEUS. 547 flrishtoo ko nntnr ih karke bachaega. V. BAB. 1 Td kisf buzurg ko malamat na kar, balki uskfus tarah minnat kar, jis tarah bSp ki karta hai, aur jawanoo ko ydo jaise bhaioo ko, 2 Aur buzurg randioa koydo jaise inaoij ko, aur jawan randiou ko ydo jaise bahinou ko, kanial ismat se nasihat kar. 3 Randoo ko, josach m^rch raiideu haio, hurmat de. 4 Agar kof rand lafkoQ VH potou wali ho, to we pahle yih sikheo, ki aptie ^handan ka haqq adi kareo, aur Lipdadou ka haqcj adi kareu; kydnki yih bhala, aur Khuda ke age pasandida hai. 5 Aur sachi rand aur bekas wuh hai, jo Khudi par mutawakkil hai, aur r-it din munajaton aur duaoo par mudawamat karti hai. 6 Par jo aish o ishrat karti hai, so jitf jf mar gai hai. 7 Aur to ye ahkam kar, tdki we bemaliraat tha- hareu. » Agar kof khweshon ke aur khususan qabfla ke liye andesha na kare, to fman se inunkir aur beinian se badtar hai. 9 Aur rand, jo shuniar meo dwe, to sath b.iras se kam kf na ho, anr us ne ek hf shauhar ka munh dekha ho, 10 Aur log ■' uskf nekokarf ke muqirr boo, yaane usne larkoo kf tarbfyat ki ho, ya musdfiroo ko 2 F •J14# I TIMODEUS. [6 HAI!. apne pis iitirii ho, \A mnqaddas l<)c;oo ke p^nw dhoe hoc, yi. dilfigSroo let madad kf ho, aur harek nek k^in ki dhun rakhti ho. 1 1 Par jawan rindoo se k&in na rakhiyo; kyaiiki jab we Maslh ke barkhiUf na/.ikateo jatati^o hain, to biyah kiyS chahti hail) ; li Aur inujrim hotf haio, kyoiiki unhon ne agle iatibar ko b&til kiya, 13 Aur siwa us ke we bekar hoke ghar ghar daurte phirai shiar kartt hain, linr faqat bekar nahiu, balki bakwasi, aur har kam meo d;ikhU hoti haiu, aur bej& bSteo karti haio. 14 Is waste merf iiiarzf hai, ki jawan randiau biyah kareu, aur bachche janeo, aur khandarj kareij, aur aisa na karen, ki mukliilif laan taan ki jagah pi we. 15 Kyunki kai ek abhi Sliaitan ki pairawi ko phiri haiu. 16 Agar kisf innmin ya mamina ki randeu hou, to wuht un kf madad kare, aur Jamaat par h&T na ho, taki wuh unki, jo sach randeo haiu, imdad kare. 17 Aur un Buzurgon ko, jo achchhi tarah se peshwai karte haiu, khusdsan un ko, jo kalain o taaliin meo niihnatkash haiu, duui jaza ke iaiq janiye. 18 Kyun- ki kitab yih kahti hai, Ivhaliyan ke bail ka niunh mat baudh, aur yih ki Karakar- newala apni mazdori ka mustahiqi] hai. 19 Daawi ko, jo Buzurg par howe, ba- gair do tin gawaiiou ke musallani mat Jan. 20 Gunahgaroo ko sab ke samhne niulzam kar, taki aurou keliyegairat ho 21 Maiu Khuda aur Khudawand Yusoa Masfh aur barguzida firishtou ke age yih tablig karta hug, ki in baton ko bagair tarai'dari ke hifz kar, aur kisi kaiii nieu en tarat'iuiil mat ho. 22 Uath kisi par jajd na rakh, aur na dusrou ke gmiahoo meo sliarik ho. Apne taiu pak rakh. 23 Aur ab tu sirf paui na piya kar, bnWi apne miada aur aksarsustiou kiriayat karke tliori wain pi. 24 Baaze adiiuoij ke guuah ap se np '/.ahir hai, aur adilat men az khud pahunchte jftte liaiu ; aur baazuo ke g iuaii p ciihe zahir bote hain. 25 Isi larah se uek kaiii age /.aiiir note haio, aur we kam, jo aur waza ke haio, clihip uaiitu sakie. VI. BAB. 1 Chdhiye ki jitue chakar ji'ie ke mciie iiain, apne khawindoi) ko ihtiram i kirnil ke laiq janeo, ta ki Kluidi ke nam ki, aur taalim ki takfir na ki jawe. 2 Aur un ke, jin ke khawiiid imaiidar haijj, unheu is waste ki bhai hain, haqir na jineu, biilki beshtar bandagi kareu : isliye ki we immdar aur aziz aur niamat meu sharik hain. Ye bateu s-ikhla, aur tar|t;ib kar. o Aur agar koi dasri taalim deta iiai, aur hamsre Kliudiwand Vusua Masili ke kalmi i sahih ko, aur us taalim ko, jo salahiyat ke muiiasib hai, qabul nahiu kartri : 4 Wuh ghamand karta hai, aur kuciih nahin janii, par aisi bahson aur takrarou ki blmari meu hai, jiii se hasad, aur qaziya, aur badgoian, aur badguni miau, 5 Aur un logou ke se muDahase, jin ki aijleu fasid ho ga\ haiu, aur jo rasti se iihili haio, aur guman karte liaio, ki salahiyat ae naft liai, paidi liote haio : tii waisoij se pare rah. 6 Salahiyat to q-inaat ke sath bara nafa iiai. 7 Kyunki ham dunya meo kuchh Da lie, aur zahir hai, ham us se kuchh le ja nahio sakte hiiiu. 8 Fas agar (ham ne khurish aur posnish p.if, hamare liye bas hai. 9 Ki we, jo daulat- .inand haa chnhte hain, so imtihin aur phande meo, aur bahutsi muhmal aur ziyankar khwahiahou meo parte haiu, jo admioo ko halakat aur tabahi ke darya jueu garq karli liaiu. 10 Kyiiaki zardojti sari buraiuu ki jar hai, aur baaze us ke 1 B/VB.] II TLMODEUS. 34^ ishtiySq meo fm^n kl Hh se bhatak gae, aur gamoo ke anwda se chhid gae. 1 1 Par tu, ai mard i Khuda, un chfzoo se hhag, aur sidq, aur saldli, aur fm.4n, aur mihr, aur sabr, aur farotanf ka pfcliha kar. I'2 I 'man kl achchhi kushtf lar, liayat i abadi le le, jis ke liye to btiliya gayji, aur tn ne bahut se gawahou ke Sge bhali iqrir kiya hai. 13 Maio K'lud^ ke, jo sarS cbtzou ko jiliita hai, aur Masih Yusna ke huzi'ir, jo Pantn Pilat ke age bhala iqrSr kiyi, tujhe anir karta ban, 14 Ki tu ia hukni ko bedag aur beilzain hainare Khudawand Yusua Masih ke zubiir tak hifz kar. 1.5 Aur wuh bar\va(]t zuhiir karegd, jo inubarak, aur wahid q^dir, badshahoo ka b.adshah, aur kbudawandoo ka Khudawand hai ; 16 Baqa faqat usi ko hai, wnh us niir meo rahta hai, jis tak koi pahunch nahio sakta, aur use kisf insan ne na dekha, na dekh sakta hai : usi kt hurmat aur qudrat abadi hai Amin. 17 Is jahan ke daulatmandoij ko hukni kar, ki aUuiizaj na baneu, aur daubit i besabat par takiya na kareu, balki jite Khuda par, jis ne hameu sab kuchh kasrat se diya, ta ki ham kamyab hou, tawakkul kareo ; 18 Aur nekokSr, aur bhale kam karke daulatiuand, aur sakhawat par taiyar, aur bautne par niustaidd howeu ; 15) Aur ayanda ke liye ek bhalf bunyad paida karke rakheo, ta ki we hayat i abadI par qabiz howeu. 20 Ai Timodeus, amanat ko hitizat se rakh, aur un behuda batou se, jo bedinf ki haio, aur us chiz ke muaraza, jis ka hi al aks ilm nam hai, nmnh pher le : '21 Ki baaze us ilm ka iqrar karke imaa se lianiyi gae haiut Fazl tujh par howe. A'nn'n. PAU'L KA TIMODEUS KO DU'SRA KHATT. I. UMB. 1 Paul, jo ns hayit i mauiid ke live, jo Masih Ynsiia meo hai, Khuda kf marz! se Yusi'ia Masih ka rasiil hai, 2 Far/and i a/.iz Timodeus ko salim kahta hai. Fazl, rahiii aur £raiu Bap Khuda aur hamare Khudavvand Masih Y^usua ki taraf se terc liye howe. .i Sluikr Khudi ko, jis kf bandagi maio naslan naslan saftfnatf se karta ivA huu. ki main apni duion meo rat din bila naga tera zikr kart i huo- 4 Main tere ashkou ko yad karke teri mulaqat ka mushtaq ban, t^ ki maio surnr se maamur ho jaiip. 5 Mujhe teri beriya aqida yad hai ; wuh to pahle terf dadi Lawis ki aur ma Yuiiika ka tha, aur muataqid huij, ki wuh ah tera hai. 6 Is sabab se maio tujhe phir phir kahta huo, tu Khuda ki us mauhihat ko, jo mere hath rakhrie se tujh men paida hi'ii, pliirke sulga. 7 Kyunki Khuda ne darpokni roll nahlg, balki qriwat aur mahabbat aur iatidal wili ruh hameo di hai. 8 Iswaste tu haniire Khudawand ki gawahi se aur luujlj se, jo us ka asir huij, siiarniiuda na ho, balki Khuda ki qudrat se, khushkhabarf ke dukhou nieu sharik ho. 9 Ki us ne hameu bachaya, aur taqaddus meu bulaya, na hainare katnoo ke sab.ib se, balki apnf taqdir i khiss se, aur u3 nianiat se, jo Masih Yusiia ke tufail se a^al men hameo digat. 10 Aur ab hamare bachinew^le Yusiia Masih ke zuliur se zahir hiiJ, ki us ne 2 F -2 150> II TIMODEUS. [2 BAB. maut ko nest kiy£, aur hayat o baqi ko lfhushkhabar< se roshan V.\y&. 1 1 Aur maio U9 ke liye manidi karncw&l^, aur rasiil, aur ajnabtoo ki muallim thaharaya gayi huo, 12 Aur is ht liye yih dukh pita buo ; lekin main khajil nahJo : is vr&ste ki maio use, jis par imin layi huu, janti hao,aur muataqid hau, ki wuh meri amSnat ko us din tak mahfdz rakh sakta hai. 13 Ta un sahih batoo ko, jo to ne mujh se sunio, namana bana rakh, aur us itnin aur niahabbat meu, jo Maslh Yusa?' par hai, qiim rah. 14 To apni bhalf amaDat ko Ruh i Quds ke wasile se, jo ham meo bastl hai, mahfdz rakh. 15 Tu yih janta hai, ki sab, jo Ashiya meo the, jin meu se Fagillus aur Harmoganis haiu, mujh se phir gae haiu- 16 Khudawand Unistfarus ke gharane par rahra kare : kyunki us ne bahut bir mujhe taza dam kiya, aur meri zanjir se sharminda na hu4 ; 17 Balki us ne Rdm mea mujhe kosliish se dhiindhS, aur pay£. 18 Khudawand use taufi'q de, ki wuh Khudi Re us din rahmat pi we, aur jo kbidmatguzirido us ne shahr i Afsus meo kiyao> tu ht unheu bibtar jiati hai. II. BAB. I Pas ai mere farzand, td us fazl kf kumak se, jo Masfh Yusua meo hai, mazbdt ho. 2 Aur un meri batou ko, jo td ne bahutse gawahou ki maarifat sunio haio, aise amanatdarou ke supurd kar, jo aurou ko sikhi sakeo. 3 Pas td Yusna Masih ke bare sipalii ki manind dukh sah. 4 Koi jang karnewila apnc tatg niaash ke fthugloo meo nahiu atkdta, taki sarlashkar us se khush ho. 5 Aur agar koi kushtf tare, to har nahio patl, magar jab ki ain ke muvvafiq kusbti kar chuke. 6 Kisan ko chabiye, ki pahle iiiibnat kare, tab phaloo meu hissa pawe. 7 Jo bateu maio kahta hdn, td un ko soch rakh, aur Khudawand tujhe sab batoo ki samajh dewe. 8 Yad rakh ki Yusua Maslh, jo Dadd ke tukhm se thi, murdou meo se ji utbi hai ; 9 Chunanchi meri basliarat ka mazmdn hai, aur main usi ke hye badkar ki minind yahan tak dukh pati hdu, ki band men hdg, par Khudi ka kalim band nahio hota. 10 So maiu barguzida logou ke liye sab hi kuchh sahta huo, taki wuh najat, jo Yusua Masih meu hai, jalal i abadi samet un ko mile. II Yih yaqini sukhan hai, ki agar ham us ke sath mareo, to ham us ke sith bhf jienge ; agar ham us ke sath dukh uthiweu, to ham us ke sith saltanat karenge. 12 Agar ham us ka inkar kareu, to wuh bhi hamira inkir karegi. IS Agarchi ham beiman ho jaweo, wuh amanatdar bana hai, wuh ap apni inkir kar nahin sakta. 14 Td ye bateu yad dila, aur Khudawand ke samhne yih khabar de, ki we jang i sukhan na kareu, ki us se kuchh hisil nahiu, magar yih ki sunne- viHe andhe ho jawen. 15 Koshish karke td apne taig Khuda ki maqbdl aur aisi kirigar, jo khijalatkash na ho, aur kalam i sidq ka risti se tafsil karnewila kar dikhla. 16 Par bedlni ki puchgoiou se parhez kar, kydnki we akhir ko bedinf ke darjoD meu taraqqi karenge. 17 Aur un ka kalam mar/, i khura k! tarah khata chali jaega, aur un meo se Himnaiyus aur Filetus haiu- 18 We yih kabke ki qiyimat ho chukf, sachai se munharif hde, aur baazoo ko imin se bargashta karte haio. 19 Biwujdd us ke Khuda k! bunyad ustuwir bai, aur us par yih mubr hai, ki Khudawand unbeu, jo us ke haio, pahchante haiu; par chabiye ki har ek, jo Maslh ki nlm leta hai, badkiri se ddr rahe. 20 Par bare ghar meu faqat soae 3 liAti.] II TIMODEUS. 261 rijpe hi ke bartaa nahio, balki chobt nur gill bhf bote haio ; aur baaze istiamil meo rauazzaz haio, aur baaze zalil. 21 Is liye agar kof apne talo un se sdf pak kare, to wuh hurmat ka bartan, aur muintaz, aur K.hawiud ke pSs aiiz, aur bar ek acbchhe inasraf ke live inuhaiya boga. 22 Jawiiif ki sbaiiwatou se gurez kar. Unsab ke satli, jo dil i pak se Khudawand kl niiii lete liaiu, sidq o fniin o lutf o iram kf pairawi kar. 23 Par ahinaqana aur naiinifid iiianazaroij se pariicz kar, ki tu janta bai, we mufsidi paida karte baiu ; 24 Aur uiuiiasib nalitu, ki Kliudawand ka banda fasad barpa kare, balki sab se niilnewala, aur sikblaue par luustaidd, aur dukhoo ka sahnewila bowe, 25 Aur unbeu, jo uiuqabala karte Iiaio, farotani se taalim de, ki sbayad unbeo Khuda tauba bakbshe, taki we baqq ka iatiraf kareij ; 26 Aur we, jinheu Shaitdn ne shikar kiyi hai, taki us ki niarzi par cbalcu, bedar boke us ke phande se cbhuteu. III. H/VB. 1 Aur tu yih j.in rakh, ki £khirl zam ine meo anqSt inushkil bogf. 2 Ki 5dmf l^hudgaraz, aur zardost, aur lafzan, aur luagrur, aur kufrbaknew&le, aur ma bap ke nSfiirmanbardar, aur nashukrguzar, aur bediyanat, 3 Aur bedard, aur bewafa, aur muftari, aur naparhezgar, aur berabm, aur acbchhe logon se gurezan, aur namakharam, 4 Aur sarkash, aur phnlnewale, aur Khuda se ishrat ko ziydda dost rakbnew^ie, 5 Aur ba stirat dmdar, par dindarf ki taasir ke munkir honge : to un se dur rah. 6 Kyunki un meu se we haio, jo gharoo men gbusa karte haio, aur un chhichhori randioo ko, jo gunihon tale dab gaio haio, aur rang ba rang shahwatoo ke sith khinclii jati haio, 7 Aur hamesha taalim pati hain, par sidq ki pahchan tak pahunch nalifo saktfo, asir karte haio. « Aur jis tarali Yanfs aur Yambris ne Musa ki niukhalafat ki, usi tarali ye Lhf, jo baddinish ins;in, aur iman! batou men beimtiyaz haiu, sachaf ki mu- ^halafat karte haio. 9 Par we age na bafbenge, is waste ki un ki hima- qat sabhou par zahir ho jaegf, jis tnrali un kf bui. 10 Par td ne meri taalim, aur guzran, aur tadbir, aur iman, aur sabr, aur piyar, aur tahammul, II Aur tasdia, aur dukhou ko, jo Antakiya aur Ikonium aur Listra meo mujh par pare, ek ek karke khub niaalum kiya, aur maiu ne kaise kaise dukb utbae, aur Khuda- wand ne mujhe un sab se najat di. 12 iialki sab ke sab, jo Yusua Masib men salahiyat se gur.ran kiya ciiaiite haio, tasdia pawenge. 13 Par zaban aur dag.^baz fidmf fareb deke aur fareb kbike badi meu taraqqi karte jaenge. 14 Par tii un baton par, jo to ne siki)fM, aur yaqin janin, qtim rah : ki tu yih janti liai, ki kis se sikha. 15 Aur tu larkai se niuqaddas kitaboo se waqif hai; we tujhe aisi danisb bakbshengi, ki td .Masib Y'usua par Iman lake najat paega. IG Sare daftar khu- dadjd haio, aur taalim ke aur ilzam ke aur rasti ke aur sidqwalS tarbiyat ke waste mufid haio: 17 Ta ki mard i Khuda kamil ho, aur bar ek nek kani meu arasiiigi paida kare. IV. B.¥B. 1 Pae maio KhudA aur ^hudawand Y'usda Masth ke iee, jo zui)dr karke apni 252 TITUs. [1 BA». b^dsliihat meo zindoD aur murdon kf adalat kareg^, hukm pahunch^ta hno, 2 Ki tii kalam ki manadf kar, aur barwaqt aur be waqt kam meu kanial hiltn se eamjhi samjhake ilzam de, inaLiinat aur targib kar. 3 Kyunki waqt aega, ki jab we sahfh taalfm kt bardasht na karenge, par kan khujlate hde apni shahwatoo ke niutabiq muallim bnlawenge; 4 Aur kanoo ko sachai kf taraf se pherke afsaiioo kf saint phirenge. 5 Ab ta sari batou meu bedar ho. diikh utha, basbfroo par, jo kucbh wajib hai, tn kiyri kar, apni kbidiiiat ko pura kar. 6 Kyanki main ab bahi chala jita hao, inerl rihlat ka waqt a pahunch4 hai. 7 Maione jangi hasan kiya, iiiaiij daur kar chuki, main ne fmin ko rakh liya : 8 IJSqi sidq ka bar mere liye dbara hua hai, so Khudawand, jo saciia htkiin hai, us din mujhedega, aur faqat niujhe nahin, balki un sab ko, jo us ke zuhar ke inusbtaq haiu. 9 Tu koshish kar, taki mere pas jald awe. 10 Kyunki Dunas iie is jaban ko pasaud karke mujhe tark kiya, aur Tbissalunika ho cbala gaya, Kreskans Galatiya men, aur Titus Dalma- tiya meo gaya. 11 Laka akela mere sath hai. Tn Mark ko apne sath le a; kyun- ki wuh us khidmat meu mere kam ka hai. 1-2 Maiu ne Tikhikus ko Afsus ko bheja. 13 Tu wuh jubba, jise maiu ne Troas meu Karpus ke yahao chhora, aur kitabeo, khusasan we charmfn auraq leta aiyo. 14 Sikandar thathere ne mujh se bahut badi ki : Kiiudawand us ke kamou ke muwafiq us se suldk kare. 15 Us se tu bhi parhez kar: kyunki us ne hamari batou ki bahut mukhalafat kf. 16 Mere pahle jawab meo kof mera rafiq na tha, sare mujhe chhorke chalte rahe : us ka hisab unheo denS na pare. 17 Par Khudawand mere sath raha, aur us ne mujhe zor bakhsha, ki merf maariflit se sab batog kf manadi kf jawe, aur ajnabi urnmateo sunen, aur maiij babar ke munh se chhuraya gaya. 18 Aur Khudawand mujhe harek zabun kam se bachaega, aur apni asinani badshahat tak mahfiiz rakbegl: ua ki jalal abad ul abad hai. Amin 19 Priskilla aur Aqili, aur Unisifarus ke gharine ko salam kah. 20 Irastus Karint men raha, Trofimus ko maig ne Miletus meo bfinar chhora. 21 Sliitibf kar, ki tu jare se peshtar pahunche. Yabulus aur Pudans aur Lfnus aur Klaudiya aur sab bhii tujtie salam kahte haio. "22 Khuda- wand Yusiia Masih teri ruh ke sath rahe. Fazl tuiii par howe. Amin. PAUL KA TITUS KO KHATT. I. BAB. 1 Piul, Khuda kS handa aur Yusiia Masfh ka rastil, basabab Khudi ke bargu- r.fdoo ke fmin ke, aur us dndriri bakhshnewali sachai kf taalim ke, 2 Jis se hayitiabadi kf ummed hotf hai, jis ka bedarog Khuda ne zamanoo kf gardish se peshtar waada kiya, 3 Aur khass waqtou meu apna kalam us manadi se ^sbkara kiya, jis ka ubda hamare bachanewale Khuda ke irshad se mujh ko diya gaya )iai, 4 Titus ko ,jo (man i musharrak meu sacha farzand hai, salam kahti hai. Fazl rabmaur iram Bap Khuda aur hamare 1-achanewale Kiiudawand Yusii^ Masih ki taraf se tere liye howe. 2 BAB.] TITUS. 253 5 Maiu ne tujhe is w4ste Krete men chhori. ti ki tu bSqf chtreo imirattab kare, aur hu7,urgou ko shahr ba shalir, jaisa inaio ne tujhe hukin kiya hai, niuqarrar kare ; (> Par aisoo ko, jo beilzdm, aur ek ek jorn rakhte hou, aur ud ke larke Iniandir, aur israf kf malainat se inuliarra, aur sukbanshinau bowen. 7 Kyunki chabiye ki Nigabbin, azbas Id Kbuda ka khansaman hai, beilzam bowe, iia ki khudrae, yfi gussawar, ya b^daparast, ya musht/.an, ya lalchf, 8 Balki luus^firdost, nekou ka muliibb, niuatadil uiiiaj, sidiq, luuqaddas, parhezgar ho, 9 Aur us sukhan se, jis kf taalfm nuistaqfni hai, iiiutaniassik ho, ta ki wuh sahih taaliiu se tasalli de sake, aiir khusumat karuewaloo ke ilzdiu dene par qadir liowe. 10 Kyiinki bahut se nafarinSubardir aur bebudago, aur daj?abaz haiu, khusdsan we, jo ahl i khatna haio- 1 1 So un ka nuinh band kiya chahiye, ki we ek zalil nafa ke waste namunisih bsteo sikhlake sare gharinon ko zer o zabar karte haiu. 12 Ud ineo se ek ne, jo un ki nabi tha, kaba, ki Kreti haniesha jhuthe, aur bare darinde' aur giran shikam haiu- 13 Yih gawahi sach hai : is waste ta unheo durushti se nialamat kar, ta ki we iman men sah'ih howen, 14 Aur Yahudiyana afsaiiotj par, aur aise admion ke hukmoo par, jo sachai ko marorte haio, kan na dhareu ? 15 Pak logoo ke liye sab kuchh p^k hai, aur aludagan ke aur befmanoo ke liye kuchh pak nahfo, balki uu kl nfyateu aur tluateo aldda haiu. 16 Khuda ke pahchanne ka iqrar karte haiu, par apne kainou kS rah se us ka inkar karte haio, aur laiq i nafrrat, aur nafarmaobardar haiu, aur kisi nek kam ke liye pasandfda nahiu. II. BAB. 1 Par tn we baten kah, jo sahth taalim ke inunisib haio, 2 Taki adher mard hoshiyar, sanjida, burdbar hou, aur iman aur sabr meo sahih. 3 Aur us! tarah se adher randian bhi akhlaq i niuqaddas^na rakheij, aur tuhinat karnewaliao, aur daiin ul khamr na howeo, balki achchbi bateo sikl)lanewali boo, 4 Aur jawan randion ko aisi sanjidagi bakhsheo, ki vye apne khasainoo aur bachchoo ko piyir kareo, 5 Aurchaturf, aur isinatwaliin, aur goshagir, aur kbusbmi^aj, aur apne khasamon ke kabe meu howen, ta ki Kbuda ke kalani kl badgoi na ki jawe. 6 Tii jawanoo ko bhi nasihat kar, ki we sanjidagi paidi kareu. 7 Aur sari batou nieij pahle apne taiu nek kamon ka naniuna kar diklila, aur teri tnalini befasid, aur ba waqar aur ba ikhlas, aur tera kalain sahih ho, jo laiq i ilzam na ho : 8 Ta ki jinib i mukhilif tunihare khubs ki bat banakar shanniiida ho. 9 Bande apne khawindou ke nialikum, aur sari baton nieo un ke razajo boo, na niakabarago, iO Aur na khiyanatkar, balki taniani nekdiyanati zahir k;irntwale boo, taki we haniare hachanewale Khuda ki taalim ko sari batoi) meu raunaq dewt-n. 11 Ivyiinki Kbuda ka najat bakhshnewala fazi sare admiou par zaliir hiia, 12 Jo haineu taroiyat karta hai, ki ham bedini aur dunyiwi sliahwatou se bezar hoke is jahtu niey sanjidagi aur sadiqi aur dindari se giizran kareu, 13 Aur usi mubarak uinmed ke, aur buzurg Khuda aur apne bacbanewale Yusua Maslh ke zuhi'ir i jalil ke muntazir raheo ; 14 Ki us ne ap ko hamare badle diya, taki wuh liameD inol lekar sari badkarioo se chhurawe, aur ummat i khass ko, jo nekokari meo ba jin o dil masruf howeu, apne liye tahir kare. 15 Ye bateu kali, nasiliat kar, aur ta- uiam iqtidar se ilzaiu de, koi teri tahqir na kare. 76-i ^HATT. [1 BAB. III. BAB. 1 Ilnheo vfid dili, ki salStfn aur hukkam ke mahkum aur farmSnbarddr howeo, anr luir qism ki nekoklri par miistaidd raheo ; 2 Aur kisf kf badgof na kareo, aur piilhkhwah aur halini aur sare iidinioo se pari farotan! karen. 3 KyiinUi ham bh! ^rre bewuquf, sarkash, fareb khanew£le, aur gunagtin shahwatoo aur i.shratoo ke bande the, aur badkhwahi aur hasad se guzran karte the, aur laiq i karahat, aur diisrou se nafrat rakhnewale the. 4 Par jab hamare bachanewale Khuda ka lutfaur pi var zahir hi'i'i, 5 Tab us ne ham ko, na sadaqat ke amaloo se, jo ham ne kiye, balki apni rahmat ke basabab naye janam ke gusl ke, aur us Ruh i Quds ki nausazi ke luiia bachaya, 6 Jise us ne hamare bachanewale Yusua Masih kf maarifat se ham par ba ifrat dhala, 7 Taki ham us ke fazl se sadiq thaharke waris banke hay4t i jawiddnS ke ummedwar boo. 8 Yih sukhan haqq hai, aur main chahta hnu, ki tci in batoo ke kahne nieo niustaqill rahe, taki we, jo Khuda par iman lae haio, aiidesha karke nekokari meo mashgnl raheo, ye chizeo bhalio, aur admfou ke waste nafa bain. 9 Aur ahmaqana mubahasoD,aur zikr i nasabse, aur qaziyon, aur un jangou se, jo shara ki babat hon, parhez kar, ki ye benafa aur behuda haio. 10 Us admf se, jo mulbid hai, baad us ke, ki tu use ek do martaba pand de, kanara karja. 11 Ta j;inta liai, ki waisa admi phir gaya hai, aur apne taiu mujrim thaharake gunah karta hai. 12 .Tab maiu Artemas, yd Tikhikus ko tere pds bhejao, tabjaldi kar, ki ta mere pas Nikopulis meo awe: kyuiiki maio ne azm kiya hai, ki jara wuhiu katuo- 13 Faqfh Zenas aur Apallus ko jald age bhej de, we kisichiz ke muhtaj nahoweu. 14 Aur hamare log bhi fikr i maasb ke liye achchhe peshe ikhtiyar kareo, tiki we bebar na raheu, 15 Sab jo mere sath haiu,tujlie salam kahte haiu- Un ko, jo hara se mahabbat i imani rakbte haio, salam kab. Turn sab ke sSth fazl howe. Amin, PAUL KA KHATT FILEMAN KO. I. BAB. 1 Paul, Masih Yusua kd qaidf, aur bhaf Timodeus Fileman ko, jo mahbrib aur hamara bauikhidniat hai, 2 Aur piyari Apphiya ko, aur Arlfhippus ko, jo hamdr.i bamjang hai, aur us Jamaat ko, jo tere ghar meo hai, salam kahte haiu. 3 Hamare l^ap K.hudS, aur K.liudawand Yusua Masih ki taraf se fazl aur aram tumhare liye howe. 4 Mail) teri mahabbat ko, jo sare muqaddasoo se hai, aur iman ko, jo Khuda- wand Yusua par bai, daryaft karke, 5 Hamesha apni duaoo meo tujhe yad karke Kliuda ki shukiguzarl karta bun, 6 Ki teri shirkat i iman ki yih taasir hai, ki Btri nekiaij, jo tuin Yusiia Masih ke waste karte ho, musallam haio- 7 liyunki ham teri mahabbat se bahut khush aurmutmaiyan haio, ki tujh se, ai bh4i, muqad- 1 BAB.] lERANI'ON. 255 das loo'oo kS ji Ss5ish p5ti hai. 8 So agarchi mujhe Mas!h mco ikhtiy^r i k&mil hai, ki tujhe jo mun^sib howe, so hukm karrio; 9 Lckin mujhe yih pasand Syl, ki mahabbat kl rah se iltim^s karup ; kyunki main Priiil barhi, aur ab Yusua Masfh ka qaidi huo- 10 So maio apne farzand kf babat, jo qaidkhane meo mere li^-e paida hila, yaane Unesimus ki bibat arz karti hiio. 11 Wuh age tere liye n^mufid thS, par ab tere a\ir mere liye bahut mufid hua. 12 So maiu ne use bheja hai: ab tn us ko, yaane mere lakht i jigar ko qabnl kar. 13 Aur main ne chaha th.1, ki use apne hi pasrakhno, ta ki wuh tere iwaz iiijili zanjirorj meo meri khidmat kare; 14 Par teri marzi bagair maio ne na chaha, ki kuchh karuo, ti ki tera nek kara na jabr se, balki razamandi se howe. 15 Wuh shayad tujh se is liye thori muddat juda raha, ki tu use phir p5ke hamesha apne pas rakhe; 16 Na Landa ki tarah, balki banda se bihtar, yaane bhai ki tarah, jo meri bahut azfz hai ; pas kyi wuh jism ki rah se, aur Khudawand ke sabab se, tera mahbub na hogi? 17 So agar tu mujhe sharik jantS hai, to us ko us tarah qabul kar, jis tarah mujh ko. 18 A.ur agar us ne tera kuchh nuqsan kiya hai, yi kuchh tera dharSta hai, to use mere nam par likh rakh. 19 Maio Paul apne h.ith se likhta han, ki main dp add kardngi : maiu tujh se nahio kahta, ki mera qarz, jo tujh par hai, tu hai. 20 Ai bhai, mihr kar, maio tujh se Khudawand meo nafa p^do : mere kaleje ko Khudawand meo sukh de. 21 Maio ne teri itaat ko yaqfni jankar tujhe likha, aur maio janta hdo, ki tu us se, jo maio ne kahS, ziyada karega. 22 Us ke siwa ek maskan mere liye taiyar kar: ki mujhe yih ummed hai, ki main tumhari duaoo ke wasile se tumheo diya jadn. 23 Ipafras, jo Masih Yusna ke waste qaid meo mera sharik hai, 24 Aur Mark, aur Aristarkhus, aur Dimas, aur Ldka, jo mere hamkhidraat haiu, tujhe salara kahte haio. 25 Hamlre Khuda- wand Yusua Masfh ki niamat tumhari ruh ke sath howe. Amin. PAUL KA IBRANI'ON KO KHATT. I. BAB. 1 Khuda, jis ne agle zamane men nabioo ki maarifat aba se bar bar, aur tarah tarah takallum kiya, 2 Is akhiri zamina meo ham se IJete ki maarifat bola; yih wuhhai, jise us ne sari chizoo ka malik kiya, aur jis se us ne do jahan banae. 3 Wuh azbas ki us ki shaukat ki shan, aur uski kunh ka naqsh hai, aur apni quwat ke sukhan se sari chfzoo ko sambhalta hai, 4pko deke hamire gunahoo ko maho karke Janab i Aqdas ki dahni taraf buland asman par ja baithS. 4 Wuh firishtoo se us qadr bara hai, jis qadr us ne miras raeu unke nanioo se afzal nSm paya. 5 Us ne firishtoo men se kis ke haqq men kabhi yih kaha, ki Td meri Beta hai, dj maio ne tujhe jani ? Aur phiryih, ki Maio us ka Bap hdnga, aur wuh mera Beta hogS. 6 Aur jab pahlaute ko dunya meo 1 iya, tab kaha, ki Khuda ke sare firishte uski parastish kareg. 7 Aur wuh firishtoo ke haqq meo kahta hai, ki Wuh apne firishtoo ko rdhen 2 G 2.56 IBRi^NI'OS. [2 BAB. aur apne kh^dimoo ko ag Vi. shuala kart^ hai. 8 Par Bete se kahta hui, ki Ai Khudi, tera takht abad ul £bad hai, teri badshShat ki as4 haqq ka asa hai. 9 Tii ne to sidq se dosti, aur beinsafi se dushmanJ kl hai: is waste Khuda ne, hao tere Khudi ne fiirhat ke raug;an se tujh ko tere sharfkou se ziyada inamsuh kiya. 10 Aur yih, ki Ai Khudi wand, tii ne ibtida men zainin kl neo banaf, aur sab Ssman tere hithou ke bane hue haiu. U We nest ho jaenge, par tn bSqi hai ; we sab poshak ki minind purane honge, V2 Aur ta unheo lubada ke ininind lapetega, aur we mubaddal ho jaenge : par tii ek hi hai, aur tere baras naqis na honge. 13 Aur us ne firishton meo se kaunse ko kabhi kaha, Tu mere dahne hitth baith, jab tak ki main tere dushinanon ko tere paoQ ka farsh i pianda/. kardo ? 14 Kya we eab Ifhidmatguzir niheu nahie, jo uajat ke warisou ki khidmat keliye bheji gaio ? II. BAB. 1 Iswiiste chShiye, ki ham un bitoo se, jo ham ne sunio, khub pilche raheo, H na ho, ki ham unheu kho dewen. 2 Kyiinki hargih kalim, jo firishtou ki maarifat kahl gay.-i, mustahkam hna, aur har ek udul aur nafarminbardAri ne wajibi jaza pai : 3 To ham kyunkar bachenge, agar itni barj najat se gafil howee ? Ki us najat ke mazmun ne ibtida meu Khudawand ki maariflit isbtihar paya, aur un ke kahne se, jinhoo ne suna, haiuare uazdik sabit hua. 4 Aur Khuda ne bhf un ke 6ith gawahi di ; ki us ne ajaib o garaib aur mukhtalif inuajizoo, aur Riib i Quds ki giinagiin bakhshishoo ko, jo us ne apni khushi se taqsim kiya, jalwagar kiya. 5 So us ne jahin i iyanda ko, jis ki bibat ham bolte haiu, firishtou ke hukm meo nahfo kiya ; 6 Parkisi ne kahm saf kaha, ki Insan kya hai, jo tu us ki yad kare, aur Sdam/ad kyi, jo tu us par mutawajjih ho ? 7 Tu ne firishtou se us ko thora hi kam banaya, aur shan o shaukat ka tij us ke sir par rakha, aur us ko apne hath ke kimoo par hukumat bakhshf. 8 Tu ne sari chizen us ke zerpi kip- Jab us ne sari chizeo 'JS ke zerpa kiu, us ne ko! chiz na chhori, jo us ke zerpa na ki. Ab ham nahiu dekhte, ki sari chizeu us ke niche rakhi gai haiu ; 9 Magar ham dekhte haio, ki Yusiia, jis ne raaut ke ranj ki badaulat iz^at ke jalal ka afsar paya, thopi niuddat tak firishtou se darja men past hwa, ta ki wuh Khuda ke f.izl se har ek Sdmi ke iwaz mautka maza chakhe. 10 Kyanki us ko, jis se, aur jis ke sabab se 8iri chizeo haio, yih achchhi laga, ki wuh, jab bahutse betoo ko jaUl meij Lie, un ke najat denewale peshwa ko aziyaten deke kamil kare. 11 Kyunkiwuh, jo taqaddus bakhshta hai, aur we, jo taqaddus pite hain, sab ek hi ke haiij : is sabab se wuh unhea bhai kahne se sharmiuda nahio hai. 12 Ki wuh yih kahta hai, Maio apne bhaion ko tere nim ki khabar donga, aur Jamaat ke danuiym teri madh gaiinga. 13 Aur phir yih, ki Maio us par tawakkul karungi. Piiir yih, ki Dekh maio aur larke, jo Khuda ne mujhe diye haiij. 14 Pas azbas ki hirke jisin aur khun meu sharik haio, us ne bhi un ke sath barabar hissa liya, ta ki wuh maut ke wasile se us ko, jis ke pis maut ki zor hai, yaane Iblis ko nichiz kare, 15 Aur unheo, jo maut ke dar se zindagi bhar asiri meu giiiftar the, chhuriwe. 16 Ki wuh to firishtou ka nahiij, balki Abiraham ki nasi ka Sith deta hai. 17 Is wSste zuror tha, ki wuh sari batoo meo apne bhiiou ke barabar ho jawe, ti ki wuh 3 BAB. J IliR/VNI'ON. 257 Khudi ke iiniimalon meo dardmand aiir mutadaiyin sardar k^hin hokc logoQ ke gunihoQ lio muif karwae. 18 Kyunki jab us ne iip hi imtihin meu parke dukh payS, to wuh un kl, jo imtihaa meu parte haiu, luadad kar sakta liai. III. B.VR. 1 Pas, ai rntiqaddas bh.ifo, jo asniani talab nien baliatn sliainil ho, turn lis par, jo us tariq meo, jis ka ham i 9 B^M.] IBRANI'ON. 261 jo Janib i Aqdas ke dahne ko Ssmin par baithi hai, 2 Jo muqaddas kSmoo ka, aur us inaskan i haqfql ka kbadim hai, jise Khud.iwand ne kharS kiya hai, na ki Sdmf ne. 3 Ki har ek sardSr kihin is wiste muqarrar hoti hai, ki hadiye aur chafhSwe guzarane : so zurnr hai, ki us pis bhf guzarine ko kuchh ho. 4 Agar wuh zamin par hota, to kahin na hota, is waste ki k.ihin to haiu, jo shara ke niu- wafiq qnrbaiifao late haiii ; 5 Aur us jagah, jo asmani chizoo ka namuna aur zill hai, khidmat karte haio, chunanchi Miisa ko, jab wuh inaskan ban^ne par th.-i, ilhSni se khabar df gaf ; ki wuh kahta hai, Dekh, tn us naqshe ke muwSfiq, jo tujhe koh par dikhliya gaja, sab chfzen bana. 6 Ab zahir hai, ki use afzal khidmat milf, ki wuh ahd i afzal ki wasita hua, aur wuh ahd un waadoo ke sath, jo afzal haio, muqarrar hu5. 7 Kyunki agar wuh pahla ahd beaib hota, to dusre ki jagah ki talash na hotf. 8 So wuh un ka aib batlkar kaht^ hai, Khudiwand farmati hai, dekh we din ate haio, ki maig Israel ke gharane se, aur Yahadih ke gharane se nayi ahd bandhunga, 9 Us ahd ke inuwafiqnahSij, jo inaio ne un ke bapdadoo se bandha, jis din niaio ne un ka hath pakra, ki zanifn i Misr se unheu nikSl ladu, is waste ki we mere ahd par qaiin nahiu rahe, aur main ne un ka andesha na kiya, Khudawand kahta hai ; 10 Balki yih wuh ahd hai, jo maiy Israel ke gharane se bandhunga ; baad un dinoo ke, Khudawand farmata hai, main apni shariat ko un ke andar rakhdnga, aur un ke dil ki lauhou par use likhunga ; aur maio un ka Khuda hunga, aur we mere log honge. 11 Aur we phir apne apne parosi, aur apne apne bhaf ko yih kahke na sikh^wenge, ki Khudawand ko jano: kyunki chhote se bare tak we sab mujhe janenge, Khudawand kahta hai : 12 Ki maio un ki burai bakhshunga, aur un ki khata, aur un ki beduii ko yad na karunga. 13 Aur jab us ne kaha, ki ek naya karti hai, us ne pahle ko purana ki^'a, aur jo purana aur kuhna hiia, so fana ke nazdik hota hai. IX. BAB. 1 So pahle ahd ke liye ibSdat ke rusuin the, aur ek dunj^awi muqaddas makan. 2 Ki ek niaskan banaya gaya, uske pahle darja meo shamadin aur mez aur nazar ki rotiao thfo ; yih maskan Quds kahlita hai. 3 Aur dusre parda ke andar •wuh maskan tha, jo Quds ul Aqdas kahliti hai ; 4 Us men tila ka bakhnrdin tha, aur ahdname ka sanduq, jo charou taraf sone se marha hna tha, us uieu ek tilai martaban mann se bhara hiia, aur Hariin ka asl, jis meu shakheo phuti thig, aur ahdname ki lauheo thiyag. 5 Aur us ke upar jalali Karubfn the, jo rah- mat ke takht par sayaafgan the ; jin ki tafsil ab kuchh zurnr nahi'u. G Khair jab ye chlzen us tanr se taiyar ho chukio, tab pahle maslian meo sab kahin har waqt dakhil hoke khidmat baja late haiu- 7 Par dusre meij sirf sard;ir kahin baras meu ek bar laliu s.ith leke, jise wuh apni aur logoo ki sahwi khataou ke liye guzaranta hai. 8 Aur Ruh i Quds yih Ima karti thi, ki jis waqt pahli maskan qaim th.i, Quds ul Aqdas ki rah hanoz na khuli thi. 9 Wuh maskan is waqt tak ek misal hai, ki ab tak us meo hadiye aur charhawe guzarane jate haio, jo ibadat karne- •wiloo ko kamil i darcin na k;ir sake. 10 Ki we sirf khur o nosh aur anwaa ke baptismou se, aur jismani rasmou se mutaalliq the, aur yih faqat jab tak haio, ki saldh ka waqt nahfo pahuDch^. II Par jab Masih anewale husolt ka sardiir kahiu 202 IBRANI'O^?. [10 BAB ho aya, tab us maskan ke wasile sc, jo buzurgtar aur k^miltar hai, aur dastkarf se nahiu bana, yaane is maainura men se nahip, 12 Na bakroo aur bachhroo ke khun se, balki apne hf laha ke sath maq^m i aqdas meo ek hit dakliil huS, ki us ne liamare waste abadf khiilasf h^sil kf. 13 Kyunki hargah bailoo aur bakroo ka lahu, aur bachhiya ki rakh, jo napikoij par chhirki jae, itna taqaddus bakhshti hai, ki jism p5k ho jit^ hai : 14 To kitna ziy&da Masih ki khiin, jis ne apne taio beaibi ke sath ruh i abadi se Khuda ke Sge qurbanj kiya, tumhari tinat ko un kamoo se, jo makrah haio, pak karegd, ki turn jite Khuda kl ibadat karo. 15 Aur ■wuh usi waste naye ahd ka wasita hai, taki maut ke wasile se un taqsiroo ke liye, jo pahle ahd meo thio, muafi howe, aur we jo bulae gae hain, rafras i abadi ke waada ko hlsil karen. 16 Kydnki jahajj ahd hai, wahan uski maut, jo maahad kart^ hai, zuriir hai. 17 Kyunki ahd maut se ustuwar hotS hai, ki us meu kuchh qnwat nahij) jab tak ki wuh, jo maahad karta hai, jita hai. 18 Iswaste pahla ahd bht bagair lihun ke muqarrar nahfn kiy^ gaya. 19 Ki jab Mrisa ne siri ummat ko shara ke sab ahkam kah sunae, tab bachhroo aur bakroo k^ khiln pint aur surkh sdf aur zafa ke sath lekar us kitab par aur sare logon par chhirakke kah^, 20 Ki yih lahd us ahd ka hai, ki Khudawand ne tumhare s5th kiyS hai, 21 Aur usne usf taur se maskan par, aur un chizou par, jo khidmat i rabbini meo istiamal ki jatf hain, khun chhifka. 22 Aur sari chizeu, niagar baaz, shara meg khun se pak ki jati haio, aur lahu bahae bagair niagfirat nahio hoti. 23 So zuriir tha, ki israanl chizoo Ice utare aisi chizon se, aur asmani chizeu Ip aisi qurbantog se, jo un se afzal haio, pak kf jaweo. 24 Ki Masth us maqain i muqaddas men, jo hathoo se banaya. gayS, aur haqiqi chizou ka utari hai, dakhil nahiu hua, balki asman hi meu dakhil haa, taki wuh Khuda ke zuhur hamire waste hazir howe. 25 Par zurur na tha, ki wuh ip ko bar hiv guzarane, jais£ sardar kahin maqam i muqaddas meu baras baras dasre ke laha ke sath dakhil hota hai. 26 Is liye ki agar aisa hota, to zurur tha, ki wuh bina i ilam se bar bar mare kare; par ab wuh akhiri zamana meo ek bar zihir hni, taki apni qurbani se gunah ko nest kare. 27 Aur jaisl sare Sdmioa ke liye ek bar marna, aur baad us ke adalat muqarrar hai hai: 28 Aisa hi Masili ek bar qurbant hokar, taki wuh bahutoo ke gunahou ko uthiwe, dnsre bar bagair gunah ke dekh§ jaega, taki unko, jo us ki rah takte hain, najat dewe. X. BAB. 1 Ab shara, jis meo Snewdli achchhi chizon ka parchhanw^O hai, na ki un chi- zou ki haqiqi surat, un qurbanion ki takrar se, jo we baras baras hamesha late haio, un ko, jo wah^o ^te hain, mukamraal kabhi nahio kar sakta; 2 Nahin to k}'! log qurbani guzarinne se bSz na rahte, is waste ki ibidat karnewale ek bar pSk hokeap ko gunahglr ua jSnte? 3 Balki qurbanfao baras baras gunahou ko yad dilati hain. 4 Mahal hai, ki bailoo aur bakron ki khnn gunahou ko mitawe. 5 Is liye wuh dunyi men ite hue kahta hai, ki Zabih aur hadiya ko td nahin chahta: tn ne mere liye ek badan taiyar kiyS; 6 Charhdwe aur khatiyat ka tu talib nahio* 7 Tab maiu ne kahS, Dekho main ita ban ; kitab ke waraqoo meo mere haqq meo yih likha hai, Ai Khuda, maiu teri razamandi baja lane par khush hdo. 8 Aur jab kaha, ki Zabih aur hadiye, aur charh^we aur khatiyat ko tu nahio chahta, aur un 10 IJAIi.J IBR/VNION. 203 k.-i r.4zf na hi)^, aur ye hf chfzco shara kc muwifici gazr4ni jitf haitj : 9 Tab U3 hi ne kaha, ki Ai Kliuda, dekh iiiaiu dtri lino, ta ki tcri razamaiulf baja laun. Wuh pahle ko azl karta hai, t& ki dnsre ko nasb karo. 10 Aur us ki mar/.i ke sabab se ham Yusna Maslh ke badan ke ck bSr qurban hone sc luuqaddas hue haiu. 11 Aur bar ek kahin bar roz khara rahke kliidmat i Ilahi karta hai, aur et ht nau ki qurbanf io, jo gunib ko dur nabin kar sakti haiu, aksar guzaranta rahta hai : 12 Lekin wuh ek hf qurbani guniboo ke waste guzaraiike Khuda ke dahne abad tak baithraha ; 13 Aur baqi iutiz.ir karta hai, ki us ke dushnian us ke farsh i paandaz hou. 14 Kynnki us ne ek bar qurban dene se unheu, jo muqaddas bote jate haio, abad ke liye mukammal kiya. 15 Aur Rub i Quds I)hf hainare pas gawahi deti hai; kydnki jab us ne pahle kaha tha, 16 Ki Khudawand farina- ta hai, Yili wuh ahd hai, jo maio un dinoo ke baad unheo dungd, ki main apno sbaraou ko un ke fahm meu dllanga, aur un ke dilon meo likhunga : tab yih bbi kaha, 17 xA.ur un ke gunahou aur khatSoo ko phir yad na karunga. 18 Ab jabao kahiu un ki magfirat hai, wahao gunah ke waste qurbani guzaranni nahiu. 19 Pas ai bhSio, jab ki ham ko ijazat mill, ki maqam i muqaddas men Yusiia ke lahu se dakhl kareo, 20 Iswaste ki us ne ek nayi aur jfti rah apne jism ke parda ko pharke taiyar kf, 21 Aur hamare liye bara kahin hai, jo Khuda ke ghar ka mukhtir hai : 22 To ao, ham sache dil aur fman i kamil se apni kbabis tfnat par abpashi karke nazdik aweo, aur apne badanoo ko saf pani se gusl dil- wake 23 Apni ummed ke iqrar ko be jumbish thameu; kyunki wuh, jis ne waada kiy^ hai, aiiiin hai. 24 Aur haui ek dtisre par gaur kareu, ta ki ham ek di'isre ko ulfat aur nekokari kf targib kareo ; 25 Na aisa jaisi baazon ki adat hai, bam ikattbe hone se Laz raheu, balki ek diisrekotahrik kareo, aur yih ba darja i atanim zururf, kydnki tum us din ko dekhte ho, ki chali ata hai. 26 Kyunki agar bam baad us ke ki maarifat i baqq basil kar chuke, qasdan gunib karte haio, to phir koi (jurbanf gunahou ke waste baqf nahfo, 27 Magar adalat ka koi haibatafz^ intizar, aur aisi gazab i atashbaz, jo mukhalifou ko kha lega, baqi hai. 28 Jo koi Masa ke shara ko nachiz janta ho, aur yih do tin gawahou se sabit ho, us par rahm naliin kiya jata, wuh mara jata hai. 29 Pas gaur kijiye, wuh kitnf sakhttar saza ke laiq jana jaega, jis ne Khuda ke Bete ko pamal kiya, aur ahd k^ lahu, jis se wuh muqaddas kiy^ gayi hai, beqadr jana, aur fazl ki Rub ko zalil kiya. ;J0 Kyunki ham use jante haiu, jo boli, ki Intiqam lena mera kam hai, Khudawand farmata hai, ki main hi saza dungi. Aur phir yih, ki Khudri wand apne logon ka ins if karegA. 31 Jite Khuda ke hatbou men giriftari baibatuak hai. 32 Par guzre hue dinou ko yad karo, jin men tum iiiunauwar bote hue dukbou ke sath kushti karne meu sabir rabe ; 33 Kuulib to us waste, ki laan taan aur dukh dardou se anguslitnuma hue, aur kuchh us waste, ki tum un ke, jin se yih badsulrilii boti thi, shank the. 34 Ki tum zanjirou meu mere hamdard the, aur turn ne apne mSl ka lut jana kliushi se qabul kij'a, ki jante the, hamare liye mnl, jo bihtar o baqi hai, asmaa par hai. .'i5 Pas apni himmat ko mat ganwao, ki us ka bara ajr hai. 36 Tumheu zurur hai, ki sabr karo, ta ki tum Khuda ki marzf par chalke waada basil karo. 37 Ki phir thori si muddat hai, ki anewala awega, aur der na karega. 38 Aur sadiq iman sc jic'ga; aur agar wuh hat jawc, to iiuri ji us se rizi na hoga. 39 2 II 2G4 IBRANrON. [11 BAB. Par ham un men se nahio haiu, jo baUkat tak hate jSte haio, Lalki un raea se ■liaio, jo jSn bacha rakhne ko imaii late haio. XL BAB. 1 Ab fmSn yih hai, ki un chfzoo par, jin ki intiz^r kiyd jat£ hai, iatim^d kiyi jae, aur un chizou ki, jo dekhne meo nahfn atfo, yaqfn howe. "2 Us hi se buzur- goo ke liye gawahl df gai. 3 I'mSn hi ke sabab se ham jan gae, ki Slam Khudi ke sukhan se ban gaya, chun^nchi we chizeo, jo dekhi j4ti haio, un chizoo se, jo dekhne men atf haio, nahin baniu. 4 I man se llabil Qlin se bihtar qurbSni Khuda ko guzrani ; usi sabab us ke sadfq hone par gawahl di gai : ki Khudi us k! qurbanfou par gawahi deta hai, aur usi ke sabab us ke mare par bhi hanoz us kS, zikr kiya jata hai. 5 I'man ke sabab se Hanuk naql i makSn kar gayS, ti ki wuh maut ko na dekhe, aur wuh na mila, kyunki Khuda ne use naql i makan karwaya ; kyunki us par naql karne se pahle yih gawahi guzri, ki usne Al'lah ko razi kiyS. 6 Aur bin iman razamandi mumkin nahin ; kynnki us par, jo Khuda ki samt ita hai, yih wajib hai, ki yaqin kare, ki wuh maujud hai, aur yih, ki wuh un k5, jo us ke joyan haiu, ajr denewala hai. 7 I'man se Naha ne un chizoo ki babat, jo dekhne meo hanoz na aio, mulhara hoke khauf se kishti banSf, ta ki apne khSndan ko bachSwe, aur usi iman se us ne dunyS ko mujrim kiya, aur us sadaqat ka, jo iman se milti hai, waris hua. 8 Fm^n se Abiraham jab bulayS gaya, itaat karke us jagah chala gaya, jise wuh mfr^s meu lenewala tha, aur ba wujnd ki na janS, kidhar jSta hai, nikll. 9 I'man se us ne zamin i mauud men yuo maqam kiya, jaise wuh zamin us ki na thi, ki wuh Izhak aur Yaaqab samet, jo us ke sath us hi waada ke w^ris the, khaimon meo raha : 10 Ki wuh ummedwar tha, kiaiseshahr meo jawe, jis ke liye bunyad hai, jis k^ bananewala aur basanewala Khuda hai. 11 I'm^n se Sarah ne hamila hone ki sakat pii, aur mausim guzre par janf, ki us ne waada karnewale ko khushahd jana. 12 So ek se, wuh bhi jo murda sa tha, dsman ke sitaroo ke, aur sahil i darya ki ret ke beshuraar danou ke manind paidi hue. 13 Ye sab imin meo mar gae, ki we mawaaid par qabiz ne hae, par dur se unheo dekha, aur muataqid hue, aur salam kar jhuke, aur iqrar kiy^, ki ham zamin par musafir aur guzarnewale haiu. 14 Ki we, jo aisi bateo kahuewale haio, zahir karte haiu, ki ham ek watan dhnndhte haio. 15 Aur agar un ki murad us se wuh watan thS, jis se nikal Se, to un ka qabu tha, ki wahao phir jate. 16 Haqiqat yih hai, ki we watan i afzal ke, jo asmani hai, mushtaq haio : so Khuda un se hijab iiahiu karta, ki un ka Khuda kahlae, ki us ne un ke liye ek shahr taiyar kiya. 17 I'man se Abiraham ne, jab imtihau kiya gaya, Izhak ko qurbSni ke liye guirana ; aur us ne, jis se waada kiye gaye, 18 Aur yih kahi. gaya, ki Izhak se teri nasi nam paida karegi, iklaute ko guzrana : 19 Kynnki wuh samjha, ki Khuda murdou ke jilane par qadir hai, aur us ne use ek nau ke hashar meo paya. 20 I'man se ■Izhak ne anewali chizoo ki babat Yaaqab aur Isau ko dua di. 21 I'man se Yaaqiib ne marte waqt Yiisuf ke bar ek bete ko dua di, aur apne sar i asa par jhuka. 22 I'man se Yiisuf ne, jab marne par tha, bani Israel ke khuruj ka zikr kiyS, aur apnt haddioQ lj.i babat wasfyat ki. 23 I'luSn se Musa paida hoke tia 12 BAB.] IBRANI'ON. 265 mahfne tak apnc mS b^p se qjihipayi gayi ; kyiinki unhoQ nc dekhS, ki larkS Ijhdbsdrat hai, aur bSdshah ke hukm se na dare. 24 rmdn se Musa ne balig hoke na chahS, ki Firaun k! dukhtar ki beta kahliwe : 25 Ki us ne Khuda ke logon ke s^th dukh pana us se ziyada pasand kiya, ki gunahwSli ishrat meo, jo fani hai, masrdf rahe. 26 Ki us ne us laan taan ki sarwat ko, jo Masihi hone se hai, Misr ke khazSnoo se barS janS, kyunki us ki nigSh ajr piine par thi. 27 I'mSn se wuh bldsh^h ke gussa sc na dara, aur Misr ko tark kiya, aur us ki tarah, jo Maujdd i Nadidanf ko dekhe, musta So agar turn sult£ni shariat ko, jaisa Kitab men hai, ki Tu apne qarib ko aisa piyar kar, jaisa £p ko karta hai, pdra karoge, to bhala karoge. 9 Par agar zahirparast ho, to gunah karte ho, aur shara turn ko udnl karnewaloo kf tarah mujrim thaharata hai. 10 Isliye ki jo koi tamim shara ko mane, aur ek bat meo khatS kare, to wuh tamam kara met) muj- rim hai. 11 Kyunki jis ne kaha, ki Zina mat kar, us ne yih bhi kaha, ki qatl na kar. Pas agar to zinS na kare, aur qatl kare, to tu shara se udul karnewala hai. 12 Tum un ki tarah, jin par az^dagi ki shariat ke muwifiq hukm kiy^ jaega, kaho aur karo, 13 Kyunki jis ne rahm na kiya, us ka insaf berahmi se hogd, aur rahra adl par fakhr karta hai. 14 Aimere bhaio, agar koi kahe, ki Maio fm^ndar han, aur amal na kare, tokyS faida? Kyi iman us ko bacha sakta hai ? 15 Agar koi bhaf, ya bahin uryan aur qat i layumut ke liye muhtaj ho, 10 Aur tum men se koi uuheo kahe, Salimat jao, aur garma garm, aur ser raho, aur wuh chiz, jis ka badan muhtaj hai, unheo na do, to kya hSsil? 17 Usi tarah agar Iman ke sath amal na hon, to wuh haqfqat meo murda hai. 18 Shiyad koi kahe, ki Tujh men imin hai, aur mujh meo aamal : pas tn bagair amaloo ke apna iman mujhe dikha, aur maio apne ainaloo se apna iman tujhe dikhann. 19 Tu iman lata hai, ki Khuda ek hai : bhala karti hai ; shayatfn bhi to yih imSn lite haio, aur kampte haiu. 20 Par ai wahi admf, kya tujhe kabh! maalum hoga, ki iman be amal murda hai ? 21 Kyi hamira bap Abirahim apne bete Izhik ko qurbangah par lake amaloo se sidiq nahio thahara. 22 So td dekhta hai, ki iman ne us ke amaloo ke sath kam kiya, aur amaloo se iman kamil hda. 23 Aur wuh kitab, jo kahti hai, ki Abirahim Khuda par imia I'iyi, aur yih us ke liye sadaqat mahsub huf, aur wuh khalil Al'lih kahlaya, puri hui. 24 Tum dekhte ho, ki adral amaloo se, na ki khali iman se sidiq thaharta hai. 25 Isi tarah se kiya Rahab, jo ziniya thi, jis ne jisusoo ki mihminf ki, aur unhen ddsri rah se bihar kar diya, amal se sadiq nathahari. 26 So jis tarah badan be jau murda hai, usi tarah imia be amal murdu hai. 270 YAAQU'B. [4 BAB. III. BA'B. 1 Ai mere bh^fo, aisi na karo, ki bahutere turn meu se muallim banco, kyiinki turn jante ho, ki ham ko ziyada azab hoga. 2 Kyunki ham sab ke sab bahut si batoo meu khata karte haiij; aur agar koi bat meu khata na kare, wuhi niard i kamil hai, aur qadir hai, ki sare badan ko mahknm kare. 3 Dekho, ki ham ghopoo ke munh meu laganieo detc haio, taki we ham ko nianen, aur iin ke sSre jisin ko pherte haiu. 4 Dekho, kishtian bhf, b-iwujud ki kaisi kaisl bari haio, aur zor kt havvaon se uri jati haiu, bahut chhoti patwar se jidhar sukkaui ki jumbish chahe, pheri jati haio, Aisi hi zaban ek chhota si axii hai, par bafa hi lafzan. 5 Dekho, ki thori si ag chizou ke bare bare tudou ko jala deti hai. 6 So zaban bhl ek zabina hai, aur ek zulm kl ilam hai ; hamare azuou ke majma meu aisi to hai, ki sare badan ko dag lagSti hai, aur daira i jahan ko jalati hai, aur us ne jahannam se jalan ko paya hai. 7 Haiwanoo aur chii iyou aur kirou aur machhliou ka bar ek nau insan se ram hota hai, aur hua hai ; 8 Magar admiou meu se koi qadir nahiij, ki zaban ko ram kare; wuh ek bala hai, jo thamti nahiij, zahr i qatil se labalab hai. 9 Ham us se Khuda ko, jo Bap hai, mubarak kahte haio, aur usi se admioQ par, jo Khudi ki surat men paida hue, laanat karte bain. 10 Munh hi se kyi barakat kd kya laanat ka suklian nikalta hai. Ai mere bhafo, munasib nahiu, ki ydu ho. 11 Kya ek hi sota munh hi se m'tha aur kharS pdni uchhalta hai? 12 Ai mere bhaio, kya mumkin hai, ki anjir meu zaitun, aur tak meu anjir lageo ? aur ek hi chashma khar^ aur mitha pani bakhshe ? So koi chashma bura aur mitha pani uahiu deta. 13 Tum meu se kaun a.qil aur dana hai? Wuh jo hasan maash se, aur pnrkbirad nmlayamat se apne aamal ko zahir kare. 14 Par agar tum karwi gairat aur qaziyagari apne dil men bhar rakho, haqq par fakhr mat karo, aur jhuth na bolo. 15 Yih aisi aql nahio, jo ripar se utarti ho, balki dunyawi, nafsani, shaitani hai. 16 Kyiiaki jahan gairat aur qaziyagari hai, wahan hangame aur bar ek tarah ki badkari hai. 17 Par jo aql upar se utri hai, so pahle pak hai, pliir milansar, hallm, narm, rahm se aur achchhe phalou se ladi huf, na tarafdar hai, aur na mak- kar. 18 Lekin sadaqat ka iiiewa sulh karnewaloo ke liye sulh men boya jata hai. IV. BAB. 1 Muqatale aur laralao turn meu kahau se haiu ? kyi tumhSri un shahwaton se, jo tumhare azdon raeo jangjo bain, nahio ? 2 Tum khwahish karte ho, aur kuchh nahin pate, tum qatl karte ho, rashk karte ho, aur pahunch nahiu sakte ; tum jang aur larai karte ho: par tumhare hath kuchh nahin lagta, kyunki tum nahiu mangte. 3 Mingte ho, aur nahiu letc ; kyunki badwazai se mangle ho, aur is liye ki apni ishratou uieo kliarch karo. 4 Ai zina karnewalo, aur zina karnewalio, kya tum nahiu jante, ki dunyi se dosti karna Khuda se dushmani karna hai ? Jo koi chahta hai, ki dunya ka dost ho, ap ko Khud.a ka dushman thaharata hai. 5 Kya tum yih guman karte ho, U Kitab ka mazmnn lago hai ? Kyi wuh Kuh, jo tum mea basti hai, hasad usi ki 5 BAB.] YAAQU'B. 271 khwihish se hai ? 6 Wuh to ziySdatar mihrbanf bakhshtl hai. ChunSnchi wuh kahtf hai, ki Khud£ magruroo se niuq^bala karta hai, aur farotanoo ko mihr bakhshta hai. 7 Iswaste Khudi kc niahkdm bano, Iblfs se muqabala karo, to wuh turn se bhag niklega, 8 Khuda ke nardik jao, to wuh tumharc nazdik iegi. 9 Ai gunahgaro^ apne hath pSk karo, ai dodiloj apne dilon ko saf karo. Gamgin ho, nAle karo, roo, tuinhara hansni kurhne se, aur tumharf khuslii udas! se badal ho. 10 K.hudawand ke age farotani karo : wuh tumko buland karoga. 11 Ai bhdio, ek dasre kf gibat na karo. Jo apne bh^J kf gibat karta hai, aur apne bhai ko mujriin thaharata hai, so shara ki gibat karta hai, aur shara ko rauj- rim thaharlta hai. Par agar tii shara ko mujrim karta hai, to tu shara par amal karnewala nahin, balki us ki qazi hai. 12 Shara ka ek waza karnewala hai, jo najat dene aur halak karne par qidir hai : tci kaun hai, jo diisre ko mujrim karta hai. 13 Are turn, jo kahte ho, ki Ham aj ya kal fulina shahr meo jawenge, aur wahdg ek baras rahenge, aur saudagarf karenge, aur kuchh kamSenge, 14 Aur nahio jante, ki kal kya hoga. TumhSrf zindagi kya chiz hai ? Wuh ek bukhar hai, jo thore waqt tak to nazar Sta hai, phir fana ho jata hai. 15 Chahiye ki us ke bar- khilaf kaho. Agar Khudawand chahe, aur ham jiweo, to ham aisa yi. waisa karenge. Ifi Ab turn to apnt nakhwatoo par fakhr karte ho, par aisi tafakhur sarasar zabfin hai. 17 Pas jo bhala kar janta hai, aur nahfn karta, us pargunih bota hai. V. BAB. 1 Ab ai daulatraando, un Sfaton ke gam se, jo turn par inewaU hain, chilla chilU roo. 2 Ki tumhari daulat barbld hnt, aur turahSre kaproo meo kfra la^a. 3 Tumhare sone ri'ipe men zang lagi, aur un ka zang turn par gawahf dega, aur a" ki tarah tumhari botiau khaega ; yiinlif tum ne aiyam i ^khir ke liye khazana jama kiya. 4 Dekho, ajrat un mazduron ki, jinhog ne tumhare khet kate, jise tum ne zulm karke ura diya, pukarti hai, aur dirau karnewalou ke nale Rabb ul afwaj ke kanoQ tak pahuoche. 5 Tum ne zamin par aiyashi ki, aur israf kiya; tum ne apne diloo ko mota kiya, jaisa zabh ke din ke liye karte haiu. 6 Tum ne sidiq ko mujrim thaharaya, aur qatl kiya, aur us ne tumhara muqabala na kiya. 7 So ab ai bhafo, Khudawand ke ane tak sustao. Dekho kisan zarain ke tuhfa mewa ki intizar karti hai, aur sabr karta hai, jab tak ki awwal o akhir ka menh baras jae. 8 So tum bhi sabr karo, aur dilou ko qiiwat bakhsho, is liye ki Khuda- wand ka zuhur nazdik hai. 9 Ai bhaio, ek ddsre ka gila na karo, taki tum mujrim na bano: dekho qazi darw.lza ke samhne hai. 10 Ai mere bhiio, un nabioo ko, jo Khudawand ka nam lekar bolte the, dukh uthane ka, aur sabr karna ka namana jano. 11 Dekho, ham sabiroQ ko nekbakht kahte haio. Tum ne Aiyiib ka sabr suna, aur Khudawand ka matlab daryaft kiya, ki Khudawand hannau aur rahmSn iiai. 12 Par sab se pahle, ai mere bhaio, tum qasam mat khSo, na asmSn ki, na zarafn kf, Da aur kisi chiz ki, balki tumhara hao hao ho, aur tumiiSrf nahin nahiu, tiki tum gunahgar na thaharo. 13 Tum meo koi dilfigar hai, to dua mange ; dilshad hai •> I 272 I PATTHRAS. [1 BAH. to nia/.mur gfiwe ; 14 Koi turn men bimir hai, to JamSat ke Buzurgoo ko bulawe ; we Khiidawand ka nam Icke us ke badan par tel maleo, aur dua mSngeu. 15 Aur dua, jo iman kc sath hai, us marlz ko bachaegf, aur Khudawand use utlia khar£ karega; aur agir us no gunah kiye hoo, to use bakhshe jSenge. 16 Baham apnf khataou ka iqnr kar lo ; aur ek dusre ke liye dua mango, taki turn shifa pao ; ki s.idiq ki dua asar karne meo sakht zorawar hai, 17 Iliyah hamdra hamjins insan th^, aur us ne dua mingke chaha, ki raenh na barse, aur tfn haras chha maliine tak us zaniin par barish na hui. 18 Us ne phir dua mangi, to asman ne nienh bheja, aur zamin ne apnd phal numSyin kiyS. 19 Ai bhafo, agar kof turn meu se sacha! ki rah se bhatake, aur dasri use phir- dwe, 20 Wuh jane, ki jis ne ek gunahgdr ko zalalat kf r^h se phir^we, wuh ek jan ko maut se bachaega, aur gunahou ki kasrat ko chhipa dalega. PATTHRAS K^ PAHLA KHATT I MUSHARRAK. I. BAB. 1 Patthras, Yustia Masih k& rasul, un musafiroo ko, jo Pantus, Galatiy^, Kappadokiya, Ashiya, aur Bitfniya meo paraganda haio, 2 Jo Bap Khuda ke ilm i qadim men barguzida hue bain, ta ki Riih ke taqaddus se farmanbardSr hen, aur Yusua Mas5h kf un par khdnfishani bo, salara kahta hai. Fazl aur aram tunihare liye zjySda hota jae. 3 Haniare Khudawand Yusna Masth kd Khud5 aur Bap laiq ihamd hai, jis ne ham ko apnf rahmat i wafir se Yusua Masih ke jf uthrie ke bSis jiti ummed ke liye phirke paida kiya, 4 Ta ki ham wuh mfras paweu, jo bezawil, aur namu- lauwas hai, aur pazhmurda nahin hotl, aur asman meo tumh^re liye rakh chhori gaf, 5 Jo fmao lake Khuda ki qudrat se us najat tak, jo akhiri waqt meo namadhone ko taiySr hai, mahfiiz rahte ho. 6 So tum us se bahut shadman ho, agarchi bi al fial chaud roz, binabar zurnrat, rangarang imlihdnoo se gam men pare ho. 7 Yih sab is liye hai, ti ki tumhare imin ka subrit tili i fani se, harchand wuh bhi ag hi meo tiya jiti hai, aziztar hoke Yusua Masih ke zuhdr ke waqt madh aur izzat aur jalal ke laiq nikle. 8 Use tum bin dekhe piyar karte ho, aur us par turn, La wujode ki nahio dekhte, iman lake aisi khushi khurrami karte ho, jo bayan se bahar, aur jalal se bhari hai ; 9 Aur us ko, jo im.ln lane se tumharf garaz hai, yaane jailoo ki najit hdsil karte ho. 10 Usi najat ki babat un nabion ne, jinhoa ne us niamat ki bat, jo tum tak pahunchi hai, peshtar se kahi, talash aur tafiish ki. II We yih taftfsh karte the, ki Masih ki Riih, jo un meo tlii, Masih ke dukhon ki, aur phir jalalou ki jou gawahi deti thi, kis waqt aur kis tarah ke waqt ka bayan karti thi. 12 So un par yih zahir hua, ki we na apni, balki hamdri khidmat ke liye we bSteo kahte the, jin ki khabar tum ko un ki maarifat se di gai, jinhon ne Rub i Quds kf qudrat se, jo asmdn se un par n^zil hui, tumheu bashdrat df, aur firishte mushtaq haig, ki uu b^toe meu gaur karetj. 2 BAB.] . JL.PATTIIRAS. 2T3 13 Isw^ste turn apnf kamar i liimmat bSndhke hoshiy^rf se us flizl kf ummed wasiq rakho, jo Yusua Masih ke zahir liote \\iu\t turn pur bog.i. 14 Turn farniSn- bardar farzandoo ke maniiid baukar un islitiyaqou ke, jin iiieu tuin aiyam i jahalat meu giriftar the, hanishakl im bano ; 15 Balki tuni, jis tarah tumhara bulancwiilii pak hai, apne sabshuglou nieo pak ralio. Ifi Kynnkilikha hai, ki Turn pik baiio, ki maiu pik hdij. 17 Aur agar turn us ko, jo bar ek ke kam ke mnwafiq,tashakhkhiis par nazar na karke, insaf karta Iiai, Bap kaho, to apne ilain i niusafarat meu darte hue auqat kato. 18 Kyunki turn yih jante ho, ki turn ne jo apnl niauriisi adat i behada se najat pal, yih kuchh fani chizoij kc, yaaue rupe soue ke sabah se nahlii, 19 Balki yih us ke, jo bedag aur Leaib baira ke maiiind hai, yaaue Masih ke beshqiniat lahu ke sabab se hai. 20 Ki wuh pesh az biua i alam nuiqarrar hda, lekin zaraan i Skhir raeo tumh^re liye zahir hria. 21 Ki tuin us ke sabab se Khuda par iman lae, ki us ne us ko niurdoo meo se jiiayl, aur jalal diyd, ta ki tuuih^ri inian aur tawakkul Khuda par howe. 22 Azbas ki tuni ne liaqq ki itaat karke Rub ki kumak se apne dil ko pak kiy.i, yahau tak ki tuin meu bhriiou ki si bcriy£ mahabbat paida hiii : pas turn ek dusre ko pak dil hoke ba shiddat piyar karo. 23 Kynnki turn na tukhm i fani se, balki us tukhni se, jo fani, nahib, yaane Khuda ki bat se, jo hamesha zinda aur baqi hai, phirke paida hue. 24 Kyunki har ek ba.shar ghas ki manind hai, aur admi ki sari shan ghas ke phdl ki maaind : ghas siikli jati hai, aur phul jhar jata hai, 25 Lekin Khudawand ki bat abad tak rahti hai : yih wuh hi bat hai, jis ki khushkhubari tumheu di gai hai. II. BAB. I Is waste turn har ek badi, aur har ek daga, aur makron, aur kfnon, aur s^ri badgofoQ ko chhorke, 2 Un bachchou ki manind, jo isi dam paida hue, kalima ke khalis dudh ke mushtaq ho, taki turn us se nashw o nama pao : 3 Ki turn ne Khuda wand ki mihrbani ka maza p^ya. 4 Wuh ek jita patthar hai, jise admioii ne khwar kiya, par Khuda ne maqbul aur aziz jana : 5 So turn us ke pas ake jite pattharou ke manind rdhini gliar bante jate ho, aur kahinoij ki muqaddas Jamaat hotejate ho, tiki rdhani qurbanfau, jo Yusua Masih ke waste se Ivhuda ki pasaud haio, guzarano. 6 Is waste Kitab meo mazkur hai, ki Dekh, maiu ck patthar Saihdn meu rakh deta hdn, jo kone ka sira, aur maqbul, aur aziz hai : jo koi us par imin laya, pasheman na howega. 7 So wuh tumhare liye, jo iman lae iio, izzathai, aur nafannanbardarou ke liye wuhi patthar, jise baninewaloo ne radd kiya, kone ka sira hda, 8 Aur sang i musadim, aur thokar kliilancwala patthar hda ; ye we haiu, jo sukhan se sarkashi karke thokar khate haio, we usi ke liye muqarrar bhi hue the. 9 Lekin turn khandan i maiibdl, aur shah i kahin, aur uiumat i rauqaddas, aur qaum i makiisus hue ho, taki turn us ki fazllatoij ki, jis ne tumheu tariki se apni ajib roshui meo buliya, khabar do. 10 Turn age Laammi the, par ab Khudi ke log ho, aur turn age Larahuma the, par ab turn par rahmat hdi. II Habibo, maiu tum seydu,jaise pardesiou aur musafirou se, iliimis karta hiio, ki tum ji.smani shahwatou se, jo jan ke muqabil lashkarkash haiu, p^irhez kare ; 12 Aur apni uiaash ko gair qauinou ke bich ba abru rakho, taki we, jo tumheo 2 12 274 I PATTIIRAS. [2 BAB. badk^r janke tumh^ri gibat karte haio, tumh^rc bhale kSmojn par nazar karke tawajjuh ke din Khudi ki sit4ish kareo. 13 Pas turn bar ck taaiyun ke, jo insan ki taraf se hai, Khudiiwand kt nazar se mutfa ho : badshah ke is liye, ki wuh sab se aala hai, 14 Aur hakimon kc is liye, ki we us ke bheje hoe haio, tSki badklroii ko saza den, aur un kf, jo nekokSr haiu, taarff kareo. 15 Kyunki KhudSkf marzi yau hai, ki turn achchhe araal karke ahmaqoQ kf nadani k& munh band kar rakho. 16 Aur apne taio izad jfino, par izadagi ke parda men bad! na howe, balki &p ko Khuda ke bande jano. 17 Sab ki hurmat karo ; bhafoo se ulfat karo ; Khuda se daro; bddshah ko izzat do. 18 Ai chikaro, apne khSwindon ke, na sirf achchhe aur halimoo ke, balki kajbahsoo ke bhi kamal adab se mahkfim ho. 19 Kynnki agar koi Khuda par nazar karke mazlum hoke dukh meo sabr kare, yih fazilat hai. 20 Ki agar turn gunah karke thonke gae, aur sabr kiyS, to kaunsa fakhr hai ? Par agar neki karke dukh pate ho, aur sabr karte ho, us meo Khudd ke nazdik tumhari fazilat hai. 21 Kyouki turn ust ke liye bulae gae ho : kydnki Masfh bhi hamire waste dukh pake ek namuna hamare liye chhor gaya hai, taki turn us ke raqsh i qadam par chale j^o. 22 Ki us ne khata na ki, aur us ki zaban meo chhal bal na tha. 23 Wuh galfan khike gali na deta tha, aur dukh pake dhamkat^ na tha, balki apne taio us ke, jo adalatshiar hai, supurd karta th^. 24 Aur wuh hamare gunah apne badan par uthake snli par charh gaya, taki ham gunahoo ki band se marke chhnt jaen, aur sadaqat ke Slam meo jieo ; ust ke mdr khane se turn change ho gae ho. 25 Kyunki turn bhatkl hul bherou ke mCnind the, par ab j^noo ke charwahe aur nigahb^n pas phir ae ho. III. B/YB. 1 Isi tarah, ai randio, turn apne shauharoo ki farmSnbardari karo, tSki agar kalima se kai ek sarkashi kareo, to we bagair kalima ke apni joriion ke chalan se, 2 Yaane tumhari siratoo ko, jo khauf ke sath haio, plklza dekhke nafa men mileo. 3 Aur tumhari zebaish zahirf na ho, jaise sir gundhna, zewar ka pahinna, yi poshak se mulabbas bona, 4 Ealki chahiye ki dili maanawi insaniyat rah i hali'm o mutmaiyin ki gair fani zebaish se Srasta ho, ki yih Khuda ke ige sab se besh- qimat hai. 5 Isi tarah se muqaddas randidu bhi agle waqt meo, jin ka tawak- kul Khuda par tha, Spko sanwSrtin thin, aur apne apne khasamoo ki itaat se mah- kum thio. 0 Chunanchi Sarah Abiraham ki itaat karti thi, aur use khudawand kahti thi : so agar turn belkhaufo khatar nekokSri karo, to us ki betian ho. 7 Waisahi turn, ai mardo, danishmandana un ke sath auqat basar karo, aur randi ko nazuk bartan samajhke izzat bakhsho, aur jano, ki niamat i haySt ki mirSs meo ham donoQ sharik bain ; taki tumhiiri duaeu munqata na ho jaen. 8 Garaz sab ke sab ek dil ho, aur hamdard ho, biradar^na mahabbat karo, rahim aur mihrbSn ho. 9 Badi ke iwaz badi na karo, gili ke iwaz gali mat do, balki bi al aks barakat ki b£t kaho ; ki turn jante ho, ki tuna barakat ke wiris hone ko bulae gae ho. 10 Jo koi chahe, ki zindagi se khush ho, aur achchhe dinoQ ko dekhe, so apni zaban ko badi se, aur apne labon ko daga ki b^t bolne se baz rakhe, 11 Badi se kan^ra kare, aur neki par amal kare, sulh ki talash aur pai- 4 BAliO I PATTHRAS. 275 raw! karc. 12 Kynnki KhudSwand kf nigSh sadiqoo par, aur us ke k^n un kf manajat par haio, par Khudawand ki chihra badkarou ki mukhilif hai. 13 Agar turn neki ki pairawi kiya karo, kaun hai, jo turn se badsulok! kare? 14 Par agar turn sadaqat ke sabab dukh pao, to nckbakht ho, aur un ke darane se mat dare, aur na ghabri jao, 15 Balki Khudiiwand Khud^ ki apne diloo meo taqdfs karo. Aur hamesha mustaidd raho, ki harek ko, jo turn se us ummed ki b^bat, jo turn meu hai, piichhe, farotani aur adab se jawab do. 16 Aur itniinSn i nafs ko mat khoo, taki we, jo turn ko achchhi Maslhi khaslatou ke sabab malamat karte haio, us se sharminda hou, ki turn ko badkirdar kahke tumhSri badi karen. 17 Kvunki airar Khuda ki khwahish ynu hai, ki turn dukh p^o, to bhaU karke dukh pana us se bihtar hai, ki bad karke dukh pao. 18 Kyunti Masih ne bhi ek hit gunahoo ke waste, sadiq ne zaliinon ke iwaz dukh paya, taki wuh hamko Khuda ke pas pahunchae, ki wuh to jism meo mara gaya, lekin ruh men zinda kiy4 gaya. 19 Us ne ba wazairuhani un ruhou ko, jo nazarband thio, jake waaz kaha. 20 We rnheu ek niuddat tak, jis waqt Khuda kt sabr ne rauhlat di, yaane Ndha ke aiyam meo, jab kishti taiy^r hoti thi, nafarmSnbardar thio : aur us kishtf meo thori si janen, j'aane ath admi, p£ni se tipar akebachae gae. 21 Aur us kf misl baptisraa hamko ab bachati hai, wuh to badan ke mail k& chhurana nahiij, balki itminan i nafs se Khuda ko jawab dena hai; aur ham ko Yusua Masih ke uthne ke tufail se bachSta hai. 22 Ki wuh ismSn par jake Khudi ke dahne hai, aur firishte aur qawateo aur qudrateQ us ki mahkum hui haio. IV. BAB. 1 Pas hargah Masih ne haraSre waste jism men dukh psyS, to turn ip bhi usi azm se musallah ho; ki jo jism meo dukh pata hai, so gunahse tham jatahai, 2 Yahau tak ki wuh na ^dmioy ki shahwatoo ke muwafiq, balki Khuda ki mashiyat ke mutabiq jism meo apni biqi umr kaita hai. 3 Is waste ki gair qaumon ke taur par chalne ko hamari umr se, jo kuchh guzra, wuhi Las hai, ki us men ham fujur, aur shahwatou, aur sharab ki mastf, aur zamzame, aur badaparastf, aur buton kf makruh parastish meo auqat basar karte the. 4 Aur we taajjub karte haio, ki turn us fujor ke t'asad meo un ke sath bah nahiu gae, aur badgoi karte haig. 5 Par we us ko, jo zindoo aur murdoy ke insaf karne par taiyar hai, hisab deiige. 6 Ki murdoij ko bhi khushkhabari is liye di gai hai, ki we adiuiou ke muwafiq, jism meo insif piweij, par Khuda ke muwafiq, rah meo jiweij. 7 Aur sari chizou ka iutiha nazdik hai : is liye hoshyar, aur dua karte hue bedar raho. 8 Ala al khusiis ek diisre ko shiddat se piyar karo, kynnki mahabbat guaahoo ke wufiir ko dhamp deti hai. 9 Aur baham bemunaqasha musafirdost raho. 10 Aur jis ko jis qadr inaam mile, wuh us se un ki manind, jo Khuda ki gdnagdn niamatoo ke kh^sse khansaman haio, Spus men bante. 11 Agar koi bole, to wuh Khuda ke kalam ke mutabiq bole; agar koi khidmat kare, to itna kare, jitna use Khuda ne maqddrdiya hai, ta ki Yusua Masih ke waste se sab meu Khudi ka jalal jalwagar ho, ki shaukat aur qudrat abad tak usi ki hai.. Amfn. 12 Ai habibo, turn us tanewali sozish se, jo imtihin ke liye turn meo paidi hdi 276 I PATTURAS. [5 BAB. hai, yih jSnke taajjiib na karo, ki ham par ajab hSdisa hotS hai, 13 Balki is liye ki turn Masfh ke dukhoo meu sharik ho, ^hushi karo, ta ki us waqt, jab us ka jalil h^zir ho, khushi se wajd meu ^o. 14 Agar tuiu Masih ke nam ke sabab se ruswi ho, to tumliari sfj^adat hai, kyunki jalal ki aur Khuda ki Rnh turn par baithti hai : wuh un ke b^is se maurid i takfir hai, lekin tumhare sabab se mahmad hai. 15 Aur khabardar, turn meu se koi qatil, ya chor, ya badkar, ya harzagard ki. si dukh na pi we. 16 Par agar koi Maslhi hone ke sabab se dukh piwe, to na sharmiwe, balki us sabab se Khuda ka shukr kare. 17 Kydnki ab wuh waqt £ pahunchi, jis meo Khuda ke khandan par qahr ki ibtida hogi: pas agar ham se shurua hai, to un ka, jo Khuda ki khushkhabari ke mahkum nahio, kya anjam hoga ? 18 Aur agar sadiq dushwari se bachaya jawe, to bedin aur gunahgar ka thikana kahin ? 19 Pas jo Khuda ki marzi se dukh pate haiu, so us ko ^hiliq i amin janke nekokari karte hne apni janoji ko us ke supurd kareu. V. BAB. 1 BuzurgOD se, jo tumhire bfch haiu, main jo un ke sath Buzurg aur Masih ki aziyaton ka gawah, aur us jalal meo, jo jalwagar hoga, sharik huo, iltimas karti hfin, 2 Ki turn Khuda ke us galla ki, jo tumhare bich hai, pasbani karo, na zu- riirat se, balki k^hushi se, na khudgarazf se, bafld dilkhwahi se nigahbini karos 3 Aur Khudawand ki mlras ki khawiiidi na karo, balki galla ke liye namane bano, 4 Aur jab sardar shubin namud hoga, tab tum jalal ka aisa bar paoge, jo murjhata nahiu. 5 Usi tarah, ai jawino, tum buzurgou ke mahkum ho ; aur sab ke sab dusre se farotar hokar khaksari ko pahin lo : kyunki Khuda mutakabbiron ka samhnakarta hai, par khiksaroo ko niamat deta hai. 6 So tum Khuda ke dast i qawf ke niche dabe raho, ta ki wuh tumheo waqt par sarafraz kare. 7 Aur apni siri fikr us par dal do : kydnki wuh tumhare waste andeshamand hai. 8 Hoshyir aur bedar ho ; kyunki tumhara muddai, yaane Iblis babar i garan ke minind dhdndhta phirta hai, ki kis ko kha jawe. 9 Par tum imin men mustaqill hoke us ka muqabala karo, aur jin rakhiyo, ki bi ainihi ek hi nau ki aziyateu tumhare bhaioo par, jo dunya meo haio, wirid hoti hain. 10 Ab Khuda, jo sab niamatou ka bakhshinda hai, jis ne ham ko apne jalil i abadi ke liye Masih Yusua meu bulayi hai, ip hi turn ko baad us ke, ki thofa sa dukh pi chuko, mazbdt, aur ustuwar, aur mustaqill, aur piedar kare. 11 Jalal aur zor abad tak usi ka hai. Amin. 12 Main tumhen Silwinus ki maarifat, jo meri danist meo diyinatdar bhaf hai, ikhtisir se likhke targib aur gawahi di, ki Khuda ki fazl i haqiqi wuh hai, jis par tumhari qiyim hai. 13 Wuh hammaqbdia, jo Babul meu hai, tumhen salam kahtl hai, aur meri beti Mark bhi. 14 Tum muhibbina bosa leke baham salam alaika karo. Tum sab ko, jo Maaih Yusua men ho, iram howe, Araiu. 1 «AB.] II PATTURAS. 277 PATTHRAS KA DU'SRA KIIATT I MUSIIARRAK. I. BAB. 1 Saraaun Patthras, jo Yusua Maslh k4 banda aur rasdl hai, un ko, jinhoo ne Khuda aur hamare bachanewlle Yusiia MasJh kf saddqat se aisi im^n payfi, jo liamare Iman ka hamqimat hai, salam kahta hai. 2 Khudi aur hamare Khudi- wand Yusaa Masfh ki shindkht ki fazl aur aram tumhare liye wufur se howe. 3 Chunanchi ham ne use, jis ne hamen hashmat aur neki ke liye talab kiyS, pahchauke zor i Uhihiyat se zindaginl aur dfndSri k! sab chizeo p^iu : 4 Aur ua ehf/.oo se nihayat bare aur qlmati waade ham se kiye gaye, ti ki tum us fasSd se, jo dunya men shahwat ke sabab se hai, chhutkar un ke wasile se us tabfat men, jo Ilahi hai, sharik ho jao : 5 Pas tum us meo koshish i tamam karke apne iman par nekf, aur nekf par irfan, 6 Aur irfan par parhez, aur parhez par sabr, aur sabr par taqdwat, 7 Aur taqawat par biradarana ulfat, aur biradarina ulfat par niahab- bat izdiyad karo. 8 Ki ye chfzeo agar tum meu maujiid aur afzdd hoo, to tum- ko hamare Khudawand Yusda Masih kf shinakht meo nikammi aur bebar na hone dengi. 9 Jis kisi ke pas ye chizeo nahJo haig, wuh andha hai, aur dnkheo muchta hai, aur yih bhul gaya, ki us ke agle gunlh dhoe gae the. 10 Pas ai bhafo, ziyada jidd o jihd karo, ki turahara talabida aur barguzida bona sabit ho : kyunki tum agar aise kam karo, to kabhf na giroge ; 11 Balki tuniheo us se hamare Khuda™ wand aur Bachanewale Yusua Masih kf abadi saltanat mejj bahut ziyada rasai inayat hogf. 12 Iswaste maio gafil na hoke we bateo tumheo nit yad dilaunga, har chand ki tum waqif ho, aur us sidq par, jo tumhare pas hai, qaim ho. 13 Balki maio use wajib jant^ hi'io, ki jab tak maio is maskan men hdo, tumhen yad dila dilake tahrik kardn. 14 Ki maio janta hdo, waqt nazdik pahuncha, ki jaisi hamare i>hudawand Yusua Masih ne mujhe batlaya, maio apna maskan chhor ddo. 15 So maio koshish men hnn, ki tum meri wafat ke baad un batoo ko hamesha yad kiya karo. IG Kyunki ham ne apne Khudawand Yusda Masih kf qudrat aur dmad ko tum par na afsun o afsana kf pairawi karke, balki us kl buzurgi ke gawih hoke zihir kiya. 17 Ki us ne Bap Kbudi se hurmat aur izzat paf, ki jalal ne, jis ki shau aazam hai, us ke haqq meo aisi dwaz di, ki Yih raera piyara Beta hai, jis se maio razi hdo. 18 Aur ham ne jab us ke sath koh i muqaddas par the, awaz Ssman se atf sunf. 19 So ham ko nabioo ki bat ka ziySda yaqin hu.i, aur turn achchha karte ho, jo us par yih samajhke nazar karte ho, ki wuhek chirag tha, jo andherijagah men, jab tak pau na phati thi, aur subh ki tirS tumhare diloo nieu zahir na bua tha, roshni bakhshta tha. 20 Ki tum yih sab se pahle jaute ho, ki Kitib meu bar ek nubdwat ki bat dp se ap bayan nahiu ki gai : 21 Kyunki nubdwat kf bdt adml kf Jchwahish se k^ibhi uuhifi hui, balki Khuda ke muqaddas log Ruh i Quds kei)ulwie bolte the. 27iil II PATTHRAS. [2 BAB. II. BAB. 1 Jhuthe naW bh! us qauin mea the, chunanchi jhnthe mualllm turn meo bhf honge, jo halak karnewal! bidaateo ijad karenge, aur we us Aqa kS, jis ne unheo mol liya, iiikar karenge, aur ip ko jald kharab karenge 2 Bahutse un ke fasadoa ki pairawi karenge, un ke bais se rah i rSst ki mazammat ki jaegf. 3 We apne lalach se pakkf batou ke parda meo turn ko apne nafa k^ bdis banaenge: qatl ki fatwS, io muddat se un par haa, Sne meo kahalat nahiu karta, aur un ki kharab! unghti nahfn. 4 Kyanki Khuda ne gunahgar firishton ko na chhora, balki jahannara meo dalke tariki ki zanjfrou ke hawala kiya, taki adalat tak pare rahen. 5 Aur agli Sb^dj ko bhi na chhof^, balki tufan ko munafiqoo ke alani par musallit karke athweo shakhs Naha ko, jo sadiqat ka waaz kahta tha, mahfiiz rakha. 6 Aur Sadnm aur Amorah ke shahroo ko kh^kistar karke sarnigan karnc ka hukm deke istiqbal ke munafiqoo ke liye mahall i ibrat banaya, 7 Aur Liit ko, jo sadiq aur sharfron ki nSpak khaslaton se diqq thS, rihai bakhshi. 8 Ki wuh rastkar un meu rahkar un ke beshara amaloo ko dekh sunke bar roz apne beriya dil mea kalapta tha. 9 Pas wuh Khudawand dfndarou ko imtihan se riha kar janta hai, aur bedinou ko adalat ke din tak azab meu rakh janta hai : 10 Khususan un ko, jo nSpak shauqoa se jism ki pairawi karte haio, aur arbabihukumat ko haqlr jante hain ; we shokh aur sarkash haio, aur aliqadroo ko bad kahte hue nahin darte, 11 Agarchi firishte, jo qdwat aur qudrat meo balatar haio, Khudawand ke age giliao deke un par daawi nahiu karte. 12 Lekin we un haiwanoo ki manind, jo zati benutq haio, aur giriftar aur kharab hone ke liye maujud hue haio, un chizoo ki, jin se we nawaqif haiu, mazammat karke apne hi fasad meo fasid honge. 13 We narasti ki mukafat basil karte hain, ki wesahar t^k aiyashi ko pasand karte haio, aur sarapa dag aur aib haio, ai •■ tumhSre sath ziyafat khate hae apui dagabSziou par khush bote haio. H Aur un ki ankheo aisi haio, jin meo fahisha basti bai, aur gunih se baz rah nahio saktio ; we beistiqlal janoo ko daga dete haiu; un ka dil lalachoo men mashshaq hai; aur we laanatkS auladhaiu. 15 We sidhlr^h chhorkar bhatkehain; unhoo ue lialaam bin Badr ki tariq ki pairawi ki, jis ne narasti ki ajrat ko aziz jana. 16 Us ne apni khatakari par ilzara paya, ki bezaban gadhe ne aduii ki tarah bolke us nabi ki diwanagf ko rok rakha. 17 We khushk dabre, aur badli^o haio, jinheo tufan daurati hai, abadi tariki ki kllak un ke liye hai. 18 We ghamand ki behuda bSteo bolke unheo, jo gumrahon meo sesaf bach iiikle the, jismi ishtiyaqou aur fisq fujur men giriftar kar dete haio. 19 VVeazadagi ka iqrar un se karke dp fasdd ke gulam haig: kydnki wuh jo kisi ka magliib hda, so usi ka gulam hda. 20 So agar ^hudawand aur Bachauewale Yusda Masih ki shinakht ke sabab dunya ki alddagioo se bachkar un meo phirke phaseo, aur maglub hoo, to un ka pichhla hai pahle se badtar ho chuka. 21 Kydnki risti ki rdh na jannS un ke liye us se bihtar tha, ki jdnke us muqaddas hukm se, jo unheo sompa gaya, phir jawen. 22 Par yih sachi masal un ka hasb i hai hai, ki Kutta apne istifrag ki turaf aur dhoi hui sdarni daldal aieji lotue ko pliir gac haiu- 3 B.4fB.] II PATTHRAS. 279 III. h/VB. 1 Ai habfbo, maio tumheo ab dusrS maktub likhta liau, aur kliattoo kf takr.4r se tiimliare dil ko, jo p4k hai, y4dilihf karke ubhirti liuu, 2 Taki turn un b^too ko, jo rauqaddas nabfoo ne peshtar kahio, aur ham ne, jo Khiuiiwand aur Macln- newale ke rasnl haip, jo hukm kiy5, ns ko yad rakho. 3 Aur yih pahle j£n rakho, ki Skhirf zamine meu mazhaka karnewdle z^hir honge,jo nafs kf pairawi karenge, 4 Aur kahenge, ki Us ke ^ne ki waada kya ho gaya ? kyunki jab se bipdade so gae, sab kuchhil)tidai4frfnishseab tak waisa hf hai, jaisa thi. 5 Aise jdn bojhke nawa- qif bane hain, ki pahle KhiidS ke hukm se asman hoe, aur zamfn pani se p^ni nieo bani. 6 Aur un k^ sabab se qadim ^badf pauf meo dnl)ke tabah haf. 7 Par dsinan o zamiD, jo ab haio, usi kalima se malifdz hain, aur us din tak ki bedinoo ke liye adalat aur halakat ho, nazarband haio, taki jalae jaen. 8 Par ai habibo, yih bat turn par chhlpi na rahe, ki Khudiwand kane ek din hazir baraske barabar hai, aur hazir baras ek din ke barabar. 9 Khudawand apne waada meo sust nahin, chunanchi kaJ ek sustf ka guman karte haig ; par ham ko is liye muhlat deta hai, ki kisf kf halakat nahfo chahta, balki chahta hai, ki sab tauba kareg. 10 Lekin Khudawand ki din, jis tarah r.it ko chor ati hai, awega, aur usl meo sab asman sanate se jate rahcnge, aur anasir jalkar bikas jaenge, aur zamfn un masnuait samet, jo us meo haiu,jalke ur jaegi. 1 1 Pas hargah ki ye sab chf /eg fani hain, to turn ko pak maishatoo aur ibadaton meu kaisi banni lizira hai ? 12 Aur Khudi ke us din kf amad ke muntazir aur mushtaq ho, jis meo sab isman jalkar paraganda ho jaenge, aur anasir sokht hokar pighal jaenge. 13 Par ham naye asmin aur nayi zam'n kf, jis men rasti rahti hai, us ke waada ke muwafiq intizari karte haio. 14 Iswiste, ai habibo, tum un chizoo ke muntazir banke s^i karo, ki tum bedag aur beaib hoke us ke ige isuda ho. 15 Aur hamare Khudawand ki sabr ko apnf najat jano, chunanchi hamire piyare bhaJ Paul ne bhi us aql ke muwafiq, jo use df gaf, tumh^re liye tahrfr kiya. Ifi Chunanchi sare maktnbon meg in batoo kf babat boli hai, aur un meo kaf ek sukhan hain, jin ki samajhni mushkil hai, aur we jo juhali aur zuafi haio, unke maanoQ ko bhi dusrf kitibou ke mazinnnoo ki tarah apnf lialakat ke liye pherte haig. 17 Iswiste ai azizo, tum age hf se jinkar parhezgar raho, na howe, ki tum munafiqon kf galati meg auroo ke sath parke apni ustuwari se jate raho. 18 Balki fazi aur hamare Khudiwand aur Bachinewile Yusoa kf shinikht meu taraqqi karte raho ; usi ka jalal ab hai, aur abad tak hogi. Aiuin. 2 J 280 I YU'HANNi^. , [1 H.YH. YUHANN/Y KiV PAIIL-V KIIATT I MUSIIARRAK. I. BAB. 1 Hayat ke kalima kl babat, jo ibtida se thS, jise ham ne sunS, aur apni ankhoo se dekha, aur tSk rakhS, jis ko hamSre hathoo ne cbhfiS, ham khabar dete hain. 2 Ki zindagt zShir hni, aur haylt i abadf ko, jo Bap ke pas thf, aur ham par numij'Sn huf, aur ham ne dekhl, us ki gawihf dete haio, aur turn ko muttala. karte haig. 3 Jo kuchh ham ne dekh^ aur sun5, uski khabar tumheu dete hain, taki turn bhi hamSrl tarah wdsil hoo, aur hamSra wasil hoiia Bip ineo, aur uske Bete Yusua MasJh met) hai. 4 Aur ham ye baten tnm- heo is waste likhte hain, ki tumhara surdr kamil howe. 5 Aur wuh khabar, jo ham ne us se sunf, aur phir tumheu dete hain, so yihf hai, ki Khuda niir hai, aur us men zuhnat aslan nahfo. 6 Agar ham kahen, ki ham us meo mile hfje haiu, aur hamari rawish tSrikf men ho, to jhuthe haio, aur sach par amal nahin karte. 7 Par agar ham, jis tarah wuh nur meo hai, nor meo chaleo, to ham ^pus mes Smekhta haio, aur us ke Bete Yusua Masih ki lahii hamko sire gunahon se pSk karta hai. 8 Agar boleo, ki ham be gunah haio, to ham apne taio fareb dete haio, aur r^stl ham men nahfo. 9 Agar ham apne guna-< hoo ka iqr£r kareo, to wuh apne sidq aur adl se ham^re gunih muaf karega, aur hamko har nau kl nSrasti se pak karega. 10 Aur agar kaheo, ki ham ne gunah DahiQ kiyS, to ham use jhuthalte haiij, aur uski brit ham meo nahio. II. BAB. 1 Ai mere bachcho, main ye biteo tumheo likhtS hdo, ta ki tum gunlh na karo, aur agar koi gunah kare, to Yusua Masih, jo adil hai, Bap ke pas hamara Shaffa hai, 2 Aur wuh hamare gunahoo ka kafara hai, faqat hamire gunaboo k£ nahio, balki tamam dunya ke gunahon ka. 3 Agar ham us ke hukmon ko yad rakhen, to ham us se jante haio, ki ham ne us ko jana. 4 Aur wuh, jo kahta hai, ki inaio use janti huD aur us ke hukmoo ko yad nahin rakhta, so jhutha hai, aur sacluil us meo nahfu. 5 Par wuh, jo us ki bat yad rakhta hai, yaqfnan us meo Khuda ka ishq kamil hua, liam us se jante, ki ham us meo haio. G Wuh jo kahta hai, ki Maio us meu basta hun, chahiye ki wuh us ke andaz par chale. 7 Ai bhafo, maio tum- hara liye koi naya farman nahio likhta, magar qadim hukm, jo tuniko ibtida men mila ; purina hukm wuh bat hai, jo turn ne ibtida men suni. 8 Ba har hai ek naya hukm tumhen likhtJi hun, jis ka naya bona tum men aur us meu sach hai; kyunki tarikt guzrSn hai, aur nur i haqiqi ab chamakta hai. 9 Wuh, jo kahta hai, ki main roshni men hnu, aur apne bhii ka dashman hai, hanoz tariki meo hai. 10 Wuh jo apne bhii ko dost rakhta hai, ujale meo rahti hai, aur us men sang i rah nahin. 11 Par jo apne bh^i se dushmanf rakhta hai, andhere men hai, tariki men chalti hai, aur nahin jinta, kidhar cbala jata hai ; kyunki tariki neuski ankhenandhi kiu haio. 12 Ai bachcho, maio tumheo likhtC 3 BAB. J I YU'IIANNA. 281 hno, kyanki tumhSre gunSh us ke nSm se mu^f hde. 13 Ai ibi, raaio tumheo likhti hiio : kyiinki use, jo ibtidi se thd, turn ne janS. Ai jawSno, main tumheo likhtS hi'io : kyiiuki tum us sharir par gdlib hiie ho. Ai bachcho, maiu tumheu likhta huu ; kyanki tum ne Bap ko jan& hai. 14 Ai buzurgo, maiu ne tumheo likhi hai; kynnki jo ibtidi se thi, use tum ne jau5. Ai jawano, maiu ne tumheo likhi hai : kyiinki tum diler ho, aur Khuda ki bit tum meu basti hai, aur tum us sharir par galib hue ho. 15 DunyS ko aur dunyawi chlzoo ko mat chaho. Jo koi dunya ko chahe, us meu Bap ki chih nahfo. 16 Kyiinki harek chfz, jo dunya men hai, yaane hirs i jismf, aur hirs i chashmf, aur gurur i zindagi Bap se uahfo, dunj'a se hai, 17 DunyS guzran hai, aur us ki hirs bhi : lekin jo Khudi ki marzf par chalta hai, wuhi abad tak rahta hai. IS Ai bachcho, pichhli sSit hai, aur jaisa tum ne suni hai, ki Masfh ka raukhilif ita hai, so abhi bahut Be Masih ke mukhalif hue haio : us se ham jante hain, ki pichhli sail hai. 19 We ham men se nikle, magar ham meu ke na the ; kiagar we ham meu ke hote, to hamare sath rahte hote : yih itne liye hai, ki zShir howe, ki sab ham men ke nahiu. 20 Aur Alquddris se tumhSra masah huS hai, aur sab kuchh jante ho. 21 Maiu ne tumheu na iswaste likha, ki tum sach ko nahiu jante, par is liye ki tum use jinte ho, aur yih, ki har ek jhdth sachmeo se nahtu hai. 22 Kaun jhuthi hai, magar wuh, jo inkar karta hai, ki Yusua wuh Masih nahio ? Jo B^p aur Bete ka. inkar karta hai, Masih ka mukhalif hai. 23 Jo Bete ka ink^r karta hai, so Bap k£ inkar karta hai. 2-1 Isi wiste jo tum ne ibtidS se suna hai, wuhi tum meu base. Agar wuh, jo tum ne ibtida se suna hai, tum meu rahe, to tum bhi Bete aur Bap meu rahoge. 25 Aur us ne jo waada ham se kiya hai, so hi hayat i abadi ka hai. 26 Maio ne ye bateo turn ko un ki bibat, jo tumheo fareb dete haio, likhio. 27 Jo masah tum ne us ki taraf se paya, tum meo rahta hai, aur tum us ke muhtij nahio, ki koi tumheu sikhawe, par jaisa wuh masah tumheu sab biteo sikhlati hai, aur sach hai, jhath nahio, aur jaisa us ne tumheo taalim di hai, waisi tum us meu raho. 28 Ab ai bachcho, tum us meo baso, ta ki jab wuh zahir howe, to ham beparwa hoo, aur jab wuh awe, us se sharminda na howec- 29 Agar jante ho, ki wuh sidiq hai, to jante ho, ki har ek shakhs, jo sadaqat par amal karta hai, us hi se paidi hda hai. III. BAB. 1 Dekho, kyS mahabbat Bip ne ham se ki, ki ham Khudi ke farzand kahlaweu : is wdste dunya ham ko nahio janti, ki us ne usi ko nahin jana. 2 Azizo, ab ham Khudi ke farzand haiu, aur yih to hanoz zihir nahio hota, ki ham kyi honge ; par ham jante haiu, ki jab wuh zihir hoga, ham us jaise honge : kydnki tab ham use waisd jaisi wuh hai, dekh lenge. 3 Aur jo koi us se yih ummed rakhta hai, wuh apne taig aisi wuh hai, pak karta hai. 4 Aur jo koi gunfih karta hai, so khilafi shara karta hai : kyunki gunah jo hai, khilafi shara hai. 5 Aur tum yih jante ho, ki wuh ha- mSre gunih uthane ko zahir hiia, aur us meu gunah nahio. 6 Jo koi us meu basti hai, khata nahio kartihai ; aur jo koi khata karta hai, us ne use na dekha aur najrina. 7 Ai bachcho, tumhen iioi fareb dene na pae ; jo koi sadaqat karta hai, so sadiq hai, jaisi wuh sadiq hai. 8 Aur jo gunSh karta hai, so Iblis ki hai, ki Iblis Sgaz 2 J 2 282 I YUilANNV. [4 M vR. Be asf hai, aur Kliuda ki BetS itne hf liye lihir hdS, ki Iblis ke amalou ko n^bud kare. 9 Wuh jo Khudi se mutawallidhaS hai, gunah nahio kartS : kyunki us k& tu^hm us nieij bSqi hai : so wuh gunah nahto kar sakta, kydnki wuh Khuda se inutawallid hna hai. 10 Is se we jine gae, ki Khudi ke farzand aur Shaitan ke farzand haiu : aur jo koi sadaqat nahin karta, Khuda kS nahfo, aur na wuh, jo apne bhai ko azfz nahio rakhti, Khuda ki hai. 11 Kyunki wuh paigam, jo ham ne ibtida se sun4, yihl hai, ki ham ek ek ko piyar kareo. 12 Aur Qiin ki manind na howeo, ki wuh us sharir ka thu, aur apne bhaf ko qatl kiya. Aur us ne use kyuo qatl kiya ? Iswaste ki us ke kam bure the, aur us ke bhai ke kam salih the. 1.3 Ai mere bhaio, agar dany^ turn se dushmani kare, taajjuh na karo. 14 Ham to jante haio, ham maut se guzarkar zindagi meij Se, kyunki ham bhaiou se ulfut rakhte haiu : jo apne bhai se ulfat nahio rakhtS, so maut meu rahta hai. 15 Aur jo koi apne bhai ka bugs rakhta hai, khuni hai ; aur turn jante ho, kisi khOni meu hay^t i abadi nahiQ basti. 16 Ham ne yahao se mahabbat ko pahchani, ki us ne haraare waste apnijan fidiki :lazimhai,ki ham bhi Lhaioo ke waste apni jan deweo. 17 Aur jis kisi pas mal i dunya ho, aur wuh apne bhai ko muhtaj dekhe, aur apne tain rahm se baz rakhe, to Khuda ki mahabbat us men kyunkar basti hai ? 18 Ai mere bachcho, chahiye ki ham na lafxi aur zabani ulfat, balki haqiqi aur tahqiqi kareu. 19 Ham to is hi se jante haiu, ki ham tach ke haio, aur apne diiog ko us ke 4ge itininan balihshenge. 20 Kyunki agar hamiira dil hameo ilzara de, Khuda to hamare dil se bara hai, aur sabjanta hai. 21 Ai habibo, agar hamriri dil hameo ilz4m na de, to ham Khudi ke pas beparw^ haio. 22 Ham jo kuchh us se mangte haiu, lete haio : kyunki ham us ke hukmoo ko ySd rakhte haio, aur jo kuchh use khush ata hai, sokarte hain. 23 Aur us ka hukm yih hai, ki ham us ke Bete Yusua Masih ke nam par iman laweij, aur ek ek ko, jaisa us ne hukm kiya hai, piyar karen. 24 Aur jo us ke hukmoo ko yad rakhta hai, yih us meo, aur wuh us meo rahta hai. Aur ham us se, j'aane Riih se, jo us ne hameudl hai, jante haio, ki wuh ham meo rahta hai. IV. BAB. 1 Ai habibo, turn har ek rdh par iatimid na karo, balki rahon ko Szmao, ki we Khuda ki taraf se haio, ki nahio; kynniti bahut se jhnthe pai^ambaron ne duin-a meo khurnj kiya hai. 2 Turn is se ruh i Khuda ko jante ho : ki jo rub iqrirkartf hai, ki Yusua Masih jism meo z^hir hua, wuh Khuda ki hai, 3 Aur jo rnh iqrir nahio karti, ki Yusua Masih jism meo aya, Khuda ki taraf se nahio ; yihi Masih ki mukhalif hai, jis ki khabar turn ne suni, ki ati hai, aur wuh diinyi meo a chukf. 4 Ai bachcho, turn Khuda ke ho, aur uu par galib hue ho : kydnki jo turn meo hai so us se, jo dunya men hai, aazam hai. 5 We dunya ke hain: is waste dunya ki bolte hain, aur dunya un ki suuti hai. G Ham Khuda ke haio: jo Khuda ko pahchanta hai, hamari sunta hai, aur jo Khudi ka nahio, ham^ri nahin sunta : ham usi se haqiqat ki ruh aur zalilat ki rdh ko jin lete haio. 7 Ai habibo, ao ham ek ek ko piyar kareu: kydnki mahabbat jo hai, Khuda se hai, aur jis meu mahabbat hai, wuh Khuda se mutawallid hua hai, aur Khuda ko pahchanta hai. 8 Jis meo mahabbat uaWu, so Khuda ko nahin jinti, kydnki Khuda mahabbat 5 n.HH.] I YU'IIANNA. 28.1 hai. 9 Aur Khiidi k1 mahahbnt io ham se hai, 18 se zaiiir hdl, ki Khudi ne apne iklaute Bete ko duiiyd men blieja, taki ham us ke sabab se hay.1t paweo. 10 So mahabbat is meo nahfo, ki ham ue Khudi sc mahabbat rakhf, balki is meu hai, ki us ne ham se mahabbat rakhf, aur apne Bete ko bhejd, ki hamare gun^hog ki kafara howe. 11 Ai habibo, hargih Khuda ne ham se aisf mahabbat kf, to lazim hai, ki ham bhi ek ek se mahabbat rakheu. 12 Kisl ne Khud^ ko kabhf nahfo dekha : agar ham ek diisre ko piyar kareo, to Khuda ham meo rahti hai, aur us k! mahabbat ham meo kamil haf. 13 Ham is hi se jante haip, ki ham us meo rahte hain, aur wuh ham meo, ki us ne apni Riih meo se hamen diyS. 14 Aur ham ne dekha hai, aur gawahf date hain, ki Bap ne Bete ko bheja, ki Slam ko bachawe. 15 Jo koi icjrir kare, ki Yusua Khuda ki lieti hai, Khudi us men, aur wuh Khudi meu rahta hai. 16 Ham ne Khudi kf mahabbat ko, jo ham se hai, jani, aur us par iatiqid kiya. Khudi mahabbat hai; wuh jo mahabbat meu rahti hai, Khudi men rahta hai, aur Khudi us men 17 Mahabbat ke kamil hone kf dalil yih hai, ki ham adl ke din beparwi raheu : kyunki jaisa wuh hai, aisehi ham dunya meo haig. 18 Mahabbat meo dahshat nahio, balki mahabbat i kamil dahshat ko nikal deti hai; kyunki dahshat meu azib hai: wuh jo darta hai, mahabbat men kamil nahio hda. 19 Ham use piyar karte haio, kydnki pahle us ne hamen piyar kiyi. 20 Agar kof kahe, Maio Khuda se mahabbat rakhti hdo, aur apne bhaf se dushmani rakhe, jhdtha hai : kyunki agar wuh apne bhii kf, jise us ne dekha hai, mahabbat nahfo rakhta, to Khudi kf, jis ko us ne nahfu dekha, kydnkar mahabbat rakh sakti hai? 21 Ham ne us se yih hukm paya hai, ki jo kof Khudi se mahabbat rakhti hai, so apne bhii se bhi mahabbat rakhe. V. BAH. 1 Jo koi fman lata hai, ki Yusda wuhf Masih hai, so Khuda se mutawallid huS hai ; aur jo koi walid do dost rakhti hai, wuh us se bhf,jo usse mutawallid hda hai, mahabbat rakhta hai. 2 Jab ham Khudi se mahabbat rakhte hain, aur us ke huk- moo ko yad karte haio, to jante haio, ki ham Khuda ke farzandon se bhf mahabbat rakhte hain. 3 Kyunki Khudi kf mahabbat yih hai, ki ham uske hukmoo ko yid rakhcQ, aur uske ahkam to bhari nahin. 4 Jo ki Khudi se mutawallid hui hai, dunya par galib hoti hai, aur wuh zafar i dunya, jis kf maglub hai, hamari fmin hai. 5 Kaun hai, jo dunya par gaiib hai, magar wuhf, jis ki iatiqad hai, ki Yusua Khudi ki Beti hai. 6 Yih wuhi hai, jo pinf aur lahu ke sith aya, yaane Yusda Masih, jo na faqat pani se, balki pani aur lahd ke sath aya, aur R'ih hai, jo gawahi deti hai, aur Ruh rasti hai. 7 Kynnki tin haio, jo asmin par gawahf dete hain. Bap aur Kalima aur Rdh ul Quds, aur ye tfnoo ek hain. 8 Aur tfu haio, jo zamfn par gawahi dete hain, Rdh, aur pinf, aur lahd, aur ye tinoo ek meo muttahid hain. 9 Agar ham ^dmfon kf gawahi qabdl karen, to Khudi ki gawi- hi aazaiu hai, kydnki Khuda ki gawahf, jo us ne apne Bete ke waste di hai, yih hai. 10 Jo ki Khuda ke Bete par fmin lati hai, gawahf us ke bfch hai, jo Khuda par fmin nahin layi, usne usko jhdtha kiya ; kyunki usne us gawahi ko, jo Khuda ne apne Bete ke waste di hai, yaqin nahfo kiy&. 1 1 Aur yih gawahi vih hai, ki * 284 , II YU'HANNA. [] B^B. Khud& ne hameo hayat i abadi bakhshi, aar yih hayit i abadi uake Bete men hai. ]2 Jis ke sSth Beta hai, uske sith hayat hai; jis ke sath Khudi ki BetS nahfo, us ke sath hayat nahfn. 13 Maio ne tumko, jo Khuda ke Bete ke nSm par fmSn Ue ho, yih sab kuchh likhS, ta jino, ki haydt i abadf tumhare liye hai, aur Khudi ke Bete ke ndm par iman lao. 14 Aur hamari juraat, jo uske 5ge hai, so yihi hai, ki agar hamuski marz{ ke rauwafiq kuchh mangen, wuh hamari suuta hai. 15 Aur agar ham jSnte hain, ki jo kuchh ham us se talab karte haiu, wuh ham&rl sunta hai, to ham jante haiu, ki jo kuchh ham ne usse talab kiyi tha, so ham pdte haio. 16 Agarkoi apne bh£i ko dekhe, ki ek gunah karti hai, jo qatl ka mdjibnahfu, to wuh m^nge, aur use hay.^t bakhshi jaeg', yih un ke kaqq meu hai, jo ais4 gunah nahio karte, jo qatl ka mujib hai. Eaaz gunah aisi hai, jo miijib i qatl hota hai : maio nahfo kahta, ki wuh uske liye sail ho. 17 Jo niristi hai, so gunah hai ; par baaz gunSh hai, jo qatl ki. mujib nahin. 18 Ham jante haio, ki jo koi Khuda se muta- wallid hui hai, gunah nahi'o karta, balki jo Khuda ka maulud hai, apni muhdfazat karti hai, aur sharir usko nahio chhuta. 19 Ham jante haiu, ki ham Khuda se hain, aur sarf dunya burdi mea pari rahtf hai. 20 Ham jante hain, Khuda ka Beti 5ya, aur hameo yih fahmJd bakhshf, ki us ko, jo haqq hai, janeu ; ham to us meu jo sach hai, rahte haio, yaane Yusua Masih meu, jo us ka BetS hai. Khuda i haqiqi aur hay^t i abadi yih hai. 21 Ai bachcho, turn butoo se bache raho. Amin. YU'HANNA KM DU'SRA KHATT I MUSHARRAK. I. BAB. 1 Buzurg kl taraf se barguzida bibi ko, aur uske farzandoe ko salam ; unheo maio rSsti ke waste, jo ham meo rahtf hai, aur hamire sath hamesha rahegf, sach^f se piyar karta huo, 2 Aur faqat maio hi nahfo, baliti sare, jinhoo ne risU ko janS. 3 Niamat aur rahm aur firam Bap Khuda, aur Bap ke Bete Khudawand Yusfia Masfh kf taraf se tumhSre sath sadaqat aur mahabbat se raheu. 4 Maio bahut khush haa, ki maio ne tare farzandoo men se kaf ek ko us hukm ke mutabiq, jo ham ne Bap se liya, rastf par chalte paya. 5 Aur ab, ai bibf, maio tujhko koi naya hukm nahiu, balki wuhf, jo ham ne ibtida se liya, likhtS huo, tujh se chdhta bun, ki ham ek ek ko piyar kareo. 6 Aur mahabbat yihf hai, ki ham uske hukmoo par chalen, aur yih wuhi hukm hai, jaisa turn ne ibtida se suni hai, ki tum us par chalo. 7 Kyanki bahut se hilabaz duny^ meu nikle haio, jo iqrar nahfo karte, ki Yusaa Masth jism meu ^yS, hilabdz aur muljhalif i Masfh yihf hai. 8 Khabardar, taki jo kdm ham ne mahabbat karke kiya hai, use ham kharSb na kareo, balki para ajr leweo- 9 Jo koi mukhalafat karta hai, aur Masih ki taalira meo nahio rahta, Khuda uski nahio ; jo Masih ki taalfm meo rahta hai, Bap Bete uske haio. 10 Agar koi tumhare pas Swe, aur yih taalfm na Uwe, to use ghar meo 1 B.^li.] Ill YU'HANN/Y. 285 5ne na do, aur nse saUm na karo. 11 Kydnki jo kof use salam karti hai, uske bure kamou men shartk hota hai. 12 Azbas ki bahiitse niazmdn haio, jo inujhe tumhare liye likhne haio, maiu ne na chiSha, ki k^gaz par siy&hl se likhno ; par niaio unimedwar huo, ki turn pas aiiu, aur ru ha rii kahuu, taki hamSri sh^dmanl kamil ho. 13 Terf barguzJda bahin ke larke tujhe salam kahte hflio. Amfa. YUHANNA K^ TI'SRA KHATT I MUSHARRAK. I. BAB. 1 Buzurg kf tarafse Gayus ko, jo habib Iiai, jise maio sadaqat se pi'y.ir karta hiig, salam. 2 Ai mahbub, maiij sab se palile yih dua mangta huo, ki jis tarah tcrt jan iqbdlmand hai, tii iqbllmand aur tandurust rahe. 3 Kyunki jab bhlioo ne Skar, jaisa td rdsti se chalta hai, teri rastf par gawabi df, maitj nipat khush hu£, 4 Mere liye is se bari koi khushi nahfu, ki main sunuij, ki mere farzand rasti se chalte haio. 5 Ai mahbub, td jo kuchh bhafoij se aur pardesloo se karti hai, so imandari ke laiq hai. 6 Unhorj ne Jamaat ke dge teri mahabbat par gawahi df. Td achebhi karegd, agar unheo us tarah par, jo Khudd ke bandou ke liiq hai, age bheje. 7 Kyiinki we us ke nam ke waste ja nikle, aur gair qaumoii se kuchh nahin liya. 8 Is waste lazira hai, ki ham aisou ko qabul kriren, ta ki ham rasti kf khidmat meo un ke sharik howeo. 9 Main ne Jamrlat ko likha hai, magar Deotarfis, jo un men muqaddam hiia cb:ihta hai, hameo qabnl nahin karta. 10 So jab main ^dnga, us ke kamoo ka zikr karunga, ki hamari zidd se bura bura kuchh bakta chala j^ta hai, aur un kimoa par iktifi na karke bhaiou ko ap qabul nahia karta, aur auroo ko, jo qabi'il kiya chahte haiij, rokta hai, aur Jamaat se khirij karta hai. 11 Ai mahbub, sharr ka pairau mat ho, balki us ka ho, jo khair hai. Wuh jo nek karti hai, Khuda ka hai, aur us ne jo badkirdar hai, Khuda ko nahfo dekha. 12 Dimetrius ke haqq meo sab ne aur rasti ne bhi achchhi gawahi di hai; ham bhi gawahi dete haio, aur tuin to jante bo, ki hamari gawahi sach hai. 13 Mujhe to baluit kuchh likhna tha, par maiu nahfo chahta, ki siyahi aur qalam se tore liye likhuu ; 14 Par unimedwar luiu, ki jald tujh se mulaqat kardu, tab ham ru ba ni kah sun lenge. Teri khair howe. AI salam alaika. Sab dost tujhe salam kahte haiu. Tii bhi dostOQ ko nam ba Dam salam kah. 286 YAHUDAH. [1 Bm. YAIIIJ'DA'H KM KHATT I MUSHARRAK. I. BAIJ. 1 YahadSh kf taraf se, jo Yusda Masih k&. banda, Yaaqiib kS bhif hai, un ko, jo hip Khudd meo inuqaddas hne, aur Yusna Masfh ke liye hifazat se rakhe gae, aur bulae gae haio, sallm. 2 Rahm aur ^ram aur inahabbat turn meo barhte raheo. 3 Ai hablbo, jab maio sai i balfg karti tkS, ki us najit kf b^t, jis meu bam sab sharJkhaio, tumheDlikhuOjinujhe zururparS, ki turn ko likhketahrik karuo, ki turn us fmSn ke liye, jo ige muqaddas logon ke supurd kiya gaya, jidd o jihd karo. 4 Kyanki baaze shakhs a gbuse, jin ke liye muddat se yih saza thaharif gaf hai ; we bedfn haio,aur hamSre Khuda ke fazl ko fisq o fujur se badal karte haig, aur KhudS k^, jo akela sahib i iqtidar hai, aur Yusua Masih ka, jo Iiaiii Iri Khudiwand hai, inkSr karte haio. 5 Maio chdhta hun, ki tumhen, jo use jdn chuke, yad dilauu, ki Khudawand ne qaum ko zamin i Misr se bachaya, phir unheo, jo iman nahio lae, maadum kiya. 6 Aur un firishtou ko, jo apni pahli halat par na rahe, balki apne maqam i khass ko chhor diya, us ne zanjir i daimf meo tSrikf ke andar roz i azim ki adalat tak rakha. 7 Usi tarah Sadiim aur Amurah, aur un ke atraf ke bilad, jinhoo ne un ke nianind zini kiya, aur jism i haram ka pfchha kiya, ibrat ke waste Stash i abadi ke azab meo haio. 8 iJa wujad us ke usi tarah ye khwab dekhne- ■wile bhi jism ko napak karte haiu, aur arbib i hukumat ki tahqir aur riyasatou ki takfir karte haio. 9 Jab Mlkael ne, jo muqarrab firishta hai, ShaitSn ke sath Musa ki lash ke w^fite mubahasakarke guftgn ki, tab us ne juraat na kf, ki us par laanat kare, balki kaha, ki Khudawand tujhe malamat kare. 10 Lekin we jin chizoo ko nahio jante haiu, un par taan karte haig, aur jin ko hi al taba haiwan i benutq sa jante haitj, un meo ap ko kharab karte haio. H Haif un par hai, kyiinki we Qain ki rah par chale, aur Balaam ki si zalilat men ajrat ke liye ap ko bahi diya, aur Qurah kl si ba^awat meu halak hue hain. 12 Ye tumhari mahabbat kf ziyafatOQ meo dube hue pahSr hain, aur tumhari majlis meu baitlikar bekbatar apne pet bharte haio, we abr i khushk haio, jise hawaeo bar taraf phiriti haio, pazhmurda darakht hain, jin ka mewa jhar gaya hai, aur nikamme haio, duhrake mar gae hain, aur ukhdre gae haiu. 13 Samundar ki joshan aur kharoshan inaujeu haiu, aur apni khijalatoij ka kaf bhar late hain, saiyar sitare hain, un ke liye jawidani tariki ki siyahi hai. 14 Hannk ne, jo Adam ki satwio pusht tha, unki babat peshingoi ki thf, ki Dekh, Khudawand apne lakhou muqaddason ke slth ati hai, 15 Taki sabhoo par hukm kare, aur unheij, jo un meo se munafiq haio, unki sarf narasti ke kinioo par, jo unhoo ne kiye haio, aur sari sakht batou par, jo munafiq gunahgaroo ne us ke barkhilaf kahfo haiu, ilzam de. 16 Ye sh^ki aur gilaguzir haio, aur apni hirs ke muwafiq chalte hain, aur we zabSa se bare bol bolte haiu, ddmfoo ke tasha^hkhus ko apni garaz ke waste barbate haio. 17 Lekin, ai habibo, turn un batou ko yid rakho, jo hamlre Khudawand Yusaa Masili ke rasulon ne Sge kahio ; 18 Ki unhoo ne tumheo khabar df, kiakhiri zamana meo mazhaka karnewale paida honge, jo apnf sharlrat ki khwahishoD par 1 BAB.] MUSHAIIADAT. 287 chalenge. 19 Ye we hi haio, ki apne tafii alag karte haio, ye nafs^nf log haic, aur rnh un nieo nahi'o hai. 20 Par tutu, ai habibo, ^p ko apnefman i aqdas par taamfr karke rah i pak se dui karte hiie, 21 Apne tafu Khuda kf mahabbatmeo mahfaz rakho, aur hainire Khudawand Yusiia Masih ki rahmat ke muntazir raho, tiki turn hayat i abadi pSo. 22 Aur imtiySz se baazou par rahm karo, 23 Aur baazoo ko darte hue dg men se nikSlke bachfio, aur poshSk se bhf, jo badan se nlpik hni hai, adawat rakho. 24 A b uske liye, jo turn ko lajzish se mahfuz rakh sakta hai, aur apne jalal ke simhne beilzim bashashat se khara kar sakta hai, 25 Jo Khudi i hakfm, w&hid, aur hamiri Bachanewdla hai, jalll aur azamat aur tawiinaf aur qudrat is waqt se leke abad tak howe. Ainin. YU'HANNA I ILAHr KE MUSHAHADAT I MIARAJT KFIvITAD. I. BAB. 1 Yusua Masfh kf wahi, jo Khuda ne use bakhshf, takf apne bandoo ko sab kuchh, jo jald honewala hai, dikhle, aur usne use apne firishta kf maarifat se apne banda Yuhauni par bhejS, and zahir kiyi. 2 Yih wuh hai, jis ne Khuda ke kalinia aur Yusiia Masfh ki gawahi par, aur un sab chfzoo par, jinheo us ne dekhi, gawahi di. 3 Mubarak wuh, jo is nubdvvat ka kalam parhti hai, aur we jo sunte hain, aur un mazmanoa ko, jo us meo likhe haio, hifz karte haio, ki waqt nazdik hai. 4 Yuhanna un sat Jamaatou ko, jo Ashiya meo hain, salam. Us kf taraf se jo hai, aur tha, aur ane par hai, aur sat ruhou kf taraf se, jo uske takht ke huzar haiu, 5 Aur Yusua. Masih kf taraf se, jo gawah i arafn, aur pahla un meo jo marke ji uthe, aur shahan i zaminka sultan hai, fazl and aram tumhare liye howe. 6 Wuh jis ne hauiko piyar kiya, aur apne lahti se hamare gundh dho dale, aur hamko badshah, aur apne Bap Khuda ki k&hin banaya, shaukat aur hukumat abad ul abad usi ke liye hai. Aratn. 7 Dekho, wuh Ladlion men dti. hai, aur harek ki nazar us parparcgf, aur jinhoo ne use chheda, use dekhenge, aur zamfn par ke sarefirqeus keliye chhltf pitenge. Aisa howe. Amfn. 8 Khudawand ydn farmita hai, ki Maio huu Alif.i aur Omega, ibtida aur intiha, jo hai, aur tha, aur anewali hai, /aijit ul kuU. 9 Maio Ydhanna, jo tumhara bhdi, aur Yusua Masih ke dukh, aur badshahat, aur intizar meu tumhara sharik hao, us jazfra men, jo Patmus kahlati hai, Khuda ke kalam, aur Yusiia Masih ki gawahi ke waste a para. 10 Aur maio Khuda- wand ke din ruh men a gaya ; tab maio ne buij kf sf ek barf hi awaz apne pfchhe hoti sunf, 1 1 Ki maio Alifi aur Omega hiiu, aur awwal o ikhir hue, aur jo kuchh tii dekhta hai, kitab meo likb, aur sat Jamaatoo ke liye, jo Ashiya meo yaane Afsus, aur Ismirna, aur Pargamus, aur Thiyatfra, aur Sardis, aur Filadalfiy;i, aur Laudikaiyii meo haio, bhej. 12 Chunanchi wuh awaz, jo mujhe ii, maio uske 2 K 38S MUSHAHAD.VT. [2 BAU. dekhne ko phiri, aur phirkar sone kc sdt shamadan dekhc. 13 Un sat shamad^noo keblch ek shakes InsSnki Beti sa dekhl, ki ek pairahan pSoij tak pahina hua, aur aone k& sinabaiid sfna par baadhi haatha; 14 Uska sir aur bal safed, un kS mSnind safcd, balki barf isi safed, aur uskf inkheo jaise ag kl shuala. 15 Aur uske pinw khilis pital ke se, jo tanar meo dahkSyi hda, aur uskf ^waz bare panf ki sf thf. 16 Aur uske dahne hith meo sat tare the, aur uske munh se do dliarf tez talwar nikalti thi, aur uska chihra misl i aftab thl, jo nihayat ziid ul nur ho. 17 Jab maiu ne use dekha, tab uske paou par inurda sS gir para. Tab usne apni dahnfi hath mujh par rakha, aur bola, ki Mat dar, main awwal o Ikhir huo, 18 Aur wuhi huu jo jita huu, mfia tha, aur dekh maiu abad tak jita lido, Amin ; aur barzakh aur maut id kunji^u mujh pis haio. 19 Jo tii ne dekha hai, aur jo haio, aur jo in ke baad honewali haio, sab likh rakh. 20 Aur un sSt sit^roo k£, jinhen tu ne mere dahne hath meo dekh£, aur un sone ke sat shamadanou ka raz yih hai, ki sSt sitire sat Jamdatoo ke firishte haio, aur satoo shamadin jo tu ne dekhe, Kit Jani^ateu hait). II. BAB. 1 Afsus ki Jamaat ke firishta ko yuo likh, ki Wuh jis ke dahne hath meo s5t sitare haio, aur sone ke sat shamadanoo kedarmiy^n phirti hai, ye blteo kahtS hai, 2 Ki Maio tere kam, aurteri mahabbat, aur teri sabr, aur yih ki td badoQ ki bardasht kar nahiu saktl, janta huo ; td ne un ko, jo apne taio rasdl kahte haio, aur nahio haio, tarS, aur jhdtha paya. 3 Aur td ne bardasht ki, aur slbir hai, aur mere nam ke wiste koft uthai, aur udls na hda. 4 Magar tujh se yih shikayat rakhta huo, ki td ne apni agli mahabbat chhor df. 5 So yad kar, ki td kahao se gira, aur tauba kar, aur apne agle kam kiya kar: nahiu to maio tujh pas jald anewala hoQ ; aur agar td tauba na kare, to tere shamadan ko ja se be ja kardnga. 6 Par tujh meo ek yihi hai, ki td NikdUfoo ke kamoa se bugs rakti hai, jin se maio bhi adawat rakhta hdu. 7 Jis ke kan haio, so sune, ki Ruh Jamaatoo ko kyi kahti hai, ki Maio us ko, jo gllib hota hai, yih bakhshdnga, ki darakht i hayat se, jo firdaus i Ilihi ke b!chon bich hai, phal khawe. ' 8 Aur Ismirnaki Jamaat ke firishta ko ydu likh, ki Wuh jo awwal o akhir hai, aur mda tha, aur jiyS hai, ye bateo kaht4 hai, 9 Ki Maio tere kam aur dukh, aur garibi janta hdn, par td daulatmaud hai, aur un ka, jo Ip ko Yahudi kahte haiij, aur nahiu, balki Shaitan ki mahfil hain, kufr bakna jinta huo. 10 Un chizon meo se, jinheo td sahega, kisi ki khauf na rakh. Dekh, Iblis tu:n meo se kai ek ko qaid meo dalega, ki tuin izmae jao, aur turn das diu tak tasdia paoge ; par jab tak ki td mar jae, imandar rahiyo, aur maiu hayat ki har tujhe ddnga, 1 1 Jis ke kan haio, sune, ki Riih Jamaatoo ko kya kahti hai, ki Jo galib hota hai, ddsri maut se zarar na pawega. 12 Aur Pargamus kf Jamaat ke firishta ko yuo likh, Wuh jo tez dodhari tegwali hai, kahta hai, 13 Ki maiu tere kamou ko, aur teri bddbash ki jagah, jah^a Shaitan ki masnad hai, janta hdo, aur td mere nlra ki pachh karta hai, aur jio dinoQ ki Antipas, rnera iinSndar gawih turahare bich wahSg, jahau Shaitaa 5 BAB.] MUSHAHADAT. 289 rahti hai, mira gaysi, un dinoo meo bhi tii mere ftnan se munkir na hna. 14 Lekin maiu tujh se kuchh shik-iyat rakhti hdo, ki tereyaliao we haioja Balaam kf sf taflim se rSzi haio, ki us ne Balaq ko sikhiyi, ki banf Isrdel ke 5ge thokar kliilanewali patthar dal rakliR, ti ki we butoo ki qurbSiif io khaweo, aur har5m kareu. 15 Aur yahSn we haiij, jo Nikuliloo kf taalim se rdzf haiu, jis k^ maio inukhdlif hao. 16 Tauba kar, nahfo to maiu tujh pds jald inewala hdo, aur maio un ke s^th apne munh ki talwar lake laranga. 17 Jis ke kin haio, sune, ki ROh JamaatOQ ko kya kahti hai, ki Jo galib hoti hai, luaio use makhfi mann khlne diinga, aur maio use ek sang i safed dunga, jis par ek naya nam likha hai, siwae us ke,jis ne use paya, kof aur use nahio janta. 18 Aur Thiyatfra kJ Jamdat ke firishta ko yno likh, ki Khuda k5 Bet^, jis kl dnkheo shuala i atash kl mSnind haio, aur panw aise haiu jaise ^hilis pital, yao kahta hai, 19 Ki Maio tere k&moo, aur mahabbat, aur khidinat, aur imln, aur sabr ko janti han, aur janta hno, ki tere pichiile aamal agle aam£l se kasJr haiu- 20 Par mujhe tujh se kuchh shikayat hai, ki tu us randi ko, jo thik I'zabil hai, aur 5p ko paigambar kahti hai, ijazat deta hai, ki sikhae, aur mere bandou ko gumrlh kare, ki we haramkari kareo, aur butou parki qurbanfao khaweo. 21 Aur maiu ne us ko fursat df, ki apni harimkari se tauba kare, par us ne tauba na kiyfi. 22 Dekh, ki us ko bistari kar diingd, aur unheij, jo us ke sith zin^ karte haio, agar apne kamoo se taib na howeo, to barf tasdia meo dalunga. 23 Aur us ke far- zandon ko j5n se marungl, aursiri Jamlatoo komaaliim hoga, ki maio wuhi hdo, jo dil aur gurdon kS jSnchnewalS huo, aur maio turn meg se har ek ko tum- hare kamoo ke mutabiq ajr dunga. 24 Par tumheo aur Thiyatira ke baqf logou ko, jin men yih taalim nahin, aur jo Shaitan ke gahrape ko, jis ki. zikr karte haio, nahin jinte, yih kahta hdo, ki maio aur kuchh bojh turn par na dllunga. 25 Magar jo tum p£s hai, us par qSbiz raho, jab tak ki maiu ^uo- 26 Aur maio use, jo giUb hoti hai, aur mere k4mon ko intiha tak yad rakhta hai, qaumoo ki mukhtar karunga. 27 Aur Wuh ahani asa liye hue un par hukmrini karega, aur we sifali mati ke bartanoo ki manind chaknlchdr howenge ; chunanchi main ne apne Bap se yih paya hai. 28 Aur maio use subh ka sit4ra dunga. 29 Jis ke k4n haio, sune, ki Rdh Jamaatoo ko kya kahti hai. III. BAB. 1 Aur Sardis ki Jamaat ke firishta ko ydo likh, ki Wuh jis pas Khuda ki sit ruheo aur sat sitire haio, yih kahta hai, ki Maiu tere kamoo se, aur us bat se Sgah huo, ki td zinda kahlata hai, par murda hai. 2 iiedar ho, aur baqf chfzou ko, jo fani hone par haio, ustuwar kar; kydnki maio ne tere kSmoij ko Khud4 ke age mukammal nahio piya. 3 Is waste yad kar, ki tu ne kis tarah liya, aur suna, aur thim, aur tauba kar; par agar tu bedar na ho, to main tujh p§s chor ki tarah adnga, tujh par maalnm na liogS, ki maio kis gharf tujh pas aiingS. 4 Sardis meo tere bhi kai ek nam haiu, jinhou ne apni poshik aluda nahio ki ; we mere sith safedposh hokar phirenge; kydnki we ahl i liyaqat haio- 5 Jo gilib hoti hai, use safed poshak pahinai jaegf, aur maio us ki uAm kitlb i hayit 8* 2 K 2 290 MUSHAHADAT. [4 BAB. maho na karangS, balki us ke aim ki. iqr^r apne Bip aur us ke firishtoo ke ige karungS. 6 Jis ke kSn haio, sune, ki Ruh JamSatoo se ky£ kahtJ hai. 7 Aur Filadalfiya ki JamSat ke firishta ko yuo likh, ki Wuh, jo quddus hai, aur barhaqqhai, aur Diud ki kunji us pSs hai, wuh jo kholtS hai, koi band nahio karta, wuh jo band karta hai, koi nahio kholU, yih kahta hai, 8 Ki maio tere kimoo ko jinti huu: dekh, maio ne tujhe yih diy£ hai, ki tere Ige ek darwSza khola, use koi band nahfo kar sakta : kyanki tujh men thorS zor hai, aur ti'i ne mere kalim ko hifz kiya hai, aur mere nim se inkar nahin kiya. 9 Dekh, jo ki apne taiu Yahndf kahte haio, aur nahio, balki jhuth kahte haio, maio unheu Shaitln kf mahfil banati htio; aur dekh, maio bais hring5, ki we Skar tere paou par sijda kareu, aur jSnco, ki maio ne tujh se mahabbat ki hai. 10 Azbas ki tu ne meri sabr ki bat ko hifz kiya hai, maio bhi tujhe us imtihan ki ghari se, jo tamam alam meo lamin ke rahnewalou ki izmaish ke liye ^newali hai, bachaunga. 1 1 Dekh maio jald pahunchta : jo tera hai, us par qabiz rah, ki koi tera hir na le le. 12 Maiu use, jo g4lib hota hai, apne Kliudi ki haikal ki suti'in karunga, aur wuh pliir kahbi bihar na niklega, aur maio apne Khudi ka nam aur apne Khuda ke shahr k&, yaane nayi Yarnsalam ka nam, jo mere Khuda ke huziir se Ssman par se utarti hai, aur apna naya nim us par likhunga. 13 Jis ke kan haio, suae, ki Rdh JamaatOD se kya kahti hai. 14 Aur Laudikaiya ki Jaraiat ke firishta ko yun likh, ki Wuh, jo amin hai, aur gawah i amin aur sadiq hai, aur Khuda ki khilqat k4 agiz hai, yuo kahta hai, 15 Ki maio tere kamoo ko j^ntihuo, tu na thanda na garm hai. K£sh kitdthanda ySgarmhoti. 16 So azbas ki tii shir garm hai, na thanda na garm: is liye main us par hdo, ki tujhe apne munh se nikal phenkdn. 17 Td ap ko kahta hai, Maio daulatmand hdn, aur maldar hda hdn, aur kisi chiz ki muhtaj nahio huo ; aur nahio janti, ki lachar, aur ijiz, aur garib, aur andha aur nanga hun. 18 Maio tujhe yih maslahat deta huo, ki td sona, jo ag meo tayi gayi, mujh se mol le, taki daulatmand howe, aur safed poshak le, taki mulabbas howe, aur teri barahnagi, jo ja i sharm hai, zfihir na howe, aur apni inkhoo meo surma lagi, tiki td b)na howe. 19 Maio jitnoo ko piyar karta huo, unheo ilzam deta hug, aur tanbih karti hdo : is wiste chust ch^lik ho, aur tauba kar. 20 Dekh, maio darwaza par khara hdo, aur khatkhatiti hdo : agar koi meri iwaz sune, aur darwiza khole, maio us pSs andar adnga, aur us ke sith khidngi, aur wuh mere sath khiega. 21 Jo gilib hoti hai, maio use apne takht par apne sath baithne ddnga; chuninchi maio bhi galib hda, aur apne Bap ke sath us ke takht par baitha. 22 Jis ke kin haio, sune, ki Rnh Jamaatoo ko kyi kahti hai, IV. BAB. 1 Baad us ke jo maio ne nigah ki, dekho, ki asmin par ek darwaza khuli hnS thi; aur pahli sada, jo maio ne suni, narsinge ki si thi, jo mujh se bola, aurkaha, ki Idhar upar i, aur maio tujhe batlidnga, ki baad is ke kya hota hai. 2 Tab wonhio maio rdh men i gayi, aur dekho, asman par ek takht dhara tha, us talcht par ek shakhs baithi thi. 3 Aur us jalis ki rang yashm aur aqiq ki si tha, aur ek qaus i quzah, jis ki rang zumurrud ka si thi, us takht ke gird thi. 4 Aur us a BAB.] MUSHAHADAT. 291 taljht ke ^s p5s chaubis takht the, un takhton par maio ne chaubfs Buzurg safed poshik pahine hiie baithe dekhe, un ke siroo par sone ke bar the. 5 Aur barq, aur raad, aur aw.izeo us takht se uikaltf thfo, aur atash ke sit chir^g us takht ke age roshan the, ye Khuda ki sH rnheo haio. 6 Aur us takht ke igeek zujajl daryi billaur ki m^nind tha, aur takht ke wasat par, aur takht ke gird chiir jiind»r the, jo pas o pesh pur az chasbm the. 7 Pahla jandar babar dsa thi, aur dasra bacbhre ki manind, aur tisre ka chihra insan ka sa thi, aur chautha urte uqab ki misltb^. 8 Un chiroQJandarookechhacbhapar the, aur un ke charoo taraf, aur andar ankheo hi ankheu thiu, aur we rat din us zikr se biz na rahte the, ki Quddus, qiiddus, quddiis% Khudiwand Khuda, zabit ul kuU, jo thi, aur jo hai, aur jo anewala hai. 9 Jab we jand'ir, uskf, jo takht par baitha hai, aur abad tak ziiida hai, ta(idis aur tahlil aur shukrguzari karte the, 10 Tab we chaubis Buzurg us ke sSmhne, jo takht par baitha hai, gir parte the, aur us ki, jo abad tak zinda hai, parastish karte haio, aur apne hlr yih kahte htie us ke takht ke age dal dete haiu, 1 1 Ki Ai Khudawand, tu hi jalal aur i^zat aur qudrat ka mustahiqq hai : kyunki tu hi ne sari chizeo paida kiyau, aur we terl hi niarzi se haiu, aur paid! htiin haio, V. r,AB. 1 Aur main ne us ke, jo takht par baitha tha, dahne hath meu ek kitab dekhi, jis men andar bahar sab likha hna tha, aur sat niuhron se baud thi. 2 Aur maiii ne ek zorawar firishta ko dekha, ki buland awaz se yih manadi karta tha, Kaun is laiq hai, ki is kitab ko khole, aur us ki muhreu tore ? 3 Aur kisi ki majal aa hai, na asmnn par, na zamin par, na zarain ke niche, ki us kitab ko khole, aur us ko dekhe. 4 Tab main bahut roya, ki koi is laiq na ihabari, ki kitab ko khole, aur parhe, ya use dekhe. 5 Tab un Buzurgou meo se ek ne niujhe kaha, ki Mat ro : dekh wuh babar, jo sibt i Yahodah se hai, aur Daud ki asl hai, galib hua hai, ki us kitab ko khole, aur us ki satou niuhrou ko tore. 6 Tab niaiij ne nigih ki, aur dekbo, ki us takht aur charou jandarou ke daruiiyan, aur uu Buzurgou ke bicb ek barra yiiu khajra tha, ki goya zabh kiyi gaya tha, jis ke sat sing, aur sat ankheu thio, jo K.hudi ki siton rdhea haio, aur taiuaiii rii i zauiin par isral ki g;ii haiu. 7 Us ne ake us ke dahne hath se, jo takbt par baitha tha, us kitab ko liya, 8 Aur jab us ne kitab li, tab we charou jdndar, aur chaubis Buzurg us barra ke age gir pare, aurhar ek ke hath meo barbat aur khushbu se bhari hiii sone ki piyaliau thio, ye muqaddasou ki duaeu haiu. 9 Tab we ek naya rag gae, aur bole, ki Tu hi is laiq hai, ki us kitab ko lewe, aur us ki umhreu tope : kyuuki tu mara gaya, aur bar ek qabila aur zaban aur mulk aur qauui se ham ko Al'lih ke liye apne laba se mol liya; 10 Aur ham ko haraire Khuda ke waste salatiu aur as'hab i kahanat banaya, aur ham zamin par badshihat karenge. 1 1 Pair muio ne uigah ki, aur ta^ht ke girdagird bahutse firishtOQ aur jandarou kf, aur un Buzurgou ki &wa2 suni, jo shumar men lak andar lak, aur bazar andar hazar the, 12 Aur pukare kahte the, ki Barra, jo zabh kiya gaya, id laiq hai, ki qudrat, aur daulat, aur aql, aur nera, aur izzat,aur jalil, aur barakat ka malik ho. I'i Aur maiu ue bar ek makhluq ko, jo asman par, aur zamin par, aur zamin ke niche hai, aur uu ko, jo sainuudar men haio, aur sari chizoQ ko, jo un meu haiu, yih kubte suni, ki Us ke liye, jo 292 MUSIIAHADAT. f6 BAB. takhtnishfn hai, aur barra ke liye barakat, aur izzat, aur jalal, aur zor abad tak hai. 14 Tab chiroo jSndar Amin bole ; aur chaubis BuzurgOQ ne girke us kf, jo abad tak zinda hai, paras^tish kl. VI. BAB. 1 Aur jab barra ne un muhroo meo se ek ko tora, tab maiLi ne dekh^, aur un charoi) jSndaroo meo se ek ki awaz bijli ke karakne ke minind suni, ki wuh bolfi, A aur dekh. 2 Aur main ne nazar ki, to dekho, ek safed ghora, us ke rakib ke h^th meo kamSn ; ek hir use diy^ gaya, wuh galba se, aur galib hone ke liye nikal Sya. 3 Aur jab usne ddsrf rauhr torf, tab maiu ne dasre jandar ko kahte dekha, A aur dekh. 4 Tab ek ddsri lal ghora, aur us ko, jo us par sawar tha, yih diy4 gaya, ki sulh ko zamln se chhfn lewe, aur log ek. ek ko qatl karen, aur ek bari hi talwdr usko dl gai. 5 Aur jab usne tfsri muhr tori, tab maio ne Sp sunS, ki tisre jandar ne kaha, A aur dekh. Phir main ne nazar kf, to dekho, ek k&la ghora ; U3 par ek shakhs apne hith meutarazd liye sawartha. 6 Aur maio ne ek £waz suni, jo un chSroo j^ndaroo ke bich meu se hdf, wuh yih thf, ki Gehan din5.r ser, aur jau dinar ke tin ser, aur td tel aur sharab mat ghatani. 7 Aur jab us ne chauthi muhr tori, maio ne chauthe jandar ko yih kahte dekhl, A aur dekh. 8 Phir maio tSkS, to dekho, kabra ghorl, aur us par ek sawar, uske nam Maut tha, aur pital uske pi'chhe pfchhe rawan tha, aur unhen ruba i zamfn par yih ikhtiySr dlya gaya, ki we talwar aur bhukh aur marg se, aur zamin ke darindon se thilqat ko bejan karen. 9 Jab us ne pinchwiij muhr topi, maio ne unki rnhou ko, jo Khuda ke kalima ke liye aur us gawahi ke liye, jo unhoo ne di thi, mare gae, qurbangah ke niche dekha. 10 Aur unhoo ne buland awaz se chillake kahS, ki Ai Makhddm i p4k o sadiq, kab tak adalat na karega, aur muqfman i khdk se hamare kl^n k£ intiqtim na lega ? 11 Tab un meg se har wahid ko safed pairShan diya gaya, aur unhen kahS gayS, ki Turn aur thora sabr karo, jab tak ki tumhSre hamkhidmat log aur tumhare bhai, jo chahiye ki tumhari tarah mire jawen, tamam howeo. 12 Phir maiu ne jo dekh§, kiusne chhatthi muhr tori, to dekho, tab bari zalzala hua, aur sdraj bSlou ke kamal kf raanind kali, aur chand lahu sa ho gaya. 13 Aurasmin ke sitare us tarah zamin par gir pare, jis tarah angur ke darakht se uske phal bewaqt, jab use shiddat ki indhf jharjharati, girte haio. 14 Aur asmin kagaz ki tarah lapete gae, aur sarakgae, aur harek pahar aur jaztra apnt apni jagah se tal gaya. 15 Aur dunya ke shihon ne, aur aniiroo, aur maldaroo, aursalaroo, aur hukdmat- waloo ne, aur harek banda, aur harek izad ne apue tain garoo men, aur paharon ke pattharou ki ot meu chhipayi . 16 Aur pahiroo aur pattharoQ se yih kahi, ki Ham par giro, aur hamko uske muwajaha se, jo takht par baithi hai, aur barra ke gazab se chhipi lo. 17 Kydnki uske qahr ka roz i azim a pahuncha : ab kaun thahar sakti hai ? VII. BAB. 1 Baad us ke maio ne zamin ke char konou par chir firishte istida dekhe, ki zamin par chiroo hawiou ko thiinte the, ti ua howe, ki hawi zamin, ya darya h BAIt.] ' MUSIIAIIADAT. 293 yi darakht par chale. 2 Phir maio ne ek aur firishta uthte dekhS, jo mashriq se utha ; us pas jfte Khudi ki muhr thi ; us ne iin chiroo firishtoo se, jinheo yih diya gaya thS, ki zamfn aur darydkomazarrat pahunchaeo, buland Swiz se pukar- ke kaha, 3 Jab tak ham apne Khudi ke bandou ki peshanfon par muhr na kar leo, turn zamfn aur darya aur darakhtoo ko zarar na pahimchina. 4 Aur main ne un ka shum^r, jin par muhreu ki gafu thfo, sunil, ki banf Israel ke sibtoo meo se ek sau chauntllfs hazir muhrf hue : 5 Sibt i Yahiidah se b^rah hazar, sibt i Rdbin se barah hazlr, sibt i Jadd se barah haz^r, G Sibt i Yasar se bSrah haz£r, sibt i Naftali se barah hazar, sibt i Munassi se barah hazar ; 7 Sibt i Samaun se birah hazar, sibt i Lawl se bSrah hazar, sibt i Ishakar se barah hazfir, 8 Sibt i Zabuldn se barah hazar, sibt i Yasuf se barah hazSr, sibt i Binyamin se bSrah hazSr. 9 Aur baad us ke maiu ne tikd, to dekho, ek bari Jamaat, jin meu liar sinf, har lit, har qaum, bar zaban ke log the, jin ko kol shumar na kar sakd, safed jame pahine, aur khurma ki daliio hathou meu Hye us takht aur barra ke age khaji thf, 10 Aur buland Swaz se chillake yun kahti thi, Najat ka shukr haniare Khuda ko, jo takhtnishfn hai, aur barra ko. 11 Aur sare firishte, jo us takht aur un buzur- gon aur un chdroo jandiroo ke gird khare the, so us takht ke age aundhe gip pare, aur Khuda ko sijda kiya, aur bole, 12 Amfn : barakat, aur jalal, aur danish, aur shukrguzari, aur izzat, aur qudrat, aur neru ti abad hamdre Khuda ke liye. Amtn. 13 Aur un buzurgon meo se ek mujh se puchhne laga, ki We jo safed j4me pahine hde haiu, kaun hain ? aur kahao se £e haiu ? 14 Maiu ne kaha, ki Ai sahib, tii jdnta hai. Tab us ne mujhe kaha. Ye we hi haiu, jo bari tasdia se ie haiu ; aur unhou ne apne jamoo ko dhoya hai, aur apne kaproo ko barra ke lahd se safed kiya. 15 Isi waste we Khudd ke ta^ht ke age haio, aur us ki haikal meo shab o roz us ki bandagi karte haiu, aur jo takht par baithi hai, un par sayaafgan hoga. 16 We ab kaLhi bhukhe na honge, aur na piyase honge, aur we dhdp aur garmi meo na parenge. 17 Kyunki jo takht ke wasat par hai, un ki gallabanf karega, aur unheo pan* ke jfte chashmoo tak le J4eg1, aur Khuda un ki ankhoij se sirishk ka har ek qutra ponchliega. VIII. BAB. 1 Aur jab us ne satwio muhr tori, tab asman par qarib Idhi sait ki khamoshi thf. 2 Aur maio ne un satou firishton ko, jo Khuda ke age khare the, dekhl, ki unheu sat narsinge diye gaye. 3 Phir ek aur firishta aya, aur sone ka ddsoz liye hue qu^bangah ke p^s ja khara hda, aur bahutsa bakhdr use diya gaya, ki wuh use sare muqaddasou ki duaoo se us sone ke qurbangah par, jo taklit ke age tha, guzarane, 4 Aur us Lakhur kd dhuau muqaddsou ki duaoo men milke firishte ke hath se Khudi ke pas dpar gaya. 5 Aur firishta ne adsoz. ko liya, aur us meo qurbangah kf ig bhari, aur zamfn par phenki : tab aw.izeo hdio, aur raad aur barq aur zaizala. 6 Aur satou firishte, jin pas sit narsinge the, phuakne par taiyar hde. 7 Phir pahle firishta ne narsinga phunka : tab tagarg aur atash i khunamez maujnd hdi, aur zaniia par phenki g:ii : aur tihii darakht jal gae, aur tamam hari gh;is jal gaf. 8 Phir dusra firishta ne narsinga phunka: tab goya bara pahar ag se jalta 201 MUSHAHADaT. [9 BAB. hui samundar meu phenka gayfi, aur samundar ka tfsri hissa laha ho gay£. 9 Aur jitne haiwSn jandar samundar meu the, tihif mar gaf, aur kishttoo ki tihSi tabiih hui. 10 Phir tfsre firishte ne narsinga phaiika ; tab bara sitara chir^g SsS jalti hfifi Ssrain se tutl, aur nadfoo aur pan! aur chashmon ki tihAi par ja gira. 11 Us sitara ka nam Afsantin hai, aur tihal pani afsantin ho gay5, aur bahut se admi us panI ke sabab se mar gae, kydnki wuh pani karwa ho gaya th5. 1"2 Phir chauthe firishta ne narsinga phanka, to tihii aftib aur tihSi mahtab aur tihai sitare afatzada hue, yahSo tak, ki un kf tih^i tarik ho gaf, aur tihii meu na din ki alamat narat ki zahir hai. 13 Phir maiu jo taka, to ek firish- ta a.sman ke wasat men ur raha tha, aur maio ne ip suna, ki wuh buland Swiz se bol5, ki We tin firishte, jo phonkne par haiu, jab baqi narsinge phdnkeu, to muqimin i khak par afsos, afsos, afsos. IX. BAB. 1 Phir pinchwetj firishta ne phunkS: tab maio ne dekh5, ki asraan se sitara zamfn par gira: aur us kde ki kunjf, jis ki thah nahio, use di gai.- 2 Aur us ne us kde ko, jis kf thah nahiu, khola: to us kne se bare tanur ki sa dhuao utha, aur us kue ke dhden se dftab aur hawi tarik ho gae. 3 Aur us dhdeo men se zamin par tiddi nikli, aur unheo waisi hi qudrat df gai, jaisi zamfn ke biehchhdoo ko hai. 4 Aur unheo yih hukni kiya gaya, ki zamin ki ghas, ya sabzf, yi kisf darakht ko ziySn na pahunchaeu, magar sirfun £dmiou ko, jin ki peshanfoo par Khuda ki muhr nahiu. 5 Aur unheu yih farmaya gaya, ki we un ko jan se na mSreo, balki pinch mahfne tak azab kareo; aur un ki siyasat ka dukh aisa tha, jaisa aqrab ki neshzani se admi ko hota hai. 6 Aur un dinoo meu admi niaut dhdndhenge, aur na paenge, aur marne ke mushtaq honge, aur maut un se bhagegf. 7 Aur un tiddion ki sdrateo un ghoroo se, jo jang ke liye taiyar hoo, mushabih thio, aur uu ke siroo par goya sone ke se, aur un ke chihre admi ke se the. 8 Aur un ke bal randioo ke se, aur un ke dant babar ke se the. 9 Aur un par lohe kf si pakhar thi, aur un ki paron ki awaz gariou ki si thi, jinheo bahutse ghore khincheo, aur larai par daure jaeu. 10 Aur un ki dumeu bichchhu ki si thin, aur dank un ki dumoo meu the, aur unhen qudrat thf, ki panch mahine tak admiou ko sataweu. 11 Aur us ka ek badshah thi; wuh us ki'ie k:i, jis ki thah nahig, firishta tha, us ka nam Ibri meg Abadun aur Yunmi meu Apalaun hai. 12 Ek afsos guzar gaya, par dekho, do afsos un ke baad inewale haiu. 13 Phir chhatthe firishta ne phunka, aur maiij ne tilai qurbangSh ki charou shikhou meu se, jo Khuda ke age hai, ek iwaz sunf, jo us chhatthe firishta ke liye, jis pas natsinga tha, hui, 14 Ki un charon firishtou ko, jo Furat ki bari nadi meu band haiu, khol de. 15 Plnr we charoj) firishte cbhute, jo ek sait, aur ek din, aur ek mahine, aur ek baras men mustaidd the, ki tihai kliilqat mar daleo- 16 Aur faujou ke sawar shumir meu do lakh hazar the, aur maiu ne un ki tiadad ydo sunf. 17 Aur maiu ne alain i ruyat men ghofou ko, aur un ko, jo un par baithe the, ydo dekhi, ki we atashi, aur sumbuli aur kibrlti jaushan rakhte the, aur un ke ghorou ke sir babarou ke se the, aur uukemunh se 5g, aurdhueu, aur gandhak niaaltc tlie. 18 Aur us ag, aur dlineo, aur gaudhak se un tinou se, jo un ke 10 IiA«.] MUSIIAIIADAT. 295 munh se nikalte the, tiliaf ^dmf mare gae. 19 Ki un ki qudrateo un ke munh nieu aur un ki dumon meo thfo, aur un kt dumeo sdmpoo se mushibih haio ; kynnki un kf dumou kf taraf bhf sir haiu, aur we un ke wasllc se dukh dete the. 20 Aur baqfoD ne, jo un afatou se mare na gae, apne hithoo ke kSmoij se tauba na kiya, jo dewoo kt, aur sone aur riipe aur pftal aur patthar aur iakri ki maratou ki, jo na dekh na sun na chal sakte haio, parastish na karte. 21 Aur unhoo ne apne qatl, aur jadugarioD, aur zinS, aur chorion se tauba na kiyl. X. BAB. 1 Phir main ne ek aur qawi firishta haikal i 5smSn se nazil bote dekha, jo badlf meu lipt^ hai tha, uske sir par qaus i quzah thS, uska chihra khorshed isa, aur uske panw 5g ke sutanoo kf manind the. 2 Uske hath meo ek chhoti kitab khuli hdithi; us ne apnS dahna panw samundar par, aur bayao zamin par dhara. 3 Aur ba awaz i buland, jis tarah babar garajta hai, pukara ; aur jab usne pukarS, tab sat badal garje. 4 Jab sat bidal garaj chuke, maio likhne par tha, ki main ne Ssman se ek awaz sunf, jis ka khit§,b mujh se thS, ki In chizoQ par, jinheu sat raadoo ne talaffuz kiya, muhr kar, aur likh mat. 5 Tab U3 firishta ne, jise maiu ne samundar aur zamin par istada dekhS, apna hath isman ki taraf buland kiya, 6 Aur uskf, jo abad ul ^bad zinda hai, jis ne Ssm^n ko, aur sab ko, jo us meo haio, aur zamfn ko, aur sab kuchh, jo us meu hai, aur darya ko, aur un chfzoo ko, jo us meo haio, maujdd kiya, qasam karke kah^, ki Phir zam£na na hog5; 7 Balki satweo firishte ki 4waz ke aiySm meo, jab wuh phunkne lagega, K.huda ka riz, jaisi usne nabiou apne bandoo ko muzhda diyS, pur^ hoga. 8 Aur us sada ne, jo maio ne asman se sunf, phir mujh se yuo khitSb kiyS, aur kaha, ki Ja, aur wuh chhoti khuli hai kitab, jo us firishta ke, jo darya aur zamfn par istada hai, hSth meo hai, le le. 9 Tab maio ne us firishta ke pas jakar kahS, ki Chhoti idtab mujhe de. Usne mujhe kahi, Le, aur use kha jS; wuh tere miada ko karwa kar degf, par tere munh meo shahd ki haUwat degf. 10 Tab maio ne wuh chhoti kitab us firishta ke hath se If, aur use kha gay^; wuh mere munh men shahd ki tarah shirfn thi, aur maiu joo use nigal gaya, mera miada talkh ho gayS. 11 Aur usne mujhe kaha, Zuror hai, ki tfi bahutse logoo aur qauraoo, aur zab^noo, aur bidshihoo ke ia.e nubawat kare. XI. BAB. 1 Phir asa jaisa ek kilk mujhe diya gaya, aur wuh firishta khara kahta tha, ki Uth, aur Khuda ki haikal aur qurbangih ko, aur un ko, jo us meu ibadat karte hain, map. 2 Magar us sahn ko, jo haikal se kharij hai, chhor de, aur use mat map : kyanki wuh ^air qaumou ko diya gaya hai, aur we us rauqaddas shahr ko biy^lfs raahine tak paoo se latarenge. 3 Aur maiu apne do gaw^hou ko qudrat bakhshungi, aur we tit ki. libas pahinkar ek haz^r do sau sSth din tak nubuwat karenge 4 Ye we do darakbtzaitiin ke, aur do sham^din hain, jo zamfn ke KhudS ke huzur khafe haig. 5 Aur agar koi chahe ,ki uiiheu satae, to uq ke muuh se ag 2 L •29G MUSHAllADAT. [12 H/YH, nikaltJ liai, aur un ke dushmanou ko kha jatf hai : so agar kol chalie, ki unheo sat4we, zurur hai, ki usi tarah in4ra jlwe. 6 Un meu qudrat hai, ki Ssman ko band kareu, ki un ki nubdwat ke dinoij ineo p^nJ na barase, aur qudrat hai, ki pSniou ko lahu ban^ daleo, aur jab jab chiheo, zamin par bar tarah ki bala lawen. 7 We jab apnf gawihi ada kar chukenge, wuh haiw&n, jo us kne se, jis ki thlh nahiu, nikalta hai, un se larega, un par galib hoga, unheu mSr daleg4. 8 Aurun ki lasheu bare shahr ke bizar men, jo ruhani jihat se Sadcim aur Misr kahlata hai, jis meo hamara Khudawand bhi salib par khincha gaya, pari rahengi. 9 Aur qaumoD aur sinfou aur zabanoo aur qabilou ke log un ki lashoo ko sirhe tfn din tak dekha karenge, aur un ki lashoo ko qabr meo rakhne na denge. 10 Aur saki- nan i zamin un ki magldbiyat par khushi khurraini karenge, aur ek ek ko hadiye bhejenge ; kyunki un do nabiou ne zamin ke bashindagan ko sataya. 11 Aur sSrhe tin din ke baad hayat ki riih Khuda ki taraf se phir un meo dar af, aur we apne pSon par khare ho gae : tab jinhon ne unheu dekha, shiddat se dare. I'i Aur unhou ne SsmSn se ek naara suna, jis ne unheu kahS, ki Idhar upar io. Aur we badli meij ake asmSn par chale gae, aur un ke dushmanoQ ne un ko dekha. 13 Phir us sait fi al faur bara zalzala hai, aur us shahr ka daswau hissa gir gaya ; us zalzala men sat hazlr admi jan se gae, aur baqi jo the, laraz gae, aur asman ke Khud4 ki sitaish ki, 14 Diisra afsos bhi guzra : dekho ki tisra afsos shitab ata hai. 15 Tab sitwen firishta ne phunkS, aur asman par bari Iwazen hnio, jin ki maz- mun yih hai, ki Is jahan ki saltanateg hamare Khudawand aur us ke Masih ki huio, aur wuh abad tak bridshahat karega. 16 Aur chaubis buzurg, jo apni mas- nadoD par Khuda ke huzur baithe the, munh ke bhal gire, aur Khuda ko sijda kiyi, aur bole, 17 Ki Ai Khudawand Khuda, zlbit ul kull, jo hai, aur thri, aur Snewal^ hai, ham tera shukr karte haiu, ki tii ne apni bari qudrat le li, aur bad- sh^hat karta hai. 18 Aur sire aqwara gusse the, aur ab tera qahr ayi, aur waqt pahunch^, ki murdoo ki adrilat ki jae, aur tii nabiou apne bandou ko aur muqaddas logou ko, aur un ko, jo tere nam se darte haiu, kya chhote, kya bare, ajr bakhshe, aur un ko, jo zamin ko kharab karte hain, kharab kare. 19 Aur Khuda ka haikal ^srnin meo wd kiyii gaya, aur us ke haikal men us ke ahdname ka sanduq dekhi gayA, aur bijliao karakifi, aur awazen aur badal garje, aur zalzala aya, aur bare olo pare. XII. BAB. 1 Aur ek bari ajib amr Ssmin men nazar pari : ek randi aftab ko orhe hne, aur mihtib us ke pion tale, us ke sir par barah sitiroo ka hir. 2 Wuh randi is liye ki himila thi, dard i zih se chillii, aur us par janne ki sakhti hui. 3 Phir ek aur ajib amr asman par dikhai diya : dekho, ek bara surkh azhdaha', jis ke sat sir, aur das sing, aur sat taj us ke siroo par the. 4 Us ki dum se asman ke tihai sit^re khinch gae, aur zamin par gire. Phir azhdaha us randi ke age, jo janne par thf, ]& khara hui, ki jab wuh jane, to us ke bachcha ko nigal jiwe. 5 Aur wuh far- zand i narina jani, jo muqarrar hda, ki ihani asa leke sari ummatoo par hukmranf kare : us ke larke ko Khuda ke aur us ke tak:ht ke age utha le gae. 6 Aur wuh 13 BiVB.] MUSIIAIIADAT. 297 randJ baySbaii nieo, jahao Khuda ne us ke liye jagali laiy;ir ki thi, hhSgf, ta. ki wahrio l)arah sau sath din tak parwarish pawc. 7 Pliir Ssmin par imiqibala htia, Mikael aur us ke tirishtc azhdahe se lare, azhdahi aur us ke firlshte un se, 8 Par galib na ho sake, aiir na .ismin par un ke liye jagah rahi. 9 Phir bara azhdaha nikala gaya, wuhi purSna samp, jis ki nam Iblfs aur Shaitan hai, jo sire jahSn ko daga detd hai, zamfn par giraya gaya, us ke firishte bhf us ke s4th girae gae. 10 Phir maiu ne is mazniun ki ek barf Aviiz Ssman se sunt, ki Ab najat aur neru aur hamare Khudri kt saltanat, aur us ke Masih kf qudrat ai : kyi'mki hamSre bh^fou ka muddaf, jo rat aur din hamire Khuda ke age un par tulimat karta tha, giraya gaya. 11 Aur unhoo nc barra ke lahu se, aur apni gawahi ke sukhan se use niagldb kiya, aur unhou ne apni janoo ko ta dam i marg azlz na jana. 1 2 Is waste turn, ai aflak, aur tnni, jo us meo rahte ho, shadmani karo, afsos un par, jo barr o bahr ke b:ishinde haiii : is liye ki Iblfs bare qahr se tuni par utra, ki wuh janti hai, ki mere waqt meg thord hi laqi hai. 13 Aur jab us azhdahe ne deklia, ki zamin ]>ar girayi gaya, to us ne us randi ko, jo farzand i nariua jani thi, sataya. 14 Aur us randi ko bare uqab ke do par dive gayc, ta ki wuh azhdahe ke muwajaha se bayab.in ko apne maqdm tak parwdz kar jae, jahao zaman aur zamanain aur nisfi zamin tak us ki parwarish muqarrar kf gaf. 15 Phir us samp ne apne munh se pani nadi kf manind us randi ke pichhe bahij-a, ta ki use darya se bahawe. IG Par zamin ne us randi ki niadad ki, ki zamfn ne apni dahan khola, aur us stiilab ko, jo azhdahe ne apne munh se bahaya tha, pi liya. 17 Aur azhdaha r.indi par gusse hud, aur us ki aulad se, jo Khuda ke ahkdm mante haiu, aur Yusda Masih kf gawahi rakhte haio, larne gaya. XIII. BAI5. I Aur main samundar kf reti par khara tha ; ab dekha, ki ek haiwan samundar so nikla, jis ke sdt sir aur das sing the, aur us ke singoo par das tij, aur us ke siroo par kufr ka nim. 2 Aur wuh haiwan, jo main ne dekha, chite kf shaki tha, aur us ke panw khirs ke se, dahan us ka babar ka sa ; us azhdahe ne apnf qudrat, apna takht aur bara iqtidar use diya. 3 Aur main ne us ke ek sir par goya maut kf jardhat dekhi ; par us ka maut ka ghao changa ho gayi tha, aur sdrf dunya us haiwan ke pichne taajjub karti thf. 4 Aur unhoo ne us azhdahe kf, jis ne us haiwSn ko apni qudrat di, parastish ki, aur us haiwan ki parastish kf, aur bole, Kaun us haiwrin ki manind hai ? kaun us se lar sakta hai ? o Aur ek munh bare bol bolnewala aur kufr kahnewala use diya gaya, aur biyalfs mahine kijang ki taqat use di gai. 0 Aur us ne Khuda ki takfir par apna munh kholkar us ke nam, aur us ke maqdm ki, aur un ki, jo asman par rahte haio, takfir ki. 7 Use yih diya gaya, ki muqaddas logon se muqabala kare, aur un par galib howe, aur sab sinfbij, aur zabdnoo, aur qaumoij par use iqtidir diya gay.i. 8 Zamin ke tamdm bashinde us ki parastish karenge, jin ke nam us barra ki kital) i hayat meo, jo bind i dlam se maqtnl hna, tahrir nahiij hiii. 9 Agar kisf ke kan hoij, to sunc. 10 Jo qaidkhana tak liye jdta hai, so qaidlfhane meo parega, aur jo talwdr se kushta karta hai, albatta talwar se kushta hoga. Muqaddas logoo ka sabr aur iman yaliao iiui- 2 L 2 ■298 MUSHAIIADAT. [14 BAB, 11 Phir maio ne dekha ki ek aur haiw^n zamfn se utha, barra ki mitiind us ke do sing the, aur azdahe kf boli bolti thS. 12 Yih pahle haiwin ke sire iqtidir ko us ke ige namnd karta hai, aur zamfn se, aur us ke blshindoo se pahle haiwan ki, jis ka maut ki ghao changi hua, parastish karwita hai. 13 Aur wuh bare ajaib zahir karta hai, yahao tak ki wuh khalq ki nazar meg ismin se zamfn par ig barsSta hai. 14 Aur wuh un muajizoo se, jin ka dikhane ki qudrat us haiwan ke simhne use di gai, sikinan i zamin ko daga deta hai, ki zamin ke bashindou se kahti hai, ki Turn us haiwan kf, jis meu talwar ka ghao tha, aur jiya, ek shabfh banao. 15 Aur us meo qudrat thi, ki us haiwan kf shabih ko jin bakhshe, ki us haiwan kl wuh shabih baten bhi kare, aur un sab ko, jo us haiwan ki shabih ko sijda na karen, qatl karwie. 16 Aur wuh us amr ki biis hota hai, ki chhote bare, ganf aur miskfn, izad aur bande sab ke dahne dast aur mathou par ek nishan paidiho; 17 Aur kof insan qadir na ho,^ki raol le, ya beche, raagar wuhi, jis meo wuh nishan, ya us haiwan ka nam, ya us ke niin ke shumir ka raqaoi ho. 18 Danish yahio hai; wuh jo danishmand hai, haiwiu ke adad gin jae : kyunki wuh ek insin ki adad hai, aur us ki adad chha sau chhiyisath hai. XIV. BAB. 1 Phir jo main ne nigah ki, dekho, ek barra koh i Saihun par khari tha, aur us ke sith ek lakh chauntalis hazir, jin ke jabhoo par us ke Hip ki nam man(}ush thi. 2 Phir main ne ismin se ek awaz suni, jo ab i kasir ke shor, aur raad i azaui se mushibih thf ; aur maio barbatnawazoo ki iwaz, jo barbatnawazf kar rahe the, suni. 3 Aur we takht ke huznr, aur un chiroo jandaioo aur Buzurgoo ke ige nayl ri¥IIADAT. [17 B/VIJ. meo undcli: tab wuh murda ka lahu sa ho gaya, aur harck jaiidar, jo darya meo tha, mnibit ul kuU badshihat karta hai. 7 Ao ham khushf khurramf kareo, aur us ka ia7iz kareo, is liye ki barra ke biyah ke din & pahunche, aur us kt jorfl ne ap ko taiyir kiyi hai. 8 Aur use yih diya gayi ki wuh saf aur shaffif libas pahine, ki saf libas muqaddas logoo ki sadaqateo hai. 9 Aur us ne mujh se kaha, ki Likh, Mubarak we haiu, jo barra ki ardsi ki mitimani meo bulae gae. Aur wuh mujh se kahta hai, ki Ye Khuda kl sachi bateo hain. 10 Aur niaio us ke pioo par parastish ke liye gir para. Aur us ne mujhe kaha, ki K.habardar, aisa na kar : ki maiu teri, aur tere bhaioo ka, jin pis Yusua ki gawahi hai, hamkhidmat brio : Khuda ki parastish kar : kydnki gawahi, jo Yusua par hai, nubawat kf ruh hai. 11 Phir maiu ne dekhi, ki asm^n khula, aur dekho, ek safed ghora, us ka sawar Amin aur Sidiq kahlata hai, aur wuh sachii se adalat karta hai, aur larti hai. 12 Aur us kf ankheu ag ke shuala ki manind thio, aur us ke sir par bahutse har, aur us ke sath ek nam likha hai tha. jise us ke siwa kisi ne na jani. 1 3 Aur wuli aisa lib^s, jo khun meo ddbi hda tha, pahine tha, aur us ka nam Kalimat Al'lah hai. 14 Aur ismanf faujen safed aur musaffi libas pnhine hne safed ghorou par us ke pichhe ho lin. )5 Us ke munh se ek tez talwar nikalti hai, ki wuh us se qaumoD ko mare, aur MTuU &hanf asa se un par bukmrani karega, aur wuh Khuda labit ul kull ke qahr o gazab ki mai ke kolhd meo raundta hai. IC Aur us ke libas aur ran par yih nam raqam tha, BADSHAHOJ? K/i BADSHAH, aur KHUDAWAN- bON KA KHUDAVVAND. 17 Phir main ne ek firishta khorshed meg istada dekhi; usne sare tSiron ko, jo Ssman ke wasat meu parwaz karte hain, yih kahke buland awiz se pukara, Ao, aur Khuda i azim ki mihmini meo jama ho IS Tum badshihoy ka gosht, aur salaron ka gosht, aur qawatwaloo ka gosht, :.ur ghoroo ka gosht, aur unke sawiroo ki gosht, aur sab azadon aur gulamoo aur chhotoo baroo ka gosht khao. lii Phir maiu ne dekha, ki wuh haiwan, aur zamin ke Ladshah, aur unki faujeo farahaia huio, taki us se, jo ghore par sawartha, aur uske lashkar se laretj. 20 Aur wuh haiwan pakra gaya, aur us ke sath wuh jhntha nabf, jis ne uske huzdr wemuajize dikhae, jin ke wasile se usne unko, jiiihoo ne us haiwan ke naqsh ko liya, aur unko, jo uski shabih ko pojte the, gamrah kiyi. Ye donoo us ag ki jhil meo, jo gandhak se jal rahi hai, jfte dale gae. 21 Aur baqi uskf, jo ghofe par sawar thi, talwar se, jo uske munh se niklf, kate gae, aur sire parinde unke gosht se ser boe. XX. BAB. 1 Phir maio ne dekhi, ki ek firishta us kiie kf, jis ki thah na thf, kunjf, aur ek bari zanjir hath meu liye hue asiiian se utra. 2 Us ne us azhdahe ko, jo purana simp hai, yaane Iblis aur Shaitau ko pakra, aur bazar baras tak jakar rakhi. 3 Aur us ko us garhe meo, jis ki thah nahio, d ili, aur band karke us par muhr kf, ta ki wuh age logoj ko dagi na de, jab tak ki hazar baras tamam hou ; baad us ke chahiye, ki wuh thore din ke liye chhiite. 2 M 3C4 MUSIIAHADAT. [-21 BAB. 4 Phir maio ne takht aur takhtnishfn log dekhe, aur ad^lat unhen d! gaf. Phir maiu ne ^^ kf ruhou ko, jo Yusna fcf gaw^hi aur Khudi ke kalima ke wSste besar hue, jinhou ne na us haiw^n na us kf shablh ko pnja, aur na us k£ naqsh apne mSthoo aur apne hathoo par liya, dekha : we zinda hue, aur Masih ke sath hazar baras tak badshahat karte rahe, 5 Aur bSqi murde jab tak hazir baras pnre na hoe, na jiye: yih pahlf qiyamat hai, 6 Mubirak aur niuqaddas wuh, jo pahli qiydmat mco sharfk hai: aisoo par dusrf maut ki tasallut nahio, balki we Khuda aur Masih ke k&hin honge, aur us ke sath hazir sil tak bidshlhat ka- renge. 7 Aur jab hazar sal ho chukenge, Shait^n apnf qaid se chhutegi, 8 Aur niklega, ti ki un logou ko, jo zamfn ke ch^ron rubaoo meo haiD, yaane Jaj o Majdj ko fareb de, aur unheo jang ke liye jama kare, we shumdr meu samundar ki ret kt mlnind haio. 9 We zamin kl wusaat par charh gae, aur muqaddasoo ki lashkargah ko, aur mahbiib shahr ko gher liyS : tab asman par se Khuda ke pis se &g utri, aur un ko khi gaf. 10 Aur Shaitin, un ka farebinda ag aur gandhak ki jhil nieo dala gaya, jahan wuh haiwan aur wuh jhdtha nabi hai, aur we rat din abad ul abad azab men rahetige. , 11 Phir maiu ne ek safed bara talfht, aur us ko, jo us par baithi tha, dekhS, jis ke muwajaha se zamia asman bhige, aur unhen kahiu jagah na mili. 12 Phir maiu ne dekha, ki murde kyi chhote kya bare Khuda ke huzur khafe haio, aur kitabeu kholi gaio : aur ek diisri kitab, jo hayat ki hai, kholi gaf, aur murdon kf, jaisa un kitaboo mea likha thd, un ke aam^l ke mut^biq, adSIat kf gaf. la Aur darya ne un murdon ko, jo us men the, uchhal phenkl, aur maut aur patal ne un murdoD ko, jo un meo the, hizir kiya; aur un meo har ek kf, us ke kdmon We muwafiq, adalat ki gaf. 14 Phir maut aur patal ig ki jhfl meo dale gae. Yih dusrf maut hai. 15 Aur kitab i hayat meo jis ka zikr na tha, wuh 5g ki jhJl meo daU gaya. XXI. BAB. 1 Phir maio ne ek naye asman aur ek nayi zamfn ko dekhl, kydnki we agle Ssrain zamfn guzar gae ; aur kof darya na tha. 2 Aur mujh Yuhanna ne shahr i muqaddas nayi Yarasalam ko asman se dulhin kf manind, jis ne apne shauhar ke liye banao kiya, araste hoke Khuda ke pas se utarte dekha. 3 Aur maig ne ek barf awaz si suni, jis ka yih mazmun tha, ki Dekh, Khuda kf sukuuat admfoo ke sith hai, aur wuh ab unke sath budobash karega, aur we uske log honge, aur Khuda, unkl Khuda a punke Si thraheg.i. 4 Aur Khuda unkf ankhoo se ansu ponchhega, aur phir maut na hogi, aur ua gam, aur na nala, aurua phir dukh hoga; kyunki agli chfzen guzar gaio. 5 Aur us i;ikhttnsbiu ne kaha, Dekh, maiu sari chlzoB ko naya karta huo- Aur usne mujh se kalia, ki Li.h, kyunki ye baten sach aur barhaqq haio. 6 Aur usne mujhe kaha, ki Ho chuka. Maio Alita, aur Omega, jhtida aur intiha hun. M .io usko, jo piyasa hai, zindagf ke chashma kd panf muft pine dunga. 7 Jo galib hota hai, so .sab ka waris hogi ; maio uska Khuda hangS, wuh meri beta hoga. 8 Par darnewale, aur beiraan, aur nafratf, aur khdni, aur zSnf, aur jadugar, aur butparast, aur sare jhuthe usi jhil meu, jo ag aur gaudhak se jalti hai, sharik honge, aur yih dusri maut hai. 02 BAB-] MUSHAHADAT. SOS 9 Ab ek un sit firishtoo men se, jin pr ki neweo har nau ke jawahir se arasta thfo. Pahli neo yashm kf, aur dusri nilani ki, aur tisri gauhar i shabchirag kf, aur chauthi zumurrud ki, 20 Aur pancliwiii aq:q kf, aur chhatthi laal ki, aur satwio sonahle patthar ki, aur ithwio fjroza kf, aur nauwfn topaz kf, aur daswfo yamani ki, aur gyarahwio san<» i sumbulf ki, aur barahwio yaqnt kf. 21 Aur us ke barah darwaze barah moti the, har dar- waza ek ek moti ka, aur us shahr ka chauk tili i khalis ka shaffaf shisha ki mlniud tha 22 Par maio us meu koi haikal na dekhi, is liye ki Khudawand Khuda zabit ul kuU aur barra us ki haikal haiij. 23 Aur wuh shahr aftab aur mihtab ki roshnS ki muhtaj nahio ; kyunki Khuda ke jalal ne use roshan kar rakhl hai, aur barra us ki roshni hai. 24 Aur un ki sinfeu, jinhon ne najat pai hai, us ki roshani meo phirengi, aur zamin ke salatin apnl jalal aur izzat us meu late haio. 25 Aur us ke darwaze din ko kabhi band nahio bote, wahan rat nahio hoti. 2G Aur we siufoo ke jalal o izzat ko us meo lienge. 27 Aur koi chiz, jo gandi aur nafratawar, aur jhnth hai, us meo kisi tarah dar na aegi, magar sirf we hi, jo barra ki kitab i hayat jneo likhe hue haio. XXII. Bm. 1 Phir us ne ab i hayit ki ek saf nadi billaur ki manind barraq, Khuda aur barra ke takht se nikli hui mujlie dikhai. 2 Aur us ke rasta ke bich, aur us nadi ke waipir darakht i haySt tha, jo birah plial lata thj, har ek mahine meo eic phaJ, aur us dirakht ke parte logon ki sliifa ke waste the. 3 Phir koi laanat na hogi, aur Khudi aur barra ka takht us meo hoga, we us ke bande us ki khidmat karenge. 4 Aur we us ki si'irat dekhenge, aur us ka nam mathou par howi. 5 Wahdo rit na hogi, aur we chirag aur Sftab ki roshui ke miihtaj nahiu haio : kyunki Khudawand Khuda un ko roshan karta hai, aur we abad ul abad badsha- hatkaren;> '. Pliir us ne mujhe kaha, ki We hateo sach aur barhaqfj haio, aur Khudiwaud, muqaddasou ke Khudi ne apne firishta ko bbeja, ki ua chizou ko, jo 2 M 2 306 MUSHMIADAT. [22 B^B. jald howengf, apne bandoD par z^hir kare. 7 Dekh, maio jald Stfi, huo : mubSrak wuh, jo is kitab ki nubiiwat k1 b^too ko yad rakhta hai. 8 Aur mujh Ynhanna ne un chf/.on ko dekh€, aur sunS. Aur jab maiu ne sunSi aur dekh^, us firishte ke paoo par, jis ne ye chfzeu mujhe dikhiio, parastish ke wSste gir pars 9 Tab usne mujhe kah£, Khabnrdar, aisS na kar ; kyunki maio tera, aur nabiou ki, jo tere bhai bain, aur unkS, jo is kitib ki b^too ko ySd rakhte haioi hamkhidmat hau. Khuda ki parastish kar. 10 Phir usne mujh se kahi, ki Tu is kitab ki nabwi batoD par muhrmat kar rakh, kyanki waqt nazdJk aya hai. 11 Jo zalini hai, so zalim hi rahe, aur jo najis hai, so najis hi rahe ; jo adil hai, so Sdil hi rahe, aur jo muqaddas hai, so muqaddas hi rahe, 12 Aur dekh, main jald ata hao, aur niera ajr mere sath hai, tiki harek ko uske kam ke muwifiq ajr ddo. 13 Aur maio Alifa aur Omega, ibtida aur intiha, awwal aur ikhir huo. 14 Mubirak we haio, jo uske hukmon par amal karte haip, taki darakht i hayat unki haqq ho jae, aur we un darwazon se shahr meii dakhii howeo. 15 Ki kutte, aur jadagar, aur zinf, aur khuni, aur butparast, aur jo koi kizb ka muhibb aur f